1a PDF

LIST OF DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS
LIST OF DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................................... 1

LIST OF INSTRUCTION BOOKS ................................................................................................................. 12
LIST OF DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS

Maersk Edward
Index ID
Title
Drawing Number
File Name
LIST OF DRAWINGS
H50-01
LIST OF FINAL PLANS OF HULL

PART
050-01TM
List of Final Plans of Hull Part.pdf
H50-02
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN
050-02
General Arrangement Plan.pdf
H50-03
SHIP LINES AND OFFSET
050-03
Ship Lines And offset.pdf
H50-04
INNER SKIN LINES PLAN
050-04
Inner Skin Lines Plan.pdf
H50-05
FIRE CONTROL AND SAFETY PLAN
050-05C/S
Fire Control And Safety Plan.pdf
H50-06
HYDROSTATIC TABLE AND

CURVES
050-06
Hydrostatic Table And Curves.pdf
H50-07
CROSS CURVES TABLE
050-07
Cross Curves Table.pdf
H50-12
PREVENTION OF POLLUTION
CALCULATION
050-12JS
Prevention of Pollution
Calculation.pdf
H50-15
TANK CAPACITY DATA
050-15
Tank Capacity Data.pdf
H50-16
SOUNDING TABLE
050-16
Sounding Table.pdf
H50-17
DAMAGE CONTROL PLAN
050-17
Damage Control Plan.pdf
H50-19
BLIND ZONE FOR MANEUVERING

PLAN
050-19
Blind Zone For Maneuvering

Plan.pdf
H50-20
BLIND ZONE FOR PANAMA

MANEUVERING PLAN
050-20
Blind Zone For Panama

Maneuvering Plan.pdf
H50-22
REPORT OF INCLINIING TEST
050-22SY
Report of Incliniing Test.pdf
H50-34
DOCKING PLAN
050-34
Docking Plan.pdf
H51-01
MIDSHIP SECTION
051-01
Midship Section.pdf
H51-02
PROFILE & DECK
051-02
Profile & Deck.pdf
H51-03
SHELL EXPANSION (INCLUDING

ICE BELT REGION)
051-03
Shell Expansion (Including Ice Belt

Region).pdf
H51-04
CL. LONGITUDINAL BULKHEAD
051-04
Cl. Longitudinal Bulkhead.pdf
H51-05
TRANSVERS BULKHEAD
051-05
Transvers Bulkhead.pdf
H51-06
BODY LINE OF FRAMES
051-06
Body Line of Frames.pdf
H51-07
ENGINE ROOM CONSTRUCTION
051-07
Engine Room Construction.pdf
H51-08
DOUBLE BOTTOM
CONSTRUCTION IN E/R
051-08
Double Bottom Construction In

Engine Room.pdf
H51-09
BOW CONSTRUCTION (STEM,

BULB)
051-09
Bow Construction (Stem, Bulb).pdf
H51-10
STERN CONSTRUCTION
051-10
Stern Construction.pdf
H51-11
BILGE KEELS
051-11
Bilge Keels.pdf
H51-12
SUPER CONSTRUCTION
051-12
Super Construction.pdf
H51-13
RUDDER HORN
051-13
Rudder Horn.pdf
H52-01
EQUIPMENT NUMBER
CALCULATION
052-01JS
Equipment Number Calculation.pdf
H52-03
HAWSE PIPE
052-03
Hawse Pipe.pdf
H52-04
CHAIN PIPE
052-04
Chain Pipe.pdf
H52-05
FULLY-RECESSED ANCHOR
052-05
Fully-Recessed Anchor.pdf
H52-06
ARRANGEMENT OF MOORING
EQUIPMENT (AFT PART)
052-06
Arrangement of Mooring Equipment

(Aft Part).pdf
H52-07
EQUIPMENT (AMID SHIP)
052-07

(Amid Ship).pdf
H52-08
EQUIPMENT (FORE PART)
052-08

(Fore Part).pdf
H52-09
RUDDER CALCULATION
052-09JS
Rudder Calculation.pdf
H52-10
ARRANGEMENT FOR RUDDER
052-10
Arrangement For Rudder.pdf
H52-11
RUDDER STRUCTURE
052-11
Rudder Structure.pdf
H52-12
STEERING GEAR ROOM

ARRANGEMENT
052-12
Steering Gear Room

Arrangement.pdf
H52-13
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FOR STEERING GEAR
052-13
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram For

Steering Gear.pdf
H52-14
BOW THRUSTER ROOM

ARRANGEMENT
052-14
Bow Thruster Room

Arrangement.pdf
H52-15
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FOR BOW THRUSTER
052-15
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram For Bow

Thruster.pdf
H52-16
HOSE HANDLING CRANE

ARRANGEMENT
052-16
Hose Handling Crane

Arrangement.pdf
H52-17
PROVISION CRANE
ARRANGEMENT
052-17
Provision Crane Arrangement.pdf
H52-18
CATWALK ARRANGEMENT
052-18
Catwalk Arrangement.pdf
H52-19
ARRANGEMENT OF MAST
RIGGING LIGHT & SOUND SIGNAL
052-19
Arrangement of Mast Rigging Light

& Sound Signal.pdf
H52-20
FORE MAST
052-20
Fore Mast.pdf
H52-21
RADAR MAST
052-21
Radar Mast.pdf
H52-22
ARR. OF ACCOMMODATION
LADDER & PILOT LADDER
052-22
Arrangement of Accommodation
Ladder & Pilot Ladder.pdf
H52-23
MANHOLE COVERS
ARRANGEMENT
052-23
Manhole Covers Arrangement.pdf
H52-24
HATCH COVERS ARRANGEMENT
052-24
Hatch Covers Arrangement.pdf
H52-25
TANK CLEANING HATCH COVERS

ARRANGEMENT
052-25
Tank Cleaning Hatch Covers

Arrangement.pdf
H52-26
CARGO HATCH COVERS

ARRANGEMENT
052-26
Cargo Hatch Covers

Arrangement.pdf
H52-27
HANDRAIR & STORM RAIL

ARRANGEMENT
052-27
Handrair & Storm Rail

Arrangement.pdf
H52-28
OUTSIDE STAIRS ARRANGEMENT
052-28
Outside Stairs Arrangement.pdf
H52-29
STAIRS IN CARGO TANKS

ARRANGEMENT
052-29
Stairs In Cargo Tanks

Arrangement.pdf
H52-30
VERTICAL LADDERS
ARRANGEMENT-FORE
052-30
Vertical Ladders ArrangementFore.pdf
H52-31
VERTICAL LADDERS
ARRANGEMENT-AFT
052-31
Vertical Ladders ArrangementAft.pdf
H52-32
VERTICAL LADDERS
ARRANGEMENT (CARGO HOLD
AREA)
052-32
Vertical Ladders Arrangement

(Cargo Hold Area).pdf
H52-33
VERTICAL LADDERS
ARRANGEMENT (E/R DOUBLE
BOTTOM)
052-33
Vertical Ladders Arrangement

(Engine Room Double Bottom).pdf
H52-34
BOTTOM PLUG ARRANGEMENT
052-34
Bottom Plug Arrangement.pdf
H52-35
IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC

PROTECTION SYSTEM
ARRANGEMENT
052-35
Impressed Current Cathodic

Protection System Arrangement.pdf
H52-36
LIFEBOAT AND RESCUE BOAT

ARRANGEMENT
052-36
Lifeboat And Rescue Boat

Arrangement.pdf
H52-37
WINDLASS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

FOR REMOTE CONTROL
052-37
Windlass Hydraulic System For

Remote Control.pdf
H52-38
ARRANGEMENT OF GANGWAY
052-38
Arrangement of Gangway.pdf
H52-39
DRAFT MARK AND LOAD LINE

PLAN
052-39
Draft Mark And Load Line Plan.pdf
H52-40
IN-WATER MARK PLAN
052-40
In-Water Mark Plan.pdf
H52-41
MARKS OF SHIPS NAME AND

PORT OF REGISTER
052-41
Marks of Ships Name And Port of

Register.pdf
H52-42
FUNNEL MARK
052-42
Funnel Mark.pdf
H52-43
ZINC ANODES ARRANGEMENT
052-43
Zinc Anodes Arrangement.pdf
H52-44
IN-WATER SURVEY PHOTO ALBUM
052-44
In-Water Survey Photo Album.pdf
H52-45
LIST OF STORES AND SPARE

PARTS FOR DECK EQUIPMENT
052-45
List of Stores And Spare Parts For

Deck Equipment.pdf
H52-46
ZINC ANODES ARRANGEMENT OF

SEA CHESTS
052-46
Zinc Anodes Arrangement of Sea

Chests.pdf
H52-47
ARR. OF RESCUE BOAT AND

DAVIT
052-47
Arrangement of Rescue Boat And

Davit.pdf
H52-48
LIST OF DECK MACHNINERY
052-48
List of Deck Machninery.pdf
H52-49
LIFTING EYE-PLATE
ARRANGEMENT
H53-01
FIRE DIVISION PLAN
053-01
Fire Division Plan.pdf
H53-02
FIRE-PROOF STRCTURE TYPICAL

DETAIL PLAN
053-02
Fire-Proof Strcture Typical Detail

Plan.pdf
H53-03
CABIN EQUIPMENT
ARRANGEMENT
053-03
Cabin Equipment Arrangement.pdf
Lifting Eye-Plate Arrangement.pdf
H53-04
STEEL WINDOWS AND SCUTTLES

ARRANGEMENT
053-04
Steel Windows And Scuttles

Arrangement.pdf
H53-05
WHEELHOUSE WINDOWS
ARRANGEMENT
053-05
Wheel house Windows

Arrangement.pdf
H53-06
STEEL DOORS AND GRP DOORS

ARRANGEMENT
053-06
Steel Doors And Grp Doors

Arrangement.pdf
H53-07
CABIN DOORS ARRANGEMENT
053-07
Cabin Doors Arrangement.pdf
H53-08
GARBAGE BOS ARRANGEMENT
053-08
Garbage Bos Arrangement.pdf
H53-09
INSULATION PLAN
053-09
Insulation Plan.pdf
H53-10
DECK COVERING
053-10
Deck Covering.pdf
H53-11
PAINTING SCHEDULE
053-11
Painting Schedule.pdf
H53-12
OUTSIDE OF HULL COLOR
053-12
Outside of Hull Color.pdf
H53-13
GALLEY AND PANTRIES

ARRANGEMENT
053-13
Galley And Pantries

Arrangement.pdf
H53-14
LAUNDRIES AND DRYING ROOMS

ARRANGEMENT
053-14
Laundries And Drying Rooms

Arrangement.pdf
H53-15
DECK STORES PLAN
053-15
Deck Stores Plan.pdf
H53-16
INNER STAIRS ARRANGEMENT IN

ACCOMMODATION
053-16
Inner Stairs Arrangement In

Accommodation.pdf
H53-17
LIST OF FRAMED DRAWINGS
053-17
List of Framed Drawings.pdf
H53-18
CORROSION PROTECTION OF
SEA WATER BALLAST TANKS
053-18
Corrosion Protection of Sea Water

Ballast Tanks.pdf
H53-19
PAINTING DESCRIPTION OF
CARGO TANKS
053-19
Painting Description of Cargo

Tanks.pdf
H53-20
EXTERNAL PARTS
053-20
Painting Description of External

Parts.pdf
H53-21
INTERNAL PARTS
053-21
Painting Description of Internal

Parts.pdf
M54-01
LIST OF FINAL PLANS &

DOCUMENTS OF MACHINERY
PART
054-01TM
List of Final Plans & Documents of

Machinery Part.pdf
M54-02
ENGINE ROOM ARRANGEMENT
054-02
Engine Room Arrangement.pdf
M54-03
LIST OF MACHINERY
EQUIPMENTS
054-03MX
List of Machinery Equipments.pdf
M54-04
SHAFTING ARRANGEMENT
054-04
Shafting Arrangement.pdf
M54-05
LAYOUT OF MAIN ENGINE LUB.

OIL SUMP TANK
054-05
Layout of Main Engine Lub. Oil

Sump Tank.pdf
M54-06
M/E INSTALLATION
054-06
Main Engine Installation.pdf
M54-07
HIGH SEA CHEST IN ENGINE

ROOM
054-07
High Sea Chest In Engine

Room.pdf
M54-08
LOWER SEA CHEST IN ENGINE

ROOM
054-08
Lower Sea Chest In Engine

Room.pdf
M54-09
ENGINE ROOM VENTILATION

ARRANGEMENT
054-09
Engine Room Ventilation

Arrangement.pdf
M54-10
EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM

ARRANGEMENT
054-10
Emergency Generator Room

Arrangement.pdf
M54-11
EMERGENCY GENERATING
PIPING SYSTEM
054-11
Emergency Generating Piping

System.pdf
M54-12
ENGINE ROOM CONTROL AIR

SYSTEM
054-12
Engine Room Control Air

System.pdf
M54-13
FUEL OIL TRANSFER SYSTEM
054-13
Fuel Oil Transfer System.pdf
M54-14
FUEL OIL SERVICE SYSTEM
054-14
Fuel Oil Service System.pdf
M54-15
FUEL OIL PURIFYING SYSTEM
054-15
Fuel Oil Purifying System.pdf
M54-16
FUEL OIL DRAIN SYSTEM
054-16
Fuel Oil Drain System.pdf
M54-17
INCINERATOR FUEL OIL SYSTEM
054-17
Incinerator Fuel Oil System.pdf
M54-18
LUB. OIL SERVICE SYSTEM
054-18
Lub. Oil Service System.pdf
M54-19
LUB. OIL TRANSFER & PURIFIER

SYSTEM
054-19
Lub. Oil Transfer & Purifier

System.pdf
M54-20
LUB. OIL DRAIN SYSTEM
054-20
Lub. Oil Drain System.pdf
M54-21
STERN TUBE LUB. OIL SYSTEM
054-21
Stern Tube Lub. Oil System.pdf
M54-22
SEA WATER COOLING SYSTEM
054-22
Sea Water Cooling System.pdf
M54-23
H.T. COOLING FRESH WATER

SYSTEM
054-23
H.T. Cooling Fresh Water

System.pdf
M54-24
L.T. COOLING FRESH WATER

SYSTEM
054-24
L.T. Cooling Fresh Water

System.pdf
M54-25
CHEMICAL CLEANING SYSTEM
054-25
Chemical Cleaning System.pdf
M54-26
ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST GAS

SYSTEM
054-26
Engine Room Exhaust Gas

System.pdf
M54-27
ENGINE ROOM COMPRESSED AIR

SYSTEM
054-27
Engine Room Compressed Air

System.pdf
M54-28
LIST OF AUTOMATION CONTROL

MONITORING AND ALARM
054-28MX
List of Automation Control

Monitoring And Alarm.pdf
M54-30
QUICK CLOSING VALVE SYSTEM
054-30
Quick Closing Valve System.pdf
M54-31
F.W. GENERATOR & E/R F.W.

SUPPLY SYSTEM
054-31
F.W. Generator & Engine Room

F.W. Supply System.pdf
M54-32
ENGINE ROOM STEAM &

CONDENSATE SYSTEM
054-32
Engine Room Steam & Condensate

System.pdf
M54-33
ENGINE ROOM TANKS HEATING

SYSTEM
054-33
Engine Room Tanks Heating

System.pdf
M54-34
BOILER FEED WATER SYSTEM
054-34
Boiler Feed Water System.pdf
M54-36
F.O.OVERFLOW SYSTEM
054-36
F.O.Overflow System.pdf
M54-37
STERN TUBE ARRANGEMENT
054-37
Stern Tube Arrangement.pdf
M54-38
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
054-38
Intermediate Shaft.pdf
M54-39
PROPELLER SHAFT WITHORAWAL

ARRANGEMENT
054-39
Propeller Shaft Withorawal

Arrangement.pdf
M55-01
SHELL OPENING LAYOET
055-01
Shell Opening Layoet.pdf
M55-02
BILGE WATER SYSTEM
055-02
Bilge Water System.pdf
M55-04
BALLAST WATER SYSTEM
055-04
Ballast Water System.pdf
M55-05
TANK WASHING SYSTEM
055-05
Tank Washing System.pdf
M55-06
TANK WASHING ARRANGEMENT
055-06
Tank Washing Arrangement.pdf
M55-07
SHIP'S AIR SOUNDING & FILLING

PIPES
055-07
Ships Air Sounding & Filling

Pipes.pdf
M55-08
CARGO OIL TANKS VENTING

SYSTEM
055-08
Cargo Oil Tanks Venting

System.pdf
M55-09
LEVEL GAUGING & DRAFT

GAUGING SYSTEM
055-09
Level Gauging & Draft Gauging

System.pdf
M55-10
FIRE AND DECK WASH WATER

SYSTEM
055-10
Fire And Deck Wash Water

System.pdf
M55-11
ARRANGEMENT OF EMERGENCY
FIRE PUMP IN BOW THRUSTER
ROOM
055-11
Arrangement of Emergency Fire

Pump In Bow Thruster Room.pdf
M55-12
SEA CHEST FOR EMERGENCY

FIRE PUMP
055-12
Sea Chest For Emergency Fire

Pump.pdf
M55-13
DECK HIGH PRESSURE WASHING

SYSTEM
055-13
Deck High Pressure Washing

System.pdf
M55-14
CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHING

SYSTEM
055-14
Co2 Fire Extinguishing System.pdf
M55-15
LAYOUT OFCO2 FIRE

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
055-15
Layout ofco2 Fire Extinguishing

System.pdf
M55-16
ARRANGEMENT OF CO2 ROOM
055-16
Arrangement of Co2 Room.pdf
M55-17
CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHING

SYSTEM FOR CHEMICAL
SAMPLING ROOM
055-17
Co2 Fire Extinguishing System For

Chemical Sampling Room.pdf
M55-18
GALLEY DUCT CO2 FIRE

055-18
Galley Duct Co2 Fire Extinguishing

System.pdf
M55-19
M/E SCAVENGE AIR BELT CO2

SCHEMATIC ARRANGEMENT
055-19
Main Engine Scavenge Air Belt Co2

Schematic Arrangement.pdf
M55-20
FOAM EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
055-20
Foam Extinguishing System.pdf
M55-21
NITROGEN GAS & VAPOUR

RETURN SYSTEM
055-21
Nitrogen Gas & Vapour Return

System.pdf
M55-22
NITROGEN TOPPONG UP SYSTEM
055-22
Nitrogen Toppong Up System.pdf
M55-23
ARRANGEMENT OF NITROGEN
GAS GENERATOR ROOM
055-23
Arrangement of Nitrogen Gas

Generator Room.pdf
M55-24
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM IN

ENGINE ROOM
055-24
Water Supply System In Engine

Room.pdf
M55-25
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

OUTSIDE ENGINE ROOM
055-25
Water Supply System Outside

Engine Room.pdf
M55-26
SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

SYSTEM
055-26
Sewage Treatment Plant

System.pdf
M55-27
BLACK & GREY WATER SYSTEM
055-27
Black & Grey Water System.pdf
M55-28
SCUPPER & DRAINAGE SYSTEM

IN ENGINE ROOM
055-28
Scupper & Drainage System In

Engine Room.pdf
M55-29
DECK SCUPPER & DRAINAGE

SYSTEM
055-29
Deck Scupper & Drainage

System.pdf
M55-30
CARGO TANK GAS FREE SYSTEM
055-30
Cargo Tank Gas Free System.pdf
M55-31
DECK SERVICE STEAM SYSTEM
055-31
Deck Service Steam System.pdf
M55-32
PAINT ROOM CO2 FIRE

055-32
Paint Room Co2 Fire Extinguishing

System.pdf
M55-33
DECK COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM
055-33
Deck Compressed Air System.pdf
M55-34
DIAGRAM OF CARGO PIPING

SYSTEM
055-34
Diagram of Cargo Piping

System.pdf
M55-35
CARGO PIPING STRIPPING

SYSTEM
055-35
Cargo Piping Stripping System.pdf
M55-36
CARGO TANK HEATING SYSTEM
055-36
Cargo Tank Heating System.pdf
M55-37
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING

SYSTEM
055-37
Oil Discharge Monitoring

System.pdf
M55-38
GAS DETECTION SYSTEM
055-38
Gas Detection System.pdf
M55-39
CARGO PUMP ARRANGEMENT
055-39
Cargo Pump Arrangement.pdf
M55-40
MANIFORD ARRANGEMENT
055-40
Maniford Arrangement.pdf
M55-41
AIR & SOUNDING PIPES IN E/R
055-41
Air & Sounding Pipes In Engine

Room.pdf
M55-42
WATER MIST SYSTEM FOR E/R
055-42
Water Mist System For Engine

Room.pdf
M55-43
VENTILATION ARR. FOR CABIN

(ACCOMMOD.)
055-43
Ventilation Arrangement For Cabin

(Accommod.).pdf
M55-44
VENTILATION ARR. FOR OUTFIT
055-44
Ventilation Arrangement For

Outfit.pdf
M55-45
ARR. FOR DECK (PS) ROOM
055-45
Arrangement For Deck (Ps)

Room.pdf
M55-46
AIR CONDITIONING PLANT

SYSTEM
055-46
Air Conditioning Plant System.pdf
M55-47
LAYOUT OF AIR CONTION DUCTS
055-47
Layout of Air Contion Ducts.pdf
M55-48
ARR. OF AIR CONDITION ROOM
055-48
Arrangement of Air Condition

Room.pdf
M55-49
REF. PROV. PLANT SYSTEM
055-49
Ref. Prov. Plant System.pdf
M55-50
LAYOUT OF PIPING PROV.

CHAMBER
055-50
Layout of Piping Prov. Chamber.pdf
M55-51
SEA CHEST OF BALLAST SYSTEM
055-51
Sea Chest of Ballast System.pdf
M55-52
VALVES REMOTE CONTROL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
055-52
Valves Remote Control Hydraulic

System.pdf
M55-53
FRAMO HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM
055-53
Framo Hydraulic Diagram.pdf
M55-54
ARR. FOR VALVE REMOTE

CONTROL RM
055-54
Arrangement For Valve Remote

Control Rm.pdf
M55-55
ARR. OF FOAM PLANT & FIRE

STATION
055-55
Arrangement of Foam Plant & Fire

Station.pdf
M55-57
OXYGEN & ACETYLENE DIAGAM
055-57
Oxygen & Acetylene Diagam.pdf
E56-01
LIST OF FINAL PLANS &

DOCUMENTS OF ELECTRICAL
PART
056-01TM
List of Final Plans & Documents of

Electrical Part.pdf
E56-02
ELECTRICAL LOAD BALANCE

CALCULATION
056-02JS
Electrical Load Balance

Calculation.pdf
E56-03
VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATION
056-03JS
Voltage Drop Calculation.pdf
E56-04
TRANSFORMER CAPACITY
CALCULATION
056-04JS
Transformer Capacity
Calculation.pdf
E56-05
CALCULATION FOR BATTERY

CAPACITY
056-05JS
Calculation For Battery Capacity.pdf
E56-06
DRAWING OF DANGEROUS AREA

DIVISION
056-06
Drawing of Dangerous Area

Division.pdf
E56-07
DRAWING OF ELECTRICAL
POWER PRELIMINARY SYSTEM
056-07
Drawing of Electrical Power

Preliminary System.pdf
E56-08
ENGINE ROOM EQUIPMENT

ELECTRICAL POWER SECONDARY
SYSTEM DRAWING
056-08
Engine Room Equipment Electrical

Power Secondary System
Drawing.pdf
E56-09
DECK EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL

POWER SECONDARY SYSTEM
DRAWING
056-09
Deck Equipment Electrical Power

Secondary System Drawing.pdf
E56-10
DRAWING OF ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM FOR ENGINE ROOM
CONTROL CONSOLE
056-10
Drawing of Electrical System For

Engine Room Control Console.pdf
E56-11
DRAWING OF ENGINE ROOM

AUTOMATIC SYSTEM
056-11
Drawing of Engine Room Automatic

System.pdf
E56-12
DRAWING OF VALVE REMOTE

CONTROL SYTEM
056-12
Drawing of Valve Remote Control

Sytem.pdf
E56-13
DRAWING OF LEVEL MONITORING

AND ALARM SYTEM
056-13
Drawing of Level Monitoring And

Alarm Sytem.pdf
E56-14
DRAWING OF LIGHTING SYSTEM
056-14
Drawing of Lighting System.pdf
E56-15
DRAWING OF NAVIGATION
EQUIPMENT
056-15
Drawing of Navigation
Equipment.pdf
E56-16
ARRANGEMENT OF ECHO
SOUNDER & SPEED LOG
TRANSDUCERS
056-16
Arrangement of Echo Sounder &

Speed Log Transducers.pdf
E56-17
DRAWING OF INTERIOR
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
056-17
Drawing of Interior Communication

System.pdf
E56-18
DRAWING OF INTERIOR ALARM

SYSTEM
056-18
Drawing of Interior Alarm

System.pdf
E56-19
DRAWING OF GAS DETECTION &

ALARM SYSTEM
056-19
Drawing of Gas Detection & Alarm

System.pdf
E56-20
DRAWING OF ADMINSTRATION PC
SYSTEM
056-20
Drawing of Adminstration Pc
System.pdf
E56-21
DRAWING OF FIRE DETECTION &

ALARM SYSTEM
056-21
Drawing of Fire Detection & Alarm

System.pdf
E56-22
DRAWING OF NAVIGATION WATCH

CONSOLE SYSTEM
056-22
Drawing of Navigation Watch

Console System.pdf
E56-23
DRAWING OF BRIDGE WING

CONSOLE SYSTEM
056-23
Drawing of Bridge Wing Console

System.pdf
E56-24
DRAWING OF RADIO EQUIPMENT

SYSTEM
056-24
Drawing of Radio Equipment

System.pdf
E56-25
ARRANGEMENT OF ANTENNA
056-25
Arrangement of Antenna.pdf
E56-26
DRAWING OF CARGO CONTROL

CONSOLE SYSTEM
056-26
Drawing of Cargo Control Console

System.pdf
E56-27
FLOOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

ARRANGEMENT
056-27
Floor Electrical Equipment

Arrangement.pdf
056-28
Lower Platform Arrangement of

Electrical Equipment.pdf
056-29
Upper Platform Arrangement of

056-30
Steering Gear Room Arrangement

of Electrical Equipment.pdf
E56-28
E56-29
E56-30
LOWER PLATFORM
ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT
UPPER PLATFORM
EQUIPMENT
STEERING GEAR ROOM
EQUIPMENT
E56-31
FUNNEL ARRANGEMENT OF
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
056-31
Funnel Arrangement of Electrical

Equipment.pdf
E56-32
UPPER DECK CARGO AREA

EQUIPMENT
056-32
Upper Deck Cargo Area

Arrangement of Electrical
Equipment.pdf
E56-33
FORECASTLE DECK
EQUIPMENT
056-33
Forecastle Deck Arrangement of

E56-34
FORE MAST ARRANGEMENT OF

056-34
Fore Mast Arrangement of Electrical

Equipment.pdf
E56-35
UPPER DECK ARRANGEMENT OF

056-35
Upper Deck Arrangement of

E56-38
C DECK ARRANGEMENT OF
056-38
C Deck Arrangement of Electrical

Equipment.pdf
E56-41
BRIDGE DECK ARRANGEMENT OF

056-41
Bridge Deck Arrangement of

E56-42
COMPASS DECK ARRANGEMENT

OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
056-42
Compass Deck Arrangement of

E56-43
RADAR MAST ARRANGEMENT OF

056-43
Radar Mast Arrangement of

E56-44
ARRANGEMENT OF FLOODLIGHTS
056-44
Arrangement of Floodlights.pdf
E56-46
DIESEL GENERATORS
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-46
Diesel Generators Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-47
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-47
Emergency Generator Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-48
HIGH SPEED DIESEL

CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-48
High Speed Diesel Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-49
M/E REMOTE CONTROL & SAFETY

SYSTEM
056-49
Main Engine Remote Control &

Safety System.pdf
E56-50
TORQUEMETER CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
056-50
Torquemeter Connection
Diagram.pdf
E56-51
CATHODIC PROTECTION
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-51
Cathodic Protection Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-52
NITROGEN PLANTS CONNECTION

DIAGRAM
056-52
Nitrogen Plants Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-53
ODME CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-53
Odme Connection Diagram.pdf
E56-54
AUXILIARY BOILER AND

COMPOSITE BOILER
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-54
Auxiliary Boiler And Composite

Boiler Connection Diagram.pdf
E56-55
AIR CONDITION PLANT AND

PROVISIONS PLANT CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
056-55
Air Condition Plant And Provisions

Plant Connection Diagram.pdf
E56-56
CARGO EQUIPMENTS
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-56
Cargo Equipments Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-57
BOW THRUSTER CONNECTION

DIAGRAM
056-57
Bow Thruster Connection

Diagram.pdf
E56-58
MAIN AIR SERVICE AIR AND

CONTROL AIR COMPRESSORS
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-58
Main Air Service Air And Control Air

Compressors Connection
Diagram.pdf
E56-59
CO2 FIRE FIGHTING SYS.

CONNECTION DIAGRAM
056-59
Co2 Fire Fighting System

Connection Diagram.pdf
E56-60
ONE LINE DIAGRAM
056-60
One Line Diagram.pdf
E56-61
SHORT CIRCUIT CALCULATION
056-61
Short Circuit Calculation.pdf
E56-63
CARGO CONTROL ROOM

ARRANGEMENT
056-63
Cargo Control Room

Arrangement.pdf
LIST OF INSTRUCTION BOOKS

H1-1
ROLLS ROYCE BOW THRUSTER

INSTRUCT MANUAL
Rolls Royce Bow Thruster Instruct

Manual.pdf
H1-2
ROLLS ROYCE BOW THRUSTER

SERVICE MANUAL
Rolls Royce Bow Thruster Service

Manual.pdf
H2-1
PUSNES HYDRAULIC WINCHES
Pusnes Hydraulic Winches.pdf
H3-1
FRYDENBO STEERING GEAR
Frydenbo Steering Gear.pdf
H4-1
GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
Galley & Laundry Equipment.pdf
H5-1
HATECKE LIFEBOAT & RESCUE

BOAT MANUAL FOR OPERATION,
MAINTENANCE AND TRAINING
Hatecke Lifeboat & Rescue Boat

Manual For Operation, Maintenance
And Training.pdf
H5-2
HATECKE LIFEBOAT & RESCUE

BOAT LIST OF DRAWINGS &
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
Hatecke Lifeboat & Rescue Boat

List of Drawings & Technical
Description.pdf
H5-3
GLOBAL DAVIT RESCUE

BOAT/LIFE RAFT CRANE,
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Global Davit Rescue Boat-Life Raft

Crane, Operation And Maintenance
Manual.pdf
H6-1
ETA EMERGENCY TOWING

ARRANGT
Eta Emergency Towing Arrangt.pdf
H6-2
ETA EMERGENCY TOWING AND

SINGLE POINT MOORING
DRAWINGS
Eta Emergency Towing And Single

Point Mooring Drawings.pdf
H7-1
AIR MOTOR
Air Motor-1.pdf
H7-2
AIR WINCH AND MOTOR
Air Winch And Motor.pdf
H8-1
ACCOMMODATION LADDER
Accommodation Ladder.pdf
H8-2
AIR MOTOR
Air Motor-2.pdf
H10-1
LIFE RAFT
Life Raft.pdf
H10-2
VIKING; INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO

KEEP CONTROL BOOKLETS
Viking; Instructions How To Keep

Control Booklets.pdf
H11-1
LUTZ PERSONAL ELEVATOR

OPERATION MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Lutz Personal Elevator Operation

Maintenance Manual.pdf
H11-2
LUTZ PERSONAL ELEVATOR

INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Lutz Personal Elevator Installation

Maintenance Manual.pdf
H12-1
SUEZ CANAL FLOODLIGHT CRANE

& DERRICK FOR OIL PIPE
Suez Canal Floodlight Crane &

Derrick For Oil Pipe.pdf
H13-1
HEMP ELECTRIC ROPE WINCH
Hemp Electric Rope Winch.pdf
H14-1
OIL TANK HATCH COVER
Oil Tank Hatch Cover.pdf
H15-1
HYGRAPHA LIFE SAVING

ACCESSORIES
Hygrapha Life Saving

Accessories.pdf
H16-1
CATHELCO ICCP CATHODIC

PROTECTION
Cathelco Iccp Cathodic

Protection.pdf
H17-1
KOCKUM SONICS LOADMASTER &

ADDITIVE MANUALS (3 BOOKLETS)
- DECK AND CARGO
Kockum Sonics Loadmaster &

Additive Manuals (3 Booklets) Deck And Cargo-1.pdf
H17-2
KOCKUM SONICS LOADMASTER &

ADDITIVE MANUALS (3 BOOKLETS)
- DECK AND CARGO
Kockum Sonics Loadmaster &

Additive Manuals (3 Booklets) Deck And Cargo-2.pdf
H18-1
PILOT CHAIR
Pilot Chair.pdf
H19-1
EXTERNAL DOORS
External Doors.pdf
MF1-1
M/E OPERATION MANUAL
Main Engine Operation Manual.pdf
MF1-2
M/E MAINTENANCE
Main Engine Maintenance.pdf
MF1-3
M/E COMPONENTS - CODE BOOK
Main Engine Components - Code

Book.pdf
MF1-4
VESTAS M/E AIR COOLER
Vestas Main Engine Air Cooler.pdf
MF1-5
NOVENCO ELECTRIC
TURBOCHARGER
Novenco Electric Turbocharger.pdf
MF1-6
ELECT PANEL FOR ME ELECT T/C
Elect Panel For Me Elect T C.pdf
MF1-7
HPU 225 HYDRAULIC HIGH

PRESSURE PUMP
Hpu 225 Hydraulic High Pressure

Pump.pdf
MF1-8
MANUAL HYDRAULIC PUMP
Manual Hydraulic Pump.pdf
MF1-9
HDP 1100-2 FUEL VALVES TEST

UNIT
Hdp 1100-2 Fuel Valves Test

Unit.pdf
MF1-10
VISATRON OIL MIST DETECTOR
Visatron Oil Mist Detector.pdf
MF1-11
CP15-L-S-C TURNING GEAR
Cp15-L-S-C Turning Gear.pdf
MF1-12
M/E INSTRUCCTIONS FOR CYL

LUBRICATOR
Main Engine Instrucctions For Cyl

Lubricator.pdf
MF1-13
HANDLING MANUAL OF Q641F-40C

PNEUMATIC BALL VALVES
Handling Manual of Q641F-40C

Pneumatic Ball Valves.pdf
MF1-14
M/E TURBO CHARGER
Main Engine Turbo Charger.pdf
MF1-15
EGS 2000 ELECTRIC GOVERNOR

SYSTEM - DPS 2100 (plus complet
en E6.3) - USER MANUALS
Egs 2000 Electric Governor System

- Dps 2100 (Plus Complet En E6.3)
- User Manuals.pdf
MF1-16
DIAGRAM FOR MANOEUVRING

SYS
Diagram For Manoeuvring

System.pdf
MF1-17
DESCRIPTION OF ENGINE
CONTROL SYS
Description of Engine Control

System.pdf
MF1-18
JUNCTION BOXES M/E

CONNECTING DWG
Junction Boxes Main Engine

Connecting Dwg.pdf
MF1-19
ELECTRIC PARTS ON M/E
Electric Parts On Main Engine.pdf
MF1-20
SPARE PARTS LIST
Spare Parts List.pdf
MF1-21
LIST OF TOOLS
List of Tools.pdf
MF1-22
M/E LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND

TOOLS
Main Engine List of Spare Parts

And Tools.pdf
MF2-1
AURAMARINE HFO MODULE FOR

MAIN ENGINE
Auramarine Hfo Module For Main

Engine.pdf
MF2-2
AURAMARINE HFO MODULE FOR

DIESEL GENERATORS
Auramarine Hfo Module For Diesel

Generators.pdf
MF3-1
ROLLS ROYCE PROPELLER &

LIFTING EYE-PLATE ARRANGT
Rolls Royce Propeller & Lifting EyePlate Arrangt.pdf
MF4-1
SIMPLEX COMPOUND SEAL

SC2CZ/2CM
Simplex Compound Seal Sc2Cz2Cm.pdf
MF4-2
SHAFT INTERMEDIATE BEARING
Shaft Intermediate Bearing.pdf
MF5-1
MAN B&W MAIN D/G SET DATAS MAINTENANCE AND CODE BOOK
Man B&W Main D G Set Datas Maintenance And Code Book-1.pdf
MF5-2
MAN B&W MAIN D/G SET DATAS MAINTENANCE AND CODE BOOK
Man B&W Main D G Set Datas Maintenance And Code Book-2.pdf
MF6-1
BOILER MAIN VOL 1
Boiler Main Vol 1.pdf
MF6-2
BOILER MAIN VOL 2
Boiler Main Vol 2.pdf
MF6-3
BOILER COMPOSITE VOL 1
Boiler Composite Vol 1.pdf
MF6-4
BOILER COMPOSITE VOL 2
Boiler Composite Vol 2.pdf
MF7-1
TS PORTABLE CARGO
MEASURING SYS - DECK AND
CARGO
Ts Portable Cargo Measuring

System- Deck And Cargo.pdf
MF7-2
TS UTI CHEMICAL HERMETIC

SAMPLE - DECK AND CARGO
Ts Uti Chemical Hermetic Sample Deck And Cargo.pdf
MF7-3
TS GTX CHEMICAL HERMETIC

SAMPLE - DECK AND CARGO
Ts Gtx Chemical Hermetic Sample Deck And Cargo.pdf
MF8-1
AUXITROL LEVEL-TEMP-PRESS
MONITORING SYS
Auxitrol Level-Temp-Press
Monitoring System.pdf
MF9-1
BEHRENS PUMPS
Behrens Pumps.pdf
MF10-1
JOWA UV STERILIZEER - AND

REHARDENING FILTER
Jowa Uv Sterilizeer - And

Rehardening Filter.pdf
MF11.1
HUGHES SAFETY SHOWER
Hughes Safety Shower.pdf
MF12-1
WORKSHOP LATHE MACHINE
Workshop Lathe Machine.pdf
MF13-1
GESTRA FLOWSERVE OIL

DETECTOR FOR CFW SYS
Gestra Flowserve Oil Detector For

Cfw System.pdf
MF14-1
DVZ 5000VC OILY WATER

SEPARATOR
Dvz 5000Vc Oily Water

Separator.pdf
MF15-1
DVZ SKA 30 - BIOMASTER

SEWAGE PLANT
Dvz Ska 30 - Biomaster Sewage

Plant.pdf
MF17-1
DEUTZ NITROGEN DIESEL

GENERATOR OP MANUAL
Deutz Nitrogen Diesel Generator

Op Manual.pdf
MF17-3
DEUTZ NITROGEN DIESEL

GENERATOR CODE BOOK
Deutz Nitrogen Diesel Generator

Code Book.pdf
MF18-1
NANTONG CSEMC
HYDROPHORES
Nantong Csemc Hydrophores.pdf
MF19-1
BLOKSMA TANK CLEANING

HEATER - DECK AND CARGO
Bloksma Tank Cleaning Heater Deck And Cargo.pdf
MF20-1
ELECTRIC FIRE DAMPER

DRAWING
Electric Fire Damper Drawing.pdf
MF20-2
ELECTRIC FIRE DAMPER

INSTRUCTION BOOK
Electric Fire Damper Instruction

Book.pdf
MF20-3
MANUAL FIRE DAMPER DRAWING
Manual Fire Damper Drawing.pdf
MF20-4
MANUAL FIRE DAMPER

INSTRUCTION BOOK
Manual Fire Damper Instruction

Book.pdf
MF21-1
FINAL DWG FOR AIR RESERVOIR
Final Dwg For Air Reservoir.pdf
MF22-1
TREADE BLIND FLANGE VALVE DECK AND CARGO
Treade Blind Flange Valve - Deck

And Cargo.pdf
MF23-1
NAMTEK VECS CONTROL
Namtek Vecs Control.pdf
MF24-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES FIRE

PROTECT MACHINERY SPACES
Novenco Hi-Pres Fire Protect

Machinery Spaces.pdf
MF24-2
CONSILIUM CS3004 FIRE ALARM

SYS (INSTALL)
Consilium Cs3004 Fire Alarm

System(Install).pdf
MF24-3
CONSILIUM CS3004 FIRE ALARM

SYS (REF MANUAL)
Consilium Cs3004 Fire Alarm

System(Ref Manual).pdf
MF25-1
WORKSHOP ARC AND GAS

WELDING UNITOR
Workshop Arc And Gas Welding

Unitor.pdf
MF26-1
VAF INSTRUMENTS FLOWMETER

AND LIQUID FILTER
Vaf Instruments Flowmeter And

Liquid Filter.pdf
MF27-1
ECOLCELL AF - ANTIFOULING SYS

DRAWINGS
Ecolcell Af - Antifouling
SystemDrawings.pdf
MF27-2
ECOLCELL AF - ANTIFOULING SYS

OPERATION MANUAL
Ecolcell Af - Antifouling
SystemOperation Manual.pdf
MF28-1
LIQUID EJECTORS
Liquid Ejectors.pdf
MF29-1
NITROGEN MAIN COMP

INSTALLATION MEM 5000-5-8CM
Nitrogen Main Comp Installation

Mem 5000-5-8Cm.pdf
MF29-2
NITROGEN AUXILIARY COMP

INSTALL. MEM 200-5-8CM
Nitrogen Auxiliary Comp Install.

Mem 200-5-8Cm.pdf
MF30-1
HIGH PRESSURE CO FIRE

FIGHTING SYSTEM
High Pressure Co Fire Fighting

System.pdf
MF31-1
FIXED DECK FOAM FIRE FIGHTING

SYSTEM + CD
Fixed Deck Foam Fire Fighting

System + Cd.pdf
MF32-1
ALFA LAVAL FRESH WATER

GENERATOR
Alfa Laval Fresh Water

Generator.pdf
MF33-1
ALFA LAVAL PLATE HEAT

EXCHANGERS
Alfa Laval Plate Heat Exchangers1.pdf
MF33-2
ALFA LAVAL PLATE HEAT

EXCHANGERS
Alfa Laval Plate Heat Exchangers2.pdf
MF34-1
WORKSHOP DRILLING MACHINE
Workshop Drilling Machine.pdf
MF35-1
SCANJET TANK CLEANING

MACHINE
Scanjet Tank Cleaning Machine.pdf
MF36-1
INCINERATOR TEAMTEC OGS400C
Incinerator Teamtec Ogs400C.pdf
MF37-1
BOLL & KIRCH AUTO LUB OIL

FILTER
Boll & Kirch Auto Lub Oil Filter.pdf
MF38-1
HYCOM HP CLEANING PUMP DECK AND CARGO
Hycom Hp Cleaning Pump - Deck

And Cargo.pdf
MF39-1
M/E STUFFING BOX OIL

TREATMENT SYSTEM
Main Engine Stuffing Box Oil

Treatment System.pdf
MF40-1
FRAMO VOL 1 - SERVICE MANUAL

-DATAS - MAINTENANCE
Framo Vol 1 - Service Manual Datas - Maintenance.pdf
MF40-2

-ELECT DWGS - SPARES
Framo Vol 2 - Service Manual Elect Dwgs - Spares.pdf
MF40-3

- STRIPPING BORNEMANN AND
DEUTZ ENGINES
Framo Vol 3 - Service Manual Stripping Bornemann And Deutz

Engines.pdf
MF40-4

- HYDRAULIC PIPING
Framo Vol 2 - Service Manual Hydraulic Piping.pdf
MF41-1
ODME 5663MKII OIL DISCHARGE

MONITORING TECH MANUAL
Odme 5663Mkii Oil Discharge

Monitoring Tech Manual.pdf
MF42-1
DRAEGER MATERIALS - DECK

AND CARGO
Draeger Materials - Deck And

Cargo.pdf
MF43-1
CONSILIUM GAS DETECTOR SYS INSTRUCTIONS
Consilium Gas Detector SystemInstructions.pdf
MF43-3
CONSILIUM GAS DETECTOR SYS DRWGS AND DATA SHEETS
Consilium Gas Detector SystemDrwgs And Data Sheets.pdf
MF44-1
WORKSHOP HUNGER GRINDING

MACHINE FOR EXHAUST VALVES
Workshop Hunger Grinding

Machine For Exhaust Valves.pdf
MF45-1
ECONOSTO QUICK CLOSING

VALVES SYSTEM
Econosto Quick Closing Valves

System.pdf
MF46-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES AIRCON

INSTRUCT MANUAL VOL 1
Novenco Hi-Pres Aircon Instruct

Manual Vol 1.pdf
MF46-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES AIRCON

INSTRUCT MANUAL VOL 2
Novenco Hi-Pres Aircon Instruct

Manual Vol 2.pdf
MF46-3
NOVENCO HI-PRES PROVISION

PLANT INSTR MANUAL VOL 1
Novenco Hi-Pres Provision Plant

Instr Manual Vol 1.pdf
MF46-4
NOVENCO HI-PRES PROVISION

PLANT INSTR MANUAL VOL 2
Novenco Hi-Pres Provision Plant

Instr Manual Vol 2.pdf
MF47-1
AMRI SEIL REMOTE CTRL VALVES

- VOL 1 - DATA AND ELECTRICS +
MULTICORE TUBES
Amri Seil Remote Ctrl Valves - Vol

1 - Data And Electrics + Multicore
Tubes.pdf
MF47-2
AMRI SEIL REMOTE CTRL VALVES

- VOL 2 - MAINTENANCE AND
CERTIFS
Amri Seil Remote Ctrl Valves - Vol

2 - Maintenance And Certifs.pdf
MF47-3
PRAXIS MEGA GUARD - V/V

REMOTRE SYS INTERFACE
Praxis Mega Guard - V V Remotre

SystemInterface.pdf
MF48-1
KSB AMRI VALVES
Ksb Amri Valves-1.pdf
MF48-2
KSB AMRI VALVES
Ksb Amri Valves-2.pdf
MF49-1
FUCHS E/R CRANE
Fuchs Engine Room Crane.pdf
MF50-1
AIR DRIVEN MEMBRANE PUMP +

CD
Air Driven Membrane Pump +

Cd.pdf
MF51-1
ULTRAFILTER AIR DRYER FOR

COMPRESSED AIR
Ultrafilter Air Dryer For Compressed

Air.pdf
MF52-1
WORKSHOP HAND GIRDER

CRANE
Workshop Hand Girder Crane.pdf
MF53-1
SAFETY VALVE NING HAI
Safety Valve Ning Hai.pdf
MF54-1
NING HAI PRESSURE CONTROL

VALVE
Ning Hai Pressure Control

Valve.pdf
MF55-1
HFO LINE SAMPLER - FOBAS

FLANGE
Hfo Line Sampler - Fobas

Flange.pdf
MF56-1
EPOLAST 36 - CHOCKING
COMPOUND
Epolast 36 - Chocking
Compound.pdf
MF57-1
JP SAUER AND SOHN AIRCOMP

WP 1016/222 - SCK52 - SCK 22
Jp Sauer And Sohn Aircomp Wp

1016_222 - Sck52 - Sck 22.pdf
MF57-2

WP 101L

101L.pdf
MF57-3

WP 22L

22L.pdf
MF57-4
ALUP AIRCOMP SCK 21-52
Alup Aircomp Sck 21-52.pdf
MF57-5
ALUP AIRCOMP SCK 5-22
Alup Aircomp Sck 5-22.pdf
MF58-1
PURIFIER ME LO SA835
Purifier Me Lo Sa835.pdf
MF58-2
PURIFIER HFO SA845
Purifier Hfo Sa845.pdf
MF58-3
PURIFIER AE LO & DO PU100
Purifier Ae Lo & Do Pu100.pdf
MF59-1
DASIC GASFREEING JETFAN

CERTIF AND FINAL DWGS
Dasic Gasfreeing Jetfan Certif And

Final Dwgs.pdf
MF59-2
DASIC GASFREEING JETFAN

INSTRUCT MANUAL
Dasic Gasfreeing Jetfan Instruct

Manual.pdf
MF60-1
PLEIGER TEMP CTRL VALVES AND

CONTROLLER
Pleiger Temp Ctrl Valves And

Controller.pdf
MF61-1
DEEP FAT FRYER WATER MIST

SYSTEM +CD
Deep Fat Fryer Water Mist System

+Cd.pdf
MF62-1
PRESSURE TRAMSMITTER,
PRESS SWITCH, TEMP SENSOR
Pressure Tramsmitter, Press

Switch, Temp Sensor.pdf
MF63-1
METAPOWER TORQUEMETER
Metapower Torquemeter.pdf
MF64-1
PRES VAC TECH DOC
Pres Vac Tech Doc.pdf
MF64-2
PRES VAC HS ISO VALVE REV 1 TYPE 2388
Pres Vac Hs Iso Valve Rev 1 - Type

2388.pdf
MF64-3
PRES VAC HS ISO VALVE REV 2 TYPE 2389
Pres Vac Hs Iso Valve Rev 2 - Type

2389.pdf
MF64-4
PRES VAC GFC - GAS FREEING

COVER - TYPE 2317
Pres Vac Gfc - Gas Freeing Cover Type 2317.pdf
MF64-5
PRES VAC VFA - FLAME SCREEN

UNIT - TYPE 2273-1
Pres Vac Vfa - Flame Screen Unit Type 2273-1.pdf
MF64-6
PRES VAC INSTALLATION AND

MAINTENANCE
Pres Vac Installation And

Maintenance.pdf
MF65-1
OIL LEVEL GAUGES
Oil Level Gauges.pdf
MF66-1
DEMP EMERGENCY GENERATOR

SET
Demp Emergency Generator

Set.pdf
MF66-2
MAN B&W EMERGENCY DIESEL

GENERATOR
Man B&W Emergency Diesel

Generator.pdf
MF67-1
DANFOSS REMOTE CONTROL

VALVES
Danfoss Remote Control Valves.pdf
MF68-1
CFW JACKET PREHEATER +

ATMOSPHERIC CONDENSER
Cfw Jacket Preheater +

Atmospheric Condenser.pdf
MF69-1
0.4M3 TANK FOR SCAVENGING

DRAIN
0.4M3 Tank For Scavenging

Drain.pdf
MF70-1
SPARK ARRESTER AND SILENCER
Spark Arrester And Silencer.pdf
MF71-1
FINAL DWG FOR MULTICORE

TUBE
Final Dwg For Multicore Tube.pdf
MF72-1
BALL VALVES FOR DECK - SNAP

ON COUPLINGS AND HOSES
(SUFA TECH)
Ball Valves For Deck - Snap On

Couplings And Hoses (Sufa
Tech).pdf
MF73-1
VALVES IN ENGINE ROOM DALIAN MARINE FACTORY
Valves In Engine Room - Dalian

Marine Factory.pdf
MF74-1
BALLAST GRP PIPING
Ballast Grp Piping.pdf
EF1-1
CONSILIUM VDR M3
Consilium Vdr M3.pdf
EF2-1
SAM ELECTRONICS GPS-DGPS

DEBEG 4422-4428 / WEATHER
FAC-SIMILE DEBEG 2952 / WATCH
ALARM SYSTEM WAS40P / BRIDGE
ALARM SYSTEM BAS40P / VHF
RADIO TELEPHONE WITH DSC
DEBEG 6322 / MF/HF RADIO
TELEPHONE DEBEG 3105/250W
GPS-DGPS Navigation System

Operators Manua.pdf
EF2-1
SAM ELECTRICS DEBEG GPSDGPS
Sam Electrics Debeg Gps-Dgps.pdf
EF3-1
SAM ELECTRONICS SAT LOG

DEBEG / ECHOSOUNDING ATLAS
9205T / ECOGRAPH ATLAS 9205
Sam Electronics Sat Log Debeg Echosounding Atlas 9205T Ecograph Atlas 9205.pdf
EF4-1
SAM ELECTRONICS NAVTEX

DEBEG 2900 / VHF GMDSS AXIS 50
/ SAILOR / RADAR TRANSPONDER
DEBEG 5900 / EPIRB DEBEG 3540 /
THRANE DEBEG TT3020C / 3220C /
24 VDC VHF POWER SUPPLY
DEBEG N420 / ALARM PANEL
DEBEG 9865
Sam Electronics Navtex Debeg

2900-Vhf Gmdss Axis 50-SailorRadar Transponder Debeg 5900Epirb Debeg 3540-Thrane Debeg
Tt3020C-3220C-24 Vdc Vhf Power
Supply Debeg N420-Alarm Panel
Debeg 9865.pdf
EF5-1
SAM ELECTRONICS AIS DEBEG

3400 / MOTOROLLA GM350 /
DIRECTION DETECTOR SRD414 /
VHF POWER SUPPLY DEBEG
N163S / WIND MEASURING
EQUIPMENT
Sam Electronics Ais Debeg 3400 Motorolla Gm350 - Direction

Detector Srd414 - Vhf Power
Supply Debeg N163S - Wind
Measuring Equipment.pdf
EF6-1
SAM ELECTRONICS RADAR PILOT

1000 / CHARTRADAR 1000 DEBEG
3400 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Sam Electronics Radar Pilot 1000 Chartradar 1000 Debeg 3400

Operating Instructions.pdf
EF6-1B
SAM ELECTRONICS RADAR PILOT

1000 / CHARTRADAR 1000 DEBEG
3400 TECHNICAL
Sam Electronics Radar Pilot 1000 Chartradar 1000 Debeg 3400

Technical Documentation.pdf
DOCUMENTATION
EF6-2
SAM ELECTRONICS CHARTPILOT

9320, 9330 / CONNINGPILOT 9320,
9330
Sam Electronics Chartpilot 9320,

9330 - Conningpilot 9320, 9330.pdf
EF7-1
SAM ELECTRONICS PRINTER

LQ300 / SPERRY WORLD DIR /
GYRO NAVIGAT 2100 / COMPASS
MONITOR NAVITWIN II /
REPEATER COMPASS / DIGITAL
REPEATER / STEERING GEAR
TEST DRILL & MAINTENANCE /
AUTOPILOT NAVIPILOT ADII-LMP
STA / OVERRIDE CONTROL TYPE
4218 / MAGNETIC COMPASS
NAVIPOL & JUPITER / RUDDER
ANGLE FEED BACK UNIT TYPE
4968
Gyro repeater Printer Users

Guide.pdf
EF7-2
INMARSAT B / SATURN B / FAX

SAMSUNG SF350 SERIE
Inmarsat B - Saturn B - Fax

Samsung Sf350 Serie.pdf
EF7-3
WIND INDICATOR
Wind Indicator.pdf
EF7-4
SAM ELECTRONICS PROPULSION

CONTROL SYSTEM GEAMOT40M
Sam Electronics Propulsion Control

System Geamot40M.pdf
EF8-1
AMPLIDAN PUBLIC ADRESS SYS
Amplidan Public Adress System.pdf
EF8-2
AMPLIDAN TELEPHONE
Amplidan Telephone.pdf
EF8-3
AMPLIDAN ALARM CALL SYS
Amplidan Alarm Call System.pdf
EF8-4
AMPLIDAN COMMANDER 500MKV
Amplidan Commander 500Mkv.pdf
EF9-1
CONSILIUM NSAC1 FIRE ALARM

SYS, USER GUIDE, REF MANUAL,
MAINTENANCE
Consilium Nsac1 Fire Alarm

System, User Guide, Ref Manual,
Maintenance.pdf
EF10-1
ZOLLNER HORN
Zollner Horn.pdf
EF11-1
GLAMOX - OUTDOOR LIGHTS AND

ELECT APPLIANCES
Glamox - Outdoor Lights And Elect

Appliances.pdf
EF12-1
SPRINGER EMS - NAVIGATION

LIGHTS AND SIGNALS FLOODLIGHTS
Springer Ems - Navigation Lights

And Signals - Floodlights.pdf
EF13-1
MARINE UPS INVENSYS 9120i
Marine Ups Invensys 9120I.pdf
EF14-1
CITIZEN MASTER SLAVE CLOCK
Citizen Master Slave Clock.pdf
EF15-1
WINDOW WIPER
Window Wiper.pdf
EF16-1
HEATING GLASS
Heating Glass.pdf
EF17-1
LITTON SAM RADIO CONSOLE,

NAVIGATION SYSTEM, RADIO
COMMUNICATION
Litton Sam Radio Console,

Navigation System, Radio
Communication.pdf
EF18-1
FINAL DRAWINGS FOR MSB-ESBNDG SWITCHBOARDS
Final Drawings For Msb-Esb-Ndg

Switchboards.pdf
EF19-1
FINAL DRAWINGS FOR ECR - CCR

- WH - RADIO CONSOLES
Final Drawings For Ecr - Ccr - Wh Radio Consoles.pdf
EF20-1
FINAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER

DISTRI BOX - LIGHTNING - SHORE
BOX - TEST PANEL AND
BATTERIES PANEL.
Final Drawings For Power Distri

Box - Lightning - Shore Box - Test
Panel And Batteries Panel..pdf
EF21-1
FINAL DWGS FOR STN

AUTOMATION - GEAMAR 120ISL
(1/3)
Final Dwgs For Stn Automation Geamar 120Isl (1,3).pdf
EF21-3
FINAL DWGS FOR STN

AUTOMATION - GEAMAR 120ISL
(3/3)
Final Dwgs For Stn Automation Geamar 120Isl (3,3).pdf
GRP PIPING AND VARIOUS CLAMP

ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
GRP Piping and various Clamp

Arrangement Drawing.pdf
LIQUID FILTER TECHNICAL

MANUALS
Liquid Filter Technical Manuals.pdf
MID FLOW, HI FLOW TECHNICAL

MANUAL
Mid Flow, Hi Flow Technical

Manual.pdf
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING

EQUIPTMENT
Oil Discharge Monitoring

Equiptment.pdf
90-S0-H
NOIE:
1.POSJT1CN OF WASTE BOX TO BE DECIDED AT SIDE
2.1m 3 CONTAINERS AND 200L DRUMS TO BE LASHING TO THE DECK OR WALL
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
U
liKif
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
DWG'S NO.
ARRANGEMENT OF
GARBAGE BOXES
APPROVED
DATE
^v<r, z. >4
37,300DWT PRODUCT OIL/

CHEMICAL TANKER
JLZ020504
H-053-08
PAGE
WEIGHT
SCALE
1/1/
448Kg
1:200
JINLING SHIPYARD
MARINE DESIGN COMPANY
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail:jlshipyard@vip. 163.com
80-S0-H
2/11
200L STEEL DRUM
100L SIEEL DRUM
30L STEEL DRUM
5
^
80L STEEL DRUM
BOLSTER DRUM
1650x650x940
10L SLWLES5 Situ, mm
NO.
CONTAINERS3
MARK
NAME k SPEC.
STEEL
42
SIEEL
30
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
15
ASS.
300
WTIH WHEELS
50
WITH COVER
TOT.
REMARK
43
QTY.
SWINiKS 5TEE
MATERIAL
SIG.
WE)GHT(ka)
AREA- n 0R9R T2
80-S0-H
WHEEL HOUSE
2 STAINLESS SIEEL DRUM, I d , MARKED WM"PAPER ONLf
BfflPQEKCK
APWA- n n9^
r2
90-eso-H
4/11
E DECK
CAPTAIN, C/ENG. OWNER. HLOT, E/ENG.
5 STAINLESS STEL DRUM. 10L. MARKED WfTHTAPER ONLY"
CONFERENCE
1 STAINLESS STEa DRUM. 10L, MARKED WflHÂPER ONLY"
um
APPA-
n n9fi T2
80-CSO-H
D DECK
2/ENG. 2 / O F . SPARE, C/OF. 3 / O F . 3/ENa
6 STAINLESS SIEEL DRUM, 101, MARKED WnWPAPER ONLY"
OFTS LAUNDRY
1 STAINLESS S I E a DRUM, 10L, MARKED WTIH'PAPER ONLY"
ojm
"*
-flBmnwp N ^
<K
urn
v*
UP
* -
^*
<5
f**
&
*
J__L_
jJ&L
25
7
w
an
i^H
40
45
or.
dg
<J
3fK.
>
-IT
't~
->
ADl?i. A aCO^
80-S0-H
CDECK
CRFW
1U STAJNitSS STEEL D R I E " * L MARKED WfTHlPAPER ONLY"
C DECK
r-
t o u i . n Afloc 2
80-fSO-H
B DECK
CREW & SPARE ROOM
5 STAINLESS STEEL DRUM, 10L, MARKED WfTH'PAPER ONLY"
CARGO CONTROL ROOM & DECK OFFICE/ENGINE OFFICE/VISITORS ROOM.
2 STAINLESS STEEL DRUM, 10U MARKED WTTH"PAPER ONLY"
B -DECK
10
15
80-ego-H
CREWS MESS ROOM, CREWS DAY ROOM. OFFICERS MESS ROOM. OFFICER'S DAY ROOM.CREW
5 STAINLESS STEEL DRUM, 1QL, MARKED WirH"PAPER ONLY"
HOSPfTAL
1 ST/^NLESS STEa DRUM.10U MARKED W M "MEDICINE ft PAPER WASTT
GAUfY
1 DRUM, 60L MARKED WITH "GENERAL WASTE NON-PMSnC"
1 DRUM, 80L MARKED WITH "FOOD WASTE ( M Y "
1 DRUM, 60L MARKED WITH "METAL/TINS ONLY"
PANTRY, DUTY MESS ft PANIRY
2 DRUM, 60L MARKED WITH "FOOD WASTE ONLY"
OUTSIDE
1 CONTAINER, 1 m 3 MARKED WIIH "FOOD WASTE ONLY"
1 CONTAINER, 1 m 3 MARKED WTTH "MEAL SCRAP/TINS ONLY"
1 CONTAINER, 1 m 3 MARKED WITH "PAPER ONLY"
1 CONTAINER, 1 m 3 MARKED WTTH "PUSJIC ONLY"
1 CONTAINER, 1 m 3 MARKED WITH "GMSS ONLY"
APPA.
n n 9 * T2
so-eso-H
PAINT STORE
1 DRUM, 200L MARKED WITH "USED RAGS/EMPTY UN "
SUEZ CREW.DECK CHANG. RM, CREWS LAUNDRY, GYMNASIUM
ENG. CHANG. RM
5 DRUM, 10L MARKED WITH "PAPER ONLY"
UPPER DECK
_
\j
APffA- n (\fi9Z T2
80-CSO-H
BOSUM STORE
1 DRUM, 200L MARKED WITH "GENERAL WASIE NON-PLASTIC"
1 DRUM, 200L MARKED WITH "USED RAGS ONLY"
H500mm
( f
14350mm)
m m
i\s*r\r
80-egO-H
ECR
1 DRUM, 30L MARKED WTTH "GENERAl/PAPER WASTE "
WORKSHOP
1
1
t
1
DRUM,
DRUM,
DRUM,
DRUM,
10OL
100L
100L
100L
MARKED
MARKED
MARKED
MARKED
WITH
WTTH
WITH
WnH
"METAL SCRAP/TINS ONLY*

"PAPER ONLY"
"PLASTIC ONLY"
"GLASS ONLY"
WVK.
t\ naoz. m2
"^^^^^ Ocu du.
fltW'V.V"
ULJVI
^^^^'*' 4 o G l 2 ^
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
DMG-22
MANUAL FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE

AND
TRAINING
FOR
FREEFALL LIFEBOATS
ERNST
HATECKEI
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
E-mail: email@Hatecke.de
www.hatecke.de
Edition 09 01
Index
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.9
1.1.10
1.1.11
1.1.12
1.1.13
1.1.14
1.1.15
Operation Manual
In the interest of safety
Yard and yardnumber
Handling and use of freefall-lifeboats
Description of GFF-boats
Stowageplan for equipment
Alarm
Alarm
Stretcher
Instruction for launching
Freefall launching
Start the engine
Emergency tiller/radar reflector
Air supply and sprikler system (onlyfortanker lifeboats)
Sprinkler system (onlyfortanker lifoboats)
Air supply system (onlyfortanker lifeboats)
1.2
Maintenance Manual
1.2.1 In the interest of safety
1.2.2 Charging the battery by solargenerator
1.2.3 Wiring diagram for battery charging by solargenerator
1.2.4 Charging the battery (from the ship)
1.2.5.1 Wiring diagram for battery charging from the ship (Standard)
1.2.5.2 Wiring diagram for battery charging from the ship (with engine heater, optional)
1.2.6 Recomended maintenance and checks
(only for tanker lifeboats)
1.2.8 Maintenance of GRP-boats
1.2.9 Lubricant-and fuelplan
1.2.10 Overhauling and testing ace. to SOLAS Chapt.lll,
Reg. 20. 11.2
1.3
Trainings manual:
1.3.1 Trainings instructions
1.3.3 Handling and use of freefall-lifeboats
1.3.4 Launching and recovery instructions
1.3.5 Freefall launching
1.3.6 Release mechanism test
1.4
Additional:
Engine manual
Engine certificate
Function description of the charging regulator
1.1 Operation Manual
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
WARNING
1. Before launching close all hatches and the entrance door.

2. Secure all items and fasten seat belts (adjust to your size).
3. Don't wear lifejackets during freefall launching. Failure to observe this procedure may
lead to serious injury or death!
4. Keep out of the way of the propeller.
5. Always keep hands and feet clear when near moving and rotating machinery.
6. Before starting the engine, read it's instruction manual.
7. Pyrotechnics in the inventory case are EXPLOSIVES.
8. During operation of davit be cautious with long links, snap hooks and counter weights.
9. DO NOT open the engines cool water filler cap when hot.
10.Before releasing aft lashing to enter boat for maintenance or training fasten falls of davit
/ crane to the long links of hoisting slings from boat. After maintenance or training
fasten lashing again and afterwards release hoisting slings from falls.
1.1.2 Yard and yardnumber
The information given in this manual is based on our long experience and "know-how" in
the building of totally enclosed lifeboats.
In case of an emergency it is very important that the occupants know how to handle the
lifeboat and it's equipment.
All personel should study this manual at lifeboat drills, to make themselves thorougly
conversant with the system and to ensure a speedy and safe launching in an emergency.
The technical specifications are not binding and can be altered without prior notice.
In case of enquiries regarding existing boats please quote the details given below:
Boat type:
&fP'TG.C>tilL
Building no.
ERNST
!
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
1.1.3 Handling and use of freefall-li

At launching:
1. The occupants should always use the same seat.
2. In an emergency situation, the boat should be launched with the engine running. Where
lifeboat drills are being carried out, start the engine and run it for a short time and then
switch off before launching the boat. Start the motor again when the boat is afloat.
3. Lifejackets should not be worn during the launching of the boat, but should be taken
on board and put on as soon as the boal is afloat. The wearing of a lifejacket during
launching may lead to injury!
4. Check before launching that the impact area is free from floating objects.
5. During the launching period (release/water-borne) the boat occupants must ensure that
their heads remain close to the head rests provided at each seat.
6. As soon as the boat is afloat, the hydraulic release piston should be brought back to its
housed position.
Lifting the boat back on board:
1. Before leaving the seat, loosen the seat belt.
The boat lifting sling(s) should be put into the crane hook(s) from the aft platform.
Do not stand on the cabin roof.
2. Before setting the boat back into the launching ramp, the securing hook on the ramp
cross-strut should be put in the "open" position.
3. Once the boat is back in the launching ramp and secured in place, open vents, connect
the battery charger cable (if any) and start the charger.
1.1.4 Description of GFF-boats

Hull and canopy:
The complete boat is constructed of G.R.P. material using selfextinguishing resins.
The hull is of round frame constructions, with a fine entry for high speed and good freefall
immersion characteristics.
The boat has a transom stern with a rescue platform at waterline level designed to assist in
bringing on board those being rescued.
The canopy is of double skin construction designed to act as buoyancy to make the boat
self-righting even when partly flooded.
The innerbottom has hatches to the storage and engine compartmen.
The external hull and canopy are orange coloured (RAL 2004), the internal surfaces are
light green (RAL 6019)
Engine:
The engine fitted is a water-cooled (closed system) diesel engine and is installed below the
cabin sole and gives a boat speed in exess of 6 knots.
1.1.5 Stowageplan for equipment
(20) (j,2,4,5,7-11,15,18,22-25,28-3)(J9)(J6)
1.
2.
3.
4.
27) ( 6 ) (17
1 buoyant bailer
2 buckets
2 hatchets
1 Container with distress signals as:
6 hand flares
4 rocket parachute flares
2 buoyant smoke signales, orange
1 daylight signal mirror
1 jackknife with tin opener and marling spike
1 electr. torch with 1 spare bulb and 2 spare batteries
5. 2 tin opener
6. 1 fire extinguisher
7. 1 fishing tackle
8. 1 whistle
9. 5 Itrs. containers with drink water (3 Itrs. for each person)
10. lifeboat food ration (one for each person)
1 1 . 2 drink cups
12. 1 sea anchor towing and mooring line
13. 2 painters, 15m long, dia. 14mm
14. 2 buoyant lines, 30m long, dia. 8mm, with buoyant rescue quoits
15. 1 first aid kit for lifeboats with seathickness rations (6 doses for each person)
16. 1 lifeboat compass
17. 1 manual bilge pump
18. 1 radar reflector
19. Diesel-fuel
20. 2 boat hooks
21. 1 search light
22. thermal protective aids (one for 10 persons/min. 2 per boatt)
23. 1 Survival-manual/life-saving signal card
24. 1 embarkation ladder
loose equipment:
25. 1 key for seats/fuel tank
26. 1 set lifting slings
27. 1 emergency tiller
28. 2 straps for stretcher
spare parts for the engine:
29. 1 vee-belt
30. 1 fuel filter
31. 1 pump impeller
32. 1 oil filter
33. 1 set of common tools
34. 1 oil drain pump
(25
1.1.6 ALARM
All personal proceed to boat station.

Warm clothing to be worn.
Lifejackets to be carried but not put
on.
Note: Do not put on lifejacket
before the lifeboat is afloat.
Failure to observe tis procedure
may lead to serious injury or
death during the launching.
1. Disengage the the boat lashings.

2. Disconnect the battery charger
(does not aplly to boats equiped
with solargenerator).
3. Board the freefall lifeboat.
1.1.7 ALARM
A
3.
DANGER
CAUTION:
Secure all items fasten seat
embarcation hatch
hatch and vent
Close all hatches and openings.
4.
Fasten seat belts as soon as seated!!!
1.1.8 Stretcher
To SOLAS 74(83) chapter III, regulation 41 " The lifeboat shall be so arranged that
helpless people can brought on board either fronn the sea or on stretchers."
Inside the boat the stretcher has to be secured. Four lashing points are on the floor of the
boat, two lashing belts are in the equipment locker.
All handling and use of the stretcher will be done to the stretcher manufacturers
instructions.
For missuse of stretchers in freefall lifeboats ERNST GmbH will not be

responsible.
1.1.9 The system instruction for launching
Freefall
The boat runs down the launching ramp and on hitting the water submerges briefly before
emerging and moving away from the stern of the ship.
Instructions for free-fall launching look at next page.
Close all hatches and vents.

Fasten seat belts.
Close the valve screw (pos.1), operate the hydraulic
pump (pos.2). (After abt. 20 strokes the locking device
will disengage - the boat is now free.)
CAUTION:
Before replacing the boat in the launching ramp, the
hydraulic piston should brought back into its housed
position by opening the valve screw (pos.1)
HYDRAULIC PISTON
EMERGENCY RELEASE:
LOCKING DEVICE
Operate only when mainrelease system is damaged.

Close the valve screw (pos. 3).
Operate the emergency release pump (pos. 4). (After abt. 30 strokes the locking device
CAUTION:
Before replacing the boat in the launching ramp, the hydraulic piston should be brought
back into its housed position by opening the valve screw (pos. 3). After replacing the boat
in the launching ramp the valve (pos. 3) should remain in the open position.
1.1.11 s t a r t the engine
To start the engine:

1. Switch on main power (main swith).[ f'oN
2. With gear lever in NEUTRAL, press the grey button and move lever into Ahead / Start
position.
3. Press the START-button.
START
4. Bring the gear lever back into the NEUTRAL position

back automatically).
(the grey gear button springs
* Speed and gear box control lever:

a) With the grey gear button pressed in, the lever controls only the engine speed.
b) With the button in the "out"-position, the lever first operates the gear change (either
ahead or astern) and then by further movement of the lever away from the neutral
position, the engine speed is increased.
1.1.12 Emergency tiller / radar reflector
In case of malfunction of the steering gear it is

possible to steer with an emergency tiller.
1. The emergency tiller is located near the seats
below the steering tower.
2. Fit the emergency tiller through the floor (near
the embarcation hatch) on to the rudder shaft.
The radar reflector is stored in the equipment

locker. Assemble the radar reflector. Mount it in
the socket on the aft end of the superstructure.
1.1.13 Air supply and sprinkler system

Befor launching in case of fire:

1. Open the connpressed air bottle valves.
2. Close all vents.
3. Open the sea valve at the sprinkler pump.
4. Open the valve of the air supply system.
After testing the sprinkler system with sea water, the system should be flushed
through with fresh water.
1.1.14 sprinkler system

In case of passage through any fire, it is necessary to engage the sprinkler system.
The sprinkler system is designed to cool the surface of the boat.
The sprinkler system also fulfills the equally important purpose of keeping the temperature
inside of the boat low enough for comfort and safety.
freshwater connection
The sprinkler system consists of sprinkler pump fitted at the fore end of the engine,
operated by the engine via a flexible clutch. The sprinkler pump delivers the water to the
sprinkler tubes and to the spraynozzles.
After testing the sprinkler system with sea water it should be flushed through with
freshwater.
1.1.15 air supply system

Air supply system:
To supply the boat with fresh air in case of passage through fire or a cloud of gas the boat
is equipped with bottles of compressed air.
The quantity of compressed air is sufficient to supply passengers and engine with fresh air
for 10 minutes.
The compressed air bottles (T) (50 Itrs.x200 bar) are connected to a joint pipe system (2).
Through a valve( ) the compressed air passes into the pressure reducer (4)The pressure reducer is so adjusted, that it will supply the fresh air for 10 minutes into the
inner of the boat.
Refilling of the compressed air bottles
Unscrew the protection cap from the filler p i e c e ^ a n d connect the high pressure hose
from the compressor. Make sure that the valve@ is closed. Charge the bottles(T) until the
pressure gauge (7) shows a pressure of 200 bar (make sure that the bottles valves (6)are
opened. Disconnect the high pressure hose of the compressor and fit the protection cap to
the fillerpiece(5). The air supply system is now ready for use.
1.2 Maitenance Manual
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-{0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
WARNING

1.2.2 Charging the battery by solar generator
solar generator
CHARGING OF BAERIES
1.
OFF
2.
PUSH IN
3.
SWITCH BATTERY
SELECTION WEEKLY
Note:
The solar generator will supply constant charging current if the boat is on board.
If the engine is running the batteries will be supplied by engines dynamo.
Only sealed Battery type should be used!
Caution:
Do not open the batteries !
Do not top up with water!
Fasten batteries after installation!
1.2.3 Wiring diagram for battery charging by solargenerator

Lifeboat
totalpanel type: 2
BUKHstocl<no. 008E8915
6 mm schwarz/black
Common negative
. 8A 1,5 mm blue
Search llglit 55W

\ ^ 8A 1,5 mm red
Navigational light 25 W
8A 5
mm brown
/Internal-compas light 60 W
Connection box
50 cm from panel
Solar generator
2,5 mm red
2
Overcharge
protection
2,5 mm orange
^^<>-^^^^^^
2,5 mm red
1,5 gray
2,5 white
2,5 blQcl<
Electrical charge lamp
1.5 brown
Oil pressure lamp
1,5 yellow/
green
mhtr.
Water temperature lamp
2,5 blue
'6
Oil and Water-alarm

Multl plug: for engine connections
" 5
2,5mm
2,5mm 1,5mm
1,5mm
i,5m?fT-^ Intermidiate .
block
blue
yellow/green
I^LI^
groy
".:
<
Length 4,0 m
Multi plug
Engine STOP
! Temperature Switch
Delivery
with panel
1,5 gray
Dob. charging rectifier
Oil pressure switch
1.2.4 Charging the battery (from the ship)
[Connect the charger cable
Connect the charger cable for 42 Volt AC.

CHARGING OF BAERIES
1.
OFF
2.
3.
SWITCH BATTERY
SELECTION WEEKLY
PUSH IN
Note:
Check charging current of the battery charger which is fitted under the helmsman's seat.
On board the ship, the charging cable should be kept connected to the lifeboat battery
charging socket and the batteries kept under constant charge.
Caution:
Maximum charging current is 6 amps.
Only sealed Battery type should be used!
Caution:
Do not open the batteries !
Do not top up with water!
Fasten batteries after installation!
1.2.5.1 Wiring diagram for battery charging from the ship

(Standard)
Lifeboat
totalpanel type: 2
6 mm schwarz/black
negative
. 8A 1,5 mm blue
Searcti llghit 55W

8A 1,6 mm red
Navigational ligtit 25 W
8A 1,5 mm brown
Connection box
50 cnn fronn panel
2,5 mm red
Batterie charger
BAA
(sm?
12V=1A
2,5 mm orange
->-
6A4- ^
4A
'42V~
2,5 mm red
2,5 white
2,5 black
2,5 blue
^^^^'^
(X^
1,5 brown

Oil pressure lamp
1,5 yellow/
green
{xj-

Oil and Water-alarm
Multi plug: for engine connections
II
Intermidiate cdble.
Length 4,0 m
2,5mm
block
".:
<
Multi plug
Engine STOP
Temperature Switch
Delivery
witti panel
1,5 gray
Oil pressure switch
2,5 white
6mm black
50mm
^ ^ -
Alternator
Starter
12V
min 63Ah
'
Battery Switch
12V
min 63Ah
1.2.5.2 Wiring diagram for battery charging from the ship

(with engine heater, optional)
Lifeboat
totalpanel type: 2
6 mm schwarz/black
p ! Common negative
^
8A 1,5 mm blue
Seorchi llgtit 55W
>
8A 1.5 mm led
Navigational light 25 W
I ^
\^
8A r ,5 mm brown
Connection box
50 cm from panel
Engine heater
12V Battery charger
42V-
60"C \
700 WE
l55V 1
r^
2,5 mm red
BAA
@
lOAl 16A
5 mm oronge
2,5 mm red
2,5 white
1^32L
1,5 brown
W^'
2,5 blue
Oil pressure lamp
1,5 yellow/
green
^
2,5 black
42 V ~
Oil and Water-alarm

Multl plug: for engine connections
II -
Intermidiate cable,
Length 4,0 m
2,5mm
block
IVIuIti plug
" , ;
-<
Engine STOP
1 Temperature Switch
Delivery
with panel
1,5 groy
Oil pressure switch
2,5 white
6mm block
50mm
61
Alternator
12V
min 63Ah
- ^
Starter
Battery Switch
^ *
12V
min 63Ah
weekly
monthly
yearly
Electrical installation
when
required
Check battery charging system.

Check functioning of external and inside lights.
Switch the battery switch
Engine
Check fuel level in the tank
(Fill up the fuel tank only on launching ramp).
Check lubricating oil level in the engine and gear box.
Change engine lubricating oil and oil filter.
Change gear box lubrication oil.
Drain condensed water in the fuel tank.
'
Check the cooling water level in the compensating tank.
Check the antifreeze in the cooling water.
Test run the engine, demonstrat that the gearbox and
gearbox train are engaging satisfactorily.
Check functioning of the oil pressure lamp, the
cooling water temperature lamp and the battery
charging lamp.
Check the tension of the generators drive-belt.
Grease the sterntube bearings (5 turns with the grease
gun which is fitted in the engine space).
Hydraulic release gear
Check the oil level in the pumps and the fittings
for tightness.
Miscellaneous
Lubricate all hatch dogs and hinges.
Drain the bilge.
Clean the plug.
Clean the boat inner and outer surface with fresh water
and soap (dry the inside of the boat) and wax the
outer surface.
Check that equipment is in order (at boat drill).
Lubricate the release and the lashing hook.
Lubricate the lifting sling.
Visually inspecte the boats to ensure that they are ready
for use.
[1=1/2 yearly
These jobs should be done with the boat waterbome and on even keel.

weekly
monthly
yearly
Sprinkler system
Chfink operation of the sea water inlet valve and grease it

Drive the boat and use the sprinkler system for one minute minimum
After testing, the sprinkler system should be flushed through with
fresh water
Air supply system

Check the bottle pressure (200 bar) at the pressure gauge
If npnessary tnp up thfi hnttlps tn ? har
Caution!
Do not apply oil anywhere to the air supply system!
Oil under pressure explodes!
Test the air supply system for about 10 minutes on lifeboat drill. After
that top up the bottles to 200 bar (procedure see page 1.1.14).
Try the function of the overpressure-Zunderpressure flap (located in
the vent).
1.2.8 Maintenance of GRP-boats
Even GRP-boats are subject to damage to greater or lesser extent. The most common
damages are scratches in the gelcoat which may also penetrate the laminate.
The gelcoat colours are:
Outer surface: orange
RAL 2004
Inner surface: light green RAL 6019
In case of extensive damage contact the builders at the following address.
Sometimes the gelcoat finish looks dull and the colour is faded.
Restore the original finish by sanding the surface with a fine grade water sandpaper of
grade 400 or finer, or using a rubbing compound.
After sanding or rubbing the surface must be waxed. Rubbing should be done by hand or
with a rotary polishing buff. Waxing should always done by hand.
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
1.2.9 Lubricant- and fuel plan

OIL LIST FOR FREEFALL-LIFEBOATS, TYPE GFF/GFF M
Ambient temperature for -25 up to +50C
No. APPLICATION POINT
RECOMMENDATION
Est. qty. unit: Oil: LTRS.

Grease: KGS.
QTY/SET
SET/SHIP
TOTAL/SHIP
Engine
mult igrade oil

SAE 15W-40
API CD/SF
Look at engine
manual
Gearbox
mult igrade oil

SAE15W-40
API CD/SF
Look at engine
manual
fueltank
Marine Diesel
with plogging point
lower -25C
ca. 120
4
4a
4b
4c
Grese points
Sterntube
Rudder-trunk
Others
Grease with
EP additives
NLGI-class 2
2,50
2,50
Hydr. release system
ISOVG 15HLP
3,00
3,00
Remarks:
The boat has been delivered with all fuel/oil tanks filled.
For further informations look at engine manufacturers instruction manual.
08.120
1.2.10 Overhauling and testing ace.

to SOLAS Cliapt.ili, Reg. 2 0 . 1 1 . 2
Ace. to SOLAS, Chapt.lll, Reg.20.11.2.3 following has to carried out with release system:
"Operationally test under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the life boat when loaded
with ist full complement of persons and equipment whenever the release gear is
overhauled.
Such overhauling and test shall be carried out at least once every 5 years" Overhauling of
system has to be carried out ace. to requirements of class or national authority.
Please contact authorized service stations for dismantling of system.Overhauling of system
has to be carried outwith boat hanging in the davit or crane (There should be no contact
between the boat and the locking device of the launching ramp).
Testing with 1.1 times x GA:
For release procedure see 1.1.9.
Operate the lever of the main release pump until the pressure gauge shows a pressure
rate of 3300 psi
Let off hydraulic pressure after test procedure, look at page 1.1.9.
WARNING:
During operation of davit be cautious with long links, snap hooks and counter
weights.
1.3 Trainings iVIanual
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-{0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
1.3.1 Trainings instructions

To SOLAS chapter III,part B, regulation 19,3.3.3 "each lifeboat shall be launched with
its assigned operating crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water at least once
every three months during an abandon ship drill "....
Freefall lifeboats are required to comply with the requirements of regulation 111/19.3.3.4
Lowering rather than free-fall launching Is acceptable, where such launching is
impracticable, provided the lifeboat is free-fall launched at least once every six
months.
Furtheron to chapter III,part C, regulation 44, 6.5.1.5
"It should be possible to test the release mechanism without launching the
lifeboat".
On the following pages you will find:

1.3.2 Handling and use of freefall-lifeboat
1.3.3 Launching instructions
During training situation there is the possibility to carry out some maintenance ace. to
MAINTENANCE MANUAL in front of this.
WARNING

1.3.3 Handling and use of freefall-lifeboats

At launching:
1.
The occupants should always use the same seat.
2.
In an emergency situation, the boat should be launched with the engine running.
Where lifeboat drills are being carried out, start the engine and run it for a short time
and then switch off before launching the boat. Start the motor again when the boat is
afloat.
3.
Lifejackets should not be worn during the launching of the boat, but should be taken
on board and put on as soon as the boat is afloat. The wearing of a lifejacket during
launching may lead to injury!
4.
Check before launching that the impact area is free from floating objects.
5.
During the launching period (release/water-borne) the boat occupants must ensure
that their heads remain close to the head rests provided at each seat.
6.
As soon as the boat is afloat, the hydraulic release piston should be brought back to
ist housed position.
Lifting the boat back on board:

1.
Before leaving the seat, loosen the seat belt.
2.
The boat lifting sling(s) should be put into the crane hook(s) from the aft platform. Do
not stand on the cabin roof.
3.
Before setting the boat back into the launching ramp, the securing hook on the ramp
cross-strut should be put in the "open" position.
4.
Once the boat is back in the launching ramp and secured in place, open vents,
connect the battery charger cable (if any) and start the charger.
Freefall:
The boat runs down the launching ramp and on
hitting the water submerges briefly before
emerging and moving away from the stern of
the ship.
Instructions for launching procedure on the
following page.
Instruction for free-fall look also in the
Operation Manual (in front of this).
Launching by davit:
n some cases (shallow water, ice-drift, drifting
parts of the cargo) it is necessary to launch the
boat with max. number of persons by davit.
Instruction for launching procedure look at the
davit manufacturers instruction.
Recovery by davit:
Freefall lifeboat with crew of max. 4 persons
must be sailed astern under the davit.
Instructions for recovery procedure look at the
davit manufacturers instructions.
Close all hatches and vents.

Fasten seat belts.
Close the valve screw (pos.1), operate the hydraulic
pump (pos.2). (After abt. 20 strokes the locking device
CAUTION:
Before replacing the boat in the launching ramp, the
hydraulic piston should brought back into its housed
position by opening the valve screw (pos.1)
HYDRAULIC PISTON
EMERGENCY RELEASE:
^^
LOCKING DEVICE
Operate only when mainrelease system is damaged.

Close the valve screw (pos. 3).
Operate the emergency release pump (pos. 4). (After abt. 30 strokes the locking device
CAUTION:
Before replacing the boat in the launching ramp, the hydraulic piston should be brought
back into its housed position by opening the valve screw (pos. 3). After replacing the boat
in the launching ramp the valve (pos. 3) should remain in the open position.

To SOLAS, chapter III,part C, regulation 44, 6.5.1.5
"It should be possible to test the release mechanism without launching the
lifeboat".
To fulfill this regulation you have to proceed as follows:
1. Connect the falls of the davit by their hooks to the long link of the hoisting slings.
2. Top up the davit until the falls, the counterweight, the chain and the long link of the
hoisting slings are all "in line". Maybe you have to" winch up" the falls a little bit.
IMPORTANT:
Do not allow too much slack on the falls, otherwise the
running distance on the sliding ramp will be to long.
3. Disconnect the aft lashing of the boat.
4. Operate the release mechanism (instructions inside the boat or on page 1.3.4 of this
manual)- the boat runs down the sliding ramp a little bit and will than be stopped by the
falls.
IMPORTANT:
All information here given on this page depent on ERNST GmbH
manufactured davit system type "FFA" ERNST GmbH will not be
responsible on any systems of other manufacturers.
For handling and training look at the manuals of these manufacturers.
1.4 Additional:
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
OWNER'S HANDBOOK
FOR
BUKH MARINE DIESEL

LIFEBOAT ENGINE
TYPE DV29RME
"u^-ri*-
'
' ;'
.'
- ^
":^
v"r
.'
'ty
'-1
. - ' * . ,
41
11
\-
*-
tf..:^
x r ,>,...
.
1
ti t
-
J
. ?^>'!sii!;-T-.-', ";.'',-V'.r.'- -
* *
^,
^
*
7Y^4'"^''?^'^v
''...'t'r:.
'^
' 1 -v'''.'.VA..'''.'.'. '',: I..'-" -^'-'L?

:.'{; - 4- l.?4,;,''-,?s:-rj,." - ,
f -1
û
-'.- V.'
ERNST
ERNST GMBH
Yacht- und Bootswerft
Am Ruthenstrom 1
2168Drochtersen4
Tel. (0 41 43) 91 520
Tltex (17) 4 14 310
Fax (0 41 43) 91 52 40
009W4921H-R05
AABENRAA MOTORFABRIK
Heinrich Callesen A/S
Nstmark 30, P.O. Box 79
DK 6200 AABENRAA
Phone: +45 74 62 20 88
Telefax: +45 74 62 74 07
E-mail: bukh@bukh.dk
www.bukh.dk
OPERATING MANUAL FOR BUKH DV29RME LIFEBOAT ENGINES

CONTENTS
Page
009W4921H-R05.doc
Pictures for recognition of engine
Introduction, standard equipment
Operating manual
Preparation for the first start
Before start
Electric start
Hand start
After start
Maneuvering
Stopping the engine
Running in
Maintenance
Belt for alternator
Air inlet filter
Fuel filter
Fuel lift pump
Lubricating oil system
Change of oil
Recommended lubricating oil
Change of lubricating oil filter
Cooling water system
Electrical system
Marine gear
Starting instructions
Winter storage of the engine
Hydro-and Spring Starter
10
Lubricating oil quantities
10
Instruction for Marine Diesel Fuel in cold climates
10
Lubricating oil for Spray pump
11
Technical data for engine and gearbox
12
Recommended maintenance and checklist
13
Irregular operation
15
Lubricating oil chart
16
El-diagram
17
DV29 installation
18
General Terms of Sale and Delivery
19
-2-
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Bleeder valve for gear

Bracket for reversing cable
Reversing lever for gear
Lubricating oil pump
Electric stop solenoid
Bracket for control cable
Engine speed control lever
Exhaust pipe connection
Lubricating oil filling plug
Cooling w/ater expansion tank
Cooling water filling plug
Inlet from to keelcooler
Water cooled exhaust manifold
Lifting fittings
15. Outlet to keelcooler

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Thermostat housing
Plug for hot-water take off
Alternator
Tension device for V-belt
Transmitter for cooling water alarm
Electric starter
Oil pressure switch
Reversible engine mountings
Lubricating oil filter
Electric multi plug
Plug for draining off lubricating oil
Reverse-reduction gear
Coupling flange for propeller shaft
Air filter
Fuel filter
Fuel lift pump
Dipstick for engine oil
009W4921H-R05
(9)
OPERATING MANUAL FOR BUKH DV29RIVIE LIFEBOAT ENGINES
INTRODUCTION
BASIC ENGINE CONFIGURATION:
The BUKH Lifeboat engine is a four-stroke marine diesel engine with direct fuel injection and the following basic
equipment:
Crankcase with oil pan, one-piece cylinder head with 2 valves per cylinder, forged crankshaft with counterweights, balance
weights, cast iron connecting rods, light metal pistons, water-cooled exhaust manifold; all necessary pipework for exhaust,
coolant, fuel and lubricating oil are fitted on engine.
A reverse/reduction gearbox with integrated thrust bearing is fitted on the engine.
All BUKH Diesel Lifeboat Engines are tested in the factory, and a test certificate according to SOLAS and ISO regulations
is issued.
If a problem with the engine should arise, we ask you to apply to one of our distributors, who will always be ready to
help you, having skilled personnel, necessary tools etc., and at the same time you will be sure that only original BUKH
spare parts are used.
Do always use original BUKH spare parts.

When ordering spare parts from the distributor please state: Engine type and serial number, description and number of
parts.
Heinrich Callesen A/S
As Aabenraa Motorfabrik is always endeavouring to improve ttie engines, the specifications mentioned are subject to
alterations without previous notice.
Read this instruction book thoroughly before starting your new BUKH Diesel Engine.
STANDARD EQUIPMENT for DV29RME
Reverse-reduction gear
Decompression lever
Wet sump lubrication oil system
Full-flow lubrication oil filter
Automatic injection timing
Centrifugal governor
Keel cooling with thermostat
Watercooled exhaust manifold
Air inlet filter and silencer
Fuel lift pump
Electric start
Charging alternator
Operating remote panel with:
a) Charging light
b) Lub. oil pressure warning light
c) Cooling water temp, warning light
d) Push button for start
e) Electric stop or mechanical stop

f) Audible warning
Fittings for remote control
Standard set of tools
Drain pump for lub. oil
Following documentation Is delivered with the engine:
1. Operating manual with sparepart katalog
2. Test certificate
3. Declaration of conformity according to SOLAS and
IMO regulations.
Flex, engine mounts (optional)
Stern gear (optional)
Raised hand start (optional)
Spring start (optional)
2 El-start (optional)
Hydro start (optional)
OPERATING MANUAL
Before the engine is put into use you are recommended to get familiar with the placing of the following components of
engine and gear:
Fuel oil filter, lub oil filter and air intake filter, fuel lift pump with handle, zincrod in the crankcase and water-separator in the
fuel pipe (if mounted).
Where is lub oil poured into engine and gear and where are the dipsticks placed? Where is fuel oil filled into the fuel tank
and where is the drain plug placed? Where is the main switch?
009W4921 H-R05
-4-
Preparation before first start

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Pour lubricating oil through filling hole on top of valve cover.

Check that oil level Is between the marks on the dipstick, placed at
the port side of the engine.
Check oil level as mentioned below:
a) remove and wipe dipstick
b) reinsert dipstick In the pipe
c) withdraw dipstick, check oil level.
Pour lubricating oil through dipstick hole on the top of reverse- and
reduction gear and check oil level as described in pos 1.
Flexible sterntube: Lubricate the stuffing box with sterntube oil (outboard).
Unscrew the filler plug and pour iri oil until the bearing is full.
ImportantiThe stuffing box shall under no circumstances be
force-lubricated.
These Instructions are only valid for propeller equipment supplied by BUKH.
If other equipment is mounted, we refer to the instructions given for this.
We always recommend checking of oil level before start.
Fill the fuel tank.
Bleed the fuel system as below:
a) Pump with the fuel lift pump handle until fuel is free from air bubbles
seen In the hose to the fuel tank. After the pumping the pump handle
must be locked In top position.
b) Loosen fuel pipe connection on the fuel valve, If neccessary.
c) Turn the engine until fuel is free from air bubbles. Retighten the pipe
connection.
Normally it will not be necessary to bleed the fuel system before starting but
after changing the fuel filter element or carrying out any work on the fuel system
It should be bled in the following way: Loosen the bleed screw and operate the hand
priming lever on the fuel lift pump until air-free fuel discharges from screw. Tighten
bleed screw. Loosen high pressure pipe unions to injectors and turn engine until fuel
discharges from pipes. Reconnect pipes to injectors. The engine will start in the
normal way.
7.
Bleed the cooling water system by removing the pressure cap. While en-gine Is
Idling pour water into the expansion tank until system is free of air (loosen
possible plug pos. 17 on the thermostat housing).
AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN TAKEN INTO USE

Before start
1. The oil level of the engine should be checked every 14 days or every 25
hours of running as described In "Preparation before first start". It Is not
necessary to refill oil if the level is between the two marks on the dipstick.
2. The oil level of the reduction gear should be checked every 14 days or
every 25 hours of running as described in "Preparation before first start".
3. The sterntube stuffing box should be lubricated every 14 days or every
25 hours of running.
4. Check the quantity of fuel in the tank.
Electric start with remote control and instrument panel
1. Switch on the main switch.
2. Put the marine gear in neutral position by means of the control handle.
3. The engine is started by putting the switch into "RUN" position.
4. Push the "START" button until the engine starts. The starter should not work
for more than 10-15 sees, continuously.
Hand start (optional)
1. Put the gear lever in neutral position.
2. Turn decompression lever on valve cover clockwise as far as possible.
3. Engage starting handle and crank engine as quickly as possible. Release
decompressor by turning lever anticlockwise while cranking and engine will start.
4. By hand start in cold weather you may achieve an easier start after having cranked
the engine with activated decompression lever before the starting procedure.
Never accelerate a cold engine. Let it get warm first.
009W4921H-R05.doc

After Start
1. When the engine has started, the RPM should be 800-1000 RPM when idling.
2. Check the oil pressure. Normally this should be 2-4.5 bar. With cold engine the RPM should be kept down so that the
oil pressure does not exceed 4.5 bar. When idling at warm engine the oil pressure must not be below 1 bar.
3. Immediately after start the oil pressure warning lamp goes out. During normal operation the lamp should stay off.
4. Make sure that the charging control lamp goes out after the engine has started.
5. Check the cooling water temperature frequently. The temperature should be in the area of 70 - 95C when engine is
warm.
Manoeuvering
1. With the control lever in central position the engine is idling, and the
marine gear is in neutral (pos. 0). When the lever is moved forward in
range 1, the marine gear is engaged to "Ahead" first, and then in
range 2 the engine R.P.M. is increased. When the lever is moved
from the central position to range 3, the marine gear is engaged to
"Astern" first, and then in range 4 the engine R.P.M. is increased.
2. Only engage "Ahead" or "Astern" when the engine is idling.
3. To accelerate engine without engaging gear, operate gear release
button 5 and move control handle in either direction.
4. Increase the load gradually from idling in the course of the first 15-20
minutes shortly after the start of the engine.
Stopping the engine
1. Reduce the load gradually in the course of 15-20 minutes before stop.
2. Reduce the engine to idling and put the gear in neutral position.
3. Push the "Stop" button (or pull the mechanical stop handle) until engine stops.
4. Move the "Off/Run" switch to the "Off" position.
5. Turn off the battery main switch.
Running in
To secure long life and maximum power it is recommended to run the engine for the first 25 hours at not more than 80 pet.
of the maximum output (about 3200 r.p.m.)
You should avoid slow hauling as for instance towage. After the first 25 hours it is recommended to change engine and
gear oil and to tighten up the cylinder head and to check or to possibly adjust the tension of the V-belt. Besides, it is
recommended to let an authorized service dealer go over engine and installation.
MAINTENANCE
Belt for alternator
To be adjusted every 150 hours by turning the alternator round the centres of
suspension. Tensioning should be so as to allow 8 -10 mm deflection of the belt
under firm thumb pressure.
Air inlet filter
This is a wire gauze filter to be rinsed in petrol and cleaned by a blast of
compressed air after 300 hours' operating.
Fuel filter
A fuel filter is fitted between the fuel lift pump and the H.P. fuel pump. The filter is
a disposable one which cannot be cleaned. It should be changed every 300
operating hours or if water contamination is suspected.
Change the filter as follows:
1. Drain off the fuel from the filter by slackening drain screw A in the bottom of
the filter casing B.
2. Remove by hand or by means of a pair of tongs the filter casing and discard
it.
3. Clean the sealing surface of the filter holder if necessary
4. Fill the new filter casing with clean fuel through the holes at the top of same.
5. Screw on the filter casing and tighten it by hand about half a turn after the
gasket fits tightly.
6. After changing the filter, bleed the fuel system as stated under "Preparation
for first start"
009W4921 H-R05
-6-

Fuel lift pump
The fuel lift pump is a sealed type which cannot be dismantled for repair or cleaning. It is
recommended to install a water/dirt accumulating filter in the suction line to the pump.
After repairs the fuel system must be bled as described under "Preparation for the first
start" if necessary.
Lubricating Oil System

The engine is pressure lubricated and the oil system has a built-in relief valve for
controlling the oil pressure. The oil level is checked as mentioned before.
Change of Oil
Lubricating oil should be changed for the first time after 25 hours of running, later for every 150 hours or at least once a
year. It is recommended to change the oil when engine is warm, and the procedure is as follows:
1. Remove the dipstick.
2. Insert the sump pump suction hose into the hole and pump up the oil.
3. When the sump is empty reinsert dipstick and pour fresh oil.
4. If possible, drain the oil through the plug hole at the bottom of the sump.
Recornmended Lubricating Oil
Modern diesel engines demand heavy-duty oils with additives securing best operation conditions and longest life time of
the engine under various conditions. Therefore use a first class HD-oil from a recognized oil company.
Oil specifications as mentioned in "LUBRICATION OIL CHART".
When operating under difficult conditions, i.e. frequent cold
starting, short operation periods, greatly varying loads, use quality
"SePi/ice CD" and also use quality "Service CD" in case the sulphur
content of fuel is higher than 1 %.
Change of Lubricating Oil Filter
Lubricating oil filter cannot be cleaned, but should be changed
every 150 hours or once a year. To change the filter proceed as
follows :
1. Unscrew filter A and discard it.
2. Clean the sealing surface of the engine B, and remove old
gasket if any from old filter
3. Mount new filter at once under clean conditions.
4. Screw on filter until gasket fits tightly, tighten a further half
turn.
5. Fill with oil until normal level is reached.
6. Start the engine and check that the filter is tight.
Cooling system (Keel cooling)
A pump circulates the freshwater in a closed system.This circulation pump is fitted on the front end of the engine.
The freshwater circulates through the cooling jackets of the engine and through the keel cooler, fitted on the bottom of the
boat.
Too high cooling temperature will cause the blue lamp in the control panel to light up and the acoustic alarm to function.
Frost precautions
It is recommended to use 25 per cent ethylene glycol in the cooling water all the year as protection against corrosion and
freezing cooling water.
Keel-Cooling system
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Cirkulating pump
Expansion tank
Thermostat 75C
Pressure cap
Keel cooling pipe 2 X 022/019
copper pipe
009W4921H-R05

Electrical System
The engine is equipped with a 12 volt electrical system consisting of a starter motor and an alternator, the max. charging
current of which is 50 Amp.
Electrical wiring diagram for the engine with control and instrument panels is shown later in this instruction.
The level of the electrolyte in the battery should be checked every 14 days or every 25 operating hours. The level should be
5-6 mm above the plates, if this is not the case top up as required with destilled or demineralized water.
The battery must never be isolated from the alternator, when the engine is running.
Warning! It is not allowed to connect additional equipment to ttie wiring syatem on the engine. Possible additional
equipment has to be connected directly to the terminals of the battery.
NOTE!
The starter must not be operated for more than 10 sec. If further operation is necessary a pause of at least half a minute
before starting attempt is repeated.
Marine Gear
The engine is equipped with a reverse-reduction gear. The reduction is 3:1 for
AHEAD and 2.36:1 for REVERSE.
The marine gear will need no other attendance than regular change of oil. This to be
carried out after 25 hours of operation, and then every 150 hours or once a year. See
oil quality "Technical data".
The oil change is carried out by means of the lubricating oil bilge pump.
The oil should be warm when draining.
Refill new oil to the quantity og 1.1 liters through the dipstick hole.
Check oil level on the dipstick.
RStik
Starting instructions for BUKH Diesel Engine type DV29RI\/IE
Electric start:
1. Switch on the main switch.
2. Put the gear in neutral position
3. Put the switch into "RUN" position
4. Push the "START" button until the engine
starts
Cold Start (below minus 15C if mounted):
Start pilot: Pull and push the pump (2) 2-3 times.
Stopping the engine: Push the "STOP" button until
the engine stops.
After the engine has stopped:Put the switch in
"OFF" position.
Filling the pressure tank (3) (if mounted):
1. Open the cover.
2. Put the gas cylinder on top of the valve and fill
up the tank to max. marking.
Hand Start: (If mounted):
Put gear into neutral position.
Put handle into crank claw.
Lift decompression lever (1 ).
Cold start with hand start (below 0C).
Start pilot: Pos 1 - 2 - 3
Pull and push the pump (2) 2-3 times.
Turn the start handle as quickly as possible (clockwise), release the decompression lever, but keep on turning until the
engine starts.
009W4921 H-R05
WINTER STORAGE OF THE ENGINE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1. Carry out the following whilst the boat Is still In the water:
Run the engine until normal workingtemperature Is reached.
Drain off engine and gear oil with the oil bilge pump.
Fill the engine and gearbox with preservative lubricating oil of a recognized make up to the upper mark on the dipstick.
Fill the fuel tank with fuel preservative oil in the rate of mixture prescribed by the oil manufacturer.
Start the engine and let it run for about 10 minutes to be sure that the fuel mixed with preservative oil has been
flushed through the fuel system of the engine.
Fill the fuel tank completely with fuel. Pay no special attention to the preservative oil previously added to the fuel as
this is consumed normally and properly when service is resumed in spring.
2. On land the following procedure has to be carried out:

Remove the engine cooling water drain plugs, drain off the sea water from the engine and refit plugs.
For direct sea water cooled engines: Remove the suction hose from the cooling water pump at the bottom cock and
put the hose into a bucket with freshwater containing preservative oil in the rate of mixture prescribed by the oil
manufacturer
3. The outlet hose for the cooling water which goes into the exhaust elbow may be removed and returned to the bucket
via a length of hose so that the freshwater is able to circulate.Start the engine and the freshwater containing
preservative oil will be flushed through the engine.
4. Stop the engine after 5 - 1 0 minutes and drain off the water. Ensure that after removing the drain plug (1 plug is
placed in the block, see fig. 4, pos. 24; and 1 plug in the exhaust manifold) all the water is drained off. This is done by
cleaning the drain holes with a nail,a steel wire or the like, so that any remaining water may drain out. Remove the
impeller from the cooling water pump, which will allow water in pump and pipes to be drained off. Keep the impeller
separately in a dry place during the winter.
5. A: For freshwater-cooled engines:
6. Drain the freshwater from the engine by removing the plugs as indicated for seawater cooled engines. It is not
necessary to flush this system with freshwater containing preservative oil. If the engine is to be used in period of frost,
it must be protected against frost burst with a mixture of anti-freeze solution in the freshwater system - irrespective of
the protection to the freshwater system against the risk of frost - by removing the cover of the impeller pump and
turning the engine manually or with the starter motor.
7. Remove the battery and store it separately during the winther In a dry and frost-free place. Fill up and charge the
battery before storing.
8. Remove the air filter and turn the engine manually until each inlet valve opens alternately, during which about 1/2 cup
of preservative oil is injected into each piston head. Turn the engine backwards and fonwards manually in orderte
spread the presen/ative oil.
9. Insert a clean, oil moistened rag (not cotton waste) into the inlet manifold.
10. Insert another clean, oil moisted rag into the exhaustelbow aperture.
11. Treat electrical connections with grease free from acid. Fill the multiple plugs with grease from the wire side.
1.
2.
The engine is now preserved for winther storage and can be futher protected by covering of polythen sheeting, under
which a bucket of silicagel should be placed.
3. Preparation of engine before launching.
Remove the oil moisted rags from the inlet manifold and the aperture of the exhaust elbow.
Fit the cooling water pump impeller.
Fit cooling water drain plugs.
Drain the preservative lubricating oil from both engine and gearbox and fill up with fresh oil to the upper mark of the
dipstick.
5. Change the lubricating oil filter.
6. Make sure - before starting up - that the oil on the piston heads is drained off. This is checked by turning the engine
manually without operating the decompression lever.
7. Examine the stern tube stuffing box and fill up with stern tube oil.
8. Fit the battery after re-charging.
9. Lubricate all moveable parts with oil.
10. Check the anode.
11. Check that there is electrical contact at the sterntube at the Internal connection to the gearbox.
1.
2.
3.
4.
009W4921H-R05
-9 -
(service info 9201)
RME-ENGINES MOUNTED WITH HYDRO- OR SPRING STARTER EQUIPMENT
The above mentioned type of starting method has proved to start the lifeboat engines in a very short period of time. In cold
climates a standard multigrade lubrication oil may not be sufficient for a rapid build-up of lub. oil pressure. We recommend
the following methods to prevent problems:
1. Full synthetic low friction lub. oil with a viscosity of 5W/40 or 10W/30 (e.g. Mobil No. 1 or Castrol Syntruck).
2. Cooling water jacket heater.
3. Oil sump heater.
In view of starting time the above points also increase the electrical start performance.
(service info 9702)
LUBRICATION OIL QUANTITIES FOR DV29RME
When the engine is dry, you are recommended to fill up with 3.5 litres of lubricating oil (min. 3.1 litres - max. 3.9 litres).
A dip stick with standard indications of minimum (20 mm) and maximum (32 mm) oil levels for checking of the oil quantity
is located on the side of the engine.
THESE INDICATIONS APPLY WHEN THE ENGINE IS IN HORIZONTAL POSITION!
When mounted in a lifeboat, the engine is rarely in a horizontal position. Usually, it has an aft inclination of max. 12,
which will change the oil level on the dip stick.
The following values are intended as a guide:
Oil level when 3.5 litres of oil have been added to the engine:
Horizontal engine:
Engine inclination 12 aft:
Engine inclination 30 forward:
Oil level on dipstick= 26 mm

Irrespective of the inclination, engine running will be troublefree if the above oil quantity has been added. If more oil than
advised is added, the crank will be running submerged in oil. Consequently, the oil will get too warm and foam, and
bleeding will be inadequate.
Oil vapour will condense and in extreme cases run out of the suction filter.
Do NOT fill the engine with more oil than Indicated above.
It will not be necessary to adjust the oil quantity of freefall boats, in which the engine will
be started while the boat is still in the chute at an inclination of approx 30.
INSTRUCTION FOR MARINE DIESEL FUEL IN COLD CLIMATES

COLD FILTER PLUGGING POINT (CFPP)
(ser/ice info 9301)
To ensure proper operation of the lifeboat engines in very cold climates, it is essential to ensure that the diesel fuel in the
fuel tank of the lifeboat is suitable to the lowest temperature possible in the area of operation of the ship. The temperature
where the fuel is no more filterable is called "CFPP" in the specifications for the particular fuel
To improve the CFPP-point, a dilution with kerosene is recommended. A max. dilution of 40% kerosene is possible. If 50%
or more are necessary, 2-stroke lubricating oil must be added to protect the fuel injection pump and nozzles from seizure.
If no information is available onboard the ship about the particular fuel to be diluted, it is recommended to use 2-stroke
lubricating oil in ratio 0.3 Itrs. to 100 Itrs. of fuel. This is necessary due to the fact that the diesel oil might be winter-type
and already diluted from the oil company.
The reason for the necessity of 2-stroke lub. oil is that it is self-mixing with the fuel.
Note: In ship storage tanks a max. of 25% dilution is the limit, in order to ensure that min. flame point of fuel = 55C.
EXAMPLE:
009W4921H-R05
Diesel Oil without Dilution
CFPP/-18C
90 litres diesel + 10 litres kerosene
-20C
-22C
-24C
-26C
-28
10-
Lubricating oil for spray pump bearing

housing
Checking of oil level:
Dismount the bleeder valve when the spray
pump is in a horizontal position.
The oil level must be just above the lower
edge of the shaft. When turning the pump
shaft must carry a little oil round.
Change the oil after 300 operating hours or
every 2 years.
009W4921H-R05
Support 022D3107 is required

to absorb vertical forces
Oil type: Hydraulic oil

Viscosity: 32 cSt at 40C (SAE 5W-20)
Capacity: 70 ml
11
MAIN DATA
DV29RME
WORKING PRINCIPLE
NUMBER OF CYLINDERS
CYLINDER BORE/STROKE
SWEPT VOLUME
COMPRESSION RATIO
COMPRESSION PRESSURE
OUTPUT, CONTINOUS RATING
ACCORDING TO ISO 3046
MAX. TORQUE
MAX. AIR CONSUMPTION
ENGINE ROTATING, LOOKING AT FLYWHEEL
IDLING SPEED
MAX INCLINATION, FORE AND AFT
HEEL, MAX. CONTINOUS
ENGINE NET WEIGHT
LOCATION OF ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
EXHAUST TEMP. MAX/NORMAL
4-STROKE
2
85 mm/85 mm
0.964 Litres
18,5:1
47 Bar
17.3 -12.7 kW
20.9 -15.4 kW
25.6 -18.8 kW
29.0 - 21.3 kW
6.2 Kpm at 2400 rpm
1784 LItres/mIn
CLOCWISE
800-1000 RPM
12
25
223 kg
PORT SIDE
600C-580C
VALVE TIMING AND INJECTION POINT

FLYWHEEL DIAMETER
INLET VALVE OPENS
BEFORE TDC
INLET VALVE CLOSES
AFTER BDC
EXHAUST VALVE OPENS
BEFORE BDC
EXHAUST VALVE CLOSES
AFTER TDC
VALVE CLEARANCES (COLD ENGINE) INLET/EXHAUST
391 mm
32 (arc measure: 109 mm)
0.25/0.30 mm
FUEL SYSTEMCOiVlBUSTION SYSTEM

INJECTION PRESSURE
INJECTION TIMING
FUEL LIFT PUMP
STATIC PRESSURE OF FUEL LIFT PUMP
FUEL FILTER
FUEL QUALITY GAS OIL
DIRECT INJECTION
230 Bar
AUTOMATIC VARIABLE
CAM SHAFT DRIVEN DIAPHRAGM PUMP
350 mSar
THROW AWAY FILTER INSERT
BS 2869 CLASS A
LUBRICATING SYSTEM
TYPE OF LUBRICATING OIL PUMP
LUBRICATING OIL PRESSURE: WARM ENGINE/MINIMUM
LUBRICATING OIL QUALITY
LUBRICATING OIL VISCOSITY
BELOW+5C
BETWEEN +5c and +25C
ABOVE +25C
LUBRICATING OIL CONTENT INCL FILTER
LUBRICATING OIL FILTER
ROTARY VANE PUMP

2-4.5 Bar/1 Bar
SERVICE CC or CD
SAE 10or SAE 10W-30
SAE 20 or SAE 15W-40
3.5 Litres
THROW AWAY FILTER INSERT
ZF MARINEGEAR
LUBRICATING OIL QUALITY
LUBRICATING OIL VISCOSITY
LUBRICATING OIL TEMPERATURE
LUBRICATING OIL CONTENT
STERN TUBE (FLEXIBLE) LUBRICANT
API CC or CD, MILL-L-46152

MAX. 120C
1.1 Litres
OUTBOARD GEAR OIL
COOLING WATER SYSTEM - KEELCOOLING

COOLING WATER TEMPERATURE
TYPE OF CIRCULATING PUMP/MAX. CAPACITY
COOLING WATER CONTENT INCL. KEELCOOLER
70-95C
CENTRIFUGAL/135 Litres/min
4.8 Litres
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BATTERY VOLTAGE/CAPACITY
STARTER TYPE / OUTPUT
ALTERNATOR TYPE/OUTPUT
STOP SOLENOID
RELAY
12Volt/88Ah
Iskra 1 kW
Valeo700W
BOSCH
ELECTRONIC, BUILT-ON
TORQUES
CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS/BEARING TOP SECTION
CONNECTING ROD BOLTS
FLYWHEEL/COUNTERWEIGHTS
FLEX. COUPLING
ASSEMBLY OF FUEL VALVE
BRACKET FOR ENGINE SUPPORTS
BRACKET FOR GEAR SUPPORTS
ZF- GEARBOX
118+/-5 Nm (12+/-0.5 Kpm)

69 +/- 3 Nm (7 +/- 0.3 Kpm)
81 +/- 3 Nm (8.3 +/- 0.3 Kpm)
61 +/-3 Nm (6.3+/-0.3 Kpm)
59 +/- 3 Nm (6.0 +/- 0.3 Kpm)
69 +/- 3 Nm (7 +/- 0.3 Kpm)
39 +/- 3 Nm (4 +/- 0.3 Kpm)
25 +/- 5 Nm (2.5 +/- 0.5 Kpm)
009W4921H-R05
at 3600 rpm
at 2000 rpm
at 2400 rpm
at 3000 rpm
at 3600 rpm
-12-
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE AND A CHECK LIST FOR BUKH LIFEBOAT ENGINES
CHECK
RECTIFY IF
NEEDED
W
E
E
L
Y
1.
1.1
1.2.
1.3
Tightness of connections through hull:

stem tube
iieel-cooling pipes
spray pump
2.
Check of lubricating oil:
2.1 a engine
2.1.b engine
2.2.a gearbox
2.2.b gearbox
2.3
sealbox for spraypump
2.4
lu bric a ting oil filter
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Check of cooling watersystem:

system
anti freeze liquid
cooling water connections tightness
condition of rubber hoses
retightened clamping bands
V-belt for cooling water pump
thenvostat
4.
4.1
Check of fuel system:

supply line
4.2
4.3
4.4
fuel tank
fuel filter
return line
5.
5.1
Check of remote control cables:

cables
6.
6.1
Check of propeller shaft arrangement:

rear stern tube bearing
6.2
sufficient water flow to rear stern tube bearing
6.3
alignment of gear flange and prop.shaft flange
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
stuffing box seals

condition of rubber tube for stuffing box
Out-Board gearoll.
propeller
7.
7.1
Starting of the engine:

start with electrical start
7.2
7.3
7.4
start with handstart

start with otiier opftona/sfa/t/ng sysfem If fitted
starting instruction
009W4921H-R05
hull connection
hull connection
hull connection
change sealing
change sealing
change sealing
change oil
check oil level
change oil
check oil level
refill the oillevel
change
system to be full
check for minus 25C.
for leaks
cracks and leaks
fill up
refill anti freeze liquid
renew if leaking
renew
adjust or renew
renew after 5 years
clean water/fuel
separator and check
line bends
drain for water
change
check for bends &
damages
IVI
0
N
T
H
L
Y
Y
E
A
R
L
Y
EVERY
5 YEARS
X
X
X
X
X
X
renew if leaking-
X
X
X
X
X
X
repair if damaged or
renew
X
X
repair if damaged or
renew
check easy operation

and stroke sufficient
adjust cables
check clearance for

bearing insert
check that water holes
in bearing housing are
not blocked
alignment to be within
0.05-0.01 mm
tightness
cracks
oillevel
check size and
condition
renew insert
clean holes
realign the engine
renew all three seals

renew
refill
renew if damaged
X
X
engine start within 2

minutes
same
same
if it is readable
13-
if malfunctions -the
engine must be ser
viced by a mechanic
same
same
change if damaged
X
X
X
X
X
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE AND A CHECK LIST FOR BUKH LIFEBOAT ENGINES
CHECK
RECTIFY IF
NEEDED
W
E
E
L
Y
8.
8.1
8.2
Encline maintenance
valve clearance
electric starter
9.
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
Running with engine - check:

Idling speed to be 900-1200 RPM
Full speed unload/mm. 3700 RPM
Full speed loaded witti propeller
Full speed loaded with propeller and spray pump
Cooling water temp, to be max. 95 degr. Celcius
Audible and visual alarms
9.7
Lubricating oil pressure
9.8
Gearbox change frorn FW to Neutral to ASTERN
min. 1.5kp/cm^ at
idling speed
check cables
10.
10.1
Air supply:
air inlet filter
renew
11.
11.1
11.2
Bateries:
level of liquid
voltage conditon
check, refill
charge
renew
renew
12.
12.1
Spray pump - check:

waterspray being sufficient
12.2
12.3
rubber hoses
clamping bands
waterspray- nozzles,
waterintake and pump
cracks
retightened
clean nozzles and

waterintake connection
renew
009W4921H-R05
clearance
rust protection of
starter drive
adjust
spray rust protection
spray
900-1200 RPM
min. 3700 RPM
3300-3600 RPM
2800-3600 RPM
max. 95C
check function
adjust RPM
adjust RPM
adjust RPM
adjust RPM
change termostat
change senders,
lamps or switch
adjust oil relief valve
X
X
adjust
14-
M
0
N
H
L
Y
Y
E
A
R
L
Y
EVERY
5
YEARS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
IRREGULAR OPERATION - CAUSES AND REMEDIES

1. Engine does not start
SYMPTOM
Insufficient or very little compression
CAUSE
Inlet and/or exhaust valves leaking
Inlet and/or exhaust valves sticking
Insufficient or no pressure from fuel pump

Thermo start out of order
Insufficient rocker arm clearance

Piston rings stuck in grooves or are worn
Valve springs broken or are weak
Air in fuel system or nozzles sticking
No fuel (valve leaking)
Engine does not reach normal revs

Starter motor turns engine too slowly
Electric supply out of order

Unloaded battery or defective
Loose or corroded connections
2. The engine starts, but stops soon after

Empty fuel tank
The engine starts, but stops soon after
Air in fuel system
Nozzle sticking
Fuel filter choked
Refill and bleed

Bleed
Replace nozzle
Replace filter element. Clean the tank
3. The engine does not reach maximum output

Difficult to start
None or insufficient compression
The engine revs. Is reduced considerably
Fuel supply choked up.
when loaded
Air/water in fuel system
Governor incorrectly adjusted or something in
the system works sluggishly
Hot engine(smell of heat)
Insufficient cooling water supply
Damaged cylinder liner or bearings
4. The engine knocks

The engine runs unevenly
5. The engine smokes
Black smoke
Blue smoke
Grey smoke
REMEDY
Grind or replace the valves, mill the seats
Grease valve stems with 2/3 gas oil and 1/3
lub. Oil. If necessary clean the valves.
Adjust to 0.25 mm inlet and 0.3 mm exhaust
when engine is cold (turn left)
Replace piston rings
Replace springs
Bleed or renew nozzles
Fill up (renew thermo-start)
Check and/or replace switch and
connections. Chech fuse
Battery to be charged or renewed
Tighten or clean connections
| Air/water in fuel system
Air inlet filter choked

Insufficient compression
The lube oil passes piston and oil rings an
penetrates into combustion chamber, or
vacuum valve defective
Thermostart valve is leaking
See "engine does not start"

Check fuel system thoroughly
Adjust the governor. Check governor system
and correct the error
Stop engine. Check cooling water pump
Check bearings, piston and cylinder, if
necessary replace them
| Bleed see "engine does not start"
Clean filter
See "engine does not start"
Replace oil rings and possibly the piston
rings. Clean vacuum valve
Replace
6. Excessive consumption of lubricating oil

Oil- and piston nngs are worn
Blue smoke
Piston and cylinder liner highly worn
Defective vacuum valve
Lub. oil leaks out of crankshaft bearings
Worn oil seal ring
Replace oil- and piston rings, if required

Replace
Replace
Replace
7. The engine gets too warm or too cold

Cooling water temperature too high (smell of
Unsufficient cooling water supply caused
heat)
byidefective water pump, choked strainer or a
defective thermostat
Cooling water temperature too low
Defective thermostat
Investigate pump rotor for broken wings or

lost driver screw. Clean strainer. Clean or
replace thermostat
Clean or replace thermostat
8. Insufficient or no lubrication oil pressure

Oil warning lamp lights up. Oil pressure
Insufficient lube oil in the engine
gauge indicates abnormally low oil pressure
Leakage in lube oil system
Relief valve sticking or spring too weak
009W4921H-R05
15-
Check and refill

Tighten and refill
Clean bore and valve, stretch or replace the
spring
LUBRICATING OIL CHART

Lubricating oil
for engine:
temp, range
(B
DO
(
S
~.
Ol
Ol
>
er
<
Auxili
aries
N3
Ol
to
Ol
03
(D
-si
^_
(D
(Q
CD
"
-
>
"3
-1
OIL COiVIPANY
BPOIL
BPOIL
BPOIL
BPOIL
BPOIL
BPOIL
CALTEX
CALTEX
CALTEX
CASTROL OIL
CASTROL OIL
CASTROL OIL
CHEVRON
CHEVRON
CHEVRON
ELF
ELF
ELF
ELF
EXXON/ESSO
EXXON/ESSO
EXXON/ESSO
E X X O N / ESSO
EXXON/ESSO
MOBIL OIL
MOBIL OIL
MOBIL OIL
MOBIL OIL
MOBIL OIL
NIPPON OIL COMPANY
NIPPON OIL COMPANY
NIPPON OIL COMPANY
SHELL OIL
SHELL OIL
SHELL OIL
SHELL OIL
SHELL OIL
TEXACO
TEXACO
TEXACO
TEXACO
OIL TYPE
VISCO 5000
Vanellus 0 4 Global
Vanellus 0 3 Extra
Outboard Gear Oil Universal
Energol GR-XP 150
Energol GR-XP 220
Havoline Fully Synthetic
Delo 350 Multigrade
Outboard Gear Oil EP
CASTROL Syntruck
CASTROL RX Super Plus
CASTROL Marine Gear Oil
DELO 400 Synthetic
RPM HEAVY DUTY
GEAR COMPOUND EP 220
Elf Synthse 5W/40
Performance 3D 15W-40
Performance 3D 10W-30
Outboard Gear Oil
EXXMAR CM
ESSOLUBE XT301
ESSOLUBE XT301
SPARTAN EP220
GEAROIL GX
MOBIL 1 OW-40
MOBIL Delvac 1 SHC
MOBILGARD 1 SHC
MOBILGARD HSD
MOBIL Stern Tube Lubricant
HIDIESEL S-3 SAVE
HIDIESEL S-3 SAVE
GEAR LUBE EHD
Helix Ultra
RimulaX
Rimula X
Nautilus Marine Gear Oil
S pi rax GX
Havoline Formula 3 Synthetic
URSA Super LA
GEARTEX EP-C
MEROPA 220
HD OIL GRADE & QUALITY

SAE 5W-40 API SJ/CF
SAE 15W-40 API CF-4/CF/SG
API CF4/CE/SF
Designation
Engine:DV29
BW-7 Marine Gear
Oil Filter
Stern Tube (flexible)
Spray Pump
Application Point
Change first time after 25 h and every 150 h or once a year
Change first time after 25 h and every 150 h or once a year
Change every 150 h or once a year
Change every 3 years
Change after 300 h or every 2 years
DIN 51 517 del. 3

DIN 51 517 del. 3
SAE 5W-40 API SJ/CE
SAE15W-40APICF4/CJ
SAE 90
SAE 5W-40 API OF
SAE15W-40APICH-4
SAE 90
SAE 10W-30 API CD/SG + SF
SAE15W-40APICD-II
ISO VG 220
SAE 5W-40 CD or CO
SAE15W-40CDorCC
SAE10W-30CDorCC
SAE 85W-90
SAE15W-40
SAE15W-40APICG-4
SAE 15W-40 API CG-4 FZG11
ISO VG 220
SAE 80W-90
SAE OW-40 API SJ/CF/EC
SAE 5W-40 API CE/CD
API CD/CF/CF2
15W-40 API CG-4/CF-4/CF/SH
Outboard Gear Oil SAE 80-90
SAE15W-40CD
SAE10W-30CD
SAE 90
SAE 5W-40
SAE10W-30
SAE15W-40
SAE 90
SAE 80W-90
SAE 5W-40 API SJ/CF
SAE 15W-40 API CG-4
SAE 80W-90 API GL-5
ISO VG 220
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DIRECTIONS FOR LUBRICATION
009W4921H-R05.doc
16-
Capacity I n c l . Filter
3.5 Litre
1.1 Litre
70 mL
OFF/RUN SWITCH -
WATER TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
- OPERATING PANEL
CHARGING LAMP -
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE LAMP -
- ACOUSTIC ALARM
WATER TEMPERATURE
WARNING LAMP
- STOP BUTTON
START BUTTON TACHOMETER

- INSTRUMENT PANEL"'
STOP SOLENOID-
-GENERATOR
WATER TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTER-
OIL
nS
PRESSURE''
TRANSMITTER - ^
EXTENSION CABLE CAN BE PLACED HERE
009E0237
' ' ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
OPERATING PANEL
ACOUSTIC ALARM
STOP BUTTON
DOUBLE I
CHARGINGi
I, I
I
I I
.lik:?2i^"-î__ja---. '-^-1r":{L
S.
009E0275
EXTENSION CABLE CAN BE PLACED HERE

1)ADDITI0NAL EQUIPMENT
009W4921H-R05
Items with dotted lines not

included in normal BUKH
delivery
BATTERY I
12 VOLT
17-
BATTERY '
12 VOLT
Installation: DV29
009W4921H-R05
-18-
General Terms of Sale and Delivery
1. Introduction
The terms of sale and delivery specified below shall
apply to all quotations, orders and consignments
unless otherwise specified in any other written
agreement.
2. Quotations
Quotations shall be subject to confirmation and the
goods being unsold. Aabenraa Motorfabrik reserves
the right to change unconfirmed quotations without
notice. The prices stated are exclusive of valueadded tax and other duties.
3. Orders
Any order shall be confirmed in writing by Aabenraa
Motorfabrik in order that an agreement on
consignments can be considered as binding.
The order will be delivered at a confirmed price
subject to price increases resulting from changes in
trade conditions, duties, rates of exchange, raw
material supplies and similar conditions.
Cancellation will only be accepted as per
arrangement and against payment of expenses incurred.
Illustrations, dimensioned sketches, as well as the
contents of leaflets, catalogues, circular letters, etc
are approximate and with no binding effect.
When carrying out the order, Aabenraa Motorfabrik
reserves the right to make any changes which are
deemed necessary from a technical point of view.
4. Terms of Delivery
Delivery will be "ex works" (INCO terms).
Aabenraa Motorfabrik shall not be responsible for
delays or obstacles due to force majeure, for example
labour conflicts, fires, currency restrictions, shortage
of labour and means of transport, general scarcity of
goods, restrictions on power and flaws in
consignments from subsuppliers or delay in such
consignments, or any other conditions beyond the
influence and control of Aabenraa Motorfabrik as well
as delay caused by the customer not having supplied
sufficient technical information punctually.
If the customer fails to observe the terms stipulated
for payment of the purchase price, Aabenraa
Motorfabrik shall be under no obligation to make
delivery.
Aabenraa Motorfabrik shall not pay any damages for
delays in delivery.
5. Packaging
Packaging is included in the price of the product and
will not be taken back.
6. Payment
Payment for all consignments shall be made directly
to Aabenraa Motorfabrik, Aabenraa, Denmark.
The customer shall not be entitled to withhold
payment because of any counterclaims.
4.05-F3300
If payment should be effected later than the stipulated

settling date, interest shall be paid on overdue
payments at the rate of 1.5 per cent per month or
fraction of a month. Aabenraa Motorfabrik reserves
the right to change the rate of interest.
Any consignment shall remain the property of
Aabenraa Motorfabrik until payment has been made
in full, and the customer must keep the consignment
insured against fire and damage - in case of marine
plant, against sea risk - at the total new value from
the date of shipment from the factory and until full
payment has been effected.
7. Remedying Defects
If the consignment should prove defective, Aabenraa
Motorfabrik undertakes during the first 24 months
after the consignment has been put into service,
however, not beyond 30 months from the day the
consignment is reported to be ready for shipment, in
the case of spare parts, however, 3 months from
shipment, to remedy defects which are due to faulty
design, materials or workmanship. However, the
obligation to remedy defects is conditional on the
operating conditions contained or provided in the
agreement being observed and the consignment
being used and operated correctly.
Defects which are due to 1) improper storage before
or during installation, 2) insufficient maintenance, 3)
incorrect installation by the customer, 4) changes of
the consignment carried out without the written
consent of Aabenraa Motorfabrik, 5) incorrect or
inexpedient repairs made by the customer or others,
6) normal wear or deterioration, rust, corrosion,
deposits caused by water, foreign matter in pipes or
the use of unsuitable oils, shall not be covered by
Aabenraa Motorfabrik's obligation to remedy defects.
Unless otherwise stipulated, all transport and
mounting of defective, repaired and replaced equipment shall be at the customer's account and risk.
Parts of the consignment which are not manufactured
by Aabenraa Motorfabrik will only be replaced to the
extent that Aabenraa Motorfabrik is compensated for
them by the subsupplier.
Aabenraa Motorfabrik's liability for defects is limited
to the above-mentioned obligation. Aabenraa Motorfabrik shall only pay damages if it is proved that the
loss caused by the defect is due to gross negligence
or intentional circumstances on the part of Aabenraa
Motorfabrik. Aabenraa Motorfabrik shall in no
circumstances be held liable for operation loss, loss
of profits or any indirect damage.
8. Arbitration
Any disputes are to be settled according to Danish
law by arbitration in Copenhagen according to the
rules of the International Chamber of Commerce and
in accordance with the Danish Act on Arbitration of
1972.
19-
Publ. No.
^--Jjj"^-^
I BVl 1 H
11 I
NstmarK30,DK-6200Aabenraa-Denmark
E-mail: bukhbukh.dk - Internet: www.bukh.dk
DIESEL ENGINE
TYPE DV29
RESERVEDELSKATALOG
SPARE PARTS LIST
ERSATZTEILLISTE
009W1901B-R02
009W1901B
BUKH TYPE DV29 RESERVEDELE - SPARES - ERSATZTEILE
009W1901B-R01
Indholdsfortegnelse
Contents
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Side
Page
Seite
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
Krumtaphus
Crankcase
Kurbelgehuse
Forreste endedksel
Front end cover
Vorderer Enddeckel
Krumtapaksel og lejer
Crankshaft and bearings
Kurbelw/elle und Lager
Plejlstang
Connecting rod
Pleuelstange
Stempel og cylinderforing
Piston and cylinder liner
Kolben und Zylinderlaufbuchse
Bagerste endedksel
End cover, rear
Enddeckel, hintere
Roterende vgte
Rotating weights
Rotationsgev\/ichte
11
Cylinderdksel og ventiler
Cylinder head and valves
Zylinderdeckel und Ventile
15
Regulator og reguleringshndtag
Governor and regulating handle
Regulator und Regelhebel
17
Knastaksel
Camshaft
Nockenwelle
17
Smreoliepumpe
Lubricating oil pump
Schmierlpumpe
17
Smreoliefilter
Schmierlfilter
19
Brndstoffilter
Fuel filter
Brennstoff! Iter
19
Brndstofpumpe
Fuel injection pump
Brennstoffpumpe
19
Brndstofforpumpe
Fuel lift pump
Frderpumpe
19
Brndstofrr
Fuel pipe
Brennstoffleitung
21
Elektrisk start
Electric start
El-Anlass
23
Opfrt hndstart
Raised hand starting
Oben verlegter Handanlass
24
Luftfilter
Air inlet filter
Luftfilter
25
Vandklet udstdningsrr
Wassergekhltes Auspuffrohr
27
Klkling
Keel cooling
Kielkhlung
28
Cirkulationspumpe
Circulation pump
Zirkulationspumpe
29
Ledningsnet
Electric mains
Leitungnetz
30
Betjeningspanel
Control panel
Bedienungstafel
31
Instrumentpanel
Instrument panel
Instrumententafel
32
Motorophng
Engine support
Motorbefestigung
33
Sprinklerpumpe
Spray pump
Brausepumpe
35
Reversgear
Reversing gear
Wendegetriebe
38
Vrktj og reservedele
Tools and spares
Werkzeug und Ersatzteile
39
Forhandlerliste
List of representatives
Verkuferliste
009W1901B-R01
- 91.1 ./\
LZ
61
13121 - S3dvds - 3di ><9
Krumtaphus og forreste endedksel

Crankcase and front end cover
Kurbelgehuse und vorderer Enddeckel
Pos.
Part No.
032D0216
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
Krumtaphus komplet med c y l .
Crankcase complete w i t h cyl.lining Kurbelgehuse komplett mit Zylinder-
foring og bag. hovedlejeforing
and main bearing liner, rear
laufbuchse und Hautlagerlaufbuchse
000E7671
Toppakning
Cylinder head gasket
Zylinderkopf dichtung
032D0211
Forreste endedksel m. akseltappe
Front end cover w i t h journals
Vorderer Enddeckel mit Achszapfen
000D9196
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
Abdichtring
560F0011
O-ring
0-ring
10
000D9625
Leje for knastaksel
Bearing for camshaft
Lager fr Nockenwelle
11
503N2363
Tapskrue, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 9
Stud, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 9
Stiftschraube, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 9
12
510A1208
Mtrik, M 8 DIN 9 3 4
Nut, M 8 DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, M8 DIN 9 3 4
13
504A0311
Prop
Screw plug
Pfropfen
14
00OEO974
Skrm
Cover
Schirm
15
00 0 7 5
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
16
501A2361
10
Unbrakoskrue, M 8 x 1 6 DIN 9 1 2
Unbrace screw, M 8 x 1 6 DIN 9 1 2
Unbracoschraube, M 8 x 1 6 DIN 9 1 2
17
522F1020
10
Fjederskive, 8 m m DIN 7 9 8 0
Spring washer, 8 m m DIN 7 9 8 0
Federscheibe, 8 m m DIN 7 9 8 0
19
561B0602
Gacoring BASL 6 0 - 8 0 - 1 0
Seal ring, Gaco BASL 6 0 - 8 0 - 1 0
Dichtungsring BASL 6 0 - 8 0 - 1 0
25
032D0215
Bunddksel, komplet
Base cover, complete
Zylinderboden, komplett
26
000D9734
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
27
504B1317
Prop
Screw plug
Pfropfen
28
522C3020
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
29
560B1017
O-ring
0-ring
Abdichtring
30
000D9541
Sugerr
Suction pipe
Saugrohr
31
000D9786
Gennemfring for grovfilter
Leading in for prefilter
Durchfhrung fr Vorfilter
32
501A2363
12
Unbrakoskrue, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 1 2
Unbrace screw, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 1 2
Unbracoschraube, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 1 2
33
522F1020
12
34
000E0037
Lftebeslag
Lift fitting
Hebebeschlag
35
008E0451
Zinkstang, komplet
Zink rod, complete
Zinkanode, komplett
36
522C3025
Pakning A l 7 x 2 1 DIN 7 6 0 3
Gasket A I 7 x 2 1 DIN 7 6 0 3
Dichtung A I 7 x 2 1 DIN 7 6 0 3
38
522F1020
39
500C2363
Stskrue, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
Set s c r e w , M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
Setzschraube, M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
40
008244
Pejlestok med prop
Dip stick w i t h plug
Peilstock mit Pfropfen
42
000E2561
Rr for pejlestok
Pipe for dip stick
Rohr fr Peilstock
43
532V1314
Gennemfring
Leading in
Durchfhrung
44
551D0012
Rrbjle
Saddle
Rohrbgel
45
000E2052
Befstigelseslaske
Fixing butt strap
Befestigungslasche
46
500E2258
Sekskantskrue, M 5 x 1 0 DIN 9 3 3
Hexagon screw, M 5 x 1 0 DIN 9 3 3
Sechskantschraube, M 5 x 1 0 DIN 9 3 3
47
522F1015
48
510A1206
Mtrik, M5 DIN 9 3 4
Nut, M5 DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, M5 DIN 9 3 4
50
504B1317
Prop
Screw plug
Pfropfen
51
522C3084
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
55
008E8052
Skrm for roterende vgte
Guard for rotating weights
Schirm fr Rotationsgewichte
56
28679
Prop
Plug
Pfropfen
57
40450
Zinkstang
Zink rod
Zinkanode
032D4215
Pakningsst, komplet
Set of gaskets, complete
Dichtungssatz, k o m p l e t t
032D4215
Ventilslibest, komplet
Set of gaskets for valve grinding
Ventileinschleifensatz, komplett
009W1901B-R01
009W1901B-R01
Krumtapaksel, lejer, plejlstang, stempel og cylinderforing

Crankshaft, bearings, connecting rod, piston and cylinder liner
Kurbelwelle, Lager, Pleuelstange, Kolben und Zylinderlaufbuchse
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
Pos.
Part No.
032D0106
Krumtapaksel, komplet
Crankshaft, complete
Kurbelwelle, komplett
O0OD9473
Kontravgt
Counter weight
Gegengewicht
501A2417
Unbrakoskrue, M l 0 x 3 5 DIN 9 1 2
Unbrace screw, M 1 0 x 3 5 DIN 9 1 2
Unbracosohraube, M l 0 x 3 5 DIN 9 1 2
500A2313
Stskrue, 6 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
Set screw, M 6 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
000E0616
Pasfeder for foreste tandhjul
Key for front gearwheel
Passfeder fr vordere Zahnrad
O0OEO617
Pasfeder for bagerste tandhjul
Key for rear gearwheel
Passfeder fr hintere Zahnrad
00OEO453
Foreste hovedlejeforing
Main bearing liner, front
Vordere Hauptlager,
Laufbuchse
000E0228
Vordere Hauptlager,
Laufbuchse
0,3 m m understrrelse
0,3 m m undersize
0,3 m m Untergrsse
000E0229
Vordere Hauptlager,
0,6 m m undersize
0,6 m m Untergrsse
Laufbuchse
000E0454
Bagerste hovedlejeforing
Main bearing liner, rear
Hintere Hauptlager,
Laufbuchse
000E0230
Hintere Hauptlager,
Laufbuchse
0,3 m m undersize
0,3 m m Untergrsse
000E0231
Hintere Hauptlager,
0,6 m m undersize
0,6 m m Untergrsse
10
00OD8836
Tandhjul, foreste
Gearwheel, front
Vordere Zahnrad
11
000E1758
Tandhjul, bagerste
Gearwheel, rear
Hintere Zahnrad
Locking plate
Deckplatte
Gegenmutter
Laufbuchse
12
522E5020
Lseblik
13
510E5369
Lsemtrik
Locking nut
14
O0OD85O5
Lseblik, special
Locking plate, special
Deckplatte, speziell
15
O0OD8504
Lsemtrik, special
Locking nut, special
Gegenmutter, speziell
16
521B0190
Skivefeder
Woodruff key
Scheibenfeder
17
008E6332
Plejlstang, komplet
Connecting rod, complete
Pleuelstange, komplett
18
000E4863
Foring for plejlstang
Connecting rod liner
Laufbuchse fr Pleuelstange
19
O0OE2156
Plejlstangsbolt
Connecting rod bolt
Pleuelbolzen
20
511B5209
Plejlstangsmtrik
Nut for connecting rod bolt
Mutter fr Pleuelbolzen
21
000E0563
Plejlstangspander, st
Connecting rod bearing shells,set of
Pleuellager, Satz
21
00OEO233
Plejlstangspander, st
Connecting rod bearing shells,set of
Pleuellager, Satz
0,6 m m undersize
0,6 m m Untergrsse
22
008E7679
Stempel kompl. med pind og ringe
Piston compl. w i t h pin and rings
Kolben kompl. mit Bolzen und Ringen
23
O0OE6414
Stempelpind
Gudgeon pin
Kolbenbolzen
Circlip 32 DIN 4 7 2
Seegerring 3 2 DIN 4 7 2
24
522A0032
25
000B6457
Stempelring
Piston ring
Kolbenring
26
562H0001
Minutring
Taper faced compression ring
Minutenring
27
000E6418
Olieskrabering
Oil scraper ring
Abstreifring
28
030D0304
Stempelringsst
Piston rings, set of
Kolbenringsatz
29
000E1561
Cylinderforing
Cylinder liner
Zylinderlaufbuchse
30
56OM1091
O-ring
0-ring
Abdichtring
Kugel
Zwischenlagernabe, komplett
33
54502061
Kugle
Ball
39
032D0104
Mellemlejenav, komplet
Intermediate bearing hub, complete
40
501A2424
Unbrace screw, M 1 0 x 7 0 DIN 9 1 2
Unbracoschraube, M I 0 x 7 0 DIN 9 1 2
41
O0OD9261
Mellemlejepander
Intermediate liner
Zwischenlagerpfannen
41
000E2118
Mellemlejepander
Intermediate liner
Zwischenlagerpfannen
0,6 m m undersize
0,6 mm Untergrsse
42
000E8014
Svinghjul
Flywheel
Schwungrad
43
501A2419
Unbrace screw. M l 0 x 4 5 DIN 9 1 2
Unbracoschraube, M I 0 x 4 5 DIN 9 1 2
44
54502061
Kugle
Ball
Kugel
009W1901B-R01
009W1901B-R01
Bagerste endedksel og roterende vgte

End cover, rear and rotating weights
Enddeckel, hinterer und Rotationsgewichte
Pos.
Part No.
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
000E7866
Bagerste endedksel
End cover, rear
Enddeckel, hinterer
000D9197
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
500C2363
Stskrue, M8x20 DIN 933
Set screw, I\/18x20 DIN 933
Setzschraube, 8 2 0 DIN 933
500C2365
Stskrue, M8x25 DIN 933
Set screw, M8x25 DIN 933
Setzschraube, M8x25 DIN 933
501A2363
Unbrakoskrue, M8x20 DIN 912
Unbraco screw, M8x20 DIN 912
Unbracoschraube, M8x20 DIN 912
522F1020
15 Fjederskive, 8 mm DIN 7980
Spring washer, 8 mm DIN 7980
Federscheibe, 8 mm DIN 7980
000E1095
Lejebsning
Bearing bush
Lagerbuchse
032D0102
Roterende vgt med lejebsning
Rotating weight with bearing bush
Rotationsgewicht mit Lagerbuchse
522A9016
Seeger sttteskive
Seeger support washer
Scheibe - Seeger
Seegerring 20 DIN 471
522A1020
Seegerring 20 DIN 471
Circlip 20 DIN 471
10
561B0356
Gacoring SM 35.50.7
Seal ring - Gaco SM 35.50.7
Dichtungsring - Gaco SM 35.50.7
12
560F0013
O-ring
O-ring
Abdichtring
13
560F0011
O-ring
O-ring
Abdichtring
14
O0OE3224
Aksel for roterende vgte, bag
Shaft for rotating weights, rear
Welle fr Rotationsgewichte, hinter
14A
000E3223
Aksel for roterende vgte, for
Shaft for rotating weights, front
Welle fr Rotationsgewichte, vor
15
000E0789
Afstandsring
Distance ring
Distanzring
17
000E0792
Trykskive
Thrust washer
Druckscheibe
18
501E2361
Undersnket skrue
Screw, countersunk
Senkschraube
21
504B0321
Prop for hul til tacometergiver
Screw plug
Pfropfen
22
522C3027
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
23
000E3225
Trykring (nylon)
Thrust collar (nylon)
Druckring (nylon)
24
000E3226
Mellemskive
Intermediate disc
Zwischenscheibe
25
504A0317
Prop
Screw plug
Pfropfen
009W1901B-R01
10
009W19O1B-R01
Pos.
Part IMo.
032D0419
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10a
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
O0OE4887
000E4888
562J0000
000E4890
000E4891
000E5014
522V0009
033D0403
033D0402
000EOO470
030D0402
000487
000E4882
032D0418
000E4899
503N2426
510A1209
000E7669
000E4902
500C2310
522C1219
OOOE4900
510A1207
501L2263
510A1206
610B9250
522C3082
000E4904
522C8008
503N2368
510A1208
500N2480
000E4557
000E7667
000E7668
000E4912
560F0013
000E4913
560F0009
520G1260
000E4914
500D2317
522C1219
510A1207
000E3959
522C3033
500C2411
522C3014
009W1901B-R01
Qty. Beskrivelse
1
Description
Benennung
Cylinderdksel, komplet
Cylinderhead, complete
Zylinderdeckel, komplett
med styr og ringe
w i t h guide and rings
mit Fhrung und Ringen
Indsugningsventil
Inlet valve
Einlassventil
Udstdningsventil
Exhaust valve
Auspuffventil
Ventilttning
Seal for valve
Ventildichtung
Tallerken for ventilfjeder
Disc for valve spring
Teller fr Ventilfeder
Ventilfjeder
Valve spring
Ventilfeder
Fjederstyr
Spring guide
Ventilfederfhrung
Ventills, konisk
Conical lock for valve
Ventilschloss, konischer
Vippearm, hjre m. foring
Rocker arm, right w i t h bush
Kipphebel, Rechts m. Buchse
Vippearm, venstre m. foring
Rocker arm, left w i t h bush
Kipphebel, Links m. Buchse
Foring for vippearm
Bush for rocker arm
Buchse fr Kipphebel
Stilleskrue med mtrik
Adjusting screw w i t h nut
Stellschraube mit Mutter
Sjle for vippearm
Stanchion for rocker arm
Sule fr Kipphebel
Sjle for vippearm
Stanchion for rocker arm
Sule fr Kipphebel
Vippearmsaksel
Shaft for rocker arms
Welle fr Kipphebel
Afstandsfjeder
Distance spring
Distanzfeder
Tapskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
Aksel for ventillfter
Shaft for valve lifter
Welle fr Ventilheber
Drejefjeder for ventillfter
Rotary spring for valve lifter
Drehfeder fr Ventilheber
Stskrue, DIN 9 3 3
Set screw, DIN 933
Setzschraube, DIN 9 3 3
Underlagsskive, DIN 4 3 3
Washer, DIN 4 3 3
Unterlagsscheibe, DIN 4 3 3
Stopskrue for ventillfter
Headless s c r e w
Anschlagschraube
Mtrik, DIN 9 3 4
Nut, DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, DIN 9 3 4
Gevindstift, DIN 9 1 3
Threaded pin, DIN 9 1 3
Gewindestift, DIN 9 1 3
Mtrik, DIN 9 3 4
Nut, DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, DIN 9 3 4
Indsprjtningsdyse, komplet
Nozzle, complete
Einspritzdse, komplett
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
Spndeklo for dyseholder
Clamp dog for nozzle holder
Spannkloben f r Dsenhalter
Kugleskive
Ball washer
Kugelscheibe
Tapskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
Maskinbolt
Machine bolt
Sechskantschraube
Skive
Washer
Scheibe
Skrm for cylinderdksel
Cylinder head cover
Schirm fr Zylinderdeckel
Dichtung fr S c h i r m
Pakning for skrm
Gasket for cover
Mtrik for skrm
Nut for cover
Mutter fr S c h i r m
O-ring, RM 0 1 3 6 - 2 4
O-ring, RM 0 1 3 6 - 2 4
Abdichtring, R M 0 1 3 6 - 2 4
Medbringeraksel for ventillfter
Driving shaft for valve lifter
Mitnehmerwelle fr Ventilheber
O-ring, RM 0 0 9 6 - 2 4
O-ring, RM 0 0 9 6 - 2 4
Abdichtring, R M 0 0 9 6 - 2 4
Cylinderstift, DIN 7
Cylindric pin, DIN 7
Zylindrische S t i f t , DIN 7
Hndtag for ventillfter
Decompression handle
Druckverminderungshandgriff
Maskinbolt, DIN 931
Machine bolt, DIN 931
Sechskantschraube, DIN 931
Underlagsskive, DIN 4 3 3
Washer, DIN 4 3 3
Unterlagsscheibe, DIN 4 3 3
Mtrik, DIN 9 3 4
Nut, DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, DIN 9 3 4
Lukkeskrue
Bottom plug, steel
Verschlusschraube
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
Stskrue, DIN 9 3 3
Set screw, DIN 933
Setzschraube, DIN 9 3 3
Pakning, kobber DIN 7 6 0 3 A
Gasket, copper DIN 7 6 0 3 A
Dichtung, Kupfer DIN 7 6 0 3 A
11
- 1 .1 .
ZV
8 /
3ii3izivs3 - S3dVds - adxi

>1
Pos.
Part No.
51
000E4878
Qty. Beskrivelse
4
Ventilstyr
Description
Benennung
Valve guide
Ventilfhrung
52
000E4876
Ventilsdering, indsugning
Valve seat ring, inlet
Ventilsitzring, Einlass
53
000E4877
Ventilsdering, udstdning
Valve seat ring, exhaust
Ventilsitzring, Auspuff
54
000E488O
Dyseholderindsats
Insert for nozzle holder
Einsatz fr Dsenhalter
55
560F0021
O-ring
0-ring
Abdichtring
Hohlschraube
55
531Z0052
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
57
522C3012
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
58
531Z0221
Nippelmuffe
Pipe bushing
Nippelmuffe
59
539A0173
Slutdksel
Cover lid
Verschlussdeckel
60
539A0166
Slutdksel
Cover lid
Verschlussdeckel
61
539A0162
Slutdksel
Cover lid
Verschlussdeckel
62
522F650O
Fjederring
Spring disc
Federring
63
520H0313
Spndstift
Retaining pin
Federstift
009W1901B-R01
13
LOa-91.061.6 00
t'L
3-ii3izivsa3 - S3yvds - 3dAi

)
Regulator og reguleringshndtag
Governor and regulating handle
Regulator und Regelhebel
Pos.
Part No.
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
032D0703
Regulator, komplet
Governor, complete
Regulator, komplett
000D9758
Aksel
Shaft
Welle
522A1012
Seegerring 12 DIN 4 7 1
Circlip 12 DIN 471
522A0028
545A0161
Kugleleje SKF 6 0 0 1
Ball bearing SKF 6 0 0 1
Kugellager SKF 6 0 0 1
000E3336
Tandhjul for regulator
Gearwheel for governor
Zahnrad fr Regulator
030D0704
Reguiatornav, komplet
Governor hub, complete
Reglernabe, komplett
000E1770
Regulatorsving klods
Governor weight
Reglergewicht
000D9227
Akseltap
Journal
Achszapfen
10
520A0373
Nitte, undersnket
Stud, countersunk
Versenktes Niet
11
O0OD93O9
Skydemuffe
Pipe collar
berschieber
12
545H0145
Aksialkugleleje SKF 51 103
Axial ball bearing SKF 5 1 1 0 3
Axial Kugellager SKF 5 1 1 0 3
13
522F1025
Spring washer, 12 m m D I N 7 9 8 0
Federscheibe, 12 m m D1N7980
14
510A121O
Mtrik, M l 2 DIN 9 3 4
Nut, M l 2 DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, M I 2 DIN 9 3 4
15
000E0403
Reguleringshndtag
Regulating handle
Regelhandgriff
16
500E2316
Stskrue DIN 9 3 3
Set s c r e w DIN 9 3 3
Setzschraube DIN 9 3 3
17
522121
Skive
Washer
Scheibe
17A
522C2871
Skive
Washer
Scheibe
18
511A2207
Mtrik, M 6
Nut, M 6
Mutter, M 6
18A
510A0207
Mtrik, M6 DIN 9 3 4
Nut, M 6 DIN 9 3 4
Mutter, M 6 DIN 9 3 4
19
0O0E040O
Reguleringsbue
Adjusting curve
Regelbogen
Setzschraube M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
20
500C2363
Stskrue M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
Set screw M 8 x 2 0 DIN 9 3 3
21
522F1020
22
522F907e
Tallerkenfjeder
Plate spring
Tellerfeder
23
000E5421
Aksel
Shaft
Welle
23a
000E5422
Nylon friktionsskive
Friction disc, nylon
Reibungsscheibe
24
56040025
Ttningsring R 3 1 0 0
Seal ring R3100
Dichtring R 3 1 0 0
25
000E3051
Regulatorfjeder
Governor spring
Reglerfeder
27
008E5557
Regulatorarm
Governor arm
Reglerhebel
29
000E1385
Aksel
Shaft
Welle
30
008D8879
Reguleringsarm for br.stofpumpe
Governor arm for fuel pump
Reglerhebel fr Brennstoffpumpe
32
00009507
Lejeskrue
Axial stop screw
Lagerschraube
40
000E7986
Dksel
Cover
Deckel
41
000D9643
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
42
501A2363
Stskrue M B x l 5 DIN 9 3 3
Setzschraube 8 1 5 DIN 9 3 3
43
522F1020
44
000D9759
Splitbolt
Key bolt
Splint
45
000D9616
Tomgangsfjeder
Idle spring
Leerlauffeder
47
00009312
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
48
500C2363
49
522F1120
Fjederskive, 8 m m DIN 128B
Spring washer, 8 m m DIN 128B
Federscheibe, 8 m m DIN 1 28B
50
504A0317
Lukkeskrue
Locking screw
Verschlusschraube
51
000E0401
Stoptap
Stop pin
Sperrstift
52
522A9002
Sikringsring
Locking ring
Sicherungsring
54
O0OE12O7
Stilleskrue
Adjusting screw
Stellschraube
55
54502040
Stlkugle
Ball, steel
Stahlkugel
56
522C3012
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
009W1901B-R01
15
16
009W1901B-R01
Knastaksel, smreoliepumpe og smreoliefilter

Camshaft, lubricating oil pump and lubricating oil filter
Nockenwelle, Schmierlpumpe und Schmierlfilter
Part No.
008E7805
Knastaksel, komplet
Camshaft, complete
Nockenwelle, komplett
Seeger passkive
Seeger washer
Seeger-Ring
Qty Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
Pos.
522237
008E2844
Centrifugalvgt
Centrifugal vi/eight
Fliehkraftgewicht
032D0802
Medbringer
Driving piece
Mitnehmer
000D9462
Fjeder
Spring
Feder
51OB2207
Mtrik BM6 D1N439
Nut BM6 DIN 4 3 9
Mutter B M 6 DIN 4 3 9
501L2315
Gevindstift M 6 x 2 5 DIN 9 1 3
Threaded pin M 6 x 2 5 DIN 9 1 3
Gewindestift M 6 x 2 5 DIN 9 1 3
11
000E7676
Knastflger
Camfollower
Stssel
12
000E4988
Stdstang, komplet
Push rod, complete
Stosstange, komplett
13
030D1302
Smreoliepumpe, komplet
Lubricating oil pump, complete
Schmierlpumpe, komplett
14
000E3120
Pumpehus
Pump housing
Pumpengehuse
15
560D0026
Ttningsring
Seal ring
Dichtring
16
560D0014
Ttningsring
Seal ring
Dichtring
17
560H0048
Ttningsring
Seal ring
Dichtring
23
030D1301
Overtryksventil, komplet
Relief valve, complete
berdruckventil, komplett
24
000E3397
Stempel
Piston
Kolben
25
000D9417
Fjeder
Spring
Feder
26
00OD8619
Gevindprop
Threaded plug
Gewindepfropfen
27
522C3020
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
39
610J0050
Smreoliefilter
Schmierlfilter
40
00009846
Nippel
Nipple
Nippel
42
522A9256
Passkive
Spacer
Distanzscheibe
43
008E8131
Olierr for vippearm
Oil pipe for rocker arm
lrohr fr Kipphebel
45
531ZO052
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
Hohlschraube
45
008E6748
Banjobolt med drvleplade
Banjo bolt w i t h throttle
Hohlschraube mit Reduzierlock
46
522C3008
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
51
000E3124
Aksel
Shaft
Welle
52
000E3121
Mellemplade
Intermediate plate
Zwischenplatte
53
000E3122
Lejepart
Bearing housing
Lagergehuse
54
000E7425
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
55
520H0304
Spndstift
Retaining pin
Federstift
56
000E3432
Skivefeder
Woodruff-key
Scheibenfeder
57
510A1208
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
58
610H0110
Rotorst
Rotor set
Rotorsatz
59
503239
Sttte
Stay bolt
Stehbolzen
60
503N2374
Sttte
Stay bolt
Stehbolzen
009W1901B-R01
17
/ ^
-10
81
18
009W1901B-R01

Brndstoffilter, brndstofpumpe, forpumpe og brndstofrr
Fuel filter, fuel injection pump, fuel lift pump and fuel pipe
Brennstoff!Iter, Brennstoffpumpe, Frderpumpe und Brennstoffleitung
Pos.
Part No.
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
610A1000
Indsprjtningspumpe
Injection pump
Einspritzpumpe
520H0306
Spndstift
Clamping pin
Federstift
O0OE2487
Indstillingsplade, 0,1 m m
Adjusting plate, 0.1 m m
Einstellplatte, 0,1 m m
O0OE43O3
000E2488
)
*)
*)
501A2363
Cylinderskrue
Unbraco screw/
Uncracoschraube
610C0120
Brndstofforpumpe
Fuel lift pump
Kraftstoff rderpumpe
000E4784
Pakning for forpumpe
Gasket for lift pump
Dichtung fr Vrderpumpe
503N2363
Tapskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
510A12O8
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
522F1020
Fjederskive
Spring w/asher
Federscheibe
10
610D0200
Brndstoffilter
Fuel filter
Kraftstoffilter
11
008E7848
Konsol for brndstoffilter
Bracket for fuel filter
Konsole fr Kraftstoffilter
12
503N2413
Tapskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
13
500C2415
Stskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
14
510A1209
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
15
522F1023
Fjederskive
Spring washer
Federscheibe
16
610D0201
Brndstof filterdse
Filter-cartridge
Kraftstoff ilter-Dose
17
531ZO072
Banjoring
Banjo
Ringschlauchnippel
18
531ZO053
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
Hohlschraube
19
522C3016
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
20
008E8413
Brndstofrr, forpumpe-filter
Fuel pipe, lift pump-filter
Kraftstoff rhr, Frderpumpe-Filter
21
531Z0054
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
Hohlschraube
22
522C3021
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
23
008E6745
Brndstofrr, fllter-brst.pumpe
Fuel pipe, filter-injection pump
Kraftstoff rhr, Filter-Brst.pumpe
24
531Z0169
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
Hohlschraube
25
522C3021
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
26
000E6747
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
Hohlschraube
27
522C3016
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
28
008E7903
Brndstoftrykrr, cyl. 1
Fuel pressure pipe, cyl. 1
Kraftstoffdruckrohr, Zyl. 1
29
008E7904
Brndstoftrykrr, cyl. 2
Fuel pressure pipe, cyl. 2
Kraftstoffdruckrohr, Zyl. 2
30
000E1184
Befstigelsesbjle for trykrr
Clamp for pressure pipe
Befestigungsbgel fr Druckrohr
31
000E1185
Modplade for befstigelsesbjle
Counter plate for clamp
Gegenplatte f r Befestigungsbgel
32
000E1206
Gummidmper
Rubber damper
Gummidmpfer
33
500D2266
Maskinbolt
Machine bolt
Sechskantschraube
34
510A1206
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
35
008E7883
Lkolieforbindelse
Leak oil connection
Lecklverbindung
36
O0OE7358
Banjobolt for dyse
Banjo bolt for nozzle
Hohlschraube fr Dse
37
522C3005
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
38
531ZO053
Banjobolt
Banjo bolt
Hohlschraube
39
522C3016
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
40
008E6748
Banjobolt med drvleplade
Banjo bolt w i t h throttle
Hohlschraube m i t Reduzierlook
41
522C3008
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
Efter behov
. to requirements
Nach Bedarf
009W1901B-R01
19
20
009W1901B-R01
Elektrisk start
Electric start
El-Anlass
Pos.
Part No.
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
612A1650
Startemotor PR
Starter motor PR
Anlasser PR
O0OE2365
Konsol
Bracket
Konsole
500C2416
Stskrue M l 0 x 3 0 DIN 933
Set screw DIN 933
Setzsshraube M l 0x30 DIN 933
500C2467
Stskrue M l 2x35 DIN 933
Set screw Ml 2x35 DIN 933
Setzsshraube M l 2x35 DIN 933
510A1210
Mtrik M l 2 DIN 934
Nut M l 2 DIN 934
Mutter M l 2 DIN 934
522F1023
Fjederskive 1 0 mm
Spring washer 10 mm
Federscheibe 10 mm
008E8253
Vekselstrmsgenerator
Alternator
Drehstromgenerator
000E2368
Justeringsarm
Ajusting lever
Justerungshebel
000E7674
Konsol
Bracket
Konsole
9a
000E7675
Afstancisstykke
Distance piece
Abstandstck
Setzsshraube M8x20 DIN 933
10
500C2363
Stskrue M8x20 DIN 933
Set screw M8x20 DIN 933
IIB
500D2371
Bolt M8x55 DIN 931
Bolt M8x55 DIN 931
Bolzen M8x55 DIN 931
12
500D2367
Bolt M8x35 DIN 931
Bolt M8x35 DIN 931
Bolzen M8x35 DIN 931
13
501A2425
Unbrakoskrue M10x75 DIN 912
Unbraco screw Ml0x75 DIN )12 Unbracoschraube M10x75 DIN 912
13a
522C1225
Underlagsskive
Washer
Scheibe
14
510A1208
Mtrik M8 DIN 934
Nut M8 DIN 934
Mutter M8 DIN 934
15
511A2209
Mtrik MIO
Nut MIO
Mutter MIO
16
522C1225
Spndeskive
Washer
Federscheibe
17
522F1020
Fjederskive
Spring washer
Federscheibe
18
542A0609
Kilerem 4375
V-belt 4375
Keilriemen 4375
009W1901B-R01
21
22
009W1901B-R01
Opfrt hndstart
Raised hand starting
Oben verlegter Handanlass
Pos.
Part No.
Qty.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
30
34
000E0890
501F2361
520E3512
0O0E0O54
000E2418
500C2311
522F1017
000E0894
000E0O25
008E0068
0OOE0O17
561B0350
500D2320
522C1219
500D2316
008E0059
522A1017
0O0E0O31
008E3O25
OOOE0024
545A1366
522A1020
522A9016
545V3320
522A9516
542K0055
545V0032
000E0053
000E0055
1
4
2
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
8
4
1
2
009W1901B-R01
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
Kdehushalvpart
Chain box, half
Kettenkastenhlfte
Unbrakoskrue M 8 x 1 6 D I N 7 9 8 4
Unbraco screw 8 1 6 DIN 7 9 8 4
Unbracoschraube M B x l 6 DIN 7 9 8 4
Cylindrisk stift
Cylindric pin
Zylindrischer Stift
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
Dksel for kdekasse
Cover for chain box
Deckel fr Kettenkasten
Set s c r e w M 6 x 1 6 DIN 9 3 3
Fjederskive 6 m m DIN 7 9 8 0
Spring washer 6 m m DIN 7 9 8 0
Federscheibe 6 m m DIN 7 9 8 0
Fjederstyr
Spring guide
Federteller
Trykfjeder for startklo
Spring for starting handle claw
Druckfeder fr Andrehklaue
Startklo med tandhjul
Starting handle c l a w w i t h gearwheel Andrehklaue m i t Zahnrad
Kdehushalvpart
Chain box, half
Ttningsring S M I M 3 5 4 5 / 7
Seal ring SMIM 3 5 4 5 / 7
Kettenkastenhlfte
Dichtring S M I M 3 5 4 5 / 7
Maskinbolt M 6 x 5 0 DIN 9 3 1
Machine bolt M 6 x 5 0 DIN 931
Sechskantschraube M 6 x 5 0 DIN 9 3 1
Spndeskive
Washer
Scheibe
Maskinbolt DIN 9 3 1
Machine bolt DIN 9 3 1
Sechskantschraube DIN 9 3 1
Startsving
Starting handle
Andrehkurbel
Kdehjul
Chain wheel
Kettenrad
Aksel med kde- og tandhjul
Shaft w i t h chain- and gearwheel
Welle mit Ketten- und Zahnrad
Cylindrisk stift
Cylindric pin
Zylindrischer Stift
Kugleleje SKF 6 2 0 4 NR
Ball bearing SKF 6 2 0 4 NR
Kugellager SKF 6 2 0 4 NR
Circlip 2 0 DIN 4 7 1
Sttteskive SS 2 0 x 2 8 x 2
Support washer SS 2 0 x 2 8 x 2
Scheibe SS 2 0 x 2 8 x 2
Inderring LR 2 0 x 2 5 x 1 2 , 5
Inner collar LR 2 0 x 2 5 x 1 2 . 5
Innerring LR 2 0 x 2 5 x 1 2 , 5
Springring SW 2 0
Spring ring SW 2 0
Klemmring SW 2 0
Kde for hndstart
Chain for hand starting
Ketten fr handanlass
Nlebsning HK 2 5 1 2
Needle bush HK 2 5 1 2
Nadelbuchse HK 2 5 1 2
Pakning for kdekassse
Gasket for chain box
Dichtung fr Kettenkasten
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
23
,cfb O o o ^ ,
_.-- o o o o o/
,00000000/
o o o o o o o o/
'
0000/
.00/
Lufl filter
Air niet filter
Luft filter
Pos
Part No.
Qty.
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
008E9298
Indsugningsmanifold
Inlet pipe branch
Einlassrhre
2
3
501A2363
Cylinderskrue, M 8 x 2 0
Unbrace screw, 8 2 0
Unbracoschraube, M 8 x 2 0
522F1020
Fjederskive
Spring washer
Federscheibe
000E9299
Luftfilter
Air filter
Luftfilter
500E2255
Maskinskrue M 5 x 6
Screw M 5 x 6
Maschinenschraube 5 6
Washer
Scheibe
Packing
Packung
522C1865
Spndeskive
000E8938
Pakning
24
009W1901B-R01
Pos.
Part No.
Qty.
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
008E7860
Water cooled e> haust manifold
00009881
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
503N2437
Tapskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
522F1023
Fjederskive
Spring washer
Federscheibe
510A1209
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
Pakning for udstdning
Nipple
Nippel
Schlauch, 35 c m
Federscheibe
000D9762
008E2484
Udstdningsstuds
Hose, 35 cm
522F1020
Fjederskive
Spring washer
510A3208
Mtrik
Nut
Mutter
10
510B2454
Kontramtrik
Counter nut
Gegenmutter
11
539A0168
Slutdksel, 28
Expansion disc. 28
Verschlussdeckel, 2 8
lia
539A0166
Slutdksei, 25
Expansion disc. 25
Verschlussdeckel, 25
12
504E1120
Prop, 3 / 4 " RG
Plug, 3 / 4 " BSP
Pfropfen, 3 / 4 " RG
13
522C3044
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
14
503N2363
Tapskrue
Stud
Stiftschraube
15
009R2012
Prop, 3/8" RG
Plug, 3 / 8 " BSP
Pfropfen, 3/8" RG
16
522C3025
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
009W1901B-R01
25

1
II
u
I
L?_J
i l l II I I I I I 1
>
10
20
OUT
26
009W1901B-R01
Klkling
Keel cooling
Kielkhlung
Pos.
Part No.
Qty.(l)
Qtv.(2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
569A0O25
530Q0O08
000E7765
530Q0009
000E7774
530Q9923
530A1745
008E7B01
569A0304
530A2111
008E3656
000E7697
000E2584
008E6588
522C3021
552J0918
522F1020
500D2372
008E4727
569A0030
000E3778
00854
8
000E2462
530A1215
501A2365
501A2370
008E8514
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
(1):
(2):
009W1901B-R01
Beskrivelse
Description
Spaendebnd, rustf.
Clamping ring, rust proof
Klemmband, Rostfrei
Fleksibel slange
Flexible hose
Flexibel Schlauch
Holder for slange
Retainer for hose
Halter fr Schlauch
Benennung
Fleksibel slange
Flexible hose
Flexibel Schlauch
Samlerr
Connecting tube
Sammelrohr
Trykvacuumventil
Relief vacuum valve
Entlasungs vakuum ventil
Gummislange, 3 0 0 cm
Rubber hose, 3 0 0 cm
Gummischlauch, 3 0 0 cm
Ekspansionsbeholder, kompl.
Expansion tank, compl.
Expansionsbehlter, kompl.
Spaendebnd, rustf.
Klemmband, Rostfrei
Gummislange, 3 4 cm
Rubber hose, 3 4 cm
Gummischlauch, 3 4 cm
Slangestuds med drvling
Hose nippie w i t h throttle
Drossel verschraubung
Dksel for t e r m o s t a t
Cap for thermostat
Deckel fr Thermostat
Pakning f. t e r m o s t a t
Gasket f. thermostat
Dichtung fr Thermostat
Termostat
Thermostat
Thermostat
Pakning, kobber
Gasket, copper
Dichtung, Kupfer
Temperaturgiver, 1 0 0 C
Temperature sender, 1 0 0 C
Temperaturgeber, 1 0 0 C
Fjederskive
Spring v\/asher
Federscheibe
Maskinbolt
Machine bolt
Sechskantschraube
Cirkulationspumpe, kompl.
Ciculation pump, compl.
Umlaufpumpe, kompl.
Spndebnd, rustf.
Klemmband, Rostfrei
Mtrik for klkler
Nut for keel cooler
Mutter fr Kielkhler
Klklerr, kompl.
Keel cooler, compl.
Kielkhler, kompl.
Pakning f. pumpe
Gasket f. pump
Dichtung f r Pumpe
Slange, 75 c m
Hose, 75 c m
Schlauch, 75 cm
Cylinderskrue
Unbraco screw
Unbracoschraube
Cylinderskrue
Unbraco screw
Unbracoschraube
Ekspansionsbeholder, k o m p l .
Expansion tank, compl.
Expansionsbehlter, kompl.
Frontmonteret ekspansion
Front installed expansion
Frontmontierte Expansion
Agtermonteret ekspansion
Rear installed expansion
Hintermontierte Expansion
27
Cirkulationspumpe
Cirkulation pump
Zirkulationspumpe
Pos.
Part No.
Qty. Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
000E4350
Pumpehus
Pump housing
Pumpengehuse
000E3555
Pakning
Gasket
Dichtung
000E3559
Flange
Flange
Flansch
000E8256
Lbehjul
Impeller
Laufrad
000E8843
Kileremskive
V-belt pulley
Keilriemenscheibe
501A2367
Unbrakoskrue M8x35
Unbraco screw 8 3 5
Unbracoschraube l\/!8x35
530Q9971
Kulringsttning
Carbon ring gasket
Kohlenringdichtung
545B1030
Pumpeaksel m. leje
Pump shaft with bearing
Pumpenwelle mit lager
Pumpe, komplet
Pump, complete
Pumpe, Komplett
008E4727
28
009W1901B-R01
Ledningsnet
Electric mains
Leitungsnetz
Pos.
Part No.
Qty.
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
000E5174
Konsol for multistik
Bracket for multiple plug
Konsole fr Mehrfachstecker
2
3
008E8766
Ledningsnet, komplet
Electric mains, complete
Leitungsnetz, k o m p l e t t
008E8926
Ledning for ladegenerator
Electric wire for alternator
Leitung fr Drehstromgenerator
500C2361
Srskrue, M8x16 DIN 933
Set s c r e w , M 8 x 1 6 DIN 9 3 3
522F1020
Fjederskive 8
Spring washer 8
Federscheibe 08
Flachstecker
551C0354
Fladstik
Flat plug
10
552J0970
Olietrykskontakt
Oil pressure s w i t c h
ldruchschalter
11
552J0918
Temperatur kontakt
Temperature switch
Temperaturschalter
12
522C3021
Pakning 14/20 DIN 7603
Gasket 14/20 DIN 7 6 0 3
Dichtung 0 I 4 / 0 2 0 DIN 7 6 0 3
009W1901B-R01
29
Betjeningspanel
Control panel
Bedienungstafel
'os.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
30
Part No.
Qty.
Qty
000E4555
552A0350
552A0352
552A0353
502M9208
008E8790
008E7347
502M9209
552K0210
552K0220
000D1657
000E8777
000E8778
000E8779
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
10
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
008E8780
552T0052
000E9206
000E7029
000E4701
000E4700
552J0930
552K0008
Beskrivelse
Description
Betjeningspanel
Control panel
Bedienungstafel
Blinddksel
Blind cover
Blinddeckel
Dksel med hul for omskifter
Cover w i t h hole sv^/itch
Deckel mit Loch fr Schalter
Dksel med hul for alarm
Cover w i t h hole for alarm
Deckel mit Loch fr Alarm
Benennung
Dksel med hul for trykknap
Cover w i t h hole for push b u t t o n
Deckel mit Loch fr Druckknopf
Dksel med huller
Cover w i t h holes
Deckel mit Lchern
Akustisk alarm
Acoustic alarm
Akustischer Alarm
Trykknap
Push button
Druckknopf
Kontrollampe Bl/TEMP
Warning light Blue/TEMP
Kontrollampe Blau/TEMP
Kontrollampe Orange/OIL
Warning light Orange/OIL
Kontrollampe Orange/OIL
Kontrollampe Rd/AMP
Warning light Red/AMP
Kontrollampe Rot/AMP
Selvskrende skrue 2 , 9 x 9 , 5
Self-tappering screw 2 . 9 x 9 . 5
Selbstschneidende Schraube 2,9x9,5
Kabelbundt, 3,2 m
Bundle of cables, 3.2 m
Kabelbndel, 3,2 m
Fordelerplade
Distributor plate
Verteilungsplatte
Selvskrende skrue 2 , 9 x 1 3
Self-tappering screw 2 . 9 x 1 3
Selbstschneidende Schraube 2 , 9 x 1 3
Omskifter
Switch
Schalter
PVC Htte
PVC Cap
PVC Haube
G u m m i h t t e for t r y k k n a p
Rubber cap
Gummihaube
Skilt "OFF/RUN"
Sign "OFF/RUN"
Schildt "OFF/RUN"
Skilt " S T A R T "
Sign "START"
Schildt " S T A R T "
Skilt "STOP"
Sign "STOP"
Schildt " S T O P "
Betjeningspanel, komplet
Control panel, complete
Bedienungstafel, Komplett
009W1901B-R01
Instrumentpanel
Instrument panel
Instrumententafel
Pos.
Part No.
Qty.
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
0085
4
Ledning, sort
Wire, black
Leitung, s c h w a r z
008E9055
Ledning, rd
Wire, red
Leitung, rot
Lampe fr Tachometer
552A1510
Lampe for omdrejningstller
Light for tachometer
000E4554
Instrumentpanel
Instrument panel
Instrumententafel
552J0911
Omdrejningstller
Tachometer
Tachometer
552J1006
Klevandstermometer
Water temperature gauge
Khlwasserthermometer
552J1007
Olietryksmanometer
Oil pressure gauge
Schmierl manometer
552A1520
Lampe for termo/manometer
Light for temp/pressure gauge
Lampe fr T r m o / M a n o m e t e r
008E9191
Kabelbundt, 3,2 m
Bundle of cables, 3.2 m
Kabelbndle, 3,2 m
008E9192
Instrumentpanel, komplet
Instrument panel, complete
Instrumententafel, Komplett
009W1901B-R01
31
Motorophng, Marine
Engine support. Marine
Motorbefestigung, Marine
os.
Part No.
Qty.
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
008E0407
Foreste motorophng 1
Engine support, front I
Vorderer M o t o r b e f e s t i g u n g I
008040
Foreste motorophng II
Engine support, front II
Vorderer M o t o r b e f e s t i g u n g II
008E7084
Bagerste motorophng II
Engine support, rear II
Hintere M o t o r b e f e s t i g u n g II
008E7086
Bagerste motorophng 1
Engine support, rear I
Hintere M o t o r b e f e s t i g u n g I
500C2415
Stskrue M l 0 x 2 5 DIN933
Set screw M l 0 x 2 5 DIN933
Setschraube M l 0 x 2 5 DIN933
500C2416
Stskrue M l 0 x 3 0 DIN933
Set screw M l 0 x 3 0 DIN933
Setschraube M l 0 x 3 0 DIN933
522F1023
Fjederskive 10 mm DIN7980
Spring washer 10 m m D I N 7 9 8 0
Federscheibe 10 m m D I N 7 9 8 0
32
009W1901B-R01
18
10
18
11
Sprinklerpumpe VMF-..-S/S
Spray pump VMF-..-S/S
Brausepumpe VMF-..-S/S
Pos.
Part No.
Qty.
Beskrivelse
Description
Benennung
610G1129
Pumpekonsol
Pump bracket
Pumpenkonsole
610G1130
Pumpehus
Pump housing
Pumpengehuse
610G1180
Lbehjul 85 m m (VMF-5-S/S)
Impeller 85 mm (VMF-5-S/S)
Laufrad 85 m m (VMF-5-S/S)
610G1170
Lbehjul 0 1 2 2 m m (VMF-11-S/S)
Impeller l 22 mm (VMF-1 1 -S/S)
Laufrad l 2 2 m m (VMF-11 S/S)
610G1127
Lbehjul l 32 m m (VMF-1 8-S/S)
Impeller l 3 2 mm (VMF-1 8-S/S)
Laufrad l 3 2 m m (VMF-1 8S/S)
610G1126
Pumpeaksel
Pump shaft
Pumpenwelle
610G1076
Mtrik M l 6
Nut M l 6
Mutter M l 6
610G1074
Kugleleje 6 0 0 7 2RS
Ball bearing 6 0 0 7 2RS
Wlzlager 6 0 0 7 2RS
610G1125
Kugleleje 6 0 0 7
Ball bearing 6 0 0 7
Wlzlager 6 0 0 7
61001124
Akselttning
Mechanical shaft seal
Wellendichtung
610G1123
Overtryksventil
Overpressure valve
berdruckventil
10
610G1122
Kapsel
Cap
Kapsel
11
610G1121
Unbrakoskrue M 6 x 1 6
Unbraco screw M 6 x 1 6
Unbracoschraube M 6 x 1 6
12
610G1077
Feder 1 5x6
Key 15x6
Feder 1 5x6
13
610G1078
Seegerring 6 2 x 2
Locking ring 6 2 x 2
Sprengring 6 2 x 2
15
610G1079
O-ring 1 3 0 x 4
0-ring 1 3 0 x 4
Dichtring 1 3 0 x 4
16
610G1G80
Ttningsring 3 0 x 6 2 x 7
Sealing ring 3 0 x 6 2 x 7
Wellendichtring 3 0 x 6 2 x 7
17
610G1120
Prop
Drain plug
Pfropfen
18
501D2254
Pinolskrue M 5 x 5 * )
Pointed screw M 5 x 5 * )
Reitstockschraube M 5 x 5 * )
)(fjernes ved montage)
*)(to be removed at mounting)
*)(soll bei der M o n t a g e entfernt

werden)
61 OG1 1 0 4
Pumpe VMF-5-S/S, komplet
Pump VMF-5-S/S, complete
Pumpe V M F - 5 - S / S , Komplett
610G1102
Pump VMF-11-S/S, complete
Pumpe V M F - 1 1 - S / S , Komplett
610G1100
Pump VMF-1 8-S/S, complete
Pumpe VMF-1 8-S/S, Komplett
009W1901B-R01
33
50
34
69 68
009W1901B-R01

m
.
(
>
0)
*5
^
(0
D)
0)
)
t-"
0)
UJ 0)
1- )
(U
TI
>(/)

.
^
0) (U
> >
<
Q.
<
5M
-JJ
1
0)
<
-^
r^
en
^ i:

(0
m
en
3
g- D "

m
(
)
m
>
r~
r^
CN
^ r^
^
r^
CM
CN
[^
CM
CN
r^
CM
r^
^ f^>
r\j
r^
<
_1
=
3
:Q
f:
-F
U.
^
C^
1^
CN
^
^
>
en
en
Oi
1 1
>
LD
Cl
t/J
CN
r^
CN
*
CJ
r^
CXI
CN
m
m
(^

CD
S -
_i
^
1
oj
"
03
CD
(U
CD

CN
CO
CN
1^
CN
CO
r^
(^
MCM
1^
CN
CO
CN
CN
CN CN
CM CN
CSJ
CN
r^
CN
CD
CJ
r^
CN
r-~
1^
CN
ai
> - C 0 C C 0 C O C C 0 C 0 C 0 < C 0 C J C
5"
1>-
CD
(^
c;
1^
CN
^ - ^
>
S
r~
en
^
C2
C)
C N C O i n O O C n O ^ C N C N C N C N
^ - ^ - - ^ - ^ - M C N C M C N r ^ J C N
1^
CM
.
0-
/ )
^ ^
C71
C5
T ~
CN
on
_ -ZT
CX)
ro
)
't
CN
rv
r^
CN
CT)
r^
00
en
en
f )
<->
C-)
<>
in
CN
(O
lO
(O
in
CI
(-1
r^
r4j
_J
Y
CD
03
,
_ ^
ti>
<D
JZ
+-^
( s
XI
CN
0
_ _Q
_j
CU
't
CD
<
^
^
CD
CD
J3
CD
^ CD
^n> ^CD
> >
^ ^
1- - cj
. _ <
r-
1^
in
-et-
r^J
CN
CN
>
CN
CN
!)
CJ
CN
;^ (^
CN
^
CN
[^
1^
CN
- )
1^
CN
: :>
ID
d-
0)
Csl
CN
1^
CN
CM
CN
CN
^ ^ ^ ^ ^
r^
CN
50 69 68
36
009W1901B-R01
ze
jdUJOO 'JB96 6u|SJ9A9y
|dLuo>] ' a q a u i s B a p u a / ^
l u e i i i s j m b s j 01 u j p j o o o v (
^JBpag 40BN (,
|dujo>| '
6u!J}L|0!pu9||a/v\
BuuuassnejaBB-]
|duioo '6u|snoq JESQ

6u|j 6u||B9s l^Bqs
6u|jB9q j 9 i n o
6u!u>)Bd
6UU 6U!|B9S
BUUJLJOJQ
l^Bqs i n d j n o
aiiaMsqauiqv
IjBqs j g a q M
uazjoqpsy
Uld ; u 9 i u 9 a
Ji!isqja>|
j9qsBM j s n j q i
aqiaqas^nBiuv
VI
d||0J|3
}ndjno
00eLV029
69
Ol
VSOIZ
iL
980Z.3
ZL
99
99
6 0 0 Z.2
aA|>|s>|AJi
19
8 0 0 LS
|dujo>| 'jiiuaAsBuiuiinj^v
89
et^goe
JillSAj
|9S>)BS|nfq>|6g
90LZ.2
gziiz
vzuz
t?' 1, 6u|jas6-i
L9
09
ajinjaujujBJis
6g
QZUZ
|as>(Bs6uBBpn
6U9SB-|
d||0J|3
6uij6uajds
jaijoj iBuoisuax
aiiaMSqguiqv
a||OJUUBds
Z'p jaqsBM jBuy
Z'p 3qi940s pug
eg
6IZ
179
gio^s
99
lOllZ
9jjnujap|io
L9
83ZLZ
9UZ
Bad Buiijooi
uaz|oq|968!y
LU9Ji 'jS|9LUE-|
'sos|p ^0 l a s
l'p jaqsBAA |Buy
L't7 sq!940s pug
IZllZ
19S>|BS6uB6pn
9||9 5 JO^ JapiOH
89
ZIOIZ
J9p9fj
uuds
9
| 5 6U|P!|S
Bu|j>|Aj_L
6uu ajnssajy
6u|usqpu|A99
qsnq papBBjqi
9sqonq9pu!M99
SlJB/V\JOA '715| |9" 1
O'i? jaqsBAA |Buy
- 91.061.6 00
A0L|9q J91^3
|dujo>| 'jeasjaAay
|>| 'snqjBaj)
BuusBuiujsei
Buuafaj |
doJd
Bnid
ua^doj^d
jdoiOO '9| 6 9
|dLuo>| '| 6 ; 1 |1
j j o d d n s ja||oy
jaBBjjua||oy
p' i BuuSuajds
Z.9
z.ego9
jAlSJ9p9fj
Bad iU9i8a
uaz|oqisey
japa^>|onja
9 i j n / \ | aqiaqos
sjiny
Jaijoy
a||oy
6u!J>|onja
19
L8ZLZ
l|oqasE-|
>|Bq 'js|9LuB"i
ujajsB 'sos|p ^0 l a s
S;jBM>)Onj 'Z1BSU9||9LUB"|
6' jaqsBAA jBUig
6'e aqjsqos pug
0'17 aq!9qos pug
Z'p 9A|>|Sjn|S
L'l7 aA|>)Sin|s
09
llOLZ
8>
617
/loOQaoco
9t
\Z\LZ
9l7
ZZiLZ
g-t'
ZZILZ
917
OZ\.LZ
9*
ZWLZ
\*
L'e 9A|>|Sin|S
[, jaqsBM |Euy
l' 9q|9qos pug
917
etLz.3
1*
Z'Z aA|>|sin|s
Z'Z JaqsBM |
Z'Z aqiaqos PU3
9-1?
guz.s
tuz.^
\
'*
e'S aA!>(sin|s
jaqSBWN |BUy
' aqiaqos PU3
v e aA!>|s;n|s
p' jaqssM jBuy
t^'e aqiaqos PU3
9UZ.3
(,
g'e aA!>)sin|S
g' j9qsBM jBuy
g'e aqiaqos ^

9P
LiKLZ
9P
QiiLZ
(*
\
9 ' e aA|>|sin|s
g' j9qsBM |Buy
9'S aqiaqos PU3
i'Z
J9qSBA(\ |BU|d
Z.'e aqiaqos Pug
GiiLZ
8 ' e | >|31|
8 ' e jaqsBM jBuy
8' aqiaqos pug
\#
\*
6 ' e aA!>|Sin|s
O ' f aA!>|Sin|s
aA|>|sin|s
i\.\.LZ
\*
6 ' | ))31|5
6'3 jaqsBM jBuy
6' aqi9qos pug
VZQLZ
(.
O'e 9A|>|Sin|S
0 ' jaqsBAA |Euy
O'e gqisqos pug
6unuusuag
uoi^duossQ
3S|3AU)(S3g
'AxQ
OM jJBd
gt'
9V
9-t7
9P
9V
sod
l,:0'e aqejneBapuaM
l.:0'C JBa6sj9Aaa
3ii3izivsH3 - sayvds - 3dAi

><
TOOLS AND SPARES FOR BUKH LIFEBOAT ENGINES

ITEM NOS. 1 - 20: STANDARD SUPPLY ACCORDING TO SOLAS REQUIREMENTS
DV24/29/32: KIT No. 022D4103

ITEM NO.
ENGINE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
WEIGHT
MEASUREMENTS
PART NO.
DV24/29/32
ADJUSTABLE SPANNER
STEEL
0.145 Kg
150 mm
529V0052
DV24/29/32
POLYGRIP JONG
STEEL
0.324 Kg
240 mm
529V9910
DV24/29/32
HAND PUMP FORLUB. OIL
BRASS
0.342 Kg
230 mm
020D4101
DV24/29/32
DOUBLE FORK SPANNER, 8/10
STEEL
0.018 Kg
110 mm
529V0002
DV24/29/32
STEEL
0.044 Kg
135 mm
529V0007
DV24/29/32
STEEL
0.076 Kg
135 mm
529V0010
DV24/29/32
STEEL
0.122 Kg
190 mm
529V0017
DV24/29/32
STEEL
0.228 Kg
261 mm
529V0021
DV24/29/32
SCREWDRIVER
STEEUPLAST
0.038 Kg
210 mm
529V0102
10
DV24/29/32
ALLEN KEY, 5 mm
STEEL
0.012 Kg
85 X 30 mm
529V0325
12
DV24/29/32
ALLEN KEY, 6 mm
STEEL
0.018 Kg
95 X 35 mm
529V0326
13
DV24/29/32
ALLEN KEY, 8 mm
STEEL
0.030 Kg
110x40 mm
529V0328
15
DV24/29/32
V-BELT, ROFLEX
SYNTHETIC
0.096 Kg
10 X 1125 mm
542A0611
16
DV24/29/32
FUEL FILTER INSERT
STEEL/PAPER
0.406 Kg
80 X 110 mm
610D0201
17
DV24/29/32
LUBE OIL FILTER
STEEUPAPER
0.322 Kg
76 X 90 mm
610J0050
19
DV24/29/32
START PILOT ONLY FOR HANDSTART
0.280 Kg
50 X 150 mm
611Z0275
20
DV24/29/32
OIL CAN, 0.3 LITER
0.044 Kg
75 X 165 mm
529V9920
PLASTIC
ITEM NOS. 21 - 36: OPTIONAL PARTS DELIVERED TOGETHER WITH ITEM NOS. 1 - 20
DV24: KIT No. 022D4224 DV29/32: KIT No. 022D4225

ITEM NO.
ENGINE TYPE
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
WEIGHT
MEASUREMENTS
PART NO.
21
DV24/29/32
INLET VALVE
STEEL
0.094 Kg
36/9 X 125 mm
000E4887
22
DV24/29/32
OUTLET VALVE
STEEL
0.094 Kg
33/9 X 125 mm
000E4888
32 X 60 mm
O0OE4891
38
23
DV24/29/32
VALVE SPRINGS, 2 PCS.
STEEL
0.128 Kg
24
DV24/29/32
PISTON RING SET, 3 PCS.
STEEL
0.072 Kg
85 mm
030D0304
25
DV24/29/32
FUEL PRESSURE PIPE, CYL. 1
STEEL
0.138 Kg
320 mm
008E7903
26
DV24/29/32
FUEL PRESSURE PIPE, CYL. 2
STEEL
0.138 Kg
270 mm
008E7904
28
DV24/29/32
COOLING WATER PUMP SHAFT
STEEL
0.242 Kg
16 X 118 mm
545B1030
29
DV24/29/32
COOLING WATER PUMP SEAL
SYNTHETIC
0.020 Kg
40x 15 mm
530Q9971
30
DV24/29/32
COOLING WATER PUMP IMPELLER
CAST STEEL
0.212 Kg
50 X 35 mm
000E8256
31
DV24
FUEL VALVE COMPLETE
STEEL
0.248 Kg
22 X 140 mm
610B9120
31
DV29/32
FUEL VALVE COMPLETE
STEEL
0.248 Kg
22 X 140 mm
610B9250
32
DV24/29/32
GASKET FOR COOLING WATER PUMP
PAPER
0.002 Kg
85 X 80 mm
0O0E3555
33
DV24/29/32
SET OF GASKETS COMPLETE
35
DV24/29/32
FEELER GAUGE
36
DV24/29/32
SPARE PARTS AND TOOL SUITCASE
STEEL
0.562 Kg
032D4215
0.032 Kg
529V9911
1.456 Kg
340 X 225 X 80 mm
569B1018
009W1901B-R02
BUKH DISTRIBUTORS -WORLDWIDE

Fiala&Cia. S.R.L.
Av. Prsidente Roque Saenz 710
Piso 3 "D"
1035 Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA
Bukh Diesel Australia Pty. Ltd.
P.O. Box 448
Caringbah, N.S.W. 2229
AUSTRALIA
Greenland Engineers & Tractors Company Ltd (GETCO)
GPO Box 541
Dhaka 100
BANGLADESH
Crinmar
873 Apple Down Drive
Kingston, Ontario K7P 1C7
CANADA
Forwin Company Ltd, Qinhuangdao Office
No 1-11, Nongken Building
Shanhaiguan Development Zone
Hebai
CHINA 066206
Forwin Company Ltd, Beijing Office
Room 504, No 6 Building, Graceful Garden
20 Shouti Nanlu
Beijing
CHINA 100044
Forwin Company Ltd, Shanghai Office
Room 201, No 23, Lane 1299,
Zhou jiia zui Road
Shanghai
CHINA 200082
Forwin Company Ltd, Guangzhou Office
Room 1701, Block B5, Full Plaza
8 Road Zhongshan, Liwan District
Guangzhu, Guangdong
CHINA 510140
Forwin Company Ltd, Tianjin Office
Room 602, No 37
Xiaoyuan Xincun, Teda
Tianjin
CHINA 300457
Forwin Company Ltd, Dalian Office
1-2-3, No 155, Xue Shi Street
Zhon Shan District
Dalian, Liaoning
CHINA 116001
Forwin Company Ltd, Wuhan Office
Room 2202, D. Tai Chang Flats
518 Jiefang Road, wuchang
Wuhan, Hubei
CHINA
DolphinBlue Yacht System
Ziherica d.o.o.
Markusevacka cesta 67
HR-10040 Zagreb
CROATIA
Imocom Ecuatoriana Cia. Ltda.
Casilla 17-17-292
Quito
ECUADOR
Bukhforh. udlandlO.doo
Tel: +54-11-4328-1474 / 6280

Fax: +54-11-4328-2838
E-mail: fiala@arnet.com.ar
Tel:+61-2-9525-0011
Fax:+61-2-9526-1084
E-mail: gktownsend@bigpond.com
Contact; Gary Townsend
Tel:+880-2-812164/812175
Fax:+880-2-813319
E-mail: getco109@citechco.net
Contact: Syed Taskin Saleheen, Assistant Manager
Tel: +1-613-634-8100
Fax: +1-613-634-8110
E-mail: crinmar@cogeco.ca
Contact; Keith A Strutt
Tel: +86-335-5082-500
Fax: +86-335-5085-036
E-mail; forwin@heinfo.net
Tel: +86-10-8835-5035
Fax:+86-10-8835-5036
E-mail: forwin@public.bta.net.cn
Tel: +86-21-6504-5055
Fax: +86-21-6504-49381
E-mail; forwin@uninet.com.cn
E-mail: shanghai@forwin.com.cn
Tel: +86-20-8135-6891
Fax:+86-20-8135-6896
E-mail; fonA/in88@public.guangzhou.gd.cn
Tel; +86-22-6620-1973
Fax:+86-22-6620-1509
E-mail; forwin@starinfo.net.cn
Tel;+86-411-2719-395
Fax:+86-411-2719-929
E-mail; forwin@public.dl.lnpta.net.cn
Tel; +86-27-8885-1625
Fax; +86-27-8885-2147
E-mail; fonwin@lol365.com
Tel:+385-1-457-2217
Fax;+385-1-457-2218
E-mail; dolphin@dolphinblue.net
Contact; MrVarga
Tel: +593-2-447662
Fax: +593-2-447664
E-mail: imocom@uio.satnet.net
Contact: Peter Bachmann
39
Dolphin Marine Co
66 Eltaweniate, Smouha
Alexandria
EGYPT
Bukh Diesel (UK) Ltd.
24 Benson Road
Nuffield Industrial Estate
Poole, Dorset BH17 0GB
ENGLAND
Beta Group 0
Rannamoisa tee 4
13519 Tallinn
ESTONIA
P/F Olivar Rasmussen
600 Saltangara
FAROE ISLANDS
Dan Andersson Fma.
Knappelstensvgen 8
22100 Mariehamn, Aland
FINLAND
Steyr Bukh Finland
c/o HT Lasertekniikka Oy
Pulttitie 1
FIN-00880 Helsinki
FINLAND
Thieux Marine S N
Ppinire d'entreprises de Quimper
140BddeCrach-Gwen
F-29561 Quimper
FRANCE
Bukh-Bremen GmbH
Kornstrasse 243
28201 Bremen
GERMANY
Viking Hellas Ltd
34 Asklipiou Street
185 45 Piraeus
GREECE
Clouds International B.V.
Handelsweg 5 a
3411 NZ Lopik
HOLLAND
Marland Technical Services Ltd
Room 702, Fortress Tower
250 King's Road, Northpoint
HONG KONG SAR, CHINA
Vlasalan ehf
Ananaust 1
101 Reykjavik
ICELAND
Bukhindo
/ Mr Armansyah
Jl. Pengadegan Barat 11/6
Jakarta 12770
INDONESIA
Scandiesel
Via Coloredo 14
28069 Trecate (NO)
ITALY
40
Tel:+20-3-4252179
Fax:+20-3-4252179
E-mail: dolphin@dataxprs.com.eg
Contact: Hussien El Bagouri
Tel: +44-1202-668840
Fax: +44-1202-660713
Contact: AI Pearson, Norman Griffiths
Tel:+372-6-517-576
Fax: +372-6-517-575
E-mail: omar@paadimees.ee
Contact: Omar Nelland
Tel: +298-447425
Fax: +298-448021
Tel:+358-18-22514
Fax: +358-18-23515
E-mail: dan@marin-diesel.com
Website: www.marin-diesel.com
Contact: Dan Andersson
Tel: +358-9-5760-7600
Fax: +358-9-5760-7699
E-mail: pekka.levanto@htlaser.fi
Contact: Pekka Levante
Tel: +33 2 98 82 87 80
Fax: +33 2 98 82 87 88
E-mail: thieux.marine@wanadoo.fr
Contact: Jean-Francois Thieux, Gerard Drevet
Tel:+49-421-535070
Fax:+49-421-556051
E-mail: bukh-bremen@t-online.de
Website: www.bukh-bremen.de
Contact: J.-D. Lampe, D. Lange
Tel:+30-210-4132-932/4175-710
Fax:+30-210-4174-737
Tel: +31-348-551644
Fax:+31-348-550873
E-mail: info@clouds.nl
Website: www.clouds.nl
Contact: Ren Verzuu
Tel: +852-2571-9322
Fax:+852-2806-3153
E-mail: lifeboat@marland.com.hk
Website: www.marland.com.hk
Contact: Ken Hui, Director
Tel: +354-580-5300 / 5320
Fax: +354-580-5301
E-mail: ulfar@velorka.is
Website: www.velorka.is/ www.velasalan.is
Contact: lfar Armannsson, Marketing Manager
Tel: +62-21-7973474
Fax: +62-21-7987294
Tel: +39-0321-777880
Fax: +39-0321-777959
E-mail: info@scandiesel.it
Website: www.scandiesel.it
Contact: Attilio Origo, Tiziana Dliera
Bukh forti. udlandlO.doc
Mizuno Marine Co Ltd

1-12-15 Meisiiinguchi Toyonaka-City
Osaka 561-0841
JAPAN
BNS KOREA Co.
Room 1602, Nam-woon Plaza BIdg.
#299-10 Mu-geo dong, Nam-gu, Ulsan
KOREA
Forwin Company Ltd, Macau Office
Estrada de sete Tanques, No 1441-D
Edf. Cypress Court
11-Andar-B
Taipa
MACAU
Reliable Marine Services Pvt Ltd
67 Boduthakurufaanu Magu
Mafanna, Male
MALDIVES
Rouget Ltee
Mariamen Temple Road
Cap Malheureux
MAURITIUS
Somabri
21, Boulevard Lahcen Ouidder
Casablanca 20 200
MOROCCO
The Engine Room Limited
P.O. Box 90500
Auckland
NEW ZEALAND
Univa AS
Postboks 204, Kystveien 226
4800 Arendal
NORWAY
Global Trade Link
97, Spotland Road
Rochdale, Lanes 0L12 6PQ
United Kingdom
Distributor for PAKISTAN
TradexS.R.L
P.O. Box 34, Barranco
Lima 4
PERU
JCL
J. Ciesielski Ltd
10, Wyspianskiego Str.
81-873 Sopot
POLAND
CMA - Comrc. de Mquinas Agr. Lda.
Poligono Industrial do Alto do Ameal
2565-641 Ramalhal
PORTUGAL
Triton Maritime & Enterprises (Pte) Ltd
41-C Clementi Warehouse
West Coast Road, Warehouse No (3)
SINGAPORE 129774
VM Power Marine cc
P 0 80X413
Paarden Eiland 7420
SOUTH AFRICA
Bukhforh. udland10.doc
Tel: +81-6-6863-5233
Fax: +81-6-6863-5029
E-mail: mizuno@mizuno-marine.co.jp
Website: www,mizuno-marine.co.jp
Contact: Nobuyuki Shimazaki
Tel:+82-52-249-1100
Fax:+82-52-249-1150
E-mail: bnskorea@empal.com
Contact: J.H. Lee, T.Y. Kim
Tel:+853-705110
Fax:+853-705113
E-mail: forwin@macau.ctm.net
Tel:+960-318-326
Fax:+960-318-331
Contact: Mr Samad
Tel: +230-2626373
Fax: +230-2626643
E-mail: rouget@intnet.mu
Contact: R Permall
Tel: +212-2-2312056 / 2445014
Fax: +212-2-2445051 / 2443801
E-mail: kelmo@casanet.net.ma
Contact: Khaddach el Mostafa
Tel: +64-9-358-2248
Fax: +64-9-358-2254
E-mail: theengineroom@xtra.co.nz
Contact: Andy Winter
Tel: +47-370-62050
Fax: +47-370-62051
E-mail: univa@online.no
Website: www.univa.no
Contact: Bjarte Skaala
Tel: +44-1706-524764
Fax:+44-1706-526108
Contact: Faisal Rana, Managing Director
Tel: +51-14-477772
Fax:+51-14-441981
Contact: Raul Eguren
Tel:+48-58-5516631
Fax:+48-58-5513966
Telex: 512764 jcl pi
Contact: Jozef Ciesielski
Tel: +351-261-910030
Fax:+351-261-911119
Contact: Pedro Furtado, A. Teles
Tel: +65-6773-0623 / 6272-6500
Fax: +65-6273-7292
E-mail: triton ridat@Dacific.net.sq
Email: tritonmarine(a)pacific.net.sq
Contact: C.W. Ang
Tel:+27-21-511-3980
Fax:+27-21-511-3987
E-mail: vmpower@mweb.co.za
Contact: Noel Muter
41
Jimenez Conesa S.L.

Puerto Pesquero s/n
04002 Almerfa
SPAIN
Servimarino S.L.
Varadero Marin-Med
Muelle de Poniente
03001 Alicante
SPAIN
Nutica Toni Socias S.L.
Plaza Navegacin 6
07013 Palma de Mallorca
SPAIN
Industrial & Marine Development Co (Pvt) Ltd
9/3, #6, Rajakeeya Mawata
Colombo 7
SRI LANKA
Bos Motor AB
Box 6053
181 06Liding
SWEDEN
Marindiesel
Marieholmsgatan 60, Kaiplats 258
415 02 Gteborg
SWEDEN
Min Sen Machinery Co, Ltd
777 Mahachai Road
Wangburapapirom
Pranakorn Bangkok 10200
THAILAND
Engine Tech Company Ltd
12 Mausica Street
Arima, Trinidad
Distributor for
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
Socit Equipements Automobiles
68, Avenue de Carthage
1000 Tunis
TUNISIA
GEPA Fibreglass
Tersane Yolu, Yan Sanayi Blgesi
Aydintepe (P 0 Box 7) Tuzia
81700 Istanbul
TURKEY
SOLAS Marine Services Co (L.L.C.)
P 0 Box 25445
Dubai
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Uruguayan Marine Safety
Arturo Lezama 2228
11800 Montevideo
URUGUAY
North Jersey Marine
215 Trimble Ave.
Clifton, N.J. 07011
USA
Waterway Diesel Center Inc.
P.O. Box 97
Deale, Maryland 20751-0097
USA
Alexander / Ryan Marine & Safety Co
P 0 Box 9363
Houston, Texas 77261-9363
USA
42
Tel: +34-950-258948 / 235952

Fax: +34-950-264926
Contact: Rafael Jimenez Boix
Tel: +34-965-125999
Fax: +34-965-126296
Contact: Jos Jimenez Boix
Tel: +34-971-455641
Fax: +34-971-455890
E-mail: dinatec@dinatec.net
Website: www.dinatec.net
Contact; Antonio Socias
Tel:+94-1-685782
Fax: +94-1-685782
E-mail: trademan@dialogsl.net
Contact: Kithsiri De Silva
Tel:+46-876-71940
Fax:+46-873-17169
Contact: Robin Carlsson
Tel: +46-318-46556
Fax:+46-318-42205
Tel:+66-2-6211000
Fax: +66-2-6211049 / 2252877
E-mail: tawee@minsen.co.th
Website: www.minsen.co.th
Contact: Tawee Techatonyanon
Tel:+1-809-667-7158
Fax: +1-809-667-0623
Contact: Billy Dean
Tel: +216-71-254-713 / 352-346

Fax: +216-71-349-428
Contact: Bchir Rouatbi
Tel: +90-216-392-9396
Fax: +90-216-392-7758 / 2064
E-mail: ozalp@mail.turk.net
Website: www.gepafiberglass.com
Contact: Alp zalp, President
Tel:+971-4-3241-700
Fax:+971-4-3241-804
E-mail: solas@emirates.net.ae
Contact: P S Kamath, S Prabhu
Tel: +598-2-946025 / 944938
Fax: +598-2-946025
Contact: Alberto Zambrana
Tel: +1-973-546-6377
Fax:+1-973-546-0510
Contact: Bob Bain
Tel: +1-410-867-2182 / 301-261-5255
Fax:+1-410-867-3366
E-mail: wwaydc@toad.net
Contact: Davis H. Craven
Tel:+1-713-923-1671
Fax:+1-713-923-1972
E-mail: sales@alexanderryan.com
Website: www.alexanderryan.com
Contact: Lorna Barr
Bukhforh. udland10.doc
Charge Regulator
CDC 106, CDC 206
Operating Instructions
solarnova
The charge regulators BCR12S 40-150 and BCR 248 80-240 have Rg resistor for different electrolyte temperature
been specially designed for use in photovoltaic systems with
smaller outputs. They can be used for 12 V or 24 V batteries. Due
to the high protection class IP 65, they can also be installed
End Load Voltage [V] 2 %
Temperature
FL
outdoors. Modern circuitry ensures an extremely low own electric
12 V Battery 24 V Battery
in 'C
in kOhm
energy consumption (at 12 V) of PV = O; 1 W. The units can be used
for solar generaors with a charge output up to 150 W with the 12
-10...
0
27.0
15.64
31.28
V version and up to 240 W with the 24 V version. They protect the
0...-H0
18.0
14.95
29.90
battery safely against overcharging and overdischarging, opera
+ 10 ...+20
15.0
14.67
29.33
ting conditions which would otherwise drastically reduce the
+20...+30
12.0"
14.40
28.80
sen/ice life of the batteries. The built-in varistor protects the unit
+30 ...+50
6.8
13.95
27.90
against voltage peaks which might develop from lightning striking
>+50
3.9
13.37
26.75
near the solar generator.
" Setting at works
1.
Operating Description
1.1 Charging Operation

Table 1
I During charging operation, the solar generator current flows into
the battery at low loss via a high current relay. When the battery has
reached gassing voltage, it is switched to trickle charge operation 1.4 Manual Charge Control
with reduced current, to avoid the battery being overcharged (elec In some cases it is desirable to deactivate the overdischarge
trolyte loss, damage to the electrodes). If the battery voltage drops protection momentarily, to be able to draw current from the battery.
below a certain voltage limit due to self-discharging, to the load
For this , a switch can be connected to tenninals 13 and
from the connected consumer appliance or to the falling solar
14 which, when closed, will put back the overdischarge relay. This
generator current, the full charging operation is switched back.
should only be used for short periods and while observing the
The high current relay employed is designed for 1 million switching battery voltage, to prevent the battery from being damaged.
operations at a maximum current of 16 A. In operation conditions, Another possibility is to switch off the load in normal operation at
the relay only switches 9 A for 12 V and 7,5 A for 24 V, so that a high these terminals on purpose.
reliability is guaranteed.
1.5 Overdischarge Warning Device
Indicators for overdischarge warning can be connected at termi
1.2 Discharging Operation
nals 11 and 12. The indicators must not exceed a max. current
If^the battery voltage drops below the overdischarge voltage
consumption of 1 A.
during discharge operation, the load is disconnected from the
battery by an overdischarge relay. The load is automatically
reconnected when a minimum charge of the battery is ensured.
1.6 Cut-off Connection
When the cut-off connection (terminal 1 and 2) is used, the battery
voltage can be covered in the error-compensated mode. This is
ATTENTION: For safety reasons, the overdischarge protection
always necessary when the charge regulator is mounted at a
has priority. When connecting the unit for the first time, this could
distance from the battery and thus the charge and load current
lead to overdischarge being signalised although the battery is
charged. However, with an intact battery this reading will disappear cause an unacceptably high voltage drop at the mains leads. If the
cut-off connection is used, the bridges W1 and W2 on the left and
shortly after charging current has flown from the solar generator.
right next to the terminal strip must be switched off beforehand.
\t charge surges, e.g. when connecting large consumer applian
ces, it is possible thatthe battery voltage drops momentarily tjeiow
the overdischarge threshold, without being overdischarged. To
2. Installation and Connection Instructions
avoid the overdischarge alarm responding in such cases, the
2.1 Order of Connection
charge release takes place after a delay.
There is no particular order of connection to follow. However, it is
advisable to first ensure the power supply and measuring of the
unit, i.e. first connect the cut-off line or the battery so that the
1.3 Temperature Follow-up / Temperature Sensor
The gassing voltage of the battery varies with the temperature at a consumer appliances are not endangered by unacceptably high
voltages.
rale of 5 mV per C. based on a 2 V cell. In most cases where the
ambient temperature of the battery only alters slightly, the over
charge switch-off threshold can be adjusted adequately accurate 2.2 Reverse Current Diode
In order for the solar system to be as efficient as possible, reverse
ly with a fixed resistor Ro-{see table 1), which is connected to
current diodes are not installed in these charge regulators. Such
terminal 3 and 4. The units are equipped from works with a 12
kOhm resistor R^; this corresponds to a gassing voltage of 14.4 V diodes, which lie in series to the solar generator, produce on-state
for 12 V batteries, or 28.8 V for 24 V lead batteries, at an electrolyte losses during the charging phase, which are higher than the
reverse current losses cluring darkness. Nevertheless, in series
temperature of 25C. If the temperatures are expected to deviate
diodes cannot be done without in certain cases. It is especially
reatly, the the resistor should be adjusted according to table l .
advisable with multiple module systems to decouple the single
hould there be strong temperature fluctuations, it is recommendedtomeasuretheelectrolytetemperaturediredly. In this case, an solar generator strings by means of reverse current diodes. These
can be installed in the solar module connection boxes (see Module
NTC resistor is required (temperature sensor TS1).
which is attached directly to the battery pole and connected to the Data Sheet).
terminal instead of the resistor R.. The temperature sensor can be
2.3 Design of Cable Cross-Section, Cable Lengths
used within the range of 5 to 60''C.
WARNING: The temperature sensor follows up the battery voltage

accordingio the elearolyte temperature. When temperatures are
below 25C. this leads to a system voltage of >14.4 V with 12 V
units or >28.8 V with 28 V units (see table 1). which can cause
damage to various consumer appliances. Therefore, please do
not fail to check the max. allcwed operating voltage. When attachingthesensor. make sure the bonding is perfect-high transition
resistances or open contacts cause increased system voltage.
Cable A:
Four-core cable for battery voltage measurement and/or tempera
ture sensor connection. Outer diameter max. 7.5 mm. If the
integrated resistor R^ is used and the four-conductor measure
ment of the battery is not required, then cable A can be left off.
Cable . . D:
Two-core cable, 2 x 2.5 mm* (flexible) or 2 x 4 mm* (solid) for solar
generator, battery and consumer conneaion. Due to the cable
entry used, the outer diameter of cable B, C, D is max. 13,5 mm. If
the four-conductor measurement of the battery voltage is not
present, attention must be paid to the max. allowable voltage drop
Cable for the solar generator - charge unit
= 1 0 %
Cable 0 for the charge unit - consumer appliance U^ = 4 %
Cable for the charge unit - battery
U^ = 1 %
Cable
max.
permissible
cable length
12 V Unit
2 X 2,5
2x4
mm*
mm*
10.0 m
15.0 m
1.5 m
1.0 m
5.5 m
3.5 m
24 V Unit
2x4
2x2,5
mm*
mm*
30.0 m
20.0 m
3.0 m
2.0 m
7.0 m
11.0 m
Assumption: Max. permissible voltage flows throughout

Table 2
Electrical Data
106
CDC
206
12
Nominal voltage (V]
24
25
max. voltage (v]
5 0 ^
max. solar generator capacity [W] 2) 150
240 V
Z
9
max. solar generator current (A]
7,5
10
max. load current [A]
10
31 14,4
End load voltage [V] (25'C)
28,8*2%
2%
31 10,8
Overdischarge voltage [V]
21,5 i 3 %
3%
Switch back threshold (v]
12.3 3 %
after "Load o T
24.6 3 %
Power consumption,
< 8
nominal operation [mA]
< 8
Power consumption
after load release (mA)
<30
<60
Lightning protection as per VDE 0432
Part 2/10.78. Impulse form
1.000
and duration 8/20 fjs\y\
1.000
Temperature compensation:
Adjusted to 25^;. Adjustable to any other temperature by connecting defined resistors R^ (see table 1) or temperature sensorTSI
If longer cable is required for the installation, the battery voltage

must be measured at the battery terminals (use cable A).
Charge regulator for lead batteries
Valid for E = 1000 mW/m*, T^. = 25''C
Voltage thresholds apply for commercially available lea;
tteries with their permissible charge and discharge curre. ..^
1)
Cable E:
Four-core cable for connecting an overdischarge warning device
and/or a mechanical switch for switching off and on the consumer
appliance; max. diameter 7.5 mm.
2)
3)
Mechanical Data
2.4 Suitable Cable Types (Selection)
Designation
Underground cable
Plastic-sheathed cable
Rubber hose pipe
Weak current cable
Type
NYY-0
*> NYM-0
*> H07RN-F
*> YR
nxA "
2x4
2x4
2 x 2.5
4 x 0.8
for cable
B. C. 0
B. D
B, D
A, E
'' n = core numberl, A = cross section (mm*)

* not for underground laying, but permitted for laying outdoors
Connection cross-section (mm*)

solid (flexible)
Housing
Dimensions LxWxH (mm)
Weight (kg)
Protection class
Operating temperature range ('C)
Storage temperature {'C)
4 (2.5)
Terluran
160 x 80 x 55
0.4
IP 65
-10 to +55
-40 to +80
-149-
Table 3
- 1
Corrtrol electronics
IJWA
.J
Ughtning
protection
W1
K2
Fixing Measurements
W2
fnnti m m
TlJ
m ft iti ml
Load
Solar
Load Temp. Cut-off Battery
Generator
Sensor
Alarm
Signal
S
-1-
+
1 1 1 1 -J
Consumer
Appliance
PG7
PG13J
10 11 12 13
+
+
+
Upi L_ 1 1 1 1
PG13.S
pei3kS
PG7
Principle Circuit Diagram

Cab e
for:
Cu t-off
Teinp.
serisor
Connection Plan
solamova
Produktions- und
Vertriebsgesellschaft mbH
Industriestr. 23-33
D-22880 Wedel
Tel.:04103-602625
F a v 17.71
8
Battery
Solar
Geners to r
1
0
s. 2.3
Consu mer AIarm
s. 2.4
si gna
Appl.
Lelad On/C5ff
solarnova
Professional-Line
Solar module SOL 12

For applications like sport- and
commercial shipping, hobby and small units
For the electrical provision of low power consuming
equipment the solamova offers this heavy load
module. 40 crystalline silicon cells of size 5 x 5 cm^
are connected by a specific high reliable welding
process. This module has a nominal power of 12
watts and is designed for nominal battery voltages of
12 volts.
The established sandwich-technique protects the
module excellent against environmental influences
as for instance rain, dust hail and seawater. The
edges of the module are protected by a sealing of
synthetic rubber and a frame made of stainless
steel. The connection cables comply with the
instructions of VDE and are led out UV-protected at
the module rearside. In addition a plastic cap
guarantees the complete sealing of the cable
connections.
The specific regidity of this module is based on the
usage of two chemically hardened glass plates in
combination with the small module size. By this the
module is well suitable for sailing and motor
yachts.This type of module is also designed for a
lifetime of more than 20 years and is proved since
many years in similar construction for following
applications:
Communication Systems:
Data recording and transmission
Emergency highway calling systems
Portable transceivers
Relay stations
Traffic Systems:
Railway communication systems
Warning lights
Obstruction lights
Navigation buoys
Life-boats
Measuring Technique
Remote measuring and data recording of me
teorological, climatologicai and environmental
data
Recreation, Sport and Hobby Systems:

Recreation vehicles
Camping/Caravans
Sailing ships
Motor ships
Handheld radios
Amateur radios
CB-radios
Refrigerators
Lighting
Fans
Circulation pumps for swimming pools
Fountains
Power supply for expeditions
Mechanical Data:
Electrical Data:
Solar cell
Base material:
crystalline silicon
0C
25 "G
60 C
Open circuit voltage
25.3 V
23.1V
20.2 V
Short circuit current
0.70 A
0.72 A
0.73 A
Voltage at power max.
20.5 V
18.4 V
15.6 V
0.64 A
0.65 A
0.66 A
13.1 W
12.0 W
10.3 W
Solar cell temperature
Cell size:
5 x 5 cm^
Embedding
Glass/EVA/Glass
The maximum deviation of nominal power is less than 10 %.

All values mentioned above are valid for an irradiation of AM
1.5-100mW/cm'.
Frame
Stainless steel
Weight
approx. 1490 g
Energy Output per Module:

Nominal vottage:
Solar cell temperature:
Cable
Length: 150 cm
(FFY11Y-2x1.5 mm*)
(+) = brown; (-) = blue
12 V
25 "C
In^diation
[kWh/m'd]
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
2.0
2.6
3.3
3.9
Accessories
Teakwood mounting brackets
Qualification:
Dimensions in mm
This module generation con-esponds to the
specification no. 503 of the Joint Research Centre
ISPRAoftheCEC.
vs^mi
Ml'"
Operation Conditions:
Vr
w
PI
Temperature
T^: - 5 0 ^ ; T^: +90C
Humidity
up to 100% rel. humidity at

+90''C
Wind pressure
stable up to wind speeds of

von 160 km/h
Corrosion
corrosion-resistant to sea water

and maritime climate
* Boundary values for short term exposure only!
Remarks:
Installation of modules has to be performed such a
way that the reanward connections (leads, junction
box) are located above.
solarnova
Produktions- und Vertriebsgesellschaft mbH
Induslriestrae 23-33
D-22880 Wedel
Telephone (0 41 03) 60-256 25
Telefax (0 41 03) 60-47 01
The technical data given merely serve for

infonnation purposes and - depending on the
individual application concerned - can vary.
SOL 12_) 12.9
Ou
CO
LU
DC
DMR-31
MANUAL FOR OPERATION,

MAINTENANCE AND TRAINING
FOR
RESCUE BOAT
TYPE: RB 4 0 0
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
EDITION: 01 03
Index
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
Operation Manual:
Yard and yard number
Description of the boat
Stowage plan for equipment
Alarm
Preperation for lowering
Lower the boat - start engine
Disengage hoisting hook and painter
Turn the capsized boat
Release lifting hook
Pick in lifting hook
Radar reflector
Flash light
Search light (optionally)
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Maintenance Manual:
Recomende maintenance and checks
Maintenance of GRP-boats
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
Trainings Manual:
Trainings instructions
Launching and recovery instructions
Launching and recovery instructions
1.4
Additional:
Engine manual
Lifting hook manual
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1 OPERATION MANUAL
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
WARNING
1. During operation of the davit be cautions with long links, snap hooks and counter weights!
2. DO NOT put your hands on snap hooks, long links, counter weights and falls with tension
on this parts!
3. Always keep hands and feet clear near moving and rotating mashinery!
4. Keep off in reach of propeller!
5. Before starting read engine instruction manual!
6. DO NOT run engine in an enclosed area. Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, an
odourless and dradly poison!
7. DO NOT store, spill, or use gasoline near an open flame!
8. DO NOT refuel indoors where area is not well ventilated!
9. Avoid skin contact to battery acid (corrosive)!
10. Misuse of the release gear can injure or kill!
1.1.2 Yard and yardnumber
The information given in this manual is based on our long experience and "know-how" in the
building of all kinds of boats.
In case of an engagement it is very important, that every one knows how to handle the boat.
All personal should study this manual at boat drill, to make themselve thoroughly conversant
with the system to ensure a speedy and safe engagement.
In case of enquiries reguarding existing boats please quote the details given below.
Boat type:
Hull no.:
RB400
$^7?-
1.1.3 Description of boat
Construction:
The hull is built in round-franne-construction.
Square stern providet to install a outbord engine.
All parts are built of GRP.
Polyurethan foam filled buoancy tanks.
Outside with rubber stripes and grab line.
One twart fore with hatch and equipment locker for the inventory.
Fittings:
At the fore end one painter releaser.
Aft two bollards.
Fittings for hoisting slings.
Engine:
One hand-steered outboard engine,
long shaft.
20 Itrs. fuel tank.
Loose equipment:
Look at page 3.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrcm 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. vww.hatecke.de
1.1.4 Stowage plan for equipment
1 1 bailer
2 1 bucket, 5 Itrs. with lanyard
3 1 Container with distress signals
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1 jack knife with tin-opener

1 el. torch with spare bulb and 2 spare batteries
1 whistle
fire extinguisher
sea anchor with lanyards
painter with long link
buoyant line with ring
buoyant towing line
first aid kit
radar reflector
boat hook
search light
rope ladder
thermal protective aids
towing line for liferaft
paddles
compass (fixed installed)
securing wire for outboard engine
fuel tank
bilge pump
hoisting sling
Spare parts for engine:

22 1 spare fuel tank
23 1 cool water pump impeller
24 1 set of sealings
25 2 spark plugs
26 1 starter rope
27 1 flush connection
28 1 bag with tools
Boatyard Emst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.5 ALARM
ALARM
At alarm all boat personal went, equiped with

their personal equipment, to their meating
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: O49-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.6 Preparation for lowering

Abonding the ship:
CHECK THAT EVERY BODY IS PRESENT!
1. Fasten painter.
2. Davit clear for lowering (study the davit /
crane manufacturers instructions).
3. Remove lashings.
4. Lower the outer end of the boat stowage rest
if necessary.
ry\ Board the boat (wait until order is

given), swing out the davit.
1. The occupants take place on the marked
areas.
Take care for the propper trim of the boat
hanging in the hoisting sling.
2. Swing out the davit (study the instructions
of the davit manufacturer).
1.1.7 Lower the boat - start engine
Lowering.
With the remote control wire it is possible
to operate the boat winch from inside the
boat.
(Study the also the winch manufacturers
instructions).
QFy Start the engine :

For starting instruction look at the engine
manufacturers handbook in the appendix
of this manual.
A
A
CAUTION:
Keep off of reach of propeller
WARNING:
Always keep hand and feet clear
near moving and rotating mashinery.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.8 Disengage hoisting hook and painter
Release the hoisting hook if the

boat is waterborn.
1.) Hold the hoisting sling (otherwise it
falls down).
Furter instructions depend on type of
hook in use. Look for instructions
inside the boat or at the davit,
(look also manual in the additional)
( Release painter.
Pull up forceful (arrow direction) the
painter releaser lever.
The boat is now free.

Engage the motorgear to foreward, run
the outboard engine with high speed and
steer away from the vessel.
Boatyard Emst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Ptione: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.9 Turn the capsized boat

In case of capsizing the boat will not right it self.
The swimming boat crew (1 ) has to enter the boats bottom at the outboard engines side (2) and
to take the grablines. Than they have to swing (3) the boat up and down until it rotates.
4.)
After turning the boat drain it with the bilge pump.

CAUTION: The boat crew must leave the boat during turning, to prevent accidental contact
with the boat.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruttienstrom 1.21706 Droctitersen. Pfione: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.tiatecke.de
1.1.10 Release lifting hook

(only to lifting hook "SIMPLEX 1.1", manufacturer: ERNST HATECKE GmbH)
Lowering "OFF-LOAD"
After the boat is waterborn:
1.) Normal release of the release hook OFF LOAD
Pull down "white" handle to release sling from hook.
Releasing "ON-LOAD"
"ON-LOAD" release should only be done whilst the boat is in the water
Misuse of the release gear can injure or kill.
1.) Emergency release use only when boat is waterborne.
a) Remove safety pin.
b) Pull down "red" handle.
ik
WARNING: Hook can be ACCIDETAL released

ON LOAD in any position II!
Be carefull when releasing hoisting hooks "ON-LOAD
long links and falls leave the hooks with high speed.
WARNING:
Misuse of the release gear can injure or l<ill !!!
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-{0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.11 Pick in lifting hook

(only to lifting hook "SIMPLEX 1.1", manufacturer: ERNST HATECKE GMBH)
Make lifting hook ready for use:
After releasing "ON LOAD" make the lifting hook ready for use again.
1.) Pull down the "white" handle and hold it.
2.) Push back the "red" handle into it's original position let off the "white" handle.
3.) Push in the safety pin.
4.) Push back the hook into it's original position.
Pick in the long link for hoisting:

1.) Check that the hook and release lever are in the correct position
(safety pin in place).
2.) Push the long link into the hook (the stop pawl is moveable).
WARNUNG:
Keep hands clear when you pick in the long link in the lifting hook
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruttienstrom 1.21706 Droctitersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. wvw.hatecke.de
1.1.12 Radar reflector
In the equipment of this boat is also a radar reflctor, it is stored in the inventory locker
Assemble it to the enclosed instruction, erect it on the socket at the forward bulkhead.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.13 Flash light
The boat is equiped with a flash light. Swith on the flash light in bad weather condition and in
the night.
1. The flash light fix mounted on the fore decl^.
2. The battery of the flash light is fix installed in the inventory locker.
3. To switch on the flash light pull out the wire pin.
4. To switch off the flash light push in the wire pin.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone; 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax; 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.1.14 Search light (optionally)
' ^^^

Q^lâ^
^
\J____^^^^
in the equipment of this boat is also a search light.

1. The search light is stored in the inventory locker.
2. For function put the plug into the socket of the outboard engine.
Caution: Search light works only with running outboard engine.
Their is no battery the current comes direct from the ignition coil.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruttienstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.2 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ERNST
HATECKEI
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
WARNING
on this parts!
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drcchtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.2.2 Recommended maintenance and check
O u t b o a r d e n g i n e : (look also manufacturers manual)
weekly
engines)
Painter releaser:
Clean the painter releaser (remove salt deposites)
Lubricate and oil moveable part of the painter releaser...
Check function
Miscellaneous:
Check the the flash lights battery voltage
(if necessary change the battery )
Lubricate all hinges
Clean the boat and the with water and soap, flush with
fresh water and wax the boat
Check equipment
yearly
....
Check fuel level in the tank

Check gear oil level (does not apply to all types of outboard
Change gear oil
Grease the moveable parts
Test run the engine, dennonstrat that the gear box and
gearbox train are engaging satisfactorily
Testrun the engine with the boat in the water
monthly
...
....a
[ I =/4 yearly
Caution:
Rescue boats and lauching appliances shall be weekly visually inspected
to ensure that they are ready for use.
Remarks:
The boat has been delivered with all fuel/oil tanks filled.
For further informations look at engines manufacturers instruction manual
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: O49-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
1.2.3 Maintenance of GRP - boats
(GRP- repair)
DAMAGES OF GRP SHOULD BE REPAIRED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE,

WATER WILL BREAK IN THE LAMINATE AND DESTROY LARGER PARTS!
LOOK AT SKETCH ON NEXT PAGE
1.1 Small not through going damages.
1.2 Grind the damage with sandpaper or a rasp until you reach unbroken laminate. Repair
procedure as under no. 2.1.
2.1 Through going damages.
2.2 Cut away the broken material with a jig saw and a rasp.
3.1 Sharp the edges with sandpaper.
3.2 Take a piece of wood as a rabbet behind the laminate. Clean the surface with a thinning
agent.
3.3 Start to laminate with resin and glassfibre until the hole is filled up.
3.4 After starching take the wood away (abt. 30-40 min.) and grind the surface before paintL
zu schleifen und anschlieend zu lackieren.
GREATER DAMAGES, DAMAGES OF HIGHLY STRAINED OR STRESSED PIECES AND
BULKHEADS SHOULD BE REPAIRED BY THE YARD!
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-4. E-mail: email@Hatecke,de. www.hatecke.de
(GRP- repair)
(1.1
2.1
(3.1
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruttienstrom 1.21706 Droctitersen. Ptione: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
(GRP- repair)
THE MANUFACTURING FOR REPARATURES WITH GLASSFIBRE STARCHED POLYESTER RESIN

(Not oblygatory terms of reference)
FUNDAMENTAL: For the starching of polyester resin the addition of starching substances
and dispatching substance is necessary. All three substances are highly
inflammable. The starching substance is poisonous and eye corrosive
(CAUTION !) Please be careful, when putting these substances together.
Spots, witch should be repaired, must be dry.
When working with these materials, take care, that you work in a temperature from abt.20C.
Storing capacity: 9 months.
IMPORTANT:
Starching substance and dispatching substance in no case should meet

together (EXPLOSION)!!!!!
Preparing:
On the spot of reparature the loose fabrics should be put away, the brinks
should be bevelled and roughed.
From the glassfibre mat are to be cut out great enough pieces. For to get a
good effect at the brinks the mat is to be pitch out at the ends (1 quire
glassfibre mat will give abt. 1mm material thickness). The polyester resin
could be thinned with monostyrol (abt. 10%) for a better working. The mixing
with starching substance and dispatching substance should be done in the
following proportion:
1000 polyester : 20 starching substance : 5 dispatching substance.
First the polyester resin is to be mixed with the starching substancexactly.
Then the dispatcher is be mixed with the other both substances. Pay
attention, that you don't prepare more materials than you need.
Manufacturing:
The cuted glassfibre mats should be put on the spots of reparature. With a
brush you touch lightly the mixed polyester resin, until the mat is wet. With
the following pieces you do this in the same way, until you have the
necessary material thickness.
After starching (starching time abt.30-40 minutes) you may polish the spot.
if you like painting, please use DD-lacs.
For cleaning the tools, use monostyrol (50%) or aceton (chemically clean).
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruttienstrom 1.21706 Droctitersen. Ptione: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.iiatecke.de
1.3 TRAININGS MANUAL
ERNST
HATECKE I
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-{0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
E-mail: emaJl@Hatecke.de
www.hatecke.de
1.3.1 Tainings instructions

To the:
"AMENDMENTS TO THE INTERNATIONAL COVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
OF LIFE AT SEA,
1974,
CHAPTER III,
Regulation 19"
4
On-board training and instructions
4.1
On-board training andin the use of the ship's life saving appliances, including survival
craft equipment, and in the use of the ship's fire-extinguishing appliances shall be
given as soon as possible but not later than two weeks after a crew member joins the
ship. However, if the crew member is on a regularly scheduled rotating assignment to
the ship, such training shall be given not later than two weeks after the time of first
joining theship. Instruction in the use of the ship's fire-extinguishing appliances, lifesaving appliances, and in survival at sea shall be given at the same interval as the
drills. Individual instruction may coverdifferent parts of the ship's life-saving and fireextinguishing appliances, but all the ship's life-saving and fire-extinguishing appliances
shall be covered within any period of two months.
4.2
Every crew member shall be given instructions which shall include but not necessaily
be limited to:
4.2.3 special instructions necessary for use of the ship's life-safing appliances in severe
weather and severe sea conditions; and
During training you could carry out some maintenance ace. to MAINTENANCE MANUAL
infront of this.
*) for more detailed information to all points look the original SOLAS papers.
Boatyard Emst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
WARNING
on this parts!
Boatyard Emst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: email@Hatecke.de. www.hatecke.de
Abonding the ship:
^k
CHECK THAT EVERY BODY IS PRESENT!

^
1. Fasten painter.
2. Davit clear for lowering (study the davit /crane
manufacturers instructions).
3. Rennove lashings.
4. Lower the outer end of the boat stowage rest if necessary.
11 ] Board the boat (wait until order is given),

swing out the davit.
1. The occupants take place on the marked areas.
Take care for the propper trim of the boat hanging in '
hoisting sling.
2. Swing out the davit (study the instructions of the davit
manufacturer).
()
()
- ^
Lowering.
With the remote control wire it is possible to operate the boat
winch from inside the boat.
(Study the also the winch manufacturers instructions).
^^^^^^^y
( [ \ ^ Start the engine :

For starting instruction look at the engine manufacturers
hflnHhnnk in the appendjy nf thig rqaniial
A
|]^
CAUTION:
Keep off of reach of propeller
WARNING:
A l w a y s keep hand a n d feet clear
near m o v i n g a n d rotating mashinery.
w \ Release the hoisting hook if the boat is

^^ waterborn.
1.) Hold the hoisting sling (otherwise it falls down).
Furter instructions depend on type of hook in
use. Look for instructions inside the boat or at
the davit, (look also manual in the additional)
( y j ) Release painter.
Pull up forceful (arrow direction) the painter releaser lever.
The boat is now free.

Engage the motorgear to foreward, run the outboard engine
with high speed and steer away from the vessel.
Recovery will be done by reverse step VII to I.
1.4 ADDITIONAL
ERNST
HATECKE I
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
rfi^yi*.:
iir"
TO THE OWNER
Thank you for choosing a Yamaha outboard motor. This Owner's manual contains information needed for proper operation, maintenance and care. A t h o r o u g h
understanding of these simple instructions w i l l help y o u obtain m a x i m u m
e n j o y m e n t f r o m your new Yamaha. If y o u
have any question about the operation or
maintenance of your outboard motor,
please consult a Yamaha dealer.
In this Owner's Manual

particularly
important information is distinguished in
the f o l l o w i n g ways.
A
?\
The Safety Alert S y m b o l means

ATTENTION!
BECOME
ALERT!
YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!
CAUTION:
A CAUTION indicates special precautions
that must be taken to avoid damage to
the outboard motor.
NOTE:
A NOTE provides key information to make
procedures easier or clearer.
* Yamaha continually seeks advancements in product design and quality.
Therefore, while this manual contains
the most current product information
available at the t i m e of printing, there
m a y be m i n o r discrepancies between
y o u r machine and this manual. If there
is any question concerning this manual,
please consult your Yamaha dealer.
riVM:IJII>VH
NOTE:
Failure to follow WARNING instructions

could result in severe injury or death to
the machine operator, a bystander, or a
person inspecting or repairing the outboard motor.
The 15FMH, 15FWC and their standard

accessories are used as a base for the
explanations and illustrations in this manual. Therefore, some items may not apply
to every model.
9.9F, 13.A, 15F

OWNER'S M A N U A L
2003 by Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd.

1st Edition, March 2003
All rights reserved.
Any reprinting or unauthorized use
without the written permission of
Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd.
is expressly prohibited.
Printed in Japan
CONTENTS
0^1
TABLE DES
MATIERES
CONTENIDO CES^
GENERAL INFORMATION
INFORMATIONS
GENERALES
INFORMACIN GENERAL
BASIC COMPONENTS
COMPOSANTS DE BASE
COMPONENTES BSICOS
OPERATION
FUNCIONAMIENTO
MAINTENANCE
ENTRETIEN
MANTENIMIENTO
TROUBLE RECOVERY
DEPANNAGE
RESTABLECIMIENTO EN
CASO DE PROBLEMA
INDEX
INDICE
READ THIS OWNER'S MANUAL CAREFULLY

BEFORE OPERATING YOUR OUTBOARD MOTOR.
USEZ ATTENTIVEMENT CE
MANUEL DU PROPRIETAIRE
AVANT D'UTILISER VOTRE
/>17110 u r > r > c ./~>.^
LEA CUIDADOSAMENTE ESTE

MANUAL DEL PROPIETARIO ANTES
DE UTILIZAR EL MOTOR FUERA
I
I
0
I
ES
Chapitre 1
INFORMATIONS
GENERALES
Chapter 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS RECORD . . M
Outboard m o t o r serial number
1-1
Key number
SAFETY INFORMATION
1-1
1-2
FUELING INSTRUCTIONS
1-4
Gasoline
1-5
Engine oil
1-5
BATTERY REQUIREMENT
PROPELLER SELECTION
START-IN-GEAR PROTECTION
Capitulo 1
INFORMACiON
GENERAL
NUMROS D'IDENTIFICATION
Numro de serie du moteur hors-board
Numro de cl
INFORMATIONS DE SCURIT
l-I
I-l
1-1
1-2
INSTRUCTIONS POUR LE
CARBRANT
Essence
Huile moteur
CHOIX DE LA BATTERIE
REGISTRO DE NUMEROS DE
IDENTIFICACIN
Numero de serie del motor fuera borda
Numero de Have
INFORMACION SOBRE SEGURIDAD
M
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-6
CHOIX DE L'HLICE
1-7
INSTRUCCIONES DE REPOSTAJE DE
COMBUSTIBLE
Gasolina
Aceite para el motor
REQUISITOS DE BATERIA
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-6
SELECCIN DE LA HLICE
17
PROTECCION CONTRA EL ARRANQUE

CON MARCHA PUESTA
1-8
1-6
1-7
1-8
DISPOSITIF DE PROTECTION
CONTRE LE DEMARRAGE EN
PRISE
'
mm
'4W.
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
RECORD
NUMEROS
D'IDENTIFICATION
REGISTRO DE NUMEROS DE
IDENTIFICACION
EMB10210
OUTBOARD MOTOR SERIAL

NUMBER
SMB10210
NUMERO DE SERIE DU MOTEUR

HORS-BORD
NUMERO DE SERIE DEL MOTOR FUERA

BORDA
YAMAHA
YAMAHA
YAMAHA MOTOR CO.. LTD.

MADE IN JAPAN
YAMAHA MOTOR CO., LTD.

MADE IN JAPAN
PAYS D'ORIGINE JAPON
PAYS D ' O R I G I N E J A P O N
The outboard m o t o r serial n u m b e r is
stamped on the label attached to the port
side of the clamp-bracket.
Record your outboard m o t o r serial n u m ber in the spaces provided to assist y o u in
ordering spare parts f r o m y o u r Yamaha
dealer or for reference in case your outboard m o t o r is stolen.
Outboard motor serial number
Le numro de .srie du moteur est estampill

sur l'tiquette appose du ct bbord du support de bridage.
Inscrivez les numros de srie du moteur horsbord et du moteur dans les cases prvues cet
effet afin de vous faciliter la tche si vous
devez commander des pices de rechange
auprs de votre distributeur Yamaha ou titre
de rfrence en cas de vol.
Numro de srie du moteur hors-bord
El numro de serie del motor fuera borda aparece estampado en la tiqueta fijada al lado de
babor de la abrazadera de sujecion.
Escriba el numro de serie del motor fuera
borda-en los espacios reservados con el fin de
poder especificarlo cuando pida repuestos a su
concesionario Yamaha, bien como referencia
en caso de sstraccion de! motor fuera borda.
Numero de serie del motor fuera borda
SMU00008
EMU00008
NUMRO DE CL
NUMERO DE LLAVE
KEY NUMBER
If a main key switch is equipped w i t h the

motor, the key identification n u m b e r Is
stamped on your key as s h o w n in the
illustration. Record this n u m b e r in the
space provided for reference in case you
need a new key.
Key number
Si le moteur comporte une cl de contact, le

numro d'identification de la cl est estampill
sur la cl comme indiqu dans l'illustration.
Inscrivez ce numro dans la case rserve cet
effet pour le cas o vous souhaiteriez une nouvelle cl.
Si el motor est provisto de un interruptor principal de Have, el numro de identificacion de la

Have aparece estampado en la misma, como se
ilustra en la figura. Anote este numro en el
espacio reservado por si necesita pedir una
nueva llave.
0 Numro de cl
(X) Numero de tiave
*\
^ ES
SAFETY
INFORMATION
Before nnounting or operating the outboard motor, read this entire manual.
Reading it should give y o u an understanding of the m o t o r and its operation.
Before operating t h e boat, read any
owner's or operator's manuals supplied
with it and all labels. Be sure y o u understand each item before operating.
Do not overpower the boat w i t h this
outboard motor. O v e r p o w e r i n g the
boat could result in loss of control. The
rated power of t h e o u t b o a r d s h o u l d be
equal t o or less than t h e rated horsepower capacity of the boat. If t h e rated
horsepower capacity of the boat is
u n k n o w n , consult the dealer or boat
manufacturer.
Do not m o d i f y t h e outboard. Modifications could make t h e m o t o r unfit or
unsafe t o use.
Never operate after drinking alcohol or
taking drugs. A b o u t 50% of all boating
fatalities involve intoxication.
Have an approved personal flotation
device (PFD) o n board for every occupant. It is a g o o d idea t o wear a PFD
whenever b o a t i n g . A t a m i n i m u m , children and n o n - s w i m m e r s should always
wear PFD^V and everyone should wear
PFDs w h e n there are potentially hazardous boating conditions.
Gasoline (Petrol) is highly flammable,and its vapors are f l a m m a b l e and'
explosive. Handle and store gasoline
(Petrol) carefully. Make sure there are;
no gas f u m e s or leaking fuel before
starting the engine.
"
1-2
INFORMATIONS DE
SECURITE
Avant de monter ou de faire fonctionner le

moteur hors-bord, lisez attentivement le prsent manuel. Il est en effet destin vous
faire clairement comprendre le fonctionnement du moteur.
Avant toute utilisation du bateau, lisez attentivement les manuels du propritaire ou de
l'utilisateur qui l'accompagnent ainsi que
toutes les tiquettes d'avertissement. Assurez-vous que vous en comprenez parfaitement toutes les instructions avant de naviguer.
Ne surmotorisez pas le bateau avec ce moteur
hors-bord. Une surmotorisation du bateau
pourrait rsulter en une perte de contrle. La
puissance nominale du moteur hors-bord doit
tre gale ou infrieure la capacit exprime en chevaux-vapeur du bateau. Si vous ne
connaissez pas la capacit en chevaux-vapeur
du bateau, consultez le vendeur ou le fabricant du bateau.
Ne modifiez pas le moteur hors-bord. Des
modifications peuvent rendre le moteur
inadquat ou peu sr l'utilisation.
Ne jamais naviguer aprs avoir bu de l'alcool
ou pris des mdicaments. Prs de 50% des
accidents de bateau sont dus des intoxications.
Veillez disposer bord d'un systme flottable individuel (PFD) pour chaque personne
embarque. Il est toujours prfrable de porter un PFD lorsque l'on navigue. Au moins,
les enfants et les personnes qui ne savent pas
nager devraient porter un PFD en permanence. De mme, si les conditions de navigation
sont susceptibles de prsenter des risques,
tous les occupants devraient porter un PFD.
L'essence est un produit hautement inflammable et ses vapeurs sont inflammables et
explosives. Manipulez et stockez l'essence
avec prcautions. Veillez ce qu'il n'y ait
pas de vapeurs ou de fuites de carburant
avant de faire dmarrer le moteur.
1-2
INFORMACION SOBRE
SEGURIDAD
Antes de montar utilizer el motor fuera

borda, lea este manual para obtener una
correcta comprension del motor y su funcionamiento.
Antes de utilizar la embarcacion, lea los
manuales del propietario del operador que
se hayan suministrado con la misma y con
sulte todas las tiquetas fijadas a la embarcacion. Asegrese de comprender todos los
aspectos de la embarcacion antes de utilizarla.
No aplique una potencia excesiva a la embarcacion con este motor fuera borda, ya que
podria dar resultado una prdida de control. La potencia nominal del motor fuera
borda debe ser igual inferior a la capacidad
nomirtal de potencia (CV) de la embarcacion,
Si se desconoce la capacidad de potencia
nominal de la embarcacion, consulte al concesionario al fabricante de la embarcacion.
No modifique el motor fuera borda. Las
modificaciones pueden afectar adversamente
a la seguridad del operador.
No utilice nunca la embarcacion despues de
haber ingerido alcohol drogas. Aproximadamente el 50 ciento de todos los acci
dentes de embarcaciones se deben a intoxicacion.
Lleve siempre a bordo de la embarcacion un
dispositive de flotacin personal aprobado
para cada tripulante. Conviene llevar puesto
un dispositivo de flotacin siempre que se
utilice la embarcacion. Como minimo, los
ninos y las personas que no sepan nadar
deben llevar puesto siempre un dispositivo
de flotacin personal y todos los tripulantes
deben llevarlo puesto cuando las condiciones
de navegacin sean potencialmente peligrosas.
La gasolina es sumamente inflamable y sus
vapores son inflamables y explosivos. Mani
pule y almacene la gasolina con sumo cuidado. Asegrese de que no haya prsentes
gases fugas de combustible antes de arrancar el motor.
.
This product emits exhaust gases w h i c h
contain carbon m o n o x i d e , a colorless,
odorless gas w h i c h m a y cause brain
damage or death w h e n inhaled. S y m p
t o m s include nausea, dizziness, and
drowsiness. Keep cockpit and cabin
areas w e l l ventilated. A v o i d blocking
exhaust outlets.
Check throttle, shift, and steering for
proper operation before starting the
engine.,
Attach jthe engine stop switch lanyard
to a secure place on your clothing, or
your artn or leg w h i l e operating. If y o u
accidentally leave the h e l m , the lanyard
w i l l puij f r o m the s w i t c h , stopping the
engine,;
K n o w the marine laws and regulations
w h e r e - y o u w i l l be boating - and obey
t h e m . !
Stay i n f o r m e d about the weather.
Check weather forecasts before boating.
A v o i d boating in hazardous weather.
Tell s o m e o n e w h e r e y o u are g o i n g :
leave a Float Plan w i t h a responsible
p e r s o n ; Be sure to cancel the Float Plan
w h e n you return.
Use c o m m o n sense and g o o d j u d g m e n t
w h e n boating. K n o w y o u r abilities, and
be sure y o u understand h o w y o u r boat
handles under the different boating
conditions y o u m a y encounter. Operate
w i t h i n y p u r limits, and the limits of y o u r
boat. A l w a y s operate at safe speeds,
and keep a careful w a t c h for obstacles
and other traffic.
A l w a y s watch carefully for s w i m m e r s
during the engine operation.
Stay a w a y f r o m s w i m m i n g areas.
W h e n a s w i m m e r is in the water near
you shift into neutral and shut off the
engine.
1-3
Ce produit met des gaz d'chappement

contenant du monoxyde de carbone, un gaz
incolore et inodore capable de provoquer des
l.sioiis crbrales, voire la mort, en cas
d'inhalation. Les symptmes sont des nauses, des vertiges et la somnolence. Veillez
bien arer le cockpit et la cabine. N'obstruez
pas les sorties d'chappement.
Vrifiez le bon fonctionnement de la manette
des gaz, de l'inverseur et de la commande de
direction avant de faire dmarrer le moteur.
Fixez le cordon du coupe-circuit du moteur
une partie sre de vos vtements ou un bras
ou encore une jambe lorsque vous naviguez. Si vous quittez accidentellement le
poste de commande, le cordon enclenchera le
coupe-circuit de scurit qui arrtera le
moteur.
Etudiez le droit maritime et les rglementations de l'endroit o vous naviguez - et
observez-les.
Informez-vous en permanence des conditions
mtorologiques. Vrifiez le bulletin mtorologique avant de naviguer. Evitez de naviguer par un temps incertain.
Dites toujours quelqu'un o vous allez:
remettez un plan de navigation un responsable. Et veillez annuler votre plan de navigation votre retour.
Faites appel votre bon sens et votre jugement lorsque vous naviguez. Soyez conscient
de vos capacits et assurez-vous que vous
connaissez bien toutes les commandes du
bateau dans les diffrentes conditions de
navigation que vous pourriez rencontrer.
Naviguez en fonction de vos propres limites
et de celles de votre bateau. Naviguez toujours des vitesses prudentes et soyez attentif aux obstacles et aux autres bateaux.
Gardez toujours un oeil attentif sur les baigneurs lorsque vous naviguez.
Restez l'cart des zones de baignade.
Si un baigneur se trouve prs de vous, passez
au point mort et coupez le moteur.
Este producto emite gases de escape que

contienen monxido de carbono, un gas
incolore e inodore cuya inhalacion puede
prevocar lesiones cerebrales incluso la
muerte. Entre los sintemas cabe citar nause
as, mareos y somnolencia. Mantenga las
zonas de la caseta del timon y el camarete
bien ventiladas y vite bloquear las salidas
del escape.
Compruebe el correcte funcionamiento del
acelerador, el cambio y la direccion antes de
arrancar el motor.
Fije el acollador del interrupter de parada del
.' motor a un lugar seguro de su a un
; braze e una pierna mientras navegue. Si se
ausenta accidentalmente del timon, se extra. er el acollador del interrupter y se parar el
motor.
Conozca les reglamentos y la legislacion en
materia nutica de la zona en la que navegue, y ebsrveles.
Pernjanezca informado sobre las condiciones
meteorologicas. Cempruebe el parte meteorologice antes de navegar. Evite navegar en
condiciones peligrosas.
Informe siempre a etra persona cul sera su
ruta: deje un plan de navegacion a una persona responsable y asegrese de cancelar el
plan cuando regrese.
Utilice el sentido comn cuando navegue.
Conozca sus prepias posibilidades y aptitudes, y asegrese de conecer como responde
la embarcacion en las distintas condiciones
de navegacion que puedan surgir. Navegue
sin superar sus limites ni les de la embarcacion. Navegue siempre a una velocidad segura y permanezca atente a los posibles ebstculos y al trafico.
Permanezca siempre atente a la posible presencia de nadadores cuando navegue con el
motor fuera borda en marcha.
Aljese de las zonas de natacion.
Cuando haya un nadador en el agua cerca de
la embarcacion. cambie a punto muerto y
apague el meter.
^:^:'-
ES
EMU00016
FUELING INSTRUCTIONS
SMU00016
INSTRUCTIONS POUR LE
CARBURANT
' ^w^l^^|^Vc^
GASOLINE A N D ITS VAPORS ARE HIGH
LY FLAMMABLE AND EXPLOSIVE!
Do not smoke when refueling, and
keep away from sparks, flames, or
other sources of Ignition.
Stop engine before refueling.
Refuel in a well-ventilated area. Refuel
portable fuel tanks off the boat.
Take care not to spill gasoline. If gaso
line spills, wipe it up immediately with
dry rags.
Do not overfill the fuel tank.
Tighten the filler cap securely after
refueling.
If you should swallow some gasoline
inhale a lot of gasoline vapor, or get
gasoline in your eyes, get immediate
medical attention.
If any gasoline spills onto your skin,
immediately wash with soap and
water. Change clothing if gasoline spills
on it.
Touch the fuel nozzle to the filler open
ing or funnel to help prevent electrosta
tic sparks.
CAUTION:
Use only new clean gasoline which has
been stored in clean containers and is not
contaminated with water or foreign mat
ter.
1-4
AAVERTISSEMENT
INSTRUCCIONES DE REPOSTAJE
DE COMBUSTIBLE
..\\
L'ESSENCE ET LES VAPEURS D'ESSEN

LA GASOLINA Y SUS GASES SON SUMACE
SONT
HAUTEMENT
INFLAM
MENTE INFLAMABLES Y EXPLOSIVOS.
MABLES ET EXPLOSIVES!
Abstngase de fumar durante el repostaje y
Ne fumez pas lorsque vous faites le plein
mantngase alejado de chispas, Hamas u
de carburant et veillez ce qu'il n'y ait
otras
fuentes de ignicion.
proximit aucune source d'tincelles, de
Pare el motor antes de repostar,
flammes ou de chaleur.
El repostaje debe reallzarse en una zona bien
Arrtez le moteur avant de faire le plein
ventilada. LIene los depsitos de combustide carburant.
ble
porttiles fuera de la embarcacion.
Procdez au plein de carburant dans un
Procure no derramar gasolina. Si se derrama,
endroit bien ventil. Remplissez les jerrylimpiela de inmediato con trapos secos.
ans l'extrieur du bateau.
No llene excesivamente el depsito de com Veillez ne pas renverser de carburant. Si
bustible.
du carburant dborde, essuyez-le imm
Apriete
con fuerza la tapa de la boca de llediatement l'aide de chiffons secs.
nado despus de repostar.
Ne remplissez pas le rservoir carburant
Si traga accidentalmente gasolina, si inhala
au ras.
abundantes gases de gasolina si la gasoli
Serrez fermement le capuchon du rserna entra en contacto con sus ojos, obtenga
voir aprs avoir fait le plein.
de inmediato asistencia mdica.
Si vous avalez de l'essence, si vous inhalez
Si la gasolina entra en contacto con su piel,
de fortes quantits de vapeurs d'essence
lvela de inmediato con agua y jabon. Cmou si vous recevez de l'essence dans les
biese de si entra en contacto con la
yeux, faites-vous immdiatement examiner
gasolina.
par un mdecin.
Toque
la boca de llenado el embudo con la
Si vous recevez de l'essence sur la peau,
pistola
del surtidor para evitar la formacion
lavez-vous immdiatement avec de l'eau et
de chispas electrostticas.
du savon. Changez de vtements si vous
avez renvers de l'essence dessus.
Mettez le tube du pistolet de remplissage
de la pompe en contact avec l'ouverture
du rservoir carburant afin d'viter la
formation d'tincelles lectrostatiques.
ATTENTION:
Utilisez uniquement de l'essence propre qui
a t stocke dans des conteneurs propres et
qui n'est pas contamine par de l'eau ou des
corps trangers.
PRECAUCION:
Utilice nicamente gasolina fresca que haya
estado almacenada en recipientes limpios y
que no est contaminada con agua cuerpos
extranos.
ES
EMU01309
GASOLINE
Recommended gasoline:
Regular unleaded gasoline with a
minimum octane rating of 90
(Research Octane Number)
If knocking or pinging occurs, use a differ
ent brand of gasoline or premium unlead
ed fuel.
ESSENCE
Essence recommande:
Essence norrhale sans plomb prsentant
un indice d'octane minimum de 90
(indice d'octane recherche).
Si des cognements ou du cliquetis se produisent, utilisez une autre marque de carburant ou
de l'essence super sans plomb.
EMU01356
KM UO 1.1.^6
ENGINEIL
HUILE MOTEUR
Recorrimended engine oil:

YAMLUBE, TWO STROKE
MOTOR OIL FOR MARINE
If the recommended engine oil is not
available/another 2-stroke engine oil with
a NMMA-certified TC-W3 rating may be
used.
Huile recommande:
HUILE POUR MOTEURS MARINS
DEUX TEMPS YAMALUBE.
Si l'huile prconise n'est pas disponible, une
autre huile pour moteurs deux temps TC-W3
certifie NMMA peut tre utilise.
GASOLINA
Gasolina recomendada:
Gasolina normal sin plomo con un
indice de octano minimo de 90.
Si se producen detonaciones explosiones,
utiiice una marca de gasolina distinta gasoli
na SLJper sin plomo.
ACEITE PARA EL MOTOR

Aceite recomendado:
ACEITE YAMALUBE PARA MOTOR FUERA
BORDA NAUTICO DE DOS TIEMPOS.
Si no se dispone del aceite de motor recomen
dado,' podr utilizarse otro aceite para motor
de dostiempos de tipo TC-W3 provisto de una
certificacin NMMA.
ES
BATTERY REQUIREMENT
CAUTION:
CHOIX DE LA BATTERIE
REQUISITOS DE LA BATERIA
TTENTIlSf:\
PRECAUCIOIM:
Do not use a battery that does not meet

the specified capacity- If a battery which
does not meet specifications is used, the
electric system could perform poorly or
be overloaded, causing electric system
damage.
N'utilisez pas une batterie qui n'offre pas la

capacit requise. Si vous utilisez une batterie
qui ne rpond pas aux spcifications, le circuit lectrique risque de prsenter des performances mdiocres ou d'tre en surcharge,
provoquant
ainsi
des
dommages
lectriques.
For electric start models, choose a battery

w h i c h meets the f o l l o w i n g specifications.
Pour les modles dmarreur lectrique, choisissez une batterie qui satisfait aux spcifications suivantes:
M i n i m u m cold cranking amps

(CCA/EN): 347 amps at -18C (-0.4F)
M i n i m u m rated capacity (20HR/IEC):
40A-h
No utilice una bateria que no tenga la capacidad especificada. SI se usa una bateria que no
cumple las especificaciones, el sistema elctrlco podria funcionar mal sobrecargarse, provocando el dano de este sistema.
Para modles de arranque elctrico, use una
bateria que cumpla las siguientes especificaciones.
Corriente nninlma de arranque en frio

(CCA/EN): 347 amps a -18C
Capacidad nominal minima (20HR/IEC):
40A-h
Ampres minimum pour le dmarrage

froid (CCA/EN):
347 ampres -18C(-0,4F)
Capacit nominale minimum (20HR/IEC):
40A.h
SMU01783'
CAUTION:
A battery cannot be connected to models
that do not have a rectifier or Rectifier
Regulator.
Models with only a rectifier installed:
15FWC
Using a maintenance-free battery with
the above models can shorten the life
of the battery significantly.
Use caution when connecting accessories such as fish finders, as they may
be damaged by high voltage. Install an
optional Rectifier Regulator or use
accessories rated to withstand 18 volts
or higher with the above models. Consult your Yamaha dealer for details on
installing an optional Rectifier Regulator.
1-6
ATTENTION:
PRECAUCION:
Une batterie ne peut tre connecte des

modles qui ne sont pas quips d'un redresseur ou d'un redresseur-rgulateur.
Modles avec uniquement un redresseur:
15FWC
No puede conectarse una bateria a los modelos que no tengan un rectificador un rectificador regulador.
Modelos con solo un rectificador instalado:
15FWC
L'utilisation d'une batterie sans entretien

avec les modles spcifis ci-dessus peut
raccourcir significativement la dure de
vie utile de la batterie.
Soyez prudent lorsque vous connectez des
accessoires tels que des dtecteurs de poisson, car ils risquent d'tre endommags
par la haute tension. Avec les modles spcifis ci-dessus, installez un redresseurrgulateur optionnel ou utilisez des accessoires spcifis pour rsister une tension
de 18 volts ou plus. Consultez votre
concessionnaire Yamaha pour plus de
dtails sur l'installation d'un redresseurrgulateur optionnel.
Al utilizar una bateria sin mantenimiento con

los modelos anteriores puede reducirse significativamente la duracin util de la bateria.
Tenga precaucin al conectar accesorios
como sondas de pesca, porque pueden
daarse alta tension. Instale un rectifica
dor regulador opcional utilice con los
modelos anteriores accesorios que resistan
18 voltios ms. Consulte a su concesionario Yamaha para detalles sobre la instalacion
de un rectificador regulador opcional.
1-6
LV
^X)
CHOIX DE L'HELICE
The performance of your outboard nnotor

will be critically affected by your choice of
propeller, as an incorrect choice could
adversely affect performance and could
also seriously damage the motor. Engine
speed depends on the propeller size and
boat load. If engine speed is too high or
too low for. good engine performance,
this will have an adverse effect on the
engine. :;:-'
Le.s performances de votre bateau seront considrablement influences par votre choix d'hlice. Une hlice mal adapte pourrait en rduire
fortement les performances et causer de graves
dgts au moteur. Le rgime du moteur est
fonction de la taille de l'hlice et de la charge
du bateau. Si le rgime est trop lev ou insuffisant pour de bonnes performances, l'effet sur
le moteur sera inverse.
Yamaha outboard m o t o r s are fitted w i t h

propellers chosen to perform well over a
range of applications, but there may be
uses where a propeller w i t h a different
pitch w o u l d be more appropriate. For a
greater operating load, a smaller-pitch
propeller is! more suitable as it enables
the correct engine speed to be maintained. Conversely, a larger-pitch propeller is more suitable for a smaller operating load.
Yamaha dealers stock a range of propellers, ar|d:an advise y o u and install a
propeller on y o u r outboard that is best
suited to your application.
NOTE:
At full throttle and under a m a x i m u m
boat load, the engine's r p m should be
within the upper half of the full throttle
operating range, as listed in "SPECIFICATIONS" on page 4 - 1 . Select a propeller
which fulfills this requirement.
If operating under conditions w h i c h allow
the engine's rpm to rise above the maxim u m recommended range (such as light
boat loads), reduce the throttle setting to
maintain the rpm in the proper operating
range.
1-7
SMU0U95
PROPELLER SELECTION
Les moteurs hors-bord Yamaha sont quips

d'hlices slectionnes en vue de fournir de
bonnes performances dans toute une srie
d'applications, mais il peut y avoir des
domaines d'utilisation o une hlice prsentant
un pas diffrent serait plus efficace. Ainsi, une
hlice petit pas convient mieux une charge
de fonctionnement plus importante, car elle
permet de maintenir le moteur un rgime adquat. Inversement, une hlice grand pas
s'adapte mieux un bateau naviguant charge
rduite.
Les distributeurs Yamaha disposent de toute
une gamme d'hlices en stock et peuvent vous
conseiller et installer l'hlice qui convient le
mieux votre bateau et l'usage que vous en
faites.
N.B.:
Lorsque le moteur tourne pleins gaz et que le
bateau est la charge maximale, le rgime du
moteur doit tre compris dans la moiti suprieure de sa plage de fonctionnement telle que
stipule dans les "CARACTERISTIQUES"
la page 4-1. Slectionnez une hlice qui satisfait cette condition d'utilisation.
Si vous utilisez le moteur dans des conditions
qui font monter le rgime du moteur au-del de
la plage maximale recommande (par exemple
avec un bateau faible charge), rduisez les
gaz pour maintenir le moteur dans la plage de
fonctionnement approprie.
SELECCIN DE LA HLICE
El rendimiento del motor fuera borda se vera
afectado en gran medida por la eleccion de la
hlice, ya que una hlice incorrecte puede
reducir el rendimiento y tambin darar gravemente el motor. La velocidad del motor dpende del tamaiio de la hlice y de la carga de la
embarcacion. Si la velocidad del motor es
demasiado elevada demasiado reducida para
aportar un correcio rendimiento, este hecho
ejercer un efecto adverso sobre el motor.
Los motores fuera borda Yamaha estn equipados con hlices seleccionadas para rendir
correctamente en una serie de aplicaciones,
aunque habr situaciones en las que una hlice
provista de un paso distinte resuite mes -
piada. Para mayores cargas en funcionamiento, una hlice provista de un paso menor rsulta ms'indicada, ya que permite mantener la
velocidad correcta del motor. En cambio, una
hlice dotada de un paso mayor resultaria mes
adecuada para menores cargas en funcionamiento.
Los concesionarios Yamaha cuenlan con una
de hlices y pueden aconsejarle e instalar en su motor fuera borda una hlice que
resuite indicada para su aplicacion.
NOTA:
A plena aceleracin y con una carga maxima
de la embarcacion, la velocidad del motor (en
rpm) debe encontrarse en la mitad superior del
margen de funcionamiento a plena aceleracin, tal y como se indica en la seccion "ESPECIFICACIONES" de la pagina 4-1. Seleccione
una hlice que cumpla este requisite.
Si se utiliza en situaciones en las que la velocidad de! motor (en rpm) se leva por enclma del
margen mximo recomendado ( ejemplo,
con cargas ligeras de la embarcacion). reduzca
la aceleracin para mantener la velocidad (en
rpm) dentro del margen de funcionamiento
correcte.
Propeller diameter (in inches)

Propeller pitch (in inches)
(D Type of propeller (propeller mark)
9-1/4X9-3/4-J
Refer to the section "CHECKING PRO

PELLER" for instructions on propeller
removal and installation.
" ( 1)
(j) Dimetro de la hlice (en pulgadas)

@ Paso de la hlice (en pulgadas)
(3) lipo de hlice (marca de la hlice)
Pour les instructions de dpose et d'installation

de l'hlice, reportez-vous la section
"CONTROLE DE L'HELICE".
Para las instrucciones de desmontaje e instalacion de la hlice, consulte el apartado de

"COMPROBACIN DE l-A HLICE".
DISPOSITIF DE PROTECTION
CONTRE LE DEMARRAGE EN
PRISE
PROTECCIN CONTRA EL
ARRANQUE CON MARCHA
PUESTA
Les moteurs hors-bord Yamaha identifis par

l'tiquette Q et les units de commande distance agrs par Yamaha sont quips d'un
(de) dispositif(s) de protection contre le dmarrage en prise. Cette fonction ne permet au
moteur de dmarrer que lorsqu'il est au point
mort. Par consquent, slectionnez toujours le
point mort avant de faire dmarrer le moteur.
Los motores fuera borda Yamaha a los que

esta fijada la tiqueta mostrada las unidades cfe control remoto aprobadas por Yamaha,
estn e'quipados con un dispositivo de proteccion contra arranque con marcha puesta. Esta
caracteristica impide que se pueda arrancar el
motor a menos que la palanca de cambio se
encuentre en punto muerto. Seleccione siempre punto muerto antes de arrancar el motor.
EMU01208
START-IN-GEAR PROTECTION
Yamaha outboard m o t o r s w h i c h have the
pictured label affixed to t h e m or Yama
ha approved remote control units are
equipped w i t h start-in-gear protection
device(s). This feature permits the engine
to be started only w h e n it is Neutral.
Always select Neutral before starting the
engjne.
Diamtre de l'hlice (en pouces)

Pas de l'hlice (en pouces)
@ Type de l'hlice (marque d'hlice)
ES"
Chapter 2
BASIC COMPONENTS
M A I N COMPONENTS
2-1
OPERATIONS OF CONTROLS A N D
OTHER FUNCTIONS
Fuel tank
Gear shift lever
Throttle control grip
Engine stop b u t t o n
Engine stop lanyard switch
Choke knob
Recoil starter handle
2-2
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-5
Starter button
Tiller handle
Throttle friction knob/screw
2-5
2-6
2-6
Remote control
Steering friction adjustment
T r i m angle adjusting rod
2-7
2-10
2-11
Tilt-lock mechanism
2-11
Tilt support bar

T o p c o w l i n g lock lever
2-11
2-12
2P connector
2-12
Chapitre 2
COMPOSANTS DE
BASE
COMPOSANTS PRINCIPAUX
Capitulo 2
COMPONENTES
BSICOS
2-1
FONCTIONNEMENT DES COMMANDES

ET DES AUTRES FONCTIONS
2-2
Rservoir carburant
2-2
Levier de commande d'inversion
2-3
Commande d'acclrateur
2-3
Bouton de dmarreur du moteur
2-4
Cordon du coupe contact de scurit
2-4
Bouton du choke
2-5
Poigne du lanceur
2-5
Contacieur de dmarrage
2-5
Poigne de barre franche
2-6
Molette/vis de friction d'acclrateur
2-6
Commande distance
2-7
Rglage de la friction de la direction
2-10
Tige de rglage de l'angle d'assiette
2-1 1
Mcanisme de verrouillage de relevage ..2-11
Tige de support de relevage
2-1 I
Levier de verrouillage du capot
2-12
Connecteur 2 broches
2-12
PRINCIPALES COMPONENTES
2-1
FUNCIONAMIENTO DE LOS MANDOS Y

OTRAS FUNCIONES
2-2 |
Deposito de combustible
2-2
Palanca de cambio de marcha
2-3
Acelerador
2-3
Boton de parada del motor
2-4
Interrupter del acollador de parada del
motor
2-4
Maado del estrangulador
2-5
Arranque de resorte
2-5
Botn de arranque
2-5
Asa de la caiia del timon
2-6
MandoAornillo de ajuste de la
friccion del acelerador
2-6
Control remoto
2-7
Ajuste de la friccion de la direccin
2-10
Varilla de ajuste del ngulo de asiento 2-11
Palanca para navegacion en aguas poco
Mcanisme de bloqueo de la inclinacion ..2-11
Barra de soporte de la inclinacion
2-11
Palanca de bloqueo de la cubierta
superior
2-12
Conector 2p
2-12
PRINCIPALES COMPOIMENTES
MAIN COMPONENTS
@
(5)
Capot suprieur
Levier de verrouillage du capot
Orifice d'eau de refroidissement
Bouton de support de relevage
Poigne du lanceur rappel
Levier de commande d'inversion
Cordon du coupe contact de scurit/
Cordon du coupe-circuit de scurit
Poigne d'acclrateur
Bouton de rglage de la friction d'acclrateur
Vis de bridage
Interrupteur
Connecteur 2 broches
Bouton du starter
Fixation de la corde
Support de bridage
Tige de rglage de l'angle d'assiette
Plaque anticavitation
Entre d'eau de refroidissement
Hlice
Rservoir carburant
Botier de commande distance
Peut ne pas tre exactement comme illustr ; peut

galement ne pas tre inclus comme quipement
standard sur tous les modles.
Puede no ser exactamente como se ilustra y

tampoco incluirse como quipe de serie en todos
los modelos.
701016'
cowling
@ Cowling lock lever
@ Cooling water pilot hole
Tilt lock lever
(D Gear shift lever
@ Engine stop burton/
(D Throttle control grip
(D Throttle friction knob
@ Clamp screw
@ Starter button
Rope attachment
Clamp braket
Trirp gngie adjusting r o d
Anti-cavitatlon plate
Cooling water inlet
Propeller
Fuel tank
Remote control b o x
M a y not be exactly as s h o w n ; also m a y not
be included as standard e q u i p m e n t o n all
models.
2P connector
( Choke knob
2-1
Cubierta superior
Palanca de bloque de la cubierta
Hueco del piloto de refrigeracion del agua.
Palanca de bloque de la inclinacin
Asa del arranque de resorte
Palanca de cambio de marcha
Interrupter del acollador de parada del
nnotor/lnterruptor del acollador de parada del
motor
Puno de control del acelerador
Mando regulador de la friccion del acelerador
Tornillo de fijacin
Interruptor de arranque
Conector 2P
Tirador del estrangulador
Acoplamiento de cuerda
Soporte de abrazadera
Varilla de ajuste del ngulo de asiento
Plaa anticavitacin
Entrada del agua de refrigeracion
Hlice
Caja de control remoto
7.1
ES
OPERATIONS OF CONTROLS
AND OTHER FUNCTIONS
FONCTIONNEMENT DES
COMMANDES ET DES
AUTRES FONCTIONS
212
FUEL T A N K
If your model was equipped with a
portable fuel tank, its function is as follows.
Fuel hose joint
Fuel meterilf equipped)
Fuel tanfficp
Air vent crwllf equipped)
RESERVOIR A CARBURANT
Si votre modle tait quip d'un rservoir
carburant portable, celui-ci fonctionne de la
manire suivante.
Raccord de luyau d'alimentation

Jauge carburant (.si quip)
Bouchon du r.servoir carburant
Vis de purge d'air (si quip)
FUNCIONAMIENTO DE LOS
MANDOS Y OTRAS FUNCIONES
SMC2t012
DEPOSITO DE COMBUSTIBLE
Si su modelo estaba provisto de un depsito
porttil de combustible, su funcionamiento
sera el descrito a continuacion.
Conector de! tube de combustible
@ Indicador de nivel de combustible (de estar provisto)
Tapa del depsito de combustible
Tornillo del respiradero Ide estar provisto)
^
The fuel tank supplied with this engine is
its dedicta fuel reservoir and must not
be used s a fuel storage container.
Commercial users should conform to relevant licensing or approval authority regulations.
Fuel hose jpjnt

This conneetor is provided for connecting
FMC3iOIO
SMC31010
Raccord de tuyau d'alimentation

Ce raccord est destin assurer le branchement
ou le dbranchement du tuyau d'alimentation.
Conector del tubo de combustible

Este conector se incluye para conectar desconectar el tubo de combustible.
or disconnecting fuel hose.

EMU00044
Fuel Meter
This meter is o n the fuel tank cap. It
s h o w s current fuel quantity in the fuel
tank approximately.
EMC510IO
Fuel tank cap

This cap is for filling fuel. To remove it,
turn it counterclockwise.
EMC61010
Air vent screw

This screw is on the fuel tank cap. To
loosen it, turn it counterclockwise.
2-2
SMU00044
Jauge carburant
Celle jauge se trouve sur le bouchon du rservoir carburant. Elle indique la quantit
approximative de carburant contenue dans le
rservoir carburant.
Indicador de nivel de combustible

Este indicador se encuentra situado en la tapa
del depsito de combustible. Muestra la camidad aproximada de combustible que queria en
el depsito.
Bouchon du reservor a carburant

Ce bouchon obture l'orifice de remplissage de
carburant. Pour, l'enlever, lournez-le dans le
sens contraire des aiguilles d'une montre.
Tapa del depsito de combustible

Esta tapa se retira al repostar combusiible.
Para retirarla, girela en sentido conlrano a las
agujas del reloj.
hMChiom
SMC61010
Vis de purge d'air

Celte vis se trouve sur le bouchon du rservoir
carburant. Pour l'enlever, tournez-la dans le
Torrillo de! respiradero

Este tornillo esta situado en la tapa del depsito de combustible. Para afiojarlo, girelo en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
SMC51010
^ fc^
i'
0^-J.
I 1
i ' ~'^
W/'
V Il
1 1
11
'
1 ij^^
_fr'Lcnififv
/^ci=fe'^3
^^^^^
406041
G E A R S H I F T LEVER (for Tiller control

model)
Turning the gear-shift lever towards y o u
engages t h e clutch w i t h the f o r w a r d gear
so that t h e boat moves ahead. T u r n i n g
the lever away f r o m y o u engages the
reverse gear so that the boat moves
astern.
Neutral
@ Forward
(3) Reverse
0610
T H R O T T L E C O N T R O L GRIP
(for Tiller c o n t r o l m o d e l )
The throttle control grip is on the tiller
handle. Turn the grip counterclockwise to
increase speed and clockwise to decrease
speed.
0;
/
;
''
/ r
Throttle lh|icator:
The fuel c o n s u m p t i o n curve on the throt
tle indicator shows the relative a m o u n t of
fuel c o n s u m e d for each throttle position.
Choose the setting that offers the best
performance a n d fuel e c o n o m y for the
desired operation.
r-'MWHXIl
SMD61001
L E V I E R DE C O M M A N D E
D'INVERSION (modles commande
par barre franche)
En ramenant le levier de commande d'inversion vers vous, vous engagez l'embrayage avec
le pignon de marche avant et le bateau se
dplace en marche avant. En poussant le levier
de commande d'inversion dans le sens oppos,
vous engagez l'embrayage avec le pignon de
marche arrire et le bateau se dplace en
marche arrire.
PALANCA DE CAMBIO DE MARCHA

(modelo provisto de control de cana del
timn)
Si tira de la palanca de cambio de marcha
hacia usted, se engranar el embrague con el
engranaje
de marcha de avance y la embarcacin se desplazar hacia adelante. Si aleja la palanca de
usted,
se engranar el engranaje de marcha atrs y la
embarcacin se desplazar hacia atrs.
Point mort
Marche avant
@ Marche arrire
Punto muerto
@ Avance
(3) Marcha atrs
KMIW'MXl.l
COMMANDE D'ACCELERATEUR
(pour modle c o m m a n d e p a r b a r r e
franche)
La poigne de commande d'acclrateur est
situe sur la poigne de barre franche. Tournez
la poigne dans le sens contraire des aiguilles
d'une montre pour acclrer et dans le sens des
aiguilles d'une montre pour ralentir.
ACELERADOR (modelo provisto de

control de la caria del t i m n )
La empunadura del acelerador se encuentra en
el asa de la caria del timon. Gire la empunadura en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
para aumentar la velocidad y en el sentido de
las agujas del reloj para reducir la velocidad.
Indicateur d'acclrateur:
La courbe de consommation de carburant sur
l'indicateur de l'acclrateur donne la consommation relative suivant la position de l'acclrateur. Choisir la position de l'acclrateur qui
offre les meilleures performances pour une
conomie de carburant optimale en fonction de
l'utilisation souhaite.
Indicador de aceleracin:
La curva de consume de combustible que -
rece en el indicador de aceleracin miiestra la
cantidad relative de combustible consumida en
cada posicion del acelerador. Elija la posicion
que ofrezca el mejor rendimienio y el mener
consumo para el uso deseado.
Indicador de aceleracin
(i) Indicaieur d'acclrateur

Throttle indicator
503013-
ES
ES(
EMC27011
ENGINE STOP BUTTON

Pushing this button opens t h e ignition circuit and stops t h e engine.
BOUTON DE DMARREUR DU
MOTEUR
(Pour modele commande par barre
franche)
Une pression sur ce contacteur interrompt le
circuit d'allumage et stoppe le moteur.
EMC28111
ENGINE STOP LANYARD SWITCH

The lock-plate o n the end of the lanyard
must be 'attached t o the engine stop
switch for t h e engine t o r u n . The lanyard
should be^ttached t o a secure place o n
the opertGr's c l o t h i n g , or a r m or leg.
S h o u l d the operator fall overboard or
leave the h e l m , the lanyard w i l l pull out
the lock:*p|ate, stopping ignition to the
engine. tHi will prevent the boat f r o m
running away under power.
Q) Lock-plate
@ Lanyard
BOTN DE PARADA DEL MOTOR

(modelo provisto de control de la cana
del t i m o n )
Al pulsar este boton se abre el circuito de
encendido y se para el motor.
SMC28in
FMD2III
CORDON DU COUPE CONTACT DE

SCURIT
(pour modle commande par barre
fanche)
Le coupe-contact de scurit l'extrmit du
cordon doit tre fix au coupe-circuit du
moteur pour que celui-ci fonctionne. Le cordon
doit tre fix un endroit sr de la tenue (ou
un bras ou encore une jambe) du pilote du
bateau. Si le pilote passe par-dessus bord ou
quitte son poste, le cordon va retirer le coupecontact, interrompant ainsi le circuit d'allumage du moteur. Ce dispositif permet d'empcher
le bateau de continuer naviguer seul.
Coupe-contacl de scurit
@ Cordon
IIMTERRUPTOR DEL ACOLLADOR DE

PARADA DEL MOTOR
(modelo provisto de control de la cana
del t i m o n )
Para que funcione el motor, la plaa de bloque situada en el extremo del acollador se
dbe fijar al interruptor de parada del motor. El
acollador debe fijarse a un lugar seguro de la
del operador, a un brazo una pierna.
En el supuesto de que el operador caiga al
agua abandone el timon, el acollador extraer la plaa de bloqueo, interrumpiendo el
encendido del motor y evitando que la embarcacion se aleje incontrolada.
Plaa de bloqueo
(D Acollador
/ ^:!
A t t a c h t h e engine stop s w i t c h lanyard
t o a secure place o n y o u r c l o t h i n g , your
a r m or leg w h i l e operating.
Do n o t attach t h e lanyard t o c l o t h i n g
t h a t could tear loose. Do n o t route t h e
lanyard in such a w a y t h a t it could
b e c o m e e n t a n g l e d , p r e v e n t i n g it f r o m
functioning.
A v o i d accidentally pulling t h e lanyard
d u r i n g n o r m a l operation. Loss of
engine p o w e r means t h e loss of m o s t
steering c o n t r o l . A l s o , w i t h o u t engine
p o w e r , t h e boat could s l o w rapidly.
This could cause people a n d objects in
t h e boat t o be t h r o w n f o r w a r d .
NOTE:
The engine cannot be started w i t h the
lock-plate r e m o v e d .
AAVERTISSEMENT
Fixez le cordon du coupe-circuit du
moteur une partie sre de vos vtements
ou un bras ou encore une jambe
lorsque vous naviguez.
Ne fixez pas le cordon un vtement qui
pourrait se dchirer. Evitez galement
d'emmler le cordon, ce qui pourrait
l'empcher de remplir son rle.
Evitez de tirer accidentellement le cordon
en cours de navigation normale. Une perte
de puissance du moteur signifie une perte
importante de contrle du bateau. De plus,
une brusque perte de puissance ralentit
trs fortement le bateau, ce qui pourrait
projeter vers l'avant les occupants et les
objets qui ne sont pas fixs.
N.B.:
Le moteur ne peut dmarrer lorsque le coupecomact de scurit est enlev.
Mlentras el motor est en marcha, fije el acollador de! interruptor de parada del motor a
un lugar seguro de su a un brazo
una pierna.
No asegure el acollador a que pueda
soltarse, ni lo encamine de forma que pueda
enredarse, ya que no funcionar.
Evite tirar accidentalmente del acollador
durante el funcionamiento normal del motor.
La prdida de potencla del motor se traduclr en la prdida de la mayor parte de! control
de direccln. Adems, sin la potencia de!
motor, la embarcaclon podria desacelerar
rpidamente, provocando que los trjpulantes
y objetos de la embarcacin saliesen despedidos.
NOTA:
El motor no se puede arrancar si la plaa de
bloqueo est retirada.
i^
_t
ES
2-7
CHOKE KNOB
BOUTON DU CHOKE
Pulling out the choke knob suppries a rich

mixture required to start or warm up the
engine. This knob has 4 operating positions as shown below:
En tirant sur le bouton du starter, vous fournissez au moteur le mlange riche requis pour le
l'aire dmarrer ou chauffer.
Ce bouton comporte 4 positions de rglage :
Position
1
2or3
4
Function
To start a hot engine
To w a r m up a cold engine or
restart a w a r m engine
To start a cold engine
Position
Fonction
Dmarrer un moteur chaud
2 ou
Chauffer un moteur froid ou

redmarrer un moteur chaud
Dmarrer un moteur froid
TIRADOR DEL ESTRANGULADOR

Al extraer el tirador del estrangulador se suministra la mezcla rica necesaria para arrancar
calentar el motor.
Este tirador dispone de cuatro posiciones de
funcionamiento, que se describen a contlnuacibn:
Posicion
1
23
Funcion
Para arrancar un motor caliente
Para calentar un motor frio volver
a arrancar un motor caliente
Para arrancar un motor frio
' 4 4010-
^"**-<,^
^ ^ - < ^ ^
^r
SMD51000
RECOIL STARTER HANDLE
POIGNEE DU LANCEUR (si quip)
(If equipped)
Tirez lgrement sur la poigne jusqu' ce que

vous sentiez une rsistance. Tirez alors vigoureusement vers le haut sur la poigne pour lancer le moteur.
Pull the handle gently until resistance is

felt. Then vigorously pull the handle
straight out to crank the engine to start it.
ARRANQUE DE RESORTE (de estar

provisto)
Tire suavemente del asa hasta que note una
resistencia. A continuacion, tire vigorosamenie
del asa en linea recta para arrancar el motor.
V^vr~ -Î^^l3=^-^!ir^~
209011
-.-^t ' -,
STARTER BUTTON (for Tiller control

model)
When you push the starter button, the
electric starter motor cranks the engine to
start it.
2-5
CONTACTEUR DE DEMARRAGE
franche)
Une pression sur le bouton du comacteur de
dmarrage suffit pour que le moteur du dmarreur lectrique lance le moteur.
SMD59001
BOTON DE ARRAMQUE (modele provisto

de control de la caria del timon)
Cuando se puisa el boton de arranqut^, se
acciona el motor de arranque oloclriro
arrancar el motor fuera borda.
ES
EMC60010
SMO50002
TILLER H A N D L E (for Tiller control

model)
M o v i n g the tiller handle sideways
adjust the steering direction.
to
POIGNEE DE BARRE FRANCHE

(modles c o m m a n d e p a r b a r r e
franche)
Dplacez la poigne de barre franche latralement pour corriger la direction.
ASA DE LA CANA DEL TIMON (modele

p r o v i s t o de control de la caria del timon)
Mueva lateralmente el asa de la del timon
para ajustar la direccion de la embarcacion.
EMC64010
THROTTLE FRICTION K N O B / S C R E W
(for Tilir c o n t r o l m o d e l )
A friction device in the tiller handle provides rsistance to m o v e m e n t of the
throttle grip. This is adjustable for operator preference. A n adjusting screw/bolt is
located Within the tiller handle.
To increase the resistance:
Turn the adjusting screw/bolt clockwise.
To decrease the resistance:
Turn the adjusting screw/bolt
clockwise.
counter-
W h e n constant speed is desired, tighten

the adjusting screw/bolt to maintain the
desired throttle setting.
/ .\^11
Do not o v e r t i g h t e n t h e friction adjusting
s c r e w / b o l t . If there is t o o m u c h resis
tance, it may be difficult t o m o v e the
t h r o t t l e grip, w h i c h could result in an
accident.
SMOaioO?
MOLETTE/VIS DE FRICTION
D'ACCELERATEUR
franche)
Un dispositif de friction offre une rsistance au
dplacement du levier d'acclrateur. L'intensit de cette friction est rglable suivant les
prfrences du pilote au moyen d'une vis un
boulon de rglage situe l'intrieur du capot.
Pour augmenter la friction:
Tournez la vi.s/le boulon de rglage dans le
sens des aiguilles d'une montre.
Pour diminuer la friction:
Tournez la vis/le boulon de rglage dans le
Si l'on dsire naviguer vitesse constante, serrer la vis/le boulon de rglage de faon maintenir en position la commande des gaz.
MANDO/TORIMILLO DE AJUSTE DE LA
FRICCIN DEL ACELERADOR
(modelo p r o v i s t o de control de cana del
timon)
Un dispositivo de friccin situado en el asa de
la caiia del timon ofrece resistencia al movimiento de la empunadura del acelerador.
Ruede ajustarse de acuerdo con las preferencias del operador. En el asa de la cana del
timon esta.situado un tornillo/perno de ajuste.
Para aumentar la resistencia:
Gire el tornillo/perno de ajuste en el sentido de
las agujas del reloj.
Para reducir la resistencia:
Gire el tornillo/perno de ajuste en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj.
Cuando se desee navegar a una velocidad
constante, apriete el tornillo/perno de ajuste
para mantener la aceleracion deseada.
AAVERTISSEMENI
Ne serrez pas exagrment la vis/le boulon
de rglage de la friction. Si le rglage offre
une trop grande rsistance, il pourra tre
difficile d'actionner la poigne d'acclrateur, ce qui risque de provoquer un accident.
No apriete excesivamente el tornillo/perno de

ajuste de la friccin. Si la resistencia es excesiva, resultara dificil mover la empunadura del
acelerador, con el consiguiente riesgo de accidente.
ES
8
0512
REMOTE CONTROL
Both the shifter and the throttle are actu
ated by the rennote control lever. In addi
tion, this control also has the electrical
switches.
J
'6"--
qV/
70101
(D
(D
Remote control lever

Neutral interlock trigger
Neutral throttle lever
Main switch
Throttle friction adjusting screw
M50010
/ \p_
i
0
-1 / \
jj 0
"^
"^
701031

M o v i n g the lever f o r w a r d f r o m the Neutral position engages Forward gear.
Pulling the lever back f r o m Neutral
engages Reverse. The engine will continue to run at idle until the lever is m o v e d
about 35 (a detent can be felt). M o v i n g
the lever farther opens the throttle, and
the engine w i l l begin t o accelerate.
Neutral
@ Forwa'rd
(3) Reverse
Shift
(D Fully closed
(D Throttle
@ Fully open
2-7
SMCBOSt?
COMMANDE A DISTANCE
L'inverseur et le papillon des gaz sont tous
deux actionns par le levier de la commande
dislance. Cette commande comporte en outre
les contacteurs lectriques.
CONTROL REMOTO
Tanto el cambio de marcha como el acelerador
se accionan mediante la palanca de control
remoto. Adems, en este mando se encuentran
los interruptores elctricos.
Levier de commande distance

@ Commande de verrouillage de point mort
Q) Levier de commande du papillon des gaz au point
mort
@ Contacteur principal
(D Cordon/coupe-contact de scurit
Vis de rglage de friction de la poigne d'accl-
@
@
(4)
(5)
(D
FMC.ÔOKl
Palanca de control remoto

Activador de enclavamiento de punto muerto
Palanca de aceleracin en punto muerto
Interruptor principal
Interruptor del acollador de parada del motor
Tornillo de ajuste de la friccibn del acelerador
SMC50010
Levier de commande distance

En poussant le levier du point mort vers
l'avant, on enclenche le pignon de marche
avant. En le ramenant du point mort vers
l'arrire, on engage le pignon de marche arrire. Le moteur continue tourner au ralenti
jusqu' ce que l'on dplace le levier de 35 (on
sent une rsistance). Au del de 35, le levier
commande l'ouverture du papillon des gaz et le
moteur commence acclrer.
Point mort
@ Marche avant
@ Marche arrire
Inverseur
Ralenti
Acclrateur
(7) Pleine puissance
Palanca de control remoto

Al mover la palanca hacia adelante desde la
posicin de punto muerto, se engrana la marcha de avance. Si se tira de la palanca hacia
atrs desde la posicin de punto mueno, se
engranar la marcha atrs. El motor seguir
funcionando a velocidad de ralenti hasta que
se mueva la palanca aproximadamente 35 (se
sentira un paso de trinquete). Si se mueve la
palanca ms de 35, se abrir el acelerador y
empezar a acelerarse el motor.
(D
@
d)
(6)
@
2-7
Punto muerto
Avance
Marcha atrs
Cambio
Completamente cerrado
Acelerador
Completamente abierto
SMCbOnO

To shift out of Neutral, the neutral interlock trigger of the remote control lever
nnust first be pulled up.
C o m m a n d e de verrouillage de point mort

Pour quilter le point mort, relevez d'abord la
commande de verrouillage de point m o n du
levier de commande distance.

To opn\the throttle without shifting into
either Forward or Reverse, place the
remote iontrol lever in the Neutral position and; lift the neutral throttle lever.
Levier de commande du papillon des gaz au

point m o r t
Pour o u v r i r le papillon des gaz sans enclencher
le pignon de marche avant ou arrire, placez le
levier de commande distance au point mort et
soulevez le levier de commande du papillon
des gaz au point mort.
Palanca de aceleracion en punto muerto

Para abrir el acelerador sin cambiar a marcha
de avance marcha atrs, situe la palanca de
control r e m o t o en la posicin de punto muerto
y levante la palanca de aceleracion en punio
muerto,
NOTA:
N.B.:
La palanca de aceleracion en punto muerto

solo funciona c u a n d o la palanca de control
r e m o t o se encuentra en la posicin de punto
m u e r t o . La palanca de control r e m o t o solo funcionar c u a n d o la palanca de aceleracion en
p u n t o m u e r t o se halle en la posicin cerrada.
Activador de enclavamiento de punto muerto

Para cambiar desde punto muerto. antes debe
tirarse hacia arriba del activador de enclavam i e n t o de p u n t o m u e r t o situado en la palanca
de control r e m o t o .
SMC50210
N O T E : ^14
T h e n e u t r a l t h r o u l e lever w i l l o p e r a t e only
w h e n t h e r e m o t e c o n t r o l lever is in N e u tral. T h e i x e m o t e c o n t r o l lever w i l l o p e r a t e
o n l y w h e n t h e n e u t r a l t h r o t t l e lever is in
the c l o s e d p o s i t i o n .
Fully open
@ Fully cipsed
Le levier de commande du p a p i l l o n des gaz au

point mort ne fonctionnera que si le levier de
commande distance est au point mort. Et
celui-ci ne fonctionnera que si le levier de
commande du papillon des gaz au point mort
est en position ferme.
Ouverture complte
) Fermeiure complte
Completamente abiena
d ) Completamente cerrada
4
1
10
START
Main switch
The main switch controls the ignition sys
tem; its operation is described below.
OFF
Electrical circuits switched off.
(The key can be removed.)
ON
Electrical circuits switched on.
(The key cannot be removed.)
START
Starter-motor will turn and start engine.
(When the key is released, it returns auto
matically to "ON".)
r.\ICJlUI
5 4 8 0
Contacteur principal
Le contacteur principal coml a nde le systme
d'allumage; son fonctionnement est dcrit c i dessous.
ARRET
Interrupter principal
El interruptor principal contrla el sistema de
encendido. Su f u n c i o n a m i e n t o se describe a
continuacin.
OFF
Se desactivan los circuitos elctricos, (Se
puede extraer la Have.)
ON
Se activan los circuitos elctricos, (No se puede
extraer la Wave.)
START
El motor de arranque gira y se arranca el
motor, (Cuando se suelta la Have, vuelve automticamente a la posicin "ON".}
Les circuits lectriques sont mis hors tension.

(La cl peut tre enleve.)
MARCHE
Les circuits lectriques sont mis sous tension.
(La cl ne peut tre enleve.)
DEMARRAGE
Le moieur du dmarreur tourne et fait dmarrer
le moteur. (Lorsque la cl est relche, elle
revient automatiquement en position " O N " . )
ES
EMU00934
F-Ml'IXfJ.lJ
SMU00934
Engine Stop Lanyard Switch

The lock-plate must be attached to the
engine stop lanyard switch for the engine
to run. The lanyard (2) should be attached
to a secure place on the operator's cloth
ing, or arm or leg. Should the operator fall
overboard or leave the helm, the lanyard
will pull out the lock plate, stopping igni
tion to the engine. This will prevent the
boat from running away under power.
Cordon/coupe-contact de scurit
Le coupe-contact de scurit l'extrmit
du cordon doit tre fix au coupe-circuit du
moteur pour que celui-ci fonctionne. Le cordon
@ doit tre fix un endroit sr de la tenue (ou
au bras ou encore la jambe) du pilote du
bateau. Si le pilote passe par-dessus bord ou
quitte son poste, le cordon va retirer le coupecontact, interrompant ainsi le circuit d'allumage du moteur. Ce dispositif permet d'empcher
le bateau de continuer naviguer seul.
interruptor de! acollador de parada del motor

Para que funcione el motor, la plaa de bloq u e o situada en el e x t r e m o del acollador se
debe fijar al interruptor de parada del motor. El
acollador (2) debe fijarse a un lugar seguro de
la del operador, a un brazo a una pierna.
En el supuesto de que el operador caiga al
agua abandone el t i m o n , el acollador extraer la plaa de bloqueo, interrumpiendo el
encendido del m o t o r y evitando que la embarcacion se aleje incontrolada.
AAVERTISSEMENT
objets qui ne sont pas Tixs.
^=1>1
N.B.:
.
Le moteur ne peut dmarrer lorsque la plaquette de coupe-contact a t enleve.
NOTA:
Attach the lanyard to a secure place on

your clothing, your arm or leg while
operating.
Do not attach the lanyard to clothing
that could tear loose. Do not route the
lanyard in such a way that it could
become entangled, preventing it from
functioning.
Avoid accidentally pulling the lanyard
during normal operation. Loss of
engine power means the loss of most
steering control. Also, without engine
power, the boat could slow rapidly.
This could cause people and objects in
the boat to be thrown forward.
NOTE:
The engine cannot be started with the
lock-plate removed.
2-9
2-9
Mientras el motor est en marcha, fije el acollador del Interruptor de parada del motor a
una pierna.
enredarse, ya que no funclonar.
durante el funclonamiento normal del motor.
La prdida de potencia del motor se traducir en la prdida de la mayor parte de! control
de direccin. Adems, sin la potencia del
motor, la embarcacin podria desacelerar
rpidamente, provocando que los tripulantes
y objetos de la embarcacin saliesen despedidos.
El m o t o r no se puede arrancar si la plaa de

bloqueo esta retirada.
"i
ES
SMC870n

A friction device in the rernote control box
provides resistance to movement of the
remote control lever.
This is adjustable for operator preference.
An adjusting screw is located at the front
of the remote control box.
""'^^^^^^wt a
\\
,
701035
Vis d rglage de friction de la poigne

d'acclrateur
Un d i s p o s i t i f friction situ dans le botier de
commande distance o f f r e une rsistance au
dplacement du levier de commande distance. L'intensit de cette friction est rglable suivant les prfrences du pilote au moyen d'une
vis de rglage situe l'avant du botier de
col m ande distance.
Resistance
Screw
Resistance
Vis
Increase
Turn clockwise
Augmenter
Tournez dans le .sens horaire
Decrease
Turn counterclockwise
Diminuer
Tournez dans le sens antihoraire
AAVERTISSEiVIENT
Do not overtighten the friction adjusting
screw.
If there is too much resistance, it may be
difficult to move the lever, which could
result in an accident.
Ne serrez pas exagrment la vis de rglage

de friction. Si le rglage offre une trop g r a n de rsistance, il
pourra
tre
difficile
d'actionner le levier d'acclrateur, ce qui
risque de provoquer un accident.
Tornlllo de ajuste de la frlccion del acelerador

Un dispositive de friccin situado en la caja de
control r e m o t o ofrece resistencia al movimiento de la palanca de control remoto. Puede ajustarse de acuerdo con las preferencias de! operador. En la parte delantera de la caja de control r e m o t o esta situado un tornillo de ajuste.
Tornillo
Girar en el sentido de las
agujas del reloj
Reducir
Girar en sentido contrario

a las agujas del reloj
No apriete excesivamente el tornillo de ajuste

de la frlccion. Si la resistencia es excesiva,
resultar dificil mover la palanca, con el consiguiente riesgo de accidente.
SMO20O2
STEERING FRICTION ADJUSTMENT

(for Tiller control model)
A friction device provides resistance to
steering movement. This is adjustable for
operator preference.
An adjusting screw/bolt is located on the
swivel bracket.
To increase the resistance:
Turn the adjusting screw/bolt clockwise.
To decrease the resistance:
Turn the adjusting screw/bolt counter
clockwise.
REGLAGE DE LA FRICTION DE LA
DIRECTION (pour modle
commande par barre franche)
Dp
not
overtighten
the
friction
screw/bolt. If there is too much resis
tance, it may be difficult to steer, which
could result in an accident.
A J U S T E D E LA F R I C C I O N D E LA
D I R E C C I O N ( m o d e l o p r o v i s t o d e control
d e caria d e l t i m o n )
Un dispositive de friccin ofrece resistencia al
m o v i m i e n t o de la direccion. Puede ajustarse de
acuerdo con las preferencias del operador.
En el soporte giratorio esta situado un tornillo/perno de ajuste.
Un d i s p o s i t i f f r i c t i o n cre une rsistance dans

la commande de d i r e c t i o n . L'intensit de cette
friction est rglable suivant les prfrences du
pilote.
La vis/le boulon de rglage est situe sur le
.support pivotant.
Para aumentar la resistencia:

Gire el t o r n i l l o / p e r n o de ajuste en el sentido de
las agujas del reloj.
Pour augmenter la f r i c t i o n :
sens des aiguilles d'une montre.
Pour d i m i n u e r la f r i c t i o n :
ÂVERTISSEMENT
Resistencia
Aumentar
Ne serrez pas exagrment la vis/le boulon

de rglage de la friction. Si le rglage offre
une trop grande rsistance, il p o u r r a tre
difficile de c o m m a n d e r la direction, ce qui
risque de provoquer un accident.
Para reducir la resistencia:

Gire el tornillo/perno de ajuste en sentido con
trario a las agujas del reloj.

No apriete excesivamente el tornillo/perno de
ajuste de la friccin. Si la resistencia es excesiva, rsultera dificil contrler la direccion de la
embarcacin, con el consiguiente riesgo de
accidente.
ES
EMU01297
TRIM ANGLE ADJUSTING ROD

The position of the t r i m angle adjusting
rod determines the m i n i m u m t r i m angle
of the outboard m o t o r in relation to the
transom.
TIGE DE REGLAGE DE L'ANGLE

D'ASSIETTE
La position de la tige de rglage de l'angle
d'assiette du moteur hors-bord dtermine
l'angle d'assiette minimum par rapport
l'arcasse.
tilt model)
The tilt-lock mechanism is used to pre
vent reverse thrust f r o m the propeller lift
ing t h e outboard m o t o r w h e n reversing.
To lock it, set the tilt-lock lever in the Lock
position. To release it, place the tilt-lock
lever in the Tilt position.
Tilt-lock lever
EMD48010
TILT S U P P O R T BAR
The tilt support bar keeps the outboard
m o t o r in the tilted up position.
2-T1
TRIMADO
La posicion de la varilla de ajuste del ngulo de
trimado dtermina el ngulo de trimado minimo del motor fuera borda en relacibn con el
brazo transversal.
SMD58100
EMD44110
TILT-LOCK M E C H A N I S M ( f o r m a n u a l
VARILLA DE AJUSTE DEL ANGULO DE
MECANISME DE VERROUILLAGE
DE RELEVAGE (modles relevage
manuel)
Le mcanisme de verrouillage de relevage est
destin viter que l'inversion de la pousse
de l'hlice soulve le moteur hors-bord en
marche arrire. Pour le verrouiller, amenez le
levier de verrouillage de relevage sur la position de verrouillage. Pour le dverrouiller,
ramenez le levier de verrouillage de relevage
dans la position de relevage.
MECANISMO DE BLOQUEO DE LA
INCLINACION (modele provisto de
inclinacion manual)
El mecanismo de bloqueo de la inclinacion se
utiliza para impedir que el contraempuje de la
hlice levante el motor fuera borda al navegar
en marcha atrs. Para bloquearla, sittJe la
palnca de bloqueo de la inclinacion en la posicion -de bloqueo (Lock). Para desbioquearla,
situe la palanca de bloqueo de la inclinacion en
la posicion de inclinacion (Tilt).
Levier de verrouillage de relevage
Q) Palanca de bloqueo de la inclinacion
I"\11WXI11(I
SMD48010
TIGE DE SUPPORT DE RELEVAGE

La tige de support de relevage (T) maintient le
moteur hors-bord en position releve.
BARRA DE SOPORTE DE LA INCLINACION

La barra de soporte de la inclinacion () mantiene el motor fuera borda en la posicion inclinada hacia arriba.
2-11
EMD53001
TOP COWLING LOCK LEVER

To remove the engine top c o w l i n g , push
the lock lever downward. Then lift off the
c o w l i n g . When replacing the c o w l i n g ,
check to be sure it fits properly in the rubber seal. Then lock the c o w l i n g again by
moving the lever u p w a r d .
EMD63000
2P CONNECTOR
(for Manual start model)
AC12V-80W power is delivered through
this connector. When using it, keep in
mind the following points;
1) Use a genuine Yamaha connector.
2)
3)
Use lighting equipment only.

Connect a lighting equipment directly
to the 2P connector.
4) Capacity of the lighting equipment
.' must be more than 12V-80W; otherwise, the bulb could be burnt out.
5) When the connector is not used,
place the cap on it.
CAUnOISI:
Do not connect the 2P connector directly
to the battery terminals. Otherwise, the
electrical system will be damaged.
I-MD.^.IIIOI
SMD53001
LEVIER DE VERROUILLAGE DU
CAPOT
Pour dposer le capot suprieur du moteur,
abaissez le levier de verrouillage. Soulevez
ensuite le capot pour l'enlever. Lors du remontage du capot, veillez ce qu'il s'adapte correctement sur le joint en caoutchouc. Fixez
nouveau le capot en ramenant le levier vers le
haut.
PALAIMCA DE BLOQUEO DE LA
CUBIERTA SUPERIOR
Para retirer la cubierta superior del motor,
empuje la palanca de bloqueo hacia abajo. A
continuacion, levante la cubierta. Cuando vuelva a colocar la cubierta, asegrese de que
encaja correctamente en la junta de caucho.
Seguidamente, vuelva a bloquear la cubierta
moviendo la palanca hacia arriba.
KMDh.liKM)
SMD63000
CONNECTEUR A 2 BROCHES
CONECTOR 2P (modelo provisto de
{modles d m a r r e u r manuel)
L'alimentation CA I2V-80W est dlivre via
ce connecteur. Lorsque vous l'utilisez, conservez les remarques suivantes l'esprit:
1) Utilisez un connecteur 'Vamaha d'origine.
2) Utilisez
uniquement
un
quipement
d'clairage.
3) Raccordez
directement
l'quipement
d'clairage au connecteur 2 broches.
4) La capacit de l'quipement d'clairage
doit tre suprieure 12V-80W. sinon vous
risquez de griller l'ampoule.
5) Lorsque vous n'utilisez pas le connecteur,
recouvrez-le du capuchon.
arranque manual)
A traves de este conector se suministra una alimentacin de 12Vca-80W. Cuando lo utilice,
tenga prsentes los siguientes puntos:
1) Utilice un conector original Yamaha.
2) Utilice nicamente equipos de iluminacion.
3) onecte el equipo de iluminacion directamente al conector 2P.
4) La capacidad del equipo de iluminacion
debe ser superior a 12V-80W; de lo contrario podr fundirse la bombilla.
5) Cuando no se utilice el conector, cbralo
con la tapa protectora
PRECAUCION:
ATTENTION:
Ne raccordez pas directement le connecteur
2 broches aux bornes de la batterie. Sinon,
vous risquez d'endommager le circuit lectrique.
l\Jo conecte el conector 2P directamente a los

terminales de la bateria, ya que de lo contrario
podr danarse el sistema elctrlco.
ES
Chapter 3
OPERATION
INSTALLATION
M o u n t i n g the outboard motor
Clamping the outboard motor
FILLING FUEL AND ENGINE OIL
Filling fuel
Gasoline (petrol) and oil mixing
PRE-OPERATION CHECKS
3-1
3-2
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-5
3-7
Chapitre 3
Capitule 3
OPERATION
FUNCIONAMIENTO
MONTAGE
.-^-1
IVlomage du moteur hors-bord
3-2
Fixation du moteur hors-bord
3-4
REMPLISSAGE DE CARBURANT ET
D'HUILE
3-5
Procdure de plein de carburant
3-5
Essence et mlange d'huile
3-5
PROCEDURE PRALABLE
3-7
INSTALACION
31
Montaje del motor fuera borda
3-2
Fijacion del motor fuera borda
3-4
LLENADO DE COMBUSTIBLE Y ACEITE DE
MOTOR
3-5
Repostaje de combustible
3-5
Mezcla de gasolina y aceite
3-5
PROCEDIMIENTO PREVIO A LA PUESTA EN
MARCHA
3-7
RODAGE DU IVIOTEUR
3-8
RODAJE DEL MOTOR
BREAKING IN (RUNNING IN) ENGINE ..3-8
DEiVIARRAGE DU MOTEUR
STARTING ENGINE
3-10
MISE A TEMPERATURE DU
MOTEUR
WARMING UP ENGINE
3-16
SHIFTING
3-17
EMBRAYAGE
Marche avant
Marche arrire
ARRET DU MOTEUR
Forward
Reverse
STOPPING ENGINE
3-17
3-18
3-19
TRIMMING OUTBOARD MOTOR
3-20
Adjusting t r i m angle
CORRECTION DE L'ASSIETTE DU
MOTEUR HORS-BORD
Rglage de l'angle d'assiette
NAVIGATION EN EAUX PEU
PROFONDES
ARRANOUE DEL MOTOR
3-10
3-16
CALENTAMIENTO DEL MOTOR
3-16
3-17
3-17
3-18
3-19
CAMBIO DE MARCHA
Marcha de avance
Marcha at ras
PARADA DEL MOTOR
3 17
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
ASIEIMTO DEL MOTOR FUERA BORDA

Ajuste del ngulo de asiento
NAVEGACION EN AGUAS POCO
PROFUNDAS
3 20
3-21
3-23
TILTING U P / D O W N
3-25
CRUISING IN OTHER CONDITIONS

Cruising in s a l t w a t e r
Cruising in turbid water
3-27
3-27
3-27
3-23
3-23
3-21
CRUISING IN SHALLOW WATER
3-10
RELEVAGE/ABAISSEMENT
3-25
AUTRES CONDITIONS DE
NAVIGATION
Navigation en eaux salines
Navigation en eaux troubs
3-27
3-27
3-27
INCLINACIN ASCENDENTE/
DESCENDENTE
3 25
NAVEGACION EN OTRAS CONDICIONES. .3-27

Navegacion en aguas salarias
3-27
Navegacin en aguas turbias
3-27
f
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Incorrect engine height or obstructions to
smooth water flow (such as the design or
condition of the boat or accessories such
as transom ladders/depth finder transducers) can create airborne water spray
while the boat is cruising.
Severe engine damage may result if the
motor \s operated continuously in the
presence of airborne water spray.
NOTE:
During water testing check the buoyancy
of the boat, at rest, w i t h its m a x i m u m
load. Check that the static water level on
the exhaust housing is low enough to prevent water entry into the powerhead,
w h e n water rises due to waves w h e n the
outboard Is not r u n n i n g .
MONTAGE
ATTENTION:
Une hauteur incorrecte du moteur ou toute
entrave un coulement fluide de l'eau
(comme la conception ou l'tat du bateau ou
des accessoires tels que les chelles de traverse/capteurs des sondes de profondeur)
peuvent provoquer des embruns lorsque le
bateau navigue. Il peut rsulter de graves
dommages au moteur s'il est utilis continuellement dans les embruns.
INSTALACION
F>RECAUCIO(M:
Una altura incorrecta del motor u obstrucciones que impidan la suavidad de marcha de la
embarcacion (como per ejemplo el diseno el
estado de la embarcacion accesorios taies
como escalerillas del peto de popa transductores del hidrfono de sonar) paeden provocar
la formacin de agua pulverizada en la superficie mientras se navega. El motor podr sufrir
graves danos si se utiliza continuamente mientras se forma agua pulverizada en la superficie.
N.B.:
Durant les tests dans l'eau, vrifiez la flottabilit du bateau au repos et charge maximale.
Vrifiez si le niveau d'eau statique sur le capotage d'chappement est suffisamment bas pour
viter que l'eau ne pntre dans le compartiment moteur en cas d'une lvation du niveau
d'eau due aux vagues lorsque le moteur ne
tourne pas.
NOTA:
Durante la comprobacin de! motor en el agua,
verifique la sustentacion hidrulica de la
embarcacion, en estado de reposo, con su
carga maxima. Compruebe que el nivel estti del agua en la cubierta de! escape es suficientemente bajo como para impedir la entrada
de agua en el interior del motor cuando se
eleve el nivel del agua debido a las olas mien
tras el motor fuera borda esta parade.
-fc^
ES
EMF12010
MOUNTING THE OUTBOARD

MOTOR
' ^ '/^:^^11^
Improper mounting of the outboard
motor could result in hazardous condi
tions such as poor handling, loss of con
trol, or fire hazards. Observe the follow
ing:
The information presented in this sec
tion is intended as reference only. It is
not possible to provide complete
instructions for every possible boat/
motor combination. Proper mounting
depends in part on experience and the
specific boat/motor combination.
Your dealer or other person experi
enced in proper rigging should mount
the motor. If you are mounting the
motor yourself, you should be trained
by an experienced person, [permanent
mounted type]
Your dealer or other person experi
enced in proper outboard motor
mounting should show you how to
mount your motor, [portable type]
M o u n t the outboard m o t o r on the center
line (keel line) of the boat, and ensure that
the boat itself is well balanced. Otherwise,
the boat w i l l be hard to steer. For boats
w i t h o u t a keel or w h i c h are asymmetrical,
consult your dealer.
MONTAGE DU MOTEUR HORS-BORD
MONTAJE DEL MOTOR FUERA BORDA
AVERTISSEMENT
Un montage incorrect du moteur hors-bord
pourrait crer des conditions de navigation
dangereuses comme une faible manoeuvrabilit, une perte de contrle ou des risques
d'incendie. Nous vous invitons vous
conformer ce qui suit:
Les informations prsentes dans cette section ne vous sont donnes qu' titre indicatif. Il n'est pas possible de fournir des instructions compltes pour toutes les combinaisons bateau/moteur possibles. Le montage dpend en partie de l'exprience et de
la combinaison bateau/moteur en question.
Le moteur devrait tre install par votre
distributeur ou par toute autre personne
exprimente en matire de montage de
moteurs hors-bord. Si vous montez le
moteur hors-bord vous-mme, il faut que
vous ayez t form par une personne
exprimente, [type permanent]
Il serait souhaitable que votre distributeur
ou toute autre personne exprimente en
matire de montage de moteurs hors-bord
vous montre comment monter votre horsbord, [type amovible]
Montez le hor.s-bord sur l'axe (ligne de quille)
du bateau et vrifiez si le bateau lui-mme est
parfaitement quilibr. Sinon, le bateau sera
difficile manoeuvrer. Pour les bateaux qui ne
prsentent pas de quille ou qui sont asymiriques, consultez votre distributeur.
Monte el motor fuera borda en la linea de crujia (quilla horizontal) de la embarcacion y asegrese de que la propia embarcacion est bien
equilibrada, ya que de lo contrario sera dificil
controlar la direccion. En el caso de embarcaclones desprovistas de quilla que sean asimtricas, consulte a su concesionario.
Linea de crujia
(quilla horizontal)
Q) Axe du bateau
(ligne de quille)
Center line
(Keel line)
3-2
El montaje incorrecte del motor fuera borda

puede dar resultado situaciones de peligro
taies como una dficiente maniobrabilidad, la
prdida de control el riesgo de incendie.
Observe los siguientes puntos:
La informacion que aparece en este apartado
se incluye nicamente a titulo de referencia.
No es posible aportar instrucciones compltas para cada combinacion posible de
embarcacion/motor. El montaje correcte
dpende en parte de la experiencia y de la
combinacion concreta de embarcacion/
motor.
Su concesionario u otra persona experimentada en la instalacin debe montar el motor.
Si decide montar el motor usted mismo,
deber contar con la ayuda de una persona
experimentada [tipo montado permanentemente).
Su concesionario u otra persona experimentada en el correcto montaje de motores fuera
borda debe ensenarle a montar el motor
[tipo porttil].
3-?
ES
GB;
CJF^-)
Overpowering a boat may cause severe
Une surmotorisation du bateau peut entraner une grave instabilit. Ne montez pas un
moteur hors-bord d'une puissance suprieure la puissance maximale stipule sur la
plaquette signaltique du bateau. Si le
bateau ne porte pas de plaquette signaltique, consultez votre revendeur de bateau.
La apllcaclon de una potencia excesiva a una

embarcacin puede causar una gran inestabilidad. No instale un motor fuera borda cuya
potencia sea superior al regimen mximo que
figura en la plaa de capacidad de la embarcacin. Si la embarcacin no dispone de una
plaa de capacidad, consulte al fabricante de la
embarcacin.
F->lUnl24H
SMU0129e
Hauteur de Montage
Pour obtenir de votre bateau.le maximum
d'efficacit, la rsistance l'avancement (la
trane) du bateau et du moteur hors-bord doit
tre aussi rduite que possible. La hauteur de
montage du moteur hors-bord intluence trs
fortement la trane dans l'eau. Une hauteur de
montage trop importante peut aboutir au phnomne de cavitation, ce qui rduit la puissance de propulsion;- et si le bout des pales de
l'hlice bat l'air, le rgime du moteur va augmenter anormalement et provoquer une surchauffe du moteur. Si le moteur est mont trop
bas, la rsistance l'avancement augmentera et
rduira ainsi l'efficacit du moteur. Montez le
moteur de telle faon que la plaque anticavitation se situe une hauteur comprise entre le
fond du bateau et une distance de 25 mm en
dessous de celui-ci.
N.B.:
Altura de montaje
Para que su embarcacin navegue con la maxima eficiencia, la resistencia al agua (arrastre)
de la embarcacin y del motor fuera borda
debe ser lo ms reducida posible. La altura de
montaje del motor fuera borda afecta considerablemente a la resistencia al agua. Si la altura
de- montaje es demasiado elevada, tiende a
producirse una cavitacin, reducindose la propulsion; y si las puntas de la hlice quedan al
aire, la velocidad del motor aumentar anormalmente, provocando un sobrecalentamienlo
del motor fuera borda. Si la altura de montaje
es demasiado baja, aumentar la resistencia al
agua, reducindose la eficiencia del motor.
Monte el motor de forma que la plaa anticavitacion quede entre la parte inferior de la
embarcacin y un nivel situado a 25 mm por
debajo de la misma.
NOTA:
La hauteur de montage optimale du moteur

hors-bord dpend de la combinaison,
bateau/moteur et de l'utilisation que vous
comptez en faire. Des tests diffrentes hauteurs vous aideront dterminer la hauteur
de montage optimale.
Reportez-vous la section "CORRECTION
DE L'ASSIETTE DU MOTEUR HORSBORD" pour les instructions de rglage de
l'angle d'assiette du moteur hors-bord.
La altura de montaje optima del motor fuera

borda se vera afectada por la combinacin de
embarcacin/motor y por el uso deseado. La
realizacion de pruebas de navegacion con el
motor a distintas alturas puede ayudarle a
determinar la altura de montaje optima,
Consulte la seccion "TRIMADO DEL MOTOR
FUERA BORDA", donde se mckiyen instrucclones sobre la manera de ajustar el ngulo
de trimado del motor fuera borda.
AAVERTISSEMENT
instability. Do not install an outboard
motor w i t h more horsepower than the
maximum rating on the capacity plate of
the boat. If the boat does not have a
capacity plate, consult the boat manufacturer.
0~25mm
Mouriting Height
To run-"your boat at o p t i m u m efficiency,
the water-resistance (drag) of the boat
and outboard m o t o r must be made as little as possible. The mounting-height of
the o u t b o a r d m o t o r greatly affects the
water-resistance. If the mounting-height
is too high, cavitation tends to occur, thus
reducing the propulsion; and if the propeller tips cut the air, the engine speed
w i l l rise a b n o r m a l l y and cause the engine
to overheat. If the mounting-height is too
low, the water-resistance will increase
and thereby reduce engine efficiency.
M o u n t the engine so that the anti-cavitation plate is between the b o t t o m of the
boat and a level 25 m m (1 in.) below it.
NOTE:
The o p t i m u m m o u n t i n g height of the
outboard m o t o r is affected by the
boat/motor
combination
and
the
desired use. Test runs at different
heights can help determine the optim u m m o u n t i n g height.
Refer to the section "TRIMMING OUTBOARD MOTOR" for instructions on
setting the t r i m angle of the outboard.
-fcS21
ES
EMF14010
KVIC.KMKX)
SMC30000
CLAMPING THE OUTBOARD MOTOR
FIXATION DU MOTEUR
HORS-BORD
I) Placez le moteur hors-bord sur la barre
d'arcasse de faon ce qu'il soit positionn
aussi prs que possible du centre. Serrez
fermement les vis de fixation de la traverse.
Vrifiez occasionnellernent le serrage des
vis de fixation lorsque le moteur fonctionne, car il est possible qu'elles se desserrent
en raison des vibrations du moteur.
F I J A C I O N DEL M O T O R F U E R A BORDA
1) Situe el m o t o r fuera borda sobre el peto de
popa, de f o r m a que quede lo ms cerca
posible del centro. Apriete de forma uniforme y segura los tornillos de la abrazadera
del peto de popa. Mientras utilice el motor,
c o m p r u e b e ocasionalmente que los tornillos de fijacion estn apretados correctamente, ya que pueden afiojarse debido a la
vibracion del motor.
1)
Place the outboard on the transom so

that it Is positioned as close to the
center as possible. Tighten the transom clamp screws evenly and securely. Check the clamp-screws for tightness occasionally during operation of
the motor as they can work loose due
to engine vibration.
Loose clamp screws could allow the

motor to move on the transom or fall off
the transom. This could cause loss of
control and serious injury. Make sure the
transom screws are tightened securely.
Occasionally check the screws for tightness during operation.
2)- An engine restraint cable or chain

should be used. Attach one end to
the engine restraint cable attachment
point and the other to a secure
mounting point on the boat. Otherwise, the engine could be completely
lost if it accidentally falls off the transom.
3-4
AAVERTISSEMENT
Si des vis de fixation sont desserres, le horsbord bougera sur la barre d'arcasse ou s'en
dtachera, ce qui pourrait entraner une
perte de contrle et de graves blessures.
Veillez ce que les vis de la barre d'arcasse
soit solidement serres. 'Vrifiez occasionnellement en cours d'utilisation si les vis sont
bien serres.
2) Montez un cble ou une chane de retenue.

Fixez-en une extrmit au point de fixation
du cble de retenue sur le moteur hors-bord
et l'autre extrmit un solide point
d'ancrage sur le bateau mme. Sinon, le
moteur pourrait tre dfinitivement perdu
s'il se dtachait accidentellement de la
barre d'arcasse.
3-4
Si se afiojan los tornillos de sujecion, el motor

podr moverse incluso desprenderse del
peto de popa, provocando la prdida de control Y posibles lesiones graves. Asegrese de
que los tornillos del peto de popa estn apretados correctamente.
Compruebe ocasionalmente el correcto apriete
de los tornillos mientras utilice el motor fuera
borda.
2)
Debe utilizarse un cable una cadena de

sujecion del motor. Fije un extremo al
p u n t o de fijacion para cable de sujecion del
m o t o r y el otro e x t r e m o a un punto seguro
de la embarc ac i on. De esta manera se evitar la prdida del motor en el supuesto de
que se suelte accidentalmente del peto de
popa.
ES
REMPLISSAGE DE
CARBURANT ET D'HUILE
FILLING FUEL
AND ENGINE OIL
EMF31010
1)
2)
3)
SMB13101
1 .111
FILLING FUEL
Remove the fuel tank cap.
Fill the fuel tank carefully.
Close the cap securely after refueling.
W i p e up any spilled fuel.
Fuel tank capacity:
Refer to SPECIFICATIONS, Page 4-1
PROCEDURE DE PLEIN DE
CARBURANT
1) Retirer le capuchon du rservoir carburanl.
2) Remplir prcautionneusement le rservoir,
3) Replacer fermement le capuchon aprs
avoir fait le plein. Essuyer l'essence qui a
dbord.
Capacit du rservoir carburant:
Voir CARACTERISTIQUES, Page 4-1
G A S O L I N E (PETROL) A N D OIL
MIXING
Pre-mix model
-\(
~-__^
1)
2)
Engine oil : Gasoline (Petrol)
Break-in period
1 :50
After break-in
1 : 100
Pour oil and gasoline into the fuel

tank, in that order.
Then m i x the fuel t h o r o u g h l y by shak

ing.
3)
Make sure the oil is mixed w i t h gaso

line .
902031
T-c;
ESSENCE ET MELANGE D'HUILE

Modle prmlange
____
Engine oil
@ Gasoline (Petrol)
REPOSTAJE DE COMBUSTIBLE
1) Retire la tapa del depsito de combustible.
2) LIene cuidadosamente el depsito de combustible.
3) Apriete la tapa del depsito cuando haya
terminado de repostar. Limpie el combustible que pueda haberse derramado.
Capacidad del depsito de combustible:
Consulte el apartado ESPECIFICACIONES, Pagina 4-1
SMF35012'
EMF3S012'
LLENADO DE COMBUSTIBLE Y
ACEITE DE MOTOR
Huile moteur : E.s.sence
MEZCLA DE GASOLIIMA Y ACEITE

Modelo que utiliza mezcla previa
~~-~
-___
Aceite de motor : gasoirna
Priode de rodage
1 :50
Periodo de rodaje
I : 50
Aprs le rodage
1 : 100
Despus del rodaje
1 : 100
1) Verser l'huile et l'essence dans le jerrycan

carburant dans l'ordre suivant:
1) Vierta el aceite y la gasolina en el depsito

de combustible, en este orden.
Huile moteur
Q E.ssence
Aceite de motor
(2) Gasolina
2) Mlangez ensuite l'huile l'essence en le

secouant nergiquement.
3) Veillez ce que l'huile soit bien inlange
l'essence.
2) A continuacion, mezcle el aceite y la gasolina, agitndolos enrgicamente.

3) Compruebe que el aceite se ha mezclado
la gasolina.
ES
ATTENTION:
CAUTION:
Avoid using any oil other than the designated type.
Use a thoroughly blended fuel-oil mixture.
If the mixture is not thoroughly blended, or if the mixing ratio is incorrect,
the following problems could occur:
Low oil ratio: Lack of oil could cause
major engine trouble, such as piston
seizure.
High oil ratio: Too much oil could
cause fouled spark plugs, smoky
exhaust, and heavy carbon deposits.
PRECAUCION:
Evitez d'utiliser de l'huile d'un autre type

que celui spcifi.
Utilisez un mlange huile/essence parfaitement homogne.
Si le mlange n'est pas parfaitement
homogne, le rapport de mlange est
incorrect et les problmes suivants pourront survenir;
Rapport d'huile insuffisant:
Une insuffisance d'huile peut causer de
graves dommages au moteur comme un
grippage du piston.
Rapport d'huile excdentaire:
Un excs d'huile peut causer des problmes d'allumage, des fumes l'chappement et des dpts importants de calamine.
Utillce nicamente aceite de! tipo designado.

Utillce una mezcla de combustible-aceite
perfectamente combinada.
SI la mezcla no esta perfectamente combinada, si la relaclon de mezcla es incorrecta,
podrn produclrse los sigulentes problemas:
RelacJn de mezcla insuficiente: La falta de
aceite puede causar graves danos al
motor, tales como el agarrotamiento del
piston.
Relaclon de mezcla excesiva: Demasiado
aceite puede manchar las bujias, crear ms
humo de escape y provocar la formacin
de excesivos depsltos de carbonilla.
\ ^ e i a c i n de
^\mezcla
50 : 1
^ ^ ^ i x i n g ratio
\ ^ a p p o r l de
50: 1
.SO: 1
24 L
12L
1 L
Gasoline (Petrol) IO.?6USol, (3.2 US gal. (3.7 US gal, 16,3 US gal,
072 Imp gall 2.6 Imp gall 3.1 Imp gall 6,3 Imp gall
Engine oil
0,48 L
0.24 1
0.28 L
0.02 L
10,02 US ql, 10.26 US ql. (0.30 US ql, (0,51 USql,
0,42
ImpQll
0.21
ImpqO
0,24
Impqtl
0.02 Imp qt)
^^\Mixing ratio
Gasoline (Petroll
24 L
UL
12 L
u
10.26 US gal. (3.2 US gal, (3.7 US gal. (6.3 US gal.
3,22 Imp gall 2.6 Imp gall 3.1 Imp gall 5.3 Imp gall
Engine oil
0.24 1
0.14 L
0.12 L
0,01 L
10.01 US ql. 10.13 US ql, 10.15 US ql, (0.25 US ql
0.01 Impqil 0.11 Imp qtl 0.12 Impqtl 0.21 Imp all
NOTE: ^^
If using a permanently installed tank, pour
as the fuel
Huile moleur
\ ^ i i p p ( ) r l dt;
^.jiitlange
100: 1
the oil gradually
Essence
is being
1 Lilrcs
l2U(rc>
((1.2f. US t a l . (.1.2 US gai,
(1.22 Imp iial) 2,6 Imp gall
M Litres
(.1.7 US gai.
.1.1 Impgtill
2J Lilres
(ft.-l US gai.
-i..! Imp gall
(1.(12 l.iiPL-.s
(1,24 Liire,^
(1.2 1.lires
n.JS Litres
1(1.(12 US 41. (11,26 US 41. ((l..l(l US 41. ((l..^l US 41.
(1.112 Imp 4(1 (1.21 Impqll (1.2J Imp 411 (1.J2 Imp 411
100: 1
Essence
1 Litres
12 Litres
(11,2(1 US gtil. (.1.2 US gai.
11,22 Imp gall 2.f Imp gall
IJ Litres
t\7USgal.
.1.1 Imp gall
Huile moleur
(1,(11 Lilre-s
l).12Li(rcs
lll.dl US 41, (11.1.1 US i|t.
0.(11 Impqll (1.11 Impqtl
(I.IJ Litres
(1.24 l.ilres
lll.l.' US 41. ((l,2,s US 41,
(1.12 Imp qd 0,21 Impqil
24 Litres
((1.. US gal.
.^..1 Imp gall
N.B.:
Dans le . de l'utilisation permanente d'un
rservoir fixe, versez progres.sivement l'huile
mesure que de l'essence est ajoute dans le
added to the tank.
3-6
3-6
Gasolina
1 L.ifes
12 Lii-es
u LitMs
?i Lii'cs
Aceile de molor
0,02 Litres
0.2i Litres
0,28 Lii'f;s
O.JfiLiuus
^ \ R e i a c i n de
100 : 1
Gasolina
1 Lit<es
12 Lilre.-;
U tiiir-s
Aceile de motor
0.01 Liires
0.12 Liires
O.ULi('i;s
'.' l i f l f S
0,?-; Midi's
NOTA:
Si utilize un depsito instalado de forma permanente, vierta el aceite gradualmente mientras se aiiada el combustible al deposiio.
m
PRE-OPERATION CHECKS
PROCEDURE P R E A L A B L E
AAVERTISSEMENT
if any item in the pre-operation check is

not worl<ing properly, have it inspected
and repaired before operating the out
board motor. Otherwise, an accident
could occur.
CAUtlON:
Do not start the engine out of water.
Overheating and serious engine damage
can occur.
Si l'un des composants ne fonctionne pas

correctement lors du contrle pralable
l'utilisation, failes-le vrifier ou rparer
avant d'utiliser le moteur hors-bord. Sinon,
vous risquez un accident.
ATTENTION:
Ne pas faire dmarrer le moteur en dehors
de l'eau. Cela
pourrait provoquer un
chauffement considrable et de graves
dommages.
PROCEDIMIENTO PREVIO A LA
PUESTA EN MARCHA
Si alguno de los elementos incluidos en la

comprobacion previa a la puesta en marcha no
funclona correctamente, asegrese de inspeccionarlo y repararlo antes de utilizar el motor
fuera borda, ya que de lo contrario podr provocar un accidente.
PRECAUCION:
No arranque el motor fuera del agua, ya que
podr sobrecalentarse y sufrir graves danos.
EMF4inO
Fuel
Check to be sure you have plenty of fuel
for your trip.
Make sure there are no fuel leaks or
gasoline fumes.
Check fuel line connections to be sure
they are tight.
Be sure the fuel tank is positioned on a
secure, flat surface, and that the fuel
hose is not twisted or flattened, or likely
to contact sharp objects.
EMFa2no
Oil
Check to be sure y o u have plenty of oil
for your trip.
EMF43010
Controls
Check throttle, shift, and steering for
proper operation before starting the
engine.
3-7
The controls should work smoothly,

w i t h o u t binding or unusual free play.
Look for loose or damaged connec
tions.
Check operation of the starter and stop
switches w h e n the outboard motor is in
the water.
Carburant
Vrifiez s'il y a bien le plein de carburant
pour votre sortie.
Veillez ce qu'il n'y ait pas de fuites ni de
vapeurs de carburant.
Vrifiez si les raccords du circuit d'alimentation sont correctement fixs.
Veillez ce que le rservoir carburant soit
plac sur une surface sre, plane et que le
tuyau d'alimentation ne soit pas tordu ou
cras ni en contact avec des objets aux
artes vives.
FMF421I(1
Huile
Vrifiez si vous disposez de suffisamment
d'huile pour votre sortie.
fMFa.ioMl
Commandes
Vrifiez le bon fonctionnement de l'acclrateur, de l'inverseur et de la direction avant de
faire dmarrer le moteur.
Les commandes doivent fonctionner aisment, sans offrir de rsistance ni de jeu anormal.
Vrifiez si aucune connexion n'est desserre
ou endommage.
Vrifiez le Conctionneiênt des boutons de
dmarreur et d'arrt lorsque le moteur horsbord est dans l'eau.
SMFaino
Combustible
AsegiJrese de que dispone de suficiente combustible para su viaje.
Compruebe que no existen fugas de combustible vapor de gasoline.
Verifique las conexiones del tubo de combus
tible para asegurarse de que estn apretadas
correctamente.
Verifique que el deposito de combustible
est situado sobre una superficie segura y
plana, y que el tubo de combustible no esta
doblado aplastado, cerca de objetos afilados con los que pueda entrar en contacte.
SMF42110
Acelte
Compruebe que dispone de suficiente aceite
para su viaje.
SMF4310
Mandos
Antes de poner en marcha el motor, compruebe el correcte funcionamiento del acelerador, el cambio y la direccion.
Los mandos deben funcionar suavemente,
sin agarrotarse ni preseniar una holgura
extraria.
Compruebe la posible existencia de conexiones sueltas dariadas,
Compruebe el funcionamiento de los interruptores de arranque y de parada cuando el
motor fuera borda se encuentre en el agua.
,jl^
ES
EMF436n
Engine
Check the engine and engine m o u n t i n g .
Look for loose or damaged fasteners.
Check the propeller for damage.
Check that the battery is in good condi
tion and battery connections are secure.
Moteur
Vrifiez le moteur et le support du moteur.
Vrifiez .si aucune fixation n'est desserre
endommage.
Vrifiez si l'hlice n'est pas endommage.
Vrifiez si la batterie est en bon tat et si I
connexions de la batterie sont correctes.
SMF43611
Motor
Compruebe el motor y su montaje.
Compruebe que no existan disposilivos de
fijacion sueltos daiiados.
Compruebe que la hlice no est dariada.
Compruebe que la bateria esta en buen estado Y conectada correctamente.
BREAKING IN (RUNNING IN)

ENGINE
Your new engine requires a period of
break-in (running-in) to allow mating sur
faces of m o v i n g parts to wear-in evenly.
Correct break-in (running-in) will help
ensure proper performance and longer
engine life.
CAUTION:
Failure follow the break-in (runnlng-inl
procedure may result in reduced engine
life or even severe engine damage.
Break-in (running-in) time: 10 hours

Break-in (running-in) premix ratio:
Refer to "Gasoline/Petrol and Oil
Mixing".
3-8
RODAGE DU MOTEUR
Votre nouveau moteur requiert une priode de
rodage afin d'araser uniformment les surfaces
en contact des pices mobiles. Un rodage correctement effectu vous permettra d'obtenir de
bonnes performances et d'assurer la durabilit
de votre moteur.
ATTENTION:
a non-ob.servation de la procdure de rodage
peut iivoir pour rsultat une rduction de la
dure de vie ou de graves dgts au moteur.
Priode de rodage: 10 heures
Rapport de prmlange pour le rodage

Voir "Mlange d'essence et d'huile"
RODAJE DEL MOTOR

El nuevo motor necesita un periodo de rodaje
con el fin de que las superficies acopladas de
las piezas moviles se desgasten L/niformemente. Un rodaje correcte asegurar un buen rendimiento y una mayor vida util del motor,
PRECAUCIOIM:
Si no se sigue el procedimiento de rodaje,
podr reducirse la vida util del motor e incluse
se podr causar danos graves al motor
Duracin del rodaje: 10 horas
Relacin de mezcla previa durante el rodaje:

Consulte el apariado "Mezcla rie jasoiina y
EMF530n
Run the engine under load (in gear with a

propeller installed) as follows.
1) First 10 minutes:
Run the engine at the lowest possi
ble-speed. A fast idle in neutral is
best.
2)
Next 50 minutes:
Do not exceed half throttle (approxi
mately 3,000 r/min). Vary engine
speed occasionally. If you have an
eaSy-planing boat, accelerate at full
throttle onto plane, then immediately
reduce the throttle to 3,000 r/min or
less.
3)
Second hour:
Accelerate at full throttle onto plane,
then reduce engine speed to threequarter throttle (approximately 4,000
r/min). Vary engine speed occasional
ly. Run at full throttle for one minute,
then allow about 10 minutes of opera
tion at three-quarter throttle or less to
let the engine cool.
4)
Third through tenth hours:

Avoid operating at full throttle for
more than 5 minutes at a time. Let the
engine cool between full-throttle runs.
Vary engine speed occasionally.
5)
After the first 10 hours:

Operate the engine normally. Use the
standard premix ratio of gasoline :
Oil. (Refer to "Gasoline/Petrol and Oii
Mixing".)
ES
1-1->,1111 J
SMF530n
Faites tourner le moteur sou.s charge (embray

El motor debe funcionar por debaio de su
;ivec une hlice installe) selon la procdure
capacidad de carga maxima Icon marcha
suivante.
engranada y una hlice instalada) de la
1) Le.s 10 premires minutes:
siguiente manera.
Faites tourner le moteur au rgime le plus
1) Primeros 10 minutos:
bas possible. Un rgime de ralenti rapide
El motor lebe funcionar a la menor velociau point mort convient idalement.
dad posible. Se recomienda una velocidad
2) Les 50 minutes suivantes:
de ralenti rpida en punto muerto.
Ne dpassez pas la demi-puissance (envi2) Siguientes 50 minutos:
ron 3.000. ir/min). Faites varier rgulireNo supere la posicion media de aceleracion
ment le rgime du moteur. Si vous avez un
(aproximadamente 3.000 rpm). Varie ocabateau planant facilement, acclrez pleisionalmente la velocidad del motor. Si disne puissance et rduisez ensuite immdiatepone de una embarcacin de planeo, acele1 3.000 tr/min ou moins.
re al mximo hasta situarse en el piano y
3) La deuxime heure:
reduzca inmediatamente la aceleracion a
Acclrez jusqu' pleine puissance en pla3.000 rpm menos.
nant et rduisez ensuite le rgime au trois
3) Segunda hora:
quarts de la puissance (environ 4.000
Acelere al mximo hasta situarse en el
tr/min). Faites varier rgulirement le rgipiano y reduzca la velocidad del motor a
me du moteur. Faites-le tourner pleine
tres
cuartas partes de la aceleracion maxipuissance pendant une minute, revenez aux
ma (aproximadamente 4.000 rpm). Varie
trois quarts de la puissance ou moins penooasionalmente la velocidad del motor.
dant 10 minutes pour le laisser refroidir.
Navegue a plena aceleracion durante un
4) De la troisime la dixime heure:
minuto y seguidamente reduzca la marcha
Evitez de faire tourner le moteur plein
durante 10 minutos a 1res cuartas panes de
rgime pendant plus de 5 minutes conscula aceleracion maxima menos, con el fin
tives. Laissez refroidir le moteur entre les
de permitir que se enfrie el motor.
cycles pleine puissance. Faites varier
4) Tercera hora a dcima hora:
rgulirement le rgime du moteur.
Evite navegar a plena aceleracion durante
.i) Aprs les 10 premires heures:
ms de 5 minutos seguidos. Permita que se
Utilisez le moteur normalement. Utilisez le
enfrie el motor entre los periodos de plena
rapport de prmlange standard essence :
aceleracion. Varie ocasionalmente la velocihuile
(Voir
"Mlange
d'essence
et
dad de! motor.
d'huile".)
5) Despus de las 10 primeras horas:
Utilice el motor de la manera normal. Utilice la relacion normal de mezcla de gasolina-aceite (consulte el apartado "1 de
gasolina y aceite").
-fcez.
ES
STARTING ENGINE
DEMARRAGE DU MOTEUR
ARRANQUE DEL MOTOR
AAVERTISSEMENT
Before starting the engine, 1 < sure
that the boat is tightly moored and that
you can steer clear of any obstructions.
Be sure there are no swimmers in the
water near you.
When the air vent screw is loosened,
gasoline (petrol) vapor will be released.
Gasoline (petrol) is highly flammable,
and its vapors are flammable and
explosive. Refrain from smoking, and
keep away from open flames and
sparks while loosening the air vent
screw.
This product emits exhaust gases
which contain carbon monoxide, a col
orless, odorless gas which may cause
brain damage or death when inhaled.
Symptoms include nausea, dizziness,
and drowsiness. Keep cockpit and
cabin areas well ventilated. Avoid
blocking exhaust outlets.
1)
If there is an air vent screw on the fuel

tank cap, loosen it 2 or 3 turns.
2)
If there is a fuel joint on the motor,

firmly connect the fuel line to the
joint. Then f i r m l y connect the other
g q ^ of the fuel line to the joint on the
fuel tank.
NOTE:
During engine operation place the tank

horizontally, or fuel cannot be drawn into
the engine.
3)
3-10
Avant de faire dmarrer le moteur, veillez

ce que le bateau soit solidement amarr
et que vous puissiez manuvrer librement.
Vrifiez s'il n'y a pas de baigneurs
proximit du bateau.
Des vapeurs d'essence se volatilisent
lorsque la vis de purge d'air est desserre.
L'essence est hautement inflammable et
ses vapeurs sont inflammables et explosives. Abstenez-vous de fumer et installezvous l'cart des flammes nues et des
sources d'tincelles lorsque vous desserrez
la vis de purge d'air.
Ce produit met des gaz d'chappement
contenant du monoxyde de carbone, un
gaz incolore et inodore capable de provoquer des lsions crbrales, voire la mort,
en cas d'inhalation. Les symptmes sont
des nauses, des vertiges et la somnolence.
Veillez bien arer le cockpit et la cabine.
N'obstruez pas les sorties d'chappement.
Antes de arrancar el motor, asegrese de

que la embarcacion esta amarrada de forma
segura y que puede sortear cualquler obstculo. Compruebe que no haya nadadores en
el agua cerca de la embarcacion.
Cuando se afioja el tornillo respiradero, se
emite vapor de gasolina. La gasolina es
sumamente inflamable y su vapor es inflamable y explosive. Abstngase de fumar y
mantngase alejado de Hamas y chispas
cuando afioje el tornillo respiradero.
Este producto emite gases de escape que
contienen monoxldo de carbone, un gas
incolore e inodoro cuya inhalacin puede
provocar lesiones cerebrales Incluso la
muerte. Entre los sintomas cabe citar nause
as, mareos y somnolencia. Mantenga las
zdnas de la caseta del timon y el camarote
bien ventiladas y vite bloquear las saiidas
del escape.
1) Si le bouchon du rservoir carburant

comporte une vis de purge d'air, desserrezla de 2 ou 3 tours.
2) Si le moteur comporte un raccord carburant, raccordez fermement le tuyau d'alimentation au raccord carburant. Connectez ensuite fermement l'autre extrmit du
tuyau d'alimentation au raccord carburant
du rservoir carburant.
N.B.:
1) Si en la tapa del depsito de combustible

hay un tornillo de ventilacion, aflojelo 2 3
vueltas.
2) Si en el motor hay una junta de combusti
ble, acople firmemente el tube de llegada
de combustible a la junta de combustible.
A continuacion, acople firmemente el otro
extremo del tubo de llegada de combusti
ble a la junta de combustible del depsito
de combustible.
NOTA:
Lorsque vous faites fonctionner le moteur, pla^

cez le rservoir l'horizontale, faute de quoi le
carburant ne parviendra pas jusqu'au moteur.
Mientras el motor est en marcha, coloque el

deposita horizontalmente, ya que de lo contrario no llegar combustible al motor.
3) Actionnez la poire d'amorage avec le ct

sortie vers le haut jusqu' ce que vous sentiez une r.sistance.
3) Apriete la vlvula de cebado con el extremo de la salida mirando hacia arriba hasta
que note que est firme.
Squeeze the primer bulb w i t h the out

let end up until you feel it become
firm.
- j ^
3-10
ES
SMU01497
EMU01497
P R O C E D U R E FOR TILLER C O N T R O L
MODEL
4)
Place the gear-shift lever in the neutral position.

NOTE:
The start-in-gear protection device prevents the engine f r o m
starting
PROCEDURE POUR LES MODELES

A BARRE FRANCHE
4) .Placez le levier d'embrayage au point mort.
N.B.:
"_
Le dispositif de protection contre le dmarrage
en prise empche le moteur de dmarrer tant
qu'il ne se trouve pas au point mort.
except
w h e n in Neutral.
5) Asegure el acoilador del interrupter de

parada del motor a un lugar seguro de la
a un brazo, a una pierna. A continuacion, fije la plaa de bloque situada en
el otro extremo del acoilador al interrupter
de parada del motor.
'^'/^:1>^11>^1
AAVERTISSEMENT
' ^4

A t t a c h t h e engine stop s w i t c h lanyard

objets qui ne sont pas Tixs.
IVflentras utilice el motor fuera borda, asegu

re l acoilador de! interrupter de parada del
motor a un lugar seguro de la a un
brazo, a una pierna.
IMo asegure el acoilador a prendas que puedan desgarrarse ni le encamine de manera
que pueda quedar enredado, ya que en este
caso no funcionar.
Evite tirar accidentalmente del acoilador
durante la navegaclon normal, ya que la prdida de potencla del motor se traducir en la
prdida de la mayor parte del control de
direccin. Adems, sin la potencia del motor,
la embarcacin podria perder velocidad rpidamente, con el consigulente peligro de que
los tripulantes u objetos salgan despedidos
por la borda.
Attach the engine stop switch lanyard

to a/secure place on y o u r clothing, or
your a r m or leg. Then, install the lock
plat on the other end of the lanyard
in the engine stop switch.
t o a.scure place on your c l o t h i n g , your

a r m or leg w h i l e operating.
Do not attach t h e lanyard t o clothing
t h a t . c o u l d tear loose. Do n o t route the
lanyard w h e r e it could become entan
gled, p r e v e n t i n g it f r o m f u n c t i o n i n g .
A v o i d accidentally pulling the lanyard
d u r i n g n o r m a l operation. Loss of
engine p o w e r means t h e loss of most
steering c o n t r o l . Also, w i t h o u t engine
p o w e r , t h e boat could s l o w rapidly.
This c o u l d cause people and objects in
t h e boat t o be t h r o w n f o r w a r d .
6)
<';
( >
II
1
1
1
-1
503016
- "
PROVISTO DE CONTROL DE CANA DEL

TIMN
4) Situe la palanca de cambio de marcha en la
posicion de punto muerto.
NOTA:
El dispositive de proteccin contra arranque
con marcha puesta impide que el motor se
arranque a menos que se encuentre en punto
muerto.
5) Fixez le cordon du coupe-circuit du moteur

une partie sre de vos vtements ou un
bras ou encore une jambe lorsque vou.s
naviguez. Fixez alors le coupe-contact de
scurit l'autre extrmit du cordon dans
le coupe-circuit du moteur.
5)
' '
PROCEDIMIEMTO PARA EL MODELO
Place the throttle control grip in the

" S T A R T " position.
6) Placez la poigne de commande d'acclrar

teur en position "START".
6) Situe el purio de control del acelerador en

la posicion de "ARRANQUE",
,Jz:S^
ES
SMF63212'
EMF63212"
Manual Start Model

7) Pull out the choke knob completely
w h e n the engine is cold. After the
engine starts, set the choke knob to
the 2nd or 3rd position for w a r m i n g
up the cold engine. After w a r m i n g up
the engine, set the choke knob to the
original position.
NOTE:
It is not necessary to use the choke
w h e n restarting a hot engine.
Modle dmarrage manuel

7) Tirez compltement le bouton du starter
lorsque le moteur est froid. Aprs que le
moteur a dmarr, amenez le bouton du
starter sur la 2e ou la 3e position pour faire
chauffer le moteur. Lorsque le moteur est
arriv temprature, ramenez le bouton du
starter dans sa position de dpart.
N.B.:
Il n'est pas ncessaire d'utiliser le starter
pour faire redmarrer un moteur chaud.
Si le bouton du starter reste en position
d'ouverture, le moteur calera.
If the choke knob is left pulled out, the

engine w i l l stall.
8)
Pull the starter handle slowly until

y o u feel resistance. Then, give a
strong pull straight out t o start the
engine. Repeat it, if necessary.
9) After the engine starts, return the
starter handle slowly to the original
' position before releasing it.
T-19
8) Tirez lentement sur la poigne du lanceur

jusqu' ce que vous sentiez une rsistance.
Tirez alors vigoureusement sur la poigne
vers le haut pour lancer le moteur. Rptez
la procdure si ncessaire.
9) Aprs que le moteur a dmarr, ramenez
lentement la poigne du lanceur dans sa
position originale avant de la lcher.
Modelo provisto de arranque manual

7) Cuando el motor est frio, extraiga completamente el tirador del estrangulador. Cuando haya arrancado el motor, situe el estrangulador en la 2- 3* posicin para que se
caliente el motor frio. Cuando se haya
calentado el motor, devuelva el tirador del
estrangulador a la posicin inicial.
NOTA:
No es necesario utilizar el estrangulador para
volver a poner en marcha el motor cuando
est caliente.
Si el estrangulador permanece extraido, se
calar el motor.
8) Tire lentamente del asa del dispositive de
arranque hasta que note resistencia. A continuacion, tire enrgicamente en sentido
recto para arrancar el motor. Si es necesario, repita el procedimiento.
9) ijna vez que haya arrancado el motor,
devuelva el asa del dispositive de arranque
lentamente a la posicin inicial antes de
soltarlo.
m
EMF636)2-
Electric Start Model

1 1
1 1
7)
^:^^>,rrir^^ff
305072
. fi
-^^Tr'îCfl^ ^ L<^~v~/ Lw-
306016
Modele provisto de arranque elctrico

7) Cuando el motor est fno, extraiga completamente ei tirador de! estrangulador, Cuando haya arrancado el motor, situe el estrangulador en la 2- 0 3- posicion para que se
calentado el motor, vuelva a situar el tirador del estrangulador en la posicion inicial.
NOTA:
No es necesario utilizar el estrangulador para

volver a poner en marcha el motor cuando
est caliente.
Si el estrangulador permanece extraido, se
calar el motor.
NOTE:
It is not necessary t o use the choke
If the choke knob is left pulled out, the
engine w i l l stall.
8)
9)
Pull out the choke knob completely

the engine, return the choke knob to
the original position.
SMF63612'
Modle dmarrage lectrique

7) Tirez compltemeni le bouton du starter
N.B.:
Push the starter-button to start the

starting motor.
Immediately the engine starts, release
the starter-switch to return it to the
original position.
CAUTION:
Never push the starter buttom while
the engine is running.
Do not keep the starter motor turning
for more than 5 seconds. If t h e startermotor is turned continuously for more
than 5 seconds, the battery will be
quickly discharged, thus making it
impossible to start the engine. If the
engine will not start after 5 seconds of
cranking, release your hand from the
starter-switch, and crank the engine
again after an interval of 10 seconds.
Il n'est pas ncessaire d'utiliser le starter

pour faire redmarrer un moteur chaud.
d'ouverture, le moteur calera.
8) Appuyez sur le contacteur du dmarreur

pour faire dmarrer le moteur.
9) Ds que le moteur dmarre, relchez le
contacteur de dmarrage pour le ramener
dans sa position initiale.
ATTENTION:
Ne poussez jamais sur le bouton du starter
pendant que le moteur tourne.
Ne faites pas tourner le moteur du dmarreur pendant plus de 5 secondes d'affile.
Si le moteur du dmarreur tourne en
continu pendant plus de 5 secondes, la batterie va se dcharger rapidement, rendant
ainsi impossible le dmarrage du moteur.
Si le moteur ne dmarre pas aprs l'avoir
lanc pendant 5 secondes, relchez le boulon du dmarreur et attendez environ 10
secondes avant de recommencer la procdure.
- 1
8) Pulse el botn de arranque para poner en

marcha el motor de arranque.
9) Inmediatamente despus de que se haya
arrancado el motor, suelte el interrupter de
arranque y devulvalo a su posicion inicial.
PftECAUCION:
Abstngase de presionar el boton de arranque mientras el motor est en marcha.
Evite accionar el motor de arranque durante
ms de 5 segundos. Si el motor de arranque
gira continuamente durante ms de 5 segundos, la bateria se descargar rpidamente y
sera imposible arrancar el motor. Si el motor
no arranca despus de 5 segundos, retire la
mano del interrupter de arranque y vuelva
Intentarlo transcurridos 10 segundos.
,i^
( ES
EMF65010
KMtft.MHn
PROCEDURE FOR REMOTE

CONTROL MODEL
4) Place the rennote control lever m the
Neutral position.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE POUR LES MODELES

A COMMANDE A DISTANCE
The start-in-gear protection device prevents the engine f r o m starting except

w h e n in Neutral.
It is not necessary to open the free
accelerator lever or Neutral throttle
lever v\/hile starting.
5)
Attach the engine stop switch lanyard

to a secure place on your clothing, or
your arm or leg. Then, install the lock
plate on the other end of the lanyard
in the engine stop switch.
. Attach the engine stop switch lanyard

' to a secure place on your clothing, your
arm or leg while operating.
Do not attach the lanyard to clothing
that could tear loose. Do not route the
lanyard where it could become entangled, preventing from functioning.
Avoid accidentally pulling the lanyard
during normal operation. Loss of
engine power means the loss of most
steering control. Also, without engine
power, the boat could slow rapidly.
This could cause people and objects in
the boat to be thrown forward.
6)
Turn the main switch to " O N " .
4) Placez le levier de commande distance au

point mort.
N.B.:
Le dispositif de protection contre le dmarrage en prise ne permet au moteur de dmarrer
que lorsqu'il est au point mort.
Pendant la procdure de dmarrage, il n'est
pas ncessaire d'ouvrir le levier d'acclrateur vide ni le levier d'acclrateur au point
mort.
PRGCEDIMIENTO'PARA EL MODELO
PROVISTO DE CONTROL REMOTO
4) Situe la palanca de control remoto en la
posicion de punto muerto.
NOTA:
El dispositivo de proteccion contra el arranque con marcha pesta solo permits arrancar
el motor cuando se encuentra en punto
muerto.
No es necesario abrir la palanca de aceleracion libre la palanca de aceleracin en
punto muerto ai arrancar el motor.
."i) Fixez le cordon du coupe-circuit du moteur

une partie sijre de vos vtements ou un
bras ou encore une jambe lorsque vous
naviguez. Fixez alors le coupe-contact de
scurit l'autre extrmit du cordon dans
le coupe-circuit du moteur.
5) Fije el acollador del interruptor de parada

del motor a un lugar seguro de su , a
un brazo una p'ierna. A continuacion, instale la plaa de bloque situada en el otro
extremo del acollador en el interruptor de
parada del motor.
AAVERTISSEMENT
objets qui ne sont pas fixs.
Mlntras el motor est en marcha, fije el acollador del interruptor de parada del motor a
una plerna.
enredarse, ya que no funcionar.
durante el funcionamiento normal del motor.
La prdida de potencia del motor se traducir en la prdida de la mayor parte del control
de direccin. Adems, sin la potencia del
motor, la embarcacin podria desacelerar
rpjdamente, provocando que los tripulantes
y objetos de la embarcacion saliesen despedidos.
6) Rglez le contacteur principal sur la position " O N " , s'il en est quip.
6) Si el motor dispone de. un imermpior ijrincipal, girelo a la posicion de "ENCENDIDO"

("ON").
ES
EMF662ir
Electric Start Model

7)
Pull out the choke knob completely

the engine, set the choke knob to the
original position.
NOTE: ;
It is not necessary to use the choke
If th choke knob is left pulled out, the
engiihe w i l l stall.
8)
Turn the main switch to "START",

and hold it for a m a x i m u m of 5 seconds.
9)
Irrimediately after the engine starts,

release the main switch to return it to
"ON".
CAUTION:
Do not turn the main switch to
"START" when the engine is running.
Do not keep the starter-motor turning
for niore than 5 seconds with the main
switch in the "START" position. If the
starter-motor is run continuously for
more than 5 seconds, the battery will
rapidly become exhausted and it will be
impossible for it to start the engine. If
the engine does not start within 5 seconds, return the main switch to "ON",
wait 10 seconds, and then crank the
engine again.
Modle dmarreur lectrique

7) Tirez compltement le bouton du starter
N.B.:
Le starter n'est pas ncessaire lors du redmarrage d'un moteur chaud.
d'ouverture, le moteur cale.
8) Placez
le
contacteur
principal
sur
"START" et maintenez-le dans cette position pendant 5 secondes maximum.
9) D.s que le moteur dmarre, relchez le
contacteur principal qui reviendra en position " O N " .
ATTENTION:
Ne placez pas le contacteur principal sur
la po.sition " S T A R T " lorsque le moteur
tourne.
Ne faites pas tourner le moteur du dmarreur pendant plus de S secondes d'affile
avec le contacteur principal sur la position
" S T A R T " . Si le moteur du dmarreur
tourne en continu pendant plus de 5
secondes, la batterie va se dcharger rapidement, rendant ainsi impossible le
dmarrage du moteur. Si le moteur ne
dmarre pas aprs l'avoir lanc pendant 5
secondes, ramenez le contacteur principal
sur " O N " et attendez environ 10 secondes
avant de recommencer la procdure.
SMF662ir
Modelo provisto de arranque elctrico

7) Cuando el motor est frio, extraiga completamente el tirador del estrangulador. Cuando haya arrancado el motor, situe el estrangulador en la 2' 3* posicin para que se
calentado el motor, vuelva a situar el tira
dor del estrangulador en la posicin iniciai.
NOTA:
No es necesario utilizar el estrangulador si el
motor esta caliente.
Si se dj extraido el tirador del estrangulador, se calar el motor.
8) Gire el interruptor principal a la posicin
"START" y mantngalo en esa posicin
durante un mximo de 5 segundos.
9) Cuando arranque el motor, suelte de inmediato el interruptor principal para permitir
que vuelva a la posicin "ON".
PREGAUCIOIM:
No gire el interruptor principal a la posicin
"START" mientras el motor est en marcha.
Evite accionar el motor de arranque durante
mas de 5 segundos mientras el interruptor
principal se encuentra en la posicin
"START", Si el motor de arranque se acciona
continuamente durante ms de 5 segundos,
la bateria se descargar rpidamente y sera
imposible arrancar el motor. Si el motor no
arranca despus de 5 segundos. devuelva el
interruptor principal a la posicin "ON",
espre 10 segundos e intntelo de nuevo
^fce^
ES
WARMING UP ENGINE
1)
2)
Before beginning operation, allow the

engine to w a r m up at idling speed for
3 minutes. (Failure to do this will
shorten engine life.)
Check for a steady f l o w of water from
the cooling-water pilot hole.
CAUTION:
A c o n t i n u o u s f l o w of w a t e r f r o m t h e pilot
hole s h o w s t h a t t h e w a t e r p u m p is
p u m p i n g w a t e r t h r o u g h t h e coaling passages. If w a t e r is n o t f l o w i n g o u t of the
pilot hole at all t i m e s w h i l e t h e engine is
r u n n i n g , do n o t continue t o run the
engine. Overheating a n d serious damage
could occur. S t o p t h e engine and check
t o see if t h e w a t e r inlet o n t h e l o w e r casing is blocked. If t h e p r o b l e m cannot be
-found a n d corrected, consult your Yamaha dealer.
MISE A TEMPERATURE DU
MOTEUR
1) Avant de commencer naviguer, laissez le
moteur atteindre sa temprature de fonctionnement en le faisant tourner au ralenti
pendant 3 minutes. (La non-observation de
cette prcaution rduira la dure de vie du
moteur.)
2) Vrifiez s'il y a un dbit d'eau constant
dans le trou pilote d'eau de refroidissement.
ATTENTION:
Un dbit d'eau constant dans le trou pilote
d'eau de refroidissement indique que la
pompe eau pompe l'eau dans les passages
de refroidissement. Cessez de solliciter le
moteur si le trou pilote ne laisse pas passer
de l'eau en permanence pendant que le
moteur tourne, car cela pourrait causer une
surchauffe et, partant, de graves dgts au
moteur. Arrtez le moteur et vrifiez si
l'entre d'eau situe dans le bas du capot
infrieur n'est pas obstrue. Prenez contact
avec votre distributeur Yamaha si vous ne
parvenez pas localiser et rsoudre le problme.
CALENTAMIENTO DEL MOTOR

1) Antes de empezar a navegar, deje que se
caliente el motor a velocidad de ralenti
durante 3 miriutos. (Si no permite que se
caliente el motor, se reducir su vida util.)
2) Compruebe que sale un chorro continuo de
agua del orificio piloto del agua de refrigeracin.
PRECAUCION:
La salida de un chorro continuo de agua a traves del orificio piloto indica que la bomba de
agua esta bombeando agua a traves de los
conductos de refrigeracin. SI no sale agua del
orificio piloto en todo momento mientras el
motor esta en marcha, no siga utilizando el
motor, ya que podr sobrecalentarse y danarse
gravemente. Pare l motor y compruebe si la
eptrada de agua de| carter inferior esta obstruida. Si no puede idntificar y corregir el problme, consulte a su concesionario Yamaha.
SHIFTING
EMBRAYAGE
CAMBIO DE MARCHA
'^^^.!
^^'^^'^^'41H>'<)f1>4i
Before shifting, make sure there are no

swimmers or obstacles in the water near
you.
Avant de faire une marche avant ou arrire

au bateau, vrifiez si vous pouvez manoeuvrer librement et s'il n'y a pas d'obstacle.
Vrifiez s'il n'y a pas de baigneurs proximit du bateau.
Antes de cambiar de marcha, asegrese de

que no haya nadadores u obstculos en el
agua cerca de la embarcacin.
PRECAUCION:
CAUTION:
To change the shifting position from for
ward to reverse or vice-versa, close the
throttle first so that the engine idles (or
runs at low speeds).
ATTENTION:
Pour changer la position de la commande
d'inversion de marche avant en marche
arrire, ou inversement, coupez d'abord les
gaz de manire faire tourner le moteur au
ralenti (ou faible rgime).
Para cambiar la posicin del cambio desde

marcha de avance a marcha atrs, viceversa,
cierre antes el aceierador con el fin de que el
motor marche a velocidad de ralenti (o a baja
velocidad).
EMG22310
FORWARD
Tiller control model
1)
0
0
, ..^-^
'2)

fully closed position.
Turn the gear-shift lever quickly and
f i r m l y f r o m Neutral to Forward.
MARCHE AVANT
Modle commande par barre franche
1) Placez la poigne de commande d'acclrateur en position de fermeture complte.
2) Faites tourner le levier d'embrayage/commande distance d'un geste rapide et
ferme du point mort en position de marche
avant.
SMG22310
IVIARCHA DE AVANCE
Modelo provisto de control de la caia del timon
1) Situe la empuiiadura del aceierador en la
posicin completamente cerrada.
2) Gire la palanca de cambio de marcha, rapide y flrmemente, desde punto muerto a
marcha de avance.
Remote control model
Modle commande distance
Pull up the neutral interlock trigger if

equipped and m o v e the remote control
lever quickly and firmly f r o m Neutral to
Forward.
Relevez la commande de verrouillage de point

mort s'il en est quip et amenez le levier de
commande distance d'un geste ferme et rapide du point mort en marche avant.
Modelo provisto de control remoto

Tire hacia arriba del disparador de engranaje
de punto muerto (si est equipado) y mueva la
palanca de control remoto de manera rpida y
firme de punto muerto a marcha de avance.
::^
ES
EMU01326
REVERSE
MARCHE ARRIERE
When operating in Reverse, go slowly. Do

not open the throttle more than half. Oth
erwise, the boat may become unstable,
which could result in loss of control and
an accident.
1)
2)

fully closed position (for Tiller control
model).
Check that the tilt-lock lever (for Man
ual tilt/Hydro-tilt model) is In the
locked position.
1) Placez la poigne de commande d'acclraleur en position de fermeture complte,

(modle commande par barre franche)
2) Vrifiez si le levier de verrouillage d'inclinaison
(modles
inclinaison
manuelle/relevage hydraulique) est en position verrouille.
Modle commande par barre franche
3)
3) Dplacez le levier de commande distance

d'un geste rapide et ferme du point mort en
position de marche arrire.
Turn the gear-shift lever quickly and

f i r m l y f r o m Neutral to Reverse.
Cuando utilice la marcha atrs, navegue a baja

velocidad. No abra el acelerador ms de la
mitad de su recorrido, ya que de lo contrario la
embarcacln podr perder estabilidad, provocando la prdida de control y aumentando la
posibilidad de que se produzca un accidente.
1) Situe la empuriadura del acelerador en la
posicin completamente cerrada (modele
provisto de control de la cana del timon).
2) Compruebe que la palanca de bloque de
la inclinacin (modelo provisto de inclinacion manual/inclinacion hidrulica) se
encuentra en l posicin bloqueada.
Modelo provisto de control de la caa del

timon
I
3) Gire la palanca de cambio de marcha, rpida y firmemente, desde punto muerio a
marcha atrs. i
rvY
Il ' '
//i /J
En marche arrire, progressez lentement.

N'ouvrez pas les gaz plus de la moiti de la
puissance. Sinon, le bateau risque de devenir
instable, ce qui peut rsulter en une perte de
contrle et un accident.
Tiller control model
/' ' '
0
^-- = =^
MARCHA ATRS
AAVERTISSEMENT
1/
.
~^06036
Rerngte control model
Modle commande distance
Modelo provisto de control remoto
3)
3) Relevez la commande de verrouillage de

point mort s'il en est quip et amenez le
levier de commande distance d'un geste
ferme el rapide du point mort en marche
arrire.
3) Tire hacia arriba del disparador de engranaje de punto m'uerto (si esta equipado) y
mueva la palanca de control remoto de
mnera rpida y'firme de punto muerio a
marcha atrs.
:^-18
Pull up the neutral interlock trigger if

equipped and move the remote con
trol lever quickly and firmly f r o m Neu
tral to Reverse.
3-18
STOPPING ENGINE
ARRET DU MOTEUR
PARADA DEL MOTOR
Let it cool off for a f e w minutes at idle or

l o w speed first. Stopping the engine
immediately after operating at high speed
is not r e c o m m e n d e d .
Lai.ssez d'abord le moteur refroidir pendant

quelques minutes faible puissance ou au
ralenti. Il est dconseill de couper le moteur
immdiatement aprs une utilisation puissance soutenue.
Deje que se enfne antes durante unos minutos

a velocidad de ralenti a baja velocidad^ No se
recomienda parar el motor inmediatamenie
despus de haber navegado a altas velocidad.
EMG35410
FMC-lSd 10
1)
Push and hold the engine stop button

or t u r n the main switch t o "OFF".
1) Maintenez enfonc le bouton d'airt du

moteur ou coupez le contact (position
"OFF").
2)
If the fuel joints are provided, discon

nect the fuel line f r o m the m o t o r after
stopping the engine.
S'il est quip de raccords carburant,

dbranchez le tuyau d'alimentation du
moteur aprs l'avoir arrt.
ON
1
1 1
^s^
1 1
SM035410
1) Pulse y mantenga presionado el boton de

parada del motor gire el interrupter prin
cipal a la posicin de apagado "OFF".
T^
0
^T^j
701023
3)
Tighten the air vent screw o n the fuel

tank cap after stopping the engine, if
it is e q u i p p e d .
4) Remove the key if the boat will be left
unattended.
NOTE:
The engine can also be stopped by

pulling the lanyard and r e m o v i n g the lock
plate f r o m the engine stop lanyard switch
(then turning the main switch to "OFF").
^^-^
3) Serrez la vis de purge d'air du bouchon du

rservoir carburant aprs avoir arrt le
moteur, s'il en est quip.
4) Retirez la cl si le bateau doit tre laiss
sans surveillance.
N.B.:
Vous pouvez galement couper le moteur en
lirani sur le cordon et en retirant la plaquette de
coupe-contact du coupe-circuit de scurit
cordon du moteur (et en plaant ensuite le
comacteur principal en position "OFF").
2) Si el motor dispone de juntas de combusti

ble, desconecte el tubo de combustible del
motor despus de pararlo.
3) Apriete el tornillo del orificio de ventilacin

situado en la tapa del deposita de combustible despus de parar el motor (si dispone
de este tornillo).
4) Retire la Have si piensa dejar la embarcacion desatendida.
NOTA:
El motor tambin se puede parar relirando el
acollador del interrupter de parada del motor
(y girando seguidamente el inlerruplor principal a la posicin "OFF").
,:^
ES
TRIMMING OUTBOARD
MOTOR
The t r i m angle of the outboard motor
helps determine the position of the bow
of the boat in the water. The correct trim
angle will help improve performance and
fuel e c o n o m y while reducing strain on the
engine. The correct t r i m angle depends
upon the combination of boat, engine,
and propeller. Correct t r i m is also affected
by variables such as the load in the boat,
sea conditions, and running speed.
rvmmm
Excessive trim for the operating conditions (either trim up or trim down) can
cause boat instability and can make
steering the boat more difficult. This
increases the possibility of an accident. If
the boat begins to feel unstable or is hard
to steer, slow down and/or readjust the
trim angle.
NOTE:
Refer to the section "ADJUSTING TRIM
ANGLE" for instructions on usage.
Trim operating angle
I:
CORRECTION DE
L'ASSIETTE DU MOTEUR
HORS-BORD
ASIENTO DEL MOTOR FUERA

BORDA
L'angle d'assiette du moteur hors-bord contri

bue dterminer la position de la proue du
bateau dans l'eau. Un angle d'assiette correct
permettra d'optimiser les performances et la
consommation de carburant tout en rduisanl la
charge du moteur. L'angle d'assiette idal est
fonction de la combinaison du bateau, du
moteur et de l'hlice. L'angle d'assiette est
galement influenc par des variables telles
que la rpartition de la charge sur le bateau,
l'tat de la mer et la vitesse de navigation.
El ngulo de asiento del motor fuera borda

ayuda a determinar la posicion de la proa de la
embarcacin en el agua. El ngulo de asiento
correcto contribuir a mejorar el rendimiento y
a reducir al mismo tiempo el consiimo de combustible y la tension aplicada al motor. El ngulo de asiento correcto dpende de la combinacin de la embarcacin, el motor y la hlice. El
asiento correcto tambin se ve afectado por
variables taies como la carga de la embarcacin, las condiciones del mar y la velocidad de
marcha.
AAVERTISSEMENT
Une correction d'assiette trop importante

pour les conditions de navigation (que ce
soit vers le haut ou vers le bas) peut entraner une instabilit du bateau et le rendre
plus difficile manuvrer. Ce mauvais
rglage augmente en outre le risque d'accident. Si le bateau devient instable ou difncile
manuvrer, ralentissez et/ou rajustez la
correction d'assiette.
Un asiento excesivo para las condiciones de

funcionamiento (ya sea un asiento ascendante
descendente) puede causar una Inestabilidad
de la embarcacin y dificultar el control de la
direccin de la embarcacin, aumentando la
posibilidad de que se produzca un accidente.
SI la embarcacin parece inestable rsulta
dificil controlar la | direccin, reduzca la velocidad y/o vuelva a ajustar el ngulo de asiento.
N.B.:
Pour les instructions d'utilisation, reportezvous la section "REGLAGE DE L'ANGLE
D'ASSIETTE".
NOTA:
1
Consulte las instrucciones de manejo en la seccin "AJUSTE DE NGULO DE ASIENTO".
D
Angle d'assielle oprationnel
Angulo de asiento util
p:)
ADJUSTING TRIM ANGLE
i REGLAGE DE L'ANGLE
D'ASSIETTE
EMU00951
Manual tilt model

There are 4 or 5 holes provided in the
clamp bracket to adjust the outboard
m o t o r t r i m angle.
1)
2)
Stop the engine.

Remove the t r i m angle adjusting rod
f r o m the clamp bracket w h i l e tilting
the m o t o r up slightly.
3) Reposition the rod in the desired hole.
To raise the b o w ( " t r i m - o u t " ) , m o v e the
rod away f r o m the t r a n s o m .
To lower the b o w ("trim-in"), m o v e the
rod t o w a r d the t r a n s o m .
Make test runs w i t h the t r i m set to differ
ent angles to find the position that works
best for your boat and operating condi
tions.
, Stop the engine before adjusting the

trim angle.
Use care to avoid being pinched when
removing or installing the rod.
Use caution when trying a trim position
for the first time. Increase speed gradu
ally and watch for any signs of instabili
ty or control problems. Improper trim
angle can cause loss of control.
The outboard motor t r i m angle can be

approximately
degrees by
shifting the t r i m adjusting-rod one hole.
: I
AJUSTE DEL NGULO DE ASIENTO

SMU00951
Modele provisto de incllnacion manual

En el soporte de abrazadera hay 4 5 orificios
que permiten ajustar el ngulo de asiento del
motor fuera borda.
1) Pare el motor.
2) Retire la varilla de ajuste del ngulo de trimado del soporte de abrazadera mientras inclina el motor ligeramente hacia arriba.
3) Vuelva a situar la varilla en el orificio deseado.
Para elevar la proa, aleje la varilla del peto de
popa.
Le support de bridage e.st perc de 4 ou 5 trous

permettant de rgler l'angle d'assiette du
moteur hors-bord.
1) Arrtez le moteur.
2) Dposez la tige de rglage de l'angle
d'as.sietle Q) du support de bridage tout en
soulevant lgrement le moteur.
.4) Repositionnez la tige dans le trou de rglage voulu.
Pour relever la proue ("trim-out"). loignez la
tige de l'arcasse.
Pour abaisser la proue ("trim-in"), rapprochez
la tige de l'arcas.se.
Effectuez des tests avec diffrents angles de
rglage d'assiette de manire dterminer la
position qui convient le mieux votre bateau et
aux conditions d'utilisation.
Para bajar la proa, mueva la varilla hacia el

peto de popa.
Realice varias pruebas con el asiento ajustado
a distintos ngulos hasta que encuentre la
posicion mes indicada para su embarcacion y
para las condiciones de navegacion.
ÂVERTISSEMENT
f'T.SJdJMM^M
Coupez le moteur avant de procder au

rglage de l'angle d'assiette.
Veillez ne pas vous pincer lorsque vous
dposez ou que vous montez la tige.
Soyez particulirement vigilant lorsque
vous testez une correction d'assiette pour
la premire fois. Augmentez la vitesse progressivement et soyez attentif au moindre
signe d'instabilit ou de perte de manuvrabilit. Un angle d'assiette incorrect
peut entraner la perte de contrle du
bateau.
Pare el motor antes de ajustar el ngulo de

asiento.
Evite quedar atrapado al retirar instalar la
varilla.
Tenga culdado cuando pruebe por primera
vez una posicion de asiento. Incremente la
velocidad gradualmente y preste atencion a
posibles indicios de inestabilidad proble
mas de control. Un ngulo de asiento incorrecto puede provocar la prdida de control.
.N.B.:
NOTE:
changed
Modles relevage manuel
ES
L'angle d'assiette peut tre modifi d'environ

4 degrs en changeant d'un trou le positionnement de la tringle de rglage d'assiette.
NOTA:
El ngulo de asiento del motor fuera borda
cambia aproximadamente 4 grados cada vez
que se desplaza un orificio la varilla de ajuste
del asiento.
ES
KM IVIMI
'J. '
(
^=^^
i
)
^-^
001672
Trim angle settings and boat handling

When the boat is on plane, a bow-up atti
tude results in less drag, greater stability
and efficiency. This is generally when the
keel line of the boat is up about 3 to 5
degrees. With the bow up, the boat may
have a greater tendency to steer to one
side or the other. Compensate for this as
you steer. The trim tab can also be adjust
ed to help offset this effect.
Rglages de l'angle d'assiette et manipulation du bateau

Lorsque le bateau plane sur l'eau, une proue
releve permet de rduire la trane, d'augmenler la stabilit et l'efficacit. Ce qui est gnralement le cas lorsque la ligne de quille est releve de 3 5 degrs. Avec la proue releve, le
bateau peut avoir une plus grande tendance
lirer d'un ct ou de l'autre. Compensez cette
tendance l'aide de la commande de direction.
L'aileron d'assiette peut galement tre rgl
de faon compenser cet effet.
Optimum angle (level keel line)

@ Bow up
(3) Bow down
Angle optimal (ligne de quille niveau)

Q Proue releve
Proue abaisse
Bow Up
Too much trim-out puts the bow of the
boat too high in the water. Performance
and economy are decreased because the
hull of the boat is pushing the water and
ihere is more air drag. Excessive trim-out
can also cause the propeller to ventilate,
which reduces performance further, and
the boat may "porpoise" (hop in the
water), which could throw the operator
and passengers overboard.
Bow Down
When the bow of the boat is down, it is
easier to accelerate from a standing start
onto plane. Too much trim-in causes the
boat .;tp "plow" through the water,
decreasing fuel economy and making it
hard to increase speed. Operating with
excessive trim-in at higher speeds also
makes the boat unstable. Resistance al
the bow is greatly increased, heightening
the danger of "bow steering" and making
operation difficult and dangerous.
Proue releve
Une proue trop releve sur l'eau est dconseille. Ce rglage entrane une diminution des
performances et de l'conomie d'utilisation
tant donn que la coque du bateau pousse
l'eau et que la rsistance arodynamique est
plus importante. Une proue trop releve peut
galement faire sortir l'hlice de l'eau, rduisant ainsi d'autant plus les performances et il
se peut que le bateau ait tendance faire des
bonds en eaux agites, ce qui pourrait jecter le
pilote et ses passagers par-dessus bord.
Proue abaisse
Lorsque la proue est abaisse, il est plus facile
d'acclrer et de planer sur l'eau en partant de
l'arrt. Avec une proue trop abaisse, le bateau
a tendance piquer lgrement du nez dans
l'eau, rduisant ainsi les conomies de carburant et rendant les acclrations plus difficiles.
La navigation haute vitesse avec une assiette
trop abaisse rend galement le bateau instable.
La rsistance la proue est fortement augmente el accentue le risque de "gouverner par la
proue", rendant ainsi les manuvres plus difficiles ei risques.
SMU19160
Ajustes de! ngulo de trimado y maniobra de

la embarcacion
|
Cuando la embarcacio'n se encuentra sobre un
piano, la elevacion d proa da resultado
una menor resistencia.y una mayor estabilidad
y eficiencia. Este es normalmente el caso cuan
do la linea de la quilla de la embarcacion
asciende entre 3 y 5 grados. Con la proa eleva
da, la embarcacion puede mostrar una mayor
tendencia a virar a uno u otro lado. Compense
este efecto mientras dirige la embarcacion.
Tambin se puede ajustt la aleta de compensacion para contrarrestar este efecto.
Angulo Optimo (linea de quilla honzoniall
Elevacion de proa
(3) Bajada de proa
;
Elevacion de proa
j
Un mximo trimado excesivo situa la proa de
la embarcacion en una posicin demasiado
elev'ada en el agua. Se'reduce el rendimiento y
aume'nta el consume, ya que el casco de la
embarcacion empuja contra el agua y existe
una mayor resistencia del aire. Un excesivo trimado mximo puede provocar tambin la ventilacion de la hlice, reduciendo an mes el
rendimiento, y la embarcacion puede comportarse como una "marsopa" (dar saltos en el
agua), pudiendo provocar que el operador y
los tripulantes salgan despedidos de la embarcacion.
I
I
Bajada de proa
Cuando la proa de la eijnbarcacin esta en una
posicin baja, es mes fcil acelerar desde cero
hasta situarse en el piano. Un excesivo trimado
minimo provoca que la;embarcacin "surque"
el agua, aumentando el consumo y dificiiltando el aumento de velbcidad. La navegacin
con un excesivo trimado minimo a mayor vlocidad tambin reduce la estabilidad de la
embarcacion. Aumenta considerablemenie la
resistencia en la proa de la embarcacion,
aumentando el riesgo de que se produzca un
efecto de "direccion de proa", dificultando el
manejo e incrementando el riesgo.
m
NOTE:
Depending on the type of boat, the out

board m o t o r t r i m angle may have little
effect on the t r i m of the boat w h e n oper
ating.
.\.B
CRUISING IN SHALLOW
WATER
The outboard m o t o r can be tilted up par
tially to allow operation in shallow water.
Place t h e gear shift in t h e Neutral posi

t i o n before using t h e s h a l l o w water
cruising s y s t e m .
Run t h e boat at t h e l o w e s t possible
speed w h e n using t h e shallow water
cruising s y s t e m . The tilt-lock mecha
nism does not w o r k w h i l e t h e shallow
w a t e r cruising s y s t e m is being used.
Hitting an u n d e r w a t e r obstacle could
cause t h e engine t o lift out of the
w a t e r , resulting in loss of control.
Use extra care w h e n operating in
reverse. Too m u c h reverse t h r u s t can
cause t h e engine t o lift out of the
w a t e r , increasing t h e chance of acci
dent and personal injury.
Return the engine t o its normal posi
t i o n as soon as the boat is back in
deeper w a t e r .
Segn el tipo de embarcacin. el ngulo de trimado del motor fueraborda puede tener poco
efecto sobre el trimado de la enibarcacion
cuando se navega.
SMG700n
NAVIGATION EN EAUX PEU

PROFONDES
Le niDieur hors-bord peut tre relev partiellemem pour permettre la navigation en eaux
Jx peu
profondes.
Placez la commande d'inversion au point

mort avant d'actionner le systme de navigation en basse eau.
Naviguez la plus faible vitesse possible
lorsque vous utilisez le systme de navigation en basse eau. Le mcanisme de verrouillage de relevage est inoprant quand
vous utilisez le systme de navigation en
ba.sse eau. Une collision avec un obstacle
immerg peut provoquer le soulvement
du moteur et, par consquent, une perte de
contrle.
Soyez particulirement vigilant lorsque
vous manoeuvrez en marche arrire. Une
trop grande vitesse en marche arrire peut
provoquer le relvement du moteur hors
de l'eau, augmentant ainsi le risque d'accident et de blessures corporelles.
Le moteur doit tre ramen en position
normale ds que le bateau se retrouve en
eaux plus profondes.
CAUTION:
Place the gear-shift in the Neutral posi
t i o n before using the shallow w a t e r cruis
ing s y s t e m .
NOTA:
Selon le type de bateau, il .se peut que l'angle

d'a.s.sielle du moteur hors-bord ait trs peu
d'effet sur l'assiette du bateau lors de son fonclinnnement.
.ATTENTION:
Placez le levier d'embrayage
au puiui
point mort
_
, . j o j j t au
mort
jvanl d'actionner le systme de navigation
tn basse eau.
NAVEGACION EN AGUAS POCO

PROFUNDAS
El motor fuera borda se puede inclmar parcialmente hacia arriba para permitir la navegacion
, en aguas poco profundas.
Situe el cambio de marcha en posicion de

punto muerto antes de utilizar ei sistema de
navegacion en aguas poco profundas.
Cuando utillce el sistema de navegacion en
aguas poco profundas, navegue a la velocldad ms baja posible. El mcanisme de bloque de la inclinacion no funciona mientras
se esta utilizando el sistema de navegacion
en aguas poco profundas. Si se golpea un
obstculo sumergido, el motor podr salir
despedido a la superficie, con la consiguiente
prdida de control.
Tenga sumo cuidado cuando navegue en
marcha atrs. Un empuje excesivo en marcha atrs puede provocar que el motor saiga
del agua, aumentando la posibilidad de accidente y de lesiones.
Coloque el motor en su posicion normal tan
pronto como se encuentre nuevamente en
aguas ms profundas.
PRECAUCION:
Situe la palanca de cambio de marcha en la
posicion de punto muerto antes de utilizar el
sistema de navegacion en aguas poco profundas.
Jl^
ES
0 712
rM7i:ii
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
1)
Place the gear shift lever in the neu

tral position.
I) Pliicez le levier d'inver.sion au point mort.
2)
Place the tilt lock lever in the release

position.
2) Relevez le levier de verrouillage de relevage.
3)'
Slightly tilt up the engine. The tiltsupport bar will lock automatically,
supporting the engine in a partially
raised position.
3) Soulevez lgrement le moteur. Le levier

de support de relevage se verrouillera automatiquement, maintenant le moteur dans
une po.sition partiellement releve.
5MG71211
PROCEDIMIENTO
1) Coloque la palanca de cambio en punto
muerto.
N.B.:
NOTE:
This m o t o r has 2 positions for shallow
Ce moteur possde deux positions pour naviguer en eau peu profonde.
water cruising.
-.,v
^s>.
- ^
RETFINING TO ORIGINAL POSITION
\:::\-^
1)
-^^
^""-^x^
" ^ - - ^ /"^""""---^
y'
^^l
p)
1 t^^
.14 ri'^
2)
/''1^1
3)
402022
1-7U
Place the tilt lock lever in the lock

position.
Slightly tilt up the engine until the tiltsupport bar automatically returns to
the free position.
Then, slowly lower the engine to the
normal position.
RETOUR A LA POSITION
D'ORIGINE
1) Placez le levier de verrouillage de relevage
en position verrouille.
2) Relevez lgrement le moteur j u s q u ' ce
que la tige de support de relevage se dgage automatiquement.
}.} Abaissez ensuite lentement
le moteur en
position normale.
2) Situe la palanca de bloqueo de la inclinacion en la posicin de desbioqueo.
3)
Incline ligeramente hacia arriba el motor.

La barra de soporte de la inclinacion se bloquear automticaniente, sujetando el
motor en una posiciqn parcialmente elevada.
NOTA:
Este motor dispone de .dos posiciones para
navegar en aguas poco profiindas.
e M O DEVOLVER EL MOTOR A SU
POSICIN ORIGINAL
1) Situe la palanca de bloqueo de la inclinacion en la posicin de bloqueo.
2) Incline el motor ligenamente hacia arriba
hasta que la barra de soporte de la inclinacion vuelva automticamente a la posicin
libre.
A continuacin, baje lentamente el motor a
la posicin normal.
ES
TILTING UP/DOWN
RELEVAGE/ABAISSEMENT
DU HORS-BORD
If the engine will be stopped for some

t i m e , or if the boat is m o o r e d in shallows,
the engine should be tilted up to protect
the propeller and casing f r o m damage by
collision w i t h obstructions, and also to
reduce salt corrosion.
INCLINACION
ASCENDENTE/DESCENDENTE
.Si le moteur doit tre arrt pendant un certain

temps, ou bien si le bateau est amarr dans des
hauts-fonds, il faut relever le moteur afin de
protger l'hlice et son carter des dtriorations qui peuvent se produire par suite de
heurts avec des obstacles sous-marins. Ceci
rduit galement la corrosion provoque par le
sel.
CAUTION:
Before t i l t i n g t h e m o t o r , f o l l o w the pro
cedures under "STOPPING ErMGINE".
Never t i l t t h e m o t o r w h i l e the engine is
r u n n i n g . Severe damage f r o m over
heating can result.
ATTENTION:
Avant de relever le moteur, suivez la procdure
dcrite
sous
"ARRET
DU
M O T E U R " . Ne relevez jamais le moteur
pendant q u ' i l tourne. Cela pourrait causer
des dgts en raison d'une surchauffe.
Ne relevez pas le moteur en appuyant sur
la barre franche, car cela pourrait la briser.
Do not t i l t up t h e engine by pushing

the steering handle as this could break
the handle.
Si el motor va a permanecer parade durante

algun tiempo, si la embarcacion esta amarrada en aguas poco profundas, debera inclinarse
el motor en posicion ascendante para proteger
la hlice y el carter del motor contra los daiios
producidos por posibles obstrucciones, y tambien para reducir la corrosion provocada por la
sal.
PRECAUCION:
Antes de inclinar el motor, siga los procedimientos descritos en el apartado "PARADA
DEL MOTOR". No incline nunca el motor
mientras est en marcha, ya que el sobrecalentamiento podria causer graves datios al
mismo.
No incline el motor hacia arrlba empujando
el mando de direccion, ya que puede romperse el mando.
ÂVERTISSEMENT
Be sure all people are clear of t h e out

board m o t o r w h e n adjusting the tilt
angle, also be careful not t o pinch any
body parts b e t w e e n t h e drive unit and
engine bracket.
Veillez a ce que personne ne se trouve a

proximit du moteur hors-bord lorsque vous
rglez l'angle d'inclinaison. De mme, veillez
ne pas vous coincer un membre entre
l'unit de transmission et le support du
moteur.
Asegrese de que no haya nlnguna persona

cerca del motor fuera borda cuando ajuste el
ngulo de inclinaclon y procure evifar que
cualquier parte de su cuerpo del de otras
personas quede atrapada entre el motor y el
soporte del motor.
!
Leaking fuel is a fire hazard. Disconnect
the fuel line if the engine w i l l be tilted for
more t h a n a f e w minutes. Otherwise, fuel
m a y leak. (If the fuel connector is provid
ed on the motor.)
Une fuite de carburant constitue un risque

d'incendie. Dbranchez le tuyau d'alimentalion si le moteur doit tre relev pour une
dure dpassant quelques minutes. Sinon,
du carburant pourrait s'en couler. (Si le
raccord carburant est mont sur le
moteur.)
J:
Ai
P R O C E D U R E FOR T I L T I N G U P
1 ) Place the gear shift lever in Neutral.
..
Las fugas de combustible pueden provocar un

incendio.
Si el motor va a permanecer inclinado ms de
unos minutos, desconecte el tube de combustible, ya que de lo contrario se podr producir
una fuga de combustible, ISi el motor esta provisto de conector de tubo de combustible.)
PROCEDURE DE RELEVAGE
I) Placez le levier de commande d'inversion
au point mort.
106042
' ; 1 > >
PROCEDIMIENTO DE INCLINACIOM
ASCENDENTE
1) Situe la palanca de cambio de marcha en
punto mueno.
-fcetz
ES
Remove the fuel line connection from
the motor.
3)
4)
5)
Place the tilt lock lever in the release

position.
Hold the rear of the top cowling with

one hand and fully tilt the engine up.
The tilt support bar turns to the
locked position automatically.
PROCEDURE FOR TILTING DOWN

1)
Place the tilt lock lever in the lock

position.
2)
Slightly tilt up the engine until the tilt

support bar is released automatically.
Tilt down the engine.
3)
3-26
DcposLV. le raccord du circuil d'alinientalion du moteur.
Placez le levier de verrouillage de relevage

an position dverrouille.
4) Maintenez l'arrire du capot .suprieur

d'une main et relevez le moteur fond.
.M La tige de support de relevage passe automatic|uement en position verrouille.
PROCEDURE D'ABAISSEMENT
I) Placez le levier de verrouillage de relevage
en position verrouille.
2i Relevez lgrement le moteur jusqu' ce
que la tige de support de relevage se dgage automatiquement.
3) Abaissez le moteur.
2) Retire la conexion del tube de combuslible

del motor.
3) Situe la palanca de bloqueo de la inclinacion en la posicion dejdesbioqueo.
I
4) Sujete con una mano la parte posterior de
la cubierta superior e incline el motor completamente hacia arrib.
5) La barra de soporte de la inclinacion gira
automticamente a la posicion de bloqueo.
SMG73310
PROCEDIMIENTO DE irjuNACIOIN/ DESCENDENTE

!
1) SitiJe la palanca de bloqueo de la inclina
cion en la posicion de bloqueo,
2) Incline el motor ligeramente hacia arriba
hasta que la barra de soporte de la inclinacion se suelte automticamente.
3) Incline el motor hacia abajo.
ES
CRUISING IN OTHER
CONDITIONS
CRUISING IN SALT WATER
After operating in salt water, wash out the
cooling-water passages w i t h fresh water
to prevent thenn f r o m becoming cloggedup w i t h salt deposits.
AUTRES CONDITIONS DE
NAVIGATION
NAVIGATION EN EAUX SALINES
Aprs avoir navigu en eaux salines, rincez les
conduits d'eau de refroidissement l'eau claire
de manire viter toute obstruction par des
dpts salins.
N.B.:
NOTE:
Refer t o cooling system flushing instructions in "TRANSPORTING A N D STORING
OUTBOARD MOTOR".
CRUISING IN TURBID WATER
It is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d that the
optional c h r o m i u m - p l a t e d w a t e r - p u m p kit
be installed if the outboard is to be used
in turbid (muddy) water conditions.
_
Reportez-vous aux instructions de nettoyage du
.systme de refroidissement dans la section
"TRANSPORT
ET
REMISAGE
DU
MOTEUR HORS-BORD".
NAVIGATION EN EAUX TROUBLES
Nous vous conseillons vivement d'installer le
kit de pompe eau chrome optionnelle si vous
prvoyez d'utiliser le moteur hors-bord en eaux
troubles (boueuses).
NAVEGACIN EN OTRAS
CONDICiONES
NAVEGACION EN A G U A S SALADAS
Despus de navegar en aguas saladas, lave los
conductos de agua de refrigeracion con agua
dulce para evitar que se obstruyan con depsitos de sal.
NOTA:
Consulte las instrucciones de lavado del sistema de refrigeracion en el apartado "TRANSPORTE Y ALMACENAMIENTO DEL MOTOR
FUERA BORDA".
NAVEGACION EN A G U A S TURBIAS
Se recomienda encarecidamente instalar el kit
opcjonal de bomba de agua cromada si se
piehsa utilizer el motor fuera borda en aguas
turbis (fangosas).
ES
Chapter 4
Chapitre 4
Captulo 4
MAINTENANCE
ENTRETIEN
MANTNIMIENTO
SPECIFICATIONS
4-1
TRANSPORTING AND STORING

OUTBOARD MOTOR
4-3
Trailering outboard motor
4-3
Storing outboard motor
4-4
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
4-8
Replacement parts
4-8
Maintenance ciiart
4-9
Cleaning and adjusting spark plug ...4-10
Checking top cowling
4-11
Checking fuel system
4-12
Inspecting fuel filter
4-13
Replacing fuse
4-14
Inspecting idling speed
4-15
Checking wiring and connectors
4-16
Exhaust leakage
4-16
Water leakage
4-16
Greasing
4-17
Checking propeller
4-18
Changing gear oil
4-20
Inspecting and replacing anode(s)....4-21
Gleaning fuel tank
4-22
Checking battery
4-23
Checking bolts and nuts
4-26
Motor exterior
4-26
Coating boat bottom
4-26
CARACTRISTIQUES
4-1
ESPECIFICACIONES
4-1
TRANSPORT ET REMISAGE
TRANSPOFITE Y AUMACENAMIENTO DEL
MOTEUR HORS-BORD
4-3 MOTOR PUERA BORDA
4-3
Transport sur remorque
4-3
Transporte del motor fuera borda en un
Remisage du moteur hors-bord
4-4
remolque
4-3
ENTRETIEN ET RGLAGES
4-8
Almacenamiento de! motor fuera borda ....4-4
Pices de rechange
4-8 MANTENIMIENTO Y AJUSTES
4-8
Tableau de nettoyage et de vrifications ....4-9
Repuestos
!
4-8
Nettoyage et rglage des bougies
4-10
Tabla de limpiezae inspeccion
4-9
Vrification du systme d'alimentation...4-12 ,' Limpieza y ajuste de la bujia
4-10
Vrification du capot suprieur
4-1 1
Comprobacion del sistema de
Inspection du filtre carburant
4-1 3
Comprobacion de la cubierta superior
4-11
Remplacement des fusibles
4-14
Comprobacion del sistema de
Contrle du rgime de ralenti
4-15
combustible
4-12 ^
Vrification du cblage et des
Inspeccion del filtro de combustible
4-13 ^ P ^ ^ l
connecteurs
4-16
Cambio del fusible
4-14 ^ ^ ^ H
Fuite d'chappement
4-16
Inspeccion de la velocidad de ralenti
4-15 ^
^ H
Fuite d'eau
4-16
Comprobacion del cableado y los
^h^^f
Graissage
4-17
conectores
4-16 ^ H H W
Vrification de l'hlice
4-18
Fugas de escape .!
4-16
Renouvellement de l'huile de
Fugas de agua
!
4-16
transmission
4-20
Lubricacin
!
4-17
Vrification et remplacement des
Comprobacion de'la hlice
4-18
anodes
4-21
Cambio del aceite de engranajes
4-20
Nettoyage du rservoir a carburant
4-22
Inspeccion y cambio del anode
4-21
Vrification de la batterie
4-23
Limpieza del depsito de combustible
4-22
Vrification des boulons et des crous ....4:26
Comprobacion deâ bateria
4-23
Extrieur du moteur
4-26
Comprobacion deilos pernos y las
Protection de la coque du bateau
4-26
tuercas
4-26
Exterior del motor
4-26
Recubrimiento de la parte inferior de la
embarcacin
4-26
GB
GB
SPECIFICATIONS
~
-^^^^^^^^^
Item
Model
"^^^,
Unit
9.9FMH
13.5AMH
15FMH
15R/VC
DIMENSIONS
Overall Length
Overall Height
S/L
Overall W i d t h
m m (in.)
873(34.4)
873(34.4)
m m (in.)
1,040 (40.9)/l,167 (45.9)
1,040 (40.9)/l,167 (45.9)

332(13.1)
m m (in.)
332 113.1)
Transom height
S/L
m m (in.)
440(17.3)/567 (22.3)
440 (17.3)/567 (22.3)
Weight
S/L
kg (lb.)
36 (79)/37.5 (83)
36 (79)/37.5 (83)
873 (34.4)
873 (34.4)
1,040 (40.9)71,167 (45.9)

332(13.1)
- / 1 , 1 6 7 (45.9)
440(17.3)/567 (22.3)
-/567(22.3)
36 (79)/ ' 7.5 (83)
-/37.5(83)
332(13.1)
PERFORMANCE
Full throttle operating range
M a x i m u m output
Idling speed (in neutral)
r/min
. ^
kW@r/min
r/min
4,500--5,500
4,500-5,500
7.3@5,000
10.0@5,000
700-800
700-800
4,500-5,500
4,500-5,500
11.0@5,000
11.0(@)5,000
700-800'
700-800
ENGINE
Engine type
Displacement
c m ' (cu.in.)
Bore X stroke
m m (in.)
Ignition system
Spark plug
Spark plug gap
NGK
m m (in.)
2-stroke, L2
2-stroke, L2
246(15.01)
246(15.01)
5 6 X 50 (2.20 X 1.97)
56 X 50 (2.20 X 1.97)
5 6 X 50 (2.20 X 1.97)
C.D.I
C.D.I
C.D.I
2-stroke, L2
BR7HS-10
BR7HS-10
BR7HS-10
0.9-1.0(0.035-0.039)
0.9-1.0(0.035-0.039)
Control system
Tiller c o n t r o l
0.9-1.0(0.035-0.039)
S t a r l i n g system
M a n u a l start
Manual stati
2-stroke, L2
246(15.01)
246(15.01)
56 X 50 (2.20 X 1,97)
C.D.I
BR7HS-10
0.9-1.0(0.035-0.039)
Tiller/Remoto c o n t r o l
M a n u a l start
Manual/Electric slari
Battery
Min. cold cranking a m p s (CCA/EN)
Min. rated capacity (20HR/IEC)
Alternator o u t p u t
a m p s at-18C
l-OA'f)
A.h
V-A (W)
S t a r t i n g carburetion system
347
12-(80)
12-(80)
Choke valve start s y s t e m
Choke v a l v e start s y s t e m
40
12-(80)
Choke valve start system
DRIVE UNIT
Gear positions
Forward-Neutral-Reverse
2.08(27/13)
2.08(27/13)
Trimrtilt system
Manual
Manual
Propeller mark
Gear ratio
2.08(27/13)
Manual
J
FUEL AND OIL

Fuel
Fuel tank capacity
Regular u n l e a d e d gasoline
L (US gal. I m p gal)
Recomniended engine oil

Lubrication
FueLoil ratio
Fuel:Oil
Recommended gear oil

Gear oil capacity
c m ' (US 02, I m p oz)
25 16.60, 5.50)
, Regular u n l e a d e d gasoline
25 (6.60, 5.50)
YAMALUBE, TWO STROKE MOTOR OIL FOR MARINE
VAMALUBE. TWO STROKE MOTOR OIL FOR MARINE
or an equivalent TC-W3 certified outboard oil
Of an equivalent TC-r certified outboard oil
Premix
Premix
100: 1
100: 1
H y p o i d gear oil (SAE 90)
Hypoid gear oil (SAE 90)
250 (8.5, 8.8)
250 (8.5, 8.8)
Regular unleaded gasoline

25 (6.60, 5.50)
YAMALUBE, TWO STROKE MOTOR OIL FOR MARINE
Of an equivalent TC-WS certified outtroard oil
Premix
100: 1
250 (8.5, 8.8)
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Pi!
Spark plug
N m (kgf.m, lb.ft)
2 5 ( 2 . 5 , 18)
25(2.5, 18)
Propeller nut
N.m (kgf.m, I b f t )
17 (1.7, 12)
17(1.7, 12)
2 5 ( 2 . 5 , 18)
17(1.7, 12)
12-6
Choke valve start syslem
F o r w a r d - N e u t r a l . Reverse
2,08(27/13)
Manual
J
Regular u n l e a d e d gasoline
25(6.60, 5.50)
VAMALUBE, TWO STROKE MOTOR OIL FOR MARINE
Of equivaleni ^C\Vi cenified putboafcl oil
Premix
100 : 1
250 (8.5, 8.8)
2 5 ( 2 . 5 , 18)
17 (1.7, 12)
ES
SMU01369
TRANSPORTING AND
STORING OUTBOARD MOTOR
TRANSPORT ET REMISAGE
MOTEUR HORS-BORD
Leaking fuel is a fire hazard. When trans

porting and storing the outboard motor,
close the air vent screw and fuel cock to
prevent fuel from leaking.
Une fuite de carburant constitue un danger

d'incendie. Lors du transport et du remisage
du moteur hors-bord, refermez la vis de
purge d'air et le robinet d'alimentation afin
d'viter les fuites de carburant.
TRANSPORTE Y
ALMACENAMIENTO DEL MOTOR
FUERA BORDA
AAVERTISSEMENT
_
Las fugas de combustible representan un peligro de incendie, Cuando transporte y almacene el motor fuera borda, cierre el tornillo del
respiradero y el grifo de combustible para viter las fugas de combustible.
EMK20210
TRAILERIIMG O U T B O A R D M O T O R
The m o t o r should be trailered and stored
in the normal r u n n i n g position. If there is
insufficient road clearance in this posi
t i o n , then trailer the m o t o r in the tilt
position using a m o t o r support device
such as a t r a n s o m saver bar.
For further details, consult your Yamaha
dealer.
TRANSPORT SUR REMORQUE

Le moteur doit tre transport dans sa position
de marche normale. Si, dans cette position, son
encombrement est trop important au niveau des
rglementations routires, il faut alors remorquer le moteur en position incline, mais en
utilisant un dispositif de support tel que la
barre spciale de tableau arrire.
Pour plus de dtails, consultez votre concessionnaire Yamaha.
ÂVERTISSEMENT
Ne vous placez jamais sous le botier

d'hlice, mme si le levier d'aide de releva Never get under the lower unit while it
ge est verrouill. Une chute accidentelle du
hors-bord pourrait causer de graves blesis tilted, even if a motor support bar is
sures
used. Severe injury could occur if the
SOYEZ PRUDENT lorsque vous transporoutboard accidentally falls.
tez un jerrycan de carburant, que ce soit
USE CARE when transporting fuel tank,
dans votre bateau ou dans une voiture. NE
whether in a boat or car.
PAS remplir un conteneur carburant au
DO N O T fill fuel container to maxi
ras. Le carburant se dilate trs fortement
lorsqu'il s'cfiauffe et peut mettre le contem u m capacity. Gasoline will expand
considerably as it warms up and can neur carburant sous pression, ce qui
risque de provoquer des fuites et constitue
build up pressure in the fuel container.
un risque potentiel d'incendie.
This can cause fuel leakage and a
potential fire hazard.
TRANSPORTE DEL MOTOR FUERA

BORDA EN U N REMOLQUE
El motor debe transportarse en remolque y
almacenarse en la posicion normal de funcionamiento. Si no existe suficiente altura libre en
esta posicion, podr transportarse el motor
fura borda en un remolque en la posicion
inclinada, utilizando un soporte de niotor
como, por ejemplo, una barra protectora de
peto de popa.
Para obtener ms detalles, consiillo a su concesionario Yamaha.
r j j . ^ .
No se situe nunca debajo de la unidad infe
rior mientras se ncuentre inclinada, aunque
I
se utihce una barra de soporte con el motor.
Si el motor fuera borda se cae accidentalmente, podria sufrir graves lesiones.
TENGA SUMO CUIDADO cuando transporte
el depsito de combustible, ya sea en una
embarcacin en|un automvil.
NO llene el recipiente de combustible hasta
su capacidad maxima.
La gasolina se expande considerablemente
cuando se calienta y puede crear una presion
en el recipiente de combustible, provocando
fugas de combustible y planteando un riesgo
potencial de incendio.
41^
ES
CAUTIOIM:
Do not use the tilt support lever/knob
when trailering the boat. The outboard
motor could shake loose from the tilt
support and fall. If the motor can not be
trailered In the down position, use an
additional support device to secure it in
the up position.
ATTENTION:
PRECAUCION:
N'utilisez pas le levier/molette de support

d'inclinaison lorsque vous remorquez le
bateau. Le moteur hors-bord pourrait se
dtacher du support d'inclinaison la suite
des vibrations et tomber. Si le moteur ne
peut tre remorqu en position basse, utilisez un systme de support complmentaire
pour le fixer dans cette position.
No utilice la palanca/mando de soporte de la

inclinacin mientras transporte la embarcacion
en un remolque. El motor tuera borda podria
desprenderse del soporte de incliriacion y caerse. Si no se puede transportar el motor en un
remolque en la posicion baja, utilice un dispositivo adicional de soporte para asegurarlo en
la posicion alta.
EMK2P310
Clamp handle mounting model
Modle support de poigne de bridage
W h e n transporting or storing the outboard m o t o r w h i l e removed f r o m a boat,

fold the tiller handle and lean the motor
on the tiller handle to keep in a horizontal
position.
En vue du transport ou du remisage du moteur

hors-bord aprs qu'il a t dmont du bateau,
repliez la poigne de barre franche et soutenez
le moteur sur la poigne de barre franche de
manire le maintenir dans une position horizontale.
CAUTION:
Keep the power unit higher than the propeller at all times. Otherwise, cooling
water can run into the cylinder, which
could result in damage.
NOTE:
Place a towel or the like under the outboard m o t o r to protect it f r o m damage.
ATTENTION:
Maintenez en toutes circonstances le moteur
proprement dit dans une position surleve
par rapport l'hlice. Sinon, l'eau de refroidissement risque de s'couler dans le
cylindre et ainsi provoquer des dommages
au moteur.
N.B.:
Placez un torchon ou un chiffon sous le moteur
hors-bord afin de le protger contre tout dommage ventuel.
SMKZ0310
Modelo provisto de asa de abrazadera

Cuando transporte almacene el motor fuera
borda desmontado de la embarcacion, pliegue
el asa de la del timon y apoye el motor
sobre el asa de la cana del timon para mantenerlo en posicion horizontal.
PRECAUCION:
IVtantenga en todo memento el motor ms
alto que la hlice, ya que de lo contrario el
agua de refrigeracion penetrara en el cilindro,
causando danos.
NOTA:
Coloque una toalla un trapo similar debajo
del motor fuera borda para protegerlo contra
posibles daiios.
EMK18010
li. ,
I!
STORING OUTBOARD MOTOR

W h e n storing your outboard motor for
prolonged periods of time (2 months or
longer), several important procedures
must be performed to prevent expensive
damage.
REMISAGE DU MOTEUR HORSBORD

Si vous remisez votre moteur hors-bord pour
une priode prolonge (2 mois ou plus), il
convient de se conformer plusieurs procdures importantes destines viter des dgts
coteux.
It is advisable to have your outboard serviced by an authorized Yamaha dealer

prior to storage. However, the following
procedures can be performed by the
owner w i t h a m i n i m u m of tools.
liest conseill de faire procder un entretien

du hors-bord par un distributeur Yamaha agr
avant de le remiser. Vous pouvez cependant
cffeciuer vous-mme, en tant que propritaire,
les oprations suivantes avec un minimum
d'outillage.
ALMACENAMIENTO DEL MOTOR FUERA

BORDA
Cuando el motor fuera borda vaya a permanecer almacenado durante un largo periodo de
tiempo (2 meses mes), deber realizar varios
procedimientos importantes para evitar que
sufra graves y costos daiios. Antes de almacenarlo, es recomendable que un concesionario
autorizado Yamaha revise el motor fuera
borda. Sin embargo, el propio propietario
podra realizar los procedimientos siguientes
con un minimo de herramientas.
ES
ATTENTION:
CAUTION:
Do not place t h e engine on its side
before the cooling water has drained
from it completely, or water may enter
the cylinder through the exhaust port
and cause problems.
Store the engine in a dry, well-ventilated place, not in direct sunlight.
PRECAUCION:
Ne couchez pas le moteur sur le ct avant

que le circuit de refroidissement se soit
compltement vid de son eau de faon
viter que de l'eau ne pntre dans les
cylindres via les conduits d'chappement
et de causer des dommages.
Remisez le moteur dans un endroit sec et
bien ar, l'abri de la lumire directe du
soleil.
EMK23712
1)
2)
SMtC23712
Wash the m o t o r body using fresh

water. (Refer to "MOTOR EXTERIOR")
Remove the fuel-line connection(s) or
shut off the fuel valve, if equipped,
f r o m the motor.
3)
Run the engine at idling speed supplying fresh water to flush the cooling-water passages until the fuel syst e m becomes empty and the engine
stops. (Refer to "Flushing Cooling
System")
4)
Remove the battery for Electric start

m o d e l . (Refer to "Disconnecting the
Battery")
5)
Drain the cooling water
6)
7)
8)
9)
4-5
No pose el motor sobre un lade antes de

vaciar completame'nte el agua de refrigeracion, ya que de lo contrario podr penetrar
agua en el cilindro a traves de la salida de
escape y causar problemas.
Almacene el motor en un lugar seco y bien
ventilado, resguardado de la luz directe del
sol.
completely
out of the motor.

Clean the body t h o r o u g h l y .
Remove the sparl< plug(s).
Pour a teaspoonful of clean engine oil
into the cylinder(s).
Crank several time manually.
Replace the spark plug(s).
1) Nettoyer le corps du moteur hors-bord

l'eau douce. (Voir "PARTIES EXTERIEURES DU MOTEUR".)
2) Dposer le(s) raccord(s) du circuit d'alimentation du moteur ou fermer le robinet
carburant s'il en est quip.
3) Faire tourner le moteur au ralenti tout en
faisant circuler de l'eau douce de faon
nettoyer les passages d'eau de refroidissement jusqu' ce que le circuit d'alimentation .soit vide et que le moteur s'arrte.
(Voir "Rinage du systme de refroidissement".)
4) Sur les modles dmarreur lectrique,
dposer la batterie. ( V o i r " D c o n n e x i o n de
la batterie".)
5) Vider compltement l'eau de refroidissement du moteur. Nettoyer soigneusement le

corps du moteur hors-bord.
6) Dposer la (les) bougie(s).
) Verser l'quivalent d'une cuillere caf
d'huile
moteur
frache
dans
le(s)
cylindres(s).
8) Lancer plusieurs fois le moteur manuellement.
9) Rinstaller la (les) bougie(s).
4-fS
1) Lave el exterior del motor con agua dulce.

(Consulte el apartado "EXTERIOR DEL
MOTOR".)
2) Retire las conexiones del tubo de combustible 0 cierre la valvula de combustible, si
est provista.
I
3) Arranque el motor y deje que funcione a
velocidad de ralenti mientras suminisira
agua dulce para limpiar los conductos del
agua de refrigeracin hasta que se vacie el
sistema de combustible y se pare el motor.
(Consulte el apartado "Limpieza del sistema de refrigeracin".)
4) En el caso del modelo provisto de arranque
elctrico, retire la baieria. (Consulte el apartado "Desconexion de la bateria",)
Vacie completamerite el agua de refrigeracin del motor. Lirnpie minuciosamente el
exterior.
Retire la bujia las bujias.
Vierta una cucharada de aceite de motor
limpio en el cilindro los cilindros.
Intente arrancar el motor manualmente
varias veces.
'
Vuelva a instalar la bujia las bujias.
*l
ES
2|()'
Fuel Tank
1) Drain the fuel f r o m the tank for a long
period of storage.
2)
Store the fuel tank in a dry, well-venti

lated place, not in direct sunlight.
R.servoir carburant
) Videz le rservoir du carburanl qu'il
contient en vue d'une longue priode de
rernisage.
2) Remi.sez le r.servoir carburant dan.s un
endroit sec et bien ventil, l'abri du
rayonnement direct du .soleil.
SMK24nO'
1) Vacie el combustible del deposito cuanrin
vaya a almacenarlo durante un largo periodo de tiempo.
2) Almacene el deposito de combusiible en
un lugar seco, bien veniilado y protegido
de la Iu2 directe del sol.
The fuel tank supplied w i t h this engine is

its dedicated fuel reservoir and must not
be Used as a fuel storage container.
Commercial users should conform to rel
evant licensing or approval authority reg
ulations.
EMK^3212
SMK23212
Flushing Cooling System
CAUTION:
Do not run the engine without supplying
the cooling water. Either the engine
water pump will be damaged or the
engine will overheat and be damaged.
Before starting the engine, supply the
water to cooling water passage of the
motor.
Rinage du systme de refroidissement

ATTENTION:
Ne jamais faire tourner le moteur, mme
momentanment, si l'eau ne coule pas, car
ceci risque d'endommager la pompe eau et
le moteur lui-mme par suite d'une sur-chauffe. Avant de mettre le moteur en
marche, s'assurer que le bouchon de contrle est bien mont et que l'alimentation en
eau douce fonctionne correctement.
Limpieza del sistema de refrigeracion

PRECAUCION:
El. motor no debe permanecer en funcionamiento si no se esta suministrando agua de
refrigeracion, ya que podr danarse la bomba
de agua del motor se podr danar sobrecalentar el motor. Antes de arrancar el motor,
suministre agua al conducto de agua de refri
geracion de! motor.
SMK21510
EMK21510
Flushing in a Water Tank

1)
Install the outboard m o t o r on the

water tank.
Fill the tank w i t h fresh water to above
the level of the anti-cavitation plate.
Shift into neutral and start the engine,
Run the engine at l o w speed for a few
minutes.
CAUTION:
If t h e fresh water level is below the level
of the anti-cavitation plate, or if the water
supply is insufficient, engine seizure may
occur.
Water surface
(2) Lowest water level
Nettoyage dans une cuve d'eau

I) Monter le moteur hors-bord dans la cuve
d'essai.
3) Remplir la cuve d'eau douce jusqu' ce que
le niveau dpasse la plaque anticavjtation.
3) Mettre le moteur au point mort et mettre
ensuite le moteur en marche.
4) Faire tourner le moteur bas rgime pendant quelques minutes.
Limpieza en un deposito de agua

Instate el motor fuera borda en el deposito
de agua.
LIene el deposito con agua dulce hasta un
nivel superior a la plaa anticavitacion.
Engrane punto muerto y arranque el
motor.
Mantenga el motor en marcha a baja vlocidad durante unos minutes,
PRECAUCION:
ATTENTION:
Si le niveau d'eau douce se situe en dessous
de la plaque anti- cavitation, ou bien s'il est
insuffisant, le moteur risque de gripper.
j) Niveju d'eau prconis
Niveau d'eau le plus bas
Si el agua dulce queda debajo del nivel de

la plaa anticavitacion, si el suministre de
agua es insuficiente, podr agarrotarse el
motor.
Superficie del agua
(2) Nivel minimo del agua
2 90
Battery Care
Cuidado de la bateria
L'lectrolyte de la batterie est un produit

lexique et dangereux qui peut provoquer de
graves brlures, etc. Il contient de l'acide
sulfurique. Evitez tout contact avec la peau,
les yeux ou les vtements.
ANTIDOTE
EXTERNAL; Flush with water.

INTERNAL; Drink large quantities of
water or milk. Follow with milk of mag
nesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Call
physician immediately.
EYES; Flush with water for 15 minutes
and get prompt medical attention.
Batteries produce explosive gases: Keep
sparks, flame, cigarettes, etc. away. Ven
tilate when charging or using in a closed
space. Always wear eye protection when
working near batteries.
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
CONTACT EXTERNE; Rincez abondamment l'eau.
1)
Disconnect and remove the battery

from the boat. Always disconnect the
blacl< negative lead first to prevent the
risk of shorting.
2)
Clean the battery casing and termi

nals. Fill each cell to the upper level
with distilled water.
Store the battery on a level surface in
a cool, dry, well-ventilated place out
of direct sunlight.
EnCretien de la batterie
Battery electrolyte is poisonous and dan

gerous, causing severe burns, etc. It con
tains sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with
skin, eyes, or clothing.
Antidote:
Batteries vary among manufacturers.

Therefore the following procedures may
not always apply. Consult your battery
manufacturer's instructions.
ES
: ( )11
3)
4)
Once a month, check the specific

gravity of the electrolyte and recharge
as required to prolong battery life.
INGESTION; Boire de grandes quantits

d'eau ou de lait. Boire ensuite du lait de
magnsie, des oeufs battus ou de l'huile
vgtale. Consultez immdiatement
un
mdecin.
El electrolito de la bateria es toxico y peligroso, pudiendo causar graves quemaduras, etc.

Contiene cido sulfrico. Evite todo contacte
con la plel, los o/os la .
Antidoto:
EXTERNO: Lavar con agua.
INTERNO: Beber grandes cantidades de agua
lche, seguido de lche de magnesia, huevo
batido aceite vegetal. Solicitar de inmediato
asistencia mdica.
OJOS: Lavar cori agua durante 15 minutos y

obtener de Inmediato asistencia mdica.
Las baterias producen gases explosives: deben
DANS LES YEUX: Rincez abondamment
mantenerse alejadas de chispas, Hamas, cigal'eau pendant environ 15 minutes et consulrrillos encendidos, etc. Cuando cargue utilice
tez immdiatement un mdecin.
una bateria en un espacio cerrado, asegrese
Les batteries produisent du gaz hydrogne
explosif: ne pas manipuler proximit de de que existe una ventilacin adecuada. Protjase siempre los pjos cuando trabaje con batesources d'tincelles, de flammes, de cigarias.
rettes, etc. Assurer une bonne ventilation
MANTENER FUERA DEL ALCANCE DE LOS
pendant le processus de charge d'une batteNINOS.
rie ou si on la manipule dans un espace
ferm. Porter en permanence des lunettes de
protection si l'on doit travailler proximit
Las baterias varian de un fabricante a otro. Por
de batteries.
lo tanto, los siguintes procedimientos podrn
GARDER HORS DE LA PORTEE DES
ENFANTS
Les modles de batteries diffrent d'un fabricant l'autre. C'est pourquoi la procdure .suivante peut ne pas s'appliquer dans votre cas.
Rfrez vous aux instructions du fabricant de
voire batterie.
1) Dconnectez et retirez la batterie cJu
bateau. Dconnectez toujours en premier
lieu la borne noire pour viter les courtscircuits.
2) Nettoyez le logement d e la batterie et le.s
bornes. R e m p l i s s e z c h a q u e cellule d ' e a u
distille j u s q u ' a u niveau suprieur.
}) Rangez la batterie sur une surface plane,
dans une pice frache, sche, bien ar et
en dehors de l'exposition directe au soleil.
4) Une fois par l o is. vrifiez le poids volumique d e l'lectrolyte et rechargez la batterie lorsque cela s'avre r^^kaire afin de
prolonger sa dure de vie.
no siempre ser apjicables. Consulte las instrucclones del fabricante de la bateria.

1) Desconecte y retire la bateria de la embarcacion. Desconecte siempre en primer
lugar el cable negro, para evitar el riesgo
de cortocircuito2) Limpie el exterior de la bateria y los bornes. LIene cada elemento hasta el nivel
superior con agua destilada.
3) Almacene la bateria sobre una superficie
plana en un lugar fresco, seco y bien ventilado, protegida contra la luz directe del sol.
4) Una vez al mes, compruebe el peso especifico del electrolito y, si es necesario, cargue
la bateria para prolonger su vida liiil,
ES
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Be sure to turn off the engine when you

perform maintenance unless otherwise
specified. If the owner is not familiar with
machine servicing, this work should be
done by a Yamaha dealer or other quali
fied mechanic.
If replacement parts are necessary, use

only genuine Yamaha parts or equiva
lents of the same type and of equivalent
strength and materials. A n y part of inferi
or quality may malfunction, and the
resulting loss of control could endanger
the operator and passengers.
Yamaha genuine parts and accessories
are available f r o m a Yamaha dealer.
MANTENIMIENTO Y AJUSTES
Veillez couper le moteur lorsque vous procdez des travaux d'entretien, sauf spcification contraire. Si le propitaire n'est pas
familiaris avec l'entretien des machines, ces
travaux doivent tre raliss par un concessionnaire Yamaha ou par un mcanicien
qualifi.
3 30
REPLACEMENT PARTS
SMK32010
ENTRETIEN ET REGLAGES
PIECES DE RECHANGE
Si des pices de rechange s'avrent ncessaires, utilisez exclusivement des pices Yamaha d'origine ou d'autres du m me type, de
robustesse et de qualit de matriaux quivalentes. Les pices de moins bonne qualit peuvent fonctionner incorrectement et la perte de
contr le conscutive peut mettre en danger le
pilote et les passagers du bateau. Les pices et
accessoires d'origine Yamaha sont disponibles
auprs de votre concessionaire Yamaha.
Asegrese de apagar el motor cuando reaiice

las tareas de mantenimiento, a menos que se
especifique lo contrario.
Si el propietario no est familiarizado con las
tareas de servicio, este trabajo deber encomendarse a un concesionario Yamaha a un
mecnico cuallficado.

REPUESTOS
Si es necesario cambiar piezas, utilice nicemente repuestos originales Yamaha quivalentes del mismo tipo, fabricados con materiales quivalentes y provistos de una resistencia
quivalente. Las piezas de cualidad inferior
pueden provocar anomal as y 'a prdida de
control rsultante puede poner en peligro al
operador y a los tripulanies. Las piezas y los
accesorios originales Yamaha est n disponibles
a traves de los concesionarios Yamaha.
rMUlV4,S()
MAIMTENANCE CHART
Frequency of maintenance operations may be adjusted according to the operating con
ditions, but the f o l l o w i n g table gives general guidelines. Refer to the sections in this
chapter for explanations of each owner-specific action.
The mark () indicates the check-ups which you may carry out yourself.
TABLEAU DE NETTOYAGE ET DE VERIFICATIONS

La frquence des oprations d'entretien doit tre adapte en (onction des conditions d'4lilis;ilioii.
Le tableau ci-dessous vous en donne les lignes directrices. Reportez-vous aux diflrcmcs sections
de ce chapitre pour des explications sur chaque action spcifique au propritaire.
Le symbole ( ) indique les vrifications que vous pouvez effectuer vous-mme.
Le symbole ( O ) indique les travaux faire raliser par votre distributeur Yamaha.
The mark ( O ) indicates w o r k to be carried out by your Yamaha dealer.

Initial
Item
Spark plug(s)
Greasing poinis
Gear oil
Fuel syslem
Fuel filler (can be
disassembled)
Fuel tank (Yamaha
portable tank)
Idling speed (carburetor
models)
Anode(s) (external)
Anode(s) (internal)
Cooling waler passages
Propeller and coiier pin
Battery
Throttle link / Ihrotlle cable
/ Ihrotlle pick-up liming
Shill link/shill cable
Thermostat
Waler pump
Cowling clamp
Actions
Cleaning / adjustment /
replacement
Greasing
Change
Inspection
Inspection / cleaning
10 hours
(1 month)
50 hours
(3 months)
Inspection / cleaning
Inspection / adjustment
Inspection
Inspection
Cleaning
Inspection
Inspection
/ replacement
/ charging
/O
/O
/O
/ replacement
/ replacement
/O
Actions
Bougic(s)
Nettoyage / rglage /
remplacement
Points de graissgc
Graissage
Huile pour engrenages
Renouvellement
Systme d'alimentation
Inspection
Filtre carburant
(dmontable)
Inspection / nettoyage
Rservoir carburant
(rservoir portable Yamaha)
Inspection / nettoyage
Rgime de ralenti (modles

carburateur)
Inspection / rglage
Anodc{s) (cxlernc(s))
Inspection / remplacement
Anodc(s) (intcrnc(s))
Inspection / rcmplaccmcni
Passages d'eau de
refroidis.ômcni
Nettoyage
Hlice Cl goupille lendue
Inspection / remplacement
Inspection / charge
Tringle d'acclrateur / cble
d'acclrateur / point
Inspection / rglage
d'aliaquc d'acclration
Inspection
Inspection
Inspection
Composants
Batterie
/O
NOTE;
Priode initiale
Every
200 hours
100 hours
(1 year)
(6 months)
Tringle d'inversion / cble

d'inversion
Inspection / rglage
TTiermostat
Inspection
Pompe eau
Inspection
Fixation du capoi
Inspection
l ' c r i i n l c Illicrii-IHV
10 heures
5 heures'
{1 mois)
(." mois) i
10(1 heures
:o(i iK-urcs
/O
'
/
/'0
/O
/O
When operating in salt water, turbid or muddy water, the engine should be flushed
N.B.:
with clean water after each use.
Le moteur doit tre rinc l'eau douce et propre, aprs chaque utilisation en eau de nier, imiihle (ui
boueuse.
'
'
"
ES
CLEANING AND ADJUSTING SPARK
PLUG
NETTOYAGE ET REGLAGE DES

BOUGIES
When removing or installing a spark plug,

be careful not to damage the insulator. A
damaged insulator could allow external
sparks, which could lead to explosion or
fire.
Lors de la dpose et du montage d'une bougie, veillez ne pas endommager l'isolant.

Un isolant dfectueux peut provoquer des
tincelles externes qui risquent alors de causer une explosion ou un incendie.
AAVERTISSEMENT
The spark plug is an important engine

c o m p o n e n t and is easy to inspect. The
condition of the spark plug can indicate
something about the condition of the
engine. For example, if the center elec
trode porcelain is very white, this could
indicate an intake air leak or carburetion
problem in that cylinder. Do not attempt
to diagnose any problems yourself.
Instead, take the outboard m o t o r to a
Yamaha dealer. You should periodicallv;
remove and inspect the spark plug
because heat and deposits will cause the
spark plug to slowly break d o w n and
erode. If electrode erosion becomes
excessive, or if carbon and other deposits
are excessive, y o u should replace the
spark plug w i t h another of the correct |
type.
Standard spark plug:
Refer to "SPECIFICATIONS", page 4-1.
Before fitting the spark plug, measure the
electrode gap w i t h a wire thickness
gauge; adjust the gap to specification
necessary.
Spark plug gap:
Les bougies sont des composants importants du

moteur et trs simples vrifier. L'tat des
bougies peut donner des indications sur l'tai
du moteur. Par exemple, si la porcelaine de
l'lectrode centrale est trs blanche, cela peui
indiquer une fuite d'admission d'air ou un problme de carburation au niveau de ce cylindre.
Ne tentez pas de poser vous-mme un diagnosiic sur les diffrents problmes. Soumettez au
contraire votre hors-bord un distributeur
Yamaha pour vrification. Vous devez dmonter et vrifier rgulirement les bougies, car la
chaleur et les dpts engendrent une dtrioration et une rosion progressives de la bougie.
Si l'rosion de l'lectrode devient excessive ou
si les dpts de calamine ou autres sont excessifs, remplacez la bougie par une neuve du
mme type.
Bougie standard:
Voir "CARACTERISTIQUES", page 4-1
Avant de monter une bougie, vrifiez l'cartement des lectrodes avec une jauge d'paisseur; le cas chant, ajustez l'cartement
conformment aux spcifications.
! Ecartement des lectrodes:
i Voir "CARACTERISTIQUES" page 4-1.
SMU01202
LIMPIEZA y AJUSTE DE LA BUJIA
Cuando retire instate una bujia, procure no

danar el aislante. Un aislante danado puede
permitir la formacion de chispas externas, con
el conslguiente riesgo de explosion incendio.
La bujia es un connponente importanie del
motor y es facil de inspeccionar. El estado de la
bujia puede indicar en cierto modo el estado
del motor. ejemplo, si la porcelana del electrodo central es demasiado blanca, puede indi
car una fuga del aire de admisin un problme de carburacion en ese cilindro. No imenie
diagnosticer los problemas usted mismo. En
cambio, lleve el motor fuera borda a un concesionario Yamaha. Debe retirar e inspeccionar
peridicamente la bujia, ya que el calor y los
depositos provocarn el desgaste y la erosion
lema de la bujia. Si la erosion de los electrodes
es excesiva o si los depositos de carbonilla y
de otro tipo son excesivos, deber sustituir la
bujia por otra del tipo correcto.
Bujia estndar:
Consulte el apanado "ESPECIFICACIONES'
pagina 4-1.
Antes de instalar la bujia, mida la sep^racion
entre los electrodos con un calibre de espesores; si es necesario, ajuste la separacion de
acuerdo con lo especificado.
Separacion entre los electrodos de la bujia:
Consulte el apartado "ESPECIFICACIONES",
pagina 4-1.
ES
When fitting the plug, always clean the
gasket surface and use a new gasket.
Wipe off any dirt from the threads and
screw in the spark plug to the correct
torque.
Spark plug torque:
NOTE:
If a torque-wrench is not available when
you are fitting a spark plug, a good esti
mate of the correct torque is 1/4 to 1/2 a
turn past finger-tight. Have the spark plug
adjusted to the correct torque as soon as
possible with a torque-wrench.
Initial of spark
plug I.D. mark
21 m m (13/16 in.)
C/BK
D
cj r
' J
-1
Lmr
Plug wrench
size
16 m m (5/8 in.)
Lors du remontage d'une bougie, nettoyez la

surface de contact et utilisez un nouveau joint.
Essuyez toute trace de salet du filet et vissez
la bougie au couple spcifi.
Couple de serrage des bougies:
Par de apriete de la bujia:

Consulte el apartado "ESPECIFICACIONES"
pagina 4-1.
Voir "CARACTERISTIQUES", page 4-1.

N.B.:
Si vous ne disposez pas d'une cl dynamomirique lorsque vous montez une bougie, vous
pouvez obtenir un couple de serrage correct en
serrant la bougie de 1/4 1/2 tour supplmentaire aprs l'avoir cale la main. Faites serrer
aussi rapidement que possible la bougie au
couple spcifi l'aide d'une cl dynamomirique.
Initiales du repre
d'identification de bougie
NOTA:
Inicial de la marca
identificativa de la bujia
Taille de cl
bougie
21mm
C/BK
D
16mm
C/BKD
18,3mm
Ecariemem des lectrodes

Repre d'identification de bougie (N.G.K.)
Si no dispone de una Have de torsion cuando

instale una bujia, un clculo bastante exacte
del par de apriete correcto es entre 1/4 y 1/2
vuelta despus de haberla apretado a mano.
Ajuste la bujia al par correcto tan pronto como
sea posible con una Have de torsion.
18.3 m m (23/32 in.)
Spark plug gap

@ Spark plug I.D. nnark (NGK)
Cuando instale la bujia, limpie siempre la

superficie de! casquillo y utilice un casquillo
nuevo. Limpie la suciedad de la rosea y atorniIle la bujia al par de apriete correcto.
Tamaiio de la
llave
21mm
16mm
18,3mm
(T) Separacion entre los electrodos de la bujia

(2) Marca identificativa de la bujia (NGKI
i
90 3022
EMU16350
CHECKING TOP COWLING

Check the fitting of the top cowling by
pushing it with bpth hands.
If the fitting is loose have it repaired by a
Yamaha dealer.
4-11
^Llh.l.sil
SMU16350
VERIFICATION DU CAPOT
SUPERIEUR
Vrifiez le raccord du capot suprieur en
appuyant dessus des deux mains.
Si le raccord est mal ajust, faites-le rparer
par un concessionnaire Yamaha.
COMPROBACIN DE LA CUBIERTA
SUPERIOR
'
Compruebe que la cubierta superior est bien
ajustada presionndola con ambas manos.
Si la cubierta esta floja, llvela a su concesionario Yamaha para que la reparen.
4
ES
38010
CHECKING FUEL S Y S T E M
\\
Gasoline (petrol) and its vapors are highly
flammable and explosive. Keep away
from sparks, cigarettes, flames or other
sources of ignition.
i
h
Check the fuel line for leaks, cracks, or

malfunctions. If any p r o b l e m is f o u n d , it
should be repaired immediately by Yama
ha dealer or other qualified mechanic.
,1
VERIFICATION DU SYSTEME
D'ALIMENTATION
Fuel system parts leakage.

Fuel hose joint leakage.
Fuel hose cracks or other damage.
Fuel connector leakage.
106061
Vrifiez si le systme d'alimentation ne prsente pas de fuite, de fissures ou de dgts. Si

vous dcelez un problme, consultez immdiatement votre distributeur Yamaha ou tout autre
mcanicien qualifi en vue de la rparation.
Points vrifier
Fuite du circuit d'alimentation
Fuite du tuyau d'alimentation
Fissures ou dgts du tuyau d'alimentation
Fuite du raccord carburant
AAVERTISSEMENl
Leaking fuel can result in fire or explo

sion.
Check for fuel leakage regularly.
If any fuel leakage is found, the fuel
system must be repaired by a qualified
mechanic.
Improper repairs can make the out
board unsafe to operate.
COMPROBACION DEL SISTEMA DE

COMBUSTIBLE
AAVERTISSEMENT
L'essence et les vapeurs d'essence sont hautement inflammables et explosives. Maintenez bien l'cart les sources d'tincelles ou
de chaleur, les flammes nues, les cigarettes,
etc.
Checking points
'1
SMM38010
Une fuite de carburant peut entraner une

explosion ou un incendie.
Vrifiez rgulirement s'il n'y a pas de
fuites de carburant.
Si vous dcouvrez une fuite de carburant,
faites rparer le systme d'alimentation
par un mcanicien qualifi. Une rparation non conforme peut rendre dangereuse
l'utilisation du hors-bord.
La gasolina y su vapor son sumamente inflamables y explosives. Mantenga la gasolina alejada de chispas, cigarrillos encendidos. Marnas
u otras fuentes de ignicion.
Compruebe si existen fugas, grietas anomalias en el tubo de combustible. Si dtecta cualquier problema, deber repararlo de inmediato
un concesionario Yamaha un mecnico cualificado.
Puntos de comprobacion
Fugas en las piezas del sistema de combustible
Fugas en la junta del tubo de combustible
Grielas u otro daiio en el tubo de combustible '
Fugas en los conectores del tubo de combustible
H30EEEa___
Las fugas de combustible pueden provocar un
incendie una explosion.
Compruebe periodicamente si existen fugas
de combustible.
Si descubre una fuga de combustible, un
mecnico cualificado deber reparar el sistema de combustible.
Las reparaciones incorrectas pueden afectar
negativamente a la seguridad al utilizar el
motor fuera borda.
"
r : r
3.
"
3 3
3
<
CL ) J
N >
;5:^
2; 3
. g- . N"
CD_
CD
f*
j3
Q)
CD
CD
IH.
c:
CO
'
g.
:X
=!'
_ en
c
ro
CD
CD
NJ
CD
Q.
a>
!i
"
fc
cr :;
'^ X )
'CD
CD Q CD
D^
n 3
c c
3ro "5'
D
o
,_J.

et" C : -1 2 ^
><
sjs.a 3
;^- -<
"
CD 0_
01
(Q
> s-
?r
o_
3
(
3
3 o<
CT
<
S
< ^^
C2.
3"
3 - 1 \.
zr
3) O) C
3 <
CD
Si 3 9: ^
) S
H g-5- ) .
i;
2
CD. :
-,
_ g. JO
2m
CT - , )
CL
CD CD
--
- :
( S-
3 ' 5

3-
O o
9 A CX
5 -o
Q.
- *
03
"
CD
T3
Ea
=;
O
CD
" CD
CD 3
-D
cT "
^ . ^ -s Q)
O)
"
ra. g cT
<
-1
q
03
-^
s g
;^ < 5- <
O)
~"
5 5-
S ~ ^
) n>
Q.
CD
CD
O
CD 5
CD
=1
CD
3 s
? 5-
3 -<
cu
3CD
Q)
3
O)
so
->
ir
3
~
@3 s
CL
"
'
"
'
=^
^
"
1^ >"
5' -3
. c rS
"e
rt> DI
-I
(D
CD
D)
(D
VI
sc. Q.
^
2 . Q(t)" U)
^ 3EU
S .^
i <
oo
(fi
<
fil
' s-
:;r <
09
"D
CD
CD
Cu
03
"
2 3
"
<0
CD
"
"
)
.
:. 3
"
-1
Q.
03
CT
2 - ?
-,
)
(
_
V3
..
SU
CD
<
CD
CD M
CD
(TQ
.^
"
(/)
Q.
'
01
<
3
03
CD
< 3
Q
m
35
<= G
00
og
s -
3 2 d
I "
(
3- '

3
11
, !
If
ce
=" .
. =.
CD CJ

3, _
Q. .
3.3
5 3
"
'
- g s
_
^
s -
>< =
"^ ^
CD
-1
CD
Q. . ,
a
3- ;r
CD
Q.
>
=- s CD
^' 3 3
2 .
sI ?
CD
I
ir
2-
CD (T>
S. n>
3 3 -
2. 2.
3 3 = - s SS. 3
3
ce 3
^-^
II
?1.
^
m^
T3
'3 2
in
o-
-
3
1
i:
T,
" 5 2 E.
Q. Q.
r? r
a " >
= CT
3. s-
CD

i <^
3
-
Q. .
a
CD 2 . ^
^ .
;_
3
= "^
<Q
3 ^
H-i s 3s
g-3
(D
^
- a
S.
5 R -Ds
t>
3 03
3 s Sis S i
a* M 2
2 s '-'^
CD
<"
re-
?,
I s 3
- " ;?
Q
=,
c^
= 5|f S r ? r
rti
-. E g
CD
! i l t 1
^
_
E 5 "<
E -.
2 5 n 1 2
a-
5 E 3 _(ra
2
H"S
r3
s-s - -z-i ^
S'S
c^
2 . 3 B-rt.
c et r- 1 5. n 3
- 1 M
r
t 2 3
S- " q = 2. S
vJir>
4.)
5)
6)
Reinstall the filter element in the cup.

Make sure the 0-ring is in position in
the cup. Firmly screw the cup ontp;
the filter housing .
'"
Attach the filter assembly to the
bracket so that the fuel hoses are
attached to the filter assembly.
Run the engine and check the filter
and lines for leaks.
29
REPLACING FUSE
If the fuse has b l o w n o n an Electric start
m o d e l , open the fuse holder and replace
the fuse w i t h a n e w one of proper amper
age.
\
Be sure to use the specified fuse. An
incorrect fuse or a piece of wire may
allow excessive current flow. This could
cause electrical system damage and a fire
hazard.
NOTE:
If the n e w fuse blows again immediately,

consult a Yamaha dealer.
Fuse holder
@ Fuse (20A)
4) Replacez l'lment filtrant dans la coupelle. Veillez ce que le joint torique soit correctement positionn dans la coupelle. Vissez fermement la coupelle sur le logement
du filtre @.
Fixez le filtre sur son support pour raccorder les tuyaux d'alimentation au filtre.
Faites tourner le moteur et vrifiez si le
filtre ne fuit pas.
4) Vuelva a instalar el elemenio del filiro en la

cazoleta. Asegrese de que la junta lrica
queda en posicion en la cazoleta. Atornille
firmemente la cazoleta a la caja del filtro y).
5) Fije el conjunto del filtro al soporte de
modo que los tubos de combustible queden conectados al conjunto del filtro.
6) Ponga en marcha el motor y compruebe si
el filtro prsenta fugas.
FMtnii.i:v
SMU01329
REMPLACEMENT DES FUSIBLES

Si le fusible est grill sur les modles dmarreur lectrique, ouvrez le porte-fusibles et remplacez le fusible par un nouveau fusible de
l'intensit approprie.
Veillez utiliser un fusible conforme aux

spcifications. Un fusible incorrect ou un
morceau de fil peut laisser trop de courant
et ainsi risquer d'endommager le circuit
lectrique et de provoquer un incendie.
N.B.:
Si le nouveau fusible grille lui aussi, consultez
immdiatement un distributeur Yamaha.
Porte-fusibles
Fusible (20 A)
CAMBIO DEL FUSIBLE

Si se funde el fusible en un modelo provisto de
arranque elctrico, abra el portafusibles y cambie el fusible por otro nuevo del amperaje
correcte.
^^^^^='^^''^M^V
' Asegrese de utillzar el fusible especificado.
Un fusible Incorrecte un trozo de cable
puede permltir un paso excesivo de corriente,
causando danos al sistema elctrico y provocando un riesgo de incendio.
NOTA:
Si vuelve a fundirse de inmediato el nuevo
fusible, consulte a su concesionario Yamaha.
Portafusibles
(D Fusible (20 A)
ES
EMU09912
I N S P E C T I N G I D L I N G SPEED
Do not touch or remove electrical parts

when starting or during operation.
Keep hands, hair and clothes away
from flywheel and other rotating parts
while engine is running.
CAUTION:
This procedure must be performed while
the outboard motor is in the water. A
flushing attachment or test tank can also
be used.
A diagnostic tachometer should be used
for this procedure. Results m a y vary
depending on whether testing is conducted w i t h the flushing attachment, in a test
tanl<, or w i t h the outboard m o t o r in the
water.
1)
Start the engine and allow it to warm

up fully in neutral until it is running
smoothly. If the outboard motor is
m o u n t e d o n a boat, be sure the boat
is tightly m o o r e d .
2)
Verify whether the idle speed is set to

specification. For idle speed specifications, see "Specifications" in this
chapter.
NOTE:
Correct idling speed inspection is only
possible if the engine is fully w a r m e d up.
If not w a r m e d up fully, the idle speed will
measure higher than normal. If you have
difficulty verifying the idle speed, or the
idle speed requires adjustment, consult a
Yamaha dealer or other qualified mechanic.
CONTROLE DU REGIME DE
RALENTI
AAVERTISSEMENT
Ne touchez et ne dposez pas de composants lectriques lors du dmarrage du
moteur ou en cours de fonctionnement.
Gardez les mains, les cheveux et les vtements l'cart du volant et de toute pice
en rotation lorsque le moteur tourne.
ATTENTION:
Cette procdure doit tre ralise alors que
le moteur hors-bord se trouve dans l'eau.
Vous pouvez galement utiliser un raccord
de nettoyage ou un rservoir d'essai.
Il est reconnmand d'utiliser un compte-tours
de diagnostic. Les rsultats peuvent varier
selon que le test est effectu avec le raccord de
nettoyage, dans un rservoir d'essai ou avec le
moteur hors-bord dans l'eau.
1) Faites dmarrer le moteur et amenez-le sa
temprature de fonctionnement normale en
le faisant tourner au point mort jusqu' ce
qu'il adopte un rgime rgulier. Si le
moteur hors-bord est mont sur un bateau,
veillez ce que celui-ci soit bien amarr.
2) Vrifiez si le r g i m e d e ralenti est c o n f o r me aux spcifications. Pour les spcifications de ralenti, voir "Spcifications" dans
ce chapitre.
N.B.:
Un contrle correct du rgime de ralenti n'est
possible que si le moteur est amen sa temprature de fonctionnement normale. Si le moteur
n'est pas prchauff correctement, le rgime de
ralenti sera plus rapide que la normale. Si vous
avez des difficults contrler le rgime de
ralenti, ou si le rgime de ralenti doit tre
rgl, consultez un distributeur Yamaha ou tout
autre mcanicien qualifi.
INSPECCIN DE LA VELOCIDAD DE
RALENTI
: : 1
No toque ni retire las piezas elctricas cuando arranque el motor mientras est en
marcha,
'
Mantenga las manos, el cabello y la alejadas de! volante y de otras piezas giratorias
mientras el motor est en marcha.
PRECAUCION:
Este procedimiento debe realizarse mientras el
motor fuera borda se encuentra en el agua. Se
puede utilizar tambin un acoplamiento de
limpieza un depsito de pruebas.
Con este procedimiento debe utilizarse un
.tacometro de diagnstico. Los resultados pue'den variar dependiendo de que las pruebas se
h'agan con el acoplanniento de limpieza, en un
depsito de pruebas, con el motor fuera
borda en el agua.'
1) Arranque el motor y deje que se caliente
completamente en punto muerto. hasta
que funcione suavemente. Si el motor
fuera borda esta montado en una embarcacion, asegrese de que esta esta amarrada
firmemente. i
2) Verifique si l velocidad de ralenti esta
regulada al valor especificado. Para las
especificaciones de la velocidad de ralenti,
consulte el apartado "Especificaciones" en
este capitulo,
NOTA:
[
Solo sera posible 'inspeccionar correciamenie
la velocidad de ralenti si el motor esta completamente caliente. Si no se deja calentar completamente, la velocidad de ralenti sera mas
alta de lo normal. Si tiene cualquier dificultad
para verificer la velocidad de ralenti, o si fuera
necesario ajustarla, consulte a su concesionario Yamaha o a un mecnico cualificado.
ES
78010
KM1'7M0II)
CHECKING WIRING AND
VERIFICATION DU CABLAGE ET
DES CONNECTEURS
CONNECTORS
1)
Check that each grounding wire is

properly secured.
2)
Check that each connector is engaged
1) Vrifiez .si chaque fil de ma.s.se e.sl correctement fix.

2) Vrifiez .si tou.s les connecteurs soni solidement raccords.
securely.
FUITE D'ECHAPPEMENT
EXHAUST LEAKAGE
Start the engine and check that no
exhaust leaks from the joints between the
exhaust cover, cylinder head and crank
case.
WATER LEAKAGE
Start the engine and check that no water
leaks frorn the joints between the exhaust
cover, cylinder head and crank case.
4-16
Faites dmarrer le moteur et vrifiez s'il n'y a

pas de fuite d'chappement au niveau des
joints sparant le couvercle d'chappement, la
culasse et le carter.
FUITE D'EAU
Faites dmarrer le moteur et vrifiez s'il n'y a
pas de fuite d'eau au niveau des joinis sparant
le couvercle d'chappement, la culasse et le
carter.
COMPROBACION DEL CABLEADO Y LOS

CONECTORES
1) Compruebe que cada cable de masa esta
fijado correctamenie.
2) Compruebe que cada conector esta conectado de forma segura.
FUGAS DE ESCAPE
Arranque el motor y compruebe que no existen
fugas de escape en las juntas entre la cubieria
del escape, la culata y el carter,
FUGAS DE AGUA
Arranque el motor y compruebe que no existen
fugas de agua en las juntas entre la cubierta
del escape, la culata y el carter.
/1 ' ) , | | yiii
03
(
0}
- '
:^
(
0)
0) 3 -
)
eu (u
tu
zr QJ
3"
0)
3 3
0}
-< -<
>
.
;
(
(. '
bJ'
W'
DJ
.^
ta . ,
CJ
ir
v;
ZT
ri
Vy
>
-< >
t;
=J
-1
V5
on
:
3^
, - ( ^
>
CD
Q)
5'
>
CD
ra
Q)
QJ
>
OJ
QJ
Crt
CO
QJ
CD
IT
QJ
3-
(:
\
2
5
>
< QJ-<
3 3 m
tu
Ol
'St^
EML08013
C H E C K I N G PROPELLER
SML08013
VERIFICATION DE L'HELICE
You could be seriously injured if the

engine accidentally starts while you are
near the propeller.
Vous pourriez tre trs grivement bless si

le moteur dmarrait accidentellement alors
que vous travaillez proximit de l'hlice.
Avant de procder la vrification, la
dpose ou au montage de l'hlice, enlevez
le capuchon des bougies. Placez le levier
d'embrayage au point mort. Placez le
contacteur principal sur la position "OFF"
e( retirez la cl. Retirez le cordon de
coupe-circuit du coupe-contact. Dclenchez le coupe-circuit de batterie si votre
bateau en est quip.
Before
inspecting,
removing
or
installing the propeller, remove the
spark plug caps from the spark plugs.
Also, put the shift control in Neutral,
put the main switch in the "OFF" posi
tion and remove the key, and remove
the lanyard from the engine stop
switch. Turn off the battery cut-off
switch if your boat has one.
Do not use your hand to hold the pro: peller when loosening or tightening the
propeller nut. Put a wood block
between the cavitation plate and the
propeller to prevent the propeller from
turning.
EM109010
Propeller Checking Point

Check each of the propeller blades for
-; wear, erosion f r o m cavitation or ventila
tion, or other damage.
Check the splines for wear and damage.
Check for fish line w i n d i n g around the
propeller shaft.
Check the propeller shaft oil seal for
damage.
Ne maintenez pas l'hlice de la main

lorsque vous desserrez et resserrez l'crou
d'hlice. Placez un morceau de bois entre
la plaque anti-cavitation et l'hlice pour
viter que l'hlice ne tourne.
FMUWIO
COMPROBACION DE LA HELICE
Puede sufrir leslones graves si el motor se

pone accidentalmente en marcha mientras se
encuentra cerca de la hlice.
Antes de inspecclonar, retirar instalar la
hlice, retire los casquillos de las bujias. Aslmismo, engrane punto muerto, situe el interrupter principal en la posicion "OFF" y
extralga la llave, y retire el acollador del interrupter de parada del motor. Desactive el
interruptor de corte de bateria, si su embarcacin dispone de uno.
No utilice la mano para sujetar la hlice
cuando afioje apriete la tuerca de la hlice.
Coloque un taco de madera entre la plaa de
cavitacln y la hlice para evitar que gire la
hlice.
SML09010
Vrifiez .si les cannelures ne sont pas u.scs ni

endommages.
Punto de comprobacion de la hlice

Compruebe cada una de las paieras de la
hlice para determiner si estn desgastadas,
corroidas por la cavitacln la veniilacion,
si presenten otros daiios.
Compruebe si los acanalados esin desgastados dariados.
Vrifiez si une ligne de pche n'est pas

enroule autour de l'arbre d'hlice.
Vrifiez si le joint huile de l'arbre d'hlice
n'est pas endommag.
Compruebe si hay sedal enrollado airededor

del eje de la hlice.
Compruebe si est dariado el retn de aceite
del eje de la hlice.
Point de contrle de l'hlice

Vrifiez si les pales de l'hlice ne prsenteni
pas de trace d'usure, d'rosion par la cavitation ou la ventilation ou encore tout autre
dgt.
ES
EMU00977
KMUIKW??
Removing the Propeller

1) Straighten the cotter-pin and pull it
out using a pair of pliers.
2) Remove the propeller nut @ and
washer.
3) Remove the propeller and thrust
washer.
Dpose de l'hlice
1) Redressez la goupille fendue et extrayez-la l'aide d'une pince.
2) Dposez l'crou d'hlice (2) et la rondelle
.
.
.1) Dposez l'hlice 0
EML19010
(MHW)H)
Installing the Propeller
Installation de l'hlice
CAUTION:
Be sure to install the thrust washer
before installing propeller, otherwise,
lower case and propeller boss may be
damaged.
Be sure to use a new cotter pin and
bend the ends over securely. Other
wise, the propeller could come off dur.ing operation and be lost.
1)
2)
3)
Apply Yamaha Marine grease or a

corrosion resistant grease to the pro
peller-shaft.
Install the thrust washer and propeller
on the propeller-shaft.
Install the washer and tighten the pro
peller nut to the specified torque.
Tightening torque:
Refer to "SPECIFICATIONS" page 4-1.
4)
Align the propeller nut with the pro

peller shaft hole. Insert a new cotter pin
in the hole and bend the cotter pin
ends.
NOTE:
W h e n the propeller nut does not align

w i t h the propeller shaft hole after tighten
ing to the specified torque, then tighten
the nut further to alien it w i t h the hole
et la rondelle de bute
SMU00977
'
Retirade de la hlice
1) Enderece el pasador de chaveia 1; y extraigalo con unos alicates.
2) Retire la tuerca @ y la arande la C3"^ de la
hlice.
3) Retire la hlice y la arandela de empuje
SML19010
ATTENTION:
Veillez installer la rondelle de bute
avant de monter l'hlice. Sinon, vous risquez d'endommager le carter infrieur et
le bossage d'hlice.
Veillez utiliser une nouvelle goupille fendue et repliez-en soigneusement les extrmits. Sinon, l'hlice risque de s'enlever de
l'arbre d'hlice en cours de navigation et
d'tre irrmdiablement perdue.
Appliquez de la graisse marine Yamaha ou
de la graisse rsistant la corrosion sur
l'arbre d'hlice.
Installez la rondelle de bute et l'hlice sur
l'arbre d'hlice.
Installez la rondelle et serrez l'crou de
l'hlice au couple spcifi.
Couple de serrage :
Voir "SPECIFICATIONS' la page 44) Alignez l'crou de l'hlice sur l'orifice de
l'arbre d'hlice. Introduisez un nouvelle
goupille fendue dans l'orifice et repliez-en
les extrmits.
N.B.:
]
Si l'crou d'hlice n'est pas align sur l'orifice
de l'arbre d'hlice aprs serrage au couple spcifi, continuez serrer l'crou jusqu' ce qu'il
ioil correctement align sur l'orifice.
Instalacin de la hlice
PRECAUCION:
Asegrese de instalar la arandela de empuje
antes de instalar la hlice, ya que de lo contrario podrn danarse la carcasa inferior y el
cube de la hlice.
Asegrese de utilizar un pasador nuevo y de
doblar sus extremos de forma segura, ya que
de lo contrario podr desprenderse la hlice
mientras navega y perderse.
1) Aplique grasa nutica Yamaha grasa anticorrosion al eje de la hlice.
2) Instale la arandela de empuje y la hlice en
el eje de la hlice.
3) Instale la arandela y apriete la tuerca de la
hlice al par especificado.
Par de apriete:
Consulte el apartado "ESPECIFICACIONES" en la pagina 4-1.
4) Alinee la tuerca de la hlice con el orificio
del eje de la hlice. Introduzca un pasador
nuevo en el orificio y doble los extremes
del pasador.
NOTA:
Si la tuerca de la hlice no qiieda almeada con
el orificio de! eje de la hlice despus de pretarla al par especificado, apriete la tuerca un
poco mas hasta que quede alineada con el orificio.
ES )
73
1 77
SMU01773
CHANGING GEAR OIL
RENOUVELLEMENT DE L'HUILE
DE TRANSMISSION
Be sure the outboard motor is securely

fastened to the transom or a stable
stand. You could be severely injured if
the outboard motor falls on you.
Never get under the lower unit while it
is tilted, even when the tilt support
lever or knob is locked. Severe injury
could occur If the outboard motor acci
dentally falls.
ÂVERTISSEMENT
1)
2)
3)
4)
Tilt t h e outboard motor so that the

gear oil drain screw is at the lowest
point possible.
Place a suitable container under the
gear case.
Remove the gear oil drain screw (J).
Remove the oil level plug (2) to allow
the oil to drain completely.
CAUTION:
'My' ;l
Inspect the used oil after it has been

drained. If the oil is milky, water is get
ting into the gear case which can cause
gear damage. Consult a Yamaha dealer
for repair of the lower unit seals.
NOTE:
For disposal of used

Yamaha dealer.
Assurez-vous que le moteur hors-bord est

correctement fix la barre d'arcasse ou
un support stable. Vous risquez en effet
d'tre gravement bless si le moteur horsbord venait tomber sur vous.
Ne passez jamais sous le botier d'hlice
lorsqu'il est relev, mme si le levier ou le
bouton du support de relevage est verrouill. Vous risquez en effet d'tre gravement bless si le moteur hors-bord venait
tomber accidentellement.
Soulevez le moteur hor.s-bord de manire
ce que la vis de vidange d'huile de iransmi,s.ion se trouve au point le plus bas possible.
2) Placez un conteneur appropri sous le car-'
ter infrieur.
i) Dposez la vis de vidange d'huile de transmission .
4) Dposez la vis de niveau d'huile (2) pour
permettre la vidange complte de l'huile.
ATTENTION:
Contrlez l'huile usage lorsqu'elle a t
vidange. Si l'huile est d'apparence laiteuse,
cela signifie que de l'eau a pntr dans le
carter infrieur, ce qui risque d'endommager les pignons. Prenez contact avec un
revendeur Vamaha pour la rparation des
joints d'tanchit du botier d'hlice.
oil consult your

N.B.:
Pour l'limination de l'huile de vidange, prenez contact avec votre revendeur Yamaha.
CAMBIO DEL ACEITE DE ENGRANAJES
Asegijrese de que el motor fuera borda esta

fijado correctamente al peto de popa a un
soporte estable. Si le cae encima el motor
fuera borda, podr sufrir graves lesiones.
No se coloque nunca debajo de la unidad
inferior mientras est inclinada, aunque est
bloqueada la palanca el botbn de soporte
de la inclinacin. SI se cae accidentalmente
el motor fuera borda, podr sufrir graves
lesiones.
1) Incline el motor fuera borda de tal forma
que el tornillo de drenaje del aceite de
engranajes quede situado en el punto mes
bajo posible.
2) Coloque un recipiente apropiado debajo de
la caja de engranajes.
3) Retire el tornillo de drenaje del aceite de
engranajes .
4) Retire el tapon de comprobacion del nivel
de aceite @ para vaciar compleiamenie el
aceite.
PRECAUCION:
Inspeccione el aceite usado una vez drenado.
Si el aceite prsenta un aspecto lechoso, habr
penetrado agua en la caja de engranajes, le
cual puede daar los engranajes. Pngase en
contacte con un concesionario Yamaha para
reparar las juntas de la unidad interior.
NOTA:
Para desechar el aceite usado, iiongase en contacto con su concesionario Yamaha.
ES
W i t h the outboard motor in a vertical

position, and using a flexible or pres
surized filling device, inject the gear
oil into the gear oil drain screw hole.
Gear oil grade and capacity:
See "Specifications" in this chapter.
6)
7)
W h e n the oil begins to f l o w out of the

oil level plug hole, insert and tighten
the oil level plug.
Insert and tighten the gear oil drain
screw.
Le moteur hors-bord tant en position verticale, utilisez un flexible ou un systme de

remplissage sous pression pour injecter
l'huile de transmission par l'orifice de la
vis de vidange d'huile de transmission.
Grade et capacit d'huile de transmission:
Voir "Caractristiques" dans ce chapitre.
6) Lorsque l'huile commence s'couler par
l'orifice du bouchon de niveau d'huile,
rinstallez le bouchon de niveau d'huile et
serrez-le.
7) Installez et serrez la vis de vidange d'huile
de transmission.
5) Con el motor fuera borda en posicion vertical y utilizando un dispositivo de relleno

flexible a presion, inyecie aceite de
engranajes en el orificio del tornillo de drenaje de aceite de engranajes.
Tipo y capacidad del aceite de engranajes:
Vea el apartado "Especificaciones" en
este capitule.
6) Cuando empiece a fluir el aceite a traves
del orificio del tapn de comprobacin del
nival de aceite, introduzca y apriete el
tapn de comprobacin del nivel de aceite.
7) Introduzca y apriete el tornillo de drenaje
del aceite de engranajes.
EMU14622
i
m
INSPECTING A N D REPLACING
ANODE(S)
VERIFICATION ET
REMPLACEMENT DES ANODES
Yamaha outboard motors are protected

f r o m corrosion by sacrificial anodes.
Inspect the external anodes periodically.
Remove scales f r o m the surfaces of the
anodes. Consult a Yamaha dealer for
replacement of external anodes.
Les moteurs hors-bord Yamaha sont protgs

contre la corrosion par des anodes ractives.
Vrifiez rgulirement l'tat des anodes extrieures. Eliminez les dpts de la surface des
anodes. Pour le remplacement des anodes extrieures, consultez un distributeur Yamaha.
ATTENTION:
CAUTION:
0q not paint anodes, as this would ren
der them ineffective.
NOTE:
Inspect g r o u n d leads attached to external

anodes on equipped models. Consult a
Yamaha
dealer
for
inspection and
replacement of internal anodes attached
to the power unit.
-?^
Ne peignez pas les anodes, car cela les rendrait inefficaces.

N.B.:
Inspectez les fils de masse raccords aux
anodes extrieures sur les modles qui en sont
quips. Consultez un distributeur Yamaha
pour l'inspection et le remplacement des
anodes intrieures raccordes au moteur.
INSPECCIN Y CAMBIO DEL NODO

Los motores fuera borda Yamaha estan protegidos contra la corrosion mediante anodes.
Compruebe periodicamente los nodos exteriores y retire las incrustaciones de la superficie
de los mismos. Para suslituir los nodos exteriores, consulte a su concesionario Yamaha.
PRECAUCION:
No pinte los nodos, ya que si lo hace, stos
realizarn su funcin.
NOTA:
Inspeccione los hilos de tierra fijos a los anodos exteriores en los modelos provistos de
ellos. Consulte a su concesionario Yamaha
para inspeccionar y sustituir los nodos interiores fijos al motor.
( ES
EML22010
C L E A N I N G FUEL T A N K
Gasoline (petrol) is highly f l a m m a b l e , arid;

its vapors are f l a m m a b l e and explosive.
If y o u have any question about properly
d o i n g this procedure, consult your
Yamaha dealer.
Keep a w a y f r o m sparks, cigarettes,
flames or other sources of ignition
' W h e n cleaning t h e fuel tank.

p. Remove t h e fuel tank f r o m t h e boat
. before cleaning it. W o r k only outdoors
jn an area w i t h g o o d v e n t i l a t i o n .
Wipe u p any spilled fuel immediately.
Reassemble t h e fuel tank carefully.
Improper assembly can result in a fuel
( leak, w h i c h could result in a fire or
: explosion hazard.
f Dispose of o l d gasoline (petrol)accord; ing t o local regulations.
To clean t h e fuel t a n k :
1) Empty the fuel tank into an approved
gasoline (petrol) container.
2)
3)
LIMPIEZA DEL DEPOSITO DE

COMBUSTIBLE
AAVERTISSEMEM
L'essence est un produit hautement inflam
mable et les vapeurs d'essence sont haute
ment explosives et inflammables.
Si vous avez des questions sur la procdure correcte de nettoyage appliquer,
consultez votre distributeur Yamaha.
Maintenez bien l'cart les sources d'tincelles au de chaleur, les flammes nues, les
cigarettes, etc, pendant le nettoyage du
rservoir carburant.
Enlevez le rservoir carburant du bateau
avant de le nettoyer. Travaillez uniquement en extrieur un endroit trs ar.
Essuyez immdiatement le carburant qui
se renverse.
Remontez soigneusement le rservoir
carburant. Un remontage incorrect peut
entraner des fuites de carburant, risquant
ainsi de provoquer une explosion ou un
incendie.
Eliminez les restes de carburant conformment aux dispositions lgales applicables
en la matire.
Pour nettoyer le rservoir carburant:

1) Videz le rservoir carburant dans un
conteneur carburant autoris.
2) Versez un peu d e solvant spcial dans le
rservoir. R e v i s s e z le b o u c h o n et agitez le
rservoir. Ensuite, visez-le compltement.
Pour nettoyer le filtre carburant:
1) Dvissez les vis qui maintiennent la jauge
carburant et retirez celle-ci du rservoir.
2) Nettoyez le filtre carburant (situ
l'extrmit du tuyau d'aspiration) dans un
Clean the filter (located on the end of
solvant de nettoyage spcial. Ensuite, lai.ssez-le scher.
the suction pipe) in a suitable clean
3)
Remplacez le joint d'tanchit par un nouing solvent. A l l o w the filter to dry.
veau. Remontez la jauge carburant et serReplace the gasket w i t h a new one.
rez fermement les vis.
Reinstall the fuel meter assembly and
tighten the screws firmly.
Pour a small a m o u n t of.suitable sol

vent in the tank. Reinstall the cap and
shake the tank. Drain the solvent
completely.
To clean t h e fuel filter:
1) Remove the screws holding the fuel
meter assembly. Pull the assembly
out of the tank.
2)
SMM22010
NETTOYAGE DU RESERVOIR A
CARBURANT
La gasolina es sumamente inflamable y su

vapor es inflamable y explosivo.
Si tiene cualquier duda sobre la manera
correcta de realizar este procedimiento, consulte a su concesionario Yamaha.
Mantngase alejado de chispas, cigarrlllos
encendidos, Hamas u otras fuentes de ignicion mientras limpie el deposito.
Retire el deposito de combustible de la
embarcacion antes de limpiarlo, Trabaje nicamente al aire libre, en un lugar bien ventilado.
Limpie de inmediato el combustible que
pueda derramarse.
Vuelva a montar el deposito de combustible
cuidadosamente.
Un montaje incorrecte puede dar resultado fugas de combustible, con el consiguiente
riesgo de incendio explosion.
Deseche la gasolina antigua de acuerdo con
los reglamentos locales.
Para limpiar el depisito de combustible:
1) Vacie el deposito de combustible en un
recipiente apropiado para gasolina.
2) Vierte una pequena cantidad de disolvente
apropiado en el deposito. Vuelva a instalar
la tapa y agite el deposito. Vacie el disolvente completamente.
Para limpiar el filtro de combustible:
1) Retire los tornillos que aseguran el conjunto del indicador de nivel de combustible,
Extraiga el conjunto del deposito.
2) Limpie el filtro (situado en el exiremo del
tubo de aspiracin) con un disolvenic de
limpieza apropiado. Deje que se seque el
filtro.
Gambie la junta una nueva. Vuelva a
instalar el conjunto del indicador de nivel
de combustible y apnete los tornillos firmemente.
ES )
*041
KMUfW(U 1
SMU04041
CHECKING BATTERY (for Electric

start models)
V E R I F I C A T I O N DE LA B A T T E R I E
(modle d m a r r a g e lectrique)
COMPROBACIN DE LA BATERJA
(modelo provisto de arranque elctrico)
AAVERTISSEMENT
Battery electrolytic fluid is dangerous; it
contains sulfuric acid and therefore is poi
sonous and highly caustic.
Always follow these preventive mea
sures:
Avoid bodily contact with electrolytic
fluid as it can cause severe burns or
permanent eye injury.
Wear protective eye gear when han
dling or working near batteries.
Antidote (EXTERNAL):
SKIIM - Flush with water.
EYES - Flush with water for 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention.
Antidote (INTERNAL):
Drink large quantities of water or milk
followed by milk of magnesia, beaten
egg, or vegetable oil. Get immediate
medical attention.
Batteries also generate explosive hydro
gen gas; therefore, y o u should always fol
l o w these preventive measures:
Charge batteries in a well-ventilated
area.
Keep batteries away from fire, sparks,
or open flames (e.g., welding equip
ment, lighted cigarettes, etc.).
DO NOT SMOKE when charging or han
dling batteries.
KEEP BATTERIES AND ELECTROLYTIC
FLUID OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
4-23
L'lectrolyte de la batterie est dangereux

car il contient de l'acide sulfurique qui est
un poison hautement caustique. Appliquez
toujours les mesures prventives ci-dessous:
Eviter les contacts avec l'lectrolyte car il
risque d'entraner des brlures svres et
des blessures permanentes aux yeux.
Toujours porter des lunettes de scurit
lorsqu'on manipule ou lorsqu'on travaille
proximit des batteries.
Antidote (EXTERNE):
PEAU : rincer l'eau douce.
YEUX : rincer l'eau douce pendant 15
minutes et appeler immdiatement le
mdecin.
Antidote (INTERNE):
Boire de grandes quantits d'eau ou de lait
suivies par du lait de magnsie, des ufsbattus ou de l'huile vgtale. Appeler
immdiatement le mdecin.
Les batteries dgagent galement des gaz
d'hydrogne explosifs. Il faut ds lors toujours prendre les mesures prventives cidessous:
Charger les batteries dans un endroit bien
ar.
Maintenir les batteries l'cart du feu, des
tincelles ou des flammes nues (par
exemple, l'quipement de soudure, les
cigarettes allumes, etc.).
NE PAS FUMER lorsqu'on charge ou
lorsqu'on manipule des batteries.
MAINTENIR
LES BATTERIES
ET
L'ELECTROLYTE HORS DE PORTEE
DES ENFANTS.
^'^
El electrolito de la bateria es peligroso. Contiene cldo sulfrlco y por lo tanto es txico y

sumamente custico.
Adopte en todo momento las siguientes precauclones preventives:
Evite que el electrolito entre en contacto con
su cuerpo, ya que puede provocar graves
quemaduras y leslones permanentes a la
vista.
Protjase siempre los ojos con gafas cuando
manipule trabaje cerca de baterias.
Antidoto (EXTERNOI:
PIEL: Lavar con agua.
OJOS: Lavar con agua durante 15 minutos y
obtener de inmediato asistencia mdica.
Antidoto (IINJTERNO):
Beber grandes cantidades de agua lche,
seguido de lche de magnesia, huevo batido
aceite vegetal. Solicitar de inmediato asis
tencia mdica.
Las baterias tambin producen gas explosive
de hidrogeno, por lo que deber adoptar siempre las siguientes medidas preventivas:
Cargue las baterias en un lugar bien ventilado.
Mantenga las baterias alejadas ciel fuego,
chispas llamas ( ejemplo, equipos de
soldadura, cigarrillos encendidos, etc.).
N 0 FUME cuando cargue manipule bateri
as.
MANTENGA LAS BATERIAS Y EL ELECTRO
LITO FUERA DEL ALCANCE DE LOS NINOS.
ES
ATTENTION:
CUTIQN:
A poorly maintained battery will quickly deteriorate.
Ordinary tap-water contains minerals
harmful to a battery, and should not be
used for topping-up.
1)
Check the electrolyte
level at least
once a m o n t h . Fill to the manufacturer's r e c o m m e n d e d level w h e n necessary. T o p up only w i t h distilled water

(or pure de-ionized water suitable to
2)
;"l
3)
use in batteries).
A l w a y s keep the battery in a good
state of charge. Installing a voltmeter
will help y o u monitor your battery.
y o u will not use the boat for a month
or more, remove the battery f r o m the
boat and store it in a cool, dark place.
Completely
recharge
the
battery
before using it.
If the battery will be stored for longer
than a m o n t h , check the specific grav
ity of the fluid at least once a month
and recharge the battery w h e n it is
low.
NOTE:
Consult a Yamaha dealer w h e n charging
or re-charging batteries.
Une batterie qui n'est pas entretenue cor

rectement se dtriorera rapidement.
L'eau du robinet ordinaire contient des
sels minraux prjudiciables aux batteries
et ne peut par consquent pas tre utilise
pour faire l'appoint.
1) Vrifierz le niveau de l'lectrolyte au
moins une fois par mois. Faites l'appoint
jusqu'au niveau recommand par le fabricant chaque fois que cela s'avre ncessaire. Ne rajoutez que de l'eau distille.{ou de
l'eau pure dsionise convenant pour les
batteries).
2) Veillez ce que la batterie prsente toujours un bon niveau de charge. IJn voltmtre vous aidera contrler l'tat d votre
batterie. Si vous ne comptez pas utiliser le
bateau pour un mois ou plus, dmontez la,
batterie du bateau et rangez-la dans un'
endroit frais et sombre. Rechargez compltement la batterie avant de la rutiliser.
3) Si la batterie doit tre remise pour une
priode suprieure un mois, vrifiez le
poids volumique de l'lectrolyte au'rnoins
une fois par mois et rechargez la batterie
lorsqu'il est trop faible.
N.B.:
Consultez un distributeur Yamaha pour charger
ou recharger des batteries.
PRECAUCION:
Una bateria que no se mantenga correctamente se deteriorar rpidamente.
El ague normal de! grifo contiene minrales
perjudiclales para la bateria y no debe utilizarse para la reposicion.
1) Compruebe el nivel de electrolito al menos
una vez al nnes. Cuando sea necesario,
Men los elementos de la bateria hasta el
nivel recomendado por el fabricante. Para
ello, utillce nicamente agua desiilada (o
agua pura desionizada indicada para baterias).
2)
Mantenga siempre la bateria en buen estado de carga. La instalacion de un voltimetro le ayudar a monitorizar el estado de
carga de la bateria. Si no tiene previsto utilizer la embarcacin durante un mes ms,
retire la bateria de la embarcacin y almacnela en un lugar oscuro y fresco. Cargue
completamente la bateria antes de utilizarla.
3) Si la bateria va a permanecer almacenada

durante mes de un mes. compruebe el
peso especifico del electrolito al menos una
vez al mes y cargue la bateria cuando descienda su nivel de carga,
NOTA:
Consulte a su concesionario Yamaha cuando
cargue recargue baterias.
ES
Connecting the Battery
Connexion de la batterie
SMU01279
Conexion de la bateria
AAVERTISSEMEN1
Mount the battery holder securely in a
dry, well-ventilated, vibration-free loca
tion in the boat. Install a fully charged
battery in the holder.
Montez solidement le support de batterie

dans un endroit sec, bien ar et isol des
vibrations sur le bateau. Installez la batterie
dans le support.
ATTENTION:
CAUTION: i
Make sure the main switch (on applica
ble models) is "OFF" before working on
the battery.
Reversal of the battery leads will dam
age the rectifier.
Connect the RED lead first when
installing the battery and disconnect
the RED lead last when removing it.
Otherwise, the electrical system can be
damaged.
The electrical contacts of the battery
and cables must be clean and properly
connected, or the battery will not start
the engine.
Connect the RED lead t o t h e POSITIVE (+1
terminal first.
Then connect the BLACK lead to the NEG
Assurez-vous que le contacteur principal

(sur les modles affrents) est rgl sur
"OFF" avant de travailler sur la batterie.
L'inversion des cbles de la batterie risque
de causer des dommages au redresseur.
Raccordez d'abord le cble ROUGE
lorsque vous installez la batterie et
dbranchez le cble ROUGE en dernier
lieu lorsque vous la dposez. Vous risquez
sinon d'endommager le circuit lectrique.
Les contacts lectriques de la batterie et
des cbles doivent tre propres et correctement raccords, faute de quoi la batterie
ne fera pas dmarrer le moteur.
Raccordez en premier lieu le cble ROUGE
la borne POSITIVE (-f).
Raccordez ensuite le cble NOIR la borne
NEGATIVE (-).
0 Cble rouge
Cble noir
Batterie
Monte el soporte de la bateria de forma segura

en un lugar seco, bien ventilado y exento de
vibraciones de la embarcacion. Instale la bateria completamente cargada en el soporte.
PRECAUCION:
Asegrese de que el interruptor principal (en
aqullos modelos en los que est equipado)
se encuentra en la posiclon "OFF" antes de
empezar a trabajar con la bateria.
Si se invierte la posiclon de los cables de la
bateria se danar el rectificador.
Cuando instale la bateria, conecte en primer
lugar el cable ROJO y cuando la retire, desconecte el cable ROJO al final. De le contrario, se podr danar el sistema elctrico.
Los contactos elctricos de la bateria y los
' cables deben estar limpios y conectarse
correctamente, ya que de lo contrario la
bateria no arrancar el motor.
Conecte en primer lugar el cable ROJO al
borne POSITIVO {+). A continuacion, conecte el
cable NEGRO al borne NEGATIVO (-).
Cable rojo
(2) Cable negro
@ Bateria
ATIVE (-) terminal.

Red lead
. Black lead
@ Battery
EMU0I280
Disconnecting the Battery

Disconnect the BLACK lead f r o m the NEG
ATIVE (-) terminal first. Then disconnect
the RED lead f r o m the POSITIVE {+) termi
nal.
Dbranchement de la batterie
Dbranchez en premier lieu le cble NOIR la
borne NEGATIVE (-). Dbranchez ensuite le
cble ROUGE la borne POSITIVE {+).
SMU01280
Oesconexin de la bateria
Desconecte en primer lugar el cable NEGRO
del borne NEGATIVO (-), A continuacion, desconecte el cable ROJO del borne POSITIVO (*).
ES
EML40010
CHECKING BOLTS A N D N U T S
1) Check that bolts securing the cylinder
head and engine and the n u t securing
the flywheel are tightened w i t h their
specified t i g h t e n i n g torques.
2)
Check the tightening torques of other

bolts and nuts.
SMP20001
VERIFICATION DES BOULONS ET

DES ECROUS
1) Vrifiez .si les boulons t'ixani la culasse ei
le moteur et si l'crou maintenant le volant
sont serrs au couple spcifi.
2) Vrifiez le couple de serrage des autres
boulons et crous.
COMPROBACION DE LOS PERNOS Y LAS

TUERCAS
1) Compruebe que los pernos que asejuran
la culata y el motor, y la tuerca que asegura
el volante, estn apretados a sus pares de
apriete especificados,
2) Compruebe los pares de apriete de los
dems pernos y tuercas.
EMLJ2012
M O T O R EXTERIOR
EXTERIEUR DU MOTEUR
25
FMl.J.'.MI
Cleaning the Outboard Motor

After use, w a s h the exterior of the out
board w i t h fresh water.
Flush the cooling system w i t h fresh
water.
NOTE:
Refer to Flushing Cooling System instruc

tions in "TRANSPORTING A N D STORING
OUTBOARD MOTOR".
EMU42aiO
Checking Painted Surface of Motor

Check the m o t o r for scratches, nicks, or
flaking paint. Areas w i t h damaged paint
are more likely to corrode. If necessary,
clean and paint the areas. A touch-up
paint is available f r o m a Yamaha dealer,
EML4i010
C O A T I N G THE BOAT B O T T O M
A clean hull improves boat performance.
The boat b o t t o m should be kept as clean
of marine g r o w t h s as possible.
If necessary, the boat b o t t o m can be coat
ed w i t h an anti-fouling paint approved for
your area to inhibit marine g r o w t h .
Do not use anti-fouling paint which
includes copper or graphite. These paints
can cause more rapid engine corrosion.
EXTERIOR DEL MOTOR

SML425n
Nettoyage du moteur hors-bord

Limpieza del motor fuera borda
.Aprs utilisation, nettoyez les surfaces exiDespus de utilizarlo, lave el exterior del motor
rieures du moteur hors-bord l'eau douce. Nelfuera borda con agua dulce, Limpie el sistema
loyez le systme de refroidissement l'eau
de
refrigeracion con agua dulce,
douce.
.NOTA:
N.B.:
Consulte las instrucciones de lavado del sisteVoir les instructions de Nettoyage du Circuii
ma de refrigeracion en la seccion "TRANSPOR(Je Refroidissement dans "TRANSPORT ET
TE Y ALMACENAMIENTO DEL MOTOR FUERA
REMISAGE DU MOTEUR HORS-BORD".
BORDA".
Vrification des .surfaces peintes du m o t e u r

Vrifiez si la peinture du moteur ne prsente
pas d'raflures, de coups ou ne s'caille pas.
Les surfaces peintes endommages prsentent
un risque de corrosion accru. Si ncessaire,
neiioyez et appliquez de la peinture sur ces
zones. De la peinture de retouche est disponible auprs de votre concessionnaire Yamaha.
PROTECTION DE LA COQUE DU
BATEAU
Une coque propre amliore les performances
du bateau.
U coque du bateau doit comporter le moins
d'organismes marins possible.
Au besoin, la coque du bateau peut tre re\iuc
d'une peinture maritime antisalissine aiuorise
djn.-i Mitre pays afin d'viter la prolil'ralion
des organismes marins.
.N'utilisez pas de peinture maritime aniisalissure hase de cuivre ou de graphite. Ces peinlures peiivcnl ( ( | une corrosion plus
SML*2aiO
Comprobacion de la superficie pintada del

motor
Compruebe si existen araiazos, abolladuras
desconchaduras de pintura en el exterior del
motor. Las areas en las que se ha dariado la
pintura tienen mas probabilidad de oxidarse. Si
es necesario, litnpie y pinte las areas datiadas.
Hay disponible pintura para retocar en su concesionario Yarnaha,
SMP60000
RECUBRIMIEIMTO DE LA PARTE INFERIOR

DE LA EMBARCACION
Un casco limpio aumenta el rendimienio de la
embarcacion,
La parte inferior de la embarcacion debe .tenerse limpia de vegetacion marina.
Si es necesario. podr recubrirse la parte inferior de la embarcacion con pintura especial
antisuciedad con el fin de impedir la adhesion
de vegetacion marina al casco.
No utilice pintura especial antisuciedad ciue
contenga cobre grafilo, ya tiue este tipo de
pintura puede orovnr,-u nn:i ,-,,,.,-..:,.,. ,...
GB
Chapter 5
TROUBLE RECOVERY
TROUBLESHOOTING
TEMPORARY ACTION IN
EMERGENCY
Impact damage
Starter will not operate
Treatment of submerged motor....
5-1
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-8
ES )
Chapitre 5
DEPANNAGE
DEPANNAGE
Capitulo 5
RESTABLECIMIENTO EN
CASO DE PROBLEMA
5-1
ACTION TEMPORAIRE EN CAS

D'URGENCE
5-5
Dgts dus une collision

Le dmarreur ne fonctionne pas
Traitement d'un moteur immerge
5-5
5-6
5-8
LOCALIZACIN Y REPARACIN DE
AVERIAS
5-1
MEDIDAS TEMPORALES EN CASO DE

EMERGENCIA
Daios causados por impactos
No funciona el mecanismo de arranque
Tratamiento del motor sumergio
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-8
m'^
'
GB
Trouble
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Spark plug(sl fouled or incorrect

type,
A problem in the fuel, compression, or ignition systems can cause poor starting, loss of
power, or other problems. The troubleshooting chart describes basic checks and possi
ble remedies. (This chart covers all Yamaha outboard motors. Therefore, some items
may not apply to your model.)
If your outboard motor requires repair, bring it to a Yamaha dealer.
Trouble
Possible Cause r
1. Battery capacity weak or low.
A. Staner will not

operate.
5. Shift lever in gear.

1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2. Battery connections loose pr

corroded.
;3. Fuse for electric start circuit blown.
4. Starter components faultyi
Fuel tank empty.

Fuel contaminated or stale.
Fuel filter clogged.
Starting procedure incorrect.
5. Fuel pump malfunctions.
B. Engine will not

staa (Starter
operates).
6. Spark plug(s) fouled or incorrect

type.
7. Spark plug cap(s) fitted incorrectly.
8. Poor connections or damaged
ignition wiring.
9. Ignition parts faulty.
10. Engine stop switch lanyard not
attached.
11. Engine inner parts damaged.
2, Fuel system obstructed.
3, Fuel contaminated or stale.

4, Fuel filter clogged.
5, Failed ignition parts,
Remedy
1. Check battery condition. Use
battery of recommended capacity.
2. Tighten battery cables and clean
battery terminals.
3. Check for cause of electric
overload and repair. Replace fuse
with one of correct amperage.
4. Have serviced by a Yamaha
dealer.
5. Shift to neutral.
Fill tank with clean, fresh fuel.
Fill tank with clean, fresh fuel,
Clean or replace filter,
Read "STARTING ENGINE"
section,
dealer.
6. Inspect spark plug(s). Clean or
replace with recommended type,
7. Check and re-fit cap(s),
8. Check wires for wear or breaks.
Tighten all loose connections.
Replace worn or broken wires.
dealer.
10, Attach lanyard,
11, Have serviced by Yamaha
dealer.
Possible Cause
6, Warning system activated,

7, Spark plug gap incorrect,
8, Poor connections or damaged
ignition wiring,
9, Specified engine oil not used,
Engine idles
irregularly or stalls.
10, Thermostat faulty or clogged,

11, Carburetor adjustments incorrect,
Remedy
1. Inspect spark plug(s). Clean or
replace with recommended type.
2. Check for pinched or kinked fuel
line or other obstructions in fuel
system.
3. Fill tank with clean, fresh fuel
4. Clean or replace filter.
dealer.
6. Find and correct cause of warning.
7. Inspect and adjust as specified.
8. Check wires for wear or breaks.
Tighten all loose conneciions.
9. Check and replace oil as specified,
dealer,
dealer.
12, Fuel pump damaged, '

dealer,
13, Air vent screw on the fuel tank

closed,
13. Open the air veni screw,
14, Choke knob pulled out,

15, Motor angle too high,
16, Carburetor clogged,
17, Fuel joint connection incorrect,
18, Throttle valve adjustment incorrect,
19, Battery lead disconnected.
14. Return to home position.

15. Return to normal operating
position.
dealer.
17. Connect correctly,
dealer.
19. Connect securely.
GB
Trouble
Possible Cause
Remedy
1. Propeller damaged.
1. Have propeller repaired or
2. Propeller pitch or diameter incorrect.
2. Install correct propeller to operate
Trouble
Possible Cause
1. Have propeller repaired Of

replaced.
2. Propeller shaft damaged.

dealer.
3. Weeds or other foreign matter

tangled on propeller.
4. Motor mounting bolt loose.
5. Steering pivot loose or damaged.
3. Remove and clean propeller.
replaced.
3. Trim angle incorrect.
3.
4. Motor mounted at incorrect height
4.
on transom.
5. Warning system activated.
5.
6. Boat bottom fouled with marine
6.
outboard at its recommended

speed (r/min) range.
Adjust trim angle to achieve most
efficient operation.
Have motor adjusted to proper
transom height.
Find and correct cause of warning.
Clean boat bottom.
E. Engine vibrates
excessively.
Remedy
1. Propeller damaged.
4. Tighten bolt.
5. Tighten or have serviced by a
Yamaha dealer.
growth.
7. Spark plug(s) fouled or incorrect
type.
8. Weeds or other foreign matter
tangled on gear housing.
9. Fuel system obstructed.
7. Inspect spark plugis). Clean or
replace with recommended type.

8. Remove foreign matter and clean
lower unit.
9. Check for pinched or kinked fuel
D. Engine power loss.

10. Fuel filter clogged.
10.
11. Fuel contaminated or stale.
11.
12. Spark plug gap incorrect.
12.
13. Poor connections or damaged
13.
ignition wiring.
line or other obstructions in fuel

system.
Clean or replace filter.
Fill tank with clean, fresh fuel.
Inspect and adjust as specified.
Check wires for wear or breaks.
Tighten all loose connections.
14. Failed ignition parts.
15. Specified engine oil not used.
15
16. Thermostat faulty or clogged.
16.
17. Air vent screw closed.
17.
18
Fuel pump damaged.
18
19
Fuel joint connection incorrect.

Heat range of spark plug incorrect.
20
20
5-3
19
dealer.
Check and replace oil with
specified type.
Have serviced by a Yamaha
dealer.
Open the air vent screw.
Have serviced by a Yamaha
dealer.
Connect correctly.
Inspect spark plug and replace it
with recommended type.
1 ^Vi'Î^Hi
TEMPORARY ACTION IN
EMERGENCY
ACTION TEMPORAIRE EN
CAS D'URGENCE
MEDIDAS TEMPORALES EN
CASO DE EMERGENCIA
EMU01492
IMPACT DAMAGE
DEGATS DUS A UNE COLLISION
SMU0U92
DANOS CAUSADOS POR IMPACTOS
AAVERTISSEMENT
The outboard motor can be seriously
damaged by a collision while operating
or trailering. Damage could make the outbpard motor unsafe to operate.
If the outboard motor hits any object in
the water, follow the procedure below.
1) Stop the engine immediately.
2) Inspect the control system and all
components
for
damage. Also,
inspect the boat for damage.
3) Whether damage is found or not,
return to the nearest harbor slowly
and carefully.
4) Have a Yamaha dealer inspect the
outboard motor before operating it
again.
Le moteur hors-bord peut tre gravement

endommag la suite d'une collision en
cours de navigation ou de prise en
remorque. De tels dommages risquent en
outre de compromettre la scurit de fonctionnement du moteur hors-bord.
Si le moteur hors-bord heurte un objet sous la
surface de l'eau, appliquez la procdure suivante.
El motor fuera borda puede sufrir graves

danos en caso de colision mientras se navega.
Los danos pueden afectar a la segurldad del
motor fuera borda en marcha.
Si el m o t o r fuera borda golpea un objeto en el

agua, siga el p r o c e d i m i e n t o descrito a continuacin.
1)
Pare i n m e d i a t a m e n t e el motor.
2) Inspeccione el sistema de control y lodos

1) Arrtez immdiatement le moteur.
los c o m p o n e n t e s para determinar si han
2) Vrifiez si le systme de commande et .
sufrido darios. Inspeccione asimismo la
l'ensemble des composants ne sont pas
embarcacion para determinar si prsenta
endommags. Inspectez galement le
daios.
bateau proprement dit.
3) Tanto si descubre danos como si no los
3) Que vous dcouvriez des dommages ou
descubre, regrese lenta y cuidadosamente
pas, regagnez le port le plus proche faible
al Puerto mas p r o x i m o .
vitesse et en redoublant d'attention.
4) Solicite a un concesionario Yamaha que
4) Faites contrler le moteur hors-bord par un
inspeccione el m o t o r fuera borda antes de
revendeur Yamaha avant de continuer
volver a utilizarlo.
naviguer.
CGB)
STARTER WILL N O T OPERATE
If the starter mechanism does not operate
(engine cannot be cranked w i t h the
starter), the engine can be started w i t h an
emergency starter rope.
Use this procedure only in an emer

gency and only t o return t o p o r t for
repairs.
W h e n the emergency starter rope is
used t o start t h e engine, the start-ingear protection device does not oper
ate. Make sure the transmission is in
neutral. O t h e r w i s e , the boat could
unexpectedly start t o m o v e , which
could result in an accident.
Be sure no one is standing behind you
w h e n pulling the starter rope. It could
w h i p behind y o u and injure someone.
An unguarded r o t a t i n g f l y w h e e l is very
dangerous. Keep loose clothing and
other objects a w a y w h e n starting the
engine. Use the emergency starter rope
only as instructed. Do n o t t o u c h the fly
w h e e l or other m o v i n g parts w h e n the
engine is r u n n i n g . Do not install the
starter mechanism or t o p c o w l i n g after
the engine is running.
Do not t o u c h the ignition coil, high
voltage w i r e , spark plug cap or other
electrical c o m p o n e n t s w h e n starting of
operating the m o t o r . You could be
shocked.
LE DEMARREUR NE FONCTIONNE
PAS
Si le mcanisme du dmarreur refuse de fonclionner (le moteur ne peut tre lanc avec le
dmarreur), vous pouvez faire dmarrer le
moteur l'aide d'un cordon de lanceur de
secours.
AAVERTISSEMKNT
Appliquez cette procdure uniquement en
cas d'urgence et seulement pour retourner
au port en vue de la rparation.
Lorsque vous utilisez le cordon de lanceur
de secours pour faire dmarrer le moteur,
le dispositif de protection contre le dmarrage en prise n'est pas oprant. Assurezvous que la transmission est au point mort.
Sinon, le bateau risque de se dplacer de
faon inattendue et ainsi de causer un accident.
N 0 FUIMCIONA EL MECANISMO DE
ARRANQUE
Si no funciona el mecanismo de arranque (no
se puede arrancar el molor inedianie el sistema de arranque), podr arrancar el molor con
una cuerda para arranque de emergencia.
'^.\^!,
UtilJce este procedimiento nicamente en
una emergencia, y solo para regresar a puerto, con el fin de reparar la averia.
Cuando se utiliza la cuerda para arranque de
emergencia con el fin de arrancar el motor,
funciona el dispositive de proteccin contra arranque con marcha puesta. Asegrese
de que la palanca de cambio de marcha se
encuentra en punto muerto, ya que de lo
contrario la embarcacion podr ponerse en
marcha repentinamente, causando un accidente.
Assurez-vous que personne ne se trouve

Asegrese de que no haya ninguna persona
derrire vous lorsque vous tirez sur le cordetrs de usted cuando tire de la cuerda de
don de lanceur. Le cordon risque en effet
arranque, ya que puede provocarle lesiones.
d'tre projet vers l'arrire tel un fouet et
Un volante que gire sin proteccin es muy
de blesser quelqu'un.
peligroso. Mantenga la y otros objetos
Il est dangereux de laisser un volant en
alejados cuando arranque el motor. Utilice la
rotation sans surveillance. Veillez carcuerda de arranque nicamente de la maneter les vtements amples et autres objets
ra indicada. No toque el volante u otras pielorsque vous faites dmarrer le moteur.
zas mviles mientras el motor est en marConformez-vous strictement aux instruccha. No instale el mecanismo de arranque
tions stipules lorsque vous utilisez le corla cubierta superior una vez que el motor
don du lanceur. Ne touchez pas le volant
est funcionando.
ou d'autres pices en mouvement lorsque
le moteur tourne. N'installez pas le mca No toque la bobina de encendido. el cable de
nisme du dmarreur ou le capot suprieur
alta tension, el casquillo de la bujia u otros
pendant que le moteur tourne.
componentes elctricos cuando arranque el
motor mientras est en marcha, ya que
Ne touchez pas la bobine d'allumage, les
puede recibir una descarga electrica.
cbles haute tension, le capuchon de bougie ou d'autres composants lectriques
lorsque vous faites dmarrer ou tourner le
moteur, car vous risquez une electrocution.
ES
1)
Remove the top cowling.
2)
Remove the starter/flywheel cover by

removing the bolts.
NOTE:
I) Enlevez le capot suprieur.
2) Enlevez le dmarreur/le capot du volant en

retirHni
Ip boulons
hniilnnc
retirant les
N.B.:
On a model equipped with the start-ingear protection device (cable), disconnect

the cable from the starter.
Sur les modles quips d'un dispositif (cble)

de protection contre le dmarrage en prise,
dbranchez le cble du dmarreur.
3)
Prepare the engine for starting. See

STARTING ENGINE for procedures.
Be sure the engine is in Neutral and
that the lanyard is attached to the
engine stop switch.
On the electric start model the main
switch must be on if the main switch
is equipped.
3) Prparez le moteur au dmarrage. Voir la

procdure
sous
DEMARRAGE
DU
MOTEUR. Veillez ce que le moteur soil
au point mort et que le cordon de coupecircuit du moteur soit correctement fix au
coupe-contact.
To start the engine with emergency

starter rope, insert the knotted end of
the rope into the notch in the flywheel
rotor and wind the rope several turns
clockwise. Then, give a strong pull
straight out to crank the engine.
Repeat if necessary.
4) Pour faire dmarrer le moteur au moyen du

cordon de lancement de secours, introduisez l'e.xtrmii noue du cordon dans
l'encoche du rotor du volant et enroule/, le
cordon plusieurs tours dans le sens des
aiguilles d'une montre. Tirez alors vigoureusement vers le haut sur la poigne pour
lancer le moteur. Rptez l'opration si
ncessaire.
4)
Sur les modles dmarreur lectrique

quips d'un contacteur principal, le
contacteur principal doit tre en position
ON.
1) Retire la cubierta SLiperior
2)
Retire el mcanisme de arranque/cubierta

del volante, extrayendo los pernos.
NOTA:
En el modelo provisto de dispositive (cable) de
proteccion contra arranque con marcha puesta,
desconecte el cable del mecanismo de arranque.
3)
Prepare el motor para arrancarlo. Consulte

el procedimiento en el apartado ARRANQUE DEL MOTOR. Asegrese de que el
motor se encuentra en punto muerto y que
el acollador esta fijado al interrupter de
parada del motor.
En el modelo provisto de arranque elctrico, el interrupter principal debe hallarse en
la posicion "ON", si esta provisto de interrupter principal.
1) Pour faire dmarrer le moleur au moyen du

cordon de lancemeni de secours, miroduisez l'extrmit noue du cordon dans
l'encoche du rotor du velani ei enroule/ le
cordon plusieurs tours dans le sens des
aiguilles d'une montre. Tirez alors vigoureusement vers le haut sur la poigne pour
lancer le moteur. Rptez l'opraiion si
ncessaire.
CH;)
EMN50011
SMN50011
(^
/ ^
TRAITEMENT D'UN MOTEUR

SUBMERGE
T R E A T M E N T OF S U B M E R G E D
'-J
l\W
'
MOTOR
^^J
^^7'
4^-^=^^
'
If
S
^
the
outboard
motor
is
submerged,
i m m e d i a t e l y take it a Yamaha dealer. Oth

erwise, s o m e corrosion may begin almost
immediately.
take the
107012
If you cannot
outboard
motor
immediately
to
a Yamaha
dealer, f o l l o w the procedure
bellow for
taking care to m i n i m i z e engine damage.

1)
/ s . J\
Thoroughly
wash
away
m u d , salt,
seaweed, etc. w i t h fresh water.
2)
Remove the spark plugs and face the

spark p l u g holes d o w n w a r d to allow
any water, m u d or contaminants to
drain.
<L/\J|
3)
4)
107013
Drain the fuel f r o m the carburetor.

Feed f o g g i n g oil or engine oil through
the carburetors and spark plug holes
while
cranking
with
the
manual
starter or emergency starter rope.

5)
I-II-
Take the o u t b o a r d m o t o r to a Yamaha

dealer as s o o n as possible.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to run the motor until it
has been completely Inspected.
5-8
TRATAMIENTO DE UN MOTOR
SUMERGIDO
Si le moteur hors-bord a t submerg, prsentez-le immdiatement un revendeur Yamaha.

Le processus de corrosion peut en effet c o m mencer presque immdiatement. Si vous n'tes
pas en mesure de prsenter directement le
moteur hors-bord un revendeur Yamaha,
appliquez la procdure dcrite ci-dessous de
faon m i n i m i s e r les dommages au moteur.
1) Nettoyez soigneusement l'eau douce
toutes les traces de boue, de sel, d'algues,
etc.
2) Enlevez les bougies et dirigez les orifices
de f i x a t i o n des bougies vers le bas pour en
purger toute l'eau, la boue ou les c o n t a m i nants.
3) Videz le carburateur
contient.
du carburant
Si el m o t o r fuera borda llega a quedar sumergido en el agua, ilvelo de immdiate a un concesionario Yamaha, ya que de lo contrario la
corrosion podr empezar a producirse casi de
inmediato. Si no puede llevar el motor fuera
borda de inmediato a un concesionario Yamaha, siga el procedimiento descrito a continuacion para reducir ai m i n i m o los daios que
pueda sufrir el motor.
1)
Elimine completamente el barro, la sal, las

algas, etc. con agua dulce.
2)
Retire las bujias y gire el motor de forma

que los orificios de las bujias queden
m i r a n d o hacia abajo, con el fin de permitir
la salida del agua, del barro u otros contaminantes que puedan haber penetrado en
el interior del motor.
3)
4)
Vacie el c o m b u s t i b l e del carburador.

A p l i q u e aceite de nebulizacion aceite de
m o t o r a traves de los carburadores de los
orificios de las bujias mientras acciona el
m o t o r con el arranque manual con la
cuerda de arranque de emergencia.
LIeve el m o t o r fuera borda cuanto antes a
un concesionario Yamaha.
qu'il
4) A p p l i q u e z de l ' h u i l e de brumisage ou de
l'huile moteur dans les carburateurs et da'ns
les orifices des bougies pendant que vous
lancez le moteur l'aide du dmarreur
manuel ou du cordon de lanceur de
secours.
5) Prsentez le moteur hors-bord le plus rapidement possible un revendeur Yamaha.
ATTENTION:
N'essayez pas de f a i r e f o n c t i o n n e r le m o t e u r
avant q u ' i l l a i t t c o m p l t e m e n t v r i f i .
5)
PRECAUCION:
N o i n t e n t e poner en marcha el motor hasta
que se haya Inspeccionado completamente.
.^
0\
&
TJ
'
sr
(D
"I
m
X
ir
)
'
AtoZ
GB
INDEX
2p connector
2-12
A
Adjusting trim angle
Air vent screw
3-21
2-2
Battery care
Battery requirement
Breaking in (running in) engine
4-7
1-6
3-8
Changing
Checking
Checking
Checking
Checking
Checking
Checking
Checking
gear oil
battery
bolts and nuts
fuel system
painted surface of m o t o r
propeller
top cowling
wiring and connectors
4-20
4-23
4-26
4-12
4-26
4-18
4-11
4-16
Choke knob
Clamping the outboard m o t o r
Cleaning and adjusting spark plug
Cleaning fuel tank
Cleaning the outboard motor
2-5
3-4
4-10
4-22
4-26
Coating the boat bottom

Connecting the battery
Cruising in other conditions
Cruising in salt water
Cruising in shallow water
Cruising in turbid water
4-26
4-25
3-27
3-27
3-23
3-27
D
Disconnecting the battery
4-25
E
Engine oil
Engine stop button
1-5
2-4
2-4

Exhaust leakage
F
Filling fuel
2-9
4-16
3-5
Filling fuel and engine oil

Flushing cooling system
3-5
...4-6
Forward
3-17'
Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
hose joint
meter
tank
tank
2-2
.'.2-2
2-2
4-6
Fuel tank cap

Fueling instructions
2-2
M
G
Gasoline (petrol) and oil mixing
Gasoline
Gear shift lever
Greasing
I
Identification numbers record
Impact damage
Inspecting and replacing anode(s)
Inspecting fuel filter
11
5-5
4-21
4-13
Inspecting idling speed

Installation
4-15
3-1
Installing the propeller
4-19
3-5
1-5
2-3
4-
Key number
M
Main components
Main switch
Maintenance chart
Motor exterior
M o u n t i n g height
M o u n t i n g the outboard motor
N
11
21
2-8
4-9
4-26
3-3
3-2
2-i
2-8
Operations of controls and other

functions
Outboard m o t o r serial number
2-2
M
P
Periodic maintenance
Pre-Operation checks
4-8
3-7
Propeller checking point

Propeller selection
R
4-18
1-7
2-5
Remote control
Removing the propeller
2-7
2-7
4-19
Replacement parts
Replacing fuse
Returning to original position
Reverse
S
4-8
4-14
3-24
3-18
Safety information
Shifting
Specification
1-2
3-17
4-1
Start-in-gear protection
Starter button
Starter will not operate
Starting engine
Steering friction adjustment
1-8
2-5
5-6
3-10
2-10
Stopping engine
Storing outboard m o t o r
T
3-19
4-4
Temporary action in emergency
5-5
Throttle control grip

Throttle friction knob/screw
Throttle indicator
Tillerhandle
Tilt lock mechanism
Tilt support bar
Tilting up/down
Top cowling lock lever
2-3
2-10
2-6
2-3
2-6
2-11
2-11
3-25
2-12
Trailering outboard m o t o r
Transporting and storing
outboard m o t o r
Treatment of submerged m o t o r
Trim angle adjusting rod
Trim angle settings and boat
handling
Trimming outboard motor
4-3
4-3
5-8
2-11
3-22
3-20
Troubleshooting
W
W a r m i n g up engine
Water leakage
5-1
3-16
4-16
DMH-08
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR
ON LOAD/OFF LOAD
LIFTING HOOK
TYPE: "SIMPLEX 1,1 to"
^^rrl
o
NOIAUSLUSUMG
UVTER yHST
NORMALES AUSLASEN
OHNE 1tST
D M eOOT UFSCHWIUHI.
ROTEN SICHERUNOSBOLZEN
HERAUSZIEHEN.
NORMAL RELEASE
SE BW LV WHEN BOAT
IS WATERBORNE.
P U L L S B W N WHITE
PULL DOWN RED LEVER.
ERNST
Survival- & Deck equipment

Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
EDITION: 03/04
Index
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Operation Manual:
Yard, type and yardnumber
Description
Lowering "ON-LOAD"
Make hoisting hook ready for use
Lowering "OFF-LOAD"
Hoisting
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Maintenance Manual:
Service interval
Overhauling and testing ace. to SOLAS chpt. Ill, Reg. 20.11. 2
Authorized service stations
Orderform for spareparts
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
OPERATION MANUAL
FOR
ON LOAD/OFF LOAD
LIFTING HOOK
HATECKEC:^^
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
WARNING:
1. Do not release hoisting hook "ON-LOAD" if boat is hanging free in the davit.
2. Keep hands klear when you pick in the long link in the hoisting hook.
3. Be carefull when releasing hoisting hook "ON-LOAD", long link and fall could
leave the hook with high speed.
4. Check hoisting hook before lowering the boat.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Droehtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax; 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail; email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
1.1.2 Manufacturer, type, serial number

The information given in this manual is based on our long experience and "know-how" in
the building of all kinds of boats and their equipment.
In case of an engagement it is very important, that every one knows how to handle the
boat and ist equipment.
All personal should study this manual at boat drill, to make themselve thoroughly
conversant with the system to ensure a speedy and safe engagement.
^7;\
ERNiT
HIÊCKE
Postfach 1107 . D-21703 Drochtersen . Germany
rW1(04143) 9152-0
iFixl (04143) 9152-40
Type SIMPLEX 1,1

SWL ,1 to
Serial ncj
Date
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Riithenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
1.1.3 Description
The "SIMPLEX" lifting hook is a "ON LOAD / OFF LOAD" release hook.
"ON-LOAD" means the lifting hook is on load may be whilst the boat is still hanging in the fall, or
the boat is towed under the fall by the moving ship.
"OFF-LOAD" means the hoisting hook is without any load, the boat is afloat, the fall is off load.
Release the "SIMPLEX" lifting hook after the boat is waterborn. Pull the white release lever (1)
steady and forcefull down.
In some cases it is necessary to release the lifting hook "ON-LOAD". To release the hook whilst
it is "ON-LOAD", first pull out the red safety pin(2). Then pull the red release lever (3) steady
and forcefull down.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Halecke.de, www.hatecke.de
1.1.4 Releasing "ON-LOAD"

ON LOAD in any position !!!
Be careful! when releasing hoisting hooks "ON-LOAD",
"ON-LOAD" release should only be done whilst the boat is in the water.
WARNING:
Misuse of the release gear can injure or kill !!!
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4!43-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
1.1.5 Make hoisting hool( ready for use.
After releasing "ON LOAD" make the hoisting hook ready for use again.
1.) Pull down the "white" handle and hold it.
2.) Push back the "red" handle into it's original position let off the "white" handle.
3.) Push in the safety pin.
4.) Push back the hook into it's original position.
Boatyard Emst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
1.1.6 Lowering "OFF-LOAD"

1.) Den "weien" Hebel nach unten ziehen um den Hahnepot vom Haken zu trennen.
1.) Pull down "white" handle to release sling from hook.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-4, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, wmv.hatecke.de
1.1.7 Hoisting
1.) Check that the hook and release lever are in the correct position (safety pin in place).
2.) Push the long link into the hook (the stop pawl is moveable).
WARNING:
Keep hands klear when you pick in the long link in the lifting hook.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, wwwhatecke.de
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
ON LOAD/OFF LOAD
LIFTING HOOK

Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
WARNING:
1.2.2 Service interval
monthly
Clean the hook (remove salt deposits)

Lubrcate all moveable parts of hoisting hook
Chek the long link, the shakles and the hoisting slings.
Check functioning
Operationally test under a load of 1.1 times the mass of the
lifeboat when loaded with its full complement of persons and
equipment whenever the release gear is overhauled in
ace. with 1.2.2.1 .
Check hoisting hooks surface in the contact area of the
long links for greater signs of wear.
% yearly 5 years
.D
D
n
.D
.D
Caution:
All life saving appliances and their equipment shall be weekly visually inspected to
ensure that they are ready for use.
3.)
1.),2.),4.),5.)
6.)
3.)
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9]52-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
1.2.3 Overliauling and testing . to SOLAS Chapt.lll, Reg. 20.11. 2i
Ace. to SOLAS, Chapt.lll, Reg.20.11.2.3 following has to carried out with release system:
"Operationally test under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the life boat when loaded with its
full complement of persons and equipment whenever the release gear is overhauled.
Such overhauling and test shall be carried out at least once every 5 years"
Overhauling of system has to be carried out ace. to requirements of class or national authority.
Overhauling of system has to be carried out ashore without hanging in the davit or crane.
Testing with 1,1 times x GA:
(Do this test after successful testing of tfie davit with 1,1 times x GA.)
After overhauling release system has to be tested with 1,1 x GA.
Testing has to be carried out under supervision of class or national authority.
Boat has to load up to a total weight of 1,1 x GA.
Boat hanging in the davit has to touch water surface.
WARNING:
1. Do not release hoisting gear "ON-LOAD" if boat is hanging free in the davit.
3. Be carefull when releasing hoisting hook on load, longlink and fall leave the hook
with high speed.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Rulhenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: email@Hatecke.de, www.iiatecke.de
1.2.4 Authorized service stations
Repair as well as the 5 year overhauling of the SIMPLEX 1.1 to hoisting hook must only be
done by authorized service stations. If necessary please contact manufacturer:
ERNST
HATECKE t ^ ^
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
1.2.5 Orderform for spareparts for SIMPLEX release hook

No.
Description of the part
Page in manual:
No.:
Piece:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Building no. of boat:
Yard and hull no. of the ship:
Order address:

Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
www.hatecke.de
Invoice address:
Delivery address:
Requested time of delifery:
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail; email@Hatecke.de, www.hatecke.de
r ffn
it
m
n
m
^
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
CHINA STATE SHIPBUILDING CORPORATION
NANJING L U Z H O U MACHINE WORKS
?y^^^
/-y/= 3 - J
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
__
SHIP^NAME
TeamTec
MARINE PRODUCTS
Instruction Manual
TeamTec Incinerator
OGS 400C
TYPE/SERIAL NO.: OGS 400C/SER1AL_NOPROJECT: PROJECT_NO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL.DOC
02-3-15
TABLE OF CONTENT
Copyright 2002 TeamTec AS. All rights reserved.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a database or translated into
any language or m any form without explicit and writtoi permission of TeamTec AS.
OGS 400C
TABLE OF CONTENT
Table of contents
MST OF nRAWFSnS
INCIXF.RATOR
FLLIE GAS
SLUDGE T.ANK
ELECTRIC
mTRODUCTTON
DESCRIPTION OF MANLFAL
MAIN DATA
11
PERFORMANCE DATA
11
SHIPS SYSTF.M INTFRFACF RFOinREMENT.
15
SHIPS SYSTEM RSTFRFACF RFonRFMFNT.
15
GlJARANTF.E CERTIFICATE
17
T y r H N T C A T , DFSrRTPTTON
19
O V E R A L L SYSTEM FI TS-CTION DESCRIPTION
19
ARRANOEMF.NT
20
O P E R A T O R PANF-T, MAC
K300
21
GFNF,RAI.
21
MEU
AL.^\RM SYSTEM
23
36
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
39
I/O CONFIGURATION
43
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
45
SLUDGE CONTROL
51
START I :P ROLTINFS FLOW DIAGR.AM
53
BLlRNER CONTROL
55
S T O R A G E AND TNSTAT.T.ATTON
57
PRESERVATION
57
PRECQM\nSSIONTNO
T E S T O F FIH^-CTION AND SAFETY DEVICES
59
61
ALARM AND SAFETY- FUNCTIONS
65
O P E R A T T N O TNSTRTirTTONS
68
PROGRAM MODE SELECTING
68
iNSTRtTCTION FOR OPERATION
70
E M E R G E N C Y STOP
72
TROLIBLE SHOOTING KEY
74
M A T N T E N A N C F TNSTRTICTTON
76
P R E \ ^ N T I W . MAPSTF.NANCE
76
INSPECTION
78
CLEANTNG ANT) LIT^RICATTON
80
DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR, REPLACEMENT AND RFASSE\fFiLY
82
SPARE PARTS
84
STANT)ARD SUPPLIED SPARE PARTS
84
RF.COMMF.N-PED SP.^RF. PARTS
86
OGS 400C
TABLE OF CONTENT
APPFNPTCFS
89
APPFNDIX A; PLC FX2N
91
GF.NF.RAT.
RASFIJNTT
91
91
SPRCIFICATION OF BASF IINTT

niAGNOSTICS
92
92
REPI.ACING THE BATTERY
...^..;.
.....93
APPFNDTXB! OPFRATOW P A N E L M A C F300
95
T E C H N I C A L n.AT A
..97
APPENDIX C; On,MRNERr-5Q-4i)-T
SERVTCING AND .ADJLI.STMENT
DTRSFT . PIT . PRF.SSI rRK AD.n TSTW.NT

AIR AnJUST^fF^T.
99
'
99
99
100
SPARE P.ARTS
101
TX)N07/T.FS
101
APPENDIX D: .STINTFC O H . P U M P , T4-CCC-1fl02
103
APPLICATIONS
PU\fP OPFRATIN'O PRINCIPLE
103
103
TECHNICAL DATA
104
RiMP DIMENSIONS
105
PIPE DIMENSIONS
105
l?s-ST.ALI..ATION
106
S T A R T UP
106
PRESSURE REGULATION
106
SYSTEMATIC MAINTF.NANCE
106
P A R T S LIST
107
APPENDIX F: FREQUENCY TNVF.RTFR ALTIVAR 08

SPECIFICATION
^.
TECHNIC AI. CHARACTER ISTICS

ACCESSING TERKHNAT. BLOCKS
109
109
109
Ill
CON-NT.CTIONniAGRAM
POU-ER TERMINALS
Ill
112
C O N T R O L TF.RMiNALS
112
O P E R ATING SPEED R ANGE
112
ACCELERATION AND DRCFI.ER ATION R AMP TIMES
113
2-\VlRE CONTROL
114
3-U1RE CONTROL
114
CONFIGURATION OF ANALCX-, I N P I T
114
P R E S E T SPEEDS
115
DC
IN.TECTION BRAKING
AlTOM.ATIC REST .ART
115
115
F A L - I T R E L A Y . UNLOCKING
116
T H E R M A L PROTECTION O F T H E MOTOR
116
T H E R M A L PROTECTION O F T H E S P E E D CONTROLLER
116
SEIUE
DIAGNOSTIC
116
118
O G S 400C
TABLE OF CONTENT
APPFNDTX F: SMinGF. BTIRNFR
118
CLK.4NING OF SLUDGE BURNER
119
APPENDIX G: ST.TIfiGF. VALVE.
121
VAI.VE
123
APPENDIX H: ST TTfiGF DOSAGE PTTMP TYPE MONO CB 14 R5/X
125
DlSMANTT.ING ANT) ASSF.MRI.Y DIAGRAM.

EXPI.ODF.D VIEWS PUMP
Ul
127
W E G M O T O R TYPE4AP71-4 R U A FOR PUMP.
?ART?> LIST
INSTALLATION
127
129
130
SlQRîGE
IMMFDIATF.T.Y PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND STARTING
130
130
ELECTRICAL
IMPORTANT
DRY-RUNNING
131
131
131
DIAGNOSTIC CHART
133
APPENDIX I: SLIIDGF CIRC. PinVlP.
135
t]NIRLOCKTYPE40-131/0222-NE-W5
135
GENERAL INFORMATION
TECHMCAI. DATA
SECTIONAL DRAWING
PARTS LIST
COM\nSSIONING
135
135
137
137
138
MAINTENANCE
138
PERFORMANCE CURVES
141
DRAWINGS
143
OGS 400C
TABLE OF CONTENT
OGS 400C
USTOFDRAmSGS
List of drawings
Project:
Incinerator
Dwg. no. Rev, Name of drawing.
1005904 C
Sludge Dosage Valve Assembly.
1005937 D
Oil Bumer F-50-45-T with Sludge Burner
1005992 D
Combustion Chamber Mounting Drawing. OG 200/400C
1006000 H
Combustion Chamber Assembly Incinerator type OGS 200/400C
1006001 D
Main Dimensions Incinerator type OGS 200/400C
1006283
Mounting plate with EL. components 380/400-220v of OG200/400C
2006310 C
Refractory and Insulation OG 200/400C
Flue gas
Dwg. no. Rev. Name of drawing.
4006238 B
Main Dimensions Flue Gas Fan DN 350 H2.
3007250 A
Flue gas damper DN400/350
Electric
Dwg. no. Rev. Name of drawing.
1006429 A
OGS400C
Mounting plate wii EL. Components 380/440v-220v for OG 200/400C
INSTRUCTION
OGS400C
INTRODUCTION
Introduction
Description of manual
This user manual is made according to guidelines in the Norwegian Standard NS 5820
The manual will guide the reader/user gradually to an understanding that is required for safe
operation and maintenance of the incinerator equipment.
It is important for the user to have a good understanding of the incinerator function, to avoid
malfunction caused by mistreatment.
The guarantee will not cover for fault caused by misuse or mistreatment.
Any requirement for spare parts, technical assistance or guidance should be by contacting
WORLDWIDE
TeamTec AS
Nyvei 41
P.O.Box 203
4901 Tvedestrand
Norway
Tel.:
+(47) 37 19 98 00
Telefax: +(47) 37 19 98 90
E-mail: of?ice@teanTtec.no
EUROPE
Goltens Rotterdam B.V
19Welplaatkade, Harbour nr.4133
NL-3197KRBotlek-rt.
Tel.:
+31(0)10 416 79 00
Telefax: +31 (0)10 416 57 12
E-mail: Goltens.Rotterdam@inter.NL.net
U.S.A.
Goltens Service Co. Inc.
2323 NE Miami Court
Miami, Florida 33137
U.S.A.
Tel:
+1 305 57 64 410
Telefax: +1 305 57 63 827
E-mail: Miami@goltens.com
OGS 400C
INTRODUCTION
Gerard Technology Associates
P.O.Box781
Thomdale, PA 19372-0781
U.S.A
Tel.:
+1 610 380 0905
Telefax: +1610 380 1190
E-mail: gtamarine@aol.com
MIDDEL EAST
Goltens Co. Ltd. Dubai Branch
Al Jadaf ShipDocking Yard
P.O Box 2811, Dubai, UAE
Per A. Schoyen Sales Manager
Tel.:
+97143241642
Telefex: +971 4 3241019
E-mail: per@,gQltensdxb.CQ.ae
FAR EAST
Viking Engineering Pte. Ltd.
184 Pandan Loop
SINGAPORE 128374
Tel.:
+65 777 5055
Telefax: +65 779 2176
E-mail: vikingse@cyberway.com.sg
Saacke Japan Tratec Ltd.

No. 2-39-33, Koenji-Kita
Suginami-ku
TOKYO 166 0002
Tel.:
Telefax:
Telex :
E-mail:
+813 3339 1211

+813 3339 7577
232 4965 TRATEC J
t-miyoshi@sjtratec.co
For more information, please visit our web page: www.teamtec.no
OGS 400C
10
.\fA /,V Di TA
Main data
Performance data
Incinerator (combustion chamber).
Type:
OGS 400C
Capacity:
500.000 kcaJ/li (580KW)
Corresponding to:
65 1/h IMO sludge oil.
Max. 4001/solid waste pr. charge.

Sluice 551/charge
IMO sludge (20% water

content
IMO class 02
30 l/li sewage sludge

Combustion chamber
temperature:
Max.
Working.
1200C
850-1150 C
Flue gas temperature:
Max.
Working.
375C
250 - 340 C
Surface temperature:
Electrical power
consumption:
15C above ambient temperature.

15kW
From ship distribution

system.
Negative pressure:
10-35 mmWC
Negative pressure in
combustion chamber
Total weight:
3125 kg
Outline dimension:
1697X 1883 X 1894 ( L x W x H )
See dimension drawing
Burner (fixed on incinerator unit)

Type:
F-50-45-T
Maker: Fremo.
Capacity:
18-28 l/h
Two nozzles. 2.5 gph 60

and 4.5 gph 45
Oil pump:
J4-CCC-1002
Working press. 16 bar

Max 21 bar.
El. Motor
Rated current
7AA71M02
1,43/1,38 Amp.
380/440 V 50/60 Hz,
3000/3600 rpm.
0,55/0, 63kW
Ignition transformer;
230V/10.000V
Weight:
30 kg
Outline dimension:
845x539x387(LxWxH)
OGS400C
See dimension drawing.
11
MAIN DATA
Flue gas fan
Type:
DN350 H2
One stage centrifugal fan.
Designed to withstand max

temperature of 450C
Capacity:
9.500 m' /hr at 300C
At 150 mmWC total back

pressure.
El. Motor:
Current rating
7BA132M04 ' '

17,2/15,8Amp
380/440V50/60HZ, 7.5/8.7 kW
1450/1750 rpm.
Weight:
326 kg
Outline dimension:
1040 X 1065 X 1030 (L x W x H)
Flue gas damper.

Type:
A welded steel damper with actuator
Size:
DN 400/350
Actuator motor:
GBB 131.1E24V5VA
Weight:
71kg
Dimension between
flanges:
300 mm
Drive force 20Nm.

Travel time for 90 is
150sec.
Sludge tank.
Volume:
Net: 1.100 / 1.700 or 2.000/3000 litres.
Test pressure:
Circular tanks 1 bar

Rectangular tanks 0,2 bar
Corrosion Protection:
Internal coated with Phenoline 368 Wb

paint.
Flange rating:
NP16
Weight:
490 / 566 or 605/750 kg.
Outline dimension:
(LxWxH)
OGS400C
12
MAfN
DATA
Sludge circulating pump.

Type:
2CWF-nB
El. motor:
Current rating
380/440V,50/60HZ .2.2KW
Capacity:
20 m3/li at 0.1 IMPa discharge pressure.
Weight
42 kg
Connections
Suction: DN 65, Discharge: DN 40
3470rpm
Sludge dosing pump.

Type:
Mono CB 14 R5/X. A frequency

controlled screw pump for quantity
control of sludge.
El. Motor:
Current rating
4AP71-4B14AF71
1,87 Amp
220V 50/60HZ 0.37/0,43 kW.
Control speed:
3201500 RPM
1.370/1.670 rpm
Diesel oil preheater.

Type:
FE415
Raring:
380/440V, 50/60HZ, 2 kW.
Electrical control panel.

Type:
A Telemecanique panel of protected

steel
Enclosure rating
IP55
Weight:
56 kg (included in the 3020 kg for main

unit)
OGS400C
13
MAIN DATA
OGS400C
14
MAIN DATA
Ships system interface requirement
Electrical.
Power supply.
Power (Approx. 10 kW)

Cable (Wl-1)
380/440V -50/60 Hz 32 A
3 x lOmm^+E
Flue gas fan.
Cable (Wl-2)
3 x 4 mm^ +E
Flue gas damper.
Cable (Wl-15)
3 X 1.5 mm^
Thermocouple flue gas.
Cable (Wl-19)
2 x 1.5 mm^ with screen
Alarm line for common alarm to ship Cable (Wl-13)

alarm system.
2 X 1.5 mm^+E
Emergency stop (if applicable).
Cable (Wl-6)
2xl.5mm^*^
Running indicator (available).
Cable (Wl-14)
2 X 1.5 mm^+E
Sludge circulating pump on si. tank.
Cable (Wl-4)
3 X 2.5 mm^ +E
Control power to si. tank (220V).
Cable (Wl-12)
2 X 1.5 mm^+E
Control signal on si. tank (24V DC).
Cable (Wl-24)
4x1.5 mm^
High level switch sludge tank for

stop of sludge pump or alarm.
Cable (W3-9)
2 X 1.5 mm^+E
Power supply for sludge tank w/ el.

heater.
Power (Approx. 12 kW)

Cable (W3-6)
380/440V -50/60 Hz 25 A
3x6mm^^^
Equipped with filter and a

closing valve.
Connection.
Min. l2 mm.
Diesel oil.
Diesel oil supply line
Diesel oil return line
DN 15 flange
Equipped with closing

Mui. l2 mm
valve only if the return line
normally will be under
pressure.
Connection.
DN 15 flange
Flue gas duct.

Incinerator to damper.
Duct
DN400
Damper to flue gas fan.
Duct
DN350
Flue gas fan to open air.
Duct
DN350
Connection
Pressure
Consumption:
DN 15 flange
6-8bar
approx. 20kg/h
approx. 20Nm'/h
Sludge and Steam or Air.

Steam /air supply line for bumer
atomising.
Drain firom spill collector.
OGS 400C
Connection
Steam
Comp, air
1" BSP (female)
15
MAIN DATA
Sludge tank. (1100 /1700 / 20001 option)

Supply and filling.
Overflow line
Supply and return line for incinerator
Air vent.
Drain.
Sample points.
Heating:
Steam
Heating:
Thermal oil
Connections.
Coimection.
Connections.
Ccmnection.
CcMinection.
Connections.
Connection.
Consimiption.
Max. pressure.
Connection
Consumption.
Max. pressure.
Max. temperature.
DN 32 flange
DN 65 flange
DN 25 flange
DN 65 flange
DN 65 flange
1/2" BSP (male)
1/2" BSP (female)
approx. 50k/h
lobar
DN 15 flange
2m^/h
lobar
180C
Detailed information for all system is foimd on arrangement drawing in back of this manual.
OGS 400C
16
MAIN
DATA
Guarantee certificate
TEAMTEC INCINERATOR
TYPE/SERIAL
NO.: OGS 400C/
Serial_No
The incinerator plant consist of:

1. Combustion Chamber
2. Flue Gas Fan
3. Flue Gas Damper
4. Electric Panel
5. Spare parts
6. Sludge tank
7. Pilot fuel In-line heater
We hereby confirm that the ordered equipment is guaranteed against faulty manufacturing for a
period of Guarantee_from_startup monthsfiromapproved start-up on board ship, but limited
to Guarantee_from_delivery months firom shipment date of equipment.
Any faulty parts with proven manufacturing defects will be suppliedfireeof charge, ex. works,
including packing, during the guarantee period. Possible travelling and accommodation
expenses for Service Engineer are not included
The guarantee does not cover wear and tear parts. The guarantee is valid only if our operationsafety- and maintenance instructions are properly followed, and start-up approved by signature
from ship owner's representative.
Tvedestrand, Sign_date
Sign
-'"/;?^
TeamTec
MARINE PRODUCTS
OGS 400C
~-
17
MAIN DATA
OGS 400C
^*
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Technical description
Overall system function description
The TeamTec Incinerator type OG 400C is designed for on board incineration of ship's waste oil
and solid reftise and consist of four main parts:
Combustion chamber with diesel oil burner, sludge bumer, pilot fuel heater and electric
control panel.
Flue gas fan.
Flue gas damper.
Sludge tank with circulating pump and heater.
Combustion chamber
The combustion chamber is a circular chamber, equipped with a loading door and an ash door,
which can be opened only while the incinerator, is not burning. The feeding sluice is flareback
safe and can be used during operation. For loading of large quantities of waste, the sluice can
be opened like a door, before starting the incinerator, and the waste placed into the chamber.
The control system will prevent the doors from being opened before the set temp for cooling is
passed. The trash is ignited by heat from the burner.
A secondary air damper is located next to the loading door, that open as required.
The flue gas outlet is located at the top of the chamber for most efficient use of the flames. The
flames follow a corkscrew pattern towards the bottom and continue rotation upwards in the
centre of the combustion chamber. Remnants of particulate matters in the gas flow are
neutralised by the bumer so it is ecologically safe. As the fumes leaves the chamber, cooling air
drawn from the lower part of the casing is mixed with them to bring the temperature down to
approx. 340C before it sucked out by the flue gas fan and blown out the smokestack.
The burning process is monitored by the PLC and scanned by a photo resistor. The
temperatures are also monitored/regulated automatically by the PLC control system.
A sight glass in the loading door is equipped for the operator to be able to watch the amount of
trash in the chamber and the function of tiie system.
The combustion chamber is of steel construction, lined with specially designed refractory blocks
insulated on the outside with 50 mm insulation. The refractory material is made of a low
cement/high alumina quality being slag resistant and having very good thermal shock resistance.
A double steel casing with a cooling air jacket forms the outside of the combustion chamber.
The combustion chamber is equipped with a two-stage diesel oil bumer and a steam/air
atomising nozzle for sludge. On the same wail a bracket/drip tray for sludge buming equipment
is mounted.
The D.O. burner has 2 stages, which are automatically regulated by the PLC. In addition there
a third stage for sludge buming using steam or compressed air for atomising. Tlie sludge
bumer allows particles up to 4 mm to pass through. The bumer is monitored by the PLC and
has built in primary air fan and diesel oil pump.
The electrical control panel is installed on the incinerator and it contains fuses, starters, PLC and
operator panel. The electric panel is built according to international standards for marine
equipment. The operator panel, which is located at the right side of the control panel, has a
LCD display and keys for selecting bumer modes.
OGS 400C
19
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Flue gas fan

TTie purpose of the flue gas fan is transportation of thefluegasfromthe combustion chamber
andtiiefan creates negative pressxu-e in the furnace. The same fan draws ambient air through
the cooling jacket on the combustion chamber and the hot gasfromthe furnace is diluted with
the cooling air at the flue gas outlet on the combustion chamber in order to reduce the
temperature to approx. 340C.
Flue gas damper
The automatic flue gas damper will adjust the gasflowin thefluegas duct and it is being
controlledfromthe electric control panel, which is sensing the negative pressure in the fiimace
and regulating the pressure to set level.
Sludge tank with steam heater
The TeamTec Sludge tank is meant to function as a daily service tank for sludge to the
incinerator. A transfer pump can be used to fill the tank, and be connected to the "high level"
switch, which stops the pump when the tank is fiill.
A heater, controlled by a thermostat, will keep the sludge temperature aroimd the set point (60
to 90C). (With temperatures above 60C, regulations require tank to be insulated or guarded
with metal screen).
Two drain valves (sample points) are mounted on the tank to check the sludge level in the tank.
The lowest one is meant to use for draining off the water.
A circulating pump is moirated on the tank. The punqj transports the sludge to the incinerator
and as a return line to the tatlk is provided, a god mixing of the sludge and water is guaranteed.
A low level switch on the tank wiU stop the circulating pump and heating when the level has
reached a minimum.
An indicating light for heating is placed on the jxmction box on the tank.
Arrangement
See enclosed piping and cable arrangement drawings
OGS 400C
20
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Operator panel MAC E300

General
Operator panel (Figure 1) consist of 240 x 64 pixels graphic and text LCD display and a 26 key
keyboard. The panel is directly connected to "MELSEC FX2N" PLC.
The function of the panel is:
Selecting of burner mode, setting of all variables as temperature and time etc.
Display running condition, temperature, pressure, oil consumption, timer etc.
Figure 1
Running LED
1. LED for showing running status.
2. Text labels for explanation of LED.
Display
3. Display (Figure 1-1) is a 240 x 64 pixels graphic and text LCD display with background
lit.
Keyboard
4. Text labels for explanation of function keys.
5. LED for showing status of function keys.
Keyboard content:
6. Function keys
If a submenu is
(Local Function key)
Keyboard content:
OGS 400C
Function
Selecting various burner modes.
Local function keys are defined and used in a single block.
Explanation of the local function keys are shown in the.
display above the function keys.
Function
21
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
1. Numeral key (0-9)
For entering numeric values.
8. LIST
Key is used to bring up the alarm list.
9. PREV
Key is used to return to the previous block. (Menu)
10.ACK
Key is used to acknowledge and alarm in tiie alarm list.
HARROW KEYS
Key is used to move the cursor within a menu or dialog.
12.MAIN
Key is used to jiunp to main menu.
13.Enter J
Key is used to confirm setting made and go to the next

line/level.
14.CLEAR <-
Key is used to delete the character to the left of the cursor.
OGS 4 0 0 C
22
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Menu
Structure
Logic control system consist of one main menu and several submenus in the order as described
below:
MAIN MENU
RUNNING
DD/^/^DAH/l C C I C r ' T
PQ
SETT Il M
lNoo
1
I
rKUoKAM otLtL 1 1
TREND 1
f
"'
DATE AND TIME
-V
TREND II
-v
VARIABLE
IN ro
SERVICE
1
V
1..
HOUR-COUNTER
HOUR-COUNTER
1
V
I/o
PROGRAM INFO
''
TEAMTEC AS
CGS 400C
23
OGS 4 0 0 C
24
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Main Menu
310<C
1120"C
FLUE GAS TEMP.

COMBUS T . C H M B . T EMP.
CHAMBER PRESSURE
-24MMWC
BURNER STAGE 7
NEXT
17:04. :02
MENU TEXT
Range
Description
FLUE GAS TEMP.
-300-1500X
Display actual flue gas temperature.
COMBUST CHAMB.
TEMP.
-300-1500X
Display actual combustion chamber temperature.
CHAMBER
PRESSURE
0 - 99 mmWC
Display actual combustion chamber pressure.
AAAAAAAAAAAAAA
Display various information as bumer stage, menu

choice alarms etc. (called line 4 on main menu)
13:05:40
NEXT
Display the internal dock.

See structure
Selecting the submenu "RUNNING INFORMATION"
Running information
[RUNNING INFORMATION]
600 rpp\
SLUDGE DOS. SPEED
501/h
SLUDGE CONSUMPTION
rQOQ
SLUDGE TEMP
BURNING TIME
860nin
BURNING TIME LEFT
9999nin
wwMiawBiaffli
MENU TEXT
Range
Description
0 -1500 rpm
Displays the sludge dosing pump rpm.
SLUDGE
CONSUMPTION
0 - 999 l/h
Display the sludge consumption in l/h.
SLUDGE TEMP
0-120C
Display actual sludge temperature at pump.
BURNING TIME
0 - 9999 min
The time elapsed from start of bumer.
BURNING TIME
LEFT
0 - 9999 min
The remaining of selected burning time

[9999 min] displayed means continues buming.
PROG
See structure
Selecting of submenu. Push the function key below

the menu text "PROG". New menu will display.
SETTING
See structure

the menu text "SETTING". New menu will display.
TREND
See structure

the menu text 'TREND". New menu will display.
CONTR
+ /-
Contrast settings. Push the function key below the

menu text "CONTR". The contrast setting menu will
display. Pressing the function key below - (minus)
makes the display brighter and pressing the function
key below + (plus) makes the display darker.
see structure

the menu text "INFO". New menu will display.
SLUDGE DOS
SPEED
INFO
OGS 400C
25
Program select manual control
1523iin
BURNING TIME
10#
SLUDGE REG COUNTER NO
800rpn
SLUDGE SPEED
SLUDGE ONLV
VES
MENU TEXT
Range
Description
Setting of wanted buming time.
BURNING TIME
0 - 9999 min
SLUDGE REG
COUNTER NO
0-22
Counter (automatic) that controls the burner stage

buming sludge. Can be set manual for special
occasion.
NO <6 stage 7
NO >6and<12stage4
NO >12and<16stage5
NO >16stage6
SLUDGE SPEED
200-1500 rpm
Manual setting of rpm for sludge dosing. The

program will from set rpm automatically increase or
decrease the speed required from actual temp.
SLUDGE ONLY
NO - YES
NO =
Program will not allow burning sludge alone.

Stop at stage 4.
YES = Program in "normal" setting for allow buming

sludge alone. Stop at stage 7.
INCREM
Function
Push the function key below the menu text

"INCREM". Sets digital objects. Increases analog
object value.
DECREM
Function

"DECREM". Resets digital objects. Decreases
analog object value.
INFO
Function
Push the function key below the menu text "INFO".

Shows the min. and max. values for analog objects.
OGS 400C
26
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Setting
SETTING
UFIRIRBLE
DATE / T I M E
MENU TEXT
' ^
SERUICE
ainasiBaimmMiMwawiMi
Range
Description
LOGIN
Function
Push the function key below the menu text "LOG IN".
Enter "2468' by operating key panel as password
and push enter (J) key. Access to security level 1 is
stated. If the terminal remain unused for 5 min. The
user is automatically logged out.
LOG OUT
Function

"LOGOUT". OK, you are logged out!
MENU TEXT
Range
Description
VARIABLE
Security level 1
Move the cursor to submenu "VARIABLE" and

push ( J ) key. List of variables see below.
DATE/TIME
Security level 1
Move the cursor to submenu "DATE / TIME" and

push (J) key. List of variables see below.
SERVICE
Security level 8
This menu is only for service personnel.
Function keys.
MENU TEXT
Description
PgUp
Function for flipping forwards through the pages.
PgDown
Function for flipping backwards through the pages.
INFO
Shows the min. and max. Values for analog objects.
OGS 400C
27
Variable
* * * SETTINGS * * *
CCTfl
12Q0 "C
CCTMRX
1150 "C
HCCTLfl
150 C
HCCT
10 C
CCTR
25 *C
CCTTR
30 sec
CCTSO
85G|oC
FUNCTI
ON
CODE
Standard
setting
Range
Description
1200C
0-1300
Alarm point for high comb, chamber

temperature.
CCTMAX 1150C
0-1300
Combustion chamber temperature above

this level will result in decrease of diesel oil
and sludge burner.
HCCTLA
50 C
0-999
Temperature decrease more than this, after

having reached [CCTSO] will result in alarm
for low combustion chamber temperature.
HCCT
10 X
0-30
Hysteresis for combustion chamber

temperature.
CCTR
25 C
0-30
Temperature increase less than this over the

time (CCTTR) will result in increase of
burner. (Solid waste)
CCTTR
60 sec
0-99
Sample time for control [CCTR]. (Solid

waste)
CCTA
CCTSS
650 C
0-999
Combustion chamber temp, for start sludge

burner.
CCTSO
850 C
0-999
Combustion chamber temp, for burning

sludge alone.
HCCTS
10 X
0-99
Hysteresis comb. Chamber temp, for sludge

burning.
CCTCCP 1000 X
0-1200
Combustion chamber temp, for control of

chamber negative pressure.
HCCTP
10 X
0-99
Hysteresis comb, chamber temp, for

pressure control.
CCTSR
0C
0-9
Min. temperature increase in comb, chamber

per time [TCSB] prior to increase of sludge
burner.
CCTWF
850 X
0-999
Combustion chamber temperature, for start

solid waste feeding.
0-99
Sample time for control of [CCTSR].

(Sludge).
TCSB
OGS 4 0 0 C
30 sec.
28
TECHNICAL
FUNCTi
ON
CODE
Standard
setting
CCTFS
220 X
HCCTFS
50 C
DESCRIPTION
Range
Description
0-400
Combustion chamber temp for stop of flue

gas fan when cooling down ([CCTFS] [HCCTFS]).
0-99
Hysteresis for combustion chamber temp,

related to stop of flue gas fan during cool
down.
FGTA
380 X
0-450
Alarm point for high flue gas temperature.
FGTMAX
340 X
0-400
Flue gas temperature above this level will

result in decrease of diesel oil and sludge
burner.
0-20
Hysteresis for flue gas temperature.
0-350
Flue gas temperature where control of

negative pressure start increase to max.
0-20
Hysteresis for flue gas temperature related

to control of chamber negative pressure.
HFGT
FGTCCP
HFGTP
5X
310 X
5X
CCPS
35mmW
C
0-50
Comb, chamber negative pressure at start of

burner.
SPMAX
28mmW
C
0-40
Max. operating comb, chamber negative

pressure.
SPSS
12mmW
C
0-30
Combustion chamber negative pressure at .

start of sludge burning.
CCPC
20mmW
C
0-40
Combustion chamber negative pressure

during cooling down.
SPMIN
10mmW
C
0-20
Min. combustion chamber negative

pressure.
CCPA
5 mmW 0 - 9
C
Alarm point for low combustion chamber

negative pressure.
HCCP
1 mmW 0 - 5
C
Hysteresis for comb, chamber negative

pressure.
PD
2mmW
C
0-5
Step for increase of combustion chamber

pressure.
PI
2mmW
C
0-5
Step for deaease of combustion chamber

pressure.
FGTTR
60 sec.
0-99
Sample time for comb, chamber pressure

control.
TDC
30 sec.
0-99
Time for closing of flue gas damper at

"LOADING/SLAGGING" program.
0-9
"Fuel oil heater" allowed time on prior to
FOHA
OGS 40GG
8 min.
29
FUNCTI
ON
CODE
Standard
setting
Range
Description
alarm
FUEL OIL TEMP LOW".
LTFOH
10 min.
0-15
'Fuel oil heater" allowed time on at start up

prior to alarm "FUEL OIL TEMP LOW".
SLTN
80 "C
0-99
Minimum sludge temperature for start of

sludge program. .
SLTLA
30 X
0-99
Alarm level for low sludge temperature.

[SLTN] - [SLTLA].
SLTHA
15 X
0-99
Alarm level for high sludge temperature.

[SLTN] + [SLTHA].
N1LH
11,4 l/h
1
0-99
Capacity nozzle 1, l/h See table page
N2LH
22,9 l/h
4
0-99
Capacity nozzle 2, l/h See table page ^ ^ !
SLRPM
0,09 l/rpm
0
0-9
Sludge capacity, l/rpm.
RPMMAX 1000 rpm.
2001500
Max. rpm. for sludge dosing pump.
RPMMIN
320 rpm.
200 - 900 Min. rpm. for sludge dosing pump.
RPMST
320 rpm.
200 - 900 Start rpm. for sludge dosing pump.
RPMCO
50 rpm.
0-900
Rpm. compensation.
SAFT
15 sec.
0-99
Steam/air flushing time.
SLFT
30 sec.
0-99
Sludge flushing time.
TSSR
5 min.
0-20
Time running at fixed rpm. [RPMST] at start

sludge burning, prior to automatic controlled
rpm.
RPMD
3 rpm.
1 -9
Step, to decrease rpm on sludge dosing

pump.
RPMI
3 rpm.
1 -9
Step to increase rpm on sludge dosing

pump.
AUTO
1 0/1
0-1
0 = No automatic start of flue gas fan after a

power loss or emergency stop.
1 = Automatic start of flue gas fan after a
power loss or emergency stop.
ALARM
1 NO/NC 0 - 1
OGS 400C
^M!
0 = NO contact for extern common alamn.

1 = NC contact for extern common alarm.
30
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Date / time
. 12
-3
1^
SETTING
DATE: G7-12-01
TIME: 14:22:56
Fr 0 7 - 1 2 - 0 1
14:22:56
Change of date
Place cursor m the in the line for DATE and enter new date. Use the arrow key for moving right
( -> )to next entry. At the complete date push enter key.( J ), and the date is updated
Change clock
Place cursor in the in the line for TIME and follow same procedure as for DATE.
Trend I
:400
:300
:200
:ioo
22:30
22:35
22:40
-
22:45
22:50
22:55
PRCSS OMMUCxlO
II II
23:00
The realtime trends show flue gas temperature (

) and combustion chamber
pressure (
) /lO. The time range is 30 min. and 30 sec. interval between data collection
Push the enter key ( J ) and the display change to "TREND II" menu
Trend H
1200
"900
600
300
I I I I I I I I I H I I I I " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I M l 111 I I I I I ' H
22'30
22:35 22:40
CCT
0*C
22:45
H I I ' I " " * 'I r
22:50 22:55 23:00

- SLUDGE
0 TPn
The trend II shows combustion chamber temperature (

) and speed of sludge dosage
pump in rpm. (
) The time range is 30 min. and 30 sec. interval between data collection
OGS 400C
31
Info
INFO
Iz-O
HOUR-COUNTER
CONSUHPTIONS
] I
MENU TEXT
PROGINFO
Range
Description
HOUR-COUNTER
See structure
Move the cursor to submenu "HOUR-COUNTER"

and push (J) key. List of hour-counter see below.
CONSUMPTION
See structure
Move the cursor to submenu "CONSUMPTION" and

push (J) key. List of consumption see below.
See structure
Move the cursor to submenu "I/O" and push (J) key.

List of I/O see below.
See structure
Move the cursor to submenu "PROGINFO" and push

(J) key. Description of program info, see below.
I/O
PROGINFO
Hour Counter
* * * HOUR-COUNTER **
* LAST RUN *
BURN.MOTOR:
350min
FLUE GflS FAN: 6 2 0 n i n
COOLING:
27Qnin
NOZZLE l !
I45nin
NOZZLE 2 !
lOOnin
SL.BURNER:
50min
Shows information regarding

running hour, for present or last
run.
* * * HOUR-COUNTER * * *
* TOTAL *
BURN.MOTOR: 1350nin
FLUE GAS FANl2Gnin
COOLING:
127Qi<iin
NOZZLE l :
1145nin
NOZZLE 2 :
llOOnin
SL.BURNER:
158nin
Shows total running hours.

The time for last run is added at
any new start up.
Consumptions
* * * CONSUMPTION * * *
*
LAST RUN
50L
FUEL NOZZLE l :
3QL
FUEL NOZZLE 2 :
FUEL T O T A L :
80L
SLUDGE:
150L
* * * CONSUMPTION
*
TOTAL
*
FUEL NOZZLE l :
FUEL NOZZLE 2 :
FUEL TOTAL;
SLUDGE:
**
15QL
13GL
280L
65QL
ShovN consumption of diesel

and sludge for present or last
run.
Shows total consumption of

diesel and sludge.
Consumption from last run is
Values are approx., and are based on constants. [N1 LH], [N2LH] and [SLRM] these constants
are entered in the menu "VARIABLE".
OGS 400C
32
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
I/O
INPUT
XO
X2
X3
X4
X6
*** I/O STATUS ***

DOOR LOCK
MOTOR OUERLOflD
DIESEL OIL PRESSURE
DIESEL OIL TEMP
DIESEL OIL HIGH TEMP
FLAME
CLOSED
NO
OK
LOW
OK
ON
0-1
0
1
Description
Name
DOOR LOCK
El. No.
X1
MOTOR
OVERLOAD
-F1/-F4
1
0
NO
YES
None motor over current

released. One or more over
current released
X2
DIESEL OIL
PRESSURE
+2-S1
0
1
LOW
OK
Pressure switch DO not

active.
Pressure switch DO active.
X3
DIESEL OIL
TEMP
-S3
0
1
LOW
OK
DO temp, below set point.

DO temp, above set point.
X4
DIESEL OIL
HIGH TEMP
-S4
0
1
HIGH
OK
Alarm for high DO temp.

DO temp normal.
X5
SLUDGE
TANKTEMP
+3.1S1
0
1
HIGH
OK
Alarm for high sludge temp.

Sludge temp normal,
(only for si.tank with
el. heater.)
X6
FLAME
+2-R1
0
1
NO
YES
Photo resistor detects no

flame.
Photo resistor detects flame.
X7
VOLTAGE
HI/LO
-K7
0
1
NO
YES
Control voltage normal.

Control voltage high/low.
X10
STEAM/AIR
PRESS SW
-S5
0
1
LOW
OK
Press. SW. for steam/air not

active.
Press. SW. For steam/air
active.
X11
SLUDGE
PRESS SW
-36
0
1
LOW
OK
Press. SW. for sludge not

active.
Press. SW. for sludge active.
X12
LEVEL
SLUDGE
TANK
+3-S1
0
1
LOW
OK
Level in sludge tank low.

Level in sludge tank normal.
X13
FRQ
INVERTER
ALARM
-U4
0
1
YES
NO
Fault at converter.
Converter normal condition.
YO
EXTERNAL
OPEN
I/O
xo
OGS 400C
-Y2
OPEN Door open.

CLOSED Door closed.
Alarm.
33
I/O
Name
)M_ARM
Y1
RUNNING
NDICATION
Y2IV3 FLUE GAS

DAMPER
EL No. 0 - 1
1
0
1
-M2
0/0
,0/1
i/o
Description
f
CLOSED No alarm. (Can be inverted)
NO
YES
Flue gas fan not running.

Flue gas fan running.
NOOPR No control.
CLOSIN Closing damper.
Open damper.
G
OPENIN
G
-Y4
FLUE GAS
MOTOR
-K1
0
1
OFF
Flue gas fan not running.
RUNNIN Flue gas fan running.
G
-Y5
BURNER
MOTOR
-K2
0
1
OFF
Burner motor not running.
RUNNIN Burner motor running.
G
Y6
FO. HEATER
-K3
0
1
OFF
ON
FO heater off.
FO heater on.
Y7
AUDIBLE
ALARM
-H1
0
1
OFF
ON
Alarm buzzer off.

Alarm buzzer on.
Y10
IGNITION
TRANSFORM
ER
+2-T1
0
1
OFF
ON
Ignition transformer not

active.
Ignition transformer active.
Y11
DIESEL OIL
SOL COMM.
+2-Y1
0
1
OFF
ON
Common sol.v for FO

closed.
Common sol.v. for FO open.
Y12
DIESEL OIL
SOL N0Z1
+2-Y2
0
1
OFF
ON
Sol. valve for FO nozzle 1

closed.
open.
Y13
DIESEL OIL
SOL N0Z2
+2-Y3
0
1
OFF
ON

closed.
open.
+2-Y4
0/0
1/0
1/1
MIN
1/2
MAX
Burner damper at MIN

position.
Burner damper at 1/2
position.
Burner damper at MAX
position.
Y M A ' I BURNER
'5
DAMPER
Y16
SEC.AIR
DAMPER
-Y3
CLOSED Sec. Air damper closed.

OPEN Sec. Air damper open.
Y17
DOOR LOCK
-Y2
DEENRG Door lock deenergized
OGS 400C
34
TECHNICAL
Name
I/O
El. No.
0-1
1
Y20
SL CIRC
PUMP
MOTOR
-K4
0
1
Y21
STEAM/AIR
SOLENOID
-Y4
0
1
Y32
Description
(locked).
ENERGZ Door lock energized
(open).
OFF
ON
Sludge circ. pump not

running.
Sludge circ. pump running.
DEENRG Sol. valve for steam/air

Z
deenergized.
Sol. valve for steam/air
ENERGZ energized.
0
1
SLUDGE
TANK
HEATER
DESCRIPTION
OFF
ON
Sludge tank iieater off.

Sludge tank heater active.
Program Information
PROGRAM U E R S I O N |
PLS: 24SSE01Q
MRC: 24SSEG10
13.09.2001 >>
HEXT-
Information regarding program version is taken from PLC and MAC program.
TeamTec OS
T l f . : <+47> 37199860
F a x . : <+4r> 37199890
E-mail: service0teaMtec.no
Information regarding telephone, fax and e-mail address.
OGS 400C
35
Alarm system
Indication of alarm
When an alarm occurs, the intemal audible alarm activates and the alarm signal is given to ships
alarm system. The indication "ALARM" will come up at the operator panel display (Figure 2-2)
and line 4 (Figure 2-3) shows the reason fpr alarm. A redflashingLED will indicate when the
external alarm signal is energized. (Figiir 2-1)
2
3
4
5
Figure 2
All alarms are presented in a separate alarm list that is called by pushing key [LIST]
(Figure 2-4).
Alarm symbol
Date
-25-2Q-ei
25-28-01
25-20-01
25-20-01
12:i2:5Q
ll:12:4Q
10:12:30
10:10:30
Time
Alann message
Current alarm line
FLAME FAILURE
FLUE GflS TEMP HIGH
LON FUEL OIL PRESS
MOTOR OUERLOflD
ifii::!!
Figure 3
The display will show a historical log of alarms with the latest alarm at the top of the list.
(Figure 3.The cursor is located atfirstline and the alarm symbol shows the status for the alarm
as described in table below. (Figure 4)
The alarms are reset by moving the cursor to the alarm text line, and push the [ACK] key
(Figure 2-5). Common alarm contact reset and intemal buzzer stop.
Moving the cursor up and down shows logged alarm.
Moving back to the last menu, is done by pushing the [LIST] key (Figure 2-4)
OGS 4 0 0 C
36
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Alarms Status:
Status
Symbol
*
Active
Not active Not accepted
Active
<Blank>
Not accepted
Accepted
Not active Accepted

Figure 4
Function keys
MENU TEXT
Description
ACK
Acknowledge an alanm.
+/-
Increase / decrease the font size.
TIME
Switching on/off the date /time stamp.
EXIT
Leave the alann page.
Alarm display
The logic system contain 20 various alarms.
ALARM TEXT
Setpoint
Active
Ref.
Description
FLUE GAS TEMP HIGH
375X
All time
-F11
Flue gas above max. temp.
COMBCHMBRTEMP HI
1200"'C
All time
-F12
Combustion chamber temp

above max. .temp.
COMBCHMBRTEMPLO
800C
Running
-F12
Temp, falling below nonnal

operation temp.
MOTOR OVERLOAD
xA^
Running
-F1,-F2,
-F3,-F4
Protection relay cut out.
DOOR NOT CLOSED
Running
-Y2, -Y3
Micro switch in door lock not

closed.
DRAUGHT FAILURE
-5 mmWC
Running
-A5
Combustion chamber pressure

falling below set point.
FUEL OIL TEMP LOW
5 min
10 min.
Running
Start up
-S3
Heater element active for an

extended time.
FUEL OIL TEMP HIGH
QCC
Running
-S4
Safety thermostat released.

(Require manual reset)
LOW FUEL OIL PRESS
11 bar
Running
+2S1
Diesel oil pump press low.
FLAME FAILUER
Running
+2R1
Poor or no flame.
LO/HI VOLTAGE
220V
10%
All time
-K7
Control votage10% out of

normal.
LOW STEAM/AIR PRES
1.0 bar
81. prog.
-S5
Steam / air pressure low.
' See motor rating
OGS 4 0 0 0
37
ALARM TEXT
Setpoint
1 Active
':|Ref.:V
Description
0.1 bar
SL prog.
-S6
Sludge pressure low.
FREQ INV FAILURE
SI. prog.
-U4
Common fail on frequency

inverter.
SLUDGE TEMP LOW
50X
SI. prog.
-F13
Sludge temperature low.
SLUDGE TEMP HIGH
110'C
SI. prog.
-F13
Sludge temperature high.
SL TANK TEMP HIGH2
110'C
SI. Prog.
+2S4
Safety thermostat released.

(Require manual reset)
FGT CIRCUIT FAIL
All time
-U1
Open circuit in sensor (broken)
CCT CIRCUIT FAIL
All time
-U2
Open circuit in sensor (broken)
LOW SLUDGE PRESS
COMM ERROR
All time
-A1/-A2 Communication failure PLC unit

to MAC operator terminal.
' sludge tank w/d. heater
OGS 400C
38
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Function description
Description of electronic and electric elements.
Ref.: See electrical drawing
Fig-
Name
Line
-A1
Operator terminal.
2,8
Operator terminal for operating of the

system. Display for all reading of status.
-A2
PLC main unit.
3,2
PLC main unit containing 8 digital input and

8 digital output signals (relay).
-A3
Extension unit.
4,4
Extension unit for PLC main unit 8 digital

output signals (relay).
-A4
Analog input module.
5,2
Analog input module having 4 channels.

Signal from temperature transmitter and
vacuum controller (4-20mA).
-A5
Flame and vacuum control.
4,1
a) Unit for control of flame in combustion

chamber, digital signal.
Function
a) Pressure cell giving a 4-20mA signal out

to PLC.
-A6
Analog output module.
5,7
Analogue output module having 4 channels.

Signal to frequency inverter and secondary
air damper (0-1OV / 4-20mA ).
-A7
Extension unit.
6,1
Extension unit for PLC main unit 4 digital

inputs and 4 digital output signals (relay).
-F1
Motor overload protection.
1,3
Protection of flue gas fan motor.
-F2
1,4
Protection of burner motor
-F3
Overload protection.
1.5
Protection of diesel oil heater element.
-F4
1,6
Protection of sludge circulation pump motor.
-F7
Overload protection.
2,1
Protection of primary 440V (380V)

transfonmer circuit.
-F8
Automatic fuse.
2,3
220V (110V) control circuit protection.
-F9
Automatic fuse.
2,3
Flue gas damper 24V circuit protection.
-F10
Fuse.
2,6
Protection of 24V DC circuit for display and

vacuum controller.
-F11
Thermocouple.
5,2
Temperature sensor for temperature in flue

gas duct.
-F12
Themnocouple
5.3
Temperature sensor for combustion

chamber temperature.
-F13
Thenmocoupie.
5,4
Temperature sensor for sludge temperature.

Located in sludge dosing pump.
-H1
Alarm buzzer.
3,5
Common alarm local buzzer.
OGS 400C
39
Name
Fig.
Line
Function
-K1
Contactor.
1,3(3,4) Start / stop flue gas fan motor.
-K2
Contactor.
1.4(3.4) Start / stop burner motor.
-K3
Contactor.
1.6(3.5) Start / stop diesel oil heater.
-K4
Contactor.
15(6.1) Start / stop sludge circulation pump.
-K7
1-phase over-/under voltage

relay
2.4
Monitoring of 220V (110V) control circuit.

Relay deactivate at voltage outside limit
setting.
-M1
Motor.
1.3
Motor for flue gas fan.
-M2
Motor.
3,3
Motor for control of flue gas damper.
-M3
Motor.
5,6
Motor for sludge dosing pump.
-Q1
Main switch.
1.2
Isolate control panel power supply.
-R1
Heating element.
1.5
Heating element for diesel oil heater.
-S1
Emergency stop switch

(Yard /owner delivery).
2.3
Switch off 220V (110V) control voltage.
-S3
Thermostat.
3.8
Working thermostat for control of diesel oil

heater.
-S4
Themiostat.
3.8
Safety thennostat high temperature diesel

oil (require manual reset if activated).
-S5
Pressure switch.
6,4
Pressure switch giving alarm and stop at low

steam/air pressure.
-S6
Pressure switch.
6.4
Pressure switch giving alarm and stop at low

sludge pressure.
-T1
Transfomier.
2.2
Control circuit transfonmer, primary

380/440V. secondary 110/220V and 24V.
-T2
Power supply.
2,5
24V DC power supply for display and

vacuum controller.
-U1
Temperature transmitter.
5,2
Transmitter for flue gas temp, sensor giving

a 4-20mA signal.
-U2
5.2
Transmitter for combustion chamber temp,

sensor giving a 4-20mA signal.
-U3
5.4
Transmitter for oil temp, in sludge dosing

pump giving a 4-20mA signal.
-U4
Frequency inverter.
5.5
Frequency control for variable speed of

sludge dosing pump.
-Y2
Solenoid door lock.
4.9
Solenoid locking device holding the slag

door locked until chamber temp.< 220C.
-Y5
Solenoid valve.
7.2
Solenoid valve for steam/air required for

sludge nozzle atomizer.
+2-M1
Motor.
1.4
Motor for burner.
+2-R1
Photo resistor.
4.1
Photo resistor monitoring flame in the
OGS 400C
40
TECHNICAL
Name
Fig.
Line
DESCRIPTION
Function
combustion chamber
+2-S1
Pressure switch.
3,7
Pressure switch for alarm and stop of bumer

at low diesel oil pressure.
+2-T1
Ignition transformer.
4,4
Ignition transformer for diesel oil bumer.
+2-Y1
Solenoid valve.
4,5
Solenoid common valve for diesel oil nozzle

1 and 2.
+2-Y2
Solenoid valve.
4,5
Solenoid valve for diesel oil nozzle 1.
+2-Y3
Solenoid valve.
4,6
Solenoid valve for diesel oil nozzle 2.
+2-Y4
Damper motor.
4,7
Damper motor for control of diesel oil bumer

damper.
+3-M1
Motor.
1,6
Motor for sludge circulation pump.
+3-S1
Level switch.
6,5
Level switch for stop at low level in sludge

tank.
OGS 40GC
41
OGS 400C
42
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
I/O Configuration
Input signal
Input.
Fig.
Fig.
Line
XO
-A2
Micro switch active at locked door and bumer is

running.
-Y2
3,6
X1
-A2
Motor overload. Active when none protection relay

deactivated.
-F1/-F4
3,7
X2
-A2
Pressure switch diesel oil, active at normal pressure.
+2-S1
3,7
X3
-A2
Temperature switch diesel oil heater active at

temperature below set point.
-S3
3,8
X4
-A2
Safety thennostat high temp diesel oil heater active at

temperature below set point. (Manual reset)
-S4
3,8
X5
-A2
Safety themnostat high temp sludge tank with el. heater

active at temperature below set point, (manual reset).
+3.1-S1
3,9
X6
-A2
Flame signal from flame controller. Active at nomnal

flame in the combustion chamber.
-A5
4.1
X7
-A2
Over-/under voltage, active at (110/220V) nomnal level.
-K7
4,2
X10
-A7
Pressure switch steam/air, active at normal pressure.
-S5
6,4
X11
-A7
Pressure switch sludge, active at nonnal pressure.
-S6
6,4
X12
-A7
Low level switch sludge tank, active at nonnal level.
+3-S1
6,5
X13
-A7
Fault at the frequency inverter. Active at healthy

condition.
-U7
6,6
0CH1
-A4
Analog signal (4-20mA) from temperature transmitter

flue gas.
-U1
5,2
0CH2
-A4

combustion chamber.
-U2
5,3
0CH3
-A4
Analog signal (4-20mA) from pressure transmitter for

combustion chamber negative pressure.
-A5
5,4
0CH4
-A4

sludge oil temp in dosage pump.
-U3
5,5
OGS 400C
Description
43
Output signal
Description
Fig. ?
Line
Out.
Fig.
YO
-A2
External alarm, contact closed at nomial condition.

(Can be inverted if required).
3.2
Y1
-A2
Output signal (closed contact) at flue gas fan mnning.
3.2
Y2
-A2
Output signal for closing of flue gas damper.
-M2
3.3
Y3
-A2
Output signal for opening of flue gas damper.
-M2
3,3
Y4
-A2
Output signal for start of flue gas fan.
-K1
3.4
Y5
-A2
Output signal for start of burner motor.
-K2
3,4
Y6
-A2
Output signal for start of diesel heater.
-K3
3,5
Y7
-A2
Output signal for local alann buzzer.
-H1
3,5
Y10
-A3
Output signal for ignition transformer.
+2-T1
4,4
Y11
-A3
Output signal for common solenoid valve diesel oil.
+2-Y1
4,5
Y12
-A3
Output signal for solenoid valve nozzle 1.
+2-Y2
4,5
Y13
-A3
Output signal for solenoid valve nozzle 2.
+2-Y3
4.6
Y14
-A3
Output signal for burner damper Yt opening.
+2-Y4
4,7
Y15
-A3
Output signal for burner damper max. opening.
+2-Y4
4,7
Y16
-A3
Output signal for opening of secondary air damper.
-Y3
4,8
Y17
-A3
Output signal for solenoid door lock.
-Y2
4,9
Y20
-A7
Output signal for start of sludge circulation pump motor.
-K4
6,1
Y21
-A7
Output signal for solenoid valve steam/air.
-Y4
6.2
Y22
-AT
Output signal for sludge tank heater (steam or electric).
6.3
Y23
-A7
Spare.
6.3
1CH1
-A6
Analog output signal for frequency inverter (0-1OV).
-U4
5,6
1CH2
-A6
Spare.
-Y1
5,7
1CH3
-A6
Spare.
5.7
1CH4
-A6
Spare.
5.8
OGS 4 0 0 C
44
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Program description
Stop.
^ y Stop any selected program. Green LED above the function key is lit.
If the combustion chamber temperature is above 220C [CCTFS]^ the flue gasfenwill continue
running until the temperature decrease below 170C [CCTFS] - [HCCTFS] At stop of fan the
door can be opened.
Loading / Slagging
Green LED above the function key is lit.
L
LOADING/SLAGGING display for 5 sec.
2.
Closing flue gas damper for 30 sec. and the display will show: DAMPER CLOSING
3.
After 30 sec. The flue gas fan start.
4.
The display will show: LOADING/SLAGGING.
5.
This mode will run until the STOP key is pushed.
Solid Waste
Push the key: SOLID WASTE. Green LED above the function key is lit.
1.
SOLID WASTE will display for 5 sec.
2.
Damper for secondary air open.
3.
WTG FOR F OIL TEMP will display until the temperature switch -S3 open at set point
for diesel oil temp.
4.
SOLID WASTE will display.
5.
Flue gas fan start and the chamber under pressure is controlled at 35 mmWC [CCPS] The
burner start up as described in section for burner control.
Flue gas fan, burner and running indicated with green LED.
6.
When normal flame is detected in the chamber the display will show
BURNER STAGE NO 1. Burner nozzle land the burner damper at min. position. Se
Figure 5
Combustion chamber pressure
BURNER STAGE
controlled at 28 mmWC [SPMAX]
7.
Further control of burner is depending

on temperature in chamber andfluegas
duct. See Figure 7.
8.
If the temperature rising is less than

25C [CCTR] in 60 sec. [CCTTR]
burner control will step one stage up.
See Figure 6.
BURNER
STAGE
NO
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DO
NOZZLE
SLUDGE
INGEN
DOl
DO 2
DO 1+2
DO 1+SL
D0 2+SL
DO 1+2+SL
SL
BURNER
DAMPER
POS.
MIN
MIN
1/2
MAX
1/2
MAX
MAX
1/2
Figure 5
' See tables for setting of variables.
OGS 400C
45
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Step no. 1: BURNER STAGE NO 2

Burner changefromnozzle 1 to nozzle 2 and
burner aaiaper open at 1/2 opening.
10.

Burner nozzle no 2 is added and the burner
damper <ên 1/1.
11.

Danq)er for secondary chamber air closing.
12.
Step no 4: BURNER STAGE NO 3

Combustion chamber negative pressure is
controlled gradually down to lOmmWC [SPMIN]
by stq) of 2mm [PD]at a 60 sec. interval
[FGTTR] This control will stop if the flue gas
temperature increase above 310C [FGTCCP] or
the combustion chamber temperature increase
above 1000C [CCTCCP] See .Figure 7
20 30 AO 50 60 70 80 90 100 SC
THE BETWEEN TEMP. CONTROL
Figure 6
13.
If the flue gas temperature increase above 340C [FGTMAX] or combustion chamber
temperature increase above 1150C [CCTMAX]tiiecontrol logic will start stepping
down in the same sequence as previous stepping up.
At temperature below 335C [FGTMAX] - [HFGT] or 1140C [CCTMAX] - [HCCT] the
controller can step up again.
14.
The burner program is running until the key STOP is pushed, or elapsed pre-set burning
time.
SW / Sludge
Push the key SW SLUDGE. Green LED above the function key is lit.
1.
SOLID WASTE/SLUDGE display for 5 sec.
2.
If the sludge tank level is low, the display will show: LOW LEVEL SL TANK for 5 sec
and return to READY.
3.
At sludge temperature below 80C [SLTN] display will show WTG FOR SLUDGE
TEMP.
Sludge tank heater and circulation piunp start (if not manually pre started).
4.
WTG FOR F OIL TEMP will display imtil the temperature switch -S3 open at set point.
5.
6.
SOLID WASTE/SLUDGE wUl display.

Flue gas fan start and the combustion chamber negative pressure control at 35 mmWC
[CCPS]. The burner start up is as described in the section for burner control.
Flue gas fan, burner, sludge heater, sludge circ. pump and running indicated with green
LED.
7.
At this stage the control will be as for SOLID WASTE item 6 to 11.
8.
Next control after closing of secondary air damper, will be negative pressure control
gradually down to 12 mmWC [SPSS]
9.
At this stage the control will be as for SLUDGE item 8 to 11.
Sludge
Push the key SLUDGE. Green LED above the fimction key is lit.
OGS 400C
46
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
1.
SLUDGE display for 5 sec.
2.
If the sludge tank level is low the display will show: LOW LEVEL SL TANK for 5 sec
and retum to: READY
3.
If the sludge temperature is below 80C [SLTN] WTG FOR SLUDGE TEMP,
will display. Sludge tank heater and circulation pump start (if not started manually
previously).
4.
WTG FOR F OIL TEMP show in the display until temperature switch -S3 open at set
point for diesel oil.
5.
SLUDGE display at the panel.
6.
Flue gas fen start and the chamber negative pressure control at 35 mmWC [CCPS] the
bumer start up as described in the section for bumer control.
Flue gas fan, bumer, air fan, sludge heater, sludge circ. pump and running indicated with
green LED.
7.
At detection offlamethe display will show BURNER STAGE NO 3.

Bumer nozzle no.l and no 2, the bumer and damper at max. opening.
Chamber pressure control at 12 mmWC [SPSS].
8.
When the combustion chamber temperature is above 650C [CCTSS] the sludge dosing
pump starts at 320 rpm. [RPMST] diesel nozzle no.2 close. Sludge control counter set at
2.
BURNER STAGE NO 4 show in the display. See Figure 8.
For further control of sludge, see section for sludge control.
9.
If the flue gas temperature increase above 310C [FGTCCP] or chamber temperature
increase above 1000C [CCTCCP] the chamber under pressure control will gradually
control to the level of 28 mmWC [SPMAX].
10.
If the flue gas temperature increase above 340C [FGTMAX] or combustion chamber
temperature above 1150C [CCTMAX] the sludge pump will slow down to reduce the
sludge and bring the temperature down below max. level.
When temperature decrease below 335C [FGTMAX] - [HFGT] or 1140C [CCTMAX] [HCCT] the sludge can be increased again..
11.
Bumer program will nm until the STOP key is pushed, or the pre-set bumer time has
elapsed.
Low sludge tank level will result in a normal stop of the program.
Sludge circulation pump

Push the key SLUDGE PUMP. Green LED above the function key is lit.
1.
The sludge circulating pump starts, indicated with green LED.
2.
If there is low sludge tank level the display will show LOW LEVEL SL TANK at line 4
and the pump stop.
3.
To stop the pump, (if the pump is started manually) push the SLUDGE PUMP key. The
pump also stops if the "STOP " key is used.
4.
If the pump is started manually, and then incinerator continue burning at a pre selected
buming time, the pump will continue ruiming after elapsed time and bumer stop.
Sludge tank heater

^ ^ Push the key SLUDGE HEATER. Green LED above the function key is lit.
1.
The sludge heater starts indicated with green LED.
OGS 4C0C
47
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
2.
If the sludge tank level is low, display will show LOW LEVEL SL TANK at line 4
and the heater switches off.
3.
To stq) tiie heater, (if the heater is started manually) push Ihe SLUDGE HEATER key.
The heater also stcq)s if e "STOP " key is used.
4.
If ie heater is started manually, and the incinerator continue burning at a pre selected
burning time, the heater will not be switched off at end of the pre set burning time
Temperature control solid waste
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
CCTA11200-CI
CCTMAX ( I B O - O
-X
>^-
CCTCCP (lCOO-0
CCTSO (850-O
HCCTLA I50*CI
CCTSS ((.511-C)
REG 4
REO, 3
REO. 2
REO 1
*I
-^
CLOSED OPEN
SEC AIR
DAMPER
SPMIN
SFMAX
COMB CHMBR
PRESSURE
FLUE GAS
FOTA 1375'C)
FGTMAX 131.0-C)
FOTCCP G I O ' O
SPMIN
SPMAX
COMB CHMER
PRESSURE
Figure 7
OGS 4 0 0 C
48
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Temperature control sludge
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
CCTA li:O0-C)
CCTMAX i r ' , 0 ' C I
CCTCCP IIOOO-C)
CC7SQ(850*CI
*a
o
2
CLOSED
OPEN
SEC AIR
DAMPER
SPSS
SPMAX
C0M8 CMMBR
PRESSURE
FLUE GAS
FrA(275'C}
FOrWAX U t O ' C l
>i^ -
FGTCCPi;iO'Cl
9i
?^
SPSS
SPMAX
COMB CMMBR
PRESSURE
Figures
OGS 400C
49
OGS 4 0 0 C
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Sludge control
Introduction
The automatic sludge control logic is designed for burning a maximum amount of sludge,
consuming a minimum amount of diesel, and maintaining a combustion chamber temperature
above 850C [CCTSO]**. Sludge "quality" is an important factor for the sludge burning process.
The system is capable of handling sludge with a high content of water, but this might however
result in a higher consumption of diesel oil.
Temperature limits
650C [CCTSS]
640C [CCTSS] - [HCCTS]
800C
850C
840C
870C
Start sludge burner.

Temperature decrease to this level stop sludge burner and
increase sludge program counter with 2.
[CCTSO] - [HCCTLA]
Alarm level for low combustion chamber temperature.
Temperature allowing burning sludge alone.
[CCTSO]
Start a diesel support burner in addition to the condition at
[CCTSO] - [HCCTS]
850C and increase sludge program counter with 2.
[CCTSO] +(2 x [HCCTS]) Above this temperature the sludge program counter will
step down one step at the time.
Burner stage
STAGE NO 3
STAGE NO 4
STAGE NO 5
STAGE NO 6
STAGE NO 7
Diesel oil nozzles no. 1+2.

Diesel oil nozzle no. 1 and sludge.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 2 and sludge.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 1 + 2 and sludge.
Sludge burner alone.
Control
At combustion chamber temperature above 650C, the sludge burner starts and the display will
show STAGE NO 4 at line 4 and SL REG CNTR NO 2 at line 9.
Sludge dosing pump starts at 320 rpm [RPMST], and will run at this speed for 5 min. [TSSR]
prior to any control of sludge quantities.
650Cto850C
Assuming that sludge is of a good "quality" the
temperature will start to rise. If the temperature rise
is >= O^C [CCTSR] over 30 sec [TCSB] (se Figure 9)
the sludge dosing pump increase 3 rpm. [RPMI].
There will be a sampling of temperature each 30 sec.
and provided there is a temperature raise, a new step
of 3 rpm will take place. TTiis will go on up to a
temperature of 850C. Burner stage will have to be 4
or 5.
20
30
50 60 70
90
100 SEe.
^^n BtWEN TEMP. CONTROL
Figure 9
* See table for setting.
OGS 400C
51
If the sludge contain too much water or chemicals, the temperature is likely to fell below 640C
and the sludge dosing purrq) stop. Burner will change to STAGE 3, and ie sludge program
counter increase with 2 (after an attenqjtto stage 4).
When temperfture rises above 650C, the sludge
burner will start again. The burner stage will then
depend of sludge program counter. See Figure 10.
At program counter 12.( STAGE 6), sludge increase
will not be allowed before the temperature has
increased to above 850C.
The low temperature alarm, 800C, will first be
activated at temperature first time above 850C.
Above 850C
At temperature raise above 850C the sludge burner
stage decrease one step:
STAGE 4 changes to STAGE 7 (sludge
alone).
STAGE 5 changes to STAGE 4.
STAGE 6 changes to STAGE 5. (Program
counter < 19).
Figure 10
NOTE! For buming sludge alone, STAGE 7 [SLUDGE ONLY] in menu "PROGRAM
SELECT" must be set at " 1 " . If "0" is selected the diesel bumer (STAGE 4) will be in at all
time at temperature above 850C and sludge program counter <6.
Temperature falling below 840C will increase burner stage with 1 and sludge program coimter
with 2. If this result in STAGE 6, the sludge dosing pump will decrease 3 rpm. [RPMD].
Minimum sludge dosing pump speed is 440 rpm. [RPMMIN]
If the temperature then raise above 850C the increase of sludge can take place again.
Above 870C
At temperature above 870C the sludge program counter decrease with 1 for each step up of
sludge pump speed. This will reduce diesel consumption and increase sludge capacity
(see Figure 10). Sludge dosing pump maximum speed is 1000 rpm. [RPMMAX].
OGS 400C
52
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Start up routines flow diagram

Description of program routine sequence.
LOADING SLAGI^
SOLIO WASTE
(^^^)
SLUDGE
STOP
- y i Q W LEVCL 5L Tkm j
SI CiPC PUMP ON
FUEL OIL H{AItR ON
SLUDGE MEAtlNG ON
-VwTG FOR F OIL lEMp/
SLUOOE lEMP >

OK
CLOSING DAWEB
1Q SFr
SOLID WASTE
FLUE GAS FAN ON
FLUE GAS FAN ON
-/wTGFOR
-/WTGFOH SLUDGE lEWP/lEMp/-
START BUHNER
BURNER STAGE NO 3 /
/ 8URNER STAGE NO 3 /
AUTO REG OF
AUTO REG OF
SI niiBNiNr,
STOP BURNER
Figure 11
OGS 400C
53
OGS 400C
54
TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION
Burner control
The PLC, the flame guard, the vacuum controller 020294 and the photo resistor Landis & Gyr
QRBl are the units maintaining control of burner.
START BURNER
Start up sequence:
0 - 15s
-''"
BURNER MOTOR ON
-^
PI4MF 1 N ^ " ^
WAITING
rLAHt - I y
^ FLAME !N CHAMBER ,
START BURNER TIMER
-TART BURNER MOTOi
Start of flue gas fan and

burner motor (purge
time).
15 - 35s Ignition transformer

energized.
25s
Diesel solenoid valve

open.
35s
Ignition transformer
de energized.
Flame to be steady.
Lack of flame will block
ALARM
FUEL OIL PRESS LOW
the start.
Yjs
TlWR = 15S[C
IGNITION ON
Disturbance burner start:

Chamber flame (light).
During the air vent time period (0
- 25s) there should be no flame in
the chamber. If there is flame or
light for some reason, or a fault in
the flame supervision circuit
" WAITING FLAME IN
CK4MS/?" will display. Start of
burner will be delayed until no
flame signal is given.
Lack of flame.
If no flame signal is received
during the safety period (35sec), or
in normal running, the alarm signal
"FLAME FAILURE" will display.
Fuel oil supply will cut off and the
bumer is blocked.
IGNITION OFF
ALARM
FLAME FAILURE
AUTO
CONTROL OF BURNERS
OGS 400C
55
OOS 400C
56
STORAGE AND
INSTALLATION
Storage and installation

Preservation
Preservation from installation to start up of equipment.
After installation the equipment should be preserved and protected for hostile
environment.
Hostile environment will be mechanical work as welding, grinding, handling of heavy
equipment, insulation work, water spray washing and paint spraying.
The equipment is delivered with plastic sheet, this should however not be left as protection
where hot work take place.
If the incinerator is exposed to high humidity for a period of time, silica gel must be placed
inside the control panel.
Preservation in case of long time storing after installation.
In addition to the item mention above check that coating is in good order.
Protect the nozzles and pipe in the combustion chamber exposed part of the bumer with grease'.
Remove slag and ashes from combustion chamber.
Tum the electrical motors for fan, pumps and burner slightly.
If possible the power should be switched on to the control panel in order to keep the panel dry.
OGS 400C
57
STORAGE AND INSTALLATION
OGS 400C
58
STORAGE
AND
INSTALLATION
Precommissioning
Mechanical completion checkout.
Prior to function testing at first start up, the following mechanical completion must be checked.
1. Check that the foundation support and the deck strength are adequate for the incinerator
unit. (3.5 ton)
2. Check that flue gas fan foimdation is of a sturdy design for fan to run without vibration.
3. Check that the air inlet to the incinerator room has sufficient capacity.
4. Check that the necessary drainpipe are installed and connected.
5. Check that the incinerator door can be fully opened and locked in the installed looking
mechanism.
6. Check that the insulation, flue gas duct and flue gas fen is installed and fixed.
7. Check that the flue gas duct is not welded direct into painted wall penetration. (Fire
hazard)
8. Check that the refractory brickwork has been dried out with a portable heater for 48
hours at approximately 100C.
9. Check the diesel oil line for correct hook up, and make sure that no valve is closed on
the return line. (A blocked return line will result in a leak in the diesel oil pump shaft
seal)
10. Check the electrical power supply for correct rated fuse (32 amp) at the ship distribution
board.
11. Check that all pipes, ducts and cables hooked up have been correctly completed
according to arrangement drawings.
Pre-check of live equipment.
Prior to function test, the following live equipment should be tested.
1. Start the flue gas fan and check for correct rotation direction.
2. Start the diesel oil burner and check for correct rotation direction, and that normal
diesel oil pressure are reached.
3. Check that the operator control panel is live, and indicating normal.
4. Make sure that sludge is filled in the tank to a level above the low level switch before
starting the pump. Start the sludge pump and check for correct rotation direction, and
normal pressure indication.
After having checked out the above items, a function test according to this manual (page 61) can
take place
OGS 400C
59
STORAGE AND INSTALLATION
OGS 400C
60
TEST OF FUNCTION AND SAFTY
DEVICES
Test of function and safety devices

Control function.
No.
1.
Test procedure.
Observations
Accep
Flue gas damper dose for 30 sec (TDCf. And flue gas
LOADING SLAGGING
fan starts
Test at low chamber
temp. Open the waste
DISPLAY:'
door and push key
LOADING
"LOADING SLAGGING".
S L CIRC PUMP
Pressure indicator should read approx. 0.2 bar.
Check sludge tank level.
If low level on sludge tank:
Start circulation pump by
pushing the key
"SLUDGE PUMP".
LOW LEVEL SL
SL TANK HEATER
Check that sludge level
is above low level switch
Start circulation pump by
pushing the key
"SLUDGE HEATER".
Indication lamp at the control box on the sludge tank is

active (ON). Themriostat in the tank control switching
on /off the heater.
If low level on sludge tank:
LOW LEVEL SL
a)
Fuel oil heater activate for a time of 2-5 min
SOLID WASTE
If available, load solid
prior to start of burp^^"
waste in combustion
chamber and close the
WTG FOR F OIL
door. Push the key
<an, and diesel oil burner starts
"SOLID WASTE' PRESSURE
jreen LED. Check flame through
lOmmWC
^ glass in door.
PRESSURE
28inmWC
c)
Program will automatically control burner

stage by the temperature. Secondary air damper
close after burner stage 3. Chamber negative
pressure control at -lOmmWC.
' See table for setting

' Display is text at main menu
OGS 400C
61
TEST OF FUNCTION AND SAFTY DEVICES
No.
5.
Observation
Test procedure.
Accep
a) If not started manually, the sludge circulation pump

and sludge heater will start. Pressure indicator for
Check that level in
sludge
pressure should read approx. 0.2 bar and
sludge tank is above low
thp
csiiirinp
tfimpfiratnrfi must be at Start temp.
level push
"SLUDGE" key
BURNER STAGE NO
Start temp, sludgli
(SLTN) can be changed
if required.
WTG FOR SLUDGE

b) Fuel oil heater will operate 2-5 min. until the oil
temperature has reached nomnal level.
WTG FOR F OIL

c) Flue gas fan, air fan and burner start, indicated
with green LED.
PRESSURE
12mmWC
Combustion chamber
At chamber temperature above esO'C (CCTSS)
temp, for start of sludge d)
the sludge dosing pump start at 320 rpm
burner (CCTSS) and
(RPMST).
start speed for sludge
Diesel oil nozzle 1 and sludge will bum.
(RPMST) can be
changed if required.
The fixed start speed
(TSSR) can be changed
if required.
e) The logic control is now monitoring temperature
increase or decrease, and controlling burner and
sludge speed (5 min fixed start speed [TSSR]).
Combustion chamber
temp, for start buming
sludge alone (CCTSO)
can be changed as
required.
SLUDGE SPEED
f)
At combustion chamber temperature above 850C

(CCTSO) buming sludge alone is allowed provided
the sludge is sufficient inflammable.
a)
If not started manually, the sludge circulation
SW SLUPQE
pump and heater will start. Sludge pressure
Check that level in
sludge tank is above low
should read approx. 0.2 bar, and the sludge
level.
temperature nriust be atx)ve start temp, at SO'C
If applicable load PRESSURE
in the chamber ai^28itimWC
close the door.
the key
"SW SLUDGE"
OGS 400C
b)
Flue gas fan start, the secondary chamber air

damper open and the diesel bumer start. Check
flame through the inspection glass in door.
62
TEST OF FUNCTION
No.
Test procedure.
AND SAFTY
DEVICES
Accep
Observation
c)
The logic program will automatically control

the burner based on chamber temperature.
Secondary air damper will close after stage 3.
Chamber-negative pressure control at -12mmWC.
PRESSURE
12inmWC
Control will be the same as for item 5 c to e.
d)
7.
STOP
a)
P u s h the key
"STOP"
Will stop any selected program.

At combustion chamber temperature > 170C
([CCTFSHHCCTFS]) all function will stop, but
the flue gas fan will run for cooling down.
Chamber temp f^PRESSURE

offluegasfan(d20mmWC
can be changed iV
required.
i^^
At combustion chamber temperature < 170C

([CCTFSHHCCTFS]) the flue gas fan stop. The
waste door can be opened.
READY
8.
DOOR NOT CLOSED

Open the waste door
and start a burner
program.
The burner will not start until waste door is closed.
CLOSE THE
For more details see section for program description and sludge control.
OGS 400C
63
OGS 400C
64
DEVICES
Alarm and safety functions

No.
Test procedure.
Observation
Acce
P
1. FLUE GAS TEMP HIGH
At flue gas temperature above set point the alarm

Adjust set point [FGTA] below will activate and burner stop.
operating temp.
FLUE GAS TEMP

At combustion chamber temperature above set
HIGH Adjust set point [CCTA] point alarm will activate and burner stop.
below operating temperature.
2. COMB CHAMBER TEMP
COMB CHMBR TEMP

COMB CHAMBER TEMP
LOW Adjust set point
[HCCTLA] to 0.
Adjust set point [CCTSO]
below operating temperature.
Then adjust set point
[CCTSO] above operating
temperature.
MOTOR OVERLOAD
Activate test button at front of
the motor circuit breaker.
At combustion chamber temperature below set

point [CCTSO] - [HCCTLA] alarm will activate
and the burner s\(y^
COMB CHMBR TEMP
The motor tested stop, the alarm activates and

the burner stops.
MOTOR
5.
DOOR NOT CLOSED
Open the waste door by

using the special key for
unlocking the door lock.
6.
DRAUGHT FAILURE
(FAN STOPPED)
Start a bumer program.
When fan is running
disconnect the sensor tube
from vacuum controller.
9.
Alarm activates and the burner stops.
DOOR NOT
At pressure decrease below -5mmWC and after

10 sec. the alamn activates and the bumer stops.
DRAUGHT
F U E L OIL T E M P L O W
Start a b u r n e r p r o g r a m .
Adjust set point [ F O H A ]
to " 0 " .
At start of heating the alami activates and the

burner stops.
F U E L OIL T E M P H I G H
Start a b u r n e r p r o g r a m .
Adjust d o w n t h e safety
t h e r m o s t a t - S 3 to b e l o w
set point for w o r k i n g
thermostat -S4.
At release of safety thermostat-S3 the alannn will

activate and the bumer stops
L O W F U E L OIL
PRESSURE
At pressure switch +2-S1 set point the alarni will

activate and the bumer stops.
FUEL OIL TEMP
FUEL OIL TEMP

The safety thermostat require manual reset.
FUEL OIL PRESS

OGS 400C
65

Start a burner program.
Take down t h e fuel oil
pressure.
No.
10.
Testprocedure.
FLAME FAILURE
Pull the photo
resistor out and
blind off.
Alarni activates and the burner stops.

FLAME
Relay deactivate at voltage above or below set point
after time delay (nonnally 5 sec). The middle
yellow LED will flash at over voltage. Left LED will
flash at under voltage. When the relay is
deactivated, the LED goes off.
11.
LOW/HIGH
VOLTAGE
Adjust set point
up and down at
relay (-K7) until
yellow LED flash
12.
LOW STEAM/AIR
PRESSURE
Start a sludge
program. Close off
steam/air supply.
Alann activates and the burner stops.
LOW SLUDGE
PRESSURE
Start a sludge
program. Close off
sludge supply.
Alamn activates and th e burner stops.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Accep
Observation
.STEAM/AIR PRESS
SLUDGE PRESS
Alanm activates and the burner stops.

FREQUENCY
INVERTER
FAILURE
FREQ INV
Start a sludge
program, disconnect
the wire at terminal
SC in the inverter.
S L U D G E TEMP
LOW
""
Start a sludge
SLUDGE TEMP
^
program. Adjust set
point [SLTLAj to O X
and [SLTN] adjusted
above operating
temperature.
SLUDGE TEMP
HIGH
'
Start a sludge
SLUDGE T E M P : :>;;
program Adjust set
-
OGS 4 0 0 C
66
DEVICES
point [SLTHA] to
0C and [SLTN]
adjust below
operating
temperature.
17.
SLUDGE TANK
TEMP HIGH'
Start a sludge
program Adjust
down safety
thermostat+3.1-S1
below operating
temperature
SL TANK TEMP
The safety thermostat requires manual reset.
' Sludge tank with el. heater.
OGS 400C
67
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
Operating instructions
Program mode selecting
stop
Stop all selected programs and acti vity.
If the combustion chamber temperature is above 220C [CCTFS], the flue gas fan will continue
to run until the temperature has decreased to HCC [CCTFS] - [HCCTFS]. When thefluegas
fan has stopped the door lock is released and the doors can be opened.
Slagging
^ ^ To be used for slagging of the incinerator, avoiding ash dust in to the room.
Closes the flue gas damper in 30 sec and starts thefluegas fan. The doors can be left open
during this period.
Solid Waste
Burning of solid waste loaded in to the chamber.
The incinerator is started on stage 3 and the diesel oil burners and combustion air is controlled
bythePLClogic.
When the combustion chamber temperature exceeds 850C [CCTWF] the door lock on sluice
door is energized and feeding of solid waste can start
Bumer wl stop after the time selected .If a specified time is not selected, the burner will
continue burning until the key "STOP" is pressed.
The flue gas fen will continue nuuiing until the temperature decrease to 170C [CCTFS] [HCCTFS]. When thefluegas fan stops, the doors are unlocked and can be opened.
SW / Sludge
^ ^ Starts burning waste and continue automatically over to sludge mode. Controlling up to
max. capacity, and consuming a minimum of diesel oil
The incinerator starts in a "Solid Waste" program, and when reached full capacity of diesel oil
bumer (controlled by temperature) the logic continues over in sludge mode.
This means that sludge burning with support of diesel oil starts at chamber temperature of
650C [CCTSS] Provided that the sludge is sufficientflammable,and the temperature raise to
850C [CCTSO], the incinerator will at this temperature start to bum sludge alone.
The sludge capacity is controlled automatically and will be limited by the combustion chamber
temperature (min. 850C [CCTSO] and max. 1150C [CCTMAX]) and flue gas temperature
(max. 340C [FTGMAX]).
Bumer will stop after the selected time. If specified time is not selected, the bumer will continue
to bum until the key "STOP" is pressed.
The flue gas fen will continue to run until the temperature decrease to 170C [CCTFS] [HCCTFS]. When thefluegas fan stc^, the doors are unlocked and can be opened.
OGS 400C
68
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
Sludge
Burning of sludge at maximum capacity, consuming a minimum of diesel oil.
Heating up of the chamber by means of burning diesel oil, and then start sludge burning at
chamber temp of 650C [CCTSS] ] Provided that the sludge is sufficient flammable and the
temperature raise to 850C [CCTSO], the incinerator will be burning sludge alone.
This is if the menu choice is "SLUDGE ONLY" selected to "/ " in "PROGRAM SELECT"
menu.
If "SLUDGE ONLY "is selected "0" diesel oil support burner will continue to bum regardless
of temperature
The Sludge capacity is controlled automatically and will be limited by the combustion chamber
temperature (min. 850C [CCTSO] and max. 1150C [CCTMAX]) and flue gas temperature
(max. 340C [FTGMAX]).
When selected time expires the burner will stop. If specified time is not selected, the burner will
continue burning until the key "STOP" are pressed.
The flue gas fan will continue to run until the temperature decrease to 170C [CTFS] [HCCTFS]. When the flue gas fen stop the doors are unlocked and can be opened.
Other options.
Sludge circulation
pump
Manually start of sludge circulation pump.

The pump will stop automatically at low level by means of the low level switch in the tank or by
pressing the "STOP" key or the "SLUDGE PUMP" key.
Sludge tank heating
Manually start of sludge tank heater.
The heater switches off at thermostat setting, low level in tank or by pressing the "STOP" key or
the "SLUDGE HEATER" key.
OGS 400C
69
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION
Instruction for operation
Prior to start
1. Main switch on the control panel is switched to position "ON" .The MAC E300
operator panel is energised and the text will show in the display.
Slagging
1. Check that there are noflamesin the incinerator.
2. Push the "LOADING / SLAGGING" key, the flue gas danger will close for 30 sec.,
and the flue gas fen will start.
3. Open the garbage and ash doors and remove ashes and slag, partly burned cans, can
remain. These will bum out eventually.
NOTE! The combustion air inlet openings at "floor*' level must be cleaned. This is
important for a free airflow to the combustion chamber.
Solid Waste
1. Open the garbage door and load the waste into the chamber. The various wastes like
paper, plastics and wood should be mixed as well as possible. The wet waste should be
placed on top of other wastes.
NOTE! Oily rags and separator sludge must be loaded in small quantities only approx. 3
kg per loading (only 1 kg. per loading if sluice feeding) and never be loaded unless tiie
flue gas fen is rurming.
NOTE! Loading of glass will result in a rock hard slag, which is difficult to remove.
2. Close the garbage door.
3. The buming time is automatically repeated from last setting. To change, select
"PROGRAM SELECT" menu. Set the buming time. If buming time "0" is selected,
the buming will be continuous until "STOP" key is pushed. For information on
remainmg buming time, call up "RUNNING INFORMATION" menu and time left will
appear on line 5. For continuous buming the value will be "9999 min".
4. Push the "STOP" key if "LOADING / SLAGGING" is shown on the display. The flue
gas fen will stop. "READY" will appear on line 4.
5. Push the key "SOLID WASTE" and "SOLID WASTE" will appear on line 4 for 5 sec.
before start up and green LED for "SOLID WASTE" is Ut. "WTG FOR F OIL TEMP"
will appear until the diesel oil is heated to required temperature "SOLID WASTE" will
appear again imtil the burner has started. "BURNER STAGE NO " will appear on
line 4. Green LED for "FG FAN", "BURNER" and "RUNNING" are lit.
6. When the set time has run out, or the key "STOP" is pushed, the bumer will stq), and
the cooling down sequence starts. "COOLING" will appear on line 4.
7. When the temperature in the combustion chamber has decreased to 170C, the flue gas
fen will stop and the door lock will open. The door can now be opened and the
incinerator can be re-loaded.
OGS 4 0 0 C
70
MA INTEN
A NCE INS TR U CT ION
Sludge
1. Fill up the sludge tank and activate the heater. This is done bythe key "iSLf/DCf
HEATER" and the green LED "SL HEA TER' will indicate that the heater is active and
will bring the temperature up to set level.
2. Drain off water from the sludge tank. (The sludge should be settling overnight before
water is drained off) Start the circulation pump by the key "SLUDGE PUMP" and the
green LED " SL PUMP" will indicate that the pump starts. Check the sludge pressure
on the pressure indicator to be in the range of 0.2 bar, adjust if required, using the by
pass valve.
3. Check the atomising -air /-steam pressure to be 6 - 8 bar. If steam is used, the
condensate must be drained off" by use of the valve located at sludge equipment drip
tray. The manual regulating valve for air / steam atomising should be from Vi - 1 turn
open.
4. For altemative burning modes, ref. to Solid Waste item 2.
5. Push the "STOP" key if "LOADING / SLAGGING" is running and observe that flue
gas fan is stopped, and "READY" appears on line 4.
6. Push the key "SLUDGE" and "SLUDGE" appears on line 4 for 5 sec. and the green
LED for "SLUDGE" is lit "WTG FOR SLUDGE TEMP" will appear on line 4 until
the temperature reaches the normal working temperature. At normal temperature (80C)
the fan and burner will start up in sequence. The status of the burner will appear on line
4 "BURNER STAGE NO " Green LED for "FG FAN", "BURNER", "SL HEATER",
"SL PUMP" and "RUNNING" are lit.
7. If sludge and solid waste will be burned simultaneously ref to Solid Waste item 5.
8. When the set time has run out, or the "STOP" key is pushed, the burner will stop, and
the cooling dovra sequence starts. "COOLING" will appear on line 4.
9. When the temperature in the combustion chamber has decreased to 170C the flue gas
fan will stop and door locks will be energized.
Solid Waste / Sludge
1. Follow the procedure for SOLID WASTE 1 and 2.
2. Follow the procedure for SLUDGE 1 to 6.
3. Push the key "SW / SLUDGE" and "SOLID WASTE/SLUDGE" will appear on line 4
for 5 sec. and the green LED for "SW / SLUDGE" is lit "WTG FOR SLUDGE TEMP"
will appear until sludge temperature reaches 80C. "WTG FOR F OIL TEMP" will
appear until the diesel oil is heated to required temperature. When both these
temperatures are reached, the flue gas fen and burner will start in sequence as
programmed in the logic controller. Bumer status will appear on line 4.
4. When the set time has run out, or the key "STOP" is pushed, the bumer will stop, and
the cooling down sequence starts. "COOLING" will appear on line 4.
5. When the temperature in the combustion chamber has decreased to HO'C, the flue gas
fan will stop and the door lock will open. The door can now be opened and the
incinerator can be re-loaded.
OGS 400C
71
Emergency stop
In the incinerator room.
Tum the main switch at the control panel "OFF".
Outside the incinerator room.
Activate the emergency stc^. (The switch'normally requires manual reset).
When emergency stop is used or at black out
If the combustion chamber temperature is above 220C, it is important to start the flue gas fen
as soon as possible.
A.
The incinerator can be set to auto start [AUTO] = 1, means auto restart of flue gas
fan for cooling down when the power is back. "COOLING' will appear on line 4.
B.
If the auto restart is set at [AUTO] = 0: Push the key "STOP".

Flue gas fan will start after 30 sec, and "COOLING" will appear on line 4.
Burner stages
BURNER STAGE NO 0
BURNER STAGE NO 1
BURNER STAGE NO 2
BURNER STAGE NO 3
BURNER STAGE NO 4
BURNER STAGE NO 5
BURNER STAGE NO 6
BURNER STAGE NO 7
Temperature
MAX:
MAX:
NORMAL:
NORMAL:
Not active. Waiting for temp decrease before new start.

Diesel oil nozzle no. 1.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 2.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 1 and 2.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 1 in parallel with sludge burner.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 2 in parallel with sludge burner.
Diesel oil nozzle no. 1 and 2 in parallel with sludge burner.
Sludge burner only without diesel oil burner support.
Flue gas tenq)erature is 375C.

Combustion chamber temperature is 1200C.
Flue gas temperature in cêration is 250C - 340C.
Combustion chamber temperature is 850C - 1150C.
NOTE!
Careful heating-up and cooling-down is required for preventing
damage to the
refractory brickwork.
OGS 4 0 0 C
72
MA INTE NANCE INS TR UCTION
OGS 400C
73
Trouble shooting key
Symptom
1. OPERATOR PANEL
DEAD.
Nonnal function of
operator panel MAC E300
described on page 21
Probable cause
Checkout procedure
1) Faulty main power supply. Check main switch -Q1

Check power supply from
main switchboard.
2) Emergency stop switch
open.
Check switch-81.
3) Faulty fuse for pilot

transfonner,
Check fuses -F7 and -F8
4) Faulty fuse-F10.
2. Alamis
3. Poor flame / smoke

burning on diesel oil.
1) Described in section
"Alarm system" page 36.
Check fuse.
Described in section
"Alarm system" page 36.
2) Faulty PLC unit or

extension units.
See description of PLC

.^m ^^3mmmo
page
1) The nozzles could be

blocked or damaged.
Change the nozzles.
seefii^! ^^nnmm^
page^gig! *J5C45^.
2) Malfunction of burner air

damper.
Check the damper function

and position.
seefii^! ^^^mrnm^
pagel&i^!
4. Poor flame / smoke
burning sludge.
1) Damaged or bad sludge

nozzle.
^^X^^^
Check the nozzle and if

necessary clean and adjust it.
seeni^! ^^3mmm.
p a g e l t ^ ! 7^j;Cl?^.
2) Closed or incorrect
adjusted air/steam control Adjust valve.
valve.
(1/2 to 1/1 tum open)
3) Damaged sludge dosing
Change stator.
pump Stator.
5. Temperature raising
"uncontrolled"
4) Sludge pressure to high.
Adjust to correct setting.

(0.2 bar)
1) Loaded too much waste

with high calorific value.
Stop loading, and tray to block

lower four comer ventilation
slots.
2) Damaged sludge dosing

pump Stator.
Change stator.
3) Sludge speed control not

working.
4) Leaking diesel oil
solenoid valve.
OGS 4 0 0 C
Check sludge speed.

Change the valve.
74
MAINTENANCE
OGS 400C
INSTRUCTION
75
Maintenance instruction
Preventive maintenance
Daily
1. Check the combustion chamber. Remove all ash and slag after burning is finished.
2. NOTE: The combustion chamber air inlets in the bottom must always be cleaned.
3. Check diesel oil pressxire. Normal reading 16 bar.
4. Check sludge pressure. Normal reading 0.2 bar.
Weekly
1. Clean photo resistor on bumer.
2. Check that combustion air inlets and cooling air inlets arefreefromobstructions. Clean if
necessary.
Monthly
1. Check fan belts and tensions. See page 78.
2. Check refractory condition. See page 78.
3. Check diesel oil bumer. See page 80 and page IHT^ !
^^%^ô
4. Check sludge oil bumer. Seepage 80 and I t i ^ ! îîJ^lfflM

5. Lubricate all movable parts.
6. Check spark arrester (if installed) and clean if necessary.
6 monthly
1. Check filter on diesel oil pump, and clean if necessary. See page 78 and page IH ^ !
2. Check filter on diesel oil line, and clean if necessary.

3. Check rotor and stator on sludge oil dosage pump. See page ^ ^ ! 5îi(l^lfl9jô
page ft ^ ! * S X ^ ^ .
4. Change the grease on thefluegas fan bearings. See page 80.
5. Check visually thermocouple for combustion chamber.
OGS 4 0 0 C
76
MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTION
Yearly
1. Check paintwork. Make sure the paint is not chipped or scratched.
2. Check the control and alarm system according to "Test of function and safety devices"
page 61.
3. Check all safety devices and calibrate if necessary.
4. Check all valves on oil system for leakage.
5. Check all oil solenoid valves for leakage.
6. Replace nozzles for D.O. bumer with new ones.
OGS 400C
77
MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTION
Inspection
ITEM
ACTION
Combustion
chamber:
Monthly check: Check visually the refractory inside the combustion

chamber. If pieces of refractory have fallen out so the insulation or steel
is visible, then usf of the incinerator must be discontinued until a repair
has been canied *ut. Pay attention to residue on the walls. If this is
over 20 mm thick, remove this by means of a wire brush and a paintscraper. Do not use a hammer!
Diesel oil pump:
Daily check: Check visually for leakage. The pressure is to be checked

daily. If pressure drops below 16 bar and cannot be adjusted by means
of the adjustment screw, clean the fitter. (Ref. ^ ^ ! jîiîlîffljg.
pageî^! *X1?^.
To clean the filters proceed as follows:
Close the valves on supply and return line to D.O. pump. Remove all 8
bolts at the end the pump opposite the drive-side. Remove the end
cover and the cover gasket.
The filter is now visible and can be pulled out without the use of tools.
Clean the filter in diesel oil and blow dry with compressed air.
Reassemble and adjust the pressure to 16 bar.
Flue gas fan:
Monthly check: Check the fan belts for sufficient tightness. Correct
deflection is 10 mm using a force of approx. 3 kg. weight load.
Sludge dosage
valve:
Weekly check: Check visually for leakage. Tum the shaft by hand to
check it is moving freely.
OGS 400C
78
MAINTENANCE
OGS 400C
INSTRUCTION
79
Cleaning and lubrication
ITEM
ACTION
Ashes:
The slag must be removed daily before starting up the incinerator. Make
sure that trash has been incinerated completely and that the fire is dead
and ashes cold. Use a hoe for this purpose.
Photo resistor:
The photo resistor should be cleaned by means of a damp cloth every

week.
Diesel oil burner:
Caution: The main switch must be in OFF position whenever working

with the bumer.
For dismantling and re-assembly, see page fa i^ J ^^X^ô
. The
blast tube, flame scrod and diesel nozzle should be cleaned every
month. This can be cleaned with Kerosene, White Spirit or Marine
Diesel Oil and a brush. The electrodes should be wiped off with a cloth
dipped in one of the above mentioned agents.
Diesel oil pump:
The filter must be cleaned every 6 month. For dismantling and reassembly, see fgig! î^m^mm^
pageîî *J5C45^.
Flue gas fan:
The grease in the bearings must be changed every six months. Use
heat resistant type (ESSO Thermo 30150 or equal). Make sure the
bearings are completely dean and that the top half of the bearing is
mounted correctly to the bottom half.
Also check the tension of the V-belts.
Door hinges:
Door hinges to be greased every six months. Use ordinary ball

grease.
Sludge burner:
The sludge burner should be cleaned every month, if necessary.

For dismantling and re-assembly, see ^ I T^^l^lffljio page ^
OGS 400C
bearing
80
MAINTENANCE
OGS 400C
INSTRUCTION
81
Disassembly, repair, replacement and reassembiy

Flue gas fan
Ref. Flue gas fan assembly drawing
To replace the impeller:
Disassembly
1. Switch off the power and make sure it cannot be switched on again while the unit is xmder
repair.
2. Disconnect the electrical cables to the motor.
3. Remove the 16 bolts pos. 30 on the cover (motor end of the fan housing).
4. Remove the 4 bolts for the bearing stand (fan base).
5. Shde the bearing stand assembly backwards from the fan housing till the impeller pos. 19 is
clear of the housing.
6. Carefully tum the bearing stand assembly to get access to the impeller.
7. The impeller is attached to the shaft with a taper lock hub. On the hub, imscrew the two
hexagon screws. By inserting one of the screws in the third hole (the one not in use), the
impeller will come off the hub when the screw is screwed in.
Repair
It is not advisable to repair an impeller unless one has access to balancing equipment.
Replacement
No special procedure is required except for cleaning the shaft and the hub before the hub is
placed on the shaft.
Reassembly
Proceed as for disassembly, in opposite manner.

To adjust the clearance between impeller and fan house
1. After working with the fan always check the proper end clearance between impeller and fan
housing.
2. Proceed as follows:
3. Unscrew the top part of both bearings.
4. Unscrew the nuts for the bearing hubs. Now the shaft is loose.
5. Pull the shaft out as far as possible. Put an ink mark on the shaft against the back bearing.
6. Push the shaft in as far as possible. Put an ink mark on the shaft against the same bearing.
7. Pull the shaft halfway out so the clearance on both side of the impeller is identical (approx.
10 mm) and secure the nuts on the bearing hubs.
8. Replace the bearing tops.
Performance verification
1. Run the fan in cold and hot condition and listen for noise.
OGS 400C
82
S(A[NTENAyCE
INSTRUCTIOS
2.Check that the fan is able to provide at least 100mm WC negative pressure in the
combustion chamber.
OGS400C
83
SPARE PARTS
Spare parts
standard supplied spare parts
Qty.
Unit
ea.
Part no.
Ref.,
Ignition electrode, OB.4-743
8153
1005937
ea.
Photo resistor, QRB1
7587
1005937
ea.
Nozzle, 2.5 gph 60'
12329
1005937
ea
Nozzle, 4.5 gph 45
7842
1005937
OGS400C
Part name
84
SPARE
OGS 400C
PARTS
85
SPARE PARTS
Recommended spare parts

QUANTITY
YEARS OF
SERVICE
1 2
3 4
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
1
2
4
2
4
4
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
INCINERATOR TYPE OG 200C

DESCRIPTION
5
DIESEL OIL BURNER
gnition electrode, OB.4-743
Ignition cables compl. L= 330mm
Ignition transformer, 10/20 CM Compact,220/10.OOOV
Oil pump, Suntec J4-CCC-1002
Packing set for oil pump: Pos. 4
Nozzles 2.5 gph 60
Nozzles 4.5 gph 45
Spline coupling ND compl.
Solenoid valve, Rapa BV01L2 1/8 M13
Air damper motor, Conectron LKS 130-09
Blast tube, OB.3-494
Flame scrod, OB 3-451
Motor bearings, MEZ: D-end and N-end 6202-2Z*
Motor bearings, ABB: D-end 6203-2Z/C3 *
Motor bearings, ABB: N-end 6202-2Z/C3.*
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
1 Glass for Inspection hole
4 Flue gas throttle bricks 220
FLUE GAS FAN
2 V-beltsSPA-1357
2 Shaft bearings, 2211 EK
2 Motor bearings, MEZ: D-end and N-end 6308-2Z^
1 Motor bearings, ABB: D-end 6208-2Z/C3 *
1 Motor bearings, ABB: N-end 6206-2Z/C3 *
EL. SYSTEM
1 Coil, Telemec, LX1-D2M7, for LC1-D9 and D18
1 Photo resistor, Landis & GyrQRBI
2 Themnocouple, comb.chamber, NiCrSi-NiSi, type "N"
2 Themnocouple, flue gas, NiCr-Ni, type "K'
1 Temp, transmitter, 0-800C, type "K"
1 Temp, transmitter, 0-1200C, type "N"
1 Fuse link, 1A
1 Solenoid Interiock, Schmersal AZM 161SK-24RK
1 Key for Solenoid Interiock, Schmersal AZM 161SK
1 Flame and press, control
SLUDGE EQUIPMENT
1 Sludge burner
1 Solenoid valve, Brkert 255-A-03.0-E-MC
2 Dosage device statorfor CB 14 pump
1 Dosage device rotor for CB 14 pump
2 Mechanical seal for CB 14 pump
1 Rubber coupling, CB 14 pump
1 Motor bearings: WEG: D-end 6203-2Z/C3
1 Motor bearings: WEG: N-end 6202-2Z/C3
2 Spare kit, Pilot valve A6324
4
4
1
1
1
5
5
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
Spec, no.: 200.04050001

ART
NO.
REF.
8153
6568
6961
6566
9272
12329
7842
8563
8454
6043
6567
6575
4920
6578
6576
1005937
1005937
1005937
1005937
Appendix D
1005937
1005937
1005937
1005937
1005937
1005937
1005937
945
6565
1005999
2006310
4979
5128
4925
9795
9796
1005831
1005831
4759
7587
12500
12501
10178
6953
5676
11290
12772
6407
1005937
1006088
3006996
3006996
1006282
1006283
1006088
1006088
1006283
6154
8126
2718
2720
9233
2721
6578
6576
12806
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix H
Appendix G
' When ordering, please check motor type.
O G S 400C
86
SPARE
OGS 4 0 0 C
PARTS
87
SPARE PARTS
OGS 400C
88
APPENDICES
APPENDICES
OGS 400C
89
APPENDICES
90
APPENDIX
Appendix A: PLC FX2N

Genera/
The standard PLC contains of 5 units.
1. Base unit FXaN- 16MR (8 inputs / 8 outputs)
2. Extension unit FX0N-8EYR (8 outputs)
3.
Special module FX2N-4AD (4 analog inputs)
4. Special module FX2N-4DA (4 analog outputs)

5. Extension unit FX0N-8ER (4 inputs / 4 outputs)
Extension units and special modules are connected to the base unit with permanently extension
cables.
figure 13
Base unit
1. Transparent terminal cover

protects input terminal block.
2. Removable battery for backup and
memory cassette (FX-EEPROM-8) is
fitted under the panel cover.
3. Input status indicators.
4. Status indicators for POWER,
RUN, BATT.V, PROG-E and CPU-E
5. Connection for extension units is
located imder the cover.
6. Cover for RS422-interface
(programming port) and Run/Stop
switch.
7. Transparent terminal cover
protects output terminal block.
8. Output status indicators.
PLC FX2N
91
APPENDIX A
Specification of base unit
Power supply
Allowable power iilure time
Load capacity
Voltage inputs
Operating temperature
Inputs / Outputs
Type of output
100 - 240V AC+10%,-15% 50/60HZ

Max. 10ms
30 VA
24 V DC
0-+55C
8/8
Relay
!
Diagnostics
LED status
Symptom
Power ON,
PLC OFF
Probable cause
Possible power unit
blown in PLC.
Low battery voltage.

BATT.V LED ON
Line 4 on MAC display
will flash
"REPLACE BATTERY"
in ready mode.
PROG-E LED flashes
CPU-LED ON.
PLC FX2N
Checkout procedure
Contact TeamTec for
replacement.
Change the battery.

It is recommended to
replace the battery every 5
years.
Battery voltage is
abnormally low.
Change the battery.
Noise or conductive
foreign matter has
altered program.
Contact TeamTec for

service.
CPU runs out of control

due to external noise or
conductive foreign
matter in the PLC.
Turn off the power supply

once and then turn it back
on again. After that set the
PLC in the RUN status.
Memory cassette has

been removed or
installed while the
power supply to the
PLC is on.
If the PLC now operates

incorrectly contact
TeamTec for service.
92
APPENDIX
Replacing the battery

If battery is lower than the allowable limit, the BATT.V LED on thefrontpanel will light when
the power is turned ON. Although, memory data will be retained for approximately one month
after the LED lights for the first time, the battery should be replaced as soon as possible.
F2-4OBL - Battary
Battery replacement procedure.

1. Turn off the p ower supp ly.
1. Remove the terminal cover and open the
panel cover.
1. Remove the batteryfromthe holder and
remove the connector.
Figure 16
PLC FX2N
1. Insert the connector for a new battery

immediately (within 20 sec. after the removal
of the old battery)
93
APPENDIX B
OPERATOR PANEL MAC E300
94
APPENDIX
Appendix B: Operator panel MAC E300

General
The MAC E300 is a user-friendly operator terminal for Mitsubishi's programmable controller
MELSEC FX. It is designed to ensure simple and flexible operator communication
Operator panel (Figure 1) consist of a 240 x 64 pixel graphic and text LCD display and a 26 key
keyboard. The panel is directly connected to "MELSEC FX2N" PLC.
The fimction of the panel is:
Selecting of burner mode, setting of all variables as temperature and time etc.
Display rurming condition, temperature, pressure, oil consumption, timer etc.
Figure 17
Running LED
1.
LED for showing running status.
2.
Display
3.
Text labels for exp lanation of LED.
Display (Figure 1-1) is a 240 x 64 pixels graphic and text LCD display with
background lit.
Keyboard
4.
Text labels for explanation of function keys.
5.
LED for showing status of function keys.
Keyboard content:
Function
O P E R A T O R PANEL MAC E300
95
APPENDIXE
6.
Function keys
Selecting various bumer modes.
Ifa submenu is
Local function keys are defmed and used in a single block.
selected Explanation of the localfimctionkeys are shown in the.
(Local Function key)
display above the function keys.
7.
Numeral key (0-9) For entering numeric values.
8.
LIST
Key is used to bring'Up the al^rm list.
9.
PREV
Key is used to return to the previous block.(menu)
10.
ACK
Key is used to acknowledge and alarm in the alarm list.
11.
ARROW KEYS
12.
MAIN
13.
Enter J Key is used to confirm setting made and go to the next

line/level.
14.
CLUAR <r-
Key is used to move the cursor within a menu or dialog.
Key is used to jump to main menu.
Key is used to delete the character to the left of the cursor.
Cover for
expansion
card
_0JU
Figure 18
96
APPENDIX
Technical data
Display
LCD 240x64 pixel. Background light.

Monochrome.
Display size
4 rows of 20 characters or
8 rows of 40 characters.
Storage capacity
128 kb.
Memory type
Flash memory
PLC communication
RS-422 25-pin.
Printer port
RS-232 9-pin.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
211,5x198x75
Weight
1.5 kg
Operating temperature
0 - SO-C
Power supply
24VDC (20-30VDC)
Power consumption
lOOmA
Protection
IP 65
97
APPENDIX B
OPERATOR PANEL MAC E300
98
APPENDIX
Appendix C: Oil burner

F-50-45-T
Servicing and adjustment
Air damper
DO press, adjustment
Dismantling
(Figure 19 and Figure 20)
DO pump
^ O pressure
Figure 19
1. Pull out the photocell.

2. Remove the cover on top of the burner.
3. Disconnect the ignition cables.
4. Disconnect and pull out the sludge
burner.
5. Disconnect and pull out the nozzle line.
Cleaning and adjustment

(Figure 21)
Figure 20
Clean the blast tube, flame scrod,

ignition electrodes and sludge
burner. Change the diesel oil
nozzle if necessary.
Ignition electrode
Flame scrod
Blast tube
Note: The smallest nozzle is stage

one. Check the spark gap and the
position of theflamescrod.
Nozzle
Re-assembly
Re-assembly the bumer La reverse order.
Diesel oil pressure adjustment

The oil pressure is adjusted on the oil pump. (Figure 19) Remove end cap nutfrompump for
access to pressure setting screw.
Turning the regulator screw clockwise increases the pressure setting.
Normal pressure is 16 bar.
OIL BURNER F-50-45-T
99
APPENDIX
A/r adjustment
LKS130-09
Check the flame. Correct flame is even,
stable bright, without soot and sparks. - '
Uneven (odd shaped) flame indicates dirty (
worn nozzles.
Sootyflameindicates insufficient air supply,
Sparks indicate too much air or worn nozzle,
Air damper min. position (BLUE)

Adjustment when burning on stage no. 1.
Figure 22
To decrease the air amount

Decrease the damper setting by turning the blue cam clockwise.
To increase the air amount
Increase the damper setting by tuming the blue cam anti-clockwise.
Push the damper carefully open by hand until the motor will close the
damper.
Figure 23
Air damper 1/2 position (ORANGE)

Adjustment when burning on stage no. 2, 4 and 7.
Decrease the damper setting by tuming the orange cam clockwise.
ORAN
Increase the damper setting by tuming the orange cam anti-clockwise
Figure 24
Air damper max. position (RED)

Adjustment when burning on stage no. 3, 5 and 6.
Decrease the damper setting by turning the blue cam clockwise.
RED
Increase the damper setting by tuming the blue cam anti-clockwise.
Figure 25
100
APPENDIX
Spare parts
For spare parts see drawing of oil burner.
DO nozzles
Standard nozzle
incinerator
Nozzle 1
Nozzle 2
Std. pressure
DO temp.
OG 200C
2.5 GPH 60
4.5 GPH 45
16 bar
50''C
OG 400C
2.5 GPH 60
4.5 GPH 45
16 bar
sec
GS 500C
3.5 GPH 60
5.5 GPH 45
16 bar
50C
For special cases other nozzles can be used.

Maintenance
Burner nozzle cannot be repaired and must be replaced with new.
Capacities
Oil burner nozzle capacities in l/h at various pressures.
Pressure in bar
Rated flow'
G.P.H.
1,50
1,65
1,75
2,00
2,25
2,50
3,00
3,50
4,00
4,50
5,00
5,50
6,00
6,50
7,00
7,50
8,00
l/h
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5,68
6,25
6,62
7,57
8,52
9,46
11,36
13,25
15,14
17,03
18,93
20,82
22,71
24,61
26,50
28,39
30,28
6,82
7,41
7,88
9,06
10,24
11,29
13,53
15,88
18,12
20,35
22,59
24,82
27,18
29,41
31,76
34,12
36,47
7,12
7,82
8,29
9,47
10,71
11,82
14,18
16,65
19,00
21,35
23,71
26,06
28,47
30,59
33,53
35,88
38,24
7,41
8,24
8,71
9,88
11,18
12,35
14,82
17,41
19,88
22,35
24,82
27,29
29,76
31,76
35,29
37,65
40,00
7,71
8,53
9,06
10,29
11,59
12,88
15,47
18,06
20,65
23,24
25,82
28,35
30,94
33,53
36,47
38,82
41,18
8,00
8,82
9,41
10,71
12,00
13,41
16,12
18,71
21,41
24,12
26,82
29,41
32,12
35,29
37,65
40,00
42,35
8,24
9,29
9,71
11,06
12,41
13,88
16,65
19,35
22,18
24,94
27,71
30,47
33,24
36,47
38,82
41,76
44,12
8,47
9,76
10,00
11,41
12,82
14,35
17,18
20,00
22,94
25,76
28,59
31,53
34,35
37,65
40,00
43,53
45,88
' Sp gr 0,85 @ IS'C and viscosity 1,3E @ 20''C

'" Pressure = 100 P.S.I.
101
APPEJSVIX
102
APPENDIX
Appendix D: SUNTEC oil pump, J4-CCC-1002

The SUNTEC J oil pump incorporates a regulating valve with cut-off function.
Applications
Light and medium oil
Nozzle flow up to 110 1/h (2850 rpm, 5 cSt, 10 bar)
Normally associated with in-line solenoid valve.
One or two-pipe system
Pump operating principle

The gear-set draws oil from the tank through the built-in
filter and transfers it to the valve that regulates the oil
pressure to the nozzle line. All oil, which does not go
through the nozzle line, will be dumped through the valve
back to the return line. The valve also as a cut-off and
bleed function as follows:
Figure 26
Bleed
Two pipe operation

During starting period when the gear-set speed is increasing, all the oil passes through a
special flat on the piston, back to the return.
Once the speed reaches a certain value and the flow can no longer pass through this flat,
then the pressure increases rapidly overcoming the valve spring force and opens the
valve
Cut-off:
During the stop sequence, the gear-set speed slows down and the valve closes when the gear-set
capacity is lower than the flow.
The cut -on and cut-off speed depends on the set pressure.
l3nS-isM Oil under suction
H j l ^ l
I
Oil under pressure
"" :' I By-passod oit

returned 10 suction
or to tanl<
Intalê trom tank
" 1
Pressure
regulating
vaive
Remove t}y-pass ptug
tor one pipe instatlatton
and plu9 returrt port
Pressure
adjuslment
Figure 27
SUNTEC OIL PUMP
103
APPENDIX D
Technical data
General
Mounting
Connection:
Inlet
Return
Nozzle outlet
Pressure gauge port
Vacuum gauge port
Flange according to DIN 24220
Valve function
Pressure regulating cut-off.
Strainer
45 cm^ open area 120 ^ opening size.
Shaft
011 mm according to DIN 24220
By-pass plug
Inserted for 2 pipe system. To be removed with

3/16" alien key for 1 pipe system.
Weight
4 kg
Anti-clockwise rotation. Left hand nozzle.
1/4" NPTF
1/4"^^PTF
1/8" NPTF
1/8" NPSF
y*" NPTF
Rotation
(seen from shaft end).
Hydraulic data
Nozzle pressure range.
Delivery pressure setting.
Viscosity range.
Inlet and return pressure.
Suction height.
Rated speed.
Oil temperature.
Starting torque.
10 to 21 bar.
16 bar
2.8 to 200 cSt
1.5 bar max.
0.45 bar max. vacuum to prevent air separation
from oil.
3600 rpm max.
Max. GO'C in the pump.
0.4 N.m
Power consumption
Pump capacity
:!::
:==;
WW
WW
to
II
30
Figure 28
SUNTEC OIL PUMP
"Wmwna
OP
01
Figure 29
104
APPENDIX
Pump dimensions
1
23.8
^4ozzl outlet
Pressure gauge pon
Helurn arxl
internal by-pass plug
'i A A
Pipe dimensions
The tables below give the maximum length (in meters) of suction line as function of 3 variables:
Lift between fuel unit and tank (H).
Nozzle capacity.
Pipe diameter (d)
For normal atmospheric pressure (sea level) and 0.45 bar vacuum.
Only mentioned diameters can be used, bigger pipes are not suitable.
The length indicated (intersection of horizontal lines and columns) assumes the fitting of 4 right
angle bends, 1 stop valve, 1 non return valve. If additional restrictions exist, the length must be
reduced accordingly.
From these tables, the maximum length for other viscosity's can be calculated by simple ratio of
viscosities ie, multiply the length shown in the table by 20 and divide by the value of the new
viscosity in cSt.
Two pip siphon fead lytlam
Rated speed:
Viscosity:
Pressure:
2850 rpm
20cSt
12 bar
Q(IAi)
II1/
d fTVO
Dmex. = 15 m
(D H) tiwx. = 4,5 I
Q : Pump ftow at 0 bar
150
~~^~~-^_d (mm)
H(m) ^ ~ - ~ - - ^
0
10
11
0.5
1
12
14
16
24
46
80
12
27
51
90
14
30
57
99
17
36
68
118
3
4
20
22
42
48
79
90
136
155
Q(IAi)
Two pip Kft system
150
""'"^---^.^^d ( m m )
r^^^
H(m)^^<~^
10
12
14
16
11
24
46
80
0.5
21
41
71
18
12
35
24
61
8
5
3
4
2
0
6
0
13
2
24
5
42
* Q : Pump (low at 0 bar
Figure 30
SUNTEC OIL
PUMP
105
APPENDIX D
Installation
The pump is ready for use with 2 pipe systems (i.e. with by-pass plug fitted, in the return port.
The inlet and return pressiures must not exceed 1.5 bar.
The vacuum must not be more than 0.45 bar to prevent air sq>araticm from oil.
It is recommended to use a sq)arate filter iq>stream of the punq).
The pump is to be used with cylindrical fitting or conicalfittingsas apprq)riate and sealbig
washers. Other sealants are not recommetfded.
Startup
Check that the sense of rotation for pump and motor are the same (an arrow is stamped on the
pump body).
In order to purge pumps used on 1 pipe systems, loosen one of the high pressure connections.
On 2 pipe systems, purging is automatic.
Pressure regulation
Remove end cap nxit from pimip for access to pressure stetting screw. Turning the regulator
screw clockwise increases the pressure.
Systematic maintenance
1. Check stop valve and in line filters.
2. Check pump filter.
This filter should be cleaned with a soft brush andfixeloil.
Each time, the cover gasket should be changed.
3. Check tightness of all couplings and unused plugs.
4. Check shaft coupling.
5. Check pump pressure.
Fit a pressure gauge in the fitting provided and run the pump in normal manner.
If the pressure required cannot be obtained, check that the pump is completely purged.
If air bubbles are found in the fuel, check all connections for tightness.
6. Check pump vacuum.
Fit a vacuxun gauge infittingprovided and run the pump in the normal manner, making
sure to fiiUy purge the pump.
The vacuum should not exceed 0.45 bar. If this is the case, check condition of all
components (non return valve, stop valves, filters....).
If the pump does not suck correctly, check for any leaks in the line by retightening all
fittings.
SUNTEC OIL PUMP
106
APPENNDIXD
Figure 31
Parts list
Pos. no.
Ref.
993002
Pressure adjusting plug assy "C" 10-21 bars
6985
1.1
993000
991411
Protecting nut + washer

Pressure regulator kit, 10-21 bars
6986
2
3
993008
6988
993473
Drilled nozzle plug and washer (J 1002)

Shaft seal kit
4.1
5
993007
Seal face kit
6439
109757
J 3 shaft
6999
5
6
131767
100031
J 4 shaft
Seal cap
6989
6990
7
8
24800
3729241
By-pass plug
1/4 NPTF plug (J 1000)
9
10
3759251
1/8 NPTF steel plug (J 1000)
6991
6992
6993
GKJ3A
J 3 rot. A gear kit
7000
10
11
GKJ4C
134423
6994
6995
12
13
*
110441
991469
J 4 rot. C gear kit

Filter
Cover gasket
Cover + filter kit
27005
Spanner wrench for shaft seal
6998
S U N T E C OIL PUMP
Description
Article no.
6987
9272
6996
6997
107
APPENNDIX D
SUNTEC OIL PUMP
108
PPENNDIX
Appendix E: Frequency inverter ALTIVAR 08

Specification
ATV-08 HU09M2
Power supply
2 0 0 / 2 4 0 V-10%+10%
50/60HZ 5H2
Motor power rating
0.37kW
Line current
4.5 A
Permanent output
current
2.1 A
Maximum transient
current
2.52 A (20s)
Power dissipated at
normal load
27 W
Dimension (WxHxD)
112x182x121 mm
Weight
1.0 kg
Tectinical cfiaracteristics
Figure 32
Environment
Conformity to
standards
Altivar 08 speed controller have been developed to confimn to the

strictest international standards and the recommendations for
electrical industrial control devices (IEC, EN), notably:
EN 50178
EMC immunity:
IEC 61000-4-2/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
lEC 61000-4-3/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
1EC61000-4-4/EN 61000-4-4 level 4
IEC 61000-4-5/EN 61000-4-5 level 3 (access to power)
lEC 61800-3/EN 61800-3, environments 1 and 2
EMC conducted and radiated emissions:

lEC 1800-3/EN 61800-3, environments: 2 (Industrial
supply) and 1 (Public supply) with restricted distribution
EN 55011, EN 55022 class B (radio interference
suppression filter included)
CE marking
The speed controller has CE marking in respect of the European low

voltage (72/73/CEE and 93/68/CE) and EMC (89/336/CEE)
directives.
Product certification
UL and CSA
Degree of protection
IP 20
Vibration resistance
Confirming to lEC 68-2-6:

- 1 . 5 mm peek from 3 to 13 Hz
- 1 gnfrom 13to200Hz
Shook resistance
15 gn for 11 ms confimning to lEC 68-2-27
FREQUENCY INVERTER
109
APPENNDIX
Maximum relativej; j
humidity
93% without condensation or dripping water, confimiing to

IEC 68-2-3
-25C to + eS'C
Ambient air temp, in the Storage:
Operating:
vicinity of the device
0C to 40'C without derating
Up to eo'C with current derating of 2.2% per "C above 40C.

Maximum operating
attitude
1000 m. withouti'derating. Above this, derate the current by 1% for'

each additional 100 m.
Operating position
Vertical
Drive characteristics
Output frequency range 0.5Hzto120Hz.
Switching frequency
4 kHz
Speed range
ItolO
Transient overtorque
150% of nominal motor torque
Breaking torque
50% of nominal motor torque
Maximum transient
current
120% of speed controller nominal current for 20 seconds

150% of speed controller nominal current for 1 seconds
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
yoltaae:
200V -10% to 240V +10% single phase
Frequency: 50Hz 5% or 60
Ice:
< 1000 (presumed short-circuit current at point
connection)
Output voltage
Maximum 3-phase voltage. Equal to mains supply voltage.
Electrical isolation
Electrical isolation between power and control (inputs, outputs,

supplies)
Available internal
supplies
Protected against short-circuits and overioads:
Analogue input Al
Logic inputs LI
Analogue outputs AO
FREQUENCY INVERTER
fi)5Vhaiijpijnfor the set point potentiometer (2.2 k

current 10 mA
+ 15V supply for control inputs, maximum current 100mA

1 configurable analog input:
SJoltage 0-5 V, impedance 50 k
Qoltage 0-10 V, impedance 50 k
Durrent 0-20 mA or 4 - 20 mA with the addition of a 500
external resistor
âssignable logic inputs with an impedance of 5 k
+ 15V internal or 24 V external power supply (11V min., 30 V max.)
Sampling time: 30 ms max.
Open collector PWM type output at 1.2 kHz. Usable on magnetoelectric galvanometer.
Max. current 10 mA
Output impedance 1 k
Linearity 1 %
110
APPENNDIX
Logic outputs
1 relay logic output R1 (open contact when fault present and

protected against overvoltages)
1 N/O contact
Minimum switching capacity:
10 mA for =24V
Maximum switching capacity:
on resistive load (cos ip = 1): 5 A for ~ 250V or =30V

on inductive load (cos 9 = 0.3 and L/R = 10 ms):
2 A for ~ 250V or =30V
Acceleration and
deceleration ramps
Ramp shape: linear

Automatic adaptation of the deceleration ramp time if the braking
capacity is exceeded.
Braking to a standstill
DC. injection: automatically on stopping if the frequency falls below

0.5Hz, duration adjustable from 0 to 20 s or continuous, current
adjustable from 0.25 In to In
Thenmal protection from excessive overheating
Protection against short-circuits between output phases
Protection against short-circuits between output phases and

ground on power up
Mains undervoltage and overvoltage protection.

Thenmal protection integrated in the speed controller by continuous
calculation of ft
Thermal memory cleared when switched off
^BftArical isolation)
Protective and safety

devices on the speed
controller
Motor protection
Insulation resistance to
earth
Accessing terminal blocks
in
Connection diagram
^.&3-0 V - 50.'6i H i
41
^^'3-,
6b
oj
0 6
m
*T
Si
F^Sf&TAOCA
E-.:!t'r5tiarrK-tef
Display troGUr>cy reterrce, if usea
',:'.|^
Figure 21
'm
FREQUEjyCY INVERTER
111
APPENNDIX E
Power terminaisTerminal
label
Function
terminal X
size mm*
L1
L2
Power supply
2.5
U
V
W
Output to the motor
2.6
Controi terminais
Terminal
label
R1A
RI C
Function
Characteristics
Safety relay contacts.
Switching power:
min:
1GmAfor24VDC
max: on inductive load
2Afor250VACor
30V DC
Terminal
size mm*
1.5
Power supply for 2.2 kn set point 10 mA maximum

potmeter
Qi+ 5V impedance 50 k
Analogue input
(reconfigurable to 0 +10V or, with
SD&sistor in parallel 0/20 mA
or 4/20 mA) .
1.5
10mA max.,
ajtput impedance 1 k
OV
1.5
LH
LI2
U3
LI4
Open collector PWM type

analogue output at 1.2 kHz
Common for logic and analog
inputs and logic output
Run forward command
Run reverse command
Preset steps
Preset steps
+15
Supply for logic inputs
+15 V, 100 mA max.
+5
AH
AO
COM
Qjgic inputs impedance 5 k

15 V internal supply (11 V to 15
V) or 24 V external supply (11V
to 30 V)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
Operating speed range

Function: determines the 2frequencylimits which define the speed range permitted by the
machine in real operating conditions.
1 SP
r"?-e''enr;e
Adjustments:
LSP:
low speed, 0 to HSP, factory preset 0
HSP:
h\^ :speed,fromLSP to 120 Hz,fectorypreset 50 Hz
FREQUENCY INVERTER
112
APPENNDIX
A cceleration and deceleration ramp times

Function: determines the acceleration and deceleration times as a function of the application
and the machine dynamics.
Adjustments: acceleration (ACC) and deceleration (DEC). Adjustment 0.1 to 100 s, factory
preset 0.1 s.
I(HJ)
50.-60 j " -
\
0
t)
t1 : ACC
\2 : DEC
FREQUENCY INVERTER
113
APJÊNNDIX E
2-wire control
Function: controls the operating direction with a stay-put contact. Forward direction has
priority over reverse direction.
Wiring exanq)le
LI1: Forward
LI2: Reverse
3-wire control
Function: controls the operating direction and stopping with pulsed contacts.
Enable: 2 or 3 logic inputs (1 or 2 operating directions).
Motor trequency
\
\
"r
L
Stop
!
1'
"
ATVOScdhtfoltBfTnâl*!-'
i5V":'_/T'"^:'
Reverse )
0
'? \
U1:Stop
LI2: Forward
LI3: Reverse
Configuration of analog input

Function: used to modify the characteristics of the analogue input.
Factory preset: 0-5 V.
Other values: 0-10 V or, with a 500 n external resistor: 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA.
FREQUENCY INVERTER
114
APPENNDIX
Preset speeds
Function: switching of preset speed references. Choice of either 2 or 4 preset speeds.
Enable: 1 or 2 logic inputs
Example with 4 speeds
/
LS^"
Forward
M
LI3 0 'I I
L1-1 C
Speed achieved with inputs LI3 and LI4 at state 0: LSP or speed reference depending on the
level of analogue input AI. Adjustment of preset speed, from 0.5 Hz to maximum frequency.
DC. injection braldng

Functions:
Braking to a standstill by dc. injection (0.5 to 0 Hz)

The injection current is adjustable from 0.25 In to In
The injection time is adjustable from 0 (function disabled) to 20 s or continuous. If the
injection time is continuous the adjusted current is divided by 2 after 30 s.
Automatic restart
Function: providing the operating conditions permit, automatic restart of the speed controller
on the disappearance at certain types of faults hsted below.
Faults which show automatic restart:
Motor thermal overload
Speed controller thermal overload
Supply undervoltage
Overvoltage due to excessive deceleration, supply overvohage (in these two cases, the
speed controller restarts if the fault has disappeared at least one minute after it appeared)
If six feults, which can be reset, occur within a six minute period, the speed controller remains
locked.
There are three possible configurations:
FREQUENCY INVERTER
115
APPENNDIX
-
Automatic restart inactive

Automatic restart active for supply undervoltage only
Automatic restart active for allfuhslisted above
This function requires the speed reverence and operating direction to be maintained.
It is reserved for fans, punqjs and conveyor systems.
Fault relay, unlocking

The fault relay energises when the speed controller is powered up and there are no faults present.
The speed controller is unlocked after afeultby:
-
Switching speed controller off for at least 1 minute and then switching it on again
Using the "automatic restart"fimctionif it has been configured
Thermal protection of the motor

Function: indirect thermal protection at the motor by continuous calculation at its theoretical
overheating. The controller locks on a fault if overheating exceeds 118 % of nominal heating.
The microprocessor calculates theoretical overheating using two different elements:
Current absorbed by the motor
Operating time
The thermal memory is reset to zero by the microprocessor if the supply to the speed controller
is interrupted.
40 C is considered to be the maximum ambient temperature around the motor.
Adjustment:
0.45 to 1.2 times the nominal speed controller current
Set to the nominal current shown on the motor rating plate
Thermal protection of the speed controller

Function: direct protection via a thermistor attached to the heatsink, providing protection for
components even in the event at poor ventilation or excessive ambient temperature.
The speed controller lacks it there is a feult.
Setup
Uao l i * ( v ) .
{A.)
.". IWJC^
key-
Example :
[IIKA)"[IIH^-
Display
FREQUENCY INVERTER
116
APPENNDIX
Configuration can only be modified with controller stopped

Adjustment can be modified with controller stopped or operating
Adjustment of speed controller

Level 1 parameters
Code
Function
r dy
Unit
Factory setting
= Stopped: speed controller ready
4 5.5
= Operating: estimated rotational frequency
d Cb
= DC injection braking
Hz
Hz
50
0.1
,1 EC
Motor frequency: 50 Hz/60 Hz

{orS P E by modifying F r S)
Acceleration ramp time
Deceleration ramp time
0.1
LSF
Low speed
n S p
SP2
S P3
High speed
Hz
Hz
0
50
Hz
Hz
A
5
25
h Fr
A CC
2 nd preset speed
2 nd preset speed
Thermal protection current (motor rating plate)
ItH
^^
if / / / / is at max.: n t H (protection disabled is displayed)
L 2A
Access to level 2 parameter (no 1
YES)
0.9
n 0
Level 2 parameters
Code
UnS
FrS
U Fr
Cr I
FL G
S LP
LI
Alt
A tr
Unit
Factory setting
I Display frequency setpoint

I Display motor current
I Display supply voltage
I Display motor thermal state (nominal = 100 %, tripping at 118%)
Hz
F R H
I Display speed controller thermal state (nominal = 100%, tripping at 118%)

Nominal motor voltage (rating plate)
Motor frequency (to be modified if other than 50 or 60 Hz;
120 Hz max.)
Function
Minimum motor voltage at low frequency

IR compensation
Frequency loop gain. If FLG : 99, nFL (frequency loop deleted) is
displayed
Slip compensation
Configuration of logic imputs:
LI = 2 C 4 (2-wire control, 2 operating directions, 4 speeds):
LI1 = forward
LI2 = reverse
LI3/LI4 = 4 speeds <^>
LI1 = stop
LI2 = RUN forward
LI3/LI4 = 4 speeds'''
LI1 = stop
LI2 = RUN forward - LI3 = RUN reverse
LI4 = 2 speeds (LI4 XQQ: L S P + setpoint A l l ,
LI4to1 -.HSP)
LI = I C 4 (2-wire control, 1 operating directions, 4 speeds):
LI1 = forward - LI2 = not assigned
LI3/LI4 = 4 speeds " '
Configuration of inputAII:
^ / / = 5 C A : 0 - 5 V (internal supply)
A 11 = 1 0 Cr -.O-ÔM (external supply)
A 11 = OA : 0-20 mA "
.
AIt=4A:
4-20 mA ^>
'' connect a resistor (500 O - 0.25 W)
between terminals AH and COM
Hz
%
%
%
Hz
230
50
20
20
33
5.0
2 C4
1 0 U
Automatic restart atter fault (no I Y E S I U S F). Function reserved for
FREQUENCY INVERTER
117
APPENNDIX E
Function
Code '
^^^^^
Unit
Factory setting
1.4
controller In
0.5
fans, pumps and conveyors.

\fAtr
= USF automatte restart is only available for UF S fault
Return to factory settings {no 1 YES)
n 0
IdC
Automatte injection braking current on stop
tdC
Automatic injection braking time on stop

if f rf C = 0 : no braking
if ^rfC = 21 : Cnt (continues braking oh stop) is displayed
YES
Locking of parameters {a o 1 YES)

if YE S : the parameters are visible but cannot be modified except for
L2A and LOC
L S P * reference AH if L13 = 0 and L14 =
(1) 4 speeds via LI3/L14:
SP3 ifLI3 = 0andLI4=1
SP2 ifLl3 = 1 andL14 = 0
HSP ifLI3=1 andL14=1
Diagnostic
Code
OSF
Fault
Overvoltage
Remedy
Change the supply voltage and ensure it is stable
Undervoltage
, v-mM
Change the supply voltage and ensure it is stable
Overcurrent
Increase Xhe A CC or dE C ramp time.

Check the sizing of the motor and of the speed controller
:'-''S C'-J^ZipMotor short-circuit

InF
internal fault
Check the controller output circuit (isolation or short<ircuit fault)

Switch off
Try to return to the factory setting
If it is unsuccessful, replace the speed controller
ObF
OH F
Overvoltage on breaking
OLF
Motor overload
Speed controller overheating
Increase the deceleration ramp time

Check the motor load, the ventilation of the speed controller and ambient
temperature. Allow to cool before restarting
Check the motor load and the adjustment of parameter 11H. Allow to
cool before restarting
Automatic restart when a fault disappears ifAtr
- YES (and Atr-USF,\ix
1/ 5 F fault only)
Switch the speed controller off before restarting
Appendix F: Sludge burner
FREQUENCY INVERTER
118
APPEND
IXF
Cleaning of sludge burner

Check the sludge burner frequently, minimum every month, and if necessary clean it.
Loosen setscrews (A), and nut (B) and pull out the external pipe (C).
Clean the external (C) and internal (D) pipes.
After cleaning re-assemble the sludge burner in reverse order.
Check that internal pipe (D) becomes in centre of the external pipe (C), adjust with setscrew (A) if necessary.
FREQUENCY INVERTER
119
APPENDIX F
FREQUENCY INVERTER
120
APPENDIX
Appendix G: Sludge valve.

A 6324/U01/7003. 0-1 bar. G 3/4"
307
^ ^ ^ \ 3 0 5
71.5
309
SLUDGE VALVE
121
APPENDIX G
SLUDGE VALVE
122
APPENDIX
Valve
Valve housing
Cove
Inner parts
Sealing device
Control medium
Medium
Brass
Red brass
AISI 430F
Teflon, Viton and Silicone
Steam 180C, max 7 bar. Inlet 1/8 BSP
Oil 90C, max 1 bar. Inlet/Discharge 3/4 BSP
Repair kit for sludge valve article no. 12806 consist of:
Pos. no.
Nos.
Description
(101)
Arm-2.1096 G3/4-GS
(301)
Base plate -2.0401 AG3/4 $32/36
(302
Spindle, 1.4301 D8/71 AM5
(303)
Piston-1.4301 D8x71 AM5
(304)
Disc washer 2.0401 D27B5 H7
(305)
Washer 2.0401 D13 H2,5
(306)
Seal FKM D21/5,5 H5
(307)
Cylinder-2.0401 ACyl. 30
(308)
Tube bearing 0.8x10x0.8mm
10
(309)
Bolt M5x 16 DIN 7991 V2A
11
(311)
Ring FKM 8 x 1 4 x 4
12
(312)
0-ring, 025-2,5 Silicon S
13
(313)
O-ring, 032-2 FKM
14
(314)
Safety ring 32x1.2 DIN 47
15
(315)
Nut M5 DIN 934
16
(316)
Deflector FKM 8 x 1 6 x 7
17
(317)
Face plate G3/4 27 Ox
18
(318)
Spring, VD-263J 1.4310
19
(319)
Compression ring-2.0401 D20/16
Figure 35
SLUDGE VALVE
123
APPENDIX H
SLUDGE DOS. PUMP
124
APPENDIX H
Appendix H: Sludge Dosage Pump type Mono CB 14

R5/X
Dimension
PLUOOEO, 1/2-BSP
A-A
Weight: 12 Kg,
SLUDGE DOS. PUMP
125
APPENDIXE
S L U D G E D O S . PUMP
126
APPENDIXH
Dismantling and assembly diagram.

Exploded views pump
21
Figure 36
WEG Motor type 4AP71-4 B14A for pump.
0.36KW-220V-1370 Rpm.
ca
C3
W) O,
23
22
\
3o
Figure 37
S L U D G E DOS. PUMP
127
APPENDIXE
SLUDGE DOS. PUMP
128
APPENDIX H
Parts list
Pos. no.
Nos.
Description
Article no.
End cover
12774
Stator, R
2718
Barrel
12775
2598
Nut, hex., M8
Washer, lock teeth, 8.4 ELZn
6413
Washer, M8, ElZn
5641
Tie rod
12776
12777
2720
Rotor
Washer for coupling
10
Universal coupling w/screwed pin
11
Mechanical seal forSB14 Pump
2721
9233
12
O-ring/seal.
12780
13
1
4
Bolt, hex Cap Screws. M6x25 ELZn
12784
14
15
Name plate
4483
12781
16
Screw, self tapping, 2.9(4)x6.5
4931
17
Screw, cyl. head, M4x16 ELZn
4559
18
4276
19
20
Gland section
12782
21
2
1
Bolt, hex Cap Screws. M4x10 ELZn

Motor, WEG, 4 AP71-4 B14A
12785
12783
22
23
1
1
Motor, WEG. Bearing D-end 6203-2Z/C3

Motor, WEG. Bearing N-end 6202-2Z/C3
6578
6576
24
25
26
Figure 38
S L U D G E DOS. PUMP
129
APPENDIX
Installation
Installation and Safety Recommendations
In common with other items of process plant a pump must be installed correctly to ensure
satisfectory and safe operation. The pump must also be maintained to a suitable standard.
Following these recommendations will ensure that the safety of personnel and satisfactory ,
operation of the pump is achieved.
"'
General
When handling harmful or objectionable materials, adequate ventilation must be provided in
order to disperse dangerous concentrations of vapours. It is recommended that wherever
possible Mono pumps should be installed with provision for adequate lighting, thus ensuring
that effective maintenance can be carried out in satisfactory conditions. With certain product
materials, a hosing down fecility with adequate draining will sinqjlify maintenance and prolong
the life of pump components.
Storage
Short-term storage
Where a pump has to be stored for 6 months or less then the following steps are advised:
1. Store pump inside wherever possible or if this is not feasible then provide protective
covering. Do not allow moisture to collect around the pump.
2. Remove the drain plug, iffitted.Any inspection plates fitted should also be removed to
ensure that the suction housing can drain and dry completely.
3. Loosen the packing gland and inject sufficient grease into the stuffing box. Tighten the
gland nut hand tight. If a water flush system is to be used do not grease, a small amount
of light oil is recommended for these.
4. See Manufecturers instructions for motor/gearbox/drive instructions for storage
procedures.
Long-term storage
If the pump is to be kept in storage for more than six months then in addition to the above the
following procedures should be carried out regularly (every 2 - 3 weeks if possible):
1. If practicable rotate the pump at least three quarters of one revolution to avoid the rotor
setting in the stator.
2. Note, however, that the pump is not to be rotated for more than two revolutions each
time because damage could be caused to the rotor/stator elements.
IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND STARTING

Before installing the pump please ensure that all plugs and inspection plates are replaced
and that excess grease/oil is removed from the stuffing box.
SLUDGE DOS. PUMP
130
APPENDIX
ELECTRICAL
Electrical connection should only be made using equipment suitable for both rating and environment.
Where any doubts exist regarding the suitability of equipment, suppUer should be consulted before
proceeding. Normally the Mono pump should be installed with starting equipment arranged to give
direct on line starting.
Earthing points will be provided on electric drives (if supplied) and it is essential that these are
correctly connected. When the motor is being wired and checked for rotation, the start/stop sequence
must be instantaneous to prevent dry running or pressurising upstream equipment. (Check direction
arrow on pump nameplate). The electrical installation should include appropriate isolating equipment
to ensure that the pump imit is safe to work on.
IMPORTANT
The pump must never run against a closed inlet or outlet valve^ as this could result in
mechanical failure.
G E N E R A L SAFETY
Great care must be taken to protect all electrical equipment from splashing when hosing down.
All nuts and bolts, securing flanges and base mounting fixtures must be checked for tightness before
operation. To eliminate vibration, the pump must be correctly aligned with the drive unit, and all
guards must be securely flexed in position. When commissioning the plant, all joints in the system
must be checked thoroughly for leakage.
If, when starting, the pump does not appear to operate correctly, the plant must be shut down
immediately and the cause of the malfunction established before operations are recommenced. It is
recommended that depending upon plant system operation, either a combined vacuum and pressure
gauge, or a vacuum gauge only be fitted to the pump inlet port, and a pressure gauge fitted to the outlet
port, these will then continuously monitor the pump operating conditions.
START-UP PROCEDURE
Pumps must be filled with liquid before starting. The initial filling is not for priming purposes, but to
provide the necessary lubrication of the stator until the pump primes itself When the pump is stopped,
sufficient liquid will normally be trapped in the rotor/stator assembly to provide lubrication upon restarting.
If, however, the pump has been left standing for an appreciable time, moved to a new location, or has
been dismantled and re-assembled, it must be refilled with liquid and given a few tums before starting.
The pump is normally somewhat stiff to tum by hand owing to the dose rotor/stator fit. However, this
stiffiiess disappears when the pump is ruiming normally against pressure.
DRY-RUNNING
Never run the pump in a dry condition even for a few revolutions, the stator will be damaged
immediately. Continual dry running could produce some harmful or damaging effects.
MECHANICAL SEALS
ALL PUMPS
When a mechanical seal is fitted to the pump it may be necessary to provide a barrier fluid to some
part of the seal. This should be provided in line whh the seal manufacturers instructions.
131
APPENDIXE
GUARDS
In the interests of safety, all guards must be rq)laced after necessary adjustments have been made to
the pump.
WARNING/CONTROL DEVICE
Prior to operating the pump, if any warning or control devices arefittedthese must be set in
accordance with their specific instructions.- /
PUMP OPERATING TEMPERATURE
The range of tenq)eratures the pump surfeces will develop is dq)endent upon factors such as product
temperature and ambient temperature of the installation. There may be instances where the external
pump surface can exceed 50C.
MAINTENANCE OF WEARING COMPONENTS
ROTOR AND STATOR
The wear rate on these components is dependent on many factors, such as product abrasivity, speed,
pressure etc.
When pump performance has reduced to an imacceptable level one or possibly both items will need
replacing.
SLUDGE D O S . P U M P
132
APPENDIX
Diagnostic chart
SYMPTOMS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO DISCHARGE
LOSS OF CAPACTY
1.2.3.7.26.28.29.
3.4.5.6.7. 4: 9.10. 11.13. 16.17.21.22.23.29.
IRREGULAR DISCHARGE
PRIMING LOST AFTER START
PUMP STALLS AT START UP
3.4.5.6,7.8.13.15.29.
4
5
6
PUMP OVERHEATS
7
8
MOTOR OVERHEATS
EXCESSIVE POWER ABSORBED BY PUMP
8.11.12.15.18.20.
8,11.12.15.18.20.
3.4,5.6.7,8,9,11.13.15. IS.s-l9. 20.22.23.27.31.
9.11..
1
2
3
3.4.5.5.7.8.13.15.
8.11.24.
^.9.11.12.18.20.
NOISE AND VIBRATION
10
PUMP ELEME^^ WEAR
11
EXCESSIVE GLAND OR SEAL WEAR

GLAND LEAKAGE
SEIZURE
9.11.12.20.
LIST OF CAUSES
REMEDIAL ACTIONS
12
13
12.14.25.30.
13.14.
1.
INCORRECT DIRECTION OF ROTATION
REVERSE MOTOR
2.
PUMP UNPRIMED
BLEED SYSTEM OF AIR / GAS
3.
4.
INSUFFICENT N.P.S.H. AVAILABLE
INCREASE SUCTION HEAD OR REDUCE SPEED / TEMP
PRODUCT VAPOURISING IN SUPPLY LINE
INCREASE N.P.S.H. AVAILABLE (SEE 3 ABOVE)
5.
AIR ENTERING SUPPLY LINE
CHECK PIPE JOINTS / GLAND ADJUSTMENT
5.
INSUFFICIENT HEAD ABOVE SUPPLY VESSEL OUTLET
RAISE VESSEL / INCREASE PIPE SIZE
7.
8.
FOOTVALVE / STRAINER OBSTRUCTED OR BLOCKED
CLEAN OUT SUCTION LINE / VALVES
PROOUCT VISCOSITY ABOVE RATED FIGURE
DECREASE PUMP SPEED / INCREASE TEMP
9.
PRODUCT TEMP ABOVE RATED FIGURE
COOL THE PRODUCT
10.
PRODUCT VSCOSITY BELOW RATED FIGURE
INCREASE PUMP SPEED / REDUCE TEMP
11.
12.
DELIVERY PRESSURE ABOVE RATED FIGURE

GLAND OVERTIGHT
ADJUST G U N D SEE O i M INSTRUCTIONS
13.
GLAND UNDERTIGHT
ADJUST GLAND SEE O i M INSTRUCTIONS
14.
GLAND FLUSHING INADEQUATE
CHECK FLUID FLOWS FREELY INTO GLAND
15.
16.
PUMP SPEED ABOVE RATED FIGURE

PUMP SPEED BELOW RATED FIGURE
DECREASE PUMP SPEED
17.
BELT DRIVE SLIPPING
RE -TENSION BELTS
18.
COUPLING MISALIGNED
CHEOK AND ADJUST ALIGNMENT
19.
20.
INSECURE PUMP 1 DRIVE MOUNTING

SHAFT BEARING WEAR 1 FAILURE
CHECK AND TIGHTEN ALL PUMP MOUNTINGS

REPLACE BEARINGS
21.
WORN PUMP ELEMENT
Frr NEW PARTS
22.
23.
24.
RELIEF VALVE CHATTER

R.V. INCORRECTLY SET
CHECK CONDITION OF VALVE / RENEW
LOW VOLTAGE
CHECK VOLTAGE 1 /WIRING SIZES
25.
PRODUCT ENTERING PACKING AREA
26.
DRIVE TRAIN BREAKAGE
CHECK PACKING CONDITION AND TYPE

CHECK AND REPLACE BROKEN COMPONENTS
27.
28.
NEGATIVE OR VERY LOII DELIVERY HEAD

DISCHARGE BLOCKED / VALVE CLOSED
29.
STATOR TURNING
30.
31.
STUFFING BOX EATS - PACKING

VEE-BELTS
CHEC FOR BLOCKAGES IN DELIVERY LINE
INCREASE PUMP SPEED
RE -ADJUST SPRING COMPRESSION
CLOSE DELIVERY VALVE SLIGHTLY

REVERSE PUMP/RELIEVE PRESSURE / CLEAR
BLOCKAGES
REPLACE WORN PARTS / TIGHTEN UP STATOR BOLTS
CHECK FOR WORN SHAFT AND REPLACE
CHECK AND ADJUST TENSION OR REPLACE
Figure 39
133
APPENDIX I
SLUDGE C I R C . PUMP
134
Operating manua
for
CWF Series Manne Crushing Pump
Patented product, imitation will be prosecuted.
Patent No. ;ZL98229165
Tiantaishan Water Pump Factory

Taizhou City,Zhejiang Province,China
Add; 77 Jiatu Street, Jietou Town,Tiantai County,
Zhejiang Province, China
P.C.:317205
Tel.:(0576)3030350 3 0 3 0 2 5 8
Cable:(Tiantai)5088
I.General
CWF series marine pulverizing pump is the open impeller cenfrifligal dischaige pump,which
is used to pulverize and transfer'^tAe soft foul in the anitary sewage under 85'C . Tb.e
maximum diameter of solid particle after circular pulverizing is within 5mm. It is also
applicable to pulverize the coagulate of hea-'.y oil under low temperature.in order to facilitate
injection.
Meaning of symbols:
Example:
3 C W
10
Lthe second generation advanced type

pressure head 0.1 ]VfPa(10]Vl)at rated displacement
crushing
domestic sewage
marine
rated delivery 30 w?/'h
2.Structure
2.1 Structure Drawing
12
9 10 II 1
19 17\ 1_6J|\ 140
1. Stud 2 . Hex nut 3 . Flat washer 4 . Pump body 5 . Fores-feeding oil cup
6 . Flex bolt 7 . Spring shim 8. Back body of the pump 9 . Drip pan 10. O-ring
11 Connecting plate 12. Motor 13. Flat key 14. Retainer 1 5 . Carriage oil
seal(B type use mechanical seal nng) 16. Spacer ring 17. O-ring 18. Sleeve
19. Impeller Avith knife-edge 20. O-ring 2 1 . Lock cutter 2 2 . Front cutter
2 3 . Taper pin 2 4 . O-ring
I
CWF series marine pulverizing pump is the open impeller centrifugal pump, which adopted
the new patent technology. There are knife-edges on the impeller and at the iniet of the pump,
to pulverize the fouls in the sewage*, nd at the back of the impeller, there are short vanes to
balance the axial force generated by the pump.
The shaft seal of the pump is using the double carriage oil seal, with the force-feeding oil cup
on the pump body, lubricating oil can be added periodically to lubricate the oil seal. B t\pe
pump is sealed with mechanical seal ring.
Pump body is joir^ted by 1:5 coning and tightened by 4 pieces of studs so that the pump can
be easily removed for inspection with no risk of maintenance personnel touching
contaminant.Orings are used at joint for seal.
CWF series marine pump is provided with marine motor which is connected to the back of
the pump. Rotating direction of the pump is counterclockwise v/hen viewmg from suction of
the pump.
3. Main Technical Performance Index
3.1 Main Performance (See Table I)
3.2 Characteristic c u n ' e (See Fig. 1)
4. Selection of Materials
Case and body of punp is made of cast iron and its inside is painted with corrosionresistant coating.
Impeller and front blades are made of corrosion-resistant stainless steel and shaft bushing
is made of aluminium brass.
5. Installation (For installation dimension see attached drawing).
The pump is non-self-priraing pump and medium is sewage with solid waste. Therefore
the pump must be installed with its suction inlet below surface of pumped fluid and suction
pipe as short as possible and with minimum bends. Careftil adjustment of position should be
made before the pump is fixed.
As lift of the pump is relatively low diarneter of discharge pipe must not be smaller than
that of pump outlet. The discharge pipe should also be as short as possible and with
minimum bends.
6. Operation and Mainter.aace
Before initial start-up, check the power source to be connected complies with the power
requirements of the pump motor.
Open the inlet and outlet valves. Switch on and start the unit and check the pump rotates in
tiie direction pointed by the arrow mark on the casing. Otherv>'ise adjustment should be mode.
In case of pump leakage, the unit should be stopped and valves closed immediately for
2
Normal running, tsakeage of mechanical seal < lOml/h.

The pump shall not run idle in order to damage the seal rings.
Shaft seals should be regularly fril^ with calcium-sodium-soap grease through oil cup on
the body for lubrication of seal and shaft bushing.
The pump should be dismantled and cleaned if it is to kept on the shelf for a long period of
time. Enuring disassembly and assembly.care should be used so diat the seating surfaces of
the mechanical seals will be kept intact.The mechanical seals should be coated with adequate
lubricant and preserved properly before being replaced.
7.Spare parts Supplied with the Unit
\.
Name
T>'pe
\ ^
0 ring
GB3452-82
0 ring
GB3452-5 2
Frame seal ring

GB9S77-88
Mechanical seal
GB6556-86
Model
Qty
Model
Qty
Model
Qty
Model
Qty
.3CWF-10
32X.3. 5
155X3. 1
65X45X12
3CWF-10B
32X3. 5
155X3. 1
BIA 45
2CWF-11
26X3. 5
120X3. 1
62X40X12
2CWF-11B
26X3. 5
120X3. 1
BIA 40
lCWF-11
26X3. 5
110X3. 1
58X38X12
iCWF-llB
26X3. 5
110X3. 1
BIA 40
0.5CWF-10
20X3. 5
100X3. 1
58X35X12
0.5CWF-10B
20X3. 5
100X3. 1
BIA 35
8.Documents Provided with the Unit

a.One copy of Inspection Certificate of Pump
b.One copy of Inspection Manual of Pump
cOne copy of Inspection Manual of Motor and one copy of its Ceitificat
d.O.ne copy of Packing List
1
/
1
/
1
/
1
TabJe J
Pcrfonnancc^
3CVIF10 (B)
---_
Power siipp]y( V/l fz)
380/50
2CWI'1 1 (15)
440/6 0
Power(KW)
380/50
Speed(rpni)
440/60
3450
0. 5CWP-10 (15)
440/60
380/50
2. 2
2890
Displnce/iient(nrV!i)
IClYFl I (15)
380/50
44 0 / 6 0
i. 5
2840
3 4 70
1. 1
3 470
2840
2840
3 470
30
20
10
0. i
0. 11
0. 11
0. 1
Inict pipe diamcter(nim}
55 (1^80
>: 4>6 5
Si <1) 5
.> <1. 5 0
Outlet pipe dianietcr(mm)
5i <['5
S5 4'40
55 c|) 3 2
5^ 4' '.^
75
42
Hcad{Mpa)
Weiglil{[cg)
32
26
Figure I
P.Mpa
3CWF-10
ii-29T/niiii
0.15
P.Mpa
0.10
'^^
P.Mp
ii-28'IOr/i)i
0.15 T
0.05--
_.
_
-"='"
30
NXW
-r4
3
^
_IZ
'
25
10
15
20
25
+1
"+
30
.35
40
45
Q.Ml'/h
ii-284017iiiiii
^P
0.10
0.05-
0.05 - -
^
J '
ICWF-Ii
0.15
0.10
O --
-IOT
2CWF-11
-^^^
0 --
0.0 -Ifl.%
5f}-
40-
NJCW
30-
::a
20-
v3- " " N.K\V
50 T
f-2
10-
4)--
^"^
^^
30--
20
~* v .
- -r4
_ '"
_^^- +2
10-
-1
: : : : : - : : : : : : : : : : : : : ,
10
20
30
i r Q.nr'/li
10
15
20 Qiii'/li
Iiistallatioii Dimension of CWF Series Marine Cnisiiing Pump
J'i't- Z :
Type ^ - \
li
1<
3CffF 10 (B)
480
140
190
150
41
2CIVF-11(B)
420
125
140
143
IClVl'-ll (li)
390
100
140
0.5CWF-10(li) 3 4 0
100
125
N -
trl
l.)/,'2
li
122
195
112
145
4 ' 1 5 0 4.190 4>110 4-11116 4 - . M 8 4 - ( I ' l l <H 4 0 <!' 5 0 4) 8 0
35
90
175
90
135
<H30
140
32
90
175
90
125
4>130 <1>160
1 16
30
80
156
80
110
I'l 10 44 4 0 4>90 4-M12 4-<|.i,4 4 - 4 1 1 4'120
ct'ieo
1)100 4-M12 4->|)14 4-<J>ll 4'13
4' 4 0 4 ' 6 5
il. 9 0 d-M12 '1-.I.14 4-<l>ll 4>120 4' 3 2 4>65

4' 3 2 4 ' 5 0
L J CO
LU
O
CL
i~^
O
(/)
"^ :
rv
>J1
LJ Z
LU
UO
-T
_ yi
dl
O u
^n
^/)
:T1
!iJ
._J
OJ
z.
D
NOTE 1.
Counter fiange ND 350

according to NS 2525
(DIN 2573A, BS /f504-6)
NOTE 2.
Outlet can be turned
NOTE 3.
iMin. space f o r maintenance

of v - b e l t : 250mm
= CENTER OF GRAVITY
Weight: 326 Kg.

L/l
:/i
C=
CH-
A
CX
MIM
22.03.
Added minimum space for maintenance.
JFS
EPN
24.09.98
Updated inlet-/ outlet flanges
Rev.
Added ttiermocouple w / transmitter
Nos
Changing
Dare
Name
Drawn by
28.06.95
Checked by
Traced by
Scale
Approval
Format'
EPN
SM. checked by
1:20
KK
^
Project
Reference
5D
File name
4006238
Dafe
TeamTec
Replacemenf for
Main Dimension
Flue Gas Fan
DN350H2
GJ
18.07.95
Tvedestrand - Norway
Replaced of
Rev.
4006238
Plofdafe
Article no.
Page
V
Flingu DN 400 and DN 3S0 drOiid cording to NS 252S, DIN 2ST3A. BS iSU-i
0540
Weight! 71 kg
Added spacing bar between stiaft and damper motor.
Rev.
Noi
1517"
23.09.98
Drawn by
Chicked by
Shd chitttcdby
Traced by
JFS
1:5
Approval
A3
T o l e r a n c e s : NS-ISO
2768-1-m
eilf mm
Projttt
SD
3007250
Tvedestr^nd-Norway
RepUccd at
,3007250
This drawing and the design is our property and must not
be disclosed to any third person without permission.
27.11,98
TeaiTflec
Replacement for
Flue Gas Damper

DN 400/350
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
JFS
Changing
fPlot iitt
^FFicle no.
I Page
DRA WINGS
" t
DRAWINGS
OG 400C
143
47 Wastier.SELZn
ISO 7083
Nut.he. M8aZn
ISO 4032
0!N 6798A
Washer lockteetti, 8.4 ELZn
44 Bolt, tiey. M8x25 ELZn
ISO 4017
43 Wire mat f/contr. panel OG 200/400( Aqderprod
Frequency inverter, 0.37 i<W
Telemec.
Washer, lock teeth, 43 ELZn
DIN 6793A
Screw, syl, tiead, M4x!6 ELZn
ISO 1207
PLC,input/output modul
Mitsubishi
PLC, analog output modul
Mitsubishi
PLC, analog input itiodul
Mitsubishi
Shaft for main switch, 1=260
ASa
35 Main switch
A33
Labels, 5x16
Brady
Starter contactor, 9A
Telemec.
Starter contactor, 18A
Telemec.
Circuit tireaker, 4-S,3A
Telemec.
Circuit breaker, 1-1.6A
Telemec.
Circuit breaker, 13-ISA
Telemec.
Contact block auxiliary
Telemec.
Terminal block for supply
Telemec.
Terminal block for 3 x GVZ
Telemec.
PLC, output module
Mitsubishi
PLC,memory cassett
Mitsubishi
PLC. basic unit
Mitsubishi
20 Mounting plate
2006636
Washer, lock teeth, M6 ELZn
DIN 6798A
Nut, hex. M6 ELZn
ISO 4032
Bolt. M6, L=65 ELZn
150 4017
Transforiner, 400VA
Utveco
Marking set
Weidmller
End plate
Weidmller
Terminal clamp
Weidmller
Circuit breaker, 2A double
Merlin Cerin
Circuit breaker, 4A double
Merlin Gerin
Circuit breaker, 6.3A
Telemec.
Over- /under-voltage relay
Electfomatic
Nipple hose, 5
legris
Hose, PVC, 5/8, L=1200
Tess
Flame and press, control
Teamtec
Power source 90-260VAC/24VOC, 1A OEM
Weidmller
End plate
Fuse link. 5x20mni, 1A 250V IF|
Fuse terminal
Weidmller
End bracket
Weidmller
"SiSSi-
Weight; 25 Ka.
0.001
0.005
0014
1.5
33
ATV-08HU09M;
43
FX0N-8ER-ES
FX2N-40A
FX2N-4AD
DX330
aT63E3
0,320
LC1-O09P7
0,330
LC1-0iaP7
GV2-ME10
0.26
QV2-ME06
0.26
0.26
GV2-ME20
GV-ADOI10
0.055
004
GV1-G09
0,060
iV2-G354
FXON-aEYR-ES 0.2
FX-EEPROM-8
0.02
FX2N-16MRES/ IL 0.6
11.5
0.003
0.028
3,4
3.8
N12008
WAP 2.5 - 10
WDU 2.5
DPNN,C2
DPN N, C4
QV2-LE10
EUK C T23
3122 06 05
11507-05
201096
2.423.418.00
A?
ASK1
WEW35/2
NOTE 1;
Labels to be placed on
mounting plate and components
"^
TT
"V
This drawing jnd tlie design is cur procerty and must not
te disclosed to any third person wiftioot permission. TS53~
7\
TracWbi
GTS
1:2
TStSSSW
"*
Mounting Plate with
El. Components 380/440V - 22flV
for OG 200/400C
OJT

Tolerances; NS-ISQ 27S8-1-m
VnnW
JIKSS
\MUt
1006429
0.002
0.007
0.1
0.1
0,330
0.2
0.004
0.047
0.285
0.22
0.014
PW<Hil
LON 13.08.0'
Terminal black was 4 x GV2. Ciruut breaker was 0V2 - MEIO

01.02.2001
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.05
0.24
262!
2593
6413
4404
5707
10783
4276
4559
10282
10284
10283
6412
4611
4838
12364 :
12366
12352
12349 :
12358
12358
6409
12363 10231
5682
10230
10761
4433
2541
4482
8853
5042
5043
5041
11083
11084 I
12531
5679
10781
5678
6407
12347J
6403
5675
5675
5040
rianftc
Ihîrwwrft
sBsnr"
1006429
12346
Section C - C
89
Weight-: 1829 KQ.
Section B - B
NOTE 1.
Sairsef must be used between
every layer of refractory segments.
372
1
t
LTI
"
EB
'
15
%
13
12
Insulation, 50mm, 25pl. (8.3m'

Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
10 Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Cement
Refractory Segment
Refractory Segment
Flue gas restriction ring 022
Refractory Segment
1156
516
1
C
J-
1
1
516
4
Insulation, right side
Insulation, front
Insulation, left side
1
1
Insulation, back side
025
325
im
Insulation, bottom
Insulation. Scale 1:20
Dnwnby
Changed layout of insulation in front.

Dim was 92
Hole 025 added. Grove R15 added.
Insulation, top
100
JFS
MIM
MIM
35.10.S8
29.07.98
11.03.98
U i N L L o j O I n E R W I S E SPECIFIED;
This drawing and the design is our property and must not
T o l e r a n c e s : NS-ISO
2768-1-m
09.06.97
Checl<:d Hy
2006331
2006330
2006329
2006328
2006327
2006326
2006325
2006324
Borgestad
2006323
2006322
4006359
2006321
MIM
Sf. chtthed Uy
1:10
Approvat
A2
Refractory and Insulation

OG 200 / 400C
PrajBct
V-1100
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Borgcast
Sairset
Borgcast
Borgcast
Alsit 60
Borgcast
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
Reference
File nam
| Plot date
125
47.8
53
47.8
49,1
52
6556
52.5
6555
6554
6565
6553
85
4.0
85
Tean^c
aepljcement for
Tvedestranii - Norway
I fleplteii of
26310
Article no.
6526
773
6564
6563
6562
6561
6560
6559
6558
6557
62
62
Weight
Traced by
2006310
2006332
Drawing
DsscripHcn
s-
Skamolex
Pjse
V v ^ (5
1X1A) (itih) (3
Weight; 3210Kq. < ]

Name p l a t e ' N O T E "
4005713
0,06
3354
Combustion chamber
1005992
Instruction p l a t e . "WARNING"
4005943
2665
0,014
4893
24- Sluice
54
Locking bracket
4006197
Corner p l a t e
3007012
Bolt, tie. M8x25 ELZn
ISO 4017
8.3
Gasket, DN 400, t = 2
NS 2525
Novus Supra
0.273
9674
ISO 4017
NS 2525
St. 37.2
Screw, s e l f tapping 4 , 2 l 8 | i l 3 , ElZn
NS U33
St.
Clamp
Nor.Tia
Clamp
Norma
Clamp
Clamp
Cable set
2006315
49
Pop rivet, 4,3x17,5
4a
Cable gland gray, PG 11
9328
0,1
6504
Name plate. "DO NOT OPEN"
4006109
0,06
0.012
4404
Name plate
3006273
0,42
Screw, pan head, MSxIO, ElZn
ISO 1580
20
6914
295
Pop r i v e t , 3,2x10
A2
1430
1427
3567
3503
4857
Screw, countersunk, M5xlO
ISO 2009
3036
Door stopper
Schwepper
507aA
0,177
8123
4821
Poor stopper T u r f e s t s e t l e r
KWS
1010.02
0.52
9062
RSSU 28/10
4820
Nut, hex. MS, ElZn
ISO 4032
0,001
2685
RSeU 17/12
4819
Screw, cheese head M5x16
ISO 1207
Norma
RSQU 13/12
4818
Solenoid Interlock
Scihrnersal
0.4
11290
Norma
RSGU 10/15
4817
P r o t e c t o r , EA 3 / 4
6541
Pipe, comb, chamber p r e s s u r e
3007016
6529
Coupling, s t u d female
OiN 2353
GAI6-LH
10790
Coupling, s t r a i g h t , L 0 1 - 0 5 - 1 / 8 "
Atlas Copco
9090 1581-00
6525
Nut, hex. Ma, ElZn
0,002
A2
J. Schlemmer
5308 11 9
0,008
Brass
46
Screw, countersunk M5x30, ElZn
ISO 2009
45
Name plate. "TKERHOCOUPLE'
4005939
Cable bridge, 1=1030
Zglind
4,8
0,02
SP320/1.0-50
AZM161
7962
Plastic
),04
6520
0,02
4806
ISO 4032
0,005
2593
2521
9771
6527
Washer, M8 ElZn
NS-ISO 7089
0,002
4889
Bolt, hex. H8x20. ElZn
ISO 4017
0,012
3157
Pipe, nylon, 5 L=1250
Atlas Copco
2210
4808
9030 0059-02
43
Piping, fuel, sludge and steam
1005996
42
Cable bridge, 1=435
gglind
SP520/1.0-5
0,39
6513
Control panel, 220 V
1006282
56
10813
Cable bridge. 1=1280
gglind
SP320/1.0-100
1,9
6519
Burner, F - 5 0 - 4 5 - 4 T , 110 V
1006207
34
6549
Instruction plate, OPERATION"
3007017
0.055
6532
Burner. F - 5 0 - 4 5 - 4 T , 220 V
1005937
Cable ' N " compensation, L;2000
Teck instr.
Ttiermocouple. ' N "

Name plate, "FUEL OIL HEATER"
DEIF
4006294
Electrical oil tieater, 1,5 kw
Fremo
FE415
35
Washer, M6, ElZn
NS-ISO 7089
St.
34
Bolt, tiex. MixlO, ElZn
ISO 4017
Cover for inspection hole
4006342
Slag door
2006314
Cable bridge, L=950
Zglaind
6531
N7-02TST " N 1,05
SPB20/1.0-50
Thernocouple pos. 38 was " K ' type
JfS
09.04.01
New door lock/revised pos 29.
JFS
C8.12.00
9859
Pos 2 was lOOSaiT, pos 2A was 1006205. pos 39 was art. 4810 lincorrtct)
JFS
24.11.00
0,002
3306
Changed position of Thermocouple and layout of cable bridge
HIM
29.06.00
6294
Added pos. 61.
JFS
08.02.59
0.5
64U
Weight was 3150 K j .
MIM
29.01.98
6536
Pos 61 added, pos 24 was dwg. no. 1005256. Total weight was 3125 Kg.
MIM
12.1197
6517
Added pos, no. 1A, 2A, IIA, 31A and 32A
QTS
15.05.97
0,85
6551
3006956
6265
Sludge dosage valve assy. 110 V
1006208
6550
Sludge dosage valve assy. 220 V
1005904
Cable bridge, L=15l)
gltnd
0,53
Changini
|5Ut
09.04. 97
wHht
This drJwinj and t l desijn is our pcoptrtj and ujl ntt
Tolerances: NS-ISO
EPN
lilO
1006008
ITbanfte
TtojtM*-ftanfjy
atfiuMtnt ur
ncjuStrs
Combusfion Chamber
Assembly
OGS 200/400 C
1516
U I ^ L E S S O T H E R W I S E SPECIFIED:
6333
OmUaq
6177
3007024
27S8-1-m
11270
1006397
12500
Combustion air damper, 220 V
SP820/1.0-50
2A Control panel, 110 V
10201
30A Combustion air damper, 110 V
OriMiif
1006059
5565
0,147
Bolt.hex. M20x35, ElZn

Flange, DN 400, t=16
47 Reducer, PQ 16/13,5
I I
0.59
6506
1006000
J
15.05.97
6542
LUE GAS Q U r u r , ON 0 NS 2525 IDIN 2S73AI
MIN. SPACE FOR MAINT.760
MIN. SPACE FOR MAINT. : 1700
10Q
2
\
^
r
0 =CQ(TEROFeivmr
Ca
O
C3
Weiohh 3210 Kg.
<]
1000
1232
Oiin was 380. Changed position of Theraotowtile and layout of cable bridge
Weight was 3210 Kg.
Oim was 700
Added dim.
03.0t.97
iwu >,
EPN
1:10
Main Dimensions
OGS 200/400 C
Tolerances: NS-ISO 2768-1-m
I I
This drawing and the design is oy; property andrtnjstnot

be disclosed to an) third person ithouf permission.
1O06001
HIH 29.06.00
HIM 29.01.98
HIM 19.01.98
MIM 06.08.97
lltaiic
IWMMMS \V
ra*9it*i
1006001
A
/.70
^^kWÛÛVWUÛVUkkkkUk^rWVVUk^kk^^kW^^.^'-'.Î^S.^^'.^^kl.kkÛkkk^^^kkkkUk^kkklJ
i!^\\^\\'(^\\-^^f^W^\\^^^^
X ><. X X \ X
X K K
368
285
285
530
296
Wctil) Tippir pin, pes 23
tfl b* mountid ifttr

ituhi Ii nmpUMjr
Weight: 295 Kg,
luuibtid.
Sectioti-C
Scale-MO
33 Restriction Ring
32 Inspection glass with gasi^gt
Bar iron, 10x20
Unbraco, H8>16, Type i.03-M5C
25 LocKer for sluice
29 Handle for sluice
_27 Of or locker 1010 02
26';L
-;r suiite cover
25 Locking rod
Tolerances: NS-150 276a-1-m
4006406
0,1
5t 37.2
OIN 914
3006136
3006136
0,1
0,3
4003/113
0,1
6913
4858
3395
3393
3967 Rt,
3965 IRT;
5696
24 Cover for sluice opening

Taper pin, ClOxIflO
22 Hinge, 135 witti grease nipple
Washer, N13 I13/<i403l
20 Nut, hex. M12, ELZn
Acorn nut, MI2
Spring
Locher
Flat bar, 12x30, L=25
Arm for handle, left side
Gasket bracket
Gaskef, rope 1/2" LO800
Bolt hex. M3x75, ELZn
Bearing for sluice
Crease nipple, 1/8" BSP
Elbow, 1/8" BSP
A-nipple, 1/8" BSP
Arm for handle, right side
Washer, N8
Nut, hex. W8, ELZn
Handle
Sluice
Internal sluice housing
External sluice housing
This drjKinj and the design is our property d imist not

be disclosed lo any third person ithout pernissioa
DIN 9021
ISO 4032
St. 50K
Steel/brass
Stainless st.
0,2
0,016
Steel, nickel pi
4005782
4005781
St 37.2
3006082
2006404
Fibrefax
ISO 4017
3006031
5,3
Carborundum
2,5
Steel
Brass
Brass
1.7
3006083
NS-ISQ 7089
ISO 4032
4005780
2005645
2006403
2006405
0,005
180
28
44
8418
5015
4353
3391
2496
3390
3864
3864
4069
8374
6922
3866
4281
8373
4002
4001
4000
8375
2621
2593
3376
8370
6919
6923
JF5 108.02.
Removed guiding plate for interlock.

Na
Chvvnf
IracH Br
MIM
TMontrifMj-Norw*
Sluice Assembly
QGS 200 / 400 C
8378
2005648
Din 7977
a.UMnf Ur
rfii4J '
1006059
TMT-
1006059
6914
Section A - A
^v
Weight: 63 Kg.
2
10
12
12
34|Ball Valve, 1/2"

ISIS
1st.
IBra
33 Haamer drive icrew. 2x1/4
32 Nazx Plate 'SUMS. SEITOT
4006151
jBrass
31 Naae Plate SUIKS SUPPLr
4006150
IBrass
30 Naae Plate 'glHAg/Affi SUPFLV 4006154
IBraas
29 Naaie Plate "ATOtflZING RBKLATMOeiH
IBrass
2S Naae Plate "OGWHiS DRAIlf
4006113
IBrass
27 yaaher, 3/8* toanded rubber
11(30203
26 TtinMccmgls i?ith taslcet
40QS339
ISO 4032
iS
2J Niit. hex. 1112. EI2a
24 Bolt, hex. M12x50, ELZa
IS) 4017
23 Flasge, EW 15
NS 1763
1st 37.2
22 Flange. IK 25
St 37,2
?B 1763
Copper
20 Waaher. R 1/2"
19 Valve, A 6323/1001/7003/-1/2'
Brass
18 Pagi, type 110 F4
KU
17 Valve, needle. R 1/4*
52475-008
AHA
16 Preisure 8?iteh
1480 006 311
15 Seal r i M
1/4"
764-1/4'
14 Preaaare eauge, 0-4 bar
Gl/4'
13 Solenoid valve. 255-A-0,30-E-teiii:ert
12 Prciiure switch
LAfflEK
480 016 311
Copper
Washer. 1/4'
ISt.
10 Ball Valve. R 1/4'
CIH
Tasher il6. BlZn
NS-I90 7089 ISt.
Nut 6. BLZa
ISO 4032
Dogty ring M6
J_18.8
Bolt lMx25. BLZn
1133 4017
Steaa inlet assy. Pi 15
13006951
Slndge outlet assv.
3006952
3 Sludge inlet assy, TU 25
2005263
2 [Sludge return assy, m 25
3006950
1 rSpill Collector
2006264
umn
br.
I I
\/
TIL'I ciniii tad tk i(ti|a ii sii jn;!; ai ml ut

be diidned lo uj tlifd ptira tifcst rision. WIS
JM
0,02
0.01
0.092
0,017
;OS8
0,648
1.14
0.58
22
0,294
51.25
0.32
0,7
S.25
0,19
'M
0,003
3,6
1,1
4,5
21,5
6225
6235
6230
6223
6240
JFS 12.01.9:
m 01.09.91
m M.01.91
Oitnged g>8. 12 and 16. Added res. 34.

Socket aoved 4flm
fejght 63 Sx added
IW I Ondsf
TSm
[IHM
by
famlsc
14,11.9?
UNLESS oraERWISE SPECIFIED:

Tolerances: NS-ISO 2768-1-m
0.02
0,02
0.02
7710
1630
5296
5295
5299
1911
1912
5285
6438
2496
2003
1758
1753
4802
9629
6434
7200
10573
3470
7398
8126
10574
48C4
7711
3306
0142
arnlai
^ ; i Ouoilpllm
1
1
0.5
-iL
Sludge Dosage Valve Assy.
TeainTec Incinerator
OG 200/400C and GS 500C
."III u
1005904
[Ksn
Iwdwtrtad - Itonar
issrnsTsr
1005904
6211
NCriH 1.
NOIH 2.
m&^.
Gasket jutty salt be used

between element j o i n t s .
The internal p l i t e on all eijiit

corners smat be hamcrt tiiht
after ocunting.
Pos, 26 to be welded froo front

onto the front panel.
Q0AT1W3 SFBOTiaTCT
Surface preparation;
Dcgreased with Carboline Ihinne^ No. 2
CoatJM oqt>i4!?;
1 Layer caroohne B 19 Friaî
Thicxness: SO 80 aicroni
Color: Red
1 Layer arboline 834BS
Thickness: 75 - 100 nicrons
Color: Hal 6019 (Light greei)
WW
1232
S>
Weight: 2410 Kg.<]
26 Pipe for air intake

25 Bracket for diesel oil pige
24 Bracket for dieael oil heater
23 Gasket pntty
22 Refractory and insulation
^006490
3007014
4006120
Apple
2006310
Screw, tapping. 6.3t62. ElZn ^S-I30 14il
20 Corner plate
3007012
1005930
19 Bracket for el. panel
ISO 4017
18 Bolt, hex. lBi20. ElZa
130 4017
17 Bolt, hei. IBx30. ELZa
1005930
16 Bracket for el. panel
90 15 Nut, hei. Mg. ELZn
ISP 4032
188 U Tasher. 8 HJZa
NS-ISO 7089
ISO 4017
87 13 Bolt, hex. mX^- ra7n
1005985
12 Side eleaent
ISO 4032
11 Nat, hex. 10. Biai
tS-ISO 7089
10 lasher. MIO. ELZa
130 4017
Bolt, hex. inOx35. H2n
Lifting liig
3006574
Top fandation
2006306
Ebtto fmdation
2006304
CoYcrplate for insulation. LP 3006562
Coverplate for insulatim. L='M06562
Side eleaent with barner brac]M05988
Coyerplate fox insulation. LP 3006562
Front eleaent
2006309
Swrifltqi
1 Added detail, note 3 and poi. 26

a H.oi.o: 2a.02.92
m i4.07.0i e e g
CteMcd laiitim of inrtgrt for ThctapcctigU
IFS 09.10.9!
DM. no. for noi. 2. 4 sad 5 l u 3O070I5.
leiAt ws'22 chmted fro 2093. Ibtal witht chsated fra 22^1taTi.lO.
S<;iil8 l ; 3 . j
UNLESS OIHERVISB SFGCIFIED:

Tolerances: NS-ISO 2768-1-o
iii-ii
Jil<L
J^
Combustion Chamber
Uounting Drawins
OG 200 / 400 C
Ui dtniii ml Ue dnip i i ppenj al n t lot

be diicloud to U! tU^ jtnm litinl (coiiiia.
A
ftr
1005992
0.47 103691
6512
9851
9780 1
1829 6526!
j^m 1916'
65041
6301 !
LL
07012 2210!
6507
1.9 6302
M 2598
(TM 2621
M
IM'
Ho. 37
St.
8.8
8.8
St.
8.8
St.
8.8
'M
ms
+M
om
104 6479
prr 2544
2410
^m
IM 0863
5165
6502
6498
0.77 3571
1.34 3892
0.77
76
84
112
84
6487
3569
6491
tnllta
Ibanibc
Tntetini *>na
iSiissarsr
1005992 D^
TS"
"M-
g ^ : Z ^
Hue gas duct, DN 350
TeainTec supply
Yard supply / insfaltafion
All fhreaded connecHons: BSP

All oil flanges: NS 1763 (DIN 26331
All flanges in flue gas duct drilled according to NS 2525 (DIN 2573A)
Air DN 65
Spare DN 50 ISoundingl - 0
Sludge DN 50
-^H]
Overflow DN 65
SteMi {aniumplion.
approx. SOhg/h
MsK. prejs.
' bar.
Sample points
Conn. 1/2"
Steam supply ^ . Condensate

_
Conn. 1/2"
Y
Jwater drain DN 32.
Drain to
"r"5sp
Grain DN 65
Sludge circ. pump
Conn. DN 25
To bilge-water tank
To sludge tani'
Jiti.25.
__ Dun
_J
Sludge Filling; was DW32.

Drain lo bilge 1" BSP added. Spare DM 50 added.
Traced by
V.2
Approval
A3
This drawing and fhe design is our properly and must not
be disclosed to any tliird person williout permission.
Piping Arrangement TeamTec

incineraf-or OG 400C
Two Sludge Tanks with Sfeam Heating
Projett
File name
3O07064
JFS
23.9,.99
MIM
06.02.9.8
TeamTec
Replatenien* for
Tvedestrand - Norway
Replaced of
3007064
Page
-_
91
<
IUI
0001
(S EciKS uuuciiw
&
Oli; : sn-ds (BSSEISS
II
s
S3
S
II
"1
450
693
450
OVERFLOW, DN 65, NS 2527 (DIN 2501)

LIFTING LU@]
DRAIN VALVE. 1/2"

STEAM STRAINBg
STEAM INLET. 1/2" BSP
CONDENSATE OUTLET, 1/2" 3SP
MANHOLE <a 396
LOW LEVEL SWTCH
FLANGE FOR LEVEL TRANSMITTER,-#N 25

PRESSURE REGULATION VALVE
DRAIN, DN 65, NS 2527 (DIN 2501)
SLUDGE TO INCINERATOR. DN 25 NS 2527 (DIN 2501)
DRAIN TO BILGE 1 "^gSP

-ih
QUICK CLOSING VALVE, PNEUMATIC AND MANUAL

01400
RETURN, DN 25. NS 2527 (DIN 2501)

AIR PIPE, DN 65, NS 2527 (DIN 2501)
'
FILLING, DN 50, ND 2527 WIN 250

SPARE. DN 50. NS 2527 (DIN 2501 ) (Sourvlng)
- FOUNQATION DIMENSION
J
\
= CENTRE OF GRAVITY
490
490
980
I Add! tmn mil hoinmUt. RoloUJ imind luai | J S

1 Fllinq ftong* noa EW 32. Chonqed coble bridge.
XS
Oroin r BSP added. Uleiaht woe 562 Ko. Seere DN 50 oi B T
Maht n 570 Ka.
Mm
15.11.97
UNLESS OlHERWISe SPECIFIED:

Tolerances; NS-ISO 276B-1-m
.(HB
8.09.9
2.01.9
5.01.9
-iliir
Main Olmtntloci
Sludoa Tank with Stsam Hoatlng
1700 L Net
be isAnnA Ifl mjr hH pcrwi iRbjt (wm'im
looeoae
^-ra
1006056 D
r^'
V-VX3\J
Note 1
L 1
Li_
1
O oo
L CD
LL
U)
1065
Nole 2
r~-
(N
L O
in 00
^
1
Ol 00
L
1
1
O
00
00
1
en
<
uu
D
CD
O
Z3
Therrnocuuple Flue Gu>s

450
367
50
50
25
LO
LO
O
o
FOUNDATION DIMENSKQf^
-en-
CNJ
CO
uo
^T
CJ)
50
rtfc
i-O
NOTE 1-Counter flange ND 3 5 0

according t o NS 2 5 2 5
-^CENTER
g g
S:
OE GRAVIT VI
Weight: 326 Kg.
Added thermocouple w / transmitter

Added minimum soace for maintenance.
Updated i n l e t - / outlet flanges
C
B
A
i\ev.
Jate
NOTE 2 0 u i i e t can be turned

NOTE 3Min. space for m a i n t e n a n c e
of Vbelt" 2'~''^norTi
iNos
unanging
Drawn by
Name
Traced by
Scale
Approval
Format
OR r\f\ QR
Checked by
1 on
Std. checked by
A4
"S -S
1=
GO
' S _2
-fe .55
Icz
"O
CU
su
rile name
4006238
|r Tvedestrand -
Article no.
Norway
Replaced of
400623
rpiot date
Dot
^TeamTec
Reolccement for
Main Dimension
Flue Gas Fan
DN 350 H2
Reference
MIM^ZOiO
JFS ^4.09.9
EPN 8.07.9 vJ
Page
r^
FLANGE
Flange A
Flange B
Flange C
Flange D
Flange E
Flange F
4x?10
FUNCTICT^
Return from Incinerator
Sludge supply to Incinerat|3r
Return to Tank B
Sludge supply from Tank B
Return to Tank A
Sludge supply from Tank A
Weight: 53 Kg.
Note_l All flanges DN 25, According to NS 2527 / blN 2501
Std. cEeckerby
TncedTiy
Seile"
WPiovtl
Fonut
1:5
A3
Main Dimension
T-Valves and Control Panel for
Control of Tank A and B
Reference
File zuac
3007068
Plot dste
7TeamTec
Tredestranl - Nonray
ReplicBDoat for
RoplBced ot
CT.
3007068 A
Article no.
TPwe
DUAL TANK SYSTEM

SLUDGEi
MIXING/HEATING o
TANKB
FLUE GAS DAMPER
,-^
-m
A,
SLUDGE
MIXING/HEATING
TANK A
FLUB GAS FAN
-a-
fl E
rx-
r.
INCINERATOR
-<Q
SE
r \ j ' \
'%
V V
TANK
OQNTOOL UNIT
\
-M-
r^_
BILGE WATER
SEPARATOR
-OXF
SEWAGE
-PLANT/
SEI'ARATOR SLUDGE
--.^TANK^ - j
-3ILGE WELL-
^--Qh
7^
4006457
_:
FUns DN ^00 iml ON 360 drRled according to NS 2S2S. OIN 2ST3A, BS KH-6
05/tO
0lf]O (DN 4001
Ti
iTfn
n+n
p+n
irtn
-m
/ .eh.
hJ]]_,
-trfn
xix.
\ Jl T\
.ftijf .1+).
jTgfJIII
a|D
qu-tipj
op]
ti|ii
nfD
npi
0359 (DN 350)
FluG Gas Damper
0490
Weicihl-! 71 kg
Added spacing bar between shaft and damper motor.
Bsv,
TER
Chocked by
Traced by
JFS
SM. checked by
Approval
irnr
vs
Aii
Flue Gas Damper

DN l*0Q/35Q
Tolerances: NS-ISO
2768-1-m
7TeamTec
Tvedesfpand - Norway
RepceinciFTF"
PraJEcl
SD
Tilc nnme
30O72S0
Replsce of
3007250
Tliis drawing and tlie design is our properly anmust not

be disclosed to amy third person without permission.
27.11.98
; Name
rawii by
23.09.98
UNLESS OTHIZf^WiSE SPECIf--IED:
JFS
Cihanging
Ar ficf"
Page
<
^ i
ZHD9/0S
'tsmmi
/ \
-11L-220V^L
-X1120
JL.
LIitOIMW
L2-
-Al
-SI Q
.Div-i 7
'22
C 3
C 2
C 1
EKBRGHCYSTCP
(YAKS SUPPLY)
-F10[]
.: :.
DISPLAY
MACE30
?-
-B-iî
RS-232
.T2
2 4 6
-F8/-/
-1L2L,
(3.2).
-TI _ _
i?i
X2^6
^ - T ^
.-!J Ir
*1|^
(U)
li 118
-K7'
'15
A2
Jii_^05;^N
OVER / tHKR VQLTA
HBUY
(M.02.a
Electrical Diagran 380/440V - 220V

Teamtec Incinerator
OG 200/400C w/ 2 Sludge Tanks
^TeamTec
Power
+1
rTvcdesUand - Norway
307799
rut
2_
^tj
13( or
^1 c^[
aicrBS no Tso
I 3TZZDN
aiooBS no IHM
HIHQ
aiasDsno-BDd
SaBMNVSl iLrl
M
CO
.o
Os
.o
SCO
Mr.
WESS
<
\/
w
22CIY^ T
_-BD_24VV
_-Jll
S/S.,
JEfflS
^
r- 6 o -
24V + 24V -
-A6
FX2N-4DA
1 CH2
1 CHI
s
1 CH3
1 CH4
-OB-JZL-i
I 13
-K4\
>
(6.1)
-U4
1-0-0
ni c
, 181
i
L-O
14
OH>0-<>-0-0-<>-<>-0I
45VAn AO ai(UlU2U3LM+15V
ALTIVJW 08
LI L2
0-p-
UV
-XI, 313139
,i VI f i
-M3
m
N-21LJ3L
niERMDUPlE
FLUB GAS
TllERIIOaXiaE
CCKBUSriON attffi
04.02.2002
uw
ms
THESMOOaUPlE
S U K S IXBAGE PUHP
Electrical Diagram 380/440V - 220V

Teamtec Incinerator
OG 200/400C w/ 2 Sludge Tanks
suiixinsAfiB
MOItK
^TeamTcc
rTvedeatrand - Nonraj
bjlumoit far
/\
22OT
\/
faste Feeding
+1
Dttrtn BO.
3007799
nw 5
.,.
nif Hrawin inrt tim ifoiftn i i niif nrnti.>flT ntiA ni.tf tint lu .1iiffn<.>1 In aitv fliir.1 ivrimi Ithmit nrmUtinn
<
?ff\
K O)
il
f5
AWi
-Ql
T3 I 10
-LI
-L2
-L3
P09ER SUPPLY 32 A
380/440V, 5O/60HZ
-Ul
Jif M
13x4
-ZX-
BK
BN
B
Ml FLUE GAS FAN r
WIV
jir M
im-3
3 r l . 5 4S
t1
WlV
BURNER JOrCR
B-5
-^1 FOS.OILHEATIK
I 3 1 1 . 5 -iB
Hf
C3
OO
CO
10
11
12
TERMINALS OCMR. OF
SLDffi TANK A4B
3X1.S4S
.(2_4U,
20
es
11-6
2 I 1.5+E
21
-SI CK^--/
------
121
EMEROCYSTOP
(YARD SUPPLY)
+2
22
23
24
25
26
f!-7
g I 1.5-
TERMINALS DIESEL OIL

10
11
12
27
28
29
a
i
RHHHlMiCE
+2 BURNER
+5 OMR. OF SLUDGE TANK
YARD INSTADLATr
SUPPLIER'S INSTALUTION
Terminal Diagram
Control Panel OG 200/400C
rTvcdestrand - Norway w/Sl .Tank A+B
^TeamTec
Oite
Dnnlir
AsproYil
leplucaat for
fi^liced of
+1
Projeect so.
File aaae
30-01-2001
GIS
4006625
Diulns BO.
4006625
2av.
P(!
N.P.
This drawing and the design is our property and nnst not be disclosed to any third person without peimission.
A f!-8
30
m.
31
Al
-Y2
\ ;
\7
^L
BD
DOOR LOCK S ( X M ) I D < ^

A2 i [ 52 1 64
! . I 13 Lil
.(3.2)
J3.2)
32
33
34
51 I 63
&
n 1 41
14 i 22 I 32 I 42
Tl-9
3 11.5
SECONDARY AIR
DAMPER O M K L
'Î
1/1 G r - ^
T
-Y3
N
35
36
37
38
39
BK
a?
HL
n-io
STEAM / AIR SOLENOID
a I 1.5
|A2'^
IWM
lfl-11
I 3 I 1.5 4E
SLUDC DOSAffi MOfKK
wr
vy
+5
;.^J
40
41
CM
CM
42
43
50
51
52
Tl-13
EXTERNAL ALARM
tl-M
2xI-5-t?_
RUNNING INDICATIC^
A-
54
55
56
I i
TERMINALS O M R . OF
SLDCE TANK A + B
13 11.5
f^l-
"ID VT
1 HP
;.;7og
Yl
^ M
N
FLUE GAS DAMPER MOTOR
jT^-m
REFERENCE
+2 BURNER
+5 OMR. OF SLUDGE TANK
YARD INSTALLATION
SUPPLIER'S INSTALIATr
Terminal Diagram
f Tvcdestrand - Norway w/Sl.Tank A+B
^TeamTec
a
nrru
Seplaced of
+1
Projesct 00.
?n-ni-9nni
Drtn fay
Seplice&ct im
Ajiprovftl
GTS
Dining BO.
4006625
Et 2
N.P. 3
This drawing and the design is our property and must not be disclosed to any third person without permission.
(2.2t
BK
57
liuil_iML
58
M.
59
60
61
62
13
14
15
16
n-n
JL_
4il.5
JS_
m.
63
k2| 4
S3 m\
TERMINAI^ DIESEL OIL HTOffiR
,L2|4
RJEL OIL HEATER THERMOSTAT
-S4 n ^ - ^
3x1.5
64
65
HJ
-l
67
68
69
70
I
\
111-19 c
J2il.5 J
nk V
1
/
.-.
^
;2il.S(mXr-SiJ+-
'M.SfKi-Cr-M^+.
_i M (W-Ci-Ki>.+.,
-Fll
THERMDOOPLE FLIE GAS
-F12
fflERMOaXfflE
OOMBSTIOJ MIBER
-F13
TBERMDOOJPLE
SLDGB DOSAGE PUMP
4 K _., ! 1
SD
SC
4 B* Njj-
\Z^
-U3
71
72
CG
CS
73
2 3
iin-22
2il.5
74
'
-S5Q}-
V-
BN
75
21 3
K-23
2x1.5
76
SIEAM / AIR PRESSURE SWITCH
-S6[r}-
SLUD PSffiSRE Si'ITCS
vT
+5
77
78
TERMINALS O M R . OF
SLUDCE TANK A+B
wi-w_
79
80
3x1.5
---0
SEFERHCE
+2 BURNER
+5 O M R . OF SLUDGE TANK
YARD INSTAIIATION
SUPPLIER'S INSTALIATICN
Terminal Diagram
fTvedestrand - Norway w/Sl.Tank A+B
^TeamTec
Ate
Dtut bT
Auptovil
tlacocnt
fo<
A+B
iQillcei of
+1
Projeect oa.
Filtl
Drwinc no.
Pw 3
17-01-2000
GTS
4006625
N.p.
This drawing and the design is our property and must not be disclosed to any third person without permission.
sm>Not
+3A
Qungiag
Oate SiiB.
Tenunil 10 u 8
18-03-9! lS
-S3 13/U n t 2 i m
M-03-9S GIS
Added link 31 - 33
l9-ll-9i GIS
(Sxl.S-
--^^
+3B
--^^
Le-_2
(3il.Sr
o
oo
er,
^2.
"^1
+3A
es
13
14
15
16
5-3
^10
13
-(2)
-0
17
18
19
<]
14
10
< ^
13
14
[15-4
Ux_1.5.
20
21
fS-5
2x1.5
22
EN
23
BK
24
LIMIT SWITCH TANK A
<]
15-6
2x1.5
CS
S3
.s.
13
LIMIT SWITCH TANK B
14
BN
30
es
31
32
33
34
< ^
+3A
5 - 7
2_xl.5
35
Al
ONLY FOR TANK WITH EL. HEFTER
J2
ONLY FOR TANK WITH EL. HEATER
--0
+3B
36
/^-
37
K - S
2_xJ.5
SHÊRENCE
+3A SLUDGE TANK
43B SLUDGE TANK
YARD INSTAUATION
SUPPLIHl'S INSTAIIATION
^TeamTec
Terminal Diagram
Control of
rTv
Tvedestrand - Norway S l u d g e T a n k A a n d B
Dtte
Dravn by
AmtOTll
Hejlacmrat fat
Replaced of
"F
+5
Projeect no.
Filei
20.08.97
4006362
Dming so.
4006362
Rev.
Pw 1
This drawing and the design is our property and mast not be disclosed to any third person without permission.
p-1
3 ! I.S
M.
EK
XI
-Hl
tZ}-
BN
13-2
2X1.5-
.Ul
5 ? M ) . SLUDGE CIROLATING
W l V ' ^ y - M i PUMP yorcR
Ul
-Yl L U - X
S(XM)ID VALVE STEAM
X2
HC
-A
13 - 3
2 X 1 . 5 4E
l\ 2
S3 [ Q } ^
TERMDSTAT SLDffi TANK
HC
12 14
13 - 4
2X1.5
-si m 11
13-5
2X1.5
-S2
BN
.m_
LOT LEVEL SWITCH
2 |14
J(L

H M LEVEL SWITCH
11
^
13 - 9
2 X 1.5
BN
-S4
J2 |14
ra-\
111
13-10
2X1.5
Hlffl IVEL SWITCH
ALARM R HI(ffl lEVEL
13-8
2X1.5
STOP OF mANSFER PUMP
YASD INSTAUATICN
SUPPLIER'S INSTAIUVTM
''Hllhsimlbp
Terminal Diagram
ÎCdllllBb
for 2 Sludge Tank
fTvcdcstrand - Norway with Steam Heater
Ditc
DrambT
Ajj.nrcv'!
Replucacat Foi
Sepltced of
Projeect no.
27-03-1996
GTS
+3 A/B
Fils sxK
4006806
Drniac OD.
4006806
Pw 1
!i,r.
This drawing and the design is oui property and must not be disclossu to aay third person withont peraission.
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
owG's NO.
CHECKED
SCUPPER k DRAINAGE
SYSTEM IN E/R
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
JLZ020504
M-055-28
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/7
~1700kg
SCALE
JINGLING SHIPYARD
APPROVED
MARINE DESIGN COMPANY- ---:
t-^J^

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA: 0 . 6 2 5 m ^
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-maii:jlshipyard@vip.163.com
AREA: 0 . 0 6 2 5 m^
SCUPPER k DRAINAGE SYSTEM IN E/R
M-055-28
PAGE
2/7
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
'
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER & THlCKNESSimmxmml.

2. WHERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT OR OIL TIGHT BULKHEADS,DECKS OR TANK
TOPS, TO BE FITTED WITH PENETRATION PIECES ACCORDING TO ISO OR SHIPYARD STANDARD.
3. THE PIPING SYSTEM TO BE SUPPORTED SECURELY IN ORDER TO PREVENT
DAMAGES FROM VIBRATIONSAND OTHER CAUSES.
k. THE FITTINGS WITH MARK " x " & " ^ ] " IN THE DRAWING ARE SUPPLIED BY MAKER.
5. THE PIPES TO BE SLOP DOWN WHEN FIXED IN HORIZON.
6, NO LEAKAGE UNDER "WORKING CONDITION TO BE ALLOWED, AFTER ASSEMBLED ON BOARD,
PIPES TO BE TESTED WITH WATER FILLING METHOD.
AREA: 0.0625 m^
PAGE
M-055-28
S C U P P E R & DR/VINAGE S Y S T E M IN E/R
3/7
ETEM NO.
DEOIFDE40F
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWINO NO.
YA50
CB/T3885-1999
NAME
SCUPPER
DN
PN
mm
MPa
50
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
.NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
STEEL
40
52
'
I I---.ij,
PAGE
M-055-28
SCUPPER & DRAINAGE SYSTEM IN E/R
4/7
NO.
APPLICATHON OF PIPES
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
mm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
m
WEIGHT
REMARKS
kg-
SCUPPER PIPE
50
60
SEAIVILESS
STEEL
250
1380.34
GALV
SCUPPER PIPE
50
60
SEAMLESS
STEEL
30
274.34
GALV
SCUPPER PIPE
65
76
SEAIVILESS
STEEL
20
141.98
GALV
SCUPPER PIPE
80
89
SEAMLESS
STEEL
20
167.6r
GALV
2 = 1964.28
AREA:0.0625m'
M-055-28
PAGE
5/ 7
UPPER PLATFORM
12600mm
0E18F
ARFA'
n_19f^m2
SCUPPER DRAINAGE SYSTEM
E/R
M-055-28
LOWER PUTFQRM
8000mm .
PAGE
6/ 7
FLAT STEEL lOOmmHIGH 5 m m THK.
FOR WATER PROTECTION ONLY
12600mm
SETTL. TK
SERV. TK
SERV, TK
SETTL. TK
AREA:
0.125 m 2
K"?,K*iiiri\iisiyijiiisai-iiiaa\:jiiiia.ttiii^
M-055-28
PAGE
7 / 7
DOUBLE BOTTOM & FLOOR

2015mm,3800mm
8000mm
201 bmm
:.L
CHEST
ARFA:
0.1 75 m^
IMO 927465^
JLZ-020504
111
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
CGR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
^S3'
DIAGRAM OF
: ^
DWG's NO.
PAGE
TANK WASHING SYETEM
APPROVEDI
CHK OF STAND.
APPR0VED2
DATE
y-055-05
WEIGHT
SCALE
8 8 0 O kg
1:200
JINGLING SHIPYARD
"^'^^M
^.^.i^f
1 /17
JLZ020504

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:1.3745 m^
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail:jlshipyard@vip.163.com
AREA: 0.0625 m^
M-055-05
DIAGRAM OF TANK WASHING SYETEM
PAGE
2/17
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPES IN THE DRAWING TO BE OUT. DIAMETERxTHICKNESS ( m m x m m ) .
2. WHERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT BULKHEADS.DECKS TO BE FITTED WITH
PENETRATION PIECES ACCORDING C B / T 3 4 8 0 - 9 2 OR SHIPYARD STANDARD.
3. THE PIPES TO BE SUPPORTED SECURELY IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGES FROM VIBRATION.
4. PIPING CONNECTION FLANGE WILL BE
G B 2 5 0 6 - 8 9 , P N = 1.6MPa.
5. THE POSITION OF FIXED TANK WASHING MACHINES AND HATCH FOR PORTABLE TANK WASHING
MACHINES TO BE DETERMINED BY THE SHADOW DIAGRAM PROVIDED BY MAKER.
6. WASHING PIPE FOM HEATER ROOM SHOULD BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO THE SPECIFICATION,
7. HYDRAULIC TEST:
NAME
TANK WASHING
, PIPE
DESIGN
PRESSURE
(MPa)
BEFORE INSTALL
ON BOARD
1 _35
AFTER ASSEMBLY DESIGN

ON BOARD
TEMP.
. (MPa)
CC)
(MPa)
NO LEAKAGE UNDER
WORKING CONDITION
80
8. T H E USE OF CHEMICAL PRODUCTS FOR CLEANING PURPOSES OF-CARGO TANKS TO BE

COMPLIED -WITH REQUIREMENT OF ANNEX n OF 'MARPOL 7 3 / 7 8 .
9. TANK WASHING LINE ON -UPPER DECK TO BE MADE OF ACID RESISTANT- STAINLESS STEEL,
AISI316L.
10. TANK CLEAN, HEATER AND DOSING P ^ N T TO BE INSTALLED IN TANK CLEAN. HEATER ROOM
(SAFETY AREA)..
'
'
AREA: 0.0625 m^
D I A G R A M OF T A N K W A S H I N G SYETEM
M-055-05
PAGE
3/
r m M NO.
Sl'ANDARI) NO.
OR I^RAWINQ NO.
NAME
DN
mm
PN
MATERIAL
MPa
QTY.
WT.
17
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
R^ME PLATE
FROM LOW SEA CHEST
R.C.+POS
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
TW01V
/W31
FLANGE TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
NODULAR
CL
TW02V
/W51
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP
S.W.INLET (S)
R.C.+POS
TW03V
/W21
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLY.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP
F.W.INLET (S)
R.C.+POS
TW04V
/WT11
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
FROM WASHING TANK(S)
R.C.+POS
TW05V
/W61
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLY.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP INLET(S)
R.C.+POS
TW06V
/W30
FLANGE TYPE
BUTTERFL Y.
150
1.6
NODULAR C.I.
FROM HIGH SEA CHEST
RC.+POS
TW07V
/W50
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL Y.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP
S.W.INLET (P)
R.C.+POS
TW08V
/WT10
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL Y.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
FROM WASHING TANK(P)
R.C.+POS
TW09V
/W20
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLY.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP
F.W.INLET (P)
R.C.+POS
TW10V
/WGO
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL Y.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP INLET(P)
R.C.+POS
TW11V
/W40
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL Y.
150
1.6
CAST IRON
SEA CHEST ISOLATING V.
R.C.+POS
TW12V
/W70
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL Y.
125
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP
OUTLET(P)
RC.+POS
AKhA Û.Ub^bfTl
D I A G R A M OF T A N K W A S H I N G S Y E T E M
M-055-05
PAGE
4/
ITEM NO.
Sl'ANDAI^D NO.
OR DR.\W1NG NO.
N,\MIi
DN
mm
PN
'
MATERIAL
MPa
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
17
REMARKS
kg
TW13V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
SLOP PUMP TO TANK

WASHING MAIN LINE (P)
TW14V
BALL VALVE
25
16
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW(P)
TW15V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
SLOP PUMP TO TANK

WASHING MAIN LINE (S)
TW16V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
FIRE MAIN LINE TO TANK

WASHING MAIN LINE(P)
TW17V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANLNfG HEATER INLET
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER INLET
TW18V
TW19V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER
BY-PASS V.(P)
TW20V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER
OUTLET (P)
TW21V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER
OUTLET (P)
TW22V
BALL VALVE
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CHEMICAL DOSEMG UNIT

OUTLET(P)
TW23V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
C.O.W. LINE V.
TW24V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
FILTER INLET(P)
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
(P)
(P)
AREA U.Ubibm
DIAGRAM OF TANK WASHINGSYETEM
M-055-05
PAGE
5/
ITEM NO.
S!'AND.\RD N(J.
OR DR,\WTNC} NO.
NAME
15N
mm
PN
MATERIAL
QTY.
MPa
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WOIUDS ON
NAME ELATE
REMARKS
kg
TW25V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
FILTER OUTLET(P)
TW26V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
FILTER !NLET(P)
TW27V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
150
1.6
. STAINLESS
STEEL
FILTER OUTLET(P)
TW28V
BALL VALVE
65
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW29V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO SLOP

TANK (?)
TW30V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW
TW31V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE OF
SLOP TANK (P)
TW32V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAEVfLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE (SLOP TANK P)
TW33V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
100
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO
RESIDUAL TANK (P)
TW34V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(RESIDUAL TANK P)
TW35V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
RESIDUAL TANK (P)
TW36V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
flRF.SIDTIA|,TANKP^
EUVERY
17
WITH
CAMLOCK
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
AKCA
U.UbJbm
M-05 5-05
PAGE
6/
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
N.'\?v'IE
DN
mm
PN
MATERIAi:
QTY.
MPa
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELI\'J:iRY
17
I^:MARKS
kg
TW37V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO NO.8

CARGO TANK (P)
TW38V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.8 CARGO TANK P)
TW39V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF NO. 8 CARGO TANK (P)
TW40V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL .
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
(-N0.8 CARGO T A N K ? )
TW41V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V,
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL

CARGO TANK (P)
TW42V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.7 CARGO TANK P)
TW43V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF N0.7 CARGO TANK (P)
TW44V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
rNO.7 CARGO TANK P^
TW45V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO N 0 . 6
CARGO TANK (P)
TW46V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.6 CARGO TANK P)
TW47V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
TW48V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
TNOfi CARCxO TANK P^
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
AREA U.Ub2bin
M-055-05
PAGE
7/
rriiM NO.
S'L^NDARI) NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAiME
DN
mm
PN
MATERIAL
QTY,
WT.
MPa
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
RILMARKS
kg
TW49V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL

CARGO TANK (?)
TW50V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.5 CARGO TANK P)
TW51V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW52V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
^ 0 . 5 CARGO TANK P)
TW53V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CARGO TANK (P)
TW54V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.4 CARGO TANK P)
TW55V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF N0.4 CARGO TANK (P)
TW56V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHEslG
MACHINE
fNO.4 CARGO TANK P)
TW57V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CARGO TANK (P)
TW58V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(NO.3 CARGO TANK P)
TW59V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANEMG NOZZLE
TW60V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
rNO 3 CARGO TANK J>)
40
DELIVERY
17
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF NO. 5 CARCJO TANK (P)
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
AKCA
U.Ub^bm
M-055-05
PAGE
8/
ITEM NO.
ST.'VNIDARI.) NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
PN
.MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
MPa
CLASS
CERT.
WOR]"3S ON
NAVIE PLATE
13ELI\'ERY
17
REMARKS
kg
TW61V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW62V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW63V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF NO. 2 CARGO T^NK (P)
TW64V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
^ 0 . 2 CARGO TANK P^
TW65V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO NO. 1

CARGO TANK (P)
TW66V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(NO.l CARGO TANK P)
TW67V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF NO. 1 CARGO TANK (?)
TW68V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
fNO.1 CARGO T A N K ? )
WITH BSP
COUPLING
TW69V
/W71
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
CAST IRON
CLEANING PUMP
OUTLET(P)
R.C.+POS
TWZOV
BALL VALVE
25
.1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW(S)
TW71V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
FIRE MAIN LINE TO TANK

WASHING MAIN LINE(P)
TW72V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL .
FROM FIRE MAIN
CARGO TANK (P)
COMPRESS AIR BLOW
(N0.2 CARGO TANK P)
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
AKbA U.Ub2bm
D I A G R A M OF TANK WASHING SYETEM
M-055-05
F.AGE
9/
ITEM NO.
STAND.-\RD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
PN
MATERIAE
wr.
QTY.
MPa
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
i:iELIVEI-lY
17
RE.MARKS
kg
TW73V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW74V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL-
STARBOARD LINE
TW75V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANFNG HEATER INLET
TW76V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER
OUTLET
TW77V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER
OUTLET (S)
TW78V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING HEATER
OUTLET (S)
TW79V
BALL VALVE
40 .
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW80V
BALL VALVE
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW82V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.-6
STAINLESS
STEEL
1 '
TW83V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
.STAINLESS
1
STEEL
TW84V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
STARBOARD LINE
CHEMICAL DOSING UNIT

OUTLET(S)
CLEANING HEATER
BY-PASS V.(S)
FILTER INLET(S)
FILTER OUTLET(S)
n
AREA U.Ubibm
M-055-05
PAGE
1 0 / 17
niiM NO.
S'r/\NDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
PN
'MATERIAJ,.
QTY.
MPa
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
TW85V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V,
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL'
FILTER BY-PASS V.(S)
TW86V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO SLOP

TANK (S)
TW87V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(SLOP TANK S)
TW88V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
SLOP TANK (S)
TW89V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE (SLOP TANK S)
TW90V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
100
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CLEANING INLET TO
RESIDUAL TANK (S)
TW91V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(RESIDUAL TANK S)
TW92V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50.
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
RESIDUAL TANK (S)
TW93V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW94V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW95V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TW96V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
rRESIDUAL TANK S)
CARGO TANK (S)
WITH BSP
COUPLING
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(NO.8 CARGO TANK S)
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF NO. 8 CARGO TANK (S)
O
AREA U.Ub2bm
M-055-05
PAGE
11 /
ITEM NO.
SI'AND ARD NO.

(3R DR'WVING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
TW97V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
TW98V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
125
TW99V
BALL VALVE
TW100V
PN
M.M-ERIAE
QTY.
MPa
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORl XS ON
NAME PLATE
REMARKS
kg
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
STAINLESS
STEEL
.2
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CARGO TANK (S)
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(NO.7 CARGO TANK S)
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANIMG NOZZLE
OF NO.7 CARGO TANK (S)
TW101V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
(NO. 7 CARGO TANK S)
TW102V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL.

CARGO TANK (S)
TW103V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.6 CARGO TANK S)
TW104V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
TW105V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
. STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
(N0.6 CARGO TANK S)
TW106V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CARGO TANK (S)
TW107V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.5 CARGO TANK S)
TW108V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF N0.5 CARGO TANK (S)
1.6
DELI\'ERY
17
(N0.8 CARGO TANK S)
WirHBSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
AKhA .U.Ub^bm
D J A G R A M OF T A N K W A S H I N G S Y E T E M
M-055-05
PAGE
12/
ITHM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OK DRAWING NO.
NAM.ri
DN
mm
PN
MATERIAL,
QTY.
MPa
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVHR^'
17
REMARKS
kg
TW109V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
'I'O PORTABLE WASHING

MACHINE
fNO.5 CARGO TANK S)
TW110V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CARGO TANK (S)
TW111V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(NO.4 CARGO TANK S)
TW112V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
.2
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF N0.4 CARGO TANTC (S)
TW113V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL-
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHESTE
(N0.4 CARGO TANK S^
TW114V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
CARGO TANK (S)
TW115V
BALL VALVE
25
1,6
STAINLESS
STEEL .
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.3 CARGO TANK S)
TW116V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
.2
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
TW117V
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHE^G
MACHINE
(NO.3 CARGO TANICS)
TW118V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL

CARGO TANK (S)
TW119V
BALL VALVE
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(N0.2 CARGO TANK S)
TW120V
W A F E R TYPE
BUTTERFLV.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF N0.2 CARGO TANK (S)
Wll'H BSP
COUPIJNG
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
AKbA U.Ub2brri
DIAGRAM OF T A N K W A S H I N G S Y E T E M
M-055-05
PAGE
13/
ITEM NO.
ST/\NDAR[) NO,
OR Dl^WVING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
T\A/122V
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
125
TW123V
BALL VALVE
TW124V
TW125V
TW121V
TW126V
TW127V
AS16125
GB/T 588-93
PN
MATERIA]^
QTY.
MPa
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
HJ\ME
PLATE
REM.\RKS
kg
1 POR'I'ABLH WASHING
MACHINE
STAINLESS
STEEL
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL

CARGO TANK (S)
25
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
COMPRESS AIR BLOW

(NO. 1 CARGO TANK S)
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO CLEANING NOZZLE
OF NO.l CARGO TANK (S)
BALL VALVE
(FLANGE TYPE)
40
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
TO PORTABLE WASHING
MACHINE
rNO.l CARGO TANKST
S T O P CHECK VALVE
125
1.6
BRONZE .
WAFER TYPE
BUTTERFL V.
150
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
1.6
DELIVERY
17
(NO 2 CARGO T A N K : S )
57
WITH BSP
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH BSP
COUPLING
FROM FIRE MAIN
ISOLATION V.
AKhA U.Ub^bni
D I A G R A M OF T A N K W A S H I N G SYSTEM
M-055-05
PAGE
1 4 / 17
ITEM N(3.
STAlN'DARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAMR
DN
mm
TWO IF
A150
CBM1061-81
TW03F
PN
MATERIAL
QTY.
MPa
WT.
FILTER
150
0.2
STEEL
SIMPLEX FILTER
150
1.6
STEEL'
126
4 .
72.04
5 .
71.1
146 '
BLANK FLANGE
150
1.6
STEEL
TW05F
BS16125
GB/T 4450-95
BLANK FLANGE
125
1.6
STEEL
TW06F
BS16040
GB/T 4450-95
BLANK FLANGE
40
1.6
STEEL
38
DRESSER TYPE
COMPENSATOR
150
1.6
ASSEMBLY
STEEL
8.02
STEEL
60.65
AS16100
GB/T 4 4 5 0 - 9 5
BLANK FLANGE
100
1.6
TW09F
AS16150
GB/T 4450-95
BLANK FLANGE
150
1,6
DELIVERY
RENL-\RKS
1S
STANDARD
FLANGE
MESH:60
BS16150
GB/T 4450-95
TW08F
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
- kg.
TW04F
TW07F
CLASS
CERT,
AREA 0 . 0 6 2 5 m '
M-055-05
D I A G R A M OF T A N K W A S H I N G S Y S T E M
PAGE
1 5 / 17
NO.
APPLICATIION OF PIPES
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK..
mm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
REMARKS
kg
TANK WASHING PIPE
150
168
11
SEAMLESS
STEEL
90
3831.2
GALV.
TANK WASHING PIPE
125
140
10
SEAMLESS
STEEL
25
801.1
GALV.
TANK WASHING PIPE
100
114
SEAMLESS
STEEL
40
931.7
GALV.
TANK WASHING PIPE
150
168.3
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
12
129.1
TANK WASHING PIPE
125
139.7
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
62
551.7 ,
TANK WASHING PIPE
100
114.3
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
110
797.5
TANK WASHING PIPE
80
88.9
. 2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
40
198.9 :
TANK WASHING PIPE
65
76.1
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
10
42.4
TANK WASHING PIPE
50
60.3
2.3 ,
STAINLESS
STEEL
10
TANK WASHING PIPE
40
48.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
150
346.7
11
TANK WASHING PIPE
25
33.7
STAINLESS
STEEL
140
221.6
12
VENT. & DRAIN PIPE
25
33.7
STAINLESS
STEEL
7.9
13
VENT. & DRAIN PIPE
20
26.9
STAINLESS
STEEL
15
18.6
14
VENT. & DRAIN PIPE
15
21.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
50
48.2
15
COMP. AIR PIPE
10
14
SEAMLESS
COPPER
10
6.7
2=
7949.9
16.7
AREA:0.0625m''
FROM DIAGRAM OF CARGO PIPING SYSTEM
FROM PORTABLE FRAMO PUMP
M-055-05
PAGE
16/17
UPPER DECK
TW07F
SEE M-055-10
0140X10 -
3BKID255?
M-055-05
DOUBLE BOnOM
PAGE
17/17
TANK CLEANING PUMP

150mVhx1.55MPo
N0.3 D.B. W.B. TANK (P)
TW08V
VIEW A
TO UPPER DECK
<^
-t><3
DETAIL 1.0
WASHING TANK (P)
FROM DOSING PU\NT

I I
M
--T+
APPROX. ON 25
TRUE SIZE BY SUPPLIER
OF DOSING Pi ANT
DN 25
t^-'QARGO TANK (S)

' N0.6\,
W-
TW02V/
TWQ3V
TWOIV
J I
90
I j__i
I I I
JfiQ_
L_L I
_fi_
t i l l
Ifl.
I I i I I I I I I I mi r I I I i I I
J2SL
JS)
-115_
1^
X *jl^ I " y i i I I I i \ j
I I L
100 \
105 \
110
115
LS.C.
\ N 0 . 3 D.B. W.B. TANK (S)
135
DETAIL CONNECTION OF TANK CLEANING HEATER
N0.3 |i. W.3. TANK (P)
FROM CARGO TANK HEATING SYSTEM

SEE M - 0 5 5 - 3 6
> <
LS.C.
TWOIV
\
DIRECTION OF FLOW
TEMP. MOICATING
CONTR(iSTATK<
PNEUMATIC OPERATED
CONTROL VALVE
FROM E/R CONTROL AIR SYSTEM

SEE M - 0 5 4 - 1 2
^^
\7lj^68x11
^'^C"
00
CO
r> 0 4
STEAM X
SttVENT.
TO OBSERVATION TANK
ON CARGO AREA
-t><3[
f-)
CM
'
WATER
SIDE VENT.
CO
Ui
,*
k^liq^' f %
WASHING TANK (S)

N0.3 D.B. W.B. TANK (S)
X
05
^ - f
TW05V 7W01F
RLTER
/?3|
Stl 68.3x2.6
^WASHING WATER IN
TANK CLEANING
HEATER
STEAM i
' HATER
^SOEORAIN
St026'.9X2
St#26.9X2
_,3St0168.3x2.6
TANK CLEANING PUMP
15QmVhx1.35MPQ
^139.7x2.6
W A S H I N G ' WATER O / t
0 CARGO TANK HEATING SYSTEM

SEE M - 0 5 5 - 3 6
A D r A - r\ 1 0 c ; r^2
PLAN DE LOTrt INC-NOIt
PLAN
C Q DU
- nLo
if
I
I^
il g *>
GLOVES
GANTS
10
10
BOOTS
BOTTES
10
10
TIGHT / RTTING GOGGLES

LUNETTES ETANCHES
10
10
CONCERHNG CHDJCM. PROTECTIVE SUHJGHT DUTY

VETEMENT DE PROTECTION CHIMIQUE
10
10
CROW BARS
BARRE A MINE
ELECTRICAL DRILLING MACHINES
'
""'""
GROUPE ELECTROGENE DE SECOURS
- J$
l ______
J
PERCEUSES ELECTWOUES SECOURS
IB
HRE PROTECTION CLOTHNG

VETEMENT DE PROTECTION INCENDIE
:"'$J
1
2
GANTS
BOOTS
BOTTES
HELMET
CASQUE
FIRE AXE
HACHE
_J|
ACCUM. TYPE LAMP -"EX" PROOF CAP. LIGHT. 3 HOURS

U t f SEOJRfll SK BATTERE AVEC ONCEUR AUTONOWE 3 HEURS
cOAP-
MQOMB. LIFELINE 33m WITH SAFETY BELT AND HOOK

X * K * KX-BUSIBI K tt AVEC CEWUtt 01SECUR. El CDOOC
24
12
12
BREATHING APPARATUS MID SPARE CYLINDERS X M n .

IPPAfW. RESPKAtOIRE AVEC BOUTTJJiS DC RECHANGE 30m*
aovEs
_ _i
|KL fi
III
L &
r ^
IT
..,,.
SPARE CYLINDERS 6 S L / 3 0 0 b o r
BOUTELLES DE RECHANGE 6l./3O0bor
MMCERMNG CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE SUIHfAVY DUTY
VETEMENT DE PROTECTION CHIMIQVE
SREATHMG APPARATUS WITH SPARE CYLINDERS 30mm.
COMetNAJSON DE PROTECTION CHIMIQUE
GLOVES
GANTS
BOOTS
BOTTES
TIGHT / FITTING GOGGLES

LUNETTES ETANCHES
_JS
ACCUM. TYPE LAMP -"EX' PROOF CAP. UGHT. 3 HOURS

LAMP SECUHE 9 1 BATTDBE AVEC CHWGEUR AUTONOMIC 3 HEURS
cMP-
INCOMB. LIFELINE 3 3 m WITH SAFETY BELT AND HOOK

ttt OE * KCMBUSTBLE HE Dm AVEC CENTO 01 SEC* EI CROCHET
L Jt
1 _^
SPARE CYUNDERS 6 . / 3 0 0 b a r
BOUTELLES DE RECHANGE 8 . / 3 0 0 b o r
- fi)
3
12
12
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
()WNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
DATE
&VA
DESIGNED
&&h
CHECKED
VERIFIED
SHIP'S NO.
JLZ020504
DWG'S NO.
H-050-05C
PAGE
FIRE CONTROL PLAN
Jjh
Vfifa*/
CHK OF STANO.
APPROVED
DATE
BRO EDWARD
1 /
SCALE
1:200
1
JINUNG SHIPYARD
37.300DWT PRODUCT OIL/

CHEMICAL TANKER
|L
WEIGHT
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail:j!shipyard@vip. 163.com
<
"
1 .
..,
_ . .
JL.
^$05J~ '-) A*?
^/^/^^JÂ
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
BRO EDWARD
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
DESIGNED
SC5082BV-050-05
CHECKED
APPR0VED1
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED2
DATE
JL YARD
SHIP'S NO. JLZ020504
DATE
SOUNDING TABLE
-M*
>~5'7tf
PAGE
1 /
WEIGHT
SCALE
195
SHANGHAI MERCHANT SHIP

DESIGN & RESEARCH INSTITUTE
B * AREA: 12.4375 m?
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
2
CONTENTS
R1.1P
:4
R1.1S
R1.2S
R1.2S
10
R1.3P
12
R1.3S
14
R1.4P
16
R1.4S
18
R1.5P
20
R1.5S
22
~ R1.6P
24
R1.6S
26
R1.7P
28
R1.7S
30
R1.8P
32
R1.8S
34
R1.9P
36
R1.9S
38
R1.10P
40
R1.10S
42
R2.01
44
R2.02
48
R2.1BP
52
R2.1BS
56
R2.1SP
60
R2.1SS
64
R2.2BP
68
R2.2BS
72
R2.2SP
76
R2.2SS
80
R2.3BP
84
R2.3BS
88
R2.3SP
92
R2.3SS
96
R2.4BP
100
R2.4BS
104
R2.4SP
108
R2.4SS
112
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
3
R3.1
116
R3.2
120
R3.3
122
R3.4
124
R3.5
128
R3.6
132
R3.7
134
R3.8
136
R3.9
138
R4.1
140
R4.2
144
R4.3
148
R4.4
152
'R475
156
R4.6
160
R5.6
164
R5.7
166
R5.9
168
R6.0P
170
R6.0S
174
R6.1P
178
R6.1S
180
R6.2
182
R7.1
184
R7.2
185
R7.3
186
R7.4
188
R7.5
189
R7.6
190
R7.7
191
R7.8
193
R7.10
194
<i
h - ' M h - ' M I - ' M I - ' M M M

H H H I O N J t O U U ^ ^
O ^ O O M L n V D U J - O O ^
M K
O O
LO 0^
M H - ' H - ' H - ' h - '
l -
l - ' H
M l - ' l - '
O ^ ^ O r ^ C D U J C O U C O W
W ^ U l - J C O O H W ^ C ^
v o L o c o l n L o ^ o ^ v o i j i t o
< T i 4 * | - U ) - J . L n L O | - O V >
J (
_ i
h J H
- .
H
- .
H
j
(
_ . j _ i j _ i
O O L O O O ^ U J L n O C T i l - ' - O
u i u i c ^ o \ ^ a \ C f i f f i N i v ]
- o . L o o t O L O L n - o o o o k - t
t O W U l ^ U l t O H H ^ C O
^ u i u i m o \ c ^ s ] - o c o c o
o o t o c r o ^ c o r o c r \ o ^
H P W s l W W m i O H U l
( D I O ^ O ^ C D t O C A O ^
J h
l _
J1 H-* I I 1 I J I' t* *'
( C f O O ^ O ^ C D M O l O ^
M M ( -
C O C O O ^ O ^ J C n f f l O D M
M M H ' M H - ' h - ' h - ' h - ' M

>l-,J-JN>tOtOLOLOtp.ft>.
^ r o p a i v o u i s j H ^
\ i f H U ) s ] U l U ) H 0 0 3
C T i O U l t O H H W s J t O ^ )
M
ho
0
W W
to to
^J O
J^
O 03 CT\
o o M L n v o t o u i L o t O L n - j
L o ^ o a i o L n u J t O L n c n H 1
t O t O t O N J t O t O l s J t O N J t O
W ^ ^ O W t O V O ^ l O L J
s l s J v J s l s J C O C O O D C D a )
U ^ C n C O U D H N J ^ U l v ]
l o w u D o r o L n o L O L o c o
J ^ u i L n - o a o u j M O O o L n
s J W O l U l L J m W H W O
0 0 L 0 L 0 L 0 t > X > L 0 L 0 L 0 O
O O O M t O ^ L T t C T i C O L O O
C O H U I C D N J U I l D K J U l s l
t O L O J ^ L O ^ O O t O r f ^ t O I - 1
t O N J t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
W
H
H H H W I O N J t O W t O t O
O O L O L O O O O H - i M t O t O
M W C n O ^ C D U s I O ^
VD
H
O t O
L n
l s I
i ^ P
M ( n i t ' 0 \ W ^ \ o a ) H v !
H H W W I
LO LO
[O CTi O ^
0^ >J CO I D
t O t O t O t O t O t
w ^ j i ^ u i u i
l O t O U l ^ W U
O U l l D t O O l '
w m u u i t o w o o s j u ) U )
t O N J t O
t o o j u
C D H U l
U W J U l
O ^ J C ^ O I C D H ^ C O C O W
H
00
CO
C^
c o u i ^ ^ u i u ) o o s j a ) o
U l O ^ s J C D l H O H O C O m
M h - ' M t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
O O L D L O O O O H ' M t O t O
M ^ t o ^ h - ' t o ^ j a ^ - j
J ^ ^ O
U I M P H W C J l f f l s J s J W
U l ( ^ 0 3 t O v l * . (
O W [ O W ( 0
s - ^ L n U l L n
L D C O L n - j
> t O L n ^ t s J
U s l W l O C D C D O ^ U ) ^
) (
^ J
u i
t x
C O H O l l O W U l U J t O U l s l
W l D U l O W l O W U l i ^ t O
M W ( O K
L O L O L O
M L n L o w
^ o L n o u i
O L O j - i L O O O C T l L O L O N )
t O
t O
o o
L o
V D t O O f O ^ O ^ ^ H ^ O W
t O V O U l O ^ C O W U l U N J
H H H I O W t O U U ^ i P '
O ^ O O M U I L O L O - J O ^
O O L O U D O O O M M E O C O
O D M C n O ^ U J W s l O * '
( J l ( T l C n < l V D O M O 0 0 a \
o c o o i s i W N J v j i n m o
O
O
^
^
M W W W I O M M t O I O t O
W u o j w ^ ^ ^ u i u i L n
M I - ' t O M N J t s J t O t O t
O V O L D O O O M M t O t
O t O C h O ^ ^ D U > - - J O
i a i f f \ s i m o H O ( B
M
O
O
u
W ^ t ^ O ^ C O t O t l ^ O J t O
C D t O ^ H - s l t X l U I C D ^ L n
I O N J
' K J t O
^ J O J ^
O o L n
C D U l ^ J i - ^ O U l U l W U )
H H t O l O W W W
O ^ D V D O O O M h O t O C h O i t ^ ^ L O L n t T t - j c o o M O
M M M t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
C O L D L O O O O I - ' l - ' t O t O
C O C O C T t O ^ L D L O O O ^
L H C h - O C O V O O M O O O C n
- J C T L n t ^ ^ 4 i . ^ ^ k t i . ^
H ' l - ' l - ' M M I - ' l - ' l - ' M h -
O H W - J M I O C O W H W
O O t O C h O ^ - C O M C T t O J ^
- J C O O > O - J O ^ O ^ V D C O
H
O
O
^
h - ' | - l h - 1 l - l H - 1 H J M ( - * H J h - '
^ ( j i L n c r i c r > c r > < i - j o o c o
( D w a i O r t ' C o M c n o ^
H H H M W W W U ^ I '
O t t ^ - J M L n v O L O - O O ^
H-*Ln
l -
W O l O U J H r f ' O O ^ ^ H
O - J
U3
W U i m U J W t O H H W N l
O O
LOCTt
M h-*
O O
LO en
M U)
O
O
LO CT\
tO LO
W h -
o o m ^ t o o o o c n a ^ t o
o o o o o o o o o
H ^ U l s l ^ ^ C B H v l ^
K P H W t O t O W L d ^ r P '
O r t > C O H U l l O U N ] O J i
o o r o c n o ^ c o c o c T i o ^
O O O O O O O O O O
C O C P i ^ t O O O O .
< T \ ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
I
Ul
M
M
H3
H.
td
0
[0
rr
(D
K
tr
n> L Q
fD
LQ
K.
fD
(1)
(1)
<!
ID
(I)
M
<
X
<
H'
T1
o\
Ul o
3
rr
I- 1
Ul
Ul
II
U3
Ul
Ln
II
II
H1
Ol
^
N
co
o
c
3
n.
F-
UJ
fD
c
M
o
ii
m
M
(1)
4
rt
(D
>
Hi
rt
II
II
Hi
Hi
(D
NJ t-i
M 00
O a\
fD
H M
W !D
3 3
ft)
rr
01
rr
M I- 1
CTl
Ul
3
3 Ci
U.
(1)
(D
ii
m
3
c
PJ
ng device:
O
O
LO <Xi
M
co
c o M - j ^ t o L o u i v o ^ h -
a i u > o o o o i ^ t o o v o o o
U l l O * . H O O N ) O ^ H ^
LOU)
H a)
P H H t O M t O U W ^ ^
O ^ C O M L T I L O L O - O O r f * -
O O
W (Ti
c o o i ^ t o o c o c r i ^ t o o
O O O O O O O O O O
111
f 1 ID H)
j H-" (D
fn 1'
e points of c
: duio
U l U l (Jl U l Ln tt d^ ^
tP ^
OOCTihfc.tvJOOOO^.P'lOO
3 H
rt
01
O TJ
D) PJ
n o o
o o
o
3 3
3
rr
(1)
is
HM
()
TJ
I-
Tl
Ul
LQ
(1)
<
rr)
OO
M
(1
ui
!n
2
O
a
3
0
*-
en
Hi
(-"
13
H
N
ESI
n
51
-J a
H
0)
3
(11 fll
H. i-i
LCI LQ
0
n n ?a
tment ident
tment descr
RHO = 1)
frame 197
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
5
Rl.IP - Volume in M3
ullage
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
CM
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
1000
1020
994 .4
957.7
921.2
884.8
848.6
812.6
776.7
741.1
705.5
670.2
994 .7
958 .0
921 .5
885 .1
848 .9
812 .9
777 .0
741 .4
705 .8
670 .5
995 .0
958 .3
921 .8
885 .4
849 .2
813 .2
777 .3
741 .7
706 .1
670 .8
995.3
958.6
922.0
885.7
849.5
813.5
777.6
742.0
706.4
671.1
995 .5
958 .9
922 .3
886 .0
849 .8
813 .8
777 .9
742 .3
706..7
671 .4
995 .8
959 .1
922 .6
886 .3
850 .1
814..1
778 .2
742 .6
707,.1
671,.7
993 .8
957.1
920.6
884 .2
848.0
812.0
776 .2
740.5
704.9
669.6
38.7
37.2
35.8
34.4
33 .0
31.6
30.2
28.8
27.4
26.1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
-114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
635.0
600.0
565.2
530.5
~496". 0
461.6
427.6
393.8
360.6
327.8
635 .3
600 .3
565 .5
530 .8
496..3
461..9
427 .9
394..1
360..9
328..0
635 .6
600 .6
565 .8
531 .1
496..6
462 .3
428 .2
394..4
361..1
328 .2
635.9
600.9
566.1
531.4
496.9
462.6
428.5
394.7
361.3
328.5
636..2
601,.2
566,.4
531 .7
497,.2
462,.9
428,.8
395..0
361..5
328..7
636,.5
601,.5
566,.7
532,.0
497,.5
463..2
429..1
395.,3
361..7
328,.9
634.4
599.4
564 .5
529.9
495.3
461.0
427.1
393.3
360.2
327.4
24 .7
23.3
22.0
20.6
19.3
17.9
16.6
15.3
14.0
12.7
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
295.1
264.9
235.8
207.8
180.8
154.8
'129.9
106.1
83.3
61.5
295,.4
265,.1
236..0
208 .
.0
181..0
155..1
130.,2
106..4
295..6
265..3
236..2
208..2
181..3
155..3
130..5'
.7
106 .
84.,9
63..2
294 .8
264.5
235.4
207.3
180.3
154.3
129.4
105 .5
82 .7
60.9
11.5
10.3
83,.9
62,.2
296..2
265..7
236..7
208.,7
181..8
155..9
131.,1
107..3
84..5
62,.8
296.,4
265,.9
236,.9
208..9
182..0
156..2
131.,4
107.,6
83..6
61,.8
295.9
265.5
236.4
208.5
181.5
155.6
130.8
107.0
84.2
62.5
1440
1460
40.8
21.1
41,.1
21,.5
41,.5
21,.8
41.8
22.2
42 .2
.
42.,6
23..0
40.1
20.4
1.6
0.8
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
22,.6
Vl
9.2
8.1
7.0
6.0
5.1
4.1
3.2
2.4
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 0 0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-0S
Page
6
R1.1S
Cargo Tank No.1 S
Cargo Oil (CAL, RHO = 1)
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x = 146.2 m

Fore end x = 165.6 m
Sounding device:
R1.1S
ullage
level
Manual ullage
x = 155.60 m (at frame 197)
y =
-5.05 m
z = 16.95 m
Volume in M3
Even
keel
Trim by stern
-0 5
CM
-1
-1 5
(m)
-2
Bow Trim
-2 5
Filling
degree
80
100
120
140
160
180
2572.5
2553.4
2524.8
2492.3
2458.8
2424.7
2390.1
2354.9
2319.2
2282.8
2572
2553
2525
2492
2458
2424
2390
2355
2319
2282
3
9
1
4
9
9
2
0
2
9
2572
2554
2525
2492
2459
2425
2390
2355
2319
2283
2
3
3
6
0
0
3
1
3
0
2572
2554
2525
2492
2459
2425
2390
2355
2319
2283
1
7
6
7
2
1
4
2
4
1
2571
2554
2525
2492
2459
2425
2390
2355
2319
2283
9
9
7
8
3
2
5
3
'5
2
2571
2555
2525
2492
2459
2425
2390
2355
2319
2283
7
1
8
9
4
3
6
4
6
2
2571
2552
2524
2492
2458
2424
2389
2354
2319
2282
3
4
2
1
6
5
9
7
0
6
100.0
99.3
98.1
96.9
95.6
94.3
92.9
91.5
90.2
88.7
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
2245.9
2208.5
2170.5
2131.5.
2090.0
2048.7
2007.5
1966.5
1925.6
1884.9
2246
2208
2170
2131
2090
2048
2007
1966
1925
1885
0
6
5
7
2
9
7
7
8
1
2246
2208
2170
2131
2090
2049
2007
1966
1926
1885
1
6
6
7
4
1
9
9
0
3
2246 2
2208 7
2170 7
2131. .8
2090 6
2049 3
2008 1
1967 1
1926 3
1885 6
2246
2208
2170
2131
2090
2049
2008
1967
1926
1885
2
8
7
8
8
5
3
3
5
8
2246
2208
2170
2131
2091
2049
2008
1967
1926
1886
3
8
8
8
0
7
5
5
7
0
2245
2208
2170
2131
2089
2048
2007
1966
1925
1884
8
3
3
1
6
3
1
1
2
5
87.3
85.9
84.4
82.9
81.2
79.6
78.0
76.4
74 .9
73.3
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
1844.4
1804.0
1763.8
1723 .7
1683.9
1644.2
1604 .6
1565.2
1526.0
1487.0
1844
1804
1764
1724
1684
1644
1604
1565
1526
1487
6
2
0
0
1
4
8
5
3
2
1844
1804
1764
1724
1684
1644
1605
1565
1526
1487
8
4
2
2
3
6
1
7
5
5
1845
1804
1764
1724
1684
1644
1605
1565
1526
1487
0
7
4
4
5
8
3
9
7
7
1845
1804
1764
1724
1684
1645
1605
1566
1527
1488
2
9
7
6
8
1
5
2
0
0
1845
1805
1764
1724
1685
1645
1605
1566
1527
1488
5
1
9
9
0
3
8
4
2
2
1843
1803
1763
1723
1683
1643
1604
1564
1525
1486
9
5
3
3
4
7
2
8
6
5
71.7
70.1
68.6
67.0
65.5
63.9
62.4
60.8
59.3
57.8
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
1448.1
1409.4
1370.9
1332.6
1294 .4
1256.3
1218.5
1180.8
1143 .3
1105.9
1448
1409
1371
1332
1294
1256
1218
1181
1143
1106
4
7
2
8
6
6
7
0
5_
2
1448
1409
1371
1333
1294
1256
1219
1181
1143
1106
6
9
4
0
9
8
0
3
8
4
1448
1410
1371
1333
1295
1257
1219
1181
1144
1106
9
2
6
3
1
1
2
5
0
7
1449
1410
1371
1333
1295
1257
1219
1181
1144
1106
.1
.4
.9
.5
.3
3
5
8
3
9
1449
1410
1372
1333
1295
1257
1219
1182
1144
1107
3
7
1
8
6
6
7
1
5
2
1447
1409
1370
1332
1293
1255
1218
1180
1142
1105
7
0
4
1
9
8
0
3
8
4
56.3
54.8
53.3
51.8
50.3
48.8
47.4
45.9
44 .4
43 .0
800
820
1068.7
1031.7
1069 0
1032 0
1068 2
1031 2
41.5
40.1
0
20
40
"
(at frame 186)

(at frame 210)
60
1069 2
1032 2
1069 5
1032 5
1069 8
1032 .8
1070 0
i'8'33 0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
RX.1S
ullage
level
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
7
Volume in M3
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1000
1020
994.9
958.2
921.7
885.3
849.2
813.2
777.3
741.6
706. 1
670.8
995 .1
958 .5
921 .9
885..6
849..4
813,.4
777..6
741..9
706 .4
671 .1
995 .4
958 .7
922 .2
885 .9
849 .7
813..7
777..9
742..2
706 .7
671 .4
995.7
959.0
922.5
886.1
850.0
814.0
778.1
742.5
707.0
671.6
995 .9
959 .2
922..7
886..4
850,.2
814,.2
778,.4
742..8
707 .3
671 .9
996 .2
959 .5
923..0
886..7
850..5
814 .5
.
778..7
743..0
707 .5
672 .2
994.3
957.7
921.1
884.8
848.6
812.6
776.8
741.1
705.6
670.3
38.7
37.2
35.8
34.4
33.0
31.6
30.2
28.8
27.5
26.1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
635.6
600.6
565.8
531.2
496.7
462.3
428.3
394.5
361.1
328.0
635..9
600..9
566..1
531..4
4 97-:0
462,.6
428..6
394 .
.7
361..3
328,.3
636 .2
601 .2
566 .4
531 .7
497 .2
462 .9
428..9
395..0
361..5
328..5
636.5
601.5
566.7
532.0
497.5
463.2
429. 1
395.3
361.8
328.7
636..8
601..8
567..0
532..3
497,.8
463,.5
429..4
395..6
362..0
328,.9
637 .1
602..1
567..2
532..6
498..1
463..8
429..7
395..9
362..2
329..2
635.1
600.1
565.2
530.6
496.1
461.8
427.8
393.9
360.7
327.6
24.7
23.3
22.0
20.6
19.3
18.0
16.7
15.3
14.0
12.8
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
295.2
264.9
235.8
207.8
180.8
154 .8
129.9
106. 1
83.3
61.5
295,.4
265..1
236..0
208..0
181..0
155..1
13 0..2
106..4
295,.7
265,.3
236,.2
208,.2
181,.3
155,.4
130..5
106,.7
296,.3
265,.7
236,.7
208,.7
181,.8
155,.9
131,.1
107..3
83,.9
62..2
296..5
265..9
236,.9
209,.0
182,.1
156,.2
131,.4
107,.6
84 .9
,
63,.2
294.9
264.6
235.4
207.4
180.3
154 .3
129.4
105.5
82 .7
60.9
11.5
10.3
83.,6
61..8
296.0
265.5
236.5
208.5
181.5
155.6
130.8
107.0
84.2
62.5
1440
1460
40.8
21.1
41..1
21..5
41..5
21..8
41.8
22.2
42,.2
22..6
42,.6
23,.0
40.1
20.4
1.6
0.8
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
84..6
62,.9
9.2
8.1
7.0
6.0
5.1
4.1
3.2
2.4
u>
UI
b - J O ^ 0 - - 0 U I
t o t o t o
ooooo^
T l k O I - '
l H H W
h - H ' h - 1 M I - 1 l - ' t 0 t O t O [ O
- O O O O D O D ^ V D O O H 1 ! - 1
fflHUllJ)*COMm|JUl
C D H ^ s l O W O l v D U U l
W U r f i ^ U l U l W O l f l l v ]
b o o t o C T i M U i ^ i b o o t o
H ^ O ^ V D U J i v J O W O l
W s ] H O \ H W O W v O *
Ul
I D J i t D U a D W - J t J s J U
cricncricrichcricn-o-o-o
O t O W U l O l f f l v D H t O *
i b i b i b U l U l U l U l U l U l U l
m N i i o o u u u i m s i i i )
lb lb
U> i b
i b O C T i U > 0 - J U l U > h -
O l H U l H U l O U i a i H * '
-J-J-JOOOOOOOaOOOOOD
u i v j c o o H W ^ u i s i m
U l t . * . * * * U U H - 0
0 3 H * - v ] O W ( l l U l r f i H
t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o
l - E O t O U > U J i b i b i b l n U l
ft**UU)UUUl*0
t o t o t o t o t o t o
* * U I U 1 ( J 1
C O W O l O ^ O ]
i N j y ) C D 0 1 i t '
t o t o t o t o
W W U U U
H U V O i b
M U l ( O H J
P H H M H P W M M
s i m c o i o i o i o o o P
O0tOCT\MUllO>ba0tO
t o u i o o M b ^ i o u i c r i
M
H '
Cri
U )
i b b . b U ) u > U J U i - j - o t o
c o - o - o c r i u i u i u i i n i b i b
o t o t o t o t o
* U l U 1 U l
I 0 0 1 0 * O J
i ^ i m ^ i o
t o t o
U I O
H U 1
o u t
M M t - ' M M I - ' t O t O t O t O
^ J O O O D V O V X l ^ O O h - 1 ! - 1
O l O O l O U l l O U C O U O l
t o t o t o t
U U U t .
U I U ) 0 )
n u i o u
J i r f i b b U W I C l O l O U l
o o - j - j o i a i u i u i u i i b i b
o t o t o t
-j--jooo
C O W U
i o o t o c
o t o t o
ooovi
1 0 J H
r i o o o
~ J O t O i b ~ O C O O t O U > 0
0 3 m V O ^ V O * X > V ) V O V X i o
V O H W U ^ C l s J C O V D O
) - J O I I I H O * * P M
t o t o t o t o t
<xcr\(X-j
0 * 0 ) H U 1
o o u i t o - j u
c n a \ a \ ~ j - j - j o o o o a o i >
w u i u j i o a i i o w m u i H
m m a i ^ s i s i C D m o o i t )
H U l ) I O O i m l > 1 0 \ l O H
lO UI tO - J U v l N) UI UI H
L O k O M - ^ l O - O O O O H ' U l
o i m o i ^ - o ^ o j i i o t o i o
h-UlVOtOCTlVIU>CT\VOHJ
^ J i b O C T i M C r i O i b i b h - 1
m W J i H U H ^ W H v J
o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o
o t o u i o j b b u i u i u i
i i o u m u ^ o ^ c o
* v l O U U l * I O O
t o t
t o t
o u
O H
t O t O t O t O
l J 3 O O I - ' l - '
o u s i i o t r i
f f i y J I O W
M M M M I - ' M
- 0 C 0 0 0 U 5 k 0
s j w o i o u i i
( D H ^ v J O U
C O s l - J f f l U l U l U l i P > i b i b
U 1 0 ^ J U > 0 - J U 1 1 A J H
m o i o i s i - O v i c o f f l o j m
U 1 W 0 J * l O * O l W U H
l i ) U l v l ^ N ) U 1 0 ) s l O (
o
1
.
o
i b b i b t b L O L O M M M - O .
o t o t o t o t o t o t o t
O U U 1 * * U 1 U 1 U
j u i - j t o m o i b - o
o m o o H * ' U i - , r
0 0 - j - o . c r i a i u i u i u i u i i b
U 1 0 0 0 U > a \ O O H i b " 0 . 0
u ) U * * m u i m m m ^
u i o C T i u > o - j i n o J h
W U i b i b U l U l O l f f l O l O
U l l D U f f l W ^ O U l l O U
u > a \ o o t - 1 i b c r \ v o t o u i o o
U l O O l O J O - J U l O J h - ' O
U l l O W s l W O l O W W U
H ^ m i O M * s l O U O \
U 1 0 C T l U > 0 - J U l U > H
W
H
C T l k D t O U 1 0 0 l - > i b - J . O U >
o t o t o
-o-o.c
V O t O C
O t O N
c o u > i b i b u i u i c r i C \ c r i ~ j
t o t o t
crt-o.
O t O U l
l l O O
l o u ^ - j o i o u i m H *
t o t o
a\cr\
M U l O
b O v
^ H W H i f c U O \ ( H v J
t o t o t o t o t o t o t o ' t o t o t o
( O W I O U J U f t b U l t l l U I
0 * l O W v l P 0 1 0 W - J
b i b t b i b i b u i u i u i c n t o
t o t o t
I O W I
O i b u
o i u ) t
U J O D - j a i c r i O i U i u i u i u i
-O
tfc. to
o
o
H H H M H P I O M M
^ ] O O O O > > D t 0 V O O O h -
to to
UI <J3
av oo
ui
oo o\
o
o
UI
a
fD
LQ
H
fD
fD
1]
HM
M
H3
IQ
H
h
(D <;
fD fD
M 0
M <T>
n to m
H3
(D
<
II
II
>X> o
UI UI
H
CTi U I
^
N
o
o
iib
to
il
PJ
OJ
fD
c
M
o
>
M
3
U>
3
C
U
H-
c
3
X
rr
H
(D
4
II
H
X
II
u.
>
11
O Hi
H. r r
(1)
(D
(1) 3
3 O.
I- 1
01
cn
Ml
i~t
ID
3
(D
Hi
H
0)
3
(0
H
00
-J
PJ
rr
0)
rr
30.2 m
47.2 m
>to
t o u>
av I-J
00 H>
UJ
o
o
to
13
en
C)
ng device:
to
Ol
>> to
O o
CTldOl-O.-O.-JOOOOOOVX)
H * 0 0 U U l V O I O U l \ O H
U I O U I H O I F U U I O I O
tj\
O
H C D O f f l H W U H l O O
H H H P H H I O M U I O
^ J O O O O ^ ^ O V O O O I - 1 ! - 1
J h J C T i O i b C D L O - J H ' 0 " \
J ^ s l O W m i D W l ^ t D H
t O U l C 0 h
t o t o t o u > u > b i b i b u i u i
00
O
i b i b i b i b i b O J I O U l i b O
to ui
oi
o
i t en
U I O U
O O H J 1 - J
- J P L I I
U f l l V D
C O C O v J O l O l U l U l U l U l U l
H P H M H H U
- J O O C O < 0 M > < O
- J H U I O ^ O D W
W U 1 ( H ^ s ] O
O O O l i b t O O O O C r i i b t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
u w u u w t o u w w w
C 0 0 1 * ( 0 O 0 0 I I \ * I J O
O O O O O O O O O O
C D 0 ! - 0 ( H 0 \ U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 *
ibU5io-~ji-'cnoib
oo u>
J O U U H D O U I O H O W
b o a \ u > o - o . u i u > t - J o
o
ib
i b o o i u j o - o u i u i w o
I I" I I
u i c T \ c r \ a \ ^ j
U l O i b O O O J
> S I H * ~ 1 0
- J O l <T\ CTi CTi <Xl

O 03 <Tl i b tO O
O O O O O O
I I' ' i* t"

u > u > b i b U i
i b O O U l - O H
U l t O U O
. - 0 - J -O - J
00 <J\ i b M
o o
o O
omp:
e points of c
U I <>
oi
M
h-1 H 1
M u
<TlO
O t O
00 00
to
o
o
o
fD
o
n
T3
to
O H
H - 01
h-1 3
o v
0i pj \->
M H
tt) IQ t o
0
0) PJ
t-i H.
n o w
fD
3
rr
en
n o n
0
0
o
3
3 3
i-r TJ T J
tment ident
tment descr
at frame
<
o
00
to
tn
m
n
Ul
t-1
a
o
to
H
1
N
tsi
en
o
Ul
o
ao 1
m
(D
T1
PJ
Ul
-.1
U)
o
o
M
s:
H
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
9
R1.2P - Volume in M3
ullage
level
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1000
1020
1218.0
1175.7
1133.4
1091.2
1049.0
1006.9
964.9
923 .0
881.2
839.4
1220 .0
1177 .7
1135 .4
1093 .2
1051..0
1008,.9
966..9
925,.0
.2
883 ,
1222.1
1179.7
1137.4
1095.2
1053.0
1011.0
969.0
927.0
885.2
843.5
1224.1
1181.7
1139.4
1097.2
1055.1
1013 .0
971.0
929.1
887.2
845.5
1226 .1
1183 .8
1141 .5
1099 .2
1057..1
1015..0
973..0
931..1
889..3
1228..1
1185..8
1143 .
.5
1101..3
1059,.1
1017,.0
975..0
933,.1
891..3
847 .5
849 .6
1214.0
1171.6
1129.3
1087.1
1045.0
1002.9
960.9
918.9
877.1
835.4
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
797.8
756.2
714.8
673 .5
632.3
591.2
550.6
510.2
469.9
429.7
799 .8
758 .3
716..8
675..5
634..3
593 .2
552 .5
512..1
471..8
431,.7
801.8
760.3
718.9
677.5
636.3
595 ~ 2
554 . 5
514.1
473 .8
433.6
803.9
762.3
720.9
679.5
638.3
597.2
556.4
516.0
475.7
435.5
805 .9
764 .3
722 .9
681 .6
640 .4
599 .2
558 .4
517 .9
477 .6
437 .5
807 .9
766 .4
724..9
.6
683 .
642 .4
601 .3
560 .3
519 .9
479 .6
439 .4
793.7
752.2
710.8
669.4
628.2
587.2
546.7
506.3
466.0
425.9
27.4
26.0
24.5
23 .1
21.7
20.3
18.9
17.5
16.1
14.8
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
389.7
354.0
319.1
284 .5
250.4
216 . 8
183 .6
150.9
118.6
86.8
391,.7
355,.9
320,.9
286,.3
252,.2
218,.6
185,.4
152..6
120..3
395.8
359.5
324.5
289.9
255.8
222.1
188.9
156.1
123 .7
91.8
397 .8
361 .4
326 .3
291 .7
257 .6
223 .9
190 .6
157 .8
125 .4
93 .5
399..9
363..2
328..1
293..5
259..4
225 .6
192..4
159 .5
127 .2
95 .2
386.2
350.4
315.4
280.9
246.9
213 .3
180.1
147.4
115.2
83 .4
13.4
12.2
11.0
88..5
393.7
357.7
322.7
288.1
254.0
220.3
187.1
154.3
122.0
90.1
1440
1460
55.4
24 .5
57..1
26..1
58.7
27.8
60.4
29.4
62 .1
31 .1
63 .8
32 .7
52.0
21.6
1.9
0.8
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
841 .5
41.8
40.4
38.9
37.5
36.0
34.6
33.1
31.7
30.3
28.8
9.8
8.6
7.4
6.3
5.2
4 .1
3.0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
R1.2S
Cargo Tank No.2 S
Cargo Oil (CAL, RHO
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
10
1)
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x = 13 0.2 m

Sounding device:
R1.2S
ullage
level
CM
(at frame 166)

(at frame 187)
Manual ullage
x = 142.00 m (at frame 181)
y = -5.05 m
z = 16.95 m
Volume in M3
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)

-0 5
-1
-1 5
-2
Bow Trim
-2 5
Filling
degre;S
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
2910
2888
2857
2823
2789
2754
2719
2683
2647
2610
2
7
6
7
3
5
1
4
1
4
2910
2889
2859
2825
2790
2756
2720
2685
2648
2612
0
9
2
3
9
1
8
1
8
2
2909
2891
2860
2826
2792
2757
2722
2686
2650
2613
9
2909 7
1
2892 2
8 __2862 3
9
2828 5
5 . 2794 2
7
2759 4
2724 1
5
7
2688 4
2652 3
6
2615 6
9
2909
2893
2863
2830
2795
2761
2725
2690
2654
2617
6
2
8
1
8
0
8
1
0
3
2909
2894
2865
2831
2797
2762
2727
2691
2655
2619
4
2
3
7
4
6
4
8
7
1
2908
2886
2854
2820
2786
2751
2715
2680
2643
2607
2
1
4
5
1
2
8
0
7
0
100
99
98
97
95
94
93
92
91
89
0
3
2
0
8
6
4
2
0
7
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
2573
2535
2497
2458
2415
2372
2329
2286
2243
2200
3
6
6
4
4
5
5
6
7
7
2575
2537
2499
2460
2417
2374
2331
2288
2245
2202
0
4
4
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
2576
2539
2501
2462
2419
2376
2333
2290
2247
2204
8
2
1
1
44
5
6
6
7
2578
2541
2502
2463
2421
2378
2335
2292
2249
2206
5
0
9
8
4
4
5
5
6
6
2580
2542
2504
2465
2423
2380
2337
2294
2251
2208
3
7
7
5
3
4
4
5
6
6
2582
2544
2506
2467
2425
2382
2339
2296
2253
2210
0
5
5
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
2569
2532
2494
2454
2411
2368
2325
2282
2239
2196
8
1
0
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
88
87
85
84
83
81
80
78
77
75
4
1
8
5
0
5
0
6
1
6
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
2157
2114
2071
2029
1986
1943
1900
1857
1814
1771
8
8
9
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
2159
2116
2073
2030
1988
1945
1902
1859
1816
1773
8
8
9
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
2161
2118
2075
2032
1990
1947
1904
1861
1818
1775
7
8
8
9
0
1
1
2
4
5
2163
2120
2077
2034
1992
1949
1906
1863
1820
1777
7
8
8
9
0
0
1
2
3
5
2165
2122
2079
2036
1993
1951
1908
1865
1822
1779
7
7
8
9
9
0
1
2
3
5
2167
2124
2081
2038
1995
1953
1910
1867
1824
1781
7
7
8
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
2153
2110
2067
2025
1982
1939
1896
1853
1810
1767
8
9
9
0
1
2
2
3
4
6
74
72
71
69
68
66
65
63
62
60
1
7
2
7
2
8
3
8
3
9
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
1728
1685
1643
1600
1557
1514
1472
1429
1387
1344
7
9
1
3
6
9
2
6
0
5
1730
1687
1645
1602
1559
1516
1474
1431
1389
1346
7
9
1
3
6
9
2
6
0
5
1732
1689
1647
1604
1561
1518
1476
1433
1391
1348
7
8
0
3
6
9
2
6
0
5
1734
1691
1649
1606
1563
1520
1478
1435
1393
1350
6
8
0
3
5
9
2
6
0
5
1736 6
1693 8
1651 0
1608 3
1565 5
1522 8
1480 2
1437 6
1395 0
1352 .5
1738 6
1695 8
1653 0
1610 2
1567 5
1524 8
1482 2
1439 6
1397 0
1354 .5
1724 7
1681 9
1639 1
1596 3
1553 6
1510 .9
1468 .2
1425 6
1383 0
1340 .5
59 4
57 9
56 5
55 0
53 5
52 .1
50 .6
49 .1
47 .7
46 .2
800
820
1302 0
1259 6
1308 0
1265 6
1310 0
1267 6
1312 .0
1269
.6
ft
1298 .0
1255 .6
44 .7
43 .3
1304 0
1261 6
1306 0
1263 6
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
11
R1.2S - Volume in M3
ullage
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1219 .2
1176 .9
1134 .7
1092..5
1050..4
1008..3
966..4
924,.5
1221 .2
1178 .9
1136,.7
1094,.5
1052,.4
1010,.3
968,.4
926,.5
1227 .2
1184 .9
1142 .7
1100 .5
1058..4
1016..4
974 .4
.
932..5
882 .7
841 .0
884 .7
843 .0
1223 .2
1180.9
1138.7
1096.5
1054.4
1012.3
970.4
': 928.5
886.7
845.0
1225..2
1182..9
1140..7
1098..5
1056,.4
1014 ,
.4
972 .4
,
930,.5
1000
1020
1217.2
1174.9
1132.7
1090.5
1048.4
1006.3
964.4
922.5
880.7
839.0
888 .7
847 .0
890 .7
849 .0
1213 .2
1170.9
1128.7
1086.5
1044.3
1002.3
960.3
918.5
876.7
835.0
41.8
40.4
38.9
37.5
36.0
34.6
33.1
31.7
30.3
28.8
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
797.4
755.9
714.5
673.2
632.0
591.0
550.4
510.0
469.8
429.7
799 .4
757 .9
716 .5
675 .2
634 .0
593 .
.0
552..4
512,.0
471..7
431,.6
801 .4
759,.9
718,.5
677,.2
636,.0
595,.0
554..3
513..9
473..6
433..5
803.4
761.9
720.5
679.2
638.0
597.0
556.2
515.8
475.6
435.4
805 .4
763 .9
722,.5
681 .2
640,.0
599,.0
558,.2
517,.8
477,.5
437..4
807 .4
765 .9
724 .5
683 .2
642 .1
601 .0
560..1 .
519..7
479..4
439..3
793.4
751.9
710.5
669.2
628.0
587.1
546.6
506.2
466.0
425.8
27.4
26.0
24.6
23.1
21.7
20.3
18.9
17.5
16.1
14.8
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
389.7
354.0
319. 1
284.5
250.4
216.8
183 .6
150.9
118.6
86.8
391.,6
355,.9
320,.9
393..7
357..7
322..7
288..1
254..0
220,.3
187.. 1
154..3
122..0
397..8
399,.8
361 .4
326 .3
291 .7
257 .6
223 .9
190..6
157..8
125..4
93 .5
363 .2
328 .1
293 .5
259 .4
225 .6
192 .4
159 .5
127 .2
95 .2
386.2
350.4
315.4
280.9
246.9
213.3
180.1
147.4
115.2
83 .4
13 .4
12.2
11.0
90..1
395.7
359.5
324.5
289.9
255.8
222.1
188.9
156.1
123 .7
91.8
1440
1460
55 .4
24.5
58..7
27..8
60.4
29.4
62 .1
31 .1
63 .8
32 .7
52.0
21.6
1.9
0.8
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
286 .3
252,.2
218,.6
185,.4
152,.6
120,.3
88,.5
57 . 1
26 . 1
9.8
8.6
7.4
6.3
5.2
4.1
3.0
-J
-J
-J
-J
iti
CTi
K)
G\
CTi
M H
M M H l - ' J -
h -
'
M l -
CTi
Ul
0-\
Ul
00
h- 1
-J
Ul
t-J
C-
J*
t O t O t O t O t O f O
to
to
tO
tO
O
'
i ^
U l
C
C
O
D
M h -
H * h -
h - ' H
i -
h -
h -
t o o c o - j a i L o i - v o c o c r \
O ^ C D W s J H O \ O
W O l C O H ^ N l O t O
totototototototototo
choôa)cooou3U)vo
C h L O L n L O C h U l C O C O C O C O
C O U l H v ] t O s ] H L n O \ N j
O O W O l L n W H
O C O U C O l O U l
M t O t
U 1 U
H U i
m u i
t O t O
> U 1
W s i
j o u
O t O
1 0 1
w w
u p
- J M O l O U l U l ^ O O t O - J
t O
* *
a i
i -
u i - j t o m o u i u i i t ' O o u i
u> oo a>
I
O
W
^
u
- O . - 0 - O . C D 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
o i s i i t i O H U r f i O i s j r a
H * o i u i M m f f l H u m
W t O t
W U U
( j i o
l o w
O
l
u
H
m o i m o i o i o i - j v j v i o
H U ^ O l - J t D O H U J i
- O O O O t - ' U J t & . L n - O . O O O
ui
^ j ^ C T i ^ - O U l V O C O - O ^ O
Ul
ao
^J
- j
4^
W
Ul
~0
~J
~J
00
t-1
K>
03
00
00
to
a\ o
*.
~J
00
Ul
H
Ul
Ul
Ul
^
m
Ul
Ul
Ul
<y\
Ul
U
J
4 ^ H
I
J
' a i
^ u i ^ j c r i c r i u i
l o H ^ a i r o u i H t o w o
O O U O U I U I U O U I U I U I U I O
U l h J t O U l ^ U l ~ J 0 0 U l O
^ H -
o ^ o ^ - - J M ^ o o i -
C T l - J ^ J - J O O O O O O U l U l U l
o
Ln
<i
CTi
00
Ch
I O I O I O M I O M I O I O I O I O
O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t
U U U * ^ U l U l U l l J
o * a ) U s i i - ' U i )
W U 1 0 ) H U Q 1 U 1 J
t ^ r f ^ u i u i u i u i u i u i u i a i
o o . -o. u i
W t
I O
u i
1 0
' t O t O W t O t O t O
O O O H H M
\ o 4 ^ o o o j - j i - '
tOLnooi-1.fc'a,
C T \ - J - J ^ ] C O C 0 C 0 < 0 ' J 3 ^ 0
O \ O ^ v ] H ^ C 0 H ^ C T \
C O U I H s J I O s l H i n O ^ m
M l - ' l - ' l ( I l (
u ) ~ j h - ' a
i-tC>-JO
w w a i c o p u j a i u i w p
t o w u i u j i ^ L r i u i ^ c n
M M U l ~ ~ J U l ^ t O O 0 0 - 0
^ O O
I C D
0 ^ 0 < t > 0 0 \ O V D O > ^
^ * ^ u i u i o i m - j v i J
i f c O O U l - J M U I O
L n t D H ^ v l l D W U
- O L n L O M O C O t O > X > V D C r
H - ' M t - ' t - ^ t O M t O t O t O t O
0 3 0 0 U l U 1 0 0 0 l - J l - ' t O
U J - - J h J L n o d ^ 0 0 U l - J I - '
O
U
V O W U l C
s J U l U H l
L n L O M V D - J O ^ ^ t O O V D
K
J
W
W
M
M
O O O O H ' W t O
O ^ C O W g H
U 1 U I - ' 0 ( 1 0 0 \ * U ) H I D
U H l O - J U l ^ M O O l ' J
w o i f f l H ^ N i o w i n c o
* - ^ * - u i L n c n c T i - j - j ~ j
t O O V D - J U l L O t O O O O C A
H
H
H
P
W
C O C O ^ O V
W v J H U l
H ^ s l V O [ O I J l C 0 H > t ' C ^
to
(B
LQ
H
N.
CD
Ul
(B
LQ
1]
H-
ti
tt>
rr
fD
N.
01
tr
H-
Ul
IB <
(D (B
<
o
c
3
LQ
<J 91
M (D
a>
C T \ O ^ J - - J C 0 0 0 C 0 X > L 0 V 0
H H H H W i M N J W W f O
C O C D V X l ^ O O O M M t O
L O - J j - ' C n o J ^ C O L O ^ h - i
^ r f s . ^ L n ( j i c r \ c n - j - - o - o
y j w u i c o o w ^ u i u H
t O L O L O L O ^ ^ L n L n U l O ^
U 1 0 ^ C D U v ] H U l > X l W
i-1
( J l t O U l t O C n ^ 0 0 - - J 0 0 L O
m - j - o - j o o c o c o ^ v ^ v ^
C n o J ^ O M ^ C O M ^ C n
c r i L o c r \ L o c r \ L n u > c o o o ^
L n O t ^ C D L O - J H ' L n V D L O
v o w i n c o o w ^ u i w p
C h ^ E O O C O - O L n - J - J ^
U ) W U 1 C O O W O \ U 1 W H
u i o ^ o D W - j H U i y j w
C O C O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
t O M t O
O l - 1 l - ' t O
L O - O h - 1
O H ^ f f \
CO
P H H W W I O
O C D X > L D O O
O ^ I M L n o ^ C O
^ - J U 3 W U l C
L o t o o o o m i n L o t - ' v o c o
H H H H r O W i \ ) t O M i \ J
C O C O V D V D O O O M M M
L O - J M U I O J ^ C O C O - O H 1
LO
^ t o o < x > - j a i L o h - o c o
O ^ C D U N I H C T I O ^ O )
L O C h O O M ^ - O O t O L n C O
LO
d ^ ^ ^ L n i n c n c r i - o - j ^ j
C D C r \ ^ M O C O C T | ^ t O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
W ' W
^ ^ > . L n i n c r > c r \ - j - j - j
O ^ C O t - O - J M C h O r ^ O O
L 0 ( T \ 0 0 l - ' ^ - 0 O t 0 L J l C 0
LOLO
CT\
c o c o v D v n o o o i - ^ M C O
L O - j t - J U I O ^ O O L O - J r - 1
r - ' l -
c o c n ^ t o o c o a i ^ M o
O O O O O O O O O O
H
O
L
H
j ^ ^ ^ - i j i L n a \ c r - j - o - j
o ^ t n w - J H O i o ^ a )
U U l C O M ^ v l O M U l C O
H ' J -
H>
cr\
- 0 0
-J
h- 1
LO
en
-J
LO
LO
LO
coco
H
<TI
- J O
4^-LO
L O U l O O M ^ - O O t O U I C O
^ * . ^ U l L n L T i ( J \ s ] N j s J
(Tl
CTi
CO
CTi
- J O
LO
-J
oo a\ to O
o o o o o
M O ^
LO
to o
o o
00 CO
II
O
Ul
3 3
Ul
Ul
l-i
0)
3
(B
Hl
rr
or
H
to
01 U l NO
II
N *<
CB
pi
LQ
(B
to
(B
3
01
i-(
Hi
*.
cri
M
- j
m m
3 (D3
(D
Hi
rr rr
01
3 3
to
Ul
&
(B
3
n>
>
Hi
hi
1]
o
o
Hi
rt
01
p-
(B
<;
TJ
3
(B
re
l-i
X
rt
3
LQ
H-
w
o
c
a
rt
3
(B
3
rr
3
B
fli
(B
H
p
3
go ' 0
O
HM
Ol 01
H
LQ LQ
0
0
I
Ul
13
O 3
h. rr
01
a Hn> a .
3
fl
ui
n
rt
3
(B
3
rt
a n &1
01
3
rr
ni
3
o n o
o o o
00
M
Ul
to
h- 1
Ul
o1
Ul
<
no
fB o
IQ
rn
P fl
T1
ta
CO
H
t
rn
n
>;
H N
o
o
n
Ul
-0
U)
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
13
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
Trim by stern
(m)
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
1274 .6
1231 .8
1189 .0
1146..2
1103 .
.3
1060..5
1017..7
974..9
932..0
889..2
1274 .7
1231 .9
1189,.0
1146..2
.4
1103 .
1060,.6
1017..7
974..9
932..1
889..3
1274 .7
1231 .9
1189 .1
1146 .2
1103 .4
1060..6
1017..8
974..9
1274 .7
1231 .9
1189 .1
1146 .3
1103 .5
1060 .6
1017..8
1000
1020
1274 .6
1231..8
1189..0
1146..1
1103 .
.3
1060..5
1017..7
974..8
932..0
889..2
932 .1
889 .3
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
846 .4
803 .5
760 .7
717 .9
675 .1
632..3
589,.8
547,.4
505,.0
462,.6
846 .4
803,.6
760,.8
717,.9
675,,1
632,.3
589,.8
547..4
505,.0
462.,6
846 .4
803 .6
760 .8
718 .0
675 .1
632 .3
589 .8
547 .4
505 .0
462..6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
420..2
382 .3
345 .0
308 .1
271 .4
235..1
199..2
163..5
128..2
93 .
.3
420..3
382 .5
345 .2
308 .2
271 .6
235 .3
199 .3
163..7
128..4
93 .
.4
1440
1460
58.6
24.6
58.8
24.7
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-2.5
975 .0
932 .2
889 .3
.8
.0
.1
.3
.5
.7
.8
975 .0
932 .2
889 .4
1274 .5
1231 .7
1188 .9
1146..1
1103..2
1060..4
1017..6
974..8
931 .9
889 .1
42 .9 '
41 .5
40 .1
38 .6
37 .2
35..7
34..3
32..8
31 .4
30 .0
846 .5
803 .6
760 .8
718 .0
675..2
632..4
589..8
547..4
505..0
462,.6
846 .5
803 .7
760,.9
718,.0
675..2
632,.4
589,.8
547..4
504,.9
462..5
846 .5
803 .7
760..9
718..1
675..2
632..4
589..7
547..3
504 .
.9
462..5
846 .3
803 .5
760 .6
717 .8
675 .0
632 .3
589 .9
547 .4
505 .0
462 .6
28 .5
27 .1
25 .6
24 .2
22 .7
21 .3
19 .9
18..4
17 .0
15..6
420..6
382 .6
345 .3
308 .4
271 .7
235 .4
199 .5
163..8
128..5
93 .
.5
420..9
382 .8
345 .5
308 .5
271 .9
235..6
199..6
164..0
128..7
93..7
421..1
382 .9
345 .6
308..7
272..0
235..7
199,.8
164,.1
128,.8
93 ,
.8
421..4
383 .1
345 .8
308 .8
272..2
235 .9
199..9
164..3
129..0
94 .0
.
420..4
382 .0
344 .7
307..8
271..1
234..8
198..9
163..2
127..9
93 .0
.
14..2
12 .9
11 .6
10 .4
9 .1
7..9
6 .7
5..5
4 .3
3 .1
58.9
25.0
59.0
25.3
59.2
25.6
59.3
25.9
58.3
24.5
2.0
0.8
1274
1232
1189
1146
1103
1060
1017
'>
h-'t- J h- 1 h-'J-'l- l h- J h J H- , h- 1
M M
O t ^ ^ U J ^ J M C ^ O ^ ^ D
U 1 - J O U O \ U ) [ O U 1 C O H
O ^ C O v j C T i U l ^ U M M
H CT\
U5tO
tO
W M ( O N )
i u i u i m
O l O U l ^ U
o u > - J L n
t O t O t O E O t O t O t O t O t O t O
.fc. CO
Ul t-1
Ul U l
H I - 1
Jj.Lo u i
i - 1 cxi
U)tO
W v l W O ^ O U l V f l ^ C D W
W t O
' l - ' t O
l ~ J h J
s i y )
N l H C T l O U l t O ^ C O W s l
H H H W t O U t O
D C O L O L O O O O I l ~ J H C T l O * - U ) U
o i k o u u i o o H ^
H O W O O v i m i J l ^ U U
^ s j y j M U i a t H ^ v i o
H O l O U l l O t f c O J H ^ s l
CD CD CO CO CD CD CD
O
H W J i CH s i CD
M W U U ^ J i U l U l U l f f l
CTlOfcLOU><JtOLnk>LO
w w r o H ^ s i o i O s i u i
W O ^ f f i H ^ v l U ) U ) v ] U l
p o u i ( i j v j ( j u ) o a i i f t
W W U U * i t " U l U l U l f f l
H o i o r a ^ f l i o s i o ) ^
u i u i o i u i u i u i u i m
O M U I J ^ U l - O C D O
~J - J
en - o
cr\cr\cricricricr\-o.-~j~j~j
ro^mui*>u)p*uip
H H H H M M M M U I O
C O C O L O v O O O O W l - J t O
C D s l f f l U l i l i L J U H O t D
h J
i ~ j
^ m
B H
c o s j o i w ^ w w H o y )
h J l - J H ' l - J h - ' l - J l t " U i u i c r \ c r i ^ j ^

\ o W x ] H O \ o
O O U m i O W U I I
^ . j ^ j ^ L n a i a i c r i - o - o ^ j
O * V 0 U - J P ( I l O * )
* - j o u m i o u u i i o
- ,
i i
r
C
H
C
U
w
l - i l
j ^ j
o f
U l
^ H ^ O l C D V D H t J W O
C O I O I O U I I O I O U J I O I O O
I D H W U l ^ U l v J C O V O O
w o t o o u i i - ' U i d ^ u i i -
o i s i s i ^ i c n m a i i o i o ^
^ J 0 4 ^ 0 0 M U 1 C O H ' U 1 ^ 1
t O l O U I H m ' H U l k O O H
Q,
fD
LQ
l-i
(D
fD
CO
H h- 1
H-1
H3
LQ
ti
-J
h*
CTl
en J ^
fD
Ml
H H.
m (1)
3 3
i-h
fD
O
U
U
O
Pi
rr
pi
rr
II
M
I- 1
P
a
fD
II
Li
0 \ U U 1 U O l * . 0 ) v l W v J
O t O t O t O t
j m a ) C D U )
D H U l ( D H
l H O l H U l l
157
M t O
) f i
1 C n
O l D
M M t O t
o i v i s ]
^ J O * t
l O l O U
c n u i L n w c n j ^ c o - j u i M
4 m
(D
CD M
1
O I-
frame
3
c
to
fD
>
rr
to
H
3
Ul
*i
o rHr i
H
fD
II
3
U)
3
c
H m
to M
CD
s l O * H ) H U i a i H l ) 1 s l
I O I O U 1 H 0 1 P U 1 1 0 0 0
U M W U U M I O U I O I O
Ul
tr
(Jl
vo o
a\
i
ai
II
II
M
H-
14.2
31.2
O l D O O s J ^ i m U l i f c W I O
U ) I I l H * s l O l l ) ~ J U I
J i - J L O t O L n C O H ' i ^ s J O
Ul
H-
fD
c
M
at
*o .^
M U U I O I O W I O I O U U
t o u > u i u i , t . > ( * L n u i L n a \
P H H H U M W M W I O
C O C O k O V O O O O I - ' l - J t O
ii
H3
fD <!
fD fD
i- p
w M
u>
in
O
HM
()
CO
Ul
2.
0
P
X
i-3
CU
LQ U l
0 CO
n n w
U l-i
m C
H
i-(
ill
CO
RHO
> t > U i L n c r \ c n ~ j - j - j
t> V O O J ^ M O ^ O t ^ V O
~J O U I O I I O W U I C D H
n n n
0
o 0
P
3 3
rr
a
-a
fD CU CU
P 1-1 H.
rr
Ul Ul
M cn
U3 t o
U l M ^ W L n ^ v l v ] 0 \ N ]
O W O J - O C T i U l W O ^ ^ W
o i o f f i v j o ^ a i i f t w W H
O W C D s J O l U l ^ W t O H
- J 0 4 ^ 0 0 M ( J 1 C O M U 1 - J
t o ^ u i M C h M U i u j o o
^ m u j t o L n m H ^ v j o
O ^ l O U J s J H ^ O i P ' U )
U 1 - J O < j J C T \ U ) t \ J ( J l C O M
M <T\
UDEO
O \ - S ] N J S J C 0 C 0 0 D U ) U ) U )
h - ' H ' M I - ' H - ' M h - ' M H - ' M
M M
C O t O t O t O t O O J t O N J M C O
H H H H t O M W M t O W
C 0 C 0 V 0 U 3 O O O M M C 0
W W W W W I O W W I O W
G\<i<i<\COCOCD^D^DKD
- J O J ^ C O M L T l C O M L n - J
- O . O ^ O O M U l C O M L n ~ J
M t O t O M t O t O M M M t O
L n t o 4 ^ t O L n u > - j c r c r i t s J
L O O l C D H ^ ^ O l O v j a i
O V D O O v l C T i O l ^ W i O H
i l ^ O \ U ) t O a i 0 3 H ^ N J O
O W
. ^ u
U J ^ - o
t O M W t O t O M C O I O I O N )
N 3 ( O W W t
i s j u u w *
O ^ O - t ' V D
t \ J L n c a M
device:
H H H H W W W W M W
C O C O V 0 V O O O O M M M
k O O O - J C T \ l n v f c > . U > M M O
U > C T l X > t O U l C O M f t > - - J O
H P H H t O t O l O t O W f O
C O C O ^ U D O O O M M E O
O
e points of comp:
V D O D v J ^ U l ^ U t O H O
M O
' M h - ' l r - j - - j - j
C h O ^ * o O
N ) U l C D H
M H ' M M M H ' J ^ ^ 4 ^ u i i n c r \ c
O J ^ U > U > - * J M
J ^ s l O U ( J \ V D
M M
u>Lo
H O ^
V0 tO
K > < > L n M C T \ M L n V O O K >
m
X
rr
H
ident
descr
I D O O - O d j a i ^ U J W H O
U J C n < J D M U l C O M ^ - J O
t o t o w t o t o t o w t o t o
b J U u ^ ^ i n u i o i c A
o 4 ^ * x o j J ^ c o
Vol
\-> CF\
> t o
t o
t o
c h
W l
C O C T i ^ N J O C O O ^ t f ' W O
O O O O O O O O O O
H H H H l O I O l O t O t O W
0 0 C 0 U 3 ( J 3 O O O M M t O
( B O l i t ' t O O C O i T i ^ W O
O O O O O O O O O O
m
o
c
P
U.
ng
O ^ U ) U ) - J H t T i O * . U )
^ - O O U t ^ V O W U l C D H
--j-j--j--j-ocr\cr\cr*0">cr
031J\^MOC0(^^t0O
O O O O O O O O O O
to o
o o
CO 00
fD M
< CU
f 1 (D LQ
M fD
tment
tment
= 1)
Ul
J* I
O
Ul
O
<
tu
LQ U l
fD O
CO
M
co
w n
TJ
tr1
CO
n 1
s-: NJ
H N
U l ro
-.1
Ul n
O
O H
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
15
SOUNDING TABLE
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1276 .2
1233 .3
1190 .4
1147 .5
1104 .6
1061 .7
1018 .8
975 .9
933 .0
890 .1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
847..2
804 .2
.
761..3
718..4
675 .5
632..6
590..1
547 .7
505.,2
462..7
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
1440
1460
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1276 .2
1233 .3
1190..4
1147 .5
1104..6
1061 .7
1018..8
975..9
933 .0
890..1
1276 .3
1233 .4
1190..4
1147 .5
1104..6
1061 .7
1018..8
975,.9
933..0
890..1
1276..3
1233..4
1190..5
1147..6
1104,.7
1061..8
1018..9
976..0
933..1
890..2
1276..3
1233..4
1190..5
1147 .6
1104..7
1061 .8
1018..9
976..0
933..1
890,.2
1276 .4
1233 .5
,
1190,.6
1147..7
1104..8
1061..9
1019..0
976..1
933,.2
890,.3
1276 .1
1233 .2
119.0,.3
1147 .4
1104..5
1061 .6
1018 .7
975..8
932 .9
890 .0
42..9
41..5
40..1
38..6
37..2
35 .7
34..3
32,.8
31,.4
29,.9
847 .2
804 .
.3
847..2
804..3
847..3
804..4
847..3
804..4
761 .4
718 .5
675..6
632 .7
590..1
547
505 .2
462..7
761 .4
718 .5
675..6
632 .7
590 .1
547 .6
505 .2
462..7
847 .1
804 .2
761 .3
718 .4
675 .5
632 .6
590 .1
547 .7
505 .2
462 .7
28 .5
27,.1
25 .6
24..2
22,.7
21 .3
19..9
18 .4
17 .0
15..6
420,.2
382 .3
345,.0
308,.1
271..4
235.. 1
199 .2
163 .5
128..2
93 .3
420 .3
382 .5
345 .2
308..2
271 .6
235 .3
199 .3
163 .7
128 .4
93 .4
58.6
24.6
58.8
24.7
761 .5
761 .5
718..6
675,.7
632..8
590..1
718..6
675..7
590,.1
547 .6
505..1
462..7
547 .6
505 .1
462,.7
847..4
804.,5
761..6
718..7
675..8
632..9
590..1
547..6
505..1
462..7
420 .6
382 .6
345 .3
308 .4
271 .7
235 .4
199 .5
163 .8
128 .5
93 .5
420..9
382 .8
345 .5
308..5
271
235 .6
199 .6
164 .0
128 .7
93 .7
421..2
382..9
345,.6
308,.7
272,.0
235,.7
199 .8
164,.1
128,.8
93 .8
421,.5
383,.1
345,.8
308,.8
272,.2
235,.9
199 .9
164 .3
129,.0
94 .0
420.,4
382,.0
344 ,
.7
307..8
271,.1
234,.8.
198,.9
163,.2
127,.9
93 .0
14,.1
12 .9
11 .6
10,.4
9 .1
7..9
6 .7
5 .5
4 .3
3 .1
58.9
25.0
59.0
25.3
59.2
25.6
59.3
25.9
58.3
24.5
2.0
0.8
ID
ID
-0.5
632 .8
'"*
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
16
R1.4P
Cargo Tank No.4 P
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents

(at frame 130)

(at frame 14 7)
Manual ullage
Sounding device:
x = 1 1 0 . 0 0 m ( a t frame
y =
5.05m
z = 16.95m
141)
ullage
level
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
CM
-0 5
-1
-1 5
-2
Bow Trim
-2 5
Filling
degre
,s
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
2363
2346
2322
2295
2268
2241
2213
2185
2156
2127
7
8
3
6
6
2
4
3
7
9
2363
2347
2323
2296
2269
2241
2214
2185
2157
2128
5
3
0
3
2
8
1
9
4
6
2363
2347
2323
2296
2269
2242
2214
2186
2158
2129
4
7
6
9
9
5
7
6
1
3
2363
2348
2324
2297
2270
2243
2215
2187
2158
2130
2
2
2
6
6
2
4
3
8
0
2363
2348
2324
2298
2271
2243
2216
2188
2159
2130
1
6
9
2
2
8
1
0
5
7
2362
2349
2325
2298
2271
2244
2216
2188
2160
2131
9
0
5
9
9
5
8
7
2
4
2362
2345
2321
2294
2267
2239
2212
2183
2155
2126
7
7
0
3
3
8
0
9
4
5
100
99
98
97
96
94
93
92
91
90
0
3
3
1
0
8
6
5
2
0
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
2098
2069
2039
2008
1973
1939
1905
1870
1836
1802
6
0
1
2
8
5
2
9
6
2
2099
2069
2039
2009
1974
1940
1906
1871
1837
1803
4
8
8
0
7
3
0
7
4
0
2100
2070
2040
2009
1975
1941
1906
1872
1838
1803
1
5
5
7
5
2
8
5
2
9
2100
2071
2041
2010
1976
1942
1907
1873
1839
1804
8
2
3
3
3
0
6
3
0
7
2101
2071
2042
2011
1977
1942
1908
1874
1839
1805
5
9
0
0
1
8
5
1
8
5
2102
2072
2042
2011
1977
1943
1909
1875
1840
1806
2
6
7
6
9
6
3
0
6
3
2097
2067
2037
2006
1972
1937
1903
1869
1834
1800
2
6
6
5
2
9
6
2
9
6
88
87
86
85
83
82
80
79
77
76
8
5
3
0
5
1
6
2
7
2
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
1767
1733
1699
1664
1630
1596
1562
1527
1493
1459
9
6
3
9
6
3
0
6
3
0
1768
1734
1700
1665
1631
1597
1562
1528
1494
1459
7
4
1
7
4
1
8
5
1
8
1769
1735
1700
1666
1632
1597
1563
1529
1494
1460
5
2
9
6
2
9
6
3
9
6
1770
1736
1701
1667
1633
1598
1564
1530
1495
1461
4
0
7
4
1
7
4
1
8
4
1771
1736
1702
1668
1633
1599
1565
1530
1496
1462
2
8
5
2
9
5
2
9
6
3
1772
1737
1703
1669
1634
1600
1566
1531
1497
1463
0
7
3
0
7
4
0
7
4
1
1766
1732
1697
1663
1629
1594
1560
1526
1491
1457
3
0
6
3
0
7
3
0
7
4
74
73
71
70
69
67
66
64
63
61
8
3
9
4
0
5
1
6
2
7
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
1424
1390
1356
1321
1287
1253
1218
1184
760
780
7
3
0
7
4
1
7
4
1150 1
1115 8
1425
1391
1356
1322
1288
1253
1219
1185
1150
1116
5
2
8
5
2
9
5
2
9
6
1426
1392
1357
1323
1289
1254
1220
1186
1151
1117
3
0
7
3
0
7
4
0
7
4
1427
1392
1358
1324
1289
1255
1221
1186
1152
1118
1
8
5
1
8
5
2
8
5
2
1427
1393
1359
1325
1290
1256
1222
1187
1153
1119
9
6
3
0
6
3
0
7
3
0
1428
1394
1360
1325
1291
1257
1222
1188
1154
1119
7
4
1
8
5
1
8
5
2
8
1423
1388
1354
1320
1285
1251
1217
1182
1148
1114
0
7
4
1
7
4
1
8
4
1
60
58
57
55
54
53
51
50
48
47
3
8
4
9
5
0
6
1
7
2
800
820
1081 4
1047 1
1082 2
1047 9
74 0
1083 1
1048 7
1083 9
1049 6
1084 7
1050 4
1085 5
1051 2
1079 8
1045 5
45 8
44 3
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
17
SOUNDING TABLE
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1012 .8
978 .5
944 .1
909 .8
875 .5
841 .2
806..8
772 .5
738 .2
703..9
1013..6
979 .3
945..0
910..6
876 .3
842..0
807..7
773..3
739..0
704..7
1014..4
980..1
945..8
911..4
877..1
842,.8
808..5
774,.1
739,.8
705,.5
1015,.2
980 .9
946 .6
912 .3
877 .9
843 .6
809,.3
775 .0
740 .6
706 .3
1016,.0
981 .7
947 .4
913,.1
878 .8
844 .4
810,.1
775 .8
741 .5
707,.1
1016,.9
982 .5
948,.2
913,.9
879,.6
845,.2
810,.9
776,.6
742,.3
707,.9
1011 .2
976 .8
942 .5
908 .2
873 .9
839 .5
805 .2
770 .9
736 .6
702 .2
42..8
41 .4
39..9
38,.5
37 .0
35,.6
34,.1
32 .7
31,.2
29,.8
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
669 .5
635..2
600 .9
566..6
532..3
497 .9
464 .0
430..1
396 .2
362 .3
670..4
636..0
601..7
567..4
.1
533 .
498 .7
464..8
430..9
397 .0
363..0
671 .2
636 .9
602 .5
568 .2
533 .9
499 .6
465 .5
431 .6
397 .7
363 .8
672 .0
603 .3
569 .0
534 .7
500 .4
466 .3
432..4
398 .5
364 .6
672 .8
638..5
604 .2
569 .8
535..5
501 .2
467 .1
433 .2
399 .2
365 .3
673..6
639..3
605..0
570..7
536,.3
667,.9
633..6
599..3
564..9
530..6
496 .4
462..5
428..6
394 .7
360..8
28..3
26..9
25 .4
24 .0
22..5
21 .1
19 .6
18..2
16 .8
15 .3
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
328 .4
298 .7
269..6
240..7
212 .1
183..7
155..6
127 .8
100 .2
72 .9
329 .2
299..5
270..4
241..5
212..9
184 .5
.
156..4
128 .5
100..9
73..6
330 .1
300 .3
271 .2
242 .3
213 .6
185 .2
157 .1
129 .3
101 .7
74 .3
331..0
301,.1
271,.9
243..0
214..4
186,.0
157,.9
331..9
301,.9
272,.7
243..8
215,.1
186,.8
158,.6
327,.0
297,.2
268..0
239..2
210..6
182..2
154..1
130 .0
75..1
130 .8
103,.1
75,.8
332 .9
302 .7
273 ,
.5
244,.6
215 .9
187 .5
159,.4
131 .5
103 .9
76 .5
126 .3
98..7
71..4
13 .9
12 .6
11 .4
10 .2
9 .0
7..8
6 .6
5 .4
4 .2
3 .1
1440
1460
45.8
19.2
46.5
19.9
47.3
20.6
48.0
21.3
48.7
22.1
49.4
22.8
44.4
18.0
1.9
0.8
637..7
102,.4
502 .0
467,.8
433 ,
.9
400 .0
366,.1
'"
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
18
R1.4S
Cargo Tank No.4 S

Sounding device:
R1.4S
(at frame 130)

(at frame 14 7)
Manual ullage
x = 110.00 m (at frame 141)
y = -5.05 m
z = 16.95 m
Volume in M3
ullage
level
CM
Even
ke = 1
0
20
40
- 60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degr 2e
-0 .5
-1
-1 .5
-2
-2 .5
2359 .8
2342 .9
2318 .5
2291 .8
2264 8
2237 3
2209 6
2181 4
2152 9
2124 1
2359 .7
2343 .4
2319 .1
2292 .5
2265 .4
2238 .0
2210 .2
2182 1
2153 6
2124 .8
2359 .6
2343 .9
2319 .8
2293 .1
2266 .1
2238 .7
2210 .9
2182 8
2154 3
2125 .5
2359 .4
2344 .4
2320 .4
2293 .7
2266 7
2239 3
2211 6
2183 5
2155 0
2126 2
2359 .3
2344 8
2321 0
2294 .4
2267 4
2240 0
2212 3
2184 2
2155 7
2126 8
2359 .1
2345 .2
2321 .7
2295 .0
2268 0
2240 7
2212 9
2184 8
2156 4
2127 5
2358 .9
2341 9
2317 2
2290 5
2263 4
2236 0
2208 2
2180 1
2151 5
2122 6
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
2094
2065
2035
2004
1970
1935
1901
1867
1833
1798
8
2
3
4
1
9
6
4
1
9
2095
2065
2036
2005
1970
1936
1902
1868
1833
1799
5
9
0
2
9
7
4
2
9
7
2096
2066
2036
2005
1971
1937
1903
1869
1834
1800
2
7
7
9
7
5
2
0
7
5
2096
2067
2037
2006
1972
1938
1904
1869
1835
1801
9
4
4
5
5
3
0
8
5
3
2097
2068
2038
2007
1973
1939
1904
1870
1836
1802
7
1
2
2
3
1
8
6
4
1
2098
2068
2038
2007
1974
1939
1905
1871
1837
1802
4
8
9
8
1
9
7
4
2
9
2093
2063
2033
2002
1968
1934
1900
1865
1831
1797
4
8
8
7
5
3
0
8
5
3
88 8
87 5
86 2
84 9
83' 5
82 0
80 6
79 1
77 7
76 2
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
1764
1730
1696
1661
1627
1593
1559
1524
1490
1456
6
4
1
9
7
4
2
9
7
4
1765
1731
1697
1662
1628
1594
1560
1525
1491
1457
4
2
0
7
5
2
0
7
5
2
1766
1732
1697
1663
1629
1595
1560
1526
1492
1458
3
0
8
5
3
0
8
5
3
0
1767
1732
1698
1664
1630
1595
1561
1527
1493
1458
1
8
6
3
1
8
6
3
1
8
1767
1733
1699
1665
1630
1596
1562
1528
1493
1459
9
6
4
1
9
6
4
1
9
7
1768
1734
1700
1665
1631
1597
1563
1528
1494
1460
7
4
2
9
7
4
2
9
7
5
1763
1728
1694
1660
1626
1591
1557
1523
1489
1454
0
8
5
3
0
8
6
3
1
8
74
73
71
70
69
67
66
64
63
61
8
3
9
4
0
5
1
6
2
7
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
1422
1387
1353
1319
1285
1250
1216
1182
1148
1114
2
9
7
4
2
9
7
5
2
0
1423
1388
1354
1320
1286
1251
1217
1183
1149
1114
0
7
5
2
0
8
5
3
0
8
1423
1389
1355
1321
1286
1252
1218
1184
1149
1115
8
5
3
1
8
6
3
1
8
6
1424
1390
1356
1321
1287
1253
1219
1184
1150
1116
6
4
1
9
6
4
1
9
6
4
1425
1391
1356
1322
1288
1254
1219
1185
1151
1117
4
2
9
7
4
2
9
7
4
2
1426
1392
1357
1323
1289
1255
1220
1186
1152
1118
2
0
7
5
2
0
7
5
2
0
1420
1386
1352
1317
1283
1249
1215
1180
1146
1112
6
3
1
8
6
3
1
8
6
4
60
58
57
55
54
53
51
50
48
47
3
8
4
9
5
0
6
1
7
2
800
820
1079 7
1045 5
1080 5
1046 3
1081 3
1047 1
1082 1
1047 9
1082 9
1048 7
1083 8
1 49 5
1078 1
1043 9
100 .0
99 3
98 2
97 1
96 0
94 8
93 6
92 4
91 2
90 0
45 8
44 3
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
19
ullage
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
1012 .0
1012 .8
977 .8
943 .5
909 .3
875 .0
840 .8
806 .6
772 .3
738 .1
703 .8
978 .6
944 .3
910 .1
875 .9
841 .6
807 .4
773 .1
738 .9
704 .6
1013.6
979.4
945.2
910.9
876.7
842.4
808.2
773.9
739.7
705.4
1014.5
980.2
946.0
911.7
877.5
843 .2
809.0
774.7
740.5
706.2
1015 .3
9'80
1000
1020
1011.2
977.0
942 .7
908.5
874.2
840.0
805.8
771.5
737.3
703 .0
1009.6
975.4
941.1
906.9
872.6
838.4
804 .1
769.9
735.6
701.4
42.9
41.4
39.9
38.5
37.0
35.6
34.1
32.7
31.2
29.8
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
J.140
1160
1180
1200
1220
668.8
634.5
600.3
566.0
531.8
497.5
463 .7
429.9
396.0
362.2
669 .6
635 .3
601..1
566 .8
532..6
498..3
464..4
430,.6
396..8
363..0
670 .4
636 .1
601..9
567 .6
533..4
499..1
465..2
431..4
397..5
363,.7
671.2
636.9
602.7
568.4
534.2
500.0
465.9
432.1
398.3
364.5
672.0
637.7
603.5
569.3
535.0
500.8
466.7
432.9
399.1
365.2
672..8
638 .6
604..3
570 .1
535..8
501..6
467..5
433..6
399..8
366,.0
667.2
632.9
598.7
564.4
530.2
496.0
462 .2
428.3
394 .5
360.7
28.3
26.9
25.4
24.0
22.5
21.1
19.6
18.2
16.8
15.3
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
328.4
298.7
269.6
240.7
212 .1
183 .7
155.6
127.8
100.2
72.9
329..2
299..5
270,.4
241..5
212..9
184 .
.5
156,.4
128..5
100,.9
330,.1
300,.3
271..2
242..3
213..6
185..2
157.. 1 '
129..3
101..7
74..3
331.9
301.9
272.7
243.8
215.1
186.8
158.6
130.8
103.1
75.8
332,.8
302,.7
273,.5
244,.6
215,.9
187.,5
159..4
131.,5
103..9
76 .
.5
327.0
297.2
268.0
239.2
210.6
182.2
154.1
126.3
98.7
71.4
13.9
12.7
11.4
10.2
73..6
331.0
301.1
271.9
243 .0
214.4
186.0
157.9
130.0
102.4
75.1
1440
1460
45.8
19.2
46.,5
19..9
47..3
20..6
48.0
21.3
48.7
22.1
49..4
22..8
44.4
18.0
1.9
0.8
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
981 .0
946 .8
912 .5
878 .3
844 .0
809 .8
775..5
741 .3
707 .0
9.0
7.8
6.6
5.4
4 .2
3.1
t- 1
I- 1
CO
to
en U) w ui co
-s] H
(Tl O
<n vo
P* CO
l o v j m w t o o c o o ^ ^ u
O t O t O t O t
^ ^ u i u i
O W s l H U
t O U 1 s ] s
O t
u i
l V
] U
O t O
c n
O W
l N J
O ( B s l U l W H O C 0 0 \ * >
tO
Ln
CO
4*
4^
U - J t O C ^ O U l W i t C O L J
^ ^ u i u i u i u i u i u i u i t n
- j c o o i - ' U J ^ L n - o o o o
4 * 4 ^ > - L n L n c r C h - J - O - 0
O t t ' C O U - J H U l O r t ' C O
W ^ - J O W C n U ) H ^ s J
LO
<j\
a\
4^
o\
m
o\
-o
o\
co
-o
o
-o
-o
-o
- 4 H 0 1 0 U l ^ ) * ' 0 3 W s ]
a\
t 0 h - > U 3 - J U l t f c > M O C 0 - 0
t - ' 0 ' \ O l n U ) L 0 C 0 H
4 ^ - 0
^ H ^ O l C O V D H I O W O
C O V O V O V D U 3 * X > ^ V O V O O
y j H W W ^ u i s i c o v o o
( J \ U U l U ) 0 1 U i y ) C 0 O H
U l W H O C O m ^ s J C O ^
JslCOCOCOCOCOCOCO
s ] l O O H U ^ ( n v ] C O
c r \ - o - o - o c o o o c o t x > v o v o
o t o t o
L n c r i
^ D L O
l ^ W O
t o t o t
^ u i L n
O M U l
^ t O U
t o t o t o t o t o
t o L o L o L o ^
U l O ^ C O t O
C O H r P > - 0
J t O M t O K ) N 3 W
C O C O X > ^ > O O O h - J h - 1 t O
U v l H U l O ^ C O W - J H
O L O L n c o M ^ - o o t O L n
^ - o a i ^ t o o c o s j u i u )
J U l W H O C O O \ i ^ W H
H O C D C T i ^ U J ^ H H v ]
m u i s i u i c o c f i i o c o o ^
s I O ^ v I H ^ C O H ^ C n
O - O L O ^ O J ^ V O O J O C O C T i
0 ^ 0 ^ * J 3 U > - O h - > t _ n U > < - 0

tOLn-OOLOCTCOCOCr*LO
C T I S J N I S J C O C O C O V O ^ ^
O
r t > H U O W H U l ^ C O C O
O s i w y ) ^ ^ ) W s ] s j c n
C h < J - O - 0 C O C O C O V 0 V D M 3
- J O J ^ - O M ^ C O M J ^ C A
U J C ^ C O C n V D - J M O m t O
U ) C T I W C O W C O U V J - J N ]
t O t O E O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
c r i N j s j s j c o c o c o m v D ^ o
U l H ^ H r ^ O J ( T i U l ^ U l
V D C T i t O C D U C O t O C h - s O s J
c r i ^ w p ^ v i o c n c r i W
W U W U ^ ^ U I U I U I O ^
c A o ^ ^ W v j H U i y j w
H ^ s J O W U l C O s l U l W
t O E O t O t
t o u u w
a i O r ^ C
H W c n U )
totototoEototototoco
C ^ s ] v ] s ] C O C O C O l O ^ W
E O t O E O t O t O t O E O t O t O t O
W U W b J ^ ^ U l U l U l c n
c n o t ^ c o o j - o M L n v o u )
C T \ v ] s l s l C 0 0 3 C O y 3 ^ U )
m O ^ ^ H r P > O D H ^ O , i
L n t O U l t O L T I ^ O O - J O O t O
0-JU3-OOCOtOI-'h- U>
U C n ^ M U l C O O W C ^ ^
L O - O M C T I O ^ ' . O L O - O J - "
C O C O ' X l ' J D O O O M M W
t* tsj o oo m 4^ to
o o o o o o o o
t o t o t o t o t o t o E o t o E o t o
C n - J - O - O C O C O C O L O V O t O
CT\ O $> - J M " Ja> 00 H
rP CA
h^
a>
O
H I D - J U l U t O O H t O C D
t O t O E O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
L n ^ t o o o o c r i ( j i c r v - - j ^
^ D t o a i c D o w m u i w p
t O t O t O t O E O E O E O t O t O t O
t o w w w ^ ^ u i o i L n c r i
U l O ^ C O W v J H U l ^ O W
U l C O P ^ - j y ) [ O U l C O H
^ * ^ U I U 1 0 1 ( T \ N ] S J S 1
^ t O O V p - O U l C O H - ' O C O
U ) - J C r \ t > - N J O
M O O O O A ^ L O h ^ V C O O ^
^ U > | -
l O U l C O H ^ - J V O M U l C O
C O C O > X ) X ) O O O h h - t O
U s l H C ^ O i f ' ^ W s J H
W C T l l f l H ^ - O O W C r i C O
M t - ' i - h M t o t o t o t o t o
C O C O ^ O ^ O O O O M H ' E O
W W O C O C ^ U I W H W C O
w m c o o w c n ^ w i ' v j
C 0 0 0 V ) M 3 O O O r - i r - ' t O
O J - J H ' C h O t > C O O J - J h J
O r > U ) W s l H C n O ( f > M )
U l C O O W O i ^ t O i ^ s l O
C T
O ^ U J L O ^ J M C n o * ^
t ^ ^ J O L o L n c o i - ' ^ - j
LOLO
H
Ul
CTi l)
ft) o\
o to
H U D s l C n ^ W O V D - O U i
^ ^ , u i ui m ai -0 -J ^J
O rfi CO W
W W
H t O
s l H
' ^ - j
O N 3 W t O I O t O
M D O O O M M t O
O - f c C D U J s J H
) M L n C 0 H W i r \
H*
03
O
Ln
HfD
M
LQ t-J
H
HfD
3
fD LQ
ffl
0
to
rt
fD
H
3
tr
x a
fD <!
fD fD
i- 3
e oi
0) LQ
M fD
13
Ul
L0
3
3
H-
fD
c
4
II
II
00
*.
Ul
(-
H1
PI
il)
M
3
C
fD
ii
00
II
X X
fD
(1)
fl) 3
3 U
rr
Hi
(D
H.
U)
H I- 1
LO H 1
H o
H
P)
4
(D
t-r> M l
rr rr
P) PJ
H
P)
3
iS U0 l
n Z
_ ?r
o
H-
n o pa
i_i
m pi
H H
LQ
Ln
w
C) 0 13
to
O
LQ
o
I
m
<
to
Ul
oi n
5S
Q
en
>
II
01
o
1-1
11
n
s:
H
U)
fD (U OJ
3 H l-i
rr
X 3
o
4 3 LQ
U5 o
Ul Ul
l->
CT\ U l
<
N
H-
N
N
O.
5.40 m
02.4 m
LO LO
VD
LO LO
LO LO
cr
H H I
C O ^
l H U l
( T i U
P H H H t O M W W
C O O O V O ^ O O O h ^
W s J H t n O ^ C O W
t - ' ^ - J O w a i c o h -
H
O
v
^
O ( T i * K 3 O C 0 C r \ i f r W ' o
O O O O O O O O O O
LO rn
~J n
LO
O
O M
1
n n n
o 0 0
3 3 3
TJ -D
ng device:
rr
M
fD
4
w
o
c
3
e points of comp:
LO LO
U C h k O W ^ v J O W ^ U )
- 0 0
*X> CO
<X\
H-1
H
C
W
H
C O O \ > f c t O O C O C r \ ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
H1
- Vol
H W - j a i ^ w o c o o ^ u i
to
| - , M h J
0 - - J - 0
o ^ o o
U I O D
.>
h - 1 h - J
O ^ C r i h - , a \
- J O W
O O O O O O O O O O
- j - j - j - - j < ] C r > c r \ c r \ c r \ c r \
c o m ^ w o o o - o ^ ^ w o
H J H J M H ' h - 1
^ ' 4 ^ L n ( _ n
o ^ c o u j - j
W U I O D H ^
o
o
00
M H 1
LO U>
i' cri
- O O
to
o
00
H* I1
(D t - 1
tment ident
tment descr
, RHO =
at fram
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
.Page
21
ullage
level
Even
keel
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
Trim by stern
-0 .5
.1
.3
.5
.6
.8
.0
.2
975 .3
932 .5
889 .7
1275
1232
1189
1146
1103
1061
1018
-1
-1.5
.6
.8
.0
.2
.3
.5
.7
975 .9
933 .0
890 .2
1276.2
1233 .3
1190.5
1147.7
1104.9
1062.0
1019.2
;
976.4
933 .6
890.7
1275
1232
1190
1147
1104
1061
1018
(m)
Bow Tr:Lm
-2
-2 .5
.7
.8
.0
.2
.4
.6
.7
976 .9
934 .1
891..3
1277 .2
1234 .4
1191 .5
1148 .7
1105 .9
1063 .1
1020..3
977..4
934..6
891..8
Filling
degree
1
.5
.7
.9
.1
.2
.4
.6
973 .8
931 .0
888 .1
42.9
41.5
40.1
38.6
37.2
35.7
34.3
32.8
31.4
30.0
1000
1020
1274.6
1231.8
1188.9
1146.1
1103.3
1060.5
1017.6
974 .8
932 .0
889.2
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
846.3
803.5
760.7
717.9
675.1
632.2
589.8
547.4
505.0
462 .6
846 .9
804 .0
761 .2
718 .4
675 .6
632..8
590..3
547..9
505 .5
463 .1
847 .4
804 .6
761 .7
718 .9
676..1
633..3
590..7
548..3
505 .9
463..5
847.9
805.1
762.3
719.4
676.6
633.8
591.2
548.8
506.4
464.0
848 .4
805..6
762..8
720..0
677..1
634,.3
591..7
549..3
506..9
464..4
849,.0
806..1
763..3
720..5
677.,7
634..8
592..1
549..7
507..3
464 .
.9
845 .3
802 .5
759 .7
716 .8
674..0
631..3
588..9
546..5
504 .1
461 .7
28.5
27.1
25.6
24.2
22.7
21.3
19.9
18.4
17.0
15.6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
420.2
382.3
345.0
308.1
271.4
235.1
199.2
163 .5
128.2
93 .3
420..8
382..9
345..6
308..6
272..0
235..7
199..7
164..1
128..8
93 .
.8
421..5
383..5
346..2
309..2
272..6
236..2
200,.3
164 .6
.
129..3
422..9
384,.6
347,.3
310..3
273..7
237,.4
201..4
165,.7
130..4
423..7
385..2
347..9
310..9
274..3
237..9
201..9
166..3
131..0
95..4
96..0
419 .5
381 .2
343..9
306 .9
270 .3
234..0
198,.1
162,.4
127,.1
92..2
14.2
12.9
11.6
10.4
94..3
422.2
384.1
346.7
309.8
273.1
236.8
200.8
165.2
129.9
94.9
1440
1460
58.6
24 .6
59..2
25..1
59..7
25..7
60.2
26.3
60..8
27..0
61..3
27..7
57..6
23 .8
2.0
0.8
1276
1233
1191
1148
1105
1062
1019
1273
1230
1187
1145
1102
1059
1016
9.1
7.9
6.7
5.5
4.3
3 .1
-J
-J
-J
-O <J\ G\
Ch.CT\ <T\
W W W t O N J t O t O t v J t O W
t o o J O J O J ^ ^ L n a i L n c n
j - i ^ l - j ^ t O t O C O t O t O C O
C O C O U 3 k O O O O I - J H - , t O
O J v J t O O , i O ^ U ) W v J t O
OJ
J^
UI
P- en
00 O
M l -
i n j i W i g p o i o ( N i m
a i ^ u u H O i o a i N i i i i
1'
W i ^ U l - J 0 D O
U ) - j t o a i o u i i ) ^ c o u )
o% cri a\ a\ <\
^
0^ - J CO O
-J
-J
- O M C T l O U l V O J ^ C O U J - J
CTI cr\
^ ^ . u i u i u i u i u i u i u i c n
~ J 0 0 O F -
u u i a ) p * s i o u o i c D
H P H P I O I O I O U I J M
0 0 C 0 l 0 U 3 O O O P J h - 1 t 0
L O - J M O ^ O J ^ l O U l - J P - 1
a s j m u i ^ u w p o y )
O J ^ O O U I ^ J M C T I O ^
U O l V O t O U l O J H J i - J
I 1 H- I' I I' t' 1'
O U l l O W v l l O O l O U l V O
s l O W f l l l O I O r f i v l O W
H P H H I O M W I O U I O
C O O O l O l O O O O P J P J t O
l O P W W i f e U l v l f f l l O O
i o p * c n t o u ) p i o u o
C D I O ^ D V X J I D I D I D I D I D O
m o p w ^ o i s i c o
-OODOOOOGOCDOOOO
p a i o i / i W t b c o p ^ N i
-J
J i . H ^ H U l U ) v ] 0 \ 0 ) l D
^ I O 0 ) P U 1 0 1 P s l
H C D J i O U l O ^ l B l D O
O l O ^ l O U - J P U l l O U
P J i v l O W a i l D l D O l J i
a ) o m u i i t > u t o u i m t o
M t O t O M t O t O t O t O t O t O
- J J i O l W C l ^ Q O l C D W
uirf*i>Jtop-otovr>oui
J h J * l P U 1 0 ) W U 1 s l
* P - J U O ) U s l P H O
O l O U l t O U I D I O O l O W
U I 0 0 p J * - - 0 O t O p J O ~ J
a\^]-j-joocoooôioio
d ^ O - J N J O O O J - J M H ' O
s i H ^ m p u i r a i o u i N i
C T i ^ ] ^ ] ^ J C O 0 0 0 0 U ) ^ j V X )
t o c o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o
C O i . - J ^ ^ ] L n ^ O D ^ O
o j o c n r o - j r o m o M H
o t o t o t o t o
c.LnLnLncr>
j t o c r \ * x ) O J
O M i - ' ^ D - J
h-'l-'l't'h-^l"I'I'h-'H-1
O ^ C O - s l ( ^ U l U 3 r f i i n H
O U J C O s i m U l ^ W M H
O i C D H ^ - v l O W m V O t O
W v j w a \ o u i v o W s ] M
O l D O D v j m U l ^ W t O H
^ i D W v j w c n o u i u )
U ) W U l C D H ^ s l O W
t o t o t o t o c o t
tooJOJOJ(^kf
C T \ O L n v D O J O I - J O O J O ^ V
H H H H W I O t O t O M t O
O O O O V D k O O O O M I - J t O
H h J l - 1 H J H J h J h J H J h - '
^ . r f ^ L n u i ( T \ C h - j - - j - j
L n ^ t 0 4 ^
t o t o t o t o t o t o c o t o t o w
O ^ v l v ] s J 0 0 C O C O U ) U ) ^ D
0 J O N J O 0 J h -
(D 3
(D IQ
CL H
ID Pin
pPi H
P3
03
p(
rr
(V
01
<:
tr
ii
*<:
00
O
O
Ul
4
H
T1
e
Ul
X
II
00
X
II
pj
m
re
LL
(1)
3
rr
Ml
p->
01
e
p-
o
PI
en
e
n
3
>
3
ID
1
<o prf^
II
vn
ui
p-> i
cri U l
II
p|
fD
fu
rr
rl H
U) P)
4 4
(D (D
Ph M l
rr
9)
(
(
C h O U l V O O J - J t O C T t V O O J
^ - o o o J C h ^ x J i - J o v D c r i
U l ^ W M H O ^ 0 3 - J ( T i
_lJ_JI_.
- o - j - - J
h o ^ y )
O^ l O M
^ U I t O H H O l C D v ] C r i
ll-Jt_l
a \ c r i
( o c
P W
t O
- , M
t O
D H
H
C
W
U
H H H M W W N J t O
0 C D V 0 V ) O O O l - i l
s J [ 0 0 \ O W ^ W v J
l O D H ^ v J O W O l C
U ) 0 D v ] ( h L n U l [ O ^ ^ H
v D a ) v j o \ u i ^ u t o H O
^ N J S J S J O D C D C O ^ V D ^ O
J H ^ C D H U l C D W U l v ]
W O C h W s J W m O H H
UI
H-
3
(D
p-l
<
H-
X
rr
5.40 m
02.4 m
h-1 t t .
to o\
U) OJ
cx\ ai
l_l)_ll_JI_ll_^ ^ f c . L n l n
o ^ u ) U s j
m VO M U l ' 0 0
^ o j v j c r i m ^ w t o H O
O t l ^ M j O J - O M C h O ^ U )
( J l C O M J ^ - J O O J C r i M j t O
c o u i - J L n c o ^ o o u > - j
t O ^ O U l l - ' C n h - ' C n O O h -
*"
M
fl> <l
ID CC
M
3
(D I Q
M fl>
w
o
c
3
ng device:
V_1J_J
OJOJ
to a\
O OJ
^ O J I O M O ^ O O O O O ^ J
^ W t O H O ^ O O J v ] ^ ^
ui
en
P-1
e points of comp:
W O \ U ) W U 1 C O H O C D ^
O J C n * X ) t O U l - J O O C D L n
^ - j o o j c n c o i - ' j ^ - o o
r ^ W W H O V D a i v i m ^
t O t O t O t O t O E O t O t O t O t O
C n s ] s J s J C O C O C O U ) U 3 y 3
w t o w w t o t o w t o t o t o
H H H H t O W t v J W t O l O
0 0 0 0 * > X ) O O O H J h - , t O
W v l C O f f i O r C ' V O W - O t O
M h - ' l - ' h - ' h ^ H ' M M h - ' l - '

^ ^ r f ^ L n i n m c h - o - j - j
OJ OJ
M
cr
vo t o
s j o ^ c o H U i r a w u i v j
W O U H i ^ K J C n U l C T i H
v l O ^ C D H U l C O H U l - O
V O O O - J C T i L n ^ U J t O h - ' O
^ - J O U J - J ( J l
C D O D O C T i L n J ^ U J t O M O
OUD
O J C h V O t O U I O O M ^ - J O
N ) U l 0 0 h
M u-i
E O E O l O M N J t O t O t O t O N J
4 ^ J > ^ i j i t j i c n c r \ - o < i < i
t O t O t O M E O t O t O M I O t O
H H H H I O I O I O I O t O W
C D C D ^ X J V O O O O h - ' H ' I S J
i t . s ! O W i T i w i O L n a ) H
ooo~\ji.toococrft*wo
O O O O O O O O O O
C O m 4 ^ t O O C O C T i v t . M O
O O O O O O O O O O
-J
(DC^^tOOCOOl^lOO
O O O O O O O O O O
vriH1
CD 00
CO O
O
O
n> P-1
pi
CO
Ul
?r
p 2
H
P)
P-- 3
o
H-
^
)
0
01 P-1
pi
IQ U l
0 CO
PI
n n v
ID
01
3
rr
o n n
0 0
o
3 3 3
IT
a
*a
ID 91 pi
tment ident
tment descr
, RHO = 1)
at frame 122
-J
to
to
9)
ia
TJ
P3
ui
o
i
o
Ul
<
to
en
o
ui
tr1
CO
O
N
tsi
Ul
>
O
*J
O PH
D
i
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
23
Rl.5S - Volume in M3
ullage
level
Even
keel
-0 .5
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
Trim by stern
.7
.8
.9
.0
.1
.2
.3
976 .4
933 .5
890 .6
1276
1233
1190
1148
1105
1062
1019
-1
-1.5
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
976 .9
934 .0
891 .1
1277.7
1234.8
1191.9
1149.0
1106.1
1063.2
1020.3
: 977.4
934.5
891.6
848 .2
805 .3
762 .4
719 .5
676 .6
633 .7
591 .1
548..6
506 .1
463 .6
1277
1234
1191
1148
1105
1062
1019
1000
1020
1276.1
1233 .2
1190.3
1147.4
1104 .5
1061.6
1018.7
975.8
932.9
890.0
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
847.1
804.2
761.3
718.4
675.5
632.6
590.1
547.6
505.1
462.7
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
420.2
382.3
345.0
308.1
271.4
235.1
199.2
163 .5
128.2
93.3
420..8
382..9
345..6
308..6
272 .
.0
235,.7
199..7
164 .1
,
128..8
93..8
421 .5
383..5
346..2
309..2
272..6
236 .2
200 .3
164..6
129..3
94..3
1440
1460
58.6
24 .6
59..2
25..1
59..7
25 .7
847..7
804 .8
761 .9
719..0
676..1
633,.2
590,.6
548..1
505 .6
463..1
(m)
Bow Trim
-2
-2 .5
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
978 .0
935 .1
892 .2
1278 .8
1235 .9
1193 .0
1150..1
1107..2
1064 .3
1021 .4
978..5
935,.6
892,.7
848.7
805.8
762.9
720.0
677.1
634 .2
591.5
549.1
506.6
464 .1
849 .3
806 .4
763 .5
720 .6
677 .7
634 .8
592 .0
549..5
507 .1
464 .6
422.2
384.1
346.7
309.8
273.1
236.8
200.8
165.2
129.9
94.9
60.2
26.3
Filling
degree
1
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
974 .8
931 .9
889 .0
42.9
41.5
40.1
38.6
37.2
35.7
34.3
32.8
31.4
29.9
849,.8
806,.9
764,.0
721..1
678..2
635,.3
592..5
550..0
507..5
465..0
846 .1
803 .2
760 .3
717 .4
674,.5
631..6
589..2
546,.7
504 .2
461 .7
28.5
27. 1
25.6
24.2
22.7
21.3
19.9
18.4
17.0
15.6
423 .0
384 .6
347 .3
310..3
273..7
237 .4
201 .4
165 .7
130 .4
95 .4
423..7
385..2
347..9
310..9
274 .
.3
237..9
201..9
166,.3
131..0
14.1
12.9
11.6
10.4
96..0
419 .5
381,.2
343,.9
306,.9
270,.3
234 .0
198 .1
162 .4
127 .1
92 .2
60..8
27 .0
61..3
27..7
57 .6
23 .8
2.0
0.8
1278
1235
1192
1149
1106
1063
1020
"ft
1275
1232
1189
1146
1103
1060
1017
9.1
7.9
6.7
5.5
4.3
3.1
-J
-J
I> I
n c r i
- J H
O I W
I I' I' I'

m ^ j - > ] v j
0 1 0 * 1 0
I O U I I B H
O W
- J t O
l l O
* J O
t O t O t O
U i u i L
s l U U I
i o i O v
t O I
n f
l O
i u
O
n
U
i
I
L n
I v
O l
I I"
c n c n
l H O
l D t O
I
- o .
l O
L n
I1 I'
^ j - o
^ V D
C D H
t o
CO
H
HI
t o
CO
tn
H
t o t
CO
CO
Ul
o t
KO
H
U)
o t o
LO
Ul - J
O
H
.fc.
IDtOJiOlCDlDHWWO
H 0 1 0 U l l O * C O H * v l
U N j w o i o L n y i ^ c o L J
*> CD
Ul
c o w i o i o i c i i o c o m c o o
y i H t o w ^ L H s i c o y j o
- J -O. ~J CO CD CD CO CO
0 1 s i U) o
M ui j ^ cn
c n c n c n c n c n c n - o - j j- o - j
h - u > j ^ c n - o c o o i - u j ^
^ ^ u i u i u i u i u i u i u i c n
- O C D O I - ' U l . f c . U l - J C O O
O U ) C O > 1 0 1 U l U 0 1 v ] W
fD
LQ
Ml
H
l-tl
H
Cu
cu
rr
Cu
rr
3 3
*.
*o
o
fD
3
fD LQ
M
h-"
fD
fD
S
o
n
13
cn
3
CO cn
cn ID
*-
Co
II
HI-*
X X
II
cu
ti
cn
0 v
O H
^
()
0) Cu
i-i
LQ LQ
LQ
fD
3 3
t-fi
rr
(U
H
TJ TJ
n n *>
rT
fD
3
rr
en
O n o
o 0 0
3 3 -A
I-1
c
M
>
11
(1 M l
l-( r r
fD
fD
fD 3
3 CL
> J O * ( D H U l C 0 H i n 0 1
t o < x u i h - c n i - j c n i > o * >
O C O C O - J O l C J l r f i W t O H
O l D C O N l f f l U l ^ U t O H
3
C
CU
M
X
rr
M
(D
Cu
t o u > u i i - ' c n H t - n * J 3 0 H
m
o
rame
O 1 N 1 S 1 J C D 0 0 ( D I D ) U )
w w u u * * L n i n u i o i
c n o J ^ u > u i ~ j t o u i u 3 U i
U U I C O H * s l O l O - J 0 1
J i O l U I W U l C D H ^ s l O
O J i l f l W - J H C I I O ^ U l
U l s l O W O l l D W U l C O H
Ul
cn
LO tO
o i J - j v i c o m C D i o k o U )
n H P H I O M M U U t O
C O C O L O L O O O O M I - ' t O
Ul
o o u i ~ j u i c o c n o i i C n L O
u i t o M O ^ D C o i - i v o o c n
w t O H o u i c o v i C f i m ^
o
cn
Ul
Ul
U M H O ) C O v l O l U l *
*.
t o t o t o t o t o t
tfc. . 1 * U l i n u i
U l -O. t o i n LO
*
-j o
\o CO
t o
U>
<X>
to
t o t o
to u i
cn
o
U l Cn
tO tO tO tO M tO
o
H H" t o
CO CO ) ID O
U l U l -.1 t o
U) -J tO ON O
t> -J O Ul Ul
M
-J O
* * . i f t u i u i o i a i - o ^ ^ i
O t ^ v x i u i ^ j M c n o J ^ u ?
U l C O H * d l l C I O l n C O H
Ul
CTI
to
Ul
JrV
"^b
t o
Ul
it*.
LO
C D i t ' s l U l O O O l O l t l - J *
W U H O U I C D W U J O O I
w w H o m c o ^ j o i t n ^
0 \ s ] s l s l C O ( D C 0 l D C D \ 0
~ J O * C O H l ) l C O H U l s l
U W U l H O l H O l C f l O O
t O H O i o c o x i o i i n u i *
i t ^ ~ J O
U>
*>
O I V I N I - J C D C O C O H I U I U )
* . ~ J O U ) U l C D t -
t O t O t O I O
- u i u i u i c n
M L n ^ D W
y i o o u i
t O t O t O t O t O t
t o u i L o u i d ^ t f
C f i O ^ U J W s
w m c o w ^ v i
H H H H U W I O M t O W
C O C O I O U O O O P H W
O
c
l
o
v l ^ O l r f i N l C A y i ^ O C D y )
> & . - 0 0
o
o
=1
H-
P.
c
3
CU
J M
CO
II
LCI o
Ul Ul
Ul
II
II
M
cn
><
N
W H O W C O N l r f i C D y i U I
ID
C
H
^ O ^ C O H U l C O I - ' U l s l
t O L O U l M C n i - ' U l L C i O O
U H O O C O v J O l U l ^ U
* " - J O I O U l C O I -
u ^ i o c n o * i D W v j t o
X
M
fD <1
fD fD
H1 3
^^
fl
o-.
Tl
t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
t o t o t
t o u w
o i o ^
w o i m
r o t o M t o t o t o t o
i 6 * u i u i i j i m
o U s i M u i m u
i C ' N i o y i s i u i
t o
-J
CO
H
H P P H W l O M I O M t O
C O C O L O L O O O O I - ' l - ' t O
o
u
i
M
t o
-J
*>
Ul
- 0 * ( I 1 * ^ U 1 U 1 C O O ) *
t o t o
-J
^] O
W Ul
o i W L n u o i u i c o c D C o y i
cn -J -j s] CD (O CD lO \D W)
-J O
^ CO M Ul CD M Ul ~J
tO IX) Ul M en H u i ko o (-
o \ w u i w m ^ c o ^ i c o w
u u u i H o i p u i m o t o
tOtOtOtOtOtOtOtOtOIO
O D C A i t . t O O C O O I . b t O
O O O O O O O O O O
> t ^ i b u i l n c i i c n - j ~ j v i
o ^ y ) W - j H o i o * \ c i
U l C D H U O i m t J U l C O H
U H O W C O v l d l L T I r f i L J
t' I I I*
' . ^ * . i & u i
O ^ V D U
U l C O H W
W H O I D C O N I U I C O C O U I
O
i
U
n
W H O l D C O s J O l U l ^ U I
t O N J t O t
u i L n c r
0 U 1 1 0
o c o v i L
W H o c o c o s i c n u i A w
rf>fc.ifc>uiuicncn~o-o~j
O
i
1
i
U l C O M U I C h v X I t O U l C O M
O t O M t
* > * u
I O U ^
j H ^ - v
t O t O t
u u u u
0 1 0 *
w c n y
H O \ f l C D N l O \ L n r f i U W
H H H H U t O I O I O t O W
C O C O L I L O O O O I - J I - , C O
U ^ W 0 1 O J > U ^ U
t ' - O O t O .
U l C O M ^ - v J O
W O l C O H ^ ^ J O W v J t J l
t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O
u u u ) u * * u i u i u i m
H o w a j v i o ^ W s i a ) ^
t O t O t O t O t O
t o u w w j i j i
O l O i f V I l U
w m c o H ^ v
H O C O C D v l C T l L n N j C D ^
H H H P U M I O t O W l O
C O C O L D L O O O O I - J l - > t O
U l - O . h - ' C n O i f c ' U J U l - J t O
o u i o u u
a i m * t o o
U l CJ
h-1 cn
LO tO
M H '
u i u )
H
Ol
VD tO
U t
I - ' l
U s
) H
t
o
O O O O O O O O O O
u u u u
o o i * u
ng device:
U> U l
i - 1 a\
VJD tO
H H H t O U I O
O C O L 0 L O O O O
- J M ( H O * l O
' J H I O U 1 I 1 I
H o y i f f i v j a i u i t t i L J K j
H
C
U
*
C D C r i ^ t O O C O C T l ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
u
c
CO
(i
e points of comp:
H o u c o v i m u i f c u u
U l f f l O W m W W W C O H
>> tO
o w a i v j a i u i j i u i o
I 1' I' I
^ 4 i ^ u i L
0 * U ) U
U I C O O U
- J . Ch G\ CT| 0\CT1
o CO CTi it> [O O
o o o o o o
M I - , l - 1 h - J l - ' l - ' h J H J l - ' l - 1

^ ^ A U i i n m c n x j v j v j
l-1
ui
Ul
tO
-J
a) m * w
o o o o
-J
- vol
h-1 I- 1
uiu>
H"
ui
H
LO
CD CD
to
o
fD ) -
<
cu .
fD LQ
M fD
tment ident
tment descr
to
Ul
<
Ul
o
CO
to
t" 1
CO
H
1
N
[SI
rn
m rn
cu n
LQ
ID
>:
H
Ul
-J
Ul
o
o
fl
SDARI-ZZ
373~00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
25
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1276 .4
1233 .5
1190 .6
1147 .7
1104 .8
1061 .8
1018..9
976..0
933 .1
890 .2
1276..4
1233 .5
.
1190..6
1147..7
1104..8
1061..9
1019..0
976..1
933,.2
890..3
1276..4
1233..5
1190 .6
1147 .7
1104 .8
1061..9
1019,.0
976..1
933..2
890..3
1276,.5
1233,.6
1190 .7
1147 .8
1104,.9
1062,.0
1019,.1
976,.2
933,.3
890,.4
1276 .5
1233,.6
1190 .7
1147 .8
1104,.9
1062,.0
1019..1
976..2
933,.3
890,.4
1276,.6
1233..7
1190..8
1147..9
1105,.0
1062,.1
1019..2
976..3
933,.4
890,.5
1276 .3
1233,.4
1190 .5
1147 .6
1104 .7
1061,.8
1018,.9
976..0
933 .1
890 .2
42..9
41,.5
40 .1
38 .6
37,.2
35,.7
34,.3
32,,8
31 .4
30,.0
1040
1060
1080
1100
112 01140
1-160
1180
12 00
1220
847 .3
804 .4
761 .5
718 .6
675 .7
632 .8
590 .3
547 .8
505 .4
462 .9
847,.4
804,.5
761,.6
718,.7
675,.8
632,.9
590,.3
547,.8
505..4
462..9
847 .4
804 .5
761..6
718..7
675 .8
632 .9
590 .3
547 .8
505..3
462,.9
847 .5
804 .6
761,.7
718,.8
675 .9
633 .0
590,.3
547 .8
505,.3
462,.9
847,.5
804,.6
761,.7
718..8
675,.9
633,.0
590,.3
547,.8
505,.3
462..9
847..6
804..7
761..8
718..9
676..0
633..1
590..3
547..8
505..3
462..8
847 .3
804 .4
761 .5
718 .5
675 .6
632 .8
590 .3
547 .9
505 .4
462 .9
28 .5
27 .1
25 .6
24 .2
22 .7
21 .3
19 .9
18 .4
17 .0
15 .6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1380
1400
1420
420 .4
382 .3
345 .0
308..1
271..4
235 . 1
199 .2
163..5
128..2
93 .3
420 .5
382 .5
345 .2
308 .2
271..6
235 .3
199 .3
163 .7
128 .4
93 .4
420 .7
382..6
345..3
308..4
271,.7
235 .4
199 .5
163,.8
128..5
93..5
420 .9
382 .8
345..5
308..5
271..9
235 .6
199 .6
164 .0
128 .7
93 .7
421..2
382,.9
345..6
308..7
272..0
235..7
199,.8
164..1
128..8
93 ,
.8
421 .5
383 .1
345..8
308..8
272..2
235 .9
199 .9
164 .3
129 .0
94 .0
420 .6
382 .0
344 .7
307 .8
271..1
234 .8
198 .9
163 .2
127 .9
93 .0
14 .1
12 .9
11..6
10..4
9..1
7..9
6 .7
5 .5
4 .3
3 .1
1440
1460
58.6
24.6
58.8
24.7
58.9
25.0
59.0
25.3
59.2
25.6
59.3
25.9
58.3
24.5
2.0
0.8
13 6 0
"
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT"
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
26
R1.6S
Cargo Tank No.6 S
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents

Sounding device:
R1.6S
ullage
level
(at frame
90)
(at frame 111)
Manual ullage
x = 78.00 m (at frame 101)
y = -5.05 m
z = 16.95 m
Volume in M3
Trim by
Even
keel
-0 5
CM
0 '"2~968.3
2946.8
20
-1
stern
(m)
-2
-1 5
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-2 5
4 0- 2915.7
- 60
2881.8
80 2847.4
100
2812.5
120
2777.2
140
2741.5
160
2705.2
180
2668.5
2967
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
8
8
8
8
4
6
3
5
3
6
2967
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
4
8
8
9
5
6
3
6
3
6
2966
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
9
7
8
9
5
7
4
6
4
7
2966
2946
2915
2882
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
4
6
9
0
6
7
4
6
4
7
2965
2946
2915
2882
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
9
5
9
0
6
8
5
7
5
8
2967
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
3
6
6
7
3
4
1
4
1
4
100.0
99.3
98.2
97.1
95.9
94.8
93.6
92.4
91.1
89.9
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
2631.4
2593.7
2555.6
2516.5
2473.7
2430.8
2388.0
2345.2
2302.4
2259.5
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
4
8
7
5
7
9
0
2
4
6
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
5
8
7
4
7
9
1
3
4
6
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
5
9
8
3
8
9
1
3
5
6
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2431
2388
2345
2302
2259
6
9
8
2
8
0
1
3
5
7
2631
2594
2555
2516
2473
2431
2388
2345
2302
2259
6
0
9
0
8
0
2
4
5
7
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2387
2345
2302
2259
2
6
5
3
6
8
9
1
3
5
88.7
87.4
86.1
84.8
83.3
81.9
80.5
79.0
77.6
76.1
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
2216.7
2173 .9
2131.1
2088.2
2045.4
2002.6
1959.8
1916.9
1874 .1
1831.3
2216
2173
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
7
9
1
3
5
6
8
0
2
3
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
8
0
1
3
5
7
8
0
2
4
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
8
0
2
3
5
7
9
1
2
4
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
9
0
2
4
6
7
9
1
.3
.4
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
9
1
2
4
6
8
9
1
3
.5
2216
2173
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1916
1874
1831
6
8
0
2
3
5
7
.9
.1
.2
74 .7
73 .2
71.8
70.4
68.9
67.5
66.0
64.6
63.1
61.7
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
1788.5
1745.6
1702.8
1660.0
1617.2
1574.4
1531.5
1488.7
1445.9
1403.1
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1445
1403
5
7
9
0
2
4
6
7
9
1
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
5
7
9
1
2
4
6
8
0
1
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
6
8
9
1
3
.5
6
8
0
2
1788 .6
1745 .8
1703 .0
1660 .1
1617 .3
1574 .5
1531 7
1488 8
1446 .0
1403 .2
1788
1745
1703
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
.6
.8
.0
.2
.4
.5
7
9
.1
.2
1788 .4
1745 .6
1702 .8
1659 .9
1617 .1
1574 .3
1531 .5
1488 .6
1445 .8
1403 .0
60.3
58.8
57.4
55.9
54.5
53 .0
51.6
50.2
48.7
47.3
800
820
1360.2
1317.4
1360 3
1317 4
1360 3
1317 5
1360 .4
1317 .6
1360 .4
1360 .2
1317 .3
45.8
44.4
1360 3
1317 5
1W
.6
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
27
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1274..6
1231..8
1188,.9
1146 .1
1103..3
1060..5
1017..6
974..8
932,.0
889..2
1274..6
1231,.8
1189,.0
1146..2
1103..3
1060..5
1017..7
974 .9
,
932..0
889..2
1274 .7
1231 .8
1189,.0
1146 .2
1103 .4
1060 .5
1017 .7
974,.9
932..1
889,.2
1274,.7
1231,.9
1189..0
1146 .2
1103 .4
1060 .6
1017,.8
974,.9
932,.1
889..3
1274 .7
1231..9
1189..1
1146 .3
1103 .4
1060 .6
1017 .8
1274 .8
1231 .9
1189,.1
1146 .3
1103 .5
1060 .6
1017 .8
975 .0
932..1
889,.3
975 .0
932..2
889 .3
1274..5
1231..7
1188..9
1146 .0
1103 .2
1060 .4
1017..6
974..8
931..9
889..1
42 .9
41 .5
40 .1
38 .6
37 .2
35 .7
34 .3
32 .8
31 .4
30 .0
846,.3
803,.5
760,.7
846..4
803 .
.6
760..7
717 .9
675..1
632..3
589..8
547..4
505..0
462..6
846 .5
803..6
760..8
718 .0
675 .2
632 .3
589 .8
547 .3
504..9
462..5
846 .5
803 .7
760 .8
718 .0
675 .2
632 .4
589 .7
547 .3
504 .9
462 .5
846..5
803 ,
.7
760..9
717 .9
675,.1
632,.2
589..8
547..4
505,.0
462..6
846 .4
803 .6
760..8
717 .9
675 .1
632 .3
589 .8
547..4
505..0
462..6
718 .1
675 .2
632 .4
589 .7
547..3
504..9
462..5
846 .3
803 .5
760..6
717 .8
675 .0
632 .2
589 .8
547 .4
505 .0
462 .6
28 .5
27 .1
25 .6
24 .2
22 .7
21 .3
19 .9
18 .4
17 .0
15 .6
1380
1400
1420
420..2
382..3
345,.0
308 .1
271 .4
235 .1
199 .2
163 .5
128 .2
93 .3
420,.3
382,.5
345,.2
308 .2
271 .6
235 .3
199 .3
163 .7
128 .4
93 .4
420 .6
382 .6
345 .3
308 .4
271 .7
235 .4
199 .5
163 .8
128 .5
93 .5
420..9
382..8
345..5
308..5
271..9
235..6
199..6
164..0
128..7
93..7
421..1
382..9
345..6
308 .7
272 .0
235 .7
199 .8
164 .1
128 .8
93 .8
421..4
383,.1
345..8
308 .8
272 .2
235..9
199 .9
164..3
129 .0
94..0
420..4
382.,0
344..7
307,.8
271,.1
234,.8
198,.9
163,.2
127..9
93..0
14 .2
12 .9
11 .6
10 .4
9 .1
7 .9
6 .7
5 .5
4 .3
3 .1
1440
1460
58.6
24.6
58.8
24.7
58.9
25.0
59.0
25.3
59.2
25.6
59.3
25.9
58.3
24.5
2.0
0.8
1000
1020
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
13 6 0
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 0 0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
28
R1.7P
Cargo Tank No.7 P
Cargo Oil (CAL, RHO
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents

Fore end x = 7 0.40 m
Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
Manual ullage
x = 62.00 m (at frame
y =
5.05 m
z = 16.95 m
70)
91)
81)
Rl.7P - Volume in M3
ullage
level
Bow Trim
ke 2l
CM
0
20
40
Trim by stern (m)
Even
-0 .5
-1
-1 .5
-2
-2 5
Filling
degree
8
8
7
8
4
6
3
5
3
6
2967
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
4
8
8
9
5
6
3
6
3
6
2966
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
9
7
8
9
5
7
4
6
4
7
2966
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
4
6
9
9
6
7
4
6
4
7
2965
2946
2915
2882
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
9
5
9
0
6
8
5
7
5
8
2967
2946
2915
2881
2847
2812
2777
2741
2705
2668
3
6
6
7
3
4
1
3
1
4
100.0
99.3
98.2
97.1
95.9
94.8
93 .6
92.4
91.1
89.9
80
100
120
140
160
180
2968 .2 ~ 2967
2946
2946 .8
2915 -7. - 2915
2881 8
2881
2847 4
2847
2812
2812 .5
2777 2
2777
2741
2741 5
2705 2
2705
2668
2668 5
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473'
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
4
7
6
5
6
8
0
2
4
5
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
4
8
7
5
7
9
0
2
4
6
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
5
8
7
4
7
9
1
2
4
6
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2388
2345
2302
2259
5
9
8
3
8
9
1
3
5
6
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2431
2388
2345
2302
2259
6
9
8
2
8
0
1
3
5
7
2631
2594
2555
2516
2473
2431
2388
2345
2302
2259
6
0
9
0
8
0
2
4
5
7
2631
2593
2555
2516
2473
2430
2387
2345
2302
2259
2
6
5
3
6
8
9
1
3
5
88.7
87.4
86.1
84.8
83.3
81.9
80.5
79.0
77.6
76 .1
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
2216
2173
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1916
1874
1831
7
9
1
2
4
6
8
9
1
3
2216
2173
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
7
9
1
3
4
6
8
0
2
3
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
8
0
1
3
5
7
8
0
2
4
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
8
0
2
3
5
7
9
0
2
4
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
8
0
2
4
6
7
9
1
3
4
2216
2174
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1917
1874
1831
9
1
2
4
6
8
9
1
3
5
2216
2173
2131
2088
2045
2002
1959
1916
1874
1831
6
8
0
2
3
5
7
9
0
2
74 .7
73 .2
71.8
70.4
68.9
67.5
66.0
64.6
63.1
61.7
600
620
640
660
680
700
740
760
780
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1445
1403
5
6
8
0
2
4
5
7
9
1
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
. 1531
1488
1445
1403
5
7
9
0
2
4
6
7
9
1
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
5
7
9
1
2
4
6
8
0
1
1788
1745
1702
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
6
8
9
1
3
5
6
8
0
2
1788
1745
1703
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
6
8
0
1
3
5
7
8
0
2
1788
1745
1703
1660
1617
1574
1531
1488
1446
1403
6
8
0
2
4
5
7
9
1
2
1788
1745
1702
1659
1617
1574
1531
1488
1445
1403
4
6
8
9
1
3
5
6
8
0
60.3
58.8
57.4
55.9
54 .5
53 .0
51.6
50.2
48.7
47.3
800
820
1360 2
1317 4
1360 2
1317 3
45.8
44.4
- 60
72 0
1360 3
1317 4
1360 3
1317 5
1360 3
1317 5
1360 4
1317 5
1360 4
13*7 6
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
29
Rl.7P - Volume in M3
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
380
900
920
940
960
980
1274 .6
1231 .8
1188 .9
1146 .1
1103 .3
1060 .5
1017..6
974..8
932..0
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1274 .7
1231 .8
1189 .0
1146 .2
1103 .4
1060 .5
1017..7
974,.9
1274 .7
1231..9
1189,.0
1146 .2
1103 .4
1060..6
1017..7
974 .9
,
932..1
889..3
1274..7
1231..9
1189,.1
1146 .3
1103..4
1060,.6
1017..8
975.,0
932,.1
889,.3
1274 .8
1231 .9
1189 .1
1146 .3
1103 .5
1060 .6
1017 .8
975,.0
1274 .5
1231 .7
1188,.9
1146 .0
1103 .2
1060 .4
1017,.6
974,.7
889 .2
1274..6
1231..8
1189,.0
1146 .1
1103..3
1060..5
1017..7
974 .9
,
932..0
889..2
932 .2
889 .3
931 .9
889 .1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1-14 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
846 .3
803 .5
760 .7
717 .9
675 .1
632 .2
589 .8
547 .4
505 .0
462 .6
846 .4
803..6
760 .7
717 .9
-675 .1
632..3
589,
.8
547 .4
505 .0
462 .6
846,.4
803 .6
,
760,.8
717,.9
675..1
632..3
589..8
846 .5
803 .7
.
760 .8
718 .0
675 .2
632..4
589..7
547 .3
504 .9
462 .5
846 .5
803 .
.7
760 .9
718 .1
675 .2
632 .4
589..7
547 .3
504 .9
462 .5
846..3
803 .
.5
547 .4
505..0
462..6
846 .5
803..6
760 .8
718 .0
675 .2
632 .3
589..8
547 .3
504 .9
462 .5
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
420,.2
420,.3
420 .9
382 .8
345 .5
308 .5
271 .9
235 .6
199 .6
164 .0
128 .7
93 .7
382 .9
345 .6
308 .7
272 .0
235,.7
199 .8
. 164 .1
128 .8
93 .8
421..4
383,.1
345,.8
308,.8
272 ,
.2
235..9
420.,4
382,.0
344,,7
307,.8
271,.1
234 ,8
,
199 .2
163 .5
128 .2
93 .3
382 .5
345 .2
308,.2
271,.6
235,.3
199 .3
163 .7
128,.4
93 .4
420 .6
382 .6
345 .3
308 .4
271 .7
235 .4
199 .5
163 .8
128 .5
93 .5
421,.1
382 .3
345 .0
308 .1
271,.4
199 .9
164..3
129..0
94..0
198 .9
163,.2
127,.9
.0
93 ,
12 .9
11 .6
10 .4
9 .1
7,.9
6 .7
5 .5
4 .3
3 .1
1440
1460
58.6
24.6
58.8
24.7
58.9
25.0
59.0
25.3
59.2
25.6
59.3
25.9
58.3
24.5
2.0
0.8
1000
1020
235,. 1
932 .1
889..2
760 .6
717 .8
675 .0
632..2
589,.8
547 .4
505 .0
462 .6
42,.9
41,.5
40,.1
38 .6
37 .2
35,.7
34,.3
32..8
31 .4
30 .0
28,.5
27,.1
25 .6
24 .2
22,.7
21,.3
19,.9
18,.4
17,.0
15,.6
14 ,
.2
t O M
O M M
l O - J
H * s
t
t
t
i
O
O
O
o
U)-~jtoa\oinioôou)
Ln
t- 00
~ - J M m O L n M 3 ^ 0 0 U ) ^ J
O i C i O i C ^ c r * c r o - o - o
M U ) * f i C r ~ J 0 0 O M 0 J
^ t > l n i n m i n i n i n i n m
- J C D O M L O f c . l n ~ J C D O
{ D - J C h U l ^ W I O H O l O
c o - o c r \ i n p > i o t O M O U )
U)
O r f i \ D U - J H O \ O J i l C
j i v ] O L J o \ i o w u i r o o
M M M M t O t O t O t O t O t O
O O O O l O L O O O O M M t O
L O - O W C T l O t l ^ l O l O - O M
m O U l ^ l ^ C O H ^ v ]
- 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
l O O M O J J ^ O i ^ O O O
( D - O t T l l r r f i W H ^ i P ' H
U U i U U i f J l U l l l l U I O l
c n o ^ i o i o - o . t o i n i o i o
w u i e o H J i s i o w s i u i
( n o f t m u i ^ i p u i u i i J
O
M
O
O
H O l O C O s l O \ t D s l l ^
t O t
M M
- O t
v J
H O \ D C Q v l 0 1 U l ^ U E O
t O t O t O
L O O O O
O ^ ^ O L O
l C O H A
H O W O ) s l 0 1 L r i * W W
O
O
A
U
M M M t
D O O I
O - J M C
v l W W
M
O
L
^
M M M M t O t O t O t O t O t
C O O O L O I O O O O M M C
l O ^ J M C n O k t ^ l O l O - O t
^ c n v o t o L n o o M ^ - o
>^>j=-*>lnincrvcr>~j-o.-j
O J ^ ) U > - J M C n o ^ > x >
i n o o o i o c n i o t o i n o o M
O ^ C 0 s ] 0 1 L n H ( T l N j 0 J
o u J c o s i m w ^ u t o H
H O l f l G O v J O l O ^ f f ) ^
l O
t O
C r
U )
W t O M M W W W W t O
L 0 L 0 L o ^ ^ L n L n t n a \
t O ^ V O L O ^ J t O l n i O l O
L n 0 0 M ^ - 0 O V D - 0 L n
o i o c o v i m u i u m v i u j
t O ( J U ) U * * . U l J l U 1 ( I \
m c o - j m u i j s w u i o i i o
M M M M M t O t O t O N J t O
IB M t t H O O O
O
U ) s J M 0 \ O * U ) U s l
O l O C D - J O l U l ^ W t O H
O
O
O
s
U l LO
M <X
U3 M
ilo to
* M a\
LO t o
O l D C O > J O l U l * ^ U [ 0
o i o c o - j o - \ L n > t > - i o M M
to
U J l O ) H * s l O l v l U 1
O ^ l O L O - J M O i O ^ U D
u i s i o u u i m i o u i c o H
M
M
LO L O
M CT\
vo to
M M M t O t O t
O O O V D V D O
O - J M C n O ^ L
m u ) i o u i c
O
O
O
o
o ^ D O O - j c n L n i C k U J t o
to
L n - J O l O O i l D t O l n O O M
ID
M M M M M M M M M M
^^Û1LnOACT\v0v4-J
M M
LOU)
M
O
L
*
U U l f f l H r f i v I O ^ ' J U l
l O t O M U t O M U U t O U
M M t O t O t O t O t O t O
0 0 U 3 U 3 O O O M M t 0
J | - > C r \ 0 l ^ L O l O - ~ J t O
l t D t O U l C O H ^ v J O
M M
0 D
L O W O
w
o
o
^ C O v J O I U l ^ U I U l O l t O
O
M
l
-
u
w
o
I f l C Q s J O l U l ^ U t O H O
t O t
O M
U s
) H *
u
*
o
0 1 0 * m U s l ( J U 1 l t ) W
W U l l B H * - J O I ^ U 1
O t O
3 O O
* l t !
U 1 0
u
o\
o
t o w t o t o u u t o t o u u
M M t O t
0 0 L 0 U
H 0 1 O
1 1 0 ( O
to
m
o
t O
t 0
l O
J 0
M
D
g
0
u
o
o
M
C
U
U
o o o
LO
cr
LO
oo
Ln i n i n i n i n ^
j ^ j * j ^
o o c r j ^ r o o o o m ^ t o o
o o o o o o o o o o
o
i t O M M t O t J
D00001Xl<>U)
L n a > M t n - j
T i M l n L O O O
o
n
J
O
t o t o t o t o t
v i v i - j c o c
O ^ 0 0 M U 1
O O U l O C r
o t o t o t o t o
o c o u i i o i o
0 0 M U l - ~ J
i M l n i D O M
L 0 M r f * C A 0 0 l 0 M t O U > O
L D M t O U ) ^ L n - J 0 0 L D
W U U U ) U I - ' U > * ' U 1 H
t
c
^
t
0 \ U U W m * C O N ] W v ]
- O O J ^ O O M U l O D M L n C T l
( O I O U I H O I - ' W U I O I O
t O t O t O t O r O t O I O t O t O t O
U I I O 0 1 I O U l * C 0 v l * W
J O * 0 0 M L n 0 0 M L n - J
t 0 L 0 l n M C T ) M L n v ) O O
ijisivivjracoooioiolo
t O t O t O W t O t O t O t O t O M
U I W ^ I O U l W v J O l W v l
t O t O M M K
CTl-O.-J~J0
^ o * - o o M
W l D l n M C
* H * U U l U v l C H C r i N )
0 i ^ J - O . - J C 0 0 0 0 0 U 5 L 0 l 0
~ J O J ^ C 0 M U 1 0 0 M L n - 0
t O > l n M C T * M l n i > O M
A H U H ^ U s l J l d l l l l
- J O i f c - O O M l n O O M U l - J
t O l O l n M C T l M l n i O O M
W I O t O t O M I O W U l O W
W O U H ^ W O l t n O l H
^ j o > ^ o o M L n o o M i n - j
t o y j u i H o i H U i y j o w
M U W W I O t O I O H J U M
MH-
ro p
ro LQ
LQ
l-i
Tl
a Hro M
w
o
3
tr
(i)
3
x m
ro <!
(i)
M
4
(l>
<
ro
-O
Di
rr
o
o
Ln
o
H 3 =1
ID
in
ro
H
CD
LI)
H
PJ
3
Ln
LO
ID
M
l-h
li
V>
i-h
ri
P
4
(D
~J
o
=
(D)
PJ
rr
<D
rr
^ ^
o
o
^1
o
II
o
n
"* -J
*> cn
n 55
m
o
o
H-
01 M
ii
LQ - J
0 CO
^^ ;v
(D
3
D.
(U
ii
o po
II
O
VI
M
rr
01
OJ
ro
3 H
rr
3 3
a >a
n o o
0
0
o
3
X X
(II
3
U
c
Hi
oi
to
c
M
(D
Hi
(T
r>
T1
()
M
n
W
3
il
"< X s
M
i
cn Ln
II
e
3
u
Hrr
H
CO
H
ng device:
i ^ l l l O ~ J M O i O > f c > l >
W f f l v i o i t n ^ w t O H O
o * t o u j H a > o * u )
i f c - J O l O O I l D l O l n O O M
M M M M M M M M M M
c o c o s j c ^ t n ^ u i t o H O
O J i t O W v l H O l O ^ l D
J ^ - o o i o c n i o t o i n o o M
c o m t t w o m m j i w o
o o o o o o o o o o
CO
C)
omp:
e points of c
M
M
U> U l
M 0\
1X1 tO
Men
U) tO
M M
LO U)
i - 1 en
LO M
to o
00 00
ro M
<! 11)9)
n ro
M
2
ro
tment ident
tment descr
frame
LO
O
O
I
<
2!
CO
13 CO
OJ O
LQ Ln
fl)
O
00
to
DO
LO ro
~J
LO
O
O H
("I I
N)
H tsi
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
31
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1276 .1
1233 .2
1190 .3
1147 .4
1104 .5
1061..6
1018..7
975..8
932 .9
890..0
1276 .2
1233 .3
1190..4
1147..5
1104..6
1061..7
1018..8
975..9
933..0
890..1
1276,.2
1233..3
1190..4
1147..5
1104..6
1061..7
1018..8
975..9
933 .
.0
890..1
1276 .3
1233 .4
1190 .5
1147 .6
1104..7
1061,.8
1018..9
976..0
933 .1
890..2
1276 .3
1233 .4
1190..5
1147 .6
1104..7
1061..8
1018..9
976..0
933..1
890,.2
1276 .4
1233 .5
1190 .6
1147 .7
1104..8
1061..9
1019..0
976..1
93.3 .2
890 .3
1276 .1
1233 .2
1190 .3
1147 .4
1104 .4
1061 .5
1018 .6
975..7
932 .8
889 .9
42 .9
41 .5
40 .1
38 .6
37..2
35..7
34..3
32..8
31..4
29..9
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
.1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
847 .1
804 .2
761 .3
718..4
675..5
632..6
590 .1
547 .6
505..1
462..7
847 .2
804 .3
761 .4
718..5
675....6
632..7
590 .1
547 .6
505..1
462..7
847 .2
804 .3
761..4
718..5
675..6
632..7
590 .1
547 .6
505.. 1
462..7
847 .3
804 .4
761 .5
718 .6
675..7
632..8
590 .1
547 .6
505 .1
462 .6
847 .3
804 .4
761 .5
718 .6
675 .7
632 .8
590 .1
547 .6
505 .1
462 .6
847 .4
804 .5
761 .5
718 .6
675..7
632..8
590 .1
547 .6
505 .1
462..6
847 .0
804 .1
761..2
718..3
675,.4
632,.6
590 .1
547..6
505..2
462..7
28 .5
27..1
25..6
24,.2
22,.7
21,.3
19 .9
18 .4
17 .0
15,.6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
420 .2
382 .3
345,.0
308,.1
271 .4
235 .1
199 .2
163 .5
128 .2
93,.3
420 .3
382 .5
345 .2
308,.2
271 .6
235 .3
'199 .3
163 .7
128 .4
93 .4
420 .6
382,.6
345 .3
308,.4
271 .7
235 .4
199 .5
163 .8
128 .5
93 .5
420,.9
382,.8
345..5
308..5
271 .9
235 .6
199..6
164..0
128..7
93 .
.7
421 .2
382 .9
345 .6
308..7
272 .0
235 .7
199 .8
164 .1
128 .8
93..8
421..5
383..1
345..8
308..8
272 .2
235..9
199,.9
164,.3
129,.0
94,.0
420 .4
382,.0
344,.7
307,.8
271 .1
234 .8
198 .9
163 .2
127 .9
93 .0
14,.1
12,.9
11,.6
10,.4
9 .1
7 .9
6 .7
5 .5
4 .3
3. 1
1440
1460
58.6
24.6
58.8
24.7
58.9
25.0
59.0
25.3
59.2
25.6
59.3
25.9
58.3
24.5
2.0
0.8
(_. ^
C^
to
4*
ui
u)
-j
to
to
M M M M E
O C O C O U
W s i H i n
M 3 P J 4 ^ c r
O t O
3 V O O
o, i t x > M
t O
O O
c o
^ - o
t
O
C
t
O t O W
W W W
^ O ^ C
o ^ - j v
t O W W
i f ' i f '
D I 0 0
o v D - J
t O
a i
\ O
U i
N J C O i P ' O a i W C O W ^ H
C O M W
H H W I
W s J H
^ c n v o
s l U U J ^ O O l M U i m W
t O E O W t O
u i c n c n ^
O H U l C 0 t
O C ^ t O - O
t O I O E O t O t O
- j s j s j c o c o
O U l U ) K ) - P >
t O < T \ O t O O J
0J
W W N
a i u i c
^ - O M
I O l O
tO M
OCTi
O
D
^
O
M CO
O t O t O t O t
- J s j ^ c O C
U l C O t O
l O ^ C O O t
4^ W
J t O I O I O N J W M I O
n c T i i T i v j v j - v j o o c o
U l C O t O U l C O t O f t *
L n H C T \ H U l U ) H t O
U l t O ^ E O U l ^ C O - J O C T *
K J
u i
^ C
G J
j ^ a i i t . s j u i v o c o t D . f '
N J
w
^ c
t o
t O W t O t
w ^ ^ u
o . t o m
u i y i u
O
i
o
p
W t O t O t O
c r j N i N j s i
C O H O l C
J t O s l t O C T
t O t
c o c
D P
\ C D
O
o
^
O
^ o t o w ^ u i s j c o y j o
U l C O O O J U l C O O t O t O O
s ] v J - J - J C 0 C O O 3 C 0 C D C O
U l C n C D ^ P t O ^ U l C ^ C D
M O > M C r \ M C n M U l C O t O
c r \ c r i C A c r \ c r > c ^ c n - o - o - o
O M O J ^ s - C T t - J k O O E O U )
t O - O t O - O M C T M C T t M C ^
^ ^ . f e ^ U l U l U l U l U l U l
u i c n c o u ) P t o ^ u i v ] c o
W - J t O - J t O v J t O v J t O N ]
M - J O ^ J O C 0 M O C T \ O
totocotototocotototo
U l . U l C A C r i C r i - J - J - J C O C O
^ C O I O U l U ) t O C h ^ ) t O ^
- j U > O U l M U 1 0 > r f * 4 >
O C ^ t O C O ^ O W L J W l O
M w u ^ ^ o i u i u i c r i c n
C O U J - O M U l O ^ C O M - J
c o o u > c n c o M U ) c n c o M
p s J W W U l O C ^ t O C O i f c
t O t O t O
J ^ ^ U l
W s j o
' t O l D
M M
m m
H ^
l P s
t O C D i f c O U l H - J U l l D a i
O t O t O t O M
O U J U J U
m p u i ^ o
v l O U U l l
J M
i u i
v J
O U
( J ^ ^ v l U l l O l O U l W O H
N
u
U
C
t O t
M M
^ c
O W
O C
M t
o w
U l
v n u i M ^ w ^ t O L n ^ j J ^
J t O t O t O
t o t o w
o M U i o
o u i s i o
C O O l l O s I H O i f ' i t ' P P
H U C ^ V O H i f ' C n 0 \ * ' t O
W l D U l H v J W s J C O U ) C ^
t O N
p p
c o l o t
U l U l C n C T i a \ - s ] v ] s J C D C O
U v l H r P ' t B H U l C O H ^
w-ji-'aio^cotocho
M M M M M M M C O C O E O
- - J - 0 - O C O C O V D V O O O O
M U l V D ^ C O t S J C T i M U l M D
^ 0 1 U } H ^ - J ^ t 0 ^ s J
O O ^ t O C O ^ V D U l M - J U )
M M M
- J - 0 o ^ c o
. c r \
J ^ O C T \ t O O O ^ O a \ t O C O
U l p s ] U U ) U l H s l U C O
to
O
w
totototocotototototo
X > t O ^ - 0 < X > t O U l - 0 O E O
M M M M M M M M M M
M f O t O I O W t O W W t O W
H H M I O W W U ^ ^ U l
4* a\
M M
O C O H ^ O I O H C ^ U I H O
M M M M M M M t O E O C O
- 0 - J - O C O C O U D ' X J O O O
o * i ^ ) U J v j t - ' c r i O r P ' C D
u i c o o o J U i o o M U i m c o
H v l U V D i f ' O C n t O C D ^
W W W W M
U > > 4 ^ U l
P ' k o w m o
O M O C O C T i
c o ^ o c n t o - j t o o t o c o
{ O U W ^ ^ ^ U l U l O ^ i J i
- ' M P 4
T \ C r i
J M O ^
C O M
W U l H v J M O l i t ' O t A M
P - ' h - ' l
' U l U l
U ) U J M U > C r
t O M t O N J E O t
U l U l O ^ O ^ C A
^ s l H ^ C D W
M - O t t - ' X J U
)
O
?
o
0 0 \ H s ] W l O U l H v J W
h - ' M h - ' H H - '

W U O J f f > ^ i t
- J N J C T i O ^
C O O U J U l C O
<)
s
i-(
ro
o
fD
I-i
I-i
H-
fD
M
CQ
M
I-i HCD
3
fD LQ
a H-
*- M
to
<;
fD fD
3
H-
(D
<
T)
il
V.0 o
Ul Ul
Ui
M
fD
fD
rr
Hi
Ul
II
II
Ul
X
X
3
3 U
UfD
fD
ii
o
I-I
U)
-J
H-i
CD
Ul
O
fD
3 3
hh l-h
H
i-i
Ui Ul
rr rr
Ul
U)
i-l
it)
O
o
n
13
00
H
U>
3
n 3
is
o
H-
13
Ul lii
U3 oo
n o pa1
>
3
s
Ui
I-i
o\ c
o h-l
U)
H m
*.
a\ U l UJ
II
II
H"
<
N
3
rr
i-i
(1)
7.40m
4.40m
M M
H
NJ
iw
U>
tO U l
I O W W
J O D C O
D W r P '
M t O 4 ^
^
o
oo
at
co cr>
o
o
J t O t O W
C T i - J s J s
C O M U l V
> C 0 U J - O
o
o
W W t O W t O W W l O W M
H H t O W U l W O J ^ ^ U l
U - J H C A O i f ' C O W m o
t O U l C O O O J U l C O C O O ^ U J
H P H H I O W N
J C O C O k O ^ O O O
U ) - 0 1 - ' 0 , O ^ U
f o ^ - j i o w u i v i
H H P
- J - J 0 * k ^ )
c h y j
M M M M M M M t O t O t O
- 0 - J - 0 C 0 0 0 V D U 5 O O O
F - 1 l - 1 l - ' h J h J H J l ~ J h J H 1 l - i
N J W U ^ ^ ^ U l U l C h C r i
c o t o c n o u i v n o j - o t o c h
H W m C O M W C ^ ^ H ^
C O d ^ V Q U l M - - J U > V O U 1 M
L O W l ^ H v l W y j U l O O l
W M W W t O
M M t O t O l O b J
W s j w c ^ O r
U l O O O W C h C
h - ' H ' h - ' K ' l - ' H M t O t O t O

- J O - J C 0 C 0 > U 3 O O O
O U l M 3 U J C O N J C n o U l ^
^ t O ^ - J O t O U l - J O t - O
W l O W N
L n U i m o \
^ C D P U l
4 ^ M - O U
f O N J W W W I O t O W I O M
h - ' h - ' C O M U ) L > J L J ^ J ^ U l
U ) - J W C T \ O U l V > U J C ^ O
- 0 < ) E O ^ - O O t O M * > J
H
M M M M M M M t O t O
- J - J C 0 C 0 , X > U ) O O O
u i i n u c o t o c n o u i u )
U > C T * U > M 4 : ' O ^ V ) M i P '
to
o
CO CTi it>.
O O
O
U ' O J W U U W ' W W W I O
C 0 0 \ ^ K 3 O C 0 0 ^ ^ K J O
O O O O O O O O O O
W C O ^ O O l l O C O W ^ U l
(_!
O O O O O O O O O O
^ O C T l K 3 C O * > O U l H v ]
coowcncot-'wîDf-'
>t J ^ J ^
H h M l - ( - l - h - ' J - ' l - ' ( - '

[ O O J O J ^ i t ' ^ U l U i m m
C D W C T i H U l ^ W C O t O C T l
M U l - J O t O U l C O O W U l
U1 ( ^
ng device:
M M
H
W
u>u)
U l CO
- J OJ CO 4> O
J^ ^
U l U l ffi CA
Ul W ^
CO t O ff>
u i co o
u> cr\ co
Ul
c o c n ^ w o c o c n ^ w o
U1 V I
n o n
0 0
o
3 3 3
rr -a TJ
CD U) 0)
m
o
c
3
u.
HX
rr
e points of comp:
M M
M tO
VOLO
O ^
l-1
^
H
u>
V O ^ O C n i O C O ^ O O l M
Ul
Ul
^1
O
t O U U ^ ^ ^ U l U l C T i C r i
C O M C r \ M U l ^ U ) C O M a >
U > C f t < X > M ^ O ^ V ) C O ^ - - J
Ul
to
^1
H
W
{>>*
CO H
M
03
Ul
UJ U)
tO
if*
to
h-1 - 0
o
o
tO
c o a i ^ i o o c o c r i ^ t o o
O O O O O O O O O O
Ul
fD
M
<; 9J
fD 113
M fD
tment ident
tment descr
frame
to
U)
Ul
ro
<
o
to
ro
T1
111 f 1
CU U l
fD o
00
t-1 l
?; N
H N
rn
n
o %
H
UJ
~0
Ul
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
33
ullage
level
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
-0 .5
.1
.5
.9
.3
985 .7
943 .1
900 .6
858 .2
815 .8
773 .7
1156
1113
1070
1028
-1
-1.5
.6
.0
.5
.9
984 .3
941 .7
899 .2
856 .7
814 .4
772 .2
1153.2
1110.6
1068.0
1025.4
982.8
940.3
897.7
855.3
812.9
770.7
730 .2
688 .4
646 .9
605 .7
564 .8
524..2
484..3
444 .
.9
406 .0
367 .6
728.7
686.9
645.4
604.2
563.3
522.7
- 482.8
443 .4
404.5
366.1
1000
1020
1157.5
1114.9
1072.3
1029.7
987.2
944 .6
902.1
859.6
817.3
775.1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
-114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
733.1
691.4
649.9
608.7
567.8
527.2
487.4
447.9
409.0
370.5
731..7
689..9
648..4
607,.2
566..3
525..7
485..8
446,.4
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
332.6
299.4
267.6
236.7
206.6
177.5
149.4
122. 1
95.7
70.3
331..3
298..3
266..5
235..6
205 .
.5
176..5
148 .
.3
121..0
94.,7
69..2
330 .1
297 .2
265 .4
234..5
204 .
.5
175..4
147..2
120..0
93..6
68..2
1440
1460
45 .7
22.1
.7
44 .
.7
43 .
21..1
20..2
407 .5
369 .0
1154
1112
1069
1026
-2
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-2 .5
.3
.7
.1
.5
979 .9
937 .4
894 .8
852 .4
810 .0
767..8
1160.4
1117.8
1075.2
1032.6
990.0
947.5
905.0
862.5
820.2
778.1
40.7
39.2
37.7
36.2
34.7
33.2
31.7
30.2
28.7
27.3
727 .3
685 .5
643..9
602..7
561..8
521..3
481..3
441..9
403 .0
364 .6
725..8
684..0
642,.5
601,.2
560..3
519,.8
479..8
440..4
401..5
363,.1
736.1
694.3
652.8
611.6
570.7
530.2
490.4
451.0
412 .0
373 .5
25.8
24.3
22.8
21.4
20.0
18.5
17.1
15.7
14.4
13.0
329.0
296.1
264.3
233 .4
203.4
174.3
146.2
118.9
92.6
67.2
328 .0
294 .9
263 .2
232..3
202..3
173..2
145,.1
117,.9
91,.6
66,.1
326..9
293..8
262..1
231..2
201..2
172,.2
144 .0
.
116..8
11.7
10.5
90..5
65..1
335.6
301.7
269.8
238.9
208.8
179.7
151.5
124.2
97.8
72.3
42.7
19.3
41..7
18..5
40..6
17..7
47.8
24 .1
1.6
0.8
.8
.2
.6
.0
981 .4
938 .8
896 .3
853 .8
811 .5
769 .3
1151
1109
1066
1024
1150
1107
1065
1022
'fl
9.4
8.3
7.3
6.2
5.3
4.3
3 .4
2.5
^D
to
if*
U)
tO-0
to
o
H
U3 U>
.A-1 to
- l l _ . l _ i h _ 1 ( _ l l _ l M
^ ^ u i L n c r c r i
o u i v o u > - o t o c r \
- o o t o a i o o o u )
- J - J CO OD ID
J ^ <> U> - J M
co o
u
ui m
o t o t o t o t
W U ^ ^ U
i ^ t C M ^
> U 1 U 1 U >
o
l
O
M
t O
a i
M t
l P
t O
a i
- J
t O C O t O t O W t O
o i s i v j v j c o m
C O M C n C O M U )
M - J H U I v J C O
t o t o t o t o t o t o t o r o t o t
UlLnCTiCTlCTl-jNlNlCOC
U l - J O ^ 0 0 M 4 ^ C 0 M U
U l W C O ^ O U l M 3 W U l s
t O - O t O * - J t O - O t O - O t O - J
M C T t M C T i M C r * M ( T N M C r i
O M U ^ C T \ - O M D O M U )
M C T \ M C T i M C r M L n C 0 M
0 0 ^ * X ) \ > V D ^ V D V O U ) 0
i D o t o u i ^ u i N i r o ^ o o
- J - J - O - J C O C O C O C O C O O O
u i m c o w H W ^ i n o \ a )
<y\a>cr\cr\cr\o\cr\<i<i-î
^ ^ ^ ^ O i O i L n L n u i L n
U l t h C O V D H t O i P ' U l v J C O
ai
ai
CO
O v I W - J ^ O D H O U l l D
cn
K)
ai
( j i o u i O L n o u J U J U j ^ o
Ul
00
Ul
U ) 0 O r f ^ ^ D ^ v O ^ U ) I ^ V D
Ul
-0
H"
.*.
M s l l O N j f O C O U C O U C O
Ul
tO
00
.*
J*
Ul
H-1 U l VD J ^
U l 01 00 H
t o M t o t o c o t o t o t o t o t o
H H t O t O W W W t ^ i f c U l
L o - o t o m o ^ ^ n u j o ^ o
a \ ^ D M ^ C T V D M O C O ( J l
O t O t O
3 U 3 O O O
m O U l ^ )
C h 0 0 M U J
M M M M M M M t
- 0 - 0 - 0 0 0 C D U
H U l l O W C O W
M U > C T C O M U )
1-*
to
00
0\
W C O U ) \ O ^ U ) H L n O ^ W
W v J t O s l W C O U C O L O C O
p m H f f i H O ^ H C r i t O s ]
\->
m ^ s J U l ^ C D W U O H
o t o t o c o t o
) U ) J ^ ^ J ^
) c o i O L n v o
O O M M U ) ^ ]
t o t o t o t o t o t
M M t O t O t O U
t o a \ M U i v D U
C ^ C O M U i O v
l_ij_lh_if_i(_il_j(_i(_'tOtO
- O . ^ J - J C 0 0 0 * X > \ ) ^ O O
O ^ C O I O - J H U l W i l i C O
M L O C h O O M t o m c O M U J
t o w u ^ t f - ^ u i u i c n c n
- j M c r \ o ^ c o u > ^ j M L n
OÔOMt-OCTiCOMUJCAOO
t-*
m u i c n a i O \ g v ] - j c o c D
U i ^ J O r f ^ - J M ^ C O M U )
* . H s l W C O U l C O [ O ^ 0 ^
O J W C O U C O U N I V I I O O A
c h p v j w - N j t o - j t O v i w
m o c n o c r j M c r i M O ^ M
P - J O U > U l < ] O M t O O
w i o u i H c n H c n o o ^
u i u i c n o \ o \ s j s j N j c o c o
^ J H U l O D W U l l O W W
wtotocototototototo
C O O \ V O - - J M O ^ ^ O O
H H [ O M [ O U ) W ^ ^ ^
t O v i H L n y ) r P c o [ 0 0 \ ^
- o o t o c n - o o t o t o o o o
M U L O ^ ^ ^ U l U l C ^ c r i
^ J t O C T l O ^ V D U l - J M O t
- o o t o a i - j o t o a i ^ j o
o
O
J
]
O 0 0 O \ ) I O M U l C n M U 3
u i u i c n c ^ c n s j s j s j c D c o
O J - J M d ^ O D M l J l C O M U }
- J U > O L n M 0 ^ O ^ 0 ^ - 0
tototototototototoco
M O W O ^ W s l O ^ h i C O
t O t O
u i u i
U ) - J
C O U
^ H ^ t O U l ' t ' C D N l O C ^
w u i c f i a i m - O s j s i c o c o
U - J H ^ C D H U I C D H W
VOCTi[OCOWCOlNJa\CO^D
O - O U J V O J ^ V O O J - O C O O
uiaimththsjsjvjaia)
W s l M C O W O O W O H O )
W - J H U l l D ^ C O W C ^ U )
t o c o h j t o t o t o t o t o t o t o
S ) N ) S ] [ O N J I O N ] U ^ O
N j t o t o t o t o t
H H W t O C J
U l v J H U l O
O U J ( J 1 C O O U
H C T i H ^ W v J t O U l C h U
O
O
B
n
l _ i ^ ^ j _ i ^ ^ [ O t O t
0 ~ 0 C 0 C 0 U 3 U ) O O
C O W v J H U l O ^ t
n - o o t o a i - J O t O L
0 ^ M C T \ M - J t O - J C O - - J
l _ i i _ . h _ i t _ i ( _ i l _ i ( _ i ^ j N J t O
- 0 - 0 - 0 C 0 C 0 X > ^ 0 O O O
O ^ O O U J - J M L n O ^ O O
U t O C n M O ^ M O ^ M O ^ r O
s]
O
ui
t o t o t o
O O O
O fc CD
UJLT1CO
O U I O U I O L T I M C A M O ^
M M W N ) U i U > U J 4 * . ^ ( _ n
U s J H U l O ^ r o t O C A O
t O ^ - J V O t O t - - 0 C h ^ t O
totototototototowco
C r \ H C T \ H C T \ p a ^ 0 0 ^ ) ( J l
(sj
l _
* J O ^
t o L
o m o c n o L n o L n M O i
M M M M M M M M M M
| O U U ) ^ ^ ^ U 1 U 1 0 , I O \
0 ( 0 ( T i O i t ' V 0 W v ] H f f i
l O H i t ' C T l ^ H ^ C r i V O H
^ U ) 4 ^ i x ) L n o a i o L n o
l _ l H 1 H l h
t o u w ^
o o t o o >
o t O L n
o o ^ y ^ ^ v o r f s . i . o ^ o t j i
_ j ( _ i | _ i 1 _ i h _ l t _ . j - j [ O t O [ 0
- ^ J - J - O C O C O ^ O ^ O O O
> - u > U " i o < J i o t - n o L n M
W C T l C D H W ^ C O s J U l U )
U s ] H c r > o ^ c o [ 0 ( h o
CT\ t.
CO
C O W t O N J t O t O t O t O M t O
CO CT\ ^
O O
O
Ul
to
us
fl
M
M
H-
fD
3
fD I Q
HfD
LQ
H
CO
cn
rr
fD
i-i
i-3
<
fD
3
?r
(i)
ID
M
<
3
H
(1)
<
CO
<n
U)
Ul
o
Ul
1
Ul
3
C
Ul
t-1
Ml
rr
w
fD
Ul
-J
Ul
t.
Ul
o
Ml
ii
U)
H
fD
Ml
H
U)
M
(D
-J
I- 1
CD
rr
a>
rr
it> J ^
o
o
li
X
ii
*1
Ml
o
t-i r r
fD
fD
(1) 3
3
(i
>
m
X
rr
ii
fD
H
s
PJ
cn I - I
O
PJ
^
Ul
II
11
M
Ol
rame
t o i_n
M t O
U3 U)
U>
CT\
U l W M W M K)
O 03 <J\ &> t o O
O O O O O
O
C O t O C O t O t O t O t O t O M t O
W W Ul W
CO ffl ^ tO
O
O
O O
c
3
u.
H-
co
0
ng device:
M M
' t o u u ^ ^ ^ i j i u i c r i c n
c o t o c r i o i n u ) W v ] W o \
H*>-crvr)i-'^cr>u5CO^
O D O U ) 0 \ C D P U ^ C D P
M M M M M M M t O t O t O
- J - ^ J - J C 0 C 0 k 0 M 3 O O O
( B f f l ^ M O C O C n ^ t v J O
O O O O O O O O O O
pa
omp:
e points of c
M M
M M
y) w
Ln-^j
to
U>
U> CO
t o u i w ^ ^ i t > u i a i c r ( 0 >
G O t O < T i M L n V O U J O D t O C r \
L J O l O O O U J U I O O O U J a i
H
K)
U) 4^
0 0 O
O O O O O O O O O O
O O
ooa>^tooooo-^too
to o
M
(U .
(1) 10
I-* fD
(1)
H
n n
o
o3
3
a
*o
OJ
fl)
"
03
;v
n 3
H
9)
3
C)
Hl-l
Ul fl)
Hi H
IU I Q
f) 0
cn
CO
1-'
n n
CO
n
o
3
rr
fl)
3
rr
tment ident
tment descr
0 = 1)
58
o
(n
U) o
rf^ i
o
Ul
<
Ul
o
00
to
Jr]
hH
1
N
IS!
n
*jy
rn
cu n
UJ
ID
>:
H
Ul
-J
Ul
o
o
in
o
>
0)
CN
CO
O
in
ci>
O IT)
UJ UJ
tsl H
N
:=
u
o
o
en
n
% e'-
CO
<L>
CD
QJ
^
(H
tjl
(U
TJ
a .
rl
EH
0)
>
W
rH
rH
0)
rH

CU
CO
CO
Volu
f
n
H
CO
^
rH
\D
CN
H O m t O ^ l O l U ' j n N
( N f l l l f l P l O h ' J r i O l l D
n l N M N C I H H H
cr\ix>^fmn-acorNr-
H U )
i i o
3-
r ~ o j r - r N r ~ o ) t - ~ t N r ~ n
r o h
H
r
i
o
N
H
I
N
N
i n ^ t
M
M
N
O O l h l O ^ C l H O f f l h
^ r o r o c i r o m m r o c N C N
< 3 < c ~ - c o c r i c o r - L n c N c o r o
C - r H U J r H V O r H r - m r H O
1 / l H m c O C O t T l H ^ h
r o O v o m o r - m c N m
n i n l N M M H H H
t n r O C N O O C T i C ^ O r H r O
n m i n H h i N m u i H h
h i o i o i c i n i n ^ ^ ^ n
C O V D r O r H C O C O m r H C h t - i n r H r ^ m c O ' ^ o v D r H r r H r H O O C h C T l O ^ C O C O C - -
C n C O r H C M ( N < N r H C O i n r H
H
1
^ n H o m m f f i m n r )
C N o o M ' O i n H r ^ m o v x )
t - ^ D ^ o i ^ i n i n ^ ^ ^ r n
CO
rH
C O V D m H C O l D C O r H C O U )
o o c N m m c N i - i o - i i o c N
r H r H O O O i a i C O C O C O r -
C N t n r H C h r H V X J C O i n i D n
( o i n n ( \ M i i i n t r j o i i o n o h ^ H o
m c N C N C N C N r H r H r H
o - ^ a \ ^ o ~ \ - ^ a i v ) r o { N
U J ^ n r H r H O O H C N - ^
( N C O T T O U J O I C O ' ^ ' O U )
c ~ - i i > i i i j 3 i n i n ^ f " 4 , ' i , m
o r ~ T f ( N c r i t - ' * c N O c o
m o v o c N r - m c n i n r H v o
r H r H O O C h C h C O C O C O r -
[ ^ O V D - ^ V O r H n O r H C O
ôujcNc^ncriinoixi
CTl
rH
t a i D n d c o i D ^ r i m
o i o n m n o i i n H i o
r H O O C h C h C O C O O D r ri
H
H
m
*
v o i
o
D
(
N
i o i n
'
^
n
o o o o o O^ OtD OCO OO CNO

^J< VD GO O CN rH rH rH ON CN
O O O rH rH
n
h
r - ~ v x > u ) ^ ) m i n ^ ^ ' ^ r o
oi
(N
(N
n ' n
c i
- i '
^ I B C O O N ^ l D f f l O t N
o o o o o o o o o o
C N O ~ \ r - ^ D V D r - o > c N i n o
n o , i ^ o m o r ~ ' 3 > c N C T i r n N l N I N N H H H
C I C N C N C N C N r H r H r H
o
)
o r - i n ^ ^ v n r - ~ o r o c
n o i i o n o ^ ^ i N O i U
c n C N C N C N C N r H r H r H
N C O * 0 1 0 M ( n * 0 1 0
c N o r - m c N o r - i n m r H
i n r H y 3 ( N c o - * c n i n r H r r H r H O O C T t C T t C O C O C O r - -
CN
^
O
CN
CO
*
r-
C N r o i n v D c o m r o o r - c N
o c r \ r ~ u 3 m m m ^ o c ~ - c o
n o o * o i o p i ( o n )
c ~ - i x i u 5 t D i n i n ^ t , ^ - a , n
^ ^ i x i r - ^ o m ' ^ ' r H r - m
r - v o ^ r m c N C N C N o ^ f i n
( N C O ^ O I O O I C O ^ O I O
t ^ v o i n w i n u i ^ ^ ^ n
^ H C T i l X ) - ^ r H C r \ U > > D < 0 1

L D r H U ) ( N 0 0 - a < a \ m r H r - ~
H H O O 0 1 0 \ [ 0 0 a ) h
C N i n O C T r H l > C 0 m < > C N
in
*
<3<
CN
CN
M<
5f
c o c N r - c N t - C N c o ^ p c N r H
i n n o c o i n r o o c o v x ) ^
i n r H r - C N C O ^ f O m r H C ^
r H r H O O c ^ a i o ^ c o c o r ^
o o o o o o o o o o
o
^ I D C O O I N ^ l D C O O C S
o
oo
o
to
o\
-J
tO
0^
-O
ro
a\
-J
to
o\
-J
to
in
>
tO
to
in
\Q
* a
\ C 0 O l < J
UI
M
O^
Ul Ul Ul
M OJ >fc.
rP> l\J
O
a\
X)4*U34^<X>4Û34*.V04^
4^
L ' J
U ) 4 ^ U ) 4 * - U 3 4 i - U 3 4 = - ^ 0 4 ^
W H I O i f c U l s l C D O
0 J i n C 0 O t O 4 ^ c r v j D h -
K O J i n c o o t o ^ ^ j ^ o
i{& k ,J& >

to OJ ^ in
OJ tO tO M
OJ OJ OJ OJ ia\ <i co M3 o
Co -J <r cr in
^ ^ u i u i m u i a i m
s l l O O W W U l O ^ C D
U J M O J l n O O O M ^ C n ^ O
ffl-JCDlDOHlOWtt'Ul
c o c o - j m i n i n ^ o J t O H
t O t O l O O J O J O J O J O J O J O J
s l t D V D O H N J W ^ . t ' U l
- 0 V D f - 0 J i n C 0 O t 0 4 ^ C A
t O t O M O J O J O J O J O J O J O J
- j c o v D O h - ' t o o j j i . i n i n
t o
^^.^^îninininin
^ ^ ^ ^ V O ^ t D W C n O O
-o-ococococococo
i n c o o t o j ^ C h V D H - ' M t o
O M D U > 0 0 - J O \ i n ^ t O O
H ^ r f ^ - J O O J C h V O t O O J O
OOUJVOU)VOV>*>VOU>0
C O E O N J t O t O h - > O V O V O t O
i n i n i n i n a i L n L n c ^ o ^ c r j
^ i n c ^ ^ c o o o v o o M h - 1
c o c r t ^ c o o c o c n o j o i n
i n i n i n i n i n i n i n c r i c ^ c r i
^ ^ a \ s ) ( c o u ) O H P
O D O \ r ^ t O O C D O \ * H a i
^ ^ ^ ^ t t - m i n m i n m
0 \ s l v ] f f i l O O H [ O W i t
H o ^ D c o a i N i c n ^ N J o
pwaisiowi'fflcoio
O D O D C O C D C D s i m O I H H
i n i n i n i n i n i n i n a \ c r \ c r \
- j - j - j ^ ] ^ ] 0 \ i n * >
i n i n i n i n i n u i i n a \ c r c r \
^ O i m - J C D O l l O O H l - 1
ffiO^^tOOCDmit'HUl
o ^ c r i c r \ c ^ c ^ ( j i ^ o j f -
i n i n u i i n i n i n i n c r t c ^ o ^
^ U l t T i s l C D O D y J O H l - 1
U l U l U l O l U l ^ U W O M
L n m u i u i u i u i u i ^ c r i c r i
^ U i m - J C O C O V D O M M
0 0 < T ) ^ t O O C 0 C h t . | - ( J l
J i . ^ J i . ^ ^ U l M M O t O
i n i n i n i n i n i n i n c r j O ^ c r H
^ 0 1 0 \ N t C D C D l J 3 0 H H
C O C T l ^ W O C O O ^ P L n
O W ^ v l l D H W - J v ] 0 )
c o o t o i n o v D M O J c n c o
O l C D O N J U l s l V D H W ^
*
in
M
^ J x J C O V D O H t O U ) ^
H O l D O i - J s i m ^ t O O
OJ
^
4*
OJ tO
OJ OJ OJ OJ 4^
CT\ -O CO VO O
co co - j c^ i n
- O C O V D O I ~ * t O U > 4 ^ ( J l i n
m O l U I ^ U W H H O V O
ifl
\ O H i ^ o ^ o D o u > m c r i s ]
> j u ) M ^ o \ a ) o w u i s i
U l s J V O . W ^ f f i C O O W U l
^
to
^
O N - J - O O O ^ i O h - ' t O L O i ^
O O U D C O - J - J C ^ ^ t O O
O ^ H W W v J O W ^ C T i
m N j O D l O O H W W ^ U l
O D H W O l s J O W W U l O l
0 0 - O - J ( T * i n ^ ^ 0 J I O
C D O W ^ - J ^ H i t ' i t ' U l
O ^ C O O W ^ - J ^ H U J U l
^ ^ j ^ ^ ^ i n i n i n i n i n
0 \ s ] s l C D l O O H M W ^
O O I D I B - J - J C ^ ^ W O
0 \ s l - ] D U ) O P W W ^
O O U ) C D v j m O \ ^ ( 0 0
v l C D W O H W U i t i U l U l
rf^Ch^MOJin-OONJtC*
( O t O W W W W U W U W
s J C D U J O H W W . f ' U l U l
Ui
O
ffl
s l l D H ^ O ^ C D O W W J i
sj
C T \ - O C O U D O h J f O O J t P ' L n
C O s J s J i ^ U l ^ U W M H
u i - j v o M ^ C A C o o r o L n
KpS.
U) CO
<y\ <\ oo ^
Uj
rfi.
o\
O
ffi
C D f f l ^ M O C O C T i i P ' W
O O O O O O O O O O
l-i
fD
fD
in
fD
tD
fD
M
I-1
M
H3
IQ
Tl
H-
!-(
a
o
s.
fD
M
3
3
tr
HI
H-
<;
fD
3
fD
M
<; 0)
CD f)
M fD
to
Tl
(D
c
=1
>
=4 3 m
4
fD
o o
UI o
M
F-1
li
U>
OJ h-J
ffv
U.
fD
rr
Ml
Ul
II
P
OJ
3
Ul
I- 1
rf^
J>
fD
FJ
P>
l-tl M l
i-i
U)
(D
C>
FF"
a) ai
o
o
3
V
ui
TJ
H
p>
3
X
CO 70
I- 1
Hi M
M o
LU XI
>
i)
0
n n>
o
()
3 3
rr 13
fD m
3 H
rr
II
X X
Ci
(1)
rq
O
l-i
(D
X r?
u>
II 3
\D
Ul
UI
II
II
M
ai
*<
(A
F-
fD
H
m
X
rr
H
o
c
3
CO
ng device:
2.80m
8.40m
&
CO
U t c n c O O M ^ - J ^ M U J
0 J U 1 - J \ D I -
O O O O O O O O O O
c o a i ^ w o r o f f \ ^ t o o
O J O J O J O J O J E O W W t O t O
C 0 C r h t I S J O C 0 ( T ^ M O
O O O O O O O O O O
- Vol
c n i n ^ o J O J W h - ' o o v o
t O N J W U U J W U W U U
O O O O O O O O O O
o--j^j--J--Jcr>.T\cr\crcrt
roai^tooos^^KJo
e points of comp:
to
to
to
O O
co
to
tment ident
tment descr
, RHO = 1
at frame
>:
en
UJ
13
0)
o
o
n
-0
OJ
<
td
to
O
to
Nl
N
33
M
>
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
37
ullage
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
248.6
239.4
230.2
220.9
211.7
202.5
193 .3
184 .1
174.8
165.6
248 .7
239 .5
230,.2
221 .0
211..8
202 .6
193..4
184 .1
,
174 .9
165..7
248.8
239.5
230.3
221.1
211.9
202.7
193 .4
184.2
175.0
165.8
248.8
239.6
230.4
221.2
212 .0
202.7
193.5
"184.3
175.1
165.8
248.9
239.7
230.5
221.3
212.0
202.8
193.6
184 .4
175.1
165.9
249..0
239..8
230,.6
221,.3
212 .
.1
202,.9
193..7
184 .4
.
175..2
166..0
248.4
239.2
230.0
220.8
211.6
202.3
193.1
183.9
174.7
165.5
40.4
38.9
37.4
35.9
34.4
32.9
31.4
29.9
28.4
26.9
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
156.4
147.2
137.9
128.7
119.5
110.3
101.1
91.8
82.6
73.4
156..5
147,.2
138 .0
128..8
119..6
110..4
101..1
91 .9
82..7
73 .
.5
156.5
147.3
138.1
128.9
119.7
110.4
101.2
92 .0
82.8
73.6
156.6
147.4
138.2
129.0
119.7
110.5
101.3
92.1
82.9
73.6
156.7
147.5
138.3
129.0
119.8
110.6
101.4
92.2
82.9
73.7
156..8
147..6
138..3
129,.1
119,.9
110,.7
l'Ol,.5
92,.2
83..0
73..8
156.2
147.0
137.8
128.6
119.3
110.1
100.9
91.7
82.5
73.2
25.4
23 .9
22.4
20.9
19.4
17.9
16.4
14.9
13.4
11.9
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
64 .2
56.4
49.1
42 .2
35.7
29.7
24 .2
19.1
14 .5
10.3
64..3
56 .5
49..2
42..2
35 .8
29..8
24..2
19 .1
14 .5
10 .4
64 .3
56.6
49.3
42.3
35.9
29.9
24.3
19.2
14 .6
10.4
64.4
56.7
49.4
42.4
36.0
29.9
24 .4
19.3
14 .6
10.5
64.5
56.9
49.5
42.5
36.0
30.0
24 .4
19.3
14.7
10.5
64..6
57..0
49..6
42,.6
36 .1
.1
. 30,
24..5
19..4
14..8
10 .6
1440
1460
6.6
3 .4
6..7
3 .4
6.7
3 .5
6.8
3.5
6 .8
3 .6
6.7
3.5
!*
64 .0
56.2
48.9
42.0
35.5
29.5
24 .0
18 .9
14.3
10.2
6.5
3.3
10.4
9.2
8.0
6.9
5.8
4.8
3.9
3.1
2.3
1.7
1.1
0.5
tO
tO
tO
to
tO
to
to
U3
Ul
v x > * > > , t - o L n o l n o L n
aisiu)Hto*.ui-s](xi
^ ^ ^ U l U l U I U l U l U l
W s ] M 0 1 0 ^ C O W ( h O
U1VD
t - ' h
O O O U 3 ^ 3 U ) U J
o L n o c n o L n o t j i h ^ c A
O H W ^ O \ - O U ) O t O W
i -
o ^ M c r \ ( - ' C ^ H -
^ - - J O
- o - o - j - o c o c o c o c o c o c o
L n C T \ 0 3 I J D H N J ^ U i a i C 0
u > c r \ v o h
. ^ - o o t o L J O
C D y 3 l f l l D l 0 l D U ) U ) ^ O
V D O M U J r f i . L n - v J C O ^ O
U l l D W - J I O m O M W U
^ ( D t O s l H U I ^ U I s J H
a i a i a i u i L n a i o ^ a i o ^ m
O l f f i s l C D C O V D O H W f O
c o - j v j ( j \ a \ L n u i W H U }
^ ^ ^ ^ U l U l U l U l U I U l
u i i n i n c n u i u i c r i c n m c n
U l O > ^ J C O V ) V D O h - , t O t O
fflffl^WOCDUlOJO^
p ' ^ ^ ^ a i m L f i u i u i u i
^ o o ^ o ^ i o a i m w L J
L n L n c n u i u i L n c r i c r \ a \ c n
( J l C h ^ 3 C O C O * 4 D O h - 1 t O t O
O ^ C O t O C h O i ^ C O V D ^ )
C A - O C O V O O H t O U ) ^
l O C O v J - J C n O ^ U l U H
- J C 0 U 3 O M t O U J ^ ^ U 1
^ W W l O t O H O O l D l D
o^cotocnov^coto-o.
s l M ^ D O H W W i f e U l U I
U l ^ W W I O W H O O V O
O l f l l O O P M W ^ U l f f l
O O V O U ) C D - J - J C A C r \ U 1
[ O W I O W U U J W U l W U
C D C D l O O H M W ^ U i m
O U ) U ) C D O D s ] ( T | C n a i a i
,t*
Ul
*. *>
^ W - O H O l U ) U ) ( X ) N ) c r i
*.
it. if*
u>
H" O
*.
it. ^
M to
tO M
C O M O ^ O ^ C O W s J H U l
tO tO
(71 ^J
H O
io
U> it.
CD UD O
J ^ LJ U>
Ul
O O V O V O C O - J - O O I O A U I
Ul
-J
C O M ^ O W ^ U - J H O l
O H l ^ l O A C O t O m o ^
0 3 U ) l f l O H W U I ^ U l C J \
s I C O V O O H W W ^ U l U l
^ f c - W U - t O H M O O V O
O O V D C O C O ^ O - J C A C T i C n
a j ^ O ^ C D t D C D s l l J l f O U
a i i T i u i u i u i L n c n m m c A
( J l C T l - J C O O O V O O M t O t O
- J U l W W U J O U l O J O i ^
^ ^ ^ ^ u i a i a i u i u i L n
W W s J H l i l O ^ s I C O C O
s l C D C O s j N j g O i ^ t O U
- j M c n o i ^ c o t o c r t O H ^
O ^ H U I V D O J ^ J H U I ^ U
( D t O m H U l ^ W O ^ s l ^
- J C 0 U D O h - > M U J r t > i n L n
^ J i . L O U J M I - ' h - ' O O V D
c o v ) V D O K i t o u > J ^ L n a ^
o o ^ c o c o - o - o c r \ L n u i
C 0 C 0 v J - O < T i U 1 U l U H U )
u i u i u i u i a i L n ( T i ( n m m
U l O \ v ] C D 0 3 U ) O H [ O N J
s l L n W H l O s J U l W O ^
U 1 C T i C A a i U l J ^ t t M M U )
Ul
to
i-3
cd
0
en
rr
fD
H
3
cr
<;
H
ri
<;
fD
3
IQ
ro
fD
M
h-1
H-
fD
LQ
t-i
a H-
fD
fD
?r w
>
M
(D
Ul
UJ
Ul
i
Ul
II
II
M
oi
*<
N
=f
o
o
en
Ul
II
u
p-
h- 1
P>
HI
fD
r-
01
(1)
>
fD
rr
Hi
X
II
u>
X
II
U)
3
3 lh
U.
fD
()
rl
11
c
p
S
p>
3
=1
fD
r(
X
rr
pi
Ul
M
ID
fD
Ml
l-l
Pi
l-l
PI
PI
Ml
pi
2.80 m
8.40 m
to to
-0
m
o
ng device:
G\
u i u i u i u i m u i o \ c h O \ Q
U l C n - J C O C O V D O M t O K )
s i m w p i o - o u i w o ^
Ul
j i j i ^ ^ i j i a i L J i a i u i u i
Ol
m ^ N i m t n a i i n w t o w
c o t o c h o ^ c o t o o i c T i m
S J H U 1 ^ U J N ] P U 1 I X ) U )
C h O ^ C O t O O i O ^ C O C O
vj
C O C D - ^ s l C T i L n U l U l H U )
ID
O O ^ O C O C O - O - O C ^ L n U I
t O W t O W O J W W W W W
Ul
u i L n u i u i L n u i c r c r i < 7 c ^
a i c n - j c o c o v D O M C o t o
s I O l U M l O s J U l W O i t '
c o m ^ f o o t x i a i r t . w
fD
M
<! P)
. i fD I I I
(- fD
- Vol
s]
O l l D W > ) H U l W ^ C D t 0
c o m d ^ t o o c o m ^ t o o
O O O O O O O O O O
fflslCDÔHtOWîf1
C O C D v J C T i a i l J I L n U H U )
( J l O ' ^ C O M C n o ^ ' ^ D O J
O O O O O O O O O O
o u ) U ) ( X ) C O s ] c n o \ u i a i
c o m ^ t o o c o c n ^ M o
O O O O O O O O O O
u i i n m a i ^ r t ' ^ ^ ^ ^
c o a > ^ i o o c o c r > t > t o o
e points of comp:
to to
DO
CO CO
DO O
O
O
pi
pi
O
HM
l-i
CO
3
X
i-3
pi
en
o U)
PJ rH
UJ H3
f)
n w1 w
01
3
rr
fD
n n n
o
o o
3 3 3
rr d >d
tment ident
tment descr
, RHO =
at fram
ss
T1
PI
CU
(D
2!
<
CD
to
rn
n
Ul
td
CO
N
-J tsi
>:
m
u> n
o
o H
Ul
~-l
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
39
ullage
level
Trim by
Even
stern
Bow Trim
(m)
keel
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
252..3
242..9
1000
1020
252.3
242.9
233.4
224.0
214.6
205.2
195 .8
186.4
177.0
167.6
252.4
243 .0
233.6
224.2
214.8
205.4
196.0
186.5
177.1
167.7
252.5
243.1
233.7
224.3
214.9
205.4
196.0
186.6
177.2
167.8
252.6
243.2
233.8
224.3
214.9
205.5
196.1
186.7
177.3
167.9
252..6
243..2
233..8
224..4
215,.0
205..6
196..2
186..8
177..4
168..0
252.1
242 .7
233.3
223 .9
214.5
205.1
195.6
186.2
176.8
167.4
40.4
38.9
37.4
35.9
34.4
32.9
31.4
29.9
28.3
26.8
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1-14 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
158.2
148.8
139.3
129.9
120.5
111.1
101.7
92.3
82 .9
73 .5
158..2
148..8
139..4
130..0
120..6
111..2
101..8
158.3
148.9
139.5
130.1
120.7
111.3
101.9
92.5
83.0
73 .6
158.4
149.0
139.6
130.2
120.8
111.4
101.9
92.5
83.1
73.7
158.5
149.1
139.7
130.2
120.8
111.4
102 .0
92.6
83.2
73 .8
158,.6
149..1
139..7
130..3
120,.9
158.0
148.6
139.2
129.8
120.4
111.0
101.6
92.1
82.7
73.3
25.3
23.8
22.3
20.8
19.3
17.8
16.3
14 .8
13.3
11.8
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
64 .1
56.4
49.1
42.2
35.7
29.7
24.2
19.1
14.5
10.3
64.2
56.6
49.3
42.3
35.9
29.9
24.3
19.2
14.6
10.4
64.3
56.7
49.4
42.4
36.0
29.9
24.4
19.3
14.6
10.5
64.5
56.9
49.5
42.5
36.0
30.0
24 .5
19.3
14 .7
10.5
63.9
56.2
48.9
42.0
35.5
29.5
24.0
18.9
14.3
10.2
10.3
1440
1460
6.6
3.4
6.7
3.5
6.7
3.5
6.8
3.5
6.5
3.3
1.1
0.5
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
233 .5
224..1
214 .7
205,.3
195..9
186..5
177..1
167..7
92..4
83..0
73..6
64..2
56,,5
49..2
42..3
35 .8
29..8
24 .2
19.. 1
14 .5
.
10 .4
6 .7
3 .4
111 .5
102 .1
92,.7
83 .3
73 .
.9
64 .6
57 .0
49 .6
42 .6
36 .1
30 .1 .
24 .5
19 .4
14 .8
10 .6
6 .8
3 .6
**l
9.0
7.9
6.8
5.7
4.8
3.9
3.1
2.3
1.7
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
R1.10P
Residual Tank P
Cargo Oil (CAL, RHO

Sounding device:
Manual ullage
y = 10.90 m
z = 16.61 m
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
40
1)
(at frame
(at frame
44)
51)
46)
ullage
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
182.0
180.1
177.5 174.8
172.0
169.1
166.0
162.8
159.5
156.1
182.0
180.1
177.5
174 .8
171.9
169.0
165.9
162.8
159.4
156.0
181.9
180.0
177.4
174.7
171.9
169.0
165.9
162.7
159.4
156.0
181.9
180.0
177.4
174.7
171.9
168.9
165.8
162.7
159.3
155.9
181.8
179.9
177.3
174.6
171.8
168.9
165.8
162.6
159.3
155.9
181.8
179.9
177.3
174.6
171.8
168.8
165.7
162.6
159.2
155.8
182.1
180.2
177.6
174 .9
172.1
169.1
166.1
162.9
159.6
156.2
99.7
98.7
97.2
95.8
94.2
92.6
90.9
89.2
87.4
85.5
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
152.5
148.9
144.4
13 9.9
135.'3
130.7
126.2
121.6
117. 1
112.5
152.5
148.8
144.3
139.8
135.2
130.6
126.1
121.5
117.0
112 .4
152.4
148.7
144.2
139.7
135.1
130.5
126.0
121.4
116.9
112.3
152.4
148.7
144.1
139.6
135.0
130.4
125.9
121.3
116.8
112.2
152.3
148.6
144 .0
139.5
134.9
130.3
125.8
121.2
116.7
112.1
152.2
148.5
143.9
139.3
134.8
130.2
125.7
121.1
116.6
112 .0
152.6
149.0
144.6
140.1
135.5
131.0
126.4
121.8
117.3
112.7
83 .6
81.5
79.1
76.6
74 .1
71.6
69.1
66.6
64 .1
61.6
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
108.0
103.4
98.8
94.3
89.7
85.2
80.6
76.1
71.5
66.9
107.9
103.3
98.7
94.2
89.6
85.1
80.5
76.0
71.4
66.8
107.8
103 .2
98.6
94 .1
89.5
85.0
80.4
75.8
71.3
66.7
107.6
103.1
98.5
94.0
89.4
84.9
80.3
75.7
71.2
66.6
107.5
103.0
98.4
93.9
89.3
84.8
80.2
75.6
71.1
66.5
107.4
102.9
98.3
93 .8
89.2
84 .7
80.1
75.5
71.0
66.4
108.2
103.6
99.1
94.5
89.9
85.4
80.8
76.3
71.7
67.1
59.1
56.6
54.1
51.7
49.2
46.7
44 .2
41.7
39.2
36.7
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
62.4
57.8
53.3
48.7
44.1
39.6
35.0
30.5
25.9
21.4
62.3
57.7
53.2
48.6
44 .0
39.5
34.9
30.4
25.8
21.3
62.2
57.6
53.1
48.5
43.9
39.4
34 .8
30.3
25.7
21.2
62.1
57.5
53 .0
48.4
43 .8
39.3
34.7
30.2
25 .6
21.1
62.0
57.4
52.9
48.3
43 .7
39.2
34.6
30.1
25.5
20.9
61.9
57.3
52.7
48.2
43.6
39.1
34.5
30.0
25.4
20.8
62.6
58.0
53.5
48.9
44 .4
39.8
35.2
30.7
26.1
21.6
34.2
31.7
29.2
26.7
24 .2
21.7
19.2
16.7
14 .2
11.7
800
820
16.8
12.4
16.7
12.3
16.6
12.2
16.5
12.1
16.4
12.0
16.3
'~11. 9
17.1
12 .6
9.2
6.8
0
20
40
- 60
80
100
120
140
160
180
SDARI-ZZ
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
3 73 00DWT
Page
41
ullage
level
CM
840
860
Even
keel
8.0
3.8
Trim by stern (m)

-0.5
7.9
3.7
-1
7.8
3.6
-1.5
7.7
3.5
-2
7.6
3.4
Bow Trim
-2.5
7.5
3.3
1
8.2
4.0
Filling
degree
4.4
2.1
o
m
o
*
<l)
>
Uj
<N
CO
O
rn
1
Hi
in
O
Ul
II
o
CO
w
H
Si
>:
H
rH
(0 o
CO 3
o TJ 0
H
(0
Pi &,
(1)
*f rH
<? IT)
m
R
m m
(fl
4->
>H r l
M-l M-l
4J
(B
B
o
CO
0)
en
IT!
rH
rH
II
X X
d
II
CN CO
d
n
T>
0)
T)
0)
rl
0
rH
(S
01
4J
M-l
tn
a
0)
P
X
0)
rl
4J
>
rn
a
H
Tl
G
3
CO
H h
II
ir>
rH
o rH
<T\ U>
o
*
ro
O
rH
1
ni
4-1
MH
rame
a n II
(s
s X N
fa
rl
U
4->
01
Tl
4->
C
TJ
-H
O
01
H
4J
a c:
ai in
73 0)
-U
a,
e e
XJ 4J 4->
(i)
4->
u u a
m as
0 o
a ha
h
0
u o u
01 01
ra
rH - H
01
(U
r-<
rH
a o
(0
O
CO
rn
o
o
tsi R
l
H
P
CO
f comp: A
(1)
h
3
rH
O
>
CO
H
^~\
Pi
Cn
0)
TJ
Cn oi
a oi
H r l
rH
rH
H
u
3
o
m
X)
rl
EH
01
01
C rH
01
>
01
rH
o i c o h i J i ^ f N O c n h i n
ffitnmcr,^ff\cna)coco
v > o v x > r H L n o - ^ c o n r -
cocor-r-i>r-voi43vo<x>
o o r o o - ^ c r i L n o u )
o o a . a , c o c o c o r -
( N ^ D H L O C ^ ^ C O n r ' H
r-)vorHi>oii>oir--o]r-
H ( N U ) 0 , H H H ( ? i \ 0 ( N
( N O ^ ^ O . L f l H ^ H h C N
l O ^ - t ^ n n t N O J H H
^ C ^ r i f f l t N h H l j O O ^
\ O l f l H U ) H l O H l D H U )
CNOr^-^CNO^VOCNCT\VX>
( N U - ) 0 ^ n C 0 C N l > r H U ) O
r - r - c N o o c N ^ c n c N - ^ i r )
C 0 l T i r 0 U ) C 0 C 0 h V O ( N C O
( N h ( N h ( N h ( N h ( N r -
n r O M ( N ( N C N H H H
VjOOL/ic^-^cocNr-rH^
c h n i > c N U D i H i r j o * ^ c o
CN CO
o ^ a ^ n r - o i ^ o H i n o i
LD rH
V> CN
xf
rH ^D
f N r - o j c o n c h ^ O L n o
KD
H h M C D n ^ l ' O l / I O
i n o ^ a \ n c o ( N W H L n
r H L n O - t f C O m r - C N V D r H
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H
in
r - r o c o n m ^ o L D r H v o
c N r - r o c o n c n ^ ' O L O r H
o o a i C h c o c o c o r - r - u D
v o H i n o ^ o \ n h ( N v o
rH rH
^ r ^ r H ^ o o ^ a . c o c o c N
E^-rOOO-^CTiÔLO
o o o > a ^ c o c o c o r ~
(NVDrHincn-^coror^CN
rH
( N C O r O O ^ ^ O L D H V O f N
N C O ^ ^ i n O L f l H V D C N
u i ^ ^ n n r o c N r N H H
cocNvorHLrto-^coror-
C N r - - n c o r o c h ^ O L n r H
rH rH
H m h ^ H r o m f N O , ! / ,
c h o - ^ t ^ c r * o > c o c ^ r o c n
^ r - c N r - r H m O ' d ' c h n
[ ^ c o c o ^ a , i r ) O L n
o o o ^ c h c o c o c o r -
r o r - C N V D O L O O ^ ^ c o r o
KG CN
CO
<T\ IT) C<i CT\ VD

VD \D \Q If) ID
-^
r^
rH rH rH
rH o r*
co co rrH
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H t - t r H
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H H
H O r - ^ H O O L D O ] C ^ L n
u n ^ ^ n n n t N o i H H
o ^ m r - - f N ' X ) r H i n o - ^ c o
^comr^rHU30Lno~iîH
n v D O i n c h r o c o c N r - r H
c ^ o ^ r - m o a ^ r - ^ o
L D C O m C O C N V O r H L n O * ^
r-roco^criLnovjOrHvo
o o m O i C O c o c o h ^ i D
CNr-rOCO^C^LDOlDrH
v o L n m ^ ^ r o c n r o . C N C N
oo<J\rov)cocrioovDncn
O r H L n C O C h O O t . C O ^ O
c N c o ^ a . L n o u > r H r - ( N
i n - ^ ^ n m n c N O J r H r H
o ^ c o n h t N W H L n o ^
O O O O O O O O O O
u i ^ ^ n r n r O ( N ( N H H
COCOhhhlXIÔliDLnLfl
L / , c r > ^ a i n h ( N U ) H L n
oocrio^cococor-r--^)
O M ^ f l { ) C O O ( N 1
oot^r-r^r^voujvDLnir)
O r H L T l C O O r H O C O L n r H
< N c o - ^ o ^ u n o v o r H r ^
i n ^ ^ m n r o c N f N r H
O O O O O O O O O O
CN
O
O
O OI
CO CO
rH rH
\D
UD CN
rH rH
CN
CNOr-<^CNCnkOCNO>MD
c o c o h h h i j D i x i ^ L n i n
O l N ^ U ) C 0 O ( N ^ W C 0
\ i O C O
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O
C N ^ V O C O O C N ^ \ > C O
rH rH H
0 ( N ^ l O C O O O J ^ l O C O
i-4
(N
01 r H S
in a) w
rH
rH
P
SDARI-ZZ
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
3 73 00DWT
Page
43
ullage
level
CM
840
860
Even
keel
8.0
3.8
Trim by stern (m)

-0.5
7.9
3.7
-1
7.8
3.6
-1.5
7.7
3.5
-2
7.6
3.4
Bow Trim
-2.5
7.5
3.3
'**
1
8.2
4.0
Filling
degree
4.4
2.1
00
H*
Ul
4*
CTI
UJ
CJ
4*
its.
CTi Ch
UJ NJ
4*
O
UJ
to co
UJ
UJ h-
UJ CO
to o
o o
00
ffi
m
^ 1 s i - j - j u i en m
CTi 4 ^ t v ) O C O C T t 4 ^ t O O
o o o o o o o o o
OO'ovncococococo
( O s l W s J H s ] i f t O ^ C O
4 ^ U J U J U J U J U J t O t O t O t O
O C O C T l 4 ^ t O O C O C A 4 ^ t O
w w o o o i a i w m - o u i
u i u i u i L n u i u i ^ ^ i t > ^
M D C O ( T \ 4 ^ t O O C O - O U l O J
\ O M * - m C O W l O O O O
U l ^ U p i D C A W O v J ^
U J U J U J U J U J U J U J U J C O
I D O D v J U l ^ W t O O l f l
l->
^
-J
CO -O
t* H
,_,
|_i
|_J
j _ . |_i
(_j
j _ , (_,
J_J
M
4 ^ t O k 0 < l U l U l U l U i a v C 0
h - ' 0 0 0 0
O 0 J 0 > O U l O - 0 4 ^ | -
^ W H O l D C D s J C ^ U l ^
M t O M W W W P P P
c o c r \ u i U J t O h J V D C o - o
4 ^ U J t O t O h
f O U J U J U J t - > V 0 0 4 * 0 0
O ^ t O O U J M ^ U J C ^ O
h - C 0 U J C 0 O 4 ^ O C 0 < T \ O
U U I t O ^ O D U l W U l U l ^
- O U J C O U J - J E O - 0 4 * U J U I
U l 4 * UJ tO tO h-
s J C A ^ C D P ^ l O i f r P O
O C O - J U l U J t O O V D C O C T ^
C O ^ O H W O l H s l W O C D
N j t O s J W U O ^ W ^ s l O
Ul ^
W [O M
H
J s J s l W H i t ' U J ^ H O
tO t- 1 H 1 M h-1 M H 1
o x ) - J U i u J t o o v D o o m
v o o t o ^ s i t o a j ^ p ^ o
O ^ C 0 4 ^ C T l C 0 4 * - O t O t O O
t O - J M U l C T t C O U J O C O O
U l > UJ tO tO h->
0 3 s J O ) U ) H ^ > J ) U l H O
C O W U l l O W O ^ H C O O
Ul ^
U W IO
H
c a r o m i D H U i w u i H O
^ J O W I O M m H V O O
un * * U J UJ t o
M
l O C D l D O t O l ^ U J U l H O
- J C O C O U J V D H ' V D - J
M V D - J U l U J t O O V D C O C h
P W W U l C O U C D U l H W
4 * 4 * O O V D U J C O U 3 0 " \ U J
H l D N l U l U r J O ^ C O v J
W U U I - J ^ ^ I D U I W O
( D C O W W O M v I C O W O
(-> H
H M t-J
s J U l ^ M H l O C O s ]
O W t t ' C h U l ^ v J I O ^ o
0^ 4^ UJ UJ tO M
O ^ O W O t O l ^ l O U l H O
C O C ^ J ^ t O O C O C T i ^ t O
O O O O O O O O O O
Ol Ul J^ W M H
H
M O O h - > U J U 1 0 U l t O O
W ^ C D ^ U I O O C ^ V D U )
H H> I- 1 H> H*
U) ~0 O l J ^ NJ
CTt -O V M CTt
H P U l O l H W m O i H N l
tO
H
Ul
O O O O O O O O O O
w w w w w w t o t o t o w
c o c n ^ M o c o m . t . ( o o
H k O C D C ^ ^ M H U J C O O
C D t D O C O ^ C O W l O U l U
^ ^ W O J U U M t O W W
W O ^ U l W P W s J U l U
o o y ? U ) C o c o - o - j - o - j
m U l U l U l U l U l U l i P > ^ ^
O C O - O U t U J M O C O ( T \ 4 *
U l ^ O t O U l - J V O O O O O
O t O C O C O t O t O ^ O M t O O
m t O O ^ H C h P C D s J k O ^
U J U J U J U J U J t O C O N J t O
U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 4 ^ 4 ^ 4 ^ 4 ^
y ) C O O \ ^ [ O H V O N l U l L J
U ) W O \ C O V O O H H H H
C 0 U J C 0 U J - J t O U ) ^ J C 0 C O
4^ 4^*
4 * U J U J U J U J U J K ) t O t O [ 0
H H J N i a i u i H C D c n ^ u
t O t O h - ' M O O ' J D U j ^ X J O
4^
m u i u i u i u i u i ^ * > ^ ^
o m ^ ^ W H i o - j u i w
0 4 * - 0 . ^ ) O t O t O U J U J U J
UJ\X>4^^0UJC04^tOUJCT\
s J ^ U C T l W ^ W ^ s i m
4 * U J U J U J U J U J t O t O C O t O
H W ^ U l W H ^ s l l J l U
4 ^ U J U J M O I - J l - 1 H J r - J h - J
CTi Ul m Ul Ul Ul ^ 4^ 4^ 4^
O CO <J\ Ul UJ M U3 -O U l UJ
^ W O U l W ^ O C O C D P
O \ ^ ^ 0 3 C r i 0 0 - J | - ' U l t O
in
^ U J U J U J U J U J N J t O t O K )
H j u 3 - J i n u j | - > u > - j m u >
i j i a i u i ^ w w u i o w w
C T i U l U 1 L n U l U 1 ^ ^ r C > ^
O C X I f f \ U 1 U H U ) v J U l W
t o c n ^ o h - ' U J ^ u n c r i c n c r i
U 1 H O > H U 1 0 ( J I U W I J 1
4 ^ U J U J U J U J U J t O t O K ) t O
O D O ^ t t ' W O C D C T l ^ W
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
U l i f ' C n o ^ t O H O ^ C D t D
O 0 3 s J U l W H > D s l U l W
-J
00
Ul
to
M
M
H-
(C
CQ
4
fD LQ
m 3
H-
H-
a
o
s:
01
rite
i-i
3
i-3
i-i
W <!
tc n>
a> 3
(1 tc
0
c
3
01
M
tc
<
H
(D
to- 1
c
<
>< X
tc
H-
<!
tc
H-
O
C
3
i-l
ft)
H
(C
Ml
,ft) -.UJ3
rr
Ul
Ul
01
01
fO
(I)
H
O
t-1 rr
a> (D
II
i*>
O
i
O
II
3
IQ
H-
co
to
?o
>
II
3 3
(D (D
m U)
Ml
l-h
H
rr
ft)
rr
.*
(H
to cn
M
CT\
ii
M
00
0 Ml
i-i r r
(D
(11
to 3
3 U
11
O
0
Ml
01
H-
3
rr
V
0
tc
3
(0
>-(
M
X
rr
>i
^-^
o
to
In
lr*
^0
-*
Fl
..
rr
01
Ul
I-1
CD
01
H
?!
1-1
w
to
rr
a Htc a
m tc
n 3
S ii
Ul
rr i n
n>
(1
O
4 3
rr HI 13
(C W di
3 M i-i
rr rr rT
01 H 3
fl) re
3 3
r r rr
O
n n O
>
HI
Ul
10
to
o
Ul
<
ro
to
00
Ul
CO
f1
K
t-
i^
CO
O
S 1S1
i-3 N
o feH
O
D
Ul
u> CO
-J D
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
45
R2.01 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0,.5
-1
-1..5
-2
-2 .5
,
1000
1020
647.2
661.2
675.2
689.3
703.5
717.9
732.4
747.2
762.2
777.5
646,.6
660..6
674 .6
,
688..7
,0
703 .
717.,3
731..8
746.,6
761..6
776..8
646,.1
660..1
674..1
688..2
702..4
716..8
731,.3
746..0
761..0
776.,2
645..5
659..5
673,.5
687..6
701..9
716..2
730..7
745..4
760,.4
775..6
644..9
659..0
673..0
687.,1
701..3
715.,7
730..2
744.,9
759..8
775..0
644 .
.4
658.,4
672..5
686..6
700..8
715.,1
729..6
744 .
,3
759..2
774 .
.4
648..3
662.,3
676..3
690.,4
704..6
719.,0
733.,6
748.,4
763..4
778..7
43.4
44.3
45.3
46.2
47.2
48.1
49.1
50.1
51.1
52.1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
791.2
805.3
819.7
834.5
849.7
865.3
881.4
897.9
915.0
932.7
790.,6
.7
804 ,
819.,0
833..8
849..0
864,.6
880..6
897..1
914..2
931,.8
790..0
804..0
818..4
833..1
848..3
863..8
879..9
789..4
803..4
817,.7
896 .3
913,.3
930 .9
832 .4
847,.6
863 .1
879,.1
895 .5
. 912,.5
930 .0
788..8
802..8
817..1
831..8
846..9
862..4
878,.4
894,.8
911..7
929..2
788.,2
802..2
816..5
831..1
846..2
861..7
877..6
894 .
.0
910..9
928..3
792.,5
806..6
821.,0
835..9
851..1
866,.9
883,,0
899,.6
916,.8
934,.5
53.1
54.0
55.0
56.0
57.0
58.0
59.1
60.2
61.4
62.6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
951.0
969.9
989.5
1009.8
1030.8
1052.5
1075.1
1098.4
1122.7
1147.8
950..0
968..9
988..4
1008..7
1029.,6
1051,.3
1073 ,
.8
1097,. 1
1121,.2
1146 .3
949..1
967..9
987..4
1007..6
1028..4
1050 .1
1072..5
1095 .7
1119 .8
1144 .7
948..2
966..9
986,.4
1006,.5
1027,.3
1048 .9
1071 .2
1094 .4
1118 .4
1143 .2
947..3
966,.0
985..3
1005..4
1026..2
1047..7
1070..0
1093 .0
1117..0
1141 .8
946..4
965,.0
984..4
1004 ,
.4
1025,.1
1046,.5
1068,.7
1091,.8
1115,.6
1140 .3
952..9
971..9
991..7
1012..0
1033 .2
.
1055 .0
1077..7
1101 .3
1125 .7
1151 .0
63.8
65.1
66.4
67.7
69.1
7.0.6
72 .1
73 .7
75.3
77.0
1440
1460
1480
1500
1520
1540
1560
1580
1500
1620
1173.8
1200.8
1228.8
1257.7
1287.7
1318.8
1350.9
1384.2
1418.6
1454.2
1172
1199
1226
1255
1285
1316
1348
1381
1416
1451
.0
.5
.0
.5
.0
.5
.1
.8
.6
.5
1177 .2
1204 .3
1232 .5
1261 .6
1291 .8
1323 .1
1355 .5
1389 .0
1423 .7
1459 .5
78.7
80.5
82.4
84.4
86.4
88 .5
90.6
92 .8
95.1
97.5
1640
1660
1491.0
1491.0
1488 .2
1491 .0
1491 .0
1491 .0
100.0
100.0
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
.2
. 1
.9
.8
.7
.7
.7
.9
.1
.6
1170
1197
1225
1253
1283
1314
1346
1379
1413
1449
.6
.4
.2
.9
.7
.6
.5
.5
.7
.0
1485 .5
1491 .0
1169
1195
1223
1252
1281
1312
1344
1377
1411
1446
.0
.8
.4
.1
.8
.5
.3
.3
.3
.5
1482 .8
1491 .0
1167
1194
1221
1250
1279
1310
1342
1375
1408
1444
.5
.1
.7
.3
.9
.5
.2
.0
.9
.0
1480 .2
1491 .0
1166
1192
1220
1248
1278
1308
1340
1372
1406
1441
1477 .7
1491 . 0
;*
H>
-J
to
CTl CTl
UI tO
~J U)
03
en
UI
in
v l ^ ^ O ^ ^ U J C D i f r U I J i
t O t O t O t O t O t O t O M M H '
C D v l U l ^ W H O W s i m
U O O I W C D U l H s l J i H
o ^ o w o o i C D U i a i y )
t f c . U > U I U I U I U I U J U ) U > t O
O W I C O v J O l i f c U U H y )
-~J-~JCTlJ>tO^>-0fc.O<l
- O t O - O . t O C T l t O 0 0 - 0 0 0 t O
. > > J > U > U l U I U > U t t O t O t O

t O O O O C T l ^ t O O O O C T l ^
U l U l * * U ) U ) t O M I O M
J * U I U I U > U I U I t O t O t O t O
M i x i - o i n u i w ^ - j u i u i
* * U W U I O H H H I O
u>oouia3tooo^tou>cn
O I U I U I U I U I U I U I * * ^
OU)-O.Ulfc>tOOODCTl|JA
( O U - J l O I O U * U l U l U 1
0 > f c * t O U I 0 3 0 - J O I -
O l U l ^ U I U l U l ^ ^ ^ i f '
O O O C T l U l U I | - V 0 ~ J U l U >
U l f A y j H W i f e ^ U l U l U l
U ) U l U U 1 I O * H U 1 > I U I
^ U l U l U J U I U I t O t O t O t O
H y i v J ^ U H l D s l U l W
CTlUlUl^tt-UIUlUIUIUl
CTiuicnaiaiLn^^î^
o c o - 4 L n u > M i ) - ~ j t - n u )
o ) * i i i ' c r i u u ) ^ i p
H i ) - j a i U ) M v o - j a i u i
0 0 U l U 1 0 C I U l C 0 C T l O t 0 H >
O C D v J U l U H l D v l W W
.I>(X>I-JU>U1CT1^]000000
(Jl J i U W H
H
O O I - ' U > C T 1 0 C T l t O O
C 0 U 1 C O O 0 0 - J - J . 0 0 1 J 3 O
h- I- M M
^ u i W H i f l C O v i o i u n u i
O D C T I O O U I C T I H ' O - J O I - '
t 0 O 0 0 C T l i C " U I | - ' O 0 0 ~ J
t O U > * . C T 1 0 3 t O - J t O l O C T !
toto^-i^-'^-J^-1^-^-,
t O U 1 0 D M C T l H ' ~ J J ^ t O O
^ U l t O t O M M O O O O
H l l ) ^ * H U I U) tO H h-"
l O i O l O O I O U O U l U O
tO H-1 hJ H* M I - 1 (-
M l O s l U l * W M l D 0 1 ^
U I ^ L n ^ J O U l O C T l U l l - *
O H s l O - J P s l l O O l U
* v ! O I O I O I O * l f J f t W
CTl J> *> U I tO M H

O U J O I - ' U l C T l O U l t O O
O U * 0 1 U 1 * f A ) U l U
Ol UI *
W W H
H
l - ' O O M U I C T l O U l t O O
CT100lOU300CTl-JOUltO
U I ^ I U > O
. J > 4 ^ O O G O I -
J ^ U l s l V O I - ' O l H v l i f ' I O
tO M h-1 H- h-1 I- 1 H
>-'lJ3-JCTl.&MI->l>00-0
U l C T l O O O t O - J t O O O U l t O
H ^ M U I I ^ I X I O U I U I O O U I
- O C T l C T l O l D t O O U l - J - J
tO h-1 H* h-1 H 1 I- 1 I-*

HJ>XI-OCTl>t.tOI-'U)0D^]
s j a i y ) H u a ) w u ) U i i * i
Ol
l -
CTl UI >. U I tO l-> I-"

u p H M * m o m
a i c o a j s i O H O i o m u )
Ol UI *
UI M H
H
W H P U J i N l H f l l t O O
W W W W H C D y i H O l t O
J ^ U I U I U I U I U I t O t O t O t O
H i O s i u i u p v o - j u i w
( o i o t o o i - o m m m o i m
h-> H*
U l U l C O - J M O t O t O C T I O
o u i u i i n u i t j i * * * * '
O C O v l W W H I O s l U l U
L n u D t o L n C T i o o v n v o v o v o
ui
to
UI
fD
M
f Q h-1
l-i H fD P
fD LQ
H
t-i
tD
0
tr
c
fD
0
M
<
* fD
<
at
(D
h-
o1
UI
O
s
Hi
(11
CO
1
en hoi
H1
II
in ui
o ui
h-1
01 o
II
c
P
u.
h1-
en
o
din
at frame 211)
3
Tl
0
Ml
>
rr
i- 1
II
fD
fD P
p a
H
fD
X
rr
H
fD
4
fD
66.4 m
82.0 m
to
CTl CTl
U> I- 1
a\ CTI
u> to
a\
to
O C T l W C T l O l n i - C 0 - J O
H U l M O l i f r W H O C O N ]
h-
ooCTiJ^toooocri^to
o o o o o o o o o o
jo
to
g device:
CTlCTlODUItOUlUlOUltO
o i u i u i L n u i u i w j i r f i ^
O < J 3 ~ J U l U I H O 0 0 C T l l f c .
CTlOUJCTlOOVDOMI-1!-1
o i o w m w ^ i o o u i v i
W W H H H H H H
C O O G O C T l ^ t O h - ' O O O - O .
o o u u m u u i p ^ *
U J U I U J U l U l t O t O t O t O t O
O O C T l . ^ t O O O O C T l . C ' t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
01
0
fD C
< P
fD a
1-"
points of comp:
en
ui
ui
ui to
CTl M
* . U l U I U I U ) t O t O t O t O
O t D U l U H l D v J U I L J
O O U 3 U 5 C O C O - J - J O D
o i W v j t o m p o i w w *
^ U l t O U l U l ^ l D U l C D C D
u> t o
CTl tO
CTI CTI
^ f c > U l U l U ) U l t O t O t O t O
t o o a i o i ^ w k o s j u i w
M t O H - ' l - ' 0 0 * X ) < > l > V >
u i u i u i u i u i ^ ^ ^ . f c . j *
o i L n m u i u i u i L n j i ^ r f i
o i X ) - J U i u > t o o o o c r i ^
- J H J > ^ - J V O O h - i r O t O t O
-~J-~J-O-OCTI-CTICTICTICTI
0)01*WOCD01*.|00
O O O O O O O O O O
-^j.
0 0 1 U O O ) 0 1 U O
o o o o o o o o o o
00 .
to o
o o
00
rr
01
ai
I-'
to
S TJ
to
rr 13
o
fD
t-i H i - 1
Bl
fD
P H M
rr rr rr
n n n
t) o 0
P A 3
rr f ! -a
UJ (U
ment ident:
ment descr:
a
2
rn
co.
rn
n
O
UI
to
UI
TJ CO
IQ
OJ n
o
o
D
S
H
UI
-J
U)
TABLE
(WB, RHO = 1.025)

(at fram
(at fram
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-0
47
Page
SOUNDING TABLE
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim b y stern
-0..5
-1
650.7
664.7
678.7
692.8
707.1
721.5
736.1
750.9
766.0
780.9
650..1
664..1
678..1
692..3
706..5
720..9
735.,5
750..3
765..4
780..3
649..5
663..5
677..6
691..7
706..0
720..4
734..9
749..7
764..8
779..7
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
794.7
808.9
823.3
838.2
853 .5
869.3
885.5
902.2
919.4
937.2
794..1
808..2
822..7
837..5
852..8
868..5
884..7
901..3
918..5
936..3
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
955.6
974.7
994.5
1015.0
1036.1
1058.1
1080.8
1104.4
1128.9
1154.2
1440
1460
1480
1500
1520
1540
1560
1580
1600
1620
1640
-1.5
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-2
-2.,5
649.0
663 .0
677.0
691.2
705.4
719.8
734.3
749.1
764.1
779.1
648,.4
662,.4
676..5
690,.6
704..8
719..2
733 .
.8
748,.5
763..5
778,.5
647..8
661,.9
675..9
690..0
704..3
.7
718 .
733.,2
747..9
762..9
778..0
651.8
665.8
679.8
693 .9
708.2
722 .6
737.3
752.1
767.2
782 .1
43 .6 '
44.6
45.5
46.5
47.4
48.4
49.4
50.4
51.4
52.4
793..5
807..6
822.,0
836..8
852..1
867,.8
.9
883 ,
900..5
917..6
935..4
792.8
806.9
821.4
836.2
851.4
867.0
883.1
899.7
916.8
934.5
792,.2
806..3
820..7
835..5
850..7
866..3
882..4
898,.9
915..9
933,.6
791..6
805..7
820.,0
834..8
849..9
865..5
881,.6
898..1
915..1
932..7
796.0
810.1
824.7
839.6
855.0
870.8
887.1
903 .8
921.2
939.1
53.3
54.3
55.2
56.2
57.2
58.3
59.4
60.5
61.7
62.9
954..7
973..7
993..4
1013,.8
1034 .9
1056..8
1079 .5
1103 .0
1127 .4
1152 .7
953 .7
972..7
992 .3
1012..7
1033 .7
1055..6
1078 .2
1101 .6
1125 .9
1151 .1
952.8
971.7
991.3
1011.6
1032.6
1054.3
1076.9
1100.2
1124.4
1149.5
951,.8
970,.7
990 .2
1010,.5
1031 .4
1053 .1
1075 .6
1098 .8
1123 .0
1148 .0
950..9
969..7
989..2
1009,.3
1030 .2
1051,.8
1074 .3
1097 .5
1121 .5
1146 .5
957.6
976.8
996.7
1017.2
1038.5
1060.6
1083.5
1107.3
1131.9
1157.4
64.1
65.4
66.7
68.1
69.5
71.0
72.5
74.1
75.7
77.4
1180.5
1207.7
1235.9
1265.1
1295.4
1326.7
1359.2
1392.7
1427.4
1463.3
1178 .8
1205 .9
1234 .1
1263 .2
1293 .3
1324 .6
1356 .9
1390 .3
1424 .9
1460 .6
1177
1204
1232
1261
1291
1322
1354
1387
1422
1458
.2
.2
.2
.3
.3
.4
.6
.9
.4
.0
1175.6
1202.5
1230.4
1259.3
1289.3
1320.3
1352.4
1385.6
1419.9
1455.4
1173
1200
1228
1257
1287
1318
1350
1383
1417
1452
1172
1199
1226
1255
1285
1316
1347
1380
1415
1450
.3
.1
.8
.5
.3
.1
.9
.9
.0
.2
1183 .8
1211.2
1239.6
1269.0
1299.5
1331.1
1363.8
1397.5
1432.5
1468.6
79.2
81.0
82.9
84.9
86.9
89.0
91.2
93 .4
95.7
98.1
1491.0
1491 .0
1490 .6
1489.0
1486 .9
1484 .6
1491.0
100.0
.9
.8
.6
.4
.3
.2
.1
.2
.4
.8
'."*
P"
cn
cr\
to it-
UJ
p > p
(
p
1
p '
H
U H P P P H P P
o i o t o m u i w u p
o o o \ u i o m u
m a j u u m u j i i o
J i v J W W f l l O U I l D m O
u i u p a ) i > i * w o o i o i
p J C O U l U J O C O U l t O O C D
U W W M t O W I O I O P P
p ' t o u i p ' O P ' ^ o o t o
p1
p1
- 0 L 0 O 0 0 U l U > t O P > O O
P U U l f l U i g U W U l U
- j u j o - j u i u i t o p ' o o
p>
( D H ^ W ^ P l D ^ D O t J
* W P V O O ) x J U l i t i * . W
-jcnp ujpj~jtocop to
I O C O - J ( H U 1 * U W I O M
U J t O t O t O U ) i J > - J O U 1 0
>
( j i o u i w r o o i u w p o
O U 1 l O f r l O U l ( O K ) U l U
o-itoô-ouiujtop>oo
O O s l W C D a ) * W ( T \ ( 0
W H P H P P P P H P
W P I O O l - J U l ^ W P O
I I
C O ( > O C O U 1 0 J t O P > 0 0
w w u u u u w t o t o i o
ox>co-jcriui.ûjtoto
W v l s l U U P m o J i V O
~ J U ) O 0 0 U l U > t O P > O O
L - J P ' O O O P ' t O U l C O t O
O C n ^ c n M O t O V D V X ) ^
couicoaôcr>io)~jLn
U J ^ t > O t O P - O U ) l O > J >
W ( n p ( n w o ) * o ~ j u i
a i o o w f f i t o i o o i o ^
C D H t O v ] U l ( J \ W U U l M
P 1 p> P 1
m U O v
C h t O O - J U l U J t O P > 0 0
U ) f f l s i a i U l . F . W I O H
O O O O O O O O O O
O l O v i m U l U l ^ W W I O
M O U J V O V O O M ^ ^ l r O
a i M M C O M p J ^ D C T l ^ O
O f f i - J O l U l J S i f r U U U
O U J f f l v l l D ^ O U s I W
P s j m ^ i p M P o i o m
l O C O - J C T l U l ^ ^ U J t O t O
- N i i ( i v ] U i o ( > J W ^ L n w
v o r o ^ o i u i i i i u i u i o i o
i f c W U l i f c ' O ^ O l f f i O O O
U J U l O O O U J C r i O U J - J
W W W P H P P P H P
^ W P y j C D l T l U l ^ t O H
W U
j i w
o * i
P v i
to
O
V O C O l O U J l O - J C O t O l O C O
I D V ) U 1 ^ I O O * O S ] U 1
u w u w w u w w w
o i u i v i p ^ o m r o w ^ a )
o u s i u i ' U M o a > - J U i
t>P,OJCT\COP(I>COPIUl
u m - v i o f f i m t o v j o j *
UJU)UlK>cr\Ul-O.P>VOU)
o m - o u i u p o i o m u i
W f O I O H H P P H H P
L O t O O U J - J C T l U l U J W P '
0 0 W - J U 0 ) * O - J * ( 0
& . U J U J 0 J U I U > U J t O t O t O
U I O I O W W I C U P U O
t O t O W P
^ H H ^ H W v J U i r o U l
m o u i H O i i o i D O i u p
c r i u > u ) c r i p > i > o
H P U ) s l * * U l H l O U )
t O t O C O P p p P p p p
O J P > O C O - J C r i ( > U J M O
t J > U J O J U ) U ) U ) U ) t O t O t O
O C O C T l U l U > p 1 O C O C r U l
U l - J l J 5 p , > l > - J O i i > - J P >
c o c o p
* U U 1 U U U I O M I 0 1 0
o c o c r i j ^ u o M ^ c o c n a i
t o j ^ - j ^ D r O L n c o M L n o
U)
O
V>CO-JCTUlhfc.UJU>tOtO
in
O
PPJ
HD
1]
H-1
ii
ca
o
l-s
fD
3
fD i n
(D
CQ
M
<D
fD
fD
w <
1- HD
n CD a
a
2
fD
P-"
<
to
cr\
-J
3
O
Ul
3
3
Ul
II
O
O
II
II
to
O
^
N
Dl
O
c
m
M
2
UJ
in
II
X
II
(D
3
U-
>
Ml
rr
(D
fD
o
i-S
ii
(-T
Ml
M
PJ
3
(l>
rr
Ml
h
PJ
3
fD
3.40m
6.00 m
p '
cr
O
td
P>
M
pj
PJ
01
rr
S!
W)
rr
fD
H
3
rr
0)
O
to
Ul
ii
n n n
o
fi
o
2
3
3
rr
n T i
fD PJ PJ
(WB, RHO
CD
.t. to
tO
in
t> CO - J
O O O
din
iC
.t-
U l t O U - O ^ U l H O U H
U l C T \ < l > J > t O t O U l P > U J O
p > p
U - 4 U - 4 U I D 0 1 U J O
O t O J ^ - J O U J C T l O U J C O
t O t O M P
U U M U W U M U U U
M O D ^ I O l U l f t U U H O
O O O O O O O O O O
J i W U W W W W I O t O t O
o o o o o o o o o o
U J U > U ) U ! U > U I U J U ) U ) U J
X
rr
i-t
fD
H
ng device:
c
a
u
p-
e points of comp:
K)
t)
H
?!
13
>
o
to
fa
to
tment ident:
tment descr:
at frame
J^
CO
TI
PJ
UJ
(D
o
Ul
o
<
rn
fi
Ul
O
00
M
in
t"1
CD
CO
N
N
>:
a
H
-J
o
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
49
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
-0 .5
-1
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
455.7
474.5
493.5
512 .7
532.1
551.7
571.5
591.4
611.6
631.8
458 .0
476 .9
495 .9
515 .2
534..6
554..2
574..0
594..0
614..1
634..4
460 .4
479 .3
498 .3
517 .6
537 .0
556 .7
576 .5
596 .5
616 .6
637..0
520
530
652.3
652.3
652,.3
652..3
652..3
420
430
44 0
652 .3
-1.5
462.7
481.6
500.7
520.0
539.5
559.1
579.0
' 599.0
619.2
639.5
652.3
652.3
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-2
-2 .5
465 .1
484 .0
503 .1
522 .4
541 .9
561 .6
581 .5
601 .5
621 .7
642..1
467 .5
486 .4
505 .5
524 .9
544..4
564 .1
584 .0
604 .1
624 .3
644..2
451.0
469.8
488.8
507.9
527.3
546.8
566.5
586.4
606.5
626.7
69.9
72.7
75.7
78.6
81.6
84.6
87.6
90.7
93.8
96.9
652 .3
652 .3
652 .3
652 .3
647.1
652.3
100.0
100.0
CO
co*o
VD
CT\ 0 0
i_
>_.
j_i
^J
J_I
p a i c o o i t O N j ^ c D y ) ^
( J ^ C D U W U l H W s l ^ H
C O C T \ t f > t O h - ' 0 0 0 0
x i c r ^ t o i - ' o o o o
V > C r > ^ h -
V D C r > ^
U > C T * J D U > - 0 t O - J t O 0 0 L n
0 . 4 ^ H
H ^ ) - s ] ( j l ^ ^ ^ L n - O v o
W t O W W W W I - ' H H H
C O O V D - - J C r \ I J l J ^ O J t O C O
t o o u i - o - o c o o o ^ o t o
^ D t O V D O ^ W O l H W O
H C T i W W U l O C D ^ l O y )
I D H ^ v J O ^ v J H f f l O
- J - J - J O O O O J - J M C O ^
t O l - l - ' ^ - ^ - ' ^ - ' l - ^ O U ) - J O \ ^ W t O H U ) ( X l

L n H O ^ U U ) ( T i W P U ) C D
^ c n ^ 0 3 U ) v o ^ v j u i o
C D s j m U l ^ W W W I O H
c n L n L n u i o i o o w L n o c n
M L J E O - J O O I - ' t O M ^ J
w w w w w t o i o t o w t o
^ ^ 0 \ O C 0 - 0 O U 1 U J U ) O
C O t O M I - i h - ' h - 1 h - , H J M
H O C Q - O O ^ t f r U t O O U )
C O t O H h J l - 1 l - i t - J h - * M
H O t D s J U l ^ W W O ^ )
O J U J U J O J O J t O l O t O t O t O
C D O \ U 1 W H U ) C O O \ U 1 U
U l N j o W l f l ^ t O O ^ O ^
^ a i c o o \ N j t o o ^ H W
ouaiaii/ira^toWvj
I
I
^}^0-04Û>hJH-'00
W M M O O O O O O O
H O ^ N 3 W C O > J C D W H O
M O O C T t ^ t O h - J O O O O
^ i ^ - O C O M O O V O U J M O
t O < 0 - J ^ U > M O O O O
P W l O s l O C O l O U H O
t O U D ( T \ ^ U ) | - > 0 0 0 0
v o i o c o s j o c o v f l W H o
- J H - ' 0 - J 0 t 0 i . - J - J * >
u i m o o a k o i n ^ c D c r i k o
u i o a i u i U v i w p w s j
M U ^ C ^ ^ L O M O O O O
W W U l O U l s l O ^ W U l
C O C O h J h - ' J - ' H J M h - 1 l - '

M O C O - O U l ^ U J W O V X )
u i o m i - ' ^ j ^ i - ' O D C h ^ .
O O J U l O O M J ^ C O t O C A O
W L J U W U M t O I O W N )
^ C D U ) ^ H U l l i ) K ) U M
L n - J t O O C O C O C O t O H - ' U l
M M D O A ^ r O M O O O O
U l O U l U l l O C D ^ W H O
H -
O O O O O O O O O O
t O M l - ' l - ' l - ' l - ' M t - ' l - '

M ^ C O - J U I ^ C O M O U S
C0-J(Tj(Jl>>U)tOtOt->h-1
M O O M L O L n ^ U J O O ^
c c i t ' O ^ c n ^ o o o w c n i ^
U J C O C T i L n J s - t O M O V D
m t O 0 3 i t H C D U l U I O
s i m a i ^ c o a i c r i c o t o v j
H J
J C n O l U l ^ W W M H H
U ) I O I O O W W C O W 0 3 ^
(._>
to
(1
"1
t-i
H-
Cd
0
i
01
rr
fD
i-i
P
H
M
Hft)
M
LQ
M
M HfD P
fD CQ
fD
fD
IjJ
P
M
fD
o
to
to
to
w fD
<
V
fD
3
0
rr
fD
Ul
m
oo o
ui C
P
ii
I- 1
o
(D
Hi
H
PJ
P
OJ I Q
rr
3 3 3 a
H-
fD
<;
H-
fD
p
in
c
3
a
H-
w
0
11
>
H,
rr
II
O
O
=)
>t>
o
i
CTl U)
II
(D
fD P
P U.
U-
fD
()
H.
p
rr
L0
n
o
H-
X
rr
H
fD
4
(1)
of comp:
- O C T j ^ t O O V O - J C A ^ C O
0 0 O 0 J O l V D t O ( T O ^ C 0
O ^ O V O O t f c > . O O C O - 0 .
O J U J U J U J U J t O C O t O t O t O
- O M O O - J C O C O V D ^ t O C D
o v n c o c r i L n u J t O h - ' o v j D
COl-'i-'H1HJHJh-1hJM
^-i
- Vol
H 1 Ô
O J U U W W W I O t O N 3 t O
v J U l U f O O C O - O ^ ^ t O
w m c o i - ' i t ' C O M L n o ^
U 3 C O - O . C T \ U 1 ^ U > t O M O
O O O O O O O O O O
to to to to CO L CO to to co co
^ ( X i N j m u i t C . w t v j H o
O O O O O O O O O O
II
w
Un
u
.
2i
W
P)
M
M
P)
CD
rr
S
P>
rr
fD
H
P
rr
CO
U
fD
i-(
rr
3
fD
P
rr
H
?!
T)
>
o
K)
V
M
H-
P
rr
CD
H
rr
3
n n n
f) o 0
P H 3
r r n XI
fD ui P)
ent:
scr:
1.025)
(at fram
(at fram
Ul
ID
ID
aj
fD
J
LO
o
O
a
S
1-3
U)
o
in
o
<
en
n
Ul
o
CD
N)
t<
M
a
H
3
o
\P,
o
CJ
en
>
W
H
i
N
N
CO
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
373 0 0DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
51
sounding
level
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
CM
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
435.1
453 .7
472.5
491.5
510.7
530.1
549.6
569.4
589.3
609.4
437 .5
456 .1
475 .0
494 .0
513..2
532 .6
552..2
572 .0
592,.0
612 .1
440..0
458 .6
477 .5
496 .5
515..8
535 .2
554..8
574 .6
594..6
614 .8
423.1
441.6
460.2
479.1
498.1
517.4
536.8
556.4
576.2
596.2
65.6
68.4
71.3
74.2
77.1
80.1
83.1
86.1
89.1
92.2
629.7
649.1
652.3
632 .4
650 .1
652 .3
635 .1
650 .4
652 .3
616.4
636.7
652.3
95.3
98.4
100.0
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
427.9
446.4
465.1
484 .0
503 . 1
522 .4
541.9
561.6
581.4
601.5
430..3
448 .8
467..5
486 .5
505..6
524..9
544 .
.5
564..2
584,.1
604..1
432 .7
451 .2
470 .0
489 .0
508 .1
527 .5
547..0
566 .8
586..7
606 .8
520
530
540
621.7
642.0
652 .3
624..3
627 .0
647 .4
652 .3
644 .7
652..3
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
52
R2.IBP
W.B.Bottom Tank No.l P
Water Ballast (WB, RHO = 1.025)

Sounding device:
(at frame 167)

(at frame 211)
Remote sounding
x = 148.40 m (at frame 188)
y =
2.46m
z =
0.00 m
R2.IBP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
0
10
20
.. 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
23.1
48.5
75.4
103.7
133.0
163 .2
194.1
225.9
258.2
4.0
26.0
51.3
78.2
106.4
135.6
165.7
196.7
228.4
260.7
8.2
29.1
54.3
81.1
109.2
138.3
168.4
199.3
230.9
263.2
12.5
32.5
57.3
84.0
112.0
141.1
171.1
202 .0
233.6
265.8
16.8
36.4
60.6
87.1
115. a
144.0
173.9
204.7
236.2
268.4
21.2
40.5
64 .1
90.3
118.0
146.9
176.8
207.5
239.0
271.1
2.5
17.8
43 .2
70.2
98.6
127.9
158.2
189.2
221.0
253.4
0.0
2.3
4.9
7.7
10.5
13.5
16.6
19.7
22.9
26.2
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
291.1
324 .6
358.6
393.1
427.9
463 .2
498.8
534.8
571.1
607.7
293.6
327.1
361.0
395.5
430.3
465.5
501.1
537.1
573 .4
610.0
296.1
329.5
363 .5
397.9
432.7
467.9
503.5
539.4
575.7
612 .3
298.6
332.1
366.0
400.3
435.1
470.3
505.9
541.8
578.0
614.6
301.2
334.6
368.5
402.8
43 7.6
472.8
508.3
544.2
580.4
616.9
303.9
337.2
371.1
405.4
440.1
475.2
510.8
546.6
582.8
619.0
286.3
319.9
353.9
388.4
423.3
458.6
494 .2
530.2
566.6
603.2
29.5
32.9
36.4
39.9
43 .4
47.0
50.6
54.3
57.9
61.7
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
644 .6
680.0
705.4
723 .7
737.7
751 .0
764 .2
777.3
790.2
802.9
646.9
681.7
706.5
723 .6
737.2
750.5
763 .7
776.8
789.7
802.5
649.1
682.5
707.2
723 .1
736.6
749.9
763.2
776.3
789.2
802.0
650.7
682 .7
707.2
722.5
736.0
749.4
762.6
775.7
788.7
801.6
652.0
682.6
706.3
721.9
735.4
748.8
762.1
775.2
788.2
801.1
652 .7
682.0
704 .9
721.2
734.8
748.2
761.5
774 .7
787.7
800.6
640.1
674.2
701,7
722.5
738.6
752.1
765.2
778.2
791.1
803.8
65.4
69.0
71.6
73.4
74 .9
76.2
77.5
78.9
80.2
81.5
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
815.5
828.0
840.2
852.3
864 .2
876.0
887.5
898.8
909.9
920.8
815.1
827.6
839.9
852.0
863 .9
875.7
887.2
898.6
909.7
920.7
814.7
827.2
839.5
851.6
863.6
875.4
886.9
898.3
909.5
920.5
814 .2
826.7
839.1
851.2
863 .2
875.0
886.6
898.0
909.2
920.2
813.8
826.3
838.7
850.9
862.9
874.7
886.3
897.8
909.0
920.0
813.3
825.9
838.2
850.5
862.5
874.3
886.0
897.5
908.7
919.8
816.4
828.7
840.9
853.0
864 .8
876.5
888.0
899.2
910.3
921.2
82.7
84.0
85 .3
86.5
87.7
88.9
90.0
91.2
92.3
93 .4
400
410
931.5
942.0
931.4
941.9
931.2
941.8
931.0
941.6
930.8
941.4
930.6
9*1.2
931.8
942.3
94.5
95.6
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
53
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
952.3
962.4
972.2
981.8
985.6
985.6
985.6
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
952 .2
962 .3
972 .2
981..5
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
952,.1
962..2
972..1
981,.1
985,.3
985,.6
985,.6
952.0
962.1
972.0
980.2
984.4
985.6
985.6
951 .8
962,.0
971 .5
979,.3
983 .5
985 .3
985..6
951..6
961..8
971..0
978,.3
982,.6
984,.9
985,.6
952.5
962.5
972.3
981.0
985.3
985.6
985.6
Filling
degree
96.6
97.6
98.6
99.6
100.0
100.0
100.0
X> IX)
UJ
to
u t o
U> LO
-AD
-CO CO
co
\) CD
O U)
EO h-
>) CD
O >
- J CTi
O
-J
M
CO
V>^>
CO H 1
LO CO
O O
( t ^ ^
O
O
J-. (_.
M
M
COCT\LOOCDChLOCO
U D H 1 ^ C O W O M ) h - , C O H
^ v l ^ ^ D W W H O I C O U l
^ K ) O C O s l C T i O \ f l \ c n s )
^ J - ^ C O C T i U J U T O O C A - J
U>CT\tOU>CTLO(X)ChLOO
^ H C D U l M O a ) ^ U l i t >
O O D U l ^ U C T l U O ^ O
- o - o - o - j - o - o - o c r c h C h
I D C O - J U l ^ W H O O C T i W
U I W O - J ^ O M V D H C O
w w i ' a \ a \ t O H W o ^
o u i L n L n L o o L n c D O h - '
WkDCOtDCOCOCOCDCOCO
M O V O - O C A L n 4 ^ L O C O O
I O H O ^ ) v ] ( T \ ^ ( O O C D
u i a \ c r i ^ v i w c r i ( r i U i i o
- j - o - 4 ~ j - j - j - o c r i c r \ c r >
^ t o c o u i c o c r j L n c r i t o c o
IDIOCDCOCOCOCOCOCOCO
a i ^ i o p i o s j u i w o s ]
Ji i^ W W U W (O
OJ O vj ^ H CO Ul
IC NJ Ul ^ W U U
W U ^ U l - J O W C D ^ H
tO P
^ O s l ^ H ^ v l U l ^ O J
CO CO h-1 M M
M
U l t O l D ^ U H C O U I W H
tO tO tO H> t- 1 h-> H*
v l ^ H C D O l W O - J U l W
* > ^ U 1 0 \ s l O W s ] N J C 0
c o - s i ^ Q o w t r i U i u i ^ v i
o i o u i m w c o u i w o H
ooaî-,>x)m^coi-
L n o L o c o o c o m c o o H
M C O L n t O O ^ J L n t O M
t o ^ C T \ i x U J ^ ] L o i - i u ) C o
^ c n u i o u ^ m O r f ' C o
CO h-1 M M
M
W U ) a \ ^ H C O C h l j J H
v J A O - O ^ O - O ^ H O )
s i w N j W v j ^ u i m o i c o
t ^ V D C D O L n ^ - O U l ^ J i ^
O v ] r f H C 0 ^ H C 0 i J l [ 0
C D U 1 U W O W C D C O C D I D
v j ^ ^ W ^ C O v l U J O ^ O
LO O
ai cn
C ^ U l O H V O f f i H C O C O N j
tO tO M h-1 H*
W O s l U l N J l j j x J ^ M
O C T i s J L n i O H H H W H
- o - J - a - J C T \ a \ C T \ L n u ' i L n
t n o J C O o c o L n c o ' X J L n c o
O m W C D s ] ^ s ] W U ) s ]
V ] ( L U 1 W [ O H O C D N J O \
COCOCOCOCOOOCO-O-J-J
^ w o c o m ^ p c o c r \ w
v J C n ^ H ^ U I C O U l t O N J
- o t O L n c r \ < J i t o c D U ) c r i ^ j
^ j < i - o - o c r \ c r \ c r \ < T \ i n i n
t n ^ L O h - ' v o - o ^ o - J ^
N ] C T \ ( J l ^ W W O U ) C O m
V ) c o m 4 ^ c o o - j c n t o x )
C O C O C 0 0 3 C O C O C 0 N J S 1 - J
a i i o a i i j i w u i o i H o u i
^ ^ W O C n C D W H f f l ^
^ O ^ C ^ t n U l W - J H W
a \ u i w t o o c o a i M c o u i
U l O O ^ M D C h C h t O C D L n
L n ^ ^ ^ U J L O C O C O t O t O
I O C O U l [ O l D O \ W O s ] ^
t O * > - O . U l L O [ O I - J h - J b J h J
M tO \-* H" H 1 H 1
^ W ^ C n L O O C O L n L O M
V D U J O t O t t - C O t O - J L O H '
C 0 C 0 C D C 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 - 0 . O
C O v J ( T i U l W [ O H O C O v ]
i n ^ w o c o c n ^ H U ) ( T i
W CO
O
-J
VO CO
O M O C O L O - O C T i O O C O C D
W
^
O
o - o c o L n c n c n J ^ o L n c o
W
-J
M
O - J 4 ^ O < ] C 0 O C r \ L 0 U >
COCOCDCOCOCOCDCO-O-O
i D - O i T i u i ^ u t o o ^ a )
H U ) C D O \ i ^ t O O C O U l f O
d^
to
*>
O H ^ H O W U ) U ) W [ 0
en * * *
co \o o\
IO l i ) s ]
m - J ^ J C T i U J C D t O U l C O U J
O O O O O O O O O O
L D U U ) U J O \ C r i U l U J V D W
a i h - ' C O L n c o c o L n t o v D c n
J v O - J - J s J - s J i ^ C A C P i U l
- j c n a i L o t o o c o L n h - ' C o
CDC0Q0COCDCDCDCDCD
U J O D - s l O l U I W t O H O
m u i u w o c o m ^ p
U l ^ C A O r o i D U H t O ^ )
W C D m H ^ O I f f l U l H - O
ui
cr\
Ul
- j - j - j < l - o - o c n c h < x \ L n
c o c o t o t o c o t o t o c o t o t o
* x > c o o c r u i t i ^ u J t O h - i o
VOCD00C0CDCOCD00CO-J
O U ) - J O \ W ^ W I O O V D
K O V D C O C A ^ t O O C O L n
W U I W W O J U - ' W O J L J L J
Ln
(D hua h-1
hi H (D P
fD IQ
a
a H-1
to
0
01
rr
fD
hi
fD fD
fD
0
H-"
?r <;
ua
0
0
< 0
n
fh-D Ha2
0
ifD
(D
<
()
h-'
h->
ft)
to
Ul
Ul
u>
O
00
h-J
h-
II
II
1
K
IS!
rr
91 O l
H-
. ^3
(->
0
C
91
h-1 91
1
u> hto
01
(1
00
II
X S
T|
td
91
!-
(A
fD
cn
a\
h*
II
to
IUl
i-
II
fD
rr
3
d
9i
Ul
>
fD
O
I
O
Ul
co
n
ua cn
ta
H
91
CO
?3
H
i
N
fSl
3
H
h-1
td
13
to
73
0
rr
a
fD
H-
O
O
D
S
H
u i CO
-J
O
rr
o
rr
td
td
n
hi
fD
01
P.
3 0
rr rr
M
ID
.S^ X
Si
ra
rr
9i
91
rr
fD
hi
01
n n n
o
o 0
0
4 3
r r T1
>o
fD 9J 91
hi hi
a
rr rr
>
Ml
rr
X X
(D
fD
()
hi
n
0
hh
01
0
rr
o
fD
<
H-!
H-
T>
0
3
fD
hi
fD
X
rr
ua
a
fD
c
3
n
H-
co
0
o.l
= 1.025)
(at frame 167
(at frame 211
frame 168)
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
55
SOUNDING TABLE
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
923..8
931..6
935..7
939..8
943..9
947..9
951..9
955..9
959..8
963..7
918..5
926..4
945 .7
949..8
953..8
957 .8
961..7
965..6
969,.5
973..3
928 .9
936..6
940 .8
944 .8
948 .9
952 .9
956..8
960..8
.7
964 ,
968 .6
930 .6
934..7
938..8
942 .8
946..9
950,.8
954..8
958,.7
913 .2
921 .2
925 .4
929 .5
933 .6
937 .7
941 .7
945 .7
949,.7
953 .7
907 .8
915 .9
920 .1
924 .2
928 .3
932 .4
936 .5
940,.5
944,.5
948 .5
943 .8
951 .3
955 .3
959 .3
963 .3
967 .2
971 .1
975 .0
978,.6
981 .6
94,.8
95,.5
96 .0
96 .4
96,.8
97 .2
97 .6
98,.0
98,.4
98 .8
972 .4
976 .2
980 .0
983 .4
985 .1
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
967 .6
971 .4
975 .2
978,.7
981 .8
984 .0
984 .8
985,.5
985 .6
985,.6
962 .6
966 .5
970 .3
973 .7
977 .3
980 .1
982 .4
983,.8
984 .7
985 .3
957 .6
961 .5
965 .3
968 .9
972 .5
975 .6
978 .4
980,.8
982 .5
983 .6
952,.4
580
590
600
610
977 .1
980 .9
984 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985,.6
985 .6
985,.6
956 .3
960 .2
964,.0
967 .3
970 .8
973,.9
976,.6
979 .0
980 .8
984 .0
985 .1
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985,.6
985 .6
985 .6
99,.1
99 .5
99,.9
100,.0
100 .0
100 .0
100,.0
100..0
100..0
100 .0
620
630
540
650
660
670
680
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
985..6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
985..6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
984..4
985..2
985..5
982 .2
983 .4
984 .2
985 .0
985 .3
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
985..6
985..6
985 .6
985..6
985,.6
100,.0
100,.0
100..0
100..0
100,.0
100,.0
100..0
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
520
530
540
550
560
-570
934..0
941..6
985 .6
985..6
985..6
985..6
'
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 0 0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
56
R2.IBS
W.B.Bottom Tank No.l S
Water Ballast (WB, RHO

Sounding device:
1.025)
(at frame 167)
(at frame 211)
Remote sounding
x = 148.40 m (at frame 188)
y = -2.46m
z =
0.00 m
R2.IBS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
0
10
20
'* 3 0
40
50
60
70
80
90
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
0.0
23.1
48.5
75.4
103.7
133.0
163 .2
194 .1
225.9
258.2
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
4.0
26.0
51.3
78.2
106.4
135.6
165.7
196.7
228.4
260.7
8.2
29.1
54.3
81.1
109.2
138.3
168.4
199.3
230.9
263.2
12.5
32.5
57.3
84.0
112.0
141.1
171.1
202.0
233.6
265.8
16.8
36.4
60.6
87.1
115.0
144.0
173.9
204.7
236.2
268.4
21.2
40.5
64 .1
90.3
118.0
146.9
176.8
207.5
239.0
271.1
2.5
17.8
43.2
70.2
98.6
127.9
158.2
189.2
221.0
253.4
0.0
2.3
4.9
7.7
10.5
13.5
16.6
19.7
22.9
26.2
296.1
329.5
363.5
397.9
432.7
467.9
503.5
539.4
575.7
612.3
298.6
332.1
366.0
400.3
435.1
470.3
505.9
541.8
578.0
614.6
301.2
334.6
368.5
402.8
437.6
472.8
508.3
544 .2
580.4
616.9
303.9
337.2
371.1
405.4
440.1
475.2
510.8
546.6
582.8
619.0
286.3
319.9
353.9
388.4
423.3
458.6
494 .2
530.2
566.6
603 .2
29.5
32.9
36.4
39.9
43.4
47.0
50.6
54.3
57.9
61.7
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
291.1
324.6
358.6
393.1
427.9
463.2
498.8
534.8
571.1
607.7
293.6
327.1
361.0
395.5
430.3
465.5
501.1
537.1
573 .4
610.0
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
644.6
680.0
705.4
723 .7
737.7
751.0
764.2
777.3
790.2
802.9
646.9
681.7
706.5
723 .6
737.2
750.5
763.7
776.8
789.7
802.5
649.1
682.5
707.2
723.1
736.6
749.9
763.2
776.3
789.2
802.0
650.7
682.7
707.2
722.5
736.0
749.4
762.6
775.7
788.7
801.6
652.0
682 .6
706.3
721.9
735.4
748.8
762.1
775.2
788.2
801.1
652.7
682 .0
704.9
721.2
734.8
748.2
761.5
774 .7
787.7
800.6
640.1
674 .2
701.7
722.5
738 .6
752.1
765.2
778.2
791.1
803 .8
65.4
69.0
71.6
73.4
74 .9
76.2
77.5
78.9
80.2
81.5
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
815.5
828.0
840.2
852.3
864.2
876.0
887.5
898 .8
909.9
920.8
815 .1
827.6
839.9
852.0
863.9
875.7
- 887.2
898.6
909.7
920.7
814.7
827.2
839.5
851.6
863.6
875.4
886.9
898.3
909.5
920.5
814.2
826.7
839.1
851.2
863.2
875.0
886.6
898.0
909.2
920.2
813.8
826.3
838.7
850.9
862.9
874.7
886.3
897.8
909.0
920.0
813.3
825.9
838.2
850.5
862.5
874.3
886.0
897.5
908.7
919.8
816.4
828.7
840.9
853.0
864 .8
876.5
888 .0
899.2
910.3
921.2
82.7
84.0
85.3
86.5
87.7
88.9
90.0
91.2
92.3
93.4
400
410
931.5
942.0
931.4
941.9
931.2
941.8
931.0
941.6
930.8
941.4
930.6
gli. 2
931.8
942.3
94 .5
95.6
SDARI-ZZ
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
37300DWT
Page
57
Bow Trim
Filling
sounding
level
CM
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
Even
Trim by stern (m)
keel
952.3
962.4
972.2
981.8
985.6
985.6
985.6
degree
-0.5
952.2
962.3
972.2
981.5
985.6
985.6
985.6
-1
952.1
962.2
972.1
981.1
985.3
985.6
985.6
-1.5
952.0
962.1
972.0
980.2
984.4
985.6
985.6
-2
951.8
962.0
971.5
979.3
983.5
985.3
985.6
-2.5
951.6
961.8
971.0
978.3
982.6
984.9
985.6
1
952.5
962.5
972.3
981.0
985.3
985.6
985.6
96.6
97.6
98.6
99.6
100.0
100.0
100.0
ID ID
Ul to
ID ID
Ul tO
Ul U>
CD CO
$ CO
'o\ in
10
&
>
ai
vj
^
ai
^
P
<J\ <T\
>> O
j ^ t o o o u i t o c T i u i c r i t o c o
<1 0\
O
-^
U l ^ t O H ^ O - J U l l O O s ]
-O
tt
~J -O -O
K> CO (J\
VD>X>0000CO0000CD00CO
H O V D C O ( T \ L n 4 i . U > t O O
-O
tS\
O O t O ^ C A C r i t O M E O O ^
a i c r i c r i t t ' ^ u a i c r i u i i O
o o o a i i ( i o j m u > o M D o
U l W M O O D U l W ^ L n t O
O f f l W C D v J W s J W l D ^
s j - s j s j v i v j s j v j c A c r i c n
t O 0 0 s ] U l * . U J H C O C r i N J
U l W O s J ^ O f O V D H C D
a> a^ CTI a \
U) N J i f i O
^D W H v j
J O ^ ^ H ^ U I C D U I W W
vj
H
sj
MDÔOOOOOCOOOCOOOOO
H O i O - J O ^ U l i f ' W t O O
t O M O J 3 - J C h ^ t O O O O
O U J a i L n o J O L n c o o t -
0 O C O 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 O - J - J - J
v ] O ^ U l W t O H O C O s J O \
s J I O U l O \ U 1 t O C O W ( h v l
OaOOOOCOOOOOOO-O-O-O
)->
1
ai
-J
O
ui
4^
^
ui
O
Ji
~J
l
^
Ji
O
U
^]
U
U
^
l
OJ
M
M
00
s J W I O O J - O t l i ' U i y 3 ^ ( X )
^ H W ^ W U l O O C T l s l
W U i t . U l s ] O U C D ^ H
t O M t - ' U J
tO t o h-J t- h-1 M
U l W ^ t T l W H C D U l W h
^ ^ O M ^ J M ,
tO tO tO H H 1 M h-
s l ^ H I D U l W O s J U l t O
^ s l V O ^ l D U H O l C O C n
C0CT\C0O00CTl0JtO
I p H ^ f f l W O V D H C O
0 0 - J ^ O O t O O A U l U l ^ ^ J
O t o u i c o i o o o L n m o h -
^ V D ( J } O U 1 ^ > J U l v J J i
tO
L n o o J t o o o o c h t o o M
H m U l t O O s J O l W H
C n 0 1 O H U ) C n H 0 3 0 3 s ]
to to M p 1 p >
Ul
o ~ 0 U l to vo - J J^
cn - J to I - 1 U v l t o v l
O O l v J U l l O H H P U H
O s I ^ H C O ^ H C O U l l O
O O U l U J t O O ^ D O D O O O O ' J D
W U ) U 1 U l l O U 1 ^ H O U 1
v j y j ^ i o ^ c D - j ^ a i v i
U J O - J U J O - J J ^ H ' C O L n
U 1 0 1 * * * > W U U U 1 0
u i M c o u i t o c o u i t o i D c n
H t D U l U H l D - J O l O l O l
U I ^ O I O O I U I U I H I O U I
tO tO P" F-" . l - i H"

^ H l O O l ' W O C O U l U
I D l D O t O i f c ' C O t O ^ J U l
P3
W
0
rt
(D
H
3
CO
3
tr
H-
H
H
IQ
p*
H
H(D
3
ft) IQ
(ti
is
3
in
P-
3
a
PV <
ID (D
<;
(t>
C
3
p"
<
CO
P"
ro
00
p
-0
Ul
Ul
i
p"
Ul
II
II
<
()
P
CO
U>
M
3
P
Ul i u
rr
pi
CD
to
Ul
P>
u
p(1)
HI
(D
m
X
rr
to
P1
Ul
P1
II
H.
0)
H
0i
M
CTi
-J
to
H
pi
fO (D
3 3
Ml
Ml
0> 0)
rt rt
CTi
CTi
pi
II
>
rq
0 Ml
rr
(D
fD
(D 3
3 ti
H
rr
n0)
n
o
3
fd
O
tu p;
^S-^
rr
M
01
CO
o>
M
rr
rr
0
3
00
rr
CO
s
S
o
o
3
rr
(D
3
rr
cn
Ul
o
to
O CO
o.l
i t - i f i W O m C D U H m ^
W U ) s j U l U ) W H H I - ' H
- j - o - o - o - j c r c r i c n u i u i
c n u i u j c o o o o u i r o o o i n
o
3
din
u i ^ t o o c o c r i ^ h - ' ^ x i c r *
O D C D C D C O C D C D C D C O v J ^
O H O f f i U v j m m K J C D
o o o
Ul to P"
o
p
3
CO
Tan
ID CO
O 10
ID CO
o - J M i n o \ < T ( ^ o i n a >
O L D J i . U > H J ^ - - J U > O C r \
O v l i f ' O - J W O m U l l O
U l U l J i ^ ^ ^ W U I C O W
U l t O l O ^ ^ t O H O y i C D
ID CO vj 01 Ul
O O O O
O
to
g device:
COOOODOOOOOOOOOO-O-O
o -J ~J ~J ^] - J CT1 CTi CTi U l

CO -J Ol * W
P ID CTi U l I D
Ul O
u i * . cn t o co
p >-> I- 1 I- 1
' t' I' I'
V O C D v J O l U l ^ l O N J H O
O O O O O O O O O O
CO
points of comp:
ID1 1X1
I- O
Ul tO
N J IOJ to
c r > s i - J o \ L J C o t o a i ( X ) W
o i w u ) w o \ m u i w ^ w
- o ~ J - o - o - o - o c n c r t c T i L n
J t n L n U U O O J U l H t D
c r i u i o ^ j ^ - o ^ h - 1 - ^ ^
COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO^J
l o o o - o c n u i u i t o p ' O C D
O l U l U U O C O O l i f c H l l )
ID 10
M
O
CD ~J
O W ^ U H C O t D A U l U )
l O c o c n H t m m u i H v )
Ul 03
O O O O O O O O O O
w t o t o u t o w u t o w w
y i o i v j o i u i ^ w t O H O
U l L J U I U I U I U I U l U I U I U l
lOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOOO-O
o y i s j o i u i ^ w u o u )
H O l D W O l J i t O O C O U l
O
O
lO 101
M
O
CO
tu
P1
to
rt
o
H.>
n
0
3
d
ment ident:
ment descr:
f rai
Ul
OJ
Ul
Ul
<
to
rr)
00
Ul
IS
a
z
ro
Nl
rsi
PI
1
rn
n
n rn
0> f i
m
(1)
a
s
p]
o
o
Ul
~j
Ul
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
59
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
520
530
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
934 .0
944.3
954 .5
964.5
974 .3
983.9
985.6
985.6
985.6
985.6
928 .9
939 .4
949 .7
959 .9
969 .8
979..5
985..5
985..6
985 .6
985,.6
923 .8
934 .4
944 .8
955 .1
965 .2
975 .0
983 .1
985 .6
985 .6
985..6
918.5
929.2
939.9
950.3
960.4
970.4
979.1
984.0
985.6
985.6
913 .2
924 .1
934 .8
945 .3
955 .6
965..7
974..7
981..3
984 .3
985..6
907 .8
918..8
929..6
940 .3
950 .7
960..9
970..2
977..7
982..3
984..8
943 .8
953.9
963 .9
973.6
982.0
985.2
985.6
985.6
985.6
985.6
94.8
95.8
96.8
97.9
98.9
99.8
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
985.6
985.6
985..6
985 .6
985 .6
985 .6
985.6
985.6
985..6
985 .6
985..6
985..6
985.6
985.6
100.0
100.0
'**
U>
P"
U)
en en
to o
<JD - J
to j i
en en
cn
u ^ c n o o o t > J L n
^ w p y ) c o o i i i " W p
c n o t o - j p j i j i o o t o c n L n
^ O - J ^ M O C D v l C D W
U U U M W I O f O P P P
p s i m i i i i o p i i v j o \
H L n c o p ^ L n o o t o u n v o t o
- j o * c o u i i O v i u a )
L O C O L O C O t O - O t O - O t O ^ J
u p o o ] N i L n * . w p i o
co en Ln ui to o vo
tO H"
j
U v ] i o c D u a ) i 6 y i ^ o
H
P
P
U l p J O C O ^ J U l i l ^ t O P - ' O
I D O D O l l O O P W i f c ' ^ U )
* > * U l v l O * U l l O O
tO tO tO tO M
u a i j ^ O s i w o i D s j a )
t O U 1 0 0 t O L n U 3 i t ' 0 0 t O - 4
a i m * i o p i D v j m * i o
o u > c n v x ) L o c n v x ) t o L n c o
u i u i i n f j i u i u i j " * . * *
3 v ] U l ^ W P \ D O ) f f l *
p" M P->
i ^ U P U ) f f ) 0 \ ^ U P
C n v O U > ~ J O J ^ C O P J L n p - >
U I M W U U U I O P P P
P U 1 - J 0 1 * I O P ^ - J 0 1
t O L n c o t o a i c o t o u i v D t o
m o i s i a i o M u i J o u
c n c n e n c n L n L n L n a i L n i t "
u i t o t o o c o c n t t " C o p j v )
c n c o o t o u i - j k o t O L n c o
a > U ) ( o u i o u i p o j N i u i
o i m o i o i u i u i u i u i o i *
L n w p o a i c n ^ i j j p y )
L O L n c o o u i u i c o o L o c n
u j u u i a u u i c o p u i o )
* 0 - J * P * O v l 0 1 0 1 I O
s i p u i i o u a i W s i w a i
- J - O C O O M ^ C n C O M J ^
p u u i c D w r o ^ p y i N i
p-1 p-1
m o U s i H * a ) i o c r i *
p-1
L O M W t O t O M t O p J p J M
p i o - j o i j i u p u j s i c n
P U l C D P U i a 3 U U l l O W
- j m ^ l o p m - j m ^ i o
l O t o L n k o t o L n c o p - ' L n c o
f * o c n u > o c o c n L n r f " t o
e n c n c n c n L n t n L n L r i L n * .
L n U J M O C O C n ^ L O M V D
j ^ e n c D o t o L n c o M U i c n
0 J H U i i o * a i U " i t o t [ )
J ^ L J M V D C O C n ^ L O p J
m o w ~ j p * a ) M ( i \
U l O O l U O v J U l W W P
u ) V > o p
L J L n - o ^ i t o L n
U U M M I O M I O P H P
P U ) ^ 0 1 * t O P U ) v l 0 1
H ^ L n O O M L n C O t O U l V O t O
m t o o i o ^ a i u i N i w a )
e r i ^ t o - ^ j p j ^ c o t o c n t o
L O t O t O t O W E O t O P J p J p J
p u i v j c n i i s i o p i o v i i J i
p u i c o w m o o t o o i m i o
L n e n c o M L n o e n c o M v o
N i c n * . i o p i o - j t n * . i o
l o u m u w i n o p u i c o
H ' M P
W V O t ^ t O ^ O l ^ t O H P
^ W P l O D O f f l ^ W H
J l ( D U v l O i l i C 0 W ( H P
i o u m o * o o u c p i o ( o
U M M U W I O I O H H H
H ) v i c n ^ t O H U ) v i m
H U i m t O U I D J U U l U l U
Ln
to
l-i
fD
IT
01
CT
H-
P3
fD
3
<;
(D P-1
LQ P-1
l-l H 0)
3
(D I H
ID
fD
P"1 H 3
LQ
(D
<
o1
pc
CO
U>
it"
II
3 3
Ph
i-f
rr
cn J ^
M
M
<
^]
Ul
J^
J="
II
ame 19
p-*
to
o o ( n * u p ) - j o i J " t o
o u i c n L o r O L n c o t o L n c o
W U ) W . f r U l v i m H W m
U W U U) U
io -j en .* to
Ln co to Ln co
u i o u w i i i i i i U H O o
o ro a
a
H-
o
HI
fD
to
Ph
M
U)
to M
M cn
M ~o
H 4
fD (D
hh
rr rr
.9>-
81
it>
en
en
p->
LO
p1
P1
CD
II
II
LL
H-
u.
fD
LL
rr
>
Ph
d
3
Di
O
(D
rr
(D
11
(D
i-t
fD
X
rr
pi
Ln
o
to
P-1
"*
nd
p->
2
0
01 3
rr
ill
H - 13
Cd
a
Hi fD
M
s; a * f
Hi .
to
rr 00
M
fD
M CO CO
Cu Cu
3 H
rt
01
fD
n o o
o o o
3 3 3
rr t3 *a
RHO =
cn
en en
o \ o i a i m u i u i i n u i u i *
LnLOP-OCOCn"U>P-LO
* 0 1 f l ) H W C J \ ( H H 4 i ( H
rf"--OVOP U>Cn.COP kt'^J
c n c n c n c n L n L n L n L n c n i t "
i ^ >t"
O W v l H W I D U I D U C D
t O L n c o M L n c o W L n u D W
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
J i t O P V D t D 0 > i t > U H
o i ^ W s j o ^ r a w o i
c o c n i ^ t o o c o c n ^ t o
L O U > L U L O U > t . l t O t O t O t O
c o c n j ^ t o o c o c n ^ t o o
o
C
3
CO
ng device:
V> - J
O
M
W U U l v l p m H C O U l U
j^
co en * to
o to en UD
it*
a i u i u i c n ^ j c o o t o t i ^ - o
m ^ l O O H J i V D ^ O s l O l
c n c n c n c n L n c n L n a i i j i j s .
a ) o i ^ W H ^ > j m f r i o
o u m i o u u i i o u u i o )
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
c n c n c n c n L n L n u i L n i j i ^
U l W H O C D O l ^ U H y )
W - J l O I O * 0 \ U ) 1 0 * s l
Ln i_n. t_n u i Ln ^
c> * ^
^
o o c n ^ t o o c D c n ^ ' C o o
o - o ^ i - j - o c n c n c n c n c n
c o c n ^ t o o o o e n r ^ t o o
pa
M
e points of comp:
cn en
cn en
CTi Cn
U5 - J
GO CO
M
O
O
O
01
0
ro c
<: 3
tment ident
tment descr
<
ra
Ln
O
CO
M
I
o
Ln
en o
o
i
o
Ln
LQ
fD
CO
CO
si n
13
-J
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
61
R2.ISP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
709..5
746 .6
765..1
783 ,
.6
802..3
821..0
839..8
859..0
879..3
727 .8
746 .1
764..6
783 .1
801..7
820..4
839 .2
858,.4
878 .7
709..1
727 .3
745 .6
764 .1
782 .6
801..2
819 .9
838 .6
857..8
878 .1
708..6
726 .9
745 .2
763 .6
782 .1
800..7
. 819 .3
838 .1
857,.3
877 .6
708 .2
726 .4
744 .7
763 .1
781 .6
800 .1
818 .8
837 .6
856 .8
877 .0
707..8
726..0
744 .3
762..6
781 .1
799..6
818..3
837 .1
856,.3
876,.5
710,.9
729 .2
747 .6
766 .1
784 .7
803,.4
822 .1
841 .0
860 .3
880 .7
64..1
65,.7
67 .4
69,.0
70 .7
72,.4
74,.1
75 .8
77,.5
79 .3
1160
1180
1200
1220
900 .8
923 .3
947 .0
971 .8
997 .7
1024 .7
1052 .7
1081 .9
1104 .0
1107.. 1
900 .1
922 .6
946..3
971 .0
996..9
1023 .9
.
1051 .9
1081.. 1
1103 .5
1107..8
899 .5
922 .0
945 .6
970 .4
996..2
1023 .1
1051 .2
1080 .2
1102 .7
1107 .9
898 .9
921 .4
945 .0
969 .7
995..5
1022 .4
1050 .4
1079 .2
1101 .5
1107..5
898..4
920 .8
944..4
969 .1
994,.9
1021,.8
1049..8
1078,.1
1099 .6
1107,.0
897 .9
920 .3
943,.8
968 .5
994,.3
1021,.1
1049,.1
1076,.6
1097 .3
1106,.6
902 .2
924 .8
948 .5
973 .3
999 .3
1026 .3
1054 .4
1083 .1
1104 .0
1108 .4
81 .3
83 .3
85,.4
87 .7
90,.0
92 .495 .0
97,.6
99 .6
99,.9
1240
1260
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
1108.4
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
000
020
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
709..9
728..2
**
100.0
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
62
R2.1SP
W.B.Side Tank No.l P
1.025)

Sounding device:
(at frame 167)

(at frame 211)
Manual sounding
x = 132.30 m (at frame 168)
y = 13.35 m
z = 17.08 m
R2.1SP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
-0 5
CM
0
20
40
Trim by stern
0.0
6.4
0
2
18
34
50
67
83
99
116
132
-1
-1.5
0
8
7
7
9
2
4
8
1
5
0.0
1.5
0.0
1.0
14.9
31.0
47.1
63.3
79.6
95.9
112.2
128.5
148 9
165 3
181 8
.198 4
214 9
231 5
248 0
264 6
281 2
297 9
(m)
-2
Bow Trim
-2.5
11.2
27.2
43.3
59.5
75.7
92.0
108.3
124.6
0.8
8.5
0.0
0.7
6.9
23.4
39.5
55.6
71.8
88.1
104.4
120.7
144 .9
161.4
177.8
194 .3
210.9
227.4
244 .0
260.5
277.1
293.8
141.0
157.4
173.8
190.3
206.8
223 .4
239.9
256.5
273.0
289.7
0.0 '
Filling
degree
1
1.0
0.0
0.6
19.7
35.7
51.8
68.0
84.2
100.5
116.7
13 .9
30.0
46.2
62.5
78.8
95.2
111.6
128.0
144 .4
10.8
12.3
137.0
153 .4
169.8
186.3
202.8
219.3
235.8
252.4
269.0
285.6
133.1
149.4
165.8
182.3
198.8
215.3
231.8
248.3
264.9
281.5
160.9
177.4
193.9
210.5
227.0
243.6
260.3
276.9
293.6
310.2
13.8
15.3
16.8
18.3
19..8
21.2
22 .7
24.2
25.7
27.2
80
100
120
140
160
180
22.4
38.6
54 .8
71.0
87.3
103.7
120.1
136.5
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
152.9
169.3
185.8
202.4
218 .9
235.5
252.1
268.7
285.3
302 .0
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
318 .7
335.4
352. 1
368.9
385.7
402 .6
419.4
436 .3
453 .3
470.2
314
331
348
364
381
398
415
432
449
465
5
2
0
7
5
3
2
1
0
9
310.4
327.1
343 .8
360.6
377.3
394.1
411.0
427.8
444.7
461.6
306.3
323.0
339.7
356.4
373.2
389.9
406.7
423.6
440.4
457.3
302.2
318.8
335.5
352.2
369.0
385.7
402.5
419.3
436.2
453 .0
298.1
314.7
331.4
348.1
364.8
381.6
398.3
415.1
431.9
448 .8
327.0
343.7
360.5
377.3
394.2
411.0
428.0
444 .9
461.9
478.9
28.8
30.3
31.8
33 .3
34.8
36.3
37.8
39.4
40.9
42.4
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
487.3
504 .4
521.6
539.0
556.4
573 .9
591.5
609.2
626.9
644 .8
482
500
517
534
551
569
586
604
622
640
9
0
2
5
9
3
9
5
3
1
478.6
495.7
512.8
530.0
547.4
564 .8
582.3
599.9
617.6
635.4
474.3
491.3
508.4
525.6
542.9
560.3
577.7
595.3
613.0
630.7
470.0
486.9
504.0
521.2
538.4
555.8
573.2
590.7
608.3
626 .1
465.7
482.6
499.7
516.8
534.0
551.3
568.7
586.2
603.7
621.4
496.1
513.3
530.6
547.9
565.4
583.0
600.7
618 .5
636.4
654.3
44.0
45.5
47.1
48.6
50.2
51.8
53.4
55.0
56.6
58.2
800
820
662.8
680.9
658 0
676 1
653.3
671.3
648.6
666.5
643.9
661.8
639.2
69*7.0
672.4
690.5
59.8
61.4
. 60
2 .0
3 .5
4.9
6.4
7.9
9.4
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
63
R2.ISP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
694 .2
712 .4
730 .6
749 .0
767 .5
786 .0
804 .6
823 .4
842 .0
860..6
689 .3
707 .5
725 .7
744 .0
762 .5
781 .0
799 .6
818 .2
836 .9
855..3
684 .5
702.6
720.8
739.1
757.5
775.9
794.5
813.1
831.7
850.0
679 .7
697 .8
716 .0
734 .2
752 .5
771 .0
789 .5
808 .1
826 .6
844..8
675 .0
693 .0
711 .1
729 .3
747 .6
766 .0
784 .4
803 .0
821 .5
839,.7
708.8
727.1
745.5
764.0
782.6
801.2
820.0
838.8
857.9
877.4
63.1
64.7
66.4
68.0
69.7
71.4
73.1
74.7
76.4
78.1
874..6
1000
1020
699.0
717.2
735.6
754 .0
772 .5
791. 1
809.7
828.5
847.2
866. 1
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
886.1
907.0
929. 1
952 . 1
976.2
1001.3
1027.4
1054 .6
1083 .6
1104 .7
880..3
901..0
922..7
945,.5
969..3
994..1
1020..0
1046..8
1075 .6
1101..1
895 .1
916..5
939 .0
962 .5
987 .0
1012 .6
1039 .2
1067 .7
1095 .5
869.1
889.2
910.4
932.6
955.8
980.1
1005.3
1031.7
1059.9
1088.0
863 .7
883 .5
904 .4
926 .3
949 .2
973 .2
998 .2
1024 .2
1052 .2
1080 .2
858..3
877..9
898..4
920..1
942..7
966..4
' 991..1
1016..9
1044 .5
1072..5
897.9
919.4
942.0
965.6
990.3
1016.0
1042.6
1070.3
1096.1
1107.4
79.9
81.8
83.8
85.9
88.1
90.3
92.7
95.1
97.8
99.7
1240
1260
1107.2
1108.4
1107 .5
1108 .4
1106 .8
1108 .4
1104.6
1107.5
1100 .8
1107 .4
1094 .6
1106 .1
1108.4
1108.4
99.9
100.0
r*
d cu
u
H
CD
d
u
CU
4J
CO
01 rd
d
II
II
T-] *&
u) ici
T) E E E
a
3 o r> -^
O *
II
CO
cu
<*
o
cu
erf X >, N
cu
o
-H
>
cu
TJ
01
c
H
T>
d
o
co
cu
E
O
>
rH
CO
CO
CN
Pi
u
EH
d cu
CU CU
> .v
w
3 cu
01
d
H rH S
TJ CU U
d >
O rH
CO
O r H c N > ^ i n r > c D O r H n
O i r c r \ ^ c o m c o ( N r - o i
* \ o h m o o i n i n i o t
H H H H t N I N ( N ( N ( N n
r - C N r - C N C O r H C O r H C O r H
c N f ^ r o n n n n ^ ^ ^ r
C h r H C N ^ f m r - C O O r H n
r>CNr-CNf--cNcorocoro
^ ^ ^ ^ i n i n L n u i u i i n
^ V O 0 0 C T ( r H C N ^ t n r > C h
o i f O \ o H h n ^ u i o i
H O I ^
rH rH rH
0 ( N i n a i ^ r o r > i n ^ - ^
Cnyj^rlHOCflCOrflCfl
r-cNao<tfcrtincNGOincN
c o r - o o o r o r ^ o ^ o o n
D
c o i n c N c n r - m r N O c o c o
o > H n ^ i o r o o M n i o
^ m m m L n i n c D c o c o c D
coincNOicor'icriCDmo
CN^CDOOIrHCN^f'COCO
r'ic'ir'irYirYi*3<''3'*3,^r'^
CNOiincNooincNootncN
l o r - m H o i ^ i D t ^ o i H
rHrHrHCNCNCNCNCNCNCl
m n a i ^ o h r n t J i y )
i n r > o o r H i n o m c N c r \ c o
m o r - m c N O o o r - c o i n
n t o h o o o M ^ h o ^
C N C r i m C N O O i n r H O O i n r H
C O O h C l t O ' f C J l i n r l C D
(NCTiincNcomrHcoinrH
o o m r ^ o i o o m a i i n r H O
i n c l O O O C O ^ f m r H r H r H
OOinrHOOtnCMCTlCOlNCA
c N < 3 , c o r > c x \ r H C N ' 3 1 c o r >
i n c N c n r - i n n r H o c n c r i
c o u i r i c o i r i N O i u i o i m
CN<3<cor-cr\rHCN'3,cor>
^ r H 0 0 C D ^ r H O 0 0 r > r >
r H n i n c n n c o ^ r H o c r i
I D ^ H r f J l O r O H C O l O ^
C h r H r O - ^ C D O O O r H C n i n
O l r H n V D O i n r H C D V D i n
CD n
rH oo i n n o oo ixi "^
o i H n f y j f f l O H n i n
* m i n i n i n i n i )
r>cr*rH^cx>rNcouimrH
< f i n u i i n m i / i K i i i ) 0
O l r H m ^ r C O C O O r H m t n
c D r o o c o i n r o o c o i n m
c o m r ^ r N c o n c o ^ o c -
coinrHoomcNcoincNOi
CN'*COr--CrirHCN'3lCOt>
r H rH
C 0 C N t - - m C D " 3
c o i n c N c o m c N a i c o m o
CN<3'CDr--CnrHCN^t*COCO
n m o o r H c o r n r - i n o i c N
C D r > C T i r H C N ^ C O r - C r i r H
r H r H r H C N C N C N C N C N t N n
(NcninrNcoinrHooinrH
rH
iniDCNCOl/lrHOmOCD
H f M ^ l O C O C n r i r O ^
r H m r o m o o m v o .
CNOiincNcoincNcoinrH
cDr>airHoj^fMDt-~cnrH
H H H N M O l n i N O l n
i c n H O i h i n ^ r n n n
h ^ H t n i o i f H r j i ^ i n
o i H n ^ w m o H n i r i
^ m m i n i n u i u j K i i o i o
(NVDU)t>01rH'3,r>OtJ'
CNCOCNCOTFrHr^mOICO
H d ^ l O I I O l H n *
o o c N c o m o o ^ o c o m c n
00inCNC0Ln(NCAC0r*lO
CN^COOOIrHCN'^COCO
c o o o ^ c n - ^ r H o o r - c o
rH rH rH rH
o>
H n ^ w t o o i H r o ^
rH
O C D C N C 0
H H r i M ( N ( N ( N I N N f l
cor>crirHcN<tfcor>crirH
C D t - a v H C N - s f C D r - C T i r H
r H r H r H C N C N C N C N r N C N C l
H H t N ^ \ O f f l ( N y j O \ n
( N c h i n o i c D i n c N c o m r H
l D h C h H ( N ^ \ O h r f t H
H r t r i N n i N n n n n
r ~ ^ c N o o o r > c o i n m i n
r--^CNcr\cD^rcNChcîn
o i r H m ^ v o o o O r H n i n
^ i n i n i n i n i n c o v o c o v o
SrCOCNOO-tfrHt^r'lOCO
H n ^ i o c r j o \ H n ^
H i D ( N o o < f O h m ( n )
H n ^ i c c o o \ H o i ^
cocNoomo-\inrHr>rio
o o m c N C T i L n r M c n i D n o
O J ^ y D ^ C f l H r N ^ V D C O
o i ^ i n w c o o n i o o ^
id
^H
o o r H m m o o c N i n c r i n
CNCTiincNcoincNooinrN
y ) h 0 1 H C J ^ l C h f j \ H
H H H t i n n n M n n
O O O O O O O O O O
OCN^COOOOCN^rCOCO
^ ^ * ^ ^ in in in in 'ii
CN
o c o c N o o ^ p o r - n c r t c o
O O O O O O O O O O
OCN^CDCOOCN^COCO
CNCNCNCNCNc^rorînro
d C O C N C O ' t f r H O r ' l O C O
cu
a a
a <u
CO
M
O
< fa
4J
l*H
o
u
CO
-U
a
o
-H
0)
in
JJ
X
w
O f N ^ l O O O O O I ^ l O l D
O O O O O O O O O O
^ i n i n L n L n m c o c o c o c D
O l r H r O ' t f C O O D O r H r ' l i n
o ^ r H o o i x i m r H o i r > - ^
<3*inininLnLncDcococo
O O O O O O O O O O
r-i CO
E E
4J 4-)
fd rd
M-l IM
mH Mm
S
E 6
(11 (1)
r> rH
co rH
rH CN
0 1 CU
o CO
4J 4J
rl
a
cu
E
in
CN
-^
in
m
o s
s
^ -u
rH
rd
d CO
rd rd
0)
EH
nm
V4 S
CO - H
CO CO r l
rH
CU
CQ 4 J
CM
rd
4J
a u
a> m
T ) cu
E co
JJ
rl
CU CO
E
rd cu
D , 4J
E C
o o
u o
H T )
4-> JJ
(d
a
E
o
u
n
S
d
H rt
rH 0 1
r H CU
r l TJ
Cu
>
Ol
H
S
U
o
n
m
m
o<
(N
CD
O (1)
in
{.)
to
o
s
o
co
Nl
N
l
H
u nr^
CO
o CN
vo UJ
Cfl
rf CN
t> Ol
CD CD
(N
r > cri
CD CD
CN
r> cn
CD CD
CN O
r > cr\
CD C D
r> cn
CD CD
C I rH
r~ en
CO C D
in
o
i
>
in
o
r
HI
CN
CO
in
U)
:s
u
o <l>
m m
U m
W Ui
o
CO
IS]
Cvl
l
U
01
01 d)
^finc-cnocNînc-cn
r-~ôr~ij<rHcoinivi
rHminr-ocNtnr~CT\cr\
nn^fr~OTf0ôvocr\
-H
r-i
H T3
t- c- r- c^ r- co co co co co
C h m C O L n n r H r H C D n ^ D
O l O I O l f f l f l l O O O H H
(N * WD CO
C O O m V O r H V D r O r H n i n
cocncncTicriOooorH
O l C J ^ l O f l l t N ' f h O l O
r~oncO'*rHcrivor~-vi
in
h l O ^ N H O \ C O h l o l D
O l N ^ l D l B C A H n i n h
^ C O ^ H f l l C D C O H ^ O
>
\ C N ^ V > C T > 0 ] ^ ' C - ~ 0 1 O
coo-^cn^rHcncoait^
0
rH
rH
rH
rH
rH
m m m m m o o o o H
CO
CO
CO
o o
CO
CO
o i ' o > i n i i i N u i u i
CN tf
rH rH
CO
CO
O O
U5
#
CN CN
o o
CO
CO
o o
C O C r \ < N U 3 r H r ~ m r H n l >
CO
B H i n o \ i n n o a \ H r O C N ^ V D C T l C N m C ^ O O
COChCTlC^CnOOOrHrH
CO
rH
rH
coix>mm(Nocricoc^r~
O C N ^ ^ C O O r H c O i n C ^
h h h h h c o c o c o c o c o
i n O V D ^ f C N H C N O j r - O l
rH
rH
H n i o r i m n m i D i O r i
o i n i n o i o n H O
o i c M ^ h m i N m c o
c o c n c n c h c h o o o
"31 tf
rH
rH
en t> in -# CN rH Ch 00 [^ CO
(N ^ Ô CO o rH ro in rr- t> t- r- t> C0 00 CO CO CO
CO
rH
O C N V O r H C D r O i - H r H r o r -
H U ) I < 1 0 0 1 C 1 I H H U 1 0 )
r-\
conococ-c-r-cr\OrH
omr~rHr~-'*CNrH
or-j^r-oiCNinco
chcr\a\oia>ooo
rH
rH
L n C 0 r H * > r H r ~ < t f C N ^ C ~
o c N ^ c ^ c ^ c M i n c o o o
m a i m c A o i o o o H H
m c n u i i n n o H m i i i o i
o c N ^ v o o o o c N n i n r r-r~r~r--c~-cococoGOco
CO
O O O
O
VD CO O CN
rH rH CN CM
KO
o o
o
O
r-l
^f
o o
o
o o o o o o o o o o
* 1 0 0 0 0 ( N ^ I D O ) 0 ( N
cocccocnchoicnoioo
O v C N ^ D r H C O m O C O O r ' l
O l h l D ^ n H O O l C O C O
o o j ^ f U J C o o c N r o i n r r~r--r-r^[^cocococooo
c-~r~c-r~c--cococococo
C 0 V > - ^ r 0 r H O G 0 r ~ l i r ~
O C N ^ V D C O O r H r o m r ^
C N ^ t ^ r H U J i H C O C O C O O
c-c^c~-c-r~r~cocococo
CM
ID CO O
(NcoinromrO'^rHO^
n ^ c o n a i i D ^ n ^ c o
o c N ^ r - a i c N i n c o o o
r-t
(U
0)
ai
rH
rH CN -tf
m i N i o H i ^ f r i o n t o cri r-U3 -tf n CM rH O O
rl
EH
rl
i
XI
e
-rH
C
<D
(D
>
ia
d
0
a
H rH
S
a 
01
rH
>
CU
CN
CO
CO
(H
M o
o
n
(J rm
CO
:SDARI-ZZ
-373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
66
R2.1SS
W.B.Side Tank No.l S
Water Ballast (WB, RHO == 1.025)
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x

Fore end x
Sounding device:
131.2 m
166.4 m
(at frame 167)

(at frame 211)
Manual sounding
x = 132.30 m (at frame 168)
y = -13.35 m
z = 17.08 m
R2.1SS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
80
100
120
140
160
180
0.0
6.4
22.4
38.6
54.8
71.0
87.3
103.7
120.1
136.5
0.0
2.8
18.7
34.7
50.9
67.2
83.4
99.8
116.1
132.5
0.0
1.5
14.9
31.0
47.1
63.3
79.6
95.9
112.2
128.5
0.0
1.0
11.2
27.2
43.3
59.5
75.7
92.0
108.3
124.6
0.0
0.8
8.5
23.4
39.5
55.6
71.8
88.1
104.4
120.7
0.0
0.7
6.9
19.7
35.7
51.8
68.0
84.2
100.5
116.7
1.0
13.9
30.0
46.2
62.5
78.8
95.2
111.6
128.0
144.4
10.8
12.3
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
152.9
169.3
185.8
202 .4
218 .9
235.5
252.1
268 .7
285 .3
302.0
148.9
165.3
181.8
198.4
214.9
231.5
248.0
264.6
281.2
297.9
144.9
161.4
177.8
194.3
210.9
227.4
244.0
260.5
277.1
293 .8
141.0
157.4
173.8
190.3
206.8
223.4
239.9
256.5
273.0
289.7
137.0
153.4
169.8
186.3
202.8
219.3
235.8
252.4
269.0
285.6
133 .1
149.4
165.8
182.3
198.8
215.3
231.8
248.3
264.9
281.5
160.9
177.4
193.9
210.5
227.0
243.6
260.3
276.9
293.6
310.2
13.8
15.3
16.8
18.3
19.8
21.2
22.7
24 .2
25.7
27.2
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
318.7
335.4
352.1
368.9
385.7
402 .6
419.4
436.3
453.3
470.2
314.5
331.2
348.0
364.7
381.5
398.3
415.2
432.1
449.0
465.9
310.4
327.1
343 .8
360.6
377.3
394 .1
411.0
427.8
444.7
461.6
306.3
323.0
339.7
356.4
373.2
389.9
406.7
423.6
440.4
457.3
302.2
318.8
335.5
352.2
369.0
385.7
402.5
419.3
436.2
453.0
298.1
314.7
331.4
348.1
364.8
381.6
398.3
415.1
431.9
448 .8
327.0
343 .7
360.5
377.3
394 .2
411.0
428.0
444 .9
461.9
478.9
28.8
30.3
31.8
33.3
34 .8
36.3
37.8
39.4
40.9
42.4
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
487.3
504.4
521.6
539.0
556.4
573 .9
591.5
609.2
626.9
644 .8
482.9'
500.0
517.2
534.5
551.9
569.3
586.9
604.5
622.3
640.1
478.6
495.7
512.8
530.0
547.4
564.8
582 .3
599.9
617.6
635.4
474.3
491.3
508.4
525.6
542.9
560.3
577.7
595.3
613.0
630.7
470.0
486.9
504.0
521.2
538.4
555 .8
573.2
590.7
608.3
626.1
465.7
482.6
499.7
516.8
534 .0
551.3
568.7
586.2
603.7 .
621.4
496.1
513 .3
530.6
547.9
565.4
583 .0
600.7
618.5
636.4
654 .3
44.0
45.5
47.1
48.6
50.2
51.8
53.4
55.0
56.6
58.2
800
820
662.8
680.9
658.0
676.1
653.3
671.3
648.6
666.5
643.9
661.8
639.2
65^.0
672.4
690.5
59.8
61.4
0
20
40
60
0 .0
0.6
2.0
3.5
4.9
6.4
7.9
9.4
.SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
67
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
699.0
717.2
735.6
754.0
772.5
791. 1
809.7
828.5
847.2
866.1
1040
1060
1080
1100
-112 0
1140
' 1160
1180
1200
1220
886. 1
907.0
929.1
952.1
976.2
1001.3
1027.4
1054.6
1083 .6
1104 .7
1240
1260
1107.2
1108.4
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
694 .2
712 .4
730 .6
749 .0
767 .5
786 .0
804..6
823..4
842..0
860..6
689 .3
707 .5
725 .7
744 .0
762 .5
781 .0
799 .6
818 .2
836 .9
855 .3
684 .5
702 .6
720.8
739.1
757.5
775.9
794.5
813.1
831.7
850.0
679 .7
697 .8
716 .0
734 .2
752 .5
771 .0
789 .5
808 .1
826 .6
844 .8
675 .0
693 .0
711 .1
729 .3
747 .6
766 .0
784 .4
803 .0
821 .5
839 .7
708 .8
727 .1
745 .5
764 .0
782 .6
801 .2
820 .0
838..8
857 .9
877 .4
63.1
64.7
66.4
68.0
69.7
71.4
73.1
74.7
76.4
78.1
880..3
901.. 0
922.,7
945..5
969.,3
994..1
1020..0
1046.,8
1075 .6
.
1101..1
874 .6
895..1
916..5
939..0
962..5
987..0
1012..6
1039..2
1067,.7
1095 .5
869.1
889.2
910.4
932.6
955.8
980.1
1005.3
1031.7
1059.9
1088.0
863 .7
883 .5
904..4
926 .3
949..2
973..2
998 .2
1024..2
1052,.2
1080 .2
858..3
877..9
898,.4
920,.1
942,.7
966,.4
991,.1
1016,.9
1044,.5
1072,.5
897..9
919..4
942..0
965..6
990..3
1016..0
1042..6
1070..3
1096..1
1107 .4
79.9
81.8
83 .8
85.9
88.1
90.3
92.7
95.1
97.8
99.7
1107..5
1108.,4
1106..8
1108..4
1104 .6
1107.5
1100 .8
1107 .4
1094,.6
1106,.1
1108..4
1108..4
99.9
100.0
en
Ol
jt>j
U3 UD
CTv U l
o o o o o o o o o o
co
o
^
o
oi
o
ui
o
^
o
o
UJ
1 O 1 O 1 0 ) J C 0 C 0 C 0 C O V 1
J >
J > J > r f i ^
t
m
O
v]
M)
J > ^ ( - i h
co
H
J > a 3
ui
Ol
ui
U
tJ> J>
CO U l
*
p"
UJ
U
^3 >t>
H * C O H * C O H U l C O U )
00
W
c n - o o o o o t - ' C o U J U J
co
U
Ul U
U W H
H
O s l U J O C A U l O O l U O
co
^
N J W 0 1 H - 0 ( 0 ( D U 1 W O
W U W W H H
H
* 0 0 1 U C O * O J U
o j w ^ u i o i - j y j N J U i s j
^ 0 J . J > ^ V ] U 1 V ] 0 1 C 0 O
U
U W M P
M
P
J i O O l W C D ^ O ' J ^ H
u i o D U i r f ^ ~ j i J > c r i i J > i - ' l J >
en en u i
v l OJ I D
a
(Jl
M c o u j a i o c n ^ - u i
s i o i m u i u i u i * * u
o c n c o c o > i > o a \ c o c o
- j m u i ^ u u w w u
t J > U J U ) U J U l ^ ] C O ^ J U l J > .
^J - J - J
0 ^ 0
> - 0
V O I D V O ^ ^ V O C O C O C O C D
, J > U J M C O P > O U ) C O - J C n
U U I H O U s l v l U O l l - '
0 < l U l J > O f
J l U l J i J i U l s J H O l U U
. J > L n u i r f i C O O i o \ U ) o i c o
O h - J >
H O i j j c o o i ^ o i c n i j i r o
^ O l v J O l U l W l D J i C O t O
v i s i o i o i i n u i u i j > * u
* o o i u i * o m u (
y ) a ) v i o i ( J i i t > ^ w u u
U 3 v o v o v r j ^ o c o c o c o c o ~ j
U 1 * U ) U H U ) 0 ) 0 1 U I
UJ UJ CO CO p M
P"
> P O C n C 0 C 0 | J > O - J U J P '
t o u u * u i s i u ) [ u a i *
0 1 U J U l U l v ] i J > U l W H ^
D-> p 1 I- 1 p 1 P 1 p 1
O O O O O O U J U J U J I D
m * u i O H O i o a ) v i o i
v j s j v j ^ s j - o o i c n u i L n
P"
* U 1 1 I 1 U 1 C O ( U U U 1 * V 1
C O C O U J I J > U 1 ^ I V D C O C J I O
U) U l tO CO M
ft001UCO*ONlU)H
> o o o i L n c o ^ L n ( u a \ H
UJ UJ CO M p 1 M
P"
i J > O C n C 0 C 0 k J > O - J U J
N J U C J ^ U l v J W J M U l v l
C 0 H v J 0 1 C 0 ^ U l W ( J l l n
UJ UJ CO CO M p 1 P"
0
0 1 _ U C O * 0 - J U )
u w u j i c n s j t D w u i u )
u s w c o ^ i f l u i c n w u i o
( O ^ U l U l ^ H C O J i C O H
H
o
o i o c o x j m u c n u u - o
U . W
0 : 0
I D t O y i l O ^ C O C O O j O O v ]
u i u M H o y j - j u i u m
^ v j o i o i u i L n L n ^ ^ w
J > o c n t o c o ^ o c n c o c o
c o ^ j c n u i * ' U J U J C o c o c o
O l U l i ^ U l O l W W t O O l U l
s i o \ o i L n u i ( j i J > ^ c j
O O l M C O i f c O O l l O C O
- j o i u i i J > u j u > c o e o c o
C O O I H O I C O O * O N 1 O I
- J - J O 1 0 1 U 1 U l U l J i * U
i l > 0 0 1 I O C O i l > 0 0 1 W C O
C 0 v l 0 1 U l * | l > W W I 0 I U
O C O C O O O U J C O C n H C O - J
v ] v J 0 1 0 1 0 1 L n U l J > J > L J
* 0 0 1 M C O * 0 0 1 W C O
k O - J O l U l i U ^ U W l O N )
Ul , * .
o
o
UJ U) CO tO M p 1 p
^ O O l W C O ^ O v l U l
E O U J U J t ) > U l - 0 V 0 C 0 U l O
IJJ CO ^ 1 O l
o
o
o
o
P" P> P> p 1

O O O k O V O V O l O
U I U H O l O O O ^ O l
U U U U M W H H
p1 H
O O O
L I l d
W U
u ) U 3 v o c o y ) 0 j 0 j c o c o - j
p1 p1 p1 M M
p1
O O O O O O U 3 k O l > U >
U 1 * U [ J H O C O C O v ) 0 1
U l v l ^ O l ^ a i W V D H ^
^ O l s J v J U l W O U l O W
C D U ) U ) l O C O C 0 C O C O 0 0 ^ 1
U l ^ t U H O k O C O U l t O C O
P - O U 5 C 0 - 0 U 1 O - J - 0 1 0
p M u u o u i v i j i u m i
o i ^ u H O w r o t n u m
t J H O l O C O O l H t O C O t O
O O O O O O M 3 U 3 V D U )
U l ^ W W H O U J O J v J O l
O I U W L J H t D O l H C n i O
p
M p
M p
p
O O O O O O * 0 H ) < l V 0
U 1 * U I O H O U J C O ^ O \
U I U I U I U I U I J ^ J ^ ^ U J C O
N ] C 0 C 0 N 1 U 1 [ O \ O ^ 0 1
O l C O l O l O ^ l U l H v J H U l
U J l D l O W l O C O C O C O C O v l
U l ^ L J H O ^ C O O l U l f l
C O p J O U J C O - O C O O V O O
I' (' I' I' 1' I'

0 0 0 0 0 0 * > V > U J > >
U l ^ W U H O V O C D v J O l
U l U l U l U l U l U l U l i J > i ) > U )
S J N J O I O I U I U I U I ^ ^ L J
y)
o
CD
M
p1
H-
id
(D LQ
CD
LQ
H
CD
a H-
ro
0
s.
H
CD
rr
01
><;
CT
H.
P-
PJ
(D
CD
P-
?v <
 ro a
c
H
0
1'
<
ro
13
CO
CO
Tl
(>
H,
CD
CD
0
P> P>
01 U)
- J P"
fl) U)
H 3
CD CD
l-h
H,
l-h
P,
*.
CO
i-ti
11
II
t- 1 p*
UJ 0
M CO
p-
C
P
P
U
en
a
a
O
CD
CD
CD
rr
rr
fa
>
Hi
CD
m
X
rr
M
P
ID LQ
rr
y 3
01 Ul
Ul Ul
P1
P1
01 O l
II
*:
en
0
c
p
u.
p-
0
P,
3
13
fl)
rr fl)
CD
9)
'
13
10
*~~*"
ro a
~ 0
CO
Ul
CO
ro ro
0 u
rr
fl) rr
M 0
ro
53 S JO
fl) CO
rr ro
CD
CJ)
rr
n n
0
0
p 3
rr -a
(D ai
P H
RHO
en -o
Ol
UJ
-J
UJ
*>
C O M O O M U J - O U J O V O
( J * U ) H C O U 1 0 H U
* 0 0 1 I O C O J > 0 0 1 I O C C I
U ) c o v j a \ u i J > w u J W [ o
^ t o w ^ v o o o c o o i t D s j
u i ^ w w o u ) c o m w v D
U J C O P ' O ^ J - O U J p ' O O
c n c n c n c n c n c n u i u i > J > i J >
O O O O O O k O l X J U J U J
V D C O N ] { J 1 U 1 ^ W [ O H
COCOtv-COCOCOtOCOCOCO
t O C O v J d l U l J i U W H O
ame
oi
-j
UJ
'
ng device:
0\
Ul
O
Ol
Ul
O
O
*.
03
0
e points of comp:
O
-J
Ul
p
O
P>
tment ident
tment descr
e in M
a
>
M
1
<i
O
a
1-3
<
Ul
0
00
CO
1
0
Ul
in
en 0
00
LO.
CI)
fl) f l
11 CY1
CO
CSI
o in
UJ
SDARI-ZZ 37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
69
R2.2BP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
1084.9
1094 .3
1103.5
1112 .7
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1084 .3
1093 .7
1102 .9
1112 .1
1116 .3
1116 .3
1116 .3
1083 .7
1093 .1
1102 .3
1111 .2
1115 .8
1116 .3
1116 .3
1083.1
1092.5
1101.7
1110.1
1114 .8
1116.3
1116.3
1082 .5
1091 .9
1101 .1
1109 .0
1113 .7
1116 .3
1116 .3
1081 .9
1091..3
1100 .2
1107 .8
1112 .5
1115 .5
1116 .3
1086.1
1095.5
1104.8
1112.9
1116.2
1116.3
1116.3
'"*
Filling
degree
97.2
98.0
98.9
99.7
100.0
100.0
100.0
O
Ul
*.
o
4^
to
>
o o o o o a i L J L n M ^ ]
t O U ^ L n ( T i v ] 0 0 0 3 U ) U 3
^ O O ^ W V D U l f O C D U l t O
P
i
< T \ t o c o c r \
^ s ] r f W O C O v ] ( ^ ^ m
U J U J t O t O t O M K M
V D O O J O M C T v O O O O a i U )
W K) H P
P
< T \ U > V O < T i t O U ) U l U > M
m H l ^ O W O s J H W W
U J N j ^ i o a i H o a i c h H
t o ISJ t o i - 1 h-1 h-1

C O ^ O - J W O C n W H
O ^ C O W v l W i n s l U l U J
a i u i o ^ O v i a i w u i M u i
to t o t o M i- H
U ) U 1 N J O D U 1 H O ) ^ H
H C D C D H ^ U l ^ f f i ^ W
UJ tO tO H I- 1 M
0 - J O J V O O \ t O V O L n t O
C D C O C O C D C D V J - J ^ N J U I
NJ W
^ W H W - J ^ U l N J O l l O
<X>OI-JHJV)Ch<_nC0CD>t>.
u i g y ) [ o u i o o \ ^ w w
o ^ o o M c r > i -
W s J ^ U l C D t P ' l j J C D C O r ^
OJ t o tO tO M H 1 l->
U l O O ^ t O C O U l M C D U l H
i f ' v l H U l V D i f ' ^ i ^ ' O N ]
O O O O O O O O O O
- j t T i O \ c r L n a i L n ^ ^ u j
O ^ V O U I t O H H O J C ^ t O
U J U J C h t o o o a i h - ' - j u J O
^ j V D M ^ - J O O J O i U J U J
O O J O O O J O O O O O V O M C h
O W v l W l D O ^ U l U l s l H
i n - j i > t o ^ ^ j o u > a \ o
P * s J [ O v l ^ O J t O * ' ( L
V D M U l C T i C D h - ' ^ - J O U J
CT\CTt(T\Ul(JllJl4i.^0JW
V D L n H O D ^ O O ^ O J ^ D U l
O J L n - j o c o L n o o M ^ ^ o
U ) U l ( X l H ^ M V D v ] > 3 l )
O f f > W U ) U l H p ^ O N l
y 3 C D - J C n U 1 ^ 0 J M H O
O O O O O O O O O O
L n U l ^ W p J C O V D U l O U J
H U ^ u i ^ t o u j ^ H L n
to
V D ^ V O V O ^ D C D C D C D C D s l
U ) l 4 ) C O C D C O a 3 v j N j > J O \
H O U ) - J U l W 0 3 U l H s ]
O M W U l M O t ^ t O U l - J
V O V O V O U 3 C 0 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 0 0 0
U J t O M O V D O O - O C r U 1 ^ -
M K 1 (-* H H 1
O O O O O V D ^ ^ O ^ D V D
^ u t O H o u J C D - o c n u i
OOOOCOCOODOO-O-O-JCh
O O O M 3 V D V D V ) U ) > X > M 3
W H O l O s l O ^ U l ^ W t O
O O O O ^ D V D C D C X ) - 0 < T i
U U W H C D i ^ O * > - j y )
^ ^ ^ ^ O J O J U J t O M O
* > ^ w c T \ U ) c r > U ) ^ ^ c o
U W W t O l D O l t O C T i O W
v o v o o o o o o o c o o o - j - J c r
t O O M D 0 3 a > U > 0 < T t O C O
M 3 U ) l O C O ( D O D 0 3 v J s ]
r o M o a o - j a ^ M - o . ^
^ o j [ o u ) H C r i * c o o
O O O V D U J U D V O V D V D U D
K ) H O y ) C O g O \ U l ^ U
c o c D O o o o - j 
N J V J S ] U ) U V ] ^ ) U 1 > J U )
W W W O - J W - v J H * ' ^
-j
U ^ ^ W P C D U C O W U l
t*
W H O I D C D U 1 M U 3 U 1 H
C 0 N ] 0 \ L n o v i s i N J ^ ( r i
I I^
O M h - ' O O J U l U l - J O O O
o o o o ^ ^ o ^ o u ^ ^ o v o
o j t O h - o * x > c o - j a \ L n u )
M t O t O t O t O M P J 0 0 > - D
t O ^ ^ W I O ^ U 1 0 * > C D
^ y j v o y ) c x i ( X ) c o c D - s j - N j
o \ c r i a \ ( T \ C h L n a i u i ^ o J
M M J- h-1
O O O O y ) V D V D U > > U >
t O ^ k t . ^ O ^ D L n - J O W
W i ^ i t ' ^ U O - J W s l O
- O O ^ U I ^ U U I H O W U I
! J D C D v J ( J \ U l ^ U t O H O
O O O O O O O O O O
wtotowwtowtotow
O O O O O U 3 U 3 U J U 5 U 3
4 i W I O P O 0 v ] 0 1 U l ^
O O O O O O I X J U 3 C D 0 0
< > j u i u > u i u j u > u t u i u i u '

I D C O J C l U l i i U U H O
O O O O O O O O O O
Ô P
KD O
3-S
O
*.
Ul
-J
o
Ul
I-'
O
O
Ul
^
U l ON
d*
O
O
en
tD
N.
tr
H(1) tQ
ID
en M
0)
0) fl>
a> 3
x <
< a
> a
n n
l1 H -
M
(D
(D
c
H
<
()
M
to
to
tO
fO
<!
ID
n>
Hi
H
P)
3
^.
P> W
rr
o
to
Hi
M
P)
3
(D
i - 1 h-1
CTl U l
-J M
3
tn
ID
l-h
0) P)
rt rt
to i t .
)-
M
Ul
II
II
H-
H 3 U
(D
3
3
U-
(I)
>
-*1
O Hi
i-l r r
(D
>a
n
0
0
Hi
Ul
M-
3
rr
cn
a
0
C
3
O
u> cn 0
tn
K 0)
M
O h-l
Ul J^
ii II 3
K; x S
n
n>
H-
a
n>
Ul
to
su
^~.
!
13
to
tn H
r t P)
3
?r
s;
to
o
(1)
ti
TJ
to
to CO
fn
fa
to
(D
ra a
n 3
H rr
(D
to r r
rr
(ii
M
(D
rr
rr
3
tn
3
rr
pi
H
P. H -
s s
11)
3 H
rr r t
tn 3
(1)
3
rr
P>
(1)
(D
fD
3
tQ
Q.
H-
3 3
rr >rf TJ
()
3
c
3
n n
n
O 0
X
rr
h
-J
O
(0
O
Ul
O
Ul
O
<
to
O
00
TI rn
P) n
tl) U l
>3
3
Q
S3
CO
a i
S tsi
i-3 tsi
D
>
w
o >a
-J
Ul
SDARI-ZZ~
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
71
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
1069.0
1078.4
1087.8
1097.1
1106.3
1115.4
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2-
-2,.5
1065 .2
1074 .6
1084 .0
1093 .3
1102 .6
1111..7
1116,.3
1116 .3
1116..3
1116..3
1061..3
1070..8
1080 .2
1089..6
1098..9
1108..0
1114..7
1116,.3
1116..3
1116,.3
1057.4
1066.9
1076.4
1085.8
1095.1
1104.3
.1112.0
1115.6
1116.3
1116.3
1053 .5
1063 .0
1072 .5
1082 .0
1091 .3
1100 .6
1108 .6
1113 .5
1116 .2
1116 .3
1049,.6
1059,.2
1068 .1
1078,.2
1087,.6
1096,.8
1105..0
1110,.9
1114,.5
1116..3
1076.7
1086.0
1095.3
1104.5
1112.8
1116.2
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
Filling
degree
95.8
96.6
97.4
98.3
99.1
99.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
(Tl
U)
-J
UJ
<T\
to
-J
I- 1
I- 1
*.
Ip.
M
.J>
UJ
,J>
I- 1
(-
O
H"
,J>
O
O
UJ
VO
VD
UJ
lO
00
M
CO
-1
to
cn
UJ
0 0 ~ J ( T l U l i l ^ U J U J t O t O t O
h-
U> tO
NJ
y->
tO
tO
CD CO 00
( J tO H
i
00
O
H
-O.
tO
*
^1
C
-J
D
-0
H ^ 0 3 H ^ ( D H U 1 V D W
(J
tO
^ J t o c r v H - ' - o t o o o c n t o o
O l s J t D O O H U W U r f i
UJ tO tO tO M
M
O - 0 U J O C T l U J U > C h U J O
ffitALnLnui.fcji^wu>
g w i o o i u a o y i H s i i t *
OJ 00
Ul J i
COlX>U>lX>VOCOC0C000OD
^ W t O t O H O k O C D v J O l
W W H O W s I s J U O l H
* O J * A ~ J U 1 J 0 1 0 ) 0
ocntooojôaitooo
l / l O J W r f i s l i t i O l J i H ^
UJ UJ
(nmuiui-o*mui-,v)
totouj>i>ui-o.u>tocno
UJ
UJ UJ tO tO M M
H
^ ^ 0 0 1 t O a > * ^ 0 ^ 1 ^ & ' ^ - ,
t O t O U J 4 * U l ^ ] C 0 t O O C O
J i U I U U U l v l U N l U l J i
H*
O I U I ^ ^ U I - J H O I W I O
!->
i t u i u i i f c w o i a i y j o i o D
tO
^ O l - J O l U l t O l D ^ C D W
to
U U ) * U 1 0 1 - J U ) U I J 1
UJ
- i o o \ u o i * u i i o m p
Ul
oDHsjoia)*uiwuim
UJ UJ tO tO H I- 1 H 1
^ O O l t O O i C ' O v J W
t o u J U J t i A U i - o c o t o u i u J
V O t O O O - J V 0 t f l L n t O ( J l O
~ J - 0 0 i a i U l U l U l i l ^ i O U J
^ o m t o o D ^ o a i t o o J
COC0l>V0t>C0C0C0C0-J
u i i O O J t o H i o o o c n t o u }
J ^ U l t O M O C D U J O U J O
1' I' 1'

O O C O C O U J C 0
O M O V O O O - O C T i
- j - o < i o ~ \ c r i u i u i
t' H-J I'

O O O O
U l ^ U J t
- o ~ j ~ o
tO
i t " U i u n L n t o M U J U i * . - j
tO
W * . U l U l i 6 H C O * 0 3 H
jôaitocoiOoaitoco
- J v J d l ( J l U l U l U l * . * W
U)
looJwûivj^toLn
UJ
o o o o o o o o
O C O O O ^ j a i L U C T i U J U J - O
I C l O U J I O U J t D C O O D C O v l
U l i d U H O l O v l W U l B
M O C O O o a i J ^ O D C T l U l O D
cnLnûicnvouJvoaiui
Ni-jmoiinuiui**.u
* 0 0 1 t O ( J ) * 0 0 1 t J O O
aivimuiûuioioio
t D 0 1 0 i m C D O ^ O v J 0 \
K ) s l 0 1 U l * ' U U I O ( 0
i*.oaitoCD*.ocr\tooo
S J N ] ( H 0 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 J > ^ U
O O O C O O O U J t O O l l - ' C O - J
ocntoootôcntooo
N J M O O W U J O U J O U )
ôo\Mcr)ômtoai
U U W U U U W W H H
M M H
M H
H
O O O O O O * > U 5 > C 0
L n * u J t O h J o u 3 0 0 ~ j a \
( D O H H O v J t b l l l J i N j
O
Ul
UJ
rf*ai-~j-ouiUJouioUJ
U l s l ^ O l ^ O l U ^ O H ^
U J U J U J U 5 V O C 0 C O C O 0 0 - J
U l ^ t O M O V O O O U l t O O D
M O U J C O - O U I O - O ' - J I X )
h-1 I-* M
O O O O
U 1 * U I
^ ^ ^ ^
H1
O U J C O U )
I O O J - J I I \
^ U J U J t O
H U l O W O U I ^ f r U l d )
O I O U I U P I O O I M U I I C
H* h-
O O C
W H O
^ ^ J
U I ^ U J M O U J O O U I W O O
( O H O I O C O O I H I O C O U )
U J V O U 3 U J U J C O O 0 0 0 0 0 - J
- J C 0 ( D s l l n W ) * 0 1 H
U l J ^ U > H O V D 0 0 C T > E O V D
t O M O ^ O O - O t O O V D O
[ O ^ . t ' U H f f i U l O H W
U l . J > U J t O I - ' O U J C O - O C h
O O O O O O l > l > U > C O
H1
O l C D l O l O s J U l H s I H U l
u i ^ b J W H O i o a j v j o ^
0 0 0 0 0 0 < J 3 U ) < ^ U 3
W ^ W U l W H s ] L > J v ] 0
O J t O l - ' O V D - J U J M O O
V O ^ D ^ V O U D C O C O O J C O s J
o o o o o o o o o
K M I - l - l - l - H H l U ) 0 0 > J ( T i U 1 ^ W t O H
Ul
CD
3
CD C Q
M
M
H-
a
fl>
CQ
M
CD
H.
rr
CQ
<
(0
3
CQ
H-
1]
H-
X
CD
CD
i-
n (c1 a
3
0)
i- 0
CD C
< 3
fl>
c
3
I-"
<
o
D3
to
JO
Ul
cn
O
O
II
II
1
<S\
*<
N
C
3
CO
O
CD
3
0
rr
CD
to
a
ro
CQ
co
0
c
3
u.
H-
m cy
rr
Ul
Ul
iH
Ul
II
CD
fram
o o
din
*.
>
M
Ol
-0
I-1
t-"
UJ
CD
3
(1)
Ul
o
to
i-f
Oi
rr
0
3
to
ra
o
rr
0
4
UJ
to
CO 3
Hi
01
rr
(1)
H
^-.X
rr
01
CO
03
OJ
M
0)
H.
OJ
rr
to
3
rr
CD
rr T)
CO
to
to
3
rr
rr
TJ
01
H
n n n
o
o 0
3 4 3
rr
Hi
H.
OJ
ai
rr
tJ>
to
O
to
(-1
UJ
II
II
3
Ci
CD
rr
Hi
CD
CD
ii
0
H
CD
ti
fl>
X
rr
Tan
UJ
vice
o o
O O O O O O ^ V D ^ D ^
t / 1 ^ C J N J M O y D 0 0 ^ ] m
W M t O W t O I O N J t O t O t v J
l D ( N j m U l 1 f ' U M H O
O O O O O O O O O O
poi nts of comp:
o o
Ln ui
-J CTi
4^ . ^
M O
O O
UJ0JU)U)U)L.JU)vOUJU>
ment ide
ment des
S'.
CO
TI
ID
<
Ul
CO
to
rn
n
Ul
CO
-o o
fD
UJ
^
a
w
o
o
o H
O 1
S N
H tsi
UJ
- j
UJ
|
'
'
'
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
73
R2.2BS - Volume in M3sounding

level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
1084 .9
1094 .3
1103 .5
1112 .7
1116 .3
1116 .3
1116..3
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1084 .3
1093 .7
1102 .9
1112 .1
1116 .3
1116 .3
1116..3
1083 .7
1093 .1
1102 .3
1111 .2
1115 .8
1116..3
1116..3
1083 .1
1092..5
1101..7
1110 .1
1114 .8
1116..3
1116..3
1082..5
1091..9
1101..1
1109,.0
1113..7
1116..3
1116..3
1081,.9
1091,.3
1100..2
1107..8
1112..5
1115..5
1116..3
1086 .1
1095..5
1104,.8
1112 .9
1116 .2
1116..3
1116..3
Filling
degree
97 .2
98..0
98..9
99 .7
100..0
100..0
100,.0
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
74
R2.2BS
W.B.Bottom Tank No.2 S

Sounding device:
(at frame 131)

(at frame 167)
Manual sounding
x = 104.65 m (at frame 134)
y = -13.30 m
z =
17.18 m
R2.2BS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
' -0 .5
-1
50
60
70
80
90
17.4
50.8
84.8
119.3
154 .4
189.8
225.5
261.4
297.7
334.2
6
38
72
106
141
176
212
248
284
320
9
5
2
5
4
7
2
1
2
6
4
26
59
93
128
163
199
234
270
307
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
370.9
407.7
444.7
481.9
519.2
556.6
594.1
631.8
669.5
707.3
357
394
431
468
505
542
580
617
655
693
2
0
0
1
3
6
1
7
4
2
200
210
220
745 .1
783 .0
820.7
851.5
875 .9
893 .0
904 .4
915.4
926 .4
937.2
731
768
806
840
867
887
900
911
922
933
0
8
7
5
5
3
0
1
1
0
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
948.0
958.7
969.2
979.7
990.0
1000.3
1010.4
1020.4
1030.4
1040.2
943
954
965
975
985
996
1006
1016
1026
1036
8
4
0
5
9
2
3
4
4
2
400
410
1049.9
1059.5
1046 0
1055 6
0
10
20
30
- 40
. 230
240
250
260
270
280
290
3 00
-2
-1.5
Bow Trim
-2 5
Filling
degree
19.2
47.5
81.3
115.8
150.7
186.0
221.6
257.5
293.6
3
15
37
69
103
137
172
208
244
280
1
6
8
0
1
8
9
4
2
3
2
13
31
57
90
125
160
195
231
266
9
5
8
8
6
1
0
3
0
9
42.0
75.9
110.3
145.3
180.6
216.3
252.2
288.3
324.8
361.4
10.7
13.8
17.0
20.2
23.4
26.7
29.9
343 6
380 4
417 2
4 54 3
491 4
528 7
566 2
603 7
641 4
679 1
330.1
366.7
403.5
440.5
477.6
514 .9
552.2
589.7
627.3
665.0
316
353
389
426
463
501
538
575
613
651
6
1
9
8
8
0
3
8
3
0
303
339
376
413
450
487
524
561
599
637
2
6
3
1
1
2
5
9
4
0
398.3
435.3
472.4
509.6
547.0
584.5
622.2
659.9
697.7
735.5
33.2
36.5
39.8
43 .2
46.5
49.9
53.2
56.6
60.0
63.4
716
754
792
827
857
880
895
906
917
928
9
7
5
9
7
3
3
7
7
7
702.8
740.6
778.4
814.3
846.6
871.9
889.6
902.3
913.4
924.4
688
726
764
800
834
862
882
897
909
920
7
5
2
4
0
2
5
3
1
0
674
712
750
786
820
851
874
891
904
915
6
4
1
5
8
0
1
3
5
7
773 .4
810.8
843 .8
869.5
888.6
901.9
913 .1
924.1
935.0
945.8
66.7
70.1
73 .5
76.3
78.5
80.0
81.0
82 .0
83 .0
84.0
939
950
960
971
981
992
5
2
8
3
8
1
3
4
4
3
935.2
946.0
956.6
967.2
977.6
987.9
998.2
1008.3
1018.3
1028.3
930
941
952
963
973
983
994
9
7
4
0
4
8
1
1004 2
1014 3
1024 3
6
4
1
7
3
7
0
1000 2
1010 3
1020 2
956.5
967.1
977.5
987.9
998.2
1008.4
1018.5
1028.4
1038.3
1048.1
84.9
85.9
86.8
87.8
88.7
89.6
90.5
91.4
92.3
93.2
1042 0
1051 7
1038.1
1047.8
1034 1
1043 9
1030 1
1057.7
1067.2
94 .1
94 .9
1002
1012
1022
1032
3
4
8"
9
5
6
1
8
8
1
(m)
3.5
926
937
948
958
969
979
990
lib 9 9
1.6
4.6
7.6
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
75
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
1069.0
1078.4
1087.8
1097.1
1106.3
1115.4
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
1116.3
Trim by stern (m)

-0 .5
-1
1065 .2
1074 .6
1084 .0
1093 .3
.
1102,.6
1111..7
1116..3
1116..3
1116..3
1116..3
1061..3
1070..8
1080..2
1089..6
1098..9
1108..0
1114..7
1116..3
1116..3
1116..3
-1.5
1057.4
1066.9
1076.4
1085.8
1095.1
1104.3
1112.0
1115.6
1116.3
1116.3
Bow Tr:Lm
-2
-2..5
1053 .5
1063 .0
1072 .5
1082 .0
1091 .3
1100 .6
1108 .6
1113 .5
1116 .2
1116 .3
1049..6
1059..2
1068..7
1078..2
1087..6
1096..8
1105..0
1110..9
1114 .5
,
1116.,3
1076 .7
1086 .0
1095 .3
1104 .5
1112 .8
1116 .2
1116 .3
1116 .3
1116 .3
1116..3
'ft
Filling
degree
95.8
96.6
97.4
98.3
99.1
99.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
Ul
U)
Ul
to
Ul
to
to
Ul
M
O
>
pJ
00
en en
ui
o
J^
O
-O
U)
CO
>t> t o
U5
l*J
U
O
U
C
K
O
J
C
t
^
O
i
M
t
t
O
l - ' l - J
l ^ t O
O O s l
>
j ^ ^ i u i - o M c r i o ^ o o u i
o i g o u u i B p u o i u
loaisjui^wHoyjO)
Ul
J ^ J ^ U I U I U J U I U I U I
W H t D v J O l ^ U H
M ^ - J U J t O U l O O O U l C T i
U l U I U I U l U l U l t O t O t O t O
l
W
CO
-J
Ul
Ul
l U J t O M
t O ^ s l ^
m ui
n U
U l
H
>t>
p- 1
v
t D
D )
s
U
i
l
>
m j i W t O
W ) v l *
O
P
P
t O C T l O U l V O U I - O t O C T i O
O
O
^*HiDO\uiomuiui
I-1
a i o u m c o H * m i t i H
h->
4^
CTt
V O - O C
W O C O
O
^
H
C
^ J O t O U l C 0 O ( j J C \ 0 0 O
H O l D s l C ^ L n U t O H
O l W O - s l ^ t O l X I C n O J W
H ^ s J ^ W U l s l O W O
h O00-JO\UlU)tOh-'
U l l O U j m ^ H C O f f l W p
C ^ V D H ^ s l U J W a i s l O
ooo-oa\uiu)toi-
oo G\ fc to o oo a\
o o o o o o o o o
W U U W I O t O t O P P P
V O O O C T l U l U i t O O O O - O U l
O O p J ^ C T i V O t O ^ - O O t O
* > t O h J o o o - o a \ u i u i t o
o t o u i u i o g f t H i o m
P J M P - ' p - i
O l U l i t > U
D I ) l t O O
t O t O t O t O p J p j p - ' P - ' p
ouiuiooi-iuimuDi-1^
U ) C r \ V > p J t ^ - J k O t O U l ~ J
M M t O t O P - ' P - ' p J P - i P - ' P - '

i t > U > M O * ) O O a \ U l ^ t O
* P C O U 1 U O J U 1 I O H 1
t O t O t O t O M P
* W P O i O ( I )
* P U d l U H [
M o o c r \ u i o - o u i t o u > c r i
s l W ^ U I W O l O I D O l L n
i f c >
O l C O l - ' ^ C r i V D t O k P ' ^ J O
&
-o.uirf*uitooi>co~jui
CTl
vo
Ul
00
o
<XI
Ul
v o c r N U i p j o o u i t o o - o ^
to
to
4>
^ J ^ ^ ^ 4 * ^ ^ ( 4 ^ U I U 1
l O C D v J O l J i W I O H t O f f )
-J
Ul
Ul
*. *. *.
^
en
o
>
* > - o , o r o u i c o o u > c r i c o
CD
CJ\
1J3
00
J^
^1
Ul
U ) C h > h
t
O
M
W
t
O
H
H
H
H
H
P
i t ' W H O l O v J C ^ U l ^ t O
L J O O O U l t O U ) - O ^ H - l >
O U > U 1 0 0 l -
U J O s J t f - t O U J C n W M C O
^ W H O w - o e n a i A i o
C O O W O i m H i f c f f l V D I O
fe
o c o u i c o o - o ^ H ' U j m
w w w w w w t o t o t o t o
V O t O * - - J O t O U 1 0 0 0 U )
t o u i v i o w m c o H u a i
V D O O ^ J C n ^ W t O O V D C O
C D U l t O O ^ ^ H U J C A W
U l * > U H O U ) a 3 0 \ U l
- O ^ t O U J C T i W H C O U l
tOV)vJ^PCOCT(WO-J
t O t O C O C O H - ' h - ' M h - ' M I - '
w u u u u i t o t o t o t o
l D C O s ] U l ^ W t O O W ( B
N i ^ t o v o m ^ H t D U i w
J
U l - J O W U 1 0 0 M 0 J " c n V D
C D O W C ^ l O H A s l l D I O
H ^ c n ^ i o ^ v j o t o a i
U)u>u>u>oju>torotOo
c ^ u i t ^ u i i - ' o ^ o o m u i
^ s j i ^ H C o c r i O J O s j u i
W t O I O t O H H H P I -
U 3 W ^ N ] O M U 1 G O H U
E O M t O W H J | - ' H - , l ^ W H O ^ D v J C n U
H ) ( J \ U H C O W t
o o o o o o o o o o
l o c o s i L n ^ u i o o ^ c o
t o u i o o o w c n c o M ^ c r i
y ) C T i W H C D U l W O s l i t '
o o
Ul
to
Ul
HfD
M
IQ P-1
M HfD
3
fD LQ
H.
ts
t-i
3
fD
rr
01
cr
fD fD
fD 3
?r <!
M H-
o n a
Ul
fD
p-
o1
<
13
to
co
C
3
01
r0r
fD
fD
ii
>
fD
3
rr
Hi
to
o
\o
U3
II
to
pj
U)
ii
X X
fD
fD
Hi
ft) UJ
rr
rf U l
00
Ul
M
M
00
II
X V
to
to
Ul
Ji
II
II
pj
^
N
H-
M
f!)
4
fD
ame 151)
ui
to
J^
to
o o
tO
rr
m
m
e-
Ul
M
p- 1
Ul
.* ^
Ji
Ul
J^
o o
C^
Ji.
Ji
Ji.
CO (J\ kfc>
(Jl
din
tn
to
Ul Ul
tO M
U) O
Ul
4^
Ul
CO
CO
u i u i u i on
c
o
f)
e
3
g device:
tO
Ul
-J
M
.^ ^
00
U)
0 1 ( D H ^ O \ l D t 0 ^ s ] 0
CT\
lt
- j - J - J - J --j o~\ o i a\ a\ (A
to o\ *> to o co m j i to o
o
o o o o
o o o o o
to
pa
points of comp:
Ul
to o
to MD
OO
CD
01
P-" 0
fD C
< 3
O
O
ft)
fD
"
13
to
to
CO
V
51 J0
to
to
<
o
H-
,. F1
O
rr
0)
ft)
M
P-i
ft)
rr
fD
SI
fti
CD
r r T l TJ
fD ft) ft)
3
)-i
rr rr rr
o n
f) o
3
H
ment ident:
ment descr:
RHO = 1.025)
(at frame 127
(at frame 167
PH
en
-J
Tl
ft)
CU
(D
Ul
<
ro
CO
M
n
Ul
CO
.iS
t-
^
a
CO
D i
S N
>H tsi
>
a
?d
CO
Ul
~j
ui
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
77
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
1060
1080
1100
112 0
1140
116 0
1180
1200
1220
1240
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
534.7
547.5
560.2
572.9
585.7
598.4
611.1
623.9
636.9
650.7
535 .3
548..0
560 .8
573 .5
586..2
599..0
611 .7
624,.4
637..5
651,.3
535.9
548.6
561.3
574.0
586.8
599.5
612.2
625.0
638.1
651.9
536.4
549.1
561.9
574.6
587.3
600.1
612.8
625.6
638.7
652.6
537 .0
549 .7
562 .4
575 .2
587 .9
600 .6
613 .4
626 .2
639 .3
653,.3
537,.5
550,.3
563 .0
575 .7
588,.5
601..2
613 .9
626..8
640..0
654,.0
533 .7
546.4
559.1
571.9
584.6
597.3
610.1
622.8
635.8
649.5
665.3
680.8
697.1
714.2
732.1
750.9
770.5
790.9
807.0
808.2
666..0
681..5
697,.8
714 .9
732..9
751..7
771,.4
791 .8
807,.1
808,.2
666.6
682 .2
698.5
715.7
733 .7
752.6
772 .3
792.7
806.9
808.2
667.4
682.9
699.3
716.5
734.6
753.5
773.2
793.4
806.5
808.2
668 .1
683,.7
700,.1
717 .4
735 .5
754 .4
774,.1
793 .8
805 .9
808 .2
668,.8
684,.5
700,.9
718,.2
736,.4
755,.3
775,.1
793 .9
805 .3
808 .2
664.1
679.5
695.7
712.7
730.6
749.3
768.8
789.2
805.7
808.2
82.3
84.2
86.2
88.4
90.6
92.9
95.3
97.9
99.8
100.0
808.2
808 .2
808.2
808.2
808.2
808.2
100.0
'**
66.2
67.7
69.3
70.9
72.5
74.0
75.6
77.2
78.8
80.5
CD
- j
- j
h- 1
10
Ol
Ul
CO I-
**
t-'
o
&
en
10
to
Ul
U} CO - J
- j J*. to
u> u>
O J - J M C n O t P ' O O L J - ^ J
c r \ U i a i a i i j i u i u i L n ^ ^
h - j v x ) C D a \ a i u i M o o o ~ j
1
U 1 0 ^ C D W O \ H U 1 U ) W
^ t o o ^ - j m ^ t o h -
t O U l C D O O J C n O O M t ^ O ^
a i c o H i P > ( n ^ w * ' N j o
o c o a i o o o u ) < n o o w ^
U C T | C D H ^ ( J \ ^ W * s J
cotoa\omiows)wa\
W I O t O M W t O W h ' P H
I D C O C ^ U I U H O C D - J U I
V D t O 4 ^ - J O t O U 1 0 0 O U )
M C O t O C O H J t - ' i - J l - l H J H J
A W h J O l D C O C A L n ^ W
( O M I O H P H H H H P
W H O U ) N l O \ U l ^ r O H
O s i ^ H U J c n w o a i u i
W W W U W C O M M t O M
U l ^ W H O V D C O C n i J l ^
- O L n ^ O J t O O M D O O - O U l
[ O U J O I - t ' H C D U l W O s ]
H ^ C n U ) t O * i ' s l O t O U l
^ - O O C O L n O O O U J C T \ 0 0
^ C D N l O l ^ W t O H V O C O
W C h ^ H C O U l W O - J U l
m V D M ^ - J U D C O U l O O O
0 0 - J C J l * . U > t S > O V ) Q 0 - J
^ H W C A W O C O U I W O
U)
-j
Ul
*.
cr\1
I-
J^
U> to
CO Ul 0 J
4^
j^
en
V0
to
to
>f>
CD ~ j
N J I O W H H H H M H H
U H O W C D O \ U 1 ^ W H
C O ^ J l W H C O O l W O v J
U > t O M O 0 0 - J ( T \ ^ U J t O
W W W W U M t O W t O W
U I ^ W W O l D C D s J U l ^
t O L n O O O U J C ^ C O t - ' ^ C T l
0 \ ( H ^ ^ y 3 t 0 ^ s ] 0
\ O H ^ v ] ^ f O U l C D O W
C O t O C O H , h J h - J h - J h - h - i W
l O C O O U ) C O v ] L n ^ W H
^ H C D O \ U O s ] ^ f O l D
UJOJUJUJOJCOCOCOtOCO
( T i ^ W M P U J C D - J U l ^
H C D O l W O v J U l C O l O s J
O O - J C T N l n U i t O M V O O O - O
en
Ul
-J
CO
^ C T i l O M ^ v J O t O U l C O
Ul
U>
10
H"
- o o t o u i c o o L u c n o o i - '
J^
rf.
o
o w ^ c o p i ^ c n v o w ^
CD
4^
I-1
Ol
J-. |_j
<T\ LH U) CO
00 0^
t O M C O M I - ' t - ' H - ' H - ' M h - *

W W M l O C O v J O ^ r t ' W t O
C A U O C O U l t O O s l i t ' H
Ul
10
to
>t>
J-J
u w w w w u w t o w w
c n a i w w H O O D ' v i c r i ^
W H 0 3 U l t O O s ] i f H U )
to
*>
tO
rfs.
UD
^j
(B
^ O - J C n U I ^ W H O
H C O U l l O O - J i t . H
10
Ul
J^
tO CO
H O
Ln t o
o o o o o o o o o o
G J U J b J U J O J t O t O t O t O f O
C D ( ^ i f c - W O a 3 ( H ^ I O O
O l C D O W C T i O O M ^ C n U )
^
IX)
4* to
C O H ^ C T l l D I O ^ - J O W
in1
1/1 UI
tO M
Ul tO
O ^ V D U J - ^ J W C A O ^ O
0 \ V D H * s ] ^ I S J L n s J W
H O ^ s i c n a i ^ i o H
- J ^ W V D t T l O J H C O W U
o c o v i c n y i w w H
O O O L - J C T t U J M ^ ^ J U l f -
l O N J i t s J O U U l C D ^ O
o ^ c o c n u i ^ w p
c r i d ^ j - > o o c r \ u > o - J U " i o
ou>mu)h-J^-ju)too
O V D C D - J U l ^ U H
y 3 f f \ u i o c o u i [ o t [ ) s ] o
t O ^ - J O W L n O D M U J O
^
CD v j CTi rfi. U> CO
o o a i o j o - j r f ^ c o v o o
U l f f i k O H ^ s l l D t O U l O
O - J U l t O ^ D O ^ M O
O C O - O C T I ^ G J C O H - *
oom^cooeom^to
o o o o o o o o o o
Ul
O
M
O
Ul
II
o
C
01
pi
M
ID
3
C
X 3
p> LU
rr
3 3 3
H"
CO
H1
Ul
II
II
I-"
~J
*<
LL
H-
<*i
Ml
>
rr
10
10
II
Ml
fD
M
LQ h-1
hi HfD
3
fD LQ
H-
~j
-J
en to
H ii
Ui U)
Ml
Pi (i)
rr rr
to
to o
Ul
M
ii
X X
3 a
fD
(D 3
fD
o
H
fD
Ul
DO
0
rr
(D
i-i
3
CO
3
tr
H-
i-3
i-i
<
o
tc
3
to
CO
e in M
fD fD
A" <
fD fD
fD 3
3
LQ
m a
frame
to
fl
X
rr
î
fD
to
Ul
to
~J
CO
Ul
<
to
rd
CO
rn
n
en
o
'^J
rn
o
N
tsi
M
1
rn
n
T1
PJ
CO
fD
o
o
D
S
U)
-0
U)
51
,
S ,0
rr
01
(1)
s; s; J0
U)
to
rr to
to
fD
H
m CO
H - 13
tD
P) fD
01
rr T) TJ
fD (U cu
3 K H
rt rr r t
n n n
o
o o
3 H
, RHO
c
3
CO
t)
din
i-
J^
en
U)
CD
rf^
\o
Ul
Ul
ui ui
>-
o
W W W U U
ffiai^wpocosjcriui
0 \ l D W * s ) O W U l C D O
O W U l C D O W O \ a ) H ^
W U l f f i H ^ m i D N J ^ - O
( X l U l t v J U J s J ^ H O D ^ O J
CO tO
ifr tO
o
-o
i c c o f f i U i ^ U H o u j a )
in
ui
CTi G\
K)
O
?a
to
g device:
a\
O^
tf
to
0
e
3
points of comp:
Ul Ul
t-1 O
G\ 0\
CO 0\
o o o o o o o o o o
-o -J -0 -J
03 <X\ * tO
K-1
CD
to o
CO
^
fo
<
ment ident:
ment descr:
.*
O M 3 - J U 1 U > I -
00 00
O
O
00 CO
o o
o o
00 00
o o
CO CO
o o
CO 00
CO CO
o o
CO CO
00 CO
O
O
CO CO
^J
Ul
O
o i cn O l
CO ^ j cn
U3 >t> O
O C O - J U 1
-J
O
Ul
^ o o N J U i - J o u > u i a > h -
^ u i a i c o c o m H ^ ^ t o
U l H ^ H ^ - O l O M U l s ]
C O - J - O - J - O - O - J O ^ C T ^ O I
O C O v J O l W N J o ^ - J O l
U J C T l O L n U J O J - J t O C T v O
O<0U>V)l-OCOCOCOOOCO
O H c r i w ^ f f i v i v i c o o
cr\ o\ <T\
^3 CO (Tl
00 NJ s j
t o c o u i H U i a i u i t - ' a i a i
<\
H
Ji
o > c r c ^ c r \ c r \ u i L n L n u i u i
U l J ^ M M O O O - j O l U l U )
U > O C h f c h - 0 0 U l U > O - O
^
\D
NJ
00 00 s i v j
O O 00 <T\
CO rfi- - J 00
v J ^ H l O O \ W H O ) U l ( 0
W - J U ) M U l s l O U U l C 0
o\
Ul
O
^ O i O U l C O C D O l H ^ U l
cr> <r\ o\
U) vJ ^
^
U3 ^
m o ^ c T i u i a i u i a i u i u i u i
s j ô
tO H
-J O
s j -J -J
\D CO 0\
VO W ^
s]
ttUl
^ l 0 H W O ^ l D H t t v ] l O
c o o M f f \ O v j i > J s i w a )
C O ^ ^ W H V f l C O O ^ U l
- J - J O O O U J - O M C n t O
o \ ( ^ c r i a i a i i j i u i u i u i a i
^ C O M O V D - J O y C J l U J t O
M ^ O C A L J O O O U I t O U ) ^ ]
O H W O ^ ^ H ^ s l l O t O
t f c - M C O L n M O - J ^ H -
crChCT\o>(jiLnuiLnLn(-n
U J 0 J U 1 - J O U 1 U 1 0 0 M W
u ^ c h c r i f f i L n u i o i u i L n L n
4 ^ U ) t N J O V D 0 0 C T i ( J l ^ U >
v j ( j i o \ u ) H ^ s j ^ ( o a i
0 0 C B U U ) N 1 * H C O O \ W
CT\CT\ChO,\lJlUlUl(JlUlUl
4 ^ U ) M O U ) C 0 - J L n > i = . W
O O O O O O O O O O
!- I- 1
O O ^ D C O V O U J ^ O C O O O C O
u o m m * ( o o c o m <
o u > - j L n w t - J o c o a \ ( j i
L n o o h J L o c r \ o ^ * J 3 t n
O O U > O t - O U l U 3 0 U > C ^
Ul
to to o
Cn
H"
00
to to
00
-J -J
i_n
CO o
~J
M
M
-J
~J
-J
CO - J
o yo
CO -J
CO 00
M o o c n u i M U i m L n M i n
c o c o - j ~ j - j - o ~ o c r c r c r
O O f t J ^ ^ U O y j v l f l l
C O O O M U J U I O O M - O C O
co CD
O O
CO CO
I-1 I- 1 M H - ' M
H1 H M M l-1
t O t O t - J n ' M M M O O O
uoifflii>ioocii<n*
o o o o o o o o o o
h-'
W
a\ >p.
o o
M
lO
:<
CI
CQ
F-
3
a
01
0
C
CD
CD
I-1
CQ
l-i
H
HCD
3
CD C Q
03
>i
3
CD
cn
rt
tr
H-
>-
CD
CD
W
X- <!
CD
<
H-"
CD
H-
CD
c
3
1-1
<
13
cn
to
to
pa
cn
O
-J
U>
1
Ul
Ul
<
CO
M
CD o
Ul
T1 cn
9) n
in
i-3
a i
a tsi
- o Jb
-J
CAJ
ui
o
Ul
o
00
.A)
Ul
to
O
en ai
Ul
M
to
Ul
Ul Ul
to M 1
rf>p-
Ln Ln
to
M
u>
o
Ln Ln
tO M
UJ O
en
to
(_n Ln
to
o
tO LO
o ^ i o H ^ - o i o i o a i N i o
OJ U l ( j j
01 A U
U
p
- J M U l O ^ O O t O - O M U l
Ut U l
tfl v l
j * * x > u j - ~ j p - a \ O i i > o o u J
4^ tf* ^
*
IO H
tfi
Ul
a i u i u i u i u i u i u i u i ^
p i o r o m u i u w o a )
u i i D o w a \ C D p ^ o i o
( O O l O U l U J U s l U O l O
I D J i C O I O O l P U l V O U I C O
^ t O M V O - J O l ^ U J H O
U W U M U I O U P P H
I D C D O l U l U I U O t D ^ L I l
p - > * . - j ^ M u i o o o u ) c n
U l ^ J O L O U l t O P ' U J C n U )
H O i B s i m ^ w u p
W O O D U 1 M 1 X > - J * . H P
* w p o o ) v i m u i u i o
O 0 0 U l t O l J D - J * . p - ' l X 1 0 1
W W W W L J W t O t O t O W
o i u i ^ i o p o v o ^ m u i
O ) l I l l O ) - 0 * P l l J ( U
! i > ( J > ^ ^ f J > ^ t J > t l > U > U J

k o o o - j u i . t > i > J P J o m o o
u i M O s i * | j i i i i u o
u o i y i P i i i v i i o w ^ p
- J U 3 I O U 1 - J O - U U 1 0 D M
o u u i o ) p u m ) p ( >
W O l l O P J i - J l D I O U l ^
P O I O v l O l U l ^ l O P
^ J J ^ p J k O C T l U J O O O U l U l
* u p o i o a ) ( n u i * u )
* - p J U 5 0 1 U J p J O O U l t O O
v l U l ^ U U O l O f f l ' J U l
M m o i u H m u i u o s i
C D O W O l C D P r f i O l l O H
H O U > v l l I l U l * W H
M U I C D O W ^ C D H ^ H
U > U > U ) U ) U ) U > t O t O t O t O
i * > f f \ l O t O * . ^ ) O M U l
M O M D - J C n L n L O t O I - 1
( T V L O O C O L n t O ^ O - J ^ U J
H O ^ D s J C A U l W l O P
L n L O O - J ^ t O U 3 C T \ L O t O
t*>l^kt*tl>>l>J>r*rfÛlU>
) C D v l 0 1 * W t d H V D a )
J 0 1 U H O ) U 1 I O O ^ *
^ H O J U I U O ^ U I U M
W W W W P H P H H H
t.U>P-OU)a>CriUl^tO
W O D H i t ' C r i l f l N J ^ - N J O
t O t O t O t O M h - ' h - H - ' h l ^ W H O ^ D - J O l L n ^ f O
O W U l f f l H W O ^ l O H ^
t O t O E O C O h J - h h - H ' l i f - W H O ^ s j m a i i f . N J
j ^ - o o t o u i o o o u i c r i o o
*
Ul W
o
> c
(O 0 1 *
r - ' d ^ - O . L Q t O L n ^ J O L O O
U l s l O ^ U l C D H W m i O
M O O O - O O ^ L n L O t O M
w o c D - o c n u n u J c o M
^ H l D ^ L J O C D U l M O
W W t O W H H H H i - ' H
j * M M O V o - j a > ( - n r f * t o
i f t [ O H O U ) s ] ( J l U l * t O
H ^ O \ W H C O U l t O O - J
O O C T i ^ t O O C D C A i C ' M O
O O O O O O O O O O
Q O L J f f i O l H ^ m i D W
if. d
w u
Ul W
N l U l ^ W U O L O t D O l W
M d J O l U O v l O l U l O I l l
NJ
ift
*.
>t* * .
>{
VO 03 -J m
00 01 U> O
V D t O ^ ~ O O M L n C O O L O
O C O L n t O O - J ^ M V O C ^
U ) ( n U D H ^ v j y 3 W U l v J
o - j ^ t o i o c n w H t a u i
W W W U U U J W M t O l O
M O I - O O U U I C D H W ^
s J l D t O U l s l O W O l C D H
C- U) LO
O ^D CO
co Ln t o
C D O U l O ^ l O H ^ s J ^ l O
H ^ O \ l D W ^ v l O W U l
rfi >i ,. 4^ 4^ J ^
KD CD - J Ln ^ U>
^J ^
tO KD <7\ &
c n a i A U J H O ^ o c x i f f i L r i
V D ^ J ^ M O O C T t O J O - O L n
M L n C O O W W C D H ^ f f l
( T l 0 3 H ^ ( h U ) t 0 ^ s l O
l D ( s ] U l ^ L J K 3 O U ) C 0
N j ^ H C D C T i W O C O a i l O
U U W W U W W t O t O K J
( T U n ^ " U J | - ' O M D O D C h U l
O D C T i ^ t O O C D C r i ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
w c o - o u i ^ w t o o ^ c o
C T \ * M O C O O > t > t O O
O O O O O O O O O
Ul
PJ
Ul
H3
LQ
H(D
M
I f l p-1
Pi H (D
3
fD CQ
P3
to
o
s
fD
M
3
P3
M
PV <
fD fD
fD
3
n n> a
M
fD
<
fD
II
II
II
M
00 tO
Ul to
Ml
K
PJ
3
0J I Q
rr
fD
cr\ to
- J ~J
fD
3 3
Ph M i
H Pj
PJ PJ
OJ PJ
rr rr
M U3
Ul \D
a
o
c
to
Ml
fD
3
0
H
fD
o
o
Ph
TJ
fD
3
(D
M
X
rr
rr
m
fD
3
fD
H-
<!
3 3 3 a
Ul
it
i
p
<
o
(D
3
D.
H3
LQ
o
c
co
to
CO
CO
pa
to
II
fD
H
2!
O
PJ
3
to
03
to
CO CO
H - CO
M
P,
PJ fD
S
PJ
HfD p ,
en fD
n
3
H
rr
3 3
3
3
3
r r ri
n
fD (l) PJ
3
h
h
rt rr rr
to fD fD
3
3
rr rr
o n n
o o o
ro
<
to
n
Ul
O
00
to
PJ
tr1
CO
IQ
fD
>:
PH
tl 1
N
H N
o
o
u>
~J
Ul
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
81
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
534.7
547.5
560.2
572.9
585.7
598.4
611.1
623 .9
636.9
650.7
535 .3
548..0
560 .8
573 .5
586 .2
599..0
611 .7
624 .4.
637 .5
651 .3
535 .9
548 .6
561 .3
574 .0
586 .8
599 .5
612 .2
625 .0
638 .1
651 .9
536.4
549.1
561.9
574.6
587.3
600.1
612.8
625.6
638.7
652.6
537.0
549.7
562.4
575.2
587.9
600.6
613.4
626.2
639.3
653.3
537 .5
550..3
563 .0
575..7
588 .5
601,.2
613,.9
626 .8
640,.0
654 .0
533 .7
546.4
559.1
571.9
584.6
597.3
610.1
622.8
635.8
649.5
66.2
67.7
69.3
70.9
72.5
74.0
75.6
77.2
78.8
80.5
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
665.3
680.8
697.1
714 .2
732. 1
750.9
770.5
790.9
807.0
808.2
666 .0
681 .5
697 .8
714..9
732 .9
751..7
771 .4
791 .8
807 .1
808 .2
666 .6
682 .2
698 .5
715 .7
733 .7
752 .6
772 .3
792 .7
806 .9
808 .2
667.4
682.9
699.3
716.5
734.6
753.5
773 .2
793.4
806.5
808.2
668.1
683.7
700.1
717.4
735.5
754 .4
774.1
793.8
805.9
808.2
668 .8
684,.5
700 .9
718..2
736 .4
755..3
775 .1
793 .9
805 .3
808 .2
664.1
679.5
695.7
712.7
730.6
. 749.3
768.8
789.2
805.7
808.2
82.3
84.2
86.2
88.4
90.6
92.9
95.3
97.9
99.8
100.0
1240
808 .2
808.2
808.2
808.2
808.2
808.2
808.2
100.0
''"*
U ) t O > I ^ ^ J O U l U 1 0 0 i ^ O
* U ) a i U H [ D U l i f c O
COtOtOP-1pJp-1pJpJpJpJ
U H O W C D f f l W J i W P
w i c o i w p a i u i u o v i
P * 0 1 I O U J i - J O U U 1
U U M P H P H P H P
u p o i O N j a i u i ^ w p
O v l ^ P l D O l W O f f i U l
OtOUlOOOUlCTlCOh-
W W U I O P P P P P P
J i W H O l D I D O l l n ^ U
^ W m f f l ^ P I D U l W O
VJJtOJ^-JOtOUlCOOUJ
UJUJUlUJUltOtOtOtOtO
O l ^ W t O O W t C v J U l J i
l o o i ^ H c o u i u o - j ^
J^-JOtOUlCOOUICTlCO
U>UJU>U>U)tOtOtOtOtO
u i * u p o i o c n o \ u i *
N i ^ p t o o i w o a i u i t o
W O 1 0 D H i ^ O i y ) W ^ v l
UlU)U)U)UtU>tOtOtOtO
J U l * U W O U ) ( I ) - J l I 1
I O ) ( H * P C D U I U O ^
W U 1 0 0 0 U 0 1 0 3 P * > 0 1
J ^ ^ J ^ ^ J ^ U I U I U I
aiÛ>tOP-vx>C0-0
J O U U I I D P C O I I O I O
C O - J U 1 4 ^ U ) t O O U 5 0 0 - 0
4:kl-,U)CriU)OCOUltOO
O l l O H r f i s l l D W U l f f l O
l D C O s l 0 1 * U I O P ) 0 1
l O O l * P C O l U O v l U 1
U I C D H J i m i C W J i . J O
-J
en en
J> to
Ul Ul
tO M
Ul to
C T t U l U l U l U l U l U l U l ^ ^
H W m o i u i w p o f f l v ]
OJ-OMCrO^COU>--JPJ
u i o ^ r a f j o i p u i m u
J>tlÛU)U>U>U)U
toouD^jait^top-1
o ^ ^ o j - j M c r i o t ^ o
O O t O O l O O l l D W v J t J O l
p o i o ^ m u i * i o p
^J*-tOVDCT\U)p-'00UlUl
OlU)hJi^^J^DtOUl-0U>
c n i o t o ^ ^ i o u i u i o H
^ W O l D v J O l J i U P O
to tO to tO tO NJ tO p p p
UD 00 01 Ul W P
O CO -J Ul
0 ( D s ] 0 1 U l W [ O P
m o u i i o p * v i u i H
Ul
to
11
HM
to
o
s.
fl>
i-i
rr
CD
cr
l-s
(1)
3
CD I Q
tB
fD
M H3
3
n>
p->
<
o
w
co
to
fo
II
II
II
^1
Ml
i-(
*-^
s:
rr
PJ
P-1
p- 1
9)
CO
to
CO
to
3
o
TJ
U>
<
to
fi
Ul
o
00
to
ro
Ul
CO o
to
1
o
Ul
m
ID
iS
P3
PH
CD
K?x
CO
O
CO
to
-o D
u> >
o ^3
O H
a
i
S N
P3 N
UJ
Pi
fD
H-
s
&,
to
W)
HPfD
3
rr
r r to
to
fD
in en
H
U.
(D
en
rr Tt T)
CD U) PJ
HI i-i
3
rr rr rr
CO 3
3
(D fD
3
3
r r (-T
ro
U) f U
rr
<
3> ()
A
to
>X>
Ul
M
fD
3
i-L
>
Ml
rr
TJ
o
0
Ml
II
(D
fD
fD
TJ
0
H3
rr
to
M
X
rr
H
fD
ii
> o
O
3
CO
U)
M
3
C
Hi
M UJ
CO o
1 pj
p-1 p-1 o
^ J U) U l
^
N
fD
<;
H-
CL
fD
H3
LQ
co
m
m
.;*U1 *.
to u>
Ul >t
O I O C I O I L I I ^ U H
m j i H m o i u o s i w o
o w o i ^ p * > o y ) t o o
U 0 1 C D O W 0 1 ( I - ' * 0 1
^ O l l o l 0 * > - J O W U 1 0 D
0 1 ( B H * ' ( I I U l l 0 i f r O . O
H u i c o v i a i * u i u
M C D U l U l O - J i ^ t O V O O
m H * j ) t o i n o ) o u i
U U M P H H H H P H
U W 0 1 0 C O s ] U l * W H
^ H t D O l W O ^ J L n U l O
UlUlUlUlUltOtOCOtOtO
o i ^ w i O H V o a i v j u i ^
MCOCTiUJO-OUltOUl^J
.fc.kfc.rfs.di.^J^ÛlUlUl
< D - J W U l U I O H ( D v l
COCTIUJO-OUIMVO-OJ^
-OOtOUlCDOU)Cr\OOP
O U U I C D H ^ O I V O W *
Ul ~J
o i n c o v i u i * U H
w o i w o a i L f i t o y i s i o
tOCOtOPJpJpJpJp-1pJpJ
u i t O M v o c o - o c n ^ u i t o
m w o a i u i u o v j j i H
UlUIUlUIUlUltOtOtOtO
O l U l U U P O C O s l O l ^
W H O l U l W O s l ^ H W
fc.tP>kfc.1p>kr^^^,Û>OJ
VO~J0T\U1>t*MP-'O00-J
H C D U l U O v ! ^ H \ O U l
Ul Ul
M
O
Ol Ul
w ^ v j o w u i a i H W o
u i c o o o J o \ i H * m i o
C D H ^ m y i [ O i P > v J O W
H ^ v i t o w u i a i o w o i
Ul Ul
M
O
CD Ul
W W I O U H H H H H H
U M H O r a v l O l ^ U C O
C O W U O - J * I O k O < I l U
u m i o p ^ v j i o u u i o
U l U l U l U l U l U l f O M t O t O
o i a i ^ W H o c o v j o i u i
u i u i o - ~ J ^ t o y 3 c r i * . h J
U ) U * - 0 O U U 1 0 ) O
O U O l O J O U m t B H * '
w u i a i H ^ o i v o t o j i - o
H O l D s l f l l ^ W t O H
U O x l U l U l O f l l ^ H O
cocn^toocoo\^to
U l O - O t ^ M l X l C r i ^ M C D
CO[OCOtOPJpJpJpJpJpJ
J i f O H O C O s l O l U l W t O
O s i m u y i s i J i H a i a i
UlUlUlUJUJUltOCOtOtO
C J l U l J i l O H O l D - J O l t l l
COUltOÔ-Okfc'p-'OOCriUt
f c . ^ ^ k f c . ^ ^ ^ J A U l U )
k o r o m u i ^ W H O v o c o
u i t o v o - j ^ M c o c r i u i o
U l U l U l U J U l i O t O M t O t O
cocr\l&.toococriiC>too
o o o o o o o o o o
Ul Ul
t o o
o co
U I L ^ U I U I U I * * * ^ *
( B f f l ^ W O C D O l ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
v J v J v l ^ - v l O 1 0 1 ^ U i C r \
C O O l J ^ C O O C D a i ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
OOOD
M O
O O
tc e
< a
n (D a
P^ 0
din
RHO = 1.025)
(at frame 127
(at frame 167
ame 13 2)
SDARI-ZZ
3 73D0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
83
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
533.5
546.2
558.9
571.7
584.4
597.1
609.9
622.6
635.5
648.7
531..3
544..1
556 .8
569..5
582..3
595,.0
607..7
620,.5
633..3
646..3
529 .2
541,.9
554 .7
567 .4
580 .1
592,.9
605,.6
618 .3
631 .1
644,.0
527.1
539.8
552 .5
565.3
578.0
590.7
. 603.5
616.2
629.0
641.7
524 .9
537 .7
550 .4
563 .1
575 .9
588 .6
601..3
614 .1
626 .9
639..5
522 .8
535..5
548 .3
561 .0
573 .7
586..5
599,.2
611 .9
624,.7
637,.3
537.7
550.5
563.2
575.9
588.7
601.4
614.1
626.9
640.1
653.5
66.0
67.6
69.2
70.7
72.3
73.9
75.5
77.0
78.6
80.3
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
662.5
677.1
692.5
708.6
725.5
743 .1
761.5
780.6
800.8
808.2
660..0
674..5
689,.7
705,.7
722,.5
740,.0
758,.2
777,.2
797,.5
808 .1
657 .6
671,.9
687,.0
702,.9
719 .5
736 .9
755 .0
773 ,
.9
794,.0
807 .2
655.2
669.4
684 .4
700.1
716.6
733.8
751.8
770.5
790.5
805.4
652 .8
666 .9
681..7
697..3
713 .7
730 .8
748 .6
767 .2
787..0
802 .8
650 .5
664 .4
679,.1
694,.6
710 .8
727 .8
745 .5
764 .0
783,.6
799 .9
667.6
682.5
698.1
714.5
731.6
749.5
768.1
787.5
804.8
808.2
82.0
83 .8
85.7
87.7
89.8
91.9
94.2
96.6
99.1
100.0
1240
1260
808.2
808.2
808,.2
808,.2
808 .2
808 .2
808.2
808.2
808 .1
808..2
807 .4
808,.2
808.2
808.2
100.0
100.0
'>"*
o
o
in
>
w
rf
CO
CN
&
o
E
0
n
PQ
o<
()
4J
4-1
to
(CI
(TJ
CQ
U
CU
4J
to
4J
U M a
(S ITS CU
U, 4J
h a
O O
U u
4J
4J
4J
O
PQ
E rH
0 i-l
RHO
(N
00
O
0)
i n 01
(rt
tu
U
l/J
W
1-1
(')
53
H
EH
Q
o
o
m
r~
m
0) (11
E E
m
n
ITl
r4
M-l t - l
4-1
4->
UH
(S (S
4J
E
^r
T)
a
a
E
o
o
00
II
II
en o
r-
E
cu
0
en
in i n
r~ \D
01 nj
CN
^f
o
o
n
o
II
CU
UH
u
o
T)
X
Tt
cu
4J
IH
4J
cu
F(l)
H
points of comp: A
O
OJ
[si
tsl
t
H
a
u
l/J
ame
ote
R
m
a
CO
()
Tf
q
device:
3BP
R
W
ent ident:
ent descr:
E
3
rH
>()
Oj
0)
n
CN
i-t
01
CU
73
01 CU
a cu
H
rH
rH
H
E
-H
r4
3
0
PQ
a)
4J
>1
X)
E
rH
r4
co KD o- ro r- rH -^ co (N
rH rH CN CN CN CO
o - ^ c o r o c h i n r H r ^ ^ r H
o
CN
ro
CO
O O 01 CO CO rcn o o rH CN cn
O rH rH r H rH t H
rH rH
00
rH
co
O
rH
H in
C N O C O U J ^ C N O C O V D C O
c o c n a ^ O r H c N n n ^ L n
cocococTvo>cr\cr>crtcricr
r o o c o c o o c r t c o v o t n c o
r o r - c r i r H r o m ' ^ i - n ^ o r r-r-r^cococococococo
0 0 L T ) < N C r t r - L n C N O C 0 t >
i / i c ^ n y ? o ^ c o ( N t n a i
'
CO VD ^
( N c o r - o o o o m v x > c o c o
rH
rH
rH
rH
h H ^ l D C O O ^ O H O J r O
c o c n m c h c r c h O o o o
rH
IsO
rH
cn
CD r f
in
^" rH
rH
co r-
^ tn
rH rH
L D V D I > r - C O C r O r H C N r O
O O O O O O r H r H r H r H
r H r H r H r H r H . H r H r H r H r H
O rH
o o
^ in
^ i n
m CN
^ m
a\
C r \ [ ^ L D C N I > C N V X ) C 0 O r H
m rH
^
m
rH rH
rH rH
H c n h n c n - ^ h o o J n
r H H r H r H r H H r H r H r H r H
C T i m c h c o c o r - r - ^ o L n ^
^ I j O l D h C O m O H O J r o
m r o H c o n c o t M ^ ^ D h
r H r H r H r - t r H r H t H r H r H r H
c o c o c o c o r - r ^ v o m u o ^
- ^ L n ^ r - c o c ^ O r H c N r o
^ L n V O r - C O C T A O r H C N r O
c o c o h r - h v o v o i n ' t n
r o o i c ^ w H w o o j ^ i n
rH
ifl
O
rH
r - ^ i n c o r - L / i L n c h i n ' t f
M
rH
in
O
rH
o j i O H i n o ^ O i r o c o ^
CN
H
^
O
rH
[ > r - o o o ( N i r ) c o r H L n c ^
c o r ^ c N V o o ^ o i r o r rH rH CN CN CN P0 CO
r H r O C O c O O r H r H r H r H r
h r l ^ h C ^ O H f M r i
C 0 C T i < T \ C n C T ) O O O O
rH
rH rH tH
r^v>roOLno^vx>cocr\
c N ^ c o n o c o r ^ v o v o c N
m r ^ C N M J r H I - O r H V O r H ^ O
rHcNr^r-ujconvDr-co
tnr-vDromcNn^DCNrH
r o c o c N c o o i D c r \ r H m n
CN
n O l ^ C O
CM CN CO CO
n h H ^ H i n o i / i o i r i
r o r ^ C N V D r H u ^ o ^ c r * n
r-LDr-crivor-r^cococo
h r i ^ U J C O C f i O H C N n
coa>criO>CTioôooo
rH
J V D H i
rH
r H CN
r ^ O ^ C n V D - ^ n C N C N C N
r H O r H r ^ r H r H L n r ^ C T l O ^
rHy?o-^cr\-^cr*-^cr*^
ror-~cNVDOmcj>^coro
h h c n r H h c o c o c o c o c o
r - H ^ r r ^ c o c h O r H C N r o
c o c ^ m m o i O i o o o o
rH
H ^ c o ( N U > H i n a i ^ c o
r o v o O L n c N O o ^ c o c o m
^
C
i n c n o c o r H c ^ o r o o o
^
VDCNCOOCNtnCOHLnCTi
C N L n c o r o r ^ r H i n o - ^ c o
rH rH CN CN ro m ro
o-^chrocoror-cNr^cN
n h d v o o i n c n ^ c o n
VDr-orocococncr>crtcri
h H u i h c o c n O r i C N n
c o m c r i c r \ C f > c r > o o o o
H
H ^ O h O C O C O ! N C O >
O C N U J r H C O V D L D L r i L n L n
CNCT)Ch'^COrOVOCr\OrH
L O i n i O h C O C r \ O H C N n
C 0 0 " > c r > c r . c r \ C T > O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
O r l f N f O ^ i n W ^ C O m
mrorocococo.rocororo
o o o o i c ^ o i c o h i D i n
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O r H C N r o ^ i r i M ^ r - C O C n
C N C N r ^ C N C N C N C N C N C N C N
r - r H L D f ' - C O C r i O r H r O ' t f
c o o i i n n V D n ^ h ^ n
O i n ^ f N U J H U J H ^ H
C N r - r H V O O L D C h ' ^ C O r O
L n r - o ^ c o c h o ^ c r N O o
, H r H r H r H r H r H r H r - l r H r H
O O O O O O O O O O
O H ( N r o ^ i / i U ) h C o m
L r ) ^ L 0 r ^ C r \ C N L n c 0 C N > X )
V O C O C N C O ^ C O C N r H r H r H
c o a > c r \ o > c h a > o o o o
<>Lr)roa>Lnoro<x>coo>
C N ^ V O ^ r ^ i n V D C r t ^ D i n
C ^ r H V O O L D O L O O l O O
corococo^cr>cNLn>X)r~-
CN CN CO r O
inHCN-^vocrtCNinchro
^ c o t N ^ o i o a i n c o
rH rH CN CN CN CO CO
C N i n C o - ^ r H C A C O C O r - C O
CN
in
O O O J O ^ C N O I I O O I H
cot*-corHrnM30ror^
^ c o c N r ^ r H m o ^ c o
rH rH CN CN CO CO CO
O O r H r O L D C O r H ^ C O C N
rH
CU CU
a .*
pa
01
c >
H rH S
TJ (D U
3 CU
0 rH
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
85
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
1162.5
1171.2
1179.8
1188.2
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1161 .9
1170 .6
1179..2
1187 .6
1191..6
1191..6
1191..6
1161..3
1170 .0
1178..6
1186,.8
1191..2
1191..6
1191,.6
1160.7
1169.4
1177.9
1185.7
1190.1
1191.6
1191.6
1160 .1
1168 .8
1177..3
1184 .5
1189..0
1191 .6
1191 .6
1159..5
1168 .1
1176,.5
1183,.4
1187,.8
1190,.8
1191,.6
1163 .7
1172 .4
1181.0
1188.5
1191.5
1191.6
1191.6
Filling
degree
97.6
98.3
99.0
99.7
100.0
100.0
100.0
to
Ul
M
ui
-O
M
ra
-0
Ul J *
M
o
CO
o
M M
O o
U) 00
co 1X1
en Ln
~0
M
O
-J
O
Ul
M M
O O
CJ\ U l
M M
M
O
Ul
M
~J U)
M
O
J^
M
M
O
to
to
to
-j
co
ai
t O - J L O O C O - J - J C O M C n
- J ( J \ C h ( T \ L n ( J l ^ ^ U L O
t O l D * . O ^ H - J W y ) W
LO
CO
LO
-
u D J ^ O L n o L n j - ' c r t t o c o
H W ^ O i - O N J H ^ U ) ^
M L O C A C O O t O ^ C r t C O O
m o> Ln en Ln 4*. &

Ln to KD LH to co Ln
d ) C D C D C D 0 3 C D s ] N j s J C n
O I U l ^ W M H ^ C A N J U )
U>kOM3U)V>*>C0C0C0CO
^ W [ O H H O U ) 0 3 s l s ]
U 1 0 ^ ^ U l H O T s l s l (
^ ( f c ^ l O C O ( T i U 3 0 0 J H
C O C O ^ O L n t O C O L O ^ J O L O
O O l l O C O ^ O ^ H s l W
<X)COCT\tI^LOtOO*-DCD^J
M U > C r \
O O O O * X ) V i ) M 3 V D C 0 C 0
w t o p o v o - o i n M ^ u i
L O L O L O L O r o C O - J V D t O W
ll_ll_ll_IJ_JI_l
O O O O O O
C O - O C T t L n ^
H H W M W U l
JI_l^Jl_ll_
M M H l - '
t O M O O V O
s l C a ^ O
H ^ H O D U l ^ ^ U l s J H
O L n O 0 ^ U > H -
J - J 0 1 0 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 * * U )
u i o m w c o * o o i u ^
0 0 0 - ~ J U l i f c > U > l O M O V O
C 0 C 0 C h O < D O - - J ^ D ' X ' - J

W H ^
fft
Ln LO -o to ^ j
ovou)y)^^cocoa)s]
O O V D ^ U l l O C D C D C B s )
ai
H O l D ( D O \ ^ H s ] W \ J )
L n L n U l U I - O t O M i ^ U l M
ooiflicioiDiomfflN)
0 \ ^ H s ] W l ^ O [ O W ^
HJJ-JJ-Jl->H>l-,h->K'MH>
M O O O O O O O O O
o ^ o o v j c r i u i ^ u t O r - 1
IJ3
M
M
O
-J
U I M I X I C T l M C T l O U I U l L n
M M M M M M M M M
M O O O O O O O O
o>xia)-jcr\ui*.ujto
W W U ^ ^ ^ U I U I U I
^ ^ m i U H i o m o o ^ w
Ui to
CO 4 ^ tO
o
co Ln
KO
h-> h-1
i f c O O \ I O U ) C h W O C D s l
LO [O t O CO M
U W W M M H H H
l O U l H s l L d l i l U l H s ] ^
s ] ^ a \ L n u i o ^ o ^ s j i x ) H
W H t o c r i ^ a i u i i n ^ ^
LO tO tO |- M
H
NJ U
^
Ul
(J\ (J\ (T\ <J\ <}
v i a i u i o o ^ ^ c o N J O ^ c o
OJ IO tO W H
H
t o c o t f c ' O c r i t o ^ L n t o
s l v l s l s l O D l O O i f ' C r i O D
H C D a o a i w a i u u i u i
U) tO tO W M M M
U l U l U l M - O r f ^ O O l t O
o \ u i t o u ^ u * o u u i
t O M M M M t O U I i t - O l
c n u a j ^ o o i i o o ) *
M M V O U l U l U l t O M O ^
c n ( _ n u > o c T i M U i c x > O M
U> U) tO tO M M M
U 1 M - O U I V O U 1 M - O U 1
o o o o o M t o ^ c n o o
j v i o i m u i u i u i * * u
a i t O N j w y j u i H v i u u )
M O C O - J C T l ^ U J t O M M
H O U ) t o - j L n u a j * o
M M O O O O O O O O
H O U > f f l s l 0 1 U l * U t O
^ U l O l v J ^ J O D t O C D t O V D
t o v i u i o i w ^ i t m o i f r
OOtO-OUlVO-OUlUlCTiOO
^ v l U l W i t . a i 0 1 L J \ D W
M
O
l o r o o i J i o u i m u u i N i
Ui
^ I v l O l f f l O l U l U l J i ^ ^
- J U m * O O l W I B * 0
u t o o ) - j a i U i * w t o
U l U) tO tO tO M M
v l W y 3 U l H N ] U l O U l H
cr i_n > u i t o
O
O O O V D V X ) I X ) ^ O C O O O C O
t O M O V O C O C n U l V O U l M
C O M t O t O O O U i O O C T l U l
M M O O O O O O O O
M O ^ U > 0 0 - J O \ U 1 J = - L ' J
- J O O V O O M M M t O t O t O
^
M
*
C D W O l O W O l . l l . O l ^ - J
- J -o. t n 01 u i u i j i ^
O en M
~J u i VD a i
tn - J o i u i
to H
ji
>
- O M O l t O - J ^ U I t O U I U l
in
CO
-J
u } o o ~ j C T i u i J ^ u j t o
O O O O O O O O
3
ro
LQ
H
fD
a>
X
ro
ro
M
M
M
H3
LQ
H.
K.
H-
M
<
IB
3
3
Ul
d
3
(D
o
M
<
M
Ji
M
Ul
Ul
00
~4
^1
P)
rt
to
0
II
pi
X 3
3 3 3
to
J^
M
-J
II
Hi
H.
pi
Hi
l-(
PI
3 3
P)
rt
P)
rt
3 3
4^
O
o
it-
II
II
(B
3
U-
Hi
rt
>
M
O
to
3
p-
ro
ro
X
rt
M
(1)
H
(B
3 H 3
r t T< TJ
fll
ro pi
H.
3
H
rt rt rt
Ul
n n n
o n o
ro
?;
0>
01
rt
PI
M
--'
o
to
Ul
, RHO
* . Ul
U l CT\
din
M
M
M
-J
U)
rd
nua
rt
O
o
rt
Ul
fil
0
Tan
M
M
to
Ol
tO tO tO
P
3
U.
H3
w
o
g device:
to to
u> o
CO tO t o
O O O U J ' X l l P ^ O V O C O C O
a i o i o i o ^ u i - j t o o c D v ]
- ' l - 1
O O
l ^ W
i u i
NJ M
to
M t O O - O * . ) ^ 0 0 O t O
l - ' l - ' \ - ' l - ' l - ' h J h J t - 1 t

M M M O O O O O
t O H O l D C O s l O l U
H u w u ^ ^ u i u i o
U . W Ul W U U l . Ul Ul Ul Ul
U J C O v J ^ U l J i W I O H O
O O O O O O O O O O
to
points of comp:
B.B
ter
U) tO
M
>-
Ul
o
M
I-'
Ul
*x>
.. .C* .
M O
O O
M1 0
(B C
<
3
(B1 a
M H3
LQ
to
ment ident:
ment descr:
2
a
(n
o
M
1
N
N
m
n
o
Ul
00 o
en 1
o
Ul
<
T) rn
pi n
l i j Ul
n> o00
to
Ul
o
o
D
-J
Ul
TAB
frame
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
87
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
1147.9
1156.6
1165.3
1173.9
1182.5
1191.0
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0,.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1144..6
1153..4
1162 .1
1170..8
1179,.4
1187..9
1191,.6
1191..6
1191..6
1191..6
1141.4
1150.2
1158.9
1167.7
1176.3
1184.7
1190.4
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
1138.2
1146.9
1155.8
1164.5
1173.1
1181.6
1188.0
1191.3
1191.6
1191.6
1134 .9
1143 .7
1152 .5
1161 .3
1170 .0
1178 .4
1185 .4
1189 .5
1191 .6
1191 .6
1131..6
1140..4
1149 .3
1158..1
1166..8
1175 .2
1182..4
1187..2
1190 .4
1191..6
1154.3
1162.9
1171.6
1180.2
1188.0
1191.5
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
Filling
degree
96.3
97.1
97.8
98.5
99.2
99.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
88
R2.3BS

Sounding device:
1.025)
(at frame 91)
(at frame 131)
Remote sounding
x = 87.75 m (at frame 113)
y = -6.65 m
z =
0.00 m
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
0
10
20
" 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0.0
40.0
81.2
123 .0
165.4
208.2
251.2
294.6
338.2
382.1
5
41
82
124
166
209
252
295
339
383
2
4
6
4
7
5
6
9
6
5
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
426.2
470.5
514 .9
559.4
604. 1
648.9
693.8
738.8
783 .7
828.8
427
471
516
560
605
650
695
740
785
830
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
873.8
917.3
950.8
974.8
989.4
999.9
1010.2
1020.5
1030.6
1040.7
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400
410
Trim by stern (m)

-0 5
-2
Bow Trim
-2 5
Filling
degree
-1
-1.5
10
42
84
125
168
210
254
297
341
384
5
9
0
8
1
9
0
3
0
9
15.8
44.9
85.5
127.3
169.6
212.3
255.4
298.7
342.4
386.3
21
48
87
128
171
213
256
300
343
387
1
4
0
7
0
8
8
2
8
7
26
52
88
130
172
215
258
301
345
389
5
7
6
3
5
2
3
6
2
1
7
37
78
120
162
205
248
291
335
379
7
4
5
3
7
5
5
9
5
4
0.0
3.4
6.8
10.3
13.9
17.5
21.1
24 .7
28.4
32.1
6
8
2
8
4
3
2
1
1
1
429
473
517
562
606
651
696
741
786
831
0
2
6
1
8
6
5
5
5
5
430.3
474.6
519.0
563.5
608.2
653.0
697.9
742.8
787.8
832.9
431
476
520
564
609
654
699
744
789
834
7
0
4
9
6
4
3
2
2
2
433
477
521
566
611
655
700
745
790
835
2
4
8
3
0
8
7
6
6
2
423
467
512
556
601
646
691
736
781
826
6
8
2
7
4
2
1
1
1
1
35.8
39.5
43.2
46.9
50.7
54.5
58.2
62.0
65.8
69.6
875
917
950
974
988
999
1009
1019
1030
1040
2
9
9
4
8
3
6
9
0
1
876
917
950
973
988
998
1009
1019
1029
1039
4
7
3
3
1
7
1
3
5
5
877.1
917.0
949.1
971.7
987.1
998.1
1008.5
1018.7
1028.9
1038.9
877
915
947
969
986
997
1007
1018
1028
1038
877 1
3
8
914 2
944 7
2
967 7
8
984 6
0
996 8
5
1007 3
9
1 - 1017 6
1027 7
3
1037 8
3
871
913
948
973
990
1001
1011
1021
1031
1041
2
8
7
8
0
0
3
6
8
8
73 .3
77.0
79.8
81.8
83.0
83 .9
84 .8
85.6
86.5
87.3
1050.6
1060.5
1070.3
1079.9
1089.5
1099.0
1108 .3
1117.6
1126.8
1135.9
1050
1059
1069
1079
1088
1098
1107
1117
1126
1135
1
9
7
3
9
4
7
0
2
3
1049
1059
1069
1078
1088
1097
1107
1116
1125
1134
5
3
1
8
3
8
2
4
6
7
1048.9
1058.7
1068.5
1078.2
1087.7
1097.2
1106.6
1115.8
1125.0
1134.1
1048
1058
1067
1077
1087
1096
1106
1115
1124
1133
3
2
9
6
1
6
0
2
4
5
1051
1061
1071
1081
1090
1100
1109
1118
1128
1137
8
6
4
1
7
1
5
8
0
0
88.2
89.0
89.8
90.6
91.4
92.2
93.0
93.8
94.6
95.3
1144 .8
1153 .7
1144 2
1153 1
1143 6
1152 5
1143.0
1151.9
1142 4
1151 3
1146 0
1154 9
96.1
96.8
1047
1057
1067
1077
1086
1096
1105
1114
1123
1132
7
6
3
0
5
0
4
6
8
9
1141 8
1150 7
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 0 0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
89
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
1162.5
1171.2
1179.8
1188.2
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
1161 .9
1170 .6
1179..2
1187 .6
1191 .6
1191..6
1191 .6
1161.3
1170.0
1178.6
1186.8
1191.2
1191.6
1191.6
1160.7
1169.4
1177.9
1185.7
1190.1
1191.6
1191.6
1160 .1
1168 .8
1177 .3
1184 .5
1189 .0
1191..6
1191 .6
1159 .5
1168 .1
1176,.5
1183 .4
1187 .8
1190..8
1191..6
1163.7
1172.4
1181.0
1188.5
1191.5
1191.6
1191.6
Filling
degree
97.6
98.3
99.0
99.7
100.0
100.0
100.0
M
Ol
vo
Ul
Ul
Ul
tO
tO
1-^
^ O O l U l D f f l U O C O s ]
U l tO tO tO M P J
M
H C O * H v J * . H C O * H
l O L r i H s l U i O U I P - O *
I D J i O U l O U l P O l M O )
H U t ^ O l - J t O H J ^ l O ^
P W O I C O O W ^ O I C D O
Ul Ul
CO ifc>
(^ Ol Ul Ul Ul ifr rf
Ul tO IX) Ul tO CO Ul
W H O O l O O l s t O l U l r f i
C O V X ) V X ) O P J t O t O t O U I U >
cococnaicoco-jvj-joi
mm*u)upii)oi(oiti
U W U U I O P P P
W P I O ( H * U I - O U I U I
U l tO tO M H" M
P v l U U l H - J * M
^ ^ ^ f c - u i a i c o ^ j t ^ c o
O C O U J t O C O O J I O l O v l l J
tO
tocoôcritocouito
oiuiuimoiNiiotouico
Ul
l O O l O l C O U H J i t O v J O
U l tO tO tO t - i H 1 I- 1
U l D U I P - J U l O O l l O
- J - J - J - J C O l X I O t O C O C O
O J U 1 U U 1 1 0 U 1 0 1 I O * I O
U J I D I D I D V O I D C O C O C O C O
^ U l t O t - J M O ^ O C O - J ^ J
C O M C O O l O l l O U l ^ C O C O
^ C O U l C O U l l X l ^ J U l U l C h
cnmoi*oo*'vip'0
O O C 0 0 1 * O t J l U ) W ^
- J ^ I J I O I O I O I N I C O V D P
P-'P-'P-'P->P-'P
t - " c r i t o i i - j c r v c r \ c o i - J U i
c o - o - j c r i c n c r i L n L n > ^
P 0 1 I O O I * 0 0 1 M - J U
O O O - J U l ^ t O M O l D C O
C O f f l C O ^ l m l D U l v l H O l
U
U W (0 H H
H
* o m i O ( n u i H - j u
u ) u > u > i o i i o p u j u i a )
U l U l tO tO tO M
M
O l t O C O ^ O C h t O O O ^ P - '
H P H H H l O W t O l O
O O O O V O V X I I X I I X I C O C O
U l C O t - J O U > - 0 U l M l X ) U l
U l U l U l U l U l C O C O l X l U l t O
Ul
<Tl
^
Ul
[ O U l f f l W C D t O U l N j l O V O
u>
vjwmuiuiui^^ww
1 0 C O * I O U 1 I - ' J U I O U 1
^ M M l D C O - J C n U l U l ^
OVX)^>1X)IX>*X)COCOOO~J
O l O C O C T l i t i H C O i f c O a i
- J v l l n i O N l O O U l ^ - J U l
P J Q O O O O O O O O
O U I O ) - J 0 1 U 1 J 1 U ( O P
-jcncncr\uiui^*>*.ui
( f c t O U l H l D ^ - J O D O ^
IX>1X>VX)1X1C0C0C0^J
O l ^ C O H O D O l O U U l l O
O
IO
cn^Mcouicot-iûich
O
U
* >
U l f l U l P s l t J C D ^ O O l
c r i ^ u i t o o i > c o - ~ ] - o c r i
O O
ui ^
M
~ J t O ~ J U 1 0 ^ 0 C O U ) l -
I D - J U l U m O l H v )
0 - 0 - J O C O O U 3 ^ J
O
01
O
o u 3 a i u i u ) u i - j o t o u i
O
vi
O
U l t O O U l U l O J ^ O O O O U l
M O O O O O O O O
O V O C O - j a i U l i f c - U l t O
H U U U * * U 1 U 1 U 1
H" O O O
o
10 co - J
-~J CO X> IX)
J - J ( J 1 ( ! \ U 1 U 1 U 1 * * W
O O ^ W l O l D l O t D C D v J
H O ^ C ( T 1 A H ^ O J V O
u i u i u i u i c n t o o t o t - ' o
* " U H 0 3 * y ) W O l C 0 U )
C O v J U l J i O J M O l O y i C D
o u i o c n u i o u J o t - ' ^
V D V O - J U l V D C O U 1 4 ^ t O C n
ûimoi-o-jcooatooD
j j c i m u i u i u i J ^ ^ U J
ffiHvjwyiLnt-'sjwyj
H y i r o o i m ^ t J W H O
C O C O C O C O U l M t O U l ^ t O
ooicwioîococora
t-iovDco^juitocotrô
ro 3
H-
P-
H-1
w
o
Pi
H-
M
<
fD
3
fD LQ
Pi
LQ
fD
X
fD
fD
M
LQ
a
o to
P-1 H-
n>
C
=1
<
o
M
m
CO
Ul
II
II
Ul
O
u
H-
o
Ul
~j
-j
it
1X1
ix>
^]
II
rr
Ph M l
Pi H
U) Ui
rr
*--
o
ro
Ul
II
2
o
3 3
rr
PI
CO
Ul
Si
0
U3
Ul
<
Ul
O
CO
to
td
ui
LQ
fD
1 3 CO
tr1
25
Ui
3
CO
PH
1
Nl
tsi
CO
P3
s:
I-J
Ul
~0
Ul
o
o
n
CO
to
Ul
m to
td
0
W rr
Ui r r
1
p- 0
.U)~ -
tt)
pi
s; s x>
U)
rr
fD
h
CO
rr
fD
3
-a
U) v
Ul
n n n
o 0 0
3 3 3
rr
Ml
H
II
-~. LU
rr
f.i
fD
>
pn
rr
rr
Pi
fD
X X
u.
M
o
to
P1-
01
fD
fD
(2
in
P-1
ITI
o
PI
3
X S
=3 3 3
to
Ul
i
p-1 M
-J Ul
^
N
ame
UJ
H"
en
tO
ui
a)toovowtri*>ai^-j
U l U) tO tO tO P" t - i
v t W l f l W H N l U l O U l H
U l U l U l t O U l U l ^ U l ^ J V D
O O O O O O O O O O
yDoosjaiui^wtoH
< 3
0.4
>(*uicricn~j-j-j-j^j
M
* c o u u ) i n i o p i - ' l o * >
O l O l ^ t J I O ^ U l l D U I l D
s i - j o i o i m u i u i * * *
utt-Joco-jcnuiifcuiM
v J H ^ W v J ^ W W U U l
OOOIX)IX)1XI1X>COCOCO
U H O i o m m u i o u i H
U > U l t O O U 1 0 0 X ) O * X I U )
t O H O l O f f l O \ J i H 0 1 W
O l O l O l O l U l N l W O O O s l
ui*>toHU)aigaiui*>
s l ^ l s l O l O l U l U l * ' * *
O O J i O f l l H s l W V O U l H
OOO^DVOtDUDtDCOOO
I D O l N l l J l U l f c U M H O
O O O O O O O O O O
P J P J P J H P - ' P J P - , P - 1 P J , P - 1
< ) C 0 - J C r i U 1 4 ^ U l t O H * O
O O O O O O O O O O
tocototototototototo
C
3
(WB
to'^Cj
to
to
u>
p- p p-'p p- p-p-P- p p
p J p - i O O O O O O O O
M O l O I B s l O l U l ^ U I I O
- J C O ' X I O O P - ' P - ' r O t O t O

c o c o c h U i ^ x i ^ V D t o ^ c r i
H o m i o t o g o i u i ^ u i
l - ' t - ' t - J H H ' t - ' H I - ' t - 1 t - '

p - i M O O O O O O O O
w w o v j ^ i o j i a j o t j
HWU)w**.uitn(nin
IjJ
O
*1
M
las
IX)
to
o o
Ul
pJ
H M M O O O O O O O
W H O l D ( D ^ a i U l * U
o o o o o
U)
tO
tn
0
ng device:
Ul to
Ul
Ul
U)
^
U> U>
(Xl Ul
U) Ul U)
IX) CO - J
e points of comp:
pun
tment ident
tment descr
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
91
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
1147.9
1156.6
1165.3
1173.9
1182 .5
1191.0
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
1191.6
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1144 .6
1153 .3
1162 .0
1170 .7
1179 .3
1187 .8
1191 .6
1191..6
1191 .6
1191..6
1141 .2
1150 .0
1158..8
1167 .5
1176 .1
1184 .6
1190 .3
1191..6
1191 .6
1191..6
1137.9
1146.7
1155.5
1164.2
1172.9
1181.4
1187.9
1191.2
1191.6
1191.6
1134 .6
1143 .4
1152..2
1161 .0
1169 .6
1178 .1
1185 .2
1189..3
1191 .6
1191..6
1131..2
1140,.0
1148..9
1157..7
1166..4
1174..9
1182..1
1187..0
1190..3
1191..6
1154 .4
1163 .1
1171 .7
1180 .3
1188 .1
1191 .5
1191 .6
1191..6
1191 .6
1191..6
Filling
degree
96.3
97.1
97.8
98.5
99.2
99.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
SDARIrZZ"
--3 73 0 0 D W T -
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
SOUNDING TABLE
ident
descr
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
92
R2.3SP
W.B.Side Tank No.3 P

Remote sounding
y =
13.00 m
z =
0.00 m
Sounding device:
(at frame
91)
(at frame 111)
94)
sounding
level
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
CM
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
0.9
0.0
0.9
2.1
3.5
5.1
6.7
8.4
10.1
12.0
13.8
0.0
0.9
2.2
3.5
5.1
6.7
8.4
10.2
12.0
13.8
0.0
1.0
2.2
3.6
5.1
6.7
8.4
10.2
12 .0
13.8
0.0
0.9
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.6
8.3
140
160
180
10.1
11.9
13.7
10.1
11.9
13 .8
0.0
0.9
2.1
3.5
. 5.0
6.7
8.4
10.1
11.9
13 .8
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
15.6
17.5
19.4
21.2
23 .0
24 .7
26.4
28.0
29.6
31. 1
15.6
17.5
19.4
21.2
23.0
24 .7
26.4
28.0
29.6
31.1
15.6
17.5
19.4
21.2
23.0
24 .8
26.4
28.1
29.6
31.1
15.7
17.5
19.4
21.3
23.0
24.8
26.5
28.1
29.6
31.1
15.7
17.6
19.4
21.3
23.1
24.8
26.5
28.1
29.7
31.2
15.7
17.6
19.5
21.3
23.1
24.8
26.5
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
32.6
34 .0
35.3
38.2
44 .6
51.0
57.3
63.7
70.1
76.4
32 .6
34 .0
35 .3
37.7
44.1
50.5
56.8
63 .2
69.5
75.9
32.6
34 .0
35.3
37.2
43.6
49.9
56.3
62 .7
69.0
75.4
32.6
34.0
35.3
37.0
43 .1
49.4
55.8
62.2
68.5
74.9
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
82.8
89.2
95.5
101.9
108.3
114.6
121.0
127.4
133.7
140.1
82.3
88.6
95.0
101.4
107.7
114 .1
120.5
126.8
133.2
139.6
81.8
88.1
94 .5
100.9
107.2
113.6
120.0
126.3
132.7
139.1
600
820
146.5
152.8
145 .9
152.3
145.4
151.8
~"
120
0.0
0.9
20
40
60
80.
100
2 .1
3.5
5.0
6.6
8.3
2 .1
3 .5
5.0
6.6
8.3
Filling
degree
10.1
11.9
13.7
0.0
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
3.3
28 . 1
29.7
31.2
15.6
17.4
19.3
21.2
23.0
24.7
26.4
28.0
29.6
31.1
3.7
4.1
4.6
5.0
5.4
5.9
6.3
6.6
7.0
7.4
32.6
34.0
35.3
36.9
42.5
48.9
55.3
61.6
68.0
74 .4
32.6
34.0
35.4
36.8
42.0
48.4
54 .8
61.1
67.5
73.9
32.5
33 .9
35.3
39.3
45.6
52.0
58.4
64 .7
71.1
77.5
7.7
8.0
8.4
9.1
10.6
12.1
13.6
15.1
16.6
18.1
81.3
87.6
94.0
100.4
106.7
113.1
119.5
125.8
132.2
138.6
80.7
87.1
93.5
99.8
106.2
112.6
118.9
125.3
131.7
138.0
80.2
86.6
93.0
99.3
105.7
112. 1
118.4
124.8
131.2
137.5
83.8
90.2
96.6
102 .9
109.3
115.7
122 .0
128 .4
134.8
141.1
19.6
21.1
22.6
24.1
25.6
27.2
28.7
30.2
31.7
33.2
144 .9
151.3
144.4
150.8
143 .9
147.5
153.9
34.7
36.2
^"
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
93
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Bow Trim
Trim by stern (m)
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
159.2
165.6
171.9
178.3
184.7
191.0
197.4
203.8
210.1
216.5
158 .7
165,.0
171..4
177..8
184,.1
190..5
196..9
203,.2
209..6
216,.0
158.2
164.5
170.9
177.3
183.6
190.0
196.4
202.7
209.1
215.5
157.7
164.0
170.4
176.8
183 .1
189.5
195.8
202.2
208.6
214.9
157.1
163.5
169.9
176.2
182.6
189.0
195.3
201.7
208.1
214.4
156.6
163.0
169.4
175.7
182.1
188.5
194.8
201.2
207.6
213.9
160.2
166.6
173.0
179.3
185.7
192.1
198.4
204.8
211.2
217.5
37.7
39.2
40.7
42.2
43 .7
45.3
46.8
48.3
49.8
51.3
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
222.8
229.2
235.6
241.9
24 8-3 254.7
261.0
267.4
273.8
280.1
222,.3
228..7
235..1
241,.4
247,.8
254..2
260..5
266 .9
273 .
.3
279 .6
221.8
228.2
234.6
240.9
247.3
253.7
260.0
266.4
272.8
279.1
221.3
227.7
234.0
240.4
246.8
253.1
259.5
265.9
272.2
278.6
220.8
227.2
233.5
239.9
246.3
252.6
259.0
265.4
271.7
278.1
220.3
226.7
233.0
239.4
245.8
252.1
258.5
264.9
271.2
277.6
223 .9
230.3
236.6
243 .0
249.3
255.7
262.1
268.4
274.8
281.2
52.8
54.3
55.8
57.3
58.8
60.3
61.8
63.4
64 .9
66.4
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
13 6 0
1380
1400
1420
286.5
292 .9
299.2
305.6
312 .0
318.3
3 24.7
331.1
337.4
343 .8
286 .0
292 .4
298..7
305..1
311 .5
317..8
324 .2
330..6
336 .9
343 .3
285.5
291.9
298.2
304.6
311.0
317.3
323.7
330.0
336.4
342.8
285.0
291.3
297.7
304.1
310.4
316.8
323 .2
329.5
335.9
342.3
284.5
290.8
297.2
303 .6
309.9
316.3
322 .7
329.0
335.4
341.8
284.0
290.3
296.7
303.1
309.4
315.8
322.2
328.5
334.9
341.3
287.5
293.9
300.3
306.6
313.0
319.4
325.7
332.1
338.5
344 .8
67.9
69.4
70.9
72.4
73.9
75.4
76.9
78.4
79.9
81.4
1440
1460
1480
1500
1520
1540
1560
1580
1600
1620
350.0
355 .3
360.9
366.9
373 .2
379.8
386.8
394.1
401.7
409.6
349 .5
354 .8
360 .3
366 .3
372 .5
379 .1
386 .0
393 .3
400 .9
408 .8
349.0
354.2
359.8
365.7
371.9
378.4
385.3
392.5
400.1
408.0
348.4
353.6
359.2
365.0
371.2
377.7
384.6
391.8
399.3
407.1
347.9
353 .1
358.6
364.4
370.6
377.1
383.9
391.0
398.5
406.3
347.4
352.6
358.0
363 .8
370.0
376.4
383.2
390.3
397.8
405.5
351.1
356.5
362.2
368.2
374.6
381.2
388.3
395.6
403.3
411.3
82.9
84.2
85.5
86.9
88.4
90.0
91.6
93.4
95.2
97.0
1640
1660
1680
417.9
422 .1
422.1
417 .0
422 .0
422 .1
416.2
421.9
422.1
415.3
421.6
422.1
414 .5
421.2
422.1
413.6
420.7
422.1
419.4
422.1
422.1
99.0
100.0
100.0
1' I 1 I
it>
CO
Ul Ul
co to
CTl U l
CO 00
00 to
U3
~J
Ul
O O U ) C 0 0 0 - J
in
Ul
M O U>
t O W f O t O W W P H H H
roUNip^fficootom
O D W s J M ^ ^ C D O W U l
t D W s J H ^ O ^ a J O W l ^
( O U k ) W I O I O P H H h
ffiU-JHJiv]l)OU(H
^ D O < T \ 4 ^ U ) M M O
O O I W ^ U I P C O U I M O
0 0 0 0
C O W C O t O v J W ^ P C D ^
l -
W W a j W C O W C D W C D U )
U > t O N J h - ' H -
s J C f \ C T i U l L n U l ^ ^ W W
P
H P P P
C n U l C O t O O l D C C C D v j N j
u j u a i p ^ v j ^ H W c r i
L J U J M t O W t O t O t O P ^ P - 1
P O c o N i a i . C ' t o p i D c o
J^
w t o a i u ) ^ u ) a i t O H [ o
J ^ CD W 03
( - - J O J o e n M L n M c o w
CD P
M H1
o o j - j ^ O D W c o a ^ H o i -
t O H V D s j e n ^ U t O H O
a i H U l C D W C D ^ M O H
C O H U l l D W l X ^ H O H
N J h
( D H U l l D U J a i . t . W O H
m M u i u u ) o i * i o o H
s l ^ O O l U ^ U l t O C D ^
t o w t o t o t o w p H n H
a ) W - j o w m c o u 3 K ) a i
M t O t O t O t O t O M M M H
t->
W p l O s ] C T \ ^ W M P O
^ W l f l L n H l O ^ O s l f O
- J h - ' i t . C O M m U I ^ C O l -
I - 1 H 1 t-"
( O n * w o c o m * > ( o
U K ) M H H O > f l V D ( s I
U l V O W O \ O W s ] H ^ C D
W ^ D U l N J O I ^ H s I W O
I- 1 I- 1 H K H 1
W M H H O V D W O J C O v l
vocooâiU)i-vDOocr\^
W l D U l H ( D O ^ H - J W
a i W s j o w f f i a j o w t n
^J
W ) y i [ O C D ^ H s J U O m
>t>
w w u u w
-J a i ^ t o H
^ U I W C O ^ t O ^ H s j U
u i t o 00
o i a \ i n Ln
VO U l en o
H* h- M h-J hHU l t O H M O O V O O O O O - J
H - ' U 1 U > t O C A O U > < l h - 1 i ^
U l N ) ( ^ H ^ W O f f \ U
t o o i U ) w g o ^ c o H t n
0 J M H
l-1
O
I- 1
Ul
to
Ul
n
a
o
c
3
01
3
0)
3
p
a
>
M
Ul
rr m
Ul
Ul
Ul
O
o
M
II
II
H1
Ul
*<
>
*.
3
13
o
o
D
a
H
3
o
r\
ro
O
N
N
H
1
Ul
en
f l
fD M
LQ I - 1
H H<D 3
fD LQ
Ul
<
00
M
Hi
H
Ui
3
0
fD
ro U)
rr
CD
Ul
s S
to
rr to
Ul
fD
H (n CO
H - TJ
Ui
to
3
rr
fD
CO
o n
Ul
Ul
(1) o
Hi
H.
Ui
m a>
rr rr
Ji
01 O
CO
n II
fD 3
3 fi
a
X X
fD
o Hi
rr
Q
T|
H
a>
H
fD
n
0
3
TJ
Ul U>
H H
rr r r
n n
o f)
3 4
rr T1
Tl
Ul
LQ
O1
Ic
3
(1)
<
CO
13
f rame
H-
H
ri
DO
o
a H-
m 3
(D (D
*- <
3
LQ
< 3
tMo Ha-
Ul
din
en oo
-J
to 00 en M
U3 u i
M
O
^J
H1
I- 1
it>
I- 1
to t o
01 o
I- 1
M
Ul
U)
M t D ^ H N j U I ^ H v J U l
g device:
h~ I- 1
Ul
U l LO
O U 1 H - J * 0 0 1 U U 1 U 1
comp:
*.
M
X
rr
points of
U W W P O O I O O C D - J
o o m * w o c D m * i o o
o
c
3
u.
H-
CO
descr:
U l H v l J i O f f l U y j U l W
0 0 t f c > l - ' - 0 U l O t ' l - - 0 U >
\ 1 0 1 ( J 1 U 1 * W U U U U
O ^ C D H U l l D W ^ W H
U I M t O I - ' O O L O C O C O - J
C D O l A W O f f i O l J i t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
O l U l U l U l U l ^ J i . f c ^ i i C O C T i ^ t O O O O C r i J ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
^j^j-J-o~javaicricrcri
to
ident:
ment
en o
to oo
-J O
00 CO
IO O
O O
Ul
M 0
ment
TAB
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
95
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
153 .6
159..9
166..3
172..7
179 .0
185 .4
191 .8
198..1
204 .5
210 .9
152..9
159..3
165..7
172..0
178..4
184..7
191 .1
197..5
203..8
210..2
152 .3
158..6
165..0
171 .4
177 .7
184 .1
190 .5
196..8
203 .2
209 .6
151 .6
158 .0
164 .4
170 .7
177 .1
183 .5
189 .8
196 .2
202 .6
208 .9
151 .0
157,.4
163..7
170..1
176..5
182..8
189 .2
195,.6
201..9
208..3
150 .4
156..7
163..1
169 .5
175 .8
182 .2
188 .6
194 .9
201 .3
207 .7
154 .8
161..2
167..6
173 .9
180 .3
186 .7
193 .0
199 .4
205 .8
212 .1
36 .4
37..9
39,.4
40,.9
42,.4
43 .9
45 .4
46,.9
48,.4
50 .0
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
U40
1160
1180
1200
1220
217,.2
223 .6
230,.0
236,.3
242,.7
249,.0
255 .4
261..8
268..1
274..5
216 .6
222..9
229 .3
235 .7
-242..0
248 .4
254 .8
261 .1
267 .5
273 .9
215 .9
222..3
228..7
235..0
241..4
247 .8
254 .1
260,.5
266,.9
273,.2
215 .3
221,.7
228..0
234..4
240 .8
247 .1
253 .5
259 .9
266 .2
272 .6
214..7
221..0
227..4
233..8
240,.1
246,.5
252 .9
259..2
265,,6
272,.0
214,.0
220..4
226..8
233..1
239,.5
245,.9
252 .2
258,.6
265,.0
271,.3
218 .5
224,.9
231,.2
237 .6
244 .0
250 .3
256 .7
263 .1
269 .4
275 .8
51 .5
53,.0
54..5
56..0
57..5
59 .0
60 .5
62 .0
63 .5
65 .0
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
280..9
287..2
293.,6
300..0
306..3
312..7
280..2
286..6
293.,0
299..3
305..7
312..1
' 318 .4
324..8
331..2
279..6
286..0
292,.3
298,.7
305,.1
279 .0
285 .3
291,.7
298 . 1
304 .4
310 .8
317 .2
323 .5
329 .9
336 .3
278..3
284..7
291..1
297..4
303 .
.8
310 .2
316 .5
322..9
329 .3
335 .6
277 .7
284 .1
290 .4
296 .8
303 .2
309 .5
315 .9
322 .3
328 .6
335 .0
282..2
288..5
294 .
.9
301..3
307..6
314 .0
320 .4
326..7
333 .1
339 .4
66..5
68..1
69..6
71..1
72..6
74,.1
75,.6
77,.1
78,.6
80 . 1
1440
1460
1480
1500
1520
1540
1560
1580
1600
1620
344..5
343..9
350 .6
355..9
361..3
367 .0
373 .0
379 .3
385 .9
392 .8
400 .1
350 .0
355..2
360 .6
366..2
372 .2
378 .5
385 .1
391 .9
399 .1
342..0
348..1
353..2
358,.5
364,.0
341..4
347..5
352..6
357..8
363..3
345,.8
351,.9
357,.2
362,.7
368,.5
371 .4
377 .7
384 .2
391 .0
398 .2
342 .6
348 .7
353 .9
359 .2
364 .8
370 .7
376 .8
383 .3
390 .1
397 .2
369 .9
376 .0
382 .5
389 .3
396 .3
369 .1
375 .2
381 .7
388 .4
395 .4
374 .6
381 . 0
387 .7
394 .7
402 .0
81..6
83..1
84..3
85..6
86..9
88 .4
89 .9
91 .4
93 .1
94 .8
1640
1660
1680
1700
1720
407..6
415.,4
421..7
422 .
.1
422..1
406..6
414 .4
421 .3
422..1
422..1
405..6
413..4
420,.8
422..1
422..1
404 .6
412 .4
420..1
422..1
422 .1
403,.7
411,.3
419,.3
402,.7
410,.3
418..4
422,.0
422,.1
409..6
319 .1
325..4
331..8
338 .2
337 .5
311 .4
317 .8
324 .2
330 .5
336 .9
343..3
349..3
354..5
359..9
365..5
422 .1
422,.1
417 .4
422..0
422 .1
422 .1
96..6
98 .4
99..9
100..0
100 .0
00
>
m
CN
m
m
O
(l)
in
O
U) U)
o
CO
IS1
N
H
O
O
S r(-1
CO
H
II
o
CO K
:=
0
3
4J
10
(-1
II
CO
00
F E
II
o
r-
T)
X X
Tl
rH
rH
rrt
^
G
nJ
 aj
E
4J
CU
(-1 U
(C fO
a a 4J
e E a
o o o
u u u
()
to
4J
H
CI
^
o
u.
M-l
4J
Tl h
O
tn
H F
rH
1
II
II
ii
cu r^-
4J
CN
3 o o o
r- o o
m m
a
-H
94
X N
<)
H
ai
CU
cu
>
o
-H
Tl
t;
m
0)
a
s
CO
Tl
4J
R
cu
u.
cu
C ai
0) m
-a m
4-1
14-1
CO - H
CO CO
CQ
cu
4J
m
0)
4J
4-1
TJ
C O
4->
Vi 3 s
CN
at frame
at frame
f comp: A
ame
.025)
0 1 CU
C cu
M
01
d)
Tj
o c N i n c o c N v o o ^ c o r o
O O O O r H r H C N C N l N m
r - t - H U J o ^ c r i m v o o ^
v D - ^ r o c N O r - ^ o v o r H
-H
rH
rH
H
O O ^ r H l O O V O m r H O ^ r ^
rH
E
rH
H f S ^ U l h C O O H n
CNCNCNCNCNCNrOrOm
rHVDrHVO(Nr-CNt~-CN
h t D c o c n o t N n i f l V D c o
c o c N v x - c ^ m r ^ o - ^ c o t H
cNV>omr^T-t^co(NLn
n o N o r v i ^ L n c N c o ^ H
c o c h c r t o O r H C N C N n - ^
L n c h r o n v o o ^ r ^ r H u n
V D O ^ o o o ^ c o r H i n c h
rH
rH
h H i n c o M W O i n h O
rH
o r - c n c h v . ( N c o m r H c o
rH
vx)OrocTtLno>rovDO'^
rH
h y ) ^ n H C D l / l H h f N
r s ^ i o i o o i c o i / i H c o ^
rH
O^rOCTtl/lCNCO-^rHrc o c o ^ c n O H H M n n
o c r o j i r i r H r - ^ ( N O c o
i r i ^ - C T i r H r O ^ V D C O C h r H
r H r H r H C N C N f N C N t N C N r O
w o n o H ^ c o n i n a i
rHrHHCNCNCNCNCNCNrO
o o c N m u n v o c o o c N r o
r - L D - ^ r O O C O L O r H V O t H
o o p J m i / i v o c o O r H m
y ) i n ^ N O h - * O l O H
i n h m d r o ^ u j r a c n H
H H H O ) ( M ( N f N ( N M n
rH
VDomrMixJcrimr-o^
n i D O ^ r - H l O C D t N U )
ro ro
<# in
co
ro o
H
m
O O C O C n O O r H r H C N n n
H ^ ^ o i D r i f f i i n c N c o
O O r H L O C h O l ' J D O n r ^ r H
in
in
o CN
co co
^r in
in OJ
f H o o ^ f o r - r o o v D C N O ^
COOOCTiOOrHCNCNmrO
^ O
KD CO (Tl
rH (N (N n m
rov)0-^r-rHincofNi\o
Is
O
0 0 ( N l T ) ( T l f n V O O ' ^ O r H
CM 00 LD H
CO CD O , O
V D O r O O J V D O m r - r H ' ^
^ i o y ) i o \ D f ^ h ^ h
( N C T L n r H C 0 ^ r H I > r 0 O
O O C O C T l O O r H C N O J r O ' ^
in
( N ^ l / I C O ^ H h n O l D
m i n in in
O O O O O O O O O O
-^ ^
0 ( N ^ M O C O O ( N V J < V D C O
^ ^
O O O O O O O O O O
^
O l N ^ V D O D O M ^ U O C O
^ o r o r - r H i n c o c N i n a , ,
C O C O C h C T i O r H r H C N m r O
rH rH rH rH rH rH
O C h H l D r H r ^ ^ r H O O O
O O l H l / I O V D M H O l O O
inr-cnrHm-^vjDoocnrH
H H H C N O J O J O l O l t N n
rH
r o m n r o ^ ^ i n ' x i u j r ^
i n h o i H r n ^ w c o c r i H
o o c N m i n i D c o O r H m
voin-^cNor-ôvorH
rH
o o c s r o i n u J o o o r H r o
M ^ y j c o o c N ^ v o c o
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
O C N - ^ V D C O O C N - ^ V U C O
( N ( N C N ( N ( N r o r O f > r o r o
o<T\rHtnovx)rorHcri[^
W i n ^ M O C O ^ H M O H
o o c N m t n v D c o o i N m
OrHCNimin.coocNrn
O O C N U ) H t ^ ^ ( N O C 0
rH
L n r - C T \ r H r 0 ^ U J C 0 C > r H
t H r H r H ( N ( N C N O 3 ( N C N r 0
rH
t > V D L D n H C 0 L r ) H [ ^ { N
o o c N m i n > c o O r H r o
S
U
H
CQ
a
u
cu
4J
CO
(1)
c M
-H
U
H
3
01
()
>
"H
TJ
rH
CU
CO
CO
a
>
D CU
rH
CN
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
97
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
159.2
165.6
171.9
178.3
184 .7
191.0
197.4
203.8
210.1
216.5
158 .7
165 .0
171 .4
177 .8
184 .1
190 .5
196 .9
203 .2
209 .6
216 .0
158 .2
164 .5
170 .9
177 .3
183 .6
190 .0
196 .4
202 .7
209 .1
215 .5
157.7
164.0
170.4
176.8
183.1
189.5
195.8
202.2
208.6
214.9
157.1
163.5
169.9
176.2
182.6
189.0
195.3
201.7
208.1
214.4
1.56..6
163 .0
169 .4
175..7
182..1
188 .5
194..8
201,.2
207,.6
.9
213 ,
160.2
166.6
173 .0
179.3
185.7
192.1
198.4
204.8
211.2
217.5
37.7
39.2
40.7
42.2
43.7
45.3
46.8
48.3
49.8
51.3
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
118 0
1200
1220
222.8
229.2
235.6
241.9
248.3
254.7
261.0
267.4
273.8
280.1
222 .3
221 .8
228 .7 ._228 .2
234..6
235..1
241,.4
240,.9
247..8 ' ~ 24 7 .3
254..2
253..7
260,.5
260..0
266 .9
266 .4
272..8
273 ,
.3
279..6
279..1
221.3
227.7
234.0
240.4
246.8
253.1
259.5
265.9
272.2
278.6
220.8
227.2
233.5
239.9
246.3
252.6
259.0
265.4
271.7
278.1
220..3
226..7
233..0
239..4
245..8
252..1
258..5
264..9
271,.2
277..6
223.9
230.3
236.6
243.0
249.3
255.7
262.1
268.4
274 .8
281.2
52.8
54.3
55.8
57.3
58.8
60.3
61.8
63.4
64 .9
66.4
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
286.5
292.9
299.2
305.6
312.0
318.3
324 .7
331. 1
337.4
343 .8
286..0
292..4
298..7
305..1
311..5
317.8 .
324..2
330..6
336 ,
.9
343..3
285 .5
291..9
298..2
304 .6
311..0
317,.3
323 .7
330,.0
336,.4
342..8
285.0
291.3
297.7
304.1
310.4
316.8
323.2
329.5
335.9
342.3
284.5
290.8
297.2
303.6
309.9
316.3
322.7
329.0
335.4
341.8
284..0
290,.3
296,.7
303,.1
309,.4
315,.8
322..2
328..5
.9
334 .
341..3
287.5
293.9
300.3
306.6
313.0
319.4
325.7
332.1
338.5
344 .8
67.9
69.4
70.9
72.4
73.9
75.4
76.9
78.4
79.9
81.4
1440
1460
1480
1500
1520
1540
1560
1580
1600
1620
350.0
355.3
360.9
366.9
373 .2
379.8
386 .8
394 .1
401.7
409.6
349,.5
3 54..8
360..3
366..3
372..5
379 .1
386 .0
393 .3
400..9
408 .8
349..0
354..2
359 .8
365..7
371..9
378 .4
385 .3
392 .5
400 .1
408 .0
348.4
353.6
359.2
365.0
371.2
377.7
384.6
391.8
399.3
407.1
347.9
353.1
358.6
364.4
370.6
377.1
383.9
391.0
398.5
406.3
347 .4
352..6
358 .0
363 .8
370 .0
376 .4
383 .2
390 .3
397 .8
405 .5
351.1
356.5
362.2
368.2
374.6
381.2
388.3
395.6
403 .3
411.3
82.9
84.2
85.5
86.9
88.4
90.0
91.6
93.4
95.2
97.0
1640
1660
1680
417.9
422.1
422.1
417..0
422 .0
422..1
416 .2
421 .9
422 .1
415.3
421.6
422.1
414.5
421.2
422.1
413 .6
420 .7
422 .1
419.4
422.1
422.1
99.0
100.0
100.0
'
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
98
R2.3SS
W.B.Side Tank No.3 S

(at frame
91)
(at frame 111)
Manual sounding
y = -13 .30 m
z = 17.18 m
Sounding device:
92)
R2 .3SS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.1
1.0
2.2
3.4
4.8
6.3
7.9
9.5
0.1
1.0
2.1
3.4
4.8
6.3
7.9
9.5
0.1
1.0
2.1
3.4
4.8
6.3
7.8
9.5
0.1
1.0
2.1
3.4
4.8
6.3
7.8
9.4
0.1
1.0
2.1
0.2
1.1
2.2
3.5
80
100
120
140
160
180
0.1
1.0
2.2
3.4
4.8
6.3
7.9
9.5
4.8
6.3
7.8
9.4
4 .9
11.2
12.9
11.1
12.8
11.1
12.8
11.1
12.8
11.1
12.8
11.1
12.8
11.2
12 .9
0.0
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.5
1.9
2.3
2.6
3.0
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
14.6
16.3
18.0
19.9
21.7
23.4
25.1
26.7
28.3
29.8
14.5
16.3
18.0
19.8
21.6
23 .4
25 .1
26.7
28.3
29.8
14.5
16.3
18.0
19.8
21.6
23.4
25.1
26.7
28.3
29.8
14.5
16.2
18.0
19.8
21.6
23.4
25.1
26.7
28.3
29.8
14.5
16.2
18.0
19.8
21.6
23.3
25.0
26.7
28.3
29.8
14.5
16.2
17.9
19.8
21.6
23.3
25.0
26.7
28.2
29.8
14.6
16.3
18.1
19.9
21.7
23 .4
25.1
26.8
28.3
29.9
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.5
5.9
6.3
6.7
7.1
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
31.3
32.7
34.1
35.4
39.0
45.3
51.7
58.1
64 .4
70.8
31.3
32 . 7
34.1
35.4
38 .3
44 .7
51.1
57.4
63 . 8
70.2
31.3
32 .7
34.1
35 .4
37.7
44 . 1
50.4
56.8
63.2
69.5
31.3
32.7
34.1
35.4
37.2
43 .4
49.8
56.2
62.5
68.9
31.3
32.7
34.1
35.4
37.0
42.8
49.1
55.5
61.9
68.2
31.2
32.7
34.0
35.4
36.9
42.1
48.5
54 .9
61.2
67.6
31.3
32 .8
34.1
35.5
40.2
46.6
53 .0
59.3
65.7
72 .1
7.4
7.8
8.1
8.4
9.2
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
77.2
83 .5
89.9
96.3
102 .6
109.0
115.4
121 .7
128.1
134 .5
76.5
82.9
89.3
95.6
102 .0
108 .4
114 .7
121. 1
127 .5
133 .8
75.9
82.3
88.6
95.0
101.4
107.7
114 .1
120.5
126.8
133 .2
75.3
81.6
88.0
94.3
100.7
107.1
113 .4
119.8
126.2
132.5
74.6
81.0
87.3
93.7
100.1
106.4
112.8
119.2
125.5
131.9
74.0
80.3
86 .7
93.1
99.4
105.8
112.2
118.5
124 .9
131.3
78.4
84 .8
91.2
97.5
103 .9
110.3
116.6
123 .0
129.4
135.7
18.3
19.8
21.3
22.8
24.3
' 25.8
27.3
28.8
30.3
31.9
800
820
140.8
147.2
140.2
146.6
139.5
145.9
138.9
145.3
138.3
144 .6
137.6
144 .0
142.1
148.5
33.4
34.9
CM
0
20
40
.. 60
3 .4
6.4
7.9
9.5
10.7
12.2
13.8
15.3
16.8
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
99
sounding
level
CM
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
.114 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
Even
keel
-0.5
153 .6
159..9
166..3
172..7
179..0
185..4
191..8
198,.1
204 .5
.
210..9
217 .2
223 .
.6
230..0
236 .3
242..7
249..0
255 .4
261 .8
268..1
274 .5
.
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
13 60
1380
1400
1420
280 .9
287 .2
293 .6
300 .0
306 .3
312 .7
319 .1
325 .4
331 .8
338 .2
1440
1460
1480
1500
1520
1540
1560
1580
1600
1620
344..5
350..6
1640
1660
1680
1700
1720
Trim by stern
355 .9
361 .3
367..0
373,.0
379 .3
385,.9
392,.8
400,. 1
407..6
415..4
421 .7
422..1
422..1
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
151 .6
158 .0
164 .4
170 .7
177 .1
183 .5
189 .8
196 .2
202 .6
208..9
151 .0
157 .4
163 .7
170 .1
176 .5
182 .8
189 .2
195 .6
201 .9
208..3
150 .4
156 .7
163 .1
169 .5
175 .8
182 .2
188 .6
194 .9
201 .3
207..7
154 .8
161 .2
167..6
173 .9
180..3
186..7
193 .0
199 .4
205..8
212..1
36 .4
37 .9
39 .4
40 .9
42 .4
43 .9
45 .4
46 .9
48 .4
50..0
214 .7
221,.0
227,.4
233,.8
240..1
246..5
214..0
220,.4
226,.8
233..1
239..5
245..9
252 .9
259..2
265..6
272..0
252 .2
258..6
265..0
271..3
218 .5
224 .9
231 .2
237 .6
244 .0
250 .3
256 .7
263 .1
269 .4
275 .8
51..5
53..0
54..5
56..0
57..5
59..0
60 .5
62 .0
63..5
65..0
282 .2
288 .5
294 .9
301 .3
307 .6
314 .0
320 .4
326 .7
333 .1
339 .4
66 .5
68..1
69 .6
71 .1
72 .6
74 .1
75 .6
77 .1
78 .6
80 .1
81 .6
83..1
84 .3
85 .6
86 .9
88 .4
89 .9
91 .4
93 .1
94 .8
96..6
98..4
99 .9
100..0
100..0
152 .9
152 .3
159..3
165..7
172..0
178..4
184..7
191..1
197..5
203,.8
210..2
158..6
165..0
171 .4
177,.7
184,.1
190 .5
196..8
203 ,
.2
209..6
216 .6
222..9
229..3
235 .7
242 .0
248..4
254 .8
261 .1
267..5
273..9
215 .9
215..3
222 .3
221..7
228..7
228..0
235 . 0
234..4
241 .4 2 4 0 ..8
247 .8
247,.1
254 .1 253 .5
260 .5
259,.9
266 .9
266,.2
273..2
272,.6
280..2
286,.6
293 .0
299 .3
305..7
312..1
318 .4
324..8
331,.2
337,.5
279 .6
286..0
292 .3
298 .7
305..1
311..4
317 .8 "
324..2
330..5
336,.9
279 .0
285 .3
291 .7
298 .1
304 .4
310,.8
317 .2
323 .5
329 .9
336 .3
278,.3
284,.7
291,.1
297,.4
303,.8
310,.2
316,.5
322,.9
329,.3
335..6
277..7
284..1
290..4
296..8
303..2
309..5
343 .9
350 .0
355 .2
360 .6
366 .2
372..2
378 .5
385 .1
391 .9
399 .1
343 .3
349 .3
354 .5
359 .9
365 .5
371 .4
377 .7
384 .2
391 .0
398 .2
342..6
348..7
342 .
.0
348..1
353..2
358..5
364..0
369..9
376..0
382..5
389..3
396..3
341..4
347..5
352 .6
357 .8
363..3
369..1
375 .2
381 .7
388..4
395..4
345 .8
351 .9
357 .2
362 .7
368 .5
374 .6
381 .0
387 .7
394 .7
402 . 0
406 .6
414..4
421 .3
422 .1
422 .1
405..6
413..4
404 .6
412 .4
420 .1
422 .1
422 .1
403 .
.7
411..3
402 .7
410..3
418 .4
422 .0
422 .1
409 .6
417 .4
422 .0
422 .1
422 .1
420 .8
422 .1
422..1
353 .9
359 .2
364 .8
370..7
376 .8
383 .3
390 .1
397..2
419 .3
422 .1
422..1
315 .9
322..3
328..6
335..0
;*
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 0 0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
100
R2.4BP
W.B.Bottom Tank No.4 P
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
1.025)
(at frame
(at frame

Sounding device:
Remote sounding
y =
2.75 m
z =
0.00 m
44)
91)
66)
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
-0 5
CM
-1.5
m)
Bow Trim
-2.5
8.7
Filling
degree
0.0
2.4
4.9
7.6
40
50
60
70
80
"90
32.1
66.7
103.1
140.9
180.0
220.0
261. 1
302.9
345.4
1
26
61
97
135
174
214
256
297
340
5
7
3
8
7
7
9
0
9
5
3
21
56
92
130
169
209
251
293
335
2
7
0
5
5
6
8
0
0
6
20.4
50.9
87.3
125.4
164 .6
204.8
246.1
288.1
330.9
6
20
46
82
120
159
199
241
283
326
8
8
5
3
4
6
9
2
3
2
22.1
44.6
77.5
115.5
154.8
195.1
236.4
278.6
321.5
14.2
43.4
77.9
114.2
151.8
190.6
230.5
271.4
313.0
355.4
10.4
13.2
16.2
19.2
22.2
25.4
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
388.6
432.5
477.0
522 .0
567.5
613.5
659.9
706.8
754.1
801.8
383
427
472
517
562
609
655
702
749
797
8
7
3
4
9
0
5
5
8
6
379
423
467
512
558
604
651
698
745
793
0
0
7
8
5
6
2
2
6
5
374.3
418.4
463.1
508.3
554.0
600.2
646.9
694 .0
741.5
789.4
369
413
458
503
549
595
642
689
737
785
7
8
6
8
6
9
6
8
3
3
365.1
409.3
454.1
499.4
545.3
591.6
638.4
685.6
733 .3
780.9
398.5
442.2
486.5
531.4
576.7
622.6
668.9
715.6
762.7
810.3
28.5
31.8
35.0
38.3
41.7
45.1
48.5
51.9
55.4
58.9
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
849.8
896.4
932.3
959.9
981.2
1000.8
1020.3
1039.6
1058.9
1077.9
845
892
929
958
981
841
887
925
956
980
1000
1020
1039
1059
1078
6
0
6
2
6
9
4
8
0
1
837.1
881.3
921.2
953.4
979.5
1000.9
1020.5
1039.9
1059.1
1078.1
832
876
916
950
977
1000
1020
1039
1058
1078
7
1
2
3
2
9
4
7
9
0
1000
1020
1039
1059
1078
3
5
2
1
8
6
5
9
1
2
827.4
871.1
911.0
946.1
975.4
999.7
1020.5
1040.0
1059.2
1078.2
857.9
901.7
936.4
961.2
981.1
1000.6
1020.1
1039.4
1058.7
1077.7
62.4
65.8
68.5
70.5
72 .1
73.5
74.9
76.4
77.8
79.2
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
1096.9
1115.6
1134 .2
1152.6
1170.8
1188.8
1206.6
1224. 1
1241.4
1258.5
1096
1115
1134
1152
1170
1188
1206
1224
1241
1258
9
7
3
6
8
8
6
1
4
5
1097
1115
1134
1152
1170
1188
1206
1224
1241
1258
0
7
3
7
9
8
6
1
4
4
1097.1
1115.8
1134-.4
1152.7
1170.9
1188.8
1206.6
1224.1
1241.3
1258.3
1097
1115
1134
1.152
1170
1188
1206
1224
1241
1258
1
8
4
7
9
8
6
1
3
3
1097.1
1115.9
1134.4
1152.8
1170.9
1188.8
1206.5
1224 .0
1241.2
1258.2
1096.7
1115.4
1134.0
1152.4
1170.6
1188.7
1206.5
1224 .1
1241.4
1258.5
80.6
81.9
83.3
84.7
86.0
87.3
88.6
89.9
91.2
92.4
400
410
1275.3
1291.8
1275 2
1291 8
1275 2
1291 7
1275.1
1291.5
1275 0
1291 4
1274.8
129K.2
1275.4
1291.9
93.7
94.9
0
10
20
-30
0.0
4.9
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
101
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
1308.1
1324.1
1339.8
1355.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
1308 .0
1324 .0
1339 .7
1355..0
1361..3
1361..3
1361..3
1361..3
1307 .9
1323 .8
1339 .5
1353..0
1359..9
1361,.3
1361..3
1361..3
1307.7
1323.6
1339.2
1351.1
1357.8
1361.2
1361.3
1361.3
1307 .6
1323 .4
1338 .5
1348 .9
1356 .0
1359 .8
1361 .3
1361 .3
1307 .4
1323..2
1336..8
1346..6
1354..0
1358..2
1360..9
1361..3
1308 .3
1324 .3
1340 .1
1353 .2
1360 .7
1361 .3
1361 .3
1361 .3
Filling
degree
96.1
97.3
98.4
99.6
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
to to
p-
M
oi
O L
M
P-1 M
J^
O U 1
u o i r f i L n w w i o o o i c o
"
~ 0 t O 0 0 > l > O ~ J i
> t O
y j u i p - j t o c o u o i t o w
P C O O I U O - J W O O I U
c r t ( j i u i u i * J > i i > U J U J U J
O v l W O O l U O C f l U O
- O J - O - O t O M
LO L O
Ul *>
- 0 p
i D ^ N j w ^ y j w w i o t J i
H1
O L O L D L D
O H y ) > J * H
o o o H y j i o
C D ^ V D C O U l H C T l O ^ y )
t-> P-1
LO
M
f- L D
Ol U 3
U 1 I 0 U 1 U I * P U 1 0 ) U ) )
^ s J v J U l O W t f c W ^ J i
LO Ul tO
01 tO 00
m UJ o
LO
Ol Ol Ul Ul Ul *
CO if J * O Ul
~J O
LO -J pJ Ul
o o i o i M P - ' U i u i o t o o
^ I d l O l U l U l ^ ^ U J W U J
H C F l t O - J W O O W k O i f . 0
U l - 0 0 > f c ' C D t O ~ J L O L 0 0 1
c o c o ^ i - j o i c r i u i u i u i J >
j u f f l u i o * i o u i o c n
l O U l U l C D H ^ C O U C O U
I D m co co CD
fll LJ to Ul H
u i u i co en o
U t O M M M H P H H H
0 0 0 1 | J > L o p J L O ^ j 0 1 i J > t O
u m i o t o u i - o y i H W ^
O m
H tO
M o
H1 p-1 M P-" p-1

M O O O O O L
O C O D l . J > I
( j i o i v i c o i
O
u
O
> I > t O . J > O t O C O O C O t O L O
I* I*
t O C O P - '
U O C O ^ - J I D H
* t o o c o v i t n u ) p i t ) - j
H * - j y ) H L O i t i O l v l D 0
O l D ^ t D C D C D s l v ]
0 ^ * H J W C O U
o o i - o t o c O L O t o u i
I
P-" p-1 p-1
p - ' p - ' p - ' p - ' O O O
J U l U H l O s l U I
W U I O I N J C O U J
P-'00.J>.,I>p-'tOCO.J>00
W V O U ^ J i p - O H t O W
O
in
O
(-^1*tl!"H-*!'t-'I'
r o t o p - ' M P - ' M P - ' P - ' O O
U H t O C O C A ^ W O C O O l
L O U 1 0 0 O C O t k U l ~ J 0 0 L 0
U 1 U 1 * O H O O J H U 1
v l U l O U W H C O W U l O l
v l ^ O l d l U l U l i ^ ^ ^
- 0 t O - 0 t O 0 0 U J V D ^ O
O W U l C O M m O O l H
O C O v J s l s I C O O U O l P
to u
to p
p
p
v O U O - J ^ P l D O l U P
01tOJ>UltOCOki>tOLOLO
* U W M 1 0 I O H H
P - 0 U U ) U I O v l U U ) U l
V D C H L J H O y j O U U l l O
H s ] U O ^ N l C D H J > t O
tO M M (-*
UJ ID U l H ^ ! * W
o o o i o i - j c o u i t o L o c o o
U l C D l D H i f i H l O O ^ I O
t o t o p j p- p-
O I W C O ^ O O I W H
L O M O M t O U l C O L O L O O
H H C O L n U t O s l l D W O J
tO CO tO H- P->
o o ^ o a i t o o D U i t o
U j - j u i i n m c o H O U i o
L O U I O C O U I L O O I O O C T I
U
tO U H H
H
M - O W l D U l H s l U H
l > C O P J O O P - k t > L O O O
ffiWWWHOHCTiCDCIl
LO tO tO tO M M
J H O U l H v l U l O O l W
o c o a i u i L n o i a j H O i
- J - J - J 0 1 0 1 U 1 U 1 * * U
L O L n O U 1 0 0 1 p - - O t O C O
C O O W L n l O W v l U C O r f i
LO LO CO tO p- p-1 M
C r i t O C O ^ L O C T l t O C O ^ P - 1
O l J i H O W O H ^ l O U l
O O O O O O O O O O
y i m - j o i u i ^ u W H
t f l O l O ^ W W W v l H f l l
- O O L A J O I O ^ V O M ^
> J ( T \ < J \ 0 1 U l U l ^ J i U ) C j J
* m * o u i o o i h ' v i i j
( 0 U 1 0 ) P U 1 U ) * > 1 0 U 1 H
L 0 O P - > p - L 0 C O 0 0 U 1 0 0
O O O L O L O L O L O C O C O
H o
O O
O O O O L O L O L O C D C O - O
U l f l > [ O O 0 0 U l t 0 0 0 L 0 L 0
L 0 O O P - > O > t * t O t O 0 0 O
I I' I I I' I' I

C O t O t O P - ' p - ' p - ' p - ' p - ' O O
to
O
(D M
LQ M
H
HCD 3
(D LQ
1]
CO
tr
l-i
? r <!
CD CD
a>
3
3
LQ
n fl> a
LO
ID
P-"
<
03
13
II
II
S
pi
3
<)
P)
LO M
M to
01
LO a\
U l 00
3
3
3
H3
pi l i l
rr
,-,
u.
H-
*1
LO
to
-J
o
CO
O
II
ii
(D
3
LL
rr
>
Hi
(1)
3
(D
o
H
(at frame
(at frame
v i u o i * u ) ^ c n i - ' v j H
00 I-1
frl .e*
p- M
P-" P-1
to co
0 0 0 C
U H - J O W P C O U v l U
p- pCO tO
w H
O U 1
u
O
-j-jcno"\uiui*fc>>fc>
s j u c o u y j ^ i o u i
*
O
c o ^ o ^ w c f i ^ v i ^ v i L n
00
to
Ul
ui
O
frame
to to
01 Ul
-J O
to to
-J Ul
un co
LO -J
pCO
ai
O L
00
-J
iC"
L0 LO LO 00 00
CD Ul W
ID *
M 00 LO tO 01
L0
p-1
Ul
W H l D U l O J i L n l n ^ H
^J. Ul LO tO O
CO LO LO O p->
o o o o o
.~J!>
L0
M
g
m
O
O
g device:
o i m u ) v j o o c o * a > p
W M U I O I - ' H P H H O
U l ^ t O O O O - O U l U J M V D
O J H * > m U H M * U l - J
O LO L0
p-1 LO - J
O M M
j ^ ^ u i o c r i o t o o u i o
*>
O
LO
LO O
L 0 O 0 0 l > ^ J C 0 - 0 . i > L D L 0
O
01
00
O
00
-J
M M U U H H H P H H
O l L n W H t D ^ J O l ^ U O
O l O U U l v l l C P U ^ O l
O O
M M
LO CO
M
X
rr
Pi
CI)
4
(D
points of comp:
to to
to to
*& -0
P-1 Ui
LO lO
O CO
O O O O O O O O O O
t o t o t o t o t o c o t o t o t o M
U > O J v l 0 1 U l * U ) t O H O
O O O O O O O O O O
LOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLOLO
i f l t x i - j a i u i ^ u t j H O
o
C
CO
a
H
2
H
p)
3
IV
T3
o
P-1 U l
<
CO
to
n rn
pi ri
Ul
m
(D o
rn
t?j
rn
O
N
tsi
00
13
*>
to
ta
a
s
P3
>
CO rn
J
LO
O po
O H
rr
0
m
m
o
rr
,-^
rci2
rr
CO
P)
topi
M
S
DJ
rr
CD
H.
O
O
3
rr T i T )
(D OJ P)
PI H
3
rr rr rr
Cfl
n n
o
o
3
3
ment ident:
ment descr:
= 1.025)
44
91
44)
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
103
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
1316.1
1332.0
1347.6
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
1308,.1
1324..1
1339..8
1355..1
1361..3
1361.,3
1361..3
1361..3
1361..3
1361..3
1300 .0
1316 .1
1331 .9
1347..3
1357 .6
1361..3
1361 .3
1361..3
1361 .3
1361..3
1291.9
1308.1
1324.0
1339.6
1351.3
1357.9
1361.2
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1283 .7
1300..0
1316 .0
1331..7
1344 .0
1353,.1
1358 .2
1361,.1
1361..3
1361..3
1275..4
1291..8
1307..9
1323 .8
,
1337..1
1346..9
1354..1
1358..3
1361..0
1361..3
1332.0
1347.1
1357.4
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
'<*
Filling
degree
96.7
97.8
99.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
I > I '
to to
to to
V* -O
to to
IT) -J
to to
P-tP
_ l
M
o
in
ID
p-1 p-1
o
o o
u to o
ID O O
io ID 01 m
-o ui to ro u
U H H vl
- J - O C T I C T I O ^ U I U I ^ ^ U J
I'
'
I'
w u ro t o p
p
u c o * o m t o o ) U i i o
o o o a i ^ - i ^ L n ^ i o o J i
l>J^lpUl>-'-0U)O00Ul
i O N j o \ * u t o o m u i t o
I O O ) * l O U 1 P U l U l C D *
l o v o r o o o o o r o r o r o r o r o
M p i D r o o m ^ w H o
* t O < H U O ^ U l O ( J l
to to p p p
p
t J i o m u o s i * t o o
U l U l U l ^ ^ i b W W W t O
( t l U l P C U 1 P ( O U 1 P C D
rfôtf'UimoDMvoit^to
ui-ochu>a\-j.fcuitoui
v j - j * p m p u * . > ] i D
t o 10 p
* t o u t o u * m i o * i o
U 1 P N ] U I D I J I P N 1 ^ P
c n u p j o o M i t ^ - j u i i i ^
P O \ P O \ W ^ W t B * \ 0
o i o i n o i i o o i H m i o a )
!- I-" M M P-*
OOOOOV>VOV)V>ro
- J U l U t O O O O C Tj l l O O U l
- j o o i o o o > - ' p m p - ' - j
u i o i * p a i u i i j i m p N i
V O W O l ^ C T l U ^ P U P
a j u c o u y j j i i D U i o m
O U U 1 P U 1 l t l * U ) U l
W to M P P
p
U s i u i o i n p v i ^ i o
n a i m i n i b i j i N i ^ t o m
w w w i o a ^ ^ u w m a )
t o t o o L n ^ j ^ P - ' O P - ' i ^
OOOOU1VO*>V>OOGO
v i u i ^ r o i o - o j i H ^ i o
( D l O O O l O O l O l P P s l
w ^ p y i s i ^ J ^ o ^ N ]
u r o i o i o p p p p p o
i n n r o o o o s i w u p i o
o o p ^ t ^ c o o w i t i n o i
lO
l )
~J
t o t o o i n c o i x > o o * - k D P
p l-'l-'^-'p p p Ml-'
l O l O W M P P P P P
l n * JM O O ) s l U 1 U H l
00h *-CTlC0OtO*"Ln
u u c D ( n i ) a \ o o ( n a ) g
I D P d i O ^ O ^ t D W a j i t i
U P l D U l O i m H U U l U
W U P m O ) l D s ] ^ f f l P
_ l l _ J
UJ tO tO PJ M M
tOOO^lJDUltOOOJ^tO
m u p i o i o o w o i o f f l
^ j ~ j < x i a \ U i u i u i ^ i t ^ G J
m w o 3 * i o * o u i p a \
u i v j i i i w i n i D w r o w i o
O O O O O U J U J k O O o r o
^ ) U i u j t o o - j u i r - ' - j u >
( D l O l f l O O N j O O i m t O
u w r o w p p p p p o
i n r f i w o a i s i u i u p i o
C O P J ^ l I l O J O I O ^ l J l v J
_ .
VOI-'h-'OOCriiCtbJVOi^lO
* U O ) t O O U H * U
_ l
t n o o a j c T i U i ^ O v i t o
U) tO tO tO M P-"
U I D U I O O I U U U I I O
U I U H M M O I O O I H
H P l D U l l O U l ^ t O O D P '
u i c n i o i o m u i c D - j o o
l O i f m u i o i j i H O i w o
W U l C O H J i f f i t O v l W ^
U U P 0 1 t t ) l O v ] i t i C 0 P
_ .
P O C D i t > ) 0 1 t 0 0 1 0 ( J l
0 0 0 0 0 > > I O I > 0 0 0 0

v i u i u w o o j u i i o a ) *
o a i o i o o o o c n u i - ^ i p - '
U l l O O U - J s l B U ^ U l
U) tO tO tO H1 M
it"U)UiPslUJVll)llO
J ^ v o r - ' O o u a r - ' - j i - ' O
U t O U t O P H H H H O
u i * u o a i s i i i i w p u )
C 0 P 4 i 0 1 [ X ) O W * . I J l N j
h J M (
M
o
vi
(D
l _ J
rf^^r-'OôovD-ooj-oo
O O H ^ O ^ C D O U ^ U I N I
U U t O I O H H H H H O
a i o o u i u i o v o ^ W v j m
K) U H H
i n t o r - o o o u j c f t t o o
W U
O O O O O O O O O O
x>ro-o.(XiU"ii>u)cop-'
to
UI
(2)
&
fD
IQ
H
fD
fD
i}
HM
PJ
H3
IQ
r-i
ro
o
r-i
fD
3
ta
p3
;v <!
CD
fD
M
p-
<! 3
ro1 a
0
3
01
2
u>
(D
p j
o
c
<
*>
ro
to
n
11
3
o
*J
(D
Hi
rt
o
o
-J
UI
H-
<
C>
01
rr
ui fD
to o
1
o
c
3
u.
H-
to
g device:
'OU)~J.^VDMU)tOP-~J
U l ^ H O l C D O i m W s ] ^
ro to
~JMDtOt-nUDtO-JtO-JU)
-j-o-jcx<crLnuiJ>.J>bJ
o o M o o u i u i u i o o u i c f t
COsJsJCHCJ\UlUl(t.1JiU
O U l O L n H m t O v J U C D
p * m i o U v i ( o s i t o a )
O O O O O O O O O O
M
fD
ii
00
it>
10
P1
,C
(D (D
3 3
Ph r-h
r-i H
ft) ID
ft) ft)
rr rr
o
3
to
o
3
LJ
-J
11
II
X X
3 P.
0.
>
r-h
rr
fD
(D 3
fD
o
r-i
ft)
3
UI
o
to
3
o w
ro 3
^-,
rr
01
ft)
s; ? ; ?d
ft)
M
rr M
tf"
fD
M ro 03
o to
03 rr
ft) rr
M
O
01
<D
f> f> 0
3 M 3
rr n -d
ID ui
a)
r-i
3
rr rr rt
n n n
rr
r-l
fD
points of comp:
to to
vo -J
O O O O O ^ O ^ O U J O D O O
v ] U ! W W O C O U l W l f l J i
O m i C O O H C D l O W U l
VOVO(ÛJ[2tO\OLJi|i(a
P- t-J M I- PO O O O O V D U 3 U 3 C D C D
v l l n u r o o c o u i w i o r f i
- o f f l i o o o p i o u m i o
O O O O O O O O O O
P'PJP-'HP'PJP'PJPJP-'
U W W M H H H P P O
a ) H * a \ c o o t o ^ u i m
U l J i H O l C D f f i m t O O l U )
M U W I O I - ' H H H H O
UIJ^MOOO-OUlUJpJlX)
I 1 - ^ I ' *
W I D v J t h U l ^ U t O H O
O O O O O O O O O O
MP-1
tOtO
H'Ln
t-Ô
O O
t o t o t o t o r o t o t o t o t o t o
\ o c o v j m u i * w t o H O
ment ident:
ment descr:
frame
ro
I
o
ui
o
<
ro
iS
p-f
3
fT)
fj
tsi
H
1
M
m
n
13 to
ft> n
IQ (_n
fD O
00
to
a
s
P3
o
o
-0
U)
to
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
105
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
1308..1
1324,.1
1339..8
1355..3
1361,.3
1361..3
1361..3
1361,.3
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1308,.0
1324,.0
1339,.7
1355,.0
1361,.3
1361,.3
1361,.3
1361,.3
1307,.9
1323 .8
.
1339 .5
1353 .0
1359,.9
1361 .3
1361,.3
1361,.3
1307,.7
1323,.6
1339 .2
1351,.1
1357,.8
1361,.2
1361,.3
1361,.3
1307 .6
1323,.4
1338 .5
1348 .9
1356,.0
1359 .8
1361 .3
1361,.3
1307 .4
1323 .2
1336 .8
1346 .6
1354 .0
1358 .2
1360 .9
1361,.3
1308 .3
1324 .3
1340 .1
1353 .2
1360 .7
1361 .3
1361 .3
1361 .3
''**
Filling
degree
96..1
97..3
98..4
99,.6
100..0
100..0
100.,0
100..0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
106
R2.4BS
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x

Fore end x
Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
32.80 m
70.40 m
Manual sounding
y = -1.95 m
z = 17.30 m
44)
91)
44)
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)

-0 5
-1.5
-2
-2 5
Filling
degree
40
50
60
70
80
90
199.7
240.3
281.7
323.8
366.7
1
26
61
98
135
174
215
256
298
340
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
410.2
454.4
499.1
544.3
590.0
636.2
682.9
729.9
777.4
825 .2
383
427
472
517
562
608
655
702
749
797
9
8
3
4
9
9
4
4
7
4
357
401
445
490
535
581
628
674
722
769
7
4
7
5
9
8
1
9
1
7
331.6
375.0
419.1
463.8
509.0
554.7
600.8
647.5
694.5
742.0
305
348
392
437
482
527
573
620
667
714
7
9
7
1
1
7
7
1
1
4
280
322
366
410
455
500
546
592
639
686
0
9
5
7
4
8
6
9
7
9
463
507
552
598
644
691
737
785
832
879
3
9
9
5
5
0
9
2
9
4
30.1
33.4
36.7
40.0
43.3
46.7
50.2
53.6
57.1
60.6
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
873 .4
915.0
946.6
970.9
990.8
1010.3
1029.7
1048.9
1068.1
1087.1
845
891
929
958
981
1000
1020
1039
1058
1077
5
9
1
2
1
7
2
5
8
8
817
865
907
941
969
991
1010
1030
1049
1068
7
1
5
8
1
1
7
1
4
5
789.9
837.5
882.2
921.6
953 .7
979.7
1001.1
1020.6
1040.0
1059.2
762
809
855
897
934
965
990
1011
1030
1049
2
8
6
6
6
0
0
0
5
8
734
782
828
872
911
946
976
1000
1020
1040
5
1
5
1
9
8
0
2
9
3
919
949
970
990
1009
1029
1048
1067
1086
1105
5
1
7
3
8
2
5
6
6
4
64.2
67.2
69.5
71.3
72.8
74.2
75.6
77.1
78.5
79.9
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
1105 .9
1124 .6
1143 . 0
1161.3
1179.4
1197.3
1215 .0
1232 .4
1249.6
1266 .5
1096
1115
1134
1152
1170
1188
1206
1223
1241
1258
7
5
0
4
6
6
3
9
2
2
1087
1106
1125
1143
1161
1179
1197
1215
1232
1249
5
3
0
4
7
8
6
3
7
8
1078.2
1097.1
1115.9
1134.4
1152.8
1170.9
1188.9
1206.6
1224.1
1241.3
1068
1087
1106
1125
1143
1162
1180
1197
1215
1232
9
9
7
3
8
0
0
9
5
8
1059
1078
1097
1116
1134
1153
1171
1189
1206
1224
5
6
5
2
7
0
2
1
8
2
1124
1142
1160
1179
1196
1214
1232
1249
1266
1283
1
6
9
0
9
6
1
3
3
0
81.2
82.6
84.0
85.3
86.6
88.0
89.2
90.5
91.8
93 .0
400
410
1283 .2
1299.6
1275 0
1291 5
1266 7
1283 3
1258.3
1275.0
1249 9
1266 7
1299 5
1315 7
94.3
95.5
0
10
20
- 30
15.6
49.1
84 .7
121.8
-1
Bow Trim
16.0 . 2
6
9
5
0
9
9
1
2
0
6
0
10
39
74
111
150
190
230
272
314
6
0
0
5
8
4
1
8
3
7
0.3
5.2
20.9
51.7
88.1
126.2
165.4
205.6
246.9
288.9
0
3
13
32
65
102
141
180
221
263
2
4
0
9
0
3
0
8
6
3
0
2
9
22
45
78
116
156
196
237
2
4
1
8
7
8
8
2
5
8
59
95
132
170
209
250
291
333
376
419
9
3
2
4
7
1
3
3
0
3
1.1
3.6
6.2
8.9
11.8
14 .7
17.7
20.7
23.8
26.9
1241 4
125,8 3
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5 082BV-05 0-05

Page
107
sounding
level
CM
42 0
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
1315.7
1331.6
1347.2
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
1307 .7
1323..7
1339 .4
1354 .7
1361..3
1361 .3
1361..3
1361..3
1361..3
1361..3
1299 .6
1315 .7
1331 .5
1347 .0
1357 .4
1361 .3
1361 .3
1361..3
1361 .3
1361 .3
1291.5
1307.7
1323 .6
1339.2
1351.1
1357.8
1361.2
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1283
1299
1315
1331
1343
1352
1358
1361
1361
1361
Bow Trim
-2
-2..5
.3
.6
.6
.3
.6
.9
.1
.1
.3
.3
1275..0
1291..4
1307 .5
1323..3
1336..9
1346 .7
1354..0
1358..2
1361..0
1361,.3
1331.6
1346.8
1357.1
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
1361.3
Filling
degree
96.6
97.8
99.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
-J
-j to
01
o en
0 <o
h -
t O f O U J U > U >
I I
I i
w
J
i
l -
w
1
tO H H h-1 I- 1 M
O 0 0 0 \ ^ M O s J U l L 0 H
W t O H H H O ^ O D O ^ N ]
H-> P-1 (-*
^ W H ^ j M ^ ^ P L n t T i
c n c n ^ v o w i n u i t o c n t o
c n o i U J O U D l n o t n o t o
C O U C O W C T l s I C D a i ^ y )
t i
J^ U)
O CO
w
^ L n O ^ U l C T t - O M D O M
^ V D O I O O I I O N I U C O I P '
L J U J W O J t O t O t O t O t O t O
U l ^ W H ^ ^ D - J L n L O M O
o a j g a i ^ W H O C D N j
en h-> en
c n c n c n c n u i i n u i u i u i L n
l f . W H O l D N j ( 7 \ i t ' U H
ai o ui
C O C O ^ D ^ O O O t - ' M O
en
rfûiuiuicncncn^j-jco
l i
H*
t-
h-
I
U ) c n o o J U J h -
H-* I- 1
i -
L n o
o o c n ^ t o o c o c n ^ t o o
CD
0
fD
M.
3
(D
M
LQ (-
H. H fD
3
fD CQ
a H-
1'
fD
*- <:
fD
fD
(D
C
3
<
O
3
CQ
*.
CO
13
<
n
fD Ha3
M
3
0
rr
fD
?d
^ 0
o C
U l (D
~j
CO
ii
-J
Ul
CD
Ml
t-i
CD
rr
-
3
fU CQ
3 3 3 Ha-
o
fD
a
fD
<H
LQ
e
3
a
H-
CO
0
CO
3
rr
C)
H-
o
H
00
OJ
CO
II
3
U.
fD
rr
>
Ml
rf^
~J
II
3
U.
fD
IJ
O
l-i
fD
fD
Tl
m
x
rr
M
(D
(at frame
(at frame
o u i o i n o u i o u i o u i
O C O ^ V D M O J H ^ ^ J O O
L_l
< T \ c n c n U l U l ^ U > t O O O
I I
W ( D C n H U l v l v ] O J v J f f i
!_. (_J (_i M

J-J
^ D - J ( J l U J M > X ) - J r f ^ t O
L O O J L J W t O M O ^ ^ J C ^
( O H 0 3 0 J C ^ 0 D O ) i ^ O ) ^
i o - s, i a i w o a i a i ^ w
M h - o o v o o o < i c n ^ u j
^ U J O L n C O O U D U l C O O
U U W W W W W t O f O M
O J O J L O L J L O t O t O t O t O C O
s l O l i ^ W p l O s l U l U i p
O l O v J W s J W s l W O l C D
s l O l t P ' U H ^ - J U l U p
C n o U I O M t O t O U J O J U )
O o c n t - O L n o c n M C T i ^ M
v l U l i t ' W O C D N j W O J H
l t ^ * ^ 0 ^ f c > . C 0 ^ ^ , J ^ O O O ^ - ,
U l U V D ^ ^ V D U l ^ U ) ^
u>coto<_ncncn-o-ococo
M IH M
M
C D O l r P - C O O O D ^ ^ W
C O C O C X 3 v J ( r C ^ r F ' O J H O
O O O O O O O O O O
o o c n ^ t o o o o c n ^ t o
W U W W L J M t 0 ( O ( O ( O
- J U I ^ t O O C O C T l ^ t O O
O U I O O h - ' h - ' t O t O t O O J
Ul ui 4^ ,. ,ti Ji ^. ^
[O O ID -J (Tl ^ UJ H
c n c n c n c n c n u i i n u i u i t f i
C O C O v J ^ O H C n H O ^ ^
l-J
^ ) ^ i ^ ) r f ^ U 3 0 0 H
t-1
U l U l U l O l O - J v J s J C D O O
1-1
H H t O t O W W U ) ^ ^ ^
1-1
W H w r o m u i w f o o ^ D
t O
- J U l ^ - M O C O C T \ r f i . t O O
}-l
c n c n c n c n c n c n U " i u i L n ( - n
s J O i ^ U H O C D s J O l ^
M 3 ^ * X ) ^ V D ^ v r ) r f a . ^ ) 4 i
0 0 V 0 U 5 O O O h - ' M h -
C D W O J b J C D W a i t O C D W
o i C h c r i o i a i c r i a i u i L n L n
J O l ^ W H O O D v J U l ^
s J W - O U C D W C D W C O U
O O I -
CnCn~J-J-JCO00*>kO*>
t O M U J C o c n u i o J t o o v o
J W s J t O s l M s J t O v l W
- J O O O O V O V D ^ O O O t -
w ^ ^ u i L n m a i c r ^ - s j v j
c n c n c n c n c n c n u i U i L n U i
v j O i ^ W H O C O v J U l ^
C T i H O i h ' c r i H c r i H c r i H
i n o u i o u i o c n M c n h -
u i u i c n c n - o . ~ j - j c o c o c o
cncricncncncnU"i(_nuni_n
-JCTttJ5.U>MOCO-^JUlrf^
u i o i n o u i o u i o u i o
H H W f O W L O W r f i ^ W
c o o ^ x i - o c n ^ b J M O C o
W O J U ^ ^ L n U l U I C T i C h
N J O V O s J f f i ^ W H O C O
U>C0U>C0LJCOUJCOU>CO
0 0 C P i f l i . N J O 0 0 C r i 4 i . t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
U J L O O J U J U J t O t O t O N J t O
*1
to
of comp:
O X>
Ul O
l - > H - ' t O M
c n c n c n c n c n u i i n u i u i L n
X > V O V O O O h
( O - O M O O U J C O G J O O L J O O
O CO
tO -0
c n c n c n c n c n L n u i u i L n u i
0\
-0
~j>j-j-~j-jcncncr\cncn
c o c n ^ t o o c o c n ^ t o o
O O O O O O O O O O
00 00
tO O
O
O
0
C
co
!-
fD
fD
w
?r
tl
II
b-i
UJ T l
- *^
j^
CO
m
ro
HfD
w
IO
51
s: o
ro
^ ^
rr
CO
9)
&
U, H -
3 3
rr rr
CD
3 3
fD
CD U
PJ
I-.
M
fD
rr
fli
CO
3 M I-S
rr rr rr
n n n
0 o o
3 H 3
rr n TJ
CD tu fu
ent:
scr:
1.025)
44
91
^
n
CO
I- 1
O
Ul
Ul
O
<
CD
to
<X>
O
Ul
O
g
M
fl)
V,
ro
o
H
1
N
fSJ
rn
n
CQ
fD
o
o
D
S
H
U)
-j
U)
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
109
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
1060
~1080
1100
1120
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
717.7
732.7
747.7
762.6
777.6
792.5
807.5
822.5
837.7
854.0
719..0
733..9
748,.9
763..9
778..8
793..8
808..7
823..7
839..1
855..4
720..2
735 .2
750 .1
765 .1
780,.1
795 .0
810 .0
825 .0
840 .4
856..8
721.5
736.4
751.4
766.4
781.3
796.3
811.2
826.3
841.8
858.3
722..7
737 .7
752..6
767 .6
782,.6
797,.5
812 .5
827,.6
843 .2
859,.8
724 .0
738 .9
753,.9
768 .9
783,.8
798 .8
813 .8
828,.9
844 .7
861,.3
715.3
730.3
745.2
760.2
775.1
790.1
805.1
820.0
835.2
851.3
69.1
70.5
72.0
73.4
74.8
76.3
77.7
79.2
80.6
82.2
1-14 0
1160
1180
1200
1220
871.2
889.3
908.5
928.6
949.7
971.7
994.7
1018.7
1037.5
1038.9
872..6
890..9
910 .1
930..3
951 .5
973..6
996 .7
1020..8
1037 .7
1038 .9
874 .1
892 .5
911 .8
932 .0
953 .3
975 .5
998 .7
1022 .5
1037 .5
1038 .9
875.7
894.1
913.5
933.8
955.2
977.5
1000.7
1023.7
1037.3
1038.9
877,.3
895 .8
915 .2
935 .7
957 .1
979 .5
1002 .8
1024 .3
1036 .9
1038 .9
878,.9
897 .5
917 .0
937 .6
959 .0
981 .5
1004 .7
1024 .5
1035 .9
1038 .8
868.3
886.3
905.3
925.3
946.2
968.1
991.0
1014.8
1034.9
1038.9
83 .9
85.6
87.4
89.4
91.4
93.5
95.8
98.1
99.9
100.0
1240
1038.9
1038 .9
1038 .9
1038.9
1038 .9
1038 .9
1038.9
100.0
cn
cr\ cn cr\
cn t> W O
o o o
o
<T>
O
o
<J\
00
l - '
l -
- J t O 0 0 ^
J 3
h -
cn cn
CO O x> - o
H 1 - 0 tO N ]
LJ
00
U)
w w w
VO - 0 CTi
O Ln H *
** 4^
LO h-> O
v) U
rfi,
O
^
w
CD
u
d\
U l O f f i t O - O W C O U l H ^ J
u
lO
t O O O L n t O
N)
4*
4*
rf*
LO CO
cn
M
> 4 * rfs. ^ rfk rfi

*X> --J CT\ 4 * LO M
^
U) tt \D J ^ U)
^ c o o i u i w t o o ^ - J C f i
C O U C D U C D W C D t t i U D U l
W W U l C O O W i f ' C n C O O
L O L O L O L O t O t O t O t O C O C O
U l U W O W s l U l W H O
c o w c n w c o t o m o w ^
O J U J L O O J L O t O t O t O t O t O
s i o \ i ^ t o o i O v ] m w p
^ o u i c o ^ H t o ^ u i c n
0 > - C n L O C O t O C r \ C O ^ V O
W U W t O t O t O t O W t O H
^ U H W C O O i ^ t O O C O
s J I O v I V O O W W ^ U i m
^ 0 * > C T L n < X > L 0 ^ ] O H
o a i p w ^ c A s j i o o H
W W W W t O t O t O t O t O H
U l U W O C O O ^ ^ t O H U )
V O W C n C T l H U l ^ t O W W
^ ^ UJ L0 W
O 03 -J Ul ^ [O H Ifl CD m
co -o to -o. W sj tO CD U ID
tO
W L O L O L O t O O M O
h- I- 1
t O W U 1 0 > s J C D C 0 s J ( T l U l
I- 1 H 1 h- 1-^ t- 1
c o a \ ^ t o o c o c h ^ t o o
^ u > O L n u > O M O L n o o
-joou>vx>voovx)oom4^
h- H J- 1 h-1 M
M
U ) - J U l W H O s l l / l W H
s J W C O H t O O O ^ W U l ^
J C O C O V O V D V O s i m i D O
^ O ^ H ^ C n i t ' H U l W U l
t O ^ O ^ C O O ^ O s ] H U ) s J
- 0 L n L O J - V > - O L n U ) M
o ^ a \ s j s i a i ^ ^ a i u ) o
W W W W M t O t O t O I O H
U l i f c t O O C O s J U l W H ^
^ O U I s l l D O H W ^ U I
(Jlrfi.rfi.Ji. ^
s J U l H O l f f l O D v l W O ^ l O
^ t O - O M ^ ^ t O - J O O
KO CD (T\ Ln
i h -
" x i L J c r i o o t o C T t o ^ L n c n
c n c n f f i u i u i u i u i i j i i n u i
W M H l D C O C A U l W t O O
>
H H H K J W W L J O s I W
V O O O H
^ > J ^ O 0
a ) 0 \ ^ N J O C D ^ U H
O P P W t O W H ^ D C D H
m m O l s J v J - J C D C O U J W
c n c n a i c n m i / i u i L n u i u i
v ] U l ^ M H l D C O m i n W
0 0 0 0 0 3 U 5 V O O O O H
C f t O ^ a t U i u i u i L n L n L n i n
A t O H V O C O C ^ U l W W O
- J 0 0 C 0 U ) J 3 * J 3 O O H -
s j t o g t O s i t o c o w c D U i
c o a i ^ w o o D c r i . t . w
( D . t ' ^ H L J ^ a i v j O O k O
x u ) o ^ v o 4 ^ o o e o L n - o o o
M C O U U I v j r a O H l O O J
L O U J L O L O C O t O C O t O t O t O
H 1 i - 1 H 1 (-* l-
O D O l U l L J H l f l s J . p . W
O O V O O O h - H 1 O C O - J L n
O O O O O O O O O O
H3
LQ
t-3
H
H-
01
rr
fD
ri
3
tr
*<:
fD
M
LQ
M
H
Hfl)
3
fD LQ
fD CD
CD 3
H-
n>1 a
d
H
ID
<
13
rf*
rn
H1
Ul
01
H-
LO
II
II
J
ID
(D 3
3 tL
U
(D
rr
Ml
>
in
o
M
3
d
pi1
>r*
3 3
Ml
,P) *m
rr
M.
(D
H
PI
to d
3
UJ
to
LO
II
3 3 3
M
Ul
M
LO
ii
II
I-"
J
<:
N
u
p-
(at frame
(at frame
cn a\
Ch U1
00
- O - J O O O O U J V O V O O O M
{ ^ a i f f i a i a i L n u i ^ u i u i
O l U W O l D v l O ^ ^ W P
v l - O f f i O C O l D ^ l O O O
H W 0 3 ( J l U l W ' W O W - 0
o t n o o i o a i o L n M - j
O ^ D - J C T i ^ U H O C D - O
O ^ H ( 7 l H ( ^ H C n [ O v ] W
o ^ m c r i c n L n L n u i u i u i a i
^ L O W O O O ^ J U l ^ t O h - '
O O O O O O O O O O
c o c r i ^ t o o o o c n ^ t o o
W W W W U K ) ( O W M N )
ame
00
X
rr
2.8
0.4
Û
U l O L n O L n O L n O C T i M
c r \ c n c r \ C h L n L n L n L n L n L n
cn
o
d
3
>-3
fD
H-
rr
II
13
>t>
s
o
p> fll
3
01
pi
M
td
*>
13
f. S Jtf
pi
to
r r 03
ID
M CO CO
.01
n n o
n o o
3 3 3
rr o *a
fD pi PJ
3 H H
rr
(WB
-J to
a\
W
to
ng device:
as
o ^ s i s j c o a j c o ^ ^ o o
c r \ c r i a i c r > u i i j i u i u i i j i u i
0 3 W 0 \ H U 1 I X > U N 1 U ) O
O O M M t O t O C O V O O ^ L O
a ^ o i w t o o c D o i ^ w o
O ^ W v l O H W ^ O l C h C O
H W O J O ^ i n W W O W C D
0
d
3
01
e points of comp:
CD
cn
CD -O
fflsJsJvJCDODCDVfllDO
CD
U) CO
o
o
c n c n m c n c r i m u i i n u i u i
C h ^ U J H O C O v J U l r ^ N J
W C D W O J L J t B U C O W y )
-J
~J
^1
cn J^ t O
o
o o
-J
CD
O
00 CO
M
O
O
O
w
n>
<
tment ident
tment descr
1.025)
44
91
N
N
H
1
rn
n
M
W
O
Ul
Ul
<
00
M
ID o
n rn
n
Ul
pi
U)
(")
s
LO
O
LO
~~1
SDARI-ZZ_
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
111
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-'0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
708.5
723.5
738.4
753.4
768.3
783 .3
798.3
813.2
828.2
843.6
704 .5
719 .5
734 .4
749 .4
764 .4
779 .3
794 .3
809 .2
824..2
839 .4
700 .6
715 .5
730 .5
745 .4
760 .4
775 .4
790 .3
805 .3
820 .2
835 .2
696.6
711.5
726.5
741.5
756.4
771.4
786.3
801.3
816.3
831.2
692 .6
707 .6
722 .5
737 .5
752 .5
767 .4
782 .4
797 .3
812..3
827..2
688 .6
703 .6
718 .6
733 .5
748..5
763 .4
778..4
793 .4
808..3
823..2
716.4
731.4
746.4
761.3
776.3
791.2
806.2
821.2
836.4
852.3
68.2
69.6
71.1
72.5
74.0
75.4
76.8
78.3
79.7
81.2
1040
859.0
1060 -.. .875.2
1080
892.2
910.1
1100
112 0" "~~928.8
850 .1
865..9
882..4
899..8
918..1
937..2
957..1
977..9
999..5
1023..2
845.9
861.3
. 877.7
894.8
912.8
931.7
951.4
971.9
993.3
1016.9
841 .7
856..9
873,.0
889..9
907..7
926..3
945..7
966..0
987..2
1010..6
837..6
852..6
868..4
885..1
902,.6
114 0
948.4
1160 ' 968.8
1180
.. 990.0
1012.1
1200
.1220
1034.5
854 .5
870,.5
887..3
904..9
923..4
942..7
962,,9
983 .
.9
1005..7
1029.,5
921.,0
940..2
960..3
981..1
1004..3
868.2
884 .9
902.4
920.8
940.0
960.0
980.9
1002.6
1024 .7
1038.1
82.7
84.2
85.9
87.6
89.4
91.3
93.3
95.3
97.4
99.6
1240
1260
1280
1038..9
1038..9
1038.,9
1037..7
1038..9
1038.,9
1034.6
1038.9
1038.9
1029..7
1038..1
1038..9
1024,.3
1035..8
1038..8
1038.9
1038.9
1038.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1038.9
1038.9
1038.9
in
t
o
o
in
>
m
CN
rH
rH
CN
CO
*
()
s
A;
H
Ol
=f
(1)

b b
m m
u
M-l M-l
.
in
(N
4J
00
II
Dl
Tl
CU
(!)
rH
0
In
CD
E
cu
ro
rH
1
II
D l (1)
C CU
H
M
rH
Dl
r H CU
-H
Tj
u
3
O
EH
a
S-l
a cu
01
>
Dl
d
o> cu
> a
H
cu
4->
CO
>i
CO
CO
>
CU
d
rH
HH
4J
rd
F F
m
rm
II
CD i n
n
N
X
> 1
3 o
II
<i)
m
n
=i
H
Tl
CO
(11
X
W
^
4J
u #
CN
ro
4J
a)
Tj
X X
-H
Tl
C
o o
F F
(d rO
4J
4J
rH
a to
m rrdH
tn
4J
4J
in
a) m
o m
H
CO
cu
-U
|H
B h
4J
ame
CN
00
o CD
m m
(Ti
()O Oi
C
w
i-i
a
H
n
S3
H
H
3
Q
o
o
to rri (1)
> U. 4J
B h d
o ()
0
ote
R
device:
f
O
UJ
N
tsl
l
H
su
ro
rCO r o
points of comp: A
4SS
R
W
ent ident:
ent descr:
in
c o h n h h i n H i o m o i
o o c N r o ^ i n i n i D i D i D
r H r o i n r - a ^ r H r o i n o c r i
cNiocNininroo^^fiDUD
r o r o i n i D r - c o o o r A o i c n
r H r o i n r - c A r H r o i n r - c h
l o i n H r j i ' j i M r H n ' f
h l f l m a i O H H r t l N O I
H n m h o i N ^ i o t D O
rH rH rH rH rH CN
O m r H r O r O O V O D C h i H r H
r H V D O C T l O r H r H C N C N r O
r H r o m o O O C N ^ C D C O
O O r - r H r O r H C n ^ O O O
r o r o r o c N C N r H O i n o i D
H r o i n r ~ c r i H r o ^ t , > ) r C N C N C N C N O j r o r o r o r o r o
o o i D o j r - c N r ^ r o c - ' C h o
i D c o i n i n - t f ^ r H r ^ c N r r H r o i n r - o i r H r o - * i o r ~
C N C N C N C N C N r o r o r o r o r o
i n r o c n ^ c o r o r ^ o C N r o
c n a ^ o o o o r - V D r o c o r o o o .
r H r o i n r - c n r H r O ' 3 ' i D r C N C N c N C N c N r o r o r o r o r o
c N o i n o i n c r i O r o i n i D
H r H H O O O l ^ O l r j m
H ) 1 0 r l n 1 l l 0 r C N t N C N C N r o r o r o r o r o r o
C ^ W H l f l H O ^ h C O a )
r O ( N ( N { N r H r H O O i n O
o i N a ) o n * i n r C N C N C N C N C N r o r o r o r o r o
O C n i O C N r - C N C O O l D C T v
o t N r o i n r - c r i r H r o ^ i n
C N C N ( N C N C N ( N r O r O r O r O
r H o c r j c ^ i o i n ^ o i n a i
c o c o c o r - ~ r ~ r - u > \ ) L n L n
r H i D r H i o O L n o m o i n
c r \ o i N r o i n i o o o a \ r H C N
r H O O O < T \ C A C h C 0 C 0 t >
c N r - c N r - c N r - c N r - c N r c r i O c N r o i n i c c o c r i r H C N
n ^ ^ ^ ' t f ^ ^ ^ t n i i i
r O C O r O C N C N r H r H r H O O
r o c o r o o o c o c o r o c o r o c o
O l O C N r O i n i D C O C T l r H C N
r o - r r ^ - ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ i n i n
i D i n m i r i f ^ ^ r o r o r o c N
^ c h ^ r c A ^ a ^ - ^ c r i ^ j r c P i
c n o c N r o i n i D c o c r i r H C N
c o c o o r - o i D i D i n i n i n
r H l D r H l D r H i n O i n O
O r H r o ^ i o r - c n o c M
O r H r H O O O C T t C T i O D C O
r - c o O r H r o ^ i D r ^ a o o
r o r o ^ ^ ^ - ^ ^ ^ ^ i n
^ t o n h o i i o o i i i m ^
m - # ^ r o r o r o C N c N r H r H
o i n o i n o i n o i n o i n
r f i n r - m o H p i r f i o r l i i i n i n i / i i D i o i D i o u ) ^
r-r-ixivDininin'a'^j'ro
r H l D r H l O r H l O r H l O r H
rH
r r u i > r a o H n r r
ID
i / i i n i n m i o i D i o i o
ID
o i o i o i c o c o r - i ^ r - u j u )
r o c o r o c o r o c o r o o c N O
^ L n r ^ o o O r H r o ^ i o r ^
i n i n i n i n i D i D i D i D i D i D
C M r H r H r H O O O m C h o O
^ c h ' ^ o\ <tf cr - ^ o i - ^ cri

J f U l i ^ a i O H r r i * * ^
i n i n L n L n u j i D i D i o i D ^ o
T j f T j - ^ r o r o c N C N C N
L n o L n o m o m O L n o
r o i n i o c o a > r H r N - ^ m r ~
i n i n i n i n i n i D > x ) i D i D i D
c o r ^ r - c D i D i D i n i n i n ^
L n L n m i n L n L n v o i r j c D i D
O O r N r - r H V D O - ^ C A r O O O
O r H C N C N r O r O r O C N C N r H
CN
C D r ~ < X \ O r H ( N r o r o r o r o
c N ^ r ^ c h r H r o m r ^ o ^
r H C T i i D r H i r j o m r o i r j c o
r o i n i o c o a ^ r H C N ^ t n r i n i n m i n i n v D i D V D C D i D
ID
r~
ID
^ f O D ^ O O O O l D r O O D r H C N
tn
O
r~
vo rI D CD
CO
ID
* crv
en
ap
ID
O
o
r-
rH
Ol
ID
in
o
r-
r-
o
a\
VD
CT\ <tf
co
o
r-CN
c o o
x>r~
( N D H r l H O O O l f l l O l
O O
OCN
CO. CO
O O O O O O O O O O
O C N ^ r U J C O O C N ^ r v x i C O
l D l U ) y ) \ O h h h h h
o
o
o
o
CN ^1* *& CO
i/i i n . o u i
O o
CO O
*
10
) r o r o r o
H O O O O I O I I B ^ O I ^
r H r o t n r ^ c o o c N ^ i n r ^
C N C N C N C N C N r o r o r o r o r o
O
r o c
r O - s f y J C - C O C T l O O r H r H
M ^ i o t r j o n u i r - m
j n c T i i n f f i ^ c f i c r i n i r )
C O r O C O r O C O r O C O C N r - C N
r o i n c D C O C h r H c N * ^ L n r ^
i n i n i n i n i n c D i D i D c o v o
o r o i n c r s o c o L n o r o ' ^
c o r o c o r o c o r o c o r o c o r o
G 0 O r H r 0 ^ l D r > f T O C N
r o ^ ^ ^ ^ j r ^ ^ ^ i n i n
O C N ^ t r V D O D O C N - ^ i n r C N C N C N C N C N r o r o r o r o r o
C N C N C N C N C \
O
lO
*
c o c o r - r - i r j i D i n c N o o r o
O O O O O O O O O
C N ^ C D C O O C N ^ l r j O O
O r H c O ^ V O ^ O r ^ O O C O C O
C N ^ i r j c O O C N ^ l T J O O
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
113
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
717.7
732.7
747.7
762.6
777.6
792.5
807.5
822.5
837.7
854.0
719 .0
733 .9
748 .9
763 .9
778 .8
793 .8
808..7
823 .7'
839..1
855 .4
720 .2
735 .2
750 .1
765 .1
780 .1
795 .0
810..0
825..0
840,.4
856 .8
721.5
736.4
751.4
766.4
781.3
796.3
811.2
826.3
841.8
858.3
722.7
737.7
752.6
767.6
782.6
797.5
812.5
827.6
843.2
859.8
724 .0
738 .9
753 .9
768 .9
783,.8
798,.8
813,.8
828,.9
844 .7
.
861,.3
715.3
730.3
745.2
760.2
775.1
790.1
805.1
820.0
835.2
851.3
69.1
70.5
72.0
73.4
74 .8
76.3
77.7
79.2
80.6
82.2
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
871.2
889.3
908.5
928.6
949.7
971.7
994.7
1018.7
1037.5
1038.9
872 .6
890 .9
910..1
930,.3
951..5
973 .
.6
996..7
1020 .8
1037 .7
1038 .9
874..1
892..5
911..8
932..0
953..3
975..5
998,.7
1022..5
1037,.5
1038,.9
875.7
894.1
913.5
933.8
955.2
977.5
1000.71023 .7
1037.3
1038.9
877.3
895.8
915.2
935.7
957.1
979.5
1002.8
1024.3
1036.9
1038.9
878,.9
897,.5
917..0
937..6
959..0
981..5
1004,.7
1024,.5
1035,.9
1038,.8
868.3
886.3
905.3
925.3
946.2
968.1
991.0
1014.8
1034.9
1038.9
83.9
85.6
87.4
89.4
91.4
93 .5
95.8
98.1
99.9
100.0
1240
1038.9
1038..9
1038,.9
1038.9
1038.9
1038,.9
1038.9
100.0
-J
CO
.(k
-0
u
M t O f O U > U J O - J 0 J
00
sj
J
(
u i o o i t O s j u m i / i H v j
U) W
U
*J3 co cr
4^ 4^ 4 * *
VO CO Ch U l
o i c h o i u i u i m u i u i u i u i
U J M I - ' ' v D C O a \ U l U ) N J O
^
o
V O O O M l -
M t O C O ( J l t O
o c o
a * c ^ c h ^ o ~ o - o o o c o v o v D
C H ( X l i P >
t o o * x > - j c h ^ u ) ( -
N J W W U W i C .
w
O
l_l
W
J_.
M
t x j u > u i c n - o c o o o ^ ] c r \ u i
u
O D m ^ f O O C D C T i ^ M O
^ U > O U 1 U 3 O M O U 1 0 0
y j v J W W H O s j a i W H
- 0 C 0 U 3 U ) U ) O V D C 0 C r \ ^
O U J O O M t O O C A W O l ^
- j c o c o v o M D v x ) ~ j a \ u ) o
VDcni-j^cr\>t>>h-,Cni>>Ui
w u i w w w w w t o t o t o
u i u ) r o o i D - J L n u > h - i o
0 0 N J < X \ U > C 0 K ) < T t O 0 J 4 *
I ' O U I C D U J P W ^ U I O I
U L J W W W W I O W W t O
O t f o ^ w o o w a \ C D y ) U 3
W W U W t O W I O M M H
J ^ U M ^ O C O C T t J ^ t O O O O
V O t f ' O l U l l O W s J O H H
l_i
O C T l M U J ^ C ^ - O V O O
W W ^ C D O W - J H l O v l
- j u i u > i - ' v o < ] < j i W h j

a i c n ^ ^ i c o ^ j c r i a i u j o
^ W ^ J t - ' ^ ^ [ 0 - - J O O
O H H W M W H V D C O H
V O O J O i C ^ M U l V O t O O J O J
U ) U ) U ) U > t O K ) t O t O t O M
U l l ' W O C D s ] ' U l W r - ' W
k D O J C T t C O M C n o ^ U i a i
U > U > U J U > K > r O M ( O t O H - >
v l U l H U l f f l f f l s l W t h ^
o o m ^ t o o o o c h ^ N J
V O - J ^ C D H W W ^ D U U I
o o < x i i n u ) i - > - j ^ t o
C 0 U > O O I - 1 M O C 0 - J U 1
in
to
Ul
IQ h-1
H HCD 3
(D IQ
1]
a H-
K
H-
CO
0
S
i-(
ro
01
rr
tr
><;
*- <
fl> ID
(D
3
H-1
(D
o
M
c
3
<
10
3
LQ
n n> a
II
II
II
M
in
M
Ul
Hi
H
rr
Ul
to
01
O
3
U>
0
Hi
X S
i
H1 M Ul
^ 1 U> t o
^<
N
O
(P
<
H-
o.
n>
LQ
ii
(D
>
Hi
rr
II
II
X X
3
ro
3
u.
o
ro
0
Hi
t>
0
H3
rr
to
ro
3
ro
ta
X
rr
H
o o
(at frame
(at frame
o i c r \ c r a \ c n L n u i ( _ n < j i u i
C 0 C 0 C 0 J 3 V > O O O t - ' H -
V O - J C T \ ^ U > t - > O U D - j a \
a \ < x t c r * i n u i u i u i u i u i u i
^ M H U i c c m u i w t o o
H t O t O W W W ^ O s l ^
- J C O C O k O V C - U D O O H ' H '
v o o o c h L n u ) w o v o - o c r i
s ] W s ] [ O s l [ O C O W U )
4*i *. 4^ . .
(T\ fc U> h-1
Ol M
a a i O \ c r i u i u i u i u i L n a i
t ^ U l M O C O ^ J U I ^ t O h - 1
J^
-J
i x i w m y ) ^ o o w a i N i c o
W W W O J W W N J I O M M
O H H t O W W W W C n W
H M C O t O W b J W O - J J ^
ame
C D W O ^ H U l ^ U N i y j O
t O C D W U l - J C D O H M U
NJ <X> CT> U)
H I D C D C h U l W I O O W v J
O U l O O l O U I O U l l - ' - O
- 0 ^ ] C O O D U > U > U ) O O W
o ^ c n c r i a i u i u i u i u i L n u i
- O ^ J C O C O C O V O V O V O O O
i _ n 4 * t O H J u ) C 0 C A l n u > t o
u i o a i o u i o a i o c T i M
O l s l s I C D C O C D ^ ^ O O
C h m c h c ^ i n u i u i L n u i u i
W W U I U W M M I O W N J
o \ L n o j ( o o c o o ^ ^ t o o
O i W v l O H M t t ' U i m c O
k Pt > t
U) ( CTl ^
U NJ O \) 00
VO ^
UJ VD 4^ <) U l M
Ul
H
Ji.
^
w
< 3
c
3
a
H-
m
m
- J 0\
O CO
r-1 <J\
CPi
C O f f l ^ t O O C O C T i ^ t O
O O O O O O O O O O
to
2.8
0.4
<X
U W W O J U I W W W l O t O
u i u i i n u i L n ^ i f i i t '
C 0 C r 4 ^ M O C 0 C T i d ^
O O O O O O O O
01
0
C
din
oo Ch
h-1 0>
GO - J
(_n o
00
O l s J v J v J C D C D C D ' l D l O O
o ^ ( r \ o \ L T i f f i u i a i u i u i L n
o o c n j ^ t s J o c o c ^ ^ M o
O O O O O O O O O O
M
tl)
l-l
rr
rt
01
(1)
CO
(11
ii
to
*.
s S
** *
i-3
ni
ro
H-
in
(n rn
to
rr
n 3
ft)
rr
Hp.
a
0)
(n
rr
3 3
m
3 ro
3
H
rr
-a
(D -a
B)
O
0
3 3
O
0
ui
rr
f)
3
rr
(B
3
rr
01
(WB
RHO = 1.025)
44
91
4 4)
O
"P
!
H
i
o
M 1 in
i- o
<
(1) O
IQ in
(B O
oo
to
CO
TJ en
CO
s tsi
N
H
-J
UJ
O
O
a
u> ro
in
o
i in
o rH
i n rH
o
>
CU
CN
00
O
ll>
in m
I) m
W Hi
CD
Nl E-i
N S
' Q
H O
(< m
D I-w co
co
ai
-<
E
3
o
>
tjl
0)
T)
t j l (U
H
3
0
u
EH
iH
ai ai
> X
cn
c
H
in
O J ^ D i - H L n O - s J ' C O n C ^ C M
CNf4*inr-cr\rHnmi"^crt
oooooocooocricricrycncpy
r-cNcry^0-^roroco-3*vo
cn en en
o
o
cocococooocococococo
t o o H n ^ i o l ^ m O M
y\Dr^c~t-~r^t~-L~-r~coco
i o i D m t f ) i n f * * o i o i
l O r l l O H l O H l D r i l D I M
H n ^ i D ^ f f i o w n i / i
r ^ r ~ r - r - r ~ r ~ o o c o a o c o
r ~ a \ o c r y r ~ c o c ^ o c N v o
r - c N o o i n < N > - H o o . - i ^
n i n i o a i O D ^ i D i D O
cococococncricncncrio
u ^ u j ^ r H k o o c N c o H c o
CO
CO
co co
ro n
o
o
r- co co
co co co
o o
o
f
CO
CO CO
<N
CM
00 00 CO
CO CO CO
o
o
C 0 O l H ( N ^ U l V D C O 0 >
l o i D u i m i n ^ f n n i N
H i o n o i h i o i n i o h o
^ f i n r - c o o c N - ^ u j c o i H
m m t o c o m m m m o i o
o
o
^ o v o r - r - r - r ^ r -
( N m * m o o m u ) > H
i n co
co co
o
o
cNc-cNr-cNr-cMC CNCm o n n i n i o t o o i H M
i>r~r-r~t~-r-r-r^coco
o \ n h c o a ) h ^ ( T i n ^
r-r-
^f-o'-tfcococNCMCN^co
O O ^ f C N O O O O C N ^ C O
VOCOOCN'tfVDCOOCNCO
t o c o o i o i o i t n o i o o o
u j L n i n u n ^ ' ^ n n c n c N
i n r H O ^ C N t H r H r H C O V D
r i o \ * a i r i H O i i n n
" j i o ^ o i H n i / i r - a i H
c o r o c o f f i o i m u i a i m o
i i n i f i f ^ < f n n ( N ( N
o m c N c n o o r ~ r ^ r - c n c o
i n i o m m H o i m ^ o i M
cooocococpycrrcrycncryo
v>r>r-r^r~r^r-cocooo
C T y t H C N ' O ' i n r - C O O r H c O
W H I D H I O H I O H I O H
o i n o i n o i n o i n o m
O r H c o ^ v D r - c n o c M c o
r^r-~c^r^t^r^r~cococo
m i n n i J i i ' t - c n m r - i r i
CO CO
CO CO
i n i n ^ * ' * n n M P i ' j
in
i n r - c o o c s ^ v D c o o c N
Cry CTy
CO
CO
fflcotommmmmoo
cry
O l N I N H M ^ t D O H i n
^ c n ^ c r i ^ c r i ^ c h ^ c r i
O r H c n ^ M D r ^ - c h o c N n
r-r>t-~r--r~r~r^cococo
m u i - d ' ^ r o n n o J t N i D
CO CO CO
CO CO CO
O O o
o o o o
^
I D CO
CN CM CM
rH rH rH
c n i n c N O c o c o c o o
o o
00 O CM
ID CO O rCMl ^r jf >JD
H H N
M
O O H H rH t H rrH
o o
I f l ^ C ^ H O l ' ^ l D i r i
cocococncricrycrycry.
o o o o o o o o o o
^
O
^ I D C D O M ^ l D C O O M
c o c o o o m o i m m m o o
oocococooorocococoro
O M n i f l U f f l O l H P I *
r-r^r-c^r~c^-r~cocooo
ai u
T3
c >
O 0)
0 rH
ra
CM
it"
00
CO
Ln
LO
LO
Ul
U3 CO
CO
1X1
1X1
i t U5
LO
O
CO
U>
-J
-O.
'
^
M
LO
CTl
LO
p- 1
tO
-J
K)
M
P - ' P
P - ' P
P - ' P - ' P - ' P
<X)
IX)
LO
Ln
CO
frUlUlfflOl-OlOOtO*
.fe O
-J
l>
Lo
l"
.t*
Ln
-J
LO
m O ^ O J P P H K J W U I
s
\ o r o o i ^ w p o o o ^ a i
^ L J U f O U
U ^ I O J W
L O L O L O L O L O M t O t O t O M
s l 0 1 ( > U H l l ) - J U l U H
&
D
O V X i V O H J U l M C O C O H - O
l U l i
O U I
u i j o u J O D f f i L n a i y ) *
s J O U
H U l l
s j m u u i f r * u u u u
ôoUvjowoiiDwm
M p-1 M M p" p-1

W t O W H H O y ) C D ! D - 0
L O C O L O C O L O O O L O V X l ^ l X i
H ' H I - ' H - ' H - ' l - ' t - ' l - ' H ' H '

o o j - j m o i L n u i ^ * U )
t O L O V X i O L O O O L n J ^ C T l M
L D M L n C O M O L O l X l l O C n
m u i i o o o i - ' i O i t u i v ]
s J 0 1 U l U l * * U U | O I O
M U l l D ^ O O U v l l O v l U
roîv]NooioiLnui.tii^
> t > ^ o > ^ O L n o L n o L n o
P-1 H I - 1 H M I - 1
U W U H H O ^ l D C D v l
L n o ^ c o L o a i c o M L n c o
V O O l O l ^ H O l U W i l i U )
C n - ~ J - J O O C O V O O t O r f * ( X l
p j p - ' M H ' H ' P - ' P - ' P - ' P - ' P - 1

( O N j ^ m o i u i u i i n * . *
* i n * i o * u i u i o i J i o
L n L O L O U l C O L O O O t O ^ ]
L n O O M J ^ C T l L O N J L O L n v x i
* u i u i m o i s i o a o i o *
( D - j - j o i m u i u i u i * . ^
i f c ^ ^ t O ^ V D ^ O U l O
s i a i u i u i ^ ^ w u t o u
H U i y i W v i U v i W s j i o
Ul
LO
p-1 I - 1 M M P-" M
U M W M H O I O B C O ^
l n u > * c n w u i a ) H i i > ~ J
Ul
L0
[ O P - ' O W L n p - ' C O - J O L n
fll
Ul
L o c n c o t o t o o c o L o t o c n
v j
p-
VOOOCOLOLOCOCnLnCDLO
U l l O U ! I O l I l s l O * - J
M p-1 P-1 P-1 P-* I- 1

w i o w r H O U j i o c o s i
O ^ C n t O v J H O l H C J l W
H W O l O U J O l W m ^ W
*X)
-O.
P-"
p- 1
o o
L
L
O
O
t
C
M
J
O
*
O
-
O
'
- j o c o o ~ j * x > L n L n c O ) f c >
~ J i f c > O 0 0 L n L 0 t O P - > O O
o o L n p - c o c n . ^ t o p -
1-J
c o ^ i - ' o o c n i t t O H ' O O
L n ^ j ^ u i M t o ^ i c n v x i i l ^
m * H O ) ( n * i v ) p o o
( D * H 0 I 1 0 1 * M H O O
ffl^HCDUli^WHOO
O L O O M V O O C T l C T l C O ^
0 ) * H O ) U 1 * ( J H O O
C O C n ^ W O C O C n J ^ t O
O O O O O O O O O O
H"
LO
tD
c
4
3
D)
3
C
fu
0
C
3
11
>
II
*.
LO
LO Ln
(D
tD
Hi
H.
U)
=1 4
Hi
HI
W
9)
rr rr
CU
H
CU
3
tD
o
H
Hi
CTl
LO t o
M ai
II
a
PL
ID
tD
O Hi
M rt-
O
O
3
CU LQ
rt
3 Ha-
O
O
LO P-i
to
HI
II
3
rr
m
T)
t)
H-
tD
rr
3
tD
u.
tD
Q*
H-
3 3
rr rT
Hi
rr rr
m 3
n n n
ti o 0
3 H 3
rr T) n
tD CU m
3 M t-i
?o
11
p-1 M
.
.
w
TI
rn
iMS
(.)
1?!
rn
CI
N
N
o
o
H-
c
a>
ii
a a fa
LO
a
>
Vi 11
S
H
rn
n
to
-J
LO
O
O PH
O 1
tD
M
LQ
M
H
HID
3
tD LQ
Ln
M Ln
p-1 o
en 1
<
CO
K)
rn
K;
X
rr
H
(D
4
ij
tD
<
H-
a
tD
3
LQ
c
3
a
H-
CO
U) n
LQ U l
tD o
in M3
H-
P9
H.
w
o
s.
3
tr
P1-
H
M
P-*
tD
<!
M
tD
ID
3
LQ
to1 a
n
3 P- P -
<
0)
0
of comp:
I I' I I I' I" J J

O I v l s J O l O l U l U l * *
J^L0tfcL04*VX>^*X>Ln
t O t O L O U l C n C O O
O
.>
CO
p-
P- 1
>X>
O p - ' P
p
vj
U W U H H O I O U J O J - J
U 1 < X > L O C O M ^ - J O L O - ~ J
1"t'I'('t't'f'('I'h-1
c o ~ j - j c n c r \ L n L n f c > ) P > J ^
t * ^ 0 ^ L O ) f c > L O J ^ L O t l ^ O
f j
LJ
CO
IX)
W
lO
VX>
LO
o o o o o o o o o o
V D H ' ^ c o L n o J t s j L O L n o
o
o
u i i i i i o o o H U C t n a i
W
J i
u i u i u i J i ^ j i ^ ^
C X l - J v l O l O l U l U l ^ i l i W
Ln . Ln
00
00
en en OI CTl cn
00 Cn J ^ NJ o
o O o O o
VX>
LO
~J
~J
M
O
- J ~J
CTl J ^
-J
03
O
CO 00
to o
P-"
tD
Vol
ent:
scr:
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
117
R3.1 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
198 .9
203 .8
208,.8
213..7
218 .8
224..7
230..7
236..8
243..3
250,.7
199 .1
204 .0
209..0
213..9
219..0
225..0
230,.9
237,.0
243..5
251,.0
199 .3
1000
1020
198 .7
203 .6
208 .6
213 .5
218 .6
224 .5
230 .5
236..6
243..0
250 .5
204,.2
209,.2
214,.1
219,.2
225..2
231,.2
237..2
.7
243 .
251,.3
199 .5
204 .4
209 .4
214,.3
219 .4
225 .4
231 .4
237,.4
243,.9
251 .5
199,.7
204,.6
209,.6
214 .5
.
219,.7
225,.6
231,.6
237..7
244..2
251,.8
198 .3
203 .2
208 .2
213 .1
218 .1
224 .1
230 .1
236..1
242..6
250 .0
55 .4
56 .8
58..2
59,.5
60 .9
62,.6
64,.3
66,.0
67,.8
69..8
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
258 .1
265..7
273 .4
281 .0
288 .7
296..3
303..9
311 .6
319 .2
326..8
258 .4
266 .0
273 .6
281 .3
288 .9
296..5
304..2
311 .8
319 .4
327 .1
258,.6
266..3
259..1
266..8
273 .9
281..5
289..2
296..8
304..4
312..1
319..7
327,.3
258 .9
266 .5
274 .2
281 .8
289 .4
297 .1
304 .7
312 .3
320 .0
327 .6
259..4
267..0
274..7
282,.3
^ 2 8 9 ,.9
297..6
" 305..2
312..8
320,.5
328,.1
257 .6
265,.2
272 .9
280 .5
288 .1
295 .8
303,.4
311 .0
318 .7
326 .3
72 .0
74 .1
76 .2
78 .4
80 .5
82 .6
84 .7
86 .9
89 .0
91 .1
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
334,.5
334..7
342 .4
350 .0
357..6
358..6
335 .0
342 .6
350 .2
357 .9
358 .6
335..2
335,.5
342 .9
350 .5
358 .1
358 .6
343 .1
350 .8
358,.2
358,.6
335..7
343..4
351..0
358,.3
358,.6
333..9
341..6
93..3
95 .4
97 .5
99 .7
100..0
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
342 .1
349,.7
357,.4
358,.6
274 .4
282 .0
289 .7
297..3
305,.0
312 .6
320 .2
327 .9
'*
349 .2
356..8
358..6
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
118
R3.1
H.F.O.TK. NO.l
Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO, RHO =
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents

Sounding device:
1.01)
(at frame
(at frame
Remote sounding
y =
-7.95 m
z =
3.83 m
35)
43)
43)
R3.1 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
2.3
3.7
5.7
8.2
2.3
3.8
5.7
8.2
2.3
3.8
5.8
8.3
2.4
3.8
5.8
8.4
2.4
3.9
5.9
8.5
2.4
3.9
2.2
"6.0
8.6
5.6
8.0
120
140
160
180
11.2
14.9
19.0
23.5
28.5
33.8
11.3
15.0
19.1
23.7
28.7
34.0
11.4
15.1
19.3
23.9
28.9
34.2
11.6
15.3
19.4
24.1
29.1
34 .4
11.7
15.4
19.6
24.2
29.3
34.6
11.8
15.5
19.8
24.4
29.5
34.8
11.0
14.6
18.7
23 .2
28.1
33.3
0.6
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.1
4.1
5.3
6.6
7.9
9.4
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
39.3
45.2
51.2
57.5
64 .0
70.7
77.6
84.7
92.0
99.5
39.6
45.4
51.5
57.7
64.2
70.9
77.8
85.0
92.3
99.9
39.8
45.6
51.7
58.0
64. :5
71.2
78.1
85.3
92.6
100.2
40.0
45.9
52.0
58.3
64.8
71.5
78.4
85.6
92.9
100.5
40.2
46.1
52.2
58.5
65.0
71.8
78.7
85.8
93 .2
100.8
40.5
46.4
52.5
58.8
65.3
72.0
79.0
86.1
93.5
101.1
38.9
44 .7
50.7
57.0
63.4
70.1
77.0
84 .1
91.4
98.9
11.0
12.6
14.3
16.0
17.8
19.7
21.6
23.6
25 .7
27.8
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
107.3
115.0
121.1
127.3
133.5
139.0
144.2
149.5
154 .7
160.0
107.6
115.2
121.3
127.5
133.7
139.2
144.4
149.6
154.9
160.2
107.9
115.3
121.5
127.6
133.9
139.4
144.6
149.8
155.1
160.4
108.3
115.5
121.7
127.8
134 .0
139.5
144.7
150.0
155.3
160.6
108.6
115.7
121.8
128.0
134.2
139.7
144 .9
150.2
155.4
160.7
108.9
115.9
122.0
128.2
134 .4
139.9
145.1
150.3
155.6
160.9
106.7
114 .6
120.7
126.9
133.1
138 .7
143.9
149.1
154.4
159.7
29.9
32.1
33.8
35.5
37.2
38.8
40.2
41.7
43.1
44.6
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
165.3
170.7
176.0
181.4
186.8
192.2
197.5
202.9
208.3
213.6
165.5
170.9
176.2
181.6
187.0
192.3
197.7
203.1
208.4
213.8
165.7
171.0
176.4
181.8
187.1
192.5
197.9
203.3
208.6
214.0
165.9
171.2
176.6
182.0
187.3
192.7
198.1
203.4
208.8
214.2
166.1
171.4
176.8
182.1
187.5
192.9
198.3
203.6
209.0
214 .4
166.2
171.6
177.0
182.3
187.7
193.1
198.4
203 .8
209.2
214.6
165.0
170.3
175.7
181.1
186.4
191.8
197.2
202.5
207.9
213.3
46.1
47.6
49.1
50.6
52.1
53.6
55.1
56.6
58.1
59.6
800
820
219.2
225.7
219.4
225.8
219.6
226.0
219.8
226.2
220.0
226.4
220.2
22%. 6
218.8
225.3
61.1
62.9
0
20
40
- 60
80
100
3 .7
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
__
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
119
R3.1 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1-14 0
1160
1180
Trim by st ern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0 .5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
232.1
238.6
245.2
252.9
260.5
268.1
275.8
283.4
291.1
298.7
232 .3
238 .8
245..5
253 .1
260..7
268,.4
276 .0
283..6
291 .3
298 .9
232.5
239.0
245.7
253.3
261.0
268.6
276.2
283 .9
291.5
299.1
232.7
239.2
245.9
253.6
261.2
268.8
276.5
284.1
291.7
299.4
232 .9
239..4
246..2
253 .8
261..4
269..1
276 .7
284..3
292 .0
299..6
233 .1
239..6
246,.4
254 .0
261,.7
269,.3
276 .9
284,.6
292 .2
299 .9
231.7
238.2
244.8
252.4
260.1
267.7
275.3
283.0
290.6
298.2
64.7
66.5
68.4
70.5
72.6
74 .8
76.9
79.0
81.2
83 .3
306.3
314.0
321.6
329.2
336.9
344.5
352.1
358.6
306 .5
314 .2
321..8
329 .5
337..1
344..7
352 .4
358..6
306.8
314.4
322.0
329.7
337.3
345.0
352.6
358.6
307.0
314.6
322.3
329.9
337.6
345.2
352.8
358.6
307..2
314,.9
322,.5
330,.2
337,.8
345..4
353 .1
358..6
307 .5
315,.1
322..8
330..4
33'8"..0
345,.7
353,.3
358,.6
305.9
313.5
321.1
328.8
336.4
344.0
351.7
358.6
85.4
87.5
89.7
91.8
93.9
96.1
98.2
100.0
' *
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
12 0
R3.2
H.F.O.TK. NO.2

Sounding device:
1.01)
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y = -11.14 m
z = 16.00 m
34)
37)
34)
R3.2 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
0
20
40
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.6
3.5
6.5
9.4
0.6
3.5
6.4
9.4
0.5
3.5
6.4
9.3
0.5
3.4
6.3
9.3
Filling
degree
" 60
6.6
9.5
0.7
3.6
6.5
9.5
80
100
120
140
160
180
12.5
15.6
18.6
21.7
24.8
28.0
12.5
15.5
18.6
21.7
24 .8
27.9
12.4
15.5
18.5
21.6
24.7
27.9
12.4
15.4
18.5
21.6
24 .7
27.8
12.3
15.4
18.4
21.5
24.6
27.8
12.3
15.3
18.4
21.5
24.6
27.7
12.6
15.6
18.7
21.8
24.9
28.1
11.8
14 .1
16.5
18.8
21.2
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
31.2
34 .4
37.6
40.8
44 .0
47.2
50.4
53 .6
56.9
60. 1
31.1
34.3
37.5
40.7
43 .9
47.2
50.4
53.6
56.8
60.0
31.1
34.3
37.5
40.7
43 .9
47.1
50.3
53.5
56.8
60.0
31.0
34.2
37.4
40.6
43.8
47.1
50.3
53.5
56.7
59.9
31.0
34.2
37.4
40.6
43 .8
47.0
50.2
53.4
56.7
59.9
30.9
34.1
37.3
40.5
43 .7
47. 0
50.2
53 .4
56.6
59.8
31.2
34 .4
37.7
40.9
44.1
47.3
50.5
53.7
57.0
60.2
23.6
26.1
28.5
30.9
33 .4
35.8
38.3
40.7
43.2
45.6
400
420
440
460
500
520
540
560
580
63 .3
66.5
69.8
73.2
77.2
81.1
85.1
89.1
93.0
97.0
63.3
66.5
69.7
73.1
77.1
81. 1
85.0
89.0
93 .0
97.0
63 .2
66.4
69.7
73.1
77.0
81.0
85.0
89.0
92.9
96.9
63.2
66.4
69.6
73 .0
77.0
81.0
84.9
88.9
92.9
96.8
63.1
66.4
69.6
73.0
76.9
80.9
84.9
88.8
92.8
96.8
63 .1
66.3
69.5
72.9
76.9
80.8
84 .8
88 .8
92.8
96 .7
63 .4
66.6
69.9
73.3
77.3
81.3
85 .2
89.2
93.2
97.1
48.1
50.5
53 .0
55.6
58 .6
61.6
64 .6
67.6
70.6
73.6
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
101.0
105.0
108.9
112 .9
116.9
120.8
124.8
128.8
131.8
100.9
104.9
108.9
112.8
116.8
120.8
124 .7
128.7
131.8
100.9
104.8
108.8
112.8
116.8
120.7
124.7
128.7
131.8
100.8
104.8
108.8
112.7
116.7
120.7
124.6
128.6
131.8
100.8
104.7
108.7
112.7
116.6
120.6
124.6
128.5
131.8
100.7
104.7
108.6
112.6
116.6
120.5
124 .5
128.5
131.8
101.1
105.1
109.0
113 .0
117.0
121.0
124 .9
128.9
131.8
76 .6
79.7
82.7
85.7
88.7
91.7
94 .7
97.7
100.0
.480
0.7
Trim by stern
3 .6
0.8
3 .7
6.6
9.6
0.5
2.8
5.0
7.2
9.5
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
121
R3.2
H.F.O.TK. NO.2
Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO, RHO = 1.01)

Sounding device:
Remote sounding
y = -7.95 m
z =
8.03 in
(at frame
(at frame
34)
3 7)
36)
R3.2 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
0
20
40
" 60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0.4
3.3
6.3
9.2
12.2
15.2
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.7
0.4
3.3
6.3
9.2
12.2
15.3
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.7
0.4
3.3
6.3
9.2
12.2
15.3
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.7
0.4
3.3
6.3
9.2
12.2
15.3
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.7
0.5
3.4
6.3
9.2
12.2
15.3
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.7
0.5
3.4
6.3
9.3
12.2
15.3
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.7
0.4
3.3
6.3
9.2
12.2
15.2
18.3
21.4
24.5
27.6
0.3
2.5
4.8
7.0
9.3
11.6
13.9
16.2
18.6
21.0
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
30.8
34 .0
37.2
40.5
43 .7
46.9
50.1
53.3
56.5
59.8
30.8
34.0
37.2
40.5
43 .7
46.9
50.1
53.3
56.5
59.8
30.8
34.0
37.3
40.5
43 .7
46.9
50.1
53 .3
56.5
59.8
30.8
34.1
37.3
40.5
43 .7
46.9
50.1
53.3
56.6
59.8
30.9
34.1
37.3
40.5
43.7
46.9
50.1
53.3
56.6
59.8
30.9
34.1
37.3
40.5
43 .7
46.9
50.1
53 .3
56.6
59.8
30.8
34.0
37.2
40.4
43.7
46.9
50.1
53.3
56.5
59.8
23.4
25.8
28.3
30.7
33.1
35.6
38.0
40.5
42.9
45.4
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
63.0
66.2
69.5
72.8
76.8
80.7
84 .7
88.7
92.6
96.6
63 .0
66.2
69.5
72.8
76.8
80.7
84.7
88.7
92.7
96.6
63 .0
66.2
69.5
72.8
76.8
80.8
84.7
88.7
92.7
96.6
63 .0
66.2
69.5
72.8
76.8
80.8
84 .7
88.7
92.7
96.6
63.0
66.2
69.5
72.8
76.8
80.8
84.7
88.7
92.7
96.7
63 .0
66.3
69.5
72.8
76.8
80.8
84.8
88.7
92.7
96.7
63.0
66.2
69.4
72.8
76.8
80.7
84.7
88.7
92.6
96.6
47.8
50.3
52.7
55.3
58.3
61.3
64.3
67.3
70.3
73 .3
100.6
104.6
108.5
112.5
116.5
120.4
124.4
128.4
131.8
100.6
104.6
108 .5
112.5
116 .5
120.5
124.4
128.4
131.8
100.6
104.6
108.6
112.5
116.5
120.5
124.4
128.4
131.8
100.6
104.6
108.6
112.5
116.5
120.5
124.4
128.4
131.8
100.6
104.6
108.6
112.5
116.5
120.5
124.5
128.4
131.8
100.6
104.5
108.5
112.5
116.5
120.4
124.4
128.4
131.8
76.3
79.4
82.4
85.4
88.4
91.4
94.4
97.4
100.0
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
100.6
104.6
108.5
112.5
116.5
120.4
124.4
128.4
131.8
<*
*
W
j_i
l
f ! . ^ U )
^ o o j o o a ^ o o ^ h - ' - J O J U )
KO KD VO 00
lO ^> O U l
00
P
W P H O ^ y D O D t O v J t O
Ul
O ^ J C T i C T x U l k l ^ ^ O J t O
to
v ] v J ( T i C T > C n i J l L n U l ^ ^
w o v j * . O s ] ^ t o y D v j
to
O l O ^ ^ C O C D C O v J s J
o - j f t ' h - ' o o L n t o v o c h
- 0 - s ] * . H C D U l t J U ) ^
p J M P J ^ - , ^ - > ^ - , h J ^ - l l - ,
- j c r i a i u i a i t J ^ ^ w w
t O C D U C D t O - J K J l T i H
* > O v ] ^ t O O C O s ] O ^ U l
s J [ O C D W \ D i t ' O C r > t O s l
M h - ' U J L n < | O 4 ^ 0 0
O O O U l O J p J M D C h J ^ t O O
^ J ^ W W U L J U t O t O W
^ W U 3 s J ^ t O O - O U l W
w w
w to p
p
p
U l P s l W ^ O U l H f f i i t O
W I O N J O J ^ O \ l D t O O ^ O
U) W [O [O H H
H
U l H v ] U U ) U l H C O * >
W t O t O O J ^ O i ^ D N J U l O
U> U> N) NJ H (- M
U l p - O U U ) U l M ( ^ H
( O l O ^ ^ t 0 0 0 3 0 \ * I O
j N l O ^ m C T i U l U l ^ ^ U
s j t o c o ^ o o \ p - j w i o
t ^ p c o m ^ t o o c D c r i ^
m W O v l ^ H C O W l D O ^
S ] I D O \ W O C O U 1 W I O
>
W m U C O W - J M s l H
h- I- 1 h-1 M M
H
M M P H O O ^ I O C O O D
O I K O ^ O U l O ^ O U l M
o o t o u D O i
L n U J o - J ^ h -
J U D O ^ U J O - O ^ I - ^ O O
C
J
H-1 M h-1 H 1 l - 1 M
W W H H O O U ) ^ C D C O
t O t 0 t O W * 0 \ 0 } H U l W )
H-
il
M.
01
rr
fD
fD
M
LQ
M
H
HfD
a
fD LQ
h-
ID1
H-
H
(D
<
I4*
o
O
(-
II
II
i
M
CTl H 1
^
N
<T\
03
LO
to
II
c
a
to
(i
U)
a
c
B>
fl)
-(
fD
>
(D
Ml
rr
II
a\
o
B)
rr
fD
LO LO
O
^
(D
r-h M l
H. N
(i) B)
(i)
rr
3 3
00
O
to M
ifc. h-1
ii
X X
a aa
a
fD
M
fD
i]
X
rr
fD
h-1
fD
tn
ii
ffi
LO
LO
n n o
o o 0
a H T3J
rr
n
fD ID B>
a M l-i
rr rr rr
0.3
Oil (
U ) O O O U l U > M V O - J L n r f *
W U [O NJ H
p
H
U l H s l W ^ O U l H C D ^ O
M t O W N J ^ O i a J H U l l O
W W W W H H
H
U l H v ] U ^ a i H 0 3 ^ O
* <;
fl>
fD
LQ
D,
H-
<! a
fD
M
o
c
a
u.
Ha
CO
avy
- J U > 0 0 J > O 0 - \ | - - J U > U )
M h J H J H 1 h J | - , l - i l - 1 M
s ) a \ a \ u i u i ^ * L J W
I O C O W C O W S J N J S J H
U l W U J 0 1 W O v J t O U ) C h
- J V O C f t C J O - J ^ H - ' O O
M M H H O O V D I D C D C D
C A H l ^ O O l O ^ O l i l H
s J f f \ 0 \ U l U l ^ ^ U W
W C D U C O W - O l O s J H
U O C D U 1 W H W - 0 U 1 W
a i c o \ D ( j i u o ^ H C D m
s ] C 0 ( J l f O V D f f l ^ H C D
v j s j a i a i ^ u i L n ^ ^ u
v l W C O i P . O f f l H - J U J V O
P- M Ih- tIt O t O H J H J O O V ) ^ D C 0 C D
C T \ H J U 1 0 U 1 0 t > 0 < - n h J
h- p- l->p- h-'h- p h-hv j m ^ u i u i ^ ^ u w
fl
U>
LO
g device:
M H H W W U 1 C 0 H U 1 1 O
U> UJ t o tO M H 1 l - 1
U l H v l W W U l H C D ^ O
W H H M W U I C O H ^ I D
U> OJ t o tO M l-> H 1
u i H s j u v o L n p c o ^ o
o o o o o o o o o o
0
C
points of comp:
t O O - J U l L J M O O - O U l U )
,_i
^ M C D C T i U J O - J M O a L n
j_i
N ) O v l L n t O O f f i O \ ^ U
J C D O l M l O O ^ U O s I
L_J
CD(JltO'Xl{Th-i00Ul
s j N ] 0 \ 0 \ ( T i U l U l
(_.
C O t O M M O O ^ O ^ J G O O O
c r i M C n o L n o J ^ o L n i - 1
f_.
tf^h-
j v j o i C h a N U i L n ^ ^ u
s l W C O ^ O C T l H - J U U )
o o o o o o o o o o
U J O J L O O J L J E O C O t O t O t O
C D m 4 > W O C D ^ * . I O O
s i m O ^ U l U l i t ' . l i U U
W C D W ( D t O s ] W > J H
J - J U l W W C n W O ' O
^
s)
W M H P O U 3 U ) U ) C O C D
m H O l O U I l O i t ' O U l r - '
Ul
tO
(Tl CTi U l
CD W M
-J
W
U l U l U l J 1 0 1 i t ' * ' i t > ^ * >

C o m ^ M O f f l l T i ^ t O O
O O O O O O O O O O
- j - j - o - j o \ c n c r \ a i c r >
M
fD
ment ident:
ment descr:
to
to
o
i
O
Ln
<
to
to
n
Ul
B)
LQ
tl
rn
o
rn
n
LO
-J
LO
O
O H
I
D
S N
>-3 N
NG TAB
ding
m (at frame
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
123
R3.3
H.F.O.TK. NO.3

Sounding device:
Remote sounding
y = -7.95 m
z =
8.03 m
(at frame
(at frame
3 0)
34)
33)
R3 .3 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.5
4.1
7.7
0.6
4.1
7.7
160
180
11.4
15.1
18.9
22.8
26.7
30.7
34.8
11.4
15.2
19.0
22.8
26.8
30.7
34.8
0.6
4 .1
7.8
11.5
15.2
19.0
22 .9
26.8
30.8
34.8
0.6
4.2
7.8
11.5
15.2
19.0
22 .9
26.8
30.8
34.9
0.7
4.2
7.8
11.5
15.3
19.1
22.9
26.9
30.9
34.9
0.7
4.2
7.9
11.6
15.3
19.1
23.0
26.9
30.9
34.9
0.5
4.0
7.6
11.3
15.1
18.9
22.7
26.7
30.6
34 .7
0.3
2.4
4.5
6.6
8.8
11.0
13.2
15.5
17.8
20.1
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
38.9
43.0
47.2
51.4
55.6
59.8
64.0
68.3
72.5
76.8
38.9
43.1
47.2
51.4
55.6
59.9
64 . 1
68.3
72.6
76.8
38.9
43.1
47.3
51.5
55.7
59.9
64 .1
68.4
72 .6
76.9
39.0
43.1
47.3
51.5
55.7
59.9
64 .2
68.4
72 .6
76.9
39.0
43.2
47.4
51.6
55.8
60.0
64.2
68.4
72.7
77.0
39.1
43.2
47.4
51.6
55.8
60.0
64.2
68.5
72.7
77.0
38.8
43.0
47.1
51.3
55.5
59.7
64.0
68.2
72.5
76.7
22.5
24.9
27.3
29.8
32.2
34.6
37.1
39.5
42.0
44 .5
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
81.1
85.4
89.7
94.1
99.4
104 .7
110.0
115.3
120.6
125.9
81.1
85.4
89.7
94.2
99.5
104 .7
110.0
115.3
120.6
125.9
81.1
85.4
89.7
94.2
99.5
104.8
110.1
115.4
120.7
126.0
81.2
85.5
89.8
94.3
99.6
104 .8
110.1
115.4
120.7
126.0
81.2
85.5
89.8
94.3
99.6
104.9
110.2
115.5
120.8
126.1
81.3
85.6
89.9
94.4
99.7
105.0
110.2
115.5
120.8
126.1
81.0
85.3
89.6
94.0
99.3
104.6
109.9
115.2
120.5
125.8
46.9
49.4
51.9
54.5
57.6
60.6
63.7
66.7
69.8
72.9
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
131.2
136.5
141.8
147 . 0
152.3
157.6
162.9
168.2
172.7
131.2
136.5
141.8
131.3
136.6
141.9
147.1
152 .4
157.7
163 .0
168.3
172.7
131.3
136.6
141.9
147.2
152.5
157.8
163.1
168.4
172.7
131.4
136.7
142.0
147.3
152.5
157.8
163.1
168.4
172.7
131.4
136.7
142.0
147.3
152.6
157.9
163.2
168.5
172.7
131.1
136.4
141.7
146.9
152.2
157.5
162.8
168.1
172.7
75.9
79.0
82.1
85.1
88.2
91.3
94.3
97.4
100.0
0
20
40
- 60
80
100
120
14 0
147.1.
152.4
157.7
163 .0
168.3
172.7
*.
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
124
R3.4
H.F.O.TK. NO.4

Manual sounding
y = 11.09 m
z = 16.45 m
Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
3 7)
43)
43)
R3.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.6
1.1 1.9
3.1
4.5
6.4
8.6
Filling
degree
0
20
40
, 60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.6
1.1
2.0
3.1
4.6
6.5
8.8
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.6
1.1
2.0
3.2
4.7
6.6
8.8
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.6
1.2
2.0
3.2
4.7
6.7
8.9
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.6
1.2
2.0
3.2
4.8
6.7
9.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.6
1.2
2.1
3.3
4.9
6.8
9.1
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.6
1.2
2.1
3.3
4.9
6.9
9.2
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
11.3
14.3
17.4
20.8
24.5
28.2
32.2
36.2
40.4
44.7
11.4
14.4
17.5
21.0
24.6
28.4
32.3
36.4
40.5
44.8
11.5
14 .5
17.7
21.1
24.7
28.5
32.5
36.5
40.7
45.0
11.6
14.6
17.8
21.2
24.9
28.7
32.6
36.7
40.8
45.1
11.7
14.7
17.9
21.4
25.0
28.8
32.7
36.8
41.0
45.3
11.8
14.8
18.0
21.5
25.1
29.0
32.9
37.0
41.1
45.5
11.2
14.1
17.2
20.6
24.2'
28.0
31.9
35.9
40.1
44.3
3.4
4.2
5.1
6.2
7.2
8.3
9.5
10.7
11.9
' 13.2
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
49.1
53.6
58.3
63.1
68.0
73.1
78.2
83 .5
89.0
94 .5
49.2
53.8
58.5
63.3
68.2
73.3
78.4
83.7
89.2
94.7
49.4
54.0
58.6
63.5
68.4
73.4
78.6
83.9
89.4
94.9
49.6
54 .1
58.8
63.6
68.6
73 .6
78.8
84.1
89.6
95.1
49.7
54.3
59.0
63.8
68.8
73.8
79.0
84.3
89.8
95.3
49.9
54.5
59.2
64.0
68.9
74 .0
79.2
84.5
90.0
95.5
48 .8
53.3
57.9
62.7
67.6
72.7
77.9
83.1
88.6
94 .1
14 .5
15.8
17.2
18.6
20.1
21.6
23.1
24.7
26.3
27.9
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
100.1
105.7
111.3
116.1
120.7
125.4
130.4
135.5
140.6
145.7
100.3
105.9
111.5
116.3
120.9
125.6.
130.6
135.7
140.8
145.9
100.5
106 .1
111.7
116.5
121.1
125.8
130.8
135.9
141.0
146.1
100.7
106.3
112.0
116.7
121.3
126.0
131.0
136.1
141.2
146.3
100.9 .
106.5
112.2
116.9
121.5
126.2
131.2
136.3
141.4
146.5
101.1
106.7
112.4
117.1
121.7
126.4
131.4
136.5
141.6
146.7
99.7
105.3
110.9
115.7
120.4
125.0
130.0
135.1
140.2
145.3
29.6
31.2
32.9
34.3
35.7
37.0
38.5
40.0
41.5
43.1
800
820
150.9
156.0
151.1
156.2
151.3
156.4
151.5
156.6
151.7
156.8
151.8
IV-0
150.5
155.6
44.6
46.1
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.6
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
125
SOUNDING TABLE
R3.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
161 .2
166..4
171 .7
177..0
182..3
187..5
192..8
199..2
205..6
212..1
161 .4
166..6
171 .9
177..2
182..5
187..7
193..0
199..4
205..8
212..3
161 .6
166 .8
172 .1
177..4
182 .7
187,.9
193 .2
199..6
206..1
212..5
161 .8
167 .0
172 .3
177..6
182 .9
188..1
193..4
199,.8
206,.3
212,.8
162 .0
167 .2
172 .5
177 .8
183 .1
188 .3
193 .6
200 .0
206 .5
213 .0
162 .2
167 .4
172 .7
178 .0
183 .3
188 .5
193 .8
200 .3
206 .7
213 .2
160 .8
166..0
171 .3
176,.6
181..9
187..1
192..4
198..7
205..2
211,.7
47 .6
49 .2
50 .7
52 .3
53 .8
55 .4
57 .0
58 .8
60 .7
62 .7
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
218..6
226..3
234..3
242..2
250,.1
258,.1
266 .0
274..0
281 .9
289..9
218..8
226..6
234..5
242..5
250..4
258..4
266 .3
274 .2
282 .2
290..1
219 .0
226 .9
234 .8
242 .8
250 .7
258 .6
266 .6
274 .5
282 .5
290 .4
219,.3
227,.1
235,.1
243,.0
251,.0
258,.9
266 .8
274..8
282 .7
290..7
219..5
227..4
235..4
243..3
251..2
259..2
267 .1
275 .1
283 .0
290..9
219..8
227..7
235..6
243..6
251..5
259..4
267 .4
275 .3
283 .3
291 .2
218..1
225..8
233..7
241..7
249..6
257..5
265 .5
273 .4
231 .4
289 .3
64 .6
66 .9
69 .2
71 .6
73 .9
76 .2
78 .6
80 .9
83 .3
85 .6
]240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
297 .8
305 .7
313..7
321 .6
329 .6
337 .5
338 .5
298..1
306 .0
313..9
321 .9
329 .8
337 .8338 .5
298..3
306 .3
314..2
322 .2
330..1
338 .0
338..5
298 .6
306 .5
314 .5
322 .4
330 .4
337 .6
338 .5
298 .9
306 .8
314 .8
322 .7
330 .6
338 .3
338 .5
299,.1
307,.1
315,.0
323..0
330,.9
338 .3
338,.5
297,.2
305..2
313..1
321..1
329,.0
337 .0
338,.5
88,.0
90 .3
92,.7
95 .0
97,.4
99 .7
100 .0
fi
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
126
R3 .4
H.F.O.TK. NO.4

Fore- end x = 32 . 00 m
Sounding device:
Remote sounding
y =
7.95 m
z =
2.88m
(at frame
(at frame
37)
43)
42)
R3.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
0.1
11.5
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.8
1.5
2.7
4.2
6.3
8.7
11.6
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.8
1.5
2.7
4.3
6.3
8.8
11.6
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.8
1.6
2.7
4.3
6.4
8.8
11.7
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.8
1.5
2.6
4.1
6.0
8.4
11.2
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.4
14.8
18.3
22.2
26.3
30.5
34.9
39.5
44.2
49.1
54.1
14 .8
18.4
22.3
26.4
30.6
35.0
39.6
44 .3
49.2
54.2
14.9
18.5
22.4
26.5
30.7
35.2
39.7
44 .4
49.3
54 .4
15.0
18.6
22.5
26.6
30.8
35.3
39.8
44 .6
49.5
54.5
14.4
18.0
21.8
25.8
30.1
34.5
39.0
43.7
48.6
53.6
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.7
8.9
10.2
11.6
13 .0
14.4
15.9
59.4
64.7
70.2
75.9
81.7
87.6
93 .7
99.8
106.0
112.2
59.5
64.9
70.4
76.0
81.8
87.8
93.9
100.0
106.2
112.4
59.7
65.0
70.5
76.2
82.0
87.9
94.0
100.2
106.4
112.6
58.7
64.0
69.5
75.1
80.9
86.8
92.9
99.0
105.2
111.4
17.4
19.0
20.6
22.3
24.0
25.7
27.5
29.3
31.2
33.0
0
20
40
60
"80
100
120
140
160
180
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.8
1.5
2.6
4.1
6.1
8.5
11.4
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.8
1.5
2.6
4.2
6.2
8.6
11.4
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
14.6
18.1
22.0
26.0
30.3
34.7
39.2
43 .9
48.8
53 .8
14.7
18.2
22.1
26.1
30.4
34.8
39.4
44.1
48.9
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
59.0
64.3
69.8
75 .4
81.2
87.1
93 .2
99.3
105.5
111.7
59.1
64 .4
75. 6
81.3
87.3
93 .4
99.5
105.7
111.9
59.3
64.6
70.1
75.7
81.5
87.4
93 .5
99.7
105.9
112.1
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
116.9
122.0
127.2
132.4
137.6
142 .8
148.1
153 .4
158.6
163 .9
117.1
122.2
127.4
132.5
137.8
143 .0
148.2
153.5
158.8
164 .1
117.2
122.4
127.5
132.7
137.9
143.2
148.4
153.7
159.0
164.2
117.4
122.5
127.7
132.9
138.1
143.3
148.6
153.8
159.1
164.4
117.6
122.7
127.8
133.0
138.2
143.5
148.7
154 .0
159.3
164.6
117.7
122 .8
128.0
133.2
138.4
143.6
148 .9
154.2
15.9.5
164.7
116.6
121.7
126.9
132.1
137.3
142.5
147.8
153.0
158.3
163.6
34.5
36.1
37.6
39.1
40.7
42.2
43.8
45.3
46.9
48.4
800
820
169.2
174.5
169.4
174 .6
169.5
174.8
169.7
175.0
169.8
175.1
170.0
168.9
174.2
50.0
51.5
54 . 0
69.9
. ..0..3
0.8
. 1.5
2.7
4.2
6.2
8.6
175-.<*3
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
127
R3.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
179.8
185.0
190.3
196.1
202.5
209.0
215.5
222.5
230.5
238.4
179 .9
185 .2
190 .5
196 .2
202 .7
209 .2
215 .7
222 .8
230 .7
238
180 .1
185 .4
190 .6
196 .4
202 .9
209 .4
215 .8
223 .0
230 .9
238 .9
180.2
185.5
190.8
196.6
203.1
209.5
216.0
223.2
231.1
239.1
180.4
185.7
191.0
196.8
203.3
209.7
216.2
223.4
231.4
239.3
180 .6
185 .9
191 .1
197 .0
203 .4
209 .9
216 .4
223..6
231 .6
239..5
179.4
184.7
190.0
195.7
202.2
208.7
215.1
222 .1
230.1
238.0
53.1
54.7
56.2
57.9
59.8
61.8
63.7
65.8
68.1
70.4
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
246.4
254.3
262 .3
270.2
278.1
286.1
294.0
302.0
309.9
317.8
246.
254 .5
262..5
270..4
278..3
286..3
294,.2
302..2
310..1
318,.0
246 .8
254-.1
262..7
270..6
278.
286..5
294,.4
302,.4
310,.3
318,.3
247.0
255.0
262.9
270.8
278.8
286.7
294.7
302.6
310.5
318.5
247.2
255.2
263.1
271.1
279.0
287.0
294.9
302.8
310.8
318.7
247..5
255..4
263..4
271..3
279,.2
287,.2
295,. 1
303,.1
311,.0
318,.9
246.0
253.9
261.8
269.8
277.7
285.7
293.6
301.5
309.5
317.4
72.8
75.1
77.5
79.8
82.2
84.5
86.9
89.2
91.6
93.9
1240
1260
1280
325.8
333 .7
338.5
326..0
333,.9
338,.5
326..2
334..1
338..5
326.4
334.4
338.5
326.7
334.6
338.5
326,.9
334,.8
338..5
325.4
333.3
338.5
96.2
98.6
100.0
1X1
1X1
-1
IX)
-0 .5
; *
io
vo
O s l W O v l ^ O C D s J O )
ui ui
-0 Ul
VD VO VO
vj ch j^ u
O M W U i u i c r x o o o o J C ^
m w H O v o s i c n a i ^ u
O J O J t O t O t O C O t O t O M M
W H V O ^ U l U H O C O a \
Ji. Ji Ji 0J OJ OJ
Ul U) H CO Ol J^
Ul Ul 4=
U H VI
W O ^ C O H C T i W H H ^ O
o j ^ u i o o i ^ v o ^ a t v o i c t
w o w u i w w - j t o c o c n
en
O ^ W V D { T \ U I O V ] N J > J
to
W U J W M I O H H P H
0 3 * . O ^ U V O C H W O C D
t O N J ^ - J t O O O m O i O O U J
U > G J t O N J t O h - ' h J H - > h J

J W I D O ^ W I D ^ U O C D
^ ] U i u i ^ ] t o
( o c o u c D W u j ^ o m
ai
W W W N J t O H P P P
j - h - u > c n i -
U ) U u > ^ o ^ J ^ - ' ^ - l ^ - , ^ - ,
C D l ' O ^ W l D ^ U l O O O
o o w i / i o a i i t ' ^ c r i t o
U J w r o i - ' W O O k D V D c r )
U l V 0 4 * C O O J O O G J ^ J t O - O
U ) l / l U U C ^ H
0 0 0 0
o o o o
'
O
^ C O W V O O ^ t f c . W t O H O
0 0 0 0
c r i ^ t O h
i -
V O ^ W U ^ O m * > [ O H
U 1 4 ^ G J t O h -
a \ ^ ( j J W H
t o o ^ L n < j i ^ j H
CT\ 4^ U> tO M
0 ^ i f . U > t O h -
0 \ ^ U J N J | - h - ' 0 0 0 0
o u i ^ ^ a i o o ^ ^ t o h -
Ul
a
0
H
P
re
tn
rr
><
3
cr
H-
p
IQ
(1)
re
H-
a Hre M
*ro <
ID
re p
p
tQ
'
Ul
H-
(D
c
H
II
II
O to
U5 O
M
^1
II
3 3 3
*"
00
M I- 1
CTl I- 1
<
t
tQ
H-
()
C
Dl
ID
s
ID
P
d
n
re
a
0)
<H
T]
re
>
Hi
rr
Ul
^1
w
to
fD
Hi
H
DJ
Hi
H.
Hi
H
(D
p)
rr
9J
rr
rr
rr
rq
d
tn
M
O
H-1
II
Ul
?!
O
Ul
tn
i]
*>
re
X X
a Hre
a
tn re
o P
rr
^^ ^^
H
rr
3 3
re re
P P
H
rr
-a
P) -a
fU
H.
rr
(I)
P
rr
01
n n n
o
P o
3 o
3
II
ii
X X
P
P P.
fD
CD
o
t-i
t)
0
Hi
a
0
HP
rr
01
re
3
re
c
p
a
H-
m
rr
H.
co
0
23 .20 m
27.20 m
U l tfc- 4 *
h-1 CT\ tO
W W W t O W H H H H
0 0 d ^ O C T \ U > l > C r * U > O 0 0
U ) l O H i f
n re
a
h-1 H-
U)
1 (HFO, R
4*. 4*
- J CT\ CTi OA U l
V> O U l
00 -O
OJ U>
L J O J t O t O W O O V J D V O C O
U 1 0 C T \ U >
J& 4*.
^ J V O M 4 * - - J H
vx>(_ntovx)Lntovo<T\criCTi
<J\ to
(-* 1-* H 1 t- H H 1 M
U J L J t O M M O O V O V O O O
4* 4*
O ^ s J O I O O l l D ^ ^ U l f O
 G J t O M H O O V O \ ) C O
u i o u i y j ^ i o u o o u a )
^ m C D H ^ O S l O N l W h
CTttOVDUICOUJCTlOJOJLJ
0 0 v l s J O \ f f U l U l U l J i ^
H* t- 1 H 1 h-1 H* H 1 H 1
L O G J i O t - ' l - ' O O V O V O C D
U l O ^ l D i f ' C O W C D W f f l
0 0 ^ N J H -
U J U l - ^ J O U J - O J - ' O ^ t O O
t O
4 ^ h - - J * > l -
O I ^ U l t O M M O O O O
U U l O W t O H M H I - 1
s l W O 0 ^ t 0 U ) 0 \ W O D
o o - j - j o > c r \ i j i i j i a i ^ ^
W U W H H O O V D I D t B
a i O t P - V D ^ c o u a t u c o
I
O U 1 0 J 4 s > C T t O C r t 4 ^ l O M
s l t D O W M i f e l O I O U l H
O O O O
H W U I C D W U I O U I H C D
C T \ 4 ^ U ) [ 0 h - ' h -
( D C T \ i f > K ) O C O f f i ^ K )
O O O O O O O O O
U U W t O t O P H H P
- J U ) O C ^ t O U J O \ U J O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
U l U J O J O J O J t O t O t O t O M
O O C T t ^ t O O O O m ^ M O
O O O O O O O O O O
U C D W C D ^ U J U l o m H
W t O t O M M O O V O V D O O
O O O O O O O O O O
c o m ^ t o o a i c r i t C ' i o o
to
0
C
p
(at
4^
en
en o
to o
00 03
i(T>
<
Vol
avy
frame
!-
to
00
T1
W
LU
fD
o
Ul
o
1
o
Ul
<
rn
f l
Ul
o
00
to
tr1
-Jl >
U
O $0
O
M
a
i
S
N
1-3 N
U) CO
0 0 1 I O C O * 0 0 1 U I D 0 1
^ U l H s l * O I J l l O O ) *
I
S
H
U
U
I
O
O
U
W
M l - ' O
O I F Ul
H - ' p - ' p
I D C O C O v J s j m O l U l U l
^ y j ^ c o W v i i O N i p
H s l * 0 0 \ I O C O * > 0 0 1
H ' p - ' H - ' p
l - ' l - ' p
O O ^ ^ U I t O O ^ D - J O ^ L n
ooocn^too-ouiuiH-'
O U 3 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
U l H s ] U O O \ W C O i f O
P
I I' I' I' I I" I' I
l O J i C O W O J I O v J H f l l P
t O t O t O t O t O t O M t O t O t O
U I * U U W W P P O
P C O U - J P O I P U I O *
U t O O ^ D O O C n U l l / J t O M
VD^jLntoooomo^too
U ) U ) 0 0 C O N J - J C A O 1 U 1 U 1
I'
m l O C O ^ O f f l l O C O U l H
O U 1 l * ' U ) U J I I O ^ t J
oyjcooosj^jfjioiuiui
t O h
^ H ^ W W U l H s l L J l O
O U I U I J ' C O U I C D M ^ H
o i o c o u - j s i m m u i u i
\ O P C O * 0 0 \ U C O i l ' 0
U l t l ^ i ^ W W I O t O H P O
tototototototoiototo
u>ooitoooi>ocntooo
p-'vouicotoîtooii-'ui
M h ' l - ' K - ' I - ' H ' K - ' H I - ' I - '
Kl M
^
H
M t O t O t O t O M t O M t O t O
U l d J i U U I O I O H H O
U U
C9 U
U J O U l P s l U l D U l l O t O
^
CO U
k O C 0 * H ' J U ) O U l H v l
Ul
H
t O I - ' l - ' H ' h
o i o c o c o s i s i m m u i u 1i
O t ^ V O d ^ O O U I ^ l t O - O t -
01
to
us
fD IQ
ro 3
(D (-
I Q P- 1
a H-
H-
W
0
H
3
(T
(D
CO
P3
rn
Ul
to o
i- 1
m
<
o
to
ro o00
W fl
a j Ul
Tl
H bQ
?,
n
o %
o HI
n 1
Ul
rn
Ul
-J
U)
U)
?d
H-
< t)
f l rt> a
t-" O
fD C
Even
keel
to to to to to to to to j to to
U l ^ * . U ) U ) t 0 t 0 h - ' t H
t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o t o Jt o
tOI'I'I'I'I't'I'I!'
O ^ t O W C Q U - O t O O l P
o i o c o c o ^ ^ c n c r i u i m
U 1 * * U U I O U H H O
H C O W ^ W v l H O l O t J l
C O ^ O s J U l O U I H s J W
V D J i U l U C O t O s J W C ^ H
ujiocotDîvimmuiui
o o o o o o o o o o
O O W l D l D H ) \ 0 C 0 0 ) 0 )
t O O O O O ^ ^ t O O O O O ^ t ^
U l i f c O m t O C O i ^ O O l W
H c o w s j w m H o i o m
U l J i ^ U U t O t O H H O
to o co m * w o co m J^
o o o o o o o o o o
._ (-1 t_i (-i [L. y-i

tO tO H 1 h-1 M M I-'
.*
Volume in M3
Ul
Ul
0~1 0~v
Ul H"
U J V X l O O O O ^ J - J C n O l i n U l
O I H I U P O I P O I P O I I O
h J h J l - , h - 1 H J H - i h - ' h J H , l - i
U l ( | i U > b J t O ( O h - ' M O O
o * U ) J i C D U ) o ) u g i o
t O . I -
h -
h -
l - , r O U l J > U l
U > U > U > U > U > t O M M W M

C O I T l ^ W O C O O l J i W O
U I U I U I U I U I * * ^ * ^
V D - J U l U J O O O O l J ^ t O O
CA 01 U l U l
ui o en M
o o 3 s i m ^ s ] a ) y ) W ^
u u m u i o u i M i o o i u
-J
m o ui o
1 0 - J U 1 U 1 * U 1 0 1 V 1 U ) I O
M 0 O i f c t - > ~ J i & l - J O 0 i t >
V> > 00 00
( H H O l P f f l H O l H ^ W
t->hJh-1h-ipJh-'l-1pJh-,P-1
U l ^ U l U l t O t O M H O O
O ^ I D ^ a j W O D W N j W
W f f l ^ W W ^ ^ O I C O H
0 " l 4 * U > r O M N J U > U l - J O
I O U 1 M O 0 U 1 M O D U 1 M U 3
O l H O l H m H m H O l U
vovooooo^jîcncnuiui
(oôoooo-j-^jcncnuiui
oiMCTip-'cnp-'cnH'cnhJ
)
P
J
0 0 0 0
t- 1 P J M
~ J ^ O N J U 1 0 ^ 0 C T \ U 0
c o o i u i u w o y ) s ] 0 \ u i
( > O P
> t > U > U l t 0 P
O O
U > U l t O P - > 0 0 0 0 0 0
ooi*>u>a\toMa\u>p-'o
C D ^ P I O O H U I O - J O I
0 0 0 0
I O - J U I O J * U O \ U P O
U J ^ J U I L J K J I - ' O O O O
-ja\cn~Jouiwo
O ^ J < J l U t O h
p u u i - j u w m u p o
O ^ J U l U l t O M O O O O
p m u i v i w w m w p o
O ^ l U l U l t O H ' O O O O
, t > J ^ U > U > U > t O t O P - ' H - ' p

C n t O O O U J O ' C n t O V O U l N J
cnh
J i * U W U W W P P P
s l U C D J i O ^ U V O C I l W
* o m u i u i a i o * ' i -
J i W W U W W P P P
W C O ^ O O l U k D O l ^
u)fli*'*mii)*ou)
s J M C O ^ O ^ M ^ I ( ] \ M
O 0 1 * - 0 U W 0 1 U P O
Ul
Ul
t O O O U l U I U J U l O O U J O O O
O - J U I U J M H ' O O O O
o u i * o i u u m u H o
0 - J U l U I M h
U J U l ^ C T i U U l c n U l M O
v j w c o ^ o c n w u i ^ t o
M - J i t . M M i t " ^ l M U 5 0 O
I l-^ I' I I' I' I t I*

^ t l = . U U > t O t \ J M P J 0 0
y j ^ i f l W C D U s l U N i p
U M P O C D v J ^ U l A W
H I -
. f c . M M O O O I - ' U l U l - J
v i w m ^ o o \ t o u ) u i [ o
( J l W W H P H I O * ^ l O
I' I' i' I> I I' I' I I' 1

i t - J ^ U I U l t O M M p J O O
( l U > 0 3 U > ~ 0 t O - O W C n M
H. H (1) 3
fD I Q
IQ M
id
H
Ii
o
s
fD
tr
H
M
(D 3
<
o
O
O
J^
II
)
Ul
-j
<)
C
to
(0
n>
M
o
rr
3
^^ UJ
 3
00
to
a\
II
>
^1
X ?a
ame 3
o - J U > o c n u > o a \ u > o
to re
M H3
Hi
p|
Ui
Hi
h
U>
3
(D
10 U)
^J M
H
(D
rr
rr
^B)~.
PJ .
oi
K
pj
Pi
U
x
W Jfl
Ul
IT]
Ul
2;
O 0
h1M Ul
C
fD
M
ii
fD
U)
rr
(D
3
rr
3 3
d >a
n n n
0 0
o
3
, RHO
jr> ui
o ui
O l P O I H O l H O l p a i P
C O ^ H v J ^ O - J ^ H C O
I I' I' I I' I I I I' I

* ^ U > U > K > t O P J h J 0 0
o a> a
3.2
7.2
a\ ui
Cn U l
O Ul
O l W l D O W l O O l U U I O l
j * > . f . U l U > U > t O M h
^ i n o o a i s j N i o i m u i ^
I I' I I I' I* t* I' '

( A U U U U H H O O
y i ^ f f i W t o U s i W f l i H
I D - J U l l / J t O M O O O O
O D C T l ^ M O O O C n ^ M
O O O O O O O O O O
X
r-r
H
(U
ng device:
en ui
a\ ui
o ui
U H l f l l O t B l O O H ^ O l
W I O C D U I H C O ^ H I B U I
u u u u u u w w u u
o o m ^ t o o o o c n j ^ t o o
O O O O O O O O O O
* * . U ) U W U U H H H
- - J M 0 D i ^ O C r \ M U 3 U l M
u i u i u i L n u i J ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
ODcn^roococnji.too
O O O O O O O O O O
i o y i a ) c o s ] v j ^ m w u i1
cnMUiouiocnp-'cnp-
^ ^ u i u i t o r o M M O o
en ui
(-1
^ ( - . ( - i , . ! ^ , ! - . ^ ^ ^ } - !
0 3 0 N ^ t 0 O 0 D 0 > t f c > t 0 O
O O O O O O O O O O
J-1
M O
O O
w
o
c
3
u
H-
e points of c
:duio
!- O
fl> C
< 3
tment ident
tment descr
M
1
N
N
tn
<
0
H Ul
U> 0
1
0
0
Ul
03
to
m tn
(u n
Ul
cu
fD 0
n
5;
Ul
0
Ul
-J
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
131
R3.5 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
165 .7
171 .0
176 .4
181..8
187 .2
192 .6
198..0
203,.4
208 .8
214..2
165 .8
171 .2
176 .6
182 .0
187 .3
192 .7
198,.1
203..5
208 .9
214..3
165..9
171,.3
176 .7
182,.1
187,.5
192,.9
198,.3
203..7
209..1
214..4
166 .0
171..4
176 .8
182..2
187,.6
193,.0
198,.4
203..8
209..2
214..6
166 .2
171..6
177,.0
182,.3
187,.7
193,.1
198..5
203..9
209,.3
214..7
166 .3
171..7
177 .1
182..5
187..9
193 .3
198..7
204..1
209 .5
214..8
165 .4
170..8
176 .2
181 .6
187..0
192..4
197..8
203..2
208..6
213..9
65 .7
67 .9
70 .0
72 .2
74 .3
76 .5
78 .6
80 .7
82 .9
85 .0
219 .6 '
225..0
230..4
235 .8
241..2
246 .6
251 .9
219 .7
225..1
230 .5
235 .9
241..3
246 .7
251 .9
219..8
225,.2
230,.6
236 .0
241..4
246..8
251..9
220..0
225,.4
230..8
236..2
241,.6
246,.9
251,.9
220,.1
225..5
230..9
236,.3
241..7
247..1
251,.9
220 .2
225,.6
231,.0
236 .4
241,.8
247 .2
251 .9
219,.3
224..7
230..1
235 .5
240,.9
246,.3
251 .7
87 .2
89,.3
91 .4
93 .6
95 .7
97 .9
100 .0
"
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
132
R3.6
H.F.0.SETT.TK. NO.1

Sounding device:
R3.6
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y = -4.85 m
z = 12.00 m
40)
43)
42)
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
Bow Trim
(m)
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
1.3
2.6
0.0
1.3
2.6
3 .9
0.1
1.4
2.7
4.0
5.2
6.5
7.8
9.1
0.1
1.4
3 .9
0.1
1.4
2.6
3.9
5.2
6.5
7.8
9.1
0.0
3.2
6.5
9.7
12.9
16.1
19.4
22.6
25.8
29.0
0
10
20
- 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
5.1
6.4
7.7
9.0
5.2
6.4
7.7
9.0
0.1
1.3
2.6
3.9
5.2
6.5
7.8
9.0
10.3
11.6
10.3
11.6
10.3
11.6
10.4
11.6
10.4
11.7
10.4
11.7
0.0
1.2
2.5
3.8
5.1
6.4
7.7
8.9
10.2
11.5
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
12.8
14.1
15.4
16.7
18.0
19.3
20.5
21.8
23 .1
24 .4
12.9
14.2
15.4
16.7
18.0
19.3
20.6
21.9
23 .1
24 .4
12.9
14.2
15.5
16.7
18.0
19.3
20.6
21.9
23.2
24.5
12.9
14 .2
15.5
16.8
18.1
19.3
20.6
21.9
23.2
24.5
12.9
14.2
15.5
16.8
18.1
19.4
20.6
21.9
23.2
24.5
13.0
14.3
15.5
16.8
18.1
19.4
20.7
22.0
23 .2
24.5
12.8
14.1
15.4
16.6
17.9
19.2
20.5
21.8
23.1
24.3
32.3
35.5
38.7
41.9
45.2
48.4
51.6
54.8
58.1
61.3
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
25.7
27.0
28.3
29.5
30.8
32.1
33.4
34 .7
36.0
37.2
25 .7
27.0
28.3
29.6
30.8
32.1
33 .4
34.7
36.0
37.3
25.7
27.0
28.3
29.6
3 0.9
32.2
33 .4
34.7
36.0
37.3
25.8
27.0
28.3
29.6
30.9
32.2
33.5
34.7
36.0
37.3
25.8
27.1
28.4
29.6
30.9
32.2
33.5
34.8
36.1
37.3
25.8
27.1
28.4
29.7
30.9
32.2
33.5
34 .8
36.1
37.4
25.6
26.9
28 .2
29.5
30.8
32.1
33.3
34.6
35.9
37.2
64 .5
67.7
71.0
74.2
77.4
80.6
83.9
87.1
90.3
93 .5
300
310
320
38.5
39.8
39.8
38.6
39.8
39.8
38.6
39.8
39.8
38.6
39.8
39.8
38.6
39.8
39.8
38 .7
39.8
39.8
38.5
39.8
39.8
96.8
100.0
100.0
--2.7
4.0
5.3
6.5
7.8
9.1
"*
CO
LO
CO
00
LO
LO
LO
VO
vx)
LO
O 00
LO
KO
LO
CO CO
V> CD
M h
l -
H - '
II
II
K X
e
a
w to to p
p
-0 Co o -J 4^
ro a
H-
Hh{
H-
a
fD
<
to
o
00
to
n
Ul
CO
' t-
!i
CO
H
1
N
N
rn
n
o
h-> U l
Ul o
Ul
1
o
LOh->U3CT\Ji.{00-jaiU>
O ^ ^ P U ) v l U l l O O C O U l
o o a i ^ c o L o - j u i L o o o o
w
O
i l > H C D t n H C O U l K ) ^ U l
Lo*x>ooooco-vj-o-jo>ch
c r \ L n i n c n ^ 4 ^ ^ ^ . u > L O
toix>cr>to*>cru>ooû>
m
(D
to<x>cr\Loo-4^tox>cr>
O s ] ^ H ^ ) C n U O s ] i >
fo
3
a
o
A
O
H-
fd
U)
01
C D f f l W O v J ^ H m O l W
Hi
hi
P>
3
fD
Hi
hi
W
(D
Pi
rr
P)
rr
cri
o
o
o
II
M
U3
Ul
tO
X
n
CO
pa
H
h-1 H 3
c
fD
it
4j
-7]
Tl
P)
Hi
ii
11) u l
rr
a
U-
fD
X
(D
pi
hi
3 3
*.
a
a
fD
Hi
rr
>
id
o
M
n>
*>
n
>
3
o
rr
1 M fD
0 1 103
to
<S\ I- 1 ^ 1 0
M W
03
II
w o w a j v i u i ^ w p o
(!)
pj
hi
D3
0
n>
H
m
rr
<;
cr
hi
c
3
CO
a
rr
fD
Ul
-~i
Ul
o
o
L O L O L O L O L O L O L O I O t O t O
- J ^ U I ^ M P O O I N J ^
u>acoo-ouitou)a\io
H O V X i O O O ^ L n ^ t O M O
M o v D o o c n L n ^ t o i - o
*" fD<
in
(D
UH-
n n n
o 03 30
a
r r >C t )
s l ^ M l O ^ W O s l t f ' W
t O t O t O t O M M H - ' l - ' h - ' l -
oo(Jito)crtLop-*co(_nto
M t O t O N J H
i o o i o c o o \ m ^ w p o
O s i a i w i o m w o c o u i
t O O V D O O C A L n j ^ U J M O
M O l X > C D O \ L n ^ U J M O
ame
o \ w o - o * p ^ o \ w o
v j o ^ u i u M p ^ c o s i c n
L O L O L O L O L O L O t O W l s J t O
O ^ U O ^ U l N J V O f f l W O
v j c n u i u M p i D c o s i c n
L O L O L O L O L O L O t O t O t O M
H P H
Ul ^
to
c o u i i o y j ^ ^ p f f i L n w
J H H H
U) C D - - J
C ^ ^ H O l U l t O ^ ^ i P ' H
t O M t
U) EO O
oocû)o~Jf>H ooa\oJ
W
^
0 0 L ^ L 0 O - J C > l -
w w w w u u t o t o w t o
- 0 ^ > h
toô^J^J^-'^-,l-,l-l^-J^-
W W W U U b J W t O M N )
- j a i L n w w H O O D s i c r i
,
U ) c n u o N ] i / i w i i > m w
s J * H U ) a \ W O J ^ t O
W W t O t O P P H H H H
^ W M M W C D v l U l i t ' W
j m U l U l t O M O C D s l t r i
^ O ^ U H ( D U l t O U ) m ^
N J W t O t O H M H H H H
O l O f f i s l O ^ U l ^ U t O H
O O O O O O O O O O
M
X
rr
H.
fD
3
CO
ng device:
o
c
3
e points of comp:
LO LO
IX) 00
U U J U J U U U W W I O I O
O U J C D v j m U l ^ W W P
O O O O O O O O O O
CTi
Pd
Ul
Vol
C O L n l O U ) f f l W H 0 3 U l t O
O O O O O O O O O O
O O
CO
n
n: c
a
<
fD u
1'
a
m
h-'
tment ident
tment descr
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE~
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
134
R3.7
H.F.O.SETT.TK. NO.2

Sounding device:
Manual sounding
y =
5.34m
z = 12.00 m
(at frame
(at frame
40)
43)
43)
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
-0.5
Bow Trim
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
0
10
20
" 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0.4
1.7
3.0
4.2
5.5
6.8
8.1
9.4
10.7
11.9
0.4
1.7
3.0
4.3
5.6
6.8
8.1
9.4
10.7
12 .0
0.5
1.7
3.0
4.3
5.6
6.9
8.2
9.4
10.7
12.0
0.5
1.8
3.1
4.3
5.6
6.9
8.2
9.5
10.8
12.0
0.5
_..1-8
3.1
4.4
5.7
6.9
8.2
9.5
10.8
12.1
0.6
1.8
3.1
4.4
5.7
7.0
8.3
9.5
10.8
12.1
0.3
1.6
2.9
4.2
5.5
6.7
8.0
9.3
10.6
11.9
1.0
4.2
7.4
10.6
13.9
17.1
20.3
23.5
26.8
30.0
' 100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
13.2
14.5
15.8
17.1
18.4
19.6
20.9
22 .2
23.5
24 .8
13 .3
14.5
15.8
17.1
18.4
19.7
21.0
22.3
23.5
24.8
13.3
14.6
15.9
17. 1
18.4
19.7
21.0
22.3
23.6
24.9
13.3
14.6
15.9
17.2
18.5
19.8
21.0
22.3
23 .6
24.9
13.4
14.6
15.9
17.2
18.5
19.8
21.1
22.4
23.6
24.9
13.4
14.7
16.0
17.3
18.5
19.8
21.1
22.4
23 .7
25.0
13.2
14.4
15.7
17.0
18.3
19.6
20.9
22.1
23 .4
24.7
33.2
36.5
39.7
42.9
46.1
49.4
52.6
55.8
59.0
62.3
200
210 '
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
26.1
27.4
28.6
29.9
31.2
32 .5
33 .8
35.1
36.3
37.6
26.1
27.4
28.7
30.0
31.2
32.5
33 .8
35.1
36.4
37.7
26.1
27.4
28.7
30.0
31.3
32.6
33.8
35.1
36.4
37.7
26.2
27.5
28.7
30.0
31.3
32.6
33 .9
35.2
36.4
37.7
26.2
27.5
28'.8
30.1
31.3
32.6
33.9
35.2
3 6,5
37.8
26.2
27.5
28.8
30.1
31.4
32 .7
33 .9
35.2
36.5
37.8
26.0
27.3
28.6
29.9
31.1
32 .4
33.7
35.0
36.3
37.6
65.5
68.7
71.9
75.2
78.4
81.6
84.8
88.1
91.3
94.5
300
310
38.9
39.8
38.9
39.8
39.0
39.8
39.0
39.8
39.0
39.8
39.1
39.8
38.8
39.8
97.7
100.0
Ul Ul
5 VO
vn oo
Ml-
l-'l-'l-'
M M I O H H H H ' H H H
U 1 W W H 1 0 C D ^ 0 \ ^ U
O N ] ^ H 1 D O \ W O V ] ^
U l U l U l U l U l U l U l t O W t O
v j m u i ^ i O H O c o v i m
m ^ u o ^ ^ p f f l o i u
U U M W H H H
O ^ J U 1 0 - J * . | - ' - J ^ M
U P l o m ^ W O s l W W
w i f l m w i a o i L J O o > w
0 \ ^ H l O s ] l f l W 0 0 3 U l
lDVOQ)COa}-J-J>0CT\ffl
J i H C O U l H O J U l t O l O U l
C D f l l r f i W l C v J ^ W O C D
( o i o o i u o s i i i > w ) a i
U O U J O l v l U l l v U H O
^ * > i o a o \ u o - J * i o
H O U J t D O l U l ^ l O H O
cnuio^^Miximuio
M M t O M l - ' h - ' H M I - ' l - '
U)d\UJHCOUllOU)(HJi
H O U ) d ) 0 1 U l i t > ( O H O
i x i a i u i o ^ i u i M ^ o a i u i
U l U l U l U l U l U l M t O M t O
s i a i u i u i O H U J C o - j a i
Tl
H-
IB IT)
IB M
LQ !-
IB a
H-
ta
rr
..
^J
to
M
U>
II
(DUiwiooiwprouiu
rOMtOtOh
(T
IB
M
CO
tr
*<;
\o
Ul
en
j^
^.
II
00
^
N
ame
U) Ul
uiuiuiuiuiuirotototo
ôiuiuiwpyjCDsjoi
m u o v i u i w i o o i u o
O v l ^ P t B U l l O O - J *
H-
ID
c
H
H-
H3
<>
CD
poll)
3
0
rr
ID
3 3
(U ft)
H H
Ml Ml
.P)~
P) -
rr rr
cr\
o
o
o
to
U)
II
(1)
3
U-
>
rti
rr
Ul
to
II
IB
3
p.
11
I)
l-l
IB
Tl
c
ID
ii
X
ID
U)
rr
01
3
ITID
3
n
o
X
rr
ii
IB
M
II
, RHO
Jt
U) Ul
U5 00
M O l O l B f l l U l ^ W H O
W W U I O H H H H H P
U l U l U l U l U l U l M t O t O t O
-JCTlUlUlMMIXlOO-JCn
00UlMlO~J>t>l-103UlN}
o j o i u o s i * i - ' o j m u
J H O U I U O - J * H
w o i o r o c i u i ^ W H o
O ~ J U l M U ) < T l U I O 0 0 U l
W O l O f f l O l U l ^ W H O
jûitoovooo-jLnûi
tOtOMMH-'H'H-'l-'l-'l-'
J i W W H l D W v I L n ^ L J
UlUlUIUlUlUlUltOtOtO
~JCTlUlUlK>MO00-jai
( n ^ H C O U l W i a m ^ H
l o m u o j u i i o i o o i u
*- <;
IB (B
(B 3
iQ
-J
ng device:
Ul Ul
1X1 03
^ U W H I O ( I > J U I * I > I
v i f t p j m u o s i * u
M M M M H h ' H H H H
UlUlUlUlUlUlUltOtOtO
N j U U l U I O H O O j g U l
H C D U l W y ) v ] r f > H O ) W
i f l f f i U H O i L n t o ^ f f i t t
co
n
c:
e points of comp:
Ul Ul
Ul U>
(oovoco(nui*UHO
O l O [ O v J O \ U 1 * U U H
O O O O O O O O O O
t O t O M M M K ' l - ' M l - ' l - '

^ U W H l D O J s J U l A U
NJMl-'l-'l-'H't-'Ml-'l-'
O l f l O l v j m U l i t ' U U H
O O O O O O O O O O
?3
Ul
Vol
-OC^LnUltOMOOO-OO^
C O U l t O l f l m U H O J U l t O
uiujuiuiuiuiuirotoco
Ul U>
1X1 \D
uirotorotorotototoro
O l f l C O ^ l O I U l ^ W I O H
O O O O O O O O O O
Ul Ul
M 0
(D C
< 3
IB a
M H3
H
>i
n n
0
0
3 3
-a
t
i
9) 0)
Ul
to
2!
O
?5
CO
M
H
H
n
-J
X ?a
tment ident
tment descr
3
Q
CO
M
1
N
tsi
co
n
IB
<
O
00
M
tD
>o to
o n
id ui
n
s:
Ul
o
Ul
-J
U3
O -J
UI UI
i*. UI
UI UI
^ UI
UI UI
^ UI
UI UI
*. UI
U l W H C O C T l ^ t O y j - J U l
CT1 <T\
CO U I
u o c o o i * p y 3 N ] U i w
O l U l U l l J l J i ^ ^ U U W
( o i i i u i w i o i r i t o y i c A U
U W H O U ) s ] { J I U l > f c U
U l t O P - ' O ^ O C O - O C T i U l ^
co ^ i - j
H CD U l
O I O O J O I U I A U I O P O
t O t O M P - ' p ' p - ' P - ' p - ' p - ' P - '

p-Ol>COCT\U1ifc>-UltOP->
M M O ^ D - O a i L n J ^ U l M
vo co m
P CO *
j i w t J H o y ) c o > j ( i i u i
U 1 * U ) W H O l O v l O \ U l
( j i ^ w W H o y j c D s i u i
IO
^
O U J ( O v l O \ * W I O H O
M M H P P H H H h i
H o m m ^ o i i i i u i j
U l U J U l t O t O t O t O M t O t O
U H O t H v j ( i i * u i o
O C O U I U P V O O I ^ I O O
O C T I U I O - J U J O ^ J ^ I -
U> tO tO CO P-> P-" P-"
i o p o i o c o ~ j m i j i * u
* U U M O U ! f l 0 v i a i U 1
W U W H O y j C D - j m U l
P - '
U l ^ L J t v J H O V O O O v j m
O k O C O - J C T l i f c - U l r O p J O
P - ' P - ' p
t O t O P - ' p - ' p
j ^ u j u i - ' u i a j v i c n u i i i
u i O H o i o i i ^ m i i i *
O V O G O - J U l t t - U l t O H - ' O
U U H O I O O ' J O I U I *
U l U I U I t O t O t O t O W t O t O
W H O I O O I - J O I ^ U I J
^ U M H O l f l C D ^ O l U l
U l ^ W W H O C O N j m U l
tOMP-'H'p-'p-'P-'p-'P-'P-'
P - ' O V O C O ^ J U l i ^ U l t O P - '
W U I W U t O N J W U W U
U P O l O C D s l U l i l ' U l l O
( . u u H o i o o i - j m *
^ U U H O U I C O s l O l U l
t O t O P J p - 1 p J p - 1 p - 1 P - i P - , p J
H O I O D ^ U 1 * U I O H
U U U U U U U W U W
( 0 H O W 0 ) 0 1 U l * U U
rfiWWO^(DN]fflUlrfi
tOCOP-'p p-'p p- p- p- p-'

H O W O O f f l U l ^ U l t O H
U l U U W I O M M U I O M
t o p o u ) o o m u i * u i k )
U
W W H O \ I ) l f f l U l r f i W
u t O M O v n o o - j a v u i * "
^ u i t o M o ^ D a o ^ j u i ^
O O O O O O O O O O
O J ( D v l U l * U I 0 H O
u D t o - o m u i i b u i o p
tOtOP-iMPJp-1p-1p-1p-'p-)
H O W B O I U I J I U I O H
O O O O O O O O O O
P- P- P- P-'P P P-'P- P->PI D O J s l O l L n ^ W U H O

O O O O O O O O O O
t o w i o t o w t o u t o w w
Hp
HH
(D
HP
tt> P-1
Pi
rt
cr
PI
X <!
(D (D
0) P
re c:
T|
H
?!
P-1
2
ffi O
HM
Pi
CO
UI
a ?o
1 1 CO
C M
(D P0
P-1
X
CD
pi
p
rt
01
PJ
>a *a
n n
o
o3
3
P
rt
n
o
rt
rt
^
_, ^.
Pi P)
a\
o
O
to
UD
UI
to
p a
u.
X X
II
n
ft
P
>
pti
rt
tn
M
(D
ii
Pi
(1)
3
m
x
rr
c
PJ
HJ
P
X 2
p-1 i
UI
t o P-1 M
^
N
u.
H-
(j
P
P
ng device:
UI UI
>fr UI
UI UI
>t* UI
UI UI
J^ U)
Ul UI
P-" O
O
O
omp:
e points of c
pun
tment ident
tment descr
ame
<
CO
to
rn
n
Ul
o
w
o
P-1 U l
UI o
T)
P)
U
(D
-J
in
H
l
(!)
m
m
u>
oi
ro m
in rH
o
>
(i)
(N
00
O
in
(J
u>
o
co
N
N
r>
l
u
M O
^ o
ro m
10
rH
53
o
UH
o X
'
.H
-H
ras
fc
rH
(1)
3
:*: o
H
>
n:
w
CO
Tj
4J
4J
as m
(N
b b
o o
o
CA
II
ID
II
(N
Tl
X X
0)
4-)
rH
0
Hi
(1)
(11
^
X
4J
ai
M
C in
Tl
0)
U
4-1
CO
(1)
4J
# x
rl
4J
CD
.U
u u (i)
a
a Ba u
B
G
o o o
u u u
as as
4-> -U
a a
ai a)
fi Fi
<u w
x ) a)
a u
4J
frame
frame
f comp: A
i n c O O C N L f l h O I H ^ V O
c o o m L n r - i n c M ^ M ^ c o
n m r ^ o c N - ^ V D c n r H n
^ [ ^ t H ^ t ^ o m r ^ o
rH H i H CN CN OJ r o
i n ( A { N l / 1 C D H i n 0 3 H ^
n ^ D O m V D C T i C N ^ C ^ f N
H
XI
r-i cn
^ a;
H
En
^ o r - o o c ^ O r - i c o ^ i n v o
\ X ) r - C O C T l O r H C N n * ^ L O
m v D i ^ c o o ^ o H o j ^ i n
c N r o ^ u o r - c o o ^ O t - i c N
CNCNCNCNCNCNCNrOCOrO
O r H c N n ^ ^ r ^ c o o i O
i H r H r H r H i - H r H r H r H C N C N
3
0
PQ
^ L 0 U ) r ^ 0 0 C J > O r H C N r 0
f 0 ^ l / l ' i D h C 0 0 1 0 H ( N
n ^ i n v o c a o c n o r H C N r o
C N m - ^ L O V O r - C J l O r H C N
l
O H C N f O ^ i n V O C O O l O
r
- ^ m v D r ^ c o c h o c N f O ' ^
t f L n ^ o i > c o a ^ O T - H C N r o
c N r o - ^ L n v o r - c A O r - i c N
CNCNCNCNCNCNCNrOCOCO
a
M
0)
JJ
CO
>.
r o ^ t n ^ r - c o c ^ o c N n
H o j n ^ m ^ c c c r i O H
r - i r - l r - l r H r H r H i - H r H C N O ]
i n m h C D c n o H o i n ^
O r i t N n ^ i n v o c o c n o
^ i n \ D h c o a . O H t N n
C N n - ^ i n k D C O O O i H C N
m ^ t * v ) t ^ c o o ^ O t - 4 c N r o
r H C N m ^ L D V D O O C T i O i - l
r H i H T - H r H r H r H r H r H C N C N
as
U
O i - t C N r O ^ m t ^ C O C T i O
XI
-U>
fN
iH
*
m m
n
l T ) V O t > C O C h O H C N r O ' ^
00 O
cr>
co ^
co ro
co ^
ro co
co -^
m n
ro ro
CO
ro ro
m v o o o o o o r H r o ^ u " )
ro ^
ro ro
C N r O ^ L O V D C O C T l O i H C N
L n u j r - c o o ^ O t H c N n ^
( N n ^ i n ^ c o o ^ O H t N
CNCNCNCNCNCNCNrOCOCO
^ I D V D h C O O l O r l M n
r H C N C 0 ' t f * U " ) r - C 0 C A O r H
r H r H i H t H i - t r H r H M C N C N
< t f L / > V O [ ^ C O < T l O r H r O ^
H ( N i n ^ U 1 h C 0 t T \ O H
i H r H t - H r H r H i - H r H r H C N C N
u> ro
in
O t H c N m - ^ L n r - o o c h o
O H c N n ^ i n r - c o c h o
V D h C O t T l O H O J m ' J ' L n
L O V O r ~ ~ C O O > O i H C N r O ^ '
^ i n r - c o o > O r H ( N r o ^
ro -^
ro ro
C N m ^ L o r ^ c o c r O r H c N
T H C N m ^ i n r - C 0 C T > O r H
r H v H r H r H t H i H r H r H C N C N
O r H c N n ^ v > r - o o c n o
rH
oo
HI
(U
O O O O O O O O O O
r-tCNro^t*LT)U5r--cOCT\0
(NOJCNCNCNCNCNCNCNrO
CNm-îr)vor~-coaô
O O O O O O O O O O
r H C N r O ^ L D U D r - C O C h O
o r~
rH
i
II
 ^
63
Cn
-H
TJ
r(U
H
c >
3
0
cn
II
N
(1)
h
3
>
1
00
a;
r
o
>i
(1)
0)
>
0)
Tl
rl
m
H
Tl
3
O
CO
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
138
R3.9
H.F.O.SERV.TK. NO.2
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
(at frame
(at frame

Manual sounding
y =
1.35 m
z = 12.00 m
Sounding device:
4 0)
43)
43)
R3.9 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.4
1.5
2.6
3.7
0.4
1.5
2.6
3.7
4 .8
4 .8
5.9
7.0
8.1
9.2
0.5
1.6
2.7
3.8
4.9
6.0
7.1
8.2
9.3
0.5
1.6
2.7
3.8
4.9
6.0
7.1
8.2
9.3
'4.7
5.9
7.0
8.1
9.2
0.4
1.5
2.6
3.7
4.8
5.9
7.1
8.2
9.3
0.3
1.4
2.5
3.6
50
60
70
80
90
0.3
1.4
2.5
3.6
4.8
5.9
7.0
8.1
9.2
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.4
10.4
10.4
10.2
10.6
13 .9
17.1
20.3
23.5
26.8
30.0
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
11.4
12.5
13.6
14.7
15.8
16.9
18 .0
19.1
20.2
21.3
11.4
12.5
13.6
14.7
15.8
16.9
18 .0
19.2
20.3
21.4
11.4
12.6
13.7
14.8
15.9
17.0
18.1
19.2
20.3
21.4
11.5
12.6
13.7
14.8
15.9
17.0
18.1
19.2
20.3
21.4
11.5
12.6
13.7
14.8
15.9
17.0
18.1
19.2
20.3
21.5
11.5
12.6
13 .7
14.9
16.0
17.1
18.2
19.3
20.4
21.5
11.3
12.4
13.5
14.6
15.7
16.9
18.0
19.1
20.2
21.3
33.2
36.5
39.7
42.9
46.1
49.4
52.6
55.8
59.0
62.3
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
22 .4
23.5
24 .7
25.8
26.9
28.0
29.1
30.2
31.3
32.4
22.5
23.6
24.7
25.8
26.9
28.0
29.1
30.2
31.3
32.4
22.5
23.6
24.7
25.8
26.9
28.0
29.1
30.2
31.3
32.4
22.5
23.6
24.7
25.8
27.0
28 .1
29.2
30.3
31.4
32.5
22.6
23.7
24 .8
25.9
27.0
28.1
29.2
30.3
31.4
32.5
22 .6
23 .7
24 .8
25.9
27.0
28.1
29.2
30.3
31.4
32.5
22.4
23.5
24.6
25.7
26.8
27.9
29.0
30.1
31.2
32.3
65.5
68.7
71.9
75.2
78.4
81.6
84.8
88.1
91.3
94.5
300
310
33.5
34.3
33.5
34.3
33.6
34.3
33.6
34.3
33.6
34.3
33.6
34.3
33.4
34.3
97.7
100.0
CM
0
10
20
.30
.4 0
**
5.8
6.9
8.0
9.1
1.0
4.2
7.4
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
13 9
R3.9
H.F.O.SERV.TK. NO.2

(at frame
(at frame
Remote sounding
y =
0.45 m
z =
8.64 m
Sounding device:
1.01)
40)
43)
40)
Volume in M3
R3.9
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.4
1.5
2.6
3.7
4.8
5.9
7.0
8.1
9.3
0.4
1.5
2.6
3.7
4.8
5.9
7.0
8.1
9.2
0.3
1.4
2.6
3.7
4.8
5.9
7.0
8.1
9.2
0.3
1.4
0.3
1.4
2.5
3.6
. 90
0.4
1.5
2.7
3.8
4.9
6.0
7.1
8.2
9.3
5.8
6.9
8.0
9.1
0.5
1.6
2.7
3.8
4.9
6.0
7.1
8.2
9.4
100
10.4
10.4
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.2
10.5
11.0
14.2
17.4
20.6
23.9
27.1
30.3
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
11.5
12.6
13.7
14.8
15.9
17.0
18.1
19.2
20.3
21.4
11.5
12.6
13.7
14.8
15.9
17.0
18.1
19.2
20.3
21.4
11.4
12.5
13.6
14.7
15.9
17.0
18.1
19.2
20.3
21.4
11.4
.12.5
13.6
14.7
15.8
16.9
18.0
19.1
20.2
21.3
11.4
12.5
13.6
14.7 .
15.8
16.9
18.0
19.1
20.2
21.3
11.3
12.4
13.5
14.6
15.8
16.9
18.0
19.1
20.2
21.3
11.6
12.7
13.8
14.9
16.0
17.1
18.2
19.3
20.4
21.5
33.5
36.8
40.0
43 .2
46.5
49.7
52.9
56.1
59.4
62.6
210
220
230
240
250
260
280
290
300
22.6
23 .7
24 .8
25 .9
27.0
28.1
29.2
30.3
31.4
32 .5
22.5
23.6
24 .7
25.8
26.9
28.0
29.1
30.3
31.4
32.5
22.5
23.6
24.7
25.8
26.9
28.0
29.1
30.2
31.3
32.4
22.5
23.6
24 .7
25.8
26.9
28.0
29.1
30.2
31.3
32.4
22.4
23.5
24.6
25.7
26.8
27.9
29.0
30.2
31.332.4
22.4
23.5
24.6
25.7
26.8
27.9
29.0
30.1
31.2
32.3
22.6
23 .7
24 .8
25.9
27.0
28.1
29.3
30.4
31.5
32.6
65.8
69.0
72.3
75.5
78.7
81.9
85.2
88.4
91.6
94 .8
310
320
33 .6
34.3
33.6
34.3
33.5
34.3
33.5
34.3
33.5
34.3
33.4
34.3
33.7
34.3
98.1
100.0
10
20
30
-40
50
60
70
80
270.
2.5
3.6
4.7
5.8
6.9
8.0
9.2
"
4 .7
1.3
4.5
7.7
in
oi
o
in
o
>
w
CN
00
^f
rH
o Q)
in (n
U cd
o
H
p
o
w
N H
IM t
1
P
H
ro
s roor>
u
UJ
rH
tf
H
o
a
H
g
o
rH
K rH
O -rH
H O
d)
O
CO
OJ
-rH
4J
01
Oi S Q
ID
0)
13
0)
73
-H
0)
c u
0)
4J
4J
4J
u a
0
e a
u ( 0)
rd
tt ft 4-1
E
u u u
ô in
m
(N
01 (II
Fi fc
m rrt
In
M
IM 4-1
4->
e
o
fc
(0 m
4J
o
in
CN
M* U3
00
rH
X X
o
o
o
MH
o
a
0)
OJ
rl
4-1
II
n
O
>
O
C
O
^ ^ ^ i n i n v D r > r > c o o ^
r H ' 3 ' C O r H O r O O O L n r O
^r^îninu)i>r>oocri
CM O J
CN
OJ
CNIfo
CM
CN
rHCNro<fLnr-cocr>o
O
CN
r H r H r H t - H r H r H r H r H O ]
rH
O)
rH
CN
r-f
CN
OI
CN
CN
O)
ro
CN
r> o
CN
ro
CN
O r i n n * m > a ) 0
r H r H O r H t - H C O i n O C f t C N
O H t N n ^ U l l t ^ O l O
r H r H r H t - H r H r H r H r H r H C N
n r t o i i N c n m i i i m H ' i '
^ n n ^ i n u j o o o M i j ?
T-\
r H i - H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H
i - H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H C N O I
o o o r H m i n o o r H i n c n
r
O
mrj\ror>rNQD<>rorNO
O
O
t - H r O V D O ^ F C O r H L n c O C N
O
O
r H c N n ^ r i n ^ o r - m o H
^ ^ r i n L n v D V o r - o o c r \ 0
r H r H r H C N C N O I r O r O r O < * <
-H
en ai
a a)
t>Loininmv)Cochoj^r
H
tj>
OJ
O f N i n O O r H L n O O r H L O O O
-a
OOrHrHCNCNCO^VOOO
H
rH
r-l
o o r H c N n ^ m v o o o a i
r H r H r H r H C N O I O l r O r O r O
O O O O O O O O O O
H
rl
H
04
inîninLDoooojinoo
H T f c o n t n i n t N O h i o
O n ) C f i r O L n O O r H - 3 < t >
O O r H H C N C N r O i n U J O O
O
in
O
- ^ ^ ^ i n i n L o r > c o c o c h
^ ^ ^ L n L n u > r - t > c o r j i
H H H H O l D M n n n
H ^ C O O I C O f l ' H C O K ) *
O
ocNLOcncNmcorHô
O
r H r H r H r H C N C N O J C O r O r O
ooJinoorNiinoorHT^r-~
O
\
j
r H r H r H H r H r H r H r H H
1 - H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H C N
r H r H r H i - H C N O I O l r O r O r O
o c h c r i C A O r H r o i n t > o
O
O O r H r H l N C N m - s f l X I C O
O O r H O J ^ L n U J O O O O
H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H O J
O O r H r H r N O I r O C O ' * ' *
r H r H r H r H C N O I O I r O r O r O
oiNinoocNinoorH^co
O
orînooiNLnoorH'^co
o o H r H c N C N n ^ v o c o
i-HrHrHrHCNojoirororo
chcococococrtrHminoo
O O O O O O O O O O
chOrHcNro^j,'x)t>cx)Ch
C N O l
r H ^ r C O r H V O C N a o m m r H
O L O O L n o i n o i n o t n
i / i u i w i o r - r - a j c o c n c J i
o i n O L n o i n o i n O L n
ininvx>vx>r-r>cococrtaj
^ ' j ' j u i u i i o i o h c o m
r ~ i ^ - \ r - i ^ r - i r ~ i ^ - i r ^ ^ - i t H
o i n o i n o i n O L n o i n
(N
in
o o
CN
H OI
o i n o i n o i n o m o m
O O r H r H C N O l C O L n L O O O
O O r H r H ( N ( N r 0 i n V D 0 0
0)
H ^ r a r N f o u i H o i i o m
> .Y
w
CN
O O r H r H C N O l C O L n i O C O
E
E-i
i-H
01
OJ
a OJ
h
3
0
tn
c
rH
j
OJ
0 rH
CO
TJ U
a >
>
1
rH
tf
Pi
omincri(NinoorHrft>
rl
OJ
4->
II
jq
[0
>l
ca"
4J
Di ro
a
FJ
CN o
ai
0 ro r- o
in
i n UJ
a) o i i
4J
a)
a! X >,
>
-rH
Dl
0)
T)
a
H
X)
M-i
35
me
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
141
R4.1 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
23.7
25.1
26.5
27.9
29.4
30.9
32.4
34 .0
35.5
37.2
23.9
25.3
26.7
28.2
29.6
31.1
32.7
34.2
35.8
37.4
24.2
25.5
27.0
28.4
29.9
31.4
32.9
34.5
36.1
37.7
24.4
25.8
27.2
28.6
30.1
31.6
33.2
34.8
36.4
38.0
24.6
26.0
27.4
28.9
30.4
31.9
33.4
35.0
36.6
38.3
24.8
26.2
27.7
29.1
30.6
32.2
33.7
35.3
36.9
38.6
23..3
24,.7
26 .0
27 .5
28,.9
30 .4
31 .9
33,.4
35 .0
36,.6
26,.2
27,.8
29 .3
30 .9
32,.5
34 .2
35 .9
37,.6
39 .3
41 .1
260
265
270
275
280
"285
290
295
300
305
38.8
40.5
42.2
43.9
45.6
47.4
49.2
51.0
52.8
54.7
39.1
40.8
42.5
44 .2
45.9
47.7
49.5
51.3
53.2
55.0
39.4
41.0
42.8
44.5
46.2
48.0
49.8
51.6
53.5
55.4
39.7
41.3
43.1
44.8
46.5
48.3
50.1
52.0
53.8
55.7
39.9
41.6
43.4
45.1
46.9
48.6
50.4
52.3
54.1
56.0
40.2
41.9
43 .7
45.4
47.2
49.0
50.8
52.6
54.5
56.3
38,.2
39 .9
41 .6
43 .3
45 .0
46 .8
48 .6
50 .4
52 .2
54 .1
42,.9
44 .8
46 .7
48 .6
50 .5
52 .4
54 .4
56 .4
58 .5
60 .5
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
56.6
58.5
60.4
62.4
64 .4
66.4
68.4
70.4
72 .5
74.6
56.9
58.8
60.8
62.7
64.7
66.7
68.7
70.8
72.9
75.0
57.2
59.2
61.1
63.1
65.1
67.1
69.1
71.2
73 .2
75.3
57.6
59.5
61.4
63.4
65.4
67.4
69.5
71.5
73.6
75.7
57.9
59.8
61.8
63.8
65.8
67.8
69.8
71.9
74.0
76.1
58.3
60.2
62.1
64.1
66.1
.68.1
70.2
72.3
74.4
76.5
55 .9
57,.8
59,.7
61 .7
63 .7
65 .7
67,.7
69 .7
71 .8
73 .9
62 .6
64,.7
66,.9
69 .0
71 .2
73 .4
75,.7
77 .9
80 .2
82 .5
360
365
370
375
380
385
390
395
76.7
78.9
81.0
83 .2
85.4
87.7
89.9
90.4
77.1
79.2
81.4
83.6
85.8
88 .1
90.9
90.4
77.5
79.6
81.8
84.0
86.2
88.5
90.6
90.4
77.8
80.0
82.2
84 .4
86.6
88 .9
90.5
90.4
78.2
80.4
82.6
84.8
87.0
89.2
90.3
90.4
78.6
80.8
83 .0
85.2
87.4
89.8
90.3
90.4
76..0
78..1
80..3
82..4
84..6
86..9
89 .1
90 .4
84..9
87,.3
89 .7
92 .1
94 .5
97 .0
99 .5
100 .0
(11
1 CN
O
^
i n rH
>
m
(N
00
O
m m
H
r?
u
o
o
(J m
UJ LU
P
O
to
N
Nl
l
M
u rto m
rH
d
s
()
u
M ?:
EH
r-H
OJ
cu rH
o rH
H O
CO
-H
tn
P a)
rH
^
a s
a u

u.
rl
C tn
a)
tn
4J
IM
o
ra
4J
()
u-
0)
Hi
01
r4
4J
X
w
u
MH
4J
in
rH fN
i
m
3
a
(0
>
<D
U
-rl
1)
Tl
m
a
-rl
Tl
()
CO
CD
C
H
rH
rH
H
ft.
tt)
0)
SH
CT1
<D
TJ
in
H i N m ^ i n i o i i i m o i N
r H r H ( N m i n r ^ o r o r >
^ m i n m ^ D c o E ^ - c o c h o
r H ^ r - r H t n C r , C N ] m C A C N
r H r H r H C N t N C N r O f O r O ^ '
O r H t N n - ^ L n t ^ C O C T l O
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H t N
i n ^ - t f i n c o c o o p g i n r -
O H ( N n * i o > ( n m o
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H r H C N t N
oot-HrH(Nm<3*int^cr\
O O O O O O O O O O
OOtÛJVOt^-COCTVrHnVD
r - t i n C 0 C N C I C N C 0 i n C N O
OMinconiorjiojinoo
OOrHrHCNCNCOinCOCO
O
o i o H n n ^ i n r ' C D O i
^ ^ ^ i n m v D v D h a j o i
r H r H r H r H ( N ( N C N r O m m
vocDcot-coocNît--cr\
o n i o o i f H o a i H i n c o
rHinooncnintNOcoô
r H i n c o ^ o v D n r H o r ^
^ ^ ^ l i i w w r - c o t o r j i
r H r H r H r H C S C N J l N r O m n
o O ; H r l M n * in m u
O O O O O O O O O O
O C O C O C f C O V 0 C O r H i n C O
O O r H r H C M C N r O i n U J O O
O
r H r H r H r H ( N ( N O ) r O n n
a
u
<u
n n u n o i i ) O n i n
4-1
rHincotNcomcNCTtr-m
o i n o L n o L n o i n o i n
rH
rH
IN
-^ in co r- co o
rH
r~\
r H r H r H r H r H r H r H t - H r H r H
o m o L n o i n o m o i n
Lnmcovrjr-r-cocochch
rH
rH
CN
o o i a i o i O H r t i n h o
OrHtNm-învoc-coo
OrHoim'S'inujr-cno
m c N t N o a m - ^ i x i c o r H m
oniflflin(ooi[Ninco
O O r H r H C N t N C O i n C O C O
tn
>.
OrHNm-finvDcocno
^^înincor-r-oocn
H H H H l N I N M P l r l r l
H u i r a o i m ^ H r o y ) ^
omvoc^nvxicAcNinco
XI
E
O O r H r H l N C N C O i n C O C O
r H r H r H r H C N C N C N r O r O r O
>>
r>
O r r j i n C h C N V X J C T l t N m c O
fc
CO
O O r H r H C N t N c o i n c o c o
r H r H r H r H C N l N C N C O r O m
r H L n C O C N r ^ m C T i > X ) ^ C N
II
O O O O O O O O O O
oiNinfftoivDOitNinco
^^^rininvocor^cocr.
D 01
o i n o u n o i n o i n o i n
H H r i N n n * ' ) '
r H m c o t N r - n o r - i n n
^*3'-cj'min<x>f>r-cocr,
O O r H r H C N C N m i n C D C O
r H r H r H r H C N C N C N r O r o m
(II
tn
> M
w
C 0)
E
3
n
>
3 0)
0 rH
tn
rH rH
TJ 0)
>
i
rH
di
O O r H r H C N C N m c O ^ ^
?:
<)
o i n o m o i n o m o i n
ininuDVor~-r-cooocncn
X N N
II
E E
o ro m in
tn
\o
m m
a
ame 35
II
und
at frame 26
at frame 35
f comp: A
= 0.9
m in
CN CN
O IN
CN CN
CN n
CNITN
CN n
(N CN
rH CO
IN tN
rH CN
CN CN
CN VO
rH O)
CN CN
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
143
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
R4.1 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
23.9
25.3
26.7
28.1
29.6
31.1
32.6
34.2
35.8
37.4
24.1
25.5
26.9
28.4
29.8
31.3
32.9
34.4
36.0
37.7
24.3
25.7
27.2
28.6
30.1
31.6
33.1
34.7
36.3
37.9
24.6
26.0
27.4
28.8
30.3
31.8
33.4
35.0
36.6
38.2
24.8
26.2
27.6
29.1
30.6
32.1
33.7
35.2
36.9
38.5
25.0
26.4
27.9
29.3
30.8
32.4
33.9
35.5
37.1
38.8
23.5
24.9
26.2
27.7
29.1
30.6
32.1
33.7
35.2
36.8
26.5
28.0
29.5
31.1
32.8
34.4
36.1
37.8
39.6
41.4
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
39.0
40.7
42.4
44.1
45.9
47.6
49.4
51.3
53.1
55.0
39.3
41.0
42 .7
44.4
46.2
47.9
49.7
51.6
53.4
55.3
39.6
41.3
43.0
44.7
46.5
48.3
50.1
51.9
53.7
55.6
39.9
41.6
43.3
45.0
46.8
48.6
50.4
52.2
54.1
55.9
40.2
41.9
43.6
45.3
47.1
48.9
50.7
52.5
54.4
56.3
40.5
42.2 43 .9
45.6
4 7.4
49.2
51.0
38.5
52 ..8.
54.7
56.6
40.1
41.8
43.5
45.3
47.0
48.8
50.6
52.5
54.3
43.2
45.0
46.9
48.8
50.8
52.7
54.7
56.7
58.8
60.8
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
56.8
58.8
60.7
62.7
64.6
66.6
68.7
70.7
72.8
74 .9
57.2
59.1
61.0
63.0
65.0
67.0
69.0
71.1
73 .2
75.3
57.5
59.4
61.4
63.3
65.3
67.3
69.4
71.4
73.5
75.6
57.8
59.8
61.7
63.7
65.7
67.7
69.7
71.8
73.9
76.0
58.2
60.1
62.0
64.0
66.0
68.0
70.1
72.2
74.3
76.4
58.5
60.4
62.4
64.4
66.4
68.4
70.5
72.5
74.6
76.7
56.2
58.1
60.0
62.0
63.9
65.9
68.0
70.0
72.1
74.2
62.9
65.0
67.2
69.3
71.5
73 .7
76.0
78.3
80.5
82.9
360
365
370
375
380
385
390
395
77.0
79.2
81.3
83.5
85.7
88.0
90.2
90.4
77.4
79.5
81.7
83.9
86.1
88.4
90.4
90.4
77.8
79.9
82.1
84.3
86.5
88.8
90.4
90.4
78.1
80.3
82.5
84 .7
86.9
89.2
90.5
90.4
78.5
80.7
82.9
85.1
87.3
89.6
90.4
90.4
78.9
81.1
83.2
85.5
87.7
90.1
90.4
90.4
76.3
78.4
80.6
82.8
85.0
87.2
89.4
90.4
85.2
87.6
90.0
92.4
94.9
97.3
99.8
100.0
'**
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
ident
descr
R4.2
M.D.O.STOR.TK. NO.2
Diesel Oil (MDO, RHO
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
144
=0.9)

Sounding device:
Remote sounding
y = -11.14 m
z =
8 .03 m
(at frame
(at frame
24)
29)
29)
R4.2 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
0
5
10
- 15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.4
1.0
1.7
2.4
0.4
1.1
1.8
2.4
3 .1
0.6
1.2
1.9
2.6
3.3
3.9
4.7
5.4
6.1
6.8
0.6
1.3
2.0
2.6
3.3
4.0
4.7
5.4
6.2
6.9
0.7
1.3
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.1
4.8
5.5
6.2
7.0
0.3
0.9
1.6
2.2
3. 1
0.5
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.2
3.9
4.6
5.3
6.0
6.8
7.2
8.0
8.7
9.5
3.8
3.8
4 .5
4 .5
5.2
5.9
6.6
5.2
6.0
6.7
7.4
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
8.9
9.7
7.4
8.2
9.0
9.7
10.4
11.2
12.0
12.8
13 .7
14 .5
10.5
11.3
12.1
12 .9
13 .8
14.6
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
15.3
16.2
17.1
17.9
18.8
19.7
20.6
21.5
22.5
23.4
15.4
16.3
17.1
150
2 .9
3 .6
4.3
5 .0
5.8
6.5
Filling
degree
0.5
1.4
2 .4
3.3
4.3
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.2
7.5
8.3
9.0
9.8
10.6
11.4
12.2
13 .0
13.8
14.7
7.6
8.3
9.1
9.9
10.7
11.5
12.3
'13.1
13.9
14.7
. 7.7
8.4
9.2
10.0
10.7
11.5
12.3
13.2
14 .0
14 .8
7.7
8.5
9.2
10.0
10.8
11.6
12.4
13.2
14.1
14.9
10.3
11.1
11.9
12.7
13.5
14.3
10.2
11.3
12.4
13.4
14.5
15.6
16.7
17.9
19.0
20.2
18 .0
18.9
19.8
20.7
21.6
22.5
23.5
15.5
16.4
17.2
18.1
19.0
19.9
20.8
21.7
22.6
23.6
15.6
16.4
17.3
18.2
19.1
20.0
20.9
21.8
22.7
23 .7
15.7
16.5
17.4
18.3
19.2
20.1
21.0
21.9
22.8
23 .7
15.8
16.6
17.5
18.4
19.2
20.1
21.1
22.0
22.9
23.8
15.2
16.0
16.9
17.8
18.7
19.5
20.4
21.4
22.3
23 .2
21.4
22.5
23.7
25.0
26.2
27.4
28.7
30.0
31.2
32.5
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
24.3
25.3
26 .2
27.2
28.2
29.2
30.2
31.2
32 .2
33 .2
24 .4
25.4
26.3
27.3
28.3
29.3
30.3
31.3
32.3
33 .3
24.5
25.5
26.4
27.4
28.4
29.4
30.4
31.4
32.4
33.4
24.6
25.6
26.5
27.5
28.5
29.5
30.5
31.5
32.5
33 .5
24 .7
25 .7
26.6
27.6
28.6
29.6
30.6
31.6
32.6
33.6
24.8
25.7
26.7
27.7
28.7
29.7
30.7
31.7
32.7
33.7
24.2
25.1
26.1
27.0
28.0
29.0
30.0
31.0
32.0
33.0
33.'9
35.2
36.5
37.9
39.2
40.6
42.0
43 .4
44 .8
46.2
200
205
34.2
35.3
34.3
35 .4
34.4
35.5
34.5
35.5
34.6
35.6
34.7
3.5.7
34.0
35.1
47.6
49.1
155"
8. 1
u i u i L n u i u i u i u i * * *
c n u i J ^ c o t o M O s O C O s i
a\aicr\crvcr\CT\a\LnLnai
slCTlLn^LOtOOLDCOs]
si ^
I-1 H
o i o i o i o i o i o i o i u i i n c n
C T v L n ^ L O M H O s D C O s l
C O s l f f l U l * U W W M O
LOLOLOCOCOCOCOCOCOsl
U P O .
C O s l u l * M P U l
~o si m
m
I-1 H O L0 s]
O
O
O
LD LO L0 LO
CD s] 01 Ji
t^ CO W CO
L0 to
W s l W s l p O l P O l P C l l
s l 0 1 U U l * U C O M W H
U l ^ U U U H O l O C O s l
vo co vo co a\
s i s i s i s i s i s i o i o i c i i m
C O O l U l U W O W s l O l i b
pJCntOslNJsltOCOWsO
o i o c o c o s i c u m u i w *
c n u i c n c n u i c n ^ ^ i & ^
O l ^ U I O I - ' O U C O s l O l
u i L n u i u i c n c n u i ^ ^ ^
0 1 U l * U U H O l D 0 ) s l
a\CTvCricr\cr\CfiCr\UlUltn
s l O l U l ^ W U M l O C O s l
si s ] si (Ji 0*1
pJ H
O L0 CO
-J
C A U 1 * * W I O M I - ' H O
O L 0 0 0 s i a \
d ^ L 0 W P
m oi
LO CO
UJ si CD 01 Ul
^
O
p
4^ ^
Ol ^
U 1 * . W U W P H O O C O
U M H O O l D C O s l U U l
LO si <J\ ui ^
u i ^ u i M i - ' O s O C O s i a v
l O D C O s l s l s l O l O l O l O l
u i u i i n u i i n u i u i * * *
o \ u i ^ w t O H o y i c o t ) \
m o i o i c n o i c n o i u i u i L n
s l 0 1 U l * U H O 0 C 0 s l
-J cr> en
O L0 00
L0 0\ Ul ^ U>
COslslOlOlOlUlUllJlUl
ui u i Ln u i ui u i ui
s i en
Ol Ul * U U H O
*.LOts)tOH>OOLDLDCO
in>û>roMOsOCOsiat
ij^ ^
M H
U CO U
so co si ai
^ c o L n p o i M s i w c o c n
oioitnuiuiuiuiLninLn
W P O l O s J O l ^ U P O
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ C O C O I O U
u i * U M H o ) c o s i m
i ^ O J L J U I t O M t O M I - ' H '
OOLOLOLOCOCOCOCO
0 1 U l * M P O l 0 0 0 s l 0 1
OLOLOCOCOCOslslsls]
^
U
U l * U U H O l O C O s l O >
s j o \ o \ i n u i u i ^ ^ ^ i ^
m o i o i o i o i o i m u i u i t n
s l O l U l U M H O l O C O s l
t o M O s O c o c o s i a i o i ^
U) U
-J -J 01 CT1
H O CO
U) Ul *
cnoioitTioioioiinuicn
s l O l ^ L J W H O ^ O C O s ]
h-OLOCOs]slCr\Lnrf^LO
s] -J Ch CT\
M O ID CO
U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 * * *
m u i * u u o i o c o s i
UlNJP-pJOL0LDC0C0sl
W M O O L O C O C O s l s i a i
O l O C O s l O l O l U l r f ' U W
O l U I U l J i J i ^ U U U W
U l J i L O W H O ^ C O s i m
U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 U 1 * * * *
O l U l * U H o y i C O s ] 0 \
m c n o i o i m m m u i u i i n
slLnJ^LOtOMOLDCOsl
-j -J -J a\ a\
H H O ID CD
L0 > LJ W H-
o Ln o Ln o
M M M M K I M M M M I O
L n U l ^ ^ L J U M W P H
a i o u i o u i o L n o u i o
U U U LO U
CO -J -0 <X G\
U C O U U W W I O U I O I O
o o L O L o c o c o s i s i c n o i
L n o L n o L n o L n o L n o
C O L O U U L O U U U U U
U l U l ^ ^ U J U J M t O M h J
i n o L n o L n o L n o L n o
Ln
n
2
re
H
fD
tD
(0
(D
ID
HU
td
0
tire
H
3
tr
tD
D
?3
CO
en
M 0
fO C
<! 3
to a
M HD
a
>
si
Ln
l
O
M Ln
>> o
ui i
<
to
13 W
0) O
CQ UI
o !a
O H
D c
S 1S1
hi N
LO
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
R4.2
M.D.O.STOR.TK. NO.2
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
146
=0.9)

Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y = -9.13 m
z = 13 .36 m
24)
29)
25)
R4.2 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
0.6
1.3
1.9
2.6
0.0
0.6
1.2
1.9
2.6
3.2
3.9
4.6
5.4
6.1
0.0
0.5
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.2
3.9
4.6
5.3
6.0
0.0
0.5
1.1
1.8
2.5
3.2
3.8
4.6
5.3
6.0
0.0
0.4
1.1
1.7
2.4
3.1
3.8
4.5
5.2
5.9
0.1
0.7
7.6
8.4
9.1
9.9
6.8
7.6
8.3
9.1
9.9
6.8
7.5
8.3
9.0
9.8
6.7
7.5
8.2
9.0
9.8
6.7
7.4
8.2
8.9
9.7
14 .0
10.7
11.5
12.3
13.1
13.9
10.7
11.4
12.3
13.1
13.9
10.6
11.4
12.2
13 .0
13.8
10.5
11.3
12.1
13.0
13.8
10.5
11.3
12.1
12.9
13.7
10.1
10.9
11.7
12.5
13.3
14.1
10.7
11.7
12.8
13.9
15.0
16.1
17.2
18.3
19.5
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
14.8
15.7
16.5
17.4
18.3
19.2
20.1
21.0
21.9
22.8
14.8
15.6
16.5
17.4
18.2
19.1
20.0
20.9
21.8
22.8
14.7
15.6
16.4
17.3
18.2
19.1
20.0
20.9
21.8
22.7
14.7
15.5
16.4
17.2
18.1
19.0
19.9
20.8
21.7
22.6
14.6
15.5
16.3
17.2
18.1
18.9
19.8 .
20.7
21.7
22.6
14.6
15.4
16.3
17.1
18.0
18.9
19.8
20.7
21.6
22.5
15.0
15.8
16.7
17.5
18.4
19.3
20.2
21.1
22.0
22.9
20.6
21.8
23 .0
24 .2
25.4
26.7
27.9
29.2
30.5
31.8
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
23.8
24.7
25.7
26.6
27.6
28.6
29.6
30.6
31.6
32.6
23 .7
24 .7
25.6
26.6
27.6
28.5
29.5
30.5
31.5
32.6
23 .6
24.6
25.5
26.5
27.5
28.5
29.5
30.5
31.5
32.5
23.6
24.5
25.5
26.4
27.4
28.4
29.4
30.4
31.4
32.4
23.5
24.5
25.4
26.4
27.4
28.3
29.3
30.3
31.3
32.4
23.5
24 .4
25.4
26.3
27.3
28.3
29.3
30.3
31.3
32.3
23.9
24.8
25.8
26.8
27.7
28.7
29.7
30.7
31.7
32.8
33.1
34.4
35.7
37.1
38.4
39.8
41.2
42.6
44.0
45.4
200
205
33.6
34 .6
33.6
34 .6
33.5
34.5
33.4
34 .4
33.4
34.4
33.3
*4.3
33.8
34.8
46.8
48.2
CM
0
5
10
- 15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
. 80
85
90
95
0.0
0.6
1.3
2.0
2.6
3.3
4.0
4 .7
5.5
6.2
6.9
7.7
8.4
9.2
10.0
10.8
11.6
12.4
13.2
3 .3
4.0
4.7
5.4
6.1
6.9
1-. 4
2.1
2.7
3.4
4.1
4.8
5.6
6.3
7.0
7.8
8.5
9.3
0.0
0.9
1.8
2.7
3.7
4.6
5.6
6.6
7.6
8.6
9.6
~- J-
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
147
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
R4 . 2 - Vol
.ume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
35.7
36.7
37.7
38.7
39.8
40.8
41.8
42.9
43.9
44.9
35.6
36.6
37.6
38.7
39.7
40.7
41.8
42.8
43 .8
44 .9
35.5
36.6
37.6
38.6
39.6
40.7
41.7
42.7
43.8
44.8
35.5
36.5
37.5
38.5
39.6
40.6
, 41.6
42.7
43 .7
44 .7
35.4
36.4
37.4
38.5
39.5
40.5
41.6
42.6
43.6
44.7
35.3
36.4
37.4
38.4
39.4
40.5
41.5
42.5
43.6
44.6
35.8
36.8
37.8
38.9
39.9
40.9
42.0
43.0
44.0
45.1
49.6
51.0
52.5
53.9
55.3
56.8
58.2
59.6
61.1
62.5
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
46.0
47.0
48.1
49.1
50.2
51.3
52.3
53.4
54.4
55.5
45.9
47.0
48.0
49.1
50.1
51.2
52.2
53 .3
54.4
55.4
45.9
46.9
47.9
49.0
50.1
51.1
52.2
53.2
54.3
55.4
45.8
46.8
47.9
48.9
50.0
51.0
52.1
53.2
54.2
55.3
45.7
46.8
47.8
48.9
49.9
51.0
52.0
53.1
54.2
55.2
45.6
46.7
47.7
48.8
49.9
50.9
52.0
53 .0
54.1
55.2
46.1
47.2
48.2
49.3
50.3
51.4
52.5
53.5
54.6
55.7
64.0
65.4
66.9
68.4
69.8
71.3
72.8
74.3
75.7
77.2
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
56.6
57.7
58.7
59.8
60.9
62 .0
63.1
64.2
65.3
66.4
56.5
57.6
58.7
59.7
60.8
61.9
63 .0
64.1
65.2
66.3
56.4
57.5
58.6
59.7
60.8
61.8
62.9
64.0
65.1
66.2
56.4
57.4
58.5
59.6
60.7
61.8
62.9
64.0
65.0
66.1
56.3
57.4
58.5
59.5
60.6
61.7
62.8
63.9
65.0
66.1
56.2
57.3
58.4
59.5
60.5
61.6
62.7
63.8
64.9
66.0
56.7
57.8
58.9
60.0
61.0
62.1
63.2
64.3
65.4
66.5
78.7
80.2
81.7
83.2
84.7
86.2
87.8
89.3
90.8
92.3
360
365
370
375
380
385
67.5
68.6
69.7
70.8
71.9
71.9
67.4
68.5
69.6
70.7
71.8
71.9
67.3
68.4
69.5
70.6
71.7
71.9
67.2
68.3
69.4
70.6
71.6
71.9
67.2
68.3
69.4
70.5
71.6
71.9
67.1
68.2
69.3
70.4
71.5
71.9
67.6
68.7
69.8
70.9
71.9
71.9
93.8
95.4
96.9
98.5
100.0
100.0
'**
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
R4.3
M.D.O.SETT.TK. NO.1
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
148
=0.9)

Sounding device:
Remote sounding
x =
15.32 m (at frame
y =
-8.75 m
z =
8.03 m
(at frame
(at frame
22)
24)
22)
R4.3 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
CM
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.8
2.0
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.8
2.0
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
2.0
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
2.0
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
2.0
0.1
0.3
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.8
2.0
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
2.2
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.2
3.5
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.6
2.2
2.5
2.2
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.2
3.5
2.2
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.2
3.5
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.5
2.2
2.4
2.7
2.9
3.2
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.2
4.5
2.2
2.4
2 .7
2.9
3.2
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.2
4.5
' 3.2
3 .5
3.8
4.0
4.3
4.6
10.6
11.6
12.6
13.6
14.6
15.7
16.7
17.8
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.3
7.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.3
7.6
4 .8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.5
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.5
4.9
5.2
5.4
5.7
6.0
6.3
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
18.9
20.0
21.2
22.3
23.5
24.7
25.9
27.1
28.4
29.7
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
7.9
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.3
9.6
7.9
8.2
8.6
8.9
9.3
9.6
10.0
10.3
10.7
11.1
7.9
8.2
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.6
10.0
10.3
10.7
11.0
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.9
9.2
9.6
9.9
10.3
10.7
11.0
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.9
9.2
9.6
9.9
10.3
10.7
11.0
7.9
8.3
8.6
9.0
9.3
9.7
10.0
10.4
10.7
11.1
7.9
8.2
8.6
8.9
9.3
9.6
10.0
10.3
10.7
11.1
10.0
10.4
10.8
11.1
30.9
32.2
33.6
34.9
36.3
37.7
39.1
40.5
41.9
43.3
11.5
11.8
11.4
11.8
11.4
11.8
11.4
11.8
11.4
11.8
-41.7
11.5
11.8
44.7
46.2
0
5
10
- 15
200
205 '
2 .7
3.0
3.2
3.5
3.7
4.0
4.3
4 .5
3 .7
4.0
4.3
4.5
11.4
0-5-
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.3
2.5
2.7
3.0
0.4
1.2
2.0
2.7
3.5
4.4
5.2
6.1
6.9
7.8
8.7
9.7
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
14 9
R4.3 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
12.2
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.7
14.1
14 .4
14.8
15.2
15.6
12.2
12.5
12.9
13.3
13.7
14.0
14.4
14.8
15.2
15.6
12.2
12.5
12.9
13.3
13.7
14.0
14.4
14.8
15.2
15.6
12.1
12.5
12.9
13.3
13.6
14.0
14.4
14.8
15.2
15.6
12.1
12.5
12.9
13.2
13.6
14.0
14.4
14.8
15.1
15.5
12.1
12.5
12.9
13.2
13.6
14.0
14.4
14.8
15.1
15.5
12.2
12.6
13.0
13.3
13.7
14.1
14.5
14.9
15.2
15.6
47.6
49.0
50.5
52 .0
53.4
54.9
56.4
57.9
59.4
60.9
260
265
270
275
280
.285
290
295
300
305
16.0
16.4
16.8
17.2
17.6
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
16.0
16.4
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
16.0
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
16.0
16.4
16.8
17.2
17.6
18.0
18.418.8
19.2
19.6
62.4
63.9
65.5
67.0
68.6
70.1
71.7
73 .2
74.8
76.4
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
20.0
20.4
20.8
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.5
22.9
23.3
23 .7
20.0
20.4
20.8
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.4
22 .9
23.3
23 .7
19.9
20.3
20.8
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.4
22.8
23.3
23 .7
19.9
20.3
20.7
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.4
22.8
23 .2
23.7
19.9
20.3
20.7
21.1
21.6
22.0
22.4
22.8
23.2
23.7
19.9
20.3
20.7
21.1
21.5
22.0
22.4
22.8
23.2
23.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
21.2
21.6
22.1
22.5
22.9
23.3
23.8
78.0
79.6
81.2
82.8
84.4
86.0
87.7
89.3
91.0
92.6
360
365
370
375
380
24.1
24.6
25.0
25.4
25.6
24.1
24 .6
25.0
25.4
25.6
24.1
24.5
25.0
25.4
25 .6
24.1
24.5
25.0
25.4
25.6
24.1
24.5
24.9
25.4
25.6
24.1
24.5
24.9
25.4
25.6
24 .2
24 .6
25.0
25.5
25.6
94.3
96.0
97.6
99.3
100.0
<
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
R4.3
M.D.O.SETT.TK. NO.1
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
15 0
=0.9)

(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y = -9.13 m
z = 13.36 m
Sounding device:
22)
24)
24)
R4.3 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.9
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.9
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.7
1.9
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.7
1.9
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.7
1.9
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
1.9
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.9
0.0
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.1
3.9
4.7
5.5
6.4
7.3
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.1
2.1
2.4
2.6
2.8
4 .1
4 .4
2.1
2.4
2.6
2.9
3.1
3.4
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.4
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.1
3.3
4 .1
4 .4
2.1
2.4
2.6
2.9
3.1
3.4
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.4
8.2
9.1
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.1
4.4
2.1
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.9
2.1
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.1
3.3
3.6
3.9
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
4 .7
4 .7
4 .7
4 .7
5.0
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
4.7
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
4 .7
5.0
5.2
5.5
5.8
6.1
6.4
6.8
7.1
7.4
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
4.7
4.9
5.2
5.5
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.5
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
7.7
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.1
9.4
9.8
7.7
8.1
8.7
9.1
9.4
9.8
7.7
8.1
8.4
8.8
9.1
9.5
9.8
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.8
9.1
9.5
9.8
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.8
9.1
9.5
9.8
7.8
8.1
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.5
9.8
7.7
8.0
8.4
8.7
9.1
9.4
9.8
10.1
10.5
10.9
10.2
10.5
10.9
10.2
10.5
10.9
10.2
10.5
10.9
10.2
10.6
10.9
10.2
10.6
10.9
10.1
10.5
10.8
30.2
31.5
32.8
34.1
35.5
36.8
38.2
39.6
41.0
42 .4
200
205
11.2
11.6
11.2
11.6
11.3
11.6
11.3
11.6
11.3
11.6
11.3
W..7
11.2
11.6
43.9
45.3
CM
0
5
10
- 15
20
25
30
35
40
45
3 .3
3 .6
5-3_
5.5
5 .8
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
8 .4
3 .1
3 .6
3.9
4 .1
4 .4
.6.2
3 .6
3.8
4 .1
4 .4
5 .8
6 .1
6.4
6.7
7.1
7.4
10.1
11.0
12.0
13 .0
14.0
15.0
16.1
17.2
18.2
19.4
20.5
21.6
22.8
24.0
25.2
26.4
27.6
28.9
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SCS082BV- 050-05
151
Page
R4.3 - Volume in
sounding
level
CM
12..0
12..3
1 2 ..7
13.. 1
13 .5
13..8
14 .2
14..6
15..0
15 .4
260
265
270
275
280
15..8
16., 1
16..5
16..9
17..3
17..7
18..1
18..5
18..9
19..3
290
295
300
305
Trim
Filling
degree
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
.0
.4
.7
.1
.5
.9
.2
.6
.0
.4
12 .0
12..4
12 .7
13 .1
13 .5
13 .9
14 .3
14 .6
15 .0
15 .4
12 .0
12 .4
12 .8
13 .1
13 .5
13 .9
14 .3
14 .6
15 .0
15 .4
12.0
12.4
12.8
13.1
13.5
13.9
14.3
14.7
15.0
15.4
11 .9
12,.3
12 .7
13 .1
,
13 .4
13 .8
,
14 .2
14,.6
15,.0
15 .3
46
48
49
51
52
54
55
57
58
60
.7
.2
.6
.1
.6
.0
.5
.0
.5
.0
15 .8
16..2
16 .5
16..9
17..3
17 .7
18..1
18 .5
18..9
19 .3
15..8
16..2
16 .6
17..0
17..3
17 .7
18..1
18 .5
18..9
19 .3
15..8
16..2
16 .6
17..0
17..4
17 .8
18..2
18 .6
19..0
19 .4
15
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
19
19
8
2
6
0
4
8
2
6
0
4
15.8
16.2
16.6
17.0
17.4
17.8
18.2
18.6
19.0
19.4
15,.7
16..1
16..5
16..9
17..3
17..7
18..1
18..5
18..9
19 .3
61
63
64
66
67
69
70
72
73
75
.5
.0
.6
.1
.6
.2
.7
.3
.9
.4
-0.5
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
285
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
15
15
.0
.3
.7
.1
.5
.8
.2
.6
.0
.4
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
15
15
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
19 .7
20..1
20,.5
21..0
21..4
21 .8
22..2
22 .6
23 .0
23 .5
19 .7
20 .1
20 .6
21 .0
21..4
21 .8
22 .2
22 .6
23 .1
23 .5
19..8
20..2
20,.6
21..0
21..4
21 .8
22..2
22 .6
23 .1
23 .5
19 .8
20..2
20..6
21..0
21..4
21 .8
22 .2
22 .7
23 .1
23 .5
19
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
23
23
8
2
6
0
4
8
3
7
1
5
19.8
20.2
20.6
21.0
21.4
21.9
22.3
22.7
23.1
23.5
19..7
20..1
20..5
20..9
21..3
21 .8
22 .2
22 .6
23 .0
23 .4
77,.0
78,.6
80,.2
81,.8
83..4
85 .1
86 .7
88 .3
90 .0
91 .6
360
365
370
375
380
385
23
24
24
25
25
25
.9
.3
.7
.2
.6
.6
23..9
24 .3
24 .8
25 .2
25 .6
25 .6
23
24
24
25
25
25
23..9
24 .4
24 .8
25 .2
25 .6
25 .6
23
24
24
25
25
25
9
4
8
2
6
6
24.0
24 .4
24 .8
25.3
25.6
25.6
23,.9
24,.3
24,.7
25 .1
25 .6
25..6
93..3
95..0
96..6
98 .3
100 .0
100..0
.9
.3
.8
.2
.6
.6
'*
H l O O j a i ^ U I O O l D C O
MP'P'P'P'P'P'P'OO
Plvl(ll*.UUOU)l)l)
t o v o ~ j L n u i o c D c r \ L n u >
- J O D O M J ^ - J O U J ^ I P J
^ t o o ^ - J c r t C h c r i c r i c r i
a > o L n p o \ p - j L J o - j
L J L J t O t O P ' p ' O O O O
O l O i O t D s I O l O l U l ^ ^
LJ ui
h -
U W P H P P H P P P
M O V D - O C T v L n ^ U l M M
O J U l L O G J t O t O t O t O W t O
u i ^ w p y i t D o i u i ^ w
i L n ^ u J O J W p
U O s l U l U P l O s l U l U
O v l P Q 0 1 t O O s l U l
>
O O O O O O O O O O
t O P ' P ' P ' P ' P ' p ' p ' O O
^ j o
- J 0 1 U 1 * . U I 0 1 0 P P O
P U s l 0 1 * U P O I C 0
p y l t D m u i w u p y i f f i
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
^ l { n U l * U U ( O P H O
t O P ' P ' P ' P ' P ' p ' p ' O O
p i o ^ m ^ u p o i o a )
MP'HP'P'P'P'P'OO
v j c n L n * u w i o p p o
O O O O O O O O O O
v ] f f \ U l ^ U W I O H P O
O O O O O O O O O O
P U ) ^ 0 1 * > U t O O U l C O
0 0
O O O O O O O O O O
t O P ' P ' p ' p ' p ' p ' p ' O O
P ' p ' P
o\ ui
~J -J
p i o s j j i w o m c i j i t o
c F \ m o i t n u i u i L n i f c * i i i
t o v o ^ j u i t o o o o c r i ^ t o
^ L O L O U l U l U l t O t O t O t O
U 5 C T v L O O - J L n t O L D ^ J i ( ^
Ln to
O l O l O l f f l U l U l O l i ^ ^ ^
U l O v l U l W O U ) 0 \ * ' ( J
O ^ O l O l O l U l U l U l ^ i l i i f t
-0 -J
a
p(B M
LQ M
p, pa> 3
(B LQ
p.
P3
(B
p,
3
cr
P3
p.
<
o
O
LJ
cr\
o
0>
rr
P> (D
to
01
P1 0
to i=
3
1
00
00
II
II
fa
(B
II
^
N
U
p-
c
3
CO
din
) 0 1 l J O s l U l t O V O v l *
* W U U U ) U t O I O I O I O
l O O l U O O J U l t O l O v l *
Ln
<!
P3
LQ
(B fB
(D 3
p-1
JO
mot
>
ft
Ml
rr
P
to
o
o
p>
Ul
(Jl
O
Ml
H
01
M
O
H
03
(11 (D
=5 q
Ml
P,
U)
in 01
rr rr
II
II
3
3 CL
D.
X X
di
0
p,
rr
H
(D
H
(11
m
X
l-t
rr
3
rr
01
C3
p-
CO
to
()
o m
H- H
M H
p
rr
n
n n
(i
o 0
3 H 3
rr T)
-a
(1) 111 Dl
(MD
-J -J
t o i o ^ u i u o a i o i i t ' U
m m o i m u i u i u i * * *
-0 -J
v l O l U l ^ W W W H H O
O O O O O O O O O O
n in a
01
0
c
3
g device:
D.O
ese
Ln to
* U U U U U ) M t O t O I O
^ m w p a i u i M u i v i *
P ' 0 0
^ J i U U t O W P H
L n o L n o L n o L n o c n o
M
til
<!
points of comp:
(Jl to
t O p J M P
J i L O U l L J U l L U M W t O t O
o i c h c r i a i a i a i u i ^ j i j i
M V O O O O l L n O J t O O V O C O
t O t O v l U l U p l D s l U l U
P - P
O - O ^ H C O U l U O s l t l i
CTv
~J -J
01
t O P
frUWUUUWtJWW
v j o i o i m u i i n u i u i ^ * .
0
* > v > a i c o o - o c r c r i L n L n
L n o L n o u i o L n o L n o
I I' i' i' i' ' I ' I'

J
P J 0 0
l f c . i f c > U J U l t O t O P
L n o L n o L n o L n o c n o
P 1 P J P - > P J P J P J P J P 1 P J P J
* > \ > a i o o ^ ] - j c r \ c r i L n L n
L n o L n o t n o L n o c n o
to
&*
fa
ment ident:
ment descr:
a
H
^
t?{
rn
Ul m
~J n
CJ
O
O M
1
D
S N
P3 N
P Ln
in o
i
to
<
T1 rn
01 n
LU Ln
(D o
00
to
TAB
RHO =
frame
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
R4.4
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
153
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.1
10.4
10.7
7.8
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.4
10.7
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.4
10.7
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.7
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.7
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.7
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.8
10.1
10.4
10.7
40.2
41.8
43.4
45.0
46.6
48.2
49.8
51.5
53.2
54.8
260
265
270
275
280
"2 85
290
295
300
305
11.0
11.4
11.7
12.1
12.4
12.7
13.1
13.4
13.8
14.1
11.0
11.4
11.7
12.0
12.4
12.7
13.1
13.4
13.8
14.1
11.0
11.4
11.7
12 .0
12 .4
12.7
13.1
13.4
13.8
14.1
11.0
11.3
11.7
12.0
12.4
12.7
13.0
13.4
13.7
14.1
11.0
11.3
11.7
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.0
13.4
13.7
14.1
11.0
11.3
11.7
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.0
13.4
13 .7
14.1
11.1
11.4
11.7
12.1
12.4
12.8
13.1
13.5
13.8
14 .2
56.5
58.2
60.0
61.7
63.4
65.2
67.0
68.8
70.6
72.4
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
14.5
14.9
15.2
15.6
16.0
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.8
14.5
14.8
15.2
15.6
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.4
17.8
14 .5
14.8
15.2
15.6
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.0
17.4
17.8
14.5
14.8
15.2
15.5
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.0
17.4
17.8
14.4
14.8
15.2
15.5
15.9
16.3
16.6
17.0
17.4
17.8
14.4
14.8
15.2
15.5
15.9
16.3
16.6
17.0
17.4
17.8
14.5
14.9
15.3
15.6
16.0
16.4
16.7
17.1
17.5
17.9
74.2
76.0
77.9
79.8
81.6
83.5
85.5
87.4
89.3
91.3
360
365
370
375
380
18.2
18.6
19.0
19.4
19.5
18.2
18.6
19.0
19.4
19.5
18.2
18.6
19.0
19.4
19.5
18.2
18.6
18.9
19.3
19.5
18.2
18.5
18.9
19.3
19.5
18.1
18.5
18.9
19.3
19.5
18.2
18.6
19.0
19.4
19.5
93.2
95.2
97.2
99.2
100.0
'<*
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
ident
descr
R4.4
M.D.O.SETT.TK. NO.2
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
154
0.9)

Sounding device:
Manual sounding
y =
-9.13 m
z = 13.36 m
(at frame
(at frame
18)
20)
20)
R4.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.4
1.8
2.3
2.7
3.2
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
0.7
0.9
1.0
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.0
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
- 1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
3.8
4.3
4.9
5.6
6.3
7.0
7.7
8.5
9.3
2 .0
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
2.2
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.3
3.6
4.0
11.1
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.1
17.2
18.3
19.5
20.7
0.0
0.0
- 15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
2.2
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.4
3.6
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
4 .3
4 .5
4 .8
4.3
4.6
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
200
205
7.1
7.4
7.1
7.4
3 .8
4.0
Filling
degree
-0.5
0
5
10
0. 1
Bow Trim
(m)
2.2
2.2
2 .4
2 .5
2 .4
2 .5
2.7
2.9
2.7
2.9
3.2
3.4
3.6
3
3
3
3
4
.1
.4
.6
.8
.1
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
10.2
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.1
4 .1
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.1
5.1
5.4
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.7
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
21.9
23 .2
24.5
25.9
27.3
28.7
30.2
31.6
33.1
34.7
7.1
7.4
7.1
7.4
7.1
7.4
7.1
7.4
7.0
7.3
36.2
37.7
3 .8
4 .1
4 .8
3 .6
3.8
3 .8
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
155
R4.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.5
9.9
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.6
9.9
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.6
9.9
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.3
9.6
9.9
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
10.2
10.5
10.2
10.5
10.2
10.5
10.2
10.6
10.2
10.6
290
295
300
305
10.8
11.2
11.5
11.9
12.2
12.5
12.9
13 .2
13.6
13 .9
10.9
11.2
11.5
11.9
12.2
12.5
12.9
13.2
13.6
13.9
10.9
11.2
11.5
11.9
12.2
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.6
14 .0
10.9
11.2
11.5
11.9
12.2
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.6
14 .0
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
14.3
14 .6
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.5,
16.8
17.2
17.6
14.3
14.7
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.5
16.9
17.2
17.6
14.3
14 .7
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.1
16.5
16.9
17.3
17.6
360
365
370
375
380
385
18.0
18 .4
18.8
19.1
19.5
19.5
18.0
18.4
18 .8
19.2
19.5
19.5
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.5
19.5
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
270
275
280
-2 85
Filling
degree
10.2
10.6
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
7
0
3
6
9
2
5
8
2
5
39
40
42
44
45
47
48
50
52
53
3
8
4
0
6
2
8
5
2
8
10.9
11.2
11.6
11.9
12.2
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.6
14.0
10.9
11.2
11.6
11.9
12.3
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.6
14 .0
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
8
2
5
8
2
5
9
2
6
9
55
57
58
60
62
64
65
67
69
71
5
2
9
6
4
1
9
7
5
3
14.3
14.7
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.1
16.5
16.9
17.3
17.6
14.3
14.7
15.1
15.4
15.8
16.2
16.5
16.9
17.3
17.7
14.3
14.7
15.1
15.4
15.8
16.2
16.5
16.9
17.3
17.7
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
3
6
0
3
7
1
4
8
2
6
73
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
1
9
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.5
19.5
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.5
19.5
18.1
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.5
19.5
18
18
18
19
19
19
0
3
7
1
5
5
92
94
96
98
100
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
'.*
en
KO
W O D * . ^ U 1 H v ] ^ O v ]
O C O - J U l ^ O J M O ^ - J
t O 0 0 U l N ) U > L n t s J V O O A U J
I D C O C O C D v J - J s j N j f f i m
L n w o o a c n a i u J t O h - ' M
C O t O t O E O K J t N J h - M h - ' H
( T v L n ^ t O M O V D C O - J C T H
H c o a i w o v j u i w o v j
H c o a i w i o s i i f > [ o ^ s ]
J ^ . > U J U > t O C O | - ' H J 0 0

L n o i n o m o i n o u i o
, _ , (_J
W W H
J_, J_J
O U ) C
M M h - ' l - ' t O U l ^ O ^ O O O
^J ^
U 1 ^
^ M O C O U 1 W H I O ( 0 ^
U J C O O J t O W t O t O M M H *
a i N J O Q o c n ^ t o o o o c r i
W U W W M W W W H H
(_TltOOCDCT\ffs.tOOOOCT
t O ^ ^ J O O J - J O ^ * ^ ) W
O ^ U l i t > ^ W t O ( O H O O
^ W P l O s J f f i U l W M I - '
M h - ' H - ' O O O O O O O
H ' h - ' h - ' O O O O O O O
M H ' M O O O O O O O
( j j U ) < j J t o N j c o t \ j t s j h - t - '
M M M O O O O O O O
K ' M h - ' O O O O O O O
M M M O O O O O O O
i f c W H l O C O ^ U l W t O H
'
^ E O M ^ D C O m a i U J N J M
L n c o o c o c h O ^ t o o o o c n
U J L O O J r O t O t O t O M M h -
L n t o o o o c h t t ^ t o o o o a i
W W W W M t O W t O H h
^ t o o c o m ^ t o o o o c n
u i o L n o o i o L n o o i o
u i o u i o u i o L n o u i o
01
0
d
3
(D IQ
H!-
M
H-
to a
D.
fl>
113
P,
P.
to
o
s
cr
<
(D
(1)
C
=1
Ul
j^
LQ
o a> a
JS M P -
M
0)
<
(i)
n
fB
P-
<
a
fB
a
a
Pa
IQ
0
C
en
en
fB
rrl
(B
>
l-h
rr
II
P>
II
X X
a a
(D
(B
>a
o
0
0
l-h
rr
01
p-
(B
ra
X
rr
ii
fB
3 3
lo
i-h
P,
V>
to
to
fB
to
(1)
=1 3
l-h
P,
U)
^
pj ^^
[D
o o
P,
i-h
rr
,,10a
p-
U3 ( i
to
3 3 =3
O -J
GJ a i
P*
i
00
00
II
II
II
*<
N
to -o
fOV)UltOVDCT\N>V)ChU)
h-h->l- h h-'i- h t- h-lW W O D C D s l s j m O ^ U l U l

o i o u i o u i o L n o c n o
ame
VX>(J1
>x> en
Ul
to to
o o
pun
Vol
mot
3.6
5.2
in
II
P1
a
o
?0
<
CO
O M
PM
a
fB
p-
o a
P, rr
U
(B
in
n> a
(B
M
(B
p
p,
rr
a a
rr
rr
p-
in
P,
rr rr
CO 4
(D
(11
O
n n
o OH 0
3
a
r r T ) >d
>
a\
P1
Ul
m
(B
Tl
HI
in
<
00
M
ro
n
Ul
to
M
i
N
ISI
S3
O
O
a
S
H
U)
u m
-o a
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
157
: SDARI-ZZ
""""373 00DWT
R4.5 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
im by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
10.2
10.6
10.9
11.2
11.6
11.9
12.3
12.6
13.0
13.4
10.2
10.6
10.9
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.0
13.4
10.2
10.6
10.9
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.3
12 .7
13.0
13 .4
10.2
10.6
10.9
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.0
13.4
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.0
13.4
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.3
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.1
13 .4
10 .2
10 .5
10 .9
11 .2
11 .6
11..9
12..3
12..6
13,.0
13 .3
44 .7
46 .2
47 .7
49 .2
50 .7
52..3
53 .8
55..4
56..9
58 .5
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
13.7
14.1
14.5
14.8
15.2
15.6
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.1
13 .7
14.1
14.5
14.8
15.2
15.6
16.0
16.3
16.7
17.1
13 .7
14 .1
14..5
14..8
15,.2
15..6
16..0
16 .3
16 .7
17 .1
13.8
14.1
14.5
14.9
15.2
15.6
16.0
16.4
16.7
17.1
13.8
14.1
14.5
14.9
15.2
15.6
16.0
16.4
16.7
17.1
13.8
14.1
14.5
14.9
15.3
15.6
16.0
16.4
16.8
17.1
13 .7
14..1
14..4
14..8
15..2
15..5
15..9
16 .3
16 .7
17 .1
60,.1
61..7
63..3
64,.9
66,.5
68..2
69..8
71 .5
73..1
74,.8
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
17.5
17.9
18.2
18.6
19.0
19.4
19.8
20.2
20.6
21.0
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.6
19.0
19.4
19.8
20.2
20.6
21.0
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.4
19.8
20.2
20.7
21.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
19.9
20.3
20.7
21.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
19.9
20.3
20.7
21.1
17.5
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
19.9
20.3
20.7
21.1
17..4
17..8
18,.2
18..6
19..0
19,.4
19,.8
20,.2
20 .6
21 .0
76,.5
78,.2
79,.9
81,.6
83,.3
85 .1
86 .8
88 .6
90 .3
92 .1
360
365
370
375
380
21.4
21.8
22.3
22 .7
22 .8
21.5
21.9
22.3
22.7
22.8
21.5
21.9
22.3
22.7
22.8
21.5
21.9
22.3
22.7
22.8
21.5
21.9
22.3
22.7
22.8
21.5
21.9
22.3
22.7
22.8
21..4
21..8
22..2
22 .6
22 .8
93..9
95..7
97 .5
99 .3
100 .0
"*
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
R4.5
M.D.O.SERV.TK. NO.1
ident
descr
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
158
=0.9)

Manual sounding
y =
-9.31m
z = 13.36 m
Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
20)
22)
22)
R4.5 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
Bow Trim
(m)
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
0.0
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.0
0.5
1:1
1.7
2.3
2.9
3.6
4.3
5.0
5.7
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.5
1.7
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.7
2.9
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
1.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.1
3 .1
3 .1
3 .1
3.3
3.3
3.3
3 .1
3 .3
3. 1
3 .3
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.3
6.5
7.3
8.1
8.9
2 .9
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.7
2.9
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
3.5
3.5
3
4
4
4
4
3.6
3.8
3.6
3 .8
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.6
5.9
3.6
3.8
4.1
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.6
5.9
3.5
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.5
5.0
5.3
5.6
5.9
15.5
16.5
17.6
18.7
19.8
20.9
22.1
23.3
24.5
25.7
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.7
200
205
CM
0
5
10
.. 15
20
25
30
35
40
45
3.3
'9.8
10.7
11.6
12.5
13.5
14.5
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
5 .1
5.3
5.6
5.9
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.3
4.5
4.8
5.1
5.3
5.6
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
9. 0
8 .3
8 .7
9.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.7
8.0
8.4
8.7
9.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.7
8.0
8.4
8.7
9.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.7
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.7
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.1
6.1
6.4
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
9.0
27.0
28.3
29.6
30.9
32.3
33 .7
35.1
36.5
38 .0
39.4
9.3
9.7
9.3
9.7
9.4
9.7
9.4
9.7
9.4
9.7
9.4
-8-7
9.3
9.6
40.9
42.3
4.0
4 .3
4 .5
4 .8
5 .0
5.3
5.6
5.9
.8
.0
.3
.5
.8
7. 1
7.4
7.7
8.0
4 .0
4 .3
4.5
4.8
3 .8
4.0
4 .3
4 .8
.SDARI.-ZZ
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
159
R4.5 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
10.0
10.3
10.7
11.0
11.4
11.7
12.1
12.4
12.8
13.1
10.0
10.4
10.7
11.0
11.4
11.7
12.1
12.4
12.8
13.2
10.0
10.4
10.7
11.1
11.4
11.8
12.1
12.5
12.8
13.2
10.0
10.4
10.7
11.1
11.4
11.8
12.1
12.5
12.8
13.2
10.1
10.4
10.7
11.1
11.4
11.8
12.1
12.5
12.8
13.2
10.1
10.4
10.8
11.1
11.4
11.8
12.1
12.5
12.9
13.2
10.0
10.3
10.7
11.0
11.4
11.7
12.1
12.4
12.8
13.1
43 .8
45.3
46.8
48.3
49.8
51.4
52.9
54.5
56.0
57.6
13.5
13.9
14.2
14.6
15.0
15.3
15.7
16.1
16.5
16.9
13.5
13.9
14.3
14.6
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.5
16.9
13.5
13.9
14.3
14.6
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.5
16.9
13.5
13.9
14.3
14.6
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.1
16.5
16.9
13.6
13.9
14.3
14.7
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.2
16.5
16.9
13.6
13.9
14.3
14.7
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.2
16.5
16.9
13.5
13.8
14.2
14 .6
14 .9
15.3
15.7
16.1
16.4
16.8
59.2
60.7
62.3
64.0
65.6
67.2
68.8
70.5
72.1
73.8
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
17.2
17.6
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
17.3
17.6
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
17.3
17.7
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
17.3
17.7
18.1
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
17.3
17.7
18.1
18.5
18.9
19.2
19.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
17.3
17.7
18.1
18.5
18.9
19.3
19.7
20.1
20.5
20.9
17.2
17.6
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
20.0
20.4
20.8
75.5
77.2
78.9
80.6
82.3
84.0
85.8
87.5
89.3
91.0
360
365
370
375
380
385
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.4
22.8
22 .8
21.2
21.6
22 .0
22 .4
22 .8
22.8
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.5
22.8
22.8
21.2
21.6
22.1
22.5
22.8
22.8
21.3
21.7
22.1 '
22.5
22.8
22.8
21.3
21.7
22.1
22.5
22.8
22.8
21.2
21.6
22.0
22.4
22.8
22.8
92.8
94.6
96.4
98.2
100.0
100.0
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
270
275
280
"285
290
_ .295
300
305
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
'**
1
10
H
in
II
(I) ID
E E
m
m
h u
F
m
4J
IM M-l
4J
m n)
g
o
II
CN
rH
4J
)H
M-l
E E
o
o
C)
II
T)
X
i)
ID
a
3
<L)
4-1
(N
(1)
in
>i
II
00
i
II
CO
r~- r- o
H
rH
Pi X
<) II
E
-H
u.
rH
(1)
Ti a
a (1)
4J
M-l
<D
(1)
t
3
m
a
a
CO
XI
rH
o
-H
ID
4-)
>
(II
X)
()
ft
(1)
E
Q)
M
4J
X
W
CU
5)<
CO
()
>
rH
m m
a
Xi E E E
u
?;
X
6
z, ..
EH
>
rH
Pi H
W C>
CO
o (U
UJ
ra
Q I)
-H
2 p
a u
4-1
4J
(U CD
X i 0)
H X)
4J
a
(i)
c c
a) a;
E E ra
4J 4 J
4J
U U
(0 (0
ai
rH
()
cn a)
c (u
H H
rH 01
rH d)
-H x i
3
o
CQ
a)
4-)
CD
Xi
c a)
 M
H
Cn
a
rH
01
c >
-H
X)
3
D
0 rH
CD '
o o o H r H o i m i n r ^ o
O O O O O O O O O H
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O H H H C N
CNroro^pinî^cocrio
O O O O O O O O O H
H H n t v n n ^ ^ i n i D
rokDOinoinrHr>^frH
H H H H H C N C N C N C N
H H H H H H C N C N C N C N
l O h C O O \ O H M P l * l f l
ffir-vDin^^'iniD^m
c N c i c n n c o r o ^ ^ ^ p ^
c o o c N ^ r ^ o > H ^ v o c n
c N r n m m m n ^ ^ - ^ ^
c o O ( N ^ t - c r \ C N ^ f r > c r i
in in
CN
in in
CN -*
CNmmromm^rt,'^t^
in in
inin
C N m r o r o r o m - ^ - ^ ^ ^
o in
o
o
CN CN
in in
-3-
in in
CN *
o i n o i n o i n o m o i n
inmu3VD[-~r-cocoaich
00OCN'sJ'l>CJ\H<HrCDCh
coocN-*r-CT\CN,*t^cr>
coocMintâicN^r>cri
C N c o n ^ i n i o ^ t n o i o
O O O O O O O O O H
n^mc^côcN'cfvo
CN #
( N n n ^ u i i o ^ c o o i o
O O O O O O O O O H
C O O O I ^ h O l H I i l O i n
in
^ r > r H m o i n o i n r H
CNroroîncor^cocriO
O O O O O O O O O H
nînr>criOcN'sj<vD
HHHCNCNCNCNOJCNCl
CNcicnînvor-oocriO
O O O O O O O O O H
O O O O O O O O O H
O O O O O O O O O O
HCN-înr^crtocNîo
O O O O O
O O H H C N C N r O f t - ) * ^ ^
o m o m o i n o i n o L n
M n n ^ i n i D h r o f l i o
O O O O O O O O O H
O
o in o in o in
in o in CN
CN n
m ^
^
O O O
o i n o m o i n o i n o m
inuiiDiflhhracoffioi
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O
in
S
U
(N
O O O O O O O H H C N
CN
-H
O O O O O O O O O O
^
K
0)
Q
O
O
ft ft 4 J
E a
O 0 o
U U u
rH
id
o
w
>
(N
CO
O
in
U
CO 0 )
i
H
K
r-
CO
f comp: A
SC5082BV-050-05
161
Page
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
3-73 00DWT
.ume in M3
R4 . 6 - Vol
sounding
level
CM
Bow Trim
Tr:im by stern (m)
Even
keel
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
5.7
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
5.7
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.0
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
5.7
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.0
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
5.7
6.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
5.7
6.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
5.7
6.0
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.1
7.4
7.6
7.9
8.2
5.7
5.9
6.2
6.5
6.7
7.0
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
34.9
36.6
38.2
39.9
41.6
43.3
45.0
46.8
48.6
50.4
260
265
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.3
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.3
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.6
11.0
11.3
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.6
11.0
11.3
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.7
11.0
11.3
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.7
10.0
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.2
52.2
54.0
55.9
57.7
59.6
61.5
63.4
65.4
67.4
69.3
11.6
11.9
12 .3
12.6
12.9
13.3
13 .6
14.0
14.3
14.7
11.6
11.9
12.3
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.6
14 .0
14.3
14.7
11.6
11.9
12.3
12.6
12.9
13.3
13.6
14 .0
14.3
14.7
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.6
13.0
13.3
13.6
14 .0
14.3
14.7
11.6
11.9
12.2
12.6
12.9
13.2
13.6
13.9
14.3
14.6
71.3
73 .4
75.4
77.5
79.5
81.6
83.7
85.9
88.0
90.2
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.2
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.2
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.1
16.2
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.1
16.2
15.0
15.3
15.7
16.1
16.2
92.4
94 .6
96.8
99.1
100.0
2 70
275
280
2 85
290
295
300
305
10.0
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.3
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
11.6
11.9
12.2
12.6
12 .9
13 .2
13.6
13.9
14 .3
14 .6
11.6
11.9
12.2
12 .6
12 .9
13 .3
13.6
13 .9
14.3
14.6
360
365
370
375
380
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.2
15.0
15.4
15.7
16.1
16.2
><*!
01
-J
-j
01
01
U
O O O O O O O O O O
P - ' P - ' P - ' P - ' P - ' H ' P - ' O O O
UJUJUJU1COCOCOCOCOCO
( c m ^ H i O s i u i w i o o
M M M P H H H H H P
WCOOU)(DÛ1(C-Utg
J U t D U l H l D O l U l U U
o i a i u i u i u i u i f t f t f t f t
ftP-VOCT\U>MCD01U>pJ
w u w w w u t o u w u
vosioiftLopjôoaiui
O l ^ O C O O I O f t O O C O s l C O
01
-J
-4
p - ' p
p j p
p ' 0 0 0
ft\X)ftU)LntoX)OiftUJ
O O O O
l f l U l * U ) ( J W H P H O
C O C O U l f t U l s l O O O O l O
O 0 0 s l 0 1
p-ou>cosioioiuiftft
0 J C 0 C 0 p - p
0 0 0 1 ( J l f t C O h
0 1 U l f t U ) U ) C O C O P
CO
Ul
II
ID
3 3
00
ft
H1
II
n
pj
a
X
:*
Ul
o
1
o
Ul
a LQ
(I>
ro
CO
9) ( J
IQ Ul
w
o
<
o\
a> a>
<
?a
HM
?o
ft
N
N
%
H
CO
P-1
H-
H-
()
3 0.
a
s
H
o
o
U)
-J
U)
IQ
P)
UJ M
01 U)
en
P-1
rr
fl>
(D 3
CD
n
HHi
>
ii
Hi
U H(D a
rr T l TJ
ID
ro U)
3 Pi H
rr rr rr
en 3 3
0)
3 3
r r rr
n n n
n
o
3 4 o
3
0.9)
H-
ro
0
rr
fl>
H
3
HI
cr
II
I- 1 i
t-> P-1
LO l> P 1
><
(D
rr
W
H-
(D
El
rr
H
(D
(at fram
(at fram
ft ft
LJ p-
0 1 U 1 f t L O U > C O C O P - ' p
C D v J U l f t l O H O y j f f l s l
V O O I f t t O O C O O I f t C O O
U l C O V D s l f t K ^ O I f t M
O O O
-J
UllOGJOJLOCOCOCOCOCO
P - ' P - ' P - ' P
0 1 U l f t L O L O C O P
H-
H
H
<!
H-
a
n>
3
IQ
c
3
a
H-
0.40 m
2 .00 m
0 0 - O . U l f t C O P - ' O U 3 0 0 s ]
U3 CD - J
o i o i u i u i u i u i f t f t f t f t
Ul
(D
(D
e
3
*D (D
<
C
tQ
01
at frame
M O
4 01
UJLOLOUlLOCOCOCOCOCO
U ) 0 1 f t C 0 O C 0 0 1 f t C 0 O
U l C O i n - O f t p J I J O O I f t p J
-J
01
C A U l i ^ W U J I O H H H O
( T l U l f t U U W H H H O
si
o o o o o o o o o o
*> OD 0 1
IT) s i
p-1 O
p"
H O
>> - J
()
US
ro a
ft
NO. 2
0, RHO
oo ~j ui ft co
CO
p-
P-
H O
u)0iftcooaoaiftcoo
ft
p-
CO
(0
o o o o o o o o o o
w u w u u w w w w c o
Ul
pJ
ft
ftCOÔIftHUJOIftH*
CO - J
pJ
til
Ul
ftUU301*HU)01WH
L O G J U l U l U l t O C O C O C O C O
-0
si
u i o u i o u i o u i o u i o
-0
-J
(D
0J
t- 1
U ) l i ) C 0 C D - J v J O l O l U l U l
l O O I f t C O O - O U l f t t O O
U U U I U U U M I O I O M
a ) c n j i u ) ~ o u i u i w o
U l U J U J U l M C O C O C O C O C O
P J P J P J P 4 P J P J P J P J P J P J
ftftUlUlCOCOMMOO
U I O U I O U I O U I O U I O
01
-J
ftlOlOOlftHCD^WP
o i a i u i u i u i u i f t f t f t f t
^yirooovjsjoiaiuiui
-0 01
01
-J
-j
o
o
CO
o
in
CO
01
0
(D C
< 3
nua
pun
Vol
D.O
ese
(81
ent:
scr:
'
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
R4.6
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
163
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
7.3
7.6
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.7
7.3
7.6
7.9
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
7.2
10.0
10.0
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.2
11.5
11.9
12.2
12.5
12.9
13.2
13.6
13.9
14.3
14.. 6
15.0
15.3
15.7
16.0
16.2
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
7.3
7.5
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
7.3
7.5
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
260
265
270
275
280
"285
290
295
300
305
10.2
10.5
10.9
11.2
11.5
11.8
12.2
12.5
12 .8
13.2
10.2
10.6.
10.9
11.2
11.8
12'. 2
12.5
12.9
13.2
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.2
11.5
11.9
12.2
12.5
12.9
13 .2
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
13 .5
13.9
14.2
14.6
14 .9
15.3
15.6
16.0
16.2
13.5
13.9
14.2
14.6
14.9
15.3
15.7
16.0
16.2
13 .5
13.9
14.2
14.6
14.9
15.3
15.7
16.0
16.2
ir.r"
Filling
degree
10.0
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
9.6
9.9
44.7
46.4
48.2
50.0
51.8
53.6
55.5
57.3
59.2
61.1
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.2
11.6
11.9
12.2
12.5
12.9
13.2
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.2
11.6
11.9
12.2
12.6
12.9
13 .2
10.2
10.5
10.8
11.2
11.5
11.8
12.1
12.5
12.8
13.2
63.1
65.0
67.0
68.9
70.9
73.0
75.0
77.0
79.1
81.2
13.6
13.9
14.3
14.6
15.0
15.3
15.7
16.1
16.2
13.6
13.9
14.3
14.6
15.0
15.3
15.7
16.1
16.2
13.5
13.8
14.2
14.5
14.9
15.3
15.6
16.0
16.2
83 .3
85.5
87.6
89.8
92.0
94 .2
96.4
98.6
100.0
"ft
7.5.
O
O
_ .
_ . j _ .
_ .
_ l
_ l
_ .
t
_ .
1
_
H
i
t
_ i
H
i l _ J
^
00
(Jl
O
C 0 O U ) ( J \ U 3 t O U l U > N J C h
aûû>^-,vooâ^^^.U)l-,
H C O ^ H C O ^ H O J U I H
Ul
00
V O V O C O C 0 0 3 - O v J v J ( ^ ( T i
H* h->
O ^ * - O U I O O ~ \ U > O - J U I
h-1 H
a\(jiû)toi-'oj30o-j
u > k j o o o o o i - i u > u i
o a J ^ ^ t f c t o p o c o v i
U M W t O t O W H H h ' H
W O O O C T t ^ t O O O O - O U l
W W M W W t O I O H H H
U O f f l O ^ ^ M O C D s l U l
U t O M W W W W t O P H
C D U I N J V D - J ^ H ^ C T i r P '
O s J ^ H C D C T i U O f f i U l
O - J ^ M C D W l W O v l U l
M
,
O O 0 O O 0
U H
h -
l - ' 0 0 0 O 0 0 O
O l i a ) ^ 0 \ U l r f c . 0 J
^ W H O O D s l O ^ U l ^ U
H * h - ' J - ' K
M K h - ' O O O O O O O
H ' l - ' h - ' O O O O O O O
U)[sJ(- UD00<lC^(Jl**LO
M O t D O l ^ M O C O s j y i
v j D 0 * \ U > O 0 0 U l t s J O O U l
W l O U l W l D U l I O l D f f l N J
W W M N J W t O M H H H
w w o i D o o s i a i w ^ i o
N J O 0 0 C T \ d i . C O O 0 0 0 " \ ( J l
h -
U ) C A U O s J W ( O l D v ] - f c -
toôuitooouitovouito
h -
M M h - ' O O O O O O O
0 J 0 J M M N j r O t O H
t v J O O O L n O J M O O O C T t L n
W W t O t O W W M H H H
U J O O O O C O v J - J v J ^ m ^
( O C D U l H C D U l t O C D U I I O
U5cooooo-j-j<icricrtcr\
-J
1 (
M3 VD
VD
Ul
H HCD 3
CD LQ
M.
H-
m
0
s.
H
CD
H
rr
CD
cr
I-!
(D CD
CD t l
M
?r <!
IQ
CD
M
0
CD C
<! t l
tD
a
HJ H i
cn
JO
Ul
H-
(D
c
3
II
II
II
OJ W
00
o
o
rr
H-
o
C
CD
Ml
H
Ill
rr
m
x
rr
M
CD
3
CD
3
U-
rr
>
Ml
II
Pi
rr
to
O
to
to
to
o
Ml Ml
H H
U) (i)
3
3
CD (D
0>
rr
II
u.
x X
CD
CD
CD
4
CD
ii
o
H.
-J
Ul
I- 1
CO U3 U l
* <
tsi
C
3
U.
H-
CO
ng device:
5.2
o <y\
e points of comp:
UD U l
_ . l _ i l _ i
UD^CO00-O-JCTCT\(Jl(Jl
_ .
u i o u i o L n o u i o u i o
J i . ^ U J O J M K J I - ' l - ' O O
^ D X > C D 0 0 - J - J ( T a \ L n U l
_ i
Vol
*> U l
O
Ul
hi
a> &>
II
F
O
O
Hi-1
M
H - CO
H
n
U> O
r r fO
H-
Ul
F :
rr o
en
M
P
3
rr
01
n n n
o
o o
3
3 3
rr
a *a
(D
tment ident
tment descr
ame 23
<
c i
Ul
o
cx>
M
ID
ro
CO
M
1
N
N
en
n
M Ul
cn o
Ji
1
o
Ul
cn
T)
Ul
10
s:
H
o
o
rt
w
-j
SDARI-ZZ
373 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
165
R5.6 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
10.2
10.6
11.0
11.3
11.7
12.1
12.4
12.8
13 .2
13.6
10.3
10.6
11.0
11.4
11.7
12.1
12.5
12.8
13.2
13.6
10.3
10.7
11.0
11.4
11.8
12.1
12.5
12.9
13.2
13.6
10.3
10.7
11.1
11.4
11.8
12.2
12.5
12.9
13.3
13 .7
10.4
10.7
11.1
11.5
11.8
12.2
12 .6
12 .9
13.3
13.7
10.2
10.5
10.9
11.2
11.6
12.0
12.3
12.7
13.1
13.5
52.1
53 .9
55.8
57.6
59.5
61.4
63.3
65.2
67.1
69.0
14.0
.14.4
14.8
15.2
14.1
14.5
14 .9
15.3
15.6
16.0
16.5
16.9
17.3
17.7
13.8
14 .2
14.6
15.0
15.4
15.8
16.2
16.6
17.0
17.4
71.0
73.0
74.9
76.9
79.0
81.0
83.0
85.1
87.2
89.3
18.1
18.5
18.9
19.4
19.6
17.8
18.3
18.7
19.1
19.5
91.4
93.5
95.7
97.8
100.0
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
10.2
10.6
10.9
11.3
11.7
12.0
12 .4
12.8
13 . 1
13.5
260
265
270
275
280
"285
290
295
300
305
13.9
14.3
14 .7
15 .1
15.5
15 .9
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
13.9
14.3
14.7
15.1
15.5
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.1
17.5
14.0
14 .4
14.8
15.1
15.5
15.9
16.3
16.7
17.2
17.6
-1-5-.6
16.0
"16.4
16.8
17.2
17.6
14 .0
14.4
14.8
15.2
15.6
16.0
16.4
16.8
17.2
17.6
310
315
320
325
330
17.9
18.3
18.7
19.2
19.6
17.9
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
18.0
18.4
18.8
19.2
19.6
18.0
18.4
18.9
19.3
19.6
18.1
18 .5
18.9
19.3
19.6
'%
vovx>cocoî~jaicriuiui
u i o u i o u i o c n o u i o
L J H c o f f i J i W o r o u i w
v ] v i m a i { T i o i c r i u i u i u i
o o
in o
ui
-j
i - J
U U I O M I O U I O U H H
w o ) N i i n ^ i O H ( D a )
s j s i o i a i o i o i m ^ u i u i
U O O ) 0 1 * I O ( O J U 1 U )
^ v j o i a i o i a i u i L n u i u i
tOOCOCTlitHU3-JUltO
j ^ o i o i u i m c r i u i u i u i
w H w c n J i W o a i c n *
u i ^ * * * * * ^ i i i u i
U)H(X>COO\U1U)HOCO
OU>^JHChOfc-(>COCO
Ul
-J -O
~J Ul
-J
<s
-J Ul
-j-o
com
uiui
Ol it-
W H O l O f f l ' J O l U l t J l J '
M U U U * W 0 1 0 0 O M
t O t O E O H H H H H H H
U U H ) C O v l 0 1 U l i 6 ( o
^ w o a i o i u i ^ w i o w
w w u w w w i o t o w w
s J U l J i U H O C D s l O l r f i
u a ) u u ) i f O s ] L J O v i
v l 0 1 * U M O ( 0 C 0 v l ( I l
t O H U 3 ~ J C n J ^ L O H O C O
H(Ov]i^wiooa)Oirfi
H H H H H H O O O O
U U U U M I O I O I O I O H
H H H H H H O O O O
CT\Ul>l^tOHOVOCO~JUl
H X ) - J U 1 U ) H U ) ^ J U 1 ^
H H H H H H O O O O
01Ul*MHO(00)slCl
i o o o i - j u i * U H j a i
U l l O t O t O I O t O t O t O H H
UltJ>^^lIil^LOU>LOLO
LOLOtOtOtOtOtOtOHH
tOOCOO\.l^HVD>JUlCO
O J i U ( J W U }
j N j m m o i m u i u i u i u i
tOO(i3-OUlt^tOHU3CO
t ! .
H(J3-JU1U1HU)~JU1J^
J U l f t U H O K J O l v l O l
H H H H H H O O O O
^ l U l i | i ( j J H O U 5 0 0 - j a \
H H H H H H O O O O
s ] u i * U H O \ o a ) v ] o i
H ' H I - ' l - ' H h - ' O O O O
Ul
to
Ul
H
H-
IB
01
rr
fB
tr
i-3
1-1
fD
P
fD H
IQ H
H HfD P
fD l>
a H-
(B
(B
*- <
H Hp
n u n
H-
fD
<
o
CO
00
>c>
II
01
fD
o
rr
fD
3
Hl
H
rr
..(UP
rr
II
II
H
(D
(D P
P 0.
U
(D
()
H
>
Hi
T]
H
fD
X pa
u> O
O
P
3 3 3 H-
U)
O
ID
II
II
CO
<;
H-
P
U
X
rr
Hi
to to
LO to
H H
W U)
H 3
(D (11
Hi
w
rr r r
fli
3 3
5.2
6.4
U l ^ r f i
HU3-O.UlC0HU?-0Ultfc-
>> CO
-J
W O ID v ] (Jl t ^ . t O H
H V O - J U l l O H V O - O O l , ^
U O C D O l J ' W O J U l U J
C O O J f O t O W t O t O t O H H
~J Ul
U l J i J i . l i J i J i L J U W U )
toovo~jaii>tOH(>co
U>U>tOtOtOtOtOtOHH
s l U l d i U H O ^ C D s l O l
H H H H H H O O O O
U U I W W U I O U U I O P
t O P ^ v J [ T l ^ U H O ( D
it.,l>LOLOtOtOHH
I D l O O J C D ^ s l O l O l U l U l
u i o c n o u i o u i o u i o
<
()
C
ng device:
^j-ocrichcricricriLnuiui
H l f l s l U l U H W s l O I J i
H W v i L n U J p y i c o c n ^
h-'l-'l-'l-'l-'Mh-'l-'l-'M
^ r f i U U W I O H H O O
*J
e points of comp:
-J -J
-J Ul
t' i ' i t i i^ i* i t' i '
t o
to
01
0
a) c
l-i
II
HH
P
U3
H
X
1
?d
Ul
C
(T O
H
-J
H - CO
n M
U) H-3
rr H
M- F
|-< tr
01
p
rr
n o n
o o o
p 3 3
IT
n01 -a
fD
(U
tment ident
tment descr
ame 22
Ul
<
to
o
CO
rn
ri
Ul
tsi
CTl
Ul
cn o1
T)
Ul
(ij
(D
en
n
n 1
s; N
o
O
Ul
~J
LO
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
167
R5.7 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
8.0
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.9
7.9
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.9
9. 1
9. 1
9.3
9.6
9.8
9.3
9.6
9.8
7.9
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.9
9.1
9.3
9.6
9.8
7.9
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.8
9.1
9.3
9.5
7.9
8.1
8.4
8.6
8.8
9.1
9.3
9.5
9.8
7.9
8.1
8.4
8.6
8.8
9.0
9.3
9.5
9.8
57..8
59..5
61..2
62 .8
64..5
66 .2
67..9
69 .6
71..3
73 .0
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
10. 0
10.0
10.0
9.8
10.0
10.0
10.0
8..0
8..2
8,.4
8 .7
8..9
9..1
9..4
9..6
9..8
10..1
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
10.3
10.5
10.8
11.0
11.3
11.5
11.7
12. 0
12.2
12.5
10.3
10.5
10.8
11.0
11.2
11.5
11.7
12.0
12.2
12.5
10.3
10.5
10.7
11.0
11.2
11.5
11.7
12.0
12.2
12.5
10.3
10.5
10.7
11.0
11.2
11.5
11.7
12.0
12.2
12.5
10.2
10.5
10.7
11.0
11.2
11.4
11.7
11.9
12 .2
12.4
10.2
10.5
10.7
10.9
11.2
11.4
11.7
11.9
12.2
12.4
10..3
10..6
10..8
11..0
11..3
11 .5
11..8
12..0
12 .3
12 .5
74 .8
.
310
315
320
325
330
335
12 .7
13.0
13 .2
13.5
13.8
13.8
12 .7
13.0
13 .2
13.5
13 .7
13 .8
12.7
13 .0
13 .2
13.5
13.7
13 .8
12.7
13.0
13.2
13.5
13.7
13.8
12 .7
12.9
13 .2
13.5
13.7
13.8
12 .7
12 .9
13.2
13.4
13.7
13.8
12..8
13 .0
13..3
13 .5
13 .8
13 .8
92..6
94..4
96..3
98..1
100..0
100,.0
76..5
78,.3
80..0
81..8
83 .6
85..4
87 .2
89 .0
90 .8
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
168
R5.9
M/E L.O.Sump.TK
Lubricating Oil (LO, RHO = 0 . 9 )

Sounding device:
R5.9
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y =
0.92 m
z =
2.10 m
23)
33)
23)
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.0
0. 1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.7
1.5
2 .4
3 .2
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.6
1.4
2.2
3.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
1.2
2.0
2.8
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
1.0
1.8
2.6
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.6
2.5
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.5
2.3
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
1.1
1.9
2.7
3.5
0.2
0.7
1.2
1.7
2.2
2.7
4.6
9.7
14.9
20.0
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
4 .0
4 .8
5 .6
6.4
7 .2
8.0
8.8
9.7
10.5
11.3
3.8
4.6
5.4
6.2
7.0
7.9
8.7
9.5
10.3
11.1
3.6
4.4
5.2
6.1
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.3
10.1
10.9
3.4
4.3
5.1
5.9
6.7
7.5
8.3
9.1
9.9
10.7
3.3
4.1
4.9
5.7
6.5
7.3
8.1
8.9
9.8
10.6
3.1
3.9
4.7
5.5
6.3
7.1
8.0
8.8
9.6
10.4
4.3
5.1
6.0
6.8
7.6
8.4
9.2
10.0
10.8
11.6
25.1
30.3
35.4
40.5
45.6
50.8
55.9
61.0
66.2
71.3
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
12.1
12 .9
13 .7
14.5
15 .3
15.8
15.8
15.8
11.9
12 .7
13 .5
14.3
15.2
15.8
15.8
15.8
11.7
12.5
13.4
14.2
15.0
15.7
15.8
15.8
11.6
12.4
13 .2
14.0
14 .8
15.6
15.8
15.8
11.4
12.2
13.0
13.8
14.6
15.4
15.8
15.8
11.2
12 .0
12.8
13.6
14.5
15.2
15.7
15.8
12.4
13 .3
14.1
14.9
15.7
15.8
15.8
15.8
76.4
81.5
86.7
91.8
96.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
169
R5.9
M/E L.O.Sump.TK
Lubricating Oil (LO, RHO
ident
descr

Sounding device:
Remote sounding
y =
-1.06 m
z =
0.90m
=0.9)
(at frame
(at frame
23)
33)
26)
R5.9 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
CM
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
6. 1
5 .2
6 .0
5.1
5.9
6 .7
5.0
5.8
6.6
7.4
8.2
9.0
9.9
10.7
11.5
12.3
4.9
5.7
6.5
7.3
8.1
9.0
9.8
10.6
11.4
12.2
5.5
6.4
7.2
8.0
8.8
9.6
10.4
11.2
12.0
12 .8
33.8
39.0
44.1
49.2
54.4
59.5
64.6
69.7
74.9
80.0
13.1
13 .9
14.7
15.5
15.8
15.8
13 .0
13.8
14.6
15.4
15.8
15.8
13 .7
14.5
15.3
15.8
15.8
15.8
85.1
90.3
95.4
100.0
100.0
100.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
5.4
6.2
7.0
7.8
8.6
9.4
5.3
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.3
6.8
7.6
8.4
9.2
10.2
11.0
11.8
12.7
10.1
10.9
11.8
12.6
10.0
10.9
11.7
12 .5
10.8
11.6
12.4
50
55
60
65
70
75
13.5
14.3
15.1
15.8
15.8
15.8
13.4
14.2
15.0
15.8
15.8
15.8
13.3
14.1
14 .9
15.7
15.8
15.8
14 .0
14 .8
15.6
15.8
15.8
7.5
8.3
9.1
9.9
13 .2
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
170
R6 .OP
Washing Tank P
Fresh Water (FW, RHO = 1)

Sounding device:
(at frame 111)

(at frame 12 7)
Remote sounding
x = 89.00 m (at frame 114)
y = 13.85 m
z =
2.38m
R6.OP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)

-0.5
Bow Trim
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
Filling
degree
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.1
8.7
10.3
11.8
13 .2
14 .6
16.0
1.9
3.7
5.4
7. 1
8.7
10.3
11.8
13 .3
14.7
16.0
1.9
3.7
5.4
7.1
8.7
10.3
11.8
13.3
14 .7
16.0
1.9
3.7
5.5
7.1
8.8
10.3
11.8
13.3
14.7
16.0
1.9
3.7
5.5
7.2
8.8
10.4
11.9
13 .3
14.7
16.1
2.0
3.8
5.5
7.2
8.8
10.4
11.9
13.3
14 .7
16.1
1.8
3.6
5.3
7.0
8.6
10.2
11.7
13 .2
14.6
15.9
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.2
2.7
3.2
3.7
4.1
4.5
5.0
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
18.1
23 .2
28.3
33 .4
38.5
43 .6
48.7
53 .7
58.8
63 .9
17.8
22.9
28.0
33.1
38.2
43.3
48.4
53.5
58.6
63 .7
17.6
22.6
27.7
32.8
37.9
43 .0
48. 1
53 .2
58.3
63 .4
17.5
22.4
27.5
32.6
37.6
42.7
47.8
52.9
58.0
63.1
17.5
22.1
27.2
32.3
37.4
42.5
47.6
52.7
57.7
62.8
17.5
21.8
26.9
32.0
37.1
42 .2
47.3
52 .4
57.5
62.6
18.6
23.7
28.8
33 .9
39.0
44.1
49.2
54.3
59.4
64.5
5.6
7.2
8.8
10.4
11.9
13.5
15.1
16.7
18.3
19.8
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
600
69.0
74 .1
79.2
84 .3
89.4
94 .5
99.6
104 .7
109.8
114 .9
68.8
73 .8
78.9
84. 0
89.1
94.2
99.3
104.4
109.5
114 .6
68.5
73.6
78 .7
83 .8
88.9
93.9
99.0
104 .1
109.2
114 .3
68.2
73 .3
78.4
83 .5
88.6
93.7
98.8
103 .9
109.0
114.0
67.9
73.0
78.1
83.2
88.3
93.4
98.5
103.6
108.7
113.8
67.7
72.8
77.8
82.9
88.0
93 .1
98.2
103.3
108.4
113.5
69.6
74 .7
79.8
84 .9
89.9
95.0
100.1
105.2
110.3
115.4
21.4
23.0
24.6
26.2
27.8
29.3
30.9
32.5
34.1
35.7
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
120.0
125.0
130.1
135.2
140.3
145.4
150.5
155.6
160.7
165.8
119.7
124.8
129.9
135.0
140.1
145.1
150.2
155.3
160.4
165.5
119.4
124.5
129.6
134.7
139.8
144.9
150.0
155. 1
160.2
165.2
119.1
124.2
129.3
134 .4
139.5
144 .6
149.7
154 .8
159.9
165 .0
118.9
124 .0
129.1
134.1
139.2
144 .3
149.4
154 .5
159.6
164.7
118.6
123.7
128.8
133 .9
139.0
144 .1
149.2
154.3
159.3
164 .4
120.5
125.6
130.7
135.8
140.9
146.0
151.1
156.2
161.3
166.3
37.2
38.8
40.4
42.0
43 .6
45.1
46.7
48.3
49.9
51.5
820
840
170.9
176 .0
170.6
175.7
170.3
175.4
170.1
175.2
169.8
174.9
169.5
174 .6
171.4
176.5
53.0
54.6
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
171
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
181.. 1
186 .2
191 .3
196 .3
201..4
206..5
211 .6
216..7
221..8
226 .9
180..8
185 .9
191 .0
196 .1
201..2
206..3
211 .4
216..4
221..5
226 .6
180..5
185 .6
190 .7
195 .8
200 .9
206 .0
211 .1
216..2
221 .3
226 .4
180..3
185..3
190..4
195 .5
200..6
205,.7
210..8
215,.9
221..0
226..1
180..0
185..1
190 .2
195 .3
200..4
205..4
210 .5
215..6
220..7
225 .8
179..7
184..8
189 .9
195 .0
200..1
205..2
210 .3
215..4
220 .5
225 .6
181..6
186 .7
191 .8
196 .9
202..0
207 .1
212 .2
217 .3
222 .4
227 .5
56..2
57..8
59 .4
61 .0
62..5
64..1
65 .7
67..3
68..9
70 .4
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
1240
232 . 0
237 .1
242..2
247 .3
252 .4
257 .5
262 .6
267 .6
271 .6
275 .8
231..7
236 .8
241..9
247 .0
252 .1
257 .2
262 .3
267 .3
271 .3
275 .4
231,.5
236,.5
241..6
246..7
251..8
256..9
262..0
267 .0
271..0
275,.1
231,.2
236 .3
241,.4
246,.5
251 .6
256,.6
261 .7
266 .8
270,.7
274 .8
230,.9
236,.0
241..1
246,,2
251,.3
256..4
261..5
266..5
270,.4
274,.5
230,.7
235,.7
240..8
245..9
251,.0
256..1
261..2
266 .2
270,.1
274,.2
232 .6
237 .6
242,.7
247 .8
252 .9
258 .0
263 .1
268 .2
272 .2
276 .4
72,.0
73 .6
75,.2
76 .8
78 .3
79 .9
81 .5
83 .1
84 .3
85 .6
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
1440
280..2
284 .9
.
289..8
279..5
284..2
306 ,2
312 .1
318..3
322 . 1
322 .1
305 .7
311 .6
317,.8
322 .0
322 .1
305 .3
311 .2
317 .3
321 .9
322 .1
279 .2
283 .8
288 .7
293 .8
299 .2
304 .8
310 .7
316 .8
321 .7
322 .1
278..8
283,.5
295., 0
300..5
279,.9
284 ,
.5
289,.5
294,.6
300,.0
278..5
283 .
.1
288,.0
293,.1
298..4
304 ,
.0
309,.8
315,.9
321,.2
280.,9
285..7
290..6
295..9
301..3
307..1
313..0
319..2
322..1
322 .1
322 .1
87,.0
88,.4
90 .0
91..6
93..3
95 .0
96 .9
98..8
100 .0
100 .0
289 .1
294..2
299..6
288 .3
293,.4
298,.8
304 .4
310 .3
316,.4
321 .5
322 .1
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
R6.0P'
Washing Tank P
Fresh Water (FW, RHO

Sounding device:
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
172
1)
(at frame 111)
(at frame 12 7)
Manual sounding
x = 89.33 m (at frame 115)
y = 13.30 m
z = 17.23 m
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)

-0.5
-1
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.5
0.6
2.4
13 .7
15.0
0.6
2.4
4.2
5.9
7.6
9.2
10.7
12 .2
13 .7
15.1
10.8
12.3
13.7
15.1
0.4
2.2
4.0
5.7
7.4
9.0
10.6
12.1
13.5
14.9
0.1
0.7
1.3
1.8
2.3
2.8
3.3
3.8
4 .2
4.6
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0.4
2.3
4 .1
5.8
7.5
9.1
10.6
12.1
13.6
15.0
0.5
2.3
4 .1
5.8
7.5
9.1
10.7
12 .2
13 .6
15.0
0.5
2.3
4 .1
5.8
7.5
9.1
10.7
12.2
13.6
15.0
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
16.3
19.3
24.4
29.5
34 .6
39.7
44 .8
49.9
54 .9
60.0
16.3
19.0
24.1
29.2
34 .3
39.4
44 .5
49.6
54 .7
59.8
16.3
18.8
23 .9
29.0
34.1
39.2
44 .3
49.3
54 .4
59.5
16.4
18.5
23 .6
28.7
33.8
38.9
44.0
49.1
54.2
59.3
16.4
18.3
23 .4
28.5
33:6
38.7
43.8
48.8
53.9
59.0
16 .4
18.2
23 .1
28 .2
33 .3
38 .4
43 .5
48.6
53 .7
58.8
16.2
19.8
24.9
30.0
35.1
40.2
45.3
50.4
55.4
60.5
5.1
6.0
7.6
9.2
10.7
12.3
13.9
15.5
17.1
18.6
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
65.1
70.2
75.3
80.4
85.5
90.6
95.7
100.8
105.9
111.0
64 .9
70.0
75.1
80.2
85.3
90.3
95.4
100.5
105.6
110.7
64 .6
69.7
74 .8
79.9
85.0
90.1
95.2
100.3
105.4
110.5
64.4
69.5
74 .6
79.7
84 .7
89.8
94.9
100.0
105.1
110.2
64.1
69.2
74 .3
79.4
84.5
89.6
94.7
99.8
104 .9
110.0
63.9
69.0
74.1
79.2
84 .2
89.3
94.4
99.5
104 .6
109.7
65.6
70.7
75.8
80.9
86.0
91.1
96.2
101.3
106.4
111.5
20.2
21.8
23.4
25.0
26.5
28.1
29.7
31.3
32.9
34 .4
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
116.1
121.2
126.2
131.3
136.4
141.5
146.6
151.7
156.8
161.9
115 .8
120.9
126 .0
131.1
136.2
141.3
146.4
151.5
156 .6
161.6
115.6
120.6
125.7
130.8
135.9
141.0
146.1
151.2
156 .3
161.4
115.3
120.4
125.5
130.6
135.7
140.8
145.9
151.0
156.0
161.1
115.1
120.1
125.2
130.3
135.4
140.5
145.6
150.7
155.8
160.9
114.8
119.9
125.0
130.1
135.2
140.3
145.4
150.5
155.5
160.6
116.6
121.7
126.7
131.8
136.9
142.0
147.1
152.2
157.3
162.4
36.0
37.6
39.2
40.8
42.4
43 .9
45.5
47.1
48.7
50.3
800
82 0
167.0
172.1
166.7
171.8
166.5
171.6
166.2
171.3
166.0
171.1
165.7
170.8
167.5
172.6
51.8
53.4
2 .4
4.2
5.9
7.5
9.2
10.7
12 .2
4 .2
5.9
7.6
9.2
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
R6.0P
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
173
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.,5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
177.2
182.3
187.4
192.5
197.5
202.6
207.7
212.8
217.9
223 .0
176.,9
182. 0
187.,1
192..2
197. 3
202.,4
207.,5
212 .
,6
217.,7
222 ,
.8
.7
176 .
181..8
.9
186 ,
191,.9
197.,0
202 ,
.1
207,.2
.3
212 ,
217,.4
176.4
181.5
186.6
191.7
196.8
201.9
207.0
212.1
217.2
222.3
176 .
.2
181.,3
186,.4
191,.4
196..5
201..6
206,.7
211..8
216 ,
.9
175..9
181..0
186.,1
191..2
196..3
201..4
206..5
211.,6
216..7
221..8
177.7
182.8
187.9
193.0
198.0
203.1
208.2
213 .3
218.4
223 .5
55.0
56.6
58.2
59.7
61.3
62.9
64.5
66.1
67.7
69.2
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
228.1
233.2
238.3
243 .4
248.5
253 .6
258.7
263 .8
268.5
272.5
227,.9
232.,9
238.,0
243,.1
248.,2
253 ,
.3
258,.4
263 .
.5
268,.3
272,.2
227,.6
.7
232 ,
237,.8
227..1
232,.2
237,.3
253 .1
258 .2
263..3
268 .0
271 .9
227.3
232 .4
237.5
242 .6
247.7
252 .8
257.9
263 .0
267.7
271.6
226..8
231..9
237..0
242,.1
247..2
252..3
257..4
262..5
267..2
271..0
228.6
233.7
238.8
243.9
249.0
254.1
259.2
264.3
269.1
273 .1
70.8
72.4
74.0
75.6
77.1
78.7
80.3
81.9
83 .4
84.6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
276.5
280.8
285.3
290.0
294.9
300.1
305.5
311.1
317.0
321.7
276,.2
280,.5
284,.9
275.6
279.8
284.3
288.9
293 .8
298.9
304.3
309.8
315.6
321.1
275 .3
279 .5
283 .9
288 .6
293 .4
298 .5
303 .8
309 .4
315 .2
320 .8
275..0
279,.2
283..6
299 .7
305 . 1
310 .7
316 .5
321 .6
275 .9
280 .1
284 .6
289 .3
294 .2
299 .3
304 .7
310 .2
316 .1
321 .4
288 .2
293..1
298 . 1
303 .4
309 .0
314 .7
320 .5
277.2
281.5
286.0
290.7
295.7
300.9
306.3
312.0
317.9
322.0
85.8
87.2
88.6
90.0
91.6
93.2
94.8
96.6
98.4
99.9
1440
1460
322 .1
322.1
322 .1
322 .1
322 .1
322 .1
322.1
322.1
322 .1
322 .1
322 .1
322'.1
322.1
322.1
100.0
100.0
289 .6
294,.6
222 .5
242 .9
248,.0
222 .0
242 .4
247,.5
252 .6
257 .7
262 .7
267 .4
271 .3
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
174
R6.0S
Washing Tank S

Sounding device:
(at frame 111)

(at frame 12 7)
Remote sounding
x = 89.00 m (at frame 114)
y = -13.85 m
z =
2.38m
R6.OS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
-0.5
-1
1.9
Bow Trim
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1.9
2.0
5.5
7.2
8.8
1.8
3.6
5.3
7.0
8.6
14 .7
16.0
1.9
3.7
5.5
7.2
8.8
10.4
11.9
13.3
14.7
16.1
10.4
11.9
13 .3
14.7
16.1
10.2
11.7
13.2
14.6
15.9
Filling
degree
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.1
8.7
10.3
11.8
13.2
14 .6
16 .0
10.3
11.8
13.3
14.7
16 .0
1.9
3.7
5.4
7.1
8.7
10.3
11.8
13.3
14.7
16.0
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
18.1
23 .2
28.3
33 .4
38.5
43 .6
48.7
53.7
58.8
63 .9
17.8
22.9
28.0
33.1
38.2
43.3
48.4
53.5
58.6
63.7
17.6
22.6
27.7
32.8
37.9
43 .0
48.1
53.2
58.3
63 .4
17.5
22.4
27.5
32.6
37.6
42.7
47.8
52.9
58.0
63.1
17.5
22.1
27.2
32 .3
37.4
42 .5
47.6
52 .7
57.7
62 .8
17 .5
21.8
26.9
32.0
37.1
42.2
47.3
52 .4
57.5
62 .6
18.6
23.7
28.8
33.9
39.0
44.1
49.2
54.3
59.4
64.5
10.4
11.9
13.5
15.1
16.7
18.3
19.8
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
600
69.0
74 .1
79.2
84 .3
89.4
94 .5
99.6
104.7
109.8
114.9
68.8
73 .8
78.9
84.0
89.1
94.2
99.3
104 .4
109.5
114 .6
68.5
73.6
78.7
83.8
88.9
93.9
99.0
104 .1
109.2
114.3
68.2
73.3
78.4
83.5
88.6
93 .7
98.8
103 .9
109.0
114.0
67.9
73.0
78.1
83.2
88.3
93 .4
98.5
103 .6
108 .7
113.8
67.7
72.8
77.8
82.9
88.0
93.1
98.2
103.3
108 .4
113 .5
69.6
74.7
79.8
84.9
89.9
95.0
100.1
105.2
110.3
115.4
21.4
23.0
24.6
26.2
27.8
29.3
30.9
32.5
34.1
35.7
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
120.0
125.0
130.1
135.2
140.3
145.4
150.5
155.6
160.7
165.8
119.7
124.8
129.9
135.0
140.1
145.1
150.2
155.3
160.4
165.5
119.4
124 .5
129.6
134 .7
139.8
144.9
150.0
155.1
160.2
165.2
119.1
124 .2
129.3
134.4
139.5
144 .6
149.7
154.8
159.9
165.0
118.9
124 .0
129.1
134.1
139.2
144.3
149.4
154.5
159.6
164.7
118.6
123.7
128.8
133 .9
139.0
144 .1
149.2
154 .3
159.3
164.4
120.5
125.6
130.7
135.8
140.9
146.0
151.1
156.2
161.3
166.3
37.2
38.8
40.4
42.0
43.6
45.1
46.7
48.3
49.9
51.5
820
84 0
170.9
176 .0
170.6
175.7
170.3
175.4
170.1
175.2
169.8
174.9
169.5
174 .6
171.4
176.5
53.0
54.6
3 .7
5.4
7.1
8.7
3 .7
5.5
7.1
8.8
10.3
11.8
13 .3
3 .8
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.2
2.7
3.2
3 .7
4.1
4.5
5.0
5.6
7.2
8.8
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
175
R6. OS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1000
1020
1040
181.. 1
186..2
191..3
196..3
201..4
206 .
.5
211..6
216..7
221..8
226..9
180
185
191
196
201
206
211
216
221
226
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
134 0
1360
1380
1400
1420
1440
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
.8
.9
.0
.1
.2
.3
.4
.4
.5
.6
180..5
185..6
190..7
195..8
200 .9
206 .
.0
211..1
216..2
221,.3
226..4
180..3
185 .3
190,.4
195..5
200 .6
205,.7
210,.8
215 .9
221,.0
226,.1
180,.0
185 .1
190,.2
195,.3
200 .4
205,.4
210,.5
215 .6
220,.7
225,.8
179,.7
184 .8
189..9
195..0
200 .1
205..2
210..3
215 .4
220..5
225..6
181..6
186 .7
191,.8
196,.9
202 .0
207,.1
212,.2
217 .3
222,.4
227,.5
56 .2
57 .8
59..4
61..0
62 .5
64..1
65 .7
67 .3
68..9
70 .4
232 .
.0
237.. 1
242 .2
247..3
252..4
257 .5
262..6
267..6
271 .6
275..8
231..7
236..8
241..9
247..0
252..1
257 .2
262..3
267..3
271 .3
275..4
231,.5
236,.5
241 .6
246,.7
251,.8
256 .9
262,.0
267 .0
271 .0
275 .1
231..2
236..3
241 .4
246..5
251..6
256 .6
261..7
266 .8
270 .7
274 .8
230..9
236 .0
241 .1
246..2
251 .3
256 .4
261 .5
266 .5
270 .4
274 .5
230..7
235..7
240,.8
245..9
251..0
256..1
261..2
266..2
270..1
274 ,
.2
232..6
237 .6
242 .7
247..8
252 .9
258 .0
263 .1
268 .2
272 .2
276 .4
72..0
73..6
75,.2
76.,8
78..3
79..9
81..5
83..1
84..3
85..6
280..2
284 .
.9
289..8
295.. 0
300..5
306..2
312.. 1
318..3
322.. 1
322 .1
279 .9
284 .5
289 .5
294 .6
300..0
305 .7
311 .6
317 .8
322 .0
322 . 1
279..5
284,.2
289,.1
294 .2
299..6
305..3
311 .2
317..3
321..9
322 .1
279
283
288
293
299
304
310
316
321
322
278 .8
283 .
.5
288 .3
293 .4
298..8
304 .4
310 .3
316..4
321 .5
322 .1
278 .5
283 .
.1
288..0
293 .1
298..4
304..0
309 .8
315..9
321 .2
322 .1
280 .9
285..7
290 .6
295 .9
301..3
307 .1
313 .0
319..2
322 .1
322 .1
87 .0
88..4
90 .0
91 .6
93..3
95 .0
96 .9
98 .8
100 .0
100 .0
.2
.8
.7
.8
.2
.8
.7
.8
.7
.1
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
176
R6.0S
Washing Tank S

Sounding device:
(at frame 111)

(at frame 127)
Manual sounding
x = 89.33 m (at frame 115)
y = -13.30 m
z =
17.23 m
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
Trim by stern
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1
0.4
2.2
Filling
degree
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0.4
2.3
4.1
5.8
7.5
9.1
0.5
2.3
4.1
5.8
7.5
9.1
0.5
2.3
4.1
5.8
7.5
9.1
0.5
0.6
2 .4
4 .2
2 .4
5.9
7.5
9.2
4.2
5.9
7.6
9.2
0.6
2.4
4.2
5.9
7.6
9.2
10.6
12.1
13 .6
15.0
10.7
12 .2
13.6
15.0
10.7
12.2
13.6
15.0
10.7
12.2
13.7
15.0
10.7
12 .2
13 .7
15.1
10.8
12.3
13.7
15.1
10.6
12.1
13.5
14.9
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
16.3
19.3
24 .4
29.5
34 .6
39.7
44 .8
49.9
54.9
60.0
16.3
19.0
24.1
29.2
34.3
39.4
44 .5
49.6
54 .7
59.8
16.3
18.8
23.9
29.0
34.1
39.2
44.3
49.3
54 .4
59.5
16.4
18.5
23.6
28.7
33.8
38.9
44 .0
49.1
54.2
59.3
16.4
18.3
23 .4
28.5
33.6
38.7
43.8
48.8
53 .9
59.0
16.4
18.2
23.1
28.2
33.3
38.4
43.5
48.6
53 .7
58.8
16.2
19.8
24.9
30.0
35.1
40.2
45.3
50.4
55.4
60.5
10.7
12.3
13.9
15.5
17.1
18.6
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
65.1
70.2
75.3
80.4
85.5
90.6
95.7
100.8
105.9
111.0
64 .9
70.0
75.1
80.2
85.3
90.3
95.4
100.5
105.6
110.7
64 .6
69.7
74.8
79.9
85.0
90.1
95.2
100.3
105.4
110.5
64.4
69.5
74.6
79.7
84 .7
89.8
94.9
100.0
105.1
110.2
64 .1
69.2
74.3
79.4
84.5
89.6
94 .7
99.8
104 .9
110.0
63.9
69.0
74.1
79.2
84.2
89.3
94 .4
99.5
104.6
109.7
65.6
70.7
75.8
80.9
86.0
91.1
96.2
101.3
106.4
111.5
20.2
21.8
23.4
25.0
26.5
28.1
29.7
31.3
32.9
34.4
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
116 .1
121.2
126.2
131.3
136.4
141.5
146 .6
151.7
156 .8
161.9
115 .8
120.9
126.0
131.1
136.2
141.3
146 .4
151.5
156.6
161 .6
115.6
120.6
125.7
130.8
135.9
141.0
146.1
151.2
156.3
161.4
115.3
120.4
125.5
130.6
135.7
140.8
145.9
151.0
156.0
161.1
115.1
120.1
125.2
130.3
135.4
140.5
145.6
150.7
155 .8
160.9
114 .8
119.9
125.0
130.1
135.2
140.3
145.4
150.5
155.5
160.6
116.6
121.7
126.7
131.8
136.9
142.0
147.1
152.2
157.3
162.4
36.0
37.6
39.2
40.8
42.4
43.9
45.5
47.1
48.7
50.3
800
167.0
172-1
166.7
171.8
166.5
171.6
166.2
171.3
166.0
171.1
165.7
170.8
167.5
172.6
51.8
53.4
820
4 .0
5.7
7.4
9.0
0.1
0.7
1.3
1.8
2.3
2.8
3.3
3.8
4.2
4.6
5.1
6.0
7.6
9.2
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
177
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
000
020
177
182
187
192
197
202
207
212
217
223
.2
.3
.4
.5
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
.0
176 .9
182..0
187 .1
192..2
197 .3
202..4
207..5
212..6
217..7
222..8
176 .7
181 .8
186 .9
191 .9
197 .0
202 .1
207 .2
212..3
217 .4
222..5
176 .4
181 .5
186 .6
191 .7
196 .8
201..9
207 .0
212,.1
217 .2
222..3
176..2
181 .3
186 .4
191..4
196 .5
201..6
206..7
211..8
216..9
222..0
175..9
181 .0
186 .1
191..2
196 .3
201,.4
206,.5
211,.6
216 .7
221,.8
177,.7
182 .8
187 .9
.0
193 ,
198 .0
203,.1
208,.2
213,.3
218,.4
223,.5
55..0
56..6
58 .2
59..7
61..3
62..9
64,.5
66..1
67..7
69..2
1040
1060
1080
1100
1120
1140
1160
1180
1200
1220
228
233
238
243
248
253
258
263
268
272
.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6
.7
.8
.5
.5
227..9
232..9
238 .0
243 . 1
248 .2
253 .
.3
258..4
263 .
.5
268..3
272..2
227..6
232 .7
237 .8
242 .9
248 .0
253 .1
258 .2
263 .3
268 .0
271 .9
227..3
232 .4
237 .5
242 .6
247 .7
252..8
257 .9
263..0
267 .7
271..6
r-1
sounding
level
CM
227.
232..2
237 .3
242..4
247 .5
252..6
257 .7
262..7
267 .4
271..3
226..8
231..9
237 .0
242..1
247 .2
252..3
257 .4
262..5
267 .2
271..0
228..6
233..7
238 .8
243 .
.9
249 .0
254..1
259 .2
264,.3
269 .1
.1
273 ,
70..8
72 .4
74 .0
75 .6
77 .1
78 .7
80 .3
81 .9
83 .4
84 .6
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
.5
276 .
280..8
285 .3
290..0
294..9
300..1
305..5
311..1
317..0
321..7
276..2
280..5
284 .9
289..6
294..6
299..7
305 .1
310..7
316 .5
321..6
275..9
280,.1
284..6
289..3
294..2
299,.3
304,.7
310,.2
316,.1
321,.4
275..6
279,.8
284,.3
288,.9
293,.8
298,.9
304,.3
309..8
315..6
321..1
275..3
279..5
283 .9
288..6
293 .4
298..5
303 .8
309..4
315 .2
320..8
275..0
279 .2
283 .6
288..2
293 .1
298..1
303 .4
309..0
314 .7
320 .5
277,.2
281 .5
286 .0
290 .7
295 .7
300,.9
306 .3
312,.0
317 .9
322,.0
85,.8
87,.2
88 .6
90,.0
91,.6
93..2
94..8
96..6
98..4
99..9
1440
1460
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
322.1
100.0
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING T/ABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
178
R6.1P
F.W.Tank P
Fresh Water (FW, RHO
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x = -3.40 m

Fore end x = 3.00 m
Sounding device:
Remote sounding
x =
2.10m (at frame
y =
6.26 m
z = 12.90 m
(at frame
(at frame
-6)
5)
4)
R6.IP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
10.6
Filling
degree
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
10.4
12.2
14 .0
15.8
17.6
19.4
21.3
23.1
25.0
26 .9
12 .4
14.2
16.0
17.8
19.6
21.5
23 .3
25.2
27.1
10.8
12 .6
14.4
16.2
18.0
19.9
21.7
23.6
25.4
27.3
11.0
12 .8
14.6
16.4
18.2
20.1
21.9
23 .8
25 .7
27.6
11.2
13.0
14 .8
16.6
18.5
20.3
22.1
24.0
25.9
27.8
11.4
13.2
15.0
16.8
18.7
20.5
22.4
24 .2
26.1
28 .0
10.0
11.7
13.5
15.3
17.1
19.0
20.8
22 .7
24.5
26 .4
6.3
7.4
8.5
9.6
10.7
11.8
12.9
14.1
15.2
16.4
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
28.8
30.7
32.6
34.5
36.5
38.4
40.4
42.4
44 .4
46.4
29.0
30.9
32 .8
34.8
36.7
38.7
40.7
42.6
44.6
46 .6
29.2
31.1
33.1
35.0
37.0
38.9
40.9
42.9
44.9
46.9
29.5
31.4
33 .3
35.2
37.2
39.2
41.1
43.1
45.1
47.1
29.7
31.6
33.5
35.5
37.4
39.4
41.4
43.4
45.4
47.4
29.9
31.8
33 .8
35.7
37.7
39.6
41.6
43.6
45.6
47.6
28 .3
30.2
32.1
34.1
36.0
38.0
39.9
41.9
43 .9
45.9
17.5
18.7
19.8
21.0
22.2
23.4
24.6
25.8
27.0
28.2
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
48.4
50.4
52.5
54.5
56 .6
58.7
60.7
62.8
64 . 9
67.0
48 .7
50.7
52.7
54 .8
56.8
58.9
61.0
63.1
65.2
67.3
48.9
50.9
53 .0
55.0
57.1
59.2
61.2
63.3
65.4
67.6
49.1
51.2
53 .2
55.3
57.3
59.4
61.5
63 .6
65.7
67.8
49.4
51.4
53.5
55.5
57.6
59.7
61.8
63 .9
66 .0
68 .1
49.6
51.7
53 .7
55.8
57.8
59.9
62.0
64.1
66 .2
68.3
47.9
49.9
52.0
54.0
56.1
58.1
60.2
62.3
64.4
66.5
29.5
30.7
31.9
33.2
34.4
35.7
37.0
38.2
39.5
40.8
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
69.2
71.3
73.4
75.6
77.8
79.9
82.1
84.3
86.5
88.7
69.4
71.6
73 .7
75.9
78.0
80.2
82 .4
84.6
86.8
89.0
69.7
71.8
74.0
76.1
78.3
80.5
82 .7
84.9
87.1
89.3
70.0
72 .1
74 .2
76.4
78.6
80.7
82.9
85.1
87.3
89.5
70.2
72 .4
74.5
76 .7
78.8
81.0
83.2
85.4
87.6
89.8
70.5
72.6
74 .8
76.9
79.1
81.3
83.5
85.7
87.9
90.1
68.6
70.8
72.9
75.1
77.2
79.4
81.6
83.8
86.0
88.2
42.1
43.4
44.7
46.0
47.3
48.6
50.0
51.3
52.6
54 .0
200
205-
90.9
93 . 2 --
91.2
93-. 5
91.5
93 .7
91.8
94.0
92.1
94 .3
92.3
94.6
90.4
92.6
55.3
56.7
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
179
R6.IP - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2..5
95.4
97.7
99.9
102.2
104.5
106.7
109.0
111.3
113.6
116.0
95.7
97.9
100.2
102.5
104.7
107.0
109.3
111.6
113 .9
116.3
96..0
98 .2
100..5
102..8
105..0
107..3
109..6
111..9
114..2
116..5
96.3
98.5
100.8
103 .0
105.3
107.6
109.9
112.2
114.5
116.8
96.5
98.8
101.1
103.3
105.6
107.9
110.2
112.5
114 .8
117.1
96..8
99 .1
101..3
103 .6
105..9
108..2
110..5
112..8
115..1
117..4
94.9
97.1
99.4
101.6
103 .9
106.2
108.5
110.8
113.1
115.4
58.1
59.4
60.8
62.2
63.6
65.0
66.4
67.8
69.2
70.6
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
118.3
120.6
123.0
125.3
127.7
130.0
132.4
134.8
137.2
139.6
118.6
120.9
123 .3
125.6
128.0
130.3
132.7
135.1
137.5
139.9
118,.9
121..2
123 .
.5
125..9
128..3
130,.6
133 .0
.
135 .4
137..8
140 .2
119.2
121.5
123.8
126.2
128.6
130.9
133.3
135.7
138.1
140.5
119.5
121.8
124.1
126.5
128.9
131.2
133.6
136.0
138.4
140.8
119..7
122,.1
124,.4
126..8
129..2
131..5
133 .9
136 .3
138 .7
141 .1
117.7
120.0
122.4
124.7
127.1
129.4
131.8
134.2
136.6
139.0
73 .4
74.8
76.3
77.7
79.1
80.6
82.0
83 .5
84.9
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
142.0
144.4
146.8
149.2
151.7
154.1
156.6
159.0
161.5
163.6
142.3
144.7
147.1
149.5
152.0
154.4
156 .9
159.3
161.8
163 .8
142 .6
147 .4
149..8
152 .3
154..7
157 .2
159..6
162 .1
163..9
142.9
145.3
147.7
150.2
152.6
155.0
157.5
159.9
162.4
164.0
143.2
145.6
148.0
150.5
152.9
155.3
157.8
160.3
162.6
164 .0
143 .5
145 .9
148 .3
150 .8
153 .2
155 .7
158 .1
160 .6
162 .8
163 .9
141.4
143.8
146.2
148.6
151.1
153.5
156 .0
158.4
160.9
163 .1
86.4
87.9
89.3
90.8
92.3
93.8
95.3
96.8
98.3
99.6
360
365
164.3
164.3
164.3
164 .3
164 .3
164 .3
164.3
164.3
164.3
164.3
164 .3
164 .3
164.2
164.3
100.0
100.0
145..0
72.0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
180
R6.1S
F.W.Tank S
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x = -3.40 m

Fore end x = 6.00 m
Sounding device:
Remote sounding
x =
1.05 m (at frame
y = -6.26 m
z = 12.90 m
(at frame
(at frame
-6)
10)
2)
R6.IS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
16 .6
19.4
22 .3
25.2
28.1
31.0
33 .9
36 .8
39.8
42 .8
16.5
19.3
22.2
25.1
28.0
30.9
33.8
36.7
39.7
42.7
16.4
19.2
22.1
25.0
27.9
30.8
33.7
36.6
39.6
42.6
16.3
19.1
22.0
24.9
27.8
30.7
33.6
36.5
39.5
42.5
16.2
19.0
21.9
24.8
27.7
30.6
33.5
36.4
39.4
42.4
16.1
18.9
21.8
24 .7
27.6
30.5
33 .4
36.3
39.3
42.3
16 .8
19.7
22 .5
25.4
28.3
31.2
34.1
37.1
40.0
43 .0
6.5
7.6
8.7
9.9
11.0
12.2
13.3
14.5
15.6
16.8
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
45 .8
48.8
51.8
54 .9
57.9
61.0
64 .1
67.2
70.3
73.5
45.7
48.7
51.7
54.8
57.8
60.9
64.0
67.1
70.2
73 .4
45.6
48.6
51.6
54.7
57.7
60.8
63.9
67.0
70.1
73.3
45.5
48.5
51.5
54.6
57.6
60.7
63.8
66.9
70.0
73 .2
45.4
48.4
51.4
54.5
57.5
60.6
63 .7
66.8
69.9
73 .1
45.3
48.3
51.3
54.4
57.4
60.5
63 .6
66.7
69.8
73 .0
46.0
49.0
52.0
55.1
58.1
61.2
64.3
67.4
70.5
73 .7
18.0
19.1
20.3
21.5
22.7
23.9
25.2
26.4
27.6
28.8
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
76 .6
79.8
83 .0
86.2
89.4
92.6
95.9
99.1
102 .4
105.7
76.5
79.7
82.9
86.1
89.3
92.5
95.8
99.0
102.3
105.6
76.4
79.6
82.8
86.0
89.2
92.4
95.7
98.9
102.2
105.5
76.3
79.5
82.7
85.9
89.1
92.3
95.6
98.8
102.1
105.4
76.2
79.4
82.6
85.8
89.0
92.2
95.5
98.8
102.0
105.3
76.1
79.3
82.5
85.7
88.9
92.2
95.4
98.7
101.9
105 .2
76.8
80.0
83.2
86.4
89.6
92.8
96.1
99.3
102.6
105.9
30.1
31.3
32.6
33.8
35.1
36.3
37.6
38.9
40.2
41.5
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
109.0
112.3
115.6
119.0
122.3
125.7
129.1
132.5
135.9
139.3
108.9
112.2
115.5
118.9
122.2
125.6
129.0
132.4
135.8
139.2
108.8
112.1
115.4
118.8
122.1
125.5
128.9
132.3
135.7
139.1
108.7
112.0
115.3
118.7
122.0
125.4
128.8
132.2
135.6
139.0
108.6
111.9
115.2
118.6
121.9
125.3
128.7
132.1
135.5
138.9
108.5
111.8
115.2
118.5
121.8
125.2
128.6
132 .0
135.4
138.8
109.2
112.5
115.8
119.2
122.5
125.9
129.3
132.7
136.1
139.5
42.8
44.1
45.4
46.7
48.0
49.3
50.6
52.0
53.3
54.6
200
-" 2 05
142.7
146.1
142 .6
146.0
142.5
146.0
142.4
145.9
142.3
145.8
142.2
145.7
142.9
146.3
56.0
57.3
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
181
R6.IS - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
-0..5
CM
Bow Trim
-1
-1.5
-2
-2,.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
149.6
153 . 1
156 .5
160.0
163 .5
167.0
170.6
174 .1
177.6
181.2
149..5
153 .
.0
156..4
159.,9
163 ,
.4
166 .
.9
170.,5
174 .
.0
177..5
181., 1
149..4
152..9
156..4
159..8
163 .
.3
166..9
170..4
173 .
.9
177.,5
181..0
149.3
152.8
156.3
159.7
163.2
166.8
170.3
173 .8
177.4
180.9
149.2
152 .7
156.2
159.7
163.2
166.7
170.2
173.7
177.3
180.8
149..1
152,.6
156..1
159,.6
163,.1
166..6
170,.1
.6
173 .
177..2
180,.7
149.8
153 .3
156.7
160.2
163 .7
167.2
170.8
174.3
177.8
181.4
58.7
60.1
61.4
62.8
64 .2
65.5
66.9
68.3
69.7
71.1
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
184 .8
188.3
191.9
195.5
199.1
202.7
206.4
210.0
213 .7
217.3
184 .
,7
.2
188 .
191..8
195..4
199,.0
202..7
206 .
.3
209..9
.6
213 .
217..2
184 .
.6
188..2
191..7
195,.3
198..9
184.4
188.0
191.6
195.2
198.8
202.4
206.0
209.7
213.3
217.0
184..3
187,.9
191,.5
195,.1
198..7
202 .6
206,.2
209,.8
213 .5
217,.1
184.5
188.1
191.7
195.3
198.9
202.5
206.1
209.7
213 .4
217.1
185.0
188.5
192.1
195.7
199.3
202.9
206.6
210.2
213 .9
217:5
72.5
73 .9
75.3
76.7
78.1
79.5
81.0
82.4
83.8
85.3
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
221.0
224 .7
228.4
232.0
235.8
239.5
243 .2
246.9
250.7
253 .8
220..9
224 .
.6
228..3
232 .0
235..7
239..4
243 .1
246..8
250 .6
253 .7
220 .8
224,.5
228 .2
231 .9
235,.6
239 .3
243 .0
246 .7
250 .5
253 .6
220.7
224.4
228.1
231.8
235.5
239.2
242.9
246.7
250.4
253.5
220.6
224.3
228.0
231.7
235.4
239.1
242.8
246.6
250.3
253.3
227 .9
231 .6
235 .3
239 .0
242 .8
246 .5
250 .2
253 .0
221.2
224 .9
228.5
232.2
235.9
239.7
243.4
247.1
250.8
253 .8
86.7
88.1
89.6
91.0
92.5
94.0
95.4
96.9
98.4
99.6
360
365
370
254 .9
254.9
254 .9
254 .8
254 .9
254 .9
254 .8
254 .9
254 .9
254.7
254.9
254.9
254.6
254.9
254.9
254 .5
254 .8
254 .9
254.8
254.9
254.9
100.0
100.0
100.0
202 .3
205..9
209 .6
213 .2
216..9
220 .6
224..2
Ul Ul
00 -J
Ul Ul
O O U l M O O U l t O v x l C T l U J L D
U l U l U l U l U l ^ J ^ d ^ ^ t t .
U l ^ W H O ^ v ] m ( J 1 U
LO LO
LO
Ul
co si m * w to p
si*pcointoiovi*H
tO
U> U> ( j j
) m * H U ) v l ^ t O O ( B
M t O t O t O t O t O t O t O t O M
C O O ) s l ( I I * U J U P O C I )
u c ( i i L n i t " U P o i t i ( B
P O U l s l C T l U l J i U W P
- J U l b J C O O V O - J C n ^ L O
O l ^ t O O O D C h J S ' t O O V D
M t O t O t O I O l O t O P H H
v j m * u t o p o i D O J v i
u u u u w u u u i o t o
c o v ] O i L n ^ t O H O y ) a )
U l r f ^ J * ^ 4 ^ i * J ^ J ^ ^ L i J
o m a > s i u i * u t o H i o
* > U ) ' M U t O t ! l U l W I O O
t O I O W t O W U t O H H H
a i u i ^ L o t o p o y i ^ m
^ D O D O U l i t ' W t O H O y )
U M O v l U l U t O O C O H
m u i ^ u t O H O i i i c o i n
M W W W M W W H H H
U U W U U U U U I t O M
o j v i o i j i u i o p o v o a )
U l U l M O O O - J U l U l t O H
C O v l m U l U I O H O l O C D
w u u w u u w w t o t o
ocosimûitJHOio
i J ^ t o o o o a i i ^ t o o o o c r i
O ^ C O O l U l i f U I O O U )
Jiroocoffi^wo^sl
( O M U t O U t O l O P H H
^ J U l J i W t O H O U l C O O l
u w u w u u u u w t o
ffljmuiuuMoma)
U l d ^ t l ^ 4 i i * j f c . i t * J * t J ^ L J
0 ^ 0 0 1 U 1 * W W O I O
U l L i J t O O 0 0 - J U l * ' t O h
O V O - J C T i L n ^ t O P - ' O V O
M M W I O C O I O N P P H
- J U l ^ L o t O H O L O O O C T i
U l ^ t O O ^ O s l O l ^ W H
O O v l d l U l U t O H O U C O
u w u w u u u w t o t o
oujcomui*"Wtopo
U t O U W t O W l O H H H
U l ^ L O C O P
O L C > C O < ] < X i
aiJ^toooocri^toou)
N ] C T l C n ^ W H O \ f l O ) 0 \
oyicovioiLnuijiWW
p-> p 1 p-1 p-1 p-1 p*

o i u i o p o i i ! c o j m
v l 0 1 0 1 U l * W 1 0 t O H H
U l ^ W C O H O V O C O ^ O l
roîmuijiuuiotop
K
p-> l-J p-1 H
M
U l ^ L J I O P O U J C D ^ O l
( i j N i f f i u i u i ^ w w t o H
p-1 p- p- M p- M
L n J i L J t O H O y ) C D s ] t T l
Q O - O C T l C r i L n ^ L O O J t O C O
PJ H 1 M H
P-" l - 1
U l ^ L J t O H O ) C O s 3 t T \
koo)vicriuiit>ûtoto
V O O O - J C h C h L n J ^ L O U I t O
H-
H-
p<
to
o
s
P!
(D
en
rr
<;
i-3
Pi
0) P-1
LQ
M
Pi HCD P
fD LQ
CD
CI)
<
0
LQ
JV <
fD fD
n a)
M
to
o
a\ o
3 3
to
()
c
en
fD
JO
ci)
LO
O
CTl >ii
II
II
I- 1
to
^
N
CD
rr
ii
fD
II
LL
(D
P
>
Ml
p)
(D
"1
0
p
Ml
en
M-
P
rr
<
H-
T3
0
fD
a
CD
LQ
a
H-
rr
Pi
fD
i-i
9)
4
CD
Ml
ID
M
(D
Ml
p(
rr rr
9> 9)
3 .00 m
6 .00 m
Ul Ul
tO M
(-
H W C O s J W r f i W W H O
pJ M p p-1 p-1 p-1

U l ^ W t O H O l i ) C O v ] 0 \
L n o u i o u i o u i o u i o
<
at
tO
c o s i m u i u M P o ^ c o
oi^topkommuiuto
O l ^ U H ^ t D ^ L n U t v )
U U C O U U U I O M H M
~ J U l J ^ L 0 t O M O V D 0 0 - J
U > V D C D C O - J s ] 0 1 0 1 U l U l
^ t O O O O C T l U l L O p J U D - O .
o y j c o o i u i ^ w t o o ^
O
O
U W U W U U L J W C O t O
O O - J C T i U l L O t O M O V D C O
p-1 p-1 H* p-1 M

J* U) UJ CO to P-1 p-1 O
o Ln o Ui o Ul O Ul
0
C
P
K>
din
Ul Ul
Ul Ul
tO M
to >->
U l U H U ) s l U l W H l O - J
O V O C O C T \ U l f c . L U t O O ^ )
U l L O p J U J - J U l L O P J O O O
p-> M
M
-J -J CT1 CTi Ul Ul
Ln o Ul O Ul O
JO
a\
mot
Ul Ul
Ul Ul
tO pJ
VO -J
tO
Ul Ln
ui o ui o
p-1 M M M
) (B O
tn
0
C
M
CD
ID
T1
Pi
rrj
fD
Pi
S
9)
rr
a
CD
rr
P
JV
9J
to
CTl
n JO
Pi
rn
CD
P
rr
fD
rr
3
0)
pj
U- H-
P
rr
fD
P h
rr rr
tn 3
fD
p H 3
r r TS -a
n n n
o o 0
W.T
esh
W, RHO
frat
M
00
to
Tl
9)
LU
(1)
S
H
Ul
Ul
<
to
00
M
fl
Ul
tn
N
tSl
-J a
LO Jj>
O JO
O PH
D
i
U> CD
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
R6.2
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
183
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
54.1
55.4
56.6
57.8
59.0
60.2
61.5
62.7
63 .9
65.2
54.1
55.3
56.5
57.8
59.0
60.2
61.4
62.7
63.9
65 .1
54 .1
55.3
56.5
57.7
58.9
60.2
61.4
62.6
63.9
65.1
54.0
55.2
56.5
57.7
58.9
60.1
61.4
62.6
63.8
65.1
54.0
55.2
56.4
57.7
58.9
60.1
61.3
62.6
63 .8
65.0
54.0
55.2
56.4
57.6
58.8
60. 1
61.3
62.5
63 .8
65.0
54.2
55.4
56.6
57.9
59.1
60.3
61.6
62 .8
64.0
65.3
59.8
61.1
62.5
63 .8
65.2
66.6
67.9
69.3
70.6
72.0
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
305
66.4
67.7
68.9
70.2
71.4
72.7
73 .9
75.2
76.4
77.7
66.4
67.6
68.9
70.1
71.4
72.6
73.9
75.1
76.4
77.7
66.4
67.6
68.8
70.1
71.3
72.6
73 .8
75.1
76.4
77.6
66.3
67.6
68.8
70.1
71.3
72.6
73.8
75.1
76.3
77.6
66.3
67.5
68.8
70.0
71.3
72.5
73.8
75.0
76.3
77.6
66.3
67.5
68.7
70.0
71.2
72.5
73 .7
75.0
76.3
77.5
66.5
67.7
69.0
70.2
71.5
72.7
74 .0
75.3
76.5
77.8
73 .4
74.8
76.1
77.5
78.9
80.3
81.7
83.0
84.4
85.8
310
315
320
325
330
335
340
345
350
355
79.0
80.2
81.5
82.8
84.0
85.3
86.6
87.9
89.2
90.2
78.9
80.2
81.5
82.7
84.0
85.3
86.6
87.8
89.1
90.2
78.9
80.2
81.4
82.7
84 .0
85.2
86.5
87.8
89.1
90.1
78.9
80.1
81.4
82.7
83.9
85.2
86.5
87.8
89.1
90.1
78.8
80.1
81.4
82.6
83.9
85.2
86.5
87.7
89.0
90.1
78.8
80.1
81.3
82.6
83.9
85.1
86.4
87.7
89.0
90.1
79.0
80.3
81.6
82.8
84.1
85.4
86.7
88.0
89.2
90.2
87.2
88.6
90.0
91.4
92.8
94.3
95.7
97.1
98.5
99.6
360
365
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
100.0
100.0
SOUNDING TABLE
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
R7.1
S/T O i l D r a i n TK.
M i s c e l l a n e o u s (MIS, RHO = 0 . 9 )
E x t r e m e p o i n t s of comp: A f t e n d x = 8 . 8 0 m
F o r e end x = 1 0 . 4 0 m
Sounding d e v i c e :
R7 . 1
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
184
Manual s o u n d i n g
x = 1 0 . 3 0 m ( a t frame
y = -0.58 m
z =
2.60m
( a t frame
( a t frame
14)
16)
16)
Volume i n M3
sounding
level
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
CM
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
0.5
2.4
4.9
7.8
11.0
14.3
17.9
21.6
25.4
29.4
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
2.0
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.5
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.5
33.4
37.5
41.8
46.1
50.6
55.1
59.6
64.2
68.9
73.5
.7
.9
.1
.4
3.7
3.9
4.1
3.7
3.9
4 .1
3.7
3.9
4.1
3.7
3.9
4.1
4 .4
4 .4
4 .4
4 .3
4.6
4 .7
4.6
4.7
4.6
4.7
4.6
4 .7
78.1
82.8
87.5
92.2
97.0
100.0
200
210
220
230
240
250
2 .0
2.2
2 .4
2 .2
2 .4
2.6
2.8
3.0
2.6
2.8
3 .2
3.2
3.5
3.5
3 .0
2 .4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
3 .7
4 .1
4. 1
4 .4
3
3
4
4
4.6
4 .7
4.6
4 .7
4.3
4 .6
4.7
3.9
3 .3
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
185
R7.2
Cool.Water Drain TK.
Miscellaneous (MIS, RHO = 1)

Sounding device:
Manual sounding
y =
0.30m
z =
2.60m
(at frame
(at frame
15)
22)
22)
Volume in M3
R7.2
sounding
level
CM
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.7
2 .4
3.2
4.0
4.8
5.7
6.6
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.1
0.5
1.1
1.7
2.4
3.2
0.1
0.5
1.1
1.8
2.5
3.3
4.1
5.0
5.8
6.7
0.1
0.6
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.3
4.1
5.0
5.9
6.8
0.1
0.6
1.2
1.9
2.6
3.4
4.2
5.1
6.0
6.9
0.2
0.6
1.2
1.9
2.6
4.3
5.1
6.0
6.9
0.0
0.4
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.1
3.9
4.7
5.6
6.5
7.7
8.7
9.7
10.6
11.6
12.7
13.7
14 .7
15.7
16.8
7.8
8.7
9.7
10.7
11.7
12 .7
13.7
14.8
15.8
16.8
7.9
8.8
9.8
7.4
8.4
9.3
10.8
11.8
12 .8
13.8
10.3
11.3
12.3
13.3
14.4
15.4
16.4
33.5
37.7
42.0
46.4
50.8
55.3
59.8
64.3
68.9
73 .5
17.8
18.9
19.9
21.0
22.0
22.5
17.9
18.9
20.0
21.0
22.0
22.5
17.5
18.5
19.6
20.6
21.6
22.5
78.2
82.8
87.5
92.2
96.6
100.0
4 .0
4.9
5.8
6.7
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
7.6
8.5
9.5
7.6
8.6
9.5
10.4
11.4
12.5
13 .5
14.5
15.5
16.6
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.5
14 .6
15.6
16 .6
7.7
8.6
9.6
10.6
11.6
12 .6
13.6
14.6
15.7
16.7
200
210
220
230
240
250
17.6
18.7
19.7
20.8
21.7
22.5
17.7
18 .7
19.8
20.8
21.8
22.5
17.7
18.8
19.8
20.9
21.9
22.5
3 .4
14 .8
15.9
16.9
17.9
19.0
20.1
21.1
22 .1
22 .5
0.2
2.1
4.6
7.5
10.6
14.0
17.7
21.5
25.4
29.4
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
186
R7.3
Oily Bilge TK.
Miscellaneous (MIS, RHO = 1.025)

Sounding device:
R7.3
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y = -0.30m
z =
2.60m
16)
22)
22)
Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
-0.5
(m)
Bow Trim
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
Filling
degree
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0.0
0.4
0.9
1.5
2.2
2.9
3.6
4.3
5.1
5.9
0. 1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.2
2.9
3.6
4.4
5.1
5.9
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2 .2
2.9
3 .7
4.4
5.2
6.0
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
4 .5
5.2
6.0
0.1
0.5
1.1
1.7
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.3
6.1
0.1
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.4
3 .1
3.8
4 .5
5.3
6.1
0.0
0.4
0.9
1.5
2.1
2.8
3 .5
4.2
5.0
5.8
0.2
2.2
4.7
7.7
10.9
14.3
17.9
21.6
25.5
29.4
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
6.7
7.5
8.4
9.3
10.2
11.1
12 .0
12.9
13 .8
14 .8
6.8
7.6
8.5
9.3
10.2
11.1
12.0
13.0
13.9
14.8
6.8
7.6
8.5
9.4
10.3
11.2
12.1
13.0
13.9
14.9
6.8
7.7
8.5
9.4
10.3
11.2
12.2
13.1
14.0
14.9
6.9
7.7
8.6
9.5
10.4
11.3
12.2
13.1
14.0
15.0
6.9
7.8
8.6
9.5
10.4
11.3
12.3
13.2
14.1
15.0
6.6
7.5
8.3
9.2
10.1
11.0
11.9
12 .8
13.7
14.7
33.5
37.7
42.0
46.3
50.8
55.3
59.9
64 .5
69.1
73 .7
200
210
220
230
240
250
15.7
16 .6
17.6
18.5
19.4
20 .0
15.7
16.7
17.6
18.6
19.4
20.0
15.8
16.7
17.7
18.6
19.5
20.0
15.9
16.8
17.7
18.7
19.5
20.0
15.9
16.8
17.8
18.7
19.6
20.0
16.0
16.9
17.8
18.8
19.6
20.0
15.6
16.5
17.5
18.4
19.3
20.0
78.3
83 .0
87.7
92.3
96.6
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
187
R7 .3
Oily Bilge TK.
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents

Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
Remote sounding
y =
-0.80m
z =
0.03 m
16)
22)
19)
R7.3 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
Filling
degree
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
4 .4
5.2
6.0
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
8.5
9.4
6.8
7.7
8.5
9.4
6.8
7.7
8.5
9.4
6.8
7.7
8.5
9.4
6.8
7.7
8.6
9.4
6.9
7.7
8.6
9.4
6.8
7.7
8.5
9.4
10.3
11.2
12.1
13.1
14 .0
14.9
10.3
11.2
12.1
13 .1
14 .0
14 .9
10.3
11.2
12.1
13.1
14.0
14.9
10.3
11.2
12.1
13.1
14.0
14.9
10.3
11.2
12.2
13.1
14.0
14.9
10.3
11.2
12.2
13.1
14 .0
14.9
10.3
11.2
12.1
13 .0
14 .0
14.9
34.1
38.3
42 .6
47.0
51.5
56.0
60.6
65.2
69.8
74 .4
15.8
16.8
17.7
18.6
19.5
20.0
15.8
16.8
17.7
18.6
19.5
20.0
15.8
16.8
17.7
18.6
19.5
20.0
15.8
16.8
17.7
18.7
19.5
20.0
15.9
16.8
17.7
18.7
19.5
20.0
15.9
16.8
17.7
18.7
19.5
20.0
15.8
16.8
17.7
18.6
19.5
20.0
79.0
83 .7
88.4
93 .0
97.3
100.0
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
6.8
250
Bow Trim
-1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
,240
(m)
-0.5
CM
200
210
220
230
Trim by stern
3 .0
3.7
4 .4
5 .2
6.0
7 .7
4 .4
3 .7
5.2
6.0
0.4
2.5
5.1
8.1
11.3
14.8
18.4
22.2
26.1
30.0
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
R7.4
Sludge TK.
Miscellaneous
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
188
(MIS, RHO = 2 . 3 !

Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y =
1.78 m
z =
2.10 m
36)
39)
36)
R7.4 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.1
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.2
2.8
0.1
0.6
1.1
1.6
2.2
2.8
3 .4
5.5
0.1
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.1
2.7
3.3
4.0
4.7
5.4
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.1
2.7
3.3
3.9
4.6
5.4
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.6
3.3
3.9
4.6
5.3
0.2
0.7
1.2
1.7
2.3
2.9
3 .5
4 .1
4 .8
0.1
0.5
1.1
1.6
2.1
2.7
3.4
4.0
CM
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Trim by stern
5.5
4.1
4.8
5.5
4 .7
3.5'
4.2
4.9
5.6
Filling
degree
0.7
3.2
5.9
8.8
11.8
15.0
18.4
21.9
25.6
29.5
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
6.3
7.1
7.9
8.8
9.6
6.3
7.0
7.9
8.7
9.6
6.2
7.0
7.8
8.7
9.5
6.2
6.9
7.8
8.6
9.5
6.1
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.4
6.1
6.8
7.7
8.5
9.4
6.4
7.2
8.0
8.9
9.7
10.5
11.4
12.4
13 .3
14.2
10.5
11.4
12 .3
13.2
14 .1
10.4
11.3
12 .2
13 .2
14.1
10.4
11.3
12.2
13.1
14.0
10.3
11.2
12.1
13.0
14.0
10.2
11.1
12.1
13.0
13.9
10.6
11.6
12.5
13.4
14.3
33.6
37.8
42.1
46.6
51.3
56.0
60.9
65.7
70.6
75.5
100
105
110
115
120
125
15.1
16.0
17.0
17.9
18 .8
18.8
15.1
16.0
16.9
17.8
18.7
18.8
15.0
15.9
16.8
17.8
18.7
18.8
14.9
15.9
16.8
17.7
18.6
18.8
14.9
15.8
16.7
17.6
18.6
18.8
14.8
15.7
16.7
17.6
18.5
18.8
15.2
16.1
17.1
18.0
18.8
18.8
80.4
85.3
90.2
95.1
100.0
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
3 730 0DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
189
R7.5
Seperator Oil TK.

Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y =
1.78m
z =
2.10 m
30)
36)
36)
R7.5 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
Bow Trim
Filling
degree
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.1
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.3
0.1
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
2 .7
2 .7
3.1
3.1
0.1
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.0
2.3
2.7
3.2
0.1
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
3.2
0.1
0.4
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.8
3.2
0.1
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.9
2.3
2.6
3.0
11.0
13.9
17.0
20.2
23.6
27.2
3.6
4.1
4.5
3.6
3.5
3.9
4.4
4.8
5.3
5.8
6.4
6.9
7.5
8.1
30.9
34.8
38.9
43.1
47.5
52.0
56.7
61.6
66.6
71.8
8.7
9.3
9.9
77.2
82.7
88.4
94.1
100.0
100.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.1
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.6
1.9
2.3
2.7
3 .1
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
3 .5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.9
4.4
4.9
5.4
5.9
6.4
7.0
7.6
8.2
4 .0
4. 0
4 .0
4 .4
4.9
5.4
5.9
6.5
7.0
7.6
8.2
4.5
4.9
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.6
8.2
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.1
7.7
8.3
100
105
110
115
120
125
8.8
9.4
8.8
9.4
10. 1
10.7
11.4
11.4
8.9
9.5
10.1
10.8
11.4
11.4
10. 0
10.7
11.4
11.4
(m)
2 .0
2.3
7. 1
4 .1
4 .6
5.5
6.0
6.6
7.1
7.7
8.3
5.0
5.6
6.1
6.6
7.2
7.8
8.4
8.9
9.5
8.9
9.6
9.0
9.6
10.2
10.8
11.3
11.4
10.2
10.9
11.3
11.4
10.3
10.9
11.3
11.4
5.0
'
10.6
11.2
11.4
0.7
3.1
5.6
8.2
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
190
R7.6
F.O. Drain TK.

Sounding device:
Manual sounding
y =
2 .03 m
z =
2.10m
(at frame
(at frame
30)
36)
36)
R7.6 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Trim by stern (m)
Even
keel
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
Filling
degree
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.6
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
0.8
1.0
1.2
1 .4
1.6
1.8
2.1
2 .4
2.7
3.0
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.9
2.1
2 .4
2.7
3.1
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.7
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.7
2.0
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.2
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.2
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.6
3.0
15.8
19.5
23 .4
27.8
32.5
37.6
43.1
49.0
55.3
61.9
100
105
110
115
120
125
3.4
3.4
3.8
4.2
4 .6
3.5
3.8
3.5
3.9
4.2
4.6
4.9
4.9
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.7
4.9
4.9
3.6
3.9
4.3
4.7
4.9
4.9
3.3
3.7
4.0
4.4
4.8
4.9
68.8
76.2
83.8
91.8
100.0
100.0
3 .7
4.1
4 .5
4 .9
4.9
4 .9
4.9
4 .2
4.6
4.9
4.9
2 .1
0.0
0.2
0.5
1.2
2.1
3.5
5.2
7.3
9.8
12.6
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
ident
descr
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
191
R7.7
F.O.Overflow TK.
Miscellaneous (MIS, RHO =

Sounding device:
R7.7
1.01)
(at frame
(at frame
Manual sounding
y =
0.20m
z =
2.10 m
4 0)
43)
42)
Volume in M3
sounding
level
Even
keel
CM
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
Trim by stern
-0.5
(m)
Bow Trim
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.2
0.7
1.3
1.9
0.2
0.7
1.3
2.0
2.6
3.3
0.2
0.8
1.4
2.0
3.4
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.8
0.1
0.6
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.2
4.0
4.8
5.6
6.5
Filling
degree
3.3
4.0
0.2
0.7
1.3
1.9
2.6
3.3
4. 1
3.3
4.1
4 .8
4 .9
4 .9
4 .1
4 .9
5.7
6.6
5.7
6.6
5.7
6.7
5.8
6.7
0.2
0.8
1.3
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.1
5.0
5.8
6.7
7.5
8.5
9.6
7.6
8.6
9.6
7.6
8.6
9.6
7.6
8.6
9.7
7.7
8.7
9.7
7.7
8.7
9.8
7.5
8.4
9.5
10.6
11.7
12 .8
14 .0
15.1
16 .2
17.3
10.7
11.8
12.9
14 .0
15.1
16.2
17.3
10.7
11.8
12.9
14 .0
15.1
16.2
17.4
10.8
11.9
13.0
14.1
15.2
16.3
17.4
10.8
11.9
13.0
14.1
15.2
16.3
17.4
10.8
12.0
13.1
14.2
15.3
16.4
17.5
10.6
11.7
12.8
13 .9
15.0
16.1
17.2
33 .0
37.4
41.9
46.7
51.5
56.4
61.2
66.1
70.9
75.8
18.4
19.5
20.6
21.7
22 .8
22.8
18.4
19.5
20.6
21.7
22 .8
22 .8
18.5
19.6
20.7
21.8
22.8
22.8
18.5
19.6
20.7
21.8
22.8
22.8
18.5
19.6
20.8
21.9
22.8
22.8
18.6
19.7
20.8
21.9
22.8
22.8
18.3
19.4
20.5
21.6
22.7
22.8
80.6
85.5
90.3
95.2
100.0
100.0
0.1
0.7
1.3
1.9
2 .5
2 .6
2 .7
0.7
3.0
5.5
8.2
11.2
14.3
17.6
21.2
24.9
28.9
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
192
R7.7
F.O.Overflow TK.

Sounding device:
(at frame
(at frame
Remote sounding
y = -0.82 m
z =
0.01 m
40)
43)
43)
R7.7 - Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern
-0.5
(m)
Bow Trim
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1
0.1
0.6
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.2
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
0.1
0.7
1.3
1.9
2.5
3.3
4.0
4.8
5.7
6.6
0.2
0.7
1.3
1.9
2.6
3.3
4 .1
4 .9
5.7
6.6
0.2
0.7
1.3
1.9
2.6
3.3
4.1
4.9
5.8
6.7
0.2
0.8
1.3
2.0
2.6
3.4
4.1
4.9
5.8
6.7
0.2
0.8
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.8
0.3
0.8
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.2
5.0
5.9
6.8
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165
170
175
7.5
8.5
9.6
10.6
11.7
12.8
14.0
15.1
16.2
17.3
7.6
8.6
9.6
10.7
11.8
7.6
8.6
9.7
7.7
8.7
9.7
7.7
8.7
9.8
7.8
8.8
9.8
12 .9
14.0
15.1
16.2
17.3
10.7
11.8
12.9
14.1
15.2
16.3
17.4
10.8
11.9
13.0
14.1
15.2
16.3
17.4
10.8
11.9
13 .1
14.2
15.3
16 .4
17.5
180
185
190
195
200
205
18.4
19.5
20.6
21.7
22.8
22.8
18.4
19.5
20.6
21.7
22 .8
22.8
18.5
19.6
20.7
21.8
22 .8
22.8
18.5
19.6
20.7
21.8
22.8
22 .8
18.6
19.7
20.8
21.9
22.8
22 .8
4 .0
4 .8
5.6
6.5
Filling
degree
0.7
3.0
5.5
8.2
11.2
14.3
17.6
21.2
24 .9
28.9
10.9
12.0
13.1
14.2
15.3
16.4
17.5
7.4
8.4
9.5
10.5
11.6
12.7
13.8
15.0
16.1
17.2
33.0
37.4
41.9
46.7
51.5
56.4
61.2
66.1
70.9
75.8
18.6
19.7
20.8
22.0
22 .8
22 .8
18.3
19.4
20.5
21.6
22.7
22.8
80.6
85.5
90.3
95.2
100.0
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
3 73 00DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment
Compartment
Contents
ident
descr
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
193
R7.8
PURI.SLUDGE T K
Miscellaneous (MIS, RHO
1)

(at frame
(at frame
Remote sounding
x=
27.28 m (at frame
y =
-3.25 m
z =
7.14 m
Sounding device:
31)
39)
37)
sounding
level
Trim by stern
Even
keel
CM
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
0.6
1.3
2.1
2.8
3.6
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
(m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
0.6
1.4
0.7
1.4
2.2
2.9
0.7
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
6.7
7.5
0.8
1.5
2.3
3.0
3.8
4.5
5.3
6.0
6.8
7.5
0.8
1.6
2.3
3.1
3.8
4.6
5.3
6.0
6.8
7.5
0.5
1.3
2.8
3.5
4.3
5.0
5.8
6.5
7.3
2 .1
2 .9
3.6
3 .7
4 .4
2 .0
4 .3
4 .4
5.1
5.8
6.6
7.3
5.1
5.9
7.4
5.2
5.9
6.7
7.4
8.1
8.8
9.6
8.1
8.9
9.6
8.2
8.9
9.7
8.2
9.0
9.7
8.3
9.0
9.8
8.3
9.0
9.8
8.0
8.8
9.5
10.3
11.1
11.8
12.0
10.4
11.1
11.9
12.0
10.4
11.2
11.9
12.0
10.5
11.2
11.9
12.0
10.5
11.3
11.8
12.0
10.5
11.3
11.8
12 .0
10.3
11.0
11.8
12.0
6 .6
Filling
degree
5.0
11.3
17.5
23.8
30.0
36.2
42.5
48.7
55.0
61.2
67.5
73.8
80.0
86.2
92.5
98.7
100.0
SDARI-ZZ
3 7300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
Compartment ident
Compartment descr
Contents
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
194
R7.10
WASTE TK
Miscellaneous (MIS, RHO
Extreme points of comp: Aft end x =

Fore end x =
Sounding device:
3.00 m
6.00 m
Manual sounding
x =
5.85 m (at frame
y = -6.11m
z = 16.50 m
(at frame
(at frame
5)
10)
10)
sounding
level
CM
Even
keel
Trim by stern (m)
Bow Trim
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
1
0.9
1.4
2.0
2.8
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0.9
1.4
2.1
2.9
3.7
4.6
5.5
6.4
7.3
8.3
0.9
1.4
2.1
2.9
3.8
4.6
5.5
6.5
7.4
8.3
0.9
1.5
2.1
2.9
3.8
4.7
5.6
6.5
7.4
8.3
0.9
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.7
5.6
6.5
7.4
8.4
0.9
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.9
4.7
5.6
6.6
7.5
8.4
0.9
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.9
4.8
5.7
6.6
7.5
8.4
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
9.2
10.1
11.0
11.9
12.8
13.8
14.7
15.6
16.5
17.4
9.2
10.1
11.0
12.0
12.9
13.8
14.7
15.6
16.5
17.5
9.2
10.2
11.1
12.0
12.9
13.8
14.7
15.7
16.6
17.5
9.3
10.2
11.1
12.0
12.9
13.9
14.8
15.7
16.6
17.5
9.3
10.2
11.1
12.1
13.0
13.9
14.8
15.7
16.7
17.6
9.4
10.3
11.2
12.1
13.0
13.9
14 .9
15.8
16.7
17.6
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
18.3
19.3
20.2
21.1
22.0
22.9
23.9
24.8
25.7
26.6
18 .4
19.3
20.2
21.1
22.1
23.0
23 .9
24.8
25.7
26.6
18.4
19.3
20.3
21.2
22.1
23.0
23.9
24.8
25.8
26.7
18.5
19.4
20.3
21.2
22.1
23.0
24.0
24.9
25.8
26.7
18.5
19.4
20.3
21.2
22.2
23.1
24.0
24.9
25.8
26.7
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
27.5
28.4
29.4
30.3
31.2
32.1
33.0
33.9
34.9
35.8
27.6
28.5
29.4
30.3
31.2
32.1
33.1
34.0
34.9
35.8
27.6
28.5
29.4
30.3
31.3
32.2
33.1
34.0
34.9
35.8
27.6
28.5
29.5
30.4
31.3
32.2
33.1
34 .0
35.0
35.9
400
" 416"
36.7
3 7.6
36.7
37.6
36.8
37.7
36.8
37.7
Filling
degree
3 .7
2.1
3.3
4.9
6.7
8.8
4.5
5.4
6.4
7.3
8.2
10.8
12.9
15.1
17.3
19.4
9.1
10.0
10.9
11.9
12.8
13 .7
14.6
15.5
16.4
17.4
21.6
23.7
25.9
28.0
30.2
32.3
34.5
36.7
38.8
41.0
18.5
19.4
20.4
21.3
22.2
23.1
24.0
24.9
25.9
26.8
18.3
19.2
20.1
21.0
21.9
22.9
23.8
24 .7
25.6
26.5
43.1
45.3
47.4
49.6
51.7
53.9
56.1
58.2
60.4
62.5
27.7
28.6
29.5
30.4
31.3
32.2
33.2
34.1
35.0
35.9
27.7
28.6
29.5
30.4
31.4
32.3
33.2
34.1
35.0
36.0
27.4
28.4
29.3
30.2
31.1
32.0
33.0
33.9
34.8
35.7
64 .7
66.8
69.0
71.2
73.3
75.5
77.6
79.8
81.9
84.1
36.8
37.8
36.9
37.8
36.6
37.5
86.2
88.4
SDARI-ZZ
37300DWT
SOUNDING TABLE
SC5082BV-050-05
Page
195
R7.10 -. Volume in M3
sounding
level
CM
420
430
440
450
460
470
Tr:im by sitern (m)
Even
Bow Trim
keel
38.5
39.4
40.4
41.3
42 .2
42.5
-0..5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2 .5
38..6
39..5
40..4
41..3
42 .
.2
42..5
38.6
39.5
40.4
41.3
42.3
42.5
38.6
39.6
40.5
41.4
42.3
42.5
38 .7
39 .6
40 .5
41 .4
42 .3
42 .5
38..7
39..6
40..5
41 .5
42..4
42..5
38.5
39.4
40.3
41.2
42 .1
42.5
Filling
degree
90.6
92 .7
94.9
97.0
99.2
100.0
QUANTITY
o
NO.
TYPE
ITEMS
SYMBOL
O O
t CO
is
g
o
ton:
3<
C_3
INTERNATIONAL SHORE CONNECTION

CONNETION TERRE INTERNATIONALE
FIRE ISOLATING VALVE
VANNE DE SECTIONNEMENT INCENDIE

FIRE VALVES
VANNE SECTIONNEMENT
W+
49
HOSE BOX WITH SPRAY/JET FIRE NOZZLE(ON50)
26
COFFRET AVEC MANCHE ET LANCE INCENDIE

HOSE BOX WITH SPRAY/JET FIRE N0ZZLE(DN65)
21
COFFRET AVEC MANCHE TE LANCE INCENDIE
>
FIRE PUMP
265m/'hx1.2MPo(120mJ'hx0.3MPo)x2
POMPE INCENDIE
40myhx0.8MPa(20m/hx0.25MPa))
EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP

POMPE INCENDIE DE SECOURS
10
o
11
_2
'
10m J /hx0.4MPa
POMPE DE CALE
-#o
SPRINKUNG WATER PUMP
ll35
EXTINCTEURS MOBILES 135L
POMPE A EAU SPRINKLER
>CO
19
100m h,(fl 8MPtI
BILGE PUMP
I<3>
22
135L WHEELED FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER
45L WHEELED FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER

EXTINCTEURS MOBILES 45L
9L PORTABLE FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISTER
12
EXTINCTEURS MOBILES 9 L
9L PORTABLE FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISTER(E/R)
13
23
EXTINCTEURS MOBILES 9 L
14
nn
9L PORTABLE FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHER SPARE CHARGE

RECHARGE POUR EXT1NCTEUR PORTABLE MOUSSE 9L
15
E3
6kg PORTABLE POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHER SPARE CHARGE

RECHARGE POUR EXTINCTEUR PORTABLE POUDRE 6KG
16
IS
17
6kg PORTABLE POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHER

EXTINCTEUR PORTABLE POUDRE 6KG
5kg PORTABLE C9_
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
24
24
40
22
10
EXTINCTEUR PORTABLE C 0 2 5KG

PORTABLE FOAM APPLICATOR
CANON A MOUSSE PORTABLE
SPACE PROTECTED BY CO2
19
59
ESPACE PROTEGE PAR CO;

SPACE PROTECTED BY DRENCHING
20
SYSTEM
25
ESPACE PROTEGE PAR SPRINKLER

CO2 RELEASE STATION
21
14
POSTE DE DECLENCHEMENT DU 0
CO;
13 15 25
10
CO2 BATTERY
22
BOUTEILLES CO?
FIRE STATION
23
POSTE D'INCENDIE
FOAM TANK
CAISSE A MOUSSE
24
25
NITROGEN PLANT FOR CARGO TANK INERTING
IG
26
GENERATEUR NITROGENE POUR INERTAGE CITERNES

BOX WITH SAND AND SHOVEL FOR SAND
CAISSE AVEC SABLE ET PELLE
SAFETY VALVE
SOUPAPE DE SURETE
27
A CLASS DIVISION
28
CLOISON CLASSE A
29
B CLASS DIVISION
CLOISON CLASSE B
30
A CLASS FIRE DOOR

PORTE INCENDIE CLASSE A
A CLASS FIRE DOOR SELF-CLOSING
PORTE INCENDIE CLASSE A A FERMETURE AUTOMATIQUE
31
B CLASS FIRE DOOR

PORTE INCENDIE CLASSE B
32
>CO
33
34
32
o
o
Q_
CLOSING APPLWCE FOR EXTERIOR VENTILATION FOR MACHINERY

FERMETURE EXTERIEURE VENTILATION MACHINE
CLOSING APPLWCE FOR EXTERIOR VENTILAHON FOR OTHER SPACE
m\
35a
36
A/
37
Ai
38
A
A
39
EMERGENCY STOP ACCOMMODATION VENT.

FERMETURE D'URGENCE VENTILATION EMMENAGEMENTS
EMERGENCY STOP MACHINERY SPACES VENT.
FERMETURE D'URGENCE VENTILATION MACHINE
EMERGENCY STOP OIL PUMPS
ARRET D'URGENCE POMPES A HUILE
BME8GEMCT STOP SLUDGE, SUE, SttAGE JHFO. * LO. TRAN. PUMPS
REMOTE CONTROLLED FUEL/LUBRICATING OIL VALVES
FIRE DAMPER IN VENT.DUCT

COUPE-FEU DANS CONDUIT DE VENTILATION
42a
m
ws
WATER MIST REPEATER PANEL

REPETITEUR SPRINKLER
BE
FIRE REPEATER PANEL

REPETITEUR DETECTION INCENDIE
42b
42c
SMOKE DETECTOR (WATER MIST)
44
44a
00
>oo
o
UJ
I
UJ
tf
f
(D
HEAT DETECTOR
DETECTEUR DE TEMPERATURE
PUSH-BUTTON FOR GENERAL ALARM
BOUTON POUSSOIR ALARME GENERAL
REMOTE CONTROLLED FIRE PUMPS SWITCH
ECHAPEE DE SECOURS PRINCIPALE

SECONDARY MEANS OF ESCAPE
E'CHAPE'E DE SECOURS SECONDAIRE
ED
TABLEAU CHARGEUR BATTERIES

EMERGENCY BATTERY
in
BATTERIES DE SECOURS
CONTROL STATION
57
POSTE DE COMMANDE
CO
cc
UJ
FIRE CONTROL PLAN
E.G.RM.
GROUPE ELECTROGENE DE SECOURS
60
OF 1978 AND AMENDMENTS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2002, AND IBC CODE.
*v
2. THE UPPER DECK AREA FM Fr43 TO Fr211 TO BE PROTECTED BY FOAM.
BROSTROM
1^
PORT AUX FRANCAIS
185.60 m
LENGTH B.P.
176.00 m
BREADTH (MLD.)
31.00 m
DEPTH (MLD.)
16.40 m
DESIGNED DRAFT (MLD.)
9.50 m
SCANTLING DRAF1r (MLD.)
10.60 m
DEADWEIGHT (AT DESIGNED DRAFT)
abt. 32,000 t
DEADWEIGHT (AT SCANTLING DRAFT)
abt. 37,300 t
MAN B&W 6S50MC
ACCUM. TYPE LAMP -"EX" PROOF CAP. UGHT. 3 HOURS

LAMP SECURITE SUD BATTERC AKC CHARGEUR AUTOMOMt 3 HEURS
<=W65
66
&
1t
69
FB
OW~
70
U^**v*J
71
FIRE
BLANKET
SPARE CYLINDERS 6 l i t . / 3 0 0 b a r
BOUTBLLES DE RECHANGE 6 l . / 3 0 0 b o r
COUVERTURE
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
DOUCHE
VERIFIED
D E S E C O U R E ET L A V E - O E I L
BL3
73
SPACE PROTECTED BY WATER MIST

ESPACE PROTEGE PAR "WATER MIST"
74
*m
N 2 H j O BATTERY
BOJTEILLESNÔ
12
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
DATE
SHIP'S NO.
JLZ020504
DWG'S NO.
H-050-05C
DESIGNED
D E PROTECTION A N T I - FEU
E M E R G E N C Y SHOWER A N D EYE WASH
12
FINAL DRAWING
CHECKED
CONCERNING CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE SUIT-HEAVY DUTY

H.D VETEMENT DE PROTECTION CHIMIQUE
72
&
INCOMB. LFELINE 33m WITH SAFETY BELT AND HOOK

DOC OE VI MCCM3US1HI DE 33m AMEC CEMTURE DE SECUR. 0 CROCHET
COR.MARKS
PORTABLE
12
ACCUM. TYPE LAMP -"EX" PROOF CAP. UGHT. 3 HOURS

LAMP SECURITE SW BATTERS AKC CHARGEUR AUTONOWC i HEURS
MONITOR
FIRE STATION BOX

EOUIPEMENT MOUSSE
12
CONCERMNG CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE SUIT-HEAVY DUTY

VETEMENT DE PROTECTION CHIMIQVE

LUNETTES ETANCHES
BV*Hull Oil tanker-Chemica tanker IMO type 2-ESP,
CANON A MOUSSE
24
BOOTS
BOTTES
SPM, STAR-Hull, SYS- -NEQ- 1, VCS, IG, F
SPARE CYLINDERS 6IR./300bar

BOUTELLES DE RECHANGE . / 3 0 0 b o r
GLOVES
GANTS
7,293 kW x 120.3 rpm
+ MACH, \UT-IMS,
>
AUT--PORT, MON-SHAFT
INCOMB. LIFELINE 3 3 m WITH SAFETY BELT AND HOOK

JOt DE VI K0H3US1HI DC Jin MEC CFJfllRE OE SEC* ET CROCHET
BREATHING APPARATUS WITH SPARE CYLINDERS 30min.

COMBINAISON DE PROTECTION CHIMIQUE
12,000 n-miles
68
BREATHING APPARATUS WITH SPARE CYLINDERS 30mm.

APPAREIL RESPRAIOIRE AVEC BOUTBLLES OE RECHANGE 30min
FIRE AXE
HACHE
15.20 knots
FOAM
10
CASQUE
X1 set
unrestric :ted navigatior , Ice Class IC INWATERSURVEY,
10
HELMET
8,580 kW x 127 rpm
MEDICAL FIRST - AID EQUIPMENT

KIT DE PREMIER SECOURS
10
BOOTS
BOTTES
LENGTH O.A.
ae
10
GLOVES
GANTS
9274654
SERVICE SPEED
67

LUNETTES ETANCHES
FIRE PROTECTION CLOTHING

VETEMENT DE PROTECTION INCENDIE
64
FRANCE
CLASSIFICATION
10
PERCEUSES ELECTRKXJES SECOURS
UL.
45
10
ELECTRICAL DRILLING MACHINES
63
PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS
^ r
BOOTS
BOTTES
BARRE A MINE
BRO EDWARD
ENDURANCE
10
CROW BARS
62
CSR (85%MCR)
10
L.D VETEMENT DE PROTECTION CHIMIQUE
CHARACTERISTICS
MCR
GLOVES
GANTS
CONCERMNG CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE SUfT-UGHT DUTY
61
MAIN ENGINE
12
PLAN DE LUTTE INCENDIE
1. THIS DRAWING IS DRAWN TO COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS OF SOLAS 1974, PROTOCOL
* * ! <w n n4pP- ^p ft
EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD
TABLEAU ELECTIOUE DE SECOURS
CHARGE AND DISCHARGE SWITCHBOARD
56
29
DOUBLE HULL GAS DETECTION ALARM P A N E
55
IMO NO.
23
DETECTION GAZ DOUBLE COOUE TABLEAU ALARME

PRIMARY MEANS OF ESCAPE
54
D O U B L E BOTTOM
53
DETECTEUR GAZ
53
LOWER PLATFORM
INTERRUPTEURS DE SECOURS
GAS DETECTOR
52
PORT OF REGISTRY
VANNES POMPES A INCENDIE COMMANDEES

EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH
FLAW.
FLAG STATE
1 1
BOUTON POUSSOIR D'ALARME INCENDIE
50
JINLING SHIPYARD, CSC, CHINA
38
MANUALLY OPERATED CALL POINT (WATER MIST)
FA
BUILDER
10
BOUTON POUSSOIR D'ALARME INCENDIE
49
A DECK
FLAME DETECTOR (FIRE)

DETECTEUR DE FLAMME
MANUALLY OPERATED CALL POINT (FIRE)
M.F.P.
OWNER
15
13
DETECTEUR DE FLAMME
48
NAME OF VESSEL
DETECEEUR DE FUMEE
16
FLAME DETECTOR (WATER MIST)
47
GENERAL
68
DETECEUR DE FUMEE
43a
GENERAL NOTE:
WATER MIST CONTROL PANEL

CENTRALE INCENDIE SPRINKLER
SMOKE DETECTOR (FIRE)
43
59
24
FIRE CONTROL PANEL

CENTRALE INCENDIE
KI
58
10
ARRET D\JBGEMC POMPES RE30US, CAUL EAUX CRISES ET NORES
42
46
17
VANNES FUEL/HUILE COMMANDEES A DISTANCE
41
45a
10
10
LOUVER FIXE
40
45
23
32
FERMETURE EXTERIEURE VENTiLATDN ESPACES DIVERS

RXED LOUVER
35b
11
50
FERMETURE EXTERIEURE VENTILATION EMMENAGEMENTS
vm\
40
51
CLOSNC APPLWCE FOR EXTERIOR VENTILATION FOR ACCOM.
hm\
10
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED
DATE
ip
-far
ff^
*S-
b-ib
FIRE CONTROL PLAN
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/ 1
SCALE
1:200
JINLING SHIPYARD

CHEMICAL TANKER
FAX:0086-25-58797167
QUANTITY
3
NO.
TYPE
ITEMS
SYMBOL
00
00
<
CD
o o
u
UJ
EPIRB
RADIOBALISE DE TYPE LARGABLE ET FLOTTANT
RADAR TRANSPONDER
SART, PORTABLE
SURVIVAL CRAFT PORTABLE RADIO
VHF, PORTABLE ETANCHE
UFE JACKET
52
3RASSIERE DE SAUVETAGE EOUIPEES DE BANOES ET 9FFLET
12
10
CHILD S LIFE JACKET

BRASSIERE POUR ENFANTS
IMMERSION SUIT
34
COMBINAISON DE SURVIE
LIFEBUOY WITH LIGHT A N D SMOKE

BOUE DE SAUVETAGE AVEC LAMPE A RETOURNEMENT ET SiGNAU t
UFEBUOY WITH LIGHT
BOUEE DE ÛVETAGE AVEC LAMPE A RETOURNEMENT
V)
>-
UFEBUOY WITH LINE
CO
BOUEE DE SAUVETAGE AVEC UNE UGNE DE SAUVETAGE

UFEBUOY
10
CO
BOUEE
ROCKET PARACHUTE FLARES
11
12
FUSEES A PARACHUTE, ROUGE

LINE THROWING APPARATUS
12
LANCE AMARRE AVEC FUSEE
INFLATABLE LIFERAFT 6 P
RADEAUX GONFLABLES MIS A L'EAU PAR BOSSOIR
13
INFLATABLE LIFERAFT 1 6 P
RADEAUX GONFLABLES HIS A L'EAU PAR BOSSOIR
DAVIT - LAUNCHED LIFERAFT 1 6 P
SAUVETAGE
14
15
TOTALLY ENCLOSED LIFE BOAT 2 8 P

SAUVETAGE EN CHUTE LIBRE
16
RESCUE BOAT
17
SECOURS
EMBARKATION LADDER
18
L=21m
ECHELLE D'EMBARCATION
L=21m
MUSTER STATION
19
POSTE DE RASSEMBLEMENT
20
CO
fO
GENERAL ALARM BELL

ALARME GENERAL
>-
C02
CO2 HORN
21
22
CO
23
EMERGENCY ESCAPE BREATHING APPARATUS 15 Mlt
46
APPAREIL RESPIRATOIRE D'EVACUATION D'URGENCE
KLAXON C02
15
GENERAL& FIRE ALARM

CLOCHE ALARME INCENDIE
12
<
23a
WATER MIST ALARM
23b
GENERAL ALARM
23c
FIRE ALARM
10
138
24 17
23
1
11
PRIMARY MEANS OF ESCAPE
24
ECHAPEE DE SECOURS PRINCIPALE
CO
a:
SECONDARY MEANS OF ESCAPE
25
E'CHAPE'E DE SECOURS SECONOAIRE
26
CO
EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATION

POSTE TELEPHONE DE SECOURS
UJ
X
THERMAL PROTECTIVE AID (TPA)

MOYEN DE PROTECTION THERMIQUE
28
1RMMNG IWWAUNSTRUCTIONS FOR ON BOARD MAINTENANCE Of LSA
ED
IUNUEL DE FORMATION, MANU1 DE MAINTENANCE DROME OE SAWETAO
29
MUSTER LIST
30
LIFE JACKET CASE
ROLE D'APPEL
ARMOIRE POUR BRASSIERES
PILOT LADDER L = 9 m
31
ECHELLE DE PILOTE L = 9 m
: 11
32
PILOT LADDER L = 1 1 m
ECHELLE DE PILOTE L = 1 l m
GENERAL CHARACTERISTRICS
NAME 0 ^ VESSEL
BRO EDWARD
OWNER
BROSTROM
BUILDER
JINLING SHIPYARD, CSC, CHINA
FLAG STATE
FRANCE
PORT O f REGISTFr-
PORT AUX FRANCAIS
IMO NO.
9274654
PRINCIPAL DIMENSIONS
i
R Jf
LENGTH O.A.
185.60 m
LENGTH B.P.
176.00 m
BREADTH (MLD.
31.00 m
DEPTH (MLD.)
16.40 m
DESIGNED DRAFT (MLD.)
9.50 m
SCANTLING DRAFT (MLD.
10.60 m
DEADWEIGHT (AT DESIGNED DRAFT)
abt. 32,000 t
DEADWEIGHT (AT SCANTLING DRAFT)
abt. 37,300 t
MAIN ENGINE
MAN B&W 6S50MC
MCR
X1 set
8,580 kW x .127 rpm
CSR (85%MCR)
7,293 kW x 120.3 rpm
SERVICE SPEED
15.20 knots
ENDURANCE
12,000 n-miles
CLASSIFICATION
B V ^ H u l l Oil tanker-Chemical tanker IMO type 2-ESP,

unrestricted navigation, Ice Class IC, INWATERSURVEY,
SPM,
*
STAR-Hull, SYS-NEQ-1, VCS, IG, F
MACH, AUT-IMS, AUT-PORT, MON-SHAFT
GENERAL NOTE:
1. THIS DRAWING IS DRAWN TO COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS OF SOLAS 1 9 7 4 , PROTOCOL
0^
1 9 7 8 AND AMENDMEN T S U i 1 TO AND INCLUDING 2 0 0 2 .
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED
DATE
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
DATE
P*=
(\ mAs
* T < 3
y-K'
*>rv
LIFE SAVING PLAN
JLZ020504
DWG'S NO.
H-050-05S
WEIGHT
1/ 1
SCALE
1:200
JINLING SHIPYARD
ot.S.ii
SHIP'S NO.
PAGE

CHEMICAL TANKER
FAX:0086-25-58797167
AREA: 1.50 m 2
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
SIGN
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
"g^^4^
i4
APPROVEDl
CHK OF STAND.
BRO EDWARD
DWG's NO.
CARGO OIL TANKS
VENTING SYSTEM
APPR0VED2
-?im^
DATE
^t.y^
PAGE
JLZ020504
M-055-08
WEIGHT
1/B
SCALE
1:1
JINGLING SHIPYARD

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:Q.8125m^
FAX:0086-25-58797167
AREA: 0.0625 m^
-055-08
CARGO OIL TANKS VENTING SYSTEM
PAGE
2/8
1.
ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER & THICKNESS(mmxmm).
2.
WHERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT OR OIL TIGHT BULKHEADS.DECKS OR TANK
TOPS, PENETRATION PIECES TO BE FITTED WITH
ACCORDING TO ISO OR SHIPYARD STANDARD
THE PIPING SYSTEM TO BE SUPPORTED SECURELY IN ORDER TO PREVENT

DAMAGES FROM VIBRATIONS OR OTHER CAUSES.
4.
THE MATERIAL OF VENT. PIPES TO BE ACID RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L
WITH Mo>2.5%.
5.
HORIZONTAL SEGMENT OF ANY VENT PIPES SHOULD BE INSTALLED WITH UPWARD PITCH
AWAY FROM CARGO HATCH COAMING. '
'. '
6.
WELDING SEAM TEST TOR CARGO PIPES 100%.
7.
THE HIGH VELOCITY PRESSURE/VACUUM VALVE SHOULD BE. SET TO RELIEVE AT A

POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 0.02MPa ABOVE THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE AND AT
.'
A NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 0.0035MPd BELOW THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE.

8.
HYDRAULIC TEST:
'
'
DESIGN BEFORE INSTALL AFTER ASSEMBLY DESIGN

ON BOARD
TEMP.
ON BOARD
PRESSURE
(MPa)
(MPa)
(MPa)
_1CL
NO LEAKAGE UNDER
0.04
80
VENT PIPE 0.025
WORKING CONDITION
NAME'
9.
PIPING CONNECTION FLANGE WILL BE GB2504-89, PN=1.0MPa.
10. THE HIGH VELOCirr PRESSURE/VACUUM VAVLE SHOULD BE DIVIDED INTO THREE
GROUPS, THE FIRST GROUP CONSIST OF VALVE A001V~A006V, A019V'-A020V,
THE SECOND GROUP CONSIST OF VALVE A007V-A012V, THE THIRD GROUP CONSIST
OF VALVE A013V-A018V. THESE VALVES SHOULD BE ARRANGED AT THREE WORKING
PLATFORMS. A021V SHOULD BE INSRTALLED DIRECTLY ON TOP AND FORE PART OF
DECK RESIDUAL TANK.
11. THE CALCULATION FOR THE SIZE OF P/V VALVE AND GAS FREEING COVER TO BE
SUPPLIED BY MAKER. THE PRESSURE DROP CALCULATION FOR TANK VENT PIPES
WILL ALSO PROVIDED BY MAKER.
AREA: 0.0625 m^
PAGE
M-055-08
3 / 8
ITM NO.
ST.^NDAIU) NC).
OR DRAWINCT N O .
NAIvlE
DN
mm
PN
MATERIAL
MPa
QTY.
wi;.
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
C1..ASS
DELIVERY
REVL-\RKS
kg
AO01V
Press.A'ac. Valve
80
Stainless
Steel
SLOP TK.(P) VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO02V
Press.A/ac. Valve
80
Stainless
Steel
SLOP TK.(S) VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO03V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
N 0 . 8 CARGO TK. (S)

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO04V
Press.A'ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
N 0 . 8 CARGO TK. (P)

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V;-0.0035MPa
AO05V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
NO.7 CARGO TK. (P)

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO06V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO07V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO08V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless.
Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO09V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
N0.5 CARGO TK. (P)

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO10V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
. Steel

VENT.
P;0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A011V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A012V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A K b A U.Ub2fIl
M-055-08
PAGE
4 / 8
ITEM NO.
ST.MsIDARD NO.
OR DR,\WING NO.
NAME
DN
ram
PN
MATERIAL,
QTY.
MPa
wr.
OL AS s
CERT.
WOR]. ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
A013V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
NO.3 CARGO TK. (P)

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A014V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
NO.3 CARGO TK. (S)

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V;-0.0035l\/lPa
A015V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
c :

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A016V
Press.A/ac. Valve
125
Stainless
. Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0,0035MPa
A017V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel
N 0 . 1 CARGO T K . ( S )
VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A018V
Press./Vac. Valve
125
Stainless
Steel

VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A019V
Press./Vac. Valve
65
Stainless'
Steel
1.
RESIDUAL TK. (P) VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
AO20V
Press./Vac. Valve
65
Stainless
Steel
RESIDUAL TK. (S) VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A021V
Press./Vac. Valve
65
Stainless
Steel
.1
RESIDUAL TK. VENT.
P:0.02MPa
V:-0.0035MPa
A023V
Ball Valve
15
1.0
Stainless
Steel
21
WATER WASHING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
A024V
Bali Valve
25
1.0
Stainless
Steel-
21
STEAM WASHING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
A K b A 0.0625m^
M-055-08

ITEM NO.
STiVNDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
rani
A025V
Ball Valve
25
MATERL^
QTY.
MPa
1.0
WT.
CLASS.
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DRAIN
PAGE
5 / 8
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
Stainless
Steel
21
WITH FLAME
SCREEN
A K t A Û.Ub-dbm^
M-055-08
PAGE
6/8
NO.
OLIT.
DIA.
Tmc.
mm
mm
mm
NOM.
,APPLICATII(3K OF PIPES
DIA.
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
m
WEIGHT
REMARKS
kg
C/0 TK. Vent. Pipe
150
168.3
2.6
Stainless
Steel
20
212.48
CLASS 1
C/0 TK. Vent. Pipe
125
139.7
2.6
Stainless
Steel
240
2109.67
CLASS 1
C / 0 TK. Vent. Pipe
100
114.3
2.6
Stainless
Steel
28.65
CLASS 1
C/0 TK. Vent. Pipe
80
88.9
2.3
Stainless
Steel
40
196.47
CLASS 1
C / 0 TK. Vent, Pipe
65
76.1
2.3
Stainless
Steel
55
230.22
CLASS 1
2=
2777.49
AREA:0.0625m^
M-055-08
PAGE
7/8
SCHEMATIC OF INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE/VACUUM VALVE
PRESSURE/VACUUM VALVE
pa
o
o
o
Kl
A
CATWALK
;
INCLINATION 1.5*
A025V
in
2
UPPER DECK
f"-^
No. 1-8 CARGO TANK (P,S)
AREA: 0.0625 m^
rfta
M-055-08
PAGE
8/8
>10m from F4^
^ l O m from F211
X A019V
Â001V
Â002V
liQ
ITQ
Fr81~82
P/V VALVE PLATFOR
-rA023V
-f><H]
T.A024V
-rA024V
-rA023V
-l>tkl
CATWALK
. A020V
\ e
-rA023V
-rA023V
Â003V
Â004V
. A005V
> A006V
ITQ
^TQ
ITQ
VB
-rA023V
-rA023V
-t5<H]
-rA023V
.rA024V
Â024V
T.A024V
.Â024V
TA024V
-t><H]
-C>kH3
-0<H]
-OkH]
-CSKI
Tzr
-or
"or
<si
CN
X
c-i
X
X
X
00
CO
<7)
A007V
UPPER DECK
IL
Fr115~116
P/V VALVE PLATFQR
T.A023V f^:
CATWALK
Tcr
^ A009V
1X
tb
.A010V
Cb
-rA023V
-t><H]
.Â024V
-.A024V
Â024V
-t><H]
CSHI
-Tzr
-rA023V
.Â024V
Â008V
-rA023V
-rA023V
Â024V
-okw
ÂOIIV
Cb
^ A012V
-rA023V
TA024V
T.A024V
>.A014V
CL
Cb
-,A023V
-C=<H]
-OkHl
A013V
CATWALK
Â016V
ÂOITV
CL CL CL CL
Fr179~180
P A VALVE PLAFQR
f::
-,A015V
-rA023V
-t><H]
.Â024V
-otH]
CN
X
C7>
_A023V
-t><H]
T.A024V
Â024V
-{><H)
-rA023V
-rA023V
-t><H]
-.A024V
Â024V
-f><H]
A018V
Cfe
-rA023V -^
-rA024V
csi
X
ro
St088.9x2.3
RESIDUAL S N K T ^
SW114.3x2.6
AREA:
0.25 m^
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
SIGN
DATE
^^
_ ^
APPROVED1
CEK OF STAND.
AFPR0VED2
DATE
BRO EDWARD
FOAM
DWG's NO.
EXTINGUISHING
PAGE
SYSTEM
ps
1-3:
cWT- ?- ^
1/7

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:
0.5 m '
M-055-20
WEIGHT
SCALE
13980Kg
1:1
JINGLING SHIPYARD
FAX:0086-25-58797167
AREA: 0.0625 m^
M-055-20
PAGE
2 / 7
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER k THICKNESS(mmxmm).
2. WHERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT OR OIL TIGHT BULKHEADS.DECKS OR TANK
4. THE FITTINGS WITH MARK "*" &1'I]
" IN THE DRAWING ARE SUPPLIED BY MAKER.
5. THE MATERIAL OF GAUGE PIPE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL.

6. HYDRAULIC TEST:
NAME
FOAM EXTINGUISH.
PIPING
DESIGN PRESS. BEFORE INSTALLATION

ON BOARD
.
(MPa)
(MPa)
1.2
AFTER ASSEMBLY
ON BOARD
(MPa)
NO LEAKAGE UNDEF
WORKING CONDITION
7. THE MARK FOR AUTOMATIO^^^J-^^JJ- JJQ'^^REFER TO "LIST OF ENGINE ROOM

AUTOMATION I T E M ' ( S C 5 0 8 2 B V - 4 4 0 - 0 1 M X ) " .
. .
8. PIPING CONNECTION FLANGE WILL BE G B 2 5 0 6 - 8 9 , P N = 1 . 6 M P a
9.- FOAM MAIN LINE ON UPPER DECK TO BE WITH SLOP FROM FDW TO AFT(ABOUT 300mm).
AREA: 0.0625 m^
FOAM EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM
M-055-20
PAOH
3/7
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
FF01V
/FF01
B16250
531HD-I
FF02V
/FF10
B16200
531HD-I
FF03V
/FF20
PN
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
MPa
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
Flange type butterfly valve
250
1.6
CAST
IRON'
Wafer type butterfly valve
200
1.6
CAST IRON
BI6200
53IHD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
FF04V
/FF11
BI6200
531HD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
FF05V
/FF21
BI6200
53IHD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
FF06V
/FF12
16200
HDJVI7-I
Non return flap
200
1.6
CAST IRON
FF07V
/FF22
16200
HDJVI7-I
Non return flap
200
1.6
CAST
FF08V
/FF13
200
1.6
CAST I R O N
TO FOAM/FIRE SYS.
R,C.+POS.
FF09V
/FF23
200
1.6
CAST
IRON
TO FOAM/FIRE SYS.
R.C.+POS.
FF10V
/FF14
150
1.6
CAST IRON
TO AFT PEAK TANK
R.C.+POS.
FF11V
/FF24
150
1.6
' CAST IRON
TO AFT PEAK TANK
R.C.+POS.
IRON
'
FROM SEA DUCT
34
34
34
34
No.l
FO AM/FIRE/BILGE/G.
PUMP INLET
No.2
FO AM/FIRE/BILGE/G.
PUMP INLET
No.l
FO AM/FIRE/BILGE/G.
PUMP OUTLET
No.2
FO AM/FIRE/BILGE/G.
PUMP OUTLET
S.
S.
S.
S.
AREA:0.0625m^
M-OnS -20
\'AQi
4/7
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWIN(; NO.
N.'tt'IE
DN
PN
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
FF13V
/B005
FF14V
/FF02
WORDS ON
NAME I'LATE
DELIVERY
REM/\RKS
kg
mm
FF12V
/B006
CLASS
CERT.
150
1.0 .
CAST IRON
150
1.0
CAST IRON
200
1.6
, 1
FROM AFT PEAK TANK
R.C.+POS.
FROM AFT PEAK TANK
R.C.+POS.
CAST IRON
TO FIRE MAIN LINE
R.C.+POS.
'
FF 15V
/FF200
B16200
53IHD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
-34
FOAM MAIN LINE

ISOLATED VALVE
FF16V
/FF300
B16200
531HD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
34
FOAM MAIN LINE

ISOLATED VALVE
FF17V
/FF400
B16200
531HD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
34
FOAM MAIN LINE

ISOLATED VALVE
FF18V
/FF500
B16200
531HD-I
200
1.6
CAST IRON
34
FOAM MAIN LINE

ISOLATED VALVE
FF19V
/FF100
F16150
531HD-I
150
1.6
CAST IRON
18.5
TO FOAM MONITOR
FF20V
/FF101
F16150
531HD-I
150
1.6
CAST IRON
18.5
TO FOAM MONITOR
FF21V
/FF201
F16150
531HD-I
150
1.6
CAST IRON
18.5
TO FOAM MONITOR
FF22V
/FF301
F16150
531HD-I
150
1.6
CAST IRON
18.5-
TO FOAM MONITOR
FF23V
/FF401
F16I50
531HD-I
150
1.6
CAST IRON
18.5
TO FOAM MONITOR
AREA:0.0625m^
M-055-20
PA(;L
5/7
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
mm
PN
MTERIAL
QTY.
MPa
(lASS
CERT.
WT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
RI:MARKS
kg
FF24V
/FF501
F16150
531HD-I
150
L6
CAST IRON
' I
18.5
FF25V
BS10050
QB/T1101-2001
Hydrant
65
1.0
BRONZE
39
FF26V
AI 6025
GB/T 599-1996
Drain cock
25
1.6
BRONZE
. 10.2
FF1F
BS16050
GB/T 4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
50
16.0
STEEL
1.8
FF2F
BS10150
GB/T 4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
150
1.0
STEEL
14.4
TO FOAM MONITOR
A R E A 0.0625m'
M-055-20
PAGE
6 / 7
APPLICATIION OF
PIPES
NO.
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
nun
um
mm
CL-VSS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
m
REMARKS
kg
FOAM PIPE
250
273
14
Seamless
steel
178.8
GALV.
FOAM PIPE
200
219
13
Seamless
steel
150
9901.5
GALV.
FO AVI PIPE
150
168
11
Seamless
steel
50
2128.4
GALV.
FOAM PIPE
80
89
Seamless
steel
31.9
GALV.
FOAM PIPE
50
60
Seamless
steel
20'
182.9
GALV.
BILGEPIPE
150
168
Seamless
.steel
126.2
GALV.
BILGE PIPE
50
60
Seamless
steel
18.3
GALV.
BALLAST PIPE
150
168
Seamless
steel
30,
946.5
GALV.
AREA:0.0625m^
it: t.
JLi.
A DECK
FR43+400
M-055-20
PAGE
7 / 7
MONITOR
FR183
UPPER DECK
MONITOR g 3 : ^ r = -
FR127
^FOAM PLANT &

RRE STATION
^
@
UPPER DECK
^
t
F19VI^
MONITOR
FF2W
FF23V
#60X7 r f
oo
CO
1.
FOAM COMPOUND PUMP
#6Qy
F26V
NOTE:
.
-C>l<}
76x71
F18V
-l>'^
F26V
FOAM TANK (7.5M3)
JB22-
25V
F0AM(1.2MPa). FIRE(0.8MPa). STAND-BY OF SCRUBBER PUMP(0.4MPa).
FR43+400
A DECK
{>'i|
FOAM PROPORTIONEI
fFlF
No. 1,2 FOAM/FIRE/BILGE/G.S. PUMP. AT 3600RPM TO BE USED AS

AT 1800RPM TO BE USED AS BILGE, BALLASTING FOR A F PEAK TANK &
COOUNG WATER TANK.
2.
4,
FIRE/BILGE PUMP. AT 3600RPM TO BE USED AS FIRE PUMP. AT 1800RPM

TO BE USED AS BILGE PUMP.
3.
>%
No. 1,2 FOAM/RRE/BILGE/G.S. PUMP TO BE REMOTE STARTED ON WHEELHOUSE

AND FIRE STATION.
TO FIRE MAIN
SEE M - 0 5 5 - 1 0
jjj]L_t^#21^3
FHV
PIPE SYMBOL:
FOAM PIPE
DISCHARGE TO OVERBOARD
SEE M-055-02
BALLAST PIPE
DISCHARGE TO OVERBOARD
SEE M-055-02
,
BILGE PIPE
N0.I FOAM/RRE/ . .
BILGE/G.S.PUMP ^ 1
sue. FROM BILGE SYS.

SEE M - 0 5 5 - 0 2
N0.2 FOAM/RRE/
BILGE/G.S.PUMP
sue. FROM BILGE SYS

SEE M-055-02
L _/
^ . X . A,16^8;
^X ÛC. FROM BILGE SYS.H^''^

_ T _ feEE M-Q55-02
\
F13V
0219x13
mf
SEE M - 0 5 5 - 1 0
00
SEA WATER DUCT

ENGINR ROOM
r r f f F12V
F01VI
0219x13
FOR BALLAST & DEBALLAS
OF AFT PEAK TANK
SEE M-055-02
NO.
DESCRIPTION
QTY
CAPACriY
N0.1 FOAM/nRE/BILGE/G.S. PUMP
265/120m3/hx1.2/0.3MPa
N0.2 FOAM/nRE/BILGE/G.S. PUMP
265/120m3/hx1.2/0.3MPa
FIRE BILGE PUMP
/20m3/hx0.8/0.25MPa
ARFA-
ni9.Sm*
LIST OF FINAL PLANS OF HULL PART
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
GENERAL PART
SET
050-01TM
050-02
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN
050-03
SHIP LINES AND OFFSET
050-04
INNER SKIN LINES PLAN
050-05C/S
FIRE CONTROL AND SAFETY PLAN
050-06
HYDROSTATIC TABLE AND CURVES
050-07
CROSS CURVES TABLE
050-08
LOADING MANUAL(preliminary)
050-09
DAMAGE STABLITY CALCULATION
10
050-10JS
FREEBOARD CALCULATION
11
050-11JS
TONNAGE CALCULATION
12
050-12JS
PREVENTION OF POLLUTION CALCULATION
13
050-13JS
BALLAST WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
14
050-14
TANK CAPACITY PLAN
15
050-15
TANK CAPACITY DATA
16
050-16
SOUNDING TABLE
17
050-17
DAMAGE CONTROL PLAN
18
050-19
BLIND ZONE FOR MANEUVERING PLAN
19
050-20
BLIND ZONE FOR PANAMA MANEUVERING PLAN
20
050-22SY
REPORT OF INCLINIING TEST
21
050-24
P&A MANUALS
22
050-25
VECS MANUAL
23
050-26
N2 MANUAL
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
SET
24
050-27
SAFETY OF LIVE AT SEA EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
25
050-28
LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT TRAINING MANUAL
26
050-29
ODME MANUAL
27
050-30
SOPEP PLAN
28
050-31
COW MANUAL
29
050-32
OIL TRANSFER PROCEDURE MANUAL
30
050-33
GARBAGE MANAGEMENT PLAN
31
050-34
DOCKING PLAN
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
HULL PART
SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
051-01
051-02
051-03
051-04
051-05
051-06
051-07
051-08
051-09
051-10
051-11
051-12
MIDSHIP SECTION
PROFILE & DECK
SHELL EXPANSION (INCLUDING ICE BELT REGION)
CL. LONGITUDINAL BULKHEAD
TRANSVERS BULKHEAD
BODY LINE OF FRAMES
ENGINE ROOM CONSTRUCTION
DOUBLE BOTTOM CONSTRUCTION IN E/R
BOW CONSTRUCTION (STEM, BULB)
STERN CONSTRUCTION
BILGE KEELS
SUPER CONSTRUCTION
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
13
051-13
RUDDER HORN
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
OUTFITTING PART
SET
052-01JS
EQUIPMENT NUMBER CALCULATION
052-02
ANCHOR HANDLING ARRANGEMENT
052-03
HAWSE PIPE
052-04
CHAIN PIPE
052-05
FULLY-RECESSED ANCHOR
052-06
ARRANGEMENT OF MOORING EQUIPMENT (AFT PART)
052-07
ARRANGEMENT OF MOORING EQUIPMENT (AMID SHIP)
052-08
ARRANGEMENT OF MOORING EQUIPMENT (FORE PART)
052-09JS
RUDDER CALCULATION
10
052-10
ARRANGEMENT FOR RUDDER
11
052-11
RUDDER STRUCTURE
12
052-12
STEERING GEAR ROOM ARRANGEMENT
13
052-13
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR STEERING GEAR
14
052-14
BOW THRUSTER ROOM ARRANGEMENT
15
052-15
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR BOW THRUSTER
16
052-16
HOSE HANDLING CRANE ARRANGEMENT
17
052-17
PROVISION CRANE ARRANGEMENT
18
052-18
CATWALK ARRANGEMENT
19
052-19
ARRANGEMENT OF MAST RIGGING LIGHT & SOUND SIGNAL
20
052-20
FORE MAST
21
052-21
RADAR MAST
22
052-22
ARR. OF ACCOMMODATION LADDER & PILOT LADDER
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
SET
23
052-23
MANHOLE COVERS ARRANGEMENT
24
052-24
HATCH COVERS ARRANGEMENT
25
052-25
TANK CLEANING HATCH COVERS ARRANGEMENT
26
052-26
CARGO HATCH COVERS ARRANGEMENT
27
052-27
HANDRAIR & STORM RAIL ARRANGEMENT
28
052-28
OUTSIDE STAIRS ARRANGEMENT
29
052-29
STAIRS IN CARGO TANKS ARRANGEMENT
30
052-30
VERTICAL LADDERS ARRANGEMENT-FORE
31
052-31
VERTICAL LADDERS ARRANGEMENT-AFT
32
052-32
VERTICAL LADDERS ARRANGEMENT (CARGO HOLD AREA)
33
052-33
VERTICAL LADDERS ARRANGEMENT (E/R DOUBLE BOTTOM)
34
052-34
BOTTOM PLUG ARRANGEMENT
35
052-35
IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM

ARRANGEMENT
36
052-36
LIFEBOAT AND RESCUE BOAT ARRANGEMENT
37
052-37
WINDLASS HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR REMOTE CONTROL
38
052-38
ARRANGEMENT OF GANGWAY
39
052-39
DRAFT MARK AND LOAD LINE PLAN
40
052-40
IN-WATER MARK PLAN
41
052-41
MARKS OF SHIPS NAME AND PORT OF REGISTER
42
052-42
FUNNEL MARK
43
052-43
ZINC ANODES ARRANGEMENT
44
052-44
IN-WATER SURVEY PHOTO ALBUM
45
052-45
LIST OF STORES AND SPARE PARTS FOR DECK EQUIPMENT
46
052-46
ZINC ANODES ARRANGEMENT OF SEA CHESTS
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
SET
47
052-47
ARR. OF RESCUE BOAT AND DAVIT
48
052-48
LIST OF DECK MACHNINERY
H- 050 - 01TM
NO.
PLAN NO.
ITEM (ENGLISH)
ITEM (CHINESE)
ACCOM. PART
SET
053-01
FIRE DIVISION PLAN
053-02
FIRE-PROOF STRCTURE TYPICAL DETAIL PLAN
053-03
CABIN EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT
053-04
STEEL WINDOWS AND SCUTTLES ARRANGEMENT
053-05
WHEELHOUSE WINDOWS ARRANGEMENT
053-06
STEEL DOORS AND GRP DOORS ARRANGEMENT
053-07
CABIN DOORS ARRANGEMENT
053-08
GARBAGE BOS ARRANGEMENT
053-09
INSULATION PLAN
10
053-10
DECK COVERING
11
053-11
PAINTING SCHEDULE
12
053-12
OUTSIDE OF HULL COLOR
13
053-13
GALLEY AND PANTRIES ARRANGEMENT
14
053-14
LAUNDRIES AND DRYING ROOMS ARRANGEMENT
15
053-15
DECK STORES PLAN
16
053-16
INNER STAIRS ARRANGEMENT IN ACCOMMODATION
17
053-17
LIST OF FRAMED DRAWINGS
18
053-18
CORROSION PROTECTION OF SEA WATER BALLAST TANKS
19
053-19
PAINTING DESCRIPTION OF CARGO TANKS
20
053-20
PAINTING DESCRIPTION OF EXTERNAL PARTS
21
053-21
PAINTING DESCRIPTION OF INTERNAL PARTS
FINAL DRAWINC
FIXED DECK FOAM
FIRE FIGHTING
SYSTEM
oO
tN
JIN LING SHIPYARD,CHINA
HULL NO.:
CLASS:
JLZ020504
37,300DWT CHEMICAL
TANKER
BV
UNITOR PLANT NO.:

ORDER NO.:
CHP 3284
'/~
DATE:
28.April.04
12317
REV. NO.:
00
UniTOR
FINAL DRAWING
FIXED DECK FOAM
FIRE FIGHTING
SYSTEM
oQ
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
JIN LING SHIPYARD,CHINA
HULL NO.:
JLZ020504
37,300DWT CHEMICAL
TANKER
CLASS:
BV
UNITOR PLANT NO.:

ORDER NO.:
CHP 3284
DATE:
28.April.04
12317
REV. NO.:
00
UniTDR
CONTENTS
ITEM
TITLE
01
GENERAL INFORMATION
02
CALCULATION SHEET
03
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
04
DRAWINGS
05
DATA SHEET
06
SPARE PARTS LIST
07
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATES
08
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
09
TEST PROCEDURES
10
OPERATION INSTRUCTION
11
UniTOR
UNITOR
ASA
JIN LING SHIPYARD

HULL NO.: JLZ020503/4/6
Document No.
Type of document
UniTOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
Issued by
DAA
53-00-003-1-E
Reu. date
10.02.89
04
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
TANK DECK PROTECTION
Approved by
Page
SHB
17.08.98
Ref.
1 of2
53-00-003
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The main purposes of the fixed foam system for tank deck protection are:
A-
Be enable of extinguishing spill fires and also preclude ignition of spilled oil not yet
igrted, aad:
B.
Be c^jable of ccanbating fires in ruptured tanks.
SYSTEM LAYOUT
The pSOTCMR FIXED FOAM FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM is designed according to and ^ 1 1
satisfy the requirement of Regulation 61 of chapter 11-2 of 1974 SOLAS as amended and the
requiroBent of 11.3 and 11.4 of Intematicmal Code for the Construction and Equipment of
Ships Canyisg Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code).
The system craasists of the following components:
A standard foam liquid tarik, made of Glassfiber Reinforced Polyester (GRP), will contain the
required quantity of foam liquid.
Thefoamfiquidwill fk>w through afixedpipeline from the foam tank to the foam liquid
pam|>, whkb will feed the foam proportioner (mixer) with the calculated quantity of foaxn
hqind. The foam hqu^ pump has a capacity and pressure range that correspoid with the actual
system.
As the pum|> has a fixed capacity, a return line is required. The return line will make sure that
excessive foam concentrate will be returned to the foam tank. The return line is ccmtroDed by a
Iessure relief valve.
The foam prc^rtioner fimctions automatically, and irrespective of water flow ai^ press-ore
fix)m the blip's main fire pumps, the pre-set percentage of foam liquid will be supplied.
The required number of monitors are connected to the water/foam line. Two of the monitors
will always be situated on the poop deckfiônt,while the other monitors are located in tbe
centre line of the vessel's tank deck in order to give the best possible protection.
The foam/water deck line shall always befiimishedwith valves immediately after each
monitor in order to isolate parts of the piping that might have been ruptured.
Type of document
UniTOR
Document no.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Issued by
DAA
Date of issue
10.02.89
53-00-003-1-E
Rev. no.
04
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
TANK DECK PROTECTION
Approved by
SHE
17.08.98
Page
2 of 2
Ref.
53-00-003
SYSTEM OPERATION
The nimaber of and c^wcity as well as the exact location of the monitors are calculated as a
part of the total design of tte system.
A number of foam hydrants are connected to the foam/water line. These hydrants are for
coimection of hand ^^licatws which shall cover the areas screened from the monitors.
As some of the foam fiquids are aggressive, the piping system shall beflushedpn^êrly after
use. Fr this purpose a flush fine have been installed in-between the water and the foam lix^.
u m I UK
Appendix 2; DM-53.3
CALCULATION FORM
Calculation of fixed foam system
Cs
cargo tank protection - C H E M I C A L T A N K E R
The caiculations are made according to the requirements described in the IMO - Code for the
Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk.
1.
PROJECT INFORMATION
1.1
YARD:
J I N LING SHIPYARD
1.2
HULLNO:
JLZ02050:JA
1.3
SIZE AND TYPE OF VESSEL:
37,300DWT CHEMICAL TANKER
14
AUTHOIUTY:
L5
CLASS:
1.6
UNITCHl PLANT NO:
12316/12311
1.7
DATE:
07 N o v . , 2002
1.8
LLOYDSNO:
6-^
DIMENSIONS O F THE FROTECTED AREA

2.1
CARGO TANKS DECK AREA A l

Cargo tanks I>eck area (Al) means the maximum breadth of the ship (Bl)
imtitipiied by the total longitudinal extent of the cargo tank spaces (LI), ref 6.1.
2.1.1 Breadth of the cargo tanks deck area
B1:
31
^m
2.1.2 Length of the cargo tanks deck area
L1:
134 .4
2.1.3 Cargo tank deck area Al = B 1 X LI

Al=
Revision: 03
31
mx
134.4
Date: 08.03,95
m-4166.4
m^
Page 1 of6
UIIIIUK
Appendix 2: DM-53.3
2.2
AREA OF LARGEST SINGLE TANK A2

2.2.1 Breadth of largest single tank
B2:
13.47
2.2.2 Length of t t e largest single tank
L2:
18.4
^ra
247.85
m^
2.2.3 Area of largest single tank A2 = B2 x L2

A2= 1 3 . 4 7
3.
mx
18.4
tn=
FOAM SOLUTION SUFPLY RATE

The rate of s i ^ l y of foam solution shall not be less than the greatest of the following:
3.1
Q} = 2 yimn. pr. w^ of cargo tanks deck area A1

Ql=2!/'iBiaxAl
0 1 -2Vmm.)fmî
3.2
4166.4
8333
l/min.
Q2 = 20 Vsn. pr. ss'^ deck area of largest single tank A2

Q2 = 20 I/nun x A 2
Q2 = 2 t Vmm. /m'x
247.85
m^ = 4 9 5 7
^l/mm.
3.3
Q3 = 10 lAnin. |Mr. m^ of the area protected by the largest monitor, such area are
beit^ entirely fcwrward of the monitor, but not less than 1250 I/ntin.
Q3 = 10 l / r n i n . p r . m 2 x 15.5m x 4 7 . 1 m = 7 3 0 0 . 5 1/min
T&e distance Wtween ike monitors WM be caleulaied according to this
ircqwMrnent, r e t kcm (.1
3.4
Choose the largest figure Q l , Q2 or Q3:

Requirefl snippiy rate Q =
4.
m^ =
8333
1/min.
FOAM LIQUID AMOUNT AND TANK SIZE

4. i
Sufficient foam concitrate shall be supplied to ensure at least 30 minutes of foam

generation (check carefully special requirements from authorities, class or
customer).
4.2
Type of foam selected:
4.3
Mixing ratio to sea water
M:
4.4
Operating time as per item 4.1
T: 30 minutes
Revision: 03
3M TYPE FC603EF
Dale: 08.03.95
Paoe2of6
u m I UK
Appendix2:DM-53.3
4.5
Requiredsupply rate Q from item 3.4;
4.6
Foam liquid amount
8333
//min x
TTT:^
100
3
x30min.
100
nenn
= 7500
7.5
MONITOR CAPACITY
5.1
At least 50% ( Q ^ of the foam solution supply rate as per item 3.4 shall be
delivered frmn each morator.
5-2
0 ^ = 0x0.5=-
5.3
Type of nMNtor t o be used:
5.4
Inlet design pressure at nonitors:
5.5
Mmittmr capacity Q^ =
5.6
Throwing tef^:th R in still air:
5.7
The distance from the monitor to the farthest extrimity of the protected area
forward ofthat monitor dall not be more than 75% of the monitor throw length in
stin air. {R J
R = R x0.75 =
6.
l/min
QxMx30
Nearest standard foam liquid tank size:
5.
8333
8333
1x0.5=
FJM
150
bar
7300
77
m x0.75=
77
I/min.
4166.5
l/min.
m
57.75 m
DISTANCE BETWEEN MONITORS
6.1
The capacity of any monitor ( Q ^ shall be at least 10 l/min. of foam solution pr m^

deck area protected by that monitor, such area being entirely forward of the
monitor.
Revision; 03
B/2
Date: 08.03.95
Page 3 of6
UllllUlf
Appendix 2: DM-53.3
6.2
Distance between monitors according to requirement as described in item

6.1:
6.2.1 Distance from poop front monitors to aft tanks deck monitor PI:
Pia
Q[l/min]
10 X B/2[m}
Pla= J ^
47.1
lOx 1 5 . 5
6.2.2 Instance between tanks deck monitors P2:
F2a =
P2a=:
6.3
10 xB[m]
'-^=^-^^-^
lOx 3 1
23 5
^-'^-^
fn
IHstaAce between monitors according to throwing length R:

6.3.1 Distamre from poop front monitors to aft deck monitor P I :
Plb= jR^-(B/4f
= y( 5 7 . 7 5
)2-(7.75
Y=
57.2
)^ =
55.6
6.3 J2 Kstance between tanks deck monitors P2:
P2b = JR^ -iBl2f
64
Revision; 03
= ^{51.15
Y-{
15.5
Smallest PI and P2
6.4.1 For P1 use the smallest figure of P1 a and P1 b:
P1 =
47.1
6.4.2 For P2 use the smallest figure of P2a and P2b:
P2=
23.5
Date: 08.0.1.95
Page 4 of 6
UllllUlf
Appendix 2; DM-53.3
7.
NUMBER O F MONITORS
-71
7.1
TvT .
-*
Number
ofr momtors
= LI-PI
^+ ^2 = 1 3 4 . 4 O T - 4~7 . 1 / +, 2
Number of monitors =
5. 7
);
FOAM PROyORTSONER
8.1
Supply rate Q as per item 3.4;
8.2
Mbdi^ ratio M as per item 4.3:
83
Water flow rate W:=
1/min.
3
Qx{100-M)
JOO
8 3 3 3 //min x ( 1 0 0 100
9.
8333
) ^
PP -
3^93
8.4
Type and c&tmeter
8.5
Watar lk>w rarê on actual proportioner:
^^
200/80
1%'i^ -" i3j0
i/min
FOAM U Q i n PUMP
9.1
Foam Hqtnd purt^ capacity C=
i-
^^
9.2
8333
Revision: 03
X 60
W^Hm
,,.
i^
""^^
Pressure to be min. 1 BAR higher than max. water pressure at Foam Proportioner.
IVfiniriHim required pressure:
9.3
0//min.]xMx6O
100x1000
Type and voltage:
12
BAR
8 0 - 4 4 0 SDF, 440V , 60Hz
Date: 08.03.95
Page 5 of 6
UIIIIUK
Appendix 2: DM-53.3
10.
MINIMUM CAPAOTY OF FIRE PUMP

10.1 Supply rate Q =
8333
I/min.
2 X water jets Q^ = 500 I/min. = 30 m3 / h

10.2 Min. fire pump capacity C/=
r.=
^
Q333
[//min.Jx 60min X (100-Ai)

1000x100
X 60min. x 97
lOOOxIOO
^^^
^3^^
MIN PUMP CAPACITUY:

C = 4 8 5 m 3 / h + 3 0 m 3 / h = 515 m 3 / h (3 l O b a r
Revision; 03
Date: 08.03.95
Page 6 of 6
UniTOR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION (2d)

Customer name:
PO.no/ref.:
Yard
Owner
Hull no/Vessel:
Project I d .
Prepared by :
JIN LING SHIPYARD

/
JIN LING SHIPYARD
Brost Tankers SA, France
JLZ02050/
RC .JLSY.JLZ02050
LISA LI
Order date
Currency :
Vessel Type:
Vessel Size:
Flag/Class:
Item
01
Qty
1
SHA.72445
CARGO DECK FOAM SYSTEM
USD
CHEMICAL TANKER
37,300 DWT
Fr/BV
Date/Rev.no: 20-11-2002
7600
Data Sheet No.
PCS 618124 TANK FOAM LIQ HORZ 7.5M3
53-01-043
LTR
L53-12
3M LFTHT WATER ATC 3%

AR-AFFF FC-603EF
03
04
05
06
Unit Prod.no Description

O/1640 W/FLANGE GRP
02
Page no:

Order No.
Product descr.:
: 13-01-200
PCS
546531 PRESSURE/VACUUM RELIEF
53-03-011
VALVE 1 1/2
PCS
546457
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
53-11-003
FOR FOAM TANK

PCS 607804 PRESSURE GAUGE 0-2.5 MPA
PCS
564732 VALVE 3-WAY 1/2 IN. MALEX
53-11-004
53-11-004
1/2 IN. FEMALE.DS 5311004
07
PCS
08,1
PCS 596700 PROPORTIONER PP-200/80

TYPE BALANCED PRESSURE
53-07-015
08.2
PCS
605667
FLANGE DN200 PN 16 DIN2633

N/A
53-04-005
08.3
PCS
605683
FLANGE DN80 PN16 DIN2633

N/A
53-04-005
09.1
PCS
596676
MONITOR FJM-150 DIN/JIS
53-02-031
613815
PRES.REL.VLV.DN50 13.5B
53-03-016
TYPE FOG/JET.MAN.OPERATED
(7300 L/MIN @ 7 BAR)
09.2
PCS 605642

N/A
53-04-005
10
PCS
606237
COMPENSATOR DN 50 PN 16
APPROVED TYPE
53-04-008
11.1
PCS
L53-05
FOAM PUMP 80-440 SDF
ME-9522
15M3/H, 12BAR, 440V-60HZ

ITEM 11.1 TO BE PROVIDED
WITH SIMENS MOTOR
11.3
PCS
L53-05
SPARE PART SET FOR

PUMP 80-440
11.4
PCS
605709

N/A
53-04-005
12
PCS
L53-10
STARTER P. W/SPACE HEATER

HOUR & AMPER METER
12316-03/4
Order No.
Product descr.:
Item
Qty
SHA.72445
CARGO DECK FOAM SYSTEM
Date/Rev.no: 20-11-2002
Unit Prod.no Description
PCS 605022 FOAM APPLICATOR MLR-40 A
53-14-026
W/VALVE 400 L/M 6 BAR
13.2
PCS 605113 COUPLING STORZ 65 1 1/2
53-14-043
M.THRD.
13.3
PCS 589614 GUARDMAN F.HOSE 2 1/2 X

X 15 MTR W/STORZ 65 COUPL
13.4
PCS
527705 COUPLING SPANNER
29-15-041
F/STORZ B/C COUPLING
13.5
15.1
15.2
17.1
17.2
18.1
18.2
PCS 606080 FOAM STATION BOX
53-14-007
200L POLYETHYLENE
PCS
L53-13
INSTRUCTION SIGN BOARD
12316-06A
IN ENGLISH (BRASS)
PCS
L53-13
INSTRUCTION SIGN BOARD
12516-06B
IN FRENCH (BRASS)
19.1
PCS 607982 SWING CHECK VALVE DN50

DIN FLANGE PN 16
PCS 617910
PCS 607850 BUTTERFLY VALVE DN50 MAN

PCS 605709 FLANGE DN50 PN 16 DIN2633
20.2
NON-RETURN GLOBE V/V
12316-08
DN80 PN 16
PCS 605683
53-04-005
N/A
2
1
53-03-021
DIN PN 16 W/HAND LEVER
20.1
53-04-009
AISI 316L DIN2576 PN 10
PCS L53-03
19.2
FLANGE. PLANE DN50 ST. ST
FLANGE DN80 PN 16 DIN2633
53-04-005
N/A
PCS 607856 BUTTERFLY VALVE DN200 MAN
53-03-022
DIN PN16 W/HAND LEVER

PCS 605667 FLANGE DN200 PN16 DIN2633
N/A
FOAM LIQUID FOR TESTING
24
600
LTR
L53-12
25
PCS L53-04
2" FEMAL - FLANGE
26
LOT L53-04
GASKET FOR SYSTEM
Data Sheet No.
PORTABLE FOAM EQUIPMENT
13.1
Page no:
53-04-005
3M LIGHT WATER 3%C ATC

AR-AFFF FC 603EF
11742-08
134.4 M
MAX 47.1 M
MAX 23.5 M
MAX 23.5 M
MAX 23.5 M
r^
DN 200
{>I<1-
!F
MAX 23.5 M
PORTABLE
^
DN 200
cia-
ON 200
PORTABLE
CARGO TANK DECK

REFER TO MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR UNITOR'S SCOPE OF SUPPLY.
ITEM WITHOUT NO. SHIPYARD SUPPLY.
DESIGN DATA :
1. LENGTH OF CARGO TANKS DECK AREA
134.4 M.
2. BREADTH OF CARGO TANKS DECK AREA
31 M.
3. MAX DISTANCE BETWEEN MONITORS LOCATED P / S

OF SUPERSTRUCTURE AND NEXT MONITOR FORWARD
47.1 M.
4. MAX DISTANCE BETWEEN OTHER MONITORS
23.5 M.
5. MINIMUM CAPACITY OF FIRE PUMP

MINIMUM HEAD OF RRE PUMP
515 M3/H
10-BAR
6. REFER TO CALCULATION FORMS FOR COMPLETE DESIGN DATA.
N
1. ALL PIPING MATERIAL TO BE OF SCH 40 GALVANISED IN/EXTERNALLY.
2. PIPING SYSTEM TO BE PRESSURE TESTED AS PER BV REQUIREMENTS.
3. FOAM MONITORS' PLAFORMS TO BE DESIGNED BY SHIPYARD.
4. FOAM MONITORS TO BE MOUNTED ON REINFORCED FOUNDATION.
Customer:
Dote of issue:
18.11.2002
ENGINE ROOM
JIN LING
SHIPYARD
CHINA
Dote of opprovol:
Issued by:
Ploce of issue;
Scole:
Approved by
SHA
N.T.S.
A3
UniTOR
Unitor
Description:
ASA
Drovjing no.:
12316-01
SCHEMATIC ARRANGEMEN"
JL2020503/4
Rev.no. Dote
Syst err
CHP 3278/3280
Orig.size:
Z.B.CHEN
UNITOR DECK FOAM FIRE FIGHTING SYS
Sign. Rev.nc. Dote
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign
FOAM MANIFOLD
Cuslomer:
Dole of issue:
18.11.2002
NOTE :
1. ALL PIPES PROVIDED SHOULD BE WITH A PRESSURE CLASS OF PN16.
2. ITEM NO REFER TO MATERIAL SPECIFICATION.
3. COMPONENTS WITHOUT ITEM NO. TO BE SUPPLIED BY YARD.
4. ALL PIPES TO BE PROVIDED BY YARD.
JIN LING
SHIPYARD
CHINA
Hull no.:
JLZ020503/4
Older no:
CHP 3 2 7 8 / 3 2 8 0
Dole of opprovol:
Issued by.
Ploce of issue:
Scale:
Orig.size:
Z.B.CHEN
Approved by:
SNA
N.T.S.
UDescription:
A3
Drowing no.:
Rev.no. Dote
DECK FOAM FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
Unitor
ASA
12316-02A
FM STATiON ARRANGEMENT
System:
UfllTOR
Sign. Rev.no, Dote
Sigr^. Rev.no. Dote
Sign,
CONNECT TO PILLING INLET
EOUNDATION EOR PUMP (YARD)

NOTE :
1. ALL PIPES PROVIDED SHOULD BE WITH A PRESSURE CLASS OF PNI6.
2. ITEM NO REFER TO MATERIAL SPECIFICATION.
Customer:
18.11.2002
JIN LING
SHIPYARD
CHINA
3. COMPONENTS WITHOUT ITEM NO. TO BE SUPPLIED BY YARD.

4. ALL PIPES TO BE PROVIDED BY YARD.
Dote of issue:
JLZ020503/4
Older no:
CHP 3282/3284
Dole o/ opprovGl:
FOUNDATION FOR FOAM TANK (YARD)

Issued by:
Ploce of issue:
Stole:
Or ig.size:
Z.B.CHEN
Approved by:
SHA
N.T.S.
A3
UniTOR
Unitor
Pc<:.?/ii/lS'
ASA
Drowing no.:
Descriplton:
FOAM STATION ARRANGEMENT

(VIEW A - A )
12316-02B
Rev.no. Dole
System:
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign
SUPPLY
3 X 440 V
60 Hz
4SI
VLl
V,L2
YL3
| . _ \ ^ - _ \ ^ - \ -
21
41 6
^X18
X16^
'
4Fio(g-1
5Q3
43| |31
4r5
S
I >
I >
44
X21
0-
X22
0-
96
51
43
31
44
32
4n4lffi
1
^1
I
I
UI
VI
31
4F10
4n4
32
32
PUMP
RUN
503
CENTRAL
ALARM
5Q3
62
I
I
98
31
iX19
],
S2 ONl-
54
4T9A440/220VAC
4F5--^^-E^-\98
97
4F5
h
Sl OFF
O-SOACAVP?
95
53
5Q3
I >
-i2
97
>1
32
I >
1 >
Wj
1
25H
LI
L2
L3
X14 XI5
XI6
XI7 XI8
X21 X22
XI9
PUMP1
P=12 KW
I
2VX15
HEATER
6H5,
|5Q3
GN
5P7m
A2
HEATER ON
PUMP
5H9
GN($)
5H10.
WT
X2
OPERATION
HOUR
PUMP
POWER
RUNNING
ON
COUNTER
D2
o
to
1
rD
O-
>
o
UJ
Q;
X
ro
>a.
Q.
D_
51
00
Dote of issue:
18.11.2002
JIN UNG
SHIPYARD
CHINA
NOTE
THE EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL CABLES TO THE PANEL TO BE
PROVIDED BY YARD.
Hull no,:
JLZ020503/4
Offiec no:
CHP 3282/3284
Dote of opprovol:
Issued by:
<t
(o
UJ
2:
UJ
CJ)
O
O
zz.
UJ
Ploce of issue:
u_
O
1
a:
<t
rD
Customer:
ct:
LiJ
1
C
<t
CL.
Stole:
Orig.si?e:
SHA
N.T.S.
A3
FOAM PUMP STARTER PANEL

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
1
:D
^
:D
12316-03
Rev. no,
System:
oo
U n i t o r ASA
Drov;inq no.:
npsr.fipllnn:
UniTOR
Z.B.CHEN
Approved by:
<
01
Dole
25.12
2002
Sign.
Rev.no
02
Dote
26.04
2004
Dole
Sign.
DETAIL "A"
k^
DIA 10
[Pj
FOAM STARTER PANEL
I POWER ONI
CD
O
LO
to
HEATER QH
I RUNNING
000000
DETAIL " A "
AMMETER I
I HOUR COUNTCRJ
OFF
0"
STOP
I (gU
I START I ( g a )
NOTE
1. INDICATING LIGHT
POWER ON - WHITE.
HEATER ON - YELLOW.
RUNNING
- GREEN.
2. CABLE GLAND SIZE
FOR
FOR
FOR
FOR
3. STARTER PANEL MATERIAL

4. PROTECTION
021.5MM CABLE
02OMM CABLE 017.5MM CABLE
016.5MM CABLE
MILD STEEL .
IP 44.
AS YARD STANDARD
5. SURFACE PREPARATION
6. SUPPORT BRACKETS TO BE INCLUDED
- 02 PCS
01 PCS
- 01 PCS
- 01 PCS
NOTE: ALL NAMEPLATES PASTED ON PANEL SHOULD BE MADE BY BRASS

Dote of issue:
18.11.2002
JIN LING
SHIPYARD
CHINA
JLZ02G503/4
Order no:
CHP 3282/3284
Dote of opprovol:
Issued by;
Ploce of issue:
Scole:
Orig.size:
Z.B.CHEN
Approved by:
SNA
N.T.S.
Description:
A3
UfllTOR
Unitor
ASA
Drawing no.;
FOAM PUMP STARTER PANEL

(3 X 440V X 60HZ)
12316-04
Rev.no. Dote
System;
FOAM FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
Sign. Rev.no. Dole
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign
HATTORMFORMOMntm
vj
c 1 ^
Hl
FOAM STATION ON CARGO DECK
.FOAM STATION ON CARGO DECK
(CONTAIN APPUCATOR, F L O . HOSE AND COUPUNGS)
(CONTAIN APPUCATOR, R E X . HOSE AND COUPUNGS)
Customer:
Dote of issue:
18.11.2002
JIN LING
REMARK:
1. THE DISDANCE BETWEEN TWO MONITORS CAN BE ADJUSTED BY YARD AS PER
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE BUT NOT EXCEED THE RANGE SPECIFIED ON SCHEMATIC DWG.
2. THE SIZE OF MONITOR PLAFORM SHOULD BE DETERMIiCD BY YARD. (OPERATiON
SPACE SHOULD BE ENSURED).
SHIPYARD
Dote of opprotfol:
Issued by:
Place of issue:
Scale:
Or ig. size:
UniTOR
Z.B.CHEN
Approved h^.
SHA
N.T.S.
A3
Unitor
Description:
ASA
Drowing no.:
CHINA
Rev.no. Dote
System:
CHP 3282/3284
12316-05
MONITOR ARRANGEMENT
JLZ020503/4
Sign,
Rev.no. Dote
Sign.
Rev.no. Dote
Sign.
PORTABLE
PORTABLE
fF=DN 200
-DIO-
S
DN 200
1>I<H
DN 200
S?
fiAh-
li
DN 200
PORTABLE
PONT DU RESERVOUIR CARGO
0 0
LAVAGE DE LIGNE
Dans le cas d'un incendie dans lo zone du pont de cargo,

veuillez respecter les procedures suivantes:
APRES L'UTILISATION DU SYSTEME DE MOUSSE DE PONT.

1. Des que possible aprs une utilisation ou un test, le Systeme doit
tre lave abondamment avec de l'eou de mer pour nettoyer tout
restant de mousse dons les lignes, la pompe de mousse et les
moniteurs.
2. Arrtez la pompe de mousse et les pompes principales incendie.
A. INCENDIE DANS LA ZONE DU PONT DE CARGO:
o
0
,
MSimCTKM
INSTRUCTIONS D'OPERATION
1. Informez immdiatement I'officier en poste.

2. Ouvrez les valves respectives pour le contrle de
mousse sur le pont.
3. Ouvrez les valves dans lo solle du reservoir de mousse
= =
3. Refermez la valve N0.2 et celle sur lo ligne de retour (N0.5). Cela

est important car l'eou de mer ne doit pos entrer dons le reservoir
de mouse.
comme marque en N0.1.

4. Commencez le pompage d'incendie dans la solle des machine.
5. Ouvrez les valves dons lo solle du reservoir de mousse
comme morqu en NO.2,3 et 5.
4. Ouvrez lo valve d'orrt de ligne de lovage NO.4.

5. Commencez le pompage d'incendie et le pompage de mousse. Oprez
le moniteur en orrire sur le pont du reservoir jusqu' l'arrive de l'eou
de mer. Oprez tous les autres moniteurs pendant plusieurs secondes.
6. Commencez le pompage concentre de mousse.

7. Le Systeme est en cours d'oprotion.
NOTE :
Assurez-vous que la pression de ligne de mousse soit au moins d' Ibar

plus important que l'incendie avont d'ouvrir la valve N0.3.
1.
Ne dirigez pas directement le melange de mousse sur des

iquides brOlants.
2. Dirigez le melange de mousse de teile fa9on qu'il se rponde
au-dessus du liquide et le recouvre.
3. Utiiisez un moximum de 2 moniteurs ou 1 moniteur et 2 applications
portables.
4. En cas de brisure ou de fuite dans le tuyou de mousse, refermez la
valve dons le courant de ligne.
Dote of issue:
07.11.2002
JIN UNG
SHIPYARD
CHINA
7. Refermez les valves NO.1,3 et 4.

8. Remplissez le reservoir de mousse des que possible.
B. ETEINDRE UN INCENDIE D'HUILE AVCE LA MOUSSE
Customer:
6. Arrtez les deux pompes.
Dote of opprovol:
NOTE
Toutes les lignes de tuyau doivent tre droines avec de l'ea oprs
l'utilisotion.
Issued by:
Ploce of issue:
Approved by:
SNA
N.T.S.
Orig.size:
A3
UniTOR
Unitor
Description:
JLZ020501/2
ASA
Drowing no.;
(FRENCH)
Hull no.:
12312-06B
r-lev.no. Dote
Sysl em:
CHP 3278/3280
Scole:
Z.B.CHEN
Sign. Rev.no. Dole
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign
Fig. 275/277
; Dimensions in nnm/Dimensioos en mm/Abmessungen in mm'

Weights in k g / P o i d s en k g / G e w i c h t e in kg
D
L
LI
A
I'";)
?-!f:rr!ri
15
20
25
70
70
80
65
65
70
75
90
95
105
115
40
i
j 90
1 140
50
65
80
100
120
140 ' 180
200
230
100
105
115
12 5
150
165
185
2r)0
220
175
195
2;:'5
2?;.
..,
1 7:> i
1 4 0 if,0
1BO
.'ID
2î)
?!':,
<;io i : 1 n
1V.J
110
1 15
125
HO
Hl
i 05
105
110
50
6U
_.J"L
&
1.5
1.5
ib
l.H
1.')
i'.3
1 ^^
90 | l 0 5
M
f .1 ?'i'./;i'7 7
10
' J
.'.y
j ,55
J--
! 4.::'
^- ^
ll^-
i.H 1
'^^ 1
l,>,
i
' . . :
' -'
Customer:
Dote c( issue'
18.11.2002
JIN UNG
SHIPYARD
CHINA
/ 1
JLZ020[)03/4
Llti'.t .! Qpprcvol.
lsr.ued by.
Ploct of issue:
Scole:
Oria.sire:
Approved Jay;
SNA
J.T.S.
C~:;cr;r.i:on:
A3
Unftor
ASA
DfOwing no.:
NON-RETURN GLOBE VALVE

DN80 PNI 6
12316-08
Dole
Order no
CHP 3 2 8 2 / 3 2 8 4
UniTOR
Z.B.CHEN
Sian.
Rev.no.
Siqri.
Rev.no. Dote
PORTABLE
^
DN 200
Li
cla-
DN 200
li
DN 200
PORTABLE
LAVAGE DE LIGNE
Dans le cas d'un incendie dans la zone du pont de cargo,

veuiliez respecter les procedures suivantes:
APRES L'UTIUSATION DU SYSTEME DE MOUSSE DE PONT

1. Ds que possible oprs une utilisation ou un test, le systme doit
tre love abondomment avec de l'eou de mer pour nettoyer tout
restant de mousse dans les lignes, la pompe de mousse et les
moniteurs.
2. Arrtez la pompe de mousse et les pompes principales o incendie.

1. Informez immdiatement l'officier en poste.
2. Ouvrez les valves respectives pour le controle de
mousse sur le pont.
3. Ouvrez les valves dans la solle du reservoir de mousse
3. Refermez lo volve N0.2 et celle sur lo ligne de retour (N0.5). Celo

est important cor l'eou de mer ne doit pas entrer dons le reservoir
de mouse.
comme morqu en N0.1.

4. Commencez le pompage d'incendie dans la solle des machine.
comme morqu en NO.2,3 et 5.
4. Ouvrez lo valve d'arrt de ligne de lavage N0.4.

5. Commencez le pompage d'incendie et le pompoge de mousse. Oprez
le moniteur en arrire sur le pont du reservoir jjsqu' l'arrive de l'eau
de mer. Oprez tous les outres moniteurs pendont plusieurs secondes.

7. Le Systeme est en cours d'opration.
NQTE;
Assurez-vous que lo pression de ligne de mousse soit au moins d' Ityor

plus importont que l'incendie ovont d'ouvrir lo volve N0.3.
Ne dirigez pas directement le mlonge de mousse sur des

iquides brulants.
Dirigez le melange de mousse de telle fagon qu'il se rpande
Utilisez un maximum de 2 moniteurs ou 1 moniteur et 2 applications
portables.
En cas de brisure ou de fuite dons le tuyau de mousse, refermez la
valve dans le couront de ligne.
Dote of issue:
07.11.2002
JIN UNG
SALLE DES MACHINES
SHIPYARD
Date of opprovol:
l'utilisotion.
Issued by:
Ploce of issue:
Scole:
Orig.size:
Z.B.CHEN
Approved by:
SHA
N.T.S.
A3
UniTOR
Unitor
JLZ020501/2
ASA
Growing no.:
(FRENCH)
Hull no.:
CHP 3278/3280
NOTE
Description;
CHINA
Order no:

8. Remplissez le reservoir de mousse ds que possible.
Customer:
12312-06B
Rev.no. Dote
System:
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign. Rev.no. Dole
Sign
Fig. 275/277
D i m e n s i o n s in n a m / D m e n s i o n s e n
m m / A b m e s s u n g e n in m m '
W e i g h t s in k g / P o i d s e n k g / G e w i c h t e in k g
D
L
70
15
70
Li
65
65
i A
90
95
110
1 15
Hl
105
105
50
eu
M
f i g 2"/;,/:;?>
10
1.5
1 .ii
20 i 25
eo
105 !
uJ
90
70 1 75
1
;
40 1 50
105
120 j
140
180
2O0
90
100 ]
105
115
125 1
140
150 j
165
lfi5
200
125
140
1 '^-'
17S
110
125
i 140
1
if.O 1 iBO
70
2.3
90
9'j
100
115
80 ]
65
1 195
225
,?t
2 U!
2îl
'
1 : i 1.1
1 1 20
2./
i:,()
1 i.i;
230
220
260
Customer:
18.11.2002
JIN UNG
SHIPYARD
CHINA
} (l
1
[^g_^?(;/;^?;3
iL
i.'.-l
1 .')
:'.'i
\- 1
';.2
:,.;
2.'
Dote oi issue
JLZ020;)0.3/4
D'.t . ' i ' opp'cvot:
Issued by:
Plocc of issue:
Scole;
Oriq.size;
Approved py.
-em
SHA
N.T.S.
A3
Unitor A S A
Orowing no.:
O-.riCfii'ViQn:

DN80 PNI6
12316-08
Rev.no. Date
Ordet no'
CHP 3282/3284
UniTOR
Z.B.CHEN
Sign.
Rev.no. Dote
liiqn,
Rev.no. Dole j Si-jn.
PORTABLE
PORTABLE
E
DN 200
31
- ^
ON 200
I-J
Okj-
DN 200
tJcH
DN 200
li
1^
PORTABLE
LAVAGE DE LIGNE
Dons le cos d'un incendie dans la zone du pont de cargo,

veuillez respecter les procedures suivantes:
APRES L'UTIUSATION DU SYSTEME DE MOUSSE DE PONT.

1. Des que possible oprs une utilisation ou un test, le Systeme doit
tre love abondamment avec de i'eou de mer pour nettoyer tout
restant de mousse dans les lignes, la pompe de mousse et les
moniteurs.
2. Arrtez la pompe de mousse et les pompes principales o incendie.

1. Informez immdiatement I'officier en poste.
2. Ouvrez les valves respectives pour le controle de
mousse sur le pont.
3. Ouvrez les valves dons la solle du reservoir de mousse
3. Refermez la valve N0.2 et celle sur la ligne de retour (N0.5). Cela

est important cor i'eou de mer ne doit pos entrer dons le reservoir
de mouse.
comme marque en N0.1.

4. Commencez le pompage d'incendie dons la solle des machine.
comme marque en NO.2,3 et 5.
4. Ouvrez lo valve d'orrt de ligne de lavage NO.4.

7. Le Systeme est en cours d'oprotion.
NOTE;
Assurez-vous que la pression de ligne de mousse soit au moins d' ^bar
plus important que l'incendie ovant d'ouvrir lo volve N0.3.
1.
Ne dirigez pos directement le melange de mousse sur des

iquides brulonts.
2. Dirigez le melange de mousse de teile fagon qu'il se rpande
3. Utilisez un maximum de 2 moniteurs ou 1 moniteur et 2 applications
portables.
4. En cos de brisure ou de fuite dons le tuyau de mousse, refermez la
volve dons le couront de ligne.
Dote of issue:
07.11.2002
JIN UNG
SALLE PES MACHINES i
SHIPYARD
Dole of opprovol:
NOTE
l'utilisotion.
Issued by.
Ploce of issue;
Scale:
Orig.size:
Z.B.CHEN
Approved by
SNA
N.T.S.
A3
UniTOR
U n i t o r
CHINA
ASA
Drowing no.:
(FRENCH)
JLZ020501/2
CHP 3278/3280
Description:
Hull no.:
Order no:

8. Remplissez le reservoir de mousse des que possible.
Customer;
5. Commencez le pompoge d'incendie et le pompage de mousse. Oprez

le moniteur en arrire sur le pont du reservoir jusqu' l'orrive de I'eou
de mer. Oprez tous les outres moniteurs pendont plusieurs secondes.
12312-06B
Rev.no. Dote
System:
Sign. Rev.no. Dote
Sign. Rev.no. Dole
Sign,
Fig-275/277
; Dimensions in m n r i / D i m e n s i o n s e n mm/Abnriessungen in mm'

Weights in k g / P o i d s en k g / G e w i c h t e in kg
D
L
10
70
15
70
20
80
Li
65
65
70
90
95
105
^H
90
50 ; 65
BO
100
^.''.0
105
120
140
180
200
90
100
105
115
125
IflO
150
165
105
?00
?:'0
:'8n
i
75-
115
40
32
no
1 15
l?5
1-10
155
1 1 ':t
195
2:!''i
:T5;
Hi
105
105
110
i;j5
i-'iO
if.O
1B0
.MO
:,'.-;!
50
60
70
27i,/yri
1.5
1.5
^'.-'.i
f'Q :0'?!-,/;j76
l.H
1,')
f;)
2,
:'.'i
90 1 ': 1 0 ,-u
^.i
: .:>
; ij( 1
Customer:
18,11.2002
JIN LING
SHIPYARD
CHINA
- 1
1 i.j;
t- /
1 i,
/1
JLZ020!)03/4
.
Dole c( iEsi;e;
:;
Dolt .-i oppfcvol.
ISF.ued by:
Ptocc of issue:
Scole:
OriQ.size:
Z.B.CHEN
Approved PY-
SHA
A3
N.T.S.
[îcilr-lion:
Drowing no.:

DNBO PNI6
Unitor
ASA
12316-08
lRev.no
CHP 3282/3284
UftlTOR
Dole I 5ion.lRev.no. Dole
Sign
Rev.no. Dole I S,.)!
COUPLING : N-EUPEX A110

FIREPACK WEIGHT :
VWI j e 4 BOIUA HOLLWO
2 5 0 kg.
202.544
L.H.
UNIT OF MEASURE
EXT. a
03-12-2002
HOLES
FLANGES
INT. 0
SUCTION
38,1
127
98,4
15
ASA-150LB
DISCHARGE
38,1
127
98,4
15
ASA-150LB
B.C. e
NUMBER
DIAMETER
PRESS.RATING
FIREPACKS
REV
REV. DATE
- ^
OUTLINE DRAWING ELECTRO FIREPACK

Pi.IMP: 8 0 - 4 4 0 HDF MOTOR: 1 L A 7 1 6 6 - 4 M E - 9 5 2 2
nU/lV
Mf\
A4
kl-.MT
..-N|-^ h
0165
STEEL, RST 37-2

FLANGE-DIN 2633
THREAD-2'' BSP
PRESSURE CLASS PN 16
MATERIAL
STANDARD
Customer
JMING SHIPYARD
CHtWA
DOONM.
oato.2001
Issued t>y
Approved hy
Issued by
Approved hf
B.C
Deso^Hw
HuB n o . :
Projection:
Unitor
11742-08
Project na
CHP2970
CHP2976
CHP2973
CHP2979
Sysl em:
SYS
AS/=N
Dfoif>g no.:
RANGE PN16
lZOT020t/02/03/04
UniTOR
Qri9.sice,
SHA
NTS
A4
Thf rijhl to moWf tn9lnttrin9 rtdntminU on oll proiusl I ffnrvtd, Olminilon ond dtoll ort luW! IP hpnjf *llh0Ul prIP' "Pile, Whii diminiisn pr fitljol, Ih dlmtmlen thould t on(irml by UNITOR.
MATERIAL
DESIGN STANDARD
WEIGHT
STEEL. GALVANIZED
DIN 14822
0.3 KG
Prn
Syittm
527705
06.05.
ILS
liiutd by/dott
UniTOR
06.05.96
lii(|fij(f|I>by/'iJolt
nfi ns ofi
SU
Compontnl
3.1.$2
30.01.92
UNITOR PORTABLE FIRE

FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
COUPLING SPANNER
F, STORZ 8 / C COUPLINGS
DATA SHEET
Dolo sHt no.
29-15-041
-D^
Th right lo mok n^lniorln^ rflniinnli on oll (roduotrll rirvd, BImtnilont nO 4loll> or iuO|el lo hon *linul rier notit. W)in Olmnloni or rllleol, Ih Olmimlon hguid )> coriiirmtd by UNiTOR.
150150
1 1/2" 8SP FEMALE SOCKETS
800
1640
550
2" BSP MALE SOCKET
o
to
C3
O
CO
ON 50
FLANGE
CD
O
PLUG
220
1
' 1
MATERIAL
SURFACE TREATMENT
COLOUR
MOUNTING
TANK: 10 MM GLASSFIBRE
REINFORCED POLYESTER
SOCKETS: AISI 316
FLANGE: POLYPROPYLENE
W STEEL INSERT
PAINTED
RED. RAL 3000
4 BOLTS M24, NOT INCLUDED
IN PRODUCT NO
SyT
Prb'duct ViO.
%ii m\.i
M '"~ ILS 12,10.98

lMyjl by/dolt
UniTOR
CONNECTIONS
: FOAM OUTLET: DN 50 FLANGE,
DIN 2501, PN 10
RETURN LINE: 2" BSP MALE
PRESSURE VACUUM RELIEF
VALVE; 1 1/2" BSP FEMALE
UOUIO LEVfIL INDICATOR:
1 1 / 2 ' BSP FEMALE
OAA 12,10,98
ILS 12,10.98
TJJuTTy73T^^^^^
DAA 12.10.98
ipprvd by/dot
^^ffcSHL 12.10,98
SHL 12,10.98
TYPE
SIZE
MJ
SI-ZS16L060FI
SI-Z816L065FI
SI'Z616L070FI
SI-Z6181075FI
'SI-Z616L080FI
6,0
6i_
3350t'
36!?
2050i2
23002
"65T 535il0
"65TF 635il0
415
439
l o o t+ir
?
463
493
517
650!+ir 63510
1300*2' 900 i+ir 885il0
2550i^
7,0
TT
IF
r
WEIGHT
KG 5%
4100tr
4350 i?
2550:b2
88510
PROD NO
618090
618108
618116
618124
618132
Comjentni
UNITOR FIXED FOAU
FOAM LIQUID TANK, 6.0
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
1640 WITH FLANGE
8.0 Mi
DATA SHEET
boto shsel no.
53-01-043
Tht right to molit inglrMirlnj ttl\ntmtMt
TYPE
MATERIAL
SURFACE TREATMENT
COLOUR
OPERATION
MAX ELEVATION
ROTATION
MAX CAPACITY
MAX WORKING PRESSURE
8ASE FLANGE CONNECTION
WEIGHT
FJM-150
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316 AND BRONZE
PRIMER AND EPOXY COATING
RED RAL 3000
MANUAL
90"
r 60*
-60' - +90'
360"
11000 L/MIN
16 BAR
ON 150, DIN, PN 16/JIS, 10K
47 KG
b b b tJ
Syitfm
Product
596676
ILS 12.10,98
ii'id" by/dot
UniTOR
D^
o oli produtll I rnrvt(), Olmtttiloril or\() diitoil or ub|iet t ehonjt Ithowl prior noUet, Whn Imtniloni ori erllleol, th dlnnniioni houW ti contirmed Ijy UNITOR,
.34 DAA 12.10.98

;vt() by/dot
HL 12.10.98
ILS
TtvjiTby/Mf
FDA
01.08.94
Approved by/dole
PKP
C^mpcfitnl
01.08.94
01.08.94
UNITOR FIXED FOAU

MONITOR r j M - 1 5 0 OIN/JS
TYPE FOG/JET. MANUAL OPERATED
DATASHEET
Ooto Shtl no.
53-02-031
Type of document
UniTOR
Document no.
TECPINICAL DESCRIPTION
DM-53.4.2.A
AploCkt by
Issued by
FDA
09.08.94
29.05.95
01
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
RANGE OF JET
FOwJjfcT M O N J T U R Jh JM-iSO
^>
- r^f\
lUU "
"~~~- 10000 L
_^îl
Rn
ou
//
7n
/u
f
KO
Ou
"^n
'/
/ /
3U
/ / /
/
/
8000 L
6000 L
5000 L
.(\
'tu
90
ZU
i
^^\
lu
/
1
'K A
7 fi 01.0
1110
3 OF 4
53-02-031
METER
on
JU
Page
.DAP
The righl 10 malts engineering refinements on all products Is reserved. Dlrnjnslons and detail are subjeol to ehenee without prior notice. When dimenalon are critical, the dimen'rtins should be"confirmed by U N I ' T O R "
TYPE
MATERIAL
OPERATION
PRESSURE SETTING
VACUUM SETTING
CONNECTION
WEIGHT
EDP NO.
BMK,1 1/2" TWINACT

STAINLESS STEEL, AISI 316
AUTOMATIC
0.21 BAR
25.4 MM Hg
1 1 / 2 ' BSP MALE
0.64 KG
7?f
v^yNm
J
Syitfm
Orwn t)y/dlt
Drawn t)y/dt9
10,01,90
D.S,iHued by/diit
10.01.90
10.01.90
D.S.
Compontnl
27.05.86
27,05.85
*pprov9(! byWfle,
%ObM
UNiTOR riy[D roW
PRfSSUftC/VACUUM nZUEF VALVE
RRC FIGHTING SYSTEM
1 1/2'
DATASHEET
Oala sheet no-
53-03-011
Dil rl^hl t mokf inqlniirln; ridnimmt n oll prpdUCU ll riiifvid, Olminilsni nd ditolll 0'* lutjict I thongi vllhoul pripr nellei, Wim diminiloni r rltlcel, Ihi dimfniloni ihould bi conflrmtd by UNITOR,
DK^
THE VALVE SHOULD BE MOUNTED WITH THE BODY IN A VERTICAL POSITION

TO ENSURE THAT THE VALVE RESEATS CORRECTLY.
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
CONNECTION
BSP
MATERIAL
PRESSURE CLASS
DN 25
BODY: BRONZE
SEAT; PTFE
CAP: BRASS
PN 25
DN 40
00 ji^lLS 1Q.1I97
13d6y/i)oli
UfllTOR
i
I
4.S A S T 10,12.97
ivtd by/doli
GFR 10.12.97
TTTT
59
59
52
80
80
N 40
WW
??;
CEE T0LE
38
38
DN 25
ON 50
Produe
TS
by/doU
ILS 10.12.97
liiufd by/doti
AST 10.12.97
Approvtd by/dolt
GP-R 10.12.97
?^
T
Compontnt
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

82
n
92
101
101
117
117
122
122
19
19
24
24
28
28
SET
PRESSURE
BAR
10.5
13.5
10.5
13.5
10.5
13.5
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ON 2,5. 40 AND 50
WEIGHT
KG
1.0
2,5
15
3.0
3.0
PROD NO
613810
613811
613812
613813
613814
613815
DATA SHEET
Ot htft no.
53-03-016
X^
Th righi to mok nglncsrin, r(InBmnli on oll proucll U rirvtf, Olmnilon oni) ijjloll or igbjecl lo cUlin? Ithoul prior nolle. Whn iirn.n.lon or rlUeol, th !tlmnlon houW b conllrmBd by UNITOR,
MATERIAL
URFACE TREATMENT
COLOUR
NOMINAL PRESSURE
BODY: CAST IRON

DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE
SHAFT: STAINLESS STEEL
SEALS: EPDM
LEVER: DUCTILE IRON
POLYESTER, EPOXY
VALVE: BLUE, RAL 5017
LEVER: BLACK, RAL 9005
PN 16
NOMINAL DIAMETER
DN
ON
DN
ON
DN
ON
Drown bz/dol
ProiJucl no.
5[[ TABL[
/;^NJQ 04,04,00
issuod by/dolB
UfllTOR
j.'/tv'SOP 04.04.00
pro)ied by/dot,
A A 04.04.00
BroTiTTyToot
IL5 1 .08.37
ijfuocT by/dol
AST 11,08.97
Approvtd by/dol
ALO 11.08.97
Sysltm
50
65
80
100
125
150
y
11^
Z.
6'
TlmpSnJnT
WEIGHT
KG
138
145
151
175
190
203
62
70
89
106
120
132
43
46
46
52
56
56
32
32
32
32
32
32
200
200
200
200
200
200
PROD NO
0112
0125
0152
0182
4.5
5.0
5.0
7.0
9.0
607850
607851
607852
607853
0208
10.0
607855
094
UNITOR FIXED FOAM
BUTTERFLY VALVE, ON 50 - 150, MANUAL
DIN, PN 16, WTH HAND LEVER
607854
DATA. SHEET
Dolo sheet no.
53-03-021
Thi righl lo rnok rijlnjtrlng rtMnement en oli produeli I rnrvi(, OlmtrMloni ci ilolll or iu6iol to ohong Ithoul prior notic, Whn olmr\loni or ritlsol, Ih dlmnitoni hoijld liii conrirmtO Dy UNITOR.
y^
450
m
omnr
tM
MATERIAL
SURFACE TREATMENT
COLOUR
NOMINAL DIAMETER
NOMINAL PRESSURE
WEIGHT
BODY: CAST IRON

DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE
SHAFT: STAINLESS STEEL
SEALS: EPDM
LEVER: DUCTILE IRON
POLYESTER, EPOXY
VALVE: BLUE, RAL 5017
LEVER; BLACK, RAL 9005
ON 2 0 0 / 8 "
PN 16
18 KG
Orowp^^y7doli
0rowp>iiy/dol8
Product no,
60?83e
.^.fNO 01.0100
IBSUSOI by/dolt
UniTOR
J'^SOP 04.04.00
teproved by/dol
^ D A A 04.04.00
50
Oro*n b y / d l T " ' " ' " ^
liysts:
lomponent
IL5 11.08.37
lud by/dot
AST11.08.97
*pprovd by/dole
ALO 11.08.97
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

BUTTERFLY VALVE, ON 200, MANUAL

DIN, PN 16, WITH HAND LEVER
DATA. SHEET
Dolo sH^gt
no.
53-03-022
Th, nght t. mu, ...inttrth, nn,m
,,,, I, ,^.
Bl.t,.
, <o..II, , ,u)... It tktt,. Ith.vt trttr . W... , , ."IHt.l, th, *m.n,l, " ^ i ; : , , , nrmt* ^
mOK
B(^
<
03
Jj_
MATERIAL
PRESSURE CLASS
BODY AND DISC: ALUMINIUM BRONZE

HOLDING SHAFT: STAINLESS STEEL
CASKET: NITRILE
PN 16
NOMINAL"'
I DIAMETER
WW""
DN 80"
SytRm"
SE TASie
ufirroR i
ILS 16.04.99
lutri ^/riott
OAA 16.04.99
loprovrt ^/(fott
JLSHL 16.04.99
Ctmttmnt
ILS 11.08.97
inuwi by/êtt
AST 11.08.97
Approvtd by/itot(
ALO 11.08.97
UNITOR riXED FOAM

SWNC CHECK VAL\^

OIN FLANGE, PN 16
WGHf
KG
109
144
032
J.0
1.8
PROD NO
607982
607983
DATA SHEET
Oct i h n t no,
53-03-051
Th right lo mKt nglnwrina rtflntmtnl on tJI prodwsti If rivtd. Olmtnfloni w>d Mtlh
UniTOR
03
29.02.9G
"S^^TSiir
29,02,96
by/dit
29.02.96
PS
U,07,I6
ItfUfd by/ddi
PS
14,07.86
ApproMd by/diit
14.07,86
01
033.7 0115
WA 0140
m,i 0150
060.3 0165
076.1 0185
088,9 0200
1114,3 0220
0139,7 0250
0168.3 0290
0?19,1 054p
0273.0 0405
0323.9 0460
02
085
0100
0110
0125
0145,
0160
0180
0210
0?40
0?9^
0355
0410
03
068
078
088
0102
0122
0138
0158
0188
021?
0?69
0320
0376
04
014
018
018
018
018
018
018
H
38
40
42
45
45
50
52
55
HI
16
16
16
18
18
20
20
22
s
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.9
2.9
3.2
3.6
0,18
4.0
02? ^? ?? 4.5
*?? 6? 24 6.3
026 70 26 6,3
026 78 28 7.1
NO OF WEIGHT
BOLT
HOLES
KG
1.14
4
4
1.59
4
1.86
4
2.53
4
3,06
3.70
8
4,62
8
8
6.30
8
7.75
12
11.00
15.60
12
22.00
12
PROO NO
605733
605725
605717
605709
605691
605683
605675
605659
605642
605667
605634
605626
empon*nt
Sytltm
Drwun by/dtt
OmwpbyWt
Product no.
?K TABLE
WELDING
NECK
FLANGES
ON 25
ON 32
ON 40
ON 50
ON 65
ON 50
ON 100
ON 125
ON 150
ON 200
ON 250
ON 300
STEEL. RSt 3 7 - 2
DIN 2633
PN 16
MATERIAL
STANDARD
PRESSURE CLASS
*n iub|t (o htnjt *hol prior otiot, Whtn dlmnlon n gritlwj, Ih dlmtnton houW b-t conflmtd by UNnPOR.
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

RRE HGHTING SYSTEM
FLANGE
PN 16, DIN 2633
DATASHEET
Dtlu ih*( no.
53-04-005
Tht rijhl I moki iFi9lnffln9 rfdncminli n oli proJucl I (llfvt((, Olmniloni n* <loll ori lubjltt 1 ho} llhcul prisr (illl, Wt 4lmnilni ri trltleol, llie (Jlmiiiilont ihould bl conflrmid by UNITOR,
14
in
130
TYPE
MATERIAL
SURFACE TREATMENT
OPERATING PRESSURE
TEMPERATURE
CERTIFICATES
WEIGHT
Product no.
00
TEGUFLEX YELLOW LABEL

FLANGES: STEEL
INNER TUBE: NITRILE
OUTER TUBE: NEOPRENE
REINFORCED WITH NYLON CORD
FLANGES: ZINC PLATED
16 BAR
MAX 90 'C
DNV, LLOYDS, G l AND ABS
3,5 KG
'^ mm
Jmpnjr"
ILS
09.09.96
luuid by/iJoli
UniTOR
DAA 09,09.98
ApSreSSbyTSohr"^
IF
09.09,96
Tofi?oy/oo!i'^^^'^
PXP
09.09.95
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

COMPENSATOR ON 50, PN 16
APPROVED TYPE
DATA SHEET
Ooto Shsgt no.
53-04-008
Thi fijhl t moVi iBQlniirlng rillniminl n II fdui( Il riiirvrt. Olminilsm n( dulolli ri lubjigl ti hongi llhout prior notlci, Whin lminiloni on ifltleol, thi diminiioni ihould bi condrmid by UNITOR.
60.3
18
V?
^
125
165
Alf)! 316L
DIN 2576
4
PN 10
2.(5 KG
MATERIAL
STANDARD
NO Of BOLT HOLES
PRESSURE CLASS
WEIGHT
( Product
\s)m
^rw^y/dli
00 % HS 15.09.S6 \
liiuid b>'Aol
UniTOR
h y y DAA 15.09.98
royiJ by/doti
"
H l 15.09.98
115 15.03.38
liiuid by/dot<
DAA 15.09.98
iBprovid by/d'li
" HL 15.09,98
?yi1i
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

FLANGE, PLANE, ON 50
AISl 316L, OIN 2576, PN 10
DATA SHEET
oto shtBl na,
53-04-009
Th right to mok nglnrlng rtlintffltnli on gll groducti i r<iivit, DImtniloni gnd dl9)ll r wt]n\
\i hgng* vlthgvl grigr nolle, Whn 4lmnloni gr ritlcel, Ih dimcnilgni ihgulil bl eonllrmid by UNITOR,
23S
FOAM CONCENTRATE
200
M*WwBii*mgj*niHnriMaMnci
4h-.
^SSBSSBB^BB^
CD
[ ^
I
MATERIAL
FLANGE CONNECTION
FOAM LIQUID PRESSURE

PROPORTIONING RATIO
DESIGN PRESSURE
TEST PRESSURE
FOAM LIQUID SIDE: STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316

WATER SIDE: BRONZE
ORIFICE: POLYPROPYLENE
WATER LINE P P - 2 0 0 / 8 0 : ON 200, FN 16
WATER LINE P P - 2 5 0 / 8 0 : ON 250, PN 16
FOAM LINE: ON 80, DIN 2633, PN 16
MIN 1 BAR HIGHER THAN WATER PRESSURE
1 - 6%, ADJUSTABLE
TYPF
16 BAR
24 BAR
^
PP-250/80
5CC TBL[
ÎLS 11.12.96
uiJ Oy/dol
UniTOR
DAA 11,12.96
ovjd by/dot
PKP 11.12.96
'565
m'
lyjtim
*n b//dol
l^foducl
82
ILS
TlV M Jul
9324
01.08.94
ipprovtd by/dolt
_PI<_P_^01.08.94
WEIGHT
KG
44
54
PROD NO
595700
596718
;omponnt
11.12,9
liiutd Oy/dot
FDA
WATER CAPACITY L/MIN ' W S S U R E LOSS

MIN
BAR
MAX
0.000044 X L/MIN
13100
'400
5100
20500^ 0.000028 X L/MlN
0
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

BALANCED PRESSURE PROPORTIONER PP

DN 200 - 250
DATA SHEET
Dolo shttS no.
53-07-015
Tht right to mtkt tn^lriMrlnj rflnmnt on II produeti If rmtrvid. DImtnilsn tni dttfJIf v ub)Ml t hingt wllheut rier niitlot, Whtn dlmtntlont rt ritlgtl, tht dlmthflpn ihould bt conflrmtd by UNITOR,
10
43
NYLON UNE
RGURES ON SCALE INDICATE

THE UQUID LEVEL IN CENTIMETERS.
WHEN THE TANK IS FILLED UP TO
THE CORRECT LEVa, THE POSITION OF
THE NEEDLE SHOULD BE MARKED WITH
A "F" ON THE SCALE.
MATERIAL
rGHT
Product no.
FLOAT
PLASTIC
0,16 KG
Syittm
i v n by/diJ
OS
05,05.87
lnu*d by/ditt
OS
05.02,87
Approved by/dtl*
as m R7
Compontnt
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

FIRE FIGHTING 5YSTEM
UOUIO LE\^L INDICATOR

FOR FOAM TANK
DATASHEET
Data >ht*t no.
53-11--003
fht ri9hl \t mk> tnglnnrlnf rtHntnifnli ofl II riKl> It rnrv4. aimiiiln ntf lllii r ivblwl < Iwny Tlllitut (rlgr nfll, Mi Imtnileni r (ritligl, Ih 4lm*lloni Ihvl4 t <onnrm4 b]r UNITOR,
OESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
WEIGHT
: BRASS/STAINLESS STEEL
; 0,6 KG
SyiUm
PrtKjgel ne.
SEE MLE
~ll.5 21.03.97
luu<( >y/iol
UmTOR
^^^^
SjÔAA 21.03.97
d by/dol
PKP 21.03.97
OS 17.06.87
lMWTMi
DS
17.06.87
17.0S.87
UNITOR FIXED FOAU

!JmpOMnt
GAUG^ W BAR RANGE

GAUGE W MPq SCALE
VALVE
PRESSURE GAUGE
WITH VALVE
PRESSURE PROD NO
RANGE
0 - 2 5 BAR 554740
0 - 2 , 5 MPo 607804
564732
DATA SHEET
lo i h n t no.
53-11-004
Th rljhl to mgli unjlniirlnj rtftaimgnti gn gll proiutll 1 ruirvij, OlmiMlgni gni itolli gri ub)iel t elignî Ithgul rlgr ngllg, Wliin Îrngnilgni grg jrltlggl, th tflminiloM ihoultl t onrirmid by UVIITOR.
"1
1010
o
o
MATERIAL
COLOUR
MOUNTING
VOLUME
WEIGHT
POLYETHYLENE
RED, RAL 3000
DECK/BULKHEAD
200 L
18 KG
Drown
pTQiiucVno,
606080
DRAINAGE HOLE(S)
SyTTFT^
\iy/Mt^^^^^
03 ^ IIS 17.03.99
ILS
30,04,1
liiuid by/dott
UniTOR
,W-DAA 17.03.99
DAA
30.04.96
iflproufd ky/dgt
SHL 17.03.99
PKP
30.04.96
LOGO ON UO; 'FOAM STATION, UNITOR",

CASKET IN UO,
iomponint
u^JiTOR riyro roAu
roAu suTiow gov, 200 L
POLYETHYLENE
DATA SHEET
Dolo fhoet no,
53-14-007
T>i right le ml( nginttrinji rnnmnli en Il preduell I rliv#d, Olmnilen ind dllllll V* IUb|l tS hins *llh9Ul rier rmlie, Whn diirnnilent ir fill), I h . dlmtnilont thpuld be eonflrmttj by UNfTOR.
680
O
AIR INLET
MATERIAL
WEIGHT
TYPE
: PIPE: STAINLESS STEEL

VALVE: BRASS, NICKEL PLATED
NOZZLE: 8RSS
; 2,9 KG
16.08,95
00
IIS
15,08,95
litutd by/dil
UniTOR
^ ^ ^ ' 16,08,95
ppfvd
by/dt
iprovad b'
2i.
6,08.95
RU
16,08.95
Appreutd by/dtl
FDA
16,08,95
A
A
A
A
215
400
215
400
L
i,
L
L
Oempontnl
8yim
Dnwn by/dal>
Drawn by/dale
SEE TABLE
MLR~40
MLR"40
MLR-40
MLR-40
CAPACITY
PROD NO
AT 3 BAR AT 6 BAR
215 L/MIN
604991
400 L/MIN
605014
215 L/MIN 605006
400 L/MIN I 60"522~
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

FOAM APPLICATOR MLi?-40 A

WTH VALVE
DATASi<EET
DalQ sheet no.
53-U--026
Th ilgW to mik nglnti1ng rflntmnt on ill proiiudi I nt*Nvi.
Olmtniloni mtf diitdli wt lubltot to ehing without prior nollst. Whn dlmtniloni vt ciffle!, th dimtniloni ihuuld Iw conflrmd by UNfTOR.
45
c;
11.5
COUPLING: BRASS
GASKET: NITRILE RUBBER
1 1/2" STORZ 65
16 BAR
DIN 86204
0,8 KG
MATIRIAL
T^'PE
OPERAIING PRESSURE
DESIGN STANDARD
WEIGHT
18
15.5
COUPUNG IS DELIVERER WTH NECESSARY GASKETS.

t
Drawn by/dl
Product no,
605113
00
29.02,96
29,02,96
1)1
"30 m OR
ly/dtlf
UniTOR
nwn by/dilf
IIS
29.02,96
Inutd by/dil*
DAA
Compontnt
yt
29.02,96
JUpraud by/dtt
DWD
9 0 0 9 OR
UNITOR FIXED FOAM

RRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
COUPUNG, STORZ 65
1 1 / 2 ' MALE THREAD
".
^^
DATASHEET
Oit >h>*l no.
53-14-043
SPARE PART k TOOL LIST

POS
NAME PART NO.
SKETCH
Q'TY
(Gasket - 2EA)
SPARE PART FOR
(Oring - 2EA)
SET
PUMP 80-440
( Spring sets)
FLANGE DN50
2 PCS
EDP NO. 605709
53-04-005
ilfiS
Unitor Ships Service AS
JIN LING SHIP YARD CHINA

HULL NO. JLZ020503/04/6
TECHNICAL
INFORMATION
12316-09
TECHNICAL
INFORMATXON]
31S/P^ Light Water^ A T C ^ 3%

3%AR-AFFF Freeze Protected
L%|a Water^ ATC 3% AIUAETF is a syntheticflRs^}ii^fiMtnoooceabate dcs^nod

flbriMaat3%co:e!mtion<wbotbp<rfarsoh>eoOandhydtocafbocgnmti^fiid^ Wiwa
tiaed ^nth fresti, sea, or bnddsh water throu^ foam gcnenrtw^ ajpiaxat ATC 3H b
mnsfbcme! into a fbtm btaolcet wlh exceflenc aoctiOBtwahiiig and secariog atiBftc.
ATC 3H abo provide eaccdtent peoetrattng and weniog quafities wfaea used on Class A
fires; sdowiag nrtingniirfiinawt of de^-scatedfiresn wood. n4)bcr tim and other onSnary
cowntawtibiWl y p i c a l pr^>erflcs (Not fbrspcdficadoa purposes)
^k)Beai me concentration
Specific snvity @ 25X
Dcasity
Vtscosiiy
25*C
4C
ikfinimimi use teR9)C(ature
S t o n ^ teat^penour
FSneeze point
pH@2S"C
-Appearance
3%ofaydroc3i}KNisandp(4arsohii^
1.07
1.06 k ^
1300 ceudpoiae'
1920 oeoîoise*
-15-C
-ijsorc
-18X
S
Aai^cr thixotTopic Sqittd
AppHcacioas
ATC 3H is desigaed x both hydrocaibon lAd polar soiveat ex^giijîent toagfii2ior
sea water ia a wide vazkty offircfightiogfoamapp^kmoa dcK^ces. Exasqdes ate foam
tiiMsahtgt,fisreingfoam makers, and aîuadag feaa Bozad. Jn d&Qa, pncdcdi^ypScatfons kanv taea demonstrated in a number of dbcfaaige devices nicfa as aoee^ratiag spriaklcn. water spray nozries, and waier/fog oozzlea.
BmAStMLy,
/g EUTed
a tpiixge3. M rpca
226 q o r > ^ ^ ? P ^
nGV-if
/6/Z.O/fL
S9t'2SEt' OL IE
ONOIinaiiSia
H01INn = J3pU32i\i
rc-*aiK>
Featura
AtjueotiS I^lm Forniation: ATC 3% kaa the ability to form an a(}ueou3 film whkj) flowa
fft^ddy over water insoluble hydrocarbon Aid iurfaccs, causing rapid rc essunguisiosm
Bnd vapour supprojion.
Folynteric propcrtiej; ATC 3% foB$ a cwnbranc-fikc protective jayer on waicr-a<*Ale
polar solvents (alcohobX protecting the foam bUmket and enbandng fire supprcisioa.
Proportions readily: Although ATC 3% has a rdatrvdy high viscosity, it b v o y hear
tlnning and can be used wttli a vvide variety of proportioninig equipment and balanced
pressure proportioning systems.
Sohtlion stabity: Sofeidons of ATC 3% do not represent "transii in' limitations tisough
bsfnStaes or fixed systems.
itvir(Mntal/Toxicolotica) properties
ATC 3% concentrates undergo a program of ongoing testing to assess the impact of 3M
firc^^g foam on the oaiural etmromnent. Data in<cate that:
3M L%ht Water prodoc are knv in toxicity to tested aquatic orgamsms. (Toxidty
li6rmskm is available fiom Product Eavvoninental Dau sheets. Material Safety Z>aia
sheeu and Toxicity Sufmna/y sheets for individual products).
Aquatic fife is not adversely affected xtHben 3M L i ^ t Water prixhicu are used aod asposc
ofpropeHy.
3M L i ^ Water products can be sueess&Sy rrest^ in biô^cai waste water treatment
systems. (!l|uest Product Environmental DaU sheets and Disposal Rocooimcndations fron
yow 3M rq>rcseniative).
Storage
When stored in accordance wth the manu&Kratrcr's recommendations. ATC 3% has good
s t a b l y . Annual inspectton of systems as jHcscnbed in NFPA 11 is reconusended. It dioeld
not be Toixed t^th other concentrates.
lâckaging
ATC 3% is avaitaMc in 20 Kier peils or 200fiterdnuns, ICOO CtcT cont^ter and bulk.
ImportaM Netkc * IWrc&ascr : AM ssaiement^ leduiicd infonnadoa and fecomnteDdsti'oRS bad KX

kased e Kws 1 lOevB 0 Ic rdiabb^ l> K acnn^gr w c 3 ^ ^
fisUowicf b made in Ilea of aS nirantiest cxfraso or Implied. Isdudh the haplJcd lunasdcs of
moctoaiabieqr and iM or pipeK,: Scllo'5 and naimKtima* ei4^
< ^ rf UK: piwtBet prwed be tefcetivt Bdbic ttriat user afcall delennlnc Ae J u i ^ o f ^
pmfaKtfer it* intcadcd uj, al user swiwa a liA and Usfcllliy irfiaaoevrr in COIWCIO th/?j
NEmffiR SELLER NOT MANUFACTURER SHALL BE U A B L E ^ ^ W S ? W ^ J S i J ^
^ ; ^ E BASIS OF sTOcr PRODUCT UABIUTY F O A J S ^ O J ^ ^ S l ^ ^ f ^ ^
THE PRODUCT. No staicxoe, er xcmmaôcn'mA oonin! h^ sfaifl h , y i h i ! 1 J S
Isstjcd;7/96
euxBed
ZZ6 Qor P'W^
Wd6fr:^ Z6/Z0/W
S9t-<iS
17/08 '99 TIR 11:13 FAX 22 13 45 10
UNITOR SHIPS EQUIPMENT
^-^-^ SHANGHAI
1^002
PMWi
DET NORSKE VERITAS

TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
CEHTIFICATCNO.
F-15357
Tilts Certificate cutsists of 2 pages

Tlusistocert^ûathe
FOAM FotE EXTINGUISHING LIQUID
lCm
mitk t^ de^gftantatfs)
WATI A T C 3% AR-AFFF FC-603EF
SoLBistc SCANDINAVIAN A / S
SBVAGEN, NORWAY
isnttnd to zmnjpiy with
IferNcasicE VtBTTAs' RULES roR CLASSIFKATIWJ or SHIPS AND MCILE
OFFSHORE UNTTS
DETNfSKEVEMTAS'lNrreRPRETATlM^SCM.AS 1 9 7 4 CONVBnjON A S AMENEOO
Afjpiiciaitm
MbiEonm sbMcage / wotking icB5)eiaitiire: -15 C. Stoiage facilities and piping sraagenaexa
IB &e cxbDgoiîing systesn are to be designed and (ujustroded withregardto the n>inimtn
alkwedtempcxûre&r Hxt iasm liquid.
Fhc* anati
Hvac 07 April 199
DiEfffiSXJE. V E ^ A S
7\ ^ ^ S ^
vL^S^t
Tw Certificate is vohuvoil
30June2002
AS
ioco/ Qi^CB
DNV Bergen
Petter Langnesr
Si<rve)w
I*irttt TbiiCertScKc jfci ttm Birf eB**s i^rter ABJI sigttitan cbaoKt in doSgn Dr co5mcriei> nay rewJer ftb Ctr6attc ibv
j ^ i t ^ n - i r m - - - -T'l-lir "rt'-f- i. H - r- - ' - ' - T
III
IT II ml rtiMii [*
DET NORSKE VBRrrAS AS

Form No.: ZOgOo
Iss: J3mty 98
" - '
~ ~ ^
r- --" -^-i--'
"
eRjrasweew T, ijzz HBV/K. NDRWAY

.
- " ^ -"-
<-
i^.-r^.-i.->O^-.-.M
.--wHî^M^.....>.
TEL(*7) 57579900
FA, (^rt 97 srsBtt

f>a9B 1 of 2
17/08 '99 TIR 11:13 FAX 22 1-3 45 10
UNITOR SHIPS EQUIPMENT
-*^^ SHANGHAI
lUUJ
Cert. No.: F-153S7

File No.: 474.65
Frodwci descrqttioB
Xight water ATC 3% AR-AFIT FC-63Er

coiDposed of syntl^tk bssed low txpaD^nm foam concentrateforadmixture to sea- or fresh
waier.
S% admixtun gainst incs botb m itydrocarbtsi Hquids aod pobr solvcnis.

Type A^prow:d dbcuKttioa
CcrtKgcai&n m accordaooce wiA Cettuficatkm Nole No. 12, Type Approval, December 1996.
Test reptst No.961130742 dated 7 November 1996 iroxo Statens ProvningsaostAh, Bois.
Tested accordiBS to NT FIRE fiZ3
The product or packtng is to lie marked with name of manti&ctura-. type designation.
Cntificate rcteBtiMi srvy
Det N o s ^ Vents' survôr is to be given pennissioii to pcifcam Ceitificacm Reteutic

Surveys M amy lkat domog ic validity pmod of this cnticate. The aiismgement is to be in
accosdance wik ptocedore desciibed iik item 4.3, Certi6catio& Note No. 12.
EMD OF CERTinCATE
m
DEr>toaSK VERITAS AS
form Wo.: ai.SOa
VWTA3VIte>i.>322HaMK. tmrtoMt
lasust; Jonusjry M
TEL (*?) 87 57 00
IfAX: t-*^ a'57 OS n

Page 21*12
Certificate N:
0 6 3 8 1 / B O BV
Tlie attached Schedule forms part of the rtificate
MARINE DIVISION
File Number : ACI 5000/007/001

Product Code :5701H
17 Bis Place des Reflets - La Defense 2

92400 Courbevoie - France
Tel. 33 1 42 91 52 04
Fax 33 142 91 28 94
ttREA^
VERITAS
CERTIFICATE OF TYPE APPROVAL

This is to certify that the product identified below wasfound to be in compliance with the
relevant hereunder stated Regulations & standards
FOAM MONITORS
Types FJM80, FJMIOO, FJM150 and FJM200
MANUFACTWUE BY:
UNITORASA
Oslo-NORWAY
SreClFlED REGULATIONS & STANDARDS:

SOLAS 74, as amended Chapter II-2 - IBC Code - BV Rules Chapters 23 and 24
The Approval is valid until: 10/18/2004
BUREAq \TERrTAS OSLO
IAA^
At Paris la Defense, on : 10/18/99
J.BENOIT
For the Secretary
This Certificate remains vahd until the date stated on, heieunder, unless cancdled or revoked, provided the conditions in the attached schedule are complied with and the equipement remains
satisfectOTy into service.
This Certificate is not valid foe equipment, the d e ^ n or mwu&ctuie of which has been varied or modifiedfiômthe specimen tested.
"Hiis Certificê is not valid wititout the stamp of the above meidoned by BUREAU VERITAS Inspection Center.
The manu&ctuter shoidd notify BUREAU VERITAS of wy modification ot dianges to tlie equipment in order to obtain a valid Certificate.
The latest published RegulatifHis r Standards referred to, above, and the Marine Division Genial Conditions are applicable.
TAC certificate n: 06381/BO BV
l'lil=fj|il
File Number ; ACI 5000/007/001
MARINE DIVISION
THE SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL

1. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION :
Water/foam monitors - Type FJM80, FJMIOO, FJM150 and FJM200.
2. DESIGN DRAWINCS and/or SPECIFICATIONS
Type
Operation mode
Mai. capacity
FJM 80/DIN or SIS

FIM 100/DIN or JIS
FJMlOOH/DINorJIS
FJM 100 EL/DIN or JIS
FJM150/DINorJIS
FJMlSOEL/DINorJIS
FJM150H/DINorJOiS
FJM 200 EL/DIN or JIS
manual
manual
hydraulic/manual
electrical/manual
manual
electrical/manual
hydraulic/manual
electrical/manual
3000 1 min'
5000 1 min'
5000 1 min'
50001 min'
110001 min"'
110001 min"'
110001 min"'
200001 min"'
Max. working
pressure
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
Drawings
53-02-029
53-02-030
53-02-051
53-02-041
53-02-031
53-02-043
53-02-053
53-02-045
3. TYPE TEST REPORTS / LABORATORY RECOGNITION STATUS

Test report dated 30/10/1995 witnessed by BUREAU VERITAS OSLO.
4. MATERIALS and/or COMPONENTS REOUERED TO BE TYPE APPROVED
Nil.
5. OTHER MATERIALS and/or COMPONENTS
Stainless steel AISl 316 and bronze.
6. APPLICATION / LIMITATION OF USE
6.1 Approved for fixed deck foam system for oil and chemical tankers.
6.2 Arroval valid for ships having to comply with SOLAS 74 Convention, as amended, and for units having
to comply with IMO Resolution A649 (The "MODU Code").
7. PRODUCTION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
As per Bureau Veritas Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships.
8. ON BOARD INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
The device is to be installed and maintained according to the manufacturer's instructions.
- Page 2 -
TAC certificate n': 06381/BO BV
9. MARKING FOR IDENTIFICATION

The machine is to be permanently marked with the following information :
- trade name and serial number,
- BV approved with possibly, the reference to the approval number.
10. OTHERS
Nil.
*** Last page (End ofDocument) ***
BUREAU VERITAS OSLO
. Page 3 -
UniTOR
Type o( documertl
Document no.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Issued by
DAA
(Rev. no.
11.08.98
00
53-01-999-3-E
Rev. date
11.08.98
System
Sub)eci
FIXED FOAM
DETAILS ON INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT TO FOAM TANK OUTLET
Approved by
^j77 Page
SLO
.0^'
1 ofl
53-01-XXX
GENERAL
This procedure will explain/show in detail how the equipment after the foam tank outlet shall
be installed to minimise external forces to the outlet.
INSTALLATION
Below, a sketch is shown, where a manual butterfly valve, a plane flange, a compensator and a
swing check valve are mounted to the foam tank outlet.
The foam tank (d.s.53-01-XXX) has an outlet with a loose DN50 flange fitted on a GRP-coUar
for connection to equipment in the foam line. A DN50 valve (d.s.53-03-XXX), a plane DN50
flange (d.s.53-04-009) and a DN50 compensator (d.s.53-04-007) are assembled simultaneously
to the outlet with four (4) bolts and nuts. It is important to use a plane flange in between the
valve and compensator to avoid leak (rubber against rubber).
A DN50 swing check valve (d.s.53-03-051) is mounted in between two flanges (use flange on
compensator) with four (4) bolts and nuts. The last DN50 flange (d.s.53-04-005) downstream
is welded to foam pipe line.
It is very important to ensure that a support from foam line to the deck structure is installed,
right after the swing check valve. This will minimise forces to the foam tank outlet and prevent
leak.
SUPPORT viTH g w p ,
(M-M-OSQ
(53-04-007j
CM-Ot-OOi)
UniTOR
Type of document
Document no.
Issued by
AST
Date of issue
11.08.97
Rev. no.
00
53-03-999-3-E
Rev, date
Approved b)
n.08.97
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
BUTTERFLY VALVES, WAFER TYPE
Page
1 of 2
Rf.
N.A.
GENERAL
Before installation, ensure that the butterfly valve is to be mounted between the flanges of the
piping and that the flange diameter enables the disc travel.
Note! The butterfly valves have to be mounted between welding neck flanges.
Flanges should never be welded when butterfly valves are installed, the elastomer ring may be
damaged.
Flanges should be free from oil before mounting the butterfly valve.
The butterfly valve is a precision unit and should not be used as a flange spreader (damage may
occur to the tough ring).
INSTALLATION
Installation in an old line.
1.
Check the valve can be easily inserted between theflanges.Use aflangespreader if line
space is too tight.
2.
Set the disc in partially closed position so that it keeps at 5 to 10 mm inside the body.
3.
Put the valve between theflanges.Properly center the valve body and insert the bolts.
4.
Completely open the valve.
5.
Keep the valve in the alignment of theflangeswhile removing theflangespreader and

tightening the nuts with hands.
6.
Slowly close the valve and ensure that the disc may freely rotate.
7.
Set the disc in wide open position and tighten diagonally opposite boUs.
Installation in a new line.

1.
Set the disc in partially closed position so that it keeps at 5 to 10 mm inside the body.
2.
Set the two flanges on the body with a few bolts and tighten the valve between the
flanges.
3.
Install the unit in the line.
4.
Strengthen the flanges to the line by a few points of welding.
UniTOR
System
FIXED FOAM
5.
Type of document
Docwnent no,
lEEued by
Dat of Issue
AST
11.08.97
Rev. no.
53-03-999-3-E
Rev. date
00
Approved t V
Subject
2 of 2
Re.
BUTTERFLY VALVES, WAFER TYPE
N.A.
Untighten the bolts and remove the valve from the flanges.
Note!
Flanges should never be welded when the valve is installed, the elastomer
ring may be damaged.
6.
Weld theflangesand wait until it gets completely cold.
7.
Install the valve following the instructions "installation in an old line".
DO THIS
1
1
Page
11.08.97
i^
DON'T DO THIS
Spread the Hanges
MIsspread flanges
to a maximum in or-
may damage or, roll
der to ease the In-
the ring. Flanges
stallation of the
may cause danrage
valve with its disc
in the form of
partially open.
scratches across a
wide opsn disc.
As the disc is partially open, set all

through bolts.
Don't tighten the
nuts.
Completely open the

valve. Ensure that
piping are aligned.
Tighten diagonally
opposite nuts.
An over - compression of the ring may

occur generated by
the tightening of
through-bolts when
the disc is closed.
An excessive closing torque will result
and leakage as welt.
Don't USB gaskets

nor grease.
Type of doctimenl
UfllTOR
Document no.
Issued by
RLJ
Dale of issue
53-12-990-3-E
Rev. no.
20.05.95
00
irjpved by
20.05.95
Page
FDA
lof3
Subject
I System
FOAM CONCENTRATE
FILLING PROCEDURE
FIXED FOAM
N.A.
GENERAL
The intention with this document is to give a brief explanation to each point on the enclosed
inspection chart. Each item in this procedure correspond to an item with the same number on
the filling procedure chart. Appendix 1; GM-53-6. Copy the filling procedure chart and fill in
during progress.
1.
Foam concentrate
Check correct type of foam concentrate delivered in all barrels.

Check correct amount of foam concentrate delivered. Make sure correct amount is filled.
Additional amount for testing not to be filled before tests are carried out.
2.
Installation according to drawing
The complete system must be inspected visually in order to confirm that the installation work
is satisfactory, and to confirm that the installation is according to Unitor plant drawings. Check
that the equipment are properly fastened.
2.1
Foam tank
Correct tank according to Material Specification Sheet: product no. and size.
2.2
Drain plug
Installed and tightened.
2.3
Outlet valve
Correctly installed non-return direction. Left in closed position.
2.4
Pressure/vacuum valve
Correctly installed. Check function.
2.5
Liquid level indicator

Mark out empty ("0"), "1/2", "90%" and full ("l/l")during the filling process.
2.6
Return line
Make sure non-returnfiinctionis OK., either by a suitable pressure relief valve or
by a closing valve.
2.7
Foam filling line

Valve to be in open position. Check mounting of dip-pipe in tank to avoid foam
overflow when filling.
2.8
Man hole
To be left open during the filling process.
UfllTOR
Type of documenl
Docutneni no.
Issued by
Date of Issue
RLJ
Rev. no.
20.05.95
00
53-12-990-3-E
Rev. date
20.05.95
Mfroved by
Page
IPDA
2 of 3
Subject
System
FOAM CONCENTRATE
FILLING PROCEDURE
FIXED FOAM
N.A.
Cleaning
3.1
Equipment for foam filling

Make sure that pump is not previously used for oil products or other liquids that is
not possible to clean out with water.
Flush the pump and the suction hose with fresh water.
Flush the foam filling line with fresh water.
Drain the filling equipment.
Drain the foam tank.
3.2
Foam tank
Flush inside surface of foam tank with pressurised fresh water. (Low pressure 4-7
bar is recommended).
Wash inside surface with new foam concentrate, and flush again with fresh water.
(First time filling of a new tank does not require washing with foam concentrate).
4.
Foam concentrate filling
4.1
Foam tank outlet valve

Closed position
4.2
Man hole
Open, to avoid damage due to overfilling.
4.3
Filling line
Valve in open position.
4.4
Pump and hoses

Put suction hose into foam barrel. Cormect outlet hose to filling line. Start pump.
Fill required amount of liquid.
Warning!
Do not over fill the foam concentrate tank.
Type of document
UniTOR
Oocumenl no.
Issued by
RLJ
Date of issue
20.05.95
Syslem
Subject
FIXED FOAM
FOAM CONCENTRATE
FILLING PROCEDURE
5.
53-12-990-3-E
Rev. date
00
20.05.95
Stand-by position
5.1
Valve positions
Filling line closed
Tank outlet closed
Return line open
Foam line open after tank outlet valve
5.2
Close man hole
5.3
Check bottom drain plug and outlet for leakage
5.4
Labelling
Fill in and fasten on foam tank; std. label for foam filling
5.5
Flush the filling equipment withfi-eshwater
_ARfroved by
ri.FDA
3 of 3
N.A.
Type of document
UniTOR
Document no.
TESTPROCEDURE
Issued by
RLJ
Ddte of issue
20.10.95
53-00-003-4-E
Rev. no.
01
Rev. dale
02.03.99
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE
TANK DECK SYSTEM
Approved by
7BL
Ref.
Page
lof4
53-00-003
GENERAL
The intention with this document is to give a brief explanation the items on the enclosed
inspection chart, Appendix 3; GM-53-7. Copy the inspection chart and fill in as the test
progresses.
PROCEDURE
Preparation prior to testing
All relevant drawings for the system must be available for the test, including the
drawings for the pipe work
The complete system should be inspected visually and be in accordance with
approved Unitor plant drawings.
Check that the workmanship is of good quality.
Special equipment to be available
foam concentrate for test

[min]
qp = amount of foam concentrate [Itr]

QM == monitor capacity [1/min]
M = mixing ratio [%]
Check installation according to drawings

3.1
Foam central
3.1.1 Piping and valve dimensions
3.1.2 Fittings on foam tank
PressureA'âcuum valve, level indicator, and filling line correctly installed.
Check that no greasefi'omlubricated fittings may come in contact with the
foam. This may have a damaging influence on the foam concentrate.
3.1.3 Foam tank outlet valve
Non-return (N/R) valve installed in correct direction. Outlet valve to be in
closed position.
3.1.4 Flexible compensator
Check that the compensator is correctly installed and have the right
dimensions. Ref.doc.53-01-999-3-E for correct support to deck stmcture.
3.1.5 Foam liquid tank filling
Check that the tank is filled with the coirect amount of foam concentrate.
(If not - Ref. doc. 53-12-990-3-E, Foam Filling Procedure).
UniTOR
System
FIXED FOAM
Type of documenl
Documenl no.
TEST PROCEDURE
Issued by
RLJ
Subject
Date of issue
20.10.95
S3-00-003-4-E
Rev. no.
01
Rev. date
02.03.99
TANK DECK SYSTEM
/"^proved by
Page
MSBL
2 of 4
53-00-003
3.1.6 Valves on foam line

N/R valve installed in correct direction. Foam line valves to be in open
position after tank outlet valve. Pressure gauge with ball valve installed. Ball
valve in open position.
3.1.7 Return line
Correct dimension on return line. Valve and pressure relief valve correctly
installed. Return line valve in open position.
3.1.8 Foam hquid pump
Correct type of foam liquid pump according to specification and installed
with support to structure. Pump house arrow mark pointing in direction
towards the foam proportioner.
3.1.9 Valves on water line
Main valve water line correctly installed. Valve to be in open position.
3.1.10Flushline
Flush line with valve correctly installed. Valve to be in closed position.
3.1.11 Foam proportioner
Foam proportioner correctly installed (arrow pointing in flow direction) and
adjusted to correct mixing ratio. Sufficient straight tranquillising section of
min. 5 x inner pipe diameter on each side of the proportioner without valves
or fittings.
3.2
Cargo tank deck

3.2.1 Piping and valve dimensions
Dimensions in accordance with plant drawings. Section valves correctly
installed and to be in open position.
3.2.2 Monitors
Monitors installed and located in accordance with plant drawings and
calculations. Monitor valves to be in closed position.
3.2.3 Portable equipment
Correct number of foam station boxes containing correct number of- and
t3/pe of hand applicators, hoses and couplings. (Check also the contain of
inline inductors and foam concentrate cans if required).
Electrical
Check that foam liquid pump is operated by correct voltage and rotate comect (see arrow
on pump). Do not run the pump for more than 2 (two) seconds, because dry run will
cause damage to the pump.
UniTOR
System
Type of document
Documeni no.
TESTPROCEDURE
Issued by
Date of Issue
RLJ
20.10.95
53-00-003-4-E
Rev. no.
Rev. date
01
02.03.99
Subject
TANK DECK SYSTEM
FIXED FOAM
A{)gfj>ved by
" ' HL
Page
3 of 4
Ref.
53-00-003
Instruction plates
Correct number of-, installation and text.
System function test
The function test of the system should first be carried out with water only, and thereafter
with foam. Normally it will be sufficient to check the system with only one monitor.
6.1
Function test with water

6.1.1 Correct valve positions
check that:
water line open
all section valves on cargo deck foam/water line open
monitor valves closed
foam tank outlet valve closed - rest of foam line open
valve on flush line closed
6.1.2 Start fire pumps
Check piping system for possible leakage.
6.1.3 Monitor test
Open the valve on monitor to be tested (One by one if test of all is required).
Check proper function of both elevation, rotation and throwing length. Close
monitor valve after test.
6.2 Function test with foam

This test will produce large amount of water and foam on deck. Ensure that this is
acceptable with respect to other work in progress, e.g. painting, and that there is no
restriction with respect to discharge of foam liquids into the sea.
6.2.1 Foam tank outlet valve and foam liquid pump
Follow what is described in 6.1.1 through 6.1.3 and in addition open foam
tank outlet valve and start foam liquid pump after approximately 10-15
seconds (the delay is in order to allow the foam liquid to fill the foam line
and pump before it is started).
6.3
Flushing
Close return line (if it is connected to the foam tank).
Close foam tank outlet valve.
Open flush line.
Start fire pump.
UniTOR
Type of docum^
Documervl no.
TESTPROCEDURE
Issued by
RLJ
Dale of issue
20.10.95
53-00-003-4-E
Rev.no.
01
Rev. date
02.03.99
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
TANK DECK SYSTEM
Approved by
I Page
^SHL
I 4 of 4
Ref.
53-00-003
Before operating the foam liquid pump for a short time, make sure that the
foam tank outlet valve is closed.
Stop foam liquid pump.
Let fire pump run until remaining foam is flushed out from all parts that has
been tested with foam.
Close flush line. Stop fire pump. Drain piping.
7.
Reset system
7.1
Valve positions
Reset all valves according to Operating Instruction. Use below for guidance only.
Closed: Foam tank outlet. Flush hne, Filling line, Distribution and Test valve
Open: Retum line, Foam line, Pressure gauge valve and valve between test
outlet and distiibution valve (N.O.)
7.2 Re-fill foam tank to correct level.

Ref. doc. 53-12-990-3-E, Foam Filling Procedure.
UniTOR
Type of document
Document no.
OPERATING INSRUCTIONS
Issued by
Date of issue
FDA
Rev. no.
29.02.96
00
53-12-999-7-E
Rev. date
page
29.02.96
System
Sutject
FIXED FOAM
FOAM CONCENTRATE
INSTRUCTION FOR STORAGE
lofl
Ref.
NA
GENERAL
The properties of many of the active components in a foam concentrate will change with time.
This ageing process of the foam concentrate will be accelerated with contact with fresh air and
at elevated temperatures.
Storage is therefore an important issue in order to be able to preserve the foam concentrate for
it's intended lifetime (often about 5 years). The following should therefore be noted:
1.
Storage in transport-containers
1.1
1.2
1.3
To prevent evaporation and oxidation, avoid to open the container before use.
Steel drums should be protected from aggressive environments to prevent
corrosion. Steel drums should be repainted if required.
Make sure that the foam concentrate is stored under conditions with stable
temperatures. Avoid direct sunlight, high and very low temperatures.
Storage in tanks.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Prevent water, debris and incompatible foam liquids to enter the tank. Be sure to
clean all equipment that may come in contact with the foam concentrate e.g. during
filling.
During filling of the tank excessive foaming should be prevented. Evaporation of
the foam will then create solid particles in the foam concentrate.
The foam tank should at all times be kept asftiUas possible in order to minimise
the volume of free air.
The tank should be kept at a stable temperature. Temperature changes will cause
the tank to "breath" (in - out air exchange). At of 10 C will cause a volumetric
change of about 0.1%. The tank should therefore be equipped with a
pressure/vacuum valve with a setting of 0.1-0.3 bar.
Maximum - minimum storage temperatures.

See manufacturers specification.
UniTOR
Type ot document
Document no.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Issued by
AST
Date of i$sue
11.08.97
Rev. no.
00
53-03-031-7-E
Rev. date
11.08.97
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
BUTTERFLY VALVE, ELECTRIC

PIN,PN16, W/ACTUATOR 220V/50-6QHZ
Approved by
Page
53-03-031/032
GENERAL
This instruction is to be used when operating the butterfly valves with electric actuators
manually, in case of an emergency.
INSTRUCTION
1.
Pull the hand wheel on the actuator.
2.
Then open the valve by turning the handwheel.
Note : This information is also mentioned on the electric actuator.
lofl
UniTOR
Type of documenl
Document no.
Issued by
DAA
Re, no.
25.03.97
Syslem
Subject
FIXED FOAM
FIXED FOAM SYSTEM
Rev. date
00
53-00-003-6-E
/^proved by
25.03.97
PKP
Page
lof2
Ref.
53-00-001/2/3
GENERAL
The Unitor Fixed Foam system is designed with the objective of keeping the maintenance
level as low as possible. But some maintenance will always be required. The following
inspection and maintenance will be recommended annually.
INSTRUCTION
Foam centra]
1.1
Check the foam liquid tank visually for any damages or leakage.
1.2
Check the fimction of the pressure/vacume valve by pressing the knob on the top
of the valve. Make sure that it moves up and down.
1.3
Check the level of foam concentrate. Refill if required (see doc.53-12-990-3-E)
1.4
Check the function of the liquid level indicator. Make sure that the needle on the
indicator corresponds to the level in the foam liquid tank.
1.5
Inspect the main foam valve for visible damage.
1.6
Inspect the rubber compensator for damage and leakage.
1.7
Send 2.51 sample of foam concentrate to the nearest Unitor office for testing.
Damaged foam concentrate must be replaced. Make sure to use a clean bottle for
the sample.
1.8
Inspect the pressure gauge for visible damage and the function of the ball valve.
Lubricate the valve if necessary.
1.9
Start the foam pump for two (2) seconds, to make sure that it works (no electrical
failure, correct rotation). Do not run the pump for a longer period in dry condition,
this will cause damage to the pump.
1.10 Check the valve and pressure relief valve on the return line.
1.11 Inspect the proportioner for damage.
Check that the adjustment screw is set to correct mixing ratio.
1.12 Check the fimction of all selection valves and lubricate if required.
UniTOR
Type of document
Documeni no.
Issued by
DAA
Date of issue
Rev. no.
25.03.97
System
Subject
FIXED FOAM
FIXED FOAM SYSTEM
2.
00
Rev. date
53-00-003-6-E
Approved by
25.03.97
Protected area
2.1
Inspect piping and all valves visually for damage.

Repair or replace if required.
2.2
Check movability of monitors (elevation and rotation).
PKP
PagB
2 of 2
Ref.
53-00-001/2/3
m
HELICON-X
ELECTRONIC REMOTE CONTROL

SYSTEM FOR
BOW THRUSTER
T8285
DATE OF DRAWING
REVISION DATE
26.03.03
24.07.03
OTHER PROPULSION UNITS

THRUSTER UNITS
UPR ORDER N0.
EL. DESIGN
TYPE OF REMOTE CONTROL
JOYSTICK SYSTEM.VERSION
JTV
HELICON-X
YARD
YARD N0.
Jinling Shipyard
JLZ 020504
OWNER
TYPE OF VESSEL
Rigel Reederei
TECHN.CATHWORDS
TT1850,3x440V/60Hz, lOOOkW
STARTER SERVO PUMP, TECHN.

INFORMATION
3x440V-60Hz, 3kW
ADDITIONAL STARTER (S), TECHN.

INFORMATION
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
THIS MANUAL IS NOT FOR THIRD PARTY DISTRIBUTION. NOT TO BE COPIED WITHOUT WRITTEN
CONSENT FROM ROLLS-RO YCE MARINE AS.
/
.^yôc-^
ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS
(Q:\PROSJ\ORDRE\82XX_ANLEGG\8285\ForT8285HcX.doc)
Page 1
/if
"2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
HELICON ~ X REMOTE CONTROL
FOR THRUSTER SYSTEM
PARAMETER LIST
DRAWING LIST
DRAWINGS / PART LISTS
Instruction Manual HELICON-X
Table of contents
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.1 Electronic Unit
1.2 Control Stations
1.3 Micro Terminal.
1.4 Interface Circuits
1.5 Actuator Unit
1.6 Main Servo System
1.7 Environmental Conditions,
1.8 Electrical Specifications for Main Unit
1.9 Electrical Specifications for Sub Unit (Panel Controller)
THE MICRO TERMINAL
10
2.1 How to use the Micro Terminal
10
2.2 Keyboard
11
2.3 Display
11
2.4 Functional Description and Operating Instructions

2.4.1 Top Level Menu
2.4.2 System Status
2.4.3 Parameter Adjustments and Monitoring
2.4.4 General Parameter Adjustment
2.4.5 I/O Parameter adjustment
2.4.6 Adjust I/O Parameter in AUTO Mode
2.4.6.1 Lever Auto adjustment:
,....
2.4.6.2 Azimuth direction Auto adjustment:
2.4.7 Parameter Monitoring
2.4.8 Monitoring of General Parameter
2.4.9 Monitor I/O Parameter
2.4.10 Test Mode (SET 10)
2.4.11 Password timeout
2.4.12 Menu blocking
3
12
12
12
13
13
15
17
18
18
19
19
' 20
21
....21
22
FUNCTIONS
23
3.1 Pitch Control
24
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page: 1
Table of contents
3.1.1 Functional Description and Operating Instructions

3.1.1.1 Normal Control
3.1.1.2 PWM output
3.1.1.3 Backup control
3.1.1.4 LocalControl
3.1.1.5 Pitch Indication
3.1.2 Pitch Control Adjustments
3.1.2.1 Pitch Levers
3.1.2.2 Propeller Pitch
3.1.2.3 Pitch Speed Rate
3.1.2.4 Pitch Deviation Alarm
3.1.2.5 Pitch Controller
3.1.2.6 Pitch Actuator
3.1.2.7 Back Up Control
3.1.2.8 Pitch Indicator
3.1.3 Reduced Pitch Order
3.1.3.1 Functional Description
3.1.3.2 Pitch reduced, Fuel limited
3.2 Load Control El. Motor
3.2.1 Functional Description
3.2.2 General Load Controller Adjustments
3.2.2.1 Load Controller On/Off
3.2.2.2 Load Setting
3.2.2.3 Load Deadbands
3.2.2.4 Gains
3.2.3 Electric Drive Motor Interface
3.2.3.1 Drive Motor Load Adjustments
24
24
25
26
26
26
.26
26
27
29
29
30
32
35
35
35
35
37
:
'.
3.3 Command Transfer

3.3.1 Functional description
4
41
41
42
42
42
42
.....43
44
44
48
48
TROUBLESHOOTING
49
4.1 Micro Terminal Failure
51
4.2 Pitch Control System Failure

4.2.1 Pitch Feedback
4.2.2 Pitch Lever
53
53
53
4.3 Pitch Control Warnings

4.3.1 Load Signal
4.3.2 Pitch Joystick Order
4.3.3 Pitch DynPos Order
55
55
55
56
4.4 Power Supply Warnings
57
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcxjnstr_10.doc)
Page: 2
Table of contents
4.5 Pitch Indication Failure

5
60
HARDWARE DESCRIPTION
60
5.1 Panel Processor Card

5.1.1 Definitions
5.1.2 References
5.1.3 Functions
5.1.3.1
Processor
5.1.3.2
Memory
5.1.3.3 Timers
5.1.3.4 Power supply
5.1.3.5 Supervising (Watchdog)
5.1.3.6 Communication
5.1.3.7
Digital I/O
5.1.3.8 Analogue Input
5.1.3.9 Analogue Output
5.1.4 LED bar indicator functions
5.1.5 Jumper Configuration
5.1.6 Interface
5.1.7 Technical Specifications
5.1.7.1
Environmental specifications
5.1.7.2 Mechanical specifications
5.1.7.3 Electrical specifications
5.2 Main Processor Card IDA1035C
5.2.1 Definitions
5.2.2 References
5.2.3 Functions
5.2.3.1
Processor (CPU)
5.2.3.2
Memory
5.2.3.3 Timers
5.2.3.4 Calendar
5.2.3.5 Logic
5.2.3.6 Power
5.2.3.7 Supervising (Watchdog).......:...
5.2.3.8
Interrupt
5.2.3.9
DMA
5.2.3.10 Expansion Bus (PCI 04)
5.2.3.12 Digital I/O
5.2.3.13 Pulse and Pickup Signal
5.2.5 Interface Connections
61
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
63
63
63
63
64
65
66
68
68
68
68
,
'.
Page: 3
69
69
70
70
71
71
71
71
71
71
72
72
73
73
73
74
74
74
74
75
77
Table of contents

5.2.6.1
5.2.6.3
Electrical specifications
78
78
78
78
5.3 Analogue In/Out Interface Card AIO1036A.

5.3.1 Definitions
5.3.2 References
5.3.3 Functions
5.3.3.1 Analogue In
5.3.3.2 Analogue out
5.3.5 Interface
5.3.6.1
Environmental Specifications
5.3.6.3
81
82
82
82
82
82
83
84
85
85
85
85
5.4 Digital I/O Interface Card DIO1037A

5.4.1 Definitions
5.4.2 References
5.4.3 Functions
5.4.4 Digital In
5.4.5 Digital Out
5.4.6 LED Indicators
5.4.7 Interface
5.4.8.1
5.4.8.2
Mechanical Specifications
5.4.8.3
Electrical Specifications
87
88
88
88
88
88
89
90
91
91
91
91
5.5 Pitch Backup and Indication Card PIB1039A

5.5.1 Definitions
5.5.2 References
5.5.3 Functions
5.5.3.1
Pitch indication system
5.5.3.2
Pitch backup control
5.5.4 Testpoints, potentiometers and Leds
5.5.5 Interface
5.5.6.1
5.5.6.2
Mechanical Specifications
5.5.6.3
93
94
94
94
94
94
95
96
96
96
96
96
5.6 Parameter List
99
Page: 4
Table of contents
Table of figures
FIGURE 1: MICRO TERMINAL LAY OUT
FIGURE 10: LOAD CONTROL ELECTROMOTOR. PRINCIPLE DL\GRAM (PE32008)
FIGURE 4: TROUBLESHOOTING. MAIN FLOWCHART
FIGURE 5: TROUBLESHOOTING. MICRO TERMINAL FAILURE
FIGURE 6: TROUBLESHOOTING. PITCH CONTROL SYSTEM
FIGURE 7: TROUBLESHOOTING PITCH CONTROL WARNESIGS
FIGURE 8: TROUBLESHOOTING. POWER SUPPLY WARNINGS
Page: 5
10
46
50
52
54
57
59
Preface
PREFACE
This manual describes the HELICON-X remote control system for propulsion of ships.
Any questions or comments on this manual should be addressed to:
DEP. PROPULSION - ULSTEIN
SJ0GATA 98, Pb. 80
N-6067 ULSTEINVIK
NORWAY
Telephone:
Telefax:
+47 70 01 40 00
+47 70 01 40 14
Page: 6
System Overview
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
This section gives a general description of the HELICON-X remote control system.
Figure COMPASS THRUSTER and MAIN PROPULSION PITCH PROPELLER shows the
essential parts of the system in a Compass thruster and in a main propulsion pitch propeller
configuration.
1.1
Electronic Unit
The electronic unit includes the CPU controller board, back-up electronics, supervisor and voltage
monitor circuits, input and output signal conditioning, and power supply with ftised distribution to the
control system units.
1.2
Control Stations
All control stations are based on a panel controller card, which communicates with the electronic
unit through a serial bus. Power supply, backup systems and indication systems are also connected
to the electronic unit. If more than one control station is included, the signals are daisy-chained to the
next panel.
The control levers are mounted as a part of the control panel.
1.3
Micro Terminal
For convenient operator interface the HELICON-X remote control system includes a Micro terminal
for easy examination and adjustment handling. All main system adjustments can be performed fi-om
this unit. The Micro terminal is nonmlly mounted in front of the electronic unit, but it can also be
mounted as a part of a control panel, or as a separate unit.
1.4
Interface Circuits
Output signals are separatedfi-omexternal systems with signal conditioners and isolation amplifiers.
Input signals are normally processed by signal conditioners only, and should if necessary be isolated
at the signal source output.
1.5
Actuator Unit
The actuator unit normally includes actuator and necessary driver electronics for conversion of the
electrical signals to mechanical movements.
1.6
Main Servo System
The main servo system itself is not apart of the HELICON-X remote control system
Page: 7

1.7
System Overview
Environmental Conditions
The remote control system is designed to satisfy the requirements of ABS, BV, DNV, GL, LR and
RINA.
Temperature:
Humidity:
Vibration:
EMC:
Enclosure:
1.8
Electrical Specifications for Main Unit
Analogue Inputs:
ABalogue ouQjuts:
Power supply:
Power consumption:
1.9
0 - 70 C ambient
97 %
3 - 100 Hz frequency ranges
3 - 13.2 Hz, displacement limited to 1.0mm
13.2 - 100 Hz acceleration limited to 0.7g
According to the Rules of the Classification Societies,
And also the IEC945 standard for Electromagnetic Compatibihty
IP22 (Control room, accommodation, and bridge)
IP44 (Engine room)
12 bit, 0.05 % linearity error, and 0.1 % absolute accuracy

12 bit, 0.05 % hnearity error, and 1 % absolute accuracy
220 VAC 20%
24 VDC +30%, -25%
300 W max
200 W typical
Electrical Specifications for Sub Unit (Panel Controller)
Analogue Inputs:
Analogue outputs:
Power supply:
Power consumption:
10 bit, 0.4 % linearity error, and 1 % absolute accuracy

8 bit, 0.4 % linearity error, and 1 %> absolute accuracy
24 VDC +30%, -25%
30 W max
Page: 8
Instruction Manual
System Overview
HELICON-X
. JTSICHS
CBPJOrSrCK)
T"
MAIN BRIDGE COMTR. PANEL
Lornp/twifoh
intrfee Cerd
7T
ENGINE CONirR. ROOM PANEL

lermlnal
ddt v 9
Bptro
Itch
I I
lornp/twrtob
it*rteei
le* Card
c^
TS
\t
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
ENGINE
ROOM
Sniro
IrttAf^c* O r d
TS"
;:=
sz.
Pitk P
RPM Plalc u
Cord
1 Cofitroliir
Cord
Panel Cortlrgiiir
4
01g ltd
W/OUlPUl
Cord
X %m ?;!.
k-
7V
\.
MAIM CHCINCH)
Mtrfn Procstsof
eerd
-^
Serkl nel
RPM
Otdtr
i4/ourPUT
Cord
TT^
To Slave
oooooo
Load
'itgh
41^'
Pitoh odr
Piloh
Control
Panel(s)
Beeicup/lnd.
Cord
Pitah .
Po*er
S"PI"Y
L.
.1.
-I
Page: 9
The Micro Terminal
THE MICRO TERMINAL
The drawing MICRO TERMINAL LAYOUT shows the micro terminal device. The micro terminal is used for easy
adjustment of parameters and examination of testpoints in the HELICON-X remote control system.
Figure 1: Micro Terminal Lay Out
2.1
How to use the Micro Terminal
Definitions:
Text within brackets is to be understood as operating keys or characters to
be entered on the micro terminal.
Text or numbers within quotation marks are to be understood as displayed
text on the alphanumeric display.
CAPITAL LETTERS:
Text written with capital letters are to be understood as program defined keys
or messages shown on the micro terminal display.
(q:\pmsj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page: 10

2.2
The Micro Terminal
Keyboard
<F1> - <F4>:
Function keys for various operator purposes. Their instant function is displayed in
the corresponding menu in the text window.
<0>...<9>:
Numeric keypad.
<->, <.>:
Arithmetic sign, decimal point
<MENTJ>:
Return to the main menu (top menu).
<ESO:
Return to the previous menu, or clear the selected function.
<DEL>:
Delete character.
<ENTER>:
2.3
Confirm a selected adjustment or a function selection.
Display
The display is used for all system information presentation to the operator. The information depends on the
selected function.
The current menu key definition is always present on the display. However the key text will depend on the
selected menu. The operator will choose function from the available selections.
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_I0.doc)
Page: 11

2.4
The Micro Terminal
Functional Description and Operating instructions
The system is built upon a hierarchical menu structure. Menus and functions are accessed by means of the
function keys <F1> to <F4>. The operator returns to the previous selected menu by means of the <ESC> key ,
except when in the TP menu, and returns to the top-level menu (or main menu) by means of the <MENU> key.
2.4.1 Top Levei Menu

The top-level menu is displayed after system power up or system reset. The top-level menu is also displayed
when the function key <MENU> is pressed.
* H E L I
V e r s i on >
S y s t em
STAT
PAR
2.4.2
0 N
X *
HCX 03 6
r ea d
MON
TEST
System Status
Use the function key <STAT> in the top-level menu to display the present system error status or alarm status.
Display example:
Pitch
Feedback
*highalarm
ACK
PREV
1
of
NEXT
The two upper lines show the description of the current alarm.
Then the type of alarm is shown, preceded by a "*" indicating that the alarm is not acknowledged.
In the example it is number 1 of totally 4 alarms in the list.
<ACK>:
<PREV>:
<NEXT> :
Acknowledge current alarm

Show previous alarm
Show next alarm
Normal condition without alarms or errors, the display shows: SYSTEM OK

The display will always show the last alarm received.
When acknowledged, the error / alarm moves to the end of the alarm list and the "*" will disappear.
When the alarm is acknowledged and the alarm condition no longer exists, the alarm will be removed from the list.
Page: 12

2.4.3
The Micro Terminal
Parameter Adjustments and Monitoring
Adjustments are divided into logical groups and sub-groups, depending on their function. I.e. pitch control
(lever scaling, feedback scaling, gain etc.)
Use the function key <PAR> in the top-level menu to perform adjustments or examination of adjustments.
The following text will appear on the LCD display:
Select
Groupnum
The group number for the actual parameter is found in the parameter list.
When inputting the number, it will be shown on the display.
If a wrong number is selected it can be deleted using the DEL key.
The <ENTER> key acknowledges the input value.
A list of all the parameters in this group appears.
Example:
>AZ_FX_P_0 0
AZ_O_SR_0 0
UP
DOWN
Scroll the list and select the appropriate parameter by means of the function keys
<UP>, <DOWN>.
Press <ENTER> to start adjustment.
Dependent of the group number, two main types of parameters can be selected:
General Parameters
I/O parameters .
with group numbers <800

with group number >=800
General parameters and I/O parameters are handled different by the micro terminal system
dependent of the group number.
2.4.4
General Parameter Adjustment
A password is required first time before entering the adjustment function.
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc)
Page: 13
The Micro Terminal
Enter the password 12345 followed by <ENTER> key, then the display shows the general parameter adjustment
picture:
Some system parameters are available only for trained service engineers and require a special password.
No TP Sel e t e d !
P CR 00
AD J #1
( 1dv a 1)
newV a1
N E X T INFO
TP
<NEXT>:
When a parameter contains more than one adjustment value, selection between the different
adjustments can be done with this key. (Used with curve adjustment.)
< TP >: This key is used for monitoring an analogue value while adjusting a general parameter.
Select an analogue or digital 10- parameter value to observe while adjustments is performed.
This may be useful for instance when adjusting controller gains. The instant effect on
controller output is observed simultaneously, thus makes it easier to find the correct values.
Selecting an analogue or digital parameter is done choosing the value from actual sub list.
Then the adjustment picture reappears, substituting the top line text:
"No testpoint..." with the monitoring value selected.
<INFO>:
Displays more information about the general parameter being adjusted.

Normally the parameter reference is displayed.
Pressing INFO the first time shows the full text description of the parameter.
The second press will show the minimum and maximum limits for the parameter and the third
press will return to the reference.
P_CR_00 is the short form parameter tag reference, and the ADJ # is the adjustment array number. An
adjustment may hold a number of values, i.e. a Load curve.
Oldval is the present valid value, while newval is the new value entered by the user.
Enter the new value the keypad.
Confirm the adjustments by pressing the <ENTER> key.
The adjusted parameter value is then transferred to the main unit's database, confirmed by updating the oldval
value on the display.
Page: 14

2.4.5
The Micro Terminal
I/O Parameter adjustment
If I/o parameters are to be adjusted, the parameters are selected in the same way as the general parameters using
the Group number and list selection.
The difference will be shown after the actual I/O parameter is selected.
An extra display level will then appear, showing the different elements of the parameter (sub-parameters):
>X C A L I B R A T E
Y CALIBRATE
UP
DOWN
AUTO
Each I/O parameter consists of a set of sub parameters.

Scroll the list and select the appropriate I/O sub-parameter by means of the function keys <UP>, <DOWN>.
Press <ENTER> to start adjustment.
The I/O adjustment display:
P FB 0 0
:
P FB 0 0,
(oldval)
N E X T INFO
value
X CAL 0
n e wV a 1
TP
This is similar to the picture for General parameters, except for the upper line, always showing dynamically the
value of the actual I/O parameter.
The I/O sub parameter is adjusted like a General parameter, confirmed by the <ENTER> key when finished.
Observe that the "oldval " is correctly updated from the database.
Pressing the NEXT key shows the next parameter element, here : X CAL 1
The INFO key shows more information.
Pressing the KEY first time shows the Full Descriptor text.
The next time, the node and Channel is shown.
. -
Using the TP key a test point can be selected for monitoring during the adjustment.
It is selected by using a Groupnumber and selection list similar to selecting the adjustment point.
Page: 15
The Micro Terminal
The display will then change to:
P L IN 01 :
P FB 0 0,
(oldval)
NEXT INFO
valu e
X CAL 0
n e w V a 1
TP
Where P_L_IN_01 is the selected testpoint.

The testpoint value will continuously be updated independent of the parameter P_FB_00 adjustments.
At any time a new testpoint can be selected for monitoring.
Page: 16
The Micro Terminal
2.4.6 Adjust I/O Parameter in AUTO Mode

When an I/O parameter is selected <AUTO> appears on the menu.
If the key is pressed an auto adjustment picture is shown on the display:
2 PT auto scaling:
P L IN 0 1
Raw Value
MIN
:
:
- 92.6
- 124 67
- 92.6
- 12 467
MAX
3 PT auto scaling:
P L IN 0 1
Raw V a l u e
MIN
ZERO
MAX
This may be used for automatically adjustment of levers and feedback potentiometers.
(q:\prosj\oidre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page: 17
2.4.6.1
The Micro Terminal
Lever Auto adjustment:
Set the lever in the minimum position (-100%) and press the <MIN> key.
The parameters are automatically adjusted confirmed by observing the scaled value at the top line changing to
100%.
For zero lever adjustment, move the lever to zero position and press the <ZERO> key.
Finally for maximum lever adjustment, move the lever to maximum position and press the <MAX> key.
2.4.6.2
Azimuth direction Auto adjustment:
When a linear rotation pot.meter should be auto adjusted, use the following procedure:
Stepl:
The actual azimuth I/O parameter must first be selected as described above.
Step 2:
Rotate the pot.meter until the minimum raw value appears on the display and press the <MIN> key.
Step3:
Rotate the pot.meter until the maximum raw value appears on the display and press the <MAX> key.
Step 4:
Rotate the pot.meter towards the physical Zero position and press the <ZERO> key.
The result of the auto adjustment may be confirmed by rotating the pot.meter while observing the scaled value at
the top line of the display.
(q:\prosj\ordre\S2xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc)
P a g e : 18

2.4.7
The Micro Terminal
Parameter Monitoring
When only monitoring of parameters are needed, press the MON key on the main menu.
Monitoring is used for display purposes only, for inspection of the value or the settings of an adjustment value.
It is not possible to adjust anything from the monitoring menu.
Therefore password is not needed.
Similar to the adjustment fiinctions, the parameters are selected using a Groupnumber and a selection list
If the Groupnumber is less than 800, General parameters are monitored, else
10 parameters are monitored.
2.4.8
IVIonitoring of General Parameter
Picture for monitoring a General parameter:
RE F
:
ELEMENT
VALUE
INFO
A Z FX P 0 0
1 OF 1
: 10.2
NEXT
<INFO>:
Get more text info about selected parameter showing the parameter description.
<NEXT>:
Step to the next value if the parameter holds more than one value in an array.
REF : AZ_FX_P_00 is the short form reference for the parameter tag.
"Azimuth Fixed Position" is the parameter descriptor.
ELEMENT 1 OF 1 shows the current and the total number of elements in the selected parameter array. One
parameter may hold an array of values, i.e. a Load curve.
VALUE: 10.2 is the present parameter static value.
Page: 19
Instruction Manual
2.4.9
HELICON-X
The Micro
Terminal
Monitor I/O Parameter
Monitoring picture for an I/O parameter:
P_FB_0 0
VALUE
INFO
2 1 0 0
9 8.3
P_FB_00 is the short form I/O point reference

N 1
C2100
<INFO>:
means node number 1 and channel 2100

Get more text info about selected parameter by displaying the descriptor:
Pitch Feedback at the top line.

Pressing ie<INFO> key again returns the original text to the topline.
VALUE: 98.3 is the scaled I/O value, dynamically updated.
Page: 20
Instruction
Manual
HELICON-X
The Micro
2.4.10 Test Mode (SET 10)

When pressing the <TEST> key on the main menu, a test function can be activated
for setting a test value to a digital or analogue output.
A digital or analogue output parameter must be selected.
After typing the correct password, the following picture will appear:
Example analogue set_io:
R_SE_O_0 0
Re a d b a c k =
New V a l u e >
INFO
NO 1 1 0 6
10 0 . 0 0
The upper line shows the PT Tag Reference , the node number and I/O channel.
The second line shows the actual updated scaled value.
A new value may be entered, followed by Enter, which transfers the value to the physical analogue output.
Any application change of the same analogue PT is stored, but not transferred to the output port during the
SETJO session.
When leaving the function by pressing ESC or MNU, the last updated value from the applications will regain
control of the analogue output port.
Pressing the INFO key, the full text descriptor is shown.
The SETJO for digital outputs has a similar function, but with another display information.
Example digital set_io:
CL_IO_L_00 N01
Re adb ack =
TOGL
802
ON
INFO
The topline shows the digital point reference , the node number and I/O channel.
Pressing the ESfFO key the text descriptor is shown.
The second line shows the readback of the
test out value.
The digital output may be toggled directly ON or OFF using the TOGL function.
Any value change from the application programs is stored, but does not change this digital output during the
TEST session.
Leaving the TEST using the ESCorMNUkeys, the applications regains control of the digital output.
2.4.11 Password timeout

If the MTTY is left in an adjustment picture without any adjustments for 15 -20 minutes.
The following message will appear on the display:
Page: 21
Terminal
The Micro
Terminal
Password Expired!
Press ESC or MNU
The ESC or MNU has to be pressed before new adjustments, followed by re-entering the Password
number.
2.4.12 Menu blocking

If two or more MTTY's are connected to the system and one of them is used in a menu below the main level
the other MTTY's are blocked.
Only one of the MTTY's can be used at the same time, the others have to be in the main menu.
Page: 22
Functions: Pitch Control
FUNCTIONS
A principle diagram of each of the mainfimctionsdescribed in the following sections is included.

The includedfimctionadjustments are completed by qualified personnel from Rolls Royce Marine AS
during the installation and sea trial period and need normally not to be changed. However if
transmitters or other devices are replaced it may be necessary to re-adjust the current device.
For all adjustment numbers, refer to the appendix LIST OF ADJUSTMENTS. Any altered adjustment
value should be updated in this appendix.
Refer to the chapter THE MICRO TERMINAL for the micro terminal operating instructions.
Page: 23
3.1
Functions:Thruster Pitch ControlPWM
Pitch Control
Thefimctionof the pitch controller is to move the propeller blades in accordance to the control lever
order. The actuator unit represents the interface between the remote control and the main servo
system, which performs the actual positioning of ie blades.
3.1.1
3.1.1.1
Functional Description and Operating instructions

Normal Control
Refer to the PITCH ORDER/CONTROL figures.

The outputfixjmthe pitch controUer is computed on the basis of the iput signals from pitch lever
and the actuator position feedback.
Lever and feedback signals are scaled and checked against adjustable limits, with corresponding
alarm for values exceeding the normal range. Levers have one set of adjustments (minimum, zero
and maximum) for each manoeuvre station. Multiple set of feedback adjustments (minimum, zero
and maximum) are available for various engine power take-out.
Lever order can be read at testpoint Pitch Lever (P_L_IN_00-05), while selected feedback is read
at tesômt Pitch Feedback (P_FB_00). The order can additionally be selected from separate
systems such as dynamic positioning or joystick systems i.e. The selected order either from lever or
separate system can be read at testpoint Pitch system order (P_SY_O_00).
In Combined mode the lever signal is modified in a Combinator program, refer to chapter Pitch
and Rpm Combined Control.
Fixed or analogue pitch reductions are available which will limit the order, provided that the external
conditions for limiting the propeller pitch arefiilfiHed.The modified order can be monitored at
testpoint Pitch Order (P_O_00).
To provide a minimum of main engine/electric drive motor protection during manoeuvring if the Load
confrol system is out offimction,the system includes adjustable pitch acceleration (or crash) limits.
The acceleration litnits slows the pitch speed essentially in positions that may cause excessive engine
loads. However these hmits will have no effect as long as the lever order is constant. Separate
adjustments Crash Limits (S_P_L_00, port, STBD) are available, with an override switch Crash
Limit Status (S_CR_ST_00) preventing the limits to operate in normal conditions.
Testpoint Pitch Setpoint (P_SE_00) wl show the pitch order including ie eventual influence of the
acceleration Hmits.
The pitch controller computes a position reference, which includes the optionalfimction.The
position reference is observed on testpoint Pitch Order Setpoint {P_O_SP_00). The seôint is
rate limited by adjustment Pzto/ 0?-der Rate of Change (P_SR_00).
Page: 24
Functions :Thruster Pitch Control PWM
The signal Load Control Setpoint (LD_SP_00) is passed from the Load Controller. A pitch
position setpoint is computed, based upon either the Pitch Order, or the Load Control Setpoint,
depending on the loading of the engine,
The setpoint value is compared to the actual feedback. The pitch feedback is normally represented
on tag "P_FB_CL_00 ". "P_FB_CL_01 " can also be used in special eventuahties. Testpoint
Pitch Feedback (P_FB_00) shows the selected feedback. Testpoint Pitch Setpoint Error
(P_SP_E_00) represents the deviation between the position reference and the position feedback
and can be considered as a pitch actuator speed signal.
A deviation alarmfimctionis available through general parameter "DE_CONT_00 ". The fimction
could be configured to either give warning alarm on testpoint "Pitch deviation alarm "
(P_DE_AL_00) or both give alami warning and emergency control.
The deviation alarm is based on comparing testpoint Pitch Setpoint Error (P_SP_E_00) with the
general parameter "Pitch Deviation Alarm Limit" (P_DE_LM_00). The alarm delay is
adjustable vwth general parameter "Pitch deviation alarm delay time " (P_DE_TI_00).
When testpoint "Pitch Deviation External Conditions " (P_DE_CN_00) is activated the deviation
alarai system is connected.
The deviation signal is limited with the adjustment (P_E_L_00) and the result is input to the PID
Controller and System Interface. Adjustment Pitch Controller Deadband (P_C_DB_00) limits
the output for small deviations that can be considered as noise. Pitch controller adjustments available
are Pitch Gain (P_KC_00), Pitch Integral Time (P_TI_00). Pitch Integral Limit (P_TI_L_00),
and Pitch Derivative Time (P_TD_00).
Testpoint Pitch Setpoint (P_CjO_00) will show the pitch order including the eventual influence of
the acceleration limits.
Adjustments Pitch Output Offset (P_OU_P_00) consists of three parameters: Deadband,
negative, positive offset (DB, NOFFS, POFFS). These adjustments adapt the signal to the actuator
with respect to the minimum signal levels necessary to move the actuator in port or STBD direction.
The ouût signal from the pitch controller can be monitored at testpoint Pitch Output Order
(P_O_OU_00). .
. -.
.
3.1.1.2 PWM output

The thruster pitch controU has a "pwm" puis width modulated output to the pitch actuator. The
maximum puis width is setfixedto 60 milliseconds, corresponding to maximum, 100%, pitch order
from the confroller. Any other order wl be modulated with pulses between 0-60 milHseconds.
The pulsingfi:equencyis adjustable.
To avoid PWM modulation when high difference between pitch order and feedback, the PWM
startpoint can be adjusted with parameter "P_PWM_L_00 ".
Page: 25
3.1.1.3 Backup control

Normally the system has an independent pitch backup control installed to secure control in case of
fauure of the normal control system. The system includes pitch control by push buttons and pitch
feedback indication on a panel meter.
If a failure occurs on important parts for the pitch control fimction, the control wl automatically be
switched over to the backup control system, A system failure audible and visible alarm wl be
activated on each of the control panels.
The pitch can now be controlled by means of the push buttons "BACKUP STBD" and "BACKUP
PORT'. The audible system failure alarm is turned OFF when the 'BACKUP ON" push button is
activated.
The backup system can additionally be tumed ON/OFF without any failure in the system.
The maximum pitch is limited to+/- 100%.
IMPORTANT: When the backup control is activated, the Load control system and the ordinary
pitch control are switched off. It must therefor be taken necessary considerations not to overload the
drive motor.
3.1.1.4 Local Control
If both the normal remote control system and the back-up control should fail, it is possible to
operate the propeller pitch locally fiom the pitch control valve.
The "REMOTE/LOCAL" switch on the actuator interface box must be tumed to position
"LOCAL" and the pitch control valve can be operated manually.
3.1.1.5
Pitch Indication
The pitch indication system is independent of the normal pitch control system by means of separate
transmitters and electronic circuits. Pitch indicator range is separately adjustable by means of
potentiometers in the main electronic cabinet.
3.1.2 Pitch Control Adjustments
Ref instruction manual chapter "Micro temainal".
3.1.2.1
Pitch Levers
The control lever has three adjustments available: Maximum Port, Neutral and Maximum STBD
position (x-values), with respective range adjustments (y-values).
aa.
Select the actual control station in command.
bb.
Select analogue point "P_L_IN_00-05 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Select <PAR>. '''Select group " appears on the microterminal.
Enter "1203" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter list).
Scroll with the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
Page: 26
Instruction ManualHELICON-X
Functions:Thruster Pitch Control PWM
"P_L_IN_00-05 " {Pitch Lever for the command sitej is found and press <ENTER>.
Select <AUTO>.
cc.
Set the control lever to Maximum Port
dd.
Press the <MIN> autosetting key. The display should respond with the updated value.
.
ffi
Set the lever to Neutral, and press the <ZERO> autosetting key.
Set the lever to maximum STBD and press the <MAX> autosetting key.
3.1.2.2 Propeller Pitch

The adjustments may be set manually or automatically. By manual setting the value should be
decreased or increased in small steps until the desired pitch is reached By automatic setting the
propeller pitch should be set to its end positions by means of the pitch lever, or by means of back
up or local control. Then the autosetting key should be used to save the position in memory.
The propeller pitch can be calibrated either automatically (autosetting) or maniially by simply
entering the digit for the adjustment.
Note:
Disable the Load controller while adjusting the propeller pitch.
3.1.2.2.1 Neutral Pitch

Method 1: Autosetting:
aa.
Operate the actuator locally until zero (neutral) pitch position is obtained.
bb.
Select analogue point "P_FB_CL_00" from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Select <PAR>. "Select group ." appears on the microterminal.
Enter "1203" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter Ust).
"P_FB_CL_00 " (Pitch feedback) is found and press < ENTER>.
Select < > .
ce.
Press the <ZERO> autosetting key.
Method 2: Manual setting.

aa.
Operate the actuator locally unt zero (neutral) pitch position is obtained.
bb.
Select analogue point "P_FB_CL_00" from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Page: 27
Select <PAR>. ''^Select group " appears on the microtemiinal.

Enter "1203" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number m parameter list).
Scroll with the <PAGE/UP/DOWN > buttons until:
'T_FB_CL_00 " {Pitch feedback) is found and press < ENTER>.
Select "X-CALBRATE" and press < ENTER>.
cc.
Select "ADJ#1" with the <NEXI> key.
dd.
Change the adjustment either using the keypad or use the <nSfC> or <DEC> keys and
press <ENTER>.
3.1.2.2.2 Maximum Pitch Port

aa.
If the analogue point Pitch Feedback (P_FB_CL_00) is not selected, proceed as

described in Pitch neutral item bb autosetting above.
bb.
Run the engine at Ml speed (if possible).
cc.
Move the pitch lever Port until the desired engine load is obtained and press the <MIN>
autosetting key at the current propeller pitch position.

aa.

described in Pitch neutral item bb above, manual setting.
bb.
Run the engine at Ml speed (if possible).
cc.
Select "ADJ#0" with the <NEX1> key.
dd.
Change the adjustment either using the keyboard or the <INC> or

press <ENTER>.
<DEC> keys and
3.1.2.2.3 Maximum Pitch STBD

aa.

described in Pitch neutral item bb above.
bb.
Perform the procedure as described in the previous point except that the pitch lever is
moved STBD and the <MAX> autosetting key is used.
(q:'rosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8282\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page: 28
Functions: Thruster Pitch Control PWM

aa.

described in Pitch neutral item bb, manual setting, above.
bb.
Select "ADJ#2" with the <NEXI> key.
cc.
Change the adjustment either using the keyboard or the <INO or

press <ENTER>.
< D E O keys and
3.1.2.3 Pitch Speed Rate

This adjustment will limit the rate of change oftiiepitch order, and is used to adapt the pitch
controller reversing time to the servo system.
aa.
Select adjustment "P_SR_00 " fim the micro terminal top menu by entering the following
data:
Select <PAR>. "Select group num." appears on the microterminal.
Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter list). Scroll
with the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
"P_SR_00 " (Pitch slew rate) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the speed rate, either using the keypad or the keys. A higher value
gives faster propeller pitching. Increase or decrease the value until correct speed is obtained.
3.1.2.4 Pitch Deviation Alarm

The deviation alarm fimction has adjustement of alarm warning or emergency control when the
deviation between order and feedback exeeds predifined limits.
3.1.2.4.1 Pitch Deviation Alarm Configuration
The deviation alarm function can either be configured only to give alarm warning or both to give
alarm warning and emergency pushbutton control. Note this parameter is common for both pitch
and azimuth control.
aa.
Select adjustment "DE_CONT_00 ", Deviation Alarm inst, from the micro terminal top
menu by entering the following data:
Select <PAR>. "Select group " appears on the microterminal.
Enter "101" vwth ie keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter list).
ScroU with the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
"DE_CONT_00 " is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the configuration: "0 " = Deviation alarm function OFF, " 1 " = Alarm warning,
"3" = Alarm warning and emergency control, either using the keyboard or the and press <ENTER>.
Page: 29
3.1.2.4.2 Pitch Deviation Alarm Limit

The deviation alarm limit is the allowed deviation between setpoint and feedback
aa.
Select adjustment "P_DE_LM_00 ", Pitch Deviation Alarm Limit, from the micro
terminal top menu by entering the following data:
"P_DE_LM_00 " is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the alarm limit value in degrees either using the keyboard or the < or < D E O
and press <ENTER>.
3.1.2.4.3 Pitch Deviation Alarm Delay Time

aa.
Select adjustment "P_DE_TI_00 ", Pitch Deviation Alarm Delay Time,fromthe micro
Enter "500" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter Hst).
"P_DE_TI_00 " is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the alarm delay time in seconds either using the keyboard or the <ESfC> or <DEC>
and press <ENTER>.
3.1.2.5 Pitch Controller

The pitch controller gain should be adjusted to ensure fast and accurate control with a minimum of
position overshoot. Separate adjustments are available for gain, integral and derivative time
constants.
3.1.2.5.1 Pitch Controller Deadband
A small deadband should be introduced to make the pitch actuator less sensitive against noise.
aa.
Select adjustment "P_C_DB_00 " from the micro terrninal top menu by entering the
following data:
Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter Hst). ScroU
with the <PAGE/UP/DOWN > buttons until:
"P_C_DB_00" (Pitch Deadband) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter a small value, either usig the keyboard or the <INC> or < D E O keys, to prevent the
pitch actuator to respond to small signals.
3.1.2.5.2 Pitch Gain
Page: 30
aa.
Select adjustment "P_KC_00" from the micro terminal top menu by entering the following
data:
Select <PAR>. '''Select group '' appears on the microterminal.
Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter Hst). Scroll
wii the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
"P_KC_00 " {Pitch Gain) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the gain value, either using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEC> keys. Higher
values gives faster setting, but increases tiie possibility of instability in the pitch controller.
Reduce the gain if position "overshoot" occurs.
3.1.2.5.3 Pitch Integral Time

aa.
Select adjustment "P_TI_00 "from the micro terminal top menu by entering the follovrig
data:
Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter list). ScroU
"P_TI_00" (Pitch Integral Time) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the time constant in seconds, either using the keyboard or the < I N O or < D E O
keys, ffigher values give slower integration.
3.1.2.5.4 Pitch Integral Limit

aa.
Select adjustment "P_TI _L_00 " fix)m the micro temiinal top menu by entering the~
follovwng data:
with the <PAGE/UP/DOWN > buttons unt:
"P_TI_L_00" (Pitch Integral limit) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the < I N O or < D E O keys. Higher values
increase the integration range, but increases the risk for instability.
3.1.2.5.5 Pitch Derivative Time

aa.
Select adjustment "P_TD_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the following
data
Enter "504" vwth the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter Hst). Scroll
"P_TD_00 " (Pitch Derivative Time) is found and press <ENTER>.
Page: 31
bb.
Enter the time constant in seconds, either using the keyboard or the < I N O or < D E O
keys. Higher value gives higher gain, but increases the risk of instability in the controller.
3.1.2.6
Pitch Actuator
A set of adjustments is available to adapt the signal to the selected actuator type. This regards the
necessary signal offset levels.
3.1.2.6.1 Pitch Actuator offset
These adjustments require authorised personnel.
Usually the actuator needs deadband compensation, that is a minimum signal level that must be
exceeded to obtain any actuator response. This is called offset and may vary from port to STBD
actuator movement depending on small differences in driver electronics. The adjustment
(P_OU_P_00) has 3 adjustable elements: actuator deadband, negative and positive offset (DB,
NOFFS and POFFS). The adjustments for this parameter is found when setting output values to
"P_PWM_O_00" (Pitch PWM Actuator Output Value):
aa.

Enter "500" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter hst).
Scron with the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons unt:
"P_TE_MD_00 " (Pitch PWM Test mode ON/OFF) is found and press <ENTER>
bb.
Enter the value "1", either using the keyboard or the . ''Select group num." appears on the microterminal

Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter hst).
"P_TE_VL_00 " (Pitch PWM Test mode Out Value) is found and press <ENTER>.
dd.
Enter a small positive value. Increase the value imtil the actuator starts to move against
STBD position. The smallest value necessary to move the actuator against STBD position is
the Positive Offset. Write downtiiisvalue..
ffi
Stop the actuator by entering zero on the ouût. Enter a small negative value on the output.
Increase the value in small steps until the actuator moves against Port position. The smallest
negative value necessary to move the actuator against Port position is the Negative Offset.
Write down this value.
Select adjustment "P_0 U_P_00 " Jîtch Output DB/Noffset/Poffset, from the micro
Select <PAR>. ''Select group " appears on the microterminal.
Enter "505" vwth the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter Hst).
Page: 32

"P_OU_P_00 " is found and press <ENTER>.
gg.
If deadband adjustment is required to eliminate the unnecessary output signal,

select "ADJ#0" with the <NEXT> key and enter the value with the keypad and press
<ENTER>.
hL
Press <NEXT> to selection "ADJ#1" Negative Offset. Enter the value foimd in with the
keypad and press <ENTER>.
iL
Press <NEXT> to selection "ADJ#2" Positive Offset. Enter the value found in dd with the
keypad and press <ENTER>.
Page: 33
jj.
Select <PAR>. "Select gi'oup num." appears on the microterminal.

Scroll with the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons unt:
"P_TE_MD_00 " (Pitch PWM Test mode ON/OFF) is found and press <ENTER>
kk.
Enter the value "0", either using the keyboard or the keys. Value "0"
test mode OFF.
3.1.2.6.2 Pitch deviation maximum limit for PWIVI

This adjustment determins the limit (setpoint minus pitch feedback) for using pulsing on the
ON/OFF value. Outside this limit maximum speed will be used, ON/OFF valve continiously ON.
aa.
Select adjustment P_PH^_L_00" from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Groip number in parameter list). Scroll
. 'P_PWM_LJ)0" (Pitch deviation max.limit for PWM) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the < I N O or < D E O keys. The limit should
be entered in %.
3.1.2.6.3 Pitch PWIVI output pulsing rate

This adjustment determins the frequency of the PWM output
aa.
Select adjustment P_P^/_Z,_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Select <PAR>. "Select group num." appears on ie microterminaL
Enter "500" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group in
parameter hst). Scroll
'P_PWM_L_00" (Pitch deviation max.limit for PWM) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the < I N O or < D E O keys. The pulsing rate
= adjustment *100 ms.( adj. = 1 will give 1 HZ)
Page: 34
3.1.2.7 Back Up Control

Any system failure in the normal mode wiU automatically switch to and engage the back up control.
3.1.2.8 Pitch Indicator
The pitch indicating system is separatedfi-omthe normal pitch controller system. All indicators are
connected in series. Use the pitch indicator potentiometers on the Pitch Indication and Backup
Card in the Main Unit to adjust the indicators. It may be necessary to repeat aU adjustments to
obtain the correct indication if one of the adjustments is changed.
3.1.2.8.1 Zero Pitch
aa.
Set the propeller pitch to zero (neutral) position
bb.
Adjust potentiometer PI (OFFS) until the indicator shows zero pitch.
3.1.2.8.2 Maximum Port Pitch

aa.
Set the pitch to maximum Port position.
bb.
Adjust potentiometer P2 (G-) until the indicator shows 100 % port pitch.
3.1.2.8.3 Maximum STBD Pitch

aa.
Set the propeller pitch to maximum STBD position.
bb.
Adjust potentiometer P3 (G+) until the indicator shows 100 % STBD pitch.
3.1.2.8.4 Actuator signal

Adjust P4 until correct actuator speed is obtained. Increase speed by turning the potentiometer
CW and decrease speed by turning potentiometer CCW.
3.1.3 Reduced Pitch Order
3.1.3.1 Functional Description
To reserve engine power to heavy consumers as alternators, fire pumps, etc., it may be necessary to
reduce the available propeller output power. This is normally done by means of a fixed propeller
pitch reduction.
The pitch reduction can either be activated from a digital or an analogue input signal.
3.1.3.1.1 Reduced Pitch Adjustments, digital input.
Tree digital signals "P_SC_NO_00-02 " are available for reductions determined by general
parameter "P_O_5C_00 ".
Page: 35
aa.
Select adjustment 'T_O_SC_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Enter "504" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter hst). ScroU
"P_O_SC_00 " (Pitch order scaling) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#0" dedicated to ^T_SC_NO_00 ". Enter the value, relative
to the maximum pitch available, i.e. 0.8 = 80 %, with the keypad and press <ENTER>.
cc.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#1" dedicated to "P_SC_NO_01 ". Enter the value, relative
to the maximum pitch available, with the keypad and press <ENTER>.
dd.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#2" dedicated to "P_SC_NO_02 ". Enter the value, relative
to the maximum pitch available, with the keypad and press <ENTER>.
3.1.3.1.2 Reduced Pitch Adjustment, Analogue signal.

An analogue signal "G_FB_00 " can have tree independent in/out pitch reduction limits
"P_RE_GEN " and the pitch reduction is determined with "P_RE_ANA ".
IN/OUT time delays can be adjusted with parameter "P_RE_TI".
aa.
Select adjustment "P_RE_GEN_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Enter "503" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter hst). Scroll
vrtth the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
"P_RE_GEN_00" (Analogu sign. Limits IN/OUT pitch red.) and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#0" ; Pitch reduction IN limit step 1. Enter the Umit value
with the keypad and press <ENTER>. (A value of 50, the pitch reduction step 1 will be
activated, if the analogue signal exceeds 50%).
cc.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#1"; Pitch reduction OUT hmit step 1. Enter ie Umit value
with the keypad and press <ENTER>. (A value of 40, the pitch reduction step 1 wiU be
deactivated, if the analogue signal is reduced to 40%).
dd.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#2"; Pitch reduction IN limit step Z Enter the limit value with
the keypad and press <ENTER>. (A value of 60, the pitch reduction step 2 wl be
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#3"; Pitch reduction OUT Umit step Z Enter ie Umit value
with the keypad and press <ENTER>. (A value of 50, the pitch reduction step 2 wiU be
Page: 36

ffi
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#4"; Pitch reduction IN limit step 3. Enter the limit value with
the keypad and press <ENTER>. (A value of. 70, the pitch reduction step 3 will be
gg.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#5"; Pitch reduction OUT hmit step 3. Enter the limit value
with the keypad and press <ENTER>. (A value of 60, the pitch reduction step 3 will be
3.1.3.2 Pitch reduced, Fuel limited.

If the drive motor is a diesel engine the system is prepared to handle aftiellimiter contact,fromthe
RPM governor (I.e. high scavenge air pressure). If the contact is closed the pitch order will stop
increasing to a higher value, only decrease of pitch order against zero is possible.
3.1.3.2.1 Pitch Reduced Adjustment, Fuel limiter.
The pitch position working area for the fuel Umiter contact can be adjusted with parameter
"P_FL_00 " (Fuel limiter low/high limit values) and a delay after contact has open, back to
normal operation, can be adjusted with parameter 'T_FL_T_00" (Fuel Umiter delay after cont.
opens).
aa.
Select adjustment 'T_FL_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the following
data:
Select <PAR>. ''Select group num." appears on the microterminal.
Enter "503" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Gfroup number in parameter list). Scro
with the <PAGE/UP/DOWN > buttons until:
'P_FL_00 " is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#0", low pitoh position for fuel limiter. Enter the limit value
with the keypad and press <ENTER>
cc.
Press <NEXT> to select "ADJ#1", High pitoh position forfijellimiter. Enter the limit value
with the keypad and press <ENTER>
dd.
Select adjustment "P_FL_T_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Select <PAR>. "Select group num." appears on the microtemiinal.
with ie <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
"P_FL_T_00 " is found and press <ENTER>.
.
Enter the delay in seconds with the keypad and press <ENTER>.
Page: 37
Instruction Manual
Drwpos Ricucsr
DYHPos Em conn.
OmPOS ORBEB STAIUS
HELICON-X
Functions.'Thruster Pitch Control PWM
-;
_ _ 001~
IP..PP_0I)1
AD J
P_10_MN_00
JOYSTICK BtCUCST
1^.
-JIM!
^vxiunr
mwai
RLUUCSI
LOAD CONTROl
SETPOWI MM.
*U-84>_W1
UIXITDOI
AUXILItar DROCB SfAIUS _ :
4>TE
[CT M t m i . o i ^r
PITCH LCVtR 0
PnCH LCVER I
LCVER 2
P-l^lN-00)
m 5
-!>-
îTH LCVtHT"
P L_IN_01)
-L_IN_07)
~g''^Q _ 0
ÛM-9g;
LCVfjl
-'
O i n l l L
A MA.
SCAllttO, AOJ; SCALING, AOJ
P_0_SC_0O
.Rt_ftNA
IF:
OVKPOS PIICH OBDCR
[P_OP_00;
Auxinftv PfftH fi>-Aij-Mi'
.P-ST-0-.IX)
PIICH SISTEM
ORDEK
StPAMTt
CDUBINEO
COMBBCD CURVC
MJ:
' P.CU_X-00/04 '
P-CU_Y-00/(M
o f-o-q
ORDER
STLCCT PITCH
SCALINO M-<12
: ^
SELECT ,
[:tf_P-ND_0(l/04) J .
-jioccj
FUEL LIMITER
SCALIIIO. AOJ
P.FL 00
^ - ^ ' - ^
ORHEII
SET POINT
_auLo
P-St-W>,
PITCH lIMITtO
DROER
L M I X _ , MAX
AnolOQua reducHoci Slcrtf. D<l>

MII6I! ON
-1-_)
CRASH . [5 - _ 0 )
CRASH OWPtR AST. UM.[5-CR-A5_1)01
CRASH STATUS
IS C - S r _ 0 0 )
Figure 1: Pitch order principle diagram
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8282\hcx_instr_10.doc
^ S H LIMIT
ALWAVS ON
(P_CF_0O)
SELECT COMBINED
CURVE NO. W - O i
SELECT PITCH 5 I P . S C W O ^ O O / O Z ) p
fVn
P_'D_5P_00
Page: 39
Instruction Manual
HELICON-X
Functions: Thruster Pitch Control PWM
LS'.
1 SCTPOMT
PITCH SLEW
A DJ
FROH PITCH DRDCft MODULE:
mCH 3EIH)n
PITCH 8 t l P .
LO&O
fp_0_3l> DO) L
MM.
-<!>
-o
(_0_
P-SC.MICOO
PlTCit S P t C
ORDER MAX
nrCH
EPHD
ORDCR
SIATL
SLfvtmrt smiis
(LB-Sra-00^
P|TI>I SPEED
r^
MIN
MODULE;
LO>llC0Hr0L
F Xi rTeoi ruaii.
E
^ 4
5n
QEV A L M M
p_iivjTi_eo
Dtv.uAUM
fp_FB-Ct_ao)j,
PD
SETPOINT
rp:
IPI
26 "
COtn.
PROPORTKNAL^'i
p_c_ii:.oi)
ADJ.
P _ C _ O B OCPIICH
P_C_O0
PITCH
P-Tl-OO
PITCH
P_IB_00
PltCH
_TI-I_C4 Plini
"AL
.
CDHTROLIER OEAOBANO
P PROP. OAW
P S I M T t C R A l CAIN
P e OERWATIVE B A H
P U INIEEiRAL UMI1
NORMAl,
5PEE1)_
r"^
ABJ.
'_OU_P_00
O i n P U T OEAOBANO
RITCH OUTPUT N t C . O r r s n
PITCH OUTPUT P O S . OFFSET
-, (
SPEED
J BSV
>
pftT
MORMAL,
FAIL
r'i
mi.p _ T i pw 0 0
PITCH PWM
OlITPUI RATI
P_PWM_L-OC
AOJ.
P_PWM_L_0O
PITCH PWM I M T
TFAIl->0-SAFt
|P_1t_vi_00>j,
STS(_SY-fl-DI
P_PWH_0_CiO
PITCH OUTPUT DROER
OPTSn
PITCH BCVIATION
COmROLlER
AOJ.
iVS.
PITCH
'
P_DV_lM_CO
P3i ESil W E :
PITCH
Lsp.oo
l>_t>V_W_l)6
PIICH
VtLUt
IPI
''^
I ADJ.
P.S-L.0O
*BJ
BEviMTaLi'M woe
fP-DV_ci<..ew
PITCH n t o a t c
P_5f_00 > R_J_0

AN <
P_SR_OI> ADJ
-kffiSig"
Bv_conr_
tV.CONne.
TtST
suvYHtTt .
P _ 5 l t _ S T _ 0 0 = ON
, ,
ADl.-
P_SR_D_(1(1
SLEWRATt I
S L T O M T I UMITDt
(P-Sii-ST-001,,
5LEW-
DR[>ER
&DJ, PITCH SICTPATT UNIT
PITCH !
PI ICH
OROt>
-a. "^
P_5C_0_P0
J!k!
PM 1 1
M O D I ON/OFF
__0
- ^
p_DYî_m
'.
PITCH ALARW
^ 1 ^
STATUS
ALARH
gvariM 8r*Tua
(ars.rwLi
piTtH
>
A^tpusfp
HTtH ?^C'iVP g"
5T
W)
.\
f i 81 W
tPJClP.W) ;
ECTR
00
Figure 2: Pitch control principle diagram
^Drosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8282\hcx_instr_10.doc
Page 2.4.40
Functions: Load Control
3.2 Load Control El. Motor

The load control system is designed to protect the propeller machinery from overload. Propeller pitch
is automatically reduced if the specified load limit is exceeded.
The drawing LOAD CONTROL EL.MOTOR describes the principle of the load control system The
drawing shows load confrol system with interface to two Electric Drivemotors, two Generators and a
power available from the power management system/MSB , but only those parts relevant for the
actual propulsion machinery are used.
3.2.1 Functional Description
The load controller computes the propeller machinery load based on the load feedback signalfromthe
electromotor. The feedback signal is monitored on input Drive Motor Feedback (D_FB_00) and
scaled in percent of the load range.
If a failure occurs in the load feedbackfransmitter,an alarm is given to the alarm plant with a
corresponding error message on the operator terminal display. Separate adjustable alarm limits are
available for load signal alarm. The load controller is then disabled until normal condition is obtained
Important:
Observe the load conditions closely by manual reading if the load control is
disabled for any reason.
Acceleration limits will protect the propeller machinery during crash manoeuvring, and will slow down
the pitch rate of change when the pitch approaches maximum ahead or maximum astem position.
However these limits will have no effect as long as the lever order remains constant. Adjustments
Crash Limit, S_P_L_00 ADJ#0 (Astern) and ADJ#l (Ahead) wiH define tiie acceleration limits.
The load confroller selects the most suitable gains depending on the amount of overload. If excessive
load should occur, the pitch reduction speed is proportional to the overload signal gained with
adjustment Load Gain Overload
{LD_O_GN_00). In normal load condition, the
pitch is automatically increased slowly against the setpoint. Use adjustment Load Gain Underload
(LD_U_GN_00) to control the pitch rate of change when returning back to setpoint from underload
condition. In addition the adjustment i o a J Gain Derivative (LD_D_TD_00) is used as a derivative
gain to increase the load confroller effect when the load changes rapidly.
Close to the maximum load that is within the loadsetting deadbands the controller will use very slow
speed on pitch corrections. The loadsetting deadbands are defined with adjustments Load Deadband
Under Loadlimit (LD_U_DB_00) and Load Deadband Over Loadlimit (LD_O_DB_00). The load
confrol will only correct the pitch position in small steps. The time between each step is defined by the
size of the Load Setpoint Signal (LD_O_SP_00) and adjustment Load Integral Limit
(LD_FT_M_00). The size of the corrective step is defined with adjustment Load Filter Pulse
(LD_FT_P_00).
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc

3.2.2
Functions: Load Control EL Motor
General Load Controller Adjustments
3.2.2.1 Load Controller On/Off

This adjustment is used to manually switch on/off the load control system.
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_LC_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the following
data:
"LD_LC_00 " (Load Controller Enable) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the < or <DEC> keys, " i " will engage the
load controller, whdle "0" vWU disengage the load controller.
3.2.2.2 Load Setting

The adjustment Load Limit {LDjC_SP_OOI01) is the maximum load allowed for respective
drivemotor 1/2. If the load exceeds the adjustment value, the load controller will automatically reduce
the pitch.
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_C_SP_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
"LD_C_SP_00 " (Load Setting) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the <> or <DEC> keys, normally 100 %.
3.2.2.3 Load Deadbands

The deadbands define a region around the maximum load. Within the region the load controller will
work with very slow pitch speed with pulsed output to the actuator.
3.2.2.3.1 Load Deadband Over Load Limit
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_O_DB_00 "fromthe micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
"LD_O_DB_00 " (Load Deadband Over Load Limit) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the <INO or <DEC> keys, normally
2 to 4 %.
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_I0.doc
Page: 42
3.2.2.3.2 Load Deadband Under Load Limit

aa.
Select adjustment "LD_U_DB_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
"LD_U_DB_00 " (Load Deadband Under Load Limit) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the <INO or <DEC> keys, normally
2 to 4%.
3.2.2.4 Gains
To obtain the most suitable load control pitch rate of change, separate gain adjustments are available
for load signal below, above or within the load setting deadbands.
3.2.2.4.1 Overload Gain
Gain used in overload conditions.
aa.
Select adjustinent "LD_O_GN_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
"LD_O_GN_00 " {Load Gain Overload) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the most suitable value, either using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEO keys, when
observing the pitch reduction speed. A higher value will increase the reduction speed.
3.2.2.4.2 Underload Gain

Gain used to increase pitch after an overload condition where pitch has been reduced.
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_U_GN_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
witii the <PAGE/UP /DOWN > buttons until:
"LD_U_GN_00 " {Load Gain Underload)- is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the most suitable value, either using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEC> keys, when
observing the pitch increase rate. A higher value increases the speed.
3.2.2.4.3 Integral Limit

"Gain" used to increase or decrease the time between pitch correction pulses within the deadband
area.
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_FT_M_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_I0.doc
Page: 43
Functions: Load Control El. Motor
Enter "404" vidth the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group number in parameter list). Scroll
"LD_FT_M_0O " {Load Integral Limit) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEC> keys. A higher value will
increase the time between pulses and will slow down the pitch rate of change. A too low value
v/ill cause the load controller to work unnecessary.
3.2.2.4.4 Filter Pulse

Gain used to increase or decrease the length of the correction pulses wiiin the deadband area.
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_FT_PjOO " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
fouovrig data:
"LD_FT_P_00 " {Load Filter Pulse) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the <>

or <DEC> keys. A higher value will
increase the pulse length and the pitch actuator will move in larger steps. This may cause the
load controller to work unnecessary. A lower value will slow down the pitch rate of change
within the deadband area.
3.2.2.4.5 Derivative
When load is changing rapidly, i.e. when the pitch is approaching the maximum position, it is necessary
to avoid overload by fast attack. The derivative load factor will speed up the response of the load
controller.
aa.
Select adjustment "LD_D_TD_00 "fromthe micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
"LD_D__TD_00" {Load Derivative Time) is fo\md and press <ENTER>.
bb.
Enter the value, either using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEC> keys. A higher value will
increase the load controller speed and make it more sensitive to noise, and may cause pitch
unstability. A too low value will cause the load controller to perform too slowly.
3.2.3 Electric Drive Motor Interface

The load controller computes the drive motor load based on the drive motor current feedback. The
feedback signal is monitored on input Drive Motor Feedback {D_FB_00) and must be scaled in
percent of the load range.
3.2.3.1 Drive Motor Load Adjustments
3.2.3.1.1 Drive Motor Load Feedback
aa.
Run the drivemotor at minimum load with minimum rpm and zero pitch.
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc
Page: 44
Functions: Load Control El. Motor
Select analogue point "D_FB_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
Enter "1202" with the keypad and press < ENTER> (Group niunber in parameter list). Scroll
with the <PAGE/UP / D O W N > buttons until:
"D_FB_00 " (Drive Motor Feedback)
is found and press <ENTER>.
Select <AUTO>.
The uncalibrated analogue value from the AD-converter, the Raw Value is monitored.
bb.
Press the <MIN> autosetting key. The display should respond with the message:
"Min point adjusted ".
cc.
Run the drivemotor at maximirai load.
dd.
Press the <MAX> autosetting key. T h e display should respond with the message:
"Maxpoint
adjusted".
3.2.3.1.2 Drive Motor Load Feedback Alarm

aa.
Select analogue point "D_FB_00 " from the micro terminal top menu by entering the
following data:
with the <PAGE/UP / D O W N > buttons until:
"D_FB_00 " {Drive Motor Feedback) is found and press <ENTER>.
bb.

"ALARM LIMITS" is found and press <ENTER>.
cc.
Select "ADJ#0" with the <NEXT> key.
dd.
Adjust the low alarm limit, either by using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEC> keys.
Select "ADJ#1" witb the <NEXT> key.
ffi
Adjust the high alarm limit, either by using the keyboard or the < or <DEC> keys.
gg.
Return to previous menu level by pressing <;ESC> key.

Select "DELAY" with the <NEXT> key and press <ENTER>
hL
Select "ADJ#1" with the <NEXT> key to advance to delay alarm ON

("ADJ#0" represents delay alarm OFF).
iL
Adjust the alarm delay in seconds, either by using the keyboard or the <INC> or <DEC> keys.
P a g e : 45

PMS INCLUPID (LO_PW_M_OD)
,,
P9W6R AVAHAgtfc tl'W.fr.OO)

MOrOR 1
DRIYEMOrOR RUNNING
[D_F;_0D)
DRIVEMOrOR FECDBACK [D_Fa_00)
MOrOR
1
,
DRIVEMOrOR RUNNING
(D_H_0O
DRIVEMOrOR FEEDBACK f P
FB
r^
r
I
01)
r
ECNERAIOR I
CENERATDR ON NET
GtHERAIOR FEEDBACK
ocNCRATOR
?ChEIÂTpR
_
51_ 00^
(C_FB_.0O^^,
r
t^p
GtWERAIOR FEEDBACK
fO_ST_Qni
- I LOO J
(G_FB_00..
ADJ
L>_O_N_00
CAIN OVERLOADED
1 >
ADJ
LD_C_SP_00
LOAOSETTINC
1^
DRIVEMOTOR
r^
ADJ
LD_C_SP_01
LOADSETriNC
OVERLOAD
ADJ
LD_O_MX_0O
OVERLOAD SIGN.
TP
LD_D_SP_00
DRVEMOrOR LOAD
SErPN1
TP
LI>_0_SP_OO
MAX OVERL.
SIGN. FROM
ENC/PROP/..
OVERLOADED (LD_0_SP > 0)
1!1[ I l
N1COTAIC
ADJ
LC_O_DB_0O DtADBAND OVER LOADUUrr
LO_U_OB_00 DEAOBANO UNDER LOADLIMr
.
LD_FI_E_00 (
FILTERED LOAD
ERROR SIGNAL
ADJ.
U)_C_C_0O
CENCRATORl1
OWRtOAD \^^>^^^
PROTECIrON'-H
ON/orr
I
GENERATOR
ADJ.
LD_FT_M_00
MAX LOAD ERROR
SION. 10 PtILSE
OVERLOAD
.
ADJ
lD_rr_P_0O
FILTER
PtILSE WIDTH
-e-
TP:
LD_G_SP_00
GENERAIOR LOAD
SEFPOINI
Lj-
D FB 00
D_ra_oi
D_R_00
D_R_OI
LD_LC_OD
WITHIN
gUtSE
MAX
OEADBANOS;
SELECT MODE
(OVERLOADED
1
JL.
LDO
VL
IP
LP_SP_O0
LOAD CONfROL
SCrPOINT 10
PIICH CDNIRDLLER
UNDERLOADED (LD_0_SP < 0)
ADJ
LD_U_CN_DO
CAIN UNDERLOADED
LOAD CONTROL
STATUS
L^ SrS 00
.
Figure 2: Load control electromotor. Principle diagram (PE32008)
De,
UMDERLOADED)
Page: 46
Functions: Command transfer
3.3 Command Transfer

The term Command Transfer is used to describe the procedure performed when the control is
transferred between manoeuvre stations without acceptance on either of the stations. This is normally
the procedure between wheelhouse (bridge) stations.
3.3.1
Functional description
aa.
Set the control levers at the new station in accordance to the position of the levers at the
present station in command.
bb.
Press the button IN COMMAND or COMMON IN COMMAND (if such a switch is mounted
on the main propulsion plant) at the new station to be in command. The command is
transferred immediately as the lamp IN COMMAND i^ lit
Note:
There is normally no command transfer interlock because of discrepancy between lever position at the
present station in command and the lever position at the new station to be in command.
COMMON IN COMMAND may be installed on the main propulsion system in order to transfer the command for
all propeller systems between bridge stations, by activation only one common switch.
(20af)
Page 48

4
Functions: Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING
The below listed components and signals are continuously monitored:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
220 VAC Mains

24 VDC Back-up supply
Fuses
Intemal voltage levels
hiput analogue signals (order, feedback)
Memory
Microprocessor
If a failure or an illegal value is detected an alarm signal is passed to the main alarm plant Failures 4 7 wl release the SYSTEM FAILURE alarm in the control panels.
The thruster emergency pitch backup control is automatically engaged if the failure affects the normal
pitch control. The pitch will remain in the same position until the back-up control is operated.
The thruster emergency azimuth backup control is automatically engaged if the failure affects the
normal azimuth control. The thruster will remain in the same azimuth position until the backup control
is operated.
Refer tofigureTROUBLESHOOTING.
Important:
Previous to any replacement of components, be sure to disconnect the power

supplies by removing fuses F1-F4 in the Electronic Unit.
The HELICON-X remote control has two systems for self-checking purposes:
?? Hardware Watch Dog
?? Program controlled troubleshooting
(q:\prosj\ordre\S2xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc
Page 49
Functions: Troubleshooting
START
CHECK MICRO
TERMINAL
SEE TROUBLE
SHOOTING
MICRO
TERMINAL
YES-
4>
YE9-
SEE TROUBLE
SHOOTING PITCH
O
CONTROL
SYSTEM
YES-
PRESS "STAr
KEY ON THE
MICRO
TERMINAL
YES
4>
4>
SEE TROUBLE
SHOOTING
AZIMUTH
CONTROL
4>
1>
SEE TROUBLE
SHOOTING
WARNINGS
-0
YESI
-o
CALLFOR
SERVICE/
ASSISTANCE
STOP
Figure 4 : Troubleshooting. Main flowchart
(q;\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc
Page 50
Troubleshooting: Micro Terminal Failure
4.1 Micro Terminal Failure

In case of the Micro Terminal or a control station should appear as "dead", please check:
aa.
Fuse on the Panel Interface Card PIC1041 at the respective control station or on the Power
Distribution and Monitoring Card PDM1040 in the main unit.
bb.
Cable and plug cormections between Panel Interface Card PIC1041 and the Panel
Controller Card PCC1030 at the respective control station, or cormections between LCD
and Keyboard Interface LKIl 032 and the Panel Controller Card.
CO.
Communication link between the Panel Controller Card PCCl 030 at the respective control
station, and the Industrial Acquisition and Control Card1035(main CPU card) in the
main unit.
P a g e : 51
Troubleshooting: Micro Terminal Failure
START
INSPECT CARD
PPC1030(FITTET
ON THE BACK OF
MICRO TERM.)
CHECK FOR ANY

LOOSE PLUG OR
WIRE INTO
PPC1030, LKII032
NO^
INSPECT CARD
PDM1040 .
(MOUNTED IN
EL.UNIT)
REPLACE EL.
CARD LKI1032
WITH A NEW ONE
NO-
FUSE F7 OR F8 ON
PDM1040 BLOWN,
REPLACE WITH A
NEW SAME SIZE
DISPLAY
OK?
NO-
YES
REPLACE EL.
CARD PPCl 030
WITH A NEW ONE
RETURN TO
MAIN
J
Figure 5: Troubleshooting. Micro terminal failure
Page: 52
Troubleshooting: Pitch Control Failure
4.2 Pitch Control System Failure

The following analogue input signals are considered as important for the remote control of the propeller
pitch:
?? intemal voltages
?? pitch feedback position
?? pitch lever position
The system failure alarm is released and the pitch back-up control is automatically engaged if a failure
occurs in any of these signals.
4.2.1 Pitch Feedback
Pitch feedback failure will display the text PITCH FEEDBACK # if the pitch feedback sigml indicates
more than the pre-adjusted alarm limits. System failure alarm is released and passed to the alarm
plant. The pitch back-up control system is automatically engaged.
Reason(s) for pitch feedback failure can be:
?? power failme
?? broken wires
?? feedback transmitter malfimction
Refer to figure TROUBLESHOOTING THE PITCH CONTROL SYSTEM.
The failure condition is automatically cancelled if the feedback signal returns to normal.
4.2.2 Pitch Lever
Pitch lever failure will display the text PITCH LEVER # if the signalfromthe pitch lever potentiometer
in command indicates more than the pre-adjusted alarm limits.
A system failure alarm is released and passed to the alarm plant. The pitch back-up control system is
automatically engaged.
Reason(s) for pitch lever failure can be:
??
??
??
??
power failure
broken wire
lever potentiometer malfimction
control station in command malfimction
Refer to figure TROUBLESHOOTING THE PITCH CONTROL SYSTEM.

The failure condition is automatically cancelled if the order signal returns to normal.
P a g e : 53
START
Troubleshooting: Pitch Control Failure
PRESS "STAT"
KEY ON THE
MICRO
TERMINAL
NO-
CHECK
CONNECTIONS
TO FEEDBACK
POT.METER
CHECK FEEDB.
POT.METER FOR
ANY LOOSE SET
SCREW ETC.
PRESS "ACK" KEY

ON THE MICRO
TERMINAL
PRESS "ACK" KEY

ON THE MICRO
TERMINAL
NO-^
REPLACE THE
FEEDBACK
POT.METER WITH
A NEW ONE
MOVE PITCH
LEVER FROM
FULL AHEAD TO
FULL ASTERN
N0-&
REPLACE THE
ORDER
POT.METER WITH
A NEW ONE
YES
ADJUST SYSTEM,
SEE CHAPTER
PITCH CONTROL
ADJUSTMENTS
MOVE PITCH
LEVER FROM
FULL AHEAD TO
FULL ASTERN
YES
ADJUST SYSTEM,
SEE CHAPTER
PITCH CONTROL
ADJUSTMENTS
t><b
RETURN TO
MAIN
Figure 6: Troubleshooting. Pitch control system
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_I0.doc)
Page: 54
4.3
Troubleshooting: Pitch Control Warnings
Pitch Control Warnings
All input signals to the remote control system are continuously monitored. Input values are compared
to fixed limits. An alarm is released if input values exceed the Umits. The alarm is passed to the alarm
plant.
If the signal is essential to the control system, like order and feedback signals, system failure occurs
and back-up control activates. Alarm on a signal that is not so essential to the control system is also
passed to the alarm system, but back up control is not engaged. Such signal is defined as a WARNING.
Warnings can be displayed in plain text on the micro terminal by using the "STAT" key, refer to the
chapter MICRO TERMINAL.
4.3.1
Load Signal
Load signal failure will display the text DRIVE MOTOR LOAD 00 or LOAD SIGNAL 00. This text is
displayed if the signalfi-omthe load feedback transmitter exceeds the alarm limits for more than a
preset number of seconds (normally 20). These limits are adjustable. The back-up control is not
engaged.
The Load Controller is disengaged if error occurs. However the pitch acceleration limits are engaged
to ensure a minimum of engine protection against crash manoeuvring (see chapter LOAD CONTROL).
Reasons(s) for failure on load transmitter can be:
?? power failure
?? broken wires
?? load feedback transmitter malfimction
Refer to figure TROUBLESHOOTING PITCH CONTROL WARNINGS.
The error condition is automatically cancelled if the load signal returns to normal.
4.3.2
Pitch Joysticl( Order
Pitch Joystick Order failure will display the text PITCH JOYSTICK ORDER 00. This text is displayed
if the order signalfi-omthe Joystick system exceeds the alarm limits for more than a preset number of
seconds (normally 10). These limits are adjustable. The back-up control is not engaged.
The Joystick order signal is ignored if error occurs, and lever control mode is re-established.
Reasons(s) for failure on Joystick Order signal can be:
?? power failure
?? broken wires
?? Joystick System malfimction
For troubleshooting Joystick System failure, refer to the Instruction Manual for the Joystick System.
P a g e : 55

The error condition is automatically cancelled if the order signal returns to normal.
4.3.3 Pitch DynPos Order
Pitch DynPos Order failure will display the text PITCH DYNPOS ORDER 00. This text is displayed if
the order signal from the DynPos system exceeds the alarm limits for more than a preset number of
seconds (normally 10). These limits are adjustable. The back-up control is not engaged.
The DynPos order signal is ignored if error occurs, and lever control mode is re-established.
Reasons(s) for failure on DynPos Order signal can be:
?? power failure
?? broken wires
?? DynPos System malfimction
For troubleshooting DynPos System failure refer to the Instruction Manual for the DynPos System.
The error condition is automatically cancelled if the order signal retums to normal.
P a g e : 56
START
PRESS "STAT"
KEY ON THE
MICRO
TERMINAL
-J-*
INPUT SIGNAL
FROM EXT.
SYSTEM OUT OF
RANGE
PRESS "ACK" KEY

ON THE MICRO
TERMINAL
TROUBLE SHOOT
EXTERN SYSTEM
YES-t>
YES-^
RETURN TO
*\
MAIN
NOTICE THE
ALARM MESSAGE
AND PASS ON
INFORMATION
Figure 7: Troubleshooting Pitch Control Warnings
4.4 Power Supply Warnings

All power supplies in the remote control system are continuously monitored. The Power Distribution
and Monitoring Card PDM1040, located in the Main Unit, contains intemal fiises and monitoring of
each circuit. A Power Supply Warning is released if failure in one of the intemal power supply circuits
is detected. The alarm is also passed to the alarm plant.
Warnings can be displayed in plain text on the micro terminal by using the "STAT' key, refer to the
chapter MICRO TERMINAL.
LED indicators on the Power Distribution and Monitoring Card PDM1040 can be used to isolate
the power supply failure. If all 12 LED indicators on the card illuminate, this indicates NO ERROR. If
one or more LED is dark, this indicates a power supply error.
Page: 57
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Warnings
Refer to figure TROUBLESHOOTING POWER SUPPLY WARNINGS

For information of the meaning of each LED, refer to the table under:
Dark LED
D9
DIO
Dil
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
Meaning
Power Failure Alarm passed to the Main Alarm Plant
Fuse Fl or F2 on PDM1040 blown
Fuse F3 or F4 on PDM1040 blown
Fuse F9 or FIO on PDM1040 blown
Fuse Fl 1 or F12 on PDM1040 blown
Failure on Main Supply 220VAC, Terminal Fuse Fl or F2 blown or too low/high input
voltage
Failure on Backup Supply 24VDC, Terminal Fuse F3 or F4 blown or DC/DC-converter
failure
Failure on Backup Supply 24VDC, Terminal Fuse F3 or F4 blown or too low/high input
voltage
Page: 58
Instruction Manual
START
Troubleshooting: Power Supply
HELICON-X
Warnings
INSPECT CARD
PDMKMO
(MOUNTED IN
EL.UNIT)
FIND THE DARK

LEDD10-D17
YES
YES
NO 220VAC MAIN
SUPPLY
LOCATE THE
LED'S
CORRESPONDING
FUSES
N024VDC
BACKUP SUPPLY
CHECK BACKUP
24V DC SUPPLY
NO-t^
IN TO THE
EL.UNIT
CHECK MAIN
NO-^ 220V AC SUPPLY
IN TO THE
EL.UNIT
YES
YES
REPLACE FUSE
WITH A NEW ONE
SAME SIZE
REPLACE FUSE
WITH A NEW ONE
SAME SIZE
-^<i-
RETURN TO
MAIN
Figure S: Troubleshooting. Power supply warnings
REPLACE THE
BLOWN FUSE
WITH A NEW ONE
SAME SIZE
Page: 59
Troubleshooting: Pitch Indication Failure
4.5 Pitch Indication Failure

The pitch indicator circuit is fed from a separate track on the pitch feedback transmitter. All indicators
are connected in series. Indicator adjustments are carried out by means of potentiometers on the Pitch
Indication and Backup Card PIB1039.
In case of indicator malfunction, please check:
aa.
All indicators and the interconnecting cables
bb.
Indicator adjustments
cc.
Pitch Indication and Backup Card
dd.
Indicator feedback transmitter
HARDWARE DESCRIPTION
Detailed hardware descriptions of the electronic-cards in the system are included in the following
sections.
The included hardware settings are completed by qualified personnel from Rolls-Royce Marine AS
during the installation and sea trial period and need normally not to be changed. However if one of the
cards are replaced it is necessary to configure the new card.
(Q:\PROSJ\ORDRE\82XX_ANLEGG\8285\Hcx_Instr_10.doc)
P a g e : 60
Hardware: PPC1030C

5.1
Panel Processor Card
Analog Input/Output
Contact J4
Power/CAN bus and

Relay contact J3
Analog Input
Analog Output
Power Supplycircuits
Config. Jumpers
.CPU80C196
CAN Controller
Digital Contact J2
Digital Contact Jl
Controller
Epron
LED bars
EEprom (option)
Page 61
5.1.1
PCC:
PWM :
5.1.2
Hardware: PPC1030C
Definitions
Panel Controller Card PCC1030

Pulse Width Modulation
References
Circuit diagrams:
PE32000
Main page.
PE32001
Controller and Digital In/Out
PE32002
Analogue In/Out
PE32003
Power, Watch-dog and Reset
5.1.3
Functions
The card is used for controlling the operator panels in the HeUcon X system. The main tasks are
reading the operators orders, transferring messages to the main unit and updating status lamps /
indicators.
All digital and analogue inputs are updated continuously by the microprocessor and transferred to the
main unit via the serial CAN bus controller on the card.
5.1.3.1
Processor
The card is based on the hitel 80C196KB micro controller operating at a clockfrequeircyof
11.0592 MHz.
Intemally the controller is equipped with analogue and digital fimctions.
5.1.3.2
Memory
One 28-pin socket supports 64 Kbytes Eprom memory for program code. 8 Kbytes offixedRAM
memory is installed for data variables. The card is prepared for installing up to 8 Kbytes of serial
Eeprom in an 8-pin socket.
5.1.3.3
Timers
The micro controller's internal timers are used for running the operating system and for controlling the
internal PWM output. It is used as an analogue output, contiolling the lamp dimmer fimction.
5.1.3.4
Power supply
The card'is supphed by unregulated 24VDC which is galvanic isolated from the ships 24V.
Over voltage and polarity protection are implemented on the card.
The internal + 5VDC supply is produced, using a switched power regulator.
5.1.3.5
Supervising (Watchdog)
A special circuit has the watchdogfrinction,supervising the programftmctionsof the processor. If for
any reason a program malfunction appears, the circuit will reset the CPU, restarting the program. The
relay that is normally activated wall be deactivated when a watchdog error occurs.
When the supply voltages decreases below 12VDC, a voltage level detector circuit will also deactivate
the system error relays.
P a g e 62
Hardware: PPC1030C
During normal conditions without system errors, the relay can also be remotely controlledfromthe
main unit
The panel controller and the main unit communicates via a CAN bus serial line, using CAN controllers
oftype Intel 82527.
A CPU intemal serial port may be used for RS232 communication with an external PC for test
purposes.
5.1.3.7 Digitall/0
The card is equipped with two 34-pin flat cable contacts for digital , Jl and J2. Two lamp/switch
interface cards may be connected at the same time or one lamp/switch interface card and one LCD
interface card.
A total of 48 digital inputs/outputs may be controlled through the contacts. The signal level is CMOS
5V active high logic. The digital is based on the Intel 82c55 I/O controller.
On the card, 8 digital inputs are used for configuring jimipers. 8 digital outputs are used for controlling
8 LED bar diode 1-8.
LED bar diode 9 shows the alarm relay status and LED bar diode 10 while another indicates the
System OK status.
5.1.3.8
Analogue Input
Utihsing the analogue input fimctions of the CPU, 8 analogue input channels witii 10 bits resolution are
implemented on the card. The input channels are protected against noise and over voltage.
Serial resistors for connecting external pot.meters are supported on the terminating contact. The signal
inputs are single ended with OV reference, input level is 0 - 5 V. 5V pull-up may be used for detecting
cable breakage or defect pot.meters.
Using a MAX510 serial D/A converter, 4 analogue output channels are implemented with
8 bits resolution. The analogue output interface supports signal levels of +/- 1.28 mA using a REF02
circuit as the voltage reference.
P a g e 63
Hardware: PPC1030C
5.1.4 LED bar indicator functions

The LED bars 1-10 may be used for monitoring the program status of the PCC card.
f t o ; ' 1 ecB' "7
LED bar 10,9
-LED bar 1:
CPU activityflashing
On/Off
I I
5ys. error 0 1
\larm
1 0
3ys. ok 1 1
) = Off, l = On
LED bar 8,7,6 operation mode:
0,0,0
1,0,0
0,1,0
1,1,0
x,x,l
LED bar 5,4,3,2
I I! I
= Disconnected
= Passive
= Active
=MaIfimction
= Test
0 = Off, l=On, x= Off or On
error status:
0,0,0,0
1,0,0,0
0,1,0,0
0,0,1,0
0,0,0,1
= System OK
= Software Error
= CAN Bus Error
= Error
= WD Error
Several errors at the same time.
Page 64
Hardware: PPCI030C
5.1.5
Jumper Configuration
m '1 <
J9
J7
J8
J5
JIO
5
pos.8
pos.7
pos.6
pos.8
pos.7
pos.6
Jumper 5
pos. 5
pos.4
pos.3
pos. 2
pos.J
pos. 5
pos. 4
pos.3
pos. 2
pos.J
pos. 5
pos.4
pos.3
pos. 2
pos.J
< Default Function *

position
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT.
OPEN
OPEN
<
Invalid
Selection.
,*
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT.
SHORT.
OPEN
SHORT
UCJJ032
Card
connected
toJJ.
f,
Z^
"
LSH03I card
OPEN
connected to Jl. SHORT.
OPEN
Invalid
SHORT.
SHORT.
Selection.
OPEN
S ",>-',
^Default Function ( address) ~ '^
-'position:
Invalid
OPEN
Panel node
OPEN
Selection
OPEN
number is 50.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
(Value 1)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT.
OPEN.
Panel
Panel node
OPEN.
OPEN.
Node
OPEN.
number is 54.
SHORT. number is 53. SHORT. (value 5)
OPEN
(value 4)
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT
Panel node
OPEN.
Panel node
OPEN
number is 57. CONN
number is 58.
CONN
(value 8)
OPEN.
(value 9)
OPEN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT
' ^
> "
*" ^ r<
OPEN
LSn03J card
connected to J2. SHORT
SHORT.
SHORT
LKHOn
SHORT.
connected.
SHORT
toJl,
LS11031
connected.
toJ2.
\
LSnOSI card
connected
to JI and J2.
Test mode.
"'.V
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT.
OPEN
OPEN.
OPEN:
SHORT.
SHORT
OPEN
OPEN.
CONN
OPEN.
SHORT
OPEN
Panel node
number is 51.
(value 2)
Panel node
number is 55.
(value 6)
Panel node
number is 59.
(value 10)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
SHORT.
SHORT.
OPEN.
OPEN.
SHORT.
SHORT
SHORT
OPEN.
CONN
OPEN.
SHORT
SHORT
Panel node
number is 52.
(value 3)
Panel node
number is 56.
(value 7)
Panel node
number is 60.
(value I J)
Page 65

Jumper
Defmlh
position-
Hardware: PPC1030C
Functk r.
Open
= CAN NET termmation resistor disabled
J8
1-2
Open
= Invalid selection.
Pas. 1-2 = WatchDog Reset enabled.
J9
OPEN
Open
= CAN NET slope resistor enabled.
JIO
SHORT.
Open
Shorted
= Serial input from test Connector J6.

= Serial Input from J3 .(Normal)
5.1.6
(Only the two CAN nodes at the bus end-
Interface
The card has two 34 pin flat cable connectors Jl and J2. These connectors are intended for internal
connection to Lamp and Switch Interface Card LSI 1031 or LCD and Keyboard Interface Card
LKI1032.
The card has a 14 connection terminal block J3. This is intended for connection of power supply and
CAN bus signals to the panel.
Termmahblock J3.' ^ ^ -Direction ^ r

'
'^Signal type
1
In
24V
2
OV
- "3
CanL
In
4
CanH
-"S
Out
CanL
6
CanH
." ?
In
SV CMOS
S
Out
-" 9
OV
."Contact
Out
10
11
-"_ "12
Contact
Out
13
- "."NPN, OV
14
- "-
Function
Supply for the card
'
'
>'",'"
".
CAN Serial net connection
"
"
"
RS232 channel, RX signal

" , TXsignal
Ref. signal
System failure alarm (open contact when failure)
"
System failure alarm (closed contact when failure)
"
System failure Output.
'(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc)
Page 66
Hardware: PPC1030C
The card has a 32 connection terminal block J4. This is intended for connection of intemal
potentiometers and indicators in the panel.
- Terminal block J4
Pin
Sif^tal
SV
type
Direction
Out
Function
"'>-' .
Supply
pot.meler
0-5 V
In
Signal
OV
Out
Ref.
5V
Supply
0-5 V
Oui
In
Signal
OV
Out
Ref.
5V
Out
Supply
Pin;,
Signal
IS
OV
type..
Direction
Function
Out
Ref
19
5V
Out
Supply
pot.meler
20
0-5V
In
Signal
Aim
pot.meter
21
OV
Out
Ref
AINI
22
5V
Out
Supply
pot.meler
-"-
23
0-5V
In
Signal
Aim
pot.meter
24
OV
Out
Ref
Aim
0-5V
In
Signal
AIN2
25
+/-ImA
Out
Signal
or
Out
Ref
- "-
26
Ref
-'-
Ref
10
5V
Out
Supply
pol.meter
27
+/-1
Out
Signal
11
0-5 V
In
Signal
AIN3
28
Ref
- -
Ref
12
OV
Out
Ref
-"-
29
+/-lmA
Oui
Signal
13
5V
Out
Supply
30
Ref
14
0-5 V
In
Signal
A1N4
31
+/-lmA
15
OV
Out
Ref
-"-
32
Ref
16
5V
Out
Supply
pot.meter
33
SVPwm
0-5 V
In
Signal A1N5
34
OV
pot.meter
Ref
S-.
- "-
AOUTO
-"AOUTI
- "AOUT2
-
"-
Oui
Signal
AOUT3
Ref
- "-
Oui
Pwm
signal
OVref
The 20-pin dual row contact J6 provides the test signals:

Test point 'J6
Function
/^. -
5VCM0S
Oui
Serial TX signal from
5 V CMOS
In
Serial RX signal to CPU
OV
Out
Signal
5V CMOS
-"-" -
Pm
Signal
type
9
10
11
12
-"-"-"-"-" -
- "Out
functions
High speed In 0
"
7
8
GND
PWM for dim

In
CPU
"
"
High speed Oui 0

"
"
"
System OK
13
CAN Clock
Output
14
- -
15
5V
Analogue
In reference
16
5V
Analogue
Oui reference
5V
Digital supply,
18
5V
19
OV
20
OV
. ".
- ".
voltage
voltage
VCC
'
0 V supply,
GND
"
Page 67
5.1.7
Hardware: PPCl030C
Technical Specifications
5.1.7.1
Ambient temperature:
Maximum relative non-condensing humidity:
Vibration:
5.1.7.2
0-707C
97%
3-22Hz vwth amplitude 50mm/s,
22-lOOHz with acceleration 0.7g.
Mechanical specifications
Height :
< 25 mm
Width :
100 mm
Length :
160 mm
Weight: < 200 g
5.1.7.3
5.1.7.3.1
Power Supply
External supply
Voltage :24VDC+/-10%
Consumption : < 50W (dep. of load Jl, J2 interface cards)
hitemal supply
Voltage : 5VDC +/-10%
Consumption : < 2.5W
5.1.7.3.2
Analogue inputs
Resolution
Input Voltage Range
Input Current
Input Impedance
Maximum over voltage
Maximum current at +/-lOV
Noise protection
A/D conversion time
A/D Imearity error
A/D gain/offset error
A/D temperature deviation
Relative accuracy
Absolute accuracy
5.1.7.3.3
10 bits
0- 5V
0.05mA
lOOKohm puU up resistor
+/-lOV
1mA
RC filter
30uS
+/- 4LSB = +/- 0.39%
+/-ILSB = +/-0.1%
30ppm/?C
+/- 0.4%
+/- 1%
Analogue outputs
Resolution
Output current
Output load
Short circuit
Noise protection
Signal level at reset
D/A conversion time
8 bits
+/- 1.28 mA
3Kohm/500pF
continuously
serial resistor
-1.27 mA
lOuS
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\82S5\hcx_instr_10.doc)
P a g e 68

D/A linearity error
D/A gain/offset error
D/A temperature deviation
Relative accuracy
Absolute accuracy
5.1.7.3.4
0 - 0.8V
2-5V
0.05mA
> lOOKohm
None
Digital Output
Voltage level logic 0:

Current output:
Output load:
Reset signal level:
Noise protection:
5.1.7.3.6
0 - 0.4V at -2,5 mA max. Output current

3 - 4.6V at 2.5 mA max. Output current
max. 2.5mA
2Kohm/20pF
OV
None
CAN input/output
Differential bus voltage:

Differential input impedance:
Maximum input voltage:
Serial Line impedance:
Noise protection:
Short-circuiting:
Short circuit current:
5.2
+/- ILSB = +/- 0.39%

+/- 1LSB= +/-0.39
30ppm/?C
+/- 0.4%
+/- 1%
Digital Inputs

Current input:
Input impedance:
Noise protection:
5.1.7.3.5
Hardware: PPC1030C
1.5 - 3.0V
0 - lOOKohm
-5 - -H36V
120 ohm
Transient Coil and Internal protection.
Continuously, thermal protected.
Max. 100mA
Main Processor Card IDA1035C
5.2.1
IDA:
CAN:
RTC:
DMA:
RPM:
DP:
Definitions
Industrial Data Acquisition and Control Card IDA 1035A

Controller Area Network ' ' '
Real Time Clock (Calendar)
Direct Memory Access
Rotation Per Minute
Dynamic Positioning System
Page 69
Hardware: IDA1035C
National Marine Electronics Association's standards for data communication

between marine instruments.
NMEA:
5.2.2 References
Circuit Diagrams:
PE31324
Processor and Buffers
Digital Contacts
Jl
J2
Analog Input Contacts

J3
J4
J5
Lii im i~t-f'aemiMiBJFa-!riCTiiHTtii,',mnigJ
LED Bars
CAN Conti-oller
Dip switch
Perom Memory
Pickup Interface
Analog Input Circuit

J6 Analog Outp.Contact
Analog Output Circuits
Calendar Circuit
Timer Circuit
CPU 386 EX
RAM Memory
Battery 3V
Serial port; COM2
Serial Port COMl
Power and CAN bus

Connector J8
Switched Power supply

PE31325
PE31326
PE31327
PE31328
PE31329
PE31330
PE31331
PE31332
PE31333
PE31334
DMA jumpers
Flash Memory
Control Logic
Expansion Bus and Serial
Memory
Peripheral Controllers
Digital to Connections Jl and J2
Digital I/O and Pulse interface J3 and J7
Analogue Input Circuits, J4 and J5 Connections
Analogue Out Channels, J6 Connections
Alarm and RTC
Power Supply
5.2.3 Functions
The card is designed to be the main processor unit in the propeller systems.
Page 70
Hardware: IDA1035C
It contains the necessary functions for running system, application software, and communication with
the processors in the operating panels and performing various functions via the interface circuits
on the card.
5.2.3.1 Processor (CPU)
The Intel 80386 EX embedded microprocessor is used on the card. It is a highly integrated device with
several peripherals, saving card space, hitemally this is a 32-bit processor, while using 16 bits external
data bus.
It can support up to 64 Mbytes of memory address and 64 Kbytes of address space. The memory
size in the system is limited by the amount of memory installed on the card.
5.2.3.2 Memory
The card are using 3 types of memory:
Flash memory: For program code
Perom memory:
For parameters
Ram memory: For variables
The type of Flash memory is Intel 28F016A, size 2 Mbytes and 16 bits data bus. Usually only a part of
this memory space is used for loading the program code, depending of the memory mode used. The
Flash type of memory must be erased before loading new data.
The Perom memory is Atmel AT29C010A, size 128 Kbytes, 8 bits data bus. It is installed in a socket
and may be changed with other types of memory if necessary. The type of memory to be used is
selected via configuring jumpers. The upper 8 Kbytes can be programmed as a boot block. It can not
be erased. Usually theflashloading program is installed in the boot blocL
The 120 Kbytes Perom is used for the parameters loaded from a data file. Parameter data are
protected against accidental writing using a special write protection algorithm.
The type of Ram memory is TC554161FTL, size 512 Kbytes and 16 bits data bus.
It is used for all read/vmte of variable data.
2 memory sockets are provided next to the Perom socket for extra Ram memory during debugging.
5.2.3.3 Timers
Three tiriiers are integrated in the processor chip, used for the system software. Extemally the card is
also equped wdth three timers to detect pickup pulses and measure RPM through a pulse/pickup
interface.
5.2.3.4 Calendar
A real time clock with fll calendar functions and battery backup is installed on the card. It is normally
not used in propeller control systems.
5.2.3.5 Logic
3 EPLD circuits type 22V10PLCC are implemented to handle the decoding of memory and I/O, and
other logic functions.
5.2.3.6 Power
P a g e 71
Hardware: IDA1035C
The card is supplied with 24 VDC from an external source.

The internal supplies +5V, +12V and -12VDC are generated from a switched DC/DC converter
circuit. The -5V for the PC 104 cards is derived from -12V via a linear regulator.
5.2.3.7 Supervising (Watchdog)
The program fimctions of the card are supervised via a watchdog circuit. Normally the program resets
the watchdog hardware counter periodically several times each second. If the watchdog counter is not
reset within 1.6 second something is wrong in the program and the watchdog circuit will make a
hardware reset of the CPU, resulting in a restart of the program and deactivating of the Alarm relays.
The supervisor circuit also monitors the processors 5Volt within a tolerance of +-10%.
If the voltage exceeds the limits, the processor will stop normal execution and deactivate the alarm
relays.
Two alarm/ system error relays are mounted on the card. One of the relays is activated when a pitch
system errors occurs, and the other for a direction system error on azimuth thrusters.
The relays are also deactivated when detecting memory checksum errors, panel errors or
communication errors.
Normally the relays are in active condition with the contacts closed. If an error occur, the relays are
deactivated resulting in open contacts. One of the contacts confrols the emergency system, while the
other contact gives error signal to the alarm system.
If less serious errors occur, an extemal warning relay is deactivated, controlled by a digital output of
the IDA card.
Another external relay is mounted on the power supply interface card, detecting power failures.
Both relays are normally activated with closed contacts in serial, coimected through the contacts from
the system error relays. If one of the four relays is deactivated, the circuit is opened, signalling an error
condition to the alarm system.
5.2.3.8 Interrupt
The CPU Interrupt Unit consists of two cascaded interrupt controllers, a master/ slave, allowing
internal peripherals and extemal devices to interrupt the core through its interrupt input.
An extra extemal slave interrupt controller with eight interrupt inputs is also provided on the card
The CPU Internal Interrupt Controllers handles the two internal serial ports, intemal timers and DMA.
The unused interrupts is connected to the PC 104 contact:
IRQ3, IQR4, IQR5, IQR6, IQR7
The extemal controller handles the following interrupts:
IRQ 10
IRQll
FromPC104
C1_INT
C2_INT
From extemal counter 1

From extemal counter 2
(q:\prosj\onire\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
P a g e 72

_
From external counter 3
CAN1_INT
CAN2_INT
From CAN controller 1

From CAN controller 2
FLSH_INT
From Flash memory (normally not used)
5.2.3.9
Hardware: IDA1085C
DMA
The two intemal DMA channels and the DMA outputs from the PC 104 may be connected via
jumpers, depending of the type of PC 104 card installed.
5.2.3.10 Expansion Bus (PC104)
For expansion of the cardfimctions,PC 104 contacts are implemented for connecting one or several
PC 104 expansion cards.
The contacts are compatible with the industrial PC 104 16 bits standard, except for a limited number of
interrupts and DMA channels. The PC 104 Bus Master Mode is not provided because the IDA CPU is
always used as the Bus Master in the system.
Basically two types of communication is implemented on the card:

5.2.3.11.1 Serial communication
The COMl serial port in the CPU is connected through RS 232 interface to a 9 pin Dsub on the side
of the card. This port is used for loading program, parameters and for service purposes.
The COM2 serial port is directly connected to 16 pins contact Jl 1. Extemal serial interface card of
various types may be connected via flat cable.
5.2.3.11.2 CAN communication
For communication with the panel units, two CAN controllers of type Intel 82527 with bus interface
type Philips 82c251 are implemented. Both controllers may be galvanic isolated from the CAN bus and
the panel units.
Normally only one controller is needed for communication with the panels. The other is meant for a
redundant system or connecting extemal units, based on CAN bus, to the system.
The CAN controllers derive their clock inputsfroriii 16Mhz crystal. For communication with the
panel the CAN bus speed is programmed to 50 kbits/sec, providing a maximum physical CAN bus
length of more than 600 meters twisted pair shielded cable.
The bus must be terminated in both ends with 120-ohm resistors for optimum performance.
5.2.3.11.3 Optional communication
Optionally, several types of communication may be installed, using different PC 104 cards including
Ethernet network controllers or extra serial ports and CAN controllers.
{q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc)
P a g e 73
Hardware: IDA1035C
5.2.3.12 Digital I/O

Totally 72 digital channels based on the Intel 82c55 peripheral may be configured as inputs or
outputs via software. The signal level is based on 5V CMOS active high logic directly connected to the
card edge contacts.
The protection and interface is implemented on an external interface card connected through flat
cables. The external interface card is required for connection of the yard cables.
5.2.3.13 Pulse and Pickup Signal
For measuring pickup pulses (RPM) atfi-equenciesfrom1 - 1000 Hz. Three counter inputs are
implemented using a timer/counter circuit of type 82C54. Three other inputs are available for detecting
direction of rotation. The three counter inputs may also be used as interrupt inputs.
AU the pulse/pickup inputs are utilising 5V CMOS active high logic. Protection and signal interface is
located on the external interface cards, connected through flat cables.
32 analogue inputs are implemented on the IDA card, using two analogue multiplexers with 16
channels each. The AD converter used is of type Burr-Brown ADS7804 with 12 bits resolution and 10
us conversion time.
The signal levels are +/-10.24V single ended Inputs using OV as reference. Normally the levels utiKsed
are +/- lO.OOV, using the extended levels for detecting open inputs and over/under voltage failures.
Protection and signal interface are located on external interface cards, connected through flat cable.
A RC filter is provided for each analogue input, reducing noise pulses above 100 Hz. Analogue and
digital grounding is separated, connected only at one point on the card, located at the OV input supply
of the card.
The analogue and digital circuits are located at different areas on the card to minimise the
interference.
The IDA processor card is equipped with a maximum of 4 sockets for analogue output peripherals,
each providing four analogue output channels with 12-bit resolution. The DA converter Burr-Brown
DAC4815 is used supporting outputs of +/-10V with OV as reference. Protection and signal interface
is located on the extemal interface cards.
(q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.(ioc)
P a g e 74
5.2.4
Hardware: IDA1035C
JP15
JP6
1 ^ 1 : 19*^!^93^1^^1111^
JP5
Switch"'
JP4_
JP7
JPIO
JP9/
JP8/
J P M / " .'
IDA103S MAIN PROCESSOR Function ~

Jumper
Default
position.
JPl
JP2
Open
Open
Open
= CTSl from CPU to COM2 contact
Pos. 1-2
= EOP via U3F to TC (Terminal Counter) PC104 DMA
= DMA from PC1Q4 bus not enabled.

0 len
P OS. 1-3 = DRQOfrom PCI04 bus connected to DMA channel 0.
9-U = DRQ7
" :
r
. .
' - 2-4 = DRQl from PCI04 bus connected to DMA channel 1.
JP3
Open
JP4
1-2
JP5
1-2
- W-12 = NC
= DMA from PCI 04 bus not enabled.
0 pen
P 9S. 1-3 = DRQOfrom PC104 bus connected to DMA channel 0.
' - 2-4 " DRQl from PC104 bus connected to DMA channel 1.
'
16- DRQ3
"
'
S 10 - DRQ6
"
-10-12 = NC
= SCLK to PC104 bus not enabled.
0 pen
p OS. 1-2 = 8 MHz SCLK to PC 104 bus.
Open
Pos. 1-2 = 28 pin EPROM 27C512 (64K).
- " - 2-3 = 32 pin EPROM 27C010 (12SK). 27C020 f256K), 27C040 (512K).
(q:\prosj\orclre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page 75
Hardware: IDA1035C
Open
Open
Pos. 1-2
- " - 2-3
Open
Invalid selection.
= 28 pin SRAM 62832 (32K). 628128 (128K).
= 32 pin SRAM 628512 (SI2K).
= CAN NET 2 termination resistor disabled.
JP8
Open
Open
= CAN NET 1 slope resistor enabled.
JP9
Open
JPIO
Shorted
Open
Shorted
Open
- CAN NET 2 slope resistor enabled.

==
"
disabled.
- CAN NET I termination resistor disabled.
JPU
2-3
Open
= Counter I interrupt disabled.
JP12
2-3
Open
= Counter 2 interrupt disabled.
JP13
2-3
Open
JPU
2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2 = WatchDog Reset disabled.
JP15
2-3
JP16
1-2
Open
= Invalid selection
Pos. 1-2 = Eprom used
Pos. 2-3 = Perom used
Open
= Internal RAM memory disabled, external RAM in UI7 and U18
Pos. 1-2 = Internal RAM memory enabled, normal operation
JP6
1-2
JP7
, Switch
rt,
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
I
, Default
Function ..
,
^
^^positjon - >
load Flash Memory (dip switch 7 = OFF)
OFF
Load Datafile
(dip switch 8 = OFF)
OFF
OFF
Digital Input Test
OFF
" ___
OFF
"
OFF
OFF
OFF
N.
Page 76
Hardware: IDA103SC
5.2.5 interface Connections

For connection to analogue and digital interface cards ADI1036 and DIO1037, 34 leads flat cables are
used. Jl, J2 and J3 can be connected to 3 pes. DIO1037 cards, and J4, J5 and J6 can be connected to
2 pes AIO1036 cards.
The 16 pins flat cable contact, J7 can be connected to the Pickup/piilse interface card PFI1038.
An 18 pins terminal block J8 is dedicated for connection of power supplies, alarm outputs and the
CAN serial lines.
Terminal Block J8:
Pin
Signal type
24V
1
2
or
S
24V
4
OV
S
CanL
CanH
7
24V
8
OV
9
CanL
10
CanH
Relay contact
12
_ "_
13
Relay contact
14
"
15
Relay contact
16
_ "_
17
Relay contact
18
_ "_
^ '~
Direction
In
Function
-'
Main Supply for IDA card
- -
"
In
Supply for CAN channel I
-"-
In/Out
-"-
In
.".
In/Out
- .
Out
'
'
"
Serial line connection for CAN channel I
_ "
Supply for CAN channel 2
'
Serial line connection for CAN channel 2
"
System failure Relay Kl, contact 1 to alarm central
-"-
"
Out
System failure Relay K2, contact 2 to alarm central
-"-
"
Out
System failure Relay Kl, actiyating emergency control I
-"-
"
Out
System failure Relay K2, actiyating emergency control 2
"
A 64 pin contact J9 and a 40 pin contact JIO are available for installing one or more industrial standard
PC 104 Card.
Jl 1 is a 16 pins flat cable contact. Signals to serial port COM2 are available on this contact. (Note this
is 5V Cmos signals, not RS232.)
J12 is a standard 9 pin DSUB with RS232C interface. Serial channel COMl is available on this
contact.
Dsub Contact J12:
- .
|
- * ,
-.--'
' Pin ' : Sigrml,lype ~ '.' Direction '^' ''Function'- -
+/-12V
In
DCDO (Data Carrier Detect)
;
2
RXDO (Receive Data)
.".
Out
3
TXDO (Transmit Data)
4
DTRO (Data Terminal Ready)
-".".
5
OV
GND (Signal Gnd)
6
+/-12V
In
DSRO (Data Set Ready)
7
Out
RTSO (Request To Send)
8
In
CTSO (Clear To Send)
9
RI 0 (Ring Indicator)
J13 is a 10 pins flat cable contact where the JTAG Test Access Port signals are available.
J14 is a 7 pins single row header where several test signals are available.
' Header 4 :-Pin "I Signaltype
'
' Direction ' \-x Function -\
Page 77

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5V CMOS
Out
- "+5V
OV
+12V
-12V
-5V
-"-".
Hardware: ID1035C
Wotch-do^ triggered
Watch-doR status
+J V supply
0 y supply
+12 V supply
-12 V supply
-5 V supply
5 is a 7 pins Molex contact for optional cormection of an external power supply.

Connector Jl 5'
Pin
Signal type
+J2V
I
2,3
+5V
OV
4.5
-12V
6
-5V
7
^Function ' '"' ~

+12 V supply
+5 V supply
GND (Signal Gnd)
-12 V supply
-5 V supply
JI 6 is a 4-pin header for optional connection of an external backup battery.

Header ..
Pm ' -Signal nipe~ . Function \ '^'
;
2
3.4
5.2.6
+ VB
NC
OV
3 - 5 V supply
Not Connected
GND (Signal Gnd)
Technical Specifications.
5.2.6.1 Environmental specifications

Ambient temperature :
Maximum relative non-condensing humidity:
Vibration:
0 - 70?C
97%
22-100 Hz, acceleration 0.7g.
5.2.6.2 IVIechianical specifications

Height: < 25 mm
With:
160 mm
Length: 233.4 mm
Weight: <250 g
5.2.6.3 Electrical specifications
5.2.6.3.1 Power supply
External supply
Voltage:
24VDC +/-10%
Consumption:
<25W
Litemal suppHes:
Voltage 1:
5VDC +/- 10%
Consumption:
<5W
Voltage 2:
+12VDC +/- 5%
(q:\prasj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page 78

Consumption:
<5W
Voltage 3:
Consumption:
-12VDC+/-5%
<3\V
Voltage 4:
Consumption:
-5VDC +/- 5%
<0.3W
Hardware: IDA1035C
5.2.6.3.2 Analogue Inputs

Resolution:
Input range:
Input current:
Max. Over voltage:
Max. Current at: +/-24V:
Input impedance:
Noise protection:
A/D conversion time:
A/D linearity error:
A/D gain/offset error:
A/D temperature deviation:
Absolute accuracy:
12 bits
+/- 10.24V
+/- 1mA
+/- 24V
<2mA
100 kohm -
Diodes to +1- 12V, RC filter
lOuS
+/- ILSB = +1- 0.02%
+/-2LSB= -H/-0.05%
+/- 0.05%
+/- 0.10%
5.2.6.3.3 Analogue Outputs

12 bits
Resolution:
+/- lOV
Voltage span:
Output current:
+/-5mA
Output load:
2Kohm/500pF
Short-circuiting:
Continuously
" Current:
+/- 30 mA
Noise protection:
None
Reset signal level:
OV
D/A conversion time:
lOuS
D/A linearity error:
+/-ILSB = +/-0.02%
+/-4LSB = +/-0.10%
D/A gain/offset error:
+/- 0.20%
Absolute accuracy:
5.2.6.3.4 Digital Inputs

Current input:
Input impedance:
Noise protection:
0 - 0.8V
2-5V
0.05mA
> lOOKohm
None
5.2.6.3.5 Digital Output

Current output:
Output load:
Reset signal level:
Noise protection:
0 - 0.4V at -2.5 mA max. Output current

3 - 4.6V at 2.5 mA max. Output current
max. 2.5mA
2Kohm/20pF
OV
None
Page 79
Hardware: IDA1035C
5.2.6.3.6 CAN input/ output
Differential bus voltage:

Differential input impedance:
Maximum input voltage:
Serial Line impedance:
Noise protection:
Short-circuiting:
Short circuit current:
1.5-3.0V
10 - lOOKohm
-5 - +36V
120 ohm
Transient Co and Internal protection.
Continuously, terminally protected.
Max. 100mA
{q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc)
Page 80
Hardware: AIO1086A

5.3
Analogue In/Out Interface Card AI01036A
Analog In
Contact Jl
'
Analog Out
Contact J2
'.''-.--
Page: 81
5.3.1
Hardware: AIO1036A
Definitions
AIO: Analogue In Out hiterface Card AIO1036A

5.3.2
References
PE31445C
PE31446B
PE31447C
PE31634C
5.3.3
Main Page
Analogue I n C i r c u i t s
Analogue Out hiterface Circuit 0-3
Analogue Out Interface Circuit 4-7
Functions
The Analogue Interface Card contains terminal block and signal conditioning circuits for analogue
signals in and out from the remote control system.
5.3.3.1 Analogue In
The AIO 103 6 card supports connection of up to 16 analogue input signals. 8 of these signals must be
+/-10V signal, or alternatively potentiometers. The card can supply regulated +/-12V power supply to
the end terminals of the 8 potentiometers. Each +/-12V potentiometer supply output is short circuit
protected via serial resistors.
The next 8 analogue input signals can be configured as 0-20mA current input or +/-10V voltage input
channels. This is done by jumper settings. All input channels are protected against electromagnetic
interference, transients and overvoltage.
Max signal range is +/-10.24V for voltage and 0 to +20.48mA for current input.
5.3.3.2 Analogue out
8 analogue out channels are provided. 4 channels can be configured as voltage output +/-10V, or
current output 0-20mA. 2 output channels can be configured as galvanic isolated +/-10V or 0-20mA. 2
output channels can be configured as general +/-10V output or actuator output +/-8V referred to
midpoint of 24Vdc supply voltage. This signal is adapted to Danfoss proportional valve and actuator
driver cards DC0033, DC0034 and DC0035. This is selected by jumper settings. All output channels
are protected against electromagnetic interference, short circuit and overvoltage.
Max signal range is +/-10.24V for voltage output, +/-8.19V for actuator signal output and 0 to
+20.48mA for current output.
q;\prosj\oKire\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc
Page: 82
5.3.4
'y
Hardware: AIOI036A
%
!:.'*
.'
,'*""'
^1
.'
./
'' - .
/ / I M \ \
JPl JP2 JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6 JP7 JP8

A1O1036 ANALOG I/O INTERFACE CARD
Jumper
Default
Function
: pos.:
JPl
Open
= Analogue Input A108 disconnected.
1-2
Pos. 1-2 =
"
10Vmode.
1-3 & 2-4 =
"
0-20mA mode.
Open
JP2
1-2
Pos. 1-2 =
"
lOV mode.
1-3 & 2-4 =
-"
0-20mA mode
Open
= Analogue Input AI 10 disconnected.
JP3
1-2
Pos 1-2 =
"
izlOVmode.
1-3 &2-4 =
"
0-20mA mode
JP4
1-2
Open
= Analogue Input AIll disconnected.
Pos. 1-2 =
"
IOVmode.
1-3 & 2-4 =
"
0-20mA mode
JP5
1-2.
Open
= Analogue Input AI2 disconnected.
Pos. 1-2 '=
"
lOVmode.
1-3 & 2-4 =
"
0-20mA mode
JP6
1-2
Open
Pos. 1-2 =
"
10Vmode.
1-3 & 2-4 =
0-20mA mode
JP7
Open
1-2
Pos. 1-2 =
"
10Vmode.
1-3 & 2-4 =
"
0-20mA mode
JP8
1-2
Open
= Analogue Input AH5 disconnected.
Pos. 1-2 =
"
' lOV mode.
1-3 &2-4 =
"
0-20mA mode
Open
= Analogue Output AO disconnected.
JP9
1-2
Pos 1-2 =
"
lOVmode.
1-3 & 2^ =
"
0-20mA mode
'
. . j . t j - ! . "-.^-^*
\ \
JPll JP13 JP14JP12
Jumper
JPIO
Dcjault
pos.
1-2
JPl I
1-2
JP12
1-2
JPI3
1-2
JP14
1-2
JP15
2-3
JP16
2-3
jpn
2-3
JP18
2-3
Function
Open
Pos. 1-2
- " - 2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
- " - 2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
-" 2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
-"-2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
-" - 2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
. " - 2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
-"-2-3
Open
Pos. 1-2
- " - 2-3
Open
Pos 1-2
-"- 2-3
= Analogue Output I disconnected.

=
"
lOV mode.
0-20mA mode.
= Analogue Output A02 disconnected.
=
"
lOV mode.
=
"
0-20mA mode.
=
"
lOVmode
=
"
0-20mA mode.
=
"
i: lOVmode.
=
"
0-20mA mode.
=
"
lOVmode.
=
"
0-20mA mode.
"
ilOV mode.
"
8VDanfoss mode.
=
"
IOV mode.
=
"
i 8V Danfoss mode.
=
"
lOVmode.
=
"
8V Danfoss mode.
=
"
lOVmode.
=
-"
8V Danfoss mode
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc
Page; 83

5.3.5 Interface
Hardware: AIO1036A
The card has two 34 pin flat cable connectors Jl and J2. These connectors are intended for internal
cormection to J4 and J6 or J5 and J6 on IDA1035 Main CPU card. When J4 and J6 are used, module
reference numbers are 21, 22 and 31. When J5 and J6 are used, module numbers are 23, 24 and 32.
The module numbers are used as reference number in connection diagrams and parameter files.
The card has a 64 cormection terminal block J3. This is intended for connection of external analogue
signals in and outfromthe remote control.
Cables to/fi"om external components and systems are cormected to this terminal block.
Terminal block J3:
Signa!
''
]
+12V
+/-10V
2
OV
i
4
-12V
5
+12
6
+/-10V
7
OV
-12V
S
9
+12V
10
+/-10 V
II
OV
12
-12 V
13
+12V
+/-10V
14
15
OV
-12V
16
+12V
18
+/-10 V
OV
19
-12V
20
21
+12V
22
+/-10V
23
OV
24
-12V
25
+12V
26
+/-10 V
27
OV
-12 V
28
29
+12V
30
+/-10V
31
OV
32
-12 V
' * " " , . ^ ,:c*^

Directions \ Function . . t
Out
Supply to pot.meter I
AIN Module 21/23 Channel 00
In
Ref. "
Oui
Supply to pot.meter 1
."Supply to pot.meter 2
In
Out
Ref. "
.".
In
Out
Ref "
-"Supply to pot.meter 4
.".
In
Out
Ref "
-"AIN Module 21/23 Channel 04
In
Out
Ref "
.".
-"AIN Module 21/23 Channel 05
In
Out
Ref "
.".
In
Out
Ref "
." .
In
Out
Ref "
Pin-:- JSigrml'
33
+/-V.+mA
34
OV
35
+/-V,+mA
36
OV
37
+/-V,+mA
OV
38
39
+/-V.+mA
OV
40
41
+/-V.+mA
42
OV
43
+/-V.+mA
44
OV
45
+/-V.+mA
46
OV
47
+/-V.+mA
OV
48
49
+/-V,+mA
OV
50
+/-V, +mA
51
OV
52
53
+/-V.+mA
54
OV
55
+/-K+mA
OV
56
57
+/-V.+mA
OV
58
59
+/-V,+mA
60
OV
61
+/-10V/8V
62
0Vorl2V
63
+/-10V/8V
64
OVor 12V
. Direction '
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
In
Out
." -"-
."-".
-"-"-
Function
^
^'
Ref "
Ref "
Ref "
Ref "
Ref "
Ref "
Ref "
Ref "
AOUT Module 31/32 Channel 00
Ref
"
Ref "
Ref
Ref
"
Ref
"
Ref. "
Ref
"
."-
Page: 84
5.3.6
5.3.6.1
Ambient temperature
Maximum relative non-condensing humidity
Vibration
5.3.6.2
Height
With
Length
Weight
5.3.6.3
Hardware: AIO1036A
0-707C
97%
3-22Hz limited of amplitude 50mm/s,
22-lOOHz limited of acceleration 0.7g.
Mechanical specifications
: < 25 mm
: 125 mm
: 170 mm
: < 150 g
5.3.6.3.1 Analogue Input
+/-10Vmode
Signal in (J3)
Signal out (Jl)
Relative accuracy
Absolute accuracy
0-20mA mode
Signal in (J3)
Signal out (Jl)
Voltage in (J3)
Current inn
Input resistance
Max overvoltage
Max current at +/-24V
Noise protection
Relative accuracy
Absolute accuracy
+/-10.24V
+/-10.24V
+/- 0.1%
+/- 1%
0-20.48mA
0-10.24V
0-4V
0-20.48mA
200 ohm
+/-24V
50mA
: Diodes, RC filter
: +/- 0.1%
: +/- 1%
Page: 85
Hardware: AIO1036A
5.3.6.3.2 Analogue outputs

+/-10Vmode
Signal in (J2)
Signal out (J3)
Current out
Load output
Short circuit
Noise protection
Repeatability
Absolute accuracy
+/-10.0V
+/-10.24V
5mA
2Kohm/500pF
continuously
+/-10mA
Diodes
+/- 0.1%
+/- 1%
+/-8V mode
Signal in (J2)
Signal out (J3)
Max current out
Max load output
Short circuit
Noise protection
Repeatabihty
Absolute accuracy
+/-10.0V
+/-8.19V referred to midpoint of 24V power supply
+/-lmA
8Kohm/500pF
continuously
+/-10mA
Diodes
+/- 0.1%
+/- 1%
0-20mA mode
Signal in (J2)
Signal out (J3)
Voltage out
Max load output
Short- circuit
Noise protection
Repeatabihty
Absolute accuracy
+/-10.0V
+/-20.48mA
0-lOV
470ohm/500pF
continuously
+25mA
Diodes
+/- 0.1%
+/- 1%
Page: 86

5.4
Hardware: DIOI037A
Digital I/O Interface Card D i d 037A

Digital
contact Jl
1 i.r^w.
Relays
^V*-
/ *
_)
M
J
Optocouplers
Transistor
Drivers
'
Digital In/Out Terminal

Block J2
Page: 87

5.4.1
Hardware: DIP 103 7A
Definitions
DIO: Digital In Out hiterface Card DIO1037A

5.4.2
References
PE31636C
PE31637C
PE31638C
5.4.3
Main Page
Digital In Circuits
Digital Out Circuits
Functions
The Digital Interface Card contains terminal block and signal conditioning circuits for digital signals
in and out from the control system.
5,4.4
Digital In
The DIO1037 card allows coimection of up to 12 digital input signals. Signal level is 24V DC active
high. Digital input signals are galvanic isolatedfromthe internal 5V logic supply on the card. All input
chaimels are protected against electromagnetic interference, transients and overvoltage. A Led diode
is provided on each input channel to indicate logic level on the input.
5.4.5
Digital Out
12 digital out channels are provided. Digital out channel 0-3 are high sidefransistordriver outputs, and
chaimels 4-11 are potential free relay contact outputs. Max load for the transistor drivers are 24V
DC/2A, and max voltage and current through the relay contacts are also 24V/2A.
Relay output channel 4-7 have only one normal open contact each, while output chaimel 8 and 9 have
two normal open contacts, output channel 10 and 11 have one normal open and one normal closed
contact each.
Page:
Hardware: DIO 103 7A
5.4.6
LED Indicators
Digital Out Channel LED Indicators

DO0DO1DO2DO3
/ / / / / /
DIO Dil DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 DI7 DI8 DI9 DUO Dil 1
Digital In Channel LED Indicators
q:\prasj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc
Page: 89
5A.7
Hardware: DIO1037A
Interface
The card has one 34-pin flat cable connector Jl. This connector is intended for intemal connection to
Jl, J2 or J3 on 1 035 Main CPU card.
The card has a 58 connection terminal block J2. This is intended for connection of external digital
signals in and outfromthe remote control.
Cables toom external components and systems are connected to this terminal blocL
Terminal block J2'
'
'
'
Pin
Siffnal
Direction
Function
Pin
Signal
Direction
Function
24V
In
Power supply digital In/Out channels
30
OV
Out
Ref
OV
."..
31
24V/2A
24V
In
DIN 00
32
OV
Out
Ref. "
33
24V/2A
26
.".
.".
_ "_
."_
_"_
_ ".
_"_
."_
_"_
_"_
_ ".
. "_
_"_
,"_
.".
._".
,"_
_"_
_ ".
_ ".
_"_
_"_
_ ".
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
24V/2A
28
OV
29
24V/2A
"
In
DIN 01
34
OV
Out
Ref. "
35
Contact
In
DIN 02
36
Out
Ref
39
In
DIN 04
40
_ "_
"_
_ "_
_ "_
_ "_
Out
Ref
41
_ "
In
DIN 05
42
Out
Ref
"
43
In
DIN 06
44
Out
Ref "
45
In
DIN 07
46
Out
Ref
"
47
In
DIN 08
48
Out
Ref
"
49
In
DIN 09
50
Out
Ref "
51
In
DIN 10
52
Out
Ref
"
53
In
DIN 11
54
Out
Ref
55
Out
Ref. "
37
In
DIN 03
38
.".
.".
"
DOUT 00
56
Ref
57
"
DOUT 01
58
_ "_
_ "_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_"_
_ " _'
_"_
_"_
_"_
_ "_
_ "_
.-.
.".
.".
.".
.".
_"_
_"_
_".
_"_
-"_
_"_"_
,".
_"_
_"_
."_
_".
_"_
.".
_",
,"_
."_"_
_"_
.".
.".
.".
.".
DOUT 02
Ref.
"
DOUT 03
Ref
"
DOUT 04 (Normal Open)
"
" , ...
"
"
DOUT 08 Contact A (Normal Open)
"
DOUT 08 Contact (Normal Open)
"
"
DOUT 09 Contact (Normal Open)
"
"
DOUT JO Contact (Normal Closed)
"
DOUT J J Contact A (Normal Open)
"
DOUT Contact (Normal Closed)
"
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_an) egg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc
"
Page: 90
'
5.4.8
Hardware: DIO1037A
5.4.8.1 Environmental Specifications

Ambient temperature
Vibration
0-707C
97% +/-3%
5.4.8.2 Mechanical Specifications

Height
With
Length
Weight
<25 mm
125mm
160 mm.
<150g
5.4.8.3 Electrical Specifications

5.4.8.3.1 Power Supply
Extemal Supply (via J2)
Voltage : 18-32 VDC
Consumption : < 200W (dependent of extemal load)
Internal Supply (via flat cable)
Voltage 1
: 5VDC +/-5%
Consumption : < 2W
Voltage 2
Consumption
: 18-32 VDC
: < lOW (vnth all relays activated)
5.4.8.3.2 Digitailnput
Logical 0 input voltage
Max overvoltage : 38V
Current in (at 24VDC)
Liput resistance
Noise protection
Indication
: 0 - lOVDC (J2)
: 15 - 32VDC (J2)
: 5mA 4-20%
: 4.7Kohm
: Optocouplers.
: LED
5.4.8.3.3 Digital Output

q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anl^g\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc
Page: 91
Hardware: DIO1037A
Driver
Logical 0 output voltage : OV (J2)
Logical 1 ouût voltage : 24VDC (J2)
Max load current
2.2A
Short circuit protection
Current and temperature
Noise protection
Freewheeling diode
Indication
LED
Relay contact
Logical 0
Logical 1
Max load relay
Short circuit protection
Noise protection
Indication
: Relay contact open (J2)

: Relay contact closed (J2)
: 24VDC/2A
: None (only fuse protected supply voltage must be connected)
: None (if inductive loads connected,free-wheelingdiodes must be
used)
:LED
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlsgg\8285\hcx_instr_10.doc
Page: 92
Hardware: PIB 1039A

5.5
Pitch Backup and Indication Card PIB1039A
Testpoints
Trimming
potentiometers
Leds
Contact Jl
Page: 93

5.5.1
Definitions
PIB :
Pitch Indication and ackup Card FIB 1039A.
5.5.2
References
PE31631B
PE31632B
PE31633A
5.5.3
Hardware: PIBl 039A
Main Page
Analogue Part
Logic
Functions
The Pitch Indication and Backup Card contains logic and driver circuits for the Pitch indication system
and the Pitch backup system. The card can also be used as Azimuth direction backup system.
5.5.3.1 Pitch indication system
The pitch indication potentiometer is connected to a terminal block on this card. The card contains also
current driver for the pitch indicators, and trimming potentiometers for adjustment of zero position and
maximum ahead/astern deflection of indicators. The potentiometer input is protected against transients
and overvoltage, and the current driver is protected against transients and short circuit.
5.5.3.2 Pitchi bacicup control
Pitch backup control pushbuttons and pitch actuator is connected to a terminal block on this card. The
card contains logic for pushbutton control. This include:
manual change over to backup control
automatic change over if normal control fails
order ahead
order astern
interlock of order when maximum ahead/astern is reached
interlock of simultaneous order ahead/astem
The order signal out to actuator is adapted to Danfoss proportional valve interface; +/- 8V referred to
midpoint of 24V supply voltage. If other actuators are used, external signal converters/driver cards
must be connected between the PIB 103 9 card and the actuator. The card contains also trimming
potentiometer for adjustment of actuator speed in backup mode.
All digital in/out signals are active high 24 VDC signal level with one exception, the system failure
input. This input is normal closed, and backup system is automatic activated if this contact q)ens. The
inputs are protected against transients and overvoltage, and the outputs are protected against transients
and short circuit.
q:\prosj\onire\82xx_anlegg\8285\hcx_mstr_10.doc
Page:
94
Hardware: PIB1039A
5.5.4 Testpoints, potentiometers and Leds
Testpoints
TP7: Sign, after min/max adj
'^''Md&-
TP6: Sign, after offset adj.
11
TP5: Offset adj. sign.

TP4: Actuator order out
TP3: Actuator ref.
TP2: 7,5V Ref. Volt.
TPl: 15V Ref Volt.
--
Pot.meters
PI : Offset
Adjustment
P2 : Max.Astern
Adjustment
P3 : Max.Ahead
Adjustment
P4 : Actuator speed
Adjustment
Page: 95
5.5.5
Hardware: PIB 1039A
Interface
The card has a 22 connection terminal block Jl. This is intended for connection of analogue and digital
signals in and outfromthe card. External cables can be connected directly to the terminal block.
Terminal block Jl '
- Pin
Signal
J
24V
2
OV
24V
S
OV
4
5
24V
6
."7
."8
.".
9
-"10
-"+/-lmA
12
Ref.
15V
13
0-15 V
14
OV
15
Rel. cont.
16
--" " 1
Direction
In
." Out
."-"Out
.".".
In
.".
Out
- -
Out
In
Out
In
.".
18
19
20
21
22
Danfoss
Out
-"-
.".
-"-
- .
Rel. cont.
5.5.6
-"Out
Function
'^'
' '"
" '' .
Power supply to indication and backup system
"
Power supply to operator panels
"
Backup system on/off switch
Backup system on lamp
System failure lamp
System failure buizer
Backup ahead order
Backup astern order
Pitch indicator signal out
Pitch indicator reference out
Power supply to pitch indication pot. meter
Signal from
"
Power supply to pitch indication pot.meter
System failure contact
"
Order to actuator/actuator driver.

Ref to
"
Backup control on to actuator driver.
Not used
5.5.6.1 Environmental Specifications

Ambient temperature
Vibration
0-707C
97% +/-3%
5.5.6.2 Mechanical Specifications

Height
Width
Length
Weight
: <25mm
: 100 mm
: 160 mm
,: < 150 g
5.5.6.3 Electrical Specifications
5.5.6.3.1 Power Supply

Page: 96

Voltage : 24VDC +20/-30%
Consumption : < 5W
Hardware: PIB1039A
5.5.6.3.2 Indication Feedback input

Signal range
Current in
Input resistance
Max voltage
Max current in
Noise protection
Linearity error
Temperature drift
+/-5V referred to internal reference voltage

0.025mA
200Kohm
+/-24V
0.24mA
Diodes and RC-filter
+/- 0.5%
30ppm/?C
5.5.6.3.3 Analogue output

Order output
Voltage out
Current out
Load output
Short circuit
Noise protection
Linearity error
Temperature drift
+/-8V referred to internal reference voltage

+/-lmA
8Kohm/500pF
continuously
+/-10mA
Diodes
+/- 0.5%
30ppm/?C
Indicator signal output

Voltage out
Current out
Load output
Short circuit
Noise protection
Linearity error
Temperature drift
+/-5V
+/-lmA
5Kohm/500pF
continuously
+/-10mA
Diodes
+/- 0.5%
30ppm/?C
Page: 97

5.5.6.3.4 Digital input
Max overvoltage
Current in (at 24VDC)
Input resistance
Noise protection
Indication
Hardware: PIB1039A
: 0 - lOVDC
: 15 - 32VDC
:38V
:5mA4-/-20%
: 4.7Kohm
: Optocouplers.
:LED
5.5.6.3.5 Digital output
Active output
Logical 0 output voltage : Tri-state
Logical 1 ouût voltage : 24VDC
Max output current
: lA
Short circuit protection : PTC
Noise protection
: None (if inductive load connected,free-wheelingdiodes must be
used)
Indication
: LED
Relay output
Logical 0
: Contact open
Logical 1
: Contact closed
Max load relay contact 24VDC/2A
Short circuit protection None (only fuse protected supply voltage must be connected)
Noise protection
: None (if inductive load connected,free-wheelingdiodes must be
used)
Indication
:LED
Page: 98
Instruction Manual
5.6
HELICON-X
Appendix 1
Tt
Parameter List
(Q:\PROSJ\ORDRE\82XX_ANLEGG\8285\Hcx_Instr_10.doc)
Page: 99
Opterm
Mterm Node Chan Menu

100
General Contr. G Par
100
100
100
General Contr. GPar
100
General Contr. GPar
100
General Contr. GPar
100
General Contr. GPar
General Contr. GPar
100
100
General Contr. GPar
Submenu
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
CAN config GPar
Tag
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_D1ML
CAN_C_DIML
CAN_C_DIML
Descriptor
CAN-node minimum dimmer limit
2
2
2
101
101
101
General Contr. GPar

General Contr. GPar
General Contr. GPar
Applic.config GPar
Applic.config GPar
Applic.config GPar
M_D_NO_00
CT_PRIORIT
DE_CONT_00
Main El Drivemotors installed

Command Site Priority Type
Deviation alarm Inst. 1=ON/3=EMERG
400
Load
Load Config GPar
LD_LC_00
Load Control switch (on/off)
Contr. Gpar
Alarm
Par Value
New Val New Val

5
5
5
5
5
5
~
5
5
--5
1
10
0
New Val
i
1
1
i
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
401
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
5
5
402
402
Load
Load
5
5
5
5
403
403
403
403
5
5
6
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
LD_C_X_00
LD_C_X_00
LD_C_X_00
LD_C_X_00
LD_C_X_00
LD_C_Y_00
LD_C_Y_00
LD_C_Y_00
LD_C_Y_00
LD_C_Y_00
LD_C_SP_00
Load Curve X values
Contr. Gpar
Contr. Gpar
Load Device GPar

Load Device GPar
LD_D_TD_00
LD_O_MX_00
Load Derivative Time Engine 1

Load Limit (Max Load Signal)
Load
Load
Load
Load
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Load
Load
Load
Load
LD_O_DB_00
LD_U_DB_00
LD_U_GN_00
LD_O_GN_00
Load Deadband over Load Limit

Load Deadband under Load Limit
Load Gain Underloaded
Load Gain Overloaded
404
404
Load
Load
Contr. Gpar
Contr. Gpar
Load LP Filt. GPar

Load LP Filt. GPar
LD_FT_M_00
LD_FT_P_00
Load Filter Integral Limit

Load Filter Pulse (Delta Increment)
500
Pitch Contr. Gpar
Pitch Config. GPar
P_I_OU_00
Invert pitch actuator output
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Load
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Curve
Load Curve Y values
Load Setpoint Eng.1 (Loadsetting)
0
10
20
50
100
0
10
20
""" 50
100
100
0
100
:
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Lim/GainGPar
Lim/Gain GPar
Lim/Gain GPar
Lim/Gain GPar
2
2
1
1
80
1
0
Rolls-Royce Marine AS
dep.:Propulsion - Uistein
T8285a.xls
09.05.03
Page 1 of 8
Opterm
6
6
6
6
6
Mterm Node Chan

500
500
500
500
500
Menu
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Submenu
Pitch Config. G Par
Pitch Config. GPar
Pitch Config. GPar
Pitch Config. GPar
Pitch Config. GPar
Tag
P_CR_00
P_DE_TI_00
P_LFB_00
P_TI_PW_00
P_TE_MD_00
Descriptor
Crash Limits Always Enabled Switch
Pitch deviation alarm delay time
Invert pitch feedbacl<
Pitch PWM output timer: 100ms*Par
Pitch PWM Test mode ON/OFF
6
6
6
6
6
503
503
503
503
503
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Scaling
Scaling
Scaling
Scaling
Scaling
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
P_PW_L_00,
P_O_SC_00
P_O_SC_00
P_O_SC_00
P_LD_1VIN_00
imit available power % to Fl Fl

Pitch Order Scaling (1/2/3)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
504
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
Pitch Control
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
P_SR_00
P_SR_00
P_E_L_00
P_C_DB_00
P_KC_00
P_TI_00
P_TI_L_00
P_TD_00
P_SP_SR
P_SP_SR
P_DE_LM_00
P_PWM_L_00
P_DV_F_00
P_TE_VL_00
Pitch Slewrate Limit: Speed 1/2
6
6
6
6
6
505
505
505
505
505
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Contr.
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Gpar
Pitch Output
Pitch Output
Pitch Output
Pitch Output
Pitch Output
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
GPar
P_OU_P_00
P_OU_P_00
P_OU_P_00
P_OU_L_00
ZERO_P_DB
Pitch Output (DB NOFFS/POFFS)
Pitch Output Limit to Actuator ,

Zero Pitch Contact Deadband
603
RPM/loadsh.
RPM Scaling GPar
R_POS_L_00
Rpm lever Ahead/Ast.big Out Limit
8
8
8
701
701
701
Ship Speed/RUP Gpar

Ship Speed/RUP Gpar
Ship Speed/RUP Gpar
Running Up Gpar
Running Up Gpar
Running Up Gpar
S_S_TA_00
S_P_L_00
S_P_L_00
Ship Acceleration time constant

Pitch Crash Limits (astern/ahead)
800
System Digital IN
L_TEST_I_1
l_ampe test Main panel
53
710 Digital Inputs 1
Gpar
Alarm
Par Value
New Val | New Val
0
10
0
4
0
33
0,8
1
1
40
Pitch Minimum when Load Control
Pitch deviation alarm limit

Pitch deviation max.limit for PWM
Pitch PID derivate filter const.
Pitch PWM Test mode Out Value
!
1
1
2
100
100
0,5
3
0
0
0
100
100
20
6
0
0
Pitch Error Limit

Pitch Controller Deadband
Pitch PID Proportional Gain factor
Pitch PID Integral Time Constant
Pitch PID Integral Limit
Pitch PID Derivative Time Constant
Limits low/high with Slewrate 2
New Val
1
25
25
100
"id
5
10
100
100
N
dap.Propulsion - Ulstein
T8285a.xls
09.05.03
Page 2 of 8
Opterm
2
2

800
56
710 Digital inputs 1
800
57
Submenu
System Digital IN
System Digital IN
Tag
L_TEST_L2
L_TEST_I_3
Descriptor
Lampe test Slave panel 1
Alarm Par Value

N
j
1
N
[H_
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
Dig. IN
P_DE_CN_00
OLJNT
HI_TEMP_00
P_SC_NO_00
AL_COM_00
OL_RES_00
OL_BUZZ_00
OL_RES_01
OL_BUZZ_01
OL_RES_02
OL_BUZZ_02
Pitch deviation external cond.

Overload buzzer internal func
High temp, alarm contact
Pitch Order Sc.(P.Red 1)
Common alarm to plant
Overload reset buzzer Button MBR
Main brigde Overload buzzer
Overload reset buzzer Button SBR1
Slave brigde 1 Overload buzzer
Overload reset buzzer Button SBR2
Slave brigde 2 Overload buzzer
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Running UP Buttons
S_A_ST_00
Ship Speed/Running Up Custom Alarms

Command Buttons
Command Buttons
Command Buttons
CT_B1_CM_B
CT_B2_CM_B
CT_B3_CM_B
BRI 1 Panel IN COM button

N
N
N
504
703
706
707
708
709
706
707
708
706
707
708
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
Thr
RSJN_1
SR_SW_1
TC_TP_B_01
TC_SP_B_01
TC_TT_B_01
TC_ST_B_01
TC_TP_B_02
TC_SP_B_02
TC_TT_B_02
TC_TP_B_03
TC_SP_B_03
TC_TT_B_03
Ready to start from MSB

Start req button BR11
TT System Pump STOP BR11
TT System Pump START BRI 1
TT Thruster STOP BR11
TT Thruster START BRI 1
TT System Pump STOP BRI 2
TT Thruster STOP BRI 2
TT System Pump STOP BRI 3
TT Thruster STOP BRI 3
0
503
508
509
510
606
Digital inputs
Digital inputs
Digital inputs
Digital inputs
Digital inputs
Digital inputs
8
8
8
8
13
8
8
8
8
8
8
807
807
807
807
807
807
807
807
807
807
807
0
0
1
1
1
53
53
56
56
57
57
0
0
500
505
811
701
810
701
810
701
810
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
Digital inputs 1
11
901
0 Digital inputs 2
12
12
12
902
902
902
53
56
57
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
906
906
906
906
906
906
906
906
906
906
906
906
1
53
53
53
53
53
56
56
56
57
57
57
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
General Digital
General Digital
General Digital
General Digital
General Digital
General Digital
Load/Piteh
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
st/stop
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
FUNCRun order
Power OK from Power Distr. Card
Drivemotor running status
System pump running status
Pitch Backijp Control
FUNC Auto stop alarm lamp BRI 1
New Val
1
1.
RUNORDER
POWER_OK
D_R_00
TC_SP_R_00
P_ECTR_00
AUTOSA_00
801
801
801
801
801
801
New Val
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
2
2
2
15
2
2
New Val
N
N
N
N
'N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
dep.rPropulsion - Ulstein
T8285a.xls
09.05.03
Page 3 of 8
Opterm
Mterm
Menu
Node Chan
Submenu
Tag
Descriptor
Alarm
Lampe test Main panel

N
N
N
Par Value
2
2
2
1000
1000
1000
53
56
57
811 Digital outputs 1

System Digital OUT

System Digital OUT
System Digital OUT
L_TEST_0_1
L_TEST_0_2
L_TEST_0_3
2
2
2
1001
1001
1001
0
1
1
0 Digital outputs 1
General Digital OUT

General Digital OUT
General Digital OUT
POWER_FAIL Power Failure

SYSF_REL1
System Alarm Relay 1 (Pitch fail.)
WARN_REL
Warning relay status
1006
0 Digital outputs 1
Clutch Digital OUT
LD_SYS_00
Load Controller Status
U
i
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
1007
0
0
0
0
1
53
53
56
56
57
57
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
Load/Pitch
P_SR_ST_00
P_A_ST_00
P_SYS_00
P_DE_AL_00
ZERO_P_00
HI_T_L_01
J^.RED.L.OI
HLT_L_02
P_RED_L_02
HI_T_L_03
P_RED_L_03
Pitch Slewrate status

Pitch Alarm status
Pitch Alarm status
Pitch deviation alarm
Zero pitch status contact
High temp, alarni lamp BR11
Pitch reduced lamp BR11
High temp, alarm lamp BRI 2
Pitch reduced lamp BRI 2
High temp, alarm lamp BR! 2
Pitch reduced lamp BRI 2
'N
N
N
11
1101
S_CR_ST_00
Crash Limiter Status
12
12
12
12
12
12
1102
1102
1102
1102
1102
1102
1
1
1
53
56
57
806
807
808
800
800
800
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Command
Command
Command
Command
Command
Command
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
LCT_B1_CM_0
CT_B2_CM_0
CT_B3_CM_0
CT_B1_CM_L
CT_B2_CM_L
CT_B3_CM_L
FUNC BR! 1 IN COM to VDR

FUNC BRI 2 IN COM to VDR
FUNC BR! 3 IN COM to VDR
BRI 1 IN COM lamp
BRI 2 IN COM lamp
BRI 3 IN COM lamp
N
N
N
N
N
N
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
1106
1106
1106
1106
1106
1106
1106
1106
53
53
53
605
607
608
610
611
803
804
806
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Digital outputs 2
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
SR_0UT_1
TC_ST_O_00
TC_TT_O_00
TC_TP_O_00
TC_SP_O_00
SR_LAMP_1
RS_LAMP_1
TC_TP_L_01
Start request to PMS

TT Thruster START Relay
TT Thruster STOP
TT System Pump STOP
TT System Pump START
Start request lamp BR11
Ready to start lamp BRI 1
TT System Pump STOP Lamp BRI 1
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
New Val
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Digital outputs 1
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
Dig.
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
New Val
"
N
N
N
1
1
0
0
0
0
609
801
805
801
805
801
805
New Val
!
!
H
N
N
:r
1.
j
N
N
iN_
w
N
T8285a.xls
0 Digital outputs 2
Running up Lamps
dep.:Propulsion - Ulstein
09.05.03
Page 4 of 8
Opterm Mterm Node Chan

13
1106
53
807
13
1106
53
808
13
1106
53
809
13
1106
56
806
13
1106
807
56
13
1106
56
809
13
13
13
13
13
1107
1107
1107
1107
1107
56
57
57
57
57
6
6
1202
1202
1
1
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
1203
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1303
1303
1303
1303
1303
1303
1303
1303
808
806
807
808
809
Menu
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
2
2
2
2
2
2
Submenu
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Tag
TC_SP_L_01
TC_TT_L_01
TC_ST_L_01
TC_TP_L_02
TC_SP_L_02
TC_ST_L_02
Descriptor
TT System Pump START Lamp BRI 1
TT Thruster STOP Lamp BRI 1
TT Thruster START Lamp BRI 1
TT System Pump STOP Lamp BRI 2
TT System Pump START Lamp BRI 2
TT Thruster START Lamp BRI 2
Alarm
N
N
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
Digital outputs
2
2
2
2
2
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Thr.st/stop
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
Buttons
TC_TT_L_02
TC_TP_L_03
TC_SP_L_03
TC_TT_L_03
TC_ST_L_03
TT
TT
TT
TT
TT
N
N
N
N
N
Par Value
New Val
New Val 1 New Val
N
N
N
Thruster STOP Lamp BRI 2

System Pump STOP Lamp BRI 3
System Pump START Lamp BRI 3
Thruster STOP Lamp BRI 3
Thruster START Lamp BRI 3
2201 Analog inputs

2201 Analog inputs
Load analog IN
Load analog IN
D_FB_00
D_FB_00
Drivemotor load
0
0
0
1
1
1
53
53
53
56
56
56
57
57
57
1
1
1
2200
2200
2200
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Anatog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Inputs
Inputs
Inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
Inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
inputs
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
Pitch
P_FB_00
P_FB_00
P_FB_00
P_FB_CL_00
P_FB_CL_00
P_FB_CL_00
P_L_IN_01
P_L_IN_01
P_L_IN_01
P_L_IN_02
P_L_IN_02
P_L_IN_02
P_L_IN_03
P_L_IN_03
P_L_IN_03
Pitch Feedback testpoint
Pitch Feedback
Pitch Lever BR11
Pitch Lever BRI 2
Pitch Lever BRI 3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
1
.
Outp./TP
1
.
OutpAP
Outp.^P
.
Outp.^P
Outp./TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
x6'~
XI
6000
30000
T8285a.xls
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
levers/FB
LD_D_SP_00
LD_D_SP_00
LD_D_SP_00
LD_O_SP_00
LD_O_SP_00
LD_O_SP_00
LD_FT_E_00
LD_FT_E_00
;'
Load Drivemotor Setppint
N~ "
Load Setpoint to LP
Load Filter Error
09.05.03
xo
-20000
XI " L
20000
X2
XO
5760
XI
17025
X2
29120
XO
-26111
XI
384
X2
27007
XO
-26815
XI
576
X2
27071
J XO
-25599
XI
576
X2
27199
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
"-2000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
Page 5 of 8
Opterm
6
6
6
6

1 Analog Outp./TP
1303
0
1 Analog Outp./TP
1303
0
1303
0
1 Analog Outp.^P
1303
0
1 Analog Outp./TP
_.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
1304
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
1305
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Submenu
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Load 2 TP
Tag
LD_FT_E_00
LD_SP_00
LD_SP_00
LD_SP_00
Descriptor
Alarm
Load Controller Setpoint
Pitch Lever (In Command)
Pitch System Order
Pitch System Order Setpoint
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Outp./TP
.
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp.^P
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
1
. "
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
1
.
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
Pitch order TP
P_L_00
P_L_00
P_L_00
P_SY_O_00
P_SY_O_00
P_SY_O_00
P_SY_SP_00
P_SY_SP_00
P_SY_SP_00
P_O_00
P_O_00
P_O_00
P_SE_00
P_SE_00
P_SE_00
P_O_SP_00
P_O_SP_00
P_O_SP_00
P_O_MN_00
P_O_MN_00
P_O_MN_00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Outp./TP
1
.
Outp.^P
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp.A"P
Outp./TP
1
.
1
.
.
.
.
Outp.^P
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
Pitch setp.
P_SE_O_00
P_SE_O_00
P_SE_O_00
P_SE_MN_00
P_SE_MN_00
P_SE_MN_00
P_SE_MX_00
P_SE_MX_00
P_SE_MX_00
P_SR_O_00
P_SR_O_00
P_SR_O_00
P_SP_00
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
TP/OUT
Pitch Order
,
Pitch Order (Crash Limited)
Pitch Order Setpoint
Pitch Order Minimum (for loadcontr)
Pitch Speed Order
Pitch Speed Order Min
;'
Pitch Speed Order Maie
Pitch Slewrated Speed Order
Pitch Setpoint
Par Value New Val

X2
20000
XO
-20000
XI
0
X2
20000
XO
X1
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
"-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-200001
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
XI
X2
XO
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
-~-
New Val
New Val
T8285a.xls
09.05.03
Page 6 of 8
Opterm
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
^
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Mterm Node Chan

1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305 L
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
1305
0
0
4
1305
0
4
1305
0
4
1305
0
1305
1 3104
1305
1 3104
1305
1 3104
1305
1 3105
1305
1 3105
1305
1 3105
1305
1 3106
1 3106
1305
1 3106
1305
1309
1309
1309
1309
1309
1309
1309
1309
1309
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Menu
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Submenu
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Pitch setp. TP/OUT
Tag
P_SP_00
P_SPÔO
P_SP_E_00
P_SP_E_00
P_SP_E_00
P_C_P_00
P_C_P_00
P_C_P_00
P 1 00
P_C_l_00
P_C_l_00
P_C_D_00
P_C_D_00
P_C_D_00
P_C_O_00
P_C_O_00
P_C_O_00
P_FB_OU_02
P_FB_OU_02
P_FB_OU_02
P_FB_OU_01
P_FB_OU_01
P_FB_OU_01
BR_O_ID_01
BR_O_ID_01
BR_O_ID_01
P_PWM_O_00
P_PWM_O_00
P_PWM_O_00
Descriptor
Alarm
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp.A'P
1
.
Outp.P
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp.^P
Outp./TP
1
. "
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
1
.
Outp.n"P
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp.^P
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp.AP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Outp./TP
Pitch Setpoint error signal
Pitch Control Proportional
Pitch Control Integral
Pitch Control Derivative
Pitch Order Output to PWM Actuator
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Outp./TP
Outp. P
1
.
1
.
1
.
1
.
.
1
.
.
Ship Speed/RUP TP.

Ship Speed/RUP .
Ship Speed/RUP .
Ship Speed/RUP .
Ship Speed/RUP TP.
Ship Speed/RUP TP,
Ship Speed/RUP TP.
Ship Speed/RUP TP.
Ship Speed/RUP TP.
S_VS_00
Ship Speed
Crash Limit Ahead (to Pitch)
Crash Limit Astern (to Pitch)
Pitch Control PID Output
.
Pitch feedback to AUX system
Pitch feedback to VDR system
Pitch Bridge Order to VDR
s_vs_oo
s_vs_oo
S_CR_AH_00
S_CR_AH_00
S_CR_AH_00
S_CR_AS_00
S_CR_AS_00
S_CR_AS_00
Par Value New Val | New Val New Val

XI
0
1
j
X2
20000
1
XO
-20000
XI
0
X2
20000
XO
-20000
XI
0
X2
20000
XO " '-20000
X1
0
!
X2
20000
XO
-20000
|X1
0
|X2
20000
|X0
-20000
|X1
0
X2
20000
"1XO
-320001
1
XI
0
X2
32000
XO 6400
XI
19200
X2
32000
XO " " -14867
73
"xi
X2
16800
XO
-32000
XI
0
X2
32000
XO
XI
X2
XO
X1
X2
XO
XI
X2
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
-20000
0
20000
T8285a.xls
09.05.03
Page 7 of 8
Opterm Mterm Node Chan Menu

14
0
0 Node Status
1400
14
0
0 Node Status
1400
14
0
0 Node Status
1400
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
1401
1401
1401
1401
1401
1401
'MOI'
1401
1401
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
1402
1402
1402
1402
1402
1402
1402
1402
1402
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
i "
T8285a.xls
Submenu
System Errors
System Errors
System Errors
Tag
WD_ERROR
MEM_ERROR
SYS_FA1L
Descriptor
Watchdog Error
Main Processor
Memory ERROR
Main Processor
System Alarm Status
Alarm |Par Value
\h
L__
H ._J
N
New Val | New Val | New Val

1
1
i
1
!
i
0 Node
Node
0 Node
0 Node
0 Node
0 Node
0 Node
0 Node
0 Node
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
Errors
CAN_ERRO00
CAN_ERRO01
CAN_ERRO02
CAN_ERRO03
CAN_ERRO04
CAN_ERRO05
CAN_ERRO06
CAN_ERRO07
CAN_ERRO08
CAN node 01 Main Unit

Portable MTTY
CAN node 50
LOCAL PANEL
CAN node 51
ECR PANEL
CAN node 52
MAIN BRIDGE PANEL CAN node 53
MAIN BRIDGE PANEL CAN node 54
SLAVE BRIDGE PANEL CAN node 55
!
!
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
Connect.
CAN_CONN00
CAN_CONN01
CAN_CONN02
CAN_CONN03
CAN_CONN04
CAN_CONN05
CAN_CONN06
CAN_CONN07
CAN_CONN08
CAN node 01
CAN node 50
CAN node 51
CAN node 52
CAN node 53
CAN node 54
CAN node 55
CAN node 56
CAN node 57
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
Node
state
state
state
state
state
state
state
state
state
09.05.03
i
I
!
i
[
i
1
Page 8 of 8
p = PRODUCTION ONLY, C=CLASS, E=ENGINEERING
SERVICE - TEST/COMMISSIONING MANUAL

Rev.date: 27.03.2003
Project: T8285
Node no.: Tittle of drawing:
Type of drawing:
Drawing/Doc. no.: Rev.:: D
Cableplan, control units

Cable list T8285
cable diagram
cable list
PE39958
CL_T8285.XLS
Tunnel thruster, main version

Tunnel thruster, panel version
Tunnel thruster, data file
software no
software no.
software no.
HCXT014
HCXP024
T8285.dat
Hardware configuration
System overview
jumper list
Block diagram
JP8285
PE37178
1
51
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Electronic unit, enclosure

Electronic unit, control panel
Electronic unit, contents
Electronic unit, X1A & X I B , power distribution
Electronic unit processor card
Electronic unit, X1C, analog in/out
Electronic unit, X1E, digital in/out
Electronicunit,X1F, digital in/out
Electronic unit, X11, pitch indic. & backup control
layout
layout
layout
wiring diagram
wiring diagram
wiring diagram
wiring diagram
wiring diagram
wiring diagram
PE37572
PE36794
PE38208
PE38106
PE38431
PE39603
PE39604
PE39613
PE39611
1
51
1
51
Electronic unit, additional modules

Electronic unit,control panel
Electronic unit
Electronic unit
wiring diagram
wiring diagram
parts list
parts list
PE39605
PE36971
210764#1&1
210764#1&2
53-56
Control panel
assembly dwg
PE31628
53-55
Control panel, emergency stop
wiring
PE39956
53
53
53
Main bridge panel

Main bridge panel
Main bridge panel
layout
wiring
parts list
PE39030
PE39979
210764#1&3
56/57
56/57
56/57
Slave bridge panel

Slave bridge panel
Slave bridge panel
layout
parts list
PE39031
PE39980
210764#1&4
wiring
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
ALARM
layout
alarmlist
wiring
principle diagram
layout
parts list
PE31273
aLlist.doc
PE31666
PE31685
PE31810
210764#1&5
E
E
parts list
210764#2
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
Spareparts
dwgT8285.xls
1 OF1
E
E
E
E
E
E
A
PF.^qi.'s
I2t2.5a)
ITT .
f20.5Q)
ITT .-
TWISTED PAIR
N0DE.53
MAIN BRIDGE
PANEL
Facing forw
(IP54)
^12>i0.5o>
ITT n.W
^.)
ITT ifil
N0DE.56
SLAVE BRIDGE
PANEL
PORT WING
Focing forw
(IP54)
(?1.5ql
(2x?.5ql
i n 4
(2x0.5q)
TWISTED PAIR
ITT H41
(I2x0.5a)
(2xl.5a^
ITT 5fi?
N0DE.57
SUVE BRIDGE
PANEL
STBD WING
Facing forw
(IP54)
fl4?
ITT ^fi5
Cable plan show the cables required for one thruster

The other installotion is identical
NOTE: For power/control
cobles (1.5 q or above) the
coble dimension must be
increased occording to
ruling voltage drop
requirement and regulations
(b<><)-(>
'2).2.5ol
(2x1.5q)
(21.5o>
ITT IjB.I
Uoin supply p 440V/3/69Hi
ITT fiSS
ITT SOO
?,^/ H7
ontrol panel
Service supply (servopump) ^ 440V/3/60HZ

Heater supply ^
i n 4
I2x0.pq)
ITT nn.'^
TWISTEB PAIR
f
flO'-O.Sq)
i n
ITT fipis
STARTER
EL.DRIVE
MOTOR
ITT ?Q1
To main switch boord
I
iTT 7
Voyage
5 Data Recorder
N0DE.1
ELECTRONIC
UNIT
ITT \
I
(6x0.5q)
i n 55?
I
(6xl.5q)
(Not RR supp^)
PMS SYSTEM
Q
Thermistors
(4x1.5q)
i n 55fl
I (lOxl.OqUI
i n ?qn
I (4 1 .0 1 |
'
-\
I
Thruster top
To PUS
pressure/ overload
, _
, (29-5q)
ITT 4.50
f2x1.QQ^
PS53, Interlock/
QuiQstop motor. - 0 - ^52 . I Q .
low oil pressure
-
DPAl
Alarm, clogged
oil iilter
NODE 3 3
JUNCTION
BOX
ITT 4S4
(2x0.5q)
ITT ^^K
(2x1.5q)
(Located in
room)
I
I
f2xT.5Qi
f2x2.5Q)
ITT 003
f2x0.5Q>
220V AC Moin Supply (2A)

24V DC Backup-Supply (lOA. from bottery)
System failure
ÎTT 490
I(2x0,5q)
Common olorm
to alarm plant
^<?
-e-
i_
STARTER
SERVO
PUMP
3.5kW
pump2
PSl .2 low servo

oil pressure P2
Quto stort PI
i n 5?
I
(2x0.5q)
vJ2
iZxLUuL
-iTT-l..l.l. 1 Q
Clogged filtei
^^
<i.
i n 503
I
(4x1.5q)
3.5kW
i n 55q
Q i n 461
I [2x0.5q) X
i
Autostop
7
ITT
I I I fi.3?
^(4x1.5q)
Control valve
pitch port
-f
Added 4550,553,554,291,292,532
Drow.
JTV
Drow.
TR
(24VDC/2A1
ALARM
PANEL
(4x1.5a>
in
lin
(2.0.5al
453
f4x0.5o>
ITT 45.5
I
Node 51
I Micro terminol
JTV/26.03.2003
Contr. TR/26.03.2003
Appr. Appr.
TR/26.3.2003
This drawing is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pic. ond must not be copied or the contents thereof or any informotion
rccicvcd in conjunction therewith must nol be imported to any unauthorized third porty. It must not be used for any other project
Ihon for which it wos orginoily ordered.The reciept of the drowlng implies thot the conditions mentioned herein ore occepted.
(2x0.5q)
Common alarm
(Mounted on
bridge)
Reference:
T-8285
Revised coble 5, odded note, 5 64,55
irr nm
ITT 0Q2
f21.0al
(2>i1.0.
low servo
oil pressure. PI - )TT ^2-IQut start P2
i
Control valve
oltch slbd
tronsformer
thruster
HYDRAULIC MODULE
PS52. Alarm
low servo
oil pressure
Pitch feedback
potmeter
control/indication
(9x0.5a))
Auto
i n 45
I (2x0.5a> Q
Origtnol:
THRUSTER
Rolls-Royce
dep.: Propulsion - Ulstein
P.O.Box 158, N-6067 ULSTEINVIK, NORWAY Tel.: +47-700-14000 Foi.:+47-700-l4014
Repl. for:
OPERATOR UNITS
Repl. by:
CABLEPLAN
Draw.
Rev.
PE39958
LS51 Alorm
low level
Gravity tank
Yord.ijiNLIN SHIPYARD
Hull.: JLZ020504
Page:
CABLE LIST
Function
Signal
Shipsupply:
220V AC
220V AC
Core
Core
1
2
001
Core 1
Core 2
Nodel
Fl
F2
Shipsupply:
24V DC
OVDC
Core
Core
1
2
002
Core 1
Core 2
Nodel
F3
F4
System fall
24V DC
OVDC
Serial line
CAN-bus
Cable nr.
Nodel
X1E:
35
36
Open=fail
Panel supply
Baclcup: pitch
Supply to panel
Supply to panel
Backup control on/of
Backup control on lamp
System failure lamp
System failure buzzer
Backup port order
Backup stbd order
Pitch Indicator
lO
DC24V
DCOV
+/-0.5mA
Ref
Pitch order
+/-10V
Ref
Ao
Pitch feedback
+/-10V
Ref
Ao
Core
Core
003
Nodel
XIB:
13
14
Core
Core
X1A:
15
16
Core
Core
X1I:
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
X1C:
59
60
Core
Core
1
2
Core
Core
3
4
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
5
6
7
8
9
1
Alarm Panel
X5:
Core 1
15
Core 2
16
Node 53
X53-IN:
1
2
TT 004
Core 1
Core 2
TT 005
Core 1
Core 2
TT 006
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
Voyage Recorder
Core 1
Core 2
028
closed=
in command
Slave panel 1 in command closed=
in command
Slave panel 2 In command closed=
in command
Main panel in command
Do
Do
Do
57
58
X1F:
39
40
41
42
43
44
Core 3
Core 4
Voyage Recorder
Core 5
Core 6
Core 7
Core 8
Core 9
Core 10
Node 53
Node 56
X56-IN:
)(53-OUT:
Panel supply
24V DC
OVDC
1
2
Core
Core
1
2
TT 030
Core 1
Core 2
CAN-bus
3
4
Core
Core
4
5
TT 031
Core 4
Core 5
Serial line
Rev. 14.05.2004
PAGE 1/7
CABLE LIST
Function
Backup: pitch
Supply to panel
Supply to panel
System failure lamp
Backup port order
Backup stbd order
Pitch indicator
Signal
10
Cable nr.
Node 53
K53-OUT:
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DC24V
DCOV
+/-0.5mA
Ref
Spare
Panel supply
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Core
Core
11
12
Node 56
J<56-OUT
1
Core
2
Core
24V DC
OVDC
TT 032
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Node 56
X56-IN:
1
5
2
6
7
3
4
8
g
5
6
10
7
11
8
12
9
13
10
14
Core
Core
11
12
Node 57
X57-IN:
1
2
1
2
TT 040
Core 1
Core 2
Core
Core
4
5
TT 041
Core 4
Core 5
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
8
9
10
Core
Core
11
12
Core 11
Core 12
1
2
Amp.metcir
Pitch
Feed pot
meter
Core 1
11
Core 2
12
Serial line
CAN-bus
Backup: pitch
Supply to panel
Supply to panel
System failure lamp
Backup port order
Backup stbd order
Pitch indicator
3
4
Node 56
;(56-OU7
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DC24V
DCOV
+/-0.5mA
Ref
Spare
Pitch potmeter
(control)
4-20mA
+24V
Ai
Ai
Node1
X2:
17
18
Core
Core
TT 042
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
3
4
Node 57
X57-IN:
1
5
2
8
3
7
4
8
9
5
6
10
7
11
8
12
9
13
10
14
TT 100
Pitch potmeter
(indication)
Valve signals
pitch, stbd
Valve signals
pitch, port
+
wiper
+24V
ref
+24V
ref
Do
Do
XII:
13
14
15
Core
Core
Core
3
4
5
Core 3
Core 4
Core 5
22
24
25
Node1
X20:
5
6
7
8
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
Core 1
Core 2
Core 3
Core 4
Node 33
15
14
15
16
Rev. 14.05.2004
PAGE 2/7
TT 110
CABLE LIST
Function
Signal
10
Cable nr.
Core
Cont.valve
Pitch
1
AI
Core
A2
Node 33
Valve signals
+24V
13
Core
pitch, stbd
Signal
14
Core
TT 111
Valve signals
+24V
15
Core
Core
:ont. valve
Pitch
B1
pitch, port
Signal
16
Core
Core
B2
Nodel
X2:
15
16
Core
Core
1
2
Core
Core
1
2
Core
Core
3
4
Core
Core
3
4
1
2
3
Core
Core
Core
Node 33
Start Request
Closed=
Request
Do
TT 112
PUIS SYSTEIW
290
X1E:
Ready for Start
(power available)
Closed=
Ready
CIrcut breaker interlock
busbar
Circut breaker interlock
Shaft generator
Di
11
12
Drive motor s tarter

X1
57
Core
58
59
60
Core
Core
Core
291
Main Switchboard
1
'
2
3
Core 4
Drive motor s tarter

XI
Start request from local
26
27
5
PMS ready
Motor running feedback
6
44
45
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
Core
PKIS SYSTEM
1
2
3
open=
Node 33
17
Core
Low servo oil pr.
alarm
19
Core
Clogged oil filter
Open=clogged
Node 33
5
Core
Core
Node 33
5
Core
Core
Drive motor starter

XI
46
Core
Open=clogged
Alarm
open=
Low servo oil pr.
alarm
Low servo oil pressure

Drivemotor overload
(High temp windings)
47
Core
Drive motor starter

XI
Open=alarm
48
Core
49
Core
Core
Closed=overload
34
Core
(135)
35A
TT 292
4
5
Alarm
Clogged oil filter
Core
450
TT 451
TT 453
TT 454
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
5
6
Core
PS52
1
Core
Core
DPA1
1
Core
Core
Core
Core
2
A arm Pan el
X5:
1
22
Core
25
Core
Node 33
17
Core
19
A arm Pan el
X5:
1
2
3
4
TT 455
Core
Core
Core
Core
22
23
15
18
Alarm Panel
Rev. 14.05.2004
PAGE 3/7
CABLE LIST
Function
LS51
Low level
Gravity tank A
Signal
lO
AI arm sensor
A
Core
A
Core
Nodel
X1E:
39
40
Open=low level
Autostop
Open=alami
Do
Common alarm
Open=alann
Di
Common alarm
Open=alarm
Do
Service supply Pump

3x440V-60Hz
Servo pump running
Stop servo pump
closed=running
closed=start
Start servo pump
closed=start
Start st.by pump 1

Closed=start
Start st.by pump 2

Start st.by pump 1

Start st.by pump 2
Transformer
winding overheat
Closed=start
Closed=start
Closed=start
Di
Di
Core
Core
Cable nr.
1
2
1
2
TT 461
Core 1
Core 2
X5:
22
24
Core 1
Core 2
Alarm Panel
X5:
15
17
Core 1
Core 2
Alarm Panel
X3:
13
14
Node.1
XIE:
3
4
Core
Core
1
2
TT 489
Node.1
X1F:
57
58
Core
Core
1
2
TT 490
Ships alarm plant

Core 1
13
Core 2
14
X2:
1
2
3
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
TT 500
Core 1
Core 2
Core 3
Node.1
X1E:
21
22
Node.1
X2:
11
12
13
14
Node 33
X33:
1
2
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
Core
Core
3
4
Core
Core
1
2
Node 33
X33:
3
Core
4
Core
Node 33
X33:
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
Core
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
4
Drive motor starter

XI
42
Core
43
Core
1
2
Rev. 14.05.2004
TT 458
PAGE 4/7
TT 502
TT 503
TT 530
TT 531
TT 532
TT 550
Ships supply
R
S
T
Servo pump starter

XI
Core 1
12
Core 2
13
Servo pump starter
XI
Core 1
9
Core 2
10
Core 3
10
Core 4
11
Pre ssure switch
LPC 1.1
Core 1
1
Core 2
2
Pre.sure switch
LPC1.2
Core 1
1
Core 2
2
Core
Core
Core
Core
Serve> pump tarter

s
X1
1
64
65
2
3
66
4
67
The rmistor in traisformer

Core 1
Core 2
CABLE LIST
Function
Signal
10
Cable nr.
Drive motor starter
XI
36
37
Alarm
High temp windings 135C
(overload alarm)
Core
Core
Thermistor in thruster motor

Core 1
1TP1
Core 2
1TP2
1
2
TT 553
X1:
38
39
Autostop
High temp windings 155C
Core
Core
3
4
Thermistor in thruster motor

2TP1
Core 3
Core 4
2TP2
1
2
Heater in
Thruster motor
Core 1
Core 2
Drive motor starter

Heating
XI
3
4
230V
Thruster motor
Thruster running
Load signal
closed=
running
Di
Di
4-20mA
Ref
Ai
Ai
Core
Core
Node.1
X1E:
19
20
X1C:
35
36
TT 554
Drive motor starter

XI
Core 1
24
Core 2
25
Core
Core
1
2
Core
Core
3
4
Core 3
Core 4
Drive motor starter

X1
Core 1
14
Core 2
15
Node.1
X2:
5
6
Core
Core
1
2
Start thruster
closed=start
Do
Stop thruster
open=stop
Do
7
8
Core
Core
3
4
Zero pitch
closed=zero
pitch
Do
9
10
Core
Core
5
6
Motor supply:
3x440V-60Hz
Core
Core
Core
1
2
3
TT 551
Core 3
Core 4
20
21
Core 5
Core 6
18
19
TT 555
Core 1
Core 2
Core 3
Ships supply
L1
L2
L3
TT 552
Motor:
68
69
Servo Pump sitarter

Supply heating
230VAC - 60Hz
Interlock autostop
thmster drive motor.
Closed=start
Possible
Interlock autostop
thruster drive motor.
Closed=start
Possible
XI
1
2
Core
Core
1
2
TT 556
Core 1
Core 2
Sh ips supi>ly
PS53
3
4
Core
Core
1
2
TT 557
Core 1
Core 2
Node 33
7
8
Core
Core
1
2
Rev. 14.05.2004
PAGE 5/7
TT 558
Node 33
7
8
Drive motor starter

X1:
Core 1
16
Core 2
17
CABLE LIST
Function
Supply 24VDC
Emergency stop
Emergency stop
Emergency stop
Signal
Cable nr.
lO
24VDC
OV
Alarm Panel
X3:
1
Core
2
Core
open=
stop
Node 53
X3:
21
Core
22
Core
open=
stop
Node 53
X3:
23
Core
24
Core
open=
stop
Node 56
X3:
23
Core
24
Core
Ammeter in panel
Motor current
Node 53
X53-IN:
31
Core
32
Core
Ammeter in panel
Motor current
Node 53
X53-IN:
Core
33
34
Core
Ammeter in panel
Motor current
Node 56
X56-IN:
33
Core
34
Core
Ship su pply
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Rev. 14.05.2004
PAGE 6/7
TT 559
TT 560
TT 561
TT 562
TT 563
TT 564
TT 565
Core 1
Core 2
Drive motor starter
X1
Core 1
40
Core
41
2
Core 1
Core 2
Node 56
X3:
21
22
Core 1
Core 2
Node 57
X3:
21
22
Drive motor starter

XI
Core 1
30
Core
31
2
Core 1
Core 2
Node 56
X56HN:
33
34
Core 1Core 2
Node 57
X57-IN:
33
34
CABLE LIST
Rev
A
Date:
Description of changes:
31.03.2003 added TT564,TT565
19.03.2004 Added TT530,531,532,550-553, Added interface starter.corr TT490
Rev. 14.05.2004
PAGE 7/7
HARDWARE CONFIGURATION HELICON X REMOTE CONTROL-T8285

Date: 27.03.2003
Rev.:
NODE 1, ELECTRONIC UNIT
IDA1035 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD

Setting Function
Jumper
position"
JP1
Open
Open
= CTS1 from CPU to COM2 contact
Pos. 1-2 = EOF via U3F to TC (Tenninal Counter) PCI04 DMA
0 pen
JP2
Open
= DMA from PC 104 bus not enabled.
Pos. 1-3 = DRQO from PCI 04 bus connected to DMA channel 0.
'
' .
JP3
Open
? - ''
7-Q = ;
Q.11 = 0 7
"
"
. " -
. . .
.
~
' - 2-4 = DRQ1 from 1

04 bus connected to DMA channel 1.
' - 4-6 = DRQ3
"
.
- 8-10 = DRQ6
"
.
' -10-12 = NC
0 pen
= DMA from PC 104 bus not enabled.
POS. 1-3 = DRQO from PCI 04 bus connected to DMA channel 0.
.
' .
' .
.
' -
Q.K = 0 9
7.q -
Q-11 = ?
~ " ~
.. "
.
"
2-4 = DRQ1 from PC104 bus connected to DMA channel 1.

AJR - ? R-in = n P O R .
-.
. " .
. . . .
"
.
_
'-10-12 = NC
0 pen
= SCLK to PC104 bus not enabled.
POS. 1-2 = 8 MHz SCLK to PCI 04 bus.
JP4
1-2
JP5
1-2
JP6
1-2
JP7
Open
JP8
Open
JP9
Open
JP10
Shorted
JP11
2-3
JP12
2-3
0 pen
P
JP13
2-3
0 pen
= Counter 3 inten"upt disabled.
POS. 1-2 =
"
from external interrupt source.
'.
9.Q
=19IVIH7-
".
Open
Pos. 1-2 = 28 pin EPROM 27C512 (64K).
- " - 2-3 = 32 pin EPROM 27C010 (128K), 27C020 (256K), 27C040 (512K).
Open
Pos. 1-2 = 28 pin SRAM 62832 (32K), 628128 (128K).
- " - 2-3 = 32 pin SRAM 628512 (512K).
Open
= CAN NET 2 termination resistor disabled.
Shorted =
"
enabled.
0 pen
S
0 pen
S
pen
= CAN NET 1 temiination resistor disabled.
S
0 pen
= Counter 1 intenûpt disabled.
P
q:^rosj^rdre\82xK_anlegg'S285\jp8285.doc
Page no:1
Jumper'[-.sittiugr
position:
JP14
2-3
JP15
2-3
JP16
1-2
Switch " Setting
Function
- " - 2-3 : ^ ! ! ^ R 9 Reset disabled.

TvTi~
'
enablfiH.
f-os. 1-2 = Eprom used in U15.
2-3 = Perom used in U15

Function
NU, y enabled, normal operation
' position
8
OFF
7
OFF
6
OFF
5
OFF
4
OFF
3
OFF
2
OFF
1 1 OFF
JP1
Open
Pos. 1-2
.1-3 & 2-4
Open
Pos. 1-2
1-3 & 2 ^
" , , , I |
U-2nmA rr,^^
Open
Pos. 1-2
10V mode.
1-3 & 2-4
-,
0-? rn^^p
Open
Pos. 1-2 : ^"^'97ipiri3di35f;^5id'
10Vmode.
.1-3 & 2-4 = J ^ . ,
- - - ,
- ? mndr
Open
Pos. 1-2 ::^;]^'9 l^PUTAiO^diiHSi^^^^^tidT
_1-3&2-4
~~
10V mode.
Open
-T~,-îrr~
0-20mAmnHQ
Pos. 1-2
^^'9lnpSî5îiH5;^;^S^
1-3 & 2-
__

10V mode.
Open
- -,-^:rr
0-20mA mnHa
Pos. 1-2
[ ] _ - 10V mode.
1-3 & 2-4
~ A,-ZZn0-20mAmnrio
Open
Pos. 1-2 : ^"^'9^P^^î7dii^5f;î5^
.1-3 & 2-4
^2ZII^ ~~ 10V mode.
Open
r -Ti7::- 0-20mAmnH^
Pos. 1-2
Modul 31'
-"->3
__
10V mode.
Open
_ ^
0-20mAmodfi
Pos. 1-2
10V mode.
.2-3
,.
I
n-?nm/^
mnrir
Open
Pos. 1-2
10V mode.
- " - 2-3
0-20mA mode.
2-A
JP2
JP3
1-2
JP4
1-2
JP5
1-2
JP6
1-2
JP7
1-2
JP8
1-2
1-2
1-2
JP11
1-2
'''P'-y'o'-d>-e\S2xx_anlegg\8285\Jp8285.do.
Page no:2
' Jumper'
JP12
JP13
JP14
Setting Function
position:2-3
Open
= Analog Output A03 disconnected.
1-2
1-2
" 1 9 . " , 0 T
"
Open
" 1 '5 "

'' T
Open
"
Pn 1-9 =
"
9 T -
JP1.5
2-3
Open
2-3
Open
2-3
"
."
"
"
Open
.. "
2-3
+in\/mnrla
n ' ' mnrlr
+ 1 n\/ mriHr
+ \ / n-infiT"- mnrlo
"
+in\/mnHr
+ fi\/ n-infri'-'- mnrir
Pnr- 1 9 - ,
"
'' T -
JP18
" ^ 1.9 =
- "
9 T -
JP17
+ 1 n\/ mnrlr
n ' ' mnHr
"
" 1 '' ."

9 "^ - .
JP16
+ 1 n\/ mnHn
. 7 mnrlr
"
"
"
+ i n \ / mnrln
+ \ / DinfiT"- mnHn
Open
Pos. 1-2 =
"
10V mode.
"
9 ?
"
+ R\/ nnnfn"" mnHr
NODE 51, LOCAL PANEL, MICRO TERM

,U2 , PCC1030 PANEL CONTROLLER CARD
Jumpers
Setting Functionf
Position'
4
OPEN LSI1031
pos.8
CONN. OPEN Invalid
OPEN selection. CONN card
CONN.
pos.7
CONN.
CONN. connected
OPEN
pos.6
to J1.
CONN. LKI1032
CONN. Invalid
OPEN card
OPEN selecfon.
OPEN connected CONN.
toJ1.
Jumper 5
pos.5
pos.4
pos.3
pos.2
pos.1
pos. 5
pos.4
pos.3
pos.2
pos.1
Jumper
J7
J8
Setting Function (Adress)

Position:
OPEN Panel
OPEN OPEN Panel
node
OPEN node
OPEN OPEN
OPEN number is OPEN number is
OPEN OPEN 50.
CONN. si.'
CONN CONN (Value 1) OPEN (Value 2)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
Panel
node
number is
54.
(Value 5)
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
Panel
node
number is
65.
(Value 6)
LSI1031
card
connecte
dtoJ2.
LKI1032
conn, to
J1.
LSI1031
conn, to
J2.
OPEN LSI1031 card

CONN. connected to
CONN. andJ2.
OPEN.
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
CONN
Panel
node
number is
52.
(Value 3)
OPEN Panel
node
OPEN number is 53.
CONN. (Value 4)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
CONN
Panel
node
number is
56.
(Value 7)
OPEN Panel
node
OPEN number is 57.
CONN. (Value 8)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
CONN
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
CONN. Test mode.

CONN.
CONN.
Setting Function
position:
Open Open
= CAN NET temination resistor dsabled.
"
.
er labled.
Stiorteci =
1-2
Open
Pos. 1-2 = Watch Dog R
eset enabled.
. . . "
-"- 2- p -
q : ^rosj'ordre\82xx_arilegg \S285 \jp8285.doc
Page no: 3
J9
J10
Open
Open
Shorted
Shorted Open
Shorted

=
"
disabled.
= Serial input test Connector J6.
= Serial input from J3 (Normal).
NODE 53, MAIN BRIDGE:^PANEL

U2 PCC1 030 PANE L CONTROLLER CARD
Jumper 5, ; '.-.Setting Function:,-; '
' position:
OPEN
OPEN OPEN Invalid
pos.8
selection. CONN.
CONN. OPEN
pos.7
CONN.
CONN.
pos.6
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
Jumper 5
pos.5
pos.4
pos.3
pos.2
pos.1
-Setting Function (Adress)

position:
OPEN OPEN Invalid
OPEN OPEN
OPEN
CONN. OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
Jumper -'
J7
J8
J9
J10
LKI1032
card
connected
toJ1.
(value 4)
Panel
node
number is
53.
(value 4)
Panel
node
number is
57.
(value 8)
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
:'':
LS11031
card
connected
toJI.
(value 3)
Invalid
selection.
:',
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 5)
-'<'
'
LS11031 card OPEN

connected
to CONN.
CONN.
J2.
(value 3)
LKI1032 conn. CONN.
CONN.
toJI,
LSI1031 conn. CONN.
toJ2.
(value 6)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
Panel
OPEN
node
OPEN
number is OPEN
50.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 1)
OPEN
Panel
node
OPEN
number is CONN.
54.
CONN.
(value 5)
OPEN
OPEN
Panel
CONN.
node
number is OPEN
58.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 9)
Panel
node OPEN
OPEN
number is 51.
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
(value 2)
Panel
node OPEN
OPEN
number is 55.
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
(value 6)
Panel
node OPEN
CONN.
number is 59.
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
(value 10)
LSI1031 LAMP &SW.-INTERFACE CARD

Jumper
Setting Function
position:
Open
= Background light disabled.
JP1
1-2,
5-6, 7-8 Pos. 1-2 = Background light enabled lamp H30.
JP2
3-4
. " . 5-6
" 7-8
Open
Pos. 1-2
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\jp8285.doc
"
lampH31.
=
"
lampH32.
=
"
lampH33-H39.
= Dimming function enabled.
= Dimming function disabled lamp H30.
Page no: 4
'
'
LSI1031
card
connected
to and J2.
(value 3)
Test mode.
(value 7)
" . " '
Setting Function
' -*-. I
'1,1'
position:,
Open
Open
= CAN NET termination resistor disabled.
Shorted =
"
enabled.
1-2
Open
Pos. 1-2 = Watch Dog Reset enabled.
. " . 2-3 =
"
disabled.
Open
Open
"
Shortec
disabled.
= Serial input from connector J6
Shorted Open
Shorted = Serial input from J3 (Normal)
. " - 3-4 =
'_-
"
'
Panel
node
number is 52.
(value 3)
Panel
node
number is 56.
(value 7)
Panel
node
number is 60.
(value 11)
. " - 3-4 =
. . 5-6 =
. " .
7.0
"
"
lamp H31.
lamp H32.
. "
H'^'^-H'^Q
U5 BLS1034 BACKUP LAMP & SW. INTERFACE

Jumper ; Setting Function
position:
Open
Open
= Background light "BACKUP ON/OFF" switch disabled.
JP1
Shorted =
"
enabled.
NODE 56, SLAVE BRIDGE PANEL

U2 PCC1030 PANEL CONTROLLER CARD
Setting Function:
Jumper 5
position:
OPEN
OPEN OPEN Invalid
pos.8
selection. CONN;
CONN. OPEN
pos. 7
CONN.
CONN.
pos. 6
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
Jumper 5 ,'-Setting
,- ' 'position:
OPEN
pos. 5
OPEN
pos.4
pos.3
pos.2
pos.1
CONN
CONN
CONN
LKI1032
CONN.
card
OPEN
connected CONN.
toJI.
(value 4)
LSI1031
card
connected
toJ1.
(value 3)
Invalid
selection.
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
LS11031 card OPEN

connected to CONN.
CONN.
J2.
LS11031
card connected
to J1 and J2.
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 3)
LKI1032 conn. CONN.
CONN.
toJI,
LSI1031 conn. CONN.
toJ2.
(value 6)
(value 3)
Test mode.
(value 5)
Function (Adress'
~ 1
'
',
*'
>"
"
'
*.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
Invalid
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
Panel
OPEN
node
OPEN
number Is OPEN
50.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 1)
Panel
node OPEN
number is 51. OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
(value 2)
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
Panel
node
number is
53.
(value 4)
Panel
node
number is
57.
(value 8)
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
Panel
OPEN
node
OPEN
number is CONN.
54.
CONN.
(value 5)
OPEN
Panel
OPEN
node
CONN.
number is OPEN
58.
CONN.
(value 9)
OPEN
Panel
node OPEN
number is 55. OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
(value 6)
Panel
node OPEN
number is 59. CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
(value 10)
CONN.
<,!-'.'
.,.-.,
Jumper . ;,Setting Function' '
p"osition:
Open. Open
J7
= CAN NET terrnination resistor disabled.
.
Shortec -
"
enabled.
1-2
Open
J8
Pos. 1-2 = Watch Dog Reset enabled.
- " - 2-3 "
disabled.
Open
Open
J9
Shorted - -. .
"
disabled.
Shorted Open
J10
Shorted = Serial input from J3 (Nonnal)
q:'prosfordre\82xx_anlegg^285\jp828S.doc
(value 7)
*'.-".
Page no:5
Panel
node
number is 52.
(value 3)
Panel
node
number is 56.
(value 7)
Panel
node
number is 60.
(value 11)
LSI1031 LAMP! icSW; INTERFACE CARD .

Jumper
Setting Function
position:
Open
JP1
1-2,
5-6, 7-8 Pos. 1-2 = Background light enabled 1 H30.
. . 3-4 =
"
lamp H31.
. " . 5-6 =
"
lampH32.
. " . 7-8 =
"
lampH33-H39.
3-4
Open
JP2
Pos. 1-2 = Dimming function disabled lamp H30.
. " . 3-4 =
"
lampH31.
. " . 5-6 =
"
lampH32.
. " . 7-8 =
"
lampH33-H39.
U5 BLS1034 BACK JP LAMP & SW. INTERFACE

Jumper
Setting Function
position:
Open
Open
= Background light "BACKUP ON/OFP switch disabled.
JP1
QhnrtprI
"
-- onahlH
NODE 57, SLAVE BRIDGE PANEL

2: PCC1 030 PANE L CONTROLLER CARD
Setting Function:
Jumpers
position:
OPEN
OPEN OPEN Invalid
pos.8
OPEN
selection. CONN.
pos.7
CONN. CONN.
CONN.
pos.6
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
Jumper 5
pos.5
pos.4
pos.3
pos.2
pos.1
Jumper
J7
J8
Setting
position:
OPEN
CONN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
LKI1032
card
connected
toJI.
(value 4)
CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
'
LSI1031
card
connected
toJ1.
(value 3)
Invalid
selection.
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 5)
LSI1031 card OPEN

connected to CONN.
J2.
CONN.
LSI1031
card connected
to J1 and J2.
(value 3)
LKI1032 conn. CONN.
CONN.
toJI,
LS11031 conn. CONN.
toJ2.
(value 6)
(value 3)
Test mode.
Panel
node OPEN
number is 51. OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
(value 2)
Panel
node OPEN
number is 55. OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
CONN.
(value 6)
Panel
node OPEN
number is 59. CONN.
OPEN
CONN.
CONN.
(value 10)
Panel
node
number is 52.
(value 7)
Function (Adress)
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
Invalid
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
Panel
OPEN
node
OPEN
number is OPEN
50.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 1)
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
CONN.
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
Panel
OPEN
node
OPEN
number Is CONN.
53.
OPEN
(value 4)
CONN.
Panel
OPEN
node
CONN.
number is OPEN
57.
OPEN
(value 8)
CONN.
OPEN
Panel
node
OPEN
number is CONN.
54.
CONN.
(value 5)
OPEN
Panel
OPEN
node
CONN.
number is OPEN
58.
CONN.
OPEN
(value 9)
Setting Function
position:
Shorted Open
Shortec
Open
1-2
Pos. 1-2
- " - 2-3
q:\prosj\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\jp8285.doc
= CAN NET terrnination resistor di.sabled.

"
enabled.
= Invalid selecti .
= Watch Dog R(set enabled.
=
"
disabled.
Page no: 6
(value 3)
Panel
node
number Is 56.
(value 7)
Panel
node
number is 60.
(value 11)
J9
Open
Open
ChnrtoH
J10
Shorted
Open
Shorted

"
HicahloH

= Serial input from J3 (Normal)
U 3 \ LSI1031 LAMP I iL SW. INTERFACE CARD

. ' 'Jumper
Setting Function
position:
JP1
Open
1-2,
5-6, 7-8 Pos. 1-2 = Background light enabled lamp H30.
. . 3-4 =
"
lamp H31.
. " . 5-6 =
"
lamp H32.
. " . 7-8 =
"
lampH33-H39.
JP2
3-4
Open
Pos. 1-2 = Dimming function disabled lamp H30.
. " . 3-4 =
"
lamp H31.
. " . 5-6 =
"
lamp H32.
. " . 7-8 =
"
lampH33-H39.
U5 BLS1034,BACKUPLAMP&SW. INTERFACE
Setting Function
Jumper
position:
JP1
Open
Open
Shorted
q:\prosJ\ordre\82xx_anlegg\8285\Jp8285.doc
= Background light "BACKUP ON/OFF switch disabled.

=
"
enabled.
Page no: 7
\- .J / I / u
III
s-a
^3
Reference:
Draw. KAW 25.04.01

Contr. TR 25.04.01
Description
Draw.
Appr. Appr.
^ .
TR 25.04.01^
TTils drawing )s the property of ROLLS-ROYCE ptc, and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any Information
recleved In conjunction therewith must not b Imparted to any unauthorized third porty. It must not bo used for any other project
than for which It wos orginally ordered.The reclept of the drowfng Implies that the conditions mentioned hereh are accepted.
i Rolls-Royce
^^^
Rolls-Royce Mariners
P.O.B0X 158, N-6067 ULSTEINVIK. NORWAY Tel.: +47-700-14000 Fo.:+47-700-14014
HEUCON-X REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYSTEM OVERVIEW
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Draw.
Rev.
PE37178
Original:
Repl. lor;
Repl. by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
V\-^
iC
JE
f^
n^^
I^ I
Alternative mounting
Sidemounted brackets
stondord
USEES: II

NODE 51
i^?"
"^
630
FRONT VIEW
SPg VIEW
WEIGHT
MATERIAL
APPROX. 50 KG
STEEL t.S MM
COLOUR
DEGREE OF PROTECTION
Munaol No 7.5 BG 7 / 2
IP 5 4
MOUNHNGPLATE FDR GLANDS
BOTTOM VIEW
Prow. KAW/28.08,
Conlr. T R / 2 8 . 0 8 . 0 t
Rev.
Date
Description
Appr. Appr.
TT/2B.08.ai
Rolls-Royce
Tbis drawing Is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pic and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any Information
reciaved In conjunction therewith must not be Imparted to any unouthorized third porty. It must not be used for ony other project
then for which It wos orglnally ordered.The reclept of the drawing Implies that the condltlone mentioned herein ore accepted.
P.O.Box 158, N-6067 ULSTEINVIK, NORWAY Tel.: +47-700-14000 Fox.:+47-700-l)14
Original:
NODE 1 . ELECTRONIC UNIT

ENCLOSURE RITTAL 1076
LAY OUT
Draw.
Repl. for:
Repl. by:
Yord.:
PE37572
Hull.:
Page:
6.5
10.0
IN DESK.
..
(U4)
ol
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST
4X20 UNJERS TEKST
LCD DISPLAY
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST
98.0
21 6.0
t_^J W / / ~
^ 1
H>
mmmisj
98.0
15.0
-
,_
SioWsrRaê.
^^
10.0
15.0
-ii10.0
10.0
134.0
134.0
288.0
MATERIAL
4MM AL. SEAWATER
PANEL TOPCOATING
FOIL,
COLOUR
RMS 2 8 0
IP
MAX.
DEPTH
CUT OUT IN
Contr. TR/10.01.01
Rev.
Date
Description
Appr. Appr. T K / l O . O l . O l ' ^ ^
RESISTANT
BAYFOIL
(RAL
CR6-2
5002)
54
100
MM
186
X 258
MM (H
x W)
original:
EEQB
Draw. AHU/10.01.01
DESK
PBTB,
NODE
i' ^ ^ Rolls-Royce
Rolls-Royce
Mariners
This drowTng la the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pie, and must not be copied or the contents thereof or ony infomiotlon
recleved In conjunction therewith must not be Imported to any unauthorized third party. It must not be used for ony other project
than for which It woe cirglnotly ordered.The recfept of the drawing Implies that the conditions mentioned herein ore accepted.
P.CBox 156, N-6067 ULSTENVIK. NORWAY Ttl.: +47-700-14000 Fox.:+47-700-HOI4
51
MICRO TERMINAL
LAYOUT (Detail
Kepi, by:
PA30265)
Draw.
Rev.
PE36794
Yard.:
HulL:
Page:
Drow.
JTV/21.02.2002
Contr. TR/21.02.2002,-]
Description
Drow.
Appr. Appr.
TR/21.02.2002
This drowin is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pie, and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any informotlon
recleved In conjunction therewith must not be Imported to any unauthorized third porty. It must not be used for ony other project
than for which it was orginolly ordered.The reciept the drawing Implies that the conditions mentioned herein ore accepted.
1 Rolls-Royce
P.O.Box 158, N-6067 ULSTEINVIK, NORWAY Tel.: +47-700-14000 Fo.;+47-700-l114
Original:
NODE t
ELECTRONIC UNIT
LAY OUT
Draw.
PE38208
Rept. for:
Repl. by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
= "

i ^
3
^ ^
OUT8C27
0UT7C26
{F15,F16 6.3)
(F13,F14 6.3)
{ m , F i 2 4.0A)
OUT5Q2U
(F9,F10 2.0A)
I -
0UT4C?9 .+-
(R,F8 2.0A)
| :]5
(F5,F6 6.3A)
0UT2C5
(F3,F4 6.3A)
ouTic;5
{F1,F2 6.3A)
U1
OJ
CT
<_^
F _^ <
11I 1 I I I I I
43
I Q .
vv u
16
"TT
F4
E
f^
.
*
I0
II
Z CQ
Serial line, to first Panel
NC supply panels
Main supply 220-240V AC
Backup supply 24V DC
<;
j =
te
?>
'
CL
^1 0
'"
CQ
:^-
F3 - + J
F2 - -|
Fl - J
.
<- "
' 9
I.
M =6
o p t
. -
< >< ?
< !
2 X S
Ô
CD
(^
I:!
s si
î
F r o r r ^ H t 9 (if included)
p 1-6
To Page 3
< 0-15
From Page 3
C I
To/From
Page 5
(if included)
To/From
Page 4
flotcable, ^^pnductors
h-
AI 0-15
< DO 0-11
I PI 0-11
ductors (only if puls/frequency cord PFI 1038)
flotcable,
>-
flotcable, 34 conductors
^>-
>
flotcable,
34 conductors
< DO Q-11
I Dl 0 - 1 1
flotcable, 34 conductors
,1-34 I 1 J2,1-34 1 1 J3,1-34 I 1 J4,1-34 1 1 J5,1-34 | | J j ^

DIG. I/O
DIG. I/O
DIG. I/O
AN.
AN. I
AN. 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
I NC. S U P P L Y + ^ ^
\_ I NC. SUPPLY^"^:^^
From Page 1/8

(see note)
< CAN 1 L
L < CAN 1 H
To Page 6
> 7 ^
V ^ ^
< ON P I T C H ~ 1 - ^
L < ON PITCH g ^-^^
I J12,1-9
RS232
INDUSTRIAL DATA ACQUISITION

AND CONTROL CARD
IDA1035
From Page 1
J7,1-16 1 1 J9,l-64 I 1J10,1-40| I J l T T P T

P/F. I
PC 104 EXP PCI04 EXP
TEST
I I
" - P
101112131415161718
:
'
J50:fM]
+ - L H
I
Note:
If micro terminal is mounted
in NODE 1 then connect J8:5
and J8:6 to Node 5 1 .
Else connect J8:5 and J8:6
to Page 1.
liPWl
aw.
Description
JTV/11.04.2002
%n
ntr. T R / 1 1 . 0 4 . 2 0 0 2 ,
Appr. Appr.
TR/n.04.2003;
1hl9 drawing Is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pic. and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any Information
recievcd In conjunction therewith must not be Imported to any unauthorized third party. It must not be used for any other projet
thon for which it wos erglnolly ordered.The recept of the drawing implies that the conditions mentioned herein ore accepted.
EESSi
Rolls-Royce
P.O.Box 158, N-6067 UtSTEINVIK, NORIAY Tel.: +47-700-14000 Fa.:+47-700-14014
Originol:
Node 1, Electronic Unit

Processor Card. Normal Control
Wiring diagram
Rev.
PE38431
Re pi. for:
Repl. by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
To/From
Page 2 L
flotcoble, 34 conductors
0-15 >
<
AI 0 - 1 5
flatcoble, 34 conductors
h
I J1,1-34 I I J2.1-34 I
ANALOG IN/OUT
INTERFACE CARD
AI01036
Modul 22
Modul 21
&
CD
'
ro
Modul 31
S >;
C-J
-P
>
&
en
S; ^
I
*~^
3=-
OJ
4^
3>
3>
-^
AAAAAAAAWWyyWWWW
X1C(J3)
er
-i
__
s-
^
<
Original:
NODE
Draw. JTV/11.12.2002
Contr.Tfi/11.12.200^/
Description
Appr. Appr. TR/11.12.200a
1 Rolls-Royce
^^^
Rolls-Royce Mariners
This drowtng Is fl property of ROLLSROYCE pic, ond muet not be copied or the contents thereof or ony Information
recleved In conjunction therewith must not be Imparted to any unouthorited third porty. It must not be used for any other project
then for which It wos orglnoWy ordered.The reclept of the drowlng Implies that the conditions mentioned herein ore accepted.
P.O.Bo 158, N-6067 ULSTtlNVIK. NORWAY Tel.: t47-700-14000
.:-47-700-14014
XIC,
Electronic
Ananlog
Wiring
In/Out
Unit
Normal
Control
Drow.
Repl. f o n
Repl. by:
Diagram
Yard.:
PE39603
Hull.:
Page:
To/From
Page 2
I J1. DO O - I T
< J l . PI 0-11 ^
Flotcabie, 34
conductors
J1,1-34
DIGiAL IN/OUT
INTERFACE CARD
DI01037
MODUL 6
MODUL 5
=:
=
^
>5
X1E(J2)
From
Page 1
I
I
DIG. SUPPLY+~>DIG SUPPL'^~>-
From poge
1 d
POWER OK
From page
POWER OK
From
Page 61
"ON"
ts* 2. i3" 2 . to* 5. i5* E, i5' 2, ' 2, *5' 2. *^' 5. *^" E. " 2 . 'S' 2. *3' 2. *S" 2, S* 2.
YTTl
YYYY
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY
>-
PiTCH>
I1
M>
^S"
^
3
to
.-+
Q
-
^
S
-o^
o"
-CD
.
'^
-a
Contr. TR/11.12.2002
Description
Appr. Appr.
||tl.
TR/11.12.2002
This drawing Is the property of R011.SROYCE pic, end must not be copied or the contents thereof or ony infotmotlon
recleved In conjunction therewith must not be imparted to any unauthorized third party. It must not be used for ony other project
than for which it was orginoliy ordered.The reclept of the drowlng implies that the conditions mentioned herein are accepted.
CD"
Q
Q
\J
\/
\/
^/
Original:
Draw. J1V/11.12.2002
a
w
=-
5*
NODE
Rolls-Royce
P.0.BOX 158, N-6067 ULSraNVlK, NORWAY Ttl.: t7-700-14000 Fo.:-H7-70Q-140H
XIE,
ELECTRONIC
DIGITAL
UNIT
Repl. for:
IN/OUT
Hepl. by;
WIRING DIAGRAM
Draw.
Rev.
PE39604
Yard.:
Hull.:
Poge:
To/From
Page 2
p I
J i . DO p - i f
< J I . PI 0 - 1 ^
Rateable, 34 conductors
I J1,1-34 I
DIGiAL IN/Ol
INTERFACE CARD
DI01037
MODUL 7
- "
N0
OJ
-f>-
:>
^ j
z:
00
MODUL 8
OJ - 1 ^
131
to
CT
-yH>ty[4>H[4>b'rWH>^/H^H;f/rt^r^
"Rc,
(-WtjTTjrtjTT^
<1
X1F(J2)
lo|f:>ôtôK|lro|ô|^J|(L^JK>J|c^K-^K^
From
Page
DIG. SPPLY+ > DIG SUPPLY^~>-
OJOj-p.-F.-p*.-f>>-*^ -f^ -f^ -F' -^-f>^ en
^^^^^^^^^
'CD^rOOJ^f*-(J^Cn-^COCOCD*fNJ<>l4vCJlCn-^
'
5, ia" ' H, ' S, ^ ' 2 , * ^ ' S , *^^' S, * 5, l o ' B, JQ' S , ' 5, ^^' S , * ' S , * S ' B, l o ' 5, tO
VYVVTYVVrVYYYYT
3
3
~-^
5-
3
3
Note:
Potential free contacts voltage
limitations are max 24VAC, 2A.
Draw.
JTV/n.12.2002
Contr. T R / H . 1 2 . 2 0 0 2 ,
Description
Appr. Appr.
TR/11.12.200^
This drowing Is property of ROtLS-ROYCC pic. ond must not be copied or the contents thereof or ony Information
recievcd In conjunction therewith must not be imported to ony unauthorized third party. It must not be used for ony other project
Ihon for which it was orglnally ordered.The reclepl of the drawing implies that the conditions mentioned herein ore occepted.
Rolls-Royce
ipT
Wiring Diagram
Kepi, by:
P.CBox 158, N-6067 UISTBNVIK, NORWAY Td.: +47-700-14000
FiJx.:4-47-7Q0-l4014
Original:
NODE 1, Electronic Unit

X I F , Digital In/Gut Normal Control
PE39613
Yard.:
Hull.:
Poge:
75?r
..
Vin
I I
12
,, ,
Vout
II
3 4
On/
Off
II
5 6
PITCH INDICATION
BACKUP CONTROL
P1B1039
Sys. , , . ,
Auto Act. On/
Fail. Ord. Ind. Potm. QP Ord. Off
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
7 8 9 10111213141516171819202122
XII(JI)
To Page 4
< "ON'.PITCH
From Page 1
I
I
From Page 2
oo Q " o" CD C O - ^
PITCH +
> P I T C H - ~ ~ ^ ^
C 0 N " , P I I C H 5 >
BC "0N".PITCH
Panel
K20>
B >
Interface, Pitch
Pitch Indie. Potm.

K7
KS
(
Pitch Port
From Page 4
Pitch STBD
W^^5"$
U^hfX20:
35i^
1
0J_|3:B
1
i
Terminals XII: 9 ond tO. swtpped text for Pori ond STBD
Updated ternvnation details
Correded refs. K7 and K8
Description
lil'HM
Drow. J7V/11.12.2002
Contr. TR/11.12.200;
Appr, Appr.
TR/11.12.200,
jiHHJ
Rolls-Royce
dap.: Propulsion - Ulstein
This drawing Is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pie. and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any Information
recieved In conjunction therewith must not be imported to any unauthorized third porty. It must not be used for any other project
than for which It was orglnaliy ordered.The reclept of the drawing Implies that the conditions mentioned herein ore accepted.
P.O.Box 158. N-6067 UISTBNVIK, NCf!Wr Tel.: +47-700-14000 Fox.:t47-70D-14OU
Node 1, Electronic Unit

XII, Pitch Indication and Backup Control
Wiring Diagram
Drow.
Rev.
PE39611
Original:
Repl. for;
Kepi, by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
from page 1
from page 4
a
CD en
(
(
cz
-n
n
"
-
-<
^
c-i
(
t.n
CZ CT.
"a
n
Tl
-c
1
XIE:
XIE:
X1E:
XIE:
^1
' ro
CO
XIE:
VV
XIE:
en
>
CD
vv
-< -<
1
K : I
' t o
XIC;
I.Oq
K2
A1
A2
AI
K4 AI
A2
A2
K10 AI
K6 AI
A1
K5
A2
A2
A2
I.Oq
,
OI
11 '^
' \
X2:
k4
RI
mo
R1
O)
"
"
<
"
:
3
-^
~\
"
=
_^,
<>
-
3- ^
CD
Q-
7^
"
aw.
Added rrom poge 1 XIB: 21,22

Description
/2.2002
.ntr. T R / 1 1 . 1 2 . 2 0 0 2
Appr. Appr.
.TR/11.12.2002/
1 Rolls-Royce
dep.: Propulsion - tJIsteIn
This drawing (s the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pfc, ood must not be copied or the contents thereof or ony information
recteved In conjunction therewith must not be Imported to ony unauthorized third porty. (t must not be used for any other project
thon for which it wos orginolly ordered.The recfept of the drawing Implies thot the conditions mentioned herein are accepted.
. . 158, N-6067 UISTBNVIK, NORWAY Ttl.: +7-700-14( Faii.:+47-700-tIH
Original:
NODE 1. Electronic Unit

Additional Modules
Wiring diagram
Draw.
Repl,
Rev.
PE39605
Kepi, by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page;
10
omj
_E:
z z
^^
>
U4
LCD & KEYB
INTERFACE
CARD
LKI1032
I J1,1-10
I J1.1-34 I
I J2,1-34 I
010 1-24
DIG 25-48
0-0-0J4:1 2 3
-AIO-
4 5 6
-1
7 8 9
-AI2-
10 1112 131415
-AI3-AI4-
P A N E L CONTROLLER
16 1718 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4
-AI5-AI6- -AI7-
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
AGO
AGI
A02
A03
CARD
PCC1030
J3:1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
U2
I NC SUPPLY " P ~ r > I NC SUPPLY P. - > -
From Page 1
From Page 2
To Page 1
[
[
CAN 1 I.
CAN 1 H
>-
< CAN 1 L
< CAN 1 H
Original:
Rev.
Date
Description
1011 121314
Draw.
Appr.
Reploced for:
Replaced by:
Draw.
TSK/20.02.01
Appr.
T R / 20.02.01
ULSTEIN
Reference;
/
PROPFi 1
(7^
A<;
III
NODE 51
ELECTRONIC UNIT, CONTROL PANEL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Rev.
Draw.
PE36971
Poge a
ri
I
* :
g X =
5 -U
S8i
rsl X
5^3
- >
^>
> it*
. .?
) 3 m <n
^ . ..3 '
sSiss
(M rsl Z
3 3 =5
Z ZZ Z Z

S (
5 !
=j=ji2i2i2i2522Q;Q:Q:a:a:i-33Z33i3Z)3333333:3>xxxxxx><iM
0 0 0 _ f ^ - ~ 5 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ f O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O , ^ 0
lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllillliilillilillilillii
PARTSLIST
Order number:
Installation:
Description:
Quantity:
Inst lot
210764#1&2
HEUCON X - TT
Control panel. Micro tenninal
1
Ref
U2
Node 51
U2
Node 51
Node 51 U2
U2
Node 51
Node 51
U4
Node 51
U4
Node 51
U4
U4
Node 51
27.03.2003-13:01
Item na
Descrlptlor
Quantlti
Unit
Producei
10483
10823
57250
62268
10202
10887
57250
57411
CARD PCC1030C
EPROM l=OR PCC1030
DISTANCE PIECE M3X10
DEKKPLATE PRINT EUROPA 160X100
CARD LKI1032
TOPCOATING RR BLACK SERV.PANEL
CONNECTOR 34PIN IDS FEMALE
1,00
1,00
4,00
2,00
1,00
1,00
6,00
2,00
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
INNHERRED
UPR
TORP
SCHROFF
UPR
KEYTOUCH
TORP
SCHIVE
Comment
CONTROL PANEL
(DISASSEMBLED
FROM PANEL BOX)
DESKTOP
PANEL BOX
GROUNDING
(YARD SUPPLY)
EXTERNAL
CABLES
(YARD SUPPLY)
FIXING FRAME
PANEL
CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CABLE SCREENS
GROUNDED TO EARTHING
SCREW INSIDE BOX
FRONT VIEW
SIDE VIEW
Rev.
8 piXlN(
INC METHOD CHAWGCO.
ID ADDH)
AKK/10.11.98
oMl/02.07.96
Draw. o k k / 0 6 . 0 5 . 9 6
CONTROL PANEL
HELICON X
INSTALLATION DRAWING
Conlr. k h b / 0 2 . 0 7 . 9 e
Appr.
khh/02.07.0e
Draw.
ULSTEIN
PROPELLER
AS
no.
PE31628
Rev.
-Jibn.i'V^ V I V '
Main Panel
Slave Panel 2
Slave Panel 1
33
-?
- S
-< I
m
m
-<
^ c/l
-H
33
"
33
-<
00
I
"
^ ^
1.5q
1.5q
1.5q
Jode 53 :
Node 56 :
Node 57 :
: 23,24 TOBE
STRAPPED ON LAST
PANEL
Directly connected to
drive motor starter or
switch board
Draw. JIV/25.03.2003
Contr. TR/25.03.200J^
Description
il
Appr. Appr. TR/25.03.200J
1 Rolls-Royce
^ ^ ^
Rolls-Royce M a r i n e ' A S
This drowfng Is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pic. and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any Infomiation
recieved in conjunction therewtlh must not be imparted to ony unauthorized third porty. It must not be used for ony other project
thon for ititch It wos orqlnolly ordered.The reclept of the drawing fmplies that the conditions mentioned herein are accepted.
P.O.BOX 158, N-6067 UlSIINViK, NORWAY Td.: +47-700-14000 Fox.:+47-700-l4014
jnginal:
THRUSTER EMERGENCY STOP

BRIDGE PANELS
WIRING DIAGRAM
Draw.
Repl. (or:
Repl. by:
Yord.:
PE39956
Hull.:
Pogo:
10.0
6.5 IN DESK-
----
*-
( )
m
COUUAND
HS.41
Un
STARI
REQUEST
164.0
THRiisra
ALARU
POW!
AVAILABLE
PITCH
REDUCED
Haz
STOP
SERVO
PUMP
START
SERVO
PUMP
"
STOP
THRUSTER
START
THRUSTER
4,
348.0
^
._l
14.0
IP'
"Tt)3)srsrai
FAILURE
BSl
LAMP
TEST
EMERG.
ON
BSM
164.0
4MM AL. SEAWATER RESISTANT

FOIL, PBTB, BAYFOIL C R 6 - 2
RAL 9 0 1 1
IP 5 4
MATERIAL
PANEL TOPCOATING
COLOUR
MAX. DEPTH
CUT OUT IN DESK
fSHBI
Draw,
Added Ihruster alarm HS3I

Description
JTV/23.0a.2002
1 Rolls-Royce
Rolls-Royce
Marine AS
Draw. Appr. Appr. TR/23.0a.2002i/
P.O.Box 158, N-6067 ULSIBNVIK, NORWAY Ttl.: +47-700-1M0O Fo.;447-700-H014
Repl. tor:
TT (Facing fwd)
LAYOUT (Detail PA30472)
Draw.
Repl. by:
Rev.
PE39030
(HxW)
Original:
NODE 53 MAIN BRIDGE PANEL
ntr. TR/23.08.2002 J
TTiie drawing Is the property of ROLLS-ROYCE pic, ond must n o t be copied or the contenta thereof or any Information
fecleved In cen)jnctIon therewith m u s t not be Imparted to ony unouthorized third party. It must not be used for any other project
than for which it was orginolly ordered.The reclept of the drawing implies thot the conditions mentioned herein are accepted.
: 200MM
: 3 4 8 X 276MM
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
-^^
m 1
si
Xj
Kj
>
FROM DRIVE MOTOR STARTER

TO NODE NUMBER
56
Use cable 0,5q
COMMON IN COMMAND
Draw. jrV/27.03.2003
Contr. T R / 2 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 0 j <
Description
Appr. Appr.
TR/27.03.20W
This drawing is tiis prxjperty of ROLLS-ROYCE pic, ond must not be copied or tiie contents thereof or ony Information
recteved In con^jnctlon therewith must not be Imparted to ony unouthorized third porty. It must not be used for ony other project
thon for which it was orginally ordered.The reciept of the drawing Impties thot the conditions mentioned herein are accepted.
i Rolls-Royce
P.O.80 158, N-6067 ULSTEINVIK, NORWAY Tel.: +47-700-14000 Fo.:+47-700-14014
Original:
NODE 53
MAIN BRIDGE PANEL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Draw.
Repl. for:
Re pi. by:
Yard.:
PE39979
Hull.:
Page:
PARTSUST
Order number:
210764#1&3
Installation:
HEUCON X - TT
Description:
NODE 53 - MAIN BRIDGE PANEL
Quantity:
I n r t loi
Ref
H34
H34
H34
H35
H35
H35
H50
H50
HS30
HS30
HS30
HS31
HS31
HS31
HS36
HS36
HS36
HS36
HS37
HS37
HS37
HS38
HS38
HS38
HS38
HS39
HS39
HS39
HS39
HS51
HS51
HS52,HSS3
HS52,HS53
J5
PI
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
Rl
Rl
Rl
Rl
R2
R2
R2
SI
SI
SI
SI
S3
S3
S3
S33
S33
S33
U1
U1
U2
U2
U2
U2
U3/U2
U5
US
27.03.2003-13:01
no.
10659
63067
65015
10658
61805
63067
61806
63067
10658
61804
63068
10657
63068
63073
10657
55336
63068
63073
10659
63068
65014
10657
55336
63068
63073
10659
55336
63068
65014
6368
63073
63068
63073
57060
10629
10904
10930
10936
10938
55330
10468
50959
57257
57384
52222
56556
56849
55212
55336
63068
63073
55213
61804
63068
10658
61804
63068
10426
64103
10483
10823
57250
62268
10486
10660
57384
57411
10486
10662
Descrlptloi
LED GREEN 24V/15MA T5.5K :
LAMP UPPER PART QXIN
LAMP LENSE KF25KS GN FOR Q)ON
LED YELLOW 24V/15MA T5.5K :
LAMP LENSE KF25KS GE FOR QX]N
LAMP LENSE KF25KS RT FOR QX3N
LED Y E U O W 24V/15MAT5.5K :
SWITCH-GLASS T25F GE FOR QXJT
pusHBUTfON
LED RED 24V/14MAT5.5K :
PUSHBUTTON Q X K
SWrrCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXTT
LED RED 24V/14MAT5.5K :
SWrrCH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON Q X r r
SWITCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXTT
PUSHBUTTON QXTT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F GN FOR QXIT
LED RED 24V/14MA T5.5K :
SWrrCH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON Q X r r
SWITCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXJT
SWITCH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON Q X K
SWrrCH-GLASS T25F GN FOR
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
SWnCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXTT
PUSHBUTTON Q X r r
CONNECDSUB 9PIN HD-20 7479052
IND PITCH FOROV PRES39PWF 0,5M
PANELBOX SINGLE, 348X276MM
PANELBOX ENDPLATE
PANELBOX CABLE GLAND
FIXING FRAME C, 348X276MM
BUND CAP QX24
LEVER LF90S-F THR. 2X1K POT.
TERMINAL-ENDSTOP EW15
PLUG MSTBHK 2.5/10-6 PRINTNOUN
PLUG MSTB 2,5/10-ST PRINTMOUN.
KNOB SIFAM K21-0.006 BLACK
POTM PE30AL I K 2 0 %
KNOB CAPS C210 BLACK
C0MTACrBL0CKAF2
SWITCH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXTT
CONTACTBLOaAT
BRYTER-GLASS T25F GE FOR QXTT
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F GE FOR QXJT
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
CARD PIC1041
DISTANCE PIECE 06.5x10 M3
CARD PCC1030C
EPROM FOR PCC1030
DEKKPUTE PRINT EUROPA 160X100
DISTANCE PIECE M3X35 SPA02
KORT LSI1031B-V2
PLUG MSTB 2.5/10-ST PRINTMOUN.
KORT BLS1034B-V2
Quantity
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
2,00
2,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
2,00
1,00
1,00
4,00
1,00
2,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
10,00
1,00
1,00
4,00
2,00
6,00
1,00
1,00
2,00
4,00
1,00
Unit
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
Producxi
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
AMP
SIFAM
PA30004
PA30030
PA30036
PA30038
SCHLEGEL
UH
WEIDMULLER
PHOENIX
PHOENIX
MORGENSnERNE
SFERNICE
MORGENSTIERNE
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
UPR
4A146601
INNHERRED
UPR
TORP
SCHROFF
TORP
UPR
PHOENIX
SCHIVE
TORP
UPR
Comment
PARTSLIST
Order number:
Installation :
Description:
Quantity:
210764#18i3
HELICON X - TT
NODE 53 - MAIN BRIDGE PANEL
1
Inrt loi
Ret
Item no,
Descrlptlor
Quantiti
UnH
Producei
US
U5/U1
63232
57015
54670
60276
67144
PLUGMSTB2,5/5-ST-5,08
CONNECTOR lOPIN FLATCABUE
MOUNTING BRACKET CABLE PRO/HEL
CABINET EARTH
BRAKETT KAB.F PANa FUST 85MM
1,00
2,00
1,00
1,00
2,00
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PHOENIX
SCHIVE
3A142501
SX9-339
3A124005
27.03.2003-13:01
Comment
10.0
I 1-
1(6.5 IN DESK-
Jk
*r-
L-^v^t/^>
4^
(U3)
1 "
IHRUSroi
ARM
JS.4
PITCH
RSUCED
164.0
J,
r-|
STOP
SERVO
PIMP
> ^
45.IR
START
SERVO
PUKP
isj;
STOP
IHRUSID!
348.0
ft^
^
._J
14.0
Tu)"
SYSTEU
FAILURE
EMERG.
OH
lAMP
TEST
kl
55
I
1'
164.0
EMERG.
PORT
4S57
EMERG.
SIBD
45M
'1
JIERGENCV
STOP
THRUSIER
41
I
I
Rolls-Royce
14.0
-J
10.0
10.0
MAX. DEPTH
CUT OUT IN DESK
128.0
128.0
4MM AL SEAWATER RESISTANT

FOIL, PBTB, BAYFOIL CR6-2
RAL 9011
IP 54
MATERIAL
PANEL TOPCOATING
COLOUR
: 200MM
: 348 X 276MM (HxW)
10.0
276.0
EEOS
Draw.
Added HS]t, thnjsler atom
Description
JTV/26.0a.2002
Sntr. T R / 2 6 . 0 8 . 2 0 0 2 ,
Appr. Api
Appr.
I?
TR/26.08.200;
9 drawing is ttie property of ROU.SROYC pic, and must nol be copied or ttie contents ttiereof or any Informotion
recleved In conjunction therewltti must not be Imparted to any unouthorlzed third party. It must not be used for ony other project
than for whicti it was orginolly ordered.The reclept of the drawing Implies thot the conditions mentioned herein ore accepted.
Rolls-Royce
dep.: Propulsion - Ulsteln
P.O.Box 158, N - 6 0 6 7 UISTEINVIK, NORWAY Tel.: + 4 7 - 7 0 0 - 1 4 0 0 0
Fox.:+47-700-t4014
NODE 5 6 / 5 7 SLAVE BRIDGE PANEL

TT (Facing fvi^d)
LAYOUT (Detail PA30472)
Rev.
PE39031
Repl. f o r
Kepi, by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
f 0"H
CF
si
55^ S i
li
FROM NODE NUMBER 53/56

TO NODE NUMBER 57
Use cable 0,5q
COMMON IN COMMAND
Dra.
JTV/27.03.203
Contr. T R / 2 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 0 ;
Rev.
Date
Description
Appr. Appr.
'^r
TR/27.03.201
Rolls-Royce
This drawing Is Ihe property of ROLLS-ROYCE pic. and must not be copied or the contents thereof or any Enfomiotion
recleved In conjunction therewith must not be Imparted to ony unauthorized thhrd party. It must not be used for any other project
Ihon for which II wos orginolly ordered.The reclept of the drawing Implies thot the conditions mentioned herein ore occepted.
P.O.B0X 158, N-6067 ULSTHNVIK, NORWAY Tel.: +47-70O-M000 Fax.:+47-70O-140U
Original:
NODE 5 6 / 5 7
SLAVE BRIDGE PANEL
WIRING DIAGRAM
PE39980
Repl. for:
Kepi, by:
Yard.:
Hull.:
Page:
PARTSUST
Order number:
installation;
Description:
Quantity:
210764#1&.4
HELICON X - TT
NODE 56/57- SLAVE BRIDGE PANEL
2
InrtJolRef
H35
H35
H35
H39
H39
H39
H50
H50
HS30
HS30
HS30
HS31
HS31
HS31
HS36
HS36
HS36
HS36
HS37
HS37
HS37
HS38
HS38
HS38
HS38
HS51
HS51
HS52,HS53
HS52,HS53
J5
PI
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
RI
RI
RI
RI
R2
R2
R2
SI
SI
SI
SI
S3
S3
S3
U1
U1
U2
U2
U2
U2
U3/U2
U5
U5
U5
U5/U1
27.03.2003-13:01
Item no,
10658
61805
63067
10659
63067
65015
61806
63067
10658
61804
63068
10657
63068
63073
10657
55336
63068
63073
10659
63068
65014
10657
55336
63068
63073
63068
63073
63068
63073
57060
10629
10904
10930
10936
10938
55330
10468
50959
57257
57384
52222
56556
56849
55212
55336
63068
63073
55213
61804
63068
10426
64103
10483
10823
57250
62268
10486
10660
57384
57411
10486
10662
63232
57015
54670
60276
67144
Descrlptloi
LAMP LENSE KF25KS GE FOR QXJN
LAMP UPPER PART QKIN
LAMP UPPER PART QXJN
LAMP LENSE KF25KS GN FOR Q X : N
UMP LENSE KF25KS RT FOR QX]N
LAMP UPPER PART QX3N
LED YELLOW 24V/15MA TS.5K :
SWITCH-GLASS T25F GE FOR QXTT
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
LEDRED24V/14MAT5.5K:
PUSHBUTTON QXK
LEDRED24V/14MAT5.SK:
SWITCH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXTf
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F GN FOR QXK
LED RED 24V/14MA T5.5K :
swmaH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
SWrrCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXJT
PUSHBUTTON QXTT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F RT FOR QXK
CONNECDSUB 9PIN HD-20 7479052
IND PITCH FOROV PRES39PWF 0,5M
PANELTOX SINGLE, 348X276MM
PANELBOX ENDPLATZ
PANELBOX CABLE GLAND
nXING FRAME C, 348X276MM
BLIND CAP QX24
LEVER LF90S-F THR. 2X1K POT.
TRMINAL-ENDSTOP EW15
PLUG MSTBHK 2.5/10-G PRINTMOUN
KNOB SIFAM K21-0.006 BLACK
POTM PE30AL IK 20%
KNOB CAPS a i O BLACK
CONTACTBLOCK AF2
SWITCH COVER KDQ 24
PUSHBUTTON QXJT
COMTACTBLOCXAT
SWITCH-GLASS T25F GE FOR QXTT
PUSHBUTTON QXK
CARD PIC1041
DISTANCE PIECE 06.5x10 M3CARD PCC1030C
EPROM FOR PCC1030
DEKKPLATE PRINT EUROPA 160X100
KORT LSI1031B-V2
KORT BLS1034B-V2
PLUG MSTB 2,5/5-ST-5,08
CONNECTOR lOPIN FLATCABLE
MOUNTING BRACKET CABLE PRO/HEL
CABINET EARTH
BRAKETT KAB.F PANEL FUST 85MM
Quantlti
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
4,00
4,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
4,00
2,00
2,00
8,00
2,00
4,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
20,00
2,00
2,00
8,00
4,00
12,00
2,00
2,00
4,00
8,00
2,00
2,00
4,00
2,00
2,00
4,00
Unit
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
5
STK
5
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
STK
STK
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
Praducei
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHlfGEL
MILTKONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTOONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
MILTRONIC
SCHLEGEL
SCHLGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLGEL
SCHLEGEL
AMP
SIFAM
PA30004
PA30030
PA30036
PA30038
SCHLEGEL
UH
WEIDMULLR
PHOENIX
PHOENIX
MORGENSTIERNE
SFERNICE
MORGENSTIERNE
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
SCHLEGEL
UPR
4A146601
INNHERRED
UPR
TORP
SCHROFF
TORP
UPR
PHOENIX
SCHIVE
TORP
UPR
PHOENIX
SCHIVE
3A142501
SX9-339
3A124005
Commeni
.^S^ ' ZJtJiJL
Side view A A
60.0
06,5 in desk
FLAT CABLE
SEPARATE
TO ALARM
CARD
MATERIAL
P A N a TOPCOATING
COLOUR
MAX. DEPTH
CUT OUT IN DESK
NOTE 1:
4MM AL SEAWATER RESISTANT

FOIL PBTB. BAYFOL C R 6 - Z
PMS 282 (RAL 5011)
IP 54
APPROX. 6 0 MM
114 X 124 ( H X W )
FOR LABELS IN ALARM LAMPS

SEE SEPARATE ALARM LIST.
NOTE 2:
TEXT IN SIGNS A / B , ARE PROJECT DEPENDENT.
NOTE 3:
RI-
rwt off offthn bUteiT

Re.
Draw. AV22.11.9+
Contr.TN/Z1.D5.97
Appr. TR/24-05.00/.^
Mui/a.njs
ONLY WHEN MOUNTED ON BRIDGE.
ALARM PANEL
lAY OUT (Detail PA30179)
Draw. no.
ULSTEIN PROPELLER AS
PE31273
Rev.
ALARM LIST ALARMPANEL

INSTALLATION No.: T8285
RESET
BUZZER
LAMP
TEST
S2Z
SYSTEM
FAILURE
SZ7
LAKU1 Hb
A1AHN4- m
LOW PRESS
SERVO
OIL
AUVtN/ mi
ALARMS H9
His
KMUU m
6 m
SIGN. A
fiPHONI S23.H2a
ALAKIiHD H14
fikWi HI/
AlARMII 5
nkMi m
ALARM12 1
ALMIMiS H19
CLOGGED
OIL
FILTER
OVERLOAD
U>Ril2H7
S51
LOW LEVEL
GRAV. FEED
TANK
AUTOSTOP
ACPT
ALARM
SIGN.
0P1ICN2 5 2 4
OPTUNJ S2&H25
(DIMMER)
ULSijjEIN
1X1 - BRTOGE
D-ECR
NOTE:
Alarm ntactfix)nialarm sensor to be
Digital contact NC (Normally closed).
Alarm when open contact.
Q:\PROSJ\ORDRB82XX_ANLEGG\8285V^L_LIST.DOC
S3.H3
' I I . ? ^ w
~1
NOTE m
FOR LABELS IN ALARM LAMPS.

SEE SEPARATE ALARMLIST.
LAMPS AND DlHMtR TO BE MOUNTED

WHEN PANEL IN WHEELHOUSE.
s ; =3
=J
*s ^
lllll
O
141
Ol
I I I
CD
-ot
UMP
'
521.
l%-\
" S22v
H5
XJ
XJ
XI
XI
H6
XI
H8
XI
-J
Ji-
I I
X4-
X2
X3
X2
XJ
XI 1 XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
XI
X
H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 HU 5 H16 H18 HW
TI
U-
X2
- .
-J
- .
Xt
pv
XI
U/
H20
->
XJ
CARD ON PANE
\ J s o S J 4 J \ J \ J 4 3
11 I I I I
I. ,1, ,1,1,1,1X11
L"
-IV
CT>
ALARM PANEL CARD TERM. X3 / X4.

-|
'
X3-
Irt
*>-
OPEN
WHEN
ALARM
a>
ffi-A'f-?
-^
OD
LO
X5--
l I I I I l'i I I I I I 1 I I I I
^^ ? l i
S?
I I I I
li
l l l l l l
3-32
1
Kl
Cx
^3
I""
s
:
Ul
&
I I iTlYil II I
(Mounted on Al.Plate-|
bdow Term. X3-). I
- - - - - >
s
CJ
FOR ALARMS TO BE CONNECTED.

SEE SEPARATE ALARMLIST.
il
(ALARM WHEN OPEN CONTACT.)

NOTE!!!
SPARE ALARMS TO BE SWAPPED.
Pro. MUL / 15.11.95

Contr. AT / 20.11.95
Appr. LKg / 20.11.95
Origrnol;
WRING CHWCtO OH REIAY 1

1
.
Oescriplion
Appr,
Replaced for;
Reploced by;
ULSTEIN PROPELLER
ALARM PANEL
STANDARD UNIT
WIRING DIAGRAM
AS
Draw.
PE31666
Rev.
Insl.
1 OF 1
BRIDGE / ECR MAIN DESK
"1
'
&-S
r1
AAA
i I
( I
ra
< I
1 11
VT
1 ~
2;
ALARM
If
CARD 1
\L\
'd%n
n%-d
I]
/
RAH007
*2
J . -I
.1 ,
e - 'e'"-
1 -
L.
Pro. KPN /
24.11.95
/.7.(,
Appf.
Originol:
Description
Replaced lor.
Replaced by:
f^'f:"'^^
ULSTEIN PROPELLER AS
ALARM PANEL
> ALARM CARD 1007
tVTf PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM
GENERAL.
PE31685
^g
3i^'o
o
O -
X3-
I |
3>
Alorm Cord
RAI 1007-C
>
Ff
(I
CABLE CHANNEL
-<
Q>.4x6
mm
31*9
Changed . 7 |
Re. Ichana! lenoM to 335 and arfdyj hel
Reference:
Prow. MUL/211195
Contr. AT/21.11.95
/ 01.4.97
mmm
(irl.nr.67928
Appr. LK0/21.11.95
ULSTEIN
PROPELLER
AS
ALARMPANEL
TERMINAL MOUNTING PLATE
LAY OUT(CUT OUT UP31810.DXF)
PE31810
PARTSLIST
Order number:
Installation:
Description:
Quantity:
210764#186
HEUCONX-TT
ALARM PANEL
1.0
Inst lo>
Ret
Item no,
63141
63141
CARD
CARD
H5-H19
H5-H19
H5-H19
Jl
Jl
64103
64449
61053
61056
57450
59687
61072
53826
53836
Kl
Kl
Kl
Kl
PANEL
PANELPLATE
Rl
Rl
Rl
Rl
S27
S27
S27
SH21 , SH22
SH21, SH22
SH21 , SH22
SH21.SH22
SH21 , SH22
SH21.SH22
SH21 , SH22
SH27
TERM.PLATE
XS
XS
X5
X5
10827
10828
10829
10830
59689
10848
50705
61966
61967
67074
57456
61219
61314
57455
57456
57450
57455
57456
59087
61219
59687
67928
67278
67282
67429
67436
27.03.2003-13:01
Decrlptloi
SKRUE M3X6 PAN HODE ELF..
130342
SKRUE M3X6 PAN HODE ELF.
130342
DISTANCE PIECE 06.5x10
SPACER / 5 2 9 FEMALE/MALE
CARD RLM1009, V I
CARD RAI1007C
LENS 051-903.2 RED
BULB 28V 031-963.2
LAMP HOLDER 051-041.006
FLATCABLE26LSCREEN(ROUND)
IDC 622 FEMALE SOCKET W/STRAIN REUEF
RELAY-CUP PT 28 800
RELAY-SOCKET PT 78 704
RELAY-DIODE MODULE RPM LO 024
RELAY PT 570 024
PLUG 001-947.018X24MM
ALARM PANEL PLATE UPR 144X144
POTM 22/23 220 OHM
DEKSEL-DIMMER SIFAM N150
KNOB CAP C150 PLAIN
LOCK BRACKETT NS-SERIE
LAMP HOLDER 051-165-0
LENS 051-903.4 YELLOW
SWrrCH ELEMENT 051-972-022
SWITCH ELEMENT 051-971-022
LENS 051-903:2 RED
SWITCH ELEMENT 051-971-022
PAKNING GFT 21 FOR KGT 3215
LENS 051-903.4 YELLOW
BULB 28V 031-963.2
MONTERINGSPLATE ALARMPANEL
END PLATE WAP FOR WDK
UNK WQV 2,5/10 lOP
ENDSTOP WEW 35/2 WDU 2.5-10
TERMINAL WDK 2.5 1268900
Quantiti
UnK
Producei
9,0
PCS
63141
4,0
PCS
63141
9,0
4,0
1,0
1,0
15,0
15,0
15,0
2,0
2,0
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
M
PCS
4A146601
PE4O430
UME
UME
OLTCN
LTEN
LTEN
53826
FQ/BERG
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
4,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
1,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
1,00
1,0
1,0
3,0
2,0
18,0
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
SCHRACK
SCHRACK
SCHRACK
SCHRACK
LTEN
PA30179
DANOTHERM
MORGENSTIERNE
SIFAM
MERUN GERIN
LTEN
LTEN
LTEN
LTEN
LTEN
LTEN
LTEN
LTEN
ELON
LTEN
LTEN
PE325S1B
WEroMULLER
WEIDMULLER
WEIDMULLER
WEIDMULLER
Comment
PARTSLIST
Order number:
Installation:
Description:
Quantity:
Inst loi
210764#2
HELICON X - 1
SPAREPARTS
1
Ref
27.03.2003-13:01
I t e m no,
Descrlptlor
Quantlti
Unit
Producei
10498
10499
10657
10658
10659
53109
53804
56075
57206
FUSE 5X20MM 4A, MED.

FUSE 5X20MM 6.3A, MED.
LEDRED24V/14MAT5.5K:
FUSE 5X25MM 4,0A MED
SCHLECaTOOL
10,0
10,0
5,0
5>0
5,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
1,0
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
PCS
SIBA
SIBA
MILTRONIC
MILTRONIC
MILTRONIC
SIBA
SIBA
SIBA
SCHLEGEL
Comment
\inv(
invensys^
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
FINAL DRAWING
FOR
MARINE UPS
at Jinling SY 37,300dwt
Chemical Tank
Hull JLZ020504
POWERWARE'
Anpnt-
RlJNNER Engineering & Equipment Pte Ltd.

VENSYS(Powerware) / Finland
lZf:ZlM
e/=f3-f
30, 2004
. j l
T"^
UPS at Jinling Shipyard

37300dwt Chemical Tank
Hull No. JLZ020504
Vinvensys
Technical Specification
And Scope of Supply
UPS(9120i)
UPS(9120i)
Capacity:
Input:
17 sets
1.0 Kw
AC220V/1 Phase/60Hz, to be plugged to the wall outlet
Socket with 3 wires(l phase +N+PE)
Output:
AC220V
Backup time:
8 min
Battery:
to be provided with Acid-Lead, maintenance-free.
Protection:
IP20
Multi-purpose socket: 4nos IEC lOA socket at UPS back panel
Terminal for common alarm to be provided - via RS232 port.
Technical description as the attachment.
Powerware 9120 UPS
Prddjijqt Snapshoot
Power Rating: 700-30OOVA
Voltage: 120 and 230 Vac
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
(auto-sensing)
Configu ration: Tower
As businesses become increasingly dependent
The Powerware 9120's communications are
on technology for their fundamental
flexible, allowing for local, network or remote
operation, the need for system availability is
monitoring and management. The Powerware
of paramount importance. The Powerware
9120 includes the latest version of Powerware's
9120 UPS Is designed for those applications
Software Suite, whkh provides power monitoring
that need maximum protection in the 700 VA
and shutdown software.
- 3kVA range. With its high-frequency,

double<onversion online topology, providing
Simple plug-and-play operation makes
nonstop clean sine wave power, advanced
installing the Powerware 9120 fast and easy. A
communications and space-saving tower
single button touch provides clean, uninter-
design, the Powerware 9120 is the ideal
ruptible power to the critical load. An intuitive
solution for networks, web sen/ers, telecom-
LCD screen provides real-time updates of UPS
munications applications and other critical
status, power usage, battery run time remaining,
electronic equipment.
and other critical UPS parameters.
In addition to its proven design, the
With the Powerware 9120, Powerware delivers
Powerware 9120 offers Advanced Battery
a best-in-class power solution for maximum
Management (ABM*) and sophisticated
system availability, and peace of mind.
communications to provide maximum system

availability. ABM uses a three-stage charging
technique that not only doubles battery
service life, but optimizes battery charge time
and provides 60-day notification of the end of
useful life for the batteries.
irwensys
Teclinical Specifications^
Nominal Vottage
Input Voltage Range
Topology
Diagnostics
Full System self-test on power up
user-selectable voltages
UPS Bypass
Automatic on Overload or
Transfer Time to Battery

Dimensions and V/eights
Cms
120V: 80-144 Vac

230V: 120/140/160-276 Vac
Input Power Factor
>.95S
Operating Frequency
5O/60HZ. Auto-sensing
45-55HZ
Frequency Range
True Online, double-conversion
120 Vac and 230 Vac; See

Model Selection Guide for
UPS failure < 4ms
Overload Capacity
See Model Selection Guide

12556 for 10 minutes before
transfer to bypass; 150% for 10
seconds before transfer to bypass
Fuse or circuit breaker

Electrical Output
On Utility Voltage Regulation
2% of nominal
Internal/EBM Battery Type
Sealed, lead-acid; maintenance free
On Battery Voltage Regulation
3% of nominal
Battery Runtime
See Battery Runtime table
Nominal Output Voltage
Same as selected input voltage
Battery Replacement
Output Voltage Waveform
Sine Wave
Output Voltage Distortion
<3% THD
Recharge Time
<4 hours to 90% capacity
Output Protection
Electronic overload sensing, and
Start-On-Battery
Allows start of UPS without
Efficiency
Online Mode: >85%;
utility input
circuit breaker protection

Hi-Efficiency Mode: >90%
Environmental
Safety Certifications
User Interface
LCD status screen
Audible Alarms
UPS alarm conditions, including:
REPO Port
Communications
and IEC 60950

EMI Compliance
Class A (2000-3000) 230V, EN
UPS Fault
50091-2 Class B (700-1500).

Class A (2000-3000)
In and out jack for all models.

UL497A tested.
Operating Temperature
0 to 40'C (32 to 104" F)
Meets NEC code 645-11 intent and
Storage Temperature
-15 to 50 C (5 to 122 f)
UL requirements
Relative Humidity
0% to 95% non-condensing
One RS232 Serial Port; One
Immunity
IEEE C62.41,
One USB Port
NetworIc Transient Protector
UL497A
6-foot communications cable
Audible Noise at 1 meter
700-1000VA:<45dB:1500VA
Altitude
3000m (10,000 ft) without
IEC61000-4-2,-3, A - 5
<50dB; 2000-3000 <52dB
included
Power Management Software
FCCPart 15, Class B (700-1500),
On-Battery, Low Battery, Overload,
Communications Slot;
Communications Cable
120V: UL1778:cUL22.2 NO. 107.1:

230V: CE marked, EN 50091-1-1
Communications
NetworIc Transient Protector
Hot-swappable internal and

external batteries
Powerware Software Suite CD,
deteriorating
free updates on
www.powerware.com
I Due to continuing product improvement

programs, specifications are sui)ject to change
without notice.
Model Selection Guide

Input/'OutPut
Frequency
Input
Output
Dimensions
Weight
Voltage (Vac)
(Hz)'^
Connection'
Receptacles^
(H x W x D) in/mm
(LB/KG)
120
50/50
5-15P
(4) 5-15R
120 Vac Models'

PW9120 700
700/490
9.6 x6.2 xr6.2/

243x158x412
29/13.2
PW9120 1000
1000/700
120
50/50
5-15P
(4) 5-15R.
(2) 5-20R
243x158x412
PW9120 1500
1500/1050
120
50/60
5-15P
(4) 5-15R,
10.8x6.7x17.5/
(2) 5-20R
275x170x444
PW912O2000
2000/1400
120
50/60
5-20P
(6) 5-20R
14.2x8.6x18.6/
PW9120 3000
3000/2100
120
50/60
L5-30P
(4) 5-15R.
14.2x8.6x18,6/
(2) 5-20R,
361 X 271 X X 472
89/40.5
Hardwired
351 X 271 X X 472
89/40.5
9.6 X 6.2 X 16.2/
361 X 217x472
35.5/16.1
46,5/21.1
82/37.2
(1) L5-30R
PW9120 3000h
3000/2100
120
50/60
Hardwired
3000/2100
208
50/60
L6-20P
208 Vac kAodels

PW9120 3000
(2)L6-15R,
14.2x8.5x18.5/
(1)L6-20R. (1)L6-30R
361x217x472
89/40.5
230 Vac ModeU'

PW9120 7001
700/490
230
50/60
1EC-C14
(4)IEC-C13
9,6x6.2x16.2/
PW9120 lOOOi
1000/700
230
50/60
IEC-C14
C4)IEC-C13
9.6x6.2x16.2/
PW9120 15001
1500/1050
230
50/60
IEC-C14
(4) IEC-C13
10.8x6.7x17.5/
PW9120 20001
2000/1400
230
50/60
iEC-C14
(4)IEC-C13,
14.2x8.5x18.5/
(1)IEC-C19
351x217x472
PW9120 3000i
3000/2100
230
50/60
IEC-C20
(4)IEC-C13.
14.2x8.6x18.6/
243x158x412
243x158x412
275 X 170 X 444
^^&fi^îi?sraSL?mi
PW9120 BATT700
(1) IEC CI 9
PW9120 BATTISOO
PW9120 BAIT 2000
PW9120 BATT3000
34/15.3
44/19.8
81.6/37
85/38 5
- .*t> i
96x62x152/
243x158x412
standard
Connector
PW9120 B A H 1000
361 X 217 X 472
28/12.6
Standard
9.5x6.2x16.2/
10.8x6.7x17.5/
14.2x8.6x18.6/
14.2x8.6x18,6/
Connector
Standard
243x158x412
Connector
Standard
275x170x444
Connector
Standard
361 X 217x472
Connector
361x217x472
31/14
44/20
57/25
110/50
110/50
1. Also user-selectable for 100.110 and 127 Vac. 2. Automatic frequency selection. 3.120V models have &-ft attached line cord. 230V models have 6-ft detachable line cord.
4. Divided into 2 load segments (receptacle groups). 5. Also user-selectable for 220 and 240 Vac.
Available Options
Order Number
lPK-0329
1014018
Description
ConnectUPS-BD SNMP/WEB Card
AS/400 Relay Card
Powerware 9120 Family
Invensys Powerware Division

8hOO Six FctKs RoJd
R.ilcich. NC 27f.l5 U.S.A
Toll Free; 1,a00.356,?7S4
or'}l'.)372 3020
f j x 1 00.753.11433
w.vw pnwc.'vrarc.coin
Europe
fiiiLind- 353 04 52 6f,l
Fr.mco 5 i 1 1 2 7400
Gcrm.mv -W 7o-ll 0',G0
:t,ilv li 02 f.fiOOCiCI 2
UK: 44 1.0) 175 ) r,0H70f)
l.ipjn
Shin,w,,iWi. âkm. SI 3 3447 4441
A
SoUtilLM-.t ,V.H
iintJjporc' fc5 M M 0377

tiK'UFXA
China and North Asia

Hon Kon: 852 2745 6(iS2
Australia and South P.Kltit

iydncv. Australia fil 29S73 5'OO
i.an aja
Tor.;:.nIo, Oiitanc
Sao Paulo. Ei.iii

43i, J/'55 11 371.
Mc-iltO
Col Mapoles. Mi
5-5 .4*33333
(inv
invensys
Battery Features and Run times

Advanced Battery Management ( A B M ) Technology Doubles Battery Service Life
The lead-acid batteries typically used in a UPS are considered viable as/ong as they
> -
can maintain backup time of at least half that of new batteries. The illustration below
SwAM"
"**
shows that batteries that are constantly trickle charged (as are virtually all other UPS
ckJf
batteries on the market today) reach the end of their useful life In less than half the
time of batteries charged using ABM. ABM uses a three-stage charging technique that
not only doubles battery service life, but also optimizes battery recharge time and
I
i:
provides advanced notification of the end of useful battery life.
' I I 'I
>i
<i S4 61 H n
Data based upon tests performed by an independent battery
(4r
manufacturer
Hot-Swappable Batteries
You can hot-swap batteries without powering down the critical load. This makes it possible to extend
the life of your UPS without returning the unit for service.
Extended Battery Modules (EBMs)
Increasing battery backup time is as simple as plugging in an extended battery module. Hot-swap
capability on all Powerware 9120 models allow you to expand run time or replace battery modules
while keeping your critical load up and running.
removed and battery shown sliding out.
Battery Run Time Chart (in minutes full load/half load)

VA
Standard Internal Battery
1 EBM
2 EBMs
3 EBMs
4 EBMs
S EBMs
700
7/18
34/70
54/140
1000
7/13
35/80
66/155
1500
7/18
29/57
56/130
2000
12/34
49/107
93/195
140/310
192/403
240/504
3000
6/15
30/70
57/128
87/191
120/254
148/325
Up to 2 EBMs can be connected t o 700/1000/1500VA models and up to 5 EBMs can be connected to 20OO/3OOOVA models. Run time chart provides typical information. Run times are approximate
and may vary with equipment, configuration, battery age. temperature, etc.
Powerware 9120 Features

Front Panel Display
IT .r user Interface with LCD four LED and audible alarms.
l^-Truc Onlloc [>esi
iriTr.ie cn.ine ^fJin
LCD
'.p;LP^tfl3l :orrp&'.c^sonb! cor*

' ' n*;led,."eqUip-iRt frcn all * cf.yMti,,
11'"-n powwpr'-b'cir 5 \,
Scroll meters/
Select UPS settings
Starts Up/Shuts down the UPS
Scroll UPS settings/
Select UPS setting pararrwter
The Network Transient Protector isolates your

modem, fax machirM. and other electronic
equipment from "back door" power surges
Load Segments are groups of receptacles that

can be Independently controlled and extend
batteiy backup times for critical equipment.
To preserve battery power for more critical
equipment connected to Load Segment 1. shut
down Load Segment 2 supporting less critical
equipment.
Shut down and power up Load Segments in
user defined sequence.
The REPO port enables you to shut down the

UPS and connected equipment from a remote
location in an emergency.
Software and Connectivity Options

Powerware Software Suite
The Industry's most comprehensive software bundle, the Powerware Software Suite CD, is free and
included with every Powerware 9120 UPS.
Software Wizard guides you through software selection and installatiôn
In addition to multimedia demonstrations, product data sheets, and video clips, the
Software Suite contains the following power management software:
- LanSafe III and CheckUPS Network shutdown for UPSs
- OnliNet (Lite / Vista / Centro): SNMP-based network shutdown and monitoring for UPSs
- PowerVision (30-day trial version): UPS performance analysis and monitoring
- Foreseer (demonstration): Facility and data center management
Powerware Software Suite
Communications
^ USB port (standard) allows UPS to communicate with Windows 98 and ME computers
y RS232 Port (standard) for interface with power management software
y SNMPAVeb card (optional) adds direct control and monitoring capabilities in SNMP-based networks. Ability to
monitor UPS status and meters through web browser interface
Relay card (optional) adds integration to industrial environment and building management systems, shutdown
for IBM AS/400.
SNMPAVeb Card shown
Rear Panels: 120V, 208V and 230V Models
PW9120 700, 120V
IL ^.t
r-:
PW9120 1000. 120V
PW9120 1500, 120V
PW9120 2000, 120V
iniiiniCMkin 5)01
PW9120 3000, 120V
ri^^-;
Interiai
OvUonM Cam Sim

Camnuinicjiiati
l^ÔL
I. I
Nttwoi
*roti
'i
l-=
rî^
\0K <f c-uo
-fgiW
-^
PW9120 3000, 208V
PW9120 7001/10001, 230V
PW9120 15001, 230V
PW9120 20001, 230V
-
PW9120 30001, 230V
Service Manua
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
Cargo pumping system
Yard:
Jingling
Shipyard
Hull no.:
JLZ020504
Framo order no.:
612521
1T~|
FRAMO PIPING
FRAMO
DOCUMENTATION
lin
INDEX
Doc.no.. 593-063-4
Page:
1 of 1
Date:
20.01.04
Rev.: 1 Sign.: FJF
FRAtfO pipe specification
1. Pipe specifications
2. CD plan 414-161-4
3. Lay out drawing
4. Prebent pipes
5. Detail drgs deck
6. Detail drgs indoor
7. HP flanges/fittings '
8. LP flanges/fittings
9. Moimting Instructions
Item
Qty ID.no.
Description
Ref. lay out drawing

500 Pipe HP DN40
500
8238343
2610
418216
2611
2612
2613
2614
3
12
12
12
184531
188912
69286
189191
Fig HP WN DN40
0-ring
Bolt hex Ml6x70
Nut hex Ml6
Washer l7
t
1. PIPE 054x6
^[S]
ITEM LENGTH
500 2989
Page:
Date:
Rev.
Sign.
F R A M O I L P . P I P I N G - CS
r"T~i
CHAPTERS
LU
FLANGES
2
20.12.02
1
THe
FRAMO
HP. PIPE
DN40
DELIVERY DOCUMENT
WELDING NECK FLANGES
PACKAGE LIST
4KXBaJ
unit: 217254
<
-- \--
If
' \ L - ^
f^^Ti
J) j
jy
bN ; A
l>C(>
20
2S
66
30
19
22
37
25
30
38
28
37
40
66
80
35
40
45
3S
46
54
50
65
42
51
46
60
60
80
60
66
142 145
DD
62
17
74104
0,6
418093302
74104
0,6
85
17
20
11 418311301
11 418093301
13 418107301
418311302
62
418107302
2093979
1,0
100
98
24
1,7
98
24
418214302
418216302
F4134
100
18 418214301
18 418216301
184531
120 118
30
36
22 418217301
26 418219201
418217302
F2241
1,6^
2,7
418219202
F2240
4,2
ID.no.
WMgft
(D.nov
Project:
Packed
In
Package
No.
Net weight Gross weight

Kg
Kg
CASS
CASE
CASE
CASE
CRAXE
19975
19976
19977
2840.
1296.
964.
685.
1100.0
2950.0
1406.0
1084.0
805.0
1240.0
5 PACKAGES
6615.0
7485.0
DELIVERY DOCUMENT
PACKING LIST No: 217254
823-834-3
Item Ord.qty
Del.qty
Rest qty
lD.no.
Description
ID.no. (old)
500
1.0
1.0
823834301-500
2610
3.0
3.0
418216302
PIPE HP DN40
823834301-300
FLG HP WN DN40
Pack.no.
St.52
St.52
Date: 27.08.04
Drg list Service Manual - Jinling JLZ020504

#
Description:
Dm. no.
Rev.
Reference to:
General arrangement hydr. system,
Hydraulic diagram PPR/ER
Hydraulic diagram deck section
Hydraulic diagram power unit
ref. dnw. no.

ref. drw. no.
ref. dnw. no.
ref. dm. no.
0287-1294-1
0216-0909-101
0216-0909-102
0216-0997-1
CHAPTER 1 - SPECIFICATIONS
Main piping specification hydraulic piping JLZ020504
Specification expansion loops / prebent pipes
Spec, prebent pipes, additional order
Spec, replacement material for winches
Spec for additional material + sockets/thredolets all 01-06
Spec, material for additional HP snap on coupling
Spec, for add. pilot material for two add. Stripping pumps
Spec, drain for STC valve stripping pump
Spec, for additional material
612521
634960
635916
635926
636056
636186
636319
636827
636864
CHAPTER 3 - LAYOUT DRAWINGS

Pipe layout main deck
Isometric layout indoor power pack room
Isometric layout aft ship, small pipes and winches
830-710-1
830-711-1
830-712-1
CHAPTER 4 - PREBENT PIPES

HP OS expansion
HP OS expansion
HP OS expansion
HP OS expansion
loop on main deck

loop on main deck
loop on main deck
loop on main deck
825-148-3
825-149-3
825-150-3
825-151-3
LPSS expansion loop on mam deck

LPSS expansion loop on main deck
825-152-3
825-153-3
825-154-3
825-155-3
828-589-3
828-590-3
828-591-3
828-592-3
CHAPTER 5 - DETAIL DRAWINGS. DECK

Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
material Branch pipe to SD100 Residual pumps

material Branch pipe to SD125 TCP pumps
material Branch pipe to SD150 Sloop pumps
material Branch pipe to SD200 Cargo pumps
material Branch pipe to SB200/300 Ball, pumps
material Branch pipe to Cargo Stripping pumps
Drglistsm612521.doc
Page 1 of 2
830-646-3
831-013-3
830-648-3
830-649-3
831-014-3
830-742-3
B
.u' B
A
Date: 27.08.04
Drg list Service Manual - Jiniing JLZ020504

Description:
Dm. no.
Standard material Branch pipe to Control Valve Assembly

Pilot pipes to pumps on deck
Snap on couplings
Pilot pipes from Heating Valve on deck to Power Pack
830-729-3
830-730-3
432-306-3
432-305-3
CHAPTER 6 - DETAIL DRAWINGS. INDOOR

Standard material Branch pipe to Control Valve Assembly
Drg list sm 612521 .doc
Page 2 of 2
830-729-3
Rev.
I.
Page:
** MAIN SPESIFICATION**
Customer no.: 190300
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Our ref. : JON EGIL SJ0VOLL
5641
Your date
Your P.O.
Your ref.
FUSA
Consignment address:
CHINA NATIONAL SHIPPING GROUP
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANLING ROAD
NANJING 210015
19.08.2002
612521/72
Project :612521
Pro.name :JINGLING SHIPYARD H-JLZ020504
Revision: F
Rev.date: 26.02.2004
Marking: HYDRAULIC PIPING SYSTEM
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
HULL H-JLZ020504
Description
Drawing no.
Material
CARGO CLAMPS
************
SDIOO RESIDUAL PUMPS (2 OFF)

2 OFF CLAMPS FOR EACH PUMP
****************************
140
4.00 PCS
820015302
PIPE CL FLX 0114

820-015-3
316L
SD150 CARGO PUMPS (2 OFF)

CLAMP 2 OFF FOR EACH PUMP
*************************
141
4.00 PCS
820018304
PIPE CL FLX 0168

820-018-3
316L
SD200 CARGO PUMPS (16 OFF)

CLAMPS 2 OFF FOR EACH PUMP
**************************
142
32.00 PCS
820021302
PIPE CL FLX 0216/219

820-021-3
316L
FLEXIBLE CLAMP FOR STRIPPING

PIPE FOR ALL CARGO PUMPS.
Frank Mohn Flaty AS Flaty 5918 Frekhaug NO 917 957 959 VAT
Tlph:+4755999400 Fax:+4755999581 Bank: Nordea 6501.05.72880
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2 OFF FOR EACH PUMP

SD200/SD150 AND SD 100.
****************************
143
40.00 PCS
820003303
PIPE CL FLX 034/35

820-003-3
316L
MAIN LP PIPE (0168.3 X 4.5)

FROM POWER PACK NOZZLE N2 , TO
MAIN DECK
REF. DRWG. NO.:830-711-l
************************
1000
1.00 PCS
2059798
FLG LP DN150 PNI6

DIN2633
ST.37
1001
1.00 PCS
11734
GASKET DN150 PNlO/16
RUB/ARMI
1002
8.00 PCS
69229
BOLT HEX M20X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
1003
8.00 PCS
69294
NUT HEX M20

DIN934
ST.80HDG
^T004
8.00 PCS
189209
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
153304
PIPE LP 168.3X 4.5

DN150
ST.37.0
820018304
PIPE CL FLX 0168

820-018-3
316L
1006
1007
24.00 M
6.00 PCS
FLANGE JOINT
************
1008
8.00 PCS
2059798
FLG LP DN150 PNI6

DIN2633
ST.37
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1009
4.00 PCS
11734
RUB/ARMI
1010
32.00 PCS
69229
BOLT HEX M20X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
^^011
32.00 PCS
69294
NUT HEX M20

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1012
32.00 PCS
189209
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
Material
CONNECT. TO LP BKH PENETRATION

******************************
1013
3.00 PCS
2059798
FLG LP DN150 PNI6

DIN2633
ST.37
1014
3.00 PCS
11734
GASKET DN150 PNI0/16
RUB/ARMI
1015
24.00 PCS
100271
BOLT HEX M20X 50

ISO4017
A4-80
^^016
24.00 PCS
1388
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
1017
1.00 PCS
820090302
BULK.PENETR.LP DN150
820-090-3
316L
FLEXIBLE FIXED POINT INDOOR
1018
1.00 PCS
820130301
RESILIENT ANCHOR POINTS16L

820-130-3
LP ELBOW INDOOR
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1019
5.00 PCS
ELB LP 168.3X4.5 PN16 ST.37

DIN2605
2059871
Material
LP BLEED PLUG INDOOR

********************
)25
2.00 PCS
400705401
SOCKET LP G 3/8"
400-705-4
ST. 52
1026
2.00 PCS
8938
SEAL BOND G
BST-023-90
ST.
3/8"
LP PIPES (18X2.5) FROM POWER

PACK FILTER DRAIN N5 TO
OVERFLOW PIPE.
****************************
REF.DRWG.NO.:830-711-1
AND DRWG.NO.:830-712-1
1100
1.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G 1"

PP45-H
316/NI
.01
1.00 PCS
400271401
NIP RED Gl" X018

400-271-4
ST.50
1102
2.00 PCS
7104
COUPL STR 18
P-GV 18L
ST.
1103
1.00 PCS
6874
COUPL STUD M 18
P-GEV 18LR
ST.
1104
1.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
316/NI
1105
6.00 M
186908
PIPE HP
DN15
1106
1.00 PCS
402479303
SOCKET LP G 1/2"
402-479-303
1/2"
18.OX 2.5
ST.52.4
316L
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
LP PIPES FROM POWER PACK DRAIN

TO SLOOP NIO TO OVERFLOW PIPE
******************************
1150
1.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G 1"

PP45-H
316/NI
1151
1.00 PCS
6916
COUPL STUD M 28
P-GEV 28LR
ST,
1152
6.00 M
412415401
PIPE LP 28.OX 2.0

412-415-401
ST.35.4
1153
2.00 PCS
820003302
PIPE CL FLX 028/30

820-003-3
316L
1154
1.00 PCS
6916
COUPL STUD M 28
P-GEV 28LR
ST.
1155
1.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G 1"

PP45-H
316/NI
:i56
1.00 PCS
402479305
SOCKET LP Gl"
402-479-305
316L
LP PIPES (OD54X2) FROM POWER

PACK OVERFLOW CONNECTION N6
TO HYDRAULIC DRAIN TANK.
****************************
REF.DRWG.NO.830-711-1
AND DRWG.NO.830-712-1
1200
1.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1201
1.00 PCS
2096428
O-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
1202
4.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX Ml2

IS04032
A4 2343
^^203
4.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
1205
2.00 PCS
402031301
FLG SO DN 50 NT 16
402-031-301
316L
1206
2.00 PCS
11684
GASKET DN 50 PNI0/40
RUB/ARMI
1207
8.00 PCS
60616
BOLT HEX M16X 60

IS04014
A4-80
1208
8.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
1209
8.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
1210
15.00 PCS
402883301
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-301
316L
^T211
15.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
1212
15.00 PCS
2096428
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
1213
60.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
1214
60.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

IS04032
A4 2343
1215
60.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Material
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
1216
30.00 M
2075703
PIPE
54.00X 2.0
316L
1217
15.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
1220
1.00 PCS
402031301
FLG SO DN 50 NT 16
402-031-301
316L
1221
1.00 PCS
11684
GASKET DN 50 PNlO/40
RUB/ARMI
1222
4,00 PCS
105502
BOLT HEX M16X 55

IS0414
A4-80
1223
4.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
1224
4.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17,0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
LP PIPES (OD42X3) FROM POWER

PACK CONNECTION N7 TO
TRANSFEER UNIT SNAP ON
COUPLING CLOSE TO POWER PACK.
*****************************
1250
1.00 PCS
400371312
FLG THR DN 25 PN16

400-371-312
ST.42
1251
1.00 PCS
99424
RUB/ARMI
1252
4.00 PCS
188755
BOLT HEX M16X 65

ISO4014
8.8HDG
1253
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1254
4.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
1255
1.00 PCS
11205
NIP HEX 1"

101-16-16
ST
J.256
2.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G 1"

PP45-H
316/NI
1257
1.00 PCS
402939301
FLG LP RED DN 40 Gl"

402-939-301
316L
1258
1.00 PCS
418116302
FLG LP WN DN 35 PCD76 ST.52

418-116-302
1259
1.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1260
4.00 PCS
2012425
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4017
8.8VZN
1261
4.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
1262
6.00 M
412415403
PIPE LP 42.OX 3.0

412-415-403
ST.35.4
^T263
1.00 PCS
820006302
PIPE CL FLX 042

820-006-3
316L
1265
1.00 PCS
418116302

418-116-302
1266
1.00 PCS
402939301

402-939-301
316L
1267
1.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1268
4.00 PCS
2012425
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4017
8.8VZN
Item
Rev
Material
BSP
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1269
4.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
1270
4.00 PCS
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
1271
4.00 PCS
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Item
Rev
Material
FROM SNAP ON COUPLING IN POWER

PACK ROOM TO SNAP ON COUPLING
TRANSFEER UNIT, CLOSED TO
DRAIN TANK.+ PIPE FRAOM DRAIN
TANK TO SNAP ON COUPLING
CLOSED TO DRAIN TANK + PIPE
FROM STAORAGE TANK TO SNAP ON
COUPLING CLOSED TO DRAIN TANK.
****1t***ie***1e*************ie***
REF DRWG.NO.:830.711-1
^.2
1300
4.00 PCS
418116302

418-116-302
301
4.00 PCS
402939301

402-939-301
316L
1302
4.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1303
16.00 PCS
2012425
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

IS04017
8.8VZN
1304
16.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
8.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G 1"

PP45-H
316/NI
1305
Page: 10
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
1306
48.00 M
412415403
PIPE LP 42.OX 3.0

412-415-403
ST.35.4
1307
25.00 PCS
820006302
PIPE CL FLX 042

820-006-3
316L
J.3 08
20.00 PCS
418116301

418-116-301
Description
Drawing no.
Material
1309
20.00 PCS
418116302

418-116-302
1310
20.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
9 ONER
1311
56.00 PCS
69179
BOLT HEX M12X 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
1312
56.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX Ml2

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1313
56.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
1314
100.00 PCS
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
T:315
100.00 PCS
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1316
100.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
1320
2.00 PCS
418478301
FLG SO DN 35 PNI6
418-478-3
ST.42.2
1321
2.00 PCS
99424
GASKET DN 40 PNI0/40
RUB/ARMI
1322
8.00 PCS
69203
BOLT HEX M16X 60

ISO4017
8.8HDG
Page: 11
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1323
8.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1324
8.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
Material
LP PIPES (OD42X3) FROM MAIN LP

RETURN LINE TO SNAP ON
COUPLING CLOSED TO POWER PACK.
1350
1.00 PCS
418496301
FLG LP DN 40 WELDO
418-496-3
1351
1.00 PCS
418116302

418-116-302
1352
1.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1353
4.00 PCS
69179
BOLT HEX M12X 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
^^354
4.00 PCS
69294
NUT HEX M20

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1355
4.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
1356
6.00 M
412415403
PIPE LP 42.OX 3.0

412-415-403
ST.35.4
1357
3.00 PCS
820006302
PIPE CL FLX 042

820-006-3
316L
1360
1.00 PCS
418116302

418-116-302
ST.52.3
Page: 12
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1361
1.00 PCS
402939301

402-939-301
316L
1362
1.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1363
4.00 PCS
2012425
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

IS04017
8.8VZN
1364
4.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
1365
1.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G l "

PP45-H
316/NI
1366
1.00 PCS
418116301

418-116-301
1367
1.00 PCS
418116302

418-116-302
1368
1.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1369
4.00 PCS
69179
BOLT HEX M12X 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
[370
4.00
69278
NUT HEX M12

DIN934
ST.80HDG
PCS
Material
1371
4 . 0 0 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
1375
6.00 M
412415403
PIPE LP 42.OX 3.0

412-415-403
ST.35.4
1376
3.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
LP PIPE (OD28X2) FROM MAIN

RETURN LP PIPE TO CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY.
Page: 13
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
1400
1.00 PCS
418493301
FLG LP DN 30 WELDO
418-493-3
01
1.00 PCS
418473302

418-473-302
1402
1.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
1403
4.00 PCS
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

IS04017
8.8HDG
1404
4.00 PCS
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1405
4.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
412415401
PIPE LP 28.OX 2.0

412-415-401
ST.35.4
316L
1410
12.00 M
ST.52.3
î411
5.00 PCS
820003302
PIPE CL FLX 028/30

820-003-3
1420
4.00 PCS
418473301

418-473-3
1421
4.00 PCS
418473302

418-473-302
1422
4.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
1423
16.00 PCS
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

IS04017
8.8HDG
1424
16.00 PCS
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page: 14
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
1.00 PCS
820050303
BXJLK.PEN.LPDN20/25/30 316L
820-050-3
^^431
2.00 PCS
418473302

418-473-302
1432
2.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
1433
8.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX Ml OX 30
ISO4017
A4-80
1434
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
1460
1.00 PCS
556578301
T-PIECE LP DN 25/ 15
556-578-3
316L
1461
1.00 PCS
418473302

418-473-302
1462
1.00 PCS
556576302
FLG LP WN DN 15 0D18
556-576-3
W.1.4462
^^63
1.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
1464
2.00 PCS
2046530
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
1465
1.00 PCS
7765
NITRIL90
90NBR
1466
10.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
1467
10.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
1425
16.00 PCS
1430
ST/HDG
MAIN HP PIPE (130 X 13)
Page: 15
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
FROM POWER PACK NOZZLE Nl,

TO MAIN DECK.
REF. DRWG. NO.:830-711-l
************************
1500
1.00 PCS
418226302
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-302
ST.52.3
1501
1.00 PCS
2102895
0-RING NI116.84X5.33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
1502
16.00 PCS
188920
BOLT HEX M16X 80

ISO4014
8.8HDG
1503
16.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
1504
24.00 M
153239
PIPE HP 130.0X13.0
DNllO
ST.52.4
820015304

820-015-3
316L
1505
6.00 PCS
FLANGE JOINT
************
1506
4.00 PCS
418226301
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-301
ST.52.3
1507
4.00 PCS
418226302
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-302
ST.52.3
1508
4.00 PCS
2102895
0-RING NI116.84X5.33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
1509
64.00 PCS
F4814
BOLT HEX Ml6X120

ISO4014
8.8HDG
1510
80.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page: 16
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
1511
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
64.00 PCS
189191
Description
Drawing no.
Material
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
CONNECT.TO HP BKH PENETRATION

*****************************
1512
3.00 PCS
418226302
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-302
ST.52.3
1513
3.00 PCS
2102895
0-RING NI116.84X5.33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
1514
48.00 PCS
95075
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
A4-80
1515
48.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
1516
1.00 PCS
820137301
BULK. PEN.HP DNlOO/110 316L

820-137-3
FLEXIBLE FIXED POINT INDOOR

^ 1 7
1.00 PCS
820130301
RESILIENT ANCHOR POINT316L

820-130-3
HP BLEED PLUG INDOOR
********************
1525
2.00 PCS
400566401
THREDOLET HP G 3/8"
400-566-4
ST.52
1526
2.00 PCS
8938
SEAL BOND G
BST-023-90
ST.
3/8"
HP PIPE (OD25X3) FROM MAIN

PRESSURE HP PIPE TO CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY.
**************************
Page: 17
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
1700
1.00 PCS
418446301
FLG HP DN 25 WELDO
418-446-3
ST.52.3
^^701
1.00 PCS
418311302
FLG HP WN DN 20
418-311-302
ST.52.3
1702
1.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2,62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
1703
4.00 PCS
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
1704
4.00 PCS
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1705
4.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
153080
PIPE HP
DN20
ST.52.4
1710
12.00 M
25.OX 3.0
^^711
5.00 PCS
820003301
PIPE CL FLX 025

820-003-3
316L
1720
4.00 PCS
418311301
FLG HP WN DN 20
418-311-301
ST.52.3
1721
4.00 PCS
418311302
FLG HP WN DN 20
418-311-302
ST.52.3
1722
4.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
1723
16.00 PCS
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

IS04017
8.8HDG
1724
16.00 PCS
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page: 18
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
1.00 PCS
820050302
BULK.PENETR.HPDN20/25 316L
820-050-3
1731
2.00 PCS
418311302
FLG HP WN DN 20
418-311-302
ST.52.3
1732
2.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
1733
8.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
1734
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
1760
2.00 PCS
418311302
FLG HP WN DN 20
418-311-302
ST.52.3
1761
2.00 PCS
74104
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
1762
8.00 PCS
2099364
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
8.8HDG
^^63
8.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
1770
1.00 PCS
418282301
T-EQUAL HP DN 25/ 25
418-282-3
ST.52
1771
1.00 PCS
418311302
FLG HP WN DN 20
418-311-302
ST.52.3
1772
3.00 PCS
74104
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
1773
12.00 PCS
188805
BOLT HEX M12X 35

ISO4017
8.8VZN
1725
16.00 PCS
1730
ST/HDG
Page: 19
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
1774
12.00 PCS
1775
2.00 PCS
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
556573302
FLG HP WN DN 15 0D18
556573302
W.1.4462
W.1.4462
1780
12.00 M
121681
PIPE
1781
20.00 PCS
183855
BOLT HEX M 6X 35
ISO4017
A4-70
1782
10.00 PCS
2093920
COVER PLATE
218DP
W.1.4305
1783
10.00 PCS
F10625
CLAMP 218 SA-73SH

SA
RUBBER
1784
3.00 PCS
2102945
CLAMP RAIL RAP

GR 2, 52/10
304
1785
6.00 PCS
400686401
FLG PILOT
400-686-401
W.1.4462
1786
6.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
:787
6.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
90NBR
1788
12.00 PCS
60566
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

IS04014
A4-80
1789
12.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
1790
12.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
1795
4.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
18.00X 1.5
Page: 2 O
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1796
4.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
90NBR
1797
8.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
1798
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
Material
MAIN LP PIPE (156 X 3 /

0131 X 3 / 054 X 3) ON DECK.
REF.DRWG. NO.:830-710-1
***********************
2000
1.00 PCS
820090302
BULK.PENETR.LP DN150
820-090-3
316L
2001
1.00 PCS
402031306
FLG SO DN150 PNI6

402-031-306
316L
2002
1.00 PCS
11734
RUB/ARMI
2003
8.00 PCS
100271
BOLT HEX M20X 50

IS04017
A4-80
2004
8.00 PCS
1388
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2005
90.00 M
84210
PIPE 156.OOX 3.0
316L
2007
36.00 PCS
820018302
PIPE CL FLX 0156

820-018-3
316L
2008
36.00 PCS
402031306
FLG SO DN150 PNI6

402-031-306
316L
2009
18.00 PCS
11734
RUB/ARMI
Page: 21
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2010
144.00 PCS
114991
BOLT HEX M20X 80

ISO4014
A4-80
2011
144.00 PCS
1214
NUT HEX M20

ISO4032
A4 2343
^^012
144.00 PCS
1388
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2013
7.00 PCS
820130301

820-130-3
2014
1.00 PCS
187682
RED 156.0/106.0X3.0
316L
2030
30.00 M
84194
PIPE 106.OOX 3.0
316L
2032
14.00 PCS
820015301
PIPE CL FLX 0106

820-015-3
316L
2033
14.00 PCS
402031304
FLG SO DNIOO PNI6

402-031-304
316L
2034
7.00 PCS
11718
GASKET DNIOO PNlO/16
RUB/ARMI
^035
56.00 PCS
27888
BOLT HEX M16X 65

ISO4014
A4-80
2036
56.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
2037
56.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2039
1.00 PCS
2091601
RED 106.0/ 56.0X3.0

BW
316L
2075703
PIPE
316L
2040
24.00 M
54.OOX 2.0
Page: 22
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2042
10.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
2043
10.00 PCS
402031301
FLG SO DN 50 NT 16
402-031-301
316L
2044
5.00 PCS
11684
RXJB/ARMI
2045
20.00 PCS
60616
BOLT HEX M16X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
2046
20.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
2047
20.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
LP BLEED PLUG OUTDOOR

2055
8.00 PCS
402479302
SOCKET LP G 3/8"
402-479-302
316L
^056
8.00 PCS
2031664
SEAL BOND G
PP45-C
316/NI
3/8"
CONNECTION TO BKH #211
2060
1.00 PCS
820060302
BULK.PENETR. LP DN50
820-060-3
316L
2061
1.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
2062
1.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
2063
4.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 23
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
2064
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
4.00 PCS
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
1347
Material
A4 2343
BRANCH OFF WELDOFLANGES

FROM MAIN LP LINE
***********************
SDIOO
SD125
SD150
SB300
SL125
2080
10.00 PCS
556522301
RESIDUAL PUNPS 2 OFF

TCP PUMPS 2 OFF
SLOOP PUMPS 2 OFF
BALLAST PUMPS 2 OFF
CARGO STRIPPING P. 2 OFF
FLG LP DN 40 WELDO
556-522-3
316L
SD200 CARGO PUMPS 12 OFF

(PUMPS NO.3,4,5,6,7 AND 8)
WINCHES ON DECK #172 1 OFF
2081
13.00 PCS
556524301
FLG LP DN 50 WELDO
556-524-3
316L
SD200 CARGO PUMPS

(PUMPS NO.l AND 2)
WINCH ON DECK #60 1 OFF
2082
5.00 PCS
556523301
FLG LP DN 50 WELDO
556-523-3
316L
SNAP ON COUPLINGS 6 OFF
2083
6.00 PCS
556522302
FLG LP DN 40 WELDO
556-522-3
316L
Page: 24
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
SOCKET FOR CHIP DETECTOR

(ITEM 342)
TO PUMPS AND WINCHES, TO BE
MOUNTED BETWEEN PUMPS/WINCHES
AND NON RETURN VALVS.
*****************************
REF.DRWG.NO.:830-710-l
2090
32.00 PCS
556117301
SOC CHIP DETECTOR

556-117-301
316L
2091
32.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
316/NI
1/2"
LP BRANCH (OD44.5 X 2)
TO CARGO PUMPS SDIOO ( 2 OFF)
*****************************
REF.DRWG.NO.: 830-710-1
REF.STD.DRWG.NO.:830-646-3
^100
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2101
2.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2102
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

IS04017
A4-80
2103
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2104
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2110
4.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
Page: 25
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Material
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2111
4.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2112
16.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
2113
16.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2120
2.00 PCS
402859302
FLG WN DN 30 PN16
402-859-302
316L
2121
2.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
2122
8.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
2123
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2124
2.00 PCS
F2204
RED 44.5/ 35.0X2.0

L=30
316L
30.00 M
2075711
PIPE
316L
^^130
12.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
2140
6.00 PCS
402896301
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-301
316L
2141
6.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2142
6.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2143
24.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2125
Rev
44.50X 2.0
Page: 26
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Material
Description
Drawing no.
2144
24.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2145
24.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
LP BRANCH (0D44.5 X2)

TO TANK CLEANING PUMP SD125
(2 OFF)
***************************
REF.STD.DRWG.NO.
2150
2.00 PCS
402896302
F L G W N D N 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2151
2.00 PCS
184531
O - R I N G N I 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2152
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2154
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2160
4.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2161
4.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
21S2
16.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
2163
16.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
^153
:a30-647-3..
SÔ-OSf-d
Tlph:+4755999400 Fax:+4755999581 Bank: Nordea 6501,05.72880
Page: 27
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2170
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2171
2.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2172
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
2173
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
316L
2175
48.00 M
2075711
PIPE
2180
24.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
Material
44.50X 2.0
316L
BKH FOR LP PIPE TO TCP

PUMP SA125 ON DECK
2181
2.00 PCS
820050304
BULK.PENETR.LP DN40
820-050-3
316L
L82
4.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2183
4.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2184
16.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
2185
16.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2190
10.00 PCS
402896301
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-301
316L
2191
10.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
Frank Mohn F l a t y AS F l a t y 5918 F r e k h a u g NO 917 957 959 VAT

Tlph:+4755999400 F a x : + 4 7 5 5 9 9 9 5 8 1 Bank: N o r d e a 6 5 0 1 . 0 5 . 7 2 8 8 0
Page: 28
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2192
10.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2193
50.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
^^194
50.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2195
50.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
LP BRANCH (0D44.4 X.2)

TO CARGO PUMPS SD150 (2 OFF)
*****************************
2200
2.00 PCS
402896302
F L G W N D N 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2201
2.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
^?202
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2203
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2204
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2210
4.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2211
4.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
Page: 2 9
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2212
16.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX Ml OX 35
ISO4017
A4-80
2213
16.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
^^220
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2221
2.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2222
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

IS04017
A4-80
2223
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2075711
PIPE
316L
2225
18.00 M
44.50X 2.0
2230
8.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
2240
2.00 PCS
402896301
FLC3 WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-301
316L
^^41
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2242
2.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2243
8,00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2244
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2245
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
LP BRANCH (44.5 X2)
Page: 3 O
Date
: 27,08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
TO SD200 PUMPS (16 OFF)

**************************
^^250
16.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
2251
16.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
2252
64.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
2253
64.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX Ml2

ISO4032
A4 2343
2254
64.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2260
32.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
2261
32.00 PCS
2096428
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
^^262
128.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2263
128.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2270
16.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
2271
16.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
2272
64.00 PCS
69021
BOLT HEX M12X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 31
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
2273
2275
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.

64.00 PCS
114.00 M
Description
Drawing no.
Material
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2075703
PIPE
316L
54.00X 2.0
.2280
35.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
2290
16.00 PCS
402883301
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-301
316L
2291
16.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
2292
64.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
2293
64.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

ISO4032
A4 2343
2294
64.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13,0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2295
16.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
LP BRANCH (0D44.5 X 2)
TO BALLAST PUMP SB300 (2 OFF)
*****************************
REF.DRWG.:830-710-l
REF.STD.DRWG.:831-014-3
2450
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2451
2.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
Page: 32
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2452
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

IS04017
A4-80
2453
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
^^454
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2460
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2461
2.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2462
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

IS04017
A4-80
2463
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2465
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2466
2.00 PCS
184531
O-RING NI 53.57X3 53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
^7467
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
2468
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2470
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2471
2.00 PCS
184531
O-RING NI 53.57X3, 53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2472
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
Frank Mohn F l a t y AS F l a t y 5918 F r e k h a u g NO 917 957 959 VAT

T l p h : + 4 7 5 5 9 9 9 4 0 0 Fax:+4755999581 Bank: N o r d e a 6 5 0 1 . 0 5 . 7 2 8 8 0
Page: 33
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
2473
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
316L
2475
48.00 M
2075711
PIPE
2477
24.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
2480
10.00 PCS
402896301
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-301
316L
2481
10.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2482
40.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2483
40.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
2484
40.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2485
10.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
44.50X 2.0
BKH FOR LP PIPE TO BALLAST

PUMP SB300 ON MAIN DECK
2490
2.00 PCS
820050304
BULK.PENETR.LP DN40
820-050-3
316L
2491
4.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
2492
4.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2493
16.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 3 0

ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 34
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
2494
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
16.00 PCS
34231
Description
Drawing no.
Material
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
MAIN HP PIPES (0130 X13 /

0100 X 10 / 054 X 6) ON DECK.
REF.DRWG. NO.:830-710-l
*****************************
2500
1.00 PCS
820137301
BULK.PEN.HP DNlOO/110 316L

820-137-3
2501
1.00 PCS
418226302
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-302
ST.52.3
2502
1.00 PCS
2102895
O-RING NI116.84X5.33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
2503
16.00 PCS
95075
BOLT HEX M16X 70

IS04014
A4-80
2504
16.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
90.00 M
153239
PIPE HP 130.0X13.0
DNllO
ST.52.4
2507
36.00 PCS
820015304

820-015-3
316L
2508
18.00 PCS
418226301
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-301
ST.52.3
2509
18.00 PCS
418226302
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-302
ST.52.3
2510
18.00 PCS
2102895
O-RING NI116.84X5.33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
2511
288.00 PCS
F4814
BOLT HEX Ml6X120

ISO4014
8.8HDG
^505
Page: 35
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2512
288.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml 6
DIN934
ST.80HDG
2513
288.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
2514
7.00 PCS
820130301

820-130-3
2515
1.00 PCS
400556301
RED HP DNllO/ 80
400-556-3
ST. 52
2530
30.00 M
153205
PIPE HP 100.0X10.0
DN80
ST.52.4
2532
14.00 PCS
820012304
PIPE CL FLX 0100

820-012-3
316L
2533
8.00 PCS
418223301
FLG HP WN DN 80
418-223-301
ST.52.3
2534
8.00 PCS
418223302
FLG HP WN DN 80
418-223-302
ST.52.3
2535
8.00 PCS
F4136
0-RING NI 91.44X5.33
NITRIL90 2-342
90NBR
r536
64.00 PCS
189027
BOLT HEX M20X110

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2537
64.00 PCS
69294
NUT HEX M20

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2538
64.00 PCS
189209
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
2539
1.00 PCS
400548401
RED HP DN 80/ 60
400-548-4
ST. 52
2540
1.00 PCS
400542401
RED HP DN 60/ 40
400-542-4
ST.52
Page: 36
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2542
24.00 M
153155
PIPE HP
DN40
54.OX 6.0
2544
10.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
2545
5.00 PCS
418216301
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-301
ST.52.3
2546
5.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
2547
5.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2548
20.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2549
20.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2550
20.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
ST.52.4
HP BLEED PLUG OUTDOOR

*********************
2555
8.00 PCS
2556
10.00 PCS
400566401
THREDOLET HP G 3/8"
400-566-4
ST.52
2031664
SEAL BOND G
PP45-C
316/NI
3/8"
CONNECTION TO BKH #211
2560
1.00 PCS
820060301
820-060-3
2561
1.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
Page: 3 7
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Material
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2562
1.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2563
4.00 PCS
73940
BOLT HEX M16X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
2564
4.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Item
Rev
BRANCH OFF WELDOFLANGES

FROM HP MAINE LINE
***********************
SDIOO RESIDUAL PUMPS 2 OFF
SL125 CARGO STRIPPING P.2 OFF
2580
4.00 PCS
418448301
FLG HP DN 30 WELDO
418-448-3
ST.52.3
SD200 CARGO PUMPS 16 OFF
^581
16.00 PCS
418452301
FLG HP DN 40 WELDO
418-452-3
ST.52.3
SD125 TCP PUMPS 2 OFF

SD150 SLOOP PUMPS 2 OFF
SB3 00 BALLAST PUMPS 2 OFF
OWINCHES ON MAIN DECK 2 OFF
2582
8.00 PCS
418450301
FLG HP DN 35 WELDO
418-450-3
ST.52.3
FOR SNAP COUPLINGS ITEM 44
Page: 3 8
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
2583
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
6.00 PCS
FLG HP DN 25 WELDO
418-446-3
418446302
Material
ST.52.3
HP BRANCH (OD38X5 / OD38X3.5)

TO CARGO PUMPS SDIOO (2 OFF)
***************************
2600
2.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-302
ST.52.3
2601
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2602
8.00 PCS
69195
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2603
8.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX M12

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2604
8.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
153122
PIPE HP
DN30
ST.52.4
^608
24.00 M
38.OX 5.0
2610
2.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 3 0
418-107-302
ST.52.3
2611
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2612
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2613
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Page: 3 9
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2615
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2616
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
^2617
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

IS04017
A4-80
2618
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2620
2,00 PCS
402849302
FLG HP WN DN 25
402-849-302
W.1.4462
2621
2.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
2622
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
2623
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
2624
2.00 PCS
556143301
RED HP DN 30/ 25
556-143-3
W.1.4462
6.00 M
2089191
PIPE SML
W.1.4462
^^626
Rev
Material
38.00X 3.5
2630
12.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
2640
6.00 PCS
418107301
FLG HP WN DN 3 0
418-107-301
ST.52.3
2641
6.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-302
ST.52.3
2642
6.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
Page: 4 O
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2643
24.00 PCS
69195
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2644
24.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX M12

DIN934
ST.80HDG
^2645
24.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
HP BRANCH (OD38X5 / OD38X3.5)

TO TANK CLEANING PUMP SD125
(2 OFF)
*****************************
REF.DRWG.NO.:830-710-l
REF.STD.DRWG. ;-83 0 Sd? 3
tf3/-03/-3
2650
2.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
2651
2.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
^^652
8.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2653
8.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2654
8.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
ST.52.4
2658
42.00 M
45.OX 5.0
2660
2.00 PCS
418151302
FLG HP RED DN 35/3 0

418-151-3
ST.52.4
2661
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
9 ONER
Page: 41
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2662
8.00 PCS
68890
BOLT SOG M12X 45

IS04762
A4-80
2665
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W,1.4462
^2666
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2667
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2668
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2670
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2671
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2672
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2673
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2089191
PIPE SML
W.1.4462
Item
^^675
Rev
12.00 M
Material
38.00X 3.5
2679
6.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
2680
24.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
BKH FOR HP PIPE TO TCP

PUMP SD125 ON DECK
2681
2.00 PCS
820050301
BULKH PENETR. HP DN30 316L

820-050-3
Page: 42
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2682
4.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-302
ST.52.3
2683
4.00 PCS
2093979
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
684
16.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
32.00 PCS
1362
A4 2343
WASHER FLAT 17.0
DIN125A RB
THIS ITEM 2685 MUST NOT BE
USED, PLEASE USE ITEM NO.2697
INSTEAD.
2685
Rev
Material
2686
4.00 PCS
402823301
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-301
W.1.4462
2687
4.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
^^688
4.00 PCS
2093979
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2689
16.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

IS04014
A4-80
2690
10.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
2691
10.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
2692
10.00 PCS
F4134
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2693
50.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
'
Page: 43
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2694
50.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2695
50.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
ITEM 2696 AND 2696 ARE

REPLACEMENT FOR
ITEM 2682 AND 2685
**********************
2696
4.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 3 0
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2697
32.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2698
16.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

ISO4032
A4 2343
HP BRANCH (0D45X5 / OD38X3.5)

TO CARGO PUMPS SD150 (2 OFF)
*****************************
2700
2.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN D N 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
2701
2.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2702
8.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2703
8.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page: 44
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
8.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
ST.52.4
''
2.00 PCS
418151302
FLG HP RED DN 35/3 0

418-151-3
ST.52.4
2711
2.00 PCS
2093979
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2712
8.00 PCS
68890
BOLT SOC M12X 45

IS04762
A4-80
2715
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 3 0
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2716
2.00 PCS
2093979
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2717
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2718
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
^2720
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1,4462
2721
2.00 PCS
2093979
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2722
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2723
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2725
6.00 M
2089191
PIPE SML
W.1.4462
2704
2708
Rev
12.00 M
Material
45.OX 5.0
38.00X 3.5
Page: 45
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2730
8.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
2740
2.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
^|741
2.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
2742
2.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2743
8.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2744
8.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2745
8.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
Material
HP BRANCH (54 X 5 /54 X 4.5)

TO SD200 PUMPS (16 OFF)
****************************
2750
16.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
2751
16.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2752
64.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2753
64.00 PCS
69286
NXJr HEX Ml 6
DIN934
ST.80HDG
2754
64.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
Page: 46
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2760
16.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
2761
16.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
^|762
64.00 PCS
61465
BOLT HEX M16X 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2763
64.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2765
16.00 PCS
402882302
FLG HP WN DN 35
402-882-302
W.1.4462
2766
16.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2767
64.00 PCS
61465
BOLT HEX M16X 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2768
64.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2770
16.00 PCS
402882302
FLG HP WN DN 35
402-882-302
W.1.4462
^771
16.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2772
64.00 PCS
61465
BOLT HEX M16X 50

ISO4017
A4-80
2773
64.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2775
96.00 M
153155
PIPE HP
DN40
ST.52.4
2776
48.00 M
2089209
PIPE SML
54.OX 6.0
45.00X 4,0
W.1.4462
Page: 47
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2780
35.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
2790
16.00 PCS
418216301
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-301
ST.52.3
^^791
16.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
2792
16.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
2793
64.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

IS04014
8.8HDG
2794
64.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2795
64.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
HP BRANCH (0D45X5 / OD38X3.5)

TO BALLAST PUMP SB300 (2 OFF)
*****************************
2950
2.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
2951
2.00 PCS
F4134
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2952
8.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2953
8.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page: 48
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Material
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
2954
8.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
2960
2.00 PCS
418151302
FLG HP RED DN 35/30

418-151-3
ST.52.4
2961
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2962
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2963
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2965
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2966
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2967
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
2968
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
^^970
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2971
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2972
8.00 PCS
61606
BOLT HEX M12X 35

IS04017
A4-80
2973
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
ST.52.4
2975
Rev
42.00 M
45.OX 5.0
Page: 49
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
2976
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
18.00 M
2089191
PIPE SML
2977
24.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
^^978
10.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
2980
10.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
2981
10.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
2982
10.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
2983
40.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
2984
40.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
2985
40.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
38.00X 3.5
W.1.4462
B K H FOR HP PIPE TO BALLAST

PUMP SD300 ON MAIN DECK
2990
2.00 PCS
820050301
BULKH PENETR. HP DN30 316L

820-050-3
2991
4.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 3 0
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2992
4.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2993
16.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

IS04017
A4-80
Page: 50
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
2994
Qty. Unit Id. no.
32.00 PCS
Description
Drawing no.
Material
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
2995
4.00 PCS
402823301
FLG HP WN DN 3 0
402-823-301
W.1.4462
2996
4.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
2997
4.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
2998
16.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

IS04014
A4-80
2999
16.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

ISO4032
A4 2343
LP PIPES TO WINCHES ON
FORWARD DECK
**********************
r400
2 . 0 0 PCS
820060302
820-060-3
316L
3401
5.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
3402
5.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3403
20.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

IS04017
A4-80
3404
20.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Page: 51
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
3405
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
24.00 M
Description
Drawing no.
2075703
PIPE
Material
54.00X 2.0
316L
3406
8.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
407
1.00 PCS
400484301
T-EQUAL
PRESSED
3408
4.00 PCS
402883301
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-301
316L
3409
4.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
3410
4.00 PCS
2096428
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3411
16.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
3412
16.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX Ml2

ISO4032
A4 2343
3413
16.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
54.0X2 L=100 316L
%
LP TO WINCHES ON DECK #60
AND #171. (2 OFF)
*************************
3435
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
3436
2.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3437
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 52
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
3438
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
3439
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
24.00 M
2075711
PIPE
316L
3441
12.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
3442
8.00 PCS
402896301
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-301
316L
3443
8.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
3444
8.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3445
32.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
3446
32.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

IS04032
A4 2343
^^447
32.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
Item
^^440
Rev
Material
44.50X 2.0
LP BRANCH OFF FOR PILOT TO

WINCHES.
(BRANCH OFF BETWEEN WINCHES
AND SERVICE VALVE)
***************************
3450
4.00 PCS
402479303
SOCKET LP G 1/2"
402-479-303
316L
3451
4.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
316/NI
1/2"
Page: 53
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
LP PIPES TO WINCH ON
DECK AFT
********************
^^460
1.00 PCS
418499301
FLG LP DN 50 WELDO
418-499-3
3461
1,00 PCS
418396302

418-396-302
3462
1.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3463
4.00 PCS
69195
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3464
4.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX M12

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3465
4.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
66.00 M
153254
PIPE LP
DN50
ST.35
3467
40.00 PCS
820009301
PIPE CL FLX 060

820-009-3
316L
3468
7.00 PCS
820060302
820-060-3
316L
3469
12.00 PCS
418396302

418-396-302
3470
12.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3471
48.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

IS04017
A4-80
66
60.3X 2.9
ST.52.3
Page: 54
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
3472
48.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
3473
40.00 PCS
2059749
FLG LP DN 50 PN16
DIN2633
ST.37
^474
20.00 PCS
11684
RUB/ARMI
3475
80.00 PCS
69203
BOLT HEX M16X 60

ISO4017
8.8HDG
3476
80.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3477
80.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
3478
1.00 PCS
F14905
T-EQUAL SML
DIN 2615
3480
2.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
3481
2.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
^^482
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

IS04017
A4-80
3483
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
3484
6.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
2075703
PIPE
316L
820130301

820-130-3
3485
3490
12.00 M
2.00 PCS
60.3X2.9 ST.35.8
54.00X 2.0
HP PIPES TO WINCHES ON
Page: 55
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
FORWARD DECK
*****************************
^^600
2.00 PCS
820060301
820-060-3
3601
4.00 PCS
418214302
FLG
HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
3602
4.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3603
16.00 PCS
73940
BOLT HEX M16X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
3604
16.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
ST.52.4
3605
6.00 M
153155
PIPE HP
DN40
3606
3.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
ST.52.4
^607
12.00 M
54.OX 6.0
45.OX 5.0
3608
6.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
3609
1.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
3610
1.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3611
4.00 PCS
73940
BOLT HEX M16X 45

IS04017
A4-80
Page: 56
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Material
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
3612
4.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
3613
1.00 PCS
418449302
FLG HP DN 35 WELDO
418-449-3
ST.52.3
^^614
1.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
3615
1.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
3616
4.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3617
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3618
4.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
3619
1.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
3620
1.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
^621
1.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3623
4.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3624
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3625
4.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
3626
4.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
Rev
Page: 57
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Material
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
3627
4.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
3628
4.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
f"^
16.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3630
16.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3631
16.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
HP TO WINCHES ON DECK #60

AND #171 (2 OFF)
*************************
3635
2.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
^636
2.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
3637
8.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3638
8.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3639
8.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
ST.52.4
3640
24.00 M
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
45.OX 5.0
3641
12.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
Page: 58
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
3642
8.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
3643
8.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
^J644
8.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
3645
32.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3646
32.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3647
32.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
Item
Rev
Material
HP BRANCH OFF FOR PILOT TO

WINCHES.
(BRANCH OFF BETWEEN WINCHES
AND SERVICE VALVE)
***************************
^650
3651
4.00 PCS
402643401
THREDOLET G 1/2"
402-643-4
W.1.4462
4.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
316/NI
1/2"
FLEXIBLE FIXED POINT FOR PIPES

TO WINCH AFT
******************************
3659
2.00 PCS
820130301

820-130-3
HP PIPES TO WINCH ON
Page: 59
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
DECK AFT
********************
REF.DRWG NO.:830-711-l
660
1.00 PCS
418450301
FLG HP DN 35 WELDO
418-450-3
ST.52.3
3661
1.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
3662
1.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3663
4.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3664
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3665
4.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
54.00 M
153155
PIPE HP
DN40
ST.52.4
3667
27.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
3668
3.00 PCS
820060301
820-060-3
3669
6.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
3670
6.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3671
18.00 PCS
73940
BOLT HEX M16X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
^^666
54.OX 6.0
316L
Page: 60
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
3672
18.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
3673
20.00 PCS
418216301
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-301
ST.52.3
^^674
20.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
3675
20.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3676
80.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3677
80.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3678
80.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
3679
1.00 PCS
418449302
FLG HP DN 35 WELDO
418-449-3
ST.52.3
3680
1.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
W681
1.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
3682
4.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
3683
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3684
4.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
3685
4.00 PCS
820060301
820-060-3
'
Page: 61
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
3686
8.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
3687
8.00 PCS
F4134
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
688
24.00 PCS
73940
BOLT HEX M16X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
3689
24.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
3690
24.00 M
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
ST.52.4
3691
15.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
3692
1.00 PCS
418216302
FLG HP WN DN 40
418-216-302
ST.52.3
3693
1.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
3694
5.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
^^695
20.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

IS04014
8.8HDG
3696
20.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
3697
20.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
3698
4.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST,52.3
3699
4.00 PCS
F4134
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
Item
Rev
Material
45.OX 5.0
PILOT PIPE HEAT AND VENT VALVE

%
Page: 62
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
******************************
3700
1.00 PCS
406102301
UNION THR/BW
406-102-3
^^701
1.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
3708
1.00 PCS
556326401
BKH PEN G 1/2" L=150 316L

556-326-4
3709
3.00 PCS
406102301
UNION THR/BW
406-102-3
3710
3.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
3712
1.00 PCS
556281401
BKH PEN G 1/2" L=300 316L

556-281-4
3713
1.00 PCS
406102301
UNION THR/BW
406-102-3
14
1.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
3720
35.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
90NBR
3721
70.00 PCS
60566
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4014
A4-80
3722
70.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
3723
70.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
3730
25.00 PCS
409956401
PIPE PILOT 6M\l8xl.5

409-956-4
W.1.4462
SS
1/2"
316/NI
SS
1/2"
316/NI
SS
1/2"
316/NI
Page: 63
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
3731
10.00 PCS
400686401
FLG PILOT
400-686-401
3732
12.00 M
121681
PIPE
J3733
10.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
3735
260.00 PCS
183855
BOLT HEX M 6X 35
ISO4017
A4-70
3736
130.00 PCS
2093920
COVER PLATE
218DP
W.1.4305
3737
130.00 PCS
2093904
CLAMP
PP
POLYPR
3738
14.00 PCS
2102945
CLAMP RAIL RAP

GR 2, 52/10
304
3745
1.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
90NBR
3746
1.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
^^747
2.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
3748
2.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
18.00X
W.1.4462
1.5
218
W.1.4462
SNAP ON COUPLING HP AND LP

**************************
REF.DRWG.:432-306-3
3750
6.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
Page: 64
#
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
3751
24.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
3752
24.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
^^755
6.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
3756
24.00 PCS
60566
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4014
A4-80
3757
24.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
PILOT PIPES FROM CONTROL

VALVE ASSEMBLY TO PUMPS ON
DECK (PUMPS 26 OFF + SPARE)
****************************
28.00 PCS
4000
556590302
FLG HP W N 0 1 2 . 0 X 1 . 5
316L
556-590-3
^looi
28.00 PCS
4002
0-RING NI 18.72X2.62
NITRIL70 2-116
70NBR
112.00 PCS
60723
BOLT HEX M 8X 25
ISO4017
A4-80
A4 2343
4003
112.00 PCS
1321
WASHER FLAT
BRB
4005
210.00 M
120824
PIPE
556590301
FLG HP WN 012.0X1.5
556-590-3
4010
114207
28.00 PCS
8.4
12.00X 1.5
316L
316L
Page: 65
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Material
Description
Drawing no.
4011
28.00 PCS
556590302
FLG HP WN 012.0X1.5
556-590-3
316L
4012
28.00 PCS
114207
NITRIL70 2-116
70NBR
013
112.00 PCS
60558
BOLT HEX M 8X 35
ISO4017
A4-80
4014
112.00 PCS
60632
NUT HEX M 8
ISO4032
A4 2343
4015
112.00 PCS
1321
WASHER FLAT
BRB
4020
28.00 PCS
556590302
FLG HP WN 012.0X1.5
556-590-3
316L
4021
28.00 PCS
114207
NITRIL70 2-116
70NBR
4022
112.00 PCS
60723
BOLT HEX M 8X 25
ISO4017
A4-80
4023
112.00 PCS
1321
WASHER FLAT
BRB
A4 2343
8.4
8.4
A4 2343
^024
1.00 PCS
556593306
BKH PENETR PILOT N 20 316L

556-593-3
4025
1.00 PCS
556592303
BKH PENETR PILOT N 6

556-592-3
316L
4030
56.00 PCS
402876302
FLG HP WN 018.0X1.5
402-876-302
W.1.4462
4031
56.00 PCS
114207
NITRIL70 2-116
70NBR
4032
224.00 PCS
60723
BOLT HEX M 8X 25
ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 66
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Rev
4033
224.00 PCS
1321
WASHER FLAT
BRB
4040
272.00 PCS
409956401
PIPE PILOT 6M\18X1.5

409-956-4
W.1.4462
4041
54.00 PCS
400686401
FLG PILOT
400-686-401
W.1.4462
121681
PIPE
W.1.4462
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
162.00 M
4042
4043
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Item
54.00 PCS
Material
8.4
18.00X 1.5
A4 2343
4045
300.00 PCS
7765
NITRIL90
90NBR
4046
600.00 PCS
60566
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4014
A4-80
4047
600.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
4048
600.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
050
2000.00 PCS
183855
BOLT HEX M 6X 35
ISO4017
A4-70
4051
1010.00 PCS
2093920
COVER PLATE
218DP
W.1.4305
4052
1750.00 PCS
2093904
CLAMP
PP
POLYPR
4053
138.00 PCS
2102945
CLAMP RAIL RAP

GR 2, 52/10
304
4055
1550.00 PCS
2093912
BOLT STACKING
218AF
W.1.4305
218
Page: 57
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
4056
785.00 PCS
4060
^4061
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2103547
SAFETY LOCKING PLATE

218SIG GR.2
304
90.00 PCS
F14879
CLAMP 212 SA-73SH

SA
RUBBER
70.00 PCS
2093920
COVER PLATE
218DP
W.1.4305
4062
140.00 PCS
183855
BOLT HEX M 6X 35
ISO4017
A4-70
4063
7.00 PCS
2102945
CLAMP RAIL RAP

GR 2, 52/10
3 04
4064
50.00 PCS
2103547
SAFETY LOCKING PLATE

218SIG GR.2
3 04
4065
100.00 PCS
2093912
BOLT STACKING
218AF
W.1.4305
BULKHEAD PENETRATION FOR PILOT

IN MAIN DECK TO TCP AND
BALLAST PUMP
******************************
4070
4.00 PCS
556326401
BKH PEN G 1/2" L=150 316L

556-326-4
4071
8.00 PCS
406102301
UNION T H R / B W
406-102-3
4072
8.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
SS
1/2"
316/NI
LP BRANCH OFF FOR HEATING

VALVE (FRAME 202)
*************************
Page: 68
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
6.00 M
2094472
PIPE
^^287
4.00 PCS
820003303
PIPE CL FLX 034/35

820-003-3
316L
4288
1.00 PCS
F14909
T-EQUAL 54
PRESSED.
316L
4289
1.00 PCS
2101400
RED
BW
4290
2.00 PCS
402859301
FLG WN DN 30 PN16
402-859-301
316L
4291
2.00 PCS
402859302
FLG WN DN 30 PN16
402-859-302
316L
4292
2.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
4293
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
^294
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
4295
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
4296
1.00 PCS
402859301
FLG WN DN 30 PN16
402-859-301
316L
4297
4.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
4298
4.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
4286
35.00X 2.0
X2.0
54.0/ 35.0X2.0
316L
316L
HP BRANCH OFF FOR HEATING

Page: 69
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
VALVE (FRAME 202)

^^300
1.00 PCS
418446302
FLG HP DN 25 WELDO
418-446-3
ST.52.3
4304
1.00 PCS
402849301
FLG HP WN DN 25
402-849-301
W.1.4462
4305
1.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
4306
4.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
4307
4.00 PCS
1198
NXJT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
4308
4.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
4310
6.00 M
2089183
PIPE SML
W.1.4462
^311
4.00 PCS
820003302
PIPE CL FLX 028/30

820-003-3
316L
4315
2.00 PCS
402849301
FLG HP WN DN 25
402-849-301
W.1.4462
4316
2.00 PCS
402849302
FLG HP WN DN 25
402-849-302
W.1.4462
4317
2.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
4318
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
30.00X 2.5
Page: 70
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
4319
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
4320
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
^4325
1.00 PCS
402849302
FLG HP WN DN 25
402-849-302
W.1.4462
4326
1.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
4327
4.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
4328
4.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
Item
Rev
Material
LP BRANCH (0D44.5X2)
TO CARGO STRIPPING PUMP SL125
*****************************
REF.DRWG.NO,:830-710
^^00
2.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
4701
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
4702
8.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
4703
8.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
4704
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
Page: 71
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
4710
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
4711
2.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
^4712
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

IS04017
A4-80
4713
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
4715
2.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
4716
2.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
4717
8.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

IS04017
A4-80
4718
8.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
4720
2.00 PCS
F6651
RED
BW
316L
24.00 M
2075711
PIPE
4727
10.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
4730
6.00 PCS
402896301
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-301
316L
4731
6.00 PCS
402896302
FLG WN DN 40 PN16
402-896-302
316L
4732
6.00 PCS
184531
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
^T725
Rev
Material
44.5/ 25.0X2.0
44.50X 2.0
316L
Page: 72
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
4733
24.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
4734
24.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

ISO4032
A4 2343
^4735
24.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
HP BRANCH (OD38X5 / 38X3.5)

TO CARGO STRIPPING PUMP SL125
*****************************
4750
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING N I 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
4751
2.00 PCS
418107301
F L G HP W N D N 3 0
418-107-301
ST.52.3
4752
8.00 PCS
69195
BOLT HEX M12X 60

IS04014
8.8HDG
^T753
8.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX M12

DIN934
ST.80HDG
4754
8.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
4760
4.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-302
ST.52.3
4761
4.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
4762
16.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 73
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
4763
16.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
4764
24.00 M
153122
PIPE HP
DN30
ST.52.4
^^766
6.00 M
2089191
PIPE SML
38.OX 5.0
38.00X 3.5
W.1.4462
4767
10.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
4770
2.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-302
ST.52.3
4771
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
9 ONER
4772
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
4773
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
4778
2.00 PCS
556143301
RED HP DN 30/ 25
556-143-3
W.1.4462
^^79
2.00 PCS
556177301
RED HP DN 25/ 20
556-177-3
1.4462
4780
2.00 PCS
402823302
FLG HP WN DN 30
402-823-302
W.1.4462
4781
2.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
4782
8.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
4783
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Page: 74
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
4785
6.00 PCS
418107301
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-301
ST.52.3
4786
6.00 PCS
418107302
FLG HP WN DN 30
418-107-302
ST.52.3
4787
6.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
90NBR
4788
24.00 PCS
69195
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
8.8HDG
4789
24.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX Ml2

DIN934
ST.80HDG
4790
24.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
Item
Rev
Material
SPARE MATERIAL FOR

INSTALLATION
******************
BOLTS
00
50.00 PCS
183855
BOLT HEX M 6X 35
ISO4017
A4-70
5001
10.00 PCS
85233
BOLT HEX M 8X 20
IS04017
A4-80
5002
20.00 PCS
60723
BOLT HEX M 8X 25
ISO4017
A4-80
5003
10.00 PCS
60558
BOLT HEX M 8X 35
IS04017
A4-80
5004
8.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
5005
2.00 PCS
2099364
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
8.8HDG
Page: 75
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
5006
10.00 PCS
5007
4.00 PCS
^003
50.00 PCS
Description
Drawing no.
Material
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
2012425
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4017
8.8VZN
60566
BOLT HEX MlOX 40

ISO4014
A4-80
2039709
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
5009
5.00 PCS
5010
20.00 PCS
87049
BOLT HEX MlOX 50

ISO4017
A4-80
5011
2.00 PCS
188805
BOLT HEX M12X 35

ISO4017
8.8VZN
5012
2.00 PCS
61606
BOLT HEX M12X 35

ISO4017
A4-80
5013
30.00 PCS
27862
BOLT HEX M12X 40

ISO4017
A4-80
5014
5.00 PCS
69021
BOLT HEX M12X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
^015
5.00 PCS
69179
BOLT HEX M12X 50

ISO4017
8.8HDG
5016
6.00 PCS
69195
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
8.8HDG
5017
20.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
5018
6.00 PCS
73940
BOLT HEX M16X 45

ISO4017
A4-80
5019
20.00 PCS
61465
BOLT HEX M16X 50

ISO4017
A4-80
Page: 76
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
5020
2.00 PCS
105502
BOLT HEX M16X 55

IS04014
A4-80
5021
8.00 PCS
69203
BOLT HEX M16X 60

ISO4017
8.8HDG
^^022
3.00 PCS
60616
BOLT HEX M16X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
5023
2.00 PCS
188755
BOLT HEX M16X 65

ISO4014
8.8HDG
5024
5.00 PCS
27888
BOLT HEX M16X 65

ISO4014
A4-80
5025
40.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
5026
5.00 PCS
95075
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
A4-80
5027
2.00 PCS
188920
BOLT HEX M16X 80

ISO4014
8.8HDG
5028
25.00 PCS
F4814
BOLT HEX M16X120

ISO4014
8.8HDG
^(329
3.00 PCS
100271
BOLT HEX M20X 50

ISO4017
A4-80
5030
4.00 PCS
69229
BOLT HEX M20X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
5031
10.00 PCS
114991
BOLT HEX M20X 80

ISO4014
A4-80
5032
5.00 PCS
189027
BOLT HEX M20X110

ISO4014
8.8HDG
5033
2.00 PCS
68890
BOLT SOC M12X 45

IS04762
A4-80
Item
Rev
Material
Page: 77
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
5034
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
20.00 PCS
2093912
Description
Drawing no.
Material
BOLT STACKING
218AF
W.1.4305
PIPE COUPLINGS
**************
2.00 PCS
7104
COUPL STR 18
P-GV 18L
ST.
5051
1.00 PCS
6874
COUPL STUD M 18
P-GEV 18LR
ST.
5052
1.00 PCS
6916
COUPL STUD M 28
P-GEV 28LR
ST.
% 5 0
GASKETS
*******
5070
2.00 PCS
99424
RUB/ARMI
5071
5.00 PCS
11684
RUB/ARMI
72
5.00 PCS
11718
RUB/ARMI
5073
5.00 PCS
11734
RUB/ARMI
NUTS
****
5090
90.00 PCS
5091
5.00 PCS
1198
NUT HEX MIO

IS04032
A4 2343
189159
NUT HEX MIO

DIN934
ST.80HDG
Page: 78
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
5092
20.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX Ml2

ISO4032
A4 2343
5093
15.00 PCS
69278
NUT HEX M12

DIN934
ST.80HDG
5094
10.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
5095
15.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
5096
10.00 PCS
69294
NUT HEX M20

DIN934
ST.80HDG
O-RINGS
*******
6.00 PCS
2080489
0-RING NI 15.54X2.62
NITRIL90 2-114
90NBR
25.00 PCS
114207
0-RING NI 18.72X2.62
NITRIL70 2-116
70NBR
5102
35.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
9 ONER
5103
5.00 PCS
74104
0-RING NI 29.82X2.62
NITRIL90 2-123
9 ONER
5104
10.00 PCS
2093979
0-RING NI 40.87X3.53
NITRIL90 2-223
9 ONER
5105
10.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
9 ONER
5106
5.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
7 ONER
5107
25.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
9 ONER
5100
5101
Page: 79
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
5108
15.00 PCS
5109
^5110
Description
Drawing no.
Material
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3.00 PCS
F4136
0-RING NI 91.44X5.33
NITRIL90 2-342
90NBR
5.00 PCS
2102895
0-RING NI116.84X5.33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
BONDED SEALS
************
5120
5.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
1/2"
5121
5.00 PCS
2031714
SEAL BOND G 1"

PP45-H
316/NI
316/NI
UNIONS
******
5130
1.00 PCS
406102301
UNION THR/BW
406-102-3
SS
WASHERS
*******
5140
40.00 PCS
1321
WASHER FLAT
BRB
8.4
A4 2343
5141
50.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
5142
10.00 PCS
2012433
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125
ST/HDG
5143
60.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Page: 80
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 612521
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
5144
15.00 PCS
189183
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
5145
40.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
C"
75.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
5147
15.00 PCS
1388
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
5148
6.00 PCS
189209
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
VSI TO BE MXED WITH HYDRAULIC

OIL FOR PRESERVATION OF CARBON
STEEL HYDRAULIC PIPES.
(REF.MOUNTING FRAMO
INSTRUCTION HYDRAULIC PIPING
INSTALLATION PAGE 22)
*****************************
5500
1.00 PCS
F10511
OIL PRESERVATION 4L
SHELL VSI 8235
VSI 8235
Page:
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 634960
5641
Your date: 23.12.2002

Your P.O.: 612521/72
Your ref.: DONG YI TAO
FUSA
JINLING SHIPYARD
55YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING 210015
Project :612521
Revision: A
Rev.date: 01.10.2003
Marking: HYDRAULIC PIPING SYSTEM
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
HULL JLZ-020505
Description
Drawing no.
Material
LP EXPANSION LOOPS ON
MAIN DECK
*********************
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
DRWG.NO.:825-152-3
DRWG.NO.:825-153-3
DRWG.NO.:825-154-3
DRWG.NO.:825-155-3
00
1.00 PCS
825152301-300
PIPE LP DN150
825-152-3
316L
301
1.00 PCS
825152301-301
PIPE LP DN150
825-152-3
316L
302
1.00 PCS
825152301-302
PIPE LP DN150
825-152-3
316L
303
1.00 PCS
825153301-303
PIPE LP DN150
825-153-3
316L
304
1.00 PCS
825153301-304
PIPE LP DN150
825-153-3
316L
305
1.00 PCS
825154301-305
PIPE LP DNIOO
825-154-3
316L
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 634960
Item
Rev
306
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1.00 PCS
PIPE LP DN50
825-155-3
825155301-306
Material
316L
HP EXPANSION LOOPS ON
MAIN DECK
*********************
ISO DRWG.NO.:825-148-3
500
1.00 PCS
825148301-500
PIPE HP DNllO
825-148-3
ST.52.4
501
1.00 PCS
825148301-501
PIPE HP DNllO
825-148-3
ST.52.4
502
1.00 PCS
825148301-502
PIPE HP DNllO
825-148-3
ST.52.4
503
1.00 PCS
825149301-503
PIPE HP DNllO
825-149-3
ST.52.4
'504
1.00 PCS
825149301-504
PIPE HP DNllO
825-149-3
ST. 52.4
505
1.00 PCS
825150301-505
PIPE HP DN80
825-150-3
ST.52.4
1.00 PCS
825151301-506
PIPE HP DN40
825-151-3
ST.52.4
506
Page:
#

FRANK MOHN AS
P.O. BOX 98 SLATTHAUG
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 635916
Our ref. ; JON EGIL SJ0VOLL
5851
Your date: 12.11.2003

Your P.O.: 612831/74
Your ref.: MS.ZHOU YI-HONG
BERGEN
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING 210015
Project :612831
Pro.name :JINLING SHIPYARD H-JLZ020505
Revision: *
Rev.date: 12.11.2003
Marking: HULL NO.: JLZ020504

Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
PREBENDED HYDRAULIC LP PIPES

Description
Drawing no.
Material
PREBENDED LP PIPE IN
ACCORDANCE TO QUOTE TF-031982
DATED 04.11.2003 AND
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ORDER
612831/74
*****************************
307
1.00 PCS
828589301-307
PIPE LP DN150
828-589-3
316L
^^308
1.00 PCS
828590301-308
PIPE LP DN150
828-590-3
316L
309
1.00 PCS
828591301-309
PIPE LP DN150
828-591-3
316L
310
1.00 PCS
828592301-310
PIPE LP DN150
828-592-3
316L
Page;
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
Our order
Our ref.
27.08.2004
635926
JON EGIL SJ0VOLL
5641
Your date
Your P.O.
Your ref.
13.11.2003
612521/72
MS.ZHOU YI-HONG
FUSA
JINLIG SHIPYARD
55 YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING 210015
Project : 612521
Revision: *
Rev.date: 13.11.2003
Marking: HULL NO.: JLZ020504
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
ADDITIONAL HYDR.MATERIAL WINCH

Description
Drawing no.
Material
REPLACEMENT HYDRAULIC MATERIAL

PIPE DIMENSION OD54X2
LP TO WINCHES ON DECK #60
AND #175 (2 OFF)
**********************
FOR CONNECTION TO VALVES AND
WINCHES SEE ITEM NO.3500-3515
DELIVER FROM MARITIME PUSNES
3435
2.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
3436
2.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3437
8.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
3438
8.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

ISO4032
A4 2343
3439
8.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 635926
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
3440
30.00 M
2075703
PIPE
3441
12.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
8.00 PCS
402883301
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-301
316L
3443
8.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
3444
8.00 PCS
2096428
0-RING NI 66.27X3.53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
3445
32.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

IS04014
A4-80
3446
32.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

IS04032
A4 2343
3447
32.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
'"
54.00X 2.0
316L
Page:
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
Our order
Our ref.
5641
Your date: 17.12.2003

Your P.O.: 612521/72
Your ref.:
FUSA
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANYANG ROAD,
NANJING 210015
27.08.2004
636056
JON EGIL SJ0VOLL
Project :612521
Revision: *
Rev.date: 17.12.2003
Marking: Additional material
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
HULL JLZ020501-2-3-4
Description
Drawing no.
Material
48.00 M
153205
PIPE HP 100.0X10.0
DN80
ST.52.4
48.00 M
153155
PIPE HP
DN40
54.OX 6.0
ST.52.4
48.00 M
153122
PIPE HP
DN30
38.OX 5.0
ST.52.4
48.00 M
84194
PIPE 106.OOX 3.0
316L
16.00 PCS
820012304
PIPE CL FLX 0100

820-012-3
316L
16.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
16.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
16.00 PCS
820015301
PIPE CL FLX 0106

820-015-3
316L
11
24.00 PCS
402031306
FLG SO DN150 PN16

402-031-306
316L
12
12.00 PCS
11734
RUB/ARMI
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636056
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
13
96.00 PCS
114991
BOLT HEX M20X 80

ISO4014
A4-80
14
96.00 PCS
1214
NUT HEX M20

ISO4032
A4 2343
15
96.00 PCS
1388
WASHER FLAT 21.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
21
8.00 PCS
402031304
FLG SO DNIOO PN16

402-031-304
316L
22
4.00 PCS
11718
RUB/ARMI
23
32.00 PCS
27888
BOLT HEX M16X 65

ISO4014
A4-80
24
32.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
25
32.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
31
8.00 PCS
402031301
FLG SO DN 50 NT 16
402-031-301
316L
32
4.00 PCS
11684
RUB/ARMI
33
16.00 PCS
28118
NUT HEX Ml6

ISO4032
A4 2343
34
16.00 PCS
1362
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
35
16.00 PCS
60616
BOLT HEX M16X 60

IS04014
A4-80
41
8.00 PCS
418226301
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-301
ST.52.3
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636056
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
42
8.00 PCS
418226302
FLG HP WN DNllO
418-226-302
ST.52.3
43
8.00 PCS
2102895
0-RING NI116.84X5. 33
NITRIL90 2-350
90NBR
44
128.00 PCS
F4814
BOLT HEX Ml6X120

ISO4014
8.8HDG
45
128.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
46
128.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
51
32.00 PCS
402883301
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-301
316L
52
32.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
53
32.00 PCS
2096428
O-RING NI 66.27X3 53
NITRIL90 2-231
90NBR
54
128.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

ISO4014
A4-80
55
128.00 PCS
1206
NUT HEX M12

ISO4032
A4 2343
56
128.00 PCS
1347
WASHER FLAT 13.0

DIN125A RB
A4 2343
Material
THREDOLETS AND SOCKETS FOR

HULL JLZ020501-2-3-4.
5XITEM 57, 2XITEM 58,
3XITEM 58, lOxITEM 60 FOR
EACH HULL.
**************************
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636056
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
Material
57
20.00 PCS
400566401
THREDOLET HP G 3/8"
400-566-4
ST.52
58
8.00 PCS
400705401
SOCKET LP G 3/8"
400-705-4
ST, 52
59
12.00 PCS
402479302
SOCKET LP G 3/8"
402-479-302
316L
60
40.00 PCS
2031664
SEAL BOND G
PP45-C
316/NI
3/8"
Page;

FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636186
5641
Your date
Your P.O.
Your ref.
FUSA
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING
02.02.2004
612521/72
Project :612521
Revision: *
Rev.date: 02.02.2004
Marking: HULL - JLZ020504
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
ADD. HYDRAULIC PIPING MATERIAL

Description
Drawing no.
Material
HP PIPE (045 X 5) FROM MAIN HP

PIPE (0130 X 13) TO SNAP ON
COUPLING, CLOSED TO POWER PACK
******************************
1600
1.00 PCS
418450301
FLG HP D N 35 WELDO
418-450-3
ST.52.3
01
1.00 PCS
418214302
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-302
ST.52.3
1602
1.00 PCS
F4134
0-RING NI 44.04X3.53
NITRIL90 2-224
90NBR
1603
4.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
1604
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1605
12.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
1607
1.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636186
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1608
1.00 PCS
418214301
FLG HP WN DN 35
418-214-301
ST.52.3
1609
1.00 PCS
418373302
FLG HP THR DN 35/ 40

418-373-3
ST.52
1.00 PCS
184531
0-RING NI 53.57X3.53
NITRIL90 2-227
90NBR
1611
4.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
1612
4.00 PCS
69286
NUT HEX Ml6

DIN934
ST.80HDG
1613
4.00 PCS
189191
WASHER FLAT 17.0

DIN125
ST/HDG
1614
1.00 PCS
8995
SEAL BOND G 1"

BST-030-90
ST.
Item
^ . 0
Rev
Material
REPLACEMENT MATERIAL IN
ACCORDANCE TO UNPACKING REPORT
HULL NO.:JLZ020504
DATED 29.03.2004
ITEM 2252,2583 AND 3645
******************************
2252
6.00 PCS
102822
BOLT HEX M12X 60

IS04014
A4-80
2583
6.00 PCS
418446302
FLG HP DN 25 WELDO
418-446-3
ST.52.3
3645
7.00 PCS
188912
BOLT HEX M16X 70

ISO4014
8.8HDG
Page:
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636319
5641
Your date: 11.03.2004

Your P.O.: 612521/72
Your ref.: MR.DONG YI TAO
FUSA
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING 210015, P.R.CHINA
Project :612521
Revision: *
Rev.date: 11.03.2004
Marking: HULL JLZ020504
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
ADD. HYDR.MATERIAL FOR PILOT

Description
Drawing no.
Material
ADDITIONAL MATERIAL FOR BRANCH

PIPE TO CONTROL VALVES DUE TO
ORDER 2 ADDITIONAL CARGO
STRIPPING PUMPS
******************************
LP PIPE (0D28X2+18X1,5) FROM

MAIN RETURN LP PIPE TO
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
****************************
1460
1.00 PCS
556578301
T-PIECE LP DN 25/ 15
556-578-3
316L
1462
2.00 PCS
556576302
FLG LP WN DN 15 0D18
556-576-3
W.1.4462
1463
1.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
1464
2.00 PCS
2046530
0-RING NI 44.12X2.62
NITRIL70 2-132
70NBR
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636319
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1465
1.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
90NBR
1466
10.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 3 0

ISO4017
A4-80
10.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
Item
^ e .
Rev
Material
HP PIPE (0D25X3+18X1,5) FROM

MAIN PRESSURE HP PIPE TO
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY.
****************************
1770
1.00 PCS
418282301
T-EQUAL HP DN 25/ 25
418-282-3
ST.52
1772
3.00 PCS
74104
NITRIL90 2-123
90NBR
1773
12.00 PCS
60624
BOLT HEX MlOX 35

ISO4017
A4-80
^1774
12.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
1775
3.00 PCS
556573302
FLG HP WN DN 15 0D18
556573302
W.1.4462
CONNECTION TO CONTROL VALVE

ASSEMBLY BLOCK
***************************
1795
2.00 PCS
400686402
FLG PILOT
400-686-402
W.1.4462
Page:
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636319
Item
Qty. Unit Id. no.
Description
Drawing no.
1796
2.00 PCS
7765
0-RING NI 22.20X3.00
NITRIL90
90NBR
1797
4.00 PCS
112029
BOLT HEX MlOX 30

ISO4017
A4-80
4.00 PCS
34231
WASHER FLAT 10.5

DIN125A HRB
A4 2343
798
Rev
Material
Page:
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
: 27.08.2004
Our order: 636827
5641
Your date: 09.08.2004

Your P.O.: 612521/72
Your ref.: MR.ZHOU FENG
FUSA
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING 210015, CHINA
Project :612521
Revision: *
Rev.date: 09.08.2004
Marking: HULLJLZ020506
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
ADDITIONAL HYDRAULIC MATERIAL

Description
Drawing no.
Material
DRAIN FROM STC VALVE TO RETURN

LINE FOR STRIPPING PUMP ON
MAIN DECK (2 OFF)
******************************
4736
2.00 PCS
402479303
SOCKET LP G 1/2"
402-479-303
316L
4737
4.00 PCS
406102301
UNION THR/BW
406-102-3
SS
38
4.00 PCS
2031672
SEAL BOND G
PP45-D
1/2"
316/NI
PIPE: USE ITEM 4040

PILOT PIPES OD18X1.5
Page;
FRANK MOHN FUSA AS
P.O. BOX 10
Date
Our order
Our ref.
5641
Your date: 18.08.2004

Your P.O.: 612521/72
Your ref,: MR.ZHOU FENG
FUSA
CHINA NATIONAL SHIPPING GROUP.
JINLING SHIPYARD
55 YANJIANG ROAD
NANJING 210015, CHINA
27.08.2004
636864
JON EGIL SJ0VOLL
Project :612521
Revision: *
Rev.date: 18.08.2004
Marking: HULL JLZ020504
Item
Rev
Qty. Unit Id. no.
ADDITIONAL HYDR.PIPING MATR.

Description
Drawing no.
Material
LIST FOR MATERIAL

FREE OG CHARGE
*****************
24.00 M
2075711
PIPE
44.50X 2.0
316L
17
1.00 PCS
402883301
FLG VJN DN 5 0 PN16

402-883-301
316L
18
11.00 PCS
402883302
FLG WN DN 50 PN16
402-883-302
316L
30
24.00 M
153148
PIPE HP
DN35
ST.52.4
41
40.00 PCS
F14879
CLAMP 212 SA-73SH

SA
RUBBER
42
52.00 PCS
820006305
PIPE CL FLX 054

820-006-3
316L
43
10.00 PCS
820006301
PIPE CL FLX 038

820-006-3
316L
44
20.00 PCS
820006303
PIPE CL FLX 045

820-006-3
316L
45.OX 5.0
IÛl
" ^
01
Issued for approval
Ext.
sts. I Rev I Reason for issue
Frank Mohn FlatyAS

Oil & Gas Division
24.Jun. 2003
Prepared
Date
QUALITY PLAN
'S!
Checked
by
JL
Approved
by.
FRAIWO PIPING SYSTEMS
FRANK MOHN FLATY AS, O.No.:

DOCUMENT No.:
414-161-4
PAGE: 1 of 2
QUALITY PLAN
FRAMO
Quality plan
Project:
Various
no. 414-161-4
Customer:
Various
Item:
FRAMO PIPING SYSTEIVI
Item no.
Component
Order no.
Various
Description of activity
Date:
Frank Mohn Flaty AS

Oil & Gas Division
Issued by
24.06.2003
Page:
Appr. by
FJF
JMO
Document
of 2
Inspection /Verification
reference
FRAMO
^
Complete delivery
of Piping
SUPPL. 1 CUST.
CA.
Approved GA/ Hydraulic

diagram
Certificate of ComDiiance
Technical Data Bool<
Manufacturing Record
Book
l-X
REV
High Pressure
Hydraulic Piping
Systems
2
-5
"
'
1^^
=-s
i^s-1
CD-Plan 599-052-4
.-
Low Pressure
Hydraulic Piping
Systems
^.-"^
-,
CD-Plan 599-053-4
B^
" l t " - T 7 ' ' ' ' - * r
'
l-X
'^
Piping Buil(head
,
Adaptnr
CD-Plan 599-069-4
^ ,
^ ^
l-X
,
-
Inspection / Verification codes:

H
I
D
= Hold
= Verify / Issue document
= Internal FM documentation
W = Witness
R = Review document
X = Ref. specified C D plan
= Endorsed
^y
^
0
Ext.
sts.
Rev
Frank Mohn FlatyAS

Oil & Gas Division
Equipment name :
LP-piping Framo Hydr. Syst.

Design: < 7 bar, 60C max.
Equipment category:
Piping
CD-plan no. :
599 - 053 - 4
Revised (Reworked)
23.Dec..2002
Revised (Changed design temperature)
as
mrk
jnig.
21. Oct. -99
mrk
imo
Jmo
Revised
08. JUI.-99
as
Imo
as
Production release
03.iVIar.-99
as
imo
as
For approval
16. Jan.-97
Date
imo
Prepared
Reason for issue
as
Checked
Approved
by
by
COMPONENT DOCUMENTATION PLAN
DOCUMENT No. :
599-053-4
PAGE : 1 of 2
W
y Frank Mohn FlatyAS
"**" Oil & Gas Division
EQUIPMENT CATEGORY: PIPING

Drawing no: 599-053-4
This plan is part of Frank Mohn system of component standard Q-pIans
and will normally not be revised due to customer or project comments
REV.NO:
ISSUED BY:
D-23.12.2002
jmo
DATE 16.01.97
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
DATE: 16.01.97
DATE: 16.01.97
jmo
as
1 LP-PIPING F R A M C ^
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
INSPECTION AÊRIFICATION BY
Cw = CUST. WITNESS
RF = REVIEW
RC = REVIEW BY GUST
F = FRAMO WITNESS
lR= SIGN KUUm CAn-u

1 = VERIFY/ ISSUb u u c
,
VERIFICATION BY
REF ITEM
No. DESCRIPTION
1
Complete Piping;
ACTIVITY
PROCEDURE/
TYPE/EXTENT
STANDARD/
ACCEPTANCE
Visual inspection
FM contr. procedure KP4.02

KP5.05
FM contr. procedure. KP-4-01
Visual inspection
Material component list.
Op.man. 70.3.05
0,5 bar air pressure inside.
Detection of leaks in welds by
swabbing with soap water.
Ace. to applicable
Classification Rules
AppUcable spec.
Operation manual 230.3.15
Check product and
documentation
All materials to be bought from
approved suppliers
KP-2-03
KP4.02.
KP5.05
Drawing
KP-5-05
Appl. iiiat. spec.
2
3
4
Dimensional check
Check inside cleanliness
Material traceability
Shop Hydr. test of

prefabricated spools
Pressure test after final

installation
Sur&ce treatment check.
Marking
Issue Certificate of
Compliance
Purchasing
7
8
110
Materials
11
12
13
14
15
16
Receiving inspection
Pipe materials
Flange & fitting
materials
Welding
Material certificate
Material certificate
According to EN 10204-3.1b
According to EN 10204-2.2
Welding procedure
Welders Qualification
ASMEIX/EN288
EN287/NS-ENISO9606
Pipe bending
Cold forming
Op. man. 70.3.34
REMARKS
COPY
FINAL
DOC
ISSUED
BY
SUPPL.
REV
CA
IR
IR
D
D
IR
Videoscope to be used when necessary.
No visible
leakage's
ISSUED
BY
FRAMO
To Class surveyors
satisfaction
Applicable spec.
IR
IR
OM 230.3.15
This CD-plan / Qplan
List of approved
suppliers
PO. / Appl. mat.
Appl. mat. spec.
All approved suppliers to be listed on FM

suppliers list
IR
I
I
Appl, mat. spec.

To be qualified
Welders to be
certified
Radius 4 X OD
Oval within 7 %
D
D
IR
IR
D
D
IR
O
*^
Ext.
sts.
Rev
Frank Mohn Fbty AS

Oil & Gas Division
Equipment name:
HP-piping Frame Hydr. Syst.

Design: 320 bar, 60C max.
Equipment category:
Piping
CD-plan no.:
599-052-4
Revised (Receiving inspec)
13. Jun. 03
as
mrk
imo
Revised (Reworked)
23 Dec. 02
as
mrk
jmo
Revised (clianged design temp.)
21. Oct-99
mrk
jmo
imo
Revised
08. Jul. 99
as
jmo
as
Production released
03. IVIar. 99
as
jmo
as
For approval
16.Jan. 97
Date
Reason for issue
imo
Prepared
by
Approved
DOCUMENT No.
599-052-4
JL
as
Checked
by
PAGE : 1 of 2
Irfl
ILO
"^
FrankMohnFlatyAS
Oil & Gas Division
=:

Drawing n o : 599-052-4
E-13.06.03
jmo
INSPECTION /VERIFICATION BY
This plan is part of Frank Mohn system of component standard Q-plans

REV.NO:
ISSUED BY:
HP-PIPING F R A M O ^
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
DATE 16.01.97
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
DATE: 16.01.97
DATE: 16.01.97
JMo
AS
1
REF. ITEM
No. DESCRIPTION
1
Comnlete Piping
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
15
16
17
STANDARD /
ACCEPTANCE
FM contr. procedure KP4.02

KP5.05
Visual inspection
Material list. Op. man. 70.3.05
1,5 times design pressure. 480
Barg. 10 min. duration
5% of each prod, batch, testing
in semi-automatic prod, line
Max operating pressure +70bar
KP4.02
KP5.05
Appl. spec.
230.3.15
This CD-plan /
Contract Q-plan.
List of approved
suppliers
PO../ Applicable
material spec.
Appl. mat. spec.
Appl. mat. spec.
To be qualified
Welders to be
qualified
ISO 5817 level B
Pipe materials
Flange & fitting
materials
Welding
Material cert.
Material cert.
Welding procedure
Welders qualification
ASMEIX/EN288
EN287/NS-ENISO9606
Non destructive
testing
Radiographic testing of
welds. Procedure KP3.08
M T / P T Procedure
KP3.01 orKP3.02
Radiographic test of pilot
pipes. Procedure KP3.08
100% of buttw. for OD>76,l

10% of buttw. for 0D<76,1
100% of fillet welds OD> 76,1
10% of fillet welds OD< 76,1
5% of each production batch
Cold forming
Op. man. 70.3.34
Issue cert, of compliance
Materials
Purchasing
Receiving inspection
18
19
20
PROCEDURE/
TYPE/EXTENT
Applicable spec.
Operation manual 230.3.15
Check product and
documentation
All materials to be bought from
approved suppliers
KP-2-03
KP-2-08
According to EN 10204-3.1 c
EN 10204-3.1b
12
13
14
Visual inspection
Dimensional check
Check inside cleanliness
Material traccability
Shop Hydr. Pressure test of
prefabricated spools.
Sliop ! [ydr. Pressure (est of
pilot pipes.
Pressure test after final
installation onboard
Sur&ce treatment check.
Marking.
11
ACTIVITY
Pine bending
Drawing
KP-5-05, 3C
Appl. mat. spec.
No leakage's
Cw = CUST. WITNESS
IR= SIGN ROUTE CARD
I = VERIFY/ ISSUE DOC
Rp = REVIEW
R c = REVIEW BY CUST
F = FRAMO WITNESS
REMARKS
VERIFICATION BY
^^T
DOC
ISSUED
BY
FRAMO
ISSUED
BY
SUPPL.
|
REV
CA
IR
IR
Videoscope to be used when necessary.

When 3.1b or 3.1c certificate is required.
A
D
IR
I
I
I
I
IR
No leakage
To Class, surveyors satisfaction
ISO 5817 level B
IR
iR
D
D
All approved suppliers to be listed on FM

suppliers list
F
IR
1
I
I
I
IR
IR
I
I
I
I
I
n
D
D
D
D
Radius 4 X OD
Oval within 7 %
IR
u 3
Frank Mohn Flaty AS
Oil & Gas Division
Equipment name :
Piping Bulkhead Adaptor
Equipment category:
Piping
CD-plan no. :
599 - 069 - 4
* This document is the property of Frank Mohn AS. it is not to be reproduced or pubiished without our written consent *
Ext.
sts.
29. May-2002
For approval
Date
Rev
Reason for issue
imo
Prepared
by
Checked
by
as
mrk
Approved
^
FRANK MOHN FLATY AS - O.No:

DOCUMENT No^j
599-069-4
PAGE : 1 of 2
A
'*^
Frank Mohn Flaty AS

Oil & Gas Division

REV.NO:
ISSUED BY:
0-29.05.2002
JMo
REF. ITEM DESCRIPTION

No.
DATE 29.05.02
PIPING BULKHEi
ADAPTOR
Drawing no: 599-069-4

Tliis plan is part of Frank Molin system of component standard Q-plans
DATE:
AS
29.05.2002
CHECKED BY:
DATE: 29.05.2002
APPROVED BY: MRK
INSPECTION AnERIFICATION BY
CW ="CST. WITNESS
RF = REVIEW
IR= SIGN ROUTE CARD
RC = REVIEW BY CUST
t = VF.RTFY/ISSUE DOC
F = FRAMO WITNESS
PROCEDURE/
TYPE/EXTENT
STANDARD/
ACCEPTANCE
REMARKS
Certification
Type approval
Marine Equipment
Directive
Type approval issued by Notified Body
Serial no.
Unique serial mark for each

unit.
Visual inspection
FM contr. procedure KP-4-02
iCP-4-02
Ditnensional check
I Drawing
Material traceability
Material list. Op. man. 70.3.05
ACTIVITY
COPY
FINAL
DOC
Complete Bulikhead
Penetration
VFT^TFTCATION BY
ISSUED
ISSUED
CA REV
BY
BY
SUPPL.
FRAMO
I
IR
IR
IR
Applicable mat.
spec.
Marking in ace. to requirements in Marine

Equipment Directive96/98EC.
Marking.
8
9
10
Materials
Pos.no. 1, Flange
Pos. no. 5, Trunk
Material cert.
Material cert.
Only for materials where 3.1b cert, is

required.
According to EN 10204-3.IB
According to EN 10204-3. IB
Appj. mat. spec.

Appl. mat. spec.
IR
26
25
23
24
22
19
20
21
18
IG
17
15
14
12
13
11
IHEAT AND VENTING VALVE

BLEED PLUG
10
ITEM IM>107T2BQ
BLEED PLUG
LP=2Q55-56>
HPi2555-255G>
=t=t
'I (C '
:i I ig^
:U
c3> 1 i:
:*=*:
< ^ ^
P.P.2Q13. 25R>
VALVES FOR SNAP DN COUPLINGS
:F.P.2Q13,
\VALVES FDR SNAP ON COUPLINGS
2514>
^<37MI3>
F,P,2013, 2514>
<F,P,2013.2514^
PILOT TO WINCHES
<3650-51:
BALLAST PUMP
5B300
RESIDUAL
SDIOO
:2090-31>
CHIP
ALL
DETECTOR
WINCH/PUMP
:345Q-51>
PILOT TO WINCHES
:34Q9-i:3>
M5>
NOTE!
RED 80/40
/<2539-4Q>
2513>
SD200
SD200
:34Q1-Q4>
2MZZE4>
OD 54 X G
ITEM 3500-15 AND 3700-14 AfRE NOT FRAMO DELIVERY.

THEESE ITEMS ARE DELIVERED FROM MARITIME PUSNES.
FORWARD WINCHES - DETAILS

I
3E>
^
SD200
4f-
^
ii -JH
XFD POINTS,
239>
RED 100/50
Q5>
ID
\ OD 54 X 2
\Z42>/
WELD0FLANGE5 FOR BRANCH CONNECTION TO MAIN LINES

SEE PIPING SPECIFICATION:
ITEM NO. 2080-82 FOR LP
ITEM NO. 2580-84 FOR HP
<2M2y
^FAT I WENT. VAI VF
4296->
CAfJGO STRIPPING P J P
42SZ>
NOTE I
FIXED POINTS TO BE LOCATED ON FRAME 47, 75, 8 3 , 123,
153.
180, a 208
SD10 '
RESIDUAL
32B6>
MAX. 25 m BETWEEN EXPANSION LOOPS FOR PILOT PIPES.
< 4 3 O - 0 8 \ r?^
5D125 TCP
BALLAST "-PUMP
: 4290-95>
<4315-20:
ALL PIPE SUPPORTS MUST BE WELDED TO RIGID STRUCTURE.
HEATING AND VENTING VALVE

<4290-95
TYPICAL TCP SD125 AND

BALLAST PUMP SB
LOOKING AFT
<3635-39
830-711-1
830-712-3
830-B4G-3
831-013-3
830-B4S-3
830-649-3
831-014-3
432-305-3
432-306-3
830-730-3
830-728-3
830-742-3
MAIN DECK
e ^> B
<> <> ^> ^ > ^ > <> ^ > ^ > ^> <> <> ^> ^ > o
REF. FRAMO MOUNTING INSTRUCTION FOR FURTHER DETAILS
IMPORTANT.'
PIPE TO BE PAINTED
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
OF FLEXIBLE CLAMP.
WELDING TO BE
COMPLETED AFTER
INSTALLATION OF PIPE
DUE TO ADJUSTMENT
BRACKET TO BE ADJUSTED
UNTIL PIPE IS IN CENTER
OF FLEXIBLE CLAMP
I N DECK
TYPICAL
DETAIL
^> <>
oB o^
oeoe^
^
^
eB B e
B B <y B
B B B <> B B B B B
B B B B B B B B B
ON LOW PRESSURE (LP)

PIPES, REINFORCEMENT
PLATE TO BE USED
TYPICAL - SUPPLIED BY YARD.

TO BE RIGID FOR AXIAL FORCES
OF 2xlG kN IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
TRANSVERS GIRDERS
AT FRAME
F I X E D POINT
- TYPICAL
B B B B B B
B B B B B B B
Frame 3 3 - 1 1 4
Frame 5 6 - 7 3
Frame 5 3 - 5 6
Frame 4 3 - 4 5
LONGITUDINAL
STIFFENER
FLEXIBLE CLAMP -
>
B B B B B B B B
B B B B B B B B B
<364>^
ADJUSTMENT PIECE
PIPE OD 076
(YARD SUPPLY)
DECK
INSTALLATION OF BULKHEAD PENETRATION

TYPICAL D E T A I L
2013
e ^ > <> e ^ >
B B B B
B B B B B
Frame
114-133
BB B
B B BB
Frame 133-148
B B
B B B
Frame
148-168
Frame 7 3 - 9 3
NOTE!
BULKHEAD PENETRATION I N MAIN DECK

<HP RAI I A^T:?SRR-F)4 - T r P = ? R R F m
<LP BALLAST=2490-94 - TCP=2181^85
FOR VALVES AND COUNTER FLANGES

SEE ITEM NO. 3500-15 AND 3700-14
FROM MARITIME PUSNES.
B
B B
Frame
TYPICAL TCP SD125

AND DALLAST PUMP
SB - SIDE
(~~-r
(~T-
168-IBB
Jl I
JINLINE SHIPYARD
HULL NO. JLZ020501/2/3/4
37.300 TDW CHEMICAL TANKER
CLASSIFICATION: GL
FRAMO ORDER NO: G12518, 513, 520, 521
Permissible deviations for dimensions uiithout

a tolerance Indication
PILDT CLAMPS - DETAILS
Dim I t o l e r a n c e
Upper limit Loue- limit
DETAIL
0,1
30
120
315
Surface
roughness
i n Ra ( m)
DECK WINCHES - DETAILS

30
40
I
50
I
60
I
70
I
V a l i d f o r o r i g i n a l scale l a
SO
90
_L_
100
Fill.
not
edg
dim.
Fillets
Edges
Mach I ned I
Tolerance
! I near
anple
Item
Welded!
Tolerance
1 i near
angle
1000
2000
4000
30
120
315
1000
2000
4000
aooo
0,2
_0^
0,5
0,8
0,5
_0^
0.3
0,1
0,G
JES/20024 TrH
BP/171103 JMo
JES/230903 JMo
1,5
0,5
1.2
0,2
Qty
Id.
no
Descr i pt i on
This dnaiuing is our property.

I t is not to be tracesd, copie S t a t u s
or published ujithout our
luritten consent, nor to be
Constr.
misused in any luay.
to
Permissible deviations f o r dimensions

luith B tolerance Indication
20
FOR DETAIL INFORMATION SEE "FRAMO MOUNTING INSTRUCTION"
POWER PACK ROOM

WINCHES
BRANCHLINES SDIOO RESIDUAL PUMPS
BRANCHLINES SD125 TANK CLEANING PUMPS
BRANCHLINES SD150 SLODP PUMPS
BRANCHLINES SD200 CARGO PUMPS
BRANCHLINES SB300 BALLAST PUMPS
PILOT PIPES REMOTE CONTROLLED HEATING VALVE
SNAP ON COUPLINGS
BRANCHLINES CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
S.S. PILOT PIPING INDOOR / OUTDOOR
CARGO STRIPPING PUMP SL125/A2FM32
Linear dimension
or- shortest leg
of an angle
10
I
CARBON STEEL PIPES MUST BE PAINTED WITH COMPLETE

PAINTING SYSTEM BEFORE INSTALLATION TO AVOID CORROSION
IN CLAMPING ZONE.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
: 3435-39>
^ > <>
I f THE PILOT PIPES ARE LOCATED IN THE CATWALK

EXPANSION LOOPS FOR PILOT LINES MUST CORRESPOND
WITH EXPANSION JOINTS IN THE CATWALK.
0,3
R.
Zone
R.D.na.
Sign./Date
Ctrl
Draujn
1:100
^^l
Project.
used
by
CInecked
Prot,
rel
O r i g i nal
Prod,
Scale
rel
Sign
Drg.
Date
HeK
29.11.02
JES
03.12.02
no./Type
I Frank Mohn AS
15.01,03
Weld.
drg./Cast.
drg.
FRAMO
LAYOUT MAIN DECK

J I N L I N G SHIPYARD
JMo
Material
HULL NO. J L Z 0 2 0 5 0 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Rep 1 aces =
S30-710-1
Replaced by=
12
10
11
FRAME 40
<3Sa5-83
ALL PIPE SUPPORTS MUST BE WELDED TG RIGID STRUCTURE.
<.36B5-89
CARBON STEEL PIPES MUST BE PAINTED WITH COMPLETE
<3zrEn:
PAINTING SYSTEM BEFORE INSTALLATION TO AVOID CORROSION

IN CLAMPING ZONE.
PILOT TO WINCHES
WINCH SB AFT
FOR DETAIL INFORMATION SEE "FRAMO MOUNTING INSTRUCTION".

REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
830-710-1:
830-711-3:
NOTE!
LAYOUT MAIN DECK

POWER PACK ROOM
ITEM NO 3500-15 AND 3700-14 ARE NOT FRAMO DELIVERY.

THEESE ITEMS ARE DELIVERED FROM MARITIME PUSNES.
JINLING SHIPYARD
HULUNO. JLZ020501/2/3/4
37.300 TDW CHEMICAL TANKER
CLASSIFICATION: GL
FRAMO ORDER NO: 612518, 5 1 3 , 5 2 0 , 521
Per-missible deviations f o r dimensions luithout

a tolerance Indication
Linear dimension
or shortest leg
of an angle
Dim i t o l e r a n c e Upper l i m i t Loiuer limit
over
Permissible deviations far dimensions

uilth a tolerance Indication
10
I
20
30
40
50
BO
70
I
Valid f o r o r i g i n a l scale I ' l
QO
I
90
100
Surface
roughness
in Ra ( m)
F i l l , i edg, F i l l e t s
not dim.
Edges
30
120
315
1000
2000
4000
Machlnedi
Tolerance
11 near
anflle
Item
Weldedi
Tolerance
linear
anqle
30
120
315
1000
2000
4000
BOOO
0,5
M
0,
3
0,1
0,6
0,3
mi - ^ ^ ) >
/.
JES/250304 ^
1,5
A5
0.2
I d . no
This draining ig our property

Jt i t not to be traced, copiec
cr publlstTcd uittivDul our
urltten consent, nor to be
misused in any may,
to
0.1
0,2
0,3
0,5
0,8
-LiZ.
Oty
BP/171103
Zone R.O.no.
Sign./Date
JMo
Ctrl
Project,
used
NTS
Description
Status
Sign.
Drg,
Date
Constr.
Drauin by
He<
04.12.02
Checked
JES
20.12.02
Prat, r e l
Original
Scale Prod, r e l
no./Type
Material
Weld. d r g . / C a s t , d r g .
Fhank Mohn AS
FRAMO
AFT SHIP
JINLING
HULL NO.
JLZ020501/2/3/4
Replaces!
830-712-1
Replaced b y '
Fabr i cat i on Mater i als

Wei^t
UP
I t e m Q t y . Framo
Id.
No.
153239
Dimension
D e s c r i p t 1 on
Length
130 X 13.0
PIPE HP
Material
6001
St.52.4
kg/pcs
37.50
Erect i on Part s
Weight
kg/pcs
Erec.
P a r t s No.
ty,
Framo
I d . No.
Dimension
Descript ion
Material
Cut t i ng Li st
(Framo
Bending
Cut
Framo
No.
No.
153239
Machine
Only)
I d .
Spool
D i mens i o n
Length
130 X 1 3 . 0
6001
No.
500
NOTE /
ORIGIN I N FRAME 0 . CENTER S H I P
AND AT TOP OF RELEVANT DECK
J FRAME REFERENCE DATA

(,
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 500 501 502

SHOP WELD FIELD FIT WELD SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT ANCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSUREi
276
DESIGN PRESSURE
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FOR FABRICATED PIPEWORK
320
^ >
ÊD
NOT
2-145
This coming It our pl-apvty.

It It not to be tracad. copied
or published elthout our
Witten content, nor to be
nituted In eny eey.
J I N . I N B SHIPYARD
51.16.0
0.06
612518 - 521
PROJECT
HYDRAULIC PIPING
SPEC No. ERECTION PARTS

612518-521
APPROVED BY CLIENT
SEE PT.NO. THIS DRAWING
P~1 WELDING NO.

^
CUT PIECE
VALVE INSTR./COIP. LIST
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
Status
Sign
Designed
I Icf^
Checked
JES
SPEC No. SPOOLS
2.46
I N T . VOLUM ( )
2-145
INSTR. LIST
PAINTING SYSTEM
INTERNAL COATING
2 2 5 kg
CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY
GL i BV
F.n. 0/No.
SURFACE PREP
EXT. SURFACE AREA (')
DRY HEIGHT
I SPOOL NO.
< itinO EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
WELDING PROCEDURE No.
WATER
480
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
A> 0 - 3 M 0 - ! ;
3000-SOOO '
Bi MAX B<
C'iSn
D'il.Sni)
El O.TSiM
ARR. DUG. No.

830-710-1
WELDING DUALITY CLASS
60
TEST PRESSURE
OPER. TEMP"
60
DESIGN TEMP.
> ERECTION PARTS
Sign./Date
Ctrl
rod. r e l
Dug.
05.12.02
title'
HIGH PRESSURE CS
MAIN LINE I N P.P.R
HLU_ NO. JLZ020501-2J4-5
Approved
SymZone R.O.no.
Date
JMo
Replaces
Dug.
No.
825-148-3
Replaced by
Fabr i cat i on Mater i al s
'
Description
Item D t y . Framo I d . No.

1
153239
Weight
Length M a t e r i a l kg/pcs
Dimension
130 X 1 3 . 0
PIPE HP
12000
St.52.4
37.50
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No. Qty, Framo Id. No
Description
Di mens ton
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
SO.0 deg.
""ÎSmm)
SO.0 deg
Cut t i ng Li st
(Framo
Cut
No.
Bending
Framo I d .
No.
Machine
Only)
Spool
Di mens ion Length No.
153239
130 X 1 3 . 0
EOOl
503
153239
130 X 1 3 . 0
6000
504
^ '
NOTE !
ORIGIN IN FRAME 0. CENTER SHIP
tj FRAME REFERENCE DATA
(
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 503 504

SHOP VELD FIELD F I T UELO SCHEMED JOINT PIPE SUPPOBT NCHOR POINT
-^^
E - ^ -
TIT

D
OPER. PRESSURE I
OPER. TEMPI
UEL0IN6 DUALITY CLASS
ARR. DMS. No.
60
276
DESIGN PRESSURE
320
DE5IBN TEMP.
830-710-1
J I ^ L I ^ E SHIPYARD
60
TEST PRESSURE
480
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
MED
51.16.0
2-145
INSTR. LIST
PAINTING SYSTEM
612518 - 521
INTERNAL COATING
SPEC No. SPOOLS
EXT. SURFACE AREA I')
SPEC Ho. ERECTION PARTS
2-145
4.91
DRY WEIBHT
4 3 9 kg
I N T . VOLUM ( )
0.11
Status
Sign
Pes I H"ed
l-le<
Checked
JES
PROJECT
HrnRAULIC P I P I N 6
NOT
VALVE INSTR./COMP.
LIST
Frank Mohvi AS
SymZone R.O.no. S i g n . / D a t e
Ctrl
rod. r e l
Date
05.12.02 Dug. t i t l e '
HIGH PRESSURE CS
MAIN LINE I N P.P.R
Approved
612518-521
APPROVED BY CLIENT
I SPOOL NO.
FRAMO
F.N. 0 / N o .
SURFACE PREP
WATER
|M"~] MELDING NO.

< ^ CUT PIECE
ThiB craving I out proparty.

I t ! not to bo traced, copied
or published althout auf
W i t t e n consent, nor t o be
Misused In any aey.
6L t BV
MELDING PROCEDURE N o .
> ERECTION PARTS
< mrr EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
JMo
Rep I aces
Dug. No.
825-149-3
HULL NO. J L Z 0 2 0 5 0 1 - 2 J 4 - 5 Replaced by
Fabr i cat i on Mater i al s

Weight
I d . No.
100 X
PIPE HP
153205
Length
i mens i on
DescriptIon
10.0
EOOl
Material
St.52.4
kg/pcs
22.20
^Sg
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No,
Weight
Qty.
Framo
Id. N o .
Descr i pt i on
Dimension
Material
kg/pcs
i'
D
Cutt i ng L i s t
(Franio
Bene i ng
Cut
Framo
No.
No.
0n l y )
Id.
Spool
Dimens i o n
153205
Machi ne
100 X
Length
10.0
6001
No.
505
NOTE !
ORIBIN IN FRAME 0. CENTER SHIP
AND AT TCP CF RELEVANT DECK

(
I
B
'> ERECTION PARTS
IJTI MELDING NO.
I SPOOL NO.
<0> CUT PIECE
PIPE SPOOLS: 505

A
(
* mnv> EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
SHOP UELD FIELD FIT WELO SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT ANCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSUREi
276
DESIGN PRESSURE
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FDR FABRICATED PIPEWORK
320
^ *
E rIB
i
UELOINE DUALITY CLASS
ARR. DUG. No.

B30-710-1
480
HEO
NOT
2-145
This it-MiIng l i our proptf'ty.

I t 1 not t o be tracad. coplad
01- publlihed a l t l v u t our
r i t t e n content, net- t o be
I In
J I N . I N G SHIPYARD
>!
P.M. O/No.
SURFACE PREP
WATER
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
CLASSIFICATION S K I E T Y
GL i BV
WELDING PROCEDURE N o .
60
TEST PRESSURE
Al
Al 0-3000
0-:
- !3ni
3000-BOOO ! Sua
Bi MAX Bt
OPER. TEMPI
60
DESISN TEMP.
51.1E.0
2-145
612518
- 521
PROJECT
HYDRAULIC P I P I N G
PAINTING SYSTEM
Des i gned
Hei^
I N T . VOLUM ( >
0.04
APPROVED BY CLIENT
Frank Mohn AS
Date
05.12.02
Dug.
titles
HIGH PRESSUFE CS
HULL NO.
SymZone P.O. no. Sign./Date
Ctrl
rod. r e l
Replaces
MAIN LINE
Approved
612518-521
134 kg
JES
EXT. SURFACE AREA Im')
DiM.aim
E' 0 . 7 S
DRY UEIEHT
Sign
Checked
INSTR./CDMP. LIST
FRAMO
Status
SPEC No. SPOOLS
INTERNAL COATING
VALVE
JMo
IN
P.P.R
JLZ020501-2i4-5
Dujg. No.
825-150-3
Replaced by

Weight
UP
Id.
No.
153155
Dimension
Descr i p t i on
Length
54 X 6 . 0
PIPE HP
Material
6001
kg/pcs
St.52.4
7.10
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No.
Weight
Qty.
Framo
Id.
No,
Descr i p t i on
Material
0 i mens ion
kg/pcs
Cut t i ng Li st
(Framo
4'
B e n d i n g
Cut
Framo
No.
No.
M a c h i n e
O n l y )
Id.
Spool
Dimens i o n
Length
54 X 6 . 0
153155
6001
No.
506
NOTE !
ORIGIN I N FRAME 0 . CENTER SHIP
^FRAME
OI> ! 3 n
300V-S000 - !
B> MAX 8 1
C'iSnii
Diil.SBn
E> O.TSna
DPER. TEMP"
60
DESIGN TEMP.
UELDIN6 DUALITY CLASS
ARR. DUG. No.

B30-710-1
J I M . I N Q SHIPTARD
60
SURFACE PREP
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
PAINTING SYSTEM
F.M. 0 / N o .
2-145
51.16.0
INSTR. L I S T
VALVE LIST
INTERNAL COATING
1.02
4 3 kg
I N T . VDLUn I m ' )
612516 - 521
PROJECT
HYDRAULIC P I P I N G
Status
Sign
Pes i gned
HeK
Checked
JE5
SPEC No. SPOOLS
0.01
61251B-521
APPROVED BY CLIENT
INSTR./COMP.
LIST
F r a n k Mohn AS
FRAMO
EXT. SURFACE AREA I')
DRY HEIGHT
This d*Milng 1 out pêpcrty.

It It not to bo traced, copied
or pubtlthBd althcut our
M*ltten coniant, nor to bm
nlvused In any cay.
MELDING PROCEDURE No.
TEST PRESSURE
NOT
2-145
GL S BV
SEE PT.ND. THIS DRAWING
^ ERECTION PARTS
PIPE SPOOLS: 50B

SHOP HELD FIELD F I T WELD SCREUED OJINT PIPE SLPPORT ANCHOR POIMT DPER. PRESSURE!
276
DESIGN PRESSURE
Date
05.12.02
Dug.
title'
Replaces
H I G H PRESSURE CS
MAIN L I N E
131089
JES/2S.09.03
JMo
Ctrl
No.
825-151-3
Approved
HULL
SymZone R.O.no. S l g n . / D s t e
ON EECX
Dug.
Prod, r e l
JMo
NO.
JLZ020501-2i4-5
R e p l a c e d by
'
Fabr i c a t i on M a t e r i a l s
UP
Item
ty.
B4210
Weight
Dimension
Framo I d . N o . Descr i pt i on
156.0 X 3.0
PIPE LP
6000
AI5I 316L
11.50
^Sj
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No, Oty. Framo Id. No.
Descript ion
Di mens ion
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
Cut t i ng L i s t
(Framo
Bending
Cut Framo I d .
No. No.
84210
Machine
Di mens ion
15G.0 X 3.0
Only)
Spool
Length No.
6000
300
^ '
NOTE !
ORIGIN IN FRAME 0 , CENTER SHIP
AND AT TOP CF RELEVANT DECK
) FRAME REFERENCE DATA

(
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 300 301 302

SHOP VELD FIELD FIT UELD SCREWED X I N T
PIPE SUPPORT ANCHOR POINT CPER. PRESSUREi
6
tIESIGN PRESSURE
16
E mE
OPER. TEMPI
DESIGN TEMP.
60
ARR. DWG. No.
830-710-1
60
TEST PRESSURE
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
JIKLZM3 SHIPYARD
SURFACE PREP
2-145
PROJECT
PAINTING SYSTEM
Checked
612518-521
Approved
2.95
63 kg
I N T . VOLUM ( )
APPROVED BY CLIENT
VALVE INSTR./COMP. LIST
Frank Mohn AS
SymTt
R.O.no. Sign./Date
Date
05.12.02 Dug. t i t l e :
JE5 05.12.02
EXT. SURFACE AREA (')
DRY WEIGHT
Sign
Pes 1 gned HeK
SPEC No. SPOOLS
INTERNAL COATING
2-145
FRAMO
Status
612518 - 521
HYDRAULIC PIPING
NDT
<(y CUT PIECE
F.H. 0/No.
51.16.0
A> 0-3000 - ! 3
3000-BOOO B> MAX e
C>!3Bqi
D'M.Sm
E> O.TSna
|W~| MELDING NO.
I SPOOL NO.
This ^ w l n g U our pl-optf-ty.

It li not to be traced, ceptcd
er publlthed mlthout our
Witten consent, nor to be
Misused In eny eey.
6L J BV
\ ERECTION PARTS
f ^ EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
Ctrl rod. r e l JMo
LOW PRESSURE SS
Replaces
Dug. No.
825-152-3
MAIN LINE ON DECK

HULL NO. JL2020501-2J4-5 Replaced by
4'

UP
H e m Oty. Framo I d . No. Desci- i pt i on
84210
Weight
Dimension
PIPE LP
15B.0 X 3 . 0
12000
AI5I 316L
11.50
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No. Oty. Framo I d . No, Descript ion
Dimension
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
4'
SO.0 d e g .
D
so.0
deg.
SO.0 d e g .
Cut t i ng Li st
(Framo
Bending
Cut Framo I d .
No. No.
/ '
Machine
Only)
Spool
0i mens ion Length No.
84210
158.0 X 3 . 0
8001
303
84210
156.0 X 3 . 0
BOOl
304
NOTE !
I FRAME REFERENCE DATA
PIPE SPOOLS: 303 304

SHOP WELD FIELD FIT WELD SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT WCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSURE'
6
DIMENEIONAL TOLERANCES FCF FABRICATED PIPEWORK
DESIEN PRESSURE
16
Ê
? ]
OPER. TEMP'
ARR. DWG. No.
60
DESIGN TEMP.
830-710-1
J I M . I N E SHIPYARD
60
TEST PRESSURE
SURFACE PREP
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
PAINTING SYSTEM
2-145
INSTR. LIST
B1251B - 521
Stetus
PROJECT
VALVE LIST
INTERNAL COATING
2-145
SPEC No. SPOOLS
Checked
B12518-521
INT. VOLUM I')
Sign
0.22
APPROVED BY CLIENT
SymZone R.D.no. Sign./Date
Ctrl
=Vod. r e l
VALVE INSTR./CCMP. LIST
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
Dug.
JES 05.12.02
JMo
Date
Approved
5.89
135 kg
< ^ CUT PIECE
EXT. SURFACE AREA In')

DRY WEIGHT
I SPOOL NO.
Des I gned U s s .
HYDRAULIC PIPING
NDT
> ERECTION PARTS
P.M. 0/No.
51.16.0
1 0-3000
3000-8000 '
B> MAX B<
C<!3na
D'M.Siai
0.791
<
This ^ i l n g i our p r o p v t y .
I t U noi t o bo traced, copied
ot- publlihsd without o i r
HTltten consent, nor t o b e
Misused In eny eoy.
GL S BV
WELDING PROCEDURE N o .
P~l WELDING NO.
(* mn^ EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
08.01.03
title>
LOW PRESSURE SS
MAIN LINE ON DECK
HULL NO. JLZ020501-244-5
Replaces
Dug. No.
825-153-3
Replaced by
Fabr i c a t i on Mater i a l s
'
UP
Item
aty. Framo
I d . No. Descript ion
84194
Weight
Dimension
106.0 X 3.0
PIPE LP
6001
AISI 316L
5.10
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No. Dty. Framo Id. No, Descr i pt i on
Di mens ion
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
Cut t i ng L i s t
(Framo
Cut
No.
Bending
Machine
Framo I d .
No.
Dimension
B4194
106.0 X 3 . 0
Only)
Spool
L e n g t h No.
6001
305
'
NOTE !
AND AT TOP OF RELEVANT OEC<
j FRAME REFERENCE DATA
(
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 305

SHOP WELD FIELD FIT WELD SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT NCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSUREi
DIMENSIONAL TXERANCES FDR FABRICATED PIPEWORK
16
OPER. TEMPI
ARR. DWG. No.
830-710-1
60
6
DESIGN PRESSURE
DESIGN TEMP.
60
K? E
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
2-145
PROJECT
PAINTING SYSTEM
Checked
612518-521
Approved
2.00
I N T . VOLUM < * )
JES
EXT. SURFACE AREA (!>)
31 kg
Sign
Pes I gned He<
SPEC No. SPOOLS
INTERNAL COATING
2-145
DRY WEIGHT
CUT PIECE
0.05
APPROVED BY CLIENT
F r a n k Mohn AS
FRAMO
Status
61251B - 521
HYDRAULIC PIPINB
NOT
I SPOOL NO.
F.M. 0 / N o .
51.16.0
Al 0-3000 - ! 3
3000-BOOO >
B> MAX B
Ci!3ia>
D'it.a
El O.TSia
H ] WELDING NO.
This t i m i n g U out* prt3p-ty.

I t 1 not to b traced, captcd
or publlthed olthout our
HTltten content, nor to be
nliueed I n eny eey.
EL BV
J I N . I N G SHIPYARD
SURFACE PREP
. . .
^^^ P"^-*^- I S DRAWING
> ERECTION PARTS
f~rTiriv> EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
SymZone R.D. no Sign./Dote
Ctrl Prod, r e l JMo
Date
05.12.02 Duig. t i t l e s
05.12.02
LOW PRESSURE SS
MAIN L I N E O N DECX
Rep I aces
Duig. N o .
825-154-3
H U L L NO. JLZ020501-244-5 Replaced by
Fabr i cat i on Mater i a 1 s

Item Qty. Framo
1
Dimension
I d . No. Descr1pt i on
2075703
Length
54.0 X 2.0
PIPE LP
GOOl
Material
Weight
kg/pcs
AISI 31GL
2.60
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No. Dty. Framo Id. No.Descript ion
Dimension
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
Cut t i ng L i st
(Framo
Cut
No.
>
Bending
Machine
Framo I d .
Di mens i o n
No.
2075703
54.0 X 2 . 0
Only)
Length
BOOl
Spool
No.
30B
NOTE .'
ORIGIN I N FRAME O, CENTER SHIP
AND AT TOP DF RELEVANT DECK
* J FRAME REFERENCE DATA
(
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 30B

SHOP ICU) FIELD FIT L D SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT *NCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSURE!
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FDR FABRICATED PIPEWORK
16
<
m mh.
0-3000 '
3000-BOOO '
B< tXB*
OPER. TEMP'
80
6
DESIEN PRESSURE
DESIBN TEMP.
UELDINE DUALITY CLASS
ARR. DWG. No.
830-710-1
60
TEST PRESSURE
J I N . l r e SHIPYARD
SURFACE PREP
P.M. 0 / N o .
51.16.0
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
2-145
INSTR. LIST
PAINTING SYSTEM
Status
612518 - 521
PROJECT
VALVE LIST
INTERNAL COATING
2-145
SPEC No. SPOOLS
Checked
B12518-521
EXT.
Di!1.5i
E> O.TSn
16 kg
I N T . VDLUM I n * )
JES
SPEC Ho. ERECTION PARTS
SURFACE AREA ('>
Approved
1.02
DRY UEIEHT
Sign
Pes\gned i ICN
HYDRAULIC PIPING
NOT
0.02
APPROVED BY CLIENT
|W~| WELDING NO.
I SPOOL NO.
<(y CUT PIECE
T h U ^Bolng I our p r o p v t y .
I t l a net t o b tracad. csplsd
or pubMthad Ithout out*
("Ittan content, nor t o bm
(used In any aoy.
GL i BV
Sym Zone R.O.no. Sign./Date
Ctrl Prod, r e l JMo
Date
) ERECTION PARTS
^~iii^ EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
05.12.02 Duig. t i t l e :
LOW PRESSURE SS
MAIN LINE CDN DECK
HULL NO. JLZ020501-244-5
Rep I aces
Duig. No.
825-155-3
Replaced by
Fabr i cat i on Mater i a l s
Weight
Length M a t e r i a l icg/pcs
5975 AISI 31EL 11.50
UP
Dimension
156.0 X 3 . 0
I t e m Q t y . Fr-amo I d . N o . Descr i pt i on
B4210
PIPE LP
1
Erection Parts
Er-EC.
Parts No. Qty. Framo I d . No, Descr i pt i on
Dimension
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
4'
Cut t i ng Li st
(Framo
Cut
No.
Bending
Machine
Framo I d .
No.
Dimens ion
15B.0 X 3 . 0
B4210
Only)
Spool
Length) No.
5975 307
NOTE !
ORIBIN IN FRAME 0. CENTER SHIP
(,
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 307

SHOP HELB FIELD FIT WELD SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT ANCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSUREi
DESIGN PRESSURE
16
4'
ir la
OPER. TEMPI
ARR. DWG. No.
630-710-1
60
DESIGN TEMP.
(T^
J I M . I K S SHIPYARO
60
SURFACE PREP
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
PAINTING SYSTEM
F.M. O/Ne.
51.16.0
2-145
INSTR. LIST
612516 - 521
Status
PROJECT
NOT
VALVE LIST
INTERNAL COATING
2-145
SPEC No. SPOOLS
Checked
61251B-521
EXT. SURFACE AREA <>')
Approved
2.33
DRY HEIGHT
Jia_
I N T . VOLUH ( > ' )
0.11
APPROVED BY CLIENT
Sign
Pes \ Bned BP
HYDRAULIC PIPING
AI 0-3001) ! 3 m
3000-8000 ! Si
Bi MAX e<
C>!3ai
Di.Sni
E> 0 . 7 3
> ERECTION PARTS
P~| WELDING NO.
I SPOOL NO.
<0> CUT PIECE
EXTRA PIPE LENBTH
Thl d-w1ng ) our prap*ly.

I t iB not to be trscad. Boplcd
or publlthed without our
u r i t t e n content, ncr t o be
Misused In eny eey.
6L BV
TEST PRESSURE
JES
Ctrl rod. r e l
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
Date
29.10.03 Dug.
title!
Replaces
LOW PRESSURE SS
MAIN L I N E ON DECK
HULL NO.
SymZon R.G.no. Sign./Date
JLZ020501-2J4-5
Dug. No.
82B-5B9-3
Rep1 seed by
Fabrication Materials
UP
Item ty
Fl-amo I d . No, Descr i pt i on

B4210
PIPE LP
Weight
Length M a t e r i a l
B480 AISI 31BL 1 1 . 5 0
Dimension
156.0 X 3 . 0
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No. Dty. Framo Id. No. Descr i pt i on
Dimension
Weight
kg/pcs
Material
4
TO BE CHECKED BY VIDEOSCOOPE
INBIEE BEFORE SHIPMENT!
D
so.0 deg
9 0 . 0 cjeg.
C u t t i ng L i s t
(Framo
Bending
Cut Framo I d .
No. No.
B4210
B4210
1
2
Machine
Dimension
Only)
Spool
Length No.
156.0 X 3.0
156.0 X 3.0
4121
2359
308
308
NOTE >
AND AT TOP CF RELEVANT DECK
I FRAME REFERENCE DATA
(
) ERECTION PARTS
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 308

SHOP HELD FIELD FIT HELD SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT ANCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSURE!
DESIGN PRESSURE
3000 '
3000-aooo '
B> MAX B<
60
DESIGN TEMP.
HELDING DUALITY CLASS
ARR. DUG. No.
830-710-1
T h l i d*Milii9 I t our proptf-ty.

14 ! not to hm tracad. coplsd
or publlihed olthout our
r i t t e n coniant, nor t o b
alfUSBd In any Hay.
GL t BV
J I N . I K E SHIPYARD
TEST PRESSURE
SURFACE PREP
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
PAINTING SYSTEM
2-145
INSTR. LIST
612518 - 521
INTERNAL COATING
NDT
2-145
SPEC No. SPOOLS
612518-521
CI!3RPI
73 kg
I N T . VOLUM I ' )
Designed
Checked
JES 30.10.03
Approved
3.18
DRY HEIGHT
Sign, DatE
BP
EXT. SURFACE AREA ( ' )
Diil.Sun
El 0 . 7 5 i
Status
PROJECT
HYDRAULIC PIPIN6
VALVE LIST
0.12
APPROVED BY CLIENT
A VALVE INSTR./COMP. LIST
Frank Mohn AS
FRAAkO
P.M. 0 / N o .
51.16.0
Q ^^^ PT.N. THIS DRAWING

F l WELDING NO.
O CUT PIECE
< r ^ EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
HEL0IN6 PROCEWRE No.
60
16
H
E
r
h..
4'
OPER. TEW
I SPOOL NO.
SyirZone R.O.no. Sign./Date
Ctrl Prod, r e l
Dug.
title!
LOW PRESSURE SS
Replaces
Dug. No.
82B-590-3
MAIN LINE ON DECX

HULL NO. JLZ020501-2J4-5 Replaced by
Fabr i cat i on Mater i a l s
Weight
UP
1
Descr i p t i on
I d . No.
B4210
Length
Dimension
PIPE LP
156.0 X 3 . 0
M a t e r i a l kg/pcs
4718
AISI 316L
11.50
Erection Parts
Erec.
Parts No,
Weight
Dty.
Framo
Id.
No.
D e s c r i p t ion
Dimension
Material
kg/pcs
Cut t i ng L i s t
(Framo Bending
Cut
Framo
No.
No.
84210
Machine
Only)
Id.
Spool
Dimension
Length
156.0 X 3 . 0
471B
No.
309
NOTE !

(
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 309

SHCP MEU) FIELD FIT WELD SCHEMED JOIMT PIPE SUPPORT W C H O R POINT OPER. PRESSURE!
6
DESIGN PRESSURE
DI^CNSIONAL TOLERANCES FOR FABRICATED PIPEWORC
16
Ai 0-3000 i s m
3000-8000 - ! !
B> MAX e
Ci!3nii
0>!1.9im
E> 0.75>a
UELDINS QUALITY CLASS

UELDING PROCEDURE No.
ARR, DUG. No.

830-710-1
SURFACE PREP
51.16.0
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
NDT
2-145
PAINTING SYSTEM
INTERNAL COATING
2-145
GL i BV
Ihl draalng li our pfopaT'ty.

It 1 not to b trecad. coplHl
01- publlihed olthout our
ritten convsnt. nor to ba
Misused In any nay.
P.M. 0 / N o .
612518 - 521
Status
Sign.
PROJECT
HYXIRALIC P I P I N G
Pes I gned
BP
SPEC No. SPOOLS

612518-521
Checked
JES
Approved
2.32
DRY UEIEHT
5 5 kg
I N T . VCLUM ( i n * )
0.09
APPROVED BY CLIENT
^^
PT.NO.
"ELDING NO.
T H I S DRAWING
^ ^^^^^
/ \ , VALVE
INSTR./COMP.
LIST
F r a n k M o l ^ AS
FRAMO
EXT. SURFACE AREA (in')
I SPOOL NO.
<* mn EXTRA P I P E LENGTH
J I N . I N E SHIPYARD
60
TEST PRESSURE
R? B h.
OPER. TEMPI
60
DESIEN TEMP.
) ERECTION PARTS
Date
29.10.03 Dug.
title:
LOW PRESSUFE SS
MAIN L I N E ON DECK
HULL NO.
SymZone R.O.no.
Sign./Date
Ctrl
^rod. r e l
Replaces
JLZ020501-244-5
Dug. No.
-591-3
R ^ l a c e d by
Fabr i cat i on Mater i a 1 s

Weight
I t e m D t y . Framo
1
Id.
4144
15B.0 X 3 . 0
PIPE LP
B4210
Length
Dimension
Descr i p t 1 on
No.
M a t e r i a l kg/pcs
A I S I 31GL
11.50
Erect i on Parts
Weight
Erec.
P a r t s No.
aty.
Framo
I d .N o .
Dimension
Descr i p t i o n
kg/pcs
Material
'
D
Cutt i ng L i st
(Framo
>
B e n d i ng
Cut
Framo
No.
No.
B4210
Mach i ne
0n l y )
Spool
Id.
Length
Di mens i o n
4144
15G.0 X 3 . 0
No.
310
NOTE !
AND AT TOP DP RELEVANT DECK
jj FRAME REFERENCE DATA

(
I
PIPE SPOOLS: 310

SHOP ILD FIELD FIT WELD SCREWED JOINT PIPE SUPPORT NCHOR POINT OPER. PRESSURE!
><
E
=
6
DESIEN PRESSURE
TD"
m
m?
16
OPER. TEMPGO
DESIGN TEMP.
ARR. DWG. No.

B30-710-1
SURFACE PREP
LEAK TEST PRESSURE
PAINTING SYSTEM
NDT
2-145
;> ERECTION PARTS

I SPOOL N O .
<0
CUT PIECE
VALVE
EXTRA PIPE LENGTH
F.M. O/No.
2-145
51.1B.0
INSTR. LIST
INTERNAL COATING
Status
Sign
PROJECT
HYDRAULIC PIPING
Pes I g n e d
BP
SPEC No. SPOOLS

G12S18-521
Checked
JES
612518 - 521
Frank Mohn AS
Date
29.10.03
Duig.
LOW PRESSURE SS
MAIN L I N E
HULL NO.
INT. VOLUM ()
0.08
Replaces
title-
ON DECK
Dug. No.
828-592-3
Approved
2.04
4 8 kg
INSTR./CDMP. LIST
FRAMO
SPEC N o . ERECTION PARTS
EXT. SURFACE AREA In')
SEE PT.N. THIS DRAWING
P~l WELDING NO.
T h U d*Mi1ng If our profjtf-iy.

It If not to be tracad. copied
or publlfhed olthoul r
Itton content, nor to be
elfuaed In eny oey.
GL i BV
J I M . I N E SHIPYARD
60
TEST PRESSURE
C<!3MI
Diil.S
Ei 0 . 7 5
WEL0IN8 PROCEDURE No.
L)
A' 0-3000 - ianii

3000-BOOO - ! SI
f ^
APPROVED BY CLIENT
SymZone R.O.no.
Sign./Date
Ctrl
ôd.
rel
JLZ020501-2i4-5
Replaced by
i.
WELDOFLANGE
HP AND LP WELDOFLANGE DETAIL

USE APPROVED WELDING PROCEDURE
ID, NO.
830646301
HATRL.
PIPE SIZE
HP-C.S /S.S
38x5
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A37315
38X3.5
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A37315
830646302
HP-S.S
830646303
LP-S.S
44.5x2
0179-2-3
A11514
REF. PIPING SPEC. FOR OUANTITIES.

VALVES ARE PART OF MAIN CONTRACT CARGO PUMP SYSTEM.
Daalftim
Statin
iComtr.
Org. n./T|rp>
sign.
Data
PW
02.09.01
Drawn h}
BSy
02.09.02
Oiulud
PW
03.09.02
fi
Hahrbl
Well). drg-ZCist ifrg.
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
ncplicai
STAKDARD MATERIAL
Prahrd.
BRAHCHLINES
Proil ret
SD100
830-646-3
Heplaad byi
\RUNPIPE
WELDOFLANGE

MATRL.
PIPE SIZE
"A"
PIPE SIZE
"B"
PIPE SIZE
"C"
VALVE
DWG NO.
ID.NO.
831013301
HP-C.S/S.S
45x5
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A37315
831013302
LP-S.S
ID. NO.
44.5x2
0179-20-3
A11514
1
4^4?/^-^^95
REF. PIPING SPEC. FOR QUANTITIES.
JINLING SHIPYARD
FMO.NO. 612518-521
PnniiU (ttviationt for dimdniani wilhu

a talerance indic4lion
Linur diminiion
or shortts*Ic^
gf I (nql*
Jin i talcTOTce
Upper lint
roughness
in Ra (m)
Talranc(
30
120
315
1000
30
120
315
10001
2000
0.1
.0.2
0.3
0.5
to.a
i 1.2
Qfy
0.5
iO.fi"
1 0,4
0.3"
M.5
0.5'
i 3
ld.no
TKi drawing is our property.

lit ii not to be traced, topied
or pulilislitd witlMu) our
wrilltn consent, nor to be
niiused in ony >My.
lar li)
' )arm)ssib1e deviations far dimeniiom

<îlh a toleran indicalion
Surface
Hem
Weld):
loltraiKt
Description
Org. no./Type
status
Sign.
Constr.
JES
23.09.03
Drawn by
BSy
23.09.03
Checlted
JES
Prot. rel.
Date
Material
Weid. drg./Cast. drg.
Frank Mohn AS
FRAM()
23.09.03
Replaces:
STANDARD MATERIAL
BRANCHLINES
831-013-3
.RUNPIPE
WELD0FLAN6E
i j y f TYPE SEE RUNPIPE
ID. NO.
MATRL.
PIPE SIZE
"A"
PIPE SIZE
"B"
PIPE SIZE
"C"
VALVE
DWG NO.
ID.NO.
83061.8301
HP-C.S/S.S
38x5
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A31315
B306<.8302
HP-CS/S.S
45x5
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A31315
830648303
HP-S.S
38x3.5
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A37315
830648304
HP-S.S
45x4
38x3.5
0269-1034-3
A31315
830648305
LP-S.S
44.5x2
STC30
0179-20-3
A11514

NB ! WOF LEGGES INN ?k ORDRE.
Matrilva
Itui
"H'T'*
TMi irtnAtf h Mr fnftrtf.

lliiall>bilnci<.aM
rpiMdadidllwilw
Slitta
Sign.
HIlM CMSMt, M r f l bf
Consfr.
PW
(tftrlWI
to.1
MittibrmaUkUlm
Flll.i Ij.
niil (Ha.
All.
Sl.
IM.
2
ti,r
tt,2
12
Swha
roughness
In R I ml
315
FilUts
Ults
WO
2W
tao
UP
.S*
0y
lino
hUnMtkrttUn
Org. w./Tjrpe
Dcscr)pHcn
Oic
02.09.02
Hstirlal
Wold. ilr9./Cl. 9 .
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
it
10.'
t15
12
t3
t^
To?"
ttjr
^ - ^
R.
Zona R.a.na,
SkmYDatt
Protect u n d
Drawn by
ML
Chidiid
PW
Protrd.
Orlginil
02.09.02
Replscftst
STANDARD MATERIAL
BRANCHLINES
SD 150
830-648-3

ID. NO.
MATRL.
PIPE SIZE
"A"
PIPE SIZE
"B"
830649301
HP-CS/S.S
45x5
45x4
0269-1034-3
A37314
8306<^9302
HP-C.S/S.S
54x6
45x4
0269-1034-3
A37314
830649303
HP-S.S
45x4
45x4
0269-1034-3
A37314
830649304
HP-S.S
54x4.5
45x4
0269-1034-3
A37314
83064930S
LP-S.S
PIPE SIZE
"C"
54x2
VALVE
DWG No.
ID.NO.
0179-33-3
A11560

NB I WOF LE6GES INN P ORDRE.

NraitsUi 4MlaHMS hr * M
t Marine hdoHw
UMvMI
InrvMI
Pltl^dUinUllmlC
abalilmmbialta
notfUn.
l,1
to,?
t3
Surft
roughiw
in R a l I
FiU. ( tdg.
-.r^'12
FXeti
Edge
3115
100
20
(00
315
m.
i0
IM.
12
13
Itin
.S*
11
tij
12
iy
14
aty
M.flo
10,3"
Stafi
SIga
Mif Ian canaant. fiar ta W

huaa4kiinywa|f.
Conslr.
PW
02.09.2
Drawn by
BSy
02.01.02
Cliecked
PW
3.09.02
g-
Zone
Slgn./Oirc
Ctrl
Org. no./Type
ttl*mrlabhKt4,apM
!.
liZ
Description
Protect, lati
Prot, ret
Original
Scat
fi
Hattrial
WW. drg,/Cl. drj.
Frank M o h n AS
FRAMO
Repkace
STANDARD MATERIAL
BRANCHLINES
SD 200
830-649-3
Rtplattdhyi
MATRL.
ID.NO.
WELDOFLANGE
ip(m)
HP(2582>
831014301
HP-C.S/S.S
831014302
LP-S.S
PIPE SIZE
"A"
45x5
PIPE SIZE
"B"
38x3.5
PIPE SIZE
44.5x2
44.5x2
PIPE SIZE
"D"
VALVE
DWG.NO. / ID.NO.
0269-1034-3 / A37315
0179-020-3 / A11514
B
JINLING JLZ020501/502/503/504
FRAMO O.NO. 612518/519/520/521
Peromible davlatloin for lUinaniiDin without

a ttlarance Mkatlon
Linear dinaiulon
orstortaatlag
of ananglt
Dim >r lolirMci
Uppar limit
UWErUnif
30
120
Surface
roughness
in Ra I m)
FAlt, edg.
Fillets
linear
0.1
Pennlasibla daviaKoni for dimniarn

witii a toleranca Indication
Edges
315_
100O
70DO
30
120
315
1000
2000
4000
Ihm
Waldaik
ToleraiKO
Maddnadi
Tolarinco'
:0,2
angi
Unaar
anqta
0,5
Qty
ld.no
Tlila drawing li our p-oparty.

I)t b not to Iw traced, copied
orpuliUsiiadwthoiitflir
Iwritten consent, nor to in
Iniiiiud In any way.
0.6
0,3
t0.4
i 0,5
tO.8
i 1,2
i2
to.r
10.5
U^
1 0,5L
1 i 0.3'
^
iDr
Description
Status
Sign.
Date
Constr.
JES
01,10.03
r-I~i
Material
Weld. drg./Cast. drg.
Frank M o h n AS
FRAMO
Drawn by
BSy
Checlced
JES
Prot. r e l .
Original.
Drg. no./Type
02.10,03
02.10.03
Replaces:
STANDARD MATERIAL
BRANCHLINES
SB200/300-PUMPS
831-014-3
Replaced by:
(m^m)
(4780-^83)
liaMng flanges
delivered w/purap.
(.750-4751
( U66^
OPTIONAL
('.785-4790)
\l,in)
AS RELEVANT
UBO-'fIBs)
MOTOR
BUNPIPE
I ^
lO.NO.
MATRL
PIPE SIZE
"A"
PIPE SIZE
"B"
30x4
25x3
PIPE SIZE
(..,
VALVE
PIPE SIZE
-0"
STC
DWG.NO./ID.NO.
0269-1034-3/A37316
STC-25
35x2
0179-021-3/A11515
STC-25
35x2
35x2
0179-021-3/A11515
STC-25
44.5x2
44.5x2
0179-020-3/A11514
STC-30
0269-1034-3/A37315
STC-30
42x3
179-020-3/A11514
STC-30
60.3x2.9
42x3
0179-020-3/A11514
STC-30
54x2
44.5x2
0179-02fl-3/A11514
STC-30
830662301
HP-CS
830662302
LP-CS
35x2
830662303
LP-SS
830662304
LP-SS
830662305
HP-CS
830662306
LP-CS
42x3
830662307
LP-CS
830662308
LP-SS
23-28-32
WELDOFLANGE
TYPE SEE RUNPiPE

38x5
38x5
45-56-63
NB ! WOF LEGGES INN PA ORDRE.
PWufM ifivlitioM for dwMieftk wjriMut
a lolarinct imfitaltHi
Umar (toantion
.ar shsrtail lag
mt ait wgia
Dte I Mtrante
Upper IWt
MuMia
Icdiranca
to.t
Surface
tO.3
:0.2
i 0,5*
LULL13
Sign.
Consfr.
Drawn by
JES M-2
Wem. drg./Cast. ilrg.
Frank Mohn AS
FRAMO
Replaces:
Checked
t fl.a
Edges
Org. noVType
TM* drawing is out praptrty.

}t 19 nal ta be h-aeatt, capiatf
or ptiMishad wlfhaut atr
wfiit (onsant, nort9b
iKSUtwI kl 1 waf.
to.r
rougttMSS
in ki (ml
not dim.
WtUt
Tetaranca
LMcrUMt
PamiiubU ileviirMini tor

with i talrMt MUttion
Fill. & edg.
aty
:0,5*
15
u.y
Sign./Date
CM
STANDARD MATERIAL
BRANCH LINES
830-7?'-?-3
Original
Pro;ecf. used
Scale
CAU'O STI?lPPIN> PUMP
Replaced hy-
mo-i?m>
D
NOTE.
<nmnm
P i l o t p i p i n g r e f draming no B30-730-3.
iVl>
Id.No.
Matrl.
830729301
HP-SS
25x2,5
25x2,5
25x3
25x3
"A" pipe "B" pi pie "C" p i p e "D" pipe
B30729302
hP-CS
830723303
LF-SS
30x2
30x2
830729304
LP-C5
28x2
28x2
B
< 1750-< 7.^4
Pcnalsslble cfavlatfom ftf dtrMniloni nlUiaut
a tolerance indication
Linear dlnentlen
or rhcf ImBl leg
OF an angle
Hadiined'
raleranoe
Bis.
Din t tolcronoa M T W I In) I

i^Kvlsslble deviation ror dlavMlont
ttlthft tolet-anCB iflCflc(Ian
30
020
315
Surface
roughness
I n Ra I m)
P\\i. I edg
nol dim.
FUleis^
EiÊS
1000
2000
4000
30
120
315
1000
2000
"4550
8000
-B
0,3
J145.
0.5
3073
3
0.2
Item Qiy
Heldadi
Tolerance
line-1 , ^ l f .
0.1
Id.
no
Oraum by
O.B
3 2
0.3
Descf tption
This ti-mtng Ijt auf ffeperiy.

I t Is not to be traced, ooplc Status
ar pi^Kshed ulthout Dtir
r i l l e n cxmsenl, nor to be
uonstr.
nisused In any uey.
^ - ( $ >
Zone
R.n.no.
Sign./Date
Ctrl
ft-oject. used
NA
Checked
Pi-cl. i-el.
Original
Prod.
Scale
rel.
Sign
org.
Dale
no./Type
Material
Meld. c t - g . / C a s t .
ctg.
Frank Mohn AS
mm
Standard
material
Control Valve Assembly
Main Lines
R^laces*
830-729-3
Replaced b y '
|]
<41[JO>C5
RUNPIPE
<41G1>0PTI0N SS RUNPIPE
RH^CH
...
HHih)
Pipe
PROM
REF. CRDSR SSTIFICATION FOR RELEVA^^
OJANTITIES.
PiPS TO COMT/ZOL
WHEN PILOT LINES ARE SLff^ÔRTED TO WALKWAYS

C]R OTHER STRUCTURE WITH FLEXIBLE JOINTS,
EXPANSION LOOPS FDR PILOT PIPES ARE TO BE
LOCATED AT SAÊ POSITION.
MAX DISTANCE BETWEN EXPAI^lCBM LOOPS I S 23-1.
4
LP
IT BH
HP iTEH
/iOO-/'^f^V
f700-/Y9S.
5. SLFPLY LINE l^= 25 X 5 MATERIAL DUPLEX

LIhE LP 30 X 2 MATERIAL 31BL.
P v - m l i i l b U ctaytatiara la* alimttlcn wann

B t o l r s n c a ilcilcstlo
\.\nmr d l a m l e n j
HKMiadl
cr ihertvtt l i g I
af n ngt
I }|,
tfnf
Pemllb) itewiattona f t t ' dtAwwiON
ailth a t a l i m a i I n d l e a t l a i
Surface
roughness
tn Ra ( ml
Vkl Id rer i r i g l M l a o l a I< I
RETlJiN
TS \
CLAMP DETAILS 12mm PIPE

5:.
_L
INDOOR PILCP PIPE 12 X 1.5 MATERIAL 31SL - (UTDODR

PIUDT PIPE 18 X 1.5 MATERIAL DUPLEX.
as
_i_
100
F i l l . adg iFi I lestd

nai dim.
02!
3li
JS.
3 i B | JOOI
QOOj ZOOU
%QOJ 4000
^nnn f
ROOOI
^T?
o.s
44
-2^
nlvana
0.1
Qty
Matet-iat
FP-SS
Pipeline
P\lot
1ines t o deck
830730302
830730303
HPAP-SS
l^-SS
Branches t o c a n t r a l v a l v e s
P U a t l i n e s t o pumpfoom
I d . no
Sign
l O r a m by |HaK
0,6
^m '-~k
Deacripilan
ht nartftg I our tj i^j ly.

J U I t not to ba t n a a l , eop) ISiaius
puhllitaii ulUaait OF
r i t t e n iMiiMiit aer to km
b l M i s i Ift any nay.
to
a.i
3E
Edges
Jitwi
MldKil
I d . No.
830730301
jiejR.a.na.
Sign./Date
NA
IChedd
JProt. r e i .
, ,_
.
^ JOiginalf
pod. r e l .
C t r l l f * ^ e t . utad |
Sa\a
l > g . no./Type
Matertal
weld, e r g , / L a s t .
Oste
crgT
RxiidcMohn AS
03.04.03
STANDARD MATERIAL
SS PILOT PIPING
INDOOR / ON DECX
neslscss*
830-730-3
Rents
ixW
CT
I
I
UJ
s 2
>
z
o
33
>
^
i
li
'II
II
t.
5;
zr
TT
d
3
li
Ih
zs
1^
sb
ii
30
O
z
-o
>
o
1/1
cn
m
m
Cl
D3
33
a:
o
f-i
m
oc
"O
C
m
-o
:o
o
<
>
-o
l/l
>
o
-o
> o
< z
o
>
z
cn
>
-O
m >
< 5
>
O
-D
7.
"NOTES.
3?35 )
("3730). PREFAffilCATED
1. Ref order specification for relevant quantities.

2. Expansion as for pilot lines cargo pumps.
^36)
OR AS LOOSE PARTS
X^)
O J f F DETAILS
- ^ 374B )
^
37V )
,< 3746 )
i
^
nnl
3715)
> $ 1
r/
FLANGE DETAIL
Heating valve
.HP f l a n g e
female
PCDG2 4 o f f M10xl9
^LP f 1 a n g g ma 1e
PCD65 4 o f f Ml0x19
FLANGE JOINT DETAIL
Hem Dly
lolir-ance tndlcntlm
Llneot- dlireniltin
cr- ihcr-le! I t g
of Bfl angle
m I taltf-ofKc Vf^tt- H a l l L o u r J i v l l
Surface
rauchnesfi
in Ra t a )
not dfm
30
30
m
315
Edget
nif fhanlng \t our property.
To(er.anca
I t I rat to be trncd, cppiec

^ publlttial uUtxiut our
i r l l l e n cxmcetit, ncr to be
>u*ed In any nay.
to
P-ai11btt i]B<rl\1ans f c r dls^ntlons

I l h A .fal0*anc3e fndlcallon
OOP
122.
4000
12a.
"lU
IDOO
2000
IE
eoQO
0,5
0.1
H
0,2
I d . no
0,6
0.3
^
lone R.D.no.
Sign./dais
Ctrl froject.
Status
Sign.
Qaaetr.
PW
Q-Bum b /
PW
frot. fel
used
HaterlBl
Vteld. i*-g./CBst. tt-g.
Checked
32
Drg. no./Type
DescrVpllon
Original
F^-od. t-dl
Scale
Date
(IS0700
Frank Mohn AS
wm>
Pi l o t p i p i n g fD^
rEmate control l e d
heating valve.
ReplBcee<
432-305-3
Replaced
by
,~ci
'3^_3_
iznoz5S>
NOTE.
azEnia
P i l o t p i p i n g r e f d~Biuing no 830-730-3.
aM32S
^ ? ^
Piees.
Id.No.
Malrl.
830729301
HP-SS
25x2,5
. 25x2,5
830729302
HP-CS
25x3
25x3
830729303
830729304
LP-S5
30x2
30x2
LP-CS
28x2
2Sx2
"A" p i p e "B" pipe "C" p i p e "D" pipe
B
<IZ302I
PtfvlsslbiB deviation ffX- dlBensloiM iulthotir~
a tola-anee Indication
Linear dlnsion]
or rixX-test leg
or an angls
Hsdiliaslt
TDleranoe
Item I Qty
Uelifadi
Tolerance
nhls d-Bwing Is our prcpB-ty.

If is not to be traced, ccple
ler publiched ulthout our
ktrllten content, no- to ba
jvlcuted In any U B / .
Din I tolerBnce j t t v - IfAltl
fW>sslt)ie devfailons fa- dlnenclom

lulth a flarwice Indication
iSurfat
iPCH^ness
i n KB ( m)
F i M . X ed F i l l e i s l
not d{in.
TS"
120
315
IDOQl
2000
4000
120
315
li4 4
o&
lOOOi -Ji
2000
4000
B66
0.5
0,1
13 Ts
El
0.2
Id. no
[Status
Sign
[Const r.
PW
|DrBiiin by
O.E
~g3
0.3
Description
^ - #
Uone R.O.no.
Stgn./Dalc
Clhl
j f V o j e c l . used
NA
IChecfced
IPr-ot. r e l
OrloInBl
Scale |Pr-ad. r e l
PW
Drg.
no./TypM
H a l d . <l-g./CBst. <*-g.
tbte
Frxmk Mohn AS
231402
231202
FRAIIO
Standard m a t e r i a l
Control Valve Assembly
Main Lines
Reple)ces>
B30-729-3
Rqalaced b y '
No. 1401-0017-4
Framo
Mounting Instruction
Rev. A Sep-2002
Hydraulic piping installation
IUI
FRAMO
,^
CONTENTS
*^fr^^Kl
1 Design
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
Optimum hydraulic pipe layout

^~~s.^
General requirements
Detail design
Branch lines
Critical length of branch lines
Service spools
Optimal layout between engine room and deck
Noise reduction
Pipe qualities and sizes
Flanges and connections
Expansion loops
Venting of pipes
Pilot pipes
Fabrication of hydraulic pipes

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
"x^
Degreasing of carbon steel pipes

Protection offlanges
Bending of pipes
Welding
Fabrication tolerances
Non-destructive testing (NDT)
Surface treatment / Pickling / Preservation
Installation onboard
3.1 General requirements
3.2 Tightening torques for bolts
Fratno Mounting Instruction

HYDRAULIC PIPING INSTALLATION
FRAMO
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
2 of 26
DESIGN
1.1 Optimum hydraulic pipe layout
All hydraulic lines, including expansion loops, must be routed in order to avoid air pockets.
This is applicable also for pilot lines.
Key items are:
All pipes must be resilient mounted, except pilot pipes on deck.
Acceptable load on resilient pipe clamps.
All pipe supports, pipe clamps and anchor points must be welded to
rigid structure.
Bending of pipes where possible, in order to reduce quantity of
flanges and fittings.
Carbon steel pipes must be painted with final coating system t>efore
installation on open deck, to avoid conrosion in clamping zone.
Framo Mounting Instruction

FRAiMO
11-0017-4
rSep-2002
3 of 26
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
Framo Mounting instruction
4 of 26
FRAMO
Optimum design
The benefits of optimum design are:
Reduced quantity of pipe components (leakage possibilities)

Reduced installation time
Reduced pressure drop
Increased life time
Reduced maintenance cost
Fig. 2A
Fig. 2
1.2 General requirements

To obtain a long lasting and well functioning hydraulic plant, cleanliness is of great importance.
Frame's requirement is to keep the pipes and components clean and preserved during the
whole production and installation period.
Following must be considered during layout of hydraulic pipes:
Spool length up to 12m where practical

Stress caused by the system pressure
Thermal expansion caused by temperature changes in the system (max. oil temp. BO^C)
Mechanical forces caused by deflection of ship structure
Documentation:
All material used must comply with classification society rules, regarding material certificates and
production documentation.
1.3 Detail design

Hydraulic pipe spools must be designed to ensure visual inspection for all inside weld seams,
ref. fig. 4. Use of instruments like videoscope or similar is an acceptable inspection method.
Not possible
to inspect
OPTIMUM DESIGN
Fig. 3
ACCEPTABLE
Fig. 4
NOT ACCEPTABLE
Fig. 5
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
5 of 26
FRAMO
1.4 Branch lines

In order to reduce stress in branch lines and main lines from thermal expansion and deflection of
ship, the following tables for duplex, stainless steel and carbon steel must be used for optimum
hydraulic pipe design.
Carbon steel St. 52
Fig. 6
Fig.7
Example:
Pipe OD65 with
branch length
approx. 5m.
L-U must be
minimum 1.2 m.
Note!
If required,
flexibility- and
stress analysis
must be provided.
o.
Duplex
p_
-^ ^
Stainless steel 316L
Fig 8
Fig 9
. UpperflexibilitYlimit
OD76-90. L-ISm
L-U(m)
Figure 7, 8 and 9 show how the required flexibility length (L-U) changes with increasing pipe dimension with
a small total piping length (one curve for all pipe dimensions) and a large total piping length (four curves
with several pipe dimensions) when assuming a maximum differential temperature ATmax=50C (FDP).
The intersection of the above mentioned curves and the upper flexibility limit will indicate the required
flexibility length (L-U) on the axis of abscissas.
For a given pipe dimension a total piping length smaller than L=15m will also require a smaller flexibility
length (L-U) somewhere between the maximum value and the minimum required flexibility length for L=5m
(linear interpolation can be performed).
D = outside diameter of pipe (mm)
L = developed length of piping between anchors (m) (LI + L2 + L3)
U = anchor distance, straight line between anchors (m)
K = flexibility characteristic (-)

HYDRAULIC PIPII^G INSTALLATION
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
6 of 26
FRAMO
1.5 Critical length of HP branch lines

There is a connection between pump length and the length of HP branch lines, due to pressure
waves and pipe sizes. If HP branch line is above critical length, there will be a risk of vibration.
To avoid vibration in branch lines, table fig. 10 shows critical pipe length for branch lines to
pumps. This is in most cases only applicable for submerged ballast pumps and pumps in deck
tanks. Pipe dimensions given in Hydraulic Diagram are standard pipe sizes.
Critical pipe length for H.P. branch lines for
Framo SD (SB) pumps.
Example:
SD 100, pump length 18 m.
Max. length of branch line = 13 m.
Note!
If branch line exceeds limitations
given in this tabie, pipe size to be
increased by 2 step up to service
valve (ball valve).
Please contact Framo for verification.
Max. length of branch lines (m)
Fig. 10
TTiis table is applicablefor H.P. only
1.6 Service spools at cargo pumps and resilient pipe clamps

Hydraulic pipes must have an angular service spool at pump in order to make lifting of pumps
possible.
Resilient pipe clamps
* For distance between

clamps, see page 9.
Hydraulic oil HP branch line
Hydraulic oil LP branch line
Service valves
Fig. 11
Angular spools to be
removed for
service
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
7 of 26
F r a m o Mounting Instruction
FRAMO
1.7 Optimal layout between engine room and deck

In order to get an optimum design and low noise, pipes to be routed from the engine room,
through cofferdam or pipe duct, and up to main deck.
Recommended
Resilient bulkhead
penetration
\
adjustable
pipe clamps,
see fig. 16.
Resilient
anchor point
Recommended
Adjustable
pipe clamps,
see fig. 16..
Resilient
anchor point
Pipe duct
Option:
Resilient bulkhead
penetration,
- ^^ '
Engine ' ( \ i
room
i
I
Adjustable
pipe clamps,
seefig.16.
Resilient anchor point
Resilient
^ Dpipe
i o e damp
Tank
Fig. 14
Shim 316 (S. Steel)

for adjustment
of pipe elevation,
5 mm shim
to allow
for adjustment
2 bolts
316 (S. Steel)
Yard
supply
Rigid
structure
Rigid
structure
Fig. 16
Fig. 15
Note!
Length "L" to be as short as possible, and maximum 8m without expansion
Resilient clamps and anchor points must be welded to rigid
structure.
bend.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
8 of 26

FRAMO
1.8 Noise reduction

It is of great importance to isolate hydraulically driven equipment and connected piping from ship
structure by us of:
Resilient bulkhead penetrations
Resilient anchor points, horizontal/vertical
1.8.1 Installation of resilient pipe clamps

Due to fabrication tolerances on pipe supports and prefabricated pipes, pipe clamps must be
possible to adjust in order to have similar compression on rubber pads.
Pipe supports must be welded to rigid structure, ref. fig. 19.
Recommended procedure:
1.
In order to make adjustment more easy, resilient pipe clamp to be welded to an angle bar
or similar, prior to spot welding to pipe support.
i Lift or lower clamp to obtain correct

!_compression on rubber pads
Rubber pads
h3 mm max.
To be adjusted
Pipe support.
Fig. 17
2.
Check acceptable load for resilient pipe clamps.
3.
Angle bar with resilient pipe clamp must be spot welded to pipe support.
4.
After all pipes are in position and aligned, angular bar must be adjusted, if necessary to
similar compression on rubber pads. Clamps must not be overloaded.
5.
Welding of bracket to be completed.
Notel
Carbon steel pipes must be painted with complete painting system before
installation, to avoid corrosion in clamping zone.
Following pipe lines must be resMiently installed:
Pipe lines:
Requirement:
All hydraulic lines, except pilot lines on deck

Cargo line
Drop line
Stripping line
Cooling water (HPU)
Fuel connection (HPU)
Exhaust connection (HPU)
Distance between clamps, see table page 9

Minimum 2 pes close to pump
If clamp is required
If clamp is required
Flexible bellow
Flexible hose
Flexible bellow
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
9 of 26

FRAMO
Installation requirements for resilient pipe damps

Ensure similar compression on rubber pads. Tolerance: 1,5mm.
Note!
Pipe support
Distance given between clamps is for

guidance. For heavy load use double clamps.
Pipe support
Fig. 18
OD
PIPE
25,0
28,0
30,0
33,4
35,0
38,0
42,0
44,5
45,0
48,3
54,0
60,3
65,0
76,1
80,0
84,0
88,9
90,0
100,0
106,0
'F'
+0
(mm) - 2
6
12
12
20
20
10
16
20
20
24
33
29
36
51
37
42
50
50
63
44
Max
load
(KN)
Distance
(m)
between
clamps
OD
PIPE
'F'
+0
(mm) -2
Max
load
(KN)
Distance
(m)
between
clamps
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
1.4-1.8
1.4-1.8
1.4-1.8
1.4-1.8
1.4-1.8
1.5-2.0
1.5-2.0
1.5-2.0
1.5-2.0
1.5-2.0
1.5-2.0
2.0 - 2.5
2.0 - 2.5
2.0-2.5
2.0-2.5
2.0 - 2.5
2.5-3.0
2.5-3.0
2.5 - 3.0
2.5-3.0
114,3
120,0
130,0
131,0
139,8
156,0
165,2
168,3
206,0
216,3
219,1
256,0
267,4
273,0
307,0
318,5
323,9
357,0
406,4
55
63
78
78
62
86
99
103
96
112
112
98
98
98
98
98
98
98
118
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
2.5-3.0
3.0 - 3.5
3.0-3.5
2.5 - 3.0
2.5-3.0
3.0-3.8
3.0-3.8
3.0-3.8
3.0-4.0
3.0-4.0
3.0 - 4.0
4.0 - 5.0
4.0 - 5.0
4.0 - 5.0
4.0 - 5.0
4.0 - 5.0
4.0-5.0
4.0 - 5.0
4.0 - 5.0
3.0
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
10 of 26
Framo IVIountIng Instruction

FRAMO
%
Guidelines for attachments to stiffeners (pipe supports)
Sufficient stiffness of pipe supports must be considered.
Note! Pipe supports must be welded to rigid structure.
GOOD INSTALl-ATION PRACTICE
NOT ACCEPTABLE
Fig. 19
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
11 of 26

FRAMO
BULKHEAD PENC
IgEDOC-NO-^
75 mm rock
(Yard suppl
Protection jôrding
to yard s
0-bulkhead
Fig. 20
m
FRAMO

No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
12 of 26
Hole for trur

Min. distance from
bulkheadno cover
(mark j)n trunk)
istance from
buiyfiead to cover
in trunk)
bta! length of
bulkhead penetration
Diameter of cover
Upper welding
limitation
Lower welding;
limitation
Trunk
FOR INSTALLATION OF
BULKHEAD PENETRATION
SEE DOC. NO. 593-070-4
In order to obtain ?
procedure must be
Reinforceme
bulkhead plate. See fig. 23.
Hole in bulkhead/deck to I
llowing
use or additionLstiffeners is required due to cut out in
: out according to actualXfee. See table, measure A.

3. To obtain coiXct distance from bulkhead to
penetration flai\e, temporary adjustment
pieces can be CUMO reduce distance. For
itional stiffeners
increase of distancl^hims to be used
(Ref. measure B a n ^ ) .
4. Install bulkhead penetnîon temporary by tack
welding.
5. Support rings to be disma?1led.
6. Pipe inside to be fitted to buniiead flange.
7. Remove the adjustment piece!
8. Check alignment: radial = 5m?
axial = 6mm
9. Trunk to be sequence welded to b\head.
Use welding consumables for carbonVeel/
stainless steel (309 Mo).
Reinstall the support ring, and check alignment (item 8).
Outside pipe to be fitted after adjustment and welding.
After sandblasting and painting of bulkhead/deck plate, remove protection tape.
Prior to start of surface treatment bulkhead penetration must be protected by use of canvc
or simular.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
13 of 26

FRAMO
1.8.4 Resilient anchor point

Resilient pipe clamp
Reinforcement plate
ELASTIC ELEMENT
STATIC SPRING RATE
Fig. 24
Bracket
Adjustment piece
(Yard supply)
Resilient elements
Max. 150
IVJ
L
O
A
D
Pipe support must be designed

for axial forces of 16 kN each
pipe, in both directions
(KN)
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0,5 mm 1 1 mm |1.5mm|2mm
|2,5mm
* Hotel This length is based upon pipe OD76,1 x 2,9.

If pipe; with larger wall thickness is used, length can be increased.
1.8.5 Installation of resilient anchor point

In workshop
In workshop
In workshop
On board
3- K
Reinforcement
plate welded
in workshop
(L.R Pipes only)
M
Fig. 25
Note!
Welding of
bracket to pipe.
Pickling
after welding.
Installation
of resilient
elements
Adjustment
piece fitted.
Fig. 27
Fig. 26
Fig. 28
Resilient anchor point must not be submerged into acid bath.

Ref. section 2.7 forpiclding procedure.
Option
1.8.6 Location of resilient anchor point
Flat bar
Fig. 29
^Resilient
bulkhead
penetration
Resilient anchor point
Reinforcement
plate
(L.R Pipes only)
Use shim if
required for
âdjustment
Use shim if
required for
adjustment
Indoor
Fig. 31
Fig. 30
Vertical support

No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
14 of 26
FRAMO
1.9 Pipe qualities and sizes

Qualities
All hydraulic pipes must be cold worked to give a smooth internal surface in orderte
reduce the pressure drop and to ensure sufficient cleaning during oil flushing.
Recommended material qualities below are based upon pipe material available in the market,
and life time of pipe system:
Note!
LOCATION
Pipes on open deck
PIPE LINE
High pressure pipes
Pipes indoor
Pilot pipes
Return pipes
All pipes
MATERIAL QUALITY
Carbon steel St. 52.4
Option: Duplex Stainless steel
Duplex Stainless steel
Stainless steel 316L
Carbon steel
Option: Stainless steel 316L
Longitudinal welded return pipes must be fabricated by approved mill for fabrication
of welded pipes.
Pipe dimensions
Pipe dimensions given in Framo hydraulic diagrams show the minimum internal pipe diameter.
This is based upon max. permitted pressure drop calculation for each vessel.
The wall thickness is depending upon class requirement, material quality, material treatment and
bending of the pipes actually installed.
It is yards responsibility to ensure that the wall thickness complies with the classification society
rules. The thickness given on the hydraulic diagram is for guidance only.
When the hydraulic piping system is part of Frame's delivery, Framo will do the necessary
calculations according to classification society rules.
For further infonnation regarding pipes, see Framo piping catalogue.
FRAMO PIPE STANDARD
Table 1 - Pressure pipes
Carbon steel / Stainless steel
Table 2 - Return pipes

Stainless steel (316L)
ON
ON 15
OD X thickness OS / SS
18 x 2,5/ 1,5
DN
DN 15
OD x thickness
18,0x2,0
ON 20
25 x 3,0/ 2,5
DN 20
28,0x2,0
ON 25
30 X 4,0/ 2,5
DN 30
35,0 X 2,0
DN 30
38 x 5,0/ 3,5
DN 40
44,5x2,0
ON 35
45 X 5,0/ 4,0
DN 50
54.0 X 2,0
DN 40
54 X 6,0/ 5,0
DN 70
76,1x2,0
DN 50
65 X 7,0/ 6,0
DN 80
84.0 X 2,0
DN 60
80x10,0/ 7,0
DN100
106,0x3.0
DN 70
90x10.0/ 8,0
DN125
131,0x3,0
DN 80
100x10,0/ 9,0
DN150
156.0x3,0
DN100
120x12,0/10,0
DN110
130x13,0/11,0
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
15 of 26

FRAMO
1.10 Flanges and connections

Flanges
In order to get a leakage free hydraulic system it is of great importance to use flanges with clean
and damage free "flange face". Any damage on sealing surface may cause leakage.
Note!
"Flange face" must be protected during production period in workstiop.
Recommended type of flanges to be used:

Hiait pressure:
Low pressure:
Flat gasket
O-ring
p-ring
Flat gasket
ri
Fillet weld
^B-
Welding neck
PN320
Fig. 32
Note!
Welding neck
special PN 16
Welding neck
PN16
Fig 34
Fig. 33
Slip-on
PN16
Fig. 35
Only flanges must be used on open declf.
Recommended branch connections

Low pressure:
High pressure:
(1
"Weldoflange"
"Threadolet"
Fig. 36
Threaded socket
"Weldoflange"
Fig 37
Extruded T-pieces may also be used.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
16 of 26

FRAMO
Pipe fittings (less tiian 42mm)

Avoid use of threaded couplings on open deck, due to corrosion and leakage.
For indoor piping profile ring couplings and "soft seal" type may be used.
Other types of couplings can be used, subject to approval from classification society.
Note!
Makers instruction must be carefully followed for correct installation.
Butt welded pipes
Socket weld fitting
Fig. 39
Fig. 38
Note!
Socket weld fittings must not be used.
Butt welding of pipes without access to inspect internal weld seams regarding
cleanliness is not acceptable in Framo hydraulic piping system.
1.11 Expansion loops

It is important to be sure that sufficient number of expansion loops are used in the hydraulic
piping system. Expansion loops must-be horizontal mounted. For dimensions, see Framo Piping
Catalogue.
Low pressure
High pressure
%
Typical expansion loops
Fig. 40
Location and number of expansion loops depends on thermal expansion of the hydraulic system
and deflection of ship structure.
For accurate calculation of thermal expansion the following formula can be used:
AL = L a AT
L = Length of pipe
a = Thermal expansion coefficient
AT = Temperature difference in C
(Max. oil temp. 60C)
Material
St. 52
316L
Duplex
a
0,0111 mm/mC
0,0155mm/mC
0,0135mm/mC
ES
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
17 of 26

FRAMO
LOOP DETAILS:
OD pipe
AL/2
i>
/
^
V.'
3--
65
Max AL
(mm)
14
Axial forces
(N)
6000
80
17
11000
90
22
11000
100
25
12000
120
20
13000
130
19
21000
Fig. 41 (Plan view)

Data is based on design
pressure limited to 320 bar.
Expansion of pipe line
Expansion of pipe line can be made by expansion loops or by off-set in pipe layout,
as shown in fig. 42.
Note!
Flexibility and stress analysis must be carried out, in order to make

flexibility of pipes and correct position of resilient anchor point and
sufficient
clamps.
Movement of pipe
;^-{}-{11#^
- [ > - - P - - ^
^Resilient
anchor point
Recommended position
of pipe clamp
Fig. 42 (Plan view)
MD = For distance between clamps, see table on page 9.
1.12 Venting of pipes

Heating and venting valve arr. to be fitted on highest part of hydraulic pipe lines (HP/LP), in
opposite end of HPU. Air venting plugs to be fitted at all high points of pipes (HP/LP).
Location for
easy access
Welded to
solid structure
Air venting plug

Air venting plug
Fig 43
Fig. 44
Heating
& venting
valve
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
18 of 26
FRAMO
%
1.13 Pilot pipes and remote control valves

1. The junction box to be located close to valve blocks. Distance 1 ' is limited by cable
lengths. Cables with el. connectors are supplied with following lengths:
From 1-16 valves : 2,5m
Next 17 - 32 valves : 4,0m
Next 33 - 56 valves : 5,5m
2. Connect pilot pipes to a suitable valve, to get an optimum pipe routing.
3. Select a cable with suitable length and connect to dedicated terminal in Junction box.
Notel Water ballast pumps must be connected to different valve blocks. This to ensure
operation of ballast system if one valve block is out of service.
Framo supply-
Junction
Box
'III
\rp=-J\
El. cable
'Framo supply
Indoor
Deck
I I I I I ] I'
1111111
Resilient mounted
400
Remote control^
Valve block
Framo supply
. Fixed bulkhead
penetration
Pilot pipes OD 12 or 18mm
Use flanges for

pipe to pipe joint
Fig. 46
Resilient pipe clamps indoor

Note!
Marking of valves I pumps to be done by Yard after installation ofpHot pipes and
cables.
m Pilot pipes on open deck must be of stainless steel material.
Pilot lines must be routed in order to give sufficient flexibility and a professional lay out.
Expansion loops are required, maximum distance between loops is 25m. If installed in
catwalk, expansion loops for pilot lines must correspond with expansion joint in catwalk.
For dimension of expansion loops, see fig. 46.
Pilot pipes must be installed in max. 2 layers, in order to have access to tighten bolts in flanges.
Flanges to be turned as shown in fig. 47, in order to avoid contact between flanges and pipes.
Pipe clamp
Max. 2 layers
Flange orientation
Fig. 47
m
FRAMO
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
19 of 26

HYDRAULIC PIPING INSTALUVTION
FABRICATION OF HYDRAULIC PIPES

In order to reduce installation time, prefabrication of hydraulic pipes can be carried out in
workshop up to possible extent (-80 - 85%). Adjustment pipe to be used at bulkhead
penetrations and between service valves and pumps only.
2.1 Degreasing of carbon steel pipes and accessories before

production
Note! Preservation oil may cause toxic gasses during welding.
2.2 Protection of flanges

The seal surface must be protected during the entire production period. Flanges must be
protected by use of blank flanges, rubber gaskets and min. 4 bolts.
Min. 4 bolts
^
Blank flange
Fig. 48
Rubber gasket
2.3 Bending of pipes

Bending of pipes where ever possible is preferable. Use cold bending method only.
For low pressure pipes use of mandril inside the pipe is required. I\ândril material must be
plastic/teflon or similar to avoid damage of pipe surface.
Mandril must be cleaned prior to use.
Bent section of pipe must be free of wrinkles on inner side, and ovality max. 7%.
Regarding bending data,
see fig. 49.
Mandril
(Teflon /plastic).
Cold bending machine
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
20 of 26

FRAMO
Formula for calculation of ovality (T\),

after bending:
Tmin
Limit = 7%
Dmin
Amin
_,
_ ( DmaxDmin 1 . _ ,
r| = 2- - -
V JJmax + JDmin^
-100%
Fig. 49
A
B
Dmin.
Dmax.
R
Tmin.
Minimum distance between two bends ace. to bending machine used.

Minimum length after bending (tool clamping).
Minimum diameter after bending.
Maximum diameter after bending.
Bending radius, ref. class requirements.
Minimum required wall thickness after bending.
Table 2 Return pipes - Bending data

Stainless steel (316L)
Table 1 - Pressure pipes - Bending data

(Carbon steel / Stainless steel)
DN
OD X thickness
DN
OD X thickness
DN 20
25 X 3,0/ 2.5
470
200
100
DN 20
30,0 X 2,0
505
220
120
DN 25
30 X 4 , 0 / 2,5
505
225
120
DN 30
35,0x2,0
570
225
140
DN 30
38 X 5,0/
3,5
590
300
152
DN 40
44.5 x 2.0
465
300
178
DN 35
45 X 5,0/ 4,0
475
300
180
DN 50
54.0 X 2,0
565
300
216
DN 40
54 X 6,0/
5.0
540
300
216
DN 70
76,1 X 2,0
790
475
305
DN 50
65 X 7,0/
6,0
110
360
260
DN 80
84,0 X 2,0
865
490
335
DN 60
80x10,0/7.0
250
400
240
DN100
106,0x3,0
340
600
318
DN 70
90x10,0/
8,0
285
500
270
DN125
131,0x3,0
300
650
393
DN 80
100x10,0/
9.0
300
600
300
DN150
156,0x3,0
470
850
468
DN100
120x12,0/10,0
360
65
360
DN110
130 X 1 3 , 0 / 1 t , 0
390
650
390
Option: Heat induction bending

Bending by heat induction can be used for carbon steel pipes only, provided that actual
procedure is approved by classification society.
Note! Pipes must be degreased before bending, and pickled after bending.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
21 of 26
FRAMO
2.4 Welding
Welding procedures and quality control to be carried out according to classification society
rules. TIG welding with purging gas (Argon) is recommended.
t
To be grinded if tolerances are

exceeded
Fig. 50
Welding of "weldoflanges" and "threadoiets" - High and low pressure

Following procedure must be followed carefully in order to obtain a high quality branch
connection.
45-50'
45''-50'
Runpipe
.Weldoflange
Fig. 51
Fig. 52
1. Hole "A" must be drilled in run pipe, corresponding to inner diameter of weldoflange.
Ref. fig. 51. Note! Flame cutting is not acceptable.
2. Weldoflange is machined for medium range run pipe. In order to meet requirements of
Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), machining must be carried out to fit actual run
pipe. Ref. fig. 52 and 53.
3. Welding according to approved welding procedure, for each material grade. TIG welding
(GTAW/141) is recommended. Pipe must be filled with purging gas (Argon) in order to
prevent oxidation of welding root.
4. 100% NDT -(DPI) Dye Penetrant(316L/Duplex)
- (MPI) Magnetic Particle Inspection (Carbon steel)
Welding detail
(typical)
Material
Carbon st.
316L
Duplex
Fig. 53
"B"
2.0-3.0
2.0-3.0
3.0-4.0
"C"
1.0
1.0
0.3
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
22 of 26

HYDRAULiC PIPiNG INSTALLATION
FRAMO
2.5 Fabrication tolerances

In order to avoid leakage, it is of greatest importance that the condition and alignment of
flanges are checked prior to installation. The flange face must be clean and free from any
damage on the sealing surface. Before tightening of flange bolts radial off-set and axial gap
should be checked.
Framo flanges
Nom. dia.
MD(m)
(mm)
min.
30
2.0
40
2.0
50
2.0
60
2.0
70
2.5
80
2.5
90
2.5
100
3.0
110
3.0
Fig. 54
HP
Axial gap
(mm) max.
0.9
0,9
1,0
1,1
1,6
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,0
LP
Axial gap
(mm) max.
0,20
0.20
0,25
0,30
0,35
0,40
-
Calculation is based on:

1. Minimum pipe support distance 'MD'
2. Bolt quality grade 8,8 or A4-80
Stainless steel
2.6 Non destructive testing (NDT)

NDT to be executed according to Classification Society rules.
WORK SHOP PRESSURE TESTING
1,5 X design pressure.
High pressure
Medium :
Fresh water with corrosion inhibitor.
Proposal: DYNO PK 6050 or equal.
Leak test, 0,5 bar air.
Use soap water on welding to discover leakage.
Low pressure
X-RAY MPI/DPI FOR HIGH PRESSURE PIPES:

MP! (Magnetic Particle Inspection)
= Carbon steel
DPI (Dye Penetrant Inspection) = Stainless steel
High pressure pipes:
Type of weld
NDT
Pipe dim.
Extent
Butt weld
x-ray
< OD 76.1
10%
Butt weld
x-ray
> OD 76.1
100%
Fillet weld
MPI/DPI
< OD 76.1
10%
Fillet weld
MPI/DPI
> OD 76.1
100%
PRESSURE TESTING ONBOARD

After installation onboard the piping
system must be pressure tested
according to class requirement and
acceptance.
Hydraulic system oil must be used.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
23 of 26

FRAMO
2.7
Surface treatment / Pickling

c'
2.7.1 Carbon steel pipes

Sandblasting
Before priming carbon steel pipes must be sandblasted on the external surface.
Roughness to be: SA 2.5 or according to requirement in actual painting system.
Note! Internal surface must not be sandblasted.
Cover
^4>VJ'<S^*"^
j, A''-^
^'J^" .'
tj^Y'^tl
t^VHSK^-^î^'.'A
U\Wu.
Sandblasting
Fig. 55
Priming
External surface must be primed immediately after sandblasting/
picl<ling. Use primer according to actual painting system.
Proposal: Zink Rich Epoxy.
Note! Final coating of pipes must be done before installation
onboard.
Cleaning
After sandblasting and priming pipes must be cleaned inside.
Remove all blank flanges before cleaning.
If required, pipe to be honed inside by grinding stone.
After honing pipe must be cleaned.

Fig. 56
Cleaning medium: Fresh water with corrosion inhibitor. Proposal: Dyno PK6050 or equal.
Recommended temperature: 80C to obtain cleaning and fast drying.
OPTION: Pickling (carbon steel)
Note! Pickling medium can be dangerous for people and environment. Use necessary
protection outfit.
If carbon steel pipes are corroded on internal surface, pickling is necessary before priming.
Use following procedure:
Pipes must be degreased before pickling
Pickling medium: Sulphuric acid H2 S04
Bath temperature
Time
10-18% (by volume)

20 -25C
30 - 90 minutes
Flanges (sealing surfaces) to be inspected during process.

Cleaning of pipes after acid pickling
Immediately after acid pickling the pipe must be flushed with hot clean fresh water and
neutralised.
Neutralisation of carbon steel:
Use 2% (by volume) phosphoric acid at 20 - 25C

for about 5 minutes.
FRAMO
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
24 of 26
PRESERVATION OF CARBON STEEL PIPES (INTERNAL SURFACE)

1. Pipe to be filled completely by preservation oil.
Use 2% of Shell VSI 8235 oil mixed into clean hydraulic oil.
2. Drain pipe into drip tray.
3. All connections must be blanked off by use of rubber gaskets, blank flanges
and min. 4 bolts.
Oil pump
Barrel with
^ "^preservation
oil
Fig. 57
2.7.2 Stainless steel pipes

Note! Pickling medium can be dangerous for people and environment.
Use necessary protection outfit.
1. PICKLING
All stainless steel pipes must be pickled after welding.
Pickling medium: Nitric acid
Hydrofluoric acid
Bath temperature
Time
Alternative:
: 15-20% (by volume)

: 4 - 5% (by volume)
:20-40C
: 15-60 minutes
Use pickling paste in welding zone (or corroded areas), and follow makers
instruction.
Proposal:
"Avesta Beizpasta" 101 or equal.
2. CLEANING OF PIPES AFTER ACID PICKLING

Immediately after acid pickling the pipe must be flushed with hot clean fresh water and
neutralised.
Neutralisation of stainless steel:
Use 15 - 20% (by volume) Nitric acid at 40 - 80C

for about 15-30 minutes.
Note! After cleaning all connections must be blanked off.

Note! It is of great importance to protect the surface of stainless steel pipes from impurities
caused by grinding and welding, in order to maintain a corrosion free surface. This can
be done by painting of all pipes before installation onboard, or to cover all pipes with
canvas, tape or similar.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
25 of 26

HYDIÛLIC PIPING INSTALLATION
FRAMO
3 INSTALLATION ONBOARD
3.1 General requirements for installation onboard
Key items are:
Prefabrication of hydraulic pipes in workshop up to a possible extent of (-80-85%).
Hydraulic pipes and components must be kept clean, preserved and blanked off during the
installation period.
Ensure that blank flanges are fitted to all connections until final assembly on board.
Note! Open ends will lead to contamination of the hydraulic system.
Min. 4 bolts
. i
Blank flange
f^. ft
Fig. 58
\ Rubber gasket
Alignment of pipes must be checked, and axial gap must not exceed figures given in fig. 54.
Alignment of pipe clamps must be checked, and adjusted If required.
All pipe supports must be welded to rigid structure.
Pipe supports must be designed to take forces from piping system and anchor points.
Axial clearance in resilient bulkhead penetrations must be checked.
Note!
Hemp, codille, tow and sealing compound as Permatex or similar must never be used
in a hydraulic piping system.
BLOCK (UNIT) INSTALLATION

Pre-outfitting of hydraulic pipes in blocks (units) may cause problems regarding misalignment of
pipes and pipe clamps.
To prevent misalignment and leakage following details are important:
Pipe clamps must not be welded before assembly of blocks and alignment of pipes.
No. 1401-0017-4
Rev. A Sep-2002
26 of 26

FRAMO
Adjusting spool pieces must be minimum 2 - 3 m long in order to give sufficient alignment.
During installation of adjusting spools, pipe ends must be moved (forced) 3 - 5 mm in
longitudinal direction in order to avoid damage of o-rings.
Adjusting spool 2-3 m
3-5 mm,
Move
Move
i-
0
Resilient pipe clamps to be welded after alignment of pipe
Fig. 59
3.2 Tightening torques for bolts

In order to obtain correct pretension, the threads, plus screw heads and contact surface of nuts
against foundation, must be clean and lubricated before tightening.
The lubricating agent should be Molybdenum sulphide on screw connections of stainless steel
type (A4-80 or similar).
If pneumatic or electric hammer is used during assembling this should be used for
light tightening, followed by tightening with a torque wrench.
If no torque is specified in service instruction or on drawing, use tightening torque
according to table:
Thread
dimension
Notel
TORQUE REQUIRED (Lubricated bolts)

Mild steel quality
Steel quality
A4-80
Stainless steel
8.8
12.9
M8
MIO
23 Nm
47 Nm
40 Nm
79 Nm
22 Nm
44 Nm
M12
M16
M20
81 Nm
197 Nm
384 Nm
137 Nm
332 Nm
648 Nm
76 Nm
190 Nm
370 Nm
M24
M30
660 Nm
1337 Nm
...
1113 Nm
2257 Nm
The torque table is based upon use of flat washers under the screw head or the
Screws and nuts must be paired, A4-80IA4-80,
8,818 and 12,9112.
nut
m
FRAMO
FRAMO RESILIENT BULKHEAD PENETRATION
Doc. no..
593-070-4
Page:
1 of 3
Date:
20.11.03
Rev.: 2
Sign.: FJF
1. GENERAL
FRAMO resilient bulkhead penetration is type approved for AO bulkheads.
By additional insulation, the penetration is approved for A60 bulkheads.
Materials: Stainless steel / rubber / fire protection.
Support
ring (2 off)
Threaded holes
for inner flange
NoHfied Body No.: 0575
Bulkhead ^v^^""^ protection sleeve

Rubber
Penetration flange
Pipe to be
cut to fit
and welded
at site
Fid. 1
Indoor
A-0 Bulkhead
Note! Holes for inner flanges are not drilled according to normal standard (See fig. 1).
Ca. 450 mm
K
H
Insulation
according to
yard standard
Protection according
to yard standard
Fig. 2
A-60 Bulkhead
For complete dimensions, see Framo Piping Catalogue, High pressure & Low pressure.
Doc.no..
593-070-4
Page:
2 of 3
Date:
20.11.03
Rev.: 2
Sign.: FJF
2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FRAMO RESILIENT BULKHEAD PENETRATION

0C
15 +5
Temporary
protection
cap
A = Total length of
bulkhead penetration
B = Hole for trunk
C = Diameter of cover
D = Min. distance from
bulkhead to cover
(mark in trunk)
Bulkhead / Deck
Upper welding
limitation
Lower welding
limitation
Trunk
Support ring (2 off)

Nut/washer (12 off)
Fig. 3
Installation data:
Trunk dim. O D
0168,3
0200
0219,1
0290
0290 HP, DN100/110
0355,6
0406,4
2.1
A
144
156
156
190
210
170
172
B
170
202
221
293
293
359
410
C
198
230
249
322
322
386
438
D
58
69
69
103
123
83
84
E6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
K
43
45
45
45
45
45
45
Installation sequences
Note! It is of great importance to follow the installation sequences step by step,

in order to obtain correct function of the bulkhead penetrations.
Additional
stiffeners
Fire protection
Support ring
Reinforcement of bulkhead
n
Dismantling of fire protection materials
FRAMO
Temporary
locking tool
Bolt
15+5^
Doc.no..
593-070-4
Page:
3 of 3
Date:
20.11.03
Rev.: 2
Sign.: FJF
Bolt torque :
Ref. P.M.
Mounting instr.
1401-0017-4
page 26
Nut
Tack weld
4 sets
Fire
protection
Installation of temporary locking tools.

Delivered as standard from January 2004.
Installation of "inner" spool
III
rV
Note!
Use welding consumables
stainless steel/carbon steel
AWSA5.4-92:E309Mo-16
Bulkhead
Fire
protection
O 1^3.5
173.5
- Alignment check
- Tack welding
Adjustment of penetration
Sequence welding to complete weld seam
VI
Bolt torque :
Ref. F.M.
Mounting instr.
1401-0017-4
page 26
Reinstall fire protection

and support rings (2 off)
VII
Installation of "upper" spool
VIII
FINAL INSTALLATION
15+L
15 + 5
Note!
Avoid paint
and oil on
rubber element
and fire protection
material.
Note!
If bulkhead penetration
is installed prior to
piping, a separate
" inner" spool piece is
required to simplify
adjustment of pipe work.
CZZZZZZZ2Z2222:
- Remove temporary locking tools

- Bolt to be ntted (4 off)
- Check alignment
- Surface treatment if required
Cut to fit
and weld
OPTION
IX
MM^ -^
*(
, V'.*
FRP PIPES iDESGRIPTIE30i
1,'
BALLAST SYSTEM
iîiiM s^finnsiMi
VEINIT
LDINIES
FRESH WATER
OABLE
^J^ffP-4
MP 74.-i
RARES
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
cmuwmu
V,
Ti
SUZHOU CITY MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO,
, LTD Q/MYQ304-001
Contents
Introductic
3-4
Ship piping
-^ > Facility&Process
1.1 Processing equipment
5- 6
1.2 Structure of piping
07
1.3 Properties of raw materials
08
1.4 Specification tables of product
09
1.5 Applications of ship piping
10-12
1.6 Joint styles of piping
13
1.7 Installing process of piping
14-22
1.8 Identites of product
23
, FRP Piping & Accessories
(-^) Piping products for ballast tanks and empty cabins
2.1.1 Tubes
24
2.1.2 Bends
25-26
2.1.3 Joint tubes of different diameter
27
2.1.4 Casings
28
2.1.5 Flanges
29
2.1.6 Expanding and contracting joint tubes
30
2.1.7 Flanges joints
31
2.1.8 Tee joints
32-35
2.1.9 suction
36
2.1.10 support saddle
37
2.1.11 Grounding lines
38
2.1.12 Stands of tubes
39
() Indoor and outdoor pipe products for superstructure (Drain pipes, sewage pipe.
Ventilation piping,etc.)
2.2.1Pipes
40
2.2.2 Bends
41-42
2.2.3 Tee joints
43-44
2.2.4 Joint tubes of different diameter
45
2.2.5 Casings
46
2.2.6 Flanges
47
H> Quality assurance system and Certificate of product
3.1 Quality assurance system and Certificate of product
48-49
0 > Hoist, Transportation, Store
4.1 Hoist, Transportation, Store of Pipes/Accessories
50-51
,
Maintenance of pipes
52-53
. LTD
^ Introduction
Mu Yi GRP piping is made from 3 layers of different excellent glass
fiber and resin, with these advantages of enduring high pressure,
corruption resistance, fireproof, light-weight,easy installation, smooth
inside wall, nice apperance, little transportation pressure. They are
mainly applied in transportation piping of ship, ballast tank piping,
base water pipe, civil sewage piping, cooling water piping, ventilation
piping, electric cable piping, etc.
Mu Yi GRP piping can be not only designed

according to the requirements of shipowners, ship
inspection and plants, but also installed,inspected
and maintained according to the requirements of
plants.
Mu Yi GRP piping is with these advantages of

lightweight, easy-installation, short period of
installation, cheap but good, different specification
EQUIPMENfTCOo , LW
FRPPIPE PRODUCT
BALLAST PIPES PRODUCT
DRAIN PIPES PRODUCT
FRESH WATER PIPES PRODUCT
VENT-PIPES PRODUCT
SUIHOUCnr MY SNIP EQUIPMENT CO. , LTD
53M II5M
Q/MY0304-001
Process & Facility

Our company produces FRP pipes by the main process offilamentwinding,produces
the accessories by compression moulding,filamentwinding, hand lay-up. The direct tube is
produced by the compression molding, and some are produced by the semi-automati process and
hand lay-up. The process is introducedfi-omItaly, which is whole controlled by the computer
program. The thickness of product is uniform; the surface is even and smooth. The product is cured
very well by the heating way of &r infixed ray so that it is with the good physical and chemical
performance. The FRP piping produced by thefilamentwilding process is of high strength in the
I .Filament winding process
Filament winding is one of the FRP producing process, which is the opposition compared to the
cutting direction of lathe.
l.The definition offilamentwinding process: The carriage is traversing at the orbit as mandrel is
revolving under the drive of the power, and the continuous glass fibers
impregnated resin winds the mandrel i s regularly by the deliver of carriage,
up to the designing thickness.Then cure product,finally trim and demould product.All these steps
2.The property offilamentwinding process:
1) The strength of FRPfilamentvwnding piping is as 4 times much as the strength of common
steel piping, the property of high strength shows the advantage in thefieldof aviation.
2) Thefilamentwinding process is of stable quality, high producing efiSciency; it is easy to largescale production by mechanized and automatic process.
3) The reinforcement of FRPfilamentwindmg product need not be woven so that the cost is
[relative low.
4) Thefilamentwinding process is suitable for the production of the anti-corrosion piping, tank,
and high-pressure container. The other process is not suitable for production of these products.
3.The process line
Preparation-*-Producing inner liner- 'Cure-* Winding-* Cure-^Trim-^ Demould
X ^g a
ys H. jN
I '
li
.. , LTD
Q/MY0304-001
II .Filament winding facility

1 .Facility compositiom
1) The filament winding facility is composed of carriage, driving bracker, control
microcomputer, curing station, trimming machine, demoulding machine,etc.
2)The compression facility is composed of compression machine,mould,demoulding
chine, etc
3)The other facility is composed of the equipment of producing inner liner,hoist,
yamfi-ame,themachine of stirring materials,drill press,lathe,etc.
2.The producing capability of facility
TH DN50-DN1000FRP piping can be produced.
3. The precision of facility
The microcomputer well controls the producing proicess, that well agrees with the
designing requirements of product thickness,hoop layers,cross layers,winding angle,etc.
The error of diameter i s controlled in the range of 0. 2-1.
ni.Liquid compression facility
1 .Facility composition
The facility is mainly composed of liquid compression machine, mould and hoist.
2.The producing capability of facility
The FRP flange,bend,tee pipe of different diameter andfire-fightingbox of DN50DN800 are produced.
3. The precision of facility
The FRP flange,bend,tee pipe of different diameter andfire-fightingbox all can be
moulded once by the high precision compression moulding process.
IV. Pultrusion f a c i l i t y
1. F a c i l i t y composition
It is mainly composed of pultrusion equipment and mould.
2. The producing capability of facility
The bracket of electric cable for ship can be produced
SUZHOU OTY MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO* LTD Q/MY0304-001
Structure of piping
> Lini^: Whethra- piping is leakage or lt is determined to quahty oftiielayer. It is made of jH-qjreg
of C-surfce mat and E-chopped mat whidi are from famous supplier. Its ihidcer shall be controlled
between 1.5 and 2.3 mm. Resin content shall be controlled more than 80%,,
~ % Construction layer:The layer is made of iwepreg of E-glassfibreroving(2400tex&4800tex) by wet winding.

Its thicker is determined to design stret^^th of product. Resin content shall be controlled less than 30 % .The
process is wet windii^ by machine acccnrding to ASTMD22997.
^r:, Su&ce layer: Made of prepreg of C-su&rce mat(33g/m ).Its thicks is 0.2mm. Its of good afârance.
MftB
SUZHOU Cmr MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO. , LTD
Raw material speciality

In order t insive product quality, vveespeda%pffâttenti(m to choice ofraw material Resin ami glass fibr
Dving arefixHnthefiunoussupplio? in CSnna. Resin sui^li^: Ouingzhou hum new material G>.4td.Glass fibi
roving si^plier: 23iejiang Jusfai group co.4td.
% Resin performance
U Application syste: pressure-holding piping products, base water pips, drain pipes, (
sewage piping. VentilalKm piim^ cooling water pipes, electric cable pipa%,etc.
2> Resin type: HR-192HobastBsin
Datasheet
ITEM
unit
target
Appeanmae of pressureîoldmg pi|>iDg,base wato- pq]es,ooo]mg water pipes
Black crystal liquid
Appearance of drain pipes,civil sewages piping

Gray crystal liquid
Appearance of Ventilation piping

Yellow crystal liquid
Acidtuimber
Mg.KOH/g
<25
0.35-0.50
Viscosity(Brookfield at25'C # spindle at 6/60 rpm)
?}LS(25V)
50-70
Solid Content
%
20-28
GelTime(25'C)
min(25r)
hr (80X:)
>20
Heat stability
g/cni3
1.17
Density
3780
Tensile modulus
MPa
60
MPa
Resin Tensile strei^tli
3150
MPa
Casting Bend moduliis
Bend
strength
MPa
102
Bo<ty
Bar
Barcol hardness
^40
2.6
Coefficient of elongation
%
temparature
^80
c
3> Curing system
Curii^ speed can be designedly con trolled by adjust {soportion of AcceleratOT and Curing agent. The whol
process is at xxxst-tea^âatate.
^ Glassfibrewinding roving
K E-glass fibre
Utmost tensile strength: 1400N/mm^
traisile modulus: 70GPa
2> Datasheet
practice value
item
target value
average value
fibre diameter(um)
1
nomer
type(tex)
2
2390.7
2400+168
rapture strength(N/tex)
3
0.32
5=0.22
combustible content
4
0.68
0.650.15
aberrance coefficient
5
0.48
<
6
water
content
6
0.07
^0.3
7
relative himiidity
text ccHiditicHi(circumstance temperature)
25 x:
8
SUZHOU cmr MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO. , im

Q/MY0304-001
Name
tube
bend
pipe of different dianie<
casing
flange
flange joint
Tee joint
Entrance
type
DN50-800
DN50-800
DN50-800
DN50-800
DN50-800
DN50-600
DN50-600
DN50-300
Pressure
PN6
PN6
PN6
PN6
PN6
PN6
PN6
PN6
grade
PNIO
PNIO
PNIO
PNIO
PNIO
PNIO
PNIO
Temperature scope
U S 80
2, ^100
3> ^120
Used for ship

Used for all kinds of ship piping
Such as pressure-holding piping
products, base water pipes,drain
pipes, dram pipes. Civil sewage
piping. Ventilation piping.
Ventilation piping, cooling water
pipes, electric cable piping,etc.
SUZHOUClTYMYSHtPEQîPMEMTCO.
, LTD
Q/MY0304-001
Service scope of ship piping

, Nonconductor piping(MostIy used for pressure-bolding piping product&Jbase water pipes,
drain pês. Civil sewage pîng, Veatilatioa pq)ing,etc.ofnoD-tank ship)
1 > Heat deformation temperature
( 1 ) HDT=^80r;
(2) H D T ^ l O O r
( 3 ) HDT^120*C
2> Normal internal pressure
NP: 0.6Mpa-1.0Mpa
3N External pressure
EP: vacuum~50 mHjO
4,
Nonnal Diameter
DN: 4CK 800 mm
5^ joint styles of piping:
(1) Plug joint
( 2 ) Flange joint
( 3 ) Port joint
( 4 ) Casing joint
6> accessories
( 1 ) Bend (30 > 45" , 60 > 90 )
(2) Pipe of different diameter (concentric)
(3) pipe of different diameter (unconcentric)
'
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Casing
Flange
Flange joint (fancet ceremony)
Flange joint (fancet ceremony)
Tee joint
~ > Conductor piping(mosdy used for pressure-holding piping products,base water pipes.
Ventilation piping and cooling water piping in area against blast of tank ship.)
The content is same as the above.
^ ( N o t e ) : {-^^-(Code)
HDT: heat -deformation temperature
NP: nominal internal pressure
EP; external pressure
ND: nominal diameter
1^
W^^l^^l^Mrifm^lS^Wt'^'^mi'^^'m
IH
SUZHOU OTY MY SHIP EQUIPMEMT CO. , LTD Q/^lY0?04-00l

Piping performaiice
A.
Pqjes
1.81-2.17 mm
330 MPa
160 Mpa
25000 MPa
12500 MPa
0.8%
2X10-5
>3
^ 1 7 0 MPa
3.6X102 /m
#'-MIL-P-28584#?t
liner
hoop tensile strengt
axis tensile stren
hoop elastic modulu
axis elastic modulus
coeflSdent of elongation
thermal expansion
L bend safety fector
^ failure hoop stress
electric conductivity
impact resistant
B.
Accessories
1.81-2.17 mm
330 MPa
160 Mpa
25000 MPa
12500 MPa
0.8%
2X10-5
3.6X102 Q/m
liner
hoop tensile strengt
axis tensale stren
hoop elastic modulu
axis elastic modulus
. coefficiart of elongation
' P - thermal expansion
electric conductivity
C.
Proportion of resin and glass fibre
Liner: 7 0 - 9 0 % r e s i n .
p ^ ; 25 ~ 35 % resin,
aeorie: ^ 70 % Tesin,
1 0 - 3 0 % glass fibre
65 - 75 % glass fibre
^ 3 0%glassfibre
^46nmim
H i
SUZHOU Cmr MY SHIPfNC EQUIPMENT CO. , LTP 0/MY0304-001
D> space among stqjports recommended by MY stuping Equqiment Co,Ltd

The fellow space among supports will be used under normal work eoviromnait:
Nonnal diameter
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
38 V [m]
2
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.6
4
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
Space rec(ranmded
93 "C [m]
66 1C [m]
2
2
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.5
3
3.5
3.6
4
4
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Attention; l)The zbove is the most spacerecommendedby MY when density of liquid in pipes is 1.0.
^2)We Suzhou City MY Shipping Equipment Co.,Ltd may give you some advice on the place aiKi type of suppot
E^ Linearity recommended by MY Shiping Equipment Co.jLtd
The fellow is the max as plug joint with double seal ring:
Normal diameter
fmmj
100-400
450-1000
angle
[deg]
2.0
1.5
Liiâritywarp
[mm]
3
1.7
SUZHOUCnYMYSHIPmPMENTCO.. LW
5 J K m 13H
Q/MY0304-001
The GR pipes instaUatioii technology

1, GRE PIPES & f ITl'lNGS JOINTS TYPE
As explained above all site joint are bell & qngot type, which can be siqrplied in tfuee
diEerit ôns (see the drawings bellow). Laminated jcnts are made (ly at our shop.
D.g|MC WfflltB CASKETS
/././/
t!
/y
V.
\\\\\\\\
Double 0-ring bell and spigi^ unrestrained joiirt.

Standard joint is the double 0-ring type. The bell is
obtained by mould during the pipe {"oduction and is part
of ie inpe itself, llie spigot also is part of the pipe. The
h^^draulic sealing is perframed by means of two
elastomc O-rings, installed in circumferential parallel
grooves machined cm the spigot end.
Flange Adaptor - bell or îgot with flange. Stidard fitting used where a flanged comrction
between GRE and stoel flange is foreseen(typical case is
I)eiK(ration pieces through bulkheads). Flange ad^tors
STEEL BULK HEAD PENETRaTION
compensate f<H- small aiûlar misaUgrmients between
steel and GRE flanges and allow iot natural bulkhead
n
deflections without transmitting dangerous boiding
moments to GRE piping and compensate lot^tudinal
^
\.
dimensional ioleraies in pipes/penetratiri pieces.
r5
Double O-ring Spigot and Sleeve with locking key

The joint is a double 0-rii^ Spigot and Sleeve type with
a locking device.
^^
This kind of joiirt is a non-destructive, separable joining
system.
Sai 'muhimi. 2 2 %
Sleeve joints are used in position of block welding and
allovr iot the installation of piping into blocks before
welding.
Epoxy adhesive for b<Hiding fiboglass pipe and fittii^.
SUZHOUOTYMYSHIPmPMENfTCO., LW
5fM ^ UM
OMYQ304-001
Butt and Str^ shop laminatiaa

The coimections between elbows, reducers, bell mouths, caps
are of laminated type in work shop, so no site laminations are
required.
^"^-^
2, GRE PIPES FTniNGS JOINTS

The aligtunent during insertion of the spigot into the bell or
sleeve must be executed accurately, no angular misalignment is pamitted, ttie gap between die
spigots aatet surface and bell or sleeve inner sur&ce is 2 mm max. Supprt clamps must be adjusted
in ord^ to achieve a prapsr alignmoit before insticHi of pipe sections.
The max, allowable misalignment after insertion of the spigot into the bell or sleeve is 1.5 * for
diameters up to ND 450 and 1 for larger diameters. The diagram below shows ie arrangement of
the housed spigot inside eidier the bell or sleeve in the max mist-aligned positioa
////////
GENERAL RECOMMENDATION
After withdrawal of joints(bell and spigot or sleeve joint), which can be made using
a hand winch with canvas belt or steel chain, remove the old O-rings.
After that, internal part of sleeve(or bell) and extem^(grooved) part of the spigot
should be cleaned with rags in order to eliminate dirt, dust and/or foreign matter.
Both sleeves (or bell) and grooved spigot should be examined in order to make sure
that there are no damages, scratches or crack.
Internal part of sleeve/or bell) and grooved part of spigot must then be greased
using neutral Vaseline, grease, or** tires mounting soap" if Vaseline is not available.
SUZHOUanmSHIPBWIPMENTCOo, LW
O/MY0304-001
New O-ring must be checked before fittmg:

1) check for the right size of OR (same as before)
2) check for the right rubber type(same as before)
3) check for damages in the rubber (cuts, scratches air bubbles, etc***)
Never use damaged or defective 0-rings.
Lubricate "OR" as well.
Fit the ''OR" into their grooves(pay attention that ring is not "twisted" )
Re-fit bell & spigot(or sleeve) using the same procedure used for withdrawal (hand
winch)
Make sure that the joint is properly inserted using as a reference the MIN - MAX
markings marked on the spigot (see manual or piping practice of the ship).
HrWMH
Dimi(K /
SELOm
HUKjDM
FIGS)
SUZHOUrmSHIPBWIPMBfTCO., LW
RUBBER SHEET
I FOR PROTECTION
WITHDRAWAL
DIRECTION
HAND WINCH
STEEL CHINA
FIG ( 2 )
PIPE
A-
^ vo t-o- -^ o- i - o - o -
SUPPORT
'
BELL
/I"!
^
PIPE
SUPPORT ^ r
LCWG. STIFFENHRS
BOTTOM SHELL
\_
BLOCK JOINT
RKIIOVK 01 n (IN
Fir.
^ ^ ^
UX-
%2ô3o^m
SUZHOUOTYMYSHIPStJIPMmCO., LW
FIG. (4)
FITTINC
DIRETIOW \
IN.
MAX^
lU
y^W" 7 "^^**^'
Fie (5)
FITTING
UlKtliUN
_ ^
Hl
FH4
MIH.
ifSKV
4. RECOMMENDED SUPPORT SPACING

Under normal working circumstances,the following spacing betwee
oiwfrn^-mt
SUZmiaTYMYSHIPEWIPMEMTCO., LW
Q/MY0304-001
Supports could be used:
mm m m
ii s
[nnn]
50
65
80
38 TC [m]
100
125
150
3.5
3.6
200
4.5
4.5
4.5
300
350
2.5
2.5
66 t ; [m]
93 "C [m]
23^ r/
2^
Z^f,1t:
2.5
4'lilX5
3^.
Ti>WX<-33
4
43
^S'
415;
4.5
II-,...
4.5
4.5
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
Note:
-the above spans are valid for pipes dimensioned for &11 vacuum.
'A weight of 100kg is f<Heserai(&om ND125) in die middle of span.
Iniziative industriali SPA will give in ai^ case instructions fts' suppcfft location and
andtype.
5.Supports that anchor pipe

A) Pipe in a straight run is usually anchored by clamps or spht rings. Light anchors intended only to
hold pipe in position between loops or turns in a free system may be fixed supports, as shown in
Figure 1.
B) Supports required to resist length changes in restrained systems generally require the use of
saddles. Saddles are recommended where pipe is to be held by ring cIamps(Figure 2). Bonded
saddles also may be used as a shear key along with a loose anchoring rii^.
SUZHOUanMYSHIPBQUmSNTCO., LW
O/MY03044)01
Kgurel
Lig^t duty anctuvs for fi-ee
System shown with One 360
bcmdstand saddles
a. anchor chair
b. split rii^ anchor
c. stQ) anchor
Piguie]2
AncluH^ fcnr restrained pipe
1. Two 1S0 boodsfrand sadles eadi side of clamp
2. elastomeric pad
3. One 180" bcHidstrand saddle eadi side of clanq)
6.INSTALLAT10N CONCERNING THE STAINLESS STEEL BOND

Piping located in hazardous areas (areas whsre an explosive gas mix can be present, such as
cargo holds, non segregated ballast tanks, pipes conveiying hydrocarbon gases, etc"*) shall be
conductive type MARCOP.
Conductivity is obtained by adding carbon black to the resin, whidi gives to thefinishedinpes and
fittings anelectrical resistancd to earthfromany point in the pipe less than 10* Ohm.
All pipes and / ot spools must be earthed separately by connecting them to &e sted hull structure,
avoiding build up of electrostatic cfaaiges.
Static chai^ drainage is (Stained by means of either stainless steel conductive omega saddles that
are bonded (at the shq) oc at site) onto the pipes.
Ader bonding the omega saddles, a stainless steel or coppa connection lead is bolted to the saddles
and contacted to steel structure or basement of the nearest stqjport.
ShcHt pieces like sleeves can be bridged betweoi other pipes, see the sketch here below:
simmcnrmsHiPBWiPMENTCo.,
LW
O/MYO3044)OI
stoinless s t e e l or copper sUce

p f g q r ' t h lead f o r engine r o o n
s-tolnless Steel or
copper slice
t r e c c i o covo di
conrwsslone
7.0MEGA SADDLES APPLICATION

7.1 - Surface preparation
Internal surface of saddles and external surface of pipe must be sanded / ground in order to give
a good bonding "grip".
The external part of pipe must be abraded till the parafBn layer has been conq)letely removed.
For this purpose, a powCT grinder should be used, fitted wii a rubber backing pad and abrasive
paper disk (remember to wear dust mask and safety glasses during such opration).
Important Note:
The abraded area on the extomal surfce of pipe must be 4/5 cm wider dian that of tiie saddle in
order to guarantee a complete adhesion of the saddle surface.
This operation should be done just prior to bonding of saddle. Abraded sur&ces, which are left for
mCH-e than 6 hours in the open should be sanded / abraded again prior to bonding. Ensure that the
abraded area is absolutely dry and clean rom dust, water, oil spots, and foreign matter.
7.2- Adhesive preparation
Place onto a wooden or PVC board (about 30X30 cm) an amount of special conductive putty phis 2
% of catalyst (mixing ratio: 20 ml catalyst: 1000 ml putty) and mix well usiiig a steel spatula.
Approximately 20 minutes are necessary (depending on environmental temperature airi
percentage of accelerators used) before die adhesive hardens, it must be immediately applied 6.3
SUZHOUaiYMYSHIPmPfNTCO., LW
O/MY0304-001
73- Putty application

Apply a thick layer of adhesive on the internal surface of the saddles using a spatula. If the putty is
not sufficient as required, quickly prepare an additional amount of putty in order to complete the
applicatioa
7.4- Saddle application and tightening
Apply the saddle onto pipe pushing heavily and firmly.
Remove the excess putty which is ssqueeed out during tightening using a spatula. The excess putty
can not be re-used and must be removed from the working area, because during the curing reaction
hazardous gases are expelled.
In order to firmly the saddle, a lamination with 450 g/m2 glass not and cnductive resin must be laid
lown both end of the saddle (at last 3 cm wide).
Curing will be completed within 24 hours.
rULL
VELBING-
SHIP STRUCTURE DR
STEEL SUPPdRT
ELECTRIC
DRAINS
INSTALLATION
SCTAILS
ELECTRIC
DRAINS
APPLICATION
DETAILS
8. FLANGED JOINTS
The alignment must be of the utmost accuracy; no angular misalignment is tolerated.
Maximxun tolerance for axial misaligimient of the coupling of the flange is 1.5 mm for ND < 300
and 2.5 mm for ND> 300.
Use flat steel washer between the GREflangeand the bolt nut.
SUZHOU a n MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO. , LTD
O/MYO304-OOI
Use gaskets according to our recommendation, usually flat type with outer diameter equal to flange
bolt circle diameter less diameter of tightening bolts; the internal diameter must be equal to the GRE
flange internal diameter with a 3 to 5 mm thickness and a 50 to 75 Shore hardness.
Material for gaskets will be SBR, NBR or HNBR rubber depending on fluid used (sea water, crude
o, etc. see refdoc.)
Particular care must be taken in places where a flanged connection between GRE and steel flange
must be done(typical case penetration pieces through bulkheads.)
In these place aflangeadaptor is provided for the following reasons (see drawing);
A) Flange adaptors compensate for small angular misalignments between steel and GRE flanges;
B) Flange adaptors allow for natural bulkhead deflections without transmitting dangerous bending
moments to GRE piping;
C) Flange adaptors allow for compensation with regards to longitudinal dimensional tolerances in
pipes / penetration pieces.
When direct connection between steel and GRE fixed flanges is required, tack welding of steel
flanges to the hull structure is strongly recommended prior to bolting of the flanges.
Final welding of steelflangesshould be done only aftertighteningofflangebolts.
The reason for this is that tightening the bolts without a perfect coupling between fllanges (see
sketch) may give rise to dangerous overstresses on GREflange,resulting in leakage problems.
9- DRESSER COUPLING
The alignment must be executed accurately. The allowed angular misalignment must not exceed
values tolerated by DRESSER joints (see tolerances provided by Dresser manufacturer).
%sm mim
SUZHOU OTf MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO. , UD
O/MY0304-001
Identities of product
Our identities of product was compiled according as CHINA Shipping Industry Design and
characteristic of product. We can well-oflF lookup through identities. The fellowis material
content of identities:
1 > Company name: Suzhou City MY Ship Equipment Co.,ltd (For short: MY)
2 > Client name:
3 > Hull number and block number
4 > Type of product
5 > System code of piping
6 > Nominal pressure
TNP (bar)
7 , Work pressure
wWP (bar)
8 ^ External pressure
l E P (mHsO)
9 > Designed temperature
DT (C)
10 > Order number

11 , Client mark number
12 > Internal mark number
For example
mifm^Mjmmm^mm<^m
M:^^:
l^:
t^^hm^:
MY-9Da/Za3P-BW NPS WP3 E P I S
DTSD
SOUZHOU Cmr MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO, , LTD

CLIENT NAME:
CLIENT MARK NUMBER:
JOB NUMBER:
INTERNAL MARK NUMBER:
HULL NO:
BLOCK:
TYPE:
MY-gDa/ZD3P-BW N F S W P 3 E P 1 6
DT6D
Sm0uaiYMY9ilPECJIPMENfr.,
IW
Q/MY0304-001
Spec sheet of FRP pipes
LI
u
mmm.
-3
w-mmmmmmsssiimisssiMmy^îmmmmmmmmimimi^
'
j-i
-F
DN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
(mm)
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
.x::::DN.t::::::-:
(in)
2"
2.5"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
18"
20"
24"
26"
28"
^p-
1=
v?/XA:-y:-y.
::L::<:Man3::::
\ii^&''iii^-ry m-^$k^m.
::::(mm):::-: :::(nrirri5::-: yAmmY-y.- ::::*S:22KG}:: :::#K2SK(3f)::::

142
6000
4
4
60
4.6
4.6
76
142
6000
101.1
154
8000
4.6
4.6
154
6000
4.6
4.6
122
200
6000
4.6
154
5.9
200
6000
4.6
5.9
179
12000
239
200
5.9
5.9
200
12000
6
289
7.2
230
12000
6.5
8.5
347
12000
250
6.5
397
8.5
250
12000
6.5
8.5
447
250
12000
6.5
9.8
502
12000
7.2
9.8
552
250
250
12000
8.5
12.4
652
9.8
13.7
250
12000
752
250
12000
9.8
15
752
G50
G65
G80
G100
G125
GI 50
G200
G250
G300
G350
G40
G450
G500
G600
G700
G800
1^
^*M|:*iW*fc**Wt^^
53K^25S
../
B e n d (30 & 4 5 ) for pressure-holding piping and b a s e water pipes

DN
TH
L{3r>
A<30-)
^^,mp Cmw)
imtt))
(mm)
(in)
(mm)
50
$1
74
50
65
2.5"
76
68
80
3"
91
5.5
100
4"
114
125
5"
150
. m..
M^)
M4S-}
/njm)
(mm)
WTrnoor
69
50
50
WT65.30
73
50
wraws"
wres-'
69
50
\mao-3cr
76
50
WTiBCM5
71
50
WTiayacr
80
50
WT10CV^6
140
72
50
wTiasoo*
85
50
WT125^"'
6"
168
73
50
WTlSDOa
90
50
WTISCMS*
200
8"
219
9.4
75
70
WT2D0.30'
95
70
WT20O-45
250
10"
273
10
78
70
WT2S[>30
100
70
WT2S0^6
300
12"
325
12
__
wrxcysor
400
16"
ês
13
Wr40CK3O*
450
18"
480
IS
\m43>3or
500
18"
530
15
WT50CWO'
600
20"
630
15
WTeoO-30
WT60O-45*
WT7DCK30*
-_
VVT7CXD-45*'
22"
24.5
WT3Q&45
_-
WT40a45'
WT45CMS''
WT5CX5-'
^R>Wl^l^@Mttr:
46ig mim.
O/MY0304-001
Bend (60 & 90 ) of insertion joint for pressure-holding piping and base water pipes
TH
DN
lOMpa
A(6Q^)
L(SQ^)
A(9Kf)
(mm)
jnm)
(mm)
(mm)
5.5
75
50
v\rreo-eo
82
50
WT5&-go
76
5.5
80
50
WT65P
92
50
WT6&-90
91
5.5
84
50
WTSo-ar
100
50
WT8O-90
90
50
WT1CX)-6Cr
110
50
WT100-9(r
(mm)
(in)
(mm)
50
2"
61
65
2.5"
80
3"
114
100
L(60>
125
5"
140
95
50
WT125-60
125
50
WT125-90
150
6"
168
100
50
\An"150-60
150
50
WT150-90
Bend (90 ) of end to end joint for pressure-holding piping and base water pipes
I.
LI .1
:^\^:
DN
:g;i:Oiy!pa
fctti:3D):
:(:mm^;:
L1<1.0D)
xH^:;:;
;:^mm);:
MtiMi
L(1.0D)
:;(mr);:
(mm)':
ym^y.
(mm)
(in)
100
4"
114
250
WT150-90
150
WT150-90
125
5"
140
280
WT150-91
187. 5
WT150-91
150
6"
168
375
WT150-90
225
WT150-90
9.4
500
WT200-90
300
WT200-90
200
219
250
10"
273
10
575
WT250-90
375
WT25O-90
300
12"
325
12
650
WT30a-9O
450
WT300-90
400
16"
426
13
800
WT400-90
600
WT400-90
WT450-90
720
WT450-90
450
18"
480
15
950
500
18"
530
15
1000
WT50O-9O
745
WT500-90
600
20"
630
15
1200
WT60O-9O
900
WT600-90
SmOUrMYSHIPEQUIFmTCO.,
X/Z^
Q/MYO304-OOI
Pipes of different diameter

y / y y y y :='>>-__
i1
<^5^7-,^
^^'-'CiX/y: y
^^^^^CiO;
y y y y y y
OJ
(=2
^.-rr-T^
.^r'-y'yy^y^
'\
yyy y yy
-^--'^~^
1
J 1 . _1
50
80
65
100
80
125
y y y y y
772^^^^'^^^-^^
/
y.
-"i
r- .
100
70
5.5
120
37
46
100
86
5.5
120
37
46
YJ650
122
86
120
37
46
YJ65/100
122
100
120
37
46
YJ8Cyi00
152
100
120
50
60
YJ8CI/125
152
122
120
50
60
YJiaO/125
50
60
YJICXVISO
50
60
YJ125/150
YJ5CV80
184
122
120
150
184
122
262.5
235
152
325
70
80
YJ12C
200
235
184
325
70
80
YJ150/200
289
184
325
70
80
YJ150/250
100
125
150
250
200
289
235
9.4
325
70
80
YJ20Q/250
340
235
9.4
325
80
100
YJ200
250
300
340
289
9.8
325
80
100
YJ250/300
300
400
442
340
10.04
450
80
100
YJ300y350
400
450
453
442
13.3
325
80
100
YJ400/450
450
500
500
600
600
700
600
800
suzHoucnrmsHiPECfjimEMra).,
iw
Q/MYO304-OOI
Casings
yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy^
i,
. in
OJ
S^^^î^^^-^^S^^^^^>^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
LI
DN
:-::-:-a2:----:-:
:::-XiA-:-:-:yymm-z
\y-y:--:-y.
vy:-y?iA--:-y:-y:y:6y:\A-y:-y:-:-'M-m-y:-:m^m-:-m:\
:::::^nio>):::: ::ffnmJ:;- :Ai:;Mp: :;:iiTwn:):::-:
yMîiiy:37
50
70
60
110
65
84
75
110
37
37
TG50
Toes
80
99
89
110
37
37
TG80
100
119
109
110
50
50
TG100
125
145
135
120
50
50
TG125
150
169
159
120
70
70
TG150
200
230.8
212
9.4
170
70
70
TG200
250
281.6
262
9.8
170
80
80
TG2S0
300
335
315
10
170
80
80
TG300
350
388
368
10
170
80
80
TG3S0
80
TG400
400
438
418
10
170
80
450
494
470
12
170
80
80
TG450
500
600
800
SZHOUaTYmSmPEQimiENTCO.,
LW aaimofcosj
Flange
h
-H
I-I
Lga"^^^
L
WT"
W
o
73
1
^ ^
--*
JS
Hi
c o: <
^ <
hMi
yo
^ 1
~"Y\
r rn^
!_.
cittmi :^< :M:- :::-: :M:\M\--:tt-: -MM-.

Ciiimi^.-is::-
ON
î-
SC^=*1^
ri^.
-P77-1
(mm)
(in)
50
2"
140
110
70
18
50
65
2.5"
160
130
90
18
50
-^X'-:
:-M:- M:
14
M12
165
125
75
18
50
185
145
95
18
50
200
160
110
20
50
220
180
133
24
55
80
3"
190
ISO
110
20
50
100
4"
210
170
130
24
50
125
5"
240
200
150
27
60
250
210
160
27
64
30
60
285
240
188
30
71
340
295
245
33
80
395
350
300
37
80
12
445
400
350
40
96
565
515
460
100
16
615
585
515
42
105
670
820
566
49
115
7B0
725
660
49
120
150
6"
225
185
200
8"
320
280
240
33
80
250
10"
375
335
290
37
90
300
12"
440
395
350
43
95
400
16"
540
486
42
100
450
18"
995
550
505
105
500
20"
eoo
560
48
115
600
24"
755
705
660
48
120
700
26"
860
SID
770
53
125
800
28"
975
920
875
57
135
M^-
1.0M pa
0.6M pa
265
xb::
8
18
Ml 6
22
M2D
20
28
M24
30 24 M 2 7
4
18
8
Ml 6
M20
22
12
16
26
M24
20
30
M27
SUZHOUOTYMYSmÊOmPMEm-CO., LTD
Q/MY0304-OO1
Expanding and contracting joint tubes

m
.........
m mm
M a i
(.mm)
oa ffl
-rT"^
1_
DN
/
\
=.
P2
L2
LI
==
'
ma
50-1
DN
(mm)
:::::::;:x:;:t:;:::::>:-::: :^<<<:^><i^<:<<:-:-:- y-yyyy-iÂy/yyy.
yy???y?:6-xjt:-vy-yy-y:- :::::::::::Swtei::ttiMrtbir:::::;:::
; : : : ^ 1 ; 0 f i ^ : : - <::^::immi^::<:>::::::::;5Wpg::::::- ::::::::lMpi::;x::-:m^mm^
50
65
_
80
100
125
150
500
275
225
EX160
200
9.4
500
275
225
EX200
250
9.8
540
295
245
EX250
300
10
540
295
245
EX300
350
10
540
295
245
Exaeo
EX400
400
10
580
315
265
450
12
580
315
265
EX430
500
600
800
T-
53 M m 3lK
O/MY0304-001
SUmOUCFTY MY SHIP EQUIPMENT CO. , LTD

Flange joints
LI
Zi
a.
V
(mm)
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
450
500
600
0.6-1 Mpa
(in)
2"
2.5"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
18"
20"
24"
LI
0.6-1.OMpa
380
430
440
440
450
500
630
690
700
730
265
275
285
285
295
295
425
435
445
475
24
27
30
33
37
40
42
42
49
49
DJ100A
380
430
440
440
450
500
630
690
700
730
DJ125A
DJ150A
DJ200A
DJ250A
DJ300A
DJ400A
DJ450A
DJ500A
DJ600A
265
275
285
285
295
295
425
435
445
475
24
27
30
33
37
40
42
42
49
49
DJ100B
DJ125B
DJ150B
DJ200B
DJ250B
DJ300B
DJ400B
DJ450B
DJ500B
DJ600B
53 M ^ 32K
O/MY0304-001
. , LW
Tee pipes of same diameter (type: TA)
yy -^ ^ y y v^
v/y/y/yy/T-y
VZTT? >'
ON
(mm)
50
(in)
65
2.5"
::Li2x
0.6-1 Mpa
:\A:-:
:\jjim\
::T-H;:
ym^y.
300
60
60
69
40
ST50A
300
76
75
84
40
ST65A
80
3"
170
86
90
99
40
100
4"
190
96
112
119
40
ST100A
125
5"
215
107
135
144
40
ST125A
260
130
160
169
50
ST150A
150
6"
200
8"
250
10"
5.5
ST80A
Tee pipes of same diameter ( t y p e : TB)
r*'
1-1
i
p~ ^ ^
15^ J ? y
-e
' ^
~ ^
l_
DN
L(mro)
::m::
::iJ2::
W:
0.6-1 M p a
'y:m:-:
: % ( : ;
0. 6Mpa
IMpa
8-8.5
10-11
ST200B
300
9-10.1
12-12.6
ST250B
400
10-10.8
12
ST300B
150
450
11-12.
14
ST400B
150
175
600
12-12.8
16
ST450B
150
175
650
12.5-13.4
175
700
14-15
ST600B
200
750
15-16
ST700B
800
17-18
ST800B
(mm)
(in)
200
8"
500
100
100
270
250
10"
750
100
100
300
12"
800
150
150
400
16"
1000
150
450
18"
1050
500
20"
1150
600
24"
1400
150
700
26"
1400
200
800
28"
1500
200
200
ST500B
53 M m 33:S
O/MY0304-001
. , LTD
nysEC
Tee pipes of same diameter ( t y p e : T C )
DN
(mm)
MWW^-:
(in)
200
250
10"
XZ:
m<>:0.6-1 Mpa
>w;:
: :
0. 6Mpa
IMpa
8-8.5
10-11
ST200C
990
100
100
270
1130
100
100
300
9-10.1
12-12.6
ST250C
150
400
10-10.8
12
ST300C
300
12"
1260
150
400
16"
1420
150
150
450
11-12.
14
ST400C
150
175
600
12-12.8
16
ST450C
450
18"
172
500
20"
1840
150
175
650
12.5-13.4
ST500C
2100
150
175
700
14-15
ST600C
600
24"
53 S m 34M
O/MY0304-001
rrrsec
Tee pipes of different diameter (type: TA)

ni
"
.,
jj. ---- -1
IT
, < '//yyy/y/y/.
y
r
\ ^ \
_|
ON
DN1
(mm)
(mm)
125
150
1=
::::::ymffl)i-x: ::::M:::-:--:\:---:-:-:i:2::^^^^^
::x:::::::|5x:::::::; :;:;:;:;:^:^;x;x
0.6-1 Mpa
50
150
108
60
69
40
144
TD125/
65
160
108
75
84
40
144
TD125/65
80
170
108
90
99
40
144
TD125/80
100
190
108
112
119
40
144
TD125/100
50
190
120
90
69
50
169
TD150/50
84
50
65
1)
120
90
169
TD150/65
80
190
120
90
99
50
169
TD150/80
100
260
120
160
119
50
169
TD150/100
125
260
120
160
144
50
169
TD150/125
Tee pipes of different diameter (type: TB)

,
^ 5-
,
^^
-\
DN
:::^JJnm)::
(mm)
(mm)
200
150
-k
,
r^
1.j^Li- ^
_J
=
a
:::::x:;>:::::x::::7x:::::::::;:::::::::::
>y//X^-y:-yy: >yy/y:\::2^:y: y:-yy:-Myyyyy.
0.6-1 Mpa
500
0. 6Mpa
IMpa
100
100
270
8-8.5
10-11
TE200/150
250
200
750
100
100
300
9-10.1
12-12.6
TE250/200
300
250
800
150
150
400
10-10.8
12
TE300/250
400
300
1000
150
150
450
11-12.
14
TE400/300
450
400
1050
150
175
600
12-12.8
16
TE450/400
500
450
1150
150
175
650
12.5-13.4
TE500/450
600
500
1400
150
175
700
14-15
TE600/500
700
800
1400
200
200
750
15-16
TE700/600
53 H msM
O/NfyQ304-001
SmOUaiY MY 9ilP EQUIPMENT ., LW

Tee pipes of different diameter (type: TC)
-
DN
DN1
(mm)
(mm)
"fyV:-::
nNi
yi:n-:--y-y:--:-yy:-}
B:
0.6-1 Mpa
0. 6Mpa
IMpa
150
500
100
100
270
8-8.5
10-11
250
200
750
100
100
300
9-10.1
12-12.6
300
250
800
400
10-10.8
12
300
400
450
500
600
1000
1050
11S0
1400
1400
150
150
150
150
ISO
200
ISO
400
450
500
600
700
150
175
175
175
200
450
600
650
700
750
11-12.
14
12-12.8
16
200
12.5-13.4
14-15
16-16
TF200/150
TF250/200
TF300/250
TF400/3S0
TF450/400
TF500/450
TF600/500
TF7O0/B0O
53 M ^ 36K
O/MY0304-001
SUZHOUClTYMYSHIPEQllPMENTCO., LW
D
H
::05::
ON
(mm)
100
125
150
200
250
300
::V&i:':y<
10"
12"
B:
m:-
255
270
2SS
320
420
455
24
27
30
33
37
42
175
185
195
220
300
320
:&::
1 Mpa
(mm)
6"
M->
215
245
280
335
395
440
180
210
240
295
350
400
158
184
212
268
320
370
M14
M14
M14
M14
M16
M20
smiou an m SHIP EmPMsmo,
LW
Q/MYO304ÔI
mrSEC
~- ^JL,
fH.^ft^nr:
B *
piiprili
-p-
',ri'-,-i;L_T.Il..
,1,
-ili
Tin
CO
CO
r ir;
:-\-\->:-:T-:-:-:-:-:-
//Av
:
j
da-.
DN
i-n'Â'
~1
r '^
\mmm
'.'.:iA:
ft-:-;-;-:-:mm
(mm)
(mm)
50
4"
40
50
65
5"
40
50
80
6"
50
50
100
4"
60
100
125
5"
80
100
150
6"
10
80
100
200
8"
10
100
100
250
10"
10
100
100
300
12"
12
100
120
350
14"
12
100
120
400
16"
12
100
120
450
18"
12
120
120
:::..Ii:=5:-.::-:
'
>9s:
msec
SUZHOUCnYMYSHIPIHCmjmiMrCO., LW
53 K msm
O/MY0304-001
c;^r2
DN
;"t;:x:::::
(mm)
(mm)
50
4"
^^^
mm
65
150-300
150-300
M6
80
6"
150-300
M6
100
4"
150-300
M6
150-300
M8
150-300
M8
125
150
6"
200
8"
150-300
MS
250
10"
200-400
MS
300
12"
10
200-401
M8
MB
350
14"
10
200-402
400
16"
10
200-403
M8
450
18"
10
200-404
M8
STSI
53 K ^ 39H
O/MY0304-001
1 SUZHOUCnrMYSHIPEQfJIPMENTCO. , LW
AI
AP
DO
1"1
u
i~
jza-fj^-
j:a
u^
-P-5
-x:z . ,
' J
'
- . m i r-
1^
'Tf^4-0dl
=1== 4 - 0 d P
'^1%n
:T:;-:
HP,
R1
T^n
DN
ty-y. -yyM-y:-y-f:-:--y-imyy-
(mm)
(mm)
50
4"
65
5"
80
6"
yy-m-yy
y-Myy--yyMyy- mx-yy-.
-y-myy.
-yyMyy.
78
144
14
14
mm
100
4"
125
5"
146
310
240
227
160
150
6"
178
340
270
300
210
100
185
14
14
120
205
200
8"
222
400
330
320
230
18
14
250
10"
274
450
390
360
270
160
223
18
18
300
12"
14"
327
500
440
410
280
160
279
18
18
350
385
550
490
448
280
196
18
400
16"
421
579
509
466
350
266
18
18
450
18"
10
485
650
500
370
250
300
273
344
18
18
18
10
5 3 K %m%
O/MY0304-001
SmOUOffYmSHIPmilPHIENTCO., LW
ia#7jc. y g ^ ^ t
L
LI
LO
^ '
cv_
c=^
iO
JU
i2
_13
ii
_15
16
ONf
N2
(in)
2"
fmm)
2.5"
73
4"
110
5"
138
6"
184
fmm)
68
83
98
120
148
180
ON
(mm)
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
58
88
LO
(iron)
50
50
50
50
50
50
L2
(mm)
53
53
53
53
53
53
J1'g20KQ)
4
4.6
4.6
4.6
m^
G50
G65
G80
GI 00
G125
G150
SmiOUOlYMYSHIPEQPIPMEKrCO., LW
ommmoi
..-/
it.#7jc. i>-^^7jc^MM.30 . 45
DNf
TH
t-CSO")
A(30-)
m^
t *
L(4S^]
AiAS")
(mmf)^
(mm)
m^
(mm)
(in)
(mm)
stMpa
(tnm>
^mm)
50
2"
61
5.5
74
50
WT50-30
69
50
WT50~^
65
Z5"
76
5.5
68
50
WTe530
73
50
WT65-45
80
3"
91
5.5
69
50
WT80-ao
76
50
WT8CM5
100
4"
114
71
50
WTIOCWO"
80
50
WTIOCMS"
125
5"
140
72
50
WT12&30
85
50
WT125^
150
6"
168
73
50
WT150-30
90
50
WT15CM5
200
8"
219
9.4
WT20OO0
WT20CM5
250
10"
273
10
wrastKao
WT25CM5''
300
12"
325
12
WTSOOOO"
400
16"
426
13
Wr40CK30'
450
18"
480
15
WTDOO"
WT450-45"
500
18"
530
15
WTSooar
WT500-^S
600
20"
630
15
_-
WTeOO<30
WT600-6
22"
24.5
WT7D0-30
WT300-<6
-_
WT40a45
VVr7D0-45''
^K*W{:Î^^^*|rgfe-^*"I^^
53MB42M
SUmOUaiYMYSHIPmPMENTCO.^LW
QMY0304-001
1
i
\ \
- -"r
i
'
^N
v\
. .
L..J -__.,
L._
.1
jt.#7jc. ->^;^7jcf-#,|^60 . 90 f
ON
:-:-:->:Ty<::-:^:
y>y-TB:-y:-:
:S:i;0)VlpKgi
L(0>
A(6(r)
(mm)
(in;
50
2"
61
5.5
65
2.5"
76
5.5
80
50
mmm-A
y:immp::- y-immp::50
75
L(90")
y:A{90?y
:^:-:-:-y-^^:-y-:-y-
(mm)
:>:>:(nfiW)':x::
50
VVT50-90
wres-eor
82
92
50
WT65-9Q
\NT90-eO
80
3"
91
5.5
84
50
WT80-eo
100
50
WT80-90
100
4"
114
90
50
WT1G0-60
110
50
WT100-90
125
5"
140
72
50
WT125-60
85
50
WT1-90
150
6"
168
100
50
VJr^5O60r
90
50
WT150-90
200
8"
219
9.4
10"
273
10
12"
325
12
400
16"
426
13
450
18"
480
15
500
18"
530
15
600
20"
630
15
VVT20O-90
300
WT200-60
250
22"
245
WT250-60
VVT300-60
VVT400-60
WT450r
WT50O-6O
WT60O-O
WT7DC^30
WT2S0-90
WT300-90
WT400-90
WT450-90
WT500-90
WT600-90
WT7D0-90
li
WMi^î^Mmf^^wt'Skmm.^^
SUZHOUCfTYMYSHIPmPMENTCO., LW
1,,
/ / /V
oimm^m.
\^
-^^fâr
53 ^ ^ 43^
,J--.i,l.-
--1-^
k//
/'j
^'/////
,1
i
c=
r/ / / 7 '
/////
\ ^
\
V::mm::. :>:->M::m::-yM::-m^^
DN
(mm)
'//////////,
:mm^m
0.6-1 Mpa
50
(in)
T
300
60
60
69
40
5.5
ST50A
65
2.5"
300
76
75
84
40
5.5
ST65A
80
3"
170
86
90
99
40
6-6.5
ST80A
100
4"
190
96
112
119
40
6-6.6
ST100A
125
5"
215
107
135
144
40
ST125A
150
6"
260
130
160
169
50
8-8.5
200
8"
ST150A
i l
WMl^l^MMfl&iWt^'^m^'m
SmmanmSHlPmf^BiTCD.,
^
^ 53 M B44K
m
Til
mmmm
^
nr.i^
"-
'
A^
_
*
- '
X I
/ /
X / X X -'
IP"
1.
DN
DN1
(mm)
(mmj
125
150
y i j m ^ : ^ :y:-:-xxy:y:--:y/-m-/:-:?:-/:::&!?::<:
y:-::--:^:--;-:--:-::yy-myyy
m^mm^y-
0.6-1 Mpa
50
150
108
60
69
40
144
TD12S/
65
160
108
75
84
40
144
TD125/85
80
170
108
90
99
40
144
TD125/80
100
190
108
112
119
40
144
TD125/100
50
190
120
90
69
50
169
TD15Q/50
65
190
120
90
84
50
169
TD150/65
80
190
120
90
99
50
169
TD150/80
100
260
120
160
119
50
169
TD150/100
125
260
120
160
144
50
169
TD150/125
T-
rrrsBC
5UZH0U mmm
EQUimm., iw
Q/MYO304-OOI
REDUCERS
1
/ y y y / y^'^'y-7~7-~^
-y^^Z^Ty^y
SK
.^-y^y^yX^
1
y^y y y y y ,
7^/ y y y y y
I
'.'::-H'i'.y--'- '.'.'ti.-y--'.
: : - ; : : : : :
:?*:::
DN
(mm)
(in)
65
50
80
65
100
80
125
100
150
125
200
150
250
200
250
300
:->:'-y:-t-m. ym--siym.
z^-::^-mmy:-:yX!iy-yy. mmyy:^m^?mmy-
::frtimJ:: :::(mm):;- .SlÔMpa :: ::jEmm):::- :: :0;6Mpa:': ; : : l M p a : ; 85
70
5.5
120
37
46
YJ9CV85
100
70
5.5
120
37
46
YDrO
100
86
5.5
120
37
46
YJ650
122
86
120
37
46
YJesîoo
122
100
120
37
46
YJSQ^lOO
152
100
120
50
60
YJ8CV125
152
122
120
50
60
YJ100/125
184
122
120
50
60
YJ10Q/150
184
122
262.5
50
60
YJ12S/150
235
152
325
70
80
YJ125C0O
235
184
325
70
80
YJ15Q
289
184
325
70
80
YJ15Q/25D
289
235
9.4
325
70
80
YJ2aQ/250
340
235
9.4
325
80
30
YJ20DaX)
340
289
9.8
325
80
100
YJ25Da0O
^' "
rrrseb
smoummsHiPEtîPnim.,
C=5
LW
Q/MYO304-OOI
y/////////////////////////^
. in
a
1=
]
^^^^^<^^^^^^^~^^^^^^^^jî<i^^^^
LI
_
DN
(mm)
50
65
::::::::D2::::::: xoiWx:;::
:::(niph.)::-: :::(tr>mj:-:
70
60
84
75
.S.T,OMpa :(mm).-.-.-.-
y-y--:-\Ayyyyy.
S : : y:-y:\::y:-y/y.
5
5
yyyy-XAyyyyy.
'mm-^^::mmm:y:-.
..-.Mi}a-.-.- . l - O W p a - - . -
110
110
37
37
37
37
TG50
TG65
80
99
89
110
37
37
TG80
100
119
109
110
50
50
TG100
125
145
135
120
50
50
TG125
150
169
159
120
70
70
TG150
200
230.8
212
9.4
170
70
70
TG200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
800
SUJWUaTYMYSHIPEQUimElfrCO., LTD Jmsmm

o
1
-^ B k/
^v
/
1
> *
^^j^'Â
1
r
t 3C
-Ds^
DN
^r B
" * ]n
-1
imoi)|::a0:->D3::: ::;B::: :xri:>

(in)
mkn^\W>: ifilîiî^y:
50
2"
140
110
70
18
50
2.5"
160
130
90
18
50
80
3"
190
150
110
20
50
100
4"
210
170
130
24
50
125
5"
240
im
150
27
60
150
6"
265
225
185
30
eo
200
8"
320
280
240
33
80
-^n-^Wk-
1.0M } a
14
! 165
125
75
18
50
165
145
95
18
50
200
160
110 20
50
220
180
133 24
55
250
210
160
27
64
M12
4
8
18
M16
285
240
188
30
71
340
295
245
33
80
300
400
450
500
600
700
800
>ii3.- xOo' ::-:Hx :i^
0.6Mpa
65
250
<
A1
\r-^,
(mm)
(T (
C (i
'
*-
4
18
8
22
M1
M20
3Sfcsi^f5|R4RrJrAMHfe"lNr^^<!@^"T^
# 53 W m 5DTS
SUZHOUOTYMYSHIPINC EQUIPMENT CO. , LW

O/MYQ304-001
Sling> t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and s t o r a g e of FRP pipes and a c c e s s o r i e s

Fiber winding pipes of thermosetting composites are pipes iot short .we most p ^ attention
to the &II0W when we sling, tramîort and store {pes and accessraies.
.sling of pipes and aooessories
l.Wfaen we load pipes and acc^scaies, we usu^y sling than wiA flexible doth <x string
wiKise width and load c^>acity^ we select based on the weight and diaatra- of {pes. If iron chain
and steel tope are used to s l i i ^ we must cover rubber pipe <x other flexible pipe on iron chain and
steel tt^. Forbid tfarovr^ pipes and inq)actiiig pipes.
2 .Slit^gii^ pipe can not slit% with csie point, but widi two points.
i'
J
m^n^
~MM^
3.Before slinging pipe, we must find center-of-gravity^ {rsitbn and guard against sli{>{Hng of
pipe.
4.1t's ta/t allowed to use metal pii)es or staffs when removing {pes. Try our best to avert with
ground levsr.
5. Foihid knockii^ pipes with hard articles in at^ case.
n . transportation
1 The length of trailer must be at least 0.8 time of die length of pi{)e. Thereby we can avoid
pil)e out of $h^)e fbr hangup in the air fw I(ig lime or &r distance.
2 Delivery {pes should be tied up with straw rqpes or analogues. And the ends of fajjes must
be {Potccted with dteathes. Pipes whose diameters are not more than 150 mm are allowed to adopt
style of many bales of pipes, and pipes whose diameters are more than 150 mm are allowed to
adofit style of one bunch of pi{)e. But {apes whose ado{>t style one bunch of pi{>e are allowed to
interlink.
3 Pijjes shall arrange by lêr on vdiicles. Every layer of piiws shafl be su{q)orted alone on
tiieir own stands. It's necessary to separate {>q)6sfiximstands with beddii^
4 To avoid of ranning foul and rubbiiig of each oti-, we must fix {ni> on stands witfi rapes,
to guard against moving.
5 It's not allowed to smuggle heavy, s{)ecially something with edges and corners in pijjes.
That may produce vibration aisi crash result in destroy the liner.
6 It's not allowed to smuggle heavy on pipes to guard against jjroducing defcsmati! f
SUZHOUOTfllYStHnNCEQfJIPHn'CO. UD
O/MY0304-001
Slingr t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and storage of FRP pipes and a c c a s s o r i e s

Fiber winding pipes of thennosetting composites are pqies for short .we must pay attention
to the &II0W when we slii^ transput and store pipes and accesscsies.
.slii^ of pipes and accessories
l.When we load pipes and accessories, we usually sling them with fleuble cloth or string
vdiose width and load capacity we setect based on the weight and diameter of pipes. If iron chain
and steel tope are used to sling, we must cover rubber pipe or othor flexible pipe on iron chain and
steel tope. Forbid throwing pipes and inîacting pipes.
2 .Slinging pipe can not sliog with csie point, but with two points.
i'
W.^S
-^M^
3.Before slinging pipe, we must find center-of-gravity position and guard against slipping of
pipe.
4.1t's not allowed to use metal pipesOTstaffs when removing pipes. Try our best to avert with
ground lever.
5. Forbid knockii^ pipes witii hard articles in any case.
. transpcHtatii
1 11 Irgdi of trailer must be at least 0.8 time of the length of pipe. Thereby we can avoid
pipe out c shape for hangii^ in the air %st long lime or &r distance.
2 Delivery pipes should be tied up with straw ropes cff analogues. And the ends of pipes must
be protected with sheathes. Pipes whose diameters are not more than 150 mm are allowed to adopt
style of many bales of pipes, and pipes whose diameters are more than 150 mm arc allowed to
adopt style of one bunch of pipe. But pipes whose adopt style oiw bunch of pipe are allows to
interlink.
3 Pipes shall arrange by layer on vehicles. Every layer of pipes shall be supported alone on
their own stands. It's necessary to separate pipesfromstands with bedding.
4 To avoid of ranning foul and rubbing of each odier, we must fix pipes on stands widi ropes
to guard against movii^.
5 It's not allowed to smuggle heavy, specially something with edges m cornCTS in pipes.
Tliat may prodtK \ibration and crash result in destroy the liner.
6 It's not allowed to smuggle heavy on pipes to guard against producing deformaticHi for
ÎJ!^^f:^lFUife^S^|gri^l:-*-=*l^^'^^
SUZHOUaJYMYSHIPIHCEQUIPMENrTCO. LTD
^ 53 w M 52 M
- ^ ^
^
O/MY0304-001
Maintenance of p i p i n g
In the process of FRP pipes and their accessories, some lacuna can come into being for
impersonal or the human factor. In order to ensure quahty of product and meet the client's
demands, we lay down the fellow operating rules to remedy defects.
^ Classification of defects.
() liner
1> air bubbles
Diameter of bubble cell must be smaller than 1.59 mm, and quantity of bubble must less than
three per 0.09 square meters. Otherwise mending is necessary.
Method of restoration: Sanding air bubble with sander, and then spread out reinforced
materials of the liner layer by layer. The length of sanding is the double of the diameter of
bubble cell.
2> cracks
crack is no allow limitation, must to repair.
Method of restoration: For better results ,use a disk grinder ,imtil the surface to be repaired is
very clean and then spread out reinforced materials of the hner layer by layer The length of
sanding is the double of the diameter of bubble cell.
3^ pits
Method of restoration: Filling pits to the full with polyester gumming dirt, and slicking.
4^ scratches
Method of restoration: If the scratch is only on the surface of piping, we brush resin on the
surface. If the depth of the scratch is scale out one third of the thickness of the liner, we sand the
scratch and then spread out reinforced materials of the liner layer by layer
( H >) Construction layer and surface layer.
K marks by firing
Mediod of restoration: Sanding and then spread out reinforced materials of the construction
layer. Spread-out area is at least 50 mm^ bigger than the damage area .
2, cracks
Method of restoration: Refer to item 1.1.2.
3> scratches
Method of restoration: If the scratch is only on the surface of piping, we brush resin on the
surface. If the depth of the scratch is relatively deep , we sand the scratch and then spread out
reinforced materials of the construction layer
( H ) Butt and Collar
1 > The internal wall of butt must be smooth to the touch after restoration, and the
non-planeness must be smaller than 1 mm.
1.1.1 2, The notches and the edge of collar must be regular without pits or lugs.
H > Tools for restoration
1 ^ disk sander
SUZHOUOTYMYSHIPINC EQIPM&iT CX>. , LTD

O/1VIY0304-001
Maintenance of p i p i n g
In the process of FRP pipes and dieir accessories, some lacuna can come into being for
impersonal or the human K;tor. In order to ensure quali^ of product and meet the client's
demaiKis, we I ^ down the fellow opo'ating rules to ranedy defects.
> Classification of defects.
() liner
1> air bubbles
Diameter of bubble cell must be smaller than 1.59 mm, and quantity of bubble must less than
three per 0,09 sciare meters. Otherwise mending is nessary.
Method of resta-aticm: Sanding air bubble with sander, and then spread out reinforced
matmals of the liner layer by layer. The length of sanding is the double of the diameter of
bubble celL
2> "acks
crack is iK> allow limitation^ must to repair
Method of restcHation: For better results ,use a disk grinder ,imtil tfie surface to be repaired is
very clean and then spread out reinforced materials of the lixier layer by layer. Tlie lengdi of
sanding is die double of Ae diameter of bubble cell.
3> pits
Method of restoration: Riling pits to the fidl with polyester gumming dirt, and sliddt^.
4% scrapes
Method of restoraticm: If the scratch is only on the sur&ce of piping, we brush resin on the
surface. If the depth of die s<Tatch is scale out one fliird of the thickness of the lina; we sand the
scratch and then spread out reinfiffced materials of the lir layer by layer.
(Z1^) ConstructicBi lêr and sur&ce layer.
1> maiksbyfiring
Method of restoration: Sanding and then spread out reinforced materials of the ccoistruction
layer: Spread-out area is at least 50 mm^ bigger than the damage area.
2> cracks
Method of restoration: Refer to item 1.1.2.
3> scratches
Method of restoration- If the scratch is only on the surface of piping, we brush resin on the
sur&ce. If the depth of the scratch is relatively deep , we sand the scratch and then spread out
reinforced materials of the construction layer.
( H ) Butt and Collar
1, The internal wall of butt must be smooth to thetouchafter restoraticHi, and the
non-planeiKss must be smaller than 1 mm.
1.1.1 2N The notches and the edge ofcoUar must be rûlar without pits or lugs.
^ Tools for restoration
1> disk sander
Type Approval Certificate
Germanischer LI
This is to certify that the undemoted product{s) has/have been tested in accordance with
the relevant requirements of the GL Type Approval System.
Certificate No.
43 387 02 HH
Company
Suzhou Muyi Shipping Equipment Co., Ltd

68, Sudai Road, Huang Qiao Town
Suzhou City, 215132 Xiang Cheng, P.R. China
Product Description
REINFORCED PLASTIC PIPES AND FITTINGS ( FRP/GRP
Type
MY-B / RTRP-FW
Environmental Category
None
Technical Data /
Range of Application
TECHNICAL DATA
Nominal Diameter:
DN100toDN600
Design Pressure :
6,0 [bar]
M.A.W.T.:
+71C
Electrical resistance ( RTRP-FW): < 1M0hm
RANGE OF APPLICATION
Open decks, within tanks, cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels, ducts and
further locations where fire endurance test according to IMO Res. A.753 (18) is not
required.
INSTALLATION
The installation of the piping system is to be carried out in accordance with the
instructions of the manufacturer respectively the installation requirements of the
IMO Resolution as applicable.
LIMITATIONS
Pipes and fittings are to be connected by laminated joints, flanges or bell and
spigott connections. The use of pipe couplings is not approved
Test Standard
IMO Resolution A.753 (18), except fire endurance, smoke generation and toxicity
test
Documents
. Test reports
' Product specification
.Remarks
For the use on passenger vessels national regulations may have to be observed.
Valid until
2007-10-31
Page
1 of 1
File No.
II.C.03
Type Approval Symbol
//
Hamburg, 2002-11-01
//
/ /.^.'' R^r
'
omanith
y
Germanischer Lloyd
This certificate is issued on tlie basis of "Regulations for trie Performaiicc of Type Tests Part 0, Procedure".
A .
Markus
(GL
Operation & Maintenance

manual, R-SH.0190A03/./06
Rescue boat / Liferaft handling
Crane, type Rhs.L. 14/3,5
Global Davit Gmb

Survival- & Deck Equiprnt-n
Davit system
rescue boat / liferaft handling

system Rhs.L. 14/3,5
Yard
Jinling Shipyard
Nanjing, Jiangsu
P.R." of China
JLZ02503/./JLZ02506
Hull nr.
Supplier
Suppliers reference nr.
Global Davit GmbH

D-27211 Bassum
Germany
0190A03/./06
Classification
Flag state
Requirements
Germanischer Lloyd / MED

France
SOLAS 1974, with latest amendments
urvival- & Deck Equipment

n: +49 4241 93.150
: +49 4241 9.B.525
I: global-diivitragiobal-aavil.cle
Bankverbindungen:
Kreissparkasse Sykc
(BLZ 291 517 00) Kto.-Nr. 131 000696 S
Commerzbank Diepholz (BLZ 256 41.1 02) Kuv-Nr, 620560.1
Geschftsfhrer: H D . Berg[nann
HRB .1230 AG Sykc
V,4T Nr, DE S12 799 S94

r^^ * T>uc T /^ s
^, t , ^^
^ i
Global Davit Gmb
V^rane, t y p e r\.nS.J-/.14/^55
survival-& Deck Equipment
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
Davit system
rescue boat / liferaft handling

system Rhs.L. 14/3,5
Yard
Jinling Shipyard
Nanjing, Jiangsu
P.R. of China
JLZ02503/./JLZ02506
Hull nr.
Supplier
Suppliers reference nr.
Global Davit GmbH

D-27211 Bassum
Germany
0190A03/./06
Classification
Flag state
Requirements
Germanischer Lloyd / MED

France
SOLAS 1974, with latest amendments
Global Davit GmbH - Survival- & Deck Equipment

Graf Zeppelin-Ring 2 Telefon:-t-49 4241 93350
Bankverbindungen:
D-27211 Bassum
Telefax: -49 4241 933525
Kreissparkasse Syke
(BLZ 291 517 00) Kto.-Nr. 131 000696 8
DEUTSCHLAND
E-Mail: global-davit@global-davit.de Commerzbank Diepholz (BLZ 256 413 02) Kto.-Nr. 6205603
Geschftsfhrer: H.D. Bergmann

HRB 3230 AG Syke
VAT Nr. DE 812 799 894

INDEX
SYSTEM DATA
1.0.
PARTICULARS
OPERATION MANUAL
2.0.
3.0.
4.0.
5.0.
6.0.
7.0.
8.0.
LAUNCIHNG SYSTEM
LAUNCHING INSTRUCTIONS
COMPONENTS
ELECTRIC SYSTEM, rescue boat cranes only
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, cranes of the type Rhs. only
WINCH SYSTEM(s)
7.1.
Basic winch description, type 02/04
7.2. Functional description, type 02/04
7.3.
Store winch description, type 01
7.4. Functional description, type 01
BRAKE GEAR AND BRAKE

CONTROL MECHANISM, type 02/04
9.0. BRAKE SYSTEM OF LAUNCHING
APPLIANCE WINCHES, type 02/04
10.0. RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS
11.0. MAINTENANCE
11.1. Maintenance group 1 ; one week service
11.2. Maintenance group 2, one month service
11.3. Maintenance group 3, three months service
11.4. Maintenance group 4, one year service
12.0. SPARE PARTS

1.0.
PARTICULARS
In this chapter the generalities of the life saving appliance above mentioned and of this
manual will be given.
1.1.
TECHMCAL DATA
1.1.1. Davit
Davit system
System type
S.W.L. - boat / liferaft
- store handling
Radius - life saving
- store handling
rescue boat / hferaft

handling system
Rhs.L.14/3,5
10/14
not applicable
3,5 m
not applicable
1.1.2. Winches / slewing gear unit

Life saving winch type
S.W.L. on winch drum
Hoisting speed
Gravity lowering speed
Oil capacity gearbox
Oil capacity freewheel coupling
W02E.02.il
15,6 kN
18 m/min
minimum 42 m/min
approx. 1,01
approx. 0,05 1
not applicable
Store handling winch type

S.W.L. on winch drum
Hoisting speed
Oil capacity gearbox
\
\
\
Slewing gear unit

Oil capacity slewing gear '"
SG125
approx. 1,21
1.1.3. Craft
Boat to be launched
Make
Type
Permissible capacity
Dimensions
Empty weight in equipped condition
Weight, fully equipped and boarded
rescue boat
Ernst Hatecke GmbH
RB400
6 persons
4,0* 1,8* 0,7 m
4,35 kN
8,85 kN

Raft to be lavmched
Make
Permissible capacity
Dimensions
Empty weight in equipped condition
Weight, fiilly equipped and boarded
1.1.4. Electric data
Voltage
Cycles
Starter box
Enclosure
Control voltage
"Life saving" winch
Motor power
Rated current
Starting current
Motor heater
Store winch
Motor power
Rated current
Starting current
Motor heater
Hydraulic power unit
Motor power
Rated current
Starting current
1.1.5. Hydraulic data
Oil flow
Maximum pressure
Tank capacity
Accumulator size
Pre-fiU pressure of accumulator
Minimum accumulator pressure
Maximum accumulator pressure
inflatable liferaft
\
16 persons
rd. 2900 mm
1,65 kN
13,65 kN
440 V
60 Hz
IP 56 (on-deck)
220 V
6,5 kW
16A
90 A
25 W
not applicable
\
\
\
1,8 kW
20 A
3,0 1/min
275 bar '
701
251
80 bar
225 bar
250 bar

1.1.6. Wire rope falls, life saving

Type
Required rninirnmn breaking strength
Actual minimum breaking load
Diameter
Length
Store handling wire rope
Type
Required minimum breaking strength
Actual minimum breaking load
Diameter
Length
1.1.7. Suspension parts
Rescue boat hook
Raft hook
Store hook
1.2.
Python 17 SRS
84 kN
109 kN
12 mm
30 m
not applicable
\
\
\
\
Simplex 1,1
ARH.23
\
LIST OF ACCOMPANYING INFORMATION SHEETS

For a better understanding of the text in the several chapters the following
documents have been inserted:
nescriptinn
reference nr.
Boarding instruction plate
2-005 IB
Inspection brake lining stop brake

Inspection brake lining centrifugal brake
3-0526B
3-0525A
Adjustment procedure spindle sv/itch
4-0859A
Lubricant / oil recommendation
3-0088
Actuating the remote control line grip
4-0212
Operation <& Maintenance

Rescue boat / Liferaft
1.3.
LIST OF ACCOMPANYING DIIAWINGS

For reason of simplifying the installation works, the boarding procedure and
the maintenance the following documents have been inserted:
Descriptinn
rpfp.rp.nce
Arrangement and data for

deck foundation Rhs.L. 14/3,5
1-0836
Arrangement combined suspension

Operation / maintenance instructions Simplex 1,1
Operation / maintenance instructions ARH.23
4-0279A
8 sheets
1 sheet
Arrangement winch, type 02E.02.

Section brake 200*30
Assembly centrifugal brake parts 250/4,5
3-0888A
1-0704
3-0083C
Arrangement column C05H.04.01
2-0447B
Arrangement remote control 05/10/H-SG
2-0263A
Arrangement hydraulic power unit HSP.OS/lO.ZeOl 3-0535

Hydraulic circuit diagram HSP.05/10.Ze01
3-0536
Documentation hydraulic components
13 sheets
Electric circuit diagram
99A1 010

1.4.
PAINTING INSTRUCTIONS
Unless a paint system has been ordered separately, the davit system supplied
has been sandblasted SA 2,5 and covered with one layer of primer. Thickness
of this coat is 15-20 microns.
UNPROTECTED STORAGE FOR MORE TbAN 3 MONTHS IS NOT
ALLOWABLE, unless a further paint system has been applied.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
2.0.
LAUNCHING SYSTEM
A summary of the most important particulars of the launching appliance as well as

those of the craft to be laimched is given in the preceding chapter. The apphance is
capable of handling a life saving craft of specified dimensions and capacity, the latter
comprising a total of persons, as specified in the paragraph "technical data". Details of
design as well as further particulars of the equipment follow from the accompanying
documents.
2.1.
GENERALITIES
The life saving system is designed in that way that all necessary functions for
hoisting and lowering of the craft are fulfilled. The system corresponds to the
enclosed arrangement drawing.
The Lms., Rms. and Rmhs. type davit systems are suitable for the launching of
respectively a raft and a boat including the full complement of persons from the
lowering/embarkation position to the water level. The survival craft is, in
empty condition, slewed from the stowed position to the embarkation position
by means of hand operation.
The Rhs. and Res. type davit systems are suitable for the launching of a boat
including the full complement of persons from the stowed/embarkation
position to the water level. The survival craft is, in fully boarded condition,
slewed from the stowed position to the lowering position by means of
hydraulic "stored power" respectively by electric power (from the ship's
emergency circuit). The slewing procedure can be controlled from within the
craft.
In the case of boat handling equipment the entry to the survival craft should be
wide enough to handle a sfretcher on, carrying a woimded person.
The lowering procedure is always performed due to gravity. The lowering
procedure can be controlled from either the winch position, or from within the
craft.
Recovery of any raft is controlled manually.
Recovery of any boat is confroUed from the push button box on the crane. By
pushing the "hoisting"-button the boat can be lifted to the highest position. By
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Crane, type Rhs.L.14/3,5
reaching this position, the electric hoisting motor is switched off, due to the
limit switch on the winch. Any remaining hoisting distance, for stowing
purposes, should be overcome by hoisting with the hand crank.
For bringing the craft to the inboard position, the davit can be slewed by means
of:
<B The supplied hand crank (crane types Lms. and Rms.).
e The hand pump and hydraulic slewing motor (crane types Rmhs. only).
The hydraulic slewing motor, via the control lever on the hydraulic unit
(crane types Rhs. only),
or by:
* The electric slewing motor, via the push button on the electric starter box or
on the portable remote control unit (crane types Res. and cranes with store
handling facilities).
For the reasons of safety, the design of any button and/or lever is such that an
immediate braking power is available as soon as actuation of this button / lever
is discontinued; "dead-man"-type controls are being applied.
Recovery of the empty hook, for reason of launching a second life saving craft
is performed with the quick return device. A hand wheel is, for this purpose,
situated on the drum.
To assure a minimum of maintenance all shafts are of stainless steel and the
sheaves of polyamid.
3.0.
LAUNCfflNG INSTRUCTIONS
To assure a safe and well-executed launching, for each davit system, an instruction
plate has been installed. This instruction plate, showing the exact sequence of the
launching procedure is placed on the crane. By following the instructions one by one
safe launching is guaranteed. Nevertheless the complete procedures for a safe
launching and recovering will be reviewed in the next paragraph.
3.1. CRAFT LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY

For a safe launching the following actions should be taken by the boat handling
crew:
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Rescue boat / Liferaft handiing
3.1.1. PREPAILATIONS BEFORE LAUNCHING (general)

e Remove all protection covers.
Check and remove any obstruction/railing.
3.1.2. PREPARATIONS BEFORE LAUNCIHNG (boat cranes)
e Tighten the boat fall by means of the crank.
e ReUeve, if possible, the tensile force in the lashings, by twisting the
turnbuckles.
e Open the slip hooks in the lashings and make sure the wire ropes
create no obstruction, blocking the turning out procedure,
e Check whether the boat chocks do not obstruct the turning-out
procedure,
e Check boat drains.
3.2.1. TURNTNG-OUT PROCEDURE (davits of the type Rhs only)
Embarkation.
e Open the cock-valve of the hydraulic "stored-power" slewing
system. After actuation of the valve, the turning-out procedure
should be continued as soon as possible.
Lift the slewing control lever of the 4/3 hand operated directional
control valve, for which two options are available:
> From within the craft: pull firmly on the YELLOW remote
control grip. By actuating the lever, the slewing continues up to
the lowering position. The slewing stops as soon as the
actuation is discontinued.
> From the crane: lift the lever by hand, stopping remains
possible.
e When reaching the lowering position stop slewing.
3.2.2. TURNING-OUT PROCEDURE (davits of the type Res only)
e Embarkation.
e Turn the davit to the lowering position by activating the electrically
driven slewing gear.
3.2.3. TURNING-OUT PROCEDURE (types Rms and Rmhs)
e Insert the co-delivered hand crank to the squared extension of the
slewing facility shaft (or the lever in the hand pump shaft) and
rotate as appropriate.
e Embarkation.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Crane, type Rlis.L.14/3,5
3.2.4. TURNING-OUT PROCEDURE (davits of the type Lms only)

e Turn the davit to the lowering position (using the hand crank) while
attaching the bowsing lines of the raft to the ship's side.
e Open the liferaft container, while inflating the raft.
e Embarkation, assvire no people wearing sharp edged shoes or
instruments enter the raft.
e Release the bowsing lines / flap.
3.3.1. LOWERING PROCEDURE (ali davit types)
e Lift the brake lever of the winch, for which two options are
available:
> From within the craft: pull firmly on the remote control grip. By
actuating the lever, the lowering continues until the craft is
water borne. Stopping remains possible.
> From near the winch: lift the brake lever by hand; stopping is
still possible.
e For the launching of liferafts:
> When coming close to the water surface, pull the lanyard of the
automatic release hook.
> When reaching the water surface, the hook automatically opens,
thus releasing the raft.
e Start the engine of the survival craft (if applicable),
e Release the hook when water borne (if required).
3.3.2. LOWERING PROCEDURE OF SECOND CRAFT (if required)
e Recover the empty hook with the quick return device on the winch.
e Bring the release hook to the inboard, using the jockey pulley (if
installed) and proceed with the next craft.
NOTE: arm position may have to be altered for subsequent lowering
procedures.
3.4.1. RECOVERY PROCEDURE
e The recovery of any craft/boat is only allowed with a maximum of:
> 2 persons in the liferaft
> 6 persons in the rescue boat.
e Make sure the wire rope falls contain slack and fasten the
suspension in the release hook.
e After closing of the hook, the control lever must be pushed in the
"locked" position (liferaft laimching equipment only).
e Start hoisting from the control stand on the davit or using the hand
crank.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Ensure each wire rope turn remaining permanently on the winch

drum to be kept close to the adjacent one until rope tautening
eliminates rope slack.
e Ensure during hoisting a proper spooling of the remote control wire.
e When reaching the highest hoisting position the limit svvitch on the
wdnch automatically stops any electric driven hoisting procedure.
Check whether the hoisting wire and the remote control wire have
been spooled up as appropriate.
e Start slewing by activating the slewing drive or by inserting the codelivered hand crank to the squared extension of the slewing facility
shaft and rotate as appropriate. Bring the davit to the fmal stowed
position.
3.5.1. ACTIONS AFTER RECOVERY (boat cranes)
e Place the boat on the boat chocks; some additional cranking with
the co-delivered hand crank might be necessary.
Place the gripe gear and tighten up as much as possible.
For preparing the craft for stowing, follow the instructions as given
in the manual of the survival craft.
e Place all protection covers.
De-load the wire rope to a hand taut extend by lifting the brake
lever for a short moment.
3.5.2. ACTIONS AFTER RECOVERY (davits of the type Rhs. only)
e Close the cock-valve of the hydraulic "stored-power" slewing
system.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
4.0.
MAIN COMPONENTS
To assure a safe and well-executed launching each davit system incorporates the main
components, which will be reviewed in the next paragraphs.
4.1.
GRIPING GEAR (LASHING GEAR)

When not actually in use, the craft should be reliable stowed for sea trail; the
way in which the gripe lines have to be applied, as well as further details,
follow from the accompanying arrangement plan and tiie specific drawing of
the griping gear itself
By applying the griping gear, the survival craft is secured in a seaworthy
position.
To prepare the appliance for craft launching, the boat has to be set ready first
by slipping the gripe lines, i.e. by releasing the slip hook/tumbuckle
incorporated in them.
4.2.
REMOTE CONTROL, type SGms.

For activating the lowering procedure from within the survival craft a remote
control system has been foreseen. The boat handling crew from inside the craft
can activate the confrol lever of the winch.
For reason of personal safety never attempt to wrap the control line round
fmgers or hand, for any obstruction on the outside could lead to serious injuries
then. Use the control wire grip only as shown in the accompanying drawing
"actuating the remote control line grip".
On cranes of the type Rhs. and Res. an additional remote control has been
foreseen to control the turning-out procedure in the same way as the lowering
procedure.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Crane, type Rlis.L.14/355
5.0.
SYSTEM, rescue boat cranes only
The electric control system, shown on the drawing "electric circuit diagram",
comprises the follo^îng main items:
Electric motor, situated on the "life saving" winch
e Electric motor, situated on the store handling winch (optional)
e Electric motor, situated in the hydraulic power unit (optional)
e Starter box
e Portable remote control unit
Limit switches
5.1.
ELECTRIC MOTOR(S)
All rescue boat cranes
One electric motor is mounted on the "life saving" winch, directly driving the
load via a gear train. The motor is of the type B5, insulation class F, and
enclosure IP56. The motor is of the 4-pole type, allowing one speed for
hoisting. The motor contains a stand-by-heating element connected to the
starter box on the control voltage circuit.
Cranes with store handling facilities
One electric motor is mounted on the store-handling winch, directly driving the
load via a gear train. The motor is of the type B5, insulation class F, and
enclosure IP56. The motor is of the 4-pole type, allowing one speed for
hoisting and lowering. The motor contains a stand-by-heating element
connected to the starter box on the control voltage circuit.
Cranes of the type Rhs. only
One electric motor is mounted in the hydraulic unit directly driving the pump
via a flexible coupling.
5.2.
STARTER BOX
The starter box is executed for mounting on deck and is of the enclosure class
IP 56. The following controls / alarms are situated on the starter box:
e MAIN POWER SWITCH Ql, with this switch the electric supply to the
winch motors can be controlled,
e "POWER-ON" rÔICATOR HI, this indicator lights as soon as the mam
power switch has been activated.
e PUSH BUTTON, with this button the electrically driven hoisting procedure
of the boat winch can be controlled. An additional or alternative remote
button may be installed to allow safe control in every crane position.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
For cranes with store handling facilities:

e PUSH BUTTONS S21/S22, with these buttons the electrically driven
hoisting procedure of the store winch can be conttoUed. An additional or
alternative remote button may be installed to allow safe control in every
crane position.
For cranes of the type Rhs. and Rmhs. only:
e EMERGENCY-OFF" BUTTON SO; with this switch the power to all
electric motors can be switched off, causing at the same moment a lighting
of the "stored power unit" alarm.
"FAILURE" ALARM H2; this indicator lights as soon as miss functioning
of the stored-power unit may be expected. The following circumstances
cause an alarm:
> The emergency stop has been activated.
> The low-pressure contact of the pressure alarm switch has been
activated, however the electric motor is not able to charge the
accumulator within a reasonable time limit (crane types Rhs. only).
> One of the electtic motors takes too much power causing the
corresponding relays to respond.
The starter box contains a stand-by-heating element connected to the control
voltage circuit.
5.3.
PORTABLE REMOTE CONTROL UNIT (optional)

A portable remote conttol unit may be supplied with the crane to allow safe
operation of the crane in every crane position. The unit contains the push
buttons, which are required to operate the various electrically driven
procedures. The unit is of the enclosure class ff 44, and should, when not being
used, be stowed below decks.
5.4.
LIMIT SWITCHES
The limit switches are of the enclosure IP 56 for mounting on deck.
4J
on ail types of boat cranes

stopping the boat at the highest hook position
on winch
locking the electric motor if the crank is inserted
on the winch
additionally on cranes with store handling facilities
stopping the store handling hoisting procedure
on store vrich
additionally on cranes with hydraulic stored power
starting and stopping of the accumulator chargmg in the hydraulic unit
additionally (optional)
limiting the slewing procedures
close to the foundation
For further details see the electtic circuit diagrams.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
6.0.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (types Rhs. and Rmhs. only)
The tuming-out/tuming-in of the davit is performed by means of a hydraulic motor,

situated on the crane column.
The hydrauhc control system is shown on the accompanying drawing "hydraulic circuit
diagram". It comprises the following main items:
hydraulic power unit / control unit

e
accumulator / pressure control switch
e
hydraulic motor
6.1.
HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT/CONTROL UNIT

The hydraulic power unit is mounted on the crane column. It incorporates an
electric motor (see "ELECTRICS"), directly driving the pump via a flexible
coupling. The pump, as well as the control components, is located inside the
tank.
6.2.
ACCUMULATOR / PRESSURE CONTROL SWITCH

cranes of the type Rhs. only
An accumulator is mounted on the crane, directly driving the hydraulic motor
as soon as the "COCK VALVE" and the "4/3 HAND OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE" are actuated.
The. pressure in the accumulator is controlled by the pressure control switch
and visualised by the build-on manometer. The pressure control switch starts
and stops the electric motor at pressures as shown in the paragraph "technical
data".
For safety reasons a pressure relief valve is incorporated in the system. An
additional cock valve (for drainage purposes) is added.
6.3.
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
The hydraulic motor is the actuator of the "stored power" slewing mechanism.
The motor is located on the crane column, close to the winch.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
7.0.
WINCH SYSTEM(S)
To satisfy the craft launching and recovery purposes, the launching appliance is
equipped with a wanch.
In essence the launching of each life saving craft occurs by gravity only. To the
purpose of rescue boat recovery by electric power, the winch is executed with
an electric motor. Life rafts are recovered by manual cranking only.
To the purpose of craft recovery by manual cranking, the co-delivered hand
crank is inserted to the squared extension of the hoisting facility shaft and
rotated as appropriate; the facility is back-kick proof
To the purpose of multiple craft handling the winch may be executed with a
quick return device for a fast recovery of the empty hook.
7.1.
BASIC WINCH DESCRIPTION, type 02/04

Basically, the winch comprises a:
e Wire rope coiling gear; the drum or barrel
Speed reducer gear
e Safety gear
Brake gear
Motor power unit (rescue boat winches only)
e ylanual hoisting facility
e Remote control drum
7.1.1. DRUM
To coil, accommodate, or unwind the necessary wire rope fall parts, the
winch is equipped with a drum, the shaft of which is being supported in
ball bearings.
In case where the crane is used to serve more than one life saving craft
the drum will incorporate a quick return unit.
7.1.2. SPEED REDUCER GEAR
The speed reducer gear employs an appropriate conventional gear train.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
7.1.3. SAFETY GEAR (CENTRIFUGAL BRAKE)

To the purpose of gravity lowering an automatic governor brake has
been installed, keeping the rate of lowering speed situated within
permissible limits.
7.1.4. BRAKE GEAR (STOP BRAKE)
To the purpose of holding the survival craft in any position a springoperated brake has been installed. By lifting the brake lever a control
mechanism relieves the brake and lowering due to gravity with a speed
govemed by the safety gear is possible.
By releasing the brake lever the lever drops back to the neutral position.
7.1.5. MOTOR POWER UMT, (rescue boat winches only)
The motor power unit is represented by a squirrel cage electric motor,
creating the possibility of hoisting the survival craft with the speed
desired (see "technical data"). Lowering by means of this motor is not
possible.
7.1.6. MANUAL CRANKING GEAR
Apart from hoisting the load by motor power, there is also a back kick
proof manual hoisting facility, enabling the craft to be recovered by
manual cranking as need be. To that purpose the co-delivered hand
crank has to be inserted on to the squared extension concerned, and
rotated as long as necessary.
If not required the crank handle should be stowed in its supports on the
winch. If inserted the electric motor can not be activated.
During gravity lowering the hand crank can not be inserted since the
cover, which has to be turned aside, will prevent any brake lever
movement.
7.1.7. REMOTE CONTROL DRUM
On the drum shaft of the winch an extra drum has been placed to store
the remote control drum wire.
During the recovery of the survival craft it might be necessary to check
whether the remote control wire spools correctly onto the drum.
SOME ASSISTANCE MAY BE REQUIRED!
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
7.2.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION, type 02/04

The individual modes of operation are as follows:
7.2.1. HOISTING BY ELECTRIC POWER (rescue boat cranes only)
Electric motor rotation enacted by actuation of the push button on the
control box results in a corresponding drum rotation.
7.2.2. LOWT^RING BY GRAVITY
To the purpose of lowering the load by gravity, the brake is relieved by
lifting its control lever, which also permits the brake shaft to rotate and
the drum is free to payout the load.
For safety reasons the design is such that in case of discontinuing the
activation of the lever the descend of the survival craft is stopped
immediately; the design is of the "dead-man" t^'pe.
7.2.3. HOISTING BY MANUAL CRANKING
Manual crank rotation coincides with the corresponding drum rotation,
the crank engaging with gear shaft. The incorporated non-return
device/freewheel coupling enables free hoisting rotation.
To the purpose of insertion of the hand crank, the safety device actuator
screening the shaft entry has to be turned aside, preventing at the same
time the gravity lowering procedure as well as the motor from being set
running.
7.2.4. RECOVERING OF THE EMPTY HOOK (optional)
Manual hoisting with high speed is possible, if the hook is unloaded. To
this purpose a handrail has been attached to the drum flange.
7.3.
STORE WINCH DESCRIPTION, type 01

Basically, the store winch comprises a:
Wire rope coiling gear; the drum or barrel
e Speed reducer gear
e Motor power unit
7.3.1. DRUM
To coil, accommodate, or unwind the necessary wire rope fall parts, the
winch is equipped with a drum, the shaft of which is being supported in
ball bearings.
Operation manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Crane, type Rlis.L.14/355
7.3.2. SPEED REDUCER GEAR

The speed reducer gear employs an appropriate worm gear unit.
7.3.3. MOTOR POWER UNIT
The motor power xmit is represented by a squirrel cage electric motor,
creating the possibility of hoisting any load with the speed desired (see
"technical data"). Lowering by means of this motor is also possible.
7.4.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION STORE HANDLING WINCH, type 01

The individual modes of operation are as follows:
7.4.1. HOISTING/LOWERING BY ELECTRIC POWER
Electric motor rotation enacted by actuation of the push button on the
starter box or on the portable remote control unit results in a
corresponding drum rotation.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
8.0.
BRAKE GEAR AND BRAKE CONTROL MECHANISM, type 02/04
The frequency of inspection checks and adjustment activities strongly depends on the
frequency and extend of use, the way of actuating the controls and similar factors; as
customary with such kind of equipment, own experience will provide for an optimum
frequency of servicing and maintenance activities to be assessed.
To start with, a three-month interval may be recommended.
NOTE: BEFORE STARTING ANY INSPECTION OF WINCH BRAKES,
ALWAYS BE CERTAIN THAT:
NO LOAD/CRAFT IS HANGING FROM THE WIRE ROPE FALLS.
8.1.
INSPECTION CHECK & ADJUSTMENT

Independent of the condition of the brake linings the brake lever will remain in
a horizontal position. Due to a wearing process occurred between the brake
lining and the counter-part faces, the spring (tightening the internal brake lever)
has to pull this internal brake lever more and more.
When extremely worn-out this spring will no longer be capable of stopping the
load: the load will be lowered with a speed governed by the safety brake.
Please use the attached illustration sheet "Inspection brake lining stop brake" in
conjunction with the following:
e Lift the brake lever weight (1) against the stopper (2) and secure in the
upright position, using the safety lever (3).
e Remove the 6 bolts (4) of the brake cover.
To further assist removal of the brake cover plate. Remove the 3 thread
blanking bolts (5) from threaded holes and fit longer bolts (such as item 4)
into same threaded holes. Tighten the bolts in an even pattern as necessary
to assist extraction of the cover plate from housing,
e Remove the brake cover (6) of the winch housing,
e The stop brake is now clearly visible.
For assembly proceed in opposite sequence.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
9.0.
1 SYSTEM OF LAUNCmNG APPLIANCE WELCHES,

type 02/04
The brake shoe linings should be periodically checked for wear and, on reaching their
minimum permissible thickness foUowkig from the accompanying information sheet,
they should be replaced, observing the prescribed properties of the linings and the
rivets.
The period of time between two successive checks depending preponderantly on the
frequency and way of operation and other factors; a generally applicable value is
difficult to be prescribed. As a rule the linings should be checked for wear every 25
launching procedures or every year, whichever occurs earlier; an optimum interval will
however be shown by own experience of trial and error.
At the occasion of the above mentioned checks the condition of other brake parts
should be inspected as well and measures taken as appropriate.
NOTE: BEFORE STARTING ANY INSPECTION OF WINCH BRAKES,
ALWAYS BE CERTAIN THAT:
NO LOAD/CRAFT IS HANGING FROM THE WIRE ROPE FALLS.
9.1.
SAFETY BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY

Please use the attached illustration sheet "Inspection brake lining centrifugal
brake" in conjunction v^th the following:
To check the brake linings of the safety brake proceed as follows:
e> Disassemble the brake cover as stated in paragraph "inspection check brake
gear",
e Remove the circlips of the brake shaft.
e Remove the stop brake unit (1) of the brake shaft.
The safety brake (2) is now clearly visible. For a renewal of brake lining the
brake levers can be removed without further disassembling.
For assembly please proceed in opposite sequence.
Note:
e Double execution of safety brake is as shown, single or even triple
executions are used as necessary,
e Four rivets per lining are to be applied.
e The springs should be treated with grease lubricants prior to assembly,
e Please inspect parts for wear and replace as necessary.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
10.0. lUECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS

For the recommended oil and grease lubricants, please see the accompanying list made
up in compliance with recommendations by the Oil Companies mentioned therein. For
obvious reasons, the list can not be exhaustive; equivalent products by other
recognized Companies are acceptable as well.
Lubricants have been developing unceasingly; it is advisable to consult your lubricant
supplier, in particular whenever operation at extremes of temperature should be
envisaged.
With respect to the particulars mentioned in the list, your lubricant supplier will be
pleased to assist you in making a choice of the lubricant types optimally suited to the
ship's area of navigation.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
11.0.
MAINTENANCE, life raft, rescue boat and combined cranes.
bi this chapter the required maintenance will be described; it is to be executed by the

ship's crew.
Even though the interval of checking and maintaining the parts of a davit system
depends on the frequency and way of operation, we have tried to give an estimation of
the required intervals.
11.1. MAINTENANCE GROUP 1, ONE WEEK SERVICE

cranes of the types Rhs. only.
11.1.1. HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL
The level of the hydraulic fluid in the tank, normally situated on the
crane column, should be checked every week. For this purpose a dipstick has been mounted on the tank. The accumulator should be drained
in advance by using the drain valve or by slewing the crane.
11.1.2. HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
The pressure of the hydrauUc fluid, stored in the accumulator, must be
checked. The pressure should be between the values mentioned in the
paragraph "technical data".
11.2.
MAINTENANCE GROUP 2, ONE MONTH SERVICE

11.2.1. ACCUMULATOR / PRESSURE ALARM
The function of the hydraulic accumulator and of the pressure alarm
should be checked. By draining the accumulator or by turning out of the
davit the pressure will drop instantly. The following checks can be
executed:
> Functioning of the manometer, which shows the pressure in the
accumulator.
> By using the accumulator the pressure decreases to a certain value.
At this moment the pressure suddenly drops to 0 bars. The lowest
value registered is the gas pre-fill pressure. It should be
approximately "PO" bars (see paragraph "technical data").
> When the pressure drops, the electric switch starts the electric
motor. Functioning of both components can be checked this way.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
> Should the maximum pressure not be reached within a certain time
limit (according the time-relays in the starter box) or should the
hydraulic pump not stop after reaching this pressure then the
electric motor is stopped and the alarm light is activated.
11.3.
MAINTENANCE GROUP 3, THREE MONTHS SERVICE

all crane types
11.3.1. DAVITS (greasing)
The davits have been provided with polyamid sheaves, running on
stainless steel shafts. So: a special maintenance of the turning parts is
not necessary.
All thread ends, required for adjustment purposes, must always be kept
greased.
11.3.2. WINCHES (greasing)
All lubrication points, if any, must be lubricated by means of a high
pressure grease gun at regular intervals.
11.3.3. WIRE ROPES (greasing)
The wire ropes must be greased at regular intervals. The applied grease
should be slightly heated beforehand.
11.3.4. OIL LEVEL CHECK
The oil level in the gearbox of the winch(es) and of the slewing gear (if
any) must be checked. For this purpose a level plug has been installed
on each housing.
11.3.5. BRAKE GEAR
The brake gear and the brake control mechanism should be checked
periodically. The checkiag procedure has been described in the
paragraph "brake gear and brake control mechanism".
11.3.6. RESCUE BOAT / LIFE RAFT RELEASE HOOK
The hooks must be checked and greased at regular intervals. Checking
of the proper functioning is required.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
11.3.7. STORE HOOK (if any)

The hook of the store handling appliance must be checked for excessive
corrosion and/or extreme wear or damage. The hook is to be replaced if
need be.
11.4.
MAINTENANCE GROUP 4, ONE YEAR SERVICE

11.4.1. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (oil change)
The complete quantity of hydraulic oil must be replaced once a year.
Before draining the oil tank, the accumulator should be drained: its
contents is automatically led to the tank when the cock valve is opened.
During the changing of the oil, the following should be kept in mind:
DIRT IS POISSON TO EVERY HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION.
Only absolute and perfect cleanliness will ensure a faultless operation
of the equipment.
11.4.2. WINCHES (oil change), all crane types
SLEWING GEAR, crane of the types Rhs. and Res. only.
All gearboxes have the tooth wheels running in an oil bath; the oil must
be changed once a year. The gearboxes have been provided with a drain
plug on the lower side. Before filling the gearbox with new oil, it
should be cleaned thoroughly with scouring oil. The quantity of oil has
been indicated in the paragraph "technical data".
11.4.3. SAFETY BRAKE
The safety brake linings should be checked on wear. The method is
described in paragraph "brake system of launching appliance winches".
11.4.4. INSTALLING/CHANGING OF WIRE ROPES
Special attention is drawn to the necessity for checking that the wire
rope falls are running on the drum from the correct side. This must be
checked before un-reeving the rope falls.
When wedge cases are used for connecting the wire rope, the wire rope
which is under strain, must form one line with one side of the wedge
casing.
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
The windings on the drum must be laid tightly against each other, they
should not be laid over one another.
It is advisable to un-reeve the wire ropes once a year and to turn the
wires before they are reeved anew (if possible).
11.4.5. PAINTING
When repainting the davits, winches etc., it frequently happens that a
further coat of paint is applied over the previous one, so that the free
clearances between moving parts are entirely filled up with paint.
Consequently in the long run the moving parts seize up.
When repainting special attention must therefore be paid to the prior
removal of the old coat of paint near the moving parts, at least on the
dangerous areas. The grease nipples must never be painted, to avoid a
stoppage in the grease channel.
11.4.6. SPARE PARTS
Periodically the presence of spare parts should be checked. For. this
purpose our recommendation can be found in the chapter "spare parts".
Maintenance manual
R-SH.0190A03/./06
12.0. SPARE PARTS

For each system the following spare parts were recommended and they should be on
stock in the ship:
For the types Lms.:

item
descriptiuTL
quantity
01
02
brake lining 200*30

centrifugal brake parts 250
1 set
1 set
For the types Lms.S., Rms. and Res.

item
description
quantity
01
02
03
brake lining 200*30

limit switch
1 set
1 set
2
For the types Rhs.:

item
descriptioTL
brake lining 200*30
01
02
limit switch
03
pressure switch
04
quantity
1 set
1 set
2
1
Manuel d'utilisation et de
maintenance, R-SH.0190A03/./06
Grue de manutention pour canot
de sauvetage, type Rhs.L. 14/3,5
Global Davit GmbH

Survival- & Deck Equipment
Systme bossoir
systme de manutention pour

canot de sauvetage Rhs.L. 14/3,5
Chantier
Jingling Shipyard
Nanjing, Jiangsy
P.R. of China
JLZ02503/./JLZ02506
Coque
Fournisseur
Rfrence fournisseur
Classification
Etat dtenteur du pavillon
Exigences satisfaire
Global Davit GmbH

D-27211 Bassum
Allemagne
0190A03/./06
Germanischer Lloyd /MED

France
SOLAS 1974, y compris les derniers
amendements
Global Davit GmbH - Survival- & Deck Equipment

Graf Zeppelin-Ring 2
D-27211 Bassum
DEUTSCHLAND
Telefon: -49 4241 93350

Telefax: +49 4241 933525
E-Mail: global-davit@global-davit.de
Bankverbindungen:
Kreissparkasse Syke
(BLZ 291 517 00) Kto.-Nr. 131 000696 i
Commerzbank Diepholz (BLZ 256 413 02) Kto.-Nr. 6205603
Geschftsfhrer: H.D. Bergmann

HRB 3230 AG Syke
VAT Nr. DE 812 799 894
SOMMAII
CARACTRISTIQUES DU SYSTME
1.0.
DTAILS
MANUEL D'UTILISATION
2.0.
3.0.
4.0.
5.0.
6.0.
7.0.
SYSTME DE LANCEMENT
INSTRUCTIONS POUR LANCEMENT
PRINCIPAUX COMPOSANTS
QUIPEMENT LECTRIQUE, grues pour canot de sauvetage
seulement
SYSTME HYDRAULIQUE, grues du type Rhs. seulement
SYSTME DE TREUILLAGE
7.1.
description sommaire du treuil, type 02/04
7.2.
description de fonctionnement, type 02/04
7.3.
description sommaire du treuil, type 01
7.4.
description de fonctionnement, type 01
MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE
8.0.
9.0.
10.0.
11.0.
12.0.
FREINS ET MCANISME DE LEVAGE

AXIAL, type 02/04
SYSTME DE FREINAGE DES TREUILS
DE LANCEMENT, type 02/04
LUBRIFIANTS RECOMMANDES
ENTRETIEN
11.1. groupe entretien 1, une semaine de sen/ice
11.2. groupe entretien 2, un mois de service
11.3. groupe entretien 3, trois mois de service
11.4. groupe entretien 4, un an de service
PICES DTACHES
de sauvetage, type Rhs.L.14/3,5
1.0.
DETAILS
Ce chapitre traite des gnralits concernant l'quipement de sauvetage mentionn cidessus ainsi que du manuel.
1.1.
CARACTERISTIQUES TECHNIQUES
1.1.1. Bossoir
Systme bossoir
Type de systme
Charge de travail admissible
- radeau de sauvetage
- manutention mise poste
Rayon - sauvetage
- manutention mise poste
1.1.2. Treuils / ensembles de pivotement
Treuil de sauvetage type
sur tambour du treuil
Vitesse de levage
Vitesse de descente par gravit
Capacit d'huile bote de vitesse
Capacit dispositif roue libre
systme de manutention
pour canot de sauvetage
Rhs.L.14/3,5
10/14kN
non apphcable
3,5 m
non applicable
W02E,02.11
15,6 kN
18 m/min
minimum 42 m/min
environ 1,01
environ 0,05 1
Treuil de manutention mise poste type

sur tambour du treuil
Vitesse de levage
Capacit d'huile bote de vitesse
\
\
\
Ensemble de pivotement
Contenance huile ensemble pivotement
SG125
environ 1,2 1
1.1.3. Embarcation
Canot mettre l'eau
Fabricant
Type
Maximum autoris
non applicable
canot de sauvetage
Ernst Hatecke GmbH
RB400
6 personnes
Dimensions
Poids vide quip
Poids quip et charg
4,0* 1,8* 0,7 m

4,35 kN
8,85 kN
Radeau mettre l'eau

Fabricant
Nombre de personnes autoris
Dimensions
Poids vide quip
Poids tout quip et pleine charge
radeau gonflable
1.1.4. Caractristiques lectriques

Tension
Frquence
Coffret dmarreur
Enveloppe
Tension de commande
"Treuil de sauvetage"
Puissance du moteur
Courant nominal
Courant au dmarrage
Rsistance de rchauffage
"Treuil de manutention mise poste"
Puissance du moteur
Courant nominal
Courant au dmarrage
Rsistance de rchauffage
Ensemble hydraulique
Puissance du moteur
Courant nominal
Courant au dmarrage
16
environ. 2900 mm
1,65
13,65 kN
400 V
60 Hz
IP 56 (on deck)
220 V
6,5 kW
16A '
90 A
25 W
non applicable
\
\
\
1,8 kW
20 A
1.1.5. Caractristiques hydrauliques

Dbit d'huile
3,0 1/min
Pression maximale
275 bar
Contenance du rservoir
701
Taille de l'accumulateur
251
Pression de pr-remplissage de l'accumulateur 80 bar
Pression minimale de l'accumulateur
225 bar
Pression maximale de l'accumulateur
250 bar
! d'utilisation et de
1.1.6. Garants cble mtallique, sauvetage

Type
Rsistance minimale la rupture requise
Rsistance minimale la rupture relle
Diamtre
Longueur
Python 17 SRS
84 kN
109
12mm
30 m
Cble mtallique pour manutention de mise poste

Type
non
Rsistance minimale la rupture requise
\
Rsistance minimale la rupture relle
\
Diamtre
\
Longueur
\
1.1,7. Crochets de suspension
Crochet pour canot de sauvetage
Crochet pour radeau
Crochet pour mise poste
1.2.
Simplex 1,1
ARH.23
\
LISTE DES FICHES D'INFORMATION ANNEXEES

Afin de mieux comprendre le texte des diffrents chapitres, nous avons inclus
les documents suivants :
Descriptinn
"Referencen'^
Instructions d'embarquement
2-0051
Inspection garnitures frein d'arrt
3-0526B
Inspection garnitures frein centrifuge
3-0525A
Rglage procdure fin de course de hissage
4-0859B
Tableau lubrifiants / huiles hydrauliques
3-0088
Actionner la poigne du cble de commande
4-0212
de sauvetage, type Ris.L.14/3,5
1.3.
LISTE DES PLANS ANNEXES

Afin de simplifier les travaux d'installation, la procdure d'embarquement et
l'entretien, nous avons inclus les documents suivants :
Description
Referencen"
Disposition et caractristiques pour

socle de pont Rlis.L.14/3,5
1-0836
Disposition combinaison suspension

4-0279A
Instructions d'utilisation / maintenance Simplex 1,1 8 fiches
Instructions d'utilisation / maintenance ARH.23
1 fiche
Disposition treuil, type 02E.02.
Section frein 200*30
Ensemble pices frein centrifiige 250/4,5
3-0888A
1-0704
3-0083C
Section du ft C05H.04.01
2-0447B
Section commande distance 05/10/H-SG
2-0263A
Section bloc hydraulique HSP.05/10.Ze01

Schma circuit hydraulique HSP.OS/lO.ZeOl
Documentation hydraulique composants
3-0535
3-0536
13 fiches
Schma circuit lectrique
99A1 010
! d'utilisation et de '
de sauvetage, type RhsX.14/3,5
1.4.
INSTRUCTIONS POUR PEINTURE

Sauf si un systme de peinture a t command sparment, le bossoir fourni a
t sabl SA2,5 et recouvert d'une couche de primaire. L'paisseur de cette
couche est de 15-20 microns.
Il est interdit de stocker dcouvert pendant plus de trois mois moins qu'une
autre couche de peinture n'ait t applique.
Manuel d'utilisation
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Grue de manutention pour radeau
2.0.
SYSTEME DE MISE A L'EAU
Un rcapitulatif des lments les plus importants du dispositif de lancement ainsi que
ceux du canot est fourni au chapitre prcdent. L'appareil est capable de
manutentionner une embarcation de sauvetage de dimensions et de capacit spcifies,
cette dernire se rapportant au nombre total autoris de personnes embarques spcifi
au paragraphe "Caractristiques techniques". Les dtails surle type et d'autres lments
du matriel sont fournis dans les documents joints.
2.
GENEIIALITES
Le dispositif de sauvetage est conu de manire ce que toutes les fonctions de
levage et de descente concernant l'engin puissent tre remplies. Le systme
correspond aux plans de montage joints.
Les systmes bossoir type Lms., Rms. et Rmhs. conviennent pour la mise
l'eau de respectivement un radeau et un canot y compris le nombre total de
personnes prvu, depuis la position de descente/d'embarquement jusqu'au
niveau de l'eau. L'embarcation de survie, l'tat vide, est pivot manuellement
depuis la position poste jusqu' la position d'embarquement.
Les systmes bossoir type Rhs. et Res. conviennent pour la mise l'eau d'un
canot y compris le nombre total de personnes prvu, depuis la position
poste/d'embarquement jusqu'au niveau de l'eau. L'embarcation de survie avec
sa pleine charge de personnes est pivot depuis la position poste jusqu' la
position de descente au moyen d'une "nergie hydraulique stocke",
respectivement au moyen d'nergie lectrique (provenant du circuit de secours
du navire). La procdure de pivotement peut tre contrle partir de l'intrieur
de l'embarcation.
L'entre du canot de sauvetage doit tre assez grande pour permettre le passage
d'un brancard portant un bless.
La descente est assure par gravit. La procdure de descente peut tre
contrle soit de la position treuil, soit de l'intrieur de l'embarcation.
La rcupration de tout radeau de sauvetage est contrle mânuellement.
La rcupration du canot est contrle partir d'un botier de commande sur la
grue. En pressant le bouton "hissage" l'embarcation peut tre leve la position
R-SH.0190A03/./06
de sauvetage, type Rlis.L.14/355
haute. Cette position tant atteinte, le moteur lectrique de hissage est coup
par un limiteur de course situ sur le treuil. S'il reste une certaine course de
hissage pour pouvoir mettre l'embarcation poste, il faut ventuellement
terminer le hissage la manivelle.
Pour amener l'embarcation dans la position l'intrieur du bord, le bossoir peut
tre pivot l'aide:
* de la manivelle fournie (grues type Lms et,Rms).
de la pompe main et du moteur hydraulique de pivotement (grues type
Rmhs).
a du moteur hydraulique de pivotement, par l'intermdiaire du levier de
commande sur l'ensemble hydraulique (grue type Rhs. seulement).
Ou l'aide:
e du moteur lectrique de pivotement, par l'intermdiaire du bouton poussoir
du coffret dmarreur ou du botier portable de commande distance (grue
type Res et grues avec dispositifs de manutention pour mise poste ).
Pour des raisons de scurit, la conception du bouton/levier est telle qu'une
force de freinage est immdiatement disponible ds que activation du
bouton/levier est arrte (systme de l'homme mort).
La rcupration du crochet vide, pour mise l'eau d'une seconde embarcation
de sauvetage est effectue avec le dispositif de retour rapide. A cet effet, un
volant est plac sur le tambour.
Pour garantir un minimum de maintenance, tous les arbres sont en acier
inoxydable et les poulies gorge en polyamide.
3.0.
INSTRUCTIONS POUR LA MISE A L'EAU

Pour assurer un lancement bien excut et sans risque, une plaquette
d'instruction a t installe chez chaque bossoir. Cette plaquette montre l'ordre
des diffrentes phases de mise l'eau et elle est place prs de la position
d'embarquement. En suivant ces instructions une par une, on peut garantir un
lancement sr. Nanmoins, les procdures compltes pour un bon lancement et
une bonne rcupration seront reprises au paragraphe suivant.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
3.1.
LANCEMENT ET lCUPERATION DE L'EMBARCATION

Pour un bon lancement, l'quipe charge de la manuvre du canot doit agir de
la manire suivante:
3.1.1. PRPARATIONS AVANT LANCEMENT (gnralement)
e enlever les protections.
e vrifier et faire disparatre toute obstruction.
3.1.2. PRPARATIONS AVANT LANCEMENT (bossoirs pour canot
de sauvetage seulement)
e tendre les cbles de levage en utilisant la manivelle.
e soulager, si possible, la tension dans les amarres en faisant tourner
les ridoirs.
e ouvrir les crochets chappement dans les amarres et s'assurer que
les cbles ne crent pas d'obstruction et empchent la sortie.
vrifier que les cales de l'embarcation ne gnent pas la rotation.
e vrifier les dalots.
3.2.1. PROCDURE DE LANCEMENT (bossoirs du typ Rhs.
seulement)
e embarquement,
e ouvrir le robinet de l'accumulateur hydraulique du systme
d'orientation. Aprs manuvre du robinet, l'orientation doit tre
effectue ds que possible.
lever le levier de commande de la vanne de commande
directionnelle par manuvre ' 4/3, pour laquelle il y a 2
possibilits:
> depuis l'intrieur du bateau: tirer fermement la poigne JAUNE
de commande distance. Par activation du levier, l'orientation
se poursuit jusqu' la position de descente. L'orientation stoppe
quand on cesse d'actionner le levier.
> depuis le bossoir: soulever le levier la main, l'arrt demeure
possible.
e
Ds l'arrive la position de descente, stopper le pivotement.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
3.2.2. PROCEDURE DE PIVOTEMENT (bossoirs du type Res.

seulement)
0 Embarquement.
Placer le bossoir en position de descente en actionnant le dispositif
de pivotement commande lectrique,
e Ds l'arrive la position de descente, stopper le pivotement.
3.2.3. PROCDURE DE PIVOTEMENT (bossoirs du type Rms. et
Rmhs. seulement)
e Engager la manivelle livre sur le bout d'arbre du dispositif de
pivotement (ou le levier dans le corps de la pompe main) et
tourner dans le sens appropri.
Ds l'arrive la position de descente, stopper le pivotement.
Embarquement.
3.2.4. PROCDURE DE PIVOTEMENT (bossoirs du type Lms.
seulement)
e Mettre le bossoir en position de descente (en utilisant la manivelle)
tout en attachant les amarres au flanc du navire.
e Ouvrir le conteneur du radeau de sauvetage tout en le gonflant.
Embarquement, s'assurer qu'aucune personne ne portant des
souliers ou des appareils artes vives ne monte dans le radeau.
e Librer les amarres.
3.3.1
PROCDUbtE DE DESCENTE (tous les types de bossoirs)

e Lever le levier du frein du treuil, pour lequel il existe deux options:
> Depuis l'intrieur de l'embarcation, tirer fermement sur la
poigne de la commande distance. Par activation du levier, la
descente continue jusqu' ce que l'embarcation soit porte par
l'eau. L'arrt reste possible.
> Depuis un endroit proche du treuil : lever la main le levier du
frein, l'arrt reste toujours possible.
e Pour la mise l'eau de radeaux:
> Lorsque l'on approche de la surface de l'eau, tirer sur le cordage
du crochet ouverture automatique.
> Lorsque l'on atteint la surface de l'eau, le crochet s'ouvre
automatiquement, librant ainsi le radeau.
e Dmarrer le moteur de l'embarcation de survie (si applicable).
* Librer le crochet ds que l'embarcation est porte par l'eau (si
ncessaire).
R-SH.0190A03/./06
3.3.2. PROCEDURE DE DESCENTE D'UNE SECONDE

EMBARCATION (si ncessaire)
Rcuprer le crochet vide l'aide du dispositif de retour rapide sur
le treuil.
Amener le crochet ouverture automatique en dedans du bord, en
utilisant la poulie de guidage (si installe) et continuer avec la
prochaine embarcation.
A NOTER: la position du bras peut devoir tre modifie pour les
procdures de descente suivantes.
3.4.1. PROCDURE DE RCUPRATION
e La rcupration de toute embarcation est seulement autorise avec
un maximum de:
> 2 persormes dans le radeau
> 6 personnes dans le canot de sauvetage
e S'assurer que les garants du cble ont du mou et accrocher la
suspension dans le crochet.
Aprs fermeture du crochet, le levier de commande doit tre pouss
en position "verrouill" (quipement de mise l'eau de radeau
seulement).
e Commencer le levage partir du poste de commande sur le bossoir
ou en utilisant la manivelle.
S'assurer que chaque tour de cble reste bien sur le tambour du
treuil proche du prcdent jusqu' ce que la tension du cble limine
le mou.
Assurer durant le levage, un enroulement correct du cble de
commande distance.
Lorsque l'on approche de la position de levage la plus haute,
l'interrupteur de fin de course sur le treuil du bossoir arrte
automatiquement toute procdure de levage commande lectrique.
Contrler que le cble de levage et le cble de commande distance
ont t enrouls de faon approprie.
e Dmarrer le pivotement en actionnant la commande de pivotement
ou en engageant la manivelle fournie avec la grue sur le bout d'arbre
carr du dispositif de pivotement et tourner dans le sens appropri.
Amener le bossoir en position finale rentre.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
3.5.1. PREPARATIONS APRES RECUPERATION (gnralement)

e Enlever les protections. ^
e Vrifier et faire.disparatre toute obstruction.
e Placer l'embarcation sur son chantier. D est possible qu'il faille
complter le hissage par quelques tours de manivelle.
Replacer les amarres et tendre autant que possible,
e Pour prparer l'embarcation son stockage, suivre les instructions
donnes par le manuel de l'embarcation.
e Remettre toutes les protections,
e Dgager le cble de levage sur une longueur d'une main en levant
lgrement le levier de frein.
3.5.2. PRPARATIONS APRS lCUPRATON (bossoirs du type
Rhs. seulement)
e Fermer le robinet de l'accimiulateur hydraulique du systme
d'orientation.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
de sauvetage, type RhsX. 14/3,5
4.0.
Afin d'assurer une mise l'eau sre et bien excute, chaque systme bossoir
comporte les principaux lments suivants qui seront passs en revue dans les
paragraphes ci-dessous.
4.1.
DISPOSITIF D'AMARRAGE (SANGLES D'AMARRAGE)

Lorsqu'il n'est pas utilis, l'engin devrait tre fermement arrim; la mthode
d'utilisation des amarres ainsi que d'autres dtails est dcrite par les plans de
montage joints ainsi que .les plans du dispositif d'amarrage lui-mme.
Par l'utilisation du dispositif d'amarrage, l'engrn et le bossoir sont fixs de
manire pouvoir affronter la mer.
Pour prparer le'bossoir la manuvre de lancement, il faut d'abord prparer le
canot en larguant les amarres c'est--dire en dgageant le crochet
chappement/ridoir dont elles sont quipes.
4.2.
COMMANDE A DISTANCE, type SGms

Pour mettre en fonction la procdure de descente depuis l'intrieur de
l'embarcation de survie, il est prvu un systme de commande distanc.
L'quipage manutentionnant l'embarcation peut depuis l'intrieur de celle-ci
actionner le levier de commande du treuil.
Pour la scurit du personnel, ne jamais enrouler la commande autour des
doigts ou de la main, car toute obstruction extrieure pourrait causer de
srieuses blessures. Utiliser seulement la poigne selon le dessin accompagnant
"activation de la poigne du cble de commande".
Sur les grues du type Rhs. et Res., il est prvu une commande distance
supplmentaire afin de commander la procdure de mise l'eau de la mme
faon que pour la procdure de descente.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
5.0.
SYSTEME LECTRIQUE , uniquement sur les grues pour canots de

sauvetage
Le systme de commande lectrique, reprsent sur le document "Diagramme des
circuits lectriques", comprend les principaux lments suivants:
e Moteur lectrique install sur le treuil dit "de sauvetage"
e Moteur lectrique install sur le treuil de manutention pour mise poste (en
option)
e Moteur lectrique, mont sur le bloc hydraulique (en option)
e Bote de dmarrage, carter IP56
e Botier portable de commande distance
e Contacteurs de limite, carter IP 5 6
5.L
MOTEURS LECTRIQUES
Bossoirs pour canot de sauvetage seulement
Un moteur lectrique est mont sur le treuil entranant la charge grce un jeu
de pignons. Le moteur est du type B5, isolation F, carter IP56. Le moteur est du
type 4 ples, donnant seulement une vitesse de hissage. Le moteur contient
un lment de chauffage d'appoint raccord au circuit de contrle.
Bossoirs avec dispositifs de mise poste:
Un moteur lectrique est mont sur le treuil entranant la charge grce un jeu
de pignons. Le moteur est du type B5, isolation F, carter IP56. Le moteur est du
type 4 ples, donnant seulement une vitesse de hissage. Le moteur contient
un lment de chauffage d'appoint raccord au circuit de contrle.
Bossoirs du type Rhs. seulement
Un moteur lectrique est mont sur le bloc hydrauHque entranant la pompe
grce un accouplement souple.
5.2.
BOTIER DE COMMANDE
Pour toutes les grues pour canots de sauvetage
INTERRUPTEUR D'ALIMENTATION PRINCIPALE Ql, par lequel on
contrle la foumiture de courant au moteurs des treuils.
e "POWER-ON" ["ENCLENCH"] INDICATOR Hl [VOYANT], ce
voyant s'allume ds que l'interrupteur principal a t enclench.
PUSH BUTTON [ BOUTON POUSSOIR], l'aide de ce bouton poussoh:
on peut commander la procdure de levage commande lectrique. Un
bouton poussoir supplmentaire ou en variante distance peut tre install
afin de permettre une commande sre dans toutes les positions de la grue.
Pour les grues avec dispositifs de mise poste:
* PUSH BUTTONS [BOUTONS POUSSOIRS] S21/S22, l'aide de ces
R-SH.0190A03/./06
boutons poussoirs, on peut commander la procdure de levage du treuil de

mise poste . Un bouton poussoir supplmentaire ou en variante distance
peut tre install afin de permettre une commande sre dans toutes les
positions de la grue.
Pour les grues du type Rhs. et Rmhs. seulement:
e "EMERGENCY-OFF" BUTTON [BOUTON ARRT D'URGENCE] SO;
l'aide de cet interrupteur, on peut couper le courant de tous les moteurs
lectriques, provoquant au mme moment l'allumage de l'alarme "ensemble
nergie stocke".
. "FAILURE" ALARM 2 [ALARME " DFAUT] ; ce voyant s'allume ds
l'apparition d'un mauvais fonctionnement de cet ensemble. Les
circonstances suivantes peuvent provoquer une alarme:
> L'arrt d'urgence a t actionn.
> Le contact "pression basse" de l'interrupteur d'alarme a t actionn,
toutefois le moteur lectrique n'est pas en mesure de charger
l'accumulateur dans un laps de temps raisonnable.
> L'un des moteurs lectriques absorbe trop de courant provoquant le
fonctionnement des relais correspondants.
Le coffret dmarreur contient un lment de rchauffage en stand-by raccord
au circuit de tension de commande.
5.3.
BOTIER PORTABLE DE COMMANDE A DISTANCE (en option)

On peut fournir avec la grue un botier portable de commande distance afin
de permettre un fonctionnement sr de la grue dans toutes les positions. Le
botier comporte les boutons poussoirs qui sont ncessaires pour mettre en
uvre les diverses procdures de commande lectrique. Le botier est conforme
la classe de protection IP44 et doit tre arrim sous le pont lorsqu'il n'est pas
utilis.
5.4.
INTERRUPTEURS DE FIN DE COURSE

Les interrupteurs de fin de course rpondent la classe de protection IP 56:
Sur tous les types de grues
Arrtent l'embarcation la plus haute position du crochet
sur le tteuil
bloquent le moteur lectrique si la manivelle est en place
sur le treuil
En supplment sur les grues avec dispositifs de manutention poste
Arrtent la procdure de levage pour la mise poste
sur le treuil
En supplment sur les grues avec nergie hydraulique stocke
Dmarrent et arrtent la charge de l'accumulateur
dans le rservoir
En supplment (en option)
Limitent les procdures de pivotement
proximit du socle
Pour de plus amples dtails, voir les schmas des circuits lectriques.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
6.0.
SYSTEME HYDRAULIQUE (bossoirs du type Rhs. et Rmhs. seulement)
La rotation du bossoir vers l'intrieur ou l'extrieur est effectue au moyen d'un moteur
hydraulique situ sur le fut du bossoir.
Le systme de contrle hydraulique est dcrit dans les schmas circuit hydraulique
joints. Le dispositif comprend:
e un bloc hydraulique / bloc de contrle
e un accumulateur / contacteur contrle pression
un moteur hydraulique
6.1. BLOC HYDRAULIQUE / BLOC DE CONTRLE

Le bloc hydraulique est mont sur la grue. Il comprend un moteur lectrique
(voir "EQUIPEMENT ELECTRIQUE"), entranaat la pompe grce a un
accouplement souple. La pompe et les composants du dispositif de contrle
sont logs dans le rservoir.
6.2.
ACCUMULATEUR / CONTACTEUR CONTRLE PRESSION

Un accumulateur est mont sur le bossoir, oprant directement le moteur
hydraulique ds que le ROBINET A BOISSEAU et la VANNE MANUELLE
4/3 DE CONTRLE DIRECTIONNEL sont actionns.
La pression l'intrieur de l'accumulateur est contrle par un dispositif de
contrle avec visualisation sur un cadran de manomtre. Le bouton de contrle
pression commande et arrte le moteur lectrique des .^pressions indiques
dans le paragraphe CARACTRISTIQUES TECHNIQUES.
Pour des raisons de scurit, une soupape est incorpore au systme. On a
aj out un robinet de purge.
6.3.
MOTEUR HYDRAULIQUE
Le moteur hydraulique est l'actuateur du mcanisme de rotation par
accumulateur d'nergie. Il est situ sur le ft de bossoir, prs du treuil.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
de sauvetage, type RS.L.14/3,5
7.0.
SYSTEME(S) DE TREUIL
Pour assurer la mise l'eau et la rcupration du canot de sauvetage, le
dispositif de mise l'eau est quip d'un treuil.
Par sa nature mme, la mise l'eau de chaque embarcation de sauvetage se fait
uniquement par gravit. Afin de pouvoir rcuprer l'embarcation grce
l'nergie lectrique, le treuil est quip d'un moteur lectrique. Les radeaux de
survie sont rcuprs uniquement par manuvre la manivelle.
Pour rcuprer une embarcation par manuvre la manivelle, la manivelle
fournie avec la grue est mise en place sur le bout d'arbre carr du dispositif de
levage et tourne dans le sens appropri. Ce dispositif est muni d'une protection
contre les retours de manivelle.
En vue de la manutention de nombreuses embarcations, le treuil peut tre
quip d'un dispositif de rcupration rapide du crochet vide.
7.1.
DESCRIPTION DU TREUIL DE BASE , type 02/04

Fondamentalement, le treuil comprend :
e un systme et enroulement pour cble: le tambour
* un rducteur de vitesse
un systme de scurit
e un ensemble frein
e un bloc moteur (bossoirs pour canot de sauvetage seulement)
e un dispositifde levage manuel
e un tambour pour le cble de la commande distance
7.1.1. TAMBOUR
Pour enrouler, loger ou drouler les garants de cble ncessaires, le
treuil est quip d'un tambour dont l'arbre repose sur des roulements
billes.
Si la grue devait tre utilise pour desservir plus d'une embarcation de
sauvetage, le tambour comporterait un ensemble de retour rapide.
7.1.2. RDUCTEUR DE VITESSE
Le rducteur de vitesse utilise un, engrenage vis sans fin appropri.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
7.L3. SYSTEME DE SECURITE (FREIN CENTRIFUGE)

Pour la descente par gravit le treuil comprend un frein destin
maintenir la vitesse de descente dans des limites raisonnables.
7.1.4. ENSEMBLE FREIN (FREIN )'
Unfi-eind'arrt ressort a t install qui doit permettre l'arrt du canot
de sauvetage et son maintien dans la position voulue. En soulevant le
levier de ce frein, vous actionnez un mcanisme de contrle qui relche
le frein pour permettre la descente par gravit une vitesse rgle par le
systme de scurit.
Lorsque le levier de frein est relch, le levier retombe dans la position
neutre.
7.1.5. BLOC MOTEUR (bossoirs du type "R*" seulement)
Le bloc moteur est reprsent par un moteur lectrique cage d'cureuil
fournissant une possibilit de lever un canot de sauvetage une vitesse
comme indique dans le paragraphe CARACTRISTIQUES
TECHNIQUES. D-levage par ce moteur est impossible.
7.1.6. DISPOSITIF MANIVELLE
En dehors du levage de la charge grce un moteur, il existe galement
un dispositif de levage manuel avec protection confre les retours de
manivelle permettant de rcuprer l'embarcation par manuvre la
manivelle en cas de besoin. A cette fm, la manivelle fournie avec la
grue est mise en place sur le bout d'arbre carr du dispositif de levage
et tourne aussi longtemps que ncessaire.
Si elle n'est pas employe, la manivelle doit tre range dans ses
supports sur le treuil. Si elle est en place, le moteur lectrique ne peut
pas tre actionn.
7.1.7. TAMBOUR POUR LE CBLE DE COMMANDE A DISTANCE
On a install sur l'arbre du freuil un tambour supplmentaire destin
enrouler le cble de la commande distance.
Durant la rcupration d'une embarcation de survie, il pouna tre
ncessaire de vrifier que le cble de commande s'enroule correctement
sur ce tambour supplmentaire.
CERTAINES INTERVENTIONS PEUVENT TRE NCESSAIRES!
R-SH.0190A03/./06
7.2.
DESCRIPTION DU FONCTIONNEMENT pour le type 02/04

Les divers modes d'opration sont les suivants:
7.2.L LEVAGE PAR MOTEUR LECTRIQUE (bossoirs pour canot de
sauvetage seulement)
La rotation du moteur lectrique mis en route grce au botier de
commande entrane le tambour du treuil.
7.2.2. DESCENTE PAR GRAVITE
Pour la descente par gravit, on dsengage l'accouplement en levant son
levier de contrle permettant la rotation de l'arbre de frein. Ainsi le
systme de roue libre n'est plus en position de blocage et le tambour
peut effectuer le droulement.
Pour des raisons de scurit, un systme du type "frein de l'homme
mort" a t prvu au cas o le levier serait relch afin de stopper la
descente.
7.2.3. LEVAGE PAR MANIVELLE
La rotation de la manivelle concide avec la rotation du tambour, la
manivelle tant engage sur l'arbre.
Pour fixer la manivelle, la scurit couvrant l'entre de l'arbre doit tre
carte, ce qui, en mme temps, met le moteur hors circuit.
Durant la descente par gravit, la manivelle ne peut pas tre mise en
place car le capot qu'il faut tourner sur le ct empchera tout
mouvement du levier de frein.
7.2.4. RCUPRATION DU CROCHET VIDE (en option)
Un levage manuel grande vitesse est possible si le crochet ne supporte
pas de charge. A cette fin, une lisse est fixe au flasque du tambour
7.3.
DESCRIPTION SOMMAIRE DU TREUIL, type 01

Fondamentalement le treuil comprend:
e un systme et enroulement pour cble: le tambour
e un rducteur de vitesse
e un bloc moteur
R-SH.0190A03/./06
de sauvetage, type Rhs.L.14/355
7.3.1. TAMBOUR
Pour enrouler ou drouler la longueur de cble ncessaire, le treuil est
quip d'un tambour dont l'arbre est cannel la sortie ct rducteur et
support par un ensemble de paliers de type rouleaux.
7.3.2. RDUCTEUR DE VITESSE
Le rducteur utilise un jeu de pignons conventionnel.
7.3.3. BLOC MOTEUR
Le bloc moteur est reprsent par un moteur lectrique cage d'cureuil
fournissant une possibilit de lever/d-lever une vitesse comme
indique dans le paragraphe CARACTRISTIQUES TECHNIQUES.
7.4.
DESCRIPTION DU FONCTIONNEMENT pour le type 01

Les divers modes d'opration sont les suivants:
. 7.4.1. LEVAGE/DESCENTE AU MOYEN DE L'NERGIE
LECTRIQUE
La rotation du moteur lectrique provoque par pression du bouton
poussoir sur le coffret dmarreur ou sur le botier portable de
commande distance se traduit par une rotation correspondante du
tambour.
Manuel de maintenance
R-SH.0190A03/./06
8.0.
FREIN ET MECANISME DE COMMANDE DE FREIN, type 02/04
La priodicit des contrles et des rglages dpend de la frquence et du niveau

d'utilisation ainsi que des mthodes employes pour les contrles et autres facteurs
similaires. En gnral la mthode empirique donnera une bonne indication de la
frquence des oprations d'entretien.
Un intervalle de trois mois est recommand au dbut.
NB: SI L'ON EFFECTUE UN EXAMEN DES FREINS DE TREUIL
S'ASSURER QUE :
L'ENGIN N'EST PAS SUSPENDU PAR LES CBLES.
8.1.
CONTRLE PAR INSPECTION ET RGLAGE

Indpendamment de l'tat des gamitures de frein, le levier de frein restera en
position horizontale. Du fait du processus d'usure survenant entre la garniture
de frein et les surfaces en regard, le ressort (agissant sur le levier de frein
interne) doit tirer de plus en plus ce levier de frein interne.
Lorsque la garniture est extrmement use, le ressort ne sera plus en mesure
d'arrter la charge : la charge descendra une vitesse dtermine par le frein de
scurit.
Prire d'utiliser la fiche avec illustration annexe "bispection brake lining stop
brake" ["Inspection de la garniture de frein du frein d'arrt"] conjointement
avec ce qui suit :
e Lever le poids (1) du levier de frein vers la bute (2) et l'immobiliser en
position verticale en utilisant le levier de scurit (3).
e Retirer les 6 vis (4) du capot de frein.
e Afin de faciliter l'enlvement de la plaque du capot de frein, retirer les 3 vis
filetes (5) des frous tarauds et visser des vis plus longues (telles que celles
repres 4) dans les mmes trous tarauds. Serrer ces vis d'une manire
uniforme autant que ncessaire pour faciliter l'extraction de la plaque du
capot du rouf.
Retirer le capot de frein (6) du rouf du treuil.
e Le frein d'arrt est maintenant nettement visible.
e Pour le remontage, procder en sens inverse du dmontage.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
9.0.
SYSTME DE FREINAGE DES TREUILS DE MISE A L'EAU type

02/04
Il faudrait effectuer un contrle frquent de l'usure des garnitures et lorsque celles-ci

atteignent l'paisseur permise minimum, les remplacer suivant les fiches techniques
jointes en respectant les proprits du revtements et des rivets.
Il est difGcile d'tablir une priodicit de contrle, l'intervalle entre deux contrles
dpendant principalement des mthodes employes ainsi que de la frquence
d'utilisation. En principe, les garnitures devraient tre vrifies toutes les 25 mises a
l'eau. La mthode par ttonnement fournira la meilleure indication.
Lors des contrles, les diffrentes pices du systme de &ein seront inspectes et les
mesures qui s'imposent seront prises.
NB: SI L'ON EFFECTUE UN EXAMEN DES FREINS DE TREUIL
S'ASSURER QUE :
L'ENGIN N'EST PAS SUSPENDU PAR LES CBLES.
9.L
ENSEMBLE SABOT FREIN DE SECURITE

Prire d'utiliser la fiche avec illustration annexe "Inspection brake lining
centrifugal brake" ["Inspection de la garniture de fi:ein du frein centrifuge"]
conjointement avec ce qui suit :
Pour contrler les garnitures du frein de scurit, procder comme suit :
e
e
e
Dmonter le capot de frein comme indiqu au paragraphe "Inspection brake

lining stop brake" ["Inspection de la garniture de frein du frein d'arrt "]
Retirer les circlips de l'arbre du frein.
Retirer l'ensemble frein d'arrt (1) de l'arbre du frein.
Le frein de scurit (2) est maintenant nettement visible. Pour le
remplacement de la garniture de frein, les leviers du frein peuvent fre
retirs sans aufre dmontage.
Pour le remontage, procder en sens inverse du dmontage.
NB:
double excution du frein de scurit telle qu'indique, utiliser excution
simple ou mme triple si ncessaire.
quatre rivets par garniture.
les ressorts devraient tre lubrifis avant montage.
prire de respecter les dimensions et les proprits des pices remplacer.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
10.0.
LUBRIFIANTS RECOMMANDES
En ce qui concerne les lubrifiants et graisses conseills, se reporter la liste jointe

tablie conformment aux recommandations dictes par les compagnies de lubrifiants
qui y figurent. Pour des raisons videntes, la liste ne peut pas tre exhaustive. Les
produits d'autres origines reconnus comme quivalents sont galement accepts. '
Les lubrifiants connaissent une volution constante, il est conseill de consulter le
fournisseur notamment lorsque l'on envisage une utilisation dans les conditions de
tempratures extrmes.
En ce qui concerne les dtails figurant sur la liste, votre fournisseur se fera un plaisir de
vous guider dans le choix du type de lubrifiant adapt la zone de navigation du
navire.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
11,0.
MAINTENANCE canot/ radeau de sauvetage et grues combines
Les oprations d'entretien ncessaires sont dcrites dans ce chapitre ; elles doivent tre
excutes par l'quipage du navire.
En dpit du fait que la priodicit des oprations d'entretien et de contrle des pices
du systme de bossoirs dpend de la squence et des mthodes employes, nous avons
tent de donner une estimation des intervalles requis.
11.1.
GROUPE ENTRETIEN 1, UNE SEMAINE DE SERVICE

grues des types Rhs seulement
11.1.1. NIVEAU DU FLUIDE HYDRAULIQUE
Le niveau du fluide hydraulique dans le rservoir normalement plac
dans la colonne de la grue doit tre contrl une fois par semaine. Une
jauge a t monte cette fin sur le rservoir. L'accumulateur doit tre
purg l'avance en utilisant la valve de purge ou en faisant pivoter la
grue.
11.1.2. PRESSION HYDRAULIQUE
La pression du fluide hydraulique stock dans l'accumulateur doit tre
contrle. La pression doit tre comprise entre les valeurs mentionnes
au paragraphe "Caractristiques techniques".
11.2.
GROUPE ENTRETIEN 2, UN MOIS DE SERVICE

grues des types Rhs seulement
11.2.1. ALARME ACCUMULATEUR/BAISSE DE PRESSION
Il convient de contrler le fonctionnement de l'accumulateur
hydraulique et de l'alarme baisse de pression. Si vous purgez
l'accumulateur ou faites pivoter le bossoir, la pression baissera
instantanment. On peut effectuer les contrles suivants:
Fonctionnement du manomtre de pression accumulateur.
En utilisant l'accumulateur, on fait dcrotre la pression jusqu' un
certain point. A ce point, la pression descend brusquement 0
bars. La valeur la plus basse mesure est la pression du gaz avant
remplissage. Elle doit tre environ Po bars (voir " Caractristiques
techniques ").
Lorsque la pression chute, le contacteur lectrique dclenche le
R-SH.0190A03/./06
moteur. On peut ainsi vrifier le fonctionnement des deux parties.

Si la pression maximale n'est pas atteinte au bout d'un certain laps
de temps (dtermin par les relais temporises dans le coffret
dmarreur) ou si la pompe hydraulique ne s'arrte pas aprs que
cette pression est atteinte, le moteur lectrique est arrt et le voyant
alarme est allum.
11.3.
GROUPE ENTRETIEN 3, TROIS MOIS DE SERVICE

11.3.1. BOSSOIRS (graissage)
Les bossoirs sont munis de poulies gorge en polyamide fonctionnant
sur arbre d'acier inox. Ainsi il n'est pas ncessaire de procder un
entretien spcial des parties toumantes.
Il convient de toujours maintenir graisses toutes les extrmits filetes,
ncessaires des fins de rglage.
11.3.2. TREUILS (graissage)
Tous les joints de graissage, le cas chant, doivent tre lubrifis par
pistolet intervalles rguliers.
11.3.3. CBLES (graissage)
Les cbles doivent tre graisss rgulirement. Le lubrifiant devrait tre
lgrement chauff avant application.
11.3.4. NIVEAU D'HUILE
Le niveau d'huile dans la bote d'engrenage du ou des freuils et du ou
des ensembles de pivotement doit tre vrifi. A cet effet une jauge a
t place sur le capot de chaque bote.
11.3.5. FREINAGE
Le systme de freinage et le mcanisme de levage doivent tre vrifis
priodiquement. Le mode d'opration a t dcrit au paragraphe "freins
et mcanisme de levage".
11.3.6. CROCHET A OUVERTURE AUTOMATIQUE

CANOT/RADEAU DE SAUVETAGE
POUR
Il convient de contrler et graisser ces crochets intervalles rguliers.

Un confrle de leur fonctionnement correct est exig.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
11.3.7. CROCHET DE MISE A POSTE (si prsent)

Il convient de contrler le crochet du dispositif de mise poste pour
dtecter une corrosion excessive et/ou une usure extrme ou un
endommagement. Il doit tre remplac en cas de ncessit.
11.4.
GROUPE D'ENTRETIEN 4, UN AN SERVICE

11.4.1. SYSTME HYDRAULIQUE (changement d'huile)
L'huile du systme hydraulique doit tre renouvele entirement une
fois par an. Avant de vidanger le rservoir, vidanger l'accumulateur.
Lorsque le robinet de purge "vidange accumulateur" est ouvert, le
contenu s'vacue vers le rservoir. Lors du changement de l'huile, se
souvenir que :
LA SALETE EST FATALE POUR TOUT SYSTME

HYDRAULIQUE.
Seule une propret rigoureuse assurera un bon fonctionnement du
matriel.
11.4.2. TREUILS (changement d'huile), tous types de bossoirs
SLEWING GEAR, bossoirs du type Rhs. et Res. seulement
Tous les treuils possdent des pignons toumant dans un bain d'huile.
Renouveler l'huile une fois par an. Avant de remplir la bote
d'engrenage avec l'huile nouvelle, nettoyer la bote avec un dtergent et
enlever les dpts prsents au fond de la bote. La bote est prvue avec
un trou d'vacuation sur la partie infrieure. La quantit d'huile est
indiqueauparagraphe "spcificationstechniques".
11.4.3. FREIN DE SCURIT
Les garnitures doivent tre vrifies. La procdure est dcrite au
paragraphe "systme de freinage de treuils de lancement".
11.4.4. INSTALLATION / CHANGEMENT DES CBLES
Veiller en particulier vrifier que les cbles se dvident du bon ct.
Effectuer cette vrification avant d'enlever les moufles.
Lorsque les cbles sont raccords au moyen de gaines clavetes, le
cble sous tension doit tre align avec la gaine.
A l'enroulement les spires doivent tre serres et ne pas se chevaucher.
R-SH.0190A03/./06
Il est conseill de d-moufler les cbles une fois par an et de tourner les
cbles avant de moufler nouveau (si possible).
11.4.5. PEINTURE
Lors de la peinture des bossoirs, treuils etc., il arrive frquemment
qu'une couche supplmentaire soit applique. Ceci a pour effet
d'obstruer les jours entre les parties mobiles qui la longue finiront par
se grippert.
Lors de l'opration de peinture, il conviendra par consquent de bien
veiller enlever les couches prcdentes proximit des parties
mobiles, au moins dans les zones risque. Les ttons de graissage ne
doivent jamais tre peints pour ne pas obstruer l'coulement de la
graisse.
11.4.6. PICES DTACHES
Vrifier frquemment le stock de pices dtaches. Voir nos conseils
cet effet au chapitre "Pices dtaches".
R-SH.0190A03/./06
12.0.
PIECES DETACHEES
Pour le systme de sauvetage, les pices suivantes sont conseilles et elles devraient se
trouver en stock bord du navire.
Pour les grues de type Lms.:

ni
Hescriptinn pice
quantit
01
02
garniture &ein 200*30

pices frein centrifuge 250
1 ensemble
1 ensemble
Pour les grues de type Lms.S., Rms. et Res.:

nf
Hescriptinn pice
quantit
01
02
03
garniture frein 200*30

pices frein centriftige 250
contacteur de limite
1 ensemble
1 ensemble
2
Pour les grues de type Rhs.

f^
description pice
quantit
01
02
03
04
garniture frein 200*30

pices frein centrifiige 250
contacteur de limite
contacteur pression
1 ensemble
1 ensemble
2
1
LAUNCHING PROCEDURE
PREPARATIONS BEFORE RESCUE BOAT LAUNCHING:
1
2
3
4
TIGHTEN BOAT FALL

REMOVE ALL PROTECTION COVERS
CHECK AND REMOVE ANY OBSTRUCTION
OPEN SLIPHOOKS IN LASHING
5 EMBARKATION
6 OPEN COCK-VALVE ON
HYDRAULIC UNIT
7 TURN OUT TO RESCUE BOAT
LAUNCHING POSITION
Ink: Darkblue
Background: White
. START ENGINE
REMOTE CONTROL FOR LOWERING .
. LOWER TO THE WATER

IRELEASE HOOK WHEN WATERBORN
SHEER OFF .
PREPARATIONS BEFORE RAFT LAUNCHING:

1
2
3
4
TURN DAVIT TO RAFT LAUNCHING POSITION

RECOVER HOOK FOR FIRST RAFT
ENGAGE RAFT RELEASE HOOK
SECURE BOWSING LINES TO DECK
5 INFLATE RAFT WITH OPERATING

LINE IN OUTBOARD POSITION
6 EMBARKATION
7 LOOSEN BOWSING LINES
: REMOTE CONTROL FOR LOWERING

LOWER TO THE WATER :
ACTIVATE RELEASE FUNCTION

_ WHEN NEAR TO THE WATER .
SHEER OFF_
RECOVER HOOK FOR NEXT RAFT .
Maritime Design Office

<>-
Global Davit GmbH
2-0051GB <y
230
270
20
Board, instruction plate Comb.

Rescue Raft storedpower English
<
= 1!
1:1
DATE
8.0t.1994
NAME
RH
CHECKED
I ^ n7^r"
Z-UUbl
Dismount bolt
Hole in lever on
pin of cover
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
QUANT
MASS

Copyright MOQ b.v. All rights ristrvvd
PROJECTION
Inspection brake Lining

stop brake
B5
NAME
22.08.2000
Preparations before dismounting brake cover
REPLACING
X ii_
COPY OF
CHECKED
3-0526
ITEM
QUANT
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
REMARKS
MASS

ZopfTi^t
MDO b.v. All rights r t s t r v s d
PROJECTION
Inspection brake Lining

centrifugal brake
E^
SCALE
1:5
U
U.
LU
DATE
REPLACING
COPY OF
NAME
CHECKED
3-0525
switch for adverse direction

Direction is depending on
execution of winch
switch adjustment screw

fine adjustment
screw
ADJUSTMENT
1- Loosen switch adjustment screw
2- switch unit can be moved to Left or right
take care that after power cut off the hook
can run through.
NOTE
If fine adjustment screw is adjusted
too tight, the proper function of the
switch wiLL be impossibLe.
ITEM
QUANT
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
REMARKS
MASS

Copyright MDO b.v. All righfs reserved
PROJECTION
Adjustment procedure
spindle switch
E5
SCALE
1:1
DATE
NAME
26.06.2001
Rbs
REPLACING
COPY OF
CHECKED
4-0859
LUBRICATION /
HYDRAULIC OIL RECOMMENDATION
Ambient" temperature for

Oil bat-ti lubricat"ed
win rhes
Hydr. brakes
-30 up to +50 degree
Slewinggear
Slewingring
Lubrication
Nipple
Lubrication
Wire rope
lubrication
Energrease OG
Energrease MM-EP 2
LS 3
Energrease PR 3
Barlran HV 68
Spheerol EPL 2
Spheerol SX 2
Hyspin AWH-M 15 Hyspin AWH-M 32
Oura-Lith grease
EP2
Open Gear
Lubricant 250 NC
Mechanism LPS 15 Mechanism LPS 32
Cardrexo DC1
HydrauL units
Pump type
"A"
"B"
(radial piston ( a l l other
pump)
pumps)
Freewtieel
unit"s
BP
Toottigear
Wormgear
Bartran HV 68
GR-XP 68
Energol SHF-LT 15
Hyspin AWH-M 15 Hyspin AWH-M 68
Spheerol SX 2
CASTROL
Hyspin AWH-M 68
Alpha SP 68
CHEVRON
Mechanism LPS 68
Gear compound
EP 68
Visga 68
Epona Z68
Visga 15
Visga 68
Epexa.M02
Epexa 2
Univis N 68
Spartan EP 68
Univis N 15
Univis N 68
Cazar 2
Beacon EP 2
MOBIL
DTE 16M
Mobilgear 626
DTE 11M
DTE 16M
Mobilux 3
SHELL
TelLus T68
Omala 68
Tellus T15
Tellus T68
Rando HD 63
Meropa 68
Rando HD-Z 15
Rande HD 68
ELF
ESSO
Open Gear
Mechonism LPS 15 Mechanism LPS 68 Lubricant 250 NC
Bartran HV 15
Bartran HV 32
Energol WRP
Visga 15
Visga 32
Cazar 2
Univis N 15
Univis N 32
Mobilarma 798
DTE 11M
DTE 13M
Tellus T15
Tellus T32
Rando HD-Z 15
Rondo HD-Z 32
Mobilux 2
Mobilux EP 2
Malleus Fluid
Alvania grease - Malleus Fluid

EP2
Cardium Compound
R3
Texclad 2
TEXACO
Texclod Premium 2
MultifQl< EP 2
Crater 2x Fluid
ITEM
QUANT
OESCRIPTIQN
MATERIAL
REMARKS
MASS
Remarl<s :
Lubricants have been developing unceasingly;
it is advisable to consult your lubricant supplier,
in porticular whenever operation at extremes of temperoture should be envisaged.
Copyright MDO b.v. Ali rihti r i i t r v t d
PROJECTION
Lubricant / Gil recommendafion
SCALE
DATE
26.03.1999
REPLACING
U-
UJ
COPY OF
CHECKED
FdJ
3-0088
WAY OF ACTUATING THE REMOTE CONTROL LINE GRIP

NEVER ATTEMPT TO ACTUATE THE GRIP AS SHOWN BY THE
CROSSED-THROUGH PICTURE IN ORDER NOT TO RISK ANY
ACCIDENT
WRONG
AND
DANGEROUS
Control line
Ok
Control line
^0
^ -
Control line grip
yf
"^ 4 1 - '^^ '
/'^
Control line grip
CORR
ANDS APE ^ - ^
^^
VUI'I
ITEM
QUANT
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
REMARKS
MASS

Copyright MDO b.. All rights reserved
PROJECTION
E5
SCALE
Actuating the remote controL

Une grip
DATE
NAME
15.06.1999
RH
REPLACING
COPY OF
CHECKED
4-0212
suitable for
y
ARH.23 / $ .30
/
mass s t e e l w o r k : 5 kg
mass purchase p a r t s : 6 kg
suitable for Simplex 1.1
t o t a l mass: 11 kg
Wire rope grip 16 mm
ITEM
DEKA
Shackle C1.6
St.galv.
St.galv.
Shackle C2.5
St.galv.
DIN 82101
Shackle C3
St.galv.
DIN 82101
Plate link 30kN
3-0188
DESCRIPTION
QUANT
MATERIAL
DIN 82101
REMARKS
MASS

Copyright MDO b.v. All rights reserved
PROJECTION
. combined suspension 17 kN
E5
SCALE
1:5
DATE"
NAME
15.10.1999
HS
CHECKED
REPLACING
COPY OF
4-02AO
4-0279
BEDIENUNGS-UND WARTUNGSANLEITUNG
FR
"ON LOAD / OFF LOAD"
HEISSHAKEN
TYP: "SIMPLEX 1.1 to"
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
ON LOAD/OFF LOAD
LIFTING HOOK
MUfi A U S L O S E N W E N N
OAS BOOT AUFSCHWIMMT.
ROTEN S I C H E R U N G S B O U E N
HERAUSZIEHEN.
ROTEN HEBEL Z I E H E N .
EMERGENCY R E L E A S E
OW L O A O .
USE O N L r WHEN BOAT
IS W A T E R B O R N E .
REMOVE RED SAVETY PIN.
,L DOWN RED LEVER-
KEHUNTERZIEHEN.
NORMAL RELEASE
OFf LOAO.
P U L L DOWN W H I T E
HANDLE.
ERNST
HATECKE
EDITION 01/99
Boatvard Ernst Haiecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom !. 21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax; 0049-{0)4143-9i52-40. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH@-online.de
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Index
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
Bedienungsanleitung:
im Interesse der Sicherheit
Bauwerft,Typ und Baunummer
Leistungsbeschreibung
Zwasserlassen "ON-LOAD"
Heihal<en in den betriebsbereiten Zustand versetzen.
Zwasserlassen "OFF-LOAD"
Aufhieven aus dem Wasser
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.'2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
Wartungshandbuch:
Im Interesse der Sicherheit
Wartungsinterval
Generalinspel<tion mit anschlieenden Funl<tionstest nach SOLAS Kapitel ill. Reg. 20 11.2
Autorisierte Fachfirmen
Ersatzteilbestellungen
1.1.
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
Operation Manual:
Yard, type and yardnumber
Description
Lowering "ON-LOAD"
Make hoisting hook ready for use
Lowering "OFF-LOAD"
Hoisting
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
Maintenance Manual:
Service interval
Overhauling and testing ace. to SOLAS chpL III, Reg. 20.11. 2
1.2.5 O r d e r f o r m f o r s p a r e p a r t s
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH : Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-{0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbHt-online.de
BEDIENUNGSANLEITUNG
FR
"ON LOAD / OFF LOAD"
HEISSHAKEN
TYP: "SIMPLEX 1,1 to"
OPERATION MANUAL
FOR
ON LOAD/OFF LOAD
LIFTING HOOK
TYPE: "SIMPLEX 1.1 to
NO TAU S L O S U N G
NUR AUSLOSEN W F N V
> S BOOT AUFSCHWIMMT
ROTEH S I C N E R U N G S B 0 L 2 E N
HERAUSZIEHEN
R 0 T 6 N H E B E L ZIEHEN
EUERGENCT RELEASE
ONLOAD
USE O N L Y W H E N B O A T
IS W A I E R B O B N E .
REMOVE RED SAVETY PIN,
PULL DOWN RED LEVER.
35
NORMALES AUSLOSEN
p N N E LAST
WEISSENHEBEL
KERUKTERZIEKEN
NORMAL RELEASE
OFF 1-OAO
P U L L OWN W H t l E
HANDLE.
ERNST
HATECKE
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-91f2-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH:t-online.de
1.1.1 Im Interesse der Sicherheit

WARNUNG:
1. Niemals das Heihaken ("ON-LOAD") auslsen wenn das Boot frei irn Davit hngt.
2. Vorsicht mit den Hnden whrend des Einpickens des Langauges in den Heihaken.
3. Vorsicht beim "ON-LOAD" Auslsen des Heihakens, Langauge und Bpotslufer knnen
mit hoher Geschwindigkeit aus dem Heihaken schnellen.
4. Vor dem Fieren des Bootes Heihaken kontrollieren.
WARNING:
Boatyard Enist Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-10)4143-9152-40. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH i-online,de
ERNST
1.1.2 Hersteller, Typ, Baunummer

Manufacturer, type, serial number
Alle in dieser Bedienungs- und Wartungs

anleitung zusammengefaten Informationen
beruhen auf unserer langjhrigen Erfahrung
im Bau von Booten und Ausrstungsgegenstnden
aller Art.
The information given in this manual is based on our

long experience and "knovi/-how" in the building of all
kinds of boats and their equipment.
Fr den Einsatzfall ist es sehr wichtig, da jede

Person die Bedienung des Bootes und seiner
Ausrstung beherrscht.
in case of an engagement it is very important, that

every one knov^^s how to handle the boat and its
equipment.
Deshalb sollte sich jeder anhand dieser Anleitung und

bei den Bootsmanvern so informieren, da im
Einsatzfall alle Ablufe schnell und sicher von statten
gehen.
All personal should study this manual at boat drill, to

make themselve thoroughly conversant with the
system to ensure a speedy and safe engagement.
Technische Spezifikationen sind nicht bindend und

knnen sich ohne Ankndigung ndern.
The technical specifications are not binding

and can be altered without prior notice.
BR^SK
I PostfactrllOT'. D-21703 Drochtefseci. Gemrar^rl

i ! S ] (04-143) 9152-0" PFaxI (04143)9152^0*5.;
iTypei SIMPLEX
ISWII
I Serial norJ
i E3ate
I Approyedil
Boatvard Emsi Haiecke GmbH. Am Ruthenslrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-915240. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbHraft-online.de
1.1.3 Leistungsbeschreibung
Description
Das Heihaken "SIMPLEX" ist sowohl "ON-LOAD" als auch "OPF-LOAD" auslsbar.
"ON-LOAD" bedeutet, da der Heihaken sich im belasteten Zustand befinden, sei es da das Boot noch in den Bootslufern
hngt, oder vom Schiff in Drift nachgeschleppt wird.
"OFF-LOAD" bedeutet, da der Heihaken sich im unbelasteten Zustand befinden, das Boot ist aufgeschwommen, der
Bootslufer ist entlaste.
Der "SIMPLEX"-Heihaken soll nach dem Aufschwimmen mit dem weien Hebel (1) durch krftiges ziehen ausgelst werden.
Sollte durch widrige Umstnde ein Auslsen des Heihakens nicht mglich sein, so besteht die Mglichkeit den Heihaken
"ON-LOAD" auszulsen. Dazu mu der rote Sicherungsstift (2) entfernt, und der rote Hebel (3) krftig nach unten gezogen
werden.
The "SIMPLEX" lifting hook is a "ON LOAD / OFF LOAD" release hook.
"ON-LOAD" means the lifting hook is on load may be whilst the boat is still hanging in the fall, or the boat is towed under the fall
by the moving ship.
"OFF-LOAD" means the hoisting hook is without any load, the boat is afloat, the fall is off load.
Release the "SIMPLEX" lifting hook after the boat is waterborn. Pull the white release lever (1) steady and forcefull
down.
In some cases it is necessary to release the lifting hook "ON-LOAD". To release the hook whilst it is "ON-LOAD",
first pull out the red safety pin(2). Then pull the red release lever (3) steady and forcefull down.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-{0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH@t-online.de
ERNST
1.1.4 Zuwasserlassen "ON-LOAD"

Releasing "ON-LOAD"
HATECKE
WARNUNGrPer Heihaken UNTER LAST

in jeder Position ausgelst werden UNFALLGEFAHR
Vorsicht beim "ON-LOAD" Auslsen der Heihaken,
Langaugen und Bootslufer schnellen mit hoher
Geschwindigkeit aus den Heihaken.
Ill

ON LOAD in any position !!!
Be carefull when releasing hoisting hooks "ON-LOAD"
# %
"ON-LOAD" Auslsen sollte nur bei aufgeschwommenem Boot vorgenommen werden.

Falsche Bedienung des Heigeschirrs kann zu Verletzungen oder zum Tode fhren.
"ON-LOAD" release should only be done whilst the boat is in the water.
1.) Notauslsung nur im Notfall bel schwimmendem Boot bettigen.
a) Sicherungsbolzen entfernen.
b) den "roten" Hebel nach unten ziehen.
WARNUNG:
WARNING:
Falscher Gebrauch des Heihakens kann

zu Verletzungen oder zum Tode fhren !!!
Misuse of the release gear can injure or kill !!!
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-{0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH(ai-online.de
1.1.5 Heihaken in den betriebsbereiten Zustand versetzen.

1\1< hoisting hook ready for use.
1.)
2.)Jf
3.)
Nach dem "ON LOAD" Auslsen des Heihakens sind die Funktionsteile
wieder in den betriebsbereiten Zustand zu versetzen:
After releasing "ON LOAD" make the hoisting hook ready f o r use a g a i n .
1.) Der "weie" Hebel ist ganz nach unten zu ziehen und dort festzuhalten.
Pull down the "white" handle and hold it.
2.) Der "rote" Hebel ist in seine Ausgangsposition zu bringen, danach den "weien" Hebel loslassen.
Push back the "red" handle into it's original position let off the "white" handle.
3.) Der Sicherungsbolzen ist einzusetzen.
Push in the safety pin.
4.) Den Haken nach oben drcken bis dieser einrastet.
Push back the hook into it's original position.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0; Fax: 0049-(0)4143-915240. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH(a:t-online.de
ERNST
1.1.6 Zuwasserlassen "OFF-LOAD"

Lowering "OFF-LOAD"
HATECKE
Nach dem das Boot aufgeschwommen ist:

1.) Normales Auslsen des Heihakens OHNE LAST
Den "weien" Hebel nach unten ziehen um den Hahnepot vom Haken zu trennen.
1.) Normal release of the release hook OFF LOAD
Pull down "white" handle to release sling from hook.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH(S't-online.de
1.1.7 Aufhieven aus dem Wasser

Hoisting
Einpicken des Langauges:
1.) Betriebsstellung des Heihakens und des Auslsehebels prfen (Sicherungsbolzen eingesetzt).
Check that the hook and release lever are in the correct position (safety pin in place).
2.) Langauge in den Haken drcken (Sperrklinke ist beweglich).
Push the long link into the hook (the stop paw/I is moveable).
WARNUNG:
Vorsicht mit den Hnden whrend des Einpickens des Langauges in den Heihaken.
KM
WARNUNG:
Keep hands klear when you pick in the long link in the lifting hook.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH@t-online.de
WARTUNGSHANDBUCH
FR
"ON LOAD / OFF LOAD J
HEISSHAKEN
TYP: "SIMPLEX 1,1 to"
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
ON LOAD/OFF LOAD
LIFTING HOOK
NOTAUSLOSUHC
4MT>=4 1 A S T
NUR AUSLOSEN WENN
OAS B O O T A U f SCHWIMMT,
R O T f N SICHERUNCSBOLZEN
HERAUSZIEHEN,
R O T E N HEBEL .
I
;
I
E M E R G E N C Y RELEASE
OH LOAD.
U E &NLT W H E N BOAT
IS W A T E R B O R N E .
REMOVE R E D SAVETY PI
PULL D O W N RED LEVER.
N O R M A L RELEASE
OFFLOAD.
P U t T B w N WHITE
r~2^
ERNST
HATECKE
Boatyard Emsi Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9I52-40, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbHra;t-Dnline.de
^^^11111
1.2.1 Im Interesse der Sicherheit

WARNUNG:
1. Niemals das Heihaken ("ON-LOAD") auslsen wenn das Boot frei im Davit hngt.
3. Vorsicht beim "ON-LOAD" Auslsen des Heihakens, Langauge und Bootslufer knnen
mit hoher Geschwindigkeit aus dem Heihaken schnellen.
4. Vordem Fieren des Bootes Heihaken kontrollieren.
WARNING:
1. Do not release hoisting hook "ON-LOAD" if boat is hanging free in the daviL
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH@t-online.de
ERNST
1.2.2 Wartungsinterval
Service interval
HATECKE
monatlich
Reinige den Haken (Salzablagerungen und Schmutz entfernen).

Die beweglichen Teile am Haken sind zu fetten
Langauge, Schkel und Hahnepot berprfen
Funktionsprobe
Funktionstest mit der 1,1 Last des Bootes, derPersonen und der
Ausrstung nach erfolgter berholung gem. 1.2.2.1 .
5 Jahre
D
.D
D
Achtung:
Zustzlich soll eine wchentliche Sichtprfung die Brauchbarkeit und
Einsatzfhigkeit der Rettungseinrichtungen und ihres Zubehrs sichersteilen.
mothly
Clean the hook (remove salt deposits)

Lubrcate all moveable parts of hoisting hook
Chek the long link, the shakles and the hoisting slings.
Check functioning
Operationally test under a load of 1.1 times the mass of the
lifeboat when loaded with its full complement of persons and
equipment whenever the release gear is overhauled in
ace. with 1.2.2.1 .
5 years
.D
.D
.D
.
Caution:
All life saving appliances and their equipment shall be weekly visually
inspected to ensure that they are ready for use.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Ruthenstrom 1.21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4!43-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4i43-9152-40, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH(S:t-online.de
1.2.3 Generalinspektion mit anschlieenden Funktionstest

nach SOLAS Kapitel ill, Reg. 20.11. 2
Overhauling and testing . to SOLAS Chapt.lll, Reg. 20. 11
"in bereinstimmung mit SOLAS, Kapitel 111, Regel 20. 11. 2. 3 sind folgende Arbeiten auszufhren:
Funktionstest mit der 1.1 fachen Last des Bootes, der Personen und der Ausrstung nach jeder erfolgten
Instandsetzung, aber sptestens alle fnf Jahre im Rahmen einer Generalinspel<tion."
Die Generalinspektion des Auslsesystems erfolgt in bereinstimmung mit den Forderungen der Klasse
oder der nationalen Behrde.
Zur Durchfhrung der Generalinspektion ist der Haken an Land zu verbringen, er darf weder am Davit noch
am Kran hngen.
Test mit 1,1 x GA:
(Dieser Test darferst nach erfolgreichem Test der Davitanlage mit 1,1 x GA durchgeffirt werden.)
Nach erfolgter Generalinspektion des Auslsesystems wird ein Test mit 1,1 x GA durchgefhrt.
Der Test wird unter Aufsicht der Klasse oder der nationalen Behrde durchgefhrt.
Dazu wird das Boot zum 1,1 fachen GA beladen.
Das Boot hngt im Davit und berhrt die Wasseroberflche.
Auslsevorgang siehe 1.1.4.
WARNUNG:
1. Niemals das Heigeschirr ("ON-LOAD"") auslsen wenn das Boot frei im Davit hngt.
3. Vorsicht beim unter Last Auslsen des Heihakens, Langauge und Bootslufer schnellen
mit hoher Geschwindigkeit aus dem Heihaken.
Acc. to SOLAS, Chapt.lll, Reg.20.11.2.3 following has to carried out with release system:
"Operationally test under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the life boat when loaded with its full complement
of persons and equipment whenever the release gear is overhauled. Such overhauling and test shall be carried
out at least once every 5 years"
Overhauling of system has to be carried out acc. to requirements of class or national authority.
Overhauling of system has to be carried out ashore without hanging in the davit or crane.
Testing with 1,1 times x G A:
(Do tliis test after successful testing of the davit with 1,1 times x G A.)
After overhauling release system has to be tested with 1,1 x GA.
Testing has to be carried out under supervision of class or national authority.
Boat has to load up to a total weight of 1,1 x GA.
Boat hanging in the davit has to touch water surface.
WARNING:
1. Do not release hoisting gear "ON-LOAD" if boat is hanging free in the davit.
2. Keep hands kiear when you pick in the long link in the hoisting hook.
3. Be carefull when releasing hoisting hook on load, longlink and fall leave the hook with
high speed.
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0. Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40, E-mail: Haiecke_GmbHfi!t-online.de
ERNST
. -
HATECKE
1.2.4 Autorisierte Fachfirmen

Der SIMPLEX 1.1 t Heihaken darf im Falle einer notwendigen Reparatur, sowie im Rahmen
der alle fnf Jahre flligen berholung, nur durch autorisierte Fachfirmen bearbeitet werden. Bitte wenden
Sie sich im Bedarfsfall an:
Repair as well as the 5 year overhauling of the SIMPLEX 1.1 to lioisting hook must only be done by
authorized service stations. If necessary please contact manufacturer.
ERNST
HATECKE
Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
E-mail: Hatecke GmbH()t-online.de
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH. Am Rutlienstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen, Phone: 0049-(0)4!43-9152-0, Fax: O49-(0)4143-915240, E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH@t-online.de
1.2.5 Ersatzteilbestellanweisung fr SIMPLEX Heihaken

Orderform for spareparts for SIMPLEX release hook
Nr: Besclireibung des Artikels
No. Description of tlie part
Seite im Manual:
Page in manual:
Positions Nr.:
No.:
Anzahl:
Piece:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Bau. Nr. des Bootes:
Building no. of boat:
Werft und Nb.-Nr. des Sctiiffes:
Yard and hull no. of the ship:
Bestelladresse:
Order address:

Am Ruthenstrom 1
21706 Drochtersen
Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0
Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40
E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH@.t-online.de
Rechnungsanschrift:
Invoice address:
Lieferanschrift:
Delivery address:
Gewnschter Liefertermin:
Requested time of delifery:
Boatyard Ernst Hatecke GmbH, Am Ruthenstrom 1,21706 Drochtersen. Phone: 0049-(0)4143-9152-0, Fax: 0049-(0)4143-9152-40. E-mail: Hatecke_GmbH(ai-oniine.de
sc
Tul
Survival and Deck Equipment
(S)
(^
AUTOMATIC
RELEASE
MIN.: 20 mm
MAX.: 27 mm
14
MIN.: 50 mm J
MAX.: 100 mm
WHEN DIAM. MIN. 0 20
ART.NR. 4119075
14!
WHEN DIAM. MAX. 0 27
yt@matii
1 - Locking screw
2-Nut
3-Bolt
4-Cone
5 - Lever
6-Shackle
7 - Instruction plate
EMERGENCY
MANUAL
RELEASE
8 - -Pin
9 - -Side plate
1 0 - - Shaft
1 1 --Hook
1 2 - - Lanyard
1 3 - -Nut
\u\
Rennove locking screv\/ (1)
Unscrew nut (2)
Remove bolt (3)
Take out cone (4)
Fit cone in spliced eye or shackle of fall
Re-assemble with item (3)
Screw-on nut and tighten
Fit locking screw.
Automatic Release Hook

The automatic release hook has been designed to meet the official
authorities regulations and requirements for use with single arm davit
for launching inflatable liferafts.
Directions for use

The automatic release hook engages on the raft suspension ring and
remains locked by means of a built-in safety catch.
The attachment is manual, after closing the hook the lever is pushed
up into the "locked" position.
The hook and safety catch are now engaged.
With the weight of the raft taken on the hook and the raft lowered
close to the water the lanyard must be pulled. This trips the safety
catch into its "release" position. The weight of the raft still keeps the
hook closed.
Immediately the raft becomes waterborne, spring pressure causes the
hook to open and release the raft.
If the current or ships movement creates a towing strain on the hook,
item (14) should be inserted in item (11) as shown to enable the hook
to be levered open.
The automatic release hook is made of stainless steel and only
requires periodical inspection and greasing. The hook must be
checked for current functioning every 3 months.
CAUTION:
Dimensions of suspension (shackle or ring) must be
within limits as stated on drawing, see front side
umoe
schat-harding
Member of the Umoe Groep

St. Laurensdreef 37, 3565 AJ Utrecht
P.O. Box 9032, 3506 GA Utrecht, The Netherlands
Tel. +31 30 2644200. Fax +31 30 2644299.
Parts/Service/Logistics; Fax + 31 30 2621624
Reaistration No. 30020171
396
filling
plug
Q
level plug
#
drain plug
Oil quanfify app
Detail Y
Detail X
scale 1:5
scale 1:5
1< handle R350/300
3-0047
Support for crank handle
4-0041
Hex nut M20
934
Ass'y centrifugal bral<e

20
I'
Arr. brake lever 02/SG

3-0422
Section brake 200x30 winch 02 kNm 1-0704
Section drum 02kNm/SG
3-0894
>N
>^
4>
Section gearbox 02E
<^^
^'*BT^
^ " U I'
Project list
QUANT
75
6/f
1-0223
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
25
220
REMARKS
MASS

Copyright MDO b.v. All right rtscrvtd
PROJECTION
Arrangement winch 02E.02.11
B5.
Right-hand execution is as shown

Left-hand execution is in opposite hand
NAME
1:10
u- uj
CHECKED
It.11.2001
REPLACING
COPY OF
3-0445
3-0888
All sharp edges in way

of seals to be removed
prior to assembly
This brake section is connect-ed to:

A
Centrifugal brake
Brake lever
Section gearbox
parts
Items 22, 28, 29 and 3U

have to be greased prior
to assembly
mass stfplwork: 72 kn
mnss purrhosg parts: 3 kg
^^|âl , 75
Arrangement electric switch
4-0043
Hei nut MIO

Securing bor
Lever for broke control
Pin for Broke lever
Splitpin .5.?0
Connection lever
Spring broke control 02
Bush 55/<74
Hex screw Mt.O
He screw .
O-ring lOO.gt
Drum for stop-broke
Seoling ring 10v1fi1
He sockel plug ftlO.l
Broke pod -.
Shoft for brake control
[irclip t0.1.7S
Key B8.7.K
Circlip Zli.l.;
Spocer 3l./;i..]
Beoring ring IRt.0U520
He screw MI0Z5
Needle bearing K7t.i0.31,ZW
Spacer
3t/2t.2
Hex sock, counters.heod scr. N6x25

Needle beoring KC5.S0.17
Boll bearing iOOB H068.15)
Hex screw M1030
[irclip 68.2.S
Seal (0>68<10 BA
Holder for brake lever
Seal ' 110.12 BA
Needle bearing NK<ef25
Activator for broke lever
Hex screw H10>12

Cover for broke
house SQ
Spring stop broke 02/04

Ball bearing 16011 155<0.11I
Key B l i . ; . ; i
Freewheel coupling FCN5S
Housing for freewheel FCN55 CF
Circlip 55.2
Seol 55.78.10
BA
Housing for beoring 16011

He socket heod cop screw M10.20
Splitpin 3.25
Washer 1 7
Holder for centrifugal brake
He screw m2.16
House for broke 250
Seol 15.66.6 BA

Ssi
Section broke 200x30

winch 02E
mass steelwork: 1 kg
mass purchase parts: - kg
t o t a l mass: 1 kg
Detail X
Rivet 4,0x12
Spring type 4,5
Pad for centrif. brake 250
Centrifugal brake lever steel
CuZn37
4-0098
4-0094
3-0091
MATERIAL
DIN 7338
REMARKS
MASS

Copyright MDO b.v. All righti n i c r v e d
PROJECTION
Ass'y cenfrifugaL brake parts

250//f.5
DATE
1:2
22.03.1999
REPLACING
COPY OF
RH
3-0083
539
Slewing angle limiter

Only necessary when crane
can rotate freely > 350"
and a power supply is
guided through the column.
The slewing angle will be
limited to 315
Grease
nipple
QCC. 0 1 3 4 0 '
Left-hand execution is as shown

Right-hand execution is in opposite hand
Section column C05H.Oi.01
290
1-0421
REMARKS
MASS

COfri^l not.
Ml riyMi
Arrangement column C05H.0A-.01

11
E5>
1:5
2-0447
OD
;
O)
ID
>-
TD
sz
cz
Ol
CD
O)
M
CD
Ln
CD
E Ln
Ol
en
c_
<
Ih
uo!4djj3sap
C/5
II OJ
Ln
m
Ln
CD
I
Vsp = 20/35/50 I t r
i n s t r u c t i o n manual)
(see
pO= see i n s t r u c t i o n manual
ITEM
QUANT
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
REMARKS
MASS

Cop)rHght HOO b.v. All nghls r c s t r v i d
PROJECTION
Hydraulic circuit diagram

HSP.05/10.Ze01
B5
SCALE
u_
GATE
NAME
2'..08.2000
FdJ
CHECKED
3-0536
'(
Beftstigvmg Pumpe Baugtc 1= 2 x 8
Unterimutorcn 230/400 V SO/60 rehstromausftihrung

P)
zahl
LltUng
in
624
0,55
425
426
TYP
i!
Drehzahl
in
U/min
Abm6&9ung9n
Stromauftiahtie(A)
Betriebsart
230V
40V
moment
920
3,6
2,1
1,8
53-30%
168
141
0,75
1400
2,4
2,8
S3-30%
163
141
1.1
1400
4,6
2,7
2,3
83-30%
168
141
427
1.5
1400
5,25
3,04
2,3
33-30%
183
141
428
2,2
1380
%6
5,6
2,1
S3'.30%
198
141
429
1380
12,8
7,4
2.0
S3-30%
218
141
43G
1360
17
9,8
1,6
243
141
431
6,2
1380
22,2
12,8
1,8
S3-30%
268
141
432
7,5
1380
27^
16
1,8
S3*30%
0,85
S3-30%
Scjparat Z^Schnun^
Uaterlmotoren 220 V 50 1-pbasig mit Betricbskoadensator

445
0,75
1400
183
141
.^_^
446
1,1
1380
11
0,78
33-30%
198
141
447
1.6
1400
12
0.8
S3-30%
218
141
Pressure Valves
Pressure Limiting Valves,
Types M ( S . ) V 4, 5 and 6
Differential
Pressure
Regulators
^?^
Type M V E
Type M V and M V S
MVCS
Type S V and S V C
1.
General
Pressure valves primarily influence the pressure in hydraulic Installations (DIN ISO 1219). The types listed here are to c o m
plete following t a s k s :
1.1.
Pressure Limiting Valve

Protection against exceeding the maximum pressures approved for the installation (safety valve) or l i m i t i n g the working pres
sures. All valves listed in this leaflet can be used for this purpose.
1.2.
Differential Pressure Regulator

Generation of aconstant pressure difference between the inlet and outlet of the f l o w . Valves with a housing in steel or spheroidal
casting can be used for this purpose (see List of Types on Sheet 2 ) .
1.3.
Uncushioned Pressure Limiting Valve

Suitable for special operating conditions-, e . g . to prevent pressure increases in closed cylinder chambers In response to a t e m p
erature increase or piston movement caused by external forces. The difference between the opening and closing pressure is m i
nimal .
2.
Typical
Construction
Fixed Design
Variable Design
Setting spindle
Washer to l i m i t the adjustment d i s
tance (see Section 4 . 2 )
Valve housing (spring barrel ) in zinc
die casting, spheroidal casting or in
steel for m a x i m u m adaption to loca
installation conditions (pipes plate
or thread mounting)
Lift l i m i t i n g stop prevents the valve

cone from bei ng 1 If ted out too far when
the spring is completely relieved or
when thef low through the valve is too
high, and prevents the cushion plun
ger from blocking the flow passages
Dynamically fonctloning lift aid re

sults inpressure setting which is I n
dependent of the flow (constant pres
sure characteristics)
Setting I i m i t
to prevent
spring blockage
Lead seal ing by the customer

possible (performed at the
works only on special request.
State in plain
text)
Valve spring
depending on
pressure range
Seated ball valve Insensitive to dirt

Spring-loaded cushion plunger w i t h a long guide e n sures freedom from chatter throughout a wide viscosity
range; for uncushioned valves, see Section 1.3
The valve ball and cushion plunger are separate functional parts which do not obstruct one another during
dynamic stress (pressure peaks), thereby ensuring
rapid response of the ball upon sudden pressure r i s e ;
the cushion plunger i s m i s s i n g i n the unushioned valve
design
- a y t f
3.
3.1.
"^
Types A v a i l a b l e
Type Code and M a i n
Pressure range and flow rate (see table below)

Data
MV53BRX
Additional code letter X only for the uncushioned

design according to Section 1.3
Caution: Specify the desired pressure

setting when ordering ! Units wi 11 other
wise be supplied with a factory-fixed
pressure setting 2)
Symbol and
Designation
Brief
description
Basic
type
P = feed (inlet)
R = discharge(outlet)
Type designation
Connection size and thread
DIN ISO
Thread shape see
Code
Size
228/1
No.
dimens.of units
Corner valve
for pipe instal lation
': Additional code letter, variable manually

: e . g . MV 53 CR
mmm
G 1/4
Zinc die
casting
0,2
G 3/8
permiss.
pressure
R = 20 bar
P = 700 bar
0,3
ilStil
Gl/2
Pressure
I imiting valve
mi
G 3/4
Tapped holes
at P and R
G 3/4
see S e c t . 3.2
For bank installation for

stepped hole, refer to
diemsnion of units
Steel
,3
permissible
pressure
R = 350 bar
P = 700 bar
,5
rnrni
Mi
rr
Pressure I imiting
valve and differential
pressure regulator
Screw-in
valve
mv*
Valve for
plate in
stallation
without
witm
Straight -way
valve for
straight pipe
installation
without'
For bank assembly holes

for the connecting plate,
refer to the dimension of
units
G 3/8
G 3/4
G 1/4
Bel I-shaped
valve as a
shock valve
for the hy
draulic motor
G 3/8
G 3/8
Tapped holes
at P and R
G 1/2
i^r 3);
G 1/2
Pressure limit.valve
G 1/2
Pressure limiting
valve with free
return R
-P via
a by-pass check
valve
G 3/4
G 1/2(A)
im
G 3/4(A)
G 3/8
Straight-way
valve for
straight pipe
installation
G 1/2
G 1/2 (A)
m[
Code No.
sure
range
^^^ * ) . . . Pmax (bar)

Factory-fixed press,
setting (in bar) 2)
Associated
flow rate
^'^^ ^
Size 5
max ( 1 / m i n )
Size 6
III
Threaded stem
at P, tapped
hole at R
Tapped holes
at P and R
G 3/4
G 3/8 (A)
III
700
500
315
160
80
450
400
315
160
80
12
20
20
. 40
40
75
G 3/4 (A)
0,5
,3
0,65
permissible
pressure
R and P
= 350 bar
1,3
1,8
G 3/8
G 3/8 (A)
0,3
Steel
G 3/4
Corner valve
for pipe in
stallation
0,2
,75
Steel
perm, press.
R = 500 bar
P = 700 bar
G 1/2
Mfi'n
0,5
Gl/2
G 3/8
see S e c t . 3 . 2
Spheroidal
casting
permissible
pressure
R = 500 bar
P = 700 bar
Gl/4
Corner valve
for pipe insatl lation
Spring dome Mass

material
(Weight)
Connection
appr.kg
loading
capacity
Threaded stem
at P, tapped
hole at R
Spheroidal
casting
permissible
pressure
R and P
= 500 bar
0,3
0,4
0,7
0,25
0,35
0,55
Steel
permissible
pressure
R and P
= 500 bar
0,25
0,4
0,9
0,2
0,3
0,75
') only factory adjusted

^) When no pressure is specified when order
^) pressure range code letter A not forDMV, MVCS
and SVC
'') Adjustments under 10...15%of Pmax not appro
priate. Also, lowest obtainable press, depends
on intrinsic flow resistance with ful ly relieved
spring, depending on the flow (Sect.3.2)
3.2.
Addi t ional
Data
Nomenclature and Design
Pressure valve controlled d i r e c t l y , bail seat design
Conditions for
appi ication
Zinc d i e - c a s t i n g :
Standard model for normal production conditions
Spheroidal c a s t i n g : For through production c o n d i t i o n s ; for operational c o n d i t i o n s in w h i c h m e
chanical shocks or v i b r a t i o n s cannot be avoided ( v e h i c l e c o n s t r u c t i o n ) .
A l s o when there are pressure surges in the return p i p e .
Mounting and
i n s t a l l e d position
according to the type, either freely suspended in the p i p e , secured v i a a t h r o u g h - h o l e or s c r e w in or plate a s s e m b l y ; installed position arbitrary
Line connection
according to the type, see table in S e c t . 3 . 1
Surface
steel parts Z i n c g a ! v . , s p r i n g d o m e e i t h e r Z i n c - d i e - c a s t Spheroidal c a s t i n g both uncoated
Flow direction
P-R, free return flov/ R ^ P
in models S V C and MVCS (pay heed to the Qmax in S e c t . 3 . 1 )
Hydraulic o i l :
1 0 . . . 6 8 m m V s at 40C ( ISO VG 10 to VG 68 as per D IN 51 519)
. V i s c o s i t y range: m i n . approx. 4; m a x . approx. 1 5 0 0 m m / s
opt. operation approx. 10. . . 500 / s
Pressure f l u i d
Temperatures
Oil and a m b i e n t : - 4 0 . . . to + 80C
- Q characteristics
Characteristic curve shown w i t h example M V . . ( b a s i c tendency, there are c e r t a i n d i f f e r e n c e s

depending on the pressure range and the housing shape of the various b a s i c types)
r~
Size 4
- E x ,mpk ;: MV42C
a
200
^'
315300-
<-i
Size 5
E> amp e: Iv V 5 3
S i z e 6 s: IV1V64C
" ExampI
^
f^^
f=^
"
100-
0
LL
....
r=
0-
<=
'
^ <
- *:=
- _
10
20
Flow Q ( i / m i n )
30
40
Flow Q ( I / m i n )
20
10
_ 40
20
-'-
60
80
Flow Q ( l / m i n )
XI
Flow direction R - - P
in models M V C . , and S V C .
'
8"
6-
<
1)
PI
/, /
< #
c
10
m
4
m
= Intrinsic flow resistance

w i t h r e l i e v e d spring ( s t a
t i c pressure v a l u e 0 b a r ) .
Pressures under this linnit
l i n e are not o b t a i n a b l e .
u. OH
4.
Setting
20
Oil v i s c o s i t y during
t e s t i n g : SOmmVs
40
60
80
Flow Q ( I / m i n )
instructions
If the desired pressure is stated in the order, the valves are supplied w i t h t h i s s e t t i n g . S h i m s prevent u n a u t h o r i z e d a d
justment in the case of adjustable v a l v e s . If the pressure is not s t a t e d , the valves are supplied w i t h the pressure set at
the works as shown in the table in S e c t i o n 3 . 1 . Any necessary pressure a d j u s t m e n t at the place of use must only be c a r
ried out w h i l s t monitoring the pressure gauge w h i l e ' t h e pump is r u n n i n g .
variable
4.1.
4.2.
Reducing
the
Pressure
Setting
Hand wheel
1 . Connect a manometer to the press, line ( p r e s s , canal)
Tubular
2 . Models M V . . . D M V : loosen the lock nut (the lead seal

may have to be removed)
Model S V ( C ) :
loosen the setscrew
spring p i n
3 . Turn the adjusting screw a n t i c l o c k w i s e w h i l e observing

the manometer.
Washer
5585 023 a =
4 . After the setting has been attained, tighten the lock nut
or setscrew; if necessary, provide MV valves w i t h a lead
seal to prevent unauthorised t a m p e r i n g .
012x08x0,3
I n c r e a s i n g the P r e s s u r e
Setting
Pay heed to the pressure according to Section 3.1
Lock nut
5585 023 b =
12x08x0,5
5585 023 =
12x08x1,5
5585 023 f =
The procedure is b a s i c a l l y the same as in Section 4 . 1 . The
12x08x2
adjustment is made c l o c k w i s e . If s h i m s in the adjustable
models make it impossible to increase the setting (the r o
Pressure pipe
tary knob abuts against the lock nut) d r i v e o u t the dowel p i n ,
remove the rotary knob and- wing lock nuts and remove as many of the s h i m s as needed to o b t a i n the higher p r e s s u r e
setting (measure before and after a d j u s t m e n t ) ! Replace the lock nuts and rotary knob; lock in place w i t h the dowel p i n .
7000/1 Page 4
Dimensions
Type
MV
of
and
A l l d i m e n s i o n s are in m m , subject to cl-iange without notice)
units
Type MVCS
MVS
Type
MVE
45
1
variable
Connection
thread see
Sect.3.1
fixed setting
Size
Seal ing ring

DIN 7 6 0 3 . . .
A 22x27x1,5(St)
A28x34x2(Cu)
A 3 0 x 3 6 x 2 (St)
Thread
G and G i
Size
G 7i!
M 22x1,5
M 28 x 1 , 5
M 30 X 1 , 5
0,02
V7V
IV1VCS..6
MVCS..7(8,9)
Threaded
stem
form
Si
I
-G-
SW = A / F
30
s i m i l a r to DIN3852 page 2
Starting
tor.steel
Nm (mkp)
SW1
Size
a1
hi
h2
h3
15
24
24
5,3
28
40
46
61
h4
86
h5
h6
72
18
30
29
6,4
31
42
49
66
95
82
20
35
36
6,4
31
44
62
82
117
100
Type
hl4
SW
h7
h8
13
22
48
26
85,5
e7
1811
12
25118 11,5
99,5
15
27
53,5 2 7
120
17
32
65,5 3 2 2511a
MVP
12 15
22
27
9 16
27
32
120 (12)
10 1 9
32
36
160 (16)
14
SW
d1
12
"ype
t1
D MV
seal ing of
connections P and R
Size
4
80 (8)
CO
0-ring
8 x 2
10 x 2
13,95 X 2 , 6 2
i:
-4^^^
b1
Connection
thread see
S e c t . 3.1
CI
b2
Size
bl
28
5
6
Type
dl
20
11
32
21
13,5
35
10
10
12
26
17
SV
SW
h11
C1
el
SVC..6
Tapped
holes i)
form X
f1
hlO
14
12
16
24
M 8, lOdeep 3 9
40
52
30
18
15
19
31
M S , lOdeep 4 2
50
65
40
21
18
23
37
M I O , 12deep 51,5 6 0
75
h9
b2
MS
39
35
40
24
M8
42
40
50
10
51,5
50
60
10
62
11
M10
Type
S V C . 7 ) 8 , 9)
Treaded
stem form
e4
es
SVC
Size
-1^
-fc
h14
h9
91
hl4
SW
13
22
h11
h12
hl3
87
73
87
104
90
108
15
27
129 112
132
17
32
h12
h13
0 s i m i l a r to DIN 3852 page 2
Electro-hydraulic Pressure Switches, Type DG
1.
General
Electro-hydraulic pressure switches are devices which v^hen placed under pressure close or open electrical con
tacts (DIN ISO 1219) . They are used as a rule in situations in which it is intended that, once a preset (preselec
ted) pressure value is reached and exceeded, an electrical switching command or signal should be issued to i n i
tiate a work cycle immediately afterwards (such as actuating an electromagnetic directional control valve) or to
terminate a work cycle (disconnecting a pump motor, zero setting an electromagnetic directional control valve) .
2.
2.1.
Types a v a i l a b l e . C h a r a c t e r i s t i c
Type Code and M a i n Data
Type designation
Electrical' connection
Inside device Plug socket
(Pg9)
DIN 43 650
Data
Pressure
loadable
up to
(bar)
Operating pressure range

(bar)
600
Mass
(weight)
Symbol, photo
(appr.kg)
1,3
600
1,35
D
0)
400
600
-Z
0,5
800
DG3.
650
(0
a:
:0,3
DG3..-1/4
= 0,4
DG3..-Y..
= 0,35
>l<
') For applications in which, for example, the exceeding of the lowest pressure range or the reversion to it should be
signalled. Less suitable for switching commands as per Sect.1 (unfavourable hysteresis, see page 2)
Hydraulic
connection:
Typ
DG 1 R . . . ;
Type of con
nection
Direct,via threaded pipe connection

Shape to DIN 3852, Sheet 2, con
nection thread G 1/4 DIN ISO 228/1
DG8(F) and D G 2 . . .
DG3.
:: ( n o d e - ::;
::::signat. );:;
With connection element X. . .

to Pamphlet 7065
With camp bush.toDIN 16283 (press,
gauge screw connect.e.g. DIN 16270)
2.2.
Additional
Type
. . and D G 3 . . - 1/4; DG3. . -Y 1 e t c . (extra designation)
Basic
design for
plate
mounting
l l l l l l l ;;g;:;;;:g::|;:s
Base
plate
G 1/4
Screw
males
G 1/4A
Conical tap
pets dia. 6
and 8, for cut
ting ring and
coupl ing nut
Pipe sockets
dia. 6 and 8
for threaded
pipe connec
tion
D a t ei
DG 1 R . . . and D G 8 ( F )
DG2...
Design
Spring-loaded piston pressure switch, no oil leakage
Surface protection for

steel parts
Switch housing, galvanized
galvanized
DG3.
..
tenifer hardened
Installed position
Vertical, scale sideways, hydr.

components downwards
Temperatures
Ambient: - 2 0 . . . + 80
Pressure medium
Hydraulic o i l : 10. . .68 mmVs at 4 DOC (ISO VG 10 to ISO VG68, as per DIN 51 519)
Viscosity range: Min.approx. 4 mn-^'/s^, max.appr. 1500 m m / s
Opt. range a p p r o.. 10. . . 5 0 0 m m V s
as desired, vertical for prefe

rence, hydr. components downw.
as desired
Pressure medium: - 3 0 . . . + 90C
5440 Sheet 2
Adjustabil ity
Pressure rises
Pressure drops
In cases of direct pump disconnection,

must be paid to the possibi I ity of after-run
from the mass effet, tvlore details can be
for example Pamphlet 6900 and the special
"Clamping Hydraulics".
attention
resulting
found in,
brochure
Tables shown only rough guidel ine values. Find more precise switching
points by using pressure gauge.
8001
^^
.^/
9/
600-- 1
""1 ,__,
5
400
m
DG 1 R. . .
by means of setting button on the pressure selection
scale (minor deviations between scale value and
pressure value shown on press.gauge are possible).
/
/
200
S.
/
600
Pr^
1---L
r-
/,
^'
14
12 1 10
8
1
Adjustm.dimension s (mm)
24
22 20
18
16 14
Adjustm.dimension s (mm)
DG8 ( F )
Main switch: with the setting button on the pressure
selection scale, as for DG 1 R. . .
Ancillary switch: with setting screw (across f l a t s A / F 8 ) , after releasing aiocknut: one turn = appr.SObar. Response pressure
lower or, at the most, equal to the particular preselected response pressure for the main switch, max. 180 bar.
Example of application: Disconnecting a controi circuit which is no longer required once the preset "ancillary" pressure has
been exceeded within a continuing work cycle.
D G 2 . . . and D G 3 . . .
with setting screw (across flats, for A/F see dimensional sketch, or screwdriver) after a locknut has been released.
Switching pressures
Po = Upper switching point at which the unit jumps from the
testing position to the operating pos. as the pressure
rises (response pressure, setting range Pmin Pmaxtable, Item 2.1)
Pu = Lowest switching point at which the unit jumps from the
operating position back into the resting position as the
pressure drops.
Pu = Po , recommended value, approx. tendency
Example: D G 2 M s e t to Po = 100 bar from table. Here,
= 0,88 producing Po = 0,88 x 100 = 88 bar
On the DG36, = 0,7 when Po = 12 bar and k = : 0,5
when Po= 4 bar
Electrical
2.3.
30 40 50
Guideline value appr.2000/h max. (divided approxim. uniformly). Observe the number of pos
sible switching cycles; see adjacent table.
Switching precision i 2 . . .3% (repetition preci
sion at pressure rise).
Pressure s w i t c h
DG 1 . . a n d
DG2..
DG 8 (F)
DG3...
M i c r o s w i t c h type
X0 4-Z25
XFB7-S7
XC3
Mechanical
service life
10x10^
30x10^
10x10^
at 24 V =, 5 A and L/R = 10 m s
1 X 10^
0,25x10^
0,35x10^
Neutral pos.
^^V
5-
r^^K
Neutral pos.
fl2E , 1 1 h '
1-
II
Switching pos.
DG3...
$,
4 ^
x*
\
\
5 - 0,5
irSrii
DG2...S
C^ ^
W 10^^
/ + \
I
^G
hcy
10^-
A , C . rated
switching capacity
to V D E 0630 A / V
It Is not p e r m , to
fal 1 below c e r t a i n
m i n . c u r r e n t s in
order to guarantee
d e f i n i t e contact
making:
2 4 V DC
Imin = 10 mA
1 2 V DC
lax = 100mA
>
Q)
0)
ro
e^.
V
''''rv
^ 4 4 ^ >G
20-
DG3
DG 8 ( F ) -
Q
100 ,1
1^
1/250
50-
1 30
3/250
\
V 100-
10
1
2 3
5
Current ( A ) at 220 V ~
3/380
D . C . switching
capacity
-|
Switching pos.
Plug connection on DG 1 . . . S , DG 8(F), DG 2 . . .S and D G 3 . . via

3-pin appliance plug socket A DIN 43 650.
Numbering of plug lugs beneath overlaid rubber seal.
Two plugs on DG8 (F) ; see dlmensioanl sketch.
|1E 3 2
^=] D G 2 . . .
- (rear view)
L J i (front view)
Cover removed from both
DG1...S
DG8(F)
2-
-r
0,5. .3ms
5-
g
i^j
0,5. .3ms
3. . 1 0 m s
Switching operat.
at 220 V AC
1 A and COS.V
= 0,3
Marking S +
500 800
Microswitch used,
m a k e S A I A , C H - 3 2 80 M u r t e n
Line connection on DG 1 R(F) and DG 2 M and H via cable con

Electrical
duit P g 9 .
On,DG1R(F), ensure that cable is correctly laid in the switch s e r v i c e l i f e ;
room (high-flex cable NYLHY3 x 0,75).
Bounce t i me appr.
Assembly instructions enclosed with every device.
^h
200 300
Data
Protection mode DG 1 R . . . and DG8 (F) = IP 54

DG2..
and D G 3 . . . = IP 65
Switching
operations/hour
20
0, 5
10
Cu n 3nt ; A )
3.
Dimensions
T y p e DG1R
of
units
A l l dimensions are in m m . Subject to change without notice
Earth
connection
Cable screv^
connection Pg 9
A/F27
A/F32
Fits pipe screw connection

with screw males Shape
to DIN 3852, Sheet 2
G 1/4
Type
DG1RF
with front ring for switchboard instal lation
"^~^
/ ^
f/^>
i^^loo
I..-.
^ ^
\
300
:
' ^ ^ ^
ioo^-m
'
J
V~'~\
Y^^
v. i v*
"li
500
IB
'Z-
-///
.bar" ^^,y^//
j ^4
5=^^^-->n~ "
Fitting aperture diameter 100

with sheet thicknesses of up to 5 mm
Actuating cylinder
See DG 1 R for dimensions not shown here
Type
DG1RS,
DG1RFS
and
DG8(F)
Setting screw for
ancil lary switch
on DG8 (F)
Each plug can be

mounted offset 4 x 90
Screw connection Pg 9
'^tH0
\=i)
Connection for main switch

Connection for ancil lary switch,
only on DGB (F)
i) This dimension depends on the make of
connector (in this case, Messrs. Klar &
Beilschmidt, Landshut). According to
DIN 43 650, up to 4 6 m m is possible.
Adjustment
Adjustment button
for main s w i t c h .
Upper val ue on DG 8 (F)
See DG 1 R and DG 1 RF for

dimensions not shown here
and for other d e t a i l s .
Shei
Type
37
74,5
DG2
Cable screw
connection Pg 9
Rli
Switch
housing
}r
= Securing borehole,
continuous
Setting screw
A/F9
Earth con
nection
A/F24
Actuating
cyl inder
Locknut
A/F27
Max.adjustm. travel
1
Press, drops
^ Press, rises
appr.26
'**"
Fits pipe screw connection

with screw males Shape B,
to DIN 3852, Sheet 2
61,5
526
38
Type
Cable screw connection Pg 9
DG3 ,
Setting screw A/F 10

Locknut
Cable screw
connection
Pg9
35
~7
Connector
can be
fitted offset
4 X 90
Connector
can be
fitted offset
4 X 90
See G 2. . . for dimensions not shown here
1) This dimension depends on the make of connector

(in this case Messrs. Klar & Bei I Schmidt, Landshut) ,
according to DIN 43 650, up to 46 mm in possible.
3.1.
Hydraulic
Connection
Hydraul ic
connection
Fits DG 1 R (F) , DG 2 and DG 2. . .S

Thread G 1 / 2 , e . g .
pressure gauge
screw connection
Thread G 1/4
for pioe screw
connection
^^
L
X
Thread G 1/2 con~C^2T

nection element
Type X 1 (Example)
from D 7065
Seal.ing ring Cu
DIN 7603
Fits DG3
DG3.
-1/4
DG. . can
be fixed in
any desired
direction
G 1/4
DG3..-Y 1
screw males
G 1/4 (with
seal ing edge)
DG3. . - Y S 6
DG3. . - Y S B
Pipe connec
tion with EG
progress, ring
and union nut
DG. . - Y 6
DG..-Y8
Pipe con
nection
pieces
"^ra7^
conti
nuous
Clamping
plate
06(-Y6)'
08 (-Y8)
DG 3. . . can be rotated in any desired direction around the pipe

axis after the clamping plate has been released (release M 4 ) .
WEGEVENTILE
IVfONOBLOCKBAUWEISE
Serie DN-DNS
Nenndurchfluss 50 1/1'
Max. Betriebsdruck 400 bar
Parallelschaltung (DN)/ Parallelund Serienschaltung im letzten
Ventil (DNS)
is max. 6 Hebel
* Zubehr
Vorrichtung fr Carry-over /
geschlossener Kreislauf in
Mittellage auf Anfrage
DclTRIBUTEUR
MONOBLOC A ELEMENT
MULTIPLE
Serie DN-DNS
Dbit nominal 50 1/
Pression maxi 400 bar
Alimentation parallele (DN) / serie
parallele pour le dernier levier
^NS)
w Jusqu' 6 leviers
Grande gamme d'accessoires
Predisposition pour carry over/
.centre ferm sur demande
, COD. I
I CODE I
Schema
2
.0
Schema
COD.
CODE
FederrckStellung in
Ausgangslellung
^.
2 "
1 -
'
Ressort
zhb
2
TT
\\
Einstellwerte
Druckbegrenzungsventil
Tarage du limiteur de pression
COO.
conti
Symbol
Symbole
Druckbereich
bar
Plage
de rglage
EJnstelIwert
bar
Tarage
standard
30 - 100
80
y ^
1
'
H 1^ '
by-pass H
8^
bypass I
:>-T
80- 160
100 - 200
200 - 400
P-*-A
B-^T
180
.1
ITTT
. / .
ANSCHLUSSGEWINDE
TYPE DE FILETAGE
Gewinde
Taraudgt
_ Rckit.lluno
Crintage
_ Ruckil.llung
Cranuge
bypass
bypass
bypass
3/8" gas
1/2" gas
SAE 3/4" 0-RJNG
Einstflllwerl
Druck
Tarage du
limileur
de pression
I. Schim*
Tiroir
bypass
P--A
AI P
P-^B
B-.-T
B-*-T
A--T
by-pass
bypass
P-.-B
P
1
A\
, B>*^
P--A
B-T
bypass
; by-pass
A-*-T
bypass
B-^T
P
P-
T
by-pass
P
1
A-*-T
1
1
T
1
by-pass
1
B-*-T
pI
bypass
by-pass
by-pass
A
P
1
!
by-pass
AP
by-pass I
BI
pI
by-pass -
Eniiperrtar!
DN/5"GY{130)/A1/A1VBD/N7/A4/A3
Aniahi
Oef Venlil
^ d'elm*nij
P
1
B-^T
<n A und a
I CUptt aniFfttour
\ doubl* piioi
M 18 X 1,5
bypass
P-.-B-...
A-.-T
Bestellbeispiel
Example de commande
Type d l
dislribulflur
P-^B
A-"T
300
Standardgewinde
Taraudage standard
b y p a s s to
bypass
bypass
J.
bypass
A^
P-.-A
..\
P
1
1
bypass
P.-A
. 1 -
PI ATI B-
B^T
'^\ TITTI
bypass
P
1
A^T
1
bypass
A--T
P
.
bypass
P--A
bypass
1
1
1
P
T
by-pass (
bypass-
A^T
bypass
P
T
A
P-Â
130
A-*-T
P-.-B
bypass
;.4 :
^1
by-pass -
bypass
bypass
B-*-T
Position de
verrouillage
P--B
A-T
P-*-B
by-pass
b y p a s s
PI A TI B-
-.-
111
QEZ
Flastung
- /
POS.
b y - p a s s .
-*-
2 -
P{
bypais
0 , 1
^'
Feder
, 1 , T T
mn
3
POS.
- I
:i
-^
Position du
rappel par
ressort du levier
CJ^tj
2
POS,
^
bypass
tx
~~-
11
POS.
Rtjcksiellung
I'bypass
l^fESSUNGEN
IMENSIONS
SERIE DN
SERIE DNST
Bei ltemperatur 50 C u. l v i s k o s i t t 3,5 E

Avec une Inuile de 3,5 "E a 50 C
INLINIEN - PERTES DE CHARGE
bar
ooo=
p-
20
1 2 3 4 5 6
oO O O
I^
O O
P^
1 2
O
DN/5
5 6
0
O
15
DN;6
bar
20
3
o
o0
10
10
DN/1
20
30
40
50
10
20
1^
30
40
' Hebel
' Levier
15
DN;3
A1 2 3 4 5 6
0
10
.Hebel
Levier
Hebel
50
10
20
40
30
l/r
50
l/r
1/1'
Gewicht
Poids
l<9
DN
DNS
MODELL
MODELE
^>ARALLELSCHALTUNG
ALIMENTATION PARALLELE
PARALLEL- UND SERIENSCHALTUNG

ALIMENTATION SERIE-PARALLELE
. Druck
Piess. m i l ,
bar
DN 1
400
71
3.6
DN 2
400
111
5.5
DN 3
400
151
7.3
DN4
400
191
9.0
DN 5
400
231
10.8
DN 6
400
271
12.6
rJ-i-,
mm
LL
t - j I- -
A
1
*>
T^~F
A
1 ll
*
P\ | r
*l ['
A
'
P | IT
'1 1'
t
6P
1
fc-
^.
1 ptjD
^
op
mSFRUNGSMGLICHKEITEN U. ZUBEHR
kCC^'^SOIRES
Code
Code
Typ
Type
Enlsperrbares Rckschlagventil (Anschluss A, oder u. )
Clapet antiretour (orifice A, ou A et B)
VB (A, B, D)
Schockventil (Anschluss A, oder u. )
Limiteur de pression rglable (orifice A, ou A et 6)
VL (A, B. D)
Mikroschalter mit Anbausatz
Microswitch avec predisposition
1
CP(SE, DE)
Pneumatische Bettigung (Einlach u. doppelwirkend)
Commande pneumatique (simple et double effet)
Hydraulische Bettigung
Commande hydralique
Hand- und elektrotiydraulische Bettigung
Commande manuelle et electroaydraulique
GEH
ACF
CH
Fernbedienung
Commande a distance par cables flexibles
Schieber mit grosser Empfindlichkeit
Tiroir haute sensibilit
Ivlanipulator (Schaltung lieferbar + oder x)
fvlanipulateur (schema + ou x)
Vorrichtung fr Carry over (Druckveiterfhrung)
Predisposition pour carry-over
Bchse fr Carry over
Douille pour carry-over
ENT
cRRBARES RCKSCHLAGVENTIL
CLAPET ANTIRETOUR
u5i^
S
IVIAN (P, X)
PCO
PILOT
VBA
r:
L.
VBD
.J'
L.
A
SCHOCKVENTIL
LIMITEUR DE PRESSION
REGLABLE
I
VLA i . - \ ^
MIKROSCHALTER BETTIGUNG
EXECUTION AVEC MICROSWITCH
'A
VLD
L.,r
B-
L_.^
'
Techi;.
. nderungen vorbehalten.
Les caraclnsliqucs ci-dessus monlres sont indicatives
HK HYDRAULIK-KONTOR GmbH
lia
Handel Projektiemng Service Lager

Hydro Pumpen Motore Ventile
Zylinder Anlagen Winden Getriebe
D- 25335 E l m s h o r n G e r l i n g w e g 86
Hand Pumps, single- and double acting,

Closed and open drive, without oil tank
General
The.pumps are valve controlled, the pressure connections arc practically non
leaking. The suction I ines should be as short as possible, and the oil tanks have
tobe instal ledat the same level or more elevated than the suction connections,
thus avoiding that the suction line drains off in idle position.
The single acting model sucks oil when the lever is moved in one direction and
delivers it into the pressure line when the lever is moved in the opposite direc
tion. The double-acting model del ivers the same quantity of oil into the pressure
line for each forward and return movement of the hand lever.
Optimum instal lation position as designed, or horizontal with hand lever on t o p .
h a r a c t er i s t i V a l u e s
Type,ord er descript.
without with
drain
drain
valye
valve
HC4
H4A
mn
mm
1>1$
1>^0
operating
connections
press. swept
moment
press, suction
volume a t Pmax weight connect, connect.
Pmax
- i)
bar
Nm
P
S
kg
function, notes
sing le a c t . closed design of the drive, i . e .

the entire lever mechanism is
double
immersed in the o i l , being
acting
greased maintenance -free.
HD3Q HD 30 A
open model, i . e . external lever
mechanism. Occasional m a i n
tenance (cleaning and greasing)
is recommended.
DH40
045
DHSO
600
250
350
13
250
220
20
250
150
30
250
150
51
420
6,2
100
64
380
6,4
80
78
380
6,6
R 1/4"
4,8
R3/8"
R 1/4"
suction
pipe
010x1
R 3/8"
suction
pipe
012x1
The following models w i l l be withdrawn from programme. Do not consider them for new projects!
H 3/8 H 5/8
open model, i . e . external lever 1000

mechanism. Occasional main
800
tenance (cleaningand greasing)
is recommended.
1,5
190
3,4
340
4,8
800
4,5
410
H 3/16 H 5/16
600
450
H 3/20 H 5/20
400
10
480
H 3/25 H 5/25
250
15
460
400
20
480
H 5/12
single
acting
H 3/14
DH3
double act.
R 1/2" R 1/2"
4
4,5
0 full piston stroke = hand lever from one end position into the other and back
D i m e n s i o n s o f U n i t s ( A l l dimensions are in m m , subject to change without notice! )
P = pressure connection, S = suction connection
T y p e H E 4 , H D 1 3 t o 30
drilling
hole for
hand lever
hand lever
not sup
plied by
HAWE
pressure
release valve
r*
Installation:
as required
Dimensions
of
units
(cont ' d . from page 1) P = pressure connection, S = suction connection
T y p e D H40
t o 50
--e
78
9.5
4> 'o|
^^^
f "^
observe plane
mounting
surface
Type H3/8
to /25
40
-y
i
M-r^
62
Type H5/8
to /25
TInrougIn /
mounting
holes
010*^"
M = manometer
connection
for dimensions
not indicated
see H 3 / . . . !
1~^
'S
Dimension a =
25 at H 5/8 to / 1 6
30 at H 5/20 and / 2 5
Througin
mounting
tioles
010""
T y p e DH 3
Ttirough mounting
holes 0 1 0 " ' "
for dimensions
not indicated see H 3 / . . . !
Einzelteilliste
fr einfach- und doppeltwirkende Handpumpe
Typ HD...(A) u n d HE4(A)
Typ HE4(A)
1/1
, . ^
m
D
-(
Ml
Bestellbezeichnung
Q
H
Benennung
Teil
7090 001/1
7090 002
7090 003
1.1
1.1
1.1
Pumpenblock
Pumpenblock
Pumpenblock
7010 004
7090 005
7090 006
1.1
1.1
1.1
Pumpenblock
Pumpenblock
Ventilsitz
7090 007
7090 008
4 6 4 6 006
1.1
1.1
1.2
1
1
Ventilsitz
Ventilsitz
Lagernadel 0 3x13,8
6105 035
4.646 005
DIN 5402
1.3
1.4
1.5
Verschludeckel BIO
Welle
O-Ring 3 0 x 3
DIN 443
7090 016
90 S h o r e
Sach-Nr.
Pumpenblock
Pumpenblock
Pumpenblock
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
Bolzen
Koppel
Bolzen
7090 010
7090 012
7090 011
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
Seeger-Sicherungsscheibe
Schraube
Schraube
St 8 x 0 , 8
7090 015
7090 025
1
1
.1
O-Ring 2 8 x 2 , 5
Scheibe
Scheibe
90 S h o r e
7090 013
7090 021
il
Scheibe
P D F - L i p p e n r i n g P r o f . 41 1 6 x 2 2 , 5 x 4 , 5
P D F - L i p p e n r i n g P r o f . 41 2 0 x 2 8 x 5 , 5
7090 022
C1N84
C l N 84
11
12
12
P D F - G u m m i - N u t r i n g P 33N
Kolben
Kolben
C1N84
7090 009
7090 018
12
13
13
Kolben
Kolben
O-Ring 7,65x1,78
7090 019
7090 025
70 S h o r e
13
13
14
O-Ring 15,55x2,62
O - R i n g 2 0 , 2 X 3,53
O - R i n g 2 5 x 3,53
70 S h o r e
70 S h o r e
70 S h o r e
14
14
14
Ring
Ring
Ring
7090 014
7090 023
7090 024
15
15
15
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
24x34x5
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dichtring
Feder
Kugel 0 6,5
7100 051
7090 038
DIN 5 4 0 1 - s t
15
16
17
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ventilsitz
Gewindebchse
Verschluschraube R3/8' xl2
4 6 4 6 005
7090 017
DIN-908 v e r z i n k t
18
19
20
Verschluschraube R3/4'
V e r s c h l u s c h r a u b e M 3 0 x 1,5
V e r s c h l u s c h r a u b e M 3 8 x 1,5
DIN 908
DIN 908 v e r z i n k t
DIN 908
20
20
20
D i c h t k a n t e n r i n g E O - d k a z R 3/8"
Dichtring
Dichtring
7090 027
579 003
21
21
21
7090 028
DIN 5401-St
4^50 016/1
21
22
23v
Dichtring A 1 6 , 5 x 2 2 x 2
Kugel 0 6
Spindel
DIN 7603-St
DIN 5401-St
7090 020
24
25
26
1
1
1
O-Ring 6,07x1,78
D i c h t r i n g 1 4 x 1 8 x 1,5
Fhrungsbchse
90 S h o r e
DIN 7603-Cu
5585 010
27
28
29
1
1
1
Drehgriff
S p a n n s t i f t 0 3 x 16
Kugel 0 7
7000 4 1 1 / 1
DIN 1481
DIN 5401-St
30
31
32
1
1
Distanzrohr
G e w i n d e s c h e i be
2576 003
2576 004
33
34
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Iff'
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
'
Wichtiger
Hinweis:
Dichtring
Kugel 0 1 0
vFeder
*"
T e i l e 1.2 b i s 1.5 i m P u m p e n b l o c k v e r s t e m m t b z w . e i n g e p r e t . Bei

E i n z e l t e i l b e s t e l l u n g b i t t e hinzufgen: " i m m o n t i e r t e n Z u s t a n d " .
B e i E r s a t z t e i l b e s t e l l u n g bitte v o l l s t n d i g e B e s t e l l b e z e i c h n u n g und
S a c h - N u m m e r angeben ! nderungen v o r b e h a l t e n !
i^V
v.
/^'
General
1/1 Definition and operation
The hydropneumatic accumulator is a device designed specificaiiy for the storage of liquid under pressure. As liquids are, for all practical
purposes, incompressible, the objective is achieved by utilising the compressibiiity of gases (fig. 1):
A) A flexible separator bladder is fitted into a pressure vessel
(accumulator shell).
B) Through a special valve an inert gas (nitrogen) is introduced
into the bladder with a pressure Po. The bladder expands,
filling the entire volume Vo of the accumulator shell.
C) When circuit pressure Pi is higher than the gas prcharge
pressure Po, the liquid valve opens, and the bladder is compressed reducing the gas volume to Vi.
D) Should the liquid pressure rise to P2, the volume of gas
reduces to V2 with an attendant rise in pressure, thus balancing the liquid pressure.
This means that the accumulator has been pressurised
AV = Vi - V2, and a potential energy has been created to be
utilised as desired (refer section 2).
fig. 1
If
1.2 Construction
The EPE Bladder Accumulator comprises a steel shell in which
is fitted a bladder complete with a gas valve and a fluid port
with the poppet valve, (fig. 2)
Gas valve
T h e a c c u m u l a t o r shell is a pressure vessel forged or

fabricated from high grade steel designed and manufactured
to meet the relevant international standards.
For special applications various surface coatings are available as well as a stainless steel construction.
11
T h e b l a d d e r construction which is unique to EPE is

moulded in a single piece thus obviating problems associated with seamed construction. The gas valve is fitted in a
manner which allows it to be connected and disconnected
easily and safely. In addition the valve, not being an integral
.part of the bladder, can be re-used, thus reducing maintenance costs.
Bladders are normallv manufactured from nitrile. but for special applications butyl, neopren, ethylene-propylene etc.
are available.
Accumulator
shell
Bladder
T h e g a s v a l v e is connected to the bladder by a rubber

coated washer to ensure a gas tight joint, and a non return
valve is incorporated for bladder inflation. The bladder, compiete with the gas valve is attached to the accumulator shell
by a lock nut, and the assembly is protected by a cover.
Poppet valve.
T h e a n t i - e x t r u s i o n v a l v e prevents the bladder from

extruding into the fluid port and, at the same time, allows
the liquid to flow, in the high pressure range a poppet valve
is used, whilst in the low pressure range a drilled disc is
used. In the latter case the prcharge pressure should not
exceed 15 bar.
Fluid port
Bleed'
fig. 2
Accumulator selection
3.14 Flov/ rate
Afterthesizeof accumuator has been defined, as pre
viously stated, it is necessary to chek whether the re
quired flow rate (l/min) is compatible with the
permissible flow rate for that accumulator, according
to the following Table.
Maximum flow rate can be achieved with the accumu
lator installed in vertical position with the gas valve on
top. Furthermore it is indispensable that a residual vo
lume of liquid > / = 0.1 X Vo remains in the accu
mulator.
Mean flow rate

(l/min)
70
150
300
500
Type
AS
AS
AS
AS
0.2
0.7-1-1.5
3- 5
10 -= 55
Max permise, flow

rate (l/min)
160
300
600
1000
3.15 Bladder material

The choice of elastomer used for the bladder depends on the liquid to be used and on the operating (and, at times, storage) temperatures. In the
chart below, each polymer has a designated letter which, in the order code, denotes the material used for the bladder, the gaskets and rubbercoated parts. For special liquids, we recommend that you contact our technical information service.
r^' i e letter
Polymer
ISO
Temperature
range (C)
Standard nitrile
(Perbunan)
NBR
-20 -1-85
Low temperature
nitrile
NBR
Nitrile for
hydrocarbons
NBR
Mineral, vegetable, silicon and lubricating oils,

industrial water, glycols, nonflammable liquids
(HFA-HFB-HFC), aliphatic hydrocarbons, butane,
diesel oil, kerosene, fuel oils, etc.
The same as with standard nitrile + a number
of different types of Freon.
(This contains less acrylonitrile than the standard
and is therefore more suitable for low temperatures,
but its chemical resistance is slightly lower).
Regular and premium grade slightly aromatic gasoline
(and all the liquids for standard nitrile).
-40 - 70
-10 +90
Hydrogenated
nitrile
Forfood-stuffs
Butyl
HR
Ethylene-propylene
EPDM
-20 +90
*N
Chloroprene
(Neoprene)
CR
-20 +85
*Y
Epichlohdrin
ECO
-30 +100
-50 +130 r
HNBR
NBR
-20 +85
-20 +90
Some of the liquids compatible

with the polymer
The same as with standard nitrile but with excellent

performance at both high and low temperatures.
Foods (specify which type when ordering).
Phosphoric esters (HFD-R), hot water, ammonia,
caustic soda, some kinds of Freon (22-31-502),
glycol-based brake fluids, some acids, alcohols, ketones,
esters, skydrol 7000, etc.
Break fluids, hot water, leaching fluids, detergents,
water-glycol (HFC), many acids and bases, saline
solutions, skydrol 500, etc.
Freon (12-21-22-113-114-115), water and aqueous
solutions, ammonia, carbon dioxide, mineral, paraffin
and silicon oils.
Lead-free gasoline, mineral oils.
* Before ordering, please ask for availability of the bladders capacity 35 and 55 litres.
3.16 Durability of the bladder

It is essential, in order to make the correct choice, to take into consi
deration the working conditions the accumulator will be operating in,
because these can considerably affect the durability of the bladder.
Assuming that the liquid used is clean and compatible with the blad
der material, there are a number of factors which can affect the life
of the bladder:
The prcharge pressure Po. In most cases the values recommended In section 3.2 hold good, although, as the pressure and, above all', the velocity of the yield required increase, there is the danger
that in each cycle the bladder will knock against the poppet valve.
In these cases it is possible to use Po = 0.8 + 0.7 Pi.
The P2/P0 ratio. Any increase in this, will increase the stress the
bladder is subjected to in each cycle. Only for special applications
it is possible to exceed the ratio / = 4 (in this case consult
our Technical Service Department).
The maximum operating pressure P2. Any increase in this will
subject the bladder to greater stress.
"'ow rate: Flow rate does not affect bladder working lifo provided
\
it mean values given in table 3.14 are not exceeded. When ap
proaching the maximum values, make sure that there remains a
residual volume of liquid > / = 10% of volume Vo in the accumu
lator, in both loading and unloading phases.
The frequency or the number of cycles per day.

Installation: The vertical position with gas valve on top is the re
commended arrangement. When position is horizontal the blad
der tends to rest and rub against the accumulator body. This could
result in quicker wear.
The operating temperature. This is one of the factors which most
affects the life of the bladder: at very low temperatures the blad
der tends to become brittle; as the temperature, rises, reaching,
or going beyond the limits for the elastomer, the stress of the blad
der is subjected to increases exponentially, which can lead to frac
turing within a short time.
It should be remembered that the temperature in the accumulator
is in many cases higher than that of the system, and that it rises
with each increase in P2, P2/P1 and the volume of the accumula
tor (in other words, the larger the accumulator, the less able it is
to dissipate heat).
All the EPE bladder models, in the standard nitrile rubber P ver
sion, have undergone the following fatigue test: Po = 65 bar; Pi
= 90 bar; P2 = 200 bar; frequency 10 cycles/min; oil temperatu
re 45C; duration > at lO^cycles.
16
V*
Accumulator selection
3.17 Material for accumuiaor she!! and valves
In standard ve'sions, the shell is made of carbon steel and painted
on the outside with a coat of rust inhibitor; the valves are made from
phosphated carbon steel.
This configuration is suitable for oils and non-corrosive liquids and
the whole assembly is indicated in the identification code by the letter C.
For mildly corrosive liquids the shell and the valves are also made
from carbon steel, but are nickel-plated to a minimum thickness
of 25 urn, identification code letter N (specify different thicknesses

separately).
For very corrosive liquids, assemblies in stainless steel AISI 316 (indicated by an X) are available.
If specifically requested, the fluid port and/or the gas valve can be
supplied in a material different to that used for the accumulator shell.
Only in this case is it necessary to add to the identification code the
letter indicating each valve (see section 3.19).
3.18 Testing
In the standard version of the " h i g h pressure r a n g e " , the EPE accumulators are tested and certified TV and DRIR for capacities
= / > 1 litre and ISPESL for capacities = / > 25 litres (smaller capacities do not require certification).
Upon request, the accumulators can be built and tested according
to RINA, BS-Loyds Register, S T O O M W E Z E N , A S M E U.s: etc.
Obviously this can affect the cost and delivery terms.
Hence it is indispensable that the required test or Country of installation be specified already when requesting the quotation.
Accumulator are pressure vessels submitted to precise design,

manufacturing and testing standards.
The test certificate (which depending on the availability either accompanies the goods or else il mailed subsequently) must comply with
current regulations of the Countries in which the accumulator is to
be installed (see list given below).
The tests expected for the various series of EPE accumulators are
described in the relative pages in the catalogue.
TUV*
DRIR*
TV* - DRIR*
STOOMWEZEN - TV*
ODT - T V * - DRIR*
ISCIR - T V * - DRIR*
TV* - DRIR*
TV* - DRIR*
ASME - U.S. - L.R. or TIJV
T V * - DRIR*
SVDB - T U V *
DRIR*
A S M E - U.S. or L.R.
LUXEMBOURG
MORROCOS
NORWAY
HOLLAND
POLAND
RUMANIA
RUSSIA
SPAIN
SOUTH AFRIKA
SWEDEN
SWITZERLAND
TUNISIA
U.S.A.
DRIR'
AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS 1210
TV Wien - TV*
TIJV and DRIR - APRAGAZ
TtJV - DRIR + Calculation ASME
ASME - T V * - DRIR*
CSN - DRIR* - T V *
DRIR* - T V *
DRIR (ex SDM)
TV
BS (British Standard) - Lloyd's Register
ISPESL (ex ANCC)
JIS
ALGERIA
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRIA
BELGIUM
BRASIL
CANADA
CZECHOSLOVAKIA
FINLAND
FRANCE
GERMANY
GREAT BRITAIN
ITALY
JAPAN
Documentation approval (calculation and certificate) required by local Autorities or Agencies.
3.19 Model code

; ^
,; (
Please note that when compiling the model code the capacity, operating pressure, the shell material, etc. should be selected from those available
in each range of accumulator only (see p. 18 ^ 23). The prcharge pressure should be specified separately, as should the flange or fluid port
adapter or the adapter on the gas side.
AS
'\ccumulator
type
AS
= Bladder
11
(standard)
ASS = Top
repairable
bladder
accumulator
AST = Transfer
bladder
accumulator
ASl = Liquid
separator
bladder
accumulator
Nominal
capacities
(Hires)
0.2
0.7
1
1.5
3
10
15
20
25
35
55
1,5
330
Max working
pressure
(bar)
Shell and
valves
material
P = Standard nitrile
(Perbunan)
550
F = Low temperature nitrile
330
H = Nitrile for hydrocarbons
210
C= Shell:
painted
carbon steel
Valves:
phosphated
carbon steel
Bladder material
= Hydrogenated nitrile
A = For lood-stuffs
= Butyl
150
120
E = Ethylene-propylene
70
N = Chloroprene(neoprene)
50
Y = Epichlorohydrin
30
N= Nickel
coaled
carbon steel
(thickness
to specify)
!<= Stainless steel
V= carbon steel
with special
coating 2)
1) To be both indicated only when on at last is made of material different from the accumulator body.
2) To be specify in full besides the code.
17
Fluid port
connection
G. Female BSP
thread
L = For flange
SAE 3000
H =- For flange
SAE 6000
S = Special
t'hread )
(NPT-SAE metric)
R = With
adapter 2)
F = With flange 21
Fluid port 1)
material
Test
certification
0 = Factory
testing
1 = ISPESL
2= TV
3= DRIR
1 = RINA
5= BS-LLOYD'S
REGISTER
6 = STOOIlWEZEN
7= AStvlE-U.S.
8 = Other to be
specified
= The same tq
material shell
Gas valve ')

material
= The same to
material shell
= Phosphated
carbon steel
= Phosphatedl
carbon steel
M = Nickel
coated
carbon steel
(thickness
to specify)
N = Nickel
coated
carbon steel
(thickness
to specify)
X = Stainless
steel
X = Stainless
steel
High pressure range

/^
4.1 Technical features

330 bar
Max working pressure:

Test pressure:
max working pressure x 1.50

20C to 80C (ISPESL: 10 +50C)
Temperature range:
Nominal capacities:
0.2 -f 55 litres
4.2 Construction features

IN THE STANDARD VERSION THE MAIN FEATURES ARE:
Forged steel shell (35 CD4 for capacities 1 -1.5-3-5-10 -f 55.litres and Fe 52.2
for capacities 0.2-0.7 litres) sand blasted and painted on the outside with a
coat of rust inhibitor.
Valves in phosphated carbon steel C40.
Fluid port terminating in a B.S.P. female parallel thread (G).
Bladder and gaskets in standard nitrile rubber P.
Approvals by Italian (ISPESL), German (TUV) and French (DRIR) standards.
^recharged with nitrogen at 10 bar. (other values when specified on order).
REQUEST the accumulator can be supplied with the following:

SHELL AND VALVES PROTECTED with chemical/nickel coating (25 micron.
Other thicknesses on request).
SHELL AND VALVES IN STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316.
In the stainless steel version, capacities of 0.2-0.7-1-1.5-3 litres are constructed
with a forged or welded shell (max working pressure 150 bar) and for capaci
ties 5-10-15-20-25 with a welded shell (working press. 50 and 100 bar).
Manufactured to ISPESL standard, factory testing only.
BLADDER IN BUTYL, NEOPRENE, ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE, IDROGENATED NITRILE NITRILE FOR LOW TEMPERATURES (40C), NITRILE FOR
HYDROCARBONS, EPiCHLOROYDRIN, FOR FOOD.
Bladder with TRANSFER version valve (See Page 36).
FLUID PORT CONNECTION FOR FLANGE SAE 3000 AND SAE 6000 (Pa
ge 24).
FLUID CONNECTION female threaded NPT, SAE or metric.
ADAPTER with B.S.P. female parallel threads " R " for diameters shown on
the Table, with different threading, if specified, or blind.
FLANGED FLUID CONNECTION (specify PN and DN and flange standard.
Order code pag. 24).
FLANGED GAS CONNECTION for special applications (specify data of flange)
SAFETY VALVE gas side or only the adapter to fit the above valve (See Pa
ge 26-27).
''SPECIAL PULSE DAMPER CONNECTION on the liquid side (Page 25).
I feSTING RINA, BS-LLOYD'S REGISTER or others.
4.3 Sizes and dimensions

Type
*.
Max work
pressure
(bar)
Gas
Dry
volume Weight
(Litres)
(kg)
0.2
1.4
AS 0.2
330-210
AS 0.7
330-
0.65
3.9
AS 1
330-
4.5
AS 1.5
330-
1,5
7.1
AS 3
330-
2.95
11
ASS
330-
13
AS 10
330-
9.1
38
AS 15
330-
14.5
45
4S 20
330-
18.2
53
i s 25
330-
23.5
63
AS 35
330-
33.5
83
AS 55
330-
50
115
Fluid pc rt connection
R
G
(B.S.P.)
(B.S.P.)
1/2"
3/4"
1 1/4"
2"
249
22
41
0 - blind
3/8"
1/2"
280
20
26
114
65
455
A/FI
24
A/F 2
23
32
32
25
50
53
168
11
570
0 = blind
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
1*
36
52
47
550
0 = blind
3/8"-1/2"-3/4"
51
90
300
355
140
720
875
60
101
220
55
77
70
70
1050
1390
1900
Subject to change
1 = Charging device overall size (all dimensions in mm)
18
High pressure range

4.4 Components and spare parts
Capacities 0.7 -^ 55
Table 4.4.1 gives a list of accumulator components and, for each mo

del, the part number to be used when ordering spare parts:
THIS NUMBER IS VALID FOR STANDARD VERSIONS ONLY.
6-
For all versions differing from standard.it is necessary to give the ma

nufacturer's serial number and the material.
The bladder must be ordered according to the instructions given on
Page 37 or by giving the accumulator identification code or manu
facturer's serial number.
Capacity 0.2
4.4.1 Spare parts list and part Mo.

Item
if
Description
Accumulator shell
1
2
Bladder
3
Gas valve body
4
Rubber-coated washer
5
Gas valve loeknut
Protection cap
6
7
Gas-fill valve
Name plate
8
Retaining ring
9
" 0 " ring
10
Supporting ring
11
Spacer ring
12
Fluid port ring nut
13
14
Bleed screw
Seal ring
15
16
Fluid port body
17
Poppet
Spring
18
Brake bushing
19
Selflocking nut
20
21
Adapter " 0 " ring
Adapter
22
Gas valve assembly
(parts 3-4-5-6-7)
Fluid port assembly
fParts 9 -r 201
Gasket sets
Pes
AS 0.2
2001
10024
10023
10337
10035
OR4112
10038
10037
10039
10031
10028
10029
10033
AS 0.7
Models
1
AS 3
AS 5
Not supplied as spare part

See detailed designation on Page 37
10107
10202
10104
10106
10205
10109
10103
2072
10300-A
10300-
10300-C
10123
10127
10146
10222
OR4150
OR159
OR6212
10150
10133
10227
10120
10145
10223
10122
10217
10128
10129
10115
10144
10111
10221
10112
10149
10113
10226
10116
10211
OR2093
OR3150
10131
10233/thread
2002
2021
2004
2023
(
\
2010 <
1
I
AS 1-1.5
2022
2024
; OR2050
1 10341
\ 10342
2030 {oR4i5a
1 10133
( 10129
'^ OR2093
OR2050
10341
10342
OR4112
10038
19
1 AS J ' !!^ ' ^
10333
10334
1-0302
10301
10300-D
10317
0R181
10320
10319
10321
10316
10336
10311
10310
10322
10314
10315
OR3218
10323/thread
2042
2062
2025
2044
2064
.OR2050
( 10341
\ 10342
2 0 3 1 < 0R159
) 10150
f 10129
ORSISO
,OR2050
( 10341
\ 10342
2 0 5 0 <0R6212
i 10227
f 10129
^ OR3150
2080
,OR2050
[ 10341
\ 10342
<0R181
i 10320
f 10336
*'OR3218
Subject to change
Spare bladders for accumulators
18.1 General
in the same plant (see page 37).
In addition, valves do not have to be replaced at the same time as
the bladder.
The attachment of the valve to the bladder is a simple operation by
use of a special rubber coated washer (see page 41).
The main features of the bladder lies in an original and well deve
loped EPE process by which the bladder being of a single piece con
struction without splices or joints and with a unique method for
connecting gas valves, allows various valves to be fitted thus promot
ing considerable economic savings, especially when several accumu
lators of the same size, but with differing gas valves, are to be used
18.2 Technical and constructional features
THE GAS VALVE use in the EPE accumulators is made of phosphaled steel C40, in the following three versions:
S
= STANDARD (fig. 1a). For capacities from 0.2 to 55 litres,
with inflating valve 5/8" UNF.
This valve can be supplied with dia. and special inflation
connections (see Chap. 18.4).
ST = TRANSFER (fig. lb). Suitable for use with the accumula
tor connected to one or more additional nitrogen cylinders.
For capacities from 5 to 55 litres.
SL = LIQUID SEPARATOR (fig. 1c). Used when a liquid is also
inside the bladder.
For capacities from 0.2 to 55 litres.
UPON REQUEST, all the valves can be supplied with chemical
nickel coating (25 îm. Other thicknesses to specify) or in stain
less steel.
THE BLADDER, used in the standard version of the accumula

tors of all the series offered by EPE, is made in butadieneacrilonitrile rubber (NBR) with medium-high ACN content which
we have denoted "standard nitrile" and distinguished with the
letter P. It is above all suitable for use with mineral oils, but also
gives excellent results with many other liquids (see Chap. 3.15 page
16). The operating temperature can be between 20 to -85.
For special requirements (temperatures exceeding the above limits,
special liquids, etc.), the bladder can be supplied in following
materials; Nitrile for low temperature (F), Nitrile for hydrocarbons
(H), Hydrogenated Nitrile (, for foodstuffs (A), Butyl (B), Ethylene/
opyfene (E), Neoprene (N), Epichlorohydrin (Y).
V ,.B. Not all the bladders are available in all the materials. Please
consult our Technical Service Department before ordering.
fig. 1c
fig. lb
fig, la
18,3 Bladder dimensions and spare code for standard valves

Nominal
capacities
(litres)
0,2
0,7
1
1,5
2,5
3
4
5
10
38 5/8" UNF 20 1/8" BSP

75
25
95 M22x1,5
25 1/4" BSP 47
(spec.
s. section
18.4)
146
49
25
50
35
30
12
15
20
25
35
55
Bladd.
weight
Blad der dimens ions with /alve,5 fig. l a - 1b - 1c
M50x1,5
198 (spec.
55
s. section
18.4)
1 " BSP
60
61
78
40
Li
155
180
126
180
148
202
201
255
325
379
374
428
215
270
284
339
315. 390
405
480
450
525
590
665
735
810
1110 1185
1565 1640
L2
L3
kg
0,03
0,09
0,14
0,18
0,31
0,38
0,35
0,41
0,98
1,17
1,36
1,81
1,95
3,45
4,91
250
319
393
483
528
668
813
1188
1643
151
173
226
350
399
245
314
355
445
490
630
775
1150
1605
Ga s valve assem bly

fig- l a
tig- 1b
fig- 1
code weight code weight code weight
kg
kg
kg
2002 0,1
2003
2022
0,3
2027
0,18
2042
0,42
2043
1,1
2048
0,33
2065
2,6
2066
3,1
2073
1,1
2067
3,6
2062
1,7
Subject to change
All dimensions in mm
36
Spare bladders for accumulator
18.4 Special gas valves

To make this possible, gas valves (s. below) are available with non
standard stem diameters ( B) and charge-connections.
In addition to their use witli EPE accumulators, our bladders are per
fectly interchangeable with many others available on the marl<et.
,.
125_
*31
20
fig. 2a
18.4.1 Dimensionsand spare code for special valves

Nominal
capacities
(litres)
0 , 7 - 1 - 1,5
2,5 - 3
4- 5
10 12 - 15
20 - 25 - 35
55
2a
3
4
2a
3
4
Bladder
with valve
code
S....2
S....3
S....4
S....2
S....3
S.,..4
2b
3
4
S....2
S...,3
S....4
Fig.
Dimensi ons

5/8" UNF
E
26
7/8" UNF
46
5/8" UNF
30
7/8" UNF
49
M22x1,5
57
7/8" UNF
Weight 2)Gas valve

Item 1
assembly valve body
Kg
0,15
2015
10110
0,38
2019
10118
0,3
2020
10119
0,27
2041
10255
2045
0,48
10258
0,4
2046
10259
0,75
0,83
0,75
52
2061
2084
2085
10332
10329
10330
i)Spare order code

2)ltem 2
Item 3
Item 4
washer
locknut
fill valve
10105
10023
2070
10106
10108
2069
10257
10023
2070
10205
10108
2069
10109
2072
10108
2069
10331
Wem 5
Item 6
valve cap arotect. cap
10337
10201
10200
10134
10135
10337
10201
10200
10134
10135
10337
10201
10134
10103
10200
10135
1) The code denotes components made in carbon steel and washer coated in standard nitrile rubber. For variations from this, add the letter N for nickel plated steel and the letter X
for stainless steel to the code number.
2) If the washer is to be coated with an elastomer other than standard nitrile, the code number should be followed by both the letter denoting the steel and the letter denoting
the elastomer.
18.5 Identification code

'The letter sequence denoting the bladders is very si'iple and follows
the first part of the code for the EPE accumulator (the type without
the letter A, size, bladder material), to which is added 0 if the valve
is not required and 1 if the bladder is to be complete with valve (fig.
1a-1b-1c).
If the bladder is to be used as a replacement in another make of ac
cumulator, in addition to the size and the material of the bladder, the
Bladder type
= Standard (fig. 1a)
ST
= Transfert (fig. 1b)
SL
= Liquid
separator (fig. 1c)
Nominal
capacities (litres)
0,2 - 0,7
1,5 - 2,5
4-5-10
12 - 15 25 - 35 -
-1
- 3
20
55
exact type of valve should also be indicated, and this can be selec
ted from either the standad types (fig..1a/1b/1c), and denoted by 1,
or from the special valves, respectively denoted by 2 (fig. 2a-2b), 3
(fig. 3), and 4 (fig. 4). When uncertain, it is best to indicate also the
type and make of the accumulator. The example given is of a stan
dard version bladder, tor a 25 litre accumulator, in Nitrile, complete
with valve = M50x1.5 in phosphated C40 steel.
i)Bladder material
P
F
H
E
N
Y
= Nitrile standard
= Nitrile for low temp.
= Nitrile for hydrocarbons
= Hydrogenated nitrile
= Nitrile for food-stuff
= Butyl
= Ethylene-propylene
= Chloroprene (neoprene;
= Epichloridrin
Gas valve
0 = Without valve
1 = With valve: standard
(fig. la/b/c)
2 = With valve: special
(fig. 2a/2b)
and filling
connection (fig. 3)
and filling
connection (fig. 4)
Gas valve
material
Phosphated
carbon steel 040
Nickel coated
carbon steel,
thick 25
(others to specify)
Stainless steel
Subiect to change
1) Features and compatibility see page 16
37
Checking and charging

20.1 General
It is important that the gas pressure be kept constant and
should therefore be checked periodically by means of the filling
and checking equipment PC/
The same equipment is used for re-inflating the bladder after
repair work or change of use.
Connection is made by the special hose to the dry nitrogen bot
tle or the gas pump SPN 250.
ONLY NITROGEN MUST BE USED. AIR OR OXYGEN COULD
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
20.2 Pressure checks

This is a simple operation, the correct procedure is as foilov^s:
Isolate the accumulator from the system and reduce the li
quid pressure to zero.
Remove the protective and sealing caps from the gas valve.
e Prior to mounting the PC/ - equipment ensure that valve. A is
J "' "'brewed, that bleed valve is closed and that non-return
'f
3 is screwed tight.
'Attach the unit to the gas-fill valve by means of the knurled
nut D.
e Screw/ valve "A" to a point where pressure is registered.
If the pressure is OK remove the PC/unit as follows:
e Unscrew the valve A.
Open the bleed valve and unscrew the nut D.
20.3 Pressure reduction

If the pressure has to be reduced this Is done by opening the
bleed valve slowly until the correct pressure is registered on
the gauge.
21
Increase or reset prcharge pressure
If it is necessary to fill, or to increase the gas pressure, proceed as

follows:
Fit the PC/unit as described in 20.2
Fit the connection to the nitrogen cylinder
e Connect the hose between the cylinder and the non-return
valve
e Slowly open the valve on the cylinder until the gauge registers a
pressure slightly higher than the one desired, then shut.
Unscrew A and reduce the pressure on PC/unit to zero by
means of the bleed valve B.
e Disconnect the hose from the non-return valve C, and replace
cap.
Close the bleed valve and wait approximately 5 mins. for the
temperature to adjust.
e Screw valve A until the pressure can be read. This should be sli
ghtly higher than the desired pressure.
. Adjust by means of the bleed valve, remove the filling unit.
Usesqapy water test for leaks.
e Replace the valve cover and protection cap.
The accumulator is now ready for use.
N.B.: Standard equipment PC250/60 is supplied with two pres

sure gauges: ttie ttigh pressure gauge (250 bar) is used
for inflation and for cfiecking ttie pre-loading values tiigher than 50 bar.
The low pressure gauge is used only to check pre-loading
values lower than 50 bar.
INING
it .>- recommended that the gasline be fitted with a safety
relief valve when charging accumulators with shell ratings
of less than gas bottle pressure.
39
320
CM
4
9mm
^
;.
i/.
.'=?:
365
Dimension: h / w / d = 520 / 320 / 200 mm
Mestab 1:5
DB
Datum
Beerb. 28.08.1999
Gepr. 23.11.1999
Norm
Name
kt
AWK
Zust
Anderung
Datum Name
D-28211 Bremen GERMANY
STARTER BOX MOTOR

WINCH / HYDRAULIC
--- cabinet
99A1010l\/i
Blau
01
1
Bl.
1 1
2
1
F12
F22
2
2
:...,-_--.-...-.,--_:
\0
Mastab 1:5
DB
Datum
Name
Bearb. 26.08.1999
kt
Gepr. 23.11.1999
Nonri
STARTER BOX MOTOR

WINCH/HYDRAULIC
cabinet inside
Blatt
AWK
Zust
nderung
Datum Name
99A1010N
01
1
Bl.
'
F01
F03
2A
-f=\
0,5A
F02
F11[][][]25A
230V
F21[][][]10A
K1U-WA
3 5
202/5
- \
02/4
6
5
I.I
F22^1q|d1'"""
F12 d
line
T1
L I L2 L3
Q1 iv-\--V-A
MAIN SWITCH
BOAT WINCH
230V
OV
sheet 02/1
n%
9M
. OV
LI L2 L3
M1
POWER SUPPLY
5,5 kW Motor
BOAT WINCH
2 kW Motor
HYDRAULIC UNIT
'
Hastab 1:1
DB
Dalum
.
21.08.1999
Gepr.
Norm
Q1 behind F12
Q1 only for Ml
Anderung
Name
AWK
0-28211 Bremen GERMANY
STARTER BOX MOTOR

WINCH / HYDRAULIC
current diagram
99A1 010 S
01
2 Bl.
230V.
97
S01 --
K11 7"
02/4
EMERGENCY STOP
22
F12
F22
01/3
01/5
97
F12
V-^
F22
01/3
98
01/5
25
V--^ K22<-\
02
98
28
0 18
S12oLS HOISTING
S21 ,
E3
E1
PRESSURE
SWITCH
S13o-
LS CRANC HANDLE
0 19
SUEHOISTING
I
XI
X1
H01
WH
X2
111
H02(9)RD
/\2
OV
MOTOR
BOAT WINCH
ANTI CONDENSATION HEATER
CABINET
CONTROL
VOLTAGE
HOISTING
BOAT WINCH
L j ^ 01/3
3 _ ] _ 4 01/3
5 _ ' 1 01/3
2 1 02/1
HYDRAULIC
UNIT
1 _ ^
01/5
3 _ j _ ? 01/5
TIME LIMIT
MOTOR RUNNING
15_16 02/5
25 1 28 02
FAILURE
5 _ ' | ^ 01/5
Maes/a* 1:1
DB
Name
Bearb. 22.08.1999
Gepr. 23.11.1999
STARTER BOX MOTOR

WINCH/HYDRAULIC
current (Jiagram
AWK
Zusl.
nderung
Datum
Blall
99A1 010 S
02
2 a.
12 13
10 11
14
15
16
17
18
19
internal used
for cabinet heater
LI
L2
L3
POWER SUPPLY
812
Ml
2 kW Motor
HYDRAULIC UNIT
313
LIMIT SWITCH
@
11
LIMIT SWITCH
HOISTING @
CRANK HANDLE
S21
PRESSURE SWITCH
@
HYDRAULIC UNIT
Mafistab 1 : f
DB
Datum
Seart).
Gepr.
STARTER BOX MOTOR

WINCH / HYDRAULIC
temiinal.strip
AWK
Zusl.
nderung
Datum
D.28211 Bremen GERMANY
99A1 010X
01
1
Bl.
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
T*
1*
VERIFIED
DWG'S NO.
CABIN DOOR
ARRANGEMENT
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED
DATE
PAGE
JLZ020504
H-053-07
WEIGHT
1 /21
SCALE
1:100
JINLIMG SHIPYARD
7&G.Z. -*i

CHEMICAL TANKER
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail:jlshipyardvip. 163.com
PAGE
L0-& Ô-H1 1
JW
2/21
NOTE:
ABBREVIATION
1.
"RNO"
2.
"H"
IN
THE
TABLE
AND
NUMBER
HEIGHT
OF
WIDTH
HEIGHT
OF
4.
"OPE.DIR"
OPEN
@
THE
THE
NUMBER
MEAN
OF
DIRECTING
OF
(Rl)
FOLLOWS:
OF
DOOR
DOOR
THRESHOLD
OPENING
OPENING
FOR
DEEP
DIRECTION
DOOR
SYMBOL
()F
AS
ROOM
CLEAR
FRAME
FOR
DOOR
A.P.
OPENING
/C
1
1
\ c\ /
U \
(U)
^y/do)
(Ror
VIEW
7.
MEAN
"W"
"FR.DEP"
6.
OF
CLEAR
3.
5.
DRAWING
Locker type
C-1
C-2
C-4
C-5
cabin locker with handle

steel door lock
vacuum/occupy locker with handle
corridor locker with handle
DOOR
/n-ccn-w
1.
ITEM
SYMBOL
PAGE
3/2/:
INSTRUCTION:
METERIAL REMARKS
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
REF.
PROVISION
CHAMBER
DOOR
SLIDING
i
DOOR
FIRE-PROOF DOOR
^
DOOR
WEATHERTIGHT
DOOR
fA
y\
/V\
--
STEEL
ALUMINIUM CABIN HOLLOW DOOR
SINGLE-LEAF SCREEN DOOR
DOUBLE-LEAVES SCREEN DOOR
J3
00
op
Frame
Depth
*-
JZ
00
'53
<75
op
'5
X
Pi
!/5
BRIDGE DECK
1
707
elec. Store
705
WC
703
staircase
713
LIFT-ESCAPE
713 LIFT-INSPECTION
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
A0
1850
700
150
RO
1950
800
150
C-l
50
A0
1850
600
150
LO
1950
700
150
C-4
50
A0
1950
750
50
RI
2100
850
C-5
50
A60
700
600
100
LO
800
700
50
C-5
A60
700
600
100
LO
800
700
50
C-l
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
A0
1850
700
C-l
14
B0
2000
750
c,
14
A0
1850
700
A0
1950
A0
BO
14
H
14
EDECK
1
603
C/ENG
601
J/OFF.
602
J/OFF.
604
captain
604A
606
E/ENG
610
E/T
608
conference
613
P/T
10
611
staircase
11
609
store
12
605
pilot
bedroom
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSY\...\H-053-07 02
150
RO
1950
800
RO
2064
850
150
LO
1950
800
750
50
LI
2064
850
1850
700
150
RO
1950
800
2000
700
RI
120
C-l
120
120
E&V
E&V
14
C-l
14
C-5
14
C-l
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
key
6
c
J4
+-
C
3
a.
3
O
Weight
4->
Deck covering
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Attachments
Model
Wall opening
Lock
Door Name
Thickness
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
Room No.
PAGE: 4
Remarks
15
14
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
RI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
700
LI
C-l.
H,
E&V
14
2000
700
LO
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
A0
1850
700
150
LO
1950
800
120
C-l
14
A0
1850
700
150
RO
1950
800
120
C-l
14
A0
1850
750
150
RI
1950
850
150
C-l
14
A0
1850
750
150
RO
1950
850
150
C-l
14
A0
1850
700
150
LO
1950
800
120
C-l
14
A0
1950
750
50
LI
2064
850
C-5
14
A0
1850
700
150
RO
1950
800
C-l
14
B0
2000
700
C-l
H,
E&V
14
op
'53
X
00
'53
X
bedroom
LIFT
607
Fireproof door
B0
c/5
2000
700
950
800
A60
2000
800
RO
B0
2000
700
RI
B0
2000
700
B0
2000
BO
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Frame
Depth
00
00
'53
X
*-
'53
X
i/5
RI
650
rt
Lock
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Wall opening
C-l
key
6
c
a.
C
3
3
O
Weight
H,
E&V
Model
Thickness
Door Name
Frame Type
Cabin Name
fire hose box
14
Deck covering
603A
Attachments
13
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
6
2
Room No.
PAGE: 5
Remarks
LO
2150
1140
DDECK
1
503
2nd eng.
501
3/ENG
502
2/OFF.
514
store
504
C/off.
504A
506
3/OFF.
512
store
10
510
E/T
11
508
offs laundry
12
508A
dry room
13
513
P/T
14
511
staircase
15
509
store
16
505
4/ENG
bedroom
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
2064
800
'
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSYV..\H-053-07 02
RI
120
18
fire hose box
bedroom
Fireproof door
LIFT
Fireproof door
4-
JZ
00
"5
X
JZ
-a
op
'5
X
oi
c/5
2000
700
950
800
A60
2000
800
RO
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
BO
2000
700
LI
C-l
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
B0
2000
700
RO
C-l
B0
2000
700
RI
C-l
B0
2000
700
LI
C-l
A0
1850
700
B0
2000
700
A0
1850
700
A0
1850
AO
B0
B0
Fireproof door
507
"53
X
c/5
Frame
Depth
RI
650
C-l
H,
E&V
1140
14
14
CDECK
1
405
- crew
403
- crew
401
- crew
402
- crew
404
- crew
406
- crew
408
410
- crew
412
- crew
10
416
11
414
- crew
12
418
E/T
13
415
P/T
14
413
staircase
15
409
bosun
store
store
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof doer
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSY\...\H-053-07 02
150
RO
1950
800
RI
2064
800
150
RO
1950
800
700
150
LO
1950
800
1950
750
50
LI
2064
850
2000
700
RI
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
C-l
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
120
C-l
14
120
C-l
14
C-5
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
120
6
c
>>
4-*
a.
3
O
LO
2150
key
Weight
00
00
Deck covering
JZ
Si
T3
Attachments
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Wall opening
Lock
Model
'5
X
17 503A
19
Door Name
Thickness
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
d
Z
Room No.
PAGE: 6
Remarks
Deck covering
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
RI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
700
RI
C-l
H,
E&V
14
2000
750
LI
2064
850
C-l
B0
2000
750
RO
2064
850
C-l
B0
2000
750
LO
B0
1800
600
B0
2000
750
LO
B0
2000
700
RI
2064
800
A0
1850
700
150
RI
1950
800
A0
1850
700
150
RO
1950
A0
1850
700
150
LO
A0
1950
750
50
A0
1950
700
50
B0
2000
700
J3
'53
Frame
Depth
i/5
16
407
fire hose box
17
18
linen store
LIFT
411
Fireproof door
1850
700
150
RI
950
800
650
LO
A60
2000
800
RO
B0
2000
700
RI
B0
2000
700
B0
2000
A0
A0
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Lock
op
op
Wall opening
*-
"5
.c
op
'5
X
33
i/5
OO
1950
800
2150
1140
120
Pi
C-l
BDECK
1
305
- crew
303
- crew
301
- crew
302
cargo control room
306
deck off./engine off.
306
deck off./engine off.
304
WC
300
passage
10
308
REST ROOM
11
310
cargo equipment
12
314
E/T
13
312
P/T
14
315
staircase
15
317
16
311
store
- crew
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSYY..\H-053-07 02
250
C-l
c,
E&V
c,
E&V
c,
E&V
14
14
14
C-4
H&V
C-l
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
120
C-l
14
800
120
C-l
14
1950
800
120
C-l
14
LI
2064
850
C-5
14
RO
2064
800
C-l
14
C-l
H,
E&V
14
RI
RI
2015
700
220
key
6
c
3
O
o 6
Weight
Attachments
14
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Thickness
Model
Frame Type
Door Name
Cabin Name
Opening
Direction
Room No.
d
Z
Clear Open.
Remarks
op
~a
'53
17
309
linen store
18
307
store
fire hose box
19
op
'53
20
300
passage
21
313
LIFT
22
302
cargo control room
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
i/5
00
* - *
'53
00
'53
Pi
c/5
1850
750
B0
2000
700
950
800
B0
2000
750
LO
A60
2000
800
RO
2150
1140
A0
2000
750
RI
2064
850
B0
2000
750
LO
C-1
14
B0
2000
800
LO
C-1
14
B0
2000
750
LO
C-1
B0
2000
750
RO
C-1
A0
1850
750
150
RI
1950
850
150
C-1
53
A0
1850
750
150
LI
1950
850
150
C-1
53
A0
1850
750
150
RI
C-1
53
A0
1850
750
150
RI
1950
850
150
C-1
53
A0
1850
750
150
LO
1950
850
150
C-1
53
A0
1850
750
150
RI
1950
850
150
C-1
53
B0
2000
750
LO
2064
850
C-1
14
A0
1850
750
150
LO
1950
850
150
C-1
c,
50
B0
1990
1500
10
2064
1600
C-1
150
LI
1950
850
120
RO
650
C-1
14
C-1
H,
E&V
14
C-1
14
14
c,
14
LO
C-1
E&V
A DECK
1
200
passage
213
hospital
203
201
crew's mess room
201
crew's mess room
202
crew pantry
202
crew pantry
204
galley
206
cold store
10
208
Officers' pantry
11
210
o f f i c e r ' s mess
room
12
208
Officers' pantry
13
210
o f f i c e r ' s mess
room
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
- crew's day room Fireproof door

Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSY\...\H-053-07 02
Double door
b
c
+-
CD
A0
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Frame
Depth
key
c,
E&V
c,
E&V
E&V
C
14
CU
3
O
Weight
JS
Deck covering
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Attachments
Model
Wall opening
Lock
Door Name
Thickness
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
c>
Z
Room No.
PAGE: 8
Remarks
15
200
passage
16
218
air con. Rm
17
216
WC
18
214
E/T
19
223
staircase
21
221
22
213
23
211
24
209
store
Dispensery
crew
WC
fire hose box
26
220
engine casing
27
207
LIFT
28
208
Officers' pantry
29
203
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
B0
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Double door
crew' s day room
750
LO
2064
C-l
850
2000
750
LO
A0
1850
700
RO
1950
800
B0
1800
600
250
RI
2015
A0
1850
700
150
RO
A0
1950
750
50
B0
1850
700
150
B0
2000
B0
B0
c,
14
E&V
C-l
14
120
C-l
14
700
220
C-4
H&V
14
1950
800
120
C-l
14
LI
2064
850
C-5
14
LI
1950
800
800
LI
2064
900
2000
700
LI
1800
600
250
LO
950
800
650
LO
A60
1850
700
150
A60
2000
800
A0
1850
750
B0
1990 1500
B0
2000
750
B0
2000
700
B0
1850
750
A0
1850
700
120
C-l
C-l
C-l
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
14
14
14
2015
700
220
C-4
C&V
14
LO
1950
800
120
C-l
14
RO
2150 1140
14
150
RI
1950
10
150
C-l
C-l
H,
E&V
C
LO
C-l
LI
C-l
150
LI
C-l
150
RI
850
2064 1600
50
14
UPPER DECK
1
100
passage
105
crew
103
deck changing room
101
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
foam plant & fire

station
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSY\...\H-053-07 02
1950
800
180
C-l
H,
E&V
H,
E&V
H
82
82
82
82
c
CO
0.
3
0
Weight
&
key
Quantity
B0
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
2000
'53
Deck covering
officer' s day
room
Si
Attachments
212
JS
00
Lock
00
Frame
Depth
Wall opening
Sill Height
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Thickness
Model
14
25
Door Name
Frame Type
Cabin Name
Opening
Direction
Clear Open.
Sill Height
Room No.
PAGE: 9
Remarks
valve remote control

room
Fireproof door
102
100
passage
104
gymnasium / hobby
108
E/T
119
crew' s laundry
10
119A
dry room
11
117
12
121
engine casting
13
115
staircase
14
113 enginge changing rm
15
121
engine casting
16
113A
WC
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
store
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
LIFT
21
116
char, room
22
121
engine casting
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
cC
B0
2000
750
B0
2000
750
A0
1850
700
150
RO
1950
800
A0
1850
750
150
LI
1950
A0
1850
700
150
RO
B0
2000
700
A60
1850
750
A0
1950
B0
RO
C-l
82
RO
C-l
82
RO
C-l
82
180
C-l
82
850
180
C-l
82
1950
800
150
C-l
52
LO
2130
800
C-l
82
150
RO
1950
850
C-l
750
50
RI
2130
850
C-5
82
1850
750
150
RO
1950
850
180
C-l
H,
E&V
82
A60
1850
700
150
LO
1950
800
150
C-l
B0
1800
600
250
LI
2015
700
220
C-4 H&V
950
800
650
RO
A60
2000
800
RO
2210
1140
A60
1850
700
150
LO
1950
800
100
A60
1850
700
150
LO
1950
800
A60
1850
700
150
RI
1950
A60
1850
700
150
RI
A60
1850
700
150
LI
1950
800
180
150
128
bow thruster
131
paint store
126
cargo portable
equipment store
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSY\...\H-053-07 02
82
82
C-l
150
C-l
800
150
C-l
1950
800
150
C-l
1950
800
150
C-l
UPPER DECK (FORE)

1
c
3
700
Fireproof door
109
'X
53
1850
fire hose box
20
150
00
53
00
A0
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
c/5
4-*
key
a.
3
0
Weight
00
33
Frame
Depth
Deck covering
op
'53
Attachments
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
18
Model
Wall opening
Lock
Door Name
Thickness
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
Room No.
PAGE: 10
Remarks
+-
-a
Frame
Depth
4-
xi
op
'S
X
*-<
00
rf
UPPER PLATFORMS 12600BL

1
007
rope store
escape
escape
4
5
001
001
escape
8
9
ECR
ECR
008
incineration room
LIFT
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
sound proof door
sound proof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
A0
1800
700
250
RI
1900
800
200
C-l
A60
1800
700
250
RO
1900
800
200
C-5
A60
1800
700
250
LO
1900
800
200
C-5
1800
200
200
LO
RO
1900
1800
700
700
1900
800
800
250
250
C-l
C-l
C
C
100
100
A60
1800
700
200
RO
1900
800
250
C-5
100
A0
1800
700
650
LO
1900
800
600
C-l
A60
2000
800
RO
2130
1140
A60
1800
700
200
RO
1900
800
200
C-5
A60
1800
700
250
RO
1900
800
200
C-5
A60
1800
700
200
RO
1900
800
200
C-5
50
A60
1800
700
200
RO
1900
800
200
C-5
50
LOWER PLATFORMS 8000BL

1
escape
escape
escape
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
Fireproof door
50
DOUBLE BOTTOM & ENGINE FLOOR

1
escape
Fireproof door
CZ\1100\CZ07\JLSY\...\H-053-07 02
key
0
c
V
J*
c
re
3
a.
3
0
V-
Weight
oo
JZ
00
53
Deck covering
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Attachments
Model
Wall opening
Lock
Door Name
Thickness
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
b
Z
Room No.
PAGE: 11
Remarks
Z0-C50-H
PAGE
12/2.1
PAGE
13/21
LO-KO-H
E DECK
' -
^0-?SO-H
PAGE
D DECK
JV2/.
17
19
PAGE
15/21
ZO-fQO-H
C DECK
PAGE
^0-SO-H
B DECK
15
319
EMERGENCY
GENERATOR RM.
L.
POOL TANK
16
PAGE
17/21
^0-KO-H
23 21
A DECK
24
Z0-C50-H
22
UPPER DECK
PAGE
1*/27.
ô-eso-H
PAGE
4/21
UPPER PLATFORM 12600BL
HFO TK.
KJ::::;:;niui!jf
STEERING
^
oo
ENGIN
Q.
\R ROOM
Q_
J
1)
15
LJ
"TT
20
OIL FIRED BOILER

Q
>Af-
700
INCINERATOR R O O M ^
IX
m.
N0.3 HFO TK. N0.2 HFO

TK.
ENGINEERS WORKSHOP
FRESH WATER TANK (S)
ENGINE STORE
j E/R:>HATCH
j>
e
e
e
N0.3
N0.2
FUa VALVE TEST
e _a_
_^_
N0.1 HFO 1&
N0 1
PAGE
LO-ZSO-H
2e/2o
LOWER PLATFORM 8000BL
PAGE
ZO-CSO-H
21/21
UPPER DECK (FORE)
1 .THIS DRAWING IS ONLY FOR ARRANGEMENT OF STEEL & GRP DOORS.

2.EYEBROW PLATE
SHOULD BE F I X V E ALL DOORS
OUTSIDE (EXCEPT WITH UGHTRPROOF PLATE) .

3.0PEN DIRECTION OF DOOR AS FOLLOWING FIGURE.
INSIDE
LEFTWARD
RIGHTffARD
4. EXPLANATION:
FT=FOOT STEP
VR=VISOR
NOTE:
U L L DOORS WITH CLOSING DEVICES ON HINGE SIDE SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH OVAL BORE HINGES.
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
FINAL DRAWING
OWNER
m/t
COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
DESIGNED
CHECKED
>-
SAX
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
STEEL DOOR AND

GRP DOORS
ARRANGEMENT
APPROVED
DATE
DWG'S NO.
JLZ020504
H-053-06
PAGE
WEIGHT
1 /27
5400Kg
JINLING
1:100
SHIPYARD
2*&\'.z.lX

CHEMICAL TANKER
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail:jlshipyardvip. 163.com
MARINE STEEL SINGLBA/EATHERTIGHT DOOR (BY TYPE)
MARINE STEEL SINGLBVEATHERTIGHT DOOR (DY TYPE)
//>*"
!
I[q-p
v^
QUICK OPEN & CLOSING STEEL WEATHERTIGHT DOOR
m
/
I \l
^J
(Will
>Tfr<^_
SINGLE WIRE MESH DOOR
J
t
i\
tt
J-
^Ls=
PAGE
DOUBER STEEL PLATE DOOR
ij
=4L-=
iP"p-
I /
-r
PAGE
SINGLE STEEL PLATE DOOR
JL
=*=
STAINLESS STEEL GASTIGHT DOOR WITH

SINGLE HANDLE AND
SQUARE GLASS ON SHELL
~i
r'
-fe
it
\ =
-fe
L.
.J
QUICK OPENING&CLOSING
PRESSURE WATERTIGHT STEEL DOOR
PAGE
10
NON-WATERTIGHT STEEL SINGLE DOOR-
BU
*
GRP DOOR WITH
CIRCLE GLASS ON SHELL
32.
II*-
S/,
PAGE
12
DETAIL OF VISOR & DOOR

CUTTING SIZE AND STEP
A-A
in
ON
r!
I
I /
i /
i i
i i
l /
in
"TXT
CD
in
Ttr
Q
m
w
u
i
j
ft
CD
CD
I I
i i
i i
3_
3
25X5
CHECKED BAR
CHECKED PL.
op
5
JE
Frame
'33
Depth
00
*-
-a
-4-*
c75
op
"5
X
x:
op
'5
X
(4
175
COMPASS DECK
1
801
Radar Mast
802
De-fog Device
RM
marine s t e e l single
weathertight Door
AY
CB*3477-1996
1600
600
450
RO
1700
700
400
150 padlock
marine s t e e l s i n g l e
weathertight Door
DY
- CB*34771996
1400
600
200
RO
1500
700
150
150 padlock
Key
a.
3
c
>>
c
a
0
u.
Weight
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Deck covering
Model
Attachments
Door Name
Wall opening
Lock
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
Room No.
PAGE:13
Remarks
H,
VR
H,
VR
BRIDGE DECK
window
600x600
window
600x600
701
wheelhouse
S/S door with window
1800
800
200
LO
1910
910
165
C-l
16
701
wheelhouse
S/S door with window
1800
800
200
RO
1910
910
165
C-l
16
709
Batt.
weathertight Door
DY
- CB*34771996
1800
700
250
RO
1900
800
200
150 padlock
711 lift mach. Room
DY
- CB*34771996
1800
700
250
RO
1900
800
200
150
701
wheelhouse
weathertight Door
S/S sliding door with
window
1700
1060
300
1760
1120
270
C-l
16
701
wheelhouse
S/S sliding door with

window
1700
1060
300
1760
1120
270
C-l
16
passage
GRP door with c i r c l e

g l a s s on s h e l l
- CB*725-77
1800
750
250
LO
50
1900
850
200
150
C-2
C,H
14
window
250
passage

glass on s h e l l
- CB*725-77
1800
750
250
RO
50
1900
850
200
150
C-2
C, H
14
window
250
passage

- CB*725-77
1800
750
250
LO
50
1900
850
200
150
C-2
C,H
14
window
250
passage

- CB*725-77
1800
750
250
RO
50
1900
850
200
150
C-2
C,H
14
-window
250
C-2
H,
VR
H,
VR
window
600x600
window
600x600
EDECK
1
600
600
DDECK
1
500
500
J3
00
c
op
X
'S
Frame
Depth
op
'5
X
00
'C
X
i/5
<*
i/3
CDECK
1
400
400
417
Key
6
c
<u
c
3
D.
3
O
Weight
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Deck covering
Model
Attachments
Door Name
Wall opening
Lock
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
Room No.
PAGE:14
Remarks
GRP door with circle

glass on shell
- CB*725-77
1800
passage
750
250
LO
50
1900
850
200 150 C-2
C,H
14
-window
250
- CB*725-77
1800
passage

glass on shell
750
250
RO
50
1900
850
200
150 C-2
C, H
14
-window
250
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 pad-
C,H,
VR
- CB*725-77
1800
passage

glass on shell
750
250
LO
50
1900
850
200
150 C-2
C,H
14
-window
250

glass on shell
- CB*725-77
1800
passage
750
250
RO
50
1900
850
200
150 C-2
C,H
14
-window
250
14
-window
250
engine casing
lock
BDECK
1
300
300
318
FAN R O O M
steel single nonwatertight Door
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
RO
1860
760
220 180
316
FAN R O O M
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
RO
1860
760
220
180
323
FAN R O O M
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
LO
1860
760
220 180
321
FAN R O O M
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
LO
1860
760
220 180
300

glass on shell
- CB*725-77
1800
750
250
LO
1900
850
200
150 C-2
C,H,
VR
319 emer. Gen. rm
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 pad-
H,
VR
passage
50
lock
A DECK
1
200
215
passage
Nitrogen Plants
Room
quick open & close steel

weathertight Door
- DB/3202Q221700
88
750
380
LO
1800
850
330
150 padlock
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
LO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
H,
VR
C,H,
VR
<4
JZ
OO
-a
'5
'5
X
t/3
213
200
205
hospital
passage
chemical suit
marine steel single

weathertight Door
quick open & close steel
weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
Frame
Depth
00
00
4-
XI
'53
X
S
X
c/3
(4
1700
800
380
LO
1800
900
330
150 padlock
- DB/3202Q221700
88
750
380
LO
1800
850
330
150 padlock
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
LO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
H,
VR
H
H,
VR
UPPER DECK
H,
VR
118
batteries.
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
124
Bosun's store
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
120
02
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
122
C2H2
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
123
store
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
LO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
125
spare space for

inert gas plant
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1500
700
600
LO
1600
800
550
150 padlock
111
escape
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1500
600
600
LO
1600
700
550
150
107
deck store
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
700
380
RO
1800
800
330
150 padlock
10
100
BY
- CB*34771996
1500
passage
marine steel single

weathertight Door
750
600
LO
1600
850
550
150 pad- H,FT

lock
11
100
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1500
passage
750
600
RO
1600
850
550
150 pad- H, FT
lock
C-2
H,
VR
H,
VR
H,
VR
H,
VR
C,H,
FT
H,
FT
H
Key
0
c
>^
c
3
D.
3
O
6
S3
Weight
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Deck covering
Model
Attachments
Door Name
Wall opening
Lock
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
d
2-
Room No.
PAGE:15
Remarks
*-
x:
00
'53
X
00
'53
X
Frame
Depth
12
13
14
15
IG
106
110
lobby
C 0 2 room
112 chemical store
114
121
store
engine casing
BY
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700 500x2
- CB*34771996
1700
- CB*34771996
1700
- CB*34771996
1700
380
x:
00
'53
X
i/5
marine steel double
weathertight Door
JS
1800
1100
op
'53
X
c/5
380
RO
1800
900
400 150 pad-
330 150 pad-
lock
700
380
RO
1800
800
330 150 pad-
lock
700
380
RO
1800
800
330 150 pad-
lock
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
C,H,
150 pad- VR,
lock FT
1500
700
600
LO
1600
800
550
700
380
RO
1800
800
330 150 pad- C,H
UPPER DECK (FORE)

1
131
126
paint store
cargo portable
equip. Store
lock
700
380
LO
1800
800
330 150 pad-
lock
FORECASTLE DECK
1500
700
600
RO
1600
800
550
H,
150 pad- VR,
lock FT
600
450
RO
1700
700
400
150 pad-
228
STAIRWAY
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
229
FOREMAST
marine steel single

weathertight Door
AY
- CB*34771996
1600
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
lock
H,
VR
PLATFORM 20950
1
225 vent & heating
227
226
Cleaning
deckhouse
750
380
RO
1800
850
330
150 padlock
750
380
RO
1800
850
330
150 padlock
750
380
LO
1800
850
330
d
c
J*
.1?
C
3
o
lock
800
Key
150 padlock
H,
VR
H,
VR
H,
VR
a.
3
O
Weight
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Deck covering
Model
Attachments
Door Name
Wall opening
Lock
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
d
Z
Room No.
PAGE:16
Remarks
a
-Su1
500+500
224
222
00
-a
deckhouse
chemical
samples
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1700
- CB*34771996
1700
- CB*34771996
1700
'53
Frame
Depth
H
00
380
LO
'5
X
i/3
750
op
1800
&
cJ5
850
330
380
LO
1800
850
330
150 p a d -
150 padlock
600
380
LO
1800
700
330
6
c
>>
a.
C
3
o
lock
750
Key
150 padlock
Weight
00
Deck covering
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Attachments
Model
'5
locker for co2

bottles
Door Name
Wall opening
Lock
Cabin Name
Frame Type
Clear Open.
Opening
Direction
Room No.
PAGE:17
Remarks
art
H,
VR
H,
VR
H,
VR
UPPER PLATFORM (12600)

1
2
quick opening&closing pre.

Watertight steel door
quick opening&closing pre.
009 steering gear rm
Watertight steel door
008
262JC1700
JL37300T03-00
262JC1700
JL37300T03-00
incinerator rm
700
300
LO
1800
800
250
150
700
300
LO
1800
800
250
150
C,H
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
650
LO
1860
760
620
180
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
RO
1860
760
220
180
hyd. Pump rm
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
RO
1860
760
220
180
003
hyd. Pump rm
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
LO
1860
760
220
180
002
e/r workshop

double steel plate door
- CB*452-81
1800
1400
250
1840
1440
230
10
006
engine store
- CB*452-81
1800
700
250
RO
1840
740
220
11
002
e/r workshop
- CB*452-81
1800
1400
250
1840
1440
230
12
004 fuel v. Test RM
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
RO
1860
760
220
010
WATER rm
005
ele.
Work&store
003
engine store
H
H
120
H
H
180
LOWER PLATFORM (8000)

1
013
acce. Engine
- CB*452-81
1800
1400
250
1840
1440
230
011
purifier room
marine steel single

weathertight Door
BY
- CB*34771996
1800
700
250
LO
1900
800
200
H
150 padlock
f.
BY
- CB*34771996
1800
700
250
RO
1900
800
200
150 padlock
013
acce. Engine
FA
- CB*751-68
1800
700
250
RO
1860
760
220
180
el
o.
3
O
orl
Stv
Weight
marine steel single

weathertight Door
Model
Quantity
purifier room
Door Name
Key
key no.
Sill Height
Oil
Cabin Name
Deck covering
Width
Attachments
Height
Lock
Sill Height
Frame Type
Width
Frame
Depth
Wall opening
Height
Drawing No. /
Standard No.
Opening
Direction
Clear Open.
+x
Room No.
PAGE:18
Remarks
PAGE
90-fSO-H
19/27
o
o
CD
V
/
90-eso-H
PAGE
20/27
D DECK
E DECK
**
r-'
-, *
-***
503A
2/ENG.
503
503B
4/ENG
505
\>
505A
LIFT
507
s
in
[
I
LJI
'
509
STORE
^fe4
511
501A
PAGE
21/27
90-fSO-H
C DECK
^J-
90-fSO-H
PAGE
22/27
B DECK
c
STR.
301
305A|
LINEN
STORE
305
CREW
303
CREW
309
CREW
311
311A
301A
i rl WW
301
CREW
j.
_L
i .L i
45
"
REST ROOM
308
3=
]
CARGO CONTROL
ROOM
302
i>
M-
DECK OFFICE/ENGINE OFICE

VISITORS
fe R(
ROOM
306
POOL TANK
V
2=E
625
90-50-H
A DECK
PAGE
23/27
PAGE
25/27
90-S0-H
UPPER PLATFORM 12600BL
1^
N0.1 HFO T&
e N0 - 1
PAGE
26/27
90-CSO-H
PAGE
27/27
90-50-H
UPPER DECK (FORE)
FORECASTLE DECK
_J_
205
220
COMPASS DECK
f |_
225
PLATFORM 20450BL
226
DECK HOUSE
1 *
STORAGE FACILITY FOR FLEXIBLE CARGOHOSES

DANGER AREA
vmplidan A/S
Amplidan
Communication Systems
Telephone Exchange
!\/iarinex Digital
User Manual
904822
Amplidan A/S Lyngs All 2 DK-2970 Hrsholm Denmark

5 45 16 62 01 Fax: +45 45 16 62 76 E-Mail: info@amplidan.com VAT No.: DK 26508371 CVR No.: 26508371
Bank Danmark A/S Hovedgaden 37 A, I"** floor DK-2970 Hrsholm Account: 2229-6442 986 426 Swift: NDEADKKK
Amplidan A/S
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
^
sf
p r
c---^-.:.
Amplidan
Communication Systems
Telephone Exchange
Marinex Digital
User Manual
904822
Amplidan A/S Lyngs All 2 DK-2970 Hrsholm Denmark

Phone: +45 45 16 62 01 Fax: +45 45 16 62 76 E-Mail: info@amplidan.com VAT No.: DK 26508371 CVR No.: 26508371
Bankers: Nordea Bank Danmark A/S Hovedgaden 37 A, 2"'' floor DK-2970 Hrsholm Account: 2229-6442 986 426 Swift: NDEADKKK
MARI NEX
sy==:=^.=rs D i g i t o l
Digital Telephone Exchange
Version 2.05 JRrmware

Marine Communications Limited 2000
Marine Communications Limited

59 Bownham Park,
Rodborough Common,
Stroud,
Glos., GL5 5BZ
England
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Web:
+44 (0)1453 873399

+44(0)1453 873344
support@marinex.co.uk
http://www.marinex.co.uk
February 2002
Marlnex Digital
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1
Regulatory information
1.2
Maintenance
1.3
Radiated Emissions
1.4
Telephone Compatibility
1.5
General Description
1.6
Introduction
1.7
System Specifications
Chapter 2 System Components
Chapter 3 Installation
11
3.1
Introduction
11
3.2
Site Preparation
11
3.3
System Installation - Cased Version
12
3.4
System Installation - Rack Version
17
3.5
PCB Installation
17
3.6
System Wiring
19
Chapter 4 Initial Testing
23
4.1
Powering Up
23
4.2
Extension Testing
23
4.3
Tie Line Testing
24
4.4
Public Address Testing
24
4.5
Feature Description
25
4.6
System Capacities
25
4.7
System Features
25
CONTENTS
Chapter 5
Marinex Digital
Extension Operation
31
5.1
Introduction
31
5.2
Call Transfer
31
5.3
Call Back On Busy
31
5.4
Call Back On No Reply
32
5.5
Holding Calls
32
5.6
CallPickup
32
5.7
Group Pickup
32
5.8
Call Forward
33
5.9
Night Bell
33
5.10
Alarm Set
33
5.11
Interrupt Priority
33
5.12
Direct Dial Out
34
5.13
Public Address Access
34
5.14
Remote Call Forward "Follow Me"
34
5.15
Hot Line access
34
5.16
Warm Line Access
34
5.17
Broker
35
5.18
Distinctive Ring
35
5.19
Designated Incoming Extension
35
5.20
Emergency Phone
35
5.21
Intercom Mode
35
Chapter 6 Tie Line Operation
37
6.1
Introduction
37
6.2
Outgoing Calls
37
6.3
Incoming Calls
37
Chapter 7
Public Address Operation
39
7.1
Introduction
39
7.2
39
Chapter 8
Group Facilities
41
8.1
Ring Group
41
8.2
Group Pickup
41
8.3
ii
Hunt Groups
41
Marlnex Digital
CONTENTS
Chapter 9 Pin Number
43
9.1
Using a PIN Number
43
9.2
Setting Pass code
43
Chapter 10 Call Logging
45
Chapter 11 Fault Finding
47
11.1
All Telephones Dead
47
11.2
One Telephone Dead
47
11.3
All Telephones Live, But No Dial Tone
47
11.4
One Telephone Live, But No Dial Tone
48
11.5
Wrong Extension Obtained when Dialling
48
11.6
Telephone Always Busy when Dialled
48
11.7
Telephone Always Unobtainable when Dialled
48
11.8
All Telephones Fail to Ring, But Ring Tone can be Heard by Caller
49
11.9
One Telephone Fails to Ring, But Ring Tone can be Heard by Caller
49
11.10
Intermittent Dial Tone
49
11.11
Cross-talk on Conversation
49
11.12
Unable to Obtain Shore Line
49
11.13
Incoming Call Not Received
50
11.14
Call Logging Not Outputting Data
50
Chapter 12 Factory Configuration
51
12.1
6U System (160 extensions Max)
51
12.2
52
111
Marinex Digital
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 1
Introduction
This manual provides all the necessary information to install, program, operate and maintain
the Marine Communications Limited's Marinex Digital Exchange MNXD Series.
1.1
Regulatory information
The Marinex Digital Exchange has been designed to meet British Telecom standards.
The Marinex Digital Exchange is designed for use on-board ships. It may not comply with
specific statutory local PTT requirements for use in some countries.
1.2
Maintenance
Maintenance of the Marinex Digital Exchange must only be performed by Marine

Communications Limited or its authorised agent. The user may not make any changes and/or
repairs except as specifically noted in this manual. Unauthorised alterations or repairs may
affect the approval status of the system and void any remaining wfarranty.
There are no serviceable components in the exchange. Board replacement is the only method
of service. Faulty boards to be returned to Marine Communications Limited.
1.3
Radiated Emissions
The Marinex Digital Exchange complies with the current rules regarding radiation and radio
frequency emission as defined by the European EMC CE marking.
WARNING
This equipment generates and uses R.F. energy and if not installed and used in accordance
with the instruction manual may cause interference. It has been designed and tested to meet
European regulations.
INTRODUCTION
1.4
Marinex Digital
Telephone Compatibility
Marine Communications Limited Marinex Digital Exchange has been designed to work with
most telephone instruments worldwide. However satisfactory performance cannot be
guaranteed for every allowable combination of host and subsidiary apparatus.
In particular, certain modem electronic telephones when set to impulse (loop disconnect LD)
mode may not be recognised. Operation using DTMF tone signalling is recommended.
LD telephones over 15 years old, should be replaced with modem DTMF telephones.
1.5
General Description
1.6
Introduction
The Marinex Digital Exchange is a fully digital telephone system designed to meet the
current and planned future requirements of all internal and external telephone calls made onboard ship.
The Marinex Digital system incorporates state of the art digital technology for command
processing and voice switching, using Pulse Code Modulation/ Time Division Multiplexing
(PCM/TDM) distributed switching matrix. The system supports both "A" and "Mu" law
encoding.
The Marinex Digital achieves a high level of flexibility by:
> Using a standard 6U (265mm) high 19 inch rack
> Plug in printed circuit boards to support different types of interfaces and instruments
> Expandable by joining two units together
> Future expansion to a full node system using fibre optic cables
> No limit on speech paths (non-blocking) giving commimication at all times
The Marinex digital is available in a bulkhead mounting cabinet, with a built-in distribution
frame, or as units to be moimted in a customer rack.
The system architecture has been designed to allow a high level of software control over the
system's hardware. The software has a large range of features and capabilities including PC
Database Administration, Call diversions and pickups, voice prompting and mail etc.
All of the features can be controlled at extension, group and user levels.
The Marinex Digital Exchange has extra features for the marine environment including:
> Extemal shore line, SATCOM, cellular and Public Address access
> Dual AC and DC operation
> Alarm output on failure of AC supply
> Priority intrusion
> Direct dial in and out with voice prompting (DISA)
> Modular construction
> Built-in Main Distribution Frame if required
2
Marinex Digital
INTRODUCTION
The Marinex Digital Exchange in a 6U rack supports up to 160 extensions for internal
telephones, 24 external connections and 4 Public Address interfaces. Joining two 6U units
together gives a maximum capacity of 320/48/8.
The bulkhead mounting cabinet meets Lloyds Register of Shipping, VDE, Det Norske
Veritas, UL, CSA, TUV and Russian Maritime Register of Shipping approvals.
The exchange configuration (database) is held in an internal solid state hard disk. The
facilities within the exchange can be changed to suit individual requirements using a
Windows^^ computer.
The exchange is provided with both AC and DC power supplies. A Power Fail Relay with
voltage free contacts provides warning in the event of failure of the AC mains failure through
an external lamp or siren (not supplied). The power supplies have independent switches to
isolate the power inputs, which are also independently fused. Each 6U rack has an
independent power supply.
Every telephone and tie line can be individually configured to meet customer's specific
requirements. Using a telephone equipped for Calling Line Indication (CLI) the caller's
telephone number can be displayed on the receivers telephone unit (future feature).
The exchange is pre-programmed to provide specific features for Officer and Crew/Passenger
extensions.
When connected to external lines, incoming calls are directed to a pre-specified extension.
Outgoing calls are enabled for Officer phones and can be dialled directly by prefixing the
telephone number with a specific code.
Call-logging facilities are provided by the exchange to enable all internal, outgoing and
incoming calls to be logged. The information logged includes the source extension, user
name, number dialled and duration of the call. Output is through an RS232 serial interface for
a printer.
The Marine Communications Limited simple callManager program can be used to analyse
and print individual bills.
The system uses -48V bias on telephone lines giving superior performance over 24V systems.
The volume on telephones can also be set electronically under engineering control to ensure
clarity in reception.
By adding or replacing plug-in modules, users can carry out fiiture expansion and servicing
of the exchange. To assist with maintenance and fault finding, a number of indicators are
provided on the modules to show the status of many areas of the exchange.
Marinex Digital
INTRODUCTION
1.7
System Specifications
The following tables provide general system specifications.
1.7.1
System Port Capacities
Description
Internal Extension Ports
External Tie Line Ports
External Public Address Outputs
1.7.2
12U (2 racks)
320
48
8
Environment Specifications
operating Temperature
Optimum Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Relative Humidity
1.7.3
6U (1 rack)
160
24
4
degrees C
degrees F
0-50
32 - 122
18-26
64-79
-10-70
14-158
0 to 95% non-condensing
For each 6U rack

AC Voltage Input
AC Current
AC Input Fuse
DC Voltage Input
DC Current
DC Input Fuse
Power Fail
1.7.4
90-264Volts AC @ 43-63Hz
3A maximum
3.15A anti-surge 20mm
24V 20%
18A maximum
20A anti-surge 20mm
Set of imcommitted relay contacts in event of AC. power failure
Dimensions and Weights

Cased System
Height
Width
Depth
Weight without cards or PSU
Maximum Weight
Individual Boards
F5538 Power Supply
D6002 Processor Board
D6003 Analog Subscriber Board
D6005 Analog Tie Line Board
Height
128mm
20mm
20mm
20mm
6U
345mm
600mm
515mm
12U
611mm
600mm
515mm
60Kg
lOOKg
Width
123mm
233mm
233mm
100mm
Depth
235mm
220mm
220mm
220mm
Weight
2300g
320g
320g
150g
Marinex Digital
1.7.5
Miscellaneous Specifications
Main System Memory

Optional Expansion Card
Numbering System
Clock Memory
Frequency Range
Modem Transmission Rate
Mean Time Before Failure (MTBF)
Mean Time To Repair (MTTR)
Signalling
Cabling
1.7.6
INTRODUCTION
4MB RAM; 8MB Solid State Hard Disk

8MB-96MB Compact Flash Card
2-8 digits (free numbering)
Battery Backed clock. Minimum Life 10 years
300-3200HZ at 3dB points
28.8kB maximum
10,000 hours (full system)
30 minutes (assuming spares available)
Dual Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) preferred
Loop Disconnect (LD/Impulse) possible with reduced
facilities
Calling Number Indication (CLI) with appropriate
instrument {future feature)
2 wire throughout (Except PA - 4 wire)
Board Specifications
Part No
D6001
D6002
D6003
Description
Motherboard
Processor Card
Analogue Subscriber (Extension) Card
D6005
Analogue Tie Line (Exchange) Card
F5538
Power Supply
Capacity
1 per 6U rack
1 per 6U rack
16 extensions per card
24/3 5mA loop current per line
-48VDC line bias
90V RMS 25Hz ringing voltage
600R nominal impedance
6 Tie Lines - 2wire; 600R impedance
1 Public Address - 4 wire; OdBm level
1 per 6U
INTRODUCTION
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
Chapter 2
2.1
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
System Components
Bulkhead Cabinet
The Marinex Digital exchange can be supplied either in a bulkhead mounting cabinet or as
19" sub-racks for mounting in customer supplied frames.
The bulkhead cabinet has three parts. The base box is mounted on the bulkhead and contains
the built-in distribution frame (if supplied). The section has removable gland plates on the top
and bottom, which can be drilled away from the equipment for cable access.
The hinged centre section contains the electronics' sub-rack. This can be swung open to
allow free access to the base box. The electronics' sub-rack is described below.
The final part is the front door made from aluminium extrusion with die-cast comers and
4mm safety glass. The door frame conceals the fastener of the centre section to the base box.
The same key opens the front and centre sections. The all-round knife edge guarantees an
excellent seal (protection category IP55 to EN 60 529/10.91)
The bulkhead cabinet meets Lloyds Register of Shipping, VDE Det Norkse Veritas, UL,
CSA, TUV and Russian Maritime Register of Shipping approvals.
Adequate ventilation must be provided in customer installed rack mount systems. MCL
recommend that 2 lU vents are provided above and below the rack.
2.2
Electronics Sub-Rack
The electronics sub-rack contains a motherboard with 37-way D-type connectors for
connection to the MDFs on one side and DIN 64137 connectors on the other for connection
to the plug in PCBs.
The system is made up of either one 6U sub-rack or 2 6U sub-racks physically joined to make
12U. The two units are physically the same and the boards are interchangeable.
There are eleven 6U high slots in each 6U sub-rack. The left most slot is assigned for the
processor card (D6002) The slot is marked "PROCESSOR". The remaining 10 slots,
numbered 1-10, house the extension cards (D6003/D6004)
The Power supply is mounted in the bottom right hand space.
Above the power supply are four 3U high slots for tie line (D6005) and Public Address
(D6007) cards. These slots are marked "A" to "D".
The rear of the sub-rack has 12 37-way D-Type connectors for connecting each extension
card and pairs of Tie Line cards to the MDF.
The right hand panel has five connectors for connecting the optional VGA video, keyboard
and twisted pair network ports. The high density 26way D-Type is used to link the two 6U
racks in a 12U system. The final 9-way D-Type port is used to connect to a serial printer.
7
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
2.3
Marinex Digital
Power Supply Unit (F5538)
The power supply unit converts the AC (90-264V @ 50/60Hz) and DC (24V 20%) input
voltages to the system DC voltages, regulates the voltages, and provides the appropriate DC
voltages to the motherboard for distribution to the system cards. Four DC outputs are
provided: 5VDC, ~-48VDC, +95VDC. LEDs in the PSU front panel indicate valid outputs
as well as the presence of AC input power.
The two switches on the front panel independently turn on the AC and DC input supplies.
When both input power sources are available, the AC source will be used, with the DC only
used when the AC fails.
Due to the EMC filters on the input to the power supply, the contacts will remain live for 5
minutes after the unit is disconnected.
WARNING
The contacts on the Power Supply will remain live for up to 5 minutes
after the unit is disconnected from the input supplies.
2.4
Processor Card (D6002)
The Processor Card incorporates the system's RAM, solid-state hard disk, master clock, two
RS-232C ports, and watchdog circuitry as well as the system PCM voice processing and main
microprocessor. The microprocessor is a 32bit high speed CPU which receives and transmits
signalling information from/to the other PCBs, controls feature activation and PCM time-slot
interchange.
The processor contains 4MB of DRAM and 8MB of solid-state hard disk, which contains the
configuration and operating software.
The processor card has the capability to have an optional module added. The Video module
allows an external VGA monitor and keyboard to be attached to allow programming and
system fault finding.
A Compact Flash card can be added to give extra hard disk space for call logging and voice
prompts.
The Processor card also provides armouncements for voice prompting and user greetings. The
standard 64KBps PCM signals are stored for high quality voice reproduction. Voice
Prompting is normally in English, but can be updated by the user to any language or message.
2.4.1
Video Module (D6601)
The processor card can be optionally equipped with a video module to allow connection of a
VGA monitor and keyboard. The display can then be used for showing the status of the
system, monitoring the call logs, and for updating the configiiration.
2.4.2
Compact Flash Memory Card (CFxx)
An optional Compact Flash memory card can be installed in the system to increase the
number of voice messages in the system or to increase the niraiber of call logs stored. Various
capacities are available from 8MB to 96MB
Marinex Digital
2.5
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Analogue Extension Card (D6003)
The Analogue Extension Card has 16 single line analogue (POTS) telephone ports. The card
provides the appropriate A/D and D/A conversions, on/off-hook detection and ring
generation. For each extension there is an LED, which shows the status of the line (on/offhook, ringing), this allows easy diagnostics of problems. A telephone can be connected up to
5000 metres from the system using 22AWG wire.
The card provides each extension with approximately -48V line bias and 70V 25Hz ringing.
The loop current can be set to either 24mA or 35mA under software control. To reduce the
power used and the heat generated, each line can be placed into power-down mode which is
only removed when the line goes off-hook or is rung. This feature can be enabled/ disabled
on a line per line basis as some telephones are not be able to retain their memory during
power down.
With suitably equipped telephones, an extension can have a message waiting light
illuminated using line reversal, or display caller information.
2.6
Analogue Tie Line Card (D6005)
The Analogue Tie Line Card has 6 PABX Loop Start lines with circuitry for ring and loop
current detection, A/D and D/A conversions, and pulse and flash signalling. Each line has a
LED to indicate the status of the line. The LED shows the on/off-hook status and the
incoming ring cadence.
The card also has 1 Public address output with two zone switching relays. The "microphone"
output is at approximately OdBm (line-level). The two voltage free relays can be operated
independently to allow different PA zones to be contacted from the one voice output. There
are two LEDs to show the status of the PA relays.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
10
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
INSTALLATION
Chapter 3
3.1
Installation
Introduction
As with any sophisticated communications device, installation of the Marinex Digital System
requires care and forethought. There are four main steps in installation:
> Site Preparation
> Marinex Digital Enclosure Installation
> PCB Installation
> System Wiring
3.2
Site Preparation
3.2.1
General Site Considerations
The first step is to locate an acceptable site for the equipment. When locating the mounting
site, the following points should be considered:
> Marinex Digital is designed for bulkhead mounting. The system must be firmly
mounted to the bulkhead to reduce the effect of vibration
> The location must have access to a dedicated 93-264 AC 50/60Hz circuit with a
circuit breaker or fiise rated at 5Amps
> The DC supply should be from a stable source and be connected to a source where
there are NO high voltage transients or surges. The circuit breaker or fiise should be
rated at 25Amps
> Both power supplies for a 12U system must be the same phase
> The location must have access to a good earth ground
> The location should be well ventilated with a recommended temperature of 15C to
25C and a relative humidity of 5% - 90% non-condensing. The area should be
suitable for office type equipment
> The equipment should be away from radio transmitting equipment, generators and
other equipment capable of generating electrical equipment. The system should be
protected from flooding and heavy machinery as well as excessive dust and vibration
> The location should have adequate accessibility, space and lighting for future
servicing
> Telephone cables should be terminated in the integral Main Distribution Frame
(MDF) or an extemal unit located within 3 metres of the telephone exchange
11
INSTALLATION
3.2.2
Marinex Digital
Check on-site Equipment
Once the equipment installation location has been identified and its suitability checked, verify
that all the equipment required is onboard and has not been damaged during shipment.
Unpack the Marinex Digital, checking that there is no damage. Check that the type and
quantity of boards received is correct and any optional equipment is available. A packing list
is included with all systems. Note that the individual boards should not be unpacked at this
time.
If any equipment is missing or damaged, notify Marine Communications Limited or your
agent to correct the situation.
3.2.3
Rack Based Systems
The Marinex Digital Exchange can consist of either one or more 19" rack mounted frames
holding the component boards and power supplies all enclosed in an outer case or as
individual 19" rack movmted frames.
Where the system is part of a larger system such as entertainment centre then this will be rack
mounted as per the total system supplier's instructions. Terminations for power and
telephones may be different than for the standard cased system.
3.3
System Installation - Cased Version
It is suggested that the card frame is removed from the unit by opening the front door and
then the rear section using the special key provided. The cables from the card frame should
then be disconnected, the rear door closed and locked and the card frame(s) removed and
stored in the packing case until required. The case can then be mounted separately and the
card frame electronics fitted at a later date when required.
3.3.1
Mounting the Case
The cabinet is designed for bulkhead mounting but can be floor mounted if required. The
moimting positions are as shown in Figure 4a. Bolts of M8 size should be used for fixing the
mounting brackets.
Once the unit has been moimted, remove the top/bottom gland plate(s) and cut gland holes in
the appropriate position. The cables can then be connected to the in-built MDF mounted in
the rear of the case. If the MDF is not used then cables terminated in a "D" connector should
have been supplied allowing connection directly to the rear of the exchange. You should
allow a length of up to 1 metre free cable inside the case. The other end of the telephone
cables can then be connected to a separate Main Distribution Frame (not supplied by MCL).
On final assembly of the card rack(s) into the exchange, check that there is no loose material
in the case area and that all the cards and the power supply are properly inserted.
Connect the telephone cables from the Main Distribution Frame to the card frame rear.
12
Marinex Digital
INSTALLATION
670
i
40
rri
6U = 267
12U = 612
f:"^
Mounting position template
13
Marinex Digital
INSTALLATION
600
JL
Front
'
6U = 345
12U = 612
"
1
544
A.
135
79
Top
Case Dimensions
14
316 515
Marinex Digital
INSTALLATION
O
n>
IDI ID
CO
^ <.\J
CM <
(0 CL
CD
(CI
(a
[Dl
CO
01
:ll
UJ 01
a
m
m
<n
(II III
im
;ii
CU ! Kll
^
n
Ki
(11 fii
K> <ii 111 in
IN 111
ll: 111
in 111
lU U)
111
111
111
0
CM -^
in
in
m
in
<I1 )CQ
'IS
(0
0 ^
CO o
00
LU ^
-" CD
1LO
^
(0
-1
1
X
O
LU CD
"^
CO CD
O)
0) CN
H-* T
1
X
LU ^
UJ2
Kll
^
irll
til
Kll
101
igi 01 01
HI^
^
(11 01
101 01
ioi 01
101 01 Kll
cog
CO
fBI mi
Ol
IUI
[111 IUI
inl IM
IDI nil Uli

1)1 11)1 ini
IBl tt)i IDl
^
^
III
1
Ol
B^ m
in
ID ID
Dl
M
1
III
lU
IT) Dl m
111 111 11 in
II] 111 11)1 111
111 111 |l>l 111
ii
11
1
LU CO
CM
"^
CO CD
-t'
X
LJ
LU "^
oo CD
X
^
QI
General Layout of MDF Rails
15
91
>|00|g 9Un Q] p 9|dUJBX3

rvd
21.-1-1.
sail
01.-Z
sau.
tVd
9-S
sail
saij.
a IL via /o via 90 viia LO

a 2L via HO via 90 Vila /()
oiiAi la HO VI oiiAi iia KO
OL VI H31IMS lia t'U
HOIIMS la
V
V
V
V
101S
NOIUQ
gS222S
eooe
og
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
O O O Q O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
30
>|00|a U0JSU9JX3 j o e|diJUBX3

9H.-ei.l.
sp<3
W L
a ^l
a_ m
a. yL
2I.L-60L
spg
80L-S0L
spg
WL-OOL
sp<3
Vila 60 Vila so Vila LO

Vila OL Vila 90 Vila 7.0
via LL Vila /o Vila ?.<)
Vila ao Vila to
VllH a
V
V
V
V
lOIS
NOUdO
222S22SS
22222SS2
222222S2
oe
o O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0~|
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
leiija xauf jei/M
NOIlVnVlSNI
Marinex Digital
3.3.2
INSTALLATION
Ground (Earthing) Point
Two connecting points are available on the left-hand side in the rear section of the case.
These should be bonded to a good quality ground point on the bulkhead.
3.4
System Installation - Rack Version
When installing the system into a customers own racking, care must be taken to make sure
there is sufficient airflow around the racks. In particular, if the Marinex Digital is being
mounted near Pubhc Address amplifiers that the heat generated from the amplifiers is not
forced into the Marinex. If the PA amplifiers are mounted below the exchange, then extra fan
trays must be installed to remove the excess heat.
The Marinex must be connected to a good earth connection.
In the rack version, cables for connection to an external MDF (not supplied) are provided.
These cables must be securely fastened.
3.5
PCB Installation
3.5.1
PCB Handling and General Installation

Boards should not be installed or removed with applied power
Power must be tumed off prior to insertion or removal of the PCB.

The system PCBs contain digital circuitry, which while extremely reliable, can be damaged
by exposure to excessive static electricity. When handling PCBs, a grounded wrist strap
should be used to protect the cards from static discharges. Also, use common sense when
handling the PCBs. For example, do not place a PCB in positions where heavy objects might
fall on the PCB and damage components.
To insert a PCB, hold the PCB by the injectors and, with the components facing right, align
the top and bottom edge of the PCB in the card guides. Slide the card into the system and use
the injectors to seat the PCB firmly into the motherboard connectors.
To remove a PCB, reverse the procedure.
3.5.2
Processor Card (D6002) Installation
The Processor Card is installed in the left most PCB slot (slot Processor) of the 6U rack.
There are two Processor Cards in a 12U system. The card contains a lithium coin battery to
maintain the real-time clock ftmction. The battery is held in a PCB moimted socket. The
processor board has one plug in module which contains the CPU, ram and solid state hard
disk. There may be up to two other optional modules; a card with video controllers (D6601)
and/or a compact flash memory card (CFxx) for storing voice messages and extra
configuration.
CAUTION: Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the
same or equivalent type recommended by Marine Communications Limited. Dispose of used
batteries according to the manufacturers instructions.
17
INSTALLATION
Marinex Digital
The Processor Card also has an eight position DIP switch. The functions of the switches are
below.
Switch 1
Switch 2
Switch 3
Switch 4
Switch 5
Switch 6
Switch 7
Switch 8
Not Used
On enables hardware handshaking for printer port
On enables hardware handshaking for the programming port
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
The Processor Card has ten LEDs. The functions of the LEDs are below.
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
LED 4
LED 5
LED 6
LED 7
LED 8
LK
LN
3.5.3
Off
System in Normal Mode
On
System in Administration Mode
Flashing Invalid Configuration
On - Incoming calls stacked waiting to be answered
Not Used
Not Used
Inter Rack communications
Not Used
Not Used
Off
6U system
On
Slave in 12U system
Flashing Master in 12U system
Reserved
Reserved
Analogue Subscriber Card (D6003) Installation
The Analogue Subscriber Card provides connection for 16 analogue telephones. Up to 10

boards can be inserted into slot positions 1 to 10. All features on the boards are software
controlled.
3.5.4
Analogue Tie Line (D6005) Installation
The Analogue Tie Line Card provides connection for 6 analogue tie lines and 1 Public
Address. Up to 4 boards can be inserted into slot positions A to D. All features on the boards
are software controlled.
3.5.5
Power Supply Module (F5538) Installation
The Power Supply provides the required power rails to the boards in one 6U rack. The
module fits at the bottom right hand side on 4 rails (2 at the top and 2 at the bottom).
Before inserting the module, make sure that both switches on the front are off (no colour
showing on the switches).
Once the module is inserted, screw the fixing screws to firmly secure the module.
18
Marinex Digital
INSTALLATION
3.6
System Wiring
3.6.1
Power Wiring
Power is connected to the exchange through terminal block connections on the rear of the
exchange. The terminals also provide link terminals for power to other Marinex Digital
Exchange card racks, if supplied. It is recommended that only one set of power cables are
connected to the equipment mounted in the same location and interconnecting cables are used
to connect modules. This will reduce the possibility of ground loops causing interference.
All cables should be securely fastened to prevent damage due to vibrations.
D6500
-^m. ia
mm
N
/S
'mm
m
o
tm
o
Power
Fail
^M
^ i mm
-mi
^m
DC
AC
Power cables are not provided
19
INSTALLATION
3.6.2
Marinex Digital
Processor Programming Port Wiring
The Processor Card has a standard RS232C 9 way D-Type plug that is used for programming.
The wiring for the connector is as below:
Marinex
Digital
9-Way
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Marinex
Digital
Name
Carrier Detect
Receive Data
Transmit Data
Data Terminal Ready
Signal Ground
Data Set Ready
Request to Send
Clear to Send
Ring Indicator
Computer
Purpose
Not Used
Transmit Data
Receive Data
Not Used
Signal Ground
Not Used
Clear to Send
Request to Send
Not Used
Computer
9-Way
Computer
25 - Way
3
2
2
3
8
7
5
4
RS232C Programming Port Wiring

The terminal port is configured to operate at 9600 baud, no parity, 8-bit data and one stop bit.
The Programming port wiring must include the CTS/RTS wires if hardware handshaking has
been enabled by switch 3 of the processor card.
3.6.3
Processor Rear Wiring
On the rear of the frame there is a connector panel with five sockets and plugs.
The VGA Video port. Keyboard Port and lOBaseT network ports are only used if the optional
modules are installed.
The Link Port is used to link two modules together to make a 12U module. This is a factory
installed link.
The Printer Port is a standard RS232C 9 way D-Type plug. If a computer is connected to this
port, it can be used for programming or call logging. In a 12U system only 1 printer needs to
be connected, as all of the printer ports will print the same information. The wiring for the
connector is as below:
20
Marinex Digital
Marinex
Digital
9-Way
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
INSTALLATION
Marinex
Digital
Name
Carrier Detect
Receive Data
Transmit Data
Data Terminal Ready
Signal Groimd
Data Set Ready
Request to Send
Clear to Send
Ring Indicator
Computer
Purpose
Not Used
Transmit Data
Receive Data
Not Used
Signal Ground
Not Used
Clear to Send
Request to Send
Not Used
Computer
9-Way
Computer
25 - Way
3
2
2
3
8
7
5
4
RS232C Printer Port Wiring

The termiaal port is configured to operate at 9600 baud, no parity, 8-bit data and one stop bit.
The Programming port wiring must include the CTS/RTS wires if hardware handshaking has
been enabled by switch 2 of the processor card. XON/XOFF handshaking is always available.
-a
Tv
73
o
o
>
3
O
o
<
>
V
o
21
INSTALLATION
3.6.4
Marinex Digital
Extension Wiring
The connections to the exchange are made through 'D' type connectors on the rear.
Exchanges are either provided with an integral MDF to which the telephones are connected
or 5 metre length cables terminated with 'D' types to suit the required configuration for
connection to an external MDF. The telephone end of the latter cables are not terminated
thereby allowing users to connect them to their own Main Distribution Frames.
Cable colours for each plugged cable are shown below:
Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-
Tip
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Black
Green
Blue
Ring
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Black
Brown
White
White
Port
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
-
Tip
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Green
Green
Green
Green
Ring
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Wiring for an Extension Board

Slot
A/C
A/C
A/C
A/C
A/C
A/C
A/C
A/C
A/C
Port
TIEl
TIE 2
TIE 3
TIE 4
TIES
TIE 6
MIC
SWl
SW2
Tip
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Black
Green
Blue
Ring
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Black
Brown
White
White
Slot
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
B/D
Port
TIEl
TIE 2
TIE 3
TIE 4
TIES
TIE 6
MIC
SWl
SW2
Tip
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Green
Green
Green
Green
Ring
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Wiring for Tie Line Boards
All cables slionid be securely fastened to prevent damage due to vibrations.
22
Marinex Digital
INITIAL TESTING
Chapter 4
4.1
Initial Testing
Powering Up
Once a system has been installed, check that all cards and modules are secure in their position
and that there are no lose materials. Check that all cables are securely fastened
It is recommended that before any modification of the system configuration, the system is
tested and all extensions are checked.
Power on the exchange, remembering to turn on both power supplies if the system is 12U
high. The exchange will then enter its power up routine. This could take some minutes
depending upon the system size.
During start-up, the LED's on the Extension boards and Tie Line boards will flash in
sequence once they have been released from the RESET state by the main processor.
The Power supply will have one or two green LEDs illuminated depending on the power
input being used. The four red LEDs should be on. If any of the LEDs are off then there
might be a fault in the PSU. Please read the fault finding section to rectify the problem.
If the optional video module is installed on the Processor Board the start-up process will be
displayed.
The processor LEDs will display the system information as described in Section 3.5.2. The
extension board LEDs will be off unless an extension is off-hook. The tie line boards LEDs
will be off.
4.2
Extension Testing
Each extension should be tested to make sure that it is working. There are three tests to be
executed.
4.2.1
Bell Check
If you lift a receiver, dial *6, then replace the receiver, the telephone should then ring to
enable the amplitude and operation of the bell to be checked.
4.2.2
Extension number Check
If you dial your own number then a high pitched 'busy' tone should be heard.
23
INITIAL TESTING
4.2.3
Marinex Digital
Extension Location Message Check
If the Engineer's Security Code is entered the following codes are also available from the *6.
1 - Ring back check.
2 - Voice Message saying Extension Number
3 - Voice Message saying Virtual Port
4 - Voice Message saying Physical Port
5 - Voice Message saying Current ACL
6 - Voice Message saying Default ACL
4.2.4
Voice Path Check
A known working extension is dialled and the incoming and outgoing voice quality is
checked.
4.3
Tie Line Testing
Each Tie Line should be tested to make sure that it is working. There are two tests to be
executed. These tests can only be executed from an extension with Officer Class Access. It is
recommended that the default 1^' Designated Extension is used (normally 104).
4.3.1
Outgoing Call
Dial the access code for the Tie Line (the range normally starts at 800), you should get the
dial tone for the connected equipment. Ensure that a call can be placed and the voice quality
is acceptable.
4.3.2
Incoming Call
Place a call through the connected equipment to the Tie Line. The 1^* Designated Extension
should ring. Pickup the extension and check the voice quality. The Incoming Tie Line LED
will flash in cadence with the incoming ringing.
4.4
Public Address Testing
Each outgoing Public address line should be tested. The only test must be executed from an
extension with Officer Class Access.
4.4.1
Outgoing PA
Dial the Access Code for the PA. The each PA line has two switch relays. The first relay is
normally accessed by dialling 850-861 for each board. (Slot A Relay 1 = 850; Slot A Relay 2
= 851; Slot A Relay 1 & 2 = 852; Slot B Relay 1 = 853, etc).
24
Marinex Digital
4.5
Feature Description
4.6
System Capacities
INITIAL TESTING
The table below gives the system capacities of the Marinex Digital Exchange
Description
Maximum Number of Extensions
Maximum Number of Tie Lines
Maximum Number of PA outputs
Maximum Number of PA zones
Number of Groups
Number of Members in a Group
Number of Hold Locations
Number of User IDs
Number of User Groups
Number of System Speed Dials
Number of Virtual Exchanges
Number of Watches
Number of Call Log Records
Number of Voice Prompts
Total Length of Voice Prompts
4.7
System Features
4.7.1
Broker
6U
160
24
4
8
128
16
10
1024
255
255
16
16
Minimum 512
32
120 seconds
12U
320
48
8
16
128
16
10
1024
255
255
16
16
Minimum 512
32
120 seconds
This allows a user to switch alternately between two calls. While communicating with one
line or extension, you can contact and speak with another line.
4.7.2
Call Back on Busy
If a called extension is busy, a code can be dialled which will cause the originating telephone
to ring immediately the busy extension is free.
Only 1 call back can be set per extension at any one time.
4.7.3
Call Back on No Reply
If there is no reply when an extension is called, a code can be entered, which will cause the
originating telephone to ring after the called extension is next used.
4.7.4
Call Forward
All calls can be re-directed to another extension by dialling a preset code. This is a useful
feature if you are going to be away from the telephone or you do not want to be interrupted
for a period of time.
25
INITIAL TESTING
Marinex Digital
The only extension able to call you is the extension to which you have diverted your
telephone.
If the caller does not have the rights to access the new call forwarded number, then they will
get the NU tone.
4.7.5
Calling Line Identification
(Future Feature) The system is able to automatically generate details of the internal
originating caller. This at minimum is the extension number but callers name or location of
the telephone can also be displayed if held on the system database.
For incoming Tie Line calls, the information will display the Tie Line Name.
4.7.6
Call Parking (On-Hold)
Calls can be parked, or placed on hold, at any time, in order to contact another extension.
Following the conversation with the other extension the original call can be re-established.
The call returns to the extension that placed the call on hold after approximately 1 minute. If
the call is not answered after another minute, the call will be cancelled and lost.
4.7.7
Call Pickup
An unattended ringing telephone can be answered remotely by dialling a specific code plus
theringingextension number.
Call pickup is not dependant upon any group definition.
4.7.8
Call Transfer
Calls can be transferred by depressing the 'recall button', dialling the required number and
when the new extension answers by replacing the original handset the call will be transferred.
The call returns to the extension that placed the call on hold after approximately 1 minute. If
the call is not answered after another minute, the call will be cancelled and lost.
4.7.9
Conferencing Facilities
Conference allows between three and 15 people to be connected to a conversation

simultaneously.
At any one time the maximum number of persons involved in conferences is a minimum of
15.
4.7.10 Data line security

In situations where a break or interruption in a call cannot be accepted such as data
transmission, then the line can be protected against such interruptions.
4.7.11 Designated Incoming Extension

One or more extensions can be designated to receive incoming calls, which can then be used
to transfer the call to the required extension. See Call Transfer.
26
Marinex Digital
INITIAL TESTING
4.7.12 Direct Dial In (DISA)

An incoming Tie Line can be automatically answered with a voice prompt so that the caller
can immediately call the extension required or wait for an operator to answer.
4.7.13 Direct Dial Out

An extension or user can be allowed to access a tie line to make an outgoing call.
4.7.14 Distinctive Ringing

A calling line (internal or external) can change the ringing pattern of the called extension.
This allows the different types of call to be recognised. The ring pattern can also be
associated with an user code. This feature is prograrmned though a PC.
4.7.15 DTMF
Dual Tone Multi Frequency signalling. The international standard for telephone number
signalling. This is replacing the old pulse or Loop Disconnect system.
4.7.16 Extensions
Extensions are the telephones on board the ship. Access to features and other extensions or
Tie Lines can be programmed to be allowed or denied.
4.7.17 Full call logging with traffic analysis

A call logging and analysis program (callManager) is available to give full accounting of call
activity on board. This program is availablefiromMarine Communications Limited. The data
is held on a P.C. connected to the exchange and can be used for billing purposes.
4.7.18 Group Pickup

A number of extensions can be set up to form a group. A call coming to an unattended
member of the group can be picked up by another telephone in that group by dialling the
appropriate group code.
Call pickup is dependant upon the group definitions programmed into the system. An
extension can be a member of more than one group.
4.7.19 Hotline
The system can be configured that designated niraibers are automatically rung on lifting an
extension handset.
The hotline can be made to be a tie line or Public Address.
4.7.20 Hunt Group

A hunt group number can be programmed to search a group of extensions for the first free
telephone. This facility is particularly usefiil where alternative persons could answer the calls.
The time before a call is transferred to the next extension in the group can be programmed to
allow for specified telephones to ring for different periods before moving on to the next
telephone.
27
INITIAL TESTING
Marinex Digital
4.7.21 Interrupt Priority

This facility allows a caller to interrupt a call currently in taking place on another extension.
A background tone will be heard on the third party telephone which will be put on hold
whilst the priority call is taking place.
The Priority Interrupt will only work if the call is in the standard call state. If is it transferring
or setting up a call, then the interrupt will not be allowed.
4.7.22 Lithium battery for real time clock

A lithium battery is used to maintain the clock time. This battery will last for a minimum of
10 years. Changing the battery will not affect any other feature such as system configuration.
The battery is on the Processor Board.
4.7.23 MODEM access

A modem can be incorporated in the exchange to allow for data transmission fi-om a P.C.
without the need of an external modem. (Available at a later date).
4.7.24 Message waiting light

With the appropriate telephone a light can be illuminated showing that there are messages
waiting. By calling the appropriate numberfiromthat extension these messages can then be
retrieved. This is set though a PC.
4.7.25 Mute Facility

The mute button switches off the microphone on the telephone so that the caller can be heard
but the called person cannot be heard.
4.7.26 Night Bell Pick-up

A telephone can be designated as the Night Bell. Any unanswered incoming calls can be
diverted after a period of time to ring the night bell. On hearing the extension ringing (a bell
or flashing light) any extension can pick up the call by dialling the night bell code.
The night bell extension has an intermittent dialling tone.
4.7.27 Pager Access

Telephones can be programmed to allow access to paging systems. The method of operation
is dependant on the Paging system.
4.7.28 PIN Access

A PIN number is a 2 - 8 digit Personal Identification Number, consisting of an ID code and a
secret code. This allows access to an outside line or the PA systemfiroman extension, which
normally does not have that facility, (e.g. Crew class extensions do not normally have
access). The system can also be used to control access to certain extensions.
28
Marinex Digital
INITIAL TESTING
4.7.29 Private group access

Extensions, Tie Lines and PAs can be placed into user groups so that only certain extensions
or users are able to access these lines. This facility can be used to make virtual exchanges
inside the main exchange. See Virtual Exchanges.
4.7.30 Programming Marinex Digital

Programming or re-configuration can be carried out using our configurAID program on P.C.
This is a Windows based menu driven program.
If the optional Video Module is installed, configuration can be done though an attached
monitor and keyboard.
4.7.31 Public Address Access

Designated users or extensions on the exchange can be used to access the Public Address
system in order to broadcast messages. The rights of the user control the access. Also access
is controlled on a line by line basis.
4.7.32 Release guard

This feature places a slight delay from the release of a tie line by one caller before a second
call can be placed on that tie line. This allows a local exchange to revert to a known status
before a second call is accepted.
4.7.33 Ring Group

A group can be set up as a Ring Group. If the first number in that group is dialled and not
answered after a defined time then other telephones in that group in short succession will all
ring imtil the call is picked up. Other extensions in the group will then revert to normal
operation. The original extension can be incorporated in the Ring Group.
The time before the next extension is added to the ring group can be programmed to allow for
specified telephones to ring for different periods. Each extension can be set to continue
ringing or stop ringing after its timeout.
4.7.34 Single digit Intercom mode

Extensions can be programmed so that a single digit key entry will automatically dial another
number.
4.7.35 Tie Lines

Tie lines allow access to the outside world, though SATCOM, Cellular networks, or Land
Lines when in Port.
4.7.36 User Access

The exchange is able to control the rights and access that any user or extension has. See PIN
Access
29
liSimAL TESTING
Marinex Digital
4.7.37 Virtual Exchange

A virtual exchange is a telephone exchange within a telephone exchange. For example there
may be a need for a local network to be set up where some telephones only operate within a
'closed' network.
A casino could be an example of this where the extensions in the casino can only ring each
other within the casino but not to extensions outside that group.
One or more extensions, for example, the 'Pit Managers' can however be given the facility to
ring outside the group and receive calls to the group.
4.7.38 Voice Prompting

Marinex Digital provides voice prompting to help callers to access other extensions or
facilities instead of going through an operator. Voice Prompting is normally in Enghsh, but
can be updated by the user to any language or message.
4.7.39 Wake Up Alarm

Telephones can be programmed to give a wake-up ring and on lifting the handset a simple
message. The setting of the alarm call is individually selectable and the time can relate to
either GMT or to the ships time if programmed.
Only one alarm can be set for an extension. The alarm will need to be reset every day for a
repeating alarm.
4.7.40 Warm Line

An extension can be configured to wait a short time before automatically dialling an
extension number. This is often used to prevent the exchange accepting an off-hook situation
for short periods of time due to handset vibrations.
The Warm Line can be made to be a tie line or Public Address. The time before calling the
extension is programmable.
30
Marinex Digital
Chapter 5
5.1
EXTENSION OPERATION
Extension Operation
Introduction
This chapter describes how to access the different features available to extensions. Almost
every feature can be disabled or enabled on an extension-by-extension basis. The rights to use
a feature can also be assigned to a user or user group.
The user access his account by entering "#" followed by his user ID and passcode. The rights
last for the length of the call. The system is described in Chapter 9.
If a user tries to access a feature, which is not allowed, the system will either ignore the
request or give the continuous "NU" tone.
When a feature needs a confirmation that it was successful, three short beeps will be heard. If
the command fails the continuous NU" tone will be heard.
5.2
Call Transfer
Call Transfer enables you to redirect a call to another extension.
Press the recall button and listen for the intermittent dial tone
Dial the required extension number
(D
When the extension answers replace the receiver
If the extension to which the call is being transferred is engaged, does not answer or is
unobtainable, then dial 1 to revert the call to the original extension.
To dial a different extension, repeat steps 1-3.
5.3
Call Back On Busy
If the extension you call is busy, you can cause your phone to ring immediately once the busy
extension is free.
Note:
Only one 'call back'per extension can be set up at any time.
Dial the required extension. If it is busy, the engaged tone is heard
Dial *6
(D
Replace the receiver. When the busy extension becomes free the caller's
telephone will ring and when the caller's handset is picked up the exchange will
call the required extension
31
EXTENSION OPERATION
5.4
Marinex Digital
Call Back On No Reply
If there is no reply when you ring an extension, which will cause your phone to ring
immediately after the called extension, is next used.
Note:
Only one 'call back' can be enabled at any time.
Dial the required extension. The ringing tone is heard but there is no reply
Dial *6
(D
Replace the receiver. When the dialled extension is next used, immediately the
receiver is replaced your telephone will ring and the exchange will call the
extension
5.4.1 Cancel Call Back

The current 'call back' can be cancelled by dialling **6.
5.5
Holding Calls
The Calls on Hold facility allows a call to be placed on hold while the person for whom the
call is intended is informed.
Press the recall button and listen for the intermittent dial tone.
Dial a 'hold' number. The factory configured numbers for this facility are 591 to
599. If a two digit system is being used then the hold numbers are 50 - 59.
If a hold number is in use then the engaged tone will be heard. Replace the
handset, wait for the call to be retumed to you and try from stage 1 again with a
different hold number.
Use the P.A. to announce the call and request the person for whom the call is
intended to dial the 'hold' number.
The call returns to the extension that initially answered it after approximately 1 minute. If the
call is not answered after another minute, it will be lost.
5.6
Call Pickup
If an extension is ringing, another extension can dial a code and take the call. The Call Pickup
facility is not dependent upon any group definition.
5.7
A ringing extension can be picked up by any other extension.
Dial *8 followed by the ringing extension number. If, for example the ringing
extension is 104 then dial *8 followed by 104.
Group Pickup
Any ringing extension within a pre-selected group can be picked up by dialling *9. To set up
the extensions for this facility it is necessary to use the configurAID program.
32
Marinex Digital
5.8
EXTENSION OPERATION
Call Forward
You can re-direct all your calls to another extension by dialling a pre-set code. This is a
useful feature if you are going to be away from your telephone or you do not want to be
interrupted for a period of time.
Lift the receiver.
Dial *3 followed by the new extension number.
When calls have been redirected, an intermittent dial tone is heard on the original extension.
Note:
The new extension is the only phone, which is able to ring the originating 'Call
forwarded' phone.
5.8.1 Reset Call Forward

A 'Call Forward' is reset to the original extension by dialling **3.
5.9
Night Bell
Any extension can be allocated to be a night bell. Incoming calls are normally directed to a
designated extension; if that extension is engaged, or is not answered within 15 seconds, the
incoming call will ring the night bell.
The night bell telephone has an intermittent dial tone.
This facility is added using the configurAID program.
Note:
Any extension can pick up the call by dialling the night bell extension number.
5.10 Alarm Set

You can use the Alarm Set facility to set an extension to ring at a particular time. To activate
the alarm:
Dial *5
Q> Dial the time required using the 24 hour clock format HH MM. For example, to
set the alarm for 3.40 PM, dial *5 followed by the digits 1540
Note:
Only one 'alarm' can be enabled at any time. A new alarm will replace the old one.
5.10.1 Cancel Alarm

The 'Alarm' facility is cancelled by dialling **5.
5.11 I nterru pt Priority

This facility allows you to interrupt a call currently taking place on another extension. To
select interrupt priority:
Dial the extension required
If it is engaged, dial *1
A background 'pip' will be heard on the extension, you are then free to interrupt the
conversation. The third party also hears a 'pip' and is put on hold while the priority call is
taking place.
33
EXTENSION OPERATION
Marinex Digital
5.12 Direct Dial Out

External calls can be dialled directly by prefixing the number to be called with a pre-set digit.
A PIN number may be required for access.
Lift the receiver and listen for the dial tone
Either
9
for tie line group 1 (normally shore lines)
800-847 for individual tie lines or tie line group

(D
Dial the required external niimber
5.13 Public Address Access

If a PIN number system is in use then the PIN number is required to access the P.A. system.
Lift the receiver and listen for the dial tone.
Dial 60, 61 or 62
5.14 Remote Call Forward "Follow Me"

The Remote Call Forward facility allows you to re-direct all yoiir calls from another
extension and make your calls 'follow you'. This can be usefiil if you are moving around the
vessel and you still want to receive your calls.
Lift the receiver.
Dial *2 followed by your original extension number.
When calls are 'Called Forward', an intermittent dial tone is heard on the original extension.
NOTE: The new extension is the only phone, which is able to ring the originating 'call
forwarded' phone.
5.14.1 Reset Remote Call Forward

A 'Remote Call forward' is reset to the original extension by dialling **2 plus the original
extension number.
5.15 Hot Line access

An extension can be set so that on lifting the handset another designated extension
automatically immediately rings.
5.16 Warm Line Access

An extension can be set so that after a short delay, another designated extension
automatically rings. The short delay is so that an alternative extension nimiber can be entered
before the automatic ringing of the designated extension.
34
Marinex Digital
EXTENSION OPERATION
5.17 Broker
The Broker facility allows you to switch alternately between two calls. While communicating
with one line or extension, you can contact and speak with another person.
Press the recall button and wait for the dial tone.
Dial the other extension.
(D
Dial *0 when you want to switch back to the first call.
You can continue to switch between the two calls just by dialling *0.
5.18 Distinctive Ring

The exchange can be configured so that there are differences between ringing cadences. The
standard are one ring for internal calls and two rings for incoming external calls. Other
cadences such as three rings then pause or two rings-pause-single ring can be set up to
differentiate the source of the incoming call. For example, each tie line or calls Irom the
Captain's extension.
5.19 Designated Incoming Extension

One or more extensions can be designated to receive incoming calls, which can then be
transferred to the required extension. The exchange is factory configured with extension 104
to receive all incoming calls.
The default designated extension can be changed using configurAID.
5.20 Emergency Plione

Emergency telephones can be accessed simultaneously by several users (max 15), so enabling
anyone on the ship to interrupt hi an emergency. After 15 users, anyone calling this extension
they will be able to hear the conversation but not be able to speak.
The emergency telephone can b e configured using configurAID.
The emergency phone utilises the Conference facility. The Emergency call uses the
conferencing system, so it will drop any conferences in progress if it needs the conferencing
ports.
5.21
Intercom Mode
An extension can be placed in a intercom group where each digit dials an extension. For
Example, 1 calls the Bridge, 2 for the engine control room, 3 for the Captains Day room, etc.
The telephone can call any extension by entering a users PIN code first.
This mode is enabled using configurAID.
35
EXTENSION OPERATION
36
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
TIE LINE OPERATION
Chapter 6
6.1
Tie Line Operation
introduction
This chapter describes how to access the tie lines and how the incoming calls are dealt with.
Access to the tie line is controlled though the user rights. If the user does not have the right to
access the tie line then the continuous "NU" tone will be heard.
6.2
Outgoing Calls
External calls can be dialled directly by prefixing the number to be called with a pre-set digit.
A PIN number may be required for access.
Lift the extension receiver and listen for the dial tone
(D
Either
9
for tie line group 1 (normally shore lines)
800-847 for individual tie lines or tie line group

(D Wait for the dial tone of the attached equipment
Dial the required external number
The call can be logged. The information recorded includes the extension used, user ID, tie
line used, time and duration of the call and the number dialled.
6.3
Incoming Calls
When an incoming call is detected, the first designated extension will be rung. When the call
is answered, the incoming call can be transferred to the relevant extension using the call
transfer feature.
A group can be set up so that if the first designated extension is not answered the incoming
call will be passed to either each phone in sequence or all together. The chapter on groups
explains the tjrpes of groups available.
The only indication that the incoming call has been terminated before an extension has picked
up the call is the ringing cadence. This means that the Marinex Digital Exchange has to wait
for more that the cadence interval before the ringing termination is detected. This means that
it is possible for an extension to hear the dial tone of the attached equipment and not the
incoming call. This is normal behaviour.
An incoming Tie Line can be automatically answered with a voice prompt so that the caller
can immediately call the extension required or wait for an operator to answer.
37
TIE LINE OPERATION
38
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
PUBLIC ADDRESS OPERATION
Chapter 7
7.1
Public Address Operation
Introduction
This chapter describes how to access the Public Address.

Access to the Public Address is controlled though the user rights. If the user does not have the
right to access the tie line then the continuous "NU" tone will be heard.
7.2
Public Address announcements can be dialled directly by prefixing the number to be called
with a pre-set digit. A PIN number may be required for access.
Lift the extension receiver and listen for the dial tone
Dial
850-852 for Public Address Slot A
(850 = Zone 1; 851 = Zone 2; 852 = Zone 1 & 2)
853-855 for Public Address Slot B
(853 = Zone 1; 854 = Zone 2; 855 = Zone 1 & 2)
etc
(D Wait for the Public Address system (if required)
Mcike the Announcement
The Public Address Access can be logged. The information recorded includes the extension
used, user ID, Public Address used, time and duration of the announcement.
39
PUBLIC ADDRESS OPERATION
40
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
GROUP FACILITIES
Chapter 8
8.1
Group Facilities
Ring Group
A group can be allocated up to 15 extensions maximum for Ring Group. If the number that is
dialled is not answered within a defined time, then the call is available to all extensions in the
group and these will all ring rapidly in short succession \mtil the call is picked up. The
extensions then revert to normal operation.
The time before the next extension is added to the ring group can be programmed to allow for
specified telephones to ring for different periods. Each extension can be set to continue
ringing or stop ringing after its timeout.
Ring Groups are particularly useful for extensions that are often unmanned.
This facility is not factory defined; configurAID is required to set up the extensions to suit
individual requirements.
8.2
Group Pickup
A number of extensions can be set up to form a group. For example, all the phones in one
area could be assigned to a group.
The Group Pickup facility is set up using the configurAID programming utility.
Extensions A, B, C, D belong to the same group. Extension A is ringing but the

telephone is unattended
Any other member of the group, for example D, can dial *9 and take the call
Note: An extension can be a member of more than one group.
8.3
Hunt Groups
When the Himt Group number is dialled, the first free telephone in the group rings. This
facility is particularly useful for busy phones where alternative people could answer the calls.
Hunt Groups are set up using configurAID.
41
GROUP FACILITIES
42
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
PIN NUMBER
Chapter 9
Pin Number
A PIN number is a 2 - 8 digit Personal Identification Number, consisting of an ID code and a

secret code. This allows access to an outside line or the PA system from an extension, which
does not have that facility, (e.g. Crew class extensions do not normally have access).
A PIN number can only be assigned as an Engineer facility.
The system can be made to require a PIN number for ALL access to external lines.
9.1
Using a PIN Number
Once a PIN has been assigned you can use it as follows:
Pickup handset
Dial #
PIN code 1 - 4 digits
Dial PASS code 1 - 4 digits
Note:
If the PIN number is entered incorrectly then an unobtainable tone will be heard. If
the correct PIN number is entered then the dial tone will be heard again. The
extension now has your rights for that call.
Dial the service required
NOTE: Access is valid for the current call only.
9.2
Setting Pass code
The secret code of the PIN can be changed from any DTMF telephone as follows:
Pickup handset
Dial *4
Enter PIN code ( 1 - 4 digits)
Enter current PASS code ( 1 - 8 digits)
Note:
If the PIN number is entered incorrectly then an unobtainable tone will be heard. If
the correct PIN number is entered then a short tone will be heard.
Note:
Enter the new passcode ( 1 - 8 digits)

The required length of passcode is set in configurAID.
43
PIN NUMBER
44
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
CALL LOGGING
Chapter 10
Call Logging
Details of all internal and incoming/outgoing calls can be logged by a printer connected to the
rear RS232C serial interface. Only the source extension number, the destination dialled and
the duration of the call is recorded. Speech or data communicated over the telephone line is
NOT recorded.
In a 12U system either printer port can be used as the same information will be generated.
For connection details to the RS232 serial interface see Section 3.6.3
Examples of the recorded information are shown below:
Internal calls
Date
Time
>>Number Called<<
Duration From Port
User
25/10/00 10:21:08
00:01:14 Cabin 12 (112)
25/10/00 11:01:24
00:08:58 Wheelhouse (103) 6
ECR (155)
Date
Time
>>Number Called<<
Duration From Port
To Port
03/11/00 00:21:08
940987#128883
25/10/00 11:01:24
9506546798765
00:02:14 Radio Rm (102)
To Port
Cabin 24 (124)
Outgoing Calls
User
5
Satcom 1 (800)
00:08:58 Capt Cabin (167) 12
Land 2 (9)
Date
Time
>>Number Called<<
Duration From Port
To Port
25/10/00 10:21:08
00:01:14 Satcom 1 (800)
Radio Rm (102)
25/10/00 11:01:24
00:08:58 Land 2 (804)
Radio Rm (102)
Incoming Calls
User
In the examples above the format for the Date, Start time and Duration is DD/MMAHT or
HH:MM:SS as appropriate
where
DD/MM/YY is the date/month/year and

HH:MM:SS is the time in hours:minutes: seconds.
A simple call analysis program is availablefromMarine Communications Limited.

45
CALL LOGGING
46
Marinex Digital
Marinex Digital
FAULT FINDING
Chapter 11
Fault Finding
The following information is intended to assist with fault finding to module level only.
All exchanges and modules are fiilly tested before dispatch firom the factory. Should problems
be experienced when the exchange is first powered up, you are advised to carefully check all
wiring and the presence of power supplies before proceeding. No module should be removed
from, or inserted into the exchange whilst the exchange is powered up. The exchemge contains
static sensitive devices and special anti-static precautions should be exercised when handling
the modules.
If there is a problem with an extension, try a different telephone before assuming that there is a
problem with the telephone exchange. Most problems are caused by the mistreatment of the
telephones.
11.1
All Telephones Dead
If no sound can be heard at the telephone ear-piece when you blow into the mouth piece, then
the telephone is considered to be dead. If all telephones exhibit this fault then check that the
exchange is powered up and that the power indicators on the front of the Power Module. If they
are not lit, check the fuses on that module. If the fuses are correct replace that Power module.
11.2
One Telephone Dead
If the symptoms are as described above for one telephone only :

Check the wiring to the telephone. Check the operation of the telephone on another extension.
Replace as necessary.
Check that the appropriate LED on the front of the switch card lights when the telephone is
'off-hook'. If it does not, replace the subscriber card.
11.3
All Telephones Live, But No Dial Tone
Sound can be heard at the earpiece when you blow into the mouthpiece, but no dial tones can
be heard when calling another telephone. If all telephones exhibit this fault check that the
exchange is powered up and that the power indicators are lit on the jfront of the PSU. If they are
not lit, check the fuses. If the fuses are correct replace the Power module.
Try resetting the system by turning the power off and then back on after 10 seconds. If this
cures the problem, then the system software experienced a glitch. If the problem can be
reproduced then please report it to Marine Communications Limited.
If the telephones still have no dial tone, replace the Processor card, but note that any special
programming for your exchange will need to be repeated.
47
FAULT FINDING
11.4
Marinex Digital
One Telephone Live, But No Dial Tone
If the symptoms are as described above but affecting one telephone only:
Check the in/out of service telephones. Refer to the factory set configurations list. If you have
re-programmed the exchange, print out the current configuration.
Replace the subscriber card.
11.5
Wrong Extension Obtained when Dialling
Check if 'Call Forward' set on telephone. Go to the extension which should be obtained and
enter the Call Forward cancel code "**3".
Check the directory to the equipment numbers. Re-allocate the number or re-wire the
extension.
Check all wiring from the back-plane through to the telephone.
11.6
Telephone Always Busy when Dialled
Check if 'Call Forward' set on telephone. Go to the extension which should be obtained and
enter the Call Forward cancel code "**3".
Check that the telephone is not off-hook. Some telephone handsets need to be replaced firmly
on the telephone, especially if extra retaining brackets or Velcro have been added.
Check that the appropriate LED on the front of the Switch module lights when the telephone is
11.7
Telephone Always Unobtainable when Dialled
Check the in/out of service telephones. Check if extension set to 'night bell'. Refer to the
factory set configurations list. If you have re-programmed the exchange, print out the current
configuration.
Check the directory to the equipment numbers. Re-allocate the number or re-wire the
extension.
Check all wiringfiromthe back plane through to the telephone.
Check that the appropriate LED on thefirontof the Switch module lights when the telephone is
48
Marinex Digital
FAULT FINDING
11.8
All Telephones Fall to Ring, But Ring Tone can be Heard by
Caller
Check if 'DCRI' indicator on front of the P.S.U. is illuminated. If off, replace Power module.
If installing new system, ensure all telephones do not have the bell turned off Check also, if
'master' boxes are required for telephone connection (Common problem with British Telecom
telephones with a small white plug), and check the wiring of the telephones.
11.9
One Telephone Fails to Ring, But Ring Tone can be Heard by
Caller
Check destination telephone by dialling *6 (self test) from the telephone. If telephone rings,
check directory to the equipment nimibers.
Check if the bell is turned off on the telephone. Check the wiring to the telephone. Check the
operation of the telephone on another extension. Replace as necessary.
Check if a 'master' box is required for the telephone connection.
11.10
Intermittent Dial Tone
Check if 'Call Forward' or 'Call Transfer' has been selected. The dial tone will automatically
change to intermittent when these features have been selected, or during seiftest.
Check if dialling has been disabled. This is often the case with emergency telephones or the
night bell.
11.11
Cross-talk on Conversation
Check for intrusionfromofficer class telephone.

Check if telephone set up as an emergency telephone, since this facility allows any other
telephone to intrude on a current call.
Check the wiring. This is the most probable cause in a new installation.
11.12
Unable to Obtain Shore Line.
Check that the line is cormected correctlyrightthroughfromthe to the shore based exchange. If
there is a break in the line, the will give no tone. Test the shore line by trying with a telephone
at a point nearest the Marinex Digital as possible.
Check the programming to verify that the shore line is set and programmed correctly. See the
factory set configurations Ust. If you have re-programmed the exchange, print out the current
configuration to check that the correct accessrightsare available.
Check if PIN number access is required.
Change the Tie Line card.
49
FAULT FINDING
11.13
Marinex Digital
Incoming Call Not Received
Check that the designated telephone is connected and operating correctly. If a night bell has
been selected, check that this is operating correctly.
Check for 'Call Forward' of external calls.
Check the programming of the shore lines. Refer to the factory set configurations list. If you
have re-programmed the exchange, print out the current configuration.
Change the Tie Line card.
11.14
Call Logging Not Outputting Data
Check that the printer is connected correctly and that the cable is plugged into the serial port
and not the parallel port. It is important that transmitted data (pin 2) from the call logging
output is connected to the printer receive data line. The system is set up for hardware
handshaking operation as standard.
Check that the printer is set up to operate at 9600 baud with no parity, 8-bit data and one stop
bit and hardware handshaking.
Check that the printer has paper, a useableribbonand is 'on-line'.
Change the Processor card.
50
FACTORY CONFIGURATION
Marinex Digital
Chapter 12
Factory Configuration
All systems when they leave Marine Communications Limited have a default configuration.
This can be changed using configurAID. The following table shows the factory configuration
12.1
SLOT
1
Rights
Officer Class - Access to tie lines and PAs
Crew Class - NO access to tie lines and PAs
Tie Lines 1 - 6 & PA 1
Tie Lines 7 -12 & PA 2
Tie Lines 13-18 & PA 3
10
B
D
Numbering
100-115
116-131
132 -147
148 - 163
164-179
180- 195
196-211
212-227
228 - 243
244 - 259
800-805: PA = 850
806-811; PA = 853
812-817; PA = 856
818-823; PA = 859
51
FACTORY CONFIGURATION
12.2
RACK
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
SLOT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
B
C
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
B
C
D
52
Rights
Crew Class - NO access to tie lines and Pas
Tie Lines 7 -12 & PA 2
Tie Lines 3 1 - 3 6 & PA 6
Marinex Digital
Numbering
100-115
116-131
132-147
148 - 163
164 - 179
180-195
196-211
212 - 227
228 - 243
244 - 259
800-805; PA = 850
806-811; PA = 853
812-817; PA = 856
818-823; PA =859
260-275
276-291
292-307
308 - 323
324-339
340 - 355
356-371
372 - 387
388-403
404-419
824-829; PA = 862
830-835; PA = 865
836-841; PA = 868
842-847; PA = 891
Amplidan A/S
Argentina
oeSabelli y Cia S.R.L.
Av. Velez Sarsfield 53-55
1282 Buenos Aires
Ptione :
+54 1233 396
Fax
+54 19537 069
China, Guanqzliou:
0Haicang Engineering & Equip. Pte Ltd..
1805, Blocl< A Jin Chang Building
No. 183 Chang Gang Zhong Road
510250 Guangzhou
Phone :
+86 20 3433 3225
Fax
:
+86 20 3433 3363
Gennanv, Hamburg:
O Elna GmbH
Siemensstrasse 35
D-25462 Reilingen
Phone
+49 4101 30100
Fax
+49 4101 301214
E-mail:
info@elna.de
Australia:
OeStentofon
Communications Australia Pty Ltd.
Unit 13, 653 Mountain Higliway
Bayswater
VIC3153
Ptione :
+61 3 9729 6600
Fax
+61 3 9729 0099
China. Dalian:
0Haicang Engineering & Equip. Pte Ltd.
No. 2-2-1, Block 30, Xianghal Garden
Shahel<ou District
116021 Dalian
Phone :
+86 41144 299 29
Fax
+86 41144 345 57
Germany. Bremen
0Elna GmbH
Hansestrasse 6
D-28217 Bremen
Phone :
+49 421 38 4618
Fax
:
+49 42139616 00
E-mail:
bremen@elna.de
Australia:
Rubin Group Pty Ltd.
73 Whiting Street
Croatia:
0Suma Electronic Ltd.
Krizaniceva 3
51000 Rijeka
Phone :
+385 51373 511
Fax
:
+385 51 373 552
Holland
Litton IVIarine Services
INA Division
Postbus 1590
NL-3000 BN Rotterdam
Phone :
+3110 40 38 711
Fax
+3110 43 30 831
Belgium:
Olntemational Electronic Service
Terbekehofdreef 54
B-2610Wilrijk
Phone :
+32 3 828 1032
Fax
+32 3 828 1606
Denmark:
Amplidan
Lyngs Alle 2
DK-2970 Hrsholm
Phone :
+45 4516 62 01
Fax
+45 4516 62 76
E-mail :
info@amplldan.com
Hong Konq
N. Ming's (Aeronautical)
Room 201-202, Golden Mansion
44-56 Bulkeley Street
Hunghom, Kowfloon
Phone :
+852 2369 74 41
Fax
:
+852 2721 54 65
Brazil:
0Belga Marine
Rua Sacadura Cabral, 81 Gr. 1002
Rio de Janeiro
CEP 20081-260, RJ
Phone :
+55 21 2253 7171
Fax
:
+55 21 2233 5806
E-mail :gouhie@belgamarine.com.br
Egypt:
Eastem Electronics
48 El Nahda Street.
Port Said
P.O. 80x120/42111
Phone :
+20 66 32 3816
Fax
:
+20 66 23 61 59
E-mail :
sabronic@intouch.com
Iceland:
R. Sigmundsson H.F.
Fiskisloo 84
P.O. Box 828
121 Reykjavik
Phone :
+354 520 0000
Fax
:
+354 520 0020
Canada:
McGill Maritime Services Inc.
369 Place d'Youville
Montreal, Quebec H2Y 2B7
Phone :
+1514 849-1125
Fax
+1 514 849-5804
E-mail
mcgill@pubnix.net
Finland
Essicom KY
Haltiantie 5 B
02300 Espo
Phone :
Fax
:
E-mail :
India:
P.S. Lulla & Co.
141B Jolly Maker Apt # 1
Cuffe Parade
Bombay 400 005
Phone :
+9122 2186 485
Fax
:
+9122 2188 656
China. Shanghai:
Haicang Engineering & Equip. Pte Ltd.
No. 6C Block 3, Renheng Plaza
No. 90 Maoxing Road
Pudong New Area
200127 Shanghai
Phone :
+86 21 588 99145
Fax
:
+86 21 587 35 517
E-mail :
hceepte@online.sh.ch
France:
E.T.N.A. S.A.
Boite Postale 1087
F-76062 Le Havre Cedex
Phone :
+33 2 35 54 60 60
Fax
+33 2 35 54 60 69
E-mail
info@etna.fr
Artannon
N S W 2064
Phone:
Fax:
E-mail:
+61 2 9439 2333

+61 2 9439 2278
marine@rubin.com.au
Q:\MARKET\A6ENTER\Agentliste\25rev_July02.doo
+358 40 728 3037

+358 9 802 3806
harri.lehto@pp.inet.fi
India:
Elcome Marine Services Pte Ltd
Elcome House
D-222/30 T.T.C. Indl Area Midc Nerul
New Mumbai 400 706
Phone :
+91 22 763 2348
Fax
:
+9122 763 2351
E-mail :
sales@elcomeindia.com
OAmplidan sales agent

OAmplidan service agent
Amplidan A/S
Iran:
OJavaneh Batiari Co. Ltd.
No. 308, Mahtab BIdg.
West Mirdamad Blvd.
Tetiran 19697
Phone
+98 21 878 50 06
Fax
+98 21 88812 34
E-mail
jbco@safineh.net
New Zealand:
Wrights Ltd.
23, Fitzherbert Street
P.O. Box 38265 WMC
Petone, Lower Hutt
Phone
+64 4 568 89 75
Fax
+64 4 568 83 61
E-mail
wrightswel@xtra.co.nz
Romania:
Brandt Nielsen Marine Equipment
(Romania) SRL
Str. Albatros no. 1
Block M, Section 2, Apartment 34
6200 Galati
Phone:
Fax:
E-mail:
+40 236 46 32 35
+40 236 46 02 04
brandtni@rdslinl<.ro
Israel:
Alhoutyam Ltd.
22-24 Hiram Street
Haifa 31019
Phone
+972 48 6208 04/05
Fax
+972 48 6274 04
E-mail
service@alhoutyam.co.il
Norway:
ONorthcom as
Myrveien 4
1430 As
Phone
+47 64 97 30 40
+47 64 97 30 41
Fax
northcom@online.no
E-mail
Russia:
Morsviazsputnik
123, b. 2Nevskyav.
193024 Saint Petersburg
Phone
+7 812 275 48 39
Fax
+7 812 275 31 19
E-mail
marsat@mail.wplus.net
Italy:
APSS S.r.l.
Via S. Sebastiano, 16
112055 Dianod'Alba(CN)
Phone:
+ 39 0173 69581
Fax:
+39 0173 69561
E-mail:
apss@apss.it
Pakistan:
Jaffrey Enterprises (PVT) Ltd.
36, Farid Chambers
Abdullah Haroon Road
Karachi - 74400
Phone :
+92 513082
Scotland:
Whitehurst Engineering Ltd.
Unit 3, Riverside Place
Paddockholm Industrial Est
Kilbimie
Japan:
Poland. Szczecin:
EPA Co. Ltd.
Wojska Polskiego 154
PL-71-324 Szczecin
Phone :
+48 91 487 48 85
Fax
+48 91 487 50 14
E-mail :
opa@epa.com.pl
Singapore:
Jason Electronics (PTE) Ltd.
194 Pandan Loop #06-05
PanTech Industrial Complex
Singapore 128383
+65 872 0211
Phone
Fax
:
+65 872 1800
E-mail
sales@jason.com.sg
Korea (South):
Saracom Co. Ltd.
141-37, 3KA,
Namhang-Dong
Youngdo-Ku, Pusan
Phone :
+82 51 600 9000
Fax
+82 51 600 9090
E-mail :
admin@saracom.net
Poland. Gdansk:
NCA Marine Electronics
Ul. Walowa 63
PL-80-858 Gdansk
Phone :
+48 58 305 13 40
Fax
:
+48 58 305 13 40
E-mail :
biuro@nca.w.pl
South Africa:
Cape Maritime Electronics (Pty) Ltd.
Cnr. Montague/Esso Rds.
Montague Gardens 7441
Cape Town
Phone :
+27 21 551 3204
Fax
:
+27 21 551 3206
Malavsia/Penanq:
Kelvin Electronic Agencies
No. 17 Jalan Tiong Mas
Taman Tiong Mas
Simpang Ampat
14100 Seberang Perai Selatan
Penang
Phone :
+604 58 85 582
Fax
+604 58 83 640
Portugal:
Sicom Sistemas de Comunicacoes Lda.
Av. Brasilia, Porta ES/7, R/C
Docapesca-Pedroucos
1400-298 Lisboa
Phone :
+351 213030990
+351 21 3010219
Fax
:
E-mail :
sicom@mail.telepac.pt
Spain:
MOTEC lngenieros,S.L.
C.S.D. - Avda. Guadalix, 139
28120 Algete (Madrid)
Phone :
+34 91 662 00 40
Fax
+34 91 622 00 41
E-mail
motec@ctv.es
Kaigai Gijyutsu K.K.

Yamashitacho Building
25, Yamashita-cho
Naka-Ku
Yokohama 231-0023
Phone :
+81 45 664 7318
Fax
:
+81 45 664 7320
Q:\MARKET\AGENTER\Agentliste\2Srev_July02.doc
Ayrshire, KA25 6AU

Phone :
+44 1505 683 030
Fax
+44 1505 684 020
OAmplidan sales agent

Amplidan A/S
Spain:
OHispano Radio l\âritima S.A.
Apdo. 106 Majadationda
28220 Madrid
Phone :
+34 91 35 89 727
Fax
+34 91 35 89 742
E-mail
hnn@autovia.com
United Kinadom:
oeShips Electronic Services Ltd.
Waterside Court
Neptune Close
Rochester, Kent ME2 4NZ
Phone :
+441634 295 500
Fax
+44 1634 295 536
E-mail :
ses@ses.ace.co.uk
Spain:
o e S . L . Nautical , Luis Arbulu
C/Gomera, 8
E-28700 San Sebastian de Los Reyes Madrid
+34 9165 49 411
Phone :
Fax
+34 91 65 49 600
E-mail
nautical@nautical.es
The U.S.A.
OGSeacoast Electronics, Inc.
240 Talleyrand Avenue
Jacksonville, Florida 32202
Phone :
+1 904 355 0343
Fax
:
+1 904 356 9088
E-mail :
sales@seaserve.com
Sweden:
0Ranatec Marin AB
Taljegrdsgatan 11
S-431 53 Mlndal
Phone
+46 31 706 1660
Fax
+46 31 706 1661
Offices in the U.S.A.
Taiwan. R.O.C.:
OeLSCMuitechLtd.
5FL-5, No. 109, JianGuo Rd.
LingYa DisL Kaohsiung
Taiwan 802 R.O.C.
Phone
+886 7 727 27 27
Fax
+886 7 727 43 03
E-mail
Iscmulte@ms14.hinet.net
Turkey:
OSenak Marine Ind. and Trade Co. Ltd.
Ihlamur Yildiz Caddesi Irem Apt. 4, Daire 5
80690 Besiktas
Istanbul
Phone
+90 212 227 28 34
Fax
+90 212 227 28 35
senak@comnet.com.tr
E-mail
United Ar ab Emirates:
o e Z e n e r Electrical & Electronics Services
P.O. Box 389
Dubai
Phone
+971 4 522 880
Fax
+9714 524 410
E-mail
zener@emirates.net.ae
Q:\MARKETAAGENTER\Agentliste\25rev_July02.doc
Seacoast Electronics, Inc.

New Orleans Sales & Sevice Facility
1131 Lafayette Street
Gretna, Louisiana 70053
Phone :
+1504 366 1842
Fax
:
+1 504 362 7923

Norfolk Service Facility
1925 Twin Cove Road
Virginia Beach, Virginia 23454
Phone :
+1 757 496 4662
Fax
+1757 496 4153

Tampa Service Facility
1130 McClosky Blvd.
Tampa, Florida 33605
Phone :
+1813 248 6337
Fax
:
+1813 248 7810

Commercial Sales Office
4 Lemore Circle
Rocky Hill, New Jersey 08553
Phone
Fax
+1609 4301514
+1609 430 0183
Seacost Electronics, Inc

Mobile Service Facility
101 Glenwood Ave

Daphne, Alabama 36526
Phone :
+1 334 626 3450
Fax
+1 334 626 3450
OAtnplidan sales agent

IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
m/t BRO EDWARD
OWNER'S COMMENTS
CRO. MARKS
SIGN
DESIGNED
^/jm-^y^m.t
CHECKED
VERIFIED
W^
\jgr-
[ X%m yiP/lf
Painting Description
of Cargo Tanks
APPROVED
*ir. r ^
PAGE
1/35
WEIGHT SCALE
SCALE
JINLTNG SHIPYARD
FAX:0086-25-58797167
a^-
CHE. OFSTA.
DATE
DWG.NO.:H-053-19
DATE
FINAL DRAWING
OIL/CHEMICAL TANKER
E-mai l:jlshipyard@vip. 163.com
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 General conditions
1.3 Execution
1.4 Responsibilities
1.5 Authority
1.6 Supply of equipment
1.7 Removal of wasted consumables
Sundries
2.0 SURFACE PREPARATION AND ALLIED DISCIPLINES
2.1 Steel work
2.2 Staging (scaffolding)
2.3 Lighting
2.4 Ventilation, dehumidification, and heating
2.5 Rain and contaminants
2.6 Abrasive blasting
3.0 APPLICATION
3.1 Paint application
3.2 Conditions for paint application work
3.3 Permanent fittings for scaffolding
3.4 Items not to be painted
4.0 REPAIRS
4.1 Materials for repair
4.2 The repair process
5.0 CURING
6.0 QUALITY CONTROL
7.0 WORKING PROCEDURE
8.0 CHECKING PROCEDURE
8.1 Inspection form
8.2 Working procedure and inspection item
Appendix No.l Paint specification
Appendix No.2 TSie paint characteristics and application data sheet
Appendix No.3 Cargo Tank Capacity
Appendix No.4 ACCEPTANCE SHEET
Appendix No.5 Steel work preparation
.1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that lining of the internal surfaces of all
cargo tanks(including hydraulic storage and drain tank of framo) of vessels provides
adequate corrosion prevention and cargo resistance to make the cargo tanks suitable
for carrying products in accordance with the Technical Specifications Cargo List
(page H-8),Paint Manufacturer's cargo resistance list and International Certificate of
fitness for the lining system.
Consequently, to ensure first-class workmanship all work must be carried out in strict
accordance with this procedure.
The Yard will design and carry out the structural work in the cargo tanks so that the
application of the lining system will ensure a high quality result.
Concerning repairs, the steel work in the cargo tanks must be in such a condition that
the application of the lining system will'ensure the result aimed at. Special attention
must be given to welding spatters and seams, pittings, and sharp edges.
All outfitting hot works must be completed in and around the cargo tanks before
starting the painting process ,in such a way that the applied paint film will be
permanently maintained at a temperature below 70C.
Subcontractor will be employed by yard to supply the skilled labour, tools and
equipment required to carry out the surface preparation and the application of the
lining system as specified and according to local/national safety regulations
Prior to start the painting works, the Yard must provide to owners, GL and Paint
Maker, written information concerning Subcontractors (company) .involved Workers
(sprayers, experience, etc...),Equipments which will be used, Quality Control
Procedures
v
1.2 General conditions

Close cooperation using the mutual know-how of Yard. Subcontractor. Owner, GL
and Painting Manufacturer is an absolute prerequisite for ensuring an optimum result.
in order to get Cargo Tanks Coating Certification from GL;
On yard's behalf subcontractor must make all necessary olanning including a master
schedule containing all steps in the working process as described in this procedure.
Such a schedule must include an itemized time schedule, and must be distributed in
due time to all parties involved.
The schedule and the program plans must comply with the approved contractual
specification and must be according to Paint Manufacturer's specification, which
shall be jointly reviewed before the start of work.
Lines of communication is as below:
Subcontractor
; shipowner
l>GL
Paint maker
-The Paint manufacturer will have its own dedicated Cargo Tanks Coating
inspector(s) available at the yard during the entire period of work, from the start of
steel preparation until the lining system is finally accepted by the owner .dedicated to
this project
Apre-job conference and ordinary job conferences must be held between Yard,
Owner, GL, Subcontractor, and Paint Manufacturer.
The ordinary job conferences must be conducted not less than once every week or any
time requested by any of the parties involved.
At these job conference the agenda must contain the following points:
a) Work progress in relation to the agreed program .
b) Possible impediments to progress.
c) Requests for temporary stoppage of work.
d) Additions or deletions.
e) Any other matter which may affect the program and / or the specification.
Each meeting is to be minuted.
If considered necessary , the yard is to appoint a liaison officer (speaking English )
through whom all communication takes place.
Procedures concerning reporting, minutes of meetings approvals, rejections,
recommendations, and /or reservations must be described in detail and laid down in
writing and agreed upon by all parties, during the pre-job conference.
1.3 Execution
The planning phase should be comprehensive and must be started in good time.
The master schedule program chart must be submitted to the Owners, GL and Paint
Manufacturer before the start of work, during the pre-job conference , or earlier.
1.4 Responsibilities
The Yard will be fully responsible for the Subcontractor(s),if any, to be used during
the painting process.
1.5 Authority
Each acceptance sheet shall be signed by the authorized persons after the work phase
checking.
The next work phase shall normally not start before the authorized persons have
accepted the previous work phase in writing.
Exceptionally if either Paint maker or Owner cannot reach the work site for
inspection on time, he should entrust someone with this inspection. If he doesn't
entrust this inspection to someone, Yard will consider the work phase accepted by
him.
In the event that a work phase is rejected by SIGMA and/or by GL and/or by Owner,
such rejection shall be indicated in writing on a notice of rejection specifying in
which respect the work phase does not comply with the paint specification, and /or
with the relevant coating application procedure .
In the absence of such written rejection notice, Yard vvili consider that the work phase
is accepted.
Yard is responsible for GL acceptance and shall immediately inform Owner and
SIGMA of any problem which may arise in this respect.
In the event that a work phase is accepted by Paint maker but rejected in writing by
Owner, GL will, as an independent expert, arbitrate the dispute between Yard and
Owner. Yard will subsequently have to fulfil the GL requirements.
The inspection form "acceptance sheet", as Yard's standard form for work phase
acceptance, is given in Appendix No.4 Acceptance sheet
1.6 Supply of equipment.
The subcontractor will supply all necessary equipments for grinding, abrasive
blasting, painting, scaffolding, ventilation, dehumidification, heating and
insulation(if necessary), vacuum cleaning, lighting, wrapping of coils....
The Yard will provide the Name(s) of each subcontractor to be used, with their
references in Cargo Tanks Painting Systems.
1.7 Removal of wasted consumables
Yard and/or subcontractor will remove spent abrasives, dirt, empty paint cans, used
tool cleaner, etc. In a safe manner and in accordance with local and national rules and
regulations in order not to have such waste becoming a source of environmental
pollution, harmful to ground water reservoirs etc.
1.8 Sundries
The Yard or subcontractor must provide convenient and sufficient space for storage of
equipment, tools and all material and consumables including abrasives and paint.
Paint must be stored according to Paint Maker's official recommendations in the
technical data sheet for the product in question.
2.0 SURFACE PREPARATION AND ALLIED DISCIPLINES
2.1
Steel work
The construction must be designed in such a way that it will not obstruct die abrasive
blasting or the paint application according to this specification.
AH steel plates before prefabrication shall have been shot blasted to Sa2.5
International Standard ISO 8501-1,1988, profile 40-75 microns and shop primed
with approved zinc silicate shop primer of DFT 15-20 microns.
-The Steelwork preparation must be carried out in accordance with degree 1 of
Criterion Classification for Steel Preparation (Paragraph 1084 of Technical
Specifications).
All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the
lining system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in welding seams, undercuts,
cracks, etc. Should be avoided. If found, these defects must be remedied by welding
and/or grinding
All sharp edges should be ground to a radius of curvature of minimum 2mm so that
the specified film thickness can be built up. Rolled profiles, etc. From the steel mills
normally have acceptable rounded edges.
All weld spatters and laminations must be removed.
Prior to general abrasive blasting ,a rough abrasive blast cleaning(Sa2) will be
performed to facilitate visual inspection and any necessary repair on the existing steel
works. At least .the blasted stripe will be approximately 4cm on each side of the
welds.
Ail hot works like welding and flame-cutting on the outer side of a tank must be
finished before the tank is released for abrasive blasting and painting.
2.2
Staging (scaffolding)
Suitable staging must be provided to allow good and safe access to all surfaces
without changing the system during the work progress to enable efficient and proper
surface preparation, paint application and inspection..
Noted that the shipyard intends to use free standing suspended scaffoldings;
The following is either mandatory or recommended:
-The staging eyes will be made of stainless steel.
The staging should have as less as possible contact points to the tank surface as
possible. When free standing staging is used, all contact between scaffolding poles
and steel surfaces must be point contact only, No wooden material to be used for
staging building.
The working platforms must be placed so that they will provide a good working
distance from the surface, approx. 25~30cm, This will provide a good spraying
distance and allow ventilation inside the scaffolding . Especially corrugated
bulkheads must be staged to give adequate, safe access to recessed areas, but need
good spraying distance. It is recommended to make the platforms with gratings to
ease cleaning and ventilation. Open ends of piping (staging poles) to be plugged or
capped
Noted that the height between staging levels should be about 190cm.
Tanks should ideally have permanent fixtures allowing easy erection and dismantling
of the staging minimizing damages to the freshly painted surfaces.
NOTE: Damage of intact paint film must be avoided whenever possible.
2.3 Lightings:
Lighting in the.tank must be sufficient. As a guide, lighting may be considered
suitable if this text can be read at a distance of 30 cm from eye.
This should be combined with low voltage hand-lamps for illumination during
blasting , cleaning, stripe-coating and inspection.
Lamps should be placed so that a clear, homogeneous light without shadows is
provided on all surfaces where work is in progress.
All equipment for lighting must obey ruling safety regulations. Especially the use of
explosion-proof electrical installations during application and curing of paint is of
vital importance.
2.4 Ventilation, defaumidiflcation, and heating.
Sufficient equipment for ventilation, deluimiditying, insulation, and heating will be
designed to maintain ambient conditions must be installed permanently on deck (or
pier) in accordance with the paint characteristics and Paint Maker Recommendations,
through all the Painting Process and curing time.
To obtain the best air circulation, clean and dry air should be blown into the upper and
middle regions of the tank and suction should also be arranged from the bottom of the
tank . Spot ventilation should be arranged in those parts of the tanks where otherwise
air would be left stagnant.
In addition suction should be arranged at all places where air pockets could prevent
good ventilation.
The ventilation, dehumidifying, and heating equipment must have a sufficient
capacity to maintain as ideal conditions in the tank as possible, irrespective of
variations in the outer climatic conditions.

To prevent reintroducing dust, solvent vapour etc. A positive pressure above normal
atmospheric pressure should be maintained inside the tanks..
Relative humidity of the air during abrasive blasting
Experience indicates that a mean value of approx. 40% RH and never exceeding a
value of 50% RH under relevant, practical conditions of work will ensure an abrasive
blasting process in a tank without any significant re-rusting. Should re-rusting occur,
this is a good indication of water soluble substances, which must consequently be
removed.
Ventilation during abrasive blasting,
The extent should be balanced between the demands for the relative humidity and the
demands for visibility.
Relative humidity and ventilation during application and curing of paint
Relative humidity must always be below 85%. The steel temperature must always be
at least 3 C above the dew point.
Coatings may only be applied to surfaces which have been maintained in dry
condition with the steel temperature at least 3 C above the dew point for more than
six hours. The surface must be visibly dry and clean at the time of application.
2.5 Rain and contaminants
Waterproof tents should be erected over hatches and openings into the tank where
work is in progress, including curing time.
Rain shutters and water guards should be provided over/around all tank openings.
Water must be kept away from the tanks during blasting, application, drying and
curing.
To avoid contamination from abrasive material. Dirt, or other contaminants on the
clean steel surfaces, steel gratings with brushes on the sides should be placed at the
hatch entrance, one for every tank where work is carried out. Overshoes or clean soft
soled shoes should be used when entering freshly blasted or painted tanks.including
during curing time..
2.6 Abrasive blasting
The welding and any hot works in confines of cargo tanks or adjacent areas of tanks
must be completed prior to commencement of abrasive blasting
Before abrasive blasting, the following operations have to be done:
-Grease Spots will be removed with an approved degreaser from Paint Maker.
-Fresh Water High Pressure Washing will be performed to remove contaminations/

dirt
Connecting Surfaces between Tank Structure and Stainless Steel
-the weld adjacent to stainless steel and approximately 3cm of stainless steel from
welds will be abrasive blasted during abrasive blasting of the tanks and painted with
the complete system.
Stainless Steel Fittings:
-The Suction Wells of Cargo Pumps will be treated as tank surface.
-other stainless steel fittings (such as ladders, stainless steel drop lines,etc,,.)are not
foreseen to be blasted or painted, and therefore will be adequately protected during
blasting and painting process.
Conductivity and roughness tests must be performed in each tank. The minimum
number and areas to be tested will be as per Paint Maker Recommendations and
agreed with Owners Representatives and GL.
The maximum allowable concentration of chlorides on steel surfaces immediately
before application shall be: 6.0(ug/cnr
If the water soluble salts content is found above the maximum acceptable value, a
High Pressure Fresh Water Washing will be performed again until satisfactory result..
Before blasting will be started , the ventilation and heating equipment have to be
installed and working so that the specified air humidity and temperature have been
established in the tank at the start of the work and will be maintained during the whole
painting works up to full cure.
To avoid re-rusting of freshly blasted surfaces it is necessary to keep the relative
humidity at 50% (preferably 40%) as a maximum (see 2.4 above). Keeping steel
temperature at least 3 C above the dew point during and after the blasting will provide
additional safety.
To obtain full resistance, the steel surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to
ISO 8501-1 Sa.21/2-3. This is to be understood as producing a Sa 3 metal cleanliness at
the finish of abrasive blast cleaning, but giving allowance, during the process of
cleaning/ vacuuming, for a slight reduction (reoxidation) to minimum Sa2'/ 2 at the
moment of paint application.
The surface profile must be equivalent to ISO 8503-1, grade MEDIUM(G) (where the
profile has to be above segment 2 and up to but not exceeding segment 3). And a
value of 50-100microns is acceptable when measured by:
a) ISO 8503-3: Focusing microscope
b) ISO 8503-4: Stylus
The Quality of used abrasive materials has to be approved by Paint Maker.
Abrasives used for blasting must be dry and free from dirt, oil, grease and suitable for
iO
producing the standard of cleanliness and profile specified. The blasting abrasive to
be used must be in accordance with ISO 11126(copper slag) and ISO 11127, parts
1-6.
The quality of abrasive materials will be tested (conductivity tested)for presence of
soluble salts according to Paint Maker Requirements.
Recycled abrasive is not allowed be used
The Conductivity Tests of Abrasive Material will be performed prior to start the main
blasting operation and then on a regular basis.
Particular attention should be given to ISO 11127-part 6, where the level of water
soluble contaminants must not give a conductivity value greater than 25ms/m,
Random checks must be carried out at least 2 times per tank, by Sigma Representative
and witnessed by Owners ,GL and Shipyard.
Tank surfaces, stagings, etc. must be cleaned after blasting to avoid dust and abrasives
being embedded in the lining, in order to get the whole tank dust free. The final
cleaning must be vacuum cleaning, which is the only acceptable method of dust
removal.
Possible Grease Spots will be cleaned with SIGMA Thinner 91-92.
3.0 APPLICATION
3.1 Paint application
Paint specification is given in Appendix No.l paint specification
The paint characteristics and application data are given in Appendix No.2 The paint
cSiaracteristics and application data .
It is recommended that the paint application starts at the lower part of the tanks and
proceeds upwards. This to minimize the risk of having dry spray settling on surfaces
to be painted. Dry spray settlement on painted surfaces must be removed prior to
application of the next coat in the system.
The three coats in the system must be applied in the overlap zone with greater and
greater overlap of the subsequent coat over the preceding'one.
-The Floor and bottom part of the bulkheads within a height of up to the first
scaffolding level will be applied with the first F/C of SIGMA PHENGUARD
PRIMER, off white.
After vacuum cleaned, the blasted bottom will be covered with the plastic sheet at the
first scaffolding level before painted the bottom area, subject to sufficient ventilation
will be maintained permanently below the plastic sheets.
Then the first F/C of SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER ,ofT white, will be applied on
remaining bulkheads and top.
The first S/C of SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING, Pink, will be applied starting
i 1
from the plastic sheet upwards, including Top by brush all over welds, edges .as well
as for repairs of the first coat
-The second F/C of SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING, Pink, will be applied from the
plastic sheet upwards .including Top.
-The Second S/C of SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH, light Grey, will be applied as
previously the first S/C.
-The third F/C of SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH, light Grey,will be apulied as the
two previous F/C
-The Bottom and the Lower Parts of Bulkheads will be protected with a rubber cover
before destaging.
Destaging will be done level by level and during destaging, the occurred damages,
will be repaired as per paragraph 4.0.
-After destaging, the rubber cover will be removed and the second and third coats vvill
be applied on Bottom and lower parts of Bulkheads.
In the event that overcoating interval becomes critical for painting the tank bottom
and lower parts of the Bulkheads, the staging will be removed after completion of the
Paint System on the Bottom and Lower parts of Bulkheads. Adequate Protection of
Bottom and Lower Parts of Bulkheads will be performed by rubber cover during
destaging
-Particular Care will be ensured during destaging in order to get as less damages as
possible.
The climatic conditions during the various steps of the painting must maintain the
steel temperature before and during application at min.3C above the dew point in
addition to the minimum substrate temperature prescribed by the Manufacturer of
minimum 10C and maximum of 40C,up to full curing
Curing and ventilation conditions must be according to the Manufacturer's
application instructions for the relevant lining.
When relevant, the amount of hot air used to raise the steel temperature must be
reduced during and after application of the tank lining. Only sufficient hot air should
be supplied to keep the steel temperature of the tank at the temperature needed for
positive drying / curing.
Too large a volume of too hot air may lead to surface drying/curing and solvent
entrapment.
Stainless steel cargo pump bilge well shall be painted same as cargo tanks.
3.2 Conditions for paint application work- Dry Film Thickness (DFT)
Checkings:
Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective properties of the
12
paint(and make later tank cleaning difficult). Dry spray can be avoided by using
adequate staging, spraying equipment and methods. An application technique which
will diminish dry spray tendencies must be adopted. The lining must be wet and
smooth just after application.
Dry/Over spray to be removed between each coat.
At very high ambient temperatures the controlled use of extra thinner may be
necessary with a maximum of 10%.
The paint layer must be applied homogeneously and in a thickness as close to the
specification as possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled and heavy
layers should be avoided because of the risk of cracks and sags.
The finished lining must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, imbedded abrasives etc., should be remedied.
Dry film thickness controls must not be carried out within the first 24 hours
(provided adequate ventilation and heating) after application of each coat in the
svstem. It should, however, be made soon enough to make rectifying of too low film
thicknesses possible , i.e. within the recoating intervals set by the Paint Manufacturer.
The measurements must be carried out using an electromagnetic dry film thickness
gauge adjusted with shims placed on a smooth steel substrate.
All parties involved in quality control should agree on in-site adjustments of their
respective instruments prior to taking any measurements
1 .Specified total DFT is considered as sum of specified DFT per each coat:
-specified DFT of each coat: 100 Microns
-specified Total DFT: 300 Microns
-2.Specified Minimum DFT per coat and min total DFT:
-Specified min DFT per coat: 80 Microns.
-Specified Minimum Total DFT: 300 Microns
-3.Specified Maximum DFT per coat and Maximum Total DFT
-specified maximum DFT for l sl Coat: 150 Microns.
-specified maximum DFT per 2nd and 3 ld Coats: 200 Microns
-specified maximum total DFT: 450 Microns average
-The method of measurement will be in accordance with SSPC-PA2 standard
applying it in way tolerances of specified DFT are changed in:
-limits for minimum total DFT: total minimum DFT is 300 Microns.
-limits for maximum DFT: Rule 90/10.
The measurement of DFT shall verify that 90% of total measuring points have DFT
exceeding the specified value. For the remaining 10%,the measured DFT must be
equal or above the specified minimum value, i. e the measured. DFT on 90% of the
measured points shall be equal or above 100 Microns after 1M Coat,200 Microns alter
211 Coat,300 Microns for total system. The measured DFT for the remaining 10%of
measured points could be equal or above 80 Microns after P l Coat, 160 Microns after
21K Coat, and 300 Microns for total system.
3 3 Permanent fittings for scaffolding
Staging eyes (and/or support fittings) are made by stainless steel and great care must
be taken to obtain a good paint film on and along the welding of the stainless steel to
the tank surface.
3,4 Items not to be painted
Such items, heating coils, stainless steel pipes, ladders etc, should be protected
against over-blast and over-spray by covering / wrapping. Rubber or/and canvas will
be used against over-blast and paper will be used against over-spray. Plastic is not
recommended for this purpose, as the dry paint easily flakes off from this substrate
and thus may contaminate the fresh paint in the vicinity.
The coating system should overlap 25mm on to the stainless ladders and fittings, in
order to ensure the coating integrity..
4.0 REPAIRS
It is very important that all damage to the lining is repaired. Repairs must be started
when required and as soon as possible. It is important that the repaired areas, as well
as the rest of the coated areas, are fully cured before the tanks are taken into use.
To a certain degree the extent of damage to the lining - and also bare spots/holidays can be detected by sea water test.
4.1 Materials for repair
Repairs should be carried out using the same lining materials as specified for the main
work.
Please note that repairs by brush application always require approx. two to three times
the number of coats as compared to spray application.
4.2 The repair process;
General
Before mechanical treatment is started surfaces to be repaired have to be cleaned for
any water soluble substance and other contaminations.
Small areas:
Small areas are areas in this context of less than 25cm2 or scratches of up to a few
millimetres across.
14
Minor Damages to the Bare Steel:

-Minor Damages to the bare steel will be cleaned up to St3.Surrounding intact painted
surface will be lightly feathered.
-Surface to be painted will be dust free and washed with Sigma Thinner 91-92.
-Touch-Up until the specified DFT will be obtained.
Superficial Damages: (superficial if the bare steel is not exposed)
Superficial damages will be slightly abraded using sand-paper, dust freed, washed
with Sigma Thinner 91-92 and painted with the missing coat(s).
NOTE: This method of repair as previously described is only acceptable in view of
the risk of damaging too much surrounding areas by carrying out vacuum blasting for
such small areas. However, cracks, e.g. in corners or because of single runs, may
preferably be repaired according to this method for "small areas".
Medium sized areas
Medium sized areas are areas up to lrrf
Such areas have to be repaired by vacuum blasting. Precautions must be taken against
damage from over-blasting.
Degree of surface preparation as described under section 2.6.
Touch-up as described for small areas, until the specified DFT will be obtained,
however, spray application with narrow angle nozzles may be used.
NOTE: When applying by brush, please observe that it is usually necessary to apply
double the number of coats to obtain the necessary dry film thickness as compared to
spray application.
Big areas
Big areas are areas larger than lm~ or areas where several small damaged areas are
concentrated.
Treatment: Repeating of original specification.
Any other defective areas than the above described have to be repaired by vacuum
blasting (take precautions against damage from over-blasting!)- depending on the
extent of repair.
Degree of surface preparation as described under Section 2.6.
After surface preparation, spray apply the lining system to the specified film
thickness.
5,0 CURING
The curing process of organic linings is in general very temperature deoendant and
care must be taken to ensure that the substrate temperature and Relative Humidity
stays within the minimum and maximum values prescribed by the manufacturer. In
addition there is a need for air movement throughout the whole during/curing process,
over the coated surfaces in order to remove the evaporating solvents.
6,0: Sea Water Test: TEST DESCRIPTION SHOULD BE GIVEN.
After full curing period of the Paint System, the sea water test vvii! be performed as
follows:
-the tank wil! be washed with sea water by running the tank cleaning equipments for
24 hours. During this operation the tank will be immersed with sea water to
approximately 1,5 mtr height.
-After 24 hours, the tank will be drained, washed with fresh water and dried.
-Necessary Repairs of the paint system will be performed as per paragraph 4.2.
7.0 QUALITY CONTROL
Throughout the entire tank lining process it is essential that meticulous quality
control is instigated. This means a quality control system which consists of verythorough primary quality control on the part of Yard / Subcontractor and secondary
quality control on the part of Paint Manufacturer / Owners,GL.
The quality control must be aimed at confirming the lining work's compliance to the
governing specification as well as relevant standards, rules and regulations.
The various phases in and aspects of tank lining work are:
Equipment:
The quality control personnel shall ensure that the
equipment is adequate for the work at hand and
that it meets the specification for the equipment
and the work.
Throughout the corrosion protection work the
quality control personnel shall monitor and record
the equipments used. Equipments used by the
quality control personnel in their daily work shall
be correctly calibrated and adjusted at all time and
in good working order.
Steel preparation: The quality control personnel shall ensure that
steel surface imperfection, edges and welds are
treated according to the specification, as per steel preparation degree 1,
Surface preparation: The quality control personnel shall ensure that
16
the surface preparation is in accordance with

the specification.
Lining application: The quality control personnel shall ensure that
paint are applied in accordance with the
specification and the paint manufacturer's
instructions.
Health, environment
and safety:
The quality control personnel have a duty to
familiarize themselves with prevailing rules,
regulations and guidelines as concerns health,
environment and safetv.
Reporting:
Throughout the corrosion protection work the
quality control personnel shall keep up to date
records of all phases of the work. At required
intervals reports shall be worked out and
submitted. The form of these reports will
vary with the requirements of each tank
lining job.
8,0 CHECKING PROCEDURE
Checking Procedure will be arranged for acceptance of:
-Staging lights ventilation, etc.
-Steelwork preparation.
-abrasive blasting before applying first coat.
-before applying second coat.
-before applying third coat.
-at each DFT Measurement.
just before application of each coat and during the full painting process,including
curing time, the following parameters will be measured and recorded :
-Air temperature
-Steel temperature
-Relative humidity (RH)
-Ventilation levelThe dew point temperature will be calculated,;The coat application
shall take place only if the conditions are in line with the specification or with other
official Paint maker's recommendations, i.e.:
Steel temperature is within specified min/max values and at least 3 C above the
dew point temperature
Ventilation is provided and can be monitored over the full painting, process (3 or 4
air changer per hour)
- No risk.of dust and smoke.
RH is below specified max value and can be monitored over the full painting
process.
- BLACK BOX RECORDING DEVICES TO BE SUPPLIED BY SIGMA ONE
FOR EACH TANK UP TO THE END OF CURING PERIOD.
-Checking Procedure for repairs will be as follows:
-surface preparation.
-DFT of repair coating system.
The work phases will be checked by the persons authorized by:
-Shipyard.
-Shioowners.
-Paint Maker.
-GL.
During work phases checking, the subcontractors work performer will be present too.
8.1 Inspection form
The inspection form "inspection request", is given in Appendix No. 4 Acceptance
Sheet.
-Each of the Inspection Request should be signed by the authorized persons after the
work phase checking.
-In general, the next work phase shall not start before the authorized persons have
accepted the previous work phase in writing.
-In the event that a work phase is rejected by the Paint Producer, GL and/or
Shipowners .such rejection shall be indicated in written notice of rejection and in
what respect the work phase does not comply with the paint specification.
8.2 Working procedure and inspection item
IS
WORKING PROCEDURE
Staging
Chemical clean
Fresh water wash
Repairing and cleaning the tank top

T/U and Is stripe coat
INSPECTION,
2 fall coat application
Pre-blast
2nt full coat inspection
Steel preparation (eventual repairs)

Main blast
T/U and 2,u stripe coat

INSPECT] ON
3U full coat application
Blasting inspection
3 full coat inspection
i *
iill coat application
lsl iill coat inspection
>rd
Final T/U
Final inspection
T/U and 15t stripe coat

INSPECTION
2nd.full coat application
Bottom areas protection

CURTNdriME
T
Sea water test
2!ld full coat inspection
Fresh water v/ash the whole tank
T/U and 2nd stripe coat

31' full coat application
repairing(surface preparation)
INSPECTJON
Touch-up
INSPECTION AT EACH COAT
Final T/U
Final inspection of the whole tank
INSPECTION
3K 'full coat insoection

-staeins
Work procedure and the inspection item

NO:
Project item
Staging
*4
-5
Chemical clean
Ventilation,dehumid
ification and
Heating
Fresh water wash
Pre - blast
Steel preparation
Main blast
Inspection item
.1) Safety;Lighting
2) Space to the tank surface.
Oil, grease , contamination
l)Air and Steel Temperature, Dew Point
2)Relative Humidity
Sub-contr
actor
ship
yard
Paint
maker
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
1) Tank drying;
2) Salt contamination test.
it
l)Stainless steel items protection

2)Tank cleaning
3)Repairs
1) Welding seams;
2) Surface defects;
3) Sharp edges(R^2inrn).
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
1) Protection of the stainless inside the tank ;

2) Check the copper slag (water soluble
contaminants)
GL
Owner
*
*
it
it
it
it
it
NO:
Project item
Blasting inspection
10
11
12
! sl full coat
application
sl
! full coat
inspection
1 '",l stripe coat
2nd full coat
application
Inspection item
Sub-contr
actor
1) The bottom area, up to the 1M level staging, ft

is to be covered in polythene to prevent dry
spray(see application 3.1)
2) Check the profile (roughness) steel
ft
temperature , R.H, Dew point, Salt test;
3) Cleaning inspection;
ft
4) Protection of stainless before painting .
*
1) safety inspection;
*
2) wet film thickness control;
ft
3) Dry spray control.
ft
4)Control of paint consumption
ft
l)Generally inspection;
ft
2)D.F.T control;
ft
1) dry spray clean and tank clean inspection;
ft
st
sl
2) 1 full coat T/U and l stripe coat.
ft
1 )Tank cleaning inspection;
ft
2)Safety inspection;
ft
-A'
3)Wet film thickness control;
4)Dry spray control.
A.
S Control of paint, consumption.
hi
1) generally inspection;
2) D.F.T control.
'ft
r
13
!Ki
2 full coat
inspection
ship
yard
Paint
maker
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
*
GL
Owner
ft
ft
ft
*
Project item
NO:
14
15
16
17
18
19
2nd stripe coat

3rd full coat
application
rd
3 full coat
inspection
De-staging
Repairing and
Cleaning the tank
top
sl
T/U and 1 s/c
Inspection stem
l)Dry spray clean and tank clean inspection;
2)2nd full coat T/U and 2nd stripe coat.
1) tank cleaning inspection;
4) dry spray control.
5)Control of paint consumption.
1)D.F.T control;
2)tank cleaning;
3)final T/U;
4) final inspection for de-staging .
1 ^safety inspection;
20protection of the tank.
l.)surface preparation for bare steel areas
2)sand-paper all the tank, top;
3)tank cleaning inspection.
Sub-contr
actor
iV
*
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ship
yard
Paint
maker
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
GL
Owner
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
*
ft
ft
ft
>T
ft
Project item
NO:
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
2nd full coat

application
nd
2 full coat
inspection
2nd stripe coat
1
3" full coat

application
rd
3 full coat
inspection
Final T/U
Final inspection
Inspection item
Sub-contr
actor
ship
yard
Paint
maker
1jtank top cleaning inspection before the full

coat;
2)protection of heat coil and ladder;
3) wet film thickness control.
4) Dry spray control.
5) Control of paint consumption.
2) D.F.T control.
ft
ft
ft
l)Dry spray clean and tank clean inspection;

2) 2nd full coat T/U and 2 nd stripe coat.
1) tank cleaning inspection;
4) dry spray control.
5) Control of paint consumption.
2) D.F.T control;
3)tank cleaning inspection;
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
he,
ft
ft
GL
*
Owner
*
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
NO:
27
28
29
30
31
Project item
Bottom areas
protection
Installation of heating
Sea water test
Fresh water wash
the whole tank
Repairing
32
T/U
33
Final inspection of
the whole tank
Inspection item
Sub-contr
actor
ship
yard
Paint
maker
it
it
it
coils in bottom areas for slop and residue tank

l)salt test;
2)tank drying;
1) marking the rusted area;
2)disc- sanding and sand paper; check cleaning
3)thinner clean the repairing areas.
4)T/U 3 coats;
Check of each coat DFT for Major Damages
and final DFT ,for minor and superficial
damages.
*
*
it
it
it
it
it
Owner
*
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
^sr
*
*
GL
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
it
Appendix No. 1 Paint specification

No. Coat Product
No.
Product name
color
Specified
DFT(microns)
1.
2.
F/C 7409
Sigma Phenguard primer
Off-white 100*
S/C 7435
Sigma Phenguard coating Pink
F/C 7435
Sigma Phenguard coating Pink
100*
4.
S/C 7436
Light grey
Sigma Phenguard finish
5.
F/C 7436
Light grey 100*
Sigma Phenguard finish
F/CFull coat
S/CStripe coat
*:min and max DFT per coat according to paint make's recommendation.
Surface Preparation
Grit blast entire tank to ISO Standard 8501-l(1988)~sa2.5. A surface profile of
between 50 and 100 microns is required.
Application
Airless spray
Notes
All thicknesses are to be checked by Representative on site as per work procedure and
previous inspection table. Any substandard areas are to be rectified.
For application the steel temperature must not be lower than 10 C OR higher than
40C and at least 3 C above dew point.
THROUGHOUT THE WHOLE COATING PERIOD AND UP TO FULL CURE
CORRECT AMBIENT CONDITIONS AND VENTILLATION MUST BE
MAINTAINED.
Humidity should not exceed 85%.
Areas of overspray are to be sanded down prior overcoating.
Appendix No. 2 The paint characteristics and application data .

Data sheet
The List of specified Paints with application Data, such as ,Hardener mixing Ratio, Thinner mixing proportion max., Max
RH, Min Temp., Max Temp.,.Curing Time, Minimum to recoat and Maximum to recoat, etc... must be annexed to this
Coating Application Procedure.
LIST OF THE SPECIFIED PAINTS-BALLAST TANKS
NO.
TYPE
(As
NAMF.
per
technical
[DATA
DATA
NO.
ISSUE
HARDNER
THINNER
APPL CATION DATA("
NAME
NAME
MIXING
Spec.
MAX
MIN
MAX
CURING
MIN TO
MAX TO
PROP.
DFT
RH.
'TEMP
TUMP
TIME
RECOAT
RECOAT
MIXING
RATIO
MAX
specification)
VOL
1
High
build
phenolic
High
build
phenolic
build
epoxv finish
7409
Feb.
SIGMA
phenolic
SIGMA
PHENGUARD
7435
Feb.
" C
Comp.B
88:12
91-92
10
100
85
10
40
10
36
21
Comp.B
88:12
91 -92
10
100
85
10
40
10
24
21
Comp.B
88:12
91 -92
10
100
85
10
40
10
24
21
2000
PHENGUARD
7436
Feb.
2000
FINISH
1
(1)
V 111
2000
COATING
cpo.w coaling
High
PIIFNGUARD
PRIMER
cpoxv primer
2
SIGMA
VOL%
'1 111-! DAI A IN i'i-li-: I'ABI FARE BASED ON 20" .
( )N OTHER TEMPERATl RES THE TEMPERATURE DEPEND NG DATA ARE AS P R PAINT IV AKF.R"S E ATASIIEE'I S AND/OR OTHE!I OFFICE \1. PAIN" 'MAKER'S RECOMMENDATION.
Appendix No. 3 Cargo Tank Capacity

2573 (S)
M3 2414 M2
No. 1 Cargo Tank (P/S)
2573 (P)
No.2 Cargo Tank (P/S)
2912.5(P)
2910.6(S)
M3 2712 M2
2968.7 (P)
2972.5 (S)
M3 2788 M2
2364(P)
2360.1(S)
M3 2432 M2
2968.6 (P), 2972.5(8)
rvf3 2808 M2
2972.7 (P), 2968.6 (S)
M3 2776 M2
2968.6 (P), 2972.5(8)
M3 2780 M2
2844.8 (P), 2840.8(8)
M3
2734 M2
SLOP TANK(P)
615.4
M3
510 M2
SLOP TANK(S)
624.5
M3
510 M2
RESIDUAL TANK(P)
182.5
M3
301 M2
RESIDUAL TANK(S)
182.5
M3
301 M2
RESIDUAL TANK ON UPPER DECK
40
M3
60 M2
HYDRAULIC OIL STORE TANK
10.1
M3
40 M2
HYDRAULIC OIL DRAIN TANK
12.4
M3
46 M2
Tx)taJ
46810
M3 23252M2
Appendix No.4 Acceptance sheet

CHINA CHANG JIANG SHIPPING
UP JINLING SHIPYARD
ACCEPTANCE SHEET (PAINT)
NO:
HULL NO.:
SHIP NAME:
DESCRIPTION OF INSPECTION:
SURF. PREPARATION
CONTRACTOR:
CLEANING
COAT NO.
SUBCONTRACTOR
TOUCH UP
DPT
PLACE OF INSPE.
DATA/TIME OF INSPECTION:
BATCH NO.
AIR TEMP.
SURF. TEMP.
R. HUMIDITY
DEW POINT
DF'I
BUILDER'S
PAINT MAKER'S
SHIPOWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE
REPRESENTATIVE
REPRESENTATIVE
REPRESENTATiVi
NAME/SIGNATURE
NAME/SIGNATURE
NAME/SlGNATURi:
NAME/SIGNATURE
il-ft(REMARK):
NOTE:
ONCE SIGNED. ALL INSPECTION ITEMS IN THIS SHEET WILL HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED 13 Y THE SiGNA CORY PARTIES.
IE REJECTION. THE PARTY OF REJECTION SHALL INDICATE IN REMARK IN WHICH RESPECT THE WORK PHASE
DOES NOT COMPLY WITH THE PAINT SPECIFICATION.
28
Appendix No.5 Steel work preparation

1 .SUBJECT OF CRITERIA AND FIELD OF APPLICATION
1.1 SUBJECT OF CRITERIA
Technical requirements for ship structure steel preparation, for quality corrosion
protection. The criteria relate to the following ship structure components:
free edges
butt welds
~ fillet welds
ship structure element surfaces
Ship structure components, which are the subject of these instructions,, are to be
treated within appropriate stage of ship structure fabrication, generally before
commencement of corrosion protection works.
1.2 FIELD OF APPLICATION
The criterion applies to ship steel structure components having thickness from 5
to 50 mm.
2.DEFINITIONS
Sharp edge: Steel material angle less than 90' , if not otherwise defined.
3.CLASSIFICATION OF STEEL PREPARATION CRITERIA
Three degrees of steel preparation criteria are established:
-- degree"!"
- degree "2"
-- degree " 3 "
see technical specification No. 1084.
Ship spaces/areas are classified into respective degree preparation of steel
preparation criteria according to their purpose, required corrosion protection system
and other factors.
Steel preparation of a specific space comprises also pertaining outfit, so wherever a
specific criteria degree is applied to certain ship space, it is equally applied to the
pertaining outfit.
Ship's spaces/areas are classified as per technical specification No. 1084.
4.1NSPECTI0N AND CHECK UPS

Inspection and check ups of conformance to the steel preparation criteria as
provided by these instructions are, in principle, carried out visually.
5, TOLERANCES
Conformance to criteria to be deemed satisfactory if 95% of controlled samples
have been brought to acceptable level.
6. Ship spaces breakdown according to steel preparation criteria degrees
Degree"!"
Cargo tanks, Slop tanks, residual tanks, fresh water tanks, and Hydraulic Oil
Storage and Drain Tanks.
Degree "2"
Water ballast tanks, wash water tanks, shell outside, exposed decks, exposed
superstructure, exposed out-fittings, other tanks
Degree "3"
Accommodation inside, steering gear compartment, paint store and deck stores,
engine room, fuel oil tanks, machinery and equipment foundations in the engine room,
remaining internal areas
30
PREPARATION DEGREE QF CUT EDGES
TO
(FREE EDGES)
Edg-s view
i^d-
Debtee 1
Degree i
Q < 0,5mm
G < ilBmm
0 < Ujrnm
h < 1.15 mm
b < 0,8 mm
b < 1. Om n"i
Degree '3"
y
,
/-"'
>
'
"
Nole: 7-joint welds or butt seam welds to be without slag.
31
ACCEPTANCE DEGREE OF BUIl SEAy SEAM WELD
Description
Oeqrge ' T
Dfiqrge T
Dsqr-w s 3
1. Weld reinf01 cement
Ih
.<- ~ '-,
1
!
io be without sharp pins

(h/'bore no) defined)
2. Top 3eac depres-s 'on

1
lu be without 5Fwp pins
-. b
3. Und TCijt 5
i
,,'
h < 1mm
1
:
. v
Not permitted
< 0,5 mm
e < 1 mm
4, Visible pofp-s and slaq inclusions:
not permitted
locoliy
pet milled
5. Spoilei
1
J
not permitted
1
1
Easy renricwoble spot ttr
not permitted
locally
(to be founded by ^finding)
permitted
|
1
locally
Hrjrdfy' removable spoiler
i
1"
Blunt spotter
permitted
not to be removed
(localiy permitted
in ballast tanks)
no! to be removed
Description
Qeqree 1
Degree 2
Oeqiee * J *
1. Weld reinf ore ernenf

lo bewiihc'ijl. sharp pins
i""
\:V
<>?-
i
2. Top t ead
djrs-s-gic-n
lg be wljhrsi.il, shgrjj pins
V*
I Unden:ut?
? < ,5 mm
Not permitted
1!
L_
(esO-Srnrn for
ballast tanks only)
e < 1 mm
4. Visible pores end slog inclusions
ngi permitted
Iwrily
psrrnilleii
5. Spatter
'"-*
not permitted
Easy removable spoiler

i
not perrnilied
locally
(to be rouridefJ by gr inditigl
perrnilied
Hardly removable spaller

noi lo be removed
i
Blunt spalls
locally perniijied
(locally permitted
in ballast tanks)
noi lo be removed
[ 5. Surface damage
Grade of damage
->Area ratio is defined as percentage of the

damaged area against the total steel
surface area..
!.. GRADE "A" - not harmful! damage, not to be repaired

GRADE "B" - medium damage, to be repaired on main
structural members, otherwise not to be
repaired
GRADE "C" ~ serious damage, to be repaired
2. Boundary lines of Grade "A" aad "B" as weii as Grade. "A"
and "C" are included in Grade "A".
3. Boundary lines of Grade "B" and "C" are included in Grade
"C".
4. Treatment of damage:
(depth of damage: d; nominal thickness of steel: t)
- d < 0.07 t (but not greater than 3 mm) - to be repaired by
grinding
- 0.071'"< d < 0.2 t - to be repaired by welding and smoothed
bv grinder
KSB.
CHNICAL Flljfc
TECHNI
REMOTE CONTROL
VALVE
FILE:
R458 22868/A Rev.O
CUSTOMER
JINLING SHIPYARD CSC

BROMSTROM TANKERS SAS
Order Ref:
2002BMU/CB18.043H503 - K5271
AMRI Ref. :
76127193 / 76128788
SYSTEM
N^^
KSBCL
"be? Ea l)Ao<L
TECUNI
CHNICALFILE
REMOTE CONTROL VAL VE SYSTEM

IMO 9274654
FILE :
R 4 5 8 2 2 8 6 8 / A Rev.O
CUSTOMER :
JINLING SHIPYARD CSC

BROMSTROM TANKERS SAS
Order Ref:
2002BMU/CB18.043H503 - K5271
AMRI Ref. :
76127193 / 76128788
JLZ-020504
COMPOSITION DU DOSSIER
Dans l'ordre :
Une ou plusieurs feuilles "rcapitulatif
U
Fiches encombrements classes par ordre numrique croissant, puis alphanumrique croissant.
Fiches coupes et nomenclatures robinets par ordre alphanumrique croissant.
Fiches coupes et nomenclatures actionneurs par ordre alphanumrique croissant.
Fiches coupes et nomenclatures accessoires par ordre alphanumrique croissant.
Installation - Elingage - Maintenance

FILE CONTENTS
In following order :
One or several "recapitulation" sheets
Dimensions notices which are numerically and then alphabetically and numerically classified.
1^
Valves in section and valves designation notices which are alphabcticcaliy and numerically classified.
Actuators in section and designation notices which are alphabetically and numerically classified.
Accessories in section and designation notices which are alphabetically and numerically classified.
-
Fitting and slinging for lifting - Maintenance

AKTE ZUSAMMENSETZUNG
In folgerJer Reihenfolge :
Produktbeschreibung und Datenblattverzeichnis
LJ
Die Abmessungsbltter in steigender numerischer und steigender alphanumerischer Reihenfolge.
Scbjiittbilder der Klappen und Nomenklaturen in steigender alphanumerischer Reihenfolge.
Die Schnittbilder der Antriebe und Nomenklaturen in steigender alphanumerischer Reihenfolge.
Die Schnittbilder und Datenbltter der Zubehrteile.
Einbau anschlag-Wartungsanleitung
COMPOSICION DEL INFORME
Per orden :
Una 0 varias hojas del "recapitulativo"
U
Fichas relativas a las dimensioncl e.\teriores, clasificadas por ordenmimerico creciente y. acto seguido, por orden
creciente alfanumerico.
Fichas de las secciones y nomenclaturas de las valvulas por ordcn alfabctico creciente.
Fichas de las secciones y nomenclaturas de los accionadores por orden alfabctico creciente
Fichas de las secciones y nomenclaturas de los acccsorios por orden alfanuiuerico creciente
Instalacion-Eslingamiento - Mantenimiento
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
R45822868
FILE
KSB . JCIfflf 1
CLIENT : CHANGJIANG
NATIONAL SHIPPING GROUP
C
DE:
DATE : 05/07/2004
DATE
DOSSIER
2002BMU/CB18.164H503
0 E:
0076127193
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
Repre Client
Customer Marks
Qt
Qty
Encombrement
Sizes TN Number
ROBINETS
VALVES
ACTIONNEUR
ACTUATOR
ACCESSOIRES
ACCESSORIES
FT
Number TD
FT028550
Actionneur
Actuator
ACTO II 50
FT
Number TD
NT8506.I
Accessoires
Accessories
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
FT
Number TD
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
EZ03I993-D
Nom
DN
Name
DAN AIS 150T 150
TAG. CP195V3
CP200V - CP204V
EZ031993-D
DANAIS 150T
150
PN16
FT028550
ACTOII50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. CP0IV16
CP11V-CP21VCP31V-CP4IVCP51V-CP6IVCP71V-CP81VCP91V-CP10IV
- CPU I V CPI21V-CP131V
EZ03I995-D
DANAIS I50T 200
PN16
FT028551
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. CPigSVCPlQSV-
CP141V-CP151V
Gabarit
TYPE
PN16
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
R45822868
FILE
KSB .^ ciflfif i
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
C
DE:
DATE : 05/07/2004
DATE
DOSSIER
2002BMU/CB18.164H503
O
E:
0076127193
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
TAG. CP02V 16
CP12V-CP22VCP32V - CP42V CP52V - CP62V CP72V - CP82V CP92V-CP102V
-CP112VCP122V-CP132V
EZ031996-D
DANAIS
CL.150/PN25
250
PN16
N1
FT-N79-038
ACTO II 100
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
EZ031997-D
DANAIS 150T 250
PN16
FT028551
ACTO II 100
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
CP142V-CP152V
26
TAG. CP03V CP13V-CP23VCP33V - CP43V CP53V - CP63V CP73V - CP83V CP93V-CPI03V
CP143V-CP153V
- CP206V CP208V - CP209V
-CP2nVCP2I3V-CP217V
-CP218V-
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
R45822868
FILE
KSB cfefliii
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
C
DE:
DATE : 05/07/2004
DATE
DOSSIER
2002BMU/CB18.164H503
0 E:
0076127193
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
4
TAG. C P l W CPIV-CPlTGV
-CPI72V-
EZ031998-D
DAN AIS 150T 300
PN16
FT02855I
ACTO II 200
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. CP273V CP274V -
EZ032020-C
DAN AIS 150T 250
PN16
FT02855I
ACTO II 100
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. CP275V
EZ032021-C
DANAIS 150T 200
PN16
FT028551
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. CPI94VCP199V-
EZ031994-D
DANAIS
CL.150/PN25
150
PN16
N1
FT-N79-038
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. SC324V SC326V -
EZ031995-D
DANAIS 150T
150
PN16
FT028550
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. SC406V SC409V -
EZ032022-D
DANAIS I50T
150
PN16
FT028550
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
KSB (S-iomii
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
R45822868
FILE
CDE :
DATE : 05/07/2004
DATE
DOSSIER
2002BMU/CB 18.164H503
0 E:
0076127193
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
TAG. SC225Vto 24
SC236V-SC241V
- SC242V SC245V - SC246V
EZ032022-D
DANAIS 150T
EZ032023-D
EZ032225-C
100
PN16
FT028550
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
DANAIS 150T 80
PN16
FT028550
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
DANAIS
CL.I50/PN25
PN16
N1
FT-N71-014
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
SC247V - SC248V
-SC314VSC315V-SC316V
-SC317VSC407V-SC410V
14
TAG. SC209V SC210V-SC211V
-SC212VSC215V-SC2I6V
SC217V-SC218V
-SC221VSC222V - SC223V
- SC224V SC415V-SC416V
TAG. FT07V FT08V - FT09V FTIOV-FTllV-
150
h. cimii
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
DOSSIER
FILE
C
DE:
DATE : 05/07/2004
DATE
R45822868
2002BMU/CB18.164H503
0 E:
0076127193
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
TAG. FT05V FT06V -
EZ032029-D
DANAIS
CL.150/PN25
125
PN16
N1
FT-N71-014
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. FTOIVFT02V - FT03V FT04V -
EZ032030-D
DANAIS
CL.150/PN25
100
PN16
N1
FT-N71-014
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ03404
NT8524.1I
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
DOSSIER
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
R45822868
FILE
KSB h i ciflifi
C
DE:
DATE : 06/07/2004
DATE
2002BMU/CB18.164H503
O
E:
0076128788
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
Repre Client
Customer Marks
Qt
Qty
N Encombrement
Sizes TN Number
ROBINETS
VALVES
Gabarit
TYPE
200
PNIO
ACCESSOIRES
ACCESSORIES
TAG. BPISVBPIQV-
EZ031966-B
Nom
Name
ISORIA 10
TAG. BP05V BP06V - BP07V BP08V - BP17V -
EZ031967-B
ISORIA 10
300
PNIO
FT-A7-080
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-I99-730
CZ034004
TAG. BP03V BP04V - BP09V BP10V-BP13VBP14V-BPI5VBP16V-BP28VBP38V-
10
EZ031968-B
ISORIA 10
350
PNIO
FT-A7-081
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. BP20V to
17
BP27V - BP29V to
BP 37V -
EZ031972-C
ISORIA 10
250
PNIO
FT-A7-080
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-I99-730
CZ034004
TAG.TW12VTW69V -
EZ031984-B
ISORIA 16
125
PN16
FT-A7-083
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
DN
ACTIONNEUR
ACTUATOR
FT
Number TD
FT-A7-079
Actionneur
Actuator
ACTO II25
FT
Number TD
NT8506.1
Accessoires
Accessories
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
FT
Number TD
L-J99-730
CZ034004
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
'
CDE :
DATE : 06/07/2004
DATE
R45822868
FILE
KSB h . ckflifi
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
DOSSIER
2002BMU/CB 18.164H503
0 E:
0076128788
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
TAG. TW02V TW03V - TW04V

- TW05V TW07V - TW08V
- TW09V TWIOV-TWIIV
EZ03I985-B
ISORIA 16
150
PN16
FT-A7-083
ACTO II25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. FE02V
EZ031986-D
ISORIA 16
80
PN16
FT-A7-040
ACTO II25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. BL04V
EZ031987-D
ISORIA 10
150
PNIO
FT-A7-027
ACTO II25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. FF08V FF09V-FF14V-
EZ031988-D
ISORIA 16
200
PN16
FT-A7-041
ACTO II25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
TAG. FFIOV FF11V-FF12VFF13V-
EZ031989-D
ISORIA 16
150
PN16
FT-A7-040
ACTO II25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
AMTROBOX R
L-J99-730
CZ034004
NT8524.11
RECAPITULATIF
SUMMING-UP
R45822868
FILE
KSB U i Qlllf 1
CLIENT: CHANGJIANG
C
DE:
DATE : 06/07/2004
DATE
DOSSIER
2002BMU/CB18.164H503
0 E:
0076128788
ORDER NB
CUSTOMER
TAG.CS14VCS20V -
EZ031990-D
ISORIA 10
500
PNIO
FT-A7-029
ACTO II 100
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG.BP39V
EZ031969-B
ISORIA 10
250
PNIO
FT-A7-080
ACTO II25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. BP11VBP12V-
EZ031970-B
ISORIA 10
350
PNIO
FT-A7-081
ACTO II 50
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. BPOIVBP02V -
EZ031971-B
ISORIA 10
450
PNIO
FT-A7-081
ACTO II 100
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
TAG. TWOIVTW06V -
EZ031983-B
ISORIA 16
150
PN16
FT-A7-083
ACTO II 25
NT8506.1
SECURITY BOX
HYDAC-VALVES
L-J99-730
CZ034004
EICOMBEIMEITS
OUTLINE DRAWINGS
AUSSENMASS
DIMENSIONEL EXTERIORES
QmS.c^^
1
I
ROBINET ISORIA 10 TYPE 2 DN 200

ISORIA 10 VAL VE TYPE 2 DN 8'
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO II 25
DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR ACTO II 25
ROBINET ISORIA 10 TYPE 2 DN 200 (PN 10)
ISORA 10 VAL VE TYPE 2 DN ' (PN 10)
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO 11 25
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURTY BOX
EZ031966-B

I5RIA 10 VAL VE TYPE 2 DN 12'
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO H 50
QUOOG:^^
EZ031967-B

ISORA 10 VAL VE TYPE 2 DN 12' (PN 10)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
1
I
Bdling
BoJonnerie
DsJgnalbn
Desianalion\ M
Tie rod 20
12 Tiranl
24 Ecrcxj
Nul 20
I
-0 MAXI 319
-0 MINI 297
Masse
Mass
47 Kg
Pour informalion
Pipe Flange
Informalion only
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
Bridage : 12 Trous 0 22 Sur 0 400

Diiling : 12 Holes Dix 22 on Dkx 400
m i l l i i i [ m i i 1111| III III i i i | I Mil II111 III I.I III 11 m I III 11111 n i l III
700 mm
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
BP05V - BP06V -
BP07V - BP08V -
BP17V
YD
28,01,03
VERIFICATEUR
LB
30,01,03
QmSoC:^^
1
i

ISORA 10 VALVE TYPE 2 DN 14'
ISORA 10 VAL VE TYPE 2 DN W (PN 10)
DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR ACTO H 50
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
EZ031968-B
GDiI?0.[]^^
I
.

ISORIA 10 VAL VE TYPE 5 DN 10' (PN 10)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
EZ031969-B
ROBINET ISORIA 10 TYPE 5 ON 350

I50RA 10 VAL VE TYPE 5 DN 14'
GDffiDOoC:^^
EZ031970-B
ROBINET ISORIA IG TYPE 5 DN 350 (PN 10)

I50RA 10 VAL VE TYPE 5 DN W (PN 10)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
I
I
I
I
Boulonnerie
Bdling
Desionalion] a M
Tie rod 20
10
Dsionallon
Tirant
20
Ecrou
12
Vis passage d'axe
Nul 20
Screw al bearing block 20
-0 MAXI
0 MINI
Masse
Mass
95 Kg
Pour informa Iran

Informalion only
Pipe Flange
361
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
326
Bridage : 16 Trous 0 22 Sur 0 um
Driling : 16 Holes Dia. 22 on Dia 460
lu
tu
tv.
tv.
DESSINATEUR
Tag n": BP1IV - BP12V
YD
28.01.03
VERIFICATEUR
LB
30.01.03
ROBINET iSORIA 10 TYPE 5 DN 450

omS.c^^
EZ031971-B

ISORA 10 VAL VE TYPE 5 DN W (PN 10)
BOITE DE SECURTE
SECURTY BOX
i
I
Boiling
Bodonnerle
14
\ a M
T rod 24
Dsigna lion
Tirant
Nul 24
28 Ecrou
12 Vis passage d'axe
Screw al bearing
24
- 0 MAXI
- 0 MINI
Masse
Mass
160 Kg
Pour informalion
Ppe Flange
463
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
422
Driling : 20 Holes Dia. 26 on Dia. 565
Informalion only
IN1111111IIIIII ill III11111111II11111111111II11111II11111111II m II11111111II11 ill 11 III
900 mm
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
BP01V
BP02V
YD
26.01.03
VERIFICATEUR
LB
30.01.03
GffiIjfio[Ee
I
I
ROeNET ISORIA 10 TYPE 2 DN 250

10 VAL VE TYPE 2 DN 10'
ROBINET ISORA 10 TYPE 2 DN 250 (PN 10)
DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR ACTO U 50
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
EZQ31972-C

QdDB.CS^
EZ031983-B

ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO il 25
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Boiling
Boulonnerie
Deanalion\ a M
rod 20
Dsignallon
Tiranl
Nul 20
Ecrou
Vis passage d'axe

0 MAXI
0 MINI
Masse
Mass
21 Kg
Pour hfomnalion
Information only
Pipe Flange
164
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
144
Driling : 8 Holes Dia. 22 on Da. 240

QffiOoC^K^
EZ031985-B

ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DCXIBLE EFFET ACTO II 25
BOITE DE SECURTE
SECURITY BOX
1
1
g
a-
BcxJomerie
Bolting
Dsiqnallon
Tirant
Desianalion\ a M
Tie rod 20
Nul 20
16 Ecrou
r
-0 MAXI
g:
-0 MINI
5.
17.5 Kg
Pour information
Information only
Pipe Plonge
l-i
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
144
Driling : Holes Dia. 22 on Dia. 240
RCBNET ISORA 16 TYPE 1 DN 80

ISOFSA 16 VAL VE TYPE 1 DN 3'
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTQ II 25
GDmu=[x^
EZ031986-D

ISOFÂ 16 VAL VE TYPE 1 DN 3' (PN 16)
DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUA TOR ACTO II 25
SGNALISATION PAR BOITIER AMTROBOX
3GNALLING BY AMTROBOX BOX
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROONTS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
DISTRIBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (RI)
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Bailing
Boiiomerie
Desianalion\ a M
Tie rod 16
DsionQlion
Tirant
16
Ecrou
Nul
16
I
-0 MAXI 93
0 MINI
Masse
Mass
15 Kg
Pour information
Informalion only
Pipe Flange
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
71
Driling Holes Dia. 18 on Dia. 160
lo
I
S
I
(O
DESSINATEUR
Tag :
FE02V
OB
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET ISORIA 10 TYPE 1 ON 150

GffiuSoC^^
EZ031987-D

3GNALISATI0N PAR BOITIER AMTROBOX
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROBINETS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
150
Boiling
BoUomerie
Oes>ana/in\ M
Te rcxi 20
0 I DsignQlion
8 Tirani
Nul 20
16 Ecrou
0 MAXl
-0 MINI
Masse
Mass
19 Kg
Pour information
Inforwalion only
Pipe Flcaige
16
Bride NF E 29-203
Plonge
144
Bricteige : 8 Trous 0 22 Sur 0 240
Drllhg . a Holes Dia 22 on Dia. 2i
DESSINATEUR
Tag :
BL04V
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET ISORA 16 TYPE 1 DN 200

ISORIA 16 VAL VE TYPE 1 DN '
= [^
EZ031988-D
ROBINET ISORlA 16 TYPE 1 DN 200 (PN 16)

ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO il 25
SIGNALISATION PAR BOTIER AMTROBOX
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROONETS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
DISTRBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (RI)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Bdling
Bcxjlomerie
Dsignalion] M
Tie rod 20
Dsignalion
12 TranI
24 Ecrou
Nul 20
0 MAX i 220
0 MINI
Masse
Mass
25 Kg
Pour information
Information only
Pipe Flayge
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
196
Drilling : 12 Holes Dia. 22 on Dia 295
DESSINATEUR
Tag " :
FF08V
- FF09V -
FFUV
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04

ISORA 16 VAL VE TYPE 1 DN 6'
DOUa.E ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR ACTO II 25
(muuoK^g
EZ031989-D
ROeNET ISORIA 16 TYPE 1 DN 150 (PN 16)

SIGNALISATION PAR BOITIER AMTROBOX
SGNALLING BY AMTROBOX BOX
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURTY BOX
Balling
Boulomerie
DesianaliorA a M
Tie rod 20
Dsignalion
Tirant
Nul 20
16 Ecrou
0 MAXI
-0 MINI
Masse
Mass
19 Kg
Pour inforrrralion
Ppe FloTge
16^
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
144
Driling . 8 Haies Dia 22 on Dia. 240
Informalion aniy
DESSINATEUR
Tag :
FF10V - FF11V - FF12V
- FF13V
OB
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04

ISORA 10 VAL VE TYPE 5 DN 20'
DOUB.E ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR ACTO II 100
QLJDS^K^
EZ031990-D
ROBNET ISCRIA 10 TYPE 5 DN 500 (PN 10)

ISORIA 10 VAL VE TYK 5 DN 20' (PN 10)
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET AOTO II 100
DISTRIBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (R)
BOITE DE SECURTE
SECURTY BOX
Boiling
Bodonnerie
Desianalion\ a M
Tie rod It,
DslgnQlion
12 Trnt
24 Ecrou
Nul 24
16 Vis passage d'axe
Screw al becring
24
-0 MAXI
-0 MINI
Masse
Mass
185 Kg
Pour information
Informalion only
Rpe Flcaige
515
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
470
Bridoge : 20 Trous 0 26 Sur 0 620
Drilling : 20 Holes Dia. 26 on Dia. 620
I
S
V.
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
CS14V
CS20V
CB
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DANAIS 150 T A INSERER DN 150

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T VAL VE SZE 6'
QmSoD^^
EZ031993-D
ROBINET DANAIS 150 T A INSERER DN 150 (PN 16)

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T VAL VE 3ZE 6' (PN 16)
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROBNETS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Bdlhg
Bodcxnerie
Deslanalion\ a M
Tie rod 20
Dsignalion
Tiranl
16 Ecrou
Nul 20
JoinI de bride (3 mm)

Masse
Mass
29 Kg
Flaige gaskel
Pour informa lion
Informalion only
Flange
Bride NF E 29-203
0 189
Flange
0 171
Bridage : 8 Trous 0 22 Sur 0 2^0
Drilhg : a Holes Dia 22 on Dia. 2i0
Sens du fluide
Flow direclion
DESSINATEUR
Tag n: CP193V - CP198V - CP195V - CP200V - 2

0
CB
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DAN AIS MT 2 A BRDES Classe 150 DN 150

FLANGED BIY DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 6'
EZ03ig94-D
ROBINET DANAIS MT 2 A BRDES Classe 150 DN 150 (PN 16)

FLANGED BODY DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN ' (PN 16)
aONALISATiCW PAR BOITIER AMTROBOX
PLAQUE DE OISTRBUTION AVEC ROBINETS D'ISOLEMENT (R)
DISTRIBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VALVES (R)
BOITE DE SECURTE
SECURITY BOX
Balt
BouIonner I e
ing
Desianalion\ a M
Screw 20
Dsionalion
Vis
et
Ecrou
Vis passage d'axe
Nul 20
20
Screw al beng
0 215.9
Bride NF E 29-203
Masse Mass
a Kg
Flange
1( gaskel
Pour i forma t ion

Informot i on o n ! y
Pipe Flayge
Bridage': 8 Trous 0 22 Sur 0 2';0

Drlling : a Haies Dia. 22 Dia 240
!
ti
Sens du fluide
I
Flow direction
DESSINATEUR
Tag :
CP19^V
- CP199V
ce
16.03.04
VERFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
RCeiNET DANAIS 150 INSERER DN 200

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 VAL VE SZE '
EZ03ig95-D
ROBINET DANAIS 150 A INSERER DN 200 (PN 16)

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 VAL VE SZE <?' (PN 16)
BOTE DE SECURTE
SECURTY BOX
Boiling
Bouionnerie
12
Dsiqnalion
Tirant
24
Ecrou
a M
Tie rod 20
Nul 20
Joint de iDride (3 mm)

Masse
Mass
29 Kg
Bride NF E 29-203
Flcxige
1 gaskel
Pour Information
Informalion only
Pipe Flaige

Sens du fluide
Flow direction
Tag n: CP001V - CP011V - CP021V - CP031V - CP041V - CP051V

CP061V - CP071V - CP081V - CP091V - CP101V - CP111V
CP121V - CP131V - CPU1V - CP151V - SC324V - SC326V
DESSINATEUR
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DANAiS MT 2 A BRIDES Classe 150 DN 250

FLANGED BODY DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 10'
EZ031996-D
ROBINET DANAIS MT 2 A BRIDES Classe 150 DN 250 (PN 16)

FLANGED BODY DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 10' (PN 16)
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC RrNETS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURTY BOX
Boulonner j e
Balting
DesknaliorA a M
Screw 2
0 I Dsignalion
16 Vis
16 Ecrou
Nul 24
Vis passage d'axe

0 323.9
Bride NF E 29-203
Joint de bride (3 mm)

Masse
Mass
103 Kg
Flange
FIcrige gaskel
Pour
i nf orma t i on
In f o r m a t i on on I y
Pipe Flange

Drilling : 12 Holes Dia. 26 on Dia 355
Sers du fluide
Flow drectbn
Tag n'
CP002V
CP062V
CP122V
CP012V - CP022V - CP032V - CP042V - CP052V

CP072V - CP082V - CP092V - CP102V - CP112V
CP132V - CPU2V - CP152V
DESSINATEUR
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROONET DANAIS 150 INSERER DN 250

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 VAL VE 3ZE 10'
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO 1! 100
[( ^
E2031997-D
ROBNET DANAIS 150 T A INSERER DN 250 (PN 16)

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T VAL VE SIZE W (PN 16)
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE D(XJBLE EFFET ACTO II 100
DISTRIBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (FS)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Bodonnerie
Bdling
Desianalion\ a M
Tie rod 21.
Dsigna lion
12 Tirant
2'.
Nul 24
Ecrou

Masse
64 Kg
Mass
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
Flange gaskel
Pour rformolion
Information only
Drilling : 12 Holes Dia 26 on Dia 355
Sens du fluide
Flow direction
Tag n'
CP003V
CP073V
CPU3V
CP209V
CP013V
CP083V
CP153V
CP211V
CP023V
CP093V
CP162V
CP213V
GP033V
CP103V
CP168V
CP217V
CP043V
CP113V
CP205V
CP218V
CP053V
CP123V
CP206V
CP063V
CP133V
CP208V
DESSINATEUR
CB
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
RONET DANAIS 150 T A INSERER DN 300

VÂFER TYPE DANAI5 150 T VAL VE 3ZE 12'
QJLG:!^
EZ031998-D

WAFER TYPE DANAI5 150 T VAL VE 3ZE 12' (PN 16)
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIQUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO H 200
SIGNALISATION PAR BOITIER AMTROBOX
SIGNALLING BY AMTROBOX BOX
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROBINETS D'ISOLEMENT (R)
DI5TRBUTI0N PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (RI)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Boiling
Bodomerie
12
Dsignation
Tirant
2i,
Ecrou
Desianalion\ M
T rod 2i,
Nul 24

Masse
Mass
96 Kg
Flange gaskel
Pour infcxmalion
Flange
Bride NF E 29-203
0 6
Flange
0 327
Driling : 12 Haies Dia 26 on Dia. 410
Informalion only
Sens du flde
Flow direction
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
CP164V - CP166V
- CP170V -
CP172V
CB
15.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBNET DANAIS 150 INSERER DN 250

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 VAL VE 3ZE 10'
(] 0.[^
EZ032020-C
ROBINET DANAIS 150 INSERER DN 250 (PN 16)

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 VAL VE 3ZE 10' (FN 16)
DISTRBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (R)
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
12
Dsignalion
Trant
Ecrou
Desianalion\ a M
Tie rod 24
Nul 24

Masse
63 Kg
Mass
200
Boiling
BoUomerie
Pour hfomiation
Bride NF E 29-203
0 293
1
0 275
Informalion only
.Driling . 12 Holes Dia 26 on Dia 355
Flange gaskel
Sens du flude
Flow drection
DESSINATEUR
Tag :
CP273V -
CP274V
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DANAIS 150 A INSERER DN 200

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T VAL VE 3ZE '
GmoS^K^
EZ032021-C
ROONET DANAIS 150 T A INSERER DN 200 (PN 16)

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T VAL VE SIZE 8' (PN 16)
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC RONETS D'ISaEMENT (RI)
DISTRBUTION PLATE WITH ISOLATING VAL VES (R)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
BaJomerie
Boiling
I I 0 iDsiongtion
12 Tirant
Desianalion\ a M
Tie rod 20
24 Ecrou
Nul 20
Joint de txide (3 mm)

Masse
29 Kg
MTSS
Bride NF E 29-203
Plonge
Plonge gaskel
Pour information
Informalion only
Plonge

Drillig : 12 Holes Dia 22 on Dia 295
Sens du fluide
Flow drection
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
CP275V
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DANAIS 150 A INSERER DN 100

WAFER TYPE DAMAIS 150 T VAL VE SZE 4'
DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUA TOR ACTO II 25
GDm8.[K^
EZ032022-D

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T V VE SZE 4' (PN 16)
SIGNALISATION PAR BOITIER AMTRCBOX
3GNALLING BY AMTRCBOX BOX
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC RtblNETS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Boiling
Bodomene
Desianolion\ a M
Tie rod 16
Dsignalion
Tirant
16 Ecrou
Nul 16
I
6
2 JoinI de bride (3 mm)
Masse
Mass
19 Kg
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
Flaige ga<el
Pour informalion
Informalion only
Pipe Flange
Bridage ; 8 Trous 0 18 Sur 0 180

Driling Holes Dia. 18 on Dia. 180
Sens du fluide
I
Flow direction
s
ft
Tag n": SC406V - 5C409V - SC225V SC236V - SC241V - SC242V

SC245V - SC246V - SC247V - SC248V - SC314V - SC315V
SC316V - SC317V - SC407V - SC410V
DESSINATEUR
16.03.04
CB
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
RONET DANAIS 150 INSERER DN 80

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 VAL VE 3ZE '
QuSoKI
EZ032023-D
ROBNET DANAIS 150 T A INSERER DN 80 (PN 16)

WAFER TYPE DANAIS 150 T VAL VE SZE 3' (PN 16)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURTY BOX
Bailing
Bodonnerie
0 iDsJonalion
8 Trant
Deaanalion\ a M
Tie rod 16
16 Ecrou
Nul 16

Masse
Mass
18.3 Kg
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
1 gasket
Pour information
Informalion only
Pipe Flaige
Bridage ; 8 Trous 0 18 Sir 0 160

Driling : 8 Holes Dia 18 on Dia. 160
Sers du fluide
Flow direction
Tag n: SC209V - SC210V - SC211V - SC212V - SC215V - SC216V

SC217V - SC218V - SC221V - SC222V - SC223V - SC224V
SC415V - SC416V
CB
DESSINATEUR
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DANAIS MT 2 A BRIDES Classe 150 DN 125

FLANGED BY DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 5'
ACTIONNEUR HYDRAULIOUE DOUBLE EFFET ACTO II 25
OBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR ACTO II 25
GffiOoG^g
EZ032029-D

FLANGED BODY DANA/S MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 5 'OTV16J
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROBNETS D'ISOLEMENT (RI)
BOITE DE SECURITE
SECURTY BOX
Bol
Beulonner i e
I I 0 iDsionalion
8 Vis
8 Ecrou
1
Q:
Nul 16
Screw al becring
Vis passage d'axe
Iing
Desianalion\ a M
Saêw 16
16
0 185.7
Bride NF E 29-203
3
Masse
Pour i nformot i on
Informat i on only
37.3 Kg
Mass
FI ange
Flange gasket
Fpe Flange

Drllhg : 8 Holes Dia. 18 on Dia. 210
!
Sens du fluide
Flow drection
\.
I
lo
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
FT005V
FT006V
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
ROBINET DANAIS MT 2 A BRIDES Classe 150 DN 100

FLANGED BWY DANAI5 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 4'
QmuoC:^^
EZ032030-D
ROBINET DANAIS MT 2 BRIDES Classe 150 DN 100 (PN 16)

FLANGED BODY DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN 4' (PN 16)
PLAQUE DE DISTRIBUTION AVEC ROBINETS D'ISOLEMENT ()
DE SECURITE
SECURITY BOX
Vis passage d'axe
Screw al bearing
i
lu
,
Mass
36 Kg
16
0 157.2

Masse
iSrt
Nul IB
Ecrou
127
Desianalion\ a M
So'ew 16
DsJQnalion
Vis
75
^ 2 2
Bolting
Boulonner i e
Flange gaskel
Pour
i f o r m a t i on
I n f o r m a f i on
0 128
0 120
Ppe FIcKige
only
&
Bride NF E 29-203
Flange
Drlling a Holes Dia. 18 on Dia 180
Sens du flude
Flow direction
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
FT001V
- FT002V
- FT003V
- FTOO^V
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04
DANAIS MT2 TYPE N1 DN200 (PN16)
GJUDSCD:!^
EZ032225-C
ACTO II 50
FLANGED DANAIS MT 2 VAL VE Class 150 DN <9" (FN 16)
SIGNALISATION PAR BOITIER AMTROBQX
BOTE DE SECURITE
SECURTY BOX
Boulonner i e
Bol I ing
Desianalion] M
Screw 20
I I 0 iDsiqnQlion
1 16 Vis
16 Ecrou
Nul 20
Vis passage d'axe
Screw al bearing
20
0 269.7
Masse Mass
68.2 Kg
1 gaskel
Pour i nf orma t i on
In f orma t i on on I y
Bride NF E 29-203
0 226
0 226
Pipe Flange
FI ange
Sens du fluide
I
Flow drection
DESSINATEUR
Tag n :
FT007V
FT008V
FT009V
- FT010V
FT011V
CB
16.03.04
VERIFICATEUR
LB
24.03.04

VALVES
STELLKLAPPEN
VALVULAS
ISORiA 10
Qi9.K^
KIT A:
DN - DN 150 / ri/2 - 6'
DO
KIT,a-
KIT C:
TOOL KIT for

self locking mounting
(Rep.932).
901\
O U A 55^
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason for revision
Modfied lille
BY :
BY :
GP
JP
FT-A7-027-D
18.06.02
18.06.02
SHEET
1/1
AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET
ISORIA
PAGE
1 Q t . | Numro mcano 1 D s i g n a t i o n
1 /A
1 Matire
|31' 6
1
100
ISORIA " 1 0 " DN150

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 1 5 0
I CORPS
I BODY
1 JL1040
1 FONTE FGL
1 CAST IRON
213-210 1 1
I ARBRE + AXE
1 OPERATING SHAFT + SHAFT
1 Z29CF13
412
1 1
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
1 (NBR)
1 NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 1
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1.4401
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
554
1 1
1 BAGUE POSITIONNEMENT - KIT ISO DN150

1 TIGHTENING RING
I E24-2
1 ACIER
I STEEL
900
1 1 1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
901
1 1 1
1 VIS HEXAGONALE H M 6 - 16
I HEXAGON-HEAD SCREW
1 CL. 8 . 8 MINI
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
916
1 1 1
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
1 KAPSTO
932
1 1 1
1 SELF LOCKING RENFORCE TYPE 872 INT.20

1 CIRCLIP
1 ACIER
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
970
1 1 1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1 1 1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 PAPIER
1 PAPIER
1 PAPER
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
15.10 x 2.7
Kit :
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
Ce document e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

This document i s KSB SA p r o p e r t y and must not be communicated or reproduced without a u t h o r i z a t i o n .
No Nomenclature : 0076128788-000810
ISORIA 10
QOLOoK^
DN 350 - DN 500 /
U ' - 20'
DO
KIT A:
KIT a
KIT C:
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason f a revisbn
Modfied lille
BY :
BY :
GP
JP
FT-A7-029-D
09.07.02
09.07.02
SHEET
V
1/1
'J
AMRI-KSB
Repre
1 Qt.
ROBINET
ISORIA
Numro mcano
I S O R I A " 1 0 " DN500

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 5 0 0
PAGE
Dsignation
Matire
XX 6K 6
100
j CORPS
1 BODY
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
I OPERATING SHAFT + SHAFT
310.1
1 BAGUE AUTOLUBRIFIANTE
I BEARING
55
-- 6 0
25
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.2
I BEARING
55
-- 6 0
40
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.3
I BEARING
55
-- 6 0
40
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL -1- PTFE
310.4
1 BEARING
55
-- 6 0
40
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL -1- PTFE
412
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 0-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
A 3 5 1 GR CF8M
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.2
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
KAPSTO
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
46.99 x
Z29CF13
5.33
NBR 7 0
NITRILE
NITRILE
Ce document: e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t san s a u t o r i s a t i o n ,

This documnt i s KSB SA p r o p e r t y and must not be communicated or reproduced without a u t h o r i z a t i o n .
AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET ISORIA "10" DN500

ISORIA "10" VALVE ND500
PAGE
Matire
Qt.I Numro mcano | Dsignation

Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Kit : O b t u r a t e u r
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
2 /
Kit
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
Ce document e s t l a p r o p r i t -de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

ISORIA 16
DN 40 - DN 150 / ri/2 - 6"
KIT A:
DO
KIT B:
KIT C:
TOOL KIT for

self locking mounting:
(Rep.932)
O D A 901
O D A 55
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason for revision
Modfied lille
BY
GP
BY
'Ji?
1IFT-A7-040-C
18.06.02
18.06.02
SHEET
AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET ISORIA " 1 6 " DN 80

ISORIA " 1 6 " VALVE ND 80
PAGE : 1
| Q t . | Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n
1
| 6
Ik
Matire
100
1
1
1
1
1 CORPS
1 BODY
JL1040
FONTE FGL
CAST IRON
213-210
I
I
1
l
I ARBRE + AXE
Z29CF13
412
1
1
1
1
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
NBR 70
NITRILE
NITRILE
413
1
1
1
1
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1
1
1
1
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1.4401
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
554
1
1
1
1
1 BAGUE POSITIONNEMENT - KIT ISO DN65/80

1 TIGHTENING RING
E24-2
ACIER
STEEL
900
1
1
1
1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A2-70 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
901
1
i
1
l
i VIS HEXAGONALE H M 5 - 12
1 HEXAGON-HEAD SCREW
CL. 8 . 8 MINI
ACIER
STEEL
916
1
I
1
1
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
KAPSTO
932
1
1
1
1
1 SELF LOCKING RENFORCE TYPE 872 INT. 14

1 CIRCLIP
ACIER
ACIER
STEEL
970
1
1
1
1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
970.1
1
I
1
I
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
10.50 x 2.7
Kit :
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
Ce document e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t san s a u t o r i s a t i o n ,

AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET
ISORIA
I S O R I A " 1 6 ' DN150

" 1 6 " VALVE N D 1 5 0
PAGE
1
| 6 6
: 1 / /\
1 Matire
100
1
1
1
1
1 CORPS
1 BODY
1 JL1040
1 FONTE FGL
1 CAST IRON
213-210
I
I
I
1
I ARBRE + AXE
1 Z29CF13
412
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
1
413
550
15 . 1 0 X 2 . 7
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
1
I
1
I
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
1 (NBR)
1 NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
1 OBTURATEXJR
1 DISC
1 1.4401
I ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
1
554
1
I
1
1

1 TIGHTENING RING
1 E24-2
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
900
1
I
1
I
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
901
1
1
1
1
I HEXAGON-HEAD SCREW
1 CL. 8 . 8 MINI
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 KAPSTO
916
932
1
1
1
1

1 CIRCLIP
1 ACIER
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
970
1
I
1
I
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1
1
1
1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 PAPIER
1 PAPIER
1 PAPER
1 PLUG
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
Kit : Arbre
Shaft
Eje
A n t r i e b e w e l l .e

No Nomenclature : 0076128788 -001010
ISORIA 16
DO
DN 200 / 8-
KIT :
KIT
: D
TOOL KIT for

(Rep.932)
O D A 901
O D A 55
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason for revision
Modfied lille
BY :
BY_j
GP
JP
JFT-A7-041-C
18.06.02
18.06.02
'
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt.
ROBINET
ISORIA
Numro m c a n o
I S O R I A " 1 6 " DN2 0 0

" 1 6 " VALVE N D 2 0 0
PAGE
L Dsignation
Matire
3 1 6K 6
100
j CORPS
1 BODY
JL1040
FONTE FGL
CAST IRON
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
Z29CF13
310.1
1 BEARING
22
- 25
310.2
1 BEARING
22
-25
310.3
1 BEARING
22
- 25
412
I J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1.4401
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
554
1 BAGUE POSITIONNEMENT - KIT I S O DN200

1 TIGHTENING RING
E24-2
ACIER
STEEL
900
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
901
1 V I S HEXAGONALE H M 8 I HEXAGON-HEAD SCREW
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
932
1 SELF LOCKING RENFORCE TYPE 8 7 2

1 CIRCLIP
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
18.40 x
20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
-20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
2.7
NBR 7 0
NITRILE
NITRILE
20
CL. 8 . 8
ACIER
STEEL
MINI
KAPSTO
INT.25
ACIER
ACIER
STEEL
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
Ce document; e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t san s a u t o r i s a t i o n ,


ISORIA "16" VALVE ND2 00
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt.I
Numro mcano |
970.1
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
PAGE : 2
Dsignation
Matire
PLAQUE IDENTITE
IDENTITY PLATE
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
Kit
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle

iSORIA 10 - S10
QiiO.CX^
KIT AKIT :
KIT :
DN 200 /
8"
DO
ight screw
Elonchage de la vis
900 A D O
TOOL KIT for

(Rep.932)
901
O D A 55
916 A D O
T_ight plug
Elonchage du bouchon
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason f a revision
Modfied lille
BY :
BY :
GP
JP
FT-A7-079-B
18.06.02
18.06.02
SHEET
1/1
AMRI-KSB
Repre
1 Qt.
ROBINET
ISORIA
Numro mcano
I S O R I A " 1 0 " DN2 0 0

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 2 0 0
PAGE
Dsignation
Matire
3G, 6K 6
100
i CORPS
1 BODY
JS1030
FONTE GS
DUCTILE IRON
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
Z29CF13
310.1
1 BEARING
22
- 25
310.2
1 BEARING
22
310.3
I BAGUE AUTOLUBRIFIANTE
1 BEARING
22
412
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 0-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1.4401
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
554
1 BAGUE POSITIONNEMENT - KIT I S O DN200

1 TIGHTENING RING
E24-2
ACIER
STEEL
900
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
901
1 V I S HEXAGONALE H M 8 1 HEXAGON-HEAD SCREW
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
932

1 CIRCLIP
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
-25
-20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
-25
-20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
18.40 X 2.7
NBR 70
NITRILE
NITRILE
20
C L . 8 . 8 MINI
ACIER
STEEL
KAPSTO
INT.25
ACIER
ACIER
STEEL
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
Ce document; e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t san s a u t o r i s a t i o n ,

AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET ISORIA "10" DN2 00

PAGE
I Q t - I Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Matire
PLAQUE IDENTITE
IDENTITY PLATE
970.1
: 2
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
Kit
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
Ce document e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne p e u t t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

No Nomenclature
0076128788-000110
AMRI-KSB
Repre
100
|3G 6
1
1
I
213-210
1
I
1
I
310.1
I
1
i
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
310.3
412
1 JS1030
1 FONTE GS
1 DUCTILE IRON
1 ARBRE + AXE
j Z29CF13
j
I
1
I BEARING
32
- 36
- 30
| ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
I STEEL + PTFE
I BEARING
32
- 36
- 30
| ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
I STEEL + PTFE
I BEARING
32
- 36
- 30
| ACIER + PTFE
I ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
550
900.1
900.2
916
1
970
970.1
j
1
I
1
1
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
| (NBR)
j NITRILE H.T.
j HIGH CONTENT NBR
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
j A351 GR CF8M
j ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
j ACIER INOXYDABLE
j STAINLESS STEEL
1 VIS
1 SCREW
I A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
| NBR 70
I NITRILE
1 NITRILE
1
j
i l l
1
1
I
I
27.80 x 3.6
1
1
1
I
I
1 JOINT TORIQUE
I O-RING
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
I CORPS
1 BODY
1 BOUCHON GPN
j KAPSTO
1 PLUG
j
1
j PLAQUE IDENTITE
j IDENTITY PLATE
j POLYESTER
j POLYESTER
j POLYESTER
j PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
j PAPIER
j PAPIER
1
1
Kit A : Manchette
| Matire
I
1
I
413
PAGE : 1 /
1
310.2
ROBINET ISORIA " 1 0 " DN3 00

ISORIA " 1 0 " VALVE ND3 00
j PAPER
Kit : Obturateur
Kit : Arbre

AMRI-KSB
Repre

Qt.l Numro mcano | Dsignation

Liner
Disc
Annillo
Mariposa
Ringbalg
Scheibe
PAGE
2 /
Matire
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
Ce document est la proprit de KSB SA, il ne peut tre communiqu ou reproduit sans autorisation.
This document is KSB SA property and must not be communicated or reproduced without authorization.
No Nomenclature
0076128788-000210
AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET I S O R I A " 1 0 " D N 2 5 0

I S O R I A " 1 0 " VALVE N D 2 5 0
| Qt.
1
PAGE
Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n
|3G 6 6
1 /
1 Matire
100
1
I
1
l
I CORPS
I BODY
1 JS1030
1 FONTE GS
1 DUCTILE IRON
213-210
1
I
1
l
1 ARBRE + AXE
1 Z29CF13
310.1
I
1
I
1
1 BEARING
28
- 32
- 25
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
310.2
1
I
1
l
1 BEARING
28
- 32
- 25
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
310.3
1
I
I
1
1 BEARING
28
- 32
- 25
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
412
1
1
1
1
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
413
1
1
1
1
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
1 (NBR)
1 NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1
1
1
1
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 A351 GR CF8M
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
900.1
1
I
1
I
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
900.2
1
1
1
1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
916
1
1
1
1
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
1 KAPSTO
970
1
1
1
1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1
1
1
1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 PAPIER
1 PAPIER
1 PAPER
'
Kit A : Manchette
Kit : Obturateur
24 .60 X 2 .6
Kit
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
: Arbre
Ce document e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n ,

This document i s KSB SA p r o p e r t y and must not be communicated or reiproduced without a u t h o r i z a t i o n .
AMRI-KSB
Repre

QtI Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n

Liner
Disc
Annillo
Mariposa
Ringbalg
Scheibe
PAGE
2 /
Matire
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle

AMRI-KSB
Repre
1 Qt.|
Numro mcano |
|xx.
1
100
ROBINET
ISORIA
PAGE : 1 /
I S O R I A " 1 0 " DN250

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 2 5 0
1 Matire
Dsignation
6K 6
j CORPS
1 BODY
213-210 1
1 ARBRE + AXE
310.1
I BEARING
28
- 32
- 25
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
310.2
I BEARING
28
- 32
- 25
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
310.3
1 BEARING
28
- 32
- 25
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 ACIER + PTFE
1 STEEL + PTFE
412
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 -RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
j (NBR)
1 NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 A351 GR CF8M
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
900.1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
900.2
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
1 KAPSTO
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 PAPIER
1 PAPIER
1 PAPER
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
1 Z29CF13
24.60 x 3.6
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
Kit : Arbre
Shaft


AMRI-KSB
Repre
I Qt.l
PAGE
Annillo
Ringbalg
Mariposa
Scheibe
2 /
Matire
Eje
Antriebewelle
ISORIA 10 - 510
GCfi.K^
DN 350 - DN 500 /
U' - 20'
DO
970
Tight screw
Etonchoge de la vis
900.1 A D O
310.2 D
213
550
310.3 A D
210
310.4 A D
13
900.2 A D O
ODA
ght screw
Etonchoge de to vis
916
plug
Etonchoge du bouchon
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason for revision
Modified lille
BY :
BY :
GP
JP
FT-A7-081-C
09.07.02
09.07.02
SHEET
1/1
'
'J
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt.
ROBINET
ISORIA
Numro mcano
3G 6

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 3 5 0
PAGE
Dsignation
Matire
100
j CORPS
1 BODY
JS1030
FONTE GS
DUCTILE IRON
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
Z29CF13
310.1
I BEARING
36
-40
-25
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.2
1 BEARING
36
-40
-25
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.3
1 BEARING
36
-40
-25
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.4
1 BEARING
36
-40
-25
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
412
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 0-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
A 3 5 1 GR CF8M
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.2
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
KAPSTO
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
30.80 x
3.6
NBR 70
NITRILE
NITRILE

AMRI-KSB
Repre
I Qt.l

PAGE
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
2 /
Matire
Kit
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt.
ROBINET
ISORIA
Numro mcano

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 3 5 0
PAGE
Dsignation
Matire
XX 6K 6
100
j CORPS
1 BODY
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
310.1
1 BEARING
36
- 40
310.2
1 BEARING
36
310.3
1 BEARING
310.4
1 BEARING
412
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
A 3 5 1 GR CF8M
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.2
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
KAPSTO
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
30.80 x
Z29CF13
25
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
-40
- 2 5
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
36
-40
- 2 5
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
36
-40
- 2 5
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
3.6
NBR 70
NITRILE
NITRILE

This documf snt i s KSB SA p r o p e r t y and must not be communicated or reproduced without a u t h o r i z a t i o n .
AMRI-KSB
Repre

PAGE
Q t . | Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
2 /
Matire
Kit
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Ant r i ebewe I l e

AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt.
ROBINET
ISORIA
Numro mcano
XX 6

" 1 0 " VALVE N D 4 5 0
PAGE
Dsignation
Matire
100
j CORPS
1 BODY
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
310.1
I BEARING
50
- 55
20
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.2
I BEARING
50
- 55
40
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.3
1 BEARING
50
- 55
30
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
310.4
I BEARING
50
- 55
40
ACIER + PTFE
ACIER + PTFE
STEEL + PTFE
412
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 0-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
(NBR)
NITRILE H . T .
HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
A 3 5 1 GR CF8M
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
900.2
1 VIS
1 SCREW
A 2 - 7 0 MINI
ACIER INOXYDABLE
STAINLESS STEEL
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
KAPSTO
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
PAPIER
PAPIER
PAPER
40.64 X
Z29CF13
5.33
NBR 70
NITRILE
NITRILE

AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET ISORIA " 1 0 " DN450

ISORIA " 1 0 " VALVE ND450
PAGE : 2
1 Q t . l Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
1 Matire
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
Kit
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
No Nomenclature
0076128788-001410
=\
ISORIA 16 - S10
QGJUOCSO
KIT A:
DO
KIT
KIT :
DN 40 - DN 150 / 1 /2 - 6"
Tight screw
Elanchage de la vis
TOOL KIT for

(Rep.932)
O D A 901
O D A 554
Tight plug
Elanchage du bouchon
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason f a revision
Modified lille
BY :
BY
GP
JP
FT-A7-083-B
18.06.02
18.06.02
SHEET
1/1
V
</
AMRI-KSB
Repre
1 Q t . [ Numro mcano
1
100
ROBINET
ISORIA
1 31
PAGE : 1

" 1 6 " VALVE N D 1 2 5
Dsignation
1 Matire
6 6
i CORPS
1 BODY
1 JL1040
1 FONTE FGL
1 CAST IRON
213-210 I
1 ARBRE + AXE
1 Z29CF13
412
1 1
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 0-RING
413
1 1
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
1 (NBR)
I NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 1
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1.4401
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
554
1 1
1 HAGUE POSITIONNEMENT - K I T I S O D N 1 0 0 / 1 2 5 | E 2 4 - 2
1 TIGHTENING RING
j ACIER
1
1 STEEL
900
1 1
1 VIS
1 SCREW
901
1 1
916
1 1
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
932
1 1

1 CIRCLIP
970
1 1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1 1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 PAPIER
1 PAPIER
1 PAPER
Kit A : M a n c h e t t e
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
13.60 x
2.7
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
i A 2 - 7 0 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
16
1 CL. 8 . 8
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
MINI
1 KAPSTO
Kit :
INT.18
1 ACIER
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle

AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET
ISORIA

" 1 6 " VALVE N D 1 5 0
PAGE
1 Q t . | Numro mcano 1 D s i g n a t i o n
1 31
/J
1 Matire
100
1 CORPS
1 BODY
1 JL1040
I FONTE FGL
1 CAST IRON
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
1 Z29CF13
412
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
1 (NBR)
1 NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1.4401
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
554
1 BAGUE POSITIONNEMENT - K I T I S O DN150

1 TIGHTENING RING
1 E24-2
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
900
1 VIS
1 SCREW
1 A 2 - 7 0 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
901
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
932

1 CIRCLIP
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 PAPIER
1 PAPIER
1 PAPER
Kit A : Manchette
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
15.10 x
2.7
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
16
1 CL. 8 . 8
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
MINI
1 KAPSTO
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
Kit :
I N T .2 0
1 ACIER
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle

No N o m e n c l a t u r e
: 0076128788-000610
AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET
ISORIA
1 Qt.l

" 1 6 " VALVE N D 1 5 0
PAGE
1 1X
1 Matire
|X)^: 6K 6
1
100
j CORPS
1 BODY
213-210
1 ARBRE + AXE
1 Z29CF13
412
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
1 NBR 70
1 NITRILE
1 NITRILE
413
1 MANCHETTE
1 LINER
1 (NBR)
1 NITRILE H . T .
1 HIGH CONTENT NBR
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1.4401
j ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
554

1 TIGHTENING RING
1 E24-2
1 ACIER
1 STEEL
900
1 VIS
1 SCREW
I A2-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
901
1 CL. 8 . 8 MINI
I ACIER
1 STEEL
916
1 BOUCHON GPN
1 PLUG
I KAPSTO
932

1 CIRCLIP
1 ACIER
1 ACIER
I STEEL
970
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
1 POLYESTER
970.1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
I PAPIER
1 PAPIER
I PAPER
K i t A : Manchett 2
Liner
Annillo
Ringbalg
Kit : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
15.10 x 2.7
Kit : Arbre
Shaft
Eje
Antriebewelle
Ce document e s t l a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans autorisation.

DAMAIS 2
CL150
DN 50.65.80.100.125.150.200
DO
559
310.1
412.1
412.2
412.3
01-48
553.2
310.2
D 561.2
D 550
D 213
D
561.3
310.3
: Kit A
100
1 : Kit

904
: Kit
72-3
: Kit D
144
50-6
DRAWN
CHECKED
>te:
20/02/96 Oelete DN 250/10"

10/01/96
First issue ( Ref : DN 200 )
JMR
DG
BY
BY :
FT-N71-0U-B
JMR 20-Feb-98
CW 23-Feb-9a
SHEET
1/1
AMRI-KSB
Repre
J^ Q t .
ROBINET DANAIS 8 " D N 2 0 0

D A N A I S VALVE 8 " N D 2 0 0
Numro mcano |
6 6E 6 FA
CL.150/PN25
CL.150/PN25
Dsignation
PAGE
1 Matire
01-48
1 GARNITURE
1 SEALING PACKING
1 PTFE-GRAPHITE
100
1 CORPS
1 BODY
1 1 . 4 4 0 8 / CF8M
144
I SIEGE
1 SEAT
1 PTFE
1 PTFE
1 PTFE
213
1 ARBRE
I OPERATING SHAFT
1 INOX 1 7 - 4
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
310.1
1 BANDE DFNG 1 0
1 BEARING
310.2
1 BAGUE DFN-C D i a m . 2 7
1 BEARING
- HIO
- Lg30
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
310.3
1 BAGUE DFN-C D i a m . 2 7
1 BEARING
- HIO
- Lg30
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
412.1
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
30 . 8 0 X 3 . 6
1 VITON
412.2
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 O-RING
37 .30 X 3 . 6
1 VITON
412.3
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 O-RING
30 . 8 0 X 3 . 6
1 VITON
50-6
1 ANNEAU DE SERRAGE
1 TIGHTENING RING
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1 . 4 4 0 1 / F316
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
553.1
1 BUTEE
1 THRUST
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
553.2
1 BUTEE
1 THRUST
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
554
1 RONDELLE PLATE M
1 TIGHTENING RING
D.30
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
ne + eder)
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
Ce document; e s t La p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

T h i s do cumnt i s KSB SA p r o p e r t y and must not be communicated or reproduced without a u t h o r i z a t i o n .
AMRI-KSB
ROBINET D A N A I S 8 " D N 2 0 0
DANAIS V A L V E 8 " N D 2 0 0
CL.150/PN25
CL.150/PN25
PAGE
Repre
1 Q t . 1 Numro mcano 1 D s i g n a t i o n
559
1 PORTE-JOINT
1 GASKET HOLDER
561.1
1 CLOU CANNELE
1 GROOVED NAIL
561.2
1 GOUPILLE DANAIS 10
1 GROOVED NAIL
- 50
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
561.3
1 GOUPILLE DANAIS 10
1 GROOVED NAIL
- 50
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
68-4
1 CLINQUANT
1 FOIL
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
72-3
1 BRIDE DE SERRAGE
1 TIGHTENING FLANGE
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
901.1
1 V I S HEXAGONALE H M 6 - 1 2
1 A 4 - 7 0 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
904
1 10
1 V I S SANS TETE He M 6 - 2 5 BOUT CONIQUE

1 GRUB SCREW
j A 4 - 7 0 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
970
1 1 1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
Kit A :
Sige
Seat
Asiento
Sitz
Kit
: Sl e g e
Seat
Asiento
Sitz
+ Bride
+ Flange
+ Brida
+ Flansch
1 Matire
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
CTR
2 X 4
Kit :
Rechange
Spare
Repuesto
Ersatzeile
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
Kit D :
Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
Ce document e s t l a propr i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou reprocl u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

AMRI-KSB
Repre
1 Qt.
ROBINET
DANAIS
Numro mcano
6 6E 6 FA
D A N A I S 5 " D N 1 2 5 CL . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
VALVE 5 " N D 1 2 5 C L . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
|
Dsignation
PAGE
1 Matire
01-48
1 GARNITURE
1 SEALING PACKING
1 PTFE-GRAPHITE
100
1 CORPS
1 1.4408 /
CF8M
1
144
1 SIEGE
1 SEAT
1 PTFE
1 PTFE
1 PTFE
213
I ARBRE
1 OPERATING SHAFT
1 INOX 1 7 - 4
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
310.1
1 BANDE DFNG 10
1 BEARING
310.2
1 BAGUE DFN-C
1 BEARING
D i a m . 2 0 - HIO
- Lg20
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
310.3
1 BAGUE DFN-C D i a m . 2 0 - HIO

1 BEARING
- Lg20
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
412.1
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
23
X 3.6
1 VITON
412.2
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
26.20 X 3.6
1 VITON
412.3
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
23
1 VITON
50-6
1 ANNEAU DE SERRAGE
1 TIGHTENING RING
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1 . 4 4 0 1 / F316
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
553.1
1 BUTEE
1 THRUST
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
553.2
1 BUTEE
I THRUST
1 INOX-PTFE
I INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
554
1 RONDELLE PLATE M
1 TIGHTENING RING
559
1 PORTE-JOINT
D.22
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
3.6
1 A2-50
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
Ce document: e s t ..a p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans

T h i s documnt
autorisation.
i s KSB SA p r o p e r t y and must not be communicated or reproduced without a u t h o r i z a t i o n .
Ho Nomenclature : 0076127193-001510
AMRI-KSB
Repre
R O B I N E T DANAIS 5 " D N 1 2 5 C L . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
DANAIS VALVE 5 " ND12 5 C L . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
1 Q t . 1 Numro mcano | D s i g n a t i o n
PAGE
1 Matire
1 GASKET HOLDER
561.1
561.2
1 1
1 GOUPILLE DANAIS
1 GROOVED NAIL
561.3
1 1
1 GOUPILLE DANAIS
1 GROOVED NAIL
68-4
1 1
1 CLINQUANT
1 FOIL
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
72-3
1 1
1 BRIDE DE SERRAGE
1 TIGHTENING FLANGE
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
901.1
6 1
10
1 A4-70
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
904
6 1
1 V I S SANS TETE Hc M 6 1 GRUB SCREW
2 0 BOUT CONIQUE
| A 4 - 7 0 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
970
1 1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
Kit A :
Sige
Seat
Asiento
Sitz
1 CLOU CANNELE
1 GROOVED NAIL
Kit
: Sige
+ Bride
Seat
+ Flange
Asiento + Brida
Sitz
+ Flansch
CTR
2 X 4
1 INOX
I ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
34
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
34
I INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
Kit :
Rechange
Spare
Repuesto
Ersatzeile
Kit D :
Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe
Ce document e s t l a propr i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt.
ROBINET
DANAIS
Numro
6 6
D A N A I S 4 " D N I O O CL . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
VALVE 4 " NDIOO C L . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
mcano 1 D s i g n a t i o n
PAGE
1 Matire
FA
01-48
1 GARNITURE
1 SEALING PACKING
1 PTFE-GRAPHITE
100
1 CORPS
1 BODY
1 1.4408 /
144
1 SIEGE
1 SEAT
1 PTFE
1 PTFE
1 PTFE
213
1 ARBRE
1 OPERATING SHAFT
1 INOX 1 7 - 4
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
I STAINLESS STEEL
310.1
1 BANDE DFNG 10
1 BEARING
310.2
1 BAGUE DFN-C D i a m . L8 - HIO

1 BEARING
- Lg20
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
310.3
1 BAGXJE DFN-C D i a m . 18 - HIO

1 BEARING
- Lg20
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
412.1
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 0-RING
23
X 3.6
1 VITON
412.2
1 JOINT TORIQUE
1 O-RING
26 .20 X 3 . 6
1 VITON
412.3
1 1
1 J O I N T TORIQUE
1 O-RING
23
1 VITON
50-6
1 1
1 ANNEAU DE SERRAGE
1 TIGHTENING RING
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
550
1 OBTURATEUR
1 DISC
1 1 . 4 4 0 1 / F316
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
I STAINLESS STEEL
553.1
1 BUTEE
1 THRUST
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
553.2
1 BUTEE
I THRUST
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
554
1 RONDELLE PLATE M
1 TIGHTENING RING
559
1 PORTE-JO INT
D.22
CF8M
1 INOX-PTFE
1 INOX-PTFE
1 S.STEEL-PTFE
X 3.6
1 A2-50
1 INOX 3 1 6 L
Ce document: e s t La p r o p r i t de KSB SA, i l ne peut t r e communiqu ou r e p r o d u i t sans a u t o r i s a t i o n .

AMRI-KSB
Repre
ROBINET DANAIS 4 " DNIOO C L . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5

DANAIS VALVE 4 " NDIOO C L . 1 5 0 / P N 2 5
1 Qt.l
1
Numro mcano
Dsignation
1 GASKET HOLDER
PAGE
: 2 /
1 Matire
561.1
1
1
I
1
I CLOU CANNELE
1 GROOVED NAIL
561.2
1
1
1
1
1 GOUPILLE DANAIS
1 GROOVED NAIL
- 30
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
561.3
1
1
1
1
1 GOUPILLE DANAIS
1 GROOVED NAIL
- 30
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
68-4
1
1
1
1
1 CLINQUANT
1 FOIL
1 INOX 316L
72-3
I
I
1
I
1 BRIDE DE SERRAGE
1 TIGHTENING FLANGE
1 INOX 316L
901.1
1
1
1
1
1 A4-70
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
904
1
1
1
1
1 VIS SANS TETE He M 6 - 20 BOUT CONIQUE

1 GRUB SCREW
1 A4-70 MINI
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
970
1
1
1
1
1 PLAQUE IDENTITE
1 IDENTITY PLATE
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
Kit A : Sige
Seat
Asiento
Sitz
Kit : Sige
Seat
Asiento
Sitz
+ Bride
+ Flange
+ Brida
+ Flansch
CTR
2 X 4
K i t : Rechange
Spare
Repuesto
Ersatzeile
1 INOX
1 ACIER INOXYDABLE
1 STAINLESS STEEL
Kit D : Obturateur
Disc
Mariposa
Scheibe

DANAIS MT2 CL150 DN 50 - 250
DO
[ ] 559
18/05/95
8
Modified kils and tronalion (4263 - 4

000)
13/08/93 Up dated
18/10/91
^1
FrsI issue
PS VERSON ( Ref : ON 8*1
DG
RF
RL
DRAWN
^CHECKED
BY :
'Or)
BY : /:3^
DG 18-May-95
CW 15-Jun-95
FT-N79-038-C
ROBINET DANAIS MT2 A BRIDES CI.150 DN 50 - 250

MT2 FLANGED DANAIS VALVE 01.150 SIZE 2" - 10"
DANAIS FLANSCHKLAPPE MT2 01.150 DN 50 - 250
SIEGE PLASTOMERE - PLASTOMER SEAT - PLASTOMER-SITZRING
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt
Numro mcano
Dsignation
FT-N7 9-038
ENSEMBLE
GENERAL DRAWING
GESAMTZEICHNUNG
Page
1/ 2
Matire
01-43
Garniture
Sealing packing
Packung
100
Corps
Body
Gehuse
144
Sige
Seat
Sitz
213
Arbre
Drive shaft
Antriebswelle
310.1
Bande DFNG 10
Self lubricating strip
Gleitlager
Acier inox + PTFE

Stainless steel+PTFE
Rostfreier Stahl+PTFE
310.2
Bague autolubrifiante DFN-C

Gleitlager
Acier inox + PTFE

310.3
Bague autolubrifiante DFN-C

Gleitlager
Acier inox + PTFE

412.1
Joint torique
'
ring
'
ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
412.2
Joint torique
'
ring
'
ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
412.3
Joint torique
'
ring
'
ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
50-6
Anneau de serrage
Tightening ring
Spannring
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
550
Obturateur
Disc
Scheibe
PTFE + graphite
PTFE + graphite
PTFE + Graphit
PTFE renforc
Reinforced PTFE
Verstrkter PTFE
Ce document est la proprit de KSB SA , il ne peut tre communiqu ou reproduit sans

autorisation.
This document is KSB SA property and must not be communicated nor reproduced without
authorization.
Date: DG
18/05/95
No Nomenclature:
FT-N79-03a-C
ROBINET DANAIS MT2 A BRIDES C H 5 0 DN 50 - 250

MT2 FLANGED DANAIS VALVE Cl.150 SIZE 2" - 10"
DANAIS FLANSCHKLAPPE MT2 Cl.150 DN 50 - 250
SIEGE PLASTOMERE - PLASTOMER SEAT - PLAST0MER-SIT2RING
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt
Numro mcano
Dsignation
Page
2/2
Matire
553.1
But.e
Thrust insert
Druckstck
553.2
Bute DFNG 10
Thrust insert
Druckstck
Acier inox + PTFE

554
Rondelle plate
Plain washer
Scheibe
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
559
Porte joint
Gasket holder
Dichtungshalter
561.1
Clou cannel
Grooved nail
Kerbnagel
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
561.2
Goupille cannele
Grooved pin
Kerbnagel
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
561.3
Goupille cannele
Grooved pin
Kerbnagel
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
68-4
Clinquant
Foil
Folie
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
72-3
Bride de serrage
Tightening flange
Spannflansch
901.1
Vis Hexagonale
Hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
904
Vis sans tte

Socket screw
Gewindestift
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
970
Plaque d'identit
Identity plate
Schild
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
. .
'
- - . . - _

autorisation.
authorization.
Date: DG
18/05/95
No Nomenclature:
FT-N79-038-C
LUG / WAFER DANAIS 150 - MARINE VERSION

DN 50,65,80,100.125,150 (SIZE 2" TO 6")
AJ : Kit A
PTFE
310.3
] : Kit
^12.3
] : Kit
-^
1 2.2
412.1
01-48
68-4
553
310.1
560.1
UÂ LA
937 [
560.2
72-3
932
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason for revision
FIRST ISSUE (REF.150/6-)
BY :
BY :
JMR
LR
FT028550-A
1102.02
11.02.02
SHEET
1/1
LUG / WAFER DANAIS 15 0 - MARINE VERSION

DN 50,65,80,100,125,150 (2" ,2"l/2,3",4",5",6")
Sige plastomre / Plastomer seat / Plastomer-Sitzring
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt
Numro mcano
Dsignation
Matire
Page
1/ 2
01-48
Garniture
Sealing packing
Packung
Graphite expans
Expanded graphite
Expandierte Graphite
100
Corps
Body
Gehuse
A 351 gr. CF3M

Mo >= 2.7 5%
13-21
Rallonge
Extension
Verlngerung
A 3 51 gr. CF8M
144.1
Sige plastomre
Plastomer seat
Piastomer-Sitz
PTFE renforc F.V.

PTFE F.G. reinforced
Verstrkter PTFE
213
Arbre
Driving shaft
Antriebswelle
X2 CrNiMo 22-5-3
EN 1.4462
310.1
Palier lisse suprieur

Upper plain bearing
Gleitlager
Inox 316 + PTFE

Stainless steel +PTFE
310.2
Palier lisse infrieur

Lower plain bearing
Gleitlager
Inox 316 + PTFE

310.3
Palier lisse rallonge

Extension plain bearing
Verlngerung Gleitlager
Inox 316 + PTFE

412.1
Joint torique
O-ring
O-Ring
Vi ton
Viton
Viton
412.2
Joint torique
O-ring
O-Ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
412.3
Joint torique
O-ring
O-Ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
550
Obturateur
Disc
Scheibe
Inox 316L + Mo>=2.75%
553
Bute suprieure
Thrust insert
Druckstck
560.1
Goupille
Pin
Stift
Acier inox 25-15

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
560.2
Goupille
Pin
Stift
Acier inox 25-15

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
561
Clou cannel
Grooved nail
Kerbnagel
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
68-4
Clinquant
Foil
Folie
Acier inox 316L

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
Inox 316L durci

Hard, stainless steel
Hart, rostfreier Stahl
Ce document est la proprit de KSB SA , il ne peut tre communieu ou reproduit sans

autorisation.
>
This document is KSB SA property and must not be communicated ne)r reproduced without
authorization.
Date: JMR 11/02/02
LR 11/02/02
No Nomenclatiire: FT028550-A

DN 50,65,80,100,125,150 (2",2"1/2,3",4",5",6")
AMRI-KSB
Page
2/ 2
Dsignation
Matire
72-3
Bride serrage sige plastomre

Tightening flange plasto. seat
Spannflansch fr Plasto-Sitz
A 3 51 gr. CF8M
901.1
Vis tte hexagonale

Hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
A4-70
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
932
Jonc intrieur
Inner ring
Innenring
Acier inox 316

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
937
Ame lastique
Elastic wire
Elastischer Draht
Acier inox 3 01 E2
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
970
Plaque d'identit
Identity plate
Schild
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
Repre
Qt
Numro mcano

autorisation.
>
authorization.
Date: JMR 11/02/02
LR 11/02/02
No Nomenclature: FT028550-A

DN 200,250,300 (SIZE 8" TG 12")
PTFE
i n
DN250/iaDN300/12"
AJ : Kit A
] : Kit
c l : Kit
^12.2
1 2.1
01-8
68-4
553 [
310.1 [
560.1 [
560.2
213
550
310.2
100
DRAWN
CHECKED
Reason for revision
FIRST ISSUE (REF.2O0/8-)
BY : JMR
BY : LR
IFT028551-A
11.02.02
11.02.02
SHEET
>
1/1
'

DN 20 0,250,3 00(8",10",12")
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt
Numro mcano
Dsignation
Matire
Page
1/ 2
01-48
Garniture
Sealing packing
Packung
Graphite expans
Expanded graphite
Expandierte Graphite
100
Corps
Body
Gehuse
A 351 gr. CF3M

Mo >= 2.75%
13-21
Rallonge
Extension
Verlngerung
A 3 51 gr. CF8M
144.1
Sige plastomre
Plastomer seat
Plastomer-Sitz
PTFE renforc F.V.

PTFE F.G. reinforced
Verstrkter PTFE
213
Arbre
Driving shaft
Antriebswelle
X2 CrNiMo 22-5-3
EN 1.4462
310.1
Palier lisse suprieur

Upper plain bearing
Gleitlager
Inox 316 + PTFE

310.2
Palier lisse infrieur

Lower plain bearing
Gleitlager
Inox 316 + PTFE

310.3
Palier lisse rallonge

Extension plain bearing
Verlngerung Gleitlager
Inox 316 + PTFE

412.1
Joint toritjue
0-ring
0-Ring
Vi ton
Viton
Viton
412.2
Joint torique
O-ring
O-Ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
412.3
Joint torique
O-ring
O-Ring
Viton
Viton
Viton
550
Obturateur
Disc
Scheibe
Inox 316L + Mo>=2.75%
553
Bute suprieure
Thrust insert
Druckstuck
560.1
Goupille
Pin
Stift
Acier inox 25-15

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
560.2
Goupille
Pin
Stift
Acier inox 25-15

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
561
Clou cannel
Grooved nail
Kerbnagel .
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
68-4
Clinquant
Foil
. Folie
Inox 316L durci

Hard, stainless steel
Hart, rostfreier Stahl
Acier inox 316L

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
Ce document est la proprit de KSB SA , il ne peut tre communieju ou reproduit sans

autorisation.
*
This document is KSB SA property and must not be communicated neDr reproduced without
authorization.
Date: JMR 11/02/02
LR 11/02/02
No Nomenclatiire: FT028551-A

DN 200,250,300 (8'M0'M2")
AMRI-KSB
Repre
Qt
Page
2/ 2
Dsignation
Matire
72-3
Bride serrage sige plastomre

Tightening flange plasto. seat
Spannflansch fr Plasto-Sitz
A 3 51 gr. CF8M
901.1
Vis tte hexagonale

Hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
A4-7 0
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
932
Jonc intrieur
Inner ring
Innenring
Acier inox 316

Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
937
Ame lastique
Elastic wire
Elastischer Draht
Acier inox 3 01 E2
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
970
Pla<jue d'identit
Identity plate
Schild
Acier inox
Stainless steel
Rostfreier Stahl
Numro mcano

autorisation.
<
authorization.
Date: JMR 11/02/02
LR 11/02/02
No Nomenclature: FT028551-A
ACTIOINEUR
ACTUATORS
ANTRIEBE
ACCIONADORES
ACTO 25 to 1600
Type series booklet

8506.1/5-10
Double acting
liydrauiic actuators
ACTO 25, 50,100 and 200:

racl< and pinion icinematics
ACTO 400, 800 and 1600:
scotch-yol<e Icinematics
S^^'
ACTO 25
ACTO 400
Output torques up toi6000 Nm
KSB
K5B
ACTO 25 to 1600
hydraulic actuators
CIffli
General features
Designed for the operation of 'A turn valves (butterfly valves, ball valves,...), the ACTO series of double acting hydraulic actuators
develop output torques up to 16000 Nm.
The production range consists of 7 units:
- ACTO 25, ACTO 50, ACTO 100 and ACTO 200, based on rack and pinion kinematics, developing constant output torque,
throughout the stroke,
- ACTO 400, ACTO 800 and ACT01600 based on scotch-yoke kinematics, developing variable torque well suited for operation of
Vi turn valves of larger size with significant hydrodynamic torque.
In standard version, these actuators can be submerged under 40 m of water (soft water or sea water), in crude oil or other products
(protection degree equivalent to IP 68).
A construction specially designed for use in refined oil products (white products) is available.
They are equipped in standard version with two devices including adjustable travel stops, purging and hand pump connection (refer
to page 7) and with a visual pointer.
Output torques
The maximum oil pressure should not exceed 160 bar.
Due to the symmetry of the unit, the capacity of the opening and closing chambers are identical.
Actuator
ACTO 25
ACTO 50
ACTO 100
ACTO 200
ACTO 400
ACTO 800
ACTO 1600
Maximal a lowable
output toraue
in Nm
280
550
1100
2200
4400
8800
17600
Output toraue in Nm according to oil pressure

60 bar
90 bar
120 oar
125
250
500
1000
2790
5800
12000
187,5
375
750
1500
4180
8700
17600
250
500
1000
2000
4400
8800
17600
"^
Chamber
capacity
in cm.39,5
80,5
156
317
964,6
2037,4
4246,5
Adaptation on valves
Due to their mounting plate according to ISO 5211 standard, they can be fitted directly onto any valve in accordance with this standard. They can also be fitted on other tum valves by means of an adaptation piece.
Equipped with an interchangeable insert, they can be easily mounted on different valve shaft end (square shaft end, flat shaft end,
keyed shaft). They can be positioned in four positions, at intervals of 90.
Actuator
ISO 5211
mounting plate*
ACTO 25
ACTO 50
ACTO 100
ACTO 200
ACTO 400
ACTO 800
ACTO 1600
F07andF10
F10andF12
Fl 2
Fl 4
Fl 6
F16andF25
F25 and F30
Maximal allowable dimensions for the shaft

Driving
by square
19
27
36
50
60
70
90
* Direct adaptation onto identical mounting plate.

Adaptation by intermediate flange onto different plate (different size or shape).
Driving
by flat
19
27
36
46
55
75
85
Driving
by key
22
28
42
50
72
80
120
Heignt
35
45
55
65
80
95
110
KSB
fe..
ACTO 25 to 1600
hydraulic actuators
?1
Operation
In standard version, the ACTO actuators are designed to ensure clockwise valve closure.
A C T O 25 to 200: rack and pinion kinematics
The rack and pinion kinematics develops constant output torque throughout the stroke.
Opening operation
Actuator/Valve closed
Ef
|P
Closure operation
Actuator/Valve open
.
E^
Actuator/Valve open
|P
P| | E
P^
Ê
A C T O 400 to 1600: yoke and slide kinematics

The yoke and slide kinematics develops variable output torque very well suited to the operation of Vi turn valves with hydrodynamic
torque.
The movement transmission is achieved by means of the
piston system , the slide operating nut , the rolling pad @
and the yoke .
The translation of the piston secured by the pressure in
the actuator cylinder causes the linear travel of the operating
nut.
This movement drives the sliding of the pads in the slides
of the operating nut and allows the rotation of the yoke '
integral with the valve shaft.
Curve of the yoke and slides kinematics
D2
Output torque
1,1C -
30
fig.2
900"
fig.1
Closure
30"
flg.2
SO"
fig.3
Opening angle
90
fig.4
Opening
"7
D4
li^
fig.4
Output torque for F constant: C=FxD

Opening operation
E|
j_P
Closure operation
Actuator/Valve open
Ej_
Actuator/Valve open
Pi
PI
tE
K5B
ACTO 25 to 1600
hydraulic actuators
Qffi
ACTO 25 to 200 - Construction

904
412.S
1Ca
87-15
Section A - A
310.1 415.1 412.1
Version with ball check valve
916.1
916.3
310.2
310,4
310.3 412.2
970.2
415.2
Version with quick coupling
903.2
950
lte"i
1U3
310 1
310 2
3103
3104
411
412 1
412 2
412 3
42 4
'412.5
4151
415 2
486 1
486 2
554 1
629
731 1
87-15
377
900 2
901
903 2
0
4
916 1
9162
916.3
91S4
932
950
970 1
970 2
486^
^ Parts included in the spare parts kit
Designslion
' - : " i > a? " .
Housing
Self-lubncating beanng
Self-lubricating bearing
Sealing washer
0-Ring
0-Ring
O-Ring
0-Ring
0-Ring
Lip seal ring
Lip seal ring
Ball
Ball
Washer
Pointer
Quick coupling
Rack
Pinion + pointer
Cheese head screw
Hexagon head screw
Plug
Socket screw
Cylinder cover
Plug
Check valve plug
Protection plug
Ring
Check valve spring
Identity plate
Position plate
* GGG 40 3 ductile iron on request

** VITON* for version submersible in white oil products.
4
731.1
M a t e r i a l s ' t 'r \''^'

'^',^-.' '
':',;i..V
ASTM A536 gr.60-40-18 * ductile iron
Steel + bronze + PTFE
Stainless steel + PTFE
Stainless steel + PTFE (ACTO 25, 50 and 100. actuators)
Stainless steel + PTFE (ACTO 200 actuator only)
Copper
Nitrite
Nitrite **
Nitrile **
Nitrile * *(ACTO 50, 100 and 200 actuators)
Nitrile **
Nitrile
Nitrite **
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel A4
Polyamide 6-6 + treatment against U.V. rays
Stainless steel type 316
Treated steel
Treated steel + Stainless steel
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel A4
Bronze
Steel
Steel + cataphoresis coating
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel A4
Polyethylene
Phosphated steel
Steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
- ,
KSB
ACTO 25 to 1600
hydraulic actuators
b..
ACTO 400 to 1600 - Construction

Section A - A
554
932
412^
4125
916.1
920.2
141
I 415 I 9012 1 932

595 " 411
310.1
103 .
970.1
Version .With bal! check valve
-901.11
Version-with quick coupling
X W W v ! ^ -
\
' '
903 950
Item
103
141
142
310 1
310 2
.310 3
3104
412 1
4122
4-'2 4
412 5
412 6
415
486 t
486 2
553
554 1
595
59-40
629
731 1
81 68
900 2
901 1
901 2
903
916.1
916 2
920 1
920.2
932
950
970
970 2
t'^lr
/t
r~
^^;
'\.
486.2
-731.1
Parts included in the spare parts kit
Designation
i-jL-sing
Cylinder
Cover
Seif-lubricating bearing
Selt-lubricating bearing
-Ring
O-Ring
U-Ring
C-Ring
U-RIng
L-eap seal ring
dall
Ball
1 nrust insert
Washer
Piston
Ci^LiCk + pointer shaft
Poirter**
Quick coupling
, Pressure pad
1 Cheese head screw **
1 hexagon head screw
-lexagon head screw
=lug
Check valve plug
Protection plug **
Operating nut
-exagon nut
Ring
Cieck valve spring
Identity plate
^ tion plate
' VITON1or version submersible in white oil products.

* In case of actuator with visual signalisation.
Materials ', .~^%\ji'j*fjw'^-. ~* , , ^

-,, '. ,
JL 1040^'J cast iron or JS 1030W ductile iron
ASTM A536 gr.60-40-1 a ductile iron
JL 1040^'J cast iron or JS 1030^-^) ductile iron
Stainless steel + PTFE (ACTO 300 and 1600 actuators only)
Nitrile*
Nitrile*
Nitrile *
Nitrile *
Nitrile *
Nitrile
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel A4
Steel
JS 1030^-^' ductile iron -i- stainless steel
Polyamide 6-6 -i- treatment against U.V. rays
Nitrured steel
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel A4
Bronze
Stainless steel A4
Polyethylene
JS 1060W ductile iron
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel
Treated steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
KSB b.
ACTO 25 to 1600
hydraulic actuators
^lli
Dimensions (mm) and weight (kg)

ACTO 25 to 200
- \' Type,
%\
1*'^
/"8
54
121
38
72
151
50
64
100
110
187
213
ACTO 25
311
90
47
30
ACTO 50
367
107
61
ACTO 100
ACTO 200
429
538
132
165
73
88
' ISO 5211 interface

ret
f d i -. f ' QhdtZ'F07
70
8
F10
102
MIO
F10
102
MIO
Fl 2
125
M12
Fl 2
M12
125
F14
140
M16
',' '? ''i1,'
,E ^
, D ' ^
,-" _ ' C
Weignt
13,0
19,5
33,5
63,0
ACTO 400 to 1600

Option distribution bar
Drilling dia. d1
n equidistant Idoles a d2
Direct connection
1/2" Gas
1
/
ff^
/ -i v ^
^^
! ^
"1
^'Option base plate

N
210
47^
523
237
585
275
728
347
l"25~
140
154,5
280
108,5
248
525
ACTO 1600
180
180
330
130
320
653
95
ACTO 800
246
^
1
ACTC 400
115
1 ^^
Type
,NAMUR VDI/VDE3845
interface
ref
F1D
Fl 6
F25
F25
F30
ISO 5211 interfac!

! o dl > d2
165
M20
165
M20
254
M16
254
M16
298
M20
, Weight
4
4
8
8
8
95
160
328
K5B
ACTO 25 to 1600
hydraulic actuators
b..
Mounting on valves
The actuator can be positioned in four positions, at intervals of 90.
When the actuator is supplied on a valve and unless otherwise stated on the order, the actuator is mounted according to the arrangement N position 1.
If the actuator is equipped with a declutchable manual override, the actuator is mounted in accordance with the arrangement M
position 2.
A C T O 2 5 to 2 0 0
Arrangement N
Position 1
Arrangement M
Position 2
Position 1
Position 2
Row pressure direction on the valve
A C T O 400 to 1600
Arrangement M
Arrangement N
Position 1
Position 2
Position 1
Position 2
Row
pressure direction on the valve
owpi
Device adjustable travel stops, purging and hand pump connection

The ACTO hydraulic actuators are equipped, at each cylinder end, with a special device allowing the three following functions :
- mechanical adjustable travel stops on open and closed positions. The adjustment range is 2 for ACTO 25 to 200 actuators
and 2,5 for ACTO 400 to 1600 actuators. These travel stops are factory adjusted during the fitting of the actuator on the valve,
- purging of the cylinder chambers,
- connection of an emergency control by hydraulic hand pump.
2 versions are available for the draining and hydraulic hand pump connection functions (see pages 4 and 5):
- version with ball check valve,
- version with quick coupling.
I'^l
KSB Q J
^ffili
ACTO25to1600
hydraulic actuators
External coating - Protection

Standard protection:
anti-corrosion primary coating (cataphoresis), thickness 20-25 |A.
anti-corrosion secondary coating by polyurethane paint, thickness 80-100 \i, colour dark grey RAL 7016.
This protection has been tested in our laboratories for use in saline fog, according to NFX 41 -002 standard.
Submersible actuators :
anti-corrosion primary coating {cataphoresis), thickness 20-25 ji.
anti-corrosion finition touch by bituminous epoxy paint, thickness 80-100 p., colour black.
This protection has been tested in our laboratories for use in saline fog, according to NFX 41 -002 standard.
Other protections :
On request, other coatings can be made in accordance with customer specifications. Please consult us.
Version suited for immersion in refined petroleum products: "clean oils": please consult us.
Characteristics of the cataphoresis primer

The cataphoretic paint coating is obtained from an aqueous solution paint type acting as an electrolyte.
The paint particles have the ability to migrate on the part to be protected and to sediment thereon as uniform protective layers.
This EPOXY type organic coating has a thickness in the range of 10 to 20 [im and ensures excellent corrosion resistance with:
- Excellent chemical inertness and outstanding corrosion resistance (neutral salt spray test per NFX 41002),
- Good solvent resistance, good insulation resistance,
- Good mechanical properties,...
This flexible coating can withstand scratches and impacts.
Oil characteristics
Mineral oil, biodegradable and non-flammable (HFA - HFB - HFC).
Viscosity: 10 est (mm^/sec) to 100 est (mm^/sec).
Cleanliness class: class 9 according to NAS 1638, equivalent to class 18/15 in accordance with ISO 4408 standard. Filtration is
recommended.
KSB
ACTO25to1600
hydraulic actuators
b.
Hydraulic connections
s t a n d a r d version: direct connection
The oil connection is done directly onto the housing:
- ACTO 25 to 200: by means of two 1/4" Gas threaded ports,
- ACTO 400 to 1600: by means of two 1/2" Gas threaded ports.
Caution : In this case, the position holding of the actuator is achieved by the oil pressure holding. If the piloting accessories
cannot ensure this function, the use of a distribution plate with piloted check valves (BSP) is recommended. See below.
Optional version with distribution plate
The oil connection is done by means of an hydraulic distribution box:
- ACTO 25 to 200; fitted directly onto the housing,
- ACTO 400 to 1600: fitted on a distribution bar.
The oil connection on the hydraulic box is via two 1/4" Gas threaded ports.
Faur distribution boxes are available, according to the diagrams below.
Distribution plate
with isolating valves
(Rl)
Distribution plate
with piloted check valves
(BSP)
Distribution plate with

isolating valves and piloted check valves
(Rl + BSP)
I 1
t
To actuator
" E S B " block ("Emergency shut Down")
7*-1.. ^ check valve r-^

release valve
3/8" G hand pump

connection
C'A*
r%i..
Pam
'
-
Bleeder
Note: In ail cases, control Is performed remotely via
an hydraulic power pack.
i
Open
1/2 G feeding
connection
Close
KSB
Olli
Hydraulic connection
Version with control via A M T R O N I C PowerPack
The micro-power pack system is fitted directly onto the actuator with
direct hydraulic connections.
This system includes:
- A hydraulic pump driven by an electrical motor,
- An oil tank,
- Open/close detection and position feedback,
- Integrated System to control the electrical motor and monitor position,
- Communication via fieldbus (Option).
The hydraulic actuator fitted with the AMTRONIC PowerPack system
doesn't need to be connected to a central PowerPack.
AMTRONIC PowerPack system may be used remotely. In such a case it
is connected to the hydraulic actuator by means of tubes.
Consult Type series booklet AMTRONIC PowerPack ref. 8535.1 -10
Version with remote actuation via a liydrostatic control

Manual remote control via a hydraulic system composed of:
- Deck stand with handwheel and actuating screw,
- Pump and hydraulic distributor,
- The deck stand also functions as the hydraulic fluid tank.
The hydraulic connections to the actuator are by means of
flexible or rigid tubes.
10
ACTO25to1600
hydraulic actuators
KSB
b.
Cl^li
ACTO25to1600
hydraulic actuators
Indication function
Limit switch box A M T R O B O X - R
This limit switch box is made of cast iron with a suitable corrosion resistant coating.
Open/close detection and position feedback:
- On/off position detection by means of microswitches or inductive proximity
detectors (1/0, 1/C, 1 on intermediate position
on request).
- Proportional distribution for resistive angular position sensor, (voltage or 4-20 mA
pilot).
Enclosure protection; IP 67
Options:
- Intrinsically safe version EEx-ia IICT6
- Visual indication of valve position by flag.
Consult Type series booklet ref. 8524.11 -10.
Explosion-proof limit switch box type E E x - d

Protection box: EEx-dllBT6
Consult Type series booklet ref. 8526.11-10
11
ACTO25to1600
Hydraulic actuators
Options for manual override
Declutchable manual override
The manual override using a declutchable gear box may be fitted between the valve mounting plate and the actuator.
This manual override will override with the pneumatic actuator and can be set in clutched or declutched positions.
This device is based on worm wheel and screw kinematics.
In this case, the hydraulic actuator is alwaysfittedwith a bypass system allowing the communication of the 2 chambers and the safe
use of the disengageable control.
Please consult us.
Note: The manual override should only be used under the following recommendations:
- absence of air pressure in the actuator,
- Lealfage to air free of all the cylinders of the actuator.
The manual override should not be declutched when pressure is in the actuator.
Construction:
- Housing, cover and extension in JL 1040 grey cast iron,
- Handwheel in welded iron,
- Screw in steel,
- Worm' in JS 1030 spheroidal graphite cast iron,
- Drive shaft, clutch lever, locking pointer, adjustable mechanical
travel stops {+/-5 ) and external bolting in stainless steel.
Protection :
They are hose and fine dust proof (protection degree: IP 65).
Construction for protection degree IP 67 on request: please, consult us.
External coating:
Polyurethane paint (colour dark grey RAL 7016, 80 fxm thickness).
"o
0)
Working temperature range:

From-20 to+80
TI
.2 g
li
Consult Type series booklet ref 5350.1 -10
-i
Emergency control by hydraulic hand pump

To actuator
Emergency control system using a hand pump and

manual control hydraulic distributor.
This control may be fixed or portable.
KSB
KSB S.A.S.
4, alle des Barbanniers 92635 Gennevllliers Cedex (France)
Tel.; +33 1 41 47 75 00 Fax: +33 1 41 47 75 10 www.ksb.com
'/iH'/Tn' ' '
ACCESSORIES
ZUBEHR
ACCESORIOS
BOITE DE SECURITE - SAFETY BOX

ENSEMBLE - GENERAL DRAWING
DO
R554-100000
412.2
144
.595
747
950
970
412.1 554.1901.1
520
561
543
412.3 74-6
DESSINATEUR :
VERIFICATEUR :
^
0^/02/99 Mcxifi nomendatixe
PR
07/10/98 Rolisaticjn
PR
554.2 901.2
.916
176
<3M, PR
:^rf^ LB
4-Feb-1999
8-Feb-1999
L-J99-730-B-1
FUNCtf
1/2
if
BOITE DE SECURITE - SAFETY BOX

ENSEMBLE - GENERAL DRAWING
If
DO
R554-100000
903 554.3
DESSINATEUR : ^
VERIFICATEUR : ^ ^
04/02/99 Modfi nomenctalure
PR
07/10/96 Ralisaron
PR
PR
LB
4-Feb-1999
8-Feb-1999
L-J99-730-B-2
FUWM
2/2
i/
AMRI-KSB
PLAQUE de BASE ACTO H avec CLAPETS PILOTES

BASE PLATE WITH SAFETY BOX
Page
1/ i
Qt
Numro mcano
Dsignation
Matire
144
42060003
554-000005
Sige du clapet
Clapper seat
XC 35 phosphat
Steel
412.1
42006636
Joint torique int:22 tore:2

0'ring
Nitrile HT
Nitril
412.2
42003585
Joint torique a int: 26.2

0 .tore:3 .6
0'ring
Nitrile HT
Nitril
412.3
42003594
Joint torique int: 23

0 tore : 3.6
0'ring
Nitrile HT
Nitril
520
42060022
554-000003
Chemise
Sleave
543
2'
42060101
642-99085
Entretoise
Spacer
554.1
42001437
561
42005263
Rondelle M 8
Washer
Clou C2Lnnel 02 lg: 4
Fixed nail
595
42060021
554-000002
74-6
42071802
360-079010
Fonte hydraulique
Hydraulic cast iron
Laiton
Brass
Inox
Stainless steel
Inox
stainless steel
35 NCD 16
Stainless steel
Fonte hydraulique
Revt, cataphorse
747
901.1
42070553
554-000530
42002231
42001475
Repre
Piston pilot
Driving
Corps
Body
S/ensemble clapet
Capper valve sub-unit
Vis H MB Ig: 70
(BSP seule)
Vis H lg:120/22 (BSP + RI)
Screw
Inox
Stainless steel
950
42060007
554-000004
Ressort du clapet
Clapper spring
970
Plaque signaltique (BSP)

Identification plate
176
42071303
360-079014
42063203
554-000010
554.2
42001367
Rondelle M 6
Washer
901.2
42001235
Vis H lg: 20 x 18
Screw
XC 70
Steel
Inox
Stainless steel
E 26-2
Steel
Inox
Stainless steel
Inox
stainless steel
903
42012377
Bouchon 3/8"G
Plug
Inox
stainless 1 steel
554.3
42001272
Bague BS 3/8"G
Washer
Inox
stainless steel
916
42011110
Expander 06
Plug
Inox
stainless steel
Fond
Botton
Ce documeiit est la proprit, de KSB SA , il ne peut tre communieu ou reproduit sans

autorisat:Lon.
This do cur
:y and must not be communicated neDr reproduced without
authorizatnent is KSB SA propert
:ion.
Date: P R 04/02/99
LB 04/(32/99 : VERIF
No Nomencltiire: L-J99-730-B
=^
BOITE DE SECURITE AVEC ROBINETS HYDAC

SAFETY BOX WITH HYDAC VALVES
XD
DISTRIBUTION PLATE WITH

PILOTED CHECK VALVES (BSP)
ISOLATING VALVE 1/4" BSPP

STAINLESS STEEL - 140 BAR
CONNECTION 1/4- BSPP

(M14X1.5) STAINLESS STEEL
W/^HER BS 1/4'BSPP
ST/MNLESS STEEL
UNION 1/4' BSPP

STAINLESS STEEL
(M14X1.5)
WASHER
MALE UNION COUPLING
1/4' BSPP AND WASHER
YARD SUPPLY
Objet de la rvision
FEALISATION
DESSINATEUR
VERIFICATEUR
CB
LB
1ICZ034004-A
18.08,03
21.08,03
PLANCHE
VI
Type series booklet

8524.11/5-10
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Intrinsically safe
limit switch box
for harsh applications
x/II 1 G and D
EEx-ia lie T6
Position monitoring
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia (R1188) is a robust open/close detection box by switches or proximity sensors.
It is in accordance with ATEX 94/9/CE directive regarding to explosive atmosphere and with \x) I11 G and D marking.
AlVITROBOX R EEx-ia is designed for harsh applications such as marine or heavy industry:
Corrosion resistant protection by cataphoresis and paint coating.
Shock resistant thanks to its cast iron housing.
\ /1^ IP 68 rating.
Explosive area: EEx-ia IIC T6 intrinsically safe protection.
It can be mounted directly on actuators compatible with VDI/VDE 3845 interface:
ACTO / DYNACTO hydraulic actuators,
ACTAIR / DYNACTAIR pneumatic actuators,
MR manual reducers.
No bracket is necessary, overall dimensions are reduced.
Options
Valve position feed-back by potentiometer or 4-20 mA transmitter
Visual indication of valve position by flag.
Submersible version
KSo 11
KSBQ.
fflli
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Contents
Page
General technical data
Overall dimensions and weight
Warning
Construction
Position detection
- By microswitches
- Technical characteristics of microswitches
- Wiring diagram
- Barriers and interfaces
- By proximity detectors
- Technical characteristics of proximity detectors
- Wiring diagram
- Barriers and interfaces
Options
- Feed-back position 0 to 90" by resistive angle sensor
- Feed-back position 0 to 90 by 4-20 mA transmitter
- Visual indication by flag
- Submersible version
Commisioning
- Electrical connection
- Open/close position detection adjustment
- Angle sensor adjustment
- Mounting on actuator
10
10
10
11
Technical data
Environment
'- ?
- Protection level"
IP 68 (30 m, 72 hours)
- Resistance to vibrations:
According to "Test Programm Lloyd's Register - Vibration test 1" and lEC 60068-2-6
Test Fc standard. Frequency: 5 to 100 Hz. Displacement: 1 mm. Acceleration: 0,7 g.
From - 20 up to + 50 (from - 4 F up to + 122 F)
- Working temperature:
- Electromagnetic compatibility:
- generic standards
- fundamental standards
EN 50081-2; EN 50082-2
EN 61000-4-2; EN 61000-4-3; EN 61000-4-4; EN 61000-4-5;
EN 61000-4-6; EN 55011; ENV 50140; ENV 50141
- Intrinsically safe in accordance with EN 50014 and EN 50020 standards - EEx-ia IICT6
Housing
- Material:
JL 1040 cast Iron
- Coating:
Cataphoresis (25 |xm) + black paint (125 |xm)
- Signalisation:
By pointer or flag
- Electrical connection:
By packing-gland (metallic or plastic) M25 x 1.5 or M20 x 1.5 for cable dia. 6 to 18 mm
Overall dimensions (mm) and w/eight (kg)
Weight: 8.6 kg
KSB
WARNING
CAUTION!
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Electric wiring:
>
The electric components are "CE" marl<ed in accordance with 89/336/CEE, 76/117/CEE and ATEX 94/9/CE
european directives.
The electric supply voltage and the electric values of the signals must be checl<ed before connecting the
components.
The components of the intrinsically safe electric loops should be checked to ensure the inputs and outputs
as well as wiring do meet the regulations in force.
KSB-AMRI shall l<eep at the disposition of users the loop calculations for the recommended associated
equipment.
An external earth terminal permits grounding of the metal parts of the control box.
Never exceed the values stipulated in this leaflet

This box is an electric device. As such, it may be a source of danger for property or even personnel. Any excess of these
values may cause damage.
Never open, uncouple or disassemble the AMTROBOX R EEx-ia when energized.
During workshop or on- site checking, the valve associted with the actuator and its AMTROBOX R EEx-ia box can
be operated from full open to full closed position.
This operation may be of a high significant risk of personnal injury if the safety steps required are not taken to
prevent access between the disc and the seat.
j
Construction
Removable top cover
Valve position indication
by pointer
0-Ring for top cover tightness
Cam system
to adjust open/close detection
position
4-20 mA transmitter
for position feed-back
(option)
Open/close detection
by microswitches or
proximity detectors
Electric compartment cover
Terminal block isolated in

water-proof compartment
Electrical connection
by packing-gland
metal or plastic
External earth
termination
0-Ring between
box and actuator
Kseb.
ffllli
1626-
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
412.6
412.2
62-9
554.6
900.8
188.31
412.9
817.3
81-29
554.1
900.1
Version shown :
position detection by microswitches with angle sensor and 4-20 mA transmitter
I Parts included in the spare parts kit
eli
KSBQ.
[ieVif : :::^/; :;::
:::';pes|gration!;:;::F;î;,;:j|^:^^
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
| | | | | | : ? | ||;C|:f ^
103
Housing
JL 1040 cast iron
160
Cover
JL 1040 cast iron
165
Electric compartment cover
188.1
Fixing plate
Fixing plate
JL 1040 cast iron

Steel
188.2
188.3
191.1
191.2
210
412.1
412.2
412.3
412.4
554.2
554.3
554.4
554.5
554.6
62-2
62-9
626
629
81-2.1
81-29
81-34
81-39
816
817.1
817.2
817.3
819
839
881.1
900.1
900.2
900.3
900.5
900.6
900.7
Steel
Support of printed circuit board
Nickeled brass
Support of printed circuit board

Operating shaft
Nickeled brass
Stainless steel
Nitrile
0-Ring
0-Ring
0-Ring
0-Ring
0-Ring
412.5
412.6
412.9
554.1
Stainless steel
Fixing plate
O-Ring
0-Ring
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Vlton
Nitrile
Plain washer
Plain washer
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Wawed washer
Stainless steel
Plain washer
Serrated lock washer
Plain washer
Cam sub-assembly
Stainless steel
Steel
Stainless steel
Acetal
4-20 mA transmitter
Sight glass
Pointer
Transparent polycarbonate
Ground wire sub-assembly

Ground terminal
Coupling wiring diagram
Collar
Angle sensor
Grommet
Grommet
Polyamide
Copper + PVC
Acetal
Packing-gland
Terminal block
Microswitch
Hub
Brass
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
900.8
Cheese-head screw
Cheese-head screw
Self-tapping screw
Self-tapping screw
Cheese-head screw
Cheese-head screw
Self-tapping screw
900.9
Cheese-head screw
920.1
Heganonal nut
Stainless steel
Steel
932.1
Self locking
Steel
932.2
970.1
99-14
Circlip
Identity plate
Oessicant bag
Stainless steel
Polyester
I Parts included in the spare parts kit
steel
KSB
b.
AMTRQBOX R EEx-ia
Position detection
The intrinsically safe microswitches and proximity detectors in AMTROBOX R EEx-ia comply with EN 50014 and EN 50020
standards relating to components installed in explosive environment.
They must be connected individually to an approved safety barrier. Situated in a safe area, these barriers allow the power supply of
the microswitches or detectors installed in hazardous area.
By microswitches
Technical characteristics
Manufacture:
Crouzet
Type:
83 186 069 lever 170A R=24
Conformity certificate:
Material according to EN 50020 5 standard - Common material
Electrical output:
by 3-wire cable, section 0.5 mm^
Protection level:
IP 68
Wiring;
The two microswitches are workshop-connected to the main terminal block by means
of spring connectors, capacity 2.5 mm^- Refer to wiring diagram below.
Max. voltage:
60 VDC
Capacitive reactance:
4.6 pF
Inductance:
OmH
Mechanical and electrical life:
2 . 10^ cycles
Working temperature:
From - 25 up to + 70 (from - 13 F up to + 158 F)
Resistance to impacts:
5 g according to CEI 68-2-27
Resistance to vibrations:
2,5 g from 5 to 500 Hz as per STANAG 4370 <3 axis
Function:
Change-over
Wiring diagram
Hazardous area
Safe area
0 +
swc 1 V1 swo
NC
NO
NC
NO
swc ^
5
1
swo
11
10
6
5
T4
3
2
1
E
D
1
0 +
o-
Barriers and Interfaces

The barriers and interfaces recommanded by KSB-AMRI can be ordered to one of the manufacturers in the following table. When
ordering, specify that these components are intended for the electric supply of Crouzet type 83 186 069 microswitches.
Manufacturer
Barrier reference
interface
reference
- . Laboratory
,"' certificate
Gas- group
LCIE02ATEX6104X
LCIE02ATEX6104X
lie
lie
NAEV-DI 2 N-A230
LCIE 00 ATEX 6034 X
lie
NAEV-DI2N-A115
LCIE 00 ATEX 6034 X
lie
RDN 11
RDN211
GEORGIN
AP3
Penmitted areas
Any area
Any other barrier or interface of different construction may be used provided it complies with regulations requirements and that the
calculation and installation rules are respected.
For each reference defined in the above table, KSB-AMRI can supply to the user the corresponding loop calculations.
K5B
b.
111
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
By p r o x i m i t y detectors
Technical charcteristics
Manufacturer:
IFM Effector
Pepperl & Fuchs
Type:
NS 5002
NJ2-V3-N
Conformity certificate:
PTB01 ATEX2191
PTB 00 ATEX 2032 X
Nominal voltage:
8.2 Vdc
8 Vdc
Voltage:
5 to 25 Vdc
Off state ondulation:
< 5%
Cable max. resistance:
50 Q
Output activation:
< 1 mA
< 1 mA
Output non activation:
< 2.2 mA
<3mA
Self capacity:
<70TIF
< 35
Self inductance:
<190M.H
< 50 jiH
Switching frequency:
800 Hz
1000 Hz
Resistance to impacts:
< 30g on 10 ms
Resistance to vibrations:
< 10g to55 Hz. a = 1 mm
Protection level:
IP 68
IP 68
Rated operating distance:
2 mm
1,62 mm
Output type:
>^
NF
Cable PVC: 2 X 0.14 mm2
Connection:
From --25 up to
Wiring diagram
D OI <Q>
<n> NO
No Nq
+ 70C (from - 13F up to + 158'F)
Hazardous area
D C <n>
^ No Nc
NF
Safe area
0 +
10
6
s
4
3
2
1
E
D
f: '
NC
NO
NC
N0
DC
Blue
SrcMffi
DO
Barriers and Interfaces

The barriers and interfaces recommanded by KSB-AMRI can be ordered to any of the manufacturers in the following table. When
ordering, specify that these components are intended for the supply of proximity detectors IFM Effector NS 5002 or Pepperl &
Fuchs NJ2-V3-N.
Manufacturer
Barrier reference
Laboratory
-certificate
Gas group
LCIE 02 ATEX 6104 X

LCIE 02 ATEX 6104 X
lie
lie
NAEV-DI 2 N-A230
LCIE 00 ATEX 6034 X
NAEV-DI 2 N-A115
LCIE 00 ATEX 6034 X
lie
lie
RDN11
RON 211
GEORGIN
AP3
Interface
reference
Permitted areas
Any area
Any other barrier or interface of different construction may be used provided it complies with regulations requirements and that the
calculation and installation rules are respected.
For each reference defined in the above table, KSB-AMRI can supply to the user the corresponding loop calculations.
KSB
b.
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
leili
Options
Wiring diagram
Feed-back position 0 to 90 by resistive angle sensor

AMTROBOX R EEx-ia can be equipped with feed-back position sensor.
So, the valve position is transmitted during its whole travelling angle
by means of a variable resistance between 0 and 4,7kQ.
^'
Violet
. Supply
Green
. Measure
Orange
- Supply
Technical characteristics of angle sensor

Nfomnaf -
Min.
Max.'
Units
80
90
105
Degrees
3.58
4.03
4.7
kQ
mA
> 5.106
Travel 0/C
Mechanical travel
Electrical span
Maximal current
Mechanical and electrical life
Angle sensor connection
Ban-ier ZENER BZC Z4/100/2A/340 - Georgin

Non intrinsically safety output in voltage
Hazardous area
Safe area
Hazardous area
1
Orange
H
|
Safe area
a
1
1 '
Green
Galvanic Isolation BXNP - Georgin

Non intrinsically safety output in 4-20 mA
Measure
1 >
'""N
Vinlot
Green
!
< L
Orange
Power supply
4-20 mA
In instrumentation technology, the use of a potentiometer to transmit a signal under voltage exposes the user to electromagnetic
pollution, mainly for high distance transmitions or in very poluted environment.
The use of a 4-20 mA current loop is always preferable due to its better electromagnetic strength (see below).
Feed-back position 0 to " by 4 - 2 0 mA transmitter
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia can be equipped with feed-back position transmitter XT 42 Sl-NV. Capacitive reactance:
So, the valve position is transmitted during its whole travelling angle by means of current
Inductance (Li) :
loop variation from 4 to 20 mA.
< 10 ^F
OmH
Wiring diagram
The wiring of the angle sensor and transmitter assembly is carried out in workshop, the connection to the current loop is achieved
through the terminal for and on the terminal for .
Hazardous area
Safe area
^
i
I
max
I max
KSB
b.
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
. ':.^:, ; :%' ^fMW^Ê)u--t

||||1|1|||111| 1:
820 mW
30 V
980 mW
27 V
990 mW
24 V
21 V
870 mW
750 mW
18V
(yianufactujreK:
^-:-'"'^ ^
^'
60 nF
90 nF
120 nF
190nF
290 nF
50 mH
40 mH
51 mH
62 mH
90 mH
||||||||||3||||;1|1
;:::! 81| ; ^;;
i.^'Sfirlaitted;.;'--:
| ; ':^\
i-ras' ;
BZC 24/50/1/A1
BZC 24/50/22/A1
Converter BXNT1
GEORGIN
Profsi37-...-PAS
AP3
LCIE 01 ATEX 6070 X
HC
LC1E02ATEX6104X
LCIE 03 ATEX 6078 X
HC
Any
area
HC
4-20 mA transmitter adjustment

When the AMTROBOX R EEx-ia box is delivered with its actuator, the transmitter is preadjusted
in workshop.
It is not necessary to re-adjust it before valve mounting on site.
Nevertheless, if you wish to re-adjust it after a maintenance operation, proceed as follows:
- Remove the top cover of AMTROBOX R EEx-ia by unscrewing it with a wrench.
Two adjustments are available for the zero adjustment (4 mA) and the gain (20 mA).
- Replace the top cover of the box by screwing it with a wrench.
Zero adjustment (4 mA) :
Gain adjustment (20 mA) :
Accuracy :
5%
10%
1 % of full scale
@
8
Zero
Gain
Detection of faulty box or angle sensor connections.

1
0% O-
-1^
Defect
Transmitter response
wire 1 open
wire 2 open
wire 3 open
No sensor
I output = 20 mA
1 output - 25 mA
I output s 4 mA
I output - 25 mA
M o
7 ^
100% O
7 ^
Visual indication by flag

As an option, AMTROBOX R EEx-ia can be equipped with a flag allowing to visualize the valve position at great distance, thanks
to a melamined sheet.
259
126.5
59.5
KSB
iffllli
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Submersible version
In this version, the top cover is without position visual indication.
Commissioning
Electric connection
The box can be delivered with a plug or a packing-gland
In standard version, it is equipped with one packing-gland M20 x 1.5 or M 25 x 1.5, metallic or plastic.
Gland capacity: cable external dia. 6 to 18 mm. Other gland capacities are possible.
The wiring is done on connecting terminal block max. area 2.5 mm^.
Open the side cover to access to the terminal block by unscrewing with a wrench.
The good tightness of the box depends on cable selection and tightening of packing-gland. See wiring diagrams (pages 7,8 and 9).
Screw the side cover with a wrench.
Adjustment of open/close detection
The limit switches or detectors are factory adjusted.
It is not necessary to re-adjust before valve mounting on site.
Nevertheless, if you wish to re-adjust after a maintenance operation, proceed as follows:
- Remove the top cover of AMTROBOX R EEx-ia by unscrewing it with a wrench.
- Put the disc in extreme position (opening or closing).
- Unscrew the two metal screws one turn.
- Adjust triggering of the required detector by turning the coloured screw corresponding to the colour of the cam to adjust.
- Proceed in the same manner with the opposite switch.
- Each cam is adjusted independently and the adjustment does not affect in any way the adjustment of the other cam.
- When adjustments are completed, slightly tighten the two metal screws to prevent adjustments being changed.
- Replace the top cover of the box by screwing it with a wrench.
%^
1 - Loosen the metallic screws
2 - Adjust the cams
3 - Tighten the screws
Angle sensor adjustment

Following actuator position on the pipe ("N" or "M" mounting), angle sensor position must be adjusted.
Use a screwdriver to adjust the angle sensor position. See diagram below.
Adjustment screw
"N" mounting
inr
10
Angle sensor
^,=as^
^'^""-^^^^^
'^" mounting
b.
KSBW.
11
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Mounting on actuator
AIVITROBOX R EEx-ia is fitted on the actuator according to VDI/VDE 3845 interface.
The four screws can be reached easily by opening the top cover.
The driving of the shaft is done by coupling on the actuator pinion.
11
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Product features - to our Customers' Benefit
AMTROBOX R EEx-ia
Robust design for harsh applications
Easy access
to the components
thanks to the unscrewable cover
Visual valve position

indication
Adjustable open/close
position detection
by cams
Corrosion resistance
by cataphoresis and black paint
Valve
position
measurement
Shock resistant
cast iron housing
Components protected thanks to

a waterproof compartment
for electrical connections
Intrinsically safety - Protection level IP 68
KSBI2.
KSB S.A.S
4, alle des Barbanniers 92635 Gennevilliers Cedex (France)
Tel.: +33 1 41 47 75 00 Fax: +33 1 41 47 75 10 vww.ksb.com
Reduced overall dimensions:

no bracket is necessary
{I
il
INSTRUCTIONS DE SERVICE
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
BETRIEBSANLEITING
WARTUNGSANLEITUNG
INSTRUCCIONES DE SERVICIO
MANTENIMIENTO
operating Instructions
8449.8/3-10
'
1SORIA10, 16, 20, 25
AQUISOR!A3,10,16
PRIAIVI, PRIAM A
MAMMOUTH
1.
Declaration of conformity
2.
General
3.
Safety
4.
Transport and interim storage
5.
Description of valves
Installation
7.
Commissioning/ Decommissionning
8.
Maintenance / Repair.
9.
Trouble shooting
11
feggfer Q Vi
97/23/EC (PED)
KSB
KSB
bJ
1.
Hereby we,
KSB S.A.
Zone industrielle Gagnaire Fonsche
24490 LA ROCHE CHALAIS
Registered Office: 92635 - Genneviiiiers
France
declare that the valves listed below comply with the requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Description of the valve types:
Butterfly valves
- ISORIA10
- IS0RIA16
- ISOR1A20
- ISOR1A25
- PRIAM
- PRIAM A
AQUIS0RIA3(air)
MAMMOUTH
PS 10 bar
PS 16 bar
PS 20 bar
PS 25 bar
PS 10/16 bar
PS 10/16 bar
PS 3 bar
PS 6/10/16/25 bar
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
40-1500
40-1000
32-600
32-1000
40-400
20-600
40-1000
1100-3000
As per harmonized European standards:
EN 10213-2; EN 10213-4; EN 1982
and other standards / directives:
EN 1561 ; EN 1563; ASME 16.34; ASME B16.42
Suitable for:
Fluid group 1 and 2
Conformity Assessment Procedure:
Module H
Name and address of the authorizing and

monitoring notified body:
LLOYD'S REGISTER HOUSE

29, Wellesley Road
CROYDON CRO 2 AJ, UK
Number of notified body:
0038
Number of certificate:
RPS 0160325/01
Valves DN s DN 25 comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC Art. 3 3. They must not bear
neither the CE-Label nor the number of the notified body.
Michel Delobel
Quality Assurance
(This document was prepared electronically and is valid without signature)
KSB
2.
General
These operating instructions apply to KSB rubber lined butterfly

valves (see section 5).
Design, manufacturing and testing of the KSB valves are subject to.a
Quality Assurance System according to EN ISO 9001 and to the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED).
Correct installation and maintenance or repair are mandatory to
ensure trouble free operation of the valves.
3.1
Safety Symbols in these Operating

Instructions
Safety instructions put forth in this instruction manual, the

nonobservance of which would involve the risk of personal injury, they
are specially marked with the general hazard symbol:
The manufacturer cannot be made liable for these valves if .operating

instructions are not being observed.
I ATTENTIONj j h e valves must not be operated outside the

permissible operating range. The limits are indicated on the name
plate or currently applicable type leaflet. The pressure-temperature
ratings, in particular, must not be exceeded. Operation of the valves
outside the above-mentioned conditions may result in overloads
which may damage the valves.
in accordance with ISO 3864-B.3.1.

or with the electric voltage warning sign:
The type leaflets can be found at www.ksb.com - product catalogue.
In accordance with ISO 3864-B.3.a,
A,
Nonobservance of this warning may lead to personal Injury or

property damage, e.g.:
Safety instructions the nonobservance of which would involve hazard

to the valve and Jeopardize its operation have been marked with the
word
- "Injury caused by escaping fluids (cold/hot, toxic.flammable,

corfosive or under pressure)
- Incorrect operation or destruction of the valve.
The descriptions and instructions in this manual refer to the standard
versions but also apply to the related variants.
These operating instructions do not take into consideration:
- incidents which may occur during installation, operation and
maintenance.
- the local safety regulations. It is the user's responsibility to ensure
that these are also observed by the installation staff involved.
For actuated valves, the specified connection.parameters and the
installation and maintenance instructions - including the operating
manual for the actuator - must be observed.
I ATTENTION
ATTENTION
Instructions directly attached to the valve, (e.g. nominal pressure)
must be complied with and maintained in a legible condition.
3.2
3.3
Handling a valve requires skilled and experienced
personnel.
The personnel in charge of operation, maintenance and installation of
this valve must be aware of the interaction between the valve and the
plant.
Operator's errors concerning the valve may have serious
consequences for the entire plant, e.g.:
- fluid may escape
- downtime of the plant/machine
- adverse effect/reduotion/increase of the efficiency/function of a
plant/machine.
For further questions or in case of damage to thevalve, please contact
your KSB Sales Office.
For further questions and supplementary orders, especially when
ordering spare parts, please always state the indications of the
marking plate.
Qualification of personnel and training
The personnelfor operation, maintenance. Inspection and installation

must be adequately qualified for the work involved. The personnel
responsibility, competence and supervision must becleariy defined by
the user. If the personnel in question is not already in possession of the
required know-how, appropriate training and instructions must he
provided. If deemed necessary, the manufacturer/supplier will provide
such training and instructions at the user's request, in addition, the
user is responsible for ensuring that the contents of these operating
instructions are fully understood by the personnel involved.
Danger or nonobservance of tiie safety

Instructions
Nonobservance of the safety instructions may lead to personal injury

and danger for both the environment and, the valve itself.
Nonobservance of these safety instructions will also forfeit the user'swarranty.
Such noncompliance could result in for example :
-
failure of essential functions of the valve/plant

failure of prescribed maintenance and repair practices
hazard to people by electrical, mechanical or chemical effects
hazard to the environment due to leakage of hazardouasubstances
3.4
Safety Consciousness
The safety Instructions contained in this manual, the applicable

national accident prevention regulations and any of the user's own
applicable internal work, operation or safety instructions must be fully
complied with.
The specifications (operating data) of the valves are listed in the technical
documentation & type leaflet of the related valve (see also section 5).
3.5
When returning valves to the manufacturer, please refer to section 4.
Any hot or cold parts of the valve (e.g. body or handle or actuator) that
could cause a hazard must be protected by the user against accidental
contact.
3.
Safety
This manual contains basic Instructions to be complied with during

operation and maintenance. It is therefore vital for the fitter and the
operator/user to read this manual before instalUng/commissioning the
valve. Also, this manual must always be available at the site where the
valve is installed.
It is not enough to observe the general instructions listed in the section
"safety", the specific safety instructions listed In the other sections
should also be observed.
Safety Instructions for the

User/Operator
Leakage of hazardous substance (e.g. flammable, corrosive, toxic,

hot) must be drained so as to avoid all danger to people or the
environment. All relevant laws must be observed.
A.
SiElectrical hazards must be effectively prevented. (For details,

please refer to the lEC 364 or equivalent national standard and/or
local utility energy supply regulations).
KSB
3.6
b.
Safety Instructions for Maintenance, Inspection and installation work
3.6.1
General
The user is responsible for ensuring that all maintenance, inspection and installation work is carried out by authorized, adequately
qualified staff who are thoroughly familiar with thisinstruction manual.
Any work on a valve may only be performed when the valve Is un-pressurized and has cooled down to 60
Any work on actuated valves may only be done after that the actuator has been disconnected from its energy supply.
The procedure described in the operating instructions to shut down the actuator must be observed .Valves in contact with
hazardous media must be decontaminated. Immediately following completion of the work, all safety relevant and protective
devices must be reinstalled and/or re-enabled. Prior to recommissioning, refer to the points listed under section 7 Commissioning.
3.6.2
End of line installation
Use as end of line and downstream dismantling at ambient temperature of standard range.
End of line and downstream dismantling not authonzed for bodies type 1 (annular shape)
NB: A valve fitted at the end of a pipe with a blind flange downstream is not to be considered as an end of pipe service.
\feb/es
ISORIA 10
'ISORIA 16
.:^;ISORIA20- ' , ,
'.'
ISORIA 25 '
AQUISORIA 3 (air)
AQUISORIA 3 (watet)
AQUISORIA 10 (water)
AQUISORIA 16 (water) '
,-PRIAM/1-'-.-
MAMMOUTH ,
Gazel iquids* _ .
<- Noa hazardous
'
Size s 500:
ners: XA, XC, XV, , Y, NH,
VA, VC, OB, EG
APS = 7 bar max.
All sizes: not authorized
Uners: CC, SK, NB
APS = 4.5 bar max.
Greater sizes: on request
Hazardous
Liquids
Hazardous
*
' Non hazardous
All sizes:
All sizes:
Unere: XA, XC, XV, K, Y, Unere: XC, XV, K, Y NH, VA,
NH, VA, VC, , EG
VC, , EG
APS = 7 bar max.
APS = 7 bar max.
Uners: CC, SK, NB
Uners: CC, SK, NB
APS = 4.5 bar max.
APS = 4.5 bar max.
Size s 350:
APS = 10 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 10 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 10 bar max.
Size s 125:
APS = 15 bar max.
Size s 125:
APS = 15 bar max.
All sizes :
APS = 15 bar max.
non applicable
non applicable

non applicable
non applicable
All sizes: APS = 2.3 bar max.

non applicable
non applicable
non applicable
non applicable
non applicable
non applicable
non applicable
Size s 200:
APS = 10 bar max.
Size 250 to 600:
APS = 7 bar max.
on request
applicable
Size 200:
APS = 10 bar max.
Size 250 to 600:
APS = 7 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 0,7PS limited toi 0
bar max.
Greater APS: on request
All sizes:
APS = 17 bar max.
non applicable
All sizes: APS = 2.3 bar max.
All sizes: APS = 7 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 10 bar max.
Size s 200: APS = 12 bar max.
Size 250 to 600:
APS = 7 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 0.7PS limited toi 0 bar
max.
Greater APS: on request
APS. Differential pressure

* Uquids whose vapour pressure at the maximum allowable temperature is greater than 0.5 bar atrave noimal atmospheric pressure (1013
mbai)
3.7.
Unauthorized Modification and Manufacturing of Spare Parts
The equipment shall not be altered or modified in any way prior to consultation with the manufacturer. Genuine spare parts and accessories
authorized by the manufacturer will ensure operational safety. The manufacturer cannot be held responsible for damage resulting from the use
of non-genuine parts or accessories.
3.8.
Inadmissible Modes of Operation
Operational safety and reliability of the valve supplied is only warranted for its designated use as defined in section 2 "General"
of the operating instructlons.The limits stated in the technical documentation must not be exceeded under any circumstances.
4.
4.1
Transport and Interim Storage

Transport
The valves in the as-supplied condition are ready for operation.

I ATTENTION
For transport and storage, the valves must always be maintained in the semi-closed position and be packed in cardboard.
crate or case with suitable protection (dessicant, thermowelded barrier).
ATTENTION To prevent damage, do not hang the valve by Its handle or actuator.After delivery or prior to installation, the valve should be
checked for damage during transit.
4.2.
Interim Storage
The valves must be stored in such a way that correct operation is assured even after prolonged storage.
This comprises:- Storing at 5 from the closed position
- Suitable measures against contamination, frost and corrosion (e.g. by using thermowelded plastic bags with dessicant,
protection caps and plugs onto threaded holes).
KSB
5.
b. J
5.2
The sectional drawings shown hereafter are examples for the general
design of our valves. For drawings and other information pertaining to
a specific valve series, please refer to the relevant type leaflets.
5.1
Marking
The valves are marked to PED 97/23/EC.
Drawings and documents
,. ; ', : Type
ISORIA 10
See (mm)
PS (bar)
40-1500
10
Leaflet no.
8444.1
16
3/10/16
8445,1
8450.1
10/16
8522.1
8414.1
ISORIA 16
40-1000
AQUISORIA 3 - 1 0 - 16
PRIAM A
40-1000
20-600
PRIAM
40-1000 ,
O f l l l i ISCRA10
3g61<3gXV/PN10
5 101!/ 5 75 10
^ MSS SP.ii d150 UNC
0038
Marking of the identity plate
75067952
Example
- Valve type model
2 - Internal material code

3
- Valve PN /Class designation
- Maximum allowable pressure
- Maximum allowable pressure at end of line or for downstream

dismantling
6 - Maximum allowable temperature

7
- Pipe flange drilling pattern (if known)
8 - Month and year of production

9 - Equipment serial number
10 - CE marking with notified body Identification number
ISORIA 25 and AQUISORIA AIR
PS
Size
s32 1 40 1 50 1 65 1 80 1 100 1 125' | 150 a200
/^
10
16
" - "
' V"' "'
" " *^'
, ...J '^f - t ,,
25
<fr^
Tipe
Y'i<-^f't
'
Valves for non hazardous fluids (group 2)

according to table 7 of annex II (PED)
ISORIA 10, 16, 20 / PRIAM, PRIAM A / MAMMOUTH
PS
10
16
25
Size
s25
(^<
32 1 40 1 50 1 65 1 80100
7
*%'*^
'^^^'V
-_*{!> ' " - ^ ^
125
150 s200
X
C"
V
Valves for hazardous liquids and gaz (group 1)

'^l
'SCP A 20
' S;e(mm).- r'PS,(bar). *Leaffetno','i

32-600
20
8446.1
KSB
-Type
ISORIA 25
Size (mm)
32-1000
PS (bar) 1 Leaflet no.'"^

25
920.2
rl.tr/" Jyp' "

MAMMOUTH
S"gs,&nm)'
1100-3200
;/PS 6/10/16/25
5.3
List of Components
1 8447.1
~l!a1e r i a ! |
8444.1
Part No.
Name of Paris
100
Body
176
Bottom
210
Shaft
213
Operating shaft
310.*
Plain bearing
363
Wedge
411
Gasket
412.*
O-ring
413
Liner
414
Disc thrust plate
486
Ball
543.*
Spacer bush
550
Disc
553
Lubricating thrust insert
554
Washer
559
Gasket holder
560
Elastic pin
561
Grooved nail
900.*
Ant! blow-out screw
901.*
Hexagon head screw
904
Adjusting screw
905
Tie rod
916
Plug
920.*
Nut
932
Self locking ring
940.*
Key
970
Identity plate
Repetitive part
5.4
Functioning principle
Description
The valve consists mainly of a body (100), operating shaft (213) ,.shaft
(210), disc (550) and rubber liner (413).
The in-house designed formulated and manufactured rubber liner
achieves the leak tightness at shaft passages, pipe flanges and
downstream/upstream around the disc.
Disc-shaft connection: The disc (550) is connected to the operating
shaft by key (s), or splines.
Anti blow-out device: Every valve is fitted with an anti blow-out
device which prevents the shaft to burst off the body in case of shaft
failure. This function is achieved by additional parts.
Operation: The valves are quarter-turn operated manually by
handles or gear box or hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators
bolted on the valve top plate (as per ISO 5211 standard).
KSB
b.
6.
6.1
Installation
General
6.2.2
Flanging dimensions
Connection to the piping.

Piping flanges must match the following dimensions.
ATTENTION
To avoid leakage, deformation or rupture of the body,

the piping should be laid out in such away that no thrust or bending
forces act on the valve bodies (Part Nr. 100) when they are installed
and operational.
ATTENTION The sealing faces of.the,flanges must.be clean.and.
undamaged (Ra a 25|im).
02a
05 0 4
11 is prohibited to add any additional gasket (except electric

insulation gasket, please consult us) between body and piping
flanges. To insert the valve between flanges, pull apart the two pipes
flanges toobtain sufficient clearance between flange face and valve
seat cheeks. All holes provided in the flanges must be used for the
flange connection.
If construction work is still in progress, non-mounted valves

must be protected against dust, sand and building material etc.(cover
with suitable means).
Do not use valve handles and gear handwheels as footholdsl
Valves and pipes used for high (> 60 C) or low (< Q " C)
temperatures must either befitted with a protective insulation, orthere
must be warning signs fitted showing that It is dangerous to touch
these valves.
A.
^ Valves sizes > 600 may be installed with shafts in any position
from horizontal to vertical position but actuators should always face
upwards.
If a valve is used as end-valve in a pipe, this valve should be

protected against unauthorized or unintentional opening to prevent
personal injury or damage to property.
6.2
Installation conditions
6.2.1
Recommended minimum distances between the

position of the valve and of t h e T - p i e c e or elbow.
02b
02a: max. allowable diameter on flange face
02b: external diameter of the pipe when fitting loose plate flange with
lapped pipe end
03: allowed minimum diameter on flange face
04: minimum diameter at 10mm from the flange face
05, minimum diameter at 20mm from the flange face
06: allowed minimum diameter of raised face
ISORIA 10, ISORIA 16, PRIAM, PRIAM A,
AQUISORIA3-10-16
^Stze-
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
.650
700
750
800
900
1000
1050
1100(1)
1100(2)
1200
1350
1400
1500(3)
Also valid for valve placed at pump dischange.
ffPS
V,
1
1 V.
1
2
2'
3
4
5
6
a
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
36
40
42
44
44
48
54
56
60
60
'
2

43
43
49
49
61
77
39
115
141,5
140
170,5*
169
222*
220
276,5* 273
. 327,5* 324
351
356
412
407
483
457
S1S
508
S68
561
617
610
667
718
768
^-,
819
^4
^"
^
fl922
44
44
54
54
63
SO
93
115
aS
,
.
32
32
33
55
71
90
119
144
196
249
297
326
370
422
470
522
566
615
666
712
763
863
963
13
50
74
107
134
189
243
291
321
366
416
464
516
560
609
661
706
758
,",
40
87
120
178
234-
64
64
77
77
86
107
,121
.
141
171
196
250
306
358
399
452
505
558
625
664
723
773
830
880
986
958
283
314
358
409
457
509
554
602
655
700
752
S53
953
104S
1040
1035
1171
1045
1040
1035
1171
1080
1075
1070
1205
t"" **1170
1165
1160
1309
1353
1347
1343
1500
1424
1353
1347
1343
1500
1524
1455
1450
1445
1602
1027
1100
ft"
1100
1134
1236
1424
^^
"
ess
1093
1584
1507 1663
1500(4)
1515
1511
* Please check that ine body is well centered between the He-rods
(1) Valves fitted between PN 6, 10 and 16, JIS B2238 and 82239-5K
and 10K flanges.
(2) Valves fitted ijetween M5S SP 44 cl. ISO, ASME 16-1 cl. 125
and AWWA 0207 cl. B, 0 and E flanges.
(3) Valves fitted between PN 6,10 et 16, JIS B2238 and B2239-5K and
10K, BS 10 table D flanges.
(4) Valves fitted between MSS SP 44 cl. 150, ASME 16-1 cl. 125 and
AWWA C207 cl. , D and E flanges.
b.
KSB
ISORIA 20
6.2.3 Interface between valve and pipe flanges

NPS
Size
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
1 %
1 %
2
2'
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
a2
e2b -
44
50
63
78
92
117
145
172
223
278
329
361
412
463
515
568
617
43
49
61
77
39
115
140
169
220
273
324
356
407
457
508
561
510
..
.05 .
'
33
38
55
74
92
117
143
191
241
290
326
370
422
470
522
566
, '!
- -. ' ,"..
53
--:
TT
48
88
123
173
226
276
314
358
409
457
509
SS4
107
137
183
234
284
321
366
416
464
516
560
NPS
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
900
1 %
a2a
33
251
305
358
399
452
505
558
625
664
2
2%
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
32
36
40
51
66
81
101
125
151
201
251
302
337
387
438
488
549
589
700
799
900
'
. 06 |,
-^
' .
''- ~ !-
.-33
38
55
74
92
117
143
191
241
290
326
370
422
470
522
566
V 1 ~ ^f~
',,
53
77
107
137
183
234
284
321
366
416
464
516
560
668
766
860
. 683
782
880
976
1000
.05
4.
41 .
1 '
1000
33
'S"
'-',.;
48
as
123
173
226
276
314
358
409
457
509'
554
661
760
854
952
958.
Metallic intermediate insertion flange
. 202
ISORIA 23
Size
Correct fitting except T6 bodies
64
73
89
104
124
147
177
"' .
64
73
89
,104
124
147
177
202
251
305
358
399
452
505
558
625
664
no direct contact
no rubber coated flange
vvittithe
T5 type body T6 type body
expansion joint
nogasl<et
In case of coated pipe (hard rubber, concrete or Teflon for

example), coating hardness and flanges detailed dimensions
shall be given to KSB for acceptance.
6.3
Handling
Handling means may be necessary to install large sizes valves.

They must be used as shown.
VALVE WITH MOTORIZATION
CORRECT,
FORBIDDEN
flange
MAMMOUTH
S,z, S
Qu
1200
1300
1350
1400
1500
02a
03,
-,'', 05','.;,
*
'.
tacet iface- face tc}faca fac&t J face face to face
400 280 400 280 400
20
230 1 4C0
44
48
52
54
56
60
1130
1226
1330
2000
84
2200
2400
2500
2600
102
108
2800
U20
1303
1470
420
1298
1305
1530
1410
1630
1625
1560
1556
1690
.- - 1626
1623
'V
1552
1619
i\ ^
1730
1810
1830 1830 1768 1734 1765 1730 1761
" i
1722
1930
1990 1990 1930 1888 1925 .1894 1923
1889
2090
2034 2034 1974 1943 1971 1935 1968
1931
2130
2140 2140 2081 2051 2078 2047 2075
2043
2240
2234 2234 2176 2147 2173 2149 2171
2145
2340
2244 2224 2240 2221
2235
.2430
2351
2355 \!^}^ !
2456 ' J ^*'^- 2453
2S40
2555 5*_^
2740
2330
2440
2356
2540
2456
t~'^
2640 . t?
2740
2564
'-' ,r.
* 2665
2840 ,* " ^ V 2766
114 - - . 2940
120
1148 "4- -S 1143

1252 .'
1247
1320 1354 1312 1349
'i^B.' -^
3000
2i
MZO
1530 2530 1463 1424 1459 1416 1454
1430 1430 1361
66
72
78
90
96
1310
1039
1045
1259
1380
1600
1800
~ 1057
. , -1152
.,1'4
. -
-, " ,T
2968
3060
2988
2760
'- "
^
2867
''. :3040
2658
2552
2640
2654
2890
2756
2940
2860
- '*
2856
3040
2962
"^
.^
2959
3140
2967
3160
2972
VALVE WITH COUNTERWEIGHT

FORBIDDEN
KSB
VALVE WITH NECK EXTENSION
6.4
Recommendations for installation
Before assembly
CORRECT
FORBIDDEN
-Verify that pipeline flanges are free from metallic chips and weld
splatter.
- Verify that pipeline flanges are located on the same centreline and
are parallel.
-Verify that inside diameter of pipeline flange is in accordance with
the minimum and maximum diameters given by the manufacturer.
-Verify that nothing hinders the complete moving of the disc during
opening or closing, in particular at the internal weld seams or at the
pipe ends.
- Pull apart the pipeline flanges to allow valve insertion without
damaging the elastomer liner of the valve.
During assembly
- Place the disc as spaced apart as possible from the closing
position, but without that disc protrudes past the valve's body.
- Insert valve between pipeflanges and center using several tie-rods.
- Screw up progressively the nuts until metal to metal contact is
achieved between the valve body and pipeline flanges, by making
sure the good centering of the body compared with the flange is
maintained.
- Operate the valve several times to ensure no valve disc obstruction.
HORIZONTAL VALVE
6.5
A c t u a t e d valves
A
A
Electrical cables may only be connected by qualified

personnel
'
^ The applicable electrical regulations (e.g. lEC and national
standards), also for equipment in hazardous locations, must be
observed.AII electrical equipment such as actuator, switchboard,
magnetic valve drive, limit switch etc. must be installed in floodproof
dry iocations.Voltage and frequency must match the valves stated on
the identity plate.
CORRECT
FORBIDDEN
7
7.1
Commissioning/Decommissioning
Commissioning
7.1.1
General
Prior to commissioning the valve, the pressure, temperature and

material data stated on the valve should be compared to the actual
operating conditions in the piping system to check whether the valve
can withstand the loads occurring in the system.
A,
Possible pressure surges (water hammer) must not be exceed

the highest admissible pressure. Adequate precautions should be
taken.ln new pipe systems and especially after repair work, the
system should be flushed with the valves fully open to remove solids,
e.g. weld beads, which may damage the seats.
7.1.2
Operation
The position of the disc is indicated by the pointer of the actuator or by

handle lever. The valves are closed by turning in the clockwise
direction (top view) and opened in the counterclockwise direction.
Neck extension and body supports may have been
delivered separately from the valve. They must be
mounted onto the valve before fitting it between flanges
7.1.3
Functional Check
The following functions should be checked:Before commissioning,

the shut-off-function of the valves should be checked by repeated
opening and closing.
7.1.4
Actuated valves
Adjustable end stops and torque limiter of actuators have been

adjusted in factory.
KSB
b.
7.2
Decommissioning
During extended shutdown periods, liquids liable to change their

condition due to polymerization, crystallization, solidification etc. must
be drained from the piping system. If necessary, the piping system
should be flushed with the valves fully open.
8.
8.1
Maintenance/Repair
Safety instructions
8.3.3
Consummables
Use only the silicon grease enclosed in the kit (Molykote type l i t ) .
The use of mechanical grease is strictly prohibited.
8.4
8.4.1
Valve disassembly and re-assembly

Valve disassembly
Remove the plug (916) or bottom (176), the spring retaining ring (932)
if any.
Maintenance and repair work may only be carried out by skilled and
qualified personnel.
Remove the anti blow-out screws (900.*) and gasket holder (559) if
any.
For all maintenance and repair work, the safety instructions listed
below and also the general notes in section 2 must be
observed.Always use suitable spare parts and tools, even in case of
emergency, otherwise correct operation of the valves cannot be
assured.
Extract the operating shaft (213) and lower shaft (210)
8.2
Valve removal from piping and

actuator disconnecting
Identify the valve by identity plate.
A
A.
A
Change O-rings 412.* using silicon grease. Put grease onto the liner
at shaft passages.
Valve re-assembly
Put in place the liner (413) into the body (100) so that shaft passages
are correctly aligned with the bores of the body.
Mount the shaft (210) with the ball (486) / keys (940.*) or spring
retaining ring (932), the washer (554) and screw (901.*) if any.
Mount the operating shaft (213) with keys (940.*) if any. Check the
correct indexation with the disc edge (550)
Opening pressurized valves will cause danger to life and

limbllf toxic or highly flammable substances or liquids whose residues
may cause corrosion by interaction with the air humidity were handled
by the valve, then the valve should be drained and flushed orvented.lf
necessary, wear safety clothing and aface guard/mask.Depending on
the installation position, any liquid remaining in the valve may have to
be removed.
Prior to possible transport, the valves must be flushed and drained
carefully.lf you have any questions please contact your KSB Sales
Office.
Adjust the anti blow-out screws (900.*)

Mount the plug (916) or bottom (176) and gasket holder (559) Ifany
Valves with a bottom(176) must be put in a horizontal position to adjust
screw (904) which is to be locked with nut (920).
8.5
Test and re-installation
Reassemble the actuator (check the N or M position)

Open the valve at 10 opening.
Pull apart the pipeline flanges to allow valve insertion without
damaging the elastomer liner of the valve.
If actuators powered by an external source of energy (electric,

pneumatic, hydraulic) need to be removed from the valves or
dismantled, the energy supply must be shut down prior to starting any
repair work.
Remove the valve from the piping with its actuator. Do not
damage the liner during removal the valve from the pipe. Therefore,
pull apart the pipe flanges to allow sufficient clearance.
Identify the mounting position of the actuator
Pisconnect the actuator and take care of all baiting parts.
Spares, list of tools, Consummables

Spares
Use the relevant spare parts included in the liner kit or disc kit or shaft
kit. Please refer to leaflets.
All constitutive parts of kits must be replaced.
During the mounting /dismantling of the valve, the order of

operations given in 8.4.1. must be respected to prevent injuries and
material damages.
During the tests, while closing and opening valves, care must be taken
that no operator Interferes with the disc travel.
List of tools for mounting/dismantling
Pneumatlcscrewlng machine, open ended spanner, ring spanner, box

spanner, screwdrivers, hammer, pneumatic polisher, wedges, crow
bar and silicon grease if authorized (Priam A).
10
Take care to prevent disc edge, liner and paint from any
damage.
Insert the disc (SSO) in open position and check correct alignment of
shaft passages.
' Theentirevalvemustbeunpressurizedandmust havecooled

down sufficiently so that the temperature of the medium is lower than
60 " C, to prevent scalding.
8.3.2
8.4.2
Please check what is the relevant spare kit.

Place_the disc at 10 opening.
8.3
8.3.1
Remove the disc (550) and dismantle the liner (413)
Connect the power supply if necessary.

Check that the valve can be fully operated by the actuator.
Connect the valve to the pipe and fallow assembling instructions.
.. .
KSB b-J
9
Trouble shooting
9.1
General
All repair and service work must be carried out by qualified personnel using suitable tools and genuine spare parts.
The previous safety instructions must be observed.
9.2
Faults & Remedies

Downstream/Upstream leakage
Shaft leakage
Flange leakage
Over torque
No opening
No closing
Hard point
1
J
I
J
Vibration / Fluttering
Foreign particles In the valve
Actuator on safe position

- Open the valve, line without fluid or flow, remove the particle
- inspect liner/disc
- replace liner/disc
Broken body
Defect due to water hammer

Search for the reasons.
Replace / Repair the valve
Broken or wa e d disc
Damaged disc, corroded disc

Search the reasons. Replace / Repair the valve
Disc : check flanging dimensions and replace using the disc kit
Adjusting bottom screws
Adjust bottom screws
Broken shaft, twisted shaft

Worn out liner
Receding liner, damaged liner
Analyse the defect / research of causes / replace shaft

Replacement liner (liner kit)
Wrong flanging
Wrong flanging size
Wrong face to face,
non parallel flanges
1 Flow conditions
1 Wrong operating conditions
Damaged actuator
LJLI 1 1
If the liner is undamaged ; separate the pipe flanges / remove valve /

put it back between the pipe flanges / check operations.
Check type and flange bolting torque
Follow instructions given in KSB technical leaflet
Flanging has to be modified in accordance with KSB technical leaflet
requirements.
Check the technical offer versus service conditions
Check sizing versus operating conditions (see KSB)
11
Il
i
KSB
KSB S.A.S
Tl. ; +33 1 41 47 75 00 Fax : +33 1 41 47 75 10 www.l<sb.fr
Kse
DPA7-100P6
Date
: 04/99
PAGE :0/6
INDICE : 0
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ISORIA 10 VALVES
APPROVED BY
AVI 7
ARR
. -
23/04/99
Indice
Date
New document
Observations
Kse
MAINTENANCE MANUAL-ISORIA 10 VALVES
1 -VALVE DISMANTLING FROM PIPING AND DESACCOUPLING

1 - Identify the valve by identity plate.
WARNING : Please check the identity plate on the valve to verify if it has a special
construction (S1,S10, S11, S12, S14, S17 orS26). In this case, please
notify this information to order the adequate spare kit.
2 - Turn valve to 10 position before full closing
3 - Disconnect the electrical and pneumatical supplies of actuators if necessary.
4 - Dismantle the valve from piping with its actuator.
WARNING : Don't damage the liner during removing of the pipe
Separate the pipeline flanges to allow vaive insertion without damaging the
elastomer liner of the valve
5 - Identify the mounting position of the actuator on to the valve (Position N or M):
6 - Desaccouple the actuator and keep carefully all the parts of the connection
2 - SPARES
Spare parts included in the liner kit
Spare parts included in the disc kit
Spare parts included in the shaft disc
(For overview of spare parts, please refer to 3 - Construction - Figures 4 and 5).
WARNING :
During the mounting/dismantling of the valve, the operations must be respected step
by step, to prevent injuries and material damages.
Closing and opening valves operations must be realized only when access between
the disc and the liner is protected
DPA7-100P6
PAGE : 1/6
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL - ISORIA 10 VALVES
3 - REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR MOUNTING / DISMANTLING
40 &
50
65 &
80
Screwdriver a
Crow bar D
HammerO
Pipe wrenches D
Vice
Hoistincj meansO
. Hub extractor
Metallic bar Q
Disc liftinq tools G
LOCTITE 243 glue
Nut breaker D
M0LYK0TE111
Silicon grease G
MOLYKOTE
321 R(MOS2) D
Washer 554* and
screw 9 0 1 *
X
X
X
X
X
X
0 threaded rod and nut

Mini length of the
threaded rod
Washer ( 0 ext.mm)
M4
25
250
300
350
400
100to 200
150
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
450
500
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ml 6
400
M20
400
M20
400
170
220
250
170
150
370
220
200
260
250
230
360
550&
600
20
Threaded rod eauiDoed with a washer and a nut see flaures 3 and 6 G
M10
MIO
M8
MID
M10
M5
M6
M8
M8
55
65
40
55
65
25
25
40
30
40
53
62
38
22
28
33
Spacer for extraction of the upper shaft see figure 3 D
68
M10
85
76
85
Spacer 0 ext (mm)

Spacer 0 int (mm)
Spacer Hight (mm)
1200to
1500
650to 750to
700
1200
Mountina/disman tlinq tool for bea rinas se e figure 1G

49.5
35.5
39.5
54.5
69.5
31.5
59.5
24.5
0 A (mm)
31.8
35.8
44.8
27.8
49.8
54.8
64.8
21.8
0 (mm)
27
32
32
42
27
42
52
(mm)
22
70
70
65
80
65
80
90
D (mm)
60
9.5
16
17
17
17
Mounting dimension E
8
17
8
(mm)
SPECIAL CONS TRUCTION : Immersed special construction S10) : check standard construction US special parts
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
LOCTITE AUTOFORM
X
X
X
X
549 and glue with
hardener *
Specific plug 916
: X
: Tools supplied in the kits

D : Tools not supplied : For immersed special construction (not supplied)
Nota: Please, consult the technical Department for an immersed special construction of a valve for the
mounting/dismantling procedure
* Due to important weight of the ISORIA 10 disc for DN >650, lifting tools to fit the disc into the valve
without damaging the liner are required.
Mounting tool for bearings (DN 200 to 600\
Angle vif
edge
aA
Ecrou
J ' ''
Upper shaft extraction tool (DN 650 to 1500)
?
Q
lignment
plain bearing
and machining
body
>NNN]!b-~.^ Rondelle
Washer
Tige flete
1x<5
eS
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 3
DPA7-100P6
PAGE : 2/6
KSB
C O N S T R U C T I O N (according to technical leaflets 8444.1-10)
Sizes 40 to SOOmm (1"1/2 to 24")
The drawings figure 4 show the sections of ISORIA 10 valves except the external shape of the
body, the construction is the same of all body types (1, 2, 4 and 5)
*
^...'^^'
310.2
550
310.3
310.4
210
413
900.2
916

Spare parts included in the disc Kit
Spare parts included in the shaft kit
Item
Designation
Size{rorriy .Mgttials.--'
Types 1 and 4: EN-GJL-250* cast iron (code 3t)
Body
100
40 to 60Q.
Types 2 and 5: EN-GJS-400-15** ductile iron (code 3g)
13% chromium stainless steel (code 6k) in standard version
210
Shaft
40 to 600
Operating shaft
13% chromium stainless steel (code 6k) in standard version
213
40 to 600
Plain bearing
310.1
200 to 600 PTFE filled on steel casing
Plain bearing
310.2
Plain bearing
310.3
20Qto600 PTFE filled on steel casing
310.4
Plain bearing
350 to 600 PTFE filled on steel easing
Nitrile
412
0-Ring
40 to 600
In accordance with fluid
Liner
413
40 t o 600
Disc
40 to 600
550
Stainless steel
Anti blow-out screw
40 to 600
900.1
Anti blow-out screw
900.2
250 to 600 Stainless steel
Polyamide
40 to 600
916
Plug
Spring retaining ring
Steel
932
40 to 200
Polyester + adhesive
970
Identity plate
40 to 600
Previous standards : DIN GG 25 / NF FGL 250
* Previous standards : DIN GGG 4 0 / N F F G S 4 0 0 - 1 i
1 /- i i - i c
DPA7-100P6
PAGE :3/6
KSB
Sizes 650 to 1500mm (26" to 60")
The drawings figure 5 show the sections of ISORIA 10 valves. Except the external shape of the
body (flat or raised faces), the construction is the same of two body types (5 or 6)
Sizes SSO and 700
Spare parts included in the liner l<it

Spare parts included in the disclcit
Itiem
Dsignation".:'
;;,:;',-,
^'-'^
Size(nwTj>
650 to 1500 Type 5
650to15G065fltotQ00 Type 6
,.-Vsr;4 ,
EN-GJS-400-15'' ductile iron (code 3g)
EN-GJS-400-15** ductile iron (code 3g)
^m
-. Body
EN-GJL-250 * cast iron (code 31)
ASTM A 216 gr.WCC carbon steel (code 1)
r 850 to tsao
176: --J Bottom
6 5 C t o t 5 0 O EN-GJS^3-15-* ductile iron
210 Shaft
6 5 a t o 1500 13% Cr stainless steel (code 6k) or 17-4 stainless steel (code 6ei***
213
Operating shaft
650 to 1500 13% Cr stainless steel (code 6k) or 17-4 stainless steel (code 6e)***
Plain bearing
310.1
6 5 0 t o 1 5 0 0 PTFE filled on steel casing
31Q^
Plain bearing
esotofsoo i hb Tilled on steel casing
310:3
Plain bearing
esQtfftsoo PTFE filled on steel casing
650 to 1500 Nttrlle
4 1 Z 1 : O-Ring
O-Ring
412.2
esatotsoo Nitrile
O-Ring
412.3
650 to 1500 Nitrile
Liner
41.3
650 to 150a In accordance with fluid
486
Sail
6 5 0 t o 1 5 0 0 stainless steel
550
Disc
650 to 1500 In accordance with fluid
554
Washer
esctatsoo Nylon
Gasket holder
559
650 to 1500 EN-GJS-400-15** ductile Iron (code )
Grooved nail
65010 1500 Stainless steel
sei
900.1
Hexagonal screw
650 to 1500 steel
Hexagonal screw
900.2
650 to 1500 Steel
904
Adjusting screw
650 to 1500 Steel
Plug
650 to 1500 Polyethylene
916
Nut
650 to 1500 steel
920
Key
940.1
650 to 1500 Steel
Key
S50 to 1500 steel
940.2
Identity plate
6 5 0 t 1500 Stainless steel
970
" Previous standards . DIN GG 25 / NF FGL 250 - * Previousstaixjards DIN GGG 40 / NF FGS 400-15
' Shafts 6k In standard verskin for l sizes, stcept sizes 1200 to 1400 shafts
FIGURE 5
DPA7-100P6
PAGE : 4/6
11
KSB
la

- DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE
1 - Remove the plug 916 and the spring retaining ring 932 : use a screwdriver
2 - For DN < 650 dismantle anti blow-out screws 900.1 and 900.2 or for DN > 600 the bottom 176 and
the gasket holder 559
3 - Operating shaft 213 extraction : block the head flat in a vice or extract with an hub extractor or the
extraction tool figure 3 (spacer + washer + threaded rod)
4 - Shaft 210 extraction : use a threaded rod + nut + washer (see figure 6) or for DN > 600 use a
metallic bar passing through the body bore.
WARNING: for DN > 600, take the ball 486 and
the keys 940.1 and 940.2
FIGURE 6
5 - Remove the disc 550 : use a hammer *, and dismantle the liner 413 with a screw driver or a crow
bar
WARNING : During the dismantling, take care to prevent disc edge and liner damage.
* Please takecare of painting while using the hammer. Paint may get damaged if not
correctly used.
5 - PREPARATION OF SPARES BEFORE THE MOUNTING

AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
*Change OYings 412 and 412.1 and 412.2 and 412.3
* Grease slightly the internal diameter (in contact with the disc edge) of the liner 413, as well as
grease the shaft passage and the O-rings 412, 412.1, 412.2 and 412.3 with a silicon grease
silicon MOLYKOTE typ 111
WARNING : all other greases could occure liner damage.
* Put Loctite 243 on the screws threads 900.1 and 900.2
For DN < 200 lubricate areas of operating shaft 213 and shaft 210 in contact with the body f 00 and
the bore of the disc 550 opposite splines.
For the shaft spare kit with the mounting tool change the bearings 310.1 and 310.2 : respect
the position of bearings into the body 100 (put in place according to dimension E and view A defined In
figure 2)
DPA7-100P6
PAGE : 5/6
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL - ISORiA 10 VALVES
6-VALVE MOUNTING
1 - Put in place the liner 413 in the body 100 using a hammer if necessary and verify that the ribs are
correctly positioned in their grooves.
WARNING ; For an easy mounting of the shafts, the shaft passage in the liner must be correctly
aligned with the bores of body (the shaft and operating shaft can be used as
positioners)
2 - Insert the disc 550 in opening position and check correct alignment of shaft passage
3 - Mount the shaft 210 with the ball 486 for DM > 600 up to 1000 or for DN < 250 with the spring
retaining ring 932 and with the washer 554 and the screw 901 (see figures 7 and 8)
WARNING figures 7 and 8 : For DN < 250 the spring retaining ring 932 must be mounted with the
washer 554.
If you don't use it, the anti-blow out can't be ensured.
Mount DN 40 to200
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 8
901
932
210
4 -r- Mount the operating shaft 213 with for DN > 600 keys 940.1 and 940.2, respected the good
indexation with disc edge 550
5 - Screw anti blow-out screws 900.1 and 900.2 up to the bottom of the groove then unscrew them
1/8 turn.
WARNING : The function of the screws 900.1 and 900.2 is anti '
'^"*' blow-out
blow-out.
These screws will never be :
* locked in the bottom of the groove
* unscrewed beyond 1/8 t u m (45)
FIGURE 9
6 - Mount the plug 916 or the bottom 176 and the gasket holder 559
7 - For the valves with a bottom 176, put them in an horizontal position then fully screw the adjusting
screw 304 and lock it with the nut 920
7 - TEST AND INSTALLATION

1 - Reassemble the actuator and turn valve to 10 position
2 - Check the N or M position
3 - Separate the pipeline flanges to allow valve insertion without damaging the elastomer liner
of valve
4 - Connect the electrical or pneumatical supplies of actuators if necessary.
5 - Check that the valve can be fully operated by the actuator.
6 - Couple the valve and follow the pipe assembling instructions.
For more informations, please refer to detained installation procedure (DP A7-500 P5)
DPA7-100P6
PAGE : 6/6
KSB
DPA7-160P6
Date
: 04/99
PAGE :0/6
INDICE : 0
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ISORIA 16 VALVES
BON POUR ACCORD

AVI 7
23/04/99
Indice
Date
New document
Observations
ARR
AMM1
KSB
1 - VALVE DISMANTLING FROM PIPING AND DESACCOUPLING

1 - Identify the valve by identity plate.
WARNING : Please check the identity plate on the valve to verify if it has a special
construction (S10, S14 or S17). In this case, please notify this information
to order the adequate spare kit.
2 - Tum valve to 10 position before full dosing
3 - Disconnect the electrical and pneumatical supplies of actuators if necessary.
4 - Dismantle the valve from piping with its actuator.
WARNING : Don't damage the liner during removing of the pipe
Separate the pipeline flanges to allow valve insertion without damaging the
elastomer liner of the valve
5 - Identify the mounting position of the actuator on to the valve (Position N or M).
6 - Desaccouple the actuator and keep carefully all the parts of the connection
2 - SPARES
Spare parts included in the disc kit
Spare parts included in the shaft disc
(For overview of spare parts, please refer to 3 - Construction - Figures 4 and 5).
WARNING :
During the mounting/dismantling of the valve, the operations must be respected step
by step, to prevent injuries and material damages.
Closing and opening valves operations must be realized only when access between
the disc and the liner is protected
DP A7-160 P6
PAGE : 1/6
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL - !SOR!A 16 VALVES
3 - REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR MOUNTING / DISMANTLING
40 &
50
STANDARD
CONSTRUCTION
Screwdriver D
Crow bar Q
HammerG
Pipe wrenches D
Vice G
Hoisting rneansG
Hub extractor G
Metallic bar G
Disc lifting tools D
LOCTITE 243 glue
Nut breaker G
MOLYK0TE111
Silicon grease G
MOLYKOTE
321 R(M0S2) G
Washer 5 5 4 * and
screw 9 0 1 *
0 threaded rod and nut
Mini length of the
threaded rod
Washer ( 0 ext.mm)
65 &
80
100to
150
200
250
300
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
350
400
450
500
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
550&
600
650to
700
750to
1000
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Threaded rod eauioped with a washer and a nut see fiaures 3 and 6
M10
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M4
M6
MS
40
55
55
65
25
25
30
40
25
38
40
53
28
33
20
22
Spacer for extraction of the upper shaft see figure 3 0
62
68
M10
65
MIO
85
76
85
Spacer 0 ext (mm)

Spacer 0 int (mm)
Spacer Hight (mm)
0 A (mm)
0 (mm)
(mm)
D(mm)
Mountina/dismantlina tool for bearings see fiaij r e l D

39.5
35.5
24.5
31.5
27.8
31.8
35.8
21.8
27
27
22
32
70
65
60
65
16
8
9.5
8
49.5
44.8
32
70
17
54.5
49.8
42
80
17
59.5
54.8
42
80
17
69.5
64.8
52
90
17
M16
400
M20
400
170
220 '
170
150
370
220
200
260
Mounting dimension E
(mm)
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION : Immersed special construction (S10) : check standard construction plus special p arts
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
LOCTITE AUTOFORM
X
X
549 and glue with
hardener "
Specific plug 916
: Tools supplied in the kits

G : Tools not supplied : For immersed special construction (not supplied)
Nota: Please, consult the technical Department for an immersed special construction of a valve for the
mounting/dismantling procedure
* Due to important weight of the ISORIA disc for DN >650, lifting tools to fit the disc into the valve
without damaging the liner are required.
Upper shaft extraction tool (DN 650 to 1000)
Mounting tool for bearings (DN 200 to 600)
Ecrou
--;^_-310.1
+=5-
Arigle vif
edge
310.2
100i^.Alignment
1x45' ^ 1
VUE A
FIGURE 1
FIGURE 2
plain bearing
and machining
body
DPA7-160P6
PAGE : 2/6
Qffi
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL-iSORlA 16 VALVES
C O N S T R U C T I O N (according to technical leaflets 8445.1-10)

Sizes 40 to 600mm (1"1/2 to 24
The drawings figure 4 show the sections of ISORIA 16 valves except the external shape of the
body, the construction is the same of all body types (1, 2, 4 and 5)
Sizes
40 to 150 mm
Sizes
250 a n d 300 m m
Size 200 mm
Sizes
350 to 600 mm
412
412
550
100
412
310.1
100
900.1
310.1
970
900.1
310.2
970
310.2
213
213
550
550
310.3 AM
210
0 .3 AM
413
210
932
413
916
900.2
916
310.3
310.4 AM
210
413
900.2 A M
916
AM
> Spare parts included in the liner kit
> Spare parts included in the disc Itit

Spare parts included In the shaft kit
ttemr
Destgrtation
SizB ( m m
100
Body
4fo60
terials
Types 1 and 4 EN-GJL-2S0* cast iron (code 3t)
Types 2 and 5 EN-GJS-400-1S** ductile iron (code 3g)
13% chromium stainless steel (code 61c)
13% chromium stainless steel (code 6k)
PTFE filled on steel casing
Nitrile
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Polyamide
Steel
Polyester + adhesive
Shaft
4 0 to 00
4 0 to 600
Operating shaft
Plain bearing
aOQtuSOO
200 to 600
Plain bearing
200 to 600
Plain bearing
350 f o 600
Plain bearing
4 0 to 0 0
0-Ring
Liner
4 0 t o 600
Disc
40 to 600
40 to 600
9. 1
Anti blow-out screw
250 to 600
900 2 Anti blow-out screw
4 0 to 600
916
Plug
40 to 200
932
4 0 to 600
970
Identity plate
' Previous standards : DIN GG 25 / NF FGL 250
" Previous standards ; DIN G G G 40 / NF FG3 400-15
210
213
3t0-1
310.2
&t0,3
310.4
412
413
550
12
d^î i m e
DPA7-160P6
PAGE : 3/6
KSB .
Sizes 650 to 1000mm (26" to 40")
The drawings figure 5 show the sections of ISORIA 16 valves. Except the external shape of
the body (flat or raised faces), the construction is the same of two body types (5 and 6).
Sizes 650 and 700 mm
Sizes 750 to lOOO mm

Spare parts Included In the disc kit
item
Des*gnatior> -
100
Body
176
20
213
31-0.1
310 2
310.3
412 1
412 2
412 3
413
486
550
554
659
561
9001
90O2
904
316920
9401
940 2
970
Bottom
Shaft
Operating shaft
Plain bearing
Plain bearing
Plain bearing
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Liner
Bail
DISC
Washer
Gasket holder
Grooved nail
Hexagonal screw
Hexagonal screw
Adjusting screw
Plug
Nut
Key
Key
Identity plate
, '
Size<mm) = ifetefials '
Types
EN-GJS-400-15" ductle iron (code 3g)
EN-GJS-400-15* ductile iron (code 3g)
6 5 0 fo 1000
Type 6
EN 10213-2 GP240GH " carbon steel(code 1)
SSOtolO EN-GJS-400-15* ductile iron
eSOto 1000 13% chromium stainless steel (code 6k)
estQiooo 13% chromium stainless steel (code 6k)
SSOtolOOO PTFE filled on steel casing
eSQtoiooo PTFE filled on steel casing
eSOtalOOO NItrile
650 t a 1000 Nitrile
6S0,a iOOO Nitnle
650 to-1000 In accordarKe with fluid
650 ta 1000- Stainless steel
650 to 1000 In accordance with fluid
esotoiQOO Nylon
eSOto 100Q EN-GJS-400-15* ductile iron (code 3g)
650101000 Stainless steel
6 5 0 t o 1 0 { Steel
SSOtolOOO steel
650to 1000 steel
6 5 0 I Q 1 0 0 0 Polyethylene
655 to 1000 Steel
^650te 1000 steel
650 to 1000 Steel
650 to 100C Stainless steel
Previous standards : DIN GGG 40 / NF FGS 400-15

* Previous standards : DIN 17245 GSC-25
FIGURE 5
DPA7-160P6
PAGE : 4/6
KSB12.
4 - DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE
1 - Remove the plug 916 and the spring retaining ring 932 : use a screwdriver
2 - For DN < 650 dismantle anti blow-out screws 900.1 and 900.2 or for DN > 600 the bottom 176 and
the gasket holder 559
3 - Operating shaft 213 extraction : block the head flat in a vice or extract with an hub extractor or the
extraction tool figure 3 (spacer + washer + threaded rod)
4 - Shaft 210 extraction : use a threaded rod + nut + washer (see figure 6) or for DN > 600 use a
metallic bar passing through the body bore.
WARNING: for DN > 600, take the ball 486 and
the keys 940.1 and 940.2
FIGURE 6
5 - Remove the disc 550 : use a hammer *, and dismantle the liner 413 with a screw driver or a crow
bar
WARNING : During the dismantling, take care to prevent disc edge and liner damage.
* Please takecare of painting while using the hammer. Paint may get damaged if not
correctly used.
S - PREPARATION OF SPARES BEFORE THE MOUNTING

AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
*Change O'rings 412 and 412.1 and 412.2 and 412.3
* Grease slightly the internal diameter (in contact with the disc edge) of the liner 413, as well as
grease the shaft passage and the 0-rings 412, 412.1, 412.2 and 412.3 with a silicon grease
silicon MOLYKOTE typ 111
WARNING : all other greases could occure liner damage.
* Put Loctite 243 on the screws threads 900.1 and 900.2
For DN < 200 lubricate areas of operating shaft 213 and shaft 210 in contact with the body 100 and
the bore of the disc 550 opposite splines.
For the shaft spare kit with the mounting tool change the bearings 310.1 and 310.2 : respect
the position of bearings into the body 100 (put in place according to dimension E and view A defined in
figure 2)
DPA7-160P6
PAGE : 5/6
Uli
KSB
6-VALVE MOUNTING
1 - Put in place the liner 413 in the body 100 using a hammer if necessary and verify that the ribs are
correctly positioned in their grooves.
WARNING : Foran easy mounting of the shafts, the shaft passage in the liner must be correctly
aligned with the bores of body (the shaft and operating shaft can be used as
positioners)
2 - Insert the disc 550 in opening position and check correct alignment of shaft passage
3 - Mount the shaft 210 with the ball 486 for DN > 600 up to 1000 or for DN < 250 with the spring
retaining ring 932 and with the washer 554 and the screw 901 (see figures 7 and 8)
WARNING figures 7 and 8 : For DN < 250 the spring retaining ring 932 must be mounted with the
washer 554.
If you don't use it, the anti-blow out can't be ensured.
Mount DN 40 to200
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 8
901
932
21Q
4 - Mount the operating shaft 213 with for DN > 600 keys 940.1 and 940.2, respected the good
indexation with disc edge 550
5 - Screw anti blow-out screws 900.1 and 900.2 up to the bottom of the groove then unscrew them
1/8 turn.
WARNING : The function of the screws 900.1 and 900.2 is anti I
Anti blow-out
blow-out.
These screws will never be :
* locked in the bottom of the groove
* unscrewed beyond 1/8 tum (45)
FIGURE 9
6 - Mount the plug 916 or the bottom 176 and the gasket holder 559
7 - For the valves with a bottom 176, put them in an horizontal position then fully screw the adjusting
screw 904 and lock it with the nut 920
7 - TEST AND INSTALLATION

1 - Reassemble the actuator and tum valve to 10 position
2 - Check the N or M position
3 - Separate the pipeline flanges to allow valve insertion without damaging the elastomer liner
of valve
4 - Connect the electrical or pneumatical supplies of actuators if necessary.
5 - Check that the valve can be fully operated by the actuator.
6 - Couple the valve and follow the pipe assembling instructions.
For more informations, please refer to detained installation procedure (DP A7-500 P5)
DPA7-160P6
PAGE :6/6
Operating Instructions
8450.810/3-10
DANAIS 150
DANAS MT II
DANAS HT II
DANAS CRYOGENIC
1.
2.
General
3.
Safety.
4.
Transport and interim storage
5.
Installation
7.
Commissioning / Decommissionning
12
8.
Maintenance/ Repair.
12
9.
Trouble shooting
13
KSo
KSB
1.
Hereby we,
KSB S.A.S.
Zone industrielle Gagnaire Fonsche
24490 LA ROCHE CHALAIS
Registered Office: 92635 - Gennevilliers
France
declare that the valves listed below comply:

S with the requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC
Butterfly valves
- DANAIS MT II
- DANAIS HT 11
- DANAIS 150
- DANAl'S Cryogenic
Wafer, Lug,
Flanged
- DANAS Cryogenic
Buttweld
class 150
FN 25
class 300
class 600
class 150
PN 25
class 300
PN 25
class 150
class 300
class 600
class 150
As per harmonized European standards:
EN 10213-2; EN 10213-4
and other standards / directives:
ASMEB 16.34
Suitable for:
Fluids group 1 and 2
Conformity Assessment Procedure:
Module H
Name and address of the authorizing and

monitoring notified body:
LLOYD'S REGISTER
Hiramford,
Middlemarch Office Village
Siskin Drive, Coventry
CV3 4FJ, UK
Number of notified body:
0038
Number of Certificate:
RPS 0160325/01
DN 50-600 '
DN 50-600
DN 50-600
DN 100-900
DN 50-600
DN 50-600
DN 50-600
DN 50-600
DN 50-2000
DN 50-1500
DN 100-120
DN 150-1200
S with the requirements AD 2000 - AD A4.

Butterfly valves
- DANAIS MT II
- DANA'IS 150
class 150
PN 25
class 300
PN 25
As standards:
AD 2000
Name and address of the inspection body:
TV Rheinland France
6, rue Halvy
75009 Paris
France
Number of certificate:
AF 03.00126
Michel Delobel
Quality Assurance
(This document was prepared electronically'and Is valid without signaturs)
DN
DN
DN
DN
50-600
50-600
50-600
50-600
rev.4 - 01/04
KSB
2.
3.1.
General
These operating instructions apply to KSB offset disc butterfly valves

{see section 5).
. Design, manufacturing and testing of the KSB valves are subject to a
Quality Assurance System according to EN ISO 9001 and to the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED).
Correct installation and maintenance or repair are mandatory to
ensure trouble free operation of the valves.
The manufacturer cannot be made liable for these valves if operating
instructions are not being observed.
ATTENTION
The valves must- not be operated beyond the limits

defined in the operating instructions/contractual documentation/type
leaflet. Any use beyond the above conditions will lead to overload
which the valves cannot withstand.
Safety Symbols in these Operating

Instructions
Safety instmctions put forth in this instaiction manual, the

nonobservance of which would involve the risk of personal injury, they
are specially marked with the general hazard symbol:
in accordance with ISO 3864-8.3.1.

or with the electric voltage warning sign:
Nonobservance of this warning may lead to personal injury or

property damage, e.g.:
In accordance with ISO 3864-8.3.6.
- Injury caused by escaping fluids (cold/hot, toxic.flammabie,

corrosive or under pressure)
- Incorrect operation or destaiction of the valve.
Safety instructions the nonobservance of which would involve hazard

to the valve and jeopardize its operation have been merited with the
word
The descriptions and instructions in this manual refer to the standard

versions but also apply to the related variants.
These operating instructions do not take into consideration:
- incidents which may occur during installation, operation and
maintenance.
- the local safety regulations. It is the user's responsibility to ensure
that these are also observed by the installation staff involved.
For actuated valves, the specified connection parameters and the
installation and maintenance instructions - including the operating
manual for the actuator - must be observed.
[ATTENTION I Handling a valve requires skilled and experienced

personnel.
The personnel in charge of operation, maintenance and installation of
this valve must be aware of the interaction between the valve and the
plant.
Operator's en'ors concerning the valve
consequences for the entire plant, e.g.:
may
have
serious
- fluid may escape

- downtime of the plant/machine
- adverse effect/reductionAincrease of the efficiency/function of a
plant/machine.
For further questions or in caseof damage to theValve, please contact
your KSB Sales Office.
For further questions and supplementary orders, especially when
ordering spare parts, please always state the indications of the
marking plate.
The specifications (operating data) of the valves are listed in the
technical documentation & type leaflet of the related valve (see also
section 5).
ATTENTION
Instructions directly attached to the valve, (e.g. nominal pressure)
must be complied with and maintained in a legible condition.
3.2.
Qualification and training of personnel
The personnel foroperation, maintenance. Inspection and installation

rpust be adequately qualified for the wori< involved. The personnel
responsibility, competence and supervision must be cleariy defined by
the user. If the personnel in question is not already in possession of the
required know-how, appropriate training and instructions must be
provided. If deemed necessary, the manufacturer/supplier will provide
such training and instructions at the user's request. In addition, the
user is responsible for ensuring that the contents of these operating
instructions are fully understood by the personnel involved.
3.3.
Danger or nonobservance of the safety

instructions
Nonobservance of the safety instructions may lead to personal injury

and danger for both the environment and the valve itself.
Nonobservance of these safety instructions will also forfeit the user's
warranty.
Such noncompliance could result in for example :
-
failure of essential functions of the valve/plant

failure of prescribed maintenance and repair practices
hazard to people by electrical, mechanical or chemical effects
hazard to the environment due to leakage of hazardous substances
3.4.
Safety Consciousness
The safety instructions contained in this manual, the applicable

national accident prevention regulations and any of the user's own
applicable internal work, operation or safety instructions must be fully
complied with.
When returning valves to the manufacturer, please refer to section 4.
3.5.
3.
Any hot-or cold parts of the valve (e.g. body or handle or actuator) that
could cause a hazard must be protected by the user against accidental
contact.
Safety
This manual contains basic instructions to be complied with during

operation and maintenance. It is therefore vital for the fitter and the
operator/user to read this manual before installing/commissioning the
valve. Also, this manual must always be available at the site where the
valve is installed.
It is not enough to observe the general instructions listed in the section
"safety", the specific safety instructions listed in the other sections
should also be observed.
Safety Instructions for the

User/Operator
Leakage of hazardous substance (e.g. flammable, corrosive, toxic,

hot) must be drained so as to avoid all danger to people or the
environment. All relevant laws must be observed.
A.
Êlectrical hazards must be effectively prevented. (For details,

please refer to the IEC 364 or equivalent national standard and/or
local utility energy supply regulations).
KSB
3.6.
3.6.1.
b.
Safety Instructions for Maintenance, Inspection and Installation work
General
The user is responsible for ensuring that all maintenance, inspection and installation work is carried out by authorized, adequately
qualified staff who are thoroughly familiar with thisinstruction manual.
Any work on a valve may only be performed when the valve is un-pressurized and has cooled down to 60 - or has warmed up to
0C.
Any work on actuated valves may only be done after that the actuator has been disconnected from its energy supply.
The procedure described in the operating instructions to shut down the actuator must be observed.Valves in contact with
hazardous media must be decontaminated. Immediately following completion of the work, all safety relevant and protective
devices must be reinstalled and/or re-enabled. Priorto recommissioning, refer to the points listed under section 7 Commissioning.
3.6.2.
End of line installation
Use as end of line and downstream dismantling at ambient temperature of standard range:
Valves Type 1 {annular shape); use as end of line and downstream dismantling are not authorized.
Valves Type 4 (lug) and Type 7 (flanged): use as end of line and downstream dismantling are authorized, but for DANAS 150,
subject to cares explained at chapter 6.1.
.
Valves
class I s a * *
DAMAIS MT II
DANAS HT It
PN 25
dass300
DANATS 150
DANAS
Cryogenic
' wafer, lug.
^^ '-flanged . -, DAMAIS
_ .J Cryogenic
'" buweld
PN'25 * -class 1 5 0 "

class 300
class600
dass ,150 "
- Gaz or liquids *
'; , Non hazardous
All sizes:
APS = 15 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 19 bar max.
All sizes:
UPS = 38 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 15 tiarmax.
All sizes:
APS = 15 bar max.
All sizes:
APS = 38 bar max.
All sizes:
not authorized
Hazardous
All sizes:
not authonzed
All sizes:
not authorized
All sizes:
not authorized
All sizes:
not authorized
All sizes:
not authorized
All sizes:
not auttTorized
All sizes:
not authorized
All sizes:
net authorized
non applicable
' ^
. Uquids
' ' ' .
Hazardous
, .Non hazardous
All sizes:
All sizes:
APS = 15 bar max.
APS = 15 bar max.
All sizes:
All sizes:
APS = 19 bar max.
APS = 19 bar max.
All sizes:
All sizes :
APS = 38 bar max.
APS = 38 bar max.
All sizes:
All sizes:
APS = 15 bar max.
APS = 15 bar max.
All sizes:
All sizes:
APS = 15 bar max.
APS = 15 bar max.
All sizes:
All sizes:
APS = 38 bar max.
APS = 38 bar max.
All sizes:
All sizes:
not authorized
not authorized
non applicatile
All sizes:
APS = 10 bar max.
APS: Differential pressure

* Uquids whose vapour pressure at the maximum allowable temperature is greater than 0.5 bar above nomial atmospheric pressure (1013
mbar)
" When shaft material is 316L, APS is reduced to 10 1 max.
3.7.
Unauthorized Modification and Manufacturing of Spare Parts
The equipment shall not be altered or modified in any way prior to consultation with the manufacturer. Genuine spare parts
and accessories authorized by the manufacturer will ensure operational safety. The manufacturer cannot be held responsible
for damage resulting from the use of non-genuine parts or accessories.
3.8.
Inadmissible Modes of Operation
Operational safety and reliability of the valve supplied is only warranted for its designated use as defined in section 2
"General"
of the operating instructions.The limits stated in the technical documentation must not be exceeded under any circumstances.
4.
4.1.
Transport and Interim Storage

Transport
The valves in the as-supplied condition are ready for operation.

ATTENTION For transport and storage, the valves must always be maintained in the semi-closed position and be packed in
cardboard, crate or case with suitable protection (dessicant, thermowelded barrier).
I ATTENTION To prevent damage, do not hang the valve by its handle or actuator.After delivery or prior to installation, the
valve should be checked for damage during transit.
4.2.
Interim Storage
The valves must be stored in such a way that correct operation is assured even after prolonged storage.
This comprises: - Storing at 5 from the closed position
- Suitable measures against contamination, frost and corrosion (e.g. by using thermowelded plastic bags with
dessicant, protection caps and plugs onto threaded holes).
KSB
5.
The sectional drawings shown hereafter are examples for the general
design of our valves. For drawings and other information pertaining to
a specific valve series, please refer to the relevant type leaflets and
specific technical drawings.
5.1.
Marking
The valves are marked to PED 97/23/EC.
M M
OANAISISQ .
kr
^ 5 25(* 5 151 / 3 220" ^

* - ' ^ ASME 816.5 diso UNC ' - '
795239 0 0 3 8
Marking of the identity plate
Example
1 - Valve type model

- Internal material code
- Valve PN /Class designation
- Maximum allowable pressure
- Maximum allowable pressure at end of line or for downstream
dismantling
- Maximum allowable temperature
- Pipe flange drilling pattern (if known)
8 - Month and year of production
9 - Equipment serial number
10 - CE marking with notified body identification number
PS
10
16
25
40
50
Size
80 I 100 I 125 I 150 U200
65
-J
1^.*. "SA ^->^-^
Valves for hazardous liquids and gaz (group 1)

5.2.
' -
Drawings and documents

Type
,- 1 -<
'S(ze(mrfi)-
Type sns bcxiktet no. <

'
DANAIS MT 11 WAFER
50-600
8460.1
DANAS MT II LUG
50-600
8461.1
DANAIS MT 11 FLANGED
50-600
8462.1
DANAIS HT II WAFER
50-600
8460.1
DANAS HT II LUG
50-600
8461.1
DANAIS HT 11 FLANGED
50-600
8462.1
Alt types ON 50 to 250
KSB
b.
. Type
DAN AIS 150
Size (ram)
Typs series booklet . - '
5 0 - 600
8446.1
Type
DANAIS Cryogenic
buttweld
Size (mm)
150 - 1200
Type series booklet no.

" " Specific technical
drawing
561.1
Detail A
970
213
902.1
920.1
930.1
512
41-2
310.2
543.1
901.4
930.3
550
Preferential
flow
901.5
930.4
543.2
310.3
210
Detail
100
Detail A
' \\.-f7
Type- ,\- ; S
DANAIS Ciyogenic
Wafer, Lug . Flanged
S&ilftitTTf .'Type serias^bbokiet 1

Technical
50 - 2000
drawings
901.1
554
310.1
412.2
412.1
412.3
Detail
412.5
412.4
415.1
72-3
100
41-2
144
550
50-5
903
914
72-3
KSB
5.3.
.
List of Components
Part No.
01-48
Name of Parts
Fire-safe sealing packing
13-21
Extension
41-2
50-5
50-6
Static ring
Reaction ring
Tightening ring
59-52
68-4
72-2
72-3
81-2
Trigger
Foil
Centring flange
Tightening flange
Wire
100
Body
143
Yoke
144
144.1
144.2
160
176
210
212
213
310.*
314
412.*
415
452
481
486
512
543.*
Seat
Plastomer / Metallic seat
Fire safe seat
Cover
Bottom
Shaft
Intermediate shaft
Operating shaft
Plain bearing
Wedge
550
553.*
554
559
Disc
Thrust
Plain virasher
Gasket holder
560.*
561
Pin
Grooved nail
733
900.*
901.*
902
903
904
914
916
920.*
930
932
937
940.*
970
Clamp
Anti blow-out screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud
Threaded plug
Grub screw
Hexgon socket head screw
Plug
Hexagon nut
Retainer
Inner ring
Elastic wire
Key
Identity plate
0-ring
Lip seal ring
Packing gland
Bellows
BallAdjusting ring
Spacer bush
Repetitive part
5.4. Functioning principle

Description
The valve consists mainly of a body (100), operating shaft (213), shaft
(210), disc (550) and different types of seats (144).
Disc-shaft connection: The operating shaft (213) is connected to
the disc (550) by grooved pins, splines or taper pins.
Stem seal area:
MT II type: realized by elastomer 0-Ring (412) fitted into a gasket
holder (559). Fire safety is achieved by a graphite packing (01-48)
tightened by the gasket holder (559), screvra (901.1) and washers (554).
HTIItvpe: achieved by a graphite packing (01 -43) compressed by the

trigger (59-52) studs (902) and nuts (920).
150 type: realized by a sealing packing (01-48) tightened by a packing
gland (452) studs (902) and nuts (920).
Cp/oaenic type: realized by elastomer 0-Ring (412) fitted Into a
gasket holder (559). Fire safety is achieved by a graphite packing
(01-48) tightened by the gasket holder (559), screws (901.1) and
washers (554). Lip seal ring (415.1) tightened by the gasket holder
(559), the seating packing (01-48), screws (901.1) and washers
(554).
Flow seal area:
MT II . HT II and Cryogenic types: the seat (144) is tightened in the
body (100) by a tightening flange (72-2) which is maintained by radial
screws (904) or axial screws (901 )
MT II and HT II flanned typi; the seat (144) is tightened in the body
(100) by a tightening flange (72-2) which is maintained by radial
screws (904) or axial screws (901).
150 type: the seat (144) is tightened in the body (100) by a tightening
flange (72-2) which is held in place by the mounting between
customer piping flanges.
Bonnet seal area:
CRYOGENIC Wpes: It is made by a metallic seal (41 -2) tightened by
the extension (13-21), studs (902) and nuts (920),
The compression of the seating disc edge out of the seat is achieved
by double eccentric kinematics.
The axis of the shafts and disc is offset to valve axis and eccentric to
pipe axis.
Operation: The valves are quarter-tum operated manually by
handles or gear box or hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators
bolted on the valve top plate (as per ISO 5211 standard).
6.
6.1.
Installation
General
I ATTENTigt4J j g avoid leakage, deformation or rupture of the body,

the piping should be laid out in such a way that no thrust or bending
forces act on the valve bodies (100) when they are installed and
operational.
ATTENTION
The sealing faces of the flanges must be clean and
undamaged.
A
' ' ^ It is mandatory to add gaskets between body and piping
flanges. To insert the valve between flanges, pull apart the two pipes
flanges to obtain sufficient clearance between valves flanges and
piping flanges. All holes provided in the flanges must be used for the
flange connection (does not apply for buttweld type valves).
If construction work is still in progress, non-mounted valves

must be protected against dust, sand and building material etc.(cover
with suitable means).
Oo not use valve handles and gear handwheels as footholds!
Valves and pipes used for high (> 60 C) or low (< 0 C)

temperatures must either be fltted with a protective insulation, or there
must be warning signs fltted showing that It is dangerous to touch
these valves.
If a valve is used as end-valve in a pipe, this valve should be

protected against unauthorized or unintentional opening to prevent
personal injury or damage to property.
' To guarantee a good operation of the valves at temperatures

< 0 " it is necessary to eliminate all the water (steam or liquid) inside
the piping to avoid freezing at the seat gasket or lower shaft level.
KSB
DAN AIS 150 body type 4 flUQ tvpe) :

Specific instructions for end of line use:
(see figure 1)
- it is mandatory to insert the valve between flanges in the preferential
direction, pressure upstream.
- tighten the tightening flange 72-3 against the piping flange.
6.2. Installation conditions

6 . 2 . 1 . Recommended minimum distancesbetween the
position of the valve and of the T - p i e c e or elbow.
1 0
Specific instructions for downstream dismantling:

Check the position of the valve on the piping (direction of the arow on
the yoke)
In case of piping dismantling downstream side (see figure 1):
- make sure that the valve is in the closed position
- remove the piping downstream side.
In case of piping dismantling upstream side (see figure 2):
- depressurize and drain offf the downstream piping
- remove the piping upstream side.
Also valid for valve placed at pump discharge
6.2.2. Flanging dimensions

Connection to the piping.
Piping flanges must matcli the followina dimensions.
1
Figure 1
Figure 2
\
It is advised to put in place a blind flange for safety reasons.
e1: min. allowable diameter on uspstream flange face

: min. allowable diameter on downstream flange face
6.2.2.1. DANAS MT II, HT II and Cryogenic
Wafer and Lug type class 150 and PN 25
|' -
;NPS
50
65
SO
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
2
2'/j
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
' Disedearancd
~'" ' *
36
49
62
81
103
131
177
226
266
309
360
420
456
546
eZ
9
13
18
24
33
48
70
91
106
123
145
169
182
213
e4
13
67
91
117
163
212
254
297
346
408
444
537
1
6
17
23
33
51
70
87
103
121
147
160
197
KSB
b.
Flanged type class 150 and PN 25

MPS
srze
50-65
6.2.3. Flange gasket

Disc d earance
el
e2
e4
2-2 '/
80
18
100
52
125
81
17
150
112
29
200
158
46
250
10
27
208
65
300
12
214
52
197
42
350
14
263
70
245
58
400
16
306
82
289
70
450
18
376
111
359
97
500
20
417
128
399
112
600
24
505
157
487
141
The dimensional compatibily of the flange"gasket must be checked to

ensure the connection quality, according to the dimensions defined
hereunder:
6.2.3.1.
DANAi'S MT II, HT II TIGHTNESS AREA AT FLANGE

FACING
a1 2
al
3 al
a"! 2
W a f e r and Lug type c l a s s 30(
Oiscde arance' ->-
Size
NPS
50
36
65
2V,
49
13
13
80
62
18
38
100
ar
24
64
13
125
100
31
87
21
ei -
: ' ' v et- -
.-e2.
'
150
130
46
115
31
200
174
64
158
46
250
10
222
84
204
62
300
12
260
96
249
350
14
299
105
292
. 81
96
400
16
350
125
340
113
450
18
408
147
397
133
500
20
445
160
438
150
600
24
542
201
531
185
a1 2
i, ^ i
Size NPs'
NPS
50-65
,
e1 .
65
',
' --
2-2 V,
100
48
125
75
IS
150
106
25
200
150
39
250
10
198
56
300
12
80
350
14
154
20
99
400
18
219
36
182
24
450
18
291
57
257
43
500
20
329
68
293
53
600
24
425
96
394
80
6.2.2.2.
Size
18
'
NPS
DISC CI<jarance
el
- ' -e2 -' :
.", " ' - .
._. ;-e4',' '."
50
23
33
3.5
65
2<A
41
48
ass 15Q
F langet
02
61
03
^ 01
02
03
02
03
93
73
92.1
61
73
92.1
71
73
117
73
91
104.8
73
91
104,8
84
91
106
127
89
106
127
94
106
127
90
100
157.5
120
128
157,2
114
128
157,2
120
128
125
180
141
148
185.7
141
148
185,7
144
148
150
216
170
173
215,9
168
173
215,9
167
173
200
260
220
226
269.9
220
226
269,9
220
226
250
10
314
273
273
323.8
273
273
323.8
270
273
300
12
362
322
330
381
322
330
381
339
323
350
14
411
354
385
412,8
381
385
412.8
400
16
470
406
438
470
433
438
470
421
423
450
18
530
462
498
533.4
492
498
533.4
474
487
500
20
572
508
538
584.2
531
538
584.2
518
526
600 24
676
607
640
692.2
637
.640
692.2
625
622
01
4<
368 373
ass
Wafer
Siza NPS
D A N A I S 150
Lug
- a4
SO
5"
al
80
fj Qtsock arancp
, ' - T . e 2 -~
ass 15 3/ [ 2
Wafer
01
50
F l a n g e d t y p e class 300
Size
Lug
âng
02
03
Tt
02
'03
02
03
50
93
61
73
921
51
73
921
71
73
65
2'/,
117
73
91
104 3
73
91
104 8
88
91
SO
127
90
106
127
89
106
127
100
106
80
59
13
61
15
100
157
114
128
157.2
114
128
157,2
120
128
100
78
18
81
21
125
185.7
141
148
185.7
141
148
185,7
144
148
125
99
27
103
30
150
215.9
168
173
215.9
168
173
215.9
167
173
150
127
39
131
43
200
269.9
220
226
269.9
220
226
269.9
220
226
250
10
323.8
273
273
323,8
273
273
323.8
281
273
300
12
381
327
330
381
327
330
381
324
323
350
14
41Z8
382
385
412.8
382
385
412.8
382
373
400
16
470
433
438
470
433
438
470
422
423
18
533.4
494
498
533.4
494
498
533.4
489
487
200
177
62
175
59
250
10
225
82
230
80
266
98
300
12
265
96
350
14
308
112
311
116
400
16
359
133
3S8
132
450
18
418
155
418
160
450
500
20
455
167
455
175
500
20
584,2
536
538
584.2
536
538
584.2
528
526
600
24
546
201
546
211
600
24
692.2
639
640
692.2
639
640
692.2
625
522
KSB
6.2.3.2.
DANAS150
6.3.
GASKET DIMENSIONS
Ful! lug type body
Wafer type body
Handling
Handling means may be necessary to install large sizes valves.

They must be used as shown.
CORRECT
02
0
0
0
0
0
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
FORBIDDEN
01
max. internal diameter
min. external diameter
min. internal diameter
max.extennal diameter for wafer type body
max. external diameter for full lug type body
Han ge sealing
Size NPS
Mn.. area
50
65
80
2
2
3
Max. area
Connection
02
03
04
05
69,6
84,6
62
90,5
91
I ^
All
83,6
98,6
75
108
104
(1)
75
108
117
(2)
91
125
126
(3)
91
125
131
(4)
156,5
01 .
101,2 116,6
100
126,6 142,6
117
154
125
153,6 169,6
144
183
185
150
180,6 199,1
171
214
215
200
231,5 253,5
250
10
300
12
286,9 305.5
339,3 358,5
222
267
269
(5)
267
265
275
321,5
323
(6)
All
327
377
380
(7)
327
377
388
(8)
359
411,5
412
(3)
359 411.5
428
(4)
469
14
374,6
400
400
16
425,9
452
410 467,5
450
18
478,5
510
461 530,5 532,5
500
20
528
562
512 581.5 583,5
600
24
635
671
614 689,5 691.5
(1) PN 10/16/20 - ASME B16.5 cl 150 - JIS 10K

(2) PN 25 - JIS 16K/20K
(3) PN 20 - ASME 16.5 cl150
(4) PN 10/16/25 - JIS 10K/16K/20K
(5) PN 10/20 - ASME 16.5 cl150
(6) PN 16/25 - JIS 10K/16K/20K
(7) PN 10/16/20 - ASME B16.5 cl 150
(8) PN 25 - JIS 10K/16K/20K
10
CORRECT
FORBIDDEN
All
222
350
All
DANAS Cryogenic
CORRECT
FORBIDDEN
KSB
b.
DANAIS Cryogenic Buttweld
A,
Cryogenic type BW: special device like "bracket" used for the
positioning of pipe and buttweld ends of valve will be in austenitic
stainless steel and the spot welding will be as light as possible and
made with suitable material filler metal and the lowest acceptable
energy. The welding spot will be eliminated by flush grinding.
A.
A
' The seat {144) and the disc edge shall be protected against the
metallic projections resulting from welding or grinding.
During welding on site, the temperature of the body shell will

be lower than 150 at a distance of 100 mm from the buttweld end.
-jjil
7.
7.1.
7.1.1.
Commissioning/Decommissioning
Commissioning
General
Prior to commissioning the valve, the pressure, temperature and

material data stated on the valve should be compared to the actual
operating conditions in the piping system to check whether the valve
can withstand the loads occurring in the system.
A,
6.4.
Recommendations for installation
The wafer, lug and flanged valves have to be inserted lightly between
flanges with flange gaskets.
Before assembly
- Verify that the disc and the seat are free of solid particles like chips,
packing material, etc...
-Verify that pipeline flanges are located on the same centreline and
' Possible pressure surges (waterhammer) must not be exceed

the highest admissible pressure. Adequate precautions should be
taken.ln new pipe systems and especially after repair wori<, the
system should be flushed with the valves fully open to remove solids,
e.g. weld beads, which may damage the seats.
7.1.2.
Operation
The position of the disc is indicated by the pointer of the actuator or by

handle lever. The valves are closed by turning in the clockwise
direction (top view) and opened in the counterclockwise direction.
are parallel.
- Verify that dimensions of gaskets flange are compatible with the
dimensions mentionned in the table 6.2.3.
-Verify that nothing hinders the complete moving of the disc during
opening or closing, in particular at the internal weld seams or at the
7.1.3.
Functional Check
The following functions should be checked:Before commissioning,

the shut-off-function of the valves should be checked by repeated
opening and closing.
pipe ends.
- Pull apart the pipeline flanges to allow valve and gaskets insertion.
During assembly
- Place the disc in closed position.
- Insert valve between pipeflanges and center using several tie-rods.
- Screw up progressively the nuts until metal complete tightness is
achieved between the valve body, the pipeline flanges and gaskets.
7.1.4.
Actuated valves
Adjustable end stops and torque limiter of actuators have been

adjusted in factory.
7.2.
Decommissioning
During extended shutdown periods, liquids liable to change their

condition due to polymerization, crystallization, solidification etc. must
be drained from the piping system. If necessary, the piping system
should be flushed with the valves fully open.
- Operate the valve several times to ensure that there is no valve disc
obstruction.
- During transport, the valve may have been subjected to important
temperature differences or the vibrations making it necessary to
retighten the packing. Before performing this operation, please read
the maintenance manual.
6.5.
Actuated valves
A
A
Electrical cables may only be connected by qualified

personnel.
'
^ The applicable electrical regulations (e.g. lEC and national
standards), also for equipment in hazardous locations, must be
observed.AII electrical equipment such as actuator, switchboard,
magnetic valve drive, limit switch etc. must be installed in floodproof
dry locations.Voltage and frequency must match the valves stated on
the identity plate.
11
KSBia.
8.
8.1.
Maintenance/Repair
Safety Instructions
Maintenance and repair work may only be carried out by sl<llled and
qualifled personnel.
For all maintenance and repair work, the safety instructions listed
below and also the general notes in section 2 must be observed.
Always use suitable spare parts and tools, even in case of emergency,
othenA/ise correct operation of the valves cannot be assured.
8.2.
Valve removal from piping and

actuator disconnecting
Identify the valve by identity plate.
A
A
' ' ' Please check what is the relevant spare kit.
Place the disc in closing position
' " ' The entire valve must be unpressurized and must have cooled
down sufficiently so that the temperature of the medium is lower than
60 C, to prevent scalding orwarmed so that the temperature is higher
than 0
' ' ' Opening pressurized valves will cause danger to life and
limbllf toxic or highly flammable substances or liquids whose residues
may cause corrosion by interaction with the air humidity were handled
by the valve, then the valve should be drained and flushed or vented.lf
necessary, wear safety clothing and a face guard/mask.Depending on
the installation position, any liquid remaining in the valve may have to
be removed.
Prior to possible transport, the valves must be flushed and drained
carefully.lf you have any questions please contact your KSB Sales
Office.
'
* if actuators powered by an external source of energy (electnc,
pneumatic, hydraulic) need to be removed from the valves or
dismantled, the energy supply must be shut down prior to starting any
repair wori<.
Remove the valve from the piping with its actuator.
Identify the mounting position of the actuator
Disconnect the actuator and take care of all bolting parts.
8.3.
Spares
Use the relevant spare parts included in the kits. Please refer to
leaflets.
All constitutive parts of kit and flange gaskets must be replaced.
' ' ' During the mounting /dismantling of the valve, the operations
must be respected step by step to prevent injuries and material
damages.
During the tests, closing and opening valves, care must be taken that
no operator interferes with the disc travel.
8.4.
Valve disassembly and re-assembly
See manual of maintenance reference:
Reference'
- . DANAIS MT II. HT II
DANAS 150
DANAIS Cryogenic
wafer, lug, flanged
DANAIS Cryogenic BW
12
Manual of maintenanc'
R355-70037
8450.815
R355-70036
R355-70032
KSB
9
9.1
Troubleshooting
General
All repair and service work must be carried out by qualified personnel using suitable tools and genuine spare parts.
The previous safety instructions must be observed.
9.2
Faults & Remedies

Cover or extension leakage (between the shaft and the flange
Downstream/Upstream leakage
Shaft leakage
Flange leakage
Over torque
No opening
No closing
Hard point
Vibration / Fluttering
I I II
I
Foreign particles in the valve
Broken body
Broken or waed disc

Damaged disc, corroded disc
Broken shaft, twisted shaft
II
Wrong flange gasket

Wrong flanging
Wrong flanging size
Wrong face to face,
non parallel flanges
Flow conditions
Wrong operating conditions
Damaged actuator
Defective sealing
Defective sealing

- Open the valve, line without fluid or flow, remove the particle
- inspect seal/disc
- replace seal/disc
Search for the reasons.
Replace / Repair the valve
Search the reasons. Replace / Repair the valve
Repair the valve - Replacement of seal
Analyse the defect / research of causes / replace shaft
Check type and dimensions
Check type and flange bolting torque
Follow instnjctions given in KSB technical leaflet
Flanging has to be modified in accordance with KSB technical leaflet
requirements.
Check the technical offer versus service conditions
Check sizing versus operating conditions (see KSB)
Search the reasons
Tighten or replace sealing packing
Replace 0-rings
Open the valve line without fluid or flow ( 0 < temperature < 60 C)
Inspect metallic seals, sealing area
Replace metallic seals, repair sealing area.
13
DANA1S150T
Type leaflet
8460.12-10
High performance valve

with PTFE or fire safe seat
Wafer type body

Full lug type body
DN 50 to 450 (2 to 18")
Maximum allowable pressure PS 25 bar
Applications
IVterine, chemical tankers,
Oil and gas, chemicals, petrochemicals
L P steam, vacuum, and any application requiring the use of
an off-set disc valve.
Working conditions
Temperature:
from - 50 min. to + 220 max.
The working temperature depends on the media and on the
material of the seat.
Allowable pressure PS: 25 bar, at ambient temperature.
Operating under differential pressure limited to 20 bar.
Vacuum service down to 0 absolute bar.
Maximum fluid velocity under allowable pressure:
4 m/s for liquids and 50 m/s for clean gases.
Actuation mounting plate in accordance with ISO 5211 and

NF E 29-402 standards.
Flange facing: stock finish.
Connection according to PN 10 and 16, ASME B-16.5 class
150, JIS 2238-10K and 16K.
For other connections, please consult us.
Stainless steel body: pickling and passivation.
Marking in accordance with EN 19 standard.
The valves meet the safety requirements of the Pressure
Equipment 97/23/EC (PED) Appendix I for fluids of the
groups 1 and 2.
Standard variants
Pneumatic actuator ACTAIR / DYNACTAIR

Hydraulic actuator ACTO
Limit switches AMTROBOX
Positioner AMTRONIC / SMARTRONIC
Materials
Refer to page 3.
Remarks
Design
Actuator selection 8460.15-10

Operating instructions 8450.810-10
One-piece wafer type body (type 1)

One-piece full lug type body (type 4).
Two interchangeable seats: reinforced PTFE or reinforced
PTF fire-safe.
Double-eccentric kinematics.
Upstream/downstream sealing: refer to page 5.
Face-to-face in accordance with EN 558, ISO 5752 series
20 (except DN 350: ISO 5752 series 25) and API 609 table 2
standards.
Data to be supplied when ordering
DANAS150 T valve, in accordance with leaflet no. 8460.12-10

Size.
Materials for body and seat.
Working conditions : nature of fluid, pressure, temperature.
Actuation
fegfter Q ^
KSB
0^1
KSB
DANAIS 150 T
Construction
DN 350 to 450 (14" to 18")
DN 50 to 300 (2" to 12")

Flat shaft end
DN 50 to 200
2" to 8"
Square shaft end

. DN 250 and 300
10" and 12"
\ / l 'i
.' 'i f
V--^
13-21
310.3.
970
13-21
561
310.3 AM
901.1
412.3 AM
'412.1 A I
412.2
01-48 A I
-01-48 AM
412.1
314
310.1 M
68-4 AI
213
553
310.1
560.1.
Preferential direction
550
560.1
560.2
560.2 I
213
210
310.2
550
100
543
310.2 M
41.2
100
553
176
901.2
PTFE seat
Fire safe
PTFE seat
144.1
937
72-3
144.1
937
-72-3
932
932
Spare parts kit for seat

A Spare parts kit for sealing packing
M Spare parts for guiding
KSB
Qma
DAN AS 150 T
Materials
Parts
Designation
Body
Shafts
Disc
AMRING seat
ASTM A 351 gr. CF 3M Mo > 2.75 stainless steel

1.4462 stainless steel
ASTM A 351 gr. CF 3M Mo >2.75 stainless steel
Reinforced PTFE
Reinforced PTFE fire-safe
KSB code
6m
7e
6m
FB
FF
Parts list
Item
Designation
Common parts
100
Body
176
Bottom
210
Shaft
213
Driving shaft
310.1
Upper plain bearing
310.2
Lower plain bearing
310.3
Lower plain bearing
412.1
0-Ring
412.2
0-Ring
412.3
O-Ring
543
Spacer bush
553
Thrust insert
560.1
Pin
560.2
Pin
561
Grooved nail
68-4
Foil
901.1
Hexagon-head screw
901.2
Hexagon-head screw
920
Hexagonal nut
970
Identity plate
Valve wit h PTFE seat
01-48
Sealing pacl<ing
144.1
Seat
41-2
Static joint
72-3
Tightening flange
550
Disc
932
inner ring
937
Elastic wire
Valve wit h PTFE seat fire safe
01-48
Sealing packing
144.1
Seat
144.2
Fire-safe seat
41-2
Static joint
72-3
Tightening flange
550
Disc
932
Inner ring
937
Elastic ring
DN
Materials
50 to 450
350 to 450
350 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
350 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
350 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 300
50 to 450
350 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450

Viton
Viton
Viton
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
A4-70 stainless steel
Stainless steel
50 to 450
50 to 450
350 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
Expanded graphite
Reinforced PTFE
PTFE
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
350 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 450
Expanded graphite
Reinforced PTFE
Inconel
Expanded graphite
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Pressure / temperature
In pressure class PN 25 (european materials), DANAS 150 T valves are in accordance with EN 1 2 5 1 6 - 1 .
The values in the table below must be used for valves which have to comply with PED 97/23/EC:
Nominal
pressure
PN 25
Working pressure in bar for temperature "
Material
Body
CF31V1
Seat
PTFE
PTFE fire-safe
-50
-10
20
24,3
24,3
24,3
1 100 l i a s
20,7
19,3
150
180
200
220
14,8
10,0
3,3
0,0
KSB
cueilli
DANAIS 150
Kinematics
The compression of the seating disc edge onto the seat is achieved by double-eccentric kinematics.
The axis of the shafts is off-set to valve axis and eccentric to pipe axis.
Thisdesign eliminates the possibility of friction during operation and, as a result ensures long lasting service while maintening tight
shut-off characteristics.
These tight shut-off characteristics conform to the most exacting requirements and standards.
Axis of shaft and disc

in open position
Spherical diameter of disc closed
Axis of shaft
and disc
in closed position
Preferential flow direction
Upstream/downstream sealing
The DANAS 150 T valve conforms to the following sealing standards.
The DANAS 150T valve is a bi-directional valve with a preferential flowdirection shown by an arrow (differential pressure
direction on the disc).
Valve .
With PTFE seat

or PTFE seat fire-safe
On liquids
NFE 29311 rates

ISO 5208 rate A
API 598
DIN 3230 rate 1
On gas
NF E 29311 rate 3
ISO 5208 rate A
. API 598
DIN 3230 rate 1
ANSI / FCI 70-2 class VI
KSB
1^311
DANAIS 150 T
Hydraulic characteristics
DN
NPS
50
65
80
100
125
2
22
3
4
5
Flow coefficient in fully open position

Kvo .
Zeta
Cvo
70
110
190
340
600
80
145
220
400
700
2,04
2,35
1,81
1,38
1,08
150
200
250
300
6
8
10
12
980
1 850
3 350
4 870
1150
2150
3880
5650
0,84
0,75
0,56
0,55
350
400
450
14
16
18
7 070
10 350
12 500
8200
12000
14500
0,48
0,38
0,42
Connections
The table below defines the possible connections. Please consult us for other connections.
DN
Wafer type body
Full lug type body
Connections according to standards
Connections according to standards
NPS
PN 10
PN 16
ASME
16.5
cl. 150
JIS 82238
10K
16K
PN 10
PN16
ASME
16.5
cl. 150
10K
16K
JIS B2238
50
65
2V2
3
100
125
80
150
t^*
200
250
10
300
350
12
*^*
14
400
16
450
18
* ^ ^ I Connection allowed (re-machined body)
^ -1 Connection allowed
^* I
Connection allowed - Threaded holes at shaft passages
!/
I Please consult us
Face-to-face dimensions
The face-to-face dimensions of DANAIS 150 T valve are in accordance with the following standards.
..:.,';;:/
D N .
,/v!^;:-""'^-:';^v^. / ' ^ - ;
50 to 300, 400 and 450

(2 to 12", 16" and 18")
350
(14")
./Standards-;::^; v.;^
API 609 table 2 class 150
ISO 5752 series 20
EN 5 5 8 - 1 series 20
DIN 3202, part 3, series K1
API 609 table 2 class 150
ISO 5752 series 25
EN 5 5 8 - 1 series20
DIN 3202, part 3, series K2
KSB
DAN AIS 150
Wafer type body - Dimensions (mm) and weiglits (kg)

DN 50 to 200 (2" to 8")
DN 250 to 400 (10" to 16")
DN 50 to 200: flat end "s" machined in az

DN 250: square end "s"
h3
1
i- 4
h1
e:
h2
/
/
,
\
DN shown: 100 (4")
\
e1
1
eA
DN shown: 400 (16")

DN450(18")
e2
11
''{::--;[::
%:\
:i'''i7 " :'"/'v--''
' i
,.
'NPS'
'':-
'I'-ici w-.;-;,v;; --':

. to >V
;-S'^
-
face
Fac&'
11-. = ' y'iÂ!i ] : h 1 : r i ;
Mounting plate
according to ; ; ;
'f(':'i'' r ISO 5211:
'u'-i- f . :;;:
'- n , ; .
Squareshaft
;i / end:.: îî
Fiatshaftend
: ' >': '&'f''-.
;,0z:;:-
I'h
3
4
104
123
140
180
165
175
185
200
53
60
68
82
21,5
23,0
24,0
27,0
F05
F05
F05
F05
5
5
5
5
11
11
11
14
14
14
14
18
24
24
24
24
125
150
200
5
6
8
57
57
62
210
235
271
225
240
290
92
117
153
28,5
28,5
34,5
F07
F07
F10
5
5
5
14
17
19
18
22
25
30
32
35
250
300
350
10
12
14
70
80
92*
323
380
449
335
365
435
182
230
307
38,0
42,0
47,5
Fl 2
F12
F14
5
5
5
;^:'î-^:;
400
450
16
18
505
570
465
530
332
371
56,5
61,0
F14
Fl 6
5
8
. ,.,
102
114
' Face to face in accordance with API 609 table 2 class 150 and EN 558.
":i':
-i.-.i ". "
;h3
^;h3:;-: ;/'Is^'-'''-
43
46
46
54
50
65
80
100
'- ' .
: . :
'"
. ' ;
Weight
DISC clearence
e2
23
41
59
78
0
6
13
18
33
48
61
81
99
127
177
27
39
62
103
131
175
30
43
59
10,0
13,023,5
:et
'
e4
3,5
9
15
21
kg
3,4
3,9
4,6
6,5
25
27
30
45
45
55
225
265
308
82
96
112
230
266
311
80
98
116
36,0
50,8
68,5
36
40
55
65
359
418
133
155
358
418
132
160
93,0
138,5
KSB
fllS5ll
DAN AIS 150 T
Full lug type body - Dimensions (mm) and weights (kg)

DN 50 to 300 (2" to 12")
DN 350 to 450 (14" to 18")
DN 50 to 200: flat end "s" machined in az

DN 2 250: square "s"
h3
i
M
hl
+-
h2
--
e4
\,
J ^DN shown: 100
Face
;,;: V,
; NPS
face
:'''-:-:
ilify'
"[Ir-r^^;;:
Mounting plate
.IjSquafehaft :
5 according to' ': 'S'vS'Flat shaft end "Mii:^"
sfeiên-.^Tv;:::;
%:;-:'^ "'
: -ISO 5211 :/*:
),:'".
~':.Kf:f; f
^'
'fM 1
: ' | '*is;;; f
;n"'^: ?h4; i^sf
^'>'zH:'
F05
FOS
F05
F05
F05
F05
5
5
5
5
5
5
11
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
28,5
28,5
28,5
34,5
34,5
F07
F07
F07
FlO
F10
5
5
5
5
5
14
17
17
19
19
18
22
22
25
25
30
32
32
35
35
205
230
235
307
307
38,0
42,0
42,0
47,5
47,5
Fl 2
Fl 2
F12
F14
F14
5
5
5
5
5
332
371
371
56,5
61,0
61,0
Fl 4
Fl 6
Fl 6
5
8
8
50
65(1)
65(2)
80 (3)
80 (4)
100
2
2
2 Va
3
3
4
43
46
46
46
46
54
117
131
162
136
176
206
165
175
175
185
185
200
60
67
82
70
89
104
21,5
23,0
23,0
24,0
24,0
27,0
125
150 (1)
150 (2)
200 (5)
200(6)
5
6
6
8
8
57
57
57
62
62
240
267'
288
310
338
225
240
240
290
290
121
135
145
157
169
250
300 (7)
300 (8)
350 (3)
350 (4)
10
12
12
14
14
70
80
80
92*
92"
410
460
470
508
529
335
365
365
435
435
400
450 (3)
450 (4)
16
18
18
593
620
649
465
530
530
102
114
114
DN shown: 400
11
11
11
;''^'.;/r
;-'-v^-"'''
' Face-to-face in accordance with API 609 table 2 class 150 and EN 558.
(1) Valve fitted between PN 10 and 16, ASME B16.5 cl.l50 and JIS B2238-10K flanges.
(2) Valve fitted between JIS B2238-16 flanges.
(3) Valve fitted between ASME B16.5 cl.150 flanges.
(4) Valve fitted between PN 10 and 16 and JIS B2238-10K and 16K flanges.
(5) Valve fitted between PN 10 and ASME Bl 6.5 cl.l 50 flanges.
(6) Valve fitted between PN 16 and JIS B2238-10K and 16K flanges.
(7) Valve fitted between PN 10 and 16 and ASME B16.5 cl.150 flanges.
(8) Valve fitted between JIS B2238-10K and 16K flanges.
'
:-'h3|;:; ;;-e1-;:::;:
'-'j4}:h
;':".:?."
: :;:1;.,
^^:
Distciearence
- : - < ,
Weight
e2^---
:-' : \'-.:
23
41
41
59
59
78
0
6
6
13
13
18
33
48
48
61
61
81
99
127
127
177
177
27
39
39
62
62
:'i;e4-:-^
kg-
3,5
9
9
15
15
21
4,6
5,2
6,5
6,0
7,4
10,2
103
131
131
175
175
30
43
43 .
59
59
14,6
17,2
20,0
25,5
28,5
25
27
27
30
30
45
45
45
55
55
225
265
265
308
308
82
96
96
112
112
230
266
266
311
311
80
98
98
116
116
44,0
64,8
68,8
87,7
97,5
36
40
40
55
65
65
359
418
418
133
155
155
358
418
418
132
160
160
130,0
163,5
178,5
Please consult us for

- DN 50 (2") connection between JIS B2238-16K flanges.
KSB
..
fimii
DANAIS 150
Flange sealing
Wafer type body
Full lug type body
CO
mm
Flange sealing
Max. area
Max. ext ! dia.
Min.
Min.
external
internal
Wafer
Full lug
dia.
dia.
type body type body
Min. area
DN
NPS
Max.
internal
dia.
50
69,6
84,6
62
90,5
65
22
83,6
98,6
75
108,0
80
101,2
116,6
91
125,0
100
125
150
4
5
6
126,6
153,6
180,6
142,6
169,6
199,1
117
144
171
154,0
183,0
214,0
200
231,5
253,5
222
267,0
250
10
286,9
305,5
275
321,5
300
12
339,3
358,5
327
377,0
350
14
374,6
400
359
411,5
400
450
-16
18
425,9
478,5
452
1 510
410
461
467,5
530,5
91,0
104,0
117,0
126,0
131,0
156,5
185,0
215,0
269,0 :
265,0
323,0
380,0
388,0
412,0
428,0
469,0
532,5
Connections
All
PN 10/16/20 - ASME B16.5 cl 150 - JIS 10K
PN 25 - JIS 16K/20K
PN 2 0 - A S M E 16.5 ell 50
PN 10/16/25 - JIS 10K/16K/20K
All
PN 10/20 - ASME 1'6.5 ell 50
PN 16/25 - JIS 10K/16K/20K
Tous
PN 10/16/20 - ASME B16.5 cl 150
PN25-JIS10K/16K/20K
PN20-ASMEB16.5CI150
PN 10/16/25 - JIS 10K/16K/20K
Ali
Note: the use of spiral-wound gaskets according to ISO 7483 - PN 10 and 16 and EN 1514.2- PN 10 and 16 is recommended.
KSB
Qmi
DANAIS 150
Wafer type body - Bolting

The bolting is not supplied
L
11
Zzz
^Z2
2Z^-J
zz
Screws at shaft passages (DN 450)
A max. = e + Y + j
L = 11 + 2e + 2f + 2j
L
11
e
f
j
A max.: screw length

e : flange thickness
i
: flange gasket thickness
Y : screw max. implantation
: min. threaded lenght > A-e
: tie-rod length
: valve face-to-face
; flange thickness
: tie-rod overlength
PN 16
PN 10
DN
NPS
Tie-rod .
11
Qty
50
43
Ml 6
20
65
22
46
M16
20
or
ASMEB16-5CI150
Tie-rod'
Screw
;.'
y . * ' "
Qty
Ml 6
20
Ml 6
Screw
Tie-rod '
Q^"
f-
Qty
5/8"
20
'.
20
5/8"
20
80
46
Ml 6
20
M16
20
5/8"
20
100
54
Ml 6
20
M16
20
5/8"
20
125
57
M16
20
M16
20
3/4"
24
150
57
M20
24
M20
24
3/4"
24
200
62
M20
24
M20
24
12
3/4"
24
250
10
70
M20 '
24
12
M24
29
12
7/8"
29
12
300
12
80
M20
24
12
M24
29
12
7/8"
29
12
350
14
92
M20
24
16
M24
29
1.6
1"
32
12
400
16
102
M24
29
16
M27
32
16
1"
32
16
450
18
114
M24
29
16
M27
- 32
16
1"1/8
35
12
'-
JISB223a-16K
; DN
NPS
'
'.'i^si
Qty
;:;;,;
32
JISB2238-10K
11
;; '
Q^".
>
':}
;:V:.:f-.i;:.
Qty
50
43
Ml 6
20
65
22
46
M16
20
M16
20
80
46
M16
20
M20
24
100
54
Ml 6
20
M20
24
125
57
M20
24
M22
26
150
57
M20
24
M22
26
12
200
62
M20
24
12
M22
26
12
250
10
70
M22
26
12
M24
29
12
300
12
80
M22
26
16
M24
29
16 _
350
14
92
M22
26
35
16
35
16
35
16
400
16
102
M24
29
16
450
18
114
M24
29
16
* Nuts quantity = Tie-rods quantity x 2
-^.---^'y.
32
31
Tie-rod*
Screw
16
Q^"
>
<::',
Tie-rod '
Screw
Saew
Y
or
32
' Screws quantity by face
40
111111
DANAIS 150
Full lug type body - Bolting

The bolting is not supplied
-A1
I BI
^ :
SS
^ E
s:
^
Screws at shaft passages
A1 max. s e + X + j
A2 max. = e + Y + j
AI max.: screw length

j
: min. threaded lenght > AI -
A2 max.: screw length

j
: min. threaded lenght 8 > A2-e
PN 10
DM NPS
Screw
; 11
PN 16
Screw
. at shaft
passage
ASMEB16-5c!15q
Screw
at shaft
passage
Screw
Screw
at shaft
passage
Screw
Qty'
Qty*
Qty-
50
43
IVI16
20
M16
20
5/8"
20
65
2
3
46
M16
22
Ml 6
22
5/8"
22
80
46
Ml 6
M16
22
5/8"
22
100
54
M16
22
24
M16
24
5/8"
24
125
57
Ml 6
24
M16
24
3/4"
27
150
57
27
M20
27
3/4"
27
200
62
M20
M20
30
30
12
3/4"
30
250 10
70
M20
30
12
M20
M24
34
12
7/8"
34
12
300 12
80
M20
30
12
M24
36
12
7/8"
36
12
350 14
92
M20
30
16
M24
35
16
1"
37
12
400 16
450 18
102
M24
34
16
M27
16
1"
38
16
114
M24
32
20
M27
38
40
1"1/8
40,5
16
Qty'
Screw
at shaft
passage
Screw
11
M
Qty'
M16
20
46
Ml 6
22
46
M16
54
57
150
5
6
M16
M20
22
24
57
200
50
43
65
80
2
3
100
125
Screw
at shaft
passage
; Screw
Qty'
M16
22
M20
22
M20
26
27
M22
27
M20
27
M22
27
12
Qty*
62
M20
30
8
12
M22
30
12
250 10
70
M22
33
12
M24
12
300 12
80
M22
33
16
M24
34
36
350 14
92
M22
31
16
M30X3
41
16
400 16
102
M24
34
16
M30X3
40
16
450 18
114
M24
32
20
M30X3
40
16
' Screw quantity by face.
10
31
JIS B2238-16K
JIS B2238-10K
DN NPS
16
Qty'
Qty'
32
16 .
Qty'
- . .
40.5
K5B
ffll
DANAIS 150
Operating torques
DAN AS 150 valve with PTFE seat or fire safe seat
Nm
Preferential direction (non pressure-sealed)
DN
Preferential direction (pressure-sealed)
Differential pressure in bar
NPS
10
16
Differential pressure AP in bar
20
10
16
20
20
30
30
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
40
20
20
30
30
30
40
40
50
30
30
, 40
40
100
50
50
60
70
40
50
60
70
125
70
80
90
100
60
70
90
100
50
65
2 Va
80
20
150
100
110
140
160
90
110
140
160
200
160
180
230
260
150
190
240
280
250
10
340
440
510
270
350
470
550
300-
12
400
470
620
720
380
500
680
790
350
14
610
720
970
1 140
570
780
1 080
1 290
1 340
1 570
780
1 060
1 490
1770
1 880
2 210
1 080
1 480
2 090
2 490
2 9 0
400
16
820
980
450
18
1 130
1 370
11
DANAIS 150
^ 13
. g
li
to .
s -
KSB
KSB S.A.
Z.l. de Gagnaire Fonsche F-24490 La Roche Chalais
Phone; +33 5 53 92 44 00 T/ Fax: +33 5 53 92 44 01 www.ksb.com
Butterfly valves,
actuators and systems
Maintenance
DANAIS 150 - MAINTENANCE
8460.815-10
INSTALLATION
MAINTENANCE
General over view and part lists
Tooling
Consummable
Removal of seat
Removal of sealing packing
Complete dismantling
Refitting of stiaft passages
Refitting of seat
Appendix 1 - Refitting of yoke
Appendix 2 - IVIounting conditions
fegfefer Q ^
97/23/CE (DESP)
KSB is approved ISO 9001
KSB
\7y^

GENERAL OVER VIEW
DN 350 to 600 (14" to 24")
DN 50 to 300 (2" to 12")

Flat shaft end
DN 50 to 200
2" to 8"
Square shat end

DN 250 and 300
10" and 12"
Preferential direction
1:::"
560.2
310.2
100
Metallic seat
PTFE seat
144.1
I Spare parts kit for seat
937
144.1
72-3
72-3
932
932
A Spare parts kit for sealing packing
Spare parts for guiding
KSB
^mi
Parts list
Item
[ Designatiort
Common parts
j DN
100
Body
50 to 600
143
176
Yoke
Bottom
50 to 600
350 to 600
210
Shaft
350 to 600
213
Driving shaft
50 to 600
310.1
310.2
314
452
543
Upper piain bearing

Lower plain bearing
Thrust washer
Thrust washer
Spacer bush
Upper thrust
553
Lower thrust
554
Plain washer
560.1
Pin
.560.2
Pin
561
Grooved nail
68-4
Foil
901.1
Hexagon-head screw
901.2
Hexagon-head screw
902
Stud
920
Hexagonal nut
970
Identity plate
Valve with PTFE seat
01-48
Sealing packing
144.1
Seat
41-2
Seal
72-3
Tightening flange
550
Disc
932
Inner ring
937
Elastic wire
Valve with metallic seat
01-48
Sealing packing
144.1
Seat
41-2
Seal
550
Disc
72-3
932
Tightening flange
Inner ring
50 to 600
50 to 600
350 to 600
50 to 600
350 to 600
50 to 300
350 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 300
50 to 600
350 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
( IWaterials
Steel ASTM A 216 gr WCC /1.0619 or
Stainless steel ASTM A 351 gr. CF 8M /1.4408
Sherardized steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel ASTM A 471 gr. 316 L/1.4404 (0 bar < PS s 10 bar)
or stainless steel ASTM A 564 gr.630 /1.4542 (0 bar < PS a 20 bar)
Stainless steel ASTM A 471 gr. 316 L/1.4404 (0 bar < PS s 10 bar)
or stainless steel ASTM A 564 gr.630 /1.4542 (0 bar < PS a 20 bar)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
50 to 600
50 to 600
350 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 350
400 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
PTFE
PTFE reinforced
PTFE
Stainless steel
Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316 /1.4401
Stainless steel ASTM A 351 gr. CF 8M /1.4408
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
50 to 600
50 to 600
350 to 600
50 to 350
400 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 600
Expanded graphite
301 type stainless steel
Expanded graphite
Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316 /1.4401 hard chromium plated
Stainless steel ASTM A 351 gr. CF 8M /1.4408 hard chromium plated
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
KSB
(a.
RECOMMENDED TOOLS (not supplied)

- Open end of box spanners for hex nuts dia. M8 to M27
- Drift punch
- Fine blade screwdriver for pulling out plain bearings 310.1 and 310.2
- Hammer
CONSUMABLES
- Grease type Molykote 321R
- Grease type Molykote G - rapid
REMOVAL OF SEAT 144.1

SEAT KIT
AIIDN
1 - Place the valve on its edge with the disc in open position
SOLUTION 1
2 - Using a bronze rod or the like, strongly strike the seat the seat 144-1 until the tightening flange 72-3,
the seat 144-1 and the inner ring 932 (2 pieces) are fully removed.
SOLUTION 2
3 - With the disc slightly open, insert a rubber piece between the disc and the seat; the flange is ejected
upon closing of the disc
KSB
ami
REMOVAL OF PACKING THRUST WASHER 452

SHAFT SEAL KIT
The valve is positioned vertically or horizontally.

AIIDN
1 - Loosen the hexagonal nuts 920 and remove them.
2 - Remove the thrust washer 452 by pulling it outwards

through the yol<e 143.
3 - Extract the sealing packing 01 -48 by using the adequ """

extractor.
4 - The metal foil 68-4 remains on the sealing packing.

CAUTION: NEVER REMOVE THE YOKE 143
If the yoke has been removed, see Appendix 1 for its refitting.
5 - Blow air into the cavity to ensure that no graphite or PTFE chip has sticked onto the driving shaft 213 and
inside the bore of the body 100.
DN 14" to 24"
1 - Loosen the hexagonal-head screws 901.2 on the bottom arid remove them.
2 - Remove the bottom 176
3 - Use a screwdriver to extract the seal 41 -2.
4 - Blow air into the cavity to ensure that no graphite or PTFE chip has sticked onto the driving shaft 213 and
inside the bore of the body 100.
KSB
mmm
COMPLETE DISMANTLING
GUIDING KIT
AIIDN
1 - Lay the valve flat on wooden blocks with the flange face facing opposite the seat.
Protect the flange face against any impacts, scratches, etc.
2 - Open the disc 550: full opening at 90 deg. from
closed position (anti-clockwise direction).
.1 t
3 - Use a drift punch to eject the pins 560.1

and 560.2
Take care not to damage the disc edge.
4 - Bring the disc back in closed position.

5 - Loosen the 2 hexagonal nuts 920 of thrust washer 452 and remove them.
6 - Remove the thrust washer 452 by pulling it outwards through the yoke 143.
CAUTION: NEVER REMOVE THE YOKE 143
If the yoke has been removed, see Appendix 1 for its refitting.
7-
Remove the driving shaft 213 by pulling it outwards

while sustaining the disc 550.
DN 14" to 24"
8-
Keep the 2-1/2 thrusts 553 as well as the sealing packing 01 -48, the metal foil 68-4 or the thrust washer
314
9 - Loosen the hexagonal -head screws 901.2 on bottom and remove them.
10 - Remove the bottom 176
11 - Push the axle 210 outwards through the upper bore.
12 - Keep the seal 41 - 2 , the spacer bush 543 and the 2-1/2 thrusts 553.
AIIDN
13 - Lift the valve body by hand up to DN 12" for wafer and lug types and using a hoist for larger DN, taking
care not to damage the disc edge.
14 - Remove the plain bearings 310.1 and 310.2

from valve body 100 by bending a corner inwards,
seize the corner and roll the bearing while pulling.
KSB

REFITTING OF SHAFT PASSAGES
1 - Insert the bearings 310.1 and 310.2 into the valve body 100
1 . 1 - Grip the lower plain bearing 310.2 by hand, then position it fully down into the vaive body
(position the bearing slit parallel to the flange faces).
1.2 - Grip the upper plain bearing 310.1 by hand, then position it into the valve body on baseplate side,
push fully down to the bore bottom (position the bearing slit parallel to the flange faces).
2-
Ensure that the driving shaft 213 and the shaft 210 can slide freely in the plain bearings.
Align the disc 550 with the valve body in horizontal position (disc side facing downwards) and the hubs
towards the operator (facing upwards) and the excentration position as shown on the picture.
DN 2" to 12"
34-
Position the upper thrust 553 onto the driving shaft 213 (if necessary stick 2-1/2 parts by means of G
rapid plus grease.
Insert the driving shaft 213 into the valve body
5 - Push the shaft fully down into the disc and check the shaft position (mark V at shaft end) relative to the
disc and to the position of the yoke arrow.
6 - Rotate the disc by 90 deg.
7 - Insert the 2 pins 560.1 and 56.2 and the use a drift punch to drive them flush with the face.
DN 14" to 24"
4b - Insert the shaft 210 into the valve body.
5b - Insert the driving shaft 213 into the valve body.
6b - Push the shaft and the driving shaft into the disc and check the shaft position (mark V at shaft end) relative
to the disc and to the position of the arrow on yoke 143 (see Appendix 1).
7b - Rotate the disc by 90 deg.
8b - Insert the 2 pins 560.1 and 560.2 and the use a drift punch to drive them flush with the face.
9b - Insert the spacer bush 543 into the valve body.
10b -Insert the seal 41 -2 into the valve body.
11b - Mount the bottom 176, insert the 4 hexagonal-head screws 901.2 then tighten them using the torque
specified in Appendix 2.
AIIDN
12 - Insert the metal foil 68-4 or the thrust washer 314, the packing 01 -48, position the sealing thrust washer
on the 2 studs then tighten the hexagonal nuts 920 in contact with the sealing thrust washer 452.
13 - Tighten the hexagonal nuts 920 as specified in Appendix 2.
Actuator side
Head ring
NOTE:
Check the mounting position of the various rings
in the case of a PTFE packing as defined.
Chevrons
Sr-"^
Fluid vein side
Thrust ring
KSB
^Slii
REFITTING OF SEAT
PTFE SEAT
1 - Mount the elastic wire 937 around the seat 144.1 and mal<e note of joint position of said elastic wire.
2 - Mount the whole (wire + seat) on the tightening flange 72.3 again making note of joint position of said elastic
wire.
3 - Snap the inner ring 932 (2 pieces in diametrally opposite positions) into the outer groove of the tightening flange
72.3 and at an angle of 45 deg. relative to the elastic wire joint.
4 - Slightly open the valve for easier flange mounting.
5 - Place the whole: wire + seat + flange + inner ring into the valve body with the elastic wire joint at 45 deg.
relative to the valve's mains axes and with the inner ring (2 pieces) at 90 deg. relative to the shaft passages.
6 - Use a hammer to strike with force on the tightening flange at an angle of 90 deg. respective to the shaft
passage (at inner ring level) while holding the flange by hand on one side to snap the inner ring into the opposite
side.
Metallic seat
1 - Use diluent to degrease the seat 144.1.

2 - Spray the seat face 144.1 with Molykote grease
D321R as shown on the adjoining figure.
NOTE: Coat the areas defined

as shown below with Molykote
G Rapid plus compound.
3 - Goat the valve body area (in horizontal position) as

shown below with Molykote G Rapid Plus compound.
4 - Snap the inner ring 932 (2 pieces in diametrally opposite positions) into the outer groove in the tightening
flange 72.3.
5 - Mount the seat 144.1 onto the tightening flange 72.3.
6 - Slightly open the valve for easier flarige mounting.
7 - Place the unit: seat + flange + Inner ring into the valve body with the inner inner ring (2 pieces) at 90 deg.
relative to the shaft passages and place one inner ring Into the body groove.
8 - Use a hammer to strike with force on the tightening flange at an angle of 90 deg. respective to the shaft
passage (at inner ring level) while holding the flange by hand on one side to snap the inner ring into the
opposite side.
KSB

APPENDIX 1
REFITTING OF YOKE
It must to:
1) respect the mounting position as shown on the photograph below.
2) adjust the position of the 4 actuator mounting holes parallel to the valve body surface that receives the
seat (or to the flange faces) as shown in the figure below:
Marking of disc position on

shaft end
Arrow cut out in yoke to indicate the

preferential flow direction
Marking of seat position on baseplate
Position of seat
KSB
b.

APPENDIX 2 - MOUNTING CONDITIONS
LUBRICATION
All the torque values specified in this appendix are for mounting hardware lubricated with a compound containing
molybdenum disulfide (slip agent or compound).
TIGHTENING PROCEDURE
All elements must be tightened by using the so-called "diagonal" method.
This tightening method avoids any slipping at the joints and ensures an even distribution of forces.
Moreover, full tightening generally requires four to six turns at the specified torque value.
TIGHTENING PROCEDURE FOR THE NUTS 920 ON SEALING WASHER 452
PTFE PACKING
-
First tighten the nuts to the torque value specified in the table below.
Perform 5 open-close cycles.
Tighten again the nuts to the torque value specified in the table below.
Check that the upper face of the sealing washer is parallel to the baseplate face when tightening: the deviation
should not exceed 1 mm.
- Check the disc visually for correct centering inside the valve body.
GRAPHITE PACKING
First tighten the nuts to twice the torque value specified in the table below.
Perform 5 open-close cycles.
Loosen the nuts.
Tighten again the nuts to the torque value specified in the table below.
Check that the upper face of the sealing washer is parallel to the baseplate face when tightening: the deviation
should not exceed 1 mm.
Check the disc visually for correct centering inside the valve body.
TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR NUTS 920

DN
Hex nut diameter
Torque for packing
in Nm
2" to 4"
MS
5"
MIO
6"
M10
8"
M12
10"
M16
12"
M16
14"
M20
16"
M20
18"
M24
20"
M24
24"
M27
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
18"
M24
490
20"
M24
490
24"
M27
TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR THE YOKE SCREWS 901.1

If the yoke has been removed (see also Mounting holes positioning in Appendix 1 )
DN
Dia. of screws 901.1
Torque in Nm
2" to 4"
M8
18
5"
MIO
35
6"
M10
35
8"
M12
60
10"
M16
146
12"
M16
146
14"
M20
290
16"
M20
290
TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR THE BOTTOM SCREWS 901.2

DN
Dia. of screws 901.2
Torque in Nm
10
14" to 16"
M12
60
18" to 24"
M16
146
720
KSebaJ
mil
11
MAINTENANCE - DANIS 150
11
11
gi
KSBia.
KSB S.A.S
4, alle des Barbanniers 92635 Gennevllliers Cedex (France)
Tel. : +33 1 41 47 75 00 Fax : +331 41 47 7510 www.ksh.com
CIfllfi
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTII AND HTII
1:^
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
1-SCOPE
The aim of this document is to define the removal/installation procedure of DANAIS MTII and HTII
for installation of spare parts kits.
2- GENERAL INFORMATIONS
The tightness performances of the metal/metal seated DANAIS valves will be maintained only if the
cleanliness conditions are complied with during the removal/installation at site. This is particularly
mandatory for the parts for which the cleanliness and quality conditions of the surface finish are
essential. For each operation, all steps shall be taken to avoid possible shocks.
In addition, the tools used.for intervention shall be clean and in good operating.
According to the required level of maintenance, 2 types of spare part kits are offered :
KIT 1 : Kit for commissionning start up : it is the first aid kit for a few used for upstream/
downstream leakage. It is advisable to have one kit for ten valves installed.
It is composed by the parts noted :
/ \
on the technical sheets
KIT 2 : Kit for two years operation : it is the kit of maintenance. It must be used for leakage at
shaft passage or bad operating (difficulty to operate, bearings wear,...). It is recommended
to have one kit 2 for 5 to 10 valves and for a service time of.2 years.
It is composed by the parts noted :
on the technical sheets
3- EQUIPMENT REQUIRED - INTERVENTION MEANS

3-1
Handling equipment
On site : lifting block, hoist, slings.
In workshop : travelling crane
3-2
Consumables
- clean rags or workshop paper
- solvent (e.g. trichlorethylene)
- flap wheel, abrasive paper (Grade 400)
- felt disc
- aluminium powder
-PTFE (spray)
- molybdenum disulphide (e.g. Molykote 321R)
- silicone grease (e.g. Molykote III)
- LOCTITE 586
Clfllfl
K.SB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SHEET
is
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
D -1 -1
K I T 1 : SEAT DISMANTLING MTII AND HTII

WAFER AND LUG BODIES CL150, CL300 AND CL600 : NPS < 250-10"
FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NPS < 250-10"
FLANGED BODIES CL300 AND CL600 : NPS = 50-2"
1- Close the valve
2- Identify and disconnect the electric, hydraulic or pneumatic connections of the actuator
3- Sling the actuator
4- Remove the valve from the piping and lay it flat on a workstand with the seat facing up
5- Heat the screws (904) with a hot air generator up to 200C during 15 min.
6- Loosen and remove the tightening flange screws (904) and the tightening flange (72-3)
ONLY FOR MTll
Elastomer seat
Plastomer seat
Standard metal seat
H.P. metal seat
SSD
144
6- Open the disc (550) with the actuator
6- Remove the seat

(144)
6- Remove the seat

(144)
7- Using a drift strongly strike the accessible

contour of the seat (144), until complete
removal of the seat, as shown hereafter
7- Remove the ring

(50-6) out of the
seat
7- Remove the ring (506) out of the seat

8- Remove the
reaction ring (50-5)
out of the seat
8- Using a screwdriver, 8- Remove the static

joint (41-2)
remove the
tightening ring (50-6)
ClfnH
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTIl AND HTll
3-3
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
Instructions for preparation
- Body (100) :
clean thoroughly and eliminate traces of grease on the metallic and neck
seat sealing surfaces using trichlorethylene. If necessary, polish these
sealing surfaces using grade 400 abrasive paper.
- Disc (550) :
clean thoroughly and eliminate traces of grease on the disc edge using
trichlorethylene. If necessary, polish this edge to eliminate scratches using
grade 400 abrasive paper and complete the operation with polishing
composition.
-Shaft(213and/or210) :
eliminate traces of grease on the sealing surfaces using

trichlorethylene.
Polish these surfaces using grade 400 abrasive paper.
Coat the sealing surfaces with molybdenum disulphide. Allow to
dry and polish using a clean rag.
- Flanges and internal parts : clean thoroughly

trichlorethylene.
- Bolting :
and
eliminate
traces
of
grease
using
After solvent cleaning, coat with varnish or molybdenum disulphide in

paste
4- MAINTENANCE SHEET'S CHOICE

This manual is composed of several procedures noted "SHEET A -... -... or D -... -....
Each of them describes the maintenance operation for different body'shape, size, class, etc....
See the 2 tables on the following pages to find the right maintenance sheet in accordance with the
valve's type.
Qfflll
KSo
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTII AND HTll
SHEET
|^
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
D-1-2
K1T1 : SEAT DISMANTLING MTII AND HTll

WAFER AND LUG BODIES CL150, CL300 AND CL600 : NPS > 300-12"
1- Close the valve

2- Identify and disconnect the electric, hydraulic or pneumatic connections of the actuator
3- Sling the actuator
4- Remove the valve from the piping and lay it flat on a woriotand with the seat facing up
5- Loosen and remove the tightening flange screws (914)
Standard metal seat
H .P. metal seat
ONLY FOR MTII

Elastomer seat
Plastomer seat
144
5G-5
72-3
50-
914
PS
52
^
6- Remove the tightening flange (72-3)

7- Remove the seat (144)
8- Remove the static

joint (50-5)
8- Remove the static

joint (41-2)
ONLY FOR MTII

8- Remove the ring
8- Remove the ring
(50-6) out of the
(50-6) out of the
seat
seat
9- Remove the
reaction ring (505) out of the seat
CIffifl
KSB
h.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
DANAIS MTU AND HTll
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D-1-3
K1T1 : SEAT DISMANTLING MTU AND HTll

FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NPS > 300-12"
FLANGED BODIES CL300 AND CL600 : NPS > 6 5 - 1 / 2
1-
Close the valve
2-
Identify and disconnect the electric, hydraulic or pneumatic connections of the actuator
3-
Sling the actuator
4-
Remove the valve from the piping and lay it flat on a workstand with the seat facing up
5-
Loosen and remove the tightening flange screws (901.3)
6-
Remove the retaining ring (932) with a screwdriver into an extremity
7-
Remove the tightening flange (72-3) and the centering flange (72-2)
8-
Remove the seat (144)
Standard metal seat
H .P. metal seat
ONLY FOR MTII

Elastomer seat
i ' Plastomer seat
332 50-6
Remove the static

joint (50-5)
Remove the static

joint (41-2)
Remove the ring

(50-6) out of the
seat
9-
Remove the
ring (50-6) out
of the seat
10- Remove the

reaction ring
(50-5) out of
the seat
Afnii
Kss
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
DANAIS MTll AND HTII
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D-2-1
KIT 2 : DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE MTll

WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NFS < 250-10"
WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL600 : NPS ^ 350-14"
1-
Remove the seat, using the sheet :

- 1 - 1 for wafer or lug bodies
for flanged bodies
: CL150 -> NPS < 250-10"

: CL300 > NPS < 200-8"
:CL600-^ NPS < 250-10"
: CL150 -^ NPS < 250-10"
: CL300 "^ NPS = 50-2"
: CL600 -^ NPS = 50-2"
D - 1 - 2 for wafer or lug bodies
: CL600 ^ 300-12" ^ NPS < 350-14"
D - 1 - 3 for flanged bodies
: CL300 ^ 65-2"1/2 < NPS < 200-8"

: CL600 > 65-2"1/2 < NPS < 350-14"
2-
Uncouple the actuator
3-
Loosen and remove the screws (901-1) fitted with washers (554) of the gasket holder (559)
4-
Remove the gasket holder (559)
5-
Remove the strip (310-1 ) and the rings (412) from the gasket holder (559)
6-
Set the disc in open position
7-
Drive out the pins (561 -2 and 561 -3) by the opposit side of the grooves
8-
Rotate the disc counter-clockwise by 90 (to a position symmetrically opposite to the closed
position)
9-
Drive out the drive shaft (213)
10- Remove from the shaft, the sealing packing (01-48) and the foil (68-4)
11- Remove the thoists (553-1 and 553-2)
12- Extract the strips (310-2 and 310-3) from the body (100) pinching the collar and pulling up
CIfllli
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
DANAIS MTU AND HTIl
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D- 2 - 2
KIT 2 : DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE MTII

WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL150 : 300-12" < NFS < 600-24"
1-

CL300 -^ NPS = 250-10"
CL150 -^ 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300 > 300-12" < NPS < 550-22"
CL150 -^ 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300 & 250-10" < NPS < 550-22"
2-
3-
Loosen and remove the screws (901-1) fitted with washers (554) of the gasket holder (559)
4-
5-
Remove the strip (310-1 ) and the O' rings (412) from the gasket holder (559)
6-
Extract the sealing packing (01 -48) and the thrust (553-3)
7-
position)
8-
Drive in the pins (561-2 and 561-3) inside the shaft (210), a receptacle is provided
9-
Remove the screw (903)
10- Extract the operating shaft (213) and the shaft (210) by using a tie-rod
11- Remove the pins (561-2 and 561-3) out of the shafts (213 and 210)
12- Remove the disc (550) and retain the spacer bushes (543-1 and 543-2)
13- Extract the strips (310-2 and 310-3) pinching the collar and pulling up
CIfllli
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D-2-3
KIT 2 : DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE MTll

WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL150 : MPS > 650-26"
WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL300 : NFS > 600-24"
1-

2-
3-
Loosen and remove the screws (901 -1 ) fitted with washers (554) of the gasket holder (559)
4-
5-
Remove the strip (310-1 ) and the 0 ' rings (412) from the gasket holder (559)
6-
Extract the sealing packing (01 -48) and the thrust (553-3)
7-
position)
8-
Drive in the pins (561-2 and 561-3) inside the shafts (213 and 210), a receptacle is provided
9-
Loosen the screws (901-2) and remove them with the washers (931)
10- Push the taper pins (56-2) in the bottom of their housing
11-Remove the screw (903)
12- Extract the operating shaft (213) and the shaft (210) by using a tie-rod
13- Extract the taper pins (56-2) out of the operating shaft (213) and the pins (561-2 and 561-3)
out of the shafts (213 and 210)
Clfllfl
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D-2-4
KIT 2 : DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE HTll

1-

0-1-1
for.wafer or lug bodies
for flanged bodies
: CL150 -^ NFS < 250-10"

: CLSOO^ NFS < 200-8"
:CL600-^ NFS < 250-10"
: CL150 ^ NFS < 250-10"
: CL300 > NFS = 50-2"
: CL600 -> NFS = 50-2"
: CL600 > 300-12" < NFS < 350-14"
: CL300 ^ 65-2"1/2 < NFS < 200-8"

: CL600 > 65-2"1/2 < NFS < 350-14"
2-
3-
4-
Loosen and remove the nuts (920-2 and 920-3) from the screws (901-1 and 901-2)
5-
Remove the screws (901-1 and 901-2), the washer (554-2) and the spring washer (554-1)
6-
Remove the lantern (143) and the tightening plate (196)
7-
Remove the adjusting ring (512)
8-
Drive out the pins (561 -2 and 561 -3) by the opposit side of the grooves
9-
position)
10- Remove the trigger (59-52) from the shaft (213) and the strip (310-4) inside the trigger
11- Drive out the drive shaft (213)
12- Remove the sealing packing (01-48) and the thmst insert (553) from the shaft (213)
13- Extract the strips (310-2 and 310-3) from the body (100) pinching the collar and pulling up
cimn
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D-2-5
KIT 2 : DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE HTII

1-

CL300 -^ NPS = 250-10"
CL150 ^ 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300 ^ 300-12" <NPS ^ 550-22"
CL150 -^ 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300-^ 250-10" < NPS < 550-22"
2-
34-

5-
6-
7-
8-
Rotate the disc counter-clockwise by 180 (to a position symmetrically opposite to the dosed
position)
9-
Drive in the pins (561-2 and 561-3) inside the shaft (210), a receptacle is provided
10- Remove the trigger (59-52) from the shaft (213) and the strip (310-4) inside the trigger
11- Extract the operating shaft (213) and remove the pin (561-2) out of the shaft (213)
12- Remove the sealing packing (01-48) and the thrust insert (553) from the shaft (213)
13-Remove the screw (903)
14- Extract the shaft (210) by using a tie-rod
15- Remove the pins (561 -3) out of the shafts (210)
Clfllfl
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
D- 2 - 6
KIT 2 : DISMANTLING OF THE VALVE HTII

1-

2-
3-
4-
5-
6-
7-
8-
position)
9-
Drive in the pins (561-2 and 561-3) inside the shafts (213 and 210), a receptacle is provided
10- Loosen the screws (901-2) and remove them with the washers (931)
11- Push the taper pins (56-2) in the bottom of their housing
12- Extract the operating shaft (213) and remove the taper pin (56-2) and the pin (561-2) out of the
shaft (213)
13- Remove the sealing packing (01-48) and the thrust insert (553) from the shaft (213)
14- Remove the screw (903)
15- Extract the shaft (210) by using a tie-rod
16- Remove the pins (561-3) out of the shafts (210)

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTU AND HTll
SHEET
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
A-1-1
KIT 1 : SEAT ASSEMBLY MTll AND HTll

WAFER AND LUG BODIES CL150, CL300 AND CL600 : NPS < 250-10"
FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NPS < 250-10"
FLANGED BODIES CL300 AND CL600 : NPS = 50-2"
1-
2-
For a standard metal seat, install the reaction ring (50-5) on the new seat (144) if these two
parts are supplied separately. Two procedures of assembly are possible :
- Heat the- reaction ring up to 200 so that it can be Inserted easily into the seat
- Or, install the reaction ring as per the procedure described below :
144
Hold the ring engaged in A, then engage it

progressively, either manually or using a mallet in (B,C),
(D,E), (F,G). Pert'onn these operations with the part lying
flat on a workstand
3-
Coat all the static and dynamic toroids of seat (144) with a thin and regular coat of PTFE or
molybdenum disulphide
ONLY FOR MTll
Elastomer seat
Standard
H.P. metal seat
Plastomer seat
metal seat
4- Position manually
the seat (144) into
the body (with
reaction ring facing
up)
the static joint (412) into the body
4- Install the new

retaining ring (506) into the new
seat (144)
4- Install* the new

spring (50-5) and
seat (144)
5- Install the
tightening ring (506)
5- Install the seat

(144)
the seat (144) into
the body
the seat (144) into
the body
* To assembly these parts, it is necessary to heat the plastomer seat between 80 and 100 in
an oven or a boiling water tank
6-
Install the tightening flange, (72-3) bond with LOCTITE 586 and tighten the screws (904) until
the torque value defined in annex 3
7-
For a metal seat, the tightening flange (72-3) is placed under a press (see annex 1-1) or using
a flange attached to the valve flange by four tie-rods (see annex 1-11), ensuring that the
tightening flange remains parallel to the body flange face during the phase of engagement into
the seat
8-
For a metal seat, operate several times and check that there is a glossy and regular trace
around the edge of the disc and on the flexible seat
Qinil
/"CO
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS AND HTII
SHEET
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
A -1 - 2
KIT 1 : SEAT ASSEMBLY MTII AND HTII

WAFER AND LUG BODIES CL150, CL300 AND CL600 : NPS > 300-12"
1-
Set the disc in closed position
2-
- Heat the reaction ring up to 200 so that it can be inserted easily into the seat
144

(D,E), (F,G). Perfomn these operations with the part lying
flat on a workstand
3-
ONLY FOR MTII
Elastomer seat
Standard
H .P. metal seat
Plastomer seat
metal seat
the seat (144) into
the body (with
down)
the static joint (41 2) into the body
4- Install the new

seat (144)
4- Install* the new

spring (50-5) and
seat (144)
5- Install the
5- Install the seat

(144)
the seat (144) into
the body
the seat (144) into
the body
6-
Install the tightening flange (72-3)
7-
Place the screws (914) and tighten them slightly
8-
Open the disc (550)
9-
Tighten the screws (914) until the torque value defined in annex 3
10- For a metal seat, operate several times and check that there is a glossy and regular trace
cifiiii
MAINTENANGE MANUAL
DANAIS WITH AND HTII
SHEET
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
A -1 - 3
KIT1 : SEAT ASSEMBLY MTII AND HTII

FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NPS > 300-12"
FLANGED BODIES CL300 AND CL600 : NPS > 65-2"1/2
1-
Set the disc in closed position
2-
- Heat the reaction ring up to 200 so that it can be inserted easily into the seat
144

(D,E), (F,G). Perform these operations with the part lying
flat on a workstand
3-
ONLY FOR MTII
ElastorTner seat
Plastomer seat
Standard
H.P. metal seat
metal seat
the seat (144) into
the body (with
down)
the static joint (412) into the body
4- Install the new

seat (144)
4- Install* the new

spring (50-5) and
seat (144)
5- Install the
5- Install the seat

(144)
the seat (144) into
the body
the seat (144) into
the body
6-
Install the centering flange (72-2), the tightening flange (72-3) and the retaining ring (932)
7-
Place the screws (901-3) and tighten them slightly
8-
Open the disc (550)
9-
Tighten the screws (901-3) until the torque value defined in annex 3
10- For a metal seat, operate several times and check that there is a glossy and regular trace
ofnii
Kseb^
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 1 (Page 1/2)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE MTII

1-
Install the strips (310-2 and 310-3) checking that they are plated against the borings
2-
Install, in the groove of the operating shaft (213), the thojst (553-2) and the thrust washer
(553-1 In two parts)
3-
Position the disc into the body in closed position and preventing the edge of the disc from
possible shocks
4-
Install the shaft (213) in the disc (550) making sure that the holes of the pins (561-2 and 5613) are positionned in the same plan. And make sure that the locating groove of the square is
positionned parallel and on the same side as the disc (as per diagram below)
5-
Rotate the disc (550) and the operating shaft in open position
6-
Align the two pins holes/ the
shaft (213) and the disc (550)
7-
Place the two grooved pins (561-2 and 561-3) using a mallet and a bronze drift
8-
Set the valve in vertical position
9-
Install the foil (68-4) and the sealing packing (01-48)
10- Apply a thin coat of silicon grease on the 0" rings (412) and install them on the gasket holder
(559)
11- Install the strip (310-1) in the gasket holder (559), checking that it is plated against the boring
12- Insert the gasket holder (559) into the neck of the valve
13- Install the washers (554) and the screws (901-1), tighten them until the torque value defined in
annex 3
omii
K.SB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTll AND HTll
SHEET
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
A - 2 - 1 (Paqe2/2V
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE

WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NPS < 250-10"
14- Install the seat (144), proceeding as per KIT 1, using the sheet
A - 1 - 1 for wafer or lug bodies
for flanged bodies
.CL150-^
CL300-^
CL600-^
CL150-^
CL300 >
CL600 *
NPS < 250-10"

NPS < 200-8"
NPS < 250-10"
NPS < 250-10"
NPS = 50-2"
NPS = 50-2"
: CL600 ^ 300-12" < NPS < 350-14"
A - 1 - 3 for flanged bodies
: CL300 -^ 65-2"1/2 < NPS < 200-8"

: CL600 -^ 65-2"1/2 < NPS < 350-14"
Qillfl
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 2 (Page 1/2)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE MTll

WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL150 : 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"
1-
2-
Install and hold the spacer bushes (543-1 and 543-2) in place
3-
Install the shaft (210) in the disc (550) without placing it to its final position, as per the diagram
below, making sure that the holes of the shaft (210) and the disc (550) are positionned in the
same plan
rZ / AA-^^^^^^
//-\
hr^7=T1^^.rp:^^-^/ / /y^
4-
Position the disc into the body in closed position (disc facing down) with the body in horizontal
position (seat facing down) and preventing the edge of the disc from possible shock
5-
Engage the shaft (210) up to its final position
6-
Install the screw (903) and tighten it
7-
Install the pin (561-3)
8-
Install the shaft (213) in the body (100) and the disc (550) making sure that the locating groove
of the square is positionned parallel and on the same side as the disc (as per diagram below)
9-
Install the screw (903) until the torque value defined in annex 3
10- Install the pin (561-2) and engage both pins (561-2 and 561-3) in their final position using a
mallet and a bronze drift
11- Set the valve in.vertical position
Afllll
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
DANAIS MTll AND HTU
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 2 (Page 2/2)

12- Place the thrust insert (553-3) and the sealing packing (01-48)
13- Apply a thin coat of silicon grease on the O' rings (412) and install them on the gasket holder
(559)
14- install the strip (310-1) in the gasket holder (559), checking that it is plated against the boring
15- Insert the gasket holder (559) in the neck valve
16- Install the washers (554) and the screws (901-1) and tighten them until the torque value
defined in annex 3
17- Install the seat (144), proceeding as per KIT 1, using the sheet :
CL300 -^ NPS = 250-10"
. A - 1 - 2 for wafer or lug bodies
CL150 -^ 300-12" < NFS < 600-24"

CL300 ^ 300-12" < NPS < 550-22"
CL150 -^ 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300 ^ 250-10" < NPS < 550-22"
Qfnil
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SHEET
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
A - 2 - 3 (Page 1/2)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE MTII

1-
2-
3-
below, making sure that the holes of the pins (561-3) are positionned in the same plan of the
^M>
^^^
,~~r-^VVY7]
4-
position (seat facing down) and preventing the edge of the disc from possible shocks
5-
6-
7-
8-
Engage the taper pins (56-2) in the bottom of their housing of the disc, the fiats in the side of
the operating shaft
9-
10- Place the washers (931) and the screws (901-2). Tighten them until the torque value defined in
annex 3
crnifi
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 3 (Page 212)

WAFER, LUG AND FLANGED BODIES CL150 : NPS > 650-26"
12-Set the valve in vertical position
13- Place the thnjst insert (553-3) and the sealing packing (01-48)
14- Apply a thin coat of silicon grease on the O' rings (412) and install them on the gasket holder
(559)
15- Install the strip (310-1) in the gasket holder (559), checking that it is plated against the boring
16- Insert the gasket holder (559) in the neck valve
17- install the washers (554) and the screws (901-1) and tighten them until the torque value
defined in annex 3
ClfHf I
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 4 (Page 1/2)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE HTII

1-
Install the strips (310-2 and 310-3) checking that they are plated against the borings,
2-
Install,-in the groove,of the operating shaft (213), the thmst insert (553)
3-
Position the disc into the body in closed position and preventing the edge of the disc from
possible shocks
4-
Install the shaft (213) in the disc (550) making sure that the holes of the pins (561-2 and 5613) are positionned in the same plan. And make sure that the locating groove of the square is
positionned parallel and on the same side as the disc (as per diagram below)
5-
Rotate the disc (550) and the operating shaft in open position
6-
Align the two pins holes between the shaft (213) and the disc (550)
7-
Place the two grooved pins (561-2 and 561-3) using a mallet and a bronze drift
8-
Set the valve in vertical position
9-
Install the sealing packing (01-48) and the adjusting ring (512)
10- Install the strip (310-4) in the trigger (59-52)

11- Install the trigger (59-52)
12- Install the washers (554-2), the screws (901-1 and 901-2) and the nuts (920-2) and tighten
them until the torque value defined in annex 3
13- Set the tightening plate (196) in the lantern (143) and install them on the shaft (213)
14- Install the washers (554-1) and the nuts (920-3)
15- Tighten the nuts (920-3) till the spring washers (554-1) are flatted and unscrew the nuts (9203) by 1 turn
Affin
KSB
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTII AND HTM
SHEET
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
A - 2 - 4 (Page 2/2)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE HTll

A - 1 - 1 . for.waferoriug bodies
for flanged bodies
CLISO-^
CL300-*
CL600^
CL150^
CL300-^
CL600 "*
NPS < 250-10"

NPS < 200-8"
NPS < 250-10"
NPS < 250-10"
NPS = 50-2"
NPS = 50-2"
: CL600 -^ 300-12" < NPS < 350-14"
: CL300 > 65-2"1/2 < NPS < 200-8"

: CL600 -> 65-2"1/2 < NPS < 350-14"
ciinii
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 5 (Page 1/2)

1-
2-
3-
below,, making sure that the holes of the shaft (210) and the disc (550) are positionned in the
same plan
tZZl7=^^3KZn
^
hr^7=^^^^=Pl-r-^/
/_/]
4-
position (seat facing down) and preventing the edge of the disc from possible shock
5-
6-
7-
8-
9-
Install the pin (561-2) and engage both pins (561-2 and 561-3) in their final position using a
10- Set the valve in vertical position

11- Install the sealing packing (01-48) and the adjusting ring (512)
omi
Kseba
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
DANAIS MTil AND HTll
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 5 (Page 212)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE HTll


16- Install the washers (554-1 ) and the nuts (920-3)
17- Tighten the nuts (920-3) till the spring washers (554-1) are flatted and unscrew the nuts (9203) by 1 tum
CL300 * NPS = 250-10"
CL150 -^ 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300 "* 300-12" < NPS < 550-22"
CL150 > 300-12" < NPS < 600-24"

CL300 -^ 250-10" < NPS < 550-22"
ciinii
K S 5 ^%k
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTU AND HTII
SHEET
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
A - 2 - 6 (Page 1/2)

1-
2-
3-
below, making sure that the holes of the pins (561-3) are positionned in the same plan of the
4Z,'S^ ' '^îrz;n

h^-r-/ //.A
4-
position (seat facing down) and preventing the edge of the disc from possible shocks
5-
6-
7-
8-
Engage the taper pins (56-2) in the bottom of their housing of the disc, the flats in the side of
the operating shaft
9-
10- Place the washers (931) and ie screws (901-2). Tighten them until the torque value defined in
annex 3
ciiiiii
Kse
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
R355-070037
Date : 11/98
SHEET
A - 2 - 6 (Page 212)
KIT 2 : ASSEMBLY OF THE VALVE HTli

12-Set the valve in vertical position
13- Install the sealing packing (01-48) and the adjusting ring (512)
18- Install the washers (554-1) and the nuts (920-3)
19- Tighten the nuts (920-3) till the spring washers (554-1) are flatted and unscrew the nuts (9203) by 1 turn
mil
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANNEX
CS S3
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
TIGHTENING FLANGE ASSEMBLY
-PRESS ASSEMBLY
Standard metal seat
H.P. metal seat

I F
PTFEor
M0S2
coating
PTFE Of
Mas2
coating
DN
50-2" to 100-4"
125-5"
150-6"
200-8"
250-10"
Minimum strenght
values F in daN
3000
3500
4000
6500
8000
II - ASSEMBLY WITH 2 FLANGES AND 4 SCREWS + NUTS
See annex 2 for flange dimensions

NOTE : - For this operation, ensuring that the tightening ring engages into the seat (for a
standard metal seat) or the seat engages into the static joint (for a H.P. metal
seat). Use the defined flange in annex 2, the raised face is used to tight the
flange into the body.
- Tightening ring in place into the body, place the screws (904) and tighten them with F
strenght on the flange. Tighten them until the torque value (see annex 3).
- Operate several times and check that there is a glossy and regular trace around the
edge of the disc and on the flexible seat
cmifi

MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ANNEX
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
TOOL FOR FLANGE
-îss.i ( - H
Sameb
pattern
V^
'
/
60
Chamfer non defined : 1 to 2.5 to 45

\
01
' ?
* For NPS 2" and 2" 1/2, it is necessary to

realize a chamfer 10 mm to 45
5
^
^/VV/
\
^
R 4 maxi
/ / '
-ES
Do'-
CL150
DN
50-2"
65-2"1/2
80-3"
100-4"
125-5"
150-6"
200-8"
250-10"
A
44
57
70
90
110
135
180
228
72
90
105
127
147
172
228
273
CL300
^
152
178
190
229
254
279
343
406
165
190
210
254
279
318
381
444
D
10
15
24
24
24
25
28
30
E
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Qfnil
^
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
DANAIS MTU AND HTll
ANNEX
R355-070037
Date: 11/98
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF THE BOLTING

ASSEMBLY CONDITION
LUBRICATION :
All torques defined in this annex are for lubricated bolting with a basis
molybdenum disulphide product (sliding varnish or paste).
TIGHTENING MODE : The tightening mode on all parts is realized in "star-type". This tightening
mode avoids an eventually sliding of the joints and ensures a good
homogeneity strenght
The completely tightening requires four to six rotations according to the
defined torque.
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF THE SCREWS (in m.daN)
Apply the allowance 0 to + 5 % at torque values defined the table below :
Screws of the tightening

flange
Wafer and lug
Flanged
bodies
bodies
904-1; 914
901-3
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
0,50
0,75
1,80
3,50
6,00
9,50
14,50
20,00
28,50
37,50
48,00
'
'
"
0,20
0,40
3,00
4,50
6,50
10,00
" "
ONLY FOR
MTII
Screws of the
gasket holder
901-1
ONLY FOR
HTll
Screws of the
lantern
920-2
0,50
0,75
1,80
3,50
6,00
9,50
14,50
20,00
28,50
37,50
48,00
0,50
0,75
1,80
3,50
6,00
9,50
14,50
20,00
28,50
37,50
48,00
Screws of the taper

pin
901-2
12,50
18,00
23,50
30,00
44,00
55,00
60,00
60,00
Maintenance
8600.801-10
ACTO 25 to 200
INSTALLATION
MAINTENANCE
General overview
Tooling
Installation
Hydraulic remote control
Adjustment of opening or closing adjustable end stops
Actuator disassembly
Actuator re-assembly
Trouble-shooting
KSB is ISO 9001 approved
KSB
^fflli
ACTO 25 to 200
The purpose of this manual is to describe the installation/maintenance procedures and actions to be can-ied out in
case of breakdowns or faulty operation of the ACTO 25 to 200 hydraulic actuators.
OVERVIEW
554.1
916.3
916.1
412.4 : for ACTO 5 0 - 1 0 0 and 200
forACTO25-50and100
412.6 and 41Z7 : for ACTO 25
Itl.'
Deb gnation
Item
Des gnalion
in
Housing
ini
Self-lubncating beanng
5541
JU''
87-15
Rack
Jim
Self-lubricating bearing for ACTO 50, 100

and 200
877
Pinion
310 '
Self-lubricating bearing for ACTO 200
901
Hexagon head screw
411
Sealing washer
486
903 2
Ball
Washer
Plug
4121
O-Ring
904-
Socket screw
4122
O-Ring
916 1
Cylinder cover
12 3
O-Ring
916 2
Plug
O-Ring for ACTO 50.100 and 200
1&3
Check valve plug
l''l
310.4 : for ACTO 200
1125
O-Ring
932
Circlips
11^ n
O-Ring for ACTO 25
950
Check valve spring
4 U '
O-Ring for ACTO 25
9701
Identity plate
- b 1
Lip seal ring
970 2
Position plate
KSB
ACTO 25 to 200
RECOMMENDED TOOLS (not supplied)

- Pneumatic screwing machine
-Mallet
- Open ended spanner 10 and 13
- Allen key 4
- Spur spanner 0 7
- Clamp spring retaining ring
- Threaded rod M 12 for ACTO 100 et 200
SPECIAL TOOLING (not supplied)
- Definition drawings
TEST EQUIPMENT (not supplied)
- Hydraulic power pack 0-350 bar
CONSUMABLES
- Superflux HV46 oil
- Grease EPEXELF M02 (Elf) or RETINAX HDM (Shell) or equivalent
INSTALLATION
BEFORE ANY ACTION
- index the mounting position of the actuator onto the valve (Position N or M)
- Index the mounting position of the position plate 970.2 onto the housing 103
- Index the index position of the pinion 877 in comparison with the indications of the position plate 970.2
ADAPTATION
The adaptation onto the valves is achieved either directly or through adaptor parts :
- interchangeable inserts manufactured to the size and the shape of the different valve shafts
- adaptor flanges for coupling.
ACTUATOR POSITION ONTO THE VALVE
The actuator can be positioned in 4 positions, at 90 intervals.
Standard arrangement is N position 1
When a manual override is fitted on the actuator, the actuator should bemounted in accordance with M position 2.
If the actuator is disconnected, fit it onto the valve following the steps as defined before the uncoupling, then drain
the actuator.
Arrangement N
Arrangement M
Position 1
Position 2
Position 1
Position 2
jP'
im) î
i {
Flow direction
The - angement position can be modified at site. The procedure below should be followed as well as the specific
assembly operations as described in the maintenance procedure.
TRANSFORMATION Position N - *
^ Position M :
- remove the circlips 932,
- remove the pinion 877 from the rack,
- rotate pinion of 90 and re-insert in the rack,
- put in place tiie circlips 932,
- remove the 2 screws 901,
- rotate the position plate 970.2 of 90,
- remove the 2 screws 901.
KSB
25 to 200
DRAINING PROCEDURE
PIPING CONNECTION
All components and pipework must remain sealed until connected.
All openings must be fitted with recommended plugs.
Pickling of internal surfaces of pipework is always necessary when pipes and fittings contain scale, corrosive
products, magnetic particles or when pipeworks have to be welded or heated.
Pickling must be confined only to the pipework. All sensitive components (actuators, solenoid valves, deck boxes,
...) are to be isolated and bypassed. All traces of pickling, neutralising and cleansing solutions must be removed from
the system before connection and oil filling.
DFÎNING
All newly installed hydraulic systems require cleaning to remove foreign matters and any contamination.
In order to reduce the circulation time; it is advised to perform a first injection with nitrogen under a 30-40 bar pressure
for a 30 second to 1 minute period .
All elements, part of the system (hydraulic power pack, distribution panel or stand, actuators) are delivered perfectly
clean, with obturated ends.
Therefore, it is most important to flush all the pipe connections to the various equipment :
- hydraulic power pack towards solenod valves rack or deck boxes
- solenod valves rack or deck boxes towards the actuators.
Flushing through KSB AMRI components is not allowed.
All components must be disconnected or by-passed.
R471-10200
It is recommended to use the KSB-AMRI flexible
connector R471-10200.
This equipment can be connected to the hydraulic
block fitted on the actuator.
42074021
All opened lines and parts must be efficiently sealed.

Under no circumstances, process pumps should be used for flushing.
The pump used for flushing must be a dedicated unit and be external to the system. The pump capacity should be
such that the flow speed be maintained at a minimum of 5m/s to 8m/s (turbulent flow) throughout the system.
Oil must be introduced through the filling orifice ; it should be properly filtered in accordance with cleanliness standards
in force.
The filter must have the ability to accomodate the high flow rates required for turbulent flow flushing.
The required cleanliness class must be minimum ISO 18/15 according to ISO 4406 standards (equivalent to NAS
1638 class 9).
SYSTEM FILLING
During the filling operations, the flowmeter must be protected, therefore :
after flushing connect the hydraulic pipes to the
components
open the flow restrictors F,
connect the flexible connector R471-10200 to the hydraulic block fitted

on the actuator, valve V closed.
KSB
^m
25 to 200
- disconnect flexible connector from the closed connection,

- open the valve V,
- operate the soienod valve (4 \way 3 position see note) to open direction,
when the oil flows out of the flexible connector
Close the valve V,
Q ^
connect the flexible connector to the open connection and disconnect
it from closed connection,
Open the valve V,
- operate the soienod valve (4way 3 position see note) to closing direction,
- when the oil flows out of flexible connector close the valve V,
- disconnect the flexible conneictor from the hydraulic block.
NOTE :
- Before operating the 4 way 2 position soienod valve before operating in the required position, close the valve rack
pressure isolating valve
- To supply oil to the hydraulic pipe open the pressure isolating valve.
DRAINING
- connect the flexible R471 -10200 to the actuator, valve V closed,
- open the valve V,
- open the flow restrictors F,
- operate the soienod valve to opening direction,
- let the oil circulate for a 15 minute minimum period,
- operate the soienod valve to closing direction,
- let the oil circulate for a 15 minute minimum period,
- close the valve V,
- disconnect the flexible from the actuator.
KSB
b.
25 to 200
ADJUSTMENT OF STANDARD CLOSING ADJUSTABLE END STOPS

Adjustment amplitude : +/- 2
Adjustable end stops are adjusted in the factory and do not need further adjustment at site.
This is of utmost importance for the perfect tightness of the valve.
After any intervention on the actuator, the correct adjustment of the adjustable end stops must be verified.
If need be, this adjustment will be modified as per the following procedure.
These operations are carried out on the two sides of the actuator.
- Disconnect the air supply,
- Remove the plug 916.2 and the sealing washer 411, unscrew by one turn the screw 904
- Screw or unscrew the cylinder cover 916.1 to increase or decrease the stroke of the rack.
The conrespondance between +/- 2 and the length between the face of the mounting plate and the housing cylinder
is the following:
Allen key 4
Spur spanner 0 7
2 = Xmm I
I + 2 = Xmm
ACTO 25 : X = +/- 0.70mm (approx. 1/3 tum of plug)

ACTO 50 : X = +/- 0.90mm (approx. 1/2 tum of plug)
ACTO 100 : X = +/- 1.10mm (approx. 1/2 turn of plug)
ACTO 200 : X = +/- 1.40mm (approx. 2 tum of plug)
For a good operation of the equipment, never exceed these values.
Regularly check by putting under pressure the actuator until the adequate adjustment position is found.
Tighten the socket screw 904 then replace the sealing washer 411 and the plug 916.2
KSB
ACTO 25 to 200
ACTUATOR DISASSEMBLY
- Disconnect the air supply

- Remove the actuator and accessories from the valve and place on a work bench
- Remove the accessories of the actuator
- Remove the position plate 970.2 and the lip seal ring 415.2
Remove the circlips 932
*^
Extract the sub-unit pinion 877, O-rings 412.2 and 412.3, self-lubricating bearings 310.2 and 310.3
{ACTO 25-50 and 100)
Extract plugs 916.2, sealing washers 411 and unscrew by 5 turns the screws 904
Unscrew cylinder covers 916.1 and extract O-rings 412.1 and 412.5
Remove the rack 87-15 :
- by pushing on the extremity
- or in case of ACTO 100 and 200 (rack with threaded hole M12)
by pulling using a threaded rod M12 screwed in the rack
Extract the 2 lip seal rings 415.1 of the housing.
KSB
ACTO 25 to 200
mmn
ACTUATOR RE-ASSEMBLY
PREPARATION OF PARTS
All constitutive parts of the spare kits must be used.

- Check the internal cleanliness of the housing 103 and eliminate all the dirt
- Mount the self-lubricating bearing 310.3 in the housing 103.
For this operation, it is advised to use tools as defined below.
This operation is not carried out on ACTO 200, the self-lubricating bearing 310.4 is not in the kit.
0H
1
0.5 to 45
-?^
0C
2 to 30
0B
D
\
Material : Aluminium
TYPE
25
dia A
46.5
dia
33
+0.062
dia
48
+0
50
59
43
+0.062
61
+ 0
100
73
50
88.5
67
+0.074
+0
-0.05
-0.025
-0.05
-0.02S
+0.062
74.5
-0.05
90
-0.05
+0
200
- 0.025
-0.025
0A
dia F
48
112
31
61.5
140
^ '
91
186
105.5
207
" ^
^ '
dia G
-0.025
-0.064
-0.025
-0.064 .
-0.Q2S
-O.064
-0.03
-0.076
-0.02S
^"^
-0.05
-0.025
^ 3 -o.os
dta H
48
114.5
60
142
12.5
74
10
188.5
15
90
10
210.5
20
-0.02S
50 -0^05
-0.025
67 -0.05
Kse
ACTO 25 to 200
- Brush clean the pinion 877, the rack 87-15 and cylinder covers 916.1. Ensure constantly these are free from
shocks or scores on the sealing surfaces and bearings. Lightly sand-paper if necessary.
Any shocks or scores not eliminated on the lip sealing surfaces of the rack make it unusable.
- Grease and mount O-rings
0-rings 412.2 and 412.3 on pinion 877
sub-unit pinion
If
7 i
0-rings 412.1 and 412.5 on cylinder cover 916.1
sub-unit cylinder cover
Lip seal ring 415.2 on position plate 970.2 ===> sub-unit position plate
KSB
^mti
ACTO 25 to 200
RE-ASSEMBLY
Strictly follow the order of operations
1 - Tighten of a few turns the first cylinder cover sub-unit

until the overlap dimension Y of cylinder cover face compared
to the end of the housing cylinder is obtained.
ACTO 2 5 : Y =12 mm
ACTO 5 0 : Y = 13 mm
ACTO 100: Y = 16.5 mm
ACTO 200 : Y = 21 mm
Lubricate the rack 87-15 and slide it cautiously in the

opposite end (using a flat rod M l 2 for ACTO 100 and 200)
until it contacts the cylinder cover 916.1.
Extract the threaded rod.
3 - Mount 1st lip seal ring 415.1 in its groove

Special care :
lips outwards direction.
Lightly lubricate the lips.
Check the perfect insertion into its groove
4 - Tighten of a few turns the second cylinder cover sub-unit and proceed as for the first one.
5 - Extract the first cylinder cover sub-unit and slide the rack cautiously until it contacts second cylinder cover
916.1.
6 - Mount the second lip seal 415.1 - and proceed in the same way as operation 3
7 - Tighten the first cylinder cover sub-unit until Y = 0

(use preferably the spur spanner 0 7)
10
KSB
^mm
ACTO 25 to 200
8 - Carry out the operation 7 for the 2nd sub-unit cylinder cover.
9 - Test the functional tightness by putting under pressure each chamber ;
Oil pressure between 120 and 160 bar
Duration : 5 minutes per chamber
Check the perfect tightness at the level of :
- lip seal ring 415.1 : leakage inside the housing
- 0-rings of cylinder cover 12.1 : leakage at the orifice of screws
904
Should leakage occur, disassemble all parts and :

- Check the surface of the rack and lip seal rings (415.1 in particular) and replace if found faulty.
- Start again very carefully the assembly from operation 1 until perfect tightness is obtained as per
operation Nr 9
- Go to next step
10 - Tighten screw 904 until blocked and fit plugs 916.2 with their con-esponding washers 411.
11 - Manually drive the rack in closed position.
12 - Grease abundantly the pinion teeth 877

and self-lubricating bearing face.
13 - Fit the self-lubricating bearing 310.2 on
pinion sub-unit.
14 - Progressively insert the sub-unit pinion into the actuator following the initial indexes.
15 - Put in place the circlips 932.
16 - Mount the sub-unit position plate following the initial indexes..

17 - Pressurize the actuator and check the good operation.
18 - Adjust end stops as described in the Adjustment of opening or closing adjusting screws.
19 - Fully reassemble the actuator in its initial construction.
11
KSB
b.
mmn
ACTO 25 to 200
TROUBLE SHOOTING
At cylinder cover 916.1
At check valve plug 916.3
At the area of the connection or
visual indication
On interface of the hydraulic
connection
Non operation
Incomplete operation or stroke
Abnormal operation
Reverse operation
Dysfunctloning of the equipment
Reverse or incorrecte indication
Connection not possltjie or inadequate
i
1
1r:
1
1
Damaged O-rings 412.1 and 412.5
Change O-rings 412.1 and 412.5
Damaged check valve 486.2
Change the sub-unit cylinder cover 916.1

+ O-rings 412.1 and 415.2
Damaged lip seal ring 415.1
Change O-rings 415.1 and/or 412.3 and/or

412.2 and 415.2 + check the cleanliness of the
oil in the actuator
Damaged O-rings of the interface
Change O-rings of the interface
Mechanical override clutch on or opened by

pass
Disconnect the hydraulic pressure

Clutch the manual override and/or close the
by-pass
Absence or insufficient pressure
Check the hydraulic power pack and

its components
Blocked valve
Check the valve and/or the interface with the

pipe
Internal leakages
Change the lip seal ring 415.1

Check the cleanliness of the oil
Corrosion : pinion 877 seized

Mechanical components broken
Change the actuator
Check valve seized or damaged
Check the hydraulic block
1 Wrong applicabilities
Consult leaflet 8506

Consult leaflet of the valve
1 ^^
External leakages
Check the driving and/or the adapter flange

Consult technical leaflet 8506 or contact the
manufacturer
Wrong adjustment of travel stops
Refer to "Adjustment of travel stops" of the

maintenance manual
System improperly drained
Drain the actuator according to the procedure

of the maintenance manual
Closed actuator / Valve opened

or Valve dosed / Actuator opened
Put valve and actuator in the same position
Inversed hydraulic connections
Check the hydraulic connection
Hydrodynamic torque
Check the safe and
its components
Loss of air pressure
Pressurize the equipment and keep it under

pressure
Wrong assembly of the actuator onto the valve
Turn the actuator or the pinion 877 by 90
related item
KSB S.A.
Z.I. de Gagnaire Fonsche
F-24490 La Roche Chalais
Phone: +33 5 53 92 44 00
Fax: +33 5 53 92 44 01
www.ksb.com
Butterfly valves,
actuators and systems
11
Bi
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
BRO EDWARD
SHIB'S NO.
DWGs' NO.
F.O.
TRANSFER SYSTEM
VERIRED
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED
r}-.^^ ^^h

CHEMICAL TANKER
TniAl
APFA-
1 9f^m2
JLZ020504
M-054-13
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/17
'17600
SCALE
JINGLING SHIPYARD
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-maii:ji3hipyard@vip.163.com
ARFA- n nKO"^ m2
1-054-13
FUEL OIL TRANSFER SYSTEM
PAGE
2/17
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER & THICKNESS(mmxmm).
TOPS. TO BE FITTED WITH PENETRATION PIECES ACCORDING TO ISO OR SHIPYARD STANDARD.
4. THE FiniNGS WITH MARK "*" & " C'll
5. THE MATERIAL OF GAUGE PIPE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL

6. HYDRAULIC TEST:
NAME
F.O. TRANS.PIPING
DESIGN PRESS. BEFORE INSTALLATION AFTER ASSEMBLY

ON BOARD
ON BOARD
(MPa)
(MPa)
(MPa)
0.44
0.66
0.66
7. THE MARK FOR AUTOMATION Q ' L J l ^^ ^ REFER TO "LIST OF ENGINE ROOM

^^^:ÎTEM NO.
AUTOMATION ITEM (M-054-28MX)".
8. PIPING CONNECTION FU\NGE WILL BE GB2506-89,PN=0.6MPa.
9. FILLING PIPES ARRANGED ABOVE UPPER DECK TO BE GALVANIZED OUTSIDE.
AREA: 0.0695 m2
M-054-13
F.O. TRANSFER SYSTEM
PAGE
3 / 17
ITEM NC).
STAN13Mll')NO.
ORLMIAWINGNO.
FN
NAN'in
mm
MPa
M.ATIiRlAL
Q)TY.
VVT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORIDS ON
N A M E PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
FT01V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
NO.2 LDO/MDO SETTL.TK.

FILLING
FT02V
REMOTE CONTROLED'
BUTT. VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.1 MDO SETTL.TK,

FILLING
FT03V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.2 LDO/MDO STOR. TK.

FILLING
FT04V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.1 MDO STOR. TK.

FILLING
FT05V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.2 HFO SETTL. TK.

FILLING
FT06V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.1 HFO SETTL. TK.

FILLING
FT07V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.5 HFO TK.

EXSUCTION
FT08V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.4 HFO TK. .

EXSUCTION
FT09V
REMOTE CONTROLED
: BUTT. VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
NO.3 HFO TK.

EXSUCTION
FT10V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
NO.2 HFO TK.

EXSUCTION
FT11V
REMOTE CONTROLED
BUTT. VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.1 HFOTK.
EXSUCTION
FT 12V
QUICK-CLOSING V.
100
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.1 MDO STOR. TK,

EXSUCTION
KJTETg^^jg^^nr""-^
M-054-13
PAGE
4 / 17
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR D R A W I N G NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
M.A.TJ.iRlAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NyU/lE PLATE
]:)ELIVERY
REM.^RKS
kg
FT13V
QUICK-CLOSING V.
100
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.2 LDO/MDO STOR. TK.

EXSUCTION
FT14V
QUICK-CLOSING V.
200
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.5 HFO TK.

EXSUCTION
FT15V
QUICK-CLOSING V.
200
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.4 HFO TK.

EXSUCTION
FT 16V
QUICK-CLOSING V.
200
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.3HF0TK.
EXSUCTION
FT 17V
QUICK-CLOSING V,
200
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.2HF0TK.
EXSUCTION
FT 18V
QUICK-CLOSING V.
200
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.1 HFOTK.
EXSUCTION
FT 19V
AS10100
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
41.2
MDO DECK FILLING
FT20V
AS10100
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
41.2
MDO DECK FILLING
FT21V
AS10100
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
41.2
MDO DECK FILLING
FT22V
AS10100
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
41.2
MDO DECK FILLING
FT23V
AS4200
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
200
0.4
CAST STEEL
101.8
HFO DECK FILLING
GATE VALVE
200
0.4
CAST STEEL
101.8
HFO DECK FILLING
FT24V
AS4200
CB/T466-1995
'KREK TO2Bnr'""'
"""*
M-054-13
PAGE
5 / 17
ITEM NO.
ST.-VNDARD NO.
OR Dl^.'WVrNC} NO.
NAME
DN
,PN
MATERIA!.
MPa
QTY,
WT.
CE.ASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
N A M E PLATE
REM^MlIiS
kg
FT25V
AS4200
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
200
0.4
CAST STEEL
101.8
HFO DECK FILLING
FT26V
AS4200
CB/T466-1995
GATE VALVE
200
0.4
CAST STEEL
101.8
HFO DECK FILLING
FT27V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
CONN. INLET OF MDO &

HFO TRANS. P/P
FT28V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1,0
CAST STEEL
17
SUCTION HFO TRANS.

P/P
FT29V
AS16125
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
125
1.6
CAST STEEL
49.9
DISCH. HFO TRANS. P/P
FT30V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1,0
CAST STEEL
12.5
CONN. OUTLET OF MDO

& HFO TRANS. P/P
FT31V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
FT32V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1,0
CAST STEEL
12.5
SUCTION MDO TRANS.

P/P
FT33V
AS16100
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
100
1,6
CAST STEEL
34.2
DISCH. MDO TRANS. P/P
FT34V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1,0
CAST STEEL
12.5
CONN. OUTLET OF MDO

& LDO TRANS. P/P
FT35V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2,5
CAST STEEL
21.8
FT36V
AS16125
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
125
1.6
CAST STEEL
49.9
' ' STOP VALVE
DELIVERY
N0.1 MDOSETTL. TK.

DRAIN
N0.2 LDO/MDO SERV. TK.

DRAIN
HFO DISCH. OVERBOARD
o
7i;KEH;';U.Ub2bm
M-054-13
PAGE
6 / 17
ITEM NO.
ST A N D AM") NO.
OR I3RAW[N(3 NO.
i-J XME
J:)N
PN
mm
MPa
QTY.
MATERL\L
WT'.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
N A M E PLATE
DELIVERY
JMARXS
kg
HFO FR. TRANS. P/P TO
SETTL. &STOR. TK.
FT37V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
17
FT38V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
DRAIN NO.2 HFO SETTL.

TK.
FT39V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
DRAIN N0,2 HFO SERV.

TK.
FT40V
B10065
HDSV 03-001
SAFETY VALVE
65
1.0
CAST STEEL
FT41V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
FT42V
AS16100
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
100
1.6
FT43V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
'
' STOP VALVE
65
FT44V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
FT45V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
FT46V
SETT. P.
0.44MPa
12.5
SUCTION LDO TRANS.

P/P
CAST STEEL
34.2
DISCH. LDO TRANS. P/P
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
N 0 . 2 LDO/MDO SETTL.
TK. DRAIN
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
DRAIN N 0 . 1 HFO SERV.

TK.
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
DRAIN N 0 . 1 HFO SETTL.

TK.
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1,0
CAST STEEL
17
FT47V
B10100
HDSV 03-001
SAFETY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
FT48V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
HFO FR. STOR. TKS. TO

TRANS. P/P
SETT. P.
0.44MPa
12.5
INLET FLOW METER

AREAU.Ub2biYi'
M-054-13
PAGE
7 / 17
I T E M NO,
STANDARD NO.
OR D R A W I N G NC_).
NAM! i
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MAfERIAL.
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WOR]:.)S ON
N.AME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMAW-CS
kg
FT49V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
OUTLET FLOW METER
FT50V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
BYPASS FLOW METER
FT51V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
FT52V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
LDO FRO STOR. TK.
FT53V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
MDO FR. TRANS.P/P TO

SETTL. TK.
FT54V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
CONN. INLET OF MDO &

LDO TRANS. P/P
FT55V
BS25065
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
20.5
EXSUCTiON FR. FO
DRAIN TK.
FT56V
1D10065 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
65
1.0
CAST STEEL
6.8
INLET FLOW METER
FT57V
1D10065 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
65
1.0
CAST STEEL
6.8
OUTLET FLOW METER
FT58V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12,5
BYPASS FLOW METER
FT59V
AS16100
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
100
1.6
CAST STEEL
34.2
DO DISCH. OVERBOARD
FT60V
BS25080
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
80
2.5
CAST STEEL
26.6
EXSUCTION FR. FO
OVRF. TK.
N 0 . 1 MDOSERV. TK.
DRAIN
AREAÛ.Ub2bm
'""
PAGE
M-054-13
8 / 17
I T E M NO.
STAKDAI^l^ NO.
N/U/lT-i
DN
PN
inm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
C:LASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
N A M E PLAl'E
DEUYERY
Ri?MAW<S
kg
FT61V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
MDO FR. STOR. TK.
FT62V
1D10100 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
100
1.0
CAST STEEL
12.5
ISOLATING V. FOR MDO

FULLING PIPE
FT63V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
ISOLATING V. FOR HFO

FULLING PIPE
FT64V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
HFO FILLING MAIN
FT65V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
NO.5 HFO TANK FILLING
FT66V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
N0.4 HFO TANK FILLING
l"
FT67V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
FT68V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
FT69V
1D10200 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
34
FT70V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
17

FR. TRANS. PUMP
FT71V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
!
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
17

FR. TRANS. PUMP
FT72V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
17

FR. TRANS. PUMP
^p,(i;yjîy.,^g-,j
M-054-13

ITEM NO^
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
FN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WOMJS ON
NAME PLA'TE
PAGE
9 / 17
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
FT73V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
17
N 0 . 2 H F 0 TANK FILLING
FR. TRANS. PUMP
FT74V
1D10125 GFS(B2)
BUTTERFLY VALVE
125
1.0
CAST STEEL
17

FR. TRANS. PUMP
FT75V
AS25065
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
FT76V
AS25CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FT77V
AS25CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FT78V
AS25050
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
50
2.5
CAST STEEL
14.5
TO N0.1 MDO SERV. TK.
FT79V
AS25050
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
50
2.5
CAST STEEL
14.5
TO N0.2 LDO/MDO SERV.

TK.
FT80V
AS25CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FT81V
AS25CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FT82V
AS25 CB/T60^92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FT83V
AS25 CB/T601-92
S]ELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FT84V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL,
3.64
DRAIN N0.2 LDO/MDO

STOR. TK.
'-""AT^SrTjTJSTSTfr-"^
M-054-13
PAGE
10 / 17
I T E M NO,
S T A N D A i NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAM]-;
DN
PN
nun
MPa
MATKRL^L
QTY.
WT.
WORDS ON
R ^ M I i PRATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
FT01F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
STEEL
6.69
FT02F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
STEEL
6.69
FT03F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1,0
STEEL
6,69
FT04F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
STEEL
6.69
FT05F
AS 100
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
100
STEEL
FT06F
AS65
CB/T495-1995
, BELL MOUTH
65
STEEL
3.2
FT07F
BS10100
GB/T4450-1995
'SFÊCTACLE FLANGE
100
1.0
STEEL
9.98
FT08F
BS10100
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
100
1.0
STEEL
9.98
FLpW METER
65
FT09F
CLASS
C:ERT.
7.57
ASSEMBLY
FT10F
TS125 CB422-95
,^ SIGHT GLASS
125
0.1
ASSEMBLY
15.5
FT11F
TS125CB422-95
SIGHT GLASS
125
0.1
ASSEMBLY
15.5
FT12F
SIMPLEX STRAINER
100
MESH 60
FT13F
SIMPLEX
100
MESH 60
STRAINER
^Vv^^r- 2
'
M-054-13
F.O. T R A N S F E R S Y S T E M
PAGE
11 / 17
ITEM NO.
ST,'\NDA'R]D NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
FT14F
NvViVIE
DN
PN
mm
MPa
SIMPLEX STRAINER
125
M.ATERIAL
QTY,
WT.
CLASS
C:RRT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
MiMAjyCS
kg
MESH 60
FT15F
BS10100
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
100
1.0
STEEL
9.98
FT16F
BS10100
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
100
1.0
STEEL
9.98
FT17F
AS10100
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
100
1.0
STEEL
5.64
FT18F
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE&V.
ASSEMBLY
FT19F
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE&V.
FT20F
AS10200
GB/T4450-1995
" 'BLANK FLANGE
200
FT21F
AS10200
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
200
FT22F
FW-S-200
SAMPLE FLANGE
200
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT23F
FW-S-200
SAMPLE FLANGE
200
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT24F
AS10100
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
100
FT25F
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE&V.
CTOftF
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE&V,
i ^
0.6
0~0.6MPa
ASSEMBLY
0.6
0~0.6MPa
1.0
STEEL
27.83
1.0
STEEL
27.83
STEEL
5.64
ASSEMBLY
0.6
ASSEMBLY
0.6
1.0
0~0.6MPa
0~0.6MPa
AREA 0.0625m^
M-054-13
PAGE
12 / 17
ITEM NO.
S T A K D M I D NO.
NAMI:.
DN
PN
mm
WiPa
MATERIA].
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CHRT.
WOR].)S ON
N A M E PLATE.
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
FT27F
0-100 C
WNG-11
THERMOETR (HG)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
100mm
FT28F
0-100 'C
WNG-"11
THERMOETR(HG)
G 3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
100mm
FT29F
AS80
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
80
STEEL
4.68
FT30F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
STEEL
6.69
FT31F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
STEEL
6.69
FT32F
TS150CB422-95
., SIGHT GLASS
150
0.1
ASSEMBLY
23.1
FT33F
AS10100
GB/T4450-1995
*BLANK FLANGE
100
1.0
STEEL
5.64
FT34F
FW-S-100
SAMPLE FLANGE
100
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT35F
FW-S-100
SAMPLE FLANGE
100
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT36F
AS10200
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
200
FT37F
0-100 C
WNG-11
THERMOETR (HG)
STEEL
27.83
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
100mm
G 3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0,2
TAIL LENGTH
100mm
FT38F
0-100 V
WNG-11
THERMOETR (HG)
AREA .25m^
M-054-13
PAGE
13 /
ITEM NO.
SIVVNDAM") NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
N'A,Mll
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATIiRIAl..
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CER'I',
womis ON
N A M E PI ,ATE
DEUVERY
17
REMARKS
kg
FT39F
Y-100
PRESS,GAUGE & V.
ASSEMBLY
0.6
0-0.6MPa
FT40F
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE&V,
ASSEMBLY
0.6
0~0.6MPa
FT41F
AS10200
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
200
STEEL
27.83
FT42F
FW-S-200
SAMPLE FLANGE
200
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT43F
FW-S-200
SAMPLE FLANGE
200
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT44F
AS10100
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
100
FT45F
0-100 C
WNG-11
THERMOETR (HG)
FT46F
0-100 C
WNG-11
FT47F
STEEL
5.64
G 3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
THERMOETR (HG)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE & V.
ASSEMBLY
0.6
0~0.6MPa
FT48F
Y-100
PRESS.GAUGE&V.
ASSEMBLY
0.6
0~0.6MPa
FT49F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
STEEL
6.69
TS150CB422-95
SIGHT GLASS
150
0.1
ASSEMBLY
23.1
FT50F
1.0
AREA 0.0525m^
M-054-13
PAGE
14 /
I T E M NO.
FT51F
STANDARD NO.
OR Dll.'WVING NO.
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
MATERIAL
DN
PN
mm
iVIPa
SPECTACLE FLANGE
65
1.0
FLOW METER
100
ASSEMBLY
NAME
FT52F
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
WORDS ON
CERT.
NAJvlE PLATE
IDELIVERY
17
REMARKS
kg
STEEL
6.69
FT53F
FW-S-100
SAMPLE FLANGE
100
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT54F
FW-S-100
SAMPLE FLANGE
100
STAINLESS
STEEL
FT55F
0-100 r
WNG-11
THERMOETR (HG)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
FT56F
0-100 C
WNG-11
THERMOETR (HG)
G 3/4"
ASSEMBLY
0.2
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
FT57F
AS200
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
200
STEEL
14.32
FT58F
AS200
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
200
STEEL
14.32
FT59F
AS200
CB/T495-1995
'BELL MOUTH
200
STEEL
14.32
FT60F
AS200
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
200
STEEL
14.32
FT61F
AS200
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
200
STEEL
14.32
EXPANSION JOINT
100
FT62F
1.0
STAINLESS
STEEL
AREA
O.62bm^
ITEM no.
STAND.M^D NO.
OR DRAWING NO,
FT63F
DN
FN
mm
MPa
EXPANSION JOINT
200
1.0
NAME
MATERLA.L
QTY.
WT.
STAINLESS
STEEL
AS 100
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
100
STEEL
7.57
FT65F
AS100
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
100
STEEL
7.57
FT66F
AS80
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
80
STEEL
4,68
FT67F
AS80
CB/T495-1995
BELL MOUTH
80
STEEL
4.68
REDUCER
100/
125
STEEL
65
STEEL
,,
CLASS
CERT,
FT69F
BS10065
GB/T4450-1995
"SPECTACLE FLANGE
FT70F
L=3200mm
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
FT71F
L=3400mm
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
1.0
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMMIKS
kg
FT64F
FT68F
PAGE
15 / 17
M-054-13
F.O. T R A N S F E R SYSTEM
6.69
,!
2=
422
O
""TTREtrTrB2srtr~^
M-054-13
PAGE
16/17
NO,
,\PPLICATIION OF PIPES
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK,
mill
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
F.O. FILL. PIPE
200
219
13
Seamless
steel
140
9245.53
F.O. FILL. PIPE
100
114
Seamless
steel
130
3029.48
F.O. FILL PIPE
65
76
Seamless
steel
47.64
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
200
219
Seamless
steel
15
548.93
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
150
168
Seamless
steel
10
239.70
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
125
140
Seamless
steel
20
396.53
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
100
114
Seamless
steel
30
403.19
F.O-TRANS. PIPE
80
89
4.5 "^
Seamless
steel
46.88
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
65
76
4.5
Seamless
steel
10
79.34
10
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
50
60
Seamless
steel
20
110.48
11
F.O.TRANS. PIPE
32
42
Seamless
steel
10
37.48
12
PRESSURE GAUGEPIPES
10
1.5
Stainless
Steel
1.26
i;=
14186
REMARKS
- -. .
AREA.O 00251II
FUEL OIL TRANSFER

REMARKS:
1. EXPANSION JOINTS / PIPE COUPLINGS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE SOCIETY.
2. THE FIXED CONTAINER UNDER FILLING CONNECTIONS ON MAIN DECK SHALL HAVE A CAPACITY >160L.
3. HOSE USED FOR OIL TRANSFER IS TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH USCG.
4. THE SIGHT GLASSES USED IN FUEL OIL SYSTEMS SHOULD BE TESTED FOR SUITABLE DEGREE OF
FIRE RESISTANCE AND APPROVED BY THE SOCIETY.
17/17
FT24F
Fr22F Fr23F
Fr20F
FT33F
Fr23V
Fr24V
FT40F
Fr38F
FT63V
<^
FT42F
060x4
F26V
SEE
^t
OVF. FR. LDO/MDO

TANK FOR
)R DIESELS.
SEE (M-054-15)
t
<?5f
]/-
16.2m3
0140x6
FT09f
FT58V.
Fl^F
f ^ ' ^ ^ FT34V
19.5m3
'
22.8m'
FT35V
FT02F
( FT51V
Fr31V
H^ (C_^Fr04F
n.
i^FTOIF
b
h X FT43V
te_FT03F
OVF. FR. E/G MDO

SERVICE 1K.
SEE ( M - 0 5 4 - 1 1 )
25.6m5
If)
iQ
iQ
l._. if
FT84V>
0140x6
-.-I
I ^76x7
Al
FT15V\^FT83V
FTOSV
'
FT06V
.rH2V
FT49V
I
t - ^ ~
"^~0
N0.2/
\
N0.2
^
H.F:Ê5Jf:TK.
'LTK.
m^^\
]yw
L.D.O. TRANS. PUMP

(40mVh x0.4MPa)
FTZSVFY
R69F3:
H.F.O.TRANS.
M.D.O. TRANS. PUMP

( 4 0 m V h x0.4MPa)
*,
PUMPt^
(40mVh x0.4MPa)
39;8m-
FT6>r
NJ^
^FT38V
' FT30F
FT68F
FT68F
'u/
FT12F
FT13F
Fr41V
FT32V
34.3m'
\H n39V
f t FT31F
^-
I j . _ _
'
NO.I /
H.KQ.S|iV.TK.'
34.3m'
"XesF
^
FT44V
Fr49F
\N0.1
/ ^N
H.F.O.SS^T|MlC.l(g
y ^
nF5QF-r
'"'^ 3 9 . 8 m ' ^
/L
FT67V
F68V
f-YFT45V
^ FT51F
FT69V
0219x13
MAIN DECK
U ^ h ^ ^ - H P - ^ l ^, A
- ^ ^ - 4>l<h
n74V
FT73V
0140x6
FT07F.
FT54V
f^po
FT27V
FT46V
."^^
FT55V
T ^
FT60V
076x4.5 I] 089x4.5
1/
~l
FT82V^
H.F.O. PIPE
g
FTOSFr
riuari
^<^
76V
r M ZV
m2v
0114x5
. M.D.O. PIPE
W^
-I
7f\~~Ww~7
N.1 H.F.O. TK.
/
^ N ^ ' ^
1-31.8m' '
\
FreoF
yl72.7m'"
NO.I M.D.O. STOR. TK.
t--^
NOv^ H.F.O. ;3C.
Fr04V
"TIN
NQ.3 H.F.O./TK
0140x6
FT71F ^^.
Freiv
I
'FTSSF
^ki
FT14V
FTOTV
CFT50V
0114x5
Fr57F
FT05V
FT52V
OVF. FR. INCIN. MDO

SERVICE TK.
SEE (M-054-15)
0114x9
Fr37V
FT3V
0140x6
7i.9m3
() /
ki
X
y
FT47V
FT53V1
FT53VJ,
\
r/if^M:^.O.SETTL;^VI No.sûô/MD^^rroR.'^r:
'K.
FTIOFC
TK"
MAIN DECK
0114x9
0140x6
fO
,7 FT56V
i
Vf^
FT36V
0114x5
-
FT57V
< ^ .
n64V
0219x13
0140x6
rroiv
, N0.2 X7 I. \ . NO.I
(UDO SEip.'Hi. K4).0.SERV;
Fr71V
i-i/iv - p
MAIN DECK
076x7
(M-054-14)
I I
* !
OVF. FR. HYD. POWER UNIT

MDO SERVICE TK.
mi
Fr41F
'
FT63F
FT59V
FT/SV
LDtVMDO SE:^/P
n43F
FT70Vuv - p
iêev
0114x9
060x4
NORMALLY CLOSE
'TKi
FT39F
TO7P
OKH
FT25V
Fr62F
Fr40V
Fr2tF
F65V
TO LDO/MDO SERV. TK
FOR DIESELS
'SEE (M~054-15)
CARGO MANIFOLD
FT79V.
PAGE
Fr48F
FT27F
FT36F
NORMALLY CLOSE
M-054-13
SYSTEM
Y N/t'
FTiev
FT17V
FT09V
FT10V
,FT81V
X
/
\
/358.6m' \ ^
VI
FT61F
\J
Fri8V
FTIIV
rFT80V
TRACE PIPE
0219x13
AREA:
0.25 m^
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
APPROVED1
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
^>J1M^
m^
CARGO TANK
DWG's NO.
HEATING SYSTEM
CHK OF fflAND.
JLZ020504
M-055-36
PAGE
WEIGHT
SCALE
1/9
-6500kg
1:1
JINGLING SHIPYARD
APPR0VED2

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:0.9375m'
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail;jlshipyardvip.163.com
AREA: 0.0625 m'
M-055-36
PAGE
2/9
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER & THICKNESS(mmxmm).
4. THE FILINGS WITH MARK "*" & 'il'.'3

6. HYDRAULIC TEST:
DESIGN PRESS. BEFORE INSTALU\TI0N AFTER ASSEMBLY
ON BOARD
ON BOARD
(MPa)
(MPa)
(MPa)
NO LEAKAGE UNDER
STEAM & CONDENSATE
0.77
1.16
WORKING CONDITION
PIPE
NAME
HEATING COILS
0.77
7. THE MARK FOR AUTOMATIC^;;|^^JJ
1.16
1.16
^^^ REFER TO "LIST OF ENGINE ROOM
AUTOMATION ITEM ( S C 5 0 8 2 G L - 4 4 0 - 0 1 M X ) " .

8. THE VENT PIPE ON OBSERVATION TANK SHOULD BE FinED WITH FUME ARRESTER AND TO BE
LED TO THE OPEN DECK IN A SAFE POSITION.
9. HEAT BAU\NCE CALCULATION FOR
CARGO TANK PLEASE SEE S C 5 0 8 2 G L - 4 0 1 - 0 3 J S .
AREA: 0.0625 m^
M-0,5.5.-36
C.A.RGO TANK. H E A T I N G S Y S T E M
Py\GE
3/9
STANDARnNO.
OR iJkAWlNCi NO.
PN
mm
MPa
STOP CHECK VALVE
80
2.5
CAST STEEL
STOP VAL,VE
50
1.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
10
STOP VALVE
L5
2.5
BROlNZE
CH04V
HOSE CONNECTION V.
15
1.6
BRONZE
21
CH05V
DRAIN TRAP ASSEMBLY
32
ASSEMBLY
10
CHOIV
AS25080
GB/T585-1999
CH02V
CH03V
AS250LT
GB/T587-93
NAME
MATERIAL
QTY.
DN
ITEM MO.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME i'LATE
RESIDUAL TK.(P)
STEAM IN
HEATING COIL IN
DRAIN VALVE
BLOWTJOWN VALVE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
28.7
27
CH06V
AS16040
GB/T590-93
STOP VA1..VE
40
1.6
CAST IRON
11
CH07V
AS25080
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
80
2.5
CAST STEEL
28.7
CH08V
AS 16040
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE
40
1.6
CAST IRON
11
CH09V
AS25080
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
80
2.5
CAST STEEL
28.7
CHIOV
AS 16040
GB/T590-93
STOP VAL.VE
40
1.6
CAST IRON
11
CHI IV
AS25080
G.B/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
80
2.5
CAST STEEL
28.7
CH12V
AS 16040
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE
40
1.6
CAST IRON
11
RESiDUALTK. (P)
CONDENSATE OUT
C
SLOP TANK (P)

STEAM IN
SLOP TANK (P)
CONDENSATE OUT
RESIDUAL TANK (S)

STEAM IN
RESIDUAL TANK (S)
CONDENSATE OUT
SLOP TANK (S)

STEAM IN
SLOP TANK (S)
CONDENSATE OUT
AREA:0.0625m'^
M-0.5.5-36
C A R G O T A N K HEATING SYSTEM
PAGE
4/9
ITEM NO.
CH13V
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWsNC: NO.
AS25040
GB/T ,584-1999
GB/r590-9.^
NAME
MATERIAL
QTY.
wx.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME I'LAT'E
DN
PN
mm
VlPa
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
16
147.2
CARGO DECK HEATER

S'TEAM IN
STOP VAL.VE
'>::>
CAST IRC'N
48
10;;.6
(AJNDENSATECCT
RESIDUAL TANK
STEAW IN
AS25080
GB/T585-1999
STOP CfffiCK VALVE
80
2.5
CAST STEEL
28.7
CH16V
AS 16040
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE
40
i.6
CAST IRON
11
RBSIDIIAL TANK
CONDENSATE OUT
ST'OP VALVE
?':
CAST STEEL.
S.9
CONDENSAfEOCT
Qâ'x^&Cv-m
CHI SV
DKAiNTR.A? ASSEMBLY
:' A.
';
REMARKS
kg
CH15V
CH17V
DELIVERY
ASSEMBLY
CH19V
AS 16200
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
200
1.6
CAST' STEEL
121
CH20V
AS 10125
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE.
125
LO
CAST IRON
44.3
TO OBSERVATION TANK
CH21V
AS 10125
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE
125
1.0
CAST IRON
44.3
OBSERVATION TANK OUT
CH22V
AS25025
GB/T587-93
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
BRONZE
,1
6.2
DRAIN TO DECK
CH23V
AS16200
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
200
1.6
CAST' STEEL
121
CH24V
AS 10125
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE.
125
LO
CAST IRON
44.3
STEAM My\IN VAVLE
TO TANK WASHING
HEATER
FROM TANK WASHING
HEATER
REA:0.0625m"
M-055-36
C A R G O T A N K .HEATING S Y S T E M
PAGE
5/9
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
(,>Ri3kAWiNCJ NO.
NAME
DN
i>N
mill
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
Vv'T.
(TASS
( :ERT.
WORDS ON
NAMEREATE
AS 16200
GB/T584-i999
STOP VALVE
200
1.6
CAST STEEL
12!
STEAM LINE SEPARATE

VAVLE
CH28V
AS 16200
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
200
1.6
CAST STEEL
121
STEAM LINE SEPAR.ATE

VAVLE
CH29V
AS 16200
GB./T584-1999
STOP VALVE
200
1.6
CAST STEEL
121
STEAM LINE SEPAR.ATE

VAVLE
CH30V
AS 10125
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE
125
1.0
CAST' LRON
44.3
CONDENSATE LINE
SEPARATE VAVLE
CH31V
AS10125
GB/T590-93
STOP VA1..VE
125
1.0
CAST IRON
44.3
CONDENSATE LINE
SEPARATE VAVLE
CH32V
AS10125
GB/T590-93
STOP VALVE
125
1.0
CAST IRON
44.3
CONDENSATE LINE
SEPARATE VAVLE
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
STEAM MAIN VAVLE

BYPASS
L&
RONZE
ASSEMBLY
ST'A;Ni,ESS
;>
C}i34V
rmy-j
CH3K-:'
AS25032
GB./T584-1999
HOSE CONNEC-nON V.
DRAIN TRAP ASSEMBi..Y
;M)
BALL VALVE
25
1 H
REMARKS
kg
CH27V
CH33V
DELIVERY
BLOW-DOWN VAL.VE
WITH QUICK.
C()FL[N<3
M-055-36
PAGE
7/9
NO.
APPI .ICATIION Ol' PIPES
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
mm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
REMARKS
STEAM PIPE
32
42.4
STAINLESS
STEEL
10
19.66
CLASS II
STEAM PIPE
40
48.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
100
225.34
CLASS II
STEAM PIPE
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
64.93
CLASS II
STEAM PIPE
80
88.9
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
60
290.82
CLASS II
STEAM PIPE
100
114.3
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
141.35
CLASS II
STEAM PIPE
125
139.7
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
173.49
CLASS II
STEAM PIPE
200
219.1
2.9
STAINLESS
STEEL
90
1373.18
CLASS II
CONDENSATE PIPE
25
33.7
STAINLESS
STEEL
110
169.71
CONDENSATE PIPE
32
42.4
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
39.33
10
CONDENSATE PIPE
40
48.3
STAIMLESS
STEEL
60
135.21
11
CONDENSATE PIPE
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
64.93
12
CONDENSATE PIPE
65
76.1
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
82.61
13
CONDENSATE PIPE
80
88.9
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
96.94
14
CONDENSATE PIPE
100
114.3
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
20
141.35
15
CONDENSATE PIPE
125
139.7
2.6
STAINLESS
STEEL
90
780.70
16
AIR VENT PIPE
65
76
SEAMLESS
STEEL
17.50
GALV.
17
DECK RESIDUAL TK
HEAT. COIL
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
24.0
77.91
CLASS II
18
RESIDUAL TANK (P)

HEAT. COIL
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
107.0
347.35
CLASS II
AREA:0.0625m''
C A R G O T A N K HEATING S Y S T E M
M-055-36
PAGE
8/9
NO^
APPl.ICATIION OF PIPES
NOiVI.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
mm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAI..
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
REMARKS
19
RESIDUAL TANK (S)

HEAT. COIL
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
107.0
347.35
CLASS 11
20
SLOP TANK (P) HEAT.

COIL
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
196.0
636.27
CLASS II
21
SLOP TANK (S) HEAT.

COIL
50
60.3
2.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
199.0
646.01
CLASS II
AREA:Q. i)625m^
oo
00
\c:>
1 o
C^^
,o
T-J-
wech
.c->
CHE
mjz
CHE
.o
CH=
[peo-
0^='"'
[rd-
CHE
-r^l [Fceo-'
Hil>et^
"PT
00
,^t48.3x2
?t5 =
msB:'.
TI
St48.3x2
^ ^ ^
St33.7x2
_.
n:
i
^
^ri^
a3
]U
CT
St48.3x2
51048.3x2
St33.7x2
St033.7x2
$t3_3.7x2
-Z_
-DSO-
Sl33.7x2
^t33.7x2 /
/p^lf'^
FT
CHE
CHE
CHE
[D8i3-
ÊE
OEE
LJ
Tt
Tt
lt
%il
-D8*î
-oetHl
St048.3x2
rcHll-
St219.1x2.9/
St33.7x2
gCHE
<r5
D8CH
St48.3x2
>
St88.9x2.3
St317x2
-090-
7x2
lo
' ' D9C1llh
-vrtI
SW8&
St88.9x2.3
s^
!^
lo
OJ
sa
/ôsc^
CD
L-
-ikvi
CJ
CT
;^
:hi
St33.7x2
St33.7x2
7^
Cl
C3
P'
c ^ "
C3
h^
': iF lI?-
l^
St48.3x2
^St33.7x2
St33.7x2
00
ns
St48.3x2l
St033.7x2
cfi
X~-^
?-D8Ch
Z^l ]L~
rfl
St*33.;x2
.St139.7x2.6
St33.7x2
^T\
gt48.3x2^^
"^104/3x2
a^
I le
)Q
St88.9x2.3
:eciI
076x5
^^m
St139.7x2.6
J:^
'2
'2
!?
T3
CD
-o
CO
00
-h-
K>
o-'
-J
X
i
s
0~i
<
n
J>
1
1
I
in
^
<
f>
rn
-o
-o
m
2
1
>-
<
n
CO
oo
o
z
rn
1 ll
T'
00
f
U
X)
Cî
1
Z
1
X
OJ
i
3>
Z
1
00
m
~>
c)
o
CD
1
00
^
z
oo
1
rn
m
r-
m
oo
c/)
>
HD
DD
1
O
r~
U)
o
o
PD
Z
O
>
Z
7^
>
o
z
o
00
1
>
1
X
ro
:^
00
00
1' 1
00
^
z
e-i
cn
O
00
o
o
O
O
-g
m
r~
CT> 1
Z
O
LO
CI
CD
r~
1
X
~n
m
00
CX)
m
00
-H
O
7s
>
z
TD
>
o
o
z
en
o
=1
O
oo
CD
O
7\
<
m
CD
O
>
o
o
'-i
LJ
z- H
00
s: o o
-n d
o
>
c:
CD
U)
o o
z o
00
CD 0 0
1 '1 1
1
O
>
m
o
o
i>
X)
CO
z
o
m
z
o
o
>
=1
m
U)
1
-H
X
4^
1
X
en
TV
o
m
O
m
to
CO
m
Ovl
CT)
3C
1
O
cn
Ol
1
CO
1
m
3::
-<
CO
2:
CD
>-
o
o
eu
Ja. W o o
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
t1^-i-3>
diL^KlvV.,
MAN
S50MC
EDITION 8
VOLUME lll-COMPONENTS
DESCRIPTIONS
Instructions for IViain Engine

Type SSOfVIC
This book forms part of a set of books consisting of three volumes entitled:
Vol. I OPERATION
Vol. II, MAINTENANCE
Vol. Ill COMPONENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS
The of these books is to provide general guidance on operation and maintenance and
to describe the constructional features of a standard version of the above engine type.
Deviations may be found in a specific plant. In addition, the books can be used for reference
purposes, for instance in correspondance and when ordering spare parts.
It is essential that the following data is stated in spare parts orders as it is used by us to
ensure the supply of the correct parts for the individual engines:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Examble:
Name of vessel
Engine No.
built by
Plate No.
Part No.
Quantity required (and description)
M/S Nybo - 7730 B&W - 90201 - 00 - 059

10 off (piston ring)
If the parts list indicates a 'MAN B&W Standard No.', this should also appear in your order.
Furthermore, to ensure optimum efficiency, reliability and lifetime of the engine and its
components, only original spare parts should be used.
The designation 'D' used in texts and illustrations refers to the Information given on the data
sheets inserted in the respective books.
As reliable and economical operation of the diesel engines is conditional on correct operation
and maintenance, it is essential that the engine-room personnel is fully acquainted with the
contents of this book.
This book is subject to copyright protection. The book must not, either wholly or partly, be
copied, reproduced, made public or in any. other way made available to a third party without
the written consent of this effect from MAN B&W Diesel A/S.
Teglholmsgade 41
Teleph.:+45 33 85 11 00
DK-2450 Copenhagen Telex :16592 manbwdk
Denmari<
Telefax:+45 33 85 10 30
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDER COVER
PISTON WITH ROD AND STUFFING BOX
CYLINDER DNER AND

CYLINDER LUBRICATION
CROSSHEAD WITH CONNECTING ROD
CRANKSHAFT. THRUST BEARING
AND TURNING GEAR
MECHANICAL CONTROL GEAR
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE OE CYLINDRE
CULATA DE CILINDRO
STEMPEL M/ STANG OG PAKDASE

PISTON AVEC TIGE ET BOITE A GARNITURES
PISTON CON VASTAGO Y CAJA DE EMPAQUETADO
CYLINDERFORING OG CYLINOERSMRING
CHEMISE OE CYLINDRE GRAISSAGE DE CYLINDRE
CAMISA Y LUBRICACION DEL CILINDRO
KRYDSHOVED M/ PLEJLSTANG
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON B I E L A
KRUMTAPAKSEL, TRYKLEJE OG TRNEAPPARAT

ARBRE-MANIVELLES, PALIER DE BUTEE ET VIREUR
EJE C I G U E R A L . C H U M A C E R A DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
MEKANISK STYRINGSBEVGELSE
MOUVEMENT DE COMMANDE MECANIQUE
ELEMENTOS DEL A C C I O N A M I E N T O M E C A N I C O
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
CIRCUIT D'AIR DE DEMARRAGE

StSTEMA DE AIRE DE ARRANQUE
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTH.
SOUPAPE D'ECHAPPEMENT
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
CIRCUIT A COMBUSTIBLE
SISTEMA DE COMBUSTIBLE
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
ASSEMBLY OF LARGE PARTS
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
ENSEMBLE DE TURBOSOUFFLANTES
SISTEMA DE TURBOSOPLANTES
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
EQUIPEMENT DE SURETE
DISPOSmVOS OE SEGURIOAD
SAMLING AF STORE OELE

MONTAGE DE GROSSES PIECES
MONTAJE DE PIEZAS GRANDES
GENERELT VRKTJ
OUTILLAGE D'UTILISATION GENERALE
HERRAMIENTAS PARA USO GENERAL
Cross Section through Engine

S50MC
Plate 90001-39
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDER COVER
PISTOS^ WITH ROD AND STUFFING BOX
CYLINDER LINER
CROSSHED WITH CONNECTING ROD
CRANKSHAFT, THRUST BEARING

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTROOUCCION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CUUTA DE CILINORO
STEMPEL M/ STANG OG PAKDSE

PISTON CON VASTAGO Y CAJA OE EMPAQUETADO
CYLINDERFORING OG CYLINDERSMRING
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

EJE CIGENAL. CHUMACERA DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
ELEMENTOS DEL ACCIONAMIENTO MECANICO
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
SISTEMA OE AIRE DE ARRANQUE
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNOSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SISTEMA OE TURBOSOPLANTES
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
DISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURIDAD
SAMLING AF STORE DELE

GENERELT VRKTJ
901.01-43
Cylinder Cover
General
The cylinder cover is made of steel and has
a central bore for the exhaust valve, which
is attached by means of four studs. The
cover furthermore has bores for the fuel
valves, which are resiliently mounted with
disc spring housings with disc springs
under the nuts of the studs. Other bores
have been provided for starting valve,
starting air inlet, safety valve and indicator
cock.
A cooling jacket is mounted on the lower
part of the cylinder cover, whereby a cooling water space is formed.
Another cooling Water space is formed
around the exhaust valve seat, when the
exhaust valve is installed. These two
spaces communicate through large number of oblique/radial cooling bores in the
cover.
The water is supplied from the cooling
jacket surrounding the cylinder liner and
passes through water transitions to the
cooling jacket surrounding the cylinder
cover, and further on, through the cooling
bores, to the space around the exhaust
valve seat.
From here the water leaves the cover
through two separate bores:
- through the one bore, the water is discharged to the main cooling water outlet
pipe,
- through the other bore, the water is passed through the exhaust valve housing to
the main cooling water outlet pipe.
The cylinder cover is tightened against the
top of the cylinder liner by means of nuts
and long studs fitted in the cylinder frame.
The nuts are tightened by means of hydraulic jacks.
Sealing between the cylinder cover and
cylinder liner is obtained by means of a
sealing ring, made of mild steel.
Plate 90101-76
Cylinder Cover
S50MC
D-D
E-0
G-O-F
Plate 90101-76 Cylinder Cover
Item
No.
^
xo
'0
.0^c
^
>
\^
>!3
^ '
V?
'
^3
))o
V)
018
031
043
055
067::
080'
092
114
126
\138
I29,
210
222
234
246
271
283
295
305
317
329
Part Description
Screw
Protective cap
Nut
Stud for exhaust valve
Nut
Stud for starting valve
Cyiinder cover
(Qrringl
Cooling jacket
Screw
Gasket
Spring housing, complete
Disc
Disc spring
Pin
Spring housing
Nut
Stud with guide face
for fuel valve
Stud for fuel valve
Pipe for fuel valve
Drain pipe
Guide pin
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61V1012
EN73L48
EN91M20
EN61V1230
EN36D40
EN1P38
EN91R18
EN170J26'100
EN1P828
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTROOUCCtON
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULAT DE CILINDRO
CYLINDER COVER
CYLINDER LINER ND

PISTON CON VASTAGO Y CAJA DE EMPAQUETDO
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM

ARBRE-MANIVELLES. PALIER DE BUTEE ET VIREUR
EJE
CIGUENAL, CHUMACERA DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
StSTEMA OE AIRE DE ARRANQUE
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
DISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURIDAO

GENERELT VRKTJ
902.01-56
Piston with Rod and Stuffing Box

Piston and Piston Rod
Plate 90201
The piston consists of two main parts:
Piston Crown
Piston Skirt
From the bore in the piston rod fopt, the oil

is led through the crosshead to a discharge
spout and to a slotted pipe inside the engine frame as well as through a control
device for checking the flow and temperature.
The piston rod foot rests on a face cut-out
in the crosshead pin and is guided by a
pipe in the crosshead.
The piston crown is tightened to the upper

end of the piston rod by means of screws.
The screws are locked with locking wire.
A shim is inserted between the piston rod

and the crosshead.
The piston skirt is tightened to the piston

crown by means of screws.
The screws are locked with locking wire.
The thickness of the shim is calculated for

each engine, in.order to match the actual
engine layout.
The top of the piston crown is provided with

a layer of heat resistant material.
The piston rod is fastened to the crosshead

pin by means of four screws. The screws
are locked with locking wire.
Furthermore, the piston crown is provided

with chromium-plated grooves for four piston rings. The two uppermost have increased height.
All the piston rings have oblique cuts:
- piston ring Nos. 1 and 3
have right-hand cuts,
- piston ring Nos. 2 and 4
have left-hand cuts.
At the top, the piston crown has a groove
for the fitting of lifting tools.
The piston rod has a through-going bore for
the cooling oil pipe, which is secured to the
piston rod top by means of flanged screws.
Cooling oil is supplied through a telescopic
pipe connection on the crosshead and
passed through a bore in the piston rod foot
and, through the cooling oil pipe in the
piston rod, to the piston crown.
The oil is passed on through a number of
bores in the thrust part of the piston crown
and to the space around the cooling oil pipe
in the piston rod.
Piston Rod Stuffing Box

The bore for the piston rod in the bottom of
the scavenge air box is fitted with a piston
rod stuffing box, which is designed to prevent the lubricating oil in the crankcase
from being drawn up into the scavenge air
space.
The stuffing box also prevents scavenge air
(in the scavenge air space) from leaking
into the crankcase.
The stuffing box is mounted on a flange
which is bolted to the bottom of the scavenge air space.
The stuffing box is removed together with
the piston rod during piston inspection, but
can also be dismantled for inspection in the
crankcase while the piston remains mounted in the engine.
The stuffing box housing consists of two
parts, which are bolted together.
902.02-56
The housing is provided with seven machined ring grooves:

-
The uppermost groove is provided with a

four-part scraper ring with oblique edges,
which serves to prevent sludge from the
scavenge box from being drawing down
to the other rings.
Furthermore, an eight-part sealing ring is

located below the scraper ring to prevent
scavenge air from passing downwards
along the piston rod.
The scrapier ring and the sealing ring are
guided by two cylindrical pins.
- The two next ring grooves are each provided with a four-part sealing ring and an
eight-part sealing ring below. The rings
are guided by two cylindrical pins.
-
The four lowermost ring grooves are

fitted with three-part scraper rings which
scrape the lubricating oil off the piston
rod.
Each of the three parts consists of a
base ring with two machined grooves,
each containing a pressed-in lamella,
with a scraping edge facing the piston
rod.
From the three lowermost grooves, the
oil is returned to the crankcase, through
bores in the stuffing box housing.
Through bores in the housing and a pipe,

the uppermost scraper ring groove communicates with a control funnel on the outside
of the engine.
This funnel provides a means of checking
that the sealing rings and scraper rings are
functioning correctly:
-
Blow-by of air indicates defective sealing

rings, while excessive oil points to defective scraper rings.
The parts are held in place round the piston

rod by means of helical springs, which are
located in machined grooves on the outside
of the scraper rings and sealing rings.
Gaps at the end of the ring segments ensure that the rings will bear against the
piston rod even in worn condition.
When referring to this page, please quote Plate P90201 Edition 0202
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate
P90201-0202
Page 1 (2)
Plate
P90201-0202
Item
No.
011
035
047
059
060
(OTZ
p84J
096
118
143
155
MAN
Item Description
Item
No.
Item Description
Screw
Screw
Locking wire
Screw
Screw ^
Piston j;ingPiston ring
PistoTi' rin'g,^ - '
Piston crown
Pipe for cooling insert
Piston rod
roaring
rb-ring?
80
192
Page 2 (2)
Piston skirt
Screw
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
voz<
-<p
sei
290
t6i
QSO
oiniogs
06-S0306 9)eid
6u!un}s uo^sid
Plate 90205-90
Piston Rod Stuffing Box
Item
No.
Part Description
013
025
037
050]
062
074
098
108
121
[T33
1157
169
[170^
182
194
204
216
228
Nut
Stuffing box liousing in 2/2
Scraper rin^
O-ring ^
Flange
Guide pin
Screw
Screw
iipring^PLl
,
Lamella fpr^s^raper ring j
Top scraper ring
.;
Pack sealing ring ^
Cover sealing ring
Screw
Fitted bolt
Stuffing box housing, compl.
Spring
Spring
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN91R12
EN1P1236
EN61W1290
EN61W1290
EN1Q610
EN61W1280
EN66A1380
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDER COVER
CYLINDER LINER ND

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCiON
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULATA DE CILINDRO

CHEMISE DE CYLINDRE GRAISSAGE DE CYLINDRE
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON B I E L A

EJE C I G U E R A L . C H U M A C E R A D E E M P U J E
Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
SISTEMA DE AIRE DE ARRANQUE
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR

GENERELT VRKTJ
806
\ il
t.
\, 1
x\ ^
\\J-^3
^ ^
903.01-58
Cylinder Liner and Cylinder Lubrication

Cylinder Frame
The cylinder section of the engine consists
of a cast cylinder franne, which is tightened
together with the framebox and the bed
plate by means of through-going stay bolts.
If the cylinder frame consists of more than
one part, these parts are tightened together
in the vertical joints.
A central bore for each cylinder, at the;top
of the cylinder frame, encloses the cylinder
liners.
Cooling water is supplied at the top of the
cylinder frame, where a cooling water space
is formed due to the shape of the cylinder
liner.
Bores in the bottom of the cylinder frame
enclose the piston rod stuffing boxes.
On the exhaust side of the cylinder frame
there are openings which connect the sca
venge air spaces around the cylinder liners,
with the longitudinal scavenge air receiver
of the engine.
Furthermore, there are inlet pipes for cool
ing and lubricating oil.
The cylinder frame is provided with cleaning
and inspection covers giving access to the
scavenge air spaces.
Studs for fastening the cylinder covers are
mounted in the cylinder frame.
From the upper part of the cooling jacket,

the water continues through water transi
tions to the cooling jacket on the lower part
of the cylinder cover.
The cylinder liner is tightened against the
top of the cylinder frame by the cylinder
cover, so that it can expand freely down
wards when heated during the running of
the engine.
Sealing against leakage of cooling water
and scavenge air is obtained by means of
two rubber rings located in machined groo
ves in the guide of the cylinder liner, - one
for cooling water and one for scavenge air.
A bore is located between the sealing rings,
enabling the effectiveness of the sealing to
be checked.
The part of the cylinder liner which is
located in the scavenge air space of the
cylinder frame is provided with a number of
scavenge air ports, which are uncovered by
the piston when this is in its bottom posi
tion. The scavenge air ports are bored at an
oblique angle to the axis of the cylinder
liner so as to give the scavenge air a rotary
movement in the cylinder.
In the free part of the cylinder liner, be
tween the cooling jacket and the cylinder
frame, there are a number of bores with
non-return valves for supply of lubricating
oil to the cylinder.
Cylinder Liner
On the working surface of the cylinder the

bores are connected to a zigzagging lub
ricating groove to ensure an even
distribution of the oil.
Above the cylinder frame, the cylinder liner

is surrounded by a cooling jacket.
Cylinder Lubricators
Rubber rings located in machined grooves

in the cylinder liner ensure cooling water
sealing.
The cooling water is led through water tran
sitions from the cylinder frame to the lower
part of the cooling jacket.
Plate 90305
The cylinder frame is fitted with one cylirider lubricator for every two cylinders. Each
lubricator incoorates a number of oil
pumps, corresponding to the number of
lubricating orifices in two cylinder liners.
903.02-58
The lubricators are inter-connected by

means of shafts with couplings which are
rigid in the direction of rotation.
The lubricators are driven through a chain
transmission from the intermediate wheel
on the camshaft.
For fixed pitch propeller plants (FPP), the
lubricators are speed-dependent, where the
cylinder oil dosage follows the engine
speed. For controllable pitch propeller
plants (CPP), the lubricators are MEPdependent, where the cylinder oil dosage
follows the engine load.
The lubricators are of the load-change
dependent (LCD) type.
For engines fitted with a Woodward governor, the LCD lubricators are controlled by
an electronic unit, which monitors the position of the fuel regulating shaft.
For engines fitted with an electronic governor, the LCD lubricators are controlled
directly by the governor.
The LCD lubricators can operate in two
modes:
LCD mode:
The lubricators supply an increased
amount of cylinder oil during STARTING, manoeuvring and sudden load
changes. This reduces the liner wear
rate.
Fixed-position mode:
The lubricators supply a fixed
amount of cylinder oil per revolution.
Regarding the cylinder lubricators proper,

reference is made to the special instruction
manuals supplied.
See also Vol. I, OPERATION Chapter 707.
OI/409S
t'Oi.-i-ocoe a}B|d
auiejj
2
ro
?:
-J
Jb
m
Z
CT
00
(O
mm
z-^z
mmm
wA
_i
_.
?> o>
P>
00 (
^ ^Z^ Z
en
CD
^ ^ ^>b îL ^ ^
^X
M )
N3
-*
MX
*A
z z z z z O)
z 0>
z 0>
z
mmmmm
*A
-^
O) en
ro -j
mm
z a>
z
o>
5a
m
z
ro
m
z
CD
>
ro
en en
m mm
z z
-*
"
00
00
-* 9
41
=; CL
> M ^ > I \ 5 N 3 C 0 C 0 > S

~ 4 ^ ^_ 11 ~ * 4 . 0 0
2 Z 2 ;
(
-^
. s Q
mmmrnrnmmmmrn
z z z z z z z z z z
-^COC-^CCDCCD-^-*
^Jy-x^(J\-^-^-^-^^J\
o-ôô>Ol4^ro-ôcooo-^(Jkrvoôa)Cro-ô<oô>c-AO^Dooo>c^.coô-^â>c*^coô-
->40l--^-ô>^to^cca-ô>^ô>ôa>t.^roo^D-v^ccDO)0>-^.o<o^co-ô>^roo^c
00>0>WOlCflCnOlOlW*w4^*>4:k4k4k4^COCOCOWWCdWI43r43r43roN)roiO-i-^-J--J'-*----^-*0
>
(D
<
- z
(D
(u
fi
>
(D
(D
5'
.
<^
(O
>^
Cylinder Liner and Cooling Jacket

M A. IM
Plate
P90302-0169
'f^^
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Plate
P90302-0169
Item
No.
010
022
034
046
058
071
095
154
178
191
201
213
Page 2 (2)
Cylinder Liner and Cooling Jacket
Item Description
Item
No.
Item Description
0-ring
Cooling water connection
Screw
Gasket
Clamp
Screw
Pipe
Cylinder liner
Pipe
Cooling jacket
O-ring
0-ring
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Cylinder Liner - Details

MAN'
Plate
0 304-0030
Ia v /
01 1
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Cylinder Liner - Details
Plate
P90304-0030
Item
No.
011
023
035
047
060
072
MAIM'
Item Description
Item
No.
Item Description
Non-return valve, complete

Housing
Valve
Head
Nut
Stud
Page 2 (2)
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
IVIounting Of Lubricators
'M/VM'
a Vf
When referring to this page, please quote Plate 90305 Edition 74

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90305-74
uoi^duosaa pBd
ON
}|
Uld

inN
M8J0S
1>108
jo}B3!jqn-|
\.9V
QVf
get'
t^St'
z\.v
OOt'
} | '| P!0U8|0S
pjBno
UB4S
pJBno
os!p 6u!|dnoQ
osia
J9L|SB/V\
68e
ll
S9e
G9e
Ltê
\m
}nu >|ooi
joiBouqn-]
M8J0S
}|oq
;e>ioBja
Majos
;joddns
9ie
tôe
PQZ
oiz
692
ZS3
9t72
122
802
}nu >ioo-i
inN
861.
981.
6 | ^ 6u!|dnoQ
JGLjSBM uuds
M9J0S
}|oq
J9LJSBy\A
8;9|dLuoo '6u!|dnoo
Vil
291
09 L
et'i.
l\.
Ijoddng
M9J0S
pjBng
pJBno
GU
1.01.
1.60
8Z0
990
mN
t'SO
2t'0
pjBno
M9J0S
pJBriQ
joiBouqn"!
620
llO
ON
9

uo!}d!JOS9a pBd
sjoieouqnn ô 6u!)unoi/\|
t7Z-90C06 aieid
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDER COVER
CYLINDER LINER

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULTA DE CILINDRO

PISTON CON VASTAGO Y CAJA DE EMPAQUETAOO
CAMISA Y LUBRICACION DEL CILINORO
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA
KRUMTAPAKSEL. TRYKLEJE OG TRNEAPPARAT

EJE C I G U E N A L . CHUMACERA DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
OISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURIDAD

GENERELT VRKTJ
904.01-49
Crosshead with Connecting Rod

The crosshead is provided with two guide
shoes fitted floating on the crosshead ends.
The centre part of the crosshead is designed as a bearing journal which is housed in
the crosshead bearing.
The crosshead bearing cap is provided with
a cut-out for assembling the piston rod with
the crosshead.
The crosshead bearing is equipped with
bearing shells, which are lined with white
metal. Furthermore, the lower shell has an
overlayer coating.
See also Vol. I, OPERATION, Chapter 708.
The piston rod foot rests on the crosshead,
and is guided by a guide ring in the crosshead.
A shim is inserted between the piston rod
and the crosshead.
The thickness of the shim is calculated for
each engine, in order to match the actual
engine layout.
The piston rod is fastened to the crosshead
by means of four screws. The screws are
locked with locking wire.
A bracket on the crosshead, fitted between
the guide shoe and the crosshead bearing,
supports the telescopic pipe which supplies
lubricating and cooling oil to the crosshead,
crankpin and piston.
The outlet pipe for piston cooling oil is fitted
to the opposite end of the crosshead. The
outlet pipe slides within a slotted pipe inside the engine frame, and from there the
oil is led through a control device for each
cylinder for the purpose of checking the
temperature and flow before the oil is passed on to the lube oil tank.
The crosshead block is provided with bores

for distributing the oil supplied through the
telescopic pipe, partly as cooling oil for the
piston, partly as lubricating oil for the
crosshead bearing and guide shoes and through a bore in the connecting rod - for
lubricating the crankpin bearing.

The two sliding faces of the guide shoes
are lined with cast-on white metal.
A stop screw is fitted at the bottom of the
central bores of the guide shoes.
The crosshead is guided by crosshead
guides in the engine framebox and properly
secured against displacement, by guide
strips fastened to the guide shoes.
The crosshead bearing is assembled by
means of four studs and nuts. The nuts are
tightened by means of hydraulic tools.
The crankpin bearing is fitted with bearing
shells lined with white metal and assembled
by means of two studs and nuts. The nuts
are tightened by means of hydraulic tools.
Both the crosshead bearing shells and the
crankpin bearing shells are retained in position by means of screws fitted in the bearing housings.
Furthermore, the bearing assemblies are
guided by guide pins, or locating pins.
Connecting Rod and Crosshead

'MAN'
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90401-109
Plate 90401-109 Connecting Rod and Crosshead

Item
No.
Part Description
Screw
Telescope pipe
032 Distance piece
044 Bracket
056 Nut
068 Plug
081 Outlet pipe
093 Screw
115 Throttle plug
127 Lock washer
139 Stop screw
140 Screw
jr52] Locking wire
1641 Xbiuslpiece^
Guide screw
188 Crankpin bearing shell, complete
223 Shim *)
- 5
Crosshead bearing ap
[247 Spring~pin)
'259) Guidepipe^
^0
Stud
272 Crosshead
''
Crosshead bearing shell, complete
331 Guide strip
343 Guide shoe
367 Screw *)
379 Nut
380 Shim, 0.25 mm
392 Shim, 0.50 mm
414 Self-locking nut
426 Stud
438 Stud
463 Guide pin
475 Connecting rod
487 Nut
499 Stud
522 Crankpin bearing cap
534 Connection rod, complete
Item
No.
Part Description
019
*) For engines with shims, please state

thickness of shims
Lubricating and Cooling Oil for

Crosshead, Crankpin and Main Bearing
Plate 90403-07
If^TRODCTSOM
CYLINDERCOVER
PISTON WITH ROD AMD STUFFING BOX
CYLINDER LINER ND
CYLINDER LUBRICATIOM

AND TURNING GEAR
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDEROKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULTA DE CILINDRO

CAMISA Y LUBRICACiON DEL CILINORD
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

EJE C I G U E N A L . C H U M A C E R A DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
MEKANISK S T Y R I N G S B E V G E L S E
STARTING AIR SYSTEM

STARTELUFTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UOSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNOSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR

GENERELT VRKTJ
905.01-48
Crankshaft, Thrust Bearing and Turning Gear

Crankshaft
Thrust Bearing
Plate 90501
Plate 90505
The crankshaft is semi-built, i.e. the parts

are either shrunk or welded together.
The thrust bearing serves the purpose of

transmitting the axial thrust of the propeller
through propeller shaft and intermediate
shafts to the ship's hull.
The main bearings are lubricated via a main

lubricating oil pipe that branches off to the
individual bearings, whereas oil for lubricat
ing the crankpin bearings is supplied from
the crossheads through bores in the con
necting rods.
"At the aftmost end of the crankshaft a turn
ing wheel and a thrust collar for the thrust
bearing Is fitted.
The chainwheel for the camshaft drive is
fitted on the thrust collar.
At the foremost end of the crankshaft, a
tuning wheel, a torsional vibration damper
and a chain wheel drive for the 2nd order
moment compensator may be installed.
Axial Vibration Damper
In order to counteract heavy axial vibra
tions, and any resultant adverse forces and
.vibrations, the engine is provided with an
' axial vibration damper on the foremost end
of the crankshaft, see Plate 91211.
The damper consists of a 'piston' and a slittype housing located in front of the fore
most main bearing. The 'piston' is made as
an integrated collar on the foremost main
bearing journal, and the housing is mounted
on the foremost main bearing support.
The axial movement is damped due to the
'restrictions' incorporated in the bores which
interconnect the oil-filled chambers on the
two sides of the 'piston'.
Lubricating oil is supplied to both sides of
the 'piston' from the main system.
The thrust bearing is ihcoorated in the

aftermost part of the engine bedplate.
The crankshaft is provided with a thrust
collar which transmits the thrust to a num-'
ber of segments mounted in a thrust shoe
on either side of the thrust collar.
The thrust shoes rest oh surfaces in the
thrust bearing housing and are held in place
by means of two crossbars. The segments
have white metal cast on the wearing faces
against the thrust collar.
See also Vol. I, OPERATION. Chapter 708.
The thrust bearing is lubricated from the
pressure lubrication system of the engine.
The oil is supplied between the segments
through spray pipes and spray nozzles.
The thrust bearing is provided with alarm,
slow-down, and shut-down devices for low
lube oil pressure and high segment temper
ature. See also Vol. I, OPERATION, Chapter
701.
Turning Gear
Plate 90510
The turning gear is attached to the engine
bedplate and is driven by an electric motor
incorporating a disc brake.
Through a belt drive and a planetary gear
ing, the motor drives a horizontal shaft
equipped with a gear wheel which can be
axially displaced by means of a hand
wheel, so as to engage with the turning
wheel of the engine.
905.02-48
The turning gear is provided with a safety

an'angement consisting of a lever which
must be lifted before the gear wheel of the
turning gear can be made to engage with
the turning wheel.
Immediately this lever Is lifted away from
the disengaged position, an interlock valve
inserted in the starting air system of the
engine is actuated. This interlock prevents
starting air from being supplied to the engine as long as the turning gear is in the
engaged position.
When the safety lever is in its bottom position, it prevents the gear wheel of the turning gear from engaging with the turning
wheel.
Warning !
Dismantling of
working parts:
During any dismantling of working parts of the

engine, the turning gear must be in the engaged
position in order to prevent outside forces from
turning the engine, thus causing injuries to personnel or damage to the machinery.
See Vol. II. MAINTENANCE, 'DATA'pages.
Pressure testing of
starting valves:
The turning gear must be in the disengaged

position during pressure testing of starting valves, as a leaky valve may cause the engine to
rotate, and damage the turning gear.
See Vol. 1, OPERATION, Chapter 703.
Crankshaft
S50MC
Plate 90501-116
Plate 90501-116
Item
No.
024
036
048
061
073
085
107
119
120
132
144
156
168.
181
203
215
227
240
Crankshaft
Part Description
Flange
Screw
Screw
Fitted bolt
Screw
Crankshaft
Nut
Locking wire
Guard
Guard
Nut ,
Gasket
Cover
Locking plate
Fitted bolt
Split pin
phain wheel
Counterweight
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61W1280
EN61N1245
EN61V1220
EN91T36
EN43AN0001
EN91R36
EN14S155175
EN29S1273
EN32C540
Thrust Bearing
Plate 90505-86
S50MC
063 4
087 <
M45
Plate 90505-86 Thrust Bearing
Item
No.
014
026
038
051
063
075
087
099
110
122
146
158
171
183
195
205
217
229
230
242
254
266
291
301
313
325
337
349
362
374
386
398
408
421
433
445
Part Description
Locking wire
Screw
Lub. oil pipe
Stopper
Thrust shoe, complete
Spray pipe
Oil throw ring, complete
Screw
Oil throw ring in 2/2
Self locking nut
Lub. oil pipe
Nut
Self locking nut
Lub. oil pipe
Segment without sensor
pockets
Segment with sensor pockets
Scraper ring housing,
complete
upper part
Screw
Guide pin
lower part
Nut
Screw
Screw
Lub. oil pipe
Thrust shoe
Spray pipe
Screw
Pipe holder
Thrust shoe, complete
Screw
Fitted bolt
Guide screw
Scraper ring in 2/2
Nut
Scraper ring, complete
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN43AN0001
EN61BN1230
EN61W1045
EN89G10
EN73L33
EN89G16
EN61V1655
ENI AI 045
EN91M16
EN61W1660
EN61BN1020
EN61BN820
EN61V1640
EN61U1016
EN91M8
/^
//
oi/uogs
6Z-0I-S06 aieid
jeao uiujni
Plate 90510-79 Turning Gear
Item
No.
Part Description
011
Bracket
Nut
023
Screw
035
047 Spring washer
Cam
059
072
Switcli
084
Spring washer
096
Screw
Lever
106
131
3/2-way, valve
Screw
143
Spring washer 155
167
Chain
Guide pin
179
180
Nut
192
Nut
202
Distance pipe L=20
214
Guide pin
Turning gear
226
238
Distance pipe L=15
251
Distance pipe L=100
263
Screw
299
Gear wheel
Disengaging device, compi.
309
310
Screw
322
Cam
334
Spring washer
346
Shaft
358
Bush
371
Screw
383
Dead centre pointer
405
Spring ring
417
Eye screw
429
Circlip
430
Fitted bolt
442
Nut
454
Turning wheel
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61T412
EN31J4
EN31J5
EN61T520
EN61T825
EN31J8
EN2L1065
EN91M10..
EN91R30
EN150AL0048
ENiP1270.
EN150AL0048
EN150AL0048
EN61W30240
EN61W640
EN31J6
EN61V1225
EN69T6100
EN3E8
EN91R36
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDER COVER
CYLINDER LINER AND


AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULATA DE CILINDRO

CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

EJE C I G U E R A L , C H U M A C E R A DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUfTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNOSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR

GENERELT VRKTJ
S06
806
il
wi / ^
I 11^
...
906.01-66
Mechanical Control Gear

Chain Drive
from outside the engine.
Plate 90600
When the bottom of the scale is reached,

the hydraulic damper must be re-adjusted.
See instruction book Vol. II, MAINTENANCE.
Procedure 906-2.1.
The camshaft with cams for operating the

fuel pumps, exhaust valves and indicator
drives is driven from the crankshaft through
a chain drive located at the aft end of the
engine.
The chain drive consists of two identical
roller chains running on chain wheels fitted
on the crankshaft and the camshaft. The
chains are kept tightened by means of a
chain tightener placed in the chain casing
between the crankshaft and an intermediate
wheel.
The long free lengths of the chains are
guided by rubber-clad guide bars. Lubricating oil is supplied through spray pipes
fitted at the guide bars and chain wheels.
Caution !
Before the position of the arrow is checked, the engine must be turned into such a
position that the chain is slack at the side
where the chain tightener wheel is fitted
and the countenweights, if any, are hanging vertically downwards in order not to
affect the chain.
Regarding absolute wear of the chains, see
Vol. II, MAINTENANCE, Procedure 906-1.
Camshaft
From the chain wheel on the camshaft
there is a smaller chain drive to operate the
cylinder lubricators and the governor (if the
engine is fitted with a mechanical governor
(Woodward)).
This smaller chain drive is designed for
tightening by means of an adjustable intermediate chain wheel (Plate 90605), if the
mechanical governor is installed.
The starting air distributor is driven directly
from the aft end of the camshaft.
Plates 90811 -90613

The camshaft is built together of a number
of camshaft sections. The sections are
assembled by means of flange couplings
which are joined together with fitted bolts
and nuts.
In addition to the coupling flanges, the camshaft sections have, for each cylinder:
- one cam for operation of the fuel pump
- one cam for the exhaust valve
- one cam for the indicator drive.
Chain Tightener
The chain tightener consists of a chain
wheel with a shrunk-in bearing bushing.
The chain wheel is mounted on a forked
arm which is pivoted on a shaft pin.
The weight of the chain tightener itself provides correct tightening of the chains. A
hydraulic damper is mounted on the chain
tightener, in order to stabilize the chain
drive.
Wear of the chains is indicated by an arrow
mounted on the chain tightener, and visible
The cam for the indicator drive is in two

parts, which are assembled by means of
two fitted bolts.
The camshaft is carried in underslung
bearing assemblies, which are fitted in the
roller guide housings between the cam
discs for fuel pump and exhaust valve. The
bearings are of the thin-shell type, and the
nuts and bearing bolts are designed for
hydraulic tightening.
906.02-66
The coupling flanges and the fuel pump and

exhaust valve cams are shrunk onto the
shaft by heating. Dismantling of flanges is
effected by forcing lubricating oil in between
the shaft and the flange, see Volume II.
The same procedure is used for turning the
fuel cam with a view to adjusting the fuel
cam top lift and also when adjusting the
camshaft in case the chains have become
worn and elongated following retightening.
The camshaft rotation constantly follows
that of the crankshaft. When the engine is
reversed, the position of the rollers of the
Individual fuel pump roller guides is being
shifted in relation to the respective cam
discs, thus altering the fuel pump timing to
suit the new direction of rotation.
See Chapter 909.
After the engine has been testrun, the camshaft parts and the cylinder frame will be
provided with pin gauge marks, and the
necessary pin gauges are delivered together with the engine, enabling the camshaft timing to be checked and readjusted if
the parts have been dismantled.
The pin gauges are marked with:
of the main piston within the engine

cylinder. This motion is transmitted from the
indicator cam through a roller at the bottom
of the spindle. At the top, the spindle has
an eye to which the indicator cord is
fastened after the indicator has been
mounted on the indicator valve.
During normal running of the engine, the
spring-loaded spindle is lifted clear of the
indicator cam, the handle of the spindle
being in the locked position.
When diagrams are to be taken, the handle
is turned 90 whereby the spindle enters a
keyway which enables the spindle to be
lowered onto the indicator cam. The keyway
will guide the spindle during its up-anddown movement.
For use of the indicator, see Vol. I, OPERATION, Chapter 706.
IVIoment Compensators
2nd order moment
4, 5, and 6-cyl. engines have a 2nd order
external moment which might excite vibration of the hull and deckhouse.
engine type
engine number
point of application
the distance in mm
between the measuring points.
Furthermore, the length of the pin gauges is
indicated in 'the relevant section of the
maintenance book (Volume II) for the plant.
Indicator Drive
Based on calculations, these cylinder

numbers may be provided with flyweights
built into the main chain drive.
Flyweights may also be built into a second
chain drive, which is driven from the fore
end of the crankshaft. The chain drive is
equipped with a spring-loaded chain tightener, which may be equipped with a
hydraulic damper.
Optionally, an electrically driven compensator can be installed outside the engine.
Plate 90612
An indicator cam is fitted for each cylinder.
An indicator drive is arranged above this
cam.
The indicator drive consists of a springloaded spindle which is able to move up
and down, corresponding to the movement
1st order moment

4-cyl. engines may have a rather high 1st
order external moment, and can, therefore,
be provided with a 1st order moment compensator arranged as adjustable counterweights on the fore and aft ends of the
crankshaft.
906.03-66
Alternatively, the 1st order moment compensator can be arranged in the main chain
drive.
This moment compensator consists of a
(new) chain-tightener wheel with an incorporated counterweight and a counterweight
rotating with the crankshaft.
If the chain drives for the above compensators have been dismantled, the flyweights
must be positioned correctly in relation to
the crankshaft of the engine.
See the instruction bool<, Vol. II,
MAINTE-
NANCE.
Incorrectly fitted moment compensators

may excite heavy vibrations.
/MAN\
Miiciiiyt;mt;iu ui v^nam unve ana uamsnart
90610
90605
90611
9060'
90604
90602
90603
9050'
When reterring to this page, please quote Plate 90600 Edition 62

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90600-62
Uhain Drive and Guide Bars
053 <
When reterring to this page, please quote Plate 90601 Edition 40

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90601-40
Plate 90601-40 Chain Drive and Guide Bars

Item
No.
Part Description
êamjor guidebar
JGLjide bar
3 " Chain , complete
Chain link, complete
Outer link
Inner link
Adjusting washer
Locking plate
Screw
Screw
Locking plate
Locking plate
Locking plate
Screw
Locking plate
Locking plate
Screw
I
220 Beamjor^guidebar
[232", Guidebar^/'
24? Screw
256 Screw
268 Locking plate
016
1028]
041
053
065
077
090
100
112
124
136
148
161
185
197
207
Item
No.
Part Description
Chain Drive - Lubrication

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90602-73
-D
ro rorororo'^'^'^roro'^ro^rorororo^^rorororo^rororo^ro
S--2-g-2-21-S-? i"- ? ^ 1-- i" i" i" S-S---g-g-g
Ti ^ ^ ^ -D -
- "! "' "^ -1
-----
>
ro
>
|----/)----/)1~1~C/3i
c - o c r c c c - o - o c c c c - o c c c - o c
5
'
5
:
-^
Q3C' * ' * 03* * *

"< 2. 2. 2. 2."< < "< 2. 2.'< 0 . < 0 0 0 0 . < > < 0 0 0 0 > < 0 0 0 > < 0
a)^^rv)ocococc-ôoo^^rôô^D^cco'oaaO-^rocoôico
COCOCOCOCOr>Or43(\)r>r\Dr\3r4DK)-'-t-'-^-'-'-'-*-iOOOOOOO
4^COr\3-OCD-4ia)U1COI\3-'OtDOO-via)(JI-P>.CO--OtDOOÔl4b.CorO
03
ro
w
CD
<'
5'
a
u
o
ro
5'
'
c
o-
<D
<D
(O
Chain Tightener
Plate
P90603-0112
MAN'
A - A
208
221
245
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Chain Tightener
Plate
P90603-0112
Item
No.
017
029
030
054
066
078
091
101
125
137
149
150
162
186
208
221
245
269
270
282
304
328
353
365
377
MAN'
Item Description
Item
No.
Item Description
Shaft
Distance piece
Bracket
Distance piece
Screw
Locking wire
Flange bearing
Screw
Flange bearing
Shaft
Chain wheel
Bushing
Cup point screw
Screw
Shaft
Circlip
Grease nipples
Nut
Locking plate
Guide nut
Guide nut
Tightening bolt
Shaft
Bushing
Circlip
Page 2 (2)
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
intermediate Cliain Wiieei

EtBkV
048

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90604-53
Plate 90604-53 Intermediate Chain Wheel

item
No.
012
024
036
048
061
097
120
132
144
168
181
193
215
Part Description
Item
No.
Part Description
Flyweight
Shaft
Flange bearing
Locking wire
Screw
Ring
Chain wheel
Bushing
Cup point screw
Screw
Plug
Distance piece
Screw
Lubricator Drive
'M/VN'
1

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90605-58
Plate 90605-58
Lubricator Drive
Item
No.
Part Description
018
031
043
067
079
080
222
234
246
258
283
295
305
317
Screw
Locking wire
Chain wheel
1" Chain, complete
Inner link
Outer link
571, complete
Guide pin
0-ring
Ring
Oil sealing ring
Circlip
Screw
Flange bearing
Shaft
Item
No.
Part Description
Chain Wheel on Camshaft
Plate 90610-92
' BSkVW
S50MC
Max. 0.3
in. 0.2
015
027
039
mM22k
m^zzz.
064
076
088
Plate 90610-92
Item
No.
015
027
039
064
076
088
135
147
160
172
184
196
206
218
231
243
255
267
279
280
292
302
Chain Wheel on Camshaft
Part Description
Chain wheel
Chain wheel
Shaft
Bearing, upper part
Bearing shell in 2/2
Bearing, lower part
Nut
Stud
Guide screw
Guide screw
Guide pin
Guide pin
Guide pin
Disc
Guide bearing, upper part
Guide ring
Guide bearing, lower part
Sleeve
Screw
Lock washer
Disc
Shim
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN2F20160
EN2F16140
EN2F1660
EN61W1660
EN29Q16
Plate 90611-110
Camshaft
S50MC
154
U2
I 010
071
225
Plate 90611-110 Camshaft
Item
No.
010
022
046
058
071
083
095
105
117
142
154
166
191
201
225
237
Part Description
Camshaft, fore part
Nut
Fitted bolt
Coupling
Camshaft, intermediate part
Exhaust cam
Fuel cam
Indicator cam, complete
Coupling
0-ring
Tension spring
Sealing ring
Indicator cam
Fitted bolt
Nut
Plug
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN89G24
EN36C1,25720
EN89G12
'MAN'
BBcV
Indicator System
Plate 90612-068
91366
r
V
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
| puBH
OujSnOLI |
1>|
8|pu!ds
aipuids
ZIV
0917
6917
Zl7l7
88e
UUdS OSjQ
1.1.17
217
18
|
6uuB9q | 9
uisnoH
M8J0S
M8J0S lujod d n o
J8Un
J8i|oy
M8J0S
9|pUBH
djiojjo
J9Un
UOjSUepc^
jeijSBM
M8J0S
eAIBA'JOBpUI^
fAiiiS
ON
eee
/
9l
eoe
63
1.82
892
I7l72
282
022
61-2
Z02
1721.
pn;s
981.
i n u U!>|00|-i|8S
8l7|.
U0!SU8P<3
11
191
6u!>|0Bd
djpjjo
eoajd uipauuoQ
6u!>iOBci
6u!>iOBd
6u!Jds
J8un
uid 6u!Jds
UOjldUOSSQ VIBd
00 L
680
ZZO
90
1.170
820
91.0
ON
uouduosaa }JBd
uiaisAs JOieojpui
89-Z 1.906
3B-et.906 a)eid
OIAIOSS
BuisnoH e p i n o J3||0 pue u i j e a g
Plate 90613-82 Camshaft Bearing and Roller Guide Housing
Item
No.
011
023
035
047
059
060
096
106
131
143
155
167
180
192
202
214
238
251
263
275
287
309
310
322
334
346
371
383
405
417
430
Part Description
Screw
End cover "Fore"
Gasket
Gasket
Rubber cord
Nut
Bolt for camshaft bearing
Housing
Bearing shell in 2/2
Guide screw
Bearing cap
Cover
Fitted bolt
Screw
Screw
Screvy
End cover "Aft", complete
Nut
Gasket
Cover
Screw
Gasket
Cover
Screw
Washer
Oil pan
Screw
Cover
Screw
Rubber cord
Oil pan
B&W
Standard No.
EN61V1235
EN73R42
EN66A1345
EN61V1230
EN61W1275 .
EN61V1245
EN91L12
.
EN61V1020
EN61V1225
EN64S13
EN61V12150
EN61V1690
"
'
'
Electrical Governor
o o o o - - - - - ^ - ^ - . - - -

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90615-81
Plate 90615-81
Electrical Governor
Item
No.
Part Description
012
024
036
061
073
085
097
107
119
120
132
144
156
Bracket
Screw
Spring lock
Terminal box
Screw
Guide pin
Screw
Spring lock
Electrical governor
Fitted bolt
Washer
Self-locking nut
Pull rod, complete
Item
No.
Part Description
f6-81.906 a;B|d
> t^9l
OIAIOSS
6|)|6

9ie|dujoo 'poj lind
6u|snoLj Suuesg
Uld epmo
inu 6u!>|00|-||as
JSAen
S9StaSN3
'968
02U^6N3
9et'm6t'N3
0SD62N3
00l.OSMl9N3
g98lS99N3
6lSt'9N3
9mt6.N3
jnN
>
|
jaqsBM >|
M9J0S
Jioqpauy
jeqsBM
jnN
ia>|0BJ9
u|d Ouuds
6uiJB3q ||6g
6u|sno4'6u|JBag
ia>|OBja
Majos
jaqsBAA
Majos
9S8DI-N3
Se9lAl9N3
ZlSt'9N3
g99LMt9N3
mjLjS
LUJB aiqBAOi^
}nu 6u!>joo|-^|as
U!d
dipjio
l|oq pauu
jaijSBM
ujjds
mN
djpjiQ
9Zt'2m68N3
si.3eN3
0S2l.a99N3
^ ^
916
uicJ
japioq uijv
jaqsBM >|Do-|
Majos
} | 'ujJB ludjijsat)
aididuioo 'poj || ^
U!d
djpjjo
5 6!1|5

UBqs 6|;|6
^
mN
6u||dno3 | 3
jaqsBM 6u|jds
Majos
91D6SN3
0t'l9|.MI-9N3
S622tVV8lN3
213EN3
08t'm6t'N3
2I.HI.6N3
2tri-eN3
9921M19N3
} | do '6u||dnoo |
ON pjBpuBis
(}UOD)
089
629
909
969
889
899
9f9
1^89
229
609
66fr
IQP
91P
9P
I9t7
881^
t'l.l'
20*^
268
088
Z98
998
81^8
188
908'
962
t'82
ZLZ
692
Zt'2
982
822
U2
88t
9Zl
Wl
0^1.
681. ,
Z2l
801.
860
890
990
I7f0
280
020
6
ON
uojidjjosaa pBcJ
M'Sa NVW
;|
}|8 6| f6-8L9Q6 ) | |
pl[
y V9\
6-81.906 dieid
6|1|
Plate 90618-94
Regulating Shaft
(cent.)
Item
No.
654
666
678
691
701
713
725
737
749
Part Description
Pull rod head, right
Nut, right
Pull rod end, right
Pull rod tube
Pin
Pull rod end, left
Lock washer
Nut, left
Pull rod head, left
MANB&W
Standard No.
EN1BY18
EN91Q18
EN1P632
EN29Q18
EN91P18
EN18Z18
Emergency Console
Plate 90620-79
MAN'
679
680
033
606 631 /1606
606
763
427
153
165

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90620-79 Emergency Console

Item
No.
Part Description
021
033
045
057
069
070
094
104
116
128
141
153
165
189
190
212
224
393
403
415
427
439
440
452
464
476
488
511
572
584
596
606
631
655
667
679
680
702
763
775
787
799
809
Bracket
Spring washer
Screw
Switch
Screw
Console
3/2-way valve
Screw
3/2-way valve
Screw
Non-return valve
Terminal plate
Screw
Cover
Screw
Plate for pneumatics
Screw
Cross coupling
Coupling
Tee-coupling
Non-return valve
Coupling
Screwed connection
Tee-coupling
Reducing union
Elbow coupling
Name plate
Valve "Remote-Emergency"
Valve "Ahead-Astern"
Stop valve
Start valve
Banjo coupling
Tee-coupling
Name plate
Bracket
Pressure switch
Screw
Screw
Banjo coupling
Reducing union
Elbow coupling
Tee-coupling
Coupling
Item
No.
Part Description
Arrangement of Layshaft
Plate 90621-75
'MAN'
saw
Jp ZZZZZZZZZZ^ //jj////i>jjj/ri7f^^
A-A
196
\Nhen referring to this page, please quote Plate 90621 Edition 75

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
# , late 90621-75 Arrangement of Layshaft

Item
No.
015
027
039
040
064
076
088
111
159
160
172
k184
196
206
218
231
243
314
338
351
363
Part Description
Guide pin
Stop ring
Screw
Lock washer
Nut
Flange bearing
Ball bearing
Circlip
Screw
Self-locking nut
Clamping arm
Key
Washer
Fitted bolt
Clamping arm
Pull rod. comolete
Shaft
'
Stop screw
Screw
Lock washer
Nut
Item
No.
Part Description
s/v lesaiQ Mâ N'^n

os Z3906 ; / / } asBdjd 'aed s/t/; ; 6} uaq/\/\
^^ '^^
! lueixieuejjv
09-23906 ajeid
|88LjM JOBdOII
M8J0S
8}B|d 6u!>ioo-|
iniM
6UU i s n j M i
||
lUJB 6u!>ioo|g
M8J0S
ujLjsng
Majog
J8L|SBM Buuds
uuBaq ||
djpjjo
{
Msjos
Majos iBjoadg
jaijSBM >)ooi
aoLjs apiis
jaL|SBM >joo-|
UBMS
BuuBaq
im
jnu 6u!>ioo|-i|as
J8L|SBM
jaiioy
}a>ioos pBdLui
M8J0S d o ; s
6Z6
Z96
996
etê
1.66
8^6
906
968
t^se
2/8
098
698
IPQ
9e8
828
US
88Z
9ZZ
t^9Z
S9Z
Ot'Z
6ez
LZL
9tZ
eoz
jajujOd
Majos
jaA8| pa>iJOj
BuuBaq
uuBaq ||
II oq pauu
jagsB/v\
j n u 6u!>|00|-j|as
aoajd aouBjsia
LJOJjMS
aoajd uidujBio
Z09
Z69
ezs
1.99
8179
989
tZ9
2L9
009
tÔt'
1768
ujJBaq ||
djpJiQ
06t7
681^
ZZt'
99t7
8917
9lt7
uu isnjLji
pniS
aipuBLi ||
uuBaq a6uB|j
djpjjo
OSIQ
uid apmg
auoo
jaAan
jaAa-|
aipujdg
8
ujd }!|ds
Baq a u B i j
ujj 6u!|Bas
uu }snjL|i
uuBaq ||
djpjio
MaJOS
djpjiQ
MaJos
uuBaq ||
djpJio
\
\ u u d s
jnu 6u!>joo|-)ias
>
^
mN
ujJB BujdujBio
jaijSBM >jOoi
288
0Z8
Z98
9178
888
L2e
808
862
982
17Z2
292
092
6172
ze2
922
81.2
LQ?
161.
8Zl
991.
l79l
21^1.
08 L
621.
lU
aipuBH
61.9
220
pms
Majog
9170
1780
Majos
jaL|SB/\/\
jnu u!>|00|-j|as
aiddiu asBajQ
| puBH
69
t89
899
999
t'W
289
029
inu iBpads
j8Aa| a|6uv
auoo
jaAan
ON
} |
uo.ud.uosaa y B d
901.
960
UO
890
01.0
ON
} |
uoijduosaa y B d
p )u6
ueJJv 0S-ZZ906 aieid
Moment Compensator
MAN'
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90625-0051
Plate 90625-51 Moment Compensator

Item
No.
017
029
030
042
054
066
078
091
101
113
125
137
149
162
174
186
198
208
233
245
257
282
294
304
316
341
365
377
Part Description
Flange bearing
Guide pin
Locking wire
Screw
Screw
Screw
Locking wire
Screw
Adjusting washer
Beam for guidebar
Guidebar
Flyweight
Locking wire
Screw
2" Chain, complete
Outer link
Inner link
Chain link, complete
Chain wheel
Cup point screw
Bushing
Screw
Screw
Beam for guidebar
Guidebar
Shaft
Screw
Flyweight, complete
Item
No.
Part Description
IVIoment Compensator - Lubrication

MAN'
C'
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90626-037
Plate 90626-37 Moment Compensator - Chain Tightener

Item
No.
012
024
036
048
073
085
097
107
119
120
132
144
156
168
193
203
215
227
240
252
264
276
288
311
323
335
347
359
372
384
396
406
418
Part Description
Locl< washer
Nut
Thrust flange, upper
Spring
Distance pipe
Thrust flange, lower
Shaft
Grease nipple
Housing for tightening bolt
Circlip
Tightening bolt
Bushing
Pin
Circlip
Screw
Guide pin
Screw
Locking wire
Screw
Guide pin
Neck nut
Neck nut
Hose clamp
Bellows gland
Screw
Spring washer
Flange
Shaft
Screw
Eccentric
Chain wheel
Flange
Flange
Item
No.
Part Description
Moment Compensator - Lubrication

M/VN'
QBcV
: (
018
031
043
055
067
079
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90627-033
Plate 90627-33 Moment Compensator - Lubrication

item
No.
018
031
043
055
067
079
092
102
114
126
138
163
175
187
Part Description
Lub.oil pipe
Spray pipe
Lub.oil pipe
Lub.oil pipe
Lub.oil pipe
Lub.oil pipe
Spray pipe
Lub.oil pipe
Spray pipe
Elbow union
Lub.oil pipe
Lub.oil pipe
Spray pipe
Spray pipe
Item
No.
Part Description
INTRODUCTION
CYLMDER OVER
PISTO^ WITH ROD STFFSf^G BOX
CYUNDER. UHER HD
CYUNDER
CROSSHED WITH CONMECTBMG ROD
CRAMKSHFT, THRUST BEARING

MD TURMmG GER
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
e u LATA DE CILINDRO

KRYOSHOVED M/ PLEJLSTANG
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

ARBRE-EVIANIVELLES, PALIER DE BUTEE ET VIREUR
EJE C I G U E R A L , C H U M A C E R A D E E M P U J E
. Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM

STARTELUFTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UOSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR

GENERELT VRKTJ
907.01-76
Starting Air System

The starting air system consists of the
manoeuvring system and the starting air
components.
The engine speed depends on the magni

tude of the signal. The governor will main
tain this speed independently of the engine
load.
The following items are described:

Manoeuvring System
Main Starting Valve
Starting Air Distributor
Starting Valve
Manoeuvring System
The manoeuvring system is of electric/
pneumatic design. It is designed for:
Control from engine side
control console.
See also Chapter 906
Remote control from engine
control-room and/or bridge.
The system consists of three sub-systems:
The regulating system
The reversing system
The safety system.
Regulating system:
By means of the regulating system it is
possible to start, stop and control the
engine.
The START and STOP functions are control
led pneumatically.
Speed-setting during remote control:
During remote control, the speed-setting is
controlled by the control handle on the
manoeuvring console, which sends an elec
tronic/pneumatic signal to the governor.
Speed-setting during manual control:

During control from the engine side control
console, the governor is disconnected from
the fuel pumps, and the speed control is
effected through the regulating handle.
See also Vol. I, OPERATION, Chapter 703
and Plate 90620.
Reversing system:
The reversing system contains two pneu
matic valves (AHEAD and ASTERN). These
valves control the reversing cylinder of the
starting air distributor and the air cylinders
for reversing the fuel pump rollers.
Safety system:
The safety system is separately supplied
with air and is controlled by the engine
monitoring system (with separate power
supply). In case of shut-down, the safety
system leads an air signal to the puncture
valve on each fuel pump, thereby cutting-off
the delivery of high-pressure fuel oil, after
which the engine stops.
The safety system is connected during all
modes of engine control.
IHain Starting Valve
Plate 90702
The main starting valve is inteosed in the
starting air main pipe.
The main starting valve consists of a large
ball valve and, optionally, a smaller ball
valve which is fitted as a by-pass for the
large valve. Both valves are operated by
means of pneumatic actuators.
If the smaller ball valve is installed, an
adjusting screw will be mounted for setting
the slow-turning speed.
907.02-76
Furthermore, a non-return valve is incorporated which prevents blow-back in the

event of excessive pressure in the starting
air line.
slow-turning switch on the manoeuvring

console which by means of a solenoid
valve, prevents the large ball valve from
opening.
The main starting valve is equipped with a

blocking device consisting of a plate which,
by means of a handwheel, can be made to
block the actuators.
Start during remote control from bridge:
The ball valves and their actuators are,

together with the non-return valve and
blocking device, built together to form a
unit.
Has the engine been at a standstill for

more than 30 minutes ?
Yes
This safeguards the engine

against damage caused by any
liquid in the combustion chamber.
On receipt of telegraph order 'Finished with

engine', move the blocking device to the
BLOCKED position.
To avoid alarm, move the telegraph handle
into STOP position.
Warning
During all inspections of the engine, the
main starting valve must be in the
BLOCKED position.
The only exception is when the starting
valves are tested for tightness, in which
case the main starting valve must be in
the WORKING position and the shut-off
valve for the starting air distributor must
be in the CLOSED position.
See Vol. I, OPERATION. Chapter 703,
'Operations after arrival in port'.
Function:
(slow-turning option)
The ball valve actuators are controlled by

means of pneumatic valves.
Start duririg control from
engine side control console:
The small ball valve opens.

When the crankshaft has rotated
at least one revolution, also the
large ball valve opens.
No
Both valves open simultaneously.
Setting of 'Slow-turning' (option)

During 'slow-turning', the engine speed can
be set by means of the 'slow-turning' adjusting screw.
The speed should be kept as low as possible, however, so that the engine still runs
smoothly.

Plate 90703
The starting air distributor is fitted to the
chain casing and is driven directly from the
aft end of the camshaft.
It controls the starting valves 90704.
Function:
Start during manual control

from control room:
When START is ordered, duct R of the starting air distributor is pressurized and the
spring-loaded distributor pistons are forced
towards the cams because of a difference
in the diameters.
If the engine has been stopped for 30

minutes or more, it is advisable to slow-turn
the engine. This is done by activating the
Those pistons which are resting on the

lowest section of the cams allow control air
to pass through the bores in the starting air
Both vaJves open simultaneously.
907.03-76
distributor to the chambers over the starting

valves, which open.
The engine will now rotate on starting air.
When FUEL is ordered, duct R is vented,
and no further starting valves will open.
However, those distributor pistons which
already rest on the lowest section of the
cams are kept down because, in this position, ducts R are blocked by the distributor
pistons themselves.
When the cams lift the distributor pistons at
the end of the starting period, ducts R are
unblocked and vented.
This function enables the connected cylinders to finish the starting period.
Reversing of the starting air distributor is
carried out by means of an air cylinder
which displaces the shaft of the starting air
distributor axially, to engage the set of
cams which corresponds to the ordered
direction of rotation.
Starting Valve
Plate 90704
The starting valve (spring-loaded) is fitted
on the cylinder cover. It is controlled by
control air from the starting air distributor
90703.
Function:
When the main starting valve is open,
chamber P of the starting valve is pressurised through the starting air pipe.
The starting valve is kept closed by the
spring. When chamber U above the piston
of the starting valve is pressurised with
control air from the starting air distributor,
the starting valve opens, and starting air
now flows from the starting air pipe to the
cylinder.
When the starting period is finished,

chamber U is vented through the vent pipe
of the starting air distributor, and the starting valve will close.
Venting of the starting air in chamber P and
the starting air pipe takes place slowly
through small holes in the starting air pipe.
Main starting Valve

'MAN'
601

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90702-32
_>
(
>
_
'i?
"
)
0)
(
(
0)
CL
CD
-^
^
03
Q.
.
'to
01
m
W
03 CU
w CI)
CI) /1_
;
-*
03
03
) "
03
03 1 ^
03
03
03
03
_0
03
".^ m
Q.
".
.
_
03
03
03
03 -
"
03
4'
) (
"
5
. Q .
C O3C L O O Q 3 3 Q
--^-)\|-*
^ 0 ) - - ( ' ^ 0 ^ )
^ ) - ^ - > - ) ^ ) > * - ^ ) 0 ( ^ ' * 0 1 - ^ 7 3 7 ) ' ^ - 1 - ^ ) - *
,0)
TD
'
J2 03 )
03 03
Q.
03
.'
5 ^
^
TD
TD
.
0)
03 Q. . 03 03
03
03
)
03
03 03
5
5
5
5
3 5 5 - g
03
12-0
ta
"
03
03
:
03 03
- | . ^^
03 03
3 " .
0 ) 5 tS
ti
.<5
3 5

3 03 . ^ 03 ^^
.S -5 ii. t03
;
WCOWW<COC!5COCODm^Z:z5>)CDW(y)_lXCL^WScOW>ZCO<COZCOZQ
>
03
03
i * - '
-J
03
>
>
>
>
_
3
03
'
|_
5
-=

^ >
!=
0 ) 5
03 *-
=
03
V
>
03
2:...
03
t-L
03
Q.
Q.
5
03
0)
ir
)
>
5
"tf 03 )
) . _ _ H
-cvic^^coIôo-cc^tco^coc>o^-c^^cDrôocr>o^-c\Jc^cDtôocJ>o^c^Jcou^(^cocJ)o-c\lco^lLncD
oooooooOl-^-t-l-^-^-^-^^-ccocl<^JCîc\JC\l<^lc^Jc^cocococococr)coc^^l*^f^^*^^LnLn^^nLn
Plate
P90703-0101
178
P90615
P90611
191
201
213
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Plate
P90703-0101
Item
No.
Bavsr
Item Description
010
022
034
046
058
071
083
095
105
129
130
142
178
191
201
213
225
Distributor housing
Bushing
Shaft
Disc
Distributor disc
Cover
Nut
Lock washer
Key
Sealing ring
Sealing ring
Spring pin
Flexible coupling
Spring pin
Screw
Gasket
Stud
237
Nut
249
Guide pin
Page 2 (2)
Item
No.
Item Description
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
'
owosn/>i/s
| BuiviBis
/Bl-fr0^06 aiBid
Plate 90704-19 starting Valve
Item
No.
016
028
041
053
065
077
089
090
CL12
124
T36
Part Description
Screw
Cover
Nut
Piston
Spring
Distance pipe
Valve housing
Lijier^
^^sket
Valve spindle
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61W1070
EN17L380
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULTA DE CILINDRO
CYNDER COVER
PSTOM WITH ROD ND STUFFING BOX
CYLINDER LSNER AND

CYUNDER LU

CROSSE AVEC BIELLE

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
CRUCETA CON BIELA

EJE
CIGUERAL. CHUMACERA DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
MOUVEMENT OE COMMANDE MECANIQUE
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTRMNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR

GENERELT VRKTJ
908.01-63
Exhaust Valve
General
Plate 90801
Each cylinder is equipped with an exhaust
valve, which is mounted in a central bore in
the cylinder cover. The valve housing is
attached by means of four studs and nuts .
to form a gas-tight seal against a seat in
the cylinder cover. The nuts are designed
for tightening by means of hydraulic tools.
Valve housing
The valve housing has an exchangeable
bottom piece provided with a hardened,
conical seat for the valve spindle.
The bore for the valve spindle is provided
with an exchangeable spindle guide.
The valve housing is water cooled. The
cooling water is passed to the valve hous
ing from the cylinder cover through a water
transition. The water is discharged from the
top of the valve housing.
The discharge pipe incoorates an orifice
to restrict the cooling water flow through the
exhaust valve housing.
On the front of the valve housing there is a
cleaning cover through which the cooling
water space can be checked and cleaned.
Spindle
The valve spindle is of the Nimonic type.
Heat treatment of the seat area provides
the required hardness.
The part of the spindle stem which travels
in the sealing arrangement of the air cylin
der, is either HVOF-coated or chromeplated. HVOF-coated spindles are marked
'HVOF' at the top. See also 'Note' under
Item 'Air cylinder'.
On the lower cylindrical part of the valve
spindle a vane wheel is fitted which causes
the valve spindle to rotate while the engine
is running.
To enable checking the functioning of the
exhaust valve while the engine is running, a

'lifting/rotation check rod" is mounted on top
of the hydraulic cylinder on the exhaust
valve.
Spindle rotation is indicated by regular
changes in the top and bottom positions of
the check rod during testing.
At the top of the spindle, two pistons are
fitted:
1) Air piston
The piston serves to close the exhaust
valve. The piston is locked to the spin
dle by a two-piece conical ring.
2) Hydraulic piston
The piston serves to open the exhaust
valve.
The hydraulic piston has two piston
rings and a damper arrangement, de
signed to dampen the closing of the
valve.
Caution !
After overhauling of the exhaust valve,
it is important to check the damper, to
avoid knocking. This is done by means
of a special bridge gauge.
See Vol. II, MAINTENANCE, Procedure
908-2.
The hydraulic piston is operated through
a piping which communicates with a
corresponding hydraulic piston in the
actuating gear above the camshaft. This
piston is, through the roller guide, actu
ated by the exhaust cam on the cam
shaft.
Air cylinder
The air cylinder is mounted on top of the
valve housing. Air to close the exhaust
valve is supplied through a non-return valve
and a bore in the sealing air control unit,
and through a curved pipe to the space
908.02-63
below the piston.
ning surfaces and polluting the pneumatic

system of the valve gear.
Two sealing rings are mounted in the bottom of the air cylinder housing. A drain hole
D between these rings reveals when the
sealing is not sufficient.
Sealing air is supplied from the air cylinder

via a sealing air control unit, Plate 90802.
Note!
The oil mist content in the air from the air

cylinder improves the service condition of
the sealing rings.
Be sure to use the type of sealing rings

which hnatches the spindle:
Chrome-plated: The sealing rings have
a plane surface facing
the spindle.
HVOF-coated: The sealing rings have
a stepped surface facing the spindle.
A safety valve is mounted in the bottom of
the cylinder.
The sealing air control unit contains a valve

which automatically cuts off the air flow
when the engine is in FINISHED WITH ENGINE status, and a filter housing.
From the sealing air control unit the air is
led to the sealing air arrangement through
an orifice pipe.
Hydraulic Valve Actuating Gear

Plates 90805 - 90806
Hydraulic cylinder
The hydraulic cylinder is mounted on the air
cylinder on top of the exhaust valve housing by means of studs and nuts.
The exhaust valve is opened by the valve
spindle being pressed down by the hydraulic piston in the hydraulic cylinder.
A throttle designed for deaerating the oil
system is fitted at the top of the cylinder.
Oil which escapes through this throttle is
led through a duct to the space around the
air cylinder and is drained off through a
bore X, together with leakage oil from the
piston.
The exhaust valve is actuated by a cam on

the camshaft through a hydraulic transmission.
A roller guide is kept in contact with the
cam by the action of a helical spring which
is fixed between the roller guide and the
hydraulic cylinder so that the roller of the
roller guide will follow the cam on the camshaft.
The hydraulic cylinder is attached to the
camshaft housing by four studs, two of
which are long enough to permit the spring
of the roller guide to be gradually relieved
during dismantling of the components.
The roller guide is prevented from turning
by means of a guide block.
Sealing air
Plates 90801 - 90802
A sealing air arrangement is fitted around
the spindle shaft under the bottom of the air
cylinder. The sealing air is introduced below
the sealing rings. The sealing air will prevent the exhaust gas and particles from
penetrating upwards and wear-out the run-
A piston, which is enclosed in the hydraulic

cylinder, rests on a thrust piece in the neck
of the roller guide and is locked to the roller
guide by a bayonet lock.
The hydraulic cylinder on the camshaft
housing is connected to the hydraulic cylinder on the exhaust valve by means of a
high-pressure pipe.
908.03-63
Oil- is supplied from the main lubricating oil

system through a non-return valve in the
top of the hydraulic cylinder.
Leakage oil from the hydraulic cylinder on
the exhaust valve is drained through a pipe
connection to the baseplate of the hydraulic
cylinder on the camshaft housing. From,
there the oil is drained off through a bore to
the camshaft housing.
A special tool is delivered, which is able to
retain the roller guide in its top position and
thus put the exhaust valve out of action.
See Vol. II. MAINTENANCE, Procedure 908-5.
Another special tool is delivered, which is
able to retain the exhaust valve spindle in
the open position.
See Vol. II, MAINTENANCE, Procedure 908-6.
00
2
.
>
>
(
râlOc^JC\l^^voooc-^^^ô^
v f ^ O O O ^ O - r - O J t v O l O v r ^ O O C r i
r-rî^rôocooocococooooooo
>
CV1 ['*
lo
<
CD
03 Z
a?oa
to
03
Q)
to
cr
to
Q.
Q)
Cl
00
in
v o r ^ v n 00 CTi - r - c \ i ro
CMCvjIcM CM CM ro r o r o ro
ôtn^cloaJ^vcoco^-ôoôoJ^^^vDoo.- ^ C M r O ' 4 - i n v O r - O O C ^ O C \ l K ) ^ v O r ^ C O O ^ O ' - . C \ J ^
SS
Plate 90801 -153 Exhaust Valve

Item
No.
013
025
037
049
050
062
074
086
098
108
121
133
145
169
170
182
-4 r\
204
216
228
241
265
m
289
290
300
312
336
[3-61]
373
385
397
407
m
420
432
444
456
468
481
515
527
539
540
pi
' ^
588
61)
623
Part Description
Lifting eye bolt
Screw
Lifting attachment
Gasket
Orifice
Gasket
Oil cylinder
Stud
Nut
Safety strap
Disc
Screw
Lock washer
Air cylinder
Plug screw
Gasket
Bali cock
Screw
Valve housing
Cover
Gasket
Screw
Valve spindle
Flange^
Gasket
Stop screw
0-riEL9_,
iValveêt/
O-ring
Piston ring
GUidTing
Sealing ring
Gasket
0-ring
['^^
Disc
Screw
Lock washer
Piston, complete
Piston
Sealing ring
Damper piston
Piston
Spring
Disc, please state height 18 or 15 mm
p-fihg
\ Qjjn'g
Flange
;SealihgTirig
Screw
Item
No.
635
647
659
672
684
f696
706
718
731
Part Description
Flange
Liner for spindle guide
Spindle guide
Gasket
u
gJSrew
Gasket
Flange
Screw
Cooling water connection
[7433 faring''
767 Cup point screw
779 Pin
780 Guide
792 Union nut
802 Screwed connection
814 Gasket
826 0-ring
838 Spring
851 Spring retainer
863 Spring pin
875 Rotation check rod
887 0-ring
899 Conical ring in 2/2
910 Gasket
922 Flange
Exhaust Valve - Details
Plate 90802-11
S/L50MC
Control air
127
Sealing air
Plate 90802-11 Exhaust Valve Details
Item
No.
Part Description
019
020
032
044
056
068
093
103
127
139
140
152
164
176
188
211
235
247
259
260
272
284
Screw
0-ring
Filter plate
Packing
Filter, complete
Pipe
0-ring
0-ring
Sealing air control, complete
Screw
Lock washer
Coupling
Orifice pipe
Elbow coupling
Pipe, U225
Non-return valve
0-ring
Valve spindle
Valve housing
Sealing ring
Spring
Cover
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61T675
EN59S512
EN31S5
EN8U10,1
EN8AR12,1
EN150AP0012
EN206A10,105
EN17R323
Valve Gear
Plate 90805-91
S50MC
280
292
280
Plate 90805-91 Valve Gear
Item
No.
015
027
039
040
052
064
076
088
111
123
147
159
160
184
196
206
218
243
255
267
279
280
292
314
326
338
Part Description
Nut
Oil cylinder
Stud
Stud
Piston
Roller guide, complete
Thrust disc
Roller guide
Shaft-pin for roller
Plug
Screw
Bushing
Disc
Bushing for roller guide
Cylindrical pin
Screw
Bushing
Non-return valve
Piston ring
Disc
Screw
Disc
Spring
Cylindrical pin
Roller
Guide block
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN91M24
EN47U10
EN63P825
EN1P616
EN61U612
EN61V630
EN1P636
Valve Gear - Details
Plate 90806-40
ff eSklAf I
S50MC
262
90801
90805
Plate 90806-40
Valve Gear - Details
Item
No.
Part Description
010
022
058
071
083
095
178
191
201
262
274
286
298
308
321
333
Sealing disc
Sealing ring
Clamp
Nut
Screw
Support
Union
Drain pipe
Elbow union
Thrust bushing
Plug screw
Gasket
Screw
High-pressure pipe, complete
High-pressure pipe
Flexible hose
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN17M355
EN226B2745
EN91R10
EN61V1020
EN8U25,1
EN8Z25,1
EN47R10
EN14AL1016
EN61W1290
Cooling Water Outlet

Bavr

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90810-46
Plate 90810-46 Cooling Water Outlet

Item
No.
012
024
048
061
073
085
097
107
119
120
132
144
156
181
193
203
2l5
239
240
252
264
276
288
323
335
347
Part Description
Screw
Butterfly valve
Plug
Outlet pipe
Screw
Packing
Nut
Compensator
Orifice plate
Outlet pipe
Nut
Packing
Packing
Ball valve
Screw
Screw
Outlet pipe
Ol 'tiet pipe
Sc ew
Pc eking
Inlet pipe
Screw
Sciew
Straight valve
Drain pipe
Drain pipe
Item
No.
Part Description
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTROOUCCION
CYLINDER COVER
PiSTON WITH ROD AHB STUFFIMG 80JC
CYUNDER LIMER ND
CYLINDER LUBRICATIOI^

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
CYLINDEROKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULTA DE CILINDRO
STEMPEL W STANG OG PAKDSE

CAMIS Y LUBRICACION DEL CILINDRO
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

EJE C I G U E R A L , C H U M A C E R A DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UOSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNOSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
DISPOSITtVOS DE SEGURIDAD

GENERELT VRKTJ
909.01-79
Fuel Oil System

Fuel Pump
Each engine cylinder is equipped with its
own VIT (Variable Injection Timing) fuel
pump, which is mounted on the roller guide
housing over the camshaft section corresponding to the cylinder concerned.
The square base of the fuel pump housing
is provided with a groove to receive any
leaking oil, which is subsequently drained
off through a drain pipe.
Two bores are provided in the base for
toothed racks. The upper rack serves to
adjust the injection timing via the timing
guide, and the lower rack controls the
quantity of fuel oil delivered by the pump
via the regulating guide.
At the top, the pump housing is closed by a
top cover, which incorporates a puncture
valve. The cover is attached by means of
nuts and studs fitted in the pump housing.
The underside of the top cover is fitted with
a suction valve which also functions as a
guide for the pump barrel. A sealing ring is
fitted in the lower part of the suction valve,
to seal between barrel and suction valve.
Oil is supplied through flanged connection
on the front of the pump housing. A corresponding flange on the back of the housing
is fitted with a shock absorber which neutralizes the shock caused when the plunger
uncovers the cut-off holes at the end of
each delivery stroke.
The shock absorber consists of a cylinder
with a spring-loaded plunger which is
pressed back when the surplus oil from the
delivery chamber is forced out into the inlet
space round the pump barrel.
Two plug screws are fitted in the pump
housing opposite the cut-off holes of the
barrel, The oil jets which are ejected
through the cut-off holes at the end of the
delivery stroke, hit the plug screws, which
can be replaced when they are eroded.
A locating pin fitted at the top of the pump

housing ensures correct positioning of the
parts.
Pump Barrel and Timing Guide

The pump barrel is guided at the top and
bottom of the pump housing. Three lowfriction sealing rings are fitted in grooves in
the barrel to seal between barrel and
housing. The barrel is provided with a drain
bore between the two sealing rings in the
lower end.
The pump barrel has a threaded lower end
which fits into the internal threads of the
timing guide.
The timing guide has a gear rim to mesh
with the upper toothed rack at the base of
the pump housing. The gear rim and toothed rack are marked with lines enabling the
parts to be positioned correctly after disassembly. The toothed rack is linked to a
servo-air cylinder which is controlled by the
position of the regulating shaft. The position
of the upper toothed rack determines the
vertical position of the barrel relative to the
plunger through the threaded connection.
In this manner the initial moment of fuel oil
injection into the cylinder can be adjusted
by a servo-air cylinder.
The pump barrel is prevented from turning
by means of a guide screw mounted on the
front of the pump housing.
Pump Plunger and Regulating Guide

The pump plunger is fitted within the barrel
and ground accurately to form an oil-tight
seal. Barrel and plunger must always go
together and cannot be replaced indlvidual-
During the travel of the plunger, two cut-off

holes in the barrel are covered and uncovered. This function, in conjunction with
the turning of the plunger effected by the
regulating gear, serves to regulate the
909.02-79
amount of oil injected into the engine cylinder.

The pump plunger is provided with a guide
block designed to travel in the milled keyway in the regulating guide. At the bottom it
has a foot which rests on a thrust disc in
the bayonet joint at the roller guide neck. A
clearance of approx. 0.1 mm between the
plunger foot and the roller guide permits the
plunger to turn in the roller guide.
circulation of warm oil, enabling them to be

preheated during standstill and in between
the fuel oil injections.
Fuel Oil Injection
During the suction stroke the spring-loaded
suction valve opens and the delivery
chamber is filled with oil.
The regulating guide has a gear rim which

engages with the lower toothed rack at the
base of the pump housing. The gear rim
and toothed rack are marked with lines
enabling the parts to be positioned correctly
after disassembly. The toothed rack is linked together with the regulating gear of the
engine through a spring-loaded connection.
Thus, in the event of a sticking pump plunger, the regulating gear for the remaining
fuel pumps will not be blocked.
As soon as the plunger has covered the

cut-off holes in the pump barrel during its
upward movement, injection commences
through the fuel valves. The vertical position of the cut-off holes thus controls the
injection timing. Injection will last until the
cut-off holes are uncovered by the oblique
cut-off edges, following which the oil is
forced through two milled grooves at the
side of the plunger and out through the
cut-off holes of the barrel during the rest of
the delivery stroke.
Puncture Valve
Fuel Pump Actuating Gear
A puncture valve is fitted in the top cover of

the pump. The puncture valve consists of a
piston which communicates with the control
air system of the engine. In the event of
actuation of the shut-down system, or the
"Fuel Oil Leakage Alarm System", (option)
or when STOP is activated, compressed air
is supplied to the top of the piston, causing
the piston with pin to be pressed downwards and 'puncture' the oil flow to the fuel
valve. As long as the puncture valve is
activated, the fuel oil is returned through
bores to the pump housing, and no injection
takes place.
A roller guide housing containing the fuel

pump, the exhaust valve actuating gear and
the indicator drive (option), is bolted on to
the side of the cylinder frame.
Fuel Oil System

The fuel oil is supplied through a pipe on
the front of the pump housing from the
electrically driven circulating pump. The oil
pressure is kept constant by means of the
overflow valve, Plate 90915, which is located between the main fuel oil supply line to
the pumps and the.return line. The fuel
pump and the fuel valves are designed for
In regard to design and functioning, the fuel

pump roller guide is completely different
from the exhaust valve roller guide (Chapter
908).
The roller guide for each fuel pump incorporates an angularly displaceable reversing
link.
The fuel pump is actuated by a cam on the
camshaft. The movement is transmitted
through the roller guide to the plunger in
the barrel of the pump housing which through the high-pressure pipes - is connected with the fuel valves on the cylinder
cover.
The roller guide is forced downwards by the
action of two helical springs fixed between
the roller guide and the pump base, so that
the roller of the roller guide follows the cam
909.03-79
on the camshaft. The pump base is attached to the camshaft housing by four studs.
The thread on two of these is long enough
to permit the gradual easing of the roller
guide springs when dismantling the components. The plunger rests on a thrust
piece in the necl< of the roller guide and is
locked to the roller guide by a bayonet lock.
The roller guide itself is prevented from
turning by means of a guide block mounted,
in the liner of the housing.
The top of the roller guide neck is located
inside the pump base and is equipped with
a cap. This cap, together with a sealing
bush that is shrunk into the pump base,
form a labyrinth to prevent fuel oil from
entering the camshaft lube oil.
Each roller guide housing is provided with a
manually operated lifting device which can
lift the roller guide roller free of the fuel
cam. The lifting device is mounted on the
side of the roller guide housing.
communicates, through drilled passages in

the flanges, with a drain bore in the pump
top cover.
Fuel Oil Leakage Alarm (Option)
Each fuel pump is, via drain pipes, connected to a common drain tank, which incorporates a level switch. The drain tank is
also equipped with an overflow pipe, which
has a small drain bore below, whereby oil
from small leakages can be drained to the
outlet, without actuating the level switch.
In the event of pipe fractures or major leakages in the system, the aforementioned
bore will not be large enough to allow the
increased oil quantity to pass, and the oil
level in the drain tank will rise until it reaches the level of the overflow pipe. The rising
oil level will cause the level switch to actuate an alarm.
Alternatively, the drain pipes of each fuel

pump can be connected to a diaphragm
For operation of the lifting device, see tlie valve, which sets off alarm and activates
instruction bool<, Volume II, Procedure 909-5.
the puncture valve in order to stop the fuel
oil flow from the pertaining cylinder.
Reversing mechanism
Reversing is achieved by shifting the roller
in the fuel pump drive mechanism at each
cylinder. The link connecting the roller
guide and roller is provided with a reversing
arm, and a pivot is mounted at the top end
of the reversing arm. The pivot travels in a
reversing guide connected to an air cylinder. The link is self-locking in either the
AHEAD or ASTERN position without the aid
of external forces. Each cylinder is reversed
individually, and the reversing mechanism
is activated by compressed air.
Fuel Oil High-Pressure Pipes
Plate 90913
All high-pressure pipes in the system are
provided with flexible, steelwire-armoured
hoses or a protective outer pipe. The space
between the pipe and the protective hose
Fuel Valve
Plate 90910
The fuel valve consists of a valve head 077,
union nut 136, valve body 028, and nozzle
016. Fitted within the valve body are the
spindle guide 124, thrust spindle 185 with
thrust spring 207 and thrust foot 100.
When the fuel valve is fitted in the cylinder
cover, the valve parts are tightened together by the pressure from the nuts being
transmitted through valve head, thrust spindle, spindle guide and nozzle to the valve
body, which is pressed into the tapeced
bore in the cylinder cover. The union nut
keeps valve head and valve body together
during dismantling of the fuel valve.
909.04-79
Plate 90911
The spindle guide 90910/124 consists of a
spindle guide A, thrust piece and spindle
B.
Note!
The spindle guide is assembled with a
press fit and should normally not be
taken apart.
circulating pump pressure is insufficient to

overcome the force of the spring E and lift
the spindle D.
Position II:
When, at the beginning of the delivery
stroke, the pressure has risen to about 10
bar, the force of the spring E will be over
come and the spindle D pressed back
against the shoulder of the thrust piece C,
i.e. the distance "DT on plate 90911.
Position III:
The spindle is pressed against the

tapered valve seat of the spindle guide A
by the action of the thrust spring 90910/207
on the thrust spindle 90910/185, the spring
pressure being transmitted through the
slotted thrust foot 90910/100. The thrust
spring determines the opening pressure of
the valve.
Optionally, an extra disc can be inserted to
raise the opening pressure by 30 bar.
When the spindle is pressed upwards, the

circulation bore of the thrust piece is clo
sed, and the oil passes the seat of the
spindle and enters the space round the
valve spindle seat in the spindle guide A.
When the pressure has risen to the preset
opening value of the fuel valve, the spindle
is lifted the distance "D2" on plate 90911,
and oil is forced through the nozzle into the
engine cylinder.
A valve for oil circulating is fitted inside

spindle B, consisting of spindle D, thrust
piece and spring E.
At the termination of the delivery stroke,

first the valve spindle and then the spin
dle D will be pressed against their respec
tive seats, the injection of fuel stops, and oil
is again circulated through the valve (posi
tion I).
The spindle 0 is pressed by the spring E

against the tapered valve seat inside the
spindle B. In this position the top of the
spindle uncovers a small bore in thrust
piece arranged for circulation purposes.
The functioning of the fuel valve is as follows:

Position I:
The electrical fuel oil circulating pump circu
lates preheated oil through the fuel pump
and fuel valve. In the fuel valve the oil pas
ses through the central bore of the valve
head and continues to the thrust piece C,
leaving through the circulation bore of the
latter. Thence the oil is passed through the
interior of the valve body to an outlet pipe
on the side of the valve head.
The space round the tapered valve seat of
the spindle D is also filled with oil, but the
If, for some reason, the valve spindle

should be sticking in the spindle guide, the
spindle D will, in its closed position, prevent
the circulating pump from pressing oil
through the nozzle, and thus obviate the
risk of the engine cylinder being filled with
oil during fuel oil circulation at stopped
engine.
68C 0 98
d u j t i d |an:j
SEi-oj506 ajBid
Plate 90901-135 Fuel Pump
Plate 90901-135 Fuel Pump
(cont.)
Item
No.
Part Description
0
7
^sketi
030
Cylindrical pins
042
Gasket
054
Plug screw
078
Pump housing, complete
101
Timing guide
113
Sleeve
125
Regulating guide
137
Guide pin
149
Screw
162
Stud
174
Gasket
186
Guide screw
198
Guide pin
208
Guide pin
221
Guide bushing, complete
233
Guide bushing
257
Screw
269
Screw
270
Top cover
282
Lock washer
294
Plug screw
341
Throttle plug
389
Nut
390
Screw
400
Spring guide
412 Spring
448
461
73)
520
532
544
556
568^
603
615
627
639
640
^652
664
676
688
711
723
735
(com.)
Suction valve, complete

Slide
~~~
thrust piece
'Sa|ingjr?g
(Sealin^Tilig
Pump barrel
Pump barrel, complete
Phjnger
'SealingTjng.
Screw
Lock washer
Cover
Sealing ring
Sealingjing
PunturevaTvT^cmpite
Air piston
Gasket
Valve housing
0-ring
Slide
Spring
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN1P614
EN1P632
EN61T1635
EN1P532
EN61U610
EN61W8110
EN47AR18
EN61V610
EN61V620
EN29Q6
Item
No.
747
772
784
867
879
880
892
902
914
926
Part Description
Spring guide
Throttle plug
Gasket
Protective cap
Coupling
Pipe, L=730
Banjo coupling
Plug screw
Disc
Pipe, L=520
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN8AB8,1
ENI50X0008
EN9M8.1
ENI50X0008
Fuel Pump Gear

'
aw
Plate
P90902-0162
012
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
s/v \3sa\Q Mg NV^^

391-0 uoip^ 30606d d}Bid aionb aseaid ' s/i/j oj uuja}dJ
Ljsnq
() Z 6
1
569
229
Suudg
gw
IZ9
>|S!p iBas udg
89
Mejog
pnig
Majog
Z8S
pnig
>iS!p 1B8S uudg
1.9S
u!>jOBcl
92S
171.9
19V
Majog
i-et^
QiV
uu jadBJog
uij jadBJog
V^
ujj jadBJos jo^ japiOH

auBij. ujUjBiaH
9Sl7
2ze
098
698
L^
828
1-18
882
Majog
apin ja||OJ ujqsng
V9Z
292
0t72
Ujd
oez
609
66S
e9s
8GS
J8A00
6u!>iOBd
aseq d a i n d
Z6V
Lb
jnN
M3Jog
ejiM u!>|oo-i
966
t-GS
;nu 6u!>joo|
dBO
uu 6u!|Bag
apjp ja||OJ uiLjsng
mN
a}B|d
9Z2
Uld
Majog
>1oo|q apjno
U!d
ujSjaAaj JO; >|un
Ujd
ujqsng
Z22
91-2
861.
1-8^
aping jaiiou
991.
t^t'L
eiBid
ujd laMOQ
021.
ZOI-
SOjQ
ujqsng
M9J0S
Mejog
Mjog
ON
uoj^duosdQ
Z60
980
ezo
t'20
21.0
yeqg
apin jaijoj d u n d l a n j
980
jaiiou
ujJBaq aipaaN
ON
uoiiduosaa
29l.0-20606d
e;B|d
dmnd lanj
Fuel Pump - Lifting Tool

S50MC
018-(
031
fe=a
Plate 90903-21
Plate 90903-21 Fuel Pump . Lifting Tool
Item
No.
018
031
043
055
067
079
080
092
114
126
138
151
Part Description
Lifting tool
Sealing ring
Spring
Nut
Locking plate
Crosspiece
Bolt
Guide pin
Screw
Screw
Guide plate
Guide pin
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN17M345
EN91R12
EN29S1230
EN1P512
EN81W12130
EN61V1225
EN1P820
Plate 90904-29
Fuel Pump - Details

S50MC
iff" 7
"Iss^
Plate 90904-29 Fuel Pump Details
Item
No.
Part Description
MAN B^W
Standard No.
bl3] [^hock-absorberT-complete-'
025
037
049
050
062
074
086
098
108
121
145
157
Ws
170
]
194
253
265
277
289
290
300
312
336
361
373
385
407
419
420
432
444
481
493
503
539
540
552
Spring guide
Stud, short
Bottom flange, complete
Plug screw
Gasket
Nut
Lock washer
Spring, external
Spring, internal
Gasket
lSea!]ng_ringJ
Stud, long
Screw
^Gasket
Housing
yvearing~ririg]
Piston
"^
Nut
Washer
Bracket
Screw
Actuator
Banjo coupling
Screw
Plug screw
Guide screw
Toothed rack, regulation
Nut
Toothed rack, timing
Felt ring
Pointer
Union nut
Forked head
Circiip
Pin
Nut
Forked head
Adjusting screw
Forked head
EN51K1230
EN47W13
EN14AJ1323
EN91M12
EN29Q12
EN61T1645
EN91M12
EN64S13
EN61V1630
EN9M10,1
EN61V12150
EN91L16
EN3E9
08-0 L606 9\B\d
ONOSS
| lanj
Plate 90910-80
item
No.
016
028
041
053
077
089
090
100
112
124
136
148
173
185
197
207
950
962
Fuel Valve
Part Description
Nozzle
Holder
Guide pin
O-ring
Valve head
Spring guide
Circlip
Thrust foot
O-ring
Spindle guide, complete
Union nut
O-ring
Guide pin
Thrust spindle
Thrust spindle, complete
Spring
Additional disc, + 30 bar *)
Disc
*) Optional extras
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN1P46
EN1P624
0-
e-
"I f "
OIAI091/S
OIAIOS1/>I/S
| l a n j
0L-U606eiB|d
High-Pressure Pipes
S50MC
Plate 90913-77
Plate 90913-77 High-Pressure Pipes
Item
No.
024
036
048
061
073
097
107
119
144
156
181
193
203
215
227
239
240
252
264
Part Description
High-pressure pipe, complete
Union nipple
Thrust bushing
Union nut
High-pressure pipe
FlexitJIe hose, complete
0-ring
Union nipple
0-ring
('9^:-? ?^'^ ^'P?!^ complete
Flexible hose, complete
High-pressure pipe
Pipe, L=400
Housing
Flange
Screw
Elbow coupling
Tee-coupling
Guide pin
Screw
Flange
MAN B&W
Standard No.
ENI 50X0012
EN61T12120
EN8AS12,1
EN8S12.1
EN1P828
EN61U1220
Control Air Pipes

K/L/S50MC
Plate 90914-33
Plate 90914-33
Item
No.
018
031
043
055
067
Control Air Pipes
Part Description
Pressure switch (*
Screw (*
Plug screw
Gasket
Non-return valve
(* Only for cylinder 1
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61T545
EN47W21
EN14AK2128
Overflow Valve
Plate 90915-42
MAN'
ostvsr
013
u )
013
- 108-

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 90915-42 Overflov/ Valve
Part Description
No.
013
025
037
049
050
074
086
098
108
121
133
157
170
Overflow valve, complete

Piston
Spring
Valve housing
Spring guide
Cup point screw
0-ring
Union nut
Nut
Housing
Fuel oil pipe
Ball valve
0-ring
Item
No.
Part Description
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYUMDER COVER
PJSTOW WITH ROP AMD STFFDMG BOX
.CYUNDER' UMER MO
CYLNDER
LUBRICTBONI
CR0SSHED WITH COhNECTIMG ROD

AND TURNING GEAR
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULT OE CILINDRO
STEMPEL STANG OG PAKOSE

CHEKfllSE OE CYLINDRE GRAISSAGE DE CYLINDRE
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

Y APARATO VIRADR

E L E M E N T O S DEL ACCIONAMIENTO MECANtCO
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
CIRCUIT D'AIR OE DEMARRAGE

EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
SAMLING AF STORE OELE

MONTAGE OE GROSSES PIECES
GENERELT VRKTJ
910.01-49
Air System of Engine

(Regarding the turbocharger, see the producer's special instructions)
The engine is supplied with scavenge air
from one turbocharger mounted at the aft
end of the engine.
Alternatively, one or two turbochargers may
be located on the exhaust side.
The engine exhaust gas drives the turbine
wheel of the turbocharger and, through a
common shaft, the turbine wheel drives the
compressor wheel.
The compressor draws air from the engine
room, through the air filters. From the compressor outlet, the air passes through the
charging air pipe to the charging air cooler
{Plate 91005) where the air is cooled down.
The charging air pipe, with compensator, is
insulated and can be clad internally with a
sound-absorbing material.
The air cooler is designed to separate condensate from the air. See also 'Charging Air
Cooler' in this Chapter.
The air is pressed into the scavenge air
receiver through non-return valves mounted
in the air cooler housing after the water
mist catcher. The non-return valves (flap
valves) open by pressure from the
turbocharger.
From the scavenge air receiver, the air
flows to the cylinder through the scavenge
air ports when the piston Is in the bottom
position. When the exhaust valves open,
the exhaust gas Is pressed Into a common
exhaust gas receiver (Plate 91003), from
where the gas drives the turbine of the
turbocharger with an even and steady pressure.
Scavenge Air Receiver

Plate 91001
The scavenge air receiver is a container
having a large volume. The receiver is bolted on to the cylinder frame.
Scavenge air is collected in the receiver
after the air has passed through the cooler,

the water mist catcher and the non-return
valves.
The receiver and the cylinder frame communicate through circular openings.
The two auxiliary blowers are placed below
the scavenge air receiver. The suction side
of the auxiliary blowers is connected to the
space below the non-return valves in the air
cooler housing via a suction pipe. The discharge side is connected to the scavenge
air receiver via a non-return valve, in order
to prevent reversed air flow. See also item,
"Non-return valves", further on.
The scavenge air receiver is provided with
man-hole covers and also a safety valve
{Plate 91103).
Running with Auxiliary Blowers
During starting of the engine, and when the
engine is running at low load the turbocharger is not able to supply enough air for
the engine process. In these cases a pressure switch will automatically start the
auxiliary blowers.
When the auxiliary blowers are operating,
they draw air from the engine room through
the turbocharger's air filter and compressor
side.
This enables the turbocharger to maintain a
reasonable number of revolutions during
starting and at low load.
The air passes through the charging air
pipe, the charging air cooler, the water mist
catcher and the suction pipe, to the suction
side of the blowers. From the blowers, the
air is discharged to the scavenge air receiver via non-return valves.
The non-return valves fitted in the valve
housing, in the air cooler housing, are now
closed due to partial vacuum and gravitation acting on the valve flaps.
A lack of air supply will occur if the nonreturn valves do not close.
910.02-49
Non-Return Valves
it is of the utmost importance that the nonreturn valves of the auxiliary blowers always function correctly and move easily.
This can be checked by moving the valves
manually, e.g. in connection with the regular scavenge port inspections.
The non-return valves protect the blowers
and engine during:
Starting the auxiliary blowers
pulsatory pressure from the individual exhaust valves is equalized and led to the
turbocharger at a constant pressure.
The exhaust gas receiver is fastened to the
seating by flexible supports. Compensators
are inserted between the receiver and the
exhaust valves, and between the receiver
and the turbocharger.
Inside the exhaust gas receiver, a protective grating is mounted before the turbocharger.
Running with auxiliary blowers.

Starting the auxiliary blowers:
1) Owing to the relatively high starting
current, the blowers start in sequence,
with 6-10 seconds in between.
The non-return valve of the blower that
has not yet started must be in the
closed position to prevent the blower
from rotating backwards. Otherwise,
there is a risk of burning out the electric
motor when it starts.
2) If an auxiliary blower fails to start, the
non-return valve must be in the closed
position. Otherwise, the operating
blower will not be able to draw fresh air
in through the turbocharger and air
cooler. This is due to differences in the
air flow resistance.
Runnino with auxiliary blowers:
In the event of failure of an auxiliary blower
during running, the non-return valve must
close to ensure the continued supply of
fresh air to the engine.
See 'Starting the auxiliary blowers', Item 2,
above.
For quick mounting and dismounting of the

joints between the receiver and the exhaust
valves, clamping rings are used to hold the
parts together. The exhaust gas receiver
and the exhaust pipe are insulated.
The exhaust receiver may be provided with
by-pass flanges for:
Emergency running without turbochargers
Improvement of fuel consumption
at part load
Turbo Compound system (TCS).
Charging Air Cooler

Plate 91005
The charging air cooler insert is of the block
type. It is mounted in a housing which is
welded up of steel plates.
The cooler housing is provided with inspection covers.
The air cooler housing has been prepared
for cleaning of the cooler insert without
removing it. This is achieved by means of a
built-in spray-arrangement.
Exhaust Gas Receiver

Plate 91003
From the exhaust valves, the exhaust gas
Is led to the exhaust gas receiver where the
The cooler is designed with an air reversing

chamber which has a water mist catcher
incorporated. The water mist catcher is built
up of a number of lamellas which separate
the condensation water from the scavenge
910.03-49
air during the passage of the air flow.

The separated water is collected in the
bottom of the cooler housing from where it
is removed by a drain system.
Caution !
It is important to check the drain functions correctly, as otherwise water droplets may enter the cylinders.
See Vol. I, OPERATION, Chapter 706,
'Cleaning of Turbochargers and Air
Coolers'.
An alarm device for high water level in the
drain system is installed.
El. Panels for Auxiliary Blower
See special instructions supplied by the
engine builder.
M / V N \
Turbocharger System - Aft End
MC
TURBOCHARGER
Plate 91000-13
SV
990
oi/uogs
94001-6 3)B|d
jaAiaoay jjv
Piate 91001-63 Scavenge Air Receiver
Item
No.
017
029
030
042
054
066
078
091
101
113
137
149
150
162
174
186
198
208
221
233
245
269
270
282
294
304
316
341
353
365
377
389
390
400
412
424
436
448
461
473
485
497
507
519
520
532
544
(cent.)
Part Description
Non-return valve, complete
Screw
Screw
Spring washer
Support
Clamp
Spring pin
Shaft
Support
Valve flap
Nut
Plug screw
Plug screw
Screw
Cover
Nut
Cover
Screw
Packing
Nut
Screw
Air cooler frame
Water mist catcher
Bracing screw
Bottom cover
Screw
Stud
Plug screw
Gasket
Screw
Insulation material
Insulation cover
Cover
Packing
Washer
Distance pipe, L=80
Screw
Suction pipe
Nut
Insulation cover
Compensator
Washer
Screw
Charging air pipe
Stud
Cleaning pipe
Spray nozzle
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61W1280
EN61V1240
EN31Q12
EN1Q545
EN91M16
EN47R13
EN47R26
EN61V1235
EN91R12
EN61V1635
EN91R16
EN61W1660
EN61V1240
EN61W1655
EN51K1635
EN47R21
EN61V2055
EN64S19
EN150AL0038
EN61W24130
EN91R16
EN64S17
EN61W1660
EN51K1655
9Cf
3EAI09S
jaAjaoay jjv audAeos
9 -016 eiBId
Plate 91001-63 Scavenge Air Receiver

(cont.)
Item
No.
556
568
581
603
615
627
639
640
652
664
676
688
711
723
735
747
759
760
784
796
806
818
831
843
867
879
880
892
902
914
926
938
951
963
975
987
999
Part Description
Packing ring
Plug screw
Gasket
Distance pipe, L=50
Screw
Scavenge air receiver
Auxiliary blower
Shaft
Nut
Stud
Screw
Distance pipe, L=40
Guard
Distance pipe, L=30
Support
Clamp
Support
Valve flap
Valve mounting plate
Support
Screw
Distance pipe, 1=45
Screw
Screw
Locking plate
Screw
Floor plate, complete
Locking plate
Manhole cover
Packing
Stud
Clamp
Wing nut
Nut
Distance pipe, L=55
Guard
Screw
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN14AJ60107
EN47R42
EN14AJ4352
EN150AL0028
EN61W16140
EN91R8
EN51K830
EN61W1270
EN150AL0020
EN150AL0020
EN61W12110
EN150AL0028
EN61W16100
EN61W1690
EN29S1240
EN61V1220
EN29Q12
EN79E20
EN91R24
EN150AL0038
EN61W8130
80I.-C001-6 aieid
(^
OtAlOSS
iBMOQU pue sadid isneqxs
Plate 91003-108
Exhaust Pipes and Receiver
(cont.)
Item
No.
Part Description
545
557
569
570
582
594
604
616
628
653
665
677
689
690
700
712
724
736
748
773
785
797
Gasket
Exhaust pipe
Insulation nnaterial
Screw
Self-tapping screw
Insulation material
Insulation plate cover
Screw
Spring pin
Screw
Angle iron for aligment
Compensator
Wing nut
Washer
Stud
Clamp
Wing nut
Stud
Manhole cover
Packing
*) The screws EN61X and
EN61Y are 'special screws
for hot joints, they are
marked with a "T", and
must not be used elsewhere
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61Y1690
*) See below
EN61W1285
EN1Q2140
EN61X1240
) See below
EN79E10
EN64S10,5
EN51K1030
EN79E20
80I.-C00I-6 eieid
! pue Sddid isneqxg
ONogs
\ N'VMII
Plate 91003-108
Item
No.
018
031
043
055
067
079
092
102
114
126
138
151
163
175
199
209
210
222
234
246
258
283
295
305
317
329
330
342
354
378
391
401
413
425
449
450
462
474
486
498
521
533
Exhaust Pipes and Receiver
Part Description
Packing
Cap nut
Gas inlet
Nut
Screw
Nut
Wire gauze
Flange
Exhaust receiver
Clamp
Nut
Support
Distance pipe, L=35
Screw
Spring pin
Screw
Distance pipe, L=25
Nut
Washer
Spring pin
Screw
Insulation cover
Insulation material
Compensator
Screw
Lock washer
Speciel nut
Lock
EN91R20
EN61Y2075
EN91R16
Flange clamp, complete

Screw
Pin
Flange clamp
Link
Distance pipe, L=45
Shim
Spring plate
Clamp
Screw
Support
insulation cover
Plug screw
*) See below
EN91R24
EN150AL0038
EN61W24150
EN1Q2180
EN61W24140
EN150AL0038
EN91R12
EN64S13
EN1Q2160
EN61W1265
EN61Y1670
EN29Q22
Nut
*) The screws EN61X and

EN61Y are special screws
for hot joints, they are
marked with a T , and
must not be used elsewhere
(cent.)
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN150AL0038
EN61W1290
EN47R26
') See below
Bzy
950
V \
0-^^
o(v)w>n
J9|000 JJV
w-9001.6 aiBid
Plate 91005-54 Air Cooler
Item
No.
019
020
032
044
056
068
093
103
115
127
140
152
164
176
188
223
235
247
259
272
284
296
306
318
331
343
355
367
379
380
402
414
426
438
{. ^
k9.^
463
475
499
509
|T,
522
Part Description
Screw
Reversing chamber
Shaft, right-hand thread
Support wheel
Bushing
Nut, right
Spring washer
Screw
Nut
Side plate
Guide screw
Stay
Stay
Stay
Plug screw
End cover
Nut
Screw
Screw
Spring washer
Spring washer
Lock washer
Screw
Nut
Locking plate
Anti-corrosion block
Support iron
Cover
Gasket
Screw
Cover with anti-corrosion
block, complete
Screw
Shaft, left-hand thread
Nutjeft
Gasket)
Stay
Gasket
Stay
Cooler element
\Gasket
Screw
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61W1265
EN91M20
EN31Q8
EN61V812
EN91M8
EN62J816
EN47W26
ENgiM16
EN61T1040
EN61W1665
EN31Q12
EN31Q16
EN29Q8
EN29S860
EN61V1025
EN91P20
EN61T1640
Butterfly Valve
Plate 91007-07
M A N
Bavgr
1 16
128

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 91007-07 Butterfly Valve

Item
No.
021
033
045
057
070
082
094
116
128
Part-Description
Nut
Locking plate
Locking device
Pin
Valve housing
Screw
Spring lock
Shaft
Valve flap
Item
No.
Part Description
rTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYUMDER COVER
PSTOM WITH ROD MO STUFFfiMG
CYLINDER LWER kHD

CYOhSDER LUBRICTJOM
CROSSHED WITH C0^3ÊCTG ROD
CRANKSHAFT, THRUST BERSNG

ND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULTA DE CILINORO
STEMPEL STANG OG PAKDSE

PISTON CON VASTAGO Y CAJA DE EMPAOUETADO
CAMIS Y LUBRICCION DEL CILINDRO
KRYDSHOVEO M/ PLEJLSTANG
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA
KRUMTAPAKSEL, TRYKLEJE OG T0RNEAPPART

Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
CmCUIT D'AIR DE DEMARRAGE
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNOSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
DISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURIDAO

GENERELT VRKTJ
u>
Dn.MS
Safety Equipment
Safety Valves - Relief Valves
Each cylinder cover is provided with a
spring-loaded safety valve which is set to
open at a pressure somewhat higher than
the maximum firing pressure in the cylinder.
On the exhaust side of the engine a number
of spring-loaded relief valves are fitted,
which will open in the event of an excessive
pressure arising in the crankcase, for
instance as a result of ignition of oil vapour.
The scavenge air receiver is fitted with a
safety valve which is set to open should the
pressure in the scavenge air receiver
exceed a value somewhat higher than the
normal scavenge air pressure of the engine.
It may in some cases be necessary to open
the valve manually, see Vol. I, Chapter 704,
"Turbocharger Surging".
Each starting valve inlet pipe is provided
with a safety cap. The safety cap consists
of a bursting disc enclosed by a mantle in
order to protect any bystanders, in the
event of a burst due to excessive pressure
in the starting air line.
Furthermore, the mantle is provided with a
check plate, which shows if the bursting
disc has been damaged.
Safety Valve - Cylinder
Plate
P91101-0037
'M/VN'
010
022
034
046
058
1 17
071
083
095
105
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Safety Valve - Cylinder
Plate
P91101-0037
Item
No.
010
022
034
046
058
071
083
095
105
117
Page 2 (2)
'MAIM'
Item Description
Item
No.
Item Description
Spindle
Spring retainer
Lock nut
Spring
Valve housing
Stop ring
Valve flap
Valve guide
Gasket
Safety valve, complete
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Relief Valve
Plate
P91102-0011
'MAN'
a Vf
016
041
P.C.D. 465 mm
Please state type of
relief valve when ordering
spare parts
91205
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Relief Valve
Plate
P91102-0011
'MAN'
aw
Item
No.
016
028
Item Description
Item
No.
Item Description
Relief valve Type: EVN 420

Screw
* Please state type of relief valve when

ordering spare parts
Page 2 (2)
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Safety Valve
4.7 Bar
155
Plate 91103-14
Plate 91103-14 Safety Valve
Item
No.
Part Description
011
023
035
047
060
072
084
096
106
131
143
155
Spindle
Washer
Spring retainer
Spring
Valve flap
Screw
Nut
Split pin
Castle nut
Seal
Valve seat
Safety valve, complete
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN64S21
EN61V1240
EN91R12
EN32C436
EN88R20
EN17P8270
Arrangement of Safety Cap

S50MC
Plate 91104-37
Plate 91104-37 Arrangement of Safety Cap
Itenn
No.
017
029
030
042
054
066
078
091
101
125
137
149
150
162
174
221
233
245
Part Description
Gasket
Starting air pipe
Washer
Bursting cap
Check plate
Screw
Perforated cylinder
Screw
Screw ..
Screw
Protecting guard
only cylinder 1
Wing nut
Washer
Stud
Bursting disc
Nut
Screw
Nut
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN14AK52102
EN64S17
EN61V610
EN61V1640
EN61W1250
EN79F6
EN64S6,4
EN51K625
EN91R16
EN61W1660
EN91R12
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDERDKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULATA DE CILINORO
CYLINDER COVER
PISTOM WITH ROD S^D STUFFING BOX
CYLIMDER LIMER AND

CYLINDER LBRSCTi

CHERÎSE DE CYLINDRE GRAISSAGE DE CYLINDRE
CAMISA Y LUBRICACION DEL CILINORO
CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA
CROSSHED WSTH CONNECTING ROD

AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTEM

EJE
CIGUERAL. CHUMACERA DE EMPUJE
Y APARATO VIRADOR
M O U V E M E N T DE COMMANDE MECANIQUE
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
DISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURIOAD

GENERELT VRKTJ
912.01-53
Assembly of Large Parts

Bedplate, Framebox, etc.
The bedplate is made in one section,
consisting of two welded, longitudinal
girders and a number of cross girders which
support the main bearings. The main
bearings, which are of the thick-shell type,
consist of steel shells, lined with white
metal and coated with a tin-flash layer.
Each main bearing has two main bearing
caps which are secured by studs and nuts,
designed for tightening by means of
hydraulic tools.
The aft end of the bedplate incorporates the
thrust bearing as well as the chain drive.
See also Chapter 905.
Equipment for local checking of the cooling

oil temperature and flow, and for temperature and flow alarms, is installed in
conjunction with the outlet pipe.
The bedplate of the engine is positioned on
either epoxy or cast iron supporting chocks
and bolted to the engine seating in the ship
by means of long holding-down bolts, which
are equipped with distance tubes of cast
iron.
Plate 9/275shows the holding-down bolts,
which have spherical washers and nuts with
spherical contact face on the lower end of
the bolts. The contact faces of the topplate
for the spherical washers must be plane.
At the foremost end of the bedplate, an

axial vibration damper is fitted. (Plate
91211). Regarding the design and functioning of the axial vibration damper, See
Chapter 905.
The engine is secured in the athwartship

direction by side chocks fitted in both sides
in way of each main bearing. The sidechock liners are tapered 1:100 and are
fitted from the aft end at both sides of the
engine.
A framebox is bolted on to the top of the

bedplate. Like the bedplate, the framebox
consists of one section with the chain drive
located at the aft end. Together, the bedplate and the framebox constitute the
crankcase of the engine.
The engine is secured in the fore-and-aft

direction by one end chock with one endchock bolt with spherical washer at the aft
end of each of the two longitudinal girders
of the bedplate. The end-chock liners have
a 1:100 taper and are fitted from above.
The framebox is fitted with steel-plate doors

for access to the crossheads and to the
main and crankpin bearings.
Regarding the engine seating for the

specific engine, see the supplier's special
instructions.
The bedplate, the framebox, and the cylinder frame, which rests on top of the
framebox, are tightened together to form
one unit by means of through-going stay
bolts.
The stay bolts may be in one part or in two
parts which are assembled above the
framebox.
For each cylinder, the framebox is equipped
with a slotted pipe in which the piston
cooling oil outlet pipe fitted to the crosshead is able to travel. From the slotted pipe
the cooling oil is, through an outlet pipe, led
to the oil tray of the bedplate.
ARRANGEMENT OF STAY BOLTS
PLATE 91201-54
;50
075
>-051
PLATE 91201 -54
Item
No.
014
026
038
051
063
075
087
ARRANGEMENT OF STAY BOLTS
Part
Description
Screw
Protective cap
Nut
Stay bolt, complete
Stay bolt
Neck ring in 2/2
Screw
B&W Standard
No.
EN61V1630
EN61U1225
(:}
1.-90216 ajBid
s/v |5! M'sa

I. 90316 asBdjd 'eed sim oi 6uuj3}dJ
8-a
v-v
e JJ
UIJ > |
} 6u!M
jeu}SBi JOOQ
uuds
pniS
uuds
uid 6u!>|00"i
uoijduoseQ UBd
Li2
S08
S6Z
esz
iU
89Z
gt'Z
ON
} |
\m
pms
pniS
M8J0S
jBaj 'joop ^
6u!>jOBcl
\m
pniS
sdid ujBJQ
Majog
6u!>jOBd
| jBjiay
MSJOg
J8A00
jaAoo
Majog
Z02
Z6L
98 L
ezi
191.
8t7l
gelVZi
001.
060
680
zzo
990
890
820
9m
ON
Luaji
uo^duosaQ pBd
xogemejd 681.-5021.6 aieid
End Shields
Plate 91206-95
MAN'
saw
084
096
L-__^ ** 1'
- ' o'
"1
\ ^ 143
0 1
0 /j
0 j

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
^-25 i
^^263
Plate 91206-95
End Shields
Item
No.
Part Description
084
096
106
118
143
155
167
251
263
Gasket
Screw
Gasket
Cover
Screw
Plug screw
Plug screw
End shield, upper
End shield, lower
Item
No.
Part Description
Arrangement of Piston Cooling
Plate 91207-50
S50MC
iS
)
054
030 <
066
078
091
l-
233
Plate 91207-50 Arrangement of Piston Cooling
Item
No.
017
030
054
066
078
091
113
125
137
149
150
162
186
198
208
221
233
Part Description
Slotted pipe
Sight glass, complete
Sight glass
Flange
Packing
Screw
Locking plate
Plate
Screw
Fitted bolt
Locking plate
Nut
Screw
Fitted bolt
Fitted bolt
Screw
Bracket
MAN B&W
Standard No.
EN61V620
EN29S1680
EN61V1630
EN66B835
EN29Q8
EN91R8
EN61V1640
EN66B845
EN66B835
EN61V1630
Bedplate
M A N
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 91210-139
uojdjjosea îBcj
ON
}|
8}|
J8A00
pniS
0P9
6e9
IZ9
mN S19
eos
IQP
GQt'
99t7
pniS
adjcl |!0"qn-i
edjcl iio'qni
eet'
MBJOS
J8A00
M8J0S

le^SEQ
jaAOo
M8Jog
edjd ijO'qni
aiEJO
VVP
zee
see
eze
jeqsBM -\
i9e
etê
MGJOS
Uld " !
9ee
edid i!0'qn-i
} 6u!>100|-i|8S
\^Z
ooe
edid |!o-qn-i
MSJOg
LLZ
S92
egg
edjd no'qn-]
M8J0S
J8LjSBM >|00-|
^vZ
jepiou 8du
voz
81B|d J8A00
M8J0S
1^61.
28 L
OZI-
J8AA0| '||8L|S
M8J3S
LULU - g ' 0 - ' - l'Q

SO'O ssau>iom} 81B1S 8SB8|d 'saiiLjs
jeddn 'iiaqs
8}8|dujoo '||8Ljs BuuBsq uiAj
egi.
zsi.
St'I.
MSJOg
dBO uuBsq u!B|/\j
pn}S OuiJBSq ujBiAi
LSL
980
mN t-zo
ogo
M8J0S
ajiM 6u!>iOO"]
adjd ijO'qn-i
S90
86UB|-|
61^0
S30
ON
]|
uojiduosaQ tiBd
eiBidpag
6e t-0121-6 ejeid
Axial Vibration Damper
Plate 91211-46
MAN'
El a Vf
>272
t<&
âccca,
176

MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Plate 91211-46 Axial Vibration Damper

Item
No.
019
020
032
044
056
081
093
103
115
127
139
140
152
164
176
188
Z\ 1
223
235
247
259
272
284
296
306
Part Description
Damper-oil pipe
Damper-oil pipe
Screw
Spring
Spring
Locking wire
Screw
Restriction for damper
Screw,
Locking wire
Guide pin
Oil seal in 2/2
Oil seal in 2/2
i>crew
Nut
Nut
Stud
Stud
Axial vibration damper, complete
Damper, upper part
Guide pin
Damper, lower part
Item
No.
Part Description
M/VN'
BGkVr
Holding-Down Bolts and End-Chock Bolts

(Epoxy Chocks)
Plate
P91216-0002
191
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
Page 1 (2)
Holding-Down Bolts and End-Chock Bolts

(Epoxy Chocks)
Plate
P91216-0002
Item
No.
010
022
034
058
071
095
105
117
129
142
154
166
191
201
213
"^37
249
250
Page 2 (2)
Item Description
Item
No.
'MAN'
Item Description
Screw
Washer
Lock plate
Liner, port side
Liner, starboard side
Protective cap
Nut
Distance pipe
Epoxy chocks
Spherical washer
Spherical nut
Holding-down bolt
Nut
Protective cap
End chock bolt
Liner for end chock
Spherical washer
Spherical washer
MAN B&W Diesel A/S
s 912-40
Top Bracing of Main Engine

(Shipyard work to be carried out against special order only)
By means of top bracing of the main engine, it
will in most cases be possible to obtain such a
high natural frequency of the system "engine ship's side - ship's bottom" that annoying
vibrations of the engine or ship's hull will be
eliminated.
The top bracing performance depends on the
supporting structure at the hull side. When
increasing the rigidity of the hull side, the top
bracing performance is improved.
Top bracing is usually arranged on the exhaust side of the engine, but top bracing
arrangement on the maneuvring side is also
possible if that is more convenient.
The top bracing is normally produced by the
shipyard in accordance with our principle
drawings. The top bracing, including the friction connection, should be checked regularly,
for instance at the same intervals as for the
holding-down bolts. This must be carried out in
order to ensure the correct tightening force.
The bolts of the top bracing are to be tightened be means of a torque wrench. The bolts at
the engine side are to be tightened to 470 Nm.
The bolts at the hull side are to be tightened to
120 Nm.
During the trial trip, the bolts at the friction
connection of the top bracing are loosened,
when the engine has reached its working
temperature. After approx. one minute, the
bolts are tightened again. This procedure must
be carried out for each top bracing individually.
The top bracing is equipped with a bolted
friction connection in both ends. The friction
connection closest to the hull side is designed
to slip in case the distance between the hull
and engine varies e. g. during loading/unloading of cargo or at heavy sea.
Check if relative movement occur in the friction connection at hull side. This can be carried out by placing a dial gauge as shown on
drawing No. 788449-9. If discovering relative
movements larger than +/- 0.02 mm, increase
the tightening torque at the hull side to 215
Nm at all top bracings. If the relative movements still are larger than described above,
increase the tightening up torque to 310 Nm,
and again observe the loosening torque at

each bolts.
After some time in service the tightening of the
bolts must be checked due to slightly setting or
wear of the friction material. The tightening procedure must also be carried out if:
tions
1) Unexpected change of hull

are observed, or
vibra-
2) The turbocharger(s) start to vibrate

intensely.
Checking of Top Bracing
Drawing 788449-9
/ -
R e i n f o r c e m e n t of the huLL
s i d e to w h i c h the top
T _
_ + +
1
b r a c i:n g is
a
ttach
e dI.
that the
the
It is i
im
mp
po
or
rt
ta
an
nt
t that
r e i n f o r c e m e n t is p l a c e d
so that it s u p p o r t s the to
b r a c i n g in the c e n t r e l i n e .
Correct
D1
^Z
C-C
COMPLETED.
THE PINS MUST BE REMOVED

AFTER MOUNTING IS
P i n s to be Installed in
the f r i c t i o n c o n n e c t i o n
during mounting.
A-A
180#
Ol
CD
to
ro
S.
5'
CO
N3
5'
Z3
(D
ro
T3
il
rai
Top Bracing Arrangement

TC/Aft
Plate 785968-3
S50MC
03
IT)
00
3
OJ
cvj
The complete crrcngemen

to be delivered zy the
shipyard.
INTRODUCTION
CYLINDER COVER
CYLINDER LINER AND


AND TURNING GEAR
STARTING AIR SYSTESyS
INTRODUKTION
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCCION
CYLINDEROKSEL
CULASSE DE CYLINDRE
CULATA DE CILINDR

CROSSE AVEC BIELLE
CRUCETA CON BIELA

EJE C I G U E N A L , C H U M A C E R A D E E M P U J E
Y APARATO VIRADOR
STARTELUFTSYSTEM
SISTEMA DE AIRE DE ARRANQE
EXHAUST VALVE
UDSTR0MNINGSVENTIL
VALVULA DE ESCAPE
FUEL OIL SYSTEM
BRNDSELSOLIESYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TOOLS
TURBOLADERSYSTEM
SIKKERHEDSUDSTYR
DISPOSITIVOS DESEGURIDAD

GENERELT VRKTJ
'^SSBP
Danfoss Marine Systems A/S
FINAL DRAWINGS
Remote Control Valves
For
Jinling Shipyard
Hull.: JLZ020501/02/03/04/05/06
DMS order no. 27464/27465/27466/27467/27468/27469
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
Danfoss Marine Systems A/S
FINAL DRAWINGS
Remote Control Valves
For
Jinling Shipyard
HulL: JLZ020501/02/03/04/05/06
DMS order no. 27464/27465/27466/27467/27468/27469
I "I i n ; I
o
*H
3X4
4
X
I
10
10
DPI-E
I
\opi
CLose\
10
-YlOl
f
.
'
10
I n
10,
-Y102
DPI-E
I 7
CLOsA
ÔPEN
CLOSE\
'
I A
10
-Y103
10
r.
OPI-E
ÔPN
I
-YlOU
10
CLOSEX
'
10,
I S
Y105
10
-Y106
200
111
DESCRIPTION:
CONNECTIONS
TO
TERNINHL
BLOCK
DflNFOSS
CUSTOnER ID:
JLZ020501/502/505
NH05aO/0561/05e2
X7.151
MARINE SYSTEMS
fl/S
THIS PRIHI I S PROVIOEO ON fl RESTfilCIED BHSIS.

EXPHESSLT PROVIDED flNO I S NOT 10 BE COPIED IN
WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED PERRISSION Of OBNFOSS HI
DtlS
ORDER
NO. :
27i)6'4/27q65/27q68
nSDE
BY:
MflJ
CHRNGEO
MMJ
HIS PRINT IS 10 BE RElURNED UPOM neouesT. H I S TO BE USEO ONLY FOfl THE PUBPOSE FOR UICH i r HAS
NY HfiNHEB. HOR INfDRMf TIOH tBKEN THERE FROH TO BE TRHNSMITTED OB PASSED ON 10 OTHERS
INE STSTEnS. IT IS NDl TO BE USEO I H AMY WAY OETfllHEHTflL TO DflNFOSS nflRINE SYSTEftS.
BY:
DATE:
0 3 . 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
71 /
151
3:
fe
fe
fe
X
I
12
12
12
14
ffi
12
14
12
14
12
14
101
DESCRIPTION:
CONNECTIONS
151
TO
TERMINRL
BLOCK
DANFOSS
CUSTOnER ID:
JLZ020501/502/505
NH0560/05ei/0582
X 7 . I l l
MRRINE
SYSTEMS
R/S
DMS ORDER NO. :

27l^6'^/27^65/27'468
MADE BY:
MMJ
CHRNGEO BY:
MMJ
THIS PRINT IS PROVIOEO ON R RESTRICTED BASIS. THIS PRIMT IS TO BE REJURNEO UPON REOUESI. I f IS TO BE USED ONLY FOR TirE PURPOSE FOR HKICK IT
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED AND IS NOT TO BE COPIED IH BNY MRNNER. NOR INFORflRTION TRKEN THERE FROtI TO BE TRRMSttlTTED OR PASSED OH ID OTHERS
WITHOUT IKE EXPRESSED PERKISSION OF OflHfOSS MARINE SYSTEdS. H IS HOT TO BE USED IH ftHY WRY OEIRinEHTRL TO DftHFOSS riRHINE STSTEnS,
HfiS
OBTE:
03. 11. 03
INDEX:
71 / 111
X
I
Bl
,"
xi.
1
-lOlKl
-102K1
-103K1
1 T
-104K1
-106K1
-105K1
52
111
DESCRIPTION:
IX11=C0NNCTI0NS
CUSTOMER
TO TERHINflL
BLOCK
JLZ020501/502/505
NH0580/0581/05e2
XII
ftUfOSS "rtP.'iMVit S M S l t r i S
10:
Pi/S
OMS ORDER
NO.:
27'46q/27>IB5/Z7M6e
MODE BY:
MMJ
CHRNCEO
MMJ
HT IS FRQVCOeO OH R RtSTRLCltO BB^V^. THIS ? R t H \ V% \<i ftt W.\\i^Vl.t^ Vi^QW. ^ t < i V i t ^ \ . \ \ W \<!L ^ S . "i^S 'iM,^.-^ V ^ ^ \ V , t VVi^f'i.^t ?^'^ MVi'itVi ^ ^
T PROVJOEO RNO IS NOT TO BE COPIEO IH IMT MBNHER. NOR INFORMRTIOH IHKEH THEfiE FROH TO BE IRRNSMITTEO Dfl PASSED OM TO OTHERS
THE EXPRESSEO PERMISSION OF DBNFOSS MARINE SYSTEMS, I I IS NOI 10 6E USED I N fiHT HBT OETRIHEMTRL TO DANFOSS MURINE SYSTEMS,
Vft-i
BY:
OSTE:
03. 11. 03
INDEX:
7 1 / 101
10
51.
11
13
12
14
16
15
17
20
19
21
22
23
24
21
7. 1 5 1
X7. ISl"]/. 151
,[7
V-
r-'
n, ^
DPI-
I 7
\ opi
DPI-E
Y104
X7.151*7
Y105
Y106
I
08
Oio
012
/^
/^
104K3
OPEN
10qK4
105K3
CLOSE
OPEN
xa
GREEN
( ' ' ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
RED
51.
'WlOBKa
V
CLOSE
13
C O N N E C T I O N TO
COMPUTER SYSTEM
I 111 I
( ^
RED
CLOSE
C O N N E C T I O N TO
COMPUTER SYSTEM
GREEN
105H1
Ypl06K4
OPEN
'
CONNECTION TO
COMPUTER SYSTEM
GREEN
104H1
tf 105K4
( ^
^ RED
106H1
2q
7. 150
VRLVE NO.
VALVE NO.
VRLVE NO.
51
101
DESCRIPTION:
LPU
CUSTOMER
ID:
JL2O2O5O1/502/505
INOICflTION
NH05e0/0581/0582
DANFOSS
MARINE
SYSTEMS R / S
DMS
ORDER
NO.:
27i(6t/27q65/2716e
MflDE
BY:
MMJ
CHRNGED
MMJ
I H I S PRINT I S PROVIDED ON H RESTRICTED BASIS. THIS P B I ,

0 SE RElURNED UPON BEOUESI. I ! IS 10 8 USED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR UKICH I T URS
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED AND I S KOI TO BE COPIED I N BHV MRHMER. NOR INFOftllRTION TOKEN THERE FROH I D BE TRRNShlTIEO OR PASSED ON TO OTHERS
HlTKOUr THE EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF DfiNFOSS MfiRINE SYSTEMS. I
I S HOT t o BE USED I N fiNY Ufil DETRIMENIfiL TO ORMFDSS fIRRINE SYSTEM.
BY:
OfllE:
0 3 . 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
71 / 52
10
V A L V E NO.
11
12
13
14
V R L V E NO.
15
16
17
20
19
22
21
23
24
V A L V E NO.
52
12
DESCRIPTION:
CUSTONER
LPU
JLZ020501/502/505
INOICflTION
10:
NH0560/0581/0582
DRNFOSS
MRRINE
SYSTEMS
fl/S
OHS
ORDER
NO.:
271)61/27^65/27468
MADE
BY:
CHflNGEO
MMJ
THIS PRINT I S PROVIDED ON fl REStfiKTED BASIS. THIS PRINT I S TO BE RETURNED UPON REOUEST. IT I S TO BE USEO ONLT FDR THE FUBPOSE FOR WHICH
EXPRESSLT PROVIDED RND IS NOT 10 BE COPIED I N fiwr HflNHER. NOR INFORMfiTIOH TAKEN THERE FROM TO 6E TRRNSnllTED OR PftSSEO DH TO OTHERS
UJfHOUT THE EXPRESSED PERttlSSION OF DRNFOSS flRRINE SYSTEMS. I T I S NDI TO BE USED I N BNT WfiT DETRIMEHrflL TO OflHFOSS fIRRINE SYSTEM,
flMJ
6Y:
DflTE:
03. 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
71 / 51
10
11
12
13
11
15
16
17
20
19
21
22
23
24
11. 2t
51. 1
7. 151
7. 1 5 1
S705 - -
S 7 0 6 J^
CPU/OFF/ON
CPU/OFF/ON
j_m)
112f)
XII69
Connection
to the ship
computer
xilvio
oil
Connection
to t h e ship
c o m p u t e r A12
11. zt
51. 1
7. 150
7. 150
WTcTeKi
Kl
I
OPEN
OPEN
r-x
1>)
1 1 . 21
7.113
^^
I
I BB
TTIF)
230V flC
1 1 . 21
7. 112
ERRTH
X7. I l l
flO
RBU
012
ifPE
OPE
I
I
14
12
'
L_
LPU
JLOTOR
VHLVE
12
'
J
NO.
'
It
LPU
L_
J10TR
VHLVE
'
NO.
11
51
DESCRIPTION:
LPU
CUSTOnER
ID:
JL2020501/5O2/505
OPERRTION
NH05eO/0581/05S2
DRNFOSS
MRRINE
SYSTEMS R/S
OHS
ORDER
HD. :
27t6')/27t65/27t68
finOE
BY:
CHflNGED
MMJ
IHIS PRlMl IS PROVIOEO ON (t RESTRICTED BASIS. THIS PRINT

S TD BE fiETURNEO UPON REQUEST. IT IS TO BE USED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED BNO IS NOT TO BE COPIEO IN fiNT rlJlNNER, ÔR INFORHRTIOH TflKEH THERE FROrt TO BE TfieNSnilTED OR PflSSEO OH TO OTHERS
IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN HNT HRT DETRIdEHTflL TO DOHFOSS nBRINE STSTEfl.
UITHOUT THE EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF DRNFOSS rtfiRINE STSTEH'
MMJ
BY:
ORTE:
0 3 . 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
71 / 12
10
12
11
13
15
11
17
16
18
19
21
20
23
22
- 7 0 / 2 2 . 21
12.1
7. 151
7. 151
S702
S701 J-
I-
S703
3
CPU/OFF/ON
CPU/OFF/ON
f-
S70M
I-
1
CPU/OFF/ON
CPU/OFF/ON
_111C)
:iui)
03
X l l O l
65
Connection
Connection
Connection
Connection
to
to
to
to
the
ship
computer
t h e
computer
Xll92
ship
An
the
computer
ship
Ae
the
ship
computer
-70/22. 2 t
7.
12. 1
150
7. 150
- 7 0 / 1 0 . 21
7.
111
tf
Kl
- 7 0 / 1 0 . 21
7.
OPEN
102K1
OPEN
103K1
Kl
OPEN
OPEN
110
K 7 0 3 \
JTT-
-TT.
11 T I
fn,
11 T-T-
pss^rgii
iiii)
12.1
iiiK)
lllj)
K703\
f^
7. 113
.'oT.T.
12.1
cm^
7. 112
EBRTH
7.111IU1
PE
RRIU
OPE
I
I
12
11
ri- i
i 1
-i- r n 1
12
'
LPU
L_
'
JLOTR
VRLVE
NO.
11
LPU
JIOTOR
VHLVE
r^- r
12
'
J
NO.
'
11
12
LPU
JIPTQJ
VHLVE
11
'
LPU I
L_ JLDTUR _ J
NO.
VHLVE
NO.
12
DESCRIPTION:
LPU
CUSTOMER 10:
JLZO2O501/5O2/505
OPERRTION
NH0580/0581/0562
DANFOSS
MRRINE
SYSTEMS H/S
THIS PRINT I S PROVIDED ON fl RESTfllCIEO SflSlS. THIS PRINT I S

BE REIURNEO UPOM REQUEST
EXPRESSLT PROVIDED AND I S NOT TO BE COPIED I K RNT M
NOR INFORHRIION TflKEH THERE FBI
WITHOUT TME EXPRESSED PEflHISSIOM OF DfiMFOSS rtflRINE S T S T E H S .
NOT TO BE USED I N RUT '
OMS
ORDER NO.:
27161/27165/27168
nnOE B Y :
CHANCED BY:
MMJ
IS TO BE USED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH

TO BE IRfiHSniTTED OR PASSED OH TO OTHERS
OETfilMENTBL TO DRNFOSS tlBRINE STSTEH.
fIMJ
OflTE:
03.
11.
INDEX:
71 /
11
03
10
11
12
13
IM
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
VRLVE
NO.
DSH
NO.
OPERHT
INDEX
INDICRTION
INDEX
OPERATION
VRLVE TYP.
INDI.
TYPE
VRLVE
SYSTEM
HYDRRULIK
DIH6RRM
XXXX
YlOl
71-11
71-51
LPU-S
PI-E
XXXXXX SYSTEM
160CXXXX
XXXX
Y102
71-11
71-51
LPU-S
DPI-E
XXXX
Y103
71-11
71-51
LPU-S
DPI-E
DPI-E
XXXX
Y104
71-11
71-51
LPU-S
XXXX
Y105
71-12
71-52
LPU-S
DPI-E
XXXX
Y106
71-12
71-52
LPU-S
DPI-E
151
LPU D => Double Rcting
DESCRIPTION:
VRLVE REF.
LPU S
Single Rcting
CUSTOMER
ID:
JLZ020501/502/505
LIST
NHD5eO/0561/056Z
DRNFOSS
MRRINE
24
SYSTEMS R / S
Dns
ORDER N O . :
27^6l^/27^B5/2715B
nnOE
BY:
MMJ
CHflNOED
MMJ
THIS PfilHT I S PfiOVIDEO ON fl RESTBICTEO BRSIS. THIS PRINT IS TO BE RgTURMeo UPON REQUEST. IT IS TO BE USED GMLT FOR THE PURPOSE FOR \ HiCH IT wns
EXPRESSLY PROVIOEO RHO I S NOT 10 BE COPIED I N RNT ORNHER, NOR INFOHflflTION TBKEH THERE FROn TO BE TRBNSfllTTED OR PASSED OH TO OTHERS
UITHDUT THE EXPRESSED PEfifllSSIDN OF ORMFOSS rlRRINE SYSIEtlS. IT IS NOT TO BE USED I N RNT URT OETRIHENTRL TO DRNFOSS MRBIME SYSIEn.
BY:
DATE:
29. 10. 03
INDEX:
71 / 200
DANFOSS MARINE SYSTEMS A/S

10 NO.
165F0567
MAIN POWER
PILOT POWER
2/2
OSH ORDER NR.
CLASSIFICATION
DATE
27464/27465/27468
6L
03.11.03
TYPE
LPU OPERATION / INDICATION
INDEX
71/1
DESCRIPTION
INDEX
DATE
SIGN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
= 71/2
03. 11. 03
MMJ
LPU OPERATION
=71/11
03. 11. 03
MMJ
LPU OPERATION
=71/12
03. 11. 03
MMJ
LPU INDICATION
=71/51
03. 11. 03
MMJ
LPU INDICATION
=71/52
03. 11. 03
MMJ
X11=C0NNECTIDNS TO TERMINAL BLOCK Xll
=71/101
03. 11. 03
MMJ
CONNECTIONS TO TERMINAL BLOCK X7.Ill
=71/111
03. 11. 03
MMJ
CONNECTIONS TO TERMINAL BLOCK X7.151
=71/151
03. 11. 03
MMJ
VALVE REF.LIST
=71/200
03. 10. 29
MMJ
10
11
12
13
iq
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
21
23
10. It
7. 1 5 1
24
=71/11.1
7. 1 5 1
214V DC*
K703
S703E-A
CON
:ONTROL
POWER
ON
lUFR MM
If
fll
H703(
K703r7~l
(12
10.
21
CONTROL
POWER ON
WHITE
-71/11.1
7. 1 5 0
7. 150
13 - ^ - m . 5
= 71/1
10
OESCRIPTION:
LRMP
CUSTOMER
TEST
10:
JL2O20501/5O2/505
NH0580/Q581/0582
DANFOSS
MRRINE
SYSTEMS
R/S
oris
OROER
NO. :
27t6M/27i465/27M68
(IflOE
BY:
MMJ
CHflNOED
MMJ
THIS PRINT I S PROVIDED ON B RESTRICTED BASIS. THIS PRINT I S TO BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. I T I S TO BE SEO OMLr FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED BND I S NOT 10 8E COPIEO I N (INT MANNER. NOR INFOfinflTIQH IfiKEN THERE FROH TO BE IRHNSHITTED OR PBSSEO ON TO OTHERS
HDUr THE EXPRESSEO PERHISSIOH OF OflHFOSS tIflBINE SYSTEHS. IT IS.NOT TO BE USE.D I N RNT HfiT OETBinENTJIL TO OBNFOSS rtQRIHE
BY.:
OtlTE:
0 3 . 1 1 . 03
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
20
19
21
22
23
24
.71/11.1
7. I l l
fr
-71/11. 1
7. 110
22. 1
lOE .
.7.151
7. 1 5 1
.7.150
7. 1 5 0
F103
Ifl
T701
ion
IOC
FlOl
2fi
'
F102
2R
22. 1
ci^
lOF ...
F104
in
F711i3,
L2
230V HC
YARD SUPPLY
22
DESCRIPTION:
CUSTOMER ID:
JLZ020501/502/505
NH0580/05el/0582
MRIN POWER SUPPLY

DANFOSS
MARINE
SYSTEMS
fl/S
OMS ORDER NO. :

27^6l(/27g65/27^68
MROE BY:
CHANGED BY:
MMJ
THIS PRIMI IS PHOVIOEO OH fi REStRICIED 6RSIS. THIS PRINT IS TO BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. U IS TO BE USEO ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH It MRS
EXPRESSLY PROVIOEO RND IS NO! TO BE COPIED IN AMY MRNHEfi. NOR INFORHRIIDM IRKEM IHERE FROM TO BE TRRNSMITTEO OR PASSED ON 10 OTHERS
HITHOUI THE EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF ORNFDSS RRINE SYSTEMS. IT IS NOT 10 BE USED IN RKT WRY OETRIMENTRL TO ORNFOSS tIRRINE SYSTEM,
ORTE:
03. 11. 03
X)
rr
X)
t/0
C/1
ZD
^SS
-O--0
3.0
U l
H^
-H
-a
r~
en
o (
CO a
o 3
m m
o 3)
H
vxi-o
-< z 3>
^ H
^m
o o z
z m
2^::
- ~ n
m :(ia>
^ B
z o -c
en
OJ
Ul
"-^
^
\
fvj
"-4
Z
o
o
za
o
m
O
3
HJI
\ m-
^H
(J
<D
O
J
a
=
-<
CI
3 S
rz m
m'iâ <
?is
| l s'
^:
s
h;i
1 So,
H > o m
sx;:
"S-
S ^. s. n
^^ H
1 b^
o
^ ^
PI
- -ll^
3S
o>
^^
T s s^"^
1 s = ^NJ
^H """"-. ^
XI T i m
X
i->
-< -n -
^M
^ H
^M
^M
^ S c
1 cS-
-o
lf.O
J s ==
^M ~?^
xmo
^ H
^ T
^^ H
H
l i ^s.
5"
5"3
fl:^^^
9m
"^^
m':x
- Z I
S B
a =
- - 5
-n 03 03 Ot
Om^D NJ O
W Df.
o o m
^ H
H
H *
H' Ul o
V, o
ui
OS
o
^
o
en
^ H
Sn
er
'Z.
f
1I
.-I S
X
-1
1
c:
r- a
z t_ n
i r I - c:
ii
1j Sl
1^^
lli^
_ 2i
H is:
s^5
--CS
.-
1 '^
M|
1 00
I :"^^
U -1
0-,
IH -<:
c.
1"
zz
11
' 70
~~
''
o
l1
1-
-c
CD
XI
OD
-<
'
^
^^
101K3/K>t.
/lOSKa/KI
X7. 15
Xll
[ _
LJ
1 1
lOlKl..
/106K1
K703
)
1
1
1 Finn
1 Fio;
1
1 F103
_,
^1 F l O l
rn; _
U l
U l
LJ
^1 1
^
11
R
[J
11
_l^ri
03
U l
x:
UJ
KJ
NJ
^sJ
U3
H^
CO
1-1
\(
1-^
O l
|_A
U l
H-^
-C
1-*
NJ
I-
t-*
I-*
CO
vj
en
O l
-C
UJ
ho
H^
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
20
22
21
Q R
Q B
23
-> 1125.
Cable Dia,
013. : . ISmin
-> n20.
Cable Dia.
010...IMmm
24
600
203
210
40 I 40 I 40 | 4 0 I 40 I
90
25
380
S
0
Turn switch
Cut-out 016. 2
Diode
Cut-out 08.2
DESCRIPTION:
LHY-OUT, MOUNTING PLATE
CUSTOMER ID:
JLZ02O5O1/502/505
NH05eO/0581/05e2
1: 5
DRNFOSS
MARINE
SYSTEMS
fl/S
THIS PRINT IS PROVIDED ON R RESTRICTED BASIS. THI

EXPRESSLY PflOVIDEO RND IS NOT TO BE COPIED IH flNT
WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF OfiHFOSS MflRlH
DMS ORDER NO.:

27^64/27165/27468
MADE BY:
MMJ
CHANGED
MMJ
RINT IS 10 BE flEIURNEO UFDH REQUEST. IT IS TO 86 USEO ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH II
NNER. MOR IMFOflnflTION TflKEM THERE FROH TO BE TRflMSHIITEO OR PfiSSEO DM TO OTHERS
rSTEHS, IT IS NOT TO BE USEO IH ANT WHT OETHlnENTHU TO DRNFOSS MRRINE STSTEH.
BY:
DATE:
03. 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
70/4
DANFOSS MRRINE SYSTEMS A/S

ID NO.
165F0567
MAIN POWER
PILOT POWER
1/2
DSH ORDER NR.
CLASSIFICATION
DATE
27464/27455/27468
GL
03.11,03
TYPE
CONTROL PANEL
INDEX
70/1
DESCRIPTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LAY-OUT. MOUNTING PLRTE
1:5
LAY-OUT, MOUNTING PLRTE
1:5
INDEX
DATE
SIGN
= 70/2
03. 11. 03
MMJ
= 70/4
03. 11. 03
MMJ
= 70/5
03. 11. 03
MMJ
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
=70/10
03. 11. 03
MMJ
LAMP TEST
=70/22
03. 11. 03
MMJ
PflRTLIST
REF.N0-DRflWIN6
DSH
NUMBER
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
OTY.
MRNUFflCTOR
NUMBER
CLflSSIFICflTION
23.Ol.1995
DHTRSHEET
6L NO.
.71-103K3
-71-103K3
71-103KH
.71-lOUHl
.71-10HK3
.71-1014K3
.71-1014K3
./l-lO^Kq
-71-105H1
-71-105K3
-71-105K3
.71-105K3
.71-105KM
.71-106H1
.71-106K3
-71-ia6K3
.71-106K3
.71-106K1
.71/51.
-71/51.
.71/51.
.71/52.
=71/52.
/l/SZ.
.71/52.
71/52.
.71/52.
.71/52.
.71/52.
.71/52.
.71/52.
.71/52.
-71/52.
.71/52.
.71/52.
-71/52.
19
19
21
4
6
6
6
8
11
13
13
13
15
18
20
20
20
22
522-1660
522-1670
522-1610
517-1)705
522-1610
522-1660
522-1670
522-1610
517-'(705
52Z-1610
522-1660
522-1670
522-1610
517-1705
522-1610
522-1660
522-1670
522-1610
PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
PCS
SEP.
PCS
RELBY
PCS
3 COLOUR
PCS
RELBY
SECTION
IERHINBL
LIGHT
TERMINRL
1 PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
PCS
SEP.
PCS
RELBY
PCS
3 COLOUR
PCS
RELAY
SECTION
LIGHT
TERMINAL
PLC-CONNECTION
PCS
SEP.
PCS
RELAY
PCS
3 COLOUR
PCS
RELBY
PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
PCS
SEP.
RELAY
PHOENIX
P L C - B T P BK
PHOENIX
2H VOC flCTUBTOR-
PLC-RSC-21DC/1/ACT
PHOENIX
522-1601
OIOOE
577-370
PHOENIX
522-1601
2M VOC "RCTUBTOR"
PLC-RSC-21DC/1/ACT
TERMINAL
PLC-ESK BK
LIGHT
TERMINAL
PLC-ATP
TERHINBLS
BK -
PLC-RSC-21DC/1/BCT
OIODE
577-370
2 1 VOC
PHOENIX
PHOENIX
PHOENIX
522-1601
522-1601
2 1 VOC "BCTURTOR-
PLC-RSC-210C/1/BCT
PHOENIX
TERMINAL
PLC-ESK BK
PHOENIX
32 A
P L C - A T P BK
PHOENIX
2 1 VOC -RCTUBTOR-
PLC-RSC-21DC/1/BCT
PHOENIX
522-1601
OIODE
577-370
522-1601
TERMINALS
2 1 VDC
2 1 VDC BCTURTOR'
PLC-RSC-210C/1/BCT
PHOENIX
TERMINBL
PLC-ESK BK
PHOENIX
P L C - B T P BK
PHOENIX
PLC-RSC-210C/l/nCT
PHOENIX
SECTION FOR RELBY

TERMINBL
32 fl
2 1 VOC -BCTUBTOR"
SECTION FOR RELAY

TERMINAL
32 B
TERMINflLS
2 1 VOC
FOR RELBY
TERMINAL
1 PCS
1 PCS
PLC-ESK BK
TERHINBL
FDR RELAY
32 B
TERMINBLS
2 1 VOC -RCTUBTOR-
522-1601
= 70/1
DESCRIPTION:
PRRTLIST,
CUSTOMER 10:
JL2020501/502/505
NH0580/0581/0582
WHOLE SYSTEM
DANFOSS
MARINE
SYSTEMS
A/S
QMS ORDER NO.:

27161/27165/27168
MBDE BY:
CHBN6ED BY:
MMJ
PROVIDED OK a R E S I R K T E O BRSJS. IK S PRINT IS TO BE RETURNED UPON R60UEST. II IS 10 8E USED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH
VIDEO BND IS MOI TO BE COPIED IN RN nflNKER. NOR INFDRMftTION TRKEH THERE FROM TO SE TfifiNSHlTTEO OR PASSED OH TO OTHERS
XPRESSED PERMISSION OF DRNFOSS HHRI IE SYSTEMS. IT IS HOT TO BE USED IN RNT HRT O E T R I H E N T J I L TO ORNFDSS HflRINE SYSTEMS.
MMJ
IT WflS
DATE:
03. 11. 03
INDEX:
10/5
PnRTLIST
REF.N0-DRRWIN6
DSH
NUMBER
QTY.
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
MflNUFRCTOR
CLASSIFICATION
GL
23. O l . 1935
DATRSHEET
NO.
.71-X7. 1 1 1 - 7 1 / 1 1 .
521-0001
PCS
TERnlNflL
MR 2. 5 / 5
ENTRELEC
521-0001
-71-X7. 111-71/11.
521-0011
PC5
EflRTH
Ml/6.P
ENTRELEC
521-0001
61-1610. 0
30
61-8520.12
eso
52-928.9
eao
51-910.0
eao
TERnlNSL
-71-5702
-71/11.
10
517-1262
PCS
3P0S
SEL. SH. nCTURIOR
.71-S702
.71/11.
10
517-1156
PCS
SWITCH
=71-5702
-71/11.
10
517-1297
PCS
R0TBTIN6
71-5702
-71/11.
10
517-1250
PCS
HNTI-TWISTIN6RING
-71-5702
-71/11.
10
517-1301
PCS
TERMINRL
71-102K1 - 7 1 / 1 1 .
10
522-1610
PCS
RELAY
-71-5703
-71-S703
-71/11.
-71/11.
15
15
517-1262
PCS
517-1156
PCS
3P0S SEL.SW. nCTUflTOR H R I N T B I N E O

SWITCH ELEMENT 3P0S I N O K N O l
-71-5703
-71/11.
15
517-1297
PCS
ROTRTING
-71-5703
=71/11.
15
517-1250
PCS
RNTI-THISTINSRING
-71-5703
.71/11.
15
517-1301
PCS
TERMINRL
-71-103K1 -71/11.
15
522-1610
PCS
RELRY
-71-5701
-71/11.
21
517-1262
PCS
3P0S
-71-5701
.71/11.
21
517-1156
PCS
SWITCH
-71-5704
.71/11.
21
517-1297
PCS
ROTBTINS
-71-5701
-71/11.
21
517-1250
PCS
BNTI-THISTIN6RING
-71-5701
-71/11.
21
517-1301
PCS
TERMINRL
-71-101K1 . 7 1 / 1 1 .
21
522-1610
PCS
RELBY
3P05
ELEMENT
KNOB
3P05
(iniNTBINEO
(NOl(NO)
WHITE
-TURNSHITCH"
COVER
TERMINflL
2 1 VDC
KNOB WHITE
-TURNSHITCH-
COVER
TERMINAL
2 1 VDC
S E L . S H . BCTUnTOR
ELEMENT
3P0S
-71/12.
517-1252
PCS
-71-5705
-71/12.
517-1156
PCS
SHITCH
-71-5705
-71/12.
517-1297
PCS
ROTRTING
-flCIURTORMBINIflINED
|N0)(N01
KNOB WHITE
-TURNSHITCH"
COVER
TERMINflL
-71-5705
"flCTURTOR-
2 1 VOC
SEL.SH.RCTURTOR
ELEMENT
KNOB
3P0S
-flCTUBTOR"
MRINTRINEO
(NO)(NO)
WHITE
71-5705
-71/12.
517-1250
PCS
RNTI-THISTINGRING
-71-5705
-71/12.
517-1301
PCS
TERMINflL
-71-15K1 -71/12.
522-1610
PCS
RELRY
-71-105K1 -71/12.
522-1660
PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
522-1670
PCS
SEP.
SECTION
10
517-1262
PCS
3P05
SEL. SW. flCTUBTOR MBINTflXNEO
71-105K1 -71/12.
71-5705
-71-5706
.71/12.
-71/12.
10
517-1156
PCS
TERMINflL
SWITCH
2 1 VOC
FOR RELBY
ELEMENT
3P0S
.71/12.
10
71-5706
-71/12.
10
517-1250
PCS
RNTI-THISTINGRING
71-5706
.71/12.
10
517-1301
PCS
TERMINRL
71-106K1 .71/12.
10
522-1610
PCS
RELAY
71-X7.151-71/51.
521-0005
12
PCS
DOUBLE
PCS
ROTBTING
KNOB
TERMINflL
(NO)(NO)
-TURNSWITCH-
2 1 VDC
TERMNBL
521-0022
PCS
END
.71-X7.151-71/51.
521-0031
PCS
END STOP
-71-X7.151-71/51.
521-0037
PCS
MARKER-HOLDER
71-lOlHl
.71/51.
517-1705
PCS
3 COLOUR LIGHT
.71-101K3 - 7 1 / 5 1 .
522-iaiO
PCS
RELBY
-71-101K3 . 7 1 / 5 1 .
522-1560
PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
GRBY
SECTION
W/LBBEL
TERMINflL
SECTION
DIODE
2 1 VDC
522-1670
PCS
SEP.
522-iaiO
PCS
RELAY
-71-102H1 . 7 1 / 5 1 .
10
517-1705
PCS
3 COLOUR LIGHT
DIODE
.71-102K3 . 7 1 / 5 1 .
2 1 VDC
2 1 VDC
12
522-1610
PCS
RELBY
71-102K3 . 7 1 / 5 1 .
12
522-1660
PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
-71-102K3
12
522-1670
PCS
SEP.
71-102K1 -71/51.
11
522-1610
PCS
RELAY
71-103H1 . 7 1 / 5 1 .
17
517-1705
PCS
3 COLOUR LIGHT
DIODE
-71-103K3
19
522-1610
PCS
RELAY
2 1 VDC
TERMINBL
SECTION
TERMINAL
TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION:
2 1 VOC
MRRINE
SYSTEMS
R/S
61-8520.12
52-928. 9
eao
51-910. 0
eao
51-9830. 2
eao
PLC-RSC-210C/1/BCT
PHOENIX
61-1610.0
eao
51-8520.12
eao
52-928. 9
eao
51-910.0
eao
522-1601
517-1002
eao
61-9830. 2
eao
PLC-R5C-210C/1/BCT
PHOENIX
61-1610. 0
eao
61-8520.12
eao
52-928.9
eao
51-910. 0
eao
61-9830. 2
eao
PLC-RSC-21DC/l/flCT
PHOENIX
PLC-ESK
BK
PHOENIX
PLC-flTP
BK
PHOENIX
522-iaOl
517-1002
522-1601
517-1002
522-1601
61-1B10.0
eao
61-8520.12
eao
52-928.9
eao
51-910.0
eao
61-9830. 2
eao
PLC-RSC-21DC/1/BCT
PHOENIX
522-1601
MB 2 , 5 / 5 . 02
ENTRELEC
521-0005
FEM5D/FEM60
ENTRELEC
521-0005
BAM
ENTRELEC
PEBMl
ENTRELEC
517-1002
PHOENIX
BK
PHOENIX
TERMINflLS
PLC-flTP
BK
PHOENIX
PLC-R5C-210C/l/flCT
PHOENIX
522-1601
PLC-RSC-21DC/l/flCT
PHOENIX
522-1601
PLC-ESK
BK
PHOENIX
PLC-flTP
BK
PHOENIX
PLC-RSC-210C/l/flCT
PHOENIX
522-1801
PHOENIX
522-1601
522-1601
577-370
"BCTUBTOR32 B
TERMINALS
-RCTUATOR2 1 VDC
577-370
-ACTUATOR-
PLC-RSC-21DC/1/BCT
CUSTOMER ID:
JLZ020501/502/505
NH0580/0581/0582
WHOLE SYSTEM
eao
PLC-ESK
2 1 VDC
TERMINBL
61-1610.0
PLC-R5C-210C/l/flCT
32
"flCTUAIOR-
FOR RELAY
PHOENIX
fl
"flCTUflTOR-
FOR RELflY
TERMINflL
eao
PLC-RSC-210C/1/ACT
577-370
2 1 VDC
TERMINflL
71-101K1 -71/51.
DRNFOSS
"flCTUBTOR-
2. 5 uro"
-71-101K3 . 7 1 / 5 1 .
PARTLIST,
TERMINALS
COVER
.71/51.
32 R
HHITE
71-X7.151-71/51.
-71/51,
-flCTURTOR-
TERMINAL
71-5706
517-1297
"TURNSWITCH-
COVER
61-9830. 2
517-1002
DMS ORDER NO.:

27161/27165/27168
MADE
BY:
MMJ
CHANGED
MMJ
IHJS PRINT I S PROVIDED DM fl RESTRICTED BASIS. THIS PRINT IS TO BE I ETURNED UPON REOUESI. I I IS TO BE USED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT UPS
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED fiND IS NOT 10 BE COPIED It ANY rtflNMER. HOR INFDI IRTION IfiKEN THERE FROH TO BE TRflNSMITTEO OR PRSSEO ON TO OTHERS
KITHOUI THE EXPRESSED PERfllSSION OF DflNFOSS r flRINE SrSTEMS. IT IS I ]T ID BE USED IN AMY HRT OEIRIMENTBl TO DANFOSS MRRINE SYSIEMS.
BY:
DATE:
03. 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
10/4
PRRTLIST
REF.
N0-DRFIWIN6
DSH
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
QTY.
TYPE
NUMBER
MRNUFflCTOR
CLRSSIFICRTION
3L
70/1.
205
512-1007
VO/t.
205
513-0205
CnBLE
.70/M.
205
513-0206
CBBLE
=70/1.
205
513-0221
LOCK
.70/U.
205
513-0226
LOCK NUT
-70/1.
205
592-3000
NHME PLATE
= 70/5.
521-0035
-70/5.
I l l
536-0113
-70/5.
I l l
521-9051
2 m
2 PCS
=70/5.
I l l
521-9031
0. 50
PCS
EARTH
-70/5.
I l l
521-9011
PCS
EARTH R A I L .
70/5.
I l l
522-1667
0. 5 0
PCS
JUtlPER
GRAY 5 0 0 mm, FOR RELAY
=70/5.
I l l
522-1666
0. 50
PCS
JUdPER
BLUE 5 0 0 mm. FOR RELAY
=70/5.
I l l
522-1665
0. 50
PCS
JUMPER
REO 5 0 0 mm.
PCS
PflNELBOflRO
AE 1 0 3 9
RITTRL
GLHNOS M 2 0 x l , 5
600x380x210mm
50016
M20PASU
JACOB
GLRNOS M 2 5 x l . 5
50021
NUT t120
OIN
EARTH R A I L
HOLDER
TERMINAL
=70-F711
-70/10.
525-2007
PCS
MIN.CIRCUIT
=70/10.
525-9002
PCS
FUSE
TERMINAL
=70-F101
=70/10.
525-0108
PCS
FUSE
2A-250V
-70-F102
=70/10.
525-9002
PCS
FUSE
TERMINAL
=70-F102
70/10.
525-0108
PCS
FUSE
2A-250V
.70-FlOl
-70/10.
10
563-0122
PCS
POWER SUPPLY
-70-FlOl
-70/10.
10
523-9101
PCS
SOCKET
IIPOL
-70-FlOl
.70/10.
10
523-9102
PCS
SPRING
FOR
=70-F103
.70/10.
19
525-9002
PCS
FUSE TERMINAL
=70-F103
-70/10.
19
525-0106
PCS
FUSE
-70-FlOq
-70/10.
19
525-9002
PCS
FUSE TERMINAL
.70-F101
-70/10.
19
525-0106
PCS
FUSE
PCS
ILL.PUSH
-70-S703
-70/22.
517-1151
PCS
SWITCH
-70-S703
-70/22.
517-1210
PCS
LENS
FOR RELAY
BREAKER
WEIDMULLER
SSCH
UEIDMULLER
MlO/15
5 0 0 - P L C BU
PHOENIX
FBST
5 0 0 - P L C RD
PHOENIX
SF
2 3 0 VAC /
WEIDMLLER
F6SI
SF
2 1 VDC
5 0 0 - P L C GY
S272-K16
STDTZ-ABB
525-2005
115. 377. 21
ENTRELEC
525-3002
BUSS A B C /
SIBA
525-0101
115. 3 7 7 . 2 1
ENTRELEC
525-9002
BUSS A B C /
SIBA
525-0101
2222/B/l
PR.ELECTRONIC
563-0122
5111
HF
MlO/16
SF
M l O / 1 6 SF
BUTTON
ELEMENT
ACTUATOR
(NO)
WHITE
-70-S703
.70/22.
517-1185
PCS
PROTECTION
-70-S703
=70/22.
550-1201
PCS
BULB
-70-K703
-70/22.
522-0005
PCS
CONTACTOR C I 1 2 21V
-70-K703
-70/22.
522-0152
PCS
CONTACT
-71-S701
.71/11.
517-1262
PCS
3P0S
COVER FOR I S X l S m m
2eV/10A
FOR Y l B m n
BLOCK
50/60H2
CB-NO
SEL. SW. ACTUATOR
.71-S701
-71/11.
517-1156
PCS
SWITCH
-71-S701
.71/11.
517-1237
PCS
ROTATING
ELEMENT
3PDS
.71-5701
-71/11.
517-1250
PCS
ANTI-TWISTIN6RING
-71-5701
.71/11.
517-1301
PCS
TERMINAL
.71-Xll
-71/11.
521-0001
12
PCS
-71-Xll
-71/11.
521-0012
.71-Xll
-71/11.
521-0031
.71-Xll
-71/11.
521-0037
-71-lOlKl
-71/11.
-71-lOlKl
71/11.
-71-lOlKl
MHINTAINED
(NO)(NO)
KNOB WHITE
"TURNSWITCH"
115. 377. 21
ENTRELEC
525-9002
BUSS A B C /
SIBA
525-0101
115. 377. 2 1
ENTRELEC
BUSS A B C /
SIBA
61-1110.0
eao
61-8110.12
eao
61-3211.9
eao
51-920
eao
31963. 2/1009100
eao
522-0002
522-0152
61-1610.0
eao
6 1 - 8 5 2 0 . 12
eao
52-928. 9
eao
51-910.0
eao
eao
PCS
END
FEM5/FEM6
ENTRELEC
PCS
END STOP
BAM
ENTRELEC
PCS
MARKER-HOLDER
PE6M1
ENTRELEC
522-1610
PCS
RELAY
522-1660
PCS
PLC-CONNECTION
522-1670
PCS
SEP.
525-9003
PCS
FUSE TERMINAL
SECTION
.71-X7. 111-71/11.
525-2305
PCS
FUSE
-71-X7. 111-71/11.
521-0012
PCS
END
-71-X7.111-71/11.
521-0031
PCS
END STOP
-71-X7.111-71/11.
521-0037
PCS
MARKER-HOLDER
2 1 VDC -ACTUATOR-
PLC-RSC-210C/l/flCT
PHOENIX
TERMINAL
PLC-ESK
6K
PHOENIX
P L C - f l T P BK
PHOENIX
M 1/8.SF
ENTRELEC
6MA 5
BUSSMRNN
FOR RELAY
32 A
TERMINALS
M l / 6 SF
5A-250V
SECTION
U/LABEL
517-1002
DRNFOSS
ENTRELEC
TERMINAL
517-1002
DANFOSS
MA 2 . 5 / 5
W/LRBEL
525-0101
CUT OUT V16
37H0111
TERMINAL
SECTION
525-9002
18,
37H0032-13
61-3830. 2
COVER
-71/11.
536-0111
PHOENIX
TERnlNAL
TERMINAL
15n
MlO/16
IBOCO
SHI
FB5T
523-9101
-71-X7. 111.71/11.
512-1005
IBOCO
TIE-1113
TERMINAL
1R-250V
517-1101
JACOB
ZB1
1R-250V
PA7035
ISOCO
B10/H80
RAIL
.70/22.
JACOB
50.225
PR3
OUCT
.70-FlOl
-70-5703
JACOB
PA7035
ORTflSHEET
NO.
336
15x35
RAIL
WIRING
M25PASW
50.220
23.01.1995
FEn5/FEM6
ENTRELEC
BAM.
ENTRELEC
PE8M1
ENTRELEC
517-1002
521-0001
522-1601
2
CUSTOMER I D :
JLZ02D5D1/502/505
NH0580/0581/0582
DESCRIPTION:
PflRTLIST,
WHOLE
- ^ ^ ^ ^
SYSTEM
DANFOSS
M R R I N E S Y S TEMS
R/S
OMS ORDER N O . :
27161/27165/27168
MADE BY:
MMJ
CHANGED BY:
MMJ
THIS PRJNT I S PROVIOED ON P RESTRICTED BRSIS. THIS PRINT IS TO BE RETURHED UPON REDUESI. IT I S TO BE USED DHLt FDR THE PURPOSE FDR WHICH I T
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED RHO IS HOT TO BE COPIED IN DMr HBHNER. HDR I N F O R f l f l l I ON TRKEH THERE FROM TO BE TRflNSniTTEO OR PASSED ON ID OTHERS
k'lTHOUI THE EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF DDNFOSS H B R I H E SYSTEMS. IT I S HOT TO BE USED IN NY UflT DETRIHEHTftL TO DRNFOSS fIRRINE SYSTEMS.
HAS
DATE:
0 3 . 1 1 . 03
INDEX:
10/3
DRNFOSS HflRINE SYSTEMS fl/S

ID NO.
MRIN POWER
PILOT POWER
DSH ORDER NR.
CLflSSIFICHTION
DATE
27464/27465/27468
SL
03.11.03
TYPE
PflRTLIST, WHOLE SYSTEM
INDEX
10/2
INDEX
ORTE
SI6N
= 10/1
03. 10. 28
HMJ
TABLE OF CONTENTS
= 10/2
03. 11. 03
MMJ
PRRTLIST, WHOLE SYSTEM
= 10/3
03. 11. 03
MMJ
PRRTLIST, WHOLE SYSTEM
= 10/4
03. 11. 03
MMJ
PflRTLIST, WHOLE SYSTEM
= 10/5
03. 11. 03
MMJ
DESCRIPTION
Frontpage
Danfoss Marine Systems H/S

Raderupvej m
DK-4700 NaestvGd, Denmark
Shipyard
DMS customer
Newbuilding
Order nr.
DMS order nr.
Classification
Responsible
for
Production
society
Jinling Shipyard
Jinling Shipyard
JLZ020501/502/505
NH0580/0581/0582
27464/27465/27468
6L
EL-design
numbers
Production
no.
for
solenoid
Production
Production
no.
no.
for
for
power unit(s)
control c o n s o l e ( s } / p a n e K s ]
Remarks
valve
cabinet(s}
165F
02.10.02
Data sheet
PHP 25-05 - Portable hand pump unit 5
General description:
Double-acting portable hand pump incl. 5 I.

reservoir and built-in 4/3-way pilot valve for
opening and closing of valves mounted with
DMS actuators.
Main data:
Max. system working pressure:

Max. system test pressure:
Max. hand pump pressure:
Weight with 5 1. oil:
Oil displacement per double stroke:
Oil viscosity range:
Temperature range:
Recommended oil filtration:
Standard hose:
Operation:
135 b a r - 1 9 6 0 Ibf/in^
205 bar - 2970 Ibf/in^
300 bar - 4300 Ibf/in^
20 kg - 44 lbs
25cm3-1525in3
15-300cSt
-15Cto80C-5Fto176C
Should meet or be better than NAS 1630/10
or ISO Solid contaminant code 18/15
4 m, other hoses on request
In a 2-line system:
In 1-line system:
Opening of valve
Close the stop valves on the control block
mounted on the actuator.
- Connect the hoses "B" and "A" to the
emergency control block (e.g. HS-biock)
mounted on the actuator.
- Turn the pilot valve on the hand pump to
"open" position and continue to pump until the
actuator or pressure gauge for nominal
working pressure 105 (135) bar.
- The vlave is prevented from closing when
the pilot valve is placed in centre position.
Opening of valve
- Only hose "B" is used otherwise as
above.
Closing of valve:
"closed" position - otherwise as above.
2/3
The pump is mounted with female screw

connections, which fit the male part mounted
on DMS connection and mounting blocks.
SD 6601-2E03 Apr. 2002
Closing of valve
"closed" position.
The actuator/vlave closes without
pumping.
Note: After operation disconnect the hoses
from the control block on the actuator and
open the stop valves again.
Data sheet
PHP 25-05 - Portable hand pump unit 5 I.
Main dimensions:
Dimension lever to put

inside 15 mm x 30 mm
N'4 holes 0 11
/^pTfnnn^-
Km W
-iwiP?
- Level gauge
- Leve! gauge
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice. This also applies to
products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed.
All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.
SD6601-2E03 Apr. 2002
3/3
Data sheet
SD 6601-2E03 Apr. 2002
PHP 25-05
Portable hand
pump unit 5 I.
Data sheet
LPU-S for single-acting spring operated actuators
LPU-S:
LPU-S Is designed for controlling spring

closing actuators. Oil pressure is used for
opening the actuator by pressing the springs
Hydraulic diagram for

LPU-S:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Tank for hydraulic oil

Suction filter
Electrical motor
Non-return valve
Pressure controlled flow adjustment
Non-return valve
Pump safety valve
Actuator relief valve
Quick connection for hand pump suction
Fail safe actuator, single-acting
Quick connection for hand pump
opening
Shuttle valve for hand pump opening
Throttle for closing speed adjustment
Pressure switch
Pressure filter
Solenoid valve
Non-return valve
Opening speed adjustment
Variable displacement pump
together. Closing actuator by means of

mechanical springs.
LPU-S vers. 2
SK-3337
Operation LPU-S:
To move the valve towards open, the motor

(3) is activated. The oil is led from tank
through the pump and through the non-return
valve (17), directly to the actuator B port. To
prevent the oil from flowing back to tank, the
solenoid valve (16) must be energized. When
the valve is fully open, the pressure rises to
150 bar which causes the pump safety valve
(7) to open and the oil flows back to tank.
The motor is de-energized. The actuator is
now hydraulically locked in position by the
solenoid valve.
In case of a major increase of temperature,
the pressure may rise. This will not cause any
problems because of the safety valve (8)
which will open at approximately 225 bar.
The valve can be stopped (and hydraulically

locked) in any intermediate position simply by
de-energizing the motor.
If the pressure drops while valve is fully open
- due to a minor leakage in the solenoid valve
or due to temperature variations -, the pressure switch (14) will detect this. The motor
may then be activated for some seconds in
order to keep up the pressure, and prevent
the valve from leaving the open position. This may take place automatically.
To move the valve towards closed, the
solenoid valve is de-energized. The springs
then move the actuator, pressing the oil back
from the actuator B port, through the throttle
valve (13) and the solenoid valve (16) to the
LPU tank.
Emergency operation
LPU-S:
... with portable hand pump (BRCF)

A portable hand pump is connected to the two
quick connections (9) and (11). With suction to
T and pressure to B which causes the shuttle
valve (12) to change over and prevents the oil
from flowing to tank. When reaching the
required position, the hand pump can be
disconnected. If the valve must be emergency
operated towards closed, the cross-over valve
on the actuator is open until the required
position is reached. When the valve is fully
closed, the shuttle valve will reset.
mechanical lock re-engages. When the remote

control takes over, the valve can be closed by
opening the KFR completely, which will reengage the mechanical lock.
...with hand levers (KFR)

To open the valve, disengage the mechanical
lock by hand, turn levers counter-clockwise.
To close valve, turn levers clockwise until the
2/4
SD 1501-2E02 May 2002
...with permanently connected (bulkheadmounted) hand pump

Opening: Hand pump is activated until the
required valve position is reached.
Closing: The valve moves towards closed by
opening the bypass valve in the hand pump
block. When the remote control has to take
over, the valve can be closed by energizing
the solenoid valve and the motor for a few
seconds. This will reset the shuttle valve.
After emergency operation, remote control is
automatically in charge.
LPU-S for single-acting spring operated actuators
Data sheet
Dimensions L P U - S on
BRCF actuator:
BRCF 125*
BRCF 250
BRCF 500
BRCF 1000
BRCF 2000
* BRCF 125 has to be bulkhead or BRCF 4000
special support mounted.
All dimensions
JV.
116.5
121
124.5
133
144
153
235.5
279
329
388
463
590
226.5
231
234.5
243
254
263
149
48
16.5
174.5
143
156
59
181.5
150
169
181
66
80
21
24.5
33
44
53
194.5
206.5
163
175
187
215
193
96
221
150
218.5
246.5
in mm.
4/4
SD1501-2E02 May 2002
Data sheet
f ^' /
SD1501-2E02 May 2002
LPU-S
for single-acting
spring operated actuator
Data sheet
BRCF 250
Hydraulic single-acting balanced rotary actuator
90 (Quarter turn) fail-safe
^'.
Main d a t a :
Main d i m e n s i o n s :
Working pressure:
Burst test:
Total dry weight incl. mounting set (2.4 kg):
Oil displacement:
Temperature range:
Rotation:
Hydraulic media and viscosities:
135 bar
675 bar
13.6 kg
0.050 1
-20C to +80C
90r
We recommend acid-free hydraulic oil.
Viscosity range: 15-200 cSt. For recommended brands and for other media than oil
please refer to separate data sheet.
Actuator shown in closed (fail-safe) position
J^TT
Cross-over valve
M8-12 deep
G 1/4-13 deep
SD 0302-2E03 Nov. 2001
1/2
Data sheet
BRCF 250 - Hydraulic single-acting balanced rotary actuator 90 fail-safe
Valve a d a p t i o n :
Adjustment screw, torque; 6Nm
Approx. 5
Adapter
Fastning nut, torque: 17 Nm
ntermediate
flange
Limits for the machining of the adapter. Other shapes on

request, please contact DMS.
Shape
Machined ace. to:

mm (max.;
DIN 6885
25
DIN 79
24
Performance:
Torque
Nm
break away
opening
153
break away
closing
end closing 65
52 end opening
Operation
yport(B)
products already on order provided that such alterations can be made vwthout subsequential changes being necessary in spedfications already agreed.
2/2
SD 0302-2E03 Nov. 2001
WVTB-ISO
Valve-wafer type
WPRiD'VAiyEBV
0 A
Standard
Size 350 - 400

Round shaft
Requested
Size 25 - 300
Round shaft
Standard
Size 25 - 300
Square shaft
Size 450-500
Dimensions-mm
c ize
mm
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
inch
1
VU
Vk
2
2V2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
A
71
80
90
105
125
140
160
190
215
270
326
375
435
485
535
590
B
124
126
130
128
136
144
154
184
194
229
261
286
322
352
380
420
. C .
48
55
59
70
. 80
88
98
114
124
180
190
220
'260- j
280"
325
340
D
37
37
E
12
12
37 12
37 12
37 12
37 12
37 12
37 14
37 14
37 14
37 20
37. 20
20
- 20
.-. 25
- 25
H
K
L
M
10
3 3 90 66
10
3 3 90 66
10
3 3 90 66
12
4 3 90 66
12
46 90 66
12
4 6 90 66
12
5 2 90 66
16
5 6 130 80
16
5 6 130 80
16
60 130 80
24
6 8 175 135
24
78 175 135
7 8 175 135
- 102 175 135
- 114 175 135
- 127 175 135
Standard delivery
Standard working/testpressure
WP
TP
Size
AP-bar
AP-bar
25-150
10
11
200-300
6
7
200-300
6 .
7
350-400
4
5
4
350-400
5
3'4
450-500
4
3
450-500
N
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11
14
14
14
14
14
14
P
R
54
61
70 63
80
73
75
85
100
90
115 103
135 1 2 3
165 153
190 178
240 226
295 281
345 331
400 384
440 424
490 474
550 534
P1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
S
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3'
5
5
5
5
5
5
When requested
Maximum working/testpressure
WP
Size
AP-bar
- 25-150
16
10
200-300
16
200-300
6
350-400
10
350-400
450-500
6
10
450-500
T
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
22
30
30
35
40
45
45
U
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
60
60
60
TP
AP-bar
18
11
18
7
11.
7
11
V
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
KG
2.5
- 2.5
2.5
3
3
4
4
5
7
- . 14
23
30
40
48
75
40
95
40
-
Shaft
One
piece
Yes
Yes
Yes
29
Item 30
1
Control panel, mounted with:
6
6
6
6
1
1
Illuminated push buttons

Relay terminals
Name plates
3-Pole switch for On/Off/Automatic service
Power supply
Re-start (power failure)
Item 40
Portable hand pump unit, 5 liters
for refilling and emergency operation of LPUs
Item 20
3
BRCF 250 hydraulic single acting actuator fitted with:
LPU-S (local power unit) (power contr.)

Mounted with:
Electric motor 180W, 230V AC
Hydraulic p u m p
Pilot operated non-return valve
Quick connection for emergency operation
Pressurestate
Pressure relief valve (170 bar)
2 / 2 solenoid valve "fail close"
Automatic stop of electric motor (end position)
DPI-E on/off pos. indicator
Incl. adaption and mounting:

DN 65 mm J.H. Witzel butterfly valve
Type WVTB-ISO, PNIO
Body: GGG40
Disc: AISI316
Shaft: AISI316
Liner: NBR
Technical specification and scope of supply:
Item 10
3
BRCF 250 hydraulic single acting actuator fitted with:
LPU-S (local power unit) (power control)

Mounted with:
Electric motor 180W, 230V AC
Hydraulic p u m p
Pilot operated non-return valve
Quick connection for emergency operation
Pressurestate
Pressure relief valve (170 bar)
2/2 solenoid valve "fail close"
Automatic stop of electric motor (end position)
DPI-E o n / off position indicator
Incl. adaption and mounting:

DN100 m m J.H. Witzel butterfly valve
Type WVTB-ISO, PNIO
Body: GGG40
Disc: AISI316
Shaft: AISI316
Liner: NBR
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
DESIGNED
^yf>)^
CHECKED
i-<^k=^ WATER
SUPPLY SYSTEM
DWGs' NO.
IN E/R
VERIFIED
JLZ020504
M-055-24
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/12
~2000kg
SCALE
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED
^^y1^'
<uc^
JINGLING SHIPYARD

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:
0.9375 m'
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E - mail:jlshipyard@vip. 163.com
AREA:
0.0625 m'
PAGE
M-055-24
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM IN E/R
2/12
1, ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER I THICKNESS(mmxnim).
2, WHERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT OR OIL TIGHT BULKHEADS.DECKS OR TANK
TOPS/TO BE FITTED WITH PENETRATION PIECES ACCORDING TO ISO OR SHIPYARD STANDARD.
3, THE PIPING SYSTEM TO BE SUPPORTED SECURELY IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGES
FROM VIBRATIONSAND OTHER CAUSES.
k. THE FITTINGS WITH MARK "x" I " r - - - - | " |N THE DRAWING ARE SUPPLIED BY MAKER.
5, THE MATERIAL OF GAUGE PIPE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL.
6, HYDRAULIC TEST:
NAME
DESIGN PRESS. BEFORE INSTALLATION

ON BOARD
(MPa)
(MPa)
F. W. PIPES
0.45
0.675
HOT W. PIPES
0.45
0.675
7. THE MARK FOR AUTOMATION
Q ^
ITEM MARK
ITEM NO.
AFTER ASSEMBLY
ON BOARD
(MPa)
NO LEAKAGE UNDER
WORKING CONDITION
NO LEAKAGE UNDER
WORKING CONDITION
REFER TO "LIST OF ENGINE ROOM
AUTOMATION ITEM (M-055-28MX)".
AREA:
0,0625 m'
PAGE
M-055-24
W A T E R S U P P L Y S Y S T E M IN E/R
3/12
ITEM NO.
STANDARi: NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATCRIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDSON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
WFOIV
AS25020
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
5.9
FR. FW GENERATOR TO
FW TK. (P)
WF02V
: AS25020
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
5.9
FR. FW GENERATOR TO
F W T K . (S) .-
WF03V
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.8
FW TK. (P) OUTLET
WF04V
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
.10.8
WF05V
AS25040
GB/T588-1993
STOP CHECK VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.6
BETWEEN POTABLE W.
AND TECH. W.
WF06V
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.8
No. 1 POTABLE W . P / P
INLET
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.8
No.2 POTABLE W. P/P

INLET
FW TK. (S) OUTLET
WF07V
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
WF08V
AS25040
GB/T588-1993
STOP CHECK VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.6
No.l POTABLE W . P / P
OUTLET
WF09V
AS25040
GB/T588-1993
STOP CHECK VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.6
No.2 POTABLE W. P/P

OUTLET
SAFETY VALVE
25
BRONZE
STOP CHECK VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.6
POTABLE W HYD. OUTLET
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.8
HARDEN. FILTER INLET
WFIOV
WFllV
WF12V
AS25040
GB/T588-1993
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
SETTING0.44MPa
AREA;0.0625m^
M-055'24
PAGE
4/12
ITEM NO.
STANIDAi NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
VVORl)S ON
NAME PLATE
DEL^'ERY
REMARKS
kg
WF13V
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.8
WF14V
: AS25040
GB/T588-1993
STOP CITECK VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.6
HARDEN. FILTER BYPASS

F.W. TK TO WATER MIST
SYS. FOR E/R
1
WF18V
AS25040
GB/T588-1993
WF19V
AS25032
GB/T587-I993
STOP V A L \ ^
32
2.5
BRONZE
8.8
TO CALORIFIER
WF20V
AS25032
GB/T588-1993
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
BRONZE
8.6
TO CALORIFIER
WDOIV
AS25040
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.8
TO FRESH W. MAIN LINE
WD02V
AS25032
GB/T588-1993
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
BRONZE
8.6
TO DECONTAMINATION
WD03V
AS25032
GB/T587-I993
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
BRONZE
8.8
F.W. TO MIXTURE UNIT
WHO IV
AS25020
GB/T588-1993
STOP CHECK VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
5.8
TO PURIF. RM. AND

WORKSHOP
STOP CFIECK VALVE
40
2.5
BRONZE
10.6
'
TO SANITARY W. MAIN
LINE
- A
,-
?-
M-055-24
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM IN E/R
PAGE
5/12
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAM.E
D.N
FN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAMEPLA.TE
REMARKS
DELR^RY
kg
WH02V
A 16015
GBl 951-84
STOP VALVE
15
1.6
BRONZE
0.6
TO WORKSHOP SINK
WH03V
' A 16015
GB1951-84
STOP
VAL\T;
15
1.6
BRONZE
0.6
TO PURIF. RM., WASH

BASIN; ..
WH04V
AS25032
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
BRONZE
8.8
TO WATER SYS. FOR LfV.
WH05V
AS25032
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
BRONZE
8.8
WH06y
AS25025
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
BRONZE
6.2
No.l HOT W. CIR. PUMP

INLET
WH07V
AS25025
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
BRONZE
6.2
No.2 HOT W. CIR. PUMP

INLET
WH08V
AS25025
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
BRONZE
6.2
H.W. TO MIXTURE UNIT
WTO IV
AS25020
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.3
FR. FW GENERATOR TO
DISTILL. W. TK.
WT02V
AS25040
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
TO TECH. W. PUMP
CALORIFIER OUTLET
- . ^
r,'7;'^~;:I
PAGE
M-055'24
6/12
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
iniu
MPa
NtATERlAL
QTY,
^\T.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME!'LATE
AS25040
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
TO WATER MIST SYS. FOR

E/R
WT04V
: AS25025
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
No.l TECH. W. PUMP INLET
WT05V
AS25025
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
No.2 TECH. W. PUMP INLET
WT06V
AS25025
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
WT07V
AS25025
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
No.2 TECH. W. PUMP

OUTLET
WT09V
AS25032
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
TECH. W. HYD. OUTLET
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
TO CASCADE &
INSPECTION TANK
TO WORKSHOP SINK
AS25020
GB/T584-1999
N o . l T E C H . W. PUMP
OUTLET
WTllV
A 16015
GB1951-84
STOP VALVE
15
1.6
BRONZE
0.6
WT12V
AS25020
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
WTI3V
AS25020
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
TO LO PURIFIER
WT14V
AS25020
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
TO HFO PURIFIER
WT15V
A 16015
GBl 951-84
STOP VALVE
15
1.6
BRONZE
0.6
TO PURIFIER RM WASH
BASIN
REMAl'lKS
kg
WT03V
WTIOV
DELIVERY
TO CHEMICAL DOSING
UNIT OF BOILER
AREA:0.0625m^
PAGE
M-055-24
7/12
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NM4E
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
kg
WT16V
AS25025
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
TO OIL DISCHARGE
MONITORING SYS.
WT17V
: AS25020
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5,4
STAND BY F.W. PIPE
WT18V
AS25025
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
TO CHEMICAL C L E f N,
SYS.
WT19V
AS25025
GB/T584-I999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
WT20V
AS25025
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
T O E / R L . T . F.W. EXP. TK
WT21V
AS25020
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
TO EMER. GEN..
WT22V
A 16015
GB1951-84
STOP VALVE
15
1.6
BRONZE
0.6
TO ASH & SOOT

COLLECTOR
WT23V
A 16010
G B l 951-84
STOP VALVE
10
1.6
BRONZE
0.4
TO G/E TURBOCHARGER
CLEAN.
WT24V
AS25032
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
TO MIE TURBOCHARGER
WT25V
A 16010
GB1951-84
STOP VALVE
10
1.6
BRONZE
0.4
TO OILY BILGE WATER

SEPARATOR
WT26V
A 16015
GBl 951-84
STOP VALVE
15
1.6
BRONZE
0.6
TO FRESH WATER
GENERATOR
Ball Valve
15
TO
Stainless
Steel
WT27V
lÊMARKS
DELIVERY
TO E/R H.T. F.W. EXP. TK
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
-.
PAGE
M-055-24
8 / 12
ITEM NO.
STANTJARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERFAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT,
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
ISMARKS
kg
WT28V
Ball Valve
15
1.0
Stainless
Steel
WT29V
Ball Valve
15
1.0
Stainless
Steel
WT30V
Ball Valve
15
1.0
Stainless
Steel
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
;
1
WT31V
AS25040
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
WT32V
AS25040
GB/T585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
10.8
FW TRANSTER PUMP OUT
WT33V
AS25040
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11,2
TO WASHING TANKS
WT34V
AS25040
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
TO WASHING TANKS (P)
WT35V
AS25040
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
TO WASHING TANKS (S)
WT37V
AS25020
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
TO DECK HP WASHING
SYS
WT38
A 16015
G B l 951-84
STOP VALVE
15
1,6
BRONZE
0.6
TO SLUDGE PUMP
WT39
BS 25065
GB/T587-93
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
BRONZE
19.8
TO AFT, PEAK TK
WITH QUICK
COUPLING
FW TRANSTER PUMP IN
AREA:0.0625m^
M-055-24
PAGE
9/12
ITEM NO.
WT40
WT41
WT42V
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
BS 25065
GB/T587-93
BS 25065
GB/T587-93
AS25025
GB/T587-1993
QTY.
WT.
WOiy^S ON
NAME PLATE
DN
PN
mm
MPa
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
BRONZE
19.8
TO AFT. PEAK TK
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
BRONZE
19.8
TO AFT, PEAK TK
STOP VALVE,
25
2.5
BRONZE
6.2
NO.l STERILIZER INLET
NAME
MATERIAL
CLASS
CERT.
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
WT43V
AS25025
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
BRONZE
6.2
WT44V
AS25025
GB/T587-1993
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
BRONZE
6.2
NO.l STERILIZER BYPASS
WT45V
AS25025
GB/T584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
CLEAN SEWAGE PLANT
'
NO. 1 STERILIZER OUTLET
AREA:0.0625m'
PAGE
M-055-24
10/12
ITEM NO.
WFOIF
WF02F
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
AS40S
CB/T495-1995
' AS40S
CB/T495-1995
NAME
DN
FN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
.NAME PLATE
DELIV-ERY
REMARKS
kg
BELLMOUTH
40
COPPER
2.18
BELLMOUTH
40
COPPER
2.18
WTOIF
AS40S
CB/T495-1995
BELLMOUTH
40
STEEL
2.18
WT02F
AS40S
CB/T495-1996
BELLMOUTH
40
STEEL
2.18
AREA;O.625m^
M-055-24
W A T E R S U P P L Y S Y S T E M I N E/R
PAGE
11/12
1
NO.
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
mm
mim
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
FRESH W A T E R PIPE
40
48
2.5
SEAMLESS
COPPER
60
190.73
FRESH WATER PIPE
32
42
2.5
SEAMLESS
COPPER
20
55.19
FRESH WATER PIPE
25
34
SEAMLESS
COPPER
20
35.77
FRESH WATER PIPE
20
27
SEAMLESS
COPPER
10
13.97
FRESH WATER PIPE
15
22
_ 2_
SEAMLESS
COPPER
40
44.71
FRESH WATER PIPE
10
14
SEAMLESS
COPPER
30
20.12
FRESH WATER PIPE
40
48
SEAMLESS
STEEL
40
173.53
FRESH WATER PIPE
32
42
SEAMLESS
STEEL
50
187.33
FRESH WATER PIPE
25
34
3.5
SEAMLESS
STEEL
30
78.94
10
FRESH WATER PIPE
20
27
SEAMLESS
STEEL
40
70.99
li
FRESH WATER PIPE
40
48.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
100
258.78
12
FRESH WATER PIPE
32
42.4
STAINLESS
STEEL
75
169.35
13
FRESH WATER PIPE
25
33.7
STAINLESS
STEEL
100
177.18
14
FRESH WATER PIPE
15
21.3
STAINLESS
STEEL
40
43.15
REMARKS
2 = 1519.75
AREA:0.0625m^
FROM COM. AIR SYS.

FRESH WATER
WF12V
Cu048x2.5 Cu048x2.5
oi
WFOIV
HOT WATER
,t9<l-^
WT39V
Cu048x2.5
o L ^
Cu042x2.5
WTllV
^
DRAIN TO BILGE
^
WT14V
027x3
WT15V
TO PURIFIER RM WASH BASIN

WT16V
034x3.5
034x3.5
CARGO AREA
St33.7x2
WT17V
027x3
STAND BY F.W. PIPE

WT18V
SEE (M-054-23)
-I NEAR SEWAGE PLANT
WT19V
034x3.5
-
1T20V
034x3.5
-?
WT21V
027x3
Cu022x2
REMARK:
St21.3x2
1. ITEM WT02F TO BE CLOSE TO BOTTOM OF DISTILL.W.TK.

2. ITEM WT01F TO BE 500mm ABOVE WT02F.
Cu014x2
042x4
SEE (M-054-29)
1T35VU7
WASH. TK. (P)
WASH, TK. (S)
1T38V
WT28V
St21.3x2
-{HiK\yv
St21.3x2
i-
027x3
[ ^
SEE (M-055-03)
[ail
TO FRESH WATER GENERATOR
TO PURIRER RM WASH BASIN
WH03V
c\i
^
]?^
DECONTAMINATION
NEAR MANIFOLD (AFT)
TO WORKSHOP SINK
CONNECTED WITH E/R STEAM

& CONDENSATE SYSTEM
SEE (M-054-32)
?^'
TO OIL DISCHARGE
, MONITORING SYS.
SEE (M-055-37)
.
WH02V
|_Cu^2x2
St33.7x2
St33.7x2
DECONTAMINATION
NEAR MANIFOLD (FWD)
ll
.DRAIN TO BILGE
TO OILY BILGE WATER SEPARATOR
Cu022x2
WT30V
TO M/E TURBOCHARGER
SEE (M-054-21)
Cu042x2.5
I WHOIV
II
_[>I<}
TH^SV
WT26V
WT37V
TO DECK HP WASHING SYS
SEE (M-055-13)
St21.3x2
WT29V
E&H!Kvrv
||
||
i|
Cu014x2
TO SLUDGE PUMP
SEE (M-055-02)
WT27V
TO G/E TURBOCHARGER CLEAN.
WT23V
SEE (M-055-25)
WH04V
Cu034x2
I
;i
I
I
-[>l<3[}vv,^
WT24V
-I
TO WATER SYS. FOR LIV.
FOR TK. VENT. PIPE WASH, {l
rI
- { ^
p j ^ Cu034x2 I
TO ASH & SOOT COLLECTOR

SEE (M-054-26)
WT22V
St33.7x2
T5
TO EMER. GEN. RM.

SEE (M-054-08)
1.5mVh x0.2MPa
TO E/R H.T. F.W. EXP. TK

SEE (M-054-21)
E/R LT. F.W. EXP. TK
SEE (M-054-22)
DECONTAMINATION
AFT OF CARGO DECK(S;
WT45V
034x3.5
SEE (M-055-25)
TO CHEMICAL CLEAN. SYS.
034x3.5
Cu034x2_^
No.2 HOT WATER CIRC. PUMP

I
TO H.F.O. PURIFIER
SEE (M-054-15)
Cii022x2
-^
_Cu034x2
WD02V
JPPER DECK
TO LO. PURIFIER
SEE (M-054-19)
027x3
WH07V
^
TO CHEMICAL DOSING UNIT OF BOILER

SEE (M-054-34)
^
WT13V
DECONTAMINATION
AFT OF CARGO DECK(P;
TO WORKSHOP SINK
027x3
042x4
WH08V
Wn2V
C ^
FROM WATER SYS. FOR LIV.
TO CASCADE & INSPECTION TANK
I.SmVh x0.2MPa
TO FRESH W. MAIN LINE

SEE (M-055-25)
WD03V
WTIOV
027x3
CU022X2
No.1 HOT WATER CIRC. PUMP

1F19V
No.2
STERIUZER Cu048x2.5|
Cu048x2.5
SEE (M-055-25)
OO
ELETRIC HEATING
TRACING
Cu048x2.5
TO SANITARY W. MAIN LINE
atwFiev
SANITARY WATER
PAGE
WDOIV
Cu034x2
'D3<h
M-055-24
E/R
12 / 12
WF13V
Cu048x2.5
WATER S U P P L Y SYSTEM IN
HARDEN.
FILTER
c3<h
POTABLE WATER
Cu048x2.5
Cu07x2
t^
St33.7x2
SEE (M-054-31)
AREA:
0.25m2
'"'''''*'S*.yh'*'?'4-.!,S^^^
O.D.M.E.
S 663 MK III
FINAL DRAWII
Customer
Jinling Shipyard
Project No.
2 X 37300 DWT Chemical Tankers

JLZ020503/504
Subject
Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment
Manufacturer:
Seres (France)
Class
BV
JINLING SHIPYARD
HULL NO.: JLZ020503/504
*j
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
O.D.M.E.
S 663 MK
FINAL DRAWI
Customer
Jinling Shipyard
Project No.

JLZ020503/504
Subject
Manufacturer:
Seres (France)
Class
BV
JINLING SHIPYARD
HULL NO.: JLZ020503/504
oQ
CONCEPTION ET INTEGRATION
DE SYSTEMES D'ANALYSE EN LIGNE
Seres ODME S663 MKIII

IMO Res.A 586 (14), MEPC.51 (32) & MED 96/98 EC
FINAL DRAWINGS
Shipyard : JINGLING Shipyard / P.R. China
Shipowner : RIGEL
/ Class : GL
Hulls
: JLZ020501 / JLZ020502
Shipowner : BROSTROM / Class : BV
Hulls
: JLZ020503 / JLZ020504
Manufacturer : Seres (France)
Equipment : Oil Discharge Monitoring

& Control System
Seres Job no. : 08938
Hoi Tung Contract no. : NB02072-373JL
Date ; 17 November 2003
360, rue Louis de Broglie - Pare de La Duranne - BP 87000 -13793 AIX-EN-PROVENCE Cedex 3 - FRANCE
Tel : +33 (0)4 4297.3737 - Fax : + 33 (0)4 4297.3030 - E.mail : seres-france@seres-france.com - Web : www.seres-france.com
S.A Directoire et Conseil de Sup/eillance au capital de 1 024 000 EUR - RC AIX 63 10 - SIRET 631 620 101 000 40
'
""'
Final Drawings - Seres ref : 08938

CONTENTS
Page
1. SCOPE of SUPPLY
2. PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS
3. LIST of PRODUCTS
4. LIST of BASIC ONBOARD SPARE PARTS
5. SPECIFICATIONS of ELECTRIC MOTOR
6. CERTIFICATES
6.1. Maritime Administrations Certificates
6.2. Classification Societies Certificates
6.3. Other Certificates and Declarations
6.4. Certificate for Differential Pressure Transmitter
6.5. Certificate for Pressostat
6.6. Certificate for Zener Barriers
7
8
18
20
25
43
48
7. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
List of Installation Drawings
57
58
360, rue Louis de Broglie - Pare de La Duranne - BP 87000 -13793 AIX-EN-PROVENCE Cedex 3 - FRANCE
Tel : +33 (0)4 4297.3737 - Fax : + 33 (0)4 4297.3030 - E.mail : seres-france@seres-france.com - Web : www.seres-france.com
S.A Directoire el Conseil de Surveillance au capital de 1 024 000 EUR - RC AIX 63 10 - SIRET 631 620 101 000 40
^^S ^
^ 9

1. SCOPE of SUPPLY
PROJECT
4x37300 DWT CHEMICAL TANKERS - JINGLING SHIPYARD, NANJING/CHINA

RIGEL/ HULLS JLZ020501/02 - BROSTROM / HULLS JLZ020503/04
ITEM
001 1
SPECIFICATION
Off DISCHARGE MONITORING SYSTEM ODME S 663 MK Ml

type CONTROL UNIT 2nd Generation in accordance with IMO Resolution A 586 (XIV),
MERC 51(32) and MED 96/98 EC (wheelmark) to be fitted on board of new tanker above
4.000 DWT (Category "A"), including :
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Calculator
Oleometer with 4 silent blocks
Measuring vessel on its tape
Hydraulic panel
Rressostat (I.S. / Eex isllC T6) IR 65
Motor/pump assembly, Insulation Class F, IP 56
Motor starter IP 65 with cable glands, door with door stopper and earthing cable
Flowmeter type pitot (AISI 316 L), complete with stop valves, fittings and
low flow alarm included
2 Sample probe with stop valve
1 Technical manual in English
',
1 Set of Certificates
002 1
Off Extra SAMPLING PROBE with STOP VALVE and PNEUMATIC 3-WAY CONTROL
VALVE with SOLENOID PILOT required for automatic selection, including :
003 1
Off SET OF NECESSARY VALVES required for clean water line, including :
004 1
1 Sample probe with stop valve

1 3-way pneumatic valve 1/2 BSP
1 Electro-pneumatic pilot
1 Safety valve (no-return) 1/2 BSP

1 No-return valve 1/2 BSP
1 Pressure regulator 3 bar 1000 1/h
Off SET OF OTHER PARTS required the system, including :

2 Flanges 1"NP 16
2 Joints 1"NP 16 Joints
\\SRESWOLZ\2003\EUSABET\PRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
fitted
on pump
page 1
005 1
Off SET of BASIC SPARE PARTS according to IVIaker's Standard for minimum one
year operation including 1 set of bearing for motor
006 1
Off MODIFICATION KIT for product tankers :

1 Modification kit to control discharge of "Oil-like-substances", including :
007
special software for 22 products

(not included : Phenylxylyethane, Propylene dimer and Butene oligomer)
set of Certificate.
Off RECIRCULATION BUTTERFLY VALVE

1
Compressed air actuated butterfly valve ND 200 NP 16, body in ductile iron, shaft and
disc in stainless steel, and lining in PFA-Reflon (recirculation to slop).
008 1
Off OVERBOARD DISCHARGE BUTTERFLY VALVE

1
Compressed air actuated butterfly valve ND 200 NP 16, body in ductile iron, shaft and
disc in stainless steel, and lining in PFA-Teflon with pneumatic end of run switch to
signal position of the valve (discharge to sea).
009 2
Off DOUBLE ACTING PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS MARINE for butterfly valves,

with manual emergency control
010 1
OFF
011 1
Off EXXON VALVE TIGHTNESS CONTROL SYSTEM, including :
CONTROL BOX CONTROL DISCHARGE AND RECIRCULATION VALVES

1 Control box including :
- 1 off Pneumatic/electric transmitter to transmit pneumatic valve position to dry contact
input calculator
- 1 off Electro/pneumatic distributor to control discharge and recirculation valves
- 1 off Solenoid valve to control sampling probes selection
012 1
2 Stop valve (no-return) 1/2 BSP

1 Pressure Manometer
1 Coupling for compressed air
Off SET of EXTRA DOCUMENT as requested.

N.B. Minimum of 20 days are required for preparing Approval Drawings.
013
OFF SET OF O D M E OPERATIONS MANUALS
in accordance with IMG MARPOL Reg.15(3)c, including for each sistership :

- 1 X set of 4 Operations Manuals
- 1 X extra copy for GL / BV Classification Society
- Production of manuals for submission and approval by GL / BV Classification Society.
\\SERESWOL2\2003\ELISABET\PRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.OOC
page 2

2. PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
of MATERIAL
Calculator
Oleometer
LOCATION
Cargo
Control Room
Console
Engine
Room
TYPE of
SUPPORT
Aluminium
Mild Steel
Delrin
COLOUR
Maker's
Standard
Maker's
Standard
TREATMENT
Paint
Paint
TYPE of
TREATMENT
Hot Powder Hot Powder

Epoxy/
Epoxy/
Polyester
Polyester
\\SERESWOL2\2003\ELISABEnPRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938DOC
Measuring
Vessel
Hydraulic
Panel
Motor
Pump
Motor
Starter
Pressostat
DP
Transmitter
Flow
Probe
Sampling
Probe
Engine
Room
Pump Room
Engine
Room
Pump
Room
Pump
Room
Pump
Room
Pump
Room
Mild Steel
Cast
Aluminium
Cast iron
Mild Steel
Cast
Aluminium
Cast
Aluminium
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Black
Bronze
Maker's
Standard
Maker's
Standard
Grey
Maker's
Standard
Metal
Metal
None
Electro
Chemical
Paint
Paint
Paint
Paint
None
None
None
Zinc
Galvanized
Bath
Bath
None
None
Pump Room Pump Room
Hot Powder Hot Powder

Epoxy/
Epoxy/
Polyester
Polyester
Seres ODIVIE S663 MKIII

3. LIST of PRODUCTS
Seres Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment is fully suitable for the control of overboard
discharge of products according to :
MARPOL 73/78 - ANNEX I :

MARPOL 73/78 - ANNEX 11 :
Crude Oils, "Black" Products, "White" Products

Oil-Like-Noxious-Substances
in full compliance with regulations set out in IMO Resolution A 586 (14), and MEPC 51 (32) and
MED 96/98 EC.
\\SEReSWOL2\2003\EUSABET\PRMARINE\ODME\FDWG893a.DOC
page 4
" "" ^ ^ i

according to Maker's standard & Classification 's Requirement
Qty
Ref no.
Description
Emission block lamp 14 V 35 W
AMP 20
Measuring vessel glass tube (glassware)
VERL 001
" 0 " ring wiper for cleaner
JNTB 032
Set of " 0 " ring (measuring vessel)

3 way solenoid 24 V
J134R
EVF 071
Set of 5 rolls for printer Megatron
ENRG 053
Set of 5 ink ribbon for printer Megatron
ENRG 054
>
Dessicant pack 5 gr
Fuses 5 A
(box of 10)
Fuses2,5 A(boxof 10)

Fuses 1 A
(box of 10)
DESHY 002
FUS5A
FUS2,5A
FUS1A
Fuses 0,5 A (box of 10)
FUS 500MA
Fuses 0,1 A (box of 10)
FUS 023
Set of bearing for electric motor pump
RLT 6302
\\SERES\V0L2\2003\EUSABE-nPRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 5
is-

Designation
90 LA 4
Quantity
Output
1,5/1,75 KW
Rated current
3.6 A
R.P.M.
1410/1710
Power factor
0.82 cos
Load factor
78%
iP Grade
56
No. of terminals
Class
Power supply
380-440 V / 3 ph / 50-60 Hz
Maker
LEROY SOMER or ABB Equivalent
Shaft
Specially machined for Seres

ODME sampling pump
Winding data for rewinding the electric motor

will be indicated in the Manual.
\\SERESWOL2\Z003\ELISABE-nPRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 6

6. CERTIFICATES
6.1.
LIST OF MARITIME AUTHORITIES APPROVAL CERTIFICATES

BUREAU VERITAS
Approval Certificate no.04851 / EC
MED 96/98 EC - Wheelmark EU 0062
MINISTERE DE LA MARINE MARCHANDE / France
Certificate of Type Approval no.92.09.01.03.POL
USCG/U.S.A.
Certificate of Type Approval no. 162.050/6003/2.
6.2.
LIST OF CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES

G.L.
B.V.
6.3.
OTHER CERTIFICATES and DECLARATIONS

SERES Year 2000 Compliance
LCIE - GMED CERTIFICATE ISO 9002
Approval of Quality Assurance System
Attestation no.0454 / 9002 / 1
6.4.
CERTIFICATE for DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
6.5.
CERTIFICATE for PRESSOSTAT
6.6.
CERTIFICATE for ZENER BARRIERS
\\SERESWOL2\2003\EUSABEVPRMARiNe\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 7
^-i*fijt#"*"{l

6.1. MARITIME ADMINISTRATIONS CERTIFICATES
IMO Res. A 586 (XIV) and M E P C 51 (32) - M E D 96/98 EC *
AUTHORITY
COUNTRY
DATE
BELGIUM*
Ministerie Van Verkeeren Infrastructuur - Approval no. OCM 22/86/91/93
12/02/1993
CANADA
Canadian Coast Guard - Approval no. CBM 004
16/04/1993
CHINA
Register of Shipping of People's Rep. of China - Approval no. BJX 9460017 F
15/08/1994
DENMARK*
Danish Maritime Authority - Approval no. 5611.1081-2 / Extension 5569
14/05/1998
EUROPEAN
COMMUNITY*
E C ^ marine mark
Bureau Veritas (as IMO Recognized Organization)

Nominated Body for issuance of Type Approval Certificates
EC Type Examination Certificate no. 04851/AO EC
23/09/1999
FRANCE*
Ministre des Transports - Direction des Affaires Maritimes

Approval no.92.09.01.03 POL / Re-Approval no.98.02.01.03 POL
04/02/1998
GERMANY*
See-Berufsgenossenschaft - Approval no. 325 006
16/03/1993
GREECE*
Ministry of Mercantile Marine - EC Certificate by BV (Nominated Body
23/09/1999
ITALY*
Ministre Delia Marina Mercantile - Decree no.1
28/04/1993
NETHERLANDS*
Directorate-General for Shipping and Maritime Affairs

Approval no. SI/20.813/93/5.12 SIZU AH
01/04/1993
NORWAY*
Nonwegian Maritime Directorate - EC Certificate by BV (Nominated Body)
23/09/1999
RUSSIA
Russian Marine Register of Shipping - Approval no. 92.001.009
24/08/1992
SPAIN*
Ministerio de Obras Publicas y Transportes - Approval no. A12/0993
18/11/1993
SWEDEN*
National Maritime A dministration - Approval no. 21.10-9370114
01/02/1993
TAIWAN
China Corporation Register of Shipping - Certificate no. 321-98-92
14/09/1998
UNITED KINGDOM*
British Maritime Coastguard Agency - EC Certificate by BV (Nominated Body)
23/09/1999
U,S.A.
U.S.C.G. - Approval no. 162.050/6003/3 (Annex II) & 162.050/6003/2
16/10/1997
BUREAU VERITAS IS AN IMG RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATION. As A BODY NOTIFIED BY EU MEMBER STATES, IT IS NOMINATED ;
-
TO ISSUE TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE AND,
TO AUTHORIZE MANUFACTURER TO AFFIX THE EC ^ ' MARINE MARK AND THE NOTIFIED BODY NUMBER TO SERES ODME S663
; ^ -
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EUROPEAN UNION COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 96/98 EC ON MARINE EQUIPMENT.
EC :- MARINE MARKED EQUIPMENT IS ACCEPTED ON BOARD SHIPS REGISTERED TO :
-
EU MEMBER STATES,
MEMBER STATES HAVING ADHERED TO THE DIRECTIVE 96/98 EC AND
MEMBER STATES LINKED TO E U MEMBER STATES (SO-CALLED NON-EU MEMBER STATES).
EC / EU = EUROPEAN COMMUNITY / EUROPEAN UNION

\\SERESWOL2\2003\ELISABET\PRMARINE\ODMe\FDWG8938.DOC
page 8
tTni3://www. veristaf. com
MARINE DIVISION
Bss Place des Refleis - La Dt'ensB :
);4Q Courboia -
Td. 33 1 42 91 32 04
Fx 3 j i 42 91 2S 94
Certificate N^,
Fic Nurna.;r
: ACM Z16f :vO:.OO
produci Cada . A 205

.ile ;'!?-:;1
EUROPEAN UNION COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 96/98 on MARINE EQUIPMENT

as amended by the Commission Directive 98/85 EC of the 11th November 1998

(EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE)
This is fo certify that Bureau Veritas, actmg within the scope of its notification fir of die
Council Directive '96/98 EC an Marine Equipment,as amendsd, kas found the product identified beiaw m
compliance with the prescribed desigr. requirements of the hereunder stated Regulations & Standaras
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR AN

OIL TANKER
ODME S 663 MK !
M^VNUFACTURE BY:
SERES
ALx-en-Provence - FRANCE
SPECIFIED REGULATIONS & ST.4NDADS :

MARPOL 73/78, as jr-.anded, annex I, Reg. 15(3) - 0 Resoiution A. 586 (14)
The Approval is valid until : 23/09/2004
BUREAU VERITAS LARSEILLE
Ai Paris ia Dfense, on ; 23/09/99
/II
J.BENOrr
For the Secretary
This Cunifidt b suefil tns pwsiance of uasei, nxKtuic 3 , yf Annex ; f^cCuwxii Dirts;uvc 9tw b C
Ths Mafsuâc ( aitwsrf a xjXMai
Mjirina Mark U !/*^ ^ljpm( ? ihc ueâced m Af1.11 ;{ !i".G

DtnKtiv, ufty / tbe-,?cq*j(!memi ;tccikm TW ihe Sc.'iiKiJii uf Apprnvî fully c-mpllcil whv
fr tcms *4, !4^ tj ai besndufêd by h Sociiy's lufvcyvir haymjj Ofrvmij oui i^s DcuW Irapecrtn (f !bc ^tiprvsd cquipmeni ^
jrfliwl tn 2.2.8 iif !) Swtiay' Guiiiiwce Mo N1 -iu OTE
tÛ. NoificsltuH Nunbcf
09*2
!>'
.,:
Reu
le 2 7 FEV. 1938
S O U S - D m E C n O N DE LA S I C i m i T E
MARITGVrES
BUREAU DU C O N T R O L E DES NAVIRES E T DES E E E E C T I F S
uinistre
de l'Equipement,
des Transports
et du Logement
Paris, le 04 Fvrier 198

Direction des
Afbires Maxitinies
et des Gens de Mer
erson in charge : Capt G.ROLZT

Ti : 49 86 47
Fxx : A4 49 86 40
Subject:
: Approval of SERES Oil Content Meter rype ODME S663

MKIII
0/Reference : y / 2 3 " ^^^ '
Enclosed:
Certificate delivered by the Commission centrale de scurit .
(700th session held on February 04th, 1998 - 700 tvLAT )
Dear Sirs,
Please find enclosed an extract from the report of the Commission centrale de scurit
concerning the above mentionned-subject.
Tms the omcial document issued by thfe French Ministry of Transport attesting re-approval of
SERES ODME S 663 MK equipment.
I am pleased to inform you that I have agreed to follow their decision, i.e. to extend the
validity of the Certificate of type test referenced No. 92.09.01.03 POL and originally issued on
17 December'1992, for a further period of 5 years.
VYours
faithilly.
On behalf of the Minister for Transport, '
and by delegation,
^
L'Administrateur
d.s Affaires Maritimes Pierre MITTON
Chef.dlJ Bureau
du Contrle del VlUr^s et des Euecffs
DESTINATAIRE:
Monsieur le Directeur de in Socit SERES
? 87000.
1J793-AIX EN PROVENCE Ccdc.\ 3
COPIE:
Dossier
Chrono
CCHHXSSION C T N T B A L J : D
SZCUKITS
: 7 : o : o : HAT : 2 : 5 :
:9:3:0:2:0:4:
ML-<ESO 0'A??RO5ATION
?..-.= ? RO DATION
( )
CREATION
:9 : 8 :G : 2 : O : 1 :O : 3 : ? : O:L :
( )
ODI'ICATION
(M! AJ-fMULATION
(A)
DAT L I M I T E : D E VALIDITE
--0:3:0:2:
CE3IGMATIGH OU M.ATERIEL
CATEGORIE:
d'hydrocarbure
crar.che
cicerr.^
: 5:0:2:0:
Craisor
1 ^ ( :
:r:2:Q:l:S:
3cO Rua I c u i s
LA
C'IJRAJM.ME
3?
8700
de
5R0GLIE
13793 AIX-EN-PROVENCE Cede:-: 3
REPRESENTANT
REFERENCES
Fax du 0 4.01.98
PV CCS 6 4 1 KAT 18 du 0 8 . 0 9 . 1 9 9 2
C e r c i f i c a C d ' e s s a i p a r cype nO 9 2 . 0 9 . 0 1 . 03
03SERVATI0NS :
Le f a b r i c a n c
confirme
modification n'a t approte
Ce c n a t r i e i a e c a p p r o u v
OKI A 58o (14) e t KEPC ( 3 2 / .
p a r sor. fax
cit
en r e f e r e n c e
qu a u c u n e
ce m a c r i e i d e p u i s son a p p r o b a t i o n .
s u i v a n t le's p r e s c r i p t i o n s d e l a
rsolution
AVTS DE LA
CObiHZSSlOiJ
Le d t e c t e u r d ' h y d r o c a r b u r e ODME S 6S3 MK I I I , f a b r i q u

SZRSS p e u t t r e r a o p r o u v p o u r une d u r e d e c i n q a n s .
DESTINATAIRES :
D i f f u s i o n i n t e r n e MM e t CCS
SERES "
C..A.M.
"~~~
par
la
socit
DAT D'ENVOI . 2 3 FEV. i99S

N* 56 SM2/CCS
REPUBLIQUE FRANAISE
SECRETARIAT "D'ETAT A LA MER
No. 92.09.01.03 POL
CERTIFICAT D'ESSAI PAR TYPE

pour les
DETECTEURS D'HYDROCARBURES
ODME S 663 MK m
(CERTIFICATE OF TYPE TEST FOR OL CONTENT METER]
CERTIFICAT D'APPROBATION PAR TYPE DES DETECTEURS D'HYDROCARBURES DESTINES A LA
SURVEILLANCE CONTINUE DES REJETS D'EAU POLLUEE PAR LES HYDROCARBURES DE LA
TRANCHE DES CITERNES A CARGAISON DES PETROLIERS.
CERTIFICATE OF TYPE APPROVAL FOR OIL CONTENT METERS INTENDED FOR MONITORING THE
DISCHARGE OF OIL CONTAMINATED WATER FROM THE CARGO TANK AREAS OF OIL
TANKERS;
II est ceaifi que le dtecteur d'hydrocarbures comprenant les imenns ci-aprs a t examin et soumis des
essais conformment aux disoositions de la spcification qui fait l'objec de la partie 1 de aux Directives
et Spcifications contenues dans la Rs. A 586(XIV) 20.11.85 et la Rs. MEPC 51(32) 03/92 de . Le prsent
cerificat n'est valable que pour un dtecteur d'hydrocarbures du rype dcrit ci-dessous.
This is to certify that the oil content meter, comprising the equipment listed below, has been examinated and
tested in accordance with the requirements of the specification contained in Pan 1 of the Annex to the Guidelines
and Specifications contained in the Res. A 586(XIV) 20.11.85 and Res. MZ?C 51(32) 03/92. of IMO. mis
cenificate is valid only for an oil content meter referred to below.
Dtecteur d'hydrocarbures fourni par :
Oil cornent meter supplied by :
SZRES
J ' . 87000 - Rue Albert Enstein
ZI Aix/Les Milles '
13793 AIX-EN-PROVENCE Cedex 3
comprenant (including) :
Dispositif d'analyse du dtecteur d'hydrocarbures fabriqu par :
Oil content meter analysing unit manufactured'cry:
conformment la spcification/au schma no.:
to specification/Assembly drawing :
SERES/Fnnce
ES 663-318 dat (date) du 31.03.92
Electronique du dtecteur d'hydrocarbures fabriqu par :

Electronic seaion of oil content meter manufactured by :
to specification/Assembly drawing no ;
SER:S/France
ES 663-337 dat (date) du 03.06.92
Dispositif de conditionnement de l'chantillon

(exemple : homognisateur, pompe cisaillement, t:z) fabriqu par :
Sample conditioning unit manufactured^by :
to specification/Assembly drawing no :
SERES/Frnnce
ES 663-341 dat (date) du 10.06.92
Le dtecteur d'hydrocarbures est destin tre exploit avec un dispositif de surveillance continue
et de contrle des hydrocarbures pourvu du matriel de contrle d-aprs :
The ou content monitoring system is acceptable for the following applications :
*
*
"
Ptroles bruts / .Crude QS

Ptroles "noirs" / "Black" products
Ptroles "blancs" / "White" products
-Autres produiG ou utilisations (en donner la Uste ci-dessous / Other products or
applications, listed below :
Suaszances de la Calgorie D
Stibstances de la Caigom
Cciegorj D Substances
Ccsgory Substances
Aikyl (C9-CI7) benzer.es
Diisopropyl naphthalene
Dodecane (all isomers)
Avk rien-ai-k-y i-a : S

CyglC!i>t>T.'ê
Cyclohexane
p-Cymene
Diethylbenzene
Dipencene
Echylbenzene
Echylcyciohexane
Heptene (ail Isomers)
H-e-x=fie-(^-4sOT=ifrr-5^
Hexsne (ail isomers)
sopi43pyl-eyteheeafi
rvfe'ujkyerfe e^tafie
2-Methyl-l-pentene
Nonane (ail isomers)
Octane (aJl isomers)
Olefm mixtures (C5-C7)
Pentane (ail isomers)
Pentene (ail isomers)
l-^-hef>)44r-X)4ykOSi=e
Pf5ej4eae-draef
Tetrahydronaphth alene
Toluene
Xylenes
*
*
Eau de cale / Bilge or fuel tank ballast monitor

15 ppm alarme /15 ppm bilge or fuel tank ballast alarm
*
Rayer les meniions inutiles /Delate
as
appropriate
Un exemplaire du prsent certificat d'essai devrait se trouver en permanence bord d'un navire
quiu de ce matriel.
'
'
A co"py of this certificate should be carried aboard a vessel fitted with this equipment at times.
Les donnes et rsultats des essais figurent dans l'appendice au prsent certificat.
Test data and results' attached as Appendix.
APPROV
Signacure ;
Signe_,,..:
l-'A.C.2.A.M. FONTENAY \
Nom de l'AdminiscraXign :
. ..r...!....:.^.^...
Administation of : ^"^ '^^ ^"^"" "^^ ^''^'^ '^^ ='''^^Dace :
I 7 SCJ_99Z
19
A
-J
APPENDICE /APPENDIX
Donnes, et rsultats des essais effecras sur un dtecteur d'hydrocarbures conformnnent la

partie 1 de l'Annexe aux Directives et Spcifications contenues dans la Rs.
A 586(XrV) 20 N Q V . " 8 5 et la Rs. ME?C 51 (32) Mars 92 de l'OMI.
Test data and'results of tests conducted on an oil content meter in accordance with pan 1 of the
annex to the Guidelines and Specincadons in IMO Res. A 586 (XTV) 20 Nov. 85 and
Res. MEPC 51 (32) March 92.
Dcecceur d'hydrocarbures soumis par

Oil cornera meter submitted by :
SERES/Fnmcs
Lieu l'essai a t effectu :
SERES
B.P. 87000'- Rue Albert Einstein
ZI Aix/Les Mies
13793 AIX-EN-PROVENCE Cedex 3
FRANCE
Test location :
Method of sample analysis :
according to Part 1 of Annex to the

"Guidelines and SpeciriGations"contained
in the Res A 586 (XTV) 20.11.85
Echantillons analyss par :

Samples analysed by :
APAVE Approved Laboratory

(Mr LEPERJLIER)
Mthode d'armlyse des chanrillons :
Les essais environnementaux de l'lectronique du dtecteur d'hydrocarbures et du matriel de

contrle du dispositif de surveillance condnue et de contrle des rejets d'hydrocarbures ont t
effectus conformment la parde 2 de l'Annexe aux Direcdves et Specincadons contenues dans
la Rs. A 586 (XIV) 20.11.85 de l'OMI et a t constat que le foncdonnement tait
satisfaisant ^prs chacun des essais spcifis par le protocole d'essais environnementaux.
Environmental testing of the electronic secdon of the . content meter has been carried out in
accordance with Part 2 of the Annex to the Guidelines and Specificadons contained in Res.
A 586 (XIV) 20 Nov. 85 and on completion of each test specified on the Environmental Test
Protocol, the equipment functioned satisfactorily.
Cachet Official
Official Stamp
(Cachet officiel ou identification quivalente devrait tre appos sur toutes les pages du certificat))
(Officiai stamp or equivalent identification wbe placed on ail pages of the Test Protocol).
U.S. Department of Transportation

United States Coast Guard
Qizttiitut f Apprnual
:AST
A P P R O V A L H O : 162.050/6003/3
EXPIRES: CTOBER 16, 2002
Equipment listed beloi^ has been examined anc: tested in
lAw Pare 1 of the annex to IMO Resolution A.586(14)
GUARD
OIL FILTERING EQUIPnENT

5 ER 5
360 RUE LOUIS OE SROGLIE
LA
OURNNE-BP
13793 AIX-EN-PRGVENCE, CEDEX 3

FRAfNCE
nodel GOME 5663 ballast moni tor " (162 .050/6003/2 ) and OOhE 5663 1 11
"
HIballast- monitor, ANNEX II (162.050/600o/3).
Both devices aacsoZBd

for Crude Oil's, "Black"- and White" Products. -Annex
II model also accepted for Oil-like Noxious substances: Category C:
cyclohexane, p-cyraene, die thyIbenrenev'dipenrene. athylbenrene, ethylcyclohexane, xylenes', toluene, 2-methyl-l-pentene, tetrkhydronaphthalene ,
air isomers of the following:
heptene,---hexen, nonane, octane, pentane,
and pentene. Category D: alkyl (C9-C17) benzenes, diisopropyl
naphthalene, dodecane (all isomers).
Identifying Data: APAVE test report dtd 0 3 J U L 3 6 and i7APRS7. Systems mfd.
by 3ERES to dwgs. 5663317 dtd 040EC91 , _ES6633i3 dtd ^1MAR92, E566.i327 dtd
06APR92, ES663337 dtd 02AUG92, and ES66oo4i dtd 10JUN92.
Limiting conditions:
systems must be installed in an environmentally^
controlled enclosed space. Bulkhead penetration dwgs ES663320 & ES663343.
Accepted as a monitor for cargo tank areas of oil tankers.

A copy of this certificate should be carried aboard a^ vessel fitted with
lthis equipment at all times. The expiration date shc|u,n is for USCG
approval only.
The inO Certificate of Type Test does not expire.
Test
^ d a t a and results attached as appendix.
JThis certificate extends approval no. 162.050/6003/2 and /3 dtd 160CT92.
' END ^^^
THIS IS TO CERTIFY T H A T the above nimcd manufacturer hai submitted to the undeTritncd satisfactorr evidence thai the item specified herein
complies with the applicable lawj and regulations as oudined on the reverse side of this Certificate, and approval is hereby given. This approval shall oe
effect until the expiration date hereon unless sooner canceled or suspended by proper authority.
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND THIS 16TH DAY OF

OCTOBER i99~7, AT WASHINGTON D.C.
P. A. RICHARDSON, CDR
CHIEF, SYSTEMS ENGINEERING DIVISION
BY DIRECTION OF THE COMMANDANT, U.S.C.G.
; E P T . 0 F T R A N S P . , USCG. CGHQ-10030 {R. 1-86)
ORIGINAL-Manufacturer
Copy
EVIOUS EDITION MAY BE USED
Fortn
C 140
^ ^ ' F. f? f^ 1 - IE /^
-
. REGISTER OF SKIPPING OF
THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
m M îK
% ML
j.ô_"BJX9460017F
CERTIFICATE.OF TYPE APPROVAL FOR OIL CONTENT METERS

I^'TE^DED
F O R iMONITORIiNG T H E
COiNTAiVUr-fATED
WATER
DISCKAilGc
FROM T K
CARGO
O F OLLTAi4X
A R E A S OF OIL T A N K E R S
This is CO c c r i i i y thaz the o i l content meter. corapririr-S t h e equipment listed below, has been
c::amined and tested J n a c c o r d a n c e with the requirements of the specification contained in part I of the
Annex to the Guidelines and Specifications contained in IMO resolution . 5 ( 14). This certificate
Is valid o n l y for a n c o n t e n t m e t e r referred to below.
Oil content meter supplied by
__ ,^'^^^^J.J^^S~.
under type and model d c s i s n a t i o n

and Lncorporating:
..0WE..5...6.6.3..^1KIII
Oil c o n t e n t meter a n a l y s i n s unie m a n u i a c t u x e d by

CO specif icacion/asscnibly
drawins No.
SERES /FRANCE
Date
S 6 6 3 3 1 8
"
SSLES/FRANCE
Electronic s c c d o n of oil c o n t e n t m e t e r - m a n u f a c t u r e d by
to Ipccificatio-n/asscmbly
drawins. No.
31.03.92
.5__3_37
03.06.92
Date
' S i m p l e feed pump m a n i i f a c t u r c d b y

to s p e c i f i c z t i o n / i s s c m b l y
. Date
drawLns N o .
' S a m p l e conditioning u n i t m a n u f a c t u r e d by
CO spccLficntion/asscmbly
drawing No.
SERES/FRANCE
Date
^...?.^ .-':
10.06.92
The oil c o n t e n t meter is acceptable for the foUowins a p p l i c a t i o n s :

'Crude o i b
'"Black" produce
' " W h i t e " products
'Oil-lLkc n o x i o u s liquid s u b s t a n c e s , other products, or i p p l i c a c i o n s , listed
appenJC.
*15ppm b i l g e or f u e l tank b a l l a s t alaxm.

A*copy of this c e r t i f i c a t e s h o u l d be carried aboard a'vcssci fitted w i t h this e q u i p m e n t at all times.
appendix.
Test d a t a
-^
->h^
S:gncd\/j/^/^
(Fan Zuwei)
Register of Ship'ping of the People's Republic of China

Dctcd this
' - .- as Ti-?\^^>f^x.cyb-
15'
day of A u g .
.19 94___
^^r^'
JL
ODMZ S 663 MKIII

L i s t of Oil-Lcs l i q u i d subscances
Category Substances
Category D Substances
Cyclohe-xane
All<yl (C9-C17) benzenes
p-Cyrr.sr.e
Diisopropyl naphtbialene
Die thylbenzene
Codecane ( a l l isaniers)
Dipenter.e
E thylbenzene
Ethylcyclohexane
Eepcene ( a l l isomers)
Ee:x.eiie ( a l l isomers)
2-Me thyl-1-pentene
Nonane ( a l l isomers)
Octane. ( a l l . isomers)
Olefin mixtures (C5-C7)
f
( a l l isomers)
trahydr cnaphthaleneToluene
Xylenes
Aug. 15 1994
30
HBP

Oli Discharge Monitoring Equipment
6.2. CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES CERTIFICATES
I M O Res. A 5 8 6 (XIV) and 51 (32) - M E D 96/98
COUNTRY
DATE
CHINA
CCS - China Classification Society

Approval no. HBT00600009
26/06/2000
EUROPEAN
COMMUNITY
E C ^ marine mark
BV - Bureau Veritas (as IIVIO Recognized Organization)

Nominated Body for issuance of Type Approval Certificates
EC Type Examination Certificate no. 04851/ EC
23/09/1999
FRANCE*
BV - Bureau Veritas (Nominated Body)

EC Certificate no. 04851/AO EC
23/09/1999
GERMANY*
GL - Germanischer Lloyd
Approval no. 49851/93
28/06/1993
ITALY*
RINA - Registro Italiano Navale

Noteno. 15229/MP
14/12/1992
JAPAN
NKK - Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

Approval no. N-295
26/03/1993
NORWAY*
DNV - Det Norske Veritas

Declaration no. IVISL 9237150
05/08/1992
RUSSIA
RIV1RS - Marine Register of Shipping

Agreement no. 98.013.260
22/06/1998
TAIWAN
China Corporation Register of Shipping

Certificate no. 321-98-92
14/09/1998
UNITED KINGDOM*
LRS - Lloyd's Register of Shipping

Certificate no. MSL 202014/1
29/12/1992
U.S.A.
A.B.S. - American Bureau of Shipping

Certificate no. IH/GTR/LW/ES 92
28/10/1992
BUREAU VERITAS IS AN IMO RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATION. AS A BODY NOTIFIED BY EU MEMBER STATES, IT IS NOMINATED :
-
TO ISSUE TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE AND,
TO AUTHORIZE MANUFACTURER TO AFFIX THE EC W
^ ^
MARINE MARK AND THE NOTIFIED BODY NUMBER TO SERES ODME S663
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EUROPEAN UNION COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 96/98 EC ON MARINE EQUIPMENT.
EC w
MARINE MARKED EQUIPMENT IS ACCEPTED ON BOARD SHIPS REGISTERED TO :
EU MEMBER STATES,
MEMBER STATES HAVING ADHERED TO THE DIRECTIVE 96/98 EC AND
MEMBER STATES LINKED TO EU MEMBER STATES (SO-CALLED NON-EU MEMBER STATES).
EC / EU = EUROPEAN COMMUNITY / EUROPEAN UNION
\\SERES\VOL2\2003\EUSABETiPRMARINE\ODME\FOWG8938.DOC
page 18
ll
nns;,
wwwvgrisarcom
MARINE DIVISION
Bis Place des Reflets - La Defense 2
^)Z4C0 Courbtfvole - Francs
Td, i -il 9! 32 04
?:ix ij \ 91 ;S 94
Certificate N:
Fi:,; Number
: AC\i
Z\6i\9f>ZJm6
Product Code : AiÔi
EUROPEAN UNION COUNCIL DIRECTIVE / 98 on MARINE EQUIPMENT

as amended by che Commission Directive 98J83 EC ot'die 1 lux Nijvembcr 1998

(EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE)
Tliis is ta certify that Bureau Varices, acting wUhin che scope o/ics nocicacion/orpurpose o/che
CounciiDirective 96/'98 EC on Marine Equipmeru ,us amended, hasjound che product denned below in
compliance wich che prescribed design requiremencs of che hereunder scaced Reguianons S: Scandards
OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING ANHD CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR AN

OIL TANKER
ODME S 663 MK III
MANUFACTURE
BY;
SERES
Aix-en-Provence - .FRANCE
SPECIFiED REGULATIONS & STANDARDS :

MA.RPOL 73/78, as amended, annex I, Rsg. 15(3) - IMO Resolution A. 586 i 14)
The Approval is valid UMtil : 23/09/204
BUREAU VERITAS MARSEILLE
At Paris ia Defense, on ; 23/0S^/99
J.BENOrr
For the Secretary
* Ciir,iica 13 iM in pytsttance ctaus 5. mdlc , uf Annex i a 'S (;iuficii otr:uv>i yJ'^Z EL.
MsftUfactHiSf ti liUawd o affix special Mafina Onformuy lo
ip^wîs equipiitmt iti 1 coodubns.dsseribffli in , af

Dirocii, oniy i/ ihi requiremenu siasei Ui soaion 7e( ihe SchoJuleuf "! a iilty m i l l e d wh.
Ftst being ir3ti, iiij Ciimncaie is lu be unrftifsed by ttw SoctciyN iurvcvor hav.og ofrying smi T CVtinisi Irapcctiusi f ihs j*,sj;mn4i sqpwm ;
t&mi in 2.3.S uf !he Socieiy'j Ouiilaoo! No Ni J44 O'TE.
E.U. Nolireali Nutsl)
4lk:(i 'Q Bureau Veritt*
OeJ
V-
4-W- * " "
""

6.3. OTHER CERTIFICATES and
DECLARATIONS
SERES Year 2000 Compliance
LCIE - GMED CERTIFICATE ISO 9002

Approval of Seres Quality Assurance System
Attestation no.0454 / 9002 / 1
\\SERES\VOL2\2003\EUSABET\PRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 20
^SOCIETE D'ETUDE
ET DE REAUSATION D'EQUIPEMENTS SPECIAUX
TO WHOM (S CONCERNED
Our Ref : LTRE3/Y2KC

' ta quote
Subject
: Year 2000 Compliance
We hereby confirm th<
SERES m o n i t o r s are c u r r e n t l y Year 2000 c o m p l i a n t a n d are defined as Level One (*) :
1. Date fonnat is 2 digit and will display 00 for year 2000

^' clocTo^nly'^'"'^'^^"' ^ ' ^ "^^^ ^ ' " ^ " date-dependent codes and are fitted with
3.
4.
5.
6.
Compliance is not dependent on other product(s).

System is not using components from other suppliers
Only date display and printing is concerned.
Year 2000 is recognised as a leap year.
^*^ n f T i ? " ^ - ^ '"'^^ ^"""^ ' ' ^ ^ ^ ^ ' '^ P'^'^'y technical, having no impact on the operation
for d f s p T a v S I S r ^ " ^ ' r ^ ' U i ' ^ " ^ ' ^ '^^^' ^ ^ ^ ' ^ --^^ * ' - d a t e f i e l S
ed
S e s a s e s t?e ' '
^ 7 ^ ' " '^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ " t i a l or even necessary. In most of
uiese cases, the problem can simply be ignored.
Yours Sincerely,
Aix-en-Provence, 23 April 1999,
For and on behalf of Seres
S.E.R,E
3 6 0 , Rue Louis da Gr.;::o
LA OU.q.i.NNE - 8 ? ''-'.'
(.:33(0) i 4 2 S 7 - - .
E. Bolorinos
F a : c ; 3 3 ( 0 ) 4 42 9 ; 3 0 ' . i o
Code AcllvlW 332
S ^ , u o p t o l dc FR5 2.304.00O - RCAIX63 S 10 - ^ i ; ^ W l o T ^
"""'
>f
.SOCIETE D'ETUDE ,
ET DE REALISATION D'EQraPEMENTS SPECIAUX
Y2K Test method & procedure for ODME

S663 MKIII
SERES monitors are currently Year 2000 compliant and are defined as Level One (*):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Date format is 2 digit and will display 00 for year 2000.

SERES equipment are not running on date-dependant code and is fitted with dock only.
Campiiance is not dependant on other product.
System is not using components from other suppliers.
Just display and printing of date is concerned.
(*) Level One, the first and lowest, is purely technical, having no impact on the operation
of the enterise other than a cosmetic one.This level deals with those date fields used for
display puoses only, and correction is not essentialor even necessary.ln most of these
cases, the problem can simply be ignored.
To test Year 2000 Compliance :
-
reffering to procedure as mentioned in ODME technical manual chapter 4.3 :

enter date of 31/12/99 and time of 23.58 GMT
wait display and printing of new date 01/01/00
enter date of 28/02/00 and time of 23.58 GMT
enter date of 29/02/00 and time of 23.58
enter date of 31 /12/00 and time of 23,58
reenter cument date and time.
Made in Aix-en-Provence, on August 27th, 1998
Forandon behalf of Seres,
P^
^5
?^ S
3S0, Ru9 LoL-b >.ie E.ra^:^.ô

LA GURANNS - >.P '-.}oo
li-u cc -< - "---.-:- : --^-. -"...^
NO 3!?.TS3I f . 4 o-:- v j
. : 3:3 (0) - 3 &- : .-=i
&
Acli-;.".', 2 J ~ "
Authorized Signature : Pierre BOUTIER
Official stamp
3iO, Rue Lams <U Bro|.Uc-Pl< d'ActbU d'Alx/La - La Dunnnc - DP 37000 - 7 93 ATC-EN-PROVEiNCE CEDEX 3 FTIANCE _
: 01X0)4 42.97 37 37 - Fix : OWOH 42.97 30 30 - E.nu!l : jcre-iwcc^gulUwJf
S.Aaucipicilde230XX)FRC AIX3 10-SIRHT31 420 101 0OO4O
OOMrciUATlON BANCAIRE: 3.N.P.Ai/-Pcc 30004-00601.00023199406-21
.^
DISCHARGE FRiJHIBITH)
28 } 2/00 23.58 SIT
CHAH. 2 MAH MAH MAH
LM T.IL PPM HM M3vH
04 0153 950 21 dV^
UALUE CLOSEL'
31/12-1*9 23.53 m
-1 1 HAH Mi \
LM .IL PPM m nZ.'M
.. 1 49 550 21 CrJS
UALUE CLOSED
HGHITQRH
PREE'IHG .
uiJERBOftfi DISCHAPS
MOE
TT. L LIMIT 12345
HCiHITORIHG
PROCEEDIHQ
OUERSQAFD Di-ARGE
HODE 00
TOT. OIL LIMIT 12345
DIStrLARGE PEP;MITTc[i
D3CHAK PROHIBITED
29/T32/ 23.59 GHT

CHAH. 2 MAN MAH MAH
1 T.OIL PPM [io-'H
04 0153 950 21 0099
UALUE CLOSED
31.'12''7^ 23,53 IT
. 2 NAN MAH
M T.OL PPM m - '
.. Gi49 95 21 Cr59
UALIE CLiJS^)
STAND ev
DISC-LARGE PROHIBITED
DISCHARGE PERMITTED
ZU'i2y'S3 23.5S SMT
CHAH. 2 MAfH MAH MA>-i
U-l T.OIL FPM i-'
04 00149 95 21 0 9
UALUE CLSEE'
ZlAlr^S
23,59 S'T
C-HAij. 2 HAH MAH Mfir-I
l 1,0 IL PPM HM H-v'H
04 149 950 21 i0-99
UAJt OPEH
01/Oi.iXl 00. SfT
CHAH. 2 M
AH
LM I,OIL PPM " -'
04 00150 950 21 UiJ-59
UALUE VPtli
Ol'-Ol/OO 00.02 SMT
CHAH. 2 MAH 1
LM T.OIL FPM HM M3/H
04 00153 950 21 99
UALUE CLS-ED
'
i
Ol/tG/W 00.00 GrfF

CHAi-i. 2 HAM MAH MAN
LM T.OIL PPM MS'-H
04 1 53 950 21 OS
UALUt CLCcSECSTK BY
DISCHAR PROHIBITED
31/12/00 23.58 SIT
CHAH. 2 MAH MAN
Ul T.OIL PPM NM ^
.. 00153 950 21 0099
UALUE CLOSED
0101
PRCCEEDIHG
aesoAPi) DISI:HAR:
MODE 00
DISCHARGE -PROHIBITEC'
MOHITORIHG
.:'1.
OLiERSARO DISCHAFfiE
MOOE 00
DISC-HARGE PER.HITTED
/ 00.00 SMT
- 1 . 2 m
LM T.OIL FPM M3-'H
.. 00153 950 21 0099
UALUE CLOSED
GROUPEMENT POUR .L'EVALUATION DES DISPOSITIFS MEDICAUX
Attestation : 0454 / 9002 / 1
Delivered at Fontenay-aux-Roses on July the 30, 1998
LCiE
Dpartement Sant
Membre du GIE G-MED
CERTIFICATE ISO 9002

APPROVAL OF QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM
Scope of certification :
Manufacture, sale and service of :

. fluids and gases analysers / monitors
. medical gases analysers
Delivered to
SERES
For the site{s) of
360 rue Louis de Broglie

La Duranne
F -13793 AIX-EN-PROVENCE CEDEX 03
LCIE Health Departement certifies that, on the basis of the results contained in the file referenced 939010, and
according to the scope of certification, the system of quality assurance is in conformance with the requirements of
standards ISO 9002 ; 1994.
This certificate is valid until : July the 30, 2003 (included)
ForD
Ttwi cartificate is issued under the foMowIng conditions :

1
II is valid only to the scope o< certification listed above.
2
Copies are available upon mquesl)y the mxctuf er.
EREZ
artement Manager
~~~
,
REVISION: /ACAQ-(600/LE 1938-01-05
33. AVENUE DU GNRAL LECLERC - BP 8 - F 92260 FONTENAY AUX ROSHS - TEL. : 01 D 95 63 54 - FAX : G1 40 95 62 43 .
TEL. INTER. : -33 1 40 95 63 54 - FAX INTER. : +33 1 40 95 62 43 - e.mail : gmed2lcie.fr - TVA intracomm : FR 64395030505
Groupement d'intrt conomique rgi pcf l'ordonnonce du 23 septembre 1967 rnoOiSe -SKHN 395 030 505 RCS Ncnte're
..f?""^^
' - . ^
^ ^
Seres ODME S663 MKMI

6.4. CERTIFICATE for DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
\\SERES\VOL2\2003\EUSABEnPRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 25
DET NORSKE VERITAS

TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE
CERTHCATE N O . A - 7 2 65
This Certificate consists of 2 pages

Tnis is to ceriijy that
Pressure Transmitter
with t/DZ dsignctian(s)
Model 3051 CA, -CD, -CG, -L, -T

Manufactured by
Rosemount Inc.
Chanhassen MN 55317, U.S.A.
isfovnd to comply with
Det Norske Veritas' Rules for Classification of Sliips and Mobile Ofhore Units
pplicatioTjAimitatians
Location classes:
Temperature
A
Hmnidity
Vibration
A
Enclosure
Place and date

1999-05-20
IRSKE VERITAS AS
\y?CT Martiosen \~
V Head of Section^
This Certificate is valid until

2002-12-31
Local Office
DNV New Jersey
^ Rolf 0 | b j m k
-Surveyor
Notice: This Certificite b subject to terms ind conditions 05 . - sijoifiunt chmjeln design or construction render this Certilicste invalid.
DET NORSKE VERITAS AS

Form No.: 20.90a
Issue: January 93
VERFTASVEIEN 1. 1322 HVIK, NORWAY
TEL: (-47) 67 57 99 00
FAX; (+47)57 57 99 11
Page 1 of 2
Cert No.: A-7265

File No.: 892.10'
Product description
3051
3051
3051
3051
3051
CA
CD
CG
L
T
Absolute Pressure Transmitter

Differential Pressure Transmitter
Gage Pressure Transmitter
Liquid Level Transmitter
C-age and Absolute Pressurs Transmitter
AppIication/X-'imitation
Application in hazardous area to be approved in each case
Type Approval documentation
Product Manuals:
Test Reports:
00809-0100-4001, Rev. CA
00813-0100-4001, Rev. BA 11/98
T>ra Report E2555 T90, E2556 T90
SIRA Report CI 053
Certificate retention survey

The scope of the retention/renewal survey is to verify that the conditions stipulated for tiie
type are complied with, and that no alterations are made to the product design or choice of
systems/components/materials.
The main elements of the survey are:
Inspection of factory samples, selected at random from the production line (where
practicable)
Review of production and inspection routines, including test records from product
sample tests and control routines.
Ensuring iat systems/components/materials used comply with type approved
documents and/or referenced, systems/components/materials specifications.
Review of possible changes in design of systems/components/materials, software
version and performance, and make sure that such changes do not affect the type
approval given.
Ensuring traceability between manufacturer's product type marking and tiie type
approval certificate. .
Ensuring that type approved documentation is available.
Survey to be performed at renewal of this certificate.
END OF CERTIFICATE
DET NORSKE V ERJTAS A S

Form No.: 20.30a
Issue: January 98
VERITASVE1N1. 1322H0VIK. NORWAY
TEU (-7) S7 57 99 00
FAX; {*47) 67 57 99 11
Page 2 of 2
V)
.R Type Approval Certificate

Tnis is to ca-iifi/
trat the uridemotsd produces) has/have been tested with satisfactory result ir. accordance vvith
the relevant requirements of the LR Approval SysterrTPSS
certificate is issued to:
PRODUCER
Fisher Rosemount limited

Heath Place
Bognor Regis
West Sussex, P 0 2 2 9SH
England
PLACE OF
PRODUCTION
Rosemount Inc.
8200 Market Blvd.
Chanhassen
Minnesota 55317
USA
DESCRIPTION
Electronic Smart Pressure Transmitter
TYPE
Model 3051 CD - Differential (ranges 1,2,3,4 and 5)

Model 3051 CG - Gauge (ranges 1,2, 3,4 and 5)
Model 3051 CA - Absolute (ranges 2,3 and 4)
(with coplaner flanges, traditional flanges and level
flange vertical mount with associated mounting
bracket options)
Certificate No.
97/00117
Issue D a t e
6 August 1997
Expiry Date
5 August 2002
Sheet
lof 2
Lloyd's Register
].W. Prior
Lloyd's Register of Shipping

71 Fenchurch Street, London EC3M. 4BS~
il
ccr-finua::.
ineet
2 of 2
APPLICATION
Marine, offshore and industrial use. Suitable for

pressure measurements in environmental categories
EN'Vl, ENV2 and ENV3 as defined in. LR Test
Specification No. 1:1990
ADDrnONAL
TESTS
Dry heat
(85 Q
Low temperature
(- 40 Q
Enclosure rating
(EP 66)
Manufacturer's specifications
SPECIFIED
STANDARDS
OTHER
CONDITIONS
To satisfy the EMC requirements for slow high energy

transients on power lines, a transient protection
terminal block (.) should be fitted. This block has the
following effects:
1.
Instrument output falls as a result of each

applied Pulse. A maximum transient effect of
12.5% is noted.
Unit Should only be subjected to a maximum
high voltage of 79.6 V rms.
Certificate No.
97/00117
Issue Date
6 August 1997
Expiry Date
5 August 2002

71 Fenchurch Street, London 4^
"~
?!-
v^f;::;X:i:><îXî>^::i>f4^<vi><Ri>^^
1,
EC-TYPE EXAMINATION
Equipment or Protective System Intended for use

in Potentiaily explosive atmospheres
Directive 94/9/EC
EC-Type Examination Certificate Number :
BAS97ATEX1089X
Equipment or Protective System: MODEL 3051C PRESSURE TRAJVSMlTIilR
Manufacturer ROSEMONT INC
Address: 12001 Technology Drive, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344-395, USA
Tnis equipment or protective system and any acceptable variation thereto is specified Ln the schedule
to this certificate and the documents tharetn referred to.
The Electrical Equipment Certification Service, notified body number 600 in accordance with
Article 9 of the Council Directive 94/9/EC of 23 March 1994, certifies that this equipment or
protective system has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements
relating to the design and construction of equipment and prote<3ive systems intended for use in
potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex to the Directive.
The examination and test results are recorded in confidential Report
97(C)0213 dated 11 June 1997
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with:
EN50 014 (1992)
EN50 020 (1994)
except in respect of those requirements listed at item 18 of the Schedule
10
If the sign "X" is placed after the certificate number, it indicates that the equipment or protective
system is subject to special conditions for safe use specified in the schedule to this certificate.
11
This EC-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE relates only to the design and construction of the
specified equipment or protective system. "If applicable, firrther requirements of this Directive apply to
the manufectuie and supply of this equipment or protective system.
12
The marking of the equipment or protective system shall include the bUowing:< ^
niG
EEi ia T 5 (T. =-^ to-MO'-Q

EEx ia T4 (T. = - to +70C)
This certificate may only be reproduced in its entirety and without any change, schedule included.
FC No: EECS 0914/02/046
This certicau is grasced subject to the general conditions of the Electrical
Equipment Certificatxm Service. It does not necessarily indicate that the apparatus
may be used in particulaf industries or circumstajces.
HSE
Electrical E<{uipment Certification Ser^ce

Health and Safety Executive
Harpur Hill, Buxton, Derbyshire. SK17 9JN. United Kingdom
Tel: 0129S 28000 Ft-c 01198 78244
"""-
--
I M CLEARE
DIRECTOR
24 June 1997
Page 1/4
4:>e^:<?<xi?^^^'<%ii?^?:^^
Schedule
EC-TYPE EXAMES'ATION CERTIFICATE N* 3AS97ATEX1089X
DfescriptioQ of Equipment or protective system

Tae Model 3C51 Pressure Transmitter is designed to convert pressure into an eiectricai signal.
The apparatus comprises terminal block, a micro board, a sensor board, a sensor and an optional
display all housed in a metal enclosure; external connections arc made via.the integral terminal block.
This certicate also covers Models 3051L, 305 , 3031P, 3031T, 3051, 3001C, 3001CL and
300ICH which vary in process cotmection.
U; = 30V
I; = 200mA
Pi = 0.9W
Ci = 0.012pF
16
Report Nos.
97(00213
96(Q0983
17
Specia^ Conditions For Safe Use

1.
18
The Apparatus is not capable of withstanding the 500V insulation test required by Clause
6.4.12 of EN50 020 (1994). This must be taken into account when installing the apparatus.
Essential Health and Safety Requirements

Elssential Health & Safety Requirements not covered by Standards listed at (9)
Subject
Clause
Compliance
1.0.5
Marking
Ses Report 97(C)0213 Clause 4.1.0.5
1.0.6
Instructions
Ses Report 97(C)0213 Clause 4.1.0.6
1.1.1
Materials not to trigger off explosion
See Report 97(C)0213 Clause 4.1.1.1
1.1.2
Effect of explosive atmosphere on materials
See Report 97(C)0213 Qausc 4.1.1.2
1.1.3
Changes in characteristics of materials and combinations

thereof
Sea Report 97(C)02I3 Clause 4.1.1.3
vê;:i^xîX^:iXî^î*fî>*^^^
Page 2/4
.^?<^4b?<îi><fîiX=î:?*î>^:^:i^^
13
Schedule
14
EC-TYPE EXA^MNATION CERTIFICATE B.AS97ATEX1089X
EsseanaJ Health and Safety Requirements
IS
Essential Health & Safety Requirements not covered by Standards listed at (9)
, . . . . , ...
Compliance
Clause 1
Subject
Design with regard to tecimological knowledge
1.2. i
Sss P^port 97(C)02 Clause 4.1.2.1
1.2.2
Components for incorporation or replacement
1.2.3
Ses Report 97()0213 Clause 4.1.2
Enclosed structures and prevention of leaks
See Report 97(C)02I3 Oause 4.1.2.3
1.2.4
Dust deposits
See Report 97(C)02I3 Clause 4.1.2.4
1.2.5
Additional means of protection
1.2.6
Safe opening
See Report 97(0)0213 Clause 4.1.2.6
1.2.7
Protection against other hazards
1.3.3
Hazards arising fitjm stray electric and leakage cnrrcnts
See Rjport 97(C)0213 Clause 4.1.3.3
1.3.5
Hazards arising from pressure compensation operations .
See Report 97(0)0213 Oause 4.1.3.5
1.4.1
Safe function in changing external conditions
1.4.2
Withstanding attack by aggressive substances
1.6.4
Hazards arising from connections
SeeRepori; 97(0)0213 Clause 4.1.6.4
2.1.1
Category IG
19
DRAWINGS
Number
Sheet
Issue
Date
Description
03031-0087
03031-0214
1&2
5-12-95 Terminal Block Schematic

3-14-94 Filter Details
03031-0225
1&2
5-19-93
RFI Filter Details
03031-0581
1 to3
3-14-95
Micro Board 5 Schematic
03031-0582
1 to4
3-14-95
Micro Board 5
03031-0584
1&2
3-14-95
Micro Board 5 Component Overlay
03031-0585
1&2
3-13-95
Sensor Board 3 Schematic
03031-0586
lto4
3-14-95
Sensor Board 3 PCB
03031-0587
1&2
3-14-95
Sensor Board 3 Component Overlay
03031-0589
-1
1-31-95
Display Board Schematic
03031-0590
1 to4
1-31-95
Display Board PCB
v^KSî^î^tî^î:^^^:?*^:^^^
Page 3/4
it
v^><fîiX:î?iF:iX>:i^*î>iR^^
Schedule
13
EC-TYTE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE N' BAS97ATEX1089X
14
19
DRAWINGS
Description
Sheet
Issue
Date
03031-0592
1-31-95
Display Board Assembfy
03031-0920
1&2
12-13-95
305 IT Sensor Board Schematic
4-14-95
305 IT Sensor Board PC3
4-14-95
305 IT Sensor Board Component Overlay
^'
03031-0921
1 to3
03031-0923
03031-1009
1 to4
AA
5-12-97
3051 Assembly &. Label Details
03031-1017
4-13-95
Modules Assembly
03031-1027
1 to 3
03031-2008
I&2
03031-2009
lto4
03031-2011
053585
03031-0654
1 to 4
1
4-10-95
Sensor Details
11-11-94
AP Sensor Board- Schematic
11-11-94
AP Sensor Board PCB
4-13-95
AP Sensor Board Component Overlay
6-15-94
Zener Diode Details
11-27-96
* With the exception of this drawing, the other drawings are held with Cenincate No Ex 89C2360
BASEEFA List Keywords

2PRESMEA
Page 4/4
v^<^:i^<!^:i^<^:b><^:iX^:ii?<îi^^
I 1.
SUPPLEMENTARY EC-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE

in Potentially esplosive atmospheres
Directive 94/9/EC
Suppiementary EC-Type Examination Certificate Number:
BAS97ATEX1089X/1
Equjpment or Protective System: MODEL 3051 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Manufacturer ROSEMOUNT INC
Address: 12001 Technology Drive, Eden Prairie, Minnesou 55344-3695, USA
This supplementary certificate extends EC-Type Examination Certificate No. BAS97ATEXI089X to

apply to equipment or protective systems designed and constructed in accordance with the
specification set out in the Schedule of the said Certificate but bzvmg any variations specified in the
Schedule attached to this certificate and the documents therein referred to.
This Supplementary Certificate shall be-held with the original Certificate.
This certificate may only be reproduced in its entirety and -without any change, schedule included.
File No: EECS 0914/02/046
This cemcue is ( subject to the gcncnl conditicxis of the Bectrical

E<juipment Cotificatioa Service. It does not necessarily indicate that the apparatus
may be used in particular industries or circumstances.
HSE
Electrical Equipment CertUIcation Sernce

Harpor Hill, Buxton, Derbyshire. SK17 9. Lfnited Kingdom
Tel: 01298 2000 Fa.x: 01298 28244
IM CLEARE
DEECTOR
13 October 1998
v^^î;?S::?^;î>^?î?^v?^?N;>^^
CERT\ATEX\EQUIP\CAT1-2\S. Issue 1, Dated September I99S
Page 1/3
Jl
-^>i^:iiRi?<fî?<^:^?*îi>iFCi^^
Schedule
SUPPLEMENTARY EC-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIHCATE BAS97ATEX1089X/1
Descriptioa of the Variation to the Equipment or Protective System

VARL-\TION 1.1
To pernnt:
1.
Alternative terminal block congurations, the use of an alternative sensor board (Sensor Board
Phase ) , a redesign of Microprocessor Board 5 along with minor mechanical and electrical changes.
Report .Vos.
98(Q0590 dated 30 September 1998
See original certificate,
DRAWINGS
Number
Issue
Date
Descrintion
03031-1017 sheets I to 4
AB
8.11.97
Module housing assembly
03031-0225 sheets 1 to 3
10.2.96
Filter details
10.2.96
Filter details
03031-0214 sheet 1 to 3
03031-0087
AB
8.11.97
Terminal block schematic
03031-0235
6.6.96
Sleeve/Standoff
03031-0255
12.4.89
Cable Shroud
03031-0256
5.23.91 '
Inner Shroud
03031-2008
9.23.96
AP Sensor circuit
03031-2009 sheets 1 to 4
9.23.96
AP Sensor pcb details
03031-2011
9.23.96
AP Sensor pcb assembly
03031-0921 sheets 1 to 3
2.97
Sensor board 305 IT pcb details
11.13.95
Sensor board 3 circuit
11.13.95
Sensor board 3 assembly
10.12.95
Sensor board 3 pcb details
03031-0585sheetsl&2
03031-0587
03031-0586 sheets I to 4
Page 2/3
Ih
4^^*:::Jî^<^:^>^fCi?*î:>*î^^
Schedule
SUPPLEMENTARY EC-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE BAS97ATEX1089X/1
Number
Issue
Pate
Descriorion
03031-0815 sheets 1 2
AA.
4.3.97
Sensor board phase ciroii:
03031-0816 sheets 1 to 3
AA
4.4.97
Sensor board phase pcb detas
03031-0817
AA
4.4.97
Sensor board phase assembly
03031-0929
AC
7.14.97
Sensor 3051/2088 pcb assembly
03031-0581 sheets 1 to 3
AC
7.16.97
Micro board 5 drcuit
03031-0582 sheets 1 to 3
AB
4.16.97
Micro board 5 pcb details
03031-0584 sheets 1 & 2
AA
4.3.97
Micro board 5 assembly
The above drawings arc held with Certificate No Ex 89C2360
"
Page 3/3 .
v^><vii?<?:^^:îXCiXîi>î>*^^*^^^
SUPPLEMENTARY EC-TYTE EXAiMINATION CERTIFICATE

in Potentially explosive atmospheres
Dircrlve 94/9/EC
Supplementary EC-Type Examination Cerofcate Number:
BAS97ATEX1089X/2
Equipment or Protective System: MODEL 3051C PRJESSURE TRANSMITTER
Manufacturer ROSEMOUNTINC
Address: 12001 Technology Drive, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344-3695, USA
This supplementary csrtificate extends EC-Type Examination Certificate No. BAS97ATEX1089X to

apply to equipment or protective systems designed and constructed in accordance with the
specification set out in the Schedule of the said Certificate but having aity variations specified in the
This Supplementary Certificate shall be held with the original Certificate.
This certificate may only be reproduced in its entirety and without any change, schednle included.
Fe No: EECS 0914/02/046
This certificate a gnnCcd subject to the gcocnl conditiom of the Electrical

Equipment Service. It does not necessarily indicate that the appantiu
may be used in particular industries oc circutratances.
HSE
Electrical E<]ai(nent Certiucitioa Service

Harpur Hill. Buxton, Derbyshire. SK17 9JN. United Kingdom
Tel: 01298 28000 Fax: 01298 2824
IMCLEARE
DIRECTOR
26 May 1999
v^>*;:^^î?<îi^*^:i?<î><^:^^^::?<îXf^:i^^
CERT\ATEX\EQtnP\CATl-2\S. Issue 1. Dated September 1998
Page 1/3
viK^:iXî>î>*:^*îXî>tî?<î><?:2^^
13
Schedule
14
EC-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE N' BASSTATEXIOSSXI
Description of the Variation to the Equipment or Protective System

VARIATION 2.1
To permit:
1. Minor modifications to the circuit boards.
2. The use of the Taconite sensor board
3. Drawing information changes.
Report Nos.
None
SPECIAL CONDinONS FOR SAFE USE
None
See original certificate.
DRAWINGS
Date
Sheet
bsue
03031-0087
AC
03031-0214
lto3'
AA
^ 10/10/97
10/23/97
03031-0235
1&2
AB
3/31/98
Slccvc/standoflf
Number
Tenmnal block schematic

Filter details
03031-0584
1&2
AE
2/15/99
Micro board 5 assembly
03031-0586
1 to4
AA
10/8/97
Sensor board 3 pcb details
03031-0587
1&2
AC
6/25/98
03031-0590
lto4
AA
110/98
Display board details
03031-0591
lto3
AC
10/98
Display board assembly
03031-0815
1&2
AE
1/13/99
Sensor board 4 schematic
03031-0816
03031-0817
lto3
AE
Sensor board 4 details
1&2
AH
6/11/98
1/13/99
03031-0923
AA
10/7/97
Sensor board 305 IT details
11/25/98
Sensor board 305 IT schematic
03031-0926
1 t3
AC
vdK^î>vii>*^v>*^:i^<î^tî>*4^*î?^^
Page 2/3
4f
4:?*4i><^^Si>fî?<Fi^<î><^^
^^p
Schedule
13
V
EC-TYPE EXAMINAnON CERTIFICATE N* BAS97ATEX1089X/2
14
Decripion
AC
Date
4/30/98
Taconite sensor board deails
1&2
AG
11/25/98
Taconite seascr board assembly
03031-'009
1 to4
AB
3/4/98
Approval drawing
&
03031-1017
1 to 4
AE
10/21/98
Approval diawing
J/,
AA
10/7/97
A? sensor board details
(7
Tf
\
Number
03031-0927
Sheet
baue
lto3
03031-0929
V
^
03031-2011
^--_
Page 3/3
mtmt4\simiitt'
.. ' ^
>:^
l-J^
4^f>Ki;^fî>if4i>sî>i;:î^:b?^^
SUPPLEMEPsTARY EG-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE

Equipment or Yotectrve System Intended for us
Ja PoteotiaJIy explosive atmospheres
Directive 94/9/EC
Supplementary EC-Type Exajm i nation CertiScatc Number
BAS97ATEX1089X73
Equipment or Protective System: MODEL 3051C PRXSSIIRE TRANSMITTER
r
s^
Manufacrurer: R O S Z M O U N T I N C
Address: 12001 Technology Drive, Edeo Prairie, Minnesota 55344-3695, USA
;
'ST
This supplementary certificate extends EC-Type Examination Certificate No. BAS97ATEX1089X to

apply to equipment or protccnve systems designed and constructed in accordance with the
specification set out in the Schedule of the said Certificate but having any variations specified in the
y.
This Supplementary CcrtLTicatc shall be held with the original Certificate.
This certificate may only be rsprodticed in its entirety and without any ciangc, sdiedale included.
File No; EECS 0914/02/046
j This czttificiu a granted sibjcct to Ih {Mni condioa oC ths Elccana

Ec(uion>ciit Catifirniion Secnoe. It docs not ruxsuxily indicaca Utat the apparatux
I may b< ucd in particular indu5Vwa or circtmutancsa.
HSE
EIcetrHcal fjfaipmtst 1 Serviez

Hcxhh aiulSafttyEicentiv
Harper . Bttxtoa. ^, SK17 9J.N. L'nJi! K b s d o m
T<l:++<0)I29tJ8000 7:+^4<0)12Se 2 E 4 4
Internet: Tn4v.bjKjcCa.com a-ottll; haMef4.1jtfo.eeci^^L^v.uk
CER-nATEXVEQUIi.CAT1.2\S. luu 1. D.llSepeini>cr.l?9S
IMCLEABJE
DIRECTOR
11 January 2001
Page 1/3
-'^^^^
v^*^:<?=^X^^><^:s>4ii>"4^:i?^^
13
Schedule
14
SUPPbEMErCTARY EC-TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE N* BAS97ATEX1089X/3
Description of the Variation to the E<iuipment or Protective System

VARIATION 3.1
To permie
1.
2.
3.
Alternative sensor modules,

Minor mechanical modifierions.
Drawing information changes.
VAKIATION 3,2
To permit che use of the apparatus in combiistfble dust conditions in accordance with EN 50281-1-1: 1998 and
EN 50014: 1997. The surface temperature of the enclosure under dust conditioiK will not exceed SO'C in
ambient temperatures between - and 40''C. The enclosure conforms to the leqnircmenls of IP6.
The apparatus will be coded <S> I I 1 GD T SCC (T* -20*0 to 40''Q

External connectioas arc made via oneof two tapped holes and the installation of the external connections and
plugging of the unused entry must be carried out using the appropriate EEx e or EEx n metal, cable gland and
metal blanking plug component certified by an EU Approved Certificatioa Body, or appropriate cable
gland and blanking plug certified 2 G EEx II by an EU Approved Certification Body.
Report Nos.
00(Q0337
"
\ ^
0:
Special Coadldoas For Safe Uae

See original certificate.
%
%
%
\%
For compliance with Clause 2.1.2. Category ID, see report No. 00(C)0337. For all other clauses see original
certificate.
Page 2/3
-^
v^>t^;siS;::>*iCi^^^:ij4;?fe^<S^^
13
Schednle
14
SUPPLEMENTARY EC-TYPE EXAMTNATION CERTIFICATE tC BAS97ATEX1089X/3
DRAWI4GS
Number
! -:
i :>
ShfiS
Dte
lasvc
12/93
Descriutioa
305 I T Sensor Board Schematic
"03031-0920
1:2
-03031-0921
1 to3
03031-1009
lto4
AD
6/14/00
ATEX Configuration
03031-1017
1 to 6
AG
6/14/00
Modtile Housing Assembly
.511
303 I T Sensor Board PWB
03031-1027
1 to3
4/10/95
Sensor Details
03031-2008
19
AP Sensor Board Schematic
03031-2009
I to 4
9/23/96
AP Sensor Boaid PWB
6/15/94
Zcncr Diode Details
10/2/96
Filter Details
C53585
1 to 4
03031-0223
I to3
03031-0255
12/4/89
Cable Shioud
03031-0256
5/23/91
Inner Shroud
*03031-0381
1 to3
AC
7/16/97
Micro Board 5 Schematic
03031-0582
1 to3
AD
7/17/00
Micro Board 5 PWB
AG
03031-0584
1&2
03031-0585
1 &2
03031-0589
03031-0591
1 to 4
AD
03031-0654
1 '
"^
7/19/00
Micro Board 5 PWA
11/13/95
Sensor Board 3 Schematic
1/31/95
Display Board Schematic
11/10/00
Display Board PWA
11/27/96
Potting Summaxy
These drawings were previously listed being held with Certificate No. Ex 89C2360.
Page 3/3
- ^

6.5. CERTIFICATE for PRESSOSTAT
\\SERES\VOL2\2003\EUSABEnPRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 43
LABORATOtRE CSNTRAL
DES INDUSTRIES ELECTHIQUES
33. avenue du Gnral Let-lcn:

F 32260 FonCenay-xux-ReSB3
r!. : (1) 40.. - Tic3 j^B^LZC 250080 F
ELECTRICAL APPARATUS FOR USE IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE
Ofijnnl : Pfnc-i
Trart3l*(icn
(1)
CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
(2)
L.C-I.E. 94-C052 X
(3)
This certificats is issued for ihe electrical apparatus:

Pressure sensitive sv/itch or thermostat
Type: RP2Y or RT2Y
(4)
Manufactured and submitted for certification by:

BOURDON SEDHME
125, made laMarre
41103 VENDOME CEDEX - France
(5)
This electrical apparatus and any acceptable variation thereto is specified in the schedule to thi,;
cartificato and the documents therein referred to.
CODE:
EEx ia IIC T6
/ .7 document ntay only be rtpraducsd in full
Sheet J/4
..^
dated J u n e 14, 1994
CertiHcata L . C . L E . 94.C6052 X
{6) L.C.I.E. being an Approved Certification Body in accordance with article 4 of the Council
Directive of the European Comfflunitics of 1S December 1975 (7G/17/EEC),
-
confirms that the apparatus has bean found to compjy with harmonized European Standards:
, N 50014 (1977), NF 23-514 (1982) + amendments I to 5
. EN 50020 (1977), NF 23-520 (1932) +- amandmencs 1 and 2
and has succcasfuily me: the examination and tests requirements,
connnns to have issued a confidential test repon of these ciamination and tests.
(7)
Tha marking of the electrical apparatus shall include the cods;

BEx ia l i e T6
(S)
By the marking of the electrical apparatus che supplier has the responsibility ro ensure that the _
apparatus conformi to the jpeciflcatian laid down in the schedule to thia certificate and has utisflcd
routine veriilcationa and tests apccificd therein.
(9)
This elctricil apparahii may h<raarksdwith tha Diitinctiva Community Mark spccirlcd in annfix
to the Council Directive of Februsry 1979 (7g/196EC). A facsimil of this mark is printed on
sheet 1 0^ Ulis certificate.
Fontcnay-aux-Rosea, on June 14, 1994
Teating Manager
J J , MOREL
3oniof Fjginaer
CODEi
Certincation Body Director
IsaheUc HELLcH
Division Wnnagor
Energy QtyJ 141
EHx ia T6
TTiij dccuimnt may only be reproduced infull~
Sh^&t 1/4
Cartincate L . C . L E . 94.C^02 X " '
dated June 14, 154
SCHEDULE
P R E S S U R E SENSITIVE SWITCH or T H E R M O S T A T
TYPE:IlP2YorRT2Y
DMlCBiniQiN- OF TT-TTC E L E C T R I C A L APPARATUS Sscticai anparalus including a defonnablc clement (stainless steel ) which activates a micros^,vi'tch
by means cf a piston.
DS5CRIPTTVE riOCTnvfT-.NT5; Manual
Rcf. JMS.AG..96/94
Drawings
No.
52325-02
52910-02
52807-02
(3 pages)
dated
22.03.1994
dated
dated
dated
21.03 1994
21.03 1994
22.03 1994
MARKING The electrical apparatos defined:above must bear the following mfkbg:
BOURDON SEDEME
Type: RP2Y or 2 (1)
Serial Number;...
EEx ii T6 (ambient T. < f i "C)
LCIE94.C6052X
(1)
2 fbr th3 preisure icniitive switch and RT2Y for the thermnatat.
Furthermore, the electrica] apparilua must bear the usual standard marking for manufactured electrical
apparatus.
CODE:
EExlaIICT6
This document may only be rspraduced
in full_^^
Sheet 3/4
S C H E D U L E
(cantlnuedj
E L E C T R I C A L 5 ? . PA p ^ ^ :? ;> .
L Int - 0
'C int ' 0
Not applicable.
57 , CnNT:) r n ^fS F O R SAFE OPEKATTON The eieco-ical apparatus must be associated only to intrinsically sofa apparatus of a certified type whose
electrical safety prameters do not exceed any of the following values:
U = 30V
I-6raA
i3 = a . 5 W
The temperature cias corrasponds lo a maximum ambient temperature of+55 C.
* * ir * i * * *=
CODE:
la IIC
Thir document only be reproduced in full
She it 4/4
--^ ;_
TOTAL PfiGcCSD 04
SO,
'^St
>
Seres ODME S663 MKIIi

6.6. CERTIFICATE for ZENER BARRIERS
\\SERES\VOL2\2003\EUSABEVPRMARiNE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 48
^f
Instruments
sari
Bcimenc SIUC 4
1 rue ds Vergers
9 70 LIMNcST
France
Tiphone 04 78 64 98 32
Tlcooie 04 78 35 79 41
Safety Analysis Docunnent
For a:
BOURDON Pressure Sensor
With a:
iVleasurement Technology Limited zener barrier

iVlTL707 +
Prpar par
Rf : D99012-2
MTL Instruments
Sari
SARL au Capital l 5,0 OOo Francs. Sicvic .So<.i:il: Bliment SIUC 4. l m Ucs Veners. 9 7<) UMONfcJT. RCS Lyon U }HO 42 7K7
^^^
Safety Analysis Document

(in accordance
with clause 2.4 of EN 50 039)
Descriptive System Document N"99009

This d o c u m e n t d e m o n s t r a t e s that a s y s t e m comprising a Pressure s e n s o r
manufactured by BOURDON and a Measurement Technology Zener Barrier
M T L 7 0 7 T - satisfies the requirements of "an uncertified intrinsically safe electrical
s y s t e m " as defined in Eurooean Standard EN50 039.
The interconnection of the named items is shown in Figure 1 and the resulting
s y s t e m m.ay be c o d e d as follows:
EEx ia lie T4
For refsrance, the relevant clause 2 of European Standard EN50 039 is:
2.
Definitions
The following definitions, specific to intrinsically safe electrical systems, are applicable in this
European Standard; they supplement the definitions which are given in European Standard
EN50 014 "General requirements" and EN50 020 "Intrinsic safety ? ".
2.1 intrinsically safe electrical system. An assembly of interconnected items of electrical
apparatus, described in a descriptive system document, in which the circuits or parts of circuits,
intended to be used in a potentially explosive atmosphere, are intrinsically safe drcuits.
2.2 certified intrinsically safe system. An electrical system confomiing to 2.1 for which a
certificate has been issued confirming that the type of electrical system complies with this
European Standard.
^
NOTE. It is not necessary for each item of electrical apparatus in an intrinsically safe electrical
system to be certified individually provided that each such item of electrical apparatus is
positively identifiable.
2.3 uncertified intrinsically safe electrical system. An electrical system confonming to 2.1 for
which the knowledge of the electrical parameters of the items of certified intrinsically safe
electrical apparatus, certified assodated electrical apparatus, non-certified devices conforming
to 1.3 of European Standard EN50 014 "General requirements" and the knowledge of the
electrical and physical parameters of the interconnecting wiring permit the unambiguous^
deduction that intrinsic safety is preserved.
NOTE. For accessories, dause 6 applies.
2.4 descriptive system document. A document prepared by the system designer in which the
items of electrical apparatus, their electrical parameters and those for the interconnecting wiring
(see 5.1) are specified.
'NOTE. The term 'system designer' Is intended to describe the person who is responsible for
the intrinsic safety of the system.
D99012-2
Saferv-Analvsis BOURDON pressure sensor and ' 7 07+
Page 1 of 3
i^j
Background
The MTL7.07+ is a two channel shunt diode safety barrier certified [EEx ia] IIC by BASEEFA
to EN50 0 14/50020. Certificate N' Ex832452 ( variation 4 ) and has the following Safety
Descriptions ;
Uo=28V,
lo=93mA,
300 Ohms,
^ 0 = 650 mW.
The pressure sensor from BOURDON is considered as Simple Apparatus as defined in

Clause 1.3 of EN 50 014 and is assumed to be capable of withstanding a test voltage of
500V rms to earth.
Safety Analysis
BASEE.^ System Certificate Ex832452 variation 4 covers the combination of both channels
of the M I L707+ plus an earth return connected to Simple apparatus.
It can be deduced that the combination of the two forms an Intrinsically Safe System .
Cable Parameters
The system certificate for the MTL707+, Certificate Ex832452 (variation 4 ) gives the
following parameters for the hazardous area circuit connected.
Gas Group
Capacitance
Inductance
IIC
0.13
4.2
IIB
0.39
12.6
IIA
1.04
33.6
MF
The Simple Apparatus pressure sensor has no values of internal inductance and
capacitance.
i
Therefore, the values permitted for the barnier gives the allowatfle cable parameters for the
cable between the interface and the simple apparatus.
Conclusion
The combination of the BOURDON Pressure sensor and the MTL707+ zener barrier
interface form an Intrinsically Safe system according to Clause 2.2 of EN 50 0 39.
Prepared by
Patrick THEVENOT
MTL Instruments sari
Limonest
France
D990I2-2
Safer,-Analysis BOURDON pressure seasor and MTL707+
Page 2 of 3
Figure 1
3 Area
'
Safe Area
BOURDON
Safe Area
Apparatus
Pressure sensor
Ses Note 1
"Simple appparatus"
MTL707Zener Barrier
Cert No Ex832452 Variation 4
Note 1 "
Safe area apparatus: unspecified except that it must not subject the safe area
terminals of the
Intrinsically Safe Interface to a source of potential exceeding ^ = 250V
Note 2
Where the hazardous area cables are part of a multicore containing other intrinsically
safe circuits, they must be part of a Type A or Type cable (as defined in Clause 5.3 of
EN50 0 39:1982). The peak
Voltage qf any circuit contained within the multicore must
not exceed 60V.
Note3
The installation must comply with national re'quirements (for example BS5345 Part 4
:1977inthe United Kingdom)
099012-2
Safer.- Analysis BOURDON pressure sensor and NfrL707+
Page 3 of 3
MTL
Instruments
sari
Bcimenc SILIC 4
1 rue des Vergers
69760 LLV[0>ST
France
Tlphone 04 78 64 98 32
Tlcopie 04 78 35 79 41
For a:
Rosemount mode! T 1 5 1 Pressure Transmitter
W i t h a:
M e a s u r e m e n t T e c h n o l o g y Limited zener barrier

MTL787S4-
Prpar par
Rf : D99011'2
MTL Instruments
Sari
SARL au Capal l 550 QOQ Fr-ino. Si^c Social: Btiment SIUC ^. l rue Ues Vcoscci. 69760 UMONEST. RCS Lyon U 30 U-i ^S"
; 17

(in accordance
with clause
2.4 of EN 50 039)
Descriptive S y s t e m D o c u m e n t N"99009
This d o c u m e n t d e m o n s t r a t e s that a s y s t e m c o m p r i s i n g a Model 1151 Pressure
Transmitter m a n u f a c t u r e d by R o s e m o u n t a n d a Measurement T e c h n o l o g y Zener
Barrier MTL787S+ s a t i s f i e s the r e q u i r e m e n t s of " a n uncertified intrinsically safe
electrical s y s t e m " as defined in European Standard EN50 039.
The i n t e r c o n n e c t i o n of the named items is s h o w n in Figure 1 and the resulting

s y s t e m may be c o d e d as f o l l o w s :
EEx ia lie T4
Cable parameters f o r the i n t e r c o n n e c t i n g w i r i n g s h o u l d not exceed the values
s h o w n at the end of t h i s document.
For reference, the relevant clause 2 of European Standard EN50 039 is:
2.
Definitions
The following definitions, specific to intrinsically safe electrical systems, are applicable in this European
Standard; they supplement the definitions which are given in European Standard EN50 014 "General
requirements" and EN5Q 020 "Intrinsic safety T ".
2.1 intrinsically safe electrical system. An assembly of interconnected items of electrical apparatus,
described in a descriptive system document."in which the circuits or parts of circuits, intended to be used
in a potentially explosive atmosphere, are intrinsically safe drcuits.
2.2 certified intrinsically safe system. An electrical system conforming to 2.1 for which a certificate has
been issued confirming that the type of electrical system complies with this European Standard.
NOTE. It is not necessary for each item of electrical apparatus in an intrinsically safe electrical system to
be certified individually provided that each such item of electrical apparatus is positively identifiable.
2.3 uncertified intrinsically safe electrical system. An electrical system conforming to 2.1 for which the
knowledge of the electrical parameters of the items of certified intrinsically safe electrical apparatus,
certified associated electrical apparatus, non-certified devices conforming to 1.3 of European Standard
EN50 014 "General requirements" and the knowledge of e electrical and physical parameters of the
interconnecting wiring permit the unambiguous deduction that intrinsic safety is preserved.
NOTE. For accessories, clause 6 applies.
2.4 descriptive system document. A document prepared by the system designer in which the items of
electrical apparatus, their electrical parameters and those for the interconnecting wiring (see 5.1) are
specified.
NOTE. The term "system designer' is intended to describe the person who is responsible for the
intrinsic safety of
the system.
99011-2
Safet>- Analysis model 1151 Pressure Transmitter meter and MTL7S7S+
Page 1 of 3
Background
The MTL7a7S+ is certified [EEx ia] IIC by BASEEFA to EN50 0 14/50020, Certificate N'
Ex832452 ( variation 4 ) and.has the following Safety Descriptions :
Uo= 28 V,
lo= 93 mA,
300 Ohms,
Po= 650 mW.
Tne Rosemount model 1151 pressure transmitter is certified EEx ia IIC T4 (Tamb= -6QC to
3GX) by BASEEFA, certificat N" Ex 96D2516X and has the following maximum parameters
for the device supplying its power:
U^,, = 28V
1 ^ , = 120mA, ^ = 1W
The internal capacitance Ceq = .

Tne internal inductance Leq = 20
Safety Analysis
Since the output characteristics of the barrier channels used are less than those specified for
pressure transmitter, it can be deduced that the combination of the two fonms an Intrinsically
Safe System .
Cable Parameters
The system certificate for the MTL787S+. Certificate N' Ex832452 ( variation 4 ) gives the
following parameters for the hazardous area circuit connected.
Gas Group
Capacitance
Inductance
lie
0.13
4.2
IIB
0.39
12-6
IIA
1.04
33.6
pF
mH
Tne Apparatus Certificate for the model 1151 pressure transmitter gives the following values
of internal inductance and capacitance.
Ceq = C;(
= 0,009 MF
Leq = ( = 20 pH
Deducting these from the values permitted for th barrier gives the aiiowable cable
parameters for the cable between the interface and the transmitter.
Gas Group
Capacitance
Inductance
9911-2
lie
0.121
- 4.18
IIB
0.381
12.58
IIA
1.031 pF
33.58 mH
Safere- Anahsis model 1151 Pressure Transmitter meter and MTL7S7S+
Page 2 of 3
Conclusion
The combination of the Rosemount model 1151 pressure transmitter and the MTL787S+
zener barrier interface form an intrinsically Safe system according to Clause 2.2 of EN 50 0
39.
Prepared by
Patrick THEVENOT
MTL Instruments sari
Limonest
France
Figure 1
3 Area
Safe Area
Rosemount
Safe Area
Apparatus
Pressure Transmitter
See Note 1
Cert Ex96D251SX
; MTL787S+
I Zener Barrier
; Cert No Ex832452 Variation 4
Note 1
Safe area apparatus: unspedfied except that it must not subject the safe area terminals of the
intrinsically Safe Interface to a source of potential exceeding U^ = 250V
Notez
Where the hazardous area cables are part of a multicore containing other intrinsically safe circuits, they
must be part of a Type A or Type 8 cable (as defined in Clause 5.3 of EN50 0 39:1982). The peak
Voltage of any circuit contained within the multicore must not exceed 60V.
Note 3
The installation must comply with national requirements (for example BS5345 Part 4 :1977 in the
United Kingdom)
99011-2
Safer\- Analysis model 1151 Pressure Transmitter meter and iVrrL787S+
Page 3 of 3
'ftfr-j
Seres ODME S663 IVIKIII

Oil Discharge IVIonitoring Equipment
7. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
Nota :
For any particular comment / question concerning equipment / installation, please quote
drawing number(s) as listed on next page for easy reference.
\\SERES\VOL2\2003\ELISABE'nPRMARIN\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 57
1 ^ K f HnlF

OM Discharge Monitoring Equipment
DRAWING NO.
TITLE
ES 663-337
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OLEOMETER
ES 663-316
CALCULATOR DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
ES 663-319
CALCULATOR EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION IN CONSOLE
ES 663-317
CALCULATOR TERMINAL DRAWING
ES 663-318
OLEOMETER CABINET DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
ES 663-320
OLEOMETER BULKHEAD PENETRATION
ES 663-327
OLEOMETER CABINET ON PENETRATION PLATE
ES 663-332
OLEOMETER TERMINAL DRAWING
ES 663-285
MOTO/PUMP STARTER DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
ES 663-342
MOTO/PUMP STARTER ELECTRICAL DRAWING
ES 663-308
CONNECTION BETWEEN MOTOR STARTER AND OLEOMETER
ES 663-341
MOTOR PUMP ASSEMBLY
ES 663-343
MOTOR PUMP BULKHEAD PENETRATION
ES 663-335
OIL CONTENT METER AND PUMP INSTALLATION
ES 663-324
HYDRAULIC PANEL
ES 663-333
PRESSOSTAT
ES 663-374
SAMPLING PROBE
ES 663-336
SAMPLE VALVE CONTROL
ES 663-326
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM
ES 663-328
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
ES 663-339
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
ES 663-338
SERES BASIC SCOPE OF SUPPLY

F O R ODME DELIVERED WITH F L O W M E T E R
ES 663-329
DIMENSIONAL DRWG AND INSTAL FLOWMETER PROBE
ES 663-330
INSTALLATION & PRECAUTIONS FOR FLOWMETER PROBE
ES 663-331
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER WITH VALVE BLOCK
ES 663-375
FLOWMETER VALVES INSTALLATION DRAWING

MISCELLANEOUS FOR ODME
ES 663-269
NO RETURN / SAFETY VALVE
ES 663-297
PRESSURE REDUCER
ES 663-268
1/4 TURN SHUT-OFF VALVE (1/2" BSP and 3/4" STOP VALVE)
804-109
TIGHTNESS CONTROL SYSTEM
ES 663-360
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING OF DISCHARGE VALVES CONTROL CABINET
ES 663-361
PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS DIAGRAM OF DISCH.VALVES CONTROL UNIT
ES 663-362
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS DIAGRAM OF DISCH.VALVES CONTROL UNIT
0166.1/4-10
DISCHARGE / RECIRCULATION BUTTERFLY VALVES
8515.1/5-10
DOUBLE ACTING PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
5350.1/3-10
MANUAL OVERRIDE
8512.1-10
POSITION DETECTION type AMTRONIC
\\SERS\VOL2\2003\ELISABET\PRMARINE\ODME\FDWG8938.DOC
page 58
Input of channel
to nnonitor
conlrol of channel
to nrionilor
Flow input
f^
Sel point passed
olarm 2 0 L / n f n
Manual flow
input
Excess ppm alarm

in inboard transfer
Speed input(loq)
Manual speed
input
Oleometer
control
CALCULATOR
Oleometer input
Stop discharge
DISPLAY
Dale
lime
-L/mn
-channel
- t o t a l oil - F l o w
-Speed
-Limit
Working conditions
Messages in event
of alarm.
Manual input
of oil content
Anolysis input order
Input discharge valve open
Printer
Date
time
L/mn
toloi oil
Alphanumerical
messages
"Total oil"limited
input
Ry. I
Tralltmtnt
Hbret/
DiilQnQllon
Dol.
i/
Tolir.gtnir.t
o...jfip(if;L - i ^ -
yy^r=i
<5^
;V
|_j.j (jiLLjis
Uol.! /
Uilnoj.: /
o.i.mmi
UU.: /
N-:ES(OS@;
nm
Auto calibration device
>
CX
pp
auto
03
converter
A/N
onnplify
ex
E- Colibralion
I
Compensation ce
Projector
(8>-
-^J^S232
Measuring
vessel
to calculator
I
^
. . i. I
^,
of
sampling pump
Projector's
control
nneasuring cell
calibration cell
calibration projector
->
Tralt*mot
Cellc>< ; hydrocarbon analysis

Cell : turbidim analysis
HU
1> = <
of
hydraulic panel
Projector's
switching device o<M
JLTUITL
poH
C.nmmnnd
t>i*itffHI<tQO
i @83111
t/
Ttl<-.i.>ir.l
.fH3-(^-
C P S u s niurs
Uol.l/
jaa.
SCHEMATIC
OLEOMETER
Ihinagtt/
Uk.1 /
.- ?
.
. BISPLAY
MAIN SWITCH
KEYBDARD
483.6
465
//
.8.8
'
ODME
NB:For console installation calculator

has to be fastened by using the
four holes on front panel.
WEIGHT: 10Kg
MK III
-<^
424.5
345
428
-eri
' ifT! ilKlilUlltttmnfnftnR
S=
ZENER BARRTFRi
FUSES g.5A
TERMINAL
p. COMBET
Dessini
First issue
A.
M .
Vrifl
Mslgnotton
ODME MK
Scale: /
ÂK-EN-PRONCE FRANCE
T.I: 04 42 97 37 37
Fax: 04 42 7 30 30
Sit Internat : wwwâr*france.fr
^
^
19/02/1999
Dote
Rev.
No.:S663316N
CALCULATOR
VIEW FROM FRONT
h-
CL
UJ
i:i
O r . . ..
^-
)
Q
Q
>CULS
a
I
<
LU
> < 0 04
Contact capacity 0,2A/230V Moxi

RC
RO
RE RF
Contact capacity 0,5A/230V Maxi
RG RH
RN
iiiiii
OJ
CO
(^
00
cu
ON
CO
40
r^
00 0^
ou
in
OJ CO
aj
OJ
OJ
RQ
RP
RR
r-l OJ 00 ^- i n 4
00
00
OJ OJ OJ OJ CO 0
CO 00 CO CO CO CO
CO
E
E
NC
t_LJ^
RS232C
Connected to the
oleometer
LOG IMPULSE INPUT:

-Pins 7 / 8 :Dry contact
-Pins 7 / 9 ( + ) : 5to24V
(35mA) impulse
>
(+)
(-)
UK.
ZENER 1
BARRIER
>^
'
NC
_
-
in
u>
'
CONTROL OF SOLENOID
VALVES FOR OPENING SAMPLE
VALVES OF CHANNELS TO BE
ANALYSED (6 channels max)
Contact closed to open valve.
4-20mA
MAINS SUPPLY
TO CALCUUTOR
230V(or110V)
50 or 60Hz
300V.A
20 l/nm ALARM and ADJUSTABLE PPM ALARM OUTPUT

Closed contact = alarm
15 PPM EXCEEDED ALARM or BILDGE WATER ALARM OUTPUT
Closed contact
alarm
MTL788+
(+)
STOP DISCHARGE COMMAND OUTPUT

{-)
T^
"FLOWMETER"
(OPTION)
Open contact = discharge prohibited

POWER SUPPLY FAILURE ALARM and COMMON AlARM OUTPUT
open contact > alarm condition
STOP DISCHARGE CHEMICAL OUTPUT (OPTION)
Open contact = discharge prohibited
CHEMICAL VALVE B-INPUT (OPTION)

Open contact Valve open
CHEMICAL VALVE A-INPUT (OPTION)
Open contact = Valve open
t/\
START/STOP DISCHARGE MONITORING-INPUT

Open contact = start monitoring
DISCHARGE VALVE POSITION-INPUT
Open contact = Volve open
29/09/93 I REVISION GENERALE

Rev.
DTelgnotton
Dote
Vtoo
Traltenrient
Nbre: /
TolTr.gTnTr.:
Dea.:
RA
-Q-^-
AIX ! MILLES
TSI: 42.24.49.10
Faic: 42.24.30.87
Mat: /
CALCULATOR TERiflNAL DRAWING
Udnage:
Date:M/B/n
Ech.:
NdEiii331l7 i
Rev.:
1 Sealing lands from 16,5 to
*11,
3 Seoling glonds BV2 from 3.3 to 14,5
Weight=48Kg
430
engine
Pump
roonn
room
Oetoi] of screw
to be welded on
buikeod
15/01/95
A
I 30/04/931
Rev.
Date
Design tion
Visa
Tolr,gnf.:
Oess.: RAPHAEL
RA
AJOUTE 1 PRESSE ETOUPE BV2
Traitement :
Nbre:
RA
AJOUTE POSITION 2 92
+/-0,1
-.S^-bAIX lea MILLES

Tel: 4.2.2-+.4.9.10
-Fax:4.2.24.30.97
PlC
Mot.:
CABIBIET -
Usinage:
Dale: 31/03/92 Ech.:. 1
Rev.;
12/09/96
27/08/93
Rev.
RA
AJOUTE COTES
Date
Visa
Designation
Traitement
Nbra: /
SOPS
MOOIF. VANNES + COTES
/
Mat.: /
Toier.ganer.:
Dess.
OLEMETEH
1 0 PEiETRTM
Usinage: /
AIX
-SCPSS-S^1' LLES
Date:
17/4/82
Ecti.:/
N:
Eseeaaio-
. -
Rev,
S
t
<
UJ
CJ
UJ
(
z u o2
in
Z
UJ
(
W ,7^ 0.
< o UJ 3
u a: < o
3 o.
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
bi
.c
C7>
\\\\\\\\4tX\\4\\\\\\\^^^^
*
lij
a
u
I- z
SS
< <J
-gu
A:
-
30/04/93
Rev.
AJOUTE BARRIERE ZENER + 1
Dale
Dess.:
/
Toler.gener.:
RAPHAEL
--
AIX l e a M I L L E S
Tel: - 4 . 2 . 1 6 . 7 5 . 7 6
Fox:-t2.24.30.97
|^* ^
FL
Designation
Traitement
Nbre:
-^Visa
ISP
Mat.:
/
OIÂriMlS OF 010
Usinoge: / . .
D a t e : 06/04/92 EchT: 1
C'ABMET OM PLATE
N'
17
Rev.:
Internal
wiring
6
1
4
1
Contact capacity
lA-220vMc5:i
rO
On
9 10 11 12
ZEN
aARRlER
-(
@@@
to PRESSOSTAT
in PUMP ROOM
Wains
220v
supplv
RS232c Connections
to CALCULATOR
50Hz.
2 0 0 VA
Tripolar c o n t a c t o r
for MOTOR/PUMP a s s e m b l y
16/12/97
30/04/93
Rev.
PRESSOSTAT CABLE SUR BARRIERE ZENER . SUPPRESSON ;3pRi.^3.14,
AW
AJOUTE BARRIERE ZENER

Visa
Oesiqnoticn
Date
Traitement :
Nbre:
Oess.:
Toler.gener.:
MINARO
-3-ÂIX 1 MILLES
Tel: 2 6 .76.76
Fax: 4.-z.Z<:20.97
Mat.:
Usinage:
D o t e ; 05/05/92 Ech.:
Rev.:
JO
230
DEPTH 155
Weight=:3Kg
3 Sealing glands BV2 from 8,5 to 014,5
A t t a c h m e n t by 4 .screws 0 8
Rev.
Oat=
Designation
Traitement
Nbre: /
Dess.:
E S8S3
/
Toler.gener.:
Visa
-G3-@>AIX les WIULES

Tel: 42.-16.76.76
.'^ : 2 .2*.30.97
Mat.: /
Usinage:
Dote:
miO/?m?
STARTER
DIMESIQMAL DRAliriNQ
JV3yS2
Ech.: 1
Rev.:
^/
CONTACTOR
caL
RUN
INDICATOR
&
I9
96
SAFETY RELAY 1 I
-6
1?-
Li
95
POVR INDICATOR
STOP
AUTO
MANUAL
\t
I I
TRANSFORMER
MANUAL SWITCH
'440V
4av
-TERMINAL 4-&3 (OLEOMETER)

OP.Y CONTACT CLOSED VVHEN
MOTOR RUNNING.
TERMINAL 7 (OLEOMETER):
RETURN DRY CONTACT CLOSED
WHEN TELEMECANIQUE CONTACTOR ON.
TO
OLEOMETER
-^
4_/
MAIN SUPPLY
+40V
60H2
\
MOTO/PUMP
SUPPLY
Rev.
Dcts
O?siqnation
Trailern ent
Nbre:
Ocss.:
RAPHAEL
ODME S663MKI
Tol?r.g?n?r.:
MaL:
^ : : ^ ^ > -
S{7S
AIX 1 M I L L E S
TSi: -t2.2-4-.49.10
f a x : 4.2.24.JO.97
Visa
Usinage;
Date: 13/05/92 Ech;
MOTO/PUMP STARTER
ELECTRICAL DRAWING
N:ES663'342
Rev.:
^^
INTERNAL WIRING
TC6
TCI 4
OLEOMETER
ZEN ER
BAr.RlEH
10 11 12
1
).
RS232C Connection
to CALCULATOR
N_
Wains supply
220v
6GHzj
220VA
te PRESSOSTAT
in PUMP ROOM
CONTACTOR CABINET
(DELIVERED BY SERES)
03/03/98
SOPS
SUPPRESSION DES BORNES 13 et 14
I 15/12/93
Rev.
Date
RA
AJ. BARRIERE ZENER

D?5ignation
Visa
Traitement :
Nbrs: 1
Tol?r.g?n?r.:
Dess.: RAPHAEL
Mat.: /
Usinoge:
AIX 1 M I L L E S
TSi: * 2 . 1 6 . 7 6 . 7 6
Fox: 4 . 2 . 2 4 . 3 0 . 9 7
Date: 5/05/92 Ech.: /
BETrEEM
$11 1
N:
Oo
Rev.:
'~4
1/4" BSP female
MAT:GG25/FGL250
Weight=63Kg
Laminated cast iron

Breaking strenglit>400MRa
1" BSP female
n/M/Si
30/04/83
Rv.
AJoult colM
lAjouK p m i Houpi
RA
RA
DalqnUon
Oat
TrolUmtnl ;
Bolt/Nolt &c gasket supplied by Seres
Hbrt:
Dei..:
1^
1
. 9<|.;
ftAPilAEL
t/-o.l
- ( ^ J - ( $ )
0tKÊU"!A^^':l5
Wol.:
mT/PUtt^P MSSE^BLY
Uttnoge:
Date; 10/06/92 Ecti.! I
N':
Rv.
NB: IN : OF DISWANTUNG.REPLACE THE RINGS.
Rev.
Designation
Data
Traitement :
Nbre: "j
Toler.genir.:
Visa
/
/
lQ)P
Mat.: /
Dess.:
Usinage: /
S C P S LES lilLLES
Date:15/0e/92 Ech.: /
N*:
ESi(i334:
Rev.
A.
WACHINE ROOM
NOTE: DIAMETER OF HOit IN BULKHEAD IS:

-FOR OIL COtOENT METER * 292
-FOR MOTOR PUMP ASSEMBLY * 277
POSSIBLE POSITONS Of TVIE AXIS Of THE
Rv.
Dot
DAiiqnolion
Mia
Trotiemenl :
Hbf:
Dfi.:
ToUr.gintr.:
R.
-^-(D-
Uitno:
Oui: 10/08/9J Ech.:
OIL CONTEWT METER

AND PUMP IMSTALLATION
N-:
PUMP RDDM
SLOP
"*-
SAMPLE
CLEAN VATER
CONHCCIIQN roa
COffC TUIC < . t
PLAN nXATlDNS GN PIPING

THE CLDSEST PGSSIDLE TO
THE PANOPLY
TUDE 4x6
(IDF1/DD=6)
ViEV F
12/06/97
I
i RACAOaao/O*) P A S S C H I
09/11/93 I
Rev.
- Raccords
olr
SWS
OtilqnaOon
Dole
Vila
Tfilemcnt ;
Nbrt:
De.;
Iolf.g<n4r.:
RAPHAEL
/
^
Ual.:
AIX U MILLCS
Til: 4 ] . i a . 7 6 . 7 6
>: 4 3 . K . J O . S 7
i ^
* RAcko2l<l/4')
HiriCATION DCS VANHCS
IPKEL
UsinoQe; /
Dolo: OJ/J/S? Ech.: 1
N':
Se3324
R.V.:
Seoling glond for 7 lo 10.5 mm
l/r
NPT
7 3.5
VR:sel p o i n l o d ) j s l l n g screw
R t r o n g e spring
E C i g r o d u o l e d scole
V B : s e l p o l n l locking screw
W :mlcro3wllch
30/07/93
BLUE
Rv.
10 OLEOUETER
RED
AHirE
CROUHD
<L^
I1
HQDCLC PRCSSQSIAI
Olilniillon
Doit
Inlrlnslcolly sofe lype

Wl9Kl-).02Kg
libit:
D t i t . i
Vita
Mi sii3iii
TrolUmml :
Tdtf.gtntr.:
Uol.; /
-- (
AIK ! MILLCS
Mil
*..7.
fo-t 43.3 .J0.B3
If'l'KESSOSTAT
UtlaoQ*;
Doit: 11/05/91
N-:
(ESi03333
Flange 0N40 ( 1 / 2 )
Poe
1/2
PN 16
m stainless steel 3 1 5 L Oext

4- holes a 18 on drillina a
15Gmm
110mm
(slondcrd NF E2S-2Q3
Flow
direction
X=l/4-Inta
3/4-
eSP
'Wale
I
:3/4'
tubs ( 2 6 . 5 7 x 3 . 9 1 )
moteriol SS 3 1 6 L
Not
Grooved foes
of Mange 2
on gcskel side
supplied
Following pipe e
Arrow i n d i c c t o r of
m o u n t i n g direction
Weight=4Kg
ON THE HORIZONTAL PIPES PLACE

THE SAWPUNG PROSE ON THE
LOWER GENERATING UNE.
N.B:THE SAMPLING PROBE HAS TO BE INTO A

PART OF THE PIPE WHICH REMAJN FULL 0? UOUID AT
ALL TIMES DURING THE DISCHARGE OF THE EFFLUENT.
A . M I N A R D I Added items.flonge
GIACALONE ! H r s t
Orowinq
by
standard and grooved
face
A. MINARD I 2 1 / 0 4 / 1 9 9 9 I
issue
A. MINARO I 2 3 / 1 2 / 1 9 9 7 I
Designation
Checked b y |
ODME S663MKIII
Scale:
T=IT
A1X-EN-PR0VNC
FRANCE
Tel: 0 * *2 97 37 37
Fox: 0 * <2 97 30 30
S;(e
internet :
Dote
A
Rev.
No.:S663374
SLIMG PROSE
www.seres/ronce.(f
it
CONTROLE ROOM
PUMP ROOM
Compressed air 7bars
"
\M^
\M^
/
/'--
Not supplied by SERES
.^::_
<=
--D^df
\
\
Pilot solenoid valves

Not supplied by SERES
Pipework 3 / 4 "
To the various sample

points (install a stop
'"valve OS near as possible
to the sample points)
CHOICE OF ANALYSIS LINE

ON THE CALCULATOR.
Pipes: in aluminium bronze spec 2871 CZ 110

Cocks and Unions: marine bronze
Manifold: cupro nickel spec ABZ BS 1400
Line6
Ray. I
To the input of the OIL CONTENT METER

pump through filter.
Dot
Mrigmittim
Vbu
'/
TBlr.gin4fj
OMa.iF% > = V
Ma(.t/
EXEMPLE OF SYSTEM
WITH 6 SAMPLE POINTS
-ga-@AIX
LES MIOES
Eeh.i/
NESee3336
-O^
STOP VALVE
TO SLOP TANK ~ 750L/H

OR TO BILGE
<-
PUMP ROOM
CONTROL BOX
CLEAN WATER fRDM HYDROPHOBE (1 MINI,)
NO RETURN VALVE
^ I
I
4 _ ,
I EXAMPLE OF DISCHARGES BE CHECKED 1

'
;
! FLOWMETER PROBE
>
.0
11
::!J
CALCULATOR
'
SLOP PUMP
Pressure
regulator
Jbors
1000L/h
NO RETURN
VALVE
CARGO PUMP
OISCHARGE
; 1 P ^
1' ODME
DISCHARGE
:1>=1><1
'1 =
CONTROL ROOM
MEASURING VESSEL
HYDRAULIC PANEL
ENGINE ROOM
1 OLEOMETER CABINET
STOP VALVE
Pressure 0,5 to 3 bars
<3
SAMPLING PROBE
DRY AND FILTEREO-AIH INLET 4to9bors

FOR PNEUMATIC VALVES CONTROL
NO RETURN VALVE
STOP VALVE
DISdI. VALVE
TO SEA
I
CLEAN WATER(1bar mint)
RECIRCULATION
VALVE TO SLOP
FLOWMETER
UP TRANSMITTER
jixtxb(5) +<2>: SflKlPL'(M6?R0ftE^
-4
. 5 LiWEj;
TOP \/HL\/BS
-7
MOTOR PUMP^
WATER - (PIPING) L 0 = 1 6 ; 0 . 0 - i a {I.D-14 TO 22 ACCEPTABLE)

WATER - (PIPING) LO=10:0.0=IZ
AIR (PIPING) LD-4;O.D-6
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
LENGTH OF PIPING BETWEEN SAMPLE PROBE AND INLET MEASURING VESSEL SHOULD BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE
EXAMPLE OF MATERIAL -PIPING: ALUMINIUM BRASS OR COPPER OR STAINLESS STEEL )
2 ~ , 1 0 ^ ' ^ 5 "^'"
TO BE USED:
-VALVES AND FITTINGS:BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL
J FLUID
NB:1W0 STOP VALVES IN SERIES MUST BE FITTED
WHEN THE PROBE IS MOUNTED ON A CARGO UNE.
' ^ 1
TME PUMP MUST BE PLACED AS CLOSED TO

THE MEASUREMENT CABINET AS POSSIBLE
12/04/99 I MQOIF.VANNES.CLAPET ANTI-RETOUR EAU PROPRE

Rgy. i
DTilqnntlon
Dole
SOPS
Vlso
Trollemenl
Mol.!
Nbrei 1 TolTr.jTnTr,!
Do.!
RAPHAEL
-^-
AIX lo MIULES
7SlMJ.ie,7e.7e
rax; 42.24.30.97
Uslnoyg: /
Dole! 08/04/92 Ech.; /
OIF HYDRAULIC A i D
1 1^1 .
NES(i332i i i
089 ^ e
CALCUUTOR
TERMINAL
FUS.
(M
in
oo
oo a>
lO
I I M I 1,1
2,5A
|g>) MAINS SUPPLY
LJJ U U iJrTJ
DRAWING
230V
230vfor
110v0or50Hif300VM
3xl.5miTr
STOP CHFMINAL DISCHARGF COMMAND
2M.5mm^
CONTACT f o r POSITION o f RHFMINAl
VAl VF A 2 x 1 . 5 m m
CONTACT for POSITION o f CHFUINAI
VAI VF R 2x1.5min
2x1.5mm'
POWER SUPPLY FAIUORE ALARM
21.5
STOP niSCHARRF CnUMANH
2x1.5mm^
PPM ALARM
ZENER t
BARRER
201/nm
TT
ON OPTION
FOR CHEMiCAl
TANKERS
2x1.5inm'
PRE ALARM
Pll Sm FNOIO VAL VF CONTROL for CHANNFl SFI FCTION

c o m m o n + 1 leod per channel) 2 y x l . S m m '
"f
*-20mA
screened
?x1.5mm
LOG IMPULSE INPUT
2x1.Smm'
CONTACT to START UP MONITORINC
2x1.5mm2
CONTACT for DISCHARGE VALVE POSITON
2x1.5mm^
RS232C CONNECTIONS
Inild
OLEOMETER
oleoniotor
ZENER
BARRIER
&
13
Ol n
TERMINAL
FLOWMETER SIGNAL INPUT
DRAWING
>
2x1.5mm'
screened
TRANSMITTER
PITOT TYPE
FLOWMETER
ON OPTION
Je L X n
2x1,5n?m
screened
PRESSOSTAT
2 pair twisted a n d screened coble

or 4x1 m m
screened
o.
3x2,5mm'
2x1,5mm'
2x1,Smm'
LOCAL
SMTCH
rZL
PUMP MOTOR
TO-POLAR CONTACTOR
by
3 PHASE MAINS SUPPLY for MOTOR
3 8 0 V 5 0 H z o r 4 4 0 V 6 0 H z (1,7Kw)
MAIN SUPPLY 2 3 0 V ( o r 1 1 0 V ) 5 0 H i or ( 2 0 0 V A )
Rev.
09/02/97
SUPPRIME BORNES 13 et14 +
30/04/93 I
3x2,5mm'
2x1.5mm^
MISE A JOUR
Date
SOPS
Dfslgnatlon
Visa
Traitement :
Nbre: /
Dess.:
Tol7r.g7n?r.:
RAPHAEL
Mat:
AIX I MILLES
TSI: 42.24.49.10
Fox: 42.24.30.97
"m-:i
. ( " *^ (-^-* ** "-"^
Usinage:
ELECTRICAL
SDNeLE-LIME DIAGRAM
Date: 04/05/93
Ech.:
NeEsieaaii
Rev.:
CONTROL BOX
t ^
g/
y.
ODMB mm
CALCULATOR
FLOWMETER PROBE
PRESSURE REGULATOR
SAFETY VALVE
CONTROL ROOM
MEASURING VESSEL
ENGINE ROOM
OLEOMETER
CABINET
PRESSOSTAT
MOTOR
STARTER
\
FLOWMETER
TRANSMITTER
tXj-*-1
XI
v~v\r
MOTOR PUMP
SAMPLINII; PRBES
I 12/04/99 I MO0IF.VANNES,CLAPeT AN^-RETOUB EAU PROPRE
Rv. I
SOPS
DTilqnollon
Dole
Vlio
Trollemenl
Nbre: 1 Tol?r.g?n?r.:
Oess.: RAPHAEL
:im!
-^--
AIX r MILLES
TSl:4.ie.7e.7e
Fox: 42.24.JO.97
MoL: /
Ualnofg: /
Dole: oa/04/921 Ech.: /
OF HIYDRULIC
IPniMCSPLE .
NESi333 i i 08938
CALCULATOR TERMINA?
CONTROL CARGO ROOM
10 11 12 13 14 15
FUS. 230V 2,5A
If
16 17 18 19 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 48 49
NC
_r
SUPPLY
ht\ 2
BZ1
3JL,
Zener borrier
(Inside Colculator) a^c
c>
CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM

OS
CLUJ
Pi
t-o
38
Ul-J
5 ^^
a
a:
<
m
:
Zener barrier >|<

(Inside
Ol?onrieter)
* ^
10
3 4
12
TRANSMITTER
PUMP ROOM
(D
c>-
OLEOMETER TERMINAL
CONTROL CARGO ROOM
(T) 2x1.5 mm2 screened
ENGINE ROOM
SPEED LOG
( ) 3x1.5 mnn2
WHEEL ROOM
POWER SUPPLY
3x2.5 mm2
(D
MOTOR STARTER
PRESSOSTAT
ENGINE ROOM
PUMP ROOM
4x1.5 mm2
( ) 2 pair twisted and

screened cable
or
4x1.5 mm2 screened
SERES SUPPLY
MOTOR/PUMP
ENGINE ROOM
2x1.5 mm2
10/02/98
30/04/931
Rev.
SUPPRIME BORNES 13 et
SDPS
14 + MISE A JOUR
n.
D7algnotlon
Dote
VIso
Traitement :
POWER SUPPLY ( 3 PHASES)
Nbre: 1 Tol7r.g7n?r.:
Dess.:
Mat.: /
_grj__^__
AIX la MILLES
TSI: 42.24.49.10
Fox: 42.24.30.97
Usinage:
Date: 16/06/92 Ech.:
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
N<2ESig333i i
Rev.:
PROBE <(25npi)
PROBE (025nn)
Upstrean lengthi 7 x _ I Downstrean length' 3 x
dianeter reconnended
^ Upstrean Icnp'thi 7 x
dlone-ter reconnended
Downstrean tenathi 3 x
ju.
60mm mox.
TZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ^mZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZL
pf^
CHOICE OF PROBE
ACCORDING TD MAXIMUM
FLOW RATE IN /h
IN THE TUBING
Flow direction
NOMINAL TUBING
DIAMETER
lOOnn
4'
-<3-
PROBE
PROBE
200
V////////////77?77.
-Low pressure
probe
Flow direction
880
8'
200nn
1190
10'
250nn
1500
12'
1850
3000
14'
350nn
2100
3500
16'
400nn
2400
4000
18'
450nn
2700
5000
20'
5001
3100
6500
3500
High pressure^
probe
Drill 35nn hole
\/////////////////-
y////////////77777Z
Welded f t e r
checking
perpendicularity
<6nn ninl cord)
Conpresslon fitting
torqu*
load
LlghtTy grease the ferrute the
nut and the boss nounting
before InstaUatlon
R0BB018
+RACA546
3900
8000
26'
650nn
4200
8500
steel boss
nounting
t o be elded
R0BB018
'Tt-RACAS^q
^/
t^
Brm 3Snn hole
\i.
^////////////////
Welded a f t e r
checking
perpendicularity
(6nn ninl cord)
Steel boss
nounting
t o be welded
5
Conpresslon fitting
3SnkQ torque load
Llgh'ny grease the ferrute the
nut and the boss nounting
before Installation
ROBB018
+RACA546
Low pressure
1/4'BSPF connection
High pressure
1/4'BSPF connection
High pressure
1/4'BSPF connection
7500
24'
Metal
narking
plate
MATERIALiSTAINLESS STEEL 316L

WEIGHT=2K9
R0BB018 I Low pressure

V R A C A 5 4 e / 1 / 4 ' B S P F connection
-u
ri*
; .
Allow space
f o r disnantling
SCOTTO
Dessin
A.
First Issue
DAsgnotion
ODME MK
Scale:
^-
Y-
Metal
narking
plate
M.
V6rifi<
AJX-EN-PROVENCE FRANCE
Tel: 04 42 7 37 37
FOE 04 42 >7 30 30
Site Internet : www.Mres-france.fr
Boss nou
nounting
with plug
Drill 35nn hole
-Low pressure
probe
hHigh pressureprobe
150nn
550nn
/-
6'
22'
1
'////////////////1>,
l /
19/02/1999
Dote
Rev.
No.:S663329N
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING AND
INSTALLATION FLOWMETER
PROBE
j'TfVf.Mmxv
tv H VI ' HufHidi
.^..^HiKrTTfui.-.i^*j>H>Hy:-.Mi
u\
..
'*
^f^^^.^^V^îZ'^^*l^*^'>^^ M H ^ i W J
2ENER
SeALINC CLAN BV2

n<
moxl
\ \ moKJ
(2)0
00
ItJI
<3-
\ / 2 ' NPl r.mol
VIEW r
U1
WEIGIIT = 4Kq
- - .
-<b
SCTTO
Ocssi/ii
--
f i i l issue
/.. - fvi. l/ui/iaas

ObWjAUllun
Vi.'ilil
ODMEMKIII
Seul:
iS}
i54.
* --\,{
ftwict
III: I O 9) i) i)
ff;
S2.5
Silt LkUintt :
.^-11.11
01 <] ) lu
OuU
R<v.
NQ.:S663331 N
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
TRANSWITTER
e]/i"3S??
CLEAN V/ATER
(I
-=~
be
mini)
VALVES SUPPLIED
a r SERES
RECOMMENDED PIPING:
STAINLESS STEEL PIPE OR COPPER PIPE 510x12 or -
( 1 0 = 1 0 / 0 0 = 1 2 ) or ( 1 0 = 8 / 0 0 = 10)
=
NOT SUPPLIED BY SERES

(PIPING + FiniNGS)
NOTE: P TRANSMITTER TO 8
UNOER LEVEL OF FLOW PROBE
SCO I I
Wodificalion piping diamatr
f: I S C O T T O I First issue
g Drawing by |
ODMEMKII
AIX-N-PROVNC
FRANCE
( : * *2 97 37 il ~'~fxix:-Ji*
*2 9 7 30
SU intcnet : w - - . $ i r c s f r o n e . f r
30
^ - - ^ '. .m-''^H'iW44jn miiwuuiuijuii>MHwjijmwm.un>ui4ii*-wîMUgH;-'ywû-.<nijH<w> HjiwiiwH^**^^'.' Ht*iluJ1tfireB^r!WJ!umujnmtHi!M>i)4iui.wnLmu p . ^
Materral: BRONZE
InshallaHon on. horizontal or upward vertical piping
Rav. I
Daia
rralfement
Nbra: ]
Toler.genar.
Da.: - - ^ -
SCPS
Visa
Oesianotion
Mat.: -/
RETO^R l^L!f^
Usinage: /
AIX
LES MILLES
' I I.V'HM4fMT^^jnff'?W.'fr>'V't HWWJil ;
Dote: 2 7 / 1 1 / 8 8
Ech.: /
N*:
;ii32ii
Rev.;
i.l||JL.T1'4H<Ji'UIH'W?W^W'W/M^'4Wlf"Jf!riyWtW-<*'>M1yilW'T~THJ''n*MPJH?UWW
i" ' * " "
INITIAL
ADJUSTMENT: 3 BARS
SCREW TYPE CHc 5
PLUC TYPE:
CHc 6-1/4'
MALE
COR MANOMETER:)
MATERIAL: BRONZE
INSTALLATION
ON HORIZONTAL PIPE
WHEIGHT: 1100 g
Rev. I
ODME '^S663MKIII
T r a i t e m e n t :_
Nbre: /
i Toler.gener.
D e s s . : CRECORl .
S[?S LES AIX

MILLES
Visa
Dsignation
Date
Mot.: BRONZE
PRESSURE REDUCER .
Usinage:
Date:
O/l2y'9&
F.ch.
^ -
Rev.:
c
(BSP)
lA"
1/2'
20
4902 09 13
30- 100 5'-6
50 25 11
490215 21
30'
59
31 12
4902 20 27
PN
30 100 53
15
Ref
100 56
Marerial
Bady:shof-blasted nikel brass
Ball: hard chrame brass
Joints: R I E E .
Rev. I
Traitemenf :
Nbre: *}
Toler.gener.:
0..: HPHa
Visa
DesignoKon
Data
^3ÂIX
LES MILLES
lo)l)
-:-
1/^ 1 %1-^ 1
Usinage: /
Date: 27/11/38 Ech.:
N"
b.MHji^ji4i)JWiHJjj..iiiM4W..!tiL'-'.*4^ ' .'."' J

- ^^^..^^(lJut I WMijT'mgiwmJ7f:.4;-.-j:Tg!x.Pf^ nwmj" MIIHHI^JH-4. ^^^^^L^ <g >w'^''UJ-!gH"PWwi.i'. HImu"i;"l'.j.)'i*UW.,JUWi' ' j||U4A-4 1' -'"" * '" mw)WtAttfn-^TV-'i^
Rev.:
<
0)
>
--
-LL
Dsignation
Checked by
JOB
Tel: 33 lOR 42 97 3? 37
f a x : 33 10)4 42 97 30 30
www.seres-france.com
Rev.
TIGHTNESS CONTROL
SYSTEM
Scale:
804 109
000
UK
F <15
CO
2fffflffi__ffL_M
20
40
m
<
Si:
at
DL
zod
(
II
"-
- -
27
246
300
<
_1
- - -^
10
100
28
OPTION: PARTS BE INSTALLED WITH CONTROL
28
CARGO DESK LAMPS OPTION
Rev.
Dsignation
Date
Traitement
Nbre:
Dess.: GREGORI A.
--
SOTOS
HOITUNG Mat:
Tolr.gnr.:
Usinage: /
AIX les MILLES
Tl:4.2.16.76.76
Fax: 42.24.3D.97
Visa
Date: 14/05/96 Ech.: 1
ODME S663MKIII
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING OF
DISCHARGE VALVES CONTROL CABINET
: S 6 6 3 3 6 0 - 9
Rev.:
'b
PUMP ROOM
ENGINE ROOM
5 to 9 bars air supply
\7
DISCHARGE VALVES
CONTROL CABINET.
PA DOUBLE ACTING
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
FOR VALVES
PNEUMATIC END
OF RUN SWITCH
w
E
TO SEA
in
E
E
BUTTERFLY VALVES
in
.
FROM DISCHARGE PUMP
L.
1
I
TO CONTROL
CARGO DESK
TO ODME CALCULATOR
TERMINAL BLOCK
1
ODUS
0
<S) (8)
SEA
f,
PARTS TO BE INSTALLED WITH CONTROL CARGO

DESK LAMPS OPTION.
SLOP
PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS 4x6PIPE
CONTROL CARGO ROOM
OVERBOARD DISCHARGE PIPE
15/09/93
Rev.
AJOUTER OPTION
Designation
Dote
Traitennent
Nbre:
RA
Dess.: GREGORI A.
ODME S663MKI
1 Tolr.gnr.:
+/-0.1
-
AIX les MILUES
1 :4-2.16,76.76
Fax: 42.24.30. 7
Visa
Mat.: /
Usinage: /
PiNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS DIAGRAM OF

DISCHARGE VALVES CONTROL UNT
Date: 20/12/94 Ech.: 1
N5663361-5
Rev.:
A
<jU.
ELECTROVALVE.
ELECTRODISTRIBUTER
PRESSOSTAT
DISCHARGE VALVE
3 WAY SOLENOID
VALVE
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10111213
DISCHARGE VALVES
CONTROL CABINET.
i_.
6x1,5nnm
/
|36 -i
1 2 3 41- 212223 24|2526."15
41INPUT CONTACT
FOR DISCHARGE
VALVE POSITION
L
Rev.
"N^
MAIN SUPPLY
STOP
DISCHARGE
COMMAND
CALC_ULATOR_TERMIN
Date
Designation
Traitement
Nbre:
SAMPUNG
PROBES
SELECTION
1 Tolr.gnr.:
Visa
ODME S663MKIII
Mat.: /
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS DIAGRAM OF
Dess.: GREGOR! A.
-E3
AIX les MILLES
1 :42.16.76.76
Fax: 4.2.24.30.97
Usinage:
Date: 05/09/2003 Ech.:
DISCHARGE VALVES CONTROL UNIT

1
: S663362-ND
Rev.:
9S
'X
KE PLASTOMER
Type leaflet
0166,1/4-10
Centred disc butterfly valve

with PFA liner
DN 40 to 300
Wafer type body
Full-lug type body
DN 350 to 600
U-section body
Allowable pressure PS 10 bar

Design in accordance with EN 593 and ISO 10631
Applications
High corrosion: toxic and liigiily corrosive fluids where metals
and/or elastomers are not suitable for the media and where
the exclusive use of PFA is needed.
Medium corrosion: moderately corrosive fluids where a PFA
liner and a stainless steel disc are suitable for the media.
Fluids where a total safety is required.
Working conditions
Temperature :
from - 2 0 min. up to +200 max. for DN 40 to 300
from - 1 0 " min.up to +200 max.for DN 350 to 600.
Allowable pressure (PS): 10 bar at room temperature.
Vacuum sen/ice down to 10"^ bar.
Maximum fluid velocity, under allowable pressure (PS):
- 5 m/s for clean liquids,
- 50 m/s for clean gases.
Materials
See page 2.
Design
Two-piece body:
- wafer type (type 1): DN 40 to 300,
- full-lug type with raised faces (type 4): DN 40 to 300,
- U-section (type 6): DN 350 to 600.
Extended neck allowing insulation.
Shaft with anti blow-out device.
Anti-static device.
Liner in moulded PFA-TEFLON .
Possible downstream dismantling and end of line for bodies
types 4 and 6.
Face-to-face in accordance with EN 558-1 series 20,

ISO 5752 series 20 (previous standards: DIN 3202 part 3
series K 1 , N F E 29-305.1 series 20, BS 5155 table 6 column
4), API 609 table 1 standards.
Mounting plate meeting ISO 5211 standard.
Marking in accordance with EN 19 standard.
Upstream/downstream sealing in accordance with ISO 5208
category A, DIN 3230 part 3 rate1, NF E 29-311 rate 3, API
598 table 5 and FCI 7 0 - 2 cl. VI standards.
Connections according to PN 10,16 and ASME 1 6 - 5 cl. 150.
Flange face area according to EN 1092 PN 10 standard.
Body coated with polyurethane paint,thickness 30 (xm,colour
blue ref. RAL 5002.
The valves meet the safety requirements of the pressure
Equipments Directive 97/23/EC (PED) appendix I for fluids
of the groups 1 and 2.
Standard variants
Pneumatic actuator ACTAIR / DYNACTAIR

Electric actuator ACTELEC
Hydraulic actuator ACTO
Limit switches AMTROBOX
Positioner AMTRON 1 / SMARTRONIC
Remarks
Actuator selection 0166.11 -10
Operating instructions 8455.8-10
Data to be supplied when ordering

KE series valve in accordance with type leaflet 0166.1/4-10.
Size.
Working conditions:
Nature of fluid,
Pressure,
Flow,
Temperature.
Connection.
Actuation.
fegfeter
Q Xm
KSB
> /
KSB
KE PLASTOMER
^ml
Materials
Body
Spheroidal graphite cast iron JS 1025
Spheroidal graphite cast iron JS 1030
KSBcode
- DN 40 to 300
- DN 350 to 600
One-piece shaft/disc overnnoulded in PFA

Core in stainless steel 1.4542 overmouided in PFA
- DN 40 to 300
Core in stainless steel 1.4027 (13 % Cr) overmouided in PFA - DN 40 to 600
Shaft (version with metallic disc)

Stainless steel 1.4542
6e
-4
KSB code
- DN 40 to 600
- DN 40 to 600
6i
KSB code
Liner
PFA -TEFLON with silicone bacl<-up
TEFLON -PFA with VITON back-up {PS=5 bar)
6eF
6k F
KSB code
- DN 40 to 600
Disc
Polished stainless steel 1.4404
3g
KSB code
- DN 40 to 600
- DN 40 to 600
FS - <
FV
Sealing principle
External safety sealing:
Flange sealing:
Achieved by a metallic spring with touching spirals

compressing the linar collar around the shaft.
This safety sealing is completely independent of the
shaft passages sealing, and is used only if catastrophic
damages to the primary sealing occur.
(
Provided by compression of the liner between the

valve body and the flanges.
An elastomer O-Ring, fitted underneath the RFA
liner, allows proper flange sealing with warped
flange faces and in vacuum applications.
Service sealing at shaft passages:
Upstream/downstream sealing:
Obtained by the contact pressure between the spherically

machined disc and the PFA liner.
The elastomer back-up guarantees the continuity and the
resiliency of the seal.
A liner extension up into the shaft areas and PFA overmoulding
up onto the shafts ensure a perfect leack-tightness at the shaft
passages.
Obtained by contact between the spherically

machined disc and the PFA liner.
The contact pressure is guaranteed by the elastomer
back-up liner compression down on to the PFA liner.
^/
KSB 1319
1111
PLASTOMER
Construction
Version with metallic disc
DN 40 t o 100
: ^ Wafer type
and full-lug type body
DN 40 t o 300
Option with NAMUR
centring plate
DN 350 t o 600
U-section body
213
213
412.1
412.1
970
310.1
310.2
412.2
310.2
412.4
412.4
413
412.3
412,5
550
DN 125 to 300
Wafer type and
full-lug type body
905
- 486
412.7
412.5
310.3
412.2
101
310.4
Safety sealing at the upper shaft passage (DN 40 to 600):

items no. 411.1, 937.1 and 55-2.1
412.5
Safety sealing at the upper and lower shaft passages (DN 125 to 600):
items no. 411.1 and 2, 937.1 and 2 and 55-2.1 and 2
fg
KSB
^mi
PLASTOMER
Construction
Version with metallic disc
Item
101
102
210
213
310.1
310.2
310.3
310.4
411.1
411.2
412.1
412.2
412.3
412.4
412.5
412.6
412.7
413
486
500
5.11
55-2.1
55-2.2
Designation
Lower half-body
Upper half-body
Lower shaft
Operating shaft
Plain bearing
Plain bearing
Plain bearing
Plain bearing
Safety sealing casing
Safety sealing casing
0-Ring
Flange face 0 - R i n g
0-Rlng
0-Ring
Liner
Ball
Anti-static ring
Back-up
Friction washer
Friction washer
550
Disc
554
905
914
920
NAMUR centring plate

Tie rod
Body bolt
Nut
Metallic spring with contiguous
spirals
Metallic spring with contiguous
spirals
Key
Identity plate
937.1
937.2
940
970 .
DN
40 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
125 to
350 to
40 to
125 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
350 to
350 to
40 to
350 to
40 to
40 to
40 to
125 to
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
40 to 600
40
350
40
350
to
to
to
to
300
600
600
600
Materials
Spheroidal graphite cast iron
Spheroidal graphite cast iron
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
VITON
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
VITON
Nitrile
PFA-TEFLON
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Silicone (VITON on request)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Polished stainless steel 1.4404
Stainless steel type 18.8
Steel
Stainless steel class A2.70
Steel + Polyamide 6
40 to 600-
Stainless steel
125 to 600
Stainless steel
600
40 to 600
Steel
Stainless steel
^?
KSB
KE PLASTOMER
^mii
Dimensions
^
Wafer type body (Type 1)
Full-lug type body (Type 4)
U-section body (Type 6)
machined in 0 z
ur
nu.
\ f
I /"
IE
\
1 h2
u
-e2I
Wafer type body - DN 40 t o 300,

mm
Face to
face
DN
NPS
11
hl
40
^V
33
125
50
2
43
135
65
2 Va
46
145
3
80
46
160
100
4
52
175
125
5
56
195
150
6
56
210
200
8
60
240
250
10
63
275
300
12
78
310
Full-lug type body - DN 4 0 to 300
mm
Face to
face
DN
NPS
11
hi
40
12
33
125
50
2
43
135
65
22
46
145
80
3
46
160
100
4
52
175
125
5
56
195
150
6
56
210
200
8
240
60
250
10
68
275
300
12
310
78
h2
51
51
61
74
90
114
132165
196
232
Mounting plate
ISO 5211
h4
no.
F05
10
F05
10
10
F05
10
F05
10
F05
12
F07
12
F07
15
F10
15
F10
18
Fl 2
h2
54
60
67
89
105
118
132
165
198
232
Mounting plate
ISO 5211
h4
no.
10
F05
10
F05
F05
10
F05
10
F05
10
12
F07
F07
12
15
F10
F10
15
Fl 2
18
Disc ciearanoe
Flat shaft end

s
11
11
11
11
11
14
14
19
19
22
a 2
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
25
25
28
hS
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
35
35
40
U-section body - DN 350 t o 600

mm
Mounting plate
Face to
ISO 5211
face
DN
NPS
11
h4
hi
h2
n"
350
14
104***
F14
340
22
349
400
104
Fl 4
16
373
22
374
450
18
129***
Fl 4
432
22
424
500
20
129
451
450
F16
26
600
24
154
511
505
F16
26
*** Fa to face d imension n ot In accord ance with 1 SO
0Z
14
14
14
14
14
18
13
25
25
28
h3
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
35
35
40
Flat shaft end

u
30
36
36
40
50
57S2 se ries
e2
4
6
10
17
24
35
47
70
91
111
Disc clearance
Flat shaft end

s
11
11
11
11
11
14
14
19
19
22
e1
27
38
51
69
90
116
145
196
247
293
el
27
38
51
69
90
116
145
196
247
293
e2
4
6
10
17
24
35
47
70
91
111
Disc clearance
el
V
335
37
387
37
432
47
484
46
56
562
20 staridard
e2
123
148
161
186
214
KE PLASTOMER
Product features - to our customers' benefit
Version with
one-piece siiaft/disc
overmoulded
in PFA -TEFLON
DN 40 to 600
Version withi
metallic disc
Weakest point of the shaft
outside of body to ensure the
seal tightness
IVIounting plate in accordance
with ISO 5211 standard
Extended neck allowing thermal

insulation
Shaft anti blow-out safety

device
Flange sealing area accordim

to EN 1092 PN 10 standard
Anti-static device
(Resistance < 10 Ohm)
n
II
One-piece shaft/disc
Two-piece body
i
PFA-TEFLON thickness 2.5 mm
Closed liner in lower part for

DN 40 to 100
Ground cable connection
:x
Face-to-face
according to ISO 5752 series 20
and EN 558 standards
icsB
KSB S.A.S
Tel. : +33 1 41 47 75 00 Fax : +33 1 41 47 75 10 www.ksb.com
/d
KSB
lffii
PLASTOMER
Connections
The valves be fitted between all the following connections (other connections on request).
- EN 1092 PN 10 and 16
- ASME B16-5 cl.150
Wafer type body - Type 1 : can be fitted between ail the connections defined above.
Full-lug type body with raised faces - Type 4
Connection
DN
NFS
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
-.
ASME
16.5 d . 150
EN1 092
1 2
2
2 2
3
4
5
6
8
200
250
10
300
12
1 t/ 1 Fitting allowed
FN 10
PN 16
'^
U-section body - Type 6

Connection
DN
NFS
350
400
450
500
600
14
16
18
20
24
ASME
16.5 cl.150
E N I 092
PN 10
PN 16
Fitting allowed
End of line and downstream dismantling

Use as end of line and downstream dismantling of the standard valves at room temperature for DN and the differential pressure
(APS) defined hereafter:
Gases or liquids
hazardous**
non hazardous**
All DN: not authorized
Liquids*
hazardous**
non hazardous**
DN 40 to 300: AFS = 7 bar max.
DN 350 to 600: = 3.5 bar max
* Liquids having a vapour pressure at the maximum allowable temperature of not more than 0,5 bar above atmospheric pressure
(1013 mbar).
** Fluids hazardous and not hazardous according to FED.
Downstream
dismantling
End of line mounting
11
fui'
KSB
^11
KE PLASTOMER
Bolting and weight for wafer type body - Type 1

ON 40
DN 80 to 300
Ground cable connection

Threaded hole
M5depth7_Tz^
L = li + 2e + 2f
L : Min. length of tie-rods
11 : Valve face-to-face
e : Flange thickness
(customer specification)
f : Nut thickness
+ overlength of the tie-rod
0M
NB: We do not supply the bolting
mm
EN 1092 PN 10
I-
EN 1092 PN 16
Tie- rod*
A S M E B 1 6 - 5 cl. 150
Tie- r o d *
Tie- r o d *
Weight
kg
DN
NPS
dl
Qty
Qty
UNC
Qty
40
124
33
M16
18
M16
18
1/2"
16
50
150
43
M16
18
Ml 6
18
5/8"
18
2.7
65
22
170
46
M16
18
Ml 6
18
5/8"
18
3.8
SO
188
46
M16
18
M16
18
5/8"
18
4.6
2.0
100
214
52
M16
18
M16
18
5/8"
18
6.6
125
244
56
M16
18
Ml 6
18
3/4"
22
9.5
150
276
56
M20
22
M20
22
3/4"
22
11.9
200
312
60
M20
22
M20
22
12
3/4"
22
16.5
250
10
372
68
M20
22
12
M24
26
12
7/8"
26
12
24.0
300
12
444
78
M20
22
12
M24
26
12
7/8"
26
12
38.0
* Quantity nuts = quantity tie-rods x 2
12

KSB
HHli
KE PLASTOMER
Flanging dimensions
KE valves are designed for assembly between any type offlanges and connection standards currently used. The plastomer liner
allows directly the tightness concerning the flanges. It is necessary to verify the general compatibility of the connection by checi<ing
against the dimensions shown in the table below.
The following drawings show the valve Type 1 mounted between flanges.
The flanging dimensions mentioned in this table are the same for all types body.
2a and 03: diameter on the supporting area of the flange face.

2b: external diameter of the butt-weld ends with lapped pipe end according to standards DIN 2642 and NFE 29-251.
Max.- dia tolerated
DN
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
NPS
1 2
2
2 '/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
02a
40
53
65
79
98
125
148
197
249
298
348
398
447
497
579
2b
55
68
82
97
117
143
171
223
277
329
372
423
474
524
624
Min. dia
tolerated on
face of flange
03
27
38
51
69
90
116
145
196
247
293
344
396
441
493
570
Min. dia 10 m m Min. dia 20 mm

from face of
from face of
flange
flange
04
50
74
104
136
189
241
288
337
390
434
487
565
05
43
85
122
179
233
280
329
383
427
480
558
Min. dia
tolerated of
shoulder of
raised face
flange
06
71
84
98
113
133
162
192
244
298
350
412
462
522
572
682
External dia of
the flanges of
PFA liner
07
82
100
120
133
158
188
212
268
320
370
430
480
533
586
676
15
Idif^
7
Type leaflet
8515.1/5-10
ACTAIR 1.5 to 1600

Double acting
pneumatic actuators
ACTAIR 1.5, 3, 6,12, 25 and 50 :
rack and pinion kinematics
ACTAIR 100 and 200:
scotch-yoke kinematics
ACTAIR 400, 800 and 1600 :
yoke patented kinematics
Output torques up to 17600 Nm
KSB is ISO 9001 approved.
K5B
?
KSB
ACTAIR 1.5 to 1600
Uffld
General features
Designed for the automation of ' turn valves (butterfly valves, ball valves), the ACTAIR series of double acting pneumatic
actuators and their AMTROBOX/AMTRONIC/SMARTRONIC boxes are involved in all functions of control and supervision
encountered in all modern processes, and more particularly in communication by fieldbus.
3 kinematics are used for the actuators operation:
- rack and pinion kinematics for ACTAIR 1.5, ACTAIR 3, ACTAIR 6, ACTAIR 12, ACTAIR 25 and ACTAIR 50,
- scotch-yoke kinematics for ACTAIR 100 and ACTAIR 200,
- yoke patented kinematics for ACTAIR 400, ACTAIR 800 and 1600.
Mounting plate according to ISO 5211 standard.
Equipped with an interchangeable insert, they can be easily fitted on different valve shaft (square end, flat end, key...).
The ACTAIR series actuators are equipped, in standard version, with a visual pointer and adjustable mechanical travel
stops:
- on the closed or open positions for ACTAIR 1.5 to 200,
- on the closed and open positions for ACTAIR 400, 800 and 1600.
The actuator is mounted directly or by means of an adaptator on % turn valve plate.
Protection:
They are hose and fine dust proof and are protected against accidental immersion effects (protection degree: IP 67).
External coating:
ACTAIR 1.5 to 200: Housing with hard anodization 50 \xm thickness and cylinder head with black cataphoresis coating 30 um.
ACTAIR 400 to 1600: Polyurethane paint (colour dark grey RAL 7016, 80 ,um thickness).
From -20 to +80 C: standard.
From -20 to -40 and from +80 to +120 C: consult us.
This double acting actuator range is completed by the DYNACTAIR series spring return actuator range which is based on
the double acting actuators. Please consult the technical leaflet DYNACTAIR 1.5 to 800 no. 8511.1.
Production range
: ; ; - . '
ACTAJR",-. '"- ^^:.
isg52ii
: " ' Mounting plate*
in
25,
50
100
200
400
800
1600
F04
F04* ( 4 5 ) - F 0 5
F05 - F07
F05-F07
F07-F10
F10-F12
F10-F12
F14
F16
F16-F25
F25 - F30
dinnensions for. the sha

^
. Height ^.
.'Type " " />-Ji'

1.5
3
6
Ma>cinium allowable
'"'.
24
24
30
32
40
45
55
65
80
95
110
, ;
- ' "-;
"Driving - ' . Y' Driving. "_*' " - "f D r M n g ' -

: by square? - x V " : by flat'.- "
.---by key X ,
11
11
16
19
22
27
36
50
60
70
90
11
11
14
17
22
27
36
46
55
75
85
12
12
14
18
22
28
42
50
72
80
120
* Direct adaptation onto Identical mounting plate.

Adaptation by intermediate flange onto different plate (different size or shape).
KSB
^fliii
ACTAIR 1.5 to 1600
Construction
In the standard version, ACTAIR actuators are designed to ensure clockwise valve closure.
On request, anticlockwise arrangement is available.
ACTAIR 1.5 to 50: Rack and pinion kinematics

The rack and pinion kinematics develop a constant output torque.
The movement of the rack/pistons secured by the pressure causes a clockwise rotation of the pinion integral with the valve
shaft.
Curve of the racit and pinion kinematics
Constant output torque
Output torque
C-
0*
Closing
45
90'
Opening
Opening angle (degree)
Clockwise closure version - Adjustable mechanical travel stop at the closed position
Opening operation
Actuator/Valve open
Closure operation
Actuator/Valve open
Clockwise closure version Adjustable mechanical travel stop at the open position
Opening operation
Actuator/Valve open
liF
Closure operation
Actuator/Valve open
UUIL
/^
KSB
ACTAIR1.5to1600
ACTAIR1.5to50
Construction
Direct pneumatic connection W G.
Section A-A
Section -
163
410 412.3 595
\WA
593 909 412.4554 920
412.61
914.1
Item
103
163
300.1
300.2
314
410
412.1
412.2
412.3
412.4
412.6
486
554
55-2
593
595
629
81-68
877
903
904
909
914.1
916
920
932
-, '.?; ' Designation - t,

.-; v
Housing
Cylinder head
Upper bearing
Lower bearing
Thrust washer
Cylinder head gasket
0-ring
0-ring
^
Piston 0-ring
f
O-ring
0-ring
Ball
Washer
Friction washer
Piston bearing
Piston
Pointer
Piston guide
Pinion
Plug
Socket screw
Adjusting screw
Hexagon socket head screw
Plug
Hexagonal nut
-.',>,'
Materials- -* .= -..
-^ ^f^- U Light alloy with 50 hard anodization
Light alloy coated with polyurethane paint 80 \xm
Acetal
Acetal
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Nitrile
Stainless steel
Stainless steel A4-70
Acetal
Acetal
Light alloy
Polyamide 6-6 + treatment against U.V. rays
Acetal
Zinc coated steel
Polyamide 6-6
Stainless steel with cladding
Polyethylene
Stainless steel
Parts included in the spare parts kit
/a
Kse
ACTAIR1.5to1600
<111
Mounting on valve
The actuator can be positioned in four positions, at intervals of 90.
Unless otherwise stated, the actuator is mounted according to the arrangement N positioni.
ACTAIR1.5to200
Arrangement N
Position 1
Arrangement M
Position 1
Position 2
Position 2
-^
" ^ ^
Interface A: direct connection to control fluid or via a NAIVIUR distributor

interface B: electric and pneumatic connections of AMTRONIC box
Flow direction
Valve shown in closed position
ACTAIR 400 to 800

Arrangement N
Positioni
Arrangement M
Position 2
Position 1
Position 2
Flow direction
Valve shown in closed position
These actuators are equipped with interchangeable inserts manufactured to the size and the form of different valve shafts for
motorized operation (square end, fiat end, key...)ACTAIR 100 to 1600
ACTAIR 1.5 to 50
Pinion with star driving allowing mounting of the insert at
Intervals of 45
Shft or yol<e with driving square and insert
Flat end
Flat end
Key end
Square end
Square end
15
/^
KSB
Qffii
ACTAIR1.5to1600
Overall dimensions (mm) and weights (kg)

ACTAIR1.5to50
j /
NAMUR connection
(dtail)
Interface in accordance with NAMUR VDI/VDE 3845
NAMUR connection
2 holes 1/4 gas

depth. 10
drilling dianneter d1
equidistant holes d2
E
F
ACTAIR 100 and 200

NAMUR connection
(dtail)
Interface in accordance with NAMUR VDI/VDE 3845

NAMUR connection
2 holes 1/4 gas
depth. 10
drilling diameter d 1
equidistant holes d2
;-
ACTAIR
Jype
1.5
1/^
^:
A
"
143
76
> . .,
96
D
66
E
44
F
76
194
100
119
98
55
100
218
114
137
116
65
118
12
272
132
163
142
65
138
25
344
156
197
176
90
166
50
424
174
238
217
125
200
100
505
157
216
195
122
170
200
592
174
258
237
144
210
- ISO 52 11
, ref ,
F04
F04 (45)
F05
F05
F07
F05
F07
F07
F10
F10
F12
F10
F12
F14
mountirig plate . .
d t " -, 0 d 2
42
5
42
50
50
70
8
50
70
8
70
8
MIO
102
102
MIO
125
Ml 2
102
MIO
125
Ml 2
140
. M16
-Weight
rr
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
-.^_,
1.2
2.8
3.9
6.0
11.0
18.3
30.0
48.0
16
//^
KSB
iiffii
ACTAIR1.5O1600
Indication function
Limit switch box IP 67 AMTROBOX
The function provided by AMTROBOX is as follow:
Position detection:
- On/off position detection by means of microswitclies or inductive proximity detectors (I/O, 1/C, 1 on intermediate position
on request).
ACTAIR 3 to 200
ACTAIR 400 to 1600
Interface
1/2" gas for ACTAIR 400 and 800

3/4" gas for ACTAIR 1600
Consult type leaflet AMTROBOX ref. 8525.1
Control and supervision functions

Pilotlng-servo control by AIHTRCNIC/SMARTRONIC
The functions provided are as follows :
AIMTRONIC :
On/off pneumatic distribution: 4/2 or 4/3 configuration, spring return or double acting, A.C. or D.C. supply.
Operating time adjustment.
SMARTRONIC :
Proportional distribution for autocalibration seting, 4-20 mA pilot.
Operating time, adjustment
Options :
On/off position detection (2 microswitches or inductive proximity detectors),
Proportional position detection (4-20 mA).
Field bus: AS-i, Profibus DP, Device Net.
ACTAIR 400 to 1600
ACTAIR 3 to 200
Consult type leaflets AMTRONIC ref. 8512.1 and SMARTRONIC MA 8527.1

ACTAIR .<? -,
/%pe
3
6
12
25
50
100
200
400
800
1600
168
185
211
245
286
264
306
293
328
378
~ \.H2
235
252
278
312
353
331
373
390
425
475
.,
'
'''. '" '..f',-'--
,=.' " ''"
*'* ' -"'--''

*
580
672
742
.-,
^ '*^
; .J
.-'
:~-^,,:.^fUr
.-f--, ' . i
--m.^ ^^
-^-^^.-..
<-f^ -:"
^^'.t
<t:^-
'^:.P^-
434
730
815
Weight
^ k g ;
4.5
5.5
8.0
13.0
20.0
32.0
50.0
170.0
300.0
514.0
18
///
KSB l % J
l^mil
ACTAIR 1.5 to 1600
Deciutchable manual override

The manual override using a deciutchable gear box may be fitted between the valve mounting plate and the actuator.
This manual override will override with the pneumatic actuator and can be set in clutched or declutched positions.
This device is based on worm wheel and screw kinematics.
Please consult us.
Note: The manual override should only be used under the following recommendations:
- absence of air pressure in the actuator,
- Leakage to air free of all the cylinders of the actuator.
The manual override should not be declutched when pressure is in the actuator.
Construction :
- Housing, cover and extension in JL1040 grey cast iron,
- Handwheel in welded iron,
- Screw in steel,
- Worm in JS 1030 spheroidal graphite cast iron,
- Drive shaft, clutch lever, locking pointer, adjustable mechanical travel stops (+/-5 ) and external bolting in 13 % chromium steel.
Protection :
They are hose and fine dust proof (protection degree: IP 65).
Construction for protection degree IP 67 on request: please, consult us.
External coating:
Polyurethane paint (colour dark grey RAL 7016, 80 thickness).
From-20 to+80
Please refer to the manual override technical leaflet ref. no.5350.1.
19
//>
w
Type leaflet
5350.1/3-10
Manual override
t. J
Declutchable manual override
for ACTAIR and DYNACTAIR
pneumatic actuators
and ACTO and DYNACTO
hydraulic actuators
The ACTAIR 3 to 1600 double acting and DYNACTAIR1,5 to 100 spring return pneumatic actuators and the ACTO 25 to 1600
double acting and DYNACTO 12 to 100 spring return hydraulic actuators can be fitted with a manual override using a declutchable
gear box.
This manual ovem'de is mounted between the actuator and the valve mounting plate.
This device has priority over the pneumatic or hydraulic actuator and is locked either In clutched or declutched position using the
locking device.
The valve closing is obtained by rotating the handwheel in the clockwise direction.
General information
Protection degree
External coating
Dust and watertight (equivalent to IP 65)
Polyurethane paint, thickness 80 \wn,

color dari< grey RAL 7016
Maintenance
Temperature range
Factory life lubricated, maintenance free
-20 to + 80 "
O p t i o n s o n r e q u e s t (please consult us)

Hose and dust tight protected against accidental immersion (equivalent to IP 67).
Special paint
AMRI is ISO 9001 approved
//>
.
KSB
Manual override
mmn
Manufacturing range
This manual override is based on a worm wheel and screw kinematics.
Nine models are available depending on the required output torque.
The table below defines the gear box type related to the actuator to be operated.
Pneumatic actuators
Model
Maxi input
torque(Nm)
Number of tum
handwheel
10
10
10
25
10
DYNACTAIR
1.5
RMD-OA-6/12
6-12
3-6
RMD-1A
25
12
25
12
RMD-2A
50
25
50
25
55
12
RMD-OA-3
Hydraulic actuators
ACTAIR
ACTO
DYNACTO
RMD-3A
100
50
100
50
75
12
RMD-4A
200
100
200
100
120
13
RMD-5
400
110
33
400
RMD-6
800
800
RMD-7
1600
1600
150
56
165
100
Construction
RMD 0/1/2/3/4
Item
RMD 5/6/7
Designation
Material
Housing
Cast iron EN-J L-1040
Cover - Extension
Cast iron EN-JL-1040
Worm wheel
Ductile iron JS 1030
Screw
Treated steel
Worm shaft
13 % chromium steel
Driving shaft
13 % chromium steel
Eccentric hub
Bronze for RMD 0/1^3/4

Steel + self lubricating bearings on bronze casing for RMD 5/6/7
Clutch lever
Zinc plated steel
Locking device
13 % chromium steel
10
Handwheel
Aluminium or welded steel
11
Reducer
Cast iron EN-JL-1040
Adjustable mechanical travel stops
Stainless steel
External bolting
13 % chromium steel
Tightness by O-rings
Nitrile
;/^
>
KSB
îiil
Manual override
Mounting - Interfaces
Valve Interface
Model
Actuator interface
Mandrel
Mounting plate
according to ISO 5211
Shaft end
RMD-OA-3
Mounting plate
according to ISO 5211
F05 - F07
Female flat 14
F05
Male flat 11
RMD-OA-6/12
F05 - F07
Female flat 14
F05
Male flat 14
RMD-1A
F05 - F07
Female flat 19
F07
Male flat 19
RMD-2A
F10-F12
Female flat 22
F10
Male flat 22
RMD-3A
F10-F12
Female square 36
F12
Male square 36
RMD-4A
F14
Female square 50
F14
Male square 50
RMD-S
F16
Female square 60
F16
Male square 60
RMD-6
F16-F25
Female square 60
F25
Male square 60
RMD-7
F25 - F30
Female square 90
F30
Male square 90
Dimensions (mm) and weight (kg)
Valve interface
Actuator interface
Model
RMD-OA-3
hi
58
h2
11
12
0 d
i;3
Weight
DAO
SAC)
DAO
SAO
(kg)
140
140
7.5
115
40
29
122
100
120
145
145
RMD-OA-6/12
58
115
40
29
122
100
120
145
145
140
140
7.5
RMD-1A
67
122
50
36
158
128
140
160
170
225
225
8.5
RMD-2A
11
138
75
35
200
160
145
160
170
225
300
14
RMD-3A
86
162
86
42
225
178
203
240
260
350
450
24
RMD-4A
115
195
142
52
315
275
278
275
290
350
600
51
RMD-5
120
240
142
54
350
210
340
518
600
55
RMD-6
140
250
152
63
420
300
400
468
600
110
RMD-7
180
350
183
70
430
350
450
670
800
235
(*) DA : Double acting actuator ACTA! R - ACTO

{*) SA : Single acting actuator DYNACTAIR - DYNACTO
11^
Manual override
Mounting instructions
In all cases, the declutehable manual override gear box must be fixed onto the valve in strict accordance with the
drawings below, i.e. the axis of the drive screw perpendicular to the pipe axis.
ACTAIR or DYNACTAiR actuators and ACTO or DYNACTO actuators will be fitted onto the gear box with the cylinder
axis parallel to the pipe axis.
Adjustable mechanical travel stops

Manual overrides are fitted with adjustable mechanical travel stops on each position (open or closed).
Adjustment amplitude : +/- 5.
Adjustment made in factory on the assembled unit : valve + manual override+ pneumatic or hydraulic actuator.
Manual override
Manual override must be used with :
- no air supply to the actuator,
- exhaust of all actuator chambers
Mama^L
Always, check that the actuator is not pressurized before using the
manual override
Manual override operation
i - Unlock the system by pulling on the locking device
2 - Maintain this device pulled out whilst rotating the clutch lever
3 - Release the locking device, it should lock itself (low position)
Locking device
Use of the manual override

4 - Turn the handwheel to operate the valve :
- clockwise direction to close the valve
- anti-clockwise direction to open the valve
5 - Put the manual override in its initial position operating the handwheel
in the reverse direction
I.
Valve side
Declutching manual override

6 - Repeat the clutching operations in the reverse direction
Specific caution for DYNACTAIR - DYNACTO
It is forbidden to operate the clutch lever when actuator springs are
compressed ; this could greatly damage the equipment.
The declutching operation can only be achieved when the actuator
is on safety position i.e. springs no longer compressed.
Operation 5 must then be done before the system is declutched
Declutch lever
declutched
(disengaged)
position
Pressurization of the actuator is now possible.
Clutch lever in clutched

(engaged) position
KSB S.A.S
4, alle des Barbanniers 92635 Gennevilllers Cedex (France)
Tl. : +33 1 41 47 75 00 Fax : +33 1 41 47 75 10 www.ksb.com
lli
14-
AMTRONiC
Technical leaflet 8512.1-10
Integrated instrumentation box

for ACTAIR and DYN ACTAIR
pneumatic actuators
|
/'1
, .
i
Position detection and

On-off Fjneumatic distribution functions
The AMTRONIC instrumentation box is specially designed for the ACTAIR series of double acting pneumatic actuators and
DYNACTAIR series of spring return pneumatic actuators.
This box integrates, in modular form, the following electric and pneumatic functions :
Position detection :
- on-off by microswitches or by inductive proximity detectors,
- proportional by membrane rectilinear transducer,
On-off pneumatic distribution by electro-distributor, 4-port/2 positions,
Proportional pneumatic distribution by distributor, 4-port/3 positions,
Operating time adjustment.
Perfectly waterproof (IP 67 protection level), it can be used in most industrial environments in a working temperature range
from - 20C up4o + 80C. For other temperature ranges, please consult us.
. .
Fitted on to the top of the actuator housing, it ensures the direct control fluid supply to the actuator and requires
only one pneumatic supply and one electric supply, avoiding the stacking of accessories such as limit switch box,
solenoid valve, positioner, etc., and the various pneumatic piping and electric wiring systems.
Moreover, the AMTRONIC box can integipie the functions :
Programming of sequential algorithms (operating times, staged closure, etc.),
Fieldbus communication.
For these two functions, please consult us.
This leaflet describes the function "Position detection by microswitches or by proximity detectors" and the function
"Position detection and on-off pneumatic distribution".
Definition of the different instrumentation boxes
AMTRONIC
AMTRONIC
AMTRONIC
AMTRONIC
box, function position detection by microswitches

box, function position detection by proximity detectors
box, functions position detection by microswitches and on-off pneumatic distribution
box, functions position detection by proximity detectors and on-off pneumatic distribution
R 1140
R 1141
R 1142
R 1143
For the functions "Proportional pneumatic distribution with position detection" (positioner), please consult the technical
leaflet no. 2316.1-10
AMRI is ISO 9001 approved.

j^si^
b.
KSB"
KSB
UfT
AIVITRONIC
Push-buttons
for emergency control
of the solenoid valves
Transparent sight glass
Adjustable cams
Pointer
Microswitches or
proximity detectors
Solenoid valves
"Position dtection"
card
Pneumatic
distributor
Membrane rectilinear
transducer (option)
Operating time
adjustment
"'.;A5?"'
//^
16
KSB . .
liiiii
AIVITRONIC
Summary
Page
Common parts
- Construction
Function position detection - Boxes ref. R 1140 to R 1143

- Construction
- iVllcroswitch characteristics - Boxes ref. R 1140 and R 1142
- Proximity detector characteristics - Boxes ref. R 1141 and R 1143 ..
............................... 9
- Electric connections - Wiring diagrams - Boxes ref. R 1140 to R 1143
: ; . . io
Functions position detection and on-off pneumatic distribution

Boxes ref. R 1142 and R 1143
- Construction
12
- Pneumatic distribution - Various possible configurations - Technical characteristics
14
- Operating time adjustment
16
Option 4-20 mA feed back position - Option protection-indication
16
Overall dimensions (mm) and weight (kg)
View from F
Weight : 1.5 kg
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
DESIGNED
DWG's NO.
CHECKED
FUEL OIL SUPPLY SYSTEM
JLZ020504
M-054-14
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/13
'1200Kg
SCALE
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
APPROVED
JINGLING SHIPYARD
M^
jw-^r. M

CHEMICAL TANKER
FAX:0086-25-58797167
TOTAL AREA: 1.125m^ AREA: 0.0625 m^
M-054-14
PAGE
2/13
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER THICKNESS(mmxmm).
4. THE FITTINGS WITH MARK "*" k "
C.'ZJ

6. HYDRAULIC TEST:
DESIGN PRESS.
NAME
(MPa)
F.O. SERV.PIPING
1.4
BEFORE INSTALLATION
ON BOARD
(MPa)
AFER ASSEMBLY
ON BOARD
(MPa)
2.1
2.1
7. THE MARK FOR AUTOMATION Q ^ ' I ^ f l |j)i'^*^ REFER TO "LIST OF ENGINE ROOM
v - p ^ l T E M NO.
AUTOMATION ITEM ( M - 0 5 4 - 2 8 M X ) " .
8. PIPING CONNECTION FUNGE WILL BE GB2506-89,PN=1.6MPa.
AREA: 0.0625 m^
M-054-14
PAGE
3/13
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
N-TPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
REMARKS
kg
FOOIV
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.2 LDO/MDO SERV. TK

TO M/E &BOILER
FO02V
QUICK-CLOS. VALVE
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO. I VIDO SERV. TK TO

M/B &B01LER
FO03V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N 0 . 2 HFO SERV. TK TO
M/E &BOILER
FO04V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.l HFO SERV. TK TO

M/E &BOrLER
HFO TO M/E FO SUPPLY

UNIT
FO05V
AS25065
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.9
FO06V
AS25065
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
FO07V
DELTVERY
MDO TO M/E SUPPLY

MODULE
M/E F.O. INI.ET
FO08V
AS25040
GB/T 5 8 4 4 9 9 9
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
M/E F.O. OUTLET
FO09V
AS25015 GB/T588-93
STOP CHECK .V
15
2.5
BRONZE
5.3
STEAM INLET FOR CLEAN

OF DRAIN SCAV. AIR BOX
FOlOV
LS6050Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
50
0.6
BRONZE
12.6
F.O. RETURN TO SERV. TK
FOUV
LS6050Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
50
0.6
BRONZE
12.6
MyE F.O. RETURN
F012V
LS6032Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
32
0.6
BRONZE
5.9
BOILER BURNER H.F.O.

RETURN
AREA:0.0625m^
M-054-14
PAGE
4/13
ITEM NO.
STANDARJ^ NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
ON
PN
mm
MPa
MATER.IAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLAra
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
BOILER BURNER M.D.O.
RETURN
F013V
LS6032Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
32
0.6
BRONZE
5.9
F014V
AS25065
GB/T 384-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.9
FOL5V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
F.O. DRAIN TO SLUDGE

TANK
F016V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
SCAV. AIR BOX DRAIN TK

TO SLUDGE PUMP
F017V
A100010GB595-83
STOP VALVE
10
10
BRONZE
0.87
MDO TO BOILER IGNITION

PUMP
F018V
A40010 GB596-83
STOP CHECK VALVE
10
BRONZE
0.98
BOILER IGNITION PUMP

TO BURNER
DRAIN FR. SCAV. AIR BOX
FC 19V
AlOOOlO GB595-83
STOP VALVE
10
10
BRONZE
0.87
MDO TO BOILER IGNITION

PUMP
PO20V
A40010 GB596-83
S J O P CHECK VALVE
10
BRONZE
0.98
BOILER IGNITION PUMP

TO BURNER
F021V-
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
HFO TO BOILER R O .
HEATER
F022V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
BOILER R O . HEATER
OUTLET
F023V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
HFO TO BOILER F.O.

HEATER
F024V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
BOILER F.O. HEATER

OUTLET
F025V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
F.O. TO BOILER BUNER

BYPASS
F026V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
F.O. TO BOILER BUNER

BYPASS
AREA:0.0625m^
M-0.54-I4
PAGE
5/13
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WOM:IS GN
NAME PLATE
DELR/ERY
REMARKS
kg
F027V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
20
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.2 LDO/MDO SERV. TK

TO HIGH SPEED GEN.
F028V
QUlCK-CLOS.VAL\'E
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.2 LDO/MDO SERV. TK

TO G/E FO SUP. MODU.
F029V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
20
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.l MDO SERV. TK TO

HIGH SPEED GEN.
FO30V
QUICK-CLOS.VALA^
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.l MDO SERV. TK OUT.

G/E FO SUP. MODU.
F031V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
' 65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.2 HFO SERV. TK TO G/E

F.O. SUP. MODU.
F032V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
65
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.l HFO SERV. TK TO G/E

F.O. SUP. MODU.
HFO TO G/E FO SUPPLY

MODULE
F033V
AS25065
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.9
F034V
AS25065
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
65
2.5
CAST STEEL
21.8
SAFTEY VALVE
32
CAST STEEL
F035V
MDO TO G/E FO SUPPLY

MODULE
SET. 0.6MPa
F036V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
F037V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
F038V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALX'T
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
MDO TO N0.3 G/E
HFO TO N0.3 G/E
N0.3 G/E MDO OUTLET

f=feai 0.0025111^
M-054-14
F U E L OIL S U P P L Y S Y S T E M
PAGE
6/13
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
rnni
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VAL\TE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
FO40V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
N 0 . 3 G.E HFO OUTLET
REMARKS
MDO TO N 0 . 2 G/E
HFO TO N 0 . 2 G/E
F042V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
F043V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
F044Y
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
[ 32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
F045V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
F046V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
F047V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
NO. 1 G.E HFO OUTLET
F048V
LS6050Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
50
0.6
BRONZE
12.6
HFO RETURN TO SERV. TK
F049V
LS6050Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
50
0.6
BRONZE
12.6
FROM G/E H. F.O. RETURN
FO50V
LS6032Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
32
0.6
BRONZE
5.9
QUICK-CLOS.VAL\'E
20
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
F051V
DELR'ERY
kg
F039V
F041V
CLASS
CERT.
NO.2 G/E MDO OUTLET
N 0 . 2 G.E HFO OUTLET
MDO TO NO. 1 G/E
HFO TO NO. 1 G/E
NO.l G/E MDO OUTLET
FROM G/E M.D.O. RETURN

TO EDO SERV. TK FOR
FRAMO POWER PACK
AHLA .62i5m'-
M-054-14
FUEL OIL SUPPLY S Y S T E M
PAGE
7/13
ITEM NO,
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
FN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
FROM LDO/MDO TK FOR

DIESELS
AS25020
GB/T 384-1999
STOP V A L \ ^
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
F053V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
F054V
AS25040
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
LDO SERV. TK FOR FRAMO

POWER PACK TO DIESELS
F055V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALATS
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
FRAMO POWER PACK

DIESEL LDO INLET
F056V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
FRAMO POWER PACK

DIESEL LDO INLET
SAFTEY VALVE
32
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
5.4
HIGH SPEED GENSET FO IN

FROM HIGH SPEED G/E
M.D.O. RETURN
CAST STEEL
F058V
AS25020
GB/T 584-1999
F059V
LS6020Q
GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
20
0.6
BRONZE
3.5
FO60V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
HFOTONO.IG/E
F061V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
HFO TO N 0 . 2 G/E
F062V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
HFO TO N 0 . 3 G/E
F063V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
'
REMARKS
kg
F052V
F057V
DELTVERY
MDOTONO.IG/E
AREA:0.0625m^
M-054-14
PAGE
8/13
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING HO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
REMARKS
kg
F064V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
MDO TO N 0 . 2 G/E
F065V
AS25032
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.9
MDO TO NO.3 G/E
F066V
AS25032
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
32
2.5
CAST STEEL
8.8
MDO TO G/E BY PASS
F067V
QICK-CLOS.VAL\'^
32
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NOT G/E FO INLET
F068V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
32
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N 0 2 . G/E FO INLET
DELIVERY
F069V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
32
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N 0 3 . G/E FO INLET
F071V
SOLENOID VALVE
15
1.6
NODULAR
C A S T IRON
HIGH SPEED GENSET FO

OUT
F072V
SOLENOID VALVE
20
1.6
NODULAR
CAST IRON
HIGH SPEED GENSET FO IN
F073V
AS25020
GB/T 585-1999
STOP VALVE
20
2.5
CAST STEEL
4.4
FRAMO POWER PACK

DIESEL EDO OUTLET
F074V
AS25015 GB/T588-93
STOP CHECK .V
15
2.5
BRONZE
5.3
TO WASHING TRAY OF
PURIFIER ROOM
F075V
AS25015 GB/T587-93
STOP VALVE
15
2,5
BRONZE
5.4
WASHING TRAY IN
PURIFIER ROOM
5:=
418
AREA:0.0625m^
M-054-14
F U E L OIL S U P P L Y S Y S T E M
PAGE
9/13
ITEM NO,
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
FOOIF
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
ORIFICE
80
FO02F
T S 1 0 2 5 C B / T 422-93
SIGHT GLASS
25
FO03F
WNG-n o~ioor
THERMOMETER (Hg)
FO04F
WNG-Ll 0~100C
FO05F
WNG-11 0~100C
MATERIAL
WT.
(.:ERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELiX'ERY
REMARKS
kg
STEEL
0.1
QTY.
CLAS.S
OPEN HOLE
fJilOmm
1.65
TYP.
APPR.
ASSEMBLY
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
TAIL LENGTH
60min
THERMOMETER (Hg)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
THERMOMETER (Hg)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
FO06F
Y-lOO
PRESS. GAUGE & VALVE
ASSEMBLY
0-1.0 MPa
FO07F
WNG-11 0~100C
TtlERMOMETER (Hg)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
FO08F
WNG-11 0~100C
THERMOMETER (Hg)
G3/4"
ASSEMBLY
TAIL LENGTH
60mm
FO09F
Y-lOO
PRESS. GAUGE & VALVE
ASSEMBLY
0-1.0 MPa
FOIOF
RC60x48x4.3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
50/40
SIEEL
0.44
FOllF
RC42x27x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
32/20
STEEL
0.17
F012F
RC42x27x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
32/20
STEEL
0.17
c
AREA:0.0625m^
M-054-14
PAGE
10/13
ITEM NO.
F013F
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
RC42x27x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.'
REDUCER
32/20
STEEL
0.17
RC42x27x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
32/20
STEEL
0.17
F015F
RC42x27x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
32/20
STEEL
0.17
F016F
RC42x27x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
32/20
STEEL
0.17
20
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
FLOAT VALVE
REMARKS
F018F
L=650mm
F019F
RC76x60x4.5
GB/T 10752-1995
FO20F
F021F
DELIVERY
kg
F014F
F017F
WORDS ON
N.AME PLATE
RC27x22x3
GB/T 10752-1995
LEVEL
GAUGE
TYPE
APPR.
REDUCER
65/50
STEEL
0.77
DUPLEX FILTER
20
STEEL
REDUCER
20/15
STEEL
0.07
S=
AREA:0.0625m^
M-054-I4
PAGE
11/13
NO.
APPLICATTION OF Pff ES
NOM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
mm
nmi
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
REMARKS
FUEL OIL PIPE
15
22
SEAMLESS
STEEL
7.02
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
20
27
SEAMLESS
STEEL
8.87
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
25
34
SEAMLESS
STEEL
5.92
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
32
42
SEAMLESS
STEEL
30
112.40
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
40
48
SEAIVILESS
STEEL
, 5
21.69
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
50
60
SEAMLESS
STEEL
30
165.64
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
65
76
SEAMLESS
STEEL
10
87.50
CLASS II
MDO PIPE
10
17
2.5
SEAMLESS
STEEL
25
22.34
MDO PIPE
15
22
SEAMLESS
STEEL
10
14.05
10
IVIDO PIPE
20
27
SEAMLESS
STEEL
5.32
11
MDO PIPE
25
34
SEAMLESS
STEEL
2.96
12
MDO PIPE
32
42
SEAMLESS
STEEL
30
112.40
13
MDO PIPE
40
48
SEAMLESS
STEEL
21.69
14
MDO PIPE
65
76
SEAMLESS
STEEL ,
15
131.26
15
.GAUGE CONN. PIPE
10
1.5
STAINLESS
STEEL
1.24
S =720
AREA;0.0625m''
060x4
M-054-14

060x4
F011V
F012V
042x4
F013V
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
FUEL OIL FOR BURNER
OIL RETURN
D
OIL FIRED B0ILE5
BURNER UNIT
r"
NO.l
FROM LDO/MDO TK
DIESEL OIL FOR

IGNITION BURNER
/
'
COMPSITE BOILER
BURNER UNIT
B A D
F .,
FUEL OIL OmiET

ON40
FUEL cm INLET
DN65
AD
FUEL OIL RETURN FROM

UMBRELLA SEUNG
DN25
AF
FUEL OIL TO SLUDGE TK.

DN32
6.0m'
F003VI>X
\ ^
40.5m3
F004V
Sd
BLR. IGNITION PUMP UNIT
2/13
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
PAGE
MAIN ENGINE
DRAIN FR. SCAV. AIR BOX

TO CLOSED DRAIN TK.
DN65
BV
STEAM INLET FOR CLEAN.

OF DRAIN SCAV. AIR BOX
016
FR. E/R STEAM

PIPING DIAGRAM
SEE(M-054-32)
TO OIL MIST TANK
F008V ,
048x4
'SEE(M-054-4l)
.-rJF
076x5
T q z T ' NORMALLY OPEN. TO BE CLOSED

\
GASE OF FIRE IN THE SCAV. AIR BOX '
THIS VALVE TO BE/

CLOSE TO M/E
F001F
076x5
010mm
1
<m*
042x4
F015V^
SCAVl AIR
BOX iDRN. Ttt.
F016V
048x4
TO SLUDGE TK.
CM
JO SLUDGE PUMP .
.TO F.O. DRAIN TK.
'sEE(M-055-02)
SEE(M-054-16)
F019V
L_
<f^
076x5
F010V
060x4
1
H Jl FO RETURN FR. M / E
DEAERATION
Dl
042x4
F006F
*
@ F005F
M/E FO. SUPPLY MODULE
@
ixx
LAUrj
O
I
I
DN50 F019F
^^4^
F006V
r^^
042x4
(P
o
F009F
L{>J<3<H
pt^^JM
'OÎV
T|
T
TRACING OF DEAER. LINE
/F004F
BOILER F.O. PUMP UNIT
042x4
I HFO INLET
F005V
F022V Y I (J f ^ i
F025VI
D2.,01O
BOILER FO. HEATER

F026VI
,010
| "
JDN50
DN50
MDO INLET
- 1 ^ ^
K
F003F
STEAM IN '^DN32
048x4
->;^J_^^JL|IIII^
WASHING TRAY IN PURIFIER ROOM
t > ' '<>TRACING OF SLUDGE, LINE

SLUDGE FR. AUTO. FILTER
F075V
010
I g FO TO M/E
0N50
11
DN32
|>I<i-
CONDEN. OUT
0N50
''
EZ.
DN50
DRAIN FROM UNIT C
DRAIN FROM UNIT C

TO F.O. DRAIN TK.
SEE ( M - 0 5 4 - 1 6 )
AREA:
0 9.=im2
"1
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
PAGE
M-054-14
13/13
'yi
f\
"LP.O./M.D.j^
F073V
H404
FUEL OIL INLET

DN20
H405
FUEL OIL OUTLET

DN15
TANK >eiÎESELS
042x4
1^'
LEAKAGE OIL OUTLET

DN15
H417
6.0m' ^ N ^
-t^^CF
SET. 0.4MPa
060x4
F051V
F050V
060x4
F049V
F057V
F060V
027x3
TO BLR. IGNITION PUMP UNIT
H405
SYMBOL
F059V
HIGH SPEED GENSET

F072V
P058V
FO^F
"
NO 2
'
LD.VMD.SR^TK.
r^ V
N0.2
/
iblG.SERV.TK.
i^,O.SRV.X^
/T^
TO F.O. DRAIN TK.
Zl
SEE(M-054-16)
16.2m'^-
F027VT^F028V
:^z:
22.7m2
\ ^
F029V ^ F 0 3 0 V ^
34.8m3
\ ^
F031V
40.5m' ^ ^
DESCRIPTION
Al
FUEL OIL INLET

DN20
A2
FUEL OIL OUTLET

DN20
A3
WASTE OIL OUTLET

DN15
fhf.O.SR^.^.
H404
F045V
SET. 1.02MPd
F067V A l
F044V l A
^015^
Sif
F046V
I
"1
F048V
F032V
FO RETURN FR. G/E
F052V
^18F
DEAERATION 1>N50
\zr-.
0.3m'
F053V//9( F054VF4(
IF061V
Dl|i^
F017Fo^^^
TRACING OF DEAER. LINE
LD^SERV.^ FOR
FRAMa>fÔWER P4CK
>"^
DN50
1,
~1
D2..01O
i1
HFO INLET
G/E F.O. SUPPLY MODULE
i-cX}
F062V F040V 1 ^
F068V A l
F013F
5!*
F033V A
F042V
022x3
DN50
TO N0.2 LDO STOR. TK

(M-054-13)
DlillsEL SEE
.J
F034V
060x4
g FO TO A/E
it
F055V
042x4
STEAM IN
<l CONDEN. OUT
DN32
r*4H^t^]^ b
HX
JfF069V ^
F036V
l
i
F011F
IF065V
Fr-î^l
DIESEL
F066V,
DN32
-t^tt^
TRACING OF SLUDGE. LINE
010
DN50
042x4
F056V
"
"
MDO TO A / E
022x3
AS'
F035V ^
.J
TO F.O. DRAIN TK.

SEE ( M - 0 5 4 - 1 6 )
DRAIN FROM UNIT C
F038V
- I -
SLUDGE FR. AUTO. FILTER
PI ~ P 2
L
A.
' '
042x4
TO F.O. DRAIN TK.
D ^
SET. 0.6MPa
042x4
DRAIN FROM UNIT C
SEE ( M - 0 5 4 - 1 6 )
AREA:
0.25 m^
N O
O CD
o
Ul
o
flehrens Pumpen
Von-Thiinen-Str. 7 D-28307 Bremen
Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11 - e-mail: lnfo@behrenspumpen.de
Jinling Shipyard JLZ 020504
-hi
S*
Item No.
3
4
6
8
9
10
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Purpose
ER bilge pump
Fire/Foam pump with aspirator AELE 55
Emergency fire pump with aspirator ASED
Drinking water pump
Technical water pump
Hot water circ. Pump
Main cooling SW pump
Harbour cooling SW pump
LT cooling FW pump
Harbour LT FW pump
Jacket cooling FW pump
Main engine LO pump
Chemical circ. Pump
Boost pump for camshaft
Stern tube LO pump
Cylinder oil transfer pump
HFO transfer pump
MDO transfer pump
LO transfer pump
Sludge pump
M/E Jacket water transfer pump
M/E Jacket water preheater pump
Fresh water transfer pump
Fire/Bilge pump with aspirator AELE 35
Pump type
S100
VRF 8/320 G
VRF 3/350 G
CR 8-50 F
CR 3-5 F
CR1-3F
VRF 9/320SD G
VRF 8/320 G
VRF 9/320SD G
VRF 8/320 G
VRF 1/350 G
VAL152/3R
CRN 1-3 F
ZB l/b G
ZBSB 8
ZBSB8
KV550+160
KV550+160
ZB l/b G
B-EL 600
CR 3-5 F
CR 5-5 F
CR 5-5 F
SFN 60 G
Serial No.
56865
56866/867
56868
56869/870
56871/872
56873/874
56875/876
56877
56878/879
56880
56881/882
56883/884
56885
56886/887
56888/57571
56889
56891/892
56893
56894
56895
56896
56897
56898
56890
Motor type AEG

AM100LB-4
AM315L-2/4
AM200L-2
incl.
incl.
incl.
AM315S-4
AM250M-4
AM315M-4
AM280S-4
AM160M-4
AM250M-4
incl.
AM90LBA-4
AM71ZB-4
AM71ZB-4
AM160M-4
AM160M-4
AM132S-6
incl.
incl.
incl.
incl.
AMV180M2/4
Sectional drawing
1047
1014G
CR8
CR3
CR1
1045
1047
1045
1047
1014G
CR1
040.529.4
04.132
04.132
KF
KF
040.529.4
CR3
CR5
CR5
1016G
zzt
11.11.2003/Di
Behrens Pumpen
TECHNISCHE DATEN DER PUMPE
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56865
Type/
Type:
S100
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
ER bilge pump
TECHNICAL DATA OF PUMP
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
10
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
Difference Pressure:
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
R3/R2 1/2
kW
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM100LBA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GG20
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Abnahme/
Classification:
Serial-No.
GL
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
China Shaanxi Machinery & Equipment
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03
Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik GmbH&Co

Von-Thiinen-Str.7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
E-mail: lnfo@behrenspumpen.de
ZertifizJert nach
ISO 9001
Qurmtnltchw Lloyd
Item 3 ER bilge pump

AEG AM100LBA-4
IN= 7.15A. IS = 47A
IP55, ISO F
Direct starting
1245
VrvctomcHut K 1/8
g \M*tktVui\
+
100
122
2J0
528
tan-writ
tatknMt
Gewicht
\M$&m Rofr^Gm
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Anderung-Nr.
Tig
Von-Thunen-Strane 7
D-28307 Bremen
Malta o.Toltranzangabe n.
DM 7168 mitttl
Europaische Projektion
2002
Tag
Name
Bear.
18.11.
Dirksen
Gepr.
18.11.
Di
Norm
Btncnnung
S100-100L
Zeichn. Nr.
S100-100L
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
SPECK
SPARE PARTS LIST
INSTALLATION PLANS
for
SPECK "BUFFEL" PUMPS

MODELS S75, S100, S150, S450, S456
I. LOCATION OF PUMP
The pump should be installed in a dry frost-proof room and cemented on a low base but not attached to the
walls of tho building. Quiet, noiseless operation can be achieved by mounting the pump onto a bonded-rubber
foundation and inserting hose-joints in the pipelines. The pump must be accessible from ail sides so that
maintenance can be carried out properly.
Important Hints
if there is not room enough, the suction and discharge sides of the 'Buffet' pump can be interchanged. This
often simplifies installation. Exchanging the valves is quite simple. After removing the air chamber, the two
fixing nuts only have to be screwed off.
Don't forget the seals when reinstalling the
valves. Do not tilt the valves. Tighten up
fixing nuts firmly.
** -
/vi
w j
nw\
vtM$]m
II. INSTALLATION
a) The suction line should be as short as possible and never
narrower than the pump connection thread. The suction line
should rise gradually towards the pump. Any reduction
must be made eccentrically so as to prevent air pockets
(see drawing). If suction lines are long and narrow (20m or
longer), an air chamber should be installedrightin front of
the pump.
wrong
PP
l4=J
right
Pump Performance per Hour
litre
5000
10000
20000
30000
40000
45000
Vol. of Suction Air Chamber
litre
20
50
100
200
300
300
Suction head should not exceed 7.5m when pumping

cold water. Only use curved joints, no elbows. The
effective suction head depends largely on the loss of
friction, which in turn depends on the cross-section
and length of suction line, the flow rate and the
number ofjoints in the line (see table on loss of friction
i
in suction pipes).
II. INSTALLATION cont.

b) Discharge line should either be installed horizontally or rising from the pump towards the boiler. Only use
curved joints, no elbows. Pipes should be iayed without tension.
Fittings in Correct Sequence
Pump - Diaphragm Compensator - Safety-Valve - Cock - Pressure Tank or Overhead Tank (see installation
drawing).
Do not install kick-back valves, they only cause unnecessary noise.
An air chamber should be installed right behind the pump if the discharge line is longer than 30m. The size
depends on delivery head and output.
Minimum Size for at least 30m Pipeline and 40m Delivery Head.
Output per Hour/litre
5000
10000
20000
30000
40000
45000
Size of Chamber/litre
20
100
150
300
500
500
HI. SAFETY VALVE

"Buffer Pump Series S75, S100, S150, S450, S456 do not have a built-in safety-valve. Therefore, a special
diaphragm safety-valve has to be installed in the discharge line in front of the tap right at the pump outlet
according to TUV (German Technical Authorities) regulations.
Safety-Valve Table
Pump Model
S75
S100
S150
S200
S300
S450/S455
Minimum Size
G1 1/2
G2
G21/2
G21/2-3
G3-4
G4
or as per instructions given by the manufacturers of the safety-valve.
rv. COCK
The cock is only to be installed behind the safety-valve in the discharge line. In the case of overhead tanks,
one must be able to shut off the pipe from the pump to the overhead tank.
V. TANK VENTILATION
This can be done by the sniffing valve on the pump (can also be done automatically). Tanks over 1,000 litres
are usually ventilated by a small motor compressor.
VI. MOUNTING THE MOTOR
The motor is mounted onto an adjustable rocker on the pump so that the V-oelt pulleys align accurately. The
rocker can be moved on the pins or turned around as required. The V-belts can then be tightened up by the
screws on the rocker.
VII. BELT GUARDS
These are necessary to prevent anyone getting injured when the belts are in operation. If belt guards aren't used,
the pump must be erected so that the belt drive is right beside the wall.
VIII. ELECTRICAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT

Equipment required for automatic switching to 1,5kw motor performance (direct switching) and for operation
with pressure tank.
Electricty - Fuse - Motor Protection - Pressure Switch - Motor
Manual Switching: Direct Switching,
An automatic star-delta switch must be used for automatic switching at more than 1.5kw motor performance.
A switch relay contactor must be installed between pressure switch and motor, A centrifugal-clutch motor
pulley must be used in such cases, not a normal motor pulley.
In some cases, the electricity supply company may permit direct-orpine switching to 5kw motor performance for
special motors with low starting current. Here also, a centrifugal dutch is necessary to ensure smooth starting. The
electricity supply company should be consulted before electrical wring is installed. This will save a lot of bother later
on. Instructions for the centrifugal clutch are avaiable upon request.
IX. PREPARING THE PUMP FOR OPERATION

Pour fresh SAE 30 oil into the crankcese till it is visible at the top edge of the oil level indicator (24). Pour water
into the pump, at the same time turning the belt pulley, When operating, care must be taken that the motor
runs in the right direction (see arrow on casing).
X. MAINTENANCE
THE BETTER THE PUMP IS CARED FOR. THE LONGER IT WILL LAST I
Lubrication:
Check oil every 3 months and top-up as necessary.
Oil Change:
First oil change 1 month after starting, then once a year. Every 6 months under
continuous operation.
Pump Model
S75
S100
S150
S200
S300
S450/S456
Oil Fill/litres
1,5
2x3
2x6
XI. STUFFING BOX

The compound stuffing box requires hardly any maintenance at all. If it leaks, tighten it up a little. If this doesnt
help, the packing will have to be renewed. This is done by screwing out the stuffing box nut (6a) and then
removing the packing. Insert new packing rings offsetting the ends i.e. gaps not above each other.
XII. VALVES
If the pump performance drops, it could be due to worn rubber valves plates which are not sealing properly.
To change the rubber valve plates, the air chamber (5) and the hexagon nut (13a) have to be screwed out
and the valves taken out one by one. When reassembling, take care that the valve seat seals are wedged-in
properly. Tighten up hexagon nut firmly. Do not cant valves and make sure that they are reinstalled in the
correct sequence noting the suction and discharge sides.
XIII. PISTON
A wom piston can also be the reason for a drop in the pump performance. To replace the piston, Hie cylinder
cover (10) has to be screwed off and the piston nuts (8a) loosened by a socket wrench. If the whole piston rod
turns, loosen the lid in front of the crosshead guide and lock the piston rod against the crosshead with nut (7a).
XIV. GEAR
IMPORTANT
The connecting rod should be readjusted after it has been run-in, after about 6 months operation and after
about 3 months when running in continuous operation. If there is a slight knocking heardfromthe gear, release
locking nut (17a), screw out inner hexagon screw and take spacer discs 0.1 - 0.5mm as necessary, out of the
con rod slot. Tighten tension screw (17a) and lock. Check after about an hour of operation
as the con rod may be too tight and is running hot.
XV. V-BELTS
Retighten carefully after about 2 months.
XVI. REPLENISHING AIR
Open shifting valve if heavy kicking occurs. If a long discharge line with air chamber is used, always keep the
sniffing valve open a little to ensure an effective air cushion in the air chamber.
Air in pressure tank is replenished either by a manual sniffing valve or an automatic snifting valve which can
be post-installed in every standard (OIN) tank as per installation instructions which are supplied with every
automatic air-votume control unit.
N.B. Models S200,5300 and 3900 Duplex "Buffet" Pumps

1. Duplex "Buffer pumps have two suction lines and one delivery line.
2.When coupling the drive shafts, care must be taken that the two piston rods do not run parallel to each
other and not contrary to one another either. The pumps must be coupled to each other so that one piston
lags behind the other by 90" (see drawing). This is essential for smooth trouble-free water flow. Pumps
are coupled correctly at the factory. Above information is only for when the pumps may have to be
disassembled when being installed (narrow doorways, belt change etc.).
Coupling
Correct Piston Position
TECHNICAL DATA CHART

"BUFFEL" S-SERIES
Standard Versions
Effective 10/00
MODEL
Average Output
Maximum Output
Average Delivery Head
Maximum Delivery Head
Average Suction Head
Test Suction Head
Length of Stroke
Cylinder Diameter
Average Strokes per Min.
Maximum Strokes per Min.
Gear Ratio
Average Revolutions of Drive Shaft
Maximum Revolutions of Drive Shaft
Diameter of Drive Shaft
Effective Diameter of Pump V-Belt Pullev
Effective Diameter of Motor V~Belt Pulley
Average Output and
1450/min
1750/min
m^/h
m3/h
bar
bar
bar
bar
mm
mm
1/min
1/min
mm
rnm
mm
S75
S100
S150
7.5
10
4
6
-0.7
0.85
95
110
73
98
91.18
372
498
28hfi
400
10
15
4
6
-0.7
-0.85
115
125
62
93
91:19
300
451
35 hfi
500
15
20
4
6
-0.7
-0.85
122
145
65
87
86:19
296
399
38he
560
106
85
Duplex
S200
20
30
4
6
-0.7
-0.85
2x115
2x125
62
93
91:19
300
451
35h6
530
Duplex
S300
30
40
4
6
- 0.7
-0.85
2x122
2x145
65
87
86:19
296
399
38hft
590
112
100
110
91
122
101
mm
100
85
Effective Diameter of Motor V-Belt Pulley

Maximum Output and
1450/min
1750/min
mm
mm
140
112
160
132
150
125
165
137
162
135
Outer Diameter of Motor V-Belt Pulley

Average Output and
1450/min
1750/min
mm
mm
104
89
110
89
119
107
120
101
132
111
Outer Diameter of Motor V-Bett Puiley

Maximum Output and
1450/min
1750/min
mm
mm
144
116
97%
59%
164
136
97%
62%
157
132
97%
63%
175
147
97%
65%
172
145
97%
65%
kW
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
6.5
Volumetric Efficiency
Mechanical Efficiency
Driving Efficiency at 40m Delivery Head
and Average Output
and Maximum Output
and Average Output
and Maximum Output
Average Revolutions of Motor
Maximum Revolutions of Motor
SizeofV-Belts
Net Weight ofPump(vv/o Motor) approx.
I S456
!
25
45
4
I
6
:
- 0.7
! -0.85
i 122
; 180 !
74
132
: 86:19 |
; 340
:
580 i
38h
i 500
j
I
i
i
118
95
200
160
123.6
100,6
| 205,6
': 165.6
i 97%
! 60%
'
7.5
kW
2.2
3.0
4.0
6.5
7.5
kW
2.2
3.0
5.5
7.5
11
11
7.5
1
kW
1/min
1/min
mm
No.ofV-Belts
Suction Connection
Discharge Connection
Flanges according to German Standard
LenghtofPump
approx.
Width of Pump
approx.
Height of Pump
approx.
essa
G
G
mm
mm
mm
kg
11
15
15
7.5
5.5
3.0
1450
1450
1450 | 1450
1450
1450
1750
1750
1750
1750
1750 i 1750
17x
XPZx
XPZx
17X | SPAx
XPBx
1550 LW 1850LW 2240 LW
1900
2260
2132 LW
6
!
3
2
4
3
3
3
3+3
3+3 I
4
21/2
3
4
!
4
21/2
3
3
2
DIN 2566 DIN 2565 DIN 2566 DIN 2566 DIN 2566 ! DIN 2631
1450
1250
1450 I 1450
1050
1250
640
1050
1200 | 640
460
550
720
700
800 I 840
500
630
171
410
510
830 ! 450
245
8Mg>
Zuordnungsliste fur Ersatzteile Kolbenpumpen
Identification List - Spare Parts for Piston Pumps

Teile-Nr. Gegenstand
Item No, Description
1
i*
1b
1c
2
2a
2b
2x
3
3a
3a
3 ax
3b
3bx
3b
3x
3c
3d
3e
3x
3f
39
3h
400
5
5
5x
6
6a
6b
6c
6d
Sx
7
7a
8
8e
3b
6c
9
Antriebsrahmen
Crankease
$ech$kantsehraube (Wippensehraube)
Hexagon Screw
Stfftgehraube (Stshbolzen)
SludBolt
Sechskantmutter
Hexagon Nut
Getriebedeekel
Gear Cover
Seehskantsehraube {Getriebedeckelstfiraube]
Hexagon Screw
EnDQf tungsstopfen mit Dichtung
Vent and Filter Plug w/Gastat K MT
Getriebedeckeidichturig
Gasket for Gear Cover
Ventilgehause m-Sfiftschraube u. Mutter
Valve Ca sing Assy
Zwiaehenflanseh. Saug
Suction Intermediate Flange
Zwisehenfianseh, Saug-Druck
Intermediate Flange
Dichtung f. Zwisehenfianseh
Gasket (Of Flange Branch
Flansch Saug
Suction Flange
Flanschdlehtung, Saug
Suction FlangeGasket
Flansch Saug-Druck
Suction/Discharge Flange
Flanschdiehtung Saug-Druck
Range Gasket
Seehskantsehraube (Fisnschschraube)
Hexagon Screw
Sdftsehraube (Stahbolzen)
Stud Bolt
Flansch Druek
Discharge Flange
Flan$chdichhjng Druek
Discharge Flange Gasket
Sechskantmutter
Hexagon Nut
Sechskantmutter
Hexagon Nut
Zwischenflansch, Dtuck
Discharge Intermediate Flange
Getriebe kpl. (Ritzel, Welle, Buchse. ahnrder)
Gear Assy
Windkessel kpl. m. Auff ullst. u. Schnuffelv.
Air Chamber Assy
Windkessel
Air Chamber
Wind kesseldlch lung
Air Chamber Gasket
Slopjbuchsengehause
Stuffing Box Casing
StopfoQchseiimutter
Stuffing Box Nut
Nutruigmanseherte
Saal King
StogfbQchseneinsatz
Stuffing Box Insert
StopfbOchsenpsckungS-Ring
Stuffing Box Packing-King
StopjbOchsendichtung
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stopfbuchse komplett
Stuffing Box compl.
Kolbenstange kpl. m. Zahnscheibe u. Muttem
Piston Rod Assy
Kolbenstange
Piston Rod
Sechskantmutter
Hexagon Nut
Duo-Kolben
Duo Piston
Sechskantmotter/Kolbenmutter
Hexaqon Nut
Federring
Spring Ring
VerstarkungMChaibe
Support Disc
Zylindarkpl.
Cylinder Assy
Ausg. 2/90
Letzte And. io,00
02133
S75
S100
01.0093
01.0332
S150
S456
S450
01.0277
21.0253
21.0199
21.0064
07,3277
07.2306
03.0160
03,0158
03.0161
21.0258
00.2373
06.0444
06.0445
00.2517
00.2518
00,2519
20.0081
20.0081
20.0029
06.0627
06.0626
06.0446
00.2527
00.5313
20.0067
20.0065
06.0423
06.0624
20.0119
20.0063
06.0625
06,0631
21.0248
21.0249
21.0144
21.0048
21.0047
20,0068
20.0067
06.0422
06.0623
07.2306
07.0988
20.0060
00.2016
00.2017
00.2018
00,2521
00.2522
00.2523
01.0250
01.0251
01.0105
06.0090
06.0091
06.0092
01.0028
01.0029
07.0118
07,1340
06.0424
06.0324
07.1644
"
01.0338
01.3833
06.0325
C6.0326
07.1341
07.1848
07.4021
06.1137
06.1136
06.1140
06.1151
06.0426
06.0611
00.2259
00.2260
00.2261
00.5309
00.2524
00.2525
00.2526
00,5332
11.0326
11.0323
11.0041
11.0737
07.2306
07.1030
07.1031
07.Z806
06.0783
06,0767
07.2306
07.1845
07.1846
07.4019
07.3199
07.3200
07.3201
07.4027
07.1525
07,1527
07.1529
00.1920
00,1921
00.1922
07.1847
06,0512
06,0784
06.0765
07.0754
06.W53
07.4020
22.0059
Zuordnungsliste fur Ersatzteile Kolbenpumpen

Item No. Description
9a
9x
10
10a
lOx
10b
10bx
11
111
112
113
114
115
11$
117
IIS
12
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
11X/12X
13
13a
14
15
1$X
1*
16x
17
17a
17b
17c
17d
405
405a
405b
18
Sechskantschraube (Zylindersehraube)
Hexaoon Screw
Zyfinderdtchtung
Cylinder Gaskef
Zylinderdeekel
Cylinder Cover
Sechskantschraube (Zylinderdeckeiscnc)
Hexagon Screw
Zyiinderdecteld'chtung
Gasket for Cylinder
Stppfan
Plus R 1/2"
Kupfer-Oichtring
Copper Gasket
Saugvenfil Kpt.
Suction Valve Assy
Ventilbdzen - Saug
Suction Valve Stem
Ventilsitz Saug
Suction Valve seat
VemUgummiplatte -Saug
Suction Rubber Valve
Federsoannseheibe. graft Saug
Spring Tension Disc (Targe)
Ventilfeder Saug-Qnjck
Valve Spring
Feder$pannscheibeL Wein Saug
Suction Spring Ten a on Disc (small!
Splint
Cotter Pin
Ventilfeder Saug-Druck linksgewiekelt
Valve Soring
Druckventil kpi.
Discharge Valve Assy
Vnttlboln - Druck
Discharge Valve Stem
Ventilsitz - Druck
Discharge Valve Seat
Vontikjummiplatte - Druck
Discharge Rubber Valve
Federspamscbeibe. groG Druck
Diseharee Spring Tension Disc (large)
Ventilfeder Saug u. Druck
Valve Spring
Federspannscheibe Wein Oruck
Discharge Spring Ten$lort 0i$c (small)
Splint
Cotter Pin
Ventilfeder Saug-Druck linksgew.
Valve Spring
Ventilsitzdichtung
Gasket tor Valve Seat
StiftsehraubelVentilbruckenbolzen)
Valve Bridge Stud Bolt
Seehskantmutter
Hexagon Nut
Ventilbrucke
Valve Bridge
Stopfen
Plug R 1M"
Dichtung
Gasket ft 1/4'
Stopfen (OtsblalS)
Plug
Dichtung
Gasket
Pleuel komplett
Connecting Rod Assy
Innenseehskanbschrauben (Pleuelspannschr.)
Inner Hexagon Screw
Pleuel buehse
Connecting Rod Sleeve
Seehskantmutter, selbstsichemd
Self-LocWng Hexagon Nut
Distanzring
Spacer Ring
Pa&scheibe 0,2 mm f. Pleuel
Fitting Disc 0.2 mm
Pabscheibe 0.5 mm f. Pleuel
Fitting Disc 0.5 mm
PaQseheibe 1.0 mm f, Pleuel
Fitting Disc 1.0 mm
Pumpenkeilriemenscheibe
Pump V-Belt Pulley
S75
Ausg. 2/90
Letzte And. 10.00
S100
S450
S150
21.0259
r
|
21.0260
1
21.0155
06.0427
06.0814
06.0622
06.0549
03.0181
03.0180
03.0179
03.0139
21.0155
21.0097
06.0594
06.0550
21.0394
06.0592
06.0693
07.0705
06.0620
00.1042
00.1484
07.1323
07.1600
07.0079
07.1598
06.0659
06.0661
06.0883
07.1602
07.1504
07.1325
07.3336
00.1488
00.1486
07.2428
07.1503
07.0698
07.0018
07.1326
07.0312
07.1604
07.1505
07.1182
07.1180
07.0019
00.1043
00.1483
07.1327
07.1599
07.0078
07.1597
06.0860
07.1381
07.3336
07.1382
00.1485
00.1487
07.2427
07.1502
07.06SS
06.0862
06.0864
07,1601
07.1506
07.0018
07.0312
07,1$03
07.1607
07.1182
07,1180
07.0019
06.0426
06.0537
21.0050
21.0244
07.3277
03.0041
S456
06.0513
06.0548
21.0079
21.0595
07.2306
03.0043
07.4028
03.0045
03.0321
07.0751
06.0312
07.2803
06.1020
00.2008
00.2009
00.2010
21.0344
21.0107
21.0108
05.0070
05.0071
05,0072
07.2791
07.2792
07.2793
07.1321
07.1338
07.1868
07,1788
07.2101
07.1387
07.1789
07,1888
07.1700
00.3535
00.4285
00.4172
C0.422S
Zuordnungsliste flir Ersatzteile Kolbenpumpen

Hem No. Description
18a
18b
18c
19
192
idl
Ida
19b
19c
19e
22
22a
22b
23
23a
24
24x
25
26
26a
27
28
29
29a
29x
30
30a
30b
30x
301
302
303
304a
33
33x
34
35
Sechskantschreube (Stellschraube)
Hexagon Screw
Motorkeilriemensctoibe
Motor V-flelt Pulley
Gawlndestlft m. Spitze (Madenschraube)
Pointed Threaded Stud
Motorsoannwippe kpl.
Motor Rocker Assy
Motorspannschiene. links
Motor Mounting Rail (left)
Motorspannschiene, reehts
Motor Mounting Rail (right)
Seehskanischraube (Wippenwellenschr.)
Hexagon Screw
Wlppenwelle m. Qewindeloch
Hinge Pfnw/Thrtad
Wtppenwelle ohne Gewindetooh
Hinge Pin w/o Thread
Seehskantsehraube (Spannsehraube)
Hexagon Screw
Sechskahtmiitter
Hexagon Mut
StiftschraubefWindkesseistehoQizen)
Air Chamber Stud Bolt
Seehskantmutler
Hexagon Nut
Unterlegscheibe
Washer
Kreuzkepf
Crosshead
Kreuzkopfbolzen
Crosshead Pin
Olstandsanzeiger
Oil Level Gauge R1/4'
Dichtung
Gasket R 1/4'
Hauptfagerbuchse
Main Bearing Sleeve
CHspritadftckel mil Dichtring
OilSplashCapw/Gasket
Dichtring
Gasket
Olabstreifer
Oil Scraeer
CHauffijIlstapfen ohne Gewinde
Oil Filler Plug w/o Thread
Schnufletventi! kpl.
Sniffing Valve with Stop-Screw
Schnuffelventillippe
Sniffing Valve Lip
Dichtung
Gasket
Lagerdeckel, often
Bearing Cover Open
Lagerdeckel. geschtossen
Bearing Cover closed
Sechskantschraube (Lagerdeckelschr.)
Hexagon Screw
Lagerdeckeldichtung
Gasket for Bearing Cover
Radialwetlendichtring (Simmering)
Radial Shaft Seel
RoBenlager
Roller Bearing
Disianzscheibe
Spacer Disc
Scheibenfeder
Woodruff Key
Stopfen (AuffiJllslopfen)
Plug R 3/8'
Dichtung
Gasket
Keilriemen
V-Bell
Hauptlagerweile
Main Bearing Shaft
Ausg.2/90
Letzta And. 10.00
S75
S100
S150
S456
S450
00.377S
00.4275
00.4119
00.4216
00.4215
'
00.2513
00.2514
00.2515
23.0022
23.0023
23.0025
23.0121
23.0024
23.0026
21.0256
11.0327
11.0324
11.0319
11.032S
11.0325
11.0318
21.0120
21.0166
21.0167
07.2398
07.3277
07,2306
21,0048
21.0047
07.0988
07.1259
17,0011
17,0012
11.0021
11.0022
17.0009
".7.0022
11.0023
00.1938
06.0312
05.0035
05.0036
00.2377
00.2378
00.2379
00.2049
06.0432
06.0265
06.0056
C$.1276
06.0433
06.0471
06.0472
06.0473
05.0040
07.1320
00.1939
06.0398
06.1020
03,0187
03.0186
03.0176
03.0065
03.0066
03.0067
21.0258
06.0450
06.0451
06.0452
06.0435
06.0712
06.0721
05.0112
05.0113
05.0114
07.1334
07,1347
07.1345
1
07.0671
07.2803
06.1020
07.2942
07.2943
07.3101
07.2131
11.0015
11.0016
11.0017
Zuordnungsiiste fur Ersatzteile Kolbenpumpen
identification List - Spare Parts for Piston Pumps

Item No. Description
35a
35b
35x
xx
Deckel air Hauptiagerwelle

Coverfor Main Searing Shaft
Sechskantschraube
Haxagon Seraw
Diehtuna
Gasket
Satz- Dichtungen kpl.
Complete Set of Gaskets
Antrieb kp).
Crankcase Assy
Antrieb kpl, \rtauscht
Crankcase Assv-xehanqed
Wasserteil kpL
Pump Head Assy
S75
Ausg. 2/90
LefecteAnd. 10,00
S100
03.0086
S150
mm
S456
S450
03.0087
21.0256
06.0436
06.0629
00.2505
00.2506
00.2507
00,2761
00.2762
00.2763
00.2626
00.5312
00.2764
00,2765
00.2766
00.2827
00.5333
00.2621
00.2622
00.2623
00.2624
00.5325
00.2508
Zuordnungsliste fur Ersatzteile Koibenpumpen (Seewasser)

Identification List - Spare Parts for Piston Pumps (Seawater)
AU*.e/90
Lelzte And. 10,00
Part No. Description
3
Sax
3bx
3x
3x
5
5x
Venulgehauss knl,m.S6ftschr.u,Miiitern Seew.

Valve Casing Assv Sea.
Dichtung f. Zwischenflansch Seew.
Gasket/or Flange Branch
Flanschdichtung: Saug Seew.
Suction Flange Gasket Sea,
Flanschdichtung Saug-Druck Seew.
Flanae Gasket Sea.
Flanschdichtung. Drucx, Seew.
Flanae Gasket Sea.
Windkessel kpl. Seew.
Air Chamber Assv Sea.
Windkesseldiehtung Seew.
Air Chamber Gasket Sea.
S75
S100
S150
S450
S456
00.3484
1 j
00.3485
00.3486
1 -
'
i
6x
8a
8c
9
U
Sx
10x
10b
11
112
114
116
12
122
124
126
11x/12x
13a
15
20/20x
21X
29
33
XX
Stopfbuchsendiehtung - Seew.
Stuffing Box Gasket Sea.
Kotbenstange kpl. Seew.
Piston Rod Assv Sea.
Sechskantmuttef/Kolbenm. Seew.
Hexaaon Nut Sea.
Verstarkungsscheibe Seew.
Support Disc Sea.
Zylinder kpl. Seew.
Cvlinder Assv Sea.
Sechskantschraube Edelstahl Seew.
Hexaaon Screw Sea.
ZyHnderdiChiung Seew.
Cvlinder Gasket Sea.
ZyHnderdeckeldichtung Seew.
Gasket for Cvlinder Sea.
Stopfen G 1/2 Seew.
Plug G 1/2 Sea.
Saugventil kpl. Seew
Suction Valve Assv Sea.
Veniilsitz Saug, Seew.
Suction Valve Seat Sea.
Federsoannscheibe, groB Seew.
Spring Tension Disc (farce) Sea.
Federspannscheibe, xlein, Seew.
Suction Soring Tension Disc (smalll Sea.
DrucKvenlil kpl. Seew.
Discharae Valve Assv Sea.
VentilsitzOruck, Seew.
Discharae Valve Seat Sea.
Feder&pannscheibe, grod Seew.
Discharae Spring Tension Disc flarae) Sea.
Federspannseheibe, Wein Seew.
Discharge Soring Tension Disc Ismail) Sea.
Vennisitzdichtung Seew.
Gasket for Valve Seat Sea.
Sechskantmutter. Seew,
Hexagon Nut Sea.
Stopfen G 1/4 Seew.
Pluo G 1/4 Sea.
Umlaufhahn m. Dichtung, Seew.
Bvoass Valve w/Gaskel Sea.
Dichtung furUmlaufgehause, Seew.
GasketforBvoass Casino Sea.
Schnijffelventil m. Rindelschraub* Seew.
Sniffing Valve with Sloo-Screw Sea.
Stopfen G 3/8 Seew.
Pluo G 3/8 Sea.
SateDichtungen kpl, Seew.
comol. Set of Gaskets - Sea.
Wasserteil kpl, Seew.
Pump Head Assv - Sea.
00.3489
C0.3490
07.1849
07.1850
22.0146
22.0147
'
22,0145
1 -
07.1427
00.1516
00.1513
00.1491
00.1489
07.1383
07.1743
07.1509
07.1474
07.1622
07.1745
07.1510
07.1623
07.1747
07.1511
00.1516
00,1514
00.1492
07.1384
07,1742
07.1SC8
07,1624
07,1744
07.1512
07.1625
07,1746
07.1613
'
-
00.14SO
|
07.1474
"
07.1422
i
l
00.2355
07.2666
00.2638
00.2639
00.2640
00,2641
00.5311
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56866
Type/
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fire / Foam pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
DN
265
120,0
Forderhohe/
12
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
146
19
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
161
23
kW
3580
1750
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM315M4/2
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
AELE-55
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
250/250
cbm/h
Serial-No.
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Von-Thunen-Str.7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
E-mail:lnfo@behrenspumpen.de
Zertffizlert nach
ISO 9001
OarmanlwlMr Uoyd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56867
Type/
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fire / Foam pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
DN
265
120,0
Forderhohe/
12
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
146
19
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
161
23
kW
3580
1750
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM315M-4/2
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
AELE-55
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
250/250
cbm/h
Serial-No.
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zartifizlert necti
Item 4 Fire / Foam pump
AEG AM315MD-4/2
IN = 7 0 / 265 A, IS = 385 / 2275 A
IP 55, ISO F, star-delfa-starting
space heater 220 V, 130 W
cable gland
1xZ30
2xZt1
1xZ14
Druckflansch
Pressure flange
Saugftansch
Suction flange
385
350
DN 250
DN250
FR
i
Û4
/ m
f
CSJ
395
[MiBar^ PoampaD
Gewicht
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabt
Andtrung-Nr.
Tag
Name
Von-Thiinen-Strane 7
D-28307 Bremen
Malta o.Tolaranzangabc n.
DIN 716S mittsl
2002
Tag
Bear.
14.11.
Dirksen
Gepr.
14.11.
Di
Norm
Benennung
VRF8/320 - 315M
Name
Zeichn. Nr.
VRF-8-320-315M-PN^0-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
ftehrensPumpen
Operating instructions for centrifugal pumps
1.0 General Directions
Every pump is subjected to a trial run on our test field and delivered in a fully operational shape .
The present Operating Instructions are intended to inform the operators an expert exploitation .
No liability would be assumed for damages resulting from the inobservation of these instructions .
A guarantee within the framework of our terms of delivery would be granted only if the pump is being used
for the service conditions identified and confirmed ( rating plate )
In all queries and spare parts orders , please state the following details:
( See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
3. Year of Manufacture
4. Designation of the replacement parts needed , by specifying the sectional drawing number
and parts items.
Should the pumping set not immediately be taken into operation, then check the pump interior for humidity
and dry it out.
A means of preservation should be applied in case of a prolonged storing period.
2.0 Installation of Pump

The resident superintendents has to advise the erection personnel of the safety requirements and of
particular local regulations.
Connection of the pump to the piping system has to be established free of any stresses , which means that all
forces and moments resulting from the system are to be intercepted before junction points .
Where the pump is delivered without drive motor, the electric motor has to be carefully sighted via the
coupling and the alignment be checked according to appendix A.
If non steel pipes are employed for the sea-water pump line, such as inside coated or CuNiFe pipes, the
sacrifice pipe or the anode (Zn or Fe) must be always installed near the pump suction.
After installation of the pump aggregate, the alignment of the flexible coupling must be checked
according to appendix A.
Final Check:
The pumping set must allow for an easy manual rotation on the coupling .
Verification of the Sense of Rotation:
The sense of rotation must coincide with the rotation sense arrow shown on the pump .
Verify the sense of rotation by shortly starting the drive of the liquid filled pump.
3.0 Commissioning / Stopping

3.1 Preparation:
Fill the volute casing of the pump with the medium to be conveyed.
Open the suction sided shut-off fitting for full passage.
3.2 Starting:
Start up the pump against the closed pressure gate valve.
As soon as the pump commences delivery with its full discharge power ( pressure increase on delivery
sided pressure gauge), slowly open the shut-off fitting. ( An extended run of the pump against the
closed shut-off fitting is not permitted . Inadmissible heating)
The pump must be protected against back flow (non-return flaps on the suction and delivery side) and
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
Close the pressure gate valve .
In the presence of non-return fittings (pressure sided), the pump may be stopped without taking any
further measures.
Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thiinen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel.: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 - Fax: 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:
If the pump is not used for prolonged periods , clean and preserve all components . Store the pumping
set in a dry state.
For the stand-by-pumps care is to be taken, that the pump shaft will be turned appr. twice a week to
avoid damages of the bearings by vibration .
4.0 Operational Supervision

4.1 Operating Point:
Continuously supervise the operational discharge head of the pump (for data refer to rating plate) as
the difference of the pressure readings between pressure and suction flanges of the pump .Correct it by
a regulating fitting to be provided on the discharge side .
4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF:
Attention! Leakage holes at bearing seat must be always open in case mechanical seal is leaking - so
that no water can run into the bearings !
Regularly check the running noise of the bearings. A uniform, purring sound is audible in the event of
an unobjectionable bearing contact.
Damaged bearings cause a loud, irregular, chattering noise . (In such a case, examine the bearings.)
4 3 Shaft Seals:
Shaft seals must never run dry, not even for short periods !
4.3.1Mechanical Gland Seals:
In operation , mechanical gland seals are running free of leakages , which means that the low quantity
of conveying medium required for lubrication evaporates when escaping from the sealing gap .
Supervise the escape of leaking water in the range of the seal or at the checking outlet. If a drop bydrop escape of fluid is exceeded, then examine the mechanical gland seal.
Replace it, if necessary .
4.3.2Stuffing Boxes:
When using packing material (stuffing box), allow for a generous leakage during the running-in
period ( about 2 hours ) of the packing rings .
During the further operation, uniformly read-just the stuffing box gland until the leakage decreases to
the desired minimum ( slight dripping ) .
During this procedure , check shaft and stuffing box for temperature rise. In the event of symptoms for
overheating , do not tighten the gland any further but slacken it slightly so as to again achieve the
normal temperature by an increased leakage . Afterwards , slightly readjust the gland until the escape of
leakage is again under control.
If both temperature and tightness have themselves adjusted to a uniform value , a check is still required
at prolonged time intervals .
4.4 Suction Sided Fittings:
All fittings (filters, butterfly valves , gate valves etc.) are to be continuously examined for full passage
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
All pumps are delivered with grease lubricated rolling contact bearings .
Regrease through a grease nipple by using a grease gun .
The regreasing intervals and the quantities of grease to be refilled are obvious from the table given
below.
During all disassemblies - but not exceeding 4 years - carefully clean the bearings from old grease
residues . then reintroduce the new charge by spreading or refilling bearing grease into all bearing
cavities between the rolling elements .
As a lubricant, use quality rolling contact bearing greases having the following specification :
Saponification basis:
Dripping point:
Handling temperatures:
Walk penetration:
Standard:
LITHIUM with anti-corrosion additives, water repellent

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300,2/325,2/400,3/300,3/325, 3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

and for all sizes of the pumptypes SFN, SFS, STN, STS
DN D
Regreasing Interval (hours)
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
all sizes of pumptypes VRW + VRF and for VNF5/420,7/300,7/350,7/420, 8/300,9/325
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400 - 500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25
5.2 Mechanical Gland Seal

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thunen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 - Fax: 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 3 of 8
Mechanical gland seals do not necessitate any particular maintenance during operation .
5 3 Stuffing Boxes
Stuffing box packings must not seal definitely tight. A dripping leakage is necessary to prevent
overheating or even burning of the packing due to frictional heat.
Retighten the packing in compliance with item 4.3 in the event of heavy leakage .
Commence with replacing individual packing rings in case of a corresponding wear-down ( 2 rings at
the maximum per stuffing box). If no sufficient sealing effect can be obtained by this measure ,then
clean and repack the stuffing box .
5.4 Electric Motors
Electric motors supplied from us are provided with a bearing grease charge for 2000 hours of operation.
Carry out maintenance by following the requirements of the manufacturers of the electric motors .
Trouble shooting check list

Operational Trouble
Number of Code Register
Pump refuses to prime

Pump fails to discharge
Pump operates irregularly after start-up
or discontinues to discharge
Discharge flow too small
Discharge pressure too low
Increased power absorption of the drive
Pump runs unsteadily
Pump runs hot
Leakage through shaft seal
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 ,10 ,12 ,13 ,14,17 ,20,21,25 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Tel.: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 -Fax: 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 4 of 8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
Ejector not operable
Self-priming stage without operating fluid
Pump not sufficiently vented
Suction sided piping system insufficiently vented
5.
Suction line or shaft seal leaky
6.
Suction line breathes air
7.
Suction lift too high

(NPSH[of systemjto low)
8.
Pump does not operate at its operating point

(refer to ordering data and/or rating plate)
Conveying medium fails to coincide with
ordering data
Wrong sense of rotation
Speed too slow
Speed too high
Discharge flow insufficient
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14. Discharge flow to high

15. Discharge head insufficient
16. Resistances of system too high
17. Unfavourable influence due to parallel
operation or because of branches
18. Pumping set inadequately aligned
19. Pump stressed during installation
20. Misalignment and/or untrue revolving of shaft
21. Imbalance of rotor
22. Sealing rings discolour
23. Sealing rings worn down
24. Rotor is rubbing on casing
25. Impeller damaged
26. Clogging in piping system and/or in impeller
27. Increased axial thrust
28. Damage to mechanical gland seal owing
to dry running
29. Mechanical gland seal fitting faulty
30. Sealing fluid/cooling fluid supply insufficient
31. Stuffing box obliquely or tightened too strongly
32. Shaft seal worn
33. Bearings filled with too much grease
34. Bearings defective
Remedy
Check control voltage and compressed air supply
Fill up pump and switch same to "Ansaugen"
Evacuate or fill up pump with conveying medium
Draw off air pockets . Shut off lateral branches of
piping system
Check shaft seal, pressure test suction line, shut
off branch pipes of system
Medium covering on suction pipe inlet to be
checked increased
Check arrangement or resistances of suction
system. Fully open all suction sided fittings .
Clean filters . Examine piping for clogging .
Regulate operating point via discharge sided
regulating device and/or orifice plate
Consult us (Specific gravity and viscosity)
Check drive, change terminals of electric motor
Check drive
Check drive
Check system resistances., open shut-off fittings
and/or examine terminals., Check system for
possible clogging
Regulate operating point
Check system resistances, fully open all fittings,
clean piping system and filters, remove foreign
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Check seating and stress-free connection of piping
Realign!
Check for and eliminate stresses from pipe lines
and seating
Shaft and check for alignment
Balance rotor
Refer to item 19 . Check and regulate operating
point
Replace rings
Refer to items 19 and 20 .
Examine bearing arrangement
Recondition or replace impeller
Remove deposits and/or foreign bodies from
within pipe and pump
Check operating point. Check equalising holes of
impeller
Replace mechanical gland seal
Check fitting arrangement
Check pipe lines and pressure and/or supply
Correct tightening torque
Repack, or replace mechanical gland seal
Remove surplus grease
Replace bearings

Page 5 of 8
7.0
Maintenance and Inspection schedule

(Interval Periods)
Works to be carried out
Stuffing box
Retightening
Adding of packing rings
or repacking
Replacement of shaft sleeves
8.0
Interval Period(Hours)
250
2000
12000
Mechanical Gland Seal

Replacement of same
8000
Rolling Contact Bearing

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
Checking the packages
12000
Inspection
Verification of revolving clearances
12000
Description of the Priming Pump

(Liquid Seal Pump)
The liquid seal priming pump consists of the air pump housing and bladed air pump impeller .
The bladed impeller is mounted on the same shaft as the rotor . It is fitted into the air pump housing but with
sufficient clearance to prevent wear of the housing walls .
After the priming pump has been primed with the medium to be handled, a ring of liquid is formed in the pump
housing as a result of the centrifugal force set up by the rotation of the bladed impeller, and a sickle-shaped
working space is formed around the hub of the impeller.
This working space is divided by the blades into individual chambers , the liquid ring being first enlarged and
then reduced during rotation .
With cubical expansion the air or the liquid is drawn in through the suction slot, and with cubical contraction it
is ejected through the pressure slot.
The air pump is set in such a way that it can withdraw from the rear of the rotor through ducts provided for the
purpose, the control cock being set to "Ansaugen"(suction) .
At first, an air/water mixture is forcefully ejected; this continues until a regular flow of water establishes itself.
The pump is now filled with water and delivery starts automatically .
This is the end of the priming period, the control cock is set to "Betrieb"(operation) and the water drawn in is
constantly circulated through the pump .

Page 6 of 8
9.0
Alignment for flexible coupling
Sraightedge
When aligning the coupling halves, the angular and parallel offset misalignments of
shafts relative to each other should be as small as possible. Alignment to be carried out
in two planes as shown in fig. 1.1 with a straight edge (offset misalignment) and spacer
bar (angular misalignment). A dial indicator will give greater accuracy.
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
Smax
SmcK
*-e a- ^
P-
3-
Smln
Smln
Angular misalignment
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 of 8
T r a n s p o r t a t i o n schemes
Pump type: VNF
Pump type; VRF
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop
The unit must be t r a n s p o r t e d in a competent manner

and care must be t a k e n ' t o ensure t h a t the pump or
unit, when t r a n s p o r t e d remains in a horizontal or
vertical position and cannot slip out ot its support.
Do not thread the ropes through the eye-bolt
on the motor !

Page 8 of 8
Qeskhert mit LOCTITE

secured with LOCTITE
fixe avec du LOCTITE
Type:
Von-Thiinen-Straf3e 7
D-28307 Bremen
VRF 8/320 G
Vertikale normalsaugende Kreiselpumpe

Vertical non self priming centrifugal pump
Pompe centrifuge verticale non auto-aspiranfe
A
ou
liehrens Pumpen
Tell
Item
Repere
102
161
211
230
320
322
332
341
360
412
420.1
420.2
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
636
860.1
860.2
860.3
860.4
867
900
901.1
902.1
902.2
902.3
902.4
903.1
903.2
903.3
903.4
903.5
914.1
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Spiralgehause
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Doppelrillenkugellager
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Antriebslaterne
Lagerdeckel
O-Ring
V-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Buchse
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Schmiernippel
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungspuffer
Ringschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
VerschluBschraube
Verschluftschraube
Verschluftschraube
Entleerungsstopfen
Entleerungsstopfen
Innensechskantschraube
Volute casing
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Cover of bearing
O-ring
V-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Bush
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling packing
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Socket head cap screw
Corps a volute
Couvercle de corps
Arbre de pompe
Roue circulatrice
Roulement a billes
Roulement a billes
Coussinet
Support de moteur
Couvercle de palier
Joint torique
Joint a levres
Joint a levres
Anneau de retenue
Garniture mecanique
Bague d'usure
Bague d'usure
Douille
Disque
Disque
Disque
Graisseur
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Intercalaires daccouplement
Vis
Vis a tete hexagonale
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Vis a six pans creux
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Stiickliste
Spare part list
Specification des pieces detachees
1047
Blattl
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
914.2
920.1
920.2
920.3
922
923
940.1
940.2
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Laufradmutter
Konterm utter
Palifeder
Palifeder

Nut
Nut
Nut
Impeller nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fitting key

Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou de roue
Ecrou de arbre
Ressort d'ajustage
Ressort dajustage
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1047
Blatt2
TYP/TYPE AELE 35/45/55/65
vateci
Maschinenbau
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
inhaltsverzeichnis
Table of contents
Allgemeines
General
Sicherheitshinweise
Safety
2.1 Kennzeichnung von Hinweisen in der Betriebsanleitung

2.2 Personalqualifikation und Schulung
2.3 Gefahren bei Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise
2.4 SicherheitsbewuBtes Arbeiten
2.5 Sicherheitshinweise fur Betreiber
2.6 Hinweise fur Wartungs-, Inspektions- und Montagearbeiten
2.7 Eigenmachtiger Umbau und Ersatzteilherstellung
2.8 Unzulassige Betriebsweisen
2.9 Transport
2.1 Marking of information in these operating instructions

2.2 Personnel qualifications and training
2.3 Hazards ipon failure to observe safety information
2.4 Safety-conscious operation
2.5 Safety instructions for operator
2.6 Information on maintenance, inspection and assembly work
2.7 Unauthorized conversion or production of replacement parts
2.8 Impermissible methods of operation
2.9 Transport
Allgemeine Beschreibung
General Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Hinweis zu Sonderausfuhrungen
Verwendung
AusfQhrung
Funktion
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Note for special design

Application
Design
Function
Installation
Installation
Inbetriebnahme
Commissioning
vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH e-mail: service@vatec.de - www.vatec.de
vatecj
Maschinenbau
Wartung und Instandhaltung
PD-AELE-11-CM3B.DOC
Maintenance and repair
6.1 Demontage und Montage des Druckluftejektors

6.2 Demontage und Montage des Dusensystems
6.3 Demontage und Montage des Absperrventils
6.1 Disassembly and assembly of the compressed air

ejector
6.2 Disassembly and assembly of the jet system
6.3 Disassembly and assembly of the shut-off system
Anhang
Appendix
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Produktdaten
MaBblatt
Installationsbeispiel
Ersatzteile
Schaltplan
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Product data
Dimensions
Installation example
Spare parts
Circuit diagram
vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH - e-mail: service@vatec.de - www.vatec.de
C M
Maschi
1.
Allgemeines
1 ^ ^
^ ^ ^
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
^^ ^*
enbau
1.
General
Diese Betriebsanleitung enthait grundlegende Hinweise,

die bei Aufstellung, Betrieb und Wartung zu beachten
sind. Daher ist diese Betriebsanleitung unbedingt vor
Montage und Inbetriebnahme vom Monteur sowie dem
zustandigen Fachpersonal/Betreiber zu lesen und muB
standig am Einsatzort der Maschine/Anlage verfugbar
sein.
These operating instructions contain basic information

to be observed during installation, operation and maintenance. For this reason the operating instructions
should always be read by the mechanic as well as responsible personnel/operator before assembly and
start-up and should be available at all times in the vicinity of the machine/system.
Ein storungsfreier Betrieb der Maschine/Anlage kann

nur erreicht werden, wenn diese sorgfaitig montiert und
richtig gewartet wird. Es ist unbedingt darauf zu achten,
daft die vorliegende Betriebsanleitung beachtet wird
und die Maschine/Anlage nicht fur andere als die von
uns angegebenen Betriebsverhaltnisse eingesetzt wird.
Die Betriebsanleitung berucksichtigt nicht die ortsbezogenen Sicherheitsbestimmungen, fur deren Einhaltung
auch seitens des hinzugezogenen Montagepersonals,
der Betreiber verantwortlich ist. Das Fabrikschild an der
Maschine/Anlage nennt die Baureihe/GrSISe, die WerksNr., die wir bei Ruckfragen, Nachbestellung und insbesondere bei Bestellung von Ersatzteilen stets anzugeben bitten. Im Schadensfalle wenden Sie sich bitte an
unsere nachstgelegene Kundendienststelle.
Malfunction-free operation of the machine/system is

only possible when it is assembled carefully and maintained properly. Always ensure that these operating
instructions are observed and that the machine/system
is not used for other operating conditions as those
specified by us. The operating instructions do not take
in consideration local safety regulations for which the
operator is responsible for maintaining also on the part
of installation personnel used. The factory rating plate
on the machine/system specifies the model/size, serial
number, which we request you to specify on any queries, subsequent orders and particularly when ordering
replacement parts. In the event of damage please contact our nearest customer service point.Safety information, which can result in a hazard for the machine and
its functions when not observed, is indicated by the
following word:
Achtung
Caution
Diese Anlage darf nicht uber die auf dem Fabrikschild

festgelegten Grenzwerte bezuglich Menge, Drehzahl,
Druck und Temperatur oder andere in der Betriebsanleitung-Vertragsdokumentation enthaltenen Anweisungen betrieben werden. Vorgeschriebene elektrische
AnschluBwerte sowie Montage- und Wartungsanweisungen sind unbedingt einzuhalten. Das Handhaben
der Maschine/Anlage aufcerhalb der vorgenannten Bedingungen fOhrt zu Uberbeanspruchungen, denen sie
nicht standhalten kann. Das Nichtbeachten dieser Warnungen kann zu Personen- und Sachschaden fuhren.
This system must not be operated beyond the limits

specified on the factory rating plate in terms of quantity,
rotary speed, pressure and temperature or other instructions contained in the operating instructions and
contract documents. Always observe prescribed electrical connection values as well as installation and warning information. Operation of the machine/system outside of the specified conditions leads to excessive
stress, which it cannot withstand. Failure to observe this
warning can lead to personnel injury and property damage.
Zur Beachtung
Note
Die Beschreibungen und Instruktionen in dieser Betriebsanweisung betreffen die Standardausfuhrung.

Diese Betriebsanleitung berucksichtigt weder alle Kpnstruktionseinzelheiten und Varianten noch alle moglichen Zufdlligkeiten und Ereignisse, die bei Montage,
Betrieb und Wartung auftreten k&nnen.
Vorraussetzung fur das Handhaben der Anlage ist der
Einsatz von fachlich geschultem Personal. Sofern nicht
alle Informationen und Anweisungen in dieser Betriebsanleitung gefunden werden, fragen Sie bei der
nachstgelegenen Kundendienststelle nach.
Der Hersteller ubernimmt fur die Anlage keine Verantwortung, wenn diese Betriebsanleitung nicht beachtet
wird.
The descriptions and instructions in these operating

instructions apply to the standard version. These operating instructions cannot take into consideration all design details and variations nor all possibilities and
events, which can occur during installation, operation
and maintenance.
The system should be operated only by properly trained
personnel. If you cannot find all information or instructions in these operating instructions, please ask at the
nearest customer service point.
The manufacturer assumes no liability for the system
when these operating instructions are not observed.
vatecj
Maschinenbau
2.
Sicherheitshinweise
2.
P[>AELE-11-[>GB.DOC
Safety
Die in der Betriebsanleitung enthaltenen Sicherheitshinweise, die bei Nichtbeachtung Gefflhrdungen fur
Personen hervorrufen konnen, sind mit dem allgemeinen Gefahrsymbol
Safety information contained in these operating instructions, which could result in hazards for humans when
not observed, is generally marked with the following
hazard symbol:
Sicherheitszeichen nach DIN 4844 - W 9,
Safety symbol according to DIN 4844 - W 9.
bei Warnungen vor elektrischer Spannung mit
Warnings for electrical voltage are marked with
A
Sicherheitszeichen nach DIN 4888 - W 8
A
safety sign according to DIN 4888 - W 8
besonders gekennzeichnet.
Bei Sicherheitshinweisen, deren Nichtbeachtung Gefahren fur die Maschinen und deren Funktion hervorrufen kann, ist nachfolgendes Wort eingefugt.
Safety information, which can result in a hazard for the

machine and its functions when not observed, is indicated by the following word:
J Achtung j
Caution
Direkt an der Maschine angebrachte Hinweise wie z.B.

- Drehrichtungspfeil
- Kennzeichen fur Fluidanschlusse mussen unbedingt
beachtet und in vollstandig lesbarem Zustand gehalten werden.
Information attached directly to the machines such as

- Direction of rotation arrows
- Markings for fluid connections must be observed
under all circumstances and kept in a completely
legible condition.
Das Personal fur Bedienung, Wartung, Inspektion und

Montage mufi die entsprechende Qualifikation fur diese
Arbeiten aufweisen. Verantwortungsbereich, Zustandigkeit und die Uberwachung des Personals mussen durch
den Betreiber genau geregelt sein. Liegen bei dem Personal nicht die notigen Kenntnisse vor, so ist dieses zu
schulen und zu unterweisen. Dies kann, falls erforderlich, im Auftrag des Betreibers der Maschine durch den
Hersteller/Lieferer erfolgen. Weiterhin ist durch den
Betreiber sicherzustellen, daft der Inhalt der Betriebsanleitung durch das Personal voll verstanden wird.
The personnel for operation, maintenance, inspection

and installation must be properly qualified for such
work. The range of responsibility and supervision of the
personnel must be regulated precisely by the operator.
It the personnel does not possess the required knowledge, they must be trained and/or instructed. If necessary this can be accomplished by the manufacturer/supplier upon request of the machine operator.
Moreover, the operator must ensure that the personnel
is completely familiar with the contents of the these
operating instructions.
2.3 Hazards upon failure to observe safety information
Die Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise kann

sowohl eine Gefahrdung von Personen als auch fur
Umwelt und Maschine zur Folge haben. Die Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise kann zum Verlust
jeglicher Schadensersatzanspruche fuhren. Im einzel-
Failure to observe the safety instructions can result in a

hazard to humans as well as for the environment and
the machine. Failure to observe the safety instructions
can void all liability claims. In detail failure to observe
the safety instructions can result in the following haz-
vatecj
Maschinenbau
nen kann Nichtbeachtung beispielsweise folgende Gefahrdungen nach sich Ziehen:
P[>AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
ards:
- Versagen wichtiger Funktionen der Maschine/Anlage

- Versagen vorgeschriebener Methoden zur Wartung
und Instandhaltung
- Gefahrdung von Personen durch elektrische,
mechanische und chemische Einwirkungen
- Gefahrdung der Umwelt durch Leckage von gefahrlichen Stoffen
Failure of important machine/system functions

Failure of specified methods for maintenance and
repair
Hazards for humans resulting from electrical shock,
mechanical and chemical effects.
Hazard for the environment resulting from leakage of
dangerous substances.
2.4 SicherheitsbewuStes Arbeiten
Die in dieser Betriebsanweisung aufgefuhrten Sicherheitshinweise, die bestehenden nationalen Vorschriften

zur Unfallverhutung sowie eventuelle interne Arbeits-,
Betriebs-, und Sicherheitsvorschriften sind zu beachten.
The safety instructions contained in these operating

instructions, the existing national regulations on accident prevention as well as all internal operating, labour
and safety regulations must be observed.
2.5 Sicherheitshinweise fur den Betreiber
FGhren warme und kalte Maschinenteile zu Gefahren, miissen diese Teile bauseits gegen Beruhrung gesichert sein.
Beruhrungsschutz fur sich bewegende Teile darf bei
in Betrieb befindlicher Maschine nicht entfernt werden.
Leckagen ( z.B. an der Wellenabdichtung) gefahrlicher Medien (z.B. explosiv, giftig, warm) mussen so
abgefuhrt werden, dalS keine Gefahrdung fQr Personen und Umwelt entsteht. Gesetzliche Bestimmungen sind einzuhalten.
Gefahrdungen durch elektrische Energie sind
auszuschlielSen (Einzelheiten hierzu sind z.B. in den
Vorschriften des VDE und der artlichen Energieversorgungsunternehmer)
If hot and cold machine parts present a hazard, such

parts must be secured against unintentional contact.
Contact guards for moving parts should never be
removed from machines while in operation.
Leakage ( e.g. at shaft seals) of dangerous substances (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) must be eliminated in such a manner that hazards do not result
for humans or the environment. Observe all legal
regulations.
Hazards resulting from electrical power must be
excluded (for details see VDE regulations and regulations of local power company).
2.6 Hinweise fQr Wartungs- Inspektions- und Montagearbeiten.
Der Betreiber hat dafur zu sorgen, daR alle Wartungs-,

Inspektions- und Montagearbeiten von autorisierten und
qualifizierten Fachpersonal ausgefuhrt werden, dad sich
durch eingehendes Studium der Betriebsanleitung ausreichend informiert hat.
Grundsatzlich sind Arbeiten an der Maschine nur im
Stillstand durchzufuhren. Die in der Betriebsanleitung
beschriebene Vorgehensweise zum Stillsetzen der Maschine/Anlage muR unbedingt eingehalten werden. Bei
Maschinen/Anlagen, die mit nachstehend aufgefuhrten
Gefahrstoffen und/oder umweltgefahrdenden Fordermedien betrieben werden, muB der Kunde/Betreiber im
Reparaturfall Oder bei einer Rucksendung an unser
Werk bzw. unsere Vertragswerkstatt das eigene bzw.
unser Personal vor Oil unaufgefordert informieren. In
diesem Fall ist uns mit der Anforderung eines Kundendienst-Monteuers ein Fordergutnachweis, z.B. in Form
eines DIN-Sicherheitsblattes vorzulegen.
Alternativ
fordern
Sie ein
Unbedenklichkeitsbescheinigungs-Formular an und fullen dieses
wahrheitsgemaft, korrekt und vollstandig aus. Senden
The operator must ensure that all maintenance, inspection and assembly work is accomplished by authorized
and qualified personnel, who have informed themselves
by studying the operating instructions in detail.
Work should be performed on the machine only when it
is standing still as a matter of principle. The procedures
described in the operating instructions for shutting down
the machine/system must be maintained under all circumstances. On machines/systems, which are operated
with the hazardous substances listed below and/or environment polluting substances, the customer/operator
must inform his own or our personnel locally or our plant
or authorized workshop when the machine is returned,
before repair is performed. In such cases it is necessary
to submit to us a certificate on the substances transported, e.g. in the form of a DIN safety sheet, when a
customer service mechanic is requested.
As an alternative you can request a safety certification
form and fill it out truthfully, correctly and completely.
Return this form filled out to the point where the repair is
to be performed or present it to our requested service
vatecj
Maschinenbau
Sie das ausgefullte Formular an die mit der Reparatur

beauftragte Stelle Oder legen Sie dieses unserem
angefordertem Kundendienst-Monteur vor.
mechanic,
Gefahrstoffe:
Hazardous substances:
giftige Stoffe
gesundheitsgefahrdende Stoffe
atzende Stoffe
Reizstoffe
explosionsgefahrliche Stoffe
brandfuhrende, hoch- und leichtentzundliche Stoffe
krebserzeugende Stoffe
fruchtschadigende Stoffe
erbgutverandernde Stoffe
Stoffe die auf sonstige Weise dem Menschen gefahrlich sind
PD-AELE-11-[>GB.DOC
Toxic substances
Health endangering substances
Caustic substances
Irritating substances
Explosive substances
Combustible, highly and easily inflammable substances
carcinogenic substances
Embryo-damaging substances
Gene-mutating substances
Substances dangerous for humans in other manners
Bei alien Arbeiten vor Ort ist das eigene bzw. unser
Montagepersonal auf Gefahren, welche im Zusammenhang mit Reparaturen entstehen konnen, aufmerksam
zu machen.
Die in der Betriebsanleitung beschriebenen Montageschritte sind konsequent einzuhalten.
Unmittelbar nach AbschlufJ der Arbeiten mussen alle
Sicherheits- und Schutzeinrichtungen wieder angebracht und in Funktion gesetzt werden.
Vor der emeuten Inbetriebnahme sind die im Abschnitt
Inbetriebnahme aufgefuhrten Punkte zu beachten.
When tasks are carried out on site, your own personnel

or ours are to be cautioned at all times about the hazards which can occur when carrying out repair/maintenance tasks.
The assembly procedure described in the Operating
Instructions is to be strictly adhered to.
Directly after ending work, all safety and protection
measures must be brought into effect once more and
applied.
Before a re-starting of operation, the points listed and
described in the Section Putting into / out operation"
must be observed.
2.7 Unauthorised conversion or production of replacement parts
Umbau und Veranderungen der Maschine/Anlage sind

nur nach Absprache mit dem Hersteller zulassig. OrigLnalersatzteile und vom Hersteller autorisiertes Zubehor
dienen der Sicherheit. Fur Schaden, die durcrydie Verwendung von Nicht-Originalteilen und Zubehor entstehen, ist jedwede Haftung des Herstellers ausgeschlossen.
Conversion or modification of the machine/system is

permissible only with the manufacturer's approval.
Original parts and accessories authorized by the
manufacturers ensure safety. Damage resulting from
the use of non-original parts and accessories exclude
any liability on the part of the manufacturer.
2.8 Impermissible methods of operation.
Die Betriebssicherheit der gelieferten Maschine/Anlage

ist nur bei bestimmungsgemaiSer Verwendung entsprechend Kapitel 1 - Allgemeines - der Betriebsanleitung
gewahrleistet. Die im Datenblatt angegebenen
Grenzwerte durfen auf keinen Fall uberschritten werden.
The operating safety of the delivered machine/system is

ensured only when used as intended according to
Chapter 1 - General - in the operating instructions. The
limits specified in the data sheet must not be exceeded
under any circumstances.
2.9 Transport
2.9 Transport
Beim Transport der Maschine/Anlage sind die dafur

vorgesehenen Transport&sen (sofern vorhanden) fQr
die Tragseile zu verwenden.
Die Kranvorrichtung und die Tragseile mussen ausreichend dimensioniert sein.
When transporting the machine/system use the transport eyes (if present) intended for this purpose for the
hoisting cables.
The crane and hoisting cables must be sufficiently dimensioned.
vatecj
Maschinenbau
3.
Aligemeine Beschreibung
3.
P[>AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
General Description
3.1 Hinweise zu Sonderausfuhrungen
3.1 Note for special design
Bitte beachten Sie bei Sonderausfiihrungen die Seite

Sonderausfuhrung".
In case of special design please pay attention to the

page named ..Special design".
3.2 Verwendung
3.2 Application
Ansaugautomat fur Kreiselpumpen, fur die ein Trockenlauf unzulassig ist.
Automatic aspirator designed for centrifugal pumps

where dry running is not admissable.
3.3 Ausfuhrung
3.3 Design
Druckgesteuerter Ansaugautomat mit Druckluftejektor

als Vakuumerzeuger. Durch das Polyamid Dusensystem ist das Gerat weitgehend unempfindlich gegen
aggressive Flussigkeiten wie z.B. Seewasser.
Komponenten:
Pressure controlled automatic aspirator with a compressed-air ejector acting as a vacuum generator. Due
to the polyamide nozzle system, the unit is resistant, to
a large degree, against aggressive fluids (eg. see water). Components:
Druckluftejektor mit integriertem Absperrventil

Druckluft-Magnetventil
Druckschalter
Klemmenkasten
Schwimmerkammer mit Schwimmerschalter
Compressed-air ejector with integrated shut-off valve

Compressed-air solenoid valve
Pressure switch
Terminal box
Float chamber with float switch
3.4 Funktion
3.4 Function
Bei Einschaltung der Kreiselpumpe schaltet zunachst

der Ansaugautomat ein. Nach AbschlulJ der EntlOftung
wird die Kreiselpumpe uber den Schwimmerschalter
eingeschaltet. Der Ansaugautomat schaltet ubeiv den
Druckschalter ab, sobald diey Kreiselpumpe den Forderdruck aufbaut. Sinkt der Forderdruck durch Gasanfall
wahrend des Pumpenbetriebes wieder ab, schaltet der
Ansaugautomat zur Nachevakuierung ein. Bei
eingeschalteter Abschaltautomatik (bauseitige Steuerung) schalten Kreiselpumpe und Ansaugautomat
selbsttatig ab, wenn eine eingestellte Saugzeit uberschritten wird. Steht die Kreiselpumpe bei Einschaltung
unter Zulaufdruck, so schaltet diese verz&gerungsfrei
ein.
When the centrifugal pump is turned on, only the automatic aspirator will be activated. After evacuation has
been completed, the centrifugal pump is switched on by
means of the float switch. As soon as the centrifugal
pump has built up the necessary pressure, the aspirator
is switched off over the pressure switch. Should the
discharge pressure fall again during pump operation
through gas accumulation, the automatic aspirator
starts up once more for re-evacuation. Where an automatic shut-down system is activated (by customers
control) the centrifugal pump and aspirator shut down
automatically, if pre-set suction time has been exceeded. Should the centrifugal pump be under intake
pressure when turned on, it will activated without delay.
4.
4.
Installation
Installation
Achtung
Caution
Grundsatzlich miissen alle EntlOftungsleitungen

vom Anschlufipunkt zum Ansaugautomaten hin
stetig steigend verlegt werden. Fur die zu wShlenden Nennweiten der EntlOftungsleitungen gilt als
Anhaltspunkt die Grdfie der dafur vorgesehenen
Anschlusse am Ansaugautomaten.
Das Langnippel und die dazugehorige Gegenmutter
durfen bei der Installation nicht verdeht werden.
Fundamentally every ventilating pipe is to be installed ascending from the ventilating point to the
automatic aspirator. As a indication for selecting
the nominal size of the ventilating pipes please refer to the respective connection size at automatic
aspirator.
The long nippel and the corresponding chck nut
may not to be twisted.
Der Ansaugautomat wird als betriebsfertige Montageeinheit geliefert und gemSG Installajtionsbeispiel im Anhang min. 300 mm oberhalb des hochsten zu entluftenden Punktes (z.B. dem Pumpengehause) angeordnet.
The automatic aspirator is delivered as a ready-to-install

unit and is to be fitted, according to installation example
inside appendix, min. 300 mm above the highest point
to be evacuated (e.g. the pumpe casing).
vatec-
Maschinenbau
/
Uber steigend zu verlegende Errtluftungsleitungen werden der AnschlulJ A2 mit dem hochsten zu entluftenden
Punkt und der AnschluB A1 mit der Pumpensaugseite
verbunden. Der Abluftstutzen B darf nicht abgesperrt
werden. Der AnschluB C ist mit Druckseite der Kreiselpumpe zu verbinden.
,
Die maximale Aufstellungshohe Uber dem niedrigsten
saugseitigen Flussigkeitsstand darf bei Wasser als
Fordermedium nicht mehr als 7 m, abzuglich der dynamischen Verluste des Saugsystems betragen.
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
By means of ascending air vent pipes the highest point

to be evacuated will be connected to connection A2 and
the pump suction side to connection A1. Exhaust nozzle
B must not be shut-off. The connection C has to be
connected to the discharge side of the centrifugal
pump.
In case of water as pumping media the maximum installation height over the lowest intake-sided liquid level
must not exceed 7 m, minus the dynamical losses of
the suction system.
|
Achtung
Caution
Die Nennweite der Rohrleitung zur Druckluftversorgung mu& so gewShlt werden, daB die erforderliche
Arbeits-Druckluft am AnschluB P des Ansaugautomat wdhrend des Betriebes anliegt.
/
Uber den AnschluB P ist der Ansaugautomat mit
Druckluft oder ahnlichem Treibgas zu versorgen.
Via connection P the automatic aspirator is to be supplied with compressed air or equivalent driving gas.
5.
5.
Inbetriebnahme
Bei der Inbetriebnahme sind folgende Schritte zu

beachten:
The nominal size of the piping for compressed-air

supply has to be selected, that the required working
air is available at the connection P of the automatic
aspirator during operation.
Commissioning
For commissioning pay attention to following steps:
Rohranschlusse und Rohrleitungen auf ordnungsgemaBe Verlegung und Dichtigkeit uberpriifen.
Check all pipe connections and pipes for proper lay

and leakage.
Elektroanschlusse kontrollieren.
Check all electrical connections.
DruckluftanschluB kontrollieren
Check the compressed air connection
Achtung
Caution
Abweichungen bei Sonderausfuhrungen beachten.
Please pay attention to modification for special design.
6.
6.
Wartung und Instandsetzung
Das System arbeitet mit geringem Wartungsaufwand.

Folgende Kontrollen bzw. Arbeiten sollten je nach
Fordermedium, Betriebsart und Betriebsdauer in
festzulegenden Zeitabstanden durchgefuhrt werden.
The system functions with slightly maintenance work.

Following inspections respectively work should be performed in fixed intervals which depend on pumping
medium, operation mode and operation time.
Kontrolle aller Komponenten auf ordnungsgemaBe

Funktion
Check all components for proper function
Kontrolle des Schwimmerschalters in der Schwimmerkammer.
Check the float switch inside float chamber.
6.1 Demontage und Montage eines Druckluftejektors

ejector
Vor Beginn der Demontage ist der Druckluftejektor
Before starting work, the compressed air ejector
vatec;
Maschinenbau
elektrisch frei zu schalten.
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
must be switched to a power off mode.

von der Druckluftversorgung zu trennen.

must be disconnected from the compressed air
supply.
Anzugsdrehmomente fur die Schraubverbindungen sind

der dementsprechenden DIN-Norm zu entnehmen.
Starting torque for the thread connections are to be

taken from the corresponding DIN-Norm.
Achtung
Caution
Wir empfehlen alle Dichtungen bei Instandsetzungsarbeit zu ersetzen.
We advise to exchange all sealings at reapir work.
Demontage des Druckluftejektors:
Disassembly of the compressed air ejector:
Kabelstecker am Magnetventil des Druckluftejetors

abnehmen.
,
Abluft- und Druckluftleitung losen.
Schrauben zwischen Druckluftejektor und Schwimmerkammer losen. Druckluftejektor abnehmen.
Take off cable plugat the solenoid valve of the compressed air ejector.
Loosen the exhaust and compressed air pipe.
Loosen the screws between compressed air ejector
and float chamber. Remove the compressed air
ejector
Die Montage erfolgt in umgekehrter Reihenfolge.
Assembly takes place in reversed order.
Druckluftejektor einspannen und Langnippel herausdrehen.

Mischduse aus dem Gehause herausziehen.
TreibdQse aus dem Gehause herausnehmen.
Der Zusammenbau erfolgt in umgekehrter Reihenfolge.
Fix the compressed air ejector and turn out the long
nibble.
Pull out the mixing jet of the casing
Take out the driving jet of the casing.
Achtung
Caution
Bei der Montage ist das Langnippel fest in das Gehause

zu schrauben. Die montierte Gegenmutter darf dabei
nicht verdreht werden. Das Langnippel ist mit
Schraubensicherungsmittel (z.B. Loctite) neu einzusetzen.
The long nipple has to be screwed on the casing powerful. The check nut may not to be twisted.The long
nipple must be fitted with a bolt protection medium (e.g.
Loctite).
6.3 Disassembly and assembly of the shut-off valve
Losen des DruckschaltergehSuse am Druckluftejektor
Loosen the pressure switch casing at the compressed air ejector
DruckschaltergehMuse steht unter Federdruck
Pressure switch casing is spring pressurized.
Entnahme der Druckfeder und lasen der Mutter an

der Federfuhrung. Zum Gegenhalten die Mutter am
Take out the compression spring and loosen the

safety nut at the spring seating. Use the safety nut at
10
vatecj
Maschinenbau
Kolben verwenden (Dusenseite).

Federfuhrung, Fuhrungsring und Ventildichtung aus
Druckluftejektor entnehmen.
Kolbenstange mit montiertem Kolben entnehmen.
PD-AELE-11-CM3B.DOC
the piston (jet side) for supporting.

Take out spring seating, guide ring and valve seling
of the compressed air ejektor.
Take out the Piston rod with mounted piston.
Achtung
Caution
Bei der Montage des Kolbens ist der Dichtring mit

einem entsprechend geformten Werkzeug durch den
DruckluftanschluB einzudrucken.
When assembling the piston the gasket is to be

pressed via compressed air supply by a similar formed
tool.
11
vatecj
Maschinenbau
7.
Anhang
7.
7.1. Produktdaten
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
Appendix
7.1. Product data
Betriebsspannung
Schutzart
Leistungsaufnahme
Nenndruck
Schaltleistung Schwimmerschalter
Arbeits-Druckluft erforderlich
Material:
Schwimmerkammer
Ejektorgehause
Dusensystem
innenteile
Dichtungen
220V-230V 50/60 Hz
IP65
16 VA
PN10
100 VA max.
Operating voltage
Enclosure
Power input
Nominal pressure
Switching capacity float switch
5 - 7 bar
Compressed working air required
GCuSnl 0
GCuSnl 0
PolySthylen
Edelstahl
NBR
Dusengr6Be:
Saugvolumenstrom max.
Luftverbrauch bei 6 bar
35
Nl/min 300
l/min 70
Druckstufe:
Einschaltpunkt
Ausschaltpunkt
45
500
120
U
0,3
0,5
bar
bar
55
700
180
V
0,6
1,1
AnschlUsse:
EntlUftung Saugseitig
EntlUftung Druckseitig
Abluft Drainage
Druckschalter
Kabel
Arbeits-Druckluft
Arbeitsluftdruck
Working air pressure
E E
3
>
>\
so
55
W
1,1
1,6
Pressure-Stage:
Switch-on Point
Switch-off Point
6bar
\
\
'
\
45
35
200
Size of Nozzle:
Suction capacity max.
Air consumption at 6 bar
100
65
1000
240
Connections:
Venting suction side
Venting discharge side
Exhaust, Drainage
Pressure switch
Cable
Compressed working air
A1
A2
B
C
E
P
Material:
Float chamber
Ejector casing
Nozzle system
Inner parts
Sealings
Bronze GCuSnl 0
Bronze GCuSn 10
Polyetylene
Stainless Steel
NBR
300
400
55
500
600
700
651
800
900
1000
1100
1200
Saugvolumenstrom
[l/min]
Suction capacity
12
vatecj
Maschinenbau
7.2 MaBblatt
PMELE-11-D-GB.DOC
7.2 Dimensions
CM
Typ/Type
ELE35/4
<
Off
13415d/A4
13
931
m
i?5 m
LU
<
vatecj
Maschinenbau
7.3 Installationsbeispiel
PD-AELE-11-CK3B.DOC
7.3 Installation example
A1
Ah-
A21
Ah/-1
'
ra
A1
14897/A4
14
vatecj
Maschinenbau
A2
A2
PCtAELE-11-D-GB.DOC
14898/A4
15
vatecj
Maschinenbau*
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
7.4 Ersatzteile
7.4 Spare parts
6005
Pos.
3006
3008
3009
3012
3014
3016
3020
3030
5001
5002
5008
5013
5019
6005
6010
Stck.
Teil
Pes.
Schaltereinsatz
Federfuhrung
Fuhrungsring
Kolben
Kolbenstange
Mischduse L35
L45
L55
L65
Treibduse L35
L45
L55
L65
Ventildichtung
Dichtring
Druckfeder
O-Ring
2 Sicherungsmutter
Schlauchring
Magnetventif
Schwimmerschalter
Part
Pressure Modul
Spring Seating
Guide Ring
Piston
Piston Rod
Mixing Jet L35
L45
L55
L65
Driving Jet L35
L45
L55
L65
Valve-Sealing
Gasket
Compression Spring
O-Ring
Safety Nut
Tube Ring
Solenoid Valve
Level Switch
6010
3016
14153a/A4
16
vatecj
Maschinenbau
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
7.5 Schaltplan
7.5 Circuit diagramm
Schaltplan des Ansaugautomaten
Circuit diagramm of the aspirator
_L
-X1 <
:2
;5
'I
PE
'1
1
-S1
-PI
-Y1
> <
Empfohlene AnschlulSschaltung mit Abschaltautomatik

zum Schutz der Kreiselpumpe vor Trockenlauf.
Recommended connecting plan with shut-off automatic

for protecting the centrifugal pump against dry running.
-S01H-7
-FOI[]
S02h*\
-K01 V
-K02V{
-K02
_.
-X01
L1
PE
-\ - S 0 3 h ^ Y \ /
-F02-n-f
-K03-e7
-K01
6
1
6
2
A1
-K03K~1
A2
__.
6
PE
Steuerspannung
Control Voltage
30176/A3
17
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56868
Type/
Type:
VRF 3/350 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Emergency fire pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
100
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
38
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
41
kW
3580
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
125/125
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM 200 LR 2
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
G-CuAH0Ni
Ejektor/
Ejector:
ASED
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1014G
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03
Serial-No.

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
ZertffizJert nach
ISO 9001
6nnnl*Bhw-Uayd
Item 6 Emergency fire pump

AEG AM200LR-2
IN = 64 A, IS = 516 A
IP 55. ISO F, star-delta-starting
cable g l a n d
1xZ30
1 x Z14-
0400
Saug- und Druckflansch

Suction and Pressure flange
210
Gewicht
DoCooaiw PcosDfxaD
Form Nr
Werkst.
AUS-
gabe
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Name
Von-Thiinen-Strafle 7
D-28307 Bremen
Malte o.Toleranzangabc n.
DIN 7168 mittel
2002
Bear.
24.10.
Gepr.
24.10. Di
Norm
Tag
Btncnnung
VRF 3/350 - 200L
Name
Dirksen
Zeichn. Nr.
VRF-3-350-200L-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
BehrensPumpen
for the service conditions identified and confirmed (rating plate)
( See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items.
and dry it out.

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
Open the suction sided shut-off fitting for full passage.
3.2 Starting:
sided pressure gauge), slowly open the shut-off fitting . (An extended run of the pump against the
closed shut-off fitting is not permitted. Inadmissible heating)
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures.
Page 1 of8
3.4 Shutdown:
set in a dry state .
avoid damages of the bearings by vibration.

a regulating fitting to be provided on the discharge side.
4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF:
Regularly check the running noise of the bearings . A uniform , purring sound is audible in the event of
Damaged bearings cause a loud, irregular , chattering noise . (In such a case, examine the bearings.)
4.3 Shaft Seals:
4 J.lMechanical Gland Seals:
Replace it, if necessary.
When using packing material ( stuffing box), allow for a generous leakage during the running-in
period (about 2 hours ) of the packing rings .
During the further operation , uniformly read-just the stuffing box gland until the leakage decreases to
During this procedure, check shaft and stuffing box for temperature rise. In the event of symptoms for
overheating, do not tighten the gland any further but slacken it slightly so as to again achieve the
All fittings (filters, butterfly valves, gate valves etc.) are to be continuously examined for full passage
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below.
residues. then reintroduce the new charge by spreading or refilling bearing grease into all bearing
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300,2/325,2/400,3/300, 3/325, 3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
all sizes of pumptypes VRW + VRF and for VNF5/420,7/300,7/350, 7/420, 8/300,9/325
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400 - 500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
the maximum per stuffing box ) . If no sufficient sealing effect can be obtained by this measure ,then
5.4 Electric Motors
Carry out maintenance by following the requirements of the manufacturers of the electric motors.

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 ,10,12 ,13 ,14 , 1 7 , 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 5 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18,19,20,21,27,30,33,34

Page 4 of 8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.

(NPSH[of system]to low)
8.

ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
Draw off air pockets. Shut off lateral branches of
piping system
checked increased
system . Fully open all suction sided fittings .
Clean filters. Examine piping for clogging .
Check drive
Check drive
Check system resistances, open shut-off fittings
and/or examine terminals . Check system for
possible clogging
clean piping system and filters, remove foreign
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)
housing as a result of the centrifugal force set up by the rotation of the bladed impeller , and a sickle-shaped
then reduced during rotation.
constantly circulated through the pump.

Page 6 of8
9.0
araightedge
in two planes as shown in fig. 1.1 with a straight edge (offset misahgnment) and spacer
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
Smew
Smew
Smln
Smln
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 of8
Pump type; VNF
Pump type: VRF
' I
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop

and care must be taken to ensure t h a t the pump or
vertical position and cannot slip out of its support.
on the motor !

Page 8 of8
903.2
102
903.3
502.1
940.3
230
502.2
922
912.1
912.2
720
Qesichert mit LOCTITE
profegido con LOCTITE
\MJX33GM
Von-Thunen-Strafie 7
D-28307 Bremen
fffen$0j)
Type:
RF

Pompe centrifuge verticale non auto-aspirante
Bombas centrifugas verticales no autoaspirantes
A
OK G
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
102
160
161.2
211.2
230
320
322
332
341
360
400.1
400.2
420.1
420.2
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
554.4
636
720
860.1
860.2
860.3
860.4
867
900
901.1
902.2
902.3
902.4
902.5
903.1
Type:
VRF
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Spiralgehause
Deckel
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Antriebslaterne
Lagerdeckel
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
V-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Buchse
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Schmiernippel
Langnippel
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungspuffer
Ringschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Verschluftschraube
Volute casing
Cover
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Cover of bearing
Gasket
Gasket
V-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Bush
Washer
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Barrel nipple
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling packing
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Corps a volute
Couvercle
Couvercle de corps
Arbre de pompe
Roue circulatrice
Roulement a billes
Roulement a billes
Coussinet
Support de moteur
Couvercle de palier
Joint
Joint
Joint a levres
Joint a levres
Anneau de retenue
Garniture mecanique
Bague dusure
Bague dusure
Douille
Disque
Disque
Disque
Disque
Graisseur
Tuyau a double nipple
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Intercalaires d'accouplement
Vis
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Bouchon
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1014G
Blattl
ftehrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
903.2
903.3
912.1
912.2
914.1
914.2
920.2
920.3
920.4
920.5
922
923
940.2
940.3
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Verschluftschraube
Verschluftschraube
Entleerungsstopfen
Entleerungsstopfen
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Laufrad mutter
Kontermutter
Pafifeder
Pafifeder
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Nut
Nut
Nut
Nut
Impeller nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fitting key
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou de roue
Ecrou de arbre
Ressort d"ajustage
Ressort d'ajustage
Type:
VRF
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1014G
Blatt2
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
PD-ASED C-10-D-GB.DOC
n.
r*
g g ^
j&it
*t .
vatec.
i -C""
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Table of contents
Allgemeines
General
Sicherheitshinweise
Safety

2.7 Eigenmdchtiger Umbau und Ersatzteilherstellung
2.9 Transport

2.9 Transport
General Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Hinweis zu SonderausfGhrungen
Verwendung
Komponenten
Funktionsbeschreibung
Steuerung
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5

Application
Components
Functional description
Control
Installation
Installation
Inbetriebnahme
Commissioning
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
vatecj
Maschinenbau
6.1 Ersatzteile
6.2 Demontage- und Montage der Vakuumpumpe
7
Anhang
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
Produktdaten
MalJblatt
Storungen
Schaltplan
Armaturen
PHASED C-10-D-GB.DOC
6.1 Spare parts

6.2 Disassembly and assembly of the vacuum pump
7
Appendix
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
Product data
Dimensions
Disturbances
Circuit diagram
Fittings
vatec:
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
1.
Allgemeines
1.
General
Diese Betriebsanleitung enthSIt grundlegende Hinweise,

zustSndigen Fachpersonal/Betreiber zu lesen und mulS
sein.

Ein storungsfreier Betrieb der Maschine/Anlage kann

nur erreicht werden, wenn diese sorgfSltig montiert und
daft die vorliegende Betriebsanleitung beachtet wird
Die Betriebsanleitung berucksichtigt nicht die ortsbezogenen Sicherheitsbestimmungen, fur deren Einhaltung
der Betreiber verantwortlich ist. Das Fabp'kschild an der
Maschine/Anlage nennt die Baureihe/Grofie, die WerksNr., die wir bei ROckfragen, Nachbestellung und insbesondere bei Bestellung von Ersatzteilen stets anzugeben bitten. Im Schadensfalle wenden Sie sich bitte an

is not used for other operating conditions as those specified by us. The operating instructions do not take in
consideration local safety regulations for which the operator is responsible for maintaining also on the part of
installation personnel used. The factory rating plate on
the machine/system specifies the model/size, serial
replacement parts. In the event of damage please contact our nearest customer service point.
Achtung
Caution

AnschlulSwerte sowie Montage- und Wartungsanweisungen sind unbedingt einzuhalten. Das Handhaben
der Maschine/Anlage jau&erhalb der vorgenannten Bedingungen fuhrt zu Uberbeanspruchungen, denen sie
nicht standhalten kann. Das Nichtbeachten dieser Warnungen kann zu Personen- und Sachschaden fuhren.

Zur Beachtung
Note

Diese Betriebsanleitung berucksichtigt weder alle Kpnstruktionseinzelheiten und Varianten noch alle moglichen Zufalligkeiten und Ereignisse, die bei Montage,
Betrieb und Wartung auftreten k&nnen.
alle Informationen und Anweisungen in dieser Betriebsanleitung gefunden werden, fragen Sie bei der nachstgelegenen Kundendienststelle nach.
Der Hersteller ubemimmt fur die Anlage keine Verantwortung, wenn diese Betriebsanleitung nicht beachtet
wird.

and maintenance.
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
2.
Sicherheitshinweise
2.
Safety
Die in der Betriebsanleitung enthaltenen Sicherheitshinweise, die bei Nichtbeachtung GefShrdungen fur
Personen hervorrufen konnen, sind mit dem allgemeinen Gefahrsymbol
hazard symbol:
bei Warnungen vor elektrischer Spannung mit
A
A
Bei Sicherheitshinweisen, deren Nichtbeachtung Gefahren fur die Maschinen und deren Funktion hervorrufen
kann, ist nachfolgendes Wort eingefiigt.

Achtung
Caution


under all circumstances and kept in a completely legible condition.

Montage mufS die entsprechende Qualifikation fur diese
Arbeiten aufwelsen. Verantwortungsbereich, Zustandigkeit und die Uberwachung des Personals mussen durch
den Betreiber genau geregelt sein. Liegen bei dem Personal nicht die notigen Kenntnisse vor, so ist dieses zu
Betreiber sicherzustellen, daB der Inhalt der Betriebsanleitung durch das Personal voll verstanden wird.

It the personnel does not possess the required knowledge, they must be trained and/or instructed. If necessary this can be accomplished by the manufacturer/supplier upon request of the machine operator. Moreover, the operator must ensure that the personnel is
completely familiar with the contents of the these operating instructions.
Die Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise kann sowohl eine GefShrdung von Personen als auch fur Umwelt und Maschine zur Folge haben. Die Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise kann zum Verlust jeglicher
Schadensersatzanspruche fiihren. Im einzelnen kann

the safety instructions can result in the following ha-
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
vatecj
Maschinenbau
Nichtbeachtung beispielsweise folgende GefShrdungen

nach sich Ziehen:
zards:
Versagen wichtiger Funktionen der Maschine/Anlage

Versagen vorgeschriebener Methoden zur Wartung
und Instandhaltung
Gefahrdung von Personen durch elektrische, mechanische und chemische Einwirkungen
Gefahrdung der Umwelt durch Leckage von gefShrlichen Stoffen

repair


FGhren warme und kalte Maschinenteile zu Gefahren, mussen diese Teile bauseits gegen Beruh-rung
gesichert sein.
- Beruhrungsschutz fGr sich bewegende Teile darf bei
in Betrieb befindlicher Maschine nicht entfernt werden.
- Leckagen ( z.B. an der Wellenabdichtung) gefahrlicher Medien (z.B. explosiv, giftig, warm) mussen so
abgefuhrt werden, daB keine Gefahrdung fur Personen und Umwelt entsteht. Gesetzliche Bestimmungen sind einzuhalten.
- Gefahrdungen durch elektrische Energie sind auszuschlieBen (Einzelheiten hierzu sind z.B. in den
Vorschriften des VDE und der ortlichen Energieversorgungsunternehmer)

- Contact guards for moving parts should never be
- Leakage ( e.g. at shaft seals) of dangerous substances (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) must be eliminated in
such a manner that hazards do not result for humans or the environment. Observe all legal regulations.
- Hazards resulting from electrical power must be
2.6 Hinweise fur Wartungs- Inspektions- und Montagearbeiten.
Der Betreiber hat daftir zu sorgen, daB alle Wartungs-,

qualifizierten Fachpersonal ausgefuhrt werden, daB sich
beschriebene Vorgehensweise zum Stillsetzen der Maschine/Anlage muB unbedingt eingehalten werden. Bei
Gefahrstoffen und/oder umweltgefahrdenden Fordermedien betrieben werden, muB der Kunde/Betreiber im
unser Personal vor Ort unaufgefordert informieren. In
Alternativ fordern Sie ein Unbedenklichkeitsbescheinigungs-Formular an und fQllen dieses wahrheitsgemaB,
korrekt und vollstandig aus. Senden Sie das ausgefullte
vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH e-mail: service@vatec.de www.vatec.de
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
vatec:
Maschinenbau
Formular an die mit der Reparatur beauftragte Stelle

oder legen Sie dieses unserem angefordertem Kundendienst-Monteur vor.
mechanic,
Gefahrstoffe:
- giftige Stoffe
- gesundheitsgefahrdende Stoffe
- atzende Stoffe
- Reizstoffe
- explosionsgefShrliche Stoffe
- brandfGhrende, hoch- und leichtentzundliche Stoffe
- krebserzeugende Stoffe
- fruchtschadigende Stoffe
- erbgutverandernde Stoffe
- Stoffe die auf sonstige Weise dem Menschen gefdhrlich sind
Toxic substances
Caustic substances
zu machen.
Unmittelbar nach AbschluS der Arbeiten mUssen alle
Vor der erneuten Inbetriebnahme sind die im Abschnitt

applied.
described in the Section ..Putting into / out operation"
must be observed.
2.7 EigenmSchtiger Umbau und Ersatzteilherstellung

nur nach Absprache mit dem Hersteller zulassig. Origbnalersatzteile und vom Hersteller autorisiertes Zubehor
dienen der Sicherheit. Fur Schaden, die durcrydie Verwendung von Nicht-Originalteilen und Zubehor entstehen, ist jedwede Haftung des Herstellers ausgeschlossen.

permissible only with the manufacturer's approval. Original parts and accessories authorized by the manufacturers ensure safety. Damage resulting from the use
of non-original parts and accessories exclude any liability on the part of the manufacturer.
2.8 Unzuldssige Betriebsweisen

ist nur bei bestimmungsgemaSer Verwendung entsprechend Kapitel 1 - Allgemeines - der Betriebsanleitung
gewahrleistet. Die im Datenblatt angegebenen Grenzwerte durfen auf keinen Fall uberschritten werden.

2.9 Transport
2.9 Transport

vorgesehenen Transportosen (sofern vorhanden) fur
hoisting cables.
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
3.
3.
General description
Bitte beachten Sie bei Sonderausfuhrungen die vorhergende Seite Sonderausfiihrung".

previous page named ..Special design".
3.2 Verwendung
3.2 Application
Ansaugeinheit zur Evakuierung von Kreiselpumpen zur

Forderung von sauber bis maiSig verschmutzten Flussigkeiten. Das System ist fur solche Kreiselpumpen
ausgelegt, die vorwiegend unter Zulaufbedingungen
arbeiten.
Priming unit for evacuation of centrifugal pumps pumping clean or slightly contaminated fluids. The unit is
designed for such centrifugal pumps, which mainly operates under intake pressure condition.
3.3 Komponenten
3.3 Components
Komponenten der anschluBfertigen

rung:
StandardausfUh-
Components of the standard executions ready for operation:
Flussigkeitsring-Vakuumpumpe
mit
1-Phasen
Wechselstrom motor.
- Betriebsflussigkeitsbehalter.
- Vakuumgesteuertes Absperrventil Typ VEP, Beschreibung Druckblatt. 40401.
- Druckwachter Typ PSA, Druckblatt 90101 (modifiziert).
3.4 Funktionsbeschreibung
3.4 Functional description
Bei Einschaltung der Kreiselpumpe schaltet zunSchst

nur die Ansaugeinheit ein. Entweder nach Ablauf eines
Zeitrelais in der Pumpensteuerung Oder parallel schaltet
die Kreiselpumpe ein. Der Ansaugautomat schaltet uber
den angebauten Druckschalter ab, sobald die Kreiselpumpe den Forderdruck aufgebaut hat. Sinkt der Forderdruck durch Luft- bzw. Gasanfall wahrend des Betriebes der Kreiselpumpe unter den Einschaltdruck des
Druckschalters, schaltet sich der Ansaugautomat zur
Nachevakuierung erneut ein.
When the centrifugal pump is turned on at first the priming unit will be activated. Either after a time delay or
parallel, the centrifugal pump is also activated. The unit
is switched off via the integrated pressure switch as
soon as the centrifugal pump has built up its discharge
pressure. If during operation of the centrifugal pump
and through air- or gas accumulation the discharge
pressure drops down under the switch point of the pressure switch, the priming unit starts up once more for reevacuation.
3.5 Steuerung
3.5 Control
Eingebaute Drucksteuerung. Zum Betrieb ist eine abgesicherte Versorgungsspannung erforderlich.
Integrated pressure control. A fuse protected operating

voltage is required for operation.
4.
4.
Installationshinweise
I
Achtung
Liquid-ring vacuum pump with 1-phase electrical

motor
- Service liquid tank..
- Vacuum controlled shut-off valve type VEP, description leaflet 40401.
- Pressure Switch type PSA, leaflet no. 90101 (modified).
Installation instructions
Caution
Grundsatzlich mUssen alle EntlUftungsleitungen

vom AnschluBpunkt zum Ansaugeinheit hin stetig
steigend verlegt werden. FQr die zu wShlenden
Nennweiten der EntlUftungsleitungen gilt als Anhaltspunkt die GrQRe der dafur vorgesehenen Anschliisse am Ansaugeinheit.
priming unit. As a indication for selecting the nominal size of the ventilating pipes please refer to the
respective connection size at the priming unit.
Die Ansaugeinheit wird oberhalb dem hochsten zu entlilftenden Punkt aufgestellt. Die maximale Aufstellungshohe uber dem niedrigsten saugseitigen Flussigkeits-
The suction system has to be installed above the highest ventilating point. In case of water as pumping media the maximum installation height over the lowest
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
PD-ASED C-10-D-OB.DOC
stand darf bei Wasser nicht mehr als 8 m, abzuglich der

dynamischen Verluste des Saugsystems betragen.
Die Evakuierung erfolgt uber steigend zu verlegende
Leitungen an den AnschluB A.
Uber den AnschlulS B erfolgt die Erstauffullung des
Beiriebsfliissigkeitsbehaiters.
Uber dem AbluftanschluG B tritt die angesaugt Luft aus.
Ein Gegendruck ist zu vermeiden. Zeitweise kann hier
etwas Betriebsflussigkeit austreten.
intake-sided liquid level must not exceed 8 m, minus the

dynamical losses of the suction system.
The evacuation occurs via pipes to be installed ascending to the connection A.
The service liquid tank must be filled up for the first start
up via connection B.
Via the exhaust connection B the aspirated air escapes.
Back pressure must be avoided. Small quantity of liquid
can escape from time to time.
Betriebsflussigkeit:
/
Die FIGssigkeitsring-Vakuumpumpe benotigt wShrend
des Betriebes geeignete FlUssigkeit wie z.B. Wasser.
Die Betriebsflussigkeit darf nicht zum Schaumen neigen
und die Bauteile der Pumpe nicht angreifen. Die Vakuumpumpe wird uber den angebauten Betriebsflussigkeitsbehaiter versorgt. Dieser ist vor der ersten Inbetriebnahme mit geeignetem Medium aufzufullen.
Service liquid:
The liquid ring vacuum pumps require suitable liquid
such as water during operation. The service liquid must
not tend to bubbles and must not attack the components of the pump. The vacuum pump is supplied by an
attached service liquid tank, which has to be filled with
adequate service liquid before first commissioning.
5.
5. Commissioning
Inbetriebnahme
Bei der Inbetriebnahme sind folgende Schritte zu beachten:
Rohranschlusse und Rohrleitungen auf ordnungsgemSSe Verlegung und Dichtigkeit uberprufen.

and leakage.
Elektroanschliisse kontrollieren.
- Auffullen des Betriebsflussigkeitstankes mit geeignetem Medium uber den AnschluB B
Fill up the service liquid tank with adequate medium via connection B
Caution
Achtung
Ein Betrieb der Vakuumpumpe ohne Betriebsflussigkeit ist nicht zuldssig und fuhrt zu Beschadigungen.
Operation of the vacuum pump without service liquid

is not permitted and cause damage.
Drehrichtungskontrolle der Vakuumpumpe

Vakuumpumpe kurzzeitig einschalten und die Drehrichtung der Vakuumpumpe entsprechend dem
Drehrichtungspfeil kontrollieren
Direction of rotation control of the vacuum pump.

Switch on the vaccum pump shorthly and check the
direction of rotation of the vacuum pump by using
the rotation arrow.
Achtung
Caution
Abweichungen bei Sonderausfuhrungen beachten.
6.
6.
Die Ansaugeinheit arbeitet mit geringem Wartungsaufwand. Folgende Kontrollen bzw. Arbeiten sollten je nach
Fordermedium, Betriebsart und Betriebsdauer in festzulegenden ZeitabstSnden durchgefiihrt werden.
The priming unit operates with slightly maintenance

work. Following inspections respectively work should be
performed in fixed intervals which depend on pumping
Kontrolle aller Komponenten auf ordnungsgemafce

Funktion
Kontrolle der Wellenabdichtung der Vakuumpumpe

an der Leckageoffnung des Gehauseoberteils.

Check the shaft seal of the vacuum pump through a
leakage opening on the upper part of the vacuum
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
pump casing.
6.1 Ersatzteile
6.1 Spare parts
Als Ersatzteil ist ein Dichtungssatz bestehend aus Gleitringdichtung und GehSusedeckeldichtung unter der
Ersatzteilnummer 5048 erhaitlich.
A set of sealings including the mechanical seal and the

casing seal is available as spare part no. 5048.
6.2 Demontage und Montage
6.2 Disassembly and assembly of the vacuum pump
Die Demontage / Montage der Vakuumpumpe hat gemalS dem folgenden Schema zu erfolgen.
The vacuum pump can be assembled / dismantled as

shown in the following scheme.
Vor Beginn der Demontage ist die Vakuumpumpe

Before starting work, the vacuum pump must be

switched to a power off mode.


vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH - e-mail: service@vatec.de www.vatec.de
10
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Y O
Maschi
^ ^ ^
^ ^
PD-ASEDC-10-D-GB.DOC
enbau
Achtung
Caution
Sind die Zentrierrander der Motorlagerschilde mit

Dichtmasse versehen, so sind die Dichtmassenreste zu
entfernen. Zur Montage mit flussiger Dichtmasse benetzen Oder Dichtmassenraupe auflegen und sofort
montieren.
Die Demontage der Steuerscheibe aus dem Pumpendeckel ist nur in wenigen Fallen notwendig, z.B. zum
Saubern oder Austauschen der im Deckel befindlichen
Teile. Sollte sich die Steuerscheibe bei der Demontage
losen Oder gelost werden, so sind alte Dichtmassenreste zu entfernen. Zur Montage die Auflagefiache der
Steuerscheibe im Deckel mit flussiger Dichtmasse benetzen und sofort Steuerscheibe in Deckel einlegen und
ca. 5 sec fest andrucken! Dabei muB darauf geachtet
werden, daB Betriebswasserbohrung und Kavitationschutzbohrung nicht durch Dichtmasse verschlossen
wird (Sichtkontrolle).
Bei der Montage des Laufrades auf die Lage achten!
Schaufelradien gehSuseseitig orientieren! Laufrad muB
lose auf der Welle sitzen!
Bei der Montage der Gleitringdichtung ist die PaBfedernut auf geeignete Weise abzudecken!
Beim Aufdrucken des Lufterrades muB das Pumpenteil
demontiert und die Welle abgestutzt werden.
Alle Schrauben sind mit geeignetem Schraubensicherungsmittel zu sichern.
If sealing compound has been used on the centring

rims of the motor end shields, any compound residues
must be removed. To assemble the vacuum pump,
moisten the centring rims with liquid sealing compound
or apply a bead of compound and join the parts together
immediately.
It is only rarely necessary to dismantle the port plate
from the pump cover, e.g. in order to clean or replace
parts inside the cover. If the port plate is loosened eithet
intentionally or accidentally during dismantling, any residues of old sealing compound must be removed. To
assemble the port plate, moisten the seat inside the
cover with liquid sealing compound, then fit the port
plate into the cover immediatley and press it firmly for
approximately 5 seconds. Be careful not to block the
service liquid hole or the cavitation protection hole with
the sealing compound (visual inspection).
Make sure you assemble the impeller in the correct
position! Align the blade radii on the casing side! The
impeller must sit loosely on the shaft!
Cover over the featherkey way when assembling the
mechanical seal!
The pump section must be dismantled and the shaft
supported in order to press on the fan impeller.
Lock all screws with adequate srew lock compound.
11
vatecj
TYPm'PE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
7.
Anhang
7.
7.1 Produktdaten
Betriebsspannung
Schutzart
Nenndruck
Gewicht
Frequenz
Saugleistung *
Drehzahl
Antriebsleistung
Material:
PumpengehSuse
Pumpenlaufrad
Steuerscheibe
Ventil
Behalter
Dichtungen
Appendix
7.1 Product data
V
IP
PN
kg
Hz
l/min
min"1
kW
bar
bar
Operating voltage
Protection
Nominal pressure
Weight
Frequency
Suction capacity *
Rotations
Power input
115/230
54
10
17
50
120
3000
0,3
60
150
3600
0.4
angesaugter Gasstrom, bezogen auf Luft

(15C, 1013mbar)
Druckstufe:
Einschaltpunkt
Ausschaltpunkt
aspirated gas, refered to air (15C, 1013mbar)

U
0,3
0,5
Bronze (G-CuAl 10 Ni)

Edelstahl(X6CrNiTi1810)
Bronze (G-Cu Sn 10)
Kupfer
NBR
Anschlusse:
Entluftung
Abluft, Drainage
Druckschalter
V
0,6
1,1
Pressure-Stage:
Switch-on Point
Switch-off Point
Material:
Pump casing
Pump impeller
Stainless steel (X6CrNiTi 1810) Control disc
Bronze (G-Cu Sn 10)
Valve
Copper
Tank
NBR
Sealings
A
B
C
Abweichungen bei Sonderausfuhrung beachten.
W
1,1
1,6
Connections:
Venting
Exhaust, Drainage
Pressure Switch
Please pay attention to modification in case of special
design.
12
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
7.2 MalJblatt
7.2 Dimensions
91
991.
O
CM
4
O
CD
CO
>
>>
4hV^
14511/A4
13
vatec
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschincnbau
^FT\
Ryss/s/ssr>r;79sssss/s/7ssssssss/A
wtoc-SDS
7
vatec-ASED
BTMB
A
^ 5 -
w ^
%//;s/ssAs/;sss/////s///s;/;ss/sA/x
votoc-SOS
V
rzzzzzzzzA
V.
/ sj;s;/s/sjss;srssssswjjjsjf7777\
wttc-SDS
/
/
/
/
/
zzzzzzzzzl
14539/A4
14
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
7.4 Storungen
7.4 Disturbances
StQrung
Ursache
Abhilfe
Motor lauft nicht an, kein Laufgerausch
Unterbrechnung in mindestens zwei Leitungen

der Stromversorgung
Unterbrechung in einer Leitung der Stromversorgung
Pumpe sitzt fest
Pumpe undicht
Betriebsflussigkeit zu warm > 15C

kleine Undichtigkeit in der Anlage
Gleitringdichtung undicht
Kavitation der Pumpe
Betreibsfliissigkeitsstrom zu groB
Dichtung
Sicherungen, Klemmen und Zuleitung UberprUfen

Sicherungen, Klemmen und Zuleitung UberprUfen
Pumpe durchdrehen, evtl entleeren und saubern Oder siehe auch "Pumpe blockiert"
s. "Motor lauft nicht an, Brummgerausch"
Laufrad ersetzen
Lager ersetzen
Wicklung prufen lassen
Betriesflussigkeitsstrom drosseln
Gegendruck verringern
Flussigkeitsanteil verringern
s. "Motor lauft nicht an, Brummgerausch" oder
"Pumpe blockiert"
Zufuhr des Betriebsflussigkeitsstromes prufen
Anlage abdichten
Drehrichtung andern durch Vertauschen von 2
elektr. AnschluBleitungen
grSBere Pumpe einsetzen
Betriebsflussigkeitsstrom bis zum 2,5-fachen
erhflhen
Betriebsflussigkeitstrom kUhlen bzw. erhflhen
Anlage abdichten
Gleitringdichtung Uberprufen
Kavitationschraube Offnen
Betriebsflussigkeitsstrom prufen und reduzieren
Dichtungen uberprufen
Disturbance
Cause
Remedy
Motor doesn't start; no motor noise
At least two of the power supply leads are

interrupted
One of the supply leads is interrupted
Pump is jammed
Check the fuses, terminals and supply leads
Motor lauft nicht an, Brummgerausch
Pumpe blockiert
Motorschalter lost nach Einschalten
wieder aus
Laufrad festsitzend
Laufrad defekt
Motoiiager defekt
Kurzschluli in der Wicklung
Motor Uberlastet
Gegendruck im Druckstutzen zu hoch
mitgefdrderter Flussigkeitsanteil zu hoch
Pumpe sitzt fest
Pumpe erzeugt keln Vakuum
keine Betriebsflussigkeit vorhanden

groBe Undichtigkeit in der Anlage
falsche Drehrichtung
Pumpe erzeugt zu geringes Vakuum
Pumpe zu klein
Betriebsflussigkeitstrom zu gering
Anomale, kreischende Gerausche
Motor doesn't start; humming noise

Pump jammed
Motor circuit-breaker trips when the
motor is switched on
The impeller is stuck

The impeller is defective
Motor bearing defective
Winding short-circuit
Motor overloaded
Counterpressure in discharge too high
Too much liquid compressant entrained
Pump stuck
Pump doesn't generate vacuum
No service liquid
Severe leak in the system
Wrong direction of rotation
Pump produces to little vacuum
Pump too small

Service liquid supply too low
Service liquid too warm (>15C)
Abnormal noises
Pump leaking
15
Slight leak in the system

Slide ring packing leaking
Pump cavitation
Service liquid supply too high
Gaskets, seal
Check the fuses, terminals and supply leads

Turn the pump impeller, draining and cleaning it
if necessary or see also under "Pump jammed"
See "Motor doesn't start; huming noise"
Replace the impeller
Replace bearing
Check the motor winding
Reduce the service liquid supply
Reduce the counterpressure
Reduce quantity of compressant
See under "Motor doesn't start; humming noise"
or "Pump jammed"
Check service liquid supply
Repair any leaks in the system
Revers the direction of rotation by changing
over two of the leads
Use a bigger pump
Increase service liquid supply to maximum
value (2.5 times nominal value)
Cool the service liquid supply or increase the
service liquid supply
Repair the leak in the system
Check the slide ring packing
Open the cavitation protection screw
Check the service liquid supply and reduce it
Check all gaskets and seal
vatecj
TYP/TYPE ASED-C
Maschinenbau
7.5 Schaltplan
7.5 Circuit diagram
|[J
<a P
m
lit
Si
<na
G2Z:
=> >
I
tS j?j 35
0 - 0 - 0 .
fi
Hi'
i__L_i
16
ftehrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56869
Type/
Type:
CR8-50F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Drinking water pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
10
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
40/40
kW
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Qwmanltchw Uoyd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56870
Type/
Type:
CR 8-50 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Drinking water pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
10
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
40/40
kW
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffiziert nach
ISO 9001
QtnrwilMharUoyd
Item 8 Drinking water pump

MG 100L-2
IN = 6,1 A, IS = 67,1 A
IP 55, ISO F, direct starting
242
180
i
LTl
CD
^S
-J"
-4-
for
uJm
IE
m
4
18
280
42
42
Gewicht
IMm^lPmffi^
Form Nr
Werkst,
Ausgabe
Anderung-Nr
Tag
Von-Thunen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
MaUe o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mltrel
Europaische Projection
1998
Tag
Name
Bear.
26.8.
Dirksen
Gepr.
26.8.
Di
Norm
246
Benennung
CR 8-50 F
Zaichn. Nr.
CR-8-50-F-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
2. Type designation
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Pump key for CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3 and 5
Pump key for CR, CRN 8 and 16
Pump key for CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Maximum permissible operating pressure
and liquid temperature for the shaft seal
Minimum inlet pressure
Maximum inlet pressure
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Frequency of starts and stops
Dimensions and weights
Sound level
Installation
Frequency converter operation
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
Page
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13
2.1 Pump key for CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3 and 5
A
A
1. Handling
The motors of the CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3, 5 and CR,
CRN 8,16 pumps are supplied with lifting eyes which
must not be used for lifting the entire pump.
When the entire pump is to be lifted, observe the following:

CR, CRI, CRN 1,3,5 and CR, CRN 8, 16 pumps fitted with
GRUNDFOS MG motors should be lifted in the pump head by
means of straps or the like.
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90 fitted with GRUNDFOS MG motors
up to and including 11 kW should be lifted by means of the eye
nut fitted to the pump head.
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90 fitted with Siemens motors of
15 kW and up should be lifted by means of the lifting devices
fitted to the motor.
For other motor makes than those mentioned above, it is recommended to lift the pump in the pump head by means of
straps.
xxxx
Nominal flow rate in m3/h

Number of impellers
Code for pump version
Code for pipework connection
Code for materials
Code for rubber pump parts
Code for shaft seal
2.2 Pump key for CR, CRN 8 and 16
, C R , 8 " 20/ 2 - X - X - X - XXXX
Example
Pump range: CR, CRN

Number of stages x 10
Number of impellers (is only used if the pump
has fewer impellers than chambers)
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal and rubber pump parts
2.3 Pump key for CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 9C
Example
Before beginning installation procedures, these installation and operating instructions should be studied carefully. The installation and operation should
also be in accordance with local regulations and accepted codes of good practice.
CR 3 - 10 X - X - X - X -
Example
Pump range: CR, CRI, CRN
CR 32 - 2 - 1 - X - X - X - X -
Pump range: CR, CRN
xxxx

Number of stages
Number of impellers with reduced
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
GRUNDFOS multistage in-line centrifugal pumps, types CR, CRI
and CRN, are designed for a wide range of applications.
Pumped liquids
Thin, non-explosive liquids, not containing solid particles or fibres. The liquid must not attack the pump materials chemically.
When pumping liquids with a density and/or viscosity higher than
that of water, motors with correspondingly higher outputs must be
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
For liquid transfer, circulation and pressure boosting of cold or
hot clean liquids.
CRN
In systems where all parts in contact with the liquid must be made
of high-grade stainless steel, CRN pumps must be used.
Fig. 4
4. Technical data
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90:
Maximum +40C.
If the ambient temperature exceeds +40"C or if the motor is located 1000 metres above sea level, the motor output (P2) must
be reduced due to the low density and consequently low cooling
effect of the air. In such cases, it may be necessary to use a motor with a higher rated output.
Fig. 1
P [bar]
oo
KUBE/KUBV
1510-
KUBE
KUBE/KUBV
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
4.1 Ambient temperature
KUBE
KUUE/KUUV
[%]
-40 -20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160

t[C]
4.4 Minimum inlet pressure

Fig. 5
Il =
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [C]
|
1000
2250
3500
Example:
Figure 1 shows that P2 must be reduced to 88% when the pump
is installed 3500 metres above sea level. At an ambient temperature of 70C, P2 must be reduced to 78% of the rated output.
Hf
f
CR, CRI, CRN 1,3 and 5:

P [bar]
\
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
HUB E/Hl JBV

HUUE / HUUV
-40 -20
20 40 60
HUBE
80 100 120 140 160

tfC]
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
p[bar]
30252015105-
LU>
DD
DD
a: a.
0-
-40 -20
-JVUUE/AUUV-
-AUUE-
AUUE/AUUV
-4- 4
VBUBE/BUBV
BUBE
NPSH
I
\T
-Hv
The maximum suction lift "H" in metres head can be calculated as

follows:
H = pb x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - H s
pb
= Barometric pressure in bar.
(Barometric pressure can be set to 1 bar).
In closed systems, Pb indicates the system pressure
in bar.
NPSH = Net Positive Suction Head in metres head
(to be read from the NPSH curve on page 75 at the
highest flow the pump will be delivering).
Hf
= Friction loss in suction pipe in metres head at the
highest flow the pump will be delivering.
Hv
= Vapour pressure in metres head, see fig. E on page
79. t m = Liquid temperature.
Hs
= Safety margin = minimum 0.5 metres head.
If the calculated "H" is positive, the pump can operate at a suction
lift of maximum "H" metres head.
If the calculated "H" is negative, an inlet pressure of minimum
"H" metres head is required. There must be a pressure equal to
the calculated "H" during operation.
4.3 Maximum permissible operating pressure and

liquid temperature for the shaft seal
Fig. 2
1510-
i . , =
Pb
4.2 Liquid temperature

See fig. A, page 76, which indicates the relationship between liquid temperature and maximum permissible operating pressure.
Note: The maximum permissible operating pressure and liquid
temperature ranges apply to the pump only.
kA
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
t[C]
Example:
pb = 1 bar.
Pump type: CR 16, 50 Hz.
Flow rate: 16 m3/h.
NPSH (from page 75): 1.5 metres head.
Hf = 3.0 metres head.
Liquid temperature: +60C.
H v (from fig. E, page 79): 2.1 metres head.
H = pb x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - Hs [metres head].
H = 1 x 10.2 - 1.5 - 3.0 - 2.1 - 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
This means that the pump can operate at a suction lift of maximum 3.1 metres head.
Pressure calculated in bar: 3.1 x 0.0981 = 0.30 bar.
Pressure calculated in kPa: 3.1 x 9.81 = 30.4 kPa.
4.5 Maximum inlet pressure
5. Installation
Figure B, page 77, shows the maximum permissible inlet pressure. However, the actual inlet pressure + pressure when the
pump is running against a closed valve must always be lower
than the "maximum permissible operating pressure".
The pumps are pressure-tested at a pressure of 1.5 times the
value stated in fig. B, page 77.
When installing the pump, follow the procedure below in order to

avoid damaging the pump.
Step
4.6 Minimum flow rate

Due to the risk of overheating, the pump should not be used at
flows below the minimum flow rate.
The curve below shows the minimum flow rate as a percentage of
the nominal flow rate in relation to the liquid temperature.
Fig. 6
40
QJP
60
80 100 120 140 160 180t[C]
dPOb
fck.P=PM
4.7 Electrical data

See motor nameplate.
4.8 Frequency of starts and stops
Motors up to 4 kW: Maximum 100 times per hour.
Other motors:
Maximum 20 times per hour.
Dimensions: See fig. C, page 78.

Weights:
See label on the packing.
4.10 Sound level
Arrows on the pump base

show the direction of flow of
liquid through the pump.
Page 78 shows:
port-to-port lengths,
dimensions of the base,
pipework connections and
diameter and position of
foundation bolts.
Note: The pump must never operate against a closed discharge

valve.
4.9 Dimensions and weights
Action
q=ft=Jstt5=p
The pump can be installed

vertically or horizontally. Ensure that an adequate supply
of cool air reaches the motor
cooling fan. However, the motor must never fall below the
horizontal plane.
To minimize possible noise
from the pump, it is advisable
to fit expansion joints either
side of the pump and anti-vibration mountings between
foundation and pump.
Isolating valves should be fitted either side of the pump to
avoid draining the system if
the pump needs to be
cleaned, repaired or replaced.
The pump must always be
protected against backflow by
means of a non-return valve
(foot valve).
See fig. D, page 79.

Install the pipes so that air
locks are avoided, especially
on the suction side of the
pump.
In the case of installations in

which:
the discharge pipe slopes
downwards away from the
pump,
there is a risk of siphon
effect,
protection against backflow
of unclean liquids is necessary,
a vacuum valve must be fitted
close to the pump.
10
6. Electrical connection
7. Start-up
The electrical connection should be carried out by an authorized

electrician in accordance with local regulations.
Before removing the terminal box cover and before
any removal/dismantling of the pump, make sure that
the electricity supply has been switched off.
The pump must be connected to an external mains
switch with a minimum contact gap of 3 mm in all
poles.
Note: Do not start the pump until it has been filled with liquid and
vented.
Pay attention to the direction of the vent hole and
take care to ensure that the escaping water does not
cause injury to persons or damage to the motor or
other components.
In hot-water installations, special attention should be
paid to the risk of injury caused by scalding hot water.
The operating voltage and frequency are marked on the motor

nameplate. Make sure that the motor is suitable for the electricity
supply on which it will be used.
Single-phase GRUNDFOS motors incorporate a thermal switch
and require no additional motor protection.
Three-phase motors must be connected to a motor starter.
The terminal box can be turned to four positions, in 90 steps:
1. If necessary, remove the coupling guards. Do not remove the
coupling.
2. Remove the bolts securing the motor to the pump.
3. Turn the motor to the required position.
4. Replace and tighten the bolts.
5. Replace the coupling guards.
The electrical connection should be carried out as shown in the
diagram inside the terminal box cover.
Follow the instructions on page 4.

CR, CRI, CRN 1 to 5,
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
For these pumps, it is advisable to open the bypass valve during
start-up. The bypass valve connects the suction and discharge
sides of the pump, thus making the filling procedure easier. When
the operation is stable, the bypass valve can be closed. When
pumping liquids containing air, it is advisable to leave the bypass
valve open.
Fig. 7
6.1 Frequency converter operation

Motors supplied by GRUNDFOS:
All three-phase motors supplied by GRUNDFOS can be connected to a frequency converter.
Dependent on the frequency converter type, this may cause increased acoustic noise from the motor. Furthermore, it may
cause the motor to be exposed to detrimental voltage peaks.
Note: GRUNDFOS motors types MG 71 and MG 80 as well as
MG 90 (1.5 kW, 2-pole), all for supply voltages up to and including
440 V (see motor nameplate), must be protected against voltage
peaks higher than 650 V (peak value) between the supply terminals.
It is recommended to protect all other motors against voltage
peaks higher than 850 V.
The above disturbances, i.e. both increased acoustic noise and
detrimental voltage peaks, can be eliminated by fitting an LC filter
between the frequency converter and the motor.
For further information, please contact the frequency converter or
motor supplier.
Other motor makes than those supplied by GRUNDFOS:
Please contact GRUNDFOS or the motor manufacturer.
8. Maintenance
Before starting work on the pump, make sure that all

power supplies to the pump have been switched off
and that they cannot be accidentally switched on.
Pump bearings and shaft seal are maintenance-free.

If the pump is to be drained for a long period of inactivity, remove
one of the coupling guards to inject a few drops of silicone oil on
the shaft between the pump head and the coupling. This will prevent the shaft seal faces from sticking.
Motor bearings:
Motors which are not fitted with grease nipples are maintenancefree.
Motors fitted with grease nipples should be lubricated with a hightemperature lithium-based grease, see the instructions on the fan
cover.
In the case of seasonal operation (motor is idle for more than
6 months of the year), it is recommended to grease the motor
when the pump is taken out of operation.
11
9. Frost protection
Pumps which are not being used during periods of frost should be
drained to avoid damage.
Drain the pump by loosening the vent screw in the pump head
and by removing the drain plug from the base.
Care must be taken to ensure that the escaping water
does not cause injury to persons or damage to the
motor or other components.
Do not tighten the vent screw and replace the drain plug until the
pump is to be used again.
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
Before replacing the drain plug in the base, screw the bypass
valve out against the stop, see fig. 7.
Fit the drain plug by tightening the large union nut followed by the
bypass valve.
10. Service
Note: If a pump has been used for a liquid which is injurious to
health or toxic, the pump will be classified as contaminated.
If GRUNDFOS is requested to service the pump, GRUNDFOS
must be contacted with details about the pumped liquid, etc. before the pump is returned for service. Otherwise GRUNDFOS can
refuse to accept the pump for service.
Possible costs of returning the pump are paid by the customer.
However, any application for service (no matter to whom it may
be made) must include details about the pumped liquid if the
pump has been used for liquids which are injurious to health or
toxic.
10.1 Service kits
Service kits for CR, CRI and CRN, see www.grundfos.com.
11. Coupling adjustment

For adjustment of coupling in CR, CRI, CRN 1 to 5, see fig. F,
page 80.
For adjustment of coupling in CR, CRN 8 and 16, see fig. G, page
81.
For adjustment of coupling in CR, CRN 32 to 90, see fig. H, page
82.
12
12. Fault finding chart

Before removing the terminal box cover and before any removal/dismantling of the pump, make sure that the electricity supply
has been switched off and that it cannot be accidentally switched on.
Fault
Cause
Remedy
1. Motor does not run

when started.
a) Supply failure.
Connect the electricity supply.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.
c) Motor starter overload has tripped out.
Reactivate the motor protection.
d) Thermal protection has tripped out.
Reactivate the thermal protection.
e) Main contacts in motor starter are not making

contact or the coil is faulty.
Replace contacts or magnetic coil.
f)
2. Motor starter overload
trips out immediately
when supply is
switched on.
Control circuit is defective.
Repair the control circuit.
g) Motor is defective.
Replace the motor.
a) One fuse/automatic circuit breaker is blown.
Cut in the fuse.
b) Contacts in motor starter overload are faulty.
Replace motor starter contacts.
c) Cable connection is loose or faulty.
Fasten or replace the cable connection.
d) Motor winding is defective.
Replace the motor.
e) Pump mechanically blocked.
Remove the mechanical blocking of the pump.
f)
Overload setting is too low.
Set the motor starter correctly.

trips out occasionally.
a) Overload setting is too low.
b) Low voltage at peak times.
Check the electricity supply.
4. Motor starter has not

tripped out but the
pump does not run.
a) Check 1 a), b), d), e) and f).
5. Pump capacity not

constant.
a) Pump inlet pressure is too low (cavitation).
Check the suction conditions.
b) Suction pipe/pump partly blocked by impurities.
Clean the pump or suction pipe.
c) Pump draws in air.
a) Suction pipe/pump blocked by impurities.
b) Foot or non-return valve blocked in closed position.
Repair the foot or non-return valve.
6. Pump runs but gives

no water.
c) Leakage in suction pipe.
Repair the suction pipe.
d) Air in suction pipe or pump.
e) Motor rotates in the wrong direction.
Change the direction of rotation of the motor.
7. Pump runs backwards when switched

off.
a) Leakage in suction pipe.
b) Foot or non-return valve is defective.
8. Leakage in shaft seal.
a) Shaft seal is defective.
Replace the shaft seal.
9. Noise.
a) Cavitation occurs in the pump.
b) Pump does not rotate freely (frictional resistance) because of incorrect pump shaft position,
Adjust the pump shaft.
c) Frequency converter operation.
See section 6.1 Frequency converter operation.
13. Disposal
Disposal of this product or parts of it must be carried out according to the following guidelines:
1. Use the local public or private waste collection service.
2. In case such waste collection service does not exist or cannot
handle the materials used in the product, please deliver the
product or any hazardous materials from it to your nearest
GRUNDFOS company or service workshop.
Subject to alterations.
Service instructions
Model B
50/60 Hz
Table of contents
Mk
^
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.
5.
5.1
5.2
6.
Type identification
Nameplate CR, CRN, CRT
Type key
Codes used
Torques and lubricants
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
Shaft seals
Dismantling and assembly
Dismantling
Assembly
Order of assembly for chambers and impellers
18.05.2001
GB
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
6
7
7
8
10
Page 1 of 10
CRUNDFOS' > \
1. Type identification
This section shows the type key, the namepiate and the codes that can appear in the variant code.
Note: As codes can be combined, a code position may contain more than one code (letter).
1.1 Namepiate CR, CRN, CRT
TJVp
H@dlfl
CRN8-140A-P-G
, B 42630014
9,5
i n * IKD 1 1 9 , 4
23/120-25/85
MADE IN DENMAR
Description
Pos.
Description
Pos.
Type designation
Maximum pressure and temperature
Model
Rated flow rate
Product number
Head at rated flow rate
Place of production
Speed
Production year and week
10
Country of production
18.05.2001
GB
Page 2 of 10
CRUNDFOS' > \
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
8-
20
/1
X-
X-
X-
xxxx
Type range
Rated flow rate in m3/h
Number of impellers (is only used if the pump has
fewer impellers than chambers)
Code for pump version a)
Code for pipe connection b)
Code for materials (excluding plastic and rubber parts) c)
Code for shaft seal d)
1.3 Codes used

Note
Description
Code
Basic version
Oversize motor, two flange sizes bigger
NEMA version
Oval flange
DIN flange
ANSI flange
JIS flange
Changed diameter of ports
Basic version:
Pump head and base:
cast iron
Other wetted parts:
stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4301
Stationary bearing rings: aluminium oxide
As basic version except:

Stationary bearing rings in bronze
BUBE/V
Rubber bellows seal; rotating face: tungsten carbide; stationary

seat:synthetic resin-impregnated carbon; O-rings: E=EPDM,
V=FKM
AUUE/V
O-ring seal; rotating face: tungsten carbide; stationary seat: tungsten carbide; O-rings: E=EPDM, V=FKM
18.05.2001
GB
Page 3 of 10
CRUNDFOS' > \
2. Torques and lubricants

This section shows the screws and nuts that must be tightened to a certain torque and the lubricants to be
used.
Pos.
Description
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M6x20
13
M8x25
31
M10x25
62
Lubricant
Thread-eze
18
Air vent screw
5/20
Bonderlube
25
Drain plug
10/20
Bonderlube
M6x20
10
M6x25
28
M8x20
Hexagon head screw
Thread-eze
12
M8x25
28.a
Hexagon head screw
M12x30
40
M12x25
40
Thread-eze
36
Nut
M16
100
Thread-eze
36.a
Nut
M16
80
Thread-eze
67
Nut
M12
40
Bonderlube
103
Seal ring, stationary
104
Seal ring, rotating
Silicone oil
Thread-Eze, part no. SV9997 (0,5 I)

Bonderlube, part no. SV9995 (1 I).
Silicone oil, part no. SV0862 (1 I.)
18.05.2001
GB
Page 4 of 10
CRUNDF05' > \
3. Service tools
The following drawings and tables show special, standard and torque tools for pump service.
A
OH
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
Description
Shaft holder for dismantling
Punch for removing the shaft
Shaft holder for assembly
Puller for neck ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0287
SV0286
SV0040
SV0239
Suppl. information
Part no.
51
45
3.2 Standard tools

Pos.
Description
For pos.
R 3/8 -11 mm
M6- 10 mm
SV0145
28
M8- 13 mm
28-28.a-35-67 M12 19 mm
18-25-28.a24 mm
36-36.a
M6 - 5 mm
SV0055
SV0054
19
28
E
Ring/open-end spanner
Tee key
SV0083
SV0122
SV0124
M8 - 6 mm
M10-8mm
SV0050
Suppl. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
14x18
1
M6 - 5 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/z"
1
M10-8mm
/2"x1/2"
1
1
9x12-> / 2 "x / 2 "
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0310
SV0294
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV0295
SV0051
3.3 Torque tools

Pos.
Description
For pos.
Torque wrench
H-l-J
Ring spanner
28-G
28-G
28-28.a-67-G
36-36.a-G
Socket driver for hexagon socket

head screws
Ratchet insert tool
18.05.2001
GB
9-G-J
G-l
Page 5 of 10
CRUNDFOS' > \
4. Shaft seals
102103104-
<j>
107
107-
-105
111
108
112
max. 16 bar
Stationary shaft seal part
max. 25 bar
Rotating shaft seal part
J*)
18.05.2001
GB
Page 6 of 10
CRUNDFOS
5. Dismantling and assembly

The GRUNDFOS centrifugal pumps, type CR 8, are multistage in-line pumps.
If it is necessary to dismantle the pump, either because it is choked or damaged, please follow the instructions below.
Position numbers, see "Parts //sf"and section 3. Service tools.
5.1 Dismantling
Slacken the screws pos. 7a and remove them together with the coupling guards pos. 7. Remove the hexagon socket head screws, pos. 9, the coupling, pos. 8, and the shaft pin, pos. 10.
Slacken and remove the hexagon head screws, pos. 28. The motor is now free and can be lifted off.
Remove the nuts, pos. 36, and the washers, pos. 66a.
Loosen the pump head, pos. 2, with a light blow on the edge. Remove the pump head (with stationary shaft
seal part and disc spring, pos. 60).
Pull the rotating shaft seal partoff the shaft, see section 4. Shaft seals.
The seal ring must not be exposed to blows or knocks.
Remove the outer sleeve, pos. 55, and the top chamber, pos. 3.
Loosen the chamber stack with a light blow of a rubber mallet and lift it out of the inlet part, pos. 44.
Hold the shaft by means of a screwdriver inserted in the shaft pin hole while the nut, pos. 67, is slackened.
Remove the nut, the washer, pos. 66, and the spacing pipe, pos. 64c.
Place the shaft holder, pos. A, in a vice and tighten it. Place the chamber stack in the shaft holder with the
threaded shaft end pointing upwards.
Make sure that the chamber is positioned in the recess of the shaft holder, pos. A, and that the shaft can
pass freely through and underneath the shaft holder.
Screw the punch for dismantling, pos. B, home on the threaded shaft end.
The first chamber to be removed is always a chamber with bearing ring, pos. 4a. See also section 6. Order
of assembly for chambers and impellers.
Drive the punch down through the impeller hub by means of a hammer. Remove the free parts from the
shaft: Impeller, spacing pipe, chamber, bearing ring and spacing pipe. Repeat the procedure until the shaft
passes through the shaft holder, pos. A.
Take care not to damage the shaft when it is driven free of the last impeller and the spacer for shaft seal,
pos. 61.
Remove the punch, pos. B, from the threaded shaft end.
If the stop ring, pos. 62, is damaged, push it out of the recess and pull it free of the spline (towards the
threaded shaft end).
Pump head
Press the stationary shaft seal part out of the pump head by means of a nylon punch or a similar tool, see
section 4. Shaft seals, and remove the gasket, pos. 37.
The stationary seal ring must not be exposed to blows or knocks.
Neck ring
Free the neck ring, pos. 45, by pushing up the neck ring retainer, pos. 65, with the puller, pos. D.
Base
Push the inlet part, pos. 44, free of the base, pos. 6, using two screwdrivers. Remove the gasket, pos. 37,
from the base. If the pin (stop pin), pos. 6a, in the base is deformed, fit a new pin.
18.05.2001
GB
Page 7 of 10
^
GRUNDFOS' > \
5.2 Assembly
Before assembly, clean and check all parts.
Parts which are defective or do not comply with the measurements mentioned below due to wear should be
replaced by new parts.
Nut for shaft, gaskets and O-rings should always be replaced when the pump is overhauled.
Bearing
The maximum permissible difference between the diameters of the rotating bearing ring, pos. 47a, and the
stationary bearing ring in the chamber, pos. 4a, is 0.4 mm.
Pump head
Moisten the recess of the pump head and the stationary shaft seal part with water.
Press the stationary shaft seal part into the recess of the pump head using fingers only, see section 4. Shaft
seals.
The stationary seal ring must not be exposed to blows or knocks.
Moisten the gasket, pos. 37, with water and place it in the recess of the pump head.
Impeller
The impeller must fit into the neck ring. If the tolerance (clearance) between neck ring and impeller is too
big, replace the worn part.
Neck ring
Place the neck ring, pos. 45, on the chamber/inlet part. Then place the neck ring retainer, pos. 65, on the
neck ring and press it until it engages with the chamber/inlet part.
It must be possible to move the neck ring freely (sideways) between the retainer and the chamber/inlet part.
Note: No neck ring is fitted in the chamber, pos. 3a.
Base
Fit the gasket, pos. 37, and the inlet part, pos. 44, in the base. The pin (stop pin), pos. 6a, must engage with
the hole in the inlet part.
Place the shaft holder, pos. C, in the vice. Place the shaft, pos. 51, in the shaft holder and tighten the vice.
The threaded shaft end must be uppermost and the opposite end must be flush with the lower edge of the
shaft holder.
Fit the stop ring, pos. 62, in the recess of the shaft.
Fit the spacer for shaft seal, pos. 61, to the shaft with the driving dogs pointing towards the vice.
Continue the assembly up to the nut, pos. 67, see section 6. Order of assembly for chambers and impellers.
Lubricate the nut, pos. 67, with BONDERLUBE. Fit the nut and tighten to the torque stated in section 2. Torques and lubricants.
Slacken the vice and lift the chamber stack off the shaft holder.
Fit the chamber stack with the smooth shaft end pointing upwards and press it down so that it engages with
the inlet part in the base.
Fit the outer sleeve, pos. 55, to the base. Do not forget the gasket, pos. 37.
Fit the rotating shaft seal part, see section 4. Shaft seals.
Moisten the rubber parts with water before they are fitted.
Make sure that the rubber parts are not damaged on the shaft pin hole and that the seal rings are not exposed to blows or knocks.
Check that the spacer for shaft seals (pos. 61) engage when the spring is compressed. The spring will then
press the seal ring upwards to a neutral spring position.
Fit the top chamber, pos. 3, and the disc spring, pos. 60.
18.05.2001
GB
Page 8 of 10
CnUNOFOS'/\
Before fitting the pump head, pos. 2, check that the gasket, pos. 37, and the stationary shaft seal part are
positioned correctly.
In the case of shaft seals with stationary and rotating seal rings of tungsten carbide, lubricate the seal faces
with silicone oil. Part number, see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
Lubricate the seal faces only.
Fit the pump head to the chamber stack with the air vent screw, pos. 18, in the required position.
Lubricate the threads of the staybolts. Replace the washers, pos. 66a, and the nuts, pos. 36, and tighten
diagonally to the torque stated in section 2. Torques and lubricants.
Fit the motor and turn it to the required terminal box position. Lubricate the screws, pos. 28. Fit the screws
and tighten diagonally to the correct torque.
Fit the shaft pin pos. 10 in the shaft pin hole. Fit the coupling, pos. 8. Lubricate the hexagon socket head
screws, pos. 9. Fit the hexagon socket head screws, tighten and leave loose.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal and that the chamber stack is in its bottom
position.
Raise the chamber stack 1-2 mm from its bottom position by means of a large screwdriver or a similar tool
inserted underneath the coupling.
Tighten the hexagon socket head screws two and two (one side at a time), see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal and check the pump by turning the coupling.
If the pump is tight or it cannot be rotated, a further adjustment should be carried out.
Fit the two coupling guards pos. 7 and fasten them with the screws pos. 7a.
The pump is now assembled. Check the head and flow and compare the results with the test specification
no. BM42A001.
18.05.2001
GB
Page 9 of 10
CRUNOFOS- >\
6. Order of assembly for chambers and impellers
Q
-\r~
~>r
r^>49
i.
t:
C.
3a
(j
64
49
<* 749
<j>
64d
47a
4a
fc
-64
64a
67
66
64c
T
Order of assembly
Position numbers marked are not used for CR 8-20/1.
18.05.2001
GB
Page 10 of 10
G R U N D F O S > \
CR8-50 - Product No.: 42535105
105
4a
44-
1/1
Ill
CR8-50 Product No.: 42535105
105
37
00330032
Description
Pump
Kit, shaft seal
Shaft seal
Gasket
37
96026070
Gasket
78
00ID1786
O-ring
98
00ID2661
O-ring
Pes
100
00425066
00ID1288
100
00ID2231
O-ring
37
00330032
Gasket
38
00ID1288
O-ring
38
00ID2231
O-ring
39
00320120
Gasket
39
00420039
Gasket
39
00ID2582
Gasket
4.a
00425004
45
65
45
47.a
00420029
00420027
00420029
00330085
Chamber with bearing ring

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
Bearing ring, rotating
57
00ID2142
O-ring
57
00ID3945
O-ring
61
62
64.c
00330072
00330057
00330268
Spacer for shaft seal

Stop ring
Spacing pipe
65
66
00420027
96409005
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
96433625
00425085
105
37
Partno
42530005
00425062
00335055
00425763
00985201
105
Kit, service
O-ring
Lock nut
Kit, shaft seal
Shaft seal
Gasket
Kit, shaft seal

Kit, shaft seal
Shaft seal
Olassifieatlon Data
Type: EPDM
MateriaJ type: BUBE
Thickness: 0,5
Outside diameter: 170
Inside diameter: 160
Thickness: 0,8
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 24,2
Thickness: 3,0
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 30
Thickness: 2,0
Bearing type: CERAMIC
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Diameter: 16,3
Material type: FKM
Thickness: 2,4
Thickness: 0,5
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Diameter: 16,3
Material type: FKM
Thickness: 2,4
Inside diameter: 80
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 60
Thickness: 2
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 49
Material type: CERAMIC
Inside diameter: 17,60

Outside diameter: 21,90
Length: 14,00
Material type: TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 5,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: VITON
Diameter: 5,3
Thickness: 2,4
Length: 8
Designation: DIN 6798-A
Thickness: 1
Thread: M12
Type: EPDM/FKM
Material type: AUUE/V
Thickness: 3,0
Type: EPDM
Type: EPDM/FKM
Material type: AUUE/V
Count
1
1
1
2
Unit
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
5
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
5
1
PC
PC
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
'
PC
PC
1/4
CR8-50 Product No. 42535105

Pos
37
37
Partno
00330032
96026070
00985828
105
37
00330211
00985834
105
37
00330211
Description
Gasket
Gasket
Kit, shaft seal

Shaft seal
Gasket
Kit, shaft seal

Shaft seal
Gasket
105
37
00330032
Kit, shaft seal

Shaft seal
Gasket
37
96026070
Gasket
78
00ID1786
O-ring
98
00ID2661
O-ring
00985838
100
00ID1288
O-ring
105
18
19
2
25
26
00985801
00405150
00480497
00420925
00340375
00424005
Shaft seal
Air vent screw
Pipe plug
Pump head
Drain plug
Staybolt
28
00ID8024
Hexagon head screw
3
3.a
36
37
00335018
00425006
00ID7908
00330032
Chamber, top
Chamber without neck ring
Nut
Gasket
38
00ID1288
O-ring
00425002
45
65
4.a
00420029
00420027
00425004
45
65
44
00420029
00420027
00425008
45
65
45
47.a
00420029
00420027
00420029
00330085
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Inlet part complete
Inlet part
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
49
00425064
Impeller
51
00426505
Pump shaft complete
Classification Data
Thickness: 0,5
Thickness: 0,8
Type: FFKM
Material type: AUUK
Thickness: 0,4
Type: FFKM
Material type: AUAK
Thickness: 0,4
Type: RUUE/V
Material type: RUUE/V
Thickness: 0,5
Thickness: 0,8
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 24,2
Thickness: 3,0
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 30
Thickness: 2,0
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: R 1/4
Height: 129,5
Thread: M16
Length: 255
Thread: M8
Length: 20
Thread: M16
Thickness: 0,5
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4

Length: 14,00
Height: 15,6
Number: 6
Diameter: 16
Length: 271,5
Count
2
Unit
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
2
1
1
4
~~"PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
4
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
2/4
CR 8-50 - Product No.: 42535105

Partno
62
55
00330057
00424505
Description
Pump shaft
Stop ring
Outer sleeve
57
00ID2142
O-ring
6
6.a
60
61
62
64
00420010
00310607
00420014
00330072
00330057
00331404
Base
Stop pin
Disc spring
Stop ring
Spacing pipe
64.a
00331402
Spacing pipe
64.C
00330268
Spacing pipe
64.d
00331401
Spacing pipe
65
66
00420027
96409005
Neck nng retainer

Washer
66.a
96430378
Washer
67
7
7.a
96433625
00411026
00410289
Lock nut
Coupling guard
Screw
76
00309700
76
8
10
00ID0147
00339124
00310192
Nameplate set
Nameplate
Rivet
Coupling complete
Shaft pin
Pos
10.a
9
00ID7900
45
65
4.a
00420029
00420027
00425004
45
65
44
00420029
00420027
00425008
45
65
47.a
00420029
00420027
00330085
Chamber stack
Chamber, top
Chamber without neck ring
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Inlet part complete
inlet part
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
49
00425064
impeller
51
00426505
Pump shaft complete
80
3
3.a
4
62
00425053
00335018
00425006
00425002
Coupling half
00330057
Pump shaft
Stop ring
Classification Data
Length: 205
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 5,3
Thickness: 2,4
Height: 108,5

Length: 29
Length: 10,05
Length: 8
Length: 5
Thickness: 1
Designation: DIN 125 A
Inside diameter: 17
Thickness: 3
Thread: M12
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 24/16
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Length: 25
Designation: DIN 912
Thread: M8
Bearing type: CERAMIC

Length: 14,00
Height: 15,6
Number: 6
Diameter: 16
Length: 271,5
Count
1
1
1
Unit
PC
PC
PC ~
PC
1
1
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
5
1
PC
PC
PC
1
2
4
PC
PC
PC
1
1
2
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
3/4
CR8-50 - Product No.: 42535105

Pos
61
64
Partno
00330072
00331404
64.a
00331402
Spacing pipe
64.C
00330268
Spacing pipe
64.d
00331401
Spacing pipe
66
""'""" 96409005
67
9
96433625
OOID7900
85215008
Description
Spacing pipe
Washer
Lock nut
Motor
Classification Data
Length: 29
Length: 10,05
Length: 8
Length: 5
Thickness: 1
Thread: M12
Length: 25
Thread: M8
Count
1
4
Unit
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
4
PC
PC
PC
4/4
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56871
Type/
Type:
CR 3-5 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
Forderhohe/
2
4,5
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
DN
40/40
cbm/h
bar
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,75
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertifiziert nsch
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56872
Type/
Type:
CR 3-5 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
Forderhohe/
2
4,5
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
DN
40/40
cbm/h
bar
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,75
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertifizlert naoh
Item 9 Technical water pump
MG 80-2
IN = 1,9 A, IS = 12,4 A
IP 55, ISO F, direct s t a r t i n g
109w |
0141
-d
SI
O
O
:;, i l ;.a.-
. .
19x24.5
Gewicht
EQGQQGGD^ BtayqpQffl
Form Nr
Werkst,
Ausgaba
Anderung-Nr.
Tig
Name
Von-Thiinen-StraGe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Mane o.Tole-
Banennung
ranzangabe n.
CR 3-5 F
DIN 716B mittel
2002
Tag
Bear.
04.01
Wolf
Gepr.
04.01
Di
Norm
Name
Pause
Zelchn. Nr.
CR-3-5-F-GF
Ersatz f.
Nr.
CONTENTS
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Sound level
Installation
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
2. Type designation
Page
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13

Example
A
A
1. Handling
CRN 8, 16 pumps are supplied with lifting eyes which

CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3, 5 and CR, CRN 8, 16 pumps fitted with
straps.

Number of impellers
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
CR 8 - 20/ 2 - X - X - X - XXXX
Example
Pump range: CR, CRN

Code for materials
2.3 Pump key for CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90
Example
C R 3 - 10 X - X - X - X - X X X f l
-i
CR32-
1 .
X-X-X-
xxxx
Pump range: CR, CRN

Number of stages
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
Pumped liquids
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
Fig. 4
4. Technical data
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90:

Maximum +40C.
P [bar]
If the ambient temperature exceeds +40C or if the motor is located 1000 metres above sea level, the motor output (P2) must
oo
KUBE / KUBV
Fig. 1
KUBE/KUBV
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
1510-
KUBE
KUUE / KUUV
KUBE
[%]
-40 -20
20
40
100 120 140 160

t[C]
60
5
?

Fig. 5
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
1000
2250
3500
trC]
m
Hf
Example:
Pb

f=f
t=*
NPSH
-[-Hv
Li
The maximum suction lift " H " in metres head can be calculated as

follows:
H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H, - H v - H s
Fig. 2
pb

In closed systems, Pb indicates the system pressure
in bar.
NPSH
= Net Positive Suction Head in metres head

Hf

Hv
Hs
CR, CRI, CRN 1,3 and 5:

P [bar]
\
HUB E/Hl JBV
HUUE/HUUV
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
1510-
HUBE

-40 -20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160
If the calculated " H " is positive, the pump can operate at a suction
lift of maximum " H " metres head.
tpq

" H " metres head is required. There must be a pressure equal to
the calculated " H " during operation.
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
Example:
P [bar]
AUUE/
L
RUUE
RUUV
15-
Al II l\
p b = 1 bar.
Flow rate: 16 m 3 /h.
UUE-
AUUE/AUUV
I
I
I
BUBE/BUBV

BUBE

H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - H s [metres head].
H = 1 x 10.2 - 1.5 - 3.0 - 2.1 - 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
-40 -20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160

t[C]
|
?

5. Installation
Step
Action

Fig. 6
Qmin.
[%]
40-
20-
1060
80 100 120 140 160 180t[C]
i=

valve.
4.7 Electrical data
Other motors:
Weights:
4X0
LJLU
30-
40
dGOb
4.10 Sound level

Page 78 shows:
foundation bolts.
horizontal plane.
(foot valve).

pump.

which:
pump,
effect,
close to the pump.
10
7. Start-up

poles.
vented.
other components.


CR, CRN 8 and 16:
valve open.
Fig. 7

coupling.

motor supplier.
8. Maintenance


Motor bearings:
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

page 80.
81.
82.
12
12. Faultfinding chart

Fault
Cause
Remedy

when started.
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.

f)

when supply is
switched on.
Replace the motor.
Cut in the fuse.
Replace the motor.
f)


tripped out but the
pump does not run.

constant.

no water.

off.
Repair the. suction pipe.
9. Noise.
b) Pump does not rotate freely (frictional resistance) because of incorrect pump shaft position.
13. Disposal
13
CR1,CR3andCR5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3-
Table of contents
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type identification
Nameplate CR-, CRI, CRN, 1,3 and 5
Type key
Codes used
2
2
3
3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
5
5
5
6
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

General
Replacement of motor
Replacement of shaft seal
Dismantling and assembly of pump main parts
Dismantling and assembly of chamber stack
Dismantling and assembly of base and pump head
Checking and replacement of parts
27.04.2001
GB
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
Pagel of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
This section shows the type key, the nameplate and the codes that can appear in the variant code.
1.1 Nameplate CR-, CRI, CRN, 1, 3 and 5
16 18
Description
Pos.
Description
Pos.
Type designation
10
Head at rated flow rate, 50 Hz
Model
11
P2, 60 Hz
Product number
12
Speed, 60 Hz
Place of production
13
Head against closed valve, 60 Hz
14
Rated flow rate, 60 Hz
P2, 50 Hz
15
Speed, 50 Hz
16
17
18
Direction of rotation (CCW = counterclockwise)
27.04.2001
GB
Page 2 of 16
CRUNDFOS'>\
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
3-
10
X-
X-
X-
X-
xxxx
Type range
Number of impellers
Code for pump materials c)
Code for rubber parts d)
Code for shaft seal e)
1.3 Codes used

Note
Code
Description
Basic version
NEMA version
Oval flange
b
FGJ
c
DIN-, ANSI- and JIS flange
Pump head and base: cast iron

Other wetted parts:
EPDM
FKM
HUBE/V
Balanced cartridge seal; rotating face: tungsten carbide; stationary

seat: synthetic resin-impregnated carbon; O-rings, see note d
HUUE/V

seat: tungsten carbide; O-rings, see note d
27.04.2001
GB
Page 3 of 16
CRUNDFOS

used.
Pos.
7.a
Description
Screw
Hexagon socket head

screw
Number
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M4
M6
13
M8
31
M10
62
/2" (M8)
35(3)
35
/2"(M10)
35(5)
18
Air vent screw (spindle)
23
Plug
25
Priming valve (spindle)
26
Staybolt
28
Hexagon head screw
M12
Lubricant
Thread-Eze
Soapy water
Thread-Eze
M6
10
M8
12
M12
40
Thread-Eze
35
Hexagon head screw
M10
23
Thread-Eze
36
Nut
M12
50
Thread-Eze
37
O-ring
0137,5x3,3
Rocol 22
See section 4.8 Order of assembly for

chambers and impellers.
Rocol 22
47.a
Bearing ring
67
Lock nut
M8
18
105
Shaft seal
M28
35
113
Hexagon socket set screw
M5
2,5
Bonderlube
Thread-Eze, part no. SV9997 (0,51).

Rocol 22, part no. RM2924 (1 kg).
27.04.2001
GB
Page 4 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
3. Service tools
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Description
Tubular box spanner for shaft
seal
Puller
Circlip pliers (not used for CR)
Tool for outer sleeve
Tool for corrugated spring
Tool for O-ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0040
105
SV2007
65
SV0239
SV2014
V7170478
V7170227
V7170230
55
60
37
3.2 Standard tools

Description
Pos.
H
Bit holder
PZ2
5
6
8
Bits kit
Hexagon socket bit
27.04.2001
Bit no.
GB
Suppl. information
For pos.
I-J
7.a
9-H
113-H-M
28
28-67
35
28-36
18-23-25
M6 - 5 mm
M8 - 6 mm
M10-8mm
M5 - 2,5 mm
M6-10mm
M8-13mm
M10-17mm
M12-19mm
M16-24mm
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
Part no.
SV2011
SV2010
SV2012
SV0083
SV0055
SV0056
SV0054
SV0122
Page 5 of 16
CRUNDFOS'Vt
3.3 Torque tools

Pos.
Description
For pos.
Torque wrench
N-0
M
N
Torque screwdriver
Ratchet insert tool
Ring spanner

head screws
9-N
Socket spanner, purpose-ground
67-L
J
L-O-P
28-L
28-L
28-L
36-L
18-23-25-L
Suppi. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
1-6 Nm
1/4"
9x12->1/2"
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M10-17mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
9x12
1
M6 - 5 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M10-8mm
/2"x1/2"
M8-13mm
9x12
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0438
SV0295
SV0310
SV0294
SV0270
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV2013
27.04.2001
GB
Page 6 of 16
GRUNDFOS'>\

4.1 General
If it is necessary to dismantle the pump, either because it is choked or damaged, please follow the instructions in the following sections.
Position numbers of parts (digits) refer to drawings and parts lists; position numbers of tools (letters) refer
to section 3. Service tools.
Before dismantling the pump:
Disconnect the electricity supply to the motor.
Close the isolating valves, if fitted, to avoid draining the system.
Remove the electric cable in accordance with local regulations.
Note the centre of gravity of the pump to prevent it from overturning. This is especially important in the
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
Clean and check all parts.
Replace defective parts by new parts.
Order the necessary service kits.
Gaskets and O-rings should always be replaced when the pump is overhauled.
During assembly:
Lubricate and tighten screws and nuts to correct torque as stated in section 2. Torques and lubricants.
After assembly:
The pump should be tested according to the test specifications 96446769.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 7 of 16
GRUNDFOS' > \
4.2 Replacement of motor

4.2.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the screws pos. 7.a together with the coupling guards pos. 7.
2. Remove the screws pos. 9 together with the coupling halves pos. 10.a and the shaft pin pos. 10.
3. Remove the screws pos. 28.
4. Lift the motor off the pump head pos. 2.
4.2.2 Assembly
1. Fit the motor to the pump head.
2. Fit the screws pos. 28 and tighten diagonally to the correct torque.
3. Insert the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft hole.
4. Fit the coupling halves pos. 10.a on the shaft and fit the screws pos. 9. Tighten the screws and leave
loose.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal.
5. Tighten screws pos. 9 diagonally to the correct torque.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal, see Fig. 1
Fig. 1
6. Fit the coupling guards pos. 7 and the screws pos. 7.a.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 8 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
4.3 Replacement of shaft seal

4.3.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the motor and the coupling according to the instructions in section 4.2.1.
2. Slacken the three screws pos. 113 by approx. a % of a turn so that the shaft seal is just free of the shaft.
3. Slacken the shaft seal pos. 105 using the box spanner pos. B until the thread is completely free of the
pump head.
4. Pull the shaft seal off the shaft.
4.3.2 Assembly
1. If necessary, clean and smooth the shaft end using the holder with emery cloth supplied with the shaft
seal kit.
2. Moisten the shaft end with soapy water.
3. Place the shaft seal in the box spanner pos. B and press it down on the shaft.
4. Screw the shaft seal into the pump head and tighten it to the correct torque.
5. Insert the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft hole and fit the coupling halves pos. 10.a on the shaft. Fit the
screws pos. 9, tighten and leave loose.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal. See Fig. 1.
6. Fit the motor to the pump head
8. Insert a suitable screwdriver between the bottom of the coupling and the shaft seal, and raise the shaft/
the coupling against stop, see Fig. 2.
Fig. 2
9. Lower the shaft/the coupling to half that height, see Fig. 2
lO.Hold the shaft/the coupling in the position of step 9. and tighten the four screws in the coupling pos. 9 to
the correct torque.
11 .Tighten the three screws pos. 113 to the correct torque.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 9 of 16
CRUNDFOS'/t
4.4 Dismantling and assembly of pump main parts

4.4.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the shaft seal according to the instructions in section 4.3.1.
2. Remove the screws pos. 36 together with the washers pos. 66.a.
3. Loosen the pump head pos. 2 with a light blow on the edge and lift it free of the staybolts pos. 26. The
top guide vanes pos. 50.a may stick to the pump head.
4. Loosen the top guide vanes pos. 50.a with a light blow of a rubber mallet if it was not removed with the
pump head.
5. Remove the outer sleeve pos. 55.
6. Lift the chamber stack off the base. If the bottom chamber pos. 5.a is removed with the chamber stack,
loosen it from the chamber stack; otherwise loosen it from the base pos. 6.
4.4.2 Assembly
1. Fit the chamber stack in the base. The smooth shaft end must be upwards.
2. Fit the outer sleeve pos. 55 in the base and press it home in the base using the tool pos. E.
The O-ring pos. 37 must be lubricated, see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
3. Press the top guide vanes into the recess of the top chamber.
4. Fit the pump head on the pump with the air vent screw pos. 18 in the direction required.
5. Lubricate the threads of the staybolts, see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
6. Fit the washers pos. 66.a and the nuts pos. 36.
7. Tighten the nuts pos. 36 diagonally to the correct torque.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 10 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
4.5 Dismantling and assembly of chamber stack

4.5.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the chamber stack according to the instructions in section 4.4.1.
2. Place the shaft holder pos A in a vice, but do not tighten the vice.
3. Fit the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft and place the chamber stack in the shaft holder pos. A, see Fig.
3. Tighten the vice.
Fig. 3
4. Remove the nut pos. 67, the washer pos. 66 and the clamp pos. 64.c.
5. Remove the chamber stack components: impeller, chamber, bearing ring and spacing pipe, see section
4.8 Order of assembly for chambers and impellers.
4.5.2 Assembly
2. Fit the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft and place the shaft in the shaft holder pos. A. Tighten the vice.
3. Fit the components on the shaft: impeller, chamber, spacing pipe and bearing ring, see section 4.8
Order of assembly for chambers and impellers.
4. Fit the clamp pos. 64.c, the washer pos. 66 and the nut pos. 67. Tighten to the correct torque.
The washer pos. 66 consists of two washers glued together. If they have been separated, make sure
that they are fitted correctly, see Fig. 4..
Fig. 4
5. Slacken the vice and remove the chamber stack and the shaft pin pos. 9.
6. Place the bottom chamber pos. 5.a on the chamber stack.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 11 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
4.6 Dismantling and assembly of base and pump head

4.6.1 Dismantling of base
1. Remove the staybolts pos. 26 from the base pos. 6.
2. Remove flange connections, if any:
Oval flange: Remove the screws, pos. 35, the flange pos. 12 and the gasket pos. 39.
3. Remove the priming valve pos. 25 and the O-ring pos. 38.
4. Remove the O-ring pos. 37.
4.6.2 Dismantling of pump head
1. Remove the air vent screw pos. 18, the plug pos. 23 and the O-ring pos. 100.
3. Remove the corrugated spring pos. 60.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 12 of 16
GRUNDFOS" > \
4.6.3 Assembly of base

1. Fit the O-ring pos. 37 using the tool pos. G, see Fig. 5.
Fig. 5
2. Fit the flange connection, if any:
Oval flange: Fit the gasket pos. 39, the flange pos. 12 and the screws, pos. 35.
3. Lubricate the threads of the staybolts, see section 2. Torques and lubricants, and fit the staybolts in the
base pos. 6. Tighten the staybolts using your fingers.
4. Fit the O-ring pos. 38 on the priming valve pos. 25 and fit the valve into the base.
4.6.4 Assembly of pump head
1. Fit the O-rings pos. 100 on the air vent screw pos. 18 and the plug pos. 23. Fit the screw and the plug
into the pump head.
2. Fit the corrugated spring pos. 60 in the pump head using the tool pos. F, see Fig. 6
Fig. 6
27.04.2001
GB
Page 13 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
4.7 Checking and replacement of parts
Checking
Replacement
Impeller and neck ring
Neck ring/retainer for neck ring
Check whether it is necessary to replace

impeller due to friction between the neck ring
and the impeller skirt.
If wear has caused a noticeable (use a finger
nail) groove in the impeller skirt, the impeller
should be replaced.
Neck rings and retainers for neck rings should
always be replaced when the chamber stack is
dismantled.
1. Prise the retainer for neck ring pos. 65 up and

free of the chamber using the puller pos. C.
2. Remove the neck ring pos. 45.
3. Place a new neck ring on the chamber. See
Fig. 7.
4. Press a new retainer for neck ring down on the
neck ring and into the chamber.
It must be possible to move the neck ring freely
(sideways) between the retainer and the chamber.
Bearing rings
If there is a visible and noticeable (use a finger

nail) edge on the rotating bearing ring, both
bearing rings should be replaced.
Replace the chamber with bearing ring pos.

4.a and the rotating bearing ring pos. 47.a.
Fig. 7
27.04.2001
GB
Page 14 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
4.8 Order of assembly for chambers and impellers

The assembly of the chamber stack is illustrated in the tables by symbols.
13R/CRI/CRN J
2
10 11
12
1&3
13 15
17 19 21 23 25 27
29
30 31
X X X X X X
k
k
k
*
k
*
k
k
k
T*
k
k
*
k
*
*
*
X X
* i *
* I
33 36
I*
*
*
*
T* I* Ik T*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
k
*
*
k
k
k
k
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
T* T*
*
*
*
*
^
*
k
k
k
*
k
k
*
*
k
yr
T*
k
k
IT
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
"7~M k
yr k
k
k
k
k
k ^ ^ H
"*"
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
T
*
* ^
*
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
~F
k
k
k ^
k k
k
*
*
k
k
k
k
it
k
k
k
k
k
~iF
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k MB^M
k
k
k
k
k
k k
k
k k
k k
k
~w
Tk
k
k
k
k
~S~
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
ED
I I
j)
l^l
-67
64
fc 66
6
cs
64c
(i>49
^)-49
27.04.2001
GB
Page 15 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
CR/CRI/CRN52
10 11
12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
+ 5< + 5< + >< + 5< + S + S + S + + + + +

O
To T* T* T*
o
*
*
T* T T
*
*
*
*
*
i ^ ^ ^ ^
* *
^
O * *
O * *
O
*
M
*
*
O
^m *
*
*
*
*
*
g^^^
*
^^^^^^m
WM
*
*
i ** ^m
^m
* *
*
*
m
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* M
I*
M * ^^H
*
*
J
*
o M
*
m
* *
*
*
*
*
E]
E]
-67
-67
-66
-66
64c
49
64c
t~
64d
49
h-
27.04.2001
GB
Page 16 of 16
CRUNDFOS'/\
Ill
Z Z 1 * 9 6 "ON pnpojd - Q- HO
Ill
66
ZV
SE
ZZt*96 "ON pnpojd - g-e UO
CR 3-5 - Product No.: 96447754

Pos
:,
100
00ID1288
Description
Motor
Pump head complete
O-ring
18
2
23
28
00405150
96436495
00370025
00ID8022
Air vent screw

Pump head
Pipe plug
Hexagon head screw
36
37
00ID7917
96438743
Nut
O-ring
60
96439662
Corrugated spring
66.a
96430377
Washer
7
7.a
96438136
00410289
Coupling guard
Screw
8
10
00415060
00310192
Coupling complete
Shaft pin
10.a
9
Partno
85805102
00ID7899
Coupling half
25
38
96440608
00ID1288
Base complete
Drain plug with bypass valve
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
105
96442012
96455082
00370711
00370712
96441873
96455084
00370711
00370712
96441875
100
96455090
00ID1288
105
109
Base
Kit, shaft seal HUBE
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
KiUihaft seal HUUE
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, shaft seal HQQE
Kit, shaft seal HQBE
Kit, O-rings
O-ring
O-ring
-""
37
96438743
O-ring
38
00ID1288
O-ring
39
96455095
00400189
4.a
96439476
45
65
45
47.a
64.a
00400003
96438746
00400003
96437488
96440292
Kit, service
Gasket

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
Bearing ring
Spacing pipe
Classification Data
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: G 1/2
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Thread: M12
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Thickness: 3,5
Inside diameter: 13
Thickness: 2,5
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 14/12
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thjckness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: HUBE
Material type: HUUE

Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Bearing type: SILICON CARBIDE
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Material type: SILICON CARBIDE
1
1
2
Unit
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
4
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
Count
CR3-5 - Product No.: 96447754

Partno -
Description
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
00ID2061
96455102
00400189
39
4.a
Lock nut
Kit, service
Gasket
45
47 .a
96440612
00400003
00400041

Neck ring
64.a
00400016
Spacing pipe
64.c
96439668~
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
105
26
00ID2061
96441873
00404004
Lock nut
Shaft seal
Staybolt
55
96441510
Outer sleeve
76
76.a
80
4
96439820
00ID0147
96453532
96439480
Nameplate
Rivet
Chamber stack
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Bearing ring
Impeller
45
65
4.a
00400003
96438745
96439475
45
65
47.a
49
00400003
96438745
96437488
96433168
5.a
96439484
45
65
50.a
51
00400003
96438745
96439456
96440387
Chamber, bottom
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Top guide vanes
Pump shaft
64
00400035
Spacing pipe
64.a
96440292
Spacing pipe
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
66
96417297
Washer
67
00ID2061
Lock nut
Classification Data
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0

Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Bearing type: BRONZE
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Material type: BRONZE
Length: 9,70
Length: 7,3
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Material type: HUBE
Length: 115
Thread: M12
Length: 80,6

Height: 9,55
Diameter: -jô
Length: 198,1
Inside diameter 12,7
Length: 17,5
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Count
Unit
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
1
8
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56873
Type/
Type:
CR1-3F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Hot water circ. pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
1,5
Forderhohe/
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
DN
40/40
cbm/h
bar
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,37
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56874
Type/
Type:
CR1-3F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Hot water circ. pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
1,5
Forderhohe/
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
DN
40/40
cbm/h
bar
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,37
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Von-Thtinen-Str.7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertifiziert nach
ISO 9001
awmMfachwIJciyd
Item 10 Hot water circ, pump

MG 71-2
IN = 0,91 A, IS = 5,46 A
IP 55, ISO F, direct starting
19 x 24.5
Gewicht
[MimM[Pm$3ti
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Von-Thunen-StraGe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Malta o.Tole-
Benennung
ranzangabe n.
CR 1-3 F
DIN 7168 mittel
2001
Tag
Bear.
05.12
Wolf
Gepr.
05.12
Di
Norm
Name
Pause
Zeichn. Nr.
CR-1-3-F-GF
Ersatz f.
Nr.
CONTENTS
2. Type designation
Page
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Sound level
Installation
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13

Example
C R 3 - 10 X - X - X - X -

Number of impellers
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
CR.8 2 0 / 2 - X - X - X-XXXX
Example
Pump range: CR, CRN

Code for materials
Example
A
A
1. Handling

straps.
xxxx
Pump range: CR, CRN

CR32 .2 - 1 - X
j
x-x-x-
XXXX
Number of stages
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
Pumped liquids
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
4. Technical data
Fig. 4
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 9 0 :
4.1 A m b i e n t temperature
Maximum +40C.
P [bar]
OD
Fig. 1
10-
KUBE/KUBV
KUBE / KUBV
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15-
KUBE
KUBE
KUUE/KUUV
[%] -
-40 -20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160

tfC]
4 . 4 M i n i m u m inlet p r e s s u r e
Fig. 5
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [C]
|
1000
2250
3500
Hf
Example:
Figure 1 shows that P2 must be reduced to 8 8 % when the pump
is installed 3500 metres above sea level. At an ambient temperature of 70C, P2 must be reduced to 7 8 % of the rated output.
Pb
t=2
NPSH
See fig. A, page 76, which indicates the relationship between liq-.-Hv
uid temperature and maximum permissible operating pressure.


Fig. 2
follows:
H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - H s
pb

In closed systems, p b indicates the system pressure
in bar.
NPSH
Hf

Hv

Hs
CR, C Rl C R N 1 , 3 and 5
P [bar]
HUUE
\
1510-
HUBE/HUBV
HUUE/HUUV
UJ>
33
3 3
20
-40 -20
40 60
HUBE
80 100 120 140 160

IPC]
Net Positive Suction Head in metres head

If the calculated "H" is positive, the pump can operate at a suction

Example:
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
P [bar]
AUUE-
p b = 1 bar.
RUUE
RUUV
15-
AUUE/AUUV
I
I
I
BUBE/BUBV

B JBE

H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H, - H v - H s [metres head].
H = 1 x 1 0 . 2 - 1 . 5 - 3 . 0 - 2 . 1 - 0 . 5 = 3.1 metres head.
-40 -20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160

t[C]
5. Installation

Step
Action

Fig. 6
cGnb
Ul
JLr
4xe
Qmin.
[%]
40-
30-
B2 .
20-
60
80
100 120 140 160 180t[C]

valve.

(foot valve).
4.7 Electrical data

Other motors:
Weights:
Page 78 shows:
foundation bolts.
horizontal plane.
10-
40

4.10 Sound level


pump.
a
c=fik
10
\JL

which:
pump,
effect,
close to the pump.
7. Start-up

poles.
vented.
other components.


CR, CRN 8 and 16:
valve open.
Fig. 7

coupling.
motor supplier.
8. Maintenance


Motor bearings:
cover.

11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

page 80.
81.
82.
12

Fault
Cause
Remedy

when started.
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.

f)
Replace the motor.
Cut in the fuse.
Replace the motor.
f)


tripped out but the
pump does not run.

when supply is
switched on.

constant.

no water.

off.
9. Noise.

13. Disposal
13
CR1,CR3andCR5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3-
Table of contents
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type identification
Type key
Codes used
2
2
3
3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
5
5
5
6
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

General
27.04.2001
GB
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
Pagel of 16
GRUNDROS" > \
2 3
Pos.
4 5
Description
Description
Pos.
Type designation
10
Model
11
P2, 60 Hz
Product number
12
Speed, 60 Hz
Place of production
13
14
P2, 50 Hz
15
Speed, 50 Hz
16
17
18
27.04.2001
GB
Page 2 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
3-
10
X-
X-
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used

Note
Code
Description
Basic version
NEMA version
Oval flange
b
FGJ
c

Other wetted parts:
EPDM
FKM
HUBE/V

HUUE/V

27.04.2001
GB
CRUNDFOS" >V

used.
Pos.
7.a
Description
Screw
Hexagon socket head

screw
Number
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M4
M6
13
M8
31
M10
62
/2" (M8)
35(3)
18
23
Plug
25
26
Staybolt
28
Hexagon head screw
/2"
35
/ 2 "(M10)
35 (5)
M12
Lubricant
Thread-Eze
Soapy water
Thread-Eze
M6
10
M8
12
M12
40
Thread-Eze
35
Hexagon head screw
M10
23
Thread-Eze
36
Nut
M12
50
Thread-Eze
37
O-ring
0137,5x3,3
Rocol 22

Rocol 22
47.a
Bearing ring
67
Lock nut
M8
18
105
Shaft seal
M28
35
113
M5
2,5
Bonderlube
Thread-Eze, part no. SV9997 (0,51).

27.04.2001
GB
Page 4 of 16
CRUNDFOS'>\
3. Service tools
j^y
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Description
seal
Puller
Tool for O-ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0040
105
SV2007
65
SV0239
SV2014
V7170478
V7170227
V7170230
55
60
37
3.2 Standard tools

Description
Pos.
H
Bit holder
PZ2
5
6
8
Bits kit
Hexagon socket bit
27.04.2001
Bit no.
GB
For pos.
I-J
7.a
9-H
113-H-M
28
28-67
35
28-36
18-23-25
Suppl. information
1/4"
1/4"
M6-5mm
1/4"
M8-6mm
1/4"
M10-8mm
1/4"
M5 - 2,5 mm
1/4"
M6-10mm
M8-13mm
M10-17mm
M12-19mm
M16-24mm
Part no.
SV2011
SV2010
SV2012
SV0083
SV0055
SV0056
SV0054
SV0122
Page 5 of 16
CnUNDFOS' Y\
3.3 Torque tools

Description
Pos.
For pos.
Torque wrench
N-0
M
N
Torque screwdriver
Ratchet insert tool
Ring spanner

head screws
9-N
67-L
J
L-O-P
28-L
28-L
28-L
36-L
18-23-25-L
Suppl. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
1-6 Nm
1/4"
9x12->1/2"
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M10-17mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
9x12
1
M6 - 5 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M10-8mm
/2"x1/2"
M8-13mm
9x12
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0438
SV0295
SV0310
SV0294
SV0270
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV2013
27.04.2001
GB
GRUNDFOS">\

4.1 General
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001
GB
Page 7 of 16
-^
CRUNDFOS'/\

4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly
loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001
GB
Page 8 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.3.1 Dismantling
2. Slacken the three screws pos. 113 by approx. a 14 of a turn so that the shaft seal is just free of the shaft.
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.

the correct torque.
11 Tighten the three screws pos. 113 to the correct torque.
12.Fit the coupling guards pos. 7 and the screws pos. 7.a.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 9 of 16
CRUNDFOS
>\

4.4.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001
GB
Page 10 of 16
^
GRUNDFOS*>\

4.5.1 Dismantling
Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
Fig. 4
27.04.2001
GB
Page 11 of 16
CRUNDFOS
> \

27.04.2001
GB
Page 12 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \


into the pump head.
Fig. 6
27.04.2001
GB
Page 13 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
Checking
Replacement



should be replaced.
dismantled.

Fig. 7.
Bearing rings

jfT\/

rnL
Fig. 7
27.04.2001
GB
Page 14 of 16
GRUNDFOS- > \

ZR1 CRI / CRhJ 1 & 3

2
10 11 12 13 15
*
k *
k .*
*
*
*
A
*
*
I *
* | it
17
19 21 23 25 27 29
01* T
*

~S~
*
it
k
k
ir
it
it
m
T*
*
*
*
*
*
33 36
k * *
1 ik X
* "F
k k k
* ic
k
k
k
k
k
*
it ~SF
it ~3F *
k
k k
k k
k
it
30 31
*
*
Iit
k
T
*
Iit T 1 Tr Iit
*
*
*T T Î T "
*
~5~
*
~5~
ir
k
k *
IT k
k
k *
k
it
A
k
it
*
it
*
*
it
k *
~JT it
k
it
*
*
it
* *k * k
^ ^ itM TF it
H~JT
~5~
* k it
"IF k it
k
k it
k ~iF *
k *
* k
k
TIT
k
it
IT it
k
k
k k
k
k
it
k
it
IF k
k
*
*
k
it
~5F it *
it it *
it *
it
k
TT it
k
it
it
it
it
I 1
ED
-67
-64
&=^66
/~ 4
qP
64c
(g)-49
-49
3
Z>
27.04.2001
GB
Page 15 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
CR/CRI/CRN52 | 3
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
1 O
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
o
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
o
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
o
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
El
*
*
* * *
* *
* *
* El El
*
* El El
* * El
* *
* El El
*
El
* El
El * El
* *
E l E l **
o El El
*
O El
*
o
* * * *
* *
*
* *
*
* *
* * * *
* * * *
*
* *
*
*
* E* l *
* * * *
*
* *
*
E
l *
*
*
E* l *
* *
* *
El
*
El
El
*
* *
El *
* *
*
o El
El
1
1
-s-
[*D
*
*
*
*
El
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
o
-67
-66
=^66
64c
49
GB
*
*
*
El
*
*
*
*
E ]
27.04.2001
*
*
*
El
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
67
64c
64d
(W)-4Q
Page 16 of 16
CRUNOFOS' > \
03Zt*96 : N pnpoid - -|. HO
CR 1-3 - Product No.: 96447320
35
12
39
1/1
CR1-3 - Product No.: 96447320
100
00ID1288^3
Description
Motor
Pump head complete
O-ring
18
2
23
28
00405150
96436495
00370025
00ID8022
Air vent screw

Pump head
Pipe plug
Hexagon head screw
36
37
00ID7917
96438743
Nut
O-ring
60
96439662
Corrugated spring
66.a
96430377
Washer
Partno .
85805102
.Pos ,
..
7a
96438136
00410289
Coupling guard
Screw
8
10
00415060
00310192
Coupling complete
Shaft pin
00ID7899
Coupling half
25
38
96440608
00ID1288
Base complete
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
10.a
9
105
96442012
96455082
00370711
00370712
96441873
96455084
00370711
00370712
96441875
100
96455090
00ID1288
105
O-ring
109
Base
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, shaft seal HUUE
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, O-rings
O-ring
' -
37
96438743
O-ring
38
00ID1288
O-ring
39
96455095
00400189
4.a
96439476
45
65
45
47.a
64.a
00400003
96438746
00400003
96437488
96440292
Kit, service
Gasket

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
Bearing ring
Spacing pipe
Classification Data
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: G 1/2
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Thread: M12
Material type: EPDM
^Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Thickness: 3,5
Inside diameter: 13
Thickness. 2,5
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 14/12
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Rubber type: EPDM
Materialjtype: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: HUBE
Material type: HUUE

Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Count
1
1
2
Unit
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
4
1
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
PC'^
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1/2
CR1-3 - Product No.: 96447320

Pos
Partns
Description
64.c
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
OOID2061
96455102
00400189
39
Lock nut
Kit, service
Gasket
4.a
45
47.3
96440612
00400003
00400041

Neck ring
64.3
00400016
Spacing pipe
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
105
26
00ID2061
96441873
00404002
Lock nut
Shaft seal
Staybolt
55
96437865
Outer sleeve
76
76.a
80
4
96439820
OOID0147
96453486
96439480
Nameplate
Rivet
Chamber stack
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Bearing ring
Impeller
45
65
4.3
00400003
96438745
96439475
45
65
47.a
49
00400003
96438745
96437488
96440325
5.a
96439484
45
65
50.3
51
00400003
96438745
96457637
96439607
Chamber, bottom
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Top guide vanes
Pump shaft
64
00400035
Spacing pipe
64.a
96440292
Spacing pipe
64.c
96439668
Clamp, splined
66
96417297
Washer
67
00ID2061
Lock nut
Classification Data
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Length: 9,70
Msterisl type: TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
Length: 7,3
Height- 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Material type: HUBE
Length: 79
Thread: M12
Length: 44,6
Count
Unit
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
1
8
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC"""
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
.^
Height: 9
Diameter: 12,0
Length: 216,1
Length: 17,5
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
~~
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56875
Type/
Type:
VRF 9/320SD G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
1150
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
2,5
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
108
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
122
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM315SZEQ-4
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
350/350
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1045
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11

Znrtlfiztert nach
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56876
Type/
Type:
VRF9/320SDG
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
1150
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
2,5
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
108
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
122
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM315SZEQ-4
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
350/350
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1045
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zartfflzjert nach
ISO 9001
Item 14 Main cooling SW pump
AEG AM315SZE-4
IN = 202 A, IS = 1535 A
IP 55, ISO F
star-delfa-sfarting
space heat-er 220 V, 130 W
600

Suction and pressure flange
DN350
Gewicht
[MjQft^t^^
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Von-Thunen-Stral3e 7
D-28307 Bremen
Mane o.Toleranzangabe a
DIN 7168 mlttst
1998
Tag
Bear.
4.9.
Dirksen
Gepr.
4.9.
Di
Norm
Benennung
VRF 9/320 SD - 315S
Name
Zeichn. Nr.
VRF-9-320-SD-315S-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
BehrensPumpen
for the service conditions identified and confirmed ( rating plate)
( See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items.
and dry it out.
A means of preservation should be applied in case of a prolonged storing period .

Final Check:
The pumping set must allow for an easy manual rotation on the coupling.

3.1 Preparation:
Open the suction sided shut-off fitting for full passage .
3.2 Starting:
As soon as the pump commences delivery with its full discharge power (pressure increase on delivery
pressure shocks.
3 3 Stopping:
further measures.
Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-TMnen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF:
4.3 Shaft Seals:
43.1Mechanical Gland Seals:
When using packing material ( stuffing box ) , allow for a generous leakage during the running-in
normal temperature by an increased leakage. Afterwards, slightly readjust the gland until the escape of
All fittings ( filters , butterfly valves , gate valves etc. ) are to be continuously examined for full passage
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below.
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325, 2/300,2/325,2/400, 3/300, 3/325,3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
all sizes of pumptypes VRW + VRF and for VNF5/420, 7/300, 7/350, 7/420, 8/300, 9/325
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400 - 500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of8
Mechanical gland seals do not necessitate any particular maintenance during operation.
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 ,10 ,12 ,13 ,14,17 ,20,21,25 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18 ,19 ,20 ,21,27 ,30, 33 ,34

Page 4 of 8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.

8.

ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
piping system
checked increased
Check drive
Check drive
possible clogging
clean piping system and filters , remove foreign
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)
After the priming pump has been primed with the medium to be handled , a ring of liquid is formed in the pump
purpose, the control cock being set to "Ansaugen"(suction).
The pump is now filled with water and delivery starts automatically.

Page 6 of 8
9.0
Sraightedge
shafts relativetoeach other should be as small as possible. Alignment to be carried out
(Bap gauge
Fig. 1.1
Smcx
Smcx
Smln
Smln
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Tel.: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 - Fax: 49(0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 7 of 8
Pump type: VNF
Pump type: VRF
Cable loo
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop

vertical position and cannot slip out ot its support,
on the motor !

Tel: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 - Fax: 49(0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 8 of8
901.1
636
636
Type:
{MMHW RffiDpom
VRF 9/320S DG
Von-Thunen-Strafle 7
D-28307 Bremen

A
045
ftehrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
102
161
211
230
321
322
332
341
360
412
420
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
636
681
710
720
731
860.1
860.2
860.3
900
901.1
901.2
902.1
902.2
902.3
903.1
903.2
912
920.1
920.2
920.3
922
923
940.1
940.2
Anzahl
Benennung
Qty
Spiralgehause
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Kugellager
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Motortrager
Lagerdeckel
O-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Abstandring
8
U-Scheibe
8
U-Scheibe
6
U-Scheibe
2
Schmiernippel
Kupplungsschutz
Cu-Rohr
Langnippel
Winkellotverschraubung
Kupplungsteil-Motorseite
Kupplungsteil-ZwischenMIse
Kupplungsteil-Pumpenseite
Ringschraube
5
Sechskantschraube
2
Sechskantschraube
8
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
8
6
Stiftschraube
1
Stopfen
2
Stopfen
1
Entleerungsstopfen
Sechskantmutter
8
Sechskantmutter
8
6
Sechskantmutter
1
Laufradmutter
2
Kontermutter
1
PaOfeder
Palifeder
1
Type:
VRF9/320SDG
Designation
Volute casing
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Bearing cover
O-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Distance sleeve
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Coupling guard
Pipe
Barrel nipple
Screw joint
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Plug
Plug
Nut
Nut
Nut
Impeller nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fittingkey

1045
09/98
ftehrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56877
Type/
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Harbour cooling SW pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
450
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
2,5
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
49,5
kW
63
kW
1780
rpm
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM 250 MV 4
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
250/250
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1047
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffiztert nach
ISO 9001
OwrnwiiMMrUoytf
Item 15 Harbour cooling SW pump
AEG AM250MP-4
IN = 107 A, IS = 781 A
IP 55, ISO F
star-delta-starting
space heater 220 V, 65W
Removal space
800
550
Gewicht
[MJQ03Q^
Form Nr
Werkst
Ausgabt
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Von-Thiinen-Stra(3e 7
O-28307 Bremen
Malta o.Toleranzangaba n.
DIN 7168 mittel
1999
Tag
Bear.
20.12.
Dirksen
Gepr.
20.12.
Di
Norm
PODffiDfpOrD
Beninnung
VRF8/320 - 250M
Name
Zeichn. Nr.
VRF-8-320-250M-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
BehrensPumpen
The present Operating Instructions are intended to inform the operators an expert exploitation.
In all queries and spare parts orders, please state the following details:
( See rating plate )
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
4. Designation of the replacement parts needed, by specifying the sectional drawing number
and parts items.
and dry it out.

Connection of the pump to the piping system has to be established free of any stresses, which means that all
Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
sided pressure gauge ) , slowly open the shut-off fitting . (An extended run of the pump against the
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
In the presence of non-return fittings (pressure sided ) , the pump may be stopped without taking any
further measures.
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF:
Regularly check the running noise of the bearings . A uniform, purring sound is audible in the event of
4.3 Shaft Seals:
4.3.2Stufling Boxes:
period (about 2 hours) of the packing rings .
normal temperature by an increased leakage . Afterwards, slightly readjust the gland until the escape of
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below.
residues. then reintroduce the new charge by spreading or refilling bearing grease into all bearing
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300,2/325,2/400,3/300, 3/325,3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
all sizes of pumptypes VRW + VRF and for VNF5/420, 7/300,7/350,7/420, 8/300,9/325
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400-500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
Retighten the packing in compliance with item 4.3 in the event of heavy leakage.
5.4 Electric Motors

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 ,10 ,12 ,13 ,14,17,20,21,25 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18 ,19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.

8.

ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
piping system
checked increased
system. Fully open all suction sided fittings.
Check drive
Check drive
Check system resistances , open shut-off fittings
possible clogging
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of 8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)
The liquid seal priming pump consists of the air pump housing and bladed air pump impeller.
This working space is divided by the blades into individual chambers, the liquid ring being first enlarged and

Page 6 of8
9.0
9raightedge
in two planes as shown in fig. 1.1 with a straight edge (offset misaUgnment) and spacer
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
SmcK
SmcK
&
Smln
Smln
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 of 8
Transportation schemes
Pump type: VNF
Pump type: VRF
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop

vertical position and cannot slip out of its support,
on the motor !

Page 8 of8
Gesichert mit LOCTITE

\MjXHW^n^(p3S\
D-28307 Bremen
Type:
VRF 8/320 G

A
QUI
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
102
161
211
230
320
322
332
341
360
412
420.1
420.2
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
636
860.1
860.2
860.3
860.4
867
900
901.1
902.1
902.2
902.3
902.4
903.1
903.2
903.3
903.4
903.5
914.1
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Spiralgehause
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Antriebslaterne
Lagerdeckel
O-Ring
V-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Buchse
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Schmiernippel
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungs puffer
Ringschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Verschluftschraube
Verschluftschraube
Verschluftschraube
Entleerungsstopfen
Entleerungsstopfen
Volute casing
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Cover of bearing
O-ring
V-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Bush
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling packing
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Corps a volute
Couvercle de corps
Arbre de pompe
Roue circulatrice
Roulement a billes
Roulement a billes
Coussinet
Support de moteur
Couvercle de palier
Joint torique
Joint a levres
Joint a levres
Anneau de retenue
Garniture mecanique
Bague d'usure
Bague d'usure
Douille
Disque
Disque
Disque
Graisseur
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Vis
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Stuckliste
Spare part list
1047
Blattl
ftehrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
914.2
920.1
920.2
920.3
922
923
940.1
940.2
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Laufradmutter
Konterm utter
Paftfeder
PaBfeder

Nut
Nut
Nut
Impeller nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fitting key

Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou de roue
Ecrou de arbre
Ressort dajustage
Ressort dajustage
(9
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1047
Blatt2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56878
Type/
Type:
VRF 9/320SD G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
LT cooling FW pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
1130
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
3,8
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
158
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
177
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM315MZE4Q4
Gehause/
Casing
GG25
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
350/350
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1045
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zartffizjsrt nach
ISO 9001
Qwnwiltotwr Lloyd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56879
Type/
Type:
VRF 9/320SD G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
LT cooling FW pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
1130
DN
350/350
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
3,8
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
158
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
177
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM315MZE4Q-4
Gehause/
Casing
GG25
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Zertifi2lBrt nacti
ISO 9001
GwmwtfaBhwr Lloyd
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1045
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Von-ThCinen-Str.7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Item 16 LT cooling FW pump
AEG AM315MZE-4
IN = 288 A, IS = 2275 A
IP 55, ISO F
star-delta-starting
i
i
i
i
i
i _j_J
L
Removal space
800
600

Suction and pressure flange
DN350
Gewicht
[MkHiy? Rmôft
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabt
Andrung-Nr.
Tag
Name
D-26307 Bremen
Man* o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mittcl
1998
Tag
Name
Bear.
U.9.
Dirksen
Gepr.
4.9.
Norm
Beiwmung
VRF 9/320 SD - 315M

Zeichn. Nr.
VRF-9-320-S-D-315M
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
flehrensPumpen
A guarantee within theframeworkof our terms of delivery would be granted only if the pump is being used
( See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items.
and dry it out.

Connection of the pump to the piping system has to be established free of any stresses, which means that all
Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
In the presence of non-return fittings (pressure sided ) , the pump may be stopped without taking any
further measures.
Page 1 of8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
Regularly check the running noise of the bearings. A uniform, purring sound is audible in the event of
4.3 Shaft Seals:
period ( about 2 hours) of the packing rings .
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below.
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300,2/325,2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400 - 500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
overheating or even burning of the packing due to factional heat.
5.4 Electric Motors

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 , 1 0 , 1 2 , 1 3 , 1 4 , 1 7 , 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 5 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18,19,20,21,27,30,33,34

Page 4 of8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.

8.

ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
Draw off air pockets . Shut off lateral branches, of
piping system
checked increased
Check drive
Check drive
possible clogging
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of8
9.0
Sraightedge
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
SmcK
Smew
"U B- f
3-
Smln
Smln
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 of 8
Pump type; VNF
Pump type: VRF
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop

Do not thread the ropes throuqh the e y e - b o l t
on the motor

Page 8 of8
901.1
636
636
554.1
902.1
920.1
% 900
554.2
902.2
920.2
901.2
720
554.3
902.3
920.3
412
903.2
903.1
412
| 102
922
912
\MimW
Von-Thunen-Strade 7
D-28307 Bremen
Type:
\?WA$I)

Pompe centrifuge verticale non aufo-aspirante
VRF 9/320S DG
A
045
Aehrcns Pumpcn
Teil
Item
102
161
211
230
321
322
332
341
360
412
420
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
636
681
710
720
731
860.1
860.2
860.3
900
901.1
901.2
902.1
902.2
902.3
903.1
903.2
912
920.1
920.2
920.3
922
923
940.1
940.2
Anzahl
Benennung
Qty
Spiralgehause
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Kugellager
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Motortrager
Lagerdeckel
O-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Abstandring
8
U-Scheibe
8
U-Scheibe
6
U-Scheibe
Schmiernippel
2
Kupplungsschutz
1
1
Cu-Rohr
1
Langnippel
2
Winkellotverschraubung
Kupplungsteil-Motorseite
1
Kupplungsteil-Zwischenhiilse
1
1
Kupplungsteil-Pumpenseite
4
Ringschraube
Sechskantschraube
5
Sechskantschraube
2
Stiftschraube
8
8
Stiftschraube
6
Stiftschraube
Stopfen
1
2
Stopfen
Entleerungsstopfen
1
Sechskantmutter
8
Sechskantmutter
8
Sechskantmutter
6
Laufradmutter
1
2
Kontermutter
1
Pafifeder
PaBfeder
1
Type:
VRF9/320SDG
Designation
Volute casing
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Bearing cover
O-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Distance sleeve
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Coupling guard
Pipe
Barrel nipple
Screw joint
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Plug
Plug
Nut
Nut
Nut
ImpeUer nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fittingkey

1045
09/98
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56880
Type/
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Harbour LT FW pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
440
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
3,8
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
69
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
88
kW
1780
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM 280 ST 4
Gehause/
Casing
GG25
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.4468
Ejektor/
Ejector:
250/250
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1047
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffizfert nach
ISO 9001
Qtrmantechar Lloyd
Item 17 Harbour LT FW pump
AEG AM280SV-4
IN = 150 A, IS = Y375 A
IP 55, ISO F
star-delta-starting
280S
Cable gland
2xZ32
1 x Z14
Removal space
800
Gewicht
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Anchrung-Nr.
Tag
Name
Von-Thiinen-Stra(3e 7
D-28307 Bremen
MaBe o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mitral
19984
Tag
Bear.
02.02. Dirksen
Qepr.
02.02. Di
Norm
Btntnnung
VRF8/320 - 280S
Name
Zelchn. Nr.
VRF-8-320-280S-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
ftehrensPumpen
for the service conditions identified and confirmed (rating plate )
(See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items.
and dry it out.

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
sided pressure gauge), slowly open the shut-off fitting . ( An extended run of the pump against the
closed shut-off fitting is not permitted. Inadmissible heating )
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures.
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
Damaged bearings cause a loud, irregular, chattering noise. (In such a case, examine the bearings.)
4 J Shaft Seals:
4 J.lMechanical Gland Seals:
In operation, mechanical gland seals are running free of leakages , which means that the low quantity
43.2Stuffing Boxes:
normal temperature by an increased leakage. Afterwards, slightly readjust the gland until the escape of
All fittings ( filters , butterfly valves , gate valves etc. ) are to be continuously examined for full passage
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below.
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300,2/325, 2/400, 3/300,3/325,3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400-500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11 ,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 ,10 ,12,13 , 1 4 , 1 7 , 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 5 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18,19,20,21,27,30,33,34

Page 4 of8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.

8.

ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
piping system
checked increased
system . Fully open all suction sided fittings.
Check drive
Check drive
possible clogging
Check system resistances , fully open all fittings ,
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of 8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of 8
9.0
Sraightedge
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
SmcK
Smew
f3
a-
3-
Smln
Smln
Angular misaUgnment
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 of 8
Pump type: VNF
Pump type: VRF
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop

on the motor !

Page 8 of8
Cesichert mit LOCTITE

\MhHM l?Wd$m
Von-Thunen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Type:
VRF 8/320 G

Pompe centrifuge verticale non auto-aspiranfe
A
ow
Behrens Pumpen
Tail
Item
Repere
102
161
211
230
320
322
332
341
360
412
420.1
420.2
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
636
860.1
860.2
860.3
860.4
867
900
901.1
902.1
902.2
902.3
902.4
903.1
903.2
903.3
903.4
903.5
914.1
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Spiralgehause
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Antriebslaterne
Lagerdeckel
O-Ring
V-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Buchse
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Schmiernippel
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungspuffer
Ringschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Verschluftschraube
VerschluBschraube
Verschluftschraube
Entleerungsstopfen
Entleerungsstopfen
Volute casing
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Cover of bearing
O-ring
V-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Bush
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling packing
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Corps a volute
Couvercle de corps
Arbre de pompe
Roue circulatrice
Roulement a billes
Roulement a billes
Coussinet
Support de moteur
Couvercle de palier
Joint torique
Joint a levres
Joint a levres
Anneau de retenue
Garniture mecanique
Bague d'usure
Bague d'usure
Douille
Disque
Disque
Disque
Graisseur
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Vis
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1047
Blattl
Behrens Pumpen
Tail
Item
Repere
914.2
920.1
920.2
920.3
922
923
940.1
940.2
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Laufradmutter
Kontermutter
Pa&feder
PaBfeder

Nut
Nut
Nut
Impeller nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fitting key

Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou de roue
Ecrou de arbre
Ressort d'ajustage
Ressort d'ajustage
Type:
VRF 8/320 G
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1047
Blatt2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56881
Type/
Type:
VRF 1/350 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
70
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
10,5
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
13,2
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM160MXA4
Gehause/
Casing
GG25
Laufrad/
Impeller:
G-CuAI10Ni
Ejektor/
Ejector:
80/80
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1014G
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zortifiziert nach
ISO 9001
Qwmanisehar Uayd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56882
Type/
Type:
VRF 1/350 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
70
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
10,5
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
13,2
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM 160 MXA 4
Gehause/
Casing
GG25
Laufrad/
Impeller:
G-CuAI10Ni
Ejektor/
Ejector:
80/80
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1014G
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
ZertifteJert nach
ISO 9001
Qwmwawhar Uoyd
Item 18 Jacket cooling FW pump
AEG AM160MZA-4
IN = 23 A, IS = 161 A
IP 55, ISO F
direct starting
0400
s
v.
ru
CL
i/]
, o
m
m
ID < >
Cable gland
1 x Z18
>
O
LU
E
<u
<
160M |
Removal space
800
420
.160^
DN80
Gewicht
IMJM&W
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ptoapoa
Von-Thunen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Ausgabt
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Name
Malte o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mlttel
1996
Tag
Name
Bear.
24.9
Dirksen
Gepr.
24.9
Di
Btiwnnung
VRF 1/350-160M
Zeichn. Nr.
Europaische P r o j e k t i o n
Norm
VRF-1-350-160M-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
flehrensPumpen
( See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items.
and dry it out.

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
sided pressure gauge), slowly open the shut-off fitting. ( An extended run of the pump against the
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
Close the pressure gate valve.
In the presence of non-return fittings ( pressure sided ) , the pump may be stopped without taking any
further measures.
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:
set in a dry state.

Continuously supervise the operational discharge head of the pump ( for data refer to rating plate ) as
a regulating fitting to be provided on the discharge side.
4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF:
4.3 Shaft Seals:
Shaft seals must never run dry , not even for short periods !
43.2Sruffing Boxes:
period (about 2 hours) of the packing rings .
normal temperature by an increased leakage . Afterwards, slightly readjust the gland until the escape of
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below.
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300,2/325,2/400,3/300, 3/325,3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
all sizes of pumptypes VRW + VRF and for VNF5/420, 7/300, 7/350,7/420, 8/300, 9/325
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400 - 500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 ,10,12 ,13 ,14 ,17 , 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 5 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18,19,20,21,27,30,33,34

Page 4 of 8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.


ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
piping system
checked increased
system. Fully open all suction sided fittings.
Clean filters . Examine piping for clogging.
Check drive
Check drive
Check system resistances , open shut-off fittings
possible clogging
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)
At first, an air/water mixture is forcefully ejected ; this continues until a regular flow of water establishes itself.

Page 6 of 8
9.0
Sraightedge
When aligning the coupling halves, the angular and parallel ofiset misalignments of
in two planes as shown in fig. 1.1 with a straight edge (offset misaUgnment) and spacer
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
SmcK
Smax
11 rf
L
a-
Smln
fb-
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
3-
Smln
Axial movement
l-E
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 o f 8
Pump type: VNF
Pump type: VRF
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SFN
Pump type: STN

able loop
Cable loop

Do not thread the ropes through the e y e - b o l t
on the motor !

Page 8 of 8
554.3
902.4
920.4
554.2
902.3
920.3
903.2
102
903.3
502.1
940.3
230
502.2
922
912.1
9.12.2
720
Gesichert mit LOCTITE
protegido con LOCTITE
IMhnw RmipQjD
Von-Thunen-StraGe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Type:
RF

Bombas centrifugas verticales no autoaspirantes
A
OK G
Isehrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
102
160
161.2
211.2
230
320
322
332
341
360
400.1
400.2
420.1
420.2
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
554.1
554.2
554.3
554.4
636
720
860.1
860.2
860.3
860.4
867
900
901.1
902.2
902.3
902.4
902.5
903.1
Type:
VRF
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Spiralgehause
Deckel
Gehausedeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Pendelrollenlager
Lagerstuhl
Antriebslaterne
Lagerdeckel
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
V-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Buchse
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Unterlegscheibe
Schmiernippel
Langnippel
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungspuffer
Ringschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Verschlulischraube
Volute casing
Cover
Cover of casing
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Roller bearing
Bearing seat
Motor support
Cover of bearing
Gasket
Gasket
V-ring
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Bush
Washer
Washer
Washer
Washer
Grease nipple
Barrel nipple
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling packing
Lifting eye screw
Hexagon head screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Stud screw
Plug
Corps a volute
Couvercle
Couvercle de corps
Arbre de pompe
Roue circulatrice
Roulement a billes
Roulement a billes
Coussinet
Support de moteur
Couvercle de palier
Joint
Joint
Joint a levres
Joint a levres
Anneau de retenue
Garniture mecanique
Bague dusure
Bague dusure
Douille
Disque
Disque
Disque
Disque
Graisseur
Tuyau a double nipple
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Accouplement
Vis
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Prisonnier
Bouchon
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1014G
Blattl
ISehrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Repere
903.2
903.3
912.1
912.2
914.1
914.2
920.2
920.3
920.4
920.5
922
923
940.2
940.3
Type:
VRF
Benennung
Designation
Designation
VerschluBschraube
VerschluBschraube
Entleerungsstopfen
Entleerungsstopfen
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Laufradmutter
Kontermutter
Palifeder
Palifeder
Plug
Plug
Plug
Plug
Nut
Nut
Nut
Nut
Impeller nut
Contre nut
Fitting key
Fitting key
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Bouchon
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou hexagonal
Ecrou de roue
Ecrou de arbre
Ressort d'ajustage
Ressort d'ajustage
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1014G
Blatt2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56883
Type/
Type:
VAL152/3R
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Main engine LO pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
220
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
52
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
63
kW
1780
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM250MP-4
Gehause/
Casing
cast iron
Laufrad/
Impeller:
bronze
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Abnahme/
Classification:
/200
Serial-No.
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffiziert nach
ISO 9001
OwmaniKhar Uoyd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56884
Type/
Type:
VAL152/3R
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Main engine LO pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
220
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
52
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
63
kW
1780
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM250MP-4
Gehause/
Casing
cast iron
Laufrad/
Impeller:
bronze
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
/200
Serial-No.
BV
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
ZertHizJsrt nach
I S O 9001
GMTnaniechw Lloyd
" "7
N
AEG AM250MP-4
'
IN = 107 A, IS = 781 A
IP 5 5 , ISD F, s - t a r - d e l t a - s t a r t i n g
s p a c e h e a t e r 220 V , 65 W
Cable gland
1 x Z38
1 x Z14
HOLE 3/8"G. FOR

GAUGE CONNECTION
Behrens Pumpen
Von-Thunmr-StraBe 7
D-g8307 Brwn
Item 19 Main engine LO pump
nwrkuno
Tog
<3m
Europlilsche ProJcMKi
mu aJoltrannngftte i
UN 7168 nm
None
Bear. 23.10. Brksen
Gepr, 85.10.
. VAL 152/3R - 250M
soos Tag
T A T 152-3R-250M-GF
Manual N. 2000 - Rev. 00
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
Gtuppo Aturia
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL
t t
SYS
u. 9
VMurflj
AUDOLI & BERTOLA Ingg. S.P.A.

Via Pescarito 101/A- 10099 San Mauro Torinese (Italy)
http.ll www.audolibertola.com
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
Data: 16/07/2001
VAL SERIES VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPS

Assembly, use and maintenance instructions
1
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1.1
GENERAL
1.2
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNINGS
STORAGE
3.1
PUMPS
3.2
ELECTRIC MOTOR
6
6
INSTALLATION
4.1
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
4.2
DRIVE M O T O R INSTALLATION A N D CHECKING
4.3
AXIAL IMPELLER ADJUSTMENT
4.4
DRIVE M O T O R INSTALLATION A N D CHECKING
START-UP
10
5.1
FIRST START-UP
10
5.2
STOPPING
10
5.3
DURING OPERATION
10
5.4
CHECKING AFTER LONG STORAGE
10
MAINTENANCE
6.1
11
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE CHART
11
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
12
7.1
DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITHOUT BEARING BRACKET
12
7.2
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITHOUT BEARING BRACKET
12
7.3
DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITH BEARING BRACKET
13
7.4
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITH BEARING BRACKET
13
7.5
DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL 200
16
7.6
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL 200
16
7.7
19
7.8
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL 250
19
7.9
DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL302
22
7.10
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL302
22
7.11
25
7.12
25
7.13
28
7.14
28
7.2
ELECTRIC MOTOR BEARINGS
31
7.3
CHECKS TO BE MADE AFTER DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
31
RECOMMENDED SPARES PARTS
32
2
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
9
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
TROUBLESHOOTING
Data: 16/07/2001
33
10
ASSEMBLY SKETCHES
34
11
TECHNICAL NOTICES
35
11.1 TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR IMPELLER LOCKED CONE
35
11.2 TYPE OF BEARING
35
11.3
35
CLEARANCE ALLOWABLE ON BEARING BUSHES [MM]
11.4 TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR SCREWS, NUTS AND BOLTS USED FOR VERTICAL TURBINE
PUMPS N.M
35
11.5 AXIAL IMPELLER BACKSLASH
35
11.6 TYPE OF SHAFT SEAL RING
36
11.7
36
FORCES AND MOMENTS ALLOWED ON HEAD
11.8 AXIAL THRUST CALCULATION
37
AUDOU&BERTOLA
1
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
The pump supplied have been designed with safety in mind. Where hazards cannot be eliminated, the risk
has been minimized by the use of guards and other design features. These instructions cannot cover all
circumstances; YOU are responsible for using safe working practices at all times.
Before carrying out any operation on the pump, always read the handbook. Subsequently, when using the
pump, refer to the procedures described in the handbook step by step.
The pump must be used in the conditions indicated in the order (which is to be considered as an integral part
of this handbook). In particular, the pump must not be used at speed, capacity, pressure, temperature values
and with different fluids from those for which it has been designed.
1.1
GENERAL
ABCI products are designed for installation in designated areas, which are to be kept clean and free
of obstruction that may restrict safe access to the controls and maintenance access points.
Access to the equipment should be restricted to the personnel responsible for installation, operation
and maintenance and they must be trained, adequately qualified and supplied with the appropriate
tools for their respective tasks.
All personnel that are responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of the equipment must
have access to and study the instruction manual before any work is done and check that they will
comply with all local and industry based safety instructions and regulations
Ear defenders should be worn where the specified equipment noise level exceeds locally defined
safe levels. Safety glasses or goggles should be worn where working with pressurized systems.
Other personal protection equipment must be worn if local rules apply.
DO NOT wear loose or frayed clothing or jewellery which could catch on the controls or become
trapped in the equipment.
READ the instruction manual before installation, operation or maintenance of the equipment.
If the non compliance with certain safety instructions contained in this manual may hendanger
human life, they are market by the following symbols
3
4
5
6
7
8
general safety is involved

DIN4844-W9
IS0 3864-B3.1.
electrical safety is involved

DIN4844-W8
ISO 3864-B 3.6.
1.2
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
( For electric motor refer to the specifical instructions before working on the group)
1.2.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pumps
When lifting the pump use the lifting points specified on the outline drawing. Use lifting equipment
have a safe working load rating suitable for the weight specified. Lift the component parts from their
lifting points if provided or use suitable slings for lifting any part not provided with lifting points.
DO NOT touch any moving or rotating parts. Guards are provided to prevent access to these parts,
where they have been removed for maintenance they must be replaced before operating the
equipment.
Check and ensure that the pump operates below maximum working pressure specified in the
manual.
DO NOT touch surfaces which during normal running will be sufficiently hot to cause injury. These
surfaces will remain hot after the pump has stopped, allow sufficient time to cooling before
maintenance
Original components do not contain hazardous material. Be cautions if some components as gasket
have been substituted for wear that new parts don't contain hazardous materials.
Clear and easy access to all controls, gauges and dials must be maintained at all time.
1.2.2 Electric motor

INSULATE the equipment before any maintenance work is done. Switch off the mains supply, remove fuses,
apply lock-outs where applicable and affix suitable isolation warning signs to prevent inadvertent reconnection.
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
WARNINGS
This handbook gives detailed instructions for correct storage, installation, start-up,
maintenance, disassembly and reassembly of VAL series vertical turbine pumps.
Before carrying out any operation on the pump, always read the handbook (skipping any
sections not applicable to the pump concerned). Subsequently, when using the pump, refer to the
procedures described in the handbook step by step.
The pump must be used in the conditions indicated in the order (which is to be considered as an integral part
of this handbook). In particular, the pump must not be used at speed, capacity, pressure, temperature values
and with different fluids from those for which it has been designed.
{
/ \
I \
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
STORAGE
3.1
PUMPS
If the pump has been stored for long periods, take the following precautions before start-up:
- plug inlet to prevent penetration of foreign material
- store all components in a dry, well-ventilated vibration-free place
- rotate the pump by every 3 months, in order to prevent seizing and deformation of bearings
3.2
ELECTRIC MOTOR
Prior to installation, the motor must be stored in a dry, protected place far from sources of heat. In the case
of long storage (more than 2 years), it is advisable to keep the motor in an air-tight plastic bag containing one
or more bags of silica gel salt (from 35 to 100 g of salt according to motor size).
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
INSTALLATION
4.1
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
Data: 16/07/2001
The pump should be accessible for inspection and repair work. When lifting the
pump use the lifting points specified on the outline drawing. Use lifting equipment
having a safe working load rating suitable for the weight specified. Do not remove
any protection or documents attached to the pump. The pump must be installed in a
vertical position.
Set down the pump into a tank from the tank upper part and fix it by tightening the bolts. Check flatness with
a precision level.
A vibration stopper must be provided at the tank bottom in order to prevent a shaking due to the ship's rolling
and pitching.
A flange for fastening the pump casing is placed at the top of the casing, so the stopper should be at 4
points.
Always use correct equipment in a good state of repair. Use of improper equipment may not only damage
the pump but may result in injury to personnel.
Always comply with normal safety regulations when handling hanging loads.
In particular, never stand beneath these.
4.2
DRIVE MOTOR INSTALLATION AND CHECKING
The electric motor is usually shipped disconnected from the pump but with the flexible
half-coupling already fastened on the shaft.
ALWAYS CHECK MOTOR DIRECTION OF ROTATION BEFORE MOUNTING IT ON
THE HEAD OF THE PUMP.
The direction of rotation is clockwise seen from above and looking at the motor from the fan side.
The direction of rotation is also indicated by an arrow on the head of the pump.
This check must not be made with the motor connected to the pump.
Before mounting the motor on the pump, make the electrical connection, place it in a vertical position resting
on the pedestal and apply power briefly. For the electrical connection, use cables of appropriate crosssection to avoid excessive voltage drops and overheating.
Match the terminals according to the indications of the wiring diagram inserted in the terminal board.
Before making any electrical connections, make sure that power is OFF.
Failure to do so could be fatal.
Make the ground connection using the specific terminal.
Use an electric panel with safety device able to protect the motor against overloads and functioning with one
phase missing.
If the motor rotates in the opposite direction to that indicated by the arrow on the pump, reverse 2 of the
wires on the terminal board, retry and then fix the ends marking these clearly to permit identification during
subsequent maintenance operations and close the terminal board (any further reversal of the wires also in
the electric panel must be avoided).
At this point, assemble the motor.
Bolt the motor flange to the base checking correct alignment of the connection. Centering of the pedestal is
assured by the locator on the flange; check the distance between the half-couplings which must be between
3 and 5 mm.
Make sure that the motor is adequately ventilated leaving sufficient space on the fan side.
Tighten all the screws of rotating part protection devices; the pump must not be operated without the guards
in place.
The pump is now correctly installed and can be operated.
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
4.3
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
AXIAL IMPELLER ADJUSTMENT
IMPORTANT WARNING: THE MANUFACTURER GARANTEES CORRECT ADJUSTMENT FOR

MACHINES THAT ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED.
HOWEVER, ADJUSTMENT MUST ALWAYS BE CHECKED DURING COMMISSIONING.
IN PARTICULAR, NO WARRANTY CLAIMS MAY BE MADE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO BE ASCRIBED TO
INCORRECT AXIAL ADJUSTMENT.
CUSTOMERS WHO RECEIVE THE PUMP DISASSEMBLED MUST THEREFORE PAY PARTICULAR
ATTENTION TO THIS PARAGRAPH.
4.3.1 Adjustment procedure
Unscrew the grub screws that close the pump side half pump coupling and unthread it, unscrew the hexagon
socket screw of the bearing housing cover and extract it.
At this moment, it is discovered the adjusting nut that it' s blocked by a hexagonal socket screw, unscrewed
it and rotate the nut in clockwise side so as to lower the shafting until the impeller rest on the bowl.
Tap the end of the shaft with a lead hammer to assure that the above-mentioned operation is not hindered
by any friction. Then turn the nut in an anticlockwise side until the pump can be rotated freely by hand.
At this point, make the correct axial adjustment as described below.
4.3.1.1 Adjustment for pump type: VAL200-VAL250
Make the adjustment tightening the adjustment nut with a 1/3 turn in an anticlockwise direction if total head is
less 50 m. or with 2/3 anticlockwise rotation if total head is between 50 and 100 m.
Lock the adjustment nut with the hexagon socket screw inserting this in the nearest hole tightening in an
anticlockwise direction.
4.3.1.2 Adjustment for pump type: VAL152-VAL302-VAL349-VAL351
Turn the adjustment nut in an anticlockwise direction for 1.5-2 turns. Lock in place with the hexagon socket
screw.
4.3.2 Effect of uncorrect adjustment
Incorrect adjustment of the impeller may cause two irregularities:
a) Higher power intake. The impellers scrape against the bowl. In this case, the adjustment nut must be
turned in an anticlockwise direction as far as necessary.
b) Reduced head or capacity in particular in the case of pumps with open impellers. In this case, repeat the
adjustment procedure.
Very imprecise adjustment may cause breakage of pump components.
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
4.4
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DRIVE MOTOR INSTALLATION AND CHECKING
The electric motor is usually shipped disconnected from the pump but with the supporting
pedestal mounted and the flexible half-coupling already fastened on the shaft.
ALWAYS CHECK MOTOR DIRECTION OF ROTATION BEFORE MOUNTING IT ON THE
HEAD OF THE PUMP.
The direction of rotation is also indicated by an arrow on the head of the pump.
This check must not be made with the motor connected to the pump.
Before mounting the motor on the pump, make the electrical connection, place it in a vertical position resting
on the pedestal and apply power briefly. For the electrical connection, use cables of appropriate crosssection to avoid excessive voltage drops and overheating.
Match the terminals according to the indications of the wiring diagram inserted in the terminal board.
Before making any electrical connections, make sure that power is OFF.
Failure to do so could be fatal.
Make the ground connection using the specific terminal.
Use an electric panel with safety device able to protect the motor against overloads and functioning with one
phase missing.
If the motor rotates in the apposite direction to that indicated by the arrow on the pump, reverse 2 of the
wires on the terminal board, retry and then fix the ends marking these clearly to permit identification during
subsequent maintenance operations and close the terminal board (any further reversal of the wires also in
the electric panel must be avoided).
At this point, assemble the motor.
Bolt the pedestal to the base checking correct alignment of the connection. Centering of the pedestal is
assured by the locator on the flange; check the distance between the half-coupling which must be between 3
and 5 mm.
Make sure that the motor is adequately ventilated leaving sufficient space on the fan side.
The temperature of the working environment must not exceed 40C except in the case of different rating of
the motor, to be indicated in the technical specifications.
If the motor is to be used in an environment at a higher temperature, consult our Engineering Office.
NOTE: Tighten all the screws of rotating part protection devices; the pump must not be operated without the
guards in place.
The pump is now correctly installed and can be operated.
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
5
START-UP
5.1
FIRST START-UP
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
Make the following checks before first start-up:

That the joint protection has been mounted in the motor stool.
That no force or torque is applied to the delivery flange due to the weight of the pipe or caused by dilation
of this.
Check that electric motor and equipment are grounded in compliance
with current legislation in the country of use. Failure to comply with
regulations not only invalidates the warranty but may be highly dangerous for personnel.
Close completely that on the discharge side
Turn the pump shaft by hand to see whether it turns smoothly
Make the above checks, connect the gauge and start the pump with the gate valve almost closed. Start the
motor, but at first, repeat "ON" and "OFF" operations once or twice and enter into operation on confirming
that there is no anormal condition. If the pump does not vibrate, gradually open the gate valve until
prescribed flow and head are reached. If an electric motor is used, check power take-off using an ammeter.
When starting the pump subsequently check motor power supply.
5.2
STOPPING
Close the valve on the discharge.

Stop the motor.
When the pump stops suddenly during operation, switch off first of all and then close the valve on the
discharge side.
5.3
DURING OPERATION
Be careful to operate as near the design point as practical

Check the vibration and noise, If abnormal condition is surveyed, stop the pump immediately.
Pay attention to bearing temperature rise. If the bearing housing can be felt by hand, there is no fear,
otherwise, measure the temperature. The normal is liquid temperature plus 20C.
Never operate for more than 5 minutes with the valve closed on the discharge side, otherwise a temperature
rise of the liquid in the casing will cause failure.
5.4
CHECKING AFTER LONG STORAGE
Carry out all the inspections indicated for initial start-up and also:
- check the insulation resistance of the electric motor
- check grounding
- disassemble the electric motor and check its direction of rotation
check that the pump rotates freely and is not clogged. Otherwise, try to release it by exerting force on the
coupling. If the pump fails to rotate after exerting a torque of approx. 400 N on the coupling with a chain
spanner, do not insist. The seized up pump must be disassembled and inspected by expert personnel.
10
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
MAINTENANCE
Wear a suitable mask or respirator when working with gasket components which
contain fibrous material as these can be hazardous when the fibrous dust is inhaled.
Be caution if other supplier's components have been substituted for genuine ABCI
parts, these may then contain hazardous materials.
Excepting the case of abnormal conditions, it is preferable to carry out inspection periodically in the following
way; the operator should make a final plan of inspection in accordance with conditions.
6.1
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE CHART
6.1.1 Every 3 months

- check the wear of the elastic rubbers of the coupling
- check up condition of oil lip seals
- check the temperature of the bearing housing
6.1.2 Yearly or 8,000 hours
- check the bolts tightening
- check up conditions of "O ring" gaskets (if they are installed)
6.1.3 Every 4 years or 40,000 hours
check up line bearing surfaces for wear conditions.
check up impeller for conditions of wear or corrosion
check shaft; conditions of contact, flaw in sliding faces and bend
check bearings; check up inner and outer faces as well balls for wear.
11
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY
Perform the following operations before disassembly of an installed pump:

- Close the gate valve of the delivery pipe and disconnect the flange
- Before opening the terminal board of the motor, make sure this is not live
- Disconnect the electrical cables from the motor terminal board marking the position of the wires.
7.1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
7.2
DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITHOUT BEARING BRACKET

Unscrew the fixing bolts of the discharge head to the base-plate and remove the whole pump unit.
Unfasten the protection device locking screws and remove these.
Disassemble the electric motor; unscrew nuts of bolts; the half-coupling will remain on the motor shaft.
Unscrew the grub screws (904.2) and extract half-coupling pump side (861.2).
Unscrew the hexagon head screws (901.5); extract the bearing cover (360), the "0-ring"(412), and the
lip seal (420).
Remove the speedy sleeve (523) located in the shaft (213).
Unscrew the locking hexagon socket screw (914.1) of the adjustment nut and the adjustment nut (924).
Remove locking ring (934.1), the bush (526) with key (940.1); dismantle the bearings (321), and clear
with compressed air.
Unscrew the hexagon head screws (901.3) located on the column line flange and remove the discharge
head (115).
Remove the column pipe (711) unfastening the hexagon head screws (901.2).
Remove the top bowl (112) unfastening the hexagon head screws (901.1). The impeller (230) is fastened
to the shaft (213) with a threaded collect with lock-nut and washer (531), which must be removed.
Proceed as follows starting from the upper impeller.
Unscrew the ring nut and remove it from the shaft (213) together with the washer. Fit an approx. 3 kg
pipe over the shaft. The bore of the ring must be 0.3 mm larger than the diameter of the shaft. Continue
to tap on the impeller until the protruding part of the collect frees the impeller.
After removing the first impeller, proceed as described above to remove the remaining stages.
Remove the bell mouth (138) from the shaft (213).
After disassembly, thoroughly clean all parts checking these for wear and if necessary replace any parts
no longer suitable.
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITHOUT BEARING BRACKET
1. A screw and two washers must be attached to the lower end of the shaft.
2. The diameter of the spacer must be equal to that of the shaft with thickness of 5mm.(see Fig.1).
3. At this point, insert the shaft (213) vertically in the bell mouth (138) complete with bearing, shimming the
lower end of the shaft so that the larger washer rests against the pump body.
4. Fit the collect into the impeller (230) with the collect lock nut and washer loosely fitted (531).
5. Slide the impeller into the shaft until it abuts the bell mouth (138). Secure in position with the collect lock
nut and washer.
6. Slide in the pump bowl (112) complete with bearing inserting any gasket (400.1) and tightening the
screws (901.1)
7. Assemble the other stages following the same procedure.
8. Once assembly has been completed, unfasten the screw and remove the washer.
9. Insert the pipe (711) on the upper bowl (112) inserting the gasket (400.1) and lock in place with the
hexagon head screws (901.2).
10. Insert the discharge head (115) on the shaft (213) and fix it on the column line flange (711) tightening
11. Put bearings (321) into the bearing housing and fix with the locking ring (934.1).
12. Fit the bush and insert the key (940.1) into its side.
13. Insert the adjustment nut (924) and proceed with impeller axial adjustment. After adjustment, lock the nut
with the hexagon socket screw (914.1).
14. Insert the speedy sleeve (523) in the shaft (213).
15. Fix the bearing cover (360) with hexagon head screws (901.5), after inserting the " O ring" (412) and the
lip seal (420).
16. Install on the shaft (213) half coupling pump side (861.2) with its gommets.
17. Put the key (940.2) into its site on the shaft.
18. Assembly electric motor with its half coupling.
19. Bolt on the guards.
12
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
7.3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
7.4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITH BEARING BRACKET

Unscrew the hexagon head screws (901.5); extract the bearing cover (360), the "0-ring"(412), and the
lip seal (420).
head (115).
Unscrew the hexagon head screw (901.7), extract the column pipe (711.2) and bearing bracket (529)
with the line shaft bearing (545.3).
Remove the column pipe (711.1) unfastening the hexagon head screws (901.2).
Remove the top bowl (112) unfastening the hexagon head screws (901.1). The impeller (230) is
fastened to the shaft (213) with a threaded collect with lock-nut and washer (531), which must be
removed. Proceed as follows starting from the upper impeller.
pipe over the shaft. The bore of the ring must be 0.3 mm larger than the diameter of the shaft.
Continue to tap on the impeller until the protruding part of the collect frees the impeller.
Remove the bellmouth (138) from the shaft (213).
no longer suitable.
REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL152 WITH BEARING BRACKET

A screw and two washers must be attached to the lower end of the shaft.
The diameter of the spacer must be equal to that of the shaft with thickness of 5mm. (see Fig.1).
At this point, insert the shaft (213) vertically in the bellmouth (138) complete with bearing, shimming the
Fit the collect into the impeller (230) with the collect lock nut and washer loosely fitted (531).
Slide the impeller into the shaft until it abuts the bellmouth (138). Secure in position with the collect lock
nut and washer.
Slide in the pump bowl (112) complete with bearing inserting any gasket (400.1) and tightening the
screws (901.1)
Assemble the other stages following the same procedure.
Once assembly has been completed, unfasten the screw and remove the washer.
Insert the pipe (711.1) on the upper bowl (112) inserting the gasket (400.1) and lock in place with the
Insert the bearing bracket (529) complete with bearing (545.3) onto the shaft, insert the second pipe
(711.2) and fixed with hexagon head screws (901.5).
Insert the discharge head (115) on the shaft (213) and fix it on the column line flange (711.2) tightening
Put bearings (321) into the bearing housing and fix with the locking ring (934.1).
Fit the bush and insert the key (940.1) into its side.
Insert the adjustment nut (924) and proceed with impeller axial adjustment. After adjustment, lock the
nut with the hexagon socket screw (914.2).
Insert the speedy sleeve (523) in the shaft (213).
Fix the bearing cover (360) with hexagon head screws (901.5), after inserting the " O ring" (412) and the
lip seal (420).
Install on the shaft (213) half coupling pump side (861.2) with its gommets.
Put the key (940.2) into its site on the shaft.
Assembly electric motor with its half coupling.
Bolt on the guards.
13
AIDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
VAL 152
341
61.2
DETAIL WITH BEARING BRACKET

\
\
711.2
904.1
545.2
904.1
14
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
PART. N4
112
115
138
213
230
321
341
350
360
400,1
400,2
400,3
400,4
412
420
522
523
526
531
545,1
545,2
653
711
731
861,1
861,2
901,1
901,2
901,3
901,4
901,5
901,6
904,1
904,2
914,1
920
924
931,1
931,2
934,1
934,2
940,1
940,2
400,5
529
545,3
711,1
711,2
901,7
904,1
920,2
931,3
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
DESCRIPTION
PUMP BOWL
DELIVERY CASING
BELLMOUTH
TOP SHAFT
IMPELLER
RADIAL BALL BEARING
MOTOR STOOL
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING COVER
PUMP BOWL GASKET
HEAD GASKET
THROTTLING SLEEVE GASKET
BEARING HOUSING GASKET
O-RING SEAL
SHAFT SEAL RING
THROTTLING SLEEVE
SPEEDY SLEEVE
CENTRING SLEEVE
TENSION SLEEVE
BOWL BEARING BUSH
BELLMOUTH BEARING BUSH
OIL SCOOP
COLUMN PIPE
SCREWED CONNECTION
COUPLING HALF SIDE MOTOR
COUPLING HALF SIDE PUMP
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
HEXAGON SOCKET SCREW
NUT
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
KEY
KEY
FOR BEARING BRACKET
BEARING BRACKET GASKET
BEARING BRACKET
BEARING BRACKET BUSH
COLUMN PIPE
COLUMN PIPE
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
NUT
LOCK WASHER
Data: 16/07/2001
MATERIAL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
AISI 420
BRONZE
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
GUARNITAL
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
TEFLON
NITRILIC RUBBER
RUBBER/VITON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL SAE 1040
STEEL
BRONZE
BRONZE
COPPER
STEEL A72
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STELL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
GUARNITAL
CAST IRON
BRONZE
STEEL A 72
STEEL A 72
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
7.5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
7.6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001

Unscrew the hexagon screws (901.5); extract the bearing cover (360), the "0-ring"(412), and the lip seal
(420).
head (115).
Remove the top bowl (112.1) unfastening the hexagon head screws (901.1). The impeller (230) is
no longer suitable.
R E A S S E M B L Y F O R P U M P TYPE VAL 200

nut and washer.
Slide in the pump bowl (112.2) complete with bearing inserting any gasket (400.1) and tightening the
screws (901.1)
Insert the pipe (711.1) on the upper bowl (112.1) inserting the gasket (400.1) and lock in place with the
Insert the gasket (400.5), the bearing bracket (529) complete with bearing (545.3) onto the shaft, insert
the gasket (400.5), the second pipe (711.2) and fixed with hexagon head screws (901.7).
Insert the gasket (400.2) and discharge head (115) on the shaft (213), fix it on the column line flange
(711.2) tightening hexagon head screws (901.3).
Put bearings (321) into the bearing housing and fix with the locking ring (934.1).
Fix the bearing cover (360) with hexagon screws (901.5), after inserting the " O ring" (412) and the lip
seal (420).
Bolt on the guards.
16
AUDOU&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
VAL 200
17
Data: 16/07/2001
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
Gruppa Aturia
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DESCRIPTION
PART. N
112,1
112,2
115
138
213
230
321
341
350
360
400,1
400,2
400,3
400,4
400,5
412
420
522
523
526
531
545,1
545,2
545,3
653
711,1
711,2
731
861,1
861,2
901,1
901,2
901,3
901,4
901,5
901,6
901,7
901,8
904,1
904,2
914,1
920,1
920,2
924
931,1
931,2
931,3
934,1
934,2
940,1
940,2
DESCRIPTION
PUMP BOWL
PUMP BOWL
DELIVERY CASING
BELLMOUTH
TOP SHAFT
IMPELLER
RADIAL BALL BEARING
MOTOR STOOL
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING COVER
PUMP BOWL GASKET
HEAD GASKET
O-RING SEAL
SHAFT SEAL RING
THROTTLING SLEEVE
SPEEDY SLEEVE
CENTRING SLEEVE
TENSION SLEEVE
BOWL BEARING BUSH
BELLMOUTH BEARING BUSH
BRACKET BEARING BUSH
OIL SCOOP
COLUMN PIPE
COLUMN PIPE
SCREWED CONNECTION
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
NUT
NUT
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
KEY
KEY
18
MATERIAL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
AISI 420
BRONZE
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
GUARNITAL
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
TEFLON
GUARNITAL
NITRILIC RUBBER
RUBBERA/ITON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL SAE 1040
STEEL
BRONZE
BRONZE
BRONZE
COPPER
STEEL A72
STEEL A72
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STELL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
AIDOLI&BERTOLA
7.7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
7.8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001

Unscrew the hexagon head screw (901.6); extract the bearing cover (360), the "gasket" (400.6), and the
lip seal (420).
Remove locking ring (934.2), the bush (526) with key (940.1); dismantle the bearings (321-324), and
clear with compressed air.
head (115).
Remove the top bowl (112.1) unfastening the hexagon head screws (901.1). The impeller (230) is
no longer suitable.
R E A S S E M B L Y F O R P U M P TYPE VAL 250

nut and washer.
Slide in the pump bowl (112.2) complete with bearing inserting any gasket (400.1) and tightening the
screws (901.1)
Insert the pipe (711.1) on the upper bowl (112.1) inserting the gasket (400.1) and lock in place with the
Insert the gasket (400.5), and bearing bracket (529) complete with bearing (545.2) onto the shaft, insert
the gasket (400.5), the second pipe (711.2) and fixed with hexagon head screws (901.7).
Insert the gasket (400.2) and discharge head (115) on the shaft (213) and fix it on the column line flange
(711.2) tightening hexagon head screws (901.3).
Put bearings (321-324) into the bearing housing and fix with the locking ring (934.2).
Fix the bearing cover (360) with hexagon head screws (901.6), after inserting the " gasket" (400.6) and
the lip seal (420).
Bolt on the guards.
19
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
VAL 250
9*0,
81.1
3,341
901.
904,1
545.1'
20
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DESCRIPTION
PART. N
112,1
112,2
115
138
213
230
321
324
341
350
360
400,1
400,2
400,3
400,4
400,5
400,6
420
520
522
523
526
531
545,1
545,2
653
711,1
711,2
731
861,1
861,2
901,1
901,2
901,3
901,4
901,5
901,6
901,7
901,8
904,1
904,2
904,3
904,4
914,1
914,2
920,1
920,2
924
931,1
931,2
934,1
934,2
940,1
940,2
DESCRIPTION
PUMP BOWL
PUMP BOWL
DELIVERY CASING
BELLMOUTH
TOP SHAFT
IMPELLER
RADIAL BALL BEARING
AXIAL ROLLER BEARING
MOTOR STOOL
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING COVER
PUMP BOWL GASKET
HEAD GASKET
BEARING HOUSING COVER GASKET
SHAFT SEAL RING
COVER SLEEVE
THROTTLING SLEEVE
SPEEDY SLEEVE
CENTRING SLEEVE
TENSION SLEEVE
BOWL AND BELLMOUTH BEARING BUSH
BRACKET BEARING BUSH
OIL SCOOP
COLUMN PIPE
COLUMN PIPE
SCREWED CONNECTION
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
NUT
NUT
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
KEY
KEY
21
MATERIAL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
AISI 420
BRONZE
STEEL
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
GUARNITAL
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
TEFLON
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
RUBBER/VITON
BRONZE
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL SAE 1040
STEEL
BRONZE
BRONZE
COPPER
STEEL A72
STEEL A72
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STELL
STELL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
AUDOU&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
7.9
1.
2.
3.
Disassemble the electric motor; unscrew nuts of bolts; the half-coupling will remain on the motor
shaft.
Unscrew the hexagon head screws (901.6); extract the bearing cover (360), the gasket (400.6), and
the lip seal (420).
Unscrew the locking hexagon socket screw (914.2) of the adjustment nut and the adjustment nut
(924).
Unscrew the hexagon head screws (901.3) located on the column line flange and remove the
discharge head (115).
with the line shaft bearing (545).
Unscrew the ring nut and remove it from the shaft (213) together with the washer. Fit an approx. 3
kg pipe over the shaft. The bore of the ring must be 0.3 mm larger than the diameter of the shaft.
After disassembly, thoroughly clean all parts checking these for wear and if necessary replace any
parts no longer suitable.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
7.10
1.
2.
3.
At this point, insert the shaft (213) vertically in the bellmouth (138) complete with bearing, shimming
the lower end of the shaft so that the larger washer rests against the pump body.
Slide the impeller into the shaft until it abuts the bellmouth (138). Secure in position with the collect
lock nut and washer.
screws (901.1)
Insert the gasket (400.5), and bearing bracket (529) complete with bearing (545) onto the shaft,
insert the gasket (400.5), the second pipe (711.2) and fixed with hexagon head screws (901.7).
Insert the gasket (400.2),and discharge head (115) on the shaft (213) and fix it on the column line
flange (711.2) tightening hexagon head screws (901.3).
Fix the bearing cover (360) with hexagon head screws (901.6), after inserting the gasket (400.6) and
the lip seal (420).
Bolt on the guards.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
22
AIDOU&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
VAL 302
901,8-v940.
23
Data: 16/07/2001
Manual N. 2000-Rev. 00
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DESCRIPTION
PART. N
112
115
138
213
230
321
324
341
350
360
400,1
400,2
400,3
400,4
400,5
400,6
420
520
522
523
526
531
545
653
711,1
711,2
731
861,1
861,2
901,1
901,2
901,3
901,4
901,5
901,6
901,7
901,8
904,1
904,2
904,3
904,4
914,1
914,2
920,1
920,2
924
931,1
931,2
934,1
934,2
940,1
940,2
DESCRIPTION
PUMP BOWL
DELIVERY CASING
BELLMOUTH
TOP SHAFT
IMPELLER
RADIAL BALL BEARING
MOTOR STOOL
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING COVER
PUMP BOWL GASKET
HEAD GASKET
SHAFT SEAL RING
COVER SLEEVE
THROTTLING SLEEVE
SPEEDY SLEEVE
CENTRING SLEEVE
TENSION SLEEVE
BEARING BUSH
OIL SCOOP
COLUMN PIPE
COLUMN PIPE
SCREWED CONNECTION
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
NUT
NUT
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
KEY
KEY
MATERIAL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
AISI 420
BRONZE
STEEL
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
GUARNITAL
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
TEFLON
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
RUBBER/VITON
BRONZE
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL SAE 1040
STEEL
BRONZE
COPPER
STEEL A72
STEEL A72
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STELL
STELL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
AUDOU&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
7.11 DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL349

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
shaft.
the lip seal (420).
(924).
After disassembly, thoroughly clean all parts checking these for wear and if necessary replace any
parts no longer suitable.
7.12 REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL349

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
screws (901.1)
the lip seal (420).
Bolt on the guards.
25
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
VAL 349
901,8-
26
Data: 16/07/2001
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
Gruppo Aturia
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DESCRIPTION
PART. N
112
115
138
213
230
321
324
341
350
360
400,1
400,2
400,3
400,4
400,5
400,6
420
520
522
523
526
531
545
653
711,1
711,2
731
861,1
861,2
901,1
901,2
901,3
901,4
901,5
901,6
901,7
901,8
904,1
904,2
904,3
904,4
914,1
914,2
920,1
920,2
924
931,1
931,2
934,1
934,2
940,1
940,2
DESCRIPTION
PUMP BOWL
DELIVERY CASING
BELLMOUTH
TOP SHAFT
IMPELLER
RADIAL BALL BEARING
MOTOR STOOL
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING COVER
PUMP BOWL GASKET
HEAD GASKET
SHAFT SEAL RING
COVER SLEEVE
THROTTLING SLEEVE
SPEEDY SLEEVE
CENTRING SLEEVE
TENSION SLEEVE
BEARING BUSH
OIL SCOOP
COLUMN PIPE
COLUMN PIPE
SCREWED CONNECTION
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
NUT
NUT
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
KEY
KEY
27
MATERIAL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
AISI 420
BRONZE
STEEL
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
GUARNITAL
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
TEFLON
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
RUBBERA/ITON
BRONZE
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL SAE 1040
STEEL
BRONZE
COPPER
STEEL A72
STEEL A72
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STELL
STELL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
ManualN. 2000-Rev. 00
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
7.13 DISASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL351

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
shaft.
the lip seal (420).
(924).
After disassembly, thoroughly clean all parts checking these for wear and if
necessary replace any parts no longer suitable.
7.14 REASSEMBLY FOR PUMP TYPE VAL351
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
screws (901.1)
the lip seal (420).
Bolt on the guards.
28
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
VAL351
29
Data: 16/07/2001
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
DESCRIPTION
PART. N
112
115
138
213
230
321
324
341
350
360
400,1
400,2
400,3
400,4
400,5
400,6
420
520
522
523
526
531
545
653
711,1
711,2
731
861,1
861,2
901,1
901,2
901,3
901,4
901,5
901,6
901,7
901,8
904,1
904,2
904,3
904,4
914,1
914,2
920,1
920,2
924
931,1
931,2
934,1
934,2
940,1
940,2
DESCRIPTION
PUMP BOWL
DELIVERY CASING
BELLMOUTH
TOP SHAFT
IMPELLER
RADIAL BALL BEARING
MOTOR STOOL
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING COVER
PUMP BOWL GASKET
HEAD GASKET
SHAFT SEAL RING
COVER SLEEVE
THROTTLING SLEEVE
SPEEDY SLEEVE
CENTRING SLEEVE
TENSION SLEEVE
BEARING BUSH
OIL SCOOP
COLUMN PIPE
COLUMN PIPE
SCREWED CONNECTION
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
GRUB SCREW
NUT
NUT
ADJUSTING NUT
LOCK WASHER
LOCK WASHER
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
KEY
KEY
30
MATERIAL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
AISI 420
BRONZE
STEEL
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
GUARNITAL
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
TEFLON
GUARNITAL
TEFLON
RUBBERA/ITON
BRONZE
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEELSAE 1040
STEEL
BRONZE
COPPER
STEEL A72
STEEL A72
STEEL
CAST IRON
CAST IRON
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STELL
STELL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
STEEL
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
7.2
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
ELECTRIC MOTOR BEARINGS
To disassembly electric motor bearings use a suitable puller.

To reassembly electric motor bearings use a press and a suitable hose that must act only on internal ball
bearing ring ( not on external ring).
Reassembly can also be executed heating bearings in hot oil 80C (approx.) and quickly mount on the shaft..
If ball bearing are sealed type, protection shall be installed motor side.
After reassembly, check that internal bearing rings lean to the shoulder provided on the shaft.
7.3
CHECKS TO BE MADE AFTER DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
Check for any parts that could foul rotating parts.

Check that no force or torque is exerted on the delivery flange due to the mechanical action of pipes or
thermal expansion.
Check pump-motor alignment.
31
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
RECOMMENDED SPARES PARTS
DENOMINATION
x 1 year
x 2 years
x 4 years
Impeller
Impeller lock
Pump bearings
Shaft
Lip seals
O-ring
Coupling gommets
Bearings
32
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
TROUBLESHOOTING
MALFUNCTION
CAUSES AND remedy
Electric motor current intake is too high
- Check total head.

If it is too low, partially close the gate valve.
Output or total head is unsatisfactory
- Check the level in the tank with the pump

operating
- Check that the impellers are correctly
adjusted
- Check that the speed of the pump vertical
shaft is correct
- Check that no air is sucked in at the inlet.
- Check the impellers for wear and if
necessary replace.
The pump vibrates or is noisy
- Head is much lower than rated. Partially

close the gate valve.
- Insufficient submersion causes suction of
air at inlet; insert a diffusion disk
- Check tightness of discharge head lock nuts
The discharge head is too hot
- Check head alignment
The pump vibrates during start-up
- Insufficient submersion causes suction of air

at inlet; increase submersion or insert a
diffusion disk
33
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
10
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
ASSEMBLY SKETCHES
VAL200-250
VAL152
WASHER
VAL351
VAL302-349
BASE PLATE-
SPACER
34
SPACER
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
11
Data: 16/07/2001
TECHNICAL NOTICES
11.1 TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR IMPELLER LOCKED CONE

TYPE OF PUMP
DIAMETER OF SHAFT RPMMAX TORQUE N.m

A 40
70
1770
200
<t> 4 5
A 45
1770
175
d>50
365
1770
590
<t>60
1770
1770
1070
<t> 7 0
6 70
1770
1290
VAL152
VAL200
VAL250
VAL302
VAL349
VAL351
11.2 TYPE OF BEARING

TYPE OF PUMP
VAL152
VAL200
VAL250
VAL302
VAL349
VAL351
AXIAL BEARING
29416E
29416E
29416E
29416E
JOURNAL BEARING
7316
7316
6034
6034
6034
6034
Q.TY
2
2
1
1
1
1
11.3 CLEARANCE ALLOWABLE ON BEARING BUSHES [MM]

standard 0.25-0.30
maximum 0.50
11.4 TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR SCREWS, NUTS AND BOLTS USED FOR
VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPS N.m
THREADED
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
CI 80
7,5
23,5
50,5
89,5
145
215
310
435
580
735
WRENCH SIZE
10
13
17
19
22
24
27
30
32
36
Use these values for high resistance when specified in the order.
11.5 AXIAL IMPELLER BACKSLASH
PUMP
BACKSLASH mm
VAL152
VAL200
VAL250
VAL302
VAL349
VAL351
8
10
15
8
12
11
35
C1100*
10,5
33,5
71
125
200
300
440
615
820
1040
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
Data: 16/07/2001
11.6 TYPE OF SHAFT SEAL RING

PUMP
SIZE OF SEAL
TYPE OF
SPEEDI-SLEEVE
DIMENSION OF
SHAFT
VAL152
VAL200
VAL250
VAL302
35x47x8
35x47x8
45x62x7,5
55x80x10
55x80x10
60x85x8
55x80x10
60x85x8
1
1
2
2
2
3
2
3
<t>35
().35
t55
<|>55
<|>55
(t>60
d>55
4.60
VAL349
VAL351
SPEEDI-SLEEVE
H.
TYPE
REF.
SHAFT
1
2
3
35
55
60
"A"
SHAFT DIAMETER
MIN
34,94
54,94
59,92
MAX
35,08
55,08
60,07
J2
"D"
"X"
LENGHT UPPER TOTAL
FLANGE INSTALLATION
SHAFT
LENGHT DIAMETER
DEPTH
13
20
20
16
23
23
41,6
62
70,7
20
35
32
11.7 FORCES AND MOMENTS ALLOWED ON HEAD
HEAD TYPE
DN
BA40
BA70
200
350
F ORCES (daN )
160
280
Fz
200
350
MOMENTS (mdaN)
EF
My
|Mz
Fx
315
180
95
70
550
230 | 165
315
36
Mx
EM
145
80
190 340
AUDOLI&BERTOLA
LUBE-OIL
VERTICAL PUMPS
Data: 16/07/2001
11.8 AXIAL THRUST CALCULATION

PUMP
TYPE
VAL152
VAL200
VAL250
VAL302
VAL349
VAL351
FACTOR
K
12
27
42
46
65
69
ROTATING WEIGHT
FOR STAGE
A=kg.
N 1 METER
LINE SHAFT WEIGHT ROTATING PART AND
COUPLING WEIGHT
B
C=kg.
10
13
21
39
44
47
Omm
Kg/m.
40
45
50
60
70
70
10,5
13
16,5
24
33
33
AXIAL THRUST= K x Head m.= S

ROTATING WEIGHT FOR STAGE= A x N IMPELLER = T
1 METER LINE SHAFT WEIGHT= B x 1 METER LINE SHAFT WEIGHT = V
ROTATING PARTS AND COUPLING WEIGHT OF THE DISCHARGE HEAD= C
TOTAL AXIAL THRUST= S+T+V+C
37
BA 40 = 30
BA 70 = 90
Behrens Pumpen
Fabri kationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56885
Type/
Type:
CRN 1-3 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Chemical circulation pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,37
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
Stainless steel
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No,
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
China Shaanxi Machinery & Eq
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
32/32
Zertifizlert naoh
ISO 9001
OwmwilaetMr Lloyd
Item 20 Chemical circulation pump

MG 7 1 - 2
IN = 0,91 A, IS = 5,46 A
IP 5 5 , ISD F, d i r e c t s t a r t i n g
.109.
32
Dewich-t
Font Nr,
Verkst. XXX
Ausgabe
Bnderung-Nr,
Tag
Nane
1:1
2002
Europaische P r o j e k t l o n
Von-ThCinen-Stra.Be 7
D-28307 Bremen
Mate o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 nlttel
Nane
Tag
Bear, 25.10. Dirksen
Gepr. 25.10. Di
Norn
Benennung
CRN 1-3 F
Zelchn. Nr.
CRN-1-3-F-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
CONTENTS
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Sound level
Installation
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
2. Type designation
Page
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13
2.1 Pump key for CR, CRI, CRN 1 , 3 and 5

Example
CR3

Number of impellers
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
Example
CR8-20/2-X-X-X-XXXX
Pump range: CR, CRN

Code for materials
Example
A
A
1. Handling

CR, CRN 32,45, 64 and 90 fitted with GRUNDFOS MG motors
straps.
10 X - X - X - X - XXXX
Pump range: CR, CRN

CR 3 2 - 2 - 1 - X - X - X - X-XXXX
-J
Number of stages
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
Pumped liquids
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
4. Technical data
Fig. 4
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 9 0 :
4.1 A m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e
Maximum +40C.
P [bar]
oo
Fig. 1
10-
KUBE/KUBV
KUBE/KUBV
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15-
KUBE
KUBE
KUUE / KUUV
[%]
-40
-20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160

t[C]
4.4 M i n i m u m inlet p r e s s u r e
Fig. 5
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [C]
1
1000
2250
3500
'
Hf
Example:

NPSH
Pb

See fig. A, page 76, which indicates the relationship between liq-
-.-Hv

4.3 M a x i m u m permissible operating pressure a n d
follows:
H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - H s
Fig. 2
Pb

in bar.
NPSH

Hf

Hv
Hs
CR, CRI, CRN 1 , 3 and 5:

p[bar]
\
HUBE/Hl JBV
HUUE/HUUV
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
1510-
HUBE

-40 -20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160

t[C]

Example:
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
P [bar]
RUUE
RUUV
Pb = 1 bar.
/\UUE-
A.UUE/ Al II IV
15 -
AUUE/AUUV
I
I
I
BUBE/BUBV

B JBE

H = 1 x 1 0 . 2 - 1 . 5 - 3 . 0 - 2 . 1 - 0 . 5 = 3.1 metres head.
-40 -20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160
trci
Eg
5. Installation

Action
Step

Fig. 6
dEP
i :j
^fe :
Qmin.
[%]
40-
30-
4x0
.Bi,
20-
60
80
100 120 140 160 180 t [C]
(=

valve.

(foot valve).
4.7 Electrical data

Other motors:
Weights:
Page 78 shows:
foundation bolts.
horizontal plane.
1040

4.10 Sound level

install the pipes so that air

pump.
10

which:
pump,
effect,
close to the pump.
7. Start-up

poles.
vented.
other components.


CR, CRN 8 and 16:
valve open.
Fig. 7

coupling.

motor supplier.
8. Maintenance


Motor bearings:
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

page 80.
81.
82.
12
Fault
Cause
Remedy

when started.
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.

when supply is
switched on.

f)
Replace the motor.
Cut in the fuse.
Replace the motor.
f)


tripped out but the
pump does not run.

constant.


no water.

off.

9. Noise.
13. Disposal
13
PH
V|^P
1
Mr'
CR1,CR3andCR5
Model A
50/60 Hz
Table of contents
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type identification
Type key
Codes used
2
2
3
3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
5
5
5
6
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

General
27.04.2001
GB
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
Pagel of 16
GRUNDFOS' > \
2 3
4 5
Pos.
Description
Pos.
Description
Type designation
10
Model
11
P2, 60 Hz
Product number
12
Speed, 60 Hz
Place of production
13
14
P2, 50 Hz
15
Speed, 50 Hz
16
17
18
27.04.2001
GB
Page 2 of 16
CRUNDFOS'>V
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
3-
10
X-
X-
X-
X-
xxxx
I
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used

Note
Code
Description
Basic version
NEMA version
Oval flange
b
FGJ
c

Other wetted parts:
EPDM
FKM
HUBE/V

HUUE/V

27.04.2001
GB
Page 3 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

used.
Description
Pos.
7.a
Screw
Hexagon socket head

screw
Number
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M4
M6
13
M8
31
M10
62
Vi" (M8)
35(3)
18
23
Plug
25
26
Staybolt
28
Hexagon head screw
/2"
35
/ 2 "(M10)
35(5)
M12
Lubricant
Thread-Eze
Soapy water
Thread-Eze
M6
10
M8
12
M12
40
Thread-Eze
35
Hexagon head screw
M10
23
Thread-Eze
36
Nut
M12
50
Thread-Eze
37
O-ring
0137,5x3,3
Rocol 22

Rocol 22
47.a
Bearing ring
67
Lock nut
M8
18
105
Shaft seal
M28
35
113
M5
2,5
Bonderlube
Thread-Eze, part no. SV9997 (0,5 I).

27.04.2001
GB
Page 4 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
3. Service tools
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Description
seal
Puller
Tool for O-ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0040
105
SV2007
65
SV0239
SV2014
V7170478
V7170227
V7170230
55
60
37
3.2 Standard tools

Pos.
H
Description
Bit holder
PZ2
5
6
8
Bits kit
Hexagon socket bit
27.04.2001
Bit no.
GB
For pos.
I-J
7.a
9-H
113-H-M
28
28-67
35
28-36
18-23-25
Suppl. information
M6 - 5 mm
M8 - 6 mm
M10-8mm
M5 - 2,5 mm
M6-10mm
M8-13mm
M10-17mm
M12-19mm
M16-24mm
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
Part no.
SV2011
SV2010
SV2012
SV0083
SV0055
SV0056
SV0054
SV0122
Page 5 of 16
GRUNDFOS->\
3.3 Torque tools

Description
Pos.
For pos.
Torque wrench
M
N
Torque screwdriver
Ratchet insert tool
Ring spanner

head screws
9-N
67-L
27.04.2001
GB
N-0
J
L-O-P
28-L
28-L
28-L
36-L
18-23-25-L
Suppl. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
1-6 Nm
1/4"
9x12->1/2"
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M10-17mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
9x12
1
M6 - 5 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M10-8mm
/2"x1/2"
M8-13mm
9x12
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0438
SV0295
SV0310
SV0294
SV0270
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV2013
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.1 General
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001
GB
Page 7 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly
loose.
MA
Fig. 1
27.04.2001
GB
Page 8 of 16
CRUNDFOS

4.3.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
Fig. 2
the correct torque.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 9 of 16
CIIUNDFOS' > \

4.4.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
The O-ringpos. 37 must be lubricated, see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 10 of 16
GRUNDFOS'>\

4.5.1 Dismantling
Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
Order of assemblyforchambers and impellers.
Fig. 4
27.04.2001
GB
Page 11 of 16
C R U N D F O S > \

27.04.2001
GB
Page 12 of 16
^
CRUNDFOS'/t

Fig. 5
into the pump head.
Fig. 6
27.04.2001
GB
Page 13 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
Checking
Replacement

should be replaced.
dismantled.

Fig. 7.
Bearing rings


SL
JH
J<^><^^^L
Fig. 7
27.04.2001
GB
Page 14 of 16
CRUNDFOS'A

3R/CRI/CRN 1&3
2
~><><;
^mT
*
k
fx: |xi
*
k
*
k
10 11 12 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 36
*
*
k
*
*
*
I *
* | *
k
k
k
k
k
k
A
*
k
*
A
*
A
A
1
*
*
*
*
k
k
k
A
*
A
k
k
*
*
A
k
k
*
*
k
A
*
A
k
k
A
A
*
*
k
k
~iF
"i~
~3T
k k
k
k
A
A
*
*
k
k
TT
~JF
*
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
*
*
k
TT
1
k *
*
k
k "IF
k
*
*
*
k *
*
k *
k
k ~3F
~3F
"sr
ir
k IT
k
k
k
k
*
~*~
*
*
*
*
k
k r~*~
k
k
k k
k k
k IF k
k
k
* C E
k
k k
k k k
* * k
k ~5F k
k
k
k
k
k
E]
67
66
r
dp-
N
3
27.04.2001
GB
Page 15 of 16
CnUNDFOS
CR/CRI/CRN52
+ ^
T*
o
+ ^ +^
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
+ ^ +^ +
T
*
*
**
o
*
*
*
*
+ + + + +
* ^H
*
* *
*
^
*
*
O *
O *
o *
^m
fl
it
*
*
*
m
*
*
*
*
^ ^ ^
^*^ ^ ^ H
*

*
*
*
*
*
*
IM
*
M
* * i ** ^m
^m
*
* *
*
*
* ^ ^ M
*
o * *^
*
iraa
cs
[oD
67
-67
66
8=^66
64c
64c
64d
49
27.04.2001
GB
49
Page 16 of 16
C R U N D F O S ' A
HI
VTTT^mfc;
\zzzzzzzzzz
08
SCH-T
001-81--
IIL83Z-
01.-1
OH_ 8
6-1
8WZW96 "ON onpojd - rV NUO
Ill
01-I
6\-a
8fr8Zfrfr96 "ON jonpojd - -1 HUO
CRN 1-3 - Product IMo.: 96447848

Pos
100
00ID1288
Description
Motor
Pump head complete
O-ring
18
2
23
28
00405150
96436506
00370025
00ID8022
Air vent screw

Pump head
Pipe plug
Hexagon head screw
00ID7917
96438743
Nut
O-ring
60
96439662
Corrugated spring
66.a
96430377
Washer
7
7.a
96438136
00410289
Coupling guard
Screw
77
8
10
96436340
00415060
00310192
Pump head cover

Coupling complete
Shaft pin
36
37
10.a
9
O0ID7899
Coupling half
201
203
25
38
96439203
96439718
96440611
00ID1288
Base complete
Flange
Retaining ring
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
56
6
105
96438132
96438328
96455082
00370711
00370712
96441873
96455084
00370711
00370712
96441875
100
96455090
00ID1288
105
Partno
85805102
109
Base plate
Base
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, O-rings
O-ring
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
38
00ID1288
O-ring
39
96455095
00400189
4.a
96439476
45
65
00400003
96438746
Kit, service
Gasket

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Classification Data
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: G 1/2
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Thread: M12
JMaterial type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Thickness: 3,5
Inside diameter: 13
Thickness: 2,5
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 14/12
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: HUBE
Material type: HUUE

Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Count
1
1
2
Unit
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
4
1
PC
_PC _
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
2
2
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
1/2
CRN 1-3 - Product No.: 96447848

Pos
45
47.a
64.a
Partno
00400003
96437488
96440292
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
00ID2061
96460140
00400189
39
"
Description
Neck ring
Bearing ring
Spacing pipe
Lock nut
Kit, service
Gasket
4.a
45
47.a
96440615
00400003
00400041

Neck ring
64.a
00400016
Spacing pipe
64.c
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
105
26
00ID2061
96441873
00404132
Lock nut
Shaft seal
Staybolt
55
96439996
Outer sleeve
76
76.a
80
4
96439820
00ID0147
96453508
96439481
Nameplate
Rivet
Chamber stack
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Bearing ring
Impeller
45
65
4.a
00400003
96438746
96439476
45
65
47.a
49
00400003
96438746
96437488
96440326
5.a
96439485
45
65
50.a
51
00400003
96438746
96457638
96439607
Chamber, bottom
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Top guide vanes
Pump shaft
64
00400035
Spacing pipe
64.a
96440292
Spacing pipe
64.c
96439668
Clamp, splined
66
96417297
Washer
67
OOID2061
Lock nut
Classification Data
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Bearing type: CARBON-GRAPHITE FILLED PTFE
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Length: 9,70
Length: 7,3
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Material type: HUBE
Thread: M12
Length: 155
Length: 44,6
Height: 9
Diameter: 12,0
Length: 216,1
Length: 17,5
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Count
8
1
1
Unit
PC
PC
PC
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
1
8
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56886
Type/
Type:
ZB l/b G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
6,2
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
1,1
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
1,7
kW
1780
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM90LBA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GG20
50/40
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
040.529.4
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertiftriert nach
ISO 9001
Gfm*ni*ohr Lloyd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56887
Type/
Type:
ZB l/b G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fdrdermenge/
Capacity:
6,2
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
1,1
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
1,7
kW
1780
rpm
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEG AM90LBA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GG20
50/40
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
040.529.4
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffiziert nacti
ISO 9001
German lacbar Lloyd
Item 21

"X"
AEG AM90LBA-4
3,7 A, IS = 19,6 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
Ansicht "X"
View "X"
Lb4
Saugflansch
Druckflansch
Suction flange
DN50
Pressure flange
DN40
Gewicht
[MimM IPwj^Wi
Form Nr
Werkst.
Aigabe
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Name
D-28307 Bremen
MaHe o.Tole-
Bantnnung
ranzangabi a
ZB l/b - 90L
DIN 7168 mittet
1999
Bear.
22.10.
Gepr.
22.10. Di
Norm
Tag
Name
Dirksen
Ziichn. Nr.
Ersatz f.
Pause
ZB-l-b-90L-GF
Nr.
Technical information
HELICAL GEAR PUMPS
DUDEK-PUMPEN
%*&K SW%SSS'tM''
These operating instructions are valid for DUDEK-GEAR-PUMPS series
I /a+b,
II /a+b,
III /a+b
\~
horizontal and vertical design
IV/a+b
V/a, b, c
VI/a
SB 3, SB 8, SB 16, SB 28, SB 45
Contents
0.
Brief instructions
1.
General
This pump may only be installed and

brought into service by trained personnel, who must
precisely follow these operating instructions and the
applicable legal requirements. If these operating
inctructions are not followed:
Application
2.
Safety
3.
Transportation and temporary storage
you may be putting yourself or your colleagues at risk,
4.
Description
the pump or the pump unit may be damaged,
Structural design
and the manufacturer will not be liable for any resulting

damage!
5.
Planning the system
When working on the pump or pump unit, please

remember that you are responsible for the safety of
your colleagues!
Pipes, safety equipment
6.
Installing the pump

Safety measures
7.
Start-up / shut-down
8.
Maintenance
9.
Servicing, disassembly.reassembly
Spare parts, standby pumps
10.
Faults; causes and correction
11.
Associated documents
12.
Pump identification
DUDEK-PUMPEN GmbH & Co.KG

SchlachthofstralSe 34
D - 21079 Hamburg / Germany
Telefon :
Telefax :
E-mail :
++49-(0)40-766 229 - 0
++49-(0)40-766 229 - 11
info@dudek-pumpen.de
operation manual-01-01-02.doc
Brief instructions on starting up a pump unit supplied complete

The pumped liquids must not have a tendency to crystallise out and must contain no potentially
abrasive solids (see section 1.1 Application).
Remove the protective caps from the pipe sockets before connecting the pipes.
If the pump has been preserved, drain off the preservative agent (dispose of correctly) and
clean the pump.
There is a minimum quantity of testing oil (hydraulic oil) in the pump
Align the pump or pump unit on the foundation and fix in place.
Clean the pipes.
Note the directions of flow and rotation (see suction sign and arrow on the pump).
Fill the pump with liquid (the pump must have been thoroughly vented).
Open all the shut-off devices in the inlet and discharge pipes.
Check that the coupling guard is fitted and all the safety equipment is ready for operation.
Fit a motor circuit-breaker. The electrical connection work may only be carried out by a qualified
electrician. Check the voltage, speed and direction of rotation.
Turn the unit manually and ensure that it is running smoothly and evenly.
Switch on the motor.
Once it has run up to operational speed, check the operating pressure on the manometer.
The pump must be constantly supplied with fluid. It must never be allowed to run dry.
Never touch a pump while it is running - it may be hot.
The pump must never be started up or operated when the inlet and/or discharge pipe ist
closed.
During assembly or operation, the pipes must not transmit stresses to the pump.
01-01-02
The safety instructions specified under point 2-ff must be followed.
page 2
DUDK
1.
General
1.1
Application
^H^
This is a self-priming external gear pump. It is suitable for pumping pure and cloudy liquids containing no
abrasives and no solids. The liquids have to have a self-lubricating or week self-lubricating character.
In design, it corresponds to the group of positive displacement pumps. The use of standardises
components for several pump series and sizes makes it economical to keep a stock of standby parts and
to purchase spare parts. The pump is driven by an electric motor.
The pump should be used only under the operating conditions specified by the customer and confirmed by
the supplier. The correct and intended application is specified in the technical data sheet supplied with the
pump, a copy of which is shown in the appendix.
The pump must only be used for the application specified in the data sheet. Otherwise, it may
endanger both people and the environment.
Systems in which a failure or malfunction could lead to injury or damage should be fitted with
alarm systems and/or standby units and should be checked at regular intervals to ensure that they are in
good working order. Units which are intended to be used in food industry or sensitive processes should be
thoroughly cleaned before installation and start-up to remove all impurities.
Never touch a pump while it is in use - it may be hot.
The data relating to speed, pressure and temperature contained in the data sheet are values at which
correct functioning of the pump is guaranteed. It is essential to adhere to these values.
A
'!\
If the outlet side of a pump is closed while the pump is running, the temperature of the liquid in
the pump may rise to a dangerous degree. Dangers may arise from overpressure and subsequent failure
of part of the pump or pipework. Particular dangers arise if the liquid being pumped is flammable, as it will
be more easily ignited at increased temperatures. Explosions may occur if the liquid is chemically unstable
when overheated. These dangers are commonly prevented by providing a liquid return loop incorporating
a pressure relief valve.
1.2
Testing
All our pumps undergo extensive testing on the test bench before they leave the factory.
Only pump which are running perfectly and achieve the promised performance levels, taking account of
the specified tolerances, are allowed to leave the factory. If these operating instructions are followed, we
guarantee fault-free operation and full pumping capacity.
Test pressure = 1,5 x application pressure + 2 bar, minimum 10 bar
01-01-02
page 3
1.3
Characteristics of gear pumps
Requirements:
1.
2.
1.4
Start up with the valves open.

Never work with the discharge pipe closed.
Guarantee
Our liability for defects in the goods supplied is set out in our delivery conditions. We accept no liability for
damage caused by not following the operating instructions or not observing the conditions for use.
If the operational conditions subsequently change (e.g. different liquid to be pumped, different speed,
viscosity, temperature or inlet conditions), then we must be given an opportunity to investigate the
individual case and, if necessary, to confirm whether the pump is suitable for the intended purpose.
Unless special arrangements are made, pumps supplied by us may only be opened or modified by us or
by our service partners during the guarantee period. Otherwise, we will not be liable for any defects.
01-01-02
page 4
2.
^H
Safety
These operating instructions contain fundamental information which must be followed during installation,
operation and maintenance. Consequently, before assembly and start-up, the operating instructions must
be read by the mechanic and the competent technical personnel / operators, and must be available at all
times in the vicinity of the machine / system.
In additition to the safety instructions given in this section, the other special safety instructions (e.g. for
private use) given in other sections must also be followed. Local safety regulations will not be superseded
by these operating instructions.
2.1
Identification of instructions in these operating instructions
If certain safety instructions in these operating instructions are not followed, there could be a risk to
personal safety. These instructions are identified by the general hazard symbol:
L :
- ^
Safety symbol according to ISO 3864-B.3.6
In the case of warnings about electrical voltage, the safety instructions are identified by:
A
L
* Safety symbol according to ISO 3864-B.3.6
For safety instructions which, if they are not followed, could endanger the machine and its functioning, the
word
CAUTION !| = WARNING
is inserted. Instructions attached to the machine, such as the direction of rotation arrows or liquid
connection markers, must be followed and must be fully legible at all times.
2.2
Personnel qualifications and training
The operating, maintenance, inspection and assembly personnel must have the appropriate qualifications
for this work. The area of responsibility, competence and staff supervision must be precisely stipulated by
the owner. If none of the personnel has the necessary experience or knowledge, then they must be given
training and instruction. The machine owner should also ensure that the content of the operating
instructions is fully understood by this employees.
2.3
Risks if the safety instructions are not observed
Failure to observe the safety instructions can endanger people, the environment and the machine. Any
claims for damages may be invalidated if the safety instructions are not followed. Failure to observe the
safety instructions can, for example, lead to the following risks :
2.4
01-01-02

Failure of prescribed maintenance and repair methods
Lives may be put at risk by electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards.
Risk to the environment caused by the leaking of hazardous materials.
Safe working practices
page 5
^^P
The safety instructions given in these operating instructions, the applicable national accident prevention
regulations and the owner's internal working, operational and safety regulations should be followed.
2.5
Safety instructions for the owner / operator
2.6
If hot or cold machine parts represent a potential risk, these parts must be protected on site
against accidental contact.
Protective devices on moving parts to prevent accidental contact (e.g. coupling guard) must not
be removed while the machine is in use.
Leaks (e.g. grom the shaft seal) of hazardous (e.g. explosive, poisonous, hot) liquids must be
eliminated so that they do not endanger life or the environment. The legal regulations must be
observed.
Measures should be taken to prevent the risk of electric shock (for further information on this
subject, see the VDE regulations and those of the local electricity company, for example).
Safety instructions for maintenance, inspection and assembly work
The owner must ensure that all maintenance, inspection and assembly work is carried out by authorised
and qualified technical staff who have read and understood the operating instructions.
Work must only be carried out when the machine is shut down. The procedure for shuting down the
machine described in the operating instructions MUST be followed.
Pumps or pump units containing media which are a potential hazard to health must be decontaminated.
Pumps sent to us for repair should be cleaned beforehand so that they do not represent a hazard to the
health of our employees. As soon as the work has ended, all safety and protective devices must be
replaced or brought into service once more. Sections 7.1, 7.3 and 7.4.2 must be followed before starting
up the machine again.
2.7
Conversion and production of spare parts by the owner
The machine may not be converted or modified withouth the manufacturer's prior approval. The use of
original spare parts and accessories authorised by the manufacturer ensure operational safety. The use of
other parts may invalidate our liability for any resulting damage.
2.8
Inadmissible operating methods
The operational safety of the machine can only be guaranteed if it is used in the manner intended, as
described in Section 1 General of these operating instructions. The limit values specified in the data sheet
must not be exceeded under any circumstances.
01-01-02
page 6
lUDDi
3.
3.1
Safety measures
"A
Never stand beneath a suspended load.
Always keep a safe distance from the load while it is being moved.
Adjust the length of the lifting devices so that the pump or unit is suspended horizontally.
Do not remove any documents that are attached to the pump.
Always handle the pump with care.
3.2
Packaging
The symbols on the packaging should be observed. The inlet and discharge sides of the pump must be
closed off with caps during transportation and storage. When installing the pump unit, the flange caps
should be removed.
3.3
Unpacking
Before unpacking, carry out a visual inspection of the packaging. If any damage has occurred during
transportation, note the extent of the damage on the receipt or delivery note. Any claims should be made
immediately to the carrier company or carriage insurance company.
3.4
Temporary storage
If the pump or unit is not installed immediately upon delivery, the machine must be stored in a dry and
vibration-free area.
3.5
Transportation
The pump must be transported correctly.
"A
When moving the pump unit using a crane, the crane and slings must be of a suitable size. The
slings must not be attached to the motor eyes nor to the handwheel of the pressure relief valve, nor to
the pump and motor shafts.
01-01-02
page 7
4.
Description
4.1
Structural design
Self-priming gear pump which acts as a positive displacement pump. The efficiency of the gear pump is
dependent, in particular, on the lateral and radial clearance of the gears and the cylinder housing.
Given the narrow clearances, the pump is not suitable for pumping media containing solids (in certain
cases, a filter should be provided on the inlet side).
4.2
Casing
The casing and covers are sealed with respect to one another by means of gaskets.
4.3
Pipe sockets / flanges / dimensions
See data sheet.

4.4
Connecting auxiliaries
In the discharge flange, the pumps contain :
1 screw-in plug for connecting a manometer.
In the inlet/suction flange, the pumps contain :
1 screw-in plug for connecting a mano / vacuummeter.
Pumps with heating jacket:

At the buttom of the pump casing is an inlet and outlet for the heating jacket.
4.5
Gears
These are 2 helical wheels. They are fixed on the shafts.

4.6
Shaft
The pump is equipped with 2 shafts. One driving shaft, which connected with the motor shaft by a
mechanical coupling. One driven shaft. Each shaft is mounted in 2 bearing bushes.
4.7
Bearings
The pump has 4 friction bearings (bearing bushes), 2 for each shaft. The bearings are lubricated by the
liquid itself.
ACHTUNG
The trouble free working of the lubricating system of the bearings depends on the right
4.8
Pressure relief valve
As a standard the pump is equipped with an adjustable pressure relief valve. This valve limits the
maximum pressure which the pump can build up. Above this pressure the valve opens and a part of the
flow or the total capacity goes back to the suction side of the pump. The valve beginns to open ca. 1,5 bar
above application pressure (see technical data sheet).
01-01-02
page 8
So the pressure relief valve is a security valve if the pump should work against closed pipesystem.
Do not run the pump against closed pipesystem. The total capacity circulates throught the
pressure relief valve in the pump. It will get very hot.lt may occure damages.
The maximum pressure is for the valve is adjusted in our factory. It is not possible to increase this
pressure. If the customer wants to reduce the pressure he has to turn the handwheel of the valve
anticlockwise.
4.9
Drive
The pumps are driven by an electric motor. In most cases the motors used are fan-cooled three-phase AC
squirrel cage motors, model B3, type of protection IP/54 to IEC standards, insulation class B, motor
winding for 380 V or 660 V, 50 or 60 Hz. Explosion-proof motors and other design versions may also be
used.
4.10
Coupling and protective devices to prevent accidental contact
For our pumps, we use a flexible elastic coupling made by Flender, type N-Eupex, model B or BDS
In order to prevent accidents, the coupling must be secured with a protective device to prevent
accidental contact. When pumping explosive materials, the protective device must be made from a
material which does not produce sparks (e.g.: brass).
4.11
Accessories
A list of the accessories supplied with the pump is given in the data sheet. The associated operating and
installation instructions are also given in the appendix.
If you wish to fit other accessories to the pump or pump unit, please notify the manufacturer of the
accessories you plan to use.
01-01-02
page 9
OMfOBK
5.
Planning the system
5.1
Piping system
^yp
CAUTION I Note the remark SAUG / SUCTION on the pump's flange. This is the inlet / suction flange
of the pump.
Select the nominal diameters of the pipes so that they correspond to the nominal diameters of the pipe
sockets (see data sheet).
Do not forget to clean the pipes before they are installed.
Support the pipes to ensure that no stresses are transferred to the pump (which could result in broken
pump componets).
Avoid sudden changes in cross-section and direction.
Compensate for differences in nominal diameter using ecentric transitions, thus preventing air pockets
forming in the pipe.
Upstream of the pump's inlet pipe socket, install a calming section with the same diameter as the nominal
diameter of the inlet socket and ten times as long as the inlet socket diameter. This will prevent cavitation.
5.1.1
Nominal diameter
The size of the pipes must guarantee perfect flow conditions in the pump and thus have no detrimental
effect on the functioning of the pump.
Particulat attention should be paid to the air-tightness of the inlet pipe and observing the NPSH values.
5.1.2
Supporting elements and flanged connections
Ensure that all pipes sockets are stress-free. The pipes should be supported in the vicinity of the pump
and screwed loosely in place to prevent distortion. After loosening the screws, the flanges should not
stand at an angle or spring back and should not be under pressure on both sides. Any thermal stresses on
the pipe should be kept away from the pump by suitable measures, for example by fitting compensators.
Hydraulic forces should also be absorbed by suitable pipe fasteners upstream and downstream of the
pump.
5.1.3
Cleaning the pipe before installation
CAUTION I It is important to ensure that the pipes are completely clean when they are brought into
service. They must be free of weld beads, burrs, rust, etc. Flange seals must not project inwards. The
sockets should be checked to ensure that they are air-tight.
CAUTION I Never (even briefly) do not run the pump with water or any pure solvents. You may cause
a friction in the bearings and the gears so that the pump could block and be damaged.
5.2
Inlet pipe
The suction pipe should be laid with a constant rise towards the pump. Whereever conduits must be laid
at an incline, vents should be provides at the highest points. The cross-section of the inlet pipe must not
be smaller than the pump's suction pipe socket. Under particularly difficult pumping conditions, we also
01-01-02
page 10
recommend providing a calming section on the suction side, upstream of the entry to the pump. The
length of this calming section should be 10 x the pipe diameter. In suction mode, the suction strainer
should be at least 0,2 m below the lowest level of the liquid.
CAUTION! In order to maintain its self-priming capacity, the pump must always be filled with the liquid
to be pumped.
The gear pump is able to carry air or gases and to evacuate a suction pipe. The pumps must be filled with
liquid. The suction capacity is restricted to a vacuumetric suction lift of approximately 7 m (for oil with 200
mPas) and decreases as the wear increases. The priming time should be limited to 1 minute at most,
since the priming stagnates when the medium in the pump heats up. A non-return valve should be fitted in
order to avoid having to lift out the pump after switching off.
5.3
Discharge pipe
A constant cross-section of the pipes is also desirable on the discharge side. For a large pump head and
long discharge pipes, it is sensible to fit a gently closing non-return element on the discharge side (nonreturn valve).
5.4
Safety equipment
Speed, pressure and temperature

Suitable safety measures must be taken on site to ensure that the speed, pressure and temperature
cannot exceed the limit values specified in the data sheet.
The inlet and discharge sides of the pump should each be equipped with vacuummeter / manometer or
manometer. For larger pump heads (> 20 m), long pipes, parallel operation and system counter-pressure,
a non-return valve should be installed on the discharge side in order to prevent back-flow through the
pump when the unit is switched off.
5.5
Electrical connections
The power supply cable for the driving motor should be connected by a qualified electrician in
accordance with the motor manufacturer's circuit diagram. The applicable VDE regulations and the
regulations of the local electricity company should be observed. All risks of electric shock should be
eliminated.
5.6
Inspection
Once installation is complete, all the pipes and sockets should be tested to ensure they are airtight. The
unit should be tested to ensure that it is free of blockages (it should be possible to turn the shaft assembly
by hand).
The operational safety of the installation (electrical connections, coupling guards, etc.) shoulb be
checked with reference to the applicable accident prevention regulations.
01-01-02
page 11
5.7
Hydrostatic pressure test
When carrying out a hydrostatic pressure test on the piping systems, the pump should be excluded from
the test.
If the pipes cannot be pressure tested without the pump, care should be taken to ensure that no foreign
bodies enter the pump.
The maximum pressure that may be applied to the pump during the test is 1,5 x application pressure. The
application pressure is given in the data sheet in the appendix.
In the case of pumps with a gland, the packing should be replaced after the pressure test (since it will be
compressed too much and will no longer be suitable for use). When emptying the pipe after the pressure
test, a preservative agent should be applied to the pump (to avoid rusting and problems during start-up).
The pipes must be connected to the pump so that the reaction forces which occur on the pipes never
exceed the maximum admissible forces and torques at the pipe sockets.
Before start-up, the piping system and installed fittings, devices, etc must be cleaned of impurities such as
weld beads, scale, etc.
01-01-02
page 12
6.
Installing the pump
6.1
Safety measures
Carefully connect the pipes in order to prevent the medium used leaking out during pumping and
endangering the operators.
Ensures that the inlet pipes and the discharge pipe are closed off.
Ensure that all the electrical connections are switched off in order to prevent potentially fatal
electric shocks.
6.2
Assembly tools
No special tools are required for setting up and installation.

6.3
Initial installation
6.3.1
Ambient conditions
The ambient temperature may be between -20 C and + 40 C. The air humidity should be as low as
possible in order to prevent corrosion.
6.3.2
Sub-floor and foundation
The pump must stand on a flat, vibration-free floor or foundation. In cases of doubt, vibration-damping feet
should be used.
6.3.3
Spatial requirements
The spatial requirements of the pump unit are given in the table of dimensions. Ensure that there are no
obstructions to prevent access to the shut-off and control valves and to the measuring devices.
CAUTION! Sufficient space should be provided for maintenance and repair work, particularly for
replacing the drive motor or entire pump unit.
6.3.4
Pre-installation checks
Before incorporating the pump into the system, the following points should be checked :
Has the drive motor been switched off ?
Have the inlet, feed and discharge pipes been drained and closed off ?
Can the pump be easily turned by hand (by turning the impeller on the motor)?
Have all the internal company regulations been followed ?
01-01-02
page 13
6.3.5
Installing the pump and incorporating it into the piping system
Align the pump with the pipes. The pipes should be supported so that, when the pump is connected, no
twisting can occur. When tightening the screws, follow the sequence given below :
1. Tighten the flanged connections. Remove the protective caps from the connectors before
connecting the pipe.
2. Tighten the pump feet and motor feet. The feet should only be hand tight.
6.3.6
Checking the flexible coupling
6.3.6.1
Aligning
After connecting the pipes, the alignment of the coupling must be checked, and adjusted if necessary.
The couplings compensate for positional variations of the shaft ends to be connected up to the data
shown under 6.3.6.2.
When aligning, keep the radial and angular misalignment of the shaft ends as small as possible because
herebay the service life of the flexible is increased under otherwise the same operating conditions.
Alignment is to be carried out in two axial planes vertical to each other. This is possible ba means of a
ruler (radial misalignment) and feeler gauge (angular misalignment) according to figure 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 . The
distance dimension S1 is to be kept.
Sraightedge
Gap gauge
figure 6.0
By using a dial gauge, the alignment precision can be increased.
6.3.6.2
Possible misalignments
SmcK
pl
SmcK
-^
rL:
~)
_*
01-01-02
Smln
i=ri
rt
' zr
1rt
~1
;
Smln
page 14
Misalignment of the coupling parts may result from inexact alignment during the assembly but also from
the operation of the pump unit (expansion due to heat, bending of the shaft, machine frame to soft, etc.)
CAUTION! The following max. permissable misalignments must not be exceeded during operation
6.3.6.2.1
Axial misalignment
Axial misalignment AKa (figure 6.1) of the coupling parts to each other is permissible within the
"permissible variation" for the dimension S i .
6.3.6.2.2
The permissible angular misalignment AKw (figure 6.2) has to be determined taking into consideration the
speed factor Sn of figure 6.4.
Akwperm. = 0,00175 x da x Sn . remark: da = coupling size
6.3.6.2.3
Radial misalignment
The permissible radial misalignment AKr (figure 6.3) has to be determined taking into consideration the
AkrPenn. = 0,00175 x da x Sn . remark: da = coupling size
Angular and radial misalignment may occur at the same time. The sum of both misalignments must not
exceed the max.permissible value of the angular or radial misalignment.
(Kw + Kr)exlsting <= AKw x Sn or AKr x Sn
Speed n [1/min]
Figure 6.4
"*~
Size
01-01-02
page 15
OUDI
6.3.6.3
*%t
Coupling guard
A
In Order to prevent accidents, the coupling must be protected against accidental contact with a
protective device.
6.4
Protective and control devices
The protective and control devices provided should be incorporated and connected up in accordance with
the relevant instructions
7\
L
^ A motor circuit breaker should be fitted. When working on live components, first remove the
mains plug or switch off at the main switch and remove the fuse. Ensure that the motor cannot be started
up while the work bi being carried out.
6.5
Final tasks
The following final tasks should be carried out:

1. Tighten the pump feet and motor feet finally.
2. Check that the connecting flanges are airtight.
3. Check that the pump is running smoothly.
01-01-02
page 16
7.
Start-up and Shut-down
7.1
Safety measures
^ ^
Electrical connections must be made in accordance with the regulations of the local electricity
company and the ElexV specifications. The German Chemistry Society's guideline for hazardous
locations must also be observed. This work must only be carried out by authorised personnel.
Fill the pump in accordance with the instructions, in order to avoid any risk of damage.
When using hot media, fill the pump slowly in order to prevent distortion or thermal shocks.
When using explosive, poisonours, hot or caustic media, ensure that they cannot endanger life or the
environment.
Adjust the flow at a constant pump speed and only on the discharge side. The control device on the inlet
or supply side must always be fully open during operation.
7.2
Preparations for start-up
7.2.1
Filling the pump
Completely fill the pump with the medium to be pumped. Vent the pump at the flanges via the connection
auxiliaries. This only needs doing once and, if necessary, can be carried out before the pipe in connected.
The next time the pump ist started up, it will prime itself automatically.
Check the pump shaft to ensure that it is running smoothly. Check that all the connection auxiliaries are
ready for operation. Open all the shut-off devices in the inlet and discharge pipes. When pumping media
at temperatures > 100 C, the pump (body of the pump) should be warmed before start-up, ideally by
filling it with the hot medium and allowing this to flow through until the body of the pump reaches roughly
the same temperature as the medium (at least 10 minutes).
CAUTION! Under no circumstances must the pump be allowed to run dry, since overheating could
damage the pump components.
7.2.2
Driving motor
The electrical connection work must be carried out by a qualified electrician, following the VDE
and local regulations, particularly the protective measures. Check the operating voltage and speed of the
motor.A motor circuit-breaker should be fitted.
7.2.3
Bearings
Inside the pump are 4 friction bearings, which are mounting the shafts. They are lubricated by the liquid
itself. The pump has an internal lubricating system for the bearings.
CAUTION I The working of this system depends on the right direction of rotation. You must not
change the direction of the pump. If this should be necessary please contact the supplier.
01-01-02
page 17
7.2.4
Checking the direction of rotation
The direction of rotation of the motor must be the same as the rotation arrow on the pump. This arrow is
marked on the pump. The motor may be switched on briefly in order to check the direction of rotation. If
the direction of rotation is incorrect, the pump may be damaged.
CAUTION! Never allow the pump to run against the prescribed direction of rotation. Only check the
direction of rotation when the pump is full.
7.3
Start-up
7.3.1
Switching on
Switch on the motor

I Never start or operate the pump when the discharge side is closed. Do not switch the
pump on until the shut-off device is open. The slide valves in the inlet pipe must also be open.
If a bypass pipe is fitted, it must be closed during inlet operation. During supply operation, it may remain
open.
The priming time depends on the length of the inlet pipe and it will take a few seconds the first time the
pump is used. If a foot valve or non-return valve s used in the inlet pipe, the pump will start to work as
soon as it is switched on.
7.3.2
Setting the pumping capacity values
The operational data for the pump is given on the name plate and in the data sheet. The pump head
required should be monitored on the manometer display. Never run the pump with the discharge side
closed even during operation.
7.3.3
Overflow valve
In order to prevent damage to the pump, never run it against a closed shut-off valve in the discharge pipe.
If the pump is delivered without an adjustable pressure relief valve ( if the customer ordered the pump
explicit without valve), safety measures (e.g. an overflow valve) should be incorporated into the system to
ensure that the working pressure is not exceeded during operation on account of malfunction.
7.3.4
Temperature
Sudden changes in temperature (thermal shocks) should be avoided.

' I Never fill up or run the pump with liquid which temperature is higher than the
max.allowable temperature (see data sheet). The pump and the sealings may be heavily damaged.
7.3.5
Switching frequency
The pump must not be switched on and off more than 10 times per hour.
01-01-02
page 18
OOOl
7.4
Shut-down and restart
7.4.1
Switching off
^H
The valves on the discharge and inlet sides must not be closed before the pump is stopped. Switch off the
motor.
Ensure that the pump runs down evenly. If non-return valves have been fitted, the shut-off devices may
not close.
For long stoippages and in the event of excess (feed) pressure on the inlet side, the shut-off valve on the
inlet side should be closed. The auxiliary devices (sealing liquid, etc.) should be switched off.
In the case of pumps in which the liquid is under vacuum, it is important to check before starting up again
whether there is still enough liquid in the pump. The pump should be topped up if necessary.
If the pump remains pressurerised and hot, even when sghut down, all the available sealing pipes should
be opened, the sealing devices must remain switched on if there is a risk of taking in air (when the pump
is supplied from vacuum installations or if pumps are operated in parallel with common intake pipe). If
there is a risk of frost, completely empty the pump and pipes.
7.4.2
Restart
Check that the pump shaft has stopped. If the non-return valve in the discharge pipe is not airtight,
backflow of the pumped liquid may cause the pump shaft to rotate backwards. The pump must not be
switched on if the pump shaft is rotating backwards, since this could result in damage to the pump.
7.5
Precautions in the event of long stoppages
If pumps are stored for long periods before installation, they should be protected against moisture and dirt
(e.g. wrapping them in oiled paper or plastic film). If the pumps are stored, the inlet and discharge pipe
sockets and all other intake and outlet sockets must immediately be closed off with blanking flanges or
plugs.
8.
Maintenance
8.1
Safety measures
When earring out maintenance and repair work, the information given in Section 2 Safety must be
followed. The service life will be prolonged if monitoring and maintenance work is carried out regularly on
the pump and drive.
8.2
General monitoring
01-01-02
The pump must never be operated dry or with an interruption in flow. Check the liquid level in the
inlet and feet tanks.
Monitor the speed an the pump head
Do not overload the drive motor
The pumps and units should always run quietly and without vibration. All valves, filters, etc., on
the inlet side should be completely open.
Check the pressure and temperature monitoring devices and the flow measuring devices.
Any standby pumps fitted should be brought into service once a week by switching on and off
again.
page 19
8.3
Maintenance
8.3.1
Flexible coupling
The condition of the flexible elements in the coupling should be checked at regular intervals. Note: replace
any worn flexible elements. The distance between the two halves of the coupling should be checked for
the first time after approximately 1.000 operating hours (see Section 6.3.6. Checking the flexible coupling).
The rubber coupling blocks in the jaw clutch couplings should be checked. If there is significant wear, it
must be assumed that the motor is not flush with the pump or that the distance between the two halves of
the coupling has changed. This will result in damage to the pump.
8.3.2
Drive
See the operating instructions provided by the drive manufacturer

8.3.3
Stuffing box packing
Readjust the stuffing-box during stoppage just enough to make it tight. The packing has always a small
leackage.
The packing material has to be renewed when readjustment is not possible any more. Packing material:
see technical data sheet.
" Readjust the packing by turning the nuts of the gland smoothly alternateIn the case the pump has a cap nut smoothly turn the nut in same direction as direction of rotation.
8.3.4
Mechanical seals
Mechanical seals require no maintenance, but will only remain leakfree if looked after. During operation,
ensure that the mechanical seals never run dry and the conditions of use are within the limits for use of
the selected mechanical seal. A leak of approximately 2,5 cm3 per hour is admissible.
If leaks occur at the mechanical seal, the seal can not be tightened. We recommend dismantling and
checking the mechanical seal, the shaft and the adjacent sealing elements. Since the service life of
mechanical seals can not normally be estimeated, we recommend keeping a stock of seals.
CAUTION! If you have to change the mechanical seal see "DUDEK-PUMPEN Technical informations,
exchange of mechanical seals".
9.
Servicing
9.1
Safety regulations
For repairs carried out by our specialist mechanics, ensure that the pump has been completely
drained and cleaned. This applies in particular to pumps being sent to our factory or one of our service
partners for repair.
In order to protect our employees and the environment, we can not accept for repair any pumps which are
still full of pumping medium. If pumps containing pumping medium are sent tu us, we will invoice the
customer/owner for the costs of environmentally-friendly disposal.
If pumps which have been operated with hazardous materials 1 and or media which represent a danger to
the environment are sent for repair, the customer must notify his own or our repair personnel on site or the
staff at our factory when the pump is returned for repair. In this case, the request for a customer service
01-01-02
page 20
OUDEK
%r
mechanic must be accompanied by details of the pumped liquid, for example in form of a safety data
sheet.
1) Hazardous materials are:
toxic materials
materials hazardous to the health
caustic materials
irritant materials
potentially explosive materials
combustible, highly flammable, readily flammable materials
carcinogenic materials
herbicidal materials
mutagenic materials
materials which, in any other way, are dangerous to humans or to the environment
For all work on site, your own staff and our mechanics must be told about the hazards which might arise in
connection with the repairs.
9.2
Notes before disassembly
During the guarantee period, the pump may only be opened by us.
Outside the guarantee period, the pump should only be disassembled by experienced personnel.
A
A
A
A
A
* Before commencing disassembly, the unit must be secured to prevent it being switched on
accidentally.
9.3
The pump housing must be depressurised and drained.

All valves in the inlet and discharge pipes must be closed.
All parts must have returned to the ambient temperature.
For repairs, the motor, baseplate and pipes should be removed from the pump
Repairs to the motor
* Electrical repairs may only be carried out by a qualified electrician.
01-01-02
page 21
%0*
10.
10.1
Safety regulations
Troubleshooting must only be carried out by experienced technical personnel. In the event of a fault, the
pump has to be switched off as quickly as possible.
10.2
Faults and how to correct them
Faults
Cause
To correct
Pumping capacity too low
Suction lift too high or inlet height too low.
Check the discharge pressure. May be

that the pressure relief opens as the
pressure is too high. Try to turn the
handwheel clockwise. Do not use force!
Filter clogged.
Clean the filter and dirt trap on the inlet

side.
Sealing gap too large due to wear.
Replace the worn pump parts.
Wrong direction of rotation or speed.
Connect the motor up again.
Casing or inlet pipe not airtight.
Replace the casing seal.
Inlet pipe or shaft seal not airtight.
Replace the casing seal. Check the

flanged connections.
Suction lift too great.
Check the liquid levels.
Pump not priming
Gaps between gears zylinder casing too large due Replace the worn pump parts.
to wear.
Pump leaking
Temperature rise in the pump
Wrong direction of rotation.
Inlet or discharge valve closed.
Open all the valves
Wrong pipe connection.
Connect the pump up again.
Wrong electrical connection.
Casing screwed connection not airtight.
Check the tightening torque of the casing

screws.
Seals defective.
replace the seals
Pump running dry.

side.
The capacity circulates through the pressure relief Check the discharge pressure. May be
valve to the suction side
Pump not running smoothly or is Pump or pipe not filled completely.
noisy
Vent and fill the pump, inlet and feed

pipes.
Suction lift too high or inlet height too low Check the liquid levels, open the shut-off
(cavitation).
devices on the inlet side.
Pump not standing evenly on the sub-floor or is Check the pump installation.
distorted by tension.
Foreign bodies in the pump.
01-01-02
Dismantle and clean the pump.
page 22
Motor circuit-breaker tripping
Dismantle the pump and rplace the

damaged parts.
Valve closed in the discharge pipe.
Open the shut-off devices.
Admissible pumping conditions not observed.
Note the pumping conditions specified in

the data sheet.
Increased friction in the pump.
Check whether:
the pump is blocked by impurities.
the shaft is mounted correctly.
Coupling : Sudden change of the Change of alignment

noise level and / or sudden
shaking
Stop the pump

Check for wear in the felxibles.
Check alignment and correct if necessary
Flexibles worn, torque transmission by metal Disassemble coupling and remove the rest
of the flexibles.
contact
Check coupling parts and
damaged coupling parts.
exchange
Flexibles are to be changed in sets; only

use flexibles with the same mark.
Check alignment and correct if necessary.
the data sheet.
Check whether:
01-01-02
page 23
11.
The appendix contains:

11.1
Sectional drawing of the pump
11.2
Dimensions
11.2.1 For pump units with motor

Installation plan and dimensions
11.2.2 For bare shaft pumps
Dimensions of the pump
11.3
Technical data sheet
11.4
Operating instruction of the motor
11.5
Add-on documents for deliveries in countries of the EUROPEAN COMMUNITY
EC declaration of conformity
EC sign
11.5.1.1
For pump units with motor working in explosion-endangered areas
EC sign
EX-sign
Motor EC type-examination certificate
Motor EC declaration of conformity
Information about explosion-endangered areas
EC declaration of manufacture
12.
Identification
Each pump has a company plate with the serial number of the pump. The serial number is stamped on the
suction flange or on the body (SB series) of the pump.
-END-
01-01-02
page 24
Rchrcn/ Pumpen
GIC
Zortifiziart nach
ISO9Q01
Cwfirwnwchw Uuyd
~i2Er~
/
2 k- 5
AusfUhrungmlfSleHrrigachhjng
design with mechanical seal
Bv Ersehitiaiesteaungen Mien wrumSekenntgobe der rabriknummer I

8y order of spare parts, please gin the serial number of the pump !
nil
part
Benennung
Q0i$ignQtfQit
lender
let
10 11 12 8
detynation
Benennung
cjlinder
16
GteKringdichtung
mechanical seal
VentitttOtben
mtre
nrdererDecket
frantajter
lb
hinterer Deckel
back carer
IS
Bruckfeder
P^^
treibende Netle
drinng shaft
getrKbene tftoflp
driren shaft
21
Pabkerbstift
grooved dowel pin
tahnnd
gear
22
federtetter
spring plate
spindle
cap
Pebfeder
fitting key
23
Spindet
a
s
ftjflftcfer
fitting key
?h
Koppe
LogertuKhse
bearing bush
ts
federecbeibe
toe* washer
10
Paekuhg
pocking
26
Handrad
hand wheel
ii
Stapfbuchsbrille
gtand
71
Hutter m- Scheie
nut and washer

fitting lay
12
Stiftschraube m, Mutter stud bait with nut
2%
Pabfeaer
Jtichtung
seat
29
Fiberseheibe
washer
?*
Pttikcrbstift
grooved dowel pin
30
MtUmg
seal
IS
SHftschraube m. Mutter
stud bolt with nut
31
Stopten
stopper
Horizonfale Zahnradpumpe
horizontal gear pump
Typet
ZBIa,Z8Ib,ZBTc
040. S 2 9 . *
<i
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56888
Type/
Type:
ZB SB 8
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Stern tube LO pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
0,5
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
0,2
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,45
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM71ZAA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GG20
R3/8/R3/8
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
4132
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zortiflziort nach
ISO 9001
OanrianittharUoyd
Item 22 Stern tube LO pump
Cable gland
1 x Z1A-
AEG AM71ZAA-4
IN = 1,15 A, IS = 4,5 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
View "X"
Ansicht "X"
Gewicht
[MkH^ PoimpQs
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgab*
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Von-Thunen-StraGe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Malte o.Tole-
1:1
ranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mittel
2002
Tag
Bear.
12.06
Wolf
Gepr.
12.06
Di
Norm
Benannung
ZBSB 8 - 71Z
Name
Zeichn. Nr.
ZBSB 8-71Z
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
HELICAL GEAR PUMPS
DUDEK-PUMPEN
DIIDEil
I /a+b,
II /a+b,
III /a+b
\-
horizontal and vertical design
IV/a+b
V/a,b, c
VI/a
SB 3, SB 8, SB 16, SB 28, SB 45
Contents
0.
Brief instructions
1.
General

Application
2.
Safety
3.
4.
Description
Structural design

damage!
5.
Planning the system

your colleagues!
6.
Installing the pump

Safety measures
7.
8.
Maintenance
9.
10.
11.
12.
Pump identification

SchlachthofstraBe 34
Telefon :
Telefax :
E-mail :
++49-(0)40-766 229 - 0
++49-(0)40-766 229 - 11

clean the pump.
Clean the pipes.
closed.
01-01-02
page 2
1.
General
1.1
Application
A
A
A
?\
1.2
Testing
01-01-02
page 3
1.3
Requirements:
1.
2.
1.4

Guarantee
01-01-02
page 4
2.
Safety
2.1
In the case of warnings about electrical voltage, the safety instructions are identified by :
word
CAUTION!] = WARNING
2.2
2.3
2.4
01-01-02

page 5
2.5
2.6
observed.
Work must only be earned out when the machine is shut down. The procedure for shuting down the
2.7
2.8
01-01-02
page 6
3.
3.1
Safety measures

3.2
Packaging
should be removed.
3.3
Unpacking
3.4
Temporary storage
3.5
Transportation
01-01-02
page 7
4.
Description
4.1
Structural design
^p^
4.2
Casing
4.3
See data sheet.

4.4

4.5
Gears

4.6
Shaft
4.7
Bearings
liquid itself.
ACHTUNG
4.8
01-01-02
page 8
I D K
anticlockwise.
4.9
Drive
used.
4.10
4.11
Accessories
01-01-02
page 9
OUO
5.
Planning the system
5.1
Piping system
^mr
CAUTION! Note the remark SAUG / SUCTION on the pump's flange. This is the inlet / suction flange
of the pump.
pump componets).
5.1.1
Nominal diameter
5.1.2
pump.
5.1.3
CAUTION! Never (even briefly) do not run the pump with water or any pure solvents. You may cause
5.2
Inlet pipe
01-01-02
page 10
to be pumped.
5.3
Discharge pipe
5.4
Safety equipment

5.5
eliminated.
5.6
Inspection
by hand).
01-01-02
page 11
5.7
the test.
01-01-02
page 12
6.
Installing the pump
6.1
Safety measures
^m^
electric shocks.
6.2
Assembly tools

6.3
6.3.1
Ambient conditions
6.3.2
should be used.
6.3.3
6.3.4
01-01-02
page 13
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.3.6.1
Aligning
distance dimension S-, is to be kept.
Straightedge
Gap gauge
figure 6.0
6.3.6.2
01-01-02
page 14
%#"
6.3.6.2.1
Axial misalignment
"permissible variation" for the dimension S i .
6.3.6.2.2
AkWperm. = 0,00175 x da x Sn . remark: da = coupling size
6.3.6.2.3
Radial misalignment
Akrperm. = 0,00175 x da x Sn . remark: da = coupling size
(Kw + Kr)existing < = AKw x Sn or AKr x Sn
Figure 6.4
/**
-*- ~
, ~"~ ^"^
'J.'
/^'
'>**?* \f^,
r*1
"
Speed n [1/min]
_,-
'
Size
01-01-02
page 15
DUCMH
6.3.6.3
^mP
Coupling guard
protective device.
6.4
A motor circuit breaker should be fitted. When working on live components, first remove the
6.5
Final tasks
The following final tasks should be earned out:

01-01-02
page 16
7.
7.1
Safety measures
environment.
7.2
7.2.1
Filling the pump
7.2.2
Driving motor
7.2.3
Bearings
CAUTION! The working of this system depends on the right direction of rotation. You must not
01-01-02
page 17
7.2.4
7.3
Start-up
7.3.1
Switching on
Switch on the motor

" Never start or operate the pump when the discharge side is closed. Do not switch the
open.
7.3.2
7.3.3
Overflow valve
7.3.4
Temperature
CAUTION! Never fill up or run the pump with liquid which temperature is higher than the
7.3.5
Switching frequency
01-01-02
page 18
OUDEK
7.4
7.4.1
Switching off
^W"
motor.
not close.
7.4.2
Restart
Check that the pump shaft has stopped. If the non-retum valve in the discharge pipe is not airtight,
7.5
plugs.
8.
Maintenance
8.1
Safety measures
the pump and drive.
8.2
General monitoring
01-01-02
again.
page 19
DUDIEK
8.3
Maintenance
8.3.1
Flexible coupling
"ViP
8.3.2
Drive

8.3.3
leackage.
CAUTION! Readjust the packing by turning the nuts of the gland smoothly alternateIn the case the pump has a cap nut smoothly turn the nut in same direction as direction of rotation.
8.3.4
Mechanical seals
CAUTION I If you have to change the mechanical seal see "DUDEK-PUMPEN Technical informations,
9.
Servicing
9.1
Safety regulations
01-01-02
page 20
sheet.
toxic materials
caustic materials
irritant materials
mutagenic materials
9.2
A
1
accidentally.
A
A
A
A
9.3
A
1

01-01-02
page 21
10.
10.1
Safety regulations
10.2
Faults
Cause
To correct

Filter clogged.

side.

Pump not priming
to wear.
Pump leaking
Open all the valves

screws.
Seals defective.
replace the seals
Pump running dry.

side.
noisy

pipes.
(cavitation).
01-01-02
page 22
SoSjj

damaged parts.

the data sheet.
Check whether:

shaking
Stop the pump

contact
of the flexibles.
exchange

the data sheet.
Check whether:
01-01-02
page 23
11.

11.1
11.2
Dimensions

11.3
11.4
11.5
EC sign
11.5.1.1
EX-sign
EC
sign

12.
Identification
-END
01-01-02
page 24
Bchren/ Pumpcii
Bei Ersatzteilbestellungen bitten wir um Bekanntgabe der FabriKnummer!
.1
Teit
part
By order af spare parts,please give the serial number of the pump!
Designation
Benennung
Teil
part
Benennung
Designation
Stopfen
stopper
13
PaDfeder
fitting key
Pumpendeckel
cover
14
treibende Welle
driving shaft
Kopfschraube
cap screw
15
PaOkerbstift
grooved dowel pin
Pafifeder
fitting key
16
Hutmutter
cap nut
Zahnrad
gear
17
Steltschraube
spring plate
Federring
lock washer
18
Fiberring
washer
Zahnrad
gear
19
Sechskantmutter
nut
getriebene Welle
driven shaft
20
Ventilkolben
valve
ZyUnder
cylinder
21
Nferschluftschraube
screw plug
10
Packung
packing
22
Fiberring
washer
11
Stopfbuchsring
gland
23
Wentilfeder
pressure spring
12
StopfbuchsmuttEr
cap nut
2k
O-Ring
o-ring
Horizontale Zahnradpurnpe.TypeZBSB
Horizontal gear pump,type2BSB
04.132
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56889
Type/
Type:
ZB SB 8
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Cylinder oil transfer pump
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
0,5
DN
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
0,2
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,45
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM71ZAA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GG20
R3/8/R3/8
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
4132
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Item 23 Cylinder oil transfer pump
Cable qland
y
AEG A M 7 1 Z A A - 4
IN = 1,15 A, IS = 4,5 A
IP 55, ISO F
, ,
n.
D recr s r a r r i n q
1 x Z14
View "X"
Ansicht "X"
Gewicht
IMimM RiDD(pQ2
Form Nr
Werksr.
Ausgabe
Anderung-Nr.
Europaische Projekrion
Tag
Name
D-28307 Bremen
MaBe o.Tole-
1:1
ranzangabt n.
DM 7168 mittd
2002
Tag
Bear.
12.06
Wolf
Gepr.
12.06
Di
Norm
Benennung
ZBSB 8 - 71Z
Name
Zaichn. Nr.
ZBSB 8-71Z
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
HELICAL GEAR PUMPS
DUDEK-PUMPEN
DUDEK
I /a+b,
"^
II /a+b,
III /a+b
S- horizontal and vertical design
IV /a+b
V/a,b, c
VI/a
SB 3, SB 8, SB 16, SB 28, SB 45
Contents
0.
Brief instructions
1.
General

Application
2.
Safety
3.
4.
Description
Structural design

damage!
5.
Planning the system

your colleagues!
6.
Installing the pump

Safety measures
7.
8.
Maintenance
9.
10.
11.
12.
Pump identification

Schlachthofstrade 34
D-21079 Hamburg/Germany
Telefon :
Telefax:
E-mail :
++49-(0)40-766 2 2 9 - 0
++49-(0)40-766 2 2 9 - 1 1

clean the pump.
Clean the pipes.
closed.
01-01-02
page 2
1.
General
1.1
Application
%(
A
A
*-
* Never touch a pump while it is in use - it may be hot.
1.2
Testing
01-01-02
page 3
1.3
Requirements:
1.
2.
1.4

Guarantee
01-01-02
page 4
OUOBC
2.
^mT
Safety
2.1
In the case of warnings about electrical voltage, the safety instructions are identified by ;
word
CAUTION !| = WARNING
2.2
2.3
2.4
01-01-02

page 5
ouoot
^M^
2.5
2.6
observed.
2.7
2.8
01-01-02
page 6
3.
3.1
Safety measures

3.2
Packaging
should be removed.
3.3
Unpacking
3.4
Temporary storage
3.5
Transportation
01-01-02
page 7
4.
Description
4.1
Structural design
4.2
Casing
4.3
See data sheet.

4.4

4.5
Gears

4.6
Shaft
4.7
Bearings
liquid itself.
ACHTUNG
4.8
01-01-02
page 8
anticlockwise.
4.9
Drive
used.
4.10
4.11
Accessories
01-01-02
page 9
5.
Planning the system
5.1
Piping system
CAUTION! Note the remark SAUG / SUCTION on the pump's flange. This is the inlet / suction flange
of the pump.
pump componets).
5.1.1
Nominal diameter
5.1.2
pump.
5.1.3
CAUTION I Never (even briefly) do not run the pump with water or any pure solvents. You may cause
5.2
Inlet pipe
01-01-02
page 10
guoS
^ i ^
to be pumped.
5.3
Discharge pipe
5.4
Safety equipment

5.5
eliminated.
5.6
Inspection
by hand).
01-01-02
page 11
5.7
the test.
01-01-02
page 12
6.
Installing the pump
6.1
Safety measures
electric shocks.
6.2
Assembly tools

6.3
6.3.1
Ambient conditions
6.3.2
should be used.
6.3.3
6.3.4
01-01-02
page 13
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.3.6.1
Aligning
distance dimension Si is to be kept.
Sraightedge
Gap gauge
figure 6.0
^- -03
L:
Smax
~1
J
Smln
01-01-02
Smax
i=ri
rt
6.3.6.2
r
1rt"
"
" ZT
~ )
;
_J
Smln
page 14
6.3.6.2.1
Axial misalignment
"permissible variation" for the dimension S ! .
6.3.6.2.2
6.3.6.2.3
Radial misalignment
AkrPerm. = 0,00175 x da x Sn . remark: da = coupling size
(Kw + Kr)existing <= AKw x Sn or AKr x Sn
*'"" ""
1
"""",
Speed n [1/min]
Figure 6.4
Size
01-01-02
page 15
numiM
6.3.6.3
"%0't
Coupling guard
7K
protective device.
6.4
7K
L
6.5
Final tasks

01-01-02
page 16
DMOWC
7.
7.1
Safety measures
^ p ^
environment.
7.2
7.2.1
Filling the pump
7.2.2
Driving motor
7.2.3
Bearings
CAUTION! The working of this system depends on the right direction of rotation. You must not
01-01-02
page 17
7.2.4
7.3
Start-up
7.3.1
Switching on
Switch on the motor

'-i Never start or operate the pump when the discharge side is closed. Do not switch the
open.
7.3.2
7.3.3
Overflow valve
7.3.4
Temperature
CAUTION I Never fill up or run the pump with liquid which temperature is higher than the
7.3.5
Switching frequency
01-01-02
page 18
7.4
7.4.1
Switching off
fcoS
motor.
not close.
7.4.2
Restart
7.5
plugs.
8.
Maintenance
8.1
Safety measures
the pump and drive.
8.2
General monitoring
01-01-02
again.
page 19
8.3
Maintenance
8.3.1
Flexible coupling
8.3.2
Drive

8.3.3
ieackage.
CAUTION! Readjust the packing by turning the nuts of the gland smoothly alternateIn the case the pump has a cap nut smoothly turn the nut in same direction as direction of rotation.
8.3.4
Mechanical seals
CAUTION ! If you have to change the mechanical seal see "DUDEK-PUMPEN Technical informations,
9.
Servicing
9.1
Safety regulations
01-01-02
page 20
sheet.
toxic materials
caustic materials
irritant materials
mutagenic materials
9.2
A
1
accidentally.
A
A
A
A
9.3

A
*
01-01-02
page 21
10.
10.1
Safety regulations
10.2
Faults
Cause
To correct

Filter clogged.

side.

Pump not priming
to wear.
Pump leaking
Open all the valves

screws.
Seals defective.
replace the seals
Pump running dry.

side.
noisy

pipes.
(cavitation).
01-01-02
page 22
EMJH

damaged parts.

the data sheet.
Check whether:

shaking
Stop the pump

contact
of the flexibles.
exchange

the data sheet.
Check whether:
01-01-02
page 23
11.

11.1
11.2
Dimensions

11.3
11.4
11.5
11.5.1.1
EC sign
EC sign
EX-sign

12.
Identification
END
01-01-02
page 24
Rchren/ Pumpcn
11l2l3ft
Bei Ersatzteilbestellungen bitten wirum Bekanntgabe der Fabriknummer!

By order of spare parts, please give the serial number of the pump!
Teit
parf
Designation
Benennung
Teil
part
Benennung
Designation
Stopfen
stopper
13
Panfeder
fitting key
Pumpendeckel
cover
14
treibende Welle
driving shaft
Kopfschraube
cap screw
15
PaOkerbstift
grooved dowel pin
Panfeder
fitting key
16
Hutmutter
cap nut
Zahnrad
gear
17
Stellschraube
spring plate
Federring
lock washer
18
Fiberring
washer
Zohnrad
gear
19
Sechskantmutter
nut
getriebene Welle
driven shaft
20
Ventilkolben
valve
ZyUnder
cylinder
21
VerschluRschraube
screw plug
10
Packung
packing
22
Fiberring
washer
11
Stopfbuchsring
gland
23
ventilfeder
pressure spring
cap nut
24
O-Ring
o-ring
12 | Sfopfbuchsmutter
Horizontale Zahnradpumpe.TypeZBSB
Horizontal gear pump,typeZBSB
04.132
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56890
Type/
Type:
KV 550+160
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
HFO transfer pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
40
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
11,5
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
13,2
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM160MZA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GGG-40
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.7139
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Abnahme/
Classification:
125/100
Serial-No.
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertiflziert nach
ISO 9001
QamtaniMhar Uoyd
Item 24 HFO transfer pump
AEG AM160MZA-i
IN = 23 A, IS = 161 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct s t a r t i n g
PN100
1
//i
^T
rr\
C"A
KU
oo
S'^M j Ef^' *
I
180
Saugflansch
Suction flange
Druckflansch
Pressure flange
220
Gewicht
\Mimsw\MM$3&
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabi
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Von-Thunen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Mane o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mittet
2002
Bear.
%
Gepr.
Norm
Tag
28.10.
Bantnnung
KV 550 - 160M
Name
Dirksen
28.10. Di
Zeichn. Nr.
KV-550-160M-QF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
BETRIEBSANLEITUNG
OIK 01 A
Ausgabe 02/1999
Edition 02/1999
Schraubenspindelpumpen - Baureihe K
Screw Spindle Pumps - Series K
r1
[..
_.
=2^1
I=I
"^
Krautler Gesellschaft m.b.H. & Co Pumpen-Volumeter, A-6893 Lustenau/Austria, Postfach 304/P.O.BOX 304, Tel. Int. +43 5577/86644-0, Fax Int. +43 5577/88433
ALLGEMEINE INFORMATION
1.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Betriebsanleitung ist grundlich durchzulesen und vom

beteiligten Personal verbindlich zu befolgen.
The staff concerned with the unit should read the operating instructions and follow it.
Die Verantwortung fur die Einhaltung der Instruktionen ubemimmt der Betreiber.
The user is responsible for taking any precautions

outlined in this manual.
Alle Pumpen werden einem Probelauf und einer Leistungsprufung unterzogen. Unser Werk verlassen nur
einwandfrei funktionierende Pumpen.
The capacity of all pumps has been tested during a

test run. We supply only pumps which guarantee a
trouble free operation.
Maximale Werte der Einsatzbedingungen siehe Leistungsschild. Abweichungen davon bedurfen unserer
Zustimmung. Offene Fragen bitte mit unserem Werk
abklaren.
Maximum operation values are given on the performance plate. Any differences require our confirmation. Contact us for any special information.
Das Fordermedium muB ausreichende Schmierfahigkeiten aufweisen. Mechanisch abrasive und chemisch
aggressive Bestandteile im Medium reduzieren die
Lebensdauer der Pumpe. Fur Schaden die durch
Nichtbeachtung entstehen, ubernehmen wir keine
Garantie. VerschleiB rechtzeitig wahrnehmen und
entsprechende Wartung vornehmen.
The medium must be lubricant. Mechanically abrasive

and chemically aggressive parts in the medium reduce the life span of the pump. No guarantee can be given if the instructions in the manual have not been
observed. The user must maintain the unit periodically and replace the wearing parts.
Anlagen, bei denen der Ausfall Oder das Versagen zu

Personen- oder Sachschaden fuhren kann, sind mit
Alarmeinrichtungen und/oder Reserveaggregaten
auszustatten, und deren Funktionstuchtigkeit in regelmaBigen Abstanden zu uberprufen.
Installations which could lead to personal injury and/

or material failure should be equipped with an alarm
system and/or reserve aggregate. This system should
be checked periodically.
Fur die Einhaltung der allgemeinen Unfallverhutungs-,

Sicherheits- und Betriebsvorschriften ist der Betreiber
verantwortlich.
The user is responsible for following the general preventation of accidents and the local safety and/or
operating directions.
Wichtige Hinweise:
Bei Ruckfragen oder Ersatzteilbestellungen ist stets
die Type und Pumpen Nr. anzugeben.
Important Remark:
For questions regarding the pump and for spare parts
orders please always mention type and pump number.
If any problems occur which need our help, return the
complete pump (for a correct damage report) and
choose the transportation with the lowest price. It is
important that all the assembling parts like screws,
coupling a.s.o. are being dismantled as no guarantee
is given for the return shipment.
Kann eine Storung nicht selbst behoben werden, so

ist uns die Pumpe moglichst in ungeoffnetem Zustand
und kostengunstigst zuruckzusenden (bessere Schadensklarung). Bitte darauf achten, daB Zubehorteile
wie Verschraubungen, Kupplungen und dergleichen
demontiert werden, da fur die Rucksendung keine
Gewahr ubernommen werden kann.
ANLIEFERUNG
2.
Lieferung auf Vollstandigkeit uberprufen, Reklamationen sofort weitergeben (Spedition / Werk).
GEWAHRLEISTUNG
DELIVERY
Inspect the received goods for any shortages. Report
any mistakes immediately (to the forwarding agent or
the factory).
3.
Gewahrleistungsumfang gemaB unseren Lieferbedingungen. Instandsetzungsarbeiten wahrend der Garantiezeit darf durch unsere ausdruckliche Zustimmung und Anweisun nur der Betreiber selbst, oder ein
von uns Beauftragter, durchfuhren.
WARRANTY
Warranty according to our terms of delivery. Repairs
during the guarantee period must be carried out only
by the user or any other person authorized by us and
in accordance with our agreement and instructions.
-2-
4.
AUSFUHRUNGSBESCHREIBUNG
4.
DESCRIPTION
4.1
Aufbau und Konstruktion, DurchfluBrichtungs- und

Drehrichtungsanzeige der Pumpe t- Bild 1
4.1
Design Construction, flow directions and the direction of rotation of the pump t- scheme 1.
. Dichtung
sealing
Sicherheitsventil
safety valve"
Lagerung
bearing
. Drehrichtung
direction of rotation
DurchfluBrichtung
flow direction
4.3
Einsatzgrenzen / Leistungsdaten t- Bild 3 / 4

KS-az K55-M8
a Druck *
b Temperatur mit Radialdichtringen
4.3
Range of Applicaton/Range of Capacity

*- scheme 3/4
K : 1 6 0 ' 2 7 & K:870-H5B icsso-Hsn K950-:iJ65a
bar
16
16
16
16
16
12
Pressure *
80
80
80
80
80
80
Temperature
mit Standard-Gleitringdichtung
130
130
130
130
110
110
mlt SiC-SIC Gleltringdichtung
150
150
150
150
Mindesttemperatur fur Pumpenwerkstoffe
Viskositat
min.
3000
3000
3000
2000
2000
1000
Drehzahl*
50 Hz
1/min 2900
2900
2900
2900
1450
1450
60 Hz
3500
3500
3500
1750
1750
1750
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
-10C
mm2/s
max.
Zulaufdruck mit Radialdichtringen
bar
mit SiC-SiC Gleitringdichtung
4.4
59
65
71
74
71
76
max.
66
77
79
79
67
72
Pumpe + Motor
67
78
80
82
73
78
Gerauschpegel Pumpe
3dB(A)
Minimal temperature for pumping mate
Motor
max.
dB(A)
Erforderliche NPSH-Werte (m WS) ** Bild 5

Die NPSH-Werte berucksichtigen nicht, ob das Fordermedium bei geringerem Unterdruck schon entgast
(z.B.: bei Heizol EL und Dieselol max. 4 m WS).
4.4
x:.::.::.::.:^^:^::.::.::.:^:.:!.::.::.::.::.:^:^:.:^::.::.::.::.:-:
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,3
2,7
3
4,9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,3
3
3,4
4,1
7,1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2,3
2,7
2,5
3,5
4,1
3,8
5,3
4,8
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,3
2
2,6
3
3,5
3,2
5
5,8
5,3
8
6,8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2
2,4
2,3
2,8
3,2
3,7
5,9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,4
2,4
3
2,6
3,7
4,2
5
8,7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2
2,6
2,7
3,2
2,8
4,2
4,8
4,7
6,5
5,7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,6
2,3
3
3,4
4,1
3,7
6
7
6,3
-3-
RPM*
Inlet pressure
Noise level pump max. db(A)

3dB(A)
motor max.
pump + motor
NPSH Required m WC - scheme 5

The NPSH values do not take into account whether
the medium degases at lower pressure (e. g. light fuel
oil or diesel oil max. 4 m WC).
..y.y.y.y.^2yyyyyy-.[-.--.--.--.--.48b--.--.-
: XBhVabiiiiipe-: :[:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: i n r e h z a f i ' i - i z m w :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: i :

::':-ibert'Riimp:':-:' : W : t ^ - : l : - ^ f t 1 - : W : f ^
lyX-^-x-v-v-x-^r^ri^pêrjidîrh:^):;:;-:;-:.:-:.:-:.:-:.:-:.:-:
K5
K7,5
K10
K15
K20
K32
K42
K55
K74
K85
K118
K160
K210
K275
K370
K450
K550
K660
K950
K1300
K1650
Viscosity
: : : : : : :: : : : : :: :: : : :: H P U - I M K
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,2
2,1
2,4
2,6
2,6
3,2
2,8
3,7
4,3
4,9
8,1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2,3
2,5
2,4
3
3,2
3,2
3,9
3,7
4,6
5,4
6,6
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,3
2,8
2,6
3,3
3,7
4,3
3,9
6,8
6,8
6,2
7,6
2
2
2,3
2,2
2,7
2,6
3,5
3,1
4,1
4,6
5,6
5,1
2
2
2
2
2,2
2,2
2,5
2,2
2,5
2,6
3
2,7
3,5
3,6
3,6
4,3
4
5,1
5,9
6,9
..-...
: : : : : : : : : : :: :: :: : : :: : : : :
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,4
2,7
2,4
2,8
3,1
3,3
3,2
4
4,4
4,3
5,3
4,8
6,6
8
2
2,3
2,6
2,7
3,2
3,1
4
3,5
4,4
5,1
5,9
5,4
8,1
2
2,6
3,1
3
3,8
3,7
4,8
4,1
5,7
6,6
8
7,2
4.5
Zulaufdruck / Saugverhalten &- Bild 7

Das im Heizol-S enthaltene Wasser verdampft bei zu
hohen Temperaturen und zu geringem Zulaufdruck.
Das Diagramm zeigt den Mindest-Zulaufdruck am
Saugstutzen der Pumpe. Diese Werte sind einzuhalten, urn einen einwandfreien Betrieb zu gewahrleisten
(Temperatur max. 150C).
4.5
Inlet Pressure/Suction Behaviour t=~ scheme 7

The water contained in the heavy fuel oil is evaporating because of high temperatures and less inlet pressure. The diagramm shows the minimum inlet pressure on the suction side of the pump. These values
must be observed to guarantee perfect operating conditions (temperature max. 150 C).
CO
.a
3
CO
90
S
jo
N
100
110
120
150
Temperatur / temperure (C)

^:.vsra^fiij^fiKR-ms^w.^.60.i:^s^fe:*Ma': i :-:.
^.l^LflejmfrfcWeîulaufd^
4.6 Sicherheitsventil
4.6.1 Das Sicherheitsventil dient zum Schutz der Pumpe
vor Uberdruck und darf nicht als Steuer- Oder Ftegelventil verwendet werden.
4.6.2 Der Offnungsdruck ist ca. 10% iiber dem Betriebsdruck werkseitig eingestellt (jedoch nicht unter 3 bar).
4.6.3 Kontrolle des eingesteilten KurzschluBdruckes
Druckseitiges Absperrventil langsam schlieBen. Das
Manometer zeigt den KurzschluBdruck an. Achtunq:
Ein zu langer Umlauf des Mediums innerhalb der
Pumpe kann zu Erhitzung und in der Folge zu mechanischen Schaden fiihren.
4.6.4 Ventilverstellung e Bild 8
Drehen nach rechts (Uhrzeigersinn) erhoht den Offnungsdruck, drehen nach links vermindert den Offnungsdruck.
4.6 Safety Valve

4.6.1 The built-in safety valve protects the pump from becoming overpressured and should not be used as a control valve.
4.6.2 The opening pressure is adjusted 10 % above the
operating pressure (but not less than 3 bar).
4.6.3 Checking the Adjusted Opening Pressure.
Close the stop valve at the pressure side of the pump.
The manometer shows the opening pressure.
Attention: When the medium is circulating too long in
this way, the pump will warm up and as a result this
can cause mechanical damage.
4.6.4 Adjusting the Valve e> scheme 8
Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the
opening pressure, turning it anticlockwise decreases
it.
PumpengroBe
pump size
K5-20
K 32-42
K 55-118
K 160-275
K 370-450
K 550-660
K 950-1650
DIN 908
R 1/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
Innensechskant/hexagon socket
SW 6
SW 8
SW17
SW10
SW17
SW10
SW17
r^N^"
4.6.5 Ohne Sicherheitsventil
Bei Pumpen ohne Sicherheitsventil muB zum Schutz
der Anlage vor Uberdruck ein externes Ventil vorgesehen werden.
4.7 Heizung
4.7.1 Bei hochviskosen Medien ist eine Pumpenheizung erforderlich. Kaltstarts sind zu vermeiden (Aufheizzeiten
beachten). Kavitation und Wellendichtungsschaden
konnen die Folge sein. Beim Aufheizvorqanq sind weaen der Warmeausdehnuna samtliche Ventile zu offnen.
-4-
4.6.5 Without Safety Valve:

For pumps without an internal safety valve we recommend that you install an external valve to protect the
unit from becoming overpressured.
4.7 Heating
4.7.1 It is necessary to install a heating if the fluid is of high
viscosity. To avoid cavitation and damage of seals,
don't start up the pump with could fluid. (Pay attention
to heating up period). When heating UP. all valves
must be opened because of expansion due to heat.
4.7.2 Elektro-Heizungen e>- Bild 9

E-Heizungen sind durch eine begrenzte Heizleistung
so dimensioniert, daB eine Uberhitzung nicht moglich
ist.
:-:Purftp,fen'Tj(p.: :L6iStLtfSffW: ::'::':A:f:-::-:'::"
-..pgmp'WsK--:'3fiC-:':-Sflbc':K
5-42
1 X100
20
35
K 55-118
1 X220
20
35
K 160-275
2x180
25
45
60
K 370 - 450
2x180
30
K 550 - 660
2x250
45
75
K950-1650
2x250
60
90
4.7.2 Electrical Heating & scheme 9.

Electrical heatings are dimensioned for a limited heating capacity and can therefore not overheat.
Elektro
a
Spannung
220 Volt
voltage
220 Volt
Frequenz
50Hz/60Hz
frequency
50Hz/60Hz
Leiterquerschnitt
2x1 mm 2
wire cross section
2x1 mm 2
4.7.3 Medium-Heizung e Bild 10

Beachten der Aufheiztemperaturen im Pumpen- und
Dichtungsraum.
a) bei Radialdichtungen max. 80C
b) bei Gleitringdichtungen max. 100C
a) Temperatur max. 200 C
b) Druck max. 16 bar
c) Dampfmenge ca. 5 kg/h
Kabellange 1m
cable lenght 1 m
4.7.3 Medium Heating scheme 10

Pay attention to heating up temperature in pump/and seal casing.
a) for radial shaft seals max. 80 C
b) for mechanical seals max. 100 C
a) temperature max. 200 C
b) pressure max. 16 bar
c) steam capacity ca. 5 kg/h
ipuropenTipe-: :At:{Hiin)::: piirrti txjJe:: : : .SUPS:-:

K
5-42
K 55-118
K 160-275
K 370 - 450
K 550 - 660
K 950 -1650
5.
20
20
45
60
90
120
MONTAGE
5.
5.1 Aufstellung
5.1.1 Bei der Standortwahl sind die Einsatzgrenzen und
NPSH-Werte zu beachten. s- Bild 5
5.1.2 Es sind die Umgebungsbedingungen zu beachten.
Funktion, Sicherheit und Lebensdauer durfen nicht
durch Feuchtigkeit, Temperatureinflusse oder explosionsfahige Athmospharen beeintrachtigt werden.
5.1.3 Beim Aufstellen ist darauf zu achten, daB alle Teile
der Pumpe gut zuganglich sind, und eine Wartung
leicht moglich ist.
5.1.4 Einbauanlage / Durchf luBrichtungen > Bild 12
ASSEMBLING
5.1 Installation
5.1.1 To identify the best installation position consider the
max. application limits and NPSH values, ^-scheme
5.
5.1.2 Consider the environmental conditions. Influence of
temperature, moisture and explosive atmosphere can
affect function, security and life time of the pump.
5.1.3 When locating the unit ensure that it can be worked
on easily as you will need to maintain it.
5.1.4 Assembling Position/Flow Direction: ^-scheme 12
H
<=3
ji_.._.U
Other assembling positions on request only.
Andere Einbaulagen nur nach Vereinbarung.
-5-
o
o
Rohrleitungsanschlul)
Rohrspannungen vermeiden Bild 13.
5.2
Grundsatzlich durfen die Pumpen nicht als Fixpunkt

der anaeschlossenen Rohrleitunaen dienen. Eventuell auftretende Krafte und Momente (z.B.: Verspannunaen. Ausdehnunaen der Rohrleituna durch Temperatureinflusse. Reaktionskrafte^ sind zu vermeiden.
Bei moglichen Warmeausdehnungen der Rohrleitungen ist der Einbau von Kompensatoren zu empfehlen.
Die Saugleitung ist so zu bemessen, daB die FlieBgeschwindigkeit zwischen 0,5 bis max. 1,3 m/sec. und
die Druckleitung zwischen 2 bis 3 m/sec. liegt. Die
Saugleitung muB vakuumdicht und steigend verlegt
werden. Rohrsystem und Pumpe mussen frei von
Verunreinigungen sein (z.B.: Spulung). Wird das
Rohrsystem auf Dichtheit gepriift, ist der max. zulassige Zulaufdruck der Wellendichtung zu beachten.
Beim Entleeren der Flussigkeit ist darauf zu achten,
daB die Rohrleitung und die Pumpe frei von Verunreinigungen sind (z.B.: SchweiBschlacke, Zunder). Konservierung vornehmen (siehe Konservierung). Oxvdation und Verunreiniaunaen konnen zu einem Pumpenausfall fuhren.
Zulassige Flanschbelastung B- Bild 14

Die angegebenen Maximalbelastungen sind angelehnt an den API Standard 676 und gewahrleisten einen einwandfreien Betrieb der Pumpe ohne Verspannung und Laufspielverringerung. Bei moglichen Warmeausdehnungen der Rohrleitung ist der Einbau von
Kompensatoren zu empfehlen.
Pipework Connection
Avoid stress of pipes s* scheme 13.
The pumos should not serve as a fixed reference point for the installed pipe line. Such occurences should
be avoided, if possible, e. a. bracing, the expansion of
pipe due to variations in temperature and unit stress.
We recommend to install a compensator in case of
heat expansions of the pipes. The dimensions of the
suction pipe must allow a liquid velocity of 0,5 up to
max. 1,3 m/sec and the pressure pipe must allow a liquid velocity of 2 - 3 m/sec. The suction pipework
must be installed with a gradual rise and air-tight. The
pipework and the pump must be free of impurity (e.g.
flushing). When the pipework installation is being tested for leaks pay attention to the max. admissible inlet pressure of shaft seal. When draining the system it
is important that pipe and pump are free from dirt (e.
g. welding beads, pieces of steal etc). Carry out preservation (see Preservation). Oxvdation and impurity
can cause a breakdown.
5.3
Permissible Flange Forces e scheme 14

The maximum load leans against the API Standard
676 and guarantees a perfect operation without inner
bracing or a run clearance reduction. In case of possible thermal expansion of pipes the installation of expansion joints is recommended.
>:NSW*WJS.MM])v vWftJWW". :-:.M&WWK]x!:NlM):-:.

\Ncro.":JWicRfr(mm)i-: 'y-y-FoKeW-'y-.' v"v\:\:Woiiieri"v"v"v20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
-6-
255
340
425
510
680
850
1020
1360
1700
2040
127,5
170
212,5
255
340
425
510
680
850
1020
5.4
Zusammenbau der Pumpe und Motor

Kupplungsmontage. Motor- und Pumpenwelle mussen genau fluchten. Kontrolle mit Haarlineal. Maximalabweichungen e- Bild 15.
5.4
Assembling the Pump and Motor

Assembling the coupling. Motor and pump shaft must
be flush. Check it by using a straight-edge. Max. difference f scheme 15.
:-::-::DA::::- :-:truK.:-::- :-:max.:-::

40
55
65
80
95
120
135
160
DA -AuBen-0 der Kupplung / outside diameter of coupling

Nichtbeachtung verursacht Gerausch, Vibrationen,
Undichtheit und LagerverschleiB. Kupplung nicht auf
Welle aufschlagen. Pumpenaggregat bzw. Grundrahmen spannungsfrei auf Basis befestigen. Nach Zusammenbau muB sich die Antriebsspindel von Hand
drehen lassen. Aus Sicherheitsgrunden ist der Kupplungsschutz vor Inbetriebnahme zu montieren.
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,1
0,1
0,1
1
1
1
2
2
2,5
3
3
4
4,5
5
3
3
4
4,5
5
6
7
8
If not, noise, vibrations, the destruction of the bearing

and leakage will occur. Never hammer coupling upon
shaft. The mounting of the pump aggregate and the
base frame should be free of stress. The main spindle
should turn freely by hand after installation. For safety
reasons a coupling protector should be fixed before
operations.
5.5
FuBventil
Bei Saugbetrieb ist ein FuBventil mit Saugkorb einzubauen. Der Ansaugvorgang wird erleichtert, grobe
Verschmutzungen ferngehalten, und ein Entleeren
der Saugleitung verhindert.
5.5
Foot Valve
With the suction operation it is necessary to install a
foot valve with strainer. This process prevents the induction of impurity and draining of the suction pipe.
5.6
Elektrischer AnschluB
Motor ist entsprechend den ortlichen Vorschriften und
dem Motorleistungsschild uberlastgeschutzt anzuschlieBen. Vorhandene Netzspannung mit Motorleistungsschild vergleichen. Schaltbild im Motorklemmkasten beachten.
5.6
Electrical Installation
All electrical connections should be made overload
protected in accordance with any local regulations
and with the motor labels. Check motor labels for correct voltage and current ratings. Pay attention to the
wiring schematic in the motor terminal box.
6.
INBETRIEBNAHME
6.
START UP
6.1
Trockenlaufschutz
Pumpen durfen nie trocken laufen, da es zur Zerstorung von Pumpenteilen kommen kann. Leichtgangigkeit handisch prufen. Empfehlunq: Pumpe sowie Saugleitung mit Medium fullen und entluften (A - Auffullen, B - Entluften) > Bild 16
6.1
Dry Running Protection

The pumps must never be allowed to run dry, as this
will cause severe damage to all the pump parts.
Check by hand if the pump runs easy. We recommend: to fill the pump and suction pipe with the medium and vent. (A - to fill, B - to vent) scheme 1
EntlClftungsschraube
vent screw
Pumpe handisch It.

Drehrichtungspfeil
durchdrehen und auf
Leichtgangigkeit prufen.
6.2
Rotate the pump by

hand in the direction
of the arrow and
check if the pump
runs easy.
Drehrichtungskontrolle
Die Drehrichtung des Motors muB mit dem Drehrichtungspfeil der Pumpe ubereinstimmen. Zur Drehrichtungskontrolle kann der Motor, bei geoffneten Saugund Druckventilen, kurzzeitig eingeschaltet werden.
Bei falscher Drehrichtung saugt die Pumpe nicht an
und fiihrt zu Schaden an der Pumpe. Langer dauernde Drehrichtungskontrolle ist ohne Pumpe durchzufuhren.
6.2
- 7-
Checking the Direction of Rotation

The direction of rotation of the motor should correspond with the arrow shown on the pump. To check
the direction of rotation it is allowed to start the motor
for a short time, when the suction and pressure valves are open. In case of wrong sense of rotation
pump does not prime and as a result this can cause
damage of the pump. If checking the direction of rotation longer than recommended this process should
be continued without the pump.
6.3
Start
Vor dem Anfahren saugund druckseitige Ventile offnen. Wahrend des Anfahrvorganges ist die Pumpe /
Station zu entluften. Extreme Temperaturschocks
konnen die Pumpe / Station zerstoren.
6.3
Start Up
Prior to start up open valves on suction and pressure
side. Vent pump/station during start up. Extreme temperature shock may destroy the pump/station.
7.
BEDIENUNG, WARTUNG
7.
MAINTENANCE
7.1
Wartung und Kontrolle

Sicht- und Gerauschkontrolle sowie Dichtheitsiiberwachung sollten taglich durchgefuhrt werden.
7.1
7.2
Schmierintervalle der auBenliegenden Kugellager

*~ Bild 18
Nachschmierung darf nur bei laufender Pumpe erfolgen.
7.2
Maintenance and Inspection

We recommend that the unit is given a visual and noise check every day, as well as checking the function
of gaskets.
Lubricating Intervals for External Ball Bearings
t- scheme 18
Regrease only when pump is running.
.:,::.::.::
.*..
'.-'..'.t/feifiupi-y.;.
.Eptf(ii$h&ev eqipfotyerie?-:
\y.'\\Mm^-\htitik^\y':-y.
:-:po.iH)Hgi;&Bfe:.:
412
:;:-:>:;:-:>:XK>:;:-:>:>:>:>:
i-pump.sizg.x; :y.paaai:
: A450-:
K 160-275
412.. .Kegelschmiernippel
nach DIN 71412 C
lubricating nipple
according to DIN 71412 C
K370-450
5500
3250
130
1400
850
150
350
225
100
130
150
7000
1750
450
4500
1100
300
X
(5
100
6250
3750
E
S
130
1525
950
150
300
100
130
150
6000
1500
400
100
K 550 - 660
130
150
100
130
K950-1650
7.4
7.4
7.5
7.6
Pumpenausbau
Zu beachten ist elektrische Abschaltung, Umschalthebel Oder Saug- und Druckventile schlieBen, Pumpen
entleeren (Entleerungsschraube), beim Wiedereinbau
Flachdichtungen und O-Ring auf evt. Schaden prufen.
Konservlerung, Einlagerung
Durch den Priiflauf ist die Pumpe mit Prufol benetzt
und dadurch konserviert. Die vom Werk nicht konservierten Teile sind nach den ortlichen Gegebenheiten
vom Betreiber durchzufiihren. Bei langerem Stillstand
oder Nichtinbetriebnahme ist vom Betreiber ein Korrosionsschutz anzubringen. Empfehluna: Pumpeninnenbereich - Saure und harzfreies Ol. Pumpenauf3enbereich - Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 oder nach Wahl des
Betreibers, ortsbezogen.
Mogliche Schaden
Moglische Schaden durch evt. auftretende Undichtheiten an der Pumpe sind verbraucherseits durch Einbau von Warngeraten zu verhindern.
:3o::: :: in ocrta ::
100
K5-42
K55-118
: >75D:-: :-29QQ':
:>:;#(::;::;:
Tfeiibfjirtifeiiflfea:
v-ijte&sS-:;-:' ig-rijaife:;-:;
'yyyp\'y'm:y.
7.5
7.6
- 8-
6500
1550
450
200
3750
950
300
10
*
5
5500
1400
6000
400
4500
1500
1100
12
21
Dismantling the Pump

Pay attention to the electrical switch off, close lever or
suction- and pressure valve, drain pump (drain plug),
when installing the pump again check if flat gaskets/orings are damaged.
Preservation and Storage
The pumps have been wetted and preserved with hydraulic oil ISO VG 46, during testing. The user has
got to preserve all other parts, which are not preserved in the factory, in accordanced with the local conditions. If the pump is not in operation for any period
of time or stored the user has to preserve it with an
anti rust lubricant. We recommend: The inside surface of the pump - acid and resin free oil. Pump outside
- Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 or others, selected by the
user regarding the local conditions.
Preventation of Damage Caused by Leakage
The user must install an alarm device to prevent damage caused by leakage.
8.
STORUNGEN / BEHEBUNG
8.
FAILURES/REMEDIES
:
:
:
.\Be^riet3$storuhg-. ..'.'.'.'..'. ..'M5gficfe QrsMhie ^Behel^D^(X9cKfag . P a i l u r e s : . \ .'.. ...........
Pumpe saugt nicht an

Pumpe bringt nicht die voile Leistung
Pumpe arbeitet laut
Motor wird zu warm
ungleichmaBige Forderung
Wellendichtung ist undicht
Nr.
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
:: :: R6s'siW&:Reasons-,: Rerbedie-: :: ::
1,2,3,4,5, 12
3,4,5,8,9, 10,11,17,18
3,4,5,6,7, 10, 11, 13, 17
9,10,13
3,5,8, 10, 11, 18
7,10,14,15,16, 18
-
BEHEBUNGSVORSCHLAG
PUMPE IST TROCKEN
Pumpe mit Medium fullen
DREHRICHTUNG DER PUMPE IST FALSCH
Drehrichtung entsprechend dem Pfeil einstellen
SAUGFILTER, -VENTIL ODER -LEITUNG
VERSTOPFT
Teile uberprufen und reinigen
SAUGLEITUNG ODER WELLENDICHTUNG
UNDICHT
Saugleitung (Verbindungsstellen, Ventile) bzw.
Wellendichtung uberprufen
SAUGHOHE ZU GROSS
Ansaughohe (Niveauunterschied) verringern,
Leitungslange verringern, Leitungsquerschnitt vergroBern, Viskositat des Mediums verringern (erwarmen)
groBere Saugfilter einbauen.
ACHSFEHLER Pumpe - Kupplung - Motor
Wellenende genauer ausrichten, Kupplung
auswuchten
SCHWINGUNGEN UND PULSATION IN DER
ANLAGE
Aggregat elastisch lagern, Anschlusse mit
Schlauchen ausfiihren
UBERDRUCKVENTIL VERKLEMMT BZW. ZU
NIEDRIG EINGESTELLT
Ventil uberprufen bzw. neu einstellen
FALSCHE SPANNUNG ODER FREQUENZ
Drehzahl und Stromaufnahme des Motors kontrollieren, Spannung und Frequenz mit Typenschild
vergleichen
MEDIUM DICKFLUSSIG
Mediumtemperatur erhohen, kleinere Drehzahl
LUFTEINSCHLUSSE BZW. GASBILDUNG IM
MEDIUM
Lufteintrittsstellen beseitigen, Saughohe verringern
bzw. Zulaufdruck erhohen
PUMPE ENTLUFTET SICH NICHT
Druckleitung an der hochsten Stelle entluften
MOTORLAGER BESCHADIGT
Motor neu lagem
WELLENDICHTUNG BESCHADIGT
Wellendichtung auswechseln
ZULAUFDRUCK ZU GROSS ODER ZU KLEIN
Zulaufdruck aniagenseitig verringern, druckseitig
Ruckschlagventil einbauen
KALTSTART BEI FORDERUNG VON SCHWER-OL
Pumpenheizung einbauen
SICHERHEITSVENTIL FLATTERT
Offnungsdruck hoher einstellen, durch Drehen der
Verstellschraube im Uhrzeigersinn.
RUCKSCHLAGVENTILE UNDICHT
Ruckschlagventile reinigen
No.
1
2
3
pump does not prime

pump does not produce full capacity
pump is noisy
motor heats up
irregular flow
leaking shaft seal
REMEDIES
PUMP IS DRY
fill pump with liquid
adjust rotation according to arrow on pump
CLOGGED SUCTION STRAINER, VALVE OR PIPE
check parts and clean
SUCTION PIPE LOOSE, SHAFT SEAL LEAKS

check suction pipe (connections, valves) resp. shaft
seal
SUCTION HEAD TOO HIGH

reduce static suction head or length of suction pipe,
increase suction pipe dia. or decrease viscosity of liquid (heat up), use larger suction filter.
PUMP-COUPLING-MOTOR
NOT
CORRECTLY
ALIGNED
correct alignment, balance coupling
PIPEWORK "HAMMER"
support elastic, connect suction and discharge to station with flexible hoses
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
SAFETY VALVE JAMS, OR IS SET TOO LOW

check valve or change pressure setting
INCORRECT VOLTAGE OR FREQUENCY

check speed and current of motor and compare
voltage and frequency with the data shown on the
name plate of the motor
LIQUID OF HIGH VISCOSITY
increase temperature of liquid, select lower speed
AIR OR GAS IN LIQUID
check if suction is airtight, reduce suction head, resp.
increase inlet pressure
PUMP DOES NOT VENT
vent at highest point of discharge pipe
MOTOR BEARING DAMAGED
replace motor bearing
SHAFT SEAL DAMAGED
replace shaft seal
SUCTION PRESSURE TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW
reduce suction pressure, install a non-return valve on
discharge side
START WITH COLD LIQUID (Heavy fuel oil)
install a pump heating device
SAFETY VALVE FLUTTERS
increase opening pressure by turning the adjusting
screw clockwise
LEAKY NON RETURN VALVES clean non return valves
9.
9.1
ERSATZTEILE/DEMONTAGE
Montagehinweise
Abziehen der Kupplung mit Hilfe einer Abziehvorrichtung und PaBfeder entfernen.
Einbaulage und Stellung der einzelnen Teile markieren. Wichtia: Spindelsatz muS in ursprunglicher Stellung wieder eingebaut werden.
Flachdichtung und O-Ringe auf Schadhaftigkeit kontrollieren und evt. ersetzten.
Laufflache der Hauptspindel im Bereich der O-Ringe
und Dichtlippen reinigen und glatten.
Zum Schutz der O-Ringe und Dichtlippen muS der
Kupplungszapfen mit einer Montagehulse oder ahnlichem abgedeckt werden. Flachen zur Montageerleichterung leicht einfetten.
Neue Radialdichtringe mit Stiitzring entsprechend
dem Schnittbild einbauen und Zwischenraume mit
Fett fullen. Wir empfehlen eine Molybdan-Disulfid Paste.
Gleitringdichtung: Zur Erleichterung der Demontage
Gleitring und Feder durch Drehen im Uhrzeigersinn
von der Hauptspindel abziehen. Gegenring mit einer
Kunststoffhulse oder ahnlichem aus dem Gehause
drucken. Beim Einbau darauf achten, daB der Gegenring satt auf dem O-Ring liegt.
Die Dichtflachen der neuen Gleitringdichtung auBerst
vorsichtig behandeln. Mit Waschbenzin reinigen und
mit einigen Tropfen harzfreiem Schmierol versehen.
Beim Zusammenbau moglichst nicht beriihren und jeden Schmutz fernhalten. Aufschieben der Feder
durch Drehen im Uhrzeigersinn.
Beim Zusammenbau darauf achten, daB die Uberlaufbohrungen vom Gehause und der Dichtung ubereinstimmen.
Nach der Montage durch handisches Drehen Leichtgangigkeit prufen.
9.
DISMANTLING OF SPARE PARTS
9.1
Assembling Instructions
Remove coupling with removal device and remove
key also.
Mark installation position of each part.
Attention: Spindle set must be reassembled in the
original position.
Check flat gaskets and o-rings whether they are damaged. If necessary replace them.
Clean and polish the running surface of the main
spindle in the range of the o-rings and seal lips.
The coupling end should be covered with an installation sleeve to protect the o-rings and the seal lips. For
an easy installation it is useful to grease the surface
slightly.
Install new radial shaft seals with spacer according to
the section drawing and fill the space between with
grease. We recommend Molybdenum Disulphide grease.
Mechanical Seal:
To dismantle the mechanical seal, remove the slide
ring and the spring from the main spindle by twisting it
clockwise. Press counter ring with a plastic sleeve out
of the casing. When reassembling, make sure that the
counter ring is closed to the o-ring.
Be careful about the flat surfaces of the new mechanical seal. Clean it with petroleum ether and grease it
with a few drops of resin free oil. When installing try to
avoid touching the part and try to avoid getting it dirty
also. Slide on the spring by turning it clockwise.
The balancing boarings correctly positioned in particular of casing and sealing.
After finishing of assembling easy rotation to be
checked by hand turning of spindle shaft.
Special Instructions for Dismantling:
*Remove bearing shell 040 by using a removal device.
Remove circlip 593/869.2 and spacer 064.
Spezielle Hinweise zur Demontage:

"Lagerhulse 040 mit Abziehvorrichtung abziehen.
Wellensicherungsring 593/869.2 und Stiitzring 064
abnehmen.
Hauptspindel auspressen.
Wellensicherungsring 870, Dichtring 055 und Stiitzring 868.2 entfernen.
Kugellager 817 auspressen.
Spezielle Hinweise zur Montage:

Hauptspindel in Flanschdeckel 074.1/74.2 schieben.
(bei K5 bis K10 mit 020, bei K15 bis K20 mit 025 abstutzen).
'Wellensicherungsring 593 und Distanzscheibe 064
montieren.
Lager 817 einpressen.
Dichtring 055, Stiitzring 868.2 und Wellensicherungsring 870 montieren.
Hauptspindel auf Anschlag pressen (bis Einstich fur
Wellensicherungsring 593/869.2 sichtbar ist).
Distanzscheibe 064 und Wellensicherungsring 593/
869.2 montieren.
*Zentrierhiilse 040 einpressen.
Diese Arbeitsgange sind nur bei den GroBen K5 bis
K20 durchzufiihren.
Press out main spindle.

Remove circlip 870, seal ring 055 and spacer 868.2
Press out ball bearing 817.
Special Instructions for Assembling:
Push main spindle into flange cover 074.1/074.2 (support
at K 5-10 with a 20 - at K 15-20 with 0 25).
Install *circlip 593 and spacer 064.
Press on bearing 817.
Install seal ring 055, spacer 868.2 and circlip 870.
-10-
Press on main spindle (stop when the recess for the

circlip
593/869.2 is visible).
Install spacer 064 and circlip 593/869.2
*Press in locating sleeve 040.
This service is only necessary for the pump sizes K5 K20.
9.2.
Explosionszeichnung e- Biid 20
9.2
Cut View of Pump ^ scheme 20
174.1
074.2
lor sjze
onlyr'01 K10
9.3
Schnittblild mit Teiieliste Biid 21

Gleitringdichtung / mechanical seal
A
Verdrehsicherung - Gr. K275
9.3
Section Drawing with Part List > scheme 21

Radialdlchtrlnge / radial shaft seal
A
safety against torsion - size K275
869.1
859
869.1
745
063
040.1
040,1
Hulse (ab Gr. 55)
859
Verdrehsicherung
040,1
sleeve (from size 55)
859
safety against torsion
063
Stiitzring
868,1
Stiitzring
063
spacer
868,1
support plate
457
Gleitringdichtung
869,1
Wellensicherungsring
457
mechanical seal
869,1
cirdip
745
Radialdichtringe
empfohlene Ersatzteile
745
radial shaft seal
recommended spare parts
-11 -
9.3
Schmttbild mit Teileiiste = Biid 21
9.3
Section Drawing with Part List t- scheme 21
Pumpe
Pump
662
Nebensplndellagerung
ab Gr.370
special beating of aux. spindles
from size gr.370
669
Gedampftes Sicherheitsventil
ab Gr. 850
Damped Safety Valve
from size 850
306
901
067
730.1 908.1
166 751.1
064.1
908.2
304
074
915.3
866
137
915.1
222.1
131
042
663
222.2
884
#bei Gr. K5 bis K10 und K950

#at size K5 to K20 and K950
Zentrierhulse
Ausgleichshiilse
Dichtring
Stutzscheibe
Stutzscheibe
Ventilscheibe
Dichtscheibe
AbschluBdeckel
Flanschdeckel
Pumpengehause
Ventilgehause
Federverstellschraube
Dichtung
Dichtung
Ventilkegel
Nutm utter
Schmiemippel
PumpenfuB
Sockel
915.4
Lagerung / Bearing
Gr. K32bisK1650
sizeK32toK1650
Lagerung / Bearing
Gr. K5 bis K20
size K5 to K20
# 040
* 042
055
064
064,1
067
068
* 070
074
* 131
137
166
* 222,1
* 222,2
* 304
306
412
593
662
663
Sockel
Base
817 870 055 064
068
* 669
Spindelsatz
730,1 Flachdichtung
730,2 Flachdichtung
* 751,1 Druckfeder
* 817
Rillenkugellager
824
Nadelrolle
866
PaBfeder
868.2 Stiitzring
869.2 Wellensichrungsring
870
Wellensichrungsring
884
Gewindestift
901
Stiftschraube
908,1 VerschluBschraube
915,1 Zylinderschraube
* empfohlene Ersatzteile
# 040
* 042
055
064
064,1
067
068
* 070
074
* 131
137
166
* 222,1
* 222,2
* 304
306
412
593
662
663
-12.
868!2
869,2
centring sleeve
balance sleeve
gasket
supporting ring
supporting ring
valve disk
seal disk
end cover
flange cover
pump casing
valve casing
spring adjusting screw
gasket
gasket
valve cone
slotted round
lubricating nipple
cirdip
pump foot
base
* 669
spindle set
730,1 gasket
730,2 gasket
* 751,1 spring
* 817
deep groove ball bearinc
824
needle roller
key
866
868.2 support plate
869.2 cirdip
870
circlip
884
set screw
bolt screw
901
908,1 screw plug
908,2 screw plug
915,1 socket screw
915,2 socket screw
915,3 socket screw
915,4 socket screw
* recommended spare parts
Wichtige Erganzungen zur Betriebsanleitung
OIK
01
A
Important complements to operating instructions
Ausgabe / edition 07/2002

Schraubenspindelpumpen sind Verdrangerpumpen, deren Funktionsprinzip auf der Bildung und axialen Verschiebung abgeschlossener Kammern im Spindelpaket beruht. Die Abdichtung der Kammern
erfordert dabei zur Gewahrleistung eines guten Wirkungsgrades zwingend sehr enge Spiele zwischen
den Spindein und dem Gehause. Die Schraubenspindelpumpe ist daher bauartbedingt nicht geeignet
zur Forderung von Medien, die Feststoffe und Verschmutzungen enthalten.
Wahrend der Montage mussen daher unbedingt die folgenden Punkte beachtet werden:
Wahrend der Anlagenmontage mud das Innere der Pumpe vor dem Eindringen von Verschmutzungen geschutzt werden, beispielsweise durch Belassen der fur den Versand in die
Flanschoffungen eingesteckten Schutzdeckel.
Insbesondere auch beim Anpassen und Heften von Rohrelementen zum Anschlufi der Pumpe
mussen Blindscheiben zum Schutz vor Eindringen von Schweissperlen und Zunder vorgesehen werden.
Grofie Spalte bzw. Winkel- und Seitenversatz der unverschraubten Flansche sind Zeichen von
unzureichender Anpassung der weiterfuhrenden Rohrelemente und mussen unbedingt vermieden werden, s. Abbildung. Mangelhafte Anpassung fuhrt zum Einbringen von Spannungen in
das Pumpengehause. Die damit verbundenen Verformungen reduzieren die Spindelspiele und
konnen schliefilich aufgrund der erhohten Reibung zum Festfressen der Pumpenspindeln fuhren.
OIK 01

Abstand, Winkel- und Seitenversatz priifen

Check distance, angular and lateral alignment
Wahrend der Inbetriebnahme sind dariiber hinaus die folgenden Punkte zu beachten:
Der von KRAL gelieferte Grobfilter ist nicht in der Lage abrasive Feinstpartikel abzutrennen.
Vor Inbetriebnahme einer Pumpe / Station muB daher zum Schutz der Pumpe das gesamte
Rohrleitungsnetz sorgfaltig gereinigt werden.
Falls dies durch Spulen mittels der Schraubenspindelpumpe realisiert werden soil, muB vor
dem Pumpenfilter ein zusatzlicher Inbetriebnahmefilter (Spulfilter) installiert werden:
PumpengroBe bis 275
PumpengroBe ab 370
Leichtol
Schwerol
Leichtol
Schwerol
=> Maschenweite
=> Maschenweite
=> Maschenweite
=> Maschenweite
0,025mm
0,320mm
0,035mm
0,320mm
Die Saugleistung der Schraubenspindelpumpe darf dabei durch den zusatzlichen Druckverlust
im Filter nicht uberfordert werden. Berechnen Sie daher den Filterwiderstand und bestimmen
damit die verbleibende Ansaugleistung. Unzulassig niedrige Saugdriicke konnen zu Trockenlauf und damit zur Zerstorung von Pumpe und Gleitringdichtung fuhren! Empfohlene Spiildauer mit Inbetriebnahmefilter: 50 bis 100 Stunden.
Rohrleitung und Pumpe mussen vor Inbetriebnahme unbedingt befullt werden (beispielsweise
durch Befullen des Systems aus einem hoher gelegenen Tank). Das Befullen des Rohrleitungssystems mittels der Saugwirkung der Pumpe ist nicht zulassig! Aufgrund der fehlenden
Schmierung / Kiihlung der Gleitringdichtung und der Pumpenspindeln kann es bereits nach
wenigen Sekunden Trockenlauf zur Zerstorung von Dichtung und / oder Pumpe kommen!
Wahrend des Betriebes schliefilich sind folgende zusatzliche Punkte zu beachten:
Zur Sicherstellung einer einwandfreien Funktion ist eine geringfugige Leckage zur Schmierung
der Gleitringdichtung zwingend erforderlich. Abhangig von der GroBe der Dichtung, dem Zulaufdruck, der Viskositat und der Drehzahl liegt die Leckagemenge in der GroBenordnung von
einigen cm3/h. Bei leichtflijchtigen Medien verdampft diese Menge in der Regel und bleibt somit
unsichtbar. Bei schwerfliichtigen Medien, die bei Kontakt mit der Atmosphare zur Ruckstandbildung neigen (z.B. Schwerol) kann sich die Leckage im Laufe der Zeit jedoch anhaufen, s.
Abbildung. Hier muR im Rahmen der Wartung regelmafiig darauf geachtet werden, dafi ausreichende AbfluBwege freigehalten werden. Andemfalls kann die Leckage das Lager erreichen
und dessen Funktion beeintrachtigen.
Leckageweg freihalten
Leakage drain to be kept clear
OIK 01

Anhaufung von Leckageruckstanden vermeiden

Avoid accumulation of leakage residues
Important complements to the operating instructions

Screw pumps are positive displacement pumps which rely on the formation and translation of closed
volumes within the set of screws. To ensure an appropriate efficiency it is indispensable to provide
adequate sealing of these volumes. This can only be achieved by means of tight clearances between
screws and casing. Screw pumps therefore are generally not suitable for the transfer of fluids which
contain solid particles and impurities.
During assembly therefore the consideration of the following items is of great importance:
The interior of the pump has to be protected from any kind of pollution. This can be achieved
by keeping in place the protection covers which have been fixed on the flanges already for
shipment.
Particularly during adapting and fitting of pipe elements for the connection of pump and pipe
system suitable covers are indispensable to protect the pump from intruding weld beads and
slags.
Large gaps resp. angular or lateral misalignment of the unbolted flanges indicate an inappropriate adaptation of the pipe elements and have to be avoided in any case, s. figure. Such kind
of misalignments will result in increased stresses in the pump casing. The respective deflections will reduce the screw clearances and finally may result in seizing of the screws due to excessive friction.
Apart from this, during commissioning the following items have to be considered carefully:
The coarse filter provided by KRAL is not suitable to separate fine abrasive particles.
Prior to commissioning of a pump or pump station therefore the complete piping system has to
be flushed in order to protect the pump from solid particles.
In case that flushing is to be realized by means of operating the screw pump itself it is indispensable to install an additional start-up filter upstream of the actual pump filter:
OIK 01

Pump sizes smaller than 275

Pump sizes larger than 370
light fuel oil

heavy fuel oil
light fuel oil
heavy fuel oil
=>
=>
=>
=>
mesh width
mesh width
mesh width
mesh width
0,025mm
0,320mm
0,035mm
0,320mm
The suction capacity must not be impaired by the additional pressure loss of the filter. To ensure this, the remaining suction capacity has to be calculated by means of determining the
pressure loss in the filter. Inadmissible low suction pressure may result in dry running and subsequent destruction of pump and mechanical seal. Recommended period of flushing with startup filter: 50 to 100 hours.
Piping system and pump in any case have to be filled with fluid prior to starting the pump (for
instance, by means of filling by gravity from a tank at elevated level). Filling of pipe and system
by means of the suction capacity of the pump itself is not admissible! Due to the lacking
lubrication/cooling of mechanical seal and pump screws already a few seconds of dry running
might be sufficient to destroy mechanical seal and/or pump!
During operation finally the following additional items have to be considered:
To ensure safe operation of the mechanical seal it is essential to maintain a certain design
leakage rate in order to lubricate the seal surfaces. The extent of this design leakage is depending on size, suction pressure, viscosity and number of revolutions. It may reach an order
of magnitude of a few cm3/h. With volatile fluids the leakage commonly will evaporate and
therefore remain invisible. However, with low volatile fluids, the formation of solid residues at
contact with ambient oxygene is likely to happen. In this case possible accumulations of residues have to be removed regularly in order to keep the leakage drain clear, s. figures. If this
removal is not performed properly, leakage may reach the roller bearing and affect its functionality.
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56891
Type/
Type:
KV 550+160
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
MDO transfer pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
40
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
11,5
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
13,2
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM160MZA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GGG-40
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.7139
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Abnahme/
Classification:
125/100
Serial-No.
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
G*mintoehr Lloyd
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56892
Type/
Type:
KV 550+160
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
MDO transfer pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
40
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
11,5
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
13,2
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
1780
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM160MZA-4
Gehause/
Casing
GGG-40
Laufrad/
Impeller:
1.7139
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Abnahme/
Classification:
125/100
Serial-No.
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Item 25 MDO transfer pump
AEG AM160MZA-^
IN r 23 A, IS = 161 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
Druckflansch
Saugflansch
Pressure flange
Suction flange
Gewicht
Bdkes^ BtoiuDpos
Form Nr
Werkst
Ausgabt
Anderung-Nr.
Taj
Name
Von-Thunen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
DIN 7168 mitral
Europaische Projekrion
KV 550 - 160M
Name
2002
Tag
Bear.
28.10.
Dirksen
Gepr.
28.10.
Di
Norm
Btnannung
Ztichn. Nr.
KV-550-160M-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
OIK 01 A
BETRIEBSANLEITUNG
Ausgabe 02/1999
Edition 02/1999
Schraubenspindelpumpen - Baureihe K
Screw Spindle Pumps - Series K
l_
nbd,
0
I=I
Q
7\
L>
KrSutler Gesellschaft m.b.H. & Co Pumpen-Volumeter, A-6893 Lustenau/Austria, Postfach 304/P.O.BOX 304, Tel. Int. +43 5577/86644-0, Fax Int. +43 5577/88433
1.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Betriebsanleitung ist grundlich durchzulesen und vom



Maximale Werte der Einsatzbedingungen siehe Leistungsschild. Abweichungen davon bedurfen unserer
abklaren.
Das Fordermedium muB ausreichende Schmierfahigkeiten aufweisen. Mechanisch abrasive und chemisch
Garantie. VerschleiB rechtzeitig wahrnehmen und

Anlagen, bei denen der Ausfall oder das Versagen zu

Personen- oder Sachschaden fuhren kann, sind mit
auszustatten, und deren Funktionstuchtigkeit in regelmaBigen Abstanden zu uberprufen.

Fur die Einhaltung der allgemeinen Unfallverhutungs-,

verantwortlich.
The user is responsible for following the general prevention of accidents and the local safety and/or
Wichtige Hinweise:
Important Remark:

und kostengunstigst zuruckzusenden (bessere Schadensklarung). Bitte darauf achten, daB Zubehorteile
demontiert werden, da fur die Rucksendung keine
ANLIEFERUNG
2.
GEWAHRLEISTUNG
DELIVERY
Inspect the received goods for any shortages. Report
any mistakes immediately (to the forwarding agent or
the factory).
3.
Gewahrleistungsumfang gemaB unseren Lieferbedingungen. Instandsetzungsarbeiten wahrend der Garantiezeit darf durch unsere ausdriickliche Zustimmung und Anweisun nur der Betreiber selbst, oder ein
von uns Beauftragter, durchfiihren.
WARRANTY
-2-
4.1
DESCRIPTION
Aufbau und Konstruktion, DurchfluBrichtungs- und

Drehrichtungsanzeige der Pumpe t~ Bild 1
4.1
Design Construction, flow directions and the direction of rotation of the pump s* scheme 1.
Dichtung
sealing
Sicherheitsventil
safety valve
Lagerung
bearing
Drehrichtung
direction of rotation
DurchfluBrichtung
flow direction
4.3
Einsatzgrenzen / Leistungsdaten t- Bild 3 / 4

K:5-az K-3S->38
Druok *
Temperatur mit Radialdichtringen
16
16
16
16
12
Pressure *
80
80
80
80
80
80
Temperature
130
130
130
130
110
110
150
150
150
150
4
1000
Mindesttemperatur fur Pumpenwerkstoffe

Viskositat
Drehzahl*
-10C
mm2/s
min.
max.
Minimal temperature for pumping mate
3000
3000
3000
2000
2000
50 Hz
1/min 2900
2900
2900
2900
1450
1450
60 Hz
3500
3500
3500
1750
1750
1750
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
Zulaufdruck mit Radialdichtringen
bar
59
65
71
74
71
76
max.
66
77
79
79
67
72
Pumpe + Motor
67
78
80
82
73
78
Gerauschpegel Pumpe
3dB(A)
4.4
K:870-a5K rC550-KSa K950-:iBSa
16
K:160-275

t- scheme 3/4
bar
4.3
Motor
max.
dB(A)
Erforderliche NPSH-Werte (m WS) ^ Bild 5

Die NPSH-Werte beriicksichtigen nicht, ob das Fordermedium bei geringerem Unterdruck schon entgast
4.4
Viscosity
RPM*
Inlet pressure
Noise level pump max. db(A)

3dB(A)
motor max.
pump + motor
NPSH Required m WC *~ scheme 5

oil or diesel oil max. 4 m WC).
.^y...^..^..^..î.^..^............|...............3g0......................
: Xtiiribauj^hVcK : [::
:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : - e " h z " a h M M i K :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::
: :: : : :: : : : : : : : : :: : : : : R P U - I M K
: : : : : : : : : : :: : : :: : : : : : : : :
:-:':-i'o'er)'&(iip:':.:' :i4W:to:7&.:t:&b0:1:&l^^
:;:;:;-:;:;:;-:;:ÎÎôraerjidh'-trn : W^ : ^>v<y:. : <. : - : . :: y' :-:;:;:.:-:;:;:;-:;-..Nf^Kflûir^M : WG)--.--.--.--.--.--.--.--.--.K5
K7,5
K10
K15
K20
K32
K42
K55
K74
K85
K118
K160
K210
K275
K370
K450
K550
K660
K950
K1300
K1650
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,3
2,7
3
4,9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,3
3
3,4
4,1
7,1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2,3
2,7
2,5
3,5
4,1
3,8
5,3
4,8
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,3
2
2,6
3
3,5
3,2
5
5,8
5,3
8
6,8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2
2,4
2,3
2,8
3,2
3,7
5,9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,4
2,4
3
2,6
3,7
4,2
5
8,7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2
2,6
2,7
3,2
2,8
4,2
4,8
4,7
6,5
5,7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,6
2,3
3
3,4
4,1
3,7
6
7
6,3
-3-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,2
2,1
2,4
2,6
2,6
3,2
2,8
3,7
4,3
4,9
8,1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,1
2,3
2,5
2,4
3
3,2
3,2
3,9
3,7
4,6
5,4
6,6
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,3
2,8
2,6
3,3
3,7
4,3
3,9
6,8
6,8
6,2
7,6
2
2
2,3
2,2
2,7
2,6
3,5
3,1
4,1
4,6
5,6
5,1
2
2
2
2
2,2
2,2
2,5
2,2
2,5
2,6
3
2,7
3,5
3,6
3,6
4,3
4
5,1
5,9
6,9
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,4
2,7
2,4
2,8
3,1
3,3
3,2
4
4,4
4,3
5,3
4,8
6,6
8
2
2,3
2,6
2,7
3,2
3,1
4
3,5
4,4
5,1
5,9
5,4
8,1
2
2,6
3,1
3
3,8
3,7
4,8
4,1
5,7
6,6
8
7,2
4.5
Zulaufdruck / Saugverhalten - Bild 7

Das im Heizol-S enthaltene Wasser verdampft bei zu
hohen Temperaturen und zu geringem Zulaufdruck.
Das Diagramm zeigt den Mindest-Zulaufdruck am
Saugstutzen der Pumpe. Diese Werte sind einzuhalten, urn einen einwandfreien Betrieb zu gewahrleisten
(Temperatur max. 150C).
4.5
Inlet Pressure/Suction Behaviour e~ scheme 7

as
3
CO
CO
.22
c
90
100
110
120
Temperatur /temperure (C)
150
:-^-:.wara^nfl^racjt-wa^/*^.6ac^ws^6:*Ma':.
.|e>mpfcNg^.2ulaJfd^
vor Uberdruck und darf nicht als Steuer- oder Regelventil verwendet werden.
4.6.2 Der Oftnungsdruck ist ca. 10% uber dem Betriebsdruck werkseitig eingestellt (jedoch nicht unter 3 bar).
4.6.3 Kontrolle des eingestellten KurzschluBdruckes
Druckseitiges Absperrventil langsam schlieSen. Das
Manometer zeigt den KurzschluBdruck an. Achtuna:
Pumpe kann zu Erhitzung und in der Folge zu mechanischen Schaden fuhren.
4.6.4 Ventilverstellung Bild 8
Drehen nach rechts (Uhrzeigersinn) erhoht den Oftnungsdruck, drehen nach links vermindert den Offnungsdruck.
4.6 Safety Valve

4.6.4 Adjusting the Valve scheme 8
it.
PumpengroGe
pump size
K5-20
K 32-42
K 55-118
K 160-275
K 370-450
K 550-660
K 950-1650
4.6.5 Ohne Sicherheitsventil

Bei Pumpen ohne Sicherheitsventil muB zum Schutz
der Anlage vor Oberdruck ein externes Ventil vorgesehen werden.
4.7 Heizung
konnen die Folge sein. Beim Aufheizvoraano. sind weaen der Warmeausdehnuna samtliche Ventile zu offnen.
-4-
DIN 908
R 1/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
R 3/4"
Innensechskant/hexagon socket
SW 6
SW 8
SW17
SW10
SW17
SW10
SW17
4.6.5 Without Safety Valve:

For pumps without an internal safety valve we recommend that you install an external valve to protect the
unit from becoming overpressured.
4.7 Heating
don't start up the pump with could fluid. (Pay attention
to heating up period). When heating UP. all valves
4.7.2 Elektro-Heizungen t* Bild 9

so dimensioniert, daB eine Uberhitzung nicht moglich
ist.
481
Heizpatrone
heating element
:":-:":-A*-:":-:":-:"
Purtip&n/Ty'pd-.:-:E>osK!.f-(W:
K
4.7.2 Electrical Heating e scheme 9.

Elektro
:'3TJC:':SaK':-
5-42
1 x100
20
35
K 55-118
1 x220
20
35
K 160-275
2x180
25
45
K 370 - 450
2x180
30
60
K 550 - 660
2x250
45
75
K 950-1650
2x250
60
90
/A\
Spannung
220 Volt
voltage
220 Volt
Frequenz
50Hz/60Hz
frequency
50HZ/B0HZ
Leiterquerschnitt
2x1 mm 2
wire cross section
2x1 mn'r
4.7.3 Medium-Helzung B* Bild 10

Beachten der Aufheiztemperaturen im Pumpen- und
Dichtungsraum.
a) bei Radialdichtungen max. 80C
a) Temperatur max. 200 C
b) Druckmax. 16 bar
c) Dampfmenge ca. 5 kg/h
4.7.3 Medium Heating e- scheme 10

Pay attention to heating up temperature in pump/and seal casing.
a) for radial shaft seals max. 80 C
b) for mechanical seals max. 100 C
a) temperature max. 200 C
b) pressure max. 16 bar
c) steam capacity ca. 5 kg/h
sM:]jmritxpuniptype::: ::-:a(n(?:-:
ipurapeHTjpe-:
K
5.
5-42
20
K 55-118
20
K 160-275
45
K 370 - 450
60
K 550 - 660
90
K 950-1650
120
5.
MONTAGE
5.1 Aufstellung
NPSH-Werte zu beachten. Bild 5
5.1.3 Beim Aufstellen ist darauf zu achten, daB alle Teile
leicht moglich ist.
5.1.4 Einbauanlage / Durchf lufBrichtungen t- Bild 12
ASSEMBLING
5.1 Installation
max. application limits and NPSH values, s-scheme
5.
5.1.2 Consider the environmental conditions. Influence of
temperature, moisture and explosive atmosphere can
affect function, security and life time of the pump.
5.1.4 Assembling Position/Flow Direction: ^scheme 12
-o
-)
__
m
t
I
t
Andere Einbaulagen nur nach Vereinbarung.
-r
o
Ao
Other assembling positions on request only.
-5-
RohrleitungsanschluB
Rohrspannungen vermeiden t- Bild 13.
5.2
The pumps should not serve as a fixed reference point for the installed pipe line. Such occurences should
be avoided, if possible, e. a. bracing, the expansion of
pipe due to variations in temperature and unit stress.
We recommend to install a compensator in case of
heat expansions of the pipes. The dimensions of the
suction pipe must allow a liquid velocity of 0,5 up to
max. 1,3 m/sec and the pressure pipe must allow a liquid velocity of 2 - 3 m/sec. The suction pipework
must be installed with a gradual rise and air-tight. The
pipework and the pump must be free of impurity (e.g.
flushing). When the pipework installation is being tested for leaks pay attention to the max. admissible inlet pressure of shaft seal. When draining the system it
is important that pipe and pump are free from dirt (e.
g. welding beads, pieces of steal etc). Carry out preservation (see Preservation). Oxvdation and impurity
can cause a breakdown.
Grundsatzlich durfen die Pumpen nicht als Fixpunkt

der anaeschlossenen Rohrleitunaen dienen. Eventuell auftretende Krafte und Momente (z.B.: Verspannunaen. Ausdehnunqen der Rohrleitung durch Temperatureinflusse. Reaktionskraftel sind zu vermeiden.
Bei moglichen Warmeausdehnungen der Rohrleitungen ist der Einbau von Kompensatoren zu empfehlen.
Die Saugleitung ist so zu bemessen, daR die FlieBgeschwindigkeit zwischen 0,5 bis max. 1,3 m/sec. und
die Druckleitung zwischen 2 bis 3 m/sec. liegt. Die
Saugleitung mufi vakuumdicht und steigend verlegt
werden. Rohrsystem und Pumpe mussen frei von
Verunreinigungen sein (z.B.: Spulung). Wird das
Rohrsystem auf Dichtheit gepruft, ist der max. zulassige Zulaufdruck der Wellendichtung zu beachten.
Beim Entleeren der Flussigkeit ist darauf zu achten,
daB die Rohrleitung und die Pumpe frei von Verunreinigungen sind (z.B.: SchweiBschlacke, Zunder). Konservierung vornehmen (siehe Konservierung). Oxvdation und Verunreinigungen konnen zu einem Pumpenausfall fghren.
Zulassige Flanschbelastung t- Bild 14

Die angegebenen Maximalbelastungen sind angelehnt an den API Standard 676 und gewahrleisten einen einwandfreien Betrieb der Pumpe ohne Verspannung und Laufspielverringerung. Bei moglichen Warmeausdehnungen der Rohrleitung ist der Einbau von
Kompensatoren zu empfehlen.
Pipework Connection
Avoid stress of pipes - scheme 13.
5.3
Permissible Flange Forces ^scheme 14

The maximum load leans against the API Standard
676 and guarantees a perfect operation without inner
bracing or a run clearance reduction. In case of possible thermal expansion of pipes the installation of expansion joints is recommended.
XTOHtWWJS.M&tyv ':*mFw:--m\:.Nl&WilHJ!|S<!:pW):-:.
j.Nqro:;Wicftfi;(mni^": ^vvôrcevvv
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
-6-
255
340
425
510
680
850
1020
1360
1700
2040
127,5
170
212,5
255
340
425
510
680
850
1020
5.4
Zusammenbau der Pumpe und Motor

Kupplungsmontage. Motor- und Pumpenwelle mussen genau fluchten. Kontrolle mit Haarlineal. Maximalabweichungen e Bild 15.
5.4
Assembling the Pump and Motor

Assembling the coupling. Motor and pump shaft must
be flush. Check it by using a straight-edge. Max. difference *~ scheme 15.
:-:':-::DA-::-::- x:m<K.:-::- >f>:*;:<:

40
55
65
80
95
120
135
160
BraEBiS
DA - AuGen-0 der Kupplung / outside diameter of coupling
Nichtbeachtung verursacht Gerausch, Vibrationen,
Undichtheit und LagerverschleiB. Kupplung nicht auf
Welle aufschlagen. Pumpenaggregat bzw. Grundrahmen spannungsfrei auf Basis befestigen. Nach Zusammenbau muB sich die Antriebsspindel von Hand
drehen lassen. Aus Sicherheitsgriinden ist der Kupplungsschutz vor Inbetriebnahme zu montieren.
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,05
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,1
0,1
0,1
1
1
1
: :<x-Mdx.-: :
2
2
2,5
3
3
4
4,5
5
3
3
4
4,5
5
6
7
8
If not, noise, vibrations, the destruction of the bearing

and leakage will occur. Never hammer coupling upon
shaft. The mounting of the pump aggregate and the
base frame should be free of stress. The main spindle
should turn freely by hand after installation. For safety
reasons a coupling protector should be fixed before
operations.
5.5
FuBventil
Bei Saugbetrieb ist ein FuBventil mit Saugkorb einzubauen. Der Ansaugvorgang wird erleichtert, grobe
Verschmutzungen ferngehalten, und ein Entleeren
5.5
Foot Valve
5.6
dem Motorleistungsschild uberlastgeschutzt anzuschlieBen. Vorhandene Netzspannung mit Motorleistungsschild vergleichen. Schaltbild im Mbtorklemmkasten beachten.
5.6
6.
INBETRIEBNAHME
6.
START UP
6.1
Trockenlaufschutz
Pumpen durfen nie trocken laufen, da es zur Zerstorung von Pumpenteilen kommen kann. Leichtgangigkeit handisch prufen. Empfehlunq: Pumpe sowie Saugleitung mit Medium fullen und entliiften (A - Auffullen, B - Entliiften) t>~ Bild 16
6.1

Check by hand if the pump runs easy. We recommend: to fill the pump and suction pipe with the medium and vent. (A - to fill, B - to vent) scheme 1
Entiaftungsschraube
vent screw
Rotate the pump by

hand in the direction
of the arrow and
check if the pump
runs easy.
Pumpe handisch It.

Drehrichtungspfeil
durchdrehen und auf
Leichtgangigkeit prufen.
6.2
Die Drehrichtung des Motors muB mit dem Drehrichtungspfeil der Pumpe ubereinstimmen. Zur Drehrichtungskontrolle kann der Motor, bei geoffneten Saugund Druckventilen, kurzzeitig eingeschaltet werden.
und fiihrt zu Schaden an der Pumpe. Langer dauernde Drehrichtungskontrolle ist ohne Pumpe durchzufuhren.
6.2
- 7-

6.3
Start
konnen die Pumpe / Station zerstoren.
6.3
Start Up
side. Vent pump/station during start up. Extreme temperature shock may destroy the pump/station.
MAINTENANCE
BEDIENUNG, WARTUNG
7.1

Sicht- und Gerauschkontrolle sowie Dichtheitsuberwachung sollten taglich durchgefiihrt werden.
7.1
7.2
Schmierintervalle der auBenliegenden Kugellager

e- Bild 18
Nachschmierung darf nur bei laufender Pumpe erfolgen.
7.2
..*.

of gaskets.
Lubricating Intervals for External Ball Bearings
t* scheme 18
Regrease only when pump is running.
:.::.::.:,::.::.::
,:-:.:%JS.^mj,e^p(9rv.all,8'v-V"'. '
>:purheMgr6Be:.: :tfeiii|5<ii&JK6:
:-:'ytjism{>s\tts
<:<iiii5tiiMiidfi-ir(tfe;N^>:>:;:
V:V:>:>:]:fiiiX::>:j:;:;:;-:
K55-118
K160-275
K 370-450
K 950 -1650
7.5
7.6
iitsfr.-::9aa::':3Mo:
: in etna:
5500
3250
130
1400
850
150
350
225
100
7000
4500
130
1750
1100
>-
150
450
300
100
6250
3750
a
S
130
1525
950
150
300
200
100
6000
3750
130
1500
950
400
300
100
6500
5500
130
1550
1400
150
450
400
100
6000
4500
130
1500
1100
7.4
Pumpenausbau
Zu beachten ist elektrische Abschaltung, Umschalthebel oder Saug- und Druckventile schlieBen, Pumpen
Konservierung, Einlagerung
Durch den Pruflauf ist die Pumpe mit Priifol benetzt
vom Betreiber durchzuftihren. Bei langerem Stillstand
oder Nichtinbetriebnahme ist vom Betreiber ein Korrosionsschutz anzubringen. Empfehlunq: Pumpeninnenbereich - Saure und harzfreies Ol. PumpenauBenbereich - Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 oder nach Wahl des
Mogliche Schaden
Moglische Schaden durch evt. auftretende Undichtheiten an der Pumpe sind verbraucherseits durch Einbau von Warngeraten zu verhindern.
irfe&irirtifetiiiija:
100
150
K 550 - 660
7.4
:>f:t:-:;:;
'::'::'::"::':
,:-:.:-:.:-:flifeas6:.:-:.:
: A450-:
412...Kegelschmiernippel
nach DIN 71412 C
lubricating nipple
according to DIN 71412 C
.:Rptl[ti^hgfev :.ejro5fol)Wriejv
:.:-:.iMsaipiK-:.:-:
K5-42
y-.---.
:.:$:
: :
7.5
7.6
- 8-
10
*
5
12
X
CD
CO
21

when installing the pump again check if flat gaskets/orings are damaged.
got to preserve all other parts, which are not preserved in the factory, in accordanced with the local conditions. If the pump is not in operation for any period
of time or stored the user has to preserve it with an
anti rust lubricant. We recommend: The inside surface of the pump - acid and resin free oil. Pump outside
- Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 or others, selected by the
user regarding the local conditions.
8. STORUNGEN/BEHEBUNG
8.
FAILURES/REMEDIES
.^Bethetas^6fun'g........... l^gficl^-Urse^r^-^BBhelwDgÔTscrifag- v f ^ l u r e s v v v v v v v v v v v v ...-.
P u m p e saugt nicht a n
P u m p e arbeitet laut
Motor wird zu w a r m
ungleichmaBige Forderung
Nr.
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
:: :: :: R6s'sibfe:RBasdns\: Remedies-: :: :::

1,2,3,4,5,12
3,4,5,8,9, 10,11, 17, 18
3,4,5,6,7,10,11,13,17
9, 10,13
3,5,8, 10, 11, 18
7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 18
-
BEHEBUNGSVORSCHLAG
PUMPE IST TROCKEN
Pumpe mit Medium fiillen
SAUGFILTER, -VENTILODER-LEITUNG
VERSTOPFT
UNDICHT
SAUGHOHE ZU GROSS
auswuchten
ANLAGE
Aggregat elastisch lagern, Anschlusse mit
Schlauchen ausfuhren
UBERDRUCKVENTILVERKLEMMTBZW. ZU
NIEDRIG EINGESTELLT
vergleichen
MEDIUM DICKFLUSSIG
MEDIUM
Motor neu lagem
Zulaufdruck anlagenseitig verringern, druckseitig
Offnungsdruck hoher einstellen, durch Drehen der
Verstellschraube im Uhrzeigersinn.
RUCKSCHLAGVENTILE UNDICHT
Ruckschlagventile reinigen
No.
1
2
3
pump does not prime

pump is noisy
motor heats up
irregular flow
leaking shaft seal
REMEDIES
PUMP IS DRY

seal

PUMP-COUPLING-MOTOR
NOT
CORRECTLY
ALIGNED
PIPEWORK "HAMMER"
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18


PUMP DOES NOT VENT
SHAFT SEAL DAMAGED
replace shaft seal
discharge side
install a pump heating device
SAFETY VALVE FLUTTERS
increase opening pressure by turning the adjusting
screw clockwise
LEAKY NON RETURN VALVES clean non return valves
9.
9.1
ERSATZTEILE/DEMONTAGE
Montagehinweise
Abziehen der Kupplung mit Hilfe einer Abziehvorrichtung und PaBfeder entfernen.
Einbaulage und Stellung der einzelnen Teile markieren. Wichtiq: Spindelsatz muB in ursprunglicher Stellung wieder eingebaut werden.
Zum Schutz der O-Ringe und Dichtlippen muB der
Kupplungszapfen mit einer Montagehulse oder ahnlichem abgedeckt werden. Flachen zur Montageerleichterung leicht einfetten.
Neue Radialdichtringe mit Stutzring entsprechend
drucken. Beim Einbau darauf achten, daB der Gegenring satt auf dem O-Ring liegt.
Die Dichtflachen der neuen Gleitringdichtung auBerst
Beim Zusammenbau moglichst nicht beruhren und jeden Schmutz fernhalten. Aufschieben der Feder
Beim Zusammenbau darauf achten, daB die Uberlaufbohrungen vom Gehause und der Dichtung ubereinstimmen.
Nach der Montage durch handisches Drehen Leichtgangigkeit prufen.
9.
9.1
key also.
Attention: Spindle set must be reassembled in the
original position.
slightly.
Mechanical Seal:
The balancing boarings correctly positioned in particular of casing and sealing.
After finishing of assembling easy rotation to be
checked by hand turning of spindle shaft.
Spezielle Hinweise zur Demontage:

*Lagerhulse 040 mit Abziehvorrichtung abziehen.
Special Instructions for Dismantling:

*Remove bearing shell 040 by using a removal device.
Remove circlip 593/869.2 and spacer 064.
Wellensicherungsring 593/869.2 und Stutzring 064

abnehmen.
Hauptspindel auspressen.
Wellensicherungsring 870, Dichtring 055 und Stutzring 868.2 entfernen.
Kugellager 817 auspressen.
Spezielle Hinweise zur Montage:

Hauptspindel in Flanschdeckel 074.1/74.2 schieben.
(bei K5 bis K10 mit 020, bei K15 bis K20 mit 025 abstutzen).
'Wellensicherungsring 593 und Distanzscheibe 064
montieren.
Lager 817 einpressen.
Dichtring 055, Stutzring 868.2 und Wellensicherungsring 870 montieren.
Hauptspindel auf Anschlag pressen (bis Einstich fur
Wellensicherungsring 593/869.2 sichtbar ist).
Distanzscheibe 064 und Wellensicherungsring 593/
869.2 montieren.
*Zentrierhulse 040 einpressen.
Diese Arbeitsgange sind nur bei den GroBen K5 bis
K20 durchzufuhren.
Press out main spindle.

Remove circlip 870, seal ring 055 and spacer 868.2
Press out ball bearing 817.
Special Instructions for Assembling:
Push main spindle into flange cover 074.1/074.2 (support
at K 5-10 with 0 20 - at K 15-20 with 0 25).
Install *circlip 593 and spacer 064.
Press on bearing 817.
Install seal ring 055, spacer 868.2 and circlip 870.
-10-
Press on main spindle (stop when the recess for the

circlip
593/869.2 is visible).
Install spacer 064 and circlip 593/869.2
*Press in locating sleeve 040.
This service is only necessary for the pump sizes K5 K20.
9.2. Explosionszeichnung ^ Bild 20
9.2
Cut View of Pump t- scheme 20

868.2
>
i.3
074.1
074.2
'ff.B
K95
Schnlttbllld mit Teileliste ** Bild 21

Gleitringdichtung / mechanical seal
A
Verdrehsicherung - Gr. K275
I.3
Section Drawing with Part List f scheme 21

Radialdlchtringe / radial shaft seal
A
safety against torsion - size K275
869.1
859
869.1
745
063
040.1
040,1
Hiilse (ab Gr. 55)
859
Verdrehsicherung
040,1
sleeve (from size 55)
859
safety against torsion
063
Stutzring
868,1
Stutzring
063
spacer
868,1
support plate
457
Gleitringdichtung
* 869,1
457
mechanical seal
* 869,1
745
Radialdichtringe
745
radial shaft seal
-11 -
cirdip
9.3
Schnittbiid mit Teiieiiste e- Biid 21
9.3
Section Drawing with Part List *- scheme 21

915.2
Pumpe
Pump
662
Nebenspindellagerung
ab Gr.370
special beating of aux. spindles
from size gr.370
669
Gedampftes Sicherheitsventil
ab Gr. 850
Damped Safety Valve
from size 850
306
901
067
730.1 908.1
166 751.1
064.1
908.2
304
074
915.3
866
137
915.1
222.1
131
042
663
222.2
884
#bel Gr. K5 bis K10 und K950

#at size K5 to K20 and K950
Zentrierhulse
Ausgleichshiilse
Dichtring
Stutzscheibe
Stutzscheibe
Ventilscheibe
Dichtscheibe
AbschluBdeckel
Flanschdeckel
Pumpengehause
Ventilgehause
Federverstellschraube
Dichtung
Dichtung
Ventilkegei
Nutm utter
Schmiernippel
PumpenfuB
Sockel
915.4
Lagerung / Bearing
Gr. K32bisK1650
sizeK32toK1650
Lagerung / Bearing
Gr. K5 bis K20
size K5 to K20
#040
* 042
055
064
064,1
067
068
* 070
074
* 131
137
166
* 222,1
* 222,2
* 304
306
412
593
662
663
Sockel
Base
817 870 055 064
068
# 040
* 042
055
064
064,1
067
068
* 070
074
* 131
137
166
* 222,1
* 222,2
* 304
306
412
593
662
663
Spindelsatz
* 669
730,1 Flachdichtung
730,2 Flachdichtung
* 751,1 Druckfeder
Rillenkugellager
* 817
824
Nadelrolle
PaBfeder
866
868.2 Stutzring
869.2 Wellensichrungsring
Wellensichrungsring
870
884
Gewindestift
901
Stiftschraube
12-
868;2
869,2
centring sleeve
balance sleeve
gasket
supporting ring
supporting ring
valve disk
seal disk
end cover
flange cover
pump casing
valve casing
spring adjusting screw
gasket
gasket
valve cone
slotted round
lubricating nipple
circlip
pump foot
base
* 669
spindle set
730,1 gasket
730,2 gasket
* 751,1 spring
* 817
deep groove ball bearin<
824
needle roller
866
key
868.2 support plate
869.2 circlip
870
circlip
884
set screw
bolt screw
901
908,1 screw plug
908,2 screw plug
915,1 socket screw
915,2 socket screw
915,3 socket screw
915,4 socket screw
OIK
01
A

Schraubenspindelpumpen sind Verdrangerpumpen, deren Funktionsprinzip auf der Bildung und axialen Verschiebung abgeschlossener Kammern im Spindelpaket beruht. Die Abdichtung der Kammern
erfordert dabei zur Gewahrieistung eines guten Wirkungsgrades zwingend sehr enge Spiele zwischen
den Spindein und dem Gehause. Die Schraubenspindelpumpe ist daher bauartbedingt nicht geeignet
zur Forderung von Medien, die Feststoffe und Verschmutzungen enthalten.
Wahrend der Montage mussen daher unbedingt die folgenden Punkte beachtet werden:
Wahrend der Anlagenmontage mufJ das Innere der Pumpe vor dem Eindringen von Verschmutzungen geschiitzt werden, beispielsweise durch Belassen der fur den Versand in die
Flanschoffungen eingesteckten Schutzdeckel.
Insbesondere auch beim Anpassen und Heften von Rohrelementen zum Anschlufi der Pumpe
mussen Blindscheiben zum Schutz vor Eindringen von Schweissperlen und Zunder vorgesehen werden.
GrofJe Spalte bzw. Winkel- und Seitenversatz der unverschraubten Flansche sind Zeichen von
unzureichender Anpassung der weiterfuhrenden Rohrelemente und mussen unbedingt vermieden werden, s. Abbildung. Mangelhafte Anpassung fuhrt zum Einbringen von Spannungen in
das Pumpengehause. Die damit verbundenen Verformungen reduzieren die Spindelspiele und
konnen schlieUlich aufgrund der erhohten Reibung zum Festfressen der Pumpenspindeln fuhren.
OIK 01

/
Abstand, Winkel- und Seitenversatz prufen

Check distance, angular and lateral alignment
Wahrend der Inbetriebnahme sind dariiber hinaus die folgenden Punkte zu beachten:
Der von KRAL gelieferte Grobfilter ist nicht in der Lage abrasive Feinstpartikel abzutrennen.
Vor Inbetriebnahme einer Pumpe / Station mud daher zum Schutz der Pumpe das gesamte
Rohrleitungsnetz sorgfaltig gereinigt werden.
Falls dies durch Spulen mittels der Schraubenspindelpumpe realisiert werden soil, mud vor
dem Pumpenfilter ein zusatzlicher Inbetriebnahmefilter (Spulfilter) installiert werden:
Pumpengrode bis 275
Pumpengrode ab 370
Leichtol
Schwerol
Leichtol
Schwerol
=> Maschenweite
=> Maschenweite
=> Maschenweite
=> Maschenweite
0,025mm
0,320mm
0,035mm
0,320mm
Die Saugleistung der Schraubenspindelpumpe darf dabei durch den zusatzlichen Druckverlust
im Filter nicht uberfordert werden. Berechnen Sie daher den Filterwiderstand und bestimmen
damit die verbleibende Ansaugleistung. Unzulassig niedrige Saugdrucke konnen zu Trockenlauf und damit zur Zerstorung von Pumpe und Gleitringdichtung fuhren! Empfohlene Spiildauer mit Inbetriebnahmefilter: 50 bis 100 Stunden.
Rohrleitung und Pumpe miissen vor Inbetriebnahme unbedingt befullt werden (beispielsweise
durch Befullen des Systems aus einem hoher gelegenen Tank). Das Befullen des Rohrleitungssystems mittels der Saugwirkung der Pumpe ist nicht zulassig! Aufgrund der fehlenden
Schmierung / Kuhlung der Gleitringdichtung und der Pumpenspindeln kann es bereits nach
wenigen Sekunden Trockenlauf zur Zerstorung von Dichtung und / Oder Pumpe kommen!
Wahrend des Betriebes schliedlich sind folgende zusatzliche Punkte zu beachten:
Zur Sicherstellung einer einwandfreien Funktion ist eine geringfugige Leckage zur Schmierung
der Gleitringdichtung zwingend erforderlich. Abhangig von der Grode der Dichtung, dem Zulaufdruck, der Viskositat und der Drehzahl liegt die Leckagemenge in der Grodenordnung von
einigen cm3/h. Bei leichtfluchtigen Medien verdampft diese Menge in der Regel und bleibt somit
unsichtbar. Bei schwerfluchtigen Medien, die bei Kontakt mit der Atmosphare zur Ruckstandbildung neigen (z.B. Schwerol) kann sich die Leckage im Laufe der Zeit jedoch anhaufen, s.
Abbildung. Hiermud im Rahmen der Wartung regelmadig darauf geachtet werden, dad ausreichende Abfludwege freigehalten werden. Andernfalls kann die Leckage das Lager erreichen
und dessen Funktion beeintrachtigen.
Leckageweg freihalten
Leakage drain to be kept clear
OIK
01
A
Anhaufung von Leckageruckstanden vermeiden

Avoid accumulation of leakage residues
Important complements to the operating instructions

Screw pumps are positive displacement pumps which rely on the formation and translation of closed
volumes within the set of screws. To ensure an appropriate efficiency it is indispensable to provide
adequate sealing of these volumes. This can only be achieved by means of tight clearances between
screws and casing. Screw pumps therefore are generally not suitable for the transfer of fluids which
contain solid particles and impurities.
During assembly therefore the consideration of the following items is of great importance:
The interior of the pump has to be protected from any kind of pollution. This can be achieved
by keeping in place the protection covers which have been fixed on the flanges already for
shipment.
Particularly during adapting and fitting of pipe elements for the connection of pump and pipe
system suitable covers are indispensable to protect the pump from intruding weld beads and
slags.
Large gaps resp. angular or lateral misalignment of the unbolted flanges indicate an inappropriate adaptation of the pipe elements and have to be avoided in any case, s. figure. Such kind
of misalignments will result in increased stresses in the pump casing. The respective deflections will reduce the screw clearances and finally may result in seizing of the screws due to excessive friction.
Apart from this, during commissioning the following items have to be considered carefully:
The coarse filter provided by KRAL is not suitable to separate fine abrasive particles.
Prior to commissioning of a pump or pump station therefore the complete piping system has to
be flushed in order to protect the pump from solid particles.
In case that flushing is to be realized by means of operating the screw pump itself it is indispensable to install an additional start-up filter upstream of the actual pump filter:
OIK 01

Pump sizes smaller than 275

Pump sizes larger than 370
light fuel oil

heavy fuel oil
light fuel oil
heavy fuel oil
=>
=>
=>
=>
mesh width 0,025mm

mesh width 0,320mm
mesh width 0,035mm
mesh width 0,320mm
The suction capacity must not be impaired by the additional pressure loss of the filter. To ensure this, the remaining suction capacity has to be calculated by means of determining the
pressure loss in the filter. Inadmissible low suction pressure may result in dry running and subsequent destruction of pump and mechanical seal. Recommended period of flushing with startup filter: 50 to 100 hours.
Piping system and pump in any case have to be filled with fluid prior to starting the pump (for
instance, by means of filling by gravity from a tank at elevated level). Filling of pipe and system
by means of the suction capacity of the pump itself is not admissible! Due to the lacking
lubrication/cooling of mechanical seal and pump screws already a few seconds of dry running
might be sufficient to destroy mechanical seal and/or pump!
During operation finally the following additional items have to be considered:
To ensure safe operation of the mechanical seal it is essential to maintain a certain design
leakage rate in order to lubricate the seal surfaces. The extent of this design leakage is depending on size, suction pressure, viscosity and number of revolutions. It may reach an order
of magnitude of a few cm3/h. With volatile fluids the leakage commonly will evaporate and
therefore remain invisible. However, with low volatile fluids, the formation of solid residues at
contact with ambient oxygene is likely to happen. In this case possible accumulations of residues have to be removed regularly in order to keep the leakage drain clear, s. figures. If this
removal is not performed properly, leakage may reach the roller bearing and affect its functionality.
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56893
Type/
Type:
ZB l/b
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
LO transfer pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
kW
3,6
kW
1180
rpm
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAM132SZA-6
Gehause/
Casing
GG 20
50/40
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
040.529.4
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffiziert nech
ISO 9001
OvtmaniMhar Uayd
Item 26 LO transfer pump
Ansicht "X"
View "X"
723
5
83
.45, . , 85 , , , 85 , , 42 ,
190
AEG = 445
r
JL.
Saugflansch
Druckflansch
Suction flange
Pressure flange
AEG AM132SZA-6
IN = 7,4 A, IS = 45 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
Cable gland
1 x Z14
ON40
DN50
i
125
165
Gewicht
\M^33^\Pw^p^\
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Andarung-Nr.
Tag
Nun
Von-ThiJnen-Strane 7
D-28307 Bremen
1:1
MaHc o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mittel
2002
Tag
Bear.
25.10.
Dirksen
Gepr.
25.10.
Di
Norm
Benennung
ZB l/b - 132S
Name
Zeichn. Nr.
ZB-l-b-132S-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
HELICAL GEAR PUMPS
DUDEK-PUMPEN
DUDEK
I /a+b,
II /a+b,
III /a+b
S - horizontal and vertical design
IV /a+b
V/a, b, c
VI/a
SB 3, SB 8, SB 16, SB 28, SB 45
Contents
0.
Brief instructions
1.
General

Application
2.
Safety
3.
4.
Description
Structural design

damage!
5.
Planning the system

your colleagues!
6.
Installing the pump

Safety measures
7.
8.
Maintenance
9.
10.
11.
12.
Pump identification

SchlachthofstraRe 34
Telefon :
Telefax:
E-mail :
++49-(0)40-766 2 2 9 - 0
++49-(0)40-766 2 2 9 - 1 1

clean the pump.
Clean the pipes.
closed.
01-01-02
page 2
1.
General
1.1
Application
A
A
!\
1.2
Testing
01-01-02
page 3
1.3
Requirements:
1.
2.
1.4

Guarantee
01-01-02
page 4
2.
Safety
2.1
In the case of warnings about electrical voltage, the safety instructions are identified by :
word
CAUIIONU
=WARN|NG
2.2
2.3
2.4
01-01-02

page 5
2.5
2.6
Leaks (e.g. gram the shaft seal) of hazardous (e.g. explosive, poisonous, hot) liquids must be
observed.
2.7
2.8
01-01-02
page 6
3.
3.1
Safety measures
"A
3.2
Packaging
should be removed.
3.3
Unpacking
3.4
Temporary storage
3.5
Transportation
"A
01-01-02
page 7
4.
Description
4.1
Structural design
4.2
Casing
4.3
See data sheet.

4.4

4.5
Gears

4.6
Shaft
4.7
Bearings
liquid itself.
ACHTUNG
4.8
01-01-02
page 8
BMEM
"li!
anticlockwise.
4.9
Drive
used.
4.10
4.11
Accessories
01-01-02
page 9
5.
Planning the system
5.1
Piping system
CAUTION ! Note the remark SAUG / SUCTION on the pump's flange. This is the inlet / suction flange
of the pump.
pump componets).
5.1.1
Nominal diameter
5.1.2
pump.
5.1.3
CAUTION ! It is important to ensure that the pipes are completely clean when they are brought into
CAUTION! Never (even briefly) do not run the pump with water or any pure solvents. You may cause
5.2
Inlet pipe
01-01-02
page 10
to be pumped.
5.3
Discharge pipe
5.4
Safety equipment

5.5
eliminated.
5.6
Inspection
by hand).
01-01-02
page 11
5.7
the test.
01-01-02
page 12
6.
Installing the pump
6.1
Safety measures
electric shocks.
6.2
Assembly tools

6.3
6.3.1
Ambient conditions
6.3.2
should be used.
6.3.3
J Sufficient space should be provided for maintenance and repair work, particularly for
6.3.4
01-01-02
page 13
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.3.6.1
Aligning
When aligning, keep the radiaj and angular misalignment of the shaft ends as small as possible because
distance dimension S1 is to be kept.
Straightedge
' . ^
Gap gauge
figure 6.0
6.3.6.2
SmoK
~1
_i
Smln
01-01-02
1-ri
riz
_c
7z
i ii i
i -
Smax
' ZT~
r
1ni'
I
~1
\
Smln
page 14
6.3.6.2.1
Axial misalignment
"permissible variation" for the dimension S!.
6.3.6.2.2
6.3.6.2.3
Radial misalignment
Akrperm. = 0,00175 x da x Sn . remark: da = coupling size
(Kw + Kr)existing < = AKw x Sn or AKr x Sn
Figure 6.4
^'
.-'
S"
y
**
,
^
t
A
-' . -,/
Speed n [1/min]
-"'
,-""',*
,,-'
,** **
Size
01-01-02
page 15
MOCK
6.3.6.3
Coupling guard
A
protective device.
6.4
A
^
6.5
Final tasks

01-01-02
page 16
7.
7.1
Safety measures
îp^
environment.
7.2
7.2.1
Filling the pump
7.2.2
Driving motor
7.2.3
Bearings
CAUTION I The working of this system depends on the right direction of rotation. You must not
01-01-02
page 17
7.2.4
7.3
Start-up
7.3.1
Switching on
Switch on the motor

" Never start or operate the pump when the discharge side is closed. Do not switch the
open.
7.3.2
7.3.3
Overflow valve
7.3.4
Temperature

' I Never fill up or run the pump with liquid which temperature is higher than the
7.3.5
Switching frequency
01-01-02
page 18
DUO!
7.4
7.4.1
Switching off
"%t
motor.
not close.
7.4.2
Restart
7.5
plugs.
8.
Maintenance
8.1
Safety measures
the pump and drive.
8.2
General monitoring
01-01-02
again.
page 19
8.3
Maintenance
8.3.1
Flexible coupling
8.3.2
Drive

8.3.3
leackage.
CAUTION! Readjust the packing by turning the nuts of the gland smoothly alternate.
In the case the pump has a cap nut smoothly turn the nut in same direction as direction of rotation.
8.3.4
Mechanical seals
CAUTION! If you have to change the mechanical seal see "DUDEK-PUMPEN Technical informations,
9.
Servicing
9.1
Safety regulations
01-01-02
page 20
sheet.
toxic materials
caustic materials
irritant materials
mutagenic materials
9.2
A
A
L
accidentally.
*
* The pump housing must be depressurised and drained.
A
A
A
9.3
A
01-01-02

Electrical repairs may only be carried out by a qualified electrician.
page 21
DitQK
10.
10.1
Safety regulations
10.2
Faults
Cause
To correct

Filter clogged.

side.

Pump not priming
to wear.
Pump leaking
Open all the valves

screws.
Seals defective.
replace the seals
Pump running dry.

side.
noisy

pipes.
(cavitation).
01-01-02
page 22

damaged parts.

the data sheet.
Check whether:

shaking
Stop the pump

contact
of the flexibles.
exchange

the data sheet.
Check whether:
01-01-02
page 23
11.

11.1
11.2
Dimensions

11.3
11.4
11.5
EC sign
11.5.1.1
EC sign
EX-sign
12.
Identification
END
01-01-02
page 24
^r^*c
Dchfcn/ Pumpcn
Zortifiztart nach
ISO 0QD1
fiwmuiwlwr Uuvd
faHtaftin
135T
9
6 7
Bei ErsatrttitbesteBungentifcnwr wnMamtgooederfbtrikfwnnter
Smmjng
dQSignObOft
cylinder
Zylinder
part
10 8
AusfarungmHaatringd&tivng
des&n with mechanical xnl
By order of spore parts, please gire the serial number of the pump !
part
dhvgnatkn
Benenmmg
16
Gteltringdichtung
mechanical seal
voire
nrdererDecket
frwrfrofcr
Ventilkatben
fvntener Dwtet
baekcorer
Brvekfeder
pressure spring
trmbende WeSe
drmng shaft
getTKosnc male
driten shaft
PbtikerbsHft
granted dowel pin
lohnrad
ffear
federtmtter
spring plate
Pobfeder
fitting key
23
Spindet
spindle
8
5
flsflfedfer
fitting key
?4
Kept*
cap
Lbgerixidise
bearing bush
25
federveheibe
toe* washer
Handrbd
hand wheel
hutter m. Scheibe
nut and washer
28
MWnWWi^
fitting key
Fiberscheibe
washer
JHchtung
seal
Stapfen
stopper
fO
Packung
packing
25
11
Stapfbuchsbrille
gtend
27
12
SUftsdwube m. Mutter
stud bait with mt
13
JHchtung
seat
r*
PaMerbstifr
grooved dowel pin
13
30
Stud bolt with nut
31
Stiftsehraubem. Mutter
HorizontQle Zahnradpumpe
horizontal sear pump
Typei
ZSlQ,ZBIb,ZBTc
MO. 529.1
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56894
Type/
Type:
B-EL 600
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Sludge pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
10
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
80/65
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
3,45
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
350
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
Gear motor
Gehause/
Casing
GG20
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertffizlert nach
ISO 9001
Owmantoehw Lloyd
Item 27 Sludge pump

1601
463
Getr. NORD
SK25F-100LA0
IN = 7,2 A, IS = 47,5 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
Druckflansch
Pressure flange
Saugflansch
Suction flange
DN65
DN80
\
V\
CXD
145
185
Gewicht
lMM^\?W%p81)
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Andcrung-Nr.
Tag
Name
D-28307 Bremen
DIN 716B mittel
1999
Tag
Bear.
2.6.
Dirksen
Gepr.
2.6.
Di
Norm
Benamung
B-EL 600 - 100L
Name
Zeichn. Nr.
B-EL-600-100L-GF
Ersatz f.
Pause
Nr.
Bornemann
Pumps
Read and carefully note the instructions in this Operating Manual before unpacking and starting up the pump / assembly.
In case of non-observance of the operation manual and of the

storage instructions and maintance chart, the manufacturer
will not be liable to any guarantee claim.
Operating Manual - Eccentric Helical Rotor Pump

Pump type:
Commission.No.:
Machine.-No.:
Correct Utilization
The pump resp.pump aggregate must only be used for the application as
specified in the order confirmation and in the order related data sheet.
Any utilization other than for the intended purpose is not correct and guarantee claims may get lost.
The relevant performance values for this pump are to be taken from the
operating data in the order related data sheet.
WARNING !
If the pump is used for any purpose other than
specified for above mentioned application, or if the
pump runs at working parameters higher than
admitted,
- danger/ damage may occur to human beings and to
property.
Consideration of the operating manual and observance of the inspection
and maintenance instructions for the pump is the precondition for the correct utilization of the product supplied.
I
INFORMATION
Incorrect and forbidden utilization of the product
supplied are not known to the manufacturer.
Assembly and working instructions for

eccentric helical rotor pumps
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 1
Contents
3.
Transport, complaints and storage
Data sheet
3.1
Transport, complaints
General
3.2
Storage
Intended use
3.2.1
Transport protection
Pump data
3.2.2
Preservation for temporary storage
Technical data
3.2.3
Long-term preservation for max. 12

months
Additional information
Contact address
3.2.3.1 Preservation
3.2.3.2 Maintenance during storage
3.2.4
Starting up after long-term preservation
4.
Assembly and installation of the aggregate

or pump
4.1
Assembly
4.1.1
Assembly of coupling or drive pulley
4.1.2
Assembly of pump and motor on aggregate

baseplate
4.2
Installation
Safety
1
Marking of references in the instruction

manual
Staff qualification and training
Hazards for not observing safety references
Safety-concious working
Safety references for the operator
Safety references for maintenance, inspection and assembly
4.2.1
Foundations
Unauthorized modification and manufacture

of spare parts
4.2.2
Assembling of pipings
Prohibited methods of operation
4.2.3
Installation of aggregate or pump
4.2.4
Assembly of soft packing
4.2.5
Connection of drive unit
3000 98 163E

eccentric
07/'99
Page 2
5.
Starting up
10.
Dismantling and mounting instructions
5.1
Assembly of soft packing
10.1
Dismantling
5.2
Filling up with medium
10.1.1 Disassembly of the pump unit
5.3
Controlling direction of rotating
10.1.2 Stator
5.4
Pump heating
10.1.3 Pump casing
5.5
Starting up the pump
10.1.4 Shaftings
10.1.4.1 Cardan joint
6.
Maintenance
10.1.4.2 Rotor and universal joint shaft
6.1
Pump
10.1.5 Bearing housing
6.1.1
Bearings
10.2
Mounting
6.1.1.1 Roller bearings
6.1.1.2 Cardan joints
10.2.2 Shaft sealing
6.1.2
10.2.3 Cardan joint
Shaft sealing
6.1.2.1 Soft packing
10.2.4 Shafting
6.1.2.2 Single mechanical seal
10.2.5 Pump casing
6.1.2.3 Double mechanical seal
10.2.6 Stator
6.1.3
Pumping elements
6.2
Driver and accessories
7.
Break-downs and their possible causes
8.
Lubrication and preservation diagram for

9.
Remarks
9.1
Request for Information
9.2
Return of the pump

Safety Sheet
3000 98 163E
11.
Appendix
Dimensional drawings, parts lists, sectional
drawings, documentation for outside makes
etc. are attached under "Appendix"
in Chapter 11.

1. GENERAL
1.1 Application
BORNEMANN eccentric helical rotor pumps handle
all kinds of liquids.
07/'99
Page 3
Diameters, pitches and eccentricity vary according to

the pump size and determine the dimensions of the
several closed compartments and thus, also the quantiy
of capacity flow.
The Eccentric Helical Rotor Pumps are made by
Their field of application is extensive and the type and

consistency of the media does not matter.
Joh. Heinr. Bornemann,

Made in Germany
They handle abrasive, neutral or aggressive liquids the

viscosity and consistency of which may be just fluid.
Media with fibrous content or containing very high
proportions of solids, as well as gaseous, aerated and
foaming compounds are also pumped safely.
1.3 Technical details:

Please note technical data from the data sheets and
dimension sheets of the Appendix.
The mode of operation of the pumps results in very

careful handling of the medium. The pumps work
without pulsation or turbulence.
1.4 Additional information
As their capacity is directly proportional to the speed,
they are also suitable for simple dosage duties.
The manufacturer
Jon. Heinr. Bornemann,
Industriestr. 2, 31683 Obernkirchen
has copyright and patent rights.
Eccentric helical rotor pumps can selectively be

equipped with various shaft seals, depending on operating conditions and model.e.g.
- conventional stuffing boxes
- radial shaft seal rings
- single mechanical seals
- double mechanical seals or buffer liquid systems in
tandem.
1.2 Details about the pump

BORNEMANN Eccentric helical rotor pumps are
self-priming, rotary valveless displacement pumps of
the simplest construction. They have only two pumping elements, the rotor and the stator.
The rotor has a circular section. Its center turns helically twice- in case of single-stage pumps -, in the pitch
of eccentricity around its longitudinal axis while the
cross-section of the stator describes on its length only
one full rotation, i.e. the stator has double the pitch of
the rotor.
The above mentioned shaft seals can be supplied in

various material combinations.
On request and to protect the pump by limitating of
pressure a bypass valve can be supplied which opens
at a pressure of approx. 1,5 bar above operating pressure and lets the pumping medium flow back into the
suction chamber of the pump.
[ NotQ
By-pass valves are not suitable for regulation of the capacity flow or pressure.
If required, the pumps can be equipped with integrated

heating systems.
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
s

Pa e 4
1.5 The address to be contacted:

Joh. Heinr. Bornemann GmbH
IndustriestraBe 2 - 31683 Obernkirchen
P.O. Box 1162 - 31676 Obernkirchen
Germany
phone: 0049 5724 / 390-0, fax: 0049 5724 / 913846
3000 98 163E

2. SAFETY
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 5
Direct references displayed on the machine, e.g.
This instruction manual contains basic references

which are to be observed during erection, commissioning and maintenance. This instruction manual is to
be carefully studied by service engineers and qualified
staff/operator prior to assembly. The manual must
always be kept at the place of installation/plant.
Not only the general safety regulations mentioned in
this "safety" chapter are to be observed but also
special safety information given in other chapters, e.g.
for individual use.
2.1 Marking of references in the instruction manual

All safety references in this manual which can endanger persons when not observed, are marked by the
general symbol for danger
Arrow indicating direction of rotation

Marking for fluid connections
are to be strictly observed and kept in legible condition.
2.2 Staff qualification and training

The staff for operation, maintenance, inspection and
assembly must have required qualification for this
work.
Areas of responsibility, authority and surveyance of
the staff are to be clearly defined by the operator. If the
knowledge of the staff is not adequate, training and
instruction is to be provided for.
If required, this can be carried out on behalf of the
operator by the manufacturer/supplier.
Further, the operator is responsible for the staff having

fully comprehended the contents ofthe instruction manual.
The warning regarding electric voltage is marked by

the safety symbol
Non-observance of the safety references can cause danger for persons as well as environment and equipment.
23 Hazards for not observing safety references
(marking ace. to DIN 4844 - W9)
(marking ace. to DIN 4844 - W8)

For safety references, whose non-observance can cause hazards for machines and its function, the marking
Non-observance of the safety references can lead to

disqualification of any claims for damanges.
In particular, non-observance, can for instance, cause
the following hazards:
- failure of essential functions of the equipment/plant
- failure of regulations for maintenance and service
- endangering of persons by electrical, mechanical
and chemical influences
Note
- environmental danger due to leakage by hazardous
substances
is added.
2.4 Safety-concious working
The safety references incorporated in this instruction
manual, the existing national regulations for accident
prevention as well as any internal working, operation and
safety regulations of the operator are to be observed.
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
8
Pa e 6

2.5 Safety references for the operator

Foundations for pumps and/or aggregates must be
designed so that the arising forces and moments are
safely absorbed.
Pumps or aggregates must only be lifted resp. transported by means of an adequate lifting equipment
attached to those places mentioned in the instruction
manual resp. on the pumps or packing.
Pressure loaded components connected to the aggregate must be designed for the max.operating pressure
as specified in the pump data sheet.
If hot or cold machine parts cause hazards, these parts
are to be protected on site against contact.
Contact safety devices for moving components (e.g.
coupling) must not be removed from the machine
during operation.
Pressure loaded machine parts must be released prior

to starting up.
Pumps or equipment handling substances injurious to
health must be decontaminated.
Immediately after the work has been completed, all
safety and protective devices have to be re installed
resp. set in operation again.
2.7 Unauthorized modification and manufacture

of spare parts
Modifications or alterations of equiment are only admissible after having consulted and obtained the approval of the manufacturer. Genuine spare parts and
accessories authorized by the manufacturer guarantee
safety. The use of unauthorized components can lead
to exemption from liability for resulting damage /
consequences.
Leakages (e.g. of shaft sealing) of hazardous media

(e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) must be collected in a way
that there is no danger for persons or the environment.
2.8 Prohibited methods of operation
Legal requirements must be met.
In case of noises being hazardous to health, ear plugs
must be worn. Observe the regulations in force.
In case of danger resulting from media being processed, used, thrown out or separated by the pump (e.g.
injurious, toxic, corroding or caustic media), protective clothes must be worn.
Danger by electric energy is to be prevented (for
details refer to regulations of VDE, for instance, or
local companies for energy supply).
Operating safety can only be guaranteed if the pump

supplied is exclusively used for the intended application according to the technical data specified in the
order related data sheet.
See chapter 1 "General" of the operating manual.
The specification limits mentioned in the data sheet
must not be exceeded at all.
The user has to arrange for appropriate safety measures
at site.
I\
^V
2.6 Safety references for maintenance, inspection

and assembly
The operator must take care that all maintenance,
inspection and assembly work is carried out by authorized and qualified staff which have carefully studied
the instruction manual.
In general, any work on the equipment is to be carried
out only during non-operation. The procedure described in the instruction manual for shut-down of the
equipment must be strictly observed.
3000 98 163E
Chapter 2 '' Safety'' includes the VDMA

sheet 24 292 (status: Aug. 1991).

07/'99
Page 7
3. TRANSPORT, COMPLAINTS AND STORAGE
3.2.2 Preservation for temporary storage
3.1 Transport and complaints
The customer or user has to preserve the pumps as

follows:
The pumps are despatched packed on planks.

Other types of packing at customers'request.
Inspect immediately for any damage during transit
after receipt of the pump.
If damaged inform us immediately.
- Grease all visible shaft parts and areas not protected

by paint with an acid and resin-free grease.
- Open plastic covers on suction and discharge chamber and lubricate also all metal parts with acid and
resin-free grease.
- Non-metal parts in the pump are excluded.
- Lock suction and discharge chamber by plastic covers.
3.2 Storage
| Note^>
| Note^>
Preservants requiredfor the protection

of the eccentric helical rotor pump
should not react with the medium. Ifthis
is not possible, the preservant has to be
removed before starting up the pump.
Pump parts made from materials not
tending to corrosion ( e.g. 1.4571 or
1.4408) need no conservation.
3.2.1 Transport protection
Soft packings
I\
v
Eccentric helical rotor pumps are, with

exceptions, suppliedwithpre-assembled
soft packings.
- Remove gland.
- Remove stuffing box rings.
- Lubricate shaft and sealing chamber near shaft sealing with acid and resin-free grease.
The pumps are only protected in transit as follows:
- Fasten gland.
- The inner parts of the pumps are sprayed with an

acid- and resin-free preservant.
Mechanical seal
- All visible parts of the shaft and areas not protected

by paint are coated with a preservative, e. g. Valvoline Tectyl 506-.
| NotQ
Eccentric helical rotor pumps are generally supplied with integrated mechanical seals.
In case of mechanical seals the sealing flange should

not be loosened.
Protect mechanical seal against dust and damage.
Store pumps and accessories in a closed and dry
room.
3000 98 163E

07/'99
Page 8
3.2.3 Long-term preservation for max. 12 months
3.23.2 Maintenance during storage
3.2.3.1 Preservation
- Check the preservation of the pump from time to

time and renew if necessary.
- Furnish all visible shaft parts and those metal parts

not protected by paint with a recommended preservant (e.g. Valvoline Tectyl 502 C).
3.2.4 Starting-up after long-term preservation
- Likewise, preserve inner spaces ofthe pump through
the pressure and delivery branch.
1 NotQ
Non-metal parts are excluded from this

procedure.
- Check integrity of seals from outside accessible and

renew if necessary (aging of elastomers due to weather factor and UV-rays).
- Further points to be considered, see maintenance
instructions chapter 5 "Starting up".
- Close suction and discharge branch by means of a

cover.
- Store pumps and accessories in a closed and dry
room.
| NolQ
3000 98 163E
If the pumps to be protected are being

considered for handlingfood or similar,
food adapted preservants have to be
used!
- Only use trade-marked products as listed in chapter

8 "lubrication and preservation diagram" of these
maintenance instructions.

4. ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF THE
AGGREGATE OR PUMP
4.1 Assembly
4.1.1 Assembly of coupling or drive pulley
.\
^V
The starting torque is transmitted from

the motor to the pump by a flexible shaft
coupling or V-belts.
During operation the shaft coupling has to be able to

balance axial, radial and angular displacement.
It is generally possible to transmit the torque by drive
pulleys, V-belts or gears without additional bearing.
But a preceding consultation with J.H.Bornemann is
recommended.
Remove preservation film from the shaft journals by
means of a suitable solvent.
Insert keys and mount coupling halves or drive pulleys
by hand or smart blows with a plastic hammer on the
shaft journal of motor and pump.
In case of drive shafts with a front-side centering
thread the coupling halves resp. drive pulleys have to
be mounted by means of suitable assembly devices.
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 9
Put pump and motor on their sockets of the aggregate

baseplate and align exactly to each other.
njrtf)
*
In order to avoid excessive noise, vibrations and heavy wear of roller bearings
and couplings, the angular and radial
displacement and axial clearance of the
coupling halves have to be as small as
possible.
Note the data sheet for coupling in chapter 11 "Appendix".
Axial clearance of coupling allowed 2-5
mm depending on size. A control by means of a straight-edge is indispensible.
In case of pumps with flanged-on motors or similar

drivers (e.g.motors in B5, VI or V6 possibly used with
EL and EU), the couplings are aligned by the flange
centerings of motor, motor lantern and pump bearing
housing.
In case of using special couplings follow the instructions of coupling makers in chapter 11 "Appendix".
After alignment fasten pump and motor on aggregate
baseplate.
Mount coupling guard or belt guard on aggregate
baseplate.
The hubs of the shaft couplings resp. drive pulleys

have to flush with the entering wedges of the shaft
journals.
Check floating of coupling resp. v-belt pulley.
Secure shaft couplings resp. drive pulleys by grub

screws on the shaft journals.
4.2 Installation
4.2.1 Foundations
4.1.2 Assembly of pump and motor on aggregate

baseplate
Before mounting motor and pump, control direction of
rotation by a short start-up of the drive engine.
Please note necessary details and dimensions for the

selection of foundations from the relevant dimension
drawing.
The foundations must be designed so to safely absorb
the arising forces and moments and so that the baseplate is not distorted at assembly.
See also chapter 4.2.5 "Connection of drive unit".

In case of a flexible steel construction the natural
movements and vibrations of this supporting construction have to be considered.
3000 98 163E

07 / ' 99
Page 10
4.2.2 Assembling of pipings
4.2.3 Installation of aggregate or pump
The eccentric helical rotor pumps can be installed both

horizontally and vertically. If possible, however, they
should be installed horizontally only. Design EU is the
only exception and is only vertically installed.
Before installation and connection of the pump to the

pipings, the pipe system including armatures has to be
cleaned.
When assembling the piping, adhere to the following:

- In order to be able to exchange the stator resp. pump
shafting without problems, it is necessary to fit an
adjusting piece into the delivery pipe subsequent to
the pump. - Not in case of design EU-.
| NotQ
The required length of this adjusting

piece has to be noted from the table of
the Appendix in chapter 11 "Required
floor spacefor dismantling the stator".
The normal width of the pipings should at least

correspond to the nominal width of the pump's
connection branches.
Pipings have to be assembled in the way that the
pump cannot empty itself during standstill.
| Note )
Pump must not run dry. Onlyfew rotations without medium ruin the stator.
Shut-off valves have to be mounted in the suction

and delivery pipe of the pump.
j Notey
In case of pressure testing andflushing

the pipings, pump and armatures may
not be exposed to the test pressure.
In case of static pressure of the unit,
shaft seals could leak during standstill
of the pump.
When installing the unit on aflexibleframework, the

natural movements and vibrations of this constructions have to be considered.Connect pipings over
compensators with the pump.
3000 98 163E
This should avoid possible damages of the pumping

elements and armatures by rough welding waste or
other foreign bodies.
| NotQ
In case of pressure testing and flushing

the pipings, pump and armatures must
not be exposed to the test pressure.
When installing the eccentric helical rotor pump ensure that it is fixed without stress on the relevant foundation. It is absolutely necessary to control that by
means of a straightedge.
Sufficient venting of the driver is required.Connect
suction and delivery line as well as other pipings with
perfect seals to the pump without stress.
HtoteS
Pay attention to theflow direction ofthe

medium.
Connect manometer and vacuum gauge. Connections,

as far as available, to be noted from the dimension
drawing.
4.2 .4 Assembly of the soft packing
If the pump is selected with a soft packing, the soft packing rings are pre-assembled on delivery of the pump, with few
exceptions.
The soft packings should be optimized only when

starting up the pump.
See point 11.3.1 "Assembly and starting up of stuffing
box packings" attached under chapter 11 "Appendix".

If the soft packing of the pump is equipped with a
lantern ring (oil ring), the respective pipes are to be
connected to the stuffing box housing.
If a flushing is not required, the connection bores in
the stuffing box housing must be closed.
4.2.5 Connection of drive unit

Principally, motors have to be connected to the electric
network according to instructions of their makers.
When connecting pay attention to the direction of
rotation of pump and motor.
-See arrow of direction of rotation on the pump-.
A
A
A
07 / ' 99
Page 11
If pump and driver are connected with

each other when controlling the direction of rotation, the pump must be filled
with the medium and the shaft sealing
mounted.
PUMP MUST NOT RUN DRY!

Only few rotations without liquid can
ruin the stator.
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 12
3000 98 163E

eccentric helical rotor p u m p s

07/'99
Page 13
5. STARTING UP
5.4 Pump heating
5.1 Assembly of soft packing
If media are handled that require a pump heating, the

pump heating has to be swiched on early enough before
switching on the driver. Thereby, a sticking of the pumping elements and shaft sealing is avoided.
If the pump is selected with a soft packing, the latter

must previously be optimized, with few eceptions.
- See point 11.3.1 "Assembly and starting up of stuffing box packings" attached under chapter 11 "Appendix ".
As heating medium you can use hot water, steam or

heat transfer oil.
In case of electric heating fill the heating chambers
with heat transfer oil up to the control mark.
5.2 Filling up with medium
Pay attention to the max. allowable operating pressure

and temperature of the heating chambers.
PUMP MUST NOT RUN DRY!
The difference in temperature between pumping and
heating medium should be as small as possible.
Only few rotations without liquid can ruin the stator.For pump protection we recommend fitting a protection device against dry running.
Please note details about it from the special sheet
"Protection Device Against Dry Running" which can
be requested.
In case of initial starting up or after dismantling the
pump, it has to be filled with medium before starting
up.
This is done, for example, through the vacuum gauge
connections or after dismantling the suction line
through the suction branch or any other suitable place
on the suction line.
After filling up the pump shut the vacuum gauge
connection resp. connect the suction line to the suction
branch without stress with a perfect seal.
| NotQ
In case ofEU-pumps half the stator has

to be submerged in the medium.
53. Controlling direction of rotation
Connections for heating lines are to be noted from the

relevant dimension drawing resp. the pump.
5.5 Starting up the pump

Before starting up the pump all shutoff valves in the
suction and discharge line have to be fully opened.
Ii\
\^V
Pump must not be started up with closed

valves.
In case of pumps with soft packings, pay attention to

the attached point 11.3.1 "Assembly and Starting Up
of stuffing box packings" under chapter 11 "Appendix".
In case of pumps provided with flushing for soft packings, the flushing system must be activated, if
necessary.
In case of vertically installed pumps (e.g. type EU etc.)
and mounted mechanical seal, the mechanical seals
have to be vented over the vent lines and valves after
starting up, as otherwise the sliding surfaces could be
damaged by dry running.
Check the direction of rotation of the pump by switching on the motor. -See direction of rotation arrow of
pump at the bearing housing or motor lantern-.
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 14

If the pump does not handle after the first start up, it
should be switched off after a short time, in order to
avoid dry running. Repeat the start after some minutes.
If the pump does not work then, pump and unit have
to be checked.
- Seechapter7 "Breakdowns and their possible causes"-.
If pump is equipped with an overflow valve, the latter

has to be adjusted to the required pressure of response
when the pump handles.
Normally, the pressure of response is approx. 1 bar
more than the max. operating pressure of the pump.
After having checked, corrected and refilled start the

pump again (see chapter 5.2 "Filling up with medium").
Turning the valve spindle counterclockwise- pressure decreases.

Turning the valve spindle clockwise pressure increases.
3000 98 163E

07/'99
Page 15
6. MAINTENANCE
6.1.1.2 Cardan joints
Maintenance work on the pump/aggregate is only allowed when the pump is at rest.
The cardan joints of the eccentric helical rotor pumps

are maintenance-free.
Observe the relevant safety regulations. When dismantling the pump the cardan joints depending
on their size have to be either dismantled or can be
removed as complete unitfromthe shafting.
Maintenance work on pressure-loaded parts of the
Conditional on that the cardan joints have to be greased
pump/aggregate (e.g. work on the shaft sealings point
6.1.2.) is only allowed after such pump parts have been again when assembling the pump.
pressure-released.
Only use trade-marked lubricants, see
| NotQ
In case of danger caused by media (e.g. liquids, gaz,
chapter 8 "Lubrication diagram for ecsmoke, vapour, rods etc.) being handled, thrown out
centric helical rotor pumps ".
or separated by the pum, protective clothing must be
worn.
Oil quantity for cardan joints
Maintenance work on pumps for the
size of cardan joint
oil quantity
food industry to be carried out according
[ml]
to the specific instructions resp. regulations for this industry.
A0
4
Aund Al
8
A2
32
6.1. Pump
A3
52
A4
90
6.1.1. Bearings
A5
250
6.1.1.1. Roller bearings
Gl
400
Fl
400
Eccentric helical rotor pumps have life-time lubricated
roller bearings and are maintenance-free.
B
26
1 NotQ
| NotQ
In case of pump design EL not having an

own bearing, pay attention to the maintenance instructions of the relevant makers of drivers.
- See attachedfirm specifications under
"Appendix" in chapter 11-.
C
D
47
104
173
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 16

6.1.2 Shaft sealing
The following points have to be taken into consideration:
6.1.2.1 Soft packing

A slight leakage of the stuffing box packing is to be
regarded as normal. In case of heavy leakage slightly
tighten the gland by hand. In case of a hardening or
permanent leakage that could not be repaired by
tightening the gland several times, the packing has to
be exchanged.
Exchange of packing rings is described in the point
11.3.1 "Assembly and starting up of stuffing box
packings" attached under chapter 11 "Appendix".
Shafts or stuffing boxes damaged by scratches, marks
etc. should be repaired or renewed.
If a lubrication is considered, the stuffing box packing has to be provided with grease from time to time
over the grease nipple.
- The buffer liquid pressure in the mechanical seal

housing has to be continuously controlled.
It should be 1 ...2 bars higher than the pressure of the
pumping medium in the suction branch resp. in case
of design EU in the discharge branch.
- Control temperature of buffer liquid.
- Check liquid level in buffer liquid reservoir.
- Clean filter and vent valve in buffer liquid system.
During the starting phase of the buffer liquid system
it is recommended to clean the filter each hour and
afterwards each week.
6.13 Pumping elements
The pumping elements of the eccentric helical rotor
pumps are maintenance-free.
6.1.2.2 Single mechanical seal

In case of momentary leakage the reason may be a
foreign body crossing the sliding faces.
Dry running of the pumping elements has to be absolutely avoided.

- A protection device against dry running could be
fitted -.
The reason for permanent leakage may be worn slide

rings or destruction of elastomers due to chemical attack.
In such a case exchange the slide rings or elastomers. Pay
attention to the resistance of elastomers.
After a long standstill of the pump (approx. 3-4 weeks)

or after repair, the pump has to be filled up with
medium handled before starting up again.
- See chapter 5.2 "Filling up with liquid handled"-.
6.1.2.3 Double mechanical seal
6.2. Driver and accessories
When using double mechanical seals a buffer liquid

system is required.
Follow the instructions of the relevant makers.

See also attached specifications of the makers under
"Appendix" in chapter 11.
3000 98 163E

07 /' 99
s
Pa e 17
7. BREAK-DOWNS AND THEIR POSSIBLE

CAUSES
Break-downs
Reduced capacity
Pump does not take suction
Reduced discharge pressure
Noises in the pump
Blocking of the Pump
Driving motor becomes warm
Possible causes
Leaky shaft sealig

Leaky suction line system
Handling elements worn
Handling elements worn out, possibly change only the
stator
Pump is not been filled
Appearace of cavitation: verify pressure in the suction
branch, increase possibly cross-section of line, check
suction line. Check viscosity.
Wrong direction of rotation
Vent or drain screws not screwed in
Foreign bodies: try to remove foreign bodies from
handling elements by turning the driving shaft opposite to normal direction of rotation and dismantle stator.
Congealed liquid handled: heat pump and system.
Dismantle pump.
Bearing damage: dismantle bearing housing
Test driving shaft for eccentricity. Pump to be realigned.
When soft packing is used loosen stuffing box gland
and check packing
Verify current consumption and speed
Wrong adjustment of overflow valve
11
m
m

m
m
m
07 /' 99
s
Pa e 18

This page has deliberately been left blank.
3000 98 163E

07/'99
Page 19
8. LUBRICATION AND PRESERVATION

DIAGRAM FOR ECCENTRIC HELICAL ROTOR PUMPS
The roller bearings and cardan joints of eccentric helical rotor pumps are maintenance-free.
Only use those trade-marked lubricants listed in this

Lubrication Diagram.
If pump and/or cardan joints require disassembling,

roller bearings and cardan joints have to be cleaned and
renewed with grease before the assembly.
Bornemannprotectsthepumpsforthetransportonly.For
preliminary or longer storage see chapter 3.2 "Storage",
Lubricating poin ts
Make
Roller bearin
*
Standard
Preservalives
Cardan joints
*
Food
oilv
Rustia
Tl 10 W/20
AGIP
GRMU3
Li GRLFO
Na
ARAL
Aralub HL 3
Li Aralub FDP 00
Na
Resilan M 46
EnergreaseLS 3
Li HT-EP 00
Na
EnergolLX4
BP
Liquid grease
Nr.: 222000
BORNEMANN
Li
Grease
Nr.: 222001
ELF
Rolexa 3
Li Epexa 00
Li
Stockage
ESSO
Beacon 3
Li Liquid grease
S420
Li Carum330
Rust-Ban 335
FINA
Marson L 3
Li Natran 00
Na BentexB4118 Rusan 20
FINKE
FUCHS
DEA
KLUBER
Aviaticon
MZF3
KENODT
FWA220
Centoplex 3
Li
Li
Li
Aviaticon
GX-FL
RENOSOD
GFB
Microlube
GB00
Gargoyle
1200 W
Special
Gear lubricant H
MOBIL
Mobilux 3
Li
SHELL
Alvania R 3
Li
TOTAL
Multis
Li Multis EP 200
VALVOLINE
waxv
Finkox
RSO Fluid
RENOLIN
Li RENOGEL 7
MR 15 VG 46
2)
Kliibersynth
Contrakor
Li
UH1 14-1600 A40K
Li
Na
Mobilarma 523
Na
Ensis
MotorodlOW
Li
OsyrisHL-2
Finkox
RSU Fluidl)
Contrakor
HW90
TectylSOe1)
* Lithium- (Li) and sodium saponified lubricants (Na) must not be mixed !
As the Lithium saponified lubricants are water repellent, they should be piefenedtothe sodium-saponified lubricants!
1) Preservatives with solvents
2) registered and approved ace. to USDA-H1
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
Pa e 20

3000 98 163E

07/'99
Page 21
9. NOTES
9.2 Return of the pump
9.1 Request for Information
Note the following if a fault cannot be remedied

without consultation and the pump has to be sent to the
works for repair:
The customer must always state the following when

contacting J.H.B. by telephone, telex or in writing:
Detach all parts that are not permanently secured to

the pump as no liability can be accepted.
Order No.:
Drain the medium from the pump.
Machine No.:
Clean the pump inside and outside.
Pumptype:
If the pump is uncleaned, extra costs

will arise for cleaning and decontamination.
The above data can be found on the identification plate

of the eccentric helical rotor pump.
Close all flanges and holes (e.g. flushing holes of

mechanical seal).
Trained specialist fitters are available for installation,

repairs and other requirements.
Send one copy of the attached safety sheet correctly

completed and filled in together with the pump to be
repaired to J.H. Bornemann.
A
A
A
In case of further risk arising from the

pump, dangerous to life and limb, respective information is to be given to
J.H. Bornemann.
Machines that have been in contact with
radioactively loaded media, will exclusively be repaired by a specially qualified engineer within a safety area to be
providedfor by the user.
Pumps returned for repair will only be
disassembled after the correctly and
completely filled in and duly signed Safety Sheet has been received by J.H. Bor-
3000 98 163E
07 /' 99
P a e 22
s

Safety Sheet
User:
Pump to be repaired:
Company:
Pump type:
Street:
Order no.:
Place:
Machine, no.:
Phone / Fax::
The last medium handled by the pump was:
The pump was emptied by the user company.
The pump was carefully cleaned inside and

outside, by the user company.
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
(Costs for cleaning and decontamination arising

with J.H.B. will be charged extra.)
m
, j
The pump had contact to dangerous materials.

if so:
Consecutive number under which the
dangerous material is registered in the GefStoffV:
or
- The CAS - Registration number (Chemical Abstract Service):
The signer confirms that a.m. information is correct and that the pump was
orderly despatched.
Signer Name and position

3000 98 163E
Stamp, Date, Signature

10. DISMANTLING AND MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS
These dismantling and mounting instructions are to be
handled under consideration of the attached spare parts
lists of chapter 11 "Appendix".
Denominations and item numbers used in these instructions are also found in the several spare parts lists.
10.1 Dismantling
| NotQ
Below the complete dismantling of the

pump is described.
07/'99
Page 23
10.1.1 Disassembly of the pump unit
A
A
A
Before beginning with the dismantling,

pay attention to the internal safety rules.
Switch off and secure drivers so that an
inadvertent switching on during dismantling and assembly is not possible.
Drain liquid handled off pump. - See
drain plugs pump casing pos. 1(49) and
discharge branch pos. 5(50).
Depending on the works to be executed all steps or

only some of them are required.
For the several assemblies, e.g. cardan joints and various mechanical seals or other accessories, separate
assembly and dismantling instructions are available.
They are to be found in chapter 11 "Appendix".
All dismantled parts are to be cleaned,

marked and checked for re-use.
In order to facilitate the dismantling of the stator pos.

22 we recommend to wet stator pos. 22 and rotor pos.
10 with a suitable lubricant or even the medium to be
handled. Then, it is necessary to separate the delivery
line from the discharge branch pos. 5.
From the pressure side inject the relevant lubricant or
the medium to be handled in the stator pos. 22. In order
to spread the lubricant all over the stator pos. 22 and
rotor pos. 10, turn the rotor pos. 10 some rotations
against the normal direction of rotation. If this is not
manually possible, this can be done by the drive motor
after having its poles reversed.
235 298 237 239
Remove suction and delivery lines as well as all other

pipings and connections from pump and driver.
Loosen pump unit from foundation and take it off.
10.1.2 Stator
| NotQ
A
07/99KMU
If an adjusting piece is fitted in the piping subsequent to the discharge branch

pos. 5 - see chapter 4.2.2 "Assembling
of pipings" - it is not necessary to
disassemble the pump aggregate when
dismantling the stator pos. 22.
Exception: design EU. Here, the complete pump aggregate has to be lifted out
of the reservoir by means of a crane.
3000 98 082 E

07/'99
Page 24
Remove adjusting piecefromthe piping infrontof the

discharge branch pos. 5.
Take discharge branch pos. 5 off the stator pos. 22 after
having removed nuts pos. 46 and washers pos. 47.

| NotQ
Loosen pump foot (pump feet) pos. 235 from the

baseplate.
| Notey
- Not available with design EU-
After loosening the nuts pos. 239 draw pump foot

(pump feet) off the stator pos. 22.
Draw stator pos. 22 off rotor pos. 10.
10.1.3 Pump casing

After removing nuts or screws pos. 42 and spring rings
pos. 43 draw pump casing pos. 1 off bearing housing
pos. 2.
If the pump casing pos. 1 consists of several parts
and if it is necessary to separate them, loosen the
relevant fixing screws - e.g. ER (pos. 85) and EU
(pos. 171,172 and 187).
10.1.4 Shafting
| NotQ
The shafting of the eccentric helical

rotor pump consists of rotor pos. 10,
universal joint pos. 11, drive shaft
pos. 12 and the two cardan joints.
10.1.4.1 Cardan joint

Due to the various jointsfittedin eccentric helical rotor
pumps, their disassembly and mounting is described
in special instructions, chapter 11. "Appendix".
When dismantling the bearing housing pos.

2 pay attention to the disassembly of the
shaft packing. If required, its disassembly can be noted from chapter 11. "Appendix".
After having dismantled the shaft packing, dismantle

bearing unit as follows:
| NotQ>
Design L does not need a disassembly of

the bearing housing pos. 2 because it is
without own bearing unit and bearing
housing pos. 2.
Instead of the bearing housing pos. 2 there is the

motor lantern item pos. 701. It is taken away from
the driver pos. 674 after removing nuts pos. 672 and
washer pos. 673.
Draw off coupling half located on drive shaft pos. 12.
Remove drive-side Seeger snap ring pos. 32 from
bearing housing pos. 2.
Pull cover plate pos. 79 by means of an hook or two
magnets out of the bearing housing pos. 2.
Viewed from the pump casing side, press complete
inner parts out of the bearing housing pos. 2 by pressing on the drive shaft pos. 12 into the direction of the
drive side.
Remove bearing covers pos. 6, existing with some
models, with their mounted radial shaft seal ring
pos. 36 from the bearing housing pos. 2.
If required, draw roller bearings pos. 27 and 28 off the
drive shaft pos. 12 after having removed safety rings
pos. 33.
10.1.4.2 Rotor and universal joint

After having dismantled the cardan joints resp. drawn
them off rotor pos. 10, universal joint pos. 11 or drive
shaft pos. 12, remove rotor pos. 10 and universal joint
shaft pos. 11.
3000 98 082 E
07/99KMU

10.2 Mounting
Having cleaned and inspected the parts dismantled,
you can mount them.
Fill V3 of the space between the two roller bearings

pos. 27 and 28 with a lubricant listed under chapter 8.
"Lubrication and preservation diagram for eccentric
helical rotor pumps".
I Note^>

Note
>
These assembly steps are notfor design

L. Here, fasten motor lantern pos. 701
with nuts pos. 672 and disks pos. 673 on
drive unit pos. 674.
Fill roller bearing pos. 27 and pos. 28 with a lubricant

listed in the lubrication diagram.
Note
>
07/'99
Page 25
In case of lifetime lubricated (encased)

roller bearings pos. 2 7 and 28, greasing
of the bearing housing pos. 2 is omitted.
Put radial bearing pos. 28 and all parts visible from the
sectional drawing in correct sequence into the bearing housing pos. 2 and finally fasten with Seeger snap ring pos. 32.
r-77N.
^^/
The parts to be mounted vary slightly

depending on the size.
Bearings with 2 washers are excluded.

-Theyhaveapermanentgreasefilling-.
10.2.2 Shaft sealing
The assembly of the bearing housing pos. 2 is ingeniously done in a vertical position.
Assembly of shaft sealing, if required, is described in

chapter 11. "Appendix".
Press radial shaft seal ring pos. 36 in the bearing

housing pos. 2 or in case of certain sizes in the internal
bearing cover pos. 6.
10.2 J Cardan joint
Spring of the radial shaft seal ring pos.

36points to the outside -.
Furnish the internal bearing cover pos. 6 - not available
in all sizes - with o-ring pos. 37, put it in the bearing
housing pos. 2 and secure with Seeger snap ring pos. 32.
Mount Seeger snap ring pos. 33 lying to the pump
casing pos. 1 and Seeger supporting disk pos. 29 on
drive shaft pos. 12.
Slide the radial ball bearing pos. 27 and the grease
retaining ring pos. 184 - equipped for some sizes up to stop at the Seeger supporting disk pos. 29 onto
Fasten mounted parts with Seeger supporting disk
pos. 29 resp. 29.1 and Seeger snap ring pos. 33 on
the drive shaft pos. 12.
From the coupling side press the drive shaft pos. 12
pre-mounted in this way into the bearing housing pos. 2.
Assembly of cardan joints is to be noted from the

special instructions, chapter 11. "Appendix".
10.2.4 Shafting
Unite drive shaft pos. 12, joint shaft pos. 11 and rotor
pos. 10 with the cardanjoints. - See assembly instructions for cardanjoints chapter 11. "Appendix".
10.2.5 Pump casing

Provide pump casing pos. 1 with gasket pos. 25 and
fasten on bearing housing pos. 2 with nuts pos. 42 and
spring washers pos. 43.
I Note^
When mounting the pump casing pos. 1,

pay attention to the position ofthe suction branch.
Put distance bush pos. 15 into the bearing housing

pos. 2.
07/99KMU
3000 98 082 E
07 /' 99
Page 26

10.2.6 Stator
Moisten rotor pos. 10 and inner stator pos. 22 with a
suitable lubricant.
Push stator pos. 22 on rotor pos. 10 up to the pump
casing pos. 2 by rotation.
Fasten pump foot pos. 235 at the pump.
- Some models do not have the pump foot. -
3000 98 082 E
Put discharge branch pos. 5 on the tension rods pos.

20 in front of the stator pos. 22 and fix with nuts pos.
46 and spring washers pos. 47.
After having put the pump on the baseplate, fix pump feet
pos. 235 on its place and clamp it on the stator pos. 22.
After having finished the pump assembly and prepared
the connections start the pump as described under
chapter 5 "Starting up".
07/99KMU

status 07 /' 99
Page 27
11. APPENDIX
11.1. Space required for the removal of the stator
- table - .
11.2. Dismantling and assembly instructions for
cardan joints
113. Dismantling and assembly instructions for
shaft sealings
11.4. Parts lists for eccentric helical rotor pumps
(including sectional drawings)
11.5. Dimension sheets for pumps and assemblies
11.6. Documentation for coupling
11.7. Documentation for driving engine
11.8. Miscellaneous
07/99 KMU
3000 98 202E
status 07 /' 99
Page 28

Platzbedarf fur den Ausbau des

Gehauseeinsatzes
LT1 Bornemann
LLI Pumps
Espacio necesario para el desmontaje del estator

Space required for dismounting the stator
Encombrement pour le demontage du stator
Postfach 1162 D-31682 Obernkirchen

Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
3000 98 162
Seite
Sheet
Feuille
Hoja
:
:
:
:
1 /2
07/99 KMU
1 1|Q3L 5 ] P JHK EU
If/
1
"^h jJT,r,2=a
L
PaCstuck
i Adjusting piece
1loccord
Bauform /1modelo / Mode1 EH, EIi9 E d 9

BaugroBe
EK.
L [mm]
Stufenzahl /
Tamano
Bemerkung
Size
Numerodeeti ipsas/
Number of stages /
nombre des etages
Observaciones
Remarks
Taile
Remarques
63
100
164
236
375
600
1024
1500
1900
2650
4500
6300
190
230
280
400
540
620
670
940
1090
1150
1320
1500
190
230
280
400
540
620
670
940
1090
1150
1320
1500
190
230
280
400
540
620
670
940
1090
1150
375.1
600.1
1024.1
620
670
Bauform / modelo / Model EP

EP2-16
EP 8 - 25
EP 32 - 40
EP 56 - 40
EP 100 - 50
EP 125 - 63
EP 200 - 63
810
1265
2000
2000
2000
2650
2650
540
620
LT1 Bornemann
fill Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
Platzbedarf fur den Ausbau des

Gehauseeinsatzes
Espacio necesario para el desmontaje del estator
Space required for dismounting the stator
Encombrement pour le demontage du stator
3000 98 162
Seite
Sheet
Feuille
Hoja
:
:
:
:
2/2
07/99 KMU
Nicht mehr Aktuell / not valid anymore / ne plus actuel / no es actual

BaugroBe
L [mm]
Stufenzahl /
Tamano
Bemerkung
Observaciones
Size
Niimero de etapsas /
Number of stages /
nombre des etages
Remarks
Taile
Remarques
8
11
20
40
80
160
250
355
400
630
800
1000
1600
2000
2500
3000
4000
355 / 250
400/250
630/250
800/250
800 / 630
1000/250
1000/630
1600/250
1600/630
1600/1000
1000 / 00
1600 / 00
2000 / 00
2500/ 00
60
85
115
145
170
220
220
280
330
440
440
490
565
590
660
760
220
280
330
440
440
440
440
490
490
440
490
565
590
115
115
175
235
295
345
445
445
565
665
885
885
985
.
1190
1330
1530
445
565
665
.
885
885
985
_
.
.
-
_
475
595
695
895
.
1135
1135
_
_
.
.
.
.
_
.
.
.
_
.
_
.
.
.
.
236.2
236.4
375.2
1250
1500.2
1500.4
195
95
265
440
465
195
885
465
Chapter 11
Appendix
Page 1 / 4
11.2. Dismantling and Assembly Instruction for

cardan joints:
Withdraw the joint block pos. 213fromjoint shaft pos.

11 and rotor pos. 10 or drive shaft pos. 12.
These instructions are valid for the cardan joints of:
If necessary, take offjoint shroud pos. 24fromjoint shaft

pos. 11.
size AO - A5, B, C, D, E, Fl and Gl.

and are to be used together with the following documents:
Dismantling and assembly instructions for eccentric helical rotor pumps and
parts list for eccentric helical rotor pumps
Note
Note
>
i>
All dismantled parts have immediately

to be marked in order to avoid confusion
during assembly.
Prior to assembly, allparts are carefully
to be cleaned and to be checked for
re-use. Damagedparts to be replaced, if
necessary.
The pos. 10, 11 and 12 can be obtained
from the respective pump sectional drawing.
When working on the bearing unit or on the mechanical seal of the eccentric helical rotor pump, the joint
bushing pos. 18 has to be withdrawn from the drive
shaft pos. 12 after removal of the Seeger-safety-rings
pos. 76.
Dismantle 0-ring(s) pos. 221fromthe groove(s) in the
| Note^>
On the cardan joints size Al, the joint

bushingpos. 18, the O-ringpos. 221 and
the Seeger circlip pos. 76 are not
equipped.
Cardan joints size B,C,D and E

| Note^>
Cardanjoints ofthis size can completely

be removed from the shafts. Opening is
not necessary.
11.2.1. Dismantling
Dismantle eccentric helical rotor pump as described in
the assembly and dismantling instructions.
Cardan joints size AO - A5, Fl and Gl
Note
>
| Note^>
| Note^>
Cardanjoints ofthis size cannot completely be removed from the shafts but must
be opened and disassembled.
Loosen Seeger circlips or grub screws pos. 31 and dismantle the joint protection sleeves pos. 14fromthe joint
shroud pos. 24.
Carefully take the joint shroud pos. 24 out of the
grooves and push it completely on to joint shaft
pos. 11.
Knock out (by means of a suitable pin) the adapter
sleeves pos. 219 from the joint shaft pos. 11 and from
rotor pos. 10, or drive shaft pos. 12.
Note
>
The square joint and the shaft are connected by a Zyko-pin or by a Connexlockingpin.
The Zyko-pin consist of a cylindrical
adapter sleeve pos. 215 with conical boring (Zyko-sleeve) to which a standard
tapered pin pos. 272 is driven in. Tapered pin and Zyko-sleeve must be assembled and disassembled separately.
The Connex lockingpin is a sleeve which
is split in tooth-form on its longitudinal
axis.
Any assembly direction is possible, hence, the boring mark "A" is not applicable.
As dismantling and assembly are indentical for the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215, this
procedure is not referred in the following instruction.
When driving out the adapter sleeves pos. 219, support

shafts by placing a wood block underneath.
Knock out the joint bolts pos. 17 -by means of a
suitable pin- from the joint block pos. 213.
07/99 KMU
3000 98 200E
Chapter 11
Appendix
Page 2 / 4
[ NotQ
The dismantling ofthe taperedpin takes

place from the side of the boring that is
marked wit "A".
11.2.2. Assembly
Cardan joints size A0 - A5, Fl and Gl
Note
>
\\
n
\1 A| 1
On the cardan joints size Al, the joint

bushingpos. 18, the O-ringpos. 221 and
the Seeger circlip pos. 76 are not
equipped.
11 i
i i i
_ J I o\ j,i
1/ J
Insert O-ring(s) pos. 221 into the groove(s) of drive

shaft pos. 12.
Mount o-rings pos. 221 into the grooves of drive shaft
pos. 12.
Bore a hole in the center of lock washer pos. 214 placed

in boring "A". The diameter of the borer depends on
the size of the lock washer pos. 214. -see table-
Pushjoint bushing pos. 18 on the journals of drive

shaft pos. 12 and fasten with Seeger safety rings pos.
76 (pay attention to the fitting position of the joint
bushingpos. 18).
Provide rotor pos. 10, joint shaft pos. 11 and rive shaft
pos. 12 with joint protection sleeves pos. 14.
Push joint shroud pos. 24 on to joint shaft pos. 11.
Push joint block pos. 213 on the journal of the joint
shaft pos. 11 and fasten with joint bolt pos. 17.
Fasten joint bolt pos. 17 with adapter sleeve pos. 219.
Press rotor pos. 10 and drive shaft pos. 12 into the joint
block pos. 213 and fasten with bolt pos. 17.
Fasten joint bolt pos. 17 with adapter sleeve pos. 219.
0 - lock washer
[mm]
12
14
18
0 - borer
[mm]
5,0
7,0
10,0
Pushjoint shroud pos. 24 over the assembled joint.

Fill the cardan joint -by means of a grease gun- with a
grease mentioned in the lubricating plan.
n>
Knock the tapered pin pos. 272 from the Zyko-sleeve
pos. 215, from the "A"-side. The underbored lock
washer pos. 214 is pressed out, too.
By means of a taper plug, knock out the Zyko-sleeve
pos. 215 and bored lock washer pos. 214 from the joint
head, from the side opposite to "A". Pull off the
complete square joint from the shaft journal.
-Seechapter6.1.1.2. "Cardan joint" Only use trade-marked lubricants, see

Chapter 8. ' 'Lubrication diagramfor eccentric helical rotor pumps ".
Pushjoint protection sleeves pos. 14 on to joint shroud

pos. 24 and fasten with Seeger circlips or grub screws
pos. 31.
From O-ring pos. 221 from the shaft juornal.
3000 98 200E
07/99 KMU
Appendix
Chapter 11
Page 3 / 4
Cardan joints size B, C, D and E.

Mount O-rings pos. 221 and pos. 222 to the shaft
journal resp. to the joint head pos. 220.
Push the complete square joint on to the shaft journal.
The borings for the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215 in shaft and
joint head pos. 220 have to be adjusted to each other.
("A"-side of the boring to the bottom.)
Fix a steel bolt, having the diameter of the countersinking of the lock washer (pos. 12, 14 or 18) to a box
clamp.
Push shaft with
square joint on the
steel bolt so that
the bold locks with
the countersinking
for the lock washer
pos. 214. The
"A"-side of the
boring lies on the
steel bolt.
Insert the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215,

the smaler inside boring ahead,
into the boring of the joint head
pos. 220.
07/99 KMU
With a plastic hammer, drive in

the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215 into
the joint head pos. 220 and
shaft.
Drive in the Zyko-sleeve pos.

215 into the joint head pos. 220
by means of a taper plug, as far
as to the support on the steel
bolt.
3000 98 200E
Chapter 11
Page 4 / 4
Grease the tapered pin pos. 272

with a graphitized fat and insert
it into the bigger bore of the
Zyko-sleeve pos. 215.
Appendix
Tightly drive in the tapered

pin pos. 272 into the Zykosleeve pos. 215, by means of a
taper plug -outside diameter
of the thorn smaler than that
of- the tapered pin pos. 272.
Seal the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215

boring by means of lock washer
pos. 214. A special tool is
necessary for driving in the lock
washers -see sketch-.
11.23. Insertion of the lock washers
tool for driving in the lock washer
mounting of the lock washer
X At about sholder level of the countersink this surface is plane
3000 98 200E
[mm]
12
14
[mm]
10
12
18
16
r
[ mm]
26,4
31,4
41,3
07/99 KMU
Appendix
Chapter 11
Page 1 / 6
113. Dismantling and Assembly Instructions for

shaft sealings
d
[mm]
113.1. Assembly and starting up of stuffing box
1.3
<60
The correct assembly and running-in of a packing are

decisive factors for a good sealing behavior and a long
service life of the packing material and sliding surfaces.
1.4
60...100
1.5
>100
On principle, we recommend the rectangular, straight

packing cut to the shaft.
11.3.1.1. Preparations for assembly
By applying above formula L, the ring cut will have a

slight overlength.
Removal of packing rings

After pressure relief of the aggregate and removal of
the gland, take off all old packing rings and remainders
up to the packing bottom.
Thoroughly clean stuffing box chambers and shaft
surface.
Renew considerably shrunk shafts resp. protection
sleeves.
Checking of the packing
Before assembling, check whether the correct packing,
suitable for the required application, has been selected.
See: " -Point 11.3.1.4. "Packing arrangement"-.
Together with the straight cut, this leads, during assembly, to a slight spanning of the ring at the stuffing
box inside diameter and prevents the packing rings
from turning too.
In order to prevent, during pump starting, that the
packing runs hot, we recommend before cutting the
packing, to reduce its radial thickness by about 0,5 mm
(by means of a tube or a round iron).
The clearance sowith occurring between shaft and ring
quarantees the necessary higher initial leakage for the
exhaust of thefrictionalheat. Such frictional heat may
occur during the running-in by extension and adaptation
of the packing to the stuffing box chamber under operating temperature and pressure.
This should especially be considered with PTFE- and
PTFE-impregnated packings (danger of burning).
If pre-pressed rings are not available, use ring-cuttings.

Packings, even helical ones, must never be mounted
helically, but only as single ring cuttings.
The cutting is effected with an angle of 80-80 . When

closing thering,a parallel and splitless cutting surface
will sowith be reaches (see ill.l).
Exclusively use exactly fitting packing thickness and

lenghts.
Cutting of packing rings
The cutting length of the rings is determined by the
inner diameter ofthe stuffing box D, the shaft diameter
and the packing thicknesses.
The following formulas apply:
Packing thickness: s
Cutting length: L
07/99 KMU
s=
D-d
L = (d+f-s)-7c
3000 98 201E
Chapter 11
Appendix
Page 2 / 6
Instead of making individual cuts of the ring, the

packing can also be wound up spirally on the thorn
with shaft diameter and with the required number of
the rings, and then be cut with a knife (see ill.2).
Assemble the packing rings resp. ring cuts with about

90 displaced cutting ends so that the cutting end of
the last ring gland side is placed on the top, if possible.
Carefully open the rings, axially and radially, so far
that they can be pushed over the shaft (see ill.3).
If the rings are bent up, they make break.
Every ring has to be inserted individually in the stuffing box chamber, the cutting ends at first, by means
of assembly half shells or the gland.
113.13. Starting up
Stuffing box packings have the function to limit, but
not to prevent a leakage of the medium.
Pull the rings off from the thorn without bending them
up, if possible, or open carefully.
A liquid lubrication is necessary in order to reduce the

wear of the shafts to a minimum and to eliminate the
frictional heat.
Therefor, the gland must only be srewed up slightly by
hand prior to starting up.
When starting, mainly with PTFE and PTEF impregnated packings, a high initial leakage has to be
admitted (50 - 200 drops/min. depending on the media
and the rubbing speed).
During starting, and for at least 15 minutes, the minimum leakage has to be adjusted by gradual and constand tightening of the gland nuts, by about 1% rotation
each time.
113.1.2. Assembly
r-f\
^ /
%>
Note
>
3000 98 201E
But the temperature of the stuffing box is not allowed

to rise abnormally (admissible = aprox. 20-70 C
above medium temperature).
In case of a sudden rise in temperature and considerThe stuffing box are equipped with pack- ably decreasing leakage, immediately loosen gland
ing rings of different or equal quality.
and repeat the running-in process.
During packing, exactly observe the sequence as well as number of the individual rings.
If procured from J.H.B., the different
qualities of the packing rings can be
recognized by the cutting shape.
See point 11.3.1.4 "Packing arrangement".
The minimum leakage is depending on medium, pressure, teperature and rubbing speed.
A stadard value for leakage are 10 - 120 drops/min
(corresponds to about 0,5 - 6 cm with water).
07/99 KMU
Appendix
Chapter 11
Page 3 / 6
113.1.4. Packing arrangement

Depending on the pump size, the number of packing
rings in the stuffing box may vary. The exact quantity
is to be obtained from the parts list of the pump.
In case of stuffing boxes with an even number of
packing rings (e.g. 6 pes.), the oil ring is fitted so that
on the atmospheric side there is installed one packing
ring less than on the productside.
rgzzzzzza
1 2
3 4
In case of stuffing boxes with an uneven number of

packing rings (e.g. 5 pes.), the oil ring is fitted so that
it is placed in the center of the stuffing box packing.
*<*
5 6
In case of stuffing boxes with lubrication, one packing

ring is replaced by the oil ring.
'////
S / / V U
' M1 *3i yA t i' r5x6M \ ^
07/99 KMU
3000 98 201E
Chapter 11
Appendix
Page4/6
113.2. Mechanical Seals
11.3.2.1. Dismantling
These instructions apply to the mechanical seal:
Dismantle the eccentric helical rotor pump as described in the dismantling and assembly instructions.
Make: BURGMANN
Mechanical seals up to pump size 164
Type: MG1/...
M7/...
and are to be used together with the following documentation:
Dismantling and Assembly Instructions for eccentric helical rotor pumps
Parts lists for eccentric helical rotor pumps.
The mechanical seals must be removed very carefully
so that the seal faces the material of which is highly
sensitive against blow are not destroyed.
All dismantled parts are immediately to be marked in
order to avoid confusion when assmbling.
Remove spacer bush pos. 93 from the drive shaft

pos. 12.
1 NotQ>
Provide drive shaft pos. 12 with a lubricant.
Pull off the complete rotating parts of the mechanical

seal (pos. 95-1.1 to pos. 95-1.5 (MG1 ..)resp. pos. 95-1
to 95-7 (M7 ..) from the drive shaft pos. 12.
| NotQ
In case ofmechanical seal type M 7, first

loosen the grub screws pos. 95-7 before
pulling off the rotating sealing parts.
Before assembling, all parts are to be cleaned carefully

and to be checked for re-use. Defective parts to be
replaced, if necessary.
Remove the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90, together with the stationary parts of the mechanical seal
(pos. 95-2 and 95-3 (MG1..) resp. pos. 95-8 and 95-9
(M7 ..) from the drive shaft pos. 12.
Pay special attention to the slide faces of slide rings

and counter rings. Faces to be spot-ground, if
necessary.
In case of a mechanical seal with safety flange pos. 98,

dismantle the latter from the casing for mechanical seal
pos. 90 after removal of the screws pos. 110.
In case of new mechanical seals, carefully remove the

surface protection,if available. Remainders on the sliding faces are not allowed.
Push the stationary parts of the mechanical seal, by

hand, out of the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90.
With teflon- and double teflon jacketed O-rings take

care when assembling that the butt joint of the jacket
lies on the side turned away from the liquid pumped.
Further, it must be guaranteed that the jacket is neither
opened nor pulled off.
Note.
3000 98 201E
Mechanical seals from pump size 236
After removal of the screws pos. 110, pull off the

safety flange pos. 91 together with the stationary parts
of the mechanical seal (pos. 95-2 and 95-3 (MG1..)
In order to reduce the frictional forces
resp. pos. 95-8 and 95-9 (M7 ..) from the casing for
at dismantling resp. assembly of the me- mechanical seal pos. 90.
chanical seal, the drive shaft is provided
with a lubricant in the seal area.
In case of mechanical seals with safety flange pos. 98,
dismantle the latter from the casing for mechanical seal
This lubricant must be compatible with the pos. 90.
sealing material and the liquid pumped.
07/99 KMU
Chapter 11
Appendix
Remove the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 from

the bearing housing pos. 2. (see sectional drawing of
the pump).
Pull off the spacer bush pos. 93 from the drive shaft
pos. 12.
| NotO
Provide drive shaft pos. 12 with a thin film of lubricant

(see note under dismantling) and push the rotating
parts of the mechanical seal on the drive shaft pos. 12.
Note
Never lubricate the slide faces of the

mechanical seal, these must be mounted
completely dry.
Provide the drive shaft pos. 12 -with a

lubricant.
Withdraw the complete rotating part of the mechanical

seal (pos. 95-1.1 to pos. 95-1.5 (MG1 ..)resp. pos. 95-1
to 95-7 (M7 ..)fromthe drive shaft pos. 12.
Push spacer bush pos. 93 on drive shaft pos. 12. Place

spacer bush and the rotating parts of the mechanical
seal into their final position.
%>
| Note^>
Page 5 / 6
In case of a mechanicalseal M7 ....first

loosen the grub screws pos. 95-7 before
pulling off the rotating parts of the mechanical seal.
Dismantle the stationary parts of the mechanical seal,

the sealing flange pos. 91 and the safety flange pos. 98,
if equipped, from the drive shaft pos. 12.
Manually dismantle the stationary parts of the mechanical seal from the sealing flange pos. 91.
113.2.2. Assembly
For the further assembly of the eccentric helical rotor

pump, see the dismantling and assembly instructions.
Mechanical seal from pump size 236

Insert O-ring (pos. 95-3 (MG1 ..) resp. pos. 95-9 (M7 ..)
and counter ring pos. 95-2 (MG1..) resp. 95-8 (M7..) in
dry condition, i.e. without lubricant, into the sealing
flange pos. 91.
Mechanical seal up to pump size 164

%>
Force O-ring (pos. 95-3 (MG1..) resp. pos. 95-9 (M7 ..)
and counter ring pos. 95-2 (MG1 ..) resp. 95-8 (M7)
in dry condition, i.e. without lubricant, into the casing
for mechanical seal pos. 90.
In case of mechanical sealM7.fasten the

rotating sealing parts with the grub
screws pos. 95-7 on the drive shaft pos.
12 and secure with a suitable adhesive
(e.g. Loctite).
Take care that the protection against

rotationpos. 99 locks with the respective
groove in the counter ring pos. 95-2.
Insert the O-ring pos. 92 into the sealing flange and

push the pre-assembled parts together with the sealing
flange pos. 98 on the drive shaft pos. 12.
Take care that the protection against

rotation pos. 99 locks with the groove of
the counter ring.
Provide the drive shaft pos. 12 with a thin film oflubricant
(see Note under Dismantling) and push the rotating parts
of the mechanical seal on the drive shaft pos. 12.
Insert the safetyflangepos. 98 into the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 and secure with screws pos. 110.
The slidefaces ofmechanical seals must
[jtato)>
never be lubricated but must be mounted
Mount the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 into the
completely dry.
bearing housing pos. 2 (see sectional drawing of the
pump).
Push spacer bush pos. 93 on the drive shaft pos. 12.
| NotQ
07/99 KMU
3000 98 201E
Chapter 11
Appendix
Page 6 / 6
Place the spacer bush pos. 93 and the rotating parts of

the mechanical seal into their final position.
I
K
v
In case of mechanical seal Ml.., fasten

the rotating sealing parts with the grub
screws pos. 95-7 on the drive shaft pos.
12 and secure with a suitable adhesive
(e.g. Loctite).
Insert the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 into the

bearing housing pos. 2 (see sectional drawing of the
pump).
3000 98 201E
After the joint has been mounted on the drive shaft 12,
secure the pre-assembled sealing flange pos. 91 and the
safetyflangepos. 98, if equipped, with screws pos. 110
to the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90.
|-f\
v
Pay attention to the protections against

rotation pos. 99; they must lock with the
groove in the counter ring.
For the further assembly of the eccentric helical rotor

pump, see dismantling and assembly instructions.
07/99 KMU
Bornemann
Pumps
Stiickliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen

Parts list for Eccentric Rotor Pumps
Nomenclature pour Pompe a Vis Excentree
Lista de partes para Bombas Helicoidal Excentrica
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0| 57 24 913 846
3000 97 245
Seite:
Sheet:
Feuille:
Hoja:
1/2
07/99 KMU
J H B - K o m m . - Nr.
J H B - Comm. - no.:
Typenreihe: EH, EL, ER, ES,

ELR, ELS
Type range
Serie de types
Serie de tipos
Die Stiicklisten enthalten alle Teile der Exzenterschneckenpumpe.
Die von J.H.B. empfohlenen Reserveteile sind wie
folgt gekennzeichnet:
R r =
groBer Reserveteilsatz
kleiner Reserveteilsatz
Der Kleine Reserveteilsatz, mindestens aber der Gehauseeinsatz Pos. 22 sollten aus Grunden der Betriebssicherheit in Ihrem Ersatzteillager bevorratet sein.
The parts lists include all parts of the eccentric helical rotor pump.
Spare parts recommended by JHB are marked as follows:
R =
r =
large spare parts set

small spare parts set
The small set of spare parts, at least the stator item 22, should be
available in your spare part stock to ensure reliability in service.
Les listes de pieces detachees comportent tous les elements de la

pompe a vis excentrique.
Les pieces de rechange recommandees par JHB sont marquees
comme suit:
R
r
grand jeu des pieces de rechange

petit jeu des pieces de rechange
Le petit jeu pieces de rechange, au moins le stator pos. 22 doivent

etre disponibies en votre magasin, pour raison de la securite de
service.
Las listas de partes contienen todas las piezas de la bomba helicoidal

excentrica.
Los partes de reserva que son recomendadas por JHB, se describen:
R
r
=
=
juego de partes de reserva grande

juego de partes de reserva pequeno
Por motivos de seguridad de servicio se debe contar en el depdsito de repuestos con por lo menos el estator pos. 22 del juego de
partes de reserva pequeno.
Bitte alle Ersatzteile nur nach dieser Stuckliste unter

Angabe der folgenden Daten besteilen.
Komm.-Nr. oder Masch.-Nr. in Verbindung mit der
Pos.-Nr..
Z.B. beim Besteilen einer Antriebswelle Pos. 12 fur die
Masch.-Nr. 53629 bzw. JHB-Komm.-Nr. 304 683 ist
folgendes anzugeben:
Ident-Nr.: 53629-12 oder 304683-12
Die Komm.- Nr. bzw. Maschinen-Nr. ist dem Pumpentypenschild zu entnehmen.
Please order all spare parts according to this parts list only considering the following data:
Comm.-no. or serial-no. in connection with the Item-no.
Example: When ordering a drive shaft Item 12 for serial-no. 53629
resp. JHB comm.no. 304 683 state the following:
ldent-no.: 53629-12 or 304683-12
Please note the Comm.-no resp. serial-no. from the nameplate of
the pump.
Veuilllez commandertoutes les pieces de rechange seulement selon

cette liste de pieces et indiquez les dates suivantes:
JHB-no. de la commando ou no. de la serie ensemble avec le no.
de pos..
Par example: en cas de commander un arbre moteur Pos. 12 le no.
de la serie 53 629 resp. no. de la commande 304 683 il faut indiquer:
ldent-no.: 53629 -12 ou 304683-12
Veuillez noter le no. de la commande resp. de la serie de la plaque
dutype.
Espesor, case- de que no hy pedidos de otra manera.

Sirvanse pedir todos los repuestos segun esta lista de partes
indicando la siguiente informaci6n:
JHB.ns. orden de trabajo (Com.-No.) o no. de la serie junto con
el no. de pos..
Por ejemplo: al pedir un arbol motor pos. 12 para el no. de serie 53
629 resp. el orden de trabajo no. 304 683, indicar lo siguiente:
No.-ident: 53629-12 o 304683-12
Se toma el comm.-no. resp. no. de serie de la placa de caracteristicas.
LTl Bornemann
P_ll Pumps
PumpenbaugrolJen, Lagereinheiten und Gelenke
3000 97 245
Pump size, bearing units and cardan joints

Grandeur de la pompe, unite de roulement et grandeur du cardan
Tamaho de bomba unidad de rodamiento y tamafio de la bomba

Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0] 57 24 913 846
Seite:
Sheet:
Feuille:
Ho
Ja
Pumpenbaugrolle
Lagereinheit
GelenkgroSe
Bemerkung
Pump size
Grandeur de la pompe
Tamafio de bomba
Bearing unit
Unite de roulement
Unidad de rodamiento
Joint size
Grandeur du cardan
Tamaho de la bomba
Notice
Remarque
Notas
Size
Grandeur
Tamafio
Ausfuhrung
Execution
Execution
Ejecucion
63.1
63
II
GrolJe
E. 63
E2.63
E4.63
E. 100
E2.100
E4.100
E. 164
E2.164
E4.164
E. 236
E2 .236
E4.236
E. 375
E2 .375
E4.375
E. 600
E2 .600
E4.600
E. 1024
E2.1024
E4.1024
E. 1500
E2.1500
E4.1500
E. 1900
E2.1900
E4.1900
E. 2650
E2 .2650
E4.2650
E. 4500
E2 .4500
E. 6350
E2 .6350
E2.
E2.
E4.
E4.
600.1
1024.1
375.1
600.1
AO
A1
80.1
I
250.1
80.1
250.1
80.1
250.1
250
II
250.1
250
II
630.1
630
D
E
II
1000
A5
G1
4000
80.1
F1
I
B
80
II
n in
07/99 KMU
Pos.-Nr. Stckzahl. Benennung

tem-no.
Denomination
Piece
Pos.-no.
Denomination
Piece
Nro.-pos. Cant
Denominacidn
Pumpen - Gesamtubersicht
Pump - Survey
Ensemble des Pompes
Vista general de la bomba
Pumpengehause
Pump casing
1
1
Corps de la pompe
Carcasa de bomba
Druckstutzen
Discharge branch
5
1
Bride de Refoulement
Brida de descarga
Zwischenflansch
Intermediate flange
8
1
Bride intermediaire
Brida intermedia
Gelenkkopf
Joint head
9
1
Tete d'articulation
Cabeza de articulaci6n
Exzenterschnecke
Helical rotor
10
1
Vis-rotor
Tomillo excentrico
Gelenkwelle
Joint shaft
11
1
Arbre articule
arbol articulado
Antriebswelle
Drive shaft
12
1
Arbre de commande
Arbol de transmision
Spannbolzen
Tension rod
20
4
Boulon de tension
Tensor roscado
1^^^
Q^PMAMA^MIM
Pumips
Postfach l l 62 D-31 682 Obernkirchen
Tel. +49 (0) e
7 24 390-0 F<
ax +49 (0)57 24 913 846
Normbezeichng., Zeichngs.-Nr., Abmessungen
DIN-Nr.
Standard, Drawing-no., Dimensions

Norme, Plan-no., Dimensions
Norma, Piano, Dimensiones
Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Spare parts
Piec. de rechange
Repuestos
Bemerkungen
Notice
Remarque
Notas
siehe Seite 6/6 (1)

see page 6/6 (1)
voir feuille 6/6 (1)
ver hoja 6/6 (1)
siehe Seite 6/6 (3)
see page 6/6 (1)
ver hoja 6/6 (1)
R +r
siehe Seite 6/6 (2)

see page 6/6 (2)
ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Bei ES und ELS nur 2 Stck
For ES and ELS only 2 pieces
Pour ES et ELS seulement de 2 pieces
Encaso de ES y ELS solamente dos piezas
Stuckliste fiir Exzenterschneckenpumpen
3000 97 246
Parts List for Eccentric Rotor Pumps
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
1 /6
07/99 KMO

tem-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant

Denomination
Denomination
Denominacion
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Notice
Spare parts
Piec. de rechange Remarque
Notas
Repuestos
Schaftschraube
21
Shoulder stud
Vis sans tete
Bul6n esparrago
22
Stator
Stator
Estator
25
Gasket
Joint plat
Junta plana
35
41
42
43
Sechskantmutter
siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
46
Hexagon nut
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
see page 6/6 (4)

ver hoja 6/6 (4)
46
Gehauseeinsatz
R+r
Flachdichtung
1 ^ ^
R+r
Spiral-Spannstift
siehe Seite 6/6 (2), (3)
Locking pin
Goupille de serrage
Espina elastica
see page 6/6 (2), (3)

voir feuille 6/6 (2), (3)
ver hoja 6/6 (2), (3)
Stiftschraube bzw. Sechskantschraube
siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
Stud bolt resp. Hexagon screw

Boulon filete resp. Vis a tete hexagonal
Prisionero 6 tornillo cab. hexagonal
see page 6/6 (4)

ver hoja 6/6 (4)
Sechskantmutter
siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
Hexagon nut
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
see page 6/6 (4)

ver hoja 6/6 (4)
Federring
siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
Spring ring
Bague elastique
Anillo elastico
see page 6/6 (4)

ver hoja 6/6 (4)
Randelmutter
nur Bauformen ES und ELS
Knurled nut
Ecrou bas molete
Tuerca moleteada baja
Only for type ranges ES and ELS.

Seulement pour les types ES et ELS.
Solo para modelos ES y ELS
D ^ P M A M A A M M Stuckliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen
Pumips
Postfach 1162 D-3 682 Obernkirchen
Tel. +49 (0) 7 24 390-0 F3X+49 (0)57 24 913 846
3000 97 246
Seite:
Page:
2/ 6
Feuille:
Hoja:
07/99 KMU


tem-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacidn
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Sechskantmutter - Satz
siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
46.1
Hexagon nut - set

Ecrou hexagonal - jeu
Tuerca hexagonal - juego
see page 6/6 (5)

ver hoja 6/6 (5)
47
Washer
Rondelle
Arandela
Scheibe -Satz
siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
47.1
Spring ring - set

Bague elastique - jeu
Anillo elastioo - juego
see page 6/6 (5)

ver hoja 6/6 (5)
49
50
Screwed plug
Vis d'obturation
Tapon roscado
51
Seal ring
Bague d'etancheite
Junta arandela
58
Identification plate
Plaque de type
Placa caractenstica
59
Reference plate
Plaque indicatrice
Placa indicacion
60
Federring
Verschluflschraube
Screwed plug
Vis d'obturation
Tapon roscado
Verschluftschraube
Dichtring
R
Typenschild
Hinweisschild
Drehrichtungspfeil
Direction of rotation indicator
Heche de sens de rotation
Flecha sentido de rotaci6n
1 ^ ^ ^ Q 4*1^1* A M % * ^ M M Stuckliste fiir Exzenterschneckenpumpen
Postfach
Pumips
1162 D-31 682 Obernkirchen
(0)57 24 913 846

7 24 390-0 F+49
<
Tel. +49 (0) E
3000 97 246
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
3/ 6
07/99 KMO


tem-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Notice
Spare parts
Notas
Repuestos
Halbrundkerbnagel
Round headed notched nail
Clou cannele demi-rond
Espiga semiredonda
61
Zylinderkopfschraube
siehe Seite 6/6 (1)
85
Hexagon socket head cap screw

Vis a six pans interieurs
Tornillo Allen
see page 6/6 (1)

ver hoja 6/6 (1)
139
Gasket
Joint plat
Junta plana
161
Round headed notched nail

Clou cannele demi-rond
Espiga semiredonda
PumpenfuB
siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
235
Pump foot
Pieds de pompe
Pata de bomba
see page 6/6 (5)

ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Scheibe
siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
237
Washer
Rondelle
Arandela
see page 6/6 (5)

ver hoja 6/6 (5)
238
239
253
siehe Seite 6/6 (1)
Flachdichtung
R+r
see page 6/6 (1)

ver hoja 6/6 (1)
Halbrundkerbnagel
Sechskantschraube
siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
Hexagon screw
Tornillo cab. hex.
see page 6/6 (5)

ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Sechskantmutter
siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
Hexagon nut
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
Flachdichtung
Gasket
Joint plat
Junta plana
see page 6/6 (5)

ver hoja 6/6 (5)
LT1 Bornemann
P_1J Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
siehe Seite 6/6 (7)

R+r
Stuckliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen
3000 97 246
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
4/6
07/99 KMO
see page 6/6 (7)

ver hoia 6/6 (7)


tem-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Sechskantschraube
siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
Hexagon screw
Tornillo cab. hex.
see page 6/6 (2)

ver hoja 6/6 (2)
671
Sechskantmutter
siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
672
Hexagon nut
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
see page 66 (2)

ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Federring
siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
673
Spring ring
Bague elastique
Anillo elastico
see page 6/6 (2)

ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Antriebseinheit
siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
674
Drive unit
Entratnement
Eje de manquino
see page 6/6 (2)

ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Motoriaterne
siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
701
Motor lantern
Lanterne moteur
Linterna de motor
see page 6/6 (2)

ver hoja 6/6 (2)
I T ^ D #*?% A K M ^ M M Stuckliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen
Pumips
Seite:
Page:
1162 D-3' 682 Obernkirchen Lista de partes para Bombas Helicoidal Excentrica
Postfach 7 24 390-0 F+49 (0) 57 24 913 846
Tel. +49 (0) 5
3000 97 246
5/ 6
Feuille:
Hoja:
07/99 KMU


tem-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacidn
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Erklarungen zu den unter "Bemerkungen" angegebenen Zahlen:

Meaning of the numbers annexed to "Notice":
Sens de chiffres annexes sous "Remarques":
Aclaraciones a los numeros que figuran en el capitulo "Notas":
1) Nurfiir Bauformen ER und ELR und ab BaugrolJe 375.
(2) Nur fur Bauformen EL, ELR und ELS.
1) Only for type ranges ER and ELR and from size 375 onwards.
1) Seulement pour les types ER et ELR et a partir de la taille 375.
1) S6lo para modelos ER y ELR y desde tamaho 375.
(2) Only for type ranges EL, ELR and ELS.

(2) Seulement pour les types EL, ELR et ELS.
(2) S6lo para modelos EL, ELR y ELS.
3) Nur fur Bauform ES.
(4) Nicht fur Bauformen ES und ELS.
3) Only for type range ES.

3) Seulement pour le type ES.
3) S6lo para modelos ES.
(4) Not for type ranges ES and ELS.

(4) Pas pour les types ES et ELS.
(4) No se utilizan para modelos ES y ELS.
5) Entfallt bei alien Pumpen mit der Lagereinheit GrolJe 63.1 und 63, und bei Bauform EL bis zur BaugrolJe E4L 236. Ab der Lagereinheit GrolJe 630.1 - 2 Stck.
5) Not applicable for all pumps with bearing units size 631 and 63 and for type range EL up to size E4L 236. From bearing unit size 630.1 onwards, 2 pieces.
5) Ne s'applique pas pour toutes les pompes avec unite de palier taille 63.1 et 63 et pour le type EL jusqu'a la taille E4L 236. A partir du palier de taille 630.1 = 2 pes.
5) No se utiliza en ninguna bomba equipada con la unidad de bancada de tamano 63.1 y 63 y en los modelos EL hasta el tamaho E4L 236. Desde la unidad de bancada tamaho 630.1 - 2 piezas.
6) Nur fur Lagereinheit GrolJe 630
(7) Entfallt bei der BaugrolJe 63; 100; 164 und 1024
6) Only for bearing units size 630

6) Seulement pour unite de pulier taille 630
6) S6lo pura unidad de bancada de tamaho 630
(7) Not applicable for size 63; 100; 164 und 1024
(7) Ne s'applque pas pour le failles 63; 100; 164 und 1024
(7) No aplicable con los tamahos 63; 100; 164 und 1024
Bornemann
Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
3000 97 246
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
6/ 6
07/99 KMU
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Sill

Lagereinheit
- Ausfiihrung : 1 und II
Die Pumpenbauformen EL, ELR und ELS besitzen keine Lagereinheit.
Bearing unit
Unite de roulement
Unidad de bancada
- Execution : 1 and II
- Exacution : 1 et II
- Ejecucion : 1 y II
Pump sizes EL, ELR and ELS without bearing unit.

Les grandeurs EL, ELR et ELS sans unite de palier.
Las fbrmas constructivas EL, ELR y ELS no poseen conjunto bancada.
Bemerkungen
Notice
Remarque
Notas
Lagergehause
Bearing casing
Corps de palier
Carcasa de bancada
12
15
Spacer bush
Douille d'espacement
Buje distanciador
27
Radial ball bearing

Roulement a billes
Rodamiento radial a bolas
28
Radial ball bearing

Roulement a billes
Rodamiento radial a bolas
29
*2
Antriebswelle
Drive shaft
Arbre de commande
Arbol de transmision
Abstandsbuchse
Radialkugellager
R
Radialkugellager
29.1
32
Stutzring
siehe Seite 2/2 (1)
Support ring
Bague d'appui
Aro soporte
see page 272 (1)

ver hoja 2/2 (1)
Stutzring
Nur Ausfuhrung II
Support ring
Bague d'appui
Aro soporte
Only Execution II
Seulement execution II
Solo ejecucion II
Sicherungsring
Circlip
Bague d'arret pour alesage
Anillo de fijacion
LT1 Bornemann Stuckiiste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen

rJJ Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
3000 97 247
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
1 /2
07/99 KMO


Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Sicherungsring
33
Circlip
Bague d'arret pour alesage
Anillo de fijacidn
36
Radial shaft seal ring

Joint a levres
Reten
55
Key
Clavette
Chaveta
68
V-ring or o-ring
Bague V ou joint torique
Aro V o junta tbrica
79
183
Radialwellendichtring
R+r
Pafifeder
V-Ring oder o-ring

R
Abdeckscheibe
siehe Seite 2/2 (2)
Cover disc
Rondelle de recouvrement
Tapa de cierre
see page 2/2 (2)

ver hoja 2/2 (2)
V-Ring
184
siehe Seite 2/2 (2)
V-ring
Bague V
AroV
see page 2/2 (2)

ver hoja 2/2 (2)
Nilos-Ring
Nur Ausfuhrung II
Grease retaining ring f. anti-frict.bear.

Flasque d'etancheite de roulement
Anillo de obturacibn de rodamiento
Only execution II
Seulement execution II
S6lo ejecucion II
(1) In der Lagereinheit Grofte 4000 ist nur 1Stck. vorhanden .

(1) Only 1 piece available for bearing unit size 4000.
(1)1 piece seulement disponible pour I'unite de palier de taille 4000.
(1) En la unidad de bancada tamano 4000 se utiliza solo una pieza.
(2) Nur in der Lagereinheit GrofJe 4000 vorhanden .

(2) Only available for bearing unit size 4000.
(2) Seulement disponible pour I'unite de palier taille 4000.
(2) S6lo se utiliza en la unidad de bancada tamano 4000.
LT1 Bornemann Stuckliste fiir Exzenterschneckenpumpen

r-LJ Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
3000 97 247
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
2/ 2
07/99 KMU
L*?Z Lb
000
9rtQ'l{6 000
ojuMDpoj ap popiufi
|ueui8|noj ap a|iufl
p n Guuoag
(iai|u;aJ96o~|
ojuajiiiDpoj ap popjufi
|uauja)noj ap 3|jufl
|iun 6uuDsg
lidquidiafio-!
CODOE)ai]Ql[]g]

Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Normbezeichng., Zeichngs.-Nr., Abmessungen DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
Material
Materiau
Material

Kardangelenk
Baugrofte AO ... A5, F1 und G1
Ausfiihrung : IA und I B
Cardan joint
Joint cardan
Cardanica
Size
AO... A5, F1 and G1
Grandeur AO ... A5, F1 et G1
Tamano AO ... A5, F1 y G1
Execution: IA and I B
Execution : IA et I B
Ejecucibn : IA y I B
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
* Jede Pumpe enthalt 2 Gelenke. Stiickzahlen beziehen sich auf 1 Gelenk.

* Each pump includes 2 joints. The quantity refers to 1 joint.
* Chaque pompe comporte 2 joints. La quantite se rapporte a 1 joint.
* Cada bomba contiene 2 articulaciones. Cantidad de piezas se resiere a 1 articulatibn
Gelenkschutzhiilse
14
Joint protection sleeve

Douille de protection
Bujede^roteccibn
17
Joint pin
Axe d' articulation
Perno de articulaci6n
24
31
31
Grub screw
Vis de arret
Variila roscada
213
Joint pulley
Bloc d' articulation
Bloque de cardan
219
Gelenkbolzen
R
Gelenkmanschette
Protecting bellow
Manchon de protection
Manga de protecci6n
R
Nur Ausfuhrung I B
Sicherungsring
Circlip for shaft
Segment d' arret sur arbre
Anillo de fijacidn
Only Execution I B
Seulement execution I B
S6lo ejecucibn I B
Only Execution IA
Seulement execution IA
Sdlo ejecuci6n IA
Nur Ausfuhrung IA
Gewindestift
Gelenkblock
R
Spannhulse
Locking sleeve
Douille de serrage
Passador elastico
LT1 Bornemann Stuckliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen

ILL] Pumps
Tel. +4910) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0| 57 24 913 846
3000 97 248
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
1 /5
07/99 KMU
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.

Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Gelenkbuchse
*18
*76
*221
Universal joint bush

Coussinet de I' axe d' articulation
Manguito de articulaci6n
Sicherungsring
Circlip for shaft
Segment d' arret sur arbre
Anillo de fijacion
O-Ring
O-ring
R
Joint torique
Junta torica
* Die Pos. 18,76 und 221 sitzen nur auf der Antriebswelle - Pos. 12 - und werden je Pumpe nur 1 mal benotigt. Beim Gelenk A1 entfallen diese Teile.
* Pos. 18,76 and 221 are only fitted to drive shaft 12 and are required only once for each pump. For joint A1, these items are not applicable.
* Lespos. 18, 76 et 221 se trouvent seulement sur I'arbre commande pos. 12etsont necessities une fois seulement pour chaque pompe. Pour le joint A1, ces pieces ne s'appliquent pas.
* Las posiciones 18, 76 y 221 se montan solamente sobre el eje de impulsibn y se requieren una de cada una por bomba. En el caso de la articulaci6n A1 no se utilizan estas piezas.
LT1 Bornemann Stiickliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen

FJJ Pumps
3000 97 248
Seite:
Nomenclature pour Pompe S Vis Excentree
Page:
Feuille:
Tel. +49 |0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
Hoja:
2/5
07/99 KMU
Reserveteile
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.

Notice
Spare parts
Repuestos
Notas
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
Material
Materiau
Material
Kardangelenk
BaugroBe : B, C, D, E
Ausfuhrung : III A
Cardan joint
Joint cardan
Cardanica
Size:
Grandeur:
Tamano :
Execution: III A
Execution : III A
Ejecucidn : III A
B, C, D, E
B, C, D, E
B, C, D, E
* Jede Pumpe enthalt 2 Gelenke. Stuckzahlen beziehen sich auf 1 Gelenk.

* Cada bomba contiene 2 articulaciones. Cantidad de piezas se resiere a 1 articulacion.
Kardangelenk - vormontiert
216
Cardan joint - preassembled

Joint cardan - premonte
Cardanica - premontar
Montagesatz III A
bestehend aus :
216.1
consisting of:
compose de:
constar de:
214
215
221
222
Assembly set III A

Jeu d'assemblage III A
Unidad de montaje III A
Verschludscheibe
Lock washer
Pastille bombee
Disco obturador
Zyko-Hulse bzw. Connex Spannstift
Zyko-sleeve resp. Connex locking pin
Manchon - zyko resp. goupille de serrage Connex
Manguito Zyko o bien espiga tensora Connex
O-Ring
O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tdrica
O-Ring
O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tbrica
272
R+r
Keglstift
Taper pin
Goujon c6nique a filet
Pasador odnico
1771 Bornemann Stuckliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen

F-LJ Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
3000 97 248
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
3/ 5
07/99 KMU
Bemerkungen
Normbezeichng., Zeichngs.-Nr., Abmessungen DIN-Nr.
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.

Piece
Piece
Cant
Kardangelenk
Cardan joint
Joint cardan
Cardanica
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacidn
BaugrolJe : B, C, D, E
Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile B e m e r k u n g e n
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Ausfuhrung : III B
Size:
B, C, D, E
Execution: III B
Grandeur:
B, C, D, E
Exacution : III B
Tamano :
B, C, D, E
Ejecucidn : III B
* Jede Pumpe enthalt 2 Gelenke. Stijckzahlen beziehen sich auf 1 Gelenk.
* Cada bomba contiene 2 articulaciones. Cantidad de piezas se resiere a 1 articulacibn.
216

Cardanica - premontar
Montagesatz ill B
bestehend aus :
216.2
consisting of:
compose de:
constar de:
214
215
221
222
Assembly set III B

Jeu d'assemblage III B
Unidad de montaje III B
Verschlu&scheibe
Lock washer
Pastille bombee
Disco obturador
Connex Spannstift
Connex locking pin
Goupille de serrage Connex
Espiga
O-Ring
O-ring
Joint torique
Junta t6rica
O-Ring
O-ring
Joint torique
Junta t6rica

I U Pumps
R+r
3000 97 248
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Tel. +49 (0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0] 57 24 913 846
Hoja:
4/ 5
07/99 KMU

Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
Reserveteile

Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Kardangelenk
BaugroRe : B, C, D, E
Ausfuhrung : III C
Cardan joint
Joint cardan
Cardanica
Size:
Grandeur:
Tamano :
Execution: III C
Exacution : III C
Ejecuci6n : III C
B, C, D, E
B, C, D, E
B, C, D, E
Material
Materiau
Material
* Jede Pumpe enthalt 2 Gelenke. Stuckzahlen beziehen sich auf 1 Gelenk.

* Cada bomba contiene 2 articulaciones. Cantidad de piezas se resiere a 1 articulaci6n.
216
216.3
215
222
ITT^

Cardanica
Montagesatz III C
Assembly set III C
Jeu d'assemblage III C
Unidad de montaje III C
Connex Spannstift
Connex locking pin
Goupille de serrage Connex
Espiga
O-Ring
O-ring
Bague torique
Junta t6rica
ips

Postfach >7 24 390-0 Fax+49 (0)57 24 913 846
bestehend aus :
consisting of:
compose de:
constar de:
R+r
Q A r i i A m a i i i i Stuckliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen
0 Purr
Tel. +49 (0) J
3000 97 248
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
5/ 5
07/99 KMO
Bemerkungen
8^Z
Lb OOOE
MQ'Ub'OOK
4D
3079
DUMB)
03IMPJOJ
4 ! <iWJSj
!S
uspjo >m -
3'0'1'Sj .wpuwfi
3'0')'8
JQ'3'8
sijojg nfupmm
inl
}
@.
JM
" Mih
III
QD
\
^ ^ ^
p
\i ' 19
y !* [
SfO jrspuojil
Ij P^ 10
iV IV
aopjB) juiof
ftt
(U)
iW ijDPJtSj -
I -\
pirn ig
d) &


Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacidn
Wellenabdichtung
- Weichpackung ohne Schmierring -
Ausfuhrung : 1A
Shaft sealing
Garniture d' etancheite
Opturaci6o de eie
- Soft packing without lantern ring

- Garniture a tresse sans bague de graissage
- Empaquetadura blanda sin anillo de lubricacibn
Execution : 1A
Execution : 1A
Ejecuci6n : 1A
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Stopfbuchsgehause
3
44
45
56
*5
Stuffing box housing

Corps de bolte a garniture
Caja de la prensa-estopa
Stopfbuchsbrille
Gland
Fouloir
Anillo de la prensa-estopa
Hammerkopfschraube
Hammerbolt
Boulon a tete a marteau
Tornillo con cabeza martillo
Sechskantmutter
Hexagonal bolt
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
Packungsringe
Packing ring
Bague d' etoupage
Aro de junta
R+r
* In der Bauform ES werden ab der BaugroRe 236 6 Packungsringe Pos. 56 benotigt.

* For type ES, 6 packing rings are fitted, from size 236 onward.
* Pour le modele ES, 6 bague d' etoupage sont montees, a partir de la taille 236.
* Con el modelo ES desde el tamano 236 se montan 6 aros de empaquetadura.
irr^ D#%rMAMAaMi
Purrips

Postfach )7 24 390-0 F ax+49 (0)57 24 913 846 1
Tel. +49 (0) e

i
3000 97 249
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
1/6
07/99 KMU
Bemerkungen
Notice
Spare parts
Notas
Repuestos


Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacidn
Wellenabdichtung
- Weichpackung mit Schmierring -
Ausfiihrung : 1 B
Shaft sealing
Opturacioo de eje
- Soft packing with lantern ring

- Garniture a tresse avec bague de graissage
- Empaquetadura blanda con anillo de Iubricaci6n
Execution : 1 B
Exacution . 1 B
Ejecucidn : 1 B
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Stopfbuchsgehause
Stuffing box housing
Corps de bolte a garniture
Caja de la prensa-estopa
Gland
Fouloir
Anillo de la prensa-estopa
44
Hammerbolt
Boulon a tete a marteau
Tornillo con cabeza martillo
45
Hexagonal bolt
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
56
*4
Packing ring
Bague d' etoupage
Aro de junta
57
Stopfbuchsbrille
Hammerkopfschraube
Sechskantmutter
Packungsringe
R+r
Schmierring
Lantern ring
Lantern d' arrosage
Anillo lintema
* In der Bauform ES werden ab der BaugrolJe 236 5 Packungsringe Pos. 56 benotigt.

* For type ES, 5 packing rings are fitted, from size 236 onward.
* Pour Ie modele ES, 5 bague d' etoupage sont montees, a partir de la taille 236.
* Con el modelo ES desde el tamano 236 se montan 5 aros de empaquetadura.

P_lJ Pumps
3000 97 249
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Tel. +49 [0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
Hoja:
2/6
07/99 KMU
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas

Piece
Piece
Cant
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material

Wellenabdichtung
- Gleitringdichtung Typ: M 7 /... - G .. -
Ausfuhrung : IIA - II B
Shaft sealing
Opturacioo de eje
- Mechanical seal type : M 7 /... - G ..- Garniture mecanique type : M 7 /... - G .. - Sello mecanico tipo : M 7 /... - G .. -
Execution : IIA - II B
Execution : IIA - II B
EjecuciGn : IIA - II B
Reserveteile
Gehause fur Gleitringdichtungen

90
Housing of the mechanical seal

Bolte de la garniture mecanique
Caja sel sello mecanico
*91
Seal flange
Bride pour la garniture
Brida de junta
*92
Gasket or o-ring
Joint plat ou joint torique
Junta plana o junta tdrica
93
95
Dichtungsflansch
Flachdichtung oder O-Ring

R+r
Abstandsbuchse
Spacer bush
Douille entreloise
Casquillo separador
Gleitringdichtung - kompl.
Mechanical seal - compl.
Garniture mecanique - compl.
Opturacion de eje - compl.
R+r
Jede Gleitringdichtung besteht aus :

Each sealing consists of:
Chaque garniture comprend:
Todos sello mecanico comquesto de:
Mitnehmer
-1
Drive sleeve
Douille d' entrainement
Perro de arrastre
-2
Seal ring
Joint torique
Aro de junta
Dichtring
ITT^ DArnamaHn
ED Purrips
Postfach
7 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0)57 24 913 846

Tel. +49 (0)
1
L.
3000 97 249
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
3/ 6
07/99 KMU
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas


Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.
Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacibn
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Wellfeder
-3
Spring
Ressort
Resorte
-4
Washer
Rondelle
Arandela
-6
Rotating seal ring

Grain mobile
Anillo giratorio
-7
Grub screw - Set

Vis d arret - Jeu
Varilla roscada - Luego
-8
Stationary seal ring

Grain fixe
Aro de junta estacionario
-9
98
110
Unterlegring
Gleitring
Gewindestift - Satz
Gegenring
Lagerring
Mounting ring
Joint de positionement
Anillo de cojinete
Sicherungsflansch
Optional
Safety flange
Bride de siirete
Brida de seguridad
Optional
Optional
Optional
Sechskantschraube / Zylinderschraube
Hexagon bolt / hexagon socket head cap screw
Ecrou hexagonal / Vis a six pans interieurs
Tornillo hexagonal / tornillo alien
* Pos. 91 und 92 sind bis zur Baugrofte 164 nicht vorhanden.

* Pos. 91 and 92 do not exist up to size 164.
* Pos. 91 et 92 n' existent pas jusqu' a la taille 164.
* Pos. 91 v 92 no existen hasta el tamano 164.
LT1 Bornemann Stiickliste fur Exzenterschneckenpumpen

I I I ] Pumps
Tel. +49 |0) 57 24 390-0 Fax +49 (0) 57 24 913 846
3000 97 249
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
4/ 6
07/99 KMU
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.

Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominacidn
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Wellenabdichtung
- Gleitringdichtung Typ : MG 1 /... - G .. -
Ausfuhrung : III A - III B
Shaft sealing
Garniture a" etancheite
Opturacioo de eie
- Mechanical seal type : MG 1 /... - G ..- Garniture mecanique type : MG 1 /... - G .. - Sello mecanico tipo :MG 1 /... - G .. -
Execution : III A - III B

Execution : III A - III B
Eiecucidn : III A - III B
Reserveteile
Gehause fur Gleitringdichtungen

90
Housing of the mechanical seal

Bolte de la garniture mecanique
Caja sel sello mecanico
*91
Seal flange
Bride pour la garniture
Brida de junta
*92
Gasket or o-ring
Joint plat ou joint torique
Junta plana o junta t6rica
93
95
Dichtungsflansch
Flachdichtung oder O-Ring

R+r
Abstandsbuchse
Spacer bush
Douille entreloise
Casquillo separador
Gleitringdichtung - kompl.
Mechanical seal - compl.
Garniture mecanique - compl.
Opturaci6n de eje - compl.
R+r
Jede Gleitringdichtung besteht aus :

Each sealing consists of:
Chaque garniture comprend:
Todos sello mecanico comquesto de:
Gleitring
-1.1
-1.2
Rotating seal ring

Grain mobile
Anillo giratorio
Balg
Bellows
Soufflet
Cascara
17^^ D A P n a m a n n
103 Purrips

Postfach >7 24 390-0 Fnx+49 (0)57 24 913 846
Tel. +49 (0) e
3000 97 249
Seite:
Page:
Feuille:
Hoja:
5/ 6
07/99 KMO
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Item-no.
Pos.-no.
Nro.-pos.

Piece
Piece
Cant
Denomination
Denomination
Denominaci6n
DIN-Nr. Werkstoff
Material
Materiau
Material
Reserveteile
Bemerkungen
Spare parts
Notice
Repuestos
Notas
Winkelring
Angular ring
Bague angulaire
Aro angular
-1.3
-1.4
Angular ring
Bague angulaire
Aro angular
-1.5
Spring
Ressort
Resorte
-2
-3
98
110
Winkelring
Feder
Gegenring
Stationary ring
Grain fixe
Aro de junta estacionario
O-Ring
O-ring
Joint torique
Junta t6rica
Sicherungstlansch
Optional
Safety flange
Bride de surete
Brida de seguridad
Optional
Optional
Optional
Sechskantschraube / Zylinderschraube
Hexagon bolt / hexagon socket head cap screw
Ecrou hexagonal / vis a six pans interieurs
Tornillo hexagonal / tornillo alien
* Pos. 91 und 92 sind bis zur BaugrolJe 164 nicht vorhanden.

* Pos. 91 and 92 do not exist up to size 164.
* Pos. 91 et 92 n' existent pas jusqu' a la taille 164.
* Pos. 91 y 92 no existen hasta el tamano 164.
irTÎ DAvnAmaHN
Pumips
1162 D-31682 0bernkirchen

Postfach 57 24 390-0 Fax+49 (0)57 24 913 846 1
Tel. +49 (0)!
3000 97 249
Seite:
Page:
6/6
Feuille:
Hoja:
07/99 KMU
>
6^Z
QMQ'0i6"000
Z.6 OOOE
"9""719H
OljUDWW 01|3$
"9-7l9H ÔJUONUJ ajn|iujog
03S
9" "710H
]
]0)!udi|^
'9''/I9H
9-"7l9H
OMIDHB o))a; -
"9'"719U aribwojaui ajniiujog 9"'719H

"9'"719U
"WJ&HII'B
"9-"7IW
MUOMMI o|is$
~9-'7/H aflbiuo)du ajfijiujog
"9-"7iW
*|ws lDMoqwn
"9-"7fH
6un|q]jp6u;j|;9|g
"9-"7[H
' ] M S inwoven bun|q){p6uu|{a]()
OJWOHU 0|]3S
"9"' 7(H ^ ! i m JJnjiujDg

U-""/IH
l<s ])!uo'qHW
"9-"7/W
6un|g)!pfki!J|Bi9
vn
an
uoi)Di;jqn| ap o||iuo uoi DpuD)q ojrtpoianbodti]
'961KS10J6 ap anGoq HAD assajj D wnjiujog
Buu ujajuo") i||| buspod ||0$
bumauicps ||ii buiijpDdqjHM
ai
dCskmXfi]
[nnx![]ao!ios)g]
opuo]q Djnpojanbodii]
assaj) D u n p i n )
6ui!()od 1J05
Buns|)Ddq]!9M
VI
Bornemann Pumps is a privately-owned company, established in 1853.

Bornemann has been involved with the design and construction of
pumps and pump systems for over 75 years.
in 1934 Bornemann developed a twin screw pump with external
bearings. Since that time, manufacturing, resarch and development
efforts have been concentrated toward advancing state-of-the-art
screw pump technology.
Today Bornemann manufactures twin-screw pumps, with internal
and external bearings, progressive cavity pump, three-spindle
pumps, multiphase pumps, down hole pumps along with customerdesigned pumps and systems for applications in a wide range of
industrial.
Bornemann s world-wide network of 95 subsidiaries and local agents
provides you quick and knowledgeable assistance wherever and
whenever you need it - in planing, engineering and installation and
with comprehensive maintenance programs.
Bornemann Subsidiaries:
Pumps and Systems

for industry, Environmental
Technology and Shipbuilding
Joh. Heinr. Bornemann GmbH
D-31676 Obernkirchen
Postfach 1162
Germany
Bornemann
Pumps
Tel. +49 (0) 5724/390-0

Fax+49 (0)5724/913846
E-mail lnfo@bopump.de
internet: www.bornemannpumps.com
For further information please contact
UKAS
QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
001
RUECKS E.CHP
07/00 KMi)
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56895
Type/
Type:
CR 3-5 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
M/E jacket water transfer pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
32/32
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
0,75
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertiflziert nach
ISO 9001
OarmaniwtMr Uayd
Item 28 M/E Jacket water transfer pump
MG80-2
= 1,82 A. IS = 11,83 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
19x24,5
Gewicht
\MimsW RjimpGGD
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Andcrung-Nr.
Tag
Von-Thiinen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
Malta o.Toli-
Bnwnnung
ranzangabe n.
CR 3-5 F
DIN 7168 mittel
2002
Tag
Bear.
25.10.
Dirksen
Gepr.
25.10.
Di
Norm
Name
Pause
Ziichn. Nr.
CR-3-5-F-GF
Ersatz f.
Nr.
CONTENTS
2. Type designation
Page
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Sound level
Installation
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13
A
A
1. Handling

straps.
xxxx

Number of impellers
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
CR8 2 0 / 2
Example
x - x - x xxxx
Pump range: CR, CRN

Code for materials
Example
CR 3 - 10 X - X - X - X -
Example
CR32 2 - 1 - X - . X -
x-x-xxxx
Pump range: CR, CRN

Number of stages
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
Pumped liquids
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
4. Technical data
Fig. 4
CR, CRN 32, 4 5 , 64 and 9 0 :
4.1 A m b i e n t temperature
P [bar]
Maximum +40C.
KUBE / KUBV
Fig. 1
10-
KUBE/KUBV
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15-
KUBE
KUBE
KUUE/KUUV
[%]
-40 -20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160

t[C]
S
?

Fig. 5
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
,
,
,
t['C]
1000
2250
3500 m
Hf
Example:
H=*
NPSH
Pb

--Hv
follows:
H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - H s
Fig. 2
pb

in bar.
NPSH

Hf

Hv

Hs
CR, CRI, CRN 1 , 3 and 5:

P [bar]
oo
\
HUB E/Hl JBV
HUUE/HUUV
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
1510-
-40 -20
20
40
60
HUBE
80 100 120 140 160

t[q
Example:
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
P [bar]
/\UUE/
p b = 1 bar.
Flow rate: 1 6 m 3 / h .
AUUE-
RUUE
RUUV
15 -
AUUE/AUUV
I
I
I
BUBE / BUBV

BUBE

H = 1 x 10.2 - 1.5 - 3.0 - 2.1 - 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
-40 -20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160
troi
5. Installation

Step
Action

Fig. 6
dGOb
Page 78 shows:
foundation bolts.
Qmin.
[%]
40302010-
0-
40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180 t [C]
d,jqpD A

valve.

Other motors:

horizontal plane.
(foot valve).
4.7 Electrical data

Weights:

4.10 Sound level


pump.
10
r^l

which:
pump,
effect,
close to the pump.
7. Start-up

poles.
vented.
other components.


CR, CRN 8 and 16:
valve open.
Fig. 7

coupling.

motor supplier.
8. Maintenance


Motor bearings:
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
J?^
X f \
^ ^ ^ ^ \ In hot-water installations, special attention should be
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

page 80.
81.
82.
12

Fault
Cause
Remedy

when started.
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.

f)
when supply is
switched on.
Replace the motor.
Cut in the fuse.
Replace the motor.
f)


tripped out but the
pump does not run.

constant.

no water.

off.
9. Noise.
13. Disposal
13
H
^hflP
W l
CR1,CR3andCR5
Model A
50/60 HZ
Table of contents
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type identification
Nameplate CR-, CRI, CRN, 1, 3 and 5
Type key
Codes used
2
2
3
3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
5
5
5
6
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

General
27.04.2001
GB
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
Pagel of 16
C R U N D F O S > \
1.1 Nameplate CR-, CRI, C R N , 1 , 3 and 5
17
16 18
Pos.
Description
Pos.
Description
Type designation
10
Model
11
P2, 60 Hz
Product number
12
Speed, 60 Hz
Place of production
13
14
P2, 50 Hz
15
Speed, 50 Hz
16
17
18
27.04.2001
GB
Page 2 of 16
CnUNDFOS' > \
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
3-
10
X-
X-
X-
X-
XXXX
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used

Note
Description
Code
A
Basic version
NEMA version
Oval flange
b
FGJ
c

Other wetted parts:
EPDM
FKM
HUBE/V

HUUE/V

27.04.2001
GB
Page 3 of 16
GRUNDFOS' > \

used.
Pos.
7.a
Description
Screw
Hexagon socket head

screw
Number
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M4
M6
13
M8
31
M10
62
/2" (M8)
35(3)
18
23
Plug
25
26
Staybolt
28
Hexagon head screw
/2"
35
/2"(M10)
35(5)
M12
Lubricant
Thread-Eze
Soapy water
Thread-Eze
M6
10
M8
12
M12
40
Thread-Eze
35
Hexagon head screw
M10
23
Thread-Eze
36
Nut
M12
50
Thread-Eze
37
O-ring
0137,5x3,3
Rocol 22

Rocol 22
47.a
Bearing ring
67
Lock nut
M8
18
105
Shaft seal
M28
35
113
M5
2,5
Bonderlube

27.04.2001
GB
Page 4 of 16
CRUNDFOS'
J\
3. Service tools
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Description
seal
Puller
Tool for O-ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0040
105
SV2007
65
SV0239
SV2014
V7170478
V7170227
V7170230
55
60
37
3.2 Standard tools

Pos.
H
Description
Bit holder
PZ2
5
6
8
Bits kit
Hexagon socket bit
27.04.2001
Bit no.
GB
For pos.
I-J
7.a
9-H
113-H-M
28
28-67
35
28-36
18-23-25
Suppl. information
1/4"
1/4"
M6 - 5 mm
1/4"
M8 - 6 mm
1/4"
M10-8mm
1/4"
M5-2.5 mm
1/4"
M6-10mm
M8-13mm
M10-17mm
M12-19mm
M16-24mm
Part no.
SV2011
SV2010
SV2012
SV0083
SV0055
SV0056
SV0054
SV0122
Page 5 of 16
CRUNDFOS' >V
3.3 Torque tools

Pos.
Description
For pos.
Torque wrench
M
N
Torque screwdriver
Ratchet insert tool
Ring spanner

head screws
9-N
67-L
27.04.2001
GB
N-0
J
L-O-P
28-L
28-L
28-L
36-L
18-23-25-L
Suppl. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
1-6 Nm
1/4"
9x12->1/2"
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M10-17mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
9x12
1
M6 - 5 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M10-8mm
/2"x1/2"
M8-13mm
9x12
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0438
SV0295
SV0310
SV0294
SV0270
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV2013
CRUNDFOS' >\

4.1 General
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001
GB
Page 7 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly
loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001
GB
Page 8 of 16
CRUNDFOS'/t

4.3.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
Fig. 2

10. Hold the shaft/the coupling in the position of step 9. and tighten the four screws in the coupling pos. 9 to
the correct torque.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 9 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.4.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001
GB
Page 10 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.5.1 Dismantling
Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
Fig. 4
27.04.2001
GB
Page 11 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

27.04.2001
GB
Page 12 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

Fig. 5
I-

into the pump head.
Fig. 6
27.04.2001
GB
Page 13 of 16
GRUNDFOS'W
Checking
Replacement



should be replaced.
dismantled.

Fig. 7.
Bearing rings


JS
25L
J^ F -
EL
Fig. 7
27.04.2001
GB
Page 14 of 16
C R U N D F O S > \

3R/CRI/CRr>J 1 & 3
2
*
k

k k k
k k k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
10 11 12 13 15
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 36
x x x x
*
*
*
*
*
k
k
k
k
*
k
*
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
*
k
k
k
k
k
k
*
*
*
k
k
k
k
*
k
k
k
m
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
*
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k k k k
k k k k
k k k k
k
k
IT
k k k k
wm^frir mm k k k k
k k *
k ^ ^ M k
k TF
mmnr
k
k k
k
k k k
k
~5~ * k * k
* * * TF k k
k
* k k
IT k *
k k
* k 1 ^ * k
mw
* k k
*
k k k
k
k
k k
* k * k * k *
k k * * k
k
~iF k *
~iF k k * k k *
k k M ^ k k
k k * * * k
k k
k rir
k k
*
k "3T k *
k
*
k k
k k
k
* k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
[oD
67
-64
8>66
T4
dP
64c
(g)-49
-49
27.04.2001
GB
Page 15 of 16
C R U N D F O S > \
\/.sodaNnti9
A*
6fr
9j.p91.96Bd
SO
1.002WZ2
6fr
PW
o*9
99
-A
Z9-
OW
99^=8
19-
CH
o

^

M O
H
*
H
"*!
I | o
^m ^m
O

^ ^ M ^H 1 O
1 1 1 H I
^B | O

O

J L M
^ ^ M ^m i ^m
^M ^ H 1

*^m
^
^H
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ H l

__
__
__
><
9e ZZ 62 92
o
*
* ^^
* JL^B
JL
s + HJL JL
wJLn wJL wJL + wJL s wJLn a wJL w
22 02 81 91 91
Z\
01
O 1
C
9Nuo/mo/yo
VII
08
PQLM96
:N pnpoJd - S- UQ
CR 3-5 - Product No.: 96447754
100
28
35
12
39
1/1
CR3-5 - Product No.: 96447754

Partno
85805102
100
00ID1288
Description
Motor
Pump head complete
O-ring
18
2
23
28
00405150
96436495
00370025
00ID8022
Air vent screw

Pump head
Pipe plug
Hexagon head screw
36
37
00ID7917
96438743
Nut
O-ring
60
96439662
Corrugated spring
66.a
96430377
Washer
7
7.a
96438136
00410289
Coupling guard
Screw
8
10
00415060
00310192
Coupling complete
Shaft pin
10.a
9
00ID7899
Coupling half
25
38
96440608
00ID1288
Base complete
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
105
96442012
96455082
00370711
00370712
96441873
96455084
00370711
00370712
96441875
100
96455090
00ID1288
105
Base
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, O-rings
O-ring
O-ring
109
37
96438743
O-ring
38
00ID1288
O-ring
39
96455095
00400J89__
4.a
96439476
45
65
45
47.a
64.a
00400003
96438746
00400003
96437488
96440292
Kit, service
Gasket

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
Bearing ring
Spacing pipe
Classification Data
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: G 1/2
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Thread: M12
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Outside diameter 128
Thickness: 3,5
Inside diameter. 13
Thickness: 2,5
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 14/12
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: HUBE
Material type: HUUE

Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Material typefSILICON CARBIDE
Count
1
1
2
Unit
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
4
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
pc
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
-I
PC""""
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1/2
CR3-5 - Product No.: 96447754

Pos
Description
64.c
96439668
Clamp, spjined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
00ID2061
96455102
00400189
39
4.a
45
47.a
Partno
~"
Lock nut
Kit, service
Gasket
96440612
00400003
00400041

Neck ring
64.a
00400016
Spacing pipe
64.c
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96438746
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
105
26
00ID2061
96441873
00404004
Lock nut
Shaft seal
Staybolt
55
96441510
Outer sleeve
76
76.a
80
4
96439820
O0ID0147
96453532
96439480
Nameplate
Rivet
Chamber stack
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Bearing ring
Impeller
45
65
4.a
00400003
96438745
96439475
45
65
47.a
49
00400003
96438745
96437488
96433168
5.a
96439484
45
65
50.a
51
00400003
96438745
96439456
96440387
Chamber, bottom
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Top guide vanes
Pump shaft
64
00400035
Spacing pipe
64.a
96440292
Spacing pipe
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
66
96417297
Washer
67
0OID2061
Lock nut
Classification Data
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Length: 9,70
Length: 7,3
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Material type: HUBE
Length: 115
Thread: M12
Length: 80,6

Height: 9,55
Diameter: 12,0 "~ ~~

Length: 198,1
Length: 17,5
Length: 4,5
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Count
Unit
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
1
8
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
8
1
PC
PC
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PCZI
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
""
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56896
Type/
Type:
CR 5-5 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
M/E jacket water preheater pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
32/32
kW
1,5
kW
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Gtnnantatwr Uoyd
Item 29 M/E Jacket water preheater pump
'
-\
I"
'---
MG 90S-2
IN = 3,3 A, IS = 27,72 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct starting
um
19 x 24,5
Gewicht
\MJXHW
Form Nr
Werkst
Ausgabe
Tag
Anderung-Nr.
Name
Von-Thunen-Strane 7
D-28307 Bremen
Halle o.Tole-
Benennung
CR 5-5 F
ranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mittel
2001
Bear.
Tag
30.7
Dirksen
Gepr.
30.7.
Di
Norm
RoijDpGGD
Name
Zaichn. Nr.
Ersatz f.
CR-5-5-F-GF
Pausa
Nr.
CONTENTS
2. Type designation
Page
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Sound level
Installation
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
13
13
A
A
1. Handling

CR, CRN 32,45, 64 and 90 fitted with GRUNDFOS MG motors
straps.
xxxx

Number of impellers
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
CR 8 - 20/ 2 - X - X - X - XXXX
Example
Pump range: CR, CRN

Code for materials
Example
, C R 3 " 10 X - X - X - X -
Example
CR 32 - 2 - 1 - X - X - X - X - XXXX
Pump range: CR, CRN

Number of stages
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
Pumped liquids
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
4. Technical data
Fig. 4
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 a n d 9 0 :
Maximum +40C.
P [bar]
oo
Fig. 1
10-
KUUE
KUBE / KUBV
15-
KUBE
KUBE/KUBV
KUUE
KUUV
KUBE
KUUE/KUUV
[%] _
-40 -20
20
40
60
80 100 120 140 160

t[C]

Fig. 5
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
,
,
,
t[C]
1000
2250
3500 m
Hf
Example:
is installed 3500 metres above sea level. At an ambient temperature of 70"C, P2 must be reduced to 7 8 % of the rated output.
=
NPSH
Pb
See fig. A, page 76, which indicates the relationship between liq-
rr
--Hv

follows:
H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H
Fig. 2
NPSH

Hf

Hv
Hs
p[bar]
10-
HUUE
HUUV
HUUE
\
HUBE/HUBV
HUUE/HUUV
- Hs

in bar.
CR, CRI C R N 1 , 3 and 5
15-
Pb
HUBE
5-
0-40 -20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160

t[C]
If the calculated " H " is negative, an inlet pressure of minimum
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
P [bar]
Example:
30-
Pb = 1 bar.
Flow rate: 1 6 m 3 / h .
25-JVUUE/AUUV-
2015105-
3 3
3 3
OLX.
,AUUE-
AUUE/AUUV
-4- -4BUBE/BUBV

BUBE

0-40 -20
H = 1 x 1 0 . 2 - 1 . 5 - 3 . 0 - 2 . 1 - 0 . 5 = 3.1 metres head.

0
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160

t [C]
5. Installation

Step
Action

Fig. 6
d0Ot2
Page 78 shows:
foundation bolts.
horizontal plane.
80 100 120 140 160 180 t[C]

valve.

(foot valve).
4.7 Electrical data

Other motors:

Weights:

4.10 Sound level


pump.
tnk
a=oaft^>
10

which:
pump,
effect,
close to the pump.
7. Start-up

poles.
vented.
other components.

coupling.

CR, CRN 8 and 16:

valve open.
Fig. 7

motor supplier.
8. Maintenance


Motor bearings:
cover.

11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

page 80.
81.
82.
12
Fault
Cause
Remedy

when started.
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.

when supply is
switched on.

f)
Replace the motor.
Cut in the fuse.
Replace the motor.
f)


tripped out but the
pump does not run.

constant.

no water.

off.
9. Noise.
13. Disposal
13
CR1,CR3andCR5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3-
Table of contents
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type identification
Type key
Codes used
2
2
3
3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
5
5
5
6
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

General
27.04.2001
GB
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
Pagel of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
16 18
Pos.
Description
Description
Pos.
Type designation
10
Model
11
P2, 60 Hz
Product number
12
Speed, 60 Hz
Place of production
13
14
P2, 50 Hz
15
Speed, 50 Hz
16
17
18
27.04.2001
GB
Page 2 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
3-
10
X-
X-
X-
X-
XXXX
I
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used

Note
Code
Description
Basic version
NEMA version
Oval flange
b
FGJ
c

Other wetted parts:
EPDM
FKM
HUBE/V

HUUE/V

27.04.2001
GB
Page 3 of 16
CI1UNDFOS* > \

used.
Pos.
7.a
Description
Screw
Hexagon socket head

screw
Number
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M4
M6
13
M8
31
M10
62
/2" (M8)
35(3)
V2"
35
/2"(M10)
35(5)
18
23
Plug
25
26
Staybolt
28
Hexagon head screw
M12
Lubricant
Thread-Eze
Soapy water
Thread-Eze
M6
10
M8
12
M12
40
Thread-Eze
35
Hexagon head screw
M10
23
Thread-Eze
36
Nut
M12
50
Thread-Eze
37
O-ring
0137,5x3,3
Rocol 22

Rocol 22
47.a
Bearing ring
67
Lock nut
M8
18
105
Shaft seal
M28
35
113
M5
2,5
Bonderlube
Thread-Eze, part no. SVggg7 (0,5 I).

Bonderlube, part no. SVggg5 (1 I).
Rocol 22, part no. RM2g24 (1 kg).
27.04.2001
GB
Page 4 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
3. Service tools
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Description
seal
Puller
Tool for O-ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0040
105
SV2007
65
SV0239
SV2014
V7170478
V7170227
V7170230
55
60
37
3.2 Standard tools

Pos.
Description
H
Bit holder
PZ2
5
6
8
Bits kit
Hexagon socket bit
27.04.2001
Bit no.
GB
Suppl. information
For pos.
I-J
7.a
9-H
113-H-M
28
28-67
35
28-36
18-23-25
M6 - 5 mm
M8 - 6 mm
M10-8mm
M5-2.5 mm
M6-10mm
M8-13mm
M10-17mm
M12-19mm
M16-24mm
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
Part no.
SV2011
SV2010
SV2012
SV0083
SV0055
SV0056
SV0054
SV0122
Page 5 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
3.3 Torque tools

Pos.
Description
For pos.
Torque wrench
M
N
Torque screwdriver
Ratchet insert tool
Ring spanner

head screws
9-N
67-L
N-0
J
L-O-P
28-L
28-L
28-L
36-L
18-23-25-L
Suppl. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
1-6 Nm
1/4"
9x12->1/2"
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M10-17mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
9x12
1
M6 - 5 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M10-8mm
/2"x1/2"
M8-13mm
9x12
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0438
SV0295
SV0310
SV0294
SV0270
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV2013
27.04.2001
GB
Page 6 of 16
GRUNDFOS- > \

4.1 General
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001
GB
Page 7 of 16
CRUNDFOS->\

4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly
loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001
GB
Page 8 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.3.1 Dismantling
2. Slacken the three screws pos. 113 by approx. a V* of a turn so that the shaft seal is just free of the shaft.
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
Fig. 2

10.Hold the shaft/the coupling in the position of step 9. and tighten the four screws in the coupling pos. 9 to
the correct torque.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 9 of 16
CnUNDFOS' > \

4.4.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001
GB
Page 10 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.5.1 Dismantling
Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
Fig. 4
27.04.2001
GB
Page 11 of 16
CI1UNDFOS' > \

27.04.2001
GB
Page 12 of 16
C R U N D F O S > \


into the pump head.
Fig. 6
27.04.2001
GB
Page 13 of 16
CRUNDFOS'>\
Checking
Replacement



should be replaced.
dismantled.

Fig. 7.
Bearing rings

Jffl

SL
HL a
Fig. 7
27.04.2001
GB
Page 14 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
\*r . s o d O N n u o
6fr
9i.i091.a6Bd
SO
lOOZWZZ
<^5
I
4
99
Z9
J L H
***
* ^^
JL.M
JL ^ ^ H
J^^B
JL
^ ^
it

JL
M
1

JL^H
JM

JL

JLM
0 6Z LZ SZ Z
^^1
If.
JL
55
u

JL
61
1 JL JL
14 01
JLUL^
i
s
SL 1 ZL
s 3
X
9
1 O
xxxx
9
cs i Nuo/iao/yo
S|oqwAs Aq saiqej aq) ui paiejisnm s| >)OB}s jaqtueqo aq) jo A|quiasse a q i
sjeneduij pue sjaqweip JOJ. A|quiesse jo japjQ 8't
CR/CRI/CRN5
2
+
1 O
*
o
O
O
^ ^
*
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
_
+
+ + +^ +
* "P *
T** * * * ** * * * ** *
* i ^ H * I * I ^^^^^^m
* ~*" * ^ ^ H * ^m
O *
* * * * * *
*
* * * *
o *
*
o * it M ~ ** * I * ^m
* ^m
o
*
M *
* T
O * *
O *
O
* i ^m * ^m
H *
*
*
M
*
*
*
I* +
* ^m *
* i i i *
* i * * ^m * ^ ^ H
o "iTpB
* *
O * * *
* ^m * ^m *
o * I* I *

Z*ZÎ
* *
o M
*

* T B
o M
tm
[ S
-67
67
-66
66
64c
64c
64d
49
27.04.2001
GB
49
Page 16 of 16
C R U N D F O S > \
CR5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
80 H
CR 5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
1/1
CR5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
00ID1288
Description
Motor
Pump head complete
0"nn9L
18
2
23
28
00405150
96436496
00370025
00ID8023
Air vent screw

Pump head
Pipe plug
Hexagon head screw
36
37
00ID7917
96438743
Nut
O-ring
60
96439662
Corrugated spring
66.a
96430377
Washer
7
7.a
96438136
00410289
Coupling guard
Screw
00415061
00310192
Coupling complete
Shaft pin
Pos
10
10
00ID7899
Coupling half
25
38
96440608
001D1288
Base complete
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
910.a
105
96442012
96455082
00370711
00370712
96441873
96455084
00370711
00370712
96441875
100
96455090
00ID1288
105
Partno
85805104
109
Base
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, O-rings
O-ring
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
38
00ID1288
O-ring
39
96455096
00400189
4.a
96437645
45
65
45
47.a
64.a
96436720
96436722
96436720
96437488
96443611
Kit, service
Gasket

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
Bearing ring
Spacing pipe
Classification Data
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: G 1/2
Thread: M6
Length: 25
Thread: M12
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Thickness: 3,5
Inside diameter: 13
Thickness: 2,5
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 19/12
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: HUBE
Material type: HUUE

Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Count
1
1
2
IMt
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
4
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1/2
CR5-5 - Product No.: 96448712

' Partno
"Description
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96436722
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
0OID2061
96455103
00400189
39
Lock nut
Kit, service
Gasket
4.3
45
47.3
96440616
96436720
00410121

Neck ring
64.3
00410142
Spacing pipe
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96436722
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
105
26
"LZ 55
76
76.a
80
4
00ID2061
96441873
96442751
Lock nut
Shaft seal
Staybolt
96441512
Outer sleeve
96439820
00ID0147
96453578
96437517
Nameplate
Rivet
Chamber stack
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Bearing ring
Impeller
45
65
4.3
96436720
96436721
96437636
45
65
47.3
49
96436720
96436721
96437488
96437414
5.3
96437737
45
65
50.3
51
96436720
96436721
96439170
96440389
64
00410143
64.3
96443611
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
66
96417297
Washer
67
69
00ID2061
96440295
Lock nut
Spacing pipe
Chamber, bottom
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Top guide vanes
Pump shaft
Spacing pipe
Spacing pipe
Classification Data
Length: 13
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Length: 11,00
Inside diameter: 13
Length: 15
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Material type: HUBE
Thread: M12
Length: 157
Length: 125,6
Inside diameter: 35
Height: 13,2
Diameter: 12,0
Length: 236,1
Length: 26
Inside diameter: 13
Length: 13
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Length: 2
Count
Unit
PC
6
1
PC
PC
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
1
6
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
6
1
PC
PC
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56897
Type/
Type:
CR 5-5 F
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fresh water transfer pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
cbm/h
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
Motorleistung
Motor required
Drehzahl/
Speed:
32/32
kW
1,5
kW
3580
rpm
Motortype/
Motortype:
incl.
Gehause/
Casing
GG
Laufrad/
Impeller:
Stainless steel
Ejektor/
Ejector:
Serial-No.
Abnahme/
Classification:
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
Zertlfizlsrt nach
ISO 9001
OtnrwilMhM'Uoyd
Item 30 Fresh water transfer pump
_--1-.
MG 90S-2
IN = 3,3 A, IS = 27,72 A
IP 55, ISO F
Direct s t a r t i n g
jdLLfei_.
1
' -
' '
'
/JN*ri)
19 x 24,5
Gewicht
BGCDOSOQ? Rraiqpaa
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Anderung-Nr.
Tag
Name
Von-Thunen-StraHe 7
D-28307 Bremen
HaBe o.Tole-
Benennung
CR 5-5 F
ranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mittel
2001
Tag
Name
Bear.
30.7
Dirksen
Gepr.
30.7.
Di
Norm
Zeichn. Nr.
Ersatz f.
CR-5-5-F-GF
Pause
Nr.
2. Type designation
CONTENTS
1.
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
6.
6.1
7.
8.
9.
10.
10.1
11.
12.
13.
Handling
Type designation
Applications
Technical data
Ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Minimum flow rate
Electrical data
Sound level
Installation
Page
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
12
Service
Service kits
Coupling adjustment
Fault finding chart
Disposal
12
12
12
13
13

Example
A
A
1. Handling
The motors of the CR, CRI, CRN 1,3,5 and CR,

straps.
X - X - XXXX

Number of impellers
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
Example
CR 8 - 20/ 2 - X - X - X - XXXX
Pump range: CR, CRN

Code for materials
Example
C R 3 - 10
j
CR 3 2 - 2 - 1 - X -
x - x - x - xxxx
Pump range: CR, CRN

Number of stages
diameter
Code for materials
Code for shaft seal
3. Applications
Pumped liquids
used, if required.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
Fig. 4
4. Technical data
CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 9 0 :
4.1 A m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e
P [bar]
OD
1510-
Fig. 1
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
Maximum +40C.
KUBE / KUBV
KUBE
KUBE/KUBV
KUUE/KUUV
KUBE
[%]
-40 -20
20 40
60 80 100 120 140 160
trq
Fig. 5
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
1000
2250
*rci
3500
Hf
Example:
NPSH
Pb


-.-Hv
follows:
H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - H f - H v - H s
Fig. 2
pb

in bar.
NPSH

Hf

Hv
Hs
CR, CRl, CRN 1 , 3 and 5:

P [bar]
\
HUBE/HlJBV
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
1510-
HUBE
HUUE/HUUV

40
-20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160

t[C]
If the calculated " H " is negative, an inlet pressure of minimum

the calculated "H" during operation.
Example:
Fig. 3
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
P [bar]
3025-AUUE/AUUV-
20-
5-
ÛUE-
Pb = 1 bar.
1510-
AUUE/AUUV
UJ>
3 3
3 3
BUBE/BUBV
BUBE
a. a.

H = 1 x 1 0 . 2 - 1 . 5 - 3 . 0 - 2 . 1 - 0 . 5 = 3.1 metres head.
-40 -20
20
40
60
80
100 120 140 160

t[C]
5. Installation

Step
Action

Fig. 6
Qmin.
[%]
403020-
1040
60
80 100 120 140 160 180t[C]

valve.
4.7 Electrical data
Other motors:
Weights:
4.10 Sound level
flUJ3

Page 78 shows:
foundation bolts.
horizontal plane.
(foot valve).

pump.

which:
pump,
effect,
close to the pump.
10
7. Start-up

poles.
vented.
other components.

coupling.

CR, CRN 8 and 16:
sides of the pump, thus making thefiiling procedure easier. When
valve open.
Fig. 7

motor supplier.
8. Maintenance


Motor bearings:
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

page 80.
81.
82.
12
Fault
Cause
Remedy

when started.
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses are blown.
Replace fuses.

f)
when supply is
switched on.
Replace the motor.
Cut in the fuse.
Replace the motor.
f)


tripped out but the
pump does not run.

constant.

no water.

off.
9. Noise.
13. Disposal
13
H
OP
CR1,CR3andCR5
Model A
fr'
50/60 Hz
1/3-
Table of contents
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
Type identification
Type key
Codes used
2
2
3
3
2.
3.
3.1
3.2
3.3
Service tools
Special tools
Standard tools
Torque tools
5
5
5
6
4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8

General
27.04.2001
GB
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
Pagel of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
2 3
4 5
17
16 18
Pos.
Description
Description
Pos.
Type designation
10
Model
11
P2, 60 Hz
Product number
12
Speed, 60 Hz
Place of production
13
14
P2, 50 Hz
15
Speed, 50 Hz
16
17
18
27.04.2001
GB
Page 2 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
1.2 Type key

Example
CR
3-
10
X-
X-
X-
X-
XXXX
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used

Note
Description
Code
A
Basic version
NEMA version
Oval flange
b
FGJ
c

Other wetted parts:
EPDM
FKM
HUBE/V

HUUE/V

27.04.2001
GB
Page 3 of 16
GRUNDFOS* > \

used.
Description
Pos.
7.a
Screw
Hexagon socket head
screw
Number
Dim.
Torque [Nm]
M4
M6
13
M8
31
M10
62
y2" (M8)
35(3)
18
23
Plug
25
26
Staybolt
28
Hexagon head screw
1/2
/2"(M10)
35
Thread-Eze
Soapy water
35(5)
M12
Lubricant
Thread-Eze
M6
10
M8
12
M12
40
Thread-Eze
35
Hexagon head screw
M10
23
Thread-Eze
36
Nut
M12
50
Thread-Eze
37
O-ring
0137,5x3,3
Rocol 22

Rocol 22
47.a
Bearing ring
67
Lock nut
M8
18
105
Shaft seal
M28
35
113
M5
2,5
Bonderlube

27.04.2001
GB
Page 4 of 16
CRUNDFOS
> \
3. Service tools
3.1 Special tools

Pos.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Description
seal
Puller
Tool for O-ring
For pos.
Suppl. information
Part no.
SV0040
105
SV2007
65
SV0239
SV2014
V7170478
V7170227
V7170230
55
60
37
3.2 Standard tools

Pos.
H
Description
Bit holder
PZ2
5
6
8
Bits kit
Hexagon socket bit
27.04.2001
Bit no.
GB
For pos.
I-J
7.a
9-H
113-H-M
28
28-67
35
28-36
18-23-25
Suppl. information
1/4"
1/4"
M6 - 5 mm
1/4"
M8 - 6 mm
1/4"
M10-8mm
1/4"
M5-2.5 mm
1/4"
M6-10mm
M8-13mm
M10-17mm
M12-19mm
M16-24mm
Part no.
SV2011
SV2010
SV2012
SV0083
SV0055
SV0056
SV0054
SV0122
Page 5 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
3.3 Torque tools

Pos.
Description
For pos.
Torque wrench
M
N
Torque screwdriver
Ratchet insert tool
Ring spanner

head screws
9-N
67-L
27.04.2001
GB
N-0
J
L-O-P
28-L
28-L
28-L
36-L
18-23-25-L
Suppl. information
4-20 Nm
9x12
20-100 Nm
9x12
40-200 Nm
14x18
1-6 Nm
1/4"
9x12->1/2"
M6-10mm
9x12
M8-13mm
9x12
M10-17mm
9x12
M12-19mm
9x12
M16-24mm
9x12
M6 - 5 mm
W x Vi"
1
M8 - 6 mm
/2" x 1/2"
1
M10-8mm
/2" x1/2"
M8-13mm
9x12
Part no.
SV0292
SV0269
SV0400
SV0438
SV0295
SV0310
SV0294
SV0270
SV0271
SV0524
SV0296
SV0297
SV0298
SV2013
Page 6 of 16
GRUNDFOS' > \

4.1 General
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001
GB
Page 7 of 16
GRUNDFOS* > \

4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly
loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001
GB
Page 8 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

4.3.1 Dismantling
2. Slacken the three screws pos. 113 by approx. a V*. of a turn so that the shaft seal is just free of the shaft.
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
Fig. 2
10.Hold the shaft/the coupling in the position of step 9. and tighten the four screws in the coupling pos. 9 to
the correct torque.
11 Tighten the three screws pos. 113 to the correct torque.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 9 of 16
CRUNDFOS'/t

4.4.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001
GB
Page 10 of 16
CRUNDFOS' >\

4.5.1 Dismantling
Fig. 3
4.8 Order of assemblytorchambers and impellers.
4.5.2 Assembly
Fig. 4
27.04.2001
GB
Page 11 of 16
C R U N D F O S > \

27.04.2001
GB
Page 12 of 16
CRUNOFOS' > \

Fig. 5
into the pump head.
27.04.2001
GB
Page 13 of 16
CI1UNDFOS' > \
Checking
Replacement

should be replaced.
dismantled.

Fig. 7.
Bearing rings


Fig. 7
27.04.2001
GB
Page 14 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \

CR/CRI/CRr> J 1 & 3
2
10
11
12
k *
*
*
*
*
*
k
^flr
*
*
*
k
k
*
k
* I
17
19 21
it
it
13 15
A
t *
*
*
*
A
A *
A
*
A
it
k
k
it
k
k
k
23 25 27
n1
?
*
*
it
it
k
it
k
*
A
* *
it
it
it
A
A k A
A A
it
it
it
29 30 31
x x xk x xk
Tr TT
it k
it
A *
it
it
it
it
it
*
*
it
it
it
it
it
it
k it
k it
33 36
*
*
it
it
it
*
*
k
it
~5~
*
~k~
it
*
it
it
*
it
*
k
it
*
it
k
k
k
^ s ~
it
it
k
k
*
*
*
k
*
H n r
k
k k
k k
k ~5~ k
~JF k
k
k
k
k
m
i
67
-66
64c
i
i
27.04.2001
GB
Page 15 of 16
CRUNDFOS' > \
CR/CRI/CRN52
To
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
+
g* *+ ^* T+ -T- + TX I + IXI
*
*
* * * * * 9
* * * *
O *
* * * * *
* *
* *
o O
*
*
*
.i.
+ + +
*
*
*| *
*
* *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
gxxx
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
a * * i * * * * *1 **
* * * *
* * * *
** *
*
o *
o
o *
o
*
*
*
*
*
*
^
*
* *
o
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
i ** *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
M *
KM
* *
* *
* *
*
I * *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* **
* *
* * * ^ *
o * * * *
* * M
* I *
o * r*~
* *
o * *
o *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
ED
*
*
*
co:
m
-67
67
8=^66
66
64c
64c
64d
49
27.04.2001
GB
49
Page 16 of 16
GRUNDFOS' > \
CR 5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
80 -
1/1
CR5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
1/1
CR5-5 - Product No.: 96448712

Pos
Partno
85805104
100
00ID1288
Description
Motor
Pump head complete
O-ring
18
2
23
28
00405150
96436496
00370025
00ID8023
Air vent screw

Pump head
Pipe plug
Hexagon head screw
36
37
00ID7917
96438743
Nut
O-ring
60
96439662
Corrugated spring
66.a
96430377
Washer
7
7.a
96438136
00410289
Coupling guard
Screw
8
10
00415061
00310192
Coupling complete
Shaft pin
10.a
9
00ID7899
Coupling half
25
38
96440608
00ID1288
Base complete
O-ring
37
96438743
O-ring
105
96442012
96455082
00370711
00370712
96441873
96455084
00370711
00370712
96441875
100
96455090
00ID1288
105
Base
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Grinding device
Grinding device
Shaft seal
Kit, O-rings
O-ring
O-ring
109
37
96438743
O-ring
38
00ID1288
O-ring
39
96455096
00400189
4.a
96437645
45
65
45
47.a
64.a
96436720
96436722
96436720
96437488
96443611
Kit, service
Gasket

Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Neck ring
Bearing ring
Spacing pipe
Classification Data
Material type: EPDM

Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thread: RG 1/2
Thread: G 1/2
Thread: M6
Length: 25
Thread: M12
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Thickness: 3,5
Inside diameter: 13
Thickness: 2,5
Thread: M4
Length: 8
Dimension: 19/12
Length: 26
Diameter: 5
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: HUBE
Material type: HUUE

Rubber type: EPDM
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Count
1
1
2
'. Unit i
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
4
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
2
4
PC
PC
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1/2
CR5-5 - Product No. :96448712

Pos
"
--' -
Description
64.c
96439668
Clamp, splined
65
66
96436722
96417297
Neck ring retainer

Washer
67
00ID2061
96455103
00400189
39
Lock nut
Kit, service
Gasket
4. a
45
47.a
96440616
96436720
00410121

Neck ring
64.a
00410142
Spacing pipe
64.C
96439668
65
66
96436722
96417297
Clamp, splined
Neck ring retainer
Washer
67
105
26
00ID2061
96441873
96442751
Lock nut
Shaft seal
Staybolt
55
96441512
Outer sleeve
76
76.a
80
4
96439820
00ID0147
96453578
96437517
Nameplate
Rivet
Chamber stack
Chamber complete
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Bearing ring
Impeller
45
65
4.a
96436720
96436721
96437636
45
65
47.a
49
96436720
96436721
96437488
96437414
5.a
96437737
96436720
96436721
96439170
96440389
Chamber, bottom
Chamber
Neck ring
Neck ring retainer
Top guide vanes
Pump shaft
64
00410143
Spacing pipe
64.a
96443611
Spacing pipe
64.C
96439668
Clamp, splined
66
96417297
Washer
67
69
00ID2061
96440295
Lock nut
Spacing pipe
45
65
50.a
~~ 51
Partno
Classification Data
Length: 13
Height: 13,0
- ~

Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Thickness: 2
Inside diameter: 55
Length: 11,00
Inside diameter: 13
Length: 15
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Material type: HUBE
Thread: M12
Length: 157
Length: 125,6
Inside diameter: 35
Height: 13,2
Diameter: 12,0
Length: 236,1
Length: 26
Inside diameter: 13
Outside diameter 15
Length: 13
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
Thread: M8
Length: 2
Count1- ~
Unit
PC
6
1
PC
PC
1
1
2
PC
PC
PC
1
6
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
6
1
PC
PC
1
1
4
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
1
1
1
1
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
PC
1
1
PC
PC
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Fabrikationsnummer/
Serial-No.:
56898
Type/
Type:
SFN 60 G
Verwendungszweck/
Purpose:
Fire / bilge pump
DN
Fordermenge/
Capacity:
40
20,0
Forderhohe/
bar
Pumpenleistung/
Power consumption:
17
2,5
kW
Motorleistung
Motor required
22,5
5,5
kW
Drehzahl/
Speed:
3550
1750
rpm
65/65
cbm/h
Motortype/
Motortype:
AEGAMV180MZA4/2
Gehause/
Casing
G-CuSn10
Laufrad/
Impeller:
G-CuAI10Ni
Ejektor/
Ejector:
AELE-35
Abnahme/
Classification:
BV
Zeichnungs-Nr./
Sectionaldrawing:
1016G
Auftrags-Nr./
Order-No.:
221317
Besteller/
Customer:
Bestell-Nr./
Order-No.:
Jinling Tank 020504
Lieferdatum/
Delivery date:
07.11.03
Serial-No.

Tel. 49 (0)421 4 86 81 0 - Fax 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11
ZertWziert nach
ISO 9001
Ownwilaohw Uoyd
Item 31
Fire/Bilge pump
AEG AM180MZA-4/2
: 10/39 , IS = 64/132
IP 55, ISO F, Direct starting
Cable gland
1 x Z14
1 x Z22

DN65
l
\
f\
T.
'1
145
185
Gewicht
\M^^\MM$3S)
Form Nr
Werkst.
Ausgabe
Tag
Anderung-Nr.
Von-Thiinen-Srrane 7
D-28307 Bremen
Mate o.Toleranzangabe n.
DIN 7168 mlttel
2002
Bear.
Gepr.
Norm
Tag
Bcnannung
SFN 60 - 180M
Name
25.10. Dirksen
25.10. Di
Zaichn. Nr.
SFN-60-180M-GF
Enatz f.
Pause
Nr.
llehrensPumpen
( See rating plate)
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items.
and dry it out.

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3 3 Stopping:
In the presence of non-return fittings ( pressure sided), the pump may be stopped without taking any
further measures.
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF:
4.3 Shaft Seals:
43.1MechanicaI Gland Seals:
When using packing material (stuffing box), allow for a generous leakage during the running-in
period (about 2 hours ) of the packing rings .
During this procedure , check shaft and stuffing box for temperature rise. In the event of symptoms for
If both temperature and tightness have themselves adjusted to a uniform value, a check is still required
All fittings ( filters, butterfly valves, gate valves etc.) are to be continuously examined for full passage
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
Regrease through a grease nipple by using a grease gun.
below.
Dripping point:
Walk penetration:
Standard:

about 190C .
-30C up to +120C .
250 to 295
SEB181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of8
5.0
Maintenance
List 1 for: VNFl/290,1/325,2/300, 2/325,2/400,3/300, 3/325,3/400,4/300,4/325, 5/300, 5/325

DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/bearing
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
13.000
11.000
8.000
7.000
DN 125-150
12.000
10.000
7.500
6.200
10
DN 200-250
11.000
9.500
6.500
4.800
15
DN 300-350
10.000
9.000
20
List 2 for:
DN D
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
(discharge side DN)
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
rpm
2900
rpm
3500
Up to DN 100
3.000
2.000
1.000
800
15
DN 125-150
2.500
1.700
900
700
15
DN 200-250
2.000
1.500
700
480
20
DN 300-400
1.700
1.200
25
List 3 for
VRF11/420DG
DN D
(discharge side DN)
rpm
950
rpm
1150
rpm
1450
rpm
1750
DN 400 - 500
2.200
1.900
1.300
1.000
Regreasing
Quantity
gram/baring
25

Page 3 of 8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
Retighten the packing in compliance with item 4.3 in the event of heavy leakage.
5.4 Electric Motors

Operational Trouble

Pump runs hot
Bearings run hot
1,2,5,7,10,11
3,7
4,5,6,7
5,6,7,10,11,16,17,23,25,26
5,8,11,14,15,17,23,25,26
8,9,10,12,14,17,22,24,31
7 , 8 , 1 0 , 1 2 ,13 , 1 4 , 1 7 , 2 0 , 2 1 , 2 5 ,26
13,16,17,19,22,24,31
28,29,30,31,32
18,19,20,21,27,30,33,34

Tel: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 - Fax: 49(0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 4 of 8
6.0
1
2.
3
4.
Cause
5.
6.
7.

8.

ordering data
Speed too slow
Speed too high
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

to dry running
32. Shaft seal worn
Remedy
piping system
checked increased
Check drive
Check drive
possible clogging
Check system resistances , fully open all fittings,
bodies
Refer to item 13
Check system
Realign!
and seating
Balance rotor
point
Replace rings
impeller
Replace bearings

Page 5 of8
7.0

(Interval Periods)
Stuffing box
Retightening
or repacking
8.0
250
2000
12000

Replacement of same
8000

Regreasing
Replacement
siehe 5.1
20000
Coupling
12000
Inspection
12000

(Liquid Seal Pump)
working space is formed around the hub of the impeller .
purpose , the control cock being set to "Ansaugen"(suction) .

Page 6 of 8
9.0
Sraightedge
(3ap gauge
Fig. 1.1
SmcK
SmcK
&
9
Smln
Smln
Axial movement
Coupling size
0
S
mm
58
68
80
95
110
125
140
160
180
200.
225
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
Perm. Deviation
mm
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Offset misalignment
Kw
S max - S min
mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38
Offset misalignment
Kr
Mm
0,10
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,21
0,24
0,27
0,30
0,34
0,38

Page 7 of 8
Pump type: VNF
Pump type: VRF
Cable loop
Cable loop
Cable loop
Pump type: SF
Pump type: STN

Cable loop
Cable loop

Do not thread the ropes through the e y e - b o l t
on the motor !

Page 8 of 8
gesichert mit LOCTITE

Bei Ersatzteilbesteiiungen bitten wir urn Bekanntgabe der Fabriknummer !

By order of spare parts, please give the serial -number of the pump !
Dans le cas de commandes pour pieces de rechange, il faut nous indiquer le No. de fabricafion
Type:
SFN

vertical non self priming centrifugal pump
016G
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Item
Reper
e
102.2
160
162
211.2
230
321.1
321.2
341
360
412.1
412.2
420.1
420.2
421
470
502.1
502.2
540
636
860.1
860.2
867
921
922
940.1
940.3
Type:
SFNG
Benennung
Designation
Designation
Spiralgehause
Deckel
Pumpendeckel
Pumpenwelle
Laufrad
Kugellager
Kugellager
Antriebslaterne
Lagerdeckel
Rundschnurring
Rundschnurring
V-Ring
V-Ring
Simmerring
Gleitringdichtung
Spaltring
Spaltring
Stellring
Schmiernippel
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsteil
Kupplungsklotze
Konterm utter
Laufradmutter
PafJfeder
PafJfeder
Volute casing
Cover
Pump cover
Pump shaft
Impeller
Ball bearing
Ball bearing
Motor support
Cover of bearing
O-ring
O-ring
V-ring
Corps a volute
Couvercle
Couvercle de pompe
Arbre de pompe
Roue circulatrice
Roulement a billes
Roulement a billes
Support de moteur
Couvercle de palier
Joint torique
Joint torique
Joint a levres
Joint a levres
Anneau de retenue
Garniture mecanique
Bague dusure
Bague d'usure
Anneau de reglage
Graisseur
Accouplement
Accouplement
Ecrou de arbre
Ecrou de roue
Ressort dajustage
Ressort d ajustage
V-ring
Simmer ring
Mechanical seal
Wearing ring
Wearing ring
Ring
Grease nipple
Coupling part
Coupling part
Coupling packing
Lock nut
Impeller nut
Fitting key
Fitting Key
Stiickliste
Spare part list
1016G
vatecl
Maschinenbau
PI>AELE-11-1W3B.DOC
Ta^wf**
w
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Table of contents
Allgemeines
General
Sicherheitshinweise
Safety

2.4 SicherheitsbewulJtes Arbeiten
2.8 Unzuldssige Betriebsweisen
2.9 Transport

2.9 Transport
General Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Hinweis zu Sonderausfuhrungen
Verwendung
Ausfuhrung
Funktion
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4

Application
Design
Function
Installation
Installation
Inbetriebnahme
Commissioning
vatecj
Maschinenbau
P[>AELE-11-D-GB.D0C
6.1 Demontage und Montage des Druckluftejektors


ejector
6.3 Disassembly and assembly of the shut-off system
Anhang
Appendix
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Produktdaten
MaBblatt
Ersatzteile
Schaltplan
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Product data
Dimensions
Spare parts
Circuit diagram
vatecj
Maschinenbau
1.
Allgemeines
1.
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
General
Diese Betriebsanleitung enthalt grundlegende Hinweise,

zustandigen Fachpersonal/Betreiber zu lesen und mulS
sein.

Ein stdrungsfreier Betrieb der Maschine/Anlage kann

nur erreicht werden, wenn diese sorgfaltig montiert und
daft die voriiegende Betriebsanleitung beachtet wird
Die Betriebsanleitung berucksichtigt nicht die ortsbezogenen Sicherheitsbestimmungen, fCir deren Einhaltung
der Betreiber verantwortlich ist. Das Fabrikschild an der
Maschine/Anlage nennt die Baureihe/GrOSe, die WerksNr., die wir bei Ruckfragen, Nachbestellung und insbesondere bei Bestellung von Ersatzteilen stets anzugeben bitten. Im Schadensfalie wenden Sie sich bitte an

is not used for other operating conditions as those
specified by us. The operating instructions do not take
in consideration local safety regulations for which the
operator is responsible for maintaining also on the part
of installation personnel used. The factory rating plate
on the machine/system specifies the model/size, serial
replacement parts. In the event of damage please contact our nearest customer service point.Safety information, which can result in a hazard for the machine and
its functions when not observed, is indicated by the
following word:
Achtung
Caution

AnschluBwerte sowie Montage- und Wartungsanweisungen sind unbedingt einzuhalten. Das Handhaben
der Maschine/Anlage afuGerhalb der vorgenannten Bedingungen fuhrt zu Uberbeanspruchungen, denen sie
nicht standhalten kann. Das Nichtbeachten dieser Warnungen kann zu Personen- und Sachschaden fiihren.

Zur Beachtung
Note

Diese Betriebsanleitung berucksichtigt weder alle Konstruktionseinzelheiten und Varianten noch alle moglichen Zufalligkeiten und Ereignisse, die bei Montage,
Betrieb und Wartung auftreten kOnnen.
alle Informationen und Anweisungen in dieser Betriebsanleitung gefunden werden, fragen Sie bei der
nachstgelegenen Kundendienststelle nach.
Der Hersteller ubernimmt fur die Anlage keine Verantwortung, wenn diese Betriebsanleitung nicht beachtet
wird.

and maintenance.
vatecj
Maschinenbau
2.
Sicherheitshinweise
2.
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
Safety
Die in der Betriebsanleitung enthaltenen Sicherheitshinweise, die bei Nichtbeachtung Gefahrdungen for
Personen hervorrufen kOnnen, sind mit dem allgemeinen Gefahrsymbol
hazard symbol:
bei Wamungen vor elektrischer Spannung mit
Bei Sicherheitshinweisen, deren Nichtbeachtung Gefahren fur die Maschinen und deren Funktion hervorrufen kann, ist nachfolgendes Wort eingefugt.
I
Achtung

Caution


under all circumstances and kept in a completely
legible condition.

Montage mulS die entsprechende Qualifikation fur diese
Arbeiten aufwîsen. Verantwortungsbereich, Zustandigkeit und die Uberwachung des Personals mussen durch
den Betreiber genau geregelt sein. Liegen bei dem Personal nicht die nOtigen Kenntnisse vor, so ist dieses zu
Betreiber sicherzustellen, daft der Inhalt der Betriebsanleitung durch das Personal voll verstanden wird.

It the personnel does not possess the required knowledge, they must be trained and/or instructed. If necessary this can be accomplished by the manufacturer/supplier upon request of the machine operator.
Moreover, the operator must ensure that the personnel
is completely familiar with the contents of the these
operating instructions.
Die Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise kann

sowohl eine Gefahrdung von Personen als auch fur
Umwelt und Maschine zur Folge haben. Die Nichtbeachtung der Sicherheitshinweise kann zum Verlust
jeglicher Schadensersatzanspruche fiihren. Im einzel-

the safety instructions can result in the following haz-
vatccj
Maschinenbau
nen kann Nichtbeachtung beispielsweise folgende Gefahrdungen nach sich Ziehen:
PD-AELE-11-D-GB DOC
ards:
Versagen wichtiger Funktionen der Maschine/Anlage

- Versagen vorgeschriebener Methoden zur Wartung
und Instandhaltung
- Gefahrdung von Personen durch elektrische,
mechanische und chemische Einwirkungen
- Gefahrdung der Umwelt durch Leckage von gefahrlichen Stoffen

repair


Fuhren warme und kalte Maschinenteile zu Gefahren, mussen diese Teile bauseits gegen Beruhrung gesichert sein.
Beriihrungsschutz fur sich bewegende Teile darf bei
in Betrieb befindlicher Maschine nicht entfemt werden.
Leckagen ( z.B. an der Wellenabdichtung) gefahrlicher Medien (z.B. explosiv, giftig, warm) mQssen so
abgefiihrt werden, daB keine Gefahrdung fur Personen und Umwelt entsteht. Gesetzliche Bestimmungen sind einzuhalten.
Gefahrdungen durch elektrische Energie sind
auszuschlieBen (Einzelheiten hierzu sind z.B. in den
Vorschriften des VDE und der ortlichen Energieversorgungsunternehmer)

Contact guards for moving parts should never be
Leakage ( e.g. at shaft seals) of dangerous substances (e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) must be eliminated in such a manner that hazards do not result
for humans or the environment. Observe all legal
regulations.
Hazards resulting from electrical power must be
2.6 Hinweise fur Wartungs-, Inspektions- und Montagearbeiten.
Der Betreiber hat dafur zu sorgen, daft alle Wartungs-,

qualifizierten Fachpersonal ausgefuhrt werden, daB sich
beschriebene Vorgehensweise zum Stillsetzen der Maschine/Anlage muB unbedingt eingehaiten werden. Bei
Gefahrstoffen und/oder umweltgefahrdenden FOrdermedien betrieben werden, muB der Kunde/Betreiber im
unser Personal vor Ort unaufgefordert informieren. In
Alternativ
fordern
Sie ein
Unbedenklichkeitsbescheinigungs-Formular an und fullen dieses
wahrheitsgemaB, korrekt und vollstandig aus. Senden
vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH - e-mail: service@vatec.de www.vatec.de
vatecj
Maschinenbau
Sie das ausgefullte Formular an die mlt der Reparatur

beauftragte Stelle oder legen Sie dieses unserem
angefordertem Kundendienst-Monteur vor.
mechanic,
Gefahrstoffe:
giftige Stoffe
gesundheitsgefahrdende Stoffe
atzende Stoffe
Reizstoffe
explosionsgefahrliche Stoffe
brandfuhrende, hoch- und leichtentzQndliche Stoffe
krebserzeugende Stoffe
fruchtschadigende Stoffe
erbgutverandernde Stoffe
Stoffe die auf sonstige Weise dem Menschen gefahrlich sind
POAELE-11-CH3B.DOC
Toxic substances
Caustic substances
zu machen.
Unmittelbar nach Abschluft der Arbeiten mussen alle
Vor der erneuten Inbetriebnahme sind die im Abschnitt

applied.
described in the Section ^Putting into / out operation"
must be observed.

nur nach Absprache mit dem Hersteller zuiassig. Originalersatzteile und vom Hersteller autorisiertes Zubehdr
dienen der Sicherheit. FQr Schaden, die durch die Verwendung von Nicht-Originalteilen und Zubehdr entstehen, ist jedwede Haftung des Herstellers ausgeschlossen.

permissible only with the manufacturer's approval.
Original parts and accessories authorized by the
manufacturers ensure safety. Damage resulting from
the use of non-original parts and accessories exclude
any liability on the part of the manufacturer.
2.8 Unzuiassige Betriebsweisen

ist nur bei bestimmungsgemaiSer Verwendung entsprechend Kapitel 1 - Allgemeines - der Betriebsanleitung
gewahrleistet. Die im Datenblatt angegebenen
Grenzwerte durfen auf keinen Fall uberschritten werden.

2.9 Transport
2.9 Transport

vorgesehenen Transportosen (sofern vorhanden) fQr
hoisting cables.
vatecj
Maschinenbau
3.
3.
PDAELE-11-D-GB.DOC
General Description
Bitte beachten Sie bei Sonderausfuhrungen die Seite

Sonderausfuhrung".

page named ..Special design".
3.2 Verwendung
3.2 Application
Ansaugautomat fur Kreiselpumpen, fur die ein Trockenlauf unzulSssig ist.
Automatic aspirator designed for centrifugal pumps

where dry running is not admissable.
3.3 Ausfilhrung
3.3 Design
Druckgesteuerter Ansaugautomat mit Druckluftejektor

als Vakuumerzeuger. Durch das Polyamid Dusensystem ist das Gerat weitgehend unempfindlich gegen
aggressive Flussigkeiten wie z.B. Seewasser.
Komponenten:
Pressure controlled automatic aspirator with a compressed-air ejector acting as a vacuum generator. Due
to the polyamide nozzle system, the unit is resistant, to
a large degree, against aggressive fluids (eg. see water). Components:
Druckluftejektor mit integriertem Absperrventil

Druckluft-Magnetventil
Druckschalter
Klemmenkasten
Schwimmerkammer mit Schwimmerschalter
Compressed-air ejector with integrated shut-off valve

Compressed-air solenoid valve
Pressure switch
Terminal box
Float chamber with float switch
3.4 Funktion
3.4 Function
Bei Einschaltung der Kreiselpumpe schaltet zunachst

der Ansaugautomat ein. Nach AbschluB der Entluftung
wird die Kreiselpumpe uber den Schwimmerschalter
eingeschaltet. Der Ansaugautomat schaltet Uber den
Druckschalter ab, sobald die Kreiselpumpe den FOrderdruck aufbaut. Sinkt der FOrderdruck durch Gasanfall
wahrend des Pumpenbetriebes wieder ab, schaltet der
Ansaugautomat zur Nachevakuierung ein. Bei
eingeschalteter Abschaltautomatik (bauseitige Steuerung) schalten Kreiselpumpe und Ansaugautomat
selbsttatig ab, wenn eine eingestellte Saugzeit uberschritten wird. Steht die Kreiselpumpe bei Einschaltung
unter Zulaufdruck, so schaltet diese verzOgerungsfrei
ein.
When the centrifugal pump is turned on, only the automatic aspirator will be activated. After evacuation has
been completed, the centrifugal pump is switched on by
means of the float switch. As soon as the centrifugal
pump has built up the necessary pressure, the aspirator
is switched off over the pressure switch. Should the
discharge pressure fall again during pump operation
through gas accumulation, the automatic aspirator
starts up once more for re-evacuation. Where an automatic shut-down system is activated (by customers
control) the centrifugal pump and aspirator shut down
automatically, if pre-set suction time has been exceeded. Should the centrifugal pump be under intake
pressure when turned on, it will activated without delay.
4.
4.
Installation
Installation
Achtung
Caution
GrundsStzlich mussen alle Entluftungsleitungen

vom Anschluftpunkt zum Ansaugautomaten hin
stetig steigend verlegt werden. Fur die zu wShlenden Nennweiten der Entluftungsleitungen gilt als
Anhaltspunkt die GrdKe der dafur vorgesehenen
Anschlusse am Ansaugautomaten.
Das Langnippel und die dazugehdrige Gegenmutter
durfen bei der Installation nicht verdeht werden.
automatic aspirator. As a indication for selecting
the nominal size of the ventilating pipes please refer to the respective connection size at automatic
aspirator.
The long nippel and the corresponding chck nut
may not to be twisted.
Der Ansaugautomat wird als betriebsfertige Montageeinheit geliefert und gemalX Installationsbeispiel im Anhang min. 300 mm oberhalb des hOchsten zu entluftenden Punktes (z.B. dem Pumpengehause) angeordnet.
The automatic aspirator is delivered as a ready-to-install

unit and is to be fitted, according to installation example
inside appendix, min. 300 mm above the highest point
to be evacuated (e.g. the pumpe casing).
Y Q
Maschi
&c:
^ ^ ^
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
enbau
Uber steigend zu verlegende Entluftungsleitungen werden der AnschluS A2 mit dem hGchsten zu entluftenden
Punkt und der AnschluB A1 mit der Pumpensaugseite
verbunden. Der Abluftstutzen B darf nicht abgesperrt
werden. Der AnschluU C ist mit Druckseite der Kreiselpumpe zu verbinden.
Die maximale Aufstellungshohe uber dem niedrigsten
saugseitigen Fliissigkeitsstand darf bei Wasser als
FGrdermedium nicht mehr als 7 m, abzuglich der dynamischen Verluste des Saugsystems betragen.
By means of ascending air vent pipes the highest point

to be evacuated will be connected to connection A2 and
the pump suction side to connection A1. Exhaust nozzle
B must not be shut-off. The connection C has to be
connected to the discharge side of the centrifugal
pump.
In case of water as pumping media the maximum installation height over the lowest intake-sided liquid level
must not exceed 7 m, minus the dynamical losses of
the suction system.
Achtung
Caution
Die Nennweite der Rohrleitung zur Druckluftversorgung muB so gewahlt werden, daB die erforderliche
Arbeits-Druckluft am AnschluB P des Ansaugauto-
The nominal size of the piping for compressed-air

supply has to be selected, that the required working
air is available at the connection P of the automatic
aspirator during operation.
Uber den AnschlulS P ist der Ansaugautomat mit

Druckluft oder ahnlichem Treibgas zu versorgen.
Via connection P the automatic aspirator is to be supplied with compressed air or equivalent driving gas.
5.
5.
Inbetriebnahme
Commissioning
Bei der Inbetriebnahme sind folgende Schritte zu

beachten:
Rohranschlusse und Rohrleitungen auf ordnungsgemaiJe Verlegung und Dichtigkeit uberprufen.

and leakage.
Elektroanschlusse kontrollieren.
Druckluftanschluft kontrollieren
Check the compressed air connection
Achtung
Caution
Abweichungen bei Sonderausftihrungen beachten.
6.
6.
Das System arbeitet mit geringem Wartungsaufwand.

Folgende Kontrollen bzw. Arbeiten sollten je nach
FGrdermedium, Betriebsart und Betriebsdauer in
festzulegenden Zeitabstanden durchgefuhrt werden.
The system functions with slightly maintenance work.

Following inspections respectively work should be performed in fixed intervals which depend on pumping
Kontrolle aller Komponenten auf ordnungsgemade

Funktion
Kontrolle des Schwimmerschalters in der Schwimmerkammer.
Check the float switch inside float chamber.
6.1 Demontage und Montage eines Druckluftejektors
A
9

ejector
A
vatec-
Maschinenbau
PDAELE-11-D-GB.DOC
must be switched to a power off mode.

von der Druckluftversorgung zu trennen.

must be disconnected from the compressed air
supply.


J Achtung
Caution
Wir empfehlen alle Dichtungen bei Instandsetzungsarbeit zu ersetzen.
We advise to exchange all sealings at reapir work.
Demontage des Druckluftejektors:
Disassembly of the compressed air ejector:
Kabelstecker am Magnetventil des Druckluftejetors

abnehmen.
Abluft- und Druckluftleitung losen.
Schrauben zwischen Druckluftejektor und Schwimmerkammer losen. Druckluftejektor abnehmen.
Take off cable plugat the solenoid valve of the compressed air ejector.
Loosen the exhaust and compressed air pipe.
Loosen the screws between compressed air ejector
and float chamber. Remove the compressed air
ejector
Die Montage erfolgt in umgekehrter Reihenfolge.
Druckluftejektor einspannen und Langnippel herausdrehen.

MischdUse aus dem Gehause herausziehen.
TreibdQse aus dem Gehause herausnehmen.

I
Achtung
Fix the compressed air ejector and turn out the long
nibble.
Pull out the mixing jet of the casing
Take out the driving jet of the casing.

|
Caution
Bei der Montage ist das Langnippel fest in das Gehause

zu schrauben. Die montierte Gegenmutter darf dabei
nicht verdreht werden. Das Langnippel ist mit
Schraubensicherungsmittel (z.B. Loctite) neu einzusetzen.
The long nipple has to be screwed on the casing powerful. The check nut may not to be twisted.The long
nipple must be fitted with a bolt protection medium (e.g.
Loctite).
6.3 Disassembly and assembly of the shut-off valve
Losen des Druckschaltergehause am Druckluftejektor
Loosen the pressure switch casing at the compressed air ejector
Druckschaltergehause steht unter Federdruck
Pressure switch casing is spring pressurized.
Entnahme der Druckfeder und losen der Mutter an

der Federfiihrung. Zum Gegenhalten die Mutter am
Take out the compression spring and loosen the

safety nut at the spring seating. Use the safety nut at
10
vatecj
Maschinenbau
Kolben verwenden (Diisenseite).
Federfuhrung, Fuhrungsring und Ventildichtung aus
Druckluftejektor entnehmen.
Kolbenstange mit montiertem Kolben entnehmen.
Achtung
Bei der Montage des Kolbens ist der Dichtring mit

einem entsprechend geformten Werkzeug durch den
DruckluftanschluB einzudrucken.
11
PD-AELE-11-IVGB.DOC
the piston (jet side) for supporting.

Take out spring seating, guide ring and valve seling
of the compressed air ejektor.
Take out the Piston rod with mounted piston.
Caution
When assembling the piston the gasket is to be

pressed via compressed air supply by a similar formed
tool.
vatecj
Maschinenbau
7.
Anhang
7.
7.1. Produktdaten
PD-AELE-11-D-GB.DOC
Appendix
7.1. Product data
Betriebsspannung
Schutzart
Leistungsaufnahme
Nenndruck
Schaltleistung Schwimmerschalter
Arbeits-Druckluft erforderiich
Material:
Schwimmerkammer
Ejektorgehause
DUsensystem
Innenteile
Dichtungen
220V-230V 50/60 Hz
IP65
16 VA
PN10
100 VA max.
Operating voltage
Enclosure
Power input
Nominal pressure
Switching capacity float switch
5 - 7 bar
Compressed working air required
GCuSnl 0
GCuSnl 0
Polyathylen
Edelstahl
NBR
DiisengroBe:
Saugvolumenstrom max.
Luftverbrauch bei 6 bar
Bronze GCuSnl 0
Bronze GCuSn 10
Polyetylene
Stainless Steel
NBR
35
Nl/min 300
l/min 70
Druckstufe:
Einschaltpunkt
Ausschaltpunkt
45
500
120
U
0,3
0,5
bar
bar
55
700
180
V
0,6
1,1
AnschiUsse:
Entluftung Saugseitig
Entluftung Druckseitig
Abluft Drainage
Druckschalter
Kabel
Arbeits-Druckluft
Material:
Float chamber
Ejector casing
Nozzle system
Inner parts
Sealings
65
1000
240
Size of Nozzle:
Suction capacity max.
Air consumption at 6 bar
W
1,1
1,6
Pressure-Stage:
Switch-on Point
Switch-off Point
Connections:
Venting suction side
Venting discharge side
Exhaust, Drainage
Pressure switch
Cable
Compressed working air
A1
A2
B
C
E
P
Arbeitsluftdruck
Working air pressure
6bar
E E
3
>
SS
\
\
\
\
35
100
'
45
200300400500800
55
700
65'
800900
1000 1100 1200
Saugvolumenstrom
[l/min]
Suction capacity
12
vatec j
Maschinenbau
7.2 MaRblatt
PD-AELE-11-CM3B.DOC
7.2 Dimensions
D_
CM s
^~
CD
Typ/Type
ELE35/4
AELE6
m
m
in in
<
0tt7
13415d/A4
13
vatecj
Maschinenbau
P[>AELE-11-[>GB.D0C
A2
A1
i
Ah^-
J^L.
ffl ^y
/"
A2
I
Ah-
453
2K
7
A2'
Ah-
ffBfo
'J
14897/A4
14
vatecj
Maschinenbau
A2
PIWELE-11-D-GB.DOC
J= ] a
A2
14898/A4
15
vatec-
Maschinenbau
PDAELE-11-D-GB.DOC
7.4 Ersatzteile
7.4 Spare parts
6005
Pos.
3006
3008
3009
3012
3014
3016
3020
3030
5001
5002
5008
5013
5019
6005
6010
Stck.
Teil
Pes.
Schaltereinsatz
Federfuhrung
Fuhrungsring
Kolben
Kolbenstange
Mischdiise L35
L45
L55
L65
Treibduse L35
L45
L55
L65
Ventildichtung
Dichtring
Druckfeder
O-Ring
2 Sicherungsmutter
Schlauchring
Magnetventil
Schwimmerschalter
Part
Pressure Modul
Spring Seating
Guide Ring
Piston
Piston Rod
Mixing Jet L35
L45
L55
L65
Driving Jet L35
L45
L55
L65
Valve-Sealing
Gasket
Compression Spring
O-Ring
Safety Nut
Tube Ring
Solenoid Valve
Level Switch
14153a/A4
16
vatec:
Maschinenbau
PD-AELE-11-CW3B.DOC
7.5 Schaltplan
7.5 Circuit diagramm
Schaltplan des Ansaugautomaten
Circuit diagramm of the aspirator
_L
-X1 <
mt
-PI
S1
Empfohlene AnschluBschaltung mit Abschaitautomatik

zum Schutz der Kreiselpumpe vor Trockenlauf.
-FOI[]
-soi
-Y1
PE
__J
Recommended connecting plan with shut-off automatic

for protecting the centrifugal pump against dry running.
H--7
0 1
-S02hA
-K01 V
-K02 \
-F02- n -f
-K03-C--7
-K02
_L_.
-X01
A -S03|-Â-\/
-K01
-K03HI
L1
PE
PE
Steuerspannung
Control Voltage
30176/A3
17
A1
A2
ZJ.I31
"TdfîTT^rnTnT^
Ajijenb
iroilMiMaT ET
m *
&T
LJ D
n
Ajyenb
LJ L
r^
EM
uBisep
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MRKS
SIGN
DESIGNED
%^f:
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
DWG's NO.
AIR k SOUNDING PIPES

IN E/R
CHECKED
VERIFIED
JLZ020504
M-055-41
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/12
'16900kg
SCALE
CHK OF STAND.
JINGLING SHIPYARD
APPROVED
^S- ^-
37,300DT PRODUCT OIL/

CHEMICAL TANKER
XnTAI
ADTA.
n 0-7C ,
FAX:0086-25-58797167
ADTA. n AffOC
M-055-41
IR & SOUNDING PIPES IN E/R
PAGE
2/12
1 . ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER & THICKNESS(mmxmm).
2. WHERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT OR OIL TIGHT BULKHEADS,DECKS OR TANK
TOPS, PENETRATION PIECES TO BE FITTED WITH
ACCORDING TO ISO OR SHIPYARD STANDARD.
3. THE PIPING SYSTEM TO BE SUPPORTED SECURELY IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGES FROM

VIBRATIONS OR OTHER CAUSES.
4 . AIR PIPE HEAD ON OPEN DECK TO BE 76Gmm ABOVE UPPER DECK OR 4 5 0 m m ABOVE
SUPERSTRUCTURE DECK.THAT ALSO TO BE SATISFIED WITH THE REQUIRMENT OF DAMAGE
STABILITY CALCULATION.
5. THE SOUNDING AND AIR PIPES USED FOR WATER TANK TO BE GALVANIZED, THE PIPES OF
OIL TANKS TO BE BU\CK STEEL.
5. THE CONNECTION PIECE TO BE SLEEVE PIPE OR FU\NGE.
7. HYDRAULIC TEST:
NAME
DESIGN
PRESSURE
(MPa)
BEFORE INSTALL.
ON BOARD
(MPa)
VENT PIPE
AFTER ASSEMBLY
ON BOARD
(MPa)
FILLING WATER TEST
8. PIPING CONNECTION FU\NGE WILL BE G B 2 5 0 6 - 8 9 , PN=1.0MPa.

9. ALL SOUNDING TUBES TERMINATION BELOW UPPER DECK SHOULD BE FITTED WITH
SELF-CLOSING COCK AT THE UPPER END.
ADrA-
o r>onc-
PAGE
M-055-41
3 / 12
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
\YT.
CLASS
CE.RT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
AM01V
BS25080
GB/T584-1999
Stop Valve
80
2.5
Cast Steel
25.8
HIGH SEA CHEST VENT.
AM02V
BS25080
GB/T584-1999
Stop Valve
80
2.5
Cast Steel
25.8
LOW SEACHESTVENT.
AM 03V
AS6015GB/T587-93
Stop Valve
15
0.6
Bronze
3.9
DRAIN
AM 04V
AS6015GB/T587-93
Stop Valve
15
0.6
Bronze
3.9
DRAIN
'
AHbA:U.Ut>2bm'-
M-055-41
PAGE
4 /
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
AM03F
ES65G
CB/T3594-94
Air Pipe Head
AM04F
ES65G
CB/T3594-94
Air Pipe Head
AM05F
ES65G
CB/T3594-94
Air Pipe Head
AM06F
DS100G
CB/T3594-94
Air Pipe Head
AM07F
DS65G
CB/T3594-94
Air Pipe Head
>i^ h=r AlV ^.t
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
J3ELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
65
Cast Steel
9.23
VOID IN E/R A l ^
65
Cast Steel
9.23
C ,
VOID IN E/R AIR
65
Cast Steel
9.23
COOL.W.DRAIN I K . AIR
100
Cast Steel
29.34
SEWAGE JR. PLANT AIR
65
Cast Steel
10.66
HYDR. OIL TANK AIR
2=
127.1
12
AHbA: J.UH2bm
PAGE
M-055-41
A I R & S O U N D I N G P I P E S IN E/R
5 /
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MFa
MATERJAI.
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORTHS ON
NAME PLATE
IDELn-ÊRY
REMARKS
kg
SM01F
65 CB/T 3778-1999
Self-close Sound. Vaive
65
Cast Steel
6.89
F.O. OVF.TK. SOUND.
SM02F
65 CB/T 3778-1999
Self-close Sound. Valve
65
Cast Steel
6.89
SLUDGE TK. SOUND.
SM03F
65 CB/T 3778-1999
65
Cast Steel
6.89
F.O. DRAIN TK. SOUND.
SM04F
65 CB/T 3778-1999
Self-close Sound. Vaive
65
Cast Steel
6.89
SEP. OIL TK. SOUND.
SM05F
50 CB/T 3778-1999
Seif-close Sound. Valve
50
Cast Steel
6.85
VOID SOUND.
SM06F
50 CB/T 3778-1999
50
Cast Steel
6.85
IVI/E L O . SUiVIP TK.

SOUND.
SM07F
50 CB/T 3778-1999
50
Cast Steel
6.85
COOL. W. DRAIN TK.

SOUND.
SM08F
50 CB/T 3778-1999
50
Cast Steel
6.85
OILY BILGE TK. SOUND.
SM09F
50 CB/T 3778-1999
50
Cast Steel
6.85
S/T OIL DRAIN.TK.

SOUND.
SM10F
65 CB/T 3778-1999
65
Cast Steel
6.89
PURIF. SLUDGE TK.

SOUND.
SM11F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.1 HFO TK. SOUND.
SM12F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N 0 . 2 HFO TK. SOUND.
12
AHbA:! J.UB2bm"
M-055-41
PAGE
6 /
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATER1/\L
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WOIU')S ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
SM13F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steei
1,62
N 0 . 3 HFO TK. SOUND.
SM14F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N 0 . 4 H F O T K . SOUND.
SM15F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N 0 . 5 H F 0 T K . SOUND.
SM17F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steei
1.62
N0.1 HFO S E T T L TK.

SOUND.
SM18F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.1 HFO SERV. TK.

SOUND.
SM19F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.2 HFO SERV. TK.

SOUND.
SM20F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0,2 HFO SETTL. TK.

SOUND.
SM21F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.1 MDO STOR. TK.

SOUND.
SM22F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N 0 . 2 MDO STOR, TK.

SOUND.
SM23F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.1 MDO SETTL. TK.

SOUND.
SM24F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.1 MDO SERV. TK.

SOUND.
12
AHbA: J.UB!Jbm
ITEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
PAGE
7 / 12
M-055-41

MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME RLATE
DELT\^RY
IMARKS
kg
SM25F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.2 MDO SETTL. TK.

SOUND.
SM26F
C65
CB/T 3778-1999
Sounding Head
65
Cast Steel
1.62
N0.2 MDO SERV. TK.

SOUND. '
}
i;=
93.0
AHbA:.62bm'-
M-055-41
PAGE
8/12
NO.
APPLICATTION OF PIPES
NUM.
DIA.
OUT.
DIA.
THK.
inm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
REMARKS
m
Seamless
Steel
55
3567.1
Seamless
Steel
55
2563.4
Seamless
Steel
60
1893.9
140
Seamless
Steel
100
2295.8
100
114
.6 _
Seamless
Steel
40
639.2
Sewage Treat. Plant

Air Vent.Pipe
100
114
Seamless
Steel
40
639.2
Galv.
Sewage Treat. Plant

Air Vent.Pipe
100
114
Seamless
Steel
46.6
Galv.
Oil TK. Air Pipe
80
89
5.5
Seamless
Steel
32
362.4
Sea Chest Air Pipe
80
89
5.5
Seamless
Steel
35
396.4
Galv.
10
Sea Chest Air Pipe
80
89
Seamless
Steel
63.S
Galv.
11
Oil TK. Air Pipe
65
76
Seamless
Steel
50
437.7
12
Void Air Pipe
65
76
Seamless
Steel
40
350.2
Galv.
13
Void Air Pipe
65
76
Seamless
Steel
71.5
Galv.
14
Oil TK. Air Pipe
50
60
Seamless
Steel
50
276.2
15
W.TK. Air Pipe
50
60
Seamless
Steel
20
110.5
Galv.
16
Drain Pipe
15
22
Seamless
Steel
20
28.1
Gaiv.
17
Sounding Pipe
65
76
Seamless
Steel
12
105.1
18
Sounding Pipe
50
60
Seamless
Steel
10
55.2
Oil TK. Air Pipe
250
273
10
Oil TK. Air Pipe
200
219
Oil TK. Air Pipe
150
168
Oil TK. Air Pipe
125
Oil TK. Air Pipe
.,
Galv.
ADCA.n r oocîi
M-055-41
PAGE
9/12
NO.
NOM.
DIA.
OUT,
DIA.
THK.
mm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
19
Sounding Pipe
50
60
Seamless
Steel
10
55.2
20
Oil TK. Air Pipe
65
76.1
2.3
Stainless
Steel
30
125.6
REMARKS
2:=
15116.23
AREA:0.0625m'
M-'055-41
PAGE
10/12
HFO TK. SOUNDING PIPE DETAIL
UPPER DECK
VOID
HFO TANK
TANK BOTTOM
ADCA. n nCOK . ^ 2
M-055-41
PAGE
11/12
TYPICAL SKETCH OF SOUND. SELF-CLOS. V.
SELF-CLOSING
TEST VALVE
FLOOR
PLATE
DN15
2 HOLES FOR VENT X
'J-
TANK BOnOM
ADTA- n n R 0 R m 2
PAGE
M-055-41
12/12
o
E DECK
LOWER PLATFORM
FLOOR
DOUBLE BOTTOM
E DECK
LU
O
UPPER PLATFORM
LOWER PLATFORM
FLOOR
Cd
J
Q_
0273x10
NOnÔ^V.TK
FIO-l^FO^SEJTLiTK
-y^
r^:
"71
71
/
X
Npd^HFÎ^.
hIOrf HFO TK.
^ ^ 0114x6
PUf^tSÎDOrtK. ^ '
y
\
/\
f\
'
<r
/
j...... ^
47i^?."^
lr.2 HFÂr^
>J.2 ^ - T K T V
076x7:,SM1 I F -
^'.<b1v
->
(^.
^m^ H^fK.
'WO^
K76x7
H^Tk.
^&x9^
fej
SM10F 0114x6
0168x1
MDO OVF. ALARM TK
\ ^
FUNNEL T O P
_:ij
-ii-
'^^'-pklW
HFO OVF. ALARM TK
FUNNEL TOP
^ "
^76x7 -j AM04F
076x7-, SM22F^ / ^
N0.2 MD^>5tOR. TK
0114x9
089x
: ^NO?1--MOCLS0TL.'TK
076:i
1-^
X
INCIN. MDO SERV.TK
07y6x7^$M23F ^
AM06F
060x4
^7^
*No.n^toa-sERv. TI
N 0 . 1 INCIN. SLUDGE OIL TK. VENT.
089x:!^^
SEE (M-054-17)
myrîî.^^^^^^^^^^
^
076x)
* N0:2^k^Da-SERV-
mSM26F
Oil, MST TK.(P)
076x5
N0.2 INCIN. SLUDGE OIL TK. VENT.

SEE (M-054-17)
0273x10
\ ^ ^^^^^
0168x8
0168x8
0168x8
0168x8
0140x7
0168x8
0219x9
MDO SERV.TK
FOR DIESELS
r\
60x4
;
AMOW
TO SEPATATOR OiL T A N K / '

-e^--s3089x5.5
r C D i 022x3
-E^
.S3n-"^
^ M / E OIL VAPOUR DISCHARGE

* S E E (M-054-18)
\ T O SEPATATOR OIL TANK
AREA:
0.25 m^
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
GL'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO:
DATE
-Û^
A^
DWGS
' NO:
LIGHTING SYSTEM DIAGRAM
PAGE
E-056-14
WEIGHT
JINGLING
SHIPYARD
MARINE DESIGN
oX-^-ô
SCALE
1 /51
APPROVED
DATE
JLZ020504

CHEMICAL TANKER
COMPANY
FAX:0086-25-58797167
AREA: 0.0625 m^
CONTENTS
PAGE
E-056-14
CONTENTS
1.
PARTS LIST
2.
NAVIGATION LIGHT
11
3.
SIGNAL LIGHT
12
4.
NORMAL LIGHTING
13
5.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
41
6.
TEMPORARY EMERGENCY LIGHTING
49
NOTE: l.THE TYPE OF ALL CABLES TO BE CJPF96/SC 2X1.5+E UNLESS SPECIFIED.
2.THE CABLES OF EM'CY LIGHT SYSTEM AND TEMP. EM'CY LIGHT SYSTEM
TO BE CJPF96/NSC 3X1.5 UNLESS SPECIFIED.
PAGE
L UJ 1 "r
SER
No.
SYMBOL
NL
SL
IL
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
7L
10
8L
11
9L
12
10L
13
11L
14
1EL
15
2EL
NAME
Q'TY
SPEC, k TYPE
REMARKS
NAVIGATION LIGHT IND BOX
STN
SIGNAL LIGHT CONTROL BOX
STN
No.l
LIGHTING DISTR
BOX
No.2 LIGHTING DISTR BOX
No.lO LIGHTING DISTR BOX
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
No.l EMERG LIGHTING DISTR BOX
STN
No.2 EMERG LIGHTING DISTR BOX
STN
SER
No.
16
17
18
19
LUJD - 1 4
NAME
SYMBOL
PAGE
Q'TY
SPEC. & TYPE
REMARKS
3EL
STN
STN
STN
STN
4EL
TELB
WCC
24V DISTR BOX
WHEELHOUSE CONTROL CONSOLE
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
[1
lei
IB
[1
1
\
28
a
\
3581005
AUOA
3580705
AUOA
3582705
AUOA
3584205
AUOA
3583105
AUOA
3580205
AUOA
324
220V
3X40W IP56
AUOA
3070075
220V
1X65W IP56
AUOA
3334215
AUOA
ANCHOR LIGHT
STERN
LIGHT
PORT LIGHT
STARBOARD LIGHT.
NC
30
LIGHT
NOT UNDER COMMAND LIGHT
NC
27
29
MAST
MORSE SIGNAL LIGHT
MORSE KEY
3
MANOEUVRING LIGHT
ML
DANGEROUS CARGO LOADING LIGHT
SER
No.
SYMBOL
NAME
Q'lT
32
[MR
[MW
55
34
35
WL
GREEN SIGNAL LIGHT
WHITE SIGNAL LIGHT
AUOA
131/RED
220V 60HZ
IP56
AUOA
131/GREEN
220V 60HZ
IP56
AUOA
131/WHITE
220V 60HZ
IP56
AUOA
3533555
220V
25W IP56
AUOA
3072205
220V
1X65W IP56
AUOA
3531205
220V
40W IP56
AUOA
0010361200/S
220V
1000W IP56
AUOA
0019101100
24V
50W
AUOA
PANAMA CANAL STEERING LT.
36
5(n
STERN LIGHT
37
SCL )
38
PW )
39
SSL )
PROPELLER WARNING LIGHT
SIGNAL SEARCH LIGHT
40
41
DAYLIGHT SIGNAL LIGHT
DS]
DAYUGHT SIGNAL LIGHT SOCKET
REMARKS
131/WHITE
220V 60HZ
IP56
MANOEUVRING RESTRICTED LIGHT(V^ HITE)

1
RL
SPEC. & TYPE
AUOA
RED SIGNAL LIGHT
131/RED
220V 60HZ
IP56
MANOEUVRING RESTRICTED LIGHT(f ED)
31
PAGE
r
L-UD 1 ^
AUOA
20
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
42
43
44
^R
45
JUNCTION BOX FOR OUTSIDE LIGHT
RED UGHT
DM1-3
DIMMER
SER
No.
46
NAME
SYMBOL
loooy
47
500V
48
300V
49
400V
50
50W
PAGE
E-056-14
Q'Tf
SPEC. & TYPE
REMARKS
FL-31-T/1000N
220V 60HZ
1000W IP55
AUQA
1076001/500
220V
1000W IP67
AUQA
1076001/250
220V
1000W IP67
AUQA
XSF 400P IBT3

220V
400W IP66
AUQA
BOAT PUNCHING LT.
3134034
24V
50W IP56
AUQA
LEVEL LIGHT
CGD9-5
220V
60W IP56
SODIUM LIGHT
HALOGEN LIGHT
15
HALOGEN LIGHT
EXP SODIUM LIGHT
22
51
52
53
INCANDESCANT WATERPROOR
LIGHT
54
LIGHT
55
LIGHT (24V)
30
43
19
CCD6-2
220V 60W
IP56
57
'R
!ÔWo
LIGHT (OUTSIDE)
CCD9-5
220V
BOW IP56
CCD9-5A
24V
60W IP56
RED LIGHT FOR CRANE
56
CCD9-5
220V
SOW IP56
14
1131/2/GK/1974
220V 60HZ
60W
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
GUMOX
58
59
60
EXPLOSION PROOF
INCANDESCANT LIGHT
EVX 2015
47
220V
60W IP67 IICT4
G[7\M0X
SER
No.
51
NAME
SYMBOL
FLUORESENT CEILING LIGHT

2x20
62
EM.FLUORESENT CEILING LIGHT
2x20"^
E--056-14
Q'Vf
196
42
63
EM.FLUORESENT CEILING LIGHT

(WITH 24V LIGHT)
2x20^^
L
64
65
FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT
2x20
EM.FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT
1 2x20 !
66

(WITH 24V LIGHT)
2x20 1
79
45
FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT

2x40
68
2x40
69
70
1,
2x40 1

(WITH 24V LIGHT)
CORRIDOR CORNER LIGHT
^1x20
EM.CORRIDOR CORNER LIGHT
71
72
yxSff
CORRIDOR CORNER LIGHT
(WITH 24V LIGHT)
^1x20
L
73
EM.CORRIDOR CORNER LIGHT

(WITH 24V LIGHT)
yx20
75
2> t u
2x CO n
EXPLOSION PROOF
FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT
EXPLOSION PROOF
TPYA20-2
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP23
TPYA20-2E
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP23 24V 15W
TCYA20-2
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP56
TCYA20-2
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP56
TCYA20-2E
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP56 24V 15W
89
TCYA40-2
220V 60HZ
2X40W IP56
42
TCYA40-2
220V 60HZ
2X40W IP56
TGYA40-2E
220V 60HZ
2X40W IP56 24V 15W
29
TBYA20
220V 60HZ
1X20W IP30
12
TBYA20
220V 60HZ
1X20W IP30
TBYA20-E
220V 60HZ
1X20W IP30 24V 15W
23
TBYA20-E
220V 60HZ
1X20W IP30 24V 15W
74
TPYA20-2
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP23
67
SPEC. & TYPE
PAGE
7
REMARKS
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
12
EVS 220E
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP66 IICT4
GLAMOX
EVS 220E
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP66 IICT4
GLAMOX
L-ujo-1^
BpLîs
SER
No.
SYMBOL
1T
76
77
78
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
Q'TY
mmmim
p-,
>140
EXPLOSION PROOF
RED LIGHT
2x20(R)
DM
mmmn
DIMMER
0 FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT (&EM.)

1 2x201
0
FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT WITH 24V BULB
P^QL
BERTH LIGHT
rx
WALL LIGHT
Cy
DESK LIGHT
'?
CHART TABLE LIGHT
mi
îT
WORKSHOP LIGHT
m$mi
mil
SAFETY RECHARGE HAND U\MP
^^mti
PORTABLE LIGHT
89
mmn
38
EVS 240E
220V 60HZ
2X40W IP66 IICT4
17
EVS 240E
220V 60HZ
2X40W IP66 IICT4
10
TPYA20-2
220V 60HZ
2X20W IP23
82
FLOWER
mi
LIGHT
REMARKS
-^ J^ 1 f
GU\MOX
GU\MOX
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
GRMB-S2X18
220V 60HZ
2X18W IP66
GUMOX
GRMB-S2X18 WITH 24V
220V 60HZ + 24V

2X18W IP66
34
TBY1 - 2 0 8
220V 60HZ
1X8W IP30
29
CBD10
220V
25W IP20
40
TTD40
220V
BOW
GUMOX
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
YAN YANG
GUMOX
mmi
HOSTIPAL LAMP
^
SPEC. & TYPE
f7^
1
EXPLOSION PROOF
FLUOR PENDANT LIGHT
88
90
NAME
rL'>
79
PAGE
CTD3
220V
BOW
LHH II
220V 60HZ
50W
GLAMOX
500,000
24V
55W
GU\MOX
10
533/1/1954
24V
25W IP56
GLAMOX
CHIANA
YAN YANG
CHIANA
SER
No.
SYMBOL
92
W.T. SINGLE WAY SWITCH

^
93
94
cf
95
Q'TY
W.T. DOUBLE POLE 2-WAY SWITCH
91
W.T. SINGLE WAY SWITCH(EXP)
N.W.T. DOUBLE POLE 2-WAY SWITCH
N.W.T. SINGLE WAY SWITCH
cT
REMARKS
MENNEKES
57 NMSCK-2 250V 16A IP6(1
MENNEKES
^M98270B-2 250V 16A IP 55
MENNEKES
32 NMCK-2D 250V 16A IP44
MENNEKES
144 NMCK-2 250V 16A IP44
MENNEKES
NMAS-KP 250V 16A IP6 3
MENNEKES
SOCKET WITH SWITH
97
CZKS2-2/II4
CHIANA
CZK-1 24V
CHIANA
L.V; SOCKET WITH SWITH
98
99
WATERPROOF DOUBLE POLE

SOCKET
100

SOCKET (24V)
EXP
102
SPEC. &c TYPE
12 NMSCK-2D 250V 16A IP 36

SINGLE WAY SWITCH WITH LAMP
96
PAGE
E-056-14

SOCKET (EXP)
N.W.T. SINGLE SOCKET
79
CZS2-2/2I1 16/10A
NM93000B 250V 16A IP67
CHIANA
MENNEKES
-93000B 250V 16A

MENNEKES
22
IICT6
17
CZH201-
CHIANA
03
N.W.T. DOUBLE SOCKET
104
105
LOW VOLTAGE SOCKET
35 NMDDCZ-2 250V 16A IF44 MENNEKES
1602 24V ISA IP44
MENNEKES
PAGE
t-UD-1^
SER
No.
106
NAME
SYMBOL
Q'TY
DOOR SWITCH
10
SPEC. 8c TYPE
220V
REMARKS
MENNEKES
107
JUNCTION BOX FOR HEATER
108
|2|
109
RH
110
HEATER(2KW)
10
(2KW)
111
JB
112
113
DM
114
CB/L
115
exp
116
117
118
c^
119
120
HIGH AND LOW VOLTAGE

SOCKET BOX
16
N.W.T. JUNCTION BOX
2KW
GU\MOX
NMHLZ-D24 200VA
MENNEKES
29 NMSCH1-7 250V 16A IF 66 MENNEKES
W.T. JUNCTION BOX
24 NMSCH1-3 250V 16A IF 66 MENNEKES
DIMMER FOR W / H RED LIGHT
NAVIGATION SEARCH UGHT CONTROL PA^ EL

2
EXP. JUNCTION BOX
WATERPROOF JUNCTION BOX
BJX 2 1 1 - 3
EX e II T6
CHIANA
35
SEUZ CANAL SOCKET WITH SWITH
MIRROR LIGHT
CHIANA
35
WATERPROOF DOUBLE POLE S0CKEI(SELF CLOSE
'ii
W.T. DOUBLE SOCKET
N M - 1 0 8 0 8 250V 16A
MENNEKES
PAGE
E-056-14
"r~r
ILUIQI
i '
Pj I| iP_ i | 0 ! p i
COIJJ
coo
L
Q
CCl
J
Q-l
Q-l
joi
j
I
\l/
\l/
, \l/
L
J
- - -
iiii
\l/
.
'
\i/
(^z
z J(^ z
\i/
z J
Tl'.ll
L-,
J
L-_-r;
I
oo
Klo
SI"
I
(96). gjxcj
aswci wodj i8-diN
(2SNj{96i SJZXCJ
a3 noyj
ze-dTN
WHEE -HOUSE
1
WCC
1 M | MORSE SIGNA
SL
1
1
LIGHT
MANOEUVRING RESTRICTED LIGHT
/"""^
ML
-L-p-
SL1-1
SL2-1
MANOEUVRING UGHT
r\
f^l
DANGEROUS GOODS
i^
SL3-1
SL4-1
SL5-1
SL6-1
5f|-
[MW[
SL7-1
[MR]
[MR|
T"
i
i
-z:
o
o
SS-{
SLiO-l
CD
L
ro
O
CH
u_
SL11-1
SL12-1
SL13-1
-n
o
n:
MAIN MAST
SLi^-i
CQ ^
1 ^
- CM
_I X
O) fO
l;
-z.
(75
CO
-<
Ln
i
SL15-1
SL16-1
J.
a.i7-i
SL18-1
" %
COMPASS DECK
SL19-1
r^
1 1
P WING
SL21-1
P^
1 1
S WING
r"
r~
SL22-1
SU3-1
SL24-1
Hb
L^'^
(^
i
L
n^TV'- PANAMA CANAL STEETING LIGHT (BLUE)
Fr.lOP
fp.
SL24-2
Tr
i . . J^
'A
m
1
CD
Ol
cn
1
FORE MAST
F'CLE DECK
^ ^ ' " ^ UGHT(KIEL CANAL)
UPPER DECK
!~
1
'
St24-3
-n ^
1
TN ^ ^ ^ '^'^^
11 ' ^ 1 SCL 1)
BRIDGE DECK
._ . E DECK . L - .
D DECK D
__ ..1I.J2LCK..C_..
B..DCJL.B_..
A DECK A
(?% i l O
1 nw n
î^ "" "^ L L L i ^ PROPELLER WARNING UGHT
(f\ Hl O
1 nw t>
(yjHi ^LfLU
ho
-11
(96) SCXC
O
CNJ
X
CN
asF\i mm
E-056-14
cr
DO
W/H
1L22 2*2.5
1L23 2*2.5
IL
id.
16/63
1LQ12
^<>
1LQ13
16/63
lLlO-2
2X20
I1L10-2A
2X20
1L10-2B
2X20
1L10-2C
Hl 2X20
SHIP NAME LIGHT
16/63
IL10-V.
RS
I< . c
ILlO-3
2X20
1L10-2A
ILl--2B 1 2X20 1 ILIO--20

'1
CD
ZAZU i
COMPASS DECK
CD
O
16/631
1L9-1
Tci-
ST
(@y
2X20
1L9-2
1L9-4
iLg-3
1L9-5
OUTSIDE UGHT
2X20
3:
/
lOOOW
\
/
1 L11-2
20/631
1L9-6
2X20
1L11-1
RT
5To
1L11-3
o
en
lOOOW
\
1L12-2
20/63
1L12-3
1L12ST
1L13-2
500U
ELE, STR.
16/63
1L13-3
1L13-1
FUNNEL UGHT
500W
RS
\
^3-
16/63
I^ ^
16/63
20/63
TO WCC OUTSIDE COliJTRGL UNIT
1L20-1
12X1.5
WCC
1LU 2X2.5 (96)
CBl/L
RT
1L15 2X2.5 (96)
CBl/L
ST ,
1L19-1
ST
2X6
1LU-1
1L14-3
\ 1 LI 5-1
1L15-3
o
en
en
I
POWER SUPPLY
3X2.5(fe6)
10*1.5
3X2.5(p6)
10*1.5
PU
SSL
1L14-10 2*6(96)
+ JB +
l [ U - 1 b 2*6(967
" SSL-
PU
SSL
a i 5 - 1 g 2*6(96)
+ JB +
1 LI 5-1b 2*6(967
- SSL-
RH
1L19-2
*
"t*
4*2.5
4*2 5
I SSLL
rx NAVIGATION SEARCH LIGHT
10*1.5
4*2.5
4*2.5
SSLD
NAVIGATION SEARCH UGHT
10*1.5
"O
RH
BRIDGE DECK
E DECKE

.\
v>
(^
Â
220V 30
Of
E-056-14
CO
CD
CD
PAGE
asw mm
a-ne
E-056-14
Q
LJJ I
Q ,
PAGE
EA
3L5-5A
3L5-5B
o
o
3/OFF. ROOM
o
3/OF. UVATORY
3L5-f [mi ^^^-^^^ c f
CO
-<
CO
3/OFF. ROOM
C/OF. BED ROOM

C/OF. DAY ROOM
16/63
3L6-1
3L6-2
3L6-4
3L6-3
! ^ ^
3L6-5
3L6-6
ST
STORE
16/63
3L7-1
OFF'S LAUNDRY
EA
3L7
3L7-6
3L7-4
2x20
RS
3L7-8
2X20
3L7-5 ,
3L7-3
DRY RM
2X20
3L7-9
2X20
3L7-7 ,
STORE
STORE
^
3L7-11
3L7-13
3L7-14
3L7-12
o
en
C/OFF DAY ROOM
3/OFF ROOM
16/63
3L8-1
' ^
y>
3L8-2
^-3L8-4
3L8-3
3L9-1
3L9-2
3L8-5
^
3L8-6,
DRY RM
16/63
2/OFF ROOM
3L8-7
^
3L8-8,
3L8-9
CT)
2/ENG DAY ROOM
3/ENG. ROOM
, ^
3L8-10/
3L8-11
3L8-12
3|_g_.|3
4/ENG ROOM
j^3L8-14
3L9-3
ST
00
D DECKD
a-it
T96) 9X
Qsn mhA
E-056-14
PAGE
20
o
3
S
E-056-14
UJ
ns
m
t=
-z.
ID
21
PAGE
oc
3r
siS
zZ 3
(96)
a-is
01X
asn mnA
E/T
5L
5L4-2
-^ 5L4-3
5L4-4
2X20
5L4~5
2X20
5L4-6
2X20
CREW
2X20
(311)
o
E/T
16/63
5L4-7;
r-,
5L4-9
^514-10
5L4-1
RS
5L4-S
CREW LAVATORY
LINEN STORE
2X20
STORE
5L4-1
(307)
5L4-13
2X20
STORE
x20
5L4-12
5L4-15
(31')
5L4-14
CARGO EQUIP.
5L4-16 r<^
5L4-19
5L4-17
/lO^ 5L4-20
5L4-18
O
REST RU
CREW
(311)
DECK OFFICE/VISITORS RU
16/63
5L5RT
5L5-1A
5L5-1b
5L5-lc
L(gw^g
REST ROOU
16/63
5L6-
15L5-2
5L5-3
5L6-4
c>
5L5-4
DECK OFFICE/VISITORS RU
- 5 L 6 - 2 / ^ ^ ^ ^ " ^ ' k . X ^ ' 5L6-5
ST
_Q
5L5-5
5L5-5A
5L5-6
CARGO CONTROL RU
5L6-7
5L6-8
5L6-6
CREW
16/63
(305)
517_ 1
RS
'^^^
T UNIT HEATER
PASSAGE
16/63
5L8RT
16/53
5L9-1
ST
\1x20
5L8-2
519^2
1x20
STAIR
5L8-3
1x20
5L8^4
1x20
PASSAGE
B DECKi
K"
LO
So
^
l A02Z
1:11 II
XÎ
E-056-14
PAGE
24
5S
CX)
i.
Bi'xt
3
o
Lc
<^
v^
CO
o fo
U3
_J1
E-056-14
s:]
<djâjij<a <a
0C A033
(96) 9X
a-19
b-4 J
7
asn m)
SSV
PAGE
25
gi
L
<
6L4-2
6L4-3
6L
6L4-4
^ 6L4-5
5X1.5
EA
6L4-
2X20
6L4-13 < j ^
RS
6L4-14
5X1.5
6L4-7
2X20
6L4-15
2X20
6L4-16
2X20
6L4-8
2X20
6L4-17
2X20
2X20
2X20
6L4-11
2X20
6L4-9
2X20
6L4-18
OFFICER'S MESS ROOM

"
( ^
2X20
6L4-18A
6L4-19 ^ ^ 6 1 4 - 2 0
2X20
6L4-21
EA
(221)
6L4-25
ge
6L4-24
6L4-12
2X20
6L4-6
>
6L4-12A
PANTRY
16/63
6L4-12B
-<^
E/T
6L4-22
2X20
6L4-26 I m
2X20
-<f
6L4-27
6L4-23
2X20
TO
6L4-18B
^
OFFICER'S DAY ROOM
AIR COND. ROOM
WC
CD
(216)
16/63
6L5-1
RT
6L5-2
W^
-w^
BSS
PANTRY 202
16/63
6L5-3
CO
6L5-4
W^
6L5-5
6L6-3
iii^vftvi
6L5-6
-X
16/63
6L7-1
6L7-2
HL
6L6-4
K=S
6L6-4A
6L7-3
-<
OFRCER'S MESS ROOM
6L6-5
6L6-6
ra
ST
S L S - I A L - [ W F C l A I R COND. ROOM
|/i..Y'^
00
PANTRY 208
GALLEY
6L6-2
6L6-
CREW'S DAY ROOM
CREW S MESS ROOM
Q I
WFCj
OFFICER'S DAY ROOM
6L7-5
6L7-4
6L7-6
RS
16/63
6L8-1
6L8-2
, ^
RT
6L8-3
CREW
CREW'S DAY ROOM
OFFICER'S DAY ROOM

, ^
6L8-
6L8-5
, ^
6L8-6
, ^
6L8-7
(211)
, ^
6L8-8
PASSAGE
16/63
16/63
6L9-1
ST
6L10-1
RS
^1x20
6L9-2
6L10-2
'^1x20
6L10-3
6L8-9
, ^
STAIR
6L9-3
\1x20
6L9-5
'^^1x20
PASSAGE
A DECK A
CD
CD
o
LU
CD
1n
o
X
CN
1 1
o
CNl
X
CM
1 1
f^
O
O
[1 []
0f A023
?H
t ^f
is:
o
C3
o
bJ
7L5-18
VALVE REMOTE
CONTROL RM
IONFIFCTRIC WEIGH
o
3>
CD
O
VEGETABLE
7L5-13,,a?i
7L5-14
PROVISION
7L5-15
7L5-16 ;,??!>
7L5-17
CD
-<
0 0 2 ROOM
7L6-2
7L6-3
7L6-7
V^
7L6-8
7L6-4-
2X20
2X20
7L6-5
'2X201
7L6-6
00
2X20
CHEMICAL STORE
16/63
7L6-1
ST
7L6-9
STR.
7L6-12
7L6-
7L6-26
C2H2 RU.
7L6-13
7L6-25
7L6-14
16/63
SPARE
16/63
SPARE
<^
7L6-15
7L6-24
BOSUN WORKSHOP
0 2 RM.
7L6-23
STR.
CHARG.
7L6-16
y^
7L6-17
7L6-21
2X20
7L6-20
7L6-22
2X20
2X20
7L6-20A , ^ 7L6-20B , ^ 7L6-20C
CD
cn
en
SUEZ CREW
16/63
T UNIT HEATER
7L7RS
STAIR
PASSAGE
16/63
16/63
7L8RT
7L9-1
ST
\lx20
7L8-2
7L9-2
1x20
7L8-3
1x20!
7L8-4
\1x20
PASSAGE
MAIN DECK
Oce
2
CC
a: O
o
X
o
CNl
X
CN
cO
1
cNI
15
CD
o
o
o
o
C AOZZ
[! []
JK
E^056-14
'S
/s
ECR
8L
16/63
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM
8L1-1 J ^ 8L1-2
5X1.5
RS
J ^ 811-3
8L1-4
2X20
8L1-U
16/63
8L2-1 J ^ 8L2-2
5X1.5
RT
8L2-3
16/63
If
8L3-4
2X231
8L3-3y
811-12
2X20
811-7
2X20
8L1-11
2X20
IZSII
8L1-8
2X20
2X20
8L1-10
2X20
2X20
3>
2X20
ROPE STORE
ELE. WORKSHOP
en
8L2-5
2X20
8L1-6
2X20
811-13
2X20
8L2-4
2X20
8L1-5
2X20
oin
STEERING GEAR ROOM
=;i 8L3-5
O
"TCTT
8L3-6/
^^~'^ 1
8L3-8
8L3-9
Twr
'^mnCO
8L3-10
cat
i^
-<
INCIN. ROOM
8L3-11
813-12
^ E
8L3-14
BL3-15
-nw
813-13
CO
8L3-16
^TOT
~7mr
ENGINE STORE
16/63
8L4=
RS
1 ^
8L4-2
8L4-3
8L4-4
^M
~?"
8L4-5
-TCTT
8L4-9
II
,,
"mrr
II
814-10
814-12
Ê
8L5-1
RT
8L5-2
'mo \\-
^^3-
8L5-3
'^mn-
8L5-4
"TCTT
~7"
FUEL V. TEST RM
( ^
"?"
8L4-11
16/63
irzzxsizii-i
WELD. AREA
E/R WORKSHOP
8L4-8
8L4-6
"TCTT
8L4-14 ^
î^^n |)_
8L4-13
8L5-5
8L5-11
-TCTT
^ ^
8L5-6
815-10
"?-
8L5-7
8L5-9
o
en
2X40 I k
2X40 Ik
UPPER PUTFORM
OJ
OO
0f A03Z
CO \
8-918
CO \
(O
E-056-14
XSX
XR/
1 2H
^
XS/
>:irs
m
in
to
XS/
2^
O
Q_
Q_
PAGE
32
GENERATOR ROOM
GENERATOR ROOM
A
9L
16/63
0PU-H3
DPU-H2
^B>Jilllll
3X1.5 (96)
3X1.5 (96)
X:
OPUl
-rTTTTn
DPU-H4
DPU3
^| I n II
/opPU4
SPACE
HEATER
3X1.5 (96)
LOWER PLATFORM
9L8-12i
SPACE HEATER
2X21
9L8-10
9L8-11
3>
2X40
II ^ ' - ^ " ^
II
?X40 W
3X1.5 (96)
16/63
9L8-1
ST
TCTT
C3)
oo
I
9L8-2
im'
9L8-3
9L8-4
Ê
-\r^mny
9L8-5
)u(]
\y
9L8-6
9L8-7
rmr
CD
O
7X40"
C~s
16/63
16/63
9L9-1
RS
9L10-1
RT
"TCTT
9L9-2
HI
mo
9L9-3
"TMT
1 9L9-4
"TMT
9L9-5
?X40
11^^^ ^ I I
2X40
II
^^=^1
';x4(r
CD
HL
9L10-2
HL
9L10-3
9L9-13
HL
9L9-12
9L9-11
i9L9-10n
Twr
9L9-9
CO
-<
^1 VX4()
cyi
DOUBLE BOTTOM
16/63
16/63
9111ST
9L11-2
gL11-3 ,(aii 9L11-4
9L11-5
9L11-6
00
o
cn
SPARE
O
CO
NJ
16/63
SPARE
CD
cn
BOSUN STORE
VENTILATOR c HEATER ROOM
11L1-2 ^
11L1-3
16/63
11L1-4
2X20
11L
11L1-5
2X20
2X20
11L1-6
11L1-7
2X20
2X20
IILI-
2X20
TANK CLEAN&HEATER ROOM
'
11L1-9
11L1-1
RS
10
11L1-11
2X20
VENTIUTOR Si HEATER ROOM
11L1-13^
11L1-14 ^
11L1-12
2X20
2X20
TANK CLEAN&HEATER ROOM
11L1-15 ^
11L1-16
o
o
CD
CHEMICAL SAMPUNG RM
4,^-' M
11L2-2 ^
11L2-3
11L2-4
11L2-5
Ipl
|r!p
o
C/l
DECK HOUSE
16/63
1112-6
11L2-1
RI
11L2-8
B2e-
TXP
-<
CO
11L2-9
-Bm-
-^20DECK HOUSE
DECK HOUSE
1 1 1 2 - 1 0 ^ 11L2-11
11L2-12
im.
11L2-13
2X20
2X20
1 1 1 2 - 1 4 ,fgs^
A DECK A
BOSUN STORE
16/63
11L3-1
11L3-2
jg^
11L3-8
11L3-3
11L3-4
11L3-5
11L3-6
11L3-7
ST
11L3-9
o
Ol
CD
DECK HOUSE
16/63
11L4-
RS
16/63
11L8-1
RT
<
11L4-2
EXP
11L4-3
mwi
42M40
^ 2 = ^ II 11L8-1
2!S
11L4-4
11L4-6
>2e1114-5
Fr.205P
111 o
CARGO PORTABLE EQUIPMENT STORE
Fr.205S
111 o
EXP
Fr.205S
111 o
^^
1L4-7
Fr.208S
-2^(26-
111 Q (
11L4-8
-^xm-
Fr.208M
11107
Fr.208P
^ ^
"D
MAIN DECK
00
BOSUN STORE
11L
MAIN DECK
BOTTOM
BOW THRUSTER
BOW THRUSTER
>
ECHO & LOG TANK

en
16/63
11L5-1
ST
# ^ ^
"miT
1 1 L 5 - 3 ,jg?N
11L5-4
11L5-5
11L5-6
o
16/63
^ C
16/63
SPARE
16/63
SPARE
16/63
SPARE
Suez swTCh light socket itfi switch (2000f)
en
C/1
-<
00
o
en
I
>
U3
LLJ
tXC
a-i3L
(DSN)(96)
3:
as3 mm
E-056-14
PAGE
41
c DECK C.W.
C
EDB
PILOT
C/ENG. BED ROOM

EDB1-9
I
I
16/63
CONFERENCE
EDB1-1
E/ENG.
1^5^^ EDB1-2
un^SSj
CAPTAIN BED ROOM

EDB1-3
t^s^^
CAPTAIN DAY ROOM
EDB1-4
i^gSySS^
EDB1-5
C/ENG. DAY ROOM EDB1-8

^fgf^
EDB1-6
\iSv^
EDB1-7
|^
E DECK E
3/OF.
16/63
EDB2-1
;:sc-n
C/OFF. BED ROOM

EDB2-2
,^s^
C/OFF. DAY ROOM
EDB2-3
2/OF.
. ^ j , ^ EDB2-4
i^gg^
3/ENG.
2/ENG. DAY ROOM
EDB2-6
EDB2-5
2/ENG. BED ROOM
EDB2-7
o
o
4/ENG.
EDB2-8
o
D
DECKD
o
16/63
I <
OD
O :
16/63
x >
CM
16/63
EDB3-3
EDB3-2
EDB3-1
CREW
CREW
CREW
CREW
EDB3-4
CREW
CREW
EDB3-6
EDB3-5
CREW
SPARE
CO
-<
CO
EDB3-7
CREW
EDB3-10 rp.,-^
SPARE
CREW
CREW
EDB3-9
EDB3-8
,^ ^ ^
C DECK C
SPARES
16/63
DECK GFRCE
CARGO CONTROL ROOM
EDB4-3
EDB4-2
EDB4-1
CREW
EDB4-4
CREW
EDB4-5
CREW
CREW
EDB4-7
EDB4-6
B DECKB
OFRCER'S DAY ROOM OFFICER'S MESS ROOM CREW'S MESS ROOM
16/63
EDB5-2
EDB5-1
EDB5-3
CREW'S DAY ROOM
EDB5-4
EDB5-5
CREW
HOSPITAL
EDB5-6
HOSPITAL
en
en
I
EDB5-7
A DECK A
GYMNASIUM
16/63
EDB6-1
tJSSySS] E D B 6 - 2
SUEZ CREW
i^s^rj
MAIN DECK
-1^
O
o
m
T^ L
^
,
CD CO
V-
.\^
9XC
a-132
(3SN)(96)
I5C A022
c v^
A;
X)
CO"I I
jUJ
UJJ
CNlh
LU
as3 woyj
I I
I CN
CN I
QrO
E-056-14
u
LU
CD
PAGE
42
o
LLJ
C3
B DECKB
E/T
2EL11-2
<^ f
2EL11-7
^
2EL11
< ^
2EL
16/63
2EL11-1I
2EL11-3
2EL11-3
5X1.5
CREWS MESS RM
2EL11-5
2X20^
^ 2EL11-4
CREW'S DAY RM
2EL11-9
2X21-
2X20l-
2EL11-6
2X20^
2 E L 1 1 - 1 ^0 2
^ 2EELL1111-- 11 1 [ r = = - I 2EL11-12(i==3-I 2EL11-13 [ F = - i
O
|l 2X20 I
|l 2X20 II
H l 2X20 l|
RT
2EL11-1
2X20^
NITROGEN GAS PLANT RM
HOSPITAL
M l l z ^
2El^^-^5^^^^2EL^^-^^ p ^ ^
^^^^^-^^^lO
^ 2 E L I I - 1 8 ^ ~ ^
o
2EL11-17
<^
PASSAGE
PASSAGE
16/63
2ai2-i
TELB1-1
2EL12-1 -'^TT'::? 2EL12-2
2LL12-2
Vx20^
ST
M z ^ 2 E L 1 3 - 3
p=--^^
2L13-1
2EL13-7
CD
CO
-<
CO
VENTILATOR c HEATER ROOM

d^2EL13-5
2EL13-4
DECK STORE
2EL13-t
RS
O^
STAIR
1 TELB3-2
TELB4-2
I2EL12-4
| ^ , -M Z L L I ^ - ^ | - \ . M2tL1Z-4|-~s . ^ 2EL12-4B
2LL 2-4B j ^ s . - I2EL12-4A
^ ZLL 2-4A j X , T l2EL12-5
M ^ t L I Z - S ['s, , -M^LLIZ-b
|2EL12-6 | X . TW2EL12-7
1 A1X2QT
1 >^1X2Q1J||-|P^_-^| >1X207| ^^1x2q
1 Vx2q
1 Vx20V
1 Vx20VTANK CLEAN&HEATER ROOM
16/63
2EL12-9
|f^^^
2EL13-6
DECK STORE
2EL13
CHEMICAL SAMPUNG RM
^2EL13-12
2EL13-9/I
2EL13-
CARGO AREA
I 2X|20 H
EXP
A DECK A
GYMNASIUM
m
I
16/63
2ELH-1
2EL14-3 p ^ ^
2EL14-4
VALVE REMOTE CONT. RM

p ^ ^
22EL14-6
EL14-6
p ,
2EL14-5
EA
2EL14-V
RT
2EL14-7
/a^2EL14-7A
^1x2^
2EL14-8,?^
LOBBY
2EL14-9
CD
CJi
CT)
I
CHARG.
2EL14-17
2EL14-10
C02 RM
2EL14-11 ^ 2 E L 1 4 - 1 2 i,^^ n ^ | 2EL14-13
2EL14-13 i, ^ ^ - p
i E
2EL14-14
L H : ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 2EL14-15
2EL14-18
jl 2X20 !|
2EL14-16
2EL14-20
]\ 2X20 f>
BATT.
BOSUN WORKSHOP
2 E L 1 4 - 2 1 ,<F%
DECK
4^
3>
CD
E/T
B DECKB
A DECK A
2EL
E/T
16/63
2EL15-
CREW'S LAUNDRY
FIRE STATION
2EL15-3
2EL15-2
2E5-1rH
2EL15-7
,<->
2EL15-8
-|L 2 X 2 0 <f
, 0
iESîr^^^TjES^l
C3
2EL15-9
,0,
2EL15-10 ^ Q ,
2EL15-21
2EL15-12,r>
ST
CD
'''^'-''
2EL15-22|
1^X201-
r^x2n '^'^'-''
2EL15-23
jl 2X20 fj-
2EL15-24
2EL16-1
RS
1x2^
\ i ^
2EL16-3
2X20^
2EL15-25
STAIR
TELB2-1
2EL16-2
2EL15-17
II2X20
PASSAGE
TELB3-1
2EL16-4
DECK STORE
2EL17-2
I 2X|20 fj
II , , I
2EL15-18
Hl 2X20 ly-
2EL15-19
-\\ 2X20 R'
II 2X20 Fh
DECK CHANGE RU
2EL15-26
2X20^
2EL17-1
2EL17-8
2EL17-9
RT 2X4^
{ 2X20 1^
2EL17-10
TELB4-1
2EL16-5
CT
Vx2^
L
CARGO PROTABLE EQIUP. STORE
(Jl
-<
2EL16-6
tn
BOSUN STORE
JEL12z3_|^^_iELlIzi.
2EL17-5
,fe?, 2EL17~6
m-i
STAf
2EL17-7
jl 2X20 ft-
ECHO 6c LOG TANK

2EL17-13
2X20^
STAIR
2EL17-V
PASSAGE
\2^
1x20^
2EL16-1
16/63
3>
-jl 2X20 fj
SPARE SPACE FOR INERT GAS PUNT RU
'^'^'-''-d^-W^^^^^
5X1.5
16/63
2EL15-11,0
2EL17-11
il 2X20 fi
2EL17-11A
FORECASTLE
H l 2X20 H-J
in^
2EL17-12
^|A j
BOW THRUSTER
,f^
o
Cn
MAIN DECK
16/63
SPARE
16/63
^S-^'
2EL18
ST
SPARE
STORE
CD
C DECK C
Wl PC SYS. SERVER
2EL17-8
b^
FOR AMST
2EL17-9
,ff5^
SPARE
cn
>
O
n
ECR
3EL
ENGINE CONTROL ROOy
TELB16-1
3EL1-3
16/63
3EL1-3
TELB16-2
3EL1-5
3EL1-
2X20^
2X20^
RS
3EL1-6
STEERING GEAR ROOM
16/63
-X J-^PARE
16/63
h-X^J-3EL3-1
16/63
-X
3i E
LL44--1l
c
16/63
3EL516/63
-x^,>
3EL6-1
ELE. WORKSHOP
3EL3-2|
^^^^-^
inwwit
ST
3EL4-1
RS
3EL5-
RT
3EL6-1
ST
'Ml\
'Tmr
TCTT
I-
3EL4-2
i3EL3-3Ap
^^MT
7X40 ft
16/63
X
3EL7-
RS
TELB17-6
3EL8-1
n
^K
^7mr
2X20^
2X201-
i3EL3-4ir
2)^4(1 }>
3EL1-8
2X20
CD
E/R WORKSHOP
3EL3-5 I
?y4ri
B '^^^--^"^ li
nv^JA
13EL3~7
ô^^t^^^q^^n
O
^ML
3EL5-2
TELB19-1
J E k l z i _ ^ ^ ^ 3 _ 3 E L 4 ^
3EL5-3
^WW
3EL5-4
^ ^
3EL4-5
TELB18-1
3EL5-5
-TMT^
^^'-^-^
II
y);4(i I
CO
-<
00
nM\ n
UPPER PLATFORM
TELB17-4
JEL6:z^^^^3_JEL6zi_
nm:
3EL7-2
3EL7-3
TM"
3EL6-4
3EL6-10
3EL7-4
'WW
^Twr
2X40
TELB19-4
3EL6-5
=wm-
3EL6~6
^mrr
3EL6-9
3EL7-5
2X40
TELB18-4
3EL7-6
^1
2X40
LOWER PLATFORM
I
.ni\
_3EL8^2^^^Q_JEL8zl_
2>??gni-
3EL8-4
3fL8-l
mis^^^^^^mrf^^^^^^^^T^^rT
3EL8-r
2>!4fl V
3EL8-10
^K
3EL8-5
^m:
3EL8~6
=ww-}, ^^^^"^ ii- ';y4;i ff ^^^^-^
M)
C3
Cn
\nm:
DOUBLE
16/63
CD
TO
3>
3EL2-3
3EL2-4
ENGINE STORE
INCIN. ROOM
^W
16/63
h-x^
3EL7-1
3EL2-5
2X20^
SPARE
2X21-
TELB16-3
3EL1-7
BOTTOM
SPARE
SPARE
cn
>
ECR
3EL10-12
3Er
|l 2X20 II-
COMPASS DECK
3EL10-11
II 2X20 H-
C3
W/H DECK
-jl 2X20 It
5>
3EL10-10
O
E DECK E
3EL10-9
CD
i^S"
D DECK D
-fW} ^^^'""^
CT
C/l
-<
I3EL10-7
fm^
CO
C DECK C
3EL10-6
\\ 2X20 ff
B DECK B
^fWV^^^^^^^^Tî}I3EL10-3
A DECK A
16/63
3EL10-1
i
RS
16/63
3EL11-1
RT
3EL12-1
ST
3EL13-1
RS
3EL103EL11 3EL12-1
16/63
16/63'
3EL13-
^s^^^^^ôirpûxzo^--
2X20 It"
MAIN DECK
4^
ROOP STORE
3EL11-2
UPPER PLATFORM
3EL12-2L(^
16/53
SPARE
o
en
en
3EL11-3L^
LOWER PLATFORM
"~ DOUBLE BOTTOM^
SPARE
3EL11-4L^
UJ
Q
<c
o
o
er
<l
a-i3>
(OSN)(96) XC
oi-ziat
iL- n a t
-^
as3 Noaj
[1
2 5^
8-+13t
PO
>
-<
UJ
Q
E-056-14
o^
00
o
m
LU
LU
PAGE
>
\s /
0-J
is:
c 3
L
LJ
rr
ZD
UJ
Q_
ic:
UJ
o
Ol
<
ci
-F51
CS
I
CD
n
I I
n
I
i n CM
<N I D
(N<0
I I
fOCN
I I
LiJ_l
CSILU
I i
CNILLJ
_1CQ
LiJ1
OlfciJ
Fl
'CM
T-CSI
I I
I I
CNCsl
I I
CSlr--0Q
lo \ a
'"x^C
sxe
>o-ai3i
At23a
gro
PAGE
49
o
L
Q
V~ \ , v - ^^= ^--V=^ -\Y- ' \ r
E-056-14
ai3i naî
CHARG.&DISCHARG. RM
TELB
DL1 2*4
W/H
CHP
DL2 2 H
TELB82X4
'
' '
TELB9-1
Fr.40P
OAYUGHT SIGNAL LIGHT
Fr.40S
2X4
16/63
16/63
16/63
TELB11-1
RT
2X4
16/63
TELB10-4
2X2.5
3^
W/H
E
D
C
SPARE
TELB10-1
RS 2X4
TEIBII-I
2X2.5
SPARE
16/63
X
mBio-i
:>-^
TELB10-3
TELB12-1
ST
2X4
CCR
TELB10-2
'L
2X2.5
DECK
DECK E
DECK D
DECK C
o
o
en
60W
-<
B DECK B
\
/
CO
60W
A DECK A
BOW THRUSTER RM
T E L B 1 3 - 3 ^ TELB13-4
2X2.5
2X4
MAIN DECK
ECR
16/63
TELB13RS 2X4
16/63
TELB14-1
RS 2X4
TaB14-1
TELB13-2
^ ^ ^ 2 X 4
Fr.lOP
Fr.30,5S
Fr.39P
Fr.21P
TELB14-2 Q
TELB14-3 ^
TELB14-4
^
'^L 2X2.5
^ 2X2.5
^ i 2X2.5
I
o
en
Ol
UPPER PLATFORM
I
16/63
TELB15-1
RS 2X4
Fr.20.5S
Fr.30S
^ O K TELB15-2 , o >
Fr.22P
Fr.30.5P
TELB14-5 j^s^ TELB14-6_Ôv
2X2.5
^L 2X2.5
A 2X2.5
LOWER PLATFORM
DOUBLE BOnOM
TELB15-3
2X2.5
Fr,23P
Fr.21.5S
Fr.39S
Fr.39P
,!S. TELB15-4 ,fss>. TELB15-5 , ^ TELB15-6
. ^
2X2.5
2X2.5
A 2X2.5
CD
P^
rK
r:^
O
1.
^\ 5
g
S
er
!<I
a.
LiJ
Q_
Q_
nai3i;
S'ZXZ
\^
Atz 00
UJX
E-056-14
CD
o
o m
Q_
UJ
PAGE
51
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
GL'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
DATE
DESIGNED
CHECKED
liiv
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
DRAWING OF FIRE DETECTING

k ALARM SYSTEM
SHIP'S NO.
JLZ020504
DWG'S NO:
E-056-21
PAGE
WEIGHT
SCALE
1/7
/^1S>
JINGLING SHIPYARD
APPROVED
DATE
_s/Li_J

CHEMICAL TANKER
FAX:0086-25-5a797167
E-mail:jlshipyard@vip, 163.com
DRAWING OF FIRE DETECTION & AlARU
SYSTEM
PAGE
F n5fi 91
2
NO SYMBOL
(S2)
REP
FACB
NAME
FIRE ALARM PUSH BUTTON
SMOKE DETECTOR
11
12
SMOKE DETECTOR
REPEATER
FIRE ALARM CENTRAL PANEL
SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATOR
HEAT DETECTOR
9
10
HEAT DETECTOR
HEAT DETECTOR
11
12
HEAT DETECTOR
13
FLAME DETECTOR
14
15
AI
TIMER
ADDRESS UNIT
ADDRESS UNIT
16
^3
SPEC k TYPE
QT'Y
REMARK
NS-ACP/IP55
14
SALWICO
NS-AOS/W
DAMP PROOF
37
SALWICO
NS-AOS
28
SALWICO
NS-REPA
SALWICO
NSAC-1
SALWICO
NS-ACP
24
SALWICO
NS-SC1
SALWICO
NS-SC1/IP55
SALWICO
NS-AH/A1S
54* C
SALWICO
NS-AH/A1S
IP55 54C
SALWICO
NS-AH/CS
IP55 84-C
SALWICO
SW-1 EX/57
570
SALWICO
NS-AUV
10
SALWICO
NS-TIMAC1
SALWICO
NS-AIN1
SALWICO
NS-AINI/ID2
SALWICO
DRAWING OF FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM
NO SYMBOL
NAME
PAGE
E-056-21
SPEC & TYPE
QT'Y
DOOR HOLDER MAGNET
17
IDHMI
18
^]
19
LINE RESISTOR
,EX
21
GPT+AG
SALWICO
SLZ-2
SALWICO
JUNCTION BOX
REMOTE INDICATION UNIT
20
11
SALWICO
11
SALWICO
intrinsically safe smoke detector
IS ISOU\TOR
20
REMARK
SALWICO
SALWICO
REMARK:
1. ALL THE SHIPBOARD POWER CABLES NOT STIPULATED ARE OF CJPF96/SC TYPE.
WITH THE MARK "96"
2. ALL THE SHIPBOARD CONTROL CABLES NOT STIPULATED ARE OF CJPF86/SC TYPE.
3. ALL THE PAIR-TWISTED COMMUNICATION CABLES NOT STIPULATED ARE OF

CHJPF86/SC TYPE.
4. ALL THE FIRE RESISTANT CABLES NOT STIPUU\TED ARE OF CJPF86/NSC, CJPF96/NSC,
CHJPF86/NSC PfPE. WITH THE MARK "NSC"
5. THESE CABLES MARKED "*" TO BE SUPPLIED WITH EQUIPMENT.
6. THESE CABLES MARKED "**" TO BE PROVIDED AND WIRED BY MAKER
7. THESE CABLES MARKED
EEXI TO BE COME FROM DANGEROUS AREA,
AND MUST BE SEPARATED FROM ALL OTHER CABLES BY NO LESS THAN 50 MM.
Houoa nanofl
DSN/99Jdr3
'paijpads ssa|un 0SN/98Jdro ^
O) ssiqoD D p
sdî am.-siofj
MavrH
it-rvj[iLt-7vj B t t - Z v j t t - J v j @Vft-Zwet-2vj H s t - e v j it-Zvj T F T W "

^
d6zaj
'
mznj
nsiaj
SSCMJ
socaj
ntrsu
naojivid d3on
-Sl'OMtZ,
g-iS) ^
Ibi
Dt-ZvjBvOt-Jvj 6C-ZH
ec-Jw LDZC-ZVJ 0 5c-Zvi)sf-2vjf-2vjBt'C-a/j[Ll-C-tvjlZ]jc-Zvj
dOZHj 1X3 NOiaj 3/a CON 3/3 JON 3/0 roN
szzai
S9zaj
sszsu
Sicaj
diEa3
C-ZvjBeZ-Jvj||D
d6za3
^^dzcaj8Z-ZVJ
r(a03i>nd ajddn
SBiaj
SBiaj
a33IOB3IOj,
"'sNffHdOaAH " ^ " ^ S ^ d O H S M S O M T O
umu
tS)3801S a/3
,A SfOXZXZ
aj
netaj
necaj
m DNPdlWS -IVDIIN3HD [F^(s>-5Z?=TO

3aoiS iNiVd [H^^lD-gg^; IVd
srai'
d9ciu
d9taj NOUVIS aau na NODTVA S9caj miisvNru.3
vti-zvj
isji 3 nar
F H r z i - z v j BgF'
aocaj
^3)tr:r)ii-zYjaii-wj
sscaj
aoivaSNDNi
d3y
isXi-jj[]f|-2vJBzi-Zwdn-tilii]oi-2vj
\_
[)BTFTH
3aois NnsoB
3aois Nnsoa
ossoaaos Sioxz
-dBiaj-
-wm
as)
m isnaHi IAOBT
V6t- IHI
V9t-|VJ
ABBOT
3a01S dOOa
[mol
3aois Nnsoa
'
fit-ivj[]it-iV3-iv36C-cHtt-ivjBmv5
na'NDD m
sBiaj
sczsu
m sssn JJO
XTTNO
fmol
H-
4Z-ivjQLlzn?j{]5Z-ijWZ=T?3BfiZ-iJ0t-iV3@if-lvjZf-ivi@tf-ivj
\d9tad'
d9caj
nsciu
na SS3N sao S9taj
ASIIVD
9Z- i S s Z - 1V30R-IW r7=Tvj- ivj BvZJ-ivj JZ- ivj 0 1 Z - IVJ B aoz- im2^T!ilZ=TOl
30
S9caj
ngraj
d9caj
aszaj
S9caj
sBzaj
^ a 9 3 -
3y
ONISVD
|5l-IVj[iil9l-lWZl-IVJVil-ivj06l-IVJ6l-IVJ00Z-lVJ
^dBzaj'
d9caj
Nsraj
S9raj
sszaj
sszaj
S9faj
5-lVJ QDs-ivj B i - i v j ~
^dBzaj'
d9caj
rvQcaj
asraj
^:
[mo]
vozvj
az-ivjLiUs-ivj 'iS/6-ivj i
nsfaj
S9caj
sszaj
ixz
3SnOHn33H*
'
g-(KJ 51 )iun doo| jo jngyo jsiflo sqx
:a)ON
39Vd
12-9S0-3
[mo]
L.
09c-Cj'azc-Zjvcc-zvj'a9C-jvj'vic-Zj
'V8C-2VJ'D6C-ZVJ
'aec-zvj'voz-zvj 'iz-zvj 'wzz-zvj vsz-zw 'wii-zvj
OOZVJ
4}5FTO<l!)lfriVJVFny^^
3a0IS-333
Em)
^dszaj'
g]
un
=5J
atn 01 UDE 3S033 aooQ 3au 'nnvj 'SAS 'NDIS 3H ~ ^ H 5VT"

Bndo 01 ~?T5SJ"
aS3C n o a j 3SHd 3 N 0 'HOQ/AOZZOV
"fjxf
aoiv/Mi3 01
5ir
znm 01 - T p i s
g-gj^j
8::vJ"
^vT
(AVISO Nin z) ss3aoav onand oi "~5Tzoi-vj
H31SAS l^yVlV f N0llD3i3a 3aU JO 3NIMVya
fWHl
dVj
FIRE DETECTING &: ALARM SYSTEM
NO
CODE NAME
DP
EWP
NAME OF ARTICLE
DUAL FUNCTION DETECTOR
ADDRESS UNIT
SC
RP
EWP
CB
EWP
FLAME DETECTOR
AU
REMOTE REPEATER PANEL
11
PS
12
QUA
r r P E & PARTICUU\RS
OS 3 0 0 4
YORK
15
RDJ-2TK
YORK
11
SBR
YORK
NS-DUV
YORK
AE-2K/I
YORK
KS-2K
YORK
MN3000
YORK
VEWP;
MARKS
MAIN CONTROL CABINET
MOTOR
10
PAGE
FIRE ALARM DETECT PANEL
E-056-21
YORK
CR5-16
4 KW
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
BUZZER WITH LAMP
YORK
YORK
YORK
YL4
YORK
Note:The type of all cables to be 2X1.5 unless specified.
FIRE DETECTING & ALARM SYSTEM
WSP-B1
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM
2X25 796)" ~
WSP-B2
llheV
AC220V/60HZ ONE PHASE.FROM 23P
~ AC220V/60HZ ONE PHASE.FROM 28P
EWP-53
. TO DPU5 (COMMON ALARM, RRE ALARM)

DPU5
2x2x0.75
EWP-17
2X1.5
HYDR. POWER DIESEL

EWP-20
2X1.5
EWP-19
2X1.5
EWP-18
2X1.5
PURIRERS
EWP-21
2X1.5
SCI
EWP-22
2X1.5
EWP-23
2X1.5
MAIN ENGINE
EWP-30
2X1.5
EWP-28
2X1.5
EWP-29
2X1.5
AU
EWP-26 / ? ^ EWP-25
2X1.5
2X1.5
EWP-27
2X1.5
EWP-31
2X1.5
BOILER BURNER
EWP-34
2X1.5
SC3
EWP-33
2X1.5
EWP-32
2X1.5
GENERATOR
BOILER BURNER
EWP-37
2X1.5
EWP-38
2X1.5
EWP-39
SC4
EWP-40
2X1.5
2X1.5
EWP-41
2X1.5
GENERATOR
( ^
EWP-24
2X1.5
INCINERATOR
EWP-36
EWP-35
2X1.5
V i ^ 2X1.5
EWP-48
2X1.5
SC2
EWP-46
2X1.5
AU
SC5
EWP-45
2X1.5
EWP-47
2X1.5
AU
EWP-22
2X1.5
EWP-43
2X1.5
EWP-44
2X1.5
GENERATOR
EWP-51
2X1.5
EWP-50
2X1.5
EWP-49
2X1.5
EWP-52
2X1.5
BOILER BURNER
EWP-56
2X1.5
EWP-57
2X1.5
HYDR. POWER DIESEL

ru1
EWP-58
2X1.5
fc^
PURIFIERS
t^-
EWP-53
2X1.5
MAIN ENGINE
i=^
INCINERATOR
BOILER BURNER
EWP-61
ft
1 EWP-62
ft
-I
2X1.5
2X1.5
U----J
t^
EWP-54
2X1.5
EWP-55
2X1.5
EWP-59
2X1.5
1J-~~J
fc^
GENERATOR
EWP-63
2X1.5
Ô
i-i-~J
SC6
BOILER BURNER
EWP-60
2X1.5
0=3
GENERATOR
EWP-64
2X1.5
0 ^
Note:The type of all cables to be 2X1.5 NSC unless specified.
Ii|||iistii|ej '1P4700; N^l^dl.;
+4501 700 - 45:^$
#1
^;.;.: ^ ^^ ^ : 5|
IMO 927465^
JLZ-020504
NOVENCO HI-PRES
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Heating, Ventilating
and Air Conditioning System
Type of System
Twin-pipe Air Condition
Type of Ship
37.300 DWT Chemical Tanker
Yard
Jingling Shipyard
Hull No.
JLZ020501 / 2 / 3 / 4
Owner
Rigel Schiffahrts GmbH. / Brostrm AB
Building Year
2003
HI-PRES Order No.
021216/17/18/19
IMO Nos.
9274 628 / 630 / 642 / 654
98,03.liislriiL4ion maiiuiil IM.AADlDI
IMA-Al-1
Design Data
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Scope of Supply
Technical Data Sheets
HVAC Plant
Industrivej 22
DK-4700 Naestved, Denmark
TIf. +45 70120700
Fax. +45 55756565
Automatic Control for HVAC Plant
HVAC Components
HVAC Systems - Air Duct Design
DEFROSTER SYSTEM OF WHEELHOUSE
TEST SHEETS
10
98.03/INDEXlO.dt
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Con^rmation of Delivery
Type of Ship
Yard
Jingling Shipyard
Hull No.
JLZ020501 / 2 / 3 / 4
Owner
Rigel Schiffahrts GmbH. / Brostrm A B
HI-PRES Order No.
021216/17/18/19
9274 628 / 630 / 642 / 654
IMO Nos.
The Hi-Pres Air Conditioning Plant has been tested in accordance with our standard test
procedure.
All systems have been adjusted for pressure balance.
Air flow measurements have been made according to the Air Flow Test Sheets.
Water flow measurements have been made according to the Water Flow Test Sheets.
All systems and fans have been found in good operational condition. Exceptions are listed in
the List of Defects.
The above-mentioned has been demonstrated, approved, and delivered to the representative
of the yard and/or the owner.
The guarantee period will be as stated in the contract.

The guarantee period will begin :
date
The guarantee period will end
date
Place & date
Representative of
the yard and/or the owner
00.05/CoiinmiationorDelivery_lMAA0102
Representative of
Novenco Hi-Pres A/S
IMA-Al-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
List of Defects
Type of Ship
Yard
Hull No.
Owner
HI-PRES Order No.
IMO Nos.

Jingling Shipyard
JLZ020501 / 2 / 3 / 4
Rigel Schiffahrts GmbH. / Brostrm AB
021216/17/18/19
9274 628 / 630 / 642 / 654
Items mentioned below are part f N ovenco H i-Pres' s upply, a nd t he i tems w ill b e b rought to
normal working conditions and delivered to the yard and/or the owner (as soon as possible).
Description of job to be done
Item
Place & date
Representative of
the yard and/or the owner
98.03/st of Detects 1MAA0I03
Representative of
Novenco H I-Pres /VS
IM A-A1-3
i
i
PVC INDEX
A4-IX894
HWA FUH
MADE IN TAIWAN
01 - Design data
Design Data
Prep, by:
Date:
FVA
27-09-2002
Appr. by:
Date:
FVA
27-09-2002
Our Order No.:

Your Order No.:
Yard:
Hull No.
Rev. by:
Date:
021216/17/18/19
Jingling Shipyard
JLZ 020501 / 2 / 3 / 4
Rev.: 0
Classification Society
021216/17: GL
021218/19: BV
Flag
021216/17: German flag

021218/19: French flag
Climatic Conditions
Winter:
Outdoor
Indoor
Summer:
Outdoor
Indoor
-20 C I 60 % RH
20 C / 40 % RH
35 C / 80 % RH
27 C / 50 % RH
Fresh water temperature
36 C
Air Flow Ratio
Min. 80 % Fresh Air, Max. 20 % Return Air
Fresh Air
50 m^/h per person as a minimum
Heating Treatment
Steam
4 Bara
Humidification Treatment
Steam Generator
1 Bara
Cooling Treatment
Freon
R404A
Power Supply
3 X 440 V, 60 Hz
Electric Motors
The electric motors will be totally enclosed

marine-type motors in compliance with
GL / BV requirements.
Standard Motors
lEC enclosure IP55

Class F insulation
Maker's test sheets for the motors will be
supplied.
HP-1135/93.08
Technical Specification
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Industrivej 22,
DK-4700 Nstved,
Denmark
Tel.: + 45 70120700,
Fax: +45 55756565
YORK Refrigeration Marine

(China) Ltd.
Room 1207-8, C.C.Wu Building
302-308 Hennesy Rd., Wanchai
jq Kong
Regarding:
Jinling Shipyard JLZ020501/2/3/4
Y02092301-A-SH
Page
Order No.
1
021216
Date
04-11-2002
Rev. 1
Form of Transportation: Ship

Terras of Payment
: Current month + 55 days
Terras of Delivery
Destination
Tirae of Delivery
Free On Board
Copenhagen
Your Ref.
Our Ref.
Steven Feng
Jens Harry Hansen
Shipping Address :
2002-W015-019
Jinling Shipyard
55 YanJiang Road
Nanj ing
P.R. China
Novenco APS
Bank : Unibank A/S
CVR No: 16 92 66 47
Item
Quantity
1,00
Description
Air Handling Onit

AC-1
Air Handling Unit ZCR-13/12 pos. R
Casing in stainless steel
Test certificate NVQ 2448
Unit consisting of:
IN Inlet with outside mounted manually
operated damper, for connection
to duct
FG Filter section
Pocket filter type G4
LA Pre-heating section for steam
Coil type:
ST-EC-2.5-920-1260-2R-84-Vl-Cu/Al
Capacity: 170 kW
Steam consumption: 290 kg/h
HD Humidifying section
Capacity: 72 kg/h
QF Cooling section for direct expansion
of R404a
Please refer to our order no. in all correspondance
Page
Order No.
Item
110
Quantity
1,00
'
:
2
: 021216 Rev.
Description
Coil type:
DX-EC-2.5-1090-1140-10R-63-Vl-Cu/Al
Capacity: 2 70 kW
Expansion temperature: 5''C
CL Fan section
Fan type :
C2HB-400- M
Air flow:
3,20 m3/hL
Speed:
3095 RPM
2270 Pa
Static pressure:
Power consumption: 9,0 kW
Motor type :
2P LS 132; M, B3
Output :
13,2 kW
Motor speed:
3529 RPM
Voltage :
3x440 V, 60 Hz
In/Is:
22,3/143 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Classification GL irith test certificate
AH Discharge section
With 0200 openings for spiroduct
connections and re-heat coil
for steam. Coil type:
ST-EC-2.5-230-1050-1R-35-H1-CU/A1
Capacity: 3 0 kW
Steam consumtion: 36 kg/h
Including square opening for
cross connection and damper
Accessories mounted on the HU:
Flange necks for thermometer
Frost thermostat KP 61/5
AC-2
Air Handling Unit ZCR-13/12 pos. L
Casing in stainless steel
Test certificate NVQ 244 8
Unit consisting of:
IN Inlet with outside mounted manually
operated damper, for connection
to duct
FG Filter section
Pocket filter type G4
LA Pre-heating section for steam
Coil type:
ST-EC-2.5-920-1260-2R-84-V1-CU/A1
Capacity: 170 kW
Steam consumption: 2 90 kg/h
HD Humidifying section
Capacity: 72 kg/h
QF Cooling section for direct expansion
of R404a
Coil type:
DX-EC-2.5-1090-1140-lOR-63-VI-Cu/Al
Page
Order No.
Item
Quantity
115
2,00
116
2,00
120
130
140
2,00
2,00
8,00
202
203
204
205
1,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
6,00
206
6,00
2 07
4,0 0
f L
:
3
: 021216 Rev.
Description
Capacity: 270 kW
Expansion temperature: S'C
Fan section
Fan type :
C2HB-400-M
Air flow:
3,20 m3/h
Speed:
3095 RPM
Static pressure:
2270 Pa
Motor type :
2P LS 132 M B3
Output :
13,2 kW
Motor speed :
3529 RPM
Voltage :
3x440 V, 60 Hz
In/Is:
22,3/143 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Classification GL with test certificate
AH Discharge section
With 0200 openings for spiroduct
connections and re-heat coil
for steam. Coil type:
ST-EC-2.5-230-1050-1R-35-H1-CU/A1
Capacity: 30 kW
Steam consumtion: 36 kg/h
Including square opening for
cross connection
Accessories mounted on the AHU:
Flange necks for thermometer
Frost thermostat KP 61/5
Set of flanges, counter flanges
and U-cleaths for AHU inlet
size WxH=1200x700 mm.
Set of flanges, counter flanges
and U-cleaths for AHU cross connection
size WxH=800x800 mm.
Water trap 1 1/2"
Key for ZCN, ZCR
Handle for ZCN, ZCQ, ZCR
Control Equipment
Strainer IN, 1", PN2S, brass
Valve MIF, DN15,
kv 2,75
Cooling unit KS-4
Valve motor VB-90-23 0V
Steam trap 13E, 1"
BL flange 304-0159 mounted
with EPF-100 and gasket
Bimetallic thermometer 7003-D80
-30 dg. to +60 dg.
Stainless
Thermometer flange 040, 1/8" RG
Page
Order No.
Item
Quantity
210
2,00
211
212
213
214
24,00
24,00
2,00
2,00
215
220
2,00
4,00
221
4,00
231
2,00
2,00
2,00
2,00
234
300
301
302
303
304
305
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
320
321
322
323
324
325
0
1
332
333
334
335
340
341
342
343
350
51,00
51,00
51,00
51,00
51,00
204,00
37,00
37,00
37,00
37,00
37,00
74,00
74,00
8,00
8,00
8,00
8,00
8,00
16,00
3,00
3,00
3,00
3,00
3,00
6,00
12,00
12,00
12,00
24,00
49,00
:
4
: 021216 Rev.
Description
Steam humidifier type Nordmann
Novap 3000-9064
Capacity max. 90 kg/h
Steam hose 35 mm
Condensate hose 9 mm
Humidity Transmitter HTC-H
HTC-H flange 304-0148 mounted
with EPF-10 0 and gasket
Humidity controller HMH, Duct
Expansion valve AKV 20-2
1 3/8" X 1 3/8", no. 042H2022
Coil 220V/60hz, for AKV-20 valve
no. 018F6814,
Valve MIF, DN15/9, kv 0,95
Cooling unit KS-4
Valve motor VB-90-230V
Steam trap 13E, 1"
Cabin Units and Exhaust Nozzles

Attenuator box type MT-25-C-3
Upper part 8 mm edge
Lower part CO-3
Regulating rod L=90
Guide funnel
Clamping ring 70-89 (S-80/PS-80)
Attenuator box type MT-35-C-3
Lower part CO-3
Regulating rod L=90
Guide funnel
Clamping ring 87-112 (S-lOO/PS-100)
Attenuator box type MS25-C-1
Lower part COl
Regulating rod L=90
Guide funnel
Attenuator box type MS-35-C-1
Lower part COl
Regulating rod L=90
Guide funnel
Clamping ring 87-112 (S-lOO/PS-100)
Attenuator box EX-20-C-0
Lower part COl
Attenuator box EX-30-C00-08
Page
Order No.
Item
Quantity
351
352
353
355
356
360
49,00
49,00
98,00
54,00
30,00
6,00
370
371
372
373
374
375
7,00
7,00
9,00
9,00
4,00
4,00
iOO
1,00
401
402
410
411
412
420
421
430
1,00
1,00
2,00
1,00
4,00
1,00
1,00
2,00
500
2,00
505
.. 1,00
510
1,00
:
5
: 021216 Rev.
Description

Lower part COl
Clamping ring 87-112 (S-lOO/PS-lOO)
Flexible hose PS-80
Flexible hose PS-100
Supply valve Kl-lOO
incl. mounting ring VG
Exhaust valve K-URH 100
Mounting ring for K-URH 100
Fire Dampers, deunpers, grilles

Fire damper FDB-EL+D2 0200
with Belirao motor BF-230,
Galv. Fusible link 74
Control Panel FD-CON-2 Main
Control Panel FD-CON-2 Slave
Damper DTMU-125 (DTMU)
Non-return damper DOSU 100
Non-return damper DOSU 125
Grille F30 450x450
Accomodation Fans
E-1 / E-2
Duct fan CK 160 ,
lx230V,60hz
0.131KW, 0,60 Amp., 2555 rpm.
supplied with 2 fast clamps
X
Duct fan CK 100 ,
lx230V,60hz
0.091KW, 0,42 Amp., 2700 rpm.
ES-2 Sanitary Exhaust
Centrifugal fan type CNA-250/R pos. RD/l
with un-insulated suction box
Air flow:
0,54 m3/s
Static pressure:
900 Pa
Speed:
3055 RPM
Motor type:
LS 80 L2, B3
Motor output:
1,32 kW
Speed:
33 85 RPM
Voltage:
3x440 V, 60 Hz
Page
Order No.
Item
Quantity
511
1,00
512
2,00
513
520
4,00
1,00
521
530
2,00
1,00
2,00
540
1,00
550
1,00
560
1,00
:
6
: 021216 Rev.
Description
In/Is:
2,4/8,7 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Classification GL with test sheet
Flex, connection Perl E6, outlet
250x175x30 mm for CNA-250.
Counter flange outlet, welded,
250x175 mm for CNA-250.
Vibration damper LYDO A-1.
E-3 Galley & Pantry Exhaust
Axial fan type ACD-400/230-6-26
6 mm. casing
Air flow:
0,61 m3/s
Static pressure:
586
Speed:
3330 RPM
Motor type :
2P LS 71, B3
0,90 kW
Motor output :
3330 RPM
Speed:
3x440 V, 60 Hz
Voltage :
1,8/12 A
In/Is:
IP55
IEC protection:
Classification GL 'with test sheet
Counter flange dia . 400 with 6 mm casing
S-4 Galley Supply
Axial fan type ACD -250/160-4-35
6 mm. casing
Air flow:
0,35 m3/s
Static pressure:
300
Speed:
3360 RPM
Motor type :
2P LS 71, B3
Motor output :
0,44 kW
Speed:
3360 RPM
Voltage:
3x440 V, 60 Hz
In/Is:
0,9/5,8 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Counter flange dia. 250 with 6 mm casing
E-5
Duct fan CK 250 ,
lx230V,60hz
0.217KW, 1,00 Amp., 2645 rpm.
E-5.1
Duct fan CK 315 ,
lx230V,60hz
0.304KW, 1,40 Amp., 2655 rpm.
E-6
Duct fan CK 250 ,
lx2 30V,6 0hz
Page
Order No.
Item
Quantity
570
1,00
571
1,00
572
2,00
573
580
4,00
1,00
581
==90
"
2,00
1,00
64,00
592
595
4,00
1,00
600
1,00
:
7
: 021216 Rev.
Description
0.217KW, 1,00 Amp., 2645 rpm.

ER-7 Accomodation Exhaust
Centrifugal fan type CNB-500/R pos. RD/1
with un-insulated suction box
Air flow:
3,66 m3/s
Static pressure:
1000 Pa
Speed:
1860 RPM
Motor type:
LS 132 M-4, B3
Motor output :
9,0 kW
Speed:
1750 RPM
Voltage:
3x440 V, 60 Hz
In/Is:
15,5/102 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Flex, connection Perl E6, outlet
500x350x35 mm, for CNA/CNB-500.
Counter flange outlet, welded
500x350 mm for CNA-500.
Vibration damper Lydo A-2.
S-9 Balancing fan for harbour operation
Axial fan type ACD-400/230-6-36
6 mm. cas ing
Air flow:
1,45 m3/s
Static pressure:
700 Pa
Speed:
344 0 RPM
Motor type:
2P LS 90 S,
Motor output:
1,8 0 kW
Speed:
3440 RPM
Voltage:
3x440 V, 60 Hz
In/Is:
3,4/22 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Counter flange dia. 400 with 6 mm casing
Casing for Active Carbon Filter
type FCBL-CC 2020-0 SS304 FF=50
Active carbon cylinders type
Camcarb 2000 BXB-3 SS304
Prefilters type ECP 3GPF 610x610x100-60
Damper for connection between
active carbon filter balancing
fan and AHU inlet duct
Damper SJD FA 0505 size 500x500 mm.
with aluminium flanges.
Defrosting System
Centrifugal fan type CNA-315/R pos. LG/4
Page
Order No.
Item
Quantity
610
620
621
622
1,00
90,00
27,00
180,00
800
1,00
:
8
: 021216 Rev.
Description
with insulated suction box and

discharge box for spiroduct connection.
Air flow:
0,8
Static pressure:
1000 Pa
Speed:
2540 RPM
Motor type:
LS 100 L-2/4 Dahlander, B3
Motor output:
3,6/1,0 kW
Speed:
3504/1704 RPM
Voltage:
3x440 V, 60 Hz
In / Is:
6,6/1,7 / 43/7,6 A
IEC protection:
IP55
Electric heating coil VRA-12+6+3+3 kW
All built together on a common
baseframe.
Control panel for defroster
Defroster jet nozzle HT-72/80
Flexible hose PS-80
Spare Parts
One set of bearings for each motor and fan type
One set of V-belts for each fan type
One set of filters for AHUs
Yours faithfully
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Franz Villads Andersen
NOVENCO HI-PRES
04 - HVAC Plant
Contents
Operation of the HVAC Plant 1
Operation of the HVAC Plant 2
Twin-pipe Air Conditioning System for Cabins with Return Air
98.03/CONTENTS HVAC Plant CONBOIOI
HVA-01 -1
HVA-01 -2
MTC-D1-4
CON-Bl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Operation of the HVAC Plant

The HI-PRES system has been specially developed for the
air conditioning of ships, and great importance has been
attached to the attainment of maximum dependability, so
that inspection and maintenance can be reduced to a
minimum. Also the daily work of controlling and watching the
various functions of the plant can be reduced to a minimum
by providing the plant with adequate automatic controls. The
following directions mainly apply to HI-PRES air conditioning
plants equipped with such simple and robust automatic
controls as are often pretended for cargo vessels.
temperatures may result in damage to the expansion valves

of the air cooler.
Reheating may take place either in the air handling unit or in
the cabin units. In HI-PRES Twin-pipe installations part of
the air is reheated by a reheating coil in the air handling unit,
and the cabin units receive preheated as well as reheated
air. The temperature in the individual rooms is regulated by
varying the relative amounts of preheated and reheated air in
the air mixture, and the regulation, therefore, is left entirely to
the room occupant. The temperature of the air after the
reheating coil must be high enough to heat the rooms that
have the greatest heating requirements to the desired
temperature, and in order to facilitate the regulation and
avoid variations of the room temperature at varying outside
temperatures, the temperature of the reheated air should be
adapted to the outside temperature. This can be done by
means of a thermostatically controlled regulating valve with
two sensitive elements. An example of the regulating
schedule is given in the diagram, fig. 1.
Ventilation. Before delivery all HI-PRES cabin units have

been adjusted to supply no more than the maximum air
quantity assigned to the individual rooms served by the
plant. Regulation of the air quantity is effected by means of
the control knob on the cabin unit and thus is left entirely to
the room occupant. The cabin units are adjusted by means
of a device incoorated in each unit; any change of the
adjustment will upset the balanceof the plant, so that the
quantity of air supplied to some rooms will be too high,
whereas the air supply to other rooms will be insufficient to
maintain the desired conditions. The crew should therefore
be instructed to see to it that all regulation of the air quantity
is done only by means of the control knobs on the cabin
units.
In HI-PRES Single-pipe installation the air is reheated in

zone heaters in the air handling unit. Each zone heater
serves a group of spaces, all requiring the same temperature
at full air volume. Temperature regulation in the rooms is
effected by regulating the quantity of air supplied, and thus is
left entirely to the room occupant.
Heating. In HI-PRES air conditioning installations the

heating is normally done in two operations: preheating and
reheating.
The preheating always takes place in the air handling unit by
means of air heaters for steam, water, or electricity. The heat
output is controlled by an automatic regulating valve which
keeps the temperature after the heating coil at a constant
level conêsponding to the lowest temperature that is wanted
in the conditioned spaces, usually about 15C. If the outside
temperature is very low, the preheating temperature may be
somewhat higher, though never higher than 40C, as higher
In order to ensure that the heating loads of the rooms are

fully covered and to avoid variations of the room temperature
at varying outside temperatures, the reheating temperature
of each zone heater should be regulated in accordance with
outside temperature fluctuation. The regulation can be
effected by means of a thermostatically controlled regulating
valve with two sensitive elements; the regulating schedule
may be as shown in the diagram, fig. 1.
"
140 -I
130 120
50-
110 H
Q.
40-
_z^*
100
90
30
SO
TO
20
60
50
Fig. 1
10
I
-20
-25
T-10
10
-15
-10
10
I
70
Outside
98,03/Opei-ation of the HVAC Plant HVAOO101
40
50
r
15
I
20
60
temperaturi;
HVA-l-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Operation of the HVAC Plant

In HI-PRES Re-heat installations the air is reheated in the
cabin units by means of electric heating elements.
Consequently, the temperature regulation is left entirely to
the room occupants in this type of plant too.
In periods when the heating load is low the best temperature
regulation is ensured when the electric reheaters only are
used for the heating. The preheating coils should not be
used until the temperature becomes so low that the
reheaters alone cannot cope with the heating, normally at
outside temperatures of approx. +5C. It may be said in
general that an accurate regulation is difficult to attain if the
opening of the regulating valve is reduced to less than 10
per cent of the total flow area. It is therefore advisable to try
to ensure the greatest possible flow of heating medium
through the regulating valve by reducing the temperature of
the heating medium.
In order to avoid damage by frost the supply of heating
medium to the preheater should be turned on when or before
the outside temperature gets down to +5C, and it is
important to make sure that there is a continuous flow of
heating medium through the heating coil. At an outside
temperature of, say, -5C an automatic regulating valve
designed for heating from -20C to +20C would reduce the
flow of heating medium to the point where the heating coil
might be exposed to damage by frost. The risk of damage by
frost can be obviated by arranging a separate circuit with
thermostatically controlled s hunt regulation and a separate
98.03/Opei-ation of the HVAC Plant HVAOO102
pump for each preheater (or group of similar preheaters),

thus regulating the heat output by varying the water supply
temperature. A further safeguard would be to install a frost
thermostat with its sensitive element fitted in close contact
with the fins of the preheater, and so connected that the
regulating valve is opened and the fan is stopped when the
temperature becomes so low that freezing may occur. The
frost thermostat should normally be set at +5C.
Function of the frost thermostat to be tested once a year.
Cooling. At outside temperatures of approx. 18 to 20C or
for some ships even lower, e.g. 15C for passenger ships, it
will be necessary to start the cooling plant.
It is recommended to start the plant at reduced capacity and
then to work up gradually to full cooling in order that the crew
may get accustomed to the altered conditions.
It is important to keep all doors and port holes shut while the
cooling plant is operating, as it will othenwise be impossible
to maintain the desired conditions.
The regulating system of the cooling plant will automatically
adapt the capacity of the plant to the cooling load at any
specific moment. The room temperature is regulated by
regulating the quantity of supply air except in Twin-pipe
installations, where it is the relative proportions of precooled
and fully cooled air that are varied. Thus the regulation of the
room temperature is left entirely to the room occupant.
HVA-1-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Manual Twin-pipe Air Conditioning System for Cabins
The HI-PRES Twin-pipe system is a dual duct air

conditioning system in which the treatment of the air takes
place in the air handling unit only.
In this system temperature and air flow can be varied
independently in each room during winter conditions as well
as during tropical conditions.
The arrangement of the installation is shown in the outline
diagrams above.
In the air handling unit the air receives the desired
treatments, after which it is distributed through the dual duct
air pipe system, entering the individual spaces through the
cabin units.
handling unit to the

temperature required to maintain the desired temperature in
the room that has the greatest heating load in relation to the
quantity of air supplied. The reheated air is conveyed to the
cabin units through the other duct of the air pipe system, so
that all cabin units receive preheated as well as reheated air.
Control of temperature in the individual spaces is obtained
by varying the percentages of air admitted from the two pipe
systems.
During tropical conditions a similar procedure is used: One
air pipe supplies warm air to the cabin units and the other
supplies fully cooled air. Thus, again, temperature regulation
is obtained by varying the proportions of air admitted from
the tvvo pipes.
During winter conditions the air is preheated, after which part

of it is supplied to the cabin units through one duct of the air
pipe system. The remainder is heated in a reheater in the air
98,03/Manual Twin-pipe Aii Conditioning System tor Cabins_Description_MTCDOI04
MTC-Dl-4
NOVENCO HI-PRES
05 - Automatic Control for HVAC Plant

Contents
Control Diagram, Principle AC-1
Control Diagram, Principle AC-2
Danfoss Electronic expansion valves type AKV
Danfoss Instructions KP 61 - 81
Danfoss Thermostat KP
Micro Matic Humidity Transmitter Type
Micro Matic Resistance thermometer type BL
Odin Control Systems, Clorius Two-way Valve Ml F
Odin Control Systems Valve Motor type VB and VBA
Regin Humidistat HMH and HPH
Samson Steam Trap 13E, Data sheet
Samson Strainers 1N,1NI,1FN and 1FNI
Thermometer -30 to +60C
Steam generator Nordmann NOVAP 3000
Defroster control panel
98.03/CONTENTS Automatic Control CONDOlOl
CON-Dl-1
021216-010
021216-011
RD.8A.B2.02
RI.5D.B2.02
TKP-L1-1
2.3.02-D
4.8.00-A
5-100 Okt 97
T 0500 E
T 1010 E
50393-4
Power supply. 3x44G 4'olt - 60

Control power; 1x230 Volt - 60 Hz
li
Dwing t o c o n t i n u e d p r o d u c t d e v e l o p n e n t N o v e n c o
i n t r o d u c e a l t e r a t i o n s wii h o u t p r i o r n o t i c e .
steam Generator
-Pres
reserves
Novap 3000-9064
the
right
Novenco Hi-Pres
Valve Motor - ReheaBng
Novenco Hi-Pres
2-Way Regulating Valve - R tating
Novenco Hi-Pres
Flange for TTiermometer - Suf p!y air wann
Novenco Hi-Prss
Flange for Duct Temperature censor - Supply air ctAd
Novenco Hi-Pres
Duct Temperature Sensor - Supply air cold
BL-200-1231131
York Refrigeration
HMH incl. flange
Novenco Hi^res
Flange for Humidity TransmittLT
Novenco Ht-Prs
Humidity Transmitter
Novenco Hi-Pres
Control Panel with PLC
York Refrigeration
Flange for Thermometer - Supply air cold
Novenco Hi-Pres
Flange for Thermometa'- Freih air
Novwico Hi-Pres
Novenco Hi-Pres
Flange f. Duct Temperature S ansor-Supply air w

Duct Temperature Sensor - S' ipply air warm
Novenco Hi-Pres
BL-200-1231131
York Refrigeration
Flange for Duct Temperaluie Sensor- Fresh air

Duct Temperature Sensor - Fi ssh air
Novenco Hi-Pres
BL-200-1231131
York Refrigeration
Novenco Hi-Pres
Valve Motor - Preheating
Novenco Hi-Pres
2-Way Regulating Vab/e - P(e.,e3ting
Novenco Hi-Pres
One-way valve (Water Trap)
Novenco Hi-Pres
Electronic Expan^W) Vatve
Novenco Hi-Pres
Novenco Hi-Pres
<> >
Novenco Hi-Pres
Anti freezing thermostat
Note;
Al - M o u n t e d on AHU
A2 - Supplied s e p a r a t e l y
Hi-Pres
Refrigeration
Exanples o f nounting of
21 a n d 23,
see d r a w i n g 50675, 50676
by
Novenco
by
York
Supply air Fan Motor
13,2 kW - 22.3Amp
Novenco Hi-Pres
Air Handling Unit
2CR-13/12 .Pos. R
Novenco Hi-Pres
items 10, 12,
Jinling shipysn
JLZ02050l/a
and 50691
E>ot. 30-09-2002
Control diagmm for AHU
G r a p h i c o l s y n b o l s a c c o r d i n g t o EN 1861
oote 10/31/2002
NOVENCO HI-PRE8
Induitrlwl 23. OK- TOO
Tal.: *
70130700
AC-1
021216-010
0212l6-0tO.DWG
Pw&r supply: 3x440 Volt - 60 Hz
Control power: 1x230 Voll - 60 Hz
Owing t o c o n t i n u e d procJu'.:t d e v e l o p m e n t
i n t r o d u c e a l t e r a t i o n s wi!,lioijt p r i e r ; ; .
Sleam Generator
Novenco
Hi-Pre^
t!'9
Novap 3000-9064
rioht
f'icivf^nco Hi-Pres
Valve Motor - Reheating
Novenco Hi-Pres
2-Way Regulating Valve - Reheating
Novenco Hi-Pres
Flange for Thermometer - Supp'y air warm
Novenco Hhf res
Flange for Duct Temperature S ^nsor - SupF^y air cold

Duct Temperature Sensor - Sui>pl>' air cold
Novenco Hi-Pres
BL-200-1231131
York Refrigerafion
Humidjslat max.
Novenco Hi-Pres
Range for Humidity Transmitter
Novenco m-Pres
Humidity Transmitter
Novenco Hi-Pres
Control Pane) with PLC
YorK Refrigeration
Flange for Thermometer - Supply air cold
Novenco Hi-Pres
Flange tor Thermometer - Fresl. air
Novenco Hi-Pres
Novenco Hi-Pres
Flange f. Duct Temperature Se.isor-Supply a>rwam^

Duel Temperature Sensor - Su|}ply air wacm
Novenco Hi-Pres
BL-200-1231131
York Refrigeration
BL-200-1231131
York Refrigeration
Flange for Duct Temperature S^jrisor - Fresh air

Duct Temperature Sensor - Fre :-h air
Novenco Hi-Pres
Novenco Hi-Pres
Valve Motor - Preheating
Novenco Hi-Pres
2-Way Regulating Valve - Prehnang
Novenco Hi-Pres
One-way valve (Water Trap)
Novenco Hi-Pres
Electronic Expansion Valve
Novenco Hi-Pres
Novenco Hi-Pres
> (>
Anti freezing thennoslat
Novenco Hi-Pres
Note:
Supply air Fan Motor
13,2 kW - 22.3Amp
Al - M o u n t e d on AHU
Hi-Pres
Refrigeration
Examples o f m o u n t i n g o f
21 a n d 2 3 ,
see d r a w i n g 50675, 50676
Air Handling Unit
ZCR- 13/12 . Pos. L
by
Novenco
by
York
items iO, 12,
Jinltng shipyard
Novenco Hi-Pres
JL202050l/i
and 50691
4.1=
Graphical symbols a c c o r d i n g t o 1861
Control diagrain for A H U
Doi= 10/31/2002
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Inikimlilxi 22. 0K~ 47C0
Syslcm A - 2
021216-011
021216-011.DWG
Data sheet
Electronic expansion valves
ADAP-KOOL
type AKV 10, AKV 15 and AKV 20

Introduction
AKV are electrically operated expansion

valves designed for refrigerating plant.
The AKV valves can be used for CFC, HCFC
and HFC refrigerants.
The AKV valves are normally controlled by a
controller from Danfoss' range of
ADAP- KOOL controllers.
The AKV valves are supplied as a component
programme, as follows:
Separate valve
Separate coil with terminal box or cable
Spare parts in the form upper part, orifice
and filter
The individual capacities are indicated with a
number forming part of the type designation.
The number represents the size of the orifice
of the valve in question. A valve with orifice 3
will for example be designated AKV 10-3.
The orifice assembly is replaceable.
AKV 15 valves are in a cast iron (GGG40.3)

design complying with the coming European
safety standards.
The valve covers a capacity range from
25 kW to 100 kW (R 22) and are divided up
into 4 capacity ranges.
AKV 15 valves can be used for cold rooms.
The AKV 20 valves cover a capacity range
from 100 kW to 630 kW (R 22) and are
divided up into 5 capacity ranges.
The AKV 20 can be used for water chiller
units.
The AKV 10 valves covers a capacity range

from 1 kW to 16 kW (R 22) and are divided up
into 7 capacity ranges.
Features
Approvals
Danfoss A/S, 05 - 2000
For CFC, HCFC, HFC refrigerants

The valve requires no adjustment
Wide regulation range
DEMKO, Denmark
SETI, Finland
SEV, Switzerland
RD.8A.B2.02
Replaceable orifice assembly

Both expansion valve and solenoid valve.
Wide range of coils for d.c. and a.
UL listed (separate code, nos.)

CSA certified (separate code, nos.)
Data sheet
Electronic expansion valves, type AKV 10, AKV 15 and AKV 20
Function
The valve capacity is regulated by means of

pulse-width modulation. Within a period of six
seconds a voltage signal from the controller
will be transmitted to and removed from the
valve coil. This makes the valve open and
close for the flow of refrigerant.
ADAP-KOOL
The relation between this opening and closing

time indicates the actual capacity. If there is
an intense need for refrigeration, the valve will
remain open for almost all six seconds of the
period. If the required amount of refrigeration
is modest, the valve will only stay open during
a fraction of the period. The amount of
refrigeration needed is determined by the
controller.
When no refrigeration is required, the valve
will remain closed and thus function as a
solenoid valve.
e:
r ^
Inlet
- lb - ^
/ 1
<
Outlet
'
"
'
AKV 10 solder
10 flare
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
in.
in.
mm
mm
3/8
1/2
1/2
10
12
0.38
5/8
12
16
0.38
Valve
type
Connection
type
mm
mm
mm
AKV 10-n
Flare
1,2,3,
4,5,6
48
45
125
48
45
125
1/2
5/8
AKV 10-n
Solder
1,2,3,
4,5,6
75
67
154
3/8
73
75
152
1/2
Inlet
Valve type
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
in.
3/4
in.
3/4
mm
mm
mm
AKV 1 5 - 1
18
18
190
Weight
without coil
kg
1.5
AKV 1 5 - 2
3/4
3/4
18
18
190
1.5
AKV 1 5 - 3
7/8
7/8
22
22
190
1.5
AKV15-4
1 1/8
1 1/8
28
28
216
1.5
RD.8A.B2.02
Weight
without coil
kg
0.38
0.38
11
J a t a sheet
ADAP-KOOL
Electronic expansion valves, type AKV 10, AKV 15 and AKV 20

(continued)
III
-lr
DANFOSS
-83-
-80-
-L-
AKV 20
Valve type
Weld connections
Solder connections
Inlet
Outlet
mm
Weight
without coil
kg
in.
in.
mm
Weight
without coil
kg
35
281
4.3
1 1/4
1 1/4
180
4.1
42
281
4.3
1 1/4
1 1/4
200
4.1
54
281
4.3
1 1/4
1 1/4
230
4.1
54
54
281
4.3
1 1/2
1 1/2
230
4.1
54
54
281
4.3
230
4.1
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
in.
in.
mm
mm
AKV 20 - 1
13/8
13/8
35
AKV 2 0 - 2
15/8
1 5/8
42
AKV20-3
21/8
21/8
54
AKV 2 0 - 4
21/8
2 1/8
AKV 20 - 5
21/8
2 1/8
Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possibie errors in cataiogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice. This also applies to
OK-6430 Nordborg
Jenmark
12
RD.8A.B2.02
INSTRUCTIONS
1 11
_
' ' ^ .
KP 61 -> 81
KP 6 1 , 62, 63, 68,69 vapour charge
KP 62, 7 1 , 73, 75, 77, 79, 81 adsorption charge (cross ambient)
* "
L_ZJ^
>^ n -
raan
Vapour charge
II
|j-stop
Manuel reset
Adsorption charge
Max.120C
(250F)
t j t , +2C(3.5F)
Vapour charge
Max.
KP 62,71,73: 8 0 C ( 1 7 5 F )
KP 75
110C(230F)
KP 77
140C(285F)
KP 79
150C(300F)
KP 81
200C(390F)
min.-40C(-40F)
gi
max. 65C(150F)
|s
2m cap.tupe :>|AB| = 4 0 c m
5m cap.tupe * | A B | = 5 5 c m
max.3mm
'C/sin.)
i^
1 0 - 3 2 UNC
volt
amp ]
watt
Danfoss A / s
Automatic
reset
volt
amp
watt
Drip proof IP33

(IEC 529/DIN40050)
Manual
reset
RI.5D.B2.02
02-1999
5 1 0 I 5 20 F
Automatic reset
4
I / P C O I060L1 106
9 12l
'^^^l060L2015
isl
R
5 ^ - 1 0 - 2 0 - 3 0 - 4 0 - 5 0 - 6 0 C C
"F
Stop(Start) Stari
SO
40
20
l-H
(Stop)
0 - 2 0 - 4 0 - 6 0 - 7 0 F
KP63
"^
u\n.\2
^â^
Stc rt(:;top)
Fixed diff.
M
KP 61
KP 71
KP 73
060L1104,060L1105
060L1115
060L1138
diff. = 3C (5.4F)
diff. = 3C (5.4F)
diff. = 3.5C (6.3F)
/
E
J D FF
Sto pstart)
-10 -210 - i o - 4 0 - ^ 0 - 6 0 - - SO -90''C C

F
P
Stop(Start) Start
l-H
1
1
1
\
1
PI
' (Stop)
15 0 - 2 0 - 4 0 -60-SO-100-120430F
5 10 15 20 F
KP 6 8 , 6 9
120 100 80
M'n.
60
40
20
20 F
Vapour charge
AUTO
\x STOP
2 4
2 4
KP 61 06011103,1128
KP 62 060L1110
KP 73 060L1118
RI.5D.B2.02
Vapour charge
Adsorption ctiarge
Adsorption charge
Danfoss A/S (AC-SP,jp) 02-1999
Thermostats
type KP
Introduction
KP thermostats are temperature-controlled

electrical switches. A KP thermostat has a single
pole (SPOT) changeover switch.
4|^|
The position of the switch depends on the

thermostat setting and the bulb temperature.
A KP thermostat can be directly connected to
single-phase a.c. motors of up to about 2 kW,
or installed in the control current circuit of d.c.
motors and large a.c. motors.
Features
Wide regulating range

Can be used for deep freeze, refrigeration
and air conditioning plant
Welded bellows elements mean
increased reliability
Small dimensions
Easy to install in refrigerated counters
or cold rooms.
Ultra-short bounce times
Long operating life.
Unnecessary cut-in and cut-out of control
equipment is avoided.
Approvals
Danfoss 9/96
DEMKO, Denmark
NEMKO, Norway
FIMKO, Finland
Germanischer Lloyd, Germany
DSRK, Deufsche-Schiffs-Revlsion und
-Klassifikation, Germany
Polski Rejestr Statkw, Poland
DnV, Det norske Veritas, Norway
Catalogue RK.0O.H5.O2
Standard versions with changeover switch

Possible to obtain opposite switch function
or to connect a signal.
Electrical connection at the front of the unit
Facilitates rack mounting.
Saves space.
Suitable for alternating and direct current
Cable entry of soft thermoplastics for cables
from 6 to 14 mm diameter
Extensive and wide range
RINA, Registro Italiano Navale, Italy

BV, France
LR, UK
MRS, Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia
EZU, Czech Republic / Slovak Republic
CE according to EN 60730-2-1 to -9
Versions with UL and CSA approvals can be
supplied to special order.
TKP-L1-1
Tliermostats, type KP

Weight
KP 61-81: approx. 0.4 kg
KP 98: approx, 0.6 kg
-^m^Pnn
-'^s^
Dia.5-
KP 61-81
Mounting holes (back of KP)
M4
( 8 - 3 2 U N F ) v _ , j25,4
CO
(N
" 1
27
11
in
^
Dio . 5 ^ ^ ^ *
5 1 -
in
Mounting holes (back of KP)
25.4
Wall bracket
-^9.5
^1
i l ^
A:
KP 61,
KP 63
:
KP 61,
KP 63,
KP 69
-40C1:
KP 62,
KP 68
Catalogue RK.O0.H5.O2
D2:
KP 73
2:
KP 71
KP 73
KP 75
KP 77
KP 98
E3:
KP 77
KP 79
KP 81
TKP-L1-8
Humidity Transmitter - Type HTC

- control of humidity
Type HTC is used for controlling of the humidity in refrigeration
plants, reefer units, air-conditioning and ventilating plants.
Type HTC consists of a capacitive element with matching signal
amplifier, mounted in a stainless steel tube. The element is
mounted in a replaceable terminal head of sinter metal allowing
the air to flow freely by the measuring element.
Type HTC is available in 3 models:
i?rf.
iimi J
"
HTC-L:
HTC-K:
HTC-H:
with 2,5 m PVC-wire

with PG 9
with B-head according to DIN 43729
Type HTC is calibrated in 2 spots in order to achieve a high

degree of accuracy.
Technical Data
Supply voltage:
Voltage dependence:
Measuring range:
Storage temperature:
Temperature dependence:
Output signal:
Calibration:
Accessories:
Approvals:
1 0 - 2 5 V DC
0,01 %RH
0-100%
0 -70C
-25 / +85C
0,2%RH/C
4-20 mA
Calibrated in 2 spots on delivery
Dust excluder
The humidity sensor is mounted in a impact-proof stainless steel

tube, with internal and thus protected functions.
HTC-L
HTC-K
P3,
DUST EXCLUDER
HTC-H
^^p
021
022
MICRO MATIC
INSTRUMENT
Industrivej 8 - DK 5471 Snders
Tif.: +45 64 89 22 11 - Fax: +45 64 89 33 11
mmi@micro-matic.instrument.dk
Temperature Sensor - Type BL

- ambient air measurement
straight thermometer for measurement of ambient temperature in
e.g. air ducts.
The measuring inset is removable, according to IEC 751.
Protective sheath, 0 8 x 1 , stainless steel, open for fast response
time.
' Connection: none or with flange.
' Form connection head according to DIN 43729, of light-alloy
metal, protection IP 65, cable gland PG 16.
> Response time (mean values) measured at velocities in:
air w. 3.0 m/s:
rO.5 = 10 sec.
Recommended measuring current: max. 2 mA.
PG 16
08
LI
200
Temperature range
Imm. Iength/L1 i mm
-50/+180C
-50 / +260C
100
125
150
Optional length.
Sheath dia./wallth.//mm
08x1
ii
^
'
'' ^
;-;--^-':'
'
ti
,-
Number of conductors
2 cond
3 cond
4 cond
Prepared for 3 cond. transmitter
Prepared for 4 cond. transmitter
a
a
Resistance in ohms at 0C
, 100
Number of elements
IxRt
t"
*. ^f.:
-
' i '-s .
t/.., f
k'/'
if*
Connection
NONE
Flange
i f
'i
Tolerance class/DIN
CI. A
: 0.15 C
CI.
: 0.3 C
1/3 DIN : 0.1 C
1/6 DIN : 0.05 G
-r '
'
IxRtlOO
"
' - ,
Black
Red Red
4 5
L-cOJ
3 cond.
Ordering example;
BL-200-1231131 = 200 mm sheath, 0 8 x 1 , flange connection, 3 cond.,
IxPtlOO, 1/3 DIN, -50/+180C.
MICRO MATIC
INSTRUMENT
Industrivej 8 - DK 5471 Snders
TIf.: +45 64 89 22 11 - Fax: +45 64 89 33 11
mmi(micro-matic.instrument.dk
2-way Regulating Valves Type M1F

Cast Iron, PN 16, DN 16/4...50 mm
2.3.02-D
AGB
Characteristics
Nominal pressure PN 16
Regulating capability | ^ > 25
Single-seated, tightly closing
Applications
Regulating valves type M1F are designed for regulating low, medium and
high pressure hot vi?ater, steam and lubricating oils.
The valves are installed combined /ith
one of our temperature- or pressure dif-'
ferential regulators in control systems
for heating of domestic premises, district heating, industrial processes or
marine installations. For marine applications the valves are supplied mih the
relevant certificates in accordance with
shipping classification bureaus. By use
of the dimensioning sheets overleaf the
valve size is determined.
A suitable actuator (self-acting thermostats and electrical actuators), which
may be applied for a specific regulation, is selected from the "Quick
Choice" leaflet No, 5.0.01.
Pressure/Temperature Diagram
According to DIN 2401
Design
Function
The valve components - spindle, .seat

and cone - are made of stainless steel.
The valve body cast iron is GG 25 with
the connection flanges drilled accord
ing to DIN 2533. The connection boss
for the actuator is 1" BSP.
The valves are single-seated and, by
design, tightly closing - in that the
leakage is less than 0.05 % of full flow
(cf. VDbA/DE 2174). All valves are tested
for leakage and pressure tightness.
To obtain an approximate, linear trans
fer performance, for use in systems
wîth standard existing heat exchangers
and pumps, the valve characteristic is
made quadratic.
Without the actuator being connected,

the valve is held in open position by
means of a buill-in spring. With pres
sure on the spindle the valve will close.
In connection with our thermostats the
valves will close at rising temperature, if
the valve are used in conjunction with
our electronic regulating programme,
the opposite effect (cooling) can be ob
tained. The quadratic characteristic will
not cease, untill the flow has dropped
below 4 % of tho full flow.
I Specifications
;
Type
FtangD
Connection
Opening
ONfnmm
15/4 M l F
15M1F
15/9 M l F
15/12M1F
15 Ml F
20 M l F
25 M l F
32M1F
40M1F
50M1F
15 mm
15mm
15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
20 mm
25 mm
mm
40 mm
SO mm
6
9
12
It.
20
25
32
40
60
kvb-value '
m^/h
Lifting Height
mm
0.20
0,45
0.95
e
6
6
6.5
1,7
2.75
5
7.5
12,5
20
30
9
10
Odin Control Systems

MlF-Ll-l
V\/eigtit
kg
3.0
3.0
3.1
3.1
3.1
4.2
5.5
8.1
9.7
14.7
Technical Data
Materials:
- Valve body
' Cornponertls
Cast iron QG 25
Stainless steel
(sea-water ressstant;
- Nbis
- Bolts
Nof"'rial pressure
Soatini
Valve characterisiic
Regulating capability
!;r>25
Loakaye
' ^! aure range;
Mourning
Flangos
Count4! tianges
Co'our
CK 35
16
Single-seated
Quadratic
kvr
<0,05%ofkvioo
See pressure/tem
perature diagram
See the reverse
DIN 2.533
DIN 2533/83 4504
Grey
Subject to changes.
Sx>u^24
2.3.02-D
2-way Regulating Valves Type M1F

:iSS t * i * ' >
" ^finition of kvs-value
Sizing Chart for Steam
J kvs-value constitutes the

water quantity in which
flows through the valve at a
constant differential pressure
of 1 bar across the fully
open valve.
Opening DN in mm
12 IS
20 25
32 40 50
Valve Sizing for Steam

= G kg steam/h is drawn in
as a vertical line on the dia
gram. The pressure Pi before
the valve is taken up to the
line indicating the critical pres
sure drop and from this
point horizontally to .
By choosing the larger size
the nîost suitable vafve is
found, and the actual pressure
drop across the valve is read
on line - . For further infor
mation seethe "Quick Choice"
leaflet No. 5.0.01.
Inlet pressure P1 bar {abs.j
- (
Flowrate G kg/h
1 bar - 100 kPa -10.2 m WG - 33.4 (1. WG - i4.S psi.
GMt
1 m-' -1000 i 220 IMP paSI - ?64 US 1|
Sizing ChartforWater
Valve Sizing for Water

' applying Q ms water/h
i the theoretical value for
I p v in bar (min. 30 % of total
) the point @ is found. By
converting to the larger size
the actual pressure drop
across the valve on the or
dinate can be found. For fur
ther information : see the
"Quick Choice" leaflet No.
5.01,:
Assembly Drawing
Opening DN (i mm
(raef'io ;oi') 'OOO Kg 2205 tos.
12 1S
20 25
32 40 50
ttri:;
.^^k-'""
-+
Mounting
In order to reduce wear and

tear the valves - especially the
larger:'ones - ought to be
rhoiinted with vertical spindles, in case of valve temperatures of rnax. 150 " e the thermostat/actuator may be fitted
b^low or above the valve.
|h :cas of valve temperatures
above 15G a cooling unit of
type KS Has to be applied with coririection. downwards ccOrding tp; the following in" uctions:'
Temperature
Unit
150-250'C KS-4
250-3Q0"C KS-5
- '
KS-6
for
Thermostats
Valve Motors
Accessories
Manual Adjusting Device
: ,
l
Si 'i xt i t
Flowraf e G l/h
=1
Dim'ehsiot^s
1 Dimension Sketch
" HI
H2
mm
mm
mm
mm
D
mm
dia.
130
80
80
80
80
80
85
95
10S
110
125
60
60
60
60
60
65
70
75
85
95
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
18
IS
20
95
95
95
95
9S
105
115
140
150
165
Type
15/4 Ml F
wmmf' :i3o
15/9 Ml F 130
15/12M1F - 130
t5MlF
130
20M1F' 'ISO
25 Ml F 160
32M1F 180
40 Ml F 200
SO Ml F 230
Cooling Unit KS-4
1
'CI <-With stuffing box. For tight
ening and manual operation of
tiie valves, when an actuator
has not been fitted, e.g. during
periods of construction.
mm
dia.
65
es
65
65
65
75
65
100
110
125
^ i
mm dia, i
(number) ;
14x(4) i
14(4)
14x(4)
14x(4)
14x(4)
14x(4)
D
14^(4)
18x(4|
18/(4)
18x^45
Cooling Unit KS-5
iV
VtJCV
!"
Cooling unit protecting the

stuffing box of the motor/ther
mostat. To be applied at valve
temperatures between 150C
and 250 "C.
MlF-"I;i~-2
xCj
H1
x-i
^^-
i
H2
1
Cooling Unit KS-6
Cooling unit with buill-in bel

lows gland. Replaces stuffing
box of thermostat. Must be
applied by valve temperatures
between 250''C and 300=C.
..^
i\
Cooling uni: with btiit-in hol

lows gland. Replace.s stuffing
box of valve motor. Must be
applied by valve temperatures
between 250"C and 300'C.
GSi^^
4.8,00-A
Valve motor Type VB & VBA
For details regarding sufficient

osing pressure ( A pL) for the vaive
preferred, see "Quick selection of
temperature regulator", leaflet No.
5.0.01.
NOTE!
Closing pressure corresponds to
the V4.05 thermostat.
^ ~ l^^P I
Power supply (24 V or 230 AC)
Number of auxiliary switches (0 or 2)

Max. lifting height 9 mm
Controi signai (A - analog)
Type
Analogue control 2-10 V
3-point control
Diagram
-^24/230VAC
+ 24 V DC
J-
- ^ 24 V AC
Y 2-10
V 2-10V
2,
2
3
Type VB
Type VBA
Analogue control 4-20 mA

-L ~-24 VAC
500 Olim
in 4-20 mA
-^
^>
's
out 2-1OV
'4
Type VBA - - 24
i-^^'^
' ' ^
i,-f'
.*,.?
Valve motor Type VB & VBA

for rated voltages of 24 V AC/DC or 230 VAC
haracteristics
3-point controltedor
analog motor
Lowbuiiding-sn height
Automatic meshing
Automatic end stops
Low noise
Protection IP42
Manual operation possible
Reversible
Application
The valve motor has been designed
for fitting on Clorius valves up to DN
32 mm.
The valve motor is suitable for heatîng, cooling, ventilation, industrial sys2ms, and suchlike. The valve motor
'is available either as a 3-point con
trolled motor or an analog motor, e.g.
for CTS systems. In situations where
strong vibrations may occur, the types
MT or V are recommended.
Technical design
The motor has a 9 mm travel, suitable
for all Clorius valves up to DN 32. The
valve motor has a built-in automatic
endstops to safeguard against over
load.
The gears are made of steel and
synthetic materials and are greased
forlifethus requiring no maintenance.
Operation
The vatve motor has automatic
endstops, but the lifting height of the
valve motor has to be adjusted to the
valve.
If manual operation is required, acti
vate the gear release button to operate
the valve manually. The valve motor
re-meshes automatically log releas
ing the gear release button. If perma
nent disengagement is required, cut
out the voltage and put the valve in
the desired position.
The VBA motor offers the special fea
ture that when cutting-in current or
after activation of the gear release
button, the VBA motor performs a selftest.
The motor will travel to both end stops,
and the running time is to be adjusted
to the lifting height set.
Table showing motors

with accessories
CD
3
"5
>
x:
0)
"
^ "1

90-230 V
VB-
92-230 V
'
VB-
90-24V
VB-
92-24 V
>
VBA - 90 - 24 V
"7 "
VBA - 92 - 24 V
<
CL
The 3-point motor is available for

rated voltages of 24V AC/DC or 230V
AC. The analog motor, however, for
24V AG only. The motor may be fur
nished with 2 auxiliary switches, freely
adjustable. These switches are
normaly used to indicate "valve fully
open or valve fully closed".
Odin Contrat Systems
Frequency of AC: 50/60 Hz

Control signal:
Type VB
Type VBA
3-point
2-10V,R.^>100khm
Position signal:
Type VBA
2 - 10 V, Rj, : 15 Ohm-
Enclosure:
P42
Insulation class;
TypeVB-230
TypeVB(A)-_24
EMC class:
N50081-1
EN50082-1
Connection:
Cable 3 m, 3 X 0.75 mm^
Noise level:
Max. 36 dB{A)
Closing speed:
TypeVB
Type VBA
7 5 - 1 5 0 sec.
150 sec.
Endstop;
Mechanical cut-out
Closing force:
400 N
Travel:
0 - 9 mm
0 - 9 mm
VB-
>
Voltage:
Type VB-24: 24 V AC/DC . 20%
Type - __ -230: 230 V AG +10% -15%
Type VBA- _ -24: 24 V AC 20%
Travel
The motor bracket is made of cast

aluminium and all interna! bearings
are greased for life. The motor bracket
has a standard Clorius stuffing box
with a teflon gasket. The motor hous
ing is cast in baybiend plastic.
**" {<!*''*
Power consumption:
TypeVB
2.0 W
Type VBA
1.3 W
-sf9o
W^.:>'
Technical specifications
<N <
. The motor has a release mechanism

( ilowing manual opening and closing
' of the valve.
4.8.00-A
AGB
Ambient temperature:
*20=C - +SO'C,
in operation
*40=C - +80C,
in storage
Weight:
2.2 kg
Subject to change wthout notice.
Cli44
REGIN
/
Humidistat, 1 step and 2 step or proportional
For duct or wall mounting
HMH / HPH is a series of electro-meclianical humidistats for controlling humidifying and/or dehumidifying in HVAC
systems.
* 1 or 2 steps
* High degree of accuracy and reliability
* Changeover contact 250 V AC 10 A
* For duct or wall mounting
* Proportional output 148 or 1000 Ohms
* Form of protection IP54
Function
Construction
The humidistat has human hair as the sensor medium.
The hair stretches as the humidity increases and
shrinks as the humidity decreases.These changes are
transmitted to a micro switch (two switches) or, in the
case of the HPH, to a pin on a potentiometer.
The setpoint switch affects the position of the microswitches in relation to the hair element. The setpoint can
be set at between 10 and 100% RH.
This tried and tested construction with few movable parts
gives a high degree of reliability and accuracy.
As the contacts are of the changeover type the humidistat
can control both humidification and dehumidifcation.
2 step humidistat
This has two microswitches. The step differential
between them can be set by means of the adjustment
screw.
As the contacts are of the changeover type the humidistat
can control both humidification and dehumidification.
Proportional humidistat
HPH148 and HPH1000 are humidistats with proportional
resistance output.
Depending on the setpoint chosen and the current
humidity these give output signals of 0 to 148 Ohms and
0 to 1000 Ohms to control installations intended for this

type of signal.
IVIounting
HMH/HMH2/HPH can be mounted in a ventilation duct or
on a wall. The humidistat is supplied with a flange which
is suitable for both positions.
Calibration
The humidistats are calibrated at the factory before deli
very to the customer, but should be precision calibrated
after installation to ensure the best results. After that
annual checks and re-calibration are recommended.
Maintenance
The hair element should be dusted off with a soft brush
once a year.
Do not rinse the hair element in water as this changes
the calibration point.
For further information concerning maintenance see the
instructions which are supplied on delivery.
Typical applications
Can be used to control a humidifier or a dehumidifier or
for on/off controlling of a fan. Can also be used to alarm
when the humidity exceeds or falls below a pre-set level.
section position
5-100
Oct 97
Models
1 step, change-over contact

2 step, change-over contact
Proportional, 0-148 Ohm
Proportional, 0-1000 Ohm
HMH2
HPH148

Technical data
General
Housing: Extruded aluminum (Brown)
Plastic parts: Self extinguishing Macrolon (White)
Sensor, maximum 70C
Housing, maximum 60C
With a universal bracket, for both wall and duct mounting
0.6 kg
Material
Ambient temperature
Mounting
Weight
Form of protection
1P54
This product conforms with the requirements of European LVD standards
IEC 669-1 and carries the CE mark
C
Output
Relay contact data
10 A, 250 VAC resistive at 25C ambient

8 A, 250 VAC resistive at 60C ambient
Not suitable for DC circuits.
Settings
Setpoint
Hysteresis
Step differential (HMH2)
Proportional band (HPH148, )
Spare parts and accessories
1608
1609
375
10...100%RH
3%RH at 45%RH
0...25%RH
7%RH
Hair element, length 182 mm

Microswitch
Protection tube.To be used when the humidistat is placed in ducts where
the air flow exceeds 10 m/s.
Wiring and dimensions

HMH
24
The contact between terminals 1 and 2

closes when the humidity exceeds the
setpoint value.
85
HMH2
On the HMH2 the contact between termin

als 1 and 3 closes when the humidity
exceeds the setpoint value. When the
humidity continues to rise and exceeds
the sepoint value for step 2 the contact
between terminals 4 and 6 closes.
222
HPH148

When the humidity increases the
resistance increases between terminals
1 and 3 while the resistance between
terminals 1 and 2 falls.
In mm
035
FOR
INDOOR
AB Regln
Box 116, SE^28 22 Kllered, Sweden
Visiting address: Bangrdsvagen 35
CLIMATE
WITH
Phone: +46 31 795 44 60

Fax: +46 31 795 38 50
OPTIMUM
CONTROL
www.regin.se
E-mail: info@regin.se
Org.nr.: SE5564145502
Ste: IVIlndal
Boiler Regulators
Samson
Steam Traps
Air Vents
Edition November 1996
Data Sheet
T 0500 E
Steam Traps
.f?M^^^^^K
Type 13 E Steam Trap

Application
Discharge of condensate from steam-heated systems, heat
exchangers, heating batteries, radiators, steam pipes and
similar equipment Liquid evaportation principle PN 16
Operating range 0.01 to 10 bar 200 C Usable as either
angle or straight-through valve Threaded connections
Fig. 5 ' Type 1 3 E Steam Trap
Versions
The steam traps essentially consist of a body, an operating
element and a seat and plug. They are controlled by tempera
ture and presssure and operate arrording to the vapour-press
ure principle (liquid evaporation). Steam traps are commonly
referred to as quick-acting condensate drains.
Theope rating elementof the steam trap isametolbeilov/s which
isfilledwithawater/alcohol mixture. Anytemperatu rechanges
at the metal bellows result in a corresponding change in vaKê
plug position, meaning in either a restriction or increase of the
free area between the seat and plug.
' ^ ^:sr^
Fig. 6 ' Principle of operation
Principle of operation
Cover
Seat
The steam pressure curve related to the liquid/steam mixture in

the metal bellows largely corresponds to that of water. When
the temperature of the water/alcohol mixture increases, the
pressure in the operating element rises. The plug closes the seat
orifice. When the regulator is closed, the accumulated conden
sate as well as the water/alcohol mixture cool down. The
pressure in the operating element decreases, the valve opens
and the condensate and any entrained air can escape. The
temperature of the discharged condensate is approx. 5 to
10 C below the saturated steam temperature.
Operating element
S<rewplug
Plug
Flowdiagram
The diagram refers to condensate at a temperature of 20 C.
The pressuregiven in bar is thedifferential pressure between the
inlet and outlet of the steam trap.
Installation
By changing the location of the screw plug (5), the valve can be
used as either straight-through or angle valve.
- Only install the stream trap in horizontal pipelines

- The direction of medium flow must coincide with the arrow
on the body
- Install the condensate discharge pipe with a downward
slope of approx. 1 %
-G
y<\
1000-
?;-.:^
st
500-
- The steam traps are to be installed directly at the outlet of

theaggregate
- In aggregates where the heating batteries are to be kept
free from condensate, install the steam trap approx. 1 m be
hind the outlet in the non-insulated pipeline
Gl
Vi
G '/2
.I'l^
inn-
50J
0.01
=^^1
0.1
::::
10 [bar]
Fig. 7 Flow diagram
0500 E
Examples of application
Table 3 ' Technical data

All pressures in bar (gauge)
Type 13 E Steam Trap

Connection
G 1/2 G 3/4 . G 1
Operating range
0.01 ID 10 bar
200 C
Max. perm, temperature

Temperature of discharged
condensate
< Temperature of saturated steam
M a x permissible
ambient temperature
40 C
Steam pipe
Condensate pipe
Fig. 9.1 ' Condensate drainage (rom a main steam pipe
Table 4 Materials ( W N = Material Number ace. to DIN)

Body
Malleable iron GTW-35 W N 0.8035
Cover or upper screw plug

respectively
Malleable iron GTW-35 W N 0.8035
Seat
Stainless sleelWN 1.4104
Plug
Stainless sleelWN 1.4301
Operating element
Stainless steel W N 1.4541
Steam
Condensate
Fig. 9.2 ' Condensate discharge from radiators and convectors
Dimensions in mm a n d weights
Steam
Condensate
Fig. 9.3 ' Condensate drainage from a steam manifold
0
Steam
Condensate
Table 5 - Dimensions
G'/2
G 3/4
Gl
132
138
151
LI
80
85
95
85
90
98
HI
38
40
43
H2
10
10
10
Connection
12
12
15
Weight, approx in I g
0.8
0.9
1.3
Fig. 9.4 ' Condensate discharge from a boiling vessel

with steam jacket
Steam
-Êlb
Condensate
Ordering text
Steam Trap Type 13 E
Fig. 9.5 ' Condensate diKharge from a steam-heated boiler
Connection thread G 1/2 / G / 4 / G 1
Fig. 9 ' Examples of application
T 0500 E
Strainers
Type 1 N
snmson
T y p e 1 N 1 with standard strainer insert
T y p e 1 F N T y p e 1 F N I with dual strainer insert Version for district heating systems
Application
Protection of plants, aggregates, measuring and control de
vices against impurities Straining and collecting of dirt particles
carried along in the medium.
With b o d / end connections G 3/6 to G 2 PN 25 For liquids,
steam and non-combustible gases up io max. 300 C
Conversion of valve sizing coefficients:

Cv (in U.S.-gallons/min) = 1 7 Kvs (in mVh)
Kvs (in mVh) = 0.86 Cv (in U.S.-gallons/min)
The strainers consist of a Y-style body v/ith threaded end

connections and a v/ide-meshed filter element (standard
strainer insert) or a filter element v\rith an additional finemeshed insert.
Special features
Compact design v/ith lengths according to DIN
V:."^
Easy removal of the collected dirt particles

Easily exchangeable strainer insert
Versions
Inlet/outlet: female thread W
o 2 " PN 25
Type 1 N With standard strainer insert

Type 1 N1 ' With dual strainer insert
- Body of brass Connections G 3/^ to G 2
- Body of malleable iron Connections G '/5 to G 2
Fig 1 Type 1 N, Type 1 N1 Strainers

Version of brass or malleable iron
Type 1 FN With standard strainer insert

Type 1 FNI With dual strainer insert
Inlet/outlet: malethread 3/4" to 21/2" PN 25
- Body of red brass With/without connection nuts
and weld-on fittings Connections G '/2 to G 2
Especially suitable for district heating systems
Principle of operation
The medium flov/s through the strainer in the direction indicated
by the arrov/ on the body. It first contacts the inner side of the
strainer insert (filter element). The dirt particles carried along in
the medium are collected in the filter element while the cleaned
fluid passes through the insert. The particles can be removed by
unscrewing the screw cap.
Installation
Fig. 2 Typ 1 FN, Type 1 FNI, version of red brass (for district
heating systems) with connection nuts and weld-on fittings
1
2
3
4
Body
Strainer insert
Gasket
Screw cap
Weld-on filling
(on both sides)
Connection nut
(on both sides)
- Direction of medium flow in accordance with the arrow on

the body. Sufficient space for removal and cleaning of the
strainer insert is to be provided.
Ordering text
- In vertical pipelines - when the medium flows upwards - the

strainer is to be installed with the screw cap directed up
wards. In this case, however, the dirt particles are not col
lected, but retained.
Strainer Types 1 N/1 N1, connection G ...

Body material...
Type 1 FN/Type 1 FNI, connection G ...
With/without connections nuts and weld-on fittings
Edition June 1996
Data Sheet
TIOIOE
Table 1 ' Technical data

Version
PN 25 body made of brass, malleable iron or red brass
Type
1 N or 1 FN
Connection
Kvs
3^11
1^
3/4
IV4
11/2
3.7
5.6
10.0
15.6
25.5
40
63
Mesh size
mm
0.5
Number of meshes per
cm^
150
0.75
64
Flow resistance coefficient
2.5
Freefilterarea
Approx. 3 ' pipe cross section
Type
1 N1 or 1 FNI
m3/h
Kvs
3.3')
9.1
5.1
14.3
Mesh size
mm
0.25
Number of meshes per
cm2
625
Fbw resistance coefficient
23.0
36.6
57
Free filter area
Approx. 2.5 ' pipe cross section
') Only Types 1 N / 1 N1 with body of brass

Table 2 Materials ( W N = Material Number according to DIN)
1 FN/1 FNI
l N / 1 N1 (brass)
I N / I N I (malleable iron)
Red brass G-CuSn5ZnPb
Brass GK-CuZn37Pb
(WN 2.0340.02
Malleable iron GTW-40-05

(WN 0.8040)
Type
Body
Screw cap
Brass CuZn39Pb (WN 2.0380 or 2.0401)
Strainer insert (filter element)
UptoG 1: 9S20K; > G 1 : GTW-40-05
Stainless steel W N 1.4401
Gasket
Graphite on metal core

Pressure-TemperaiureDiagram
Table 3 ' Dimensions in mm and weights

Body of brass, malleable iron or red brass - PN 25
Connections
3/^4
Vi
3/4
IV4
V/1
Length L
64
64
75
90
110
120
150
Connection thread R
3/4"
1"
2"
2V2"
30
36
46
59
65
82
80
85
100
120
130
150
250 265
Width across flats SW

Length LI
Length L2
IV4" 13/4"
288
315
350
Height HI
40
45
56
73
84
108
Height H2
(strainer insert removed)
61
75
90
115
134
158
0.2
0.3
0.47 0.77 1.35
1.9
225
G-CuSn5ZnPb"
P [bor]
GTW 40
CuZn39Pb
PN
25
.._
t
0-
200
100 120
Weight, approx in kg
Types I N / I N I (brass)
Types I N / I N I (GTW)
Types 1FN/1FNI (ted brass)
0.3
0.5
0.55 0.65
0.6
0.9
1.6
2.4
0.8
1.1
1.85
2.6
Fig. 3 Pressure-Temperatur Diagram
300 -C
Diagram according lo
DIN 4747
11 Only Types 1N/1 N1 with body made of brass
Dimensions
Types 1 N / 1 N1 - Body of either malleable iron or brass -
7-
Type 1 FN/Type IF N1
- Body of red brass -
-\
HI
N< i i y
HI
... with connection nuts
and weld-on fittings
H2
Fig. 4 ' Dimensions

Specifications subject to change without notice.
sflmson
SAMSON AG MESS- UND REGELTECHNIK

Weismllerslrae 3 D - 60314 Frankfurt am Main
Postfach 10 1901 D-60019 Frankfurt am Main
Telefon (069) 4 00 90 Telefax (069) 4 00 95 07
TIOIOE
CT)
^
1 1
1
7.5
8.7
2.5
^ ^
250
Part . 905857-0
Case of stainless steel AISI 304, dust- and splashproof.
Dial plate of brushed aluminium with black figures.
Bulb of stainless steel AISI 304, threaded connection 1/8" BSPT.
Scale range: -30 to +60 C.
The thermometer can be installed vertically and horizontally.
FLANGE NECK
3
0 4 X 3 pes
70
__^5^
*
/
-
\ ^ ^ ^
Part no. 909613-0

Flange and neck of electro-galvanized steel.
Through-going thread 1/8" BSPT in neck.
4 mm holes in flange.
Text updoted
VARD
HULL NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TITLE T h e r m o m e t e r
NOVENCO HI-PRES TYPE
IndusirlvaJ 22. OK- 4700
Naastved. Danmark
Tel,: .45 70120700
Fi.; -45 5S756S65
-30
to
-f-60"C and
50
1:3
HSJ
Flange
ChecKed by
REH
Drawlno No.
50393
SYSTEM
ulilrzed by any Ihird party.
50393C.DWG
-
D.I. 02-06-94
D... 20-12-00
steam humidifiers of the NOVAP 3000 series

Installation
Connecting the water and the electrics
Putting into operation
Servicing and system signals
Spare parts
Technical specifications
".5?^55:-.(
.'" -a!**
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
Introduction
You have purchased a NORDMANN steam humidifier which, provided
you observe the operating instructions, will ensure fully automatic
operation and reliable, low-maintenance service. Therefore, read these
operating instructions carefully and pay particular attention to
the safety instructions and warnings.
Should you have any queries that go beyond the scope of these operating
instructions, please contact the company from which you purchased the
humidifier. As the manufacturers, we are, of course, always ready to be
of assistance, since we want all of our customers to be completely satisfied
with our products.
List of contents
1. Installation
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Dimensions
Steam nozzle
Fitting the humidifier
Fitting the steam-distribution pipe..
Fitting the blowers
Laying the steam hose
Laying the condensate hose
4
7
7
8
10
11
12
2. Water connections
2.1 Quality of the water

2.2 Water intake and drainage
13
13
3. Electrical connections
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
14
15
15
16
4. Putting into operation
4.1 How the humidifier works

4.2 The steam cylinder
4.3 The SC-System (option)...
4.4 Putting the humidifier into operation
4.5 Automatic operation
4.6 Setting the output limitation
4.7 Indications of the two-colour LED
4.8 System and servicing indications
4.9 Remote indication
4.10 Safety functions
17
18
18
20
20
20
21
21
22
22
5. Servicing and maintenance
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
22
23
24
24
24
6. Rectifying faults
6.1 The humidifier produces insufficient or no steam
7. Spare-parts list
8. List of options
9. Technical specifications
Safety instructions
Control voltage
Heating voltage
Proportional adaptor (option)
Cleaning and replacing the steam cylinder

Drainage strainer in the steam cylinder
Removing the electronics unit
Taking the humidifier out of operation
Regular servicing
25
26
26
27
Safety instructions
Please read and observe the operating instructions before fitting and
putting into operation.
Very importanti
The operating instructions should always be readily available and kept

in the immediate vicinity of the humidifier.
All work must be done only by persons who are familiar with the product
and are sufficiently qualified to perform the work.
The NOVAP 3000 steam humidifiers have been designed and constructed in
accordance with the latest technology and the accepted safety regulations.
However, if misused, the humidifier can present a danger to both the user
and third parties.
Apart from these safety instructions, you should observe all national and
local regulations.
Proper use
The NOVAP 3000 steam humidifiers are intended solely for indirect (via a
steam-distribution pipe in a ventilation duct) or direct (with either a
separate or a humidifier-mounted fan) humidification. Used in any other
way, or in a way that goes above and beyond the one described above, is
contrary to its intended usage. The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held
responsible for any damage resulting therefrom. The user shall bear the risk.
Alterations to the humidifier
Without NORDMANN's written approval, no alterations may be made to

the humidifier itself, the components or the accessories.
The use of non-original spare parts may lead to our refusal to accept
responsibility for any damage arising therefrom.
Safety instructions
Whenever you see either of these signs,

particular care must be taken.
Dimensions of the steam-distribution pipes
Type/mm
Fig.
Art. no.
22-300
300
022
176
60
902 00 00
22-450
450
022
300
70
902 00 01
22-G50
650
022
504
70
902 00 02
22-850
850
022
696
70
902 00 03
35-300
300
035
200
55
902 00 04
35-450
450
035
300
80
902 00 05
35-600
600
035
425
90
902 00 06
35-900
900
035
680
110
902 00 07
35-1200
1200
035
935
110
90200 08
35-1500
1500
035
1275
110
902 00 09
Fig. 5
ZZl
Fig. 6
3%
_ _ _ = _ = L = ^ =
a
|
100
75
=J
[-
CO
CO
Dimensions of the 4-23 kg/h steam blowers

Fig.
Type
A
mm
mm
mm
D
mm
E
mm
F
mm
G
mm
4 - 8 kg/h
230
205
220
145
165
0 22
08
15-23 kg/h
310
275
295
255
285
0 35
08
Fixing holes for

4-23 kg/h steam blowers
Dimensions of the 4-23 kg/h steam blowers

Type 4-8 kg/h
Type 15-23 kg/h
4 - 8 kg
15-23 kg
100
180
__
130
240
1
A
t
Fig. 7
Dimensions of the Turbo 32

and 45 kg/h steam blowers
Fig.
Type
10
32 kg/h
11
45 kg/h 200
MIO 185
235
0 35
08
M10 185
235 02x35
505
255
505
255 350
F G
1
J
1
H
Fig. 10
11
f zÂ.
Fig. 11
08
1.1 Dimensions
Dimensions of the NOVAP 3000 humidifiers
Type
Fig.
mm
mm
mm
Steam outlet
Drainage
Empty weight
Full weight
kg
kg
390
585
230
1 X0 22
1 X0 22
11
14,5
390
585
230
1 x 0 22
1 x 0 22
12
18,5
15
470
645
305
1 X035
1 x 0 22
17
32
23
470
645
305
1x035
1 x 0 22
18
33
32
525
715
360
1 x 0 35
1 X 0 22
28
53
45
525
715
360
2 x 0 35
1 0 22
29
54
64
975
730
385
2 x 0 35
2 x 0 22
62
112
90
975
730
385
4x035
2 X 0 22
64
114
Fig. 2
Fixing holes for type 64-90 kg/h (mm)
300
Fixing holes for type 4-45 kg/h
300
Type
4 - 8 kg
15-23 kg
32-45 kg
A
(mm)
100
180
220
(mm)
350
410
450
1 - b _ r^
^^ r ^
r^
930
Fig. 3
iJ
4 holes required
for tiumidifiersof
15 kg and above
3 holes required
for humidifiers of
4 and 8 kg/h
Fig. 4
--
1.2 Steam nozzle

For smaller outputs of up to 4 kg/h, we offer a steam nozzle which can
be either fitted in air ducts, for instance, or used for direct room
humidification. The rules for vaporisation lines (lines needed to mix
the steam adequately with air) must be observed here, too.
When the steam nozzle is employed, the length of the steam hose
should not exceed 1.5 metres.
1
Fig. 12
1.3 Fitting the humidifier

All installation work must be performed by trained personnel.
The customer himself is responsible for verifying their qualifications.
When fitting the humidifier, use only the material supplied with the unit
and observe the various minimum distances that have been stipulated.
To open the humidifier, turn the screw, using the correct screwdriver,
in an anti-clockwise direction; the door to the water componentry or the
electrics then opens. To close, simply push back into place (no screwing
down is necessary).
Positioning the humidifier

TZZZ27ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZI
Ensure that there is sufficient room to perform servicing

and maintenance work, and that the unit is easily accessible.
To facilitate such work, mount the unit at eye level.
We recommend that you fit the humidifier as near as
possible to the steam-distribution pipes. The highest degree of
efficiency is attained when the humidifier is linked to the
steam-distribution pipe by the shortest possible steam hose.
When installing the double units sizes 64 and 90 kg/h next to
each other, ensure that each drainage pipe is fed to a funnel of
adequate size.
ZZA \///////////
Fig. 13
V//////////7777.
1.4 Fitting the steam-distribution pipe

The visible jet of steam issuing from the steam-distribution pipe
dissipates in the air only after a certain distance. In order to prevent
condensation, a certain minimum distance to other parts of the
installation (such as ventilators, filters or pipe bends) must, therefore,
be maintained.
The steam-distribution pipes can be fitted either vertically or horizontally,
though you must ensure that the steam outlets are always vertical
to the air flow. If fitted horizontally, these apertures must be at the top.
An adhesive template is supplied with each steam-distribution pipe
to facilitate installation in, for instance, an air duct. NORDMANN's
steam-distribution pipes are designed so that, if fitted straight, there
is automatically a slight decline of 3% which ensures that any condensate
flows back again.
The ends (reverse side of mounting plate) of the longer steam-distribution
pipes (types 35-900, 35-1200 and 35-1500) are equipped with an M6
fixing bolt.
Guidelines on fitting the steam-distribution pipes
CO
?3
zV-p
min 300
Fig. 14
Various fitting methods
Rg. 15
A = min. 200
Fig. 16
A = min. 250
= min. 150
L
<:
^/^"\
^\^
^ ^ \ t^
Fig. 17
A>300
= 0.5
4*^
V
4 N ^
\?^\^
Fig. 18
^ -
A>350
B = min. 150
= 0.3
D = min. 100
\ . .
^y''^
^ W K ^ ^ .3>>^
->
Fig. 19
> 500
= min. 100
Fig. 20
^ 4 ^
<>w
[ y ^ CCI
> 500
B = min. 150
C = min. 0.15
<
Fig. 21
= min. 175
B = min. 100
Steam-distribution pipe fitted on suction side

Because of the under-pressure in the appliance or duct part,
condensate may be present in the steam-distribution pipe.
If there is an outlet in the empty part (intended for the
distribution pipes) of the humidifier, the condensate can be bled
off in the immediate vicinity. An alternative method
of bleeding off the condensate can be seen in the diagram.
Tight-fitting
rubber bung
Stench trap
Type: Sperrfix 3
Fig. 22
-Pressurecompensation
hose
1.5 Fitting the blowers

The steam blower for distributing the steam in the room can be fitted
either directly onto the humidifier itself (excepting types 32, 45, 64 and
90 kg) or onto a wall.
For the humidifier to work best, correct steam distribution is essential.
For this reason, you must observe the minimum distances when installing
the equipment.
Minimum distances for steam blowers of type 4-23 kg/h
Type
A
min.
W \ \ \ , \ W \ \ \ \ \ , \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ W W ^ v V \ \ \ W\
4 kg
600 mm
3m
8 kg
900 mm
5m
15 kg
1000 mm
7m
23 kg
1000 mm
10m
--
f(
0-
F^
<.
min.
V"
L_ffl
.'
\
\
t^
"^
Flg. 23
Minimum distances for steam blowers of type 32-45 kg/h
Type 32: min. 1500 mm

Type 45: min. 2000 mm
15 m
Fig. 24
Fig. 25
Technical specifications for steam blowers
10
Max. steam
Air volume
mVh
Power
supply
Nominal
rating
Weight
output
4 kg/h-8 kg/h
110
200/240 V
25 W
0 22 mm
0 8 mm
46 dB (A)
15kg/h-23 kg/h
650
50/60 Hz
170W
15
0 35 mm
0 8 mm
54 dB (A)
32 kg/h
800
220/240 V
now
0 35 mm
0 8 mm
72 dB (A)
45 kg/h
800
50/60 Hz
now
0 8 mm
72 dB (A)
kg
Steam pipe
H
2 0 3 mm
Condensate
pipe Q
Noise
level (1 m)
1.6 Laying the steam hose

The steam hose should be kept as short as possible. It should not be
possible to block or obstruct the steam supply lines in any way.
Furthermore, they must be protected from outside interference (e.g.
deformities, kinking etc.).
After the hose has been laid, it is advisable to re-check everything when
the hose is warm.
It is equally important to avoid condensation pockets in the hose.
Any curves should have as large a radius as possible.
Installation material
If a hose is used for the steam line, it must be the original one supplied
by NORDMANN. If other hoses are utilised, NORDMANN cannot be held
responsible for any damage that may occur.
A hose clamp should be used to link the hose to the steam-distribution
pipe.
When laying the steam hose in pipes, cable ducts etc., you must verify their
resistance to high temperature (min. 100 C). All insulation material must
also be checked for its resistance to high temperature.
If the steam line installed is of copper, small radii should be avoided

wherever possible. Every bend causes an additional resistance. A steam line
of copper must have the same diameter as the hose.
If the steam lines are long with a lot of bends and a relatively high internal
duct pressure, water may be continuously forced out of the steam cylinder,
which impairs performance.
Correctly installed
Fig. 26
11
Correctly installed
Wrongly installed
Correctly installed
Fig. 28
Fig. 29
554
1 "
" ^ ^ ^
Fig. 27
1.7 Laying the condensate hose

It is advisable to lay the condensate hose as near to the vertical
as possible and to feed the condensate either directly into an open
funnel or bdow the siphon.
If the steam-distribution pipe is fitted above the humidifier, the con
densate can be fed back to the unit by placing the end of the hose in the
filling cup. In this instance, a small siphon should be formed with the
condensate hose.
If the condensate is drained off directly, it is advisable to feed back
the condensate hose separately. The end of the condensate hose should
be in the open air. If the end of the hose is submerged in water, the
condensate is prevented from draining away.
Condensate
fed back to
the unit
Condensate
drained off
separately
iJ
Fig. 30
12
2.1 Quality of the water

NORDMANN humidifiers use ordinary tap water for the production of
pure steam. The electrical conductivity should be between 125 and 1250
microsiemens per cm.
The hardness of water is measured in accordance with the international
unit millimol, calcium and magnesium ions per litre (mmol/l), previously
the degree of German hardness (DH):
Soft water:
Fairly hard water:
Hardwater:
Very hard water:
up to 1.3 mmoi/l; up to 7 DH
1.3 to 2.5 mmol/l; to 7-14 DH
2.5 to 3.8 mmol/l; 14 to 2 DH
over 3.8 mmol/l; over 21 DH
Other international units:
1 DH = 1.79 French hardness

1 DH = 1.25 English hardness
DH = 1.05 American hardness
1 DH = 10mg/ICaO
1 DH= 17.9 mg/l (ppm)
NORDMANN's electrode steam humidifiers allow you to use water ranging

from soft to very hard, without the need for prior treatment. However,
for fairly hard water and above, we recommend the use of the SC system
(NORDMANN's self-cleaning system), since this greatly reduces the
amount of maintenance required for the cylinder.
2.2 Water intake and drainage

Please observe local regulations concerning the connection of appliances
to the pressure and drainage systems.
The humidifiers are designed to operate on ordinary tap water. If you
intend using treated or de-mineralised water, consult your NORDMANN
representative beforehand.
Connecting to the cold-water supply, with stop cock
Where the water pressure is between 1 and 10 bar (0.1 to 1 MPa), the unit
can be connected directly to the water supply. If it is over 10 bar (1 MPa),
connection must be via a pressure-reduction valve (set to 4-6 bar,
= 0.4-0.6 MPa).
13
In any case, the water feed pipes that you have laid
must be flushed thoroughly before connecting them
to the humidifier. You should use copper piping only.
Note that the drainage facility should provide the

possibility of performing cleaning and maintenance.
The drainage pipe should have a decline to the
drainage system of at least 5%.
A fine filter should be fitted at the water intake

to the humidifier; this prevents the rapid build-up of
impediments in the inlet filter of the inlet valve.
Tap (supplied
by customer)
Drainage cup
horizontal
or vertical
==
/
Fine filter
(supplied by
customer)
Fig. 31
3.1 Safety instructions

All work pertaining to the electrical installation must be carried out
by qualified personnel only. The customer is responsible for verifying
the qualifications of the technicians concerned.
Before performing any electrical work, all power to the humidifier must be
disconnected.
Please observe local regulations concerning electrical installations.
The installation must be fitted with a device which disconnects the unit
(with a contact opening of at least 3 mm) on all phases from the mains
power supply.
NORDMANN humidifiers are designed to be connected to the earth
lead and are categorised as belonging to Protection class 1 for electrical
equipment.
The connection details are provided in the wiring diagrams for each type
of unit. Each unit is supplied with the appropriate wiring diagram.
14
External fuses per phase (A)

^^^^Bn^^^^^^^H 424 824 434 834 1534 2364 3264 4564 6464 9064
Heating voltage
380 V
16
25
10
16
25
35
50
70 2x50 2x70
400 V
16
25
10
18
25
35
50
70 2x50 2x70
415V
16
25
10
16
25
35
50
70 2x50 2x70
^^^^^ ^^^^^^1
422 822
432 832 1532 2362 3262
, " - .
6462
Heating voltage
220 V
20
50
16
25
50
63
100
2x100
230 V
20
50
16
25
50
63
100
2x100
240 V
20
35
16
25
50
63
80
2x80
3.2 Control voltage

The standard control voltage of 220-240 V must be applied to terminals
LI and N.
N.B.: When performing cleaning and maintenance work on the unit,
all power to the humidifier, including the control voltage, must be
disconnected.
3.3 Heating voltage

The cross-section of the electrical wires and the minimum fuse size should
be chosen in accordance with the connection requirements (cf. technical
specifications) of the type of humidifier employed. The electric supply
cables must be connected to the unit's terminals correctly. We recommend
to re-tighten the screw terminals after a few days.
15
Type of
humidifier
Terminals
mm^
4xx
822
Cross-section of
heating wire mm'
Cross-section of
control cable mm'
Screw terminals
for heating voltage
2,5
0,75
P6 11
10
0,75
PG 16
8xx
2,5
0,75
PQ 16
1532
10
2x2,5
0,75
PG21
15xx
2,5
0,75
PQ 16
2362
16
2x4
0,75
PG36
23xx
10
2x2,5
0,75
PG21
3262
35
2x4
0,75
PG36
32xx
10
2x2,5
0,75
PG21
45xx
16
2x4
0,75
PG36
Double units
6462 = 2 X 3262
6464 = 2 x 3264
9064 = 2 x 4564
3.4 Proportional adaptor (option)

The proportional adaptor can be either factory fitted or fitted subsequently
by the customer simply by inserting it onto the electronics unit.
The following control signals from humidity controllers can be processed:
0-2 V
0-5 V
0-10 V
0-16 V
0-20V(SCS) 1-5V
2-10 V
0-20 mA
4-20 mA
potentiometer min. 135 Ohm
16
4.1 How the humidifier works

NORDMANN humidifiers use ordinary tap water to produce steam.
The water is converted directly into steam in a steam cylinder by
electrode heating using electrical energy. In so doing, the water acts
as the electrical resistance. Vaporisation occurs at atmospheric pressure
(non-pressurised).
S = maximum-level sensor
E = electrode
fnl
Hydrodynamic
filling cup
Fig. 32
The electronic control system, with its highly-integrated microcontroller,
regulates the vaporisation process in accordance with a new principle
developed by NORDMANN which allows rapid output changes to be made.
The humidifier adapts itself fully automatically to the quality of the water
used. Due to this ability to set the optimum water concentration in the
steam cylinder, the smallest of adjustments to the water level can effect
a change in the steam output. Therefore, the unit reacts quickly and
accurately to any setpoint changes. Because of its ultimate degree of
efficiency, this new type of control system ensures perfect drainage,
i.e. the process of water dconcentration in the cylinder.
The use of fuzzy logic technology improves the controllability. The
microcontroller of the NOVAP 3000 series works with fuzzy-logic
algorithms. This regulates the conductivity or mineral concentration in
the steam cylinder and achieves ideal operating conditions while,
at the same time, maximising the operational reliability. Furthermore,
the output fluctuations which occur during normal operation are kept
to a manageable minimum by the automatic water-intake and drainage
functions.
17
4.2 The steam cylinder

A regular check of the steam cylinder ensures trouble-free operation.
If the humidifier indicates Ul (LED flashing green), it can still be run for a
few days before the steam cylinder needs to be replaced. We recommend
that you keep a spare cylinder in stock for each unit.
NORDMANN's steam cylinders are so economical that it is usually cheaper
to replace the cylinder than to clean it. To clean the cylinder, it should first
be emptied by pressing the black button for manual drainage located on
the electronic print (see Fig. 34) and then removed. After the drainage
filter has been taken out, the cylinder can be well flushed with tap water
(using no chemical substances).
4.3 The SC-System (option)
The SC-System is a patented self-cleaning system developed by

NORDMANN for its electrode steam humidifiers. Because the minerals are
kept in suspension, there is little accumulation of deposits on the floor of
the cylinder. The loose minerals are flushed away during normal drainage
operations. The steam cylinder's service life is considerably lengthened and
the time spent on maintenance is reduced.
The serviceable life of a steam cylinder is dependent on both the quality of
the water supply and the unit's actual operating hours.
Lifetime of a steam cylinder at 100% steam output
DH (German hardness)
30
r D H = 1,25
English hardness
1DH = 1,79
French hardness
1 DH = 1,05
American hardness
r D H = T7,9
mg/l(ppm)
*but cylinder is flushed periodically
20
10
500
1000
1500
2000
Fig. 33
19
4.4 Putting the humidifier into operation

After the steam hose, water feed pipe, drainage pipes and electrical cables
have all been correctly connected, the NOVAP 3000 humidifier can be
switched on using the black power switch. As soon as the humidistat or
humidity controller demands humidification, the green Humidification LED
lights up, the contactor is activated and, soon after, water is fed into the
steam cylinder, whereupon fully automatic operation commences.
Of course, the humidifier will operate automatically only if (a) it was
installed by a specialist and (b) the shut-off valve in the water feed pipe is
open.
After the water in the steam cylinder has been heated up, the production
of steam begins.
During the start-up phase, or after a new replacement cylinder has been
fitted, the maximum water level, or Niveau max. can be attained. When
Niveau max. has been reached, the inlet valve closes briefly; this is a
normal occurrence during the steam cylinder's concentration phase. The
length of this phase can differ; it lasts until the cylinder has reached
the nominal rating. When the Niveau max. is attained, it will be indicated
by a red flash in the green colour of the LED.
4.5 Automatic operation

The NOVAP 3000 series' special electronic controls unit with microcontroller
regulates all operations automatically, so that the user does not need to
take any action or make any settings during normal running.
4.6 Setting the output limitation

m
ooooo
Coding switches
\
0
Potentiometer
" "
Switch "manual drainage"
Fig. 34
20
The NOVAP 3000 series enables an adaptation of the steam

output. The steam output can be set from 20% to 100%
capacity. For setting the output limitation, you must open the
electric compartment and turn the potentiometer on the
electronic print. Turning clockwise increases the steam output
and turning anticlockwise reduces the steam output. All
humidifiers are set ex works to 100% output.
4.7 Indications of the two-colour LED

The newly-developed electronic controls unit with microcontroller
continuously monitors the operations of the NOVAP 3000 humidifier. Any
deviations from the operating condition (U codes) are shown with
the two-colour LED. The status of the LED can be shining continuously or
flashing in the red and green colours. The combination of these
different possibilities permits the indication of all U codes.
4.8 System and servicing indications

Operation
LED shining green continuously

The humidistat or humidity controller demands humidification. The NOVAP
3000 humidifier operates automatically. Without demand of humidity the
LED remains dark.
Niveau max. attained
red flash in the shining green of the LED

Occurs when the Niveau max. sensor has been attained.
Manual drainage open
LED flashing red-green-red-green

When the manual drainage is activated by pressing the black button on
the electronic print.
Code U1: Servicing signal
LED flashing green

The steam cylinder can no longer attain the nominal output and needs,
therefore, to be cleaned or perhaps replaced. A visual inspection of the
inside of the cylinder is necessary to be able to decide whether it needs
replacing. Code U1 is purely a servicing code; the unit does not switch off
automatically. The humidifier continues to function at a reduced output.
Acknowledgement is effected by switching the unit off and on with the
black power switch.
Code U2: Excess current
LED shining red continuously

Whenever there is excess current (140% of the nominal value) during normal operations, the humidifier switches itself off automatically for safety
reasons. After the fault has been rectified, the humidifier is put back into
operation by switching the unit off and on with the black power switch.
Code U3: Humidifier fills continuously
LED flashing red

Either there is no heating phase or no water in the cylinder due to the
water supply having been cut off. The humidifier switches itself off
automatically after 30 minutes and is put back into operation by switching
the unit off and on with the black power switch.
Code U4: Microcontroller uncoded
LED flashing red-red-green-green

This signal appears if a replacement electronic controls unit has been
fitted to the humidifier without being coded. The humidifier is prevented
from operating. The signal disappears as soon as the electronic controls
unit has been coded.
21
4.9 Remote indication

The standard, potential-free relay output enables the collective alarm
message to be displayed remotely.
4.10 Safety functions

NORDMANN humidifiers are protected against running dry, i.e. the power
is cut off automatically as soon as the electrodes in the steam cylinder
protrude above the water level.
If current consumption becomes excessive (25% above the normal level),
the outlet valve is opened automatically. Because the electrodes are then
in contact with less water, current consumption falls back to the nominal
value.
If current consumption fails to fall below 140% of the nominal level
even after several drainage operations, the humidifier soon turns itself off
automatically, and Code U2 appears on the two-colour LED.
5.1 Cleaning and replacing the steam cylinder

Before commencing, switch off all power to the humidifier and
disconnect the unit from the mains.
The serviceable life of the steam cylinder depends on both the hours run
and the hardness of the tap water used.
The cylinder should be replaced when the electrodes have become
insulated so much (because of calcification) that the required steam
output cannot be reached. At the same time, the water level in the
cylinder continuously touches the Niveau max. sensor. In this case, the
specially-constructed water filling cup offers additional protection
by feeding excess water directly into the overflow facility, allowing it
simply to drain away.
Whenever Code U1 appears, you should proceed as described on page 23.
However, the humidifier can still be run for some time before you need to
replace the steam cylinder.
22
Procedure for replacing the steam cylinder

Open the drainage valve using the manual drainage switch (black round
button) located on the electronic print; the cylinder then empties itself
completely. Let the cylinder cool down.
Before proceeding further, disconnect the unit from the mains.
Loosen the clamp on the steam hose, pull off the hose and remove
the electrical plug from the cylinder; the cylinder itself can now be
removed.
To fit the new unit, reverse the above procedure. It is advisable to
wet slightly either the 0-ring seal on the drainer or the outside of the
cylinder's drainage aperture, since this makes it easier to fit the new
cylinder.
The humidifier is re-started in accordance with the recommendations
detailed in the chapter entitled "Putting the humidifier into operation".
black 1
red
white ^^
/
> - /
red
white
"^^
black
Fig. 35
5.2 Drainage strainer in the steam cylinder

All NOROMANN steam cylinders are fitted with a removable drainage
strainer which can be extracted easily for cleaning.
The cylinder can then be put back into place and the humidifier put back
into operation.
23
5.3 Removing the electronics unit

All work pertaining to the electrical installation must be carried out
by qualified personnel only. The customer is responsible for verifying
the qualifications of the technicians concerned.
Before removing the electronics unit, all power to the humidifier must
be switched off.
The electronics unit comprises a processor pcb (printed circuit board) and a
small LED-pcb. All pcb's have plug-in connections, which facilitates their
replacement.
5.4 Taking the humidifier out of operation

Should you wish to take the humidifier out of operation for a long period
of time (e.g. in summer or when the air-conditioning system is inoperable),
the steam cylinder must be emptied.
Before proceeding, switch off all power to the humidifier.
5.5 Regular servicing

Regular servicing helps to maintain the operability and reliability of the
humidifier.
All work must be carried out by qualified personnel only. The customer is
responsible for verifying the qualifications of the technicians concerned.
Before commencing work, all power to the humidifier must be

switched off.
The following checks should be carried out on a regular basis:
Inspect and clean the steam cylinder.
If there are any deposits in the steam cylinder, you should remove the
drainage filter and flush the cylinder thoroughly with tap water (using
no chemical substances). If the electrodes are worn, it is time to replace
the steam cylinder.
Inspect the steam, condensate and water hoses.
Check that they are still correctly laid and that the hose clamps are still
tight. Check that the hoses are still in good condition.
Inspect and clean the inlet and outlet valves.
If worn, or covered in scale deposits, replace the valves.
Check the drainage cup and, if necessary, clean or replace it.
24
6.1 The humidifier produces insufficient

or no steam
When a fault occurs, the problem is often sought only on the humidifier,
though the fault may have been caused by a problem in the plant.
For successful trouble-shooting, some knowledge of plant technology
(air-conditioning, controls) is necessary.
You should proceed in the following order:
Observe
Work out the problem
Take action
The following causes are possible:

The steam cylinder is new and merely in the start-up phase
The humidistat/humidity controller is not demanding any humidity
A safety element, such as a maximum humidistat etc., is not allowing
humidification to take place
The safety link between terminals LI and H has not been made
(if a proportional adaptor is used)
The heating power is off or the electrode plugs have not been inserted
There is no water in the steam cylinder because the water supply has
been interrupted (e.g. stop cock is closed etc.)
The filter or the nozzle in the inlet valve is blocked or damaged
An output limitation has been set
The cylinder needs replacing
The humidifier is too small for the job
The current transformer is either defective or not connected correctly
The contactor coil is defective
The steam hose is blocked or has a kink in it
25
7. Spare-parts list
Detailed drawings of spare parts with their article number
are available from both your NORDMANN representative and the
manufacturer.
8. List of options
Ail options can be fitted either at the factory or subsequently.
SC-System (Pat. pending)
Self-cleaning system for electrode humidifiers of NORDMANN.
Proportional adaptor
Allows the steam output of the NOVAP 3000 humidifiers to be set
anywhere between 20 and 100%. The proportional adaptor can be simply
inserted onto the electronic controls unit.
Step adaptor
Allows the steam output to be regulated in 2, 3 or 4 stages. The adaptor is
simply inserted onto the electronic controls unit.
Steam output indication
With five LEDs, it indicates the level of steam output in % of nominal
capacity (20, 40, 60, 80 and 100%). The option for double units is equipped
with an output indication for each cylinder.
26
9. Technical specifications
Model ~
Type
424
Heating voltage*
Volt
400 Volt, 50/60 Hz
Number of phases
434
824
834
1534
2364 3 2 6 4 4564 6 4 6 4 9 0 6 4
25.3
35.1
49.4
Heating current
7.5
4.3
15.3
8.8
16.5
Model
Type
422
432
822
832
1 5 3 2 2362 3 2 6 2
Heating voltage*
Volt
230 Volt, 50/60 Hz

3
Number of phases
Heating current
Steam output
Output range
1
A
kg/h
13.0
7.5
26.5
15.3 ^28.6
Is
i
43.9
61.0
2x61.0
45
23
1.6-8
1.6-8
3-15
4.6-23 6.4-32 9-45
6.1
6.1
0,8-4
Nominal power
kW
Control voltage**
Volt
220-240 Volt 50/60 Hz
J 1.4
17.S
24.3
2x35.1 2x49.4
15
0.8-4
6462
kg/h steam
!32
64
90
6.4-64 9-90
34.2
2x24.3 2x34.2
Construction data:
Steam cylinder
qty
Dimensions
width mm
390
390
390
390
470
470
525
525
975
975
height mm
585
585
585
585
645
645
715
715
730
730
depth mm
230
230
230
230
305
305
360
360
385
385
Weight (empty)
kg
11
11
12
12
17
18
28
29
62
64
Operating weight (max.)
kg
14.5
14.5
18.5
18.5
32
33
53
54
112
114
qty
1-2
1-2
Accessories:
Humidity controller
Control adaptors:
Proportional adaptor
qty
Step adaptor
qty
Steam nozzle
qty
Steara-dlstributjon pipes for duct use:

22-300 mm, 22-450 mm.
1
22-650 mm, 22-850 mm
qty
35-300 mm
qty
35-450 mm
qty
35-600 mm
qty
,1
35-900 mm
qty
35-1200 mm
qty
35-1500 mm
qty
i 1
i2
Steam hoses:
0 22/29 mm
qty x m
0 35/43 mm
qtyx m
Condensate hose:
0 6/10 mm
qty X m
.1
|1
Steam blowers for direct room humidification:

Fitted onto humidifier
qty
Fitted separately
qty
:1
i1
1 1
' standard heating voltage 400 V (380-415) or 230 V (220-240). 50/GO Hz. Also available: 200,208,277.347,440,460,480 and 500 Volt
" Standard control voltage 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz. Others on request
27
Nordmann Engineering AG
Hofackerstrasse 55
CH-4132 Muttenz/Switzerland
Tel.+41-61-467 76 66
Fax+41-61-467 76 77
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
stetigRegelung
mit 1 Eingangs-Signal
ProportionalControl
with 1 Inputsignal
Rgulation proportionelle
avec 1 signal d'entre
Elektronik vonn linken Zylinder

electronic for left cylinder
lectronique du cylindre gauche
1
Elektronik vom rechten Zylinder
electronic for right cylinder
lectronique du cylindre droit
Stetig-Regelung
mit 2 EingangsSignale
Zylinder rechts
cylinder right side
cylindre droit
Zylinder links
cylinder left side
cylindre gauche
Proportional-Control
with 2 Inputsignals
Regulation proportionelle
avec 2 signaux d'entre
Elektronik vom linken Zylinder
electronic for left cylinder
lectronique du cylindre gauche
Elektronik vom rechten Zylinder

electronic for right cylinder
lectronique du cylindre droit
Masstab:
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
Kodierung mit StetigRegelung

Coding with proportionaladapter
Codage avec adaptateur proportionnel
AT 3 0 0 0
Doppelgert
Double-Unit
gezeichnet:
11.6.97 Sti
geprft:
6.10.97 Sti
;^^44
je
Schutzmossnahmen nach oertlichen Vorschriften

Protection measures occording to locol regulations
Mesures de protection selon prescriptions locales
Heizspannung
Heating voltage
Tension de chauffage
3 ^
Steuerspannung
Control voltage
Tension de comnnande
220/240V
50/60HZ
Hygrostot
Humidistat
Hygrostot
Option
proportional control
, _ _
Message
Led
J
erstellt
geprft
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
Anschluss-Schema
Wiring diagram
Schema de raccordement
Novap 3000
344
18.03.1996 No
7.10.1997 Sti.
erstellt
geprft
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
18,03.1996 No
7.10.1997 Sti
Anschluss-Schema
Wiring diagram
Schema de raccordement
Novap 3000
34
Montage
-
Adapterprint auf den Prozessorprint stecken
Anschiussklemmen ABC auf

DIN-Schiene aufschnappen
Grner Steckblock auf Print stecken
Kodierschalter gemss Regiersignal

einstellen
Lieferumfang
912
Delivery c o n t e n t s
C o n t e n u de livraison
Installation
-
Plug in adaptor print onto

processor print
Snap terminals ABC onto DIN rail
Plug green block onto adapter print
Set coding switches according

to controller signal
Kodierschalter
Coding s w i t c h e s
I n t e r r u p t e u r s de c o d a g e
Montage
-
Enficher l'adaptateur sur le circuit

du processeur
Fixer les bornes ABC sur le rail DIN
Enficher la prise verte sur l'adaptateur
Positionner les interrupteurs de codage

en fonction du signal du rgulateur
Einstellung der K o d i e r s c h a l t e r
Setting of t h e c o d i n g switches
Positions des i n t e r r u p t e u r s de c o d a g e
0-20V
off
Feuchtefuehier
Humidity sensor
Sonde d'humidit
0 - 1 6V
-10V
Feuchteregler mit S t r o m - oder Spannungsausgang

Humidity controller with current or voltage output
Rgulateur sortie de courant ou de tension
2-10V
0-5V
lA
Feuchtefuehier
Humidity sensor
Sonde d'humidit
IB
-<^
1-5V
Regler mit Potentiometerausgang

Controller with Potentiometrie output
Rgulateur sortie potentiomtrique
0-2V
T
0-20mA
4-20mA
Befeuchter AT / NOVAP 3000

Humidifier AT / NOVAP 3000
Humidificateur AT / NOVAP 3000
Potentiometer
m i n . 135 .
Mosstab:
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
Stetig-Adapter
Proportional
gezeichnet:
26.5.97 Sti
geprft:
28.7.97 Sti
3000
adaptor
3000
Adaptateur proportionnel
3000
/)^
14 ?
74
Steuerspannung
Control voltage
Tension de commande
Schutzmassnohmen nach oertlich ^^Hchriften

Protection measures according to iCcCr
i^^regulotions
re<
Mesures de protection selon prescriptions locales
Heizspannung
Heating voltage
Tension de chauffage
3~

IKXxxxxxfxii
~ n ~ H~
SC-Pumpe
Ablasskrper
SCpump
drainage valve
pompe SC
c o r p s de vanne de
Luftschlauch
body
air
vidange
Masstab:
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
Anschluss SC-System
Connection to SC-System
Raccordement du Systme-SC
tube
tube
air
gezeichnet:
25.8.97 Sti
geprft:
16.3.98 Sti
92
Montage
Adapterprint auf den Prozessorprint stecken
Anschlussklemmen A,B,C,N auf
DINSchiene aufschnappen
Grner Steckblock auf Print stecken
Kodierschalter gemss Reglersignal
einstellen
Lieferumfang
912 10 01
Delivery c o n t e n t s
Contenu d e livraison
Installation
Plug in adaptor print onto
processor print
Snap terminals A,B,C,N onto DIN rail
Plug green block onto adapter print
Set coding switches according
to controller signal
Kodierschalter
Coding s w i t c h e s
I n t e r r u p t e u r s de
Montage
codage
Enficher l'adaptateur sur le circuit

du processeur
Fixer les bornes A,B.C,N sur le rail DIN
Enficher la prise verte sur l'adaptateur
Positionner les interrupteurs de codage
en fonction du signal du rgulateur
Einstellung der K o d i e r s c h a i t e r
Setting of t h e c o d i n g switches
Positions des i n t e r r u p t e u r s de c o d a g e
220/240 V
2 stufen
2 steps
2 tages
off
4 Stufen
4 steps
4 tages
s
s

" 50 %
"
CM
"S
2. Stufe
2nd step
2me tage
3. Stufe
3rd step
tage
.sr
Sicherung
Fuse
Fusible
[]
3 Stufen
3 steps
3 tages
5 0 / 6 0 Hz
1. Stufe
1st step
1er tage
4. Stufe
4th step
4nrie tage
off
100 % on
on
33 % on
off
off
66 % on
on
off
100 % on
on
on
25 % on
off
off
off
50 % on
on
off
off
75 % on
on
on
off
100 % on
on
on
on
A I
Befeuchter AT / NOVAP 3000
Humidifier AT / NOVAP 3000
Humidificateur AT / NOVAP 3000
gezeichnet:
24.2.98 Sti
geprft:
25.2.98 Sti
Masstab:
NORDMANN
Stufen-Adapter
ENGINEERING
A d a p t a t e u r tages
Step a d a p t o r
3000
^4-.
3000
3000
z^r)
FeuchteFhler
humidity probe
sonde d'humidit
220/240V
50/60Hz
1 2 3 4 5 6
0-20V
off
^
Volt Ausgang
Volt output
Sortie volt
FeuchteRegler
humidity controller
rgulateur d'humidit
0-16V
0-10V
7\
-) links
2-10V
rechts A Sicherhertskontakt
[left
right I Sofety contact
> gauche
droite 9 Contact de scurit
H -LI N - H
0-5V
1-5V
0-2V
FeuchteFhler
humidity probe
sonde d'humidit
220/240V
50/60Hz
^
mA Ausgang
mA output
Sortie mA
FeuchteRegler
humidity controller
rgulateur d'humidit
7\
) links
1 2 3 4 5 6
rechts A Sicherheitskontakt
lieft
off
right I Safety contoct
'gauche
droite V Contoct de scurit
H - LI N
0-20mA
4-20mA
H
FeuchteFhler
humidity probe
sonde d'humidit
220/240V
50/60Hz
^
Potentiometer
Potentiomtre
min. 1 3 5
FeuchteRegler
humidity controller
rgulateur d'humidit
7\
, links
rechts A Sicherheitskontakt
[left
right
) gauche
1 2
Sofety contact
LI N - H
Novap 3000
Doppel /
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
4 5
nff
droite Contact de scurit
A
Double
Pot.
min.
135
Scale;
stetigRegelung mit einem Signal

Proportional control with one signal
Rgulation proportionelle avec un signal
gezeichnet:
25.2.98 Sti
geprft:
25.2.98 Sti
(Movap 3000
LI
L2 L3
ein aus
on off
tout ou rien
Novap 3000
LI L2 L3
StetigRegelung
Proportional control
Rgulation proportionnnelle
Spezial Stetig Adapter

Special proportional adaptor
Adaptateur proportionnel special
Art No
Novap 3000 Double-Unit
LI L2 L3
H LI N H
-
1
LI
LI L2 L3
H LI N H
em aus
on off
tout ou rien
lovap 3000 Double-Unit
654 51 40
L2 L3
LI L2 L3
"btetig-Regelung
Proportional control
Rgulation proportionnelle
erstellt
geprft
NORDMANN
ENGINEERING
Anschluss-Schema fr Kastenheizung Novap3000

Wiring diagram for cabinet heating
I Schema de raccordement pour chauffage de caisson
25.1.1999 Sti
1.11.1999 Sti
344 23 73
230V~1
4kg
8kg
11 2 3 4 5 6 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 1
lll M I I 1 1 II 1*1
loFF
1 loFF
Novap
4-22
3000
230V~1
230V~3
400V~1
123456I[T23456
234561 2 3456
OFF
S 1 OFF
Novap
3000
432
230V~3
1234561 1234561
123456
* * Fli 1 1 *
1OFF
1 10 1FF
1*1
* * ||*||*|*|
n:
1 1 1 1*1 1
E !! UlliOFF
OFF
Novap
3000
822
230V~1
Novap
3000
123456
5kg
23kg
32kg
123456
832
230V~3
lll
' OFF
OFF
Novap
3000
400V~3
li
4-24400V~1
11234561
ll*l*l 1*1*1 II
UUI Ul 1 11 1 1*1 1 1*1
OFF
1 OFF
Novap
3000
824400V~1
1234561123456
M'
iTH ^
OFF
OFF
Novap
3000
4-34400V~3
123456! 123456
1
1 1** r * 1 u
UUI
OFF u1 1
OFF
Novap
3000
834
400V~3
123456
123456
123456
.
1 1 1*1*1 1 11. II
1 1*1 1
UUI
OFF 1 UUI loFF
1
**
** **
UUI 1 UUI1 1 Ul 1 Ul
Novap
3000
Novap
3000
OFF
1532
230V~3
! OFF
1 534
400V~3
11234561 11234561
123456

*
lUIl UUI 1 1 II Ul 1
loFF
i loFF
1
Novap
2362
3000
230V~3
** * *
*
l**UI UUI 1 1 Ul 1 Ul
1 loFF
Novap
2 3 6 4
3000
400V~3
123456
1234561 1234561
1 23456
T
*
l
*
0F
F * OFF
OFF
I*
1 OFF
_L 1
Novap
3000
3262
230V~3
123456
Novap
3000
3 2 6 4
400V~3
1234561 123456
05kg
**
1 Ul
1
4 5 6 4
400V~3
UJsW* 1 1 Ul
ll*
OFF
1 loFF
Novap
3000
6462
123456
64-90kg
6464
123456
1 11*1 II 11* 1 Ul* *l1

UUI
OFF UUUI loFF
Novap
3000
Novap
3000
123456
OFF
3262
230V~3
1 23456
M *l 1 I I 1* *l*l*l Ul
1 1 Ul 1
|*|*
OFF |*|*|*|| OFF
Novap
3000
3262
230V~3
123456
|*|
* ||*|4||
ENGINEERING
123456 1123456
1
Ul
3264
400V~3
Kodierschalter
Coding switches
Interrupteurs de codage
1
1 1 1 111* 1Ul*11* Ul
UUUUUUI
OFF
Novap
3000
loFF
4 5 6 4
400V~3
123456
123456 1123456
1*1*1 1*1*1 1
1 1 Ul 1 Ul
1 1 1 1 1**
1 11**11
OFF
1 OFF
Novap
3264
3000
400V~3
Masstab:
NORDMANN
064
123456
1*1
1
1*1 1 I*!"!*!*!
UUI1 UUUI
111 111 Ul 1
OFF
2G
125456
Novap 3000
OFF
Novap
3000
Ul
4 5 6 4
400V~3
gezeichnet:
14.7.97 Sti
geprft:
14.7.97 Sti
"<Q/1^
Q7
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Dimensions, HVAC Components

Contents
Air Handling Unit type ZCR 13/12 pos. R
Air Handling Unit type ZCR 13/12 pos. L
Defroster Unit type CNA-315/R pos. LG/4
Suction box for TCU fittings for CNA-250/R system ES-2
Exhaust Unit type CNB-500/R pos. RD/1 system E-7
Suction box for TCU fittings for CNB-500/R system E-7
Exhaust Unit type CNA-250/R pos. RD/1 system ES-2
Exhaust Unit type CNB-500/R pos. RD/1 system ER-7
Cabin Unit type MT25-C03-08
Cabin Unit type MS25-N01
Cabin Unit type MS35-C01-08
Exhaust Unit type EX20-C00-08
Axial Flow Fan type ACD 250-500/160 6 mm. casing
Axial Flow Fan type ACD 400-800/230 6 mm. casing
Duct fan type CK 100-315
Exhaust valve K-URH
Fire damper FDB-EL-D2 200
Switch box for fire damper FD-CON-1
Wiring Diagram FDE-EL AND SWITCH BOX TYPE CON-1
Description FDB-EL VOLTAGE 230VAC
98.03/CONTENTS_Dimensions tTVAC Components_CONF0101
021216-008
021216-009
021216-012
021216-014
021216-015
021216-016
50175
50211
50016
50018
50122
50009
50040
50041
50505
50506
50694
50388-4
50573-4
50575-4
50577-4
50582-4
CON-Fl-1
2" Steam Inlet
3/4" Steam for Humidifier
Anti Freeze Thermostat KP61
2 X 1 3/8" R404a Inlet
1 1/2" Condensate Outlet
2 x 2 1/8" R404a Outlet

1" Steam Inlet
1417
145
Anti Freeze Themiostat KP61

Cross Connection
1" Condensate Outlet
-8 pes 0200 Cold Air
c=>
-^
1 1/2" Drain
320
498,5
-8 pes 0200 Wamn Air
Cable Gland PG21
HA - Outlet high pressure
CL - Fan
Jinling Shipyard
QF - Cooling coil
HD - Humidifier, steam
LA - Steam heating coil
FG - Basic filter
. Air Handling Unit

NOVENCO HhrRES
Ihduibml IX DK- 470O
N o u l v i d . OwunwK
Tik t 4 70120700
ZCR 1 3 / 1 2 pos R
s. AC-1
t W i AOKlng m u l l l e l M lnt to, ceplM by a
JLZ0 0 501
. R.(.
021216
Oroum by H S M
-M. 22-10-2002
.11/1/2002
Ota<rtng No.
021216-008
0212y6-008A.DWG
3/4" Steam for Humidifier
2" Steam Inlet
2 X 1 3/8" R404a Inlet
2 x 2 1/8" R404a Outlet
1/2" Condensate Outlet
1" Steam Inlet

Cross Connection

1" Condensate Outlet
8 pes 0200 Cold Air
1 1/2" Drain
8 pes 0200 Wann Air-
498,5
Cable Gland PG21
HA - Outlet high pressure
CL - Fan
QF - Cooling coil
Jinling shipyard
JL202050t/2
Ou. R*f.
021216
HD - Humidifier, steam
LA - Steam heating coil
FG - Basic filter
NOVENCO HI-PRES
M u i l r i M l n M - 4
NMitvM.
T*.; m
70)20700
fob! *4S 0 S 7 M S U
hM iVairing muil
Air Handling Unit

ZCR 1 3 / 1 2 pos L
AC-2
l*nl la. eeftM by or u l l l i u by any ui
001.22-10-2002
Dot. 1 1 / 1 / 2 0 0 2
OiiHring No.
021216-009
021216-009A.DWG
Flexible Connection
^1
iulaled suction box wilhi connection

to 1x0315 Spiro duct.
220
280
440
30
^s
^^
JL20J0bOl/i
M. 30-09-2002
'f'^tJ'J^
021216-012.DWC
Pos.
Pipe size
01
P-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
02
P-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
03
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
04
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
05
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
06
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
07
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
08
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
09
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
10
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
11
P-10C P-125 P-160 P-200
12
p-100 P-125 P-160 P-200
13
p-100 P-125 P-160) P-200
14
p-100 P-125 p-i6a P-200
15
p-100 P-125 p-i6a P-200
16
p-100 P-125
17
p-100 P-125 p - i 6 a P-200
Bottom
Top
Right
-*-'
^Q )
.-f
_i
Q:
Left
/^
CO
CO
Bottom
245
155
u?
p-ieg
P-200
Top
D
Jinting shipyord
m.
Suction box for TCU fittings
..
ES-2
,y.,^ CNA-250/R
I, espIM by or u t d by any tMfd prt]{Sup*aui
JLZ02050t/a
.30-09-2002
.10/31/2002
t>iD*lng No.
021216-014
0212I6-OI4.OG
/ "
^^4
00
CN
Suction box with

20mm insulation
to
CO
/ ) 1
00
392
14x 0l5
'
;
c5
35
t "
125
125
420
170
35
1000
.^
55
910
Accessories, supplied separately

Flexible connection
Outlet flange
420
. 90
14x07
17
CN
X
00
1^
Max. weight exci. motor: i4b Kg
Checked by
;
Hull_no.
Jinling shipyard
JLZ020501/2
Our Ref.
021216
:25
Drawn by
CSC
Project
NOVENCO -PRES
Industrivej 22. DK- +700
Naeatved, Denmark
Tel.: +45 70120700
Fox.: + 5575S565
Title
Exhaust
Type
E~ 7
Unit
System C N B - 5 0 0 / R
Approved by
Pos.
This drawing must not be lent to, copied by or utilized by any third party Supersedes
RD/1
FVA
Dole 30-09-2002
Dale 1 0 / 3 1 / 2 0 0 2
021216-015
^jperseded by
021216-015.DWG
Bottom
Pos.
Top
Right
Left
-I
SI
CD
01
P-100 P-125 P-160 -2
02
P-100 P-125 P-160
fwh
03
P-100 P-12S
P-200
04
p-100 P-125 f 1 6 ) P-200
05
p-100 P-125 p-160
06
p-100 P-125 P-160 (P-2o
07
p-100 P-125 P-160 -2M
08
p-100 P-125 P-160 (P-2M
09
p-100 P-125 p-160 -2M
10
p-100 P-125 p-160 p-2oa
11
p-100 P-125 -1
p-200
12
p-100 P-125 -1
P-200
13
p-100 P-125 -1
p-200
14
p-100 P-125 p-160 P-200
15
p-100 P-125 p-160 P-200
16
p-100 P-125 p-160 P-200
17
p-100 P-125
f-im
^
@
Pipe size
in
)
Bottom
225
45 5
190
P-200
Top
D
Jinling shipyard
""-""
JL2020501/2
OurRil.
021216
Project
NOVENCO HhPRES
m.
Suction box for TCU fittings
E-7
Dot. 3 0 - 0 9 - 2 0 0 2
jbyFVA
0.U 1 0 / 3 1 / 2 0 0 2
Induiblv! U . DK- 4700

Fon.: 4'S 55751503
TNi droMng nuiit l u t Iwit tc
su. CNB-5/R
d by Or utltU*t by any u * d portylSmii
021216-016
021216-016.DW0
Vf-
l\
Suction box with

20mm insulation
LO
CO
\
207
\\
LO
CO
14x012
30
30
60
60
235_
560
CO
150
665
35
490
35

f^lexible connection
Outlet flange
235
10x 07
14
310
90
175
Max. weight excl. of motor: 37 kg
75
35
YARD
HULL NO.
PROJECT
50
1:25
75
iiLE Exhaust
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Induiirlvnl 11. DK- 40
Unit
TVPE C N A - 2 5 0 / R ,
Pos.
RD/1
--
0,1.26-08-92
CMcK.a ty REH
lo.,. 1 5 - 0 9 - 9 2
Drawing Na,
50175
Supiiaadsd bir
--
ELH
50I75A.0WG
l^^li
Suction box with

20mm insulation
in
f}
CO
"
392
14x015
35
55
910

Outlet flange
Flexible connection
90
420
vw.
Max. weight excl. of motor: 146 kg
^
/
NOVENCO HI-PRE8
Industrivej 2 2 . D K - 4 7 0 0
Ncstued. Denmark
Tel.: + 4 5 70120700
Fox,: + 4 5 5 7 6 565
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
Exhaust Unit
CNB-500/R, Pos. RD/1
TIUs drawinq m u s t n o l be lent t o . copied by or u t i l l l e d b y any ttiird port> Supersedes
50
1:25
ELH
Dote 2 6 - 0 8 - 9 2
Chtcked by R E H
Dot 1 5 - 0 9 - 9 2
Drawn b y
D r a w i n g No.
5021
5021,1A.DWG
0 8 0 (W)
0 8 0 ()
Suspension
450
Standard
Irons
Option
p^
,
m
CO
T-
\
s
7-5
.7.5
100
Lower part that can be locked
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Screw
Regulating Pin
Guide Funnel
L=620
L=555
L=490
L=425
L=360
3 .9 1 3
L035800198
L035800196
L035800194
L035800192
L035800190
L031868520
L035800220
Type designation changed, Type of screw (item 3) odded

HULL NO.
PROJECT
Drawn by
TITLE
Cabin
Unit
Checked by
TVPE
MT25-C03-08
PL
Orawlno No.
50016
SVSTEM
T h drawino nual not be lent to, copied by or ullllied by any third party.
50
1:15
TSH
Supersedes
500t6B.DWG
--
D.i, 0 3 - 0 5 - 9 0
D.. 0 3 - 0 5 - 9 0
15
90
: :
65
^^
) |'
105^
-
41
"
CL
CD
TT
a.
CD
CL
CD
=
1 =
1 =
ID
'
(D
D
(
080
Suspension Irons
33
450
Standard
Option
^^////////^//
00
496-576
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Irans
Irans
Irans
Irans
Irans
L=620
L=555
L=490
L=425
L=360
L035800198
L035800196
L035800194
L035800192
L035800190
Suspension irons alternative 1 & 2 ch. to standard and option

YARD
HULL_NO.
SO
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
1:15
TITLE
Cabin
Unit
TSH
Date 1 2 - 0 5 - 9 2
Checked by REH
Dote12-05-92
Drown by
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Industrivej 22. DK- 4700 M S 2 5 - N 0 1
Naeslved. Denmark
Td.: +45 70120700
Fox.: +45 55756565
This drawing must not be lent to. copied by or utilized by ony third party Supersedes
50122
50122A.DWG
Suspension
0100
Standard
///////////////////^T
Irons
Option
r^
"
8 4
7 4
6 4
5 4
4 4
3 2
2 1
1 1
Item
Quan
CD
VI
PO
7,5
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Suspension Irons
Screw
Regulating Pin
Guide Funnel
Description
L035800198
L035800196
L035800ia4
L035800192
L035800190
L031868520
L035800220
HULL_NO.
50
1:15
Drawn by
TYPE
Cabin
Unit
MS35-C01-08
SYSTEM
This drowing must not De lent to, copied by or utilized by any third party Supersede
Dimension
Part No.
PROJECT
TITLE
L=620
L=555
L=490
L=425
L=360
03.9x13mm
Checked by
--
TSH
Dda 03.05.90
REH
Dote 26.03.01
Drawing No.
50009
, 50009C.DWG
Suspension
460
240
r\ ^
^ Jfl fV
?80
33
Angel, Standard
325
Iron, Option
1^
/////////////////////
135
1^
1v^
~1 \
Iv//y////////////y///
i r V - iT
in
CD
265x265
~-
7.5
oTr7.5
100
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Screw
Irons
Irons
Irons
Irons
Irons
L=620
L=555
L=490
L=425
L=360
?3.9x13mm
L035800198
L035800196
L035800194
L035800192
L035800190
HULL_NO.
PROJECT
1:15
Drawn by
TT
ILE HI-PRES Exhaust
TYPE
Unit
TSH
Checked by R E H
EX20-C00-08
Drawing No.
50040-4
must not be lent to, copied by or utilized by any third port> Supersedes
Superseded by
-eZ30=1=90.11.27
Dote 96.03.13
Suspension
Angel, standard
Iron, Option
--
CD
\
^
7.5
^
7.5
100
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Suspension
Screw
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
ILE HI-PRES Exhaust
Lower port that can be locked
Irons
Irons
Irons
Irons
Irons
NOVENCO HI-PRES
E
X30-C00-08
P.O.Sox :310, Roskildevej 2 5

DK-2630 Toostrup. Denmark
Tel.: +45 43 710700
SYSTEM
This drawing must not be lent to, coptea by or utilized by any third party Supersedes
Unit
L=620
L=555
L=490
L=425
L=360
?3.9x13mm
L035800198
L035800196
L035800194
L035800192
L035800190
1:15
-3-
Drawn by
TSH
Dole27-11-90
Checked by
REH
Dc,t.13-03-96
Drawing No,
50041-4
Flanges according to DIN 24154
Motor
Size
334
292
409
366
Size
250
71
Weight
250
276
360
182
12
22
315
314
400
12
71
315
400
500
182
30
80
187
30
71
182
45
80
494
448
400
415
520
187
12
12
45
90
193
45
71
182
58
80
594
551
500
455
560
90
187
12
12
193
58
59
Dimensions in mm - Weights (l<g) are exclusive of motor
dimensions updated.
YARD
HULL NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
I LE Axial
NOVENCO HI-PRES
tndustrivei 22. DK- 4700
TVPE ACD
Flow
50
1:1
Tai- .4S 70120700

F.: -5 S57S6565
with
mm
Casing
ELH
D..0 0 7 - 0 6 - 9 6
Cfieckad by
REH
0.,. 1 6 - 0 4 - 9 7
Orawtng No.
50505
Suoei
-U
Drawn b f
Fan
250-500/160
drawing nwsl not De lem to. copied by or uliliied by m y ihird perly.
Out Rel.
50505B.DWG
PxR
<=CI
Flanges according to DIN 24154
Size
Motor
Size
71
190
80
494
448
400
415
207
190
400
46
212
520
Weight
46
12
12
90
190
218
47
100
200
225
48
71
190
207
60
80
190
500
594
551
500
455
212
60
12
560
12
90
190
218
61
100
200
225
62
71
190
207
74
80
190
560
674
560
629
520
212
620
74
14
16
90
190
218
75
100
200
225
77
71
190
207
86
80
212
190
630
744
698
630
520
620
86
14
16
90
190
218
100
200
225
87
71
190
207
108
80
190
710
824
775
710
86
212
520
730
108
14
16
90
190
218
108
100
200
225
110
71
190
207
123
80
190
800
914
861
800
212
520
750
90
190
100
200
123
14
24
218
123
225
125
Dimensions in mm - Weights (kg) are exclusive of motor
Dimension drawing updated.

YARD
HULI
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
ILE Axia!
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Industrivej 2 2 , O K - 4700
Noestved, Denmark
Tel.: + 4 5 70t2D7O0
Fox.: + 4 5 5575 5 65
rvPE
ACD
Flow
NO.
Fan
400-800/230
with
mm
Cosing
50
1:1
Drown by
ELH
Date 0 7 - 0 6 - 9 6
Checked b y
REH
Dale 1 6 - 0 4 - 9 7
Orowing N o ,
50506
to. copied by or utilized by o n / t h i r d p o r l y Supersedes
Superseded by
50506B.0WG
z>=>
Q
<
(i
z>=>
'
Size
Weight
100 A
242
23
100
242
23
25
100
125
148
148
2.9
100C
125A
125C
150B
242
25
20
125
150
151
134
2.9
3.2
25
150
28
28
160
160
161
142
4.5
3.2
160C
272
344
174
4.3
200A
344
30
200
174
4.6
200B
250A
344
344
30
200
5.1
30
250
174
170
4.6
250C
344
30
250
170
5.3
3158
402
189
6.1
402
34
34
315
315C
315
189
6.5
242
270
344
150C
160B
2.9
2.9
151
Dimensions in nnm - Weights in kg
YARD
HULL NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
ILE Duct
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Industrivej 22. OK- 4700
Naestvad. OenmarK
Tel- . * S 7010700
Fai.^ .4S 5S7SGS65
TVPE CK
This drtwinQ must not be leni lo. copie
50
1:10
KNL
Fan
100-315
cneckea by
for 2 2 0 / 2 4 0
VAC, 60
Hz
REH
Drawlna No.
50694
utilized by any rhirt) party.
Supersod
Superseded by
50694.DWG
D.1, 2 6 - 0 3 - 0 1
0.1. 26-03-01
Valve
Mounting
Ring
3 X 03.3
;
II
<r
^14
Il
SL
If.
11
Dimension in mm Weight in kg Air flow in mu3/ii
Type
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
100
125
160
200
Air
H ( m a x ) Weight
flow
(nominal)
125
99
29
140
83
1 14
77
55
124
30
165
107
146
77
184
159
35
200
143
178
77
230
199
30
250
72
222
72
0.350
0.460
0.700
1.010
75
100
125
180
Mounting
Ceiling
Exhaust Valve
Selftopping screws
Exhaust
valve type URH is suitable
for use with all types
of ventilation
systems.
Construction
The volve is m a d e
equipped
with f o a m
of sheet
gasket
steel and is stove e n a m e l l e d

to f o r m
on airtight
seal with
white. The body is

mounting
ring.
Fitting
The valve is f i t t e d
arms
into bayonet type m o u n t i n g
of the body into f i r m
contact
ring
with the raised
type
by r o t a t i n g t h e
grooves of the ring.
Text changed and air flow added

YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
ILE E x h a u s t
NOVENCO HI-PRES
-^^^^
TVPE
Valve
K - U R H
This drowing m u l not be lent to. copied by or ut'i
Our Ref
50
^.:1
Drawn by
Dot, 1 2 - 0 4 - 9 4
Chec'Hêd by R E H
Do 3 0 - 1 1 - 9 4
O r o i n g No
50388-4
d p o f l y Supersedes
^ -
ELH
50388BDWG
258
120
160
53
210
316
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TITLE
NOVENCO HI-PRES
P.O.Box 310. Roskildevej 325A
DK-2630 Toostrup, Denmork
Tel.; +45 43 710700
TVPE
HALTON Fire
Damper
FDB-EL-D2
200
This drawing must not be lent to, copied by or utilized by ony third porty Supersedes
1:5
Drown by
MLS
Dole 9 7 . 0 2 . 14
Checked by
REH
Dole 9 7 . 0 4 . 1 6
50573-4
1905935
Superseded by
140
90
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TITLE
310. Roskildevej 325A
TYPE
Switch
B o x f o r Fire
1:2
Drawn by
Damper
MLS
Checked by R E H
FD-CON-1
Drawing No,
50575-4
This drawing must not be lent to, copied by or utilized by ony third porty Supersedes
LH~"5052
Superseded by
Dole 9 7 . 0 2 . 1 4
Dol.
97.04.16
5x0.75
5x1.5
5x0.75 -
5x1.5
VLDl
, RED
RED
//LD2
1^ GREEN
^ GREEN
IN"
-W
24VAC/VDC 1^
L i R1 2k2
24VAC/VDC
R2 22k
(220 VAC) I
(220 VAC) i;
R3 22k
01
1N4007
24VAC/VDC
(220VAC)
2A
28
SW
_><
2A
8
LI (+)
L2 ( - )
SWITCH BOX
Cables 0 7 - 1 4 mm
FUSE IN DUCT (74-C)
BELIMO BF24 ACTUATOR 6W

(BELIMO BF220 ACTUATOR 4W)
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECr
TT
ILE Wiring Diagram, HALTON Fire Damper
NOVENCO HI-PRE8
P.O.Box 310. Roskildevej J25A
D K - 2 6 3 0 Toastfup. Denmork
Tel.: +45 43 710700
TYPE FDB-EL and Switcti Box type
This drawing must nol be lent to, copied by or utilized by trny third party Supersedes L H ~ 5 2 l 1
CON-1
^3Drown by
MLS
Checked by REH
Drowinq No,
50577-4
ot. 1 4 - 0 2 - 9 7
Dole 1 6 - 0 4 -
General
The clamper Is f i t t e d with an e l e c t r i c a l c o n t r o l
opening a n d closing of the d a m p e r blades.
system
which enobles
rapid
230 VAC
R e m o t e i n d i c o t i o n of blade fully open a n d fully c l o s e d s t a t u s c a n be signalled

by m i c r o s w i t c h e s
mounted
in t o the e l e c t r i c a l a c t u a t o r ,
which is positively
c o n n e c t e d to the d a m p e r blades.
The details of
electrical
control
are described
in t h e following
(-)
(+)
JUNCTION BOX, PVC, IP 55
text.
1. ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM

C o n t r o l voltage 2 3 0 VAC is supplied t o t h e j u n c t i o n b o x . This is c o n n e c t e d
via m i c r o s w i t c h / f u s i b l e link a s s e m b l y to t h e drive o c t u a t o r . This c o n t r o l
voltage provides the m o t i v e f o r c e t o open t h e d a m p e r blades in which
position it will r e m a i n as long as t h e c o n t r o l voltage is m a i n t o i n e d .
Isolation of the a c t u a t o r f r o m t h e c o n t r o l v o l t a g e supply allow t h e s p r i n g - r e t u r n
forces in the a c t u a t o r to r o t a t e it back t h r o u g h 9 0 d e g r e e s t o the d a m p e r
" c l o s e d " p o s i t i o n . This is the bosis of the "foil safe c l o s e d " m o d e of c o n t r o l .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
The m o v e m e n t of the d a m p e r blades is a c c o m p l i s h e d with a

rotary, s i n g l e a c t i n g , s p r i n g - r e t u r n a c t u a t o r which is directly a t t a c h e d t o one of t h e blade
drive s h a f t s . The other blades a r e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e drive s h a f t by m e a n s of a
linkoge m e c h a n i s m . The d a m p e r o p e n a n d closed c o n d i t i o n s a r e selected by
energising or d e - e n e r g i s i n g the c o n t r o l v o l t a g e supply.
1.1.
Normal
operation
A) To select d a m p e r 'OPEN'
energise c o n t r o l voltage supply. Control v o l t a g e
will then pass via the m i c r o s w i t c h / f u s i b l e link a s s e m b l y into t h e d a m p e r
a c t u a t o r hence opening the d a m p e r .
B) To select d o m p e r 'CLOSED' d e - e n e r g i s e
spring r e t u r n a c t u a t o r closing the d o m p e r .
1.2.
Automatic
damper
supply, The
the control voltage
closing
A) The d a m p e r will a u t o m a t i c a l l y 'CLOSE' if t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e a i r within

the d a m p e r d u c t exceeds 74'C t h u s b r e a k i n g t h e fusible link which allows t h e
m i c r o s w l t c h to go Into the ' c l o s e d ' position t h u s de energise t h e spring return
actuator
B) II the damper o p e r a t i n g c o n t r o l voltage supply is also c o n t r o l l e d by t h e
P l o t f o r m Fire, Gas or S m o k e d e t e c t i o n s y s t e m s , t h e d o m p e r will a u t o m a t i c a l l y
CLOSE if any of these safety s y s t e m s o r e a c t i v a t e d i.e. the c o n t r e 1 v o l t a g e
supply is d e - e n e r g i s e d
No.
Date
99.08.23
Init.
Revision
PNN Voltage changed from 220 to 230 VAC

YARD
HtJLL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
Our
Ref,
Scale
TT
ILE
Description,
HALTON
NOVENCO HI-PRE8
F D B - E L , V o i t a g e
P.O.Box 310, Roskildevej 325A

D K - 2 6 3 0 Taolrup, Denmark
Tel.: + 4 5 43 710700
Fire
Damper
2 3 0 VAC
-C3-
ELH
Date 9 7 . 0 4 . 1 5
Checked by
REH
DO! 9 9 . 0 8 . 2 3
Drawing No.
50582-4
SYSTEM
This drowing m u s t not be lent t o , copied by or utilized by a n y third p o r l y
"^
Drawn b y
Supersedes LH-5207
Superseded by
i
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description, HVAC Components

Contents
Air Handling Unit type ZCR
Cabin Unit type MS35-C01-08
Cabin Unit type MS25-N01
Centrifugal Fan type CNA and CNB
Axial Flow Fan type ACD
Duet Fan type CK
Active carbon filter FCBL_CC_CS-1
FCBL-CC FILTER
FIRE DAMPER FDB
BelimoActuators BF-24, BF-230
98.03'CONTENTS_Description HVAC Componems_CONFOI01
ZCR-D1 -1
MS3-D3-1
MS2-D5-1
MT2-D3-1
MT3-D7-1
EX2-D1 -1
EX3-D3-1
CNY-D1 -1
ACD-D1 -1
CK-D1-1
6070020 REV 5
CON-Fl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Air Handling Unit type ZCR
The air handling unit type ZCR is specially designed for

marine installations for air conditioning systems.
Functions are encased in sections which are assembled into
complete units on a common base frame.
The system comprises two types of sections:
- Sections with one or several functions.
- Purpose-built sections, each containing one function.
The functions are described more detailed on separate data
sheets for each function.
Construction. The casings of each section are constructed

of a framework of steel sections covered with double skinned
sheet steel panels with an intermediate layer of 50 mm
mineral wool.
The access side of the ZCR unit is provided with panels or
tight-fitting doors which, in principle, are constructed as the
panels.
The end and side panels are screwed onto the frames and
are easily detachable. The top and bottom panels are
fastened by means of pop-rivets.
The doors are provided with a mechanically attached sealing
strip, hinges, and a recessed tongue lock which is operated
by means of the 8 mm square hole spanner supplied or by
means of a handle. The doors can be opened up to 90 and
they are easily detachable in case opposite door opening
position should be required.
Base frame. The base frame consists of two longitudinal

girders stabilized by transverse girder stiffeners.
The base frame is provided with demountable lifting devices.
The air h andling u nits a re n ormally s upplied a ssembled. I f
required the air handling units may be supplied in a number
of sections for assembly on side.
Surface Treatment. As standard, the sections, framework,

and surfaces are coated with Alu-Zinc.
When stainless steel sections a re required, the framework
and the panels or the parts of the panels facing the inside of
the ZCR air handling unit are made of stainless steel quality
AISI316L.
IVIaterial description. Sheet steel parts up to 2mm thick are

made of Alu-Zinc coated sheet steel, quality B500A AZ150,
coat thickness 20pm each side.
Sheet steel parts above 2mm and up to 4mm thick are
made of hot-dip galvanized plate (275g/m^), coat thickness
20pm each side.
Sheet steel parts above 4mm thick are hot-dip galvanized,
coat thickness min 65jjm each side.
Parts which are electrically galvanized (bolts, screws, etc.)
have a coat thickness of 10 - 15pm
Equipment for the major part of the installed functions are

mounted on rails and are consequently easy to pull out for
servicing and maintenance. The individual sections are
assembled by means of bolts and special U-cleats.
For stainless steel parts quality AISI 316L is used.
The air handling units are provided with a base frame onto
which the sections are assembled, mounted and fixed with
bolts.
Sealing material for fixed panels and between sections:

Self adhesive PVC foam strip 6.4 x 12mm.
02.0_VAir Handling Unit type ZCR D01_Descnptin_ZCRD0101
Insulating material is Rockwool A5 with a volume weight of

70 kg/m^
ZCR-Dl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Cabin Unit type MS25-N01
-
'
'
1- ^
1
!
^ ^îb
\
^J
'^^
/
(rî
^^^
; -'!
i's^
'
i
'm..
,1
'\ 1
\
(ID
'1
j)
f 9 'i
Nominal air flow 250 m /h

The cabin unit type MS25-N01 is used in HI-PRES Singlepipe air conditioning systems for the supply of cooled air
(spot cooling) in hot areas in ships (e.g. galley).
The cabin unit consists of an attenuator box (1) and an air
supply nozzle (2) type Norvent E, and is made for building-in
in suspended ceilings.
The attenuator box is mounted above the ceiling by angles
or suspension irons. The attenuator box contains soundabsorbing mineral wool batts (3) and an air volume damper
(4) with regulating rod (5) to an adjusting mechanism (6).
The connection to the ventilating duct system is established
through a spigot (7) at the end while the connection to the
supply nozzle is established through a spigot at the bottom
(8).
98.03/Cabin Unit type MS25-N01_Descriptioii_MS2D0501
The supply nozzle is mounted in the ceiling and consists of a

flange (9) which holds, a rotable spherical solid (10) with a
through hole and an axial movable plate (11 ) for one end of
the hole. Due to the spherical solid and the plate (11) it is
possible to blow the air into different directions either like a
diffuser or as a jet. The connection to the attenuator box is
established through a duct with flange (12) to which the
nozzle is screwed onto the ceiling
The cabin unit is adjusted for supply of a certain air quantity
and it is only possible within a certain limit to change the
supplied air quantity by the movable plate in the nozzle.
Note:
Yard supply (13).

Rockwool fire batts (13) for flame tight installation
at B-O/B-15 continuous ceiling according to IMO.
MS2-D5-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Cabin Unit type MS35-C01-08
J 1
( s )
Position of Control Lever
Nomina! air flow 350 m /h
The cabin unit type MS35-C01-08 is used for HI-PRES Singlepipe air conditioning systems for the supply of heated or cooled
air in air conditioned rooms in ships.
supply diffuser (2), and is made for building-in in suspended
ceilings.
The attenuator box is mounted above the ceiling by angles or
suspension irons. The attenuator box contains a baffle
attenuator (17), sound-absorbing mineral wool batts (3) and an
air volume damper (4) with a regulating rod (5) to an adjusting
and a regulating mechanism (6). The connection to the
ventilating duct system is established through a spigot (7) at the
end while the connection to the diffuser is established through a
spigot (8) at the bottom.
The upper part has four bushings (12) with springs and screws
for holding and securing of the lower part. The lower part has
four legs (13) fitting into the above-mentioned bushings and
one tightened but movable control lever (14). Through a square
shaft (15) to the regulating mechanism the control lever can
manually regulate the quantity of air from nil to any preset
volume of supply.
Note:
Yard supply (16).

The diffuseris mounted below the ceiling and consists of an

upper part with a neck (9) and a lower part (10) with an air
supply slot in between. The neck of the upper part is led
through a hole in the ceiling to run on the outside of the spigot
of the attenuator box. Fastening to the attenuator box is
secured by screws and two strings (11 ) in the upper part.
98-03/Cabin Unit type MS35-C01-08_Descnption_MS3D0301
MS3-D:
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Cabin Unit type MT25-C03-08
:iO)
Position of Control Lever
Nominal air flow 250 m /h

The cabin unit type MT25-C03-08 is used for HI-PRES Twinpipe air conditioning systems for the supply of heated or
cooled air, or a mixture, In air conditioned rooms in ships.
ceilings.
or suspension irons. The attenuator box contains soundabsorbing mineral wool batts (3) and an air volume damper
(4) for warm and cold air, respectively, with regulating rods
(5) to their respective adjusting and regulating mechanisms
(6). The dampers are manually operated but are linked
together through a connection (7) between the two regulating
mechanisms. The regulating rod to the 'cold' damper has a
regulating screw (8) which makes it possible to secure a
certain leakage of the cold air, if required.
The diffuser is mounted below the ceiling and consists of an

through a hole in the ceiling to run on the outside of the
spigot of the attenuator box. Fastening to the attenuator box
is secured by screws and two strings (13) in the upper part.
The upper part has four bushings (14) with springs and
screws for holding and securing the lower part.
The lower part has four legs (15) fitting into the bushings of
the upper part and one tightened but movable control lever
(16). Through a square shaft (17) to one of the regulating
mechanisms the control lever can manually regulate the two
linked dampers from full warm air to full cold air or any
desired mixed ratio.
Note:
Yard supply (18).

The connection to the two duct systems for warm and cold
air, respectively, is established through two spigots (9) at the
end while the connection to the diffuser is established
through a spigot (10) at the bottom.
98.03/Cabin Unit type MT25-C03-08_Description_MT2D030l
MT2-D3-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Cabin Unit type MT35-C03-08
Nominal cold air flow 350 m /h

Nominal warm air flow 250 m^/h
The cabin unit type MT35-C03-08 is used for HI-PRES Twinpipe air conditioning systems for the supply of heated or
cooled air, or a mixture, in air conditioned rooms in ships.
ceilings.
or suspension irons. The attenuator box contains soundabsorbing mineral wool batts (3) and two air volume
dampers for warm (4) and cold air (5), respectively, with
regulating rods (6) to their respective adjusting and
regulating mechanisms (7). The dampers are manually
operated but are linked together through a connection (8)
between the two regulating mechanisms. The regulating rod
to the 'cold' damper has a regulating screw (9) which makes
it possible to secure a certain leakage of the cold air, if
required.
The connections to the two duct systems run through two
spigots (10) at the ends. The spigot for the warm air is
BOmm and the spigot for the cold air is lOOmm. The
connection to the diffuser is established through a spigot
(11) at the bottom.
98 Ol/Fejl! Tallet kan ikke vises i det anforte foiniat.

spigot of the attenuator box. Fastening to the attenuator box
is secured by screws and two strings (14) in the upper part.
screws for holding and securing of the lower part.
The lower part has four legs (16) fitting into the bushings of
the upper part and one tightened but movable control lever
(17). Through a square shaft (18) to one of the regulating
mechanisms the control lever can manually regulate the two
linked dampers from full warm air to full cold air or any
desired mixed ratio.
Note:
Yard supply (19).

MT3-D7-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Exhaust Terminal type EX20-C00-08
A
'
~:J
\-A
1
-'' ^^-~_
'
//
1 lili 11
Nominal air flow 200 m /h.
This cabin unit type EX20-08 is used for air exhaust from
mess room, saloons and other air conditioned rooms in
ships where mechanical exhaust is wanted.
exhaust diffuser (2) and is made to be build-in in suspended
ceilings.
Fastening to the attenuator b ox i s s ecured b y s crews and

two strings (11 ) in the upper part.
screws for holding and securing of the lower part. The lower
part has four legs (13) fitting into the above-nientioned
bushings.
Note:

or suspension irons. The attenuator box contains sound
absorbing mineral wool batts (3) and an egg-shaped air
volume damper (4) with a regulating rod (5). The clamper
and the regulating rod are kept in the correct position by
means of a v-shaped spring plate (6). When the flaps of the
spring plate are pressed together the position of the rod with
damper can be changed. In this way the air volume can be
adjusted.
Yard supply (14).

Rockwool fire batts (14) for flame tight installation at
B-O/B-15 continuous ceiling according to IMO.
The connection to the ventilating duct system Is established

through a spigot (7) at the end while the connection to the
diffuser is established through a spigot (8) at the bottom. The
diffuser is mounted below the ceiling and consists of an
exhaust slot between. The neck of the upper part is led
spigot of the attenuator box.
r03/Exhaust Terminal type EX20-C00-08^Descnption_EX2D0101
EX2-D1-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Description of Exhaust Terminal type EX30-C00-08
Nominal airflow 300 m7h.

This cabin unit type EX30-08 is used for air exhaust from
mess room, saloons and other air conditioned rooms in
ships where mechanical exhaust is wanted.
exhaust diffuser (2) and is made to be build-in in suspended
ceilings.
or suspension irons. The attenuator box contains sound
absorbing mineral wool batts (3) and an egg-shaped air
volume damper (4) with a regulating rod (5). The rod is
guided and supported by a bracket (6) and its free end has
a linked connection to an adjusting screw (7). By turning the
screw the position of the damper can be changed and in this
way the air volume can be adjusted. The connection to the
ventilating duct system is established through a spigot (8) at
the end while the connection to the diffuser is established
through a spigot (9) at the bottom.
98.03/tg w ! 'iMiglillljlSlSaî '

exhaust slot between. The neck of the upper part is led
spigot of the attenuator box.
Fastening to the attenuator box is secured by screws and
two strings (12) in the upper part.
screws for holding and securing of the lower part. The lower
part has four legs (14) fitting into the above-mentioned
bushings.
Note:
Yard supply (15).

Rockwool fire batts (15) for flame tight installation at
B-O/B-15 continuous ceiling according to IMO.
EX3-D3-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Centrifugal Fans type CNA and CNB

CNA and CNB centrifugal fans are
light-weight, compact low pressure
fans with high efficiency designed for
universal installation in light industrial
systems. The CNA is available in nine
standard
sizes
with
impeller
diameters from 250 mm to 1000 mm,
and the CNB in seven sizes with
impeller diameters from 400 mm to
1000 mm.
The mounting plate is adjustable for

tensioning of the belts.
The performance range of the CNA

covers air quantities from 0.2 m^lS up
to 14 m^/S and a total pressure up to
approx. lOOOPa.
Sizes -500 and -630 are also

available with direct coupled footmounted motor mounted on pedestal.
The CNB is designed for higher

speeds with air quantities from 0.8
m^/S up to 18 m^/S and a total
pressure up to 1500 Pa.
Both CNA and CNB comprise the
following main components:
Fan casing made up of two
rectangular side plates and a scroll
plate. Material: Galvanized sheets
steel.
Inlet one fitted in the side plate of
the fan, providing a spigot for
connection to ducting. The inlet cone
is specially designed to guide the air
to the impeller without loss in
pressure.
Material:
CNA -250 to -630: Electrically
galvanized deep drawn sheet.
CNA -710 to -1000: Cast aluminium.
Base frame for mounting of motors

larger than the sizes stated on page 6
beside the fan.
Sizes -250, -315 and -400 are also
available with direct connected
flanged motors
mounted on the back plate of the fan.
Belt drive consisting of pulleys, vbelts, and belt guard.
Impeller with broad, backward curved

blades.
Material: CNA -250 to -630:
galvanized
sheet
steel,
other
impellers black sheet steel.
Flexible connections for inlet spigot

and outlet flange.
Counter flange for fan outlet flange.
Wire guard for inlet opening.
Bearing
assembly
with
two
dustproof and wateroof, totally
enclosed deep groove ball bearings in
a flange bearing casing, mounted on
the drive side of the fan or two flange
bearings mounted in two covers.
Anti-vibration mountings.
Surface Treatment
All parts of the fan are protected
against
ordinary
atmospheric
corrosion.
Inlet flange for mounting on fan inlet

spigot. Also used for attachment of
flexible connection to the inlet vane
control.
Accessories
Motor to specification.
Motor mounting p late for mounting
of motors.
Inspection door in fan casing scroll

plate.
Positions:
See sketches to the right. Direction
of rotation RD or LG. Motor positions
1,2,3 and 4 refer to the location of
the motor in relation to the outlet
opening.
Pos. BD/1
Pos. RO/4
98.11/Centnfugal Fans type CNA and CNBDescnptionCNYDOlOl
Drain connection.
Po. LG/3
. RD/3
, RO/2
Inlet vane control for regulation of

fan capacity. An inlet flange is
required for the mounting of the inlet
vane control on sizes -710 to -1000.
Pos. LG/1
Pos. LG/2
Pos. LG/4
CNY-Dl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Axial Flow Fan type ACD
Casing 10mm
Axial flow fan type ACD is a robustly constructed fan

designed for incorporation into a duct system.
The motor is a totally enclosed foot mounted marine type

motor and is connected to a terminal box on the outside of
the fan casing.
The standard range comprises 14 sizes with impeller

diameters from 250 mm to 1600 mm and 7 hub diameters
from 160 to 578 mm. Air quantities from 0.1 to 55 m^/s and
total pressures up to 2000 Pa.
Materials
Hub:
The fan casing is made in the shape of a cylindrical duct

with flanges for connection of ducting at both ends and
provided with an inspection door.
Blade:
Casing and
static parts:
Flange holes and pitch circle in conformity with DIN 24154.
Accessories
Mounting feet, horizontal position.
Anti-vibration mountings.
Shaped inlet with protective screen.
Flexible connection.
Duct spigot.
Counter flange.
Silencers type YAA.
Hood type HAT and HAQ.
Damper type SBA.
Brass lining opposite to the impeller.
The impeller consists of a hub and a number of aerofoil

blades; it is carefully balanced according to VDI 2060 and
mounted direct on the motor shaft extension. The blade
pitch may be varied steplessly within the range of 25 to
60, depending on the fan size and speed.
ACD-315
ACD-400
ACD-500
ACD-560
ACD-630
ACD-710
ACD-800
ACD-900
ACD-1000
ACD-1120
ACD-1250
ACD-1400
ACD-1600
Sendzimir galvanized sheet steel (two

assembled disc halves forming cavities for
blade pivots).
Aluminium or glass fibre reinforced polyester.
Hot-rolled steel plate, hot-dip galvanized.
A
407
492
592
671
742
822
912
1012
1113
1255
1385
1535
1745
366
448
551
629
698
775
861
958
1067
1200
1337
1491
1663
D
312
400
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
1120
1250
1400
1600
L
400
520
560
620
620
730
750
850
900
950
1060
1120
1120
P
8
12
12
16
16
16
24
24
24
32
32
32
40
R
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
Kg^'
42
68
94
120
135
170
193
277
327
404
486
602
708
Max. weight excl. of motor
;.03/A.xial Flow Fan type ACD_Description_ACDD010l
ACD-Dl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Duct Fan type CK
Duct fan type CK is primarily designed for small

ventilation plants or as a booster fan.
Duct fan type CK is a centrifugal fan, wired to a
terminal box. The fan casing is of galvanized sheet
steel. The fan is dampness-proof and approved for
installation in wet spaces (IP44). The fan can be
incorporated into the duct at your own choice.
Duct fan type CK is supplied as a single-phase 230V, 60 Hz. motor

in the following dimensions :
100,125, 160, 200, 250, 315 mm.
Order example : CK 250
Row
Type CK is provided with a thermal protection by way

of a thermo switch cutting off the current supply at too
high temperatures (see the table below). The current
supply will be switched on again automatically as soon
as the motor cools down.
Two mounting clamps will be included, and they must
be fitted as shown on fig. A.
TYPE
Motor Normal
power current R.P.M. Max.
d,
100
100
125
125
160
160
200
200
200
315
242
242
242
242
272
344
344
344
344
402
Weight
Kg.
146
146
146
146
130
172
172
172
172
172
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
Fig. A
CK 100 A
CK 100
CK 125 A
CK 125
CK 160
CK 160
CK 200
CK 200
CK 250
CK 315
02.03/Duct Fan type CK_Description_CKDOI01
45
0,21
1530
91
45
95
93
131
154
211
217
247
0.42
2700
0,21
1435
0,44
2510
0,43
2585
0,60
2555
0,71
2750
0,97
2730
1,00
2645
1,13
2500
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
50
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
30
CK-Dl-1
FCBL -CC 1 & FCBL -CS CAMSURE

FILTER HOUSINGS FOR CARBON FILTERS
FCBL -CC/-CS is a modular range of filter housings for Camfil Camcarb cylinders and Camsure
panels. The modules have the following face measurements 614x614 mm (fiill modules) and
309x614 mm (half modules).
As standard, the filter housing are made of galvanized sheet steel. On request, the filter housings
are also available in stainless steel, acid proof steel and in versions with extemal insulation. The
housing are attached to the ducts by means of either a counter flange or a joint.
Cylinder/panel changes are easily done through the handle equipped door, which is attached to the
housing with stable hinges. The hinges are located at the air outlet side to make cylinder/panel
changes easy even when there are space limitations. No tools are required to replace the filters.
The housings are equipped with gaskets to provide a seal between the housing and the door.
Standard carbon cylinders/panels for the filter housings
The filter types that are used in the FCBL -CC /-CS housings are:
Full modules:
Half modules:
Camcarb
16 pes Camcarb
Cylinders -1000, -2000, -2600
Camsure
6 pes Camsure panels
CS-1000
8 pes Camcarb
Cylinders-1000, -2000,-2600
3 pes Camsure panels

CS-1000
Filter housing sizes

The housings exist in sizes from one half module up to 9 full modules. The size is written as the width x height in
modules. For example size 1025 has the width 10 (= one full unit) and the height 25 (= two full units and one half
unit).
Models and dimensions
FCBL C C Camcarb
Size
0510
1005
1010
1015
1020
1025
1030
1510
1520
1530
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2510
2520
2530
3010
3015
3020
3025
3030
399
704
704
704
704
704
704
1013
1013
1013
1318
1318
1318
1318
1318
1677
1677
1677
1982
1982
1982
1982
1982
w*
h*
(mm)
744
614
309
439
614
309
744
614
614
1055
614
925
1230
614 1230
1670
614 1540
1975
614 1845
744
923
614
1360
923
1230
1975
1845
923
744
614
1228
1055
1228
925
1360
1670
1975
744
1360
1975
744
1055
1360
1670
1975
1228 1230
1228 1540
1228 1845
1537
614
1537 1230
1537 1845
1842
614
1842
925
1842 1230
1842 1540
1842 1845
*w and *h=size of the suitable counter flanse
No of
cylinders
8
8
16
24
32
40
48
24
48
72
32
48
64
80
96
40
80
120
48
72
96
120
144
m /h at 0.2 s
contact time
FCBL-CS C>msure
No of m /h at 0.2 s
panels contact time
600
600
N/A
N/A
1200
1800
2400
3000
3600
1800
3600
4800
2400
3600
4800
6000
7200
3000
6000
9000
3600
4800
7200
9000
10800
6
9
12
15
18
N/A
N/A
N/A
12
18
24
30
36
N/A
N/A
N/A
18
27
36
45
54
1200
2400
3600
4800
6000
7200
N/A
N/A
N/A
4800
7200
9600
12000
14400
N/A
N/A
N/A
7200
10800
14400
18000
21600
'
aod
aoj 'H uojBH
I 1 I
II
s^
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ tij^<^^Mgh
"
1!
2000.01
I JP
*
1
:
,012
>
-
'
1
i
i
<
3
:=)
hCJ
<
150 150
1 50
1
50
160
10
10
^58
30
DiENSIONS
H
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
W
79
129
104
104
129
129
104
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
TYPE
B/H
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
X
79
104
129
204
254
279
329
404
429
479
529
579
629
679
729
779
829
879
929
69
94
119
144
169
194
69
94
119
144
169
194
69
94
119
144
169
194
69
ACTUATOR
MANUAL
ELECTRICAL
PNEUMATICAL
HANDLE
BELIMO BF24 (BF230)
Linear
Actuator 245/300N
SP-VERSION
<=0,1 2
0,1 -0,3m2
>0,3 2
R
95
90
110
S
80
51
70
80
51
50
140 100 100

L
210
212
215
V
90 35
205 51
380 45
111 85
H
H
500(<=500),
H(>500)
H
It
I t "
2000.01
WEIGHTS, kg
1 FDB-EL
B(mm) :" 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
H (mm)
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
10 il
13 14
15 18
18 21
21 24
24 32
27 : 36
30 40
33 : 44
35 48
13
16
20
28
33
37
41
46
50
55
14
18
27
32
37
41
46
56
62
67
^ FDB-EL+ D2>
Z'D'[
(mm)
100
160
200
250
315
4
500
630
800
1000
Weight I
(kg) 1
13
16
16
20
39
39
53
82
110
156
The weights include Belimo motor

WEIGHT FOR OTHER FDB MODELS
FDB-PN = FDB-EL + 1 kg
FDB-SP = FDB-EL - 2 kg
FDB-MA = FDB-EL - 3 kg
16 17
20 27
30 33
35 39
41 45
46 56
56 62
62 68
68 \ 7 4
74 80
19
30
36
42
20
32
39
51
58
1 54
: 60 ^ 65
; 67 73
: 74 80
81 87
87 : 94
^QoI Aooo
22
35
42
55
63
70
78
86
93
101
23
38
45
59
67
75
83
91
100
108
-^
. | , . . - '
*'
,"
'*
'::,:,:i
X : X X X X X
XX
i i ^ i +:+:+ +;+ +;+:
1 : i n 1 :
00 00 00:00 00 00 00 00 00 00
CMiCN 1
:|
00; 00 00 - ^ 's!-
:^:i
00
X X

00
+ +i+ + + + + + + +
m C m C 0 C C C m
1 |
0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
;COiOO 00 00 ID
-5
; +
iO

: 0 CM C
1 00
X: X
: J3!0;

i O : C4J

OJ 00
Oiin
O C N - 00
- 1 - -; | - ^ 00
<^2^9 0 : 0
* -:00:00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Halton Hit - Fl
2000.01
FUNCTION
FDB-EL
A temperature rise in the ventilation ductwork releases the thermal fuse,
whereupon the operating voltage of the spring return motor is cut off and the
springs close the blades. The fire damper is opens automatically when the
fuse has been changed and the operating voltage of the spring return motor is
reconnected.
FDB-PN
whereupon the spring-actuated pneumatic cylinder pressure supply is stopped
and the springs shut down the blades. The fire damper opens automatically
when the fuse has been changed and the pressure supply of the pneumatic
cylinder is reconnected. When the blades are in the Open position, the device
does not cause significant pressure loss or flow disturbance.
FDB-SP
whereupon the springs shut down the blades. When the fuse has been
changed, the fire damper must be set into the Open position manually.
FDB-MA
The fire damper does not contain a fuse. The opening and closing of the
damper is performed manually from outside.
Hriltfifi Hit " FOF
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
2000.01
NAME
FRAME
BLADE
GASKET
FUSE
ACTUATOR
INSTALLATION
SERVICE
The fire damper has to be screwed

or welded into a compartmentalizing
bulkhead/ deck or to a duct. Check
the device is operating before
installation. After installation, clean it
of any waste material from
construction or other rubbish. The
damper is set by connecting the
electric current to the motor or
correspondingly applying pressure to
the airline system.
The fuse can be changed from

outside. First unscrew the fuse
panel, pull out the parts of the
released fuse and replace it with a
new one. Fasten the fuse panel to
the fire damper. The motors BF24-T
and BF230-T have a fuse of their
own. When the fuse has burned out
it must be replaced.
alton Hit - Fl
2000.01
FDB-EL
FDD-EL
F 24VAC/VDC
BF 220VAC)
(+)
(-)
JUNCTION BOX
PVC
IP 55
THERMAL SWITCH
FUSIBLE LINK
OPTION; 50/74/100"C
BELIMO BE24
f'BELIMO BF220 MOTOP'i
IP 54
Halton Hit - Fl
'V"rCS A
E
I r\
Class AG - A60
Type approvals:
Det Norske Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Finnish National Board of Navigation
Danish Maritime Authority
Norwegian Maritime Directorate
Germanischer Lloyd
French Marine Marchande
Greek Inspectorate of Merchant Ships
American Bureau of Shipping
The Head of the Shipping Inspection
2000.01
Haltfiri
O l l %%t I
2000.01
^ i r i L #
Product code
FDB / S - A - D
Circular connection
100,125,160,200,250,315,400,500,630,800,1 000
Height
100,150,200
1000
Widtli
100,150,200,...,1000
Construction of connection
=Rectangular connection
D=Circular connection
Specifics and accessories

FU=, RE=, IV[A=, CT=, AC=
Accessories
GM/FDB=Fixed fastening flange for circular donnection
Cl\/l/FDB=Counter flange for circular connect on
Type of circular connection
D1=1 circular connection
D2=2 circular connections
IVIaterial
SS/AISI316=Acid-proofsteel/AISI316
GS=Hot-galvanized steel
PS=Painted steel
Release type
SP=Only spring release
E1=Electric release 24 V
E1/D0T=Electric release 24 V+handle
E2=Electric release 230 V
E2/DOT=EI. release 230V+liandle
PN=Pneumatic release
PN/DOT=Pneum. release+tiandle
MA=Manual release
CO=C02 release
Fuse [C]
50,74,100
Example
FDB-500x500; FU=50; RE=SP; MA=SS/AISI31
FDB/D-100; FU=50; RE=E2; CT=D2
BF24(-ST),BF230 Spring-return actuators 90'
BEUM
Open/Close actuator
(AC/DC 24 V and AC 230 V)
Application
The type BF... spring-return actuator is
intended for the operation of fire and
smoke dampers in ventilation and air-con
ditioning systems.
Mode of operation
The BF... actuator moves the damper to
its normal working position while tension
ing the return spring at the same time.
If the power supply is interrupted, the
energy stored In the spring moves the
damper back to its safe position.
Wiring Diagram
1 ~
- +
N L1
AC24V
DC24V
A C 230 V
Connect 24 V via safety

isolating transformer
BF230: To isolate from ttie main power

supply, the system must incorporate a device
wfiich disconnects the phase conductors
(with at least a 3 mm contact gap).
BF24-ST: Plug-connector version for
connecting to the BKN230-24
communication and power supply unit.
I
I
I
I
I
I
S I S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
~)
<5
)
BF24(-ST), BF230
<80
Parallel connection of several

actuators is possible. Power
consumption must be observed.
Teclinical data
Nominal voltage
Nominal voltage range
Power consumption
- motoring
- holding
For wire sizing
Protection class
Auxiliary switch
- Switching points
BF24(-ST)
AC 24 V 50/60 Hz
DC 24 V
AC 19.2...28.8 V
DC 21.6...26.4 V
BF230
AC 230 V 50/60 Hz
7W
2W
iO'VA
Ill
" ^'
IP 54
2 X SPOT 6{3)A, AC 250 V D
5, 80
8W
3W
12.5 VA
AC 198...264 V
Connecting cable
-motor
- auxiliary switches
Angle of rotation
Damper rotation
Torque
Direction of rotation
Position indication
95 (incl. 5 spring pretensioningj

12 mm form-fit (10 mm with adapter supplied)
- motor
min. 18 Nm
-spring-return
min. 12 Nm
-motor
140 s
-spring-return
=16s (@ tamb = 20C)
selected by mounting L/Fi
mechanical with pointer
Ambient temperature range

Safe temperature
Non-operating temperature
Humidity test
-30...+50C
- 30... + 75 C (24 h guaranteed safety)
- 4 0 . . . + 80C
to EN 60335-1
EMC
Sound power level
Service life
Maintenance
Weight
CE according to 89/336/EEC and 92/31/EEC

motor max. 45 dB(A); spring = 62 dB{A)
min. 60 000 safe positions
maintenance-free
2800 g
3100 g
1 m , 2x0.75mm^
1 m, 6 x 0.75 mm2
(BF24-ST with plug connectors, suitable for BKN230-24)
fûnning time
Signalling
There are two fixed microswitches in the
spring-return actuator BF... for indicating
the end positions of the damper.
Intermediate positions of the damper
blade are shown by a mechanical indica
tor.
Manual operation
The damper can be operated manually
and fixed in any required position. Re
lease of the locking mechanism can be
achieved manually or automatically by
applying the supply voltage.
Connection is by means of flexible leads.
The actuator BF24 is also available with
plug connectors suitable for attachment
to the Type BKN230-24 communication
and power supply unit fitted to their
connecting leads (ordering code: BF24ST). This allows the actuator to be incor
porated into the SBS-Control damper
monitoring system.
Electrical accessories for BF24(-ST)
BAE72(-S) Thermoelectric Tripping De
vice (with test button), see
pages 10/11.
Important
Read the note concerning installation and
supply on page 2.
Dimensions
NOVENCO HI-PRES
08 - HVAC System - Air Duet Design

Contents
HVAC System - Air
HVAC System - Air
HVAC System - Air
HVAC System-Air
HVAC System - Air
HVAC System - Air
HVAC System-Air
Duet Design, Bridge deck

Duet Design, E deck
Duet Design, D deck
Duet Design, C deck
Duet Design, deck
Duet Design, deck
Duet Design, Upper deck
98.03/CONTENTS_HVAC System - Air Duet Design__CONL010lCON-L1 - 1
021216-1-001
021216-1-002
021216-1-003
021216-1-004
021216-1-005
021216-1-006
021216-1-007
1: DAIVb .R OPEN DURING NORMAL OPERATION

2: DAMPER OPEN DURING HARBOUR ORERATIONS
EXHAUST AIR FROM WHEELHOUSE
J
J
ZSZ^ 2
EXHAUST AIR FROM ACCOMMODATION
' 7
32
SUPPLY AIR TO
ACCOMMODATION
FRESH AIR
(NORMAL SUPPLY)
FRESH AIR
(HARBOUR OPERATIONS)
\Zl 2
FAN FOR ACTIVE

CARBON FILTER
ACTIVE CARBON FILTER

check! by
Jinling shipyard
JLZ020501/2
OurRef.
Project
rJOVENCO
HI-PRES
hdlnMv! 22. DK- 4700

Namtved, DwmoHt
.; + 70120700
Fox.: +*5 55756565
T,p,
Principle
CS
Approved by F V A
Diagram
Dole 3 0 - 0 9 - 2 0 0 2
0,1.11/5/2002
Drawing No.
sy,tn A C - 1 , A C - 2
Hib drawing must not be lent to. copied by or utfzod by any thW part) Supereodee
1:1
Drown by
HVAC System
021216
021216-017
Supersedod by
021216-017.DWG
0.02'm < S <_0.075 m

SOLAS 11-2, reg. 16.2 et reg.'16.2.1
RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN STRUCTURAL BULKHEADS OR DECK

450
A-CLASS INSULATION TO SUIT A-15, A-30 ORA-60 STANDARDS
SHEET STEEL DUCT
DECK OR BULKHEAD
TO THRUNK
REGARDING PRE-INSULATION, SEE DRAWING 50640-4.
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
ÛE HVAC FIRE PROTECTION PRINCIPLES

NOVENCO HI-PRES
loditstrivej 22. DK- 4700
lôestved, Dcnmork
Tel.: +45 70120700
FOK-; +45 55756565
TYPE PENETRATION IN A - C L A S S BULKHEAD OR DECK
Our Ref.
50
1:1
Drown by
MSL
Dote
0 6 - 0 7 - 0 0
REH
Dote
2 5 - 0 7 - 0 0
-wing No.
50646
0.02"m<S< 0.075 m'

SOLAS Ii-2, reg. 16.2 et reg. 16.2.1
RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN STRUCTURAL BULKHEADS OR DECK
STEEL SLEEVE 3 MM
Itez z ^ > /
/ / 7
900
'
450
/ / / :/
SHEET STEEL DUCT
450
DECK OR BULKHEAD TO TRUNK
REGARDING PRE-INSULATION, SEE DRAWING 50639-4.
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
ILE HVAC EIRE PROTECTION PRINCIPLES
Drown by
MSL
Oat. 0 6 - 0 7 - 0 0
REH
Dote 2 5 - 0 7 - 0 0
Checked by
NOVENCO HI-PRES
I n d u s t r i v e j 22, D K - 4700
Woeslved, Den m ork
Tel.: + 4 5 70120700
Fox,: + 4 5 5 5 7 5 5 5 S 5
50
1:1
PENETRATION
IN A-CLASS BULKHEAD OR DECK
Drawing
No,
50644
:x:
'T"
0.02 m'< S < 0.075 m (0310 MAX.)

SOLAS 11-2, reg. 16.2 et reg. 16.2.1
CIRCULAR DUCTS
450
STEEL SLEEVE 3 MM
900
/ / / /^ ^
450
SHEET STEEL DUCT
450
A-CLASS INSULATION; TO SUIT A-15, A-30 OR A-60 STANDARDS
REGARDING PRE-INSULATION, SEE DRAWING 50640 .
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
TT
ILE HVAO FIRE PROTECTION PRINCIPLES
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Industrivej 22, OK- 4700
Noeslved, Denmorit
TeL: -t-^5 70120700
Fox.; -*-45 55755565
:Ry.S A"?.!^^ invisi * .
Our Ret.
50
1:1
MSL
DoU
0 6 - 0 7 - 0 0
Checks.) by R E H
Dote
2 5 - 0 7 - 0 0
Drown by
Drowirig No.
50642
h* or L'{-!i7!;d bv, ;' third ppr^ vlSufjcrsfcctas
T,;,:.
^.P/.?i4 / ;
s < 0.02 m'

SOLAS 11-2, reg. 18.1.1
450,
SHEET STEEL-DUCT
STEEL SLEEVE 3 MM
REGARDING PRE-INSULATION, SEE DRAWING 50639^.

INSULATION CONSTRUCTION A15/A30
50 MM
96 K J / M '
INSULATION CONSTRUCTION A60
75 MM
96 KJ/M'
YARD
HULL_NO.
50
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
1:1
TT
ILE HVAC EIRE PROTECTION PRINCIPLES
NOVENCO HI-PRES
. Industrivej 22, D K - +700
H a est ved, Dcnmork
Tel.: + 4 5 7 0 1 2 0 7 0 0
Fox.: + 4 5 5 5 7 5 5 6 5
Drawn by
MSL
Dote 0 6 - 0 7 - 0 0
REH
Dote 2 5 - 0 7 - 0 0
Checked b^
Drowing No.
50640
i by ony ihirJ.-pcrli^SupsraedsE
S<0.02m'(0160MAX.)
SOLAS 11-2, reg. 18.1.1
200
MIN. 50
THERMAL INSULATION
SHEET STEEL-DUCT PREINSULATED
STEEL SLEEVE 3 MM
NOTE: FOR INSTALLATION IN DECK SEE DRAWING 50638-4;
CIRCULAR DUCT
TYPE
MINERAL WOOL
QUALITY
STEEL: BLACK STEEL 0.5 - 0.6 MM. INSULATION: ROCKWOOL 12.5 MM.
DENSITY
INSULATION: 60 KG/M =
RECTANGULAR DUCT
TYPE
MINERAL WOOL
QUALITY
STEEL: BLACK STEEL 0.8 - 1.0 MM. INSULATION: ROCKWOOL 25 MM.
DENSITY
INSULATION: 37 KG/M '
' ~
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
HVAC FIRE PROTECTION PRINCIPLES

NOVENCO HhPRES
Industrivej 22. D K - 4 7 0 0
Noestved, Den m ork
TeL: -t-45 70120700
Fax.: - 45 5 S 7 5 6 5 6 5
.;;;..
Our Rcf.
50
1:1
Drown by
MSL
Checked by REH
PENETRATION IN A-CLASS BULKHEAD OR DECK

50639
Dcte 0 6 - 0 7 - 0 0
Dote 2 5 - 0 7 - 0 0
s < 0.02 m'(0160 MAX.)

S0LASII-2, reg. 18.1.1
BULKHEAD
SHEET STEEL-DUCT
STEEL SLEEVE 3 MM
SHEET STEEL-DUCT
DECK
STEEL SLEEVE 3 MM
CSJ
^ :X X
X S \
.\ \ \ \
YARD
HULL_NO.
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
mLE HVAC FIRE PROTECTION PRINCIPLES

NOVENCO HI-PRES
Industrivej 22. D K - -4700
Noestved, Denmork
Tel.: + 4 5 7 0 1 2 0 7 0 0
Fox.: + 4 5 5 5 7 5 6 5 6 5
50
1:1
Checked by
TYPE PENETRATION IN A - C L A S S BULHEAD OR DECK
MSL
Dot. 0 6 - 0 7 - 0 0
REH
Dote 2 5 - 0 7 - 0 0
Drown b y
D r o w i n g No.
50638
Space Served
System
BRIDGE DECK
A
The following sketche show a
arrangement of defroster system
R_
Air Flow Rates
m3/h
AC-1
Bridge
ES-2
Toilet
Surplus Air
Gooseneck
4360
DE
Defoster
2850
4410
50
Jet-nozzle
^ ^ ^ / ^
Natural supply
Gooseneck lo be placed
on lop of wheelhouse
Smoke
damper
a tOO
Smoke
damper
l25
Smoke
damper
200
EXHAUST
See Defroster Unit
DTWU
GRILLE
200
4 5 0 x 4 5 0 nnm.
DUCT HEATER
Electric heating coil 21kw.
DEFROSTER JET MOZZEL
HT-72/80
EXHAUST TERMINAL
K-URH
HT72-eO
100
MT55-C03-08
Symbol
Oly.
DBMriplIon
(V)
Rectangular and round duct, up
^yC\
(5^
Rectangular and round duct, down
Supply air flow m3/h, cold air

XXX
XXX
Supply air flow m3/h, warm air

7
Air changes per hour

Exhaust air flow m3/h
Air changes changes per hour
Rectangular and round duct, up - down
Rectangular and round sheet steel duct

Pre- and uninsulated
Rectangular and round steel duct. Thickness > 3 mm
"A"-Class insulated; to suit "A-15", "-" or "A-60" standards
Flexible hose, Pre- and uninsulated
(w)
"A"-Class bulkhead penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2
"A"-Class bulkhead penetration for ducts with area > 0.02 m2
"A"-Ctass deck penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2
"A"-Class deck penetration for ducts with area > 0.02 m2
Cabin unit
Cabin unit
Nominal airflow max 350 m3/h
Nominal air flow max 250 m3/h i
"j
|A I I
jA
|S I
paO
C-eclBd by
CSC
Date
2003-4-3
J |l
080 mm. warm side
080 mm, warm side
080 mm, cold side
0100 mm. cold side
PRIOO
08-10-3002
Add d smoke ddmpef in wc e.:i.iust duel

Jinling shipyofd
JLZO2O5O1/2
1:100
HVAC Air
NOVENCO HI-PRE8
InduiblvaJ 22. Ot~
. '.; . . 5
Bridge
Duct
--
.30-09-2002
system
0.1,10/31/2002
deck
'TOO
bSJiSXh
AC-1
&
-;.
021216-001
021216-0A.DWG
E DECK
Air Flow Rates
System
Space Served
AC-1
Accommodation
ES-2
Toilet
E-7
Accommodation
Nature exhaust
Store
m3/h
2820
250
2000
90
Surplus Air
480
INLET TERMINAL
P:
EXHAUST TERMINAL
EX30~C00-O8
MT35-C03-08
CABIN UNIT
MT25-C03-08
Room number
(V)
I\ < ^ j
(5^
^ ^ ^
^ \
Supply air flow / h . cold air

XXX
XXX
5[ air flow m3/h, warm air

~7,
fijr
changes per hour
Exhaust airflowm3/h
Air changes changes per hour

Rectangular and round steel duct Thickness > 3 mm
^^^^ !;; ^;'

''A"-Class insulated; to suit "A-15, "A-30 or "A-60" standards
Flewble hose. Pre- and uninsulated
(w)
"A"-Ctass bulkhead penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2

"A"-Class deck penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2
"A"-Class deck penetration for duels with area > 0.02 m2

Cabin j n i t
Cabin unit
Nominal air flow max 350 m3/h
Nominal airflow max 250 m3/h
tîUJ'^ tUJ
0 8 0 mm. warm side
080 mm, warm side
0 8 0 nirri, cold side
0100 mm. cold side
, L. . PR10Q
Cnccked by CSC
Store exhoust venlilotion charted

Jinling shhpyord
Ti,
=
T
JLZ02050l/2.
.n 30-09-2002
HVAC Air Duct system

E deck
s^,^. A C - 1
0..C 1 0 / 3 1 / 2 0 0 2
Dfo--."!) Ho.
& AC - ::;
021216-002
O21216-O0?ADWG
DDECK
Air Flow Rates
System
m3/h
Space Served
AC-1
Accornmodation
ES-2
Toilet
300
E-5
Laundry
300
E-7
Alleyway - cabins
Nature exhaust
Store
2815
1885
330
Surplus Air
EXHAUST
K-URH
TERMINAL
EXHAUST BOX
160
EX20-C00-08
INLET TERMINAL
D"
EXHAUST TERMINAL
X30-C00-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
SjmOol
Qty:
Room number
^V^

XXX
XXX
Supply aif flow m3/h. warm air

~7

^^r\
y^
^ \
Alf changes changes per hour

/^^î^^^îi^'iîi^^^^

"A'-Class insulated; to suit "A-15", "-" or "A-60" standards
(w)
"A"~Class bulkhead penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2
0
(D
"A"-C!ass deck penetration for dcts with area < 0.02 m2
Cabin unit
Cabin unit
Nominal air flow max 250 m3/h I
I
J'^ t!_U J'

, I
Cneckcd By CSC
Dole
0 8 0 mm, warm side
080 mm. warm side
0 8 0 mm, cold side
0100 mm. cold side
PR100
-IO-SOO
Store exhoust ventilation chor-.

Jinling shipyofd
NOVENCO HI-PRE8
,.
HVAC Air Due; system
..
D deck
,,.AC-1
& AC-?
JLZ020501y^
o> 3 0 - 0 9 - 2 0 0 2
.10/31/2002
Q21216-QQ3
021216-003A.0W&
6
Air Flow Rates
DECK
System
Space Served
m3/h
-1
Accommodation
1065
-2
Accommodation
1320
- 2
Linen Store
180
ES-2
Toilet
500
- 7
Alleyway
Nature exhaust
Store
1675
210
Surplus Air
Linen Store, E-2
INLET TERMINAL
^
Q
EXHAUST NOZZLE
K-URH
125
EXHAUST BOX
EX20-C00-08
EXHAUST TERMINAL
EX30-C00-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-CO3-08
<^^5)
Room number
()
\ /
(5?)
Supply airflow m3/h. cold air

XXX
XXX
Supply air flow m3/h. wanm air

Exhaust air flow mSfti
^ r changes changes per hour

^4;:^;:!;^^

"''-Class insulated; to suit "A-15", A-30" or "-" standards
(w)
A"-Class bulkhead penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2
A"-Class bulkhead penetration for ducts with area > 0.02 m2
''A"-Class deck penetration for ducts with area > 0.02 m2

Cabin 'jnit
Cabin unit
tlU_T L U J
Dale
080 mm. warm side
0 6 0 mm. warm side
080 mm. cold side
0100 mm. cold side
31-10-02
Change slore exhoust ventilotitp.

JLZ02050l/^
Jirvllng sbipyofd
ii,.e
NOVENCO HI-PRES
,o.
HVAC Air Due:
o.. ,..
021216
...30-09-2002
, 10/31/2002
system
deck
5,^,... A C - 1
&
AC-:^
:r:3:
021216-004
021216-004ADWG
10
11
12
SECTION
SECTION A
E 7 - 0 1 1 R200
A C - 1 . C . 0 2 / PR200 ,
ES-2.01/R100
_
A C - 2 - C , 0 3 / PR200
'( ) \1J E7-02 / R 2 0 0 ~
0
t
E S -- 22.J044 // R 1 2 5
A C - 1 - C . 0 1 / P R 2 0 0 ,/ - 4 ^
yVw/T)
AC-1-W,02/PR125,
ES-2,02/R100
FDB 450x250
E7-oa/R:
R2Q0
R200
^ > ^ 0 ^ E7-04 ; R2C
A )
AC-1-C.07/PR2Q0 "
FIRE DAMPER
/ ES-2,03/R160
\ ES-2,03 /
E7-05/R16O
AC-2-W.02/PR200,
FOB 350x150
EXHAUST FAN E -
AC-2-C.01 / P R 2 0 0
M-W.04/PR160/7\
EXHAUST FAN E - 6
M-C08/PR160
(
EXHAUST FAN E - 3
SUPPLY FAN S -
FIRE DAMPER
NON RETURN DAMPER
NGN RETURN DAMPER
SUPPLY NOZZLE
^ '
EXHAUST NUZZLE
EXHAUST NUZZLE
K-URH 100
EXHAUST BOX
EX30-CO0-08
EXHAUST BOX
EX2O-CO0-0a
CABIN UNIT, SUPPLY
MS35-C01-08
CABIN UNIT, SUPPLY
MS25-C01-0a
CIN UNIT, SUPPLY
MTJ5-C03-08
CABIN UNIT, SUPPLY
MT25-CO3-0a
10
rp
CS)
Room number
Supply air flow m3/h. cold ai

SupFriy air flow \. wann ;
Pol chanaas hour
Exhausl BIT now m3ih
Air chanoBS chanoes oer ttour
Flexibt
\/
(^
Rectangular and round dud, up
^ ? ) ReOangulaf and round duel, down
Rectangular and round duel, up - <
. Pre- and uninsulated
Air Flow Rates

'A'-Class bulkhead peneiratlon for ducts with area < 0.02 m2
System
Space Served
m3rti
"A"-Classbumheaa penetration lor ducts vwih atea> 0.02 iii2
AC-2
Accommodafion
4900
"A--CI3SS deck peneitalion lor ducts iviih area ; 0.02 m?
E-7
Accommodation
3775
"A"-Ciass deck pi
ES-2
Toil el
205
E-6
Hospital
680
C h e m i c a l Suit
100
b o n d e d store
140
n lor duus n
? 0,02 m2
lirflow max 250 m3/h
I I U J * tÛJ'
taSO mm, cold side
mh\
MECH. EXHAUST
__
Surplus Air
pRino
MECH,SUPPLY
Galley / Panlry Supply
1145
S-4
Galley Mech. Supply
1525
E-3
Galley M e c h . Exhaust
2670
ebonit ponl/y ofvJ bonde sloi* w
7 0 0 50/2
J iniin g shpyoro
S i i r p l i t f Air
HOVENCO HI-PRES
,.
HVAC
.^
A (jeck
s, A C - 1
A i r Duct
t30-09-2002
systerr
& AC-2
3EEH
0?i2i6-006DwG
Air Flow Rates
DECK
System
Space Served
m3/h
-2
Accommodation
ES-2
Toilet
300
E-1
Linen Store
205
E-7
Alleyway - cabir^s
Nature exhaust
Store
2715
Smoke damper l69
Smoke damper 125
2155
Exhaust Fan E-1
55
;REW
' ^ ^
b^
Surplus Air
D"
EXHAUST TERMINAL
--08
M^
EXHAUST BOX
EX20-C00-08
EXHAUST TERMINAL
K-URH 160
EXHAUST TERMINAL
K-URH 100
*WB*
5: ' I IX PF!125
TRI7
ISTORI
CREW
-u- Q
X.
F.A0.007m2
S E
(5M)
^sm
INLET TERMINAL
Îjlâ
MS25-C01-08
CABIN UNIT
MT35-C03-08
UP
(M5)
F.A0.007m2
STORE
MT25-CO3-08
3 CREW
PR8
Room number
(V)
jNf^^"^
6 ^
^^r
^ \

Supply airflow m3/h. warm air
REST
^^
57m3/h
SO
4)
F.Al,017m2
CAIGO
ROOM^
45
2 ÂRES
PRfln
r-J
Pfta
(l)
Air ctianqes per hour

Air t^snges changes per hour

(506)
F.A 0,007 m2

Rectangular and round sleet duct. Thickness > 3 mm
"A"-Class insulated; to suit "A-l 5", "A-30""A-60"
standards
-t!=
OU- 1
_
12i
ST^F
gN PRieo
\VC
Flexible hose. Pre- and uninsulated
()
PR160
lp
"A"-Class bulkhead penetration for ducts with area < 0.02 m2

DECK O F F I C E !
/ISITORSROOM
"A"-Class deck penetration for ducts wii area < 0.02 m2
"A"-Class deck penetration for ducts with area > 0 0 2 m2

Cabin unit
Cabin unit
Nominal air flow max 250 m3/h j
tÛJ^
\'
CARGO CONTROL
080 mm. warm side
080 mm, cold side
0100 mm. cold side
PR125
I
ROOi!
Dole
080 mm, warrn side
2003-4-3
PRIOP
31-10-02
Chonge sloie exhoust ventiloi';"

JLZ02050l/Ji
Jinling shipyard
ie
HOVENCO HhPRES
HVAC
Air
Duel
Do 3 0 - 0 9 - 2 0 0 2
system
tai, 1 0 / 3 1 / 2 0 0 2
^. 8 deck
^,^ A C - 1
&
AC-2
021216-005
0212'6-0Q5A.DWG
Air Flow Rates

SyStEI'tl
Space Served
m3/h
PR160 AC-2-W.05
PR2IX1 AC-2-C.07
AC-2
Accommodation
ES-2
Toilet - Changing room
400
E-5
Laundry - Drying room
910
E-7
Alieyway - LotAy
2630
PR160 AC-2-C.0S
Surplus '
Laundry,
E"5
Chemicoi
Store
EXHAUST
NOZZLE
EXHAUST
NOZZLE
1320
0
URH125
o:
EXHAUST BOX
EX30-COO-08
EXHAUST BOX
EX20-C00-08
CABIN UNIT, SUPPLY
UT35-CO3-08
CABIN UNIT, SLIPPLY
MT25-CO3-08
CABIN UNIT, SUPPLY
CABIN UNIT, SUPPLY
Rom number
f'V)
Rectangular and round duel, up
S'-^!-.'Iv riir flow m3/h, cold air

. ;
^^r
^ \
RCtfinciularand r;>îr:l :'':::. '

^M;m;y!^;î:ii;i^îî^\5/

Rectangular and round steel duct. Tbickness > 3 mm
"A"-Class insulated; to suit "A-15". "A-30" or "A-60" standards
Flexible hose. Pre- and uninsulated
(w)
"A-Cla3s bulkhead penetration few ducts with area < 0.02 m2
"A"-C!ass bulkhead penetration for ducts with area > 0.02 m2

Ca'5in unit
Cabin unit
NoTiinal air flow max 350 m3/h
11
Checked by
HRT
Dote
F
Tilte
lnAalrt>*| 27. DK- 4700
0 8 0 mm, warm side
080 mm. cold side
0100 mm. cold side
Bi
31-10-01
jLZozosai/a
Jinling shrpyc d
HOVEHCO HhPRES
0 8 0 mm, warm side
HVAC Air
D-jct
0.1,30-09-2002
system
ApcrovM ay r-
I.
Upper
s,..rn A C - 1
0.1.10/31/2002
deck
&
AC.-2
021216-007
02t216-007.DWG
i MOWIMCO HIPRES
Defroster Systems for Wheeihouse Windows
In order to prevent condensation
or frost on wheelhouse windows
a hor air defroster sj-stern is
availableISO Standard No. 8S63 prescribes
that such systems should be based
on an outdoor air temperature of
-2"C, thus applying to all conditions except those encounterad
in ertramely cold climates.
According to ISO 8863 the

systems shall fulfil :he followin.
conditions ;
-X
1 I,s come from let nozzles
or sprit: nczzxes, oorn arrangea
in such a manner that the core
of the air jet hits the glass pane
1.5 m above the level where the
nai'igator normally stands. The
air velocity of the air jet
should bs 1.5 a/s
pane.
Note: All temperatures stated are

dry bulb tenraeratures.
The supply system can be con

nected to the H-PRES air conditioning plant, and in order to
ensure rne necessar] nign rsmperetnre of the air jet the cabin
unit will, in some ases, be pro
vided with an elect: le rehsater.
Design reauireinents
The heatino caDacit\ snaAi i>e
conditions as follow;
jesicnec
i 42'-'
Axr let
Outdoor air: -lO'^'C
Indoor air : +22^C
The airflow shall be 0.015 /s

Der scuare roetre of the area of
tne
is.s Dene.
Souna
The system shall be so designed
that the A-weighted sound level
from the air distrj,bution systeni
measured 1 m from the air termin
dB(A).
a n i J.
lev
itu
-,
Ttb
HI-PRES
Defroster Systems for Wheelhouse Windows
set nozzie-
Core of
or axr
Split nozzle
1.5m
5f
iL
:
HOt air supply trom nx-?RES AC system

or from sepsrare air hanlina unit
.nraxe
wheelhoi
1>
/f^
Mc::^
. n a n ! 1 n unx-
J Vh
2
DECK
DECK
T-BRANCH
ELBOW 9 0 '
r ^.
REDUCER TYPE HTRD
|1,^,,,^.,
INSTALLATION IN WINDOW-FRAME
INSTALLATION IN CEILING
No. I
DoU
SAMPLE FOR INSTALLATION OF HT-NOZZLE
Or<.,r.By
THH
NOVENCO HHPRES
P.O.Bu 310. H M H I d M t ^ 5 A
0K-ZB3D Toutnig, Dwungrk
Drawing No.
50047-3
n>li awing mutt net b i M l la, eoplM by oi ulMiail by tny thlld (turlJSupviai
oai, 9 2 . 0 3 . 2 0
Turn ring for opening/closing
^085 (min, required opening hole}_

0110
Weight 0 . 1 8 kg
Nominal air flow 2 0 - 4 0 n n u 3 / h
Pressure loss 5 0 - 1 5 0 Pa
YARD
HULL.NO
CUSTOMER
PROJECT
Scale
TT
ILE
Defroster
Nozzle
with
sleeve
72/80
Drawn by
Checked Qy
1:1.5
TSH
REH
NOVENCO HI-PRES
O r O * i n q NO.
1 .;
+45 43 710700
This drowing m u s t n o t be lent to. copied by
50429-4
/ i h i ' d pQrty Mjpsfsedss
Superseded by
^:-
Oat. 94. 11,1 7

Do.e94.1 1.17
Fil: G21028P1 - NOVENCO DEFR0STER#1
Novenco Hi-Press
I n d u s t r i v e j 22
DK-4700 Nstved
Defroster
Unit
D-7
J i n g l i n g Shipyard
H u l l no: 020501/2/3/4
Project no: 021216/17/18/19
DE No: 5889
^ ^ DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

I H^^l lostgrmarken 2
^ 9 5 5 0 Mariager
^ 1 f . +45 96 68 GG
| 2 ^ www . dan i a - e l e e t r i r . dk
Drawing no. : 021G2BP1

Last p r i n t :
1 a^t rhanafi'
13-12-2002
OR-I1-POO?
Constructing gn g: PJ
PaoR
Fl
T a b l e of
content
Text
Page
Supply + Power circiut

Power circiut
Contrle and signal circiut
Panel drawing
Panel drawing
Panel drawing
Plates
General drawing
Table og components
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

Klostermarken 2
955G M a r i a g e r
T l f . 4-45 96 68 2b 00
www.dania-electric.dk
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
101
Sags navn: Defroster Unit 0-7
DE No.
Konstruktr; PJ
Sidst udskrevet:
13-12-2002
Rekv. nr.
Sidst reti-Rt:
n-i?-?nn?
SirlH TI
Ilk
2.1
ro BE ADJUST
TO ACTUAL MOTOHDATA
TO BE ADJUST
TO ACTUAL CUHRENTOATA
TO BE ADJUST
TO ACTUAL
" I ^
-1Q7;
140-MN-GlBe
MAX 1,
(3/2)
140-MN-lSeO
FAN HIGH
MAX )GA
I>I> I>
I>I>I>
14e-MN-0<IG0
FAN LOW
MAX 4A
-1T7,1
-3K3
13/2) \ d \ c ) \ ( )
10Q-M12NK031S
FAN HIGH
(3/3)
iee-Me5NKD31
FAN HIGH
[]1AT
-IQl
\\
OtlOOE"!
MAIN SWITCH
PE
2.1
^-1W2
FORSrNING
3M<ieV 60H2
MAX FUSE lOOA QG/gL
-1M3
MAX 1(3 A / 4 A
Next page: 2
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

lostenmaPken 2
DK-9550 Mariager
Tif . t-45 96 8 20 QQ
www.aan i a-electric,ak
D r a w i n g maOe Gy Danla E l e c t r i c A / 5 for:

Industrivej 22
Tet: *4570120700
NOVENCO HI-PRESS DK-470
Naestved Fax.:+4555756565
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Web: www hi-press.com
Page text: Supply f Power circlut

Projekt no.: 921216/17/18/19
Hull no.: 028581/2/3/4
Jingling Shipyard
File: e2ie28Pl - NOVENCO OEFflOSTER!
Drawing no.: !
Print dato: 13-12-2682
Last change: 13-12-2682
DE No.; 5B89
Constructing eng: PJ
Order no.;
Page 1
3.1
-2W1
-2W2
A-h
'HJ n j | c n |
-2E2
-2W4
-2W3
-2E3
"I.";!.-'!,
-2E4
-I "^1 " I
Next page: 3
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

KloscermarKen 2
DK-g55Q Mariager
J\\ . ^45 96 68 26 00
www.dania-slectric.k
D r a w i n g maae Dy Dania Electric A / S for:

22
Tel.: *4570120700
NOVENCO HI-PRESS Industrivej
DK-4700 Naeslved Fax.:+4555756565
Denmark
Web: www.ni-press.com
Take A Step Ahead
text: Power circlut

Projekt . : 821216/17/18/19
Hull no.: 028581/2/3/4
Jingling Shipyard
File: e21828Pl - NOVENCO DEFROSTERH
I Drawing no.: KloaBPl

DE No.: 5889
Order no.:
Page 2
24VAC
-XI
1
-3W5
-xia
I=ON
H=ON
-3S8
-3S6.1
I - LOW
e G
I I - HIGH XB4BD33
V
XB4BDS1 _ ^
Y-X10 I
-3J^.
-3KT5
^3KT4l;L
-
-3W6
-3K1
11)
12)
10-M12NK31S
-]
15)
-3K2
Y
-
-XI
-XI
Ifl0-M05NK031
-
(3)
ieO-M05NKD31
-1Q2
11/21
-1Q3
I 1/31
HO-All
-3K1 51<-.
100-M05NIKD31^
FANI I I
\7^
- , <r";g:
1QQ-M12NK031S ^
-3KT4
-, ^ * ^
Ie0-MS5NK031 ^
2 MIN
I
FAN H E G H L ^
^
FAN HIGH L _ _ J
M
LOW
H3DE-M1
Sk-^
5 - -
^k-J
199-MSHNA48
ig9-MSMNA48
igg-MSMNAie
-3KT5
MULT I
TIMER
'
2 MIN
HIGH
H3DE-M1
-3K6
MUL TI
TIMER
MV4I4N 24AC
LOW I
<
-3K7,
-3K8,
MY4I4N 24AC
HIGH I
MY4E4N 24AC
4. 1
:
D ( S l g n e l QFFitoLivl
.
output 1
1/4
4/5
1/3
4/4
4'4
4/1:4/1
-^- 5- ^
Next page: 4
l a s t page: 2
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

Klostermarken 2
DK-9550 M a r i a g e r
.
M 5 96 66 26 GO
www.aanla-eiectr ic.dk
Drawing maOe Dy Dania Elsctrlc A/5 for:

22
DK-4700 Naeslveil
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Tel.: 4570120700
Fax.:*4555756565
Web: www.tti-press.com
Page text: Contrle antJ signal clrclut

Projekt no.: 021216/17/18/19
Jingling Shipyard
Hull no,: 928501/2/3/4
File: 921828?! - NOVENCO DEFROSTERfl
Drawing no.: 02ie2BPl

Print dato; 13-12-2982
DE No.: 5889
Order no.:
Page 3
a4VAC
-'
-7
-2Q1
(a/l),
13/61 \
(3/7)
MY-JIdN 24 ^ MY4I4N S-lAC
H30E-M1
^^
NrHsJ
-1
(3/1) ,
195-MBll
-4KT2.1
5 sak.
H3DE-M1
S
MULTt
TIMER
A2
-2Q2
(2/a)
-2Q3
(a/3)
-2Q4
12/4),
^ V ^ V ^ 7
,f,K?V
-3K3
(3/3) >
195-MBll \
3.8
5.1
3,8
-X3
X1
u^
E^
-3W6
-4W1
-X1
-XI o
-4 . 1
Iw^Mia
PuwBr I
-xi 4
-XI 4
11
-4H3
XB4BVB4/V^
FAN F A I L U R E V V
HED Y ^ E
-4S1[P}
-4H6
-4H4
XB4BVB1(
FAN POWER O N V
WHITE " T L E O
XB4BVB4 C
HEATEH FAILURE ^v ,
HED V I E O
L. . ^ .
Next page: 5
last page: 3
DANIA ELECIRIC A/S

Klastermarken 2
DK-9550 Mariager
Tlf , M 5 96 6B 26 00
www.danla-electrlc dk
Drawing made by Dania Electric A/5 fon:

Industrivej 22
Tel.: +4570120700
NOVENCO HI-PRESSDM700
Naeslvea Fax.:*4555756565
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Web: www hi-press,com
Page text: Contrle and signal circiut

PPOjeKt no.: 021216/17/18/19
Hull no.: 828531/2/3/4
Jingling snipyard
File; ! - NOVENCO DEFROSTER#I
Oraaing no.: B2ia28Pl

Print Oato; 13-12-2992
Page 4
-bUl
SIEMENS
RWC6^
, CONTflULLER
SUPPLY
24 VAC
ti>
tE
CO
tD
--
1=1
Z
CS
24VAC
1-9
N ?4VAC
4,8
24VAC
N 24VC
6.1
-3K8
13/8)
-3K8 Si
(3/8)
G-13V
e.3
ev
6.3
6.1
Pt
4.G
ojj
-X2
-5W2
-5
^ i
^j
- X 2^J

-5W3 j
ID
-5B3
LSS
N1 leee
. SEIPOINT
8-58
TEMP. SENSOH
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

KlostermarKen 2
DK-9550 Maraqer
Tit , f45 96 68 26 00
www.aania-e lee trie dk
Drawing maae Dy Danla Electric A / 5 for:

22
NOVENCO HI-PRESS Ifidiislrivej
DK-4700 NaesWed
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Paga tsxt: Cantrole anO signal clrclut

Tel,:+4578120700
Fax.:4555756565
Web: www.hi-press.com
Projekt no.: 821216/17/18/19

Hull no.; 023581/2/3/4
File: 1 2 1 - NOVENCO 0EFBOSTEfl#l
Jingling Shipyard
Drawing no.: e2192aPl

Next page: 6
OE No.: 5889
Order no.:
Page 5
O-lOV
h^
5.5
in
-6U2
.^
DC
INPUT
our
- 5-31
OJ
ELECTRONIC STEP CONTROL
STEP-CONTHOLLEfl
BINARY SEQUENIIAl.
SUPPLY
L
r\j
N
^
f\j
CD
CM
OJ
^
(
Ol
(D
24VAC
5,8
FAN
24VAC
7,1
UN
4.6
12)
MV-IHN 2AAC
SI
-3K6L
-3K7'-
13/6 J
MY-IHN 24AC
LOW
13/71
yJt^N 24AC
HIGH
CM
<
-c1
-6K3
100- 1 0 |
141
-X
-6W1
- 1
OJ
-4^
<-|
-65
100 - !
nj
100-FSV55M
<
N 2^VAC
5,8
PE
5.8
lOG
\ lis II
<-1
ls
1 CK //
3 --J '
ISO -FSV55M
-66^
-C-H-i
- 3 7 0 0 ^ | ^ ^
ru --J
100-FSV55M
iee-FSV55M
N 24VAC
7.1
7.1
) )
- ^
OVERHEATING
-6S2.1
4/ " ')/
2/3
/4
Next page: 7
Ldst page; 5
^ k DANIA ELECTRIC A / S
1 ^ KlosLennarken ^
Mariager
OK- 9550
66 26 30
l ^ ^ e ^ I ' .. d aMn5l a 96
- e l B C t r i e dk
WSW ""
Drawing made by Dania Electric A/S for:
NOVENCO HI-PRESS
Take A Step A h e a d
Indualfivej 22
DK-4700 Naestved
Denmark
Tel : +4570120700
Fax.:*4555756565
W e b : www.rii.pres3.com
Page text: Contrle and signal clrciut

Projekt no,: 021216/17/18/19
Hull no,: 826581/2/3/4
Jingling Shipyard
File: ! - NOVENCO OEFROSTEfl
Drading no.: B2ie2BPl

DE No.: 5889
Order no.:
Page 6
6.8
6.8
Next page:
DANIA ELECTRrC A/S

Klustennarkan 2
K-9550 Mariager
Tif . M 5 96 60 26 OG
www.ani a-electrlc.dk
Drawing made Dy Dania Electric A / S for:

22
DK-4700 Naesived
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Tel.: *4570120
Fax.:-4555756565
Web; www.tii-press.com
Page l:exl:: Contrle anij signal clrclut

Projekt na.: 921216/17/18/19
Jingling Stiipyard
026581/2/3/4
Hui
File; ! - NOVENCO DEFR0STER#1
Draxing no.: e212ePl

Last ctiange:
DE NO.: 5889
^#
;
:
;?
'^
<
pjn;n Pâ nh fLu IL
-Il
IP
pi
^î
4 S 4 4
? ? 9
s <? ?
4 4 4 S]4 4 4 S
s?
? 9 1
<? ? 8
Next page: 9
Last paye: 7
ANlA E L E C l f l l C A / S
KlostennanKen
OK~9550 M a r i a g e r
T l f . M 5 9 6 68 26 00
www.aania-electrlc.Ok
Drawing made by Dania Electric / 5 for:

22
DK-4700 Naestved
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Tel.: *457012070
Fax.:+4555756565
Web; www hj-press.com
Page text: Panel drawing

PnoiBkt no.: 821216/17/18/19
Jingling Shipyard
File: ! - NDVENCO DEFROSTERH
020501/2/3/4
Drawing no.: Q21028P1

Print dato; 13-12-2002
Last cnange: 10-10-2002
Page
COLOUR: 1
9005 FtN STRUKTUR
rOLEPANCE: t-- imm
FAN POWER ON
FAN FAILURE

ON
HEATER
OFF
Last page: 6
OANIA ELECTRIC A / S
KlostennarKen 2
0-955 Mar-lager
r i f . K i 5 96 6B S6 SO
www.aanla-electnic.dk
Drawing
made
by
Dania
Electric
A/S
for:
NOVENCO HI-PRESS lndusWvej22

DK-4700 Naeslved
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Tel.: f4570120700
Fax.:*4555756565

Projekt no.: 021216/17/18/19
Jingling Shipyard
Hull no.: 820561/2/3/4
File: e2182BPl - NOVENCO DEFROSTERiH
Orawing no.: 82182aPl

Next page: 10
OE No.: 5889
Order no.:
Page 9
Last page: 3
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S

Klostermarken 2
DK-9550 Mariager
T i t . (-45 96 68 26 OQ
www.aania-electnic.ok
Drawing made by Dania E l e c t r i c
A/S f o r :
22
DK-4700 tâestved
Take A Step Ahead
Denmark
Tel:+4570120700
Fax.:4555756565
Web: www.tii-press.com

Projekt no.: 821216/17/18/19
Hull no.: 620581/2/3/4
Jingling Snipyard
File: e21G2BPl - NOVENCO OEFflOSrEfl#l
Drawing no.: Q2ie28Pl

Next page: 11
DE No.: 5889
Order no.:
Page le
Last page: lO
DANiA E L E C T R I C A / S
Kiostermarken 2
DK-9550 Mariager
rif . -'15 96 68 26 00
Hww.aania-electric.dk
Drawing mage Dy Dania Electric A/S for:

Industrivej 22
Naestved
NOVENCO HI-PRESS DK-4700
Denmark
Take A Step Ahead
Tel.: *4570120700
Fax.:+4555756565
Page text: Plates

Projekt no.: 021216/17/18/19
Hull no.: Q2G501/2/3/4
Jingling Shipyard
File: 0212BP1 - NOVENCO DEFROSTEfl#l
Drawing no.: 21028P1

Last change: 08-O6-26Q2
Next page: 12
DE No.: 5889
Order no,:
Page 11
POWEFl PANEL
HEAT
OVERHEArwe
w^
POWEfl SUPPLY
CONTROL PANEL
Last :
11
DANIA ELECTRIC A/5

Kloscermarken 2
DK-955Q Mariager
Tlf . M 5 96 68 00
iîww .anla~e lectr ic -dk
Drawing mae Dy Dania Electric / 5 for:

22
Tel.: *450120700
NOVENCO HI-PRESS IndUBlrivej
DK-4700 Naeslved Fax.:<-4555756565
Take A Step Ahead
DenmarK
Web: wwwhi-press.com
Page text: General liranlng

Projekt no.: 821216/17/18/19
Jingling Shipyard
Hull no.: 928501/2/3/4
File: e2ie28Pl - NOVENCO DEFROSTERU
Drawing no.: e2ie2BPl

Print Oato: 13-12-2982
Last change:
Next page: 101

OE No.: 5889
Order no.
Page 12
Table og components
Name
Order
nr.
3S6.1
flES0PAL4SX2a
-101
Type
Manufackture
RESOPAL40X20
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S
0Tie0E4
Number P l a c e
9/8
Text UK
PLATE 46X29
1/1
-1
5783847120775
40-MN-ieOO
Alien"Bradley
1/2
MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 6, 3-lOA
5703847121031
40-All
Aiien-Bradiey
3/2
AUX. CONTACT BLOCKS
5703847120751
40-MN-e408
Ailen-Bradiev
1/3
MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2, 5-4, OA
-103
5703847121031
4 - 1 1
Alien-Bradley
3/1
AUX, CONTACT BLOCKS
-107
5703847120737
4 - - 1 6
Alien-Bradley
1/7
MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1, 0 - 1 , 6A
-1 7
5703722208307
89809152
BLOCK
1/7
SAFETY TRANSFORMERS lOOVA 23e/24VAC
-117.1
5703722208307
89809152
BLOCK
8/8
SAFETY TRANSFORMERS lOOVA 23e/24VAC
-117.1
5703722208987
SIU250/2xll5
SLOCK
1/7
CONTROL TRANSFORMER 25eVA 23e/23eVAC
- 1
554616-7
2/1
5Sr4616-7
2/2
55 4 63 - 7
2/3
]
-
5SY435e-7
LEFT SIDE MOUNTING FOB 140-MN 1 NO
LEFT SIDE MOUNTING FOR 148-MN 1 NO
2/4
- 1
5703847097428
195-MBll
Ailen-Bradiey
4/4
- 1
5703847122359
lOO-HOSNKOSl
Allen-Bradley
3/1
CONTACTOR RELAYS 5A, 3PHNC, 24V5e/6eHZ
5703847332314
10e-M12NKO31S
Ailen-Bradiey
3/2
CONTACTOR RELAYS 12A, 3P+1NC, 24V5e/60HZ
5703847097428
195-MBll
Aiien-Bradiey
4/5
AUXILIARY CONTACT MODULES / W O - M " / INC+lNO
5703847122359
10e-M05NKD31
Alien-Bradley
3/3
CDNTACTDfl RELAYS 5A, 3PHNC, 24V5e/6eHZ
- 6
2522010851
PYF14A-N
OMRON
8/8
RELAY BASE FOR HOUTING PAILS
- 6
2522011119
Mr4I4N 24AC
OMRDN
3/6
BASE RELAY 4PDL 5A LED
AUXILIARY CONTACT MODULES / lOO-MH / INCtlND
- 7
2522010851
PYF14A-N
OMRON
8/8
RELAY BASE FOR MOUTING RAILS
- 7
2522011119
MY4I4N 24AC
OMRON
3/7
BASE RELAY 4P0L 5A LEO
2522010851
PYF14A-N
OMRON
8/8
2522011119
MY4I4N 24AC
OMRON
3/8
BASE RELAY 4P0L 5A LED
- 4
H3DE-M1
H3DE-Mt
OMRON
3/4
MULTITIMEfl 22,5 MM 24V TO 23eVAC/DC
- 5
3
0-1
H30E-M1
OMRON
3/5
MULTITIMEH 22,5 MM 24V TO 23eVAC/DC
5703847123059
199-MSMNA4a
Allen-Bradley
3/1
-3R?
5703847123059
199-MSMNA4e
Allen-Sradiev
3/2
5703847123059
199-MSMNA4e
Aiien-Bradiey
3/3
-3S6.1
3389110887099
XB4fl033
TeiemecanlQue
3/6
-358
3389110887075
X84BC121
TeieuecanlQue
3/B
Selector switch 2 . , short handle, INO
-358
RESOPAL40X20
RES0PAL4eX2e
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S
9/8
PLATE 40X26
Selector switch 3 pos., s h o r t handle, 2N0
-4
3389110891935
XB4BVB4
Tlmcanique
4/3
P i l o t l i g h t r e d 24V AC/DC
RESOPAL40X20
RESDPAL4eX2e
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S
9/8
PLATE 40X20
OANIA ELECTRIC A / S
^ KlostermPKen 2
^ 9 5 5 0 Mdriager
!^
TI f . MS 96 68 26 00
mtSW w.aa n i a - e I c t r i e . o k
Page t e x t :
OE No.: 5BB9
Table og components
Novenco H i - P r e s s
Order n o . :
H u l l n o . : 020501/2/3/4
P r i n t dato:
13-12-2002
Order h d . :
File:
P r o j e k t n o . : 021216/17/18/19
Last change:
13-12-2002
PagelGl
1 2 1 - NOVENCO DEFROSTER!
Table og components
Name
Order .
Type
Manufackture
Number Place
Text UK
-4
flESOPAL40X2O
RESOPAL4ex20
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S
9/8
-^4
3389110891911
XB4BVB1
Tlmcanique
4/4
P i l o t l i g n t white 24V AC/DC
-^
nESOPAL48X20
RESDPAL 40X20
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S
9/8
PLATE 40X20
P i l o t l i g h t red 24V AC/OC
PLATE 40X20
3389110891935
XB4BV84
Tlmcanique
4/6
-46
RES0PAL40Xje
RESOPAL40X28
DANIA ELECTRIC A/S
9/8
PLATE 40X28
H30E-M1
H30E-M1
OMRON
4/2
MULTITIMER 22, 5 MM 24V TO 23eVAC/DC
SIEMENS RWCBS
5U1
5/1
-6
2522010851
PYFt4A-N
OMRON
8/8
2522011119
MY4I4N 24AC
OMRON
6/2
BASE RELAY 4P0L 5A LED
-6
5703847105543
100-ClBKJlO
Allen-BraOley
6/3
MCS-C CONTACTOR RELAYS 108-016, 3P+1N0 24V5e/60HZ
-6
5703647119922
ieO-FSV55H
Al len-Bradley
6/3
-64
5703847105543
lOO-ClBKJW
Allen-Bradley
6/4
-6<1
5703847119922
10e-FSV55M
Al len-Bradley
6/4
-65
5703847108186
iee-C23KJie
-65
5703847119922
ieO-FSV55H
-66
5703847115443
-66
5703847119922
AUen-Bnaaiey
6/5
Allen-Bradley
6/5
100-C37Kjee
Allen-Bradley
6/6
100-FSV55M
Allen-Bradley
MCS-C CONTACTOR RELAYS 100-016, SPtlNO 24V5e/6eHZ
6/6
6/
-6-31
-XI 181
3472591151169
X-M4/6G
ENTHELEC
3/6
115116.07, M4/6 GREY CLAMP
- Ml
3472591151169
X-M4/6G
ENTRELEC
5/3
115116.07, M4/6 GREY CLAMP
- 141
3472591151169
X-M4/6G
ENTHELEC
4/1
115116.87, M4/B GREY CLAMP
1/1
DANIA ELECTHtC
KlostenmarKen 2
^ 9 5 5 0 Mar lager
l ^ ^ B
142^
/S
T l f . 45 gg 68 26 OG
411-aa n l a - e l e c t r l c . k
Page t e x t :
OE No.: 5889
TaOle og components
NDvenco Hi-Press
Order no.:
H u l l no.:
File:
P r o j e k t no.:
e21028Pl - NDVENCO DEFROSTER
820581/2/3/4
821216/17/18/19
P r i n t dato:
13-12-2002
Order no.:
Last change:
13-12-2802
Page 102
Unit
El
nr.
EAN n r .
Antal
Number
Stck
Type
Type
Typ
list
Tekst
Text
Text
Fabrikat
Manufacture
Fabrikat
ENTRELEC
5SY435e-7
5SY4632-7
Er b e s t i l t
Lager
af
Er b e s t i l t
Kontoret
534616-7
! 1

3472591151169
X-H4/66
115116.07, N4/6 Ofl KLEMME
2525010851
2522010851
PyF14A-N
DIN-SKINNE SOKKEL
OMHON
2522011114
2522011119
HY4I4N 24AC
4P. LED TESTKNAP
OMRON
16
5422212645
5703847097428
15-1
1
HjaPEKONTAKT TIL MINIKONTAKOfl INCtlNO
Allen-Bradley
5422243505
5703847332314
iee-M12NK031S
AB minikon. 12A, 3PtlB,
Alien-Bradley
5422246052
5703847120737
14e-MN-0160
HiNDBETJENT MOTOflVItHN 1, 0 - 1 , 6A
Allen-Bradley
5122240078
5703847120751
14--4
HiNDBETJENT MOTORVfRN 2, 5-4,OA
Allen-Bradley
5122246094
5703847120775
14-- 10
HiNDBETJENT MOTORVtRN 6, -
Allen-Bradley
5422246201
5703847121031
14-11
HJ.KONTAKTBLOK F/ SIOEMONT. TtL 14eMN 1 S L . / l 8fl.
Allen-Sradley
7517800055
3389110887075
XB4B021
DreieafO. 2 s t i l l . .
Kort greb, WO
Tlmcanique
7517800068
3389110887099
4 0
OrejeafO. 3 s t i l l . ,
k o r t greb, 2N0
Tlmcanique
7517800369
3389110891911
xa4BVBi
Signal lampe hvie 24V AC/DC
7517800385
3389110891935
XB4BVB4
Signallampe red 24V /
Tlmcanique
7662001495
5703722208307
89809152
SIKKERHEDSTRANSFORMEfl lOOVA 23e/24VAC 4
BLOCK
ETT-6-31
5703722208987
5703722208987
5TU25e/2xll5
Styretransformator 16evA 48e/23eVAC
BLOCK
5703847105543
5703847105543
10e-C16KJie
HCS-C K0NT.iee-C16,3PHS
Allen-Bradley
5783847108186
5703847108186
MCS-C K0NT.iee-C23, 3PtlS
5/03847115443
5703847115443
iee-C37Kjee
MCS-C K0NT.iee-C37,3P,
24V5e/6eHZ
Tlmcanique
24V5e/6eHZ
24V5e/6eHZ
24V5S/6eHZ
5703847119922
iee-FSV55M
MCS-C
5703847122359
5703847122359
100-5031
AB mSnikon. 5A, 3PtlB, 24V5e/6eHZ
5703847123059
5703847123059
199-NSMNA4e
RC-LED FDfl ISO-M 24-48 VAC
Allen-Bradley
H3DE-H1
H30E-m
3
0-1
MULTITIHER 22, 5 MM 24V TO 23eVAC/DC
OMRON
0104
flES0PAL40X20
RESOPAL 40X28
RES0PAL4eX2e
SKILT4eX2e
DANIA ELECTRIC
SiOEtltel:
Unit
ProjBKt t i t e l :
VAflISTOR AC 12...55V
Allen-Bradley
Allen-Bradley
5703847119922
Kunde;
fra
SIEMENS RWC62
1
^ DANIA ELECTRIC A / S
I ^ ^ KlostrmarKen 5
3 5 5 0
Mariager
L ^ ^ a T i l . ' 4 5 96 68 26 00
MSW
.aania- a l e c t r i e . d k
Tages
lager
Allen-Bradley
Allen-Bradley
A/S
list
Defroster Unit S-37
Novenco Hi-Press
F i l nan: e2ie28Pl - NOVENCO DEFROSTER
DE Nr.:
5889
Konstr.:
PJ
S l d s t udskr:
13-12-2002
Rekv. n r . :
Sidst i n d r e t :
13-12-2002
Side 106
af 17
af
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Test Sheets, Air and Water Flow

Contents
Test Sheet, Air Flow, AC-1 Cold
Test Sheet, Air Flow, AC-2 Cold
Test Sheet, Air Flow, AC Galley
Test Sheet, Air Flow, Defroster
Test Sheet, Air Flow, ES-2 Sanitary
Test Sheet, Air Flow, ER-7 Return
Test Sheet, Air Flow, E-1 Linen Store, B-Deck
Test Sheet, Air Flow, E-2 Linen Store, C-Deck
Test Sheet, Air Flow, E-5 Laundry, Deck-D
Test Sheet, Air Flow, E-5.1 Laundry, Upper Deck
Test Sheet, Air Flow, E-6 Hospital, A-Deck
98.03/CONTENTS_Test Sheets Air and Water Flow_CONK0101
AC-1 Cold
AC-2 Cold
AC Galley
Defroster
ES-2
ER-7
E-1
E-2
E-5
E-5.1
E-6
CON-Kl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Our order no.: 021216
Yourorderno.:
Yard: Jinling Shipyard
System A C - 1 Cold
Hull no: JLZ020501
Prep, by: KNL
Rev. By:
Appr. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:
Test Sheet, Air Flow
Pipe No.
Room
No.
Deck
Rev. no:
Air Flow [m3/h]
Required
Measured
Type of Unit
Space Served
C01
C01
101
101
Bridge
Wheeliiouse
MT35-C02-08
295
Bridge
Wheeliiouse
MT35-C02-08
295
C01
C01
101
101
C01
101
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Wlieellnouse
Wheeliiouse
Wheelhouse
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
295
295
295
1475
Total for pipe AC-1 C01

C02
C02
101
101
Bridge
Bridge
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
C02
101
101
Bridge
Bridge
101
Bridge
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
C02
C02
C03
COS
COS
295
295
101
101
101
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
MT35-C02-08
101
101
Bridge
Bridge
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse
MT35-C02-08
295
295
295
295
MT35-C02-08
295
C04
C04
201
202
E
E
C04
C04
203
203
211
E
E
C04
C04
C04
290
290
1460

C03
C03
290
204
206
E
E
E
1475
Total for Wheel house
4410
Pilot
Cabin
C/Eng. Dayroom
MT25-C03-08
250
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
150
210
C/Eng. Dayroom
Store
MT25-C03-08
KI-100
210
90
Owners Bedroom
Store
MT25-C03-08
KI-100
120
60
1090
_
Required Air Flow 10%
Tested by:
98.03/Test Sheet AC-1 Cold
Controlled by:
Measuring Equipment No.:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Yourorderno.:
System AC-1 Cold
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
Prep, by: KNL
Appr. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:
Pipe No.
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
Room
No.
210
210
209
208
207
207
205
Deck
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Rev. no:
Conference
Conference
E/Eng
Captains Bedroom
Captains Dayroom
Captains Dayroom
Owners dayroom
Total for pipe AC-1 COS
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
Type of Unit
Space Served
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
250
250
285
205
215
215
290
1710
2800
Total for E-Deck

C06
C06
C06
C06
C06
C06
311
313
301
302
303
304
D
D
D
D
D
D
Store
Store
4/Eng.
Cabin
2/Eng.
3/Eng.
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
135
195
245
160
330
295
1360
C07
C07
C07
C07
C07
C07
C07
310
309
307
308
306
312
305
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
3/Off.
C/Off. Bedroom
C/Off.
Store
2/Off. Bedroom
Off. Laundry
2/Off. Dayroom
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
KI-100
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
245
145
320
50
100
300
295
1455
Total for D-Deck
2815

Tested by:
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourorderno.: 021216
Yourorderno.;
Hull no: JLZ020501
. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System AC-1 Cold
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No.
No.
Deck
C08
C08
C08
COB
COB
COB
410
409
408
414
411
412
Space Served
Crew
Crew
Crew
Store
Crew
Rev. no:
Air Flow [m3/h]
Required Measured
Type of Unit
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
KI-100
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
Store
T o t a l f o r pipe A C - 1 C08
200
200
175
55
225
210
1065
11090
Total for AC-1
Required Air Flow + 10%

Tested by:
Controlled by;
Date:
HPS-Tl-3
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Yourorderno.:
Yard: Jiniing Shipyard
System AC-2 Cold
Hull no: JLZ020501
. By: FVA
Prep, by: KNL
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:
Pipe No.
C01
C01
C01
C01
C01
C01
C01
Room
No.
401
402
40S
404
405
406
407
Deck
Space Served
Crew
Linen Store
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
Rev. no:
Air Flow m3/h]
Required
Measured
Type of Unit
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C0S-08
Total for Deck-C

C02
C02
C02
C02
C02
501
502
50S
504
505
C03
C03
C03
COS
C03
C03
COS
COS
COS
511
509
508
508
510
507
507
507
506
285
180
175
170
170
170
170
1320
1320
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
Crew
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
255
205
175
175
175
985
Store
Rest Room
Deck Office Visitors Room
Cargo Equip.
Cargo Control Room
Cargo Control Room
Cargo Control Room
2 Spares
KI-100
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MS25-C01-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
55
210
225
225
125
240
240
235
175
1730
Total for Deck-B
2715
Tested by:
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
System AC-2 Cold
Hull no: JLZ020501
Prep, by: KNL
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:
Pipe No.
Room
No.
Deck
Rev. no:
Space Served
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
Type of Unit
C04
C04
C04
C04
C04
C04
610
610
609
609
609
609
A
A
A
A
A
A
Officers Day Room

Officers Day Room
Officers Mess Room
Officers l\/iess Room
Officers Mess Room
Officers Mess Room
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
335
335
225
335
335
225
1790
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
604
604
605
605
605
605
A
A
A
A
A
A
Crews Day Room

Crews Day Room
Crews Mess Room
Crews Mess Room
Crews Mess Room
Crews Mess Room
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
295
295
295
295
295
290
1765
C06
C06
C06
C06
C06
C06
603
602
601
601
611
612
A
A
A
A
A
A
Chemical Suit
Crew
Hospital
Hospital
Bonded Store
Store
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
KI-100
100
205
270
270
140
60
1045
Total for Deck-A
4600
Tested by:
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
System AC-2 Cold
Hull no: JLZ020501
Prep, by: KNL
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date: 05-02-2003
Pipe No.
Room
No.
Deck
Rev. no:
Space Served
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
Type of Unit
007
C07
C07
C07
C07
C07
C07
C07
711
702
703
706
706
707
708
708
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Eng.Change Room
Suez Crew
Deck Change Room
Gymnasium
Gymnasium
Provision
Lobby
Lobby
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT35-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
MT25-C03-08
C08
C08
C08
COS
710
710
708
708
Upper
Upper
Upper
Upper
Dry Room
Dry Room
Crews Laundry
Crews Laundry
MS25-N01
MS25-N01
MS35-N01
MS35-N01
180
300
170
200
195
285
195
195
1720
180
180
275
275
910
2630
Total for Upper Deck
11265
Total for AC-2

Tested by:
Controlled by:
Measuring Equipment No.;
Date:
HPS-Tl-3
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourorderno.: 021216
Your order no.:
System AC Galley
Hull no: JLZ020501
Prep, by: KNL
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:
Pipe No.
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
C05
Room
No.
607
607
606
607
608
607
Deck
A
A
A
A
A
A
Rev. no:
Space Served
Galley
Galley
Pantry
Galley
Pantry
Galley
Total for AC Galley
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
Type of Unit
MS25-C01-08
MS25-C01-08
MS25-C01-08
MS25-C01-08
MS35-C01-08
MS25-C01-08
225
230
230
230
300
230
1445

Tested by:
98.035 Sheet AC Galley
Controlled by;
Date;
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourorderno.: 021216
Your order nc:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
Appr. By: FVA
Date:
Date: 05-02-2003

System Defroster
Prep, by: KNL

Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No. No.
Deck
1.01
101
Bridge
1.01
101
Bridge
1.01
101
Bridge
1.01
101
Bridge
Space Served
Wheelhouse, portside
Rev. no:
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
32
32
32
32
32
32
1.01
101
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
101
Bridge Wheelhouse, portside
HT-72/80
101
101
101
101
101
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
1.01
101
1.01
1.01
1.01
101
101
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
1.01
Wheelhouse,
Wheelhouse,
Wheelhouse,
Wheelhouse,
Bridge Wheelhouse,
Bridge Wheelhouse,
Bridge Wheelhouse,
portside
portside
portside
portside
portside
portside
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
portside
HT-72/80
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
Bridge
portside
portside
portside
portside
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
Wheelhouse,
Wheelhouse,
Wheelhouse,
Wheelhouse,

101
101
101
101

101
101
101
101
101


32
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
Wheeihouse, portside
1.01
1.01
1.01
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required Measured
32
32
Type of Unit
HT-72/80
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
32
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
32
32
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
32
32
32
32
32
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
32
HT-72/80
HT-72/80
32
32
HT-72/80
32
Total for pipe DE-1.01
960

Tested by:
98.03/Test Sheet Defroster
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date:
Date: 05-02-2003

System Defroster
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Rev. no:
Room
Pipe No. No.

1.02
101
1.02
101
1.02
101
1.02
1.02
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required Measured
Deck
Bridge
Space Served
W h e e l h o u s e , starboard
Type of Unit
HT-72/80
Bridge
Wheelhouse, starboard
HT-72/80
32
Bridge
HT-72/80
32
32
32
32
32
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
101
101
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
32
32
32
101
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
32
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
32
32
101
101
101
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
101
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
101
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
1.02
101
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
1.02
1.02
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
Bridge
HT-72/80
1.02
1.02
101
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
32
32
32
Bridge
HT-72/80
32
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
960
T o t a l for p i p e D E - 1 . 0 2

Tested by:
;.03/Test Sheet Defroster
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
Appr. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

S y s t e m Defroster
Rev. no:
Prep, by: KNL

Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No. No.
Deck
1.03
101
Bridge
Space Served
W h e e l h o u s e , foreship
Type of Unit
HT-72/80
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
Wheelhouse, foreship
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
36
36
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required Measured
36
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
35
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
35
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
35
35
35
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
1.03
101
Bridge
HT-72/80
930
Total f o r pipe D E - 1 . 0 3
2850
Total f o r Defroster

Tested by:
98.03Arest Sheet Defroster
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-3
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System ES-2
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Pipe No.
Room
No.
Decl<
Rev. no:
Air Flow m3/h]
Measured
Required
Type of Unit
Space Served
2.01a
2.01b
2.01b
2.01b
2.01b
2.01b
101
201
202
204
209
208
Bridge
E
E
E
E
E
Wheelhouse
WC, Pilot
WC, Cabin
WC, Owner
WC, E/Eng.
WC, Cabin
Total for pipe ES-2.01
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
300
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
2.02
301
302
304
310
309
306
D
D
D
D
D
D
WC, 4/Eng.
WC, Cabin
WC, 3/Eng.
3/Off.
WC, Cabin
WC, 2/Off. Bedroom
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
300
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
2.03
408
407
410
409
406
411
401
403
404
405
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
WC, Crew
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
K-URH
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
500

Tested by;
98.03/Test Sheet ES-21
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:
TQst Sheet, Air Flow

System ES-2
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No.
No.
2.04
503
Space Served
Deck
Rev. no:
Air Flow Im3/h]
Measured
Required
Type of Unit
K - U R H 100
50
W C , Crew
W C , Crew
W C , Crew
W C , Crew
K - U R H 100
50
K - U R H 100
K - U R H 100
50
50
2.04
504
2.04
2.04
501
505
2.04
508
W C , Deck Office Visitors Room
K - U R H 100
50
2.04
506
W C , 2 Spares
K - U R H 100
50
300

2.05
602
W C , Crew
K - U R H 100
W C , Alleyway
W C , Air Cond. Room
K - U R H 100
50
60
K - U R H 125
95
205

2.06
711
711
711
702
Upper
Upper
Upper
W C , Eng. Change Room

Eng. Change Room
K - U R H 100
50
K - U R H 100
65
Eng. Change Room
K - U R H 100
65
Upper
K - U R H 100
703
703
Upper
Upper
W C , Suez Crew
Deck Change Room
Deck Change Room
K - U R H 125
50
85
85
K - U R H 125
400
Total for ES-2
2005

Tested by:
98.03/Test Sheet ES-21
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourorderno.: 021216
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
Appr. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System ER-7
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Pipe No.
Room
No.
Deck
Rev. no:
Space Served
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
Type of Unit
7.01
7.01
7.01
7.01
212
212
212
203
E
E
E
E
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
C/Eng.
Total for pipe ER-7.01
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
220
220
220
300
960
7.02
7.02
7.02
7.02
210
212
207
212
E
E
E
E
Conference
Alleyway
Captain
Alleyway
EX30-C00-G8
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
300
220
300
220
1040
2000
Total for Deck-E

7.03
7.03
7.03
7.03
7.04
7.04
7.04
7.04
303
D
D
D
D
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
2/Eng.
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
270
270
270
300
1110
307
D
D
D
D
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
C/Off.
Ex30-C00-08
Ex30-C00-08
- 08
EX30-C00-08
265
270
270
300
1105
2215
Total for Deck-D

7.05
7.05
7.05
413
413
413
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
- 08
- 08
- 08
260
260
260
780

Tested by:
98.03/Test Sheet ER-7
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
.Yourorderno.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System ER-7
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Pipe No.
7.06
7.06
7.06
7.06
Room
No.
413
413
413
413
Deck
Space Served
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
Rev. no:
Air Flow [m3/h]
Required 1 Measured
Type of Unit
EX25-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
Total for Deck-C

7.07
7.07
7.07
512
512
512
7.08
7.08
7.08
7.08
7.08
7.08
7.08
508
508
507
507
507
510
1706
Alleyway
Alleyway
Alleyway
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
250
255
255
760

Cargo Control Room
Cargo Control Room
Cargo Control Room
Alleyway
Cargo Equip.
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-COO-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX20-C00-08
K-URH 160
225
225
240
240
235
160
125
1450
2210
Total for Deck-B

7.09
7.09
7.09
7.09
610
610
610
610
7.10
7.10
7.10
609
609
609
'
145
260
260
260
925
Officers Day Room

Officers Day Room
Officers Day Room
Officers Day Room
EX30-C00-08
EX20-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
265
180
265
270
980
Officers Mess Room

Officers Mess Room
Officers Mess Room
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
270
270
270
810

Tested by:
!.031 Sheet ER-7
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-2
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System ER-7
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No.
No.
Deck
7.11
605
A
1 Rev. no:
1
Space Served
Crews Mess Room
Type of Unit
EX30-C00-08
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
295
7.11
605
Crews Mess Room
EX30-C00-08
295
7.11
605
Crews Mess Room
EX30-C00-08
295
7.11
605
Crews Mess Room
EX30-C00-08
290
1175
7.12
604
Crews Mess Room
EX30-C00-08
295
7.12
604
Crews Mess Room
EX30-C00-08
295
Alleyway
EX20-C00-08
60
7.12
650
3615
Total for Deck-A

7.13
709
Upper
Alleyway
EX20-C00-08
180
7.13
709
Upper
Alleyway
EX30-C00-08
285
7.13
709
Upper
Alleyway
EX20-C00-08
180
645

7.14
707
Upper
Provision
K - U R H 125
95
7.14
707
Upper
Provision
K - U R H 125
95
7.14
708
Upper
Provision
EX20-C00-08
7.14
707
Upper
Provision
K - U R H 125
7.14
708
Upper
Provision
EX20-C00-08
195
95
195
675
Total for Upper Deck
1320
13065
Total for ER-7

Tested by:
l.03/Test Sheet ER-7
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-3
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourorderno.: 021216
Your order no.:
Yard; Jinling Shipyard
Hull no: JLZ020501
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System E-1
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No.
No.
Deck
Rev. no:
Air Flow m3/h]
Required
Measured
Type of Unit
Space Served
E-1
502
Linen Store
K-URH 160
E-1
502
Linen Store
K-URH 160
105
100
Total for pipe E-1
205

Tested by:
98.03/Test Sheet E-1
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System E-2
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Pipe No.
E-2
E-2
Room
No.
402
402
Deck
Rev. no:
Air Flow [m3/ti]
Required
Measured
Type of Unit
Space Served
Linen Store
K-URH 125
Linen Store
K-URH 125
90
90
Total for pipe E-2
180

Tested by:
1.03/Test Sheet E-2
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourordernc: 021216
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Appr. By: FVA
Rev. By:
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System E-5
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Pipe No.
E-5
E-5
Room
No.
Deck
314
312
Rev. no:
Space Served
Dry Room
Off. Laundry
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required
Measured
Type of Unit
K-URH 160
EX20-C00-08
Total for pipe E-5
120
180
300
Tested by:
98.03/Test Sheet E-5
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Your order no.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
Appr. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System E-5.1
Prep, by: KNL

Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No.
No.
Deck
E-5.1 710
Upper
E-5
E-5
E-5
710
708
708
Rev. no:
Dry R o o m
Upper
Dry R o o m
Upper
Crews Laundry
Upper
Crews Laundry
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required Measured
Type of Unit
Space Sen/ed
EX20-C00-08
EX20-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
Total for pipe E-5.1
180
180
275
275
910

Tested by:
8.03/Test Sheet E-5.1
Controlled by:
Date;
HPS-Tl-1
NOVENCO HI-PRES
Ourorderno.: 021216
Yourorderno.:
Hull no: JLZ020501
Rev. By:
Appr. By: FVA
Date: 05-02-2003
Date:

System E-6
Prep, by: KNL
Date: 05-02-2003
Room
Pipe No.
No.
Deck
E-6
601
A
E-6
E-6
601
601
Rev. no:
Space Served
W C , Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Air Flow [m3/h]

Required Measured
Type of Unit
K-URH 125
EX30-C00-08
EX30-C00-08
T o t a l f o r p i p e E-6
110
285
285
680

Tested by:
98.03/Test Slieet E-6 Hospital
Controlled by:
Date:
HPS-Tl-1
oO
Ihe contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due to continued progress in
jiethodology, design and manufacturing. Consilium Marine assumes no legal responsibility for
:iy error or damage resulting from the usage of this document.
| Sixth Edition, November 1998

Document number S-4-007.867/E
Article no.: 070013
1997, Consilium Marine AB
.40226 Gbteborg, Sweden
Atf24
- 2
o-s
The contents of this document are subject to revision without notice due to continued progress in
methodology, design and manufacturing. Consilium Marine assumes no legal responsibility for
any error or damage resulting from the usage of this document.
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
Sixth Edition, November 1998

Document number S-4-007.867/E
Article no.: 070013
1997, Consilium Marine AB
S-402 76 Goteborg, Sweden
About this manual
Reference manual
CS3004
Contents
Return
About this manual

Chapter 1: General description
The CS3004 system
Block diagram
The CS3004 unit

Central unit panel....
Fire alarm panel
Operating panel
Repeater units
Maxi Repeater unit (MX3000)
Mini Repeater unit (MN3000)
Loops and sections

Detectors
System definition
Physical configuration
Special functions
Output function
1-1
1-3
1-4
1-7
1-7
1-9
1-12
1-12
1-13
1-13
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-16
Chapter 2: Definitions
Initial status
Cold start
Normal status
Disconnected status
Loop
Section
Section unit
Detector
Active fire alarm
Passive fire alarm
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Chapter 3: Functions
Basic functions
Cold start
Access levels
Fire alarm
Indication
Acknowledge and mute
Reset
Fault
Indication
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
Reference manual
CS3004
About this manual
Reset
ii
3-2
Abnormal conditions
Disconnections
3-2
3-2
Functional disconnection
Electrically isolated disconnection
General on disconnections
3-3
3-3
3-3
Reconnection
Listings
Change system function
Smoke detector function
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-4
Chapter 4: Operation
General about operations
4-1
Keying in information
Erroneous operations
Non-executable orders
4-1
4-1
4-1
Fire alarm
4-2
Multiple alarms
Acknowledge and mute fire alarms
List fire alarms
Reset fire alarm
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
Acknowledge and mute faults

List faults
Reset faults
4-4
4-4
4-4
Faults
4-4
Disconnections
Disconnection of sections
Disconnection of detectors
Disconnection of manual call point or section unit
Disconnection of external alarm devices
Disconnection of external control devices
Electric isolation of a loop
4-5
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-6
Reconnection
Deactivation/activation of alarm delay
Listing and printouts
Adjustment and test functions
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-7
Change access level

Change access code
Activation of buzzer
Lamp test
Lamp intensity (Dimmer)
Test of central unit buzzers
Set time
Set date
Display program version
Print out the system definition
Display power unit status
Connect a PC
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
Reference manual
CS3004
About this manual
Activate/Deactivate poll flash

Change number of section units
Smoke detectors adjustments
Read section unit data
Set section in test mode
Change supplementary text
Download supplementary text
Cable break test
Menus
Main menu
Section menu
Control menu
Smoke detector menu
List menu
Hi
4-8
4-9
4-9
4-9
4-9
4-9
4-9
4-10
4-10
4-10
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
Chapter 5: Service
5-1
Chapter 6: Fault codes
6-1
About this manual
Reference manual
CS3004
About this manual

This manual describes the configuration and the functions of the CS3004 Fire alarm
system. You will in this manual only find a brief description of all the functions. For a
more thoroughly and straightforward description please read the CS3004 User's Guide.
Chapter one, General description, starts with a short description of the complete
CS3004 Fire alarm system and thereafter continues to describe each part of the system
more thoroughly, such as central unit panel, loops, sections, etc. The fire alarm system
must be defined before it can be started. The definition is made in a separate PC-based
program, the Definition program, by a person with special authorities. You will find a
short description of the definition at the end of chapter one.
All the definitions on specific terms are collected and described in chapter two,
Definitions, to avoid any misunderstanding. Chapter three, Functions, describes all the
functions in a CS3004 Fire alarm system. How to operate the different functions and
where to find the functions are described in chapter four, Operation. This latter chapter
includes merely a description of the central unit panel, its function and how to
communicate with the fire alarm system via the keys and the menus.
The preventive maintenance is described in chapter five, Service and all the fault codes
are listed in Chapter 6, Fault codes.
Reference Manual
CS3004
Chapter 1: System definition
1-1
Chapter 1: General description

The CS3004 system
The CS3004 is a computerised, fully addressable analogue fire alarm system
with analogue detectors. The complete fire alarm system, including fire alarm
panel, operating panel, control unit and power supply, is delivered in a small
cabinet. The maximum number of detector loops connected to the system are
four.
Each installed CS3004 Fire Alarm Systems is customer unique and the
configuration of the system differs between the systems. A fire alarm system
can be composed of one central unit and different numbers of maxi repeater
units, mini repeater units, loops, sections, section units, etc. Your fire alarm
system may include one central unit or it may include a combination of central
unit, maxi repeater units, and mini repeater units. This manual describes the
function of all these units. The central unit and the maxi repeater unit are
physically, for the user, the same units but differ functionally.
The central unit is designed to be user- and service-friendly. The functions have
been divided into three levels to make it easier for the operators with different
knowledge about the system to handle it. The lowest level, Level 1, should be
used by an untrained operator and the highest level, Level 3, should be used by
a supervisor. The system guides the operator through all levels with instructions
on a four-line display. Additional texts can be defined for each detector or loop
unit, e.g. information about the exact location of a unit. The operator can very
easily change these texts.
The Maxi Repeater unit (MX3000) is functionally almost a copy of the central
unit, only a very few functions are not implemented, these are
Date
Time
The remaining functions, all the indications and the messages on the display are
exactly the same as on a central unit.
The Mini Repeater unit (MN3000) is a small box with a limited number of
functions, it can only display one fire alarm at a time. An indicator is lit if there
is more than one fire alarm in the system. The user can list all fire alarms in the
system forward or backward by using two keys. TheMN3000 also includes a
local buzzer that is activated at each fire alarm.
The CS3004 comprises a wide range of detectors and sensors to suit different
needs and conditions. It includes detectors for different alarm parameters, like
smoke, heat and flames, as well as dual-function detectors with sensors for both
smoke and heat. Manual call points, short circuit isolators and timers can also
be connected to the loop. A fault in the system or a false alarm is detected
immediately since the function of the detectors and other installed loop units are
automatically and continuously tested, around the clock.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-2
A loop can have a total of 150 addresses and each loop can be logically divided
into 10 sections. A section is defined as an address interval of the loop,
logically. The detectors on a loop are connected to the same standard cable. The
transmission between the central unit and the detectors is based oCMAB's
specially designedlDA microprocessor circuit, located in each loop unit. The
loop units are power supplied from the same cable as the one used for
communication. The loop can either be a single-ended branch line, a two-way
closed loop or a two-way closed loop with branch lines.
In the system there is twelve outputs that can be used to control doors, hatches,
sprinklers, etc. The output relays are of the type closed or change-over. The
functions of the outputs are fully programmable, and an output is activated
when the defined logical expression is fulfilled. An expression can consist of a
combination of fire alarms, active inputs and different status in the system. The
four external inputs of the system can be used to inform the CS3004 system
about external events and error conditions.
The CS3004 system must be defined before it is initialised. This special
program, the definition program, is run on a PC and only a person with special
authority can use this program. The definition is thereafter downloaded into the
system. Certain definitions and functions can be altered from the display on the
central unit.
The CS3004 system is also provided with an RS-232 output, which can be used
for connection of a log printer, a PC or an optical mimic.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-3
Block diagram
Fire extinguishing control
Closing of fire doors
10
11
12
Ventilation
External failure signal
Alarm bells and sirens
13
Mini
Repeater unit
Maxi
Repeater unit
S7
1. Printer
A printer is used for logging and registration of important system information.
A printer can be connected to the CS3004 fire alarm system and to the repeater
panel.
2. External computer
All information about the fire alarms in the system can be transferred to an
external computer.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-4
3. Optical mimic
An optical mimic is used to outline the different decks on a vessel or houses and
stories. In the mimic LED's indicate the fire alarm thereby giving an immediate
visual location of the fire alarm.
4. Printer
' A printer is used for logging and registration of important system information.
A printer can be connected to the C S3 004 fire alarm system and to the repeater
panel.
5. Loops
A total of four loops can be connected to the CS3004 system.
6. CS3004
The CS3004 central unit includes different computer boards, a power supply
unit, a fire alarm panel and an operating panel with an alpha-numerical display.
7. Maxi Repeater unit
One or several Maxi Repeater units, MX3000, can be connected to the system
loop.
8. Fire extinguishing control
The C S3 004 system can control the release of fire extinguishing medium.
9. Closing of fire doors
The fire door closing function can be programmed to close doors only in the
actual area of a fire.
10. Ventilation
At a fire alarm the ventilation system can be totally or partially stopped. The
smoke may also be directed along a special smoke evacuation route instead of
the normal air way.
11. External failure signal
12. Alarm bells and sirens
13. Mini Repeater unit
One or several Mini repeater units can be connected to RS485.
The CS3004 unit

The CS3004 unit consists of power supply, battery backup, loop interfaces,
inputs and outputs, fire alarm panel, operating panel and control unit that
controls and supervises the system. The operator manages the system by using
the operating panel. The system communicates with the operator through the
alpha-numerical display on the operator panel. All the information about fire
alarms, faults, error messages, status information, etc., is displayed on this
display. There are also separate indicators for fire alarm, faults and other
important status information.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-5
The CS3004 unit is provided with four programmablaopto-isolated inputs and

one GA-input for direct activation of the bell outputs.
The CS3004 system is provided with the following outputs:
One fused and fault supervised output for power supply to an external
device.
Two fused and fault supervised alaim device outputs.
Eight programmable and potential free relay outputs.
One programmable change-over relay output for fire alarm.
One normally closed outpit for fault alarms.
The system communicates with the external units on two electrically isolated
RS-232 channels.
The CS3004 unit is provided with a system loop interface and four detector
loop interfaces.
"
LCD
INDICATIONS
BUZZER
EARTH FAULT DET.
EARTH FAULT
MAINS SUPERV.
MAINS FAULT
CONTROL UNIT
BATTERY FAULT
SUPERVISION
SUPERVISION
< >
BATT. SUPERV.
LOOP
INTERFACE
-*""
vX
<
VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
7 ALARM
DEVICE
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
" FIRE
OUTPUT
10
FAULT
OUTPUT
FT t t
>
11
INPUTS
12 SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
LOOP
fr TT
1
AD/DC converter
The power supplies 230 V AC is converted to the nominal voltage 24vDC of
the control unit. The converter is also used as a battery
2
Battery supervision
Supervision of the battery fuse, the battery connection and the cable. A fault is
generated to the control unit if a deviation is detected.
1-6
3
Mains supervision
Supervision of the mains supply and the AC/DC converter. A fault is generated
to the control unit if a deviation is detected.
4
Earth fault detector
A fault is generated if the resistance between the positive or negative connector
of the DC voltage and earth falls roughly below 10 Ifi.
5
Voltage output
The voltage output is fused and supervised. This output can be used to supply
external units that require a supervised power supply.
6
GA-input
Input for direct activation of the bell outputs.
7
Alarm device outputs
Two fused and supervised outputs primarily intended for alarm devices. The
outputs are individually programmable and they are power supplied from the
control unit. The outputs are activated by theGA-input.
8
Outputs
Eight individually programmable, electrically isolated relay outputs.
9
Fire output
One programmable change-over relay output for fire alarm.
10 Fault output
One normally closed output, activated when a fault is detected in the system.
11 Inputs
Four programmable opto-isolated inputs. These inputs can be used for example
to disconnect detectors and outputs.
12 Serial communication
Two electrically isolated RS-232 channels to be used for communication with
external units, for example printers, external computers, etc.
13 System loop
A system loop interface has two channels for maximum safety, and it is still
working even though a cable break or a short circuit occurs.
14 Loop interface
Four loop interfaces, one for each two-wire loop. The loops are supervised and
short-circuit proof. The loops are power supplied from a separate converter that
keeps the loop voltage on a constant level independent of the control unit
voltage.
15 Control unit
The control unit controls and supervises the CS3004 system. The control unit
consists of microprocessor and memory for the software, definitions, additional
texts, etc. A not working microprocessor does not affect the function of the fault
output and the alarm mute.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-7
16 Keyboard
The keyboard is the interface between the system and the operator.
17 LCD, indicators and buzzer
The alpha-numerical display is used to display information about fire alarms,
faults, system status and as an interface between man and machine. There are
also separate indicators for fire alarms and important system information. Fire
alarms and faults are also indicated with a buzzer.
Central unit panel

Satwtcacsrxiaa
V>TOVTCR ON....
FIRE
rrrrrr"
1 3
43 !
SECTION
DISCONNECTION.,
FIRE (21) SEC 3 DETECTOR 43

SEWING ROOM
1ES1
ALARM TRANSFER
DETECTOR
EXTERNAL ALARM
D E U 1 Of F
SYSTEM FAULT
F3
, - , EXTERNAL CONTROL
''-
ABNORMAL CONO
JAULT
; HCFKJN
DETECTOR
M ;"m
ALARM RESET
ACTIVATED
,-. SECTION / DETECTOR

''' N0TRE5ET
VLlij'-
: KSET
!"4-
-Ai
The central unit panel is the link between man and machine in the CS3004
system and it is designed for ease of use. The central unit panel is subdivided
into two halves, the fire alarm panel and the operating panel.
Fire alarm panel

1
SmSwtcaCSaoaO
i 43
SECTION
t\
EXTERNAL CONTROL
ACTIVATED
' \ i rv
q i'-U
V*L.
SECTION / DETECTOR
NOT RESET
The fire alarm panel is designed for greatest possible clarity. It includes a
numerical display indicating the section number and the detector address of the
alarming unit. There are three keys on the fire alarm panel, a mute key, a reset
key and a key to scroll through the fire alarms. TheLEDs indicate if there are
more than one fire alarm in the system, if a fire alarm could not be reset and if
any external control is activated.
The fire alarm panel is activated when a fire alarm is detected in the system.
The optical fire alarm indicator FIRE starts flashing, and both the section
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-8
number and the detector address in alarm are shown on the numeric display. If
there is more than one fire alarm in the system the optical fire alarm indicator
ALARMS IN QUEUE is lit. All keys on the fire alarm panel are used for
handling fire alarms.
Optical fire alarm indication
Name
Colour
Function
FIRE
Red
At a fire alarm the rectangular LED on the

fire alarm-panel flashes. The LED turns
over to steady light when the alarm is
muted, if a new fire alarm is received the
LED starts flashing again. The LED is
alight until no more active alarms exist.
ALARMS
IN QUEUE
Red
Indicate that there are more fire alarms

(multiple fire alarms) in the system. It has
a steady or a flashing light as above.
Numeric display
The numeric display shows the section number and detector address in alarm (3
+ 3 red digits).
The fire alarm panel keys
The fire alarm keys are only handling fire alarms.
KEY
FUNCTION
ALARM MUTE
Acknowledge all fire alarms and mutes all generai

alarm devices.
ALARM RESET
Reset of the fire alarm that is shown both on the

numeric display and the alpha-numerical display.
ALARMS IN
QUEUE
Displays the next fire alarm or if all fire alarms

are reset lists the "old" fire alarms in the fire
alarm list.
Other indicators
Name
Colour
Function
EXTERNAL CONTROL
Yellow
Indicate that an output in the group

for external controls is active.
Yellow
Indicate that a resetting of a fire

alarm has been attempted but
failed for some reason.
ACTIVATED
SECTION/DETECTOR
NOT RESET
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-9
Operating panel
POWER ON....
FIRE (21) SEC 3 DETECTOR 43

SEWING ROOM
DISCONNECTION..
TEST
ALARM TRANSFER.
EXTERNAL ALARM.
DELAY OFF...
CZD
SYSTEM FAULT..
CZD CZD
CZD
ABNORMAL COND.
FAULT
BBS
0
0V
0 0 0 &
AD
C0C30
B B S B
r *
cr\
| SMOKE
| EXTERNAL
ALARM
DELAY
The operating panel is used to supervise and operate the system and it includes
an alpha-numerical display, a key-pad, function keys, command keys, fault
keys, list keys andLEDs. For security reasons and for quick function, some
important functions have been given separate keys, all other functions are menu
oriented. The alpha-numerical display is used as an interface between the
operator and the system, and it is used to inform and guide the operator when
using the different functions on the operating panel. The status of the system is
also displayed on the alpha-numerical display.
Keyboard
The keyboard is divided into six areas: numerical keys, command keys,
operation keys, fault handling keys, list handling keys and function keys. The
corresponding text or error message is displayed on the alpha-numerical display
at a key touch.
Numerical keys
The numerical part of the keyboard contains the digits 0 - 9 and the keys and
J . When a numerical key is depressed the corresponding digit is displayed if it
is allowed, otherwise an error code is displayed.
J
Return key. The system returns to normal status and the texlCS3004 is
displayed.
< A correction key. Each time this key is pressed the last key stroke is
erased.
Command keys
The command keys S, D, SD, EA, EC and AD are used to choose the units to
operate on.
Reference Manual
CS3004
Key
1-10
Function
Choose a section to operate on. After the S-key is

depressed enter a section number.
Choose detectors to operate on. Before the D-key

is depressed enter a section number. The different
choices of detectors are single address, address
interval or no address at all, meaning all detectors
on the section.
SD
Choose smoke detectors to operate on. Otherwise

identical to D-key above.
EA
Choose an external alarm device to operate on.
EC
Chooses an external control device to operate on
AD
Choose the alarm delay function.
Fault handling keys

Faults can be muted and reset.
Key
Function
Acknowledge the fault shown in the display. Mutes the

fault buzzer.
Reset the fault shown on the alpha-numerical display.
Operation keys
The operation keys are used to choose the operations to perform.
Key
Function
ON
Reconnects the displayed unit from theDisconnection

list.
OFF
Disconnect units.
TIMER
Disconnect units during a time interval.
List handling keys

The key LIST is used to open the list function. The following lists are available:
- All fire alarms
- Not resettable fire alarms
- Fire alarm history
- Faults
- Abnormal conditions
- Disconnections
- Section unit status
- Input status
- Output status.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-11
The lists are scrolled up and down by using the two arrow keys t and I .
t
Displays previous item in the list. The key LED is lit when there is a
previous item in the list.
Displays next item in the list. The key LED is lit when there is a next
in the item in the list.
Function keys
The function keys, Fl, F2, F3 and F4 below the alpha-numerical display are
used to choose functions from the menus and moreover to enter certain
characters with no keys of their own. Explanatory texts for the function keys
are shown on the display above each key.
Alpha-numerical display
The alpha-numerical display has 4 x 40 characters and is equipped with
background light. It is used as a complement to the fire alarm panel at fire
alarm, it displays fault and abnormal conditions, lead texts for the function keys
and it is a general interface to the operator when operating the system.
Line
Name
Function
Information
Presentation of fire alarms,

faults, abnormal conditions and
list information. This line is also
used as a command line, e.g. text
is displayed as a verification of
key strokes.
Additional text
Additional text
Messages
Displays operative results and

help texts for the first line.
Displays the last fire alarm when
more than one fire alarm exists
in the system.
Menu
Menu line or additional text for

the last fire alarm.
Additional text
An additional text can be attached to each section number and detector address.
The text is displayed whenever a fire alarm is detected. The text is shown on
line two for the first fire alarm and if there are more than one fire alarms
present in the system, on line four for the latest fire alarm. The text may be up
to 40 characters long.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-12
Optical indicators
Name
Colour
Function
POWER ON
Green
Is lit when the power is set on.
DISCONNECTION
Yellow
General disconnection indicator.
TEST
Yellow
Is lit when the central unit is in

test mode.
ALARM
TRANSFER
Yellow
Is lit when the dedicated fire

output is activated (steady light)
and is flashing when the door is
open, the fire output is
deactivated.
EXTERNAL
ALARM
Yellow
Is lit when an external alarm is

disconnected (steady light) or
faulty (flashing).
DELAY OFF
Yellow
Is lit when the time delay is

deactivated.
SYSTEM FAULT
Yellow
Is lit when an error occurs in the

system program.
ABNORMAL
COND
Yellow
Is lit when an abnormal

condition occurs.
Buzzer
A buzzer starts sounding when a fire alarm or a fault is detected in the central
unit. It will normally keep buzzing until the central unit door is opened. The
buzzer can, however, be programmed to sound when a fire alarm or fault is
present in the system, regardless if the door is opened or closed.
A fire alarm is indicated with an intermittent signal and a fault is indicated with
a steady signal.
Repeater units
Two different Repeater units can be connected to the system, aMaxi Repeater
unit and a Mini Repeater unit.
Maxi Repeater unit (MX3000)

The Maxi Repeater unit (MX3000) can display the same texts and status of the
indicators as the central unit but it do not include all the functions of the central
unit, the exceptions are
Date
Time
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-13
All keys on both theFire alarm paneland the Operating panelare

operational.
Mini Repeater unit (MN3000)

The Mini Repeater unit (MN3000) can only display one fire alarm at a time.
An indicator is lit if there are more than one fire alarm in the system. All the fire
alarms in the system can be listed forward or backward by use of two keys. The
MN3000 also includes a local buzzer that is activated at each fire alarm. The
user can mute this buzzer from theMN3000 (local mute). All indicators and
every segment in the display on theMN3000 can be tested when the lamp test
key is activated.
Loops and sections

A total of four loops can be connected to the CS3004 system. Each two-wire
loop is connected to a loop interface in the central unit. The communication
with the connected section units on each loop is handled by the central unit. The
loop can either be a single fed branch line, a double fed loop or a double fed
loop with branch lines. A loop can be divided into maximum 10 sections, and
the number of sections and the address interval for each section is defined in a
special program, the Definition program. Different types of fire detectors may
be connected to the loop. Normally their alarm levels ar$)reset according to
valid standards. Detectors and other units that can be connected are:
Smoke detectors of ionisation or optcal type

Heat detectors of maximal or differential type
Combined detectors of ionisation and heat type
Flame detectors of UV type
Manual call points of different kinds
Interfaces for sections with digital closing detectors, allowing existing
fire alarm systems to be expanded without any new cable installation
Other types of alarm or detection systems.
The section unit is connected to the loop via a communication moduldJDA,

which also contains the main address of the unit. A total of 150 detectors and
manual call points can be connected per loop and a total of 512 detectors and
manual call points can be connected to the four loops. If there are more than 32
detectors connected to a loop, the loop must be divided into sections each
separated with short circuits.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-14
In the figure below two different types of loops are connected to CS3004
CS3004
SU 2
SCI
-rm-
AU
Q
SCI
-on|Q
IU
11
10
12
AU
Q:
AU
Q:
Q:
14
15
13
1. Double fed loop

In this type of loop both ends are connected to CS3004. Branch lines and sub
loops can be connected to this type of loop.
2. Conventional section unit
Any section unit, e.g. a detector with a conventional closing function.
3. Branch line
A complete part of the loop, branching out from a point on the rest of the loop.
4. Addressable short circuit isolators
A short circuit isolator breaks the detector loop at a short circuit and informs
the central unit of where the short circuit has occurred and with which detectors
it is still possible to communicate, and from which direction of the loop.
5. General address unit
For connection of conventional detectors to a section.
6. Addressable local tinier
Intervals of detector can be locally disconnected for a specific time.
7. Analogue smoke detector
8. Addressable indication unit
Could be used for optical alarm indication from a hidden detector. Could be
placed anywhere on the loop.
9. Analogue heat detector
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-15
10. Addressable manual call point

Different types of manual call points are available.
11. Dual-function detector
A smoke detector combined with a heat detector unit.
12. Single fed loop
A loop where only one end is connected to the central unit. Branch lines and sub
loops can be connected to this type of loop.
13. Flame detector
There are two types of flame detectors :IR type and UV type, which are
sensitive to infra-red and ultra-violet radiation respectively.
14. Sub loop
A section of conventional detectors with one common
15. Conventional heat detector
Conventional detector with two states, normal condition and alarm condition.
Detectors
The central unit automatically identifies which type of detector or other unit that
is connected to an address. The address is set with a switch in each detector.
The alarm levels are stored in each detector and in the central unit. When a
detector reaches alarm status, its IDA gives a priority signal to the central unit
and thereafter transfers the actual alarm data to it. The central unit acknowledge
and evaluate the message. For eliminating unwanted alarms the central unit
asks the detector to repeat its transmission several times
All detectors are supervised by the central unit. They are tested automatically
and continuously, around the clock. Each detector is polled and checked by a
special test program to evaluate the status of each detector. All deviations from
the norm are registered.
System definition
The system must be defined and this definition must be downloaded into the
system before it can be started. The definition is made with a PC-based
program which only persons with special authority may run.
The system definition is divided into three groups of parameters: physical
configuration, special functions and output function.
Physical configuration
In this part of the program the total number of sections on each loop must be
defined and the external equipment that is connected to the system. Since the
system is continuously supervised and all deviations from this definition will be
reported on the display. All the transmission parameters for the serial outputs
must also be defined.
Reference Manual
CS3004
1-16
Special functions
The following functions can be defined for the whole system:
Marine or industrial system.Certain functions differ in a marine and an

industrial system.*
English or Swedish text on the alpha-numeric display.*
The internal buzzer function.
The printout on the log printer.
The following can be defined for each section:
Section number.
Detector interval.
The number of units connected to the sectio.
Additional texts for each connected unit.
Time delay and high sensitivity for smoke detectors.
Rate-of-rise for heat detectors.
Not implemented in the Maxi Repeater unit.
Output function
The control conditions for the outputs consist of logical conditions based on fire
alarms from detectors, manual call points and sections as well as the status of
the inputs. The outputs can also be divided into different categories, where the
type of signal is defined for each category.
Reference Manual
CS3004
2-1
Initial status
The system is said to have initial status after the system has been initialised. At
this moment there exist no fire alarms, no faults or any abnormal conditions in
the system. All input and output have returned to normal conditions.
Cold start
When a cold start is performed the unit is initialised and after completion it
returns to the initial status, for instance as is the case after power on. The
system thereafter collects the current status and all deviations from initial status
are reported.
Normal status
The central unit is said to have normal status when a fire alarm, a not muted
fault or the text CS3004 together with date, time is shown on the alpha-numeric
display. The fire alarms have in this case, as always, the highest priority.
A unit is said to have normal status when there are no fire alarms, faults or
abnormal conditions for the unit. All input and output have returned to normal
conditions.
Disconnected status
A unit has disconnected status when it has been functionally disconnected from
the system. A disconnected unit can not generate any status changes such as fire
alarms, faults, and abnormal conditions.
Loop
The maximum numbers of loops in the system are four. One loop can be divided
in to a maximum often sections. A total of 150 section units can be connected
to one loop and a total of 512 detectors and manual call points can be connected
to all four loops. The configuration of the loop is defined in a PC based
program, the Definition program.
Section
A section is a part of a loop that is defined by a continuous address interval.
The address interval must not be overlapping when several sections are defined.
The maximum number of detectors and manual call points connected to one
section are 32. Each section must be separated from the next section with a
short circuit isolator.
The following items are to be defined for a section: address interval, number of
units, setting of time delay and sensitivity for smoke detectors, and setting of
rate-of-rise for heat detectors.
Reference Manual
CS3004
2-2
Section unit
A section unit is any unit connected to a section such as detectors, manual call
points, short circuit isolators and timers.
Detector
A section unit that is an automatic fire alarm detector. A manual call point is
not regarded as a detector.
Active fire alarm

A fire alarm is active as long as it is not muted and the operator has not tried to
reset the fire alarm.
Passive fire alarm

A fire alarm is passive if the operator has tried to reset the fire alarm and failed.
Reference Manual
CS3004
3-1
Basic functions
Cold start
The system automatically performs a cold start at power on or when a new
system definition has been downloaded into the system. At a cold start all the
disconnections disappear and the status of the outputs returns to normal state.
The fire alarms and the fault indications are displayed as new events.
Access levels
To prevent unauthorised operation of the system the functions of the system are
divided into three access levels. All functions up to and including the current
access level are available to the operator. To change to a higher access level an
access code is needed. The access codes can be changed at will.
Fire alarm
Fire alarm always has the highest priority. The fire alarm is immediately
displayed. All fault messages and other activities on the display are suppressed
when a fire alarm is received. The fire alarm is indicated both optically and
acoustically. The optical indication on the central unit keeps flashing until the
fire alarm is muted. The system always shows the first and latest received fire
alarm on the alpha-numerical display. The system is capable of handling up to
80 fire alarms. The list is cyclic.
Indication
The section number and the detector address of the fire alarm are shown on the
numerical display on the fire alarm panel. The optical fire alarm indicator is
flashing.
The text FIRE, the section number and the detector address are shown in clear
text on the first line of the alpha-numerical display. Additional text is shown on
the second line, if provided.
If there are more than one fire alarm in the system the ALARMS IN QUEUE is
lit on the fire alarm panel. The text FIRE, the section number and the detector
address of the latest fire alarm are shown on the third line of the alphanumerical display and additional information is shown on the fourth line, if
provided.

All not acknowledged fire alarms are acknowledged at the same time. When a
fire alarm is acknowledged the general alarm devices are muted and the flashing
optical indication goes over to steady light.
Reference Manual
CS3004
3-2
Reset
A fire alarm can only be reset if the fire alarm is acknowledged, the fire alarm
conditions have disappeared and the unit is responding. If the alarm conditions
remain or if the unit is not responding, an error message is displayed. The fire
alarm can also be reset by manually disconnecting the alarming detector, section
or manual call point, in which case the above restrictions do not apply.
Fault
The fault indication has the second highest priority. The fault is indicated both
optically and acoustically. A just received fault message can only be shown
immediately on the alpha-numerical display if there are no fire alarms in the
system. The fault is instead put in theFault list. The optical indications on the
operating panel keeps flashing until the fault is acknowledged. The fault shown
on the display is the latest received fault. Up to 100 faults can be stored in the
fault list. The list is cyclic.
Indication
When a fault is detected the FAULT LED is lit and the buzzer is sounding. The
fault is shown in clear text plus the fault number, the type of detector and its
address on the first line of the alpha-numeric display. Additional text is shown
on the second line, if provided. The fault is not shown on the display if there
exists a not acknowledged fire alarm in the system. The operator can use the
Fault list to display the fault on the alpha-numerical display. The latest fault is
displayed first. The list is cyclic.

The faults are acknowledged one by one, the internal buzzer is muted and the
fault output of the central unit is deactivated. The buzzer is temporarily muted
when the door is opened.
Reset
A fault indication can only be reset if the cause of the fault has disappeared, the
fault is acknowledged and the unit responds. If the cause remains or if the unit
does not respond, an error message is displayed.
Abnormal conditions
An abnormal condition is generated if something is not quite normal but the
function is still retained. Abnormal conditions are automatically reset by the
unit that generated the indication. Up to 25 abnormal conditions can be stored in
the abnormal condition list. The list is cyclic.
Disconnections
The disconnections are divided into two categories: functionaflisconnections
and electric isolation of a loop, which are dealt with in slightly different ways.
Reference Manual
CS3004
3-3
Functional disconnection
The disconnections can either be locally initiated or manually initiated, either
permanently or time-controlled. A disconnected unit may be disconnected in
several different ways at the same time but is regarded as disconnected if it is
disconnected in at least one way. A disconnected unit can not generate fire
alarms, faults, abnormal conditions or any other status changes.
Manual disconnection
A manual disconnection is initiated from the operating panel and it can be either
permanently, time-controlled or periodically.
The operator selects the unit to be disconnected by entering its address. The unit
is then permanently disconnected until the operator reconnects it again. Adbtiv
disconnections are put in theDisconnections list. A maximum of 70
disconnections can be included in this list.
At a time-controlled disconnection the operator also has to define how long time
the unit shall be disconnected. The unit is automatically reconnected when the
time has elapsed. The operator can manually reconnect a time-controlled unit
before the defined time has elapsed by using ^disconnections list.
For a periodic disconnection the operator must define the start and stop time,
and which days the unit should bedisconnted on a weeklybasis.The definition
of the periodic disconnections are to be found in the Wiodic disconnection list.
The periodic disconnection is present in th)is connection list when it is active.
Before a unit can be disconnected it must be in normal status, therefore before
the unit is disconnected all fire alarms, faults and abnormal conditions are
erased.
Local disconnection
A local disconnection is performed from another place than the operating panel.
The_disconnected unit will get disconnected status immediately.
Electrically isolated disconnection

An electrically isolated disconnection can only be performed on a whole loop.
All the sections that are defined on the loop are then electrically isolated.
General on disconnections
A section unit can always be disconnected, regardless if it answers or not. A
messages is displayed if the addresses) to be disconnected does not exist.
Reconnection
A permanently disconnected unit is reconnected from thDisconnections list.
A time-controlled disconnected unit is automatically reconnected when the time
has elapsed but the disconnection can be interrupted and the unit manually
reconnected from theDisconnections list. A locally disconnected unit must be
locally reconnected.
Reference Manual
CS3004
3-4
Listings
There are several different lists present in the system and all the lists can be
selected from the List menu, presented on the display after the LIST key is
depressed. All lists except theFire alarm list display the last action first. The
Fire alarm list displays the first fire alarm first. All lists can be printed out on a
connected printer. ^^Disconnections list includes a reconnection function.
Change system function

If a not defined section unit is to be added to a section, the definition of this
section must be changed. Usually this is done in the Definition program but
there is a possibility to add the new section unit to the definition via the menus
on the alpha-numeric display. The new settings are only temporarily saved until
a new definition file is downloaded into the system.
Smoke detector function

The sensitivity and the time delay of the responding time for a single smoke
detector or a group of smoke detectors is defined in the Definition program.
Both these functions can be changed via the menus on the alpha-numerical
display. The new settings are only temporarily saved until a new definition file
is downloaded into the system.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-1
To perform an operation the first choice is to select the unit to operate on. Then
the actual command is chosen. When selecting the unit the choice is gradually
narrowed, i.e. the choice goes from larger to smaller units.
General about operations

Keying in information
Address
The numerical keys are used to key in a section unit address. Valid interval for
section unit addresses is 1 - 150.
Number
To key in a number for a section the numerical keys are used. Valid intervals
for sections are 1 - 190.
Address interval
For certain types of section units an address interval can be given. An address
interval is given as two addresses separated by a hyphen (-). The hyphen is
available on the function key Fl when needed.
Time
The numerical keys are used to key in the time. A colon (:) is used as a
separator between hours, minutes and seconds. The colon is available on the
function key Fl when needed. The number is zero-filled from the left, i.e2
becomes 02, etc., if less than two digits is given for hour, minute or second.
Date
The numerical keys are also used to key in the date. A colon (:) is used as a
separator between year, month and day. The colon is available on the function
key Fl when needed.
Erroneous operations
Each key touch is checked and if it is not valid an error message is displayed.
The cause or an explanation is given why that particular key was not allowed,
when possible.
Non-executable orders
If an order can not be executed a message about this is displayed together with
an explanation why the execution was interrupted.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-2
Fire alarm
' saimtcacsaaaa
1
FIRE
,
SECTION
~vc
POWER
FIRE SEC 7 DETECTOR 21

CREW CABIN 231
! 21
DETECTOR
ON...
HSC0NNEC1ON..
TEST
AURU TRANSFER.
EXTERNAL AURM.
DEWY Off...
SYSTEM FAULT..
F3
n
I ALARM MUTE
ALARMS IN QUEUE
EXTERNAL CONTROL
ACTIVATED
o mm
1
ALARM RESET
JM I 8
) SECIOH
4 j (j.
; 0C1EC1OR
1 I (2
SECTION / DETECTOR
NO! RESET
ABNORM. COND.
FAULT
MJ
j r*!
-Ai
When a fire alarm message is received in the central unit, it is immediately
displayed. The optical indicators and the general alarm devices are activated.
The section number and the detector address are shown on the numeric
indicators on the fire alarm panel. The same information is written in clear text
on the alphanumerical display, on line one for the first fire alarm. As an option
additional texts can be added for each unit, which will be shown on the second
line of the alphanumeric display.
The received alarms are stored in chronological order in thFire alarm list. A
total of 80 fire alarms can be stored in this list. All functions in the system are
available at a fire alarm. The back-light of the display is lit until all fire alarms
are reset and there are noun-muted faults in the system.
Multiple alarms
If more fire alarms are received the LED's ALARMS IN QUEUE are lit. The
first received fire alarm is shown on both the numerical indicators and on the
first and second line of the alphanumerical display. The latest fire alarm is
displayed on the third and fourth line of the alphanumeric display.
The alarms can be listed one by one on the alphanumeric display. The total
number of fire alarms and the fire alarm in order are shown to the right on line
one. If no key is depressed for about 5 seconds the display returns to show the
first received fire alarm. The list is cyclic, i.e. when the last received fire alarm
has been listed, and the next key touch will again list the first fire alarm. This is
indicated by letting the LED's ALARMS IN QUEUE go out for 5 seconds.
Acknowledge and mute fire alarms

All not acknowledged fire alarms are acknowledged and all general alarm
devices are muted at the same time. The internal buzzer is also muted and the
optical fire indications turn over to steady red light. If another fire alarm is
received the general alarm devices are activated anew.
Whether the fire alarm is acknowledged instantly when thdlarm mute key is
depressed or if the key must remain depressed for two seconds before execution
starts, is defined in the Definition programme.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-3
List fire alarms

The fire alarms can be listed in two different ways, either by using the
ALARMS IN QUEUE key or by using the LIST key. Only the active fire
alarms i.e. not acknowledged and not reset fire alarms, are listed when the
ALARMS IN QUEUE key is used. The passive fire alarms, i.e. notresettable
fire alarms, can only be listed with this key when there are no active alarms
present in the system.
By using the LIST key three different lists can be selected from the menu: all
Fire alarms, all Not reset fire alarms andFire alarm history, i.e. fire alarms
that have been reset. All lists can be printed out on a local printer.
Reset fire alarm

The system can only reset one fire alarm at a time, the fire alarm that is
currently shown on the numerical display on the fire alarm panel and on the first
two lines of the alpha-numerical display on the operating panel. When the
Alarm Reset key is depressed a Resetting message is displayed on line three on
the alphanumeric display.
If the reset was successful a message is displayed for about 5 seconds. After
this the next active fire alarm is displayed, if existing. Otherwise the system
returns to normal status, CS3004 is displayed. If the alarm could not be reset a
message is displayed and the fire alarm is moved to the list of notesettable fire
alarms and the LED SECTION/DETECTOR NOT RESET is lit.
The fire alarm reset can either be executed instantly when HoAlarm Reset key
is depressed or the key must be depressed for two seconds before the execution
starts. The function oftheAlarm reset key is defined in the Definition
programme.
The not-resettable fire alarms can be listed in two different ways, either by
using the ALARMS IN QUEUE key on the fire alarm panel or by using the
LIST key on the operating panel. The ALARMS IN QUEUE key can only list
the notresettable fire alarms if there are no active fire alarms present in the
system and if all faults are acknowledged. The LIST key can always be used
regardless of the system status. The fire alarms are shown on the first line of the
alphanumeric display, one by one. They are then reset in the normal manner.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-4
Faults
'
FAULT (22) SEC 2 SD 11 NO ANSWER
ID ID ID
[ T ] SEC
QE
QSliJ
ID
[EA>r L
POWER ON....
DISCONNECTION..
TEST
ALARM TRANSFER.
EXTERNAL ALARM.
DELAY OFF...
SYSTEM FAULT..
A8N0RMAL COND.
FAULT
( T ] DETECTOR
[ [ c ]cKf
(JVTJMUTE
f m 1 SMOKE
1^ oU J DETECTOR
f n 1 ALARM
I ftU J DELAY
f Y ] KSET
(B&&\
The fault LED is lit when a fault occurs. The fault is shown directly on the
alphanumeric display if there are no active fire alarms in the system.
The faults are stored in a list in reverse chronological order; i.e. the last received
fault is displayed first. A total of 100 faults can be stored in the list. The backlight of the display is lit until all fire alarms are reset and there are nun-muted
faults in the system.
Acknowledge and mute faults

The faults are acknowledged one by one when the M key is depressed. The
buzzer is permanently muted, the fault indicator turns over to steady light and
the central unit will return to normal status^S3004 is displayed. The buzzer is
temporarily muted when the door is opened.
List faults
The faults are displayed one by one after the LIST function is activated and the
fault list is selected from the menu. All faults that are not acknowledged are
marked with the text NOT MUTED to the right on line three.
A new fault is put in a waiting list until an old fault is reset if the fault list is
full. The fault list can be printed out on a local printer.
Reset faults
A fault can only be reset if the cause has disappeared, the fault is acknowledged
and the unit is responding. The selected fault is shown on the first and second
line on the alphanumeric display. The system tries to reset the fault when the R
key is depressed and a message is shown. If the reset is successful a message is
shown and the next fault is displayed, if existing. Otherwise the system returns
to normal status, CS3004 is displayed. If the fault could not be reset a NOT
RESET message is shown and the fault remains displayed.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-5
Disconnections
A disconnection can either be performed on a section or on a specific unit or
sequence of units. All thedisconnections are put in theDisconnections list.
Disconnection of sections
A whole section can be disconnected either permanently or for a certain time
interval. A permanent disconnection sets all the detectors and manual call points
off on the specified section. A disconnection for a certain time interval
reconnects the detectors automatically when the time interval has elapsed. The
permanent disconnections are reconnected from ^Disconnections list.
Permanent disconnection
The procedure for a permanent disconnection is press the S key first to select a
section and then enter a section number, thereafter press the OFF key to
disconnect the section.
Disconnection for a certain time interval
The procedure for a disconnection for a certain time is the same as for a
permanent disconnection except that after the section number is entered, press
the TIMER key and enter a time duration for the disconnection, thereafter press
the OFF key. The maximum disconnection time is 24 hours.
Disconnection of detectors
When disconnecting detectors there is a free choice of a single address, a
sequence of addresses or all addresses. Thedisconnections can either affect all
types of detectors or only a specific type of detectors such as smoke detectors or
heat detectors. The disconnection can either be a permanent disconnection or a
disconnection for a certain time interval. A disconnection for a certain time
interval reconnects the detectors automatically when the time interval has
elapsed. A permanently disconnected unit is reconnected from the
Disconnections list.
A detector is specified by the section number and thereafter the type of detector.
The following type of detectors can be specified:
All detectors, press the D key
Smoke detectors, press theSD key
Heat detectors, select HEAT. DET in the section menu. For more information
see Section menu
Thereafter specify the number of detectors that shall be A detector or all
detectors in a section can bedisconneted for maximum 24 hours. The system
will automatically reconnect the detector when the time has elapsed. The
procedure for a disconnection for a certain time is the same as for a permanent
disconnection except that after the section number is entered, press the TIMER
key and enter a time duration for the disconnection, thereafter press the OFF
key.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-6
A detector can also be disconnected locally. All the locally disconnected

detectors are marked with the text LOCAL OFF in theD/sconnections list. A
locally disconnected detector can only be reconnected manually.
Disconnection of manual call point or section unit

A manual call point or a section unit can be permanently disconnected. Select
the unit you want to disconnect after you have selected a section and thereafter
press the OFF key to disconnect the unit.
Disconnection of external alarm devices

All alarm devices or a single alarm device can be permanently disconnected.
Depress the EA key, enter an address for a single alarm device or if all alarm
devices are to be disconnected press the OFF key immediately.
Disconnection of external control devices

All external control devices, a single external control device or a category of
external control devices can be disconnected permanently. Firsts press the EC
key, thereafter enter the external control device address or select a category,
finally depress the OFF key to disconnect the external control device.
Electric isolation of a loop

A loop is disconnected in an electrically isolated way. The operator first selects
EL. ISOL. from the main menu, the operator thereafter enters a loop number
and finally depresses the OFF key.
Reconnection
The permanently disconnected units can only be reconnected from the
Disconnections list. Select the appropriate disconnection and thereafter change
the status of the specified unit by pressing the ON key.
A locally disconnected detector can only be reconnected manually.
Deactivation/activation of alarm delay

The alarm delay function is normally active. To deactivate the alarms delay
functions, press the AD key and then press the OFF key. The DELAY OFF
indicator on the operating panel comes on.
The alarm delay function stays deactivated until it is activated again.
Listing and Printouts

The LIST key can always be activated, even if there are active fire alarms in the
system. The following lists are provided in the system:
All fire alarms
Not resettable fire alarms
Fire alarm history
Faults
Disconnections
Abnormal conditions
Reference manual
CS3004
4-7
The status of the section units

The status of the inputs
The status of the outputs
The test result from the sling test
Press the LIST key to select the list function and thereafter select the
appropriate list from the List menu. All lists provided by the system can be
printed out on a local printer from a sub-menu.
Adjustment and test function

Different adjustments and test functions have different access levels. The
functions can either be selected from the Main menu, the Section menu or from
the Smoke detector menu.
Change access level

The functions in the system are divided into different access levels since not all
operators are allowed to use all functions in the system. The system changes to
a higher access level if the operator enters the correct four-digit access code.
Select ACC. LEV. from the Main menu and thereafter enter the access level.
The system thereafter asks for the access code. The system changes to the new
access level if the correct access code was entered otherwise the system returns
to access level 1.
The system returns to access level 1 when the door is closed.
Change access code

Access codes can only be changed on the current level or levels below it. Select
CHA. CODE from the Main menu and thereafter enter the new access code
twice. The access code is changed if the same code was entered twice, otherwise
the old access code is still valid.
Activation of buzzers
This function activates the external alarm devices again for about 5 seconds, if
the devices have been muted and the fire alarm condition still remains.
Lamp test
The lamp test is a test of all indications on the central unit. Select LAMP TEST
from the Main menu, all the indications will light up for about 5 seconds and a
test pattern is displayed on the display.
Lamp intensity (Dimmer)

The LED intensity (dimmer function) can be changed for all the indicators on
the central unit. There are five intensity levels, 0 to 5. Zero is equal to
maximum dimmer function. The selected intensity is displayed on the first line
of the alphanumerical display. Select LAMPINTENS. from the Main menu.
Thereafter enter a number from 0 to 5.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-8
Test of central unit buzzer

The buzzer test is a test of the central unit buzzer. Select BUZZER in the Main
menu, the buzzer is activated and it beeps a few times.
Set time
This function changes the system clock. Select SET TIME from the Main menu
and then enter the new time given zkours-.minutes-.seconds on a 24-hour
clock.
This function is not implemented in the Maxi Repeater unit.
Set date
This function changes the date. Select SET DATE from the Main menu and
enter the new date with six digits, given asYYMMDD.
Display program version

(Access level 3)
This function display, for about 5 seconds, the program name, program version
number, the licence number, the signature of the person who has made the
definition and the definition date. SelecPROG. VER. from the Main menu.
Print out the system definition

This function prints out the system definition to a connected printer. Select
SHOW DEF.
Display power unit status

This function display, for about five seconds, the status of the power unit, the
following values are printed out: the supply voltage, the status of the mains
power and battery, and an earth fault value. Select POWER STATUS.
Connect a PC
When a PC is connected to the system this function can be used to open the
communication between the system and the PC. Select CONNECT PC.
Activate/Deactivate poll flash

For service purposes the LED's of each unit can be set to light up each time the
unit is polled by the system. Press the S key to select the section, thereafter
specify the section number and finally select FLASH ON from the Section
menu.
The poll flash function remains active until the function is set off with FLASH
OFF.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-9

The number of section units is defined in the Definition programme, but this
defined value can be changed from the operating panel. The system will
remember this new setting until a new definition file is downloaded.
Select the sections key S and enter a section number. Thereafter select NO. OF
UNITS in the Section menu and enter the new section unit number.
Smoke detectors adjustments

Normal or high sensitivity can be set for a single smoke detector or an interval
of smoke detectors. The alarm from each smoke detector can also be time
delayed.
Select the sections key S and enter a section number. Thereafter select the
appropriate function in the Smoke detector menu.
Read section unit data

The analogue values of a section unit are read. The analogue values of the four
channels are presented as decimal values on line three of the alphanumeric
display. The type of section unit and the percentage of pollution are given
within brackets.
Select the sections key S and enter a section number. Thereafter select SEC.
UNIT in the Section menu and enter the section unit number. Finally select
READ D. DATA from the sub-menu.
Set section in test mode

When a section is set in test mode the external controls defined for this section
will not be activated when there is a fire alarm or fault generated in the system.
The section remains in test mode until you reconnect itfrom^^Disconnection
list.
Select the sections key S and enter a section number. Thereafter select TEST
MODE in the Section menu.
Change supplementary text

The supplementary text defined for each section unit can be changed from the
display. Select the sections key S and enter a section number. Thereafter select
the detector key D and enter a detector number. SelecDEF.SUPP (Fl) in the
menu, you may now enter the supplementary text by using the Fl -F4 keys.
Download supplementary text

New supplementary text can be downloaded and saved from a flash prom
mounted on the operating panel. Select LOAD TEXT in the menu.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-10
Cable break test

This test can not be started from a Maxi repeater unit, it can only be started
from a central unit. The fault message CABLE BREAK has been displayed. By
running the cable break test the system can detect between which units there are
likely to be a cable break. The test result is presented in thdOable break list
(Loop test list). Only one loop can be tested at a time and each test will take
about 10 minutes. Select LOOP TEST in the main menu.
Menus
Functions that do not have separate keys can be reached via menus on the
alphanumeric display. The menus are presented on the fourth line, one line of
text at a time. The explanatory text is displayed above each key in each menu.
To choose certain functions press the corresponding function key.
A menu is present when the text MENU is displayed above the F4 key. You
activate the menu by pressing the F4 key. Some menus consist of more than one
line that is indicated by the textMORE above the F4 key. When the last line of
the menu is displayed this is indicated byItfORE). To display the first line of
the menu again press F4.
The menus differ depending on the chosen unit and the access level. The menus
are the Main menu, the Section menu, the Control menu, the Smoke detector
menu, and theList menu.
The different menus are listed below together with their access levels.
Main menu
The main menu is accessible when the system is in normal status.
MENU
Menu A
Menu B
Menu C
Menu D
Menu E
Menu F
F1
ACC. LEV.
LAMP TEST
SET TIME*
PROG. VER.
POWER
STATUS
LOAD TEXT
F2
CHA. CODE
LAMP INTENS.
SET DATE *
SHOW DEF.
LOOP TEST*
F3
RESOUND
BUZZER
ELISOL
CONNECT PC
ACCESS LEVEL
All levels
All levels
From level 2
From level 3
From level 3
From level 3
* This function is not implemented in the Maxi Repeater unit
Menu A
ACC. LEV. -Access level (Fl)
This function changes the access level. You can only change the access level if
you enter the correct access code.
ACC.CODE:
CURRENT ACCESS LEVEL 3
ENTER CODE FOR NEW ACCESS LEVEL
Reference manual
CS3004
4-11
The system displays the present access level and asks you to enter the four-digit
access level code for the desired level. Each keystroke is echoed in the display
with an asterisk (*). The system displays the new access level and a successful
change is acknowledged with the text CODE IS ACCEPTED. NEW LEVEL IS
C, where C is equal to the new access level number. If an invalid code should be
keyed in the system returns to access level 1.
CHA. CODE - Change access level code (F2)
This function changes the access codes for the different access levels. You can
only change the code for the current access level or for the levels below this
level.
ACC.LEVEL:
CURRENT ACCESS LEVEL 3
ENTER ACCESS LEVEL
The system displays the present access level and asks you to enter the access
level. Thereafter the system asks you to enter the new access code, twice in a
row.
ACC.LEVEL 2 ACC. CODE:
CURRENT ACC.LEVEL :3
ENTER THE NEW ACCESS CODE
Each keystroke is echoed on the display with an asterisk (*) and a successful
change is acknowledged with the text NEW ACCESS CODE FOR LEVEL C
ACCEPTED. If the code is not accepted the code is not changed and a message
is displayed.
RESOUND - Activation of buzzers
This function activates the external alarm devices again, if the devices have
been muted and the fire alarm condition still remains.
MenuB
LAMP TEST - Test the LED's (Fl)
All indications on the central unit are tested. The indications will be lit for about
5 seconds after the key is depressed and the text EXECUTING ORDER is
displayed.
LAMPINTENS. - Change LED intensity (F2)
This function sets the LED's intensity for all indicators on the central unit. The
intensity level can be set to six different levels, represented by the numbers 0 - 5
where 5 is the strongest intensity. The intensity level is displayed to the right on
the first line on the alphanumerical display.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-12
LAMP INTENS.
SELECT INTENSITY
0-5
Enter a digit between 0 and 5. When you are satisfied with the result, depress
the READY (Fl) key.
The central unit buzzer is tested. The buzzer is activated and it beeps a few
times.
BUZZER - Test of central unit buzzer
BUZZER TEST.
BUZZER TEST ACTIVATED
MenuC
SET TIME * - Change the time (Fl)
This function sets the system clock.
SET TIME
CURR.DATE 1993 -08 -22 CURR TIME 10 27 01
ENTER TIME HH: MM: SS
The system displays the present time and asks you to enter the new time. The
time should be given ashours.-minutes.-seconds on a 24-hour clock. The colon
(:) used as separator is provided on the function key Fl when needed. Depress
READY (Fl) to confirm the new time. The system displays the text TIME IS
CHANGED on line three when the time is changed.
* This function is not implemented in thMaxi Repeater unit
SET DATE * - Change the date (F2)
This function sets the date.
SET DATE
CURR.DATE 1993 -08--22 CURR TIME 10 :29 53
ENTER NEW DATE YYMMDD
The system displays the present date and asks you to enter the new date. The
date should be specified with six digits, two digits each for year, month and day,
in this order. Depress READY (Fl) to confirm the new date. The system
displays the text DATE IS CHANGED on line three when the date is changed.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-13
MenuD
PROG. VER. - Display program information (Fl)
This function displays for about 5 seconds the program name, the program
version number, the date when the definition was made, the signature of the
person who made the definition and the licence number.
SHOW PROG. AND DEF. VER.
GPP-F/S v.7.35
(CMAB/980830)
DEFINED 980923 BY KES/CMAB (007)
SHOW DEF. - Printout system definition (F2)

This function prints the system definition on a local printer. Below is an
example of a printout.
***** START OF DEFINITIONS 1994-06-13 12:11:09 sfc sje
LOOP 1 SECTION 10 ADDRESS 1- 3, DEFINED 0 FOUND
SECTION 11 ADDRESS 4 - 5, DEFINED 0 FOUND 1
SECTION 14 ADDRESS 10- 11 DEFINED 0 FOUND 0
SECTION 15 ADDRESS 12 - 13 DEFINED 0 FOUND 0
SECTION 17 ADDRESS 16- 17 DEFINED 0 FOUND 0
SECTION 19 ADDRESS 20- 15C, DEFINED 0 FOUND 0
LOOP 4 SECTION 4 ADDRESS 1 - 150, DEFINED 0 FOUND
INSTALLATION TYPE IS MARINE
LANGUAGE IS ENGLISH
GPP-F/CC 1.07
(CMAB/940418)
DEFINED 940210 BY KES/MJ/TBS (001)
* * * * * E N D 0 F DEFINITIONS 1994-06-13 12:11:11 *****
|c
%.%.
5
0
0
EL.ISOL. - Disconnection of a loop (F3)

This function disconnects a loop in an electrically isolated way. The system
responds by displaying ELECTRIC ISOLATION LOOP NO:.
ELECTRIC ISOLATION LOOP NO:
ENTER LOOP 1 - 4
Enter the loop number and thereafter press OFF. The loop is electrically
isolated and all the sections defined on the loop are also electrically isolated.
The loop is reconnected from theDisconnections list.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-14
MenuE
POWER STATUS - Display power status (Fl)
This function displays, for about five seconds, the supply voltage, the status of
the mains power and battery, and an earth fault value.
POWER UNIT STATUS
SUP. 28.0V, NET OK, BAT OK, EF. 117
ORDER DONE
LOOP TEST* - Cable break test (F2)

One loop is tested for cable break. The test result s presented in thable
breake list (Loop test list).
CONNECT PC - Data transmission (F3)
This function makes the system ready to receive data from a connected PC.
MenuF
LOAD TEXT - Download supplementary text (Fl)
New supplementary text provided in a flash prom mounted on the operating
panel is downloaded and saved to the system.
Section menu
The section menu is accessible after a section is selected and a section number
is given.
MENU
Menu A
Menu B
Menu C
F1
MAN.CALL
PT.
F2
SEC. UNIT
F3
HEAT DET.
ACCESS LEVEL
From level 2
FLASH ON *
FLASH OFF *
TEST
NO. OF UNITS *
From level 2
From level 3
Menu A
MAN. CALL PT. - Manual call point (Fl)
Selection to operate on a manual call point (alarm push button). The system
responds by displaying MAN. CALL PT.
SEC. UNIT- Section unit (F2)
Selection to operate on a section unit other than detector and manual call point.
The system responds by displaying SEC. UNIT.
MENU
Sub-menu
A
F1
READ VALUE
F2
F3
ACCESS LEVEL
From level 2
Reference manual
CS3004
4-15
This function also includes a sub menu. The READ VALUE function reads the
analogue values of the specified section unit. The values are displayed in
decimal form on line 3 beginning with channel no. 0. The type of section unit
and the percentage of pollution is given within brackets.
SEC 1 S E C .
UNIT
SECTION UNIT 4 5 FOUND 4 5

CHANNEL: 105 255 255 255 (ID:255, 34%)
HEATDET. - Heat detector (F3)

Selection to operate on a heat detector. The system responds by displaying
HEAT DET.
Menu B
TEST MODE- Set section in test mode (F3)
The selected section is set in test mode. The LED's TEST and
DISCONNECTION are lit and remain lit until the last section is reconnected.
MenuC
FLASH ON -Activation of poll flash (Fl)
This function tests the communication with each section unit. The LED of each
section unit flash at each poll. When the flash on is selected the text FLASH
ON is shown on line one and EXECUTING ORDER on line three.
FLASH OFF -Deactivation of poll flash (F2)
The test of the communication with the section units will be interrupted. When
the flash off is selected the text FLASH OFF is shown on line one and
EXECUTING ORDER on line three.
NO. OF UNITS * - Redefine the number of section units in a section (F3)
This function changes the number of section units in the selected section in the
system definition. This new setting is erased if a new definition file is
downloaded.
SEC 13 CHANGE NUMBER OF SEC. UNITS:
ENTER NO. OF SEC. UNITS

The system asks you to enter the new number of section units, thereafter to
confirm the setting by depressing READY (Fl). The new setting is confirmed
by ORDER DONE.
Control menu
The control menu is accessible when the external control device (EC) key is
depressed.
Reference manual
CS3004
MENU
Menu A
Menu B
F1
SPRINKLER
SMOKE
HATCH
F2
DOOR
FAN
F3
DAMPER
4-16
ACCESS LEVEL
All levels
All levels
Menu A
SPRINKLER (Fl)
This function operates on external controls defined as sprinklers. The system
responds by displaying SPRINKLER and asks you to define an external control
number or to select a function (OFF). When the sprinklers are disconnected the
system displays ORDER DONE.
DOOR (F2)
This function operates on external controls defined as fire door controls. The
system responds by displaying DOOR and asks you to define an external
control number or to select a function (OFF). When the doors are disconnected
the system displays ORDER DONE.
DAMPER (F3)
This function operates on external controls defined as fire damper controls. The
system responds by displaying DAMPER and asks you to define an external
control number or to select a function (OFF). When the dampers are
disconnected the system displays ORDER DONE.
MenuB
SMOKE HATCH (Fl)
This function operates on external controls defined as smoke hatch controls.
The system responds by displaying SMK.FfATCH and asks you to define an
external control number or to select a function (OFF). When the smoke hatches
are disconnected the system displays ORDER DONE.
FAN(F2)
This function operates on external controls defined as fan controls. The system
responds by displaying FAN and asks you to define an external control number
or to select a function (OFF). When the fans are disconnected the system
displays ORDER DONE.
Smoke detector menu

This menu is accessible after a section a section number and a smoke detector
are selected.
MENU
Menu A
Menu B
F1
NORMAL SENS.
*
DELAY OFF *
F2
HIGH SENS. *
DELAY ON *
F3
ACCESS LEVEL
From level 3
From level 3
Reference manual
CS3004
4-17
Menu A
NORMAL SENS. - Change to normal sensitivity (Fl)
Setting of normal sensitivity for the selected smoke detector. When the
sensitivity is set the system displays the text NORMAL SENSITIVITY on line
one for about 5 seconds. The sensitivity of the smoke detectors is normally set
too normal at start-up.
HIGH SENS. - Change to high sensitivity (F2)
Setting of high sensitivity for the selected smoke detector. When the sensitivity
is set the system displays the text HIGH SENSITIVITY on line one for about 5
seconds.
Menu B
DELAY OFF - Set the time delay to off(Fl)
Setting of no time delay for the selected smoke detector. With this setting an
alarm is generated immediately when it is detected. When the time delay is
erased the system displays the text DELAY OFF on line one for about 5
seconds.
DELAY ON - Set the time delay to on (F2)
Setting of time delay for the selected smoke detector, the fire alarm is generated
30 seconds after the first alarm report, if the alarm conditions still exist. When
the alarm delay is set the system displays the text DELAY ONon line one for
about 5 seconds.
List menu
The list menu can always be activated with the LIST key, regardless of the
status of the system.
MENU
Menu A
Menu B
Menu C
Menu D
F1
FIRE ALARM
FIRE HIST.
SEC. UNIT
LOOP TEST
F2
FAULT
ABNORMAL
INPUT
F3
DISCONN.
OUTPUT
ACCESS LEVEL
All levels
All levels
All levels
All levels
Menu A
FIRE ALARM (Fl) - Selection of fire alarm lists
The fire alarm function has a sub menu consisting of one line.
MENU
Sub-Menu
A
F1
ALL
F2
NOT RESET
F3
ACCESS LEVEL
All levels
The ALL list includes all fire alarms: not acknowledged, not reset and not
resettable fire alarms.
F I R E SEC 1 SD 1
J O I N E R S WORKSHOP 4 STORE
ALARM 1 OF 6
PRINTOUT
Reference manual
CS3004
4-18
The different fire alarms are distinguished with the following text to the right on
line three:
(Not muted)
The fire alarms are not muted.
(Not resettable) The fire alarms could not be reset; the fire alarm conditions
still remain.
The fire alarm is not reset.
The Not Reset list only includes the not resettle fire alarms. The first fire alarm
is displayed. The lists can be printed out on a local printer, select PRINTOUT
(Fl) from the sub-menu.
FAULT(F2) - Fault list
This function lists all faults, acknowledged and not acknowledged faults. The
latest fault is displayed first and the maximum number of faults is 100.
FAULT (22) SEC 1 SD 10 NO ANSWER
CREW CABIN 7 62
FAULT 1 OF 3
PRINTOUT
The list can be printed out on a local printer, select PRINTOUT (Fl) from the
sub-menu.
DISCONN. - Disconnection list (F3)
This function lists all disconnected sections, detectors, section units, alarm
devices, external controls, and electrically isolated loops.
SEC 2 SD 2 - 4 OFF
PUMP ROOM 1, SB
DISCONNECTION 1 OF 10
PRINTOUT
The latest disconnection is displayed first and the maximum number of

Odisconnections in the list is 70. The list can be printed out on a local printer,
select PRINTOUT (Fl) from the sub-menu.
MenuB
FIRE HISTORY (Fl) - Fire history list
This function displays a list of all fire alarms that have been reset.
SEC 105 MAN CALL PT. 102 93--11--29 10 02:
CORRIDOR
OLD FIRE ALARM 1 OF 4
>
PRINTOUT
The maximum number of fire alarms is 80, if the list is full the oldest fire alarm
disappears. The list can be printed out on a local printer, select PRINTOUT
(Fl) from the sub-menu.
Reference manual
CS3004
4-19
ABNORMAL (F2)- Abnormal condition list

This function displays a list of all abnormal conditions. The latest abnormal
condition is displayed first and the maximum number of abnormal conditions is
25.
(21) SEC 11 SD 1 BAD ANSWER
ABNORMAL
PANTRY AND MESS
ABNORMAL 1 OF 2
PRINTOUT
The list can be printed out on a local printer, select PRINTOUT (Fl) from the
sub-menu.
MenuC
SEC. UNIT- Section unit list (Fl)
This function displays the status of the units on a section.
SEC 11 SD 1
PANTRY AND MESS
CHANNEL C C C C
PRINTOUT
(ID44, 11%)
For each address on the section the following parameters are shown: address,
types of section unit (given by its ID) and analogue values. If the selected unit is
a smoke detector the following parameters are also shown: sensitivity, time
delay and degree of pollution. The address, the ID and the analogue values are
printed as decimal values. The sensitivity is printed either FORMAL or
HIGH. The value shown after the ID is the alarm level set for the unit. The
maximum alarm level is equal to the alarm level plus the normal alarm level,
equal to a clean detector. A fault is generated when the section unit reaches the
maximum alarm level.
The maximum number of section units is 150. The list can be printed out on a
local printer, select PRINTOUT (Fl) from the sub-menu.
INPUT (F2) - Input list
This function displays the present status of the inputs. There are a total of 4
inputs in the system. The can be printed out on a local printer, select
PRINTOUT (Fl) from the sub-menu.
OUTPUT (F3) - Output list
This function displays the present status of the outputs. There are a total of 12
outputs in the system. The list can be printed out on the local printer, select
PRINTOUT (Fl) from the sub-menu.
MenuD
LOOP TEST-Cable break list (Fl)
This list includes the test result from the loop tests.
Chapter 5: Service
Reference manual
CS3004
5-1
Chapter 5: Service
Exchange of battery
We recommend you to exchange the batteries in CS3004 system every 5th year.
Battery type:
No. of batteries:
Sealed lead, 12 V, 3,2 - 18 Ah

2
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-1

The word FAULT is displayed on the first line of the display together with a
fault code followed by the section number and the address for the section unit
causing the problem, if the system has this information. Additional text is
displayed on line two, if provided. A few fault codes can not be displayed with
all this information. These fault codes are marked with an asterisk (*) in the
summary below.
If only a fault code is displayed without any message please contact your local
service department.
1
REPEATER PANEL MISSING

The system can not detect the correct number of repeater panels according
to the definition.
Cause
Remedy
System loop break.
Men the cable.
Hardware fault in the central

unit or in repeater panel.
Exchange the unit.
Definition faulty.
Contact our service department.
ADDITIONAL REPEATER PANEL

There are more repeater panels in the system the defined.
Cause
Remedy
Definition of number of
central units faulty.
MISSING SECTION UNIT(S)*

More section units have been found than defined in the loop.
Cause
Remedy
Wrong definition of number

of section units.
Wrong number of section

units.
Connect the units correctly and

check the addresses.
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-2
ADDITIONAL SECTION UNIT(S)*

More section units have been found than defined in the loop.
Cause
Remedy
Wrong definition of number

of section units.
Section unit connections

faulty.
Connect the unit correctly.
21 BAD ANSWER (Abnormal condition)

Bad communication with one section unit or several section units, could
be temporary. This fault code is sent when an interference in the
communication is detected.
Cause
Remedy
Bad communication with one

or several section units, could
be temporary.
Exchange the section unit if the

condition remains or returns. If
the fault is permanent contact
our service department.
22 NO ANSWER
No polling answer from any unit.
Cause
Remedy
Two section units have the

same address.
Check the units.
Hardware fault.
Exchange the unit.
Cable break in a loop or

system loop. A secondary
fault code (121) appears.
Run a cable break test, se

Chapter 10: Test. Mend the
cable.
24 WRONG STATUS
Incorrect answer from the section unit.
Cause
Remedy
Section unit faulty.
Exchange the section unit.
Reference Manual
CS3004
25 UNKNOWN ID
The software does not recognise the ID of a section unit.
Cause
Remedy
The ID of the section unit is

missing in the Section unit
list.
Wrong software in CS3004.
Exchange the software.
The ID for all the units of the

same type is missing in the
Section unit list.
Wrong type of detector has
been installed.
Install correct type of detector.

Restart the system.
26 BAD COMMUNICATION ON LOOP* (Abnormal condition)

Bad communication in a loop.
Cause
Remedy
Noisy environment.
Test the loop. Measure the

cable resistance.
Cable break. A secondary

fault code (121) appears.
Run a cable break test, see

Chapter 10: Test. Mend the
cable.
27 LOOP COMM. STOPPED

No communication on the loop.
Cause
Remedy
A section unit has stopped the

communication on the loop.
Contact the service department.
28 LOOP TRANS. STOPPED

The transmission on the loop is stopped.
Cause
Remedy
Central communication unit

faulty.
6-3
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-4
29 CHECKSUM FAULT IDA

Wrong checksum is sent from the section unit.
Cause
Remedy
Two section units has the

same address.
Check the units.
Faulty section unit.
Exchange the unit.
41 SECTION BOOTING
General boot error. Any unit in the system has generated a boot signal.
Cause
Remedy
The system is booting.
42 BOOT DISABLED
A section unit was disconnected by the system during the initialisation.
Cause
Remedy
Address unit on a sub-loop is

faulty.
Test the sub-loop.
43 WRONG ADDRESS INTERVAL

The section unit address interval set for a timer is wrong.
Cause
Remedy
Overlapping address intervals. Set a valid address interval.

End-address of the interval is
lower then the start-address.
Set a valid address interval.
44 ILLEGAL ADDRESS
The received address do not correspond with the sent address.
Cause
Remedy
Faulty section unit.
62 DEFINITION DATA ERROR

Cause
Remedy
The system is not defined or

faulty central unit.
Reference Manual
CS3004
64 LOOP POLL FAULT

Cause
Remedy
The communication between

the section units is
interrupted.
71 ERROR IN EXTERNAL CONTROL

Cause
Remedy
Wrong definition of the

external control.
72 ERROR IN DEFINITIONS
Cause
Remedy
Wrong definition.
81 MAINS FAULT
Mains power failure.
Cause
Remedy
Mains power missing.
Attend to the problem.
A fuse is blown in the central

unit.
Exchange the fuse. There are

two fuses on the Power supply
board (PSK-4).
Cable break.
Mend the cable
FAULT (81) 1 POWER MAINS FAULT
Mains power failure in the power unit.

83 FUSE FAULT
A fuse in the central unit is blown. Different messages are displayed
depending on the location of the fuse.
Cause
Remedy
A fuse is blown.
Exchange the fuse. See Fuse at

the end of this chapter.
Internal power supply fault.
6-5
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-6
84 VOLTAGE FAULT
Too low voltage in IOK-4.
Cause
Remedy
Internal power supply fault.
90 POLLUTED DETECTOR (Abnormal condition)

Cause
Remedy
Detector head is polluted.
Optical smoke detector: Clean

the detector head.
Ionisation smoke detector:
Exchange the detector.
93 FUSE/CABLE FAULT
A fuse in the central unit is blown or there is a cable break. Different
messages are displayed depending on the location of the fuse.
Cause
Remedy

unit.

Cable break.
Mend the cable.
FAULT (93) EXT.ALARM 9 FUSE/CABLE FAULT
A fuse blown or a cable break in external alarm device 9.

FAULT (93) BATTERY FUSE/CABLE FAULT
Battery fuse blown, cable break or bad battery in central unit.

96 BATTERY FUSE/CABLE FAULT
A battery fuse in the central unit is blown or there is a cable break.
Different messages are displayed depending on the location of the fuse.
Cause
Remedy

unit.

Cable break.
Mend the cable.
101 ALARM FUNCTION FAILURE

The alarm function in the detector does not work.
Cause
Remedy
The alarm function in the

detector does not work.
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-7
102 THERMISTOR FAULT

Thermistor faulty in heat detector.
Cause
Remedy
Thermistor in a detector
faulty.
103 ION SMOKE CHAMBER FAULT

Ion chamber in a ionisation detector faulty.
Cause
Remedy
Ion chamber in an ionisation

detector faulty.
Exchange the detector if the

fault remains contact our
service department.
121 CABLE BREAK*

Indicates that one of the system loops or a detector loop is faulty.
Additional fault codes can be NO ANSWER (22), MISSING REPEATER
PANEL (1) or CENTRAL UNIT MISSING (3).
Cause
Remedy
One of the system loops, a

detector loop or a
conventional loop is faulty.
Run a cable break test, see

Chapter 10, Test. Mend the
cable.
FAULT (121) EXT.COMM 2 CABLE BREAK
The cable break is in system loop no 2. The fault can only be reset when
the central is allowed to communicate on the loop. This message can only
emanate from the central unit itself.
FAULT (121) SEC 1 CABLE BREAK
Cable break in detector loop. See also (125).

124 SUBLOOP CABLE BREAK*
Cause
Remedy
Cable break.
Mend the cable.
Missing end-of-line unit.
Connect an end-of-line unit.
125 SHORT CIRCUIT ON LOOP*

Short circuit in detector loop reported by a short circuit isolator. If more
than one short circuit isolator has given a fault message, the short circuit
is situated between them. The detectors between the short circuit isolators
will give messages of the type NO ANSWER (22). One message is
always CABLE BREAK (121), since the loop is broken. The short circuit
faults must always be reset before other faults.
Reference Manual
CS3004
Cause
Remedy
Short circuit on the detector

loop.
See Short circuit at the end of

this chapter.
126 SHORT CIRCUIT ON PRIM. SIDE

Cause
Remedy
Short circuit between the

positive and negative
connector on the primary side.
127 SHORT CIRCUIT ON SEC. SIDE
Cause
Remedy
Short circuit between the

positive and negative
connector on the secondary
side.
141 EARTH FAULT +

Cause
Remedy
Earth fault between the

positive connector and earth.
See Earth fault at the end of

this chapter.
FAULT (141) POWER EARTH FAULT +
Earth fault to plus from the power unit.

142 EARTH FAULTCause
Remedy
Earth fault between the

negative connector and earth.
See Earth fault at the end of

this chapter.
FAULT (142) POWER EARTH FAULT -
Earth fault to minus from the power unit.
6-8
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-9
145 LOW VOLTAGE

Cause
Remedy
Too low system voltage from

the power unit.
Test the rectifier and measure

the voltage.
Too low voltage: - Exchange
the rectifier.
Normal voltage: > Exchange
the IOK-4 board.
146 HIGH VOLTAGE (Abn. condition)

Cause
Remedy
Too high system voltage from

the power unit.
Test the rectifier and measure

the voltage.
Too high voltage: > Exchange
the rectifier.
Normal voltage: - Exchange
the IOK-4 board.
163 DOOR OPEN BREAK

Cause
Remedy
Faulty sensor.
164 DOOR CLOSED BREAK

Cause
Remedy
Faulty sensor.
Earth fault
Check the earth fault circuit, change it if it is faulty.
If the circuit is working properly, check the loops one by one.
Disconnect the loops one by one, see User's guide, Disconnection, Electric
isolation of a loop.
Short circuit
No answer from any section unit
Search for the short circuit between the central unit and the short circuit
isolator.
Section units are answering
Search for the short circuit between the short circuits reporting the faults.
Reference Manual
CS3004
6-10
Proceed as follows when you want to locate an earth fault. Divide the cable in
two halves, locate the earth fault on one of the halves. Thereafter divide this
part of the cable into two halves. Continue to divide the cable into halves until
you have found the earth fault. If you are using a multimeter use the diode
tester range.
Fuses
Check the fuses on the IKK-4 board if it is a Maxi repeater unit else check
the fuses on the IOK-4 board.
l/O-board (IOK-4)
HO
F4
F9 F5
F3 F1
F8 F6
F4 F2
Board
l/O-board
\Z (IKK-4)
Fuse No. Function
Fuse
rating
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
IOK-4
Fl
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
Fll
Alarm device 1
Alarm device 1
Alarm device 2
Alarm device 2
Voltage output
Voltage output
l/O-board
Battery fuse
Battery fuse
Alarm device
GPK
1 AT
1 AT
1 AT
1 AT
1 AT
1 AT
2 AT
6,3 AT
6,3 AT
3,15 AT
1 AT
IKK-4
DCK-4
IKK-4
IKK-4
IKK-4
Fl
F2
F3
F4
F5
GPK-4
500 mAT
IKK-4 board
100 mAT
Output devices 500 mAT
Voltage output 315 mAT
Voltage output 315 mAT
Fault code
93
93
93
93
93
93
84
83
83
93
The operating unit
panel is out of
order
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
BV'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/t
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MBKS
SIGN
BRO EMARD
DATE
DESIGNED
^ 1 2 % ^
CHECKED
^^_M
APPROVED1
DWG's NO.
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST
WATER SYSTEM
CHK OF STAND.
APPR0VED2
DATE
ti:.
î- If
37,30GDWT PRODUCT OIL/

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:
M-055-04
PAGE
WEIGHT
SCALE
1/15
'18600Kg
1:200
JINGLING SHIPYARD
FAX:0O86-25-58797167
I . S m ^ AREA: O.0625m2
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST
WATER SYSTEM
PAGE
-055-04
2 /15
1. THERE PIPES PENETRATE THROUGH WATER TIGHT BULKHEAD OR DECK TO BE
FITTED WITH PENETRATION PIECES ACCORDING TO CB/T3480-92 OR SHIPYARD STANDARD.
2. ALL PIPING TO BE SECURELY SUPPORTED AND BRACED.
3. EXCEPT BALLAST PIPES ALL PIPING CONNECTION FLANGE WELL BE GB2506-89,PN=1.6MPa.
BOLTS AND NUTS SHALL BE OF GALVANZED STEEL.
4. GRP PIPES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SEHED SLIDE CONNECTION IN ACCORDING WITH
MAKERS PROPOSAL.
5. FILTER (BP01F, BP02F) TO BE MADE OF STEEL COATED POLYTENE WITH STAINLESS STEEL NET.
6. PIPING SYMBOL:;
BALUST PIPE
"
FIRE PIPE
BLOWING PIPE
AIR PIPE
7. PIPING'TEST PRESSURE:
DESIGN PRESS.
BALLAST. PIPE
0.44MPq
O.SMPo
FIRE PIPE
STEAM PIPE
0.4MPO
COMP. AIR PlPi;
02MPa
AIR 'PIPE
/
BEFORE INSTALLATION A R E R . INSTALUTION

Q.66MPa HYDROSTATIC TEST NO LEAKAGE UNDER W.P.
1.2MPQ' HYDROSTATIC TEST NO LEAKAGE UNDER W.P.
0.6 MPo HYDROSTATIC TEST NO LEAKAGE UNDER W.P.
0.3MPa HYDROSTATIC TEST NO LEAKAGE UNDER W.P.
FILLING WATER TEST
AREA: 0.0675 m^
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST WATER SYETEM
M-055-04
PAGE
[.
ri'EM No.
STAN13ARDNO. :
R DRAWBNlCB N ,
.:.:: 'V^ÂMEV
4/15
;;:MîgRIl,;:: : QtY:;. :;; W T . \
DNr -
CLASS'rES'L;::
DELIVICRY
ilEMARKS :
: mni
BP13V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
350
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO BALLAST MAIN (P)
RC+Pos
BP14V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
350
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO BALLAST MAIN (S)
RC+Pos
BP 15V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
350
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
FM BALLAST MAIN (P)
RC+Pos
BP 16V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
350
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
FM BALLAST MAIN (S)
RC+Pos
BP 17V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO CARGO PIPING
RC+Pos
BP 18V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
200
1.0
NODULAR
.
CAST IRON
.1
BALL.MAIN(P) TO
EDUCTOR
RC+Pos
BP 19V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
200
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
BALL.MAIN(S) TO
EDUCTOR
RC+Pos
BP20V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N 0 . 3 D.B.W.B.TK(P)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP21V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON.
TO N 0 . 3 D.B.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP22V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
.1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
RC+Prop+Pos
BP23V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N 0 . 4 D.B.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+Pos
250
1.0
TO N 0 . 4 S.W.B.TK(P)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP24V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
NODULAR
. CAST I R O N
AREA 0.0625m'-
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST W A T E R SYETEM
M-055-04
' .
PAGE
5/15
l'LEMN:(i
STNBRD-N.
OR DRAWJJMG^NO.
QTY;-;:; ;:-WT.:
:v"::MATmUAL.
: : N A M E . /'"'::: :-^:^:
BP25V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
BP26V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
BP27V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
BP28V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
BP29V
NODULAR
CLASS;
. TES^L
,:;: WORDS ON ;
DLLIVLRY
RI:;IV[A:RKS:
TO N0.4 S.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+F'os
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO NO.3 S.W.B.TK(P)
RC+Prop+Pos
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N0.3 S.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+Pos
350
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
BALLAST MAIN PIPE(P,S)

CONNECTION
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
- 1
RC+Prop+Pos
BP30V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N 0 . 2 D.B.W.B.TK{S)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP31V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
T O N 0 . 2 S.W.B.TK(P)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP32V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N 0 . 2 S.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP33V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
RC+Prop+Pos
BP34V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
T 0 N 0 . 1 D.B.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP35V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N 0 . 1 S.W.B.TK(P)
RC+Prop+Pos
BP36V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO N0.1 S.W.B.TK(S)
RC+Prop+Pos
CAST IRON
RC+Pos
AREA: 0.0625m^
M-055-04
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST W A T E R S Y E T E M
PAGE
6/15
r|'EM:NO.
OR DliAWilMG NO.
l^NAME;,:,
MALl'ERlAi.
: Q'rY. : ^;;SVT.
GLASS
jt'EST
,;:^: :WORDSN
;^^
DELIVERY
REMARKS
BP37V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO F.P.TK
BP38V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
WAFER TYPE
350
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
BALLAST MAIN PIPE

SEPARATE V.
RC+Pos
BP39V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
250
1.0
NODULAR
CAST IRON
TO F.P.TK
RC+Pos
BP40V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
N 0 . 4 D.B.W.B.T (P) OVFL
Deck controler
operated
BP41V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
i:o
CAST STEEL
N 0 . 4 D.B.W.B.T (S) OVFL
Deck controler
operated
BP42V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
1.
N 0 . 4 S.W.B.T (P) OVFL
Deck controler
operated
BP43V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
1 ..
N 0 . 4 S.W.B.T (S) OVFL
Deck controler
operated
BP44V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP45V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP46V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP47V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP48V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL .
Deck controler
operated
RC+Prop+Pos
AREA. 0.0625m'
M-055-04
PAGE
7/15
riliMNO.
STANDARD ND, ; ;
OR DRAWING;N:;
N A M E
ON
:^:min
\ MAIRJA.L\'
QTY.
wT.
CRASS
Jim
::S:HAMB::RI.AT
DELIVERY
.REIVlARRSv:;
::. ; : ; : : : l j g ; ;
' ;:Mra::;
BP49V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.2D.B.W.B.T(S)0VFL
Deck controler
operated
BP50V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP51V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP52V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
.1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP53V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP54V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
Deck controler
operated
BP55V
BUTTERFLY VALVE,
FLANGE TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
N0.1 S.W.B.T (S) OVFL
Deck controler
operated
BP56V
AS10100
GB/T591-93
SCREW DOWN NON

RETURN VALVE
100
1.0
CAST IRON
34.7
DRIV.W.TO
BALL.EDUCTOR
BP57V
AS25020
GB/T588-93
SCREW DOWN NON

RETURN VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
4.6
COMP.AIR BLOW-DOWN
BP58V
AS25020
GB/T588-93
SCREW DOWN NON

RETURN VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
4.6
COMP.AIR BLOW-DOWN
BP59V
AS25020
GB/T588-93
SCREW DOWN NON

RETURN VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
4.6
STEAM BLOW-DOWN
BP60V
AS25020
GB/T588-93
SCREW DOWN NON

RETURN VALVE
20
2.5
BRONZE
4.6
STEAM BLOW-DOWN
fi- r ^ ^ o f
M-055-04
PAGE
8/15
raiMNQ.
v STANDARD N O ; : \ ;
HAKili
MATERIAL:
QIY,
WT. .;
cmss:
::::;wpRDsoN
: TEST;;-
BP61V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP62V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP63V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
200
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP64V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
t.o
CAST STEEL
1'
BP65V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP66V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP67V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP68V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP69V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP70V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP71V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP72V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
DEIJVl'RY
Rlitvl'VRXS
: ; ; :
AREA: 0 . 0 6 2 5 m '
M-055-04
PAGE
9/15
H:EM:N;
.STANDARD NO,
:;-;H|)ffi:v'^
MAIÊRLSi,. [
^(m,:
BP73V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP74V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP75V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP76V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP77V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP78V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
BP79V
NON RETURN VALVE,

WAFER TYPE
300
1.0
CAST STEEL
.iSS:'
fi|St
;;: DELIVERY
liEMAJlKS
AREA. 0.0625m^
M-055-04
D I A G R A M O F BALLAST W A T E R S Y E T E M
PAGE
1 0 / 15
riEM-:
STA>eARH:N; ,
RDRAWINCi}:iQr:-;:'
: NAME:::;.: :^
:::;M:IIRIL,V. ' ;0'rY.
WT::
BP01F
A350
CBM1061-81
SUCTION FILTER
350
0.2
STEEL
267.8
BP02F
A350
CBM1061-81
SUCTION FILTER
350
0.2
STEEL
267.8
BP03F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP04F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP05F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP06F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP07F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP08F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
BP09F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP10F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP11F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP12F
BELLMOUTH
250,
0.1
GRP
. GRP
.CL.ASS:
DEi^lVliRY.
RliM\RKS ":
M-055-04
PAGE
11 / 15
];-:i:fi;'-;-: / i V f E R f i y L , : j:Qi'Y^
r r i i M NO,
NAME;
BP13F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP14F
BELLMOUTH
250
.0.1
CRP .
BP15F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP16F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP17F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP18F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
BP19F
BELLMOUTH
250
0.1
GRP
1.0
STEEL
ASSEMBLY
16
BP20F
AS10300
GB/T4450-1995
BLANK FLANGE
300
BP21F
CB/T3791-1999
REACH-ROD OPERATING
DEVICE
do =33
:.WT. j
. .1
29.33
[IST;-:
DELIVERY ,
REMARKS; 1-
M-055-04
DIAGRAM OF B A L L A S T W A T E R SYETEM
PAGE
12/15
NO:
: APPEieATOON' E PIPES
NOM-:: 'III;;-
:l::-3rnm
1
CHEMICAL DOSING
PIPE
25
BALLAST W.PIPE
:-;BiSj.
lilllllliil
-:|îial::i ;3iENiH;;;}
mnii2
STAINLESS
STEEL
40
62
200
6.2
GRP PIPE
30
225
BALLAST W.PIPE
250
7.3
GRP PIPE
430
4773
BALLAST W.PIPE
300
8.4
GRP PIPE
40
616
BALLAST W.PIPE
350
9.5
GRP PIPE
245
4998
BALLAST W.PjPE
450
11.7
GRP PIPE
162
BALLAST W.PIPE
300
14
SEAMLESS
STEEL
10
1074
OVERFLOW PIPE
300
8.4
GRP PIPE
10
154
TANK W.PIPE
100
114
SEAMLESS
STEEL
35
924
10
AIR PIPE
80
89
SEAMLESS
STEEL
30
479
11 .
BLOW-DOWN PIPE
20
26.9
AISI 316L
60
73
12
BLOW-DOWN PIPE
25
34
7.5
SEAMLESS
STEEL
20
98
33.7
325
HOT DIPPED
GALV.
HOT DIPPED
GALV.
HOT DIPPED
GALV.
.-
S = 13638
AREA: 0.0625m'
'
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST
WATER SYSTEM
TO CARGO PIPING SYSTEM

SEE M - 0 5 5 - 3 4
A-A
B-B
1:100
1:100
FROM COMP. AIR SYSTEM
SEE M - 0 5 5 - 3 3
PAGE
M-055-04
13/15
c-c
TO AIR HEAD ON DECK

SEE M - 0 5 5 - 0 7
1:100
DECK CONTROLLER
WITH OPEN/CLOSE DEVICE
FROM N0.4 D.B. W.B. TK.(P) AIR PIPE

DECK CONTROLLER
SEE M - 0 5 5 - 0 7
WITH OPEN/CLOSE DEVICE
BP21F
FULL LOAD LINE
SUCTION DETAIL
M 1:10
CLAMP DETAIL
STEEL (GALV.)
AREA:
0.25m2
HOLD
IN HOLD
UPPER DECK
FROM N0.3 D.B. W.B. TK (P) AIR PIPE
SEE M-055-07
DIAGRAM OF BALLAST
WATER SYSTEM
M-055-04
PAGE
14/15
FM COMP. AIR SYSTEM

SEE M-055-33
SEE M-055-07

SEE M-055-07

SEE M-055-07
BP40V5
FROM N0.1 D.B. W.B. TK-(S) AIR PIPE ^

,
SEE M-055-07
-
COMP. AIR SYSTEM
SEE M-055-33
AREA:
0.25 m^
AREA:
0.25 m^
AREA:
0.25m^
NOUENCO
Novenco ApS
Industrivej 22
Ydems
DK-4700 Nstved
Denmark
Tel. (+45) 70 12 42 22
Fax (+45) 53 75 65 51
Fax sales (+45) 55 75 65
www.novenco.dk
Novenco o r d e r n o . 0205-5102 I t e m 001

date 01.10.02
Aux. b l o w e r t y p e . 2xCHE-560-50
P a r t n o . 617539-0 page - 1 Customer's rf.
Yard n o . : J];,Z02P502
Engine t y p e .
6S50MC AFT
MAN B&W P a r t n o . 1070421-4
MAINTENANCE
Electrical motor
The motor is sealed and all bearings are lubricated for approx.
10.000 hours operation and cannot be lubricated without
disassembling the unit.
After 10.000 hours or a maximum of 3 years, dismantle the
bearings and remove old grease and dirt. Fill the bearings to 2/3
capacity with a high quality lithium grease, penetration class 2
(e.g. SKF Alfalub" LGMT-2) . Do not overfill bearings with grease
as this- may result in overheating.
Ventilator
The impeller has been carefully balanced at the factory to insure

vibrationless operation and normally no maintenance is required.
If excessive vibrations occur'- during operation they will result
in "reduced bearing life, and the blower should b disassembled
and the impeller checked for mechanical defects and accumulations
of dirt that can result in imbalances. Please refer to the spare
parts section for instructions on how to dismantle the blower.
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
CVR-No. 16 92 66 47
ffF-;-s:
^~-
"V
NOV/ENCO
Novenco ApS
Industrivej 22
Ydems
DK-4700 Nstved
Denmark
Tel. (+45) 70 12 42 22
Fax (+45) 55 75 65 51
Fax sales (+45) 55 75 65 50
www.novenco.dk
Novenco order n o . 0205-5102 Item GDI

date 01.10.02
Aux. blower type. 2XCHE-560-50
Part no. 617539-0 page - 2 Customer's rf.
Yard n o . : JLZ020502
Engine type.
6S50MC AFT
MAN B&W Part no. 1070421-4
SPARE PART INSTRUCTIONS
Following spares are used in Auxiliary Blower 2xCHE-560-50

Drawing
235068-0
235068-0
235068-0
235068-0
235068-0
235068-0
235068-0
Item
Part no.
Description
02
03
05
15
18
20
21
377600-2
377600-1
485345-0
485368-0
484842-0
914526-0
480259-0
Impeller CHA-560-50 RD
Impeller CHA-560-50 LG
Motor plate gasket
Impeller gasket
Seal gasket
PS seal >110x>90xl0
Sealing ring >55
Electrical motor type:

LS200LT - 34 kW - 3535 rpm 3x440 V - IP55 - IM3001
D-side
908930-0
Ballbearing 6312 C3
N-side
950935-0
Ballbearing 6212 Z/C3
CVR-No. 16 92 66 47
NO\/ENCO
Novenco ApS
Industrivej 22
Ydems
DK-4700 Nstved
Denmark
Tel. (+45) 70 12 42 22
Fax (+45) 55 75 65 51
Fax sales (+45) 55 75 65 50
www.novenco.dk
Novenco order no. 0205-5102 Item 001

date 01.10.02
Aux. blower type. 2xCHE-560-50
Part no. 617539-0 page - 3 Customer's ref.
Yard no.: JLZ020502
Engine type.
6S50MC AFT
MAN B&W Part no. 1070421-4
Electrical motor
1. Make certain that the motor is not connected to any live

wires, then disconnect all wiring to the motor.
2. Secure the motor from moving when beeing loosened by hooking
it to your hoist or crane. Use lifting lugs on motorplate and
motor both.
3. Loosen and remove all the outer mounting bolts on motorplate
and lift motor and impeller unit out. Use pull-off holes if
necessary.
4. Remove impeller retaining screw with spacer and gasket.
5. Remove impeller.
6. Loosen the 6 screws holding the sealing ring with PS seal.
7. Carefully remove sealing ring and PS seal without damaging
the seal.
8. Remove sealing ring from motor axle.
9. Lower assembly to a suitable backing giving free access to
motor. Do NOT rest unit on impeller.
10.Hook hoist or crane to motor only.
11.Loosen bolts on motor collar and lift motor out.
Impeller

motor both.
necessary.
4. The impeller can now be inspected and cleaned or replaced.
Sealing elements and gaskets

motor both.
necessary.
4. Remove impeller retaining screw with spacer and gasket.
Replace 2mm gasket if necessary.
5. Remove impeller.
6. Loosen the 6 screws holding the sealing ring with PS seal.
CVR-No. 16 92 66 47
NOUENCO
Novenco ApS
Industrivej 22
Ydems
DK-4700 Nstved
Denmark
Tel. (+45) 70 12 42 22
Fax (+45) 55 75 65 51
Fax sales (+45) 55 75 65 50
www.novenco.dk
date 01.10.02
Novenco o r d e r n o . 0 2 0 5 - 5 1 0 2 I t e m 001
Aux. b l o w e r t y p e . 2xCHE-560-50
P a r t n o . 6 1 7 5 3 9 - 0 page - 4 Customer's rf.
Y a r d n o . : JLZ020502
Engine t y p e .
6S50MC AFT
MAN B&W P a r t n o . 1 0 7 0 4 2 1 - 4
7. Carefully remove sealing ring and PS seal without damaging

the seal. Replace seal if necessary.
8. Remove sealing ring from motor axle.
9. Lower blower unit to a suitable backing giving free access to
motor. Do N O T rest motor on impeller.
10.Hook hoist or crane to motor only.
11.Loosen bolts on motor collar and lift motor out. Replace 2mm
motor gasket if necessary.
CVR-No. 16 92 66 47
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
5V'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m/l
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
SIGN
BRO EDWARD
SHIP'S NO.
DATE
DESIGNED
DWG's NO.
JLZOZ0504
M-054-15
CHECKED
FUEL OIL PURIFIER
VERIFIED
SYSTEM
PAGE
WEIGHT
1/10
'600kg
SCALE
CHK OF STAND.
JINGLING SHIPYARD
APPROVED
li^
. ^^
MARINE DESIGN CON/IPANY

CHEMICAL TANKER
TOTAL AREA:Q.8125m'
FAX:0086-25-58797167
E-mail:jishipyard@vip.163.com
AREA: 0.0625 m^
M-054-15
FUEL OIL PURIFIER SYSTEM
PAGE
2/10
1. ANNOTATED SIZES OF PIPE IN DRAWING TO BE OUTER DIAMETER k THICKNESS(mmxmm).
4. THE FiniNGS WITH MARK ''*" k " r " J
5. THE MATERIAL OF GAUGE PIPE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL

6. HYDRAULIC TEST:
NAME
FO PURIFIER PIPE
DESIGN PRESS. BEFORE INSTALUTION

ON BOARD
(MPa)
(MPa)
0.44
7. THE MARK FOR AUTOMATION f ^ l ? ! ,
0.66
^.f^
V>-ITEM NO.
AFTER ASSEMBLY
ON BOARD
(MPa)
0.66
REFER TO LIST OF ENGINE ROOM
AUTOMATION ITEM (m-054-15MX)".

8. PIPING CONNECTION FLANGE WILL BE GB2506-89,PN=0.6MPa
AREA: 0.0625 m^
PAGE
M-054-I5
3/10
ITEM NO.
STANDAJID NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAN-JE
DN
PN
mm
IVIPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORJ3S ON
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
FPOIV
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
40
0.25
NODULAR
CAST .IRON
NO.l H.KO.SETTL.TK. TO
. PURIFIER
FP02V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
40
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N 0 . 2 H.F.O.SETTL.TK. TO
PURIFIER
NO.l M.D.O.SETTLTK. TO
PURIFIER
C 1
FP03V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
25
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
FP04V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
25
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
FP05V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CA ST STEEL
3.64
FP06V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FP07V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FP08V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FP09V
AS25CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
ITIOV
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS, DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FPUV
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
N 0 . 2 L.D.O./M.D.O.
SETTL.TK. TO PURIFIER
AREA:0.0625m'^
PAGE
M-054-I5
F U E L OIL P U R I F I E R S Y S T E M
4/10
ITEM NC).
STANA[^ NO.
OR RAWJNG NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
FROM HFO SETTL.-TANKS

TO PURIFIER
DELR^RY
REMARKS
kg
FP:12V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
F1^13V
LS6040Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
40
0.60
BRONZE
9.4
FP14V
LS6025Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
25
0.6
BRONZE
4.2
.FPL5V
AS25025
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
1:^16 V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FP17V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FP18V
AS25025
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
FP19V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAS r STEEL
6.2
FP20V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FP21V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
CLEAN OIL TO OTHER

MDO SERV, TANKS
FP22V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
CLEAN OIL TO NO.l &N0.2

MDO SERV. TANKS
FP23V
LS6025Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
25
0.6
BRONZE
4.2
FROM MDO SETTL. TANKS

TO PURIFIER
CLEAN OIL TO INCIN.

M.D.O. SERVICE TK.
INCIN. M.D.O. SERVICE
TK. DRAIN
CLEAN 0 . TO LDO/MDO
SERV.TK FOR DIESELS
C
LDO/MDO SERV.TK FOR

DIESELS DRAIN
FROM HFO PURIFIER

RETURN OIL
AREA:0.0625m''
PAGE
NL054-15
5/10
IlEM NO.
STANDARD NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
f^y\ME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
DELP/ERY
REMARKS
kg
FP24V
LS6025Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
25
0.6
BRONZE
4.2
FROM H F O PURIFIER
CLEAN OIL
FP25V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP \ ' A L \ / F ;
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FROM HFO PURIFIER

RETURN OIL
FP26V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FROM HFO PURIFIER

CLEAN OIL
FP27V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FP28V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2,5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FROM HFO PURIFIER

RETLTRN OIL
FP29V
AS25040
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
FROM HFO TANKS
FP30V
AS25040
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
HFO PURIFIERS INLET

CONNECTION
FP31V
AS25040
GB/T 584-1999
STOP V A L \ ^
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
FROM HFO TANKS
FP32V
AS25040
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALA'E
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
10.8
HFO & MDO PURIFIERS

INLET CONNECTION
FP33V
AS25040
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
FROM MDO TANKS
FP34V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
PURIF. SLUDGE TK WATER

DRAIN TO BILGE
FP35V
25 HDJV16-00
NON RETURN FLAP
25
BRONZE
0.5
PURIF. SAFETY VALVE

1 0 FO DRAIN TANK
FP36V
AS25025
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
CLEAN OIL TO E/G M.D.O.

SERVICE TK.
FROM HFO PURIFIER

CLEAN OIL
AREA;0.0625m^
PAGE
M-0,54-L5
FUEL OIL I'URIFIER SYSTEM
6/10
rrEM NC).
STANDARD NC).
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
FN
mm
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY.
VVT.
CXASS
CERT.
W0M3S on
NAME PLATE
kg
FP37V
LS6025QGB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
25
0.6
BRONZE
4.2
FROM MDO PURIFIER

RETURN OIL
FP38V
LS6025Q GB/T 593-93
THREE-WAY COCK
25
0.6
BRONZE
4.2
FROM MDO PURIFIER

CLEAN OIL"
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
STOP V/VLVE
25
2.5
CAST SIEEL
6.2
STOP \'ALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FP39V
FP40V
FP41V
FP42V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
FROM MDO PURIFIER

RETURN OIL '
FROM MDO PURIEfER
CLEAN OIL
FROM MDO PURIFIER
RETURN OIL
FROM MDO PURIFIER
CLEAN OIL
FP43V
AS25025
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.1
MDO & HFO PURIF.

RETURN OIL CONNECTTION
FP44V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
MDO & HFO PURIF. CLEAN

OIL CONNECTION
FP45V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FP46V
AS25025
GB/T 584-1999
STOP VALVE
25
2.5
CAST STEEL
6.2
FP47V
QUICK-CLOS.VALVE
40
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
NO.IH.F.O.SERV.TK. TO
PURIFIER
FP48V
QUlCK-CLOS.VAL,VE
40
0.25
NODULAR
CAST IRON
N0.2 H.FO.SERV.TK. TO
PURIFIER
FROM HFO PURIFIER

RETURN OIL
FROM HFO PURIFIER
CLEAN OIL
FP49V
AS25040
GB/T 585-1999
STOP CHECK VALVE
40
2.5
CAST STEEL
11.2
FROM EDO TRANS, PUMP
FP50V
AS25 CB/T601-92
SELF-CLOS. DRAIN V.
25
0.25
CAST STEEL
3.64
FR PURIFIER SLUDGE TK
TO BILGE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
PAGE
IVI.-054-15
7/10
ITliM NO.
STANDAKll NO.
OR DRAWINCT NO.
NAME
DN
PN
mm
MPa
MATEWAL
Qll:'.
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
FP02F
L=2900nm]
WlAG. L E \ ^ L GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
APPR.
FP03F
L=2900mm
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
FP04F
L=:2900mm
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR!
FT05F
L=3200i-nm
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
FP06F
L=3200mm
NIAG. LEX'EL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
FP07F
L=3200mm
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
FP08F
L=3100nmi
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
FP09F
TS1032CB/T 422-93
SIGHT GLASS
32
0.1
ASSEMBLY
2.65
TYPE
APPR.
FPIOF
TS1032CB/T 422-93
SIGHT GLASS
32
0.1
ASSEMBLY
2.65
TYPE
APPR.
FPllF
BS 10025
GB/T 4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
25
LO
STEEL
2.28
SPECTACLE FLANGE
25
1.0
STEEL
2.28
GB/T 4450-1995
REMARKS
TYPE
L=2900iimi
BS10025
DELlVEllY
kg
FPOIF
FP12F
WORDS ON
NAME PLATE
'
AREA:0.0625m^
PAGE
M-054-15
8/10
n m i NO.
STANDAiy3 NO.
OR DRAWING NO.
NAME
DN
FN
nun
MPa
MATERIAL
QTY,
WT.
CLASS
CERT.
WORDS ON.
NAME PLATE
DELIVERY
REMARKS
kg
FP13F
BS10040
GB/T 4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
40
1.0
STEEL
3.84
FP14F
BS10025
GB/T 4450-1995
SPECTACLE FLANGE
25
1.0
STEEL
2.28
FPL5F
BS10025
GB/T 4450-1995
SPECTACLE FT..ANGE
25
FP16F
AS32YCB/T 495-1995
BELL MOUTH
FP17F
RC48x34x4.5x3
GB/T 10752-1995
REDUCER
FP18F
L=1350.D.im
FP19F
FP20F
FP21F
1.0
STEEL
2.28
32
STEEL
1.81
40/25
STEEL
0.3
IVIAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
.L=2000min
MAG. LEVEL GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
TYPE
APPR.
AS32YCB/T 495-1995
BELL MOUTH
32
STEEL
HOPPER
25
STEEL
1.81
22
AREA;0.0625m'
FUEL OIL PURIFIER S Y S T E M
PAGE
M-054-I5
9/10
NO.
APPLICATnON OF PIPES
NUM.
DIA.
OUT.
DL\.
THK.
mm
mm
mm
CLASS
CERT.
MATERIAL
ABOUT
LENGTH
WEIGHT
kg
REMARKS
FUEL OIL PIPE
15
22
SEAMLESS
STEEL
2.31
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
25
34
3.5
SEAMLESS
STEEL
10
26.31
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
40
48
SEAMLESS
STEEL
18
78.09
CLASS II
FUEL OIL PIPE
15
22
SEAMLESS
STEEL
4.21
FUEL OIL PIPE
25
34.
3.5
SEAMLESS
STEEL
20
52.63
FUEL OIL PIPE
32
42
SEAiVJLESS
STEEL
25
93.67
FUEL OIL PIPE
40
48
SEAMLESS
STEEL
8.68
FUEL OIL PIPE
50
60
16.56
FUEL OIL PIPE
65
76
4.5
15.86
SEAJMLESS
STEEL
SEAMLESS
STEEL
2=299
AREA:0.0625m^
03j^3.5
7te--
FP43V
9FP14F
L . O . / M , D . O . SERV.9
FP46V
CM
DN32
DN32
10/10
OPERATING WATER INLET (2~6 bar)

SEE<M-055-24>
J' \
034x3.5 4 ' ' P 2 3 V
DN15
ONI 5
OPERATING AIR INLET

(5~7 bar)
|SEE<M-054-12>
DN15
DN15
FP09F
I FP12F
SEE<M-054-13>
TO E/G M.D.O. SERVICE TK.

SEE<M-054-11)
TO N0.1 M.D.O. STOR. TK.
SEE<M-054-13)
9 RP04F
\
N0.2/
H.FSQ.S^LTK.
FP36V
034x3.5
034x3.5
-034x3.5
FP08F
^HO.2 LD.O./ / ^
M.DXsERvil<.
JL
~1
16.2m^
FP12V
19.5m'
FP11V
FP04V I
M.D.O. PIPE
^FPOTV
0^
N^FPOeV
FP01V ^
FP05V
X
00
-1-
001
'
00
a
FP13V
034x3.5
FP06^
N NO.t
y ^
M.l^.SERVyTl<.
22.8m^
FP10V
FP05^
s
NO.t
/ ^
M.oXSETTj/fK.
25.5m^
FP03V
ro
SYM.
<JD
DN15
*.
ff^m-
^34^3^5
/v_J
r\
<
iSRj-ffi
_r \
at>
DESCRIPTION
MDO
SYM.
INLET
X
CM
CNl
STEAM IN
TRACE PIPE
tFP30V
t
CLOSED WHEN MDO OPERATING
FP17F
11
FROM A
12
FP29V
in
WATER OUTLET
STEAM INLET
SLUDGE OUTLET
222
CONDENSATE OUTLET
OPERATING WATER
371
SAFETY VALVE OUTLET
372
OIL INLET
OPENING WATER
OPENING AND CLOS. WATER
375
042x4
42x4
04^x4
_r\
FP35V
FP16FA
206
?/ \ TO SLUDGE PUMP
FP34V
034x3.5
PURIF. SLUDGE TK.

FP20FA
201
in
to
1. INSULATION, LEVEL INDICATORS, FLEXIBLE HOSES AND EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE TYPE APPROVED.
2. THE COAMING HEIGHT OF DRIP TRAYS TO BE NOT LESS THAN 80mm.
10
w -t
DN32
_/'V
in
048x4
0N32
-^V
_rv
DN32
FP31V
FP32VFP13F
REMARKS:
DN32
_rv
/^_
221
CLAEN HFO OUTLET
rl>Wl
- l ^
CONDENSATE OUT
DESCRIPTION
220H
HFO INLET
WFP09V
ro]
FP14V
048x4
FP39V
ro
H.F.O. PIPE
0^
-<^9-
LO
034x3.5
39.8m^
034x3.5
in
_ _ _
FP22V
FP40V
34.3m^
FP47V
gw
X
<N
<N
34.3m3
~^FPG8v"DyFP2V
034x3.5
FP41V
M.DXSTT{/fK
\ No.iy
^.FXI.SETTLTK.
H.F)GLSEi?V.TI
FP48V
STEAM
HEATER
FPOTp
N 0 . 2 L 0 . 0 . / X <j>
9 FPOIF
N0.2 /
FP21V
~]
FP37V
9 FP03F
Oy
Si
FP38V
FP42V
39.8m^
RV4h
V4X
034x3.5
034x3.5
r-
<iE-
034x3.5
034x3.5
FP28V
I^FP25V
MDO PURIFIER
PU 100
FROM LDO TRANS. PUMR
034x3.5
_r \
FP49Vi
034x3.5
PAGE
\CLOSED WHEN MDO OPERATING
;p:OSLU WHEN MUO~OPERTING~
DN32
FP45V
034X3.5
y \
M-054-15
,FP18V
2090
SEE<M-055-02)
FP50V^
F P 2 1 F : V DRAIN
WATER FOR WATER SEAL AND DISPLACEMENT

MDO RECIRCULATION TO TK.
CLOSING WATER
376
463
F.O: i^RAIN TK.

209H
220D
HFO RECIRCULATION TO TK.
501
DRAIN OF FRAME
OPERATING AIR
CLAEN MDO OUTLET
AREA:
0.25 m2
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
GL'S COMMENTS
FINAL DRAWING
m / t BRO EDWARD
OWNER COMMENTS
COR.MARKS
DESIGNED
CHECKED
VERIFIED
CHK OF STAND.
SIGN
DATE
'^
-^W
-A^
CONNECTION DRAWING OF OIL FIRED

BOILER k COMPOSITE BOILE SYSTEM
JLZ020504
DWGS
' NO:
E-056-54
PAGE
/11
SHIPYARD
MARINE DESIGN
^J- 3 - ^ 0

CHEMICAL TANKER
SCALE
WEIGHT
JINGLING
APPROVED
DATE
SHIP'S NO:
COMPANY
FAX:0086-25-5a797167
E-mail:j'lshipyard@vip.l 63.com
AREA: 0.0625 m^
BOILER k COMPOSITE BOILE SYSTEM
E-Q56-54
PAGE
2
OIL FIRED BOILER CONTROL PANEL
CP
OFB
OFB-A
3X95 (96)
POWER SUPPLY FORM 2MSB

AC440V/60HZ
QFB-Q1
I0X01;U3
I0X0I:V3
COMBUSTION AIR FAN 60KW
3X16 (96)
10X01M
I0X01-.U4
OFB-02
3X16 (96)
OFB-03
2X1.5 (96)
!OX0l:V4
lOXOIlW
lOXOliUSi
I0X0I:V5
lOXOkUS
^WPy
OFB-04
3X2.5 (96)
toxoiw
OFB-08
2X1.5
<.mM
;
iaA2B:10
2A:
:
13A2B:!1
26 ; i
iBl
OFB-09
2X2X0.75
;aA2B-.12
iSAiaiO
\mB:U
lA is: ;
2A;
;
OS
FEED WATER l/P CONVERTER
CON
OFB
WATER LEVEL
AMP
OFB
2A
28
laAsas
'.8A5B;9
COMBUSTION AIR FAN SPACE HEATER
SH
QFR
AMPUFIRER
No.1
WATER LEVEL 1 AMPUFIRER
OFB-10
t-^MPa
No.2
' <
{ona-.n
[SflBS
WATER LEVEL TRANSMITTER

1X2X0.75
l7XCi!:l9v-
OFB-07
2X
OFIB-12
15X01:?
15X01:3
17X01:
1X2X0,75
XX
REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP
ECC
DXll
0X2:2
REMOTE WATER LEVEL INDICATOR
0X1:30
XH
I7X01:S;
JOX01:+7
1:
lA
IBf
OFB-13
1X2X0,75
0X1:26
REMOTE STEAM PRESSURE INDICATOR
0X1:27
J0X01:S
OFB-05
5X6 (96)
1X0I:UJ
nX0l:3
32X01:23 -
OFB-06
3X6 (96)
0FB-11A
2X1.5 (96)
M A
M^y
OIL FIRED BOILER FEED WATER PUMP 1
No.
OIL FIRED BOILER FEED WATER PUMP 2
No,2
CONNECTION DRAWING OF OIL FIRED BOILER k COMPOSITE BOILE SYSTEM
E-056-54
PAGE
3
CP
OFB
tflX01:U7
JB1
10X02;U7 BUN
OFB-14
3X1.5 (96)
10XOI;V7
lQXfll;W7^
IOX02m
10X02:)
10X02:U7
IOX02:V7
10X02:W7-
24X01:72
2OI:73
-j-
!MI;I09A
!3ffl|-,ll(!*
OFB-16
X02:8
27X1.5
QFB-15
3X1.5 (96)
HEATER ON THERMOSTAT
XQ2:9
X02:10
4-
X02:11
_1^
LOW OIL PRESSURE ON BURNER
X02:12
X02:1J
24X01:76
XQ2:14
24X01:77
X02:15
24X01:7!
X02:16
X02:17
24X01:73
23X01:80
23X01:81
X02:18
12
13
HEAT ELEMENT IN BURNER HINGE

LOW ATOMIZING AIR PRESSURE
X02:19
X02:20
2SXQI'S2
XQ2:21
LOW COMBUSTION AIR PRESSURE
X02:22
16
X02;23
X02:2't
2SX0I a
X02:25
X02:26
XQ2:27
21
LIMIT SWITCH ON BURNER SWING OUT

IGNITION TRANSFORMER
22
28X01:39
28X01:
X02:2
23
X02:28
28X01:91
2SX01:.,
28X01:91*
IGNITION OIL VALVES
X02:29
2b
XQ2:28/
X02:29;
OIL VALVE 1
No.1
26X01:93
OIL VALVE 2
OFB-17
27X1.5
X02:30
X02:32
26X01:9i
26X01:96
X02:J4
X02J6
29X01:131
mm.
9_
X02:3a
FLAME SCANNER 1 AUTO MODE

No.l
u_X02:37
No.2
J2.
FU\ME SCANNER MAIN MODE
kil
4_
mim
IL
wiiim
IGNITION BURNER PURGE VALVE
X02:33
X02:J5
Smi:!
No.2
X02:31
XQ2:40
X02:41
X02:42
X02:43
X02:44
_17_ X02:46
J8_
ii
22.
11
22
.il
_2i
Ui
27
MANUAL CONTROL BOX ON BURNER
XQ2:45
LIMIT SWITCHES ON OIL

COMPOUND REGULATOR
SERVOMOTOR IN OIL
COMPOUND REGULATOR
BOILER & COMPOSITE BOILE SYSTEM
E-056-54
PAGE
4
CP
OFB
OFB-20
2X1.5
OFB-21
5X1,5
13X01-68
imvm
FIRE IN WINDBOK
u:
19X02:72
JBBUN
19X02:?J
23X02:68
23X02:6
25X01:70
23X02:70
23X01:71
23X02:71
THERMOSTAT FUEL OIL

HIGH TEM./LOW TEM,
OFB-22
30X01:60
1X2X0.75
30X01:61
30Xfll:Sl
22X01:58
22X01:59
OFB-23
.1^
23X01:67
23X01:63
12X1.5
24X01:64
24X01:65
STEAM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER

30X06:51
22X06:58
22X06:59
23X06:66
23X06:67
23X06:62
23X06:63
24X06:64
24X06:65
3
4
23X0 l:Sf.
23X01:62
GB
OFB
HIGH STEAM PRESSUREE 1

No.l
No.2
LOW STEAM PRESSURE
10
10
11 ,
12
OFB-24
2X1.5
20X01:112
3FB-25
2X1.5
21X01:131
81X01:16!
81X01:163
81X01:166
1X01:167
81X01:168
81X01:16!
OFB-26
2
12X1.5
5
7
8
3
10 1
11 ,
BURNER START/STOP PRESSURE
HTS
OFB
FWP
OFB
A0751:X7:7
A0751:X8:7
A0751:X7
A0751:X8
A0752:X1
A0752:X2
AUTO STAND BY FEED WATER PUMP

1-2 PRESSURE SWITCH
No.l & No.2
OIL FIRED BOILER RUNNING
FEED W.ATER PUMP 1 ON

No.l
FEED WATER PUMP 2 ON
12 J
No.2
82X01:228
c
c
HIGH TEMP IN UPTAKE OILFIRED

BOILER
DPU7
OIL FIRED BOILER COMMON AU\RM
82X01:224
82X01:187
82X01:136
82X01:185
OFB-27
82X01:184
82X01:223
82X01:182
17X01:18
17X01:19
3X0I:S
17X01:S
30X01:5
7X2X0.75
A0752:X1;2
A0752:X2:2
A0752;X1;3
A0752;X2;3
A0702:X1:6
A0702:X1:7
A07Q2:X2:2
A0702:X2:3
OIL FIRED BOILER INTEGRATION

FAILURE STOP
WATER LEVEL SIGNAL

STEAM PRESSURE SIGNAL
E-056-54
PAGE
5
CP
OFB
HIGH SALINITY
21X01:290
21X01:291
21X01:292
1
2
3
4
21X01:293
16X01:36
16X01J;
16X01:38
16X01-39
20I:I32
24X01:133
OFB-28
12X1.5
HIGH OIL CONTENT

DIESEL OIL OPERATION
6
-7
8
9
10
11
12
HEAVY FUEL OIL OPERATION
IGNITION OIL BURNER PUMP OVERLOAD

GNITION OIL BURNER PUMP ON
DRAWING OF OIL FIRED
E-056-54
PAGE
6
COMPOSITE BOILER CONTROL PANEL
CBO
CBO-A
POWER SUPPLY 10MSB

AC440V/60HZ
3X10 (96)
CBO-01
3X4 (96)
\mvm
CB0-05
7X01:15
CON FEED
CBO
2X1,5
17X01;!!
WATER l/P CONVERTER
CBO-06
ia8:9
lasffliio
ia>2B;lt
iaA3:12
IB! ;I
2A; ;^
28;
2X2X0.75
AMP WATER
CBO No.1
2A
28
:,
1
t8A2B:8
CB0-07
2X2X0.75
ISft&U
I8A5B:U
LEVEL 1 AMPLIFIRER
r, WATER LEVEL 1 AMPLIFIRER
AMP;
2A
[2B_
No.2
CBO
!aA56:3
CB0-8
17X01:13
IBj
7X01:S
! 7X01:20
WLT
CBO
1X2X0.75
CBO-09
WATER LEVEL TRANSMITTER
2X1.5
17X01:21
CBO-13
HIGH TEMP IN UPTAKE EXHAUST GAS BOILER
l5XI:f
1X2X0.75
SHI:! I
2^X81:112
hlXOllJO
2IX01:1
15X01:7
15X01:8
7X01:45'
17X01:
TT
CBO
CBO-14
2X1.5
HTS HIGH
CBO
CBO-15
2X1.5
FWP
CBO
AUTO STAND BY FEED WATER PUMP

1-2 PRESSURE SWITCH
No.1 & No,2
ECC
CBO-04
2X1
CBO-1
1X2X0.75
MOVM
CRO-1?
1X2X0.75
UPTAKE OILFIRED BOILER
1X2:3
REMOTE WATER LEVEL INDICATOR

0X1:33
7XI:S2
MX01:+7
TEMP
REMOTE STEAM PRESSURE INDICATOR

3X1:28
DXI:29
30X01:3
CBO-02
1X01:1
3X2.5 (96)
CBO-03
11X01:V3
3X2.5 (96)
17X01:45
17X01:46
CB0-11A
COMBINED BOILER FEED WATER PUMP 1

No.1
COMBINED BOILER FEED WATER PUMP 2
No.2
BOILER COMPOSITE BOILE SYSTEM
E-056-54
PAGE
7
COMPOSiTE BOILER CONTROL PANEL
CBO-19
3X1.5 (96)
vBUN,
HEATER ON THERMOSTAT
LOW OIL PRESSURE ON BURNER
HEAT ELEMENT IN BURNER HINGE

LOW ATOMIZING AIR PRESSURE
LOW COMBUSTION AIR PRESSURE
LIMIT SWITCH ON BURNER SWING OUT
IGNITION TRANSFORMER
IGNITION OIL VALVES
OIL VALVE 1
No.1
OIL VALVE 2
No.2
IGNITION BURNER PURGE VALVE
No.1
No.2
FUME SCANNER MAIN MODE
MANUAL CONTROL BOX ON BURNER
LIMIT SWITCHES ON OIL
COMPOUND REGULATOR
SERVOMOTOR IN OIL
COMPOUND REGULATOR
E-056-54
PAGE
8
Ul-
CBO
C80-23
2X1.5
CBO-24
5X1.5
imm
19X01:35
um-M 2 j
imm
}3xai-6i
19X02:731 J B Z
1 23X02:63
1- 2
22X01:59
CBO-25
1X2X0.75
2
3
CBO-26
12X1.5
30X06:60
STEAM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
GE
CBO
22X06:58

No.1
XTF 30X06:61
1
I 2 22X06:59
.+
5
2;.X0l:5i
24X01:55
THERMOSTAT FUEL OIL

HIGH TEM./LOW TEM.
30X06:51
4
23X01:57
5 ,
23X01:52
6
24X01:64
BUN
. 5
fflXOhSI
22X01:58
23X02:69
. -^ 23X02:71
lA
IB/
3 23X02:70
i3XOI:?0
4
23X01:71
S3X0I:60
FIRE IN WINDBOK
mm ino
a1
,9
9
10
11

No.2
LOW STEAM PRESSURE
23X06:66
23X06:67
23X06:62
23X06:63
24X06:64
24X06:65
BURNER START/STOP PRESSURE
JO
1 1
12 ,
81X01:162
81X01:163
81X01:166
8IX01:!67
81X01:163
81X01:169
2 1
T
CBO-27
12X1.5
A0752:X1:6
A0752:X2:6
A0752:X1:7
A0752;X2:7
A0752:X1:8
A0752:X2:8
4
5
5
7
8
9
OIL FIRED BOILER RUNNING

No.1
to
1 1
12
No,2
82X01:228
DPU7
82X01:225
OIL FIRED BOILER COMMON AL;\RM
82X01:224
82X01:187
82X01:185
82X01:229
OIL FIRED BOILER INTEGRATION FAILURE STOP
CBO-28
82X01:184
7X2X0.75
A0752:X1:5
A0752:X2:5
2X01:183
A0752:X1:4
A0752:X2:4
17X01:18
A0702:X2:6
17X01:19
A0702:X2;7
A0702:X3:2
A0702:X3:3
A0752:X3:1
A0752;X4:1
82X01:182
30X01fl
82X01:216
17X01-i
JCXfll.-5
WATER LEVEL SIGNAL

STEAM PRESSURE SIGNAL
STEAM PRESS.HIGH HIGH FOR COMP. BOILER
E-056-54
PAGE
\^ P
CBO
HIGH SALINITY
imi-m 1
21X01:291
211811:292
21X01:2
16X01:3
I6X01-J)
CCP
BO
CBO-29
12X1.5
8UW:150
81X03:191
HIGH OIL CONTENT

DIESEL OIL OPERATION
81103:192
81X03:193
5
6
81X03:194
81X03:195
mvM 87 ,
I6X8U9
9
2tX01:IJl
10
24X01:lil
1'
12
HEAVY FUEL OIL OPERATION
81X03:196
81XM:19?
31X03:198
J1
IGNITION OIL BURNER PUMP OVERLOAD
81X05:199
[TF
IGNITION OIL BURNER PUMP ON
CB0-3(
STEAM DUMP l/P CONVERTER
STEAM PRESSURE ON COMMEMUNE
E-056-54
PAGE
0
COMMON CONTROL PANEL
CCP
BO
POWER SUPPLY 10MSB
AC440V/60HZ
BO-A
3X2.5 (96)
BO-04
2X1.5
iSAijj:?
JIX33;I3
iisai
1
2
irsoiis
J
4
3110.1:16
00
BO
mm
l6X0iJ3
BO-07
2X1.5
BO-08
2X2X0.75
2A
TPS
BO
18
2A
5X1.5
4-
IB/
2H03:
25X03:S
ua
aaas
liX0i?O
liXflill
ISCi-S
2aOM9*
2 1
BO-11
IIR
BO-12
5X1.5
3
4
5
1
2
3
naxoiiUio
lia3i:vin
1003l2
10X03^12
\mim
LTBO
TCV
BO
1X2X0.75
5X1.5
)-01
3X1.5 (96)
AUTO STAND-BY OIL TRANSFER PUMP START
CONDUCTIVITY CENSOR
LIMIT SWITCH CLOSED IN DIESEL OIL POS.
80-10
3X1.5
2303:;
aiil3:)l
CO
BO
80-09
2
jgX'lJ:
25X03:43
HIGH OIL CONTENT SENSOR
HIGH OIL CONFENr
29
m&ii
SOLENOID VALVE
cv
BO-06
5X1.5
IMB;12
mm
LL
sm
iiiffiiii
JJOL
BO-05
2X1,5
mmt
.RES
' BO
NC
LIMIT SWITCH CLOSED IN HEAVY FUEL OIL POS
FUEL OIL TEMPERATUR CONTROL VALVE
FUEL OIL TEMPERATUR TRANSMITTER
BO
F0I1
BO
EOI
BO
THERMOSTAT FUEL OIL

HIGH TEM./LOW TEM.
THERMOSTAT FUEL OIL

HIGH TEM./LOW TEM.
No.
BO-02
3X1.5 (96)
No.2
E-056-54
PAGE
COMMON CONTROL PANEL
CCP
Li
BO
ifljii5
imvs
03:
JM?
11)1(13
ll(U:W
H03:I3
15X03:131
25X03;S
nmm
8ra3;l6l
!lfflj:182
81X03:163
IB/
23 1
BO-03
3X1.5 (96)
No.1
B0-03A
3X1.5 (96)
No.2
BO-14
1X2X0.75
liE
BO-15
12X1.5
1- 2
JA.
. 3
4
4
5 '
5
7
, 5
6
10
1 1
9
.10
11
12,
[l2
2A
82X03:213
26
REMOTE SIGNAL FOR OIL TEMPERATURE
OIL TRANSFER PUMP 1 ON

NO.1
OIL TRANSFER PUMP 2 ON
NO.2
.a
32X83:21;
A0752:X3i2
A0752:X4:2
A0752:X3:3
A0752:X4:3
, 7
8 1
8353:216
AQ702:X3;6
A0702:X3:7
BQ7X2X0.75
raaii
DPU7
.AQ752:X3'
A0752:X4:
A0752;X3:
A0752:X4:
HIGH SALINITY
HIGH OIL CONTENT
5A
6B
ira3J5A
\m-M
miM
miSh
2 J
3
4
5 1
BO-09A
5X1.5
LIMIT SWITCH CLOSED IN DIESEL OIL POS.
LT2
BO
LIMIT SWITCH CLOSED IN HEAVY FUEL OIL POS
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Instruction manual for boiler plant

Volume 1
Boiler type:
Burner type:
Project No.:
Classification:
Customer:
Hull No.:
Date:
HT-6
1 x MISSION OC 4200/1200 kg/h

1 x KB 450
735847
BV
Jinling Shipyard
JLZ 02-0504
November 2003
<^s
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
Instruction manual for boiler plant

Volume 1
Boiler type:
1 x MISSION OC 4200/1200 kg/h
Burner type:
Project No.:
Classification:
Customer:
Hull No.:
Date:
1 x KB 450
735847
BV
Jinling Shipyard
JLZ 02-0504
November 2003
Kf-6-3
Global addresses
AALBORG
www.aalborg-industries.com
INDUSTRIES
Europe
Denmark
Corporate Management
and Administration:
Aalborg Industries A/S
P O Box 661, Gasvaerksvej 24
DK-9100 Aalborg, Denmark
Tel.: +45 99 304000
Fax: +45 98 163022
E-mail: aal@aalborg-industries.dk
Sales, Engineering, Production

- Marine & Industry:
P O Box 844, Gasvaerksvej 24
DK-9100 Aalborg, Denmark
Tel.: +45 99 304000
+45 40 166686 (24 hrs marine service)
Fax:
The Netherlands
Aalborg Industries B.V.
Glasblazerstraat 19, 2984 BL Ridderkerk
P O Box 262, NL-2980 AG Ridderkerk
The Netherlands
Tel.: +31180 461462
Fax: +31180 461602
E-mail: aalborg@ai-rtm.nl
Aalborg Industries NL B.V.

Ohmweg 8, 3208 KE Spijkenisse
P O Box 145, 3200 AC Spijkenisse
The Netherlands
Tel.: +31 181 650 500
Fax: +31 181 650 501
E-mail: rtmw@aalborg-industries.nl
The People's Republic o f China

Aalborg Industries Limited
Shanghai Representative Office, Room D,
11/F, New Shanghai International Tower,
No. 380 Pu Dong Nan Road
Shanghai 200120
The People's Republic of China
Tel.: +86 21 6886 3565
Fax: +86 21 6886 3446
E-mail: sha@aalborg-industries.com.hk
Aalborg Industries Ltd. (factory)

No. 86, Guangzhou Road North
Jiaozhou City 266300, Shandong Province
Tel:
+86 532 229 6603
+86 532 229 6614
Fax: +86 532 229 5908
E-mail: aalborg@ns.chinaqingdao.net
aalborg@public.qd.sd.cn (Sales dept.)
North America
USA
Aalborg Industries, Inc.
5300 Knowledge Parkway, Suite 200
Erie, PA 16510-4660, USA
Tel.:
+1814 897 7000
Fax:
+1814 897 1090
E-mail: info@ai-eri.com
Website: www.aalborgUSA.com
Aalborg Industries Houston, Inc.

6005 South Loop East, Houston,
TX 77033, USA
Tel.:
+1713 643 2488
Fax:
+1713 643 4100
E-mail: houston@aalborg-industries.com
M i d d l e East
+45 9 8 168316 ( M a i n * Marine boilers)

+45 99 304641 (Industrial boilers)
+45 98 103001 (Heat exchangers)
+45 98 102233 (Marine After Sales)
+45 99 3 0 4 6 7 4 (Industrial After Sales)
E-mail:
aal@aalborg-industries.dk
marine-boilers@aalborg-industries.dk
heaters@aalborg-industries.dk
spares-marine@aalborg-industries.dk
repair-marine@aalborg-industries.dk
Service of land-based burners:

Hans Egedesvej 16, Stamp
P.O. Box 717
DK-5210 Odense NV, Denmark
Tel.: +45 66 163768
Fax: +45 66 165768
E-mail: bo@aalborg-industries.dk
Sweden
Aalborg Industries AB
Riddarplatsen 36, Jakobsberg, Box 907,
175 29 Jarfalla, Sweden
Tel.: +46 8 580 243 00
+46 8 580 178 70 (24 hrs)
Fax: +46 8 580 278 01
E-mail: stom@aalborg-industries.se
Finland
Aalborg Industries Oy
P O Box 9, Kaivopuistontie 33
FIN-26101 Rauma, Finland
Tel.: +358 2 838 3100
Fax: +358 2 823 1133
E-mail: rau@aalborg-industries.fi
United Kingdom
Aalborg Industries A/S (branch)
Tower Court
Oakdale Road, Clifton Moor
York YO30 4XL, United Kingdom
Tel.:
+44 796 896 1937
+44 1904 557640
Fax:
+44 1924 280351
+44 1904 557641
E-mail: jsf@aalborg-industries.dk
U n i t e d A r a b Emirates, D u b a i
Aalborg Industries A/S (branch)
P O Box 51210, Al Jadaf Shipyard
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel.: + 9 7 1 4 324 1061
+971 50 6548708 (24 hrs)
Fax: +9714 3241790
E-mail: info@aalborg-industries-dxb.com
Asia Pacific
Singapore
Aalborg Industries Pte. Ltd.
14 Tuas Avenue 18A, Singapore 638862
Jurong Point P O Box 259
Singapore 916409, Republic of Singapore
Tel.: +65 6261 9898
Fax: +65 6266 1111
Telex: rs 26720 alborg
E-mail: sin@aalborg-industries.com.sg
Republic o f Indonesia
PT Aalborg Industries
Jl. Rawa Sumur II, Block III
Kav. CC. 6-7, Kawasan Industri
Pulogadung
Jakarta Timur 13470, Republic of Indonesia
Tel.: +62 21 461 0569
Fax: +62 21 461 0568
E-mail: jkt@aalborg-industries.com
H o n g K o n g (SAR)
Room 2304, Nam Wo Hong Building
148 Wing Lok Street
Sheung Wan, Hong Kong (SAR)
Tel.: +852 2836 3826
Fax: +852 2834 8905
E-mail: aalborg@aalborg-industries.com.hk

Dalian Representative Office
Room 1501 A, Dalian Gold Name
Commercial Tower
68 Renmin Road, Zhongshan District
Dalian 116001, Liaoning Province
Tel.: +86 411270 9291
Fax: +86 411270 9391
E-mail: dlc@aalborg-industries.com.hk
Korea
Aalborg Industries Ltd.
5th Floor, Saesam Bldg.
1485-1, Ja-Dong, Haeundae-Ku
Pusan 612-842, Korea
Tel:
+82 51703 6 1 6 2 / 6 1 6 3 / 6 1 6 4
+82 51 626 1881
+82 51 636 5800
Fax: +82 51 624 8874
E-mail: pusan@aalborg-industries.co.kr
South America
Brazil
Aalborg Industries S.A.
(main office, factory, marine after sales)
Rua Divino Espirito Santo,
1.100 - Bairro Carangola
CEP 25715-410 Petropolis-RJ, Brazil
Tel.:
+55 24 2233 9963
Fax:
+55 24 2237 6603
E-mail: rio@aalborg-industries.com.br
Website: www.aalborg-industries.com.br
Aalborg Industries S.A..

(sales supprt office)
Rua Ismael Neri, 764 - Bairro Agua Fria
CEP 02335-001 Sao Paulo - SP, Brazil
Tel: +55 11 6262 2000
Fax: +55 116262 2755
+55 11 6262 2756
E-mail: sao@aalborg-industries.com.br
Japan
Aalborg Industries K.K.
Sannomiya Intes, 6th Floor
1-8, 7-chome, Isogami-dori
Chuo-ku, Kobe 651-0086, Japan
Tel.: +8178 2715720
Fax: +81 78 271 5741
E-mail: ukb@aalborg-industries.co.jp
Aalborg Industries K.K. (branch)

No. 9 Kowa Bldg., Bekkan
6-7, 1-chorine, Akasaka
Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
Tel.: +813 3584 8351
Fax: +81 3 3584 8378
E-mail: tokyo@aalborg-industries.co.jp
Your Hot
Connection
AALBORG
MtZmmBsSiSEfil^^^^^^M
Table of contents
System concept (vol. 1)
Technical data
Flow diagrams
1
2
MISSION OC boiler/accessories (vol. 1)

Descriptions
Operation and maintenance
Feed and boiler water
Water level gauge
Safety valves
Feed water system
Regulating feed water valve
Feed water pump
Chemical dosing unit
Salinity alarm equipment
Oil detection equipment
Steam dump equipment
Drawings
Data sheets
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Rotary cup burner/accessories (vol. 1)

Descriptions
Regulating valves
Fuel oil pump
Language UK
17
18
19
20
Page 1/2
AALBORG
gSBIHiSBilBHWf^^MI^^^^^^^^M
INDUSTRIES
^^^^^^^^^^^l
Rotary cup burner/accessories cont. (vol. 2)

Combustion air fan
Ignition pump
Fuel oil heater
Drawings
Data sheets for burner
Data sheets for oil system
Performance curves
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Control system/electrical equipment (vol. 2)

Boiler control panel
Control panel - burner load
Burner sequence control
Flame safeguard
Process controller, Sipart
Alarm annunciator
Electric drawings for control panel, MISSION OC boiler
Electric drawings for common panel
Setting lists for MISSION OC boiler
Setting lists for common system
Datasheets
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Spare parts (vol. 2)

Spare parts for MISSION OC boiler, burner and control system
Language UK
19
Page 2/2
/Iff
v.***
- A-8
ft
,.j,-wsi..M*
iiiiiii.
4DUSTRIES
^^^H
Table of contents
Technical data for boiler unit
General data
Dimensions for boiler unit
Water/steam process data
Combustion process data, oil fired section
Combustion process data, exhaust gas section
Data for electric systems
Data for pressure part
Data for burner
Data for water level operation
Data for steam pressure operation
Manuals
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Page 1/1
AALBORG
^HWWBBBIHJBHJffSIBJIIIffll
^fl
Technical data for boiler unit

1
Language UK
General data
Project No.:
735845,735847
Hull No.:
Classification society:
BV
Pressure gauge calibration:
bar
Thermometer calibration:
Language for signs:
Jinling Shipyard JLZ 02-0503/4
GB
Dimensions for boiler unit
Height excl. mountings:
5,740 mm
Diameter incl. insulation:
3,400 mm
Extension length of the water level device:
1,800 mm
Weight of boiler unit excl. water:
32,900 kg
Weight of boiler unit incl. water:
48,400 kg
Water/steam process data
Steam output, oil fired section:
4,200 kg/h
Steam output, exhaust gas section:
1,200 kg/h
Working pressure:
Max. allowable working pressure:
175C
Feed water operation:
modulating
Feed water temperature, operation:
Feed water temperature, layout:
8,0 bar g
10,0 bar g
85-95C
60C
Combustion process data, oil fired section
Min. calorific value of diesel oil:
42,200 kJ/kg
Min./max. viscosity of diesel oil:
4/12 cSt at 50C
Page 1/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Language UK
890 kg/m3
Density of diesel oil:
Min. calorific value of fuel oil:
Max. viscosity of fuel oil:
Density of fuel oil:
Oil temperature before pre-heater:
50C
Ambient air temperature:
45C
Air excess No. at 100% load:
Flue gas temperature (clean boiler):
Air consumption at 100% load:
4,807 kg/h
Flue gas flow (approx.):
5,118 kg/h
Pressure loss across pin-tube elements:
57 mmWC
Expected back pressure from stack at full load:
90 mmWC
40,200 kJ/kg
600cStat50C
980 kg/m3
1.15
355C
Combustion process data, exhaust gas

section
Main engine:
MANB&W6S50MC
Engine load:
85%MCR
Exhaust gas flow:
Inlet temperature of exhaust gas:
232,5C
Outlet temperature of exhaust gas:
191,3C
Pressure loss across exhaust gas section:
71,200 kg/h
100 mmWC
Data for electric systems
Power supply:
3 x 440V, 60 Hz
Control voltage:
1 x 220V, 60 Hz
Pilot voltage:
Insulation class:
Degree of protection:
Colour of boiler control panel:
24V
F
IP44
Munsell no. 7.5 BG 7/2
Data for pressure part
Boiler type:
Model:
Test pressure:
Vertical smoke tube boiler

MISSION OC 5000
15,0 bar g
Page 2/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
10
Language UK
Number of pin-tube elements:
Number of tubes in exhaust gas section:
Protection of boiler body:
Colour of insulation plates:
12
743
trapezoid plate
blue (RAL 5002)
Data for burner
Burner type:
Rotary cup, modulating
Model:
Burner capacity on diesel oil, min./max.:
65/300 kg/h
Burner capacity on fuel oil, min./max.:
65/315 kg/h
Colour of burner
KB 450
standard
Data for water level operation
Too high water level alarm:
+180 mm
High water level alarm:
+150 mm
Normal water level:
Low water level alarm:
-135 mm
Too low water level alarm and burner off:
-180 mm
0 mm
Data for steam pressure operation
Safety valve:
10,0 bar g
Safety valve:
10,0 bar g
High steam pressure alarm and burner off:
9,6 bar g
Steam dump opening pressure:
9,4 bar g
Burner start/stop:
8,2/9,0 bar g
Burner operation:
8,0 bar g
Low steam pressure alarm:
6,0 bar g
Page 3/4
iiiiiii.
AALBORG
^HWIMBi
INDUSTRIES
V l i l l l l i l
11
Manuals
Language UK
Language for manuals:
UK
Set of approval manuals:
Set of working manuals:...:
Set of instruction manuals:
5/ship
Document revision date:
2003-11-07
Page 4/4
?Vf
1
-ip'
8
' &
f*
$
' !
. f
7*.
Sir
Ui^
J&k
*4*yjt
iiiiiii.
lALBORG
^HJIHiHJgffiHJffi^^^^^M
1DUSTRIES
^HIMIHM^BBIIIMIIBH^^H^Î^Î^Î
Table of contents
Flow diagrams
Steam/water system
List of parts for steam/water flow diagram
Oil system
List of parts for oil system
Burner unit
List of parts for burner unit flow diagram
Language UK
X01:022783a
X01:022783a
92X02:022788b
92X02:022788b
92X02:022786a
92X02:022786a
Page 1/1
Description
Index
Item nos. for chem dos changed to 1M23 & 2 M 2 3 , item H14 added
Date
Drawn
Appr.
22.042003
ISk
S0K
-rz> Service steam
Cooling
water
-z\
Condensate
Drain
-M-
Overboard
Signatures:
Steam
x MISSION OM model 20000+1 MISSION OC 420(V12
Chemicals
Air
Blow down/drain lines
External wiring
Oil
Exhaust gas
Date
Title:
Water
NOTE:
- Components specified by item no. are supplied by Al
- Items: see separate list of parts.
- For electrical connections, see actual electrical wiring diagrams
* Instrument air.
Customer
Society
Newb. No.
Project No.
Boiler No.
Jinling Shipyard
BV
BV
BV
JIZ020503 JLZ 020504 JLZ020506

735844-45 73584647 736652+53
11833-34 11835-36 13033+34
Steam / water system
ifiiljjfi
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Feed water regulation modualting

Flow diagram
I M S DRAWNQ AND DESIGN SHOWN HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF AALBORG
AND MUST NOT BE USED BY OR REPRODUCED FOR THJRO PARTY
ISk
20.07.2002
Date
Appr.
S0K
Weight
20.07.2002
Scale:
1:1
Article/Drawing No:
X01:022783
Size
A2
Affix
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
List of Parts for Oil Fired Boiler Type MISSIONOM

"Steam/Water Flow Diagram", Drawing No.: X01:022783
Item
Dim.
Description
Qty DN
No
Rev: a
Date: 2003-04-22
Type
Class.:
BV
Data Sheet
or Drawing
Medium oil fired boiler
18000 kg/h,
8-10 bar g
02Y:500472
100/150
Safety valve
Boiler
261 1176
200
Main steam valve
Stop valve
251 1122
C3
65
Feed water valve inlet
Stop valve
251 1092
C4
65
Feed water valve inlet
Stop-check valve
264 1092
C5
40
Scum valve
Stop-check valve
264 1090
C7
40
Blow down valve
Stop-check valve
264 1090
C9
1/2"
Sample valve
Instrument stop valve
6220 000002
CIO
1/2"
Air escape valve
6220 000002
Cll
1/2"
Gauge board valve
6220 000002
C14
200
Main steam valve
Check valve
6020 000022
C15
25
Main steam by-pass valve
Stop valve
250 1088
C16
80
Furnace drain valve
6010 000042
C17
25
Water level gauge
7010 000136
C18
25
Water level gauge
7010 000135
C23
Heating coil
GS-457302A
C24
25
Valve for heating coil inlet
Stop valve
250 1088
C25
25
Valve for heating coil outlet
Stop valve
250 1088
C26
15
Safety valve for heating coil
C27
25
Stop valve for feed water regulation
C30
C179
900
Smoke uptake - mounted on boiler
TAO supply
02Y:500472
C184
100/150
Expansion joints for safety valves
TAO supply
GS:465407
C211
C212
C213
C213
1
set
Counter flanges incl. gaskets and

bolts
(not shown on the flow diagram)
Kl 6:004096
W16
DP-unit
70Z:019540
W33
Water level control
SD9230#25
1C
CI
C2
261 1358
Stop valve
Gauge board
X01_022783-List of parts-735846,735847.doc
250 1088
61Z:027353
31/10/2003
1/4
AALBORG
I N D U S T R I E S
List of Parts for Oil Fired Boiler Type MISSIONOC

"Steam/Water Flow Diagram", Drawing No.: X01:022783
Item
Dim.
Description
Qty DN
No
Rev: a
Date: 2003-04-22
Type
Class.:
BV
Data Sheet
or Drawing
Composite boiler
4200/1200 kg/h
8-10 bar g
04Y:022524
50/80
Safety valve
Safety valve
261 1173
150
Main steam valve
Stop valve
251 1096
C3
40
Feed water valve
Stop valve
250 1090
C4
40
Feed water valve
Stop-check valve
264 1090
C5
32
Scum valve
Stop-check valve
264 1089
C7
32
Blow down valve
Stop-check valve
264 1089
C9
54"
Sample valve
6220 000002
CIO
Air escape valve
6220 000002
Cll
Vi"
Gauge board valve
6220 000002
C14
150
Main steam valve
Check valve
6020 000021
C16
50
Furnace drain valve
Stop valve
253 1005
C17
25
Water level gauge left
Water level gauge
7010 000136
C18
25
Water level gauge right
Water level gauge
7010 000135
C23
C24
25
Valve for heating coil inlet
Stop valve
250 1088
C25
25
Stop valve
250 1088
C26
15
261 1358
C30
Gauge board
61Z:022715
C179
600
Smoke uptake - mounted on boiler
TAO supply
04Y:022524
CI 84
50/80
Expansion joints for safety valves
TAO supply
85Y:013425
C198
50
Drain valve for exh. gas part
Stop valve
253 1005
C211
C212
C213
C213
1
set
2C
CI
C2
W33
Heating coil
Counter flanges incl. gaskets and

bolts
(not shown on the flow diagram)
K16:004096
Water level control
SD9230#13
31/10/2003
2/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
List of Parts for MISSIONOM & MISSIONOC

"SteamAVater Flow Diagram", Drawing No.: Xl:022783
Item
Dim.
Description
Qty DN
No
Rev: a
Date: 2003-04-22
Type
Class.:
BV
Data Sheet
or Drawing
1C191
Water washing hose with nozzle
8500 000010
1H2
Remote steam pressure indicator
8320 000012
1K5
Temperature switch
632 0110
1L2
63X03:022935
1M4
Feed water pumps
CR 32-6-2
1M7
Pressure gauge
663 2961
1M8
Pressure gauge
663 2961
Pressure switch
613 0300
254 1002
87D3050
1M9
1M10
1M11
1M12
Orifice for feed water pumps
1M23
9296 000025
1M25
Sample cooler
875 0005
Feed water control valve
6050 000049
1W3
Filter regulator with automatic drain
291 5101
1W32
Remote water level indicator
8320 000013
2C191
8500 000016
2H2
Remote steam pressure indicator
8320 000012
2K5
Temperature switch
632 0110
2K6
Temperature transmitter
PT100
2L2
63X03:022915
1W1
40
2M4
Feed water pumps
CR 5-20
2M7
Pressure gauge 063
663 3011
2M8
Pressure gauge 063
88M0001
2M9
Pressure switch
631 0330
2M10
254 1002
2M11
87D3050
2M12
Orifice for feed water pumps
K18:022712
2M23
9296 000025
2M25
Sample cooler
875 0005
2N5
Steam dump control valve
6050 000049
2N6
291 5101
40
31/10/2003
3/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
List of Parts for MISSIONOM & MISSIONOC

"SteamAVater Flow Diagram", Drawing No.: Xl:022783
Item
Dim.
Description
Qty DN
No
Rev: a
Date: 2003-04-22
Type
Class.:
BV
Data Sheet
or Drawing
Feed water control valve
6050 000043
2W3
2915101
2W32
Remote water level indicator
8320 000013
H3
Pressure transmitter
663 8232
H14
254 1002
L7
Control panel common section
63X03:022933
M77
Water test equipment, AGK 100
880 0050
M145
M146
2W1
20
31/10/2003
8210 000025
8310 000005
OM9410#01
8620 000003
8210 000005
OM8210#30
OM8620#02
4/4
Description
Revised ace. to
Item
Diesel fuel oil

tank
Viscosity:
( f o r pumping)
m a x . 12 cSt
m i n . 4 cSt.
G39
Index
Date
Drawn
Appr.
20.07.2002
ISk
S0K
12.09.2002
ISk
STh
order
and G67
added
m=
=0<P
Heavy fuel oil

settling tonk
Viscosity:
(for pumping)
max. 3 8 0 cSt
min. 100 cSt.
max. 10 bar
air pressure
Signatures:
Steam
Water
Chemicals
NOTE:
Title:
Air
Blow down/droin lines
External wiring
Oil
Exhaust gas
All heavy fuel oil piping to be steam traced piping

Components specified by item no. are supplied by Al
- Items: see separate list of parts
1 x KB 1600 + 1 x KB 450
Customer
Jinling Shipyard
Society
BV
BV
BV
Newb. No. JLZ 02-0503 JLZ 02-0504 JLZ020506
Project No. 735844-45 735846-47 736652+53
Boiler No. 11833-34 11835-36 13033+34
iiiiiiii*
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Oil system
Burner operating modulating
Flow diagram
THS OfWWMG ANO DESIGN SHOWN HEREIN 6 THE PROPERTY OF AA1SORG NDUSTRES
AND MUST NOT BE USED ST OR REPRODUCED FOR THRO PARTY
Date
Drown
ISk
20.07.2002
Date
Appr.
SBK
Weight
20.07.2002
Scale:
1:1
Article/Drawing No:
92X02:022788
Size
A2
Affix
Designation
Item
Pes. Dimension
Applications
G01
Three-way valve
G02
Simplex filter
Oil to pump
G03
Stop valve
Oil to pump
G04
Mano/vacuum gauge
Oil to pump
G05
F.O. pump with motor
Pump
G06
Relief valve
Oil from pump
G07
Non return valve
Oil from pump
G09
Simplex filter
Oil to pump
G10
Stop valve
Oil to pump
G11
Mono/vacuum gauge
Oil to pump
G12
F.O. pump with motor
Fuel oil
G13
Relief valve
Pump
G14
Non return valve
Oil from pump
G15
Stop valve
Oil from pump
G16
Pressure gauge
Oil from pump
G17
Pressure switch
Oil from pump, low
G18
Isolating valve
Oil from pump
G19
Strainer
Steam from boiler
G20
Steam regulating valve
Steam from boiler
G22
Heater
Fuel oil
G23
Safety valve
Fuel oil heater
G24
Heater drain valve-oil side
G28
Fuel oil from heater
G29
Pressure controller
Fuel oil to burner
G30
Solenoid valve
Fuel oil to burner
G31
Air filter/pressure reduction
Fuel oil to burner
G33
Limit switch box
Switch HFO/DO return
G34
Three way valve
HFO/DO to pump
G35
Limit switch box
Switch HFO/DO
G39
Three-way valve
G40
Air vent valve
G45
Temperature switch
Fuel oil from heater, hig
G66
Three way valve
DO/HFO return
G67
Mechanical link
G70
Filter
Oil to ign. oil pump
G72
Ignition pump with motor
Oil to ignition burner
G74
Isolating valve
Oil from ign. oil pump
G75
Pressure gauge
Oil from ign. oil pump
G78
Relief valve
1
Drawn
Title
1 x KB 1600 + 1 x KB 450
ISk
Appr.
Article No.
Date
20.07.2002
Date
Oil system
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Page 1
10/04-2003

Flow diagram
This drawing and design shown herein is the property of Aalborg Sunrod
and must not be used by or reproduced for third party
Weight
Scale
1:1
Article / Drawing No:
92X02 : 022788
Size
A2
Affix
item
G145
Designation
Pes. Dimension
Applications
Oil to ign. burner
Ignition oil pump unit
Fuel oil to burner
G147 F.O. pump unit

R01
Fan
Combustion air to burnt
R02
Silencer
Combustion air to burne
R09
F:D fan
1F
Burner unit
1R
Fan unit
2F
Burner unit
2R
Fan unit
Drawn
Title
1 x KB 1600 + 1 x KB 450
ML
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Page 2
10/04-2003
Article No.
ISk
Date
20.07.2002
Appr.
Date
Weight
Scale
1:1
Oil system
Flow diagram
92X02 : 022788
Size
A2
Affix
Description
Item F152 -
Diesel oil for ignition burner
Service air
Index
throttle valve added
Date
Drawn
Appr.
12.09.2002
ISk
STh
0=
..
Min 6 bar |_FJ 0 =
Max 10 bar
Fuel oil for burner
Oil return
Secondary air
[ A 1 dj> :
[f]
<=J
C^-==<I^CEriK>
Jinling Shipyard
Customer
Society
BV
BV
BV
Newb. No. JLZ 020503 JLZ 020504 JLZ020506
Project No. 735845 735847 736653
Boiler No.
1 1834 11836 13034
Signatures:
Steam
Water
Chemicals
Air
Blow d o w n / d r a i n
External wiring
Oil
Exhaust gas
Drawn
Title:
lines
1 x KB 450
NOTE:
- Components specified by item no. are supplied by Al
- Items: see separate list of parts.
- For electrical connections, see actual electrical wiring diagrams.
For connections:
- see burner arrangement drawing
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Burner unit
Burner operation modulating
Flow diagram
THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN SHOWN HEREIN IS THE PROPERIY OF AALBORG INDUSTRIES
AND UUST NOT BE USED BY OR REPRODUCED FOR THIRD PARTY
Date
ISk
Appr.
20.07.2002
Date
STh
Weight
20.07.2002
Scale:
1:1
Article/Drawing No:
Size
A3
Affix
92X02:022786 a
Designation
Item
Pes. Dimension
Applications
F01
Burner unit
F02
Flow meter
Fuel oil to burner
F03
Pneumatic-solenoid valve
Fuel to burner
F04
Pneumatic-solenoid valve
Fuel oil to burner
F05
Stop valve
Fuel oil to burner
F06
Temperature switch
Heat tracing
F07
Servo motor
Compound regulator
F08
Compound regulator
Fuel oil flow to burner
F09
Isolating valve
Oil to burner
F10
Pressure switch
Oil to burner, low press
F11
Thermometer
Oil to burner
F12
Pressure gauge
Oil to burner
F13
Isolating valve
Oil to burner
F14
Temperature switch
Oil to burner high/low
F15
Filter
Oil to burner
F16
Stop valve
Oil to burner
F17
Stop valve
Fuel oil - ignition burner
F18
Solenoid valve
F19
Solenoid valve
F20
Non return valve
Oil to ignition burner
F21
Non return valve
Purge on ignition burnei
F22
Solenoid valve
Purge on ignition burnei
F23
Stop valve
Purge on lance ignition
F24
Solenoid valve
Air to actuator
F25
Solenoid valve
Air to actuator
F26
Pneumatic solenoid valve
Oil return
F27
Stop valve
Oil return
F28
Connecting linkage bar
Comb, air damper contr
F29
Connecting linkage
Atom, air damper contrc
F30
Heat tracing
Oil to burner
F31
Ignition burner
Pilot flame
F32
Flame scanner
Flame detection man. rr
F33
Flame scanner
Flame detection auto m
F34
Limit switch
Min/max position
F35
Air filter/pressure reduction
Air inlet
F39
Solenoid valve for oil leakage check
F138
Stop valve
F152
Throttle valve
R03
Pressure switch
Title
Article No.
Bypass, flow meter
1 x KB 450
Air to burner, low press.

Drawn
Date
20.07.2002
ISk
Appr.
Date
Burner unit
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Page 1
10/04-2003

Flow diagram
This drawing and design shown herein is the property of Aaiborg Sunrod
Weight
Scale
1:1
92X02 : 022786
Size
A3
Affix
Designation
Item
Pes.
Dimension
Applications
R05
Pressure gauge
Air to burner
R07
Air damper
Combustion air flow to t
R08
Air clamper
Atomising air flow to bui
R09
F.D. fan
Atomising air to burner
R10
Pressure switch
Atomising air, low
Drawn
Title
1 x KB 450
ISk
Article No.
Date
20.07.2002
Appr.
Date
Weight
Scale
Burner unit
AALBORG
J N D U 5 T RI E S
Page 2
10/04-2003

Flow diagram
1:1
92X02 : 022786
Size
A3
Affix
t -
V **
* #4494
AALBORG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDUSTRIES
Table of contents
Descriptions
MISSION OC boiler
Boiler mountings
Water level control
Language UK
1
2
3
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
MISSION OC BOILER
SD9210#02.2
MISSION OC boiler
1
Description
The MISSION OC boiler is a combined oil and exhaust gas fired vertical marine
boiler, insulated and assembled as a unit with the boiler mountings mounted on the
boiler body.
The boiler mountings are mainly mounted on top of the boiler body in order to allow
a simple connection to the piping systems on board the ship.
The burner is ready for mounting in the furnace and connection of pre-marked
electric wiring.
The control system supplied with the MISSION OC boiler unit provides fully
automatic operation of the boiler and the pressure atomising burner.
1.1 Boiler pressure part

The pressure part of the MISSION OC boiler is shown in Figure 1. The combined
oil fired and exhaust gas fired boiler is designed as a vertical boiler with a
cylindrical shell surrounding the oil fired and the exhaust gas fired sections. The oil
fired section comprises the cylindrical furnace, the steam space, and the convection
section consisting of pin tube elements. The exhaust gas fired section comprises the
stay tubes and smoke tubes.
The pressure part is made of mild carbon steel with elevated temperature properties.
This means that stress concentrations in corner welding are minimised by the design
of the cylindrical shell with the flat endplates of equal thickness.
The cylindrical shell with the two flat endplates welded on is supported by the stay
tubes, the pin-tube elements, and the furnace. Also the steam drum is a cylindrical
vessel welded on the top plate and upper tube plate. The drum acts as a dividing
plate to the exhaust gas fired section. This unique design ensures that no supports
are required.
The pin tube elements consist of an outer tube enclosing the pin tube. The pin tube is
a plain seamless steel tube provided with an inlet pipe at the bottom and an outlet
pipe at the top. A large number of pins are welded around the outside of the tube
creating an extended heating surface. This extended heating surface transfers heat
from the flue gas to the steam/water mixture in the pin tube.
The tubes in the exhaust gas fired section consist of a small number of stay tubes
and a large number of smoke tubes. The stay tubes with an increased diameter act as
support for the boiler. Both types are welded onto the endplates.
The furnace is cylindrical with two flat plates. The bottom steel plate is protected
from radiation of heat by refractory. Furthermore, the furnace bottom is provided
with a socket for drain of washing water.
For inside inspection, the MISSION OC boiler is arranged with both hand holes
and manholes. Two manholes are arranged on the boiler shell for convenient access
both into the oil fired section and into the exhaust gas fired section. For visual check
of the smoke tubes, a number of hand holes are arranged in a suitable distance at the
Language UK
Page 1/3
AALBORG
MISSION OC BOILER
SD9210#02.2
INDUSTRIES
bottom of the boiler drum. For inspection of the flue gas side, inspection doors are
arranged on the flue gas inlet and outlet chamber.
The boiler mountings such as safety valves, steam outlet valve, water level
electrodes, etc. are mainly mounted on top of the boiler body in order to allow
simple connection to the piping system on board the ship. Furthermore, inlet and
outlet boxes are included in the delivery.
Boilers with a diameter up to 3,000 mm are prepared for tack welding along the
boiler shell. For boilers with a diameter above 3,000 mm, the boiler foundation is
arranged as a flanged type which reduces the thermal mechanical stresses to a
minimum during operation. The counter flange is included and ready for welding to
the deck. In both cases, vent holes in suitable numbers are arranged to ensure the
circulation of air below the boiler.
The boiler is prepared for mounting of a compact silencer to suit any type of diesel
engine. The optimal silencer dimensions suitable for each installation should be
calculated on basis of the data for the engine, exhaust gas system, and level of sound
absorption.
Principle drawing of the MISSION OC boiler
Stay tubes
Smoke tubes Upper tube plate
Inspection door.
Pin-tube
H T T
._r
Steam drum
End plate ^
(top plate)
Smoke/stay tubes,
m
!
Manhole
1J
!l!
, Pin-tube
-Boiler drum
-Outer tube
;r
Furnace
I 1
I M M in
|!.(
! >
Fire hole
Hand hole.
V '1
End plate-
'
Inspection door r\
'.
'J
Refractory
- J
Foundation-Hm**"
fci
Figure 1
Ocla.cdr
1.2 Heat transfer and water circulation

Oil ignition and combustion take place in the furnace. The produced heat is
transferred mainly by radiation from the flame to the furnace shell. Leaving the
furnace, the flue gases enter the vertical uptakes where heat is transferred to the pintube elements mainly by convection.
In the exhaust gas fired section, heat from the engine exhaust gas is transferred to
the water side by convection.
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
MISSION OC BOILER
SD9210#02.2
On the water side, the heat is transferred by evaporation of the saturated water
adjacent to the furnace shell or tube wall (smoke- and pin tubes) where steam
bubbles are formed. As the steam bubbles have a much lower specific density than
the water, they will rise rapidly to the steam space where water and steam are
separated.
The natural circulation in the pin-tube element occurs because the density of water is
higher than the density of steam. The density of the water outside the pin-tube
element is higher than the steam/water mixture inside the pin tube element. The
difference in the static pressure at the bottom connection to the pin tube creates the
driving force for the circulation. The steam/water mixture is discharged into the
steam space where the heavier water particles separate from the steam and flow back
into the water.
The oil fired section of the boiler is designed so that approximately half of the steam
is generated in the pin-tube elements and the rest by radiation in the furnace.
1.3 Steam space

The steam space in the oil fired boiler is designed to absorb the shrink and swell
volumes. It is advisable, however, to avoid sudden and large load variations as this
might create instability in the steam system, and cause level alarms.
Language UK
Page 3/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
BOILER MOUNTINGS
SD9220#03.0
Boiler mountings
1
Mountings
The following is a brief description of the most important items of the boiler
mountings. The components mentioned in this section are referring to the general
arrangement drawing of the boiler.
Safety valves
Two safety valves are fitted to the pressure vessel of the boiler. They are installed
for security reasons, and designed to prevent the boiler pressure from rising above
the design value.
The safety valves must be supplied with waste steam pipes and either expansion
devices, or bellows.
Main steam valve
The main steam valve is a shut off/non-return valve. When closed, it isolates the
boiler from the main steam line. When open, it prevents steam from flowing
backwards into the boiler.
Feed water valve / feed water valve (sdnr)
Two groups of feed water valves are provided in the boiler. Each group comprises a
shut-off valve and a non-return valve.
The shut-off valve in the ordinary group must be open when the boiler is in
operation. This also applies if only the exhaust gas fired section is in operation.
The shut-off valves should be closed when the boiler is not in use.
Water level gauges
Two local water level gauges are connected to the front of the boiler, each gauge
being provided with two shut-off valves and a drain valve.
The shut-off valves, fitted at the top and bottom of the sight glass, have a quickclosing mechanism to be used in case of broken glass.
The pipes from the drain cocks on the water level gauge must lead to an open drain,
visible for inspection.
Blow-down valve / blow-down valve (sdnr)
Two groups of blow-down valves are provided in the bottom of the boiler body.
Each group comprises a shut-off valve and a non-return valve.
The shut-off function is for security, and the non-return function prevents
steam/water from flowing into an empty boiler by mistake.
Air valve
The air/ventilation valve located on top of the boiler is a shut-off valve. It is
normally closed except when the boiler is being filled or completely drained. The
end of the drain pipe from the air valve must be visible in order to determine when
air or steam is coming out.
Scum valve
The scum valve is a combined shut-off/non-return valve. In the event of scum in the
boiler, this scum can be blown off from the water surface by opening this valve.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
BOILER MOUNTINGS
SD9220#03.0
INDUSTRIES
Sample valve
A sample valve is installed enabling connection to a sample cooler for taking test
samples to perform boiler water analyses.
Manhole
Two manholes are arranged on the boiler shell which allow inside inspection of the
oil fired section and the exhaust gas fired section.
Hand hole
A number of hand holes are distributed regularly around the circumference of the
boiler and at the bottom of the boiler drum for visual check of the smoke tubes.
Inspection hole
A small inspection hole is provided in the furnace wall to enable inspection of the
burner flame. A proportion of the air supply is bled off from the burner fan to cool
the window of the inspection hole, and prevent soot deposits.
Inspection door
The boiler is provided with two inspection doors to enable inspection of the flue gas
inlet and outlet chambers.
Access to the furnace is gained by swinging out the burner unit.
Drain for furnace
The furnace bottom is provided with a socket for drain of the washing water.
Language UK
Page 2/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL CONTROL
SD9230#13.0
Water level control

1
Description
The water level control is a modulating system at this type of boiler. The system is
illustrated in Figure 1. The system consists of two independent safety device
electrodes for too low water level alarms and burner cut out. For measuring and
control of the water level, one capacitance level electrode is provided, and it is used
to give water level warnings/alarms and control of the regulating feed water valve.
Water level control system
Instalment air
,'yj

Compact system
(level transmitter
and level electrode)
Flange
Safety device
HW>
NW)
< LW)
Protection tube
Electrode stand
Vent hole
Feed water pumps
Figure 1
Language UK
ges_2_mod.cdr
Page 1/1
jjjjjjjii
AALBORG
^JSBHBISiBBHiSK^^^^^M
INDUSTRIES
^HttHlflMBMIIIIIlB^^^^^^^^^Hi^H
Table of contents
Start/stop of the boiler
General
Boiler operation modes
Start-up
Boiler stop
1
2
3
4
Boiler maintenance
Boiler maintenance
Inspection of the boiler
Boiling out
Boiling out
Cleaning pin-tube elements

General
Cleaning smoke tubes

General
Preservation
Preservation of boiler
Boiler repair - pin-tube element

Repairing a pin-tube element
Plugging of smoke tubes

General
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Boiler repair - refractory

Refractory repair
Maintenance of refractory
Language UK
1
2
Page 2/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
START/STOP OF THE BOILER
OM9210#02.3
Start/stop of the boiler

1
General
The following chapters of the instruction manual describe the operation and
maintenance of the pressure part. As this is only a part of the complete boiler plant,
it is important to study the remaining chapters in this manual very thoroughly. It is
especially important that the operator of the boiler plant becomes familiar with the
operation instructions of the burner and the control panel.
Important: To ensure a safe and reliable operation of the boiler plant, all
operation and/or maintenance of the boiler should be carried out
only by skilled personnel.
Boiler operation modes

The MISSION OC boiler is a combined oil fired and exhaust gas fired boiler. The
combination between an oil fired section and an exhaust gas fired section makes it
possible to operate the boiler in different modes. The different modes are:
Operation only on the oil fired section
Operation only on the exhaust gas fired section
- Operation on both the oil fired and exhaust gas fired section
2.1.1 Combined operation mode
In normal operation, the boiler operates as a combined oil fired and exhaust gas fired
boiler. The steam production is controlled by the amount of exhaust gas from the
engine and the gauge board which controls the oil burner. If the engine produces an
insufficient amount of exhaust gas to maintain the steam pressure, the gauge board
gives a signal to initiate start of the oil burner. The oil burner operates as long as the
steam pressure does not exceed the set point for burner stop. If the steam pressure
increases above this set point, the gauge board gives a signal to initiate stop of the
oil burner.
The combined operation mode always requires that the water level is within the
normal limits of the boiler.
2.1.2 Oil fired operation mode
If the engine is stopped, the only heat source is the oil burner. When the steam
pressure is below the set point for start of the burner, it will be in operation. By
means of signals from the gauge board, the control system aims to maintain the
desired steam pressure regardless of the steam output. The oil burner operates as
long as the steam pressure does not exceed the set point for burner stop.
Language UK
Page 1/7
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#02.3
The oil fired operation mode always requires that the water level is within the
normal limits of the boiler.
2.1.3 Exhaust gas fired operation mode
When the exhaust gas flow through the boiler, produced by the main engine, is
sufficient to maintain the steam pressure, the burner will not be in operation. If the
exhaust gas flow is above the required flow to maintain the steam pressure at a given
steam output, the pressure increases. At a pre-selected set point the steam dump
equipment, located elsewhere in the steam system, opens the dump valve and
regulates the steam line pressure. If, however, the steam dump equipment is not
operational the boiler pressure may rise above the set point for high steam pressure
shut down and even up to the maximum allowable working pressure. At this point,
the safety valves open and ensure any further increase of the steam pressure. Please
note that some classification societies require a separate switch which reduces the
engine load before the maximum allowable working pressure is reached.
Note: If the high steam pressure shut down has been activated, the oil burner
will not be operational until the shut down function can be and is reset in
the control system.
The construction of the MISSION OC boiler permits operation with low water
level and even without water in exhaust gas mode with the full exhaust gas flow
through the smoke tubes. In the latter case the boiler must be operated depressurised.
Please note that operation without water should be considered as an emergency
operation mode and should only be used if no other operation alternatives are
present. The most effectual operation of the boiler is with the water level within the
normal limits as this creates the most stable operating conditions
Warning: The temperature inside the boiler must not exceed 400C.
If the boiler operates without water, it will gradually be heated to the same
temperature as the exhaust gas. It is therefore important to allow the boiler to cool
before refilling it with feed water. If this is not possible, the feed water should be
pre-heated, and the refilling should be carried out very carefully.
Note: If the too low water level shut down has been activated, the oil burner
will not be operational until the shut down function can be and is reset in
the control system.
Furthermore, operation of the boiler without water eventually dries out the gaskets,
and a replacement of the gaskets is necessary.
Language UK
Page 2/7
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#02.3
Start-up
When the boiler is commissioned or started during normal operation, it is preferable
to lighten-up the boiler with the oil burner as the heat source. This is because the oil
burner load is much easier to control than the exhaust gas amount from the engine.
It is possible, however, to start the boiler when exhaust gas is used as heat source.
This requires more attention with regard to water level control, pressurising pipes,
etc.
When the boiler is started and lightened-up by means of the exhaust gas flow, it is
important to reduce the heating-up rate in order not to cause stresses in the boiler.
This can be done by reducing the engine load to fit the appropriate heating-up rate or
by by-passing some of the exhaust gas flow if a by-pass system is provided. If this is
not possible, the blow-down valve can be used to lower the water level. By doing
this, cold feed water can be filled in the boiler which reduces the heating-up rate.
As soon as the boiler pressure is somewhat above 1.0 barg, the steam dump
equipment should be used to create increased water replacement in the boiler. This is
due to the fact that the use of the blow-down valve to lower the water level causes
loss of feed water. This method can of course not be used if the steam system is
pressurised by means of another boiler.
3.1 Before start-up

When the boiler is started, the lighten-up rate of the boiler must not be accelerated
too much as this might cause an unnecessary overstrain of the boiler material by
quick and uneven temperature rises. It might be necessary to perform a number of
start/stop sequences to reduce the lighten-up rate.
Attention: At the commissioning start-up of the boiler and after any repair
work of the refractory, it is very important to further reduce the
lighting-up rate. This is because the new refractory still contains a
small amount of water. When heated the water vaporises and
expands which might cause fissures and cracks in the refractory.
The burner must therefore only be operated at minimum load and
in intervals of 1-2 minutes for the first hours. Between each
operation interval the burner should remain stopped for
approximately 8-10 minutes.
Before start-up of the boiler plant, some general work and check procedures must be
considered.
Step A: Check that the main steam valve, scum valve, and blow-down valves are
closed.
Step B: Open the feed water valves and the air valve. Fill the boiler with feed water
to approximately 50 mm below normal water level. The water level rises
due to expansion when the boiler is heated. If the temperature difference
between the boiler and feed water exceeds approximately 50C, the boiler
must be filled very slowly.
Language UK
Page 3/7
AALBORG
OM9210#02.3
INDUSTRIES
Note: When filling a pressure less boiler, the shut-off valve after the feed water
pump must be throttled. Otherwise the pump motor will be overloaded.
Step C: Check the water level in the water level gauges. Check frequently during
the complete start-up. The water level gauges should be blown down
several times to ensure a correct indication.
Step D: Check that the water level control system is connected and operational.
Step E: Check the oil system and start the fuel oil supply pump. Pre-heat the fuel oil
if the burner should operate on heavy fuel oil.
Step F: Check the burner and the safely functions according to the separate
instruction.
3.2 Start and pressure rise

The following work procedures must be followed during start-up of the boiler.
3.2.1 Start and pressure rise by means of the oil burner:
Step A: Check that the gauge board valve and pressure gauge valves are opened.
Step B: Check that the air valve is open if the boiler pressure is below 1.0 barg.
Step C: Start the burner on manual control and on low load. Check that the water
level does not rise too high during the pressure rising period.
Step D: Drain via the blow down valves if the water level is too high.
Step E: If the air valve was opened close it when only steam blows out. A pressure
reading should be indicated on the boiler pressure gauge before the air
valve is closed.
Step F: Tighten all covers such as manholes, hand holes, inspection doors, etc.
during the pressure rising period. If required, check all flange joints on the
plant.
Step G: Change to automatic control of the burner when the boiler pressure is 0.5
barg lower than the working pressure of the boiler.
Step H: Open the main steam valve slowly to heat-up and pressurise the steam
system.
Step I: Open the valves to the steam consumers carefully in order to avoid water
chocks.
Step J: When the boiler is in normal operation check that the water level control
system and the gauge board functions are fully operational.
Language UK
Page 4/7
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#02.3
3.2.2 Start and pressure rise by means of the exhaust gas section:
The following start-up procedure is described on the assumption that the engine is in
operation and the exhaust gas flow is sufficiently high to lighten-up the boiler.
Step A: Check that the gauge board valve and pressure gauge valves are opened.
Step B: Check that the air valve is open if the boiler pressure is below 1.0 barg.
Step C: Check the water level and fill the boiler with evaporated water as described
previously, if necessary.
Step D: Drain via the blow-down valve if the lighten-up rate is too rapid or the
water level is too high.
Step E: If the air valve was opened close it when only steam blows out. A pressure
reading should be indicated on the boiler pressure gauge before the air
valve is closed.
Step F: Tighten all covers such as manholes, hand holes, inspection doors, etc.
during the pressure rising period. If required, check all flange joints on the
plant.
Step G: When the boiler pressure is approximately 1.5-2.0 barg and if the steam
system is not pressurised, open the main steam valve slowly to heat-up and
pressurise the steam system.
Step H: Open manually the steam dump valve somewhat to create an increased
water replacement in the boiler.
Step I: When the normal working pressure is reached, set the steam dump valve to
automatic mode and open the valves to the steam consumers carefully in
order to avoid water chocks.
Step J: When the boiler is in normal operation, check that the water level control
system and the gauge board functions are fully operational.
3.2.3 Commissioning notes
When an accumulation test of the safety valves is performed the water level inside
the boiler might increase and cause high level alarm. This is due to an increased
water temperature and a corresponding larger water volume. The water surface also
becomes more unstable during the accumulation test.
After 3-4 weeks in operation, mud and deposits in the piping system may have
accumulated in the boiler water. This may cause level variations which disturb the
steam generation, and it is therefore recommended to blow down the boiler. It
should then be inspected, cleaned, and refilled with boiler water.
Language UK
Page 5/7
AALBORG
OM9210#02.3
INDUSTRIES
Boiler stop
4.1 Normal boiler shut down
If necessary, the boiler can be shut down at any load without special preparations.
Note: When the boiler is stopped, sudden temperature and pressure drops
should be avoided as they might expose mountings, pipe lines, and the
boiler plant to inadmissible temperature gradients.
If the engine is in operation and must remain in operation, it is not possible to stop
the boiler unless the exhaust gas system is provided with a by-pass system. When
the engine is stopped and the boiler should be stopped, the following work
procedures should be carried out:
Step A: When minimum load is obtained, stop the burner.
Step B: Keep the water level at normal level until the boiler stops producing steam.
Stop the feed water pump and close the feed water valves.
Step C: Close the main steam valve.
4.2 Emergency shut down

The boiler must be taken out of service immediately if:
parts of the heating surface have been glowing or the boiler shows recognisable
deformations. The supervising authorities must be informed, and the boiler must
not be used until approval from these authorities is available
a substantial loss of water is noted
the feed water system is unable to provide the necessary amount of feed water,
e.g. due to failure of parts
the safety valve cannot function
sudden cracks or damage are noted in the refractory, and if steam or moisture is
coming out of the refractory
oil in the feed water is detected
too high salinity level is detected

If an emergency shut down must be carried out, the fuel supply should be stopped.
The main steam valve should be closed gradually, and the boiler must be cooled.
The safety valves must not be operated. Parallel working boilers should be
disconnected at once.
Language UK
Page 6/7
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#02.3
4.3 Stop for repair or inspection

The following describes the measures to be taken when the boiler is shut down for
repair or inspection.
Step A: Clean the boiler from soot with water.
Step B: Operate the burner for at least 15 minutes after the soot removal to dry out
the remaining water.
Step C: Stop the boiler as mentioned previously.
Step D: Check the furnace, pin tubes, and smoke tubes with regard to cleanliness.
Step E: Empty the boiler from water and clean it. Check if lime stone appears.
Step F: Check and clean the outer fittings. Change gaskets where required.
Step G: Clean the feed water tank and feed water pipes.
Step H: Clean and grease the bearings of motor, pump, and fan.
Step I: Check and align the burner, if necessary.
Step J: If the boiler is shut down for a long period of time, the pin tubes and smoke
tubes must be thoroughly cleaned.
Step K: Check that the necessary spare parts are available. Order complementary
parts in time.
Warning: It is of extreme importance that the boiler is NOT operated without
water when the oil burner is in operation, e.g. due to disconnection
of the water level safety devices. This will immediately cause
complete break down of the boiler.
Language UK
Page 7/7
AALBORG
BOILER MAINTENANCE
OM9210#09.0
INDUSTRIES
Boiler maintenance
1
Boiler maintenance
The boiler maintenance should always be executed with skill and in accordance with
valid rules and regulations from the authorities. Below some recommendations are
given for periodical inspections and maintenance.
1.1 Daily operation

During normal operation of the boiler, some work and check procedures have to be
considered every day.
Step A: Check the boiler steam pressure and the water level.
Step B: Check that the feed water control system is operational, see separate
instructions.
Step C: Check the boiler water condition and make necessary counter measures
with regard to the feed and boiler water treatment. If necessary, blow-down
the boiler.
Step D: Check the function of the oil burner at different capacities through the
inspection holes on the boiler.
Step E: Check the flue gas temperature after and/or the draft loss across the boiler.
If either the temperature or the draft loss is too high, the pin-tube section
and/or the smoke tube section must be cleaned.
1.2 Weekly routine checks

Step A: Drain each water level glass for about 10-15 seconds.
In case of contaminated boiler water or insufficient water treatment, the draining of
the water level glasses must be done more often.
Step B: Check the safety water level device.
Step C: Depending on the boiler water tests, blow-down the boiler. Open the blowdown valves quickly for a few seconds, and then close and open again for
about 5-10 seconds.
Repeat this operation when required according to the boiler water tests.
Step D: Perform scum blow out by means of the scum valve when required. The
scum blow out must be carried out until the drained water is clean.
Language UK
Page 1/4
AALBORG
BOILER MAINTENANCE
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#09.0
1.3 Monthly routine checks

Step A: Test all stand-by pumps.
Step B: Check all boiler mountings for damage or leaks and repair/replace if
necessary.
Step C: Check the function of the high steam pressure switch by lowering the set
point or by raising the steam pressure, e.g. by closing the main steam valve
slowly.
The burner must stop automatically.
Inspection of the boiler

2.1 Inspection of furnace
The furnace should be inspected at least twice a year. During this inspection, the
following issues should be taken into consideration:
Check for cracks at the refractory lining and that the furnace walls are free from
excessive soot deposits.
Examine carefully the area opposite the burner. Too much soot deposits indicate
that the burner should be adjusted.
Check that the pin-tube elements are intact and that soot deposits are within
normal limits.
2.2 Inspection of exhaust gas section

The exhaust gas section should be inspected at least twice a year. During this
inspection, the following issues should be taken into consideration:
Check the welding in the exhaust gas section. A careful examination should be
carried out with respect to any possible corrosion or crack formation.
Check that the inlet box and outlet box are intact and that soot deposits are
within normal limits.
Check that the smoke tubes and stay tubes are intact and that soot deposits are
within normal limits.
2.3 Inspection of boiler water side

The boiler water side (interior) must be carefully inspected at least twice a year. This
inspection is of great importance and no doubt the most important of all the
maintenance measures, since it has a direct influence on the boiler longevity and on
the security.
At these inspections, hard deposits, corrosion, and circulation disturbances can be
found at an early stage, and preventive measures must be taken to avoid unexpected
material damage and boiler breakdown.
Language UK
Page 2/4
AALBORG
BOILER MAINTENANCE
OM9210#09.0
INDUSTRIES
The presence of hard deposits at the furnace wall and the pin-tubes reduces their
heat transfer properties and decreases the capacity of the boiler.
Further, it can be established whether the feed water treatment is satisfactory, and
whether the blow-down is carried out sufficiently.
Incorrect feed water treatment is commonly causing hard deposits or corrosion.
Insufficient blow-down will cause sludge deposits in the tubes and accumulation of
sludge in the bottom of the boiler.
If hard deposits are not removed, it may lead to overheating in the boiler plate
material, which is exposed to the flame in the furnace wall area. This may cause
material damages.
Incorrect feed water treatment does not always lead to hard deposits. For example, a
too low or too high pH-value may give an electrolytic reaction, causing corrosion in
the boiler.
When the boiler interior is inspected, examine all parts carefully and be attentive to
deposits, corrosion, and cracks. It is advisable to pay special attention to this
inspection. If any unusual signs are found, contact Aalborg Industries at once for
advice.
2.4 Procedure and remarks for inspection

Step A: Shut off the boiler and allow it to cool (below 100C).
Note: The boiler should NOT be depressurised by lifting the safety valves and
then filled with cold feed water as the stress induced by too rapid cooling
may cause damage.
Step B: Empty the boiler and close all valves.
If the boiler is connected to a second boiler, check that the valves between them are
closed.
Step C: Unscrew and remove the manhole hatch(es) on the boiler and enter the
boiler when it is sufficiently cold.
Check the welding in the boiler. A careful examination should be carried out with
respect to any possible corrosion or crack formation.
Special care should be taken to the water line area in the pressure vessel where
oxygen pitting may occur.
If deposits are forming in the boiler tubes, the boiler should be chemically cleaned.
It is advisable to consult a company of cleaning specialists who will examine the
boiler deposits and treat the boiler accordingly.
Note: After chemical treatment the boiler should be blown-down at least twice
a day for approximately one week. This will ensure that excessive sludge
deposits due to chemical treatment do not collect in the bottom of the
pressure vessel.
Language UK
Page 3/4
AALBORG
BOILER MAINTENANCE
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#09.0
2.5 Contamination
If the boiler is contaminated with foreign substances like oil, chemicals, corrosion
products etc., it is very important to act immediately to avoid damage to the boiler.
Layers of thin oil films, mud, etc. exposed to the heating surfaces cause a bad heat
transfer in the boiler, leading to overheating followed by burned out pressure parts.
In order to remove such contamination, a boiling out or acid cleaning should be
performed immediately.
Note: Corrosion products from the pipe system or insufficient boiler water
treatment may result in corrosion in the boiler itself. It is therefore
important to observe that such circumstances do not occur in the system.
Language UK
Page 4/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
BOILING OUT
OM9210#11.0
Boiling out
1
Boiling out
Before putting the boiler into operation for the first time, it should be boiled out to
remove all protecting remedies and impurities on the boiler waterside.
The boiling out procedure is recommended to be carried out as described below:
Caution: Extreme care should be taken while handling the chemicals. The
person handling the chemicals/solution should be properly
dressed/protected.
Step A: Fill the boiler with a solution consisting of 4-5 kg trisodiumphosphate
Na 3 P0 4 per 1000 kg water. The chemicals can be added through the
manhole.
Step B: Add feed water until the solution is visible in the water gauges above
"lower water level".
Step C: Close the feed water valve (pump stopped).
Caution: Do never fill feed water into the boiler if the temperature difference
between boiler and feed water exceeds 50C.
Step D: Raise steam pressure slowly to working pressure, and keep the pressure for
approx. 3-4 hours with closed main steam valve.
Step E: Scum until water level is between "Normal water level" and "High water
level".
By this procedure grease and other impurities are removed from the internal surfaces
of the boiler.
Step F: Start skimming by opening the scum valve, and lower the water level to
lower edge of "Normal water level" mark.
Step G: Close the scum valve.
Step H: Refill the boiler with feed water and start skimming again in intervals of 30
minutes for a period of two hours.
Step I: Stop the boiling out procedure by switching off the burner.
Step J: Let the boiler water rest for about five minutes.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
BOILING OUT
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#11.0
Step K: Carry out a final skimming.

Step L: Blow off the boiler water by opening the blow down valves.
Step M: Remember to open the air escape valve, to avoid a vacuum in the boiler
when the boiler pressure decreases to approx. depressurised/atmospheric
pressure.
Step N: Open the manhole and let the boiler cool down to approx. 100C.
Step O: The boiler is to be flushed with clean water on the boiler waterside, when
the temperature has decreased. The flushing removes remaining impurities.
Step P: Dismantle the bottom blow down valves, for cleaning and inspection
because deposits/foreign substances will usually be accumulated in these
valves and cause leaking if not cleaned.
Step Q: Inspect the boiler and remove any remaining deposits and foreign
substances.
Step R: Finally, new gaskets to be fitted in all hand- and manholes before refilling
the boiler with water to upper edge of "Low water level".
The boiler is now ready to be taken into service.
Note: During the first two weeks in operation we recommend to carry out
frequently skimming and bottom blow down to remove impurities
entering the boiler from the pipe system.
Language UK
Page 2/2
AALBORG
CLEANING PIN-TUBE ELEMENTS
OM9210#12.0
INDUSTRIES
Cleaning pin-tube elements

1
General
In order to keep the heat transfer area sufficiently clean, the boiler has been designed
with a high flue-gas velocity through the pin-tube elements. Therefore fouling will
be minimised, under normal circumstances, with a correct combustion.
After a certain time in operation, soot deposits are however accumulated inside the
boiler. The quantity of soot and the time of forming it, depends on factors such as oil
quality, boiler load, and burner adjustment. It is impossible to specify exact time
intervals in which the boiler should be soot cleaned. However, some general
guidelines are given below.
There are three methods to check if soot cleaning is necessary:
Inside inspection.
Checking of the flue gas temperature. The boiler should be cleaned if the flue
gas temperature is approximately 20C above the temperature for a clean boiler.
Checking the draft loss. The boiler should be cleaned if the draft loss is
approximately 20 mm WC above the pressure loss for a clean boiler.
It is recommended to keep a consecutive record of the flue gas temperature and the
draft pressure loss related to different boiler loads for a clean boiler. These original
data should be used for comparison, and it is recommended to plot the
measurements in a chart like the one shown in Figure 1. In this way it is possible to
monitor the fouling condition of the pin-tubes and determine when they need to be
cleaned.
Check scheme for flue gas measurements
o
o
Q.
E
CO
CO
CD
o
0
10 20
30 40
50
60
70
80
90 100
L>ad %
Figure 1
Language UK
dp_tubk.cdr
Page 1/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#12.0
1.1 Cleaning procedure

As most of the deposits consist mainly of non-soluble particles held together by a
water soluble bonding material, water washing will have the following benefits:
Dissolves the bonding material.
Washes the loosened insoluble deposits away.

The most effective way of soot cleaning is water washing, carried out when the
boiler is as hot as possible. The procedure for soot removal is as follows:
Step A: Shut off the burner.
Step B: Wait approximately 10-20 minutes (allows the boiler to cool).
Step C: Unlock the burner unit and swing it out of the furnace.
Step D: Open furnace drain valve and check that the pipe is not blocked.
Step E: Unlock and remove the inspection hatches of the smoke outlet box located
on top of the boiler.
Step F: Use a hand water lance. Direct a jet of fresh water directly at each of the
vertical uptakes. Flush carefully over each tube for 20-30 seconds with a
flow of approximately 50 1/min. Water pressure should be between 4 and 6
bar.
Warning: When the pin-tube elements are water washed in hot condition,
steam will be generated. It is therefore very important to protect the
person which performs the washing procedure against the hot
steam. All of the body must be outside the smoke outlet box.
Step G: After water washing the pin-tube elements, they should be washed
thoroughly with fresh water.
Note: Care should be taken not to let water get in contact with burner throat
refractory.
Step H: Allow time for the washing water to drain from the furnace floor and check
that drain outlet has not become blocked.
Step I: If necessary repeat step G and H.
By looking into the furnace, ensure that all of the washing water is drained away.
Step J: Close the furnace drain valve.
Step K: Mount the inspection hatches on the smoke outlet box and secure them.
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
OM9210#12.0
INDUSTRIES
Step L: Swing the burner back into position and dry out the boiler by restarting the
burner.
It is essential that the boiler is dried out in this manner since soot formations
produced by an oil burner contains sulphur compounds. Any residual soot and water
will therefore react chemically to form a highly corrosive sulphuric acid.
Step M: After operating the burner for approximately 5 minutes, stop it and open
the furnace drain valve to release any residual water.
Step N: Close the furnace drain valve. Restart the burner and operate it for
approximately 10-15 minutes. Check that the exhaust gas temperature is
now within correct limits.
Step O: Stop the burner and open the furnace drain valve once more. If any water is
still present, allow it to drain and close the furnace drain valve.
Step P: Check that all inspection hatches are clamped as tightly as possible and that
no gas leaks have occurred. If a hatch is suspected of leaking, replace the
gasket.
Language UK
Page 3/3
AALBORG
CLEANING SMOKE TUBES
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#14.0
Cleaning smoke tubes

1
General
In order to keep the heat transfer area sufficiently clean, the boiler has been designed
with a high flue-gas velocity through the smoke tubes.
However, after long term operation, e.g. during combustion of poor quality oil or
reduced combustion quality of the main engine, soot deposits can be accumulated
inside the smoke tubes.
Therefore, it is impossible to specify exact time intervals in which the smoke tubes
should be soot cleaned. However, some general guidelines are given below.
In general the necessity of soot cleaning can be checked by:
Inside inspection.
Check of the exhaust gas temperature on the outlet side of the boiler. The boiler
should be cleaned if the outlet exhaust gas temperature lies approx. 20C above
the temperature in a clean boiler at a specified engine load.
Check of the draft loss. The boiler should be cleaned if the draft loss lies approx.
20 mm WC above the pressure loss in a clean boiler.
It is recommended to keep a consecutive record of the exhaust gas temperature and
the draft pressure loss related to different engine loads in a clean boiler. These
original data should be used for comparison, and it is therefore a good idea to plot
the measurements in a chart like the one shown in Figure 1. In this way it is possible
to monitor the fouling condition of the smoke tubes and determine when they need
to be cleaned.
Check scheme for exhaust gas measurements
p
Q.
E
E
Outlet temp
E
</j
TO
CD
b
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
Luad %
Figure 1
Language UK
dp_tobk.cdr
Page 1/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#14.0
1.1 Cleaning procedure

As most of the deposits consist mainly of non-soluble particles held together by a
water soluble bonding material, water washing will have the following benefits:
Dissolves the bonding material.
Washes the loosened insoluble deposits away.

The most effective way of soot cleaning is water washing, carried out when the
boiler is as hot as possible. The procedure for soot removal is as follows:
Step A: Secure that the main engine is stopped or by-pass the exhaust gas flow if
possible.
Step B: Secure that the burner is stopped and remains stopped.
Step C: Wait a minimum of time (10-20 min.) allowing the boiler to cool.
Step D: Unlock and remove the inspection doors at the exhaust gas inlet box and
outlet box.
Step E: Cover the exhaust gas inlet tube with a waterproof tarpaulin as shown in
Figure 2. This must be done to prevent washing water from running into the
exhaust gas pipe.
Step F: Open the drain at the bottom of the inlet box.
Step G: Use a hand water lance: Direct a jet of fresh water directly at the smoke
tubes. Flush carefully over the tubes with a flow of approximately 50 1/min.
The water pressure should be between 4 and 6 bar.
Warning: When the smoke tubes are water washed, there is a risk of
generating steam. It is therefore very important that all of your body
is outside the outlet box in order not to get your skin burned by the
steam.
Step H: Complete flushing of the smoke tubes, until they are thoroughly washed.
When the water washing has begun, it must be completed so that all
deposits are removed. This is because some types of coatings harden and
accordingly get very difficult to loosen when they have been saturated and
then dry out.
Step I: Ensure that all the washing water is drained away by looking into the inlet
box from the inspection door. After the water washing is completed, the
bottom of the inlet box must be cleaned with alkaline water due to the fact
that the washing water is very corrosive. It must be observed that all the
washing water and loosened deposits are removed from the boiler.
Step J: Before the soot water drain valve is closed, the smoke tubes, inlet box, and
outlet box should be as dry as possible. This is because soot formations
produced by the combustion process in the engine contain sulphur
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
OM9210#14.0
INDUSTRIES
compounds. Any residual soot and water will therefore react chemically to
form a highly corrosive sulphuric acid.
Step K: Remove the waterproof tarpaulin from the exhaust gas inlet tube.
Step L: Mount the inspection doors at the inlet box and outlet box and secure it.
Step M: Check that all inspection hatches are clamped as tightly as possible. If a gas
leak occurs during the following operations of the boiler, replace the gasket.
Step N: The boiler must be boiled out immediately after the water washing has been
completed in order to avoid damage on heating surfaces.
Water washing of the exhaust gas side
Exhaust gas outlet
Inspection door..
Water washing \\ose
\' !'
a
/*?-
Inspection door..
Inlet box drain
j -J
-j-j-
J~
-j - J
I!
- Waterproof tarpaulin
a
Exhaust gas inlet
Figure 2
Language UK
Oc2.cdr
Page 3/3
AALBORG
PRESERVATION
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#13.1
Preservation
1
Preservation of the boiler

If the boiler is to be shut down for a period of 1-30 days, it should be top filled to
prevent corrosion. Before top filling, it should be cleaned from soot deposits.
If the boiler is to be shut down for more than one month, different methods to
prevent corrosion can be applied:
Dry preservation.
Wet preservation.
Nitrogen preservation.
VCI preservation.
The work procedures related to each of these preservation methods are described in
the following:
1.1 Dry preservation

When this method is applied the boiler should be totally emptied off water and dried
out.
Step A: Empty the water/steam contents inside the boiler by means of the bottom
blow down at a boiler pressure of 3-5 barg. Open the boiler when it is
depressurised and drain off any remaining water.
Step B: Manhole doors and hand hole covers should be opened when the boiler is
still hot. If there is water left in the bottom of the boiler it must be removed,
e.g., by using a vacuum cleaner.
Step C: If the boiler is cold, drying of the boiler can be done by either circulating
dried air from a fan or by placing bags of silicagel inside the boiler.
Step D: Before the manhole doors and hand hole covers are closed, place a tray with
burning charcoal to remove oxygen. As soon as the tray with charcoal is in
position, close the manhole doors and hand hole covers using new gaskets.
Step E: Alternatively, a small steam phase inhibitor can be added to the boiler after
cooling and careful draining. Afterwards the boiler should be closed
completely.
1.2 Wet preservation

While dry preservation is a question of draining off water to avoid corrosion, the
principle of wet preservation is to prevent oxygen from entering the boiler.
This method can be used for a short period of 'lay-up' (1-3 months).
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
PRESERVATION
OM9210#13.1
INDUSTRIES
Step A: The boiler is filled with treated boiler water and hydrazine is added until an
excess of 100-200 ppm is obtained.
Step B: The water should be circulated continuously or at least once per week to
avoid corrosion from any penetration of oxygen, and it is necessary to
check the hydrazine concentration and add the necessary amount to have an
excess of 100-200 ppm. Other oxygen binding agents can also be used.
The pH-value should be 9.5-10.5.
Note: If there is any risk of the temperature falling back below 0C, this
method should not be used to avoid frost damages.
As this preservation method involves applying hydrazine to the water inside the
boiler, the boiler must be completely drained and refilled with fresh water before
taken into service again.
1.3 Nitrogen preservation

The boiler should be drained, dried and sealed in the same way as mentioned in
section "1.1, Dry preservation".
Step A: Make a connection point to the bottom of the boiler and open the air escape
valve on top of the boiler.
Step B: Connect cylinders with nitrogen to the bottom connection point via a
reduction valve and purge the boiler until there is no oxygen left.
Step C: Close the air escape valve.
Step D: Leave a cylinder with nitrogen connected to the boiler via a reduction valve
and keep an overpressure of approximately 0.2 bar inside the boiler.
1.4 VCI preservation

An alternative to the above mentioned preservation methods may be the use of a socalled volatile corrosion inhibitor (VCI).
The VCI is a water soluble chemical which partly evaporates and protects both the
water and steam spaces of the boiler. It should be able to eliminate the need for
complete drainage and/or application of nitrogen, and may in particular be
interesting when a forced circulation type exhaust gas boiler is installed in the steam
system. The boiler must be effectively sealed from the atmosphere to maintain the
corrosion protection.
The VCI is offered by various chemical companies and must be used in accordance
with their recommendations.
Language UK
Page 2/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
BOILER REPAIR - PIN-TUBE ELEMENT
OM9210#20.2
Boiler repair - pin-tube element

1
Repair of a pin-tube element

In the unlikely event of a leaking pin-tube element, the burner and feed water pump
must be stopped and the boiler depressurised.
Step A: Open the blow-down valves and drain the boiler for water.
Step B: Removed the manhole cover.
Step C: The boiler should now be inspected in order to locate the damaged pin-tube
element.
1.2 In case of a damaged pin-tube element

The pin-tube element must be blocked by welding circular plates, with the same
diameter as the outer tube, at the inlet and outlet of the outer tube (see Figure 1).
The circular plates must be made of boiler plate and should be approx. 15 mm thick.
The welding must be performed by skilled personnel with knowledge and
qualifications to perform certified welding.
Step A: Gain access to the damaged tube through the smoke outlet box, furnace,
and/or manhole.
Step B: Before repairing a damaged pin-tube element the inner and outer tube
should be cleaned.
Step C: Cut two holes in the outer tube prior to mounting the circular plates, as
shown in Figure 1.
Step D: Fit and weld the circular plates at the inlet and outlet of the outer tube. After
completion of the repair work clean the working area.
Step E: Close all access doors and mount the manhole cover. Replace the gasket if
necessary.
Step F: Refill the boiler with feed water and check for leaks before starting up.
Step G: Start the boiler and check for leaks when the boiler is pressurised.
Note: When a pin-tube element has been plugged as described above, a new
pin-tube element should be mounted as soon as possible. The boiler
should NOT be operated with more than one blocked pin-tube element,
without approval from the supplier.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
BOILER REPAIR - PIN-TUBE ELEMENT
OM9210#20.2
INDUSTRIES
Temporary repair of pin-tube elements has naturally an influence on the efficiency

since the heating surface is reduced. It can therefore be expected that the flue gas
temperature will rise. It should be noted that the flue gas temperature never must
exceed 400C. If the temperature exceeds 400C the burner must be stopped or fired
at a low firing rate.
Note: Temporary repairs require more attention than a normal working
boiler.
Illustration of how to block a pin-tube element
Repair plate
Repair plates:
MISSION OS, OC boilers: 0256
MISSION OM boilers: 0252
Holes to be cut before welding

\ _ o f the repair plates (035)
Repair plate
Figure 1
Language UK
pin_rep2.cdr
Page 2/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
PLUGGING OF SMOKE TUBES
OM9210#22.0
Plugging of smoke tubes

1
General
In case of a leakage on a smoke tube, the boiler must be completely stopped. Check
the location of the damaged tube through the inspection doors at the exhaust gas
inlet and outlet boxes.
If the boiler pressure is low and the leaking tube cannot be located immediately, the
boiler should be set on pressure by means of the feed water pumps so that the
leakage will indicate which tube is damaged.
1.1 Plugging of smoke tubes

Step A: Remove the inspection hatches in the exhaust gas inlet box and outlet box.
Step B: When the damaged tube is located, both tube ends must be plugged with a
conical tube plug, see Figure 1. Before the tube plugs are mounted, clean
the inside of the tube ends with a steel brush so that no deposits are present
in the tube.
Step C: When the tubes have been plugged, they should be renewed as soon as
possible. Tube plugging results in reduced efficient heating surface, and
accordingly the boiler efficiency will decrease.
Note: Temporary repairs require more attention than a normal working

boiler.
1.2 Exchange of smoke tubes

Up to 10% to 15% of all smoke tubes can be plugged with a conical plug, but if
more tubes are damaged, an exchange of tubes is necessary.
It is possible to replace the smoke tubes from the outside of the boiler. After location
of the damaged tube or tubes, they must be replaced according to the following
procedure:
Note: Only skilled personnel with knowledge and qualifications to perform
certified welding should perform repair work.
Step A: Ensure that the boiler pressure is lowered to atmospheric pressure and that
it is completely drained of water.
Step B: The damaged tubes must be cut right below and above the end plates.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
PLUGGING OF SMOKE TUBES
OM9210#22.0
INDUSTRIES
Step C: Remove the damaged tubes.

Step D: Scraps of metal or welding in the tube holes of the end plates must be grind
off.
Step E: The tubes are inserted 5-10 mm in the end plates before welding inside the
tube hole. During assembling, the supports are arranged and adjusted.
Step F: New smoke tubes are built-up one by one by welding onto the end plates as
shown in Figure 1.
Step G: After completion of the repair work, clean the working area.
Step H: Mount all manhole covers and hand hole covers. Renew the gasket if
necessary.
Step I: Refill the boiler with feed water and check for leaks through the inspection
doors before starting up.
Step J: Mount the inspection hatches again.
Illustration of how to exchange and block a smoke tube
Conical tube plug
Top end plate
Exchange of
smoke tubes
Bottom end plate
f / /
ITIZZ^.
Plugging of a
smoke tube
7~Z1
Conical tube plug -
Figure 1
Language UK
Oc03.cdr
Page 2/2
AALBORG
BOILER REPAIR - REFRACTORY
OM9210#25.0
INDUSTRIES
Boiler repair - refractory

1
Refractory repair
The furnace floor is lined with an insulating material (Verilite R6), close to the
casing covered with a layer of castable refractory (Plicast 31).
The refractory is made with expansion joints, which should under no circumstances
be blocked or filled on purpose.
Even though the refractory is made with expansion joints, it will tend to make
additional natural expansion joints, which will be seen as fissures. However, the
fissures will generally close when the boiler is put into service. Please note the
following guidelines when examining the fissures:
white/light fissures, which are getting darker over the time and are closing when
the boiler is in service and opening in cold condition, need no further attention.
dark/black fissures suddenly occurred, seen in cold condition and are not closing
when boiler is in service need to be repaired/filled up with refractory (Plicast
31).
All refractory subjected to wear will, eventually, need to be repaired. This can be
done as a temporary repair or on a permanent basis.
1.1 Temporary repair

Smaller areas can be temporarily repaired making use of the repair mix Plistix 14,
supplied separately with the boiler equipment.
The durability of such a repair depends on the location, but the more exposed to
heat, the shorter lifetime. Generally, it is recommended to replace a temporary repair
with a repair on a permanent basis within one year.
Temporary repairs in vertical places ought to be made "swallow tailed", see Figure
1, if possible. This secures a better attachment to the existing refractory.
Sketch indicating a "swallow tail" repair
i..
'"
mi
<?.
Refractory
Figure 1
Language UK
Swallowtail
(filled in with Plistix 14)
swaltail.cdr
Page 1/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#25.0
The surface to which the temporary repair is performed, must always be clean, dry
and rugged.
Mixing instructions for the castable refractory appears from the instruction on the
plastic bucket.
Note: Plistix 14 must be applied to the site immediately when mixed.
The boiler can be lightened-up approx. 1 hour after the refractory has been applied.
The refractory needs no further time for hardening.
If the boiler is pressurized, the lighting-up should be started with the burner in "on"
position for one (1) minute and then in "off for two (2) minutes, during the first
half (!4) hour. Then it can be started up according to the ordinary lighting-up
procedure.
Note: Observe the safety rules regarding the refractory which can be seen on
the plastic bucket.
1.2 Permanent repair

Major repairs and renewal of temporary repairs shall always be carried out and
supervised by maker's specialists, among other things securing that correct dryingout time and lighting-up is observed.
1.3 Boilers with membrane furnace wall

The refractory applied to a damaged membrane furnace wall must be carried out as
shown in Figure 2.
Refractory applied to a membrane furnace wall
Furnace tube,
Failed tube
/
Plicast31
Figure 2
Language UK
plugrefraccdr
Page 2/3
AALBORG
OM9210#25.0
INDUSTRIES
Warning: Failed Y-anchors must only be replaced by Y-anchors made from

heat resistant steel. Y-anchors made from incorrect materials will
cause damage to the refractory.
Maintenance of refractory
Note: The refractory should be inspected once a year for shape and wear. It is
recommended to carry out an inspection in due time prior to long repair
periods such as dry docking, etc. Should a repair be required castable
refractors and bricklayers can then be ordered on short notice.
If the refractory has been exposed to water, the refractory should be dried out as
soon as possible. The drying out can be done by hot air (approx. 50C) or by
operating the oil burner.
Warning: However, if the burner is being used, the burner should be operated
with great care.
Warning: Generated steam evaporated from water absorbed into the

refractory might cause fissures and cracks when expanding, if the
heat input from the oil burner is too heavy.
2.1 Typical refractory data

Below in Table 1 is a list of typical refractory data shown.
Refractory data
A1203
Si0 2
Fe 2 0 2
Ti0 2
CaO
MgO
Alkanes
Na 2 0
K20
Operating range
Verilite R6
32%
24%
12%
1.6%
23.3%
6.1%
1%
100-1000C
Plicast 31
44%
46%
1%
1%
6.5%
0.5%
1%
20-1450C
Plistix 14
48%
43%
1%
1.9%
4.8%
0.2%
0.1%
0.2%
100-1420C
Table 1
Language UK
Page 3/3
' '-'.vV-i
<? i4
: -,T-VI1
^;W
'-;s'i
- -i.-f^
-
-tWj
7
.' <*
'3
.'' -,-# ' >

, * ,' , i V *
.' * s..;
-v.M< - M
,' - , ,^;'
' '.ft*
'
r\
-m
'
*""
"w*
IN-
&
.i
in
'. v i.c
*W*Mt
iiiiii..
AALBORG
dzSSIBSSSBSS^KK^^M
Table of contents
General
Layout of the treatment system
Feed and boiler water characteristics
Feed and boiler water maintenance
Treatment systems / injection points
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
Page 1/1
AALBORG
FEED AND BOILER WATER
OM9210#99.1
INDUSTRIES

1
General
Note: The recommended feed and boiler water characteristics are only valid
for boilers with a working pressure below 20 barg.
There is a number of ways to produce good quality feed water for boiler plants.
Methods such as e.g. reverse osmosis plants or ion exchange plants produce good
quality distillate. Also evaporators generally produce good distillate. The important
thing is that the distillate used should be clean and without foreign salt
contamination.
In practice most distillates used contain minor parts of various salt combinations
which can and must be chemically treated away. Furthermore, the distillate may
contain dissolved gases like for example oxygen (0 2 ) and carbon dioxide (C0 2 )
which may lead to corrosion in the boiler, steam, and condensate system.
Important: Boiler and feed water must be chemically treated in order to avoid
corrosion and scaling in the boiler.
Layout of the treatment system

The condition of the feed and boiler water is an essential part of the boiler operation
and operation philosophy. The design and construction of the treatment system
should therefore be considered carefully during layout of the plant. Aalborg
Industries gives some general requirements and recommendations regarding the
conditions of the feed and boiler water. However, there is several ways to obtain this
results, or similar, by using different treatment systems. The following should
therefore be considered already at the layout stage:
Choose the treatment system that should be used.
Present the condensate and feed water system to the supplier of the treatment
system and inform about the operation philosophy of the plant.
Let the supplier indicate where the injection points should be located and also
inform if special equipment is required.
Let the supplier inform about which test facilities is needed.
Purchase the recommended equipment and install it in the correct way.
Use the treatment system as soon as the boiler is taken into operation.
Language UK
Page 1/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Feed and boiler water characteristics

The following text regarding feed and boiler water treatment is the normal
recommendations given by Aalborg Industries. These recommendations should be
followed strictly in order to have the best working conditions for the boiler plant and
to extend the working life of the plant. The requirements/recommendations of the
various values for feed and boiler water are listed in Table 1 below.
H
Requirements for feed and boiler water

Appearance
Hardness
Chloride content
"P" alkalinity
Total (T) alkalinity
PH-value at 25C
Hydrazine excess
Phosphate excess
Specific density at 20C
Conductivity at 25C
Oil content
Unit
ppm CaC0 3
ppm CI"
ppm CaC0 3
ppm CaC0 3
ppm N2H4
ppm P0 4
Kg/m3
|iS/cm
-
Feed water
Clear and free of mud
0-5
<15
8.5-9.5
NIL
Boiler water
Clear and free of mud
_
<100
100-150
<2 x "P" - Alkalinity
10.5-11.5
0.1-0.2
20-50
<1.003
<2000
NIL
Table 1
If hydrazine (N2H4) is not used, sodium sulphate (Na2S04) can be used instead, and
the excess should be 30 - 60 ppm.
In cases where other kinds of oxygen binding agents are used, it is recommended
that an excess of oxygen binding agents can be measured and indicates that no
oxygen has been dissolved in the boiler water.
If it is requested to measure the content of dissolved oxygen directly, it is
recommended to keep the value < 0.02 ppm.
In addition to the above values, the various water treatment companies will add
further demands, depending on the method used for treatment of feed and boiler
water.
However, the most important point is that the above values or their equivalents are
observed and that a regular (daily) test of feed and boiler water is carried out.
3.1 Units of measurement

Concentrations are usually expressed in "ppm" i.e. parts solute per million.
Concentrations for parts solution by weight are the same as "mg/litre".
3.1.1 Specific gravity
As guidance the following conversion can be used:
Language UK
1 Be = 10.000 mg/1 total dissolved solids (TDS)
1 mg/1 total dissolved solids = 2 uS/cm
1 uS/cm = 1 umho
Page 2/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Feed and boiler water maintenance

The following are recommended water maintenance instructions. More exact details
concerning analyses and blow downs should be set up together with the supplier of
chemicals for water treatment.
4.1.1 Daily
Step A: Analyses of feed and boiler water.
4.1.2 Weekly
Step A: Skimming (surface blow down) according to analyses, but at least once per
week (2 minutes with fully open valve).
Step B: Blow down (bottom blow down) according to analyses, but at least once per
week (each blow down valve 1 minute in low load condition).
4.1.3 Monthly
Step A: Check the functions for salinity and oil detection systems.
4.1.4 Every six months
Step A: The boiler water side (interior) must be carefully inspected at least twice a
year.
4.1.5 Yearly
Step A: Check of the water side of the boiler and hotwell/deaerator for corrosion
and scaling.
Step B: Check the chemical pump unit.
Language UK
Page 3/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Treatment systems / injection points

In the following tables and illustrations a number of different feed and boiler water
treatment systems are shown together with the recommended location for the
injection point of the individual chemicals as stated by the manufacturer. The
general information regarding the injection point principle can be used as guidelines
for the most common systems. But should there be any doubt for a specific system
the manufacturer/supplier should be consulted in order to obtain the correct result.
Notes for tables/illustrations:
Note No. 1: the preferred injection point of chemicals stated by the

manufacturer/supplier.
Note No. 2: the alternate injection point of chemicals stated by the

manufacturer/supplier.
Note No. 3: Valid for modulating feed water systems.
Note No. 4: valid for on/off operating feed water systems. The chemical pump
starts/stops together with the feed water pump.
Note No. 5: valid for two boiler installation. Control of the chemicals in
question work properly at an equal load condition (feed water flow) on the two
boilers.
How to use the tables:

The tables can be used in different ways but the main idea is to do following:
Step A: Discover which manufacturer and type of chemicals that should be used for
the actual boiler plant.
Step B: Use the name of the manufacturer and type of chemicals to select which
tables that can be used.
Step C: Check the flow diagrams (Figure 1, Figure 2, or Figure 3) to find a diagram
that matches the actual boiler plant.
Step D: Find in the selected tables the table which includes the matching diagram.
Step E: If more than one table is found to match the actual boiler plant in question it
is recommended to use the method/table which includes note No. 1.
Step F: If no table is found to match the actual boiler plant in question it is
recommended to seek assistance by the chemical manufacturer/supplier.
Language UK
Page 4/12
AALBORG
OM9210#99.1
INDUSTRIES
Chemical injection points

Manufacturer / supplier:
Ashland Chemical / Drew Marine Division
Product name / method:
Standard with Drewplex OX
Chemical name
Adjunct B
GC
SLCC-A
Drewplex OX
Injection point No.

3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
Note No.
1
1
1
1,3,4

Chemical name
Adjunct B
GC
SLCC-A
Amerzine
Injection point No.

3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
Chemical name
Adjunct B
GC
SLCC-A
Amerzine
Injection point No.

3
3
3
1
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
Note No.
1
1
1
1,3,4
Chemical name
Adjunct B
GC
SLCC-A
Amerzine
Injection point No.

3a, 3b
3a, 3b
3a, 3b
1
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
Note No.
Chemical name
Drewplex AT
Drewplex OX
Language UK
Injection point No.

3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
Table No. 2
Valid flow diagram No.

1,2,3
Table No. 3

1
2,3,4
Table No. 4
Standard with Amerzine

Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
Note No.

2,3
2, 3, 4, 5

1,2,3


| Table No. 1
| Table No. 5
Drewplex AT / OX
Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
1
1,3,4

1,2,3
Page 5/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Chemical injection points (continued)

Drewplex AT / OX
I Chemical name
I Drewplex AT
DrewplexOX
Injection point No.

2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
2,3,4
3,4

| Product name / method:
1 Chemical name
| Drewplex AT
| Amerzine
Injection point No.

3,3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
I Table No. 6

1,2,3
Table No. 7
Drewplex AT with Amerzine

Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
1,3,4
1,3,4

1,2,3
I
1 Chemical name
1 Drewplex AT
1 Amerzine
Injection point No.

2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b

Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
2,3,4
3,4

Chemical name
Drewplex AT
Amerzine
Injection point No.

2, 2a, 2b
1
Chemical name
AGK-100
Amerzine
Language UK
Injection point No.

2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b

1,2,3
Table No. 9

Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
2,3,4
2, 3, 4, 5

Table No. 8

1,2,3
Table No. 10
AGK-100 with Amerzine

Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
1,3,4
1,3,4

1,2,3
Page 6/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Chemical injection points (cont nued)


Injection point No.
2, 2a, 2b
1
Chemical name
AGK-100
Amerzine
Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
3,4
2, 3, 4, 5

Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
2,3,4,5
2, 3, 4, 5
1,2,3
Table No. 12

1,2,3
Table No. 13
Marichem
Standard

Injection point No.
3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Chemical name
1 Alkalinity control
1 Phosphate
1 Oxycontrol
| Marichem CCI

Injection point No.
1
1
Chemical name
AGK-100
Amerzine
| Table No. 11
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
X
Note No.
1,3,4
1,3,4
1,3,4
1,3,4

1,2,3
Table No. 14
Chemical name
Alkalinity control
Phosphate
Oxycontrol
Marichem CCI
Standard
Injection point No.
1
1
2
2
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
X
Note No.
2,3,4
2,3,4
3,4
3,4

1
Table No. 15
Chemical name
B.W.T. new formula
Marichem CCI
Language UK
BWT new formula

Injection point No.
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
1,3,4
1,3,4

1,2,3
Page 7/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1

| Table No. 16
Chemical name
B.W.T. new formula
Marichem CCI
BWT new formula
Injection point No.

1
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
Note No.
2,3,4,5
3,4

1,2,3
| Table No. 17
BWT
Injection point No.
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Chemical name
B.W.T. powder
Marichem CCI
Continuous
X
X
Batch
Note No.
1,3,4
1,3,4
1,2,3
Table No. 18
Marichem
BWT

Chemical name
B.W.T. powder
Marichem CCI
Injection point No.

1
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
Note No.
2, 3, 4, 5
3,4

1,2,3
I
I Table No. 19
I

1 Chemical name
1 Hardness control
Alkalinity control
Oxygen control
Condensate control
Injection point No.

3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
X
Note No.
1
1
1,3,4
1,3,4

1,2,3
| Table No. 20
I

Chemical name
Hardness control
Alkalinity control
Oxygen control
Condensate control
Language UK
Injection point No.

1
1
2
2
Continuous
X
X
Batch
X
X
Note No.
2
2
3,4
3,4

1
Page 8/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1

Table No. 21
Chemical name
Hardness control
Alkalinity control
Cat sulphite L (CSL)
Condensate control
II
Injection point No.
3, 3a, 3b
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
X
Note No.
1
1
1,3,4
1,3,4
Chemical name
Hardness control
Alkalinity control
Cat sulphite L (CSL)
Condensate control
1,2,3
Table No. 22
Unitor Chemicals
II
Injection point No.
1
1
2
2
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
X
Note No.
2
2
3,4
3,4

1
Table No. 23
Chemical name
Liquitreat
Condensate control
(Oxygen control)
Liquitreat
Injection point No.
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
Note No.
1
1,3,4
1,3,4
Chemical name
Liquitreat
Condensate control
(Oxygen control)
1,2,3
| Table No. 24
Unitor Chemicals
Liquitreat
Injection point No.
1
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
Batch
X
X
X
Note No.
2
3,4
3,4

1
Table No. 25
Chemical name
Combitreat
Condensate control
Oxygen control
Language UK
Combitreat
Injection point No.
3, 3a, 3b
2, 2a, 2b
2, 2a, 2b
Continuous
X
X
Batch
X
Note No.
1
1,3,4
1,3,4

1,2,3
Page 9/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1

Unitor Chemicals
Combitreat
Chemical name
Combitreat
Condensate control
Oxygen control
Injection point No.

1
2
2
Continuous
X
X
| Table No. 26
Batch
X
Note No.
2
3,4
3,4

1
Flow diagram No.: 1
<^3 Condensate
Single boiler operation with or without

forced circulation exhaust gas boiler
Figure 1
Language UK
flowdiag_l.cdr
Page 10/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Flow diagram No.: 2
-<^D Condensate
Double boiler operation with separate feed water pumps

with or without forced circulation exhaust gas boiler
Figure 2
Language UK
flowdiag_2.cdr
Page 11/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9210#99.1
Flow diagram No.: 3

3b
3:
o:
-3a
Steam
dump
vatve
' Cooling
. water
Condenser
0
3 Make-up
Boiler!
Boi ler
Overflow
> Drain
2a
./..
r-\
^~N
r^
S~^
Feed water
pumps
=0=
2b
..Z
Xf=
Double boiler operation with common feed water pumps

with or without forced circulation exhaust gas boiler
Figure 3
Language UK
flowdiag_3.cdr
Page 12/12
-, s
V.JJ
:?tt
-; ***&>?&
*;~P? --%.(. 3&*
- : - '"fib
fe#li
,'" ^ " . f ? s * s : ? l
INDUSTRIES
^m^|^g^^^^|||m|^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Table of contents
Water level gauge
Maintenance and service instructions
Language UK
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
OM7010#01.0
Water level gauge

1
Maintenance and service instructions

This section describes the maintenance and service instructions for the water level
gauge.
Illustration of the water level gauge
0
"fe^
^rp.
\
1 -Nut
2 - BDX heads
3 - Joint rings
4 -Bax heads
5 -Tubes
6-Screws
7-Screws
8-Cockplug
D- Drain cocks
G-Gauge body
S-Cocks
W-Cocks
W7'
Ifl
^
0
t=3]
(1
^=P <w>
v"i
(4>'
CD
V-
C^)
Figure 1
'<0
kli Ole.cdr
1.1 Maintenance
The item nos. mentioned in the following maintenance instructions refer to Figure 1.
When out of service with the gauge body in cool and depressurised condition the
hexagon screws (6) can be re-tightened.
Language UK
Page 1/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
OM7010#01.0
Step A: Start at the centre, working to opposite sides alternately. Max torque: 60
Nm in cold and under working conditions.
1.1.2 Maintenance during service check-up
Step A: Tighten the nuts (1).
Step B: Bolts on boiler flanges.
Step C: Union nuts (4).
Step D: Bolt form screws (7) with cocks in open positions.
If a leak cannot be stopped by tightening the bottom screws (7), the sealing surface
of the cock plug (8) may be damaged or corroded. It can also be necessary to change
the packing (3).
1.2 Blowing down

The item nos. mentioned in this following blowing down procedures refer to Figure
1.
Step A: The gauge should be blown down before lighting up the boiler and just
before closing down the boiler.
1.2.2 Cleaning the water side:
Step A: Shut the cock S and open the cock W.
Step B: Open the drain cock D for a short time. This sucks the water out of the glass
without, however, totally depressurising the gauge body.
Step C: Shut the cock D and then water is forced upwards into the glass again.
Step D: Repeat this procedure several times, opening and shutting the cock D. The
water level in glass rises and falls.
1.2.3 Cleaning the steam side:
Step A: Shut the cock W.
Step B: Open the cock S.
Step C: Blow through the steam side and gauge body by opening the drain cock D
for 1-2 seconds.
Step D: A steam blowing of longer duration is not advisable considering the service
life of glass.
Step E: Turn the cocks to operating position.
Language UK
Page 2/5
AALBORG
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
OM7010#01.0
INDUSTRIES
1.3 Dismantling
The following dismantling instructions refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
Sectional view of the water level gauge
-4 6
6 - Strews
9 -V\edge piece
10 -Centre piece
11 - Fteflex
12 -Sealing gasket
13 -Cushion gasket
14 -Coverplate
\yj
-(10)
'
-J 1 9 1
/"" ~\
{11)
--+
(13)
Figure 2
kli 05e.cdr
Step A: Shut the cocks S and W.

Step B: The drain cock D to be opened until the glass is completely emptied.
Step C: Remove nuts (1) and lift off stuffing box heads (2) together with the gauge
body from the cocks S and W.
Step D: Slacken the union nuts (4) and pull off the stuffing box head (2).
Step E: Place the gauge body (G) horizontally with the screws (6) turning upwards
and loosen the screws.
Step F: Move the wedge piece (9) length wise and lift upwards.
Step G: Lift off centre piece (10) reflex glass (11) and gaskets (12 and 13).
Step H: Clean sealing surface of cover plate (14) and centre piece (10) and examine
for through going scars.
1.4 Assembling
The following assembling instructions refer to Figure 2.
Step A: Insert following items into the centre piece (10): sealing gasket (12) reflex
glass (11) cushion gasket (13).
Language UK
Page 3/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
OM7010#01.0
Step B: Place cover plate (14) on top.

Step C: Insert wedge piece (9) and move length wise for correct position.
Step D: Tighten screws (6) evenly starting at the centre, working to opposite
alternately. Max torque: 60 Nm in cold and under working conditions.
1.5 Maintenance of the straight-through cock

1.5.1 Operation principle and maintenance
The following assembling instructions refer to Figure 3.
Detail drawing of the straight-through cock
15-Screw
i 15 )
16-Split ring
17 -F&cking sleeve
18-Rug
19-Bottom screw
(16 L
/
/ /
/
/
_
fl7>
M8>
09/"
Figure 3
kli 06e.cdr
The cylindrical plug (18) is sealed with a resilient packing sleeve (17).
Should leakage arise during service the packing sleeve must be further compressed
by tightening the bottom screw (19) until the leakage is stopped. This must only be
done with the cock in open position.
1.5.2 Dismantling
Step A: Remove bottom screw (19).
Step B: Remove screw (15), washer and handle.
Step C: Knock the plug (18) together with split ring (16) and packing sleeve (3) out
of the cock body by means of a soft mandrel.
Step D: Remove split ring and knock plug out of the packing sleeve.
Step E: Clean all sealing surfaces carefully and lubricate threads with a high
temperature grease before installation.
Language UK
Page 4/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
OM7010#01.0
1.5.3 Assembly
Step A: Place the split ring (16) in the recess of the plug (18).
Step B: Push new packing sleeve onto plug.
Step C: Press the complete unit into cock body.
Note: Turn the packing sleeve until the ridge fits with the groove in the cock
body. The eyelets of the packing sleeve must neither protrude nor be
tilted.
Step D: Screw in bottom screw (19).
Step E: Place the handle and washer on the plug and fit screw (15).
Step F: Tighten the bottom screw (19) and check if the plug can be turned.
Language UK
Page 5/5
**i
'ft
.'.<i.,.'ie^$$i8i r>- r flflfSwwiW^
'1-
AALBORG
ggEwaaaggnflSHS^^^^^M
INDUSTRIES
^m^|^^^|^^gnm^|^^m^^^^^^^^^^g
Table of contents
Safety valves
General
Maintenance and start-up of boiler
Adjustment and dismantling
1
2
3
Temporary locking of a safety valve

General
Language UK
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY VALVES
OM6040#01.0
Safety valves
General
In the following the measures required to achieve a safe and reliable maintenance of
the safety valves will be described, together with adjustment and dismantling
instructions.
An example of an installation of the safety valve is shown in Figure 1.
Mounting of safety valves, example
Waste steam pipe II
Support
Drip pan
Drain /
Drain
Figure 1
safe 01a.cdr
Maintenance and start-up of boiler

A regular inspection of the safety valve is recommended at least once a year. Some
media and appliances require a more frequent inspection, this is according to the
experience of the supplier.
Warning: Before handling and dismantling of the safety valve ensure that the
system is NOT pressurised!
Before lighting-up the boiler the pipe connections must be thoroughly cleaned for
dirt and foreign bodies.
Language UK
Page 1/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY VALVES
OM6040#01.0
If the valve is not completely tight, which often happens after starting up the plant,
this is usually caused by impurities between the seat and the cone. In order to
remove these impurities the valve must be heavily blown out by means of the lifting
device. If the valve is not tight after several blows, it may be due to the fact that a
hard foreign body has got stuck between the cone and the seat, and it will then be
necessary to dismount the valve for overhaul.
Warning: In case of a leaking safety valve the valve must be inspected and
over-hauled at earliest possible opportunity. It must be ensured that
the boiler is totally depressurised before dismounting the valve.
Note: Before dismantling the safety valve in the workshop the position of the
adjusting screw must be measured and noted which will facilitate the
adjustment later when the valve is to be adjusted when in service.
If the facings between the cone and the seat have been damaged, they must be
grinded.
Step A: The cone can be grinded against a cast iron plate, using a fine grained
carborundom stirred in kerosene.
Step B: The seat in the valve body can be grinded in the same way by using a cast
iron punch of suitable size.
Note: Never use the cone itself when grinding the seat.
Warning: The spindle and the valve cone must always be secured against
turning as the seat and the cone may thus be damaged.
Step C: Before assembly the valve must be thoroughly cleaned, and all traces of
grinding material and impurities must be removed.
When the valve has been mounted the boiler is commissioned, and the valve is then
checked for leakage and adjusted to the set pressure.
Step D: The adjustment screw is secured by means of its lock nut, and the valve is
sealed.
2.2 Routine check

The following should be regarded as recommendations of routine checks on the
safety valves, in order to keep a proper functioning.
Language UK
Page 2/4
AALBORG
SAFETY VALVES
INDUSTRIES
OM6040#01.0
Yearly
Step A: The safety valve should be tested in operation by raising the boiler pressure.
Step B: Expansion and exhaust pipe should be examined at the same time.
Monthly
Step A: Examine the safety valves for any leaking, such as:
Is water seeping from the drain plug at the valve body?
Is the escape pipe hot due to seeping steam from the valve seat?
Step B: Examine the drain and expansion device at the escape pipe.
Step C: Examine the lifting gear device, i.e. clean up and grease all sliding parts.
Adjustment and dismantling

Safety valves are delivered with the required spring setting and sealed against
unauthorised adjustment.
Adjustments are only allowed in the spring margins. Outside the margin a new
spring is required. The pressure in a system should not exceed 90% of the set
pressure.
All item nos. mentioned in the following sections refer to Figure 2.
3.1 Dismantling of lifting device

Safety valve with open cap
Step A: Remove bolt(39) and remove lift lever (41)
3.2 Set Pressure change without spring change
Note: Pay attention to spring range

Step A: Spindle (14) must be held fast by all alterations
Step B: Loosen lock nut (21)
Step C: Turn the adjusting screw (17) clockwise for higher and anticlockwise for
low set pressures
Step D: Secure the new setting with the lock nut (21) and Reassemble lifting device
3.3 Spring change

Step A: Spindle (14) must be held fast by all alterations
Language UK
Page 3/4
AALBORG
I N D U S T R I E S
SAFETY VALVES
OM6040#01.0
Step B: Loosen lock nut (21) and turn adjusting screw (17) anticlockwise, then the
spring (37) is not under tension
Step C: Loosen the nuts (8) and remove the bonnet (42)
Step D: Remove the upper spring plate (26) and spring (37)
Step E: Remove the spindle (14) with disc (12), guide plate (4) and lower spring
plate (26)
Step F: Clean the seat (2) and disc (12)
Step G: Remount the spindle unit with the new spring and upper spring plate
Step H: Assemble bonnet (42) and adjust to the spring range
Step I: Secure the spring setting through the lock nut (21) and remount lifting
device
Assembling drawing of safety valve
47 Ball
42 B>nnet
41 Lifting lever
40 Split pin
39 Bait
38 Screw
37 Spring
29 Cap
27 Gastet
26 Spring plate
23 Lead seal
22 Drain screw
21 Lock nut
18 Ball
17 Adjusting screw
16 Sotted pin
15 Gasket
14 Spindle
13 Lift aid
12 Disc
10/25 Split cotters
9 Lift limitation ring
8 Hex nut
7 Gasket
4 Spindle guide
3 3ud
2 Seat
1 BDdy
Figure 2
Language UK
39,40
safe 03a.cdr
Page 4/4
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TEMPORARY LOCKING OF A SAFETY VALVE
OM6040#02.0

1
General
During commissioning work or later tests of the opening pressure for the safety
valves, only one safety valve should be checked at a time. This means that the other
safety valve must be locked. The following instruction describes the temporary
locking of a safety valve.
1.1 Procedure for locking of a safety valve

Step A: Remove the bolt (39) and split pin (40), see Figure 1.
Step B: Remove the lifting lever (41).
Step C: Unscrew the screw (38) and break the lead seal (23), if provided.
Step D: Unscrew the cap (29).
Step E: Place one or two bolts (48) on top of the spindle. The height of the bolts
should be approximately 1-2 mm higher than the normal distance between
the top of the spindle and the inside top of the cap (29).
Step F: Carefully screw on the cap until the spindle and bolts are locked. The safety
valve will be completely locked when the bolts cannot be moved anymore.
Step G: The other safety valve can now be tested without any interference from the
locked safety valve.
1.2 Procedure for unlocking of a safety valve
Warning: As soon as the test procedure for the safety valve has been carried
out the locked safety valve must be unlocked.
Step A: Unscrew the cap (29) and remove the bolts (48).
Step B: Mount the cap (29) again and screw in the screw (38).
Step C: Mount the lifting lever (41), bolt (39), and split pin (40).
Step D: Provide the safety valve with a lead seal (23), if necessary. This depends on
the local rules of the classification society.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TEMPORARY LOCKING OF A SAFETY VALVE
OM6040#02.0
Figure 1
Language UK
safe 06.cdr
Page 2/2
**>.
*V
*.* ..YS
iiillii
AALBORG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDUSTRIES
Table of contents
Feed water system
Water level control
Safety device
Language UK
1
2
3
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL CONTROL
SD9230#13.0
Water level control

1
Description
The water level control is a modulating system at this type of boiler. The system is
illustrated in Figure 1. The system consists of two independent safety device
electrodes for too low water level alarms and burner cut out. For measuring and
control of the water level, one capacitance level electrode is provided, and it is used
to give water level warnings/alarms and control of the regulating feed water valve.
Instrument air
fyi
^ Regulating feed water valve

Compact system
(level transmitter
and level electrode)

Flange
Safety device
NW>
<rw">
Protection tube
Electrode stand
Vent hole
Feed water pumps
n=Kt=Q=txJ=|
Figure 1
Language UK
ges_2_mod.cdr
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY DEVICE
OM8210#04.1
Safety device
1
General
The safety device consists of a level electrode and a level switch. The level electrode
is mounted in an electrode stand on top of the boiler, and the level switch is placed
inside the control system. Depending on the rules of the classification society, the
boiler can be provided with one or two sets of safety devices. The function of the
safety device is to continuously supervise the water level in the boiler and
subsequently give an alarm and cut out of the burner if the water level is too low.
The combination of a level electrode NRG 16-11 and a level switch NRS l-7b
provides a fail-safe protection against a first fault, i.e. the system will still continue
to provide the safety function even after a first fault.
The self-monitoring design ensures an interruption of the burner circuit in case of a
failure of the electrode, supply cables, level switch, or in the power supply.
The safety device has a built-in response delay, which is indicated on the name
plate. This eliminates unintentional cut-out of the burner circuit caused by
interference from splash, level fluctuations, etc.
Level electrode
2.1 Operation
The too low level electrode operates on the conductive measuring principle using the
electrical conductivity of the boiler water for level signalling. An illustration of the
level electrode type NRG 16-11 is shown in Figure 1. The length of the electrode is
adjusted to the correct length before mounting in the electrode stand.
In normal operation the electrode tip is submerged in the water, and the imbalance
of the bridge circuit is positive. If the water level is below the electrode tip or in case
of a fault, the electrode produces a negative imbalance of the bridge circuit provided
in the level switch (NRS l-7b). This produces the too low level alarm signal and
consequent cut-out of the burner circuit.
The level electrode consists of two single electrodes (measuring electrode and
compensating electrode), which are concentrically arranged and insulated from each
other by special insulating seals. The electric connection of the two electrodes is
effected coaxially with a tube, contact ring, and stud. A system of compression
springs in the electrode body ensures sufficient sealing forces at the insulating seals,
even if the temperatures vary. The stud is insulated by a Teflon foil. PTFE insulated
wires connect the contact ring and body to the terminal block.
If the insulating seals placed between the electrodes and body are no longer tight due
to deterioration caused by mechanical or chemical breakdown, liquid will penetrate
into the cavities between the body, tube, and stud. This produces a strong negative
imbalance of the bridge circuit, which causes a too low level alarm signal. But in
Language UK
Page 1/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY DEVICE
OM8210#04.1
this case the signal is due to a malfunction. This means that the water level in the
boiler must be checked in the water level gauges if the level switch signals an alarm.
Level electrode type NRG 16-11
Figure 1
nrgl6-lla.tif
2.2 Cleaning/exchanging the electrode

The following work procedures must be carried out if the level electrode is cleaned
or replaced:
Dismantling:
Step A: Stop the boiler plant according to the separate instructions for start/stop of
the boiler.
Warning: When the level electrode is loosen, steam or hot water might escape.
This presents the danger of severe injury. It is therefore essential not
to dismantle the level electrode unless the boiler pressure is zero.
Step B: Disconnect the wires for the compact system and safety device.
Step C: Unscrew the bolts on the flange for the compact system and safety device.
Step D: Pull out the flange including the compact system and safety device from the
electrode stand.
Step E: Unscrew the locking screw, which locks the level electrode to the flange.
Step F: Unscrew the level electrode from the flange by means of a 36 mm ring
spanner.
Language UK
Page 2/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY DEVICE
OM8210#04.1
Step G: Pull out the level electrode from the flange and electrode holders.
Cleaning:
Note: The interval for cleaning of the electrode rod depends on the present
boiler water conditions. Therefore an exact time interval cannot be
given.
Step A: Clean the rod of the level electrode with a wet cloth.
Replacing the level electrode:
Step A: Exchange the defect level electrode.
Replacing the electrode tip:
Step A: Screw the electrode tip "D" into the measuring electrode "A", see Figure 2.
Step B: Carefully determine the required measuring length and mark the length of
the electrode tip "D".
Step C: Unscrew the electrode tip "D" from the measuring electrode "A" and cut the
tip.
Step D: Screw the electrode tip "D" into the measuring electrode "A" and tighten.
Slide the spring "C" along the electrode tip "D" so that its bend end
completely enters into the small bore "B".
Assembling:
Step A: Check the seating surfaces of the level electrode thread and flange, see
Figure 1.
Step B: Place the joint ring "K" onto the seating surface "J" of the level electrode.
Use only a joint ring (stainless steel) D 27 x 32.
Step C: Apply a light smear of silicone grease (e.g., DOW Corning 111 compound)
to the level electrode thread "I".
Attention: Do not insulate the electrode thread with hemp or PTFE tape.
Step D: Screw the level electrode into the flange and electrode holders. The torque
required is 160 Nm (when cold).
Step E: Screw the locking screw into the level electrode.
Step F: Check the seating surfaces of the electrode stand flange and level electrode
flange. Place a flat gasket on the electrode stand flange.
Language UK
Page 3/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY DEVICE
OM8210#04.1
Step G: Place the flange including the compact system and safety device onto the
electrode stand flange. Fix the flanges with bolts and tighten the bolts in
diagonally opposite pairs.
Step H: Connect the wires for the compact system and safety device.
Assembling of the NRG 16-11 level electrode
GP^P
Figure 2
nrgl6-llb.tif
Level switch
3.1 Operation
The level switch is a two-channel unit provided with an automatically self-checking
circuitry. The level switch of type NRS l-7b is illustrated in Figure 3, and the wiring
diagram can be seen in Figure 4.
The green LED indicates mains on. Two red LEDs indicate the alarm states too low
level or malfunction of the system. A single red LED signals the failure of one
channel (loss of redundancy).
The self-checking circuitry is effected periodically. The test includes the checking of
the cable between the level electrode and level switch and also of the self-checking
circuitry (redundancy). The output relays are not influenced by the internal tests.
As the circuit of the relay contacts is normally closed, an alarm will also be signalled
in the event of a mains failure. The level switch can signal the following three
operating conditions:
Language UK
Normal operation:
correct level
Alarm:
too low level
Alarm:
defect in the level switch or electrode

Page 4/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY DEVICE
OM8210#04.1
Level switch type NRS l-7b
Figure 3
nrsl-7b.tif
3.2 Performance tests

Live test:
Step A: Decrease the water level in the boiler by means of the blow-down valves
until the water level has fallen below the too low level mark.
Step B: After the response delay indicated on the name plate, the two red LEDs on
the level switch must light up. If the burner is running, it will immediately
be stopped or if it is stopped, it will be blocked from operation.
Note: Should the too low level point be reached during a self-checking cycle,
this cycle must first be completed. Only then the alarm system will enter
its own delay period. Thus the total maximum delay of twice the nominal
delay period may occur.
Test 1:
A too low level alarm can be simulated by pushing the button "TEST 1" whilst the
electrode tip is submerged in water. This test should be carried out with frequent
intervals.
Step A: Push the button "TEST 1" until the response delay has expired. Both red
LEDs must light up.
Test 2/inspection:
The checking circuitry of the level switch can also be checked. This test must, as a
minimum be carried out at least once every year.
Step A: Operate the switch "TEST 2/TNSPECTION" in the direction of the arrow
with the electrode tip submerged in water (above the too low level mark).
Language UK
Page 5/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
SAFETY DEVICE
OM8210#04.1
Step B: After maximum two minutes the two red LEDs must signal too low level
alarm.
Note: The button "TEST 1" must not be operated during this test nor must the
water level fall below the too low level mark.
Step C: Return the switch into its original position after the test. After the response
delay the two red LEDs must extinguish.
3.3 Faultfinding
Fault finding scheme
Fault
The level switch signals too low level alarm
before the water level in the boiler has fallen
below the too low level mark.
Remedy
Measure the conductivity of the boiler water.
Check the wiring of the level switch and
electrode.
Check the length of the electrode tip.
Check whether a vent hole has been provided in
the electrode stand.
After raising the water level above the too low

level mark, the two red LEDs on the level switch
are not extinguished or only after a considerable
period.
One or both red LEDs on the level switch light
up without the water level has fallen below the
too low level mark.
This means that an electronic failure within the

level switch has occurred, i.e. failure of one or
two of the channels. In this case replace the level
switch.
Replace the level switch.
The test with the switch "TEST 2/

INSPECTION" was not successful, i.e. only one
red LED or none of the two red LEDs lighted up
two minutes after the start of the test.
Table 1
Wiring diagram
NRS 1-7b
Test I
1 2 3
4 5
L N
Mains
8 9 10 1112
Burner
protection
circuit
Drawn position of contacts:
relays deenergeized,
i.e. alarm (LW)
JJTO
NRG 16-11
Figure 4
Language UK
nrsl-7bl.tif
Page 6/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM
OM8210#13.1

1
General
The compact system of type NRGT 26-1 consists of a level electrode, protection
tube, and level transmitter. Via a flange the level electrode is inserted in an electrode
stand mounted on top of the boiler. Inside the electrode stand the protection tube is
connected to the flange and surrounds the level electrode. The integrated level
transmitter is placed on top of the level electrode. Figure 1 illustrates the compact
system of type NRGT 26-1. In the first illustration the compact system is shown
without the protection tube and flange. The flange shown in the second illustration
can be of a different type.
The compact system works according to the capacitance measurement principle and
is used for signalling different water levels in the boiler. The electrode rod and
protection tube form a capacitor. If the level of the dielectric (boiler water) located
between the two capacitor plates changes, the current which flows through the plates
changes proportionally to the level. The level transmitter produces a standard
analogue output of 4-20 mA, which is sent to the control system. Figure 2 illustrates
the level transmitter.
Compact system type NRGT 26-1
S>
Figure 1
Language UK
nrgt26-lg.tif
Page 1/6
AALBORG
OM8210#13.1
INDUSTRIES
Compact system type NRGT 26-1 (level transmitter)

i MAX 70 "C
om o
>
m^m
Figur e2
rable for position numbers illustrated in Figure 1 and Figure 2
FlrrtmHp thn-iH A J" MSP I1IN 7?R
Sealing surface
Joint ring (of stainless steel) D 27 x 32 to
DIN 7603
Flange (different ones are used)
Protection tube
Spacer disc
Housing screw M 4
Cable entry PG 9 / P G 16
Housing cover
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
nrgt26-ld.tif
K
L
M
N
O
P
0
R
MpMSiirimr i map kwilrh
Potentiometer for lower measuring point 1

Red LED "level 0%"
Green LED "level > 0%, < 100%"
Red LED "level 100%"
Potentiometer for upper measuring point
Thermal fuse Tmax 102C
Terminal strip
PE connection
Screw
Table 1
Language UK
Page 2/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM8210#13.1
Cleaning/exchanging the electrode

The following work procedures must be carried out if the level electrode is cleaned
or replaced:
Dismantling:
Step A: Stop the boiler plant according to the separate instructions for start/stop of
the boiler.
Warning: When the level electrode is loosen, steam or hot water might escape.
This presents the danger of severe injury. It is therefore essential not
to dismantle the level electrode unless the boiler pressure is zero.
Step B: Disconnect the wires for the compact system and safety device.
Warning: The terminal strip and the electronic components of the NRGT 26-1
are live during operation. This presents the danger of electric shock.
Cut off the power supply before fixing or removing the housing
cover. During commissioning use only completely insulated spanner
for adjusting the measuring points.
Step C: Unscrew the bolts on the flange for the compact system and safety device.
Step D: Pull out the flange including the compact system and safety device from the
electrode stand.
Step E: Unscrew the locking screw, which locks the level electrode to the flange.
Step F: Unscrew the level electrode from the flange by means of a 41 mm open-end
spanner.
Step G: Pull out the level electrode from the flange and protection tube.
Cleaning:
Note: The interval for cleaning of the electrode rod depends on the present
boiler water conditions. Therefore an exact time interval cannot be
given.
Step A: Clean the rod of the level electrode with a wet cloth.
Replacing:
Step A: Exchange the defect level electrode including the level transmitter.
Language UK
Page 3/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM8210#13.1
Assembling:
Step A: Check the seating surfaces of the level electrode thread and flange.
Step B: Place the joint ring "C" onto the seating surface "B" of the level electrode
(see Figure 1). Use only a joint ring (stainless steel) D 27 x 32.
Step C: Apply a light smear of silicone grease (e.g., DOW Corning 111 compound)
to the level electrode thread "A".
Attention: Do not insulate the electrode thread with hemp or PTFE tape.
Step D: Screw the level electrode into the flange and protection tube. The torque
required is 160 Nm (when cold).
Step E: Screw the locking screw into the level electrode.
Step F: Check the seating surfaces of the electrode stand flange and level electrode
flange. Place a flat gasket on the electrode stand flange.
Step G: Place the flange including the compact system and safety device onto the
electrode stand flange.
Step H: Fix the flanges with bolts and tighten the bolts in diagonally opposite pairs.
Step I: Connect the wires for the compact system and safety device. A wiring
diagram for the compact system can be seen in Figure 3.
230V 24V
115V
0
0
Wiring diagram
1 2
j\
Language UK
6 7
Ii|y
II
Figure 3
4|5
Mains
nrgt26-lb.tif
Page 4/6
#####
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM8210#13.1
Standard setting
The purpose of the switch "J" is to set the optimal frequency band for the internal
measurement inside the compact system. To obtain the best measuring conditions,
the switch "J" is set to a position determined by the active measuring length of the
level electrode. The compact system is delivered with the following factory settings:
Measuring range 275 mm: switch "J" position 3, water > 20 uS/cm
Measuring range 375 mm to 675 mm: switch "J" position 4, water > 20 uS/cm
Commissioning
Wiring check:
Step A: Check that the system has been wired according to the wiring diagram (see
Figure 3 and the electrical drawings).
Step B: Check that the mains supply corresponds to the wiring carried out on the
equipment.
Application of mains voltage:
Step A: Unscrew the screws "G" and remove the housing cover "I".
Step B: Apply mains voltage. The LED "L" will light up (see the position in Figure
2).
Adjustment of the lower measuring point:
Step A: Fill the boiler with water until the lower measuring point is reached.
Step B: Start the boiler according to the separate instructions for start/stop of the
boiler.
Step C: Raise the boiler pressure till normal working pressure.
Step D: Turn the potentiometer "K" to the left. The red LED "L" lights up.
Step E: Turn the potentiometer "K" to the right until only the green LED "M" lights
up.
The lower measuring point is now adjusted.
Adjustment of the upper measuring point:
Step A: Fill the boiler with water until the upper measuring point is reached.
Language UK
Page 5/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM8210#13.1
Step B: Operate the burner until the boiler pressure has reached normal working
pressure.
Step C: Turn the potentiometer "O" to the right until only the red LED "N" lights
up.
Step D: Turn the potentiometer "O" to the left until the green LED "M" lights up.
Step E: Turn the potentiometer "O" to the right until the green LED "M"
extinguishes.
Step F: Mount the housing cover "I" and screw in the screws "G".
The upper measuring point is now adjusted.
Note: When adjusting the measuring points of the electrode in a cold boiler,
the measuring points will shift with rising temperature as a result of the
longitudinal expansion of the electrode rod. The adjustment must be
corrected proportionally.
Fault finding
Fault finding chart
Fault
The equipment does not work
Mains voltage has not been applied.
The thermal fuse has failed.
The electrode housing does not have earth connection to the

boiler.
| The electronic board is defective.
1 The equipment does not work accurately
| The electrode has been installed without the protection tube.
I The protection tube serves as reference electrode.
| The vent hole in the protection tube does not exist, is
I obstructed, or flooded.
I The desired zero point does not lie within the measuring range
| of the electrode. The electrode is too short.
I The adjustment of the measuring range is wrong.
| Dirt deposits have been accumulated on the electrode rod.
I The gasket of the electrode rod is damaged. Measure the
I current at terminal 1 and 2 (>20 mA).
Remedy
Apply mains voltage. Wire the equipment according to the

wiring diagram.
In the case of a defective thermal fuse, the mains voltage has
not been connected to terminal "Q". Replace the defective
thermal fuse.
The ambient temperature must not exceed 70C.
Clean the seating surfaces and insert the metal joint ring (of
stainless steel) 27 x 32 to DIN 7605.
Do not insulate the compact system with hemp or PTFE tape.
Replace the board.
Install the protection tube.
Check the protection tube and, if necessary, provide a vent

1
hole.
Replace the compact system. Choose an adequate electrode
1
length.
Adjust switch "J" correctly (see the instructions).
Remove the compact system and clean the electrode rod with
a wet cloth.
Replace the compact system.
Table 2
Language UK
Page 6/6
<m-*
'<;'>
*.\"f-
It
i t
.iiiilii,
AALBORG
^HSflilSSBBHBHI^^^^^M
Table of contents
Control valves, type 470/471
General
Operation
Maintenance
1
2
3
Pneumatic actuator, type DP

General
Reversal of the actuator action
Manual operation device
Maintenance
1
2
3
4
Positioner, SIPART PS2 6DR5000

General
Mechanic connection of the positioner
Electric connection of the positioner
Pneumatic connection
Commissioning
Diagnosis
Service and maintenance
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
CONTROL VALVES, TYPE 470/471
OM6010#02.0

1
General
This type of control valve is suited to regulate fluids, gases and steams. The valve
plug is normally a parabolic plug, but can also be supplied in a perforated design.
Both types of plugs can have either linear or equal percentage flow characteristic.
The flow direction for parabolic plugs is always against the closing direction.
However, with perforated plugs for steam and gases, it is in the closing direction. If
a valve with a perforated plug is operated by means of a pneumatic actuator with the
flow in the closing direction, the pneumatic actuator should have a stronger thrust
force. This is necessary to prevent thumping near to the closing position.
All control valves can be fitted alternately with manual-, pneumatic-, electric- or
hydraulic operation devices.
Illustration of control valves type 470 and 471
Control valve, type 470
Figure 1
Language UK
va!47x.tif
Page 1/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0
Table of position numbers in Figure 1

Part
1
2
3
3.1
4
5
6
6.1
Designation
Body
Seat ring
Mounting bonnet
Mounting bonnet
Guiding bush
Plug
Spindle
Spindle
Part
7
7.1
8
10
10.1
14
14.1
15
Designation
Gland flange
Screw joint
Spindle guiding
Stuffing box
Stuffing-box packing
Gasket
Gasket
Studs
Part
15.1
17
17.1
19
21
25
26
Designation
Studs
Hexagon nuts
Hexagon nuts
Spring-type straight pin
Set-pin
Bellow housing
Bellow unit
Table 1
Operation
2.1 Fitting instructions
The valve should be inserted so that the spindle has a vertical position together with
the actuator. The valve can also be tilted to a maximum horizontal position if the
installation point does not allow any better condition.
To guarantee a disturbance free function of the control valve, the inlet and outlet
stretches of the piping should be of straight piping length (min. two times the pipe
diameter by inlet and six times by outlet). The piping should be rinsed to clear out
any pollution, welding beads, rust, etc. before inserting the control valves. A strainer
should be fitted in front of the control valve to catch the remaining particles. Bolts
should be tightened after taking into operation.
The flow direction is signalled by an arrow on the valve body. The valves should be
insulated against high temperatures to guard the actuator.
2.2 Actuator assembly

The control valves are normally delivered with actuators already fitted. For
alternations or maintenance of actuator, the assembly should occur in accordance
with the operation instructions for the actuator.
2.3 Setting into operation

When the piping system is filled, the spindle sealing should be checked for leakage
and, if necessary, tightened. A PTFE-V-ring unit does not require any tightening as
the spring tension maintains the necessary force.
The bolts must be tightened gradually in steps, diametrically in pairs, but not tighter
than it is necessary for the sealing. Flange connection bolts should never be loosened
or tightened when the valve is under temperature or pressure even if a leakage may
arise.
For actuators please see to the appropriate actuator operation instructions.
Language UK
Page 2/5
1
1
1
1
AALBORG
I N D U ST R I E S
OM6010#02.0
Maintenance
Before any maintenance of the control valve is carried out, the piping system must
be shut off and pressure free.
3.1 Exchange of the stuffing-box packing

A leak stuffing-box packing should initially be carefully tightened to stop the
leakage. If this does not help, a new layer should be inserted, or the complete
packing should be replaced.
3.1.1 Additional packing layer
Step A: Open the valve fully and unscrew the hexagon nuts (17).
Step B: Lift the gland flange (7) and the spindle guiding (8) upwards.
Step C: Insert adequate quantity of packing rings (split ring-displacement, splitting
at 180 to avoid overlapping).
Step D: Fix the hexagon nuts (17) properly.
3.1.2 Exchange
Step A: Drive the actuator into middle position and dismantle the actuator.
Step B: Unscrew the hexagon nuts (17) from the studs (15).
Step C: Remove the gland flange (7), the spindle guiding (8) and the old stuffing
box (10) and clean the packing compartment.
Step D: Clean the valve spindle and check for damage and if necessary replace. If
the damaged spindle is not replaced, the new packing will leak after a short
period.
Step E: Insert the new packing rings (split ring-displacement, splitting at 180 to
avoid overlapping).
Step F: Fix the hexagon nuts (17) properly.
Note: Strenuous tightening will prevent leakage, but will also have a brake
effect on the spindle which aggravates the movement of the spindle.
3.2 Exchange of a PTFE-V-ring sealing unit

A PTFE-V-ring unit is spring loaded and has enough set pressure to ensure a good
seal even by low operation pressures. It is replaced as mentioned above.
The PTFE-V-ring sealing unit should be lubricated before it is inserted. The sealing
lips must face against the pressure direction.
Language UK
Page 3/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0
Note: Special care should be given to the spindle surface. Rough surfaces wear
the sealing lips enormously and can be due to failure of the packing unit.
3.3 Exchange of the bellow unit

Step B: Unscrew the screw joint (7.1).
Step C: Unscrew the hexagon nuts (17) and remove the bellow housing (25).
Dismantle the plug as described in the next section.
Step D: Unscrew the hexagon nuts (17.1) and dismantle the mounting bonnet (3.1).
Step E: The bellow unit (26) is removed from the bellow housing (25).
Step F: Replace the two gaskets (14.1) and the gasket (14).
Step G: When the bellow unit (26) is replaced, the proper position of the antitwisting device must be observed.
Step H: The set pins (21) have to drive within the slots of the anti-twisting device.
Check for friction-free movement.
Step I: Replace mounting bonnet (3.1) and screw down the hexagon nuts (17.1)
crosswise.
3.4 Exchange of the plug-spindle unit

Step B: Unscrew the gland flange (7).
3.4.2 Control valve type 470
Step A: Unscrew the hexagon nuts (17) and dismantle the mounting bonnet (3).
Step B: Pull out the plug with the spindle and exchange this unit.
Step C: Remove the spring-type straight pin (19) and unscrew the spindle (6).
Step D: Replace the old parts and assemble it.
Step E: Drill a hole through the plug shaft and insert a new pin.
Step F: Replace the gasket (14) and assemble the mounting bonnet (3).
Step G: Tighten the nuts (17) evenly, crosswise.
Language UK
Page 4/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0

Step A: Unscrew the hexagon nuts (17) and dismantle the bellow housing (25) with
plug (5).
Step B: Drive the spindle in the bottom position and remove the spring-type straight
pin (19).
Step C: Unscrew the plug.
Step D: Screw a new plug at the spindle and drill through the shaft. Drive the
spring-type straight pin (19) into the hole.
Step E: Replace the gasket (14).
Step F: Assemble the bellow housing (25) with plug (5) together with the body (1)
and fix it by screwing the hexagon nuts (17) crosswise.
The spindle can only be completely replaced together with the bellow.
3.5 Changing the seat ring

The seat ring is screwed into the valve body. The seat ring can be obtained after
removing the bonnet and can then be refinished or replaced as required.
Step A: Clean and lubricate the thread and conical sealing surface before insertion.
Language UK
Page 5/5
AALBORG
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR, TYPE DP
I N D U STRI ES
OM5520#01.0
Pneumatic actuator, type dp

1
General
The pneumatic linear actuator is designed to be mounted directly on a control valve.
The pneumatic actuator converts positioning command signals into stem thrust
forces. The required back setting force is produced by the spring arrangement inside
the actuator. The rolling-diaphragm produces linear spindle movements over the
complete stroke.
The preferred mounting position is with the actuator and valve spindle in vertical
position.
The mode of operation for the actuator depends on how the springs are inserted
when the actuator is assembled. Even when the actuator is fitted in a piping system,
the mode of operation can be changed.
The pneumatic actuator can be operated as:
Spring opens valve/air closes valve operation mode
Air opens valve/spring closes valve operation mode
Illustration of a pneumatic actuator

Operation mode:
Spring opens - Air closes
Figure 1
Language UK
Air opens - Spring closes
dpactuat.tif
Page 1/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Table 1 below shows a list of the position numbers in Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Part
1
2
3
4
5
7
10
11
12
13
14
Denomination
Rolling diaphragm
Diaphragm housing
Diaphragm lid
Diaphragm plate
Spindle
Spring
Coupling flange
Guide flange
Rotation guard
Socket screw
Threaded bushing
Part
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
26
27
30
31
Denomination
Stroke indicator
Hexagon nut
Mounting rod
Bellow
Collar nut
O-ring (spindle)
O-ring (bushing)
Slotted guide bearing
Spindle guide
Hexagon nut
Hexagon nut
1
1
1
1
1
1
|
Table 1
1.1 Pneumatic connection

The air supply should be dry and at a low service temperature. A heat-guard should
be installed to prevent high service temperature.
The pneumatic supply tube must be connected to the diaphragm housing (2) by
operation mode "spring closes" and to the diaphragm lid (3) by operation mode
"spring opens".
By air failure the stem automatically returns into the original position caused by the
inserted springs.
Warning: The actuator diaphragm may only be pressure loaded on the side
opposite of the springs. The vent hole in the other connection must
remain open.
1.2 Assembly of the actuator on the valve

The assembling of the actuator on the valve is shown in Figure 2. For both "spring
closes" and "spring opens" operation modes the following assembling procedure
should be followed:
Step A: If the actuator and the valve are separated, press the plug and spindle unit
(5) into the closed position for operation mode "spring closes" or into the
open position for operation mode "spring opens".
Warning: Make sure that the plug does not turn while pressing on the seat
during assembly.
Step B: Loosen the socket screws (13), remove the rotation guard (12) and the guide
flange (11). The threaded bushing (14) is now free.
Language UK
Page 2/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Step C: Turn the locking hexagon nut (30) onto the valve spindle. Place the rotation
guard (12) and the guide flange (11) over the valve spindle and then turn
the threaded bushing (14) onto the valve spindle.
Step D: Check the actuator for proper operation mode and connect the pneumatic
supply to the connection piece in the diaphragm housing (2) for operation
mode "spring closes" or in the diaphragm lid (3) for operation mode "spring
opens".
Step E: Drive the actuator into approximately mid-stroke position over the air
supply and mount it onto the valve (read the value from the pressure gauge
- middle of the spring range).
Step F: Tighten the hexagon nuts (31).
Assembly of the actuator on the valve
Operation mode: Spring closes valve - Air opens valve
Operation mode: Spring opens valve - Air closes valve

Figure 2
Language UK
dpactspr.tif
Page 3/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
1.3 Adjustment of the starting pressure signal

Step A: Drive the actuator to the required spring-starting point over the air supply.
Step B: Turn the threaded bushing (14) up against the coupling flange (10) so that
the collar enters into the flange and presses against it. Make sure that the
plug is lying on the valve seat.
Attention: Note that sufficient thread of the valve spindle is inside the threaded
bushing (14). If not, turn the coupling flange (10) downwards from
the actuator spindle and pull the threaded bushing (14) against it.
Step C: For operation mode: "spring closes":
Attach the guide flange (11) and the rotation guard (12) with the socket screws
(13) to the coupling flange (10).
Check that the plug lifts off the seat at the required spring starting point.
Step D: For operation mode: "spring opens":
Check that the plug leaves the end position at the required spring starting point,
and finishes the valve stroke at the spring-range end value.
The plug must then also press on the valve seat.
Step E: After the test operation set the stroke indicators (15) into the end positions.
Step F: Lock the hexagon nuts (16 + 30) at the valve mid-stroke.
Step G: Do not turn the plug on the seat when it is under force.

The actuator action can be reversed even when the valve is installed in a piping
system. The position numbers mentioned in this section refer to Figure 1 and Figure
2.
Step A: Drive the actuator into approximately mid-stroke position with the air
supply.
Step B: Loosen and remove the socket screws (13) from the coupling flange (10)
and drop the rotation guard (12) over the valve spindle.
Step C: Remove the hexagon nuts (31) from the actuator and lift off the valve.
Step D: Reduce the air supply until the chamber is pressure free.
Language UK
Page 4/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Step E: Loosen and remove the diaphragm lid screws.

Step F: Remove the diaphragm lid (3).
Warning: The actuators DP 32 and DP 33 have two longer screws when fitted
with stronger spring ranges. The actuator DP 34 has four. These
screws should be the last screws to be loosened, and must be
loosened evenly to reduce the high spring tension.
Step G: For reversal from "spring closes" into "spring opens":
Remove the springs (7) and the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and
the spindle (5).
Loosen and remove the seal lock nut (19) and remove the spindle (5). Turn over
the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and the diaphragm clamping
flange, and place it over the spindle (5).
Tighten with the seal lock nut (19). Make sure that the spindle surface is not
damaged.
Grease the spindle surface and the 0-ring.
Place the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) into the diaphragm lid (3).
Arrange the springs (7) onto the moulds pressed into the diaphragm plate (4).
Place the diaphragm housing with the spindle sealing unit over the spindle, and
screw it together. Make sure that the springs stay properly arranged.
Turn the hexagon nut (16) and the coupling flange (10) onto the spindle (5).
Mount the actuator as described previously, and connect the air supply tube to
the diaphragm lid (3).
Step H: For reversal from "spring opens" into "spring closes":
Remove the diaphragm (1) and the diaphragm plate (4) with the spindle (5) and
the springs (7).
Loosen and remove the seal lock nut (19) from the spindle (5). Turn over the
diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and the diaphragm clamping flange,
and place it on the spindle (5).
damaged.
Stick the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and the spindle (5) into the
diaphragm housing (2).
Language UK
Page 5/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Place the diaphragm lid (3) on the top, and screw it together. Make sure that the
springs (7) stay properly arranged.
the diaphragm housing (2).

Some actuators are fitted with a manual operation device. The device is connected to
the actuator by means of a new diaphragm lid, a spindle extension with a USIT-ring
and a spindle sealing unit.
The manual operation device is equipped with stroke indicators. The stroke
indicators of both the actuator and the manual operation device must be in the same
end positions when the actuator is pressure free.
The manual operation device must be set into neutral position when the actuator is
running automatically.
The locking device of the manual operation device must be unlocked before
operating.
The locking device prevents an unwanted disarrangement of the setting during
operation, e.g. due to vibration, etc.
Maintenance
The pneumatic actuator is maintenance free. To maintain a disturbance free
operation, the air should be supplied by an air-supply station.
The diaphragm, spindle sealing unit and springs are wear parts and should be
replaced when necessary.
4.1 Exchange of spindle sealing

When the spindle sealing is changed, the slotted PTFE-guide bearing and the 0-ring
should be replaced. The spindle surface must be clean and undamaged. Before the
actuator is assembled, the spindle unit and the spindle must be greased.
Language UK
Page 6/6
AALBORG
POSITIONER, SIPART PS2 6DR5000
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES

1
General
The following instruction is a general description of SIPART positioners and covers
the complete range in the PS2 6DR5000 series.
The electronic pneumatic positioner is used as the final control element of a
pneumatic linear actuator or a part-turn actuator (rotary movements). The positioner
converts a current output signal (4 to 20 mA) from a process controller or control
system to a set point value and into a corresponding movement. The positioner
changes the pressure in a pneumatic actuator chamber or cylinder until the position
corresponds to the set point value.
The positioner can be set up either as a single-action positioner or a double-action
positioner. The single-action positioner is mainly used together with a control valve.
The opposite movement for the control valve is supplied by means of springs. The
double-action positioner is mainly used to control an air damper via a pneumatic
cylinder (actuator). All movements of the pneumatic cylinder are supplied by the
positioner. An illustration of the function diagram for the positioner is shown in
Figure 1. The function diagram is shown with option modules.
1.1 Mode of operation

Comparison of the set point and the actual value takes place electronically in a micro
controller. If the micro controller detects a deviation, it uses a 5-way switch
procedure to control the piezoelectric valves, which in turn regulate the flow of air
into the actuating chambers. When connected in a two-wire system, the SIPART
PS2 draws its power exclusively from the 4 to 20 mA set point signal.
The piezoelectric valve converts the command into a pneumatic positional
increment. The positioner outputs a continuous signal in the area where there is a
large control deviation (high-speed zone). In areas of moderate control deviation
(slow-speed zone) it outputs a sequence of pulses. No positioning signals are output
in the case of a small control deviation (adaptive or variable dead zone).
Commissioning (initialisation) is carried out automatically to a large extend. During
initialisation, the micro controller automatically determines the zero, full-scale
value, direction of action, and positioning speed of the actuator. It uses these to
determine the minimum pulse time and dead zone, thus optimising the control.
The positioner can also be operated manually by the pushbuttons and the LCD of the
SIPART PS2.
The installation of the positioner must be carried out in the following order:
Language UK
Mechanic connection
Electric connection
Commissioning
Page 1/16
*#
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES
Illustration of a function diagram
-4
-EDth
1J-<
-IXJ
HX-
5.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Supply
T~Tl>!<
i^X.
-(.
111* i r f c ) '
i...fflfflmj
-xj-
J-ra
PI
-cS
Motherboard with microcontroller and input circuit

Control panel with LC-dteplay and momentary action switch
Piezo-vaJve unit, always built-in
Valve unit with double action positioner always built-in
ly-moduletorpositioner SIPARTPS2
Alarm moduletorthree alarm outputs and one digital input
SIA-moduie (Slot Initetor-Alarm-module)
Spring-loaded pneumatic actuator (single action)
Spring-loaded pneumatic actuator (double action)
Figure 1
sips2_5a.tif

Normally the positioner is pre-mounted on the actuator or cylinder. If not, follow the
installation guide lines below.
2.1 Mechanic connection to an actuator

Figure 2 shows the mechanic connection of the positioner to an actuator for a control
valve.
Step A: Mount clamping assembly (3) with hexagon socket cap screws (17) and
lock washers (16) on the actuator spindle.
Step B: Insert the pick-up bracket (2) into the recesses of the clamping assembly.
Set the necessary length and tighten the screws so that the pick-up bracket
can still be shifted.
Language UK
Page 2/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Step C: Push the roll (5), spring (13), and guide washer (22) onto the pin (4).
Step D: Insert the pin in the lever (6) and assemble with nut (18), spring washer
(14),andU-washer(12).
Step E: The value of the stroke range specified on the actuator should be set or if
this does not exist as a scaling value, the next greatest scaling value should
be set. The centre of the pin must be in line with the scaling value. The
same value can be set later under parameter "3.YWAY" in commissioning
to display the way in [mm] after initialisation.
Step F: Assemble the hexagon socket cap screw (17), spring washer (16), washer
(12), and square nut (19) on the lever.
Step G: Push the pre-mounted lever onto the positioner axis up to the stop and fix
with the hexagon socket cap screw (17).
Step H: Fit the mounting bracket (1) with two hexagon head screws (9), lock
washer (10), and flat washer (11) on the rear of the positioner.
Step I: Selection of the row of holes depends on the width of the actuator yoke. The
roll (5) should engage in the pick-up bracket (2) as close as possible to the
spindle but may not touch the clamping assembly.
Step J: Hold the positioner with the mounting bracket on the actuator so that the pin
(4) is guided within the pick-up bracket (2).
Step K: Tighten the pick-up bracket.
Step L: Position the mounting parts according to the type of actuator.
Actuator with ledge: hexagon head screw (8), flat washer (11), and lock washer
(10).
Actuator with plane surface: four hexagon head screws (8), flat washer (11), and
lock washer (10).
Actuator with columns: two U-bolts (7), four hexagon nuts (21) with flat washer
(11), and lock washer (10).
Step M: Secure the positioner onto the yoke using the previously positioned
mounting parts.
Note: Set the height of the positioner so that the horizontal lever position is
reached as close to the stroke centre as possible. The lever scale can be
used as orientation. It must be guaranteed that the horizontal lever
position is passed through within the stroke range.
Language UK
Page 3/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Mechanic connection of the positioner (linear actuator)
2)
3)
11
Mounting on yoke
with ledge
Mounting on yoke
with plane surface
Mounting on yoke
columns
As required
Figure 2
Language UK
sips2_5b.tif
Page 4/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
2.2 Mechanic connection to a pneumatic cylinder

The positioner is connected to a pneumatic cylinder by means of fixing bracket,
lever arm with Allen screw, extension arm, and roller.
The pneumatic piston is connected to a guide rail with an oblique angle via a
linkage. The guide rail moves together with the piston, and the roller/lever
connection senses the position of the piston. By operating both sides of the
pneumatic cylinder, the set point is reached. A spring inserted between the fixing
bracket and the lever arm secures that the roller is pressed down against the guide
rail.
2.3 Mechanic connection to a rotary actuator

Figure 3 shows the mechanic connection of the positioner to a rotary actuator.
Step A: Attach the mounting console (9, actuator specific) onto the rear of the
positioner and secure using the hexagon head screws (14) and lock washers
(15).
Step B: Adhere pointer (4.2) onto the mounting console in the centre of the centring
hole.
Step C: Push coupling wheel (2) onto the positioner axis, pull back by about 1 mm
and tighten the hexagon socket head screw (18) with the Allen key
provided.
Step D: Place the carrier (3) onto the end of the actuator and secure using Fillister
head screw (16) and washer (17).
Step E: Carefully place the positioner with mounting console onto the actuator such
that the pin of the coupling wheel engages in the driver.
Step F: Align the positioner/mounting console assembly in the centre of the actuator
and screw tight (screws are not included in the delivery, they are part of the
actuator mounting console).
Step G: Follow the start-up sequence as described later. Drive the actuator to the
end position and adhere the scale (4.1) onto the coupling wheel (2)
according to the direction of rotation and rotary actuator. The scale is selfadhesive.
Language UK
Page 5/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Mechanic connection of the positioner (rotary actuator)
Figure 3
Language UK
sips2_5c.tif
Page 6/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0

When the positioner is connected in a two-wire system, the positioner draws its
power exclusively from the 4 to 20 mA set point signal. Figure 4 indicates the input
circuits for the positioner.
View of the controls and connections
1
2
3
4
5
6
6.1
8.2
Input Supply air

Output: Actuating pressure Y1
Display
Output: Actuating pressure Y2 *)
Operating keys
Restrict
Restricts Y l
RestrJetorY2*
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
IS
Siencsr
Transmission ratio selector
Adjusting wheel slip clutch
Terminate options modules
Dummy plug
Screw-type cable gland
Terminal plate on cover
Purging air switch
Figure 4
sips2_5d.tif
Ensure that the air quality is suitable. Grease-free instrumental air with a solid
content < 30 um and a pressure dew point 20 K below the lowest ambient
temperature must be supplied.
Warning: For reasons of safety, pneumatic power may only be supplied after
assembly when the positioner is switched to operating level "P
manual" operation with electrical signal applied.
4.1.1 Selection of P manual mode

Before pneumatic power is connected, the positioner must be in P manual mode.
The display must show "NOINIT" in the bottom line.
Language UK
Page 7/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
4.1.2 Pneumatic connections

Figure 4 shows a view of the positioner controls and connections.
Step A: If required, connect a manometer block for supply air and actuating
pressure.
Step B: The silencer in the exhaust output can be removed if necessary.
Step C: Connect actuating pressure Yl and/or Y2 (Y2*} is only used with doubleacting actuators) according to the desired safety position.
Step D: Connect the supply air (1). The pressure should be between 1.4 to 7 bar.
Note: In order for spring-loaded pneumatic actuators to be able to reliably

exploit the maximum possible actuating path, the supply pressure must
be sufficiently greater than the maximum required final pressure of the
actuator.
4.1.3 Safety position when the electric power supply fails

For a single-action actuator is Yl deaerated. For a double-action actuator is Yl
equal to the supply air pressure and Y2 is deaerated.
4.1.4 Restrictors
To increase the positioning times for fast actuators when necessary, the air flow can
be reduced with the restrictors Yl and Y2 (only for double-action valves). Turning
the restrictors in the clockwise direction reduces the air flow until it is shut off. To
set the restrictors it is recommended to first close them and then open them again
slowly (see initialisation process RUN 3).
4.1.5 Purging air switchover
The purging air changeover switch located above the pneumatic terminal block on
the valve manifold can be accessed when the housing is open. When the switch is in
position "IN" the interior of the housing is purged with very small quantities of
clean and dry instrument air. In position "OUT" the purging air is led directly out of
the instrument.
Commissioning
initialisation, the micro controller automatically determines the zero value, full-scale
value, direction of action and positioning speed of the actuator. It uses these to
determine the minimum pulse time and dead zone, hereby optimising the control.
SIPART PS2.
The commissioning of the positioner can be divided into the following steps:
Preparation for initialisation

Start the automatic initialisation procedure
Language UK
Page 8/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Set additional parameters if required
Select automatic mode

Figure 5 shows the possible operation modes for the positioner and gives an
overview of how to change between them. The levels are P-manual mode,
configuration and initialisation, manual mode, automatic mode, and diagnostic
display. From these modes it is possible to select operation mode, set operation
parameters, restore to factory setting, run an automatic initialisation, etc.
Operation levels
Mode
P-manual mode
Charge poeiUoi
using
Configure
Change parameter
name using ^
Display
Po un'urre'or
selling ["41
Not initialised
(uin bo rodchud
using preset;
Parameter value
Change value
using
y ^
Martial morii
Jlwnge pOsnon
Automatic
Diagnosis
Diagnofc-s
value
SET-
-1- I 5TWE
' fJiagnos'S name
Figure 5
sips2_5e.tif
5.1 Preparation for initialisation

Step A: Check and set the gear transmission switch to the correct position. Figure 4
(position 8) indicates the location of the switch. For linear actuators the gear
transmission switch is set according to the stroke range as described in
Table 1 for the parameter "3.YWAY". For part-turn actuators 90 must be
selected.
Step B: Check that the pneumatic supply power (inlet air) is present. The operating
pressure should be at least one bar greater than is necessary for
closing/opening the valve during initialisation.
Language UK
Page 9/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Step C: Without initialisation the positioner is in "P manual mode" and "NOESTIT"
flashes in the display. This level can also be reached by using "55.PRST"
function (see Table 1).
Step D: Check the free running of the mechanics in the whole actuating range by
moving the actuator with the keys "f" and " j " and driving to the respective
end position.
Step E: With linear actuators drive the actuator to horizontal lever position. The
display must indicate 48% to 52%. If necessary, correct the value by
adjusting the sliding clutch. After the check is completed, the actuator must
be approximately half way along its stroke. This is due to establishment of
the action direction during automatic initialisation.
5.2 Automatic initialisation

Figure 6 shows the configuration mode including the operation in this mode and
Table 1 shows the parameter/configuration list. Figure 7 shows the initialisation
process of the positioner. The initialisation process is stored in the microprocessor.
This means that an additional initialisation only is necessary if any parts of the unit
have been changed.
Note: The numerical values used in Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7 are
examples.
Step A: Call the configuration mode by pressing the hand symbol key for longer
than 5 seconds.
Step B: Set the actuator type, linear or part-turn, in the menu item line "1 .YFCT".
Step C: Switch to the second parameter by pressing the hand symbol key briefly.
Step D: Set the rated angle of rotation for feedback in the menu item line
"2.YAGL". It is vital that this value corresponds to the setting of the gear
transmission ratio selector (Figure 4, position 8), 33 or 90.
Step E: Switch to the next parameter by pressing the hand symbol key briefly.
Step F : This parameter ("3 .YWAY") is only set for linear actuators and if the total
stroke in mm should be displayed at the end of the initialisation phase. To
do this, select the same value in the display to which the carrier pin to the
scale on the lever is set to.
Step G: Switch to the following parameter by pressing the hand symbol key briefly.
Step H: Start the initialisation ("4.INITA") by pressing the " | " key for longer than 5
seconds.
Language UK
Page 10/16
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES
Step I: During the initialisation phase "RUNl" to "RUN5" appear one after another
in the bottom of the display. Please note that the initialisation process may
last up to 15 minutes depending on the actuator.
Note: The ongoing initialisation can be aborted at any time by pressing the
hand symbol key. The previous settings are retained. All the parameters
are reset to the factory setting only after performing a preset
"55.PRST".
Step J: If problems occur, carry out the measures as described in the table "Possible
messages" shown in Figure 7.
Step K: The initialisation is completed when "FINSH" appears in the bottom of the
display.
Step L: When pressing the hand symbol key briefly the menu item line "4.INITA"
is displayed.
Step M: To exit the configuration operating mode, press the hand symbol key for
longer than 5 seconds. The software version is displayed after about 5
seconds. The instrument is in manual operation after releasing the key.
Step N: The positioner can be changed to automatic mode by pressing the "\" key
once as indicated in Figure 5.
Step O: The automatic mode is the normal mode. In this mode the positioner
compares the set point current with the current position and moves the
actuator until the control deviation reaches the dead zone.
Operation in the configuration mode
V A
aaaaB
8& m i l
at the same time
aeaae
V A
cL^
at the same time
'2_^^
at the same time
BB %m?
to
at the same time
Figure 6
Language UK
sips2_5f.tif
Page 11/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Initialisation process
A u t o m a t i c i n i t i a l start-up (starting with factory setting)
Display
Meaning
Step
ParU urn
actuator
P o s s i b l e messages
turn
90
1 YFCT
2 YAGL
WAY
33
Strt
1 YFCT
2 YAGL
3 YVW
324
RUN 1
Linear
actuator
Meaning
Actuator does
not move
324
Acknowledge message
using the hand syrrbd key
Check restrictor ( and open
if necessary
Drive actuator to working range
using the up and down keys
TCtOR
Press the up key for > 5 sec.
Strt
Measures
Restart initi alisaton
Rernanrig steps are carried out automatical
IMTA
Change gearing (7)

3)
*)
324
RUN 1
1
924
RUN 2
824
5.) P
r, RUN 3
324
6-1 P
D RUN _4j
7.)
8)
524
RUN 5
324
FINSH
Continue using up key

Direction of action is determired
Checkhg of travel and adjustment of

zero andstroke (from stop to stop)
884
d m IU
Down tolerance
band violated
Or adjust slidhg clutch up

to display
6.4
i O IU
Then only
Continje ushg the down key
DetermirBtion and alsplay of positioning time

down (dw.x) up (uxx.x). Stop with the down key
Pressing t he up key initiates leakage measurement
SB
Determination of minimumrterement length
MIDDL
Once the slipping

dutch has been
adjusted
Linearactuator. set pick-up

lever hto horizontal position
using the ip and down keys
Continue ushg hand symbol key
Optirrisat on of transient respon se
98.3
UP >
Inlialisafon terminated successful

(travel in m mfor linear actuators)
(angjeofrotation for part-turn actuators)
Continueushg hand symbol ley
Up tolerance band
violated
Acknowled ge message
using the hand symbol key
Set the next highest travel
valueonthe lever
Restart iriti atisstbn
Additionally possible with rotary
actuators:
Adjust using up and down keys
up to display:
IP
92.8
S0_95
Continueushg hand symbd key
192
U-d <
1.3
NOZZL
1.8
NOZZL
Figure 7
Up/down span
violated
Actuator does
not move.
Positioning
time is possibl e
to adjust
Acknowledge message
using the ha nd symbol key
Set the ne<t lowest travel
valueonthe lever
Restart inBalisat Ion
Adjust positioning time ushg
restrictor(s)
Continueushg the
up a down key
sips2_5g.cdr
5.3 Parameters
After the initialisation process, the positioner can be configured to meet the
requirements of a specified task. The factory settings correspond to the requirements
for a typical application. This means that normally only a few parameters will need
to be changed.
Table 1 shows the parameter list for the positioner. The parameter name is written in
plain text in the "menu line" column. The function of the parameter is described
briefly in the "Function column". In addition, the possible parameter values, the
physical unit and the factory setting of the parameters are shown.
Language UK
Page 12/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Parameter list
Menu line
l.YFCT
2.YAGL 0
Parameter values
Function
turn (part-turn actuator)

WAY (linear actuator)
LWAY (linear actuator
without sine correction)
ncSt (part-turn actuator
with NCS)
-ncSt (part-turn actuator
with NCS, inverted)
90
33
Type of actuator
Rated angle of rotation for feedback

(must correspond to gear ratio)
When used, the value must correspond with

the set of the leverage ratio on the actuator
Driver pin must be set to the value of the
actuator travel or, if this value is not scaled,
to the next lager scale value
4.INITA
5.INITM
6.SCUR
Initialisation (automatically)
Initialisation (manually)
_
,
. ,
Current range of sett point
v
7.SDIR
Set point direction
8.SPRA
9.SPRE
Set point for start of split range

Set point for end of split range
10.TSUP
Set point ramp up
ll.TSDO
Set point ramp down

Set point function
0 to 20 mA
..
.
4 to 20n mA
-...
13.SL03'
14.SL1
to
32.SL19
33.SL20
Linear
Equal-percentage 1:25,1:33, 1:50
Inverse equal-percentage 1:25,1:33,1:50
Freely adjustable
Set point turning point at
0%
5%
to
95%
100%
34.DEBA
Dead zone of controller
12.SFCT
35.YA
36.YE
37.YNRM
38.YDIR
39.YCLS
40.YCDO
41.YCUP
Language UK
Factory setting
Customer
setting
WAY
Degrees
33
mm
OFF
OFF
Stroke range (optional setting)
3.YWAY2'
Unit
Start of manipulated variable limiting

End of manipulated variable limiting
Standardisation of
To mech. travel
manipulated variable
To flow
Direction of manipulated
Rising
variable for display
Falling
Without
Tight closing with
Top only
Bottom only
Top and bottom
Value for tight closing, bottom
Value for tight closing, top
5,10,15,20
(short lever 33)
25 , 30 ,35
(short lever 90)
40 ,50 , 60, 70 ,
90,110,130
(long lever 90)
noini/no/###.#/Strt
noini/###.#/Strt
0MA
4 MA
riSE
FALL
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
Auto
0 to 400
0 to 400
no
no
4 MA
riSE
%
%
0.0
0.0
Lin
1-25 , 1-33 , 1-50
nl-25,nl-33,nl-50
FrEE
0.0 to 100.0
Auto
0.1 to 10.0
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
MPOS
FLOW
riSE
FALL
no
uP
do
uPdo
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
Lin
0.0
5.0
to
95.0
100.0
Auto
%
%
0.0
100.0
MPOS
riSE
no
%
%
0.5
99.5
Page 13/16
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES
Parameter list continued

Menu line
42.BIN14)
43.BIN2
4)
44.AFCT5)
45.A1
46.A2
47.hFCT 5)
48. h TIM
49.SLIM
Function
Function of BI1:
None
Only message (NO/NC contact)
Block configuring (NO contact)
Block configuring and manual (NO contact)
Drive valve to pos. up (NO/NC contact)
Drive valve to pos. down (NO/NC contact)
Block movement (NO/NC contact)
Function of BI 2:
None
Without
..
,. ..
Al=min. A2=max.
Alarm function
.,
. ._
Al=mm. A2=mm.
Al=max. A2=max.
Response threshold of alarm 1
Function of alarm output
On fault
Fault + not automatic
Fault + not automatic + BI
("+" means logical OR operation)
Monitoring time for fault message
"control deviation"
Response threshold for fault message
"control deviation"
50-SSTRK
Limit for stroke integral
51.SDCHG
Limit for direction change
52. H ZERO
Limit for end stop monitoring, bottom
53. h OPEN
Limit for end stop monitoring, top
54.4DEBA
Limit for dead zone monitoring
55.PRST
Preset (factory setting)

"no" nothing activated
"Strt" start of factory setting after pressing
key for 5 sec.
"oCAY" display following successful
factory setting
CAUTION: preset results in "NO INIT"
Parameter values
Unit
OFF
on / -on
bLocl
bLoc2
uP / -uP
doWn/-doWn
StoP / - StoP
OFF
on / -on
uP/-uP
doWn/-doWn
StoP / -StoP
oFF
N,NA
N,N
NA,NA
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
Customer
setting
OFF
OFF
OFF
%
%
h
SnA
SnAb
Auto
0 to 100
Auto
0.0 to 100.0
OFF
1 to 1.00E9
OFF
1 to 1.00E9
OFF
0.0 to 100.0
OFF
0.0 to 100.0
OFF
0.0 to 100.0
Factory setting
10.0
90.0
Auto
Auto
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
no
Strt
oCAY
Table 1
:)
If turn is selected it is not possible to set 33.

Parameter does not appear if 1 .YFCT = turn has been selected.
3)
Turning points only appear with selection 12.SFCT = FrEE.
4)
Alternatively "no" if initialisation has not yet been carried out
5)
NC contact means; action with opened switch or low level. NO contact means;
action with closed switch or high level.
6)
Normal means: high level without fault. Inverted means: low level without fault.
2)
Language UK
Page 14/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Diagnosis
In the diagnostic mode the current operating data (such as number of strokes,
number of changes in direction, number of fault messages, etc.) can be displayed.
From the automatic or manual modes the diagnostic mode can be reached by
simultaneously pressing all three keys for at least 2 seconds.
Table 2 shows an overview of the displayable values. The diagnostic display has a
similar structure as the parameter menu displays. The respective next diagnostic
value can be selected with the hand symbol key. Certain values can be set to zero by
pressing the " | " key for at least 5 seconds. These are menu item line " 1 , 2, 3, and 4".
Some diagnostic values may be greater than 99999. In this case the display switches
to exponential display.
Diagnostic list
No.:
Abbreviation
STRKS
CHDIR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A1CNT
A2CNT
HOURS
WAY
TUP
TDOWN
LEAK
P0
P100
IMPUP
IMPDN
DBOP
DBDN
SSUP
SSDN
TEMP
TMIN
TMAX
Tl
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
T9
VENT1
VENT2
33
STORE
L,CNT
Meaning
Number of strokes
Changes of direction
Fault counter
Alarm counter 1
Alarm counter 2
Operating hours
Determined actuating path
Travel time up
Travel time down
Leakage
Potentiometer value below stop (0%)
Potentiometer value bottom stop (100%)
Impulse length up
Impulse length down
Dead zone up
Dead zone down
Short step zone up
Short step zone down
Current temperature
Minimum temperature
Maximum temperature
Number of operating hours in Temperature range 1
Number of cycles pre-control valve 1
Store current values as "last maintenance"
Press the up key for at least 5 seconds (store)
Displayable
value
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 130
0 to 1000
0 to 1000
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
2 to 100
2 to 100
0.1 to 100.0
0.1 to 100.0
0.1 to 100.0
0.1 to 100.0
-45 to 85
-45 to 85
-45 to 85
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
-
Unit
Hours
mm or
s
s
%
%
%
ms
ms
%
%
%
%
C
C
C
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
-
'
Table 2
Language UK
Page 15/16
|
|
|
|
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0

The positioner is largely maintenance-free. The positioner is fitted with filters in the
pneumatic connection as protection against coarse particles of dirt. If the pneumatic
energy supply contains particles of dirt, the filters may be clog and impair the
function of the positioner. In this case the filters can be cleaned as follows:
Step A: Switch off the pneumatic power supply and remove the pipes.
Step B: Unscrew the cover.
Step C: Remove the three screws from the pneumatic connector strip.
Step D: Remove the filters and O-rings behind the connector strip.
Step E: Clean the filters (e.g. with compressed air).
Step F: After cleaning first insert the filters in the recesses in the housing and then
place the O-rings on the filters.
Step G: Align the pneumatic connector strip on the two lugs and screw tight with
the three self-tapping screws.
Note: Make sure that the same thread is used. To do this, turn the screws anticlockwise until they snap into the thread audibly. Only then should the
screws be tightened.
Language UK
Page 16/16
#! $i
V
',?
- \'i'\ a
m
H
psgif
.:' SyJ
ft*
" ?
^ml
n
#
*r"
M&M tff
y*--m
ilijjjj,
Table of contents
Feed water pumps
Technical data for feed water pumps
General data
Data for feed water pumps
Data for pump motor
Datasheet
1
2
3
4
Pumps, type CR, CRN

General
Calculation of minimum inlet pressure
Start-up
Maintenance
Frost protection
Fault finding chart
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
6
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TECHNICAL DATA FOR FEED WATER PUMPS
735845/47#02.0
Technical data for feed water pumps

1
General data
Project No.:
Hull No/Project name:
735845,735847
Jinling Shipyard JLZ02-0501/02
Classification society/local authority:
BV
bar
Language for signs:
UK
Data for feed water pumps

Pump:
Pump type:
Vertical multistage centrifugal pump

CR5-20
Delivery head:
140 m
Pump capacity:
7.5 m3/h
NPSH:
5m
Feed water temperature, operation:
60 C
Feed water temperature, maximum:
95C
Data for pump motor

Motor make:
Power supply:
Rated output for motor:
Rated current:
3 x 440 V, 60 Hz
5.5 kW
10.8 A
Starting method:
DOL
Starting current:
12.4 x In
Revolutions:
Insulation class:
Language UK
Grundfos
3500r.p.m.
40C
F
IP44
Page 1/1
General data
Vertical multistage centrifugal pumps
CR 1,3 and 5
CRI, CRN 1,3 and 5
Materials: CR
Materials: CRI, CRN
Pas.
Description
Pump head
3
4
Shaft
5
6
Impeller
Chamber
Outer sleeve
O-ring for outer

sleeve
Base
Neck ring
Shaft seal
Rubber parts
10
Materials
Cast iron
EN-GJL-200
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
DIN W.-Nr. AISI/ASTM
EPDM or FKM
Description
Materials
Cast iron
EN-GJL-200
ASTM 25B
Pump head
1.4401
AISI 316
Pump head cover Stainless steel
1.4301
1.4301
1.4301
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
Shaft
Stainless steel
8
9
10
Base
Neck ring
Shaft seal
Stainless steel
PTFE
Type cartridge
11
Base plate
Cast iron
EN-GJL-200 *
EPDM or FKM
Cast iron
EN-GJL-200
PTFE
Type cartridge
Pos.
ENJL1030
ENJL1030
ASTM 25B
4
5
6
7
Rubber parts
EPDM or FKM
CRI
Impeller
Chamber
Outer sleeve
O-ring for outer
sleeve
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Impeller
Chamber
Outer sleeve
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
O-ring for outer

sleeve
EPDM or FKM
DIN W.-Nr. AISI/ASTM

ENASTM 25B
JL1030
1.4408 AISI316LN
1.4401
AISI 316
1.4460
AISI 329
1.4408 AISI316LN
ENJL1030
ASTM 25B
1.4301
1.4301
1.4301
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
1.4401
1.4401
1.4401
AISI 316
AISI 316
EPDM or FKM
CRN
4
5
6
7
* Stainless steel on request
AISI 316
Performance curves
60 Hz
> 9906 Annex A
[m]
80-
NPSH
[m]
Q H3500r[xn
6040-
200-
*
'
10
Q [ m 3/h]
Technical data
Pump
type
DIN
Oval
T?
CR5-2
CR5-3
CR5-4
CR5-5
CR5-6
CR5-7
CR5-8
CR5-9
CR 5-10
CR5-11
CR5-12
CR5-13
CR 5-14
CR5-15
CR5-16
CR5-18
CR5-20
CR5-22
CR 5-24
Net weight
[kg]
Dimensions [mm]
Oval flange
B1 BUB2
256 447
287 518
314 545
357 638
384 665
411 692
438 719
465 746
496 831
523 858
550 885
577 949
604 976
631 1003
658 1030
DIN flange
B1 B1+B2
281 472
312 543
339 570
382 663
409 690
436 717
463 744
490 771
521 856
548 883
575 910
602 974
629 1001
656 1028
683 1055
767 1158
821 1212
875 1266
929 1320
B2
D1
191
231
231
281
281
281
281
281
335
335
335
372
372
372
372
391
391
391
391
141
141
141
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
D2 D3
109
109
109
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
>
O
18.9
22.4
22.8
29.9
32.5
33.2
34.0
34.4
40.3
40.6
41.0
50.3
51.0
51.6
52.2
300
300
300
300
'
ISO
220
Electrical data
Pump type
CR5-2
CR5-3
CR5-4
3 x 220-255/380-415 V, 60 Hz
Motor
P 2 [kW]
Full load current

"1/1 [A]
Power factor
Cos Qw
Motor efficiency
0.55
1.1
1.1
2.40-2.18/1.38-1.26
4.50-4.00/2.60-2.32
4.50-4.00/2.60-2.32
0.88-0.82
0.89-0.84
0.89-0.84
80.5-82.0
82.0-85.0
82.0-85.0
Electrical data
Pump type
CR5-5
CR5-6
CR5-7
CR5-8
CR5-9
CR 5-10
CR5-11
CR5-12
CR5-13
CR 5-14
CR 5-15
CR5-16
CR 5-18
CR 5-20
CR 5-22
CR 5-24
nt%]
'start
'1/1
4.80-6.00
5.10-6.50
5.10-6.50
3 x 220-277/380-4 80 V, 60 Hz
Motor
P 2 [kW]
Full load current

i/i [A]
Power factor
Cos q),/,
Motor efficiency
H[%]
1.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
5.70-5.00/3.30-2.90
8.05-6.95/4.65-4.00
8.05-6.95/4.65-4.00
8.05-6.95/4.65-4.00
8.05-6.95/4.65-4.00
10.6-9.00/6.10-5.20
10.6-9.00/6.10-5.20
10.6-9.00/6.10-5.20
13.6-11.4/7.85-6.60
13.6-11.4/7.85-6.60
13.6-11.4/7.85-6.60
13.6-11.4/7.85-6.60
18.8-15.6/10.8-9.00
18.8-15.6/10.8-9.00
18.8-15.6/10.8-9.00
25.5-22.6/14.6-13.0
0.89-0.78
0.90-0.81
0.90-0.81
0.90-0.81
0.90-0.81
0.90-0.83
0.90-0.83
0.90-0.83
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.85
0.92-0.80
80.5-82.0
83.0-84.5
83.0-84.5
83.0-84.5
83.0-84.5
85.0-86.0
85.0-86.0
85.0-86.0
86.0-87.0
86.0-87.0
86.0-87.0
86.0-87.0
86.5-88.5
86.5-88.5
86.5-88.5
87.5-89.0
'start
'1/1
5.90-8.40
6.50-9.50
6.50-9.50
6.50-9.50
6.50-9.50
7.40-11.0
7.40-11.0
7.40-11.0
8.00-12.0
8.00-12.0
8.00-12.0
8.00-12.0
8.20-12.4
8.20-12.4
8.20-12.4
9.50-11.6
DIN
Dimensional sketches
23.0
26.5
26.9
34.0
36.6
37.3
38.1
38.5
44.4
44.7
45.1
54.4
55.1
55.7
56.3
70.5
71.8
72.8
78.1
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
INDUSTRIES
Pumps, type CR, CRN

1
General
The multistage in-line centrifugal pumps are used as condensate, make-up, and feed
water pumps in boiler plants. To have a proper functioning oftthe centrifugal pumps
it is essential that the pumped liquid does not contain any steam, air, solid particles
or fibres. Furthermore the liquid must not attack the pump material chemically.
1.1 Technical data
Electrical data: see motor nameplate.
Ambient temperature: Max. 40C.
Minimum inlet pressure: see section 2.
Maximum inlet pressure: see Table 1. However, the actual inlet pressure +
pressure when the pump is running against a closed valve must always be lower

60 Hz
50 Hz
CR,CRN1
CR, CRN 1-2 - CR, CRN 1-8
CR, CRN 1-9 -> CR, CRN 1-36
6 bar
lObar
CR, CRN 1-2 -+ CR, CRN 1-4

CR, CRN 1-5 -* CR, CRN 1-25
CR, CRN 1-27
6 bar
lObar
15 bar
6 bar
lObar
15 bar
CR, CRN 2-20 -> CR, CRN 2-60

CR, CRN 2-70 -> CR, CRN 2-180
lObar
15 bar
6 bar
lObar
15 bar
CR, CRN 3-2

CR, CRN 3-3 - CR, CRN 3-15
CR, CRN 3-17 -> CR, CRN 3-25
6 bar
lObar
15 bar
6 bar
10 bar
15 bar
CR, CRN 4-20/1 -> CR, CRN 4-20

CR, CRN 4-30 -> CR, CRN 4-80/7
CR, CRN 4-80 -* CR, CRN 4-160
6 bar
lObar
15 bar
6 bar
10 bar
15 bar
CR, CRN 5-2 -> CR, CRN 5-8

CR, CRN 5-9 - CR, CRN 5-24
lObar
15 bar
CR,CRN2
CR, CRN 2-20
CR, CRN 2-30 -> CR, CRN 2-110
CR, CRN 2-130 -> CR, CRN 2-260
CR,CRN3
CR, CRN 3-2 - CR, CRN 3-5
CR, CRN 3-6 - CR, CRN 3-29
CR, CRN 3-31 - CR, CRN 3-36
CR.CRN4
CR, CRN 4-20/1 - CR, CRN 4-20
CR, CRN 4-30 -> CR, CRN 4-100
CR, CRN 4-120 -> CR, CRN 4-220
CR,CRN5
CR, CRN 5-2
CR, CRN 5-3 - CR, CRN 5-16
CR, CRN 5-18 - CR, CRN 5-36
Language UK
Page 1/11
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
INDUSTRIES
Maximum inlet pressure, continued

60 Hz
50 Hz
CR,CRN8
CR, CRN 8-20/1 -> CR, CRN 8-60
CR, CRN 8-80 - CR, CRN 8-200
6 bar
lObar
CR, CRN 8-20/1 -CR, CRN 8-40

CR, CRN 8-50 - CR, CRN 8-140
6 bar
10 bar
CR, CRN 16-30/2 -CR, CRN 16-30

CR, CRN 16-40-+ CR, CRN 16-100
6 bar
10 bar
CR, CRN 16
CR, CRN 16-30/2 CR, CRN 16-30 6 bar
CR, CRN 16-40 -> CR, CRN 16-160
lObar
CR, CRN 32
CR, CRN 32-1-1 -> CR, CRN 32-2-2
CR, CRN 32-2 -> CR, CRN 32-4
CR, CRN 32-5 -> CR, CRN 32-10
CR, CRN 32-11 -* CR, CRN 32-14
3 bar
4 bar
lObar
15 bar
CR, CRN 32-1-1 - CR, CRN 32-1 3 bar

CR, CRN 32-2-2 -> CR, CRN 32-2 4 bar
lObar
CR, CRN 32-3 - CR, CRN 32-5
15 bar
CR, CRN 32-6 -> CR, CRN 32-9
CR, CRN 45
3 bar
CR, CRN 45-1-1
4 bar
CR, CRN 45-1 - CR, CRN 45-2
CR, CRN 45-3-2 - CR, CRN 45-5-1 lObar
CR, CRN 45-6 -* CR, CRN 45-10 15 bar
CR, CRN 45-1-1 -* CR, CRN 45-1

CR, CRN 45-2-2 CR, CRN 45-3
CR, CRN 45-4-2 -* CR, CRN 45-6
4 bar
10 bar
15 bar
4 bar
lObar
15 bar
CR, CRN 64-1-1

CR, CRN 64-1 -> CR, CRN 64-2-1
CR, CRN 64-2 -> CR, CRN 64-4-1
4 bar
lObar
15 bar
4 bar
10 bar
15 bar
CR 90-1-1 CR 90-1
CR 90-2-2 CR 90-4-2
lObar
15 bar
CR, CRN 64
CR, CRN 64-1-1
CR, CRN 64-2-1
CR, CRN 64-4-1
CR, CRN 64-2-2

CR, CRN 64-3
CR, CRN 64-7-1
CR, CRN 90
CR 90-1-1 CR 90-1
CR 90-2-2 CR 90-3-2
CR 90-3-1 - CR 90-6
Table 1
Maximum permissible operating pressure: see Figure 1 and Table 2.
3
-2
20 40 80 00 100 120 140 160
-40 -20
Plbw]
32
-r
--p
__ = = == = = = = = ==
20
16
12
8
4
O- J
-40 *20
-L-^;
0
20
40 SO
100 120 140 ISO
trcj
Figure 1
Language UK
cr01a.tif
Page 2/11
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
INDUSTRIES

Frequency
50 Hz
60 Hz
Pump type
CR
CRN
CR
CRN
Curve No:
1-2 1-8
1-9 1-36
2-20 2-150
2-180 2-260
3-2 3-5
3-6 3-29
3-313-36
4-20/14-160
4-190 4-220
5-2
5-3 5-16
5-18 5-36
8-20/1 8-120
8-140 8-200
16-30/2 16-80
16-10016-160
32-1-1 32-7
32-8-2 32-12
32-13-2 32-14
45-1-1 45-5
45-6-2 45-9
45-10-2 45-10
64-1-1 64-5
64-6-2 64-7-1
90-1-1 90-4
90-5-2 90-6
1-21-4
1-5 1-25
1-27
2-20 2-150
2-180 2-260
3-2
3-3 3-15
3-17 3-25
4-20/14-160
4-190 4-220
5-2 5-8
5-9 5-24
8-20/1 8-120
8-140 8-200
16-30/216-80
16-100 16-160
32-1-1 32-5
32-6-2 32-8
32-9-2 32-10-2
45.1-1 _> 45.4
45-5-2 45-6
64-1-1 64-3
64-4-2 64-4-1
90-1-1 90-3
90-4-2
3
1
3
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
4
5
3
1
3
4
5
6
J
'
Table 2
Language UK
Page 3/11
iiilii.
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
INDUSTRIES
OM5540#20.2
Minimum flow rates: See Table 3.
Minimum flow rates

Liquid temperature
Pump type
CR, CRN 1
CR, CRN 2
CR, CRN 3
CR, CRN 4
CR, CRN 5
CR, CRN 8
CR, CRN 16
CR, CRN 32
CR, CRN 45
CR, CRN 64
CR90
Up to + 80C
+ 80C to + 120C
0.1 m3/h
0.2 m3/h
0.3 m3/h
0.4 m3/h
0.5 m3/h
0.8 m3/h
1.6m3/h
3.2 m3/h
4.5 m3/h
6.4 m3/h
9.0 m3/h
0.3 m3/h
0.5 m3/h
0.7 m3/h
1.0m3/h
1.2m3/h
2.0 m3/h
4.0 m3/h
7.5 m3/h
10.0 m3/h
15.0 m3/h
20.0 m3/h
Table 3
Liquid temperature: -20C to 120C. See also Table 2 and Figure 1, which
indicates the relationship between liquid temperature and maximum permissible
operating pressure.
Note: In condensate and feed water systems where an open hot-well is used it is
recommended to keep a temperature in the hot-well of 85-95C.
Further technical data can be found on the data sheet related to the pumps.
Calculation of minimum inlet pressure

The minimum inlet pressure "H" in metres head required to avoid cavitation in the
pump is calculated as follows:
H = pbXl0.2-NPSH-Hf-Hv-Hs
pb = barometric pressure in bar (barometric pressure can be set to 1.0 bar). In
closed systems pb indicates the system pressure in bar.
NPSH = net positive suction head in metres head (to be read from the NPSH
curves in Figure 3 at the highest flow the pump will be delivering).
Hf = friction loss in suction pipe in metres head at the highest flow.
Hv = vapour pressure in metres head, see Figure 2. Tm = liquid temperature
Hs = safety margin = 0.5 metres head.

If the calculated "H" is positive, the pump can operate at a suction lift of maximum
"H" metres head. If the calculated "H" is negative, an inlet pressure of minimum
"H" metres head is required. There must be a pressure equal to the calculated "H"
during operation.
Language UK
Page 4/11
AALBORG
I N D U S T R I E S
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
Example:
Pump type = CR 16 - 50 Hz, flow rate = 16 m3/h, pt = 1.0 bar.
Hf = 3.0 metres head, liquid temperature = + 60C.
Hv (from Figure 2) = 2.1 metres head.
NPSH (from Figure 3) = 1.5 metres head.
H = pbxl0.2-NPSH-Hf-Hv-Hs
H = 1 x 10.2 -1.5 - 3.0 - 2.1 - 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
Relationship between Hv and Tm
tm
CC)
150
<m)
130'
45
40
35
30
25
120-
20
140
110-
15
12
100- -10
*>
-8,0
ifl
80-
5,0
4,0
70-
eo-
3,0
W
sH
40
1,0
Ofi
0,6
30 -0,4
0^
20
02
-0.1
0
Figure 2
Language UK
cr02a.tif
Page 5/11
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
I N D U S T R I E S
NPSH curves
P
[M>1
H
N
CR2.CRN2
i
- 6 0 UT.
IKPij
'
CR 32, C R N 32
.pnu.
SO H z <
30 H z /
>-|
2
1
0.0
0.4 0.9 \2
Q|WVh]
1.6 2.0 2.4 2J9 3.2 3.6
CR 4, CRN 4
[m
12 19 2 0 2 4 2 9 3 2 3 6 4 0 4 4 0 [mVtl)
"
2
am
0.6
[kPa|
"I
IW*
i
10
12
om
CR 45, CRN 45
24
50 Hzll
>HZ
Hz
60 n^
20-
2~
1 -
0 -
01
0.0
[KPa
3
-T04
QlmMiJ
~l
1^
2.0
80Hi!
301
QlmMi]
20
2.4 QIV)
3R8.CRN8
[m
10
T
12
l*Pi]
CR 64, CRN 64
_J60HZ-
.t
% /
^
mm
~T
I
16
/v
50 Hz
/ '/
J
r
* *
04o-
9<J
0
1 2
9 10 11 12 13
10
Q|nWh)
ao
p
IMti
0*
OJ
1.2
1i9 ZO 2 4
ZJ
H
[m
3J
3.9
firtU,
7
_
'
4020-
10 12 14 19 19 20 22 240(mVh|
30
40
I"
7 0 [h]
90
90
70
80
90 Q[mMl)
'"
T
19
Q (l/]
CR 16, CRN 16
Ffil ^ 7 -
20
' T
iiiiiiir
ir T i
P
[HP*]
24
Q|W|
H
N
CR90
11
1 0 0 - | ,0
'
6Tw n z j '
9
90-J 8
7
6
9
4
3
2
1
0
""50 H
*7?
V Jr
ss* *r
90
T"
16
100
120
_1_
QDWVDl
T
32
Figure 3
Language UK
cr03a.tif
Page 6/11
AALBORG
IN
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
DUSTRIES
NPSH curves, continued

.H.
>
ptf*
CR1.CRI1.CRN1
n""
I
^
0-
"1
0.0
0.4
IkPal
0.8
12
i.e
24)
2.4
Q[nffh)
I
am
OS
0.4
'
7S^
I
0.2
0.0
60 Hz
CR 3, CRI 3, CRN 3
1
40-4X)
3L8
50 Hz
3 0 - ao
28
20-20
13
- 1J0>
OS
0.0
0.1
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.0
4.1
Q|mVhl
Iiiiiiiir
0i>
P
Ikp.
02
0.4
OJB OM
."
[m
1.0
12
1.4 QîJ
CR 5, CRI 5. CRN 5
ean :
9 3 Hz
0-
"1
0.0
I
0.0
Figure 4
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 10.0Q[mMl]
0.8
1.6
2.4
QPte]
cr07.tif
Start-up
Note: The pump is not allowed to run against a closed discharge valve as this
will cause an increase in temperature/formation of steam in the pump
which may cause damage to the pump.
If there is any danger of the pump running against a closed discharge valve, a
minimum liquid flow through the pump should be ensured by connecting a by-pass /
drain to the discharge pipe. The drain can for instance be connected to a hot-well /
tank.
Warning: Do not start the pump until it is filled with liquid and has been
primed and vented.
Language UK
Page 7/11
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
I N D U S ! RIE S
OM5540#20.2
3.1 Priming
Note: The following does only apply to systems where the liquid level is above
the pump inlet
Step A: Close the discharge isolating valve and loosen the vent screw in the pump
head, see Figure 5.
Illustration of the centrifugal pumps
Vent Screw/
Priming Plug
Drain Plug/
Bypass Valve
Vent Screw/
Priming Plug
Drain Plug
Figure 5
cr06.tif
Note: Pay attention to the direction of the vent hole and take care to ensure
that the escaping water does not cause injury to persons or damage to
the motor or other components. In hot water installations, special
attention should be paid to the risk of injury caused by scalding hot
water.
Step B: Slowly open the isolating valve in the suction pipe until a steady stream of
liquid runs out the vent hole.
Step C: Tighten the vent screw and completely open the isolating valve(s).
3.2 Checking direction of rotation

Do not start the pump to check direction of rotation until it has been filled with
liquid.
Note: The direction of rotation should not be checked with the motor alone, as
an adjustment of the shaft position is required when the coupling has
been removed.
Language UK
Page 8/11
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
The correct direction of rotation is shown by arrows on the pump head and/or on the
motor fan cover. When seen from the fan, the pump should rotate counterclockwise.
3.3 Starting
Before starting the pump:
Step A: Open the isolating valve completely on the suction side of the pump and
leave the discharge isolating valve almost closed.
Step B: Start the pump.
Step C: Vent the pump during starting by loosening the vent screw in the pump
head until a steady stream of liquid runs out the vent hole, see Figure 5.
Warning: Pay attention to the direction of the vent hole and take care to
ensure that the escaping water does not cause injury to persons or
damage to the motor or other components. In hot water
installations, special attention should be paid to the risk of injury
caused by scalding hot water.
When the piping system has been filled with liquid:
Step D: Slowly open the discharge isolating valve until it is completely open.
When pumping liquids containing air, it is advisable to vent the pump regularly. To
vent the pump:
Step E: Loosen the vent screw in the pump head during operation.

Motors smaller than 4 kW should not start more than 100 times per hour.
Other motors should not start more than 20 times per hour.
Maintenance
Caution: Before starting work on the pump, make sure that no power is
supplied to the pump and that it cannot be accidentally switched on.
Before removing the cover of the electrical terminal box and before
any removal/dismantling of the pump, make sure that the electricity
supply has been switched off.
If the pump is to be drained for a long period of inactivity then:
Step A: Remove one of the coupling guards to inject a few drops of silicone oil on
the shaft between the pump head and the coupling.
Language UK
Page 9/11
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
INDUSTRIES
OM5540#20.2
This will prevent the shaft seal faces from sticking. When fitting the coupling
guards, make sure that they are centred vertically in the recesses in the pump head.
4.2 Motor bearings

Motors which are not fitted with grease nipples are maintenance-free.
Motors fitted with grease nipples should be lubricated with a high-temperature
lithium-based grease.
In the case of seasonal operation (motor is idle for more than 6 months of the year),
it is recommended to grease the motor when the pump is taken out of operation.
Frost protection
Pumps which are not used during periods of frost should be drained to avoid
damage.
Step A: Drain the pump by loosening the vent screw in the pump head and by
removing the drain plug from the base.
Warning: Care must be taken to ensure that the escaping water does not cause
injury to persons or damage to the motor or other components. In
hot water installations, special attention should be paid to the risk of
injury caused by scalding hot water.
Do not tighten the vent screw and replace the drain plug until the pump is to be used
again.
Step B: Before replacing the drain plug in the base, screw the by-pass valve out
against the stop, see Figure 5.
Step C: Fit the drain plug by tightening the large union nut followed by the bypass
valve.
Language UK
Page 10/11
AALBORG
PUMPS, TYPE CR, CRN
OM5540#20.2
INDUSTRIES
Faultfinding chart
Before removing the terminal box cover and before any removal/dismantling of the
pump, make sure that the electricity supply has been switched off.
Faultfinding chart
|
Fault
1 1. Motor does not run when
started.
2. Motor starter overload trips

out immediately when supply is
switched on.
1 3. Motor starter overload trips

out occasionally.
1 4. Motor starter has not tripped
out but the pump does not run.
1 5. Pump capacity not constant.
1 6. Pump runs but gives no

water.
1 7. Pump runs backwards when

switched off.
1 8. Leakage in shaft seal.
1 9. Noise.
Cause
a) Supply failure.
b) Fuses blown.
d) Main contacts in motor starter are not making contact
or the coil is faulty.
e) Control circuit fuses are defective.
f) Motor is defective.
a) One fuse is blown/automatic circuit breaker is blown.
f) Overload setting too low.
a) Overload setting too low.

Replace the motor.
Cut the fuse.
Fasten/replace the cable connection.
Replace the motor.
Remove blocking of the pump.
Check the electrical supply.
a) Check 1 a), b), d) and e).

b) Foot or non-retum valve blocked in closed position.

Clean the pump or suction side.
Clean the pump or suction side.
Change the direction of rotation of the
motor.

b) Foot or non-retum valve defective.
b) Pump does not rotate freely (frictional resistance)
because of incorrect pump shaft position.
Remedy
Connect the electrical supply.
Replace fuse.
Table 4
Language UK
Page 11/11
.'si
^vAfs'
iiHii|,
Table of contents
Chemical dosing pump
General
Safety
Installation
Commissioning
Operation
Maintenance
Repair
Trouble shooting
Decommissioning
1
.....2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Relief valve
Description
Language UK
Page 1/1
AALBORG
CHEMICAL DOSING PUMP
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES

1
General
The chemical dosing pump is a microprocessor controlled solenoid metering pump.
The pump offers highly accurate reproducible metering in the dosing of liquid
chemicals in pressurised pipe systems, and into open and closed containers. The
main components of the chemical dosing pump are the operating panel, power end,
and liquid end. Figure 1 illustrates the chemical dosing pump.
The working principle of the pump is that chemical feed occurs as a result of pulsed
deflections of the dosing diaphragm within the liquid end, which causes pressure
differentiation between the suction side, liquid end cavity, and discharge side. The
pressure differentiation causes the suction and discharge self-acting valves to open
and close, resulting in chemical feed. The dosing diaphragm is driven by an
electromagnet, which is stimulated and controlled by a microprocessor.
The pump capacity (feed rate) is determined by the stroke length and stroke rate.
The stroke length is set between 0% and 100% using the stroke length adjustment
knob. Optimum dosing reproducibility is achieved by setting the stroke length
between 30% and 100%. The stroke rate adjustable in 10% steps between 0% and
100% using the multifunction switch. However, in "external" operating mode the
stroke rate is controlled by electrical signals. The dosing precision reproducibility is
-5% to +10% at maximum stroke length and maximum operating pressure. At
constant conditions and minimum 30% stroke length it is 2%.
Illustration of the chemical dosing pump
Control unit
Power end
ijijujd
Figure 1
Language UK
chem_pumpla.cdr
Page 1/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES
Safety
The following safety guidelines must always be observed during installation,
commissioning, operation, maintenance, and repair:
Please note that the pump is not designed for:
Use with gaseous chemicals or suspended solids.

Use in explosion-hazardous locations.
In emergency cases the pump should be switched off immediately. Disconnect

the power cable from the power supply.
The pump must be accessible at all times for both operation and servicing.
Access must not be obstructed in any way.
The pumps and peripherals must be serviced and repaired by qualified and
authorised persons only.
Before working on a pump always disconnect the mains power.
Before working on a pump always de-pressurise the discharge line, empty the
liquid end, and rinse out.
Always read the chemical safety data.
Always wear protective clothing when handling hazardous or unknown

chemicals.
Never allow the metering pump to operate if the discharge line is blocked, as
this can result in a rupture of the discharge line.
Installation
The chemical dosing pump is normally pre-mounted on a chemical tank. However,
in case that the pump must be mounted elsewhere or replaced please observe the
following general installation notes:
The chemical dosing pump must be located in an environment with ambient
temperature between -10C to +45 C and a maximum permissible relative
humidity of 92% non-condensing.
The pump must be mounted with the pump foot resting on a firm horizontal
base. Ensure that it is fastened into place firmly, and will not vibrate in
operation.
The maximum permissible priming and operating pressures must not be

exceeded. For this type of pump the maximum priming lift is 2 mmWC and the
maximum operating pressure is 16 barg. In case that the operating pressure is
exceeded, e.g. due to the position of the chemical feed into the feed water
system, the discharge side must be provided with a relief valve. The surplus
chemicals should be led back to the chemical tank.
Suction and discharge valves must be installed in a vertical position.
Language UK
Page 2/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5540#06.0
The tubing should be attached in such a way that it allows lateral detachment of
the pump and liquid end, if necessary. The tubing must be free from stress and
bends when fitted. Only original hoses with the correct dimensions should be
used.
The suction tubing should be as short as possible and rising in order to prevent
air bubbles forming.
The foot valve should be installed so that it hangs just above the bottom of the
chemical tank. For chemicals with impurities or sedimentation at the bottom, the
foot valve should be positioned well above this layer.
The check valve, which connects the discharge line to the feed water system,
must be tightened properly.
3.1.1 Assembling of the tubing to plastic valves

When assembling the suction and discharge tubing to the plastic valves of the liquid
end carry out the following work procedures (see Figure 2):
Step A: Cut the hose ends straight across.
Step B: Push the union nut and clamping ring onto the hose.
Step C: Push the hose end over the nozzle to the stop (widen if necessary).
Step D: Ensure that the O-ring is sitting correctly onto the valve.
Step E: Clamp the connector hose by tightening the union nut while pressing in the
hose.
Step F: Retighten the hose connector by pulling the hose connected to the liquid end
briefly and then retighten the union nut.
Assembling of the tubing to plastic valves
Figure 2
Language UK
chemical tub.cdr
Page 3/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES
3.2 Electrical installation

The pump is connected to the mains power supply by using the mains lead. If the
pump is connected to the mains in parallel with inductive power consumers (e.g.
solenoid valves, motors) it must be electrically isolated. This prevents damage
caused by induction and voltage surges when switching off. Figure 3 illustrates the
power element of the pump.
If the pump is intended to operate with options for "external control" and/or "float
switch" the actual plugs must be connected to the actual terminals in the power end
of the pump. Figure 4 illustrates the optional plug configuration for the pump. Please
also see Figure 6 for the location of the terminal connections.
Illustration of the power element
Operational
relay
connector
Solenoid
connector
Solenoid
earth lead
Figure 3
Mains
connector
chem circla.cdr
Illustration of the optional terminal connections
"External control"
terminal
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
Figure 4
Language UK
1 :Pause
2 : External
3 : Not configured
4 : Earth
5 : Auxiliary frequency
"Float switch"
terminal
Pin 1 : Earth
Pin 2 : Minimum prior
warning
Pin 3 : Minimum limit
switch
chem circ2a.cdr
Page 4/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5540#06.0
Commissioning
Step A: Check that the connections for the pump are completed properly.
Step B: Open the bleed valve by rotating the knob anticlockwise.
Step C: Switch on the pump and allow it to run at maximum stroke length and rate
until the liquid end is full and free from air bubbles (the feed chemical is
visible at the bleed valve). The stroke length should only be set while the
pump is running.
Note: The pump should prime at 100% stroke length as the suction lift is
dependent upon the lift volume when the liquid end is empty. If the
pump is required to prime at less than 100% stroke length, and fails to
do so, then select a correspondingly smaller suction lift.
Step D: Close the bleed valve (turn clockwise).
Step E: Switch off the pump.
Step F: The pump is ready to operate. Retighten screws in the liquid end after 24
hours operation time.
4.2 Determining the feed capacity

When the necessary chemical dosing feed is known, e.g. by means of feed and boiler
water analysis, the feed capacity of the pump can be set. Figure 5 shows the feed
rate setting diagram for the pump. The measurements for determining the feed rate
from the diagram were carried out using water as medium. In order to find the feed
capacity the correction factor must be found and subsequently the stroke rate and
stroke length should be set. For determination of the feed capacity carry out the
following procedures:
Step A: Mark the operating pressure for the chemical dosing pump in the lower
diagram. The operating pressure is equal to the pressure in the feed water
system at the point of dosing.
Step B: Trace a line from this value vertically up to the curve and then horizontally
left. Read off the correction factor.
Step C: Divide the required feed rate by the determined correction. Mark this value
(1/h) on the "1/h" axis in the upper diagram.
Step D: Trace a horizontally line from this value to the left. Trace a line from the
intersection with the straight line for the adjustable stroke frequencies
vertically downwards the "stroke length" axis.
Language UK
Page 5/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES
Step E: Set the pump to one of the stroke frequencies determined in this way, and
the corresponding stroke length.
Feed rate setting diagram
Feed rate
[l/h]
Pump at medium operating pressure
1.6
Stroke rate
[%]
100%(180strokes/min.)
1.4
1.2
80% (144 strokes/min.)
1.0
0.8
0.6

0.4

0.2
0.0
0%
10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Stroke length
Correction factor
Figure 5
Language UK
feedgraph.cdr
Page 6/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5540#06.0
Operation
The operation panel of the chemical dosing pump is equipped with operation
knobs/switches, connection terminals, and indicators, which support the operation
and setting of the pump. Figure 6 illustrates the operation panel of the chemical
dosing pump.
The pump can be operated through manual control or external control. If the pump is
intended only to operate in manual mode it will not be provided with the optional
terminal connection "external control" (see Figure 4). When the pump is intended to
operate via "external control" and/or "float switch" the actual terminal connections
must be provided.
The "Float switch" option provides information on the liquid level in the feed
chemical tank, which is transmitted to the pump. This option requires the installation
of a two-stage float switch and connection to the "float switch" terminal. The pump
can, furthermore, be equipped with fault indicating relays for warning of low levels.
The following instruction for pump operation is described as a complete instruction.
If the chemical dosing pump includes parts or features, which are not provided for
the actual dosing unit, the specified instructions should be disregarded.
Illustration of the operating panel for the chemical dosing pump
Stroke length adjusting knob
Fault indicator (red)

Warning indicator (yellow)
Multifunction switch ^.
Operating indicator (green)
External operating terminal

Mains power supply
Figure 6
Float switch connector
chem_pump2a.cdr
5.1 Basic information for the pump

5.1.1 Stroke length adjustment knob
The stroke length is continuously adjustable between 0% and 100% via the stroke
length adjustment knob. Reproducibility is only technically practicable in the
adjustment range 30% to 100%.
Language UK
Page 7/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES
5.1.2 Multifunction switch

The multifunction switch is used to select the operating mode and to set the stroking
rate. The following operating modes are selected using the multifunction switch:
Stop.
External.
Manual (to set stroking rate in 10% steps).
Test (priming suction function).
Stop
The "Stop" function allows the pump to be deactivated without disconnecting
from the power supply.
External
The "External" operating mode allows adjustment of individual strokes via the
external operating mode terminal by means of contact or semi-conductor
devices.
The "Auxiliary frequency" operating mode enables activation of optionally
selectable and programmable stroking rate, controlled via the external operating
mode terminal. This stroking rate overrides "Manual" and "External" operating
modes. In the standard version the "Auxiliary frequency" function is
programmed to 100% stroking rate.
The "Pause" function can be used to operate a remote pump stop function via the
external operating terminal.
Manual
In the "Manual" operating mode the stroking rate is manually adjustable in 10%
steps via the multifunction switch.
Test
The "Test" function checks the priming function of the pump. The switch setting
"Test" on the multifunction switch is self-acting.
5.1.3 LED indicators
The operating and error status are shown via three LEDs on the operating panel:
Green LED indicator, operating display: this LED illuminates briefly when a
discharge stroke is activated.
Language UK
Yellow LED indicator, warning indicator: if provided with float switch, the LED
lights up when the liquid level drops below the first triggering level.
Red LED indicator, fault indicator: if provided with float switch, the LED lights
up when the liquid level reaches the fault indicating level. It also flashes to
indicate undefined operating status.
Page 8/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
I N D U S T R I E S
Maintenance
To ensure a safe and reliable function of the chemical dosing pump maintenance
work must be performed with regular intervals. The normal maintenance interval is
three months. This is based on approximately 30% operation time. But in case of
heavier use (e.g. continuous operation) the intervals should be shortened. Carry out
the following maintenance work:
Check for the correct feed rate by running the pump for a short period (press
both arrow keys together).
Check the chemical seepage at the vent hole.
Check that the discharge tubing is connected firmly the liquid end.
Check that the discharge and suction valves are firmly fixed.
Check that the liquid end is generally watertight, especially at the vent hole.
Check the diaphragm for damage.
Check that the liquid end screws are fastened tightly. The screw fastening torque
should be 2.5 to 3.0 Nm.
Check that the bleed valve is firmly fixed in place.
Check that the bleed function is working correctly.
Check the electrical connections for wear.
Repair
Repair work should only be carried out by qualified personnel. Suitable precautions
must always be taken when using hazardous chemicals. Furthermore, is must be
ensured that the pump and suction/discharge lines are de-pressurised. Figure 7
illustrates the discharge valve, suction valve, and exchanging of the diaphragm.
Illustration of discharge valve, suction valve, and exchanging of diaphragm
Screws
Liquid end
Top f
Pump housing
A_ n \\
i viJ
Diaphragm
Discharge valve
Figure 7
Language UK
i y
Safety diaphragm
~-Û_.
'
Suction valve
chemical_rep.cdr
Page 9/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES
7.1.1 Cleaning the discharge valve

Step A: Loosen the discharge line from the valve.
Step B: Unscrew the discharge valve from the liquid end and rinse thoroughly.
Step C: Remove the O-ring from the liquid end with a small screwdriver.
Step D: Insert an Allen key or similar into the smaller hole of the pressure connector
and push out the valve inserts.
Step E: Remove the valve seats with a small screwdriver and allow the valve balls
to drop out.
Step F: Clean all parts.
Step G: Drop the valve balls into the valve seats and push them on the valve inserts.
Step H: Press the valve seats into the pressure connector with their smaller hole in
the direction of the flow (see the direction of the arrows on the fluting of the
pressure connector).
Step I: Insert the O-ring into the liquid end.
Step J: Screw the valve in as far as it will go.
Step K: Secure the discharge line onto the valve.
Step L: Reset the pump after replacing a valve.
7.1.2 Cleaning the suction valve
Dismantling, cleaning, and reassembling of the suction valve is practically the same
as for the discharge valve. Take care, however, that:
Both valve inserts are actually identical.
An additional spacer is found under the valve inserts.
In the liquid end a shaped seal is used instead of an O-ring.
The flow direction of the suction connection is reversed as for the pressure
connector.
7.1.3 Change diaphragm
Step A: When the pump is running set the stroke length to 0% (the drive axis is then
set). Switch off the pump.
Step B: Unscrew the connectors from the discharge and suction side.
Step C: Pull out the fine bleed (knob) and lift off the cover from the liquid end
using a screwdriver.
Language UK
Page 10/12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5540#06.0
Step D: Empty the liquid end (turn the unit upside down and let the feed chemical
run out, rinse with a suitable material).
Step E: Remove the screws.
Step F: Loosen (only loosen) the liquid end and the top plate from the pump
housing.
Step G: Hold the housing in one hand and with the other, clamp the diaphragm
between the liquid end and the top plate. Release the diaphragm from the
drive spindle with a light anticlockwise turn of the liquid end and top plate.
Step H: Unscrew the diaphragm completely from the drive spindle.
Step I: Remove the top plate from the housing. Please note the position.
Step J: Check the condition of the safety diaphragm and replace if necessary.
Step K: Push the safety diaphragm only as far onto the drive axis until it just lies
flat on the pump housing.
Step L: Screw the new diaphragm carefully up to the stop on the drive axis - this
must be exact to ensure correct metering.
Step M: Screw the diaphragm tight once more.
Step N: Position the top plate on the pump housing. The top plate must be
positioned correctly. Do not distort the top plate on the pump housing,
otherwise the safety diaphragm will not fit.
Step O: Lay the diaphragm onto the top plate.
Step P: Hold the top plate and screw the diaphragm in a clockwise direction until it
is firmly in position (the resistance of the return spring can be felt). Do not
over-tighten the diaphragm.
Note: The top plate must remain in position to prevent the safety diaphragm
from distorting.
Step Q: Place the liquid end with the screws on the diaphragm and the top plate.
The priming connector must point downwards once the pump is fully
assembled.
Step R: Screw on the screws lightly and tighten. The torque should be 2.5 to 3.0
Nm.
Step S: Ensure that the liquid end cover engages in the liquid end and push the
bleed vent (knob) into the liquid end.
Step T: Check the screw torque after 24 hours operation time.
Language UK
Page 11/12
AALBORG
OM5540#06.0
INDUSTRIES
Trouble shooting
The trouble shooting list is based on a proper set-up of the chemical dosing pump
during commissioning and/or service. The list can be seen in Table 1.
Please note that the trouble shooting list is general for chemical dosing pumps and
has not been made for any particular plant, but is based on several years of
experience. Therefore, the cause of the specific problem may not be mentioned and
vice versa. You are always welcome, however, to contact our service department for
advice or service assistance.
Fault finding chart

Fault
1 Pump does not prime despite full
stroke and bleed function.
Fluid is leaking from the back

plate.
Green LED indicator (operating
display) is not lit.
Yellow LED display is lit.

Red LED display is flashing.
1 Red LED display is lit.
Possible cause
Crystalline deposits on the ball seat because valves
have dried out.
The liquid end is not sealed against the pump

diaphragm.
Incorrect or no mains voltage.
Fuse defective.
Liquid level in the chemical storage tank has reached
"liquid level low, stage 1", (if provided).
Pump operating mode is undefined.
Fluid level in the chemical storage tank has reached
"liquid level low, stage 2", (if provided).
Remedy
Remove suction sleeve from chemical
1
supply and rinse out liquid end throughly.
If still unsuccessful, dismantle valves and
clean.
Tighten screws in the liquid end.
If unsuccessful, replace the diaphragm.
Use the recommended mains voltage as
given in the voltage specification on the
name plate.
Contact Aalborg Industries.
Fill the chemical storage tank.
Select the required operating mode.
Fill the chemical storage tank.
Table 1
Decommissioning
When dismantling a pump, clean thoroughly, paying particular attention to the liquid
end in order to remove all traces of chemicals and dirt. When disposing of a pump it
must be broken down into separate material types. All parts must be sent for
recycling or for correct disposal according to currently legal waste disposal
requirements.
Language UK
Page 12/12
AALBORG
RELIEF VALVE
OM6000#01.0
INDUSTRIES
Relief valve
1
Description
The purpose of the relief valve is to protect the delivery line from impermissible
overpressure caused by the chemical dosing pump. It features a pressure relief
mechanism for both the pressure retaining function as well as for the pressure relief
function. The valve functions are affected by means of a spring-loaded diaphragm.
Figure 1 illustrates the multi-function relief valve. The relief valve has an overflow
opening pressure of 16 bar. But depending on the pump type, the pressure may be up
to 50% higher until the valve is completely opened.
Illustration of the relief valve
Delivery line
connection
Red knob
Black knob
Ml %
Vtf
t
Figure 1
By-pass
connection
Pressure connection
of the pump
reliefvaLcdr
1.1 Functional description
Language UK
Producing a defined back pressure for chemical dosing with respect to free
outlet. The function can be cancelled by turning the black knob in clockwise
direction.
Prevents lift-through from the feed water system in case of vacuum at the dosing
point. The function can be cancelled by turning the black knob in clockwise
direction.
Intake aid to prevent pressure when starting up the pump. It is not necessary to
release the delivery line. The function can be achieved by turning the red knob.
Page 1/2
AALBORG
RELIEF VALVE
OM6000#01.0
INDUSTRIES
Depressurising the delivery line when the feed water system is at a standstill
(e.g. repair). The function can be achieved by turning both the red knob and
black knob.
Overflow valve to protect the system from impermissible overpressure caused

by the chemical dosing pump. The return flow is via a by-pass line. This
function takes place automatically.
Note: The relief valve must not be used as a shut-off element and the by-pass
line must always be connected.
1.2 Mounting and installation

The relief valve is screwed directly onto the pressure connection of the pump and
can be turned or aligned through 360. The delivery line or hose is secured on the
valve outlet end by means of a connection set or GF screw fitting. An EPDM O-ring
is fitted at the factory in the O-ring groove at the outlet. For applications in which
EPDM is not suitable, it is advisable to fit a Viton B O-ring. This O-ring (brown) is
supplied together with the valve.
The by-pass line is routed into the chemical tank and secured by means of a hose
grommet and union nut. The by-pass line must always be connected since a
minimum overflow into the by-pass line can occur during operation of the valve
close to the pressure relief function.
Attention: A non-return valve must be installed at the dosing point since the
entire contents of the system can flow back via the by-pass when the
valve is operated.
1.3 Operation
Operation and setting the intake aid
The route to the by-pass line is cleared by means of the red knob by turning it in the
direction indicated by the arrow (clockwise). The liquid flows back into the
chemical tank. In this case, the delivery line is partly depressurised and the liquid
can flow out of the by-pass. The chemical dosing pump must now be set to "intake"
until the liquid can be seen in the by-pass line. The pump is now primed and can be
placed into operation. After being released, the red rotary knob reverts of its own
accord back to its initial position.
Depressurising the delivery line
The passage from the delivery line to the by-pass can be cleared by means of the red
knob and the black knob by turning them in the direction indicated by the arrows
(clockwise). The pressure drops in the line to approximately 1.5 bar if only the red
knob is turned. Both knobs must remain unscrewed until no more liquid flows out of
the by-pass line or no more liquid flows back into the chemical tank. The delivery
line is now depressurised. Once released, both rotary knobs revert of their own
accord back to their initial position.
Language UK
Page 2/2
si****
, > ',
II
H
- !
M.
%m
*'
-t
%M
#####
AALBORG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDUSTRIES
Table of contents
Conductive electrode, ERL 16
Conductivity limit switch, LRS l-5b
Language UK
1
2
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
CONDUCTIVITY ELECTRODE, ERL 16
OM8620#02.0
Conductivity electrode, ERL 16

1
Description
The conductivity electrode, type ERL 16 is used for monitoring the conductivity of
the feed/boiler water and can be installed in the condensate system, feed water
system, or directly into the boiler. The conductivity of the water produces a
proportional current when the measuring surface and voltage supply remain
constant.
The conductivity electrode is provided with an electrode rod completely insulated by
a PTFE tubing with the exception of the measuring surface. A pressure-tight sealing
between the electrode rod and body is ensured by means of a Teflon tube. An
illustration of the conductivity electrode is shown in Figure 1 together with an
installation example.
The electrode can be used in connection with a salinity monitoring system or a
continuous blow down system. When used in a salinity monitoring system the
electrode is connected to a conductivity limit switch type LRS l-5b or a salinity
controller type LRR l-5b, which continuously monitors the conductivity of the
water and give alarm if the set limit value is exceeded. When used in a continuous
blow down system the electrode is connected to a salinity controller type LRR l-5b
and a continuous blow down valve type BAE. The system provides fully automatic
control of the blow down wastage. Automatic closing of the blow down line is
ensured during boiler shut down.
Illustration of the conductivity electrode, type ERL 16
-PgH
-* Flow direction
XT
Limit switch, LRS 1-5b

or controller, LRR 1-5b
3/4" BSP
Measuring pot
Conductivity
electrode, ERL 16
+- Electrode tip
Figure 1
Language UK
erll6a.cdr
Page 1/2
AALBORG
CONDUCTIVITY ELECTRODE, ERL 16
OM8620#02.0
INDUSTRIES
1.1 Installation
The conductivity electrode may be installed vertically, horizontally, or radial
inclined. However, it is recommended that the electrode is installed in a measuring
pot as illustrated in Figure 1. The electrode tip must be constantly submerged by
approximately 100 mm.
Wiring
The electrical connection is carried out by means of a four-pole connector with
screw terminals, cable strain relief, and cable gland Pg 11. The maximum
permissible ambient temperature at terminal box is 60C. Figure 2 illustrates the
wiring diagram.
Wiring diagram
Terminals
rt\
f2\
ft\
rv\
Measuring tip
Figure 2
erI16b.cdr
1.2 Maintenance
The electrode does not require any particular maintenance. It is, however,
recommended to check the electrode tip every six months. Cleaning is possible by
carefully grinding the measuring surface.
Language UK
Page 2/2
AALBORG
CONDUCTIVITY LIMIT SWITCH, LRS 1-5B
OM8210#30.0
INDUSTRIES
Conductivity limit switch, LRS 1-5b

1
Description
The conductivity limit switch, type LRS l-5b is used to amplify and transform
signals from a conductivity electrode, type ERL 16 or LRG 16-4, for continuous
monitoring of the conductivity in feed and boiler water. An illustration of the front
panel can be seen in Figure 1.
The conductivity limit switch is provided with two LEDs. The green LED (lb)
indicates a < limit value and the red LED (la) indicates a > limit value. By means
of the switch (3) the measuring range can be selected between 0-10000 uS/cm and
0-1000 juS/cm. The limit value is continuously adjustable on the switch point
adjuster (2) within the ranges of 400-10000 uS/cm or 40-1000 uS/cm. The switching
hysteresis of the limit switch is 1%. The temperature influences can be compensated
on the adjuster (4) up to max 250C. Basic adjustment applies to 25C.
Illustration of the conductivity limit switch LRS l-5b
1a. Red LED

1b. Green LED
2. Switch point adjuster
3. Measuring range switch
4. Adjuster for temperature compensation
5. Screw to fasten the cover base
Figure 1
lrsl 5bl.cdr
1.1 Wiring
The wiring should be carried out in accordance with the wiring diagram shown in
Figure 2. The mains voltage is indicated on the name plate. The maximum
permissible ambient temperature for the limit switch is 55C. For wiring to the
electrode screened cable is required, and the length and properties of the cable stated
in Table 1 must be observed. The screen should only be connected to terminal 12 of
the LRS l-5b limit switch, and not at the electrode. The screen must not have
contact with any metal part of the plant.
Language UK
Page 1/3
AALBORG
OM8210#30.0
I N D U ST R I E S
Wiring diagram
LRS 1-5b
10 11 12
Alarm
L N
Mains
rf\ft\rr\a>
Conductivity electrode,
ERL16orl_RG1&4
lrsl_5b2.cdr
Figure 2
; > " '
"
-)
Nominal measuring range

I Linear in the range
Cable length
Cable capacity
Line resistance per conductor
LRS.1-5b
400-10000 nS/cm
0 - 10000 nS/cm
<100nF
*
40 -1000 nS/cm
0-1000nS/cm
50 m
<10nF
<3on
Table 1
1.2 Commissioning
When the conductivity limit switch is commissioned or re-calibrated carry out the
following work steps:
Step A: Take sample of the liquid that should be monitored via a sample cooler and
determine the conductivity with a conductivity meter.
Step B: Select the measuring range by means of the switch (3) provided on the front
panel, see Figure 1. The possible selection ranges are 0-10000 uS/cm or 01000 uS/cm.
Step C: Turn the adjuster (4) onto scale division "7".
Step D: Adjust the switch point adjuster (2) to the conductivity level found.
Step E: When reaching the service temperature of the boiler, turn the adjuster (4)
slowly to the left until the red LED (la) extinguishes and the green LED
(lb) lights up. The temperature is thus compensated.
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM8210#30.0
Note: Gases dissolved in water, such as carbon dioxide or ammonia, increase

the conductivity and simulate a higher salt content (TDS) of the boiler
water.
1.3 Performance test

The conductivity limit switch can be tested performing the following work
procedures:
Step A: Short-circuit terminals 3 and earth of the electrode. The red LED (la,
Figure 1) on the conductivity limit switch should light up independently of
the position of the switch point adjuster (2).
Step B: Short-circuit terminals 9 and 12 of the conductivity limit switch. The red
LED (la) should light up independently of the position of the switch point
adjuster (2).
Step C: Unplug the terminal box of the electrode. The green LED (lb) should light
up independently of the position of the switch point adjuster (2).
1.4 Maintenance
Deposits on the electrode tip produce an error in the measurement. If the electrode is
used in fluids prone to form deposits, it is recommended to clean the electrode tip
every six months.
1.5 Faultfinding
Performance test error
If the performance test is negative check for the correct wiring of the conductivity
limit switch and electrode according to the wiring diagram shown in Figure 2.
Record error
If the conductivity limit switch does not record the adjusted conductivity limit value
then re-calibrate it. Clean the measuring surface of the conductivity electrode.
Language UK
Page 3/3
i&m
' j ~f,Af.JJ
mi
3N
lift
' *
..iipii.
Table of contents
General
Sensor installation
Control unit installation
Applications
Spares and fault finding
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
Page 1/1
AALBORG
OIL DETECTION EQUIPMENT
OM9410#01.0
INDUSTRIES

1
General
This chapter contains installation, operation, and maintenance instructions for the
ultrasonic interface detection system, Mobrey type 402 SD, using control unit type
MCU200.
Each Mobrey ultrasonic control system requires a sensor to suit the specific
application, plus a control unit. These instructions cover the control units in the
MCU200 series.
Sensor installation
2.1 General description
The ultrasonic sensor contains two piezoelectric crystals. A high frequency signal
(3.7 MHz) generated by the control unit is transmitted to one piezoelectric crystal by
coaxial cable. This crystal converts the electrical signal into an ultrasonic oscillation.
The sensor design allows the ultrasonic oscillation to pass from the transmitter
crystal to the receiver piezoelectric crystal. The sensors of type 402 are "gap" type
sensors, where the two piezoelectric crystals are separated by a gap. When the gap is
in liquid the signal reaches the receiver, because of the low ultrasonic attenuation of
the liquid. When the gap is filled with air, no ultrasonic signal can pass from
transmitter to receiver. See Figure 1.
Working principle of the oil detection equipment
Senior Cap Wet

Control
unit
w ,
M
>y
The ultrasonic beam

reaches receiver crystal
^ d u a l
.
co-axial
Transmitter
Crystal
Receiver
Crystal
Control
Unit
The ultrasonic beam wiH
not reach receiver crystal
Figure 1
Language UK
mobrey01.tif
Page 1/10
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9410#01.0
When the gap is filled with liquid, the piezoelectric receiver crystal converts the
ultrasonic wave into an electrical signal, which is transmitted back to the control unit
using a second coaxial cable. Usually the two coaxial cables to the sensor are in one
overall sheath. The control unit circuitry is a feedback amplifier, which oscillates
when the sensor is wet, and is quiescent for the sensor dry. The "oscillating" or
"non-oscillating" sensor states dictate the output relay states of the MCU200.
For interface detection the sensor "oscillates" in a clear liquid, and is "nonoscillating" at the interface.
2.2 Switching levels and orientation

The gap sensors should normally be mounted with the gap vertical, to avoid build up
of solids on the sensor faces on either side of the gap. In this condition the switching
level will be halfway up the face: if the sensor is mounted from the side of the tank
this is normally on the centreline of the cylindrical body.
Occasionally such sensors are mounted with the sensor faces horizontal, either to
avoid air bubbles passing through the gap or for convenience of installation. In this
case the switching level will be at the sensor face at the top of the gap.
2.3 Installation of sensor

The sensor must be handled with care - it is a measuring instrument. Before
installation, check that sensor, cable and control unit have not been damaged in
transit. Drill and tap a hole with a suitable thread. It is advisable to use a boss or
similar on thin walls. The sensor has a tapered thread. Use Ptfe tape or similar to
seal the thread. Mark the sensor hexagon to identify the gap orientation of the
sensor, if appropriate. Take care not to damage the sensor cable during tightening.
The cable should be laid on cable trays and separated from any high voltage or
mains cables. The normal cable termination is a plastic gland (to fit the MCU200
control box drilled hole) and crimped terminal pins to suit the MCU200 terminals.
2.4 Extensions cables

Extension cables up to 50 metres long can be fitted to most Mobrey ultrasonic
sensors in the factory to special order but a better site arrangement is to have a
separate extension cable. Table 1 shows a list of suitable extension cables.
Suitable extension cables

50 m
RG174
RG178
50 -100 m
URM76
RG58
Above 100 m
Consult Aalborg Industries
Table 1
When double coaxial cable needs to be extended, two sets of coaxial plugs and
sockets will be needed, one set for transmit and one receive. Care must be taken that
the connectors are not connected to earth or shorted together in any way, to prevent
cross-talk or pick-up. The coaxial connections must be made in a waterproof
junction box. Terminal blocks should not be used.
Language UK
Page 2/10
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9410#01.0
The extension cable needs to be of 50 Ohm characteristic impedance. Suitable dual

coaxial extension cables can be purchased from Aalborg Industries. For extensions
over 50 metres it is recommended two runs of single coaxial low loss cable is used,
with the transmit and return cable runs separated by 0.15 metres to minimise crosstalk.
If several sensor cables are being run together then all the transmit cables (those
connected to E2) should be grouped together and all receive cables (those connected
to IE) grouped together maintaining the separation specified above.
Two cables are required per sensor. The RG178 should be used where the cable
itself is subject to temperatures exceeding 74C.
Control unit installation

3.1 Mechanical
The control unit is supplied with three holes drilled in the bottom (longer) side of the
box. Two glands are supplied for the power input cable and relay output cable. The
sensor is normally supplied fitted with a suitable gland on the cable. Two further
holes can be drilled in the bottom side of the box should these be needed: it is
recommended that the circuit board is removed whilst drilling extra gland holes.
Figure 2 shows the dimensions of the MCU200 housing box.
MCU200 Housing dimensions
Mounting
Holes
Figure 2
mobrey04.tif
All cable connections are made to the terminal blocks along the bottom edge of the
pcb, see Figure 3. Release the terminal screw before inserting the wire.
Language UK
Page 3/10
AALBORG
OM9410#01.0
INDUSTRIES
MCU201 PC board
Output
Logic Switches
/
*
INPUT
1AUX.
DANGER LIVE TERMINALS

*
* t
NCI CI
NOl
,_ _
D
=N 11SV230V
:
F
MCe C2 NC2
Mounting
Screws (4)
' set INSLCE L I D FOR

SWITCH AND C * C C T I C M DETAILS
Figure 3
mobrey05.tif
3.2 External connections

3.2.1 AC mains
AC mains is connected between the "N" terminal for neutral and one of the "115 V"
or "230V" terminals depending on the voltage supply available - BEWARE - the
terminal not connected externally will be "live" once the transformer is powered via
the other terminals.
3.2.2 Mains earth
Mains earth should be connected to the terminal marked "E". This provides an earth
contact for the pcb mounting pints.
3.2.3 The relay
The relay output connections are labelled:
NC - Normally closed (relay de-energised)
C - Common
NO - Normally open (relay de-energised)

There are also two sets of contacts for DPCO relay, labelled 1 & 2.
3.2.4 The sensor
The sensor connections are labelled "1", "E" for the receiver crystal and "2", "E" for
the coax cable to the transmitter crystal. The screens of these coax cables are
connected to the terminals marked "E".
Language UK
Page 4/10
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9410#01.0
3.2.5 The auxiliary input

The auxiliary input is a terminal which can be connected to a "push to reset" button
to achieve a latching alarm, or to another Mobrey Control unit, to give a pump
control from the MCU200 unit relay output. If a short circuit is connected between
terminals 3 & 4, the MCU200 relay, once de-energised, is held de-energised. Even if
the sensor attached to the MCU200 changes state, to that which should energise the
output relay, this relay will not energise until the link between terminals 3 & 4 is
broken in the circuit external to the MCU200.
3.3 Switch settings in MCU200 series

3.3.1 Gain switch and potentiometer
See section 4.
3.3.2 Frequency selection
This slide switch is labelled "FREQ" and is located between the sensor terminal
block E2, and the Aux. input terminals. This selects the operating frequency of the
MCU200 oscillator, which for the present installation must be set to 3.7 MHz
(switch in the "up" position). The setting required is dictated by the sensor type
connected to the control unit.
3.3.3 Cable check option selection
This slide switch is located directly above the sensor terminal block E2. It is labelled
"Cable Check" and the ex factory setting is "OUT" with the slide switch to the right.
By sliding this switch to the left, the cable check circuitry is brought into action.
This circuitry monitors the continuity of the screens of the two coaxial cables
attached to the sensors: normally these are linked at the sensor to the metal body of
the fitting (or to each other in the case of non metallic sensors). If this continuity is
broken, the "FAULT" LED" will illuminate giving an indication that the sensor
cable is damaged, and the MCU200 will give the "ALARM" output relay state (see
Figure 4).
3.3.4 Relay output and LED logic selection
The bank of six slide switches towards the top of the pcb sets the relay output state
logic relative to the sensor state, associated time delays and the LEDs. These are
slide switches, best adjusted with a pencil, and the ex factory wetting is with all
switches to the right.
Each switch is colour coded as shown in Figure 4, and the PC board labels give brief
function information.
Language UK
Page 5/10
AALBORG
OM9410#01.0
INDUSTRIES
Relay output and LED logic switch

Colour Code
No.
/ < -
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
30s
E = Red
Delay to E
OSC = NE
Figure 4
mobrey77.tif
Note: At Figure 4 OSC means sensor oscillating. E means relay energised, NE

means de-energised.
Set the switches in the following order, starting at the bottom and working upwards:
BLUE:
If the MCU200 relay is to be energised (E) when the sensor is oscillating (OSC)
then set the No 6 blue switch to the right (OSC=E). This is the preferred setting, to
give a de-energised relay in the ALARM state for a gap sensor as a low level alarm.
GREEN:
This selects the relay change which is subject to the time delay selected on the top
switches. When the No.5 green switch is set to the right, the delay occurs between
the sensor changing state and the relay de-energising or becoming "not energised"
(NE). This time delay is a minimum of 0.15 seconds, (achieved by switching the top
BROWN switch to the right) and is used to prevent relay chatter at the changeover
point. Longer time delays are selected on the top three slide switches as shown in
Figure 5.
The relay change in the opposite direction is immediate (within 50 milliseconds).
Language UK
Page 6/10
ff
AALBORG
OM9410#01.0
INDUSTRIES
The top three slide switches
Colour Code
No.
Brown
Red
Orange
*v
_
2 seconds*
Figure 5
^seconds'
1
2
3
30 seconds
mobrey08.tif
YELLOW:
Only one of the GREEN or RED LEDs will be illuminated at any one time. These
LEDs show the state of the MCU200 output relay. The RED LED is labelled
"ALARM" and the GREEN LED is labelled "NORMAL". The yellow slide switch
(Number 4) determines which LED will be illuminated when the relay is energised
(E). It is usual to have the GREEN/NORMAL condition occur with the relay
energised, i.e. with switch Number 4 to the right (E=GREEN).
Applications
4.1 Gain adjustment
Correct adjustment of the gain (HI/LO switch and potentiometer) is essential for
proper operation of any ultrasonic sensor system. This adjusts the gain of the
feedback amplifier in the control unit, which produces oscillation of the sensor when
the coupling between the ultrasonic crystals is sufficient. Therefore the higher the
gain setting, the lower the coupling needed to produce an oscillating sensor.
The universal control unit of the MCU200 operates with many sensors, so the
correct setting for the particular sensor and application should be found on site by
experiment, if possible. This will take account of particular site conditions like RF
coupling between extension cables, which can affect the maximum allowed gain.
Other liquid characteristics, such as presence of suspended solids, or air bubbles, can
mean that for reliable operation the MCU200 gain must be set as high as possible, to
overcome future solids build up, but at least one potentiometer division below the
maximum allowed level, to ensure temperature and component ageing stability.
The particular procedures outlined below for gain adjustments give the mid point
gain settings, which may need to be adjusted to meet specific site/sensor future
requirements as indicated above.
Language UK
Page 7/10
AALBORG
OM9410#01.0
INDUSTRIES
4.2 Interface detection

4.2.1 Interface detection between two dissimilar liquids
Viscous liquids, emulsions and liquids containing solid particles have a greater
ultrasonic attenuation than clear liquids. This technique is used to detect which
liquid is present at the sensor, for example for the separation of oil and water. For
this duty Mobrey 402 sensors are used, operating at 3.7 MHz to produce the
maximum ultrasonic difference between two liquids monitored.
The gain is adjusted so that the sensor oscillates only in the liquid with the lower
ultrasonic attenuation: this is usually the clearer liquid (water in the example of
Figure 6). Note that the signal when oil is present in the sensor gap will be the same
as that for air in the gasp, and that emulsion layers give a very high attenuation.
Mobrey 402 Sensor as oil/water interface
/
OIL
/
illinium
Receiver
Crystal
Transmitter
Crystal
Sensor in Oil. The ultrasonic beam

is attenuated and will not reach
receiver crystal.
WATER_ J i|iHllllllllltlHlllllllj
-Receiver
Crystal
HI
Transmitter
Crystal
Figure 6
mobreyl5.tif
Step A: Reduce the gain potentiometer with the sensor immersed in one of the
liquids until a "false dry" indication is obtained. Note the position of the
pot.
Step B: Repeat for the sensor immersed in the other liquid.
Step C: Set the potentiometer half way between these two values. Correct
performance requires a total difference between the two set points of at
least 3 divisions.
Language UK.
Page 8/10
AALBORG
OM9410#01.0
INDUSTRIES
Interface detection between two immiscible similar liquids

When liquids are ultrasonically very similar - as happens for example with paraffin
or oil and water - the procedure in section 4.2.1. produces very little difference
between the two "false dry" points. In this case the "reflection" method of interface
detection is used. An illustration of this method is shown in Figure 7.
Note: The Mobrey 402 sensor in the hot well tank is installed as shown in
Figure 7.
If an ultrasonic beam is transmitted from one liquid to another at a suitable angle
(10%) it is split at the interface into a reflected and a refracted beam, so that it does
not reach the receiver crystal. If there is no interference in the gap, but only one
liquid, the beam is received and the sensor oscillates.
Interface detector by reflection method
Paraffin
\- J91
Water
Sensor at interface level. The

ultrasonic beam is reflected/refracted
and will not reach receiver crystal.
Paraffin
Transmitter
Crystal
Figure 7
mobreyl6.tif
The gain adjustment is made so that the gain is 3 divisions higher than the highest
false dry position obtained, as in section 4.2.1. Performance at the interface should
then be checked.
Note: That the non oscillating state of the sensor, at the interface, also occurs
throughout any emulsion layer at the interface, and also when the sensor
is in air.
Language UK
Page 9/10
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM9410#01.0
Spares and fault finding

5.1 Spares
The following parts are suitable for replacements on the MCU201:
Main pcb complete: K2641
LED indicator pcb: K2643
LED pcb spacers: K2623
LED pcb connector: K2624/50
Box assembly: K2662
Gland Assembly: K746/K747/K748

There are no consumable items such as fuses.
5.2 Fault finding

Step A: At least one LED should be illuminated. If not check the power supply to
the unit.
Step B: If the "Fault" LED is on, check the coax cable to the sensor for incorrect
wiring or damage. Particularly check continuity of extension cables,
connection of crimped connectors on cable ends. The pcb board can be
checked by linking the two terminals labelled E on the sensor terminals this should cancel the fault indication LED.
Step C: If the sensor is giving incorrect indications check the gain adjustment (see
section 4.0).
Check for correct sensor operation whenever the gain is adjusted away from the
normal set point. Assume an overlap of 2 divisions between the "LO" and "HI" gain
ranges.
Step D: Check that the incorrect operation has not been produced by incorrect
setting of the frequency selection switch, or an external short circuit on the
Auxiliary input terminals.
Step E: The circuit board can be checked by linking the sensor terminals 1 and 2
with a wire, to simulate an oscillating sensor.
Language UK
Page 10/10
'*.*S*Sifr*
! & * # *
AALBORG
uj:Hjij*srcngng^^^^^M
INDUSTRIES
^|^|gg^g^^g||m||^^^^^^_m^g_
Table of contents
General description
General description
Steam dump valve
Actuator
I/P positioner
Steam pipe connections to dump valve
Process controller/local panel
Air reducing set
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

General
Operation
Maintenance
1
2
3
Pneumatic actuator, type DP

General
Maintenance
1
2
3
4

General
Commissioning
Diagnosis
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Page 1/1
AALBORG
STEAM DUMP EQUIPMENT
OM6050#03.1
INDUSTRIES

1
General description
The steam dump equipment is designed for dumping excess steam generated by the
boiler plant from the steam system to an atmospheric dump condenser.
This chapter contains some general instructions, which should be taken into
consideration before installing and during operation of the steam dump equipment.
More detailed instructions related to the components of the equipment can be found
in other sections.
Note: It is essential that the condenser is dimensioned to be able to absorb the
amount of steam generated in the exhaust gas boiler(s). Or if a composite
boiler is installed the amount of steam generated by the exhaust gas part
of the composite boiler(s).
Schematic illustration of the steam dump system

Main steam line
1 - Steam dump valve
2 - l/P positioner
3 - Pneumatic actuator
4 - Air reducing set
5 - Process controller/local panel
6 - Pressure transmitter
7 - Steam trap
Boiler/
steam drum
Control panel
CI
Steam/condensate line
Control air (instrument air)
To atmospheric dump condenser
Figure 1
Language UK
Electrical signal
steamdump2.cdr
Page 1/9
AALBORG
OM6050#03.1
INDUSTRIES
Figure 1 shows a schematically illustration of the system, which consists of the

following components:
Control valve with pneumatic actuator.
I/P positioner.
Air reduction set.
Process controller or local panel.
Pressure transmitter.
Steam trap.
The equipment is working by measuring the steam pressure (e.g. in the boiler, the
steam drum or the main steam pipe) with a pressure transmitter (6). The transmitter
sends an electrical signal (4-20 mA DC) to the process controller/local panel (5). In
the control system the signal is compared with a pre-set adjustable value.
The steam pressure is then regulated when the control system sends an electrical
signal to the I/P positioner (2). It converts the signal and via the pneumatic actuator
(3) controls the position of the steam dump valve (1), through which the excess
steam is lead to the atmospheric dump condenser.
The control valve will automatically close in case of air or power failure. A hand
wheel enables manual operation of the valve. Figure 2 shows a complete control
valve arrangement consisting of valve, I/P positioner and actuator.
Arrangement of control valve, positioner and actuator
Handwheel
Actuator
I/P Positioner
Control valve
Figure 2
Language UK
k7462 02.tif
Page 2/9
AALBORG
OM6050#03.1
INDUSTRIES
Under normal circumstances the control valve, actuator and I/P positioner is
delivered as a complete unit already assembled.
The air supply to the actuator is controlled by the air reduction set (4). The
compressed air at the inlet of the air filter must have a max. pressure of 17 bar and a
temperature laying in the interval from -20 to +65C. Furthermore, the supplied air
must be instrument air.
Any adjustment of the system must be carried out on the process controller/local
panel (5).
Note: All pipes must be thoroughly cleaned before commissioning
Steam dump valve

Depending on the amount of steam that the system is designed to be able to dump,
the control valve can be of two different types, either type 23.440 DP or type 23.470
DP. The construction of the valves are slightly different as can be seen on Figure 3.
The steam dump valve together with actuator and positioner are suitable for
installation in dry or damp locations, and in order to avoid damage to the drives it is
recommended to install the components in an up-right position.
Ambient temperatures on the valve drive should not fall below -15C or rice above
50C. Precautions should however be taken when using the equipment where the
ambient temperature are likely to drop below 0C to prevent condensation of water
in the instrument air.
Drawings of the two types of control valves
23.470 DP
1-Body
2 - Seatring
3 - Mounting bonnet
4 - Guiding bush
5 - Plug
6 - Spindle
7 - Gland flange
8 - Spindle guiding
10-Stuffing box
14-Gasket
15-Studs
17-Hexagon nut
19 - Spring-type straight pin
23.440 DP
Figure 3
Language UK
k7462 03a.cdr
Page 3/9
AALBORG
I N D U ST R I E S
OM6050#03.1

The installation point should allow sufficient space to ensure correct maintenance of
the valve and actuator. The valve should be inserted so that the spindle has a vertical
position and the actuator being up above. The valve can also be tilted to a maximum
horizontal position if the installation point does not allow any better condition. If
painting is necessary, ensure that valve and actuator spindle as well as mechanical
links are free from paint. The flow direction is signalled through an arrow on the
valve body. The valves should be insulated against high temperatures to guard the
actuator. Sufficient space must be left to undertake maintenance on the spindlesealing.
stretches of the piping should be of straight piping length min. 2 times pipe diameter
by inlet and 6 times by outlet. The piping must be aligned to prevent any strain on
the valve. Precautions to restrict strain on the piping should be regarded. In no case
supporting must be fitted to the valve to hold the piping system.
The piping should be rinsed to clear out any pollution, welding beads, rust etc.
before inserting the control valves. A strainer should be fitted in front of the control
valve to catch remaining particles. Bolts should be re-tightened after taking into
operation.
When the piping system is filled and set under pressure, the spindle sealing should
be checked for leakage, and if necessary be carefully tightened until the leakage is
stopped. The PTFE-V-ring unit does not require any re-tightening, the spring tension
maintains the necessary force.
The bolts must be tightened gradually in steps, diametrically in pairs but not tighter
than it is necessary for sealing.
Flange connections bolts should never be loosened or tightened when the valve is
under temperature or pressure, even if a leakage may arise.
Actuator
Select the site of installation so that the actuator is readily accessible and that there
is adequate room for later maintenance work.
The mounting position is preferably with the actuator and valve spindle in the
vertical position. For assembly onto the valve please see the separate instructions
described in the sections for valve and actuator (see also Figure 4).
The instrument air supply should be dry for low temperature service. A heat-guard
should be installed for high temperature service.
Note: Please observe the maintenance instructions for valves.

The pneumatic supply tube must be connected to the diaphragm housing.
The thread connection for the actuators DP 32 and DP 33 is R 1/4" and for the
actuator DP 34 R 3/8".
Language UK
Page 4/9
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6050#03.1
stay free.
Assembling of the actuator on valve
ftwumatic
Figure 4
connection
acu 06.tif
l/P positioner
The positioner must be installed and commissioned in exactly the same sequence as
described in the section for the positioner. It is essential that the warnings in the
relevant sections are heeded during this process.
Warning: This instrument must only be installed and commissioned by
qualified personnel. The degree of electrical safety is determined
solely by the devices supplying the power.
Warning: Pneumatic drives generate considerable positioning forces. Safety

precautions must therefore be scrupulously observed during
installation and commissioning in order to prevent injuries. Your
attention is drawn, if applicable, to the relevant regulations
regarding operation in hazardous areas.
Language UK
Page 5/9
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6050#03.1
Steam pipe connections to dump valve

Referring to the diagram in Figure 1, some remarks have to be made on the piping
system before and after the dump valve. This is due to the fact that a proper
functioning of the steam dump equipment (i.e. the equipment is able to blow off the
required amount of steam) requires as low a resistance in the piping system as
possible.
In order to obtain this low resistance the following topics should be considered:
The dump valve should be placed as near the dump condenser as possible.
According to the amount of steam that the system is dimensioned to dump the
diameter of the pipe before the dump valve must be of a certain size, which can
be deduced from Table 1.
The steam pipe after the dump valve must as written in Table 1 be at least 2
sizes larger than the pipe before the dump valve.
It is essential the transitions from pipes to the dump valve both before and after
the valve are smooth and without any sudden contractions or expansions.
Furthermore should the pipe section be as short as possible and preferably

without bends.
If there are valves placed in the system before and/or after the dump valve these
should be of the straightway type and of the same size as the pipes.
i
Amount of dumped steam related to min. pipe diameter

1 Dump pressure: 5 barg
[ Size of dump valve, DN
I Max. steam amount, kg/h
I Pipe size before valve, DN
Pipe size after valve, DN
Dump pressure: 6 barg
Size of dump valve, DN
Max. steam amount, kg/h
Pipe size before valve, DN
Language UK
20
260
32
50
25
400
40
65
32
640
50
80
40
1030
65
100
50
1600
80
125
65
2580
100
150
80
4000
125
175
20
300
32
50
25
470
40
65
32
740
50
80
40
1180
65
100
50
1850
80
125
65
3000
100
150
80
4700
125
175
20
335
32
50
25
515
40
65
32
840
50
80
40
1360
65
100
50
2100
80
125
65
3400
100
150
80
5300
125
175
20
380
32
50
25
600
40
65
32
950
50
80
40
1550
65
100
50
2350
80
125
65
3800
100
150
80
6000
125
175
20
420
32
50
25
660
40
65
32
1040
50
80
40
1650
65
100
50
2600
80
125
65
4150
100
150
80
6600
125
175
Page 6/9
AALBORG
OM6050#03.1
INDUSTRIES
Amount of dumped steam related to min. pipe diameter, continued

20
470
32
50
25
730
40
65
32
1160
50
80
40
1850
65
100
50
2900
80
125
65
4650
100
150
80
7300
125
175
20
500
32
50
25
780
40
65
32
1250
50
80
40
2000
65
100
50
3150
80
125
65
5000
100
150
|
80 |
7800
125
175
20
520
32
50
25
850
40
65
32
1360
50
80
40
2180
65
100
50
3400
80
125
65
5200
100
150
80
8500
125
175
20
530
32
50
25
870
40
65
32
1380
50
80
40
2210
65
100
50
3450
80
125
65
5300
100
150
80
9100
125
175
20
540
32
50
25
900
40
65
32
1410
50
80
40
2360
65
100
50
3530
80
125
65
5500
100
150
80
9800
125
175
20
560
32
50
25
950
40
65
32
1470
50
80
40
2480
65
100
50
3670
80
125
65
5850
100
150
80
10400
125
175
20
580
32
50
25
1020
40
65
32
1550
50
80
40
2550
65
100
50
3900
80
125
65
6250
100
150
80
11000
125
175
Table 1
Process controller/local panel

The process controller or local panel are installed in the boiler control panel. For
instructions regarding one or the other please see the specified instructions in the
control system sections.
Warning: This is an electrically-operated device. Certain parts in electrical
devices carry dangerous voltages during operation. Severe injury or
damage to property could therefore occur if the warnings are not
observed. Staff working with this device should be suitably qualified.
Reliable and safe operation of these devices depend on correct
transport, storage, assembly and operation.
Language UK
Page 7/9
AALBORG
OM6050#03.1
I N D U S T R I E S
The pressure transmitter converts the steam pressure to an electrical signal
proportional with the pressure. The unit is supplied as two-wire transmitters with an
output signal of 4-20 mA.
7.1 Installation conditions

The zero point is factory-set with the pressure connector pointing downwards. If the
unit is installed in another position the zero point will be displaced approx. 1% as far
as the lowest pressure range is concerned, decreasing in the higher pressure ranges.
The displacement can be eliminated by using a zero-point potentiometer.
To protect the pressure element against temperatures higher than the maximum
permissible temperature of the element (100C), it is recommended to insert a waterfilled loop. An example of such an installation is shown on Figure 5, which also
shows an example of insulation against radiant heat.
Example of installation/connection of transmitter
+l
Thin (= Low heat conductivity) uninsulated tube
- 4 - Max. 70 "C
I
/
Steam
e.g.170*C
-L
i / j j j Insulation
'' againstradiantheat
/
reliable, good conyectidn
Figure 5
Condensed liquid
emp2_2a.cdr
There are facilities for adjusting zero point and span. Zero point adjustment is
necessary to equalise pressure arising from any differences in level between the
pressure transmitter and the medium being measured. Zero point adjustment results
in a parallel adjustment of span.
Air reducing set

8.1 Installation
Before installation the operating conditions of temperature and pressure must be
checked. The unit should be mounted securely in an accessible and visible location
Language UK
Page 8/9
AALBORG
OM6050#03.1
INDUSTRIES
upstream from lubricators and near components being served. Strain on pipe work
and fittings should be avoided and directional flow arrows observed.
With cyclic demand systems the filter-regulator should be installed upstream of
directional control valves. Airline piping should be the same size as unit ports with
air flow in the direction of the arrow. A pressure gauge may be connected to the
appropriate 1/8 port after removing the plug and should have a range exceeding the
maximum proposed outlet setting. Figure 6 shows an illustration of the filterregulator.
Filter-regulator
Figure 6
b07 f.tif
8.2 Adjustment
With the regulator adjustment completely backed-off the air supply can be turned
on. The adjusting knob can be rotated clockwise to increase the spring load and the
pressure increase observed on the gauge.
Minor adjustment after setting changes can be avoided by always approaching the
desired setting from the lower level. When a lower setting is required, firstly reduce
to a lower level and then increase to the desired setting.
Decreasing the pressure setting on a relieving type regulator will cause air to exhaust
through the bonnet vent hole.
The non rising adjusting knob includes a locking feature;
Push knob in after setting to lock and prevent adjustment.
To release pull knob out.

If the adjustment knob is fitted with the tamper resistant screw option, the screw
must be removed to enable the knob to be unlocked.
Auto drain units should have a 1/4" (6 mm) bore flexible tube pushed over the
bottom protrusion to pipe away expelled liquid. Avoid restricting the drain pipe.
Manual drain units must be drained before the contaminant level reaches the
element. Should this occur then liquid contaminant will be carried downstream.
Language UK
Page 9/9
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0

1
General
Figure 1
Language UK
val47x.tif
Page 1/5
AALBORG
OM6010#02.0
INDUSTRIES

I Part
1
2
3
3.1
4
5
6
| 6.1
Designation
Body
Seat ring
Mounting bonnet
Mounting bonnet
Guiding bush
Plug
Spindle
Spindle
Part
7
7.1
8
10
10.1
14
14.1
15
Designation
Gland flange
Screw joint
Spindle guiding
Stuffing box
Gasket
Gasket
Studs
Part
15.1
17
17.1
19
21
25
26
Designation
Studs
Hexagon nuts
Hexagon nuts
Set-pin
Bellow housing
Bellow unit
Table 1
Operation


arise.
Language UK
Page 2/5
AALBORG
OM6010#02.0
INDUSTRIES
Maintenance

3.1.2 Exchange
period.
avoid overlapping).

Language UK
Page 3/5
AALBORG
OM6010#02.0
INDUSTRIES

crosswise.

Language UK
Page 4/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0

plug (5).
pin (19).

Language UK
Page 5/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Pneumatic actuator, type dp

1
General
The pneumatic linear actuator is designed to be mounted directly on a control valve.
The pneumatic actuator converts positioning command signals into stem thrust
forces. The required back setting force is produced by the spring arrangement inside
the actuator. The rolling-diaphragm produces linear spindle movements over the
complete stroke.
The preferred mounting position is with the actuator and valve spindle in vertical
position.
The mode of operation for the actuator depends on how the springs are inserted
when the actuator is assembled. Even when the actuator is fitted in a piping system,
the mode of operation can be changed.
The pneumatic actuator can be operated as:
Spring opens valve/air closes valve operation mode
Air opens valve/spring closes valve operation mode
Illustration of a pneumatic actuator

Operation mode:
Spring opens - Air closes
EJ
Figure 1
Language UK
Air opens - Spring doses
DP 32/33/34
H
dpactuattif
Page 1/6
AALBORG
OM5520#01.0
INDUSTRIES
Table 1 below shows a list of the position numbers in Figure 1 and Figure 2.

Part
1
2
3
4
5
7
10
11
12
13
14
Denomination
Rolling diaphragm
Diaphragm housing
Diaphragm lid
Diaphragm plate
Spindle
Spring
Coupling flange
Guide flange
Rotation guard
Socket screw
Threaded bushing
Part
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
26
27
30
31
Denomination
Stroke indicator
Hexagon nut
Mounting rod
Bellow
Collar nut
O-ring (spindle)
O-ring (bushing)
Slotted guide bearing
Spindle guide
Hexagon nut
Hexagon nut
Table 1

The air supply should be dry and at a low service temperature. A heat-guard should
be installed to prevent high service temperature.
The pneumatic supply tube must be connected to the diaphragm housing (2) by
operation mode "spring closes" and to the diaphragm lid (3) by operation mode
"spring opens".
By air failure the stem automatically returns into the original position caused by the
inserted springs.
remain open.
1.2 Assembly of the actuator on the valve

The assembling of the actuator on the valve is shown in Figure 2. For both "spring
closes" and "spring opens" operation modes the following assembling procedure
should be followed:
Step A: If the actuator and the valve are separated, press the plug and spindle unit
(5) into the closed position for operation mode "spring closes" or into the
open position for operation mode "spring opens".
Warning: Make sure that the plug does not turn while pressing on the seat
during assembly.
Step B: Loosen the socket screws (13), remove the rotation guard (12) and the guide
flange (11). The threaded bushing (14) is now free.
Language UK
Page 2/6
AALBORG
I N D U S T R I ES
OM5520#01.0
Step C: Turn the locking hexagon nut (30) onto the valve spindle. Place the rotation
guard (12) and the guide flange (11) over the valve spindle and then turn
the threaded bushing (14) onto the valve spindle.
Step D: Check the actuator for proper operation mode and connect the pneumatic
supply to the connection piece in the diaphragm housing (2) for operation
mode "spring closes" or in the diaphragm lid (3) for operation mode "spring
opens".
Step E: Drive the actuator into approximately mid-stroke position over the air
supply and mount it onto the valve (read the value from the pressure gauge
- middle of the spring range).
Step F: Tighten the hexagon nuts (31).
Assembly of the actuator on the valve
Operation mode: Spring closes valve - Air opens valve
Operation mode: Spring opens valve - Air closes valve

Figure 2
Language UK
dpactspr.tif
Page 3/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
1.3 Adjustment of the starting pressure signal

Step A: Drive the actuator to the required spring-starting point over the air supply.
Step B: Turn the threaded bushing (14) up against the coupling flange (10) so that
the collar enters into the flange and presses against it. Make sure that the
plug is lying on the valve seat.
Attention: Note that sufficient thread of the valve spindle is inside the threaded
bushing (14). If not, turn the coupling flange (10) downwards from
the actuator spindle and pull the threaded bushing (14) against it.
Step C: For operation mode: "spring closes":
Attach the guide flange (11) and the rotation guard (12) with the socket screws
(13) to the coupling flange (10).
Check that the plug lifts off the seat at the required spring starting point.
Step D: For operation mode: "spring opens":
Check that the plug leaves the end position at the required spring starting point,
and finishes the valve stroke at the spring-range end value.
The plug must then also press on the valve seat.
Step E: After the test operation set the stroke indicators (15) into the end positions.
Step F: Lock the hexagon nuts (16 + 30) at the valve mid-stroke.
Step G: Do not turn the plug on the seat when it is under force.

The actuator action can be reversed even when the valve is installed in a piping
system. The position numbers mentioned in this section refer to Figure 1 and Figure
2.
Step A: Drive the actuator into approximately mid-stroke position with the air
supply.
Step B: Loosen and remove the socket screws (13) from the coupling flange (10)
and drop the rotation guard (12) over the valve spindle.
Step C: Remove the hexagon nuts (31) from the actuator and lift off the valve.
Step D:.Reduce the air supply until the chamber is pressure free.
Language UK
Page 4/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Step E: Loosen and remove the diaphragm lid screws.

Step F: Remove the diaphragm lid (3).
Warning: The actuators DP 32 and DP 33 have two longer screws when fitted
with stronger spring ranges. The actuator DP 34 has four. These
screws should be the last screws to be loosened, and must be
loosened evenly to reduce the high spring tension.
Step G: For reversal from "spring closes" into "spring opens":
Remove the springs (7) and the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and
the spindle (5).
Loosen and remove the seal lock nut (19) and remove the spindle (5). Turn over
the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and the diaphragm clamping
flange, and place it over the spindle (5).
damaged.
Place the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) into the diaphragm lid (3).
Place the diaphragm housing with the spindle sealing unit over the spindle, and
screw it together. Make sure that the springs stay properly arranged.
the diaphragm lid (3).
Step H: For reversal from "spring opens" into "spring closes":
Remove the diaphragm (1) and the diaphragm plate (4) with the spindle (5) and
the springs (7).
Loosen and remove the seal lock nut (19) from the spindle (5). Turn over the
diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and the diaphragm clamping flange,
and place it on the spindle (5).
damaged.
Stick the diaphragm plate (4) with the diaphragm (1) and the spindle (5) into the
diaphragm housing (2).
Language UK
Page 5/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5520#01.0
Place the diaphragm lid (3) on the top, and screw it together. Make sure that the
springs (7) stay properly arranged.
the diaphragm housing (2).

Some actuators are fitted with a manual operation device. The device is connected to
the actuator by means of a new diaphragm lid, a spindle extension with a USIT-ring
and a spindle sealing unit.
The manual operation device is equipped with stroke indicators. The stroke
indicators of both the actuator and the manual operation device must be in the same
end positions when the actuator is pressure free.
The manual operation device must be set into neutral position when the actuator is
running automatically.
The locking device of the manual operation device must be unlocked before
operating.
The locking device prevents an unwanted disarrangement of the setting during
operation, e.g. due to vibration, etc.
Maintenance
The pneumatic actuator is maintenance free. To maintain a disturbance free
operation, the air should be supplied by an air-supply station.
The diaphragm, spindle sealing unit and springs are wear parts and should be
replaced when necessary.
4.1 Exchange of spindle sealing

When the spindle sealing is changed, the slotted PTFE-guide bearing and the 0-ring
should be replaced. The spindle surface must be clean and undamaged. Before the
actuator is assembled, the spindle unit and the spindle must be greased.
Language UK
Page 6/6
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES

1
General
The following instruction is a general description of SIPART positioners and covers
the complete range in the PS2 6DR5000 series.
The electronic pneumatic positioner is used as the final control element of a
pneumatic linear actuator or a part-turn actuator (rotary movements). The positioner
converts a current output signal (4 to 20 mA) from a process controller or control
system to a set point value and into a corresponding movement. The positioner
changes the pressure in a pneumatic actuator chamber or cylinder until the position
corresponds to the set point value.
The positioner can be set up either as a single-action positioner or a double-action
positioner. The single-action positioner is mainly used together with a control valve.
The opposite movement for the control valve is supplied by means of springs. The
double-action positioner is mainly used to control an air damper via a pneumatic
cylinder (actuator). All movements of the pneumatic cylinder are supplied by the
positioner. An illustration of the function diagram for the positioner is shown in
Figure 1. The function diagram is shown with option modules.

Comparison of the set point and the actual value takes place electronically in a micro
controller. If the micro controller detects a deviation, it uses a 5-way switch
procedure to control the piezoelectric valves, which in turn regulate the flow of air
into the actuating chambers. When connected in a two-wire system, the SIPART
PS2 draws its power exclusively from the 4 to 20 mA set point signal.
The piezoelectric valve converts the command into a pneumatic positional
increment. The positioner outputs a continuous signal in the area where there is a
large control deviation (high-speed zone). In areas of moderate control deviation
(slow-speed zone) it outputs a sequence of pulses. No positioning signals are output
in the case of a small control deviation (adaptive or variable dead zone).
initialisation, the micro controller automatically determines the zero, full-scale
value, direction of action, and positioning speed of the actuator. It uses these to
determine the minimum pulse time and dead zone, thus optimising the control.
SIPART PS2.
The installation of the positioner must be carried out in the following order:
Language UK
Mechanic connection
Electric connection
Commissioning
Page 1/16
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES
Illustration of a function diagram
\s
OU
J\J/
n L,n an
?-ira
PJT-
AM
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PI
-eta
Motherboard with microcontroller and input circuit

Control panel with LC-display and momentary action switch
Plezo-valve unit, always built-in
Valve unit with double action positioner always built-in
ly-rrradule for positioner SIPART PS2
Alarm module lor three alarm outputs and one digital input
SIA-module (Slot Initiator-Alann-modute)
Spring-loaded pneumatic actuator (single action)
Spring-loaded pneumatic actuator (double action)
Figure 1
sips2_5a.tif

Normally the positioner is pre-mounted on the actuator or cylinder. If not, follow the
installation guide lines below.
2.1 Mechanic connection to an actuator

Figure 2 shows the mechanic connection of the positioner to an actuator for a control
valve.
Step A: Mount clamping assembly (3) with hexagon socket cap screws (17) and
lock washers (16) on the actuator spindle.
Step B: Insert the pick-up bracket (2) into the recesses of the clamping assembly.
Set the necessary length and tighten the screws so that the pick-up bracket
can still be shifted.
Language UK
Page 2/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Step C: Push the roll (5), spring (13), and guide washer (22) onto the pin (4).
Step D: Insert the pin in the lever (6) and assemble with nut (18), spring washer
(14),andU-washer(12).
Step E: The value of the stroke range specified on the actuator should be set or if
this does not exist as a scaling value, the next greatest scaling value should
be set. The centre of the pin must be in line with the scaling value. The
same value can be set later under parameter "3.YWAY" in commissioning
to display the way in [mm] after initialisation.
Step F: Assemble the hexagon socket cap screw (17), spring washer (16), washer
(12), and square nut (19) on the lever.
Step G: Push the pre-mounted lever onto the positioner axis up to the stop and fix
with the hexagon socket cap screw (17).
Step H: Fit the mounting bracket (1) with two hexagon head screws (9), lock
washer (10), and flat washer (11) on the rear of the positioner.
Step I: Selection of the row of holes depends on the width of the actuator yoke. The
roll (5) should engage in the pick-up bracket (2) as close as possible to the
spindle but may not touch the clamping assembly.
Step J: Hold the positioner with the mounting bracket on the actuator so that the pin
(4) is guided within the pick-up bracket (2).
Step K: Tighten the pick-up bracket.
Step L: Position the mounting parts according to the type of actuator.
Actuator with ledge: hexagon head screw (8), flat washer (11), and lock washer
(10).
Actuator with plane surface: four hexagon head screws (8), flat washer (11), and
lock washer (10).
Actuator with columns: two U-bolts (7), four hexagon nuts (21) with flat washer
(11), and lock washer (10).
Step M: Secure the positioner onto the yoke using the previously positioned
mounting parts.
Note: Set the height of the positioner so that the horizontal lever position is
reached as close to the stroke centre as possible. The lever scale can be
used as orientation. It must be guaranteed that the horizontal lever
position is passed through within the stroke range.
Language UK
Page 3/16
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
I N D U STR I E S
Mechanic connection of the positioner (linear actuator)
2)
3)
11
Mounting on yoke
with ledge
Mounting on yoke
with plane surface
Mounting on yoke
with columns
As required
Figure 2
Language UK
sips2_5b.tif
Page 4/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
2.2 Mechanic connection to a pneumatic cylinder

The positioner is connected to a pneumatic cylinder by means of fixing bracket,
lever arm with Allen screw, extension arm, and roller.
The pneumatic piston is connected to a guide rail with an oblique angle via a
linkage. The guide rail moves together with the piston, and the roller/lever
connection senses the position of the piston. By operating both sides of the
pneumatic cylinder, the set point is reached. A spring inserted between the fixing
bracket and the lever arm secures that the roller is pressed down against the guide
rail.
2.3 Mechanic connection to a rotary actuator

Figure 3 shows the mechanic connection of the positioner to a rotary actuator.
Step A: Attach the mounting console (9, actuator specific) onto the rear of the
positioner and secure using the hexagon head screws (14) and lock washers
(15).
Step B: Adhere pointer (4.2) onto the mounting console in the centre of the centring
hole.
Step C: Push coupling wheel (2) onto the positioner axis, pull back by about 1 mm
and tighten the hexagon socket head screw (18) with the Allen key
provided.
Step D: Place the carrier (3) onto the end of the actuator and secure using Fillister
head screw (16) and washer (17).
Step E: Carefully place the positioner with mounting console onto the actuator such
that the pin of the coupling wheel engages in the driver.
Step F: Align the positioner/mounting console assembly in the centre of the actuator
and screw tight (screws are not included in the delivery, they are part of the
actuator mounting console).
Step G: Follow the start-up sequence as described later. Drive the actuator to the
end position and adhere the scale (4.1) onto the coupling wheel (2)
according to the direction of rotation and rotary actuator. The scale is selfadhesive.
Language UK
Page 5/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Mechanic connection of the positioner (rotary actuator)
Figure 3
Language UK
sips2_5c.tif
Page 6/16
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
INDUSTRIES

When the positioner is connected in a two-wire system, the positioner draws its
power exclusively from the 4 to 20 mA set point signal. Figure 4 indicates the input
circuits for the positioner.
View of the controls and connections
1
2
3
4
5
6.1
6.2
Input: Supply aSr

Output Actuating pressure Y1
Display
Output: Actuating pressure Y2*>
Operating taays
ResWctef
ResWctorYl
ResMetorYZ**
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
Silencer
Transmission ratio selector
Adjusting wheel slip ctutch
Terminate options modtitos
Dummy plug
Screw-type cable gtand
Terminal plate on cover
Purging air switch
Figure 4
sips2_5d.tif
Ensure that the air quality is suitable. Grease-free instrumental air with a solid
content < 30 \im and a pressure dew point 20 K below the lowest ambient
temperature must be supplied.
Warning: For reasons of safety, pneumatic power may only be supplied after
assembly when the positioner is switched to operating level "P
manual" operation with electrical signal applied.
4.1.1 Selection of P manual mode

Before pneumatic power is connected, the positioner must be in P manual mode.
The display must show "NOINIT" in the bottom line.
Language UK
Page 7/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
4.1.2 Pneumatic connections

Figure 4 shows a view of the positioner controls and connections.
Step A: If required, connect a manometer block for supply air and actuating
pressure.
Step B: The silencer in the exhaust output can be removed if necessary.
Step C: Connect actuating pressure Yl and/or Y2 (Y2*} is only used with doubleacting actuators) according to the desired safety position.
Step D: Connect the supply air (1). The pressure should be between 1.4 to 7 bar.
Note: In order for spring-loaded pneumatic actuators to be able to reliably

exploit the maximum possible actuating path, the supply pressure must
be sufficiently greater than the maximum required final pressure of the
actuator.
4.1.3 Safety position when the electric power supply fails

For a single-action actuator is Yl deaerated. For a double-action actuator is Yl
equal to the supply air pressure and Y2 is deaerated.
4.1.4 Restrictors
To increase the positioning times for fast actuators when necessary, the air flow can
be reduced with the restrictors Yl and Y2 (only for double-action valves). Turning
the restrictors in the clockwise direction reduces the air flow until it is shut off. To
set the restrictors it is recommended to first close them and then open them again
slowly (see initialisation process RUN 3).
4.1.5 Purging air switchover
The purging air changeover switch located above the pneumatic terminal block on
the valve manifold can be accessed when the housing is open. When the switch is in
position "IN" the interior of the housing is purged with very small quantities of
clean and dry instrument air. In position "OUT" the purging air is led directly out of
the instrument.
Commissioning
initialisation, the micro controller automatically determines the zero value, full-scale
value, direction of action and positioning speed of the actuator. It uses these to
determine the minimum pulse time and dead zone, hereby optimising the control.
SIPART PS2.
The commissioning of the positioner can be divided into the following steps:
Preparation for initialisation

Start the automatic initialisation procedure
Language UK
Page 8/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Set additional parameters if required
Select automatic mode

Figure 5 shows the possible operation modes for the positioner and gives an
overview of how to change between them. The levels are P-manual mode,
configuration and initialisation, manual mode, automatic mode, and diagnostic
display. From these modes it is possible to select operation mode, set operation
parameters, restore to factory setting, run an automatic initialisation, etc.
Operation levels
Display
Mode
o s ^ - ^ T t ^ wi-yi*
P-manual mode
Potentiometer
Change position
^'"S V A " "
Not initialized (can be reached

using preset)
Configure
Change parameter
name using g ^
Change value
Manual mode
Change position
using
y ^
,wn i n 11
*=
HRy
Parameter
number
Parameter.
name
tfj**v
Position [%1
Error code .
Mode and
Setpolnt[%]
Automatic
P315
9E3
> i
5
-S.
Position [%]
Error code Mode and
Setpoint [%]
36!
.RJT3B
Diagnosis
number
'Diagnosis name
Figure 5
sips2_5e.tif
5.1 Preparation for initialisation

Step A: Check and set the gear transmission switch to the correct position. Figure 4
(position 8) indicates the location of the switch. For linear actuators the gear
transmission switch is set according to the stroke range as described in
Table 1 for the parameter "3.YWAY". For part-turn actuators 90 must be
selected.
Step B: Check that the pneumatic supply power (inlet air) is present. The operating
pressure should be at least one bar greater than is necessary for
closing/opening the valve during initialisation.
Language UK
Page 9/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Step C: Without initialisation the positioner is in "P manual mode" and "NOINIT"
flashes in the display. This level can also be reached by using "55.PRST"
function (see Table 1).
Step D: Check the free running of the mechanics in the whole actuating range by
moving the actuator with the keys " | " and " j " and driving to the respective
end position.
Step E: With linear actuators drive the actuator to horizontal lever position. The
display must indicate 48% to 52%. If necessary, correct the value by
adjusting the sliding clutch. After the check is completed, the actuator must
be approximately half way along its stroke. This is due to establishment of
the action direction during automatic initialisation.
5.2 Automatic initialisation

Figure 6 shows the configuration mode including the operation in this mode and
Table 1 shows the parameter/configuration list. Figure 7 shows the initialisation
process of the positioner. The initialisation process is stored in the microprocessor.
This means that an additional initialisation only is necessary if any parts of the unit
have been changed.
Note: The numerical values used in Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7 are
examples.
Step A: Call the configuration mode by pressing the hand symbol key for longer
than 5 seconds.
Step B: Set the actuator type, linear or part-turn, in the menu item line "1 .YFCT".
Step C: Switch to the second parameter by pressing the hand symbol key briefly.
Step D: Set the rated angle of rotation for feedback in the menu item line
"2.YAGL". It is vital that this value corresponds to the setting of the gear
transmission ratio selector (Figure 4, position 8), 33 or 90.
Step E: Switch to the next parameter by pressing the hand symbol key briefly.
Step F: This parameter ("3.YWAY") is only set for linear actuators and if the total
stroke in mm should be displayed at the end of the initialisation phase. To
do this, select the same value in the display to which the carrier pin to the
scale on the lever is set to.
Step G: Switch to the following parameter by pressing the hand symbol key briefly.
Step H: Start the initialisation ("4.INITA") by pressing the "f" key for longer than 5
seconds.
Language UK
Page 10/16
AALBORG
OM5510#05.0
I N D U S TRIE S
Step I: During the initialisation phase "RUNl" to "RUN5" appear one after another
in the bottom of the display. Please note that the initialisation process may
last up to 15 minutes depending on the actuator.
Note: The ongoing initialisation can be aborted at any time by pressing the
hand symbol key. The previous settings are retained. All the parameters
are reset to the factory setting only after performing a preset
"55.PRST".
Step J: If problems occur, carry out the measures as described in the table "Possible
messages" shown in Figure 7.
Step K: The initialisation is completed when "FINSH" appears in the bottom of the
display.
Step L: When pressing the hand symbol key briefly the menu item line "4.INITA"
is displayed.
Step M: To exit the configuration operating mode, press the hand symbol key for
longer than 5 seconds. The software version is displayed after about 5
seconds. The instrument is in manual operation after releasing the key.
Step N: The positioner can be changed to automatic mode by pressing the " | " key
once as indicated in Figure 5.
Step O: The automatic mode is the normal mode. In this mode the positioner
compares the set point current with the current position and moves the
actuator until the control deviation reaches the dead zone.
Operation in the configuration mode
V A
BB3BB
8B i m i
atthesarnetime
'P \
W A
atthesarnetime
Figure 6
Language UK
"SL^
at the same time
atthesarnetime
sips2_5f.tif
Page 11/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Initialisation process
Automatic i n i t i a l start-up (starting with factory setting)
Meaning
Step
u
Part* urn
actuator
turn
90
1 YFCT
2 YAGL
WAY
33
1 YFCT
2 YAGL
Possible messages
Meaning
Display
324
RUN 1
Linear
actuator
Strt I
3 YW\Y
Actuator does
not move
324
Press the up key for > 5 sec.
St ft
4
INTA
Check restrictor ( and open

if necessary
Drive actuator to working range
usingthe up and down keys
ffiROR
2)
Measures
Acknowledge message
using the hand syrrbol key
Restart initialisation
Remaining steps are carried out automatjcaly

Change gearing (7)
3-1
4)
5)
6.)
7)
8.)
P
O
P
LI
P
Q
P
D
324
RUN 1
924
RUN 2
824
RUN 3
324
RUN 4
524
P
Checking of travel and adjustment of
zero andstroke (from stop to stop)
FINSH
8 8 4 ! Down tolerance
d m IUJ
band violated
Pressing the up key initiates leakage measurement
SEt
Deterrrina Son of minimum inae ment length
Or adjust sliding clutch up

to display
6.4
d.O IU
Then only
Contjrueushg the down key
Determination and display of positioning time

down'dw.x), up (uxx.x). Stop with the down key
MIDDL
Once the slipping

dutch has been
adjusted
Linearactuator set pick-up

lever into fo rizontal position
using the up and down keys
Continue using hand symbol key
Optirrisati on of transient respon se
RUN 5j
324
Continue using up key
Direction of action is determired
98.3
Intialisafon terminated successfuly
(travel in m m for linear actuators)
(angleofrotation for part-turn actuators)
Contjnueushg hand symbol key
UP
>
Up tolerance band
violated
Acknowledge message
using the hand symbol key
Set the next highest travel
value on the lever
Restart initj alisEtbn
Additionally possible with rotary
actuators:
Adjust using up and down keys
up to display:
923
>-i
90_95
Continue u shg hand symbol key
19.8
U-d <
Up/down span
violated
Acknowledge message
usingthe hand symbol key
Set the nect lowest travel
value on the lever
Restart initialisation
1.3
NOZZL
1.8 |
NozaJ
Figure 7
Actuator does
not move.
Ftositioning
time is possibl e
to adjust
Adjust positioning timeushg

resrictor(s)
Contjnueushg the
up ordown key
sips2_5g.cdr
5.3 Parameters
After the initialisation process, the positioner can be configured to meet the
requirements of a specified task. The factory settings correspond to the requirements
for a typical application. This means that normally only a few parameters will need
to be changed.
Table 1 shows the parameter list for the positioner. The parameter name is written in
plain text in the "menu line" column. The function of the parameter is described
briefly in the "Function column". In addition, the possible parameter values, the
physical unit and the factory setting of the parameters are shown.
Language UK
Page 12/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Parameter list
Menu line
l.YFCT
2.YAGL'>
Function
Parameter values
turn (part-turn actuator)
WAY (linear actuator)
LWAY (linear actuator
without sine correction)
ncSt (part-turn actuator
with NCS)
-ncSt (part-turn actuator
with NCS, inverted)
90
33
Type of actuator
Rated angle of rotation for feedback

(must correspond to gear ratio)
When used, the value must correspond with

the set of the leverage ratio on the actuator
Driver pin must be set to the value of the
actuator travel or, if this value is not scaled,
to the next lager scale value
6.SCUR
Initialisation (automatically)
Initialisation (manually)
.
. . .
Current range off set point
r
7.SDIR
Set point direction
8.SPRA
9.SPRE
Set point for start of split range

Set point for end of split range
10.TSUP
Set point ramp up
ll.TSDO
Set point ramp down

Set point function
4.INITA
5.INITM
0 to 20 mA
. . .
4 xto 20 mA
....
13.SL03'
14.SL1
to
32.SL19
33.SL20
Linear
Equal-percentage 1:25,1:33, 1:50
Inverse equal-percentage 1:25, 1:33, 1:50
Freely adjustable
Set point turning point at
0%
5%
to
95%
100%
34.DEBA
Dead zone of controller
12.SFCT
35.YA
36.YE
37.YNRM
38.YDIR
39.YCLS
40.YCDO
41.YCUP
Language UK
Factory setting
Customer
setting
WAY
Degrees
33
mm
OFF
OFF
Stroke range (optional setting)
3.YWAY2)
Unit
Start of manipulated variable limiting

End of manipulated variable limiting
Standardisation of
To mech. travel
To flow
Direction of manipulated
Rising
variable for display
Falling
Without
Tight closing with
Top only
Bottom only
Top and bottom
Value for tight closing, bottom
Value for tight closing, top
5,10,15,20
(short lever 33)
25 , 30 ,35
(short lever 90)
40 , 50 , 6 0 , 70 ,
90,110,130
(long lever 90)
noini/no/###.#/Strt
noini/###.#/Strt
0MA
4 MA
riSE
FALL
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
Auto
0 to 400
0 to 400
no
no
4 MA
riSE
%
%
0.0
0.0
Lin
1-25 , 1-33 ,1-50
nl-25,nl-33,nl-50
FrEE
0.0 to 100.0
Auto
0.1 to 10.0
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
MPOS
FLOW
riSE
FALL
no
Lin
0.0
5.0
to
95.0
100.0
Auto
%
%
0.0
100.0
MPOS
riSE
UP
do
uPdo
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
no
%
%
0.5
99.5
Page 13/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Parameter list continued

Function
Menu line
42.BIN14)
43.BIN24'
44.AFCT5>
45.A1
46.A2
47-SFCT 6 '
48. L, TIM
49. SLIM
Function of BI 1:
None
Block configuring (NO contact)
Block configuring and manual (NO contact)
Function of BI 2:
None
Without
,.
Al=min. A2=max.
Alarm function
..
._
Al=min. A2=rmn.
Al=max. A2=max.
Function of alarm output
On fault
Fault + not automatic
Fault + not automatic + BI
("+" means logical OR operation)
Monitoring time for fault message
"control deviation"
Response threshold for fault message
"control deviation"
50.4STRK
Limit for stroke integral
51.SDCHG
Limit for direction change
52. L, ZERO
Limit for end stop monitoring, bottom
53. L, OPEN
Limit for end stop monitoring, top
54.L1DEBA
Limit for dead zone monitoring
55.PRST
Preset (factory setting)

"no" nothing activated
"Strt" start of factory setting after pressing
key for 5 sec.
"oCAY" display following successful
factory setting
CAUTION: preset results in "NO iNIT"
Parameter values
Unit
OFF
on / -on
bLocl
bLoc2
uP / -uP
doWn / -doWn
StoP / - StoP
OFF
on / -on
uP / -uP
doWn / -doWn
StoP / -StoP
oFF
N,NA
N,N
NA,NA
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
Factory setting
Customer
setting
OFF
OFF
OFF
%
%
10.0
90.0
L,nA
L,nAb
Auto
0 to 100
Auto
0.0 to 100.0
OFF
1 to 1.00E9
OFF
1 to 1.00E9
OFF
0.0 to 100.0
OFF
0.0 to 100.0
OFF
0.0 to 100.0
Auto
Auto
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
no
Strt
oCAY
Table 1
J)
If turn is selected it is not possible to set 33.

Parameter does not appear if 1 .YFCT = turn has been selected.
3)
Turning points only appear with selection 12.SFCT = FrEE.
4)
Alternatively "no" if initialisation has not yet been carried out
5)
NC contact means; action with opened switch or low level. NO contact means;
action with closed switch or high level.
6)
Normal means: high level without fault. Inverted means: low level without fault.
2)
Language UK
Page 14/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0
Diagnosis
In the diagnostic mode the current operating data (such as number of strokes,
number of changes in direction, number of fault messages, etc.) can be displayed.
From the automatic or manual modes the diagnostic mode can be reached by
simultaneously pressing all three keys for at least 2 seconds.
Table 2 shows an overview of the displayable values. The diagnostic display has a
similar structure as the parameter menu displays. The respective next diagnostic
value can be selected with the hand symbol key. Certain values can be set to zero by
pressing the " | " key for at least 5 seconds. These are menu item line " 1 , 2, 3, and 4".
Some diagnostic values may be greater than 99999. In this case the display switches
to exponential display.
Diagnostic list
Abbreviation
Meaning
~
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
STRKS
CHDIR
hCNT
A1CNT
A2CNT
HOURS
WAY
TUP
TDOWN
LEAK
P0
P100
IMPUP
IMPDN
DBOP
DBDN
SSUP
SSDN
TEMP
TMIN
TMAX
Tl
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
T9
VENT1
VENT2
33
STORE
Number of strokes
Changes of direction
Fault counter
Alarm counter 1
Alarm counter 2
Operating hours
Determined actuating path
Travel time up
Travel time down
Leakage
Potentiometer value below stop (0%)
Potentiometer value bottom stop (100%)
Impulse length up
Impulse length down
Dead zone up
Dead zone down
Short step zone up
Short step zone down
Current temperature
Minimum temperature
Maximum temperature
Store current values as "last maintenance"
Press the up key for at least 5 seconds (store)
Displayable
value
0to4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 130
0 to 1000
0 to 1000
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
0.0 to 100.0
2 to 100
2 to 100
0.1 to 100.0
0.1 to 100.0
0.1 to 100.0
0.1 to 100.0
-45 to 85
-45 to 85
-45 to 85
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
0 to 4.29E9
-
Unit
Hours
mmor
s
s
|
%
%
%
ms
ms
%
%
%
%
C
c
c
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
-
Table 2
Language UK
Page 15/16
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM5510#05.0

The positioner is largely maintenance-free. The positioner is fitted with filters in the
pneumatic connection as protection against coarse particles of dirt. If the pneumatic
energy supply contains particles of dirt, the filters may be clog and impair the
function of the positioner. In this case the filters can be cleaned as follows:
Step A: Switch off the pneumatic power supply and remove the pipes.
Step B: Unscrew the cover.
Step C: Remove the three screws from the pneumatic connector strip.
Step D: Remove the filters and O-rings behind the connector strip.
Step E: Clean the filters (e.g. with compressed air).
Step F: After cleaning first insert the filters in the recesses in the housing and then
place the O-rings on the filters.
Step G: Align the pneumatic connector strip on the two lugs and screw tight with
the three self-tapping screws.
Note: Make sure that the same thread is used. To do this, turn the screws anticlockwise until they snap into the thread audibly. Only then should the
screws be tightened.
Language UK
Page 16/16
*|M
'.h#M
.'ill 'iVnifS
6'( ^3WI^|-,f
til
*?
vS
',.'V'
w
C-5B
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of contents
Drawings
General arrangement
Gauge board
Language UK
04Y:022524d
61Z:022715
Page 1/1
Description
View A-A
View B-B
Index
Date
Drawn
Appr.
Boiler dim. changed
Valves In top of boiler moved.
020916
SAP
BeP
General revision
021131
SAP
BeP
Boiler height changed. C196 moved.
021105
SAP
BeP
020814 sap/BeP
,C04)(C03)
ZX
Exhaust gas outlet DN 1000

40_Ton Lifting eye
Detail of platform
item W33
2485
Platform
(C09)
\
\
.c< X "
View C-C
W33
Gestra electrode stand
Drain valve
Gauge board
DN1/2"-Left

Valve for heating coll inlet
Manhole
Water level gauge

Water level gauge
Drain valve for furnace
Water check valve and neck flange
Gauge board valve
Air escape valve
Sample valve
Blow down valve
Feed water valve

Feed water valve
"aT
Platform
o
.c
T3
C
Xa
CO
T3
2
o
1'
a.
xi
Revision
Customer
o
c
o
o
a>
a
Society
GL+SBG GL+SBG
Newb. No.
JLZ02-0501 JLZ01-0502 JLZ02-0503 JLZU2-0504 JLZ020505 JLZ020506
Boiler No.
Main steam valve angle
C01
Safety valve
Item
Designtion
Jinling Shipyard
BV
DN40
Pes.
Material
Dimension
MISSIONOC
CO
Project No.
C02
BV
GL+SBG
BV
735839
735842
735845
735847
736650
736653
11828
11831
11834
11836
13031
13034
sap
Vertical smoke/water tube boiler

4200/1200kg/h
10 bar
021001
021031
03250
1:30
AALBORG
IMDUITIIII
General arrangement
AfVctarOrawInQ Nsx
04Y: 022524
Index
Description
Date^LfcDrawn
Appr.
768
OB
ml
768
(U
^H@
o
w
i^
CO
1
i
Tube from gauge board valve
27
26
25
24
Coupling
CR012, CR012
Streamer "STEAM PRESSURE"
180x640
Hexagon set screw
M8x20 Electro galvanized
Plate for mounting of acces.
2462207
K23:015930
Folie
61Z:015826
Steel
22
Cabinet - Munsell 7.5 BG 7/2

768x768x300
Steel
19
18
17
16
Compress, gasket
1/2"
Coupling
M20x1,5-f, G1/2"-f
Nut
M5
Machine screw with pozidriv
M5x10 electro galvanized
Allen screw
M5x10 electro galvanized
Manifold
Adaptor
G 1/4"-m, G 3/8"-m
Gasket
14 018/O6.5t=2
Sign "PRES. SWITCH START/STOP"
13 100x90x1
Sign PRESS. SWITCH LOW STEAM
12
100x90x1
Sign "PRESS. SWITCH HIGH STEAM
11
90x90x1
Sign "PRESS. TRANS MODULATING"
10
100x90x1
Support for gauge board valves
9
8560000011
8560000010
2911605
Copper
2453430
Brass
10
DIN 267
8
3292416
10
DIN 267
4.8
3215162
20
DIN 267
8.8
3255010
DIN 1629
St 37.4
K39:015938
6310185
15
TB
St.W22
St.
Cabinet door, Munsell 7.5BG7/2

768x768x15
20
TB
3254717
23
21
lf
DIN 267
4.6
Brass
11
Adaptor
G 3/8"-f, G 1/2"-m
Pressure gauge valve
1/2" PN400
Press, switch start/stop
2911602
Copper
9727257
Brass
9727251
Brass
9727252
Brass
9727259
Brass
K33:004887
DIN 17672
Brass
2453415
DIN 17243
C22.8
2541002
6130300
1-10 Bang G1/4"-f
Section B-B
Press, switch low steam

1-10BargG1/4"-f
Press, switch high steam
1-10 Bar G1/2"-m
0-10 Bar G 1/2"-m
Pressure gauge 0100
0-16/1.6 bar/kg/MPa BSP 1/2"-m
Support for gauge board valves
6130300
6310310
6638231
6632973
St.W22
St.
Designation
Material code
Dimension
Material type
K33:015836
Cert
Article No.
Detail drawing No.
Title:
Gauge board
SAP
Relay/microprocessor controlled
Burner: two stage, WEISHAUPT
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Classification: GL+SBG & BV

THIS DRAWING AND DESH3N SHOWN HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF AALBORG INDUSTRIES
AND MUST NOT BE USED BY OR REPRODUCED FOR THIRD PARTY
020913
Appr.
STh
Weight
020913
Scale:
1:2.5
Article/Drawing No:
61Z:022715
Size
A2R
isi
Pa
'fcfi
*&
^
I*
Jjlii,
AALBORG
^B-IHiHBfilWHWB^^W^^^^^^^^M
INDUSTRIES
^mn0jj|^^^^0|||m|^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Table of contents
Data sheets for boiler and steam/water system
Stop valve, straight, DN 25, PN 25
Stop valve, angle, DN 150, PN 25
Needle valve, straight, W x '/2", PN 400
Safety valve, DN 50/80, PN 40/16
Safety valve, DN 15, PN 40
Stop valve straight, non return, DN 32, PN 25
Stop valve straight, nonreturn, DN40, PN 25
Check valve, DN 150, PN 25
Pneumatic control valve, type 23.470 DP with I/P positioner, DN 20
Pneumatic control valve, type 23.470 DP with I/P positioner, DN 40
Pressure switch, KPS 37
Temperature switch, ATHs-20/a
Pressure transmitter, 0-16 bar
Water level gauge, right, model 26, DN 25, PN 25
Water level gauge, left, model 26, DN 25, PN 25
Control device for salinometer, LRS l-5b
Control unit for oil detection equipment
Ultrasonic sensor for oil detection equipment
Expansion joint for safety valve
Conductive electrode, ERL 16-1
Needle valve, straight, %" x %", PN 400
Sample cooler, SCS 20
Water test kit, AGK 100
Counter
flanges
Temperature transmitter, PtlOO
Language UK
250 1088
250 1090
251 1096
253 1005
254 1002
261 1173
261 1358
264 1089
264 1090
291 5101
6020 000021
6050 000043
6050 000049
6220 000002
631 0330
632 0110
663 8232
7010 000135
7010 000136
8210 000005
8210 000025
8310 000005
8500 000016
85Y:013425a
8620 000003
87D3050
875 0005
880 0050
9296 000025
K16:004096
Data sheet
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C24, C25
Type:
Stop globe valve, straight
23.006
Size:
Nominal diameter: DN 25
Application:
For steam and/or water flow
Material:
Body: GGG 40.3
DIN -Material No. 0.7043
Seat:X20Crl3
DIN-Material No. 1.4021.05
Disc:X20Crl3
DIN -Material No. 1.4021.05
Technical data:
Nominal pressure: PN 25
Weight:
5.4 kg
Flanges according to DIN
0 140
Body
Type No.: 6010

Version: A
Language UK
250 1088
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C3
Type:
Stop globe valve, straight
23.006
Size:
Application:
Material:
Body: GGG 40.3
Seat:X20Crl3
Disc:X20Crl3
Technical data:
Nominal pressure: PN25
Weight:
10 kg
0 160
Body
Type No.: 6010

Version: A
Language UK
250 1090
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C2
Type:
Stop globe valve, angle
34.007
Material:
Body:
GS-C25 N
Din-Material No. 1.0619.1
Seat:
X20Q13
Din-Material No. 1.4021.05
Disc:
X20G-13
Size:
Application:
Technical data:
Weight:
68 kg
300
Disc
Seat
_^Body
Type No.: 6010

Version: D
Language UK
Stop valve, angle, DN 150, PN 25
251 1096
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C16, C198
Type:
Stop valve, gate straight
Size:
Application:
Sea water, fresh water, oi' , steam etc
Material:
Body:
GG25
Technical data:
Nominal pressure:
Max. temperature:
Weight:
PN10
150 C
11.5 kg
120
Type No.: 6010

Version: A
Language UK
253 1005
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2M10, H14
Type:
Pressure gauge valve needle straight.
Size:
1/2" x 1/2"
Application:
For instrument connections
Material:
Body:C22.8
DIN-material No. 1.0460
Technical data:
Test connection: M20 x 1.5 mm threaded male
Weight:
0.4 kg
GW,-f
Type No.: 6210

Version: F
Language UK
Needle valve, straight, 1/2" x 1/2", PN 400
2541002
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: CI
Type:
Safety valve, full lift
25.912
V/////X
Size:
Nominal diameter: DN 50/80
Application:
To blow off saturated steam, air or water
Material:
Body: GGG 40.3
DIN-Material No.: 0.7043
Seat: X6CrNi Mo Ti 17122
Disc:X35CrMol7
DIN-Material No.: 1.4122.05
Technical data:
Nominal pressure: PN 40/16
Weight:
28 kg
Inlet: DN 50, PN40
Outlet:DN80,PN16
Type No.: 6040

Version: A
Language UK
Safety valve, DN 50/80, PN 40/16
261 1173
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C26
Type:
Safety valve, full lift
25.941
/-77T771
Size:
Application:
To blow off steam and/or air.
Material:
Body: GGG 40.3
Technical data:
Weight:
3.5 kg
Body
Type No.: 6040

Version: A
Language UK
Safety valve, DN 15, PN 40
261 1358
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
I N D U S TRIES
Item: C5, C7
Type:
Stop check globe valve, screw down non
return, straight
23.006 R
Material:
Body: GGG 40.3
Seat: X20 Crl3
Disc:X20Crl3
Size:
Application:
Technical data:
Weight:
7.5 kg
0 140
Body
Type No.: 6030

Version: A
Language UK
Stop valve, straight, non return,

DN 32, PN 25
2641089
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
I N D U ST R I E S
Item: C4
Material:
Body: GGG 40.3
Seat:X20Crl3
Disc:X20Crl3
Type:
Stop check globe valve, screw down non
return, straight
23.006 R
Size:
Application:
Technical data:
Weight:
10 kg
0I6O
Body
Type No.: 6030

Version: A
Language UK
Stop valve, straight, non return,

DN 40, PN 25
2641090
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2W3, 2N6
Type:
30
Handle
Body
Size:
Connections ports 1/4" BSP
Gauge ports 1/8" BSP
VB
8
i/X/?
Application:
Instrument air for regulating pressure
um
Technical data:
Medium: instrument air only
Max. inlet pressure: 17 bar
Operating temp.: -20 C to + 65 C
Filter element: 5 um
Recommend pressure regulating range:
0.14-7.0 bar
Pressure gauge: 0 - 1 0 bar
Weight: 0.4 kg
Fitting
?n
18
o
Q
a
ca
O
<JJ
Bin
Connedions ports
Material:
Body: Steel
Bin: Steel
Handle: Acetal
fi
31
41
Flow characteristics
Inlest pre;ssur e 7 Dar
bar]
7
6
P
^CO b
^ - , ~-^
~~~~-
- -
CO
iil
'1
CL
--
---..,
2
- _
" - - - . - . _
V
10
Arflow [dm /s]
Type No.: 8000

Version: A
Language UK
291 5101
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C14
Technical data:
Operating pressure max: 25 bar
Operating temperature max.: 250C
Weight: 4.6 kg
Type:
Wafer check valve
WCV6100
Size:
Application:
For steam and liquids media
Installation:
The check valve can be installed,
sandwiched between flanges with
horizontal flow.
Material:
Body: carbon steel
Wafer disc: carbon steel
Disc seating: metallic
117
0 228
U
20
Type No.: 6020

Version: A
Language UK
Check valve, DN 150, PN 25
6020 000021
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2 W 1
Type:
Control globe valve, straight with
pneumatic actuator and I/P positioner
23.470, DP 32
Size:
Application:
For cooling, water, steam, brine and/or
gas flow
Input signal: 4-20 mA

Ambient temperature: -30C to +80C
Protection: IP 65
Technical data unit:
Design closing pressure: 16.7 bar
Weight: 19 kg
Installation:
Only as shown in the picture
Material valve:
Body: GGG 40.3
Seat:X20Crl3
Plug:X20Crl3
Stuffing box: PTFE V-ring unit (-10C to
+ 220C)
0 250
Technical data, valve:

Positioning ratio: 50:1
Flow characteristic: Equal percentage
Standard kv value: 6.3 m3/h
Stroke: 20 mm
Plug type: Parabolic shaft guided
Technical data, actuator:
Spring range: 0.4 - 1 . 2 bar
Diaphragm area: 250 cm2
Filling volume: 2.3 1
Max air pressure: 6 bar
Action: Normally closed valve on air
failure
Stuffing box
Technical data, I/P positioner:

Air connection: G !4"
Inlet air supply: 1.4 to 7 bar, instrument
air
Air inlet consumption in stable state:
<3.6xlO _2 Nm 3 /h
Cable inlet: M20x 1.5
Type No.: 6050

Version: B
Language UK
Pneumatic control valve DN 20, PN 25,

with DP actuator
and I/P positioner
6050 000043
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2N5
Type:
Control globe valve, straight with
pneumatic actuator and I/P positioner
23.470, DP 32
Size:
Application:
For cooling, water, steam, brine and/or
gas flow
Input signal: 4-20 mA

Ambient temperature: -30C to +80C
Protection: IP 65
Technical data unit:
Design closing pressure: 11.3 bar
Weight: 27 kg
Installation:
Only as shown in the picture
Material valve:
Body: GGG 40.3
Seat:X20Crl3
Plug:X20Crl3
Stuffing box: PTFE V-ring unit (-10C to
+ 220C)
Technical data, valve:
Positioning ratio: 50:1
Flow characteristic: Equal percentage
Standard kv value: 25 m3/h
Stroke: 30 mm
Plug type: Parabolic shaft guided
._. Stuffing box
Technical data, actuator:

Spring range: 1.0 - 2.0 bar
Diaphragm area: 250 cm2
Filling volume: 2.3 1
Max air pressure: 6 bar
Action: Normally closed valve on air
failure
Technical data, I/P positioner:
Air connection: G W
Inlet air supply: 1.4 to 7 bar, instrument
air
Air inlet consumption in stable state:
<3.6xlO"*Nm 3 /h
Cable inlet: M20 x 1.5
Type No.: 6050

Version: B
Language UK
Pneumatic control valve DN 40, PN 25,

with DP actuator
and I/P positioner
6050 000049
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C9, CIO, CI 1
Type:
Instrument stop cone valve, straight
Material:
Body: C 22.8
DIN-Material No. 1.0460
Seat:X20Crl3
Needle tip: X35 CrMo 17
Size:
Gfc"x0l2
Application:
For steam, water and/or air
Technical data:
Inlet:
GV2" male DIN
19207, form R
Outlet:
For steel tube 0 12
Weight:
0.8 kg
0 80
Type No.: 6220

Version: D
Language UK
6220 000002
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2M9
116
Type:
Pressure switch
KPS37
68
(4F
Application:
The units are pressure-controlled switches.
The pressure controls are suitable for use in
alarm and regulation system.
03
r.' 'i
Enclosure:
IP 67 to IEC 529 and DIN 40050.
The pressure control housing is
enamelled pressure die cast aluminium
(GD-AISi 12). The cover is fastened by
four screws which are anchored to
prevent loss.
The enclosure can be sealed with fuse
wire.
Adjustment:
When the pressure control cover is
removed, and the locking screw (5) is
loosened, the range can be set with the
spindle (1) while at the same time the
scale (2) is being read. In units having
an adjustable differential, the spindle (3)
must be used to make the adjustment.
The differential obtained can be read
direct on the scales (4).
To ensure that the plant functions
properly, a suitable differential pressure
is necessary. Too small a differential
will give rise to short running periods
with a risk of hunting. Too high a
differential will result in large pressure
oscillations.
Technical data:
Operating pressure:
Differential:
Test pressure:
Pressure connection:
Cable entry:
Weight:
Type No.: 8030

Version: B
Language UK
\ \\
I 29mI
41
81
1
2
3
4
5
^ 35 |
44 '
68
Range spindle
Range scale
Differential spindle
Differential scale
Locking screw
6 - 1 8 bar
0.75 - 2.5 bar
27 bar
G 3/8 -m
Pg 13.5 for cable
diameters 5 to 14 mm.
lkg
Pressure switch
KPS37
631 0330
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2K5
JT\
Type:
Temperature switch
ATHs-20/a
Application:
For exhaust gas
Material:
Steel
Technical data:
Measuring range: + 20 - +500 C
Protection: IP54
Cable entry: PG 13.5
I.'
'
',, I
n^r
Type No.: 8070

Version: A
Language UK
Temperature switch ATHs-20/a
G1/2"
632 0110
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: H3
Type:
MBS 5100
Size:
0 - 1 6 bar
Application:
The pressure transmitter converts pressure to an electric signal. This is proportional to, and linear
with, the value of the pressure to which the pressure-sensitive element is subjected by the
medium. The units are supplied as two wire transmitters with an output signal of 4-20 mA. The
transmitters have a zero-point displacement facility for equalizing static pressure.
Span adjustment is also possible.
Material:
Housing material: Anodized AlMgSiPb
0 5.5'
Type No.: 8010

Version: A
Language UK
0 - 1 6 bar
6638232
Page 1/3
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: H3
Technical data:
Performance:
Accuracy (incl. non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability): 0.1% fs (typ.) / 0.3% FS (max.)
Non-linearity (best fit straight line): < .2% FS
Hysteresis and repeatability: < 0.1% FS
Thermal zero point shift: < 0.1% FS/10K (typ.) / < 0.2% FS/10K (max.)
Thermal sensitivity (span) shift: < 0.01% FS/K (typ.) / < 0.02% FS/K (max.)
Response time: < 4 rms
Electrical specification:
Rated output signal: 4 to 20 mA
Supply voltage, Vsuppiy (polarity protected): 10 to 32 V d.c.
Voltage dependency: < 0.01% FS/V
Current limitation (linear output signal up to 1.5 x nom range): 28 mA (typ.)
Max. load RL: RL < [(Vsuppiy -10V)/0.02A] - 10 Q
Mechanical:
Connection: G 1/2" - m (EN 837-1-G '/2 A)
Max. operating pressure: 50 bar
Min. burst pressure: 100 bar
Operating temperature range: - 40 to 85C
Compensated temperature range: 0 to 80C
Transport temperature range: - 50 to 85C
Cable entry: PG 11
Enclosure: IP 65
Weight: 0.4 kg
Type No.: 8010

Version: A
Language UK
0 - 1 6 bar
6638232
Page 2/3
###
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: H3
Installation:
There are facilities for adjusting zero point and span.
Zero point adjustments is necessary to equalise pressure arising from any differences in level
between the pressure transmitter and the medium being measured.
Zero point adjustment results in a parallel displacement of span.
Both zero point and span must be adjusted on the side of the unit with cover removed
mA|
20-
Ay/
Span
/ X ^ 5 t o > + 5%FS
41
Po
1
p.
1
p
M"
20-
////
Zero
/
>- -5 to > + 10/c
41
1.
2.
3.
i
1
Po
hP'
Supply +
Supply Function test
Connected to MBS transmitter enclosure
Type No.: 8010

Version: A
Language UK
1
Po
0 - 1 6 bar
6638232
Page 3/3
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C18
Type:
Reflective water level gauge, right
Model 26
Size:
Application:
For boiler water level indicator
Material:
Body: Carbon steel
Drain valve body: ASTM A105
Technical data:
Weight: 22 kg
Connections between body and cocks are
made by end tubes and stuffing boxes
160
Drain connection 0 10 x 2.5

mild steel
Type No: 7010

Version: B
Language UK
Water level gauge, right, model 26,

DN25, PN25
7010 000135
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: C17
Type:
Reflective water level gauge, left
Model 26
Size:
Application:
For boiler water level indicator
Material:
Body: Carbon steel
Drain valve body: ASTM A105
Technical data:
Weight: 22 kg
Connections between body and cocks are
made by end tubes and stuffing boxes
160
O)
Drain connection 0 10 x 2.5

mild steel
Type No: 7010

Version: B
Language UK
Water level gauge, left, model 26

DN 25, PN 25
7010 000136
Page 1/1
AALBORG
Item: M146
INDUSTRIES
Purpose and Application

Continuous monitoring of the conductivity of liquids with the Al
conductivity electrode
types ERL 16, LRG 16-4, LRG 17 or LRG 19.
Signalling of preselected conductivity limit value.
Application in steam boiler plants for feedwater and condensate monitoring; for condensate monitoring in district heating plants, in the
paper and pulp industry and in catering kitchens; for conductivity monitoring in water
treatment plants; for monitoring of cooling
towers; for dyebath monitoring in dye works.
Design
Plug-in unit in plastic case for installation in
control cabinets. The terminals in the case are
accessible after loosening two screws and unplugging the unit from its base. The avoid confusion with other plug-in units of the Al
range, inserts are fitted in the bases so that
only the correct unit may be plugged into each
base.
Electrode supply voltage

Delta voltage 0.5 V/1000 Hz for LRS 1 -5b
delta voltage 1.3 Vp/67 Hz for LRS 1 -6b
Mains supply
120V/60 Hz, 220 V/50 Hz, 240V/50 Hz, 3.5 VA
(please state voltage when ordering)
Protection
IP 40
Permissible ambient temperature
0...55C
Case materials
Base: ABS plastic, black
Cover: ABS plastic, stone-grey
Weight
Approx. 0.5 kg
Important Notes
Conductivity limit switch LRS 1-5b, LRS 1-6b
Cable required for wiring to the electrode:

Screened cable, e. g. 4 x 0.8 mm 2 , cable length
The plug-in units may be snapped onto a

35 mm supporting rail or screwed into position
on a mounting panel.
Field enclosures for several plug-in units are
available on request.
Technical Data
Function
Measuring transducer with switch contact for
conductivity used with the conductivity electrode types ERL 16, LRG 16-4, LRG 17 or
LRG 19, manual temperature compensation at
operating point
Input
Four connections for one conductivity electrode ERL or LRG
Output
1 volt-free relay contact;
max. contact rating: 250 V, 500 W, 3 A resistive
with a life of 4 x 105 switching cycles or 0.35 A
inductive with a life of 2 x 106 cycles;
contact material silver, hard-gold plated
Limit value
Continuously adjustable within the respective
range
0.4...10mS/cmor0.04...1 mS/cm for LRS1-5b,
selection between the two ranges by switch on
front panel, values referred to 25 C
Temperature influence can be compensated
with the aid of adjuster up to max. 250 C on
reaching service temperature, initial position
calibrated to 25 "C
Switching hysteresis
1%
Indicators
Two LEDs: green for t> < limit value
red for o > limit value
Cell constant of conductivity electrode
C = 1,0[1/cm]
Aalborg Industries
Data sheet No. 8210 000005
1/2
AALBORG
Item: M146
I N D U S T R I E S
Dimensions
Side view
Base wit l terminals
Base
Front view
Cover
a
0 4,3
i
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
r^-2
3
4
112
5
'
u
08
it
^
6
7
8
9
10
U
12
/ 11 I
T:'
L
Hr
Screws to fasten
cover to base
entries
51
Mounting clip for 35 mm supporting rail
- ( J - holes to be drilled to 4.3 mm dia for installation of unit in boiler panel

- hole drilled for mounting clip
Dimensions of conductivity limit switch types LRS 1-5b
Wiring Diagrams
LRS 1-5b
I
10
Alarm
L N
Mains
Conductivity electrode O /~\ /T\

ERL16orLRG16-4
| 3 |2 |1
B
tx
Conductivity electrode
LRG17orLRG19
C - 1 cm"'
Wiring diagram for conductivity limit switch type LRS 1 -5b,
illustrated position of contact: relay de-energized, i.e. alarm
Aalborq Industries
2/2
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: M145
Type:
Application:
The control unit is operated together with
an ultrasonic sensor.
The equipment provides for oil detection
in feed/make-up water.
Material:
Control device cabinet: Polycarbonate
Technical data:
Power supply (selector switch):
110/120Vor220/240VAC
Relay output: DPCO
Enclosure: IP 65
Holes for glands 3 of 0 16
1,
O Normal
O Alarm
O Fault
OO
r-\
188
Holes for mounting
in
0
0
r1
Holes for glands
"
- 4 -
130
160
Type No.: 8210

Version: A
Language UK
200
8210 000025
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: M145
Type:
Ultrasonic sensor for oil detection
equipment
Application:
The ultrasonic sensor is operated
together with a control unit.
The equipment provides for oil detection
in feed/make-up water.
Material:
Sensor: Stainless steel
Technical data:
Temperature: -70C to 150C
Design of duty: Chemical interface
Liquid type: Clean, viscous with solids
Cable: 6 metre
258
152
.26
*-<
Type No.: 8310

Version: A
Language UK
Ultrasonic sensor
for oil detection equipment
8310 000005
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2C191
Type:
JF
Couplings (2" Storz)
Nozzle
Hose
Size:
V-nozzle: 12 mm
Length: 15 metre (hose)
Inner diameter: 52 mm (hose)
/
^n
ii
j!
iJ
/
J
I
i
I
Li
Application:
For spraying of water
r
Material:
Hose: full-synthetic material (polyester)
woven in 1/1 binding, with inner rubber
lining
^
2" connection (rnale)
- ii*
II
\
Couplings (2" Storz)
Technical data:
Max allowable working; pressure: 20 bar
Water temperature area : -30C-+60C
Weight: 5.5 kg
Water flow
l/min
210
200
19d
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
2
Type No.: 8500

Version: A
V
Language UK
10 Bar
8500 000016
)
Page 1/1
Description
Index
Drain connection changed to flange
Date
Drawn
Appr.
020702
JNJ
JA
0168
tlange DN80 - PN16

Drawn
Title:
Expansion Joint
Date
MRJ
Appr.
Date
for safety valve
OiiiUi*
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Plot Date:
DN50/80, PN16 outlet flange

General arrangement
THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN SHOWN HEREN IS THE PROPERTY OF AALBORG INDUSTRIES
AND MUST NOT BE USED BY Oft REPRODUCED FOR THIRD PARTY
20.09.2000
LD
Weight
28kg
30.11.2000
Scale:
1:5
Article/Drawing No:
85Y1013425
Size
A4R
Index
AALBORG
Item: M146
INDUSTRIES
Technical data for conductive electrode ERL 16-1
Technical data:
Max. service pressure:
32 barg at saturation temperature 238 degr. C
(higher pressures available on request)
Connection:
ERL 16-1: screwed 3/4" BSP, PN 40 to DIN 228
Length (L) supplied:
ERL 16-1: 99 mm
F
b
Ol
Materials:
Body: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (1.4571)
Electrode rod: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (1.4571)
Electrode tip: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (1.4571)
Insulating sleeving: PTFE
Terminal box and connector: plastics
ti
-i
Screwed %"
DN228
i i
0
-* pw
Conductivity electrode type ERL 16-1, %"
Permissible conductivity range:

From 1 micro S/cm
Max. permissible ambient temperature at terminal box:
60 degr. C
Electric connection:
Via four-pole connector with screw terminals,
cable strain relief and cable gland Pg 11.
Approx. weight:
0.9 kg
Design:
The conductivity electrode is provided with an electrode
rod completely insulated by a PTFE sleeving except for
the measuring surface. A pressure-tight sealing between
electrode rod and body is ensured by a Teflon tube.
Installation:
The conductivity electrode can be installed vertically,
horizontally, or radially inclined. The electrode tip must
be constantly submerged by at least 1Q0 mm.
Installation on a side connection (measuring pot) is highly
recommended.
Aalborq Industries
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
I N D U S T RIE S
Item: 2M11
Type:
Pressure gauge valve needle straight.
Size:
3/8" x 3/8"
Application:
For instrument connections
Material:
Body:C22.8
DIN-material No. 1.0460
Technical data:
Test connection: M20 x 1.5 mm threaded male
Weight:
0.4 kg
. G 3/8,- f
M 20X1.5
Type No.: 6210

Version: A
Language UK
Needle valve, straight, 3/8" x 3/8", PN 400
87D3050
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2M25
Material:
Sample cooler: austenitic stainless steel
grade 316L
Cooling water inlet valve: stainless steel
Sample inlet valve: stainless steel.
Compression fitting: carbon steel
Type:
Sample cooler
Size:
SCS20
Application:
The sample cooler is designed for taking
manual samples of boiler water for
analysis. The cooling water is turned on
and the sample inlet valve is adjusted
until a sample of boiler water is obtained
at a suitable temperature. For manual
sampling it is not normally necessary to
measure sample or cooling water flow
rates.
Technical data:
Coil design pressure: 32 bar g
Coil design temperature: 300C
Body design pressure: 10 bar g
Body design temperature: 100C
Sample in 0 6 mm O/D
Customer supply
0 90
2. Sample inlet valve

1/4" BSP (each ends)
3. Compression fittings
for sample in 1/4" BSP
Cooling water out 1/2" BSP
Customer supply
1. Sample cooler
4. Cooling water
inlet valve 1/2" BSP
Sample out
Cooling water in1/2" BSP

Customer supply
Type No.: 7050

Version: A
Language UK
Sample cooler
875 0005
Page 1/2
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2M25
Installation:
Fit the SCS 20 so that the bottom of the
unit is accessible for the collection of
the cooled sample.
Connect the cooling water inlet in Vi"
nominal bore pipe via an inlet valve.
The cooling water outlet should be piped
to an open drain or tundish.
The sample inlet pipe should be in 6 mm
O/D tubes.
The sample inlet to the cooler can be
taken direct from a boiler or steam line
isolating valve.
Operation:
Sample pipe work will become very hot
under normal working conditions, and
will cause burns if touched.
Open the cooling water inlet valve first
and ensure that a flow can be seen at the
cooling water outlet.
It is essential that cooling water is
flowing before opening the sample inlet
valve.
Gradually open the samples inlet valve
and regulate the flow to achieve a
cooled sample at about 25C.
Allow the sample to run for a while

before collection. This will ensure that a
true sample is collected for analysis.
When enough liquid has been collected
close the sample inlet valve first and
then the cooling water inlet valve.
After closing the sample inlet valve the
sample out connection may drip for a
few minutes while the coil drains.
Performance:
When it is required to predict the
performance of the sample cooler
system, the table below gives the sample
outlet temperature to be expected for
two boiler pressures an for two cooling
water flow rates.
Example
A sample flow rate of 301/h is required
from a boiler operating at 10 barg. For a
cooling water flow rate of 0.4 1/s, from
the table the sample outlet temperature
would be 4K (4C) above the cooling
water inlet temperature. If the cooling
water is 15C, the sample temperatures
would be 19C.
Cooling water flow rate

0.25 1/s (900 1/h)
Sample flow rate
Boiler pressure
10 barg
1/h
l/min
10
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
0.17
0.33
0.50
0.67
0.83
1.00
1.33
1.67
2.00
Type No.: 7050

Version: A
Language UK
Cooling water flow rate

0.41/s (1440 1/h)
20 barg
10 barg
20 barg
Sample outlet temperature above cooling water inlet temperature K (C)

1
1
3
3
2
5
5
3
4
7
5
9
5
7
8
10
6
10
12
8
11
7
10
13
12
8
12
16
14
15
9
19
17
22
10
16
Sample cooler
875 0005
Page 2/2
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: M77
Type:
Test kits Drew AGK 100 supplemented
with Amerzine test.
Size:
Dimension of box for AGK 100 test kit:
Height 105 mm, length 270 mm,
width 185 mm
Dimension of box for amerzine test kit:
width 155 mm
Dimensions of box for hardness test kit:
Height 145 mm, Length 250 mm,
Width 165 mm
Dimensions of conductivity meter:
width 130 mm
Conductivity kit, loose supply.

Consisting of:
Power supply: AC 110V or 220V
1 Conductivity meter
1 Low range cell, white band, range 1-500
1 High range cell, range 20-10.000
1 Conductivity cylinder, 100 ml
1 Thermometer
1 Gallic acid
1 Brass spoon
Weight: 4 kg
Application:
Test kits for boiler water treatment.
Test kit AGK100 should only be used with
Amerzine test kit
Technical data:
AGK100 test kit.
Consisting of:
1 Comparator, phosphate, 0 - 2 0 ppm.
1 Snapping cup.
1 Plastic vial.
1 Glass tube vial.
1 Dropper.
30 Phosphate test tubes.
2 Hydrate alkalinity, rgt. A.
1 Hydrate alkalinity, rgt. B.
1 Phenolphthalein
Amerzine Test Kit.
Consisting of:
1 Cylindrical comperator, Amerzine
1 Sample cup
30 Ampoules.
Hardness test kit.
Consisting of:
1 Snapping cup
2 Boxes ampoules, 30 each
Type No.: 8500

Version: D
Language UK
Water testing equipment, AGK 100 with

amerzine test
880 0050
Page 1/1
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2M23
Type:
Dosing pump beta -1601 PPE
with chemical tank.
Application:
For chemical dosing, modulating feed
water regulation.
For boiler with
Max. design pressure:
12 bar
Material:
Pump
Liquid end:
Valves:
Seals:
Balls:
Chemical tank:
Polypropylene
Polypropylene
EPDM
Ceramic
Polyethylene
Technical data:
Capacity at 16 bar:
1.1 1/h
Stroke at 16 bar:
0.10 ml
Capacity at 8 bar:
1.5 1/h
Stroke at 8 bar:
0.14 ml
Permissible admission
pressure
8 bar
Max. frequency:
180 stroke/min
Suction lift:
6mWG
Max. working temperature at
at max. counter pressure:
50C
Medium power drain:
20 W
Peak power drain:
1.9 A
Fuse (placed behind
the control panel):
0.8 AT
Enclosure rating:
IP 65
Insulation class:
F
Motor:
1 phase AC
Control supply:
115/230 V 50/60 Hz
Weight:
8 kg
Feed line to boiler

Dosing valve, spring loaded, item 6000 000034
0 6/0 4 x 5000 mm PE Hose, item 8615 000022
Relief valve, item 6000 000036
Air escape valve
Dosing pump, item 5540 000068
Manual stirrer, item 8500 000339
601 chemical tank, item 8500 000338
Power
connection
Dosing valve
Non return valve, item 6000 000035
\ Customer connection 1/2
Type No.: 9296

Version: A
Language UK
9296 000025
Page 1/2
AALBORG
DATA SHEET
INDUSTRIES
Item: 2M23
l/h (with medium pressure)

1.6
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Length of stroke adjustment
Correction
factor
12
Type No.: 9296

Version: A
Language UK
16
back pressure
9296 000025
Page 2/2
Description
| Index | Dote
| Drown
Appr
Yard piping
Supplied loose
DN 0A
15 21.3
20 26.9
25 33.7
32 42.4
40 48.3
50 60.3
65 76.1
80 88.9
100 114.3
125 139.7
150 168.3
200 219.1
250 273.0
300 323.9
00
0K
0B
0L
Bolt Number
95
65
22.0
14
14
4 / M12
105
75
27.5
14
16
4 / M12
115
85
34.5
14
16
4 / M12
140
100
43.5
18
18
4 / M16
150
110
49.5
18
18
4 / M16
165
125
61.5
18
20
4 / M16
185
145
77.5
18
22
8 / M16
200
160
90.5
18
24
8 / M16
235
190 116.0
22
26
8 / M20
8 / M24
270
220 141.5
26
28
300
250 170.5
26
30
8 / M24
360
310 221.5
26
32
12 / M24
425
370 276.5
30
35
12 / M24
485
430 327.5
30
38
16 / M28
Drawn
Title:
iittiUU
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Counter Flanges
DN15 - DN300
BS4504 type B
Date
970910
MRJ
Appr.
Date
981016
MSO
PN25
T H S 0RAWMC ANO DESIGN SHOWN HERON B THE PROPERTY OF AALBORG MOUSTRICS

ANO UUST NOT BE USEO BY OR REPROOUCCO FOR THRO PARTY
Weight
Scale:
1:1
Article/Drawing No:
K16:004096
Size
A4R
Affix
Item: 2K6
2000-1
CombiTemp Temperature Measuring System

Flexible building block concept
All wetted parts in acid-proof, stainless
steel
Pt100 sensors, 2- or 4-wire
DIN A or B (1/1,1/3,1/6) elements
Sensor tubes
Cable sensors
08O mm stainless steel housing
DIN head, form B
Hygienic connections
Standard or fast response time
Display and 4...20 mA transmitter
(Standard and Ex versions)
E ^ f f i S M E S S I :l&8
CombiTemp comprises a series of basic elements which
can be combined to various temperature sensors and
transmitters. The system includes both 2- and 4-wire
Ptl 00 sensors.
Provided an 80 mm dia. housing is used, options are

also a 4...20 mA configurable display or, for stand alone
indicating purposes, a battery powered display.
CombiTemp is particularly suitablefor use in food,

Being a building block system CombiTemp offers a great beverage, pharmaceutical and chemical industries.
flexibility in respect to modification, service and
A complete temperature sensor can be ordered on one
maintenance.
type number. Please refer to CombiTemp Accessories
data sheet for a comprehensive range of accessories.
A wide range of process connections according to
national and international standards, sensor elements
Please refer to the separate data sheets for information
and transmitters, can be selected to meet the actual
and ordering details for transmitters and displays.
requirements.
The parts can be assembled by the user or delivered
assembled and calibrated, if relevant
Item: 2K6
Technical "Data*"
Environmental conditions
Media temperature
-50...400"C
Ambient temperature
-40...160"C
(or temperature range for display/transmitter)
Humidity
< 100% RH, condensin g
(or max. humidityfor display/transmitter)
Protection c lass
Vibrations
DIN housing IP 65
08O mm housing IP 65 + IP 66
GL, test 2
(sensor tubes < 200 mm only)
Disposal of product and packing

According to national laws or by returning to Kamstrup
Sensor tube and connection

Material
Acid-proof, stainless steel
(AISI316L/W.1.4404)
Media pressure
Max. 16 bar
Time constant ^
See table below
Mechanical tolerances
ISO 2768-m
Sensor element
Sensor type
Accuracy
1/1 DIN B
1/3 DIN B
1/6 DIN B
1/1 DIN A
Pt100, DIN/EN/IEC 60751,

Class A and B
DIN/EN/IEC 60751
+(0.3 +0.005 xt)*C
+1/3 x (0.3 + 0.005 xt)*C
+1/6 x (0.3 + 0.005 xt)*C
+(0.15 + 0.002 xt)"C
fSKSE
$&$
Sensortvoe
Dimension
06 mm tube
08 mm tube
olOmm tube
0l2mmtube
06 mm tube
08 mm tube
0lOmmtube
0l2mmtube
08 mm tube
0"IOmmtube
0 l 2 mm tube
Response
fast
fast
fast
fast
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
Insert
0.4 m/sec.
< 1.5 sec.
< 1.5 sec.
< 1.5 sec.
< 1.5 sec.
< 6.1 sec.
< 7.6 sec.
<11.1 sec.
< 16.2 sec.
< 13.6 sec.
< 28.1 sec.
< 31.3 sec.
5.6 mm
5.6 mm
5.6 mm
J Dimensional Drawings - Mounting Details
3 m/sec;
< 21.4 sec.
< 33.6 sec.
< 46.8 sec.
< 59.9 sec
< 27.2 sec.
< 47.7 sec.
< 57.8 sec.

< 70.8 sec.
< 51.1 sec.
< 67.0 sec.
< 82.3 sec.
S<>
'Sfcfctf v*;
0 m/sec, v
< 135.6 sec.
< 181.0 sec.
< 238.9 sec.
< 311.4 sec.
< 137.8 sec.
< 200.9 sec.
< 270.6 sec.
< 319.8 sec.
< 253.1 sec.
< 271.1 sec.
< 289.3 sec.
>W'V
(mm]
85
Nipple G1/2A
mounted on DIN B housing
Nipple G1/2A
11
Nipple G1/2A
mounted on 08O mm housing
Item: 2K6
r
: Examples.otApplication ->,
^MH^%t
XJ:
"*i
*t
< ^ -4 ,s
\y
(mm]
8141 4211 0100 110xxxx
8141 H242 0100110xxxx
8142 D232 0100 IIOxxxx
8142 C252 0000 OOOxxxx

+Combi Connect connection
81400007 0322 210xxxx

Cable sensor 81 41-231
Display 81 46-525
Transmitter 81 47-525
8142 D231 0212213xxxx

Display 81 46-525
8142 6152 0211 210xxxx

8142 32120211 IIOxxxx
o
8141 3211 0272 010xxxx
BattTemp 86 30-511
8141 32121211 121 xxxx
Item: 2K6
Ordering Details
'
*>*.
, '
*"
"f^P**^
CombiTemp Series
814x xxxx x-~
0
1
2
. Sensor tip
Not specified
Normal response sensor tip
Fast response sensor tip, Note {1}, {6}
Connection
Not specified
Sensor tube without thread or connection
R1/2 nipple. ISO 7/1
G1/2A nipple, ISO 228/1
G1/2 union, ISO 228/1
G1/2A union nut ISO 228/1
G3/4 union, ISO 228/1
G3/4A union nut, ISO 228/1
G1 union, ISO 228/1
G1A union nut, ISO 228/1
1/2" -14 NPT nipple, ANSI/ASMEB1.20.1
G1/2A nipple for CombiConnect, ISO 228/1
3A hygienic coupling, DN38
GEA TuchenhagenVarivent flange, DN40/DN50
Clamp DN25/38, ISO 2852
Clamp DN51, ISO 2852
1/2"-3/4"Tri-clamp*
SMS 1145 union, DN38
SMS 1145 union, DN51
As customer specification
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
C
D
G
H
I
K
P
Q
Sensorfcibedimension
Not specified
06 mm x 1 mm, AISI 316L, max. length 600 mm, Note {6}
08 mm x1 mm, AISI 316L, max. length 6000 mm, Note {2}
010 mm x 1 mm, AISI 316L, max. length 6000 mm
012 mmx 1 mm, AISI 316L, max. length 6000 mm
0
1
2
3
4
S
Sensor element
Not specified or emptysensor tube
1/1 DIN B, single, specified accuracy -50...400"C
1/1 DIN B, double, specified accuracy-50...400C
1/3 DIN B, single, specified accuracy 0...150C
1/3 DIN B, double, specified accuracy 0...150C
1/6 DIN B, single, specified accuracy 0...100C
1/6 DIN B, double, specified accuracy 0...100C
1/1 DIN A, single, specified accuracy -50...400*C
1/1 DIN A, double, specified accuracy -50...400C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S
Sensor insert type

Not specified
Sensor tube with embedded sensor element, 2-wire
Sensor tube with embedded sensor el ement, 4-wire
o5.6 x 0.5 mm insert AISI 316, 2-wire, max. length 600 mm, Note {3}
05.6 x 0.5 mm insert AISI 316, 4-wire, max. length 600 mm, Note {3}
05.6x0.5 mm insert spring-loaded AISI 316, 2-wire, max. length 600 mm, Note {3}
05.6x0.5 mm insert spring-loaded AISI 316, 4-wire, max. length 600 mm. Note {3}
Cable sensor, 3-wire, Note {4}
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
S
Cooling nedc
Not specified
1 off cooling neck (71 mm)
Item: 2K6
tlfOrdering Details (cont.)
*, >
*v '% J * ; : ' ^fifeS?,*, ^fe&T,
CombiTemD Series
-xxx xxx xxxx Housing
0
Not specified
1
DIN B head with cover and PG16 gland
2
08O mm stainless steel housing, Note {5}
3
08O mm stainless steel housing with 0110 mm wall bracket, Note {5}
S
As customer s pecification
Cable gland . . ' . . . . .
Not specified or DIN B head chosen
1 off PG9 gland and 1 off blind plug
2 off PG9 gland
1 off PG13.5 adaptor and 1 off blind plug (no gland incl.)
2 offPG13.5 adaptor (no gland incl.)
1 offM20x 1.5 adaptor and 1 off blind plug (no gland incl.)
2 off M20 x 1.5 adaptor (no gland ind.)
2 off blind plugs
As customer s pecification
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
S
''y->M-K::.'
0
1
2
Cover or display
Not specified
Cover for 08O mm housing
Display, Note {4}
Terminal block or transmitter
Not specified
Ceramicterminal block
Transmitter, Note {4}
0
1
2
Assembling
Not specified
1
2
Assembled, process connection at the base

Assembled, process connection at the rear (08O mm housing only)
0
1
2
3
Certificates
Not specified
Material 3.1.b (EN 10204)
Calibration certificate
Material 3.1.b (EN 10204) and calibration certificate
Sensor tube leng th (L)
xxxx Length in mm. Please observe max. lengths
Notes:
{1} Single sensor element only. Max. sensor length 300 mm.
{2} Max. 1000 mm with cable sensor.
{3} 08O mm housing: Insert only if sensor tube is mounted atthe rear.
Insert is not suitable for a sensor with fast response tip.
Observe length, refer to Sensor Insert Type".
{4} Refer to data sheet. Specify separate type number and configuration.
{5} Assembling is mandatory.
{6} Embedded sensors only.
Item: 2K6
j^l^'^sarejâajsy
Dimensional Drawings
%
' '^ *.
[mm]
B
12.5
*-
r-1
12.5
- . AF22
27.5
G1/2A
G3/4A
G1A
&*
14
G1/2A
G3/4A
G1A
CE
27.5
32
35
06...12
AF27
AF32
AF36
<y
06...12
04...12
04...12
Union nut Gl /2A, G3/4A and GTA
Nipple G1/2A and R1/2
a
51
57
DN25/38
DN51
2^.
CE
1 4-
050.5
064
06...12
06...12
1 *
04...12
04...12
Union G1/2, G3/4 and Gl
Clamp DN25/38/51
52
G1/2 AF27
G3/4 AF32
G1 AF41
Q
12.5
AF22
AF22
34.4
-s-
31.5
06...12
06...12
04...12
Nipple G1/2A for CombiConnect
3ADN38
04...12
Nipple 1/2"-14 NPT
Item: 2K6
3
s^^m^ ^*^^^ *
Dimensional Drawings?
f
[mm]
12.5
6
:b
51.5
E
06...12
14-
04...12
06...12
1 . 4P- 0 4 -
.12
DN38
DN51
055
065
SMS 1145 union
Sensor tube without connection
S
17.5
25
19
9u
<- 06...12
i- 04...12
GEA Tuchenhagen Varivent DN40/DN50
Tri-Clamp* 1/2-3/4
-Sensor inserts"^.- - ,<- '
iHMl/^t!
'-f3i?>J
S^K*
Calculation of insert length:

When ordering an insert the length mustbe calculated from the
formula:
Housing shaft{7}
Insert length = Sensor length + total body length + housing shaft

(Total body length can be calculated from the dimensional
drawings on pages 6 and 7)
Total body length

Example.
InsertforG1 /2A sen sor in 08O housin g with 100 mm sensor tube,
normal response sensor tip:
Sensor length (L)
Sensor length = 100 mm

Total body length = 27.5 + 12.5 = 40 mm
Housing shaft = 6.5 mm
DIN housing with clamp connection and sensor insert

Note {7}
Housing shaft
This insert must be ordered with a 146.5 mm sensor tube.

DIN housing: 11.5 mm
08O housing: 6.5 mm
Item: 2K6
'Ff4-wire Sensors *|U<\ r
^W
Double Elements \ 51
The dots indicate red painting
The dots indicate red painting
ts>
*-f
only be reproduced
m^ppjication Photos ^ , ^ f l f t x *'
s>"
Cut through DIN housin g showing

G1/2A nipple connection
Normal response sensor
08O mm housing with 2 glands

3A connection atthe rear
Fast response sensor
>-.
E
data shee
08O mm housing with cover and gland

(blind plug atthe rear)
Clamp connection
Fast response sensor
o
o
o
\CM
CO
o
o
o
o
Item: 2K6
2201-1
FlexTop 2201 Temperature Transmitter

4...20 mA transmitter for Pt100 sensors
2-, 3- or 4-wire sensors
Accuracy better than 0.25C
Sensor offset correction
Automatic/configurable cable resistance
compensation (2-wire)
Sensor error detection
2-way configuration (Windows)
Configurable damping and status
indication
Engineering unit C or F
PC datalogging
Excellent temperature stability
Demko EEx ia IIC T5/T6, ATEXII1G
Barbara Ex ia IIC T5/T6
Afci
FlexTop 2201 is a 4...20 mA loop-powered transmitter
for Ptl 00 sensors.
Either 2-, 3- or 4-wire sensors can be used. For 2-wire
sensors an automatic balancing of the sensor cable
resistance is possible with shorted sensor cable. The
cable resistance can be manually configured as well.
The Flex-program has a datalogging facility enabling the

user to monitor measuring results or calibrate the
measuring setup.
FlexTop 2201 is embedded in silicone which makes it
resistant to humid environments.
FlexTop 2201, fitting into the DIN B housing, has a 6

Using a PC, the Windows-based Flex-program and a
mm center hole for quick sensor replacement. The
FlexProgrammer configuring unit, the following
spring loaded mounting screws ensure a safe fastening
parameters can be configured via the output connectors even in vibrating environments.
(2-way communication): TAG no., number of wires, cable
resistance, error detection level, measuring range/unit,
damping, offset and status indication.
Item: 2K6
Technical Data
Input
Accuracy
Span < 250"C:
Span > 250"C:
Sample time
Ptl 00 Standard
RTD measuring current
<0.25*C{2)
0.1% of span
< 0.7 sec.
IEC/DIN/EN 60 751-2
0.3 mA, continuously
2-, 3-or4-wires{1}
Sensor type
Sensor short detection <-225*C
Sensor break detection > 875*C
< 10 sec.
Error detection delay
Compensation for
cable error
Cable resistance
Measuring range
Measuring unit
Minimum span
Protection
Suppression
Resolution
Repeatability
Ripple immunity
Offset Adjustment
Output
Signal span
Accuracy
Supply range
Ripple immunity
Load equation
Up/Down scaling limits
Damping
Protection
Resolution
<0.02*C/Ohm(3-wire)
Max. 20 Ohm /wire {1}
-200...850,C{1)
Cor'F{1}
25"C
+/-35V*
50 and 60 Hz
14 bit
<o.rc
IEC 770 6.2.4.2
Max. + 10"C{1}
4...20 mA, 2-wire

< 0.1% of signal span
s.^sv^
3V
m,
Rl<(Vec-8)/23[kOhm]
23mA/3.5mA{1}
0...30 sec. {1}
Reversed polarity protection
12 bit
Effect of variations in supply voltage:

Output current
0.01 % per volt
TAG No.
15 characters (1)
Environmental conditions
Operating temperature -40...85*C
Humidity
< 98% RH, cond. (IEC 68-2-38)
GL, test 2 (IEC 68-2-6)
Vibrations
Long-term test
IEC 770 6.3.2
EMC data
Generic standards
Product standards
NAMUR
EN 50081-1. EN 50082-2
EN 61326
NAMUR NE21
Approval (Demkb) EExiallCT5/T6,ATEXII1G

Approval (Barbara) ExiaIICT5/T6
Supply range
s.-^sv^
L,<10uH
Internal inductivity
CÎOnF
Internal capacity
Barrier data
U<28V de ;l<0.1 A;P<0.7W
T1...T5:
-40<Tamb<85C
Temperature class
T1...T6:
-40<T<50*C
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Protection class
Other data
Temperature drift
044 x 19 mm
Housing: IP 40
Power-on time
Typ. 0.003% per C

Max. 0.01% per "C
10 sec.
Test conditions
Configuration
Amb. temperature
Power supply
0...100"C
23C +/- 2C
24 V ,
Disposal of product. and packing

According to national laws or by returning to Kamstrup
Notes
{1} Configurable
{2} Lower range limit < 100C
Ordering Details
FlexToD 2201
2201 xxxx
0001
0002
0003
Type
Not configured, standard safety
Not configured, Demko EEx ia IIC T5/T6, ATEXII1G
Not configured, Barbara Ex ia IIC T5/T6
2201 9900
Configuration
Configuration according to customer specifications
Note: The FlexTop 2201 can be supplied in a 30 pes. packing. Please contact Kamstrup
for further information.
Non-Ex-application
230 V_
24 V.
Power supply
FlexView
FlexTop 2201
3-wire sensor
2-wire sensor
4-wire sensor
Dimensional Drawing
[mm]
Accessories
044
FlexProgrammer configuration set,

type number 82 23-903 comprises:
^ - M
-.
>
f
33
)t
06 center hole
for quick sensor
replacement
Spring loaded mounting screws,
04 mounting holes
FlexProgrammer with 9 pole RS232C cable

3.5" Program diskettes
Battery plug
Cable with test plugs
Item: 2K6
Ex-application
Zone 0/1
230V
Safe area
24 V.
FlexTop 2201
Barrier
FlexView
Power supply
Configuration
Note:
Disconnect loop supply before
connecting the FlexProgrammer
to FlexTop 2201.
>=^
Optional
9V
1
DD
Com
DD8
^K
;.m :.
.
^"^
-y
."it
*-^
'3
ifIff
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of contents
Descriptions
Rotary cup burner, type KB
Language UK
Page 1/1
AALBORG
ROTARY CUP BURNER
INDUSTRIES
SD5590#01.0
Rotary cup burner

Burner description
The burner is a rotary cup burner for modulating operation. It is capable of burning
both diesel oil (DO) and heavy fuel oil (HFO). An illustration of the rotary cup
burner is shown in Figure 1.
The main components of the rotary cup burner are the rotary cup burner which is
hinged to the wind box, the combustion air fan, the burner register systems for air,
the compound regulator and the ignition burner.
Illustration of the rotary Cup burner
Manual operating box
Holder for
scanners
Ignition electrodes
Ignition burner
Rotary cup
atomizer
Flexible hose
Primary air
damper
Pressure switch
primary air failure
Figure 1
Language UK
rotcupl.cdr
Page 1/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
ROTARY CUP BURNER
SD5590#01.0
The working principle of the rotary cup burner is based on atomising by centrifugal
force. The atomising cup is driven at high speed by an electric motor through vbelts. The working principle of the rotary cup burner is shown in Figure 2.
The oil is gently positioned at low pressure into the spinning cup in which it moves
gradually forward forced by the centrifugal action of the cup until it is thrown off
the cup rim as a very fine, uniform film.
The high velocity primary air discharge around the cup strikes the oil film, breaks it
up and converts it into a mist of fine particles which are introduced into the
combustion zone and burned.
The total consumption of air needed for a complete combustion is supplied by a
forced draught fan which is mounted on top of the wind box.
The primary air represents approximately 10% of the total air required for the
combustion. The remaining 90% is represented by the secondary air and the tertiary
air.
The primary air is used not only to atomise the oil film, but also to direct the
resulting cone of oil into the combustion chamber. For this purpose a swirl ring is
fitted in the cup shroud which will guide the primary air in the same rotating
direction as the rotary cup.
The combustion air enters at the top of the wind box, passes the combustion air
dampers and a radial vane ring unit provided with fixed guide vanes. This
construction ensures that the combustion air is evenly distributed and guided to the
combustion air opening. Then the combustion air is led through the combustion air
opening by individually adjustable air vanes.
Furthermore, a part of the combustion air is led through an adjustable tertiary air gap
making a balanced air flow through swirler and combustion air opening.
The combustion air dampers for primary air and secondary air are connected to the
compound regulator by a rod linkage. This ensures that the correct amount of
combustion air is available in proportion to the oil quantity fired.
Electric signals corresponding to the pressure gauge board signals operate the servo
motor which drives the compound regulator in a continuous movement from min.
load to full load. The cam on the compound regulator has an adjustable spring band
on the side which is moved by means of adjustable socket screws.
The burner is ignited by a diesel oil ignition burner inserted through the wind box
and the swirler.
The burner is equipped with a control and supervision unit. The unit controls all
start/stop and operation sequences. In the event of fault conditions, the oil supply is
always interrupted immediately by the two oil shut-off valves.
The burner unit is provided with electric tracing to ensure a sufficiently low
viscosity in the oil pipes to the burner.
A number of safety devices are placed in the burner system to protect against burner
swing out, high or low oil temperatures, low pressure of the primary air and
secondary air, flame failure and low oil pressure.
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
ROTARY CUP BURNER
INDUSTRIES
SD5590#01.0
Working principle of the rotary cup burner
Annulus ring - - ^
Primary air fan

Primary air inlet
Radial vane"
ring
-Front plate
Oil distributor
Rotary cup v
Fuel oil inlet
Figure 2
Language UK
kbprinc.cdr
Page 3/3
ar
;' 5FSt
:ft
iJ-C-.vil
mm
*r
'^SfcjLiA
-fî
AALBORG
^H-lflilSBiBHBK^^^^^M
INDUSTRIES
ÎfliMBmBHlllHllB^^HBHHil^^H^H
Table of contents
Rotary cup burner
Handling fuel oil
Compound regulator
Ignition burner
Photocell
Viscosity - temperature chart
Oil system
Pre-service
Start of the burner
Manual operation
Maintenance
Faults and rectifying faults
Measurements
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
ROTARY CUP BURNER
OM5590#01.0
Rotary cup burner

1
General
The rotary cup burner is capable of burning both diesel oil (DO) and heavy fuel oil
(HFO).
As the burner is a very vital component of the boiler plant, the operating staff should
be thoroughly instructed with regard to the operation of the equipment and the safety
regulations. This is due to the fact that burner problems are often caused by incorrect
burner operation. With frequently occurring burner faults, the nearest service centre
should be consulted.
To ensure a safe and reliable function of the burner it must be inspected at least once
a year, in addition to the normal maintenance intervals. The inspection should be
carried out by a representative of the supplier or by another competent and qualified
person.
It should be clearly understood that for a plant of this complexity it is not practicable
to anticipate all the possible circumstances which may arise during the operation life
of the plant. Therefore, should circumstances arise in plant operation and
maintenance which are not specifically covered by these instructions, the matter
should be referred to Aalborg Industries for consideration and advice.
Repairs, adjustments, alterations or changes to plant operations not covered by these
instructions should not be effected without reference in writing to Aalborg
Industries.
Information in this manual is subject to changes without notice and does not
represent a commitment on the part of Aalborg Industries. It is not allowed to copy
this manual or part hereof for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal use.
Aalborg Industries shall not be held responsible for any damage or losses caused by
the use of this manual.
1.1 Safety regulations
Caution: To ensure a safe burner operation, the burner has to be installed and
commissioned by qualified personnel, and all guidelines in these
instructions have to be followed.
All safety equipment such as flame sensor equipment and correcting elements may
only be replaced by qualified personnel.
Warning: Repair of any of the safety components is NOT permitted. Failure to
comply may result in serious injury or death and may cause
considerable damages to the boiler plant.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
ROTARY CUP BURNER
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#01.0
If any unexpected plant behaviour, deterioration or similar event should occur giving
rise to any reasonable doubt as to the continued safety of the plant, the matter should
be reported at once to Aalborg Industries for their advice.
1.2 Qualified personnel

Qualified personnel according to these operating instructions are persons, who are
confident in installing, regulating and commissioning the burner, and who have
qualifications to carry out this work, i.e.:
Persons who are trained to operate electric circuits and units according to the
safety standards.
Language UK
Persons who are qualified in the use of dangerous fuel according to the relevant
laws and regulations.
Page 2/2
AALBORG
HANDLING FUEL OIL
INDUSTRIES
OM9280#02.0
Handling fuel oil

1
Precautions to be taken with fuel oil

Fuel oil is usually the residue of crude oil after the removal by distillation of the
most volatile oils and gasses. Fuel oil in its liquid state is very difficult to ignite in
bulk and not capable of spontaneous combustion. However, the vapour is explosive
when mixed with air, and being heavier than air, it tends to accumulate in low levels
such as bilges and bottoms of tanks where it may remain undiscovered until ignited
by a naked light or spark. It is always present in a partly filled oil tank or in a tank
which has contained fuel oil and is given off through the vents from tanks in the
process of being filled.
If allowed to continue, a leak in any part of the oil burning system may result in an
accumulation of this explosive vapour.
Ignition of the vapour can be caused by an open light, electric spark, smoking, spark
caused by striking metal, heat from the filament of a broken electric lamp, sparks
from funnel or can be communicated from galley or fires under boilers.
Note: An oil fire cannot be extinguished by water, but may be extinguished by
sand, steam or chemical fire extinguishers.
An intelligent appreciation of the properties of fuel oil as described above is a better
prevention of accident than adherence to any set of rules that may be pre-described.
However, the following detailed precautions should be rigidly enforced:
When oil is being received, no naked light or electric apparatus liable to spark
should be permitted within 20 meters of the oil hose, tank or compartment,
containing the tank or the vent from the tank, except when special arrangements
are carried out.
While receiving fuel oil, the storage tank must be closely watched for leaks, and
care must be taken that all outlets from the tank, except the vents, are closed.
No naked lights or electric apparatus liable to spark should be permitted at any
time in a compartment containing a fuel oil tank. Electric lamps used in such
compartments should have a wire protector around the bulb or be of a type that
will ensure the breaking of a circuit through the lamp in the event of the lamp
being broken.
No one should be allowed to enter a fuel oil tank until it has been gas-freed, and
any person then entering the tank must have a properly tended life line around
his body in order to be hauled out if overcome by gas.
Electric fuses and switches, unless the enclosed type, should not be permitted in
compartments containing fuel oil pumps or piping.
Language UK
Care must be taken that the wire-gauze protectors in vent pipes from fuel oil
tanks are intact at all times.
Page 1/2
AALBORG
HANDLING FUEL OIL
INDUSTRIES
OM9280#02.0
Dampers, where fitted in the uptakes of the boilers, must be kept fully open
while burning oil. Otherwise, this may result in dangerous accumulation of gas
in the furnace with a resultant blowing out into the boiler or engine room.
The valves on glass gauges in fuel oil storage or settling tanks should be kept
habitually shut. When a reading of the gauge is desired, the valves may be
opened, but must be shut again at once.
In each boiler or engine room fitted for oil burning there should be fire
extinguishing apparatus in accordance with the requirements/rules from the
authorities and classification societies in question such as, e.g.: Fire hose,
permanently coupled and of sufficient length to reach all parts of the boiler or
engine room, and either:
(a) a box containing at least 85 litres (2 cubic ft) of dry sand with a large scoop
(b) a chemical fire extinguisher of the tank type
Language UK
When the fuel oil system has not been in use for a long period, or after joints in
the piping have been re-made, the system should be tested "cold" under a
pressure at least equal to the working pressure before fires are ignited. During
the test a careful inspection for leaks should be carried out.
Fuel oil should not be habitually heated above 65C for light oils and 120C for
heavy oils and never above its flash point in any part of the system except in the
burners.
Care must be taken to prevent accumulation of oil or vapour in any place outside
the system and in ships particularly in bilges under the furnace. This can be
accomplished by rigid cleanliness.
Page 2/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
COMPOUND REGULATOR
OM5590#19.0
Compound regulator
1
General
The purpose of the compound regulator is to regulate the air quantity in proportion
to the oil quantity fired. The oil quantity and the air quantity can be adjusted
throughout the complete burner turn down. An illustration of the compound
regulator is shown in Figure 1.
Illustration of the compound regulator
1 Handle
2 Cam strip
3 Allen screw
4 Micro switch
5 Angle hinge
6 Cam strip block
7 Grease nipple
8 Graduate scale
9 Spindle head
10 Spindle
11 Flange
12 Min. adjusting screw
13 Allen screw
14 Allen screw
15 Adjusting screw for max. oil flow
Figure 1
kbocr.cdr

The air dampers for primary air and secondary air are connected to the compound
regulator by rod linkages.
Language UK
Page 1/3
AALBORG
COMPOUND REGULATOR
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#19.0
Before commissioning of the burner the primary air damper and the secondary air
dampers must be pre-adjusted. The air dampers should be set to a few degrees open
in min. position of the compound regulator and to fully open in max. position of the
compound regulator.
The min. and max. position of the compound regulator are limited by two micro
switches.
The rate of oil flow is controlled in a linear way by a rotary valve in the compound
regulator. To compensate for the non-linear characteristics of the combustion air
dampers, the dampers are activated via a cam strip. The cam has an adjustable spring
band which is moved by means of adjustable socket screws. The final setting of the
spring band is determined in various load positions by flue gas measurements.
In normal operation the compound regulator is controlled by the servo motor via a
linkage. The servomotor is controlled by the burner sequence control unit during
start-up and the load controller during operation.
It is possible to operate the compound regulator by hand by dismounting the linkage
to the servomotor. This should only be done in emergency situations.
1.2 Oil adjusting screws

The oil flow to the rotary cup burner can be adjusted on the compound regulator.
This is done by means of an adjusting screw for min. oil flow and an adjusting screw
for max. oil flow. An illustration of the adjusting screws is shown in Figure 2.
Adjustments are made when commissioning the rotary cup burner.
If the fuel is changed from one type of HFO to another type of HFO, the only
adjustments to be carried out are to adjust the oil pressure and the viscosity. A
change of fuel means a change of the calorific value. In order to obtain the same
fuel/air ratio as previous, the oil pressure must be increased or decreased. The
viscosity of the new HFO should be set to secure a suitable cup viscosity.
Note: If the compound regulator has been dismantled for cleaning or for any
other reason, a new adjustment of the oil flow in min. and max. position
must be carried out.
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
COMPOUND REGULATOR
OM5590#19.0
INDUSTRIES
Illustration of the adjusting screws

Min. oil flow
Reduced oil flow
Oil to
burner ^
Oil to
burner
Spindel for max.
oil flow
Min. oil adjusting

screw
-Eg
Oil inlet
from pump
i Oil return
to system
Min. oil adjusting

screw
Oil inlet
from pump
Spindel for max.

oil flow
Oil return
to system
V//////////////A
Max. oil flow

Spindel for max.
oil flow
Oil to
burner
Spindel for max.
oil flow
Min. oil adjusting

screw
Oil inlet
from pump
Oil return
to system
Figure 2
Language UK
Spindel for max.

flow
kboilscw.cdr
Page 3/3
AALBORG
IGNITION BURNER
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#22.0
Ignition burner
General
The rotary cup burner is ignited by a diesel oil ignition burner inserted through the
wind box and the swirler. An illustration of the ignition burner is shown in Figure 1.
The ignition burner is fully automatic and is controlled by the burner sequence
control.
When the rotary cup burner is started, the air damper will open for purge in max.
position. After the fixed purge time is expired, the air damper is closed and the
ignition transformer is energised. The solenoid valve for diesel oil to the ignition
burner opens, and the ignition burner is ignited by electric high-tension sparks.
The ignition burner must ignite the main burner within the pre-set ignition period. At
the end of the ignition period, the solenoid valve for diesel oil is switched off, and
the solenoid valve for purge air opens and thus purges the ignition burner for diesel
oil.
The solenoid valve for purge air remains activated as long as the main flame is
present for cooling of the ignition burner nozzle.
Illustration of the ignition burner
V
spray angle: 60
1 Oil nozzle
2 Mixing tube
3 Ignition electrodes
4 Connection for electrodes
5 Nozzle retainer
6 Supply line
Figure 1
Language UK
kbignib.cdr
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
PHOTO CELL
OM8630#01.0
Photo cell
1
Description
The RAR7 detector is used for supervision of yellow burning oil flames. If the photo
cell detects a missing flame, the burner stops instantaneously. It is not possible to
start the burner before the control system has been reset.
With this type of detector, the radiation of the oil flame in the visible band of the
light spectrum is used to generate a flame signal. The light-sensitive element is a
selenium photo cell. When illuminated, it generates DC voltage which causes a
current to flow to the input of the flame signal amplifier in the control unit. Hence,
the selenium photo cell is an active detector.
The cell is insensitive to infrared radiation. If the burner is started with an
illuminated combustion chamber, e.g. due to glowing firebrick, the start sequence of
the burner commences, but an alarm for flame failure will be indicated.
The number of photo cells for automatic operation and emergency operation depend
on the classification society.
1.1 Commissioning
The intensity of the light radiation can be checked by measuring the detector current
by means of a DC ammeter (internal resistance 5000 W). Figure 1 shows the
measuring circuit. The photo cell is adjusted by changing the position in proportion
to the oil flame in order to obtain the maximum detector current.
Note: If the wiring of the photo cell is connected incorrectly, it is not possible to
start the oil burner.
Measuring circuit
10
24
-o
LAE10
LAL2....LOK16... I
I
Ammeter
connection
Figure 1
Language UK
photcirc.cdr
Page 1/1
AALBORG
VISCOSITY - TEMPERATURE CHART
OM9280#01.1
INDUSTRIES

1
Description
The preheating temperature can be determined by means of the viscosity temperature chart shown in Figure 1. In order to use the chart, the viscosity of the
fuel oil must be known at a reference temperature.
It should be noted that the preheating temperature should be set somewhat higher
than the temperature shown in the chart due to the heat loss between pre-heater and
nozzle/cup.
1.1 Example
The example is based on a pressure jet burner.
Known:
Oil viscosity: 380 cSt. at 50C
Required:
Preheating temperature in C
Procedure to be followed:
Step A: Follow the reference temperature line at 50C vertically down to the
intersection with the 380 cSt. viscosity line.
Step B: From this point move parallel down with the nearest fuel grade line.
Step C: When the line meets the recommended nozzle viscosity line, go vertically
up to the temperature axis.
Step D: At this point read the desired preheating temperature of 150C.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
VISCOSITY - TEMPERATURE CHART
OM9280#01.1
INDUSTRIES

TEMPERATURE
40,000
30,000
20,000
15,000
10,000
10,000
9,000
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,500
4,000
3.500
3,000
2,500
8,000
7,000
6,000
5,000
4,500
4,000
3,500
3,000
2,500
2,000
8,000-
5,0004,000-
2,0001,500
\
600500-
""- \
N.
,/\-fS^
>s
(D
w
^*L
"^
i \ ^
N ^
^vT-
^_^
^ ^ i^j^k^
-fv
J>s*X,
__^5> v ^ * - r ? ^ . ^ S - ~ ^ j ;
_ ...
-ft)-
*-
'
~"^^.
' ' ~^^_^
" ^
>^
~-i__
T f
-ZIu^~~
1
5 10
20
30
40
5o
60
70
I
80
i
90
i
100
130
1 fl
150
1
60
110 12C
!
170
180
190
TEMPERATURE
1
i
200 210
220
2 H> 240
JO 260
270 280
! !
290 30C
310
1
0
330 340 350
Q) Recommended cup viscosity for rotary cup burners

^ ) Recommended nozzle viscosity for steam atomising burners
Q) Recommended nozzle viscosity for pressure atomising burners
Figure 1
Language UK
viscl.cdr
Page 2/2
AALBORG
OIL SYSTEM
OM5590#40.0
INDUSTRIES
Oil system
1
Description
This section describes the oil system in general terms together with some of the
requirements needed to have a safe and reliable burner operation.
The burner is designed for burning both diesel oil (DO) and heavy fuel oil (HFO).
An illustration of an oil system to a rotary cup burner is shown in Figure 1.
The oil system is fitted with one set of supply oil pumps common for both DO and
HFO. The fuel type is selected by manually operating the tree-way valves in the oil
system.
Illustration of an oil system to a rotary cup burner
1. Ignition oil pump

2. Throttle valve
3. Compound regulator
4. Pneumatic-magnetic valves
5. Solenoid valves
Figure 1
Language UK
6. Ignition burner
7. Flame scanners
8. Rotary cup atomizer
9. Three-way valve
10. Three-way valve
11. Fuel oil screw pumps

16. Precision air regulator
12. Three-way valve
B.HFOpreheater
14. Fuel oil pressure controller
15. Solenoid valve (N.O.)
oiIsys6.cdr
Page 1/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OIL SYSTEM
OM5590#40.0
The oil system consists of oil tanks for DO and HFO, oil pumps and a pressure
regulating valve. The system is connected to the burner unit by three-way valves for
conversion from diesel oil firing to heavy fuel oil firing. The burner fuel system
consists of a rotary cup atomiser, an ignition burner, a compound regulator and shutoff valves.
A pre-heater is installed in the ring line which heats the fuel oil to the correct
temperature by means of steam.
The heavy fuel oil tank may be provided with a heating coil for heating up the fuel
oil in the tank to at least 50C at which temperature it will be possible to pump the
oil. The oil temperature in the tank should not exceed approximately 60C in order
to keep the oil temperature controlled by the heater units.
Whenever a boiler plant is intended to operate on heavy fuel oil, all pipes carrying
fuel oil must be insulated and traced in order to keep a sufficiently low viscosity of
the oil. The tracing can be done either by means of steam heating or by means of
electric heating cables.
The supply oil pump unit is a twin type package unit in which two screw pumps
with driving motor are connected by a switch across the valve housing. A pressure
switch for low oil pressure will automatically start the stand-by oil pump and stop
the other oil pump if the pressure drops below the pre-adjusted set point.
The pumping capacities for the pumps are calculated in such a way that there will be
sufficient oil flow to the burner, the pressure regulating valve and the throttle valve
in full load condition.
The ignition burner (6) always operates on DO whether the rotary cup atomiser
operates on DO or HFO. This secures a reliable ignition.
1.1 DO and HFO operation

In DO operation the pumps (11) draw oil from the DO tank through the three-way
valve (10). From the pumps DO is pumped into the ring-line via the three-way valve
(12). Due to the position of this valve the pre-heater is by-passed in DO operation.
The oil system is shown with the three-way valves (9, 10, 12) in DO operation.
The ring-line pressure is controlled by the pressure regulating valve (14). The
pressure regulating valve keeps the oil pressure to the burner at a relatively low
pressure independent of the burner load.
From the ring-line, DO is led to the rotary cup atomiser (8) through the compound
regulator (3) and the shut-off valves (4). In the ring-line DO is circulated back to the
DO tank.
In order to obtain the same output for the rotary cup burner both in DO operation
and in HFO operation, it is necessary to operate with different oil pressures to the
burner. This is due to the different calorific values of DO and HFO.
The changes of set points in the ring-line pressure are made by means of the
pressure regulating unit. The unit consists of a pressure controller valve (14), a
three-way solenoid valve (15) and a precision air regulator (16).
At low pressure (DO operation) the normally opened three-way solenoid valve (15)
is impressed a voltage which closes the solenoid valve. This causes the springloaded pressure controller valve (14) to open. The opening degree of the valve is
adjusted on the spring at commissioning.
At high pressure (HFO operation) the normally opened three-way solenoid valve
(15) is dead, and an operating diaphragm in the pressure controller valve (14) is
exposed to the air pressure from the precision air regulator (16). The air pressure
determines the closing degree of the valve. The air pressure is adjusted at
commissioning.
Language UK
Page 2/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OIL SYSTEM
OM5590#40.0
When the fuel is changed from DO to HFO, the position of the three-way valves (9,
10, 12) must be manually changed. This means that the pumps draw HFO from the
HFO tank through the three-way valve (10). The HFO is pumped into the ring-line
via the three-way valve (12) and the pre heater.
The ring-line pressure is automatically changed by the pressure regulating unit when
HFO operation is selected.
HFO is forced to the rotary cup atomiser (8) through the compound regulator (3) and
the shut-off valves (4). A portion of the HFO is led back to the ring-line depending
on the position of the throttle valve (2). This secures the burner against cold HFO at
low loads due to the continuous circulation.
In the ring-line HFO is normally circulated back to the suction side of the pumps.
Only in case of flushing the ring-line, the HFO should be led back to the tank for a
period. This is due to the risk of overheating the tank as mentioned above.
Language UK
Page 3/3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
PRE-SERVICE
OM5590#50.0
Pre-service
1
Pre-service inspection
These pre-service instructions imply a thorough study of the previous paragraphs
describing the individual parts of the burner.
Each plant should be adjusted individually. Therefore, the following description for
adjusting the burner should only be considered as a guideline.
Before the burner is started, the special instructions for the boiler and the control
system should be consulted.
Before proceeding with the commissioning make sure that:
Step A: The electric voltage is switched off.
Step B: All control panel fuses have been removed.
Step C: The manual quick closing valve for oil is closed.
1.2 Initial setting and checking

Step A: Rotate the rotary cup by hand to ensure an unobstructed rotation.
Step B: Rotate the combustion air fan impeller by hand to ensure an unobstructed
rotation.
Step C: Adjust the primary air nozzle to 0.5 - 2.0 mm protrusion of the rotary cup.
Step D: Check if the flexible control cable to the primary air damper has a suitable
shape to ensure unobstructed operation.
Step E: Set the primary air damper to a few degrees open in min. position of the
compound regulator and to fully open in max. position of the compound
regulator.
Step F: Pre-adjust the combustion air damper to a few degrees open in min. position
of the compound regulator and to fully open in max. position of the
compound regulator.
The combustion air damper is activated by a rod linkage which is controlled by the
cam strip on the compound regulator. The setting of the cam strip for the
combustion air flow will depend on the min. and max. oil flow, but the combustion
air damper should be pre-adjusted as mentioned above.
The small adjustable air vanes in the combustion air opening of the burner are
factory set to point straight into the furnace. Depending on the furnace shape, the
angle may be altered to make the combustion air rotate.
Language UK
Page 1/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
PRE-SERVICE
OM5590#50.0
The tertiary gap is factory set to fully open and normally needs no further
adjustment.
The diesel oil ignition burner is factory set regarding electrodes and nozzle position,
but during initial firing the air throttle valve for combustion air should be adjusted.
The ignition burner oil pump is only operating during the ignition period. The oil
pressure is factory set to 8.0 bar, and further adjustments are not necessary.
However, the pump must be vented.
The cam switches of the servomotor drive have been factory set and need no further
adjustments.
Step G: Check the compressed air pressure. The pneumatic shut-off valves require
compressed air of min. 5 bar and max. 10 bar. The air must be clean and
dry.
Step H: Insert the control voltage fuses and switch on the main switch.
Step I: Check all alarms and interlocks in the control circuit.
Step J: The burner swing out alarm and function are tested by opening the burner
flange.
Step K: Set the switch for burner operation in position "on" to simulate a burner
start up and operation sequence.
To carry out this simulation, it is necessary to bridge the air pressure switches for
primary air and combustion air.
Note: After the burner simulation is completed, the bridges must be removed.
Step L: Set all motor starter overload relays to match the motor full load current see motor identification plates.
Step M: Insert the remaining fuses.
Step N: Check that the burner motor is running with the correct direction of
rotation.
The rotary cup must rotate in the same direction as the primary air is guided by the
swirl ring fitted in the cup shroud. The direction of the primary air can be checked
by opening the burner flange and check the direction of the swirl ring.
Step O: Check that the combustion air fan is running with the correct direction of
rotation.
Step P: Check that the ignition burner pump is running with the correct direction of
rotation.
Step Q: The water level indicator alarm and "Water level too low" should be tested
by raising and lowering the water level in the boiler. It might be necessary
to make adjustments.
It should also be checked that the start/stop signals are given to the feed water pump
unit.
Language UK
Page 2/6
AALBORG
PRE-SERVICE
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#50.0
Step R: The set points for the pressure switches listed below should be pre-adjusted
"Steam pressure high"
"Steam pressure low"
Set point for "BURNER START/STOP"
"Fuel Oil pressure low"
Step S: The functions and set points should be checked after remounting.
1.3 Supply oil pump

The supply oil pump unit can now be started, but before doing this, please consult
the instructions for the pump.
Note: Before the supply oil pump unit is started, make sure that the oil system
has been flushed and is free of foreign objects which can damage the
pump unit.
Step A: Set the ring line system to operate on diesel oil.

Step B: Open the valves for the diesel oil tank and vent the supply oil pumps.
Step C: Check if the manual quick closing valve to the burner is closed and start the
supply oil pump.
Step D: Check that the supply oil pump is running with the correct direction of
rotation.
Step E: Flush the complete system with diesel oil. Clean the filters after flushing.
Step F: Check for leaks.
Step G: Set the diesel oil pressure in the ring line to 1.0 bar.
1.4 Adjusting the oil flow

The respective fuel quantity at min. oil flow and max. oil flow of the rotary cup
burner must be adjusted at commissioning. The fuel quantities appear from the
chapter "Technical data".
The adjustments can be performed by following this procedure:
Step A: Remove the fuses for the combustion air fan, the burner motor and the
ignition burner pump.
Step B: Close the air and fuel valves to the ignition burner.
Step C: Disconnect the caps for the ignition electrodes.
Step D: Bridge the interlock switch for the burner swing out.
Language UK
Page 3/6
AALBORG
PRE-SERVICE
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#50.0
Step E: Switch the burner operation mode to "EMERGENCY OPERATION".

Step F: Set the compound regulator in position min. oil flow.
Step G: Swing out the burner and prepare to collect the diesel oil in a bucket.
Step H: Push the buttons "IGNITION" and "OIL VALVE" on the manual operation
box and continue to hold the buttons.
Step I: Let the oil flow for a certain period of time, e.g. 60 seconds, and release the
two buttons.
Step J: Measure the amount of oil in the bucket with a measuring cup. Calculate the
oil amount per hour in kg.
Note: Please be aware of the density of the oil and remember to include the
density in the calculation.
Step K: Adjust the min. oil flow on the min. oil screw if the oil amount is too low or
too high in the tested position.
The min. oil adjusting screw is placed on the top rear end of the compound
regulator.
Remove the cap nut and loosen the lock nut with a spanner
Adjust the oil flow on the Allan screw with an Allan key
Tighten the lock nut and the cap nut again
Step L: Repeat work step 8 to 11 until the correct min. oil flow is reached.
Step M: To adjust the max. oil flow, set the compound regulator in position max. oil
flow.
Step N: Repeat work step 8 to 10. Please note that the measuring time should be
reduced due to the increased oil amount, e.g. 30 seconds.
Step O: Adjust the max. oil flow on the max. oil screw if the oil amount is too low
or too high in the tested position.
The max. oil adjusting screw is placed in the front centre of the compound regulator.
Adjust the oil flow on the Allan screw with an Allan key
Step P: Repeat work step 8, 9, 10 and 15 until the correct max. oil flow is reached.
Step Q: Close the burner and disconnect the bridge to the interlock switch for
burner swing out.
Step R: Switch the burner operation mode to "AUTO" and set the compound
regulator in position min. oil flow.
Language UK
Page 4/6
Step S: Open the air and fuel valves to the ignition burner and connect the caps for
the ignition electrodes.
Step T: Check if the burner is in position "OFF".
Step U: Insert the fuses for the combustion air fan, the burner motor and the ignition
burner pump.
1.4.2 Adjusting the oil flow by means of the quick closing valve
The oil flow can be measured in a similar way as mentioned before. But instead of
making a bridge for the burner swing out and operate the burner in emergency
mode, the oil flow can be measured by means of the manual quick closing valve.
The manual quick closing valve for oil must be closed, and the pneumatic shut-off
valves should be opened manually by applying control voltage directly to the 3/2way solenoid valve.
By operating the manual quick closing valve, adjustments and measuring are
performed as mentioned previously.
Note: After having adjusted the oil flow, remember to disconnect the control
voltage applied to the solenoid valves.
1.5 Check the flame failure function

Step A: Remove the fuses to the ignition burner pump.
Step B: Close the manual quick closing valve.
Step C: Switch the burner in position "ON".
The combustion air fan and the burner motor will start. The burner sequence control
box will give a signal to the servo motor which controls the compound regulator.
The air damper will open for purge in max. position of the compound regulator.
After the fixed purge time is expired, the servo motor will get a signal from the
sequence control box to close the air damper.
The ignition transformer will be energised.
The photo-cell is now waiting for illumination from the flame. But because the
manual quick closing valve is closed, the burner will not be ignited. The control box
will cut out after five seconds, and the control panel will give an alarm for "Flame
Failure".
Step D: Check and simulate a flame signal by using a flash light pointed directly at
the photo cell.
Step E: Start the burner and point the flash light at the photo cell when the ignition
period begins.
Step F: Switch off the flash light. The control panel will shut off the power to the
pneumatic shut-off valves and initiate a "Flame failure" alarm.
Language UK
Page 5/6
AALBORG
PRE-SERVICE
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#50.0
If the simulated flame is not present, reverse the two photo cell wires for the correct
polarisation and repeat the flame failure check.
Step G: Check and simulate a glowing furnace by using a flash light pointed
directly at the photo cell.
Step H: Point the flash light at the photo cell and start the burner. The control panel
will give an alarm for "Flame failure".
Step I: Switch the burner in position "OFF".
Step J: Insert the fuses to the ignition burner pump and open the manual quick
closing valve.
1.6 Check the pneumatic shut-off valves

Step A: Set the burner in position "ON" and let the burner run for approximately ten
seconds before stopping it.
Step B: Open the burner flange.
Step C: Check that the rotary atomising cup has not sprayed oil into the furnace.
Step D: Check the tightness of the pneumatic shut-off valves by checking the button
of the wind box for diesel oil.
Step E: Close the burner again.
The burner is now ready for start-up.
Language UK
Page 6/6
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
START OF THE BURNER
OM5590#55.0
Start of the burner

1
Description
This section describes the necessary testing actions during start of the burner.
Note: Before the burner is started, the set points for the safety device and the
water level control system should be checked according to the separate
instructions.
The special instructions for the boiler and control system should be consulted before
proceeding start-up of the burner.
Before the burner is started be sure that the water level is around "NORMAL
WATER LEVEL".
1.1 Initial firing

Step A: Check that the supply oil pump and the ring line system are in operation
and running on diesel oil. The ring line oil pressure should be
approximately 1.0 bar.
Step B: Ventilate the ignition burner pump.
Step C: Check that the burner operation mode is in position "AUTO" on the control
panel.
Step D: Switch the burner modulation mode switch to position "MAN" to ensure
that the burner is started and operated at low firing rate.
Step E: Set the burner in position "ON" on the control panel.
The burner motor and the combustion air fan are starting.
The servomotor, controlled by the burner sequence control unit during start-up, will
move the compound regulator to maximum position for purging. After purging, the
compound regulator moves to min. position and the ignition sequence starts.
Step F: The ignition of the main burner should be checked several times to ensure a
stable and proper ignition.
Step G: The ignition of the ignition burner should also be checked several times to
ensure a proper ignition. The combustion air to the ignition burner can be
adjusted on the small throttle valve attached to the ignition burner.
The burner should be operated at low firing rate as long as a stable flame is ensured
under normal operating conditions.
Language UK
Page 1/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
START OF THE BURNER
OM5590#55.0
Step H: Check the primary air at low firing rate and adjust the air flow on the
primary air damper or the spring band of the compound regulator.
Step I: Adjust the combustion air on the adjusting screws of the compound regulator
to ensure a clean stable flame.
1.2 Check the flame failure equipment

Step A: Check the flame failure equipment by removing the photo cell from the
holder and cover the sensor. The burner will cut out and give an alarm for
flame failure.
Step B: Check the flame failure equipment by interrupting the oil supply. The
burner will cut out and give an alarm for flame failure.
1.3 Check the burner swing-out function

Step A: Open the burner a few mm very carefully. The burner will cut out and give
an alarm for burner swing-out.
1.4 Check of air pressure switches

Step A: Check the function of the pressure switch for low combustion air pressure.
Step B: Check the function of the pressure switch for low atomising air pressure.
1.5 Check of the supply oil system

Step A: Check the "STAND-BY PUMP STARTED" function. Stop the supply oil
pump in operation while the other pump is kept in stand-by mode.
When the pressure (see pressure gauge) drops to the set point for start of the standby supply oil pump, an alarm will appear and the stand-by pump will start.
Step B: Check the "Low oil pressure" at the burner oil inlet. Stop the supply oil
pump in operation while the other pump is in off position.
When the oil pressure (see pressure gauge) drops to the set point of the pressure
switch at the burner oil inlet, an alarm will appear and the burner will stop.
1.6 Other safety interlocks

Step A: Check all other safety interlocks connected with the equipment and make
sure that their settings are correct.
Language UK
Page 2/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
START OF THE BURNER
OM5590#55.0
HFO operation
When service steam is available and the heavy fuel oil tank is heated to the correct
temperature, the fuel can be changed from diesel oil to heavy fuel oil.
Step A: Stop the burner and change to heavy fuel oil operation by operating the
three-way valves in the oil system.
Step B: Set the burner heating in position "ON".
Step C: Adjust the oil pressure to approximately 1.5 bar by operating the precision
air regulator at the pressure regulating unit.
Note: If the oil system is divided into two systems the HFO system must first be
commissioned before proceeding with the start-up on HFO. This means
that the HFO pumps should be checked and vented. Furthermore, the
HFO ring line pressure must be adjusted.
Step D: Adjust the oil temperature to the correct viscosity of the heavy fuel oil. The
viscosity must be 45 to 60 cSt. for rotary cup burners.
Step E: Measure the respective fuel quantity at min. oil flow and max. oil flow of
the rotary cup burner as described in the chapter "Pre-service".
If the fuel quantities are only slightly different from the fuel quantities found in the
chapter "Technical data", an increase or decrease of the oil pressure might be
sufficient to obtain the right fuel quantities. If not, the procedure of adjusting the oil
flow must be carried out.
Step F: Start up the burner on heavy fuel oil at low firing rate and let it run in a
sufficiently long time to ensure a stable flame.
Note: If the flame becomes unstable or pulsates at low firing rate after
adjustments of the oil flow have been made, it may be caused by
impurities which become stocked in the min. adjusting screw. This is due
to insufficient cleaning of the oil system during commissioning. The min.
adjusting screw should then be turned back and forth several times.
Step G: The ignition of the main burner should be checked several times again on
heavy fuel oil to ensure a stable and proper ignition.
Step H: Check and adjust the primary air flow again.
Too much primary air will cause an unstable flame and possibly even blow it out.
The flame will have a tendency to pulsate at low firing rate. Too little primary air
will cause a bad atomising of the oil, and the flame will have a tendency to touch the
swirler.
Furthermore, if the oil temperature is too high, the flame becomes unstable. Too low
oil temperature causes bad atomising.
Language UK
Page 3/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
START OF THE BURNER
OM5590#55.0
Step I: Check and adjust the combustion air flow again.

The shape of the flame can be adjusted by the adjustable air vanes in the combustion
air opening if required. If the angle of the air vanes is too wide, the shape of the
flame may become too wide, and it may hit the walls of the combustion chamber. If
the angle of the air vanes is too low, the flame may hit the backside wall of the
combustion chamber.
In both cases the flame has a tendency to deposit soot on the furnace walls.
Step J: Check the tertiary air system and adjust the air gab if necessary.
The purpose of the tertiary air is to stabilise the flame and cool the swirler and
burner parts. At low firing rate the tertiary air pressure should be approximately 5
mmWC.
If the air gab is too small a vacuum may be generated on the inlet side of the swirler.
This causes the flame to be sucked against the swirler ring. The flame heats up the
swirler and may cause damage to it. Soot will be deposited on the swirler and
ignition burner.
Step K: The shape of the flame can also be altered by changing the protrusion
between the rotary cup and the primary air nozzle.
A large protrusion results in a wide diffusion of the flame, and a small protrusion
results in the opposite. The protrusion should be between 0.5-2.0 mm.
Note: When any adjustments are carried out on either the primary air,
combustion air, tertiary air or protrusion, it is important not only to
check the flue gas contents but also visually to check the combustion with
regard to length, shape and colour of the flame frequently. Special
attention should be drawn to the combustion at the rotary cup and
swirler.
Step L: The load should be increased gradually on the compound regulator by
operating the push button "MANUAL INCREASE BURNER LOAD".
Step M: Check and adjust the combustion by measuring C02 and soot spot No. at
each load point.
Adjust the combustion to obtain a C02 content of 8-10% at low firing rate
(compound regulator position 1 to 3) and 10-13% at high firing rate (compound
regulator position 4 to 7). The soot spot No. should not exceed 1-3.
During and after the adjustment of the fuel/air ratio the min. oil flow and the max.
oil flow should not be adjusted further as this affects the previous adjustments of the
fuel/air ratio.
Step N: After the final adjustments check the safety interlocks for high oil
temperature and low oil temperature at the burner oil inlet.
Language UK
Page 4/5
AALBORG
START OF THE BURNER
OM5590#55.0
INDUSTRIES
Note: The main fuel on the rotary cup burner is heavy fuel oil. After the final
adjustment on HFO at the correct viscosity, the air/fuel ratio suits the
burner over the whole range of the oil flow. Further burner adjustment
should be carried out solely by adjusting the oil pressure and viscosity
(oil temperature).
2.2 Change to DO operation

Step A: Change the fuel from HFO to DO.
If the oil quantities have been changes considerably during start-up on HFO, it may
be necessary to increase or decrease the DO ring line pressure.
Step B: Check the combustion by measuring C02 and soot spot No. at 3-4 load
points.
As the air supply from the combustion air fan and the primary air fan is identical for
both types of fuel, only the oil flow should be adjusted to suit the air flow. Thereby a
correct combustion is obtained.
Step C: Adjust the DO ring line pressure if necessary.
Attention: Before the burner and boiler plant are set into normal operation,
make sure that all safety interlocks are tested both in automatic
operation and emergency operation. The safety interlocks appear
from the chapter "Electrical diagrams".
Language UK
Page 5/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
MANUAL OPERATION
OM5590#70.0
Manual operation
1
Manual operation of the burner

In manual operation (also called emergency operation) of the burner, the safely
precautions must be observed very carefully. The emergency operation (manual
override) system permits the maintaining of the operation of the firing plant in the
event of faults in the automatic sequence control or components of the safety
monitoring equipment.
Warning: When the burner runs in manual mode, it is very important that the
burner and boiler plant are carefully and uninterruptedly
supervised by ship engineering personnel. Special attention should
be drawn to the steam pressure.
Warning: Insufficient purging may cause danger of furnace explosions.
1.1 Safety interlocks

Note that in manual operation mode the safety interlocks are reduced to:
Too low water level
High steam pressure
Burner swing out
Overload burner motor
Overload combustion air fan motor
Flame failure for manual operation
When the burner runs, the following safety interlocks are out of function:
Flame detector for automatic operation
Automatic start/stop of the burner
Low oil pressure
High oil temperature
Low oil temperature
Low combustion air pressure
Low atomising air pressure
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
MANUAL OPERATION
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#70.0
Other safety interlocks connected to the specific burner
1.2 Manual start of the burner

The following instructions must be observed step by step during manual operation of
the burner:
Step A: Exchange the flame scanners against each other on the burner.
Step B: Turn the detachable key switch to "EMERGENCY OPERATION" on the
control panel. The fan and burner motor will start if the boiler safety
systems are in working order.
Step C: Disconnect the lever between the servo motor and the compound regulator.
Step D: Set the compound regulator in position max. by hand and let the burner
purge. The purge time should be approximately 60 seconds.
Step E: Set the compound regulator in position min. by hand and connect the lever
again.
When the burner is started the compound regulator should always be in position
min.
Step F: Activate the "IGNITION" push-button and hold it.
The manual operating box is placed at the burner.
Step G: Activate the "OIL VALVE" push-button and hold it until a visual check of
the ignition flame has been carried out.
The electric/pneumatic oil valves open and the oil flows to the burner and is ignited.
The established flame is acknowledged by the lighting up of the "FLAME" signal
lamp.
Step H: After no more than five seconds, release the two push buttons.
If no flame is established, repeat the ignition cycle in the same order after sufficient
purging of the furnace.
Note: If the flame is distinguished during operation, immediately return to step
l.If the flame cannot be established in the following attempt, please see
the section for Faults and Rectifying Faults.
1.3 Check the flame failure function

Pull out the flame scanner from its mounting flange and screen the window by hand.
The oil supply must be cut off automatically.
Note: If the flame is distinguished during emergency operation, the signal lamp
"FLAME FAILURE" in the control panel will not be switched on. This
signal lamp is only for automatic operation. However, the signal lamp
"FLAME" on the manual operating box is switched off.
Language UK
Page 2/2
AALBORG
MAINTENANCE
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#85.0
Maintenance
1
Recommended maintenance intervals

To ensure a safe and reliable function of the burner, it must be inspected with
frequent intervals as described below. The inspection should be carried out by
competent and properly trained personnel familiar with the operating and
maintenance procedures relevant for this type of plant.
Weekly:
Clean the rotary cup. Depending on the oil quality, a more frequent cleaning
may be necessary
Monthly:
Check the function of the flame scanner
Check the function of the primary and combustion air pressure switches
Check the function of the oil temperature switches
Check the function of all other safety interlocks which are connected to the
burner control system
Check the pneumatic shut-off valves for leakage
Clean the igniter tube and the ignition electrodes
Check the electrode gap position and readjust if necessary
Check the refractory material in the outer air annulus ring and repair it if
necessary
Check the refractory lining in the combustion chamber and repair it if necessary
Check the shape of the flame to ensure a proper combustion
Check the tension of the v-belts
Annually:
Remove deposits from assembling of the air ducts
Clean the bearings in the drive motors and the burner shaft and grease them
Language UK
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
FAULTS AND RECTIFYING FAULTS
OM5590#90.0
Faults and rectifying faults

Trouble shooting
The trouble shooting list is based on a proper set up of the burner plant during
commissioning and/or service and that no further adjustments of the air/fuel ratio,
air vanes, etc. have taken place.
Please note that the trouble shooting list is general for the rotary cup burners and has
not been made for any particular plant, but is based on several years of experience.
Therefore, the cause for your specific problem may not be mentioned and vice versa.
However, you are always welcome to contact our Service Department for advice or
service assistance.
The trouble shooting list can be seen in Table 1
Faultfinding chart
Observation
1. Ignition
No ignition/ignition flame failure
2. Flame Failure
Flame failure of main flame during
ignition
3. Flame
Unstable main flame
4. Combustion
Black smoke/incomplete combustion
Cause
Elimination of fault
Ignition burner oil pump faulty

Oil pressure too low
Oil nozzle blocked
Oil nozzle worn out
Ignition electrodes dirty
Ignition electrodes out of adjustment
Isolator body cracked
Ignition transformer faulty
Ignition cable charred
Burner control faulty
Solenoid valve faulty
Combustion air pressure too high
Replace oil pump/motor

Restore oil pressure to approx. 7 bar
Clean/replace nozzle
Replace nozzle
Clean electrodes
Adjust electrodes
Replace electrodes (isolator only)
Replace ignition transformer
Exchange cables
Replace control unit
Replace
Check air damper
Ignition flame not established

Oil valves not opened properly
Oil pressure too low
Oil temperature too low
Oil temperature too high
Too low oil amount due to blockage in the oil
system
See above
Check air pressure/replace oil valve
Adjust pressure
Adjust temperature
Adjust temperature
Remove blockage
Oil amount too low

Oil temperature too low
Rotary cup dirty
Rotary cup damaged
Raise the oil amount

Raise the oil temperature
Clean the rotary burner cup
Replace the rotary burner cup
Oil amount too high

Viscosity not correct (oil temperature)
Insufficient primary air/secondary air
Reduce the oil amount

Adjust the oil temperature
Check/adjust the control linkage and the cam
strip on the compound regulator
Clean the gas passage and if necessary
remove the blockage
Increased furnace/uptake back pressure

Coloured smoke is often related to a poor
quality of fuel oil and cannot be eliminated by
adjustment
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
FAULTS AND RECTIFYING FAULTS
INDUSTRIES
5. Rotary Cup
Carbon deposits in the burner cup
6. Air Nozzle and Swirler

Oil/carbon deposit on primary air
nozzle, swirler
7. Flame Failure during Service
Flame failure during service
8. Flame Pattern
Change of flame pattern
9. Vibration
Vibrations on the burner
Too high oil temperature

Insufficient after running/cleaning time for the
burner cup
Leaking oil shut-off valve(s)
Poor oil quality
Reduce the oil temperature

Increase the timer setting
Primary/tertiary air pressure insufficient

Increased furnace/uptake back pressure
Check/adjust flexible control cable

Clean the gas passage and if necessary
remove the blockage
Flame blown away/out due to too small amount

of oil caused by blockage in the oil system
Flame blown out due to too low oil temperature
Flame blown out due to too low oil pressure
Dirty/defective or worn out photo cell
Restore the oil amount and remove the

blockage
Raise the oil temperature
Raise the oil pressure
Clean/exchange photo cell
Exchange the control unit
Changes in the air/fuel ratio (generally related

to changes in the oil pressure or in the oil
temperature/viscosity)
Changes of the furnace/uptake back pressure
Check/adjust the oil pressure and the oil

temperature. Check the air supply
Deposits in the burner cup
Clean the burner cup and check/adjust the oil

temperature
Replace the bearings
Burner shaft bearings defective/worn out

10. Motor
Burner motor does not start
Overload relay tripped

Contactor faulty
Burner motor defective
11. Shut-off Valves

Oil shut-off valves do not open
Oil shut-off valves do not close

tightly
12. Shut-Down
Burner shut-down
OM5590#90.0
Clean/repair/exchange the faulty valve(s)

Clean the rotary cup more frequently
Restore the normal furnace/uptake back

pressure, i.e. by cleaning the gas passage
Check motor and fuses and reset the overload

relay
Replace the contactor
Replace the burner motor
Insufficient air pressure

Pneumatic parts faulty
Solenoid valves faulty
Particles in the valve
Check air supply

Replace the pneumatic unit
Exchange solenoid/complete valve
Replace control unit
Clean the valves and if necessary exchange
the valves
Shut-down due to safety circuits or faulty

components
Please refer to the electric layout/diagram for

specific information
Table 1
Language UK
Page 2/2
AALBORG
MEASUREMENTS
OM5590#95.0
INDUSTRIES
Measurements
1
Burner measuring
Each plant has its individual service conditions depending on the actual design and
layout of the burner and the boiler plant. Exact values for the burner cannot be
given, but have to be determined at the commissioning or by later adjustments.
The following page shows a standard measuring scheme (Table 1). This enables the
user to obtain some of the most important measurements related to the burner for
later reference.
It is recommended that the user completes the scheme shortly after the
commissioning when normal service conditions have been established.
Language UK
Page 1/2
AALBORG
MEASUREMENTS
INDUSTRIES
OM5590#95.0
Measuring scheme for a rotary cup burner

Plant name:
Oil type/quality:
Boiler type/No.:
Burner type/No.:
Date:
Time:
Compound regulator
position
Oil amount
Pos.
kg/h
Oil temperature at inlet to

burner
Oil pressure at burner
C
bar
Oil temperature after preheater

Oil temperature in tank
Air temperature at inlet
combustion air fan
Static pressure after
combustion air fan
Static pressure in wind
box
Static pressure on primary
air
Static pressure in furnace
room
Static pressure in uptake
Gas temperature in uptake
C02% or 0 2 % in uptake
Soot, bacharad
C
C
C
mmWC
mmWC
mmWC
mmWC
mmWC
C
%
Steam pressure
No.
Brag
Burner cup, direction of rotation:

Direction of primary air vanes:
Distance between cup and cup shroud (mm):
Direction of secondary air vanes:
Tertiary gab open (mm):
Circulation valve open (turn):
Table 1
Language UK
Page 2/2
A
ciM
y*
W
> i
AALBORG
cftSffasggssniiRi^^^^^H
INDUSTRIES
^^gjgj|^0^g||m||^^^^^^^^^|^^
Table of contents
Regulating valves
Steam regulating valve
Data for regulating valves
Electrical actuator, type FR 2.1

Technical description
Assembly
Electrical connection and safely regulations
Positioning electronics (setting regulator for actuating drivers)
Warranty
2
3
4
5

General
Operation
Maintenance
Language UK
1
2
3
Page 1/1
iiliilii
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
REGULATING VALVES
ITEM
TYPE
SIZE
PN
ACTUATOR TYPE
SIZE
PILOT VOLTAGE
FREQUENCY
G20
[V]
[Hz]
PFTE-V-ring unit, spring loaded

(1.)
Bellow seal with safety stuffing box (III.)
Parabolic plug with plug shaft guidance
Order 735844-47
ITEM G20
23.470
20
25
FR2.1
0.9 kN
1 X230
60
X
X
FR 2.1 / FR 2.2
Item: G20
Electric thrust actuators

Electric thrust actuator FR 2.1 / FR 2.2
with safety reset
FR2.1/FR2.2
Electric thrust actuator
with safety reset
on electrical power failure
y.
Page 2
&
FR2.1/FR2.2
Features FR 2.1 / FR 2.2:

Safety reset on electrical power failure
TUV-approval/ DIN 32730
2 travel switches
Operative ambient temperatures 0C up to +50C
Enclosure IP 54
Additional devices available,
e.g. potentiometer
Travel indicator
Page 1(4)
O900i,
Item: G20
Electric thrust actuator FR 2.1 / 2.2
SW19
fart'[-. -i\: Description
;:':.
' ^ - ' J V ^ -. '--
fit'w
"-
Part V . ' . - w Description
.". ';.
34
Centrifugal brake cpl.
195
Hood sealing
49
Hood
196
Gaisket
52
Rectifier plate
210
Direct current - lifting, magnetic clutch
58
Coupling flange
212
Terminal 12-pole
59
Threaded bush
213
Terminal 16-pole
60
Anti-twistsp|ate
214*
Capacitor
61
Locking plate
215
Motor
164
Cap nut
217
Micfoswitch
Page 2 (4)
Technical data
Item: G20
Data sheet for thrust actuator with safety reset
Closing force
0;9N{at 35 mm travel)
Travel
max. 35 mm
Positioning speed
0,29 mm/sec
2,2 kN {at 35 mm travel)
On power cut-out:
Closure time
8,5 sec. (for travel 35mm)
Closure force
0,9 kN (at travel 35 mm)
Direction of closure
Extended stem on electrical power failure (on request - retracted stem on electrical power failure)
Manual adjustment
Electrical (botton operated)
Operative ambient temperature
0Cupto+50C
Installation position
any
Enclosure (according to DIN 40050
IP 54
Mounting A
Mounting pillars
Mounting B
Range according to ISO 5211-F05
Mains 1-phase AC
24V / 50 Hz, 230V / 50Hz - Special voltages on request -
^MriGafconneGtioh ":.',".
to internal terminal via

max. 4 cable screw connections Pg 11
Operating mode (according to VDE)
S1 -100% ED, S4 - 30% ED - 600 c/h
Wight
8,7 kg
Required clearance for removal of hood
100 mm
'
Travel limitation
2,2 kN (at travel 35 mm)
"
2 travel switches, 10 A, max. 250V WS
M o t o r data
0,29 mm/sec
Positioning speed
1-phase AC
Voltage V
24
230
24
230
Rated current mA
260
31
316
33
Power consumption W
6,8
7,6
Power output W
2,55
3,8
Motor speed Rotation/min.
375
375
Magnetic c l u t c h data
Voltage V
Magnet voltage V DC
Power consumption W
Switch-on time (ED)
Additional accessories:
230
24
21,3
204
21,3
!
204
15
15
100%
100%
(max. 2) additional switches, max. 250V WS

for ohmic load, max. 10A
for inductive load, max. 5A
for filament lamps, max. 1A
max. 2 potentiometers with 100 Ohm, 200 Ohm, 500 Ohm, 1 kOhm, 2 kOhm, 5 kOhm, 10 kOhm.
- other values on requestmax. 1,5 W, max. wiper current 30 mA
1 positioning electronics PE10" (electronic position controller)
for analogue input signals 0 (2) -10 V or 0 (4) - 20 mA; Feedback in same direction
Page 3 (4)
j
j
j
Wiring diagram
Standard
Accessories (additional cost))
WE
S3
-i
WE
S4
POT POT
R1
R2
16|17|18||19|20|21||25|26|27| |28|29]30!
Wiring diagram FR 2.1 and FR 2.2
+
'i * r
-+-
r
WE
WE
WE WE
51
52
S3 54
oA
oA
oA
oA
PE10
POT POT
R1
R2
Reversing plug
(Reversing
by turning)
m
r 1 A / 2<V
I - 250mA/230V
hhN"H
-E3-OD-
-^T
^ hM2i3i
|,
15]
|l6|l7|l8|[i9]20]2l1|25lZ6l27| |2B|29|30]
-yellot
grey
|5l|52|53ll55|55| 156157156159160161"
^
i&
Output vofl
Wiring diagram FR 2.1 and FR 2.2 with electronic position controller (PE10)
Page 4(4)
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Operation and Installation Instructions

Electrical Actuating Drive with Emergency Reset Device
FR 2.1 / 2.2
M w-
5
Contents
Note
Right to change and copy right.
Safetj- information
Warning
.1
.1
.2
1.0 Technical Description

1.1 Area of Application
1.2 Design
1.3 Description of function FR2.1/FR2.2
1.4 Technical specifications
1.5 Dimensions
2.0 Assembly
2.1 Assembly Conditions and Mounting Position
2.2 Operating the Thrust Drive Manually
2.3 Assembly of the Thrust Drive with a Valve
3.0 Electrical Connection and Safetj' Regulations
3.1 Removing the Hood
3.2 Make the Electrical Connection
2
2
3
3
8
9
11
11
11
11
12
13
13
0040505000 4298 englisch
.jjjjjjj,
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
3.3 Connection Example

3.4 To adjust the path limit switch SI (in the direction of closure)
3.5 Adjusting the path limit switch S2 in the direction of opening
3.6 Adjusting the potentiometers
4.0 Positioning electronics (setting regulator for actuating drives)
4.1 Instructions for assembly and adjustment with positioning electronics
4.2 Assembly
4.3 Setting and adjusting the path limit switch SI in the direction of closure
4.6 Connecting the positioning electronics
4.7 Give control voltage-current to drive
4.8 Switch on the power (operating voltage) to the drive
4.9 Test the drive
4.10 Make any necessary adjustments with the trim potentiometers "A" and "B"
4.11 Fit the hood and lock it with the cap nut and sealing washer
4.12 Adjusting the target value input
4.13 Adjusting the sequence ranges
4.14 Sequence range 6-12 mA
4.15 Feedback
5.0 Warranty
13
14
15
15
16
17
17
17
18
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
23
24
iiiiiiiit
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Operating and Installation Instructions

Electric Thrust Actuator FR 2.1 / 2.2
Note
For reasons of clarity these instructions cannot contain all the details of all types of products
and can therefore not take into account every conceivable case of assembly, application,
operation or maintenance.
Later assembly of the drive with parts other than those from the original manufacturer or
modifications without the knowledge of the drive manufacturer will cause the CE marking of
the drive to lose its validity and the drive manufacturer will no longer have any liability for this
drive.
If you want further information or if special problems arise which are not adequately described
in these instructions, you can obtain the necessary information from the drive manufacturer
(Address: Haselhofer Feinmechanik GmbH, EichendorffstraBe 42-48, D-78054 VillingenSchwenningen, Telephone: +49-7720/8540-0, Telefax: +49-7720/8540-50).
We also point out that the contents of these instructions are not part of a previous or existing
agreement, promise or legal relationship nor are meant to change these.
All the drive manufacturer's obligations are given by the respective contract of sale or terms of
business. These contain the full and solely valid warranty regulations. The contractual
warranty conditions are neither extended nor restricted by the information in these instructions.
Right to change and copyright

The rules, regulations, standards etc. correspond to the state of information at the time of
compiling this manual and are not subject to any revision service. They must be applied at the
user's own responsibility in their latest valid version.
All rights to make technical modifications and improvements to all data, specifications and
figures in this manual are reserved at all times.
The right to change and improve already delivered devices is categorically excluded.
The copyright to these operating instructions as well as all rights for the event of a patent
award or utility model registration remain with the drive manufacturer.
Safety rules
The thrust drive described here is an electrical device:
- It is part of a power plant for industrial applications,
- It is designed according to the general rules of technology.
Electrical resources can cause serious injury or material damage under some circumstances
- improper use,
- incorrect operation,
- improper electrical connection,
- improper assembly on an actuator,
- failure to observe the ambient and operating conditions,
- unauthorised manipulation,
- unauthorised removal of existing cover,
- improper transport,
- improper storage.
0040505000 4298
Page 1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

A
A
I\
.Warning
Only assemble and operate this device when qualified personnel has previously ensured that
suitable power supplies are used which ensure that no dangerous voltages can get into the
device in normal operation or in the event of a fault in the system or parts of the system.
Failure to heed this warning can lead to death, serious bodily harm or considerable material
damage.
Pay attention to moving parts during assembly and adjustment. There is a danger of injury and
considerable material damage.
The persons responsible for system safety must therefore ensure that
- only qualified persons are entrusted with work on this device,
- these persons have read and understood the enclosed operating instructions and product
information. (We recommend our customers to have this confirmed in writing by the
assembly personnel),
- the operating instructions are available at all times and the appropriate persons are obliged to
observe these consistently at all times in their work (before work according to these operating
instructions is commenced, any existing supplementary instructions and documents about
valves and actuators should be attached to these instructions),
- proper use of tools, measuring equipment and if necessary the use of personal safety
equipment is observed for the correlative work,
- work on this device or in its vicinity is prohibited to unqualified persons.
Qualified personnel
are persons familiar with the assembly, maintenance and operation of the product in possession
of the necessary qualification for their task, e.g.
- training or instruction or authorisation to switch on and off, enable, earth and mark circuits
according to safety standards,
- training or instruction according to the safety standards in care and use of appropriate safety
equipment,
- training in first aid.
1.0 Technical Description

1.1 Area of Application
These thrust drives operate actuators which require a linear positioning movement of
4 - 3 5 mm and a positioning force of 1,2 kN and 2,2 kN e.g.
- control valves,
- shutoff valves,
The actuators have a type approval and are suitable to operate in heating systems with a safety
function for water and steam. The actuator has a safety function "fail safe" and is able to close
a valve with spring force when the electric supply is cut off. The safety function can be induced
from for e.g. a safety temperature-limiting device.
The fail safe direction can also work in the other direction -function valve opens.
The fail safe direction of the actuator has to be defined for the application and can not be
altered.
Page 2
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

1.2 Design
The thrust drives are designed for maximum thrust force. The electrical components and the
gear are underneath the hood. This protects them against
- possibly damaging operating conditions,
- possibly damaging ambient conditions,
- humidity,
- dust.
All components are easily accessible after removing the hood.
The basic equipment includes
- 2 way-dependent switches ("SI" and "S2") and a distance-dependent switch ("S3").
They switch off the motor, when the end travel positions are reached.
The following can be installed additionally
- 1 or 2 distance-dependent switches ("S3" and "S4"). They limit the end positions or report
intermediate and end positions and are mounted on the switching and display device,
- 1 or 2 potentiometers. These are mounted on the switching and display device,
- 1 positioning electronics "PE10" (electronic position controller) for analogue control
0 (2) - 10 V or 0 ( 4 ) - 2 0 mA.
1.3 Description of function FR2.1 / FR2.2

The cam-rod is moved in or out by means of reversible synchronous motor, gearbox and
connection lever. Because its construction is that of a permanent magnet, the synchronous
motor possesses a locking moment even when not under power, which together with the
gearbox is so great that the cam-rod of the drive can be stopped perfectly in any position
without any measurable post-actuation movement. Should the power be cut off, clutch (2) is
disengaged by the built-in spring washers, thus disconnecting the motor and a part of the
gearbox, and the cam-rod is moved into the closure position by spring power. 2 Screw pressure
springs act as closure springs.
A centrifugal brake (18) is fitted to the moving part of the gearbox to prevent any delay of the
closing action in the event of power failure. This has the appropriate dimensions to ensure the
necessary closure time on the one hand, and not to present an obstacle to the operation of the
motor on the other.
The port (15) in the shape of a slot in the two connection levers (16) between the gearbox and
the cam-rod (see drawing) enables fast and easy setting of the path switch in the direction of
closure.
When properly adjusted, the closing pressure is generated by the two closure springs even
when the motor is running (see the instructions for assembly and adjustment)
0040505000 4298
Page 3
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

11
Fig. 1.3-1
Page 4
0040505000 4298
8 12
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

Fig. 1.3-2
0040505000 4298
Page 5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

Fig. 1.3-3
Page 6
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

Closure force
FR 2.1
[kN]
o
C5
>
11 -
1.0
V
na
<
10
t i t
15
i i
> i * i
20
tii* i t * i <
25
30
r{>
35
Stroke [mm]
Fig. 1.3-4: Closing force depends on the stroke
Closing direction: cam-rod moving outwards
FR 2.2
Closure force
[kN]
A
&
3.6
3.4
S3
3 2 f60
a
'>
o
3.0
&
-o
o
2.8
2.6
2.i
22
10
15
20
25
30
35
->
Stroke [mm]
Fig. 1.3-5: Closing force depends on the stroke
Closing direction: cam-rod moving outwards
0040505000 4298
Page 7
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

1.4 Technical specifications
Setting / closure force

Set path
Setting speed
On power cut-out
Data sheet for zero-voltage reset device

FR2.2
FR2.1
*TUV-tested ace. to DIN 32730*
*TUV-tested ace. to DIN 32730*
0,9 kN (with 35 mm stroke)
max. 35mm
17,5 mm/min
Closure time
Closure force
Direction of closure
Manual adjustment
Temperature range
Installation positions
Fuse (ace. to DIN 40050
Mounting A
Mounting B
Mains 1-phase AC
Type of operation (ace. to VDE)
Weight
Space for removal of hood
Switching off
approx. 8,5 sec. (with 35 mm stroke)

cam-rod in outwards motion (inwards motion possible)
electrical with press-keys (only when under power)
0C up to +50C
any
IP 54
rod bracket
flange ace. to ISO 5211-F05
24V / 50 Hz, 230V / 50Hz - other ratings on request to internal terminal panel via
max. 4 cable screw connections Pg 11
SI - 100% ED
approx. 8,7 kg
100 mm
2 path-independent switches, 10 A, max. 250V WS
Motor specifications
Setting speed
Voltage V
Nominal current mA
Pick-up rate W
Output rate W
Motor speed rpm
Magnet specifications
Voltage V
Magnet voltage V DC
Pick-up rate W
Switch-on time (ED)
Additional facilities
Signal devices
Page 8
17,5 mm/min
1-phase AC 50Hz
230
24
31
316
24
260
6,8
2,55
375
7,6
3,8
375
230
204
24
21,3
230
33
15
100%
24
21,3
230
204
15
100%
(max. 2) additional switches, max. 250V WS

for ohmic load, max. 10A
for inductive load, max. 5A
for lamp, max. 1A
max. 2 potentiometers with 100 Ohm, 200 Ohm, 500 Ohm, 1
kOhm, 2 kOhm, 5 kOhm, 10 kOhm. - additional ratings on requestmax. 1,5 W, max. loop current 30 mA
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

1.5 Dimensions
SW19
cxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx;
^r
080 I
I
0120 l
00
max. M 16
Screw depth approx :
max,
27
a
M16
100
Fig. 1.5-1: Direction of closure: drive cam-rod moving outwards
0040505000 4298
Page 9
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

SW19
4-kt162
i
xxxxxx><xxxxxxxx><xxxxxx><
Screw depth approx. m Q x . 20 (FR2.1)

max. 25 (FR2.2)
Fig. 1.5-2: Direction of closure: drive cam-rod moving inwards
Page 10
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

2.0 Assembly
2.1 Assembly Conditions and Mounting Position
The mounting position of the thrust drive must be chosen so that
- the drive is easily accessible,
- there is enough space to remove the hood or to carry out adjustment work,
- the thrust drive is protected against extreme heat radiation;
- the ambient temperature is not more than + 50C.
Outdoors the thrust drive must be protected by an additional cover against
- rain,
- direct exposure to sunlight,
- strong draughts,
- exposure to dust.
Any installation position is possible but not hanging downwards.
In an installation position with a horizontally positioned thrust rod, the thrust drive is mounted
so that the two lantern rods are above each other in the vertical plane.
lA
=&
A - B
Figure 2.1: Assembly of the drive with rod lantern with horizontally positioned thrust rod
2.2 Operating the Thrust Drive Manually

The electric actuators FR2 can also be manually operated
To do this, the push buttons for open and closed have to be pressed which are placed on the
bottom side of the actuator top part.
This only works with the electric supply being available in the actuator. This is not possible
when no electric supply is present, not being a mechanical device (conforms to DIN 32730)
2.3 Assembly of the Thrust Drive with a Valve

Before assembling, check whether
- the technical specifications of the thrust drive match the application conditions,
- the valve is complete (tie-bar on the drive or on the valve),
- the thread of the valve spindle matches that of the insert of the thrust drive,
- the thrust drive is complete with tie-bar or lantern pillars and coupling components for
assembly with the valve provided,
- any accessories required are already installed in the drive,
- the operating voltage to be connected matches that of the drive,
- the specifications on the type plate match those of the motor,
- the set or still to be set stroke of the drive matches that of the valve.
0040505000 4298
Page 11
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

- Gerat erden and connect the voltage as follows, see terminal connection in the hood;
hierbei besonders vorsichtig vorgehen regard point 3.0 of this Operating and Installation
Instruction.
- When properly connected, magnet 1 is on, engages clutch 2 and thus enables manual
adjustment of the drive.
- Move in cam-rod (4) by (2) mm using the electrical manual adjustment.
- turn the counternut onto the valve spindle up to the end of the thread,
- loosen and unscrew both hexagon socket screws (66) with which the safety plate (61) is
screwed on,
- place the safety plate (61) over the valve spindle,
- Place the actuating drive fully on the valve and screw the threaded socket (5) on the valve rod
until the columns lie on the crossbar T.
- Attach the columns to the crossbar with hexagon nuts (6).
- Fit the threaded socket (5) on the valve rod with hexagon nut (7).
A
A
I\
o=
3.0 Electrical Connection and Safety Regulations

Mains connection and commissioning of this thrust drive require special knowledge of the
erection of power plants (DIN VDE 0100), knowledge of accident prevention and special
commissioning conditions of this thrust drive. This work may only be performed by qualified
personnel.
Failure to heed this warning can lead to death, serious bodily harm or considerable material
damages!
Read the safety information on page 1 of these instructions!
- Only make the mains connection with the power supply switched off. Secure against
accidental switching on!
- The DIN/VDE regulations and the provisions of the local energy supply company must be
observed for installation and connection of electrical lines!
- Check the conformity of the mains connection voltage and the mains frequency with the
specifications on the type plate of the thrust drive and the type plate of the drive motor.
- The line cross-section must always be designed according to the respective power
consumption of the thrust drive and the necessary line length.
Too small line cross-sections are frequently the cause of alleged "operating faults"!
- Minimum cross-section of the line for this thrust drive type: 1 mm .
- Mains fuse, system side: max. 6 A.
- Mains disconnection, system side: to disconnect and cut off voltage from the power line to
the drive for maintenance and adjustment work, an appropriate disconnecting device must be
used which ensures all-pole disconnection (except the earth line) when switching off. This
disconnect device must be lockable in the off state and secured against unintentional
switching on.
Page 12
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

3.1 Removing the Hood
Cut off power from the supply line first for maintenance and adjustment work!
- Unscrew the cap nut,
- remove the sealing ring,
- hold the hood with both hands and pull off whilst turning slightly.
3.2 Make the Electrical Connection

The circuit diagram stuck in the hood applies basically.
- remove the sealing plate in the existing cable gland,
- push the supply line through the cable gland until there is a long enough length of line to the
corresponding terminals,
- strip off the cable sheath approx. 1 cm above the cable gland,
- strip off the individual wires approx. 5 mm from the end,
- push the end sleeves onto the stripped end of stranded wires and crimp,
- lay the cables in the drive and fix them so that they are protected from moving or rotating
parts and are not damaged when removing or replacing the hood.
3.3 Connection Example

- Operation with single-phase AC (three-position control),
- end cut off: uWoutmoving thrust rod way-dependent via switch S1 and S2.
Figure 3.3: Circuit Diagram
^
M
WE
S1
WE
S2
oA
*\
WE
S3
oA
4.WE
S4
oA
POT
POT
R1
R2
-*T
-J-C7 .'
|M|M|4O|4I|N|
L1
(h) p T p : 2 | 2 | 3 |
<j>
12
15
I I
Connect the drive as follows:

- Connect the protective conductor of the connecting lead (green/yellow wire) to the PE
conductor provided,
- connect neutral conductor N of the connecting lead to terminal N,
- connect pulse line for outmoving thrust rod to terminal 3,
- connect pulse line for unmoving thrust rod to terminal 2,
- connect conductor LI (permanent power) to terminal 40.
Instead of bridging 40-41, a safety temperature-limiting device (STB) ore a safety pressurelimiting device (SDB) can be connected.
0040505000 4298
Page 13
iiiiiiiit
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

3.3.1 Do a Trial Run with the Drive
DANGER!!!
The thrust drive may only be operated without the hood briefly during trial running or for
unavoidable adjustment work on electrical options such as potentiometers, distance switches
or positioning electronics.
During this activity you have access to dangerous voltage-bearing, bare, moving and
rotating parts. Improper or careless execution of the adjustment work can lead to death,
serious bodily harm or considerable material damage.
Only qualified personnel (seepage 2) may perform these activities.
Operation of the thrust drive without the hoodfor any other purpose than the one described
above is prohibited
- Controlling the drive with three-position controllers,
neutral wire N to terminal N
constant phase LI to terminal 40
Trigger cable Y2 to terminal 3 -> thrust rod drives out of the drive,
Trigger cable Yl to terminal 2 -> thrust rod drives into the drive,
- actuate the switching rollers of the switches with an insulated screwdriver and check whether
the respective switches really switch off the motor,
for outmoving thrust rod -> switch SI,
for inmoving thrust rod -> switch S2.
3.4 To adjust the path limit switch SI (in the direction of closure)
= cam-rod in outwards motion (mains power must be connected)
- Move the cam-rod approx. 10 mm inwards using the electrical manual adjustment
- Switch off the power to the appliance (simulate power failure) and move the drive into the
closed position using the spring washers. Adjust the stroke indicator ring (10).
- Using a screwdriver (3 mm width), turn the cam (9) until the switch diagonal of the cam
touches the switch roll of the switch, but without actuating it. Note the turn and switch
direction of the cam. Hold drive wheel (11) when adjusting the cam.
Remark:
Because the cam-rod is already in the closed position, when moving under power to
the limit position the gearbox turns until the switch above the cam diagonal is actuated
and stops the motor. During this movement of the gearbox, the bolt (15) moves approx.
1 to 1,5 mm downwards in the slot in the connection lever (16). This guarantees that
the full closure power of the spring washers comes to bear and that no undue care is
necessary when adjusting the path limit switch.
Page 14
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

= cam-rod in outwards motion (mains power must be connected)
- Using electrical manual adjustment, move the cam-rod inwards until the clutch 2 no longer
turns but makes pendulum-like movements from left to right: this ensures that the maximum
opening position of the valve has been reached.
- Using a screwdriver (3 mm width), turn the cam 13 until the switch diagonal of the cam
actuates the switch and the roll of the switch has reached the highest point of the diagonal
(outer diameter of the cam). Do not slacken the backing nut 17!
Important:
The switch cams are secured against twisting with the aid of nose disks inserted in the
slit of the camshaft. This does not, however, prevent a certain amount play resulting
from dimensional tolerances. This means that when adjusting a switch cam the neighbouring switch cam can also be turned by 1 to 2. It is therefore recommended, when
making precision adjustment of the switch cams, to start with SI and continue with S2
through to S4, holding the already adjusted cam in place with a second screwdriver.
Adjust stroke indicator ring 14. Observe the turn and switch direction of the cam.
Remark:
The slight overreaching of the switch point when adjusting the switch cam ensures that
the motor is stopped just before the maximum valve opening position is reached. It is
essential to make sure that the motor is switched off electrically in the opening position
via the path limit switch and is not stopped mechanically by the valve. This could damage the gearbox later.

(Drive without mains power and in the closed position)
- Slacken both attachment screws (20) of the potentiometer assembly plate (21), set the
required stroke reading the scale, and re-tighten the attachment screws (20). The stroke scale
is relative to the centre of the screwhead.
- Turn the slotted potentiometer shaft (22) to the appropriate mechanical turn angle limit using
a screwdriver; the built in slide between the potentiometer shaft and the plastic pinion.
(Note the turning direction of the potentiometer).
- Switch on the mains and move the drive into the opening direction using the electrical manual
adjustment (23), i.e. to the switching point of the limit switch. Using a measuring device
(Ohmmeter), observe the movement of the potentiometer and check that the entire turning
angle of the potentiometer is covered.
If the turning angle of the potentiometer is either too great or too small an appropriate
adjustment will have to be made to the stroke setting, as specified in items 1.
Turning angle too great = stroke setting too small - set stroke higher
Turning angle too small = stroke setting too great - set stroke lower.
0040505000 4298
Page 15
.iijjjjj,
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

4.0 Positioning electronics (setting regulator for actuating drives)

The positioning electronics serve to control, regulate and position setting elements such as
thrust, swivel and rotary drives. Inside the positioning electronics a window discriminator
(TCA 965) operates as a three-point regulator. The regulator value (current value) and the
guide value (set value) in the range of 0-10V DC or 0-20 mA are compared, and in the event of
a deviation a value is generated to control the setting element. This continues until the set and
current values are identical. A potentiometer of 1000 Ohm is required for the current value
(return). This return potentiometer is either directly coupled with the movement of the drive or
via a switching and indicating device in the drive which must be built-in.
The sensitivity (window width or dead range) is formed by a voltage separator and is 165 mV
or 0.33 mA. This sensitivity can be adjusted by re-dimensioning the resistor R7.
Lower resistance = smaller window,
greater resistance = larger window.
The inlet of the positioning electronics is optional. It can be controlled either in the range of 010V or 0-20 mA without switching or re-soldering of resistors. Voltage control takes place at
terminal 57 (negative pole) and terminal 56 (positive pole). Milliampere control takes place at
terminal 57 (negative pole) and terminal 59 (positive pole). The proportional permanent
residual voltage standing wave ratio at the input should not exceed 20% of the target value.
Induced peaks of voltage, which do occur now and again, are largely taken care of by
appropriate measures at the inlet.
To prevent inducing of the setpoint as far as possible, this must be fed in a separate line
with a tinned copper screening mesh. The line screen must be connected to the housing
earth point by appropriate glands.
The positioning electronics can be used in sequential operation. The lowest sequential range is
2 V or 4 mA. The setting is done at the trim potentiometers "A" and "B" (basic setting via 1000
Ohm potentiometer). The sequence may fall anywhere within the range 0-10V or 4-20 mA.
The upper sequence mark is set with potentiometer "A", and the lower mark with
potentiometer "B". If the upper sequence mark is below the maximum value of 10 V or 20 mA,
the upper sequence mark must be set first at potentiometer "A" and then the lower sequence
mark at potentiometer "B". The reverse setting (the other way round) is performed by turning
the reversing plug (see page 19) through 180.
The current value (signal) can be received either in volts or milliampere. The signal at terminal
58 (negative pole) and terminal 60 (positive pole) reports milliampere. The signal at terminal
58 (negative pole) and terminal 61 (positive pole) reports volts. The signal can be taken either
way, i.e. the value of output corresponds to that of input:
E.g.
Input = 4-20 mA
output = 4-20 mA or 2-10V
In the sequence range:
E.g.
Input = 4-8V
output = 4-8V or 8-16 mA
The tolerance of the return signal in comparison with the input is max. approx. 200 mV or 0.4
mA. The signal is not galvanically separated from the input.
The built-in light diodes "LED" serve for better adjustment of the limit points, particularly in
sequential operation. The light diodes are connected to allow the red diode to be on when the
drive is stationary or when no setting value is generated. The green diode comes on when the
drive is running or when a setting value is generated.
Page 16
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

4.1 Instructions for assembly and adjustment with positioning electronics
(direction of closure = drive cam-rod in outwards motion)
Observe the safety information (page 2).
Observe the assembly instructions according to chapter 2 to 2.2.
4.2 Assembly
- Earth the appliance.
- Open terminals 51 and 53 on the electronic board and remove the violet and brown wires
from the terminal.
- Connect as follows, see also the circuit diagrams in the hood:
neutral wire N to terminal N
constant phase L to terminal 40
- When properly connected, magnet (1) is on, engages clutch (2) and thus enables manual
adjustment of the drive.
- Move in cam-rod (4) using the electrical manual adjustment until switch "SI" switches back
(WE-limit position switch for cam-rod in outwards motion).
- Note:
on delivery the switches "SI" and "S2" are set to the stroke specified on order.
- Place the actuating drive fully on the valve and screw the threaded socket 5 on the valve rod
until the columns lie on the crossbar T.
- Attach the columns to the crossbar with hexagon nuts (6).
- Fit the threaded socket 5 on the valve rod with hexagon nut (7).
4.3 Setting and adjusting the path limit switch SI in the direction of closure
= cam-rod in outwards motion (mains must be connected, see 4.2).
- Move the cam-rod inwards by approx. 10 mm using the electrical manual adjustment.
- Switch off the power to the appliance (simulate power failure) and move the drive into the
closed position using the spring washers. Adjust the stroke indicator ring 20.
touches the switch roll of the switch, but without actuating it. Note the turn and switch
direction of the cam. Hold drive wheel (11) when adjusting the cam.
Remark:
Because the cam-rod is already in the closed position, when moving under power to
the limit position the gearbox turns until the switch above the cam diagonal is actuated
and stops the motor. During this movement of the gearbox, the bolt (15) moves approx.
1 to 1,5 mm downwards in the slot in the connection lever (16). This guarantees that
the full closure power of the spring washers comes to bear and that no undue care is
necessary when adjusting the path limit switch.
0040505000 4298
Page 17
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

= cam-rod in outwards motion (mains power must be connected, see 4.2)
- Using electrical manual adjustment, move the cam-rod inwards until the clutch (2) no longer
turns but makes pendulum-like movements from left to right; this ensures that the maximum
opening position of the valve has been reached.
actuates the switch and the roll of the switch has reached the highest point of the diagonal
(outer diameter of the cam). Do not slacken the backing nut (17)!
Important:
The switch cams are secured against twisting with the aid of nose washers inserted in
the slit of the camshaft. This does not, however, prevent a certain amount play
resulting from dimensional tolerances. This means that when adjusting a switch cam
the neighbouring switch cam can also be turned by 1 to 2. It is therefore
recommended, when making precision adjustment of the switch cams, to start with SI
and continue with S2 through to S4, holding the already adjusted cam in place with a
second screwdriver.
Adjust stroke indicator ring (14). Observe the turn and switch direction of the cam.
Page 18
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

0040505000 4298
Page 19
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

> >
O
<
<
E
O
i_n
Poti B ^ P o t
Poti A 4 ^ 7
(N
y
Reverserplug
P4X
MP6
PT1 CH
'
MP
P T 2
^LD
PT3a
\
/K3
LL
BR1ZJ
fflfflfflQ
606158575659
oMP
o^P2
MP1
LD2
LED red
LED green
Fig. 4-1: Zero-voltage reset device with positioning electronics
Fig. 4-2: Positioning electronics
Mpl = measuring point 1 = + 15 V
Mp2 = measuring point 2 = - 5 V
Mp3 = measuring point 3 = ground
Mp4 = measuring point 4 = upper sequence voltage e.g. at0-10V = 10.1V
Mp5 = measuring point 5 = voltage from the pot wiper
Mp6 = measuring point 6 = lower sequence voltage e.g. at 0-10 V = 0 V
or 4-20 mA = 2 V
R5 = input resistance VDC = 1 0 k-ohms
R6 = input resistance mA = 499 ohms
R7 = sensitivity = window width =130 ohms =160 mV
R25 not occupied, value of the hysteresis = 1 8 mV or 0.036 mA
VI + V2 = possibly necessary spark arrestors for relay contacts
Remark:
The slight overreaching of the switch point when adjusting the switch cam ensures
that the motor is stopped just before the maximum valve opening position is reached.
It is essential to make sure that the motor is switched off electrically in the opening
position via the path limit switch and is not stopped mechanically by the valve. This
could damage the gearbox later.
Page 20
0040505000 4298
.tiiijjj,
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

(Drive without mains power and in the closed position)
- Slacken both attachment screws (20) of the potentiometer assembly plate (21), set the
required stroke reading the scale, and re-tighten the attachment screws (20).
The stroke scale is relative to the centre of the screwhead.
- Turn the slotted potentiometer shaft (22) to the appropriate mechanical turn angle limit using
a screwdriver; the built- in slide between the potentiometer shaft and the plastic pinion.
(Note the turning direction of the potentiometer).
- Switch on the mains and move the drive into the opening direction using the electrical manual
adjustment (23),
i.e. to the switching point of the limit switch. Using a measuring device (Ohmmeter), observe
the movement of the potentiometer and check that the entire turning angle of the
potentiometer is covered.
If the turning angle of the potentiometer is either too great or too small an appropriate
adjustment will have to be made to the stroke setting.
Turning angle too great = stroke setting too small - set stroke higher
Turning angle too small = stroke setting too great - set stroke lower.
4.6 Connecting the positioning electronics

- Disconnect the appliance from the mains.
- Reconnect the wires specified in item 4.2. Connect the violet wire to terminal 51 and the
brown wire to terminal 53 on the electronic board.
- Connect the control voltage power line fed in a separate line to the electronic board. With
control voltage connect the negative pole to terminal 57 and the positive pole to terminal 56,
with control current (mA) connect the negative pole to terminal 57 and the positive pole to
terminal 59.
4.7 Give control voltage-current to drive

Check the control voltage-current with a measuring device.
4.8 Switch on the power (operating voltage) to the drive

4.9 Test the drive
The drive is set at the factory to the specified range and stroke.
- Check whether the respective limit position switches "SI" and "S2" actually switch off the
motor. (Check the direction of rotation). Switch "SI" (8) for cam-rod moving outwards,
switch "S2" (12) for cam-rod moving inwards
- The electronics are set to the appropriate ordered value.
0040505000 4298
Page 21
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

4.10 Make any necessary adjustments with the trim potentiometers "A"
and "B"
- Potentiometer "A" for the upper target value mark.
- Potentiometer "B" for the lower target value mark.
- If the drive has been moved to the limit position, the built-in red diode must be on unless the
drive is to be switched off via switches "SI" and "S2".
- Adjust the respective potentiometer "A" or "B", if necessary, until the red LED lights up and
the green LED is off.
- If the drive is to be reversed against the target value switch off the operating power, pull out
the reversing plug, (see page 17) turn it through 180 and stick it back in. Switch the power
back on. Repeat 3.10.4 if necessary.
4.11 Fit the hood and lock it with the cap nut and sealing washer
Make sure it is tight and sealed.
4.12 Adjusting the target value input.

- If you wish to switch from voltage control to current control, relocate the connection line
positive pole to the appropriate terminal.
4.13 Adjusting the sequence ranges

- Example 4-20 mA. Using the electrical manual adjustment, move the drive to the appropriate
limit position in which it should be at 4 mA, until the appropriate switch actuates.
- Hold down the appropriate key.
- Power the electronics with 4 mA.
- Turn potentiometer "B" clockwise until the red LED lights up and the green LED goes out.
- Test the drive.
4.14 Sequence range 6-12 mA

- Using the electrical manual adjustment, move the drive to the appropriate limit position in
which it should be at 12 mA, until the appropriate limit position switch actuates.
- Hold down the appropriate key.
- Power the electronics with 12 mA at terminal 57, negative pole and terminal 59.
- Turn potentiometer "B" clockwise until the red LED lights up and the green LED goes out
(only Poti "B").
- Move the drive into the other limit position in which it should be at 6 mA, until the limit
position switch actuates.
- Power the electronics with 6 mA at terminal 57, negative pole and terminal 59.
- Turn potentiometer "A" clockwise until the red LED lights up and the green LED goes out.
- Test the drive. Make minor adjustments to potentiometers "A" and "B" if necessary.
Page 22
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
I N D U S T R I E S

4.15 Feedback
The feedback signal
- need not be set,
- is not electrically isolated from the input.
The actual value (feedback) is tapped either as
- voltage DC 0 (2) - 10 V at the terminals 58 (minus pole) and 61 (plus pole),
- current DC 0 (4) - 20 mA at the terminals 58 (minus pole) and 60 (plus pole).
Feedback is in the same direction, i.e. an increasing input signal (setpoint) causes an increasing
feedback signal.
The size of the output signal always corresponds to the value of the input signal,
E.g.
Input = 4-20 mA
output = 4-20 mA or 2-10V
In the sequence range:
E.g.
Input = 4-8V
output = 4-8V or 8-16 mA
The tolerance of the return signal in comparison with the input is max. approx. 200 mV or 0,4
mA.
-TI +
WE
S1
f\
WE
WE WE
S2
S3
Si
oA
o A oA
PE10
POT
R1
POT
R2
Reversing plug
{Reversing
by turning)
fft**
HlMKoMNJ
r l A / !
I - 250mA/230V
-&OD-
k llM2l3J
J_
\WW\ |19120|211 WM
I
WW
red
I,
5l|52|53||la|
.n.
m^ ^
|56|57|S8|59|60|6lT
(XHputV*
Fig. 4.15-1: Connection plan

A safety temperature or pressure limiter may be connected instead of bridge 40-41.
L u. Ll= Current-carrying input lines Basic version Accessories
0040505000 4298
Page 23
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES

5.0 Warranty
The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and Conditions
of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG" valid at the time of delivery or, by way of departure, in the
contract of sale itself.
In any case, however, the legally stipulated warranty period of 6 months shall apply.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling or
disregard of operating and installation instructions, accident prevention regulations, EN, DIN,
VDE standards and other applicable codes of practice.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under conditions
deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist appointed
by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the competent
cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or else claims for
replacements from these companies will be invalidated.
Page 24
0040505000 4298
AALBORG
OM6010#02.0
INDUSTRIES

General
Figure 1
Language UK
vaI47x.tif
Page 1/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0

Part
1
2
3
3.1
4
5
6
6.1
Designation
Body
Seat ring
Mounting bonnet
Mounting bonnet
Guiding bush
Plug
Spindle
Spindle
Part
7
7.1
8
10
10.1
14
14.1
15
Designation
Gland flange
Screw joint
Spindle guiding
Stuffing box
Gasket
Gasket
Studs
Part
15.1
17
17.1
19
21
25
26
Designation
Studs
Hexagon nuts
Hexagon nuts
Set-pin
Bellow housing
Bellow unit
Table 1
Operation


arise.
Language UK
Page 2/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0
Maintenance

3.1.2 Exchange
period.
avoid overlapping).

Language UK
Page 3/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0

crosswise.

Language UK
Page 4/5
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
OM6010#02.0

plug (5).
pin (19).

Language UK
Page 5/5
V:-?-,
<m
^M
jijjjjjji
INDUSTRIES
^m^|^^g^^g^||m|^^^^^^^|^^g^|
Table of contents
Fuel oil pump
Technical data for fuel oil pumps
General data
Data for fuel oil pumps
Data for pump motor
Data sheet double stations DS
1
2
3
4
Fuel oil pump, type DS

General information
Delivery
Warranty
Description
Assembling
Start-up
Maintenance
Failures/remedies
Dismantling of spare parts
Language UK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Page 1/1
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
TECHNICAL DATA FOR FUEL OIL PUMPS
735844/46#04.0
Technical data for fuel oil pumps

1
General data
Project No.:
Hull NoVProject name:
735844, 735846
Jinling Shipyard JLZ 02-0503/4
Classification society/Local authority:
BV
bar
Language for signs:

Colour of fuel oil pump unit:
UK
Munsell 7,5BG 7/2
Data for fuel oil pumps

Pump:
Pump type:
KRAL
DS 3/2300
Delivery head:
5 bar
Relief valve set point (factory set):
8 bar
Oil temperature, maximum:
150C
Pump capacity at 4 cSt:
2.6 m3/h
Pump capacity at 380 cSt:
2.9 m3/h
NPSH at 6 cSt:
NPSH at 380 cSt.:
Weight of fuel oil pump unit:
2.5 m
4m
82 kg
Data for pump motor

Motor make:
Power supply:
Rated output for motor:
Revolutions:
Language UK
Siemens
3 x 440 V, 60 Hz
1.3 kW
3500r.p.m.
45 C
Starting method:
Direct
Starting current:
14.7 A
Page 1/2
AALBORG
gSJBBHBIBBHSBilsBIIM
INDUSTRIES
Language UK
^|^g||||^m^^|m^0u^^^gj^^gjjj^^^^^^^gj^|j^|
Operating current (full load):
2.5 A
Power consumption at 4 cSt:
0.77 kW
Power consumption at 380 cSt:
1.12 kW
Numbers of cable entries with reliefer:
Heating element (standstill):
None
Thermostat protection:
None
Insulation class:
M20 x 1.5
F
IP55
Page 2/2
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Doppelstationen DS
Double stations DS
Fur Heizol schwer
For heavy fuel oil
Leistungsdaten:
Technical data:
Station
-Type
Einbau- Fordermenge l/h

pumpe 50 Hz
pump
capacity l/h
152mm2/s
station-type type
12mm2/s
4 bar 16 bar 4 bar 16 bar
BAUREIHE /SERIES D S 1
168
294
366
456
624
996
1338
228
354
468
540
720
1074
1440
222
354
456
534
714
1068
1428
186
312
390
480
648
1014
1362
1896
--
894
1176
1500
1824
2400
3066
882
1164
1488
1812
2388
3054
990
1302
1668
2052
2700
3456
960
1266
1620
2028
2664
3408
1080
1416
1818
2142
2820
3606
1068
1410
2136
2808
3594
1686
2250
3612
4812
6486
1866
2490
3792
5052
6755
1854
2472
3780
5034
2112
2820
4320
5760
2070
2760
4272
5700
2250
3000
4452
5940
2238
2982
4440
5922
774
1020
1302
1686
2250
2868
3126
3612
4062
4548
4812
6510
6636
8574
9558
894
1176
1500
1866
2490
3066
3414
3792
4398
4896
5052
6984
6924
8910
9912
882
1164
1488
1854
2472
3054
3396
3780
4374
4872
5034
6948
6900
8886
9882
990
1302
1668
2112
2820
3456
3900
4320
5046
5634
5760
8052
7914
960
1266
1620
2070
2760
3408
3828
4272
4962
5550
5700
7938
7842
1080
1416
1818
2250
3000
3606
4116
4452
5304
5904
5940
8412
8130
1068
1410
1800
2238
2982
3594
4098
4440
5280
5874
5922
8376
8112
...
...
126
234
282
366
498
834
1122
1554
186
294
378
444
594
912
1224
1704
180
288
372
438
588
906
1212
774
1020
1302
1704
2244
2868
BAUREIHE / SERIES
804
1056
1350
1734
2280
2916
DS4
1728
2304
3654
4872
6551
DS7
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
OS7/
DS7/
DS7/
OS7/
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
DS7/
804
1056
1350
1728
2304
2916
3198
3654
4146
4632
4872
6624
6702
8652
9648
DS1/ 150.11
OS1/ 240.11
DS1/ 320.11
DS1/ 400.11
DS1/ 500.11
OS1/ 750.11
DS1/ 1000.11
DS1/ 1300.11
NE5
NE5
NE10
NE7.5
NE10
NE7.5
NE10
NE13
138
246
306
384
522
852
1146
1590
Fordermenge l/h
60 Hz
capacity l/h
152 mm2/s
12 mm2/s
4 bar 16 bar 4 bar 16 bar
Orehzahl
revolution
50 Hz 60 Hz
U/min U/min
RPM RPM
Motor Nennstrom A
motor rated
current A
50/60 50 Hz 60 Hz
Hz;kw 380 V 440 V
Filter- Gewicht
flache
filter
weight
surface
ca. kg
cm2
950
1450
950
1450
1450
2900
2900
2900
1150
1740
1150
1740
1740
3400
3400
3400
0.18
0.25
0,18
0,25
0,25
0,55
0,55
0,55
0.69
0,8
0,69
0,8
0.8
1.45
1.45
1,45
0.63
0,72
0.63
0,72
0.72
1.25
1,25
1,25
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
40
40
40
40
40
43
43
43
1450
1450
1450
2900
2900
2900
1740
1740
1740
3400
3400
3400
0,55
0,55
0,55
1,1
1,1
1.5
1,55
1,55
1,55
2,55
2.55
3.5
1,35
1,35
1,35
2,2
2,2
3,2
580
580
580
580
. 580
580
80
80
80
82
82
88
1450
1450
2900
2900
2900
1740
1740
3400
3400
3400
1.1
1.1
2,2
2,2
2.2
2.8
2,8
4,9
4,9
4.9
2,5
2,5
4.2
4,2
4.2
580
580
580
580
580
88
88
94
94
94
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
2900
1450
2900
1450
1450
2900
1450
2900
2900
2900
1740
1740
1740
1740
1740
3400
1740
3400
1740
1740
3400
1740
3400
3400
3400
0,55
0,55
0,75
1,5
1,5
2.0
2.8
2.8
3,5
3.7
4,9
5,2
5,2
4,9
7,0
6.4
8,1
8.1
1,35
1,35
1,8
2,6
2,6
3,2
3,4
4,2
4,8
4,8
4,2
6,4
6.1
7,5
7.5
580
580
580
580
580
580
580
720
720
720
720
1250
1250
1250
1250
148
148
152
155
155
156
182
180
192
192
180
204
196
206
206
BAUREIHE/ SERIES D S 3
DS3/
OS3/
DS3/
DS3/
DS3/
DS3/
900.11
1100.11
1500.11
1800.11
2300.11
2900.11
NE15
NE20
NE26
NE15
NE20
NE26
BAUREIHE / SERIES
0S4/
DS4/
DS4/
DS4/
DS4/
1600.11
2000.11
3200.11
4000.11
6000.11
NE32
NE42
NE32
NE42
NE57
900.11 NE15
1100.11 NE20
1500.11 NE26
1600.11 NE32
2000.11 NE42
2900.11 NE26
2800.11 CLD55
3200.11 NE32
3500.11 CLD74
3800.11 CLD85
4000.11 NE42
7000.11 CLD118
6000.11 CLD55
8500.11 CLD74
9000.11 CLD85
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.5
2,2
2.2
2,2
2.2
3,0
3,0
4.0
4,0
Technische Daten:
technical data:
Betriebsdruck max. 6 bar,

Zulaufdruck mit GLRD max. 5 bar
Zulauldruck mit Radialdichtring max. 0,5 bar
Temperatur mit GLRD max. 130 C
Temperatur mit Radialdichtring max. 80 C
Viskositat max. 700 mm2/s,
wobei die jeweilige Motorleistung zu beachten ist
operating pressure max. 6 bar

inlet pressure with mechanical seal max. 5 bar
inlet pressure with radial shaft seal max. 0,5 bar
temperature with mechanical seal max. 130 C
temperature with radial shaft seal max. 80 *C
viscosity max. 700 mm2/s
motor power has to be considerated
Filtermaschenweite:
Standard 0,5 mm
filter mesh:
standard 0,5 mm
empfohlene Drehzahl: 2900 1/min bis 152 mm2/s

1450 1/min ab 152 mm2/s
recommended RPM: 2900 1/min up to 152 mm2/s

1450 1/min from 152 mm2/s
Drehstrom-Normmotoren:
230/400 V. 50 Hz. IP 54. bis 2,2 kW
400/690 V. 50 Hz. IP 54. ab 3 kW
three phase A.C. motors:

230/400 V. 50 Hz, IP 54, up to 2.2kW
400/690 V, 50 Hz. IP 54, from 3 kW
Andere Werte auf Antrage
other values on request
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
Baureihe/series DS1
170
SAE-AnschweiBflansch DN25 / PN 3000PSI
* '*i j
|i!:
,iii; :
$.
Detail: Z
Baureihe/series DS3 - DS4

242
MaRH
measuring
mm
Station-Type
station-type
I
inf HiI'lii*!S
ILU,
5 300
J _<7=S0
' t
40
Si fiH
200
DN32
PN10
531
531
531
531
531
548
DS4/1600
DS4/2000
DS4/3200
DS4/4000
DS4/6000
548
548
573
573
573
j^DN40
"
PNlO
.*.
'
DS3/900
DS3/1100
DS3/1500
DS3/1800
->DS3/2300
DS3/2900
130 45 95
220
290
450
Detail: Z
Baureihe/series DS7
100
457
315
ii:
DN50/PN16
DN50/PN16;
M UM
&
t-
* v
a
03
-la
l
i
1
1
\
66
355
660
Detail: X
rJ r
r
^^
M10 - - j L ^
Detail: X
Station-Type
station-type
/>^>"M
Anderungen vorbehatten
MaGH
measuring
mm
DS7/900
DS7/1100
DS7/1500
DS7/1600
DS7/2000
DS7/2900
DS7/2800
610
610
610
620
620
620
760
subject to change without notice
DS7/3200
DS7/3500
DS7/3800
DS7/4000
DS7/7000
DS7/6000
DS7/8500
DS7/9000
185
165
460
645
790
790
645
840
790
810
810
AALBORG
INDUSTRIES
BETRIEBSANLEITUNG
Schraubenspindelpumpen
Screw Spindle Pumps
Doppelstationen DL / DS / DCL / DCS
Fur Heizol leicht und schwer
Double Stations DL I DS I DCL I DCS

For light and heavy fuel oil
OID 01 A
Ausgabe 01/01
Edition 01/01
1.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Betriebsanleitung ist grCindlich durchzulesen und vom



Maximale Werte der Einsatzbedingungen siehe Leistungsschild. Abweichungen davon bediirfen unserer
abklaren.
Das Fordermedium mud ausreichende Schmierfahigkeiten aufweisen. Mechanisch abrasive und chemisch
Garantie. Verschleifi rechtzeitig wahmehmen und

Anlagen, bei denen der Ausfall oder das Versagen zu

Personen- oder Sachschaden fiihren kann, sind mit
auszustatten, und deren Funktionstuchtigkeit in regelmafiigen Abstanden zu iiberprufen.

Fiir die Einhaltung der aligemeinen Unfallverhutungs-,

verantwortlich.
The user is responsible for following the general preventation of accidents and the local safety and/or
Wichtige Hinweise:
Important Remark:

und kostengiinstigst zuruckzusenden (bessere Schadensklarung). Bitte darauf achten, dad Zubehorteile
demontiert werden, da fiir die Riicksendung keine
2.
ANLIEFERUNG
Inspect the receiv

received goods for any shortages. Report
any mistakes imn
immediately (to the forwarding agent or
the factory).
3.
GEWAHRLEISTUNG
DELIVERY
Gewahrleistungsumfang gemafi unseren Lieferbedingungen. Instandsetzungsarbeiten wahrend der Garantiezeit darf durch unsere ausdriickliche Zustimmung und Anweisung nur der Betreiber selbst, oder
ein von uns Beauftragter, durchfuhren.
_o _
WARRANTY
4.
4.
4.1
Aufbau und Konstruktion, Durchflufirichtungs- und
4.1
DESCRIPTION
Design Construction, flow directions and the direc-
Drehrichtungsanzeige der Pumpe > Bild 1
tion of rotation of the pump > scheme 1
3^
Riickschlagventil
non return valve
Kupplung
coupling
Sicherheitsventil
safety valve
Druckraum
pressure chamber
Umschalthebel
switch over level
Schraubenspindelpumpe
screw spindle pump
Dreiwegkugelhahn
three way ball valve
Saugraum
suction chamber
Mano-Vakuummeter
mano-vacuummeter
Olwanne
oil pan
4.2
Hydraulisches Schaltschema >- Bild 2
4.2
Baureihe/series DL2
Hydraulic Schematic >- scheme 2
Baureihe/series DL3,
Baureihe/series DL7,
DL4. DS1.DS3. DS4
DS7. DCL7. DCS7
\
6
r(|Ha-,
2!
* ! ( >
1 2
thermometer
6)
2)
Dreiwegkuken jeweils A/B + C/D
three-way-cock A/B + C/D connected
7)
Ruckschlagventil
non return valve
3)
absperrbare Mano- und Vakuummeter lockable mano- and vacummeters
8)
absperrbares Manometer
lockable manometer
9)
Dreiwegkugelhahn
three way ball valve
4)
Korbfilter ( DL2 - Schutzsieb )
basket filter ( DL2 - strainer)
5)
Pumpenaggregat
pump aggregate
4.3
4.3
Einsatzgrenzen / Leistungsdaten
> Bild 3
Die
angegebenen
a Druck bar
b Temperatur C min.
Temperatur C max.
c Min. Temperatur fur Doppelstation-Werkstoffe
d Viskositat mm'/s min.
Viskositat mm^/s max.
e Drehzahl / Viskositat:
2900 1/min - max. mm z /s
1450 1/min - mm 2 /s
Saughohe
f Zulaufdruck:
Werte
beziehen
sich
auf
gut
The mentioned values refer to good lubricating medium.
Leicht 61 / light fuel oil

Schwerol / heavy fuel o I
_DL2_ DL_2~ DL 3 ' DL 4
PIZ"' " D C L 7 DS1 j DS 3 | DS 4 ( DS 7 DCS 7
150 bis/up
1300
240
6
6
6
40
6
6
6
6~
6
6
40
10
10
10
10
10
10
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
130
130
130
130
150*
max. -10*C
4
37
4
37
4
37
4
37
4
37
4
37
10
700
80
80
80
80
80
80
152
700
siehe beiNPS H - Kennlinien
- mit Radialdichtung
- mit Gleitringdichtunq
* ... ab 130C bis 150C ist eine AuSenlagerung und
eine SiC-Gleitringdichtung erforderiich
Andere Werte auf Anfrage
safety valve
>- scheme 3
schmierende Fordermedien.
| Blockaggregate
Sicherheitsventil
Thermometer
1)
0.5 bar
5 bar
Block Aggregates
pressure stage, bar

temperature C min.
temperature C max.
min.-temperature for material
max. -10C
of double stations
viskosity mm2/s min.
10
10
10
10
700
viskosity mm2/s max.
700
700
700
RPM/Viscosity
152
152
152
152
2900 1/min - max. mm2/s
1450 1/min - mm2/s
700
700
700
700
suction head
see NPSH - characteris ic lines
inlet pressure:
- with radial shaft seal
- with mechanical seal
. from 130C to 150C a outside bearing and
a mechanical seal (SiC) is necessary
Other values upon request
Erforderliche NPSH-Werte (m WS) > Bild 5

Die NPSH-Werte beriicksichtigen nicht, ob das Fordermedium bei geringerem Unterdruck schon entgast
NPSH Required m WC > scheme 5

sxoil or diesel oil max. 4 m WC).
Viskositat mm2/s
Einbaupumpe
6
insert pump
Viscosi y mm2/s
152
37
380
RPM 1/ min
Drehzahl 1/min
1450
FE 5 / N E 5
NE7.5
NE10
NE13
NE15
NE20
NE26
NE32
NE42
NE54
CLD55
CLD74
CLD85
CLD118
4.4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1750
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
29001 35001 1450 1750

NPSH erforderlich ( mWS)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3,3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3,1
3,2
3
3,7
3
3
3
3
3
3,2
3
3,7
3
3,5
4,2
3
3
3
3,3
3
3
3,5
3
3
4,1
3,8
3
3
4,5
3
3
2900
3
3
3
3
3
3
3,2
3
3,2
4
3500
3
3
3
3,3
3
3,1
3,7
3
3,7
4,9
3,3
3
3,5
3,8
4,1
4,5
--
1450
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3,1
3
3
3
3,2
1750
2900 3500
1450 1750,
NPSH required (m \WC)
2000
3500
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3,4
3
3
3
3
3,6
3
3,4
3,9
3,3
3
3,3
3,6
4,4
3,6
3,1
3,5
4
3,1
3,3
3,5
3,9
5
3,6
4,3
4,7
3
3
3,3
4,1
3,2
3,8
4,5
3,7
4,5
6,2
4,1
--
3
3
3
3,2
3
3,1
3,3
3
3,3
3,8
3,2
3,5
3,6
3,9
3
3
3,1
3,4
3
3,3
3,6
3,2
3,6
4,2
3,4
3,8
4
4,3
4,1
4,9
4
4,9
6,4
4,9
5,9
6,5
*
Bei Heizol EL empfehlen wir eine max. Saughohe
von max. 4 m WS am Stations-Saugflansch gemessen.
For fuel oil we recommend a max. suction head of 4 m WC,

measured at suction flange of the station.
Zuordnung: Einbaupumpen - Stationen
Allocation: insert pumps - stations
FE5
DL2/150
DL2/240
NE5
DS1/150
DS1/240
NE7,5
DL2/ 400
DL2/ 750
DS 1/400
DS 1/750
NE10
DL2/ 320
DL2/ 500
DL2/1000
D S 1 / 320
D S 1 / 500
DS 1/1000
NE13
DL2/1300
DS 1/1300
NE15
DL3/1800
DL7/ 900
DL7/1800
DS3/ 900
DS3/1800
DS7/ 900
NE20
DL3/2300
DL7/1100
DL7/2300
DS3/1100
DS3/2300
DS7/1100
NE26
DL3/2900
DL3/1500
DL3/2900
DS3/1500
DS3/2900
DS7/1500
DS7/2900
NE32
DL4/3200
DL7/3200
DS4/1600
DS4/3200
DS7/1600
DS7/3200
NE42
DL4/4000
DL7/4000
DS4/2000
DS4/4000
DS7/2000
DS7/4000
NE54
DL4/6000
DS4/6000
Zulaufdruck / Saugverhalten >- Bild 7

Das im Heizol "Schwer" enthaltene Wasser verdampft
bei zu hohen Temperaturen und zu geringem Zulaufdruck. Das Diagramm zeigt den Mindest-Zulaufdruck
am Saugstutzen der Pumpe. Diese Werte sind einzuhalten, urn einen einwandfreien Betrieb zu gewahrleisten (Temperatur max. 150C).
70
80
90
100
4.5
110
5,1
3,9
4,7
5,8
4,5
5,8
5,6
CLD55
DL7/6000
DS7/2800
DCL7/6500 DS7/6000
DCS7/3000
6500
CLD74
DL7/8500
DS7/3500
DCL7/7500 DS7/8500
DCS7/4100
7500
CLD85
DL7/9000
DS7/3800
DCL7/9000 DS7/9000
DCS7/4500
9000
CLD118
DS7/7000
Inlet Pressure/Suction Behaviour > scheme 7

120
Verdampfungsdruck Wasser / vapour pressure water

empfohlener Zulaufdruck / recommended inlet pressure
130
140
150
vor Uberdruck und darf nicht als Steuer- oder Regelventil verwendet werden.
4.6.2 Der Offnungsdruck ist ca. 10% iiber dem Betriebsdruck werkseitig eingestellt (jedoch nicht unter 3 bar).
4.6.3 Kontrolle des eingestellten Kurzschlulldruckes
Druckseitiges Absperrventil langsam schliellen. Das
Manometer zeigt den Kurzschluftdruck an. Achtunq:
Pumpe kann zu Erhitzung und in der Folge zu mechanischen Schaden fuhren.
4.6.4 Ventilverstellung > Bild 8
Drehen nach rechts (Uhrzeigersinn) erhoht den Offnungsdruck, drehen nach links vermindert den Offnungsdruck. Beachtung: Bei DL7/DS7/DCL7/DCS7 ist
vor der Ventilverstellung die Fixierschraube zu losen.
DL2
DL3, DL4, DS1.DS3, DS4
4.7 Heizung
konnen die Folge sein. Beim Aufheizvoraanq sind weaen der Warmeausdehnung samtliche Ventile zu offnen.
4.7.2 Elektro-Heizungen > Bild 9
so dimensioniert, dad eine Uberhitzung nicht moglich
ist.
a) Spannung
220 Volt
b) Frequenz
50 H z / 6 0 Hz
c) Leiterquerschnitt
2 x 1 mm
Andere Werte auf Anfrage

DS1
Heizleistung / heating capacity
180 Watt
4.6 Safety Valve

4.6.4 Adjusting the Valve > scheme 8
it. Attention: Before adjusting the valve please remove
the cover screw for DL7/DS7/DCL7/DCS7.
DL7, DS7, DCL7, DCS7
4.7 Heating
don't start up the pump with cold fluid. (Pay attention
to heating up period). When heating up. all valves
4.7.2 Electrical Heating > scheme 9.
a) voltage
b) frequency
220 Volt
c) wire cross section
2 x 1 mm 2
50 Hz / 60 Hz
Other values upon request

DS 3, DS 4
DS 7, DCS / L 7
250 Watt
4.7.3 Medium-Heizung > Bild 10

Beachten der Aufheiztemperaturen im Pumpen - und
Dichtungsraum.
a) bei Radialdichtungen
max. 80C
Dampfheizung
a) Temperatur
max. 180C
b) Druck
max. 18 bar DS1
DS3, DS4
max. 6 bar
Bei der Dampfheizung muft dafur gesorgt werden,
daft die Aufheiztemperatur von max. 100 C nicht
uberschritten wird.
400 Watt
4.7.3 Medium Heating > scheme 10

Pay attention to heating up temperature in pump/
and seal casing.
a) for radial shaft seals
max. 80 C
b) for mechanical seals
max. 100 C
Steam Heating
a) temperature
max. 180C
b) pressure
max. 18 bar DS1
max. 6 bar
DS3, DS4
With steam heating it is important to avoid higher heating up temperatures than max. 100 C, measured in
the station casing.
Aufheizzeiten/
Heating Up Period
Elektrisch
Electrical
DS1 (180W)
DS4 (250W)
DS7 (400W)
a)
t (min)
50C
180
240
420
20C
60
120
180
b)
P
(bar)
15
15
5
Dampf
Steam
DS1
DS4
DS7
a)
t
CC)
180
180
150
c)
Dampfmenge
Steam Capacity
5kg/h
5kg/h
5kg/h
20C
30
40
60
50C
100
120
240
DS7, DCS7
DS3, DS4
DS1
a)
t (min)
Standardausfuhrung mit eingebauter Mediumheizung

Standard design with built in medium heating
Mediumheizung / medium heating > Bild 10 / scheme 10

CM
OJ
z.
Bei nachtraglichem Einbau wird die Heizung seitlich

eingeschraubt. Die EinfOII-ZEntluftungsschraube offnen und mit Thermool auffiillen, bis ca. 65 mm von
Oberkante-Einfullbffnung bis zum Olspiegel (entspricht ca. 1,41 Ol).
When the heating device is installed later, it must be

screwed in laterally. Open the feed-/vent screw and
fill with thermo oil approx. 65 mm below the upper edge (approx. 1,41 oil).
"2A
<r
070,1
161
242
*481
484
493
4.8
W//////////,
Abschlu&deckel
*730,2 Flachdichtung
Warmeleitplatte
*730,5 Flachdichtung
Heizblock
Heizpatrone
Klemmleiste
Verschraubung
*empfohlene Ersatzteile
Druckanzeige > Bild 11
Absperrhahne bei Mano- und Vakuummeter sind
grundsatzlich geschlossen. Nur zu Kontrollzwecken
offnen!
070,1
161
242
*481
484
4.8 49 Kes. I f i r a i W ^ s c h e m W .
Stellung geschlossen
position closed
5.
MONTAGE
5.1 Aufsteliung
NPSH-Werte zu beachten. >- Bild 5
5.1.3 Beim Aufstellen ist darauf zu achten, dad alle Teile
leicht moglich ist.
flat gasket
flat gasket
screw plug
screw plug
socket screw
socket screw
Stop v a ^ W f f l l n S P ^ t f f c u m m e t e r s are always

closed. Open only for the purpose of checking!
Stellung often
position open
5.
end cover
*730,2
head conductor plate
*730,5
heating block
908,2
heating cartridge
908,3
porcelain terminal
914,1
AÊMBLING
5.1 Installation
max. application limits and NPSH values.>-scheme 5
5.1.2 Consider the environmental conditions.
Influence of temperature, moisture and explosive atmosphere can affect function, security and life time of
the pump.
5.1.4 Einbaulage / Durchfluftrichtungen >- Bild 12

DL2
5.1.4 Assembling Position/Flow Direction: ^scheme 12

DL3, DL4, DS1, DS3, DS4
DL7, DS7, DCL7, DCS7
* Motorschaltschema
motor circuit schematic
fur/for DL2/150.DL2/240
EIN/ON
AUS/OFF
|S=7
5.2
Rohrleitungsanschluli
Rohrspannungen vermeiden. Grundsatzlich diirfen
die Pumpen nicht als Fixpunkt der anaeschlossenen
Rohrleitunaen dienen. Eventuell auftretende Krafte
und Momente (z.B.: Verspannunaen. Ausdehnunaen
der Rohrleitunq durch Temperatureinflusse. Reaktionskrafte) sind zu vermeiden. Bei moglichen Warmeausdehnungen der Rohrleitungen ist der Einbau
von Kompensatoren zu empfehlen. Die Saugleitung
ist so zu bemessen, da& die Fliefigeschwindigkeit
zwischen 0,5 bis max. 1,3 m/sec. und die Druckleitung zwischen 2 bis 3 m/sec. liegt. Die Saugleitung
mulS vakuumdicht und steigend verlegt werden. Rohrsystem und Pumpe mussen frei von Verunreinigungen sein (z.B.: Spiilung). Wird das Rohrsystem auf
Dichtheit gepriift, ist der max. zulassige Zulaufdruck
der Wellendichtung zu beachten. Achtuna: weaen
Rostbilduna kein Wasser verwenden. Beim Entleeren
der Fliissigkeit ist darauf zu achten, daft die Rohrleitung und die Pumpe frei von Verunreinigungen sind
(z.B.: SchweiSschlacke, Zunder). Konservierung vornehmen (siehe Konservierung). Oxvdation und Verunreiniaunaen konnen zu einem Pumpenausfall fiihren.
5.5
FuBventil
Bei Saugbetrieb ist ein FuUventil mit Saugkorb einzubauen. Der Ansaugvorgang wird erleichtert, grobe
Verschmutzungen femgehalten, und ein Entleeren
5.6
dem Motorleistungsschild uberlastgeschiitzt anzuschlieften. Vorhandene Netzspannung mit Motorleistungsschild vergleichen. Schaltbild im Motorklemmkasten beachten.
5.2
Pipework Connection
Avoid stress of pipes. The pumps should not serve as
a fixed reference point for the installed pipe line. Such
occurences should be avoided, if possible, e. a. bracing, the expansion of pipe due to variations in temperature and unit stress. We recommend to install a
compensator in case of heat expansions of the pipes.
The dimensions of the suction pipe must allow a liquid
velocity of 0,5 up to max. 1,3 m/sec and the pressure
pipe must allow a liquid velocity of 2 - 3 m/sec. The
suction pipework must be installed with a gradual rise
and air-tight. The pipework and the pump must be
free of impurity (e.g. flushing). When the pipework installation is being tested for leaks pay attention to the
max. admissible inlet pressure of shaft seal. Attention:
don't use water cause of rust formation. When draining the system it is important that pipe and pump are
free from dirt (e. g. welding beads, pieces of steal
etc). Carry out preservation (see Preservation). Oxvdation and impurity can cause a breakdown.
5.5
Foot Valve
5.6
6.
INBETRIEBNAHME
6.
START UP
6.1
Trockenlaufschutz
Pumpen durfen nie trocken laufen, da es zur Zerstorung von Pumpenteilen kommen kann. Leichtgangigkeit handisch prufen. Empfehluna: Pumpe sowie Saugleitung mit Medium fiillen und entluften (A - Auffullen, B - Entluften) > Bild 16
6.1

Check by hand if the pump runs easy. We recommend: to fill the pump and suction pipe with the medium and vent. (A - to fill, B - to vent) >- scheme 16
Type DL2
Type DL3, DL4, DL7, DS1, DS3,

DS4, DS7, DCL7, DCS7
908.2
074
Fullvorgang:
How to fill:
remove screw plug 908,2

turn lever to the left - fill with oil
turn lever to the right - fill with oil
Verschludschraube 908,2 entfernen

Hebel nach links - Ol einfullen
Hebel nach rechts - Ol einfullen
6.2
6.3
Pumpe handisch laut Drehrichtunaspfeil durchdrehen

und auf Leichtqanqiokeit prufen.
Die Drehrichtung des Motors mud mit dem Drehrichtungspfeil der Pumpe ubereinstimmen. Zur Drehrichtungskontrolle kann der Motor, bei geoffneten Saugund Druckventilen, kurzzeitig eingeschaltet werden.
und fuhrt zu Schaden an der Pumpe. Langer dauernde Drehrichtungskontrolle ist ohne Pumpe durchzufuhren.
Start
Beide Filterdeckel 074 entfernen

und Station mit 6 l auffiillen.
6.2
6.3
konnen die Pumpe / Station zerstorerl. Hebelstellung
bei Blockaggregaten und Stellung der Absperrventile
bei den Einzel- und Doppelstationen beachten.
> Bild 17
Remove both filter covers 074

and fill station with oil.
Rotate the pump bv hand in the direction of the arrow

and check if the pump runs easy.
Start Up
side. Vent pump/station during start up. Extreme temperature shock may destroy the pump/station. Pay attention to the lever position at block aggregates and
to the position of the stop valve at single and double
stations.
> scheme 17
ft
T y p e DL2
Type DL3,
DL4,
ZJ
Type DL7.DS7,
Hebel rechts: nur rechte Pumpe ist betriebsbereit
Hebel links: nur linke Pumpe

ist betriebsbereit
Hebel Mittelstellung: beide

Pumpen sind betriebsbereit
Lever right: only right pump is

ready for operation
Lever left: only left pump is ready for operation
Lever position middle: both

pumps are ready for operation
Q^l
CS^C
DCL7, DCS7
linke Pumpe und linker Filter betriebsbereit

left pump and left filter ready for operation
@&A
0 CJ
o
rechte Pumpe und rechter
Filter betriebsbereit
right pump and right filter
ready for operation
(^tjîdfi P u m n p n und linkpr Filtpr hptriphshprpit

f ^ V i n p P u m n p n nnri rprhtpr Filtpr hptriphshprpit
linke Pumpe und rechter

left pump and right filter ready for operation
rechte Pumpe und linker

right pump and left filter ready for operation
VQTth n u m n s pnrt Ipft filtpr*; rparlv fnr nnpratinn

(K^th ni i m n s a n d rinht filtprs rpariv fnr nnpratirtn
7.
BEDIENUNG, WARTUNG
7.
MAINTENANCE
7.1

Sicht- und Gerauschkontrolle sowie Dichtheitsiiberwachung sollten taglich durchgefuhrt werden.
7.1
7.3
Filterreinigung
Die Filterreinigung ist abhangig vom Verschmutzungsgrad des Fordermediums. Die angebauten Vakuummeter dienen zur Verschmutzungsanzeige.
Hochstzulassiges Vakuum bei Heizol EL max. 0,5bar
Heizol S max. 0,7bar
Bei zu stark verschmutzten Filtern tritt Kavitation
(starke Gerausche) auf. Die Filterreinigung darf nicht
bei Mittelstellung des Umschalthebels erfolgen.
Zuerst auf die Reservepumpe schalten und dann den
Umschalthebel zur laufenden Pumpe drehen (siehe
6.3 Start / Hebelstellung) > Bild 17
Pumpenausbau
Zu beachten ist elektrische Abschaitung, Umschalthebel Oder Saug- und Druckventile schliefien, Pumpen
Der Ausbau einer Einbaupumpe kann ohne Betriebsunterbrechung durchgefuhrt werden. Der Umschaltvorgang ist wie bei der Filterreinigung 7.3 auszufuhren. Motor und Laterne ausbauen. Einbaupumpe mit
2 Schraubendreher vorsichtig losen und kontrollieren
ob eventuell durch undichte Ruckschlagventile Ol
austritt. Bei Gutbefund Einbaupumpe herausheben.
Vor dem Einbau darauf achten, daft im Stationsgehause der Olspiegel max. 5 cm hoch steht. Ansonsten erschwerter Einbau der Einbaupumpe durch Olverdrangung. O-Ringe der Einbaupumpe auf Schaden uberprufen und leicht einfetten. Einbaupumpe mit
leichtem Druck ins Stationsgehause einschieben, Laterne und Motor aufbauen und Umschalthebel in Mittelstellung bringen.
7.3

of gaskets.
Cleaning the Filter
The frequency of cleaning the filter is dependent on
the contamination of the medium. The degree of contamination is visible on the vacuummeter built on.
admissible vacuum at: light fuel oil
max. 0,5 bar
heavy fuel oil max. 0,7 bar
A high contamination of the filter will cause cavitation
(noise). Cleaning the filter is not allowed when lever is
in the middle position. Turn the lever first to the spare
pump, then turn lever to the running pump (see 6.3
start / position of lever) > scheme 17
7.4
7.4

when installing the pump again check if flat gaskets/orings are damaged. The insert pump can be removed
without interruption of operation. Turn the lever as
described under point 7.3 "Cleaning the Filter". Dismantle the motor and lantern. Loosen insert pump by
using 2 screw drivers. Check whether non return valves are leaky and oil is penetrating. If not remove the
insert pump. Before installing the insert pump, make
sure that the level of oil in the station casing is max.
50 mm. Otherwise it may prove difficult to install due
to oil displacement Check the O-rings of the insert
pump whether they are damaged or not and grease
them slightly. Push the insert pump under light pressure inside the station casing. Mount lantern and motor and turn the lever to the middle position.

got to preserve all other parts, which are not preserved in the factory, in accordance with the local conditions. If the pump is not in operation for any period of
time or stored the user has to preserve it with an anti
rust lubricant. We recommend: The inside surface of
the pump - acid and resin free oil. Pump outside - Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 or others, selected by the user
regarding the local conditions.
7.5
Konservierung, Einlagerung
Durch den Pruflauf ist die Pumpe mit Prufol benetzt
vom Betreiber durchzufuhren. Bei langerem Stillstand
oder Nichtinbetriebnahme ist vom Betreiber ein Korrosionsschutz anzubringen. Empfehluna: Pumpeninnenbereich - Saure und harzfreies Ol. Pumpenaufienbereich - Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 oder nach Wahl des
7.5
7.6
Mogliche Schaden
Mogliche Schaden durch evt. auftretende Undichtheiten an der Pumpe sind verbraucherseits durch Einbau
von Warngeraten zu verhindern.
Kontrolle der Reservepumpe
Die Kontrolle der Reservepumpe sollte wochentlich
einmal durchgefuhrt werden. Die Kontrolle des Umschalthebels auf Leichtgangigkeit ist empfehlenswert.
Die Ruckschlagventile konnen durch Verschmutzungen undicht werden. Durch mehrmaliges Umschalten
der Pumpe 1 auf Pumpe 2, sowie gemeinsamen
Pumpenbetrieb konnen evt. Verschmutzungen gelost
werden. Fuhrt dies nicht zum Erfolg, ist Rucksprache
mit dem Werk erforderlich.
7.6
7.7
-9-
7.7
Checking of Spare Pump

It is necessary to check the function of the spare
pump weekly. It is recommended to operate the lever
weekly to guarantee that it doesn't become stuck.
Contamination of the non return valves can cause leakage. Contamination can be removed by switching
over from pump 1 to pump 2 or when both pumps are
operating together for a short period of time. If either
of these solutions fail it is necessary to discuss it with
the factory.
8.
STORUNGEN/BEHEBUNG
Betriebsstorung
8.
FAILURES/REMEDIES
Mogliche Ursache / Behebungsvorschlag
Failures
Possible Reasons, Remedies

-
Pumpe saugt nicht an

Pumpe arbeitet laut
Motor wird zu warm
ungleichmaftige Forderung
Nr.
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1,2,3,4,5, 12
3 , 4 , 5 , 8 , 9 , 10, 11,17, 18
3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 10, 11, 13, 17
9, 10, 13
3,5,8,10, 11, 18
7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 18
BEHEBUNGSVORSCHLAG
PUMPE IST TROCKEN
Pumpe mit Medium fullen
SAUGFILTER, -VENTIL ODER -LEITUNG
VERSTOPFT
UNDICHT
SAUGHOHE ZU GROSS
auswuchten
ANLAGE
Aggregat elastisch lagern, Anschliisse mit
Schlauchen ausfuhren
UBERDRUCKVENTIL VERKLEMMT BZW. ZU
NIEDRIG EINGESTELLT
vergleichen
MEDIUM DICKFLUSSIG
MEDIUM
Motor neu lagern
Zulaufdruck aniagenseitig verringern, druckseitig
Offnunasdruck hoher einstellen. durch Drehen der
No.
1
2
3
pump does not prime

pump is noisy
motor heats up
irregular flow
leaking shaft seal
REMEDIES
PUMP IS DRY

seal

PUMP-COUPLING-MOTOR
NOT
CORRECTLY
ALIGNED
PIPEWORK "HAMMER"
10
11
12
13
14
15
16


PUMP DOES NOT VENT
SHAFT SEAL DAMAGED
replace shaft seal
discharge side
install a DUITID heatina device
ERSATZTEILE / DEMONTAGE
9.
9.1
Montagehinweise
Abziehen der Kupplung mit Hilfe einer Abziehvor
richtung und PaRfeder entfernen.
Einbaulage und Stellung der einzelnen Teile markieren. Wichtig: Spindelsatz muB in ursprunglicher Stellung wieder eingebaut werden.
Zum Schutz der O-Ringe und Dichtlippen mufi der
Kupplungszapfen mit einer Montagehiilse oder ahnlichem abgedeckt werden. Flachen zur Montageerleichterung leicht einfetten.
Neue Radialdichtringe mit Stutzring entsprechend
drucken. Beim Einbau darauf achten, daft der Gegenring satt auf dem O-Ring iiegt.
Die Dichtflachen der neuen Gleitringdichtung aufierst
Beim Zusammenbau moglichst nicht beruhren und jeden Schmutz fernhalten. Aufschieben der Feder
Beim Zusammenbau darauf achten, daft die Uberlaufbohrungen vom Gehause und der Dichtung ubereinstimmen.
Nach der Montage durch handisches Drehen Leichtgangigkeit priifen.

key also,
Attention: Spindle set must be reassembled in the original position.
slightly.
Mechanical Seal:
When reassembling make sure also, that the overflow

bypasses from casing and seal correspond.
After installation it is necessary to check if the pump

rotates easy when turning clockwise by hand.
9.2.
Explosionszeichnungen > Bild 20
Einbaupumpe FE 5
Insert Pump FE 5
9.2
Cut View of Pump > scheme 20
Einbaupumpe
insert pump
NE5-13
NEG5-13
Einbaupumpe
insert pump
NE15-57
NEG15-57
NEGA 15 - 57
oUê
tjea** 0
Einbaupumpe
insert pump
CLDR 15 bis/to CLDR 42
CLDG 15 bis/to CLDG 42
AuBenlagerung
outside bearing
1) CLDGA 1 5 - 2 6
2) CLDGA 32 - 42
Einbaupumpe
insert pump
CLDR55-118
CLDG55-118
Audenlagerung
outside bearing
CLDGA55-118
Nachtraglicher Umbau der Stationen DCL und DCS auf

Auftenlagerung
Subsequent rebuilding of the station DCL and DCS with

outside bearing
1. Motoren demontieren
1. dismantle motor
2. Muttern (HVM 09) herausdrehen
2. remove hexagon nut (HVM 09)

3. remove old lantern
3. bestehende Laterne abnehmen
4. remove pump
5. remove bolt screw
4. Pumpe herausnehmen
6. cut again thread of bolt screws
5. Stiftschrauben herausdrehen
and clean it with nitro thinner
6. Gewinde fur Stiftschrauben

nachschneiden und mit
Nitroverdiinnung reinigen
7.
7. lange Stiftschrauben mit z. B.

Loctite 270 einkleben
glue the long bolt screws in

place e.g. with Loctite 270
8. clean the seal surface and re

move dents
8. Dichtflache saubern und etwai

ge Schlage legalisieren
9. insert sealing (HPD...)

10. install new lantern
9. Dichtung (HPD...) einlegen
11. install new pump
10. neue Laterne aufsetzen
12. tighten hexagon nut (HVM 09)

crosswise
11. neue Pumpe einschieben

12. Muttern (HVM 09) kreuzweise
13. install motor
anziehen
Necessary new parts:
13. Motor montieren
coupling
Folgende Neuteile sind hierzu
notwendig:
insert pump with o-ring
Kupplung
gasket (HPD)
Einschubpumpe mit O-Ring
lantern
C2>
Laterne
Dichtung (HPD)
lange Stiftschrauben
-1R.
long stud screws
9. ERSATZTEILE-DEMONTAGE
9. DISMANTLING OF SPARE PARTS
9.3 Schnittbild und Teileliste

Station DL2/150-240
9.3 Section Drawing with Part List
Station DL2/320-1300
908.2
730.2
739.1
739.2
704.1
870.1
885
730.1
915.2
908.1
704.2
166
739.3
915.3
300
859
*001
040
* 052
* 055,1
060
119
137
155.1
166
180
* 222,1
222.2
241
300
304
* 501
529
* 606,1
* 606,2
704.1
704.2
* 730,1
* 730,2
* 730,3
Einbaupumpe
Hiilse
Kupplung
Dichtring
Scheibe
Druckgehause
Ventilgehause
Rohr
Verstellschraube
Laterne
Dichtung
Dichtung
Olwanne
Ventilgriff
Steuerkiiken
Druckfeder
Motor
Flansch
Flansch
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
735,1
739,1
739,2
739,3
751,1
809,1
859
870,1
885
894,1
894,2
900,1
900,2
900,3
900,4
901
908,1
908,2
915,1
915,2
915,3
Kupferdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Druckfeder
Kugel
Spannhiilse
Gewindestift
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Verschluflschraube
VerschlufSschraube
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
001
040
052
055,1
060
119
137
155,1
166
180
222,1
222,2
241
300
304
501
529
606,1
606,2
704,1
704,2
730,1
730,2
730,3
*empfohlene Ersatzteile
insert pump
spacer
coupling
seal ring
disc
casing
valve casing
pipe
adjusting screw
lantern
gasket
gasket
oilpan
lever
control lever spindle
spring
motor
lockable manometer
lockable manometer
flange
flange
gasket
gasket
gasket
735,1
739,1
739,2
739,3
751,1
809,1
859
870,1
885
894,1
894,2
900,1
900,2
900,3
900,4
901
908,1
908,2
915,1
915,2
915,3
Cu seal ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
spring
ball
clamping sleeve
circlip
set screw
hexagon nut
hexagon nut
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
locking screw
screw plug
screw plug
socket screw
socket screw
socket screw
' recommended spare parts
-17-
Station DS1
180
894.2
900.2
894.2
901.2
155.1
901.1
423
116.2
001
018
052
055,1
074
116,1
116,2
155,1
160
180
222
241
423
501
529
606,1
Einbaupumpe
Siebkorb
Kupplung
Dichtring
Filterdeckel
Aggregatgehause links
Aggregatgehause rechts
Rohr
Winkel
Flanschlaterne
Flachdichtung
Olwanne
Entluttungsventil
Kegel-Druckfeder
Motor
absperrbares
Vakuummeter
*730,1
735,1
739,1
739,2
893
894,1
894,2
900,1
900,2
900,3
901,1
901,2
901,3
904,1
904,2
908,1
001
222
730.1
901.3
908.1
160
241
Flachdichtung
Kupferdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
Hutmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Scheibe
Scheibe
VerschluBschraube
001
018
052
055,1
074
116,1
116,2
155,1
160
180
222
241
423
501
529
*606,1
055,1
137
165,1
165,2
165,3
166
298
299
300
304,1
304,2
312
407
*456
*606,2
704
730,1
730,2
" 739,3
* 739,4
* 739,5
739,8
751,1
*751,2
*751,3
765
*809,1
868
869,1
886
915,1
915,4
730,1
* 735,1
*739,1
739,2
893
894.1
894.2
900.1
900.2
900.3
901.1
901.2
901.3
904.1
904.2
908,1
flat gasket
Cu seal ring
O-ring
O-ring
cap nut
hexagon nut
hexagon nut
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
locking screw
locking screw
locking screw
disc
disc
screw plug
' recommended spare parts
Steuerblock
insert pump
filter basket
coupling
gasket
filter cover
left casing
right casing
pipe
angle
flange lantern
flat gasket
oil pan
vent valve
conical spring
motor
lockable
vacuummeter
Control device *pos. 675
*Pos. 675
055,1
137
165,1
165,2
165,3
166
298
299
300
304,1
304,2
312
407
456
606,2
704
730,1
730,2
739,3
739,4
739,5
739,8
751,1
751,2
751,3
765
809,1
868
869,1
886
915,1
915,4
Dichtring
Ventilgehause
VerschluBschraube
Verschlu Bschraube
VerschluBschraube
Verstellschraube
Ventileinsatz
Ventileinsatz
Ventilgriff
Ventilkegel
Ventilkegel
Verstellspindel
Steuerkugel
Formdichtung
Flansch
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Druckfeder
Druckfeder
Druckfeder
Tellerfeder
Kugel
Stutzring
Gewindestift
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
-18-
seal ring
valve casing
screw plug
screw plug
screw plug
adjusting screw
valve insert
valve insert
lever
valve cone
valve cone
valve spindle
valve ball
form gasket
lockable manometer
flange
flat gasket
flat gasket
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
spring
spring
spring
plate spring
ball
supporting plate
circlip
set screw
socket screw
socket screw
Station DL3, DL4, DS3, DS4
001
018
052
055,1
074
116,1
116,2
155,1
160
180
241
423
501
529
606,1
730,1
735,1
739,1
739,2
893
894,1
894,2
900,1
900,2
900,3
901,1
901,2
901,3
904,1
904,2
908,1
Einbaupumpe
Siebkorb
Kupplung
Dichtring
Filterdeckel
Aggregatgehause links
Aggregatgehause rechts
Rohr
Winkel
Flanschlateme
Olwanne
Entluftungsventil
Kegel-Druckfeder
Motor
absperrbares
Vakuummeter
Flachdichtung
055,1
055,2
111,1
111,2
137
166
222
298
299
300
304,1
*304,2
312
407
*456
606,2
729,1
729,2
739,3
*739,4
"739,5
*751,1
751,2
*751,3
765
809,1
868
"869,1
886
900,4
908,2
001
*018
052
055,1
074
116,1
116,2
155,1
160
180
241
423
501
529
606,1
730,1
CM
Steuerblock
Kupferdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
Hutmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
Scheibe
Scheibe
VerschluUschraube
insert pump
filter gasket
coupling
seal ring
filter cover
left casing
right casing
pipe
angle
flange lantern
oil pan
vent valve
conical spring
motor
lockable
vacuummeter
flat gasket
735,1
739,1
739,2
893
894,1
894,2
900,1
900,2
900,3
901,1
901,2
901,3
904,1
904,2
908,1
Cu seal ring
O-ring
O-ring
cap nut
hexagon nut
hexagon nut
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
locking screw
locking screw
locking screw
disc
disc
screw plug
Control device *pos. 675
*Pos. 675
055,1
055,2
111,1
111,2
137
166
222
298
299
300
304,1
304,2
312
407
456
606,2
729,1
729,2
739,3
739,4
739,5
751,1
'751,2
'751,3
765
809,1
868
869,1
886
900,4
908,2
Dichtring
Dichtring
VorschweiSflansch
Vorschweillflansch
Ventilgehause
Verstellschraube
Flachdichtung
Ventileinsatz
Ventileinsatz
Ventilgriff
Ventilkegel
Ventilkegel
Verstellspindel
Steuerkugel
Formdichtung
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Druckfeder
Druckfeder
Druckfeder
Tellerfeder
Kugel
Stutzring
Wellensicherungring
Gewindestift
Sechskantschraube
Verschlullschraube
seal ring
seal ring
flange
flange
valve casing
adjusting screw
flat gasket
valve insert
valve insert
lever
valve cone
valve cone
valve spindle
valve ball
form gasket
lockable manometer
flat gasket
flat gasket
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
spring
spring
spring
plate spring
ball
supporting plate
circlip
set screw
hexagon screw
screw plug
* recommended
spare parts
* empfohlene
Ersatzteile
-19-
Station DL7, DS7, DCL7, DCS7
870.2
300
Detail: Z
164.2
, | , m$n
jk n * ^ b
*Pos. 304.2
894.3
*Pos. 611
870.1
529
606.2
900.2
241
001
018
052
057
066
074
111,1
111,2
116
121
137
164,1
164,2
180
222
241
300
301
304,1
304,2
304,3
306
312
423
501,1
501,2
529
606,1
606,2
611
717
730,1
Einbaupumpe
Siebkorb
Kupplung
Gewindering
Dichtscheibe
Filterdeckel
VorschweiGflansch
VorschweiSflansch
Aggregatgehause
Filtergehause
Ventilgehause
Verstellschraube
Verstellschraube
Flanschlaterne
Flachdichtung
Olwanne
Aufsteckringschltissel
Tellerfeder
Steuerkiiken
Saug
Steuerkiiken
Druck
Ventilkegel
Verstellmutter
Verstellspindel
Entluftungsventil
Kegel-Druckfeder
Druckfeder
Motor
absperrbares
Vakuummeter
absperrbares
Manometer
Riickschlagventil
Thermometer
Flachdichtung
* 730,2
*730,3
* 730,4
* 739,1
* 739,2
* 739,3
* 739,4
* 739,5
* 739,6
*739,7
751,1
*751,2
809,1
870,1
* 870,2
870,3
854
859
884,1
884,2
893
894,1
894,2
894,3
900,1
900,2
900,3
901,1
901,2
908,1
908,2
915,1
915,2
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
Flachdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Druckfeder
Druckfeder
Kugel
Splint
Spannhiilse
Gewindestift
Gewindestift
Hutmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantmutter
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Sechskantschraube
Stiftschraube
Stiftschraube
VerschluSschraube
Verschlullschraube
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
* empfohlene
Ersatzteile
001
*018
052
057
066
074
111,1
111,2
116
121
137
164,1
164,2
180
*222
241
300
301
304,1
304,2
*304,3
*306
312
423
501,1
*501,2
529
606,1
606,2
*611
*717
*730,1
insert pump
filter basket
coupling
ring nut
seal disc
filter cover
flange
flange
casing
filter casing
valve casing
adjusting screw
adjusting screw
flange lantern
flat gasket
oil pan
lever
spring plate
suction
pressure
valve cone
valve nut
valve spindle
vent valve
cone spring
spring
motor
lockable
vacuummeter
lockable
manometer
non return valve
thermometer
flat gasket
730,2
730,3
730,4
739,1
739,2
739,3
* 739,4
739,5
"739,6
739,7
751,1
751,2
*809,1
870,1
*870,2
870,3
854
859
884,1
884,2
893
894,1
894,2
894,3
900,1
900,2
900,3
901,1
901,2
908,1
908,2
915,1
915,2
flat gasket
flat gasket
flat gasket
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
spnng
spring
ball
circlip
circlip
circlip
split pin
clamping sleeve
set screw
set screw
cap nut
hexagon nut
hexagon nut
hexagon nut
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
hexagon screw
locking screw
locking screw
screw plug
screw plug
socket screw
socket screw
* recommended
spare parts
Insert pump
Einbaupumpe
TypeFE5
Type NE 5-13
Type NE 15-57
039
*042
052
056
058
059
062
063
070
074
080
127
* 131
155
*417
*457
Distanzhiilse
Ausgleichshiilse
Kupplung
Distanzring
Aufnahmering
Aufnahmering
Distanzscheibe
Stutzring
Abschlufideckel
Flanschdeckel
Lagerdeckel
Lagergehause
Gehause
Rohr
Zylindersieb
Gleitringdichtung
"empfohlene Ersatzteile
Type NEG 5-13
Type NEG 15-57
*669
*735
*739,1
*739,2
739,3
745
751
809
*817
861
866
869
870
879
915,1
915,2
Spindelsatz
Kupferdichtung
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Radialdichtring
Druckfeder
Kugel
Kugellager
Zylinderkerbstiff
Pafifeder
Zylinderstift
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
039
042
052
056
058
059
062
063
070
074
080
127
*131
155
*417
457
Type NEGA 15-57
distance sleeve
distance sleeve
coupling
spacer
mounting ring
mounting ring
spacer
support plate
end cover
flange cover
bearing cover
bearing housing
casing
pipe
strainer
. mechanical seal
669
735
739,1
739,2
739,3
745
751
809
817
861
866
869
"870
879
915,1
915,2
spindle set
Cu seal ring
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
radial shaft seal
spring
ball
ball bearing
pin
key
circlip
circlip
straight pin
socket screw
socket screw
Einbaupumpe
Insert pump
CLDR 15-42
CLDG 15-20
CLDG 26-118
CLDR 55-118
134
063
041
745
869.1
817
454
739.1
042
CLDGA 15-26
CLDGA 32-118
062.1 464 817 412 057
041
042
056
057
062,1
063
074
074,1
074,2
127
131
134
222,1
222,2
412
454
Distanzhiilse
Ausgleichszylinder
Distanzring ab Gr.: CL55
Gewindering
Distanzscheibe
Stiitzring
Flanschdeckel
Flanschdeckel
Flanschdeckel
Lagergehause
Gehause
Dichtungsgehause
Dichtung
Dichtung
Schmiernippel
Dichtkantring
457
464
661
661,1
739,1
739,2
745
751
809
817
866
868
*872
884,1
915,1
915,2
915,3
1037
Gleitringdichtung
Nilos-Ring
Spindelsatz
Spindelsatz
O-Ring
O-Ring
Radialdichtung
Druckfeder
Kugel
Kugellager
Paftfeder
Stutzring
Runddrahtsprengring
Gewindestift
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
Zylinderschraube
LagerbGchsenset
041
042
056
057
062,1
063
074
074,1
074,2
127
131
134
222,1
222,2
412
454
distance sleeve
balance sleeve
spacer from size: CL55
ring nut
spacer
support plate
flange cover
flange cover
flange cover
bearing housing
casing
sealing housing
gasket
gasket
lubricating nipple
edge seal
661.1
457
464
661
mechanical seal
Nilos-ring
spindle set
661,1
739,1
739,2
745
751
809
817
866
868
*872
884,1
915,1
915,2
915,3
1037
spindle set
O-ring
O-ring
radial shaft seal
spring
ball
ball bearing
key
supporting plate
circlip
set screw
socket screw
socket screw
socket screw
bearing shell set
'empfohlene Ersatzteile
-22-
4>
Rolls-Royce
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
KAMEWA ULSTEIN
TUNNEL THRUSTER
TYPE : TT 1850 I CP
1.
LISTOFCONTEN
2.
SYSTEM OVER.V?|l^
HYDRODYNAMICS
OF THE TUNNEL
THRUSTER
4.
MAIN DATA
TUNNEL WITH
PROPELLER UNIT
Yard: JINLE4G S/Y

Hull No: JLZ 020504
Unit No: T8285
Date:
18.08.2003
IMO 9274654
JLZ-020504
Rolls Royce Marine AS

Dep. Propulsion - Ulstein
Sj0gt.98
6065 Ulsteinvik
Norway
W4 -1
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
/LUBRICATING
SYSTEM
7.
DiaVE MOTOR
8.
OPERATING
INSTRUCTION
9.
nsrSTALLATION
10.
SERVICE AND
MAINTENANCE
11.
SPARE PARTS AND

TOOLS
12.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Telephone: +47 700 14000
Fax: +47 700 14028
_.
Il
_^
R o 11 S " R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING SA"
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Hull no.: JLZ 020504
Sign: LOK
Page 1 of47
Unit no.: T8285
47274-E
INTRODUCTION
This manual includes a general system overview, drawings and descriptions for each
sub-system delivered by Rolls-Royce Marine AS, installation guidance and
information regarding service and maintenance that could be useful for the operator.
Before any work is performed on the equipment, please make sure that all appropriate
information in this manual has been read and understood. In doubtful cases or if more
extensive repair work is planned, please always contact Rolls-Royce Marine AS for
assistance.
The tunnel thruster system design and the contents of the manuals are subject to
change without notice.
Tmmel Thruster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING S/Y
LIST OF CONTENTS
Number
Sign: LOK
Page 2 of47
Unit no.: T8285
47166-E
Drawing
Front Page
Introduction
47274-E
1. List of contents
47166-E
2. System Qyerview
General information
Main assembly drawing
List of representatives
47239-E
216768
49044-E
3. Hydrodynamics of tunnel thruster
47237-E
4. Main Data
47277-E
5. Tunnel with Propeller Unit

Description of tunnel with propeller unit
Dimension drawing
Tunnel and propeller unit assembly
Propeller unit assembly
Propeller hub assembly
Drive motor foundation assembly
Gear coupling assembly
Feedback, assembly
47240-E
108289
109100 A
109101 A
K141230
216683
109107 A
K141995
6. Hydraulic System
Description of hydraulic system
Hydraulic diagram
Hydraulic pump unit
Oil tank
Oil filling
Oil requirements
Suitable lubrication oils
Hand pump
Tunnel Thraster
49084-E
107615
311884
216260 A
311130
11867-E
49167-E
311262
Rev.:
:
1
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING SA'
7. Drive motor and starter
Sign: LOK
Page 3 of47
Unit no.: T8285
47166-E
47276-E
EL.MOTOR DRIFT B5M400LC4

STARTER
8. Operating Instruction
47249-E
9. Installation
Installation procedure
Welding instructions
Installation check list
Trial programme
Sea trial - delivery
47265-E
47213-
47115-E
11848-E
47298-E
10. Service and Maintenance

Maintenance routines
Directions for service - Gear back lash
Directions for service - Propeller blades
Directions for service - Drive shaft seal
Directions for service - Changing of oil
Directions for service - Gear coupling (see chpt.9)
Filling and starting up instruction
Tightening of screws - Propeller hub
47243-E
47244-E
47245-E
47246-E
47299-E
47230-E
47451-
K586431 F
11. Spare Parts and tools

List of spare parts and tools supplied by RRM AS
12. Troubleshooting
Tunnel Thruster
47248-E
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 4 of47
Unit no.: T8285
47239-E
The Tunnel Thruster System consists of four main parts: a tunnel with propeller unit,
a driving motor, a hydraulic system, and an electric control system.
The propeller unit is driven by a motor with a constant speed and direction of rotation,
e.g. an electric induction motor. The propeller is provided with hydraulically
adjustable propeller blades, which makes it possible to vary continuously the
magnitude and direction of thrust.
The tunnel thruster facilitates the manoeuvring of ships to a great extent when speeds
are low and when the speed is zero. The ship's tunnel thruster is also a useful
complement to the ship's rudder even at higher speeds; the thruster and the rudder
together give an increased steering effect.
The Rolls-Royce Marine controllable tunnel thruster gives the following advantages:
Tunnel Thruster
The driving motor can be started only when the propeller blades are
in zero position, which reduces the starting torque to a minimum.
This means low starting current.
An unlimited number of operations during given time unit. The

transverse thrust is changed without the necessity of altering the
direction of rotation and speed of the driving motor.
The direction thrust can be changed in a short time from one side to
the other.
Full steering power is always available.
Rev.:
ROVIE Zone
Revlefon cooprlBes
DoU
IpfirovM
OIL TANK_
(GRAVTY
TANK)
EL.REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
I
I
I
I
HYDRAULIC
PUMP UNIT
_ J
10
STARTER/TRAFO
1 SCEL B5M400LC4
992436
992740
SPARE PARTS
CONTROL SYSTEM ASSY.
K105200
73675
FEED BACK DEVICE ASSY. K141995

1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
107448
GEAR COUPLING
109107
1 MOTOR FOUNDATION ASSY. 216583
DIMENSION DRAWING
108289
TUNNEL-PROP.UNIT A55Y. 109100
It
DMcrlptl
ho.
RPirno*
Val^t
och/kg
Cmtaoar.dr
T e t . M l ^ kg
JINLING S/Y
'ge
JLZ 020501-04
DB " ^
TT185Î__P_
MAIN ASSEMBLY"
THIS DRAWING MUST NOT BE COPIED NOR USED FOR MANUFACTURING PURPOSES WITHOUT OUR WRinEK PERMISSION NEITHER IS TO BE HANDED
OVER TO NOR IN OTHER WAY COMHUNICATED TO A THIRD PARTY. INFRIMSE^ÊHT WILL LEAD TO PROSECUTIOW.
||*|^1
^ Rolls-Royce
V
i \
DB
IT8282-83-84-85
Surroo t*xtur* ISO/ 102 Do fm
SooU
/-^
A2
" ^ l "
DocuB
Oet*
20020827
216488
ET,
216768
1
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MAKTUAL
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 5 of47
Unitno.:T8285
49044-E
SERVICE AND SPAIS FOR ULSTEIN KAMEWA EQUIPMENT

*= off hours no.
Address
Telephone
Fax
Rolls-Royce Marine Inc

200 James Drive West
St. Rose, LA 70087 USA
+1 504 464 4561
+1504464 4565
Rolls-Royce Commercial Marine

4350 Oakes Road, Suite 528
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33314 USA
+1 954 745 5400
+1 954 745 5401
Rolls-Royce Marine Inc

110 Norfolk Street
Walpole, MA 02081 USA
+1 508 660 6328
+1 508 660 6210
Rolls-Royce Marine Seattle

4451-14"" Avenue NW
Seattle, WA 98107-4696
+1206 782 9190
+1 206 782 0176
+55 21 2277 0100
+55 21 2262 1952
+1 902 468 2883
+1 905 468 2759
+86 21 638 78808
+86 21538 25793
+852 2526 6937
+852 2868 5344
Rolls-Royce
Mumbai, India
+9122 820 45 41
+9122 820 45 42
Rolls-Royce Marine Japan K.K.

Tobunsha Bldg. 4F
2-5-1, Kudan-Minami
Chiyoda-ku
TOKYO 102-0074 JAPAN
+81 3 3237 6861
+81 3 3237 6846
MobUe
AMERICAS
USA
SOUTH AMERICA
Rolls-Royce Marine Ltda.
Av. Almirante Barroso 52, 9"" floor
20031-000 RIO DE JANEIRO - RJ
Brazil
CANADA
Rolls-Royce Canada Ltd
(GSN Commercial Marine)
196 Joseph Zatzman Drive, Unit 9
Dartmouth, Nova Scotia
Canada B3B1 N4
ASIA
CHINA
Rolls-Royce Marine Shanghai
RM 911-915 Lippo Plaza
No. 222, Huaihai Road (M)
200021 SHANGHAI China
HONG KONG
Rolls-Royce Maine Hong Kong Ltd
3303-3305 Shui On Centre
6-8 Harbour Road, Wanchai
HONG KONG SAR
INDIA
JAPAN
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
+86 21 628 14228
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 6 of47
Unit no.: T8285
49044-E
*- off hours no.
Address
Telephone
Fax
MobUe
ASIA
KOREA
Rolls-Royce Marine Korea Ltd
+82 51 831 4100
Noksan State Industrial Complex 18B-2L
1578-1, Songjeong-dong, Gangseo-gu
BUSAN 618-270 Korea
RUSSIA
Rolls Royce Marine
Vladivostok Rep Office
5F, 3-B, Streinikova Str.
690065 Vladivostok, Russia
+7 4232 495484
SINGAPORE
Rolls Royce Marine Singapore Pte Ltd Service:
No 6 Tuas Drive 1, Jurong
+65 9632 1347
SINGAPORE 638673
Spares:
+65 960 39198
+82 518314101
+7 4232 495484
+65 862 8390
+65 98466277*
+65 862 5386
EUROPE
BENELUX
Rolls-Royce Marine Benelux B.V.
P.O. Box 666 (Werfdijk 2)
3195 HV Pemis Netherlands
DENMARK
Rolls-Royce Marine AS - Denmark
Vrftsvej 23
DK-9000 AALBORG Denmark
FINLAND
Rolls-Royce Marine Oy Ab
PO Box 220 (Suojantie 5)
FIN-26101 RAUMA Finland
FRANCE
Rolls-Royce Marine France
Immeuble de Monaco
4 Place des Etas-Unis
F-94150RUNG1S France
+31 10 409 0920
+31 10409 0921
+31 0651 531 528*
+45 98 11 49 55
+45 98 1149 45
+45 40 19 49 55
+358 2 83791
+358 2 8379 4874
+358 49 666 678
+33 1468 62811
+33 1 468 79398
GERMANY
Rolls-Royce Marine Deutschland Gmbh +49 40 780 9190
Kamerunweg 7
D-20457 Hamburg Germany
GREECE
Kaminco Overseas Inc
+30 1 45 28 240
Presented by KAMINIS Co Ltd
'KAMINKO PROPULSION SERVICES'
57AktiMiaouil PO Box 80115
GR-PIRAEUS 18510 Greece
E-mail: Kamewz.serviceikaminco.com
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
+49 40 780 91919
+30 1 42 94 887
+30 1 42 93 355
Telex: 212424 kam gr
+49 40 780 9190*
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING SA^
Sign: LOK
Page 7 of47
Unit no.: T8285
49044-E
*= off hours no.
Address
Telephone
Fax
Rolls-Royce Marine Italia s.r.l.

Piazza delia Vittoria 14/19
1-16121 GENOVA Italy
+39 010 572 1922
+39 010 572 1950
+48 587 820 655
+48 587 820 656
+34 977 296444
+34 977 296 450
MobUe
ITALY
POLAND
Rolls-Royce Marine Poland
Alfa Plaza Building
Batorego 28-32 str.
81336 GDYNIA Poland
+39 348 7121506*
SPAIN
Rolls-Royce Espafia SA
PO Box 894
E-43080 TARRAGONA Spain
SWEDEN
Rolls-Royce AB
+46 550 84000
Box 1010
S-681 29Kristinehamn Sweden
E-mail: sweden.techsup(3!rolls-rovce.com
spares.sweden(S)rolls-rovce.com
+46 70 528 6566*

Spares:+46 550 84776
Service:+46 550 84671
Tech support:+46 550 84771
UK
Rolls-Royce Commercial Marine Ltd (UK)
Green Street, Green Road
+44 1322 394 300
Dartford Kent DAI IQG UK
+44 1322 394 302
+44 790 151 7070*
AUSTRALIA
Rolls-Royce Marine Australia Pty Ltd
Perth Office
1 Mouat Street
Fremantle,WA6160 AUSTRALIA
+61893367910
+61893367920
+61418 567 523*
Melbourne Office
Office 4,5 Redland Drive
Mitcham, VIC 3132 AUSTRALIA
+61 3 9873 0988
+61 3 9873 0866
+61 417 323 077*
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Hull no. : JLZ 020504
Sign: LOK
Page 8 of47
Unit no. : T8285
47237-E
THE HYDRODYNAMICS OF THE TUNNEL THRUSTER

The Kamewa Ulstein tunnel thruster is mounted in a transverse tunnel in the bow of a
vessel and in some cases, also the stem. There are four blades and the blade pitch is
controllable within an angle of 30. The clearance between the tunnel wall and the
blade tips is about 0.5% of the propeller diameter. The turmel thruster can also be
regarded as an axial pump with a high flow rate at a low head.
The controllable pitch tunnel thruster runs at a constant shaft speed and the power and
thrust are controlled by changing the pitch of the blades. The propeller always rotates
in the same direction. As starboard and port thrust must be equal, the blades are
designed with zero initial pitch and symmetrical blade section - the blades are entirely
plane. Two types of blade shapes exist - the Kaplan shapes and the high-skew shape.
The latter type has a lower noise level and is standard since 1994.
The turmel thruster has two purposes:
1. To keep the vessel in position in a crosswind
2. To tum the vessel at zero or low ahead speed.
In the first case, it is the lateral plane (side projection) of the vessel above the
waterline that decides the thrust and tunnel thruster size. In the latter case, it is the
underwater lateral plane.
The tunnel thruster develops a thrust of 0.13 - 0.16 kN/kW (10-12 kp/hp). A simple
rule of thumb for the thrust is:
T = ( X D)^^^ kN
PD kW = propeller power
D m = propeller diameter
= constant
Providing the shaft speed is optimal and the thruster is run at near or full power, =
0.97
The blade area of the propeller is chosen with the pu o se of avoiding thrust
breakdown due to cavitation. The cause and effect of cavitation needs a more detailed
explanation:
On a working propeller, high water velocities will occur locally on the blades.
According to the laws of physics, an increase in velocity is accompanied by a
decrease of pressure and also a decrease of the boiling point. If the boiling point drops
right down to the temperature of the water, "cold boiling" occurs. This is cavitation.
The cavitation bubbles contain water vapour and no air. The bubbles are carried by
the flow and when they reach a zone of increasing pressure, they collapse rapidly.
This can be heard as hard metallic bangs. All propellers running at fiill power have
more or less cavitation. However, excessive cavitation may lead to vibration and
eventually erosion of the blade surface.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_
.,
_
^
Yard: JINLING SA'
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 9 of47
Unit no.: T8285
47237-E
Cavitation erosion seldom occurs on tunnel thrusters. In order to avoid damage to the
tunnel wall, a strip of stainless steel is located
In order to minimize the flow resistance, the edges of the tunnel openings should have
a chamfer of about O.ID
The center of the tunnel opening should be located at least one diameter below the
lowest waterline in order to avoid air drawing and 0.75 - 1.0 D above the keel, in
order to avoid recirculation of the water. Both phenomena may cause loss of thrust.
If possible, the distance from the turmel opening to the propeller should be at least 0.3
D; otherwise the turbulence of the flow caused by the edge of the opening may result
in noisy cavitation.
The above recommendations are shown in "Tunnel installation requirement".
The presence of the tunnel openings in the hull plating will cause a small increase of
the propulsive resistance of a vessel. Arranging a fairing at the downside stream of the
opening can reduce this increase.
In some cases, the tunnel openings are equipped with grids in order to prevent foreign
matter to enter the tunnel. In case the grid consists of flat and round bars, the flat bars
should be fitted at right angles to the flow past the opening, in order to prevent a
resistance-increasing vortex in the tunnel. However, the use of grids is not
recommended as foreign matter can still enter through the grid, but be prevented from
getting out at the discharge side thus causing blockage.
When a stationary vessel is turned with a tunnel thruster, the vessel is also given a
sideways motion. The simultaneous turning and crabbing results in a slow
longitudinal motion of the vessel, ahead when the tunnel thruster is located in the
bow, astern when it is located at the stem. This should be kept in mind when
manoeuvring in narrow harbours.
When the vessel makes headway, the effect of the tunnel thruster decreases on most
vessels. The reason for this is the development of a low-pressure zone behind the
thruster discharge jet, the low-pressure acting on the hull and opposing the thrust of
the tunnel thruster.
At increasing ship speed, the jet is deflected along the side of the hull. The entire hull
side is then affected by low pressure, developing a transverse force but no turning
moment opposing the tunnel thruster moment. At speed astem, the loss of moment is
less noticeable with a tunnel thruster located at the bow.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
TUNNEL THRUSTER
K o 11 S" K O y C G
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 10 of 47
Unitno.: T8285
47237-E
The drop in steering moment varies with the type of vessel. On certain vessels, the
effect of the tunnel thruster disappears entirely above 4-5 knots, on others the effect is
retained over the entire speed range.
At ahead speed, a vessel often has a certain small drift angle. The oblique inflow to
the bow develops a pressure field at one side of the bow, causing a force that may
exceed the thrust of the timnel thruster. Experience fi-om a trial with a product tanker
can be summarized as follows:
At ahead speeds, it is possible to:
Prevent a turn form developing
Initiate a turn
Once a turn has developed, it cannot be stopped and the rudder must be
used.
Stem tunnel thrusters are located close to the main propellers and may be disturbed by
these, especially at running astern, as the propeller race sweeps by the tunnel
openings. At low speed manoeuvring, it may, therefore, be advantageous to operate
either the main propellers or the steering propeller(s)
At zero ship speed, the tuming rate is proportional to the cube root of the power; thus
a 10% power increase causes about 3% tuming rate increase. For a given vessel and
tunnel thruster size, the tuming rate can be calculated. The time stated for a 90 tum is
valid for deep water, i.e. 4-5 times the vessel's draught. In shallow water, the
resistance to the tuming increases - for a distance of one meter between the keel and
the sea bottom, the tiiming rate may be halved.
At fiiU power, the discharge velocity is about 6 m/s. For a tunnel thruster with a
diameter of 2m, the discharge volume will.be about 19 m^/s, which is a considerable
flow of water and may affect smaller vessels in the vicinity.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING SA'
Sign: LOK
Page 11 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47277-E
Technical Data
Size / type
Installation No
Drive motor power
Drive motor revolutions
Propeller revolutions
Propeller diameter
Tunnel length
Drive motor voltage / frequency
Classification society
TT1850ICP
T8285
lOOOkW
1770 rpm
337
1850 mm
1585 mm
440 V / 6 0 Hz
BV
Hydraulic svstem
See hydraulic diagram - Assembly Drawing
Electronic Remote Control System

See separate manual.
Sense of Rotation
Propeller:
Right hand rotation (clockwise), seen from hub side.
Pinion shaft:
Right hand rotation (clockwise), seen from towards shaft end.
Prime mover:
Left hand rotation (anti-clockwise), seen towards its shaft end.
Turning Direction of Pitch hidicator Pin / Water Flow Direction

Anti-clockwise;
Water flow direction-from the propeller towards the gear house

(gear house down-sfreams the propeller)
The ship moves towards the propeller side.
Clockwise:
Water flow direction from the gear house towards the propeller
(gear house up-streams the propeller)
The ship moves towards the pinion shaft side.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
^
-^ Il
-J
D ^ I I > _ D ^ # ^ ^
TtnSfNEL THRUSTER
Rolls-Royce INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 12 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
47240-E
TUNNEL WITH PROPELLER UNIT

General
The propeller unit comprises a propeller tunnel in which a 1 - stay gear housing is
bolted (including a welded support plate). A 4 - bladed propeller and shaft assembly
are mounted in bearings in the gear housing.
Tunnel
The tunnel is welded onto the ship's hull. For this reason only the gear housing can be
dismantled off the ship, not the propeller tunnel.
Propeller
The main part of the tunnel thruster is the propeller hub with blades and the propeller
shaft. One spherical roller bearing and two axial roller bearings support the shaft. The
shaft seal prevents water from penetrating and oil leakage.
How the propeller operates

In the propeller hub, there is a servomotor, which turns the propeller blades. The
servomotor consists of an integrated piston and an axially moving piston rod. The
movement is obtained by leading pressure oil to one side or the other side of the
piston. The piston rod has a crosshead with four transverse slots for sliding shoes, one
for each of the blades. The eccentric crank pin fits into the hole of the sliding shoe.
The crank pin ring is supported in a bearing lining, which is integrated with the hub
body. When the piston rod moves, the crank pin rotates with the circular movement
transmitted via the piston rod slot - sliding shoe and crank pin. Then the propeller
blade, which is fixed on the crank pin ring by screws, will turn. Each blade is
provided with a sealing ring to prevent water penetration to the hub or oil leakage.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING SA'
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 13 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
47240-E
Propeller blade
Crank pin ring
Sliding shoe
Piston rod (integrated)
How the movement of the piston rod is transmitted to the turning of blades
(principle sketch)
Pressure oil from the servomotor piston

The pressure oil is led to the required side of the piston in the hub servo through the
hole-bored propeller shaft and the oil inlet pipe. The oil distribution box in the gear
casing has two pressure chambers. One pressure chamber is connected to its side of
the servomotor piston via the channel formed by the hole bored into the propeller
shaft and the outside of the oil pipe. The second pressure chamber is connected to its
side of the servomotor piston via the oil inlet pipe. The oil distribution box is not
provided with low pressure seal and therefore there will always be a certain amount of
leakage into the gear casing. In this way, the oil is automatically refilled in the tank.
The four-way valve at the hydraulic unit (see under 'Hydraulic system') guides the
pressure oil via pipes and hoses to the required chamber. At the same time, the return
oil from the other chamber is draining. The oil inlet pipe is bolted to the piston rod
and follows its movement. The oil inlet pipe is connected to the feedback device via
linkage.
Drive svstem
The propeller is driven via a bevel gear in the gear casing. The pinion shaft is
mounted in the stay supporting the gear casing. The gear wheel is shrunk on the
propeller shaft. One spherical roller bearing and two taper roller bearings support the
pinion shaft.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
9 50
-ill . . . , . . > - . . . ,f-A\
t iwrna.
I I I I ' I ' I I I ' I I '
I-
I J J ) > > ; J J ; J I
;:
607
B25
1754
PRELIMINARY
*.mfr
0*1
DB
'
T>C)DB " ^ O D B >-'"'-"'*"> V - ^ e
TT 1850 I CP
DIMENSION DRAWING
THIS DRkUlNt NOT S COPIED NOR USED FOR lNOF*CTWINS PURKisa ogR WITTEN PEIMISSION (EITWR IS TO WOED
OVER TO NOR I N OTHER U>Y C O H N U N I U I E D J O IVIRO PMTV. INFRINGEH
T HILL LOO TO PROSECUTION.
Rolls-Royce
-K
HoUrleL
0
1
AI 20020827
1 I
60001 108289
107902
R>vtBlon
O I 3BB53Tchonge of parts
^ 0
Dmvn <fpmvM
oemî4t
List
021217 L5M
NoehlnlM t e L w w M 4
IIMOP dlMmlorw U I U M ttMniiM p M l f tad.Fer
D8
ToLe-
090
700
0 @
Tqf?er
(1000)- 2000
QOOOJ- 4000
)6
0,1
Mooo)-_aooo
CSl- 3 0
o i - 1
T5550CT55"
lO.S
Cl 2 0 ) - 3 1 5
120)-100
C315)-1000
6000)-20000
li4iflatlaA OMÎM*
! bf9rvd
^ f^j^j
! j
> j
,1
-iS4-
Ref.
,
ToLe-
Baal s i z f t
?!f
"
1130
Detoll
1,2
2
3
5
/ - i
<!)
<?).
VIEW B-B
Scale
>
> > I
>
>
>
>
>
S
SIONro
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1i5
1782
CI tern 2 6 .
109101)
PS 02 . 218
NOTE.
PS 0 2 6 . 2 1 9
1. Parts List on separate sheet.
41
SECTION D-D
VIEW C-C
Scale
Scale
1.2.5
SECTION E-E
SooLe
(WPw^no*
>
11

SECTION A-A
BHRl
1i2.5
"i
^4^"''''"
TT 1850 I CP
TUNNEL AND PROPELLER UNIT
THIS ORAKING ItUST HOT E6 (WIED HOR USED FORftWJFACTORINSPUR

POSES ITHOUI OUR i n e t PMISSIW KElTieR 19 TO BS ED
OVER TO mn IN OrtCR W*r COHUWICATH! j p IHIRD PARTIT. INFRINSE HILL LEW) PROSECUTim.
Q Ro!ls-R<^ce
4
-!!!
IS*U
1:7.5
S3 T
1
iDna
*^
1
60021 109100
1
'"
200205
109100
60021.109100
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
TUNNEL PROP.ENHET
TUNNEL PROP.UNIT
Betegnelse
Description
Rev.
Vgr.
T99P
Antall
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
216540
STAG
STAY
STK
* SE ORDRE *
* SEE ORDER *
STK
109101
PROP.ENHET
PROP.UNIT
STK
K141230
PROPELLHODE
ASS.PROP.HUB
STK
551499
PROPELLBLAD
PROP.BLADE
STK
216531
TANNHJUL
GEARWHEEL
STK
107836
PINJONG AKSEL
PINION SHAFT
STK
K983445
SKIVE
WASHER
12
STK
K983446
STYREHYLSE
GUIDE SLEEVE
12
STK
10
98261
6K.SKRU
HEX.SCREW
12
STK
11
92991
6K.SKRU
HEX.SCREW
15
STK
12
91012
O-RING
O-RING
STK
13
992004
LASEPLATE
STK
LOCKING PLATE
14
96848
EMNEBOLT 0
ROUND BAR 0
15
992010
MOLYCOTE G-RAPID PLUS

MOLYCOTE G-RAPlD PLUS
STK
16
992008
SEALING COMPOUND
SEALING COMPOUND
STK
17
K141995
ARR.FEEDBACK TT CP
ASS.FEEDBACK DEVICE TT CP
STK
18
413247
SKILT "PRODUKTSKILT"
SIGN "PRODUCT SIGN"
STK
29.04.03 14:20:15
Page 1 of 1
Ry|ton *(
REF. NOTE 3 ^
BHRT ( 7 1 ' D B I ^ - " - " - " " " " " -

TT 1850 I CP
PROPELLER UNIT
THIS mtnic
HusT NOT COPIES NOR USEII < PUR
POSES VITWUT OU) 1 9 1 PQIHISSiai NEtncR IS TO BE HANDED

OVER TO M r CONHJNIUIED J p A IMIRO . INFDINSE.
( ILL IfAD TO PBOSECUTIIM.
RoHs-Royce
^^^'^^
20020429
62200 109101
1
Of
38B53
IChonge
of
ports
List
Drawn tpprovc
021217ILSHI
DB
Ing to i i p i un UkAr^ tfiMU auntoroUtf^d.

Baalc e l z
!l
.J!
iia-1000
C3ia-iooo
''
af 1
VIEW N-N
Scale 1i1
SECTION I - I
Scale 1i2
THIS DRAUIKS HUSr NOT BE COPIED NOR USED POD HANUFACTURINO PUR
POSES klTHOUT OUR 1 1 1 P E R N l i O N NEITHER I S TO BE HMCEO
OVS) TO HOR IN OTIER AV COIMJNIUTEt) TO A THIRD P A R H , INFRINSE<
111 . lAD TO PROSEOITIOK.
I
3
C3)e
(E)30
C30)- 120
11203- 3 1 5
ToLe-
Basic s i z e
ransaa
iQ,1
iO,l
OOOM- 4000
"i73
0.S
tO
I
t
o..aa
(4000)- 8000
II (6)-1200
C12O001-1S000
II )flEOOO)-20000
II
-20000
I
mnsflg
*1.2
2
_*3
Revis
CI
38853
Revision comprises
Chor^ge oF parts List
Date
Drown ^pprovc
021217 LSM
Ing I ttd>d i h a > f b* flLwd.
DB
1<3>CS)-
3
6
30
c3o>- ]ib
0 2 0 ) - 315
| 1 , tor
^^
Rolls-Royce
7^
Basic siza
,1
0,5
*0.B
ToLe-
CI 000)- 2000
(2000)- 4000
C4000)- eooo
CeOOO)-12000
CI 2000)-16000
CI 6000)-20000
|kU
ktadlf
IM>
il.2
2
-i9kfrmcl
OMfrr^tran
BHR I -Pg DB I DV) DB

TT 1850 I CP
PROPELLER UNIT
TNIS ORAVIW MUST NOT BE COPIED NOR USED WNUFkCTrlNC PURPOSES uiTHOur m i T i B i PERHISSION mmat
is BE HMCED
OVER TO NOR IN OTIER COWUIICATB) TO THIRD . INFRIHOEffiHT mU- LEW TO PROSECUTION.
& r f M t K b n IStVR tSCQ R
1.2
"
^^^
AI 20020429
1=.
62200 109101
1
109101
62200.109101
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art. no.
PROP.ENHET
PROP.UNIT
Rev. Vgr.
A
T99P
Betegnelse
Description
Anta//
Quantit y
Enh.
Unit
107832
GEARHUS
GEAR HOUSING
STK
107834
ENDE DEKSEL
END COVER
STK
216530
ENDE DEKSEL
END COVER
STK
* SE ORDRE *
* SEE ORDER *
STK
* SE ORDRE *
* SEE ORDER *
STK
107840
PROP.AKSEL
PROP.SHAFT
STK
216532
LAGER HUS
BEARING HOUSING
STK
216533
LAGER DEKSEL
BEARING COVER
STK
107838
FLENSKOPLING
HUB COUPLING
STK
10
216538
OLJERR
OIL PIPE
STK
11
K983673
FORING
BUSHING
12
216539
FEEDBACK STANG
FEED BACK ROD
13
K983663
OD-BOKS DIA.
OD-BOX DIA.
STK
14
K983937
SKIVE
WASHER
STK
15
216537
ARM FEEDBACK
LEVER FEEDBACK
STK
16
311412
ARM
ARM
STK
17
K983875
CARRIER PIN TT CP
CARRIER PIN TT CP
STK
18
311409
FORING
LINER
STK
19
K983838
SKIVE TT CP
DISC TT CP
STK
21
216536
TETNING
GLAND
STK
22
K983666
PLATE TT CP
PLATE TT CP
STK
08.04.03 18:21:02
STK
STK
Page 1 of 6
109101
62200.109101
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
PROP.ENHET
PROP.UNIT
Betegnelse
Description
Rev.
Vgr.
T99P
Antal!
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
23
311413
DEKSEL
COVER
STK
24
311408
FORING
LINER
STK
25
216535
DEKSEL DRIVE SHAFT SEAL

COVER DRIVE SHAFT SEAL
STK
26
311410
STYREPINNE
GUIDE PIN
STK
27
9
8383
STYREHYLSE TT
GUIDE SLEEVE TT
STK
28
K983834
FEEDBACK STANG TT CP
FEED BACK ROD TT CP
STK
29
K983678
STRMNINGSDEKSEL TT CP
FAIRING COVER TT CP
STK
30
K983679
INNFRINGSPLUGG TT CP
INLET PLUG TT CP
STK
31
Kl12177
ADAPTER
ADAPTER
STK
32
K983183
DISTANSESKIVE TT
SPACING WASHER TT
STK
33
991391
PLASTELEM.RRKLEMME
PLAST.ELEM.PIPE CLAMP
STK
34
K954022
PLUGG
PLUG
STK
35
991398
TOPPLATE RRKLEMME
TOP PLATE PIPE CLAMP
STK
39
86005
LAGER SKF
BEARING SKF
STK
40
90361
LAGER SKF
BEARING SKF
STK
41
993011
LAGER SKF
BEARING SKF
STK
42
993014
LAGER SKF
BEARING SKF
STK
43
92705
LAGER SKF
BEARING SKF
STK
44
86080
LAGER SKF
BEARING
STK
45
96666
AKSELMUTTER KMT
COLLAR NUT KMT
STK
46
96614
AKSELMUTTER KMT
COLLAR NUT KMT
STK
08.04.0318:21:02
Page 2 of 6
109101
62200.109101
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
PROP.ENHET
PROP.UNIT
Rev. Vgr.
A
T99P
Betegnelse
Description
Anteil
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
47
992035
LAGER SKF GE
BEARING SKF GE
STK
49
993015
TETN.RING
SEALING RING
STK
50
993016
TETN.RING
SEALING RING
STK
51
992038
STEMPELRING
PISTON RING
STK
52
992039
STEMPELRING
PISTON RING
STK
53
993018
TETN.RING BABSL
SEALING RING
STK
55
992041
SKRAPERING
STRIPPER
STK
56
993013
V-RING NITRIL
V-RING NITRIL RUBBER
STK
57
93045
PAKNINGSSK.
BONDED SEAL
STK
58
94562
PAKNINGSSK.
BONDED SEAL
STK
60
992042
O-RING
O-RING
STK
61
82233
O-RING
O-RING
STK
62
992043
O-RING
0-RlNG
STK
63
992044
O-RING
O-RING
STK
64
90914
O-RING
O-RING
STK
65
900123
O-RING
O-RING
STK
66
93644
O-RING
O-RING
STK
67
90045
O-RING
O-RING
STK
68
90389
O-RING
O-RING
STK
69
993012
O-RING
O-RING
STK
71
90036
SEEGERRING A
CIRCLIP
STK
08.04.03 1B:21:02
Page 3 of 6
CD
eu
(
-o
7;
? w
m 7s
;<

W W
H
7;
73
m
H
w
Tv
H
7;
WW
00
w w WW

; w
m 7^
H
w
00
N3
CAJ
CD
J.
to
to
T;
H
7:
WW
WW
->|
to
00
vi
73
w
H
WW
73
W
H
7
; w
m :^

w
WW
to
s
CJ>
00
00
)
W
H
7
WW
00
li.
->|
to
>
to
VI
W
H
7
lO
W
H
7;
w
H
W
H
7
w w
<
O
^ w
m 7
w
W
H
7;
NJ
S?
to
VI
00
X
m ?^ m ?^
X w X w
w 5 w ^
5
m
VI
to
VI
-t.
-^
1,
00
00
ww ww
G < m ?^
:<
X w
7
m w w ?S
m
00
T)
H
7
to
"D m
VI
-vi
W
H
7
73
73 '
PO
ro
w
..
00
vi
<J>
vi
W
H
7
-V)
vi
00
73
to
00
-vi
t^
m
m S
> m
m m
73
|D Q
Tl
s:
> >
w
H
.
m m
13
73
H
7
G)
5
z
W
m
00
00
00
-|
VI
N5
-vi
00
il
II
g . CD
' "

11
03
CD
>
l|
to i^
<2
7.<
>
z m
70 Ti

M (
1 -
109101
62200.109101
PROP.UNIT
Art.nr.
Art.no.
Betegnelse
Description
93
92684
SYL.SKRU
SOCKET SCREW
95
94320
96
Posnr.
Item
Rev. Vgr.
A T99P
PROP.ENHET
Anteil
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
12
STK
SP.HYLSE
DOWEL
STK
85179
MONEL-SKIVE 0
WASHER MONEL 0
STK
97
93920
6K.MUTTER
HEX.NUT
STK
98
90067
LASETRAD 0
0,1
0,2
LOCK WIRE
99
95347
GJ. STANG
THREADED ROD
100
992047
KULELEDD
BALL JOINT
STK
101
992048
LENKEHODE AS
LINK HEAD
STK
103
992132
FLAMMEBESKYTTELSE
HOSE
1.5
DM
104
83374
EO-KROPP EW
EO-BODY EW
STK
105
900121
SLANGE RS
HOSE RS
STK
106
900122
SLANGE RS
HOSE RS
STK
107
992131
FLAMMEBESKYTTELSE HG
HOSE
108
991099
EO-2 MUTTER FM 12 S
EO-2 NUT FM 12 S
STK
109
93822
EO-KROPP GE
EO-BODY GE
STK
110
90509
PLUGG
PLUG TAPER
STK
111
90189
PLUGG VSTI R
PLUGVSTIR .
STK
112
83181
EO-PLUGG VSTI
EO-PLUG VSTI
STK
113
992049
PLUGG VSTI
PLUG VSTI
STK
114
83182
EO-PLUGG VSTI
EO-PLUG VSTI
STK
115
992050
ANODE JOTUN
ANODE JOTUN
STK
08.04.03 18:21:02
Page 5 of 6
0,8
109101
PROP.ENHET
62200.109101
PROP.UNIT
Art.nr.
Art.no.
Betegnelse
Description
117
992006
LOCHTE
LOCTITE
118
992051
LOCTITE
LOCTITE
STK
119
992008
SEALING COMPOUND
SEALING COMPOUND
STK
121
992234
PLUGG
PLUG
STK
122
992235
PLUGG
PLUG
STK
123
K141404
DEKSEL
COVER
STK
124
90235
SYL.SKRU
SOCKET SCREW
STK
Posnr.
Item
OS.04.03 18:21:03
Rev.
Vgr.
T99P
Anteil
Quantity
Enfi.
Unit
Page 6 of 6
^
le siz
c3)-
Tol-
Basic Blz
CI 000)- 2000
OOOO)- 4000
3
6
(iJ- 1
C120>- 315
*a,5
(120e0)-16000
(10
-20
) -20000
I o.B 1(1
I *e
(3ia-iooQ
xS
1/ACCORDINS METHOD INSTRUCTION 0 4 / 1 5
P a r t s L i s t on s e p o r o t e s h e e t
THE PLUG TO BE LOCKED BY SPOT WELD AFTER THE SHAFT
1**'"^
BESjnr
I S INSTALLED. THE SYSTEM I S OILFILLED AND VENTED
JA^
]'Uî^'aS2Jr5
^ ^ I ^l,Z
I
JPQ DB I ]
HUB _46XF6/4
ASSEMBLY DRAWINS
THIS OUWItS WSr KIT (E COPIED NO USES FOR -
poses iTKUT OU) WITTEN pcmissioM ( C i T i e i i s
i .
IN MY tdJKieilTEBJ! 1 . IWTMN-
LEM mcanim.
Rolls-Royce
jffl
BnS=
6Q2Q9
141230 _
tpfrw
Rv1lfln n n i y r l w
Iriing tolMBim f> t l M v dlavMlera

diam
NMhInIng
M ) U M I M 1 1 4.|
I nd ur^lM w.t^Tdt Id ffu
MM, a e TIS AMrg> Hwifd
t to raiUM.
Buaie a l z *
* -
(3)-
t120>- 31S
aia-.iw.
i a - j w . I >ff,B
If
(100(- 200O
QOOO}- 4000
1
20) -100
iom-Mooo
tisooai
*B
IWIf.bwM iHdlflddlldA 4l<
NOTE I
S E A L I N G COMPOUND
5EALINS
COMPOUND TO BE APPLIED
~10NDER
SCREW HDT
NOTE I I
THE PLUG TO BE LOCKED BY SPOT WELD
AFTER THE SHAFT 15 INSTALLED. THE

SYSTEM IS OILFILLED AND VENTED.
to.arr Dn-lpcln
vcsgrer
SSTTSttSCî-TV^
"Ts ^
Qg
mm Uta I
HyBJ6.XF6/4
ASSEMBLY DRAWING
THIS auMim
ILKS*'
2
wsT NOT BE CORIEB NOR USEO FOR HAMLFACTVRIHO -
nSES ITWVT OCR iniTTEN PQBIISSICM l E i n O I IS TO BE HIBCD

OVER TO NOR IN Oliet M Y COHHUNICATEDJO THIRD RRTY. gmiNOEHEHT IIIU. m a TD 5 | 0 .
Bf "
Rolls-Royce
,^y
6P2P9
/
20010705
1
r^'
986700
141230
1
K141230
PROPELLHODE
60200.R141230 ASS.PROP.HUB
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
Rev.
Betegnelse
Description
Vgr.
T99P
Anteil
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
K986201
PROPELLBOSS
HUB BODY
STK
8620
STEMPELSTANG
PISTON ROD
STK
986208
TAPPSKIVE
CRANK PIN RING
STK
986205
GLIDESKO
SLIDING SHOE
STK
986206
BLADBOLT
BLADE BOLT
24
STK
915818
STYREPINN
GUIDE PIN
STK
986122
STYREPINNE
GUIDE PIN
STK
983634
DEKSEL
COVER
STK
10
954022
PLUGG
PLUG
STK
11
986204
GLIDEKLOSS
SLIDING BAR
STK
12
983635
PLATE
PLATE
STK
18
992000
STEMPELRING GHH/C
PISTON RING GHH/C
STK
19
992042
0-RING
0-RING
STK
20
992428
0-RING
0-RING
STK
21
992002
0-RING
0-RING
STK
22
90918
6K.SKRU
HEX.SCREW
12
STK
23
90601
SYL.SKRU M
SOCKET SCREW M
STK
24
992003
FJR
SPRING
STK
25
992004
16
STK
LASEPLATE
LOCKING PLATE
26
992005
LASEPLATE
LOCKING PLATE
STK
28
992006
LOCTITE
LOCTITE
STK
18.03.03 07:54:04
Page 1 of 2
K141230
PROPELLHODE
60200.R141230 ASS.PROP.HUB
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item Art.no.
Rev. Vgr.
T99P
Betegnelse
Description
Antall
Quantity
29
992007
LOCHTE
LOCHTE
30
992008
SEALING COMPOUND
SEALING COMPOUND
31
992009
GREASE TEFLON PTFE

GREASE TEFLON PTFE
STK
32
992010

STK
18.03.03 07:54:04
Enh.
Unit
Page 2 of 2
STK
Revls
CI
Revision 0
1|
Dot
Drawn ^proved rfochlntng tclaroncafi for LInMr dlsanslona unUss tharvlM epclFId.For
rodll and cirvotum,bvl( and angl* , SMS 715 Ava-og ccortfIng to MfxiroU etomfcrd chMta l u i t b folUxml.
Basic s i z e
ToLe-
rangs
0,1
3
C3)6
( 6 J - 30
C30)- 120
CI 2 0 ) - 315
C315)-1000
todir. 2cn
0,1
0.2
0,3
0,5
0.8
ToLel'onces
1.2
2
3
Basic s i z e
(10003- 2000
C200Q)- 4000
C4000)- 8000
C80003-12000
CI 2000)-16000
CI 6000)-20000
lodlFleatlon ooap-lM
>itm
4
S
6
VIEW A
NOTE; THE INSTALLATION 15 MADE AFTER

THAT THE TUNNEL IS FINALLY
WELDED TO THE HULL STRUCTURE.
Scale 1 i 5
VIEW B-B
THE COUPLING/SHAFT ALIGNMENT

SHALL BE CHECKED AND RECORDED!
P o r t s L i s t on separate sheet
ItM
*I.Off
Dncrlptlcr
()F*r>M
THE FOUNDATION MUST BE TURNED

SO THAT THE FITTING HOLES
FOR THE TRANSMITTER WILL BE LOCATED
AS SHOWN (35") CVIEW B ) .
THIS DRAWING MUST NOT BE COPIED NOR USED FOR HANIFACTURING PUR
POSES WITHOUT OUR WRITTEN PERMISSION NEITHER IS TO BE HANDED
OVER TO NOR IN OTHER WAY COMMUNICATED J.0 A THIRD PARTY. INFRINGE
MENT WILL LEAD TO PROSECUTION.

Hoterlal
TOI.IMTÎ k
Dhdw ^./TVod.r. hol
PUsit
TKSP"
LSM
?| PC?
(DB
SurfoM textur* ISO/R 102 Re fm
III850_CP_ aiCV-035)
MOTORFOUNDATION, ASSY
Rolls-Royce
"V
V^^
T:
1:10
SSSI
V
A2 20020416
2164 0
62428 216683
1
216683
ARR.MOTORF.
62428.216683
ASS.MOTORF.
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
Rev.
Betegnelse
Description
108106
MOTORF.
MOTORF.
94266
Vgr.
T99P
Anteil
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
STK
6K.SKRU
HEX.SCREW
12
STK
91256
6K.SKRU
HEX.SCREW
STK
90250
6K.MUTTER
HEX.NUT
STK
85141
UNDERL.SK ST
PLAIN WASHER ST
STK
O6.06.OJ 14:28:40
Page 1 of 1
Pot
ippr^w
38037
MOTOR SIOE
11 1 teUrwM*
I t M r dlaaln* M M cthntm ^*
radtl mi T^vww.bMMta me wu
nil, sa TtS * )
Inf lip V f I # rmWmiil
Basic al
ToLe-
Basic Biz
(loom- 2000
C2000)- 4000
(4000)- aooo
73
NB!
- ISA
(120)- 1 5
15)-1000
OUTSIDE DIAMETRICAL EXPANSION OF COUPLING HUB
15 0.02SMM.
HU3T BE CONSIDERED WHEN FINAL HACH1N1N6
ToLc-
tu. S
*0-8
1

lupillH
OF TOOTH GEOMETRY.
(See n o t e 2.3
Plastic
disc
Item 7 ,
8 and 9 d u r i n g
for securing
of
transport.
NOTE 1 .
This drawing Is only for

information to class society
and other about followingi
Shrink Fit connection.
HechonicoL properties of material
Outside dianetrical expansion.
DIaens i ons.
Class approval is
suppliers responsabIlity.
NBI
AlS
OUTSIDE DIAMETRICAL EXPANSION OF COUPLING HUB

0.051MM.
MUST BE CONSIDERED WHEfJ FINAL MACHINING
OF TOOTH GEOMETRY.
(See n o t e
30
NOTE 2i
The coupling half mounted by keyway to the shaft.
Diametrical expansion of coupling hub after shrlnkfit to be 0,025niii.
This must be considered when final machining of tooth geometry in coupling.
Max. transnittable torque on keyway connection have to be estimated for
Item 2t
each load case.

NOTE 3i
Scale 4:1
Max. transmit tab Le torque on taper shrink connection i 12 500 Noi with service factor = 1.0
Actual torque nultiplied with actual service factor, to be less than 12 500 Nm.
Avoid quick heoting of coupling in order to maintain the hardened qualities
The coupling to be mounted by taper shrink fit to the shaft.
The coupling hub to be pulled-up 3.0 nm.
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES 2 C45 C45.

YIELD POINT
> Min 275 N/min2
TENSILE STRENGHT
1 Min 50 N/mm2
Min 1 X
ELONGATION
This must be considered when final machining of tooth geometry in coupling.
t e n . TQ mesEomai.
Sleeve
992476
Hub m o t o r
900000
2C55u3C55
Hub drive sheFt
992988
EN-42CrMo4
2C45U3C45
Item 3i
^^
Diametrical expansion of coi4>ling hub fter pull-up 3.5 no to be 0,051mm.
THIS ORAVI MJBT KIT BE COPIED WO ED POR hWIVACIUIINB PURposs uiTHOUT I U I miTTEN PSWISSION KEITWR I S TO BE W H O
) TO ) IH OTHER lUr COItUUOIBl TO 1 IKUO MtOI. UFUMI
Intermediate plote
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES 2 C55 CSSi

YIELD POINT
Min 300 N/mm2
TENSILE STRENGHT
I Min620 N/mm2
ELONGATION
. Min 12 X
Moss moment of inertia Jg? JCom'

Totol weight of coupling i ??? kg.
IMHI
"5
"IjPB I I S ) DB
GEAR COUPLING
HCCV 035 (090/0100)
Roils-Royce
zz^^
I 19
.5
1
AI 20020211
L
50503 109107 _
109107
60503.109107
BUET.KOPL
TOOTH.COUPL.
Art.nr.
Art.no.
Betegnelse
Description
992988
BOSS
HUB TOT.COUPL.
900000
BOSS
HUB
992476
KOPLING HYLSE
COUPLSLEEVE COUPL.
STK
992477
MELLOMPLATE
INTERM.PLATE COUPL.
STK
992475
FLENS BOLT
FLANGE BOLT COUPL.
STK
992478
MUTTER
NUT COUPL.
STK
311555
LOCKING PLATE COUPLI

LOCKING PLATE COUPLI
STK
992483
MELLOMSKIVE
SPACER
STK
992482
THRUST SKRU
THRUST SCREW
STK
10
992479
0-RING FLENS
0-RING FLANGE
STK
11
992480
0-RING KOPL.HYLSE
0-RING COUPL. SLEEVE
STK
12
992481
SIKR.PL.
SEC.PLATE
STK
Posnr.
Item
29.04.03 14:20:45
Rev.
A
Vgr.
T99I
Anteil
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
STK
STK
Page 1 of 1
MU-
-*
SI
1100
1300
150
laso
2000
2200
2400
250
2800
3000
3300
F
G
1.
H
LI
Tt
L2
rdl I OH g v m g f , b u and aL* , Tis ' -J
BIO eize
280
314
370
395
430
445
3
Q)6
30)-"
(120)- 31S
ai5)-iooo^
na-iooo
327
*0,1
0,1
.10^
362
414
436
473
490
Tle I
tO.B
Boslc sizo
I
ToLe-
r^*w>^
CJOOO)- 2000
(2000)- 4000
(4000)(8000)-i:
C12a00)-1G000
(16000)-200<yi
(1
) -7 |
^,
*1.2
2
5
B
fc&5)
Ports
L i s t on s e p o p o t e
sheet
.5
1 ^
DB r DB
t 1303 R e ^
TT CP
FEEDBACK DEVICE ASSEMBLY
THIS DRAWING HST NOT BE COPIED NOR USS> FOR HANUFACTU1IN5 PURPOSES WITHOin OUR URITTEK PERMISSION HftTHER I S TO SE HANDED
OVER TO NOR >N OTHER MAY COMfKHICATED J O A THIRD PARTY. INFRINCCHEHT tfia LEAD TO PROcUTION.
Roils-Rc^ce
20000928
6250G 141995f
1
K141995
ARR.FEEDBACK TT CP
62500.R141995
ASS.FEEDBACK DEVICE TT CP
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Aii.no.
Betegneise
Description
Rev.
Vgr.
T99P
Antall
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
K993764
BRAKETT TT CP
BRACKET TT CP
STK
K993766
ARMTTCP .
LEVER TT CP
STK
K993765
ARM TT CP
LEVER TT CP
STK
95347
GJ. STANG
THREADED ROD
90174
6K.SKRU
HEX.SCREW
STK
90455
SYL.SKRU M
SOCKET SCREW M
STK
90957
SYL.SKRU M
SOCKET SCREW M
STK
93920
6K.MUTTER
HEX.NUT
STK
992048
LENKEHODE AS
LINK HEAD
STK
10
K984664
ARRTRANSM.
ASSTRANSM.
STK
11
992006
LOCTITE
LOCTITE
STK
20.05.03 12:38:04
0,5
Page 1 of 1
I,
_.
TUNNEL THRUSTER
R o 11 S" R 0 y C 6
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 14 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
49084-E
STANDARD HEADER TANK

Hydraulic system
The pitch setting of the propeller is carried out by means of hydraulic oil pressure. For
this purpose a hydraulic pump unit and a header tank belong to the propeller
equipment.
Regarding the hydraulic system, see 'Hydraulic System Diagram'. The system is to be
maintained in such a way that it is always in the best condition. The oil
recommendations are to be followed, as well as the instructions given in the
maintenance chapter.
The hydraulic pump unit consists of:
a fixed displacement oil pump
an electric motor
a pressure relief valve
a sequence valve
a control valve
counter balance valves
a pressure maintaining valve
check valves
a return oil filter
a set of pressure switches
a pressure gauge
The header tank includes:
oil tank
a level switch
(temperature switch)
an air breather filter
a sounding rod
Pump unit
Pump 5
The pump is vertically mounted on the pump unit and driven by an electric motor.
The actual pump and motor data can be seen on 'Hydraulic System Diagram'.
Pressure relief valve (V64)
The pressure relief valve is to be set at start-up at a value of 120 bar (12 MP a)
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_^ ,1
_^
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 15 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
49084-E
Pressure maintaining valve (V67)

This valve maintains necessary pressure for lubricating the gear house. For setting
value, see 'Hydraulic System Diagram'.
Pressure switches
The hydraulic pump unit is normally equipped with two pressure switches (PS52) for
alarm at low oil pressure and one pressure switch (P553) for interlock stop drive
motor. The contacts are both for open of closed electric connection. Regarding actual
numbers of switches and pressure settings, see 'Hydraulic System'. (Normally pre-set
before delivery)
Control valve V60
The control valve is a solenoid-operated directional control valve with two solenoids
and spring centred. The solenoids are designed for 24 V DC and are actuated via the
remote control system. The valves can also be controlled manually.
Counter balance valves (V61) and (62)
The counter balance valves keep the propeller pitch in set position. The pressure valve
is adjusted in a special test rig before delivery.
Return oil filter (F53)
The oil filter is mounted on the pump unit, equipped with a 10 micron element. A
visual / electrical indicator provides a visual warning and an electrical signal, when an
element change is necessary. It is not possible to clean the element; it must be placed
with a new one. New elements are normally included in the standard spare part set.
The filter is also equipped with a by-pass valve (V55), which prevents element
damage in cases of extreme clogging or at cold start. Furthermore, a check valve
(V52) is installed after the filter to prevent oil leakage when changing the filter
element. (Note! The pump must be stopped before changing the element!)
The indicator can show 'red' at operation with cold oil. This does not necessarily
mean that the filter element is clogged.
Tminel Thruster
Rev.:
_^ Il
_j
R o l l s ' R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING SA^
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 16 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
49084-E
Oil pressure
The system is designed for a maximum working pressure of 140 bar (14 MPa)
Necessary pressure for manoeuvring the pitch is to be checked during the sea trial and
the relief valve is to be adjusted if necessary.
The pump pressvire is about 20 bar (2.0 MPa) when the control valve is in its middle
position. This pressure is set by the sequence valve (V51). The pressure can be higher
at starting up, if the oil is cold.
Header tank
The oil tank will work both as a main oil tank and as a header tank. Because of this, it
must be installed over the highest waterline as stated on the 'Hydraulic System
Drawing', so that a hydraulic over-pressure is achieved in the gear house and
propeller.
Level switch
The level switch for low oil level alarm is mounted in the tank top and can be easily
dismantled at testing.
Alarm point is about 80% of maximum oil volume.
Temperature switch
If required, a temperature switch for alarm signal at high oil temperature is installed in
the oil tank. Normal alarm point is 65C.
Starting up procedure
Please, see separate instruction.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
MAIN
MAX WORKING PRESSURE:
TOTAL OIL VOLUME:
THRUSTER UNIT:
PITCH SETTING TIME:
140 BAR
APPROX. 360 L
APPROX. 250 L
20 SECOND
PUMP TYPE: GEAR PUMP

CAPACITY: 10,5 LIT/MIN AT 1720 RPM
L0NNE/MEZ 7BA 100 L04
3,5kW AT 1704 RPM 440V 60Hz 3-PHASES
FULL LOAD CURRENT: 6,7A
STARTING CURRENT: 37,9A
LIST OF COMPONENTS
CHECK VALVE
VI,1
VI,2
CHECK VALVE
V51
SEOUENCE VALVE
CHECK VALVE
V52
V53
BALL VALVE
V54
BALL VALVE
V55
SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVE
V56
BALL VALVE
V57
BALL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
V60
V6I
COUNTER BALANCE VALVE
COUNTER BALANCE VALVE
V62
V64
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE MAINTAINING VALVE
V67
051
PRESSURE GAUGE
PS52
PRESSURE SWITCH (Alarm low pressure)
PS53
PRESSURE SWITCH ( I n t e r l o c k sbop)
PSl.l
PRESSURE SWITCH ( a u t o s t a r t P53)
PS1,1V SHUT OFF VALVE
PSI,2 PRESSURE ( a u t o s t a r t P51)
PSI,2V SHUT OFF VALVE
F53
RETURN FILTER
F55
AIR BREATHER FILTER
LS51
LEVEL SWITCH
SR51
SOUNDING ROD
DPAl
DI FF.PRESSURE ALARM
PS5T
TEST NIPPLE
AT/BT TEST NIPPLE
TEST NIPPLE
VT
RTI
TEST NIPPLE
TEST NIPPLE
RT2
OIL PRESSURE IN AA:

WATER FLOW DIRECTION FROM THE
PROPELLER TOWARDS THE GEAR HOUSE.
OIL PRESSURE IN BB:
WATER FLOW DIRECTION FROM THE
GEAR HOUSE TOWARDS THE PROPELLER.
PROPELLER ROTATION IS CLOCKWISE
SEEN FROM THE HUB SIDE.
V5I
V55
V61
V62
V64
V67
PRESSURE VALVES
SETTING
FIXED
20 BAR
1.4 BAR
150 BAR
150 BAR
120 BAR
IBAR
NORMALLY OPEN
[>^
NORMALLY CLOSED
M
EXTERNAL PIPINGS (YARD SUPPLY)

EXTERNAL PIPING CODED WITH F-FF, V-VV,
A-AA, B-BB, T-T AND S-S ARE NOT
ROLLS ROYCE MARINE SUPPLY.
PIPING TO BE CONNECTED TO THE EOUIPMENT
BY THE YARD.
PIPE TO BE PERFORMED AS SHORT AND STRAIGHT
AS POSSIBLE, WITH A MINIMUM OF BENDS.
PIPE MATERIAL: ACCORDING TO DIN239I,ST.37,4
FOR PIPE CODED A-AA AND B-BB ST.52,4 OR BETTER
MUST BE USED.
MAXIMUM PIPE LENGTH IS 15 M.
(tovisiorai Bw/CI
5 M ChQ.lnatr
d t t a i l i
HYDRAULISK SYSTEM DIAGRAM TT 1850 AUX CP S c o' l e

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM DIAGRAM TT 1850 AUX CP
440V 60HZ W/2 PUMPS
^:
Rolls-Royce
Rolls-RoyCB Uirioe AS. dspj Propuliioa UlilBin
N-6065 UsteinvA. Hotwo/
Tel.: 7 -700- 0 00
This drovino j i th erap-tu DT

R0LLS-flOrC pic. vxTnisC not
copi) or tht contKtta thervoT or am
jrTorvation r K i i v a d in conjunctiofi
t h c m i t h auit not tw iafn-tad to 0 4
unouthoriZMJ third party. I t iwGt M t
tM uBtd any Other projact than
for ihich i t M l orainally ortf
'
Ihe rvci^t oT Cht ornine \*V
thot th> cenditiona Mntiotwl
1 CT ocraptMJ.
Draan
m
-
*.
dloM cod I
60039
! - ^
9weti
1 1
107615
Al
107615
HYDR.SYS.DIA.TT1850AUX50/60HZ
Rev.
Vgr.
60039.107615
HYDR.SYS.DIA.7T1850AUX50/60HZ
T99P
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
Betegnelse
Description
Antall
Quantity
Enh.
Unit
311884
HYDR.MODUL
HYDR.MODULE
STK
216253
OLJETANK
OIL TANK
STK
311126
ARR.HANDP.DREN.THR.TT1100-2400
ARR.HANDP.DRAIN
STK
29.04.03 U:21:16
pgge 1 of 1
/tern
311884
HYDR.MODULTT1850AUXCP ++
65600.311884
P.UNIT PLP10.6.3 3.5kW440V60H
Aff.no.
Art.no.
Description
Rev.
Vgr.
T991
No.of
Date
Unit
STK
liâterial
Drawing
1 992360
65700.992360
P.AGG PLP 10.6.3 3.5kW 440V60Hz

HYDR.MODULE TT1850 AUX CP ++
2
19900101
992356
992356
VENT.BLOKK TT-6 SFR 2292040

1 STK
19900101
HYDRAC
992342
992342
FILTER HEK 45-30.155 SP010

HYDR.MODULE 1850 AUX CP ++
1 STK
19900101
I KRON
992345
992345
MAGNETVENT. MD1D-S2/50-24/CM
HYDR.MODULE TT1850 AUX CP+.+
19900101
DUPLOMATIC
992353
992353
NR.VENT1L FPRI'SPEG.I FRI 790050

1 STK
19900101
HYDRAC
992354
992354
REG.VENT.RV5 SPEC.MTI2550574
1 STK
19900101
HYDRAC
98106
98106
PRESSOSTAT MBC5100-2431-1DB04
4
19900101
DANFOSS
992355
992355
REG.VENT. MC-10A/OW2B GUL

1 STK
19900101
OLEOSTAR
992349
992349
SMUSSIND. DPMS 1.2 21DDPBR-NC

HYDR.MODULE TT1850 AUX CP++
1 STK
19900101
FAIREY-ARLON
10 992352
992352
NR.VENTIL UC10A/002B gul

1 STK
19900101
OLEOSTAR
11
LASTREG.VENTIL CBCA LHN

2
19900101
SUN
12 992348
992348
SEKVENSVENTL RSDC FEN

1 STK
19900101
SUN
13 992339
992339
MANOMETER O- 250BAR 6F63 1/4R

HYDR.MODLE 8 50 AUX CP ++
1 STK
19900101
CUUSEN
14 992346.
992346
N A L V E N T I L N B I O A / A M O B gul
HYDR.M0DULE 1850 AUX CP ++
1 STK
19900101
OLEOSTAR
15 84147
2739.911
KULEVENTIL PN20 11/4"

1
19900101
STK
MESSING
84147
16 992357
992357
SLANGE 90B1/2"F/RS1/2"F L=580

1
19900101
STK
17 96639
4530 96639
EO-MLEPUNKT EMA 3R 1/4

2
19900101
STK
9SMnPb28K
ERMETO
18 992337
992337
E O - M A L E P U N K T EMA 3R 3/8
1
19900101
STK
9SMnPb28K
ERMETO
19 992338
992338
SLANGE SMA3-1000+MVA1/4-MA3
1
19900101
STK
20 992343
61101.992343
KOPL.BOKS TT 1100-3300
1 STK
19900101
HYDRAC
21
MOTOR ADAPTERRING STR.100-112

2
19900101
HYDRAC
992344
992344
992381
992381
26.08.03 13:07:01
Page 1 av 2
CASAPPA
STK
STK
STK
PARKER
ERMETO
STK
311884
HYDR.MODUL m
65600.311884
PUMP FRAME 4953657B 2.PUMPS
Art.no.
Art.no.
22
23
24
25
850 AUX CP ++
Description
Rev.
Vgr.
T99I
No.of
Date
Unit
Material
Drawing
900913
900913
FUNDAMENT 4953657B 2.PUMPER

1 STK
19900101
HYDRAC
992382
992382
VENTILPLATE NG10-NG6
1 STK
19900101
HYDRAC
900424
900424
VENT.BLOKKJMS-639
2
19900101
STK
HYDRAC
900425
900425
NALVENTIL NFCC-KCN
2
19900101
STK
HYDR.MODULE TT1850 AUX CP_+*

NR.VENTIL RHD 20 S 0.5 BAR
HYDR.MODULE tT1850 AUX CP ++
2
19900101
STK
26 94204
RHD-20-S
26.08.0313:07:02
Page 2 av 2
. SUN
9SMnPb28K
ERMETO
sw i t c h
Air breather
i It e r wi t h
sound i ng rod
I
-Temp Sw i t c h
(Opt i o n )
0 10
TAMPING AREA
-Art.no.
-Cert.no.
-Charge n o .
-Test: n o .
(-Prod.no.)
(-NCR n o . )
11/4" BSP
2 " BSP
PIugged
Dro i n Conn
1 / 2 " BSP
Plugged
11/4" BSP
^f^
LS51 TS51
AM t
^
L 14 (x4)
^V'
Dra i n Conn
1 / 2 " BSP
Dro i
600
3 / 4 " BSP
1 / 2 " BSP
Plugged
I rid i c o t e s c o n n e c t i o n p o i n t s
rePered t o H y d r a u l i c System diagram.
WEIGHT!
APPROX.
5 5 Kg
(excl.oiI)
MAX : MAX O I L L E V E L - 8 5 L I T ,
M I N = M I N O I L LEVEL = 6 5 L I T .
ALARM = ALARM L E V E L = 5 5 L I T .
(COLD O I L )
Rev i s i ons Hw/CI A37342

I On.
dtoi
Dot
160801
DIMENSJON/TILKNYTNINGS PUNKT OLJETANK

DIMENSION/CONNECTION POINTS OILTANK
110 L
Rolls-Royce
Rolls-Royce Marine AS, dep^ Propulsion - Ulstein
N-6065 Ulsfeinvik. Norway
Tel.: *t7-700-U000
Scale
15.03.2001
!:5
zt.ii.ot
Chkd.
^}
Appp.
loss code :
Sheet 1
This *-owrng is the property
ROLLS-ROYCE pic. ond must not be
copied or the contents thereoT or any
Drawing number t
inrormotion recieved in con Miction
therewith must not be imported to any
unouthorized third porty. It must not
be used ony other project than
Based on: Uosslko):
Tor which it vos orginally ordered.
The reciept of the drawing Inplies
55
that the conditions mentioned
herein ore occepted.
"AZ
60001
1 orRev.:1
216260
I VENT INS =
THRUSTER
NOTEI The unit hos
FILLINS = >
VENTING
A-A
A3
NOTE!
IMMEDITELY UPON ARRIVAL THE PROPELLER UNIT SHALL BE
FILLED WITH OIL. OIL TYPE AND QUALITY ACC.TO ROLLS-ROYCE
INSTRUCTION 11866 OR 11867. SEE ALSO OUR INSTALLATION
DESCRIPTION.
THRUSTER
NOTE! The u n i t has.
''"" Mo.off
Deecrtptlon
Order He./Pred.gr. Ho.
FILLING
Tot.*lsht kg
2 OFF
= 1 OFF
Approvtd
VENTING
= 1 OFF
DB
db
SurFoce texture ISO/R 1302 Ra fim
'i
"V
A3 20010330
TT
Rolls-Royce
"7V"
^ ^
Dot
0.1__ NG_I_NSTRUCT I ON
PLACING OF SIGNS THIS DRAWING MUST NOT BE COPIED NOR USED FOR MANUFACTURING PUR
OVER TO NOR IN OTHER WAY COMMUN ICATED TO A THIRD PARTY. INFRINGE
MEMT WILL LEAD TO PROSECUTION.
Shalt
or
60001 311130
I
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 17 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
11867-E
REQUIREMENTS FOR HYDRAULIC OIL

A solvent refined mineral oil of good quality, containing additives against foaming
shall be used. The viscosity shall be within the limits in the diagram below. For work
in tropical waters only, choose viscosity on the upper limit and for arctic conditions,
on the lower limit. The viscosity of the oil shall be within the limits also after a long
time in service.

Shearing stability (for oils containing

VI improvers) decrease of viscosity
at 98.9C after shearing 250 cycles
max. 20%
Density (20C)
max 910 kg/m^
Flash point (COC)
minl80C
ASTM D 92
Emulsion test
30 min / 3 ml
ASTMD1401
Air release (50C)
10 min
DIN 51381
Corrosion test on copper (3 h 100C)
degree 2
DIN 51759
Rust test (24 h)
ASTM D 665
Timnel Thraster
Rev.:
DIN 51382
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Oxidation stability increase of

neutralising number after
1000 h max
Influence on packing material
(mat 70 NBR/769 Messrs Carl
Freudenberg GmbH) after 100 h
And 80C
Change in volume
Change in hardness
Sign: LOK
Page 18 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
11867-E
2.0 mg KOH/g oil
ASTM D 943
-1 to +4 %
4 shore
DIN 53521
DIN 53505
For steering propellers and thrusters, the oil must also fulfil the following
requirement:
Load carrying property (FZG gear test)
Load step 12
DIN 51354
Do not mix motor oil with other types of oil, even if they fulfil the requirements in
this specification. Very small amounts of motor oil in e.g. turbine or hydraulic oils
mean that the quality of these oils is considerably lowered.
The oil is changed when laboratory tests show that something of the following has
happened:
1. Too high neutralising number
2. Too low remaining amount of EP-additives
3. Too high amounts of insoluble particles in the oil
4. The viscosity is not within the limits in the diagram above.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
1:1
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Yard: SA'
TUNNEL THRUSTERS
Exaple of Suitable Lubrication Oils
Oil maker
Oil Designation
BP
ENERGOL GR-XP 68
CALTEX
REGAL MARINE 500
CASTROL
ALPHA SP 68
CHEVRON
NL GEAR COMPOUND 68
ELF
EPONA-Z 68
ELF
VISGA 68
ESSO
SPARTAN EP 68
FRANCE PETROLEUM
TOTAL CARTER EP 100
MOBIL
MOBIL GEAR 626
SHELL
OMALA OIL 68
TEXACO
MEROPA 68
Remark:
If other brands would be used, please contact us for consulting.
It has to be checked that the oil fiilfils our requirements stated in
11867-E Requirements for Hydraulic Oil.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
Sign: LOK
Page 19 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
49167-E
311262
65700.311262
Posnr. Art.nr.
Item
Art.no.
ARR.HANDP.M/FLENSER
ARR.HANDP.W/FL.
Betegnelse
Description
Rev. Vgr.
T99P
Antall
Quantity
84311
HANDPUMPE DESIGN A SIZE

HAND PUMP DESIGN A SIZE
84146
KULEVENTIL
BALL VALVE R
STK
90434
EO-KROPPEGE
EO-BODY EGE
STK
83324
EO-KROPPAS
EO-BODY AS
STK
20.03.03 15:11:46
Page 1 of 1
Enh.
Unit
STK
IL
_.
Il
RO11 S" KOyCe
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Yard: nNLING SA'
Sign: LOK
Page 20 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47276-E
DRIVE MOTOR AND STARTER

EL-MOTOR DRIFT B5M400LC4, Dimension drawing
STARTER A/T
Tunnel Thraster
B5_400 L 4 IM VI
P008381 1-8
Rev.:
0850
PIASTRA NON FORATA

UNDRILLED PLATE
Q:
<
s
1
liJ
1
i
1
i
1
DIMENSIONI
DIMENSIONS
PART. A
A lermini di legge e' rigorosamenle vietato riprodurre o comurricore a teni II contenuto della prsente tobello
MarelllMotorI
MOTORE
MOTOR
B5_400
.^
FORMA COSTRUTTIVA
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
^ .
^, ,
L > 4 POLI
IM VI
IN mm
REUMlNARY/2
Motori asincroni
Three-phase motors
Moteurs asynchrones
Asynchronmotoren
B5_ 355
B5 400
Motores asincronos
struzioni e avvertenze sulla sicurezza

Instructions and safety information
Instructions et avertissement pour la scurit
Betribsanleitung und allgemaine Sicherheitshinweise
instrucciones y advertencias de seguridad
MarelliMotori
'ASI.UM.017.1
ENGLISH
The motors which are the subject of these "instructions" are components designed for use in industrial areas (machines/plants)
and therefore cannot be treated as retail goods.
This documentation consequently contains information that is only suitable for use by qualified personnel. It must be used in
compliance with the regulations, laws and technical Standards in force and cannot under any circumstances tal<e the place of
plant standards or additional prescriptions, including any which are not legally enforceable, which have been issued with the
scope of ensuring safety.
Machines built to customer specifications or with constructional differences may differ in detail from the motors described herein.
If you encounter any difficulties please do not hesitate to contact Marelli Motori, specifying:
- the type of motor
- the full motor code number
- the serial number
General safety warning
DANGER
Electric rotating motors have dangerous parts: when operating they have live and rotating
components. Therefore:
- improper use,
- the removal of protective covers and the disconnection of protection devices,
- inadequate inspection and maintenance,
can result in severe personal injury or property damage.
The person responsible for safety must therefore ensure that the machine is transported, installed, operated, maintained and
repaired by qualified personnel only, that must have:
- specific training and experience,
"
.
- knowledge of applicable standards and laws,
- knowledge of the general safety regulations, national and local codes and plant requirements,
- the skill to recognise and avoid possible danger.
All maintenance and inspection operations must be carried out only with the authorisation of the person responsible for
safety, with the machine at a standstill, disconnected from the supply (including the auxiliary circuits such as the anticondensation heaters).
As the electric machine is a product to be installed in industrial areas, additional protective measures must be taken and
assured by the person responsible for the installation, if stricter protection conditions are required.
As the electric motor is a component to be coupled to another machine, it is the responsibility of the installing engineer to ensure,
during operation, proper protection against the risk of contact with bare rotating parts and to prevent people or things from
approaching the machine.
If the machine shows deviations from the normal perfonnance (higher power input, increase in temperature, noise and vibrations)
promptly advise the personnel responsible for maintenance.
1. Description.
These instructions refer to three-phase squirrel-cage motors, fan cooled type for low voltage supply, manufactured according to
the standards indicated on the name plate.
The protection degree of motors is shown on the name plate.
Noise level
The information refers to a wide range of motors and type variants. The noise emission data referring to specific size,
construction and speed are mentioned in catalogues and in product documentation, and are wnthin the limits stated by the
standards.
Bearings
A deep groove ball bearing axially locates the rotor in horizontally mounted machines.
In vertically mounted machines, the rotor is axially located by a radial ball bearing or by an angular contact ball bearing.
The floating bearings are deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings.
The motors are always equipped with regreasing devices.
The name plate indicates the type of bearings and the relubrication data.
Accessories
According to the customer's order the motors can be equipped with accessories, such as anticondensation heaters, thermistors,
fan unit, etc.
10
MarelliMotori
ENGLISH
2. Transport and storage
_rhe motor shall be carefully inspected on delivery in order to verify if damage occurred during transport; if any, it should be
Jferred directly to the haulier and to Marelli Motori, if possible with photographic documentation,
me motors have one or more lifting eyes for lifting and handling.
The lifting eyes are designed to support only the weight of the motor, not the weight of the set that Incorporates
the motor.
Lift and handle the motor as indicated in the figures below.
Horizontal type of construction
Vertical type of construction
\.
'
;
pi
When lowering the motor always make sure that it will rest on safe and stable supports.
The following table gives the weights of standard motors.
Weight of standard motors (kg)
Core ength
^
Motor size
LB
LC
LD
LA
2500
2000
2400
355
1800
2900
3100
3200
400
2700
LE
2400
-
LF
2500
-
If the motor is not put into operation immediately, it should be stored in a covered area that is clean, dry and vibration-free.
Detailed information for long term storage may be supplied by Marelli Motori if requested.
3. Installation
3.1 Checks before installation
Before installing the motor, make sure that the name plate data correspond to the power supply and operating
conditions and that the installation complies with the manufacture's recommendations.
Check that vertical construction machines, with shaft extension downwards, are provided with a canopy.
Make sure that the motors to be used in particular ambient conditions are equipped with adequate solutions to operate correctly:
tropicalization treatment, protection against direct sun radiation, etc.
Make sure that the operating speed will not exceed the maximum speed specified by the manufacturer (control and protection
devices shall be used if necessary).
',.,.
Remove, if present, the locking rotor device, fixed by means of a screw on the shaft extension hole.
n vertical motors, the rotor locking device must be removed only after the motor is in the vertical position.
Ex-n construction motors.

Make sure that the construction degree of protection and the temperature class shown on the name plate are
in compliance with ambient conditions (class for places and zone category) and hazardous substances
present in the environment.
3.2 Insulation testing

Before starting up the machine and after long periods at standstill or in storage, the insulation resistance of the windings to earth
and between phases should be measured using a suitable direct cun-ent instrument (500 V).
Never touch the terminals during and immediately after measurement since they may carry dangerous
voltages.
The ins The insulation resistance, measured with a winding temperature of 25C, should never be less than:
- 10 MQ for a new winding
- 1 for windings of a motor having operated for long periods.
Lower values normally indicate the presence of moisture in the windings. If this is the case dry them, in order to obtain an
insulation resistance value higher than the minimum one required.
3.3 Balancing a n d assembling of the transmission element
' Iniess othenwise indicated the rotor is balanced dynamically with a half-key fitted on the shaft extension.
he transmission element should therefore be balanced with a half-key before fitting.
The transmission element should be fitted with the utmost care, without any blows that might damage the bearings.
Generally speaking, the element should be hot mounted. We recommend heating the component at a temperature of 80-100C
(during heating, remove from the transmission element any elastic part subject to deterioration).
11
MarelliMotori
ENGLISH
For common applications and if not otherwise stated by the coupling manufacturer the following margins of tolerance can be
applied for the hub of the coupling.
J/-
D
75 H7
100 H7
F
20 P9
28 P9
G
79,9 ^'^
106,4^"'^
'/
3.4 Installation conditions
Install the motor in a ventilated room, far from sources of heat and place it so that no obstacles can obstruct the ventilation
openings. Wann exhaust air must not be drawn in again. Ensure that inspections and maintenance will be easy when the motor
is installed.
The motors should be supported by a baseplate or a flat foundation suitable to avoid vibrations and sufficiently rigid to keep
the alignment.
Motors fixed by their mounting feet to the wall (type of construction IMV5; IMVe) should be supported by proper additional
supports.
Pay special attention to providing proper guards to prevent accidental contact with rotating parts and with
those parts of the frame whose temperature may rise to and exceed SCC.
If thermal protections are used, take measures to prevent any hazard related to sudden unexpected restarting.
The motors have to be equipped with devices providing electrical protection against short circuits, overloads and reinsertions that
I could cause overvoltages.
For belt drive applications the motor should be installed with the axle parallel to that of the driven machine, to avoid axial stress
on the supports, and on slide rails, to allow regulation of the belt tension.
During operation never exceed the maximum permissible axial and radial loads (see catalogues or con'tact Marelli Motori).
Belt drives are to be avoided for motors Ex-n construction, and in any case have to be made in such a way to
prevent electrostatic charges from accumulating on the moving belt, causing sparks.
3.5 Alignment
Align the motor and the drive machine very carefully. Inaccurate alignment may result Iri vibrations, damage to the bearings
and even shaft extension fracture.
To checi< the alignment verify with a comparator or a thickness caliper that the distance between the half-couplings is the same
all the way around and check with a comparator or a rule that the external suri'ace of the half-couplings are coaxial.
3-
The check must be performed in four diametrically opposite points.

The alignment en-ors should be in the limits stated by the coupling manufacturer and corrected by side displacement or using
shims placed between the feet and the base.
Always double-check alignment after tightening fixing bolts. By hand verify that the rotor turns easily.
3.6 Water drain holes

The motors are equipped with water drainage plugs: in the lower part of the frame, between the feet in horizontal motors and on
the end shield in vertical motors. Drain condensation regulariy. Under certain environmental conditions it may be appropriate to
remove the plugs. In any case plugs on motors operating in hazardous zones must never be removed.
Without plugs the motor degree of protection will be reduced.
12
MarelliMotori
ENGLISH
3.7 Electrical connection
A,
A,
| \ /*t\
Work on the electric machine should be carried out with the machine stopped and disconnected from
^f^g power supply (including auxiliary circuits, such as anti-condensation heaters).
The connection diagram for standard motors is illustrated in part 6.

Use power supply cables of such a size suitable for the maximum current absorbed by the motor, avoiding overheating and/or
voltage drops.
Prevent the transmission of mechanical stresses to the motor terminals.
Check that the temiinal nuts are firmly tightened.
IVIake sure that gaskets are in perfect condition, that unused cable-entry openings are closed and that the requirements
concerning the degree of protection shown on the name plate are fulfilled.
i..
The potential-equalizing connections to the earth terminals on the frame and in the temninal box must be sized with a
" ^
suitable cross-section area and made in compliance with the Standards in force.
The connections contact surfaces must be clean and protected against corrosion.
Ex-n construction motors.
The connection should be made in such a way as:
- to avoid loosening using the proper antiloosening washer,
- to assure contact without damaging the leads.
Make sure that the safety distances between bare live parts are maintained.
Connecting up the auxiliary circuits (if present). The terminals are usually placed in an auxilliary terminal box.
Thermal protection devices.
^heck the type of protective device before connecting it up. Thermistors require a suitable trip relay.
Anti-condensation heaters.
The anti-condensation heaters must be powered by separate lines. They must never under any circumstances be powered when
the motor is running.
Auxiliary fan unit.
Connect the power supply to the motor of the fan separately from the main motor. 1
1 a device which only enables
operation of the main motor when the fan unit is on.
3.8 Commissioning
Before starting up check if installation, alignment, electrical connection and earthing are correctly performed.
Make sure that all protective measures against contact with live or rotating parts have been arranged, and that ventilation
openings are not obstructed.
We recommend to replace the grease in the supports of motors that have been stored under favourable conditions (dry, dust and
vibration-free rooms) for a period of 3 years or more.
Verify by hand that the rotor turns freely (without touching).
Start up the motor and check the direction of rotation, the mechanical noise, the name plate rating data and the bearing
temperature.
'.
Maintenance
All maintenance and inspection operations must be carried out with the machine at a standstill and
disconnected from the power supply (including auxiliary circuits, especially the anticondensation
heaters).
The drawings in part 5, referring to standard motors, contain useful information for qualified personnel for working operation on
the motor.
Special construction motors may differ in details from those illustrated.
4.1 Inspections and maintenance intervals

The inspection and maintenance frequency may differ depending on each case, the importance of the plant, ambient conditions
(dust, etc.), operating conditions (load, number of starts, etc.).
As a general rule, this kind of machine should be subjected to a first inspection after approx. 500 operating hours (in any case not
more than 1 year) and subsequent inspections when relubricating (see lubrication) or carrying out overhauls.
When performing inspections check that:
- the motor operates smoothly, without noise or irregular vibrations due to bearing deterioration,
- the operating data complies with the rating data,
- the air inlet openings are not obstructed,
- the supply cables show no signs of deterioration and connections are firmly tight,
- no grease leakages from supports,
the transmission elements are in perfect condition and with belt-drive coupling the belt tension does not exceed the
permissible load.
For the above inspections it is not necessary to dismantle the machine.
13
maximum
MareiliMotori
ENGLISH
'
Dismantling is only necessary when the bearings are cleaned or replaced and in that occasion the following additional checks are
required:
- alignment,
insulation resistance,
- tightening of ail fixing bolts, screws and nuts.
Any deviations or changes found during inspection must be corrected immediately.,
4.2 Lubrication
Initial lubrication
For initial charge of standard motor bearings a grease with mineral oil as basic oil and lithium soap as thickener, NLGI consistency grade
3, is used.
IVIotors for unfavourable operating conditions can be lubricated with special grease.
The name plate indicates the type of grease, the quantity and the relubrication intervals. For standard motors relubrication data applies for
neutral ambient conditions, at the rated speed, with almost vibration-free mnning, without any additional axial or radial load.
Always clean regreasing device before forcing in the grease, remove the exhausted grease plug on the endshield and turn the
rotor in order to distribute the new grease inside the bearing.
Immediately after regreasing the bearing temperature rises (10-15 C) for a while, and-then drops to normal values after the
grease has been uniformly distributed and the exceeding grease displaced from the bearing.
An excessive quantity of grease causes bearing self heating.
After regreasing close the exhausted grease opening with the plug.
Support cleaning and grease renewal
When carrying out a complete overhaul, clean the bearing, the bearing housing and renew the grease.
After dismantling the motor clean the bearing and the bearing housing of old grease, dry them, check the bearing for running
clearance and if necessary replace it.
Fill all the empty spaces inside the bearing with new grease, do not fill the side-spaces of the bearing housing.
Recommended grease types
Esso - Beacon 3; Shell - Alvania 3; Mobil - Mobilux 3.
Mixing different greases (thickener, basic oil) reduces their quality and therefore is to be avoided.
4.3 Dismantling and assembling
Any operation whatsoever must be carried out in compliance with laws and regulations for safety and accident
prevention.
Pay special attention not to damage the windings.

If necessary, mark components when dismantling, in order to locate them in their correct position when assembling. Bearings
and components assembled with interference fit have to be removed with pullers or extractors. Avoid sha blows that may
damage the pieces.
If it is necessary to operate on the locating bearing of vertically mounted machines support the rotor.
When assembling, heat the ball bearing or only the inner ring gf roller bearings to a temperature of approx. 80C and slip them on
the shaft.
''. . v
When installing angular contact ball bearings make sure of their correct arrangement depending on load direction.
On reassembly, matching machined surfaces on frame, endshields, bearing caps, etc., must be cleaned and coated with a
suitable non-hardening sealing paste or with grease to guarantee the motor degree of protection.
Screws, nuts and washers should be correctly assembled. If a locking element has to be replaced, make sure that the new one is
of the same type and same resistance class of the original.
The following table indicates the tightening torques valid for locking screws and nuts:
Tightening torques in Nm
Application
Fixing of electrical connections

Fixing of components(endshields, bearing caps, etc).
Fixing of feet or flange.
rhread (jiamete
M5
M6
MS
MIO
M12
Ml 6
M20
M24
M27
M30
2.5
12
20
40
22
45
75
180
350
620
900
1200
4.4 Spare parts

in case of ordering spare parts always state the motor type arid code as shown on the name plate.
The component designation will be the same as the one given on part 5.
Some standardized components (screws, nuts, bearings, etc.) are available from specialised dealers.
When ordering bearings state the complete designation with the suffix (it may indicate special characteristics).
The designation can be taken from either the name plate or directly from the outer ring of the installed bearing.
If the motor is equipped with an electrically insulated bearing (usually on the N-end, B5F series) this should be replaced with one
of the same type.
14
MarelliMotori
MarelliMotori
S.p.A.
if
PART OF THE '^ FKI GROUP OF COMPANIES
Aizignino
I I
1 1
t
-" :^
Jr
http
r,\
\\\ I t com'mm
e tt il' silfs 1 (III fl4 t m
'--5-^r^J-'^-^^
I i^^^^- ^ - ^
-^ -^j^:
.:--:^-><
GREAT B R I T A I N
MARELLI
Ltd
Meadow Lane
Loughborough
Leicester
LEHINB
(T)+441509.615518
(F) +441509.615514
e-mail: sales@amco.fl(i-eng.com
GERMANY
FKI Elektromaschlnen &
Antriebstechnik
Heilswannenweg 50
31008 Elze - Genrany
(0+49.5068.462-400
(F) +49.5068.462-409
e-mail: FKI_EA@froudehofmann.de
FRANCE
MARELLIMOTORI
21 rue Francois Garcin
69003 Lyon - France
(T) +33.4.78602502
(F) +33.4.78602737
e-mail: sales@marelli.fki-eng.com
ASIA P A C I F I C
Marelli Motori Asia Pacific
FKI Asia Pacific SdnBdh
Lot7.JalanMajisuetU1/26
Hicom - Glenmarie Industrial Park
40150ShahAlam
Selangor D.E., Malaysia
(T) +60.3.705.3736
U60.3.703.9625
.-mail: fkiasia@pojaring.my
SOUTH A F R I C A
FKI Rotating Machines South Africa
P.O. Box 417,
Comer Main Reef & Wigelspruit Roads
Technikon, Roodeport
Gauteng 1724, South Africa
m+27.11.764.4673
(F) +27.11.764.4687
e-mail: fki@iafrica.com
M I D D L E EAST
FKI Rotating Machines Middle East
C/o Modem Centre of Business Services
P.O. Box 60, Mina AI Fahal
Postal Code 116
Sultanate of Oman
(T) +968.692283
(F)+968.602915
e-mail: janefkl@omantel.net.om
SPAIN
Dimotor
Espronceda 63-65
E-08005 Barcellona - Spain
(T) +34.93.3082508
(F) +34.93.3088885
THE NETHERLANDS
BRUSH HMAb.v.
Ringdyk 390B
2983 GS Ridderkerk, The Netherlands
(T) +31.180.445.500
(F)+31.180.445.866
e-mail: general@hma.fki-eLcom
USA
VENEZUELA
FKI Rotating Machines Ine
Giern de Venezuela CA.
Northchase Business Centre, # 220
Calle 6 / calle 8
14503 Bammel North Houston Road
La Urbina
Houston, Texas 77014, USA
Caracas - Edif. CO.EM.SA
(T)+1.281.580.1314
(I) +58.2.2435816 - 2437342
(F)+1.281.580.5801
(F)+58.2.2419028-2419045
e-mail: 9iemvenezuela@cantv.net e-mail: sales@houston.rm.fki-eng.com
MARELLI MOroRt si risefva il diritto dl modificate il progetto. le cvaneristiche tecnidie e le dimensioiii pef aggiornafe e migliorare i propri prodotti. alcun preawiso.
MARLL I MOTRl reserves die rigtit to change t i design. tecTviical specKlcstion and dimensiofls in order to update v improve its products. wUtnA prior nrxice.
MANUFACTURE:
fl^ gg gjg
ABB AS
AUSTEVOLL 5394 Kolbeinsvlk
ABB O.NO.:
P008381
OWG NO.:P008381
CLASS.SOCIETY:
DATE: 23.10.02
SYSTEM: - ^ - Autocad R14
SYSTEM: A3
BUREAU VERITAS (JLZ0251+502) / GERMANISCHER LOYD (JLZ2053+504-)
mis DRAVflNC IS NOT TO BE USE FCR

CONSTRUCTION OR FCR ORDERING
MATERIAL UNTIL APPROVED AND DATED
Blad. no,
DRAWN BY: . . .
BYTHH
DATE 23.10.D2
REV.NO.
Dcacrip Ilion
DATE
BY
DESCRIPTION
ARRANGEMENT
POWER CIRCUIT
CONTROL CIRCUIT I
CONTROL CIRCUIT II
ALARMS AND TERMINALS
EQUIPM ENTLIST
ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS
A S BliflLT
BY.
DATE
CUSTOMER:
sLiSTBIC
BERGEN.NDRmY - TU".:+47 55 50 60 70 - FAX.:+47 55 50 60 99
O.NO.:
48152
DATE:
17.10.02
(j
Thruster starter
PROJECT:
HULL: JINLING SHIPYARD H.No JLZ02501/502/503/504
2002044/1+2
2002045/1 + 2
TYPE: AUTOTRANSFORMER STARTER
ATAE1600-2
POWER:
lOOOKw
VOLTAGE: 3X440V
FREQUENCY
BOhz
CURRENT:ln= 1600A
CHKO.
1<.77 n
^^5
S7 SB
fi
FJ
.m.
XI
h UP2
4
LI
L2 L3
S0%0St/Hl
TRANSF.
V3
It
<
^ ZT
4 0 0 KG
COLOUR RAL5I4
12
&Ml(^t

lAOOW
-' ) !
Qidrtn I
DOftu
sianoitr
câares
niMUMiWf-iKwajntTt
ABB AS
AUSTEVQLL S 3 9 4 . Kulbelnwlk
ILT. BeiSIMD TELEFU MIBISZ)
7 9
600
PravJM .
fflRUSTtR STARTER
P008381
ARRANGEMENT
TYPE: ATAE 160<2
VOLTAGE; 3X44DV FP
71||
'3^CY:6CHz
lOOOkW
48152-1
CD
'
CD
a
oo
OJ
GO
I-
F >
Ril
S-5 5 5 - 5 -5
IBI:
Z
Z
jo
<
m
Ti
l>
-n ^
i=i-i
3 î
te
le is IS- " g i l
ici IS
m-^-ill
nm
ZOl
Is | 2 ,
!* 2 2 2
: bf. gg f
a"=
4h
^1
F^^r=^
-4-
T H ^ I S T O R S ^ MOTOR \
"^
ES-J
"1
E^p^p^^3'
-4-
~l
IN TRANSFORMER ~l
THERMISTORS IN MOTOR
THERMISTOR
Fâ
~V
7^
T^sr
-S^
<
00
X
en
Q
1
M
Vr-t'S--
en
<
230V 60Hz
2/J ' ^
K1l\
-20\
7
- X I . .18
-%'
SERVO OIL
PRESSA
PSJS.^ 1 * START
1
REO.
HOV
^ "
ri
D3
U-l-
MIMIC
PANEL
U-h
-Klg^
Kl
un
01
SB
^^
A1
crri
Kt.4-
57
U1
U-
U-
U2
A2
Tin
P2
-2
? PMS
> READY
ti
OVERRIDE LI
/ PMS FROM /
(i
MAIN SWB. (2
-K14-IIZ]
OVERHEAT
-KIICZ]
A3
SH.3
AI
AI
At
-Ki7a
|A1
-Kiecril-Ki9 HZ]
A2
*i
5 SEC, ""^
-K20O
A2
K17
1 8
K17B
A3
li'
u ' ns.
4 p i t
-A* 4/3
' */7
'i*
S4
Ll^'U'^
ABB AS
AUSTEVOa
Dotft
5394-
-UJWSWWT
OVERLOAD
KolbcInsvOt
- ^
b 5/4
VI
V2
Pre>M nr.
TWRUSTER STARTER
i u . seiaiMa iDfFAx Miaiijo
0>lc>nt
Dldltn I
K19,
'' '
oineni
MAIN MOTOR
HOUR
RUN
COUNTER
'
Mu r
HI
2 SEC. * "
-IC17 t o u u a r
0 EEC; V)HEN
i N c n v D v a
START
INTERLOCKING
P008381
CONTROL CIROJIT II
TYPE:ATAE1600-2
VOLTAGE; 3X44DV
'ENCY: eOHz
BT lOOOkW
48152-4
-li'
CD
N5
O
O
>
>-
c:
8 a^
3
I QO
jfl
5 3 2
I-
tn <A
ess ieaug
CONIROL SGNALS
1.
SERVOPUMP RUNNING
OVERLOAD SERVOPUMP
ii!
11
ill
o
Q
00
-%
"4i
3}ICISEa t
' -^
c:
>S
&3
TI
H r f =n c:
>n OD
\ >
Ii
s Q ^
^.
' I
I
I
7
:"
"^"45
^ 4
- to
^5
$
6
^5
%k
:t
ik
S5
-5
-O
RUNNING SPARE
RUNNING SPARE
SPARE
li
R U N N I N G SPARE
OVERLOAD INDICATION
MOTOR N O T RUNNINO
SGNAL IN OPERATION
S E R V C P U M P RUNNING
RUNNING SPARE
~%
REF.
TEXT
MANUFACTURER
TYPE
ENCLOSURE
ELDON
CD20126
Kl
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
MITSUBISHI
AE160QSS/ UVT 230V
K2-K3
K5
CONTACTOR
CONTAKTOR
MITSUBISHI
MITSUBISHI
SK600 - 440V
SN10- 230V+UN-AX 42A2B
FI
F5
DERMAL 0\RLOAD RELAY

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY
MITSUBISHI
MITSUBISHI
TH-N12 KPCX
TH-N12 KP
K11
K12
K14
K20
AUX.RELAY
MITSUBISHI
SRN 42A2B
440V
60HZ
AUX.RELAY
MITSUBISHI
SRN 43A1B+ UNTR4AN
440V
60HZ
AUX.RELAY
AUX.RELAY
MITSUBISHI
MITSUBISHI
SRN 43A1B+ UN-AX42A2B
230V
60HZ
SRN 43A1B
230V
60HZ
KI7B. K19
K17-K18
AUX.RELAY
AUX.RELAY
MITSUBISHI
ABB
SRN 42A2B
N31E + TP40I
230V 60HZ
23V 60HZ
F4
FUSE
WEIDEMULLER
VISI6
F7-Fa-F9.
TERMISTOR RELAY
ABB
C505.02 - 230V
F2-F3
FUSE
NEOZED
Tl-3
T4
PI
RI
S4
S2/S3/H3
55/H5
SO/HO
S1/H1
H2
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
CIRCUTOR
CURRENT TTÂNSFORMER
CIRCUTOR
TA60 2000/1
AMMETER
HEATER
CIRCUTOR
EC96 0-2000/4000/1A
HIMEL
RC90 - 230V
+ UNHZCX
2A
D02 20A
-
2.8-4,4A
5.2-BA
D01 10A.
TA30 2000/5
SWITCH
TELEMECANIQUE
ZB2-BZ101+ZB2-BD2
START/STOP/PILOTLAMP
TELEMECANIQUE
ZB4BW823+ZB2-BW87354
ILLUMINATED SWITCH
PUSHBUTTON/PiLOTIAMP
TELEMECANIQUE
ZBZ-BWD941+Z02-BK1Z6
TELEMECANIQUE
ZB2-BW0941+ZB2-BW34
PUSHBUTTON/PILOTIAMP
TELEMECANIQUE
ZB2-BW0941+ZB2-BW33
PILOTUMP
TELEMECANIQUE
ZB2-BW0941+ZB2-BV04
sa
SWITCH
KRAUSS&NAUMER
CA20-A223-60VE2
S7
T5
SWITCH
KRAUSUNAUMER
CA10-A220-600VE2
TTÂNSFORMER
NORATEL
440/230V
P2
XI, X2
HOURCOUNTER
GRUNNER
UWZ 4aL
TERMINALS
WEIDEMULLER
WDU 2,5
NIIÎ
Ehdrfn I
Dertu Blenafur
^PHOrS
misamui-vsmiiwK
ABB AS
THRUSTER STARTER
AUSTEVQUL 5394- Kolbelnwlk

TU, ssisiMo lEifFM
EQUIPMENTIJST
TYPE: 0 0-2
VOLTAGE; 3XOV F'
400VA
230V 60Hz
Prv>M nr.
P008381
lENCY! 60Hz
lOOOkW
Tgi,ir.
48152-6
BkJ
CD
-J
The cable Is fed fronn underneath the transformer and nto connecting-strips.
Ventilation inlet/outlet in bottom and under top cover.
IP 22
Weight approx. 323kg
utam
Dldttn I
9l9M<ir
Oxb^l
(^.
Nam
\amaiiH-iia/e^v4fn
ABB AS
NORATEL
AUSTEVOa 5394. KolbelnivO
start transformer 3LT 80
PreijM nr.
P008381
|||1>
H f . EeiBIMO -IQEFIOI UtBIIZQ
trsnnv
BT 1000kW
48152-
^
,1
-^
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 21 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47249-E
OPERATING INSTRUCTION
Before starting the tunnel thruster

1. Check that power is available.
2. Start the electric driven hydraulic .
3. Check that there is no alarm.
4. The pitch will automatically go to zero.
Starting drive motor

1. Start the drive motor.
2. Check that drive motor has started. Lamp indicates drive motor running.
3. The tunnel thruster is now ready for use.
Operation
1. Select control panel by pushing the "COMMAND REQUEST" push button. When
"IN COMMAND" lamp lights, the control panel is in command.
2. The propeller thrust can now be manoeuvred in desired direction by means of the
control lever.
3. The propeller thrust is approximately proportional to the position of the control
lever, via the pitch curve.
Stopping the tunnel thruster

1. Set the control lever to 0-position.
2. Stop the drive motor.
3. Stop the electric driven hydraulic pump.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_.
Il
-.
K o 11 S " R o y c e
1:
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 22 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47265
1. Tunnel with propeller unit

In order to keep the transverse force (thrust), which we specify, the propeller must be
installed with its centre at least one propeller diameter below the light waterline and
with the connections tunnel - hull with chamfer as shown in drawing 'Tunnel
installation rec'. Please note that specified thrust value is nominal propeller thrust. To
obtain net thrust (bollard pull), corrections for tunnel length, frame angle, outline
angle, tunnel grids etc. must be considered.
The installation of the tunnel in the vessel can be made in the following order.
The tunnel extensions shall be placed against the ends of the propeller tunnel and shall
be blocked up. During the welding, the propeller must be protected against welding
sparks.
For some installations, it is necessary to connect the tunnel shell plate to webs,
frames, tank top etc. and in order to facilitate the connection to the hull structure, it
can sometimes be advantageous to provide the tunnel with connection bars before
installation. These can also be delivered from Rolls Royce Marine AS at an additional
price.
See also our separate 'Welding instruction'.
m
If agreed in the order of documents, the thruster unit can be supplied with motor
foundation (optional)
The motor foundation is delivered separately and will be bolted to the top flange on
the tunnel.
The installation is made after the tunnel is finally welded to the hull structure.
2. Shaftline, shaft coupling (optional)
The coupling / shaft alignment shall be checked and recorded.
The coupling and intermediate shafts (if any) shall be easily accessible for mounting /
dismantling and for lubricating of the support bearings, if any.
3. For installation of el motor or hydraulic motor, see separate installation

description (from supplier)
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_^ II
-y
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 23 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
47265-E
4. Hydraulic system
The hydraulic system must be well cleaned before filling of oil. The hydraulic system
to be filled via the filling connection / return filter (connection Z) located on the
hydraulic pump unit.
Before filling close valve (V53) and open valve (V54) see 'Hydraulic System
Diagram'
Note! The valve V54 to be locked in open position.
The oil tank acts also as gravity tank and shall be located above the thruster unit at a
height of 1.3 - 1.4 times the distance water surface - thruster centre at the largest
draught. However, the height above the water line must not be less than 2m.
The pump unit shall be located close to the TT unit and preferably so that the
feedback unit on tunnel can be seen from pump unit place. The pump unit consists of
pump, shaft coupling, el motor, necessary valves, pressure switches, gauge and
terminal box.
For draining of oil and also for oil test, a hand pump can be delivered as an option.
This pump to be located max 3 m above the propeller centre.
The pipings to be manufactured of steel, with a min. diameter as stated on the
'Hydraulic System Diagram' and dimensioned to meet the requirements of the
classification society. The pipings to be assembled as short and straight as possible,
with a minimum of bends. The maximum pipe length is 15m.
Completed pipings to be pressure tested to 1.5 x max working pressure or according
to requirements of the classification society.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
-^ I,
-^
R o 11 $ R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 24 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47265-E
5. Pitch feedback device
The feedback device is to be bolted to the propeller unit at installation at yard. The
mechanical movement is transmitted by means of a link and lever to the
potentiometer. The potentiometer is electrically connected to the central unit on the
bridge.
The device shall be placed on the top flange of the tunnel. See enclosed drawing
'Feedback device'
You shall provide the device with protection covers, if necessary. It shall be
accessible for adjustment and maintenance.
The installation is made after the tunnel is finally welded to the hull structure or the
motor foundation (optional) is installed.
The device must not be painted.
6. Control system
See separate installation manual
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
R o l l S" R o y c e
'
Yard: JINLING SA^
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 25 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47213-
TUNNEL THRUSTER
Welding Instruction
General
Before welding, the blade tip clearance is measured and noted. The clearance is then
observed and measured continuously during the welding procedure. For propeller
units with diameter 1100mm, this play must not be less than 4 mm, for propeller units
with diameter 1300 - 2650, 6mm, and for propeller units with diameter 2800mm, not
less than 8 mm.
The welding shall be made with non-alloyed electrodes and according to the rales of
the actual classification society. The welding shall be made by back-step method and
with utmost care. Electrodes of diameter 5nmi max to be used.
Please note that no welding is allowed on top of the standard propeller tunnel, see
sketch.
After welding, the propeller blade tip clearance must be checked and recorded.
For installations with the drive motor installed on the thraster unit via a motor
foundation, the stiffiiess of the tunnel stracture must be considered, based on motor
weight, height etc.
Tunnel extensions, cormection bars and motor foundation can be supplied by RollsRoyce Marine AS at an additional price.
Tunnel extension
The tunnel extensions shall be placed against the ends of the propeller tuimel and shall
be blocked up. During the welding, the propeller, and especially the blade feet and
seats, must be protected against welding sparks.
When the joint to tunnel extensions has been filled, it shall be ground even on the
'wet' side. The porosities, which might exist, shall be filled and ground.
Caution is to be taken so that the stainless steel layer (optional) in the way of the blade
tip area of the propeller tunnel is not damaged.
The welding shall be made by back-step method and with electrodes of a diameter of
5 mm max.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
-^
Il
_.
TUNNEL THRUSTER
ROllS"ROyCG
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
'
Sign: LOK
Page 26 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47213-
Connection to hull structure

For some installations, it is necessary to connect the tunnel shell plate to webs,
frames, tank top etc. and in order to facilitate the connection to the hull structure, it
can sometimes be advantageous to provide the tunnel with connection bars before
installation.
These can be supplied by Rolls Royce Marine AS at an additional price.
Please note that no welding is allowed on top of the standard propeller timnel, see
enclosed sketch.
After welding, the propeller blade tip clearance must be checked and recorded. See
also section 'General' above.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 27 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
47213-
NOTE:
UELDING PROCEDURE AND CLASS OF
ELECTRODES TO BE CHOSEN IN
ACCORDANCE THE REQUIREMENTS
FROM THE CLASSIFICATION
SOCIETY.
EXAMPLE OF CONNECTION
PLATES AND TUNNEL EXTENSIONS
^^^^^^^
EXT. ^|^TD.PROP.|^ EXT

TUNNEL
FRAME PLATES
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 28 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
47115-E
Yard: JINLING SA'
INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
Date
TT size / type
File No
Order No
Serial No
Issuer / signature
Shipyard
Yard/NewbNo
INSPECTIONS OF TUNNEL THRUSTER INSTALLATION

A. CHECKS TO BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE LAUNCHING
1. Corrosion protection, painting, anodes, etc
2. Blade tip clearance recorded
3. Thruster unit connected to gravity tank..
,.D
4. Tanks and pipes cleaned
,.D
5. Thruster system filled with suitable oil..

See our specification oil requirements.
.D
6. All screws and plugs tightened and locked with Loctite...

See drawing tunnel with thruster unit
-D
7. Check of all sealings and plugs for leakage
.D
8. If drive motor is included, see separate instruction...
IMARKS:
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 29 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47115-E

continued
B. CHECKS PRIOR TO STARTING UP / SEA TRIAL

1. Gear coupling / shaftline recorded
(See separate installation description from supplier)
2. Gear coupling filled with suitable grease
3. Mechanical installation of feedback device

See separate instruction 'Installation procedure
4. Hydraulic system:
Cable / piping installation

Before filling the system, check that pipes and tanks are
thoroughlv cleaned
Check that the system is filled with suitable oil (see above)
Check oil level
Check pump motor, direction of rotation (clockwise)
The pitch setting system air-vented in accordance with
'Starting up instruction of pitch setting system'
Run the pump for 4 hours
Check filter
Check / adjust all alarm switches / transmitters
5. Drive motor equipment (optional)

(The start up has to be performed by an authorised el engineer)
Mechanical installation
Direction of rotation (clockwise seen fi'om above)
Cable check
Insulation test of electric motor recorded
(see separate instruction)
Starter equipment properly installed
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
1:
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
K o 11 S ~ R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING SA'
Sign: LOK
Page 30 of 47
Unitno.: T8285

continued
Remote control system
Before start up of the remote control system, check that the directions given in the
'installation description' for the control system are followed.
Power supply
Cables
Cubicles
1 1
Controls
Connection of cables
Paragraphs 7 to 9 below require use of a hand terminal and to be performed by a

specialist educated to use the Rolls Royce Marine AS digital control system.
7. Commissioning prior to sea trial
Test for earth faults against ship's hull
Supply voltages: correct polarity
Cable check: supply and solenoids correctly connected
Switch on 'Supply': check lamp tests. Check computer start
Eliminate all alarm indications on the ANA PC boards
Runthepitchlocally. Measure the total stroke of the movement

to find out the middle position. Set pitch feedback to 20.0 mA
at mechanical end position Starboard and check that mechanical
end position Port is not below 4.0 mA. Port and Starboard
direction to be determined. For thrust direction, see 'Main Data'
sheet included in chapter 2 ('Main Data') in the installation
diagram.
Calibrate pitch feedback to 105% at mechanical end positions
Calibrate drive motor current feedback at 'zero' with

stopped motor
Calibrate DM voltage or RPM feedback at 'zero' with

stopped motor (cabling is the Yard's responsibility)
Simulate drive motor running
Timnel Thraster
[]
Rev.:
'
TUNNEL THRUSTER
R O M S" R O y C 6
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 31 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47115-E

continued
Check functions from Engine Control Room panel (Option)
Check fonctions from Bridge panels
Calibrations and parameter settings according to Rolls Royce

Marine AS specification / calibration list
...
D
8. Set the Parameter *PITCHMODE in Process LOGICAL to 'ON'

Start the drive motor and check the correct direction of
the water flow from the thruster when slowly operating the lever
Slowly move the lever towards STBD until 100 % drive
motor current is obtained. At that position, calibrate
the Pitch feedback 'High' to 0.95.
(Pitch curve 'Pitch mode' stops at 95%)
Slowly move the lever towards PORT until 100% drive
current is reached in that direction and calibrate the Pitch feedback
'Low' to -0.95. Do not change the zero pitch calibration.
Now check that 100% drive motor current is obtained
with the lever to max STBD and max PORT position. With the
lever in one of these end positions (and the drive motor current
at 100%), calibrate the drive motor current input 'High' to 1.00
Calibrate the DM voltage or RPM feedback input 'High'
to 1.00 with the DM voltage or RPM at 100% (option)
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
...........D
...D
...........
Rolls-Royce
Yard: nNLING SA^
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 32 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47115-E

continued
9. Set the parameter *PITCHMODE in Process LOGICAL to 'OFF'
Now check that 100% drive motor current still is obtained

with the lever position at max STBD and max PORT
If the system is hunting, increase the parameter PULSEBAND

or decrease the parameter PULSETIME in the process
CONTROL. Observe that if the PULSETIME is too short,
there can be problems to get the zero pitch within the
dead band
After the sea trial is finished, make notes of all parameters...

and calibration values that have been changed during
the commissioning. One copy is to be left on board and
one copy to be brought to Rolls Royce Marine AS for filing.
REMARKS:
Timnel Thraster
Rev.:
K o 11 S " R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 33 of 47
Unit n c : T8285
11848-E
We suggest the following tests are carried out on the equipment delivered by us (times
are estimated and for each propeller)
A. AT QUAY BEFORE TRIALS

1. Start-up and check of the control system through pitch re-setting, the propeller
stopped (time approx. 4 hours)
2. Rotation tests of the propeller at zero pitch (approx. 1 hour)
3. If possible, operation with part and full loads starboard and port (time approx. 1
hour)
B. TESTS DURING TECHNICAL TRIAL

1.
Setting and limiting of output (time approx. 1 hour)
2.
Turning tests with the vessel stationary. Start with the vessel having the fore
directed against the wind and then turn the ship to starboard by manoeuvring to 90.
Return the ship with foil effect in the port direction until the ship returns to the
original starting position.
Repeat above test for port, (time approx. 0.5 hours)
During the test, read the compass continuously every ten seconds and the ammeter at
equal intervals.
3.
Steering test (Zig-Zagging tests) in ahead direction .
Initial position with the fore of the vessel against the wind. Rudder position is
to be amidships and the vessel should have a speed of about 3-6 knots. Using the
steering propeller, take the vessel Zig-Zag with 20 course difference to both sides.
Reverse the steering propeller when the course difference is 20. Read the compass
every 10 seconds (time approx 1 hour for each speed)
Further tests are to be carried out if required by the classification society.
C.
Necessary stipulations for the reliability of the tests, as per A.3. and B.l .2.3. above are
that the depth of the propeller centre is at least one propeller tunnel diameter under the
water surface.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce
Sign: LOK
Page 34 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47298-E
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Date
From
File
Order No.
Seatrial date
Hubsize / type
I T size / type
Issuer
Yard No.
Material
Material
Owner
Name of Vessel
Rotation
Type of Engine Class. Soceity Output (kW)
^--. 1
SEATRIAL - DELIVERY
l\/lilerun
Bollard pull
Port
Starboard
Port
Speed (knots)
Pull (kN)
Power (kW)
Power (kW)
Rev on shaft (rpm)
Rev (rpm)
Pitch (P/D)
Pitch (P/D)
Meter: Aft=
Draught: Fwd =
meter
Starboard
Displacement =
Propeller noise
i
Type of vessel
in metric tonn
Propeller vibrations
-
*-
- -
Values at mile run 10070 load on { j i n e

Port
'
-^
',
'
T u n n e l thru!5ter
Starboard
Pitch on od-box (mm)

Rev on shaft (rpm)
Power (kW)
Fuel pump setting on M/E
Rev (rpm)
Fwd Most fwd
Aft Most aft
to aft
to fwd
Exhaust temp avg. (^C)

Scav. Air pressure (Mpa)
4 V^
jfCt
Jv3
REMARKS:
.---'r.__ - . . ' , - , , ,'-' n-r ..-
eg. length of wit e at bollard pull, max oil temp. etc.
Tunnel Thraster
' ~'i
Rev.:
\.--.-.- -V-
. ,
-- - :
^
_
I,
_
^
'
Yard: JINLING SA'
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 35 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47243-E
MAINTENANCE ROUTINES
The tunnel thruster equipment needs regular inspection and maintenance.
The inspection range depends on the following: If you suspect a fault, which requires dismantling of
the propeller unit, the inspection work will be comprehensive. In other cases, the propeller unit can
remain in the ship during inspection and checking.
An inspection which requires dismantling of the propeller unit should be carried out in the presence of
a representative from Rolls Royce Marine AS.
After inspection, all loosened plugs and screws are to be locked in accordance with the instructions.
Weekly inspection
When the equipment is used, the following details are to be checked every week:
1.
Inspection for noise and abnormal vibrations of the drive motor.

Check that the bearings, gaskets, electric apparatus and motors are not abnormally heated.
Observe also other abnormal phenomena,
2.
Check that the oil level is normal and that there is no leakage in the hydraulic system.
Monthly inspection
1.
Check the intermediate shaft, couplings and bearings.
2.
If el driving motor, check and follow the lubrication instructions given on the lubrication
schedule of the motor. Check brushes and slip rings on wound-rotor AC motors in order to
discover any wearing down. The brushes are also to be cleaned in order to remove coal dust
etc.
3.
If hydraulically driven, follow the valid instruction for service and maintenance.
Yearly inspection
1.
Take oil samples and have them analyzed by the supplier.
2.
Change oil if needed, according to the results of the analysis.
3.
Check the gear backlash.
4.
Check and refill grease in the intermediate shaft bearing and gear couplings.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_^
Il
_.
TUNNEL THRUSTER
ROllS"ROyCG
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
'
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 36 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47243-E
Inspection during normal docking and guarantee docking

Before docking, the propeller is to be carefully controlled with regard to noises, etc. If
there are any remarks of observations, the propeller should be entirely dismantled. If
no abnormal phenomena are discovered, the following control routines are to be
carried out:
1.
Turn the propeller by hand in order to check that bearings and gear do not jam.
2.
Carry out a pressure testing of the propeller.
3.
Take oil samples from the hydraulic oil system. If the oil contains water or
other impurities, then it is to be changed.
4.
Check the hull tunnel in order to find any corrosion damages. Check the
condition of the anodes; see "Installation drawing". Replace any attacked anodes.
Check the condition of the painting and renew when required.
5.
Lubricate the driving motor in accordance with the instructions on the
lubrication chart of the motor.
6.
Lubricate the intermediate shaft and the bearing for the intermediate shaft (if
exists) with grease.
7.
Start the driving motor and pay attention to noise, overheating, vibration and
so on. This is to be done, if possible, before docking is finished.
Attention! Apply to shipyard personnel and control that it is allowed to start the
driving motor in the dock.
If any abnormal phenomena have been discovered during inspection, the propeller is
to be dismantled so that a carefiil examination can be carried out.
Note: An inspection which requires dismantling of the propeller unit should be
carried out in the presence of a representative from Rolls Royce Marine AS.
Pressure testing of the propeller

A pressure test of the propeller is to be carried out during the inspection work, in
order to enable a discovery of any sealing damages. The pressure testing and confrol
is carried out as follow:
1.
Carry out the pressure testing of the propeller when the upper tank is
connected and during repeated operations in the port and starboard directions. Check
especially that there is no leakage of oil around the propeller shaft seal and the blade
sealing rings.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_
Il
-^
R o l l S" R o y c e
^
Yard: HNLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 37 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47243-E
2. Control the hydraulic equipment, including tubings.
Adjustment of oil pressure

The pressure relief valve, as well as the pressure switches are adjusted on delivery and
in normal cases, no additional adjustment is needed. If the pressure is to be checked or
adjusted, do as follows:
1. Actuate the control valve manually, so that the propeller gets into a limit position
(starboard or port).
2. Check the oil pressure. If necessary, the pressure can be adjusted by means of the
control screw on the relief valve.
3. Check that the operation is smooth and safe. An increased pressure does not mean
a shorter operating time.
4. Set the pressure switches at values given in hydraulic diagram.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
'
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 38 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
47244-E
GEAR BACK LASH
When checking the gear backlash, do the following:

Lock the propeller blades by knocking in wooden wedges between the propeller
blades and the tunnel. Do not forget to remove the wedges after the measurement!
Secure a lever on the upper end of the drive shaft (see drawing) or other suitable
arrangement. The length of the lever should be more than the measure R in Table 1.
Measure by means of an indictor gauge, the movement which can be obtained on the
drive shaft. Check that the backlash is within the limits given in Table 1.
Table 1
Size
1100
1300
1650
2000
2200
2400
2650
2800
3000
3300
Figures are valid at +20C
Backlash
0.20 + 0.05
0.20 + 0.05
0.30 + 0.05
0.30 + 0.05
0.30 + 0.05
0.40 + 0.05
0.50 + 0.05
0.60 + 0.05
0.60 + 0.05
0.60 + 0.05
R(mm)
49.8
54.5
56.6
67.2
79.4
84.6
98.7
103.7
114.4
120.0
When the backlash is increased to 1.5 times the maximum value given above, we
recommend an overhaul of the unit, or contact Rolls-Royce Marine AS for a
recommendation.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_.
Il
-J
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 39 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47245-E
DISMANTLING OF THE PROPELLER BLADES
When replacing the 0-ring, the propeller blade (the blade sealing ring), or when
replacing a damaged propeller blade, it is not necessary to dismantle the whole
propeller unit from the tunnel. The distance between the blade tip and the tunnel
allows the blade to be lifted from its seat and taken away. A blade of a smaller
propeller can be lifted away manually by two men; larger propellers may sometimes
require a special lifting arrangement, depending on tunnel length and the yard's
facilities. Such special tools are not included with the Rolls Royce Marine AS
delivery.
Dismantling of propeller blades:
1. Drain the oil from the gear housing and the upper tank by removal of the plugs in
the gear housing.
2. Cut away the locking plates for the blade bolts by means of a chisel and remove
the bolts.
3. Lift the blade from its position.
If it is necessary to use lifting points, lifting eyes can be welded in the tunnel. If
the tunnel is equipped with a stainless strip (optional), do not weld in that area.
4. Pull out the blade from the turmel.
5. The open blade pocket should be covered as soon as the blade is taken away.
6. Clean under the blade foot and the blade pocket before the blade is remounted.
Lubricate the O-ring and the bearing surface. Do not lubricate the surface of the
crank pin ring.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
_.
I,
_^
R O 1 1 S~ R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 40 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47246-E
DMVE SHAFT SEAL

During operation, some oil drops from the sealing may be seen. This is normal and
not considered to be leakage.
Drive shaft seal on version I, II, III and IV:

If a leakage occurs from the seal ring, the drive shaft coupling can easily be removed
without removing the electric motor, and the seal ring can be replaced.
Drive shaft seal on version I, II, III and IV:

The drive shaft seal is aramged with two sealings, a white metal seal ring and a radial
seal ring.
The white metal seal ring has a constant leakage towards the radial seal ring. The oil
is drained from the space between the two seal rings to a separate tank mounted below
the gravity tank. The oil is pumped from the separate seal tank and back to the gravity
tank.
If a leakage occurs from the seal ring, the drive shaft coupling can easily be removed
without removing the electric motor, and the seal ring can be replaced.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
,1
TUNNEL THRUSTER
R o 11 S" R O y C G
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 4 l o f 47
Unitno.:T8285
47299-E
CHANGE AND REFILLING OF OIL
The hydraulic / lubrication oil is to be changed if an oil analysis indicates that the oil
is impure or in bad condition.
Take oil samples at least once a year and have them analysed by the oil supplier.
Oil used must fulfil our "Requirements for hydraulic oil" (11867-E).
For required oil volume, see chapter 6.
Drain of oil
The installed pump (P53) is to be used for drainage.
Close valve V54 and open valve V53
Drain the oil
Refilling of oil
Close valve V53 and open valve V54

Note: the valve V54 is to be locked in open position.
Refill the system via the filling connection, Z, on the valve manifold. (See
drawing "Hydraulic pump unit")
Note: cleanliness is essential.
Check the oil level in the oil tank.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
I,
_^
TUNNEL THRUSTER
ROllS~ROyCG
l ^
Yard: JESTLING S/Y
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Sign: LOK
Page 42 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47451-
1. OIL FILLING
1.1
Immediately upon arrival, the propeller unit shall be filled with oil and air
vented according to the following instructions:
1.2
The oil type and viscosity to be used has to be according to Rolls Royce
Marine As instruction No 11867-E, load step FZG12 shall be passed (FZG 12+)
1.3
The cleanliness of the oil should be according to ISO 4406, Grade 16/13 or
better
1.4
For filling up, use a pump with a filter, 10 micron or better, in the discharge
line
2. HUB, HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER

2.1
Turn the propeller so that the hub venting holes are in upward direction.
Loosen the two plugs.
Note! Plugs located in hub cylinder and coupling flange.
2.2
The oil to be filled slowly through connections AA and BB at the top of the
propeller unit. Air is vented via the two holes.
2.3
The high pressure chambers are filled and vented when air fi-ee oil appears at
the holes. The plugs to be mounted and secured by welding as per separate
instruction.
2.4
If the piping is installed at this stage, the filling must be carried out through
connections A and at the pump unit.
2.5
During fitting of pipes at a later stage, oil has to be filled into these pipes and
air has to be vented at the connections AA and BB respectively, before final
tightening of these pipe connections to the propeller unit.
Timnel Thraster
Rev.:
_.
Il
_.
K o 11 S ~ R o y c e
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 43 of 47
Unitno.: T8285
47451-
3. PROPELLER UNIT AND HUB LOW PRESSURE SPHERE

3.1
The oil is filled through connection FF and air vented through connection W .
One of the plugs for the hub low pressure sphere to be in upward position.
Loosen the plug for air venting.
Note! These plugs are diametrically positioned in the spherical part of the hub
body.
The hub is air - vented when air free oil appears at the hole.
If the hydraulic system is installed, instructions below must be followed.
3.2
Connect the filling device to connection ZZ (see Appendix 1)
3.3
Close the shut off valve (V54), open the valve (V56) and connect a test hose to
VT on the hydraulic pump xmit. Loosen the air-venting plug in the hub low
pressure sphere.
3.4
Start to fill oil into the propeller unit.
3.5
When air free oil appears in VT and in the hole in the hub low pressure sphere,
close the air venting hole in the hub and disconnect the test hose at VT and
open the shut off valve V54.
3.6
Continue to fill oil into the system until the oil tank is filled up.
The above given instruction is valid for new installations and for installations
after reconditioning.
3.7
When topping up the oil tank from a low level (not empty), the oil can be
filled via connection Z at the pump unit.
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
_.
Il
TUNNEL THRUSTER
R o 11 S" R 0 y C 6
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
^
Yard: JINLING S/Y
Sign: LOK
Page 44 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47451-
4. START-UP INSTRUCTION
Valid for new units and units after reconditioning.
The pitch setting system must be final air vented according to following procedure
below, before starting up the drive motor.
4.1
Adjust 0-pitch on the feedback device.
Set the remote control system to local control mode.
4.2
Start the hydraulic pump and set the pitch in end position by means of local
manual control of the control valve on the pump unit.
4.3
Relief valve setting value (V64) to be adjusted to 6 M Pa.
4.4
The pitch is to be manoeuvred 10 times to each end position. The relief valve
pressure is to be kept for 5 seconds at each end position.
4.5
The relief valve pressure to be set to value stated on hydraulic diagram. The
pitch to be set to 0-pitch.
4.6
When the air venting procedxjre is finished, the oil tank is to be filled up to
max oil level.
4.7
Close shut-off valve (V56) and disconnect the filling pump.
(Connection ZZ can alternatively be permanently connected to an oil filling system)
4.8
Valve V54 to be secured infiiUyopen position.
Set the control in remote control position.
4.9
The hydraulic system is now ready for operation.
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 45 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47451-
-&-lfl
{^S1>2IIIST.,1
WLICffinS:|
W-IIMBII
Tunnel Thruster
Rev.:
kort
Revis Zone
Date
R e v i s i on c o m p r i s e s
D r o w n \pprovec Machining tolerances For Linear dimensions unless otherwise speciFled.For

radii and curvatures,bevels and angle measurements, SH5 715 Average accord
ing to separate standard sheets must be followed.
801010 Deb
8 0 428 BLIw
920613 Alg
Text completed
KoMeWa-propeller removed
Text changed + drawn bu CAD
Dim. 1000 was wrongText changed
Removed Swedish text
940829 Alg
950228 Alg
000719
Tole
rances
:0,1
:0,1
:0.2
:0,3
:0,5
-0.8
Basic s i z e
JnH
JnH
JnH
DB
3
C3)6
(6)30
( 3 0 ) - 120
(120)- 315
(315)-1000
Use oF tools For torque tightening
Modlf. Zone
Basic size
Tole
rances
1,2
2
3
4
5
6
(1000)- 2000
(2000)- 4000
(4000)- 8000
(8000)-12000
(12000)-16000
(16000)-20000
HodIflection comprises
Drawn
Date
Approved
Tools For torque tightening are to be used

pre-stressing oF blade-, shaFt Flange- and
hub cylinder screws.
Lubricant is to be used on the threads of the screw
and sealing compound under the screw head when pre-stressing
Csee hub assembly drawing).
The screws are to be pre-stressed twice.
1
Checlc that the screw runs easily in the thread.

Thighten all the screws with a hand tool.
Note! Wrench (pneumatic,hydraulic or electric)
may not be used!
torque tightening according to instructions.
Pre-stress the screws crosswise and read on the dynamometer

the torque stated on the hub assembly drawing.
Wait in 15 minutes
Then begin untightening the screw first pre-stressed
and pre-stress this again to the torque stated
on the hub assembly drawing and then untighten
all screws and pre-stress again one aFter each other
according to above.
Item
No.off
no.
Description
Reference
Tot.weight leg
Order No./Prod.gr. No.
Plant
Remark
Material
Checked
Drown
Deb
Approved
OG IP
06
Lis
Surface t e x t u r e ISO/R 1302 Ra fim

Scale
Date
A3 19800312
F;_ROPELLER_HJJB_
Instr. for tiqhteiînq oF screw
-V
of
previous drg.
577077
Class code.
RR AB
THIS DRAWING MUST NOT BE COPIED NOR USED FOR MANUFACTURING PUR
OVER TO NOR IN OTHER WAY COMMUNICATED TO A THIRD PARTY. INFRINGEMEMT WILL LEAD TO PROSECUTION.
Rolls-Rflyoe
Sheet
'^-
Rolls-Royce
TV
Class code.
RRM AS
60001
I Design Re/is.
586431
1
Rolls-Royce
Yard: JINLING S/Y
% #
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 46 of 47
Unitno.:T8285
SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS
Spare parts:
4 X 992342
1x551499
1X 992349
1 X 992339
1x98106
1X 992345
FILTER HEK 45-30.155 SPOIO

PROP. BLADE 46XF6/4 01850 CW
DIRT INDICATOR 1.2 ZIDDPBR-NC
PRESS. GAUGE 0-250 BAR 6F63 1/4R
PR. SWITCH MBC5100-2431-1DB04
SOLENOID V. MD1D-22/50-24/CM
Tools:
lxK141156
Tunnel Thraster
MOUNTING TOOL FOR COUPLING
Rev.:
'A
Rolls-Royce
Yard: nNLING S/Y
TUNNEL THRUSTER
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Sign: LOK
Page 47 of 47
Unit no.: T8285
47248-E
Manoeuvre failxire from

bridge
T
Check oil pressure supply from
hydraulic system
Wrong pressure
Correct pressure
Check safety valve setting

Is it possible to manouevre by hand
on the control valve?
Fauh in hydraulic system
No
Yes
Does the electrical signal from the bridge

reach the control valve?
Check pressure to the hub
Wrong pressure
Correct pressure
No
Yes
Fauh in at control valve

or sealing in hub
Hub damage or
foreign matter in tunnel?
Yes
No
Change valve coil
Contact Rolls Royce Marine AS
Take steps
Tunnel Thraster
Rev.:
Fault in tuimel unit

1a PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1a PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LIST OF DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS

LIST OF DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................................... 1

LIST OF DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION BOOKS

LIST OF FINAL PLANS OF HULL

List of Final Plans of Hull Part.pdf

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN

General Arrangement Plan.pdf

SHIP LINES AND OFFSET

Ship Lines And offset.pdf

INNER SKIN LINES PLAN

Inner Skin Lines Plan.pdf

FIRE CONTROL AND SAFETY PLAN

Fire Control And Safety Plan.pdf

HYDROSTATIC TABLE AND

Hydrostatic Table And Curves.pdf

CROSS CURVES TABLE

Cross Curves Table.pdf

TANK CAPACITY DATA

Tank Capacity Data.pdf

DAMAGE CONTROL PLAN

Damage Control Plan.pdf

BLIND ZONE FOR MANEUVERING

Blind Zone For Maneuvering

BLIND ZONE FOR PANAMA

Blind Zone For Panama

REPORT OF INCLINIING TEST

Report of Incliniing Test.pdf

PROFILE & DECK

Profile & Deck.pdf

SHELL EXPANSION (INCLUDING

Shell Expansion (Including Ice Belt

CL. LONGITUDINAL BULKHEAD

Cl. Longitudinal Bulkhead.pdf

BODY LINE OF FRAMES

Body Line of Frames.pdf

ENGINE ROOM CONSTRUCTION

Engine Room Construction.pdf

Double Bottom Construction In

BOW CONSTRUCTION (STEM,

Bow Construction (Stem, Bulb).pdf

Equipment Number Calculation.pdf

Arrangement of Mooring Equipment

Arrangement of Mooring Equipment

Arrangement of Mooring Equipment

ARRANGEMENT FOR RUDDER

Arrangement For Rudder.pdf

STEERING GEAR ROOM

Steering Gear Room

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

Hydraulic Circuit Diagram For

BOW THRUSTER ROOM

Bow Thruster Room

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

Hydraulic Circuit Diagram For Bow

HOSE HANDLING CRANE

Hose Handling Crane

Provision Crane Arrangement.pdf

Arrangement of Mast Rigging Light

Manhole Covers Arrangement.pdf

HATCH COVERS ARRANGEMENT

Hatch Covers Arrangement.pdf

TANK CLEANING HATCH COVERS

Tank Cleaning Hatch Covers